a 1 2 re￭ arrangement or 1 2 migration or 1 2 shift or whit￭ more 1 2 shift is an organic reaction where a substitu￭ ent moves from one atom to another atom in a chemical compound in a 1 2 shift the movement involves two adjacent atoms but moves over larger distances are possible in the example below the substitu￭ ent r moves from carbon atom c 2 to c 3 1 2 shift the re￭ arrangement is intr￭ am￭ ol￭ ec￭ ular and the starting compound and reaction product are structural isom￭ ers the 1 2 re￭ arrangement belongs to a broad class of chemical reactions called re￭ arrangement reactions a re￭ arrangement involving a hydrogen atom is called a 1 2 hy￭ dri￭ de shift if the substitu￭ ent being re￭ arranged is an al￭ ky￭ l group it is named according to the al￭ ky￭ l group s an￭ ion i e 1 2 meth￭ an￭ ide shift 1 2 ethan￭ ide shift etc
the 1 3 di￭ polar cyclo￭ addition is a chemical reaction between a 1 3 di￭ pole and a di￭ polar￭ ophi￭ le to form a five memb￭ ered ring the earliest 1 3 di￭ polar cyclo￭ additions were described in the late 19 th century to the early 20 th century following the discovery of 1 3 di￭ poles mechanis￭ tic investigation and synthetic application were established in the 1960 s primarily through the work of ro￭ lf hu￭ is￭ gen hence the reaction is sometimes referred to as the hu￭ is￭ gen cyclo￭ addition this term is often used to specifically describe the 1 3 di￭ polar cyclo￭ addition between an organic az￭ ide and an al￭ ky￭ ne to generate 1 2 3 tri￭ azole currently 1 3 di￭ polar cyclo￭ addition is an important route to the regio and stereo￭ selective synthesis of five memb￭ ered heter￭ oc￭ ycles and their ring opened ac￭ ycl￭ ic derivatives x
the 1 center problem or minim￭ ax or min￭ max location problem is a classical combin￭ atorial optimi￭ zation problem in operations research of facilities location type in its most general case the problem is stated as follows given a set of n demand points a space of feasible locations of a facility and a function to calculate the transportation cost between a facility and any demand point find a location of the facility which minim￭ izes the maximum facility demand point transportation cost the simple special case when the feasible locations and demand points are in the plane with eu￭ cli￭ dean distance as transportation cost plan￭ ar min￭ max eu￭ cli￭ dean facility location problem eu￭ cli￭ dean 1 center problem in the plane etc it is also known as the smallest circle problem its gener￭ alization to n dimensional eu￭ cli￭ dean spaces is known as the smallest en￭ closing ball problem a further gener￭ alization weighted eu￭ cli￭ dean facility location is when the set of weights is assigned to demand points and the transportation cost is the sum of the products of distances by the corresponding weights another special case the closest string problem arises when the inputs are strings and their distance is measured using ham￭ ming distance there are numerous particular cases of the problem depending on the choice of the locations both of demand points and facilities as well as the distance function
the 100 prisoners problem is a mathematical problem in probability theory and combin￭ at￭ or￭ ics in this problem 100 numbered prisoners to survive must find their own numbers in one of 100 draw￭ ers the rules state that each prisoner may open only 50 draw￭ ers and cannot communicate with other prisoners at first glance the situation appears hopeless — but a clever strategy offers the prisoners a realistic chance of survival danish computer scientist peter bro mil￭ ter￭ sen first proposed the problem in 2003
the 10 in 40 type 41 naval gun was a 40 cali￭ bre el￭ sw￭ ick ord￭ nance company pattern r naval gun designed in the 1890 s for export it was sold to italy argentina and japan in small numbers
12 5 is pain of salvation s first live album it was released in 2004 and was recorded from a concert in the band s home town of es￭ kil￭ st￭ una sweden on 12 may 12 5 2003 it was an un￭ plu￭ gged show meaning that there were only acous￭ tic instruments i e no electric guit￭ ars grand piano and har￭ p￭ sic￭ h￭ ord instead of synthe￭ si￭ zers it features songs from all the band s albu￭ ms to that date except one hour by the concrete lake
13 q deletion syndrome is a rare genetic disease caused by the deletion of some or all of the large arm of human chro￭ mo￭ some 13 it causes intellectual disability and con￭ genital mal￭ formations that affect a variety of organ systems
17 β hydroxy￭ ster￭ o￭ id de￭ hydro￭ gen￭ ase iii deficiency is a rare disorder of sexual development affecting te￭ sto￭ ster￭ one bio￭ synthesis by 17 β hydroxy￭ ster￭ o￭ id de￭ hydro￭ gen￭ ase iii 17 β h￭ s￭ d iii which can produce impaired vi￭ ri￭ li￭ zation traditionally termed male pseu￭ do￭ her￭ m￭ aph￭ ro￭ di￭ tism of genetically male infants and children and excessive vi￭ ri￭ li￭ zation of female adults it is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive condition and is one of the few disorders of sexual development that can affect the primary and or secondary sex characteristics of both males and females
17 q 21 31 micro￭ deletion syndrome ko￭ ol￭ en de vries syndrome is a rare genetic disorder caused by a deletion of a segment of chro￭ mo￭ some 17 which contains six genes this deletion syndrome was discovered independently in 2006 by three different research groups
there is a drastic decline in the number of ships visiting new zealand from the previous year an economic depression starts in new south wales as a result of the escalation of war in europe and the consequent reduction in the number of convic￭ ts being transported in march news of the boy￭ d massacre reaches port jackson and a punitive expedi￭ tion is sent to new zealand and bomb￭ ards the village of the incorrectly blamed chief te pa￭ hi after this the few whaling ships possibly only 5 that later head for new zealand usually prefer to avoid landing especially in the bay of islands sealing in fo￭ ve￭ aux strait declines as the ro￭ ok￭ eries are exhausted with the discovery of campbell island at the beginning of the year and m￭ acqu￭ arie island in the middle of the year by the same sealing ship se￭ al￭ ers transfer their attention there if they stop off in new zealand it is usually in fo￭ ve￭ aux strait
the 1858 brad￭ ford swe￭ ets poisoning was the arsenic poisoning of more than 200 people in brad￭ ford england when swe￭ ets accidentally made with arsenic were sold from a market stall twenty one victims died as a result the event contributed to the passage of the pharmacy act 1868 in the united kingdom and legislation regulating the adulter￭ ation of foodstuffs
the fourth cholera pandemic of the 19 th century began in the gang￭ es delta of the beng￭ al region and traveled with muslim pil￭ gri￭ ms to mecca in its first year the epidemic claimed 30 000 of 90 000 mecca pil￭ gri￭ ms cholera spread throughout the middle east and was carried to russia europe africa and north america in each case spreading from port cities and along inland waterways the pandemic reached northern africa in 18￭ 65 and spread to sub saharan africa killing 70 000 in zan￭ zi￭ bar in 18￭ 69 – 70 cholera claimed 90 000 lives in russia in 18￭ 66 the epidemic of cholera that spread with the austr￭ o prus￭ sian war 18￭ 66 is estimated to have taken 165 000 lives in the austrian empire including 30 000 each in hungary and belgium and 20 000 in the netherlands in london in june 18￭ 66 a loc￭ alized epidemic in the east end claimed 5 596 lives just as the city was completing construction of its major sewage and water treatment systems see london se￭ wer￭ age system the east end section was not quite complete epidem￭ io￭ logist william far￭ r identified the east london water company as the source of the contamination far￭ r made use of prior work by john snow and others pointing to contaminated drinking water as the likely cause of cholera in an 18￭ 54 outbreak in the same year the use of contaminated canal water in local water works caused a minor outbreak at y￭ stal￭ y￭ fera in south wales workers associated with the company and their families were most affected and 119 died in 18￭ 67 italy lost 113 000 lives and 80 000 died of the disease in algeria outbreaks in north america in the 1870 s killed some 50 000 americans as cholera spread from new orleans along the mississippi river and to ports on its tribu￭ taries
the 18￭ 88 eruption of mount band￭ ai was a major volcanic eruption which occurred during the meij￭ i period of the empire of japan the eruption occurred on july 15 18￭ 88 and pyro￭ cl￭ astic flows buried villages on the northern foot of the mountain and devastated the eastern part of band￭ ai region fukushima pref￭ ecture north of tokyo at least 477 people were killed and hundreds more were injured and rendered homeless in what became the worst volcanic disaster in recent japanese history the eruption had many similarities to the 1980 eruption of mount st hel￭ ens in the united states
18 p is a genetic condition caused by a deletion of all or part of the short arm the p arm of chro￭ mo￭ some 18 it occurs in about 1 of every 50 000 births
the 19￭ 04 pic￭ torial 4 d lake ta￭ up￭ o inver￭ t is a postage stamp error considered to be the ra￭ rest new zealand stamp the centre vignette is inver￭ ted in relation to the outer frame the stamp was discovered in a school￭ boy album in 1930 and no other copy has been found since then the 4 d stamp depic￭ ts lake ta￭ up￭ o in new zealand s north island it was part of the first pic￭ torial series originally issued in 1898 but re￭ issued in different colours and sizes in 18￭ 99 and 1900 the same design was used for a 1 d value issued in 1898 the sole example is used post￭ marked pic￭ ton 19￭ 04
the 19￭ 24 los angeles pneu￭ mon￭ ic plague outbreak began october 30 19￭ 24 and was declared fully contained on november 13 19￭ 24 it represented the first time plague had emerged in southern california previously plague outbreaks had arisen in san francisco and nearby o￭ ak￭ land marking the first time plague had emerged in california the los angeles outbreak began on october 30 lasted two weeks and killed 30 people public health officials credited the lessons learned from the san francisco outbreak coupled with swiftly implemented measures including hosp￭ itali￭ zation of the sick and all their contacts a neighborhood quarantine and a large scale rat eradication program with saving lives
the 1929 30 sm sar￭ ja season was cancelled cause of a bad winter in finland as there was no safe and good ice to play on as a result the entire season was cancelled
the 1941 19￭ 42 sm sar￭ ja season was cancelled cause of the continuation war
the luxemb￭ our￭ g￭ ish general strike of 19￭ 42 was a manifestation of passive resistance when luxembourg was occupied by nazi germany during world war ii the strikes opposed a directive that cons￭ crip￭ ted young luxemb￭ our￭ gers into the we￭ hr￭ mach￭ t a nationwide general strike originating in wi￭ lt￭ z paralysed the country and led to the occupying german authorities responding violently by sentencing 21 stri￭ kers to death
the 19￭ 43 1944 sm sar￭ ja season was stopped mid season cause of the continuation war this would be the last sm sar￭ ja sm li￭ ig￭ a season which had to be cancelled pre or mid season
the 1951 pon￭ t saint es￭ pr￭ it mass poisoning also known as le pain ma￭ ud￭ it was a mass poisoning on 15 august 1951 in the small town of pon￭ t saint es￭ pr￭ it in southern france more than 250 people were involved including 50 persons inter￭ ned in asyl￭ ums and 7 deaths a food￭ borne illness was suspected and among these it was originally believed to be a case of cursed bread pain ma￭ ud￭ it most academic sources accept er￭ got poisoning as the cause of the epidemic while a few the￭ ori￭ ze other causes such as poisoning by mercury my￭ co￭ toxins or nitrogen tric￭ hl￭ oride fringe theorists have spec￭ ulated that the united states central intelligence agency cia intentionally poisoned the population in order to test a deli￭ ri￭ ant incapac￭ itating agent during the cold war
the 1951 us￭ af resolution test chart is a resolution test pattern conforming to mi￭ l st￭ d 150 a standard set by us air force in 1951 it is still widely accepted to test the resolution of optical imaging systems such as micro￭ sco￭ pes cameras and image scanners although mi￭ l st￭ d 150 a was cancelled on october 16 2006 the pattern consists of groups of three bars small ron￭ chi rulings with dimensions from big to small the largest bar the imag￭ er cannot discern is the limitation of its resolving power
the 1952 commonwealth prime ministers economic conference was an emergency meeting of the heads of government of the commonwealth of nations it was called by the british government of sir winston churchill and held in the united kingdom in december 1952 as a follow up to a commonwealth finance minister s conference held in january 1952 the conference was held in the context of british economic and military decline and the united states sur￭ ging role in the world the principal topic of the conference was the convertibility and liquidity of pound sterling into american dollars and british concerns that non sterling commonwealth countries were building up sterling balances for the purpose of conversion into american dollars the future of the pound sterling area and the alleviation of commonwealth trade restrictions and imperial preference particularly in the light of the sur￭ ging american economy and the desire of commonwealth countries such as australia for american investment in order for economic development to occur against british concerns that american economic dominance threatened britain s economic position this discussion was necessary as the commonwealth with the exception of canada had a common pool of gold and dollar reserves little was accomplished in the economic discussion with the final communi￭ que being described as an agreement in plati￭ tudes british concerns at being excluded from the an￭ z￭ us military treaty between australia new zealand and the united states were also a topic and were addressed by a communi￭ que issued by the prime ministers supporting britain s demand for a voice in an￭ z￭ us in addition commonwealth prime ministers after months of discussion on whether the newly asc￭ ended queen elizabeth ii should have a uniform royal styles and titles throughout the commonwealth or whether real￭ ms should adopt their own styles and titles it was agreed that each member of the commonwealth should use for its own purposes a form of the royal style and titles which suits its own particular circumstances but retains a substantial element which is common to all and agreed to pass appropriate legislation in their respective parliaments the prime ministers also agreed to proclaim the new queen elizabeth ii head of the commonwealth in succession of her late father george vi
the 1955 hawai￭ ian submarine eruption was a submarine eruption that occurred 90 km 56 mi northeast of nec￭ ker island on august 20 1955 ste￭ aming water water dis￭ color￭ ation and an eruption column took place during the eruption a possible pum￭ ice raft was also witnessed the eruption originated about 4 km 2 5 mi below sea level from an un￭ named submarine volcano the eruption produced a column of smoke several meters high it is probably the western￭ most historical eruption within the hawai￭ ian islands another but less certain submarine eruption may have occurred 60 km 37 mi northwest of o￭ ahu on may 22 1956
the 1963 syrian coup d état referred to by the syrian government as the 8 march revolution arabic ث￭ و￭ ر￭ ة ا￭ ل￭ ث￭ ا￭ م￭ ن م￭ ن آ￭ ذ￭ ا￭ ر ‎ ‎ was the successful seizure of power in syria by the military committee of the syrian regional branch of the arab socialist ba ath party the planning and the unfolding conspiracy was inspired by the iraqi regional branch s successful military coup the coup was planned by the military committee rather than the ba ath party s civilian leadership but michel af￭ la￭ q the leader of the party consented to the conspiracy the leading members of the military committee throughout the planning process and in the immediate aftermath of taking power were muhammad um￭ ran sal￭ ah j￭ ad￭ id and ha￭ fe￭ z al assad the committee en￭ listed the support of two n￭ asser￭ ists ras￭ hid al qu￭ ta￭ yn￭ i and muhammad al su￭ fi and the independent zi￭ ad al hariri the coup was originally planned for 7 march but was postponed one day after the government discovered where the conspir￭ ators were planning to assemble
the 1965 6 6 british home championship was a cause of great excitement as it supplied spectators and commentators a view of england prior to their con￭ testing the football 1966 fifa world cup on home soil at which they were one of the favor￭ ites none of the other home nations had qualified for the world cup and so were determined to spoil england s preparation leading to some very dramatic and heavily contested matches particularly england s final game in glasgow the england team began with a subdu￭ ed go￭ all￭ ess draw with the welsh side whilst northern ireland national football team beat scotland 3 – 2 in a close fought game at home both england and scotland improved in their second games england beating a tough irish side at home 2 – 1 whilst the scots put four goals past the struggling welsh wales suffered further in their final match of the series losing 1 – 4 at home to the irish who claimed a surprise second place in the tournament england and scotland then played a thri￭ lling game in glasgow which england finally won 4 – 3 to take the title of british champions a title they would add to at the world cup three months later
the 1966 chicago west side riot was a public disorder that occurred between july 12 and 15 in chicago illinois after a man was arrested for opening a fire hydr￭ ant black residents took to the streets in anger and loo￭ ted and burned various stores throughout the west side until the arrival of 1 200 national guar￭ d￭ smen on july 15 violence quickly subsid￭ ed and most of the troops were sent home on july 20
the 1967 detroit riot also known as the 12 th street riot was a violent public disorder that turned into a civil disturbance in detroit michigan it began in the early morning hours of sunday july 23 1967 the precipit￭ ating event was a police raid of an un￭ licensed after hours bar then known as a blind pig just north of the corner of 12 th street today rosa parks boulevard and cl￭ air￭ mount avenue on the city s near west side police confrontations with patron￭ s and observers on the street evolved into one of the dead￭ liest and most destructive riots in the history of the united states lasting five days and sur￭ passing the violence and property destruction of detroit s 19￭ 43 race riot to help end the disturbance governor george w romney ordered the michigan army national guard into detroit and president lyndon b johnson sent in both the 82 nd and 101 st airborne divisions the result was 43 dead 1 189 injured over 7 200 arrests and more than 2 000 buildings destroyed the scale of the riot was surpassed in the united states only by the 18￭ 63 new york city draft riots during the u s civil war and the 1992 los angeles riots the riot was prominently featured in the news media with live television coverage extensive newspaper reporting and extensive stories in time and life magazines the staff of the detroit free press won the 1968 pul￭ it￭ zer prize for general local reporting for its coverage
the 1967 new￭ ark riots were a major civil disturbance that occurred in the city of new￭ ark new jersey between july 12 and july 17 1967 the six days of ri￭ oting looting and destruction left 26 dead and hundreds injured
the 1968 detroit riot was a civil disturbance that occurred between april 4 – 5 1968 in detroit michigan following the assassination of martin luther king jr less than a year after the violent unrest of 1967 areas of 12 th street present day rosa parks boulevard again erupted in chaos simultaneously with 110 other us cities following king s assassination michigan governor george w romney ordered the national guard into detroit one person was killed and gangs tos￭ sed objects at cars and smashed store￭ front windows with three dozen fires being set
the 1968 kh￭ am duc c 130 sho￭ ot￭ down was the loss of a united states air force lock￭ heed c 130 b hercul￭ es aircraft during the battle of kh￭ am duc on may 12 1968 all 155 people on board were killed at the time it was the dead￭ liest aircraft crash in history the aircraft comman￭ ded by major bernard l butcher was participating in the evacuation of south vietnamese civilians from the kh￭ am duc camp￭ site the c 130 approached the kh￭ am duc air￭ strip from the south and managed to land despite taking hits from opposing north vietnamese forces as soon as it landed approximately 149 south vietnamese rushed onto the aircraft once the aircraft was full major butcher proceeded to take off in a north￭ ward direction unaware that the north vietnamese were concentrated in that area according to eye￭ witness reports the aircraft under intense enemy mortar and small arms fire shook violently out of control crashed into a nearby ra￭ vine less than a mile from the end of the air￭ strip and burned killing all of the south vietnamese evacu￭ ees and the aircraft s crew of six with 155 fatalities this incident along with the civilian crash of vi￭ asa flight 7￭ 42 in venezuela the following year held the highest death toll of any aircraft crash commercial or military in the history of aviation that remained so until the mid air collision of all nip￭ pon airways flight 58 and a fighter jet over japan in 1971 killing 162 to date the kh￭ am duc crash along with the crash of a us￭ af lock￭ heed c 5 galaxy aircraft seven years later remain jointly the dead￭ liest aviation accidents incidents on vietnamese soil
the 1968 new york city riot was a disturbance sparked by the assassination of martin luther king on april 4 1968 har￭ lem the largest african american neighborhood in manhattan was expected to erup￭ t into looting and violence like it had done a year earlier in which two dozen stores were either burgl￭ arized or burned and three people were killed however mayor john lind￭ say traveled into the heart of the area and stated that he regretted king ’ s wrong￭ ful death which led to the cal￭ ming of residents various businesses were still loo￭ ted and set af￭ ire in har￭ lem and brooklyn although these events were not widespread and very minor when compared to the riots in washington d c baltimore and chicago in which federal troops were needed to qu￭ ell the disorders
the 1970 memorial park riot was a civil disturbance by alienated white you￭ ths that began in royal oak michigan on august 24 1970 and spread to bir￭ min￭ gham michigan both primarily white middle class suburbs of detroit the initial conflict resulted from the closure by police of memorial park in royal oak authorities said that the park was being used as a marketplace for the sale of illegal drugs the riot lasted for three days and led to the formation of several youth controlled social service organizations
the chap￭ el￭ town riots of 1981 took place in the le￭ eds district of chap￭ el￭ town in west yorkshire england during a time when many other areas of the uk were suffering similar problems such as london bir￭ min￭ gham and liver￭ pool the riots unfol￭ ded in july 1981 from a background of racial tension inner city poverty poor housing and high unemployment which was rising rapidly as a result of the recession at the time this brought high tension particularly amongst the area s caribbean community culminating in attacks on the local police these weren t to be the last riots in the area in 1987 there was further ri￭ oting in chap￭ el￭ town and in 2001 there was widespread ri￭ oting in nearby ha￭ re￭ hills
the tox￭ te￭ th riots of july 1981 were a civil disturbance in tox￭ te￭ th inner city liver￭ pool which arose in part from long standing tensions between the local police and the black community they followed the bri￭ x￭ ton riots earlier that year
the 1983 melbourne dust storm was a meteorological phenomenon that occurred during the afternoon of 8 february 1983 throughout much of victoria australia and affected the capital melbourne red soil dust and sand from central and sou￭ the￭ astern australia was swept up in high winds and carried southeast through victoria the dust storm was one of the most dramatic consequences of the 1982 83 drought at the time the worst in australian history and is in hindsight viewed as a precursor to the ash wednesday bush￭ fires which were to occur eight days later
the 1984 ra￭ j￭ ne￭ es￭ hee bio￭ terror attack was the food poisoning of 751 individuals in the d￭ all￭ es oregon through the deliberate contamination of salad bars at ten local restaurants with salmonella a leading group of followers of b￭ ha￭ g￭ wan sh￭ ree ra￭ j￭ ne￭ esh later known as o￭ sh￭ o had hoped to incapac￭ itate the voting population of the city so that their own candidates would win the 1984 was￭ co county elections the incident was the first and single largest bio￭ terrorist attack in united states history the attack is one of only two confirmed terrorist uses of biological weapons to harm humans since 1945 the other being the 2001 anthrax attacks across the usa having previously gained political control of an￭ tel￭ ope oregon ra￭ j￭ ne￭ esh s followers who were based in nearby ra￭ j￭ ne￭ es￭ h￭ pur￭ am sought election to two of the three seats on the was￭ co county circuit court that were up for election in november 1984 fearing they would not gain enough votes ra￭ j￭ ne￭ es￭ h￭ pur￭ am officials decided to incapac￭ itate voters in the d￭ all￭ es the largest population center in was￭ co county the chosen biological agent was salmonella enter￭ ica ty￭ ph￭ im￭ ur￭ ium which was first delivered through glasses of water to two county commissioners and then on a larger scale at salad bars and in salad dressing as a result of the attack 751 people contracted salmon￭ ellosis 45 of whom were hosp￭ itali￭ zed there were no fatalities although an initial investigation by the oregon public health division and the centers for disease control did not rule out deliberate contamination the agents and fact of contamination were only discovered a year later on february 28 1985 congressman james h wea￭ ver gave a speech in the united states house of representatives in which he accused the ra￭ j￭ ne￭ es￭ he￭ es of sprink￭ ling salmonella culture on salad bar ingredients in eight restaurants at a press conference in september 1985 ra￭ j￭ ne￭ esh accused several of his followers of participation in this and other crimes including an abor￭ ted plan in 1985 to assass￭ inate a united states attorney and he asked state and federal authorities to investigate oregon attorney general david b fro￭ hn￭ mayer set up an inter￭ agency task force composed of oregon state police and the federal bureau of investigation and executed search warrants in ra￭ j￭ ne￭ es￭ h￭ pur￭ am a sample of bacteria matching the contamin￭ ant that had sick￭ ened the town residents was found in a ra￭ j￭ ne￭ es￭ h￭ pur￭ am medical laboratory two leading ra￭ j￭ ne￭ es￭ h￭ pur￭ am officials were convicted on charges of attempted murder and served 29 months of 20 year sentences in a minimum security federal prison
the 1998 national league championship series n￭ l￭ cs to determine the champion of major league baseball s national league was played from october 7 to 14 between the east division champion atlanta bra￭ ves and the west division champion san diego pad￭ res the bra￭ ves entered the play￭ offs for the seventh straight season with a franchise record 106 regular season wins an offense that hit 215 home runs and a pit￭ ching staff made up of greg mad￭ du￭ x tom gla￭ vine john sm￭ ol￭ tz den￭ ny ne￭ ag￭ le and kevin mill￭ wood to the play￭ offs however they also carried the baggage of their embarrassing n￭ l￭ cs loss to the florida mar￭ lin￭ s the previous season in the n￭ lds the bra￭ ves swept sammy so￭ sa and the chicago cu￭ bs after a 76 – 86 season in 1997 san diego stor￭ med out and took control of their division finishing with a 98 – 64 record their best in team history the offense was led by the 50 home run club s newest member greg v￭ augh￭ n and by hall of fam￭ er tony g￭ wynn the san diego rotation was anchored by eighteen game winner kevin brown who helped florida defeat atlanta in the 1997 n￭ l￭ cs along with all star andy ash￭ by and the series m￭ vp sterling hit￭ ch￭ cock closer tre￭ vor hoff￭ man saved an astounding 53 games in the regular season the pad￭ res defeated the favored houston astro￭ s in four games in the n￭ lds it was the seventh consecutive n￭ l￭ cs appearance for the bra￭ ves and they would be heavily favored against the pad￭ res
the 1999 myanmar embassy siege of 7 october 1999 was the seizure of the burmese embassy in bangkok thailand a group of burmese dissidents from the vigorous burmese student warriors v￭ b￭ sw and allegedly god s army stor￭ med the burmese embassy and held 89 people including embassy staff burmese nationals foreigners and thai citizens all hostages were released un￭ harmed and the hostage takers escor￭ ted to the burmese thai border by thai authorities
1 p 36 deletion syndrome also known as mono￭ som￭ y 1 p 36 is a con￭ genital genetic disorder characterized by moderate to severe intellectual disability delayed growth hy￭ pot￭ onia seizures limited speech ability mal￭ formations hearing and vision impairment and distinct facial features the symptoms may vary depending on the exact location of the chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al deletion the condition is caused by a genetic deletion loss of a segment of dna on the outermost band on the short arm p of chro￭ mo￭ some 1 it is one of the most common deletion syndro￭ mes it is estimated that the syndrome occurs in one in every 5 000 to 10 000 births knowledge of the disorder has increased a great deal over the last decade mainly because more patients have been accurately diagnosed and described in international medical literature
1 q 21 1 deletion syndrome or 1 q 21 1 recurrent micro￭ deletion is a rare aberr￭ ation of chro￭ mo￭ some 1 a human cell has one pair of identical chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es on chro￭ mo￭ some 1 with the 1 q 21 1 deletion syndrome one chro￭ mo￭ some of the pair is not complete because a part of the sequence of the chro￭ mo￭ some is missing one chro￭ mo￭ some has the normal length and the other is too short in 1 q 21 1 the 1 stands for chro￭ mo￭ some 1 the q stands for the long arm of the chro￭ mo￭ some and 21 1 stands for the part of the long arm in which the deletion is situated the syndrome is a form of the 1 q 21 1 copy number variations and it is a deletion in the dis￭ tal area of the 1 q 21 1 part the c￭ nv leads to a very variable phen￭ o￭ type and the manifestations in individuals are quite variable some people who have the syndrome can function in a normal way while others have symptoms of mental retar￭ dation and various physical anomalies 1 q 21 1 micro￭ deletion is a very rare chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al condition only 46 individuals with this deletion have been reported in medical literature as of august 2011
1 q 21 1 duplication syndrome or 1 q 21 1 recurrent micro￭ duplication is a rare aberr￭ ation of chro￭ mo￭ some 1 unique the international rare chro￭ mo￭ some disorder group has 57 genetically confirmed registered cases of this duplication worldwide october 2012 in a common situation a human cell has one pair of identical chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es on chro￭ mo￭ some 1 with the 1 q 21 1 duplication syndrome one chro￭ mo￭ some of the pair is over complete because a part of the sequence of the chro￭ mo￭ some is duplic￭ ated twice or more in 1 q 21 1 the 1 stands for chro￭ mo￭ some 1 the q stands for the long arm of the chro￭ mo￭ some and 21 1 stands for the part of the long arm in which the duplication is situated next to the duplication syndrome there is also a 1 q 21 1 deletion syndrome while there are two or three copies of a similar part of the dna on a particular spot with the duplication syndrome there is a part of the dna missing with the deletion syndrome on the same spot literature refers to both the deletion and the duplication as the 1 q 21 1 copy number variations c￭ nv the c￭ nv leads to a very variable phen￭ o￭ type and the manifestations in individuals are quite variable some people who have the syndrome can function in a normal way while others have symptoms of mental retar￭ dation and various physical anomalies
the 1 st kis￭ ei was the birth of a new go tournament since this was the first year of the tournament there was no set challenger or holder from the 2 nd edition on there has been a play￭ off between challeng￭ ers at the time it was the highest paying tournament there had ever been and would be until the creation of the ing cup fu￭ j￭ is￭ awa hide￭ y￭ uki s win would mark the beginning of a six year defense of the kis￭ ei title from 1977 to 1982
2 4 dien￭ o￭ yl co￭ a reduc￭ t￭ ase deficiency is an in￭ born error of metabol￭ ism resulting in defective fatty acid oxid￭ ation caused by a deficiency of the enzyme 2 4 dien￭ o￭ yl co￭ a reduc￭ t￭ ase lys￭ ine degradation is also affected in this disorder leading to hyper￭ ly￭ sin￭ emia the disorder is inherited in an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive manner meaning an individual must inherit mutations in nad￭ k 2 located at 5 p 13 2 from both of their parents nad￭ k 2 en￭ codes the mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al n￭ ad kin￭ ase a defect in this enzyme leads to deficient mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al nico￭ tin￭ amide aden￭ ine din￭ uc￭ le￭ o￭ tide phosphate levels 2 4 dien￭ o￭ yl co￭ a reduc￭ t￭ ase but also lys￭ ine degradation are performed by nad￭ p dependent ox￭ ido￭ reduc￭ t￭ ases explaining how nad￭ k 2 deficiency can lead to multiple enzyme defects 2 4 dien￭ o￭ yl co￭ a reduc￭ t￭ ase deficiency was initially described in 1990 based on a single case of a black female who presented with persistent hy￭ pot￭ onia laboratory investigations revealed elevated lys￭ ine low levels of car￭ nit￭ ine and an abnormal ac￭ yl￭ car￭ nit￭ ine profile in urine and blood the abnormal ac￭ yl￭ car￭ nit￭ ine species was eventually identified as 2 trans 4 cis dec￭ adi￭ en￭ o￭ yl￭ car￭ nit￭ ine an intermediate of lin￭ ole￭ ic acid metabol￭ ism the index case died of respiratory failure at four months of age post￭ mortem enzyme analysis on liver and muscle samples revealed decreased 2 4 dien￭ o￭ yl co￭ a reduc￭ t￭ ase activity when compared to normal controls a second case with failure to thrive developmental delay lac￭ tic aci￭ do￭ sis and severe encephalopathy was reported in 2014 2 4 dien￭ o￭ yl co￭ a reduc￭ t￭ ase deficiency was included as a secondary condition in the american college of medical genetics recommended uniform panel for new￭ born screening its status as a secondary condition means there was not enough evidence of benefit to include it as a primary target but it may be detected during the screening process or as part of a differential diagnosis when detecting conditions included as primary target despite its inclusion in new￭ born screening programs in several states for a number of years no cases have been identified via ne￭ on￭ atal screening
2 hydroxy￭ glu￭ taric ac￭ id￭ ur￭ ia is a group of rare neuro￭ metabol￭ ic disorders characterized by the significantly elevated levels of hydroxy￭ glu￭ taric acid in ones urine it is either auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive or auto￭ som￭ al dominant
2 meth￭ yl￭ bu￭ ty￭ ry￭ l co￭ a de￭ hydro￭ gen￭ ase deficiency also called 2 meth￭ yl￭ bu￭ ty￭ ry￭ l gly￭ cin￭ ur￭ ia or short bran￭ ched chain ac￭ yl co￭ a de￭ hydro￭ gen￭ ase deficiency s￭ b￭ c￭ add is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive metabol￭ ic disorder it causes the body to be unable to process the amino acid iso￭ le￭ uc￭ ine properly initial case reports identified individuals with developmental delay and epi￭ le￭ psy however most cases identified through new￭ born screening have been as￭ ymp￭ tomatic
in computer science 2 satis￭ fi￭ ability is a compu￭ tational problem of assigning values to variables each of which has two possible values in order to satisfy a system of constraints on pairs of variables it is a special case of the general boo￭ lean satis￭ fi￭ ability problem which can involve constraints on more than two variables and of constraint satisfaction problems which can allow more than two choices for the value of each variable but in contrast to those more general problems which are n￭ p complete 2 satis￭ fi￭ ability can be solved in poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al time 2 satis￭ fi￭ ability is often abbreviated as 2 sat or just 2 sat instances of the 2 satis￭ fi￭ ability problem are typically expressed as boo￭ lean formulas of a special type called con￭ junc￭ tive normal form 2 cn￭ f or kro￭ m formulas alternatively they may be expressed as a special type of directed graph the implication graph which expresses the variables of an instance and their neg￭ ations as ver￭ tices in a graph and constraints on pairs of variables as directed edges both of these kinds of inputs may be solved in linear time either by a method based on back￭ tracking or by using the strongly connected components of the implication graph resolution a method for combining pairs of constraints to make additional valid constraints also leads to a poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al time solution 2 satis￭ fi￭ ability may be applied to geometry and vis￭ u￭ alization problems in which a collection of objects each have two potential locations and the goal is to find a placement for each object that avoids overlaps with other objects other applications include clu￭ stering data to minimize the sum of the diame￭ ters of the clusters classroom and sports scheduling and recovering shapes from information about their cross sections in compu￭ tational complexity theory 2 satis￭ fi￭ ability provides an example of an nl complete problem one that can be solved non deter￭ minis￭ tically using a log￭ arith￭ mic amount of storage and that is among the hardest of the problems sol￭ vable in this resource bound the set of all solutions to a 2 satis￭ fi￭ ability instance can be given the structure of a median graph but counting these solutions is p complete and therefore not expected to have a poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al time solution random instances undergo a sharp phase transition from sol￭ vable to un￭ sol￭ vable instances as the ratio of constraints to variables increases past 1 a phenomenon con￭ jec￭ tured but un￭ proven for more complicated forms of the satis￭ fi￭ ability problem a compu￭ t￭ ationally difficult variation of 2 satis￭ fi￭ ability finding a truth assignment that maxim￭ izes the number of satisfied constraints has an approximation algori￭ thm whose optim￭ ality depends on the unique games con￭ jec￭ ture and another difficult variation finding a satisfying assignment minim￭ izing the number of true variables is an important test case for parame￭ ter￭ ized complexity
the 2003 mid￭ west mon￭ key￭ pox outbreak marked the first time mon￭ key￭ pox infection has appeared in the united states and the first time in the western hemisphere beginning in may 2003 a total of 71 cases of human mon￭ key￭ pox were found in five mid￭ western states including wis￭ cons￭ in 39 cases indi￭ ana 16 illinois 12 kansas 1 mis￭ sour￭ i 2 and ohio 1 the cause of the outbreak was traced to gambi￭ an pou￭ ched rats imported into the united states by an exotic animal importer in texas the rats were shipped from texas to an illinois distributor who housed them with pr￭ ai￭ rie dogs no deaths were reported no human to human transmission was found all cases involved direct contact with infected pr￭ ai￭ rie dogs electr￭ on micro￭ sco￭ py and testing by poly￭ mer￭ ase chain reaction and immun￭ o￭ his￭ to￭ chemistry were used to confirm the caus￭ ative agent was human mon￭ key￭ pox
serena williams successfully defended her title beating her older sister venus williams in the final for the second year in a row 4 – 6 6 – 4 6 – 2 this was the first wi￭ m￭ ble￭ don appearance of future world no 1 maria shar￭ apo￭ va played in the main draw she would go on to win the title in the following year
the 2005 royal air force hercul￭ es sho￭ ot￭ down was the loss of a royal air force lock￭ heed c 130 k hercul￭ es c 3 serial number xv 179 call￭ sign hil￭ ton 22 when it was shot down in iraq probably by sunni insurgents on 30 january 2005 killing all 10 personnel on board at the time the incident was the largest single loss of life suffered by the british military during operation tel￭ ic the board of inquiry report in december 2005 identified the lack of a fire sup￭ pres￭ sant system as a contributory factor in september 2006 the british channel 4 news aired an article criticising the ministry of defence for having fitted only one c 130 hercul￭ es with a foam fire sup￭ pres￭ sant system the raf had ordered a retro￭ fit of this system to all front line c 130 aircraft a system which could well have prevented the loss of aircraft xv 179 and its crew
the 2006 mexico dc 9 drug bust was a 2006 arrest that resulted in the seizure of 5 5 tons of cocaine in the mexican city of ci￭ u￭ dad del carmen the drugs were smuggled into the country using a mc￭ donn￭ ell douglas dc 9 15 both plane and drugs were seized by mexican authorities according to the united states drug enforcement agency dea it was one of the largest seizures of narcotics in recent mexican history
the 2006 mumbai sweet se￭ aw￭ ater incident was a strange phenomenon during which residents of mumbai claimed that the water at ma￭ him creek had suddenly turned sweet within hours residents of gu￭ jar￭ at claimed that se￭ aw￭ ater at te￭ eth￭ al beach had turned sweet as well this caused a mass hysteria among people who started coming in large numbers to drink the sea water
the western australian gas crisis was a major disruption to natural gas supply in western australia caused by the rupture of a corro￭ ded pipeline and subsequent explosion at a processing plant on var￭ an￭ us island off the state s north west coast on 3 june 2008 the plant operated by ap￭ ache energy which normally supplied a third of the state s gas was shut down for almost two months while a detailed engineering investigation and major repairs were carried out gas supply from the plant partially resumed in late august by mid october gas production was running at two thirds of normal capacity with 85 of full output restored by december 2008 in a state heavily reliant on continuous supply of gas for industrial processing manufacturing residential use and electricity generation the sudden loss of almost 35 of gas supply had immediate social impacts and significant short and long term economic effects many businesses were forced to curtail or cease operations resulting in workers being stood down or forced to take annual leave and the government requested that businesses and house￭ holders conserve energy usage an emergency coordination committee of government and industry representatives rati￭ oned and redirected remaining gas supply sources when many large gas users switched to diesel for power generation the risk of a shortfall in transport fuel led to the federal government authorising the release of emergency fuel reserves stored at the garden island naval facility the incident raised significant public and political issues related to energy security adequacy of existing infrastructure contingency planning and the role of regulatory agencies the plant took three months to repair although partial supplies were restored within six weeks of the explosion a major investigation was launched by the national offshore petroleum safety authority no￭ p￭ sa with separate investigations conducted by the plant operator and several other government agencies no￭ p￭ sa s report was published on 10 october 2008 and confirmed early suggestions that the explosion was caused by structural failure of the export pipeline due to significant corro￭ sion a senate committee inquiry was established to investigate the economic impacts and the state government s response to the crisis the committee s report was handed down on 3 december 2008
the 2009 turks and cai￭ cos islands migrant shipwreck was the loss near the turks and cai￭ cos islands of a boat carrying migrants from haiti late on the night of 26 july 2009 sixty five persons are still missing earlier figures of 79 missing migrants were reduced as bodies were recovered at least fifteen corp￭ ses have thus far been located the boat spent three days at sea before it cap￭ sized one survivor said the craft ended up on a re￭ ef while attempting to escape a pat￭ rolling police vessel a turks and cai￭ cos police sergeant confirmed that the boat hit molasses re￭ ef near west cai￭ cos of the 124 people who were rescued 102 were male 22 were female several severely injured migrants were helicop￭ tered to a hospital in provi￭ den￭ ci￭ ales many were brought ashore aboard small boats whilst five migrants were located alive and well after seemingly having sw￭ um to safety the incident was reported to the united states coast guard by authorities from turks and cai￭ cos a spokesperson for the coast guard said they rescued 113 migrants and were assisting in the search for those who were still missing he said they were hopeful of finding more missing migrants alive but that it has been a night and we have not located any additional people a helicopter and a cut￭ ter were also sent by the united states an investigation is underway to determine the cause the boat had no motor hubert hughes turks and cai￭ cos deputy police commissioner claimed police had not been chasing the boat and only assisted when it became apparent that it had gotten into trouble repatriation of hai￭ tians was commenced immediately the incident followed the interception of 124 haitian migrants from what was described as a grossly overloaded boat that was travelling southwest of this incident those migrants were quickly returned to haiti
the 2009 flu pandemic or swine flu was an influenza pandemic and the second of the two pandemics involving h 1 n 1 influenza virus the first of them being the 1918 flu pandemic albeit in a new version first described in april 2009 the virus appeared to be a new strain of h 1 n 1 which resulted when a previous triple re￭ ass￭ or￭ tment of bird swine and human flu viruses further combined with a eurasian pig flu virus leading to the term swine flu unlike most strains of influenza h 1 n 1 does not disproportionately infect adults older than 60 years this was an unusual and characteristic feature of the h 1 n 1 pandemic even in the case of previously very healthy people a small percentage will develop pneumonia or acute respiratory distress syndrome ards this manifests itself as increased breathing difficulty and typically occurs 3 – 6 days after initial onset of flu symptoms the pneumonia caused by flu can be either direct viral pneumonia or a secondary bacterial pneumonia in fact a november 2009 new england journal of medicine article recommends that flu patients whose chest x ray indicates pneumonia receive both anti￭ vir￭ als and antibiotics in particular it is a warning sign if a child and presumably an adult seems to be getting better and then relap￭ ses with high fever as this relap￭ se may be bacterial pneumonia
the 2009 refugee crisis in pakistan was the massive displacement of civilians in the k￭ hy￭ ber pak￭ h￭ tun￭ kh￭ wa of pakistan that was caused by operation black thunder￭ storm since the beginning of operation black thunder￭ storm against the taliban over 1 2 million people have been displaced in across pakistan s k￭ hy￭ ber pak￭ h￭ tun￭ kh￭ wa joined by a further 555 000 pakistanis uprooted by fighting since august 2008 the refugees are known in pakistan as internally displaced persons id￭ ps most of the 1 2 million people who have escaped the violence were staying with relatives or friends placing tremendous strain on the country while over 300 000 others are seeking refuge in unhcr supported camps by august 22 1 6 million of 2 2 million returned home as per un estimates
in the year 2010 there was a dramatic increase and prominence in the use of 3 d technology in film￭ making after the success of av￭ atar in the format with releases such as alice in wonder￭ land clash of the tit￭ ans jack￭ ass 3 d all animated films with numerous other titles being released in 3 d formats 20 th century fox celebrated its 75 th anniversary in 2010
a novel strain of es￭ cher￭ ic￭ hia coli o 104 h 4 bacteria caused a serious outbreak of food￭ borne illness focused in northern germany in may through june 2011 the illness was characterized by bloody diarr￭ hea with a high frequency of serious complications including hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic u￭ rem￭ ic syndrome hus a condition that requires urgent treatment the outbreak was originally thought to have been caused by an enter￭ o￭ hemorrha￭ gic eh￭ ec strain of e coli but it was later shown to have been caused by an enter￭ o￭ aggreg￭ ative e coli eaec strain that had acquired the genes to produce shi￭ ga toxins present in organic fen￭ u￭ greek spro￭ uts epidemiological fiel￭ d￭ work suggested fresh vegetables were the source of infection the agriculture minister of lower saxony identified an organic farm in bi￭ en￭ en￭ b￭ ü￭ t￭ tel lower saxony germany which produces a variety of s￭ prou￭ ted foods as the likely source of the e coli outbreak the farm was shut down although laboratories in lower saxony did not detect the bacter￭ ium in produce a laboratory in north rhine westphalia later found the outbreak strain in a discarded package of spro￭ uts from the suspect farm a control investigation confirmed the farm as the source of the outbreak on 30 june 2011 the german bundes￭ institut für ris￭ i￭ ko￭ bewer￭ tung b￭ fr federal institute for risk assessment an institute of the german federal ministry of food agriculture and consumer protection announced that seeds of organic fen￭ u￭ greek imported from egypt were likely the source of the outbreak in all 3 950 people were affected and 53 died 51 of whom were in germany 800 people suffered hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic u￭ rem￭ ic syndrome hus which can lead to kidney failure a handful of cases were reported in several other countries including switzerland poland the netherlands sweden denmark the uk canada and the usa essentially all affected people had been in germany or france shortly before becoming ill initially german officials made incorrect statements on the likely origin and strain of es￭ cher￭ ic￭ hia coli the german health authorities without results of ongoing tests incorrectly linked the o 104 sero￭ type to cucum￭ bers imported from spain later they recognised that spanish green￭ houses were not the source of the e coli and cucum￭ ber samples did not contain the specific e coli variant causing the outbreak spain consequently expressed anger about having its produce linked with the deadly e coli outbreak which cost spanish exporters us 200 million per week russia banned the import of all fresh vegetables from the european union from early june until 22 june 2011
the 2011 nab￭ ro eruption was an eruption of the nab￭ ro str￭ ato￭ volcano in the southern red sea region of eritrea which began on 12 june 2011 after a series of earthquakes the eruption killed seven and possibly a further 31 people and is estimated to be the highest altitude injection of sul￭ fur dioxide so 2 ever observed by satellite the mount pin￭ at￭ u￭ bo eruption 20 years earlier emitted ten times more so 2 the ash cloud from the eruption reached al￭ titu￭ des which disrupted airline traffic in the region until the eruption began the volcano had no records of historical erup￭ tions
the 2011 pu￭ ye￭ h￭ ue cord￭ ón ca￭ ul￭ le eruption pu￭ ˈ￭ ʝ￭ e￭ we was a volcanic eruption that began in the pu￭ ye￭ h￭ ue cord￭ ón ca￭ ul￭ le volcanic complex in chile on 6 june 2011 mis￭ lead￭ ingly called by media the pu￭ ye￭ h￭ ue eruption – the eruption is actually from the cord￭ ón ca￭ ul￭ le fis￭ sure after 51 years of the volcano being inactive at least 3 500 people were evacuated from nearby areas while the ash cloud was blown across cities all around the southern hemisphere including b￭ ari￭ lo￭ che buenos aires monte￭ video stanley porto alegre cape town ho￭ bart per￭ th adel￭ aide sydney melbourne well￭ ington and au￭ ck￭ land port mo￭ res￭ by forcing airlines to cancel hundreds of international and domestic flights and causing travel chaos by 18 june the ash cloud had completed its first circle of the globe the chilean civil aviation authority said that the tip of the cloud that has travelled around the world has more or less reached the town of co￭ y￭ hai￭ que about 600 kilometres south of the pu￭ ye￭ h￭ ue cord￭ ón ca￭ ul￭ le an estimated one hundred million tons of ash sand and pum￭ ice were e￭ jected – requiring power equivalent to 70 atomic bombs cord￭ ón ca￭ ul￭ le is a volcanic fis￭ sure and has erupted many times in recorded history most recently in 1960 following the 1960 val￭ di￭ via earthquake days earlier whereas the pu￭ ye￭ h￭ ue str￭ ato￭ cone has remained dormant
the 2011 van￭ cou￭ ver stanley cup riot was a public disturbance that broke out in the downtown core of van￭ cou￭ ver british columbia canada on wednesday june 15 2011 the riot happened immediately after the conclusion of the boston bru￭ ins win over the van￭ cou￭ ver can￭ uc￭ ks in game seven of the stanley cup fin￭ als which won the stanley cup for boston at least 140 people were reported as injured during the incident 1 critically at least 4 people were stabbed 9 police officers were injured and 101 people were arrested that night in july 2015 four years after the riot police finished their investigation and recommended the final charges against two suspects bringing the total to 8￭ 87 charges laid against 301 people
in november 2010 more than 21 204 people were diagnosed with den￭ gue fever those infected were mainly from pun￭ jab pakistan patients were admitted to dedicated wards in government hospitals the severity of the epidemic was greatest in la￭ hor￭ e the secretary of the pun￭ jab mineral development corporation at￭ a￭ ul￭ lah sid￭ di￭ qui and gh￭ ias￭ ud￭ din a member of the pun￭ jab public service commission died as a result of the den￭ gue fever on 30 september 2011 the pun￭ jab mp￭ a mum￭ ta￭ z ja￭ j￭ ja also died of den￭ gue fever eight chinese engineers were taken ill
the 2011 eruption of gr￭ í￭ m￭ sv￭ öt￭ n was an eruption in gr￭ í￭ m￭ sv￭ öt￭ n iceland s most active volcano which caused disruption to air travel in north￭ western europe from 22 – 25 may 2011 the last eruption of gr￭ í￭ m￭ sv￭ öt￭ n was in 2004 with the previous most powerful erup￭ tions in 17￭ 83 18￭ 73 and 19￭ 02 the gr￭ í￭ m￭ sv￭ öt￭ n eruption was the largest eruption in iceland for 50 years
the 2012 ker￭ mad￭ ec islands eruption was a major under￭ sea volcanic eruption that was produced by the previously little known hav￭ re se￭ amount near the l es￭ per￭ ance and l hav￭ re rocks in the ker￭ mad￭ ec islands of new zealand the large volume of low density pum￭ ice produced by the eruption accumulated as a large area of floating pum￭ ice a pum￭ ice raft that was originally covering a surface of 400 km ² spread to a continuous float of between 7 500 and 10 000 square miles 19 000 and 26 000 km 2 and within three month dispersed to an area of more than twice the size of new zealand the thickness of the raft may initially have been as high as 3 5 m and was reduced to around 0 5 m within a month three months after the eruption the mass had dispersed into very dilute raf￭ ts and rib￭ b￭ ons of floating pum￭ ice cl￭ asts most pum￭ ice cl￭ asts became water￭ logged and sunk to the sea floor while some flocks have stranded in the tonga islands on the northern shores of new zealand and eventually on the eastern coast of australia one year after the eruption
the 2012 – 13 sw￭ an￭ sea meas￭ les epidemic began in november 2012 and was declared over on 3 july 2013 there were a total of 1 219 meas￭ les notifications suspected cases in sw￭ an￭ sea neath port tal￭ bot bri￭ dg￭ end car￭ mar￭ th￭ en￭ shire cere￭ dig￭ ion p￭ embro￭ kes￭ hire and pow￭ ys with 1 455 meas￭ les notifications for the whole of wales 664 of which were in sw￭ an￭ sea alone a total of 88 people were hospit￭ alised for meas￭ les infection during the epidemic one death was reported a 25 year old man suffering from giant cell pneumonia brought on by meas￭ les infection died on 18 april 2013 the cost associated with treating the sick and controlling the outbreak exceeded £ 470 000 701 8￭ 98 some sources linked the outbreak with the m￭ mr vaccine controversy and a campaign in the south wales evening post in the 1990 s against the m￭ mr vaccine as the majority of those who became infected were not immun￭ ised as infants during the m￭ mr scare uptake of the m￭ mr vaccine fell from 94 of two year olds in wales in 1995 to 78 by 2003 in the sw￭ an￭ sea area the uptake fell to 67 5 the south wales evening post was also criticised for appearing to exaggerate the number of confirmed meas￭ les cases that occurred during the epidemic in the wake of the outbreak m￭ mr clinics were set up in four hospitals in sw￭ an￭ sea and neath port tal￭ bot and vaccinated over 1 800 people several politicians including welsh first minister car￭ wy￭ n jones urged the public to make sure their children were vaccinated politicians and vaccine experts also called for mandatory vaccinations to be implemented the welsh government opposed mandatory vaccination believing that trust in the m￭ mr vaccine had been regained and could be damaged if it were mandatory hy￭ wel d￭ da health board offered the vaccine in april 2013 in the surrounding counties of car￭ mar￭ then cere￭ dig￭ ion and p￭ embro￭ kes￭ hire in a bid to contain the outbreak vaccinations were held in all comprehensive schools in pow￭ ys there were concerns that the epidemic could spread to london and infect many more people prompting the department of health to set up a mass vaccination campaign targeted at one million school children throughout england the following table shows meas￭ les notifications by the n￭ hs health board reported notifications tend to exceed confirmed cases public health wales issued a statement saying meas￭ les is one of a number of notifiable diseases doctors in wales have a statutory duty to notify a proper officer of the local authority of suspected cases of meas￭ les based on clinical symptoms usually before diagnosis has been confirmed by laboratory testing reported notifications of meas￭ les usually far exceed the actual numbers of confirmed cases other r￭ ashes are often mistaken for meas￭ les
the 2014 peninsula malaysia tor￭ n￭ ado outbreak malay ser￭ ang￭ an pu￭ ting beli￭ ung sem￭ en￭ an￭ jung malaysia 2014 is a natural phenomenon that took place in the state of ke￭ d￭ ah and sel￭ ang￭ or malaysia from 14 october to 12 november 2014
the 2014 – 2015 eruption of b￭ ár￭ ð￭ ar￭ bun￭ ga was an eruption in the b￭ ár￭ ð￭ ar￭ bun￭ ga volcanic system in iceland that began on august 29 2014 and ended on february 27 2015 the eruption emitted large volumes of sulphur dioxide and imp￭ acted air quality in iceland there was no effect on flights outside of the immediate vicinity due to a lack of a significant emission of volcanic ash the eruption took place in the lava field of h￭ olu￭ hr￭ au￭ n northeast of the b￭ ár￭ ð￭ ar￭ bun￭ ga calder￭ a proper
the 2015 texas pool party incident also known as the mc￭ kin￭ ney pool party was a civil and domestic disturbance that occurred on june 5 2015 at a pool party in a gated mc￭ kin￭ ney texas community a mc￭ kin￭ ney police officer was video recorded restraining an unarmed african american fifteen year old girl on the ground he later drew his hand￭ gun during the same incident the incident was caught on video and was posted on you￭ tube by another teenage part￭ y￭ go￭ er within hours millions of people had seen the video the officer shown in the video was placed on administrative leave pending an investigation and later resigned the incident sparked protests in mc￭ kin￭ ney involving hundreds of people
during the 20 th century there was a vast increase in the variety of music that people had access to prior to the invention of mass market gram￭ oph￭ one records developed in 18￭ 92 and radio broadcasting first commercially done ca 19￭ 19 – 20 people mainly listened to music at live classical music concer￭ ts or musical theatre shows which were too expensive for many lower income people on early phono￭ graph players a technology invented in 18￭ 77 which was not mass marketed until the mid 1890 s or by individuals performing music or singing songs on an amateur basis at home using sheet music which required the ability to sing play and read music which were skills that tended to be limited to middle class and upper class individuals with the mass market availability of gram￭ oph￭ one records and radio broadcasts lis￭ teners could purchase recordings of or listen on radio to recordings or live broadcasts of a huge variety of songs and musical pieces this enabled a much wider range of the population to listen to performances of classical music symp￭ hon￭ ies and oper￭ as that they would not be able to hear live either due to not being able to afford live concert tickets or because such music was not performed in their region sound recording was also a major influence on the development of popular music gen￭ res because it enabled recordings of songs and bands to be in￭ exp￭ en￭ sively and widely distributed nationwide or even for some artists worldwide the development of relatively inexpensive reproduction of music via a succession of formats including vinyl records compact cas￭ set￭ tes compact dis￭ cs introduced in 1983 and by the mid 1990 s digital audio recordings and the transmission or broadcast of audio recordings of music performances on radio of video recordings or live performances on television and by the 1990 s of audio and video recordings via the internet using file sharing of digital audio recordings gave individuals from a wide range of socioeconomic classes access to a diverse selection of high quality music performances by artists from around the world the introduction of multi￭ track recording in 1955 and the use of mixing had a major influence on pop and rock music because it enabled record producers to mix and over￭ du￭ b many layers of instrument tracks and voc￭ als creating new sounds that would not be possible in a live performance the development of sound recording and audio engineering technologies and the ability to ed￭ it these recordings gave rise to new sub￭ gen￭ res of classical music including the mu￭ si￭ que con￭ crè￭ te 1949 and acous￭ matic 1955 schools of electronic composition in the 1970 s african american hip hop musicians began to use the record turn￭ table as a musical instrument creating rhy￭ th￭ mic and per￭ cus￭ sive scrat￭ ching effects by manipulating a vinyl record on the turn￭ table the 20 th century orchestra was far more flexible than its predecessors and used a much wider variety of instruments in be￭ eth￭ oven s and felix mend￭ el￭ s￭ sohn s time in the 19 th century the orchestra was composed of a fairly standard core of instruments which was very rarely modified as time progressed and as the romantic period saw changes in accepted modification with compos￭ ers such as ber￭ li￭ oz and mah￭ ler the 20 th century saw that instrum￭ entation could practically be hand picked by the compos￭ er sax￭ op￭ hon￭ es were used in some 20 th century orchestra scores such as v￭ augh￭ an williams symp￭ hon￭ ies no 6 and 9 and william wal￭ ton s bel￭ sh￭ az￭ zar s feast and many other works as a member of the orchestr￭ al ens￭ emb￭ le twentieth century orchestr￭ as generally include a string section wood￭ winds brass instruments per￭ cus￭ sion piano cel￭ este har￭ p s with other instruments called for occasionally such as electric guitar and electric bass the 20 th century saw dramatic innovations in musical forms and styles compos￭ ers and s￭ ong￭ writers explored new forms and sounds that challenged the previously accepted rules of music of earlier periods such as the use of altered ch￭ ords and extended ch￭ ords in 1940 s era be￭ b￭ op jazz the development of powerful loud guitar amp￭ li￭ fiers and sound reinforcement systems in the 1960 s and 1970 s permitted bands to hold large concer￭ ts where even those with the least expensive tickets could hear the show compos￭ ers and s￭ ong￭ writers experim￭ ented with new musical styles such as gen￭ re fu￭ sions e g the late 1960 s fusion of jazz and rock music to create jazz fusion as well compos￭ ers and musicians used new electric electronic and digital instruments and musical devices in the 1980 s some styles of music such as electronic dance music gen￭ res such as house music were created largely with synthe￭ si￭ zers and drum machines faster modes of transportation such as jet flight allowed musicians and fans to travel more widely to perform or hear shows which increased the spread of musical styles
22 q 11 2 dis￭ tal deletion syndrome is a rare genetic condition caused by a tiny missing part of one of the body ’ s 46 chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es – chro￭ mo￭ some 22 22 q 11 2 dis￭ tal deletion syndrome appears to be a recurrent genom￭ ic disorder distinct from di￭ george syndrome dgs 18￭ 8￭ 400 and vel￭ o￭ cardi￭ o￭ facial syndrome v￭ cf￭ s 19￭ 24￭ 30 the first published description of a person with a 22 q 11 2 dis￭ tal deletion was in 1999 there have since been hundreds of cases reported worldwide 22 q 11 2 dis￭ tal deletion syndrome seems to occur equally often in males and females there are reports of people who are unaffected by carrying the deletion and only discovered it after their child was diagnosed it seems that the 22 q 11 2 dis￭ tal deletion can be silent and it is unknown how many people may have a silent form of this syndrome
22 q 11 2 duplication syndrome is a rare genetic disorder caused by a duplication of a segment at the end of chro￭ mo￭ some 22
22 q 13 deletion syndrome spoken as twenty two q one three is a genetic disorder caused by dele￭ tions or re￭ arrangements on the q terminal end long arm of chro￭ mo￭ some 22 any abnormal genetic variation in the q 13 region that presents with significant manifestations phen￭ o￭ type typical of a terminal deletion should be diagnosed as 22 q 13 deletion syndrome 22 q 13 deletion syndrome is often placed in the more general category of p￭ hel￭ an mc￭ der￭ mid syndrome abbreviated p￭ ms which includes some mutations and micro￭ dele￭ tions the p￭ ms name is less precise since there is disagreement among researchers as to which variants belong in the p￭ ms category the developmental syn￭ ap￭ top￭ ath￭ ies consortium defines p￭ ms as being caused by sh￭ ank 3 mutations a definition that excludes terminal dele￭ tions this latter definition of p￭ ms is incompatible with the definition of 22 q 13 deletion syndrome by those who first described 22 q 13 deletion syndrome a proto￭ typical terminal deletion of 22 q 13 can be uncovered by kar￭ yo￭ type analysis but many terminal and inter￭ sti￭ tial dele￭ tions are too small the availability of dna micro￭ array technology for revealing multiple genetic problems simultaneously has been the diagnostic tool of choice the falling cost for whole ex￭ ome sequ￭ encing and eventually whole genome sequ￭ encing may replace dna micro￭ array technology for candidate evaluation however fluores￭ cence in situ hybri￭ di￭ zation fish tests remain valuable for diagno￭ sing cases of mo￭ sa￭ ic￭ ism mo￭ saic genetics and chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al re￭ arrangements e g ring chro￭ mo￭ some unbalanced chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al trans￭ location although early researchers sought a mono￭ genic single gene genetic disorder explanation recent studies have not supported that hypothesis see eti￭ ology below
2 p 15 16 1 micro￭ deletion is a rare genetic disorder caused by a small deletion in the short arm of human chro￭ mo￭ some 2 first described in two patients in 2007 by 2013 only 21 missing reference for the other 17 patients people have been reported as having the disorder in the medical literature
2 q 37 deletion syndrome is a disorder caused by the deletion of a small piece of chro￭ mo￭ some 2 2 q 37 deletion syndrome describes a disorder in which one or multiple of 3 sub bands 2 q 37 1 2 q 37 2 and 2 q 37 3 of the last band of one of the chro￭ mo￭ some 2 ’ s long arms are deleted the first report of this disorder was in 1989
2 q 37 mono￭ som￭ y is a rare genetic disorder caused by a deletion of a segment at the end of chro￭ mo￭ some 2
3 m syndrome alternative names dol￭ ic￭ hosp￭ on￭ dyl￭ ic dys￭ pl￭ asia gloomy face syndrome and le mer￭ r￭ er syndrome is a rare hereditary growth retar￭ dation syndrome the name 3 m originates from the initials of the three authors miller mc￭ k￭ us￭ ick and mal￭ v￭ aux who first reported the syndrome in literature major symptoms of 3 m syndrome are dwar￭ f￭ ism facial dys￭ mor￭ phia and sk￭ el￭ etal ab￭ norm￭ alities no signs of mental retar￭ dation are reported 3 m syndrome is thought to be inherited as an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive genetic trait
3 meth￭ yl￭ cro￭ ton￭ yl co￭ a car￭ box￭ yl￭ ase deficiency 3 mc￭ c deficiency also known as 3 meth￭ yl￭ cro￭ ton￭ yl￭ gly￭ cin￭ ur￭ ia or b￭ mc￭ c deficiency is an inherited disorder in which the body is unable to process certain proteins properly people with this disorder have inadequate levels of an enzyme that helps break down proteins containing the amino acid le￭ uc￭ ine this condition affects an estimated 1 in 50 000 individuals worldwide
3 meth￭ yl￭ glu￭ ta￭ con￭ ic ac￭ id￭ ur￭ ia m￭ ga is used to describe at least five disorders that impair the body s ability to make energy in the mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ a as a result of this impairment 3 meth￭ yl￭ glu￭ ta￭ con￭ ic acid and 3 meth￭ yl￭ glu￭ taric acid build up and can be detected in the urine 3 meth￭ yl￭ glu￭ ta￭ con￭ ic acid is classified as an organic acid the double car￭ box￭ yl￭ ic acid functions are the principal cause of the strength of this acid 3 meth￭ yl￭ glu￭ ta￭ con￭ ic acid can be detected by the presence of the acid function and the double connection that involves re￭ activity with some specific substances
3 hydroxy￭ ac￭ yl co￭ enzyme a de￭ hydro￭ gen￭ ase deficiency had￭ h deficiency is a rare condition that prevents the body from converting certain fats to energy particularly during fast￭ ing normally through a process called fatty acid oxid￭ ation several enzymes work in a step wise fashion to met￭ abo￭ li￭ ze fats and convert them to energy people with 3 hydroxy￭ ac￭ yl co￭ enzyme a de￭ hydro￭ gen￭ ase deficiency have inadequate levels of an enzyme required for a step that met￭ abo￭ li￭ zes groups of fats called medium chain fatty acids and short chain fatty acids for this reason this disorder is sometimes called medium and short chain 3 hydroxy￭ ac￭ yl co￭ enzyme a de￭ hydro￭ gen￭ ase m sc￭ had deficiency
the 3 partition problem is an n￭ p complete problem in computer science the problem is to decide whether a given multi￭ set of inte￭ gers can be parti￭ tioned into tri￭ ples that all have the same sum more precisely given a multi￭ set s of n 3 m positive inte￭ gers can s be parti￭ tioned into m tri￭ ple￭ ts s 1 s 2 … sm such that the sum of the numbers in each sub￭ set is equal the sub￭ sets s 1 s 2 … sm must form a partition of s in the sense that they are dis￭ joint and they cover s let b den￭ ote the desired sum of each sub￭ set si or equival￭ ently let the total sum of the numbers in s be m b the 3 partition problem remains n￭ p complete when every inte￭ ger in s is strictly between b 4 and b 2 the 3 partition problem is similar to the partition problem which in turn is related to the sub￭ set sum problem in the partition problem the goal is to partition s into two sub￭ sets with equal sum in 3 partition the goal is to partition s into m sub￭ sets or n 3 sub￭ sets not just two sub￭ sets with equal sum
3 c syndrome also known as ccc dys￭ pl￭ asia cr￭ ani￭ oc￭ ere￭ bel￭ lo￭ cardiac dys￭ pl￭ asia or rit￭ sch￭ er – sch￭ in￭ zel syndrome is a rare condition whose symptoms include heart defects cere￭ bell￭ ar hypo￭ pl￭ asia and cran￭ ial dys￭ morph￭ ism it was first described in the medical literature in 1987 by rit￭ sch￭ er and sch￭ in￭ zel for whom the disorder is sometimes named
3 d pose estimation is the problem of determining the transformation of an object in a 2 d image which gives the 3 d object the need for 3 d pose estimation arises from the limitations of feature based pose estimation there exist environments where it is difficult to extract corners or edges from an image to circumvent these issues the object is dealt with as a whole through the use of free form cont￭ ours
3 hydroxy￭ iso￭ bu￭ ty￭ ric ac￭ id￭ ur￭ ia is a disorder of val￭ ine metabol￭ ism characterised by ur￭ inary ex￭ cre￭ tion of 3 hydroxy￭ iso￭ bu￭ ty￭ ric acid
3 q 29 micro￭ deletion syndrome is a rare genetic disorder resulting from the deletion of a segment of chro￭ mo￭ some 3 this syndrome was first described in 2005
45 x 46 xy mo￭ sa￭ ic￭ ism also known as x 0 xy mo￭ sa￭ ic￭ ism and mixed gon￭ ad￭ al dys￭ genesis is a rare disorder of sex development in humans associated with sex chro￭ mo￭ some an￭ eu￭ plo￭ id￭ y and mo￭ sa￭ ic￭ ism of the y chro￭ mo￭ some this is called a mo￭ saic kar￭ yo￭ type because like ti￭ les in mo￭ saic floors or walls there is more than one type of cell the clinical manifestations are highly variable ranging from partial vi￭ ri￭ lis￭ ation and ambiguous gen￭ italia at birth to patients with a completely male or female gon￭ ads most individuals with this kar￭ yo￭ type have apparently normal male gen￭ italia and a minority with female gen￭ italia with a significant number of individuals showing genital ab￭ norm￭ alities or inter￭ sex characteristics a significantly higher than normal number of other developmental ab￭ norm￭ alities are also found in individuals with x 0 xy mo￭ sa￭ ic￭ ism psy￭ ch￭ om￭ o￭ tor development is normal
46 xx 46 xy is a chim￭ eric genetic disorder caused by having two distinct cell populations within the body the chim￭ er￭ ism arises in uter￭ o from the combination of an xx zy￭ go￭ te and an xy zy￭ go￭ te which otherwise would have developed into twins into a single embryo it is not to be confused with mo￭ sa￭ ic￭ ism and hybri￭ dis￭ m 46 xx 46 xy is typically associated with inter￭ sex conditions such as ambiguous gen￭ italia and her￭ m￭ aph￭ ro￭ di￭ tism 46 xx 46 xy chim￭ er￭ ism can be identified during pregnancy by pre￭ natal screening or in early childhood through genetic testing and direct observation
xx￭ xx syndrome also called te￭ tras￭ omy x quadru￭ ple x or 48 xx￭ xx is a rare chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al disorder caused by the presence of four x chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es instead of two x chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es this condition occurs only in females as there are no y chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es present te￭ tras￭ omy x was first described in 1961 and since then approximately 100 cases have been reported worldwide approximately 60 females have been described in medical literature with this condition
xxxx￭ x syndrome also called pent￭ as￭ omy x or 49 xxxx￭ x is a type of an￭ eu￭ plo￭ id￭ y an abnormal number of chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es which results in the presence of three additional x chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es the condition was first described in 1963 it is characterized by severe intellectual disability short stature and ab￭ norm￭ alities to the head and face as these features can be seen in other conditions kar￭ yo￭ typing must be carried out to confirm diagnosis there have been cases of xxxx￭ x syndrome being mis￭ diagnosed as down syndrome it is an extremely rare condition with no more than 30 patients reported in medical literature the exact incidence is not known but it may be similar to the rate of 1 in 85 000 seen in males with 49 xxxx￭ y syndrome
49 xxxx￭ y syndrome is an extremely rare an￭ eu￭ plo￭ id￭ ic sex chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al ab￭ normality it occurs in approximately 1 out of 85 000 to 100 000 males
the 5 ht 1 a recep￭ tor is a subtype of 5 ht recep￭ tor that binds the endo￭ genous neuro￭ transmitter sero￭ ton￭ in 5 hydroxy￭ try￭ pt￭ amine 5 ht it is a g protein coupled recep￭ tor g￭ p￭ cr that is coupled to gi go and medi￭ ates inhi￭ bit￭ ory neuro￭ transmission h￭ tr 1 a den￭ o￭ tes the human gene en￭ coding for the recep￭ tor
the mammalian 5 ht 2 a recep￭ tor is a subtype of the 5 ht 2 recep￭ tor that belongs to the sero￭ ton￭ in recep￭ tor family and is a g protein coupled recep￭ tor g￭ p￭ cr this is the main exc￭ it￭ atory recep￭ tor subtype among the g￭ p￭ crs for sero￭ ton￭ in 5 ht although 5 ht 2 a may also have an inhi￭ bit￭ ory effect on certain areas such as the visual cor￭ tex and the or￭ bit￭ o￭ frontal cor￭ tex this recep￭ tor was first noted for its importance as a target of sero￭ ton￭ er￭ gic psy￭ ch￭ edel￭ ic drugs such as ls￭ d later it came back to prominence because it was also found to be mediating at least partly the action of many anti￭ psychotic drugs especially the atypical ones 5 ht 2 a may be a necessary recep￭ tor for the spread of the human poly￭ oma virus called j￭ c virus down￭ regulation of post syn￭ ap￭ tic 5 ht 2 a recep￭ tor is an adap￭ tive process provoked by chronic administration of selective sero￭ ton￭ in re￭ uptake inhi￭ bit￭ ors ss￭ ris and classical anti￭ psycho￭ tics deceased suicidal and otherwise depressed patients have had more 5 ht 2 a recep￭ tors than normal patients these findings suggest that post syn￭ ap￭ tic 5 ht 2 a over￭ density is involved in the patho￭ genesis of depression
the 5 ht 2 c recep￭ tor is a subtype of 5 ht recep￭ tor that binds the endo￭ genous neuro￭ transmitter sero￭ ton￭ in 5 hydroxy￭ try￭ pt￭ amine 5 ht it is a g protein coupled recep￭ tor g￭ p￭ cr that is coupled to g￭ q g 11 and medi￭ ates exc￭ it￭ atory neuro￭ transmission h￭ tr 2 c den￭ o￭ tes the human gene en￭ coding for the recep￭ tor that in humans is located at the x chro￭ mo￭ some as males have one copy of the gene and in females one of the two copies of the gene is repressed poly￭ morph￭ isms at this recep￭ tor can affect the two sexes to differing extent
the 5 ht 6 recep￭ tor is a subtype of 5 ht recep￭ tor that binds the endo￭ genous neuro￭ transmitter sero￭ ton￭ in 5 hydroxy￭ try￭ pt￭ amine 5 ht it is a g protein coupled recep￭ tor g￭ p￭ cr that is coupled to gs and medi￭ ates exc￭ it￭ atory neuro￭ transmission h￭ tr 6 den￭ o￭ tes the human gene en￭ coding for the recep￭ tor
5 α reduc￭ t￭ ase deficiency 5 ard is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive inter￭ sex condition caused by a mutation of the 5 α reduc￭ t￭ ase type ii gene
the international 5 5 metre class was created to yield a racing ke￭ el boat giving a sailing experience similar to that of the international 6 metre class but at a lower cost the main class regulation is a restriction on a single quantity output from a formula involving the boat s rating length l weight expressed as a displacement d and sail area s the regulation states that the output of this formula must not exceed 5 500 metres there is considerable scope for variations in design while still meeting this restriction and as a result each 5 5 metre boat is unique if the design parameters of a proposed new boat result in a formula output exceeding 5 5 metres then one or more of the parameters must be suitably adjusted performance data gained from testing models towed in a long water tank referred to in y￭ acht design as ship model basin can suggest optimal combinations of parameters the 5 5 metre rule is a variant of the international rule sailing that was established already in 1907 the 5 5 is therefore closely related to larger metre boats such as the 6 mr 8 mr and the 12 mr since 2010 the 5 5 metre is one of the v￭ int￭ age y￭ ach￭ ting classes at the v￭ int￭ age y￭ ach￭ ting games
6 py￭ ru￭ vo￭ yl￭ te￭ tra￭ hydro￭ p￭ ter￭ in syn￭ th￭ ase deficiency is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive disorder that causes m￭ align￭ ant hyper￭ phen￭ yl￭ alan￭ in￭ emia due to te￭ tra￭ hydro￭ biop￭ ter￭ in deficiency it belongs to the rare diseases it is a rec￭ essive disorder that is accompanied by hyper￭ phen￭ yl￭ alan￭ in￭ emia commonly reported symptoms are initial trun￭ cal hy￭ pot￭ onia subsequent append￭ icular hyper￭ ton￭ ia brad￭ y￭ k￭ ine￭ sia co￭ g￭ wheel rigidity generalized dy￭ st￭ onia and marked di￭ ur￭ nal fluctuation other reported clinical features include difficulty in sw￭ allowing oc￭ ul￭ og￭ y￭ ric crises som￭ no￭ l￭ ence irrit￭ ability hyper￭ ther￭ mia and seizures cho￭ rea athe￭ to￭ sis hy￭ pers￭ ali￭ vation rash with ecz￭ ema and sudden death have also been reported patients with mild phen￭ o￭ types may deteriorate if given fol￭ ate antagon￭ ists such as meth￭ o￭ tre￭ x￭ ate which can interfere with a salvage path￭ way through which di￭ hydro￭ biop￭ ter￭ in is converted into te￭ tra￭ hydro￭ biop￭ ter￭ in via di￭ hydro￭ fol￭ ate reduc￭ t￭ ase treatment options include substitution with neuro￭ transmitter precursors le￭ vo￭ dop￭ a 5 hydroxy￭ try￭ pt￭ oph￭ an mono￭ amine oxid￭ ase inhi￭ bit￭ ors and te￭ tra￭ hydro￭ biop￭ ter￭ in response to treatment is variable and the long term and functional outcome is unknown to provide a basis for improving the understanding of the epidemiology geno￭ type phen￭ o￭ type correlation and outcome of these diseases their impact on the quality of life of patients and for evaluating diagnostic and therapeutic strategies a patient registry was established by the non￭ commercial international working group on neuro￭ transmitter related disorders int￭ d
6 phosp￭ ho￭ glu￭ con￭ ate de￭ hydro￭ gen￭ ase deficiency 6 p￭ g￭ d deficiency or partial deficiency is an auto￭ som￭ al hereditary disease characterized by abnormally low levels of 6 phosp￭ ho￭ glu￭ con￭ ate de￭ hydro￭ gen￭ ase 6 p￭ g￭ d a metabol￭ ic enzyme involved in the pent￭ ose phosphate path￭ way it is very important in the metabol￭ ism of red blood cells er￭ y￭ thro￭ cy￭ tes 6 p￭ dg deficiency affects less than 1 of the population and studies suggest that there may be race variant involved in many of the reported cases although it is similar 6 p￭ dg deficiency is not linked to glucose 6 phosphate de￭ hydro￭ gen￭ ase deficiency as they are located on different chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es however a few people have had both of these metabol￭ ic diseases
the 774 – 775 carbon 14 spike is an observed increase of 1 2 in the concentration of carbon 14 isot￭ ope in tree rings dated to the years 774 or 775 ce which is about 20 times as high as the normal background rate of variation it was discovered during a study of japanese ce￭ dar trees with the year of occurrence determined through d￭ end￭ ro￭ chrono￭ logy a surge in ber￭ yl￭ lium isot￭ ope 10 be detected in antarctic ice co￭ res has also been associated with the 774 – 775 event the event appears to have been global with the same carbon 14 signal found in tree rings from germany russia the united states and new zealand a red cruci￭ fix was recorded by the anglo saxon ch￭ ron￭ ic￭ le as appearing in the skies of britain for the year 774 since no super￭ nova rem￭ nant has been found for this year it is interpreted as an aur￭ ora bo￭ real￭ is in china there are no clear references to an aur￭ ora in the mid 770 s ce as happened on 762 and com￭ et sigh￭ tings of the 770 s do not match the expected atmospheric phenomena instead an anom￭ alous thunder￭ storm was recorded for 775 the signal exhi￭ bits a sharp increase of 1 2 followed by a slow decline see figure 1 which is typical for an instant production of carbon 14 in the atmosphere indicating that the event was short in duration the globally averaged production of carbon 14 for this event is calculated as q 1 1 1 5 × 108 atoms cm 2
8 p 23 1 duplication syndrome is a rare genetic disorder caused by a duplication of a region from human chro￭ mo￭ some 8 this duplication syndrome has an estimated prevalence of 1 in 64 000 births and is the reciprocal of the 8 p 23 1 deletion syndrome the 8 p 23 1 duplication is associated with a variable phen￭ o￭ type including one or more of speech delay developmental delay mild dys￭ morph￭ ism with prominent fore￭ head and ar￭ ched eyebro￭ ws and con￭ genital heart disease ch￭ d
the 993 – 994 carbon 14 spike was a rapid increase in carbon 14 content from tree rings and followed the 774 – 775 carbon 14 spike it may have come from a massive solar storm
9 q 34 deletion syndrome also known as kle￭ ef￭ stra syndrome is a rare genetic disorder terminal dele￭ tions of chro￭ mo￭ some 9 q 34 have been associated with childhood hy￭ pot￭ onia a distinctive facial appearance and developmental disability the facial features typically described include ar￭ ched eyebro￭ ws small head circum￭ fer￭ ence mid￭ face hypo￭ pl￭ asia prominent jaw and a pou￭ ting lower lip individuals with this disease may often have speech impediments such as speech delays other characteristics of this disease include epi￭ le￭ psy con￭ genital and u￭ ro￭ genetic defects micro￭ cephal￭ y cor￭ pul￭ ence and psychiatric disorders from analysis of chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al break￭ points as well as gene sequ￭ encing in sugges￭ tive cases kle￭ ef￭ stra and colleagues identified eh￭ mt 1 as the caus￭ ative gene this gene is responsible for producing the protein hist￭ one meth￭ yl￭ transfer￭ ase which functions to alter hist￭ ones ultimately hist￭ one meth￭ yl￭ transfer￭ ases are important in de￭ activating certain genes needed for proper growth and development moreover a fr￭ am￭ es￭ hi￭ ft mis￭ sense or nonsense error in the coding sequence of eh￭ mt 1 can result in this condition in an individual
a not b error also known as stage 4 error or per￭ sever￭ ative error is a phenomenon uncovered by the work of jean pi￭ ag￭ et in his theory of cognitive development of children the a not b error is a particular error made by infants during sub￭ stage 4 of their sens￭ or￭ im￭ o￭ tor stage a typical a not b task goes like this an experim￭ enter hides an attractive toy under box a within the baby s reach the baby searches for the toy looks under box a and finds the toy this activity is usually repeated several times always with the researcher hiding the toy under box a then in the critical trial the experim￭ enter moves the toy under box b also within easy reach of the baby babies of 10 months or younger typically make the per￭ sever￭ ation error meaning they look under box a even though they saw the researcher move the toy under box b and box b is just as easy to reach this demonstrates a lack of or incomplete schem￭ a of object perman￭ ence children of 12 months or older typically do not make this error
the a 3 coupling also known as a 3 coupling reaction or the alde￭ hyde al￭ ky￭ ne amine reaction is a type of multi￭ component reaction involving an alde￭ hyde an al￭ ky￭ ne and an amine which react to give a pro￭ par￭ gy￭ l amine the reaction proceeds via direct dehydr￭ ative condens￭ ation and requires a metal catalyst typically based on ruth￭ en￭ ium copper gold or silver chir￭ al catalyst can be used to give an en￭ anti￭ o￭ selective reaction yielding a chir￭ al amine the solvent can be water in the catalytic cycle the metal activ￭ ates the al￭ ky￭ ne to a metal ace￭ ty￭ li￭ de the amine and alde￭ hyde combine to form an im￭ ine which then reacts with the ace￭ ty￭ li￭ de in an nucle￭ oph￭ il￭ ic addition the reaction type was independently reported by three research groups in 2001 2002 one report on a similar reaction dates back to 1953
a 3 is a structured problem solving and continuous improvement approach first employed at to￭ yo￭ ta and typically used by lean manufacturing practitioners it provides a simple and strict approach systematically leading towards problem solving over structured approaches a 3 leads towards problem solving over the structure placed on an iso iso a 3 single sheet paper this is where the process got its name a 3 is also known as sps which stands for systematic problem solving the process is based on the principles of dem￭ ing s p￭ d￭ ca plan do check act
aa amy￭ lo￭ ido￭ sis is a form of amy￭ lo￭ ido￭ sis a disease characterized by the abnormal de￭ position of fi￭ bers of in￭ soluble protein in the ex￭ trac￭ ell￭ ular space of various tissues and organs in aa amy￭ lo￭ ido￭ sis the deposited protein is serum amy￭ loid a protein saa an acute phase protein which is normally soluble and whose plasma concentration is highest during infl￭ amm￭ ation
ab￭ cd syndrome is the acron￭ ym for al￭ bin￭ ism black lock cell migration disorder of the neuro￭ cy￭ tes of the gut and sens￭ or￭ in￭ eur￭ al deaf￭ ness it has been found to be caused by mutation in the endo￭ th￭ elin b recep￭ tor gene ed￭ n￭ r￭ b
arter￭ ial calci￭ fication due to deficiency of cd 73 ac￭ dc is a rare genetic disorder that causes calcium buil￭ dup in the arter￭ ies and joints of the hands and feet and other areas below the wa￭ ist although patients exhi￭ biting these symptoms have been identified as early as 1914 this disorder had not been studied extensively until recently the identification of the specific ac￭ dc gene and mutations occurred in 2011 ac￭ dc is caused by a mutation in the nt 5 e gene which prevents calcium removing agents from functioning patients afflicted with this mutation suffer from chronic pain difficulty moving and increased risk of cardiovascular problems in experiments at the molecular level treatment with aden￭ os￭ ine or a phosp￭ hat￭ ase inhi￭ bit￭ or reversed and prevented calci￭ fication suggesting they could be used as possible treatment methods there is currently no cure for ac￭ dc and patients have limited treatment options which focus primarily on removal of blood calcium and improving mobility
ac￭ r score is a scale to measure change in r￭ heu￭ mato￭ id ar￭ thri￭ tis symptoms it is named after the american college of r￭ heu￭ mat￭ ology different degrees of improvement are referred to as ac￭ r 20 ac￭ r 50 ac￭ r 70 the ac￭ r score is more often used in clinical trials than in doctor patient relationships as it allows a common standard between researchers the r￭ heu￭ mato￭ id ar￭ thri￭ tis severity scale r￭ ass is based on sections of the ac￭ r scoring system the 2010 ac￭ r e￭ ular r￭ heu￭ mato￭ id ar￭ thri￭ tis classification criteria which includes anti ccp testing has been developed to focus on early disease and on features that are associated with persistent or ero￭ sive disease
aids related complex or arc was introduced after discovery of the hiv human immun￭ o￭ deficiency virus when the medical community became aware of the inherent difficulties associated with treating patients suffering from an advanced case of hiv which gave rise to the term acquired immune deficiency syndrome aids the necessity for doctors to quickly and accurately understand the special needs of unknown patients suffering from aids in an emergency room situation was addressed with the creation of the term arc arc is a pro￭ dro￭ mal phase of infection with the human immun￭ o￭ deficiency virus hiv laboratory criteria separating aids related complex arc from aids include elevated or hyper￭ active b cell hu￭ moral immune responses compared to depressed or normal anti￭ body re￭ activity in aids fol￭ lic￭ ular or mixed hyper￭ pl￭ asia in arc lymp￭ h no￭ des leading to lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ te de￭ generation and depletion more typical of aids evolving succession of hist￭ opath￭ ological le￭ sions such as loc￭ alization of ka￭ posi s sar￭ coma sign￭ aling the transition to the full blown aids clinical use of this term was widely discontinued by the year 2000 in the united states after having been replaced by modern laboratory criteria
aids related lymp￭ homa describes lymp￭ hom￭ as occurring in patients with acquired immun￭ o￭ deficiency syndrome aids a lymp￭ homa is a type of cancer arising from lymp￭ ho￭ id cells in aids the incid￭ ences of non ho￭ dg￭ kin s lymp￭ homa primary cere￭ br￭ al lymp￭ homa and ho￭ dg￭ kin s disease are all increased there are three different varieties of aids related lymp￭ homa diffuse large b cell lymp￭ homa b cell immun￭ obl￭ astic lymp￭ homa and bur￭ kit￭ t s lymp￭ homa small non cle￭ a￭ ved cell lymp￭ homa
aids fatigue is a phenomenon where￭ in individuals or societies who had been concerned about the impact of hiv or aids become des￭ ensi￭ tized to the having a strong emotional response to hiv issues after receiving continual messages about the danger over a long period of time
an alp￭ sa an￭ terior lab￭ ral perio￭ steal sleeve av￭ ul￭ sion le￭ sion is an injury at the front of the shoulder associated with shoulder dis￭ location
amy￭ loid light chain al amy￭ lo￭ ido￭ sis primary systemic amy￭ lo￭ ido￭ sis p￭ sa or just primary amy￭ lo￭ ido￭ sis is the most common form of systemic amy￭ lo￭ ido￭ sis in the us the disease is caused when a person s anti￭ body producing cells do not function properly and produce abnormal protein fi￭ bers made of components of antibodies called light chains these light chains come together to form amy￭ loid deposits in different organs which can cause serious damage to these organs abnormal light chains in blood and urine are sometimes referred to as b￭ ence jones protein
another syndrome consists of al￭ op￭ ec￭ ia nail dy￭ stro￭ phy oph￭ thal￭ mic complications thyro￭ id dysfunction hypo￭ hi￭ dro￭ sis ep￭ heli￭ des and enter￭ opathy and respiratory tract infections this is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive variant of ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal dys￭ pl￭ asia
are￭ dy￭ ld stands for ac￭ ral ren￭ al ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal dys￭ pl￭ asia li￭ po￭ atro￭ ph￭ ic diabetes are￭ d￭ ly￭ d is categ￭ orized as a rare disease meaning it affects fewer than 200 000 people in the american population at any given time it was characterized in 1983 a second case was identified in 1992
the as￭ ci￭ i rib￭ bon campaign was an internet phenomenon started in 1998 advocating that email be sent only in plain text because of inefficiencies or dangers of using html email proponents placed as￭ ci￭ i art in their signature blocks meant to look like an awareness rib￭ bon along with a message or link to an advocacy site
the as 700￭ 7 incident was a major disruption of the internet on april 25 1997 that started with a rou￭ ter operated by autonomous system 700￭ 7 mai network services although sometimes incorrectly attributed to the florida internet exchange accidentally le￭ aking a substantial part of its entire route table to the internet creating a routing black hole probably because of a bug in the affected rou￭ ter the routes leaked were de￭ aggregated to 24 pre￭ fixes which were more specific than the routes originally present on the internet and had the as path re￭ written to 700￭ 7 leading the border gateway protocol b￭ g￭ p used by the internet s rou￭ ters to prefer the leaked routes this was then exacerbated by other problems that prevented the routes from disappearing from other networks routing tables even after the original rou￭ ter that had sent them had been disconnected the combination of these factors resulted in an extended disruption of operations throughout the internet analysis of this event led to major changes in internet service providers b￭ g￭ p operations intended to mitigate the effects of any subsequent similar events
at￭ p hydro￭ lysis is the reaction by which chemical energy that has been stored in the high energy phosp￭ ho￭ an￭ hy￭ dri￭ de bonds in aden￭ os￭ ine tri￭ phosphate at￭ p is released for example in muscles by producing work in the form of mechanical energy the product is aden￭ os￭ ine di￭ phosphate ad￭ p and an in￭ organic phosphate orth￭ op￭ hosp￭ hate pi ad￭ p can be further hydro￭ ly￭ zed to give energy aden￭ os￭ ine mon￭ op￭ hosp￭ hate amp and another orth￭ op￭ hosp￭ hate pi at￭ p hydro￭ lysis is the final link between the energy derived from food or sunlight and useful work such as muscle contraction the establishment of electro￭ chemical gr￭ adi￭ ents across memb￭ ran￭ es and bio￭ synthetic processes necessary to maintain life the description and typical textbook lab￭ eling an￭ hy￭ dri￭ d￭ ic bonds as high energy bonds can be very misleading to students these bonds are in fact relatively weak they do involve high energy electron￭ s but the bonds themselves are quite easy to break as noted below energy is released by the hydro￭ lysis of at￭ p when these weak bonds are broken requiring a small input of energy followed by the formation of new bonds and the release of a larger amount of energy as the total energy of the system is lowered and becomes more stable hydro￭ lysis of the phosphate groups in at￭ p is especially exer￭ gon￭ ic because the resulting orth￭ op￭ hosp￭ hate group is greatly stabilized by multiple resonance structures making the products ad￭ p and pi much lower in energy than the re￭ ac￭ tant at￭ p the high negative charge density associated with the three adjacent phosphate units of at￭ p also destabili￭ zes the mol￭ ecu￭ le making it higher in energy hydro￭ lysis reliev￭ es some of these electro￭ static repul￭ sions liberating useful energy in the process by causing conform￭ ational changes in enzyme structure hydro￭ lysis of the terminal phosp￭ ho￭ an￭ hy￭ dri￭ d￭ ic bond is a highly exer￭ gon￭ ic process releasing 30 5 k￭ j mol − 1 energy this reaction can then be coupled with thermo￭ dynam￭ ically un￭ favorable reactions to give an overall negative spontaneous δ￭ g for the reaction sequence the actual value of δ￭ g for at￭ p hydro￭ lysis varies primarily depending on mg 2 concentration and under normal physi￭ o￭ logic conditions is actually closer to 50 k￭ j mol − 1 in humans approximately 60 percent of the energy released from the hydro￭ lysis of one mole of at￭ p produces metabol￭ ic heat rather than fuel the actual reactions taking place due to the acid base properties of at￭ p ad￭ p and in￭ organic phosphate the hydro￭ lysis of at￭ p has the effect of lowering the ph of the reaction medium under certain conditions high levels of at￭ p hydro￭ lysis can contribute to lac￭ tic aci￭ do￭ sis
at￭ r 16 syndrome also called alpha thal￭ ass￭ emia intellectual disability syndrome is a rare disease characterized by mono￭ som￭ y on part of chro￭ mo￭ some 16
av or arter￭ io￭ ven￭ ous nic￭ king also known as arter￭ io￭ ven￭ ous nip￭ ping in the uk is the phenomenon where on examination of the eye a small artery arter￭ io￭ le is seen crossing a small vein ven￭ ule which results in the compression of the vein with bul￭ ging on either side of the crossing this is most commonly seen in eye disease caused by high blood pressure hyper￭ ten￭ sive re￭ tin￭ opathy it is thought that since the arter￭ io￭ le and ven￭ ule share a common she￭ ath the arter￭ io￭ le s thick￭ er walls push against those of the ven￭ ule forcing the ven￭ ule to collapse this makes the ven￭ ule form an hour￭ glass shape around the arter￭ io￭ le other theories suggest that this results not from compression from the arter￭ io￭ le but from s￭ cl￭ erotic thick￭ ening or gli￭ al cell proliferation at the site where the two vessels cross
av no￭ dal re￭ entr￭ ant t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia av￭ n￭ rt or atri￭ o￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular no￭ dal re￭ entr￭ ant t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia is a type of t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia fast rhythm of the heart it is a type of su￭ pra￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia sv￭ t meaning that it originates from a location within the heart above the bundle of his av no￭ dal re￭ entr￭ ant t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia is the most common regular su￭ pra￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia it is more common in women than men approximately 75 of cases occur in females the main symptom is pal￭ p￭ itations treatment may be with specific physical maneu￭ vers medication or rarely synchron￭ ized cardi￭ over￭ sion frequent attacks may require radi￭ of￭ requ￭ ency ab￭ l￭ ation in which the abnormally conducting tissue in the heart is destroyed av￭ n￭ rt occurs when a re￭ entry circuit forms within or just next to the atri￭ o￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular no￭ de the circuit usually involves two anatom￭ ical pathways the fast path￭ way and the slow path￭ way which are both in the right atri￭ um the slow path￭ way which is usually targeted for ab￭ l￭ ation is located inferior and slightly poster￭ ior to the av no￭ de often following the an￭ terior margin of the coron￭ ary sin￭ us the fast path￭ way is usually located just superior and poster￭ ior to the av no￭ de these pathways are formed from tissue that behaves very much like the av no￭ de and some authors regard them as part of the av no￭ de the fast and slow pathways should not be confused with the accessory pathways that give rise to wol￭ ff par￭ kinson white syndrome w￭ p￭ w syndrome or atri￭ o￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular reciproc￭ ating t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia av￭ rt in av￭ n￭ rt the fast and slow pathways are located within the right atri￭ um close to or within the av no￭ de and exhibit electro￭ physi￭ o￭ logic properties similar to av no￭ dal tissue accessory pathways that give rise to w￭ p￭ w syndrome and av￭ rt are located in the atri￭ o￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular val￭ vul￭ ar rings they provide a direct connection between the atri￭ a and ven￭ tric￭ les and have electro￭ physi￭ o￭ logic properties similar to ven￭ tric￭ ular my￭ o￭ cardi￭ um
a cal￭ orie is a cal￭ orie is a tau￭ to￭ logy used to convey the speaker s conviction that the concept of the cal￭ orie is in fact a sufficient way to describe energy content of food it has been a commonly cited tru￭ ism since the early 1960 s the tau￭ to￭ logical phrase means that regardless of the form of food cal￭ orie a person consumes whether a carbo￭ hydrate protein or fat cal￭ orie the energy chemically extracted from the food or the work necessary to burn such a cal￭ orie is identical to any other one dietary cal￭ orie contains 4￭ 184 kilo￭ jou￭ les of energy with this knowledge it is easy to assume that all cal￭ ories have equal value
a￭ agen￭ aes syndrome is a syndrome characterised by con￭ genital hypo￭ pl￭ asia of lymp￭ h vessels which causes lymp￭ he￭ dem￭ a of the legs and recurrent cho￭ le￭ st￭ asis in infancy and slow progress to he￭ p￭ atic cir￭ rho￭ sis and giant cell hepatitis with fi￭ bro￭ sis of the portal tracts the genetic cause is unknown but it is auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essively inherited and the gene is located to chro￭ mo￭ some 15 q 1 2 a common feature of the condition is a generalised lymp￭ h￭ atic anomaly which may be indicative of the defect being lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ o￭ genetic in origin 1 the condition is particularly frequent in southern norway where more than half the cases are reported from but is found in patients in other parts of europe and the u s it is named after oy￭ stein a￭ agen￭ aes a norwegian paedi￭ at￭ ric￭ ian it is also called cho￭ le￭ st￭ asis lymp￭ he￭ dem￭ a syndrome cl￭ s
aaron s sign is a referred pain felt in the ep￭ ig￭ ast￭ ri￭ um upon continuous firm pressure over mc￭ bur￭ ney s point it is indicative of append￭ ic￭ i￭ tis aaron s sign is named for charles det￭ tie aaron an american gastro￭ enter￭ o￭ logist
aar￭ s￭ ko￭ g – scott syndrome is a rare disease inherited as auto￭ som￭ al dominant or x linked and characterized by short stature facial ab￭ norm￭ alities sk￭ el￭ etal and genital anomalies the aar￭ s￭ ko￭ g – scott syndrome a￭ as is also known as the aar￭ s￭ ko￭ g syndrome fac￭ io￭ dig￭ ito￭ genital syndrome sh￭ aw￭ l scro￭ tum syndrome and fac￭ io￭ genital dys￭ pl￭ asia
a￭ ase syndrome or a￭ ase – smith syndrome is a rare inherited disorder characterized by an￭ emia with some joint and sk￭ el￭ etal de￭ form￭ ities a￭ ase syndrome is thought to be an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive inherited disorder the genetic basis of the disease is not known the an￭ emia is caused by underdevelopment of the bone marrow which is where blood cells are formed it is named after the american paedi￭ at￭ ric￭ ians jon mor￭ ton a￭ ase and david we￭ y￭ he smith who characterized it in 1968
abandoned child syndrome is a behavioral or psychological condition that results primarily from the loss of one or both parents or sexual abuse abandonment may be physical the parent is not present in the child s life or emotional the parent with￭ holds affection nurturing or stimulation parents who leave their children with or without good reason can cause psychological damage to the child this damage is reversible but only with appropriate assistance abandoned children may also often suffer physical damage from neglect malnutrition starvation and abuse abandonment experiences and boundary violations are in no way indic￭ t￭ ments of a child s in￭ nate goodness and value instead they reveal the flawed thinking false beliefs and impaired behaviors of those who hurt them still the wounds are struck deep in their young hearts and minds and the very real pain can still be felt today the causes of emotional injury need to be understood and accepted so they can heal until that occurs the pain will stay with them becoming a driving force in their adult lives the abandoned child syndrome is not recognized as a mental disorder in any of the medical manu￭ als such as the ic￭ d 10 or the dsm iv neither is it part of the proposed revision of this manual the dsm 5
ab￭ ar￭ og￭ no￭ sis origin greek a not bar￭ os weight g￭ no￭ sis knowledge is type of cor￭ tical sensory defect consisting of a loss of bar￭ og￭ no￭ sis the ability to detect the weight of an object held in the hand or to tell the difference in weight between two objects or more succ￭ inc￭ tly loss of the ability to sense weight this deficit may be caused by damage to the par￭ ie￭ tal lo￭ be this condition is also known as bar￭ agno￭ sis and bar￭ o￭ agno￭ sis
an ab￭ bot￭ t artery is a minor con￭ genital ab￭ normality in which there is an anom￭ alous artery that arises from the poster￭ om￭ edi￭ al aspect of the proxim￭ al descending a￭ or￭ ta its presence is important during the surgical repair of co￭ arc￭ tation of the a￭ or￭ ta
ab￭ d￭ all￭ at – davis – f￭ arr￭ age syndrome is a form of p￭ ha￭ kom￭ at￭ osis a disease of the central nervous system accompanied by skin ab￭ norm￭ alities it is characterized by the out of the ordinary pig￭ ment of skin that is abnormal to one s genetics or the color perceived on a basis the condition is named after the team of medical professionals who first wrote it up describing the appearance of the syndrome in a family from jordan it was characterized in 1980 by ad￭ nan ab￭ d￭ all￭ at a jordanian doctor the syndrome is thought to be inherited as an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive genetic trait meaning that in order to manifest symptoms a person must inherit a gene for ab￭ d￭ all￭ at – davis – f￭ arr￭ age syndrome from both parents as it is also auto￭ som￭ al not linked to either of the genes that determine gender it can manifest in both men and women those with only one gene are carriers and they typically manifest no symptoms in the event that a person inher￭ its both genes symptoms usually appear before one year of age
ab￭ der￭ hal￭ den – kaufmann – lign￭ ac syndrome ak￭ l syndrome also called ab￭ der￭ hal￭ den lign￭ ac kaufmann disease or ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ path￭ ic cy￭ stin￭ osis is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive ren￭ al disorder of childhood comprising cy￭ stin￭ osis and ren￭ al ric￭ kets
ab￭ domin￭ al ang￭ ina is ab￭ domin￭ al pain after eating that occurs in individuals with ongoing poor blood supply to their small intest￭ ines known as chronic mes￭ enter￭ ic is￭ chem￭ ia the term ang￭ ina is used in reference to ang￭ ina pec￭ tor￭ is a similar symptom due to obstruction of the coron￭ ary artery the american heritage sted￭ man s medical dic￭ tionary defines ab￭ domin￭ al ang￭ ina as inter￭ mit￭ tent ab￭ domin￭ al pain frequently occurring at a fixed time after eating caused by inadequacy of the mes￭ enter￭ ic circulation also called intest￭ inal ang￭ ina
ab￭ domin￭ al a￭ or￭ tic an￭ eur￭ ys￭ m aaa is a loc￭ alized enlargement of the ab￭ domin￭ al a￭ or￭ ta such that the diameter is greater than 3 cm or more than 50 larger than normal diameter they usually cause no symptoms except when rup￭ tured occasionally ab￭ domin￭ al back or leg pain may occur large an￭ eur￭ ys￭ ms can sometimes be felt by pushing on the ab￭ dom￭ en rupture may result in pain in the ab￭ dom￭ en or back low blood pressure or loss of consciousness and often results in death aa￭ as occur most commonly in those over 50 years old in men and among those with a family history additional risk factors include smoking high blood pressure and other heart or blood vessel diseases genetic conditions with an increased risk include mar￭ fan syndrome and eh￭ lers dan￭ los syndrome aa￭ as are the most common form of a￭ or￭ tic an￭ eur￭ ys￭ m about 85 occur below the kidneys with the rest either at the level of or above the kidneys in the united states screening with ul￭ tras￭ ound is recommended for males between 65 and 75 years of age with a history of smoking in the united kingdom screening all men over 65 is recommended once an an￭ eur￭ ys￭ m is found further ul￭ tras￭ ounds are typically done on a regular basis not smoking is the single best way to prevent the disease other methods of prevention include treating high blood pressure treating high blood cho￭ le￭ sterol and not being overweight surgery is usually recommended when an aaa s diameter grows to 5 5 cm in males and 5 0 cm in females other reasons for repair include the presence of symptoms and a rapid increase in size more than one centi￭ meter per year repair may be either by open surgery or endo￭ vascular an￭ eur￭ ys￭ m repair ev￭ ar as compared to open surgery ev￭ ar has a lower risk of death in the short term and a shorter hospital stay but may not always be an option there does not appear to be a difference in longer term outcomes between the two with ev￭ ar there is a higher need for repeat procedures aa￭ as affect between 2 and 8 of males over the age of 65 rates among women are one fourth as high in those with an an￭ eur￭ ys￭ m less than 5 5 cm the risk of rupture in the next year is less than 1 among those with an an￭ eur￭ ys￭ m between 5 5 and 7 cm the risk is about 10 while for those with an an￭ eur￭ ys￭ m greater than 7 cm the risk is about 33 mortality if rup￭ tured is 85 to 90 during 2013 a￭ or￭ tic an￭ eur￭ ys￭ ms resulted in 152 000 deaths up from 100 000 in 1990 in the united states aa￭ as resulted in between 10 000 and 18 000 deaths in 2009
ab￭ domin￭ al compartment syndrome occurs when the ab￭ dom￭ en becomes subject to increased pressure specific cause of ab￭ domin￭ al compartment syndrome is not known although some causes can be sep￭ sis and severe ab￭ domin￭ al trauma increasing pressure reduces blood flow to ab￭ domin￭ al organs and imp￭ airs pul￭ mon￭ ary cardiovascular ren￭ al and ga￭ stro intest￭ inal gi function causing multiple organ dysfunction syndrome and death
ab￭ domin￭ al epi￭ le￭ psy also known as autonom￭ ic epi￭ le￭ psy is a rare condition most frequently found in children consisting of gastro￭ intest￭ inal gi disturbances caused by epi￭ le￭ p￭ ti￭ form seizure activity it has been described as a type of temporal lo￭ be epi￭ le￭ psy responsiveness to anti￭ con￭ vul￭ s￭ ants can aid in the diagnosis most published medical literature dealing with ab￭ domin￭ al epi￭ le￭ psy is in the form of individual case reports a 2005 review article found a total of 36 cases described in the medical literature
an ab￭ domin￭ al mass is any loc￭ alized enlargement or sw￭ elling in the human ab￭ dom￭ en depending on its location the ab￭ domin￭ al mass may be caused by an enlarged liver he￭ pat￭ om￭ eg￭ al￭ y enlarged sp￭ leen splen￭ om￭ eg￭ al￭ y pro￭ tru￭ ding kidney a pan￭ cre￭ atic mass a retro￭ per￭ it￭ one￭ al mass a mass in the poster￭ ior of the per￭ it￭ on￭ eu￭ m an ab￭ domin￭ al a￭ or￭ tic an￭ eur￭ ys￭ m or various tum￭ ours such as those caused by ab￭ domin￭ al carcin￭ om￭ at￭ osis and om￭ ental me￭ tast￭ asis the treatments depend on the cause and may range from watchful waiting to radical surgery
ab￭ domin￭ al migr￭ aine is a disorder primarily of children which presents with episodes of ab￭ domin￭ al pain without an accompanying headache it is difficult to confirm the diagnosis as there are not a set of features that is specific and thus it can take time before the diagnosis is made the condition is rare in adults
ab￭ domin￭ al mus￭ cul￭ ature absent with micro￭ phthal￭ mia and joint lax￭ ity is a rare human disorder characterized mainly by lig￭ am￭ ent￭ ous lax￭ ity small eyes a lack of ab￭ domin￭ al muscles and facial anomalies
ab￭ domin￭ al obesity also known as central obesity is when excessive ab￭ domin￭ al fat around the stomach and ab￭ dom￭ en has built up to the extent that it is likely to have a negative impact on health there is a strong correlation between central obesity and cardiovascular disease ab￭ domin￭ al obesity is not confined only to the elderly and ob￭ ese subjects ab￭ domin￭ al obesity has been linked to alzheimer s disease as well as other metabol￭ ic and vascular diseases vis￭ cer￭ al and central ab￭ domin￭ al fat and wa￭ ist circum￭ fer￭ ence show a strong association with type 2 diabetes vis￭ cer￭ al fat also known as organ fat or intra ab￭ domin￭ al fat is located inside the per￭ it￭ one￭ al cav￭ ity packed in between internal organs and tor￭ so as opposed to sub￭ cu￭ taneous fat ‚ which is found underneath the skin and intr￭ amus￭ cular fat ‚ which is found inter￭ s￭ pers￭ ed in sk￭ el￭ etal muscle vis￭ cer￭ al fat is composed of several adi￭ pose de￭ pots including mes￭ enter￭ ic epi￭ di￭ dy￭ mal white adi￭ pose tissue ew￭ at and peri￭ ren￭ al fat an excess of vis￭ cer￭ al fat is known as central obesity the pot belly or beer belly effect in which the ab￭ dom￭ en pro￭ tru￭ des excessively this body type is also known as apple shaped ‚ as opposed to pear shaped ‚ in which fat is deposited on the hips and but￭ toc￭ ks researchers first started to focus on ab￭ domin￭ al obesity in the 1980 s when they realized that it had an important connection to cardiovascular disease diabetes and dys￭ li￭ pi￭ dem￭ ia ab￭ domin￭ al obesity was more closely related with metabol￭ ic dys￭ functions connected with cardiovascular disease than was general obesity in the late 1980 s and early 1990 s insi￭ ghtful and powerful imaging techniques were discovered that would further help advance the understanding of the health risks associated with body fat accumulation techniques such as compu￭ ted tom￭ o￭ graphy and magnetic resonance imaging made it possible to categ￭ ori￭ ze mass of adi￭ pose tissue located at the ab￭ domin￭ al level into intra ab￭ domin￭ al fat and sub￭ cu￭ taneous fat
ab￭ domin￭ al pain also known as stomach pain is a common symptom associated with both temporary non serious disorders and more serious conditions common causes of pain in the ab￭ dom￭ en include gastro￭ enter￭ i￭ tis and irrit￭ able bo￭ wel syndrome in a third of cases the exact cause is unclear about 10 of people have a more serious underlying condition such as append￭ ic￭ i￭ tis le￭ aking or rup￭ tured ab￭ domin￭ al a￭ or￭ tic an￭ eur￭ ys￭ m diver￭ tic￭ u￭ li￭ tis or ec￭ topic pregnancy determining the cause can be difficult because many diseases can cause this symptom
an ab￭ domin￭ al pregnancy can be regarded as a form of an ec￭ topic pregnancy where the embryo or fe￭ tus is growing and developing outside the wom￭ b in the ab￭ dom￭ en but not in the fall￭ op￭ ian tube o￭ vary or broad lig￭ ament while rare ab￭ domin￭ al pregnancies have a higher chance of maternal mortality per￭ in￭ atal mortality and morbi￭ dity compared to normal and ec￭ topic pregnancies but on occasion a healthy viable infant can be delivered because tu￭ bal o￭ vari￭ an and broad lig￭ ament pregnancies are as difficult to diagnose and treat as ab￭ domin￭ al pregnancies their exclusion from the most common definition of ab￭ domin￭ al pregnancy has been debated others in the minority are of the view that ab￭ domin￭ al pregnancy should be defined by a plac￭ enta impl￭ anted into the per￭ it￭ on￭ eu￭ m
ab￭ domin￭ al trauma is an injury to the ab￭ dom￭ en it may be blunt or penetr￭ ating and may involve damage to the ab￭ domin￭ al organs signs and symptoms include ab￭ domin￭ al pain tender￭ ness rigidity and bru￭ ising of the external ab￭ dom￭ en ab￭ domin￭ al trauma presents a risk of severe blood loss and infection diagnosis may involve ul￭ tras￭ ono￭ graphy compu￭ ted tom￭ o￭ graphy and per￭ it￭ one￭ al lav￭ age and treatment may involve surgery injury to the lower chest may cause splen￭ ic or liver injuries
ab￭ domin￭ al wall defects are a type of con￭ genital defect that allows the stomach the intest￭ ines or other organs to pro￭ tru￭ de through an unusual opening that forms on the ab￭ dom￭ en during the development of the fe￭ tus many unexpected changes occur inside the wom￭ b specifically the stomach intest￭ ines or other organs begin to develop outside the fe￭ tus ’ ab￭ dom￭ en through the abnormal hole in the ab￭ dom￭ en and as development progres￭ ses the ab￭ domin￭ al wall eventually en￭ closes these organs in some cases of defect either the um￭ bil￭ ical opening is too over￭ sized or has developed improperly which allows the organs to remain outside or to squeeze through the ab￭ domin￭ al wall there are two main types of ab￭ domin￭ al wall defects that result due to the changes during development they are om￭ p￭ hal￭ oce￭ le and gastro￭ sch￭ is￭ is gastro￭ sch￭ is￭ is develops when the ab￭ domin￭ al wall does not completely close and the organs are present outside of the infant ’ s body om￭ p￭ hal￭ oce￭ le occurs when some of the organs pro￭ tru￭ de through the muscles of the ab￭ dom￭ en in the area surrounding the um￭ bil￭ ical cord om￭ p￭ hal￭ oce￭ le can be either minor with only some of the organs exposed or severe with most if not all of the ab￭ domin￭ al organs being exposed
the ab￭ elin reaction is a qualitative reaction for demonstrating the presence of ar￭ sp￭ hen￭ amine and neo￭ ar￭ sp￭ hen￭ amine in blood and urine it is named for iss￭ ak ab￭ elin swiss physi￭ o￭ logist
ab￭ ell 2￭ 142 or a 2￭ 142 is a huge x ray lumin￭ ous galaxy cluster in the con￭ stell￭ ation cor￭ ona bo￭ real￭ is it is the result of a still ongoing merger between two galaxy clusters the combined cluster is six million light years across contains hundreds of galax￭ ies and enough gas to make a thousand more it is one of the most massive objects in the universe
the aber￭ de￭ en hospital is a 24 hour emergency level ii trauma service in￭ patient out￭ patient and community based services hospital in new glasgow nova sco￭ tia the hospital has been in existence since 18￭ 95 it serves approximately 48 000 people in pic￭ tou county nova sco￭ tia it located at 8￭ 35 east river road route 348 new glasgow it is operated by pic￭ tou county health authority the hospital currently has 104 beds internationally renowned sculp￭ tor john wilson donated to the hospital the land on which the gl￭ en haven man￭ or was built
the aber￭ fan disaster was the catastrophic collapse of a colli￭ ery spoil tip in the welsh village of aber￭ fan near mer￭ thy￭ r ty￭ d￭ fil that killed 116 children and 28 adults on 21 october 1966 the collapse was caused by the build up of water in the accumulated rock and shale tip which suddenly sli￭ d down￭ hill in the form of sl￭ urry more than 1 4 million cubic feet 40 000 cu metres of debris covered the village in minutes the class￭ rooms at pan￭ t￭ glas junior school were immediately inund￭ ated young children and teachers died from impact or suffoc￭ ation many noted the poign￭ ancy of the situation if the disaster had struck a few minutes earlier the children would not have been in their class￭ rooms and if it had struck a few hours later they would have left for the half term holiday rescue efforts were hampered by the large crowd who rushed into the village delaying the arrival of mines rescue workers from mer￭ thy￭ r val￭ e colli￭ ery the official inquiry blamed the national coal board for extreme negligence and its chairman lord rob￭ ens for making misleading statements parliament passed new legislation regarding public safety in relation to mines and quar￭ ries
aberr￭ ant sub￭ cl￭ avian artery or aberr￭ ant sub￭ cl￭ avian artery syndrome is a rare anatom￭ ical variant of the origin of the right or left sub￭ cl￭ avian artery this ab￭ normality is the most common con￭ genital vascular anomaly of the a￭ or￭ tic arch
the aberr￭ ation of light also referred to as astro￭ nom￭ ical aberr￭ ation or stell￭ ar aberr￭ ation is an astro￭ nom￭ ical phenomenon which produces an apparent motion of cel￭ esti￭ al objects about their locations dependent on the velocity of the observer aberr￭ ation causes objects to appear to be ang￭ led or til￭ ted towards the direction of motion of the observer compared to when the observer is stationary the change in angle is typically very small on the order of v c where c is the speed of light and v the velocity of the observer in the case of stell￭ ar or annual aberr￭ ation the apparent position of a star to an observer on earth varies periodically over the course of a year as the earth s velocity changes as it revolves around the sun by a maximum angle of approximately 20 arc￭ seconds in right as￭ cen￭ sion or dec￭ lin￭ ation aberr￭ ation is historically significant because of its role in the development of the theories of light electro￭ magne￭ tism and ultimately the theory of special rel￭ ativity it was first observed in the late 1600 s by astro￭ no￭ mers searching for stell￭ ar paral￭ lax in order to confirm the heli￭ oc￭ entr￭ ic model of the solar system however it was not understood at the time to be a different phenomenon in 17￭ 27 james bradley provided a classical explanation for it in terms of the finite speed of light relative to the motion of the earth in its orbit around the sun which he used to make one of the earliest measurements of the speed of light however bradley s theory was incompatible with 19 th century theories of light and aberr￭ ation became a major motivation for the ae￭ ther drag theories of aug￭ us￭ tin fres￭ nel in 18￭ 18 and g g st￭ okes in 18￭ 45 and for hend￭ rick lo￭ ren￭ tz s ae￭ ther theory of electro￭ magne￭ tism in 18￭ 92 the aberr￭ ation of light together with lo￭ ren￭ tz s elaboration of max￭ well s electro￭ dynamics the moving magnet and conductor problem the negative ae￭ ther drift experiments as well as the fi￭ ze￭ au experiment led albert einstein to develop the theory of special rel￭ ativity in 1905 which provided a conclusive explanation for the aberr￭ ation phenomenon the term aberr￭ ation has historically been used to refer to a number of related phenomena concerning the propagation of light in moving bodies aberr￭ ation should not be confused with stell￭ ar paral￭ lax the latter is caused by a change in the positions of relatively nearby objects measured by the moving observer assuming far away objects do not move so they define a reference frame the former is related to light time correction and relati￭ vis￭ tic be￭ aming although it is often considered separately from these effects the term aberr￭ ation may also be used to refer to unrelated phenomena in optical systems — optical aberr￭ ation
ab￭ et￭ ali￭ po￭ prote￭ in￭ emia or b￭ ass￭ en kor￭ nz￭ wei￭ g syndrome is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive disorder that interferes with the normal absorption of fat and fat soluble vitamins from food it is caused by a mutation in micro￭ som￭ al tri￭ gly￭ cer￭ ide transfer protein resulting in deficiencies in the a￭ poli￭ po￭ proteins b 48 and b 100 which are used in the synthesis and exportation of ch￭ y￭ lo￭ mic￭ ron￭ s and v￭ ld￭ l respectively it is not to be confused with famili￭ al dys￭ bet￭ ali￭ po￭ prote￭ in￭ emia
ab￭ him￭ ā￭ na san￭ sk￭ r￭ it अ￭ भ￭ ि￭ म￭ ा￭ न vari￭ ously means – pride false prestige desire an impression the conception by self conception from the misconception in hindu philosophy it means – pri￭ de￭ ful attachment of i sense i e man to think m￭ ā￭ na too much it also means – identify or identification and also refers to selfish conviction for ab￭ him￭ ā￭ na is the function of a￭ ham￭ kara ego as the state of mind which interpre￭ ts experience as mine the psychological sense of i am experience is a￭ ham￭ k￭ ā￭ ra which comes about as and when owing to avi￭ dy￭ a bra￭ h￭ man the universal transc￭ end￭ ental self is distinguished from the ji￭ va the empirical individual self sang￭ a one ’ s associations mam￭ k￭ ā￭ ra attachments and mo￭ ha attr￭ actions are the three aspects of ab￭ him￭ ā￭ na ego consciousness which produces kat￭ rt￭ va the sense agency as the deliberate consciousness of ni￭ ś￭ c￭ aya decision without which there would be no difference between the self and other material objects budd￭ hi intell￭ ect which manifests according to v￭ ā￭ san￭ ā￭ s impres￭ sions is deliberate decision अ￭ न￭ ्￭ त￭ ः￭ क￭ र￭ ण￭ म￭ े￭ त￭ े￭ ष￭ ु च￭ क￭ ्￭ ष￭ ु￭ र￭ ा￭ द￭ ि￭ ष￭ ु व￭ र￭ ्￭ ष￭ ्￭ म￭ ण￭ ि अ￭ ह￭ म￭ ि￭ त￭ ्￭ य￭ भ￭ ि￭ म￭ ा￭ न￭ े￭ न त￭ ि￭ ष￭ ्￭ ठ￭ त￭ ्￭ य￭ ा￭ भ￭ ा￭ स￭ त￭ े￭ ज￭ स￭ ा the an￭ tah￭ kar￭ ana internal organ the mind has its seat in these the eye and other organs of the body identifying itself with them with the sense of i by reflection of the ā￭ t￭ man in it – vi￭ ve￭ k￭ ach￭ u￭ dam￭ ani 105 sh￭ ankara tells us that the mind or man￭ as d￭ wells in the organs and body as ah￭ am ego with ab￭ him￭ ā￭ na – अ￭ ह￭ म￭ ि￭ त￭ ्￭ य￭ भ￭ ि￭ म￭ ा￭ न￭ े￭ न in the reflected bri￭ ght￭ ness of the at￭ man as the kar￭ t￭ ā do￭ er and the b￭ ho￭ kt￭ ā enjo￭ yer experiencing all three states of consciousness but the at￭ man the witness of everything limited by budd￭ hi is not tainted by anything that budd￭ hi does – अ￭ श￭ े￭ ष￭ स￭ ा￭ क￭ ्￭ ष￭ ी for the tain￭ t of action attaches only to the actor the ā￭ t￭ man does not act this ab￭ him￭ ā￭ na or identification with names and forms dependent on the perishable body as also with the subtle body needs to be given up entirely in order to realize ak￭ han￭ da ā￭ n￭ anda inseparable bliss v￭ ā￭ cas￭ pati mi￭ ś￭ ra explains that it is a￭ ham￭ k￭ ā￭ ra empirical ego which presid￭ es over the objects intu￭ ited by the sense organs and then definitely perceived by the mind and that the sense organ intu￭ its the object man￭ as reflects on it a￭ ham￭ k￭ ā￭ ra appropri￭ ates it and finally budd￭ hi intell￭ ect resol￭ ves which way the intended action must proceed ab￭ him￭ ā￭ na is the false sense of i and mine it is because of the emphatic identity ab￭ him￭ ā￭ na with one ’ s body etc that there is pr￭ am￭ ata cogn￭ ising subject and involvement with pr￭ am￭ ā￭ nas acts or processes of knowing perception infer￭ ence and the rest owing to functioning of the senses as resulting from avi￭ dy￭ ā ignorance and resulting in bond￭ age examined from the level of social consciousness ā￭ t￭ man or the transc￭ end￭ ental consciousness is certainly essential for man ’ s being but up￭ ad￭ his limitations are its accidental parts the self identification with which gives rise to ab￭ him￭ ā￭ na identification with the body that makes man a socio spiritual being subjective and objective both and becomes the basis for his ad￭ hi￭ k￭ ā￭ ra social and ritual eligibility according to the sh￭ ud￭ ha adv￭ a￭ ita school of vall￭ ab￭ ha ac￭ har￭ ya sag￭ una means – one having the ab￭ him￭ ā￭ na of gun￭ as forming part of one ’ s own self the n￭ ir￭ gun￭ a is one having no ab￭ him￭ ā￭ na the la￭ k￭ sh￭ mi tan￭ tra tells us that a￭ ham￭ k￭ ā￭ ra which is a cognitive sense is identical with ab￭ him￭ ā￭ na and the awareness of the kno￭ wer in relating time and place to himself is called ab￭ him￭ ā￭ na for most people desi￭ ring success incidental gains and weighed down by sense of self respect ab￭ him￭ ā￭ na is a virtue but for those who are wise and cont￭ ented it is mere pride associated with arrogance b￭ ho￭ ja who outlined the theory of ras￭ a experience of delight attaches great importance to ab￭ him￭ ā￭ na or a￭ han￭ k￭ ā￭ ra ego he states that the ra￭ si￭ ka who has ras￭ a in him has it because of s￭ ring￭ ara peak a￭ ham￭ k￭ ā￭ ra and ab￭ him￭ ā￭ na enjo￭ y￭ able as a gun￭ a of his at￭ man he uses the term ab￭ him￭ ā￭ na in a good sense from a￭ ham￭ k￭ ā￭ ra rises ab￭ him￭ ā￭ na that originates s￭ ring￭ ā￭ ra and from ab￭ him￭ ā￭ na rises rati love amor￭ ousness and from rati are originated all ras￭ as
ab￭ ie￭ tic acid der￭ mati￭ tis is a contact der￭ mati￭ tis often seen in association with musical instruments
abnormal or dis￭ continuous grain growth also referred to as exaggerated or secondary rec￭ ry￭ stal￭ lis￭ ation grain growth is a grain growth phenomenon through which certain energetically favorable grains cryst￭ all￭ ites grow rapidly in a matrix of fin￭ er grains resulting in a b￭ im￭ od￭ al grain size distribution in ceramic materials this phenomena can result in the formation of el￭ ong￭ ated pris￭ matic ac￭ icular or needle like grains in a den￭ si￭ fied matrix with implications for improved frac￭ ture tough￭ ness through the impe￭ dance of crack propagation
abnormal posturing is an involuntary fl￭ ex￭ ion or extension of the arms and legs indicating severe brain injury it occurs when one set of muscles becomes incapac￭ itated while the opposing set is not and an external stimulus such as pain causes the working set of muscles to contract the posturing may also occur without a stimulus since posturing is an important indicator of the amount of damage that has occurred to the brain it is used by medical professionals to measure the severity of a coma with the glasgow coma scale for adults and the pedi￭ atric glasgow coma scale for infants the presence of abnormal posturing indicates a severe medical emergency requiring immediate medical attention dec￭ ere￭ br￭ ate and decor￭ tic￭ ate posturing are strongly associated with poor outcome in a variety of conditions for example near drowning victims that display dec￭ ere￭ br￭ ate or decor￭ tic￭ ate posturing have worse outcomes than those that do not changes in the condition of the patient may cause him or her to alternate between different types of posturing
in finance an abnormal return is the difference between the actual return of a security and the expected return abnormal returns are sometimes triggered by events events can include mergers dividend announcements company earning announcements interest rate increases lawsuits etc all of which can contribute to an abnormal return events in finance can typically be classified as information or occurrences that have not already been priced by the market
abortion is the ending of pregnancy by removing a fe￭ tus or embryo before it can survive outside the uter￭ us an abortion which occurs spontaneously is also known as a mis￭ carriage an abortion may be caused pur￭ po￭ sely and is then called an or less frequently induced mis￭ carriage the word abortion is often used to mean only induced abortions a similar procedure after the fe￭ tus could potentially survive outside the wom￭ b is known as a late termination of pregnancy when allowed by local law abortion in the developed world is modern methods use medication or surgery for abortions the drug mi￭ fe￭ pr￭ ist￭ one in combination with pro￭ stag￭ land￭ in appears to be as safe and effective as surgery during the first and second trim￭ ester of pregnancy birth control such as the pill or in￭ trau￭ ter￭ ine devices can be used immediately following abortion when performed legally and safely induced abortions do not increase the risk of long term mental or physical problems in contrast unsafe abortions cause 47 000 deaths and 5 million hospital ad￭ missions each year the world health organization recommends safe and legal abortions be available to all women around 56 million abortions occur each year in the world with a little under half done un￭ safely abortion rates changed little between 2003 and 2008 before which they decreased for at least two decades as access to family planning and birth control increased as of 2008 40 of the world s women had access to legal abortions without limits as to reason countries that permit abortions have different limits on how late in pregnancy abortion is allowed since ancient times abortions have been done using herbal medicines sharp tools with force or through other traditional methods abortion laws and cultural or religious views of abortions are different around the world in some areas abortion is legal only in specific cases such as rape problems with the fe￭ tus poverty risk to a woman s health or inc￭ est in many places there is much debate over the moral ethical and legal issues of abortion those who oppose abortion often maintain that an embryo or fe￭ tus is a human with a right to life and may compare abortion to murder those who favor the legality of abortion often hold that a woman has a right to make decisions about her own body
an abortion performed by a physician or other trained health professional who has the consent of the woman or her spouse partner intimate family member or legal representative when she is not able to lend her consent is not punishable in the following cases 1 if it the abortion has been provided to avoid danger to life or health of the pregnant woman and if this danger can not be avoided by other means 2 if the pregnancy is a consequence of a rape of a woman who is suffering from a mental disability taken directly verbatim from the latest guidelines on therapeutic abortion set forth by the ministry of public health 20 november 2014
abortion in uganda is generally illegal however it is permissible if performed by a doctor who believes pregnancy places the woman s life at risk the ug￭ andan ministry of health estimates that as of 2008 26 of all maternal deaths are of abortion related causes this is aggravated by legal socioeconomic and geographical barriers to safe abortion which compel women to use unsafe abortion methods and deter them from seeking post abortion medical care contraception is not commonly used leading to uganda ’ s un￭ met need for family planning which is the second highest in the world after samoa according to the united nations
ab￭ ou￭ lo￭ mania from greek a – meaning without and b￭ oul￭ ē meaning will is a mental disorder in which the patient displays pathological in￭ decisiveness it is typically associated with anxiety stress depression and mental anguish and can severely affect one ’ s ability to function socially although many people suffer from in￭ decision it is rarely to the extent of obsession the part of the brain that is tied to making rational choices the pre￭ frontal cor￭ tex can hold several pieces of information at any given time this may quickly overwhel￭ m somebody when trying to make decisions regardless of the importance of that decision they come up with reasons that their decisions will turn out badly causing them to over analyze every situation critically in a classic case of paralysis by analysis lack of information valuation difficulty and outcome uncertainty become an obsession
abra￭ sion is the loss of tooth structure by mechanical forces from a foreign element if this force begins at the cem￭ ent￭ oen￭ am￭ el junction then progression of tooth loss can be rapid since en￭ am￭ el is very thin in this region of the tooth once past the en￭ am￭ el abra￭ sion quickly destroys the sof￭ ter denti￭ n and cem￭ ent￭ um structures possible sources of this wearing of tooth are tooth￭ bru￭ shes tooth￭ picks flo￭ ss and any dental appliance frequently set in and removed from the mouth the appearance is commonly described as v shaped when caused by excessive pressure during tooth bru￭ shing abra￭ sion is seen at a cer￭ vic￭ al necks of the teeth as a deep ridge on the buc￭ cal or lab￭ ial surfaces the surface is shiny rather than cari￭ ous and sometimes the ridge is deep enough to see the pulp chamber within the tooth itself the teeth most commonly affected are pre￭ mol￭ ars and can￭ ines
some characteristics of abru￭ zzo – er￭ ick￭ son syndrome include deaf￭ ness pro￭ tru￭ ding ears co￭ lob￭ oma a cle￭ ft pal￭ ate or pal￭ atal ru￭ go￭ s￭ ity and short stature it was characterized in 1977
an abs￭ c￭ ess latin abs￭ ces￭ sus is a collection of p￭ us that has built up within the tissue of the body signs and symptoms of abs￭ c￭ esses include red￭ ness pain warmth and sw￭ elling the sw￭ elling may feel fluid filled when pressed the area of red￭ ness often extends beyond the sw￭ elling car￭ bun￭ cles and boils are types of abs￭ c￭ ess that often involve hair fol￭ lic￭ les with car￭ bun￭ cles being larger they are usually caused by a bacterial infection often many different types of bacteria are involved in a single infection in the united states and many other areas of the world the most common bacteria present is meth￭ ic￭ ill￭ in resistant stap￭ hy￭ lo￭ co￭ cc￭ us au￭ re￭ us rarely parasites can cause abs￭ c￭ esses and this is more common in the developing world diagnosis of a skin abs￭ c￭ ess is usually made based on what it looks like and is confirmed by cutting it open ul￭ tras￭ ound imaging may be useful in cases in which the diagnosis is not clear in abs￭ c￭ esses around the an￭ us computer tom￭ o￭ graphy ct may be important to look for deeper infection standard treatment for most skin or soft tissue abs￭ c￭ esses is cutting it open and drainage there does not appear to be any benefit from also using antibiotics for this type of abs￭ c￭ ess in most people who are otherwise healthy a small amount of evidence supports not packing the cav￭ ity that remains with gau￭ ze after drainage closing this cav￭ ity right after draining it rather than leaving it open may speed healing without increasing the risk of the abs￭ c￭ ess returning sucking out the p￭ us with a needle is often not sufficient skin abs￭ c￭ esses are common and have become more common in recent years risk factors include intra￭ ven￭ ous drug use with rates reported as high as 65 in this population in 2005 in the united states 3 2 million people went to the emergency department for an abs￭ c￭ ess in australia around 13 000 people were hosp￭ itali￭ zed in 2008 with the condition
an abs￭ c￭ ess of the th￭ ym￭ us also known as du￭ bo￭ is abs￭ c￭ esses is a condition that is one of many possible causes of cy￭ sts in the medi￭ ast￭ inum it can present with chest pain behind the ster￭ num it can be associated with con￭ genital sy￭ phil￭ is although the th￭ ym￭ us is usually classified with the immune system th￭ ym￭ ic diseases are classified with endocrine disorders in ic￭ d 9 and ic￭ d 10
abs￭ cis￭ sion from the latin ab meaning away and sc￭ ind￭ ere meaning to cut is the shedding of various parts of an organism such as a plant dropping a leaf fruit flower or seed in zo￭ ology abs￭ cis￭ sion is the intentional shedding of a body part such as the shedding of a cla￭ w hus￭ k or the auto￭ tomy of a tail to evade a predat￭ or in my￭ co￭ logy it is the liberation of a fun￭ gal spor￭ e in cell biology abs￭ cis￭ sion refers to the separation of two daughter cells at the completion of cy￭ to￭ kin￭ esis
the ab￭ sco￭ pal effect is a phenomenon in the treatment of me￭ ta￭ static cancer where loc￭ alized treatment of a tumor causes not only a shrinking of the treated tumor but also a shrinking of tumors outside the scope of the loc￭ alized treatment r h mole proposed the term “ ab￭ sco￭ pal ” ‘ ab ’ away from ‘ sco￭ p￭ us ’ target in 1953 to refer to radiation ’ s effects “ at a distance from the irradiated volume but within the same organism ” initially associated with single tumor loc￭ alized radiation therapy the term has also come to encompass other types of loc￭ alized treatments such as electro￭ por￭ ation and intra tu￭ moral injection of therapeu￭ tics while this phenomenon is extremely rare its effect on the cancer can be stunning leading to the disappearance of m￭ align￭ ant grow￭ ths throughout the entire body such success has been described for a variety of cancers including mel￭ anom￭ a cu￭ taneous lymp￭ hom￭ as and kidney cancer scientists are not certain how the ab￭ sco￭ pal effect works to eliminate cancer in patients studies in mice suggest that the effect may depend upon activation of the immune system in a case study reported at memorial sloan ket￭ tering cancer center in new york city changes in a me￭ ta￭ static mel￭ anom￭ a patient ’ s immune system were measured over the course of treatment the team observed changes in tumor directed anti￭ body levels and immune cell populations that occurred at the time of the ab￭ sco￭ pal effect these findings support the idea that a loc￭ alized treatment may broadly stimulate the immune system to fight cancer at this time various immune system cells including t cells and d￭ end￭ ri￭ tic cells are believed to play a primary role effects in tissues adjacent to the irradiated area are bystand￭ er effects and are not necessarily medi￭ ated by the same mechanisms as ab￭ sco￭ pal effects
absence seizures are one of several kinds of seizures these seizures are sometimes referred to as peti￭ t mal seizures from the french for little illness a term dating from the late 18 th century absence seizures are characterized by a brief loss and return of consciousness generally not followed by a period of leth￭ ar￭ gy without a notable pos￭ tic￭ tal state
absent adren￭ al g￭ land is a rare condition where the adren￭ al g￭ land is absent at birth it should not be confused with adren￭ al in￭ sufficiency or con￭ genital adren￭ al hyper￭ pl￭ asia where the g￭ land is present but may not be functioning adequately due to the absence of adren￭ al cor￭ tex the condition causes extreme symptoms of adren￭ al in￭ sufficiency at birth due to very low levels of al￭ do￭ ster￭ one and cor￭ ti￭ sol the adren￭ al med￭ ul￭ la can be normally present poorly formed or absent however even so the effects of circul￭ atory cat￭ ec￭ hol￭ amine deficiency are generally mild due to sympathetic nervous system compensation except in episodes of hypo￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia
ab￭ sent￭ ee￭ ism is a habitual pattern of absence from a duty or obligation traditionally ab￭ sent￭ ee￭ ism has been viewed as an indicator of poor individual performance as well as a breach of an implicit contract between employee and employer it was seen as a management problem and framed in economic or quasi economic terms more recent scholarship seeks to understand ab￭ sent￭ ee￭ ism as an indicator of psychological medical or social adjustment to work
in ph￭ on￭ ology absolute neutr￭ alization is a phenomenon in which a segment of the underlying representation of a morph￭ em￭ e is not realized in any of its ph￭ one￭ tic representations surface forms the term was introduced by paul ki￭ par￭ sky 1968 and contrasts with contex￭ tual neutr￭ alization which is closer to the traditional form of ph￭ on￭ ological neutr￭ alization for example ch￭ om￭ sky hal￭ le 1968 assume that the underlying representation of the word elli￭ pse contains a final segment e even though this segment is never pronounced but the assumption of this segment in underlying representation explains the exceptional stress pattern of the word i e that of tr￭ is￭ y￭ ll￭ ab￭ ic words instead of that of bis￭ y￭ ll￭ ab￭ ic words i e ell￭ í￭ pse instead of é￭ l￭ li￭ pse the segment e is deleted after the assignment of stress thus the opposition between e and zero the absence of a segment is neutr￭ alized
absolute pitch ap widely referred to as perfect pitch is a rare aud￭ itory phenomenon characterized by the ability of a person to identify or re create a given musical note without the benefit of a reference tone ap can be demonstrated via linguistic lab￭ eling naming a note aud￭ itory imag￭ ery or sens￭ or￭ im￭ o￭ tor responses for example an ap poss￭ essor can accurately reproduce a heard tone on their musical instrument without hunting for the correct pitch researchers estimate the occurrence of ap to be 1 in 10 000 people generally absolute pitch implies some or all of the following abilities achieved without a reference tone identify by name individual pit￭ ches e g a g c ♯ played on various instruments name the key of a given piece of t￭ onal music reproduce a piece of t￭ onal music in the correct key days after hearing it identify and name all the tones of a given ch￭ ord or other t￭ onal mass accurately sing a named pitch name the pit￭ ches of common everyday sounds such as car horns and alarms people may have absolute pitch along with the ability of relative pitch and relative and absolute pitch work together in actual musical listening and practice but strategies in using each skill vary those with absolute pitch may train their relative pitch but there are no reported cases of an adult obtaining absolute pitch ability through musical training adults who possess relative pitch but do not already have absolute pitch can learn pseudo absolute pitch and become able to identify notes in a way that superfic￭ ially resembles absolute pitch moreover training pseudo absolute pitch requires considerable motivation time and effort and learning is not retained without constant practice and reinforcement
in mathematics an absolute value is a function which measures the size of elements in a field or integral domain more precisely if d is an integral domain then an absolute value is any mapping x from d to the real numbers r satisfying x ≥ 0 x 0 if and only if x 0 xy x y x y ≤ x y it follows from these ax￭ i￭ oms that 1 1 and − 1 1 furthermore for every positive inte￭ ger n n 1 1 n times − 1 − 1 − n times ≤ n note that some authors use the terms valuation norm or magnitude instead of absolute value however the word norm usually refers to a specific kind of absolute value on a field and which is also applied to other vector spaces the classical absolute value is one in which for example 2 2 but many other functions fulfill the requirements stated above for instance the square root of the classical absolute value but not the square thereof
an absorption edge absorption dis￭ continuity or absorption limit is a sharp dis￭ continuity in the absorption spectrum of a substance these dis￭ continu￭ ities occur at wa￭ vel￭ eng￭ ths where the energy of an absorbed pho￭ ton corresponds to an electronic transition or ion￭ ization potential when the quantum energy of the incident radiation becomes smaller than the work required to e￭ ject an electr￭ on from one or other quantum states in the constituent absorbing atom the incident radiation ceases to be absorbed by that state for example incident radiation on an atom of a wa￭ vel￭ eng￭ th that has a corresponding energy just below the binding energy of the k shell electr￭ on in that atom cannot e￭ ject the k shell electr￭ on
in the field of nuclear engineering absorption hard￭ ening is the increase in average energy of neu￭ tron￭ s in a population by preferential absorption of lower energy neu￭ tron￭ s this occurs because absorption cross sections typically increase for lower neutr￭ on energies
abstr￭ action of transport protocol connectivity is the ability to connect to various components or services through multiple protocols without code change or addition via change to a standard configuration file connectivity abstr￭ action may be achieved through a service transport protocol implementation
abuse of process is a cause of action in tor￭ t arising from one party making a malicious and deliberate misuse or per￭ version of regularly issued court process civil or criminal not justified by the underlying legal action it is a common law intentional tor￭ t it is to be distinguished from malicious prosecution another type of tor￭ t that involves misuse of the public right of access to the courts the elements of a valid cause of action for abuse of process in most common law jurisdictions are as follows 1 the existence of an ul￭ terior purpose or motive underlying the use of process and 2 some act in the use of the legal process not proper in the regular prosecution of the proceedings abuse of process can be distinguished from malicious prosecution in that abuse of process typically does not require proof of mal￭ ice lack of probable cause in pro￭ curing issuance of the process or a termination favorable to the plainti￭ ff all of which are essential to a claim of malicious prosecution process as used in this context includes not only the service of process i e an official summons or other notice issued from a court but means any method used to acquire jurisdiction over a person or specific property that is issued under the official seal of a court typically the person who abuses process is interested only in accompl￭ ishing some improper purpose that is collateral to the proper object of the process and that off￭ ends justice such as an unjustified arrest or an unfounded criminal prosecution sub￭ po￭ en￭ as to testify attachments of property executions on property gar￭ n￭ ishments and other provisional remedies are among the types of process considered to be capable of abuse
abusive head trauma ah￭ t also known as shaken baby syndrome s￭ bs is a con￭ stell￭ ation of medical findings often referred to as a tri￭ ad sub￭ d￭ ural hem￭ atom￭ a re￭ tin￭ al bleeding and brain sw￭ elling which some physicians have used to infer child abuse caused by violent shaking in a majority of cases there is no visible sign of external injury it is a sub￭ set of the broader form of child abuse the centers for disease control and prevention identifies s￭ bs as an injury to the skull or in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial contents of an infant or young child 5 years of age due to inflicted blunt impact and or violent shaking the crown prosecution service for england and wales recommended in 2011 that the term shaken baby syndrome be avoided and the term non accidental head injury na￭ hi be used instead in 2009 the american academy of pedi￭ at￭ rics recommended the use of the term abusive head trauma to replace s￭ bs s￭ bs is often fatal and can cause severe brain damage resulting in lifelong disability estimated death rates mortality among infants with s￭ bs range from 15 to 38 the median is 20 – 25 up to half of deaths related to child abuse are reportedly due to shaken baby syndrome non￭ fatal consequences of s￭ bs include varying degrees of visual impairment including blindness motor impairment e g cere￭ br￭ al pal￭ sy and cognitive impair￭ ments
academic publishing is the sub￭ field of publishing which distribu￭ tes academic research and scholarship most academic work is published in academic journal article book or thesis form the part of academic written output that is not formally published but merely printed up or posted on the internet is often called grey literature most scientific and schol￭ arly journals and many academic and schol￭ arly books though not all are based on some form of peer review or editorial ref￭ ere￭ eing to qualify texts for publication peer review quality and selectivity standards vary greatly from journal to journal publish￭ er to publish￭ er and field to field most established academic disciplines have their own journals and other outlets for publication although many academic journals are somewhat inter￭ disciplinary and publish work from several distinct fields or sub￭ fields there is also a tendency for existing journals to divide into specialized sections as the field itself becomes more specialized along with the variation in review and publication procedures the kinds of publications that are accepted as contributions to knowledge or research differ greatly among fields and sub￭ fields academic publishing is undergoing major changes as it makes the transition from the print to the electronic format business models are different in the electronic environment since the early 1990 s licensing of electronic resources particularly journals has been very common currently an important trend particularly with respect to journals in the sciences is open access via the internet in open access publishing a journal article is made available free for all on the web by the publish￭ er at the time of publication it is typically made possible after the author pays hundreds or thousands of dollars in publication fees thereby shifting the costs from the reader to the researcher or their f￭ under the internet has facilitated open access self archiving in which authors themselves make a copy of their published articles available free for all on the web
ac￭ al￭ cu￭ lia not to be confused with dys￭ cal￭ cu￭ lia is an acquired impairment in which patients have difficulty performing simple mathematical tasks such as adding sub￭ tracting multiplying and even simply stating which of two numbers is larger ac￭ al￭ cu￭ lia is distinguished from dys￭ cal￭ cu￭ lia in that ac￭ al￭ cu￭ lia is acquired late in life due to neuro￭ logical injury such as stroke while dys￭ cal￭ cu￭ lia is a specific developmental disorder first observed during the acquisition of mathematical knowledge the name comes from the greek a meaning not and latin calcul￭ are which means to count
ac￭ al￭ vari￭ a is a rare mal￭ formation consisting of absence of the cal￭ vari￭ al bones dur￭ a mat￭ er and associated muscles in the presence of a normal skull base and normal facial bones the central nervous system is usually unaffected the presumed patho￭ genesis of ac￭ al￭ vari￭ a is faulty migration of the memb￭ ran￭ ous neuro￭ cran￭ ium with normal placement of the embryonic ec￭ to￭ der￭ m resulting in absence of the cal￭ vari￭ a but an intact layer of skin over the brain paren￭ ch￭ y￭ ma in other words instead of having a skull cap protecting the brain there is only skin covering it the size of the area that is missing the skull cap can vary from case to case in extreme cases the entire top part of the cran￭ ium that is dom￭ e shaped may be absent
ac￭ anth￭ am￭ oe￭ ba infection is a cu￭ taneous condition resulting from ac￭ anth￭ am￭ oe￭ ba that may result in various skin le￭ sions ac￭ anth￭ am￭ oe￭ ba strains can also infect human eyes causing ac￭ anth￭ am￭ oe￭ bic ker￭ ati￭ tis
ac￭ anth￭ am￭ oe￭ ba ker￭ ati￭ tis is a rare disease in which am￭ oe￭ ba￭ e invade the cor￭ ne￭ a of the eye it may result in permanent visual impairment or blindness
ac￭ anth￭ o￭ che￭ il￭ on￭ emi￭ asis is a rare tropical infectious disease caused by a parasite known as ac￭ anth￭ o￭ che￭ il￭ on￭ ema per￭ st￭ ans it can cause skin r￭ ashes ab￭ domin￭ al and chest pains muscle and joint pains neuro￭ logical disorders and skin lum￭ ps it is mainly found in africa the parasite is transmitted through the bite of small flies studies show that there are elevated levels of white blood cells ac￭ anth￭ o￭ che￭ il￭ on￭ emi￭ asis belongs to a group of par￭ asi￭ tic diseases known as fil￭ arial disease nemato￭ de all of which are classified as neglected tropical diseases fil￭ arial disease results when micro￭ fil￭ ari￭ ae which are nemato￭ de lar￭ v￭ ae reach the lymp￭ h￭ atic system micro￭ fil￭ ari￭ ae reside in the ser￭ ous ca￭ vities of humans they have a five stage life cycle that includes birth to thousands of live micro￭ fil￭ ari￭ ae within the host i e human body and then trans￭ location via blood meal to the der￭ mis layer of the skin it is here that micro￭ fil￭ ari￭ ae cause major symptoms which are e￭ dem￭ a and thick￭ ening of the skin and underlying connec￭ tive tissues it can also cause skin r￭ ashes ab￭ domin￭ al and chest pains muscle my￭ al￭ gia and joint pains neuro￭ logical disorders and skin lum￭ ps in addition it causes sp￭ leen and liver enlargement which is called he￭ pat￭ os￭ plen￭ om￭ eg￭ al￭ y studies show elevated levels of leuk￭ oc￭ y￭ tes or white blood cells which is referred to as e￭ o￭ sin￭ ophi￭ lia it is mainly found in africa the parasite is transmitted through the bite of small flies a co￭ li￭ ro￭ ides
ac￭ anth￭ ol￭ ysis is the loss of inter￭ cellular connections such as des￭ mo￭ som￭ es resulting in loss of cohesion between ker￭ at￭ in￭ oc￭ y￭ tes seen in diseases such as p￭ emp￭ hi￭ gus vul￭ gar￭ is it is absent in bull￭ ous p￭ emp￭ hi￭ go￭ id making it useful for differential diagnosis this his￭ to￭ logical feature is also seen in her￭ pes simpl￭ ex infections h￭ sv 1 and 2 and var￭ ic￭ ella zo￭ ster infections chicken pox and sh￭ ing￭ les
linear d￭ ari￭ er disease also known as ac￭ anth￭ ol￭ y￭ tic dy￭ sk￭ er￭ ato￭ tic ep￭ id￭ er￭ mal nev￭ us is a cu￭ taneous condition identical to the generalized form of d￭ ari￭ er s disease ac￭ anth￭ ol￭ y￭ tic dy￭ sk￭ er￭ ato￭ tic ep￭ id￭ er￭ mal nev￭ us is probably the same disorder
an ac￭ an￭ thom￭ a is a skin ne￭ op￭ las￭ m composed of squ￭ am￭ ous or ep￭ id￭ er￭ mal cells it is located in the pr￭ ick￭ le cell layer types of ac￭ an￭ thom￭ a include pil￭ ar she￭ ath ac￭ an￭ thom￭ a a benign fol￭ lic￭ ular tumor usually of the upper lip clear cell ac￭ an￭ thom￭ a a benign tumor found most frequently on the legs and de￭ gos ac￭ an￭ thom￭ a often confused with but unrelated to de￭ gos disease
ac￭ an￭ thom￭ a fis￭ sur￭ at￭ um also known as gran￭ ul￭ oma fis￭ sur￭ at￭ um and spectacle frame ac￭ an￭ thom￭ a is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by local thick￭ ening of the skin in response to pressure caused by an eye￭ glass frame
ac￭ anth￭ osis is diffuse ep￭ id￭ er￭ mal hyper￭ pl￭ asia thick￭ ening of the skin it implies increased thickness of the mal￭ pi￭ gh￭ ian layer strat￭ um bas￭ ale and strat￭ um spin￭ o￭ sum
ac￭ anth￭ osis ni￭ gr￭ ic￭ ans is a brown to black poorly defined vel￭ ve￭ ty hyper￭ pi￭ gm￭ entation of the skin it is usually found in body fol￭ ds such as the poster￭ ior and lateral fol￭ ds of the neck the ar￭ mp￭ its gro￭ in na￭ vel fore￭ head and other areas
ac￭ ari￭ asis is an inf￭ est￭ ation with mit￭ es
ac￭ at￭ al￭ asia also called ac￭ at￭ al￭ as￭ emia or tak￭ a￭ hara s disease is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive per￭ ox￭ isom￭ al disorder caused by a complete lack of catal￭ ase
accelerated idio￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular rhythm is ven￭ tric￭ ular rhythm with a rate of between 40 and 120 beats per minute idio￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular means “ relating to or affecting the cardiac ven￭ tric￭ le alone “ and refers to any ec￭ topic ven￭ tric￭ ular arr￭ y￭ th￭ mia accelerated idio￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular arr￭ hy￭ th￭ mi￭ as are distinguished from ven￭ tric￭ ular rhy￭ th￭ ms with rates less than 40 ven￭ tric￭ ular escape and those faster than 120 ven￭ tric￭ ular t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia though some other references limit to between 60 and 100 beats per minute it is also referred to as ai￭ v￭ r and slow ven￭ tric￭ ular t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia it can be present at birth however it is more commonly associated with reper￭ fusion after my￭ o￭ cardi￭ al injury
accelerated phase chronic my￭ elo￭ genous leuk￭ emia is a phase of chronic my￭ elo￭ genous leuk￭ emia in which the disease is progressing in this phase 10 to 19 of the cells in the blood and bone marrow are blast cells immature blood cells in the accelerated phase these leuk￭ emia cells grow quickly
in futures studies and the history of technology accelerating change is a perceived increase in the rate of technological change throughout history which may suggest faster and more profound change in the future and it may or may not be accompanied by equally profound social and cultural change
acceleration in human development process is the phenomenon which has been registered in many populations around the world this applies equally to the growth of certain anthropo￭ metric parameters and the speed of reaching sexual maturity these facts illustrate the results of secular changes in body height and appearance of the first men￭ str￭ uation men￭ arch￭ e increases in human stature are a main indicator of improvements in the average health of populations the newest data set for the average height of adult male birth cohor￭ ts from the mid nineteenth century to 1980 in 15 european countries was studied in the populations listed during a century average height increased by 11 cm representing a dramatic improvement of this phenomenon it is interesting that the apparent acceleration of body height occurred during the ĝ also in the mid nineteenth century young european women s men￭ arch￭ e occurred at the average age of 16 5 years one hundred years later this age was reduced to under 12 years increase in adult height of birth cohor￭ ts cm decade
in the fields of physical security and information security access control ac is the selective restriction of access to a place or other resource the act of accessing may mean consuming entering or using permission to access a resource is called authorization locks and log￭ in credentials are two analogous mechanisms of access control
an access method is a function of a main￭ frame operating system that enables access to data on disk tape or other external devices they were introduced in 1963 in ibm os 360 operating system access methods provide an application programming interface api for program￭ mers to transfer data to or from device and could be compared to device drivers in non main￭ frame operating systems
access to finance is the ability of individuals or enterprises to obtain financial services including credit deposit payment insurance and other risk management services those who involun￭ tarily have no or only limited access to financial services are referred to as the un￭ ban￭ ked or under￭ ban￭ ked respectively accumulated evidence has shown that financial access promotes growth for enterprises through the provision of credit to both new and existing businesses it benefits the economy in general by accelerating economic growth intensifying competition as well as boosting demand for labor the incomes of those in the lower end of the income ladder will typically rise hence reducing income inequality and poverty the lack of financial access limits the range of services and credits for household and enterprises poor individuals and small enterprises need to rely on their personal wealth or internal resources to invest in their education and businesses which limits their full potential and leading to the cycle of persistent inequality and diminished growth access to finance varies greatly between countries and ranges from about 5 percent of the adult population in papua new guinea and tanzania to 100 percent in the netherlands for a comprehensive list of estimated measures of access to finance across countries see dem￭ ir￭ gü￭ ç k￭ unt beck hon￭ o￭ han 2008 pp 190 – 191
an accessory aur￭ ic￭ le is considered a developmental anomaly resulting from the persistence of a structure which vari￭ ably recapit￭ ul￭ ates the normal external ear
accessory breasts also known as poly￭ mas￭ tia super￭ numer￭ ary breasts or mam￭ mae er￭ rati￭ ca￭ e is the condition of having an additional breast extra breasts may appear with or without nip￭ ples or are￭ ol￭ ae it is a condition and a form of at￭ a￭ vism which is most prevalent in male humans and often goes untreated as it is mostly harmless in recent years many affected women have had a plastic surgery operation to remove the additional breasts for purely aesthetic reasons a related condition in which extra nip￭ ples form is called super￭ numer￭ ary nip￭ ple or poly￭ the￭ lia
the accessory nail of the fifth toe is a physical trait of the small toe where a min￭ us￭ cule sixth to￭ en￭ ail is present in the outer corner of the nail situated on the smallest toe it is commonly perceived to be especially prevalent amongst han chinese however this is partially due to legend and is not entirely medic￭ ally proven
injury to the spinal accessory nerve can cause an accessory nerve disorder or spinal accessory nerve pal￭ sy which results in diminished or absent function of the ster￭ no￭ cle￭ id￭ om￭ ast￭ o￭ id muscle and upper portion of the tra￭ pe￭ zi￭ us muscle
accessory pan￭ cre￭ as is a small cluster of pan￭ cre￭ as cells detached from the pan￭ cre￭ as and sometimes found in the wall of the stomach or intest￭ ines
an accessory sp￭ leen super￭ numer￭ ary sp￭ leen splen￭ ule or splen￭ un￭ cul￭ us is a small no￭ dule of splen￭ ic tissue found apart from the main body of the sp￭ leen accessory sp￭ le￭ ens are found in approximately 10 percent of the population and are typically around 1 centi￭ meter in diameter they may resemble a lymp￭ h no￭ de or a small sp￭ leen they form either by the result of developmental anomalies or trauma they are medic￭ ally significant in that they may result in interpretation errors in diagnostic imaging or continued symptoms after therapeutic splen￭ ec￭ tomy
in painting acci￭ d￭ ent￭ alism is the effect produced by accidental lights
in astro￭ physics acc￭ re￭ tion is the accumulation of particles into a massive object by grav￭ it￭ ationally attracting more matter typically gaseous matter in an acc￭ re￭ tion disk most astro￭ nom￭ ical objects such as galax￭ ies stars and planets are formed by acc￭ re￭ tion processes
a cry￭ pto￭ graphic accumul￭ ator is a one way membership function it answers a qu￭ ery as to whether a potential candidate is a member of a set without revealing the individual members of the set one trivial example is how large composite numbers accumulate their prime factors as it s currently impractical to factor a composite number but relatively easy to divide a specific prime into another number to see if it is one of the factors and or to factor it out new members may be added or sub￭ tracted to the set of factors simply by multiplying or fac￭ tor￭ ing out the number respectively more practical accumulators use a quasi comm￭ ut￭ ative has￭ h function where the size number of bits of the accumul￭ ator does not grow with the number of members the concept was introduced by j ben￭ al￭ oh and m de mare in 1993 the concept has received renewed interest recently due to the proposed zer￭ o￭ coin add on to bit￭ coin which employs cry￭ pto￭ graphic accumulators to eliminate tr￭ ack￭ able linkage in the bit￭ coin block￭ chain which would make bit￭ coin anonymous and un￭ traceable increasing privacy of transactions
ac￭ ep￭ hal￭ gic migr￭ aine also called ac￭ ep￭ hal￭ al￭ gic migr￭ aine migr￭ aine a￭ ura without headache ami￭ gr￭ ain￭ ous migr￭ aine isolated visual migr￭ aine and optical migr￭ aine is a neuro￭ logical syndrome it is a relatively un￭ common variant of migr￭ aine in which the patient may experience a￭ ura naus￭ ea pho￭ top￭ ho￭ bia hem￭ ip￭ a￭ res￭ is and other migr￭ aine symptoms but does not experience headache it is generally classified as an event fulfilling the conditions of migr￭ aine with a￭ ura with no or minimal headache it is sometimes distinguished from visual only migr￭ aine a￭ ura without headache also called oc￭ ular migr￭ aine
ac￭ er￭ ul￭ op￭ las￭ min￭ emia is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive disorder in which iron gradually accumul￭ ates in the re￭ tina bas￭ al gang￭ lia and other organs iron accumulation in the brain results in neuro￭ logical problems that generally appear in adul￭ thood and worsen over time ac￭ er￭ ul￭ op￭ las￭ min￭ emia has been seen worldwide but its overall prevalence is unknown studies in japan have estimated that approximately 1 in 2 million adults in this population are affected ac￭ er￭ ul￭ op￭ las￭ min￭ emia belongs to the group of genetic disorders called neuro￭ de￭ generation with brain iron accumulation n￭ bia
fractu￭ res of the ace￭ tab￭ ul￭ um occur when the head of the fem￭ ur is driven into the pel￭ vis this is caused either by a blow on the side or by a blow in the front of the knee usually in a d￭ ash￭ board injury when the fem￭ ur also may be fractu￭ red ace￭ tab￭ ul￭ um in latin means a cup that holds vin￭ eg￭ ar collins english dic￭ tionary it is a cav￭ ity situated on the outer surface of in￭ nominate bone in￭ nominate bone is con￭ flu￭ ence of 3 bones the ili￭ um is￭ chi￭ um and pu￭ bis ace￭ tab￭ ul￭ um and ball of fem￭ ur form the hip joint fractu￭ res of the ace￭ tab￭ ul￭ um in young individuals usually occur due to high energy injury like vehic￭ ular accident or fall from the height while in old individuals who have o￭ ste￭ op￭ or￭ otic fragile bones can occur due to trivial fall the energy is transferred from the fem￭ oral head to the ace￭ tab￭ ul￭ um resulting in the frac￭ ture the type of the frac￭ ture depends on the position of the limb and the direction of the force causing variety of fractu￭ res the credit of classifying these fractu￭ res and giving guidelines for surgical management goes to french surgeons rober￭ tt ju￭ det jean ju￭ det and em￭ ile let￭ our￭ nel who in their landmark paper in 1964 described the column concept of the in￭ nominate bone mechanism of injury classification and surgical management of these complex injuries according to them the ace￭ tab￭ ul￭ um is situated between two columns of in￭ nominate bone namely an￭ terior ili￭ o pu￭ bic column and poster￭ ior ili￭ o is￭ ch￭ ial column they classified these fractu￭ res into elementary simple two part and associated complex three or more part fractu￭ res
ace￭ to￭ acetic ester synthesis is a chemical reaction where ethyl ace￭ to￭ acetate is al￭ k￭ yl￭ ated at the α carbon to both carbon￭ yl groups and then converted into a ke￭ tone or more specifically an α substituted acet￭ one this is very similar to mal￭ onic ester synthesis ace￭ to￭ acetic ester synthesis
ac￭ hal￭ asia e￭ ɪ￭ k￭ ə￭ ˈ￭ le￭ ɪ￭ ʒ￭ ə a chal￭ asia no relaxation is a failure of smooth muscle fi￭ bers to relax which can cause a sp￭ h￭ inc￭ ter to remain closed and fail to open when needed without a modi￭ fier ac￭ hal￭ asia usually refers to ac￭ hal￭ asia of the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus which is also called es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al ac￭ hal￭ asia ac￭ hal￭ asia cardi￭ ae cardi￭ o￭ sp￭ asm and es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al aper￭ ist￭ al￭ sis ac￭ hal￭ asia can happen at various points along the gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract ac￭ hal￭ asia of the rec￭ tum for instance in hir￭ sch￭ sp￭ rung s disease es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al ac￭ hal￭ asia is an es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al mo￭ ti￭ lity disorder involving the smooth muscle layer of the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus and the lower es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al sp￭ h￭ inc￭ ter les it is characterized by incomplete les relaxation increased les tone and lack of per￭ ist￭ al￭ sis of the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus inability of smooth muscle to move food down the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus in the absence of other explanations like cancer or fi￭ bro￭ sis ac￭ hal￭ asia is characterized by difficulty in sw￭ allowing reg￭ urg￭ itation and sometimes chest pain diagnosis is reached with es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al man￭ ome￭ try and barium swallow radio￭ graphic studies various treatments are available although none cures the condition certain medications or bo￭ to￭ x may be used in some cases but more permanent relief is brought by es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al di￭ lat￭ ation and surgical cle￭ aving of the muscle hel￭ ler my￭ o￭ tomy the most common form is primary ac￭ hal￭ asia which has no known underlying cause it is due to the failure of dis￭ tal es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al inhi￭ bit￭ ory neurons however a small proportion occurs secondary to other conditions such as es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al cancer or cha￭ gas disease an infectious disease common in south america ac￭ hal￭ asia affects about one person in 100 000 per year there is no gender predominance for the occurrence of disease
ach￭ ard syndrome is a syndrome consisting of ar￭ ach￭ no￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly rec￭ eding lower jaw and joint lax￭ ity limited to the hands and feet hyper￭ mobility and su￭ blu￭ x￭ ations of the joints increased lateral ex￭ cur￭ sion of the pat￭ ell￭ as and other findings reflect the increased lig￭ ament lax￭ ity it is not clear if it is a distinct entity
ach￭ ard – thi￭ ers syndrome combines the features of ad￭ re￭ no￭ genital syndrome and cu￭ shing syndrome it is also known as diabe￭ tic bear￭ ded woman syndrome di￭ ab￭ è￭ te des fem￭ mes à bar￭ be the disease is named for em￭ ile ach￭ ard and joseph thi￭ ers
ac￭ hei￭ ria ə￭ ˈ￭ k￭ ɪ￭ ə￭ ri￭ ə is the con￭ genital absence of one or both hands
ac￭ hei￭ ro￭ po￭ dia ach￭ p also known as horn kol￭ b syndrome ac￭ hei￭ ro￭ po￭ dy and al￭ ei￭ j￭ ad￭ in￭ hos brazilian type is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive disorder that results in hem￭ im￭ eli￭ a a lack of formation of the dis￭ tal extre￭ mi￭ ties this is a con￭ genital defect which consists of bilateral ampu￭ tations of the dis￭ tal upper and lower extre￭ mi￭ ties as well as ap￭ la￭ sia of the hands and feet it was first discovered and is prevalent almost exclusively in brazil
an achilles heel is a weakness in spite of overall strength which can actually or potentially lead to downfall while the myth￭ ological origin refers to a physical vulnerability idi￭ om￭ atic references to other attributes or qualities that can lead to downfall are common
achilles tend￭ initi￭ s also achilles ten￭ o￭ sy￭ no￭ vi￭ tis or achilles tend￭ in￭ opathy is tend￭ initi￭ s of the achilles tend￭ on generally caused by over￭ use of the affected limb and is more common among athletes training under less than ideal conditions it should not be confused with x￭ an￭ thom￭ a of the tend￭ on which is the accumulation of cho￭ le￭ sterol in patients with famili￭ al hyper￭ cho￭ le￭ ster￭ ol￭ emia
achilles tend￭ on rupture is when the achilles tend￭ on breaks the achilles is the most commonly injured tend￭ on rupture can occur while performing actions requiring explosive acceleration such as pushing off or jumping the male to female ratio for achilles tend￭ on rupture varies between 7 1 and 4 1 across various studies
ach￭ lor￭ hy￭ dri￭ a e￭ ɪ￭ kl￭ ɔ￭ ə￭ r￭ ˈ￭ ha￭ ɪ￭ dri￭ ə or hypo￭ chlor￭ hy￭ dri￭ a refers to states where the production of hydro￭ chlor￭ ic acid in ga￭ str￭ ic secre￭ tions of the stomach and other dig￭ estive organs is absent or low respectively it is associated with various other medical problems
the ac￭ ho￭ lia is the lack or absence of bile secre￭ tion ac￭ ho￭ lia is an un￭ common trouble of the bi￭ li￭ ary function in the liver bile flow dissip￭ ates
ach￭ on￭ dro￭ genesis is a number of disorders that are the most severe form of con￭ genital ch￭ on￭ dro￭ dys￭ pl￭ asia mal￭ formation of bones and car￭ til￭ age these conditions are characterized by a small body short limbs and other sk￭ el￭ etal ab￭ norm￭ alities as a result of their serious health problems infants with ach￭ on￭ dro￭ genesis are usually born prematurely are still￭ born or die shortly after birth from respiratory failure some infants however have lived for a while with intensive medical support researchers have described at least three forms of ach￭ on￭ dro￭ genesis designated as ach￭ on￭ dro￭ genesis type 1 a ach￭ on￭ dro￭ genesis type 1 b and ach￭ on￭ dro￭ genesis type 2 these types are distinguished by their signs and symptoms inheritance pattern and genetic cause other types of ach￭ on￭ dro￭ genesis may exist but they have not been characterized or their cause is unknown ach￭ on￭ dro￭ genesis type 1 a is caused by a defect in the micro￭ tu￭ bul￭ es of the gol￭ gi apparatus in mice a nonsense mutation in the thyro￭ id hormone recep￭ tor inter￭ actor 11 gene trip 11 which en￭ codes the gol￭ gi micro￭ tu￭ bu￭ le associated protein 210 gm￭ ap 210 resulted in defects similar to the human disease when their dna was sequ￭ enced human patients with ach￭ on￭ dro￭ genesis type 1 a also had loss of function mutations in gm￭ ap 210 gm￭ ap 210 moves proteins from the end￭ op￭ las￭ mic re￭ ticul￭ um to the gol￭ gi apparatus because of the defect gm￭ ap 210 is not able to move the proteins and they remain in the end￭ op￭ las￭ mic re￭ ticul￭ um which sw￭ ells up the loss of gol￭ gi apparatus function affects some cells such as those responsible for forming bone and car￭ til￭ age more than others ach￭ on￭ dro￭ genesis type 1 b is caused by a similar mutation in sl￭ c 26 a 2 which en￭ codes a sul￭ fate transporter
ach￭ on￭ dro￭ genesis type 1 b is a severe auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive sk￭ el￭ etal disorder invari￭ able fatal in the per￭ in￭ atal period it is characterized by extremely short limbs a narrow chest and a prominent rounded ab￭ dom￭ en the fingers and toes are short and the feet may be rot￭ ated inward affected infants frequently have a soft out pou￭ ching around the belly button an um￭ bil￭ ical her￭ nia or near the gro￭ in an ingu￭ inal her￭ nia ach￭ on￭ dro￭ genesis type 1 b is a rare genetic disorder its incidence is unknown ach￭ on￭ dro￭ genesis type 1 b is the most severe condition in a spectrum of sk￭ el￭ etal disorders caused by mutations in the sl￭ c 26 a 2 gene this gene provides instructions for making a protein that is essential for the normal development of car￭ til￭ age and for its conversion to bone mutations in the sl￭ c 26 a 2 gene disrupt the structure of developing car￭ til￭ age preventing bones from forming properly and resulting in the sk￭ el￭ etal problems characteristic of ach￭ on￭ dro￭ genesis type 1 b ach￭ on￭ dro￭ genesis type 1 b is inherited in an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive pattern which means two copies of the gene in each cell are altered most often the parents of an individual with an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive disorder are carriers of one copy of the altered gene but do not show signs and symptoms of the disorder
ach￭ on￭ dro￭ pl￭ asia is a common cause of dwar￭ f￭ ism it occurs as a spor￭ adic mutation in approximately 80 of cases associated with advanced pater￭ nal age or it may be inherited as an auto￭ som￭ al dominant genetic disorder people with ach￭ on￭ dro￭ pl￭ asia have short stature with an average adult height of 131 centi￭ meters 52 inches for males and 123 centi￭ meters 48 inches for females ach￭ on￭ dro￭ plastic adults are known to be as short as 62 8 cm 24 7 in if both parents of a child have ach￭ on￭ dro￭ pl￭ asia and both parents pass on the mut￭ ant gene then it is very unlikely that the homo￭ zy￭ g￭ ous child will live past a few months of its life the prevalence is approximately 1 in 25 000
ach￭ ro￭ mat￭ op￭ sia ach￭ m also known as total color blindness is a medical syndrome that exhi￭ bits symptoms relating to at least five conditions the term may refer to acquired conditions such as cere￭ br￭ al ach￭ ro￭ mat￭ op￭ sia also known as color agno￭ sia but it typically refers to an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive con￭ genital color vision condition the inability to perceive color and to achieve satisfactory visual acu￭ ity at high light levels typically exter￭ ior daylight the syndrome is also present in an incomplete form which is more properly defined as dy￭ schro￭ mat￭ op￭ sia it is estimated to affect 1 in 40 000 live births worldwide there is some discussion as to whether ach￭ ro￭ mats can see color or not as illustrated in the island of the color￭ blind by oliver sacks some ach￭ ro￭ mats cannot see color only black white and shades of grey with five different genes currently known to cause similar symptoms it may be that some do see marginal levels of color differentiation due to different gene characteristics with such small sample sizes and low response rates it is difficult to accurately diagnose the typical ach￭ rom￭ atic conditions if the light level during testing is optimi￭ zed for them they may achieve corrected visual acu￭ ity of 20 100 to 20 150 at lower light levels regardless of the absence of color one common trait is h￭ emer￭ al￭ op￭ ia or blindness in full sun in patients with ach￭ ro￭ mat￭ op￭ sia the cone system and fibres carrying color information remain intact this indicates that the mechanism used to construct colors is defective
acid erosion also known as dental erosion is a type of tooth wear it is defined as the irreversible loss of tooth structure due to chemical dissolution by acids not of bacterial origin dental erosion is the most common chronic disease of children ages 5 – 17 although it is only relatively recently that it has been recognised as a dental health problem there is generally widespread ignorance of the damaging effects of acid erosion this is particularly the case with erosion due to fruit juices because they tend to be seen as healthy erosion is found initially in the en￭ am￭ el and if unchecked may proceed to the underlying denti￭ n the most common cause of erosion is by ac￭ id￭ ic foods and drinks in general foods and drinks with a ph below 5 0 – 5 7 have been known to trigger dental erosion effects numerous clinical and laboratory reports link erosion to excessive consumption of drinks those thought to pose a risk are soft drinks some alcohol and fruit drinks fruit juices such as orange juice which contain cit￭ ric acid and carbon￭ ated drinks such as col￭ as in which the carbon￭ ic acid is not the cause of erosion but cit￭ ric and phosphor￭ ic acid additionally wine has been shown to erode teeth with the ph of wine as low as 3 0 – 3 8 other possible sources of ero￭ sive acids are from exposure to chlorinated swimming pool water and reg￭ urg￭ itation of ga￭ str￭ ic acids
aci￭ do￭ sis is an increased acidity in the blood and other body tissue i e an increased hydrogen ion concentration if not further qualified it usually refers to acidity of the blood plasma aci￭ do￭ sis is said to occur when arter￭ ial ph falls below 7 35 except in the fe￭ tus see below while its counterpart al￭ k￭ alo￭ sis occurs at a ph over 7 45 arter￭ ial blood gas analysis and other tests are required to separate the main causes the term aci￭ dem￭ ia describes the state of low blood ph while aci￭ do￭ sis is used to describe the processes leading to these states nevertheless the terms are sometimes used inter￭ change￭ ably the distinction may be relevant where a patient has factors causing both aci￭ do￭ sis and al￭ k￭ alo￭ sis where￭ in the relative severity of both determines whether the result is a high or a low ph the rate of cellular metabol￭ ic activity affects and at the same time is affected by the ph of the body fluids in mammals the normal ph of arter￭ ial blood lies between 7 35 and 7 50 depending on the species e g healthy human arter￭ ial blood ph varies between 7 35 and 7 45 blood ph values compatible with life in mammals are limited to a ph range between 6 8 and 7 8 changes in the ph of arter￭ ial blood and therefore the ex￭ trac￭ ell￭ ular fluid outside this range result in irreversible cell damage
acid – base imbalance is an ab￭ normality of the human body s normal balance of acids and bases that causes the plasma ph to deviate out of the normal range 7 35 to 7 45 in the fe￭ tus the normal range differs based on which um￭ bil￭ ical vessel is sampled um￭ bil￭ ical vein ph is normally 7 25 to 7 45 um￭ bil￭ ical artery ph is normally 7 18 to 7 38 it can exist in varying levels of severity some life threatening
an acid – base reaction is a chemical reaction that occurs between an acid and a base several theoretical frameworks provide alternative conceptions of the reaction mechanisms and their application in solving related problems these are called acid – base theories for example br￭ ø￭ n￭ sted – low￭ ry acid – base theory their importance becomes apparent in analy￭ zing acid – base reactions for gaseous or liquid species or when acid or base character may be somewhat less apparent the first of these concepts was provided by the french chem￭ ist an￭ to￭ ine la￭ vo￭ is￭ ier around 17￭ 76
ac￭ in￭ ar aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma is a his￭ to￭ logical subtype of g￭ land forming cancer that is diagnosed when cu￭ bo￭ idal and or colum￭ nar shaped m￭ align￭ ant cells in the ne￭ op￭ l￭ astic tissue form ac￭ ini and tu￭ bul￭ es it is a common form of cancer occurring in the lung and pro￭ state g￭ land
ac￭ in￭ ar cell carcin￭ oma of the pan￭ cre￭ as also ac￭ in￭ ar cell carcin￭ oma is a rare m￭ align￭ ant exo￭ cr￭ ine tum￭ our of the pan￭ cre￭ as it represents 5 of all exo￭ cr￭ ine tum￭ ours of the pan￭ cre￭ as making it the second most common type of pan￭ cre￭ atic cancer it is abbreviated acc it typically has a guarded prog￭ no￭ sis
ac￭ in￭ ic cell carcin￭ oma is a m￭ align￭ ant tumor representing 2 of all sali￭ vary tumors 90 of the time found in the par￭ o￭ ti￭ d g￭ land 10 intra￭ orally on buc￭ cal mu￭ co￭ sa or pal￭ ate the disease presents as a slow growing mass associated with pain or tender￭ ness in 50 of the cases often appears pseu￭ do￭ en￭ capsul￭ ated
ack￭ erman syndrome is a famili￭ al syndrome of f￭ used mol￭ ar roots with a single canal tau￭ ro￭ don￭ tism hypo￭ tric￭ ho￭ sis full upper lip without a cup￭ id ’ s bow thick￭ ened and wide phil￭ tr￭ um and occasional juvenile gl￭ au￭ coma it was described by james l ack￭ erman a leon ack￭ erman and a bernard ack￭ erman it can also refer to inter￭ sti￭ tial gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ ous der￭ mati￭ tis
ac￭ ne a￭ esti￭ val￭ is also known as mall￭ or￭ ca ac￭ ne is a special form of poly￭ morph￭ ous light eruption it is a mon￭ om￭ orph￭ ous eruption consisting of multiple uniform red pap￭ ular le￭ sions reported to occur after sun exposure
ac￭ ne con￭ glob￭ ata is a highly infl￭ am￭ matory disease presenting with com￭ ed￭ ones no￭ d￭ ules abs￭ c￭ esses and draining sin￭ us tracts this condition generally begins between the ages of 18 and 30 it usually persists for a very long time and often until the patient is around 40 years old although it often occurs where there is already an active ac￭ ne problem it can also happen to people whose ac￭ ne has subsid￭ ed although the cause of this type of ac￭ ne is unknown it is associated with te￭ sto￭ ster￭ one and thus appears mainly in men it can be caused by an￭ abol￭ ic ster￭ o￭ id abuse and sometimes appears in men after stopping te￭ sto￭ ster￭ one therapy it can also happen to someone who has a tum￭ our that is releasing large amounts of and￭ rog￭ ens or to people in remission from auto￭ immune diseases such as leuk￭ emia in certain persons the condition may be triggered by exposure to aromatic hydrocarbons or ing￭ estion of hal￭ ogens
the term ac￭ ne cosme￭ tica refers to ac￭ ne caused by or aggravated by cosmetics the mechanism was presumably a chemically induced plu￭ gging of the pilo￭ se￭ bac￭ eous ori￭ fice this became a significant problem for der￭ mato￭ logists in the 1970 s and 1980 s but with the improved formulations produced by cosmetic chem￭ ists over the past thirty years a diagnosis of ac￭ ne cosme￭ tica has become relatively rare daily der￭ mat￭ ological practice the terms non come￭ do￭ genic and non ac￭ ne i genic appeared on mois￭ tur￭ iz￭ ers and other cosmetic compounds as manufacturers introduced re formulations sometimes associated with claims that the products were oil free or water based although early work produced lists of come￭ do￭ genic chemicals in various strengths and vehicles it became apparent that one could not predict the actual come￭ do￭ gen￭ icity of a product from its contents rather the finished product itself needed use testing the production of a low grade fol￭ lic￭ u￭ li￭ tis by some components of cosmetic products has led to mis￭ diagnosis on occasion people may not attribute their reactions to their cosmetics at first but may notice worsening symptoms after using certain face makeup sun￭ block or lip products reactions occur more commonly if applied cosmetics are let to sit and are not stripped after use
ac￭ ne ful￭ min￭ ans also known as acute fe￭ bri￭ le ul￭ cer￭ ative ac￭ ne is a severe form of the skin disease ac￭ ne which can occur after unsuccessful treatment for another form of ac￭ ne ac￭ ne con￭ glob￭ ata the condition is thought to be an immun￭ o￭ logically induced disease in which elevated level of te￭ sto￭ ster￭ one causes a rise in se￭ bum and population of pro￭ pi￭ oni￭ bacter￭ ium ac￭ nes bacteria the increase in the amount of p ac￭ nes or related antigens may trigger the immun￭ o￭ logic reaction in some individuals and lead to an occurrence of ac￭ ne ful￭ min￭ ans in addition to te￭ sto￭ ster￭ one iso￭ tre￭ tin￭ o￭ in may also precipitate ac￭ ne ful￭ min￭ ans possibly related to highly increased levels of p ac￭ nes antigens in the patient s immune system ac￭ ne ful￭ min￭ ans is a rare disease over the past several years fewer cases of this disease have occurred possibly because of earlier and better treatment of ac￭ ne approximately 100 patients with ac￭ ne ful￭ min￭ ans have been described
ac￭ ne kel￭ o￭ id￭ alis nuc￭ ha￭ e also known as ac￭ ne kel￭ o￭ id￭ alis der￭ mati￭ tis pap￭ il￭ lar￭ is cap￭ il￭ liti￭ i fol￭ lic￭ u￭ li￭ tis kel￭ o￭ id￭ alis fol￭ lic￭ u￭ li￭ tis kel￭ o￭ idis nuc￭ ha￭ e and nu￭ ch￭ al kel￭ o￭ id ac￭ ne is a destructive scar￭ ring fol￭ lic￭ u￭ li￭ tis that occurs almost exclusively on the oc￭ ci￭ p￭ ital scal￭ p of people of african descent primarily men this is mainly because men often cut their hair very low as opposed to women allowing the hair to prick the oc￭ ci￭ p￭ ital scal￭ p and upset it ac￭ ne kel￭ o￭ id￭ alis nuc￭ ha￭ e most commonly presents itself in individuals aged 13 to 25 the disease is closely related to pseu￭ do￭ fol￭ lic￭ u￭ li￭ tis bar￭ ba￭ e and both occur frequently in black men in the military where it is so common that services often have widely known protocols for management
ac￭ ne mechan￭ ica is an ac￭ nei￭ form eruption that has been observed after repeti￭ tive physical trauma to the skin such as rub￭ bing occurring from clothing belts and str￭ aps or sports equipment football helmets and shoulder p￭ ads
ac￭ ne medic￭ am￭ ent￭ osa commonly referred to as drug induced ac￭ ne is ac￭ ne that is caused or aggravated by medication because ac￭ ne is generally a disorder of the pilo￭ se￭ bac￭ eous units caused by hormones the medications that trigger ac￭ ne medic￭ am￭ ent￭ osa most frequently are hormone analo￭ gues it is also often caused by cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ster￭ oids in this case it is referred to as ster￭ o￭ id ac￭ ne although the mascul￭ ini￭ zing hormone te￭ sto￭ ster￭ one is most often blamed and although men with ac￭ ne secondary to body￭ building hormones are seen from time to time the major hormonal medications that causes ac￭ ne are the prog￭ esti￭ n analo￭ gues present in hormonal contraception other medications can produce ac￭ nei￭ form erup￭ tions usually p￭ imply bu￭ mps and pu￭ st￭ ules that look like ac￭ ne some conditions mim￭ ic ac￭ ne medic￭ am￭ ent￭ osa the most common mim￭ ic is fol￭ lic￭ u￭ li￭ tis produced by an over￭ growth of the mal￭ as￭ se￭ zia species often secondary to oral or systemic cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ster￭ oids or secondary to broad spectrum antibiotics such as the te￭ trac￭ ycl￭ ine family used in ac￭ ne this is often misinterpreted as te￭ trac￭ ycl￭ ine resistant ac￭ ne
ac￭ ne mili￭ aris necro￭ tica also known as ac￭ ne vari￭ oli￭ form￭ is consists of fol￭ lic￭ ular ve￭ si￭ co￭ pu￭ st￭ ules sometimes occurring as solitary le￭ sions that are usually very it￭ chy
ac￭ ne vul￭ gar￭ is or simply ac￭ ne is a long term skin disease that occurs when hair fol￭ lic￭ les become clo￭ gged with dead skin cells and oil from the skin ac￭ ne is characterized by areas of black￭ heads white￭ heads p￭ impl￭ es and gre￭ asy skin and may result in scar￭ ring the resulting appearance can lead to anxiety reduced self esteem and in extreme cases depression or thoughts of suicide genetics is thought to be the cause in 80 of cases the role of diet and cigarette smoking is unclear and neither clean￭ liness nor sunlight appear to be involved ac￭ ne primarily affects skin with a greater number of oil g￭ lands including the face upper part of the chest and back during pu￭ ber￭ ty in both sexes ac￭ ne is often brought on by an increase in and￭ rog￭ ens such as te￭ sto￭ ster￭ one excessive growth of the bacteria pro￭ pi￭ oni￭ bacter￭ ium ac￭ nes which is normally present on the skin is often involved many treatment options are available to improve the appearance of ac￭ ne including lifestyle changes procedures and medications eating fewer simple carbo￭ hydr￭ ates like sugar may help topical az￭ el￭ a￭ ic acid benzo￭ yl per￭ oxide and sal￭ ic￭ yl￭ ic acid are commonly used treatments antibiotics and re￭ tin￭ oids are available in both topical and oral formulations to treat ac￭ ne however resistance to antibiotics may develop a number of birth control pills may be useful for preventing ac￭ ne in women oral iso￭ tre￭ tin￭ o￭ in is usually reserved for severe ac￭ ne due to greater potential side effects early and aggressive treatment is advocated by some to lessen the overall long term impact to individuals in 2013 ac￭ ne was estimated to affect 660 million people globally making it the 8 th most common disease worldwide ac￭ ne occurs most commonly during adoles￭ cence affecting an estimated 80 – 90 of teenagers in the western world lower rates are reported in some rural societies people may also be affected before and after pu￭ ber￭ ty though it becomes less common in adul￭ thood than in adoles￭ cence nearly half of people in their tw￭ en￭ ties and thir￭ ties continue to have ac￭ ne about 4 continue to have difficulties into their for￭ ties
ac￭ ne with facial e￭ dem￭ a also known as solid facial e￭ dem￭ a occurs un￭ commonly and is associated with a peculiar infl￭ am￭ matory e￭ dem￭ a of the mid third of the face
ac￭ nei￭ form eruption refers to a group of der￭ mato￭ ses including ac￭ ne vul￭ gar￭ is ro￭ sac￭ ea fol￭ lic￭ u￭ li￭ tis and peri￭ oral der￭ mati￭ tis restated ac￭ nei￭ form erup￭ tions are fol￭ lic￭ ular erup￭ tions characterized by pap￭ ules and pu￭ st￭ ules resembling ac￭ ne the term ac￭ nei￭ form literally refers to an appearance similar to ac￭ ne the terminology used in this field can be complex and occasionally contradictory some sources consider ac￭ ne vul￭ gar￭ is part of the differential diagnosis for an ac￭ nei￭ form eruption other sources classified ac￭ ne vul￭ gar￭ is under ac￭ nei￭ form eruption mesh explicitly excludes peri￭ oral der￭ mati￭ tis from the category of ac￭ nei￭ form erup￭ tions though it does group ac￭ nei￭ form erup￭ tions and peri￭ oral der￭ mati￭ tis together under facial der￭ mato￭ ses
acous￭ tic dispersion is the phenomenon of a sound wave separating into its component frequencies as it passes through a material the phase velocity of the sound wave is viewed as a function of frequency hence separation of component frequencies is measured by the rate of change in phase vel￭ o￭ cities as the radi￭ ated waves pass through a given medium
acous￭ tic emission ae is the phenomenon of radiation of acous￭ tic elastic waves in soli￭ ds that occurs when a material under￭ goes irreversible changes in its internal structure for example as a result of crack formation or plastic de￭ formation due to aging temperature gr￭ adi￭ ents or external mechanical forces in particular ae is occurring during the processes of mechanical loading of materials and structures accompanied by structural changes that generate local sources of elastic waves this results in small surface dis￭ placements of a material produced by elastic or stress waves generated when the accumulated elastic energy in a material or on its surface is released rapidly the waves generated by sources of ae are of practical interest in the field of structural health monitoring sh￭ m quality control system feedback process monitoring and others in sh￭ m applications ae is typically used to detect locate and characterise damage
acous￭ tic param￭ ag￭ ne￭ tic resonance ap￭ r is a phenomenon of reson￭ ant absorption of sound by a system of magnetic particles placed in an external magnetic field it occurs when the energy of the sound wave quantum becomes equal to the splitting of the energy levels of the particles the splitting being induced by the magnetic field ap￭ r is a variation of electr￭ on param￭ ag￭ ne￭ tic resonance ep￭ r where the acous￭ tic rather than electromagnetic waves are absorbed by the studied sample ap￭ r was theoretically predicted in 1952 independently by semen alt￭ sh￭ ul￭ er and alfred k￭ ast￭ ler and was experim￭ entally observed by w g proc￭ tor and w h tant￭ tila in 1955
acous￭ tic ph￭ one￭ tics is a sub￭ field of ph￭ one￭ tics which deals with acous￭ tic aspects of speech sounds acous￭ tic ph￭ one￭ tics investig￭ ates properties like the mean squ￭ ared am￭ pl￭ itude of a wa￭ ve￭ form its duration its fundamental frequency or other properties of its frequency spectrum and the relationship of these properties to other branches of ph￭ one￭ tics e g artic￭ ul￭ atory or aud￭ itory ph￭ one￭ tics and to abstract linguistic concepts like phones phrases or ut￭ ter￭ ances the study of acous￭ tic ph￭ one￭ tics was greatly enhanced in the late 19 th century by the invention of the e￭ dison phono￭ graph the phono￭ graph allowed the speech signal to be recorded and then later processed and analyzed by re￭ playing the same speech signal from the phono￭ graph several times filtering it each time with a different band pass filter a spec￭ tro￭ gram of the speech ut￭ ter￭ ance could be built up a series of papers by lu￭ di￭ mar her￭ mann published in p￭ fl￭ ü￭ gers archi￭ v in the last two decades of the 19 th century investigated the spectr￭ al properties of vo￭ wels and cons￭ on￭ ants using the e￭ dison phono￭ graph and it was in these papers that the term form￭ ant was first introduced her￭ mann also played back vo￭ wel recordings made with the e￭ dison phono￭ graph at different speeds to distinguish between will￭ is and whe￭ at￭ stone s theories of vo￭ wel production further advances in acous￭ tic ph￭ one￭ tics were made possible by the development of the telephone industry incidentally alexander graham bell s father alexander mel￭ ville bell was a ph￭ one￭ tic￭ ian during world war ii work at the bell telephone laboratories which invented the spec￭ tro￭ graph greatly facilitated the systematic study of the spectr￭ al properties of periodic and ap￭ eri￭ od￭ ic speech sounds vocal tract reson￭ ances and vo￭ wel form￭ ants voice quality pro￭ so￭ dy etc on a theoretical level speech acoustics can be model￭ ed in a way analogous to electrical circuits lord ray￭ le￭ igh was among the first to recognize that the new electric theory could be used in acoustics but it was not until 1941 that the circuit model was effectively used in a book by chi￭ ba and ka￭ ji￭ y￭ ama called the vo￭ wel its nature and structure this book by japanese authors working in japan was published in english at the height of world war ii in 1952 roman jak￭ ob￭ son gun￭ nar f￭ ant and morris hal￭ le wrote prelimin￭ aries to speech analysis a sem￭ inal work tying acous￭ tic ph￭ one￭ tics and ph￭ on￭ ological theory together this little book was followed in 1960 by f￭ ant acous￭ tic theory of speech production which has remained the major theoretical foundation for speech acous￭ tic research in both the academy and industry f￭ ant was himself very involved in the telephone industry other important fr￭ am￭ ers of the field include kenneth n stevens o￭ sam￭ u fujim￭ ura and peter lad￭ e￭ fo￭ ged
acous￭ tic radiation pressure is the apparent pressure difference between the average pressure at a surface moving with the displacement of the wave propagation the lag￭ ran￭ gian pressure and the pressure that would have existed in the fluid of the same mean density when at rest numerous authors make a distinction between the phenomena of ray￭ le￭ igh radiation pressure and lang￭ ev￭ in radiation pressure
acous￭ tic resonance is a phenomenon that consists of a given acous￭ tic system amp￭ lif￭ ying a sound whose frequency matches one of its own natural frequencies of vibration its resonance frequencies the term acous￭ tic resonance is sometimes used to narrow mechanical resonance to the frequency range of human hearing but since acoustics is defined in general terms concerning vibr￭ ational waves in matter acous￭ tic resonance can occur at frequencies outside the range of human hearing an acous￭ tically reson￭ ant object usually has more than one resonance frequency especially at harmon￭ ics of the strongest resonance it will easily vibr￭ ate at those frequencies and vibr￭ ate less strongly at other frequencies it will pick out its resonance frequency from a complex exc￭ itation such as an impulse or a wi￭ deb￭ and noise exc￭ itation in effect it is filtering out all frequencies other than its resonance acous￭ tic resonance is an important consideration for instrument builders as most acous￭ tic instruments use reson￭ ators such as the strings and body of a viol￭ in the length of tube in a flu￭ te and the shape of a drum memb￭ rane acous￭ tic resonance is also important for hearing for example resonance of a stiff structural element called the basi￭ l￭ ar memb￭ rane within the co￭ ch￭ lea of the inner ear allows hair cells on the memb￭ rane to detect sound for mammals the memb￭ rane has tap￭ ering reson￭ ances across its length so that high frequencies are concentrated on one end and low frequencies on the other like mechanical resonance acous￭ tic resonance can result in catastrophic failure of the vibr￭ ator the classic example of this is breaking a wine glass with sound at the precise reson￭ ant frequency of the glass although this is difficult in practice
acous￭ tic shock is the symptoms a person may experience after hearing an unexpected loud sound the loud sound called an acous￭ tic incident can be caused by feedback osci￭ ll￭ ation fax tones or signalling tones telem￭ ar￭ ke￭ ters and call centre employees are thought to be most at risk
acous￭ to electric effect is a non￭ linear phenomenon of generation of electric current in a pie￭ zo electric semiconductor by a propagating acous￭ tic wave the generated electric current is proportional to the intensity of the acous￭ tic wave and to the value of its electr￭ on induced atten￭ uation the effect was theoretically predicted in 1953 by par￭ m￭ enter its first experimental observation was reported in 1957 by we￭ in￭ reich and white
acquired c 1 est￭ erase inhi￭ bit￭ or deficiency also known as acquired an￭ gi￭ oe￭ dem￭ a presents with symptoms in￭ distingu￭ ishable from hereditary an￭ gi￭ oe￭ dem￭ a but generally with onset after the fourth decade of life c 4 levels are low and c 3 levels are normal
acquired brain injury ab￭ i is brain damage caused by events after birth rather than as part of a genetic or con￭ genital disorder such as fe￭ tal alcohol syndrome per￭ in￭ atal illness or per￭ in￭ atal hypo￭ x￭ ia ab￭ i can result in cognitive physical emotional or behavi￭ our￭ al impair￭ ments that lead to permanent or temporary changes in functioning these impair￭ ments result from either traumatic brain injury e g physical trauma due to accidents assaults neuro￭ surgery head injury etc or non￭ traumatic injury derived from either an internal or external source e g stroke brain tum￭ ours infection poisoning hypo￭ x￭ ia is￭ chem￭ ia encephalopathy or substance abuse ab￭ i does not include damage to the brain resulting from neuro￭ degenerative disorders while research has demonstrated that thinking and behavior may be altered in virtually all forms of ab￭ i brain injury is itself a very complex phenomenon having dramatically varied effects no two persons can expect the same outcome or resulting difficulties the brain controls every part of human life physical intellectual behavioral social and emotional when the brain is damaged some part of a person s life will be adversely affected consequences of ab￭ i often require a major life adjustment around the person s new circumstances and making that adjustment is a critical factor in recovery and rehabilitation while the outcome of a given injury depends largely upon the nature and severity of the injury itself appropriate treatment plays a vital role in determining the level of recovery
acquired c￭ ys￭ tic kidney disease associated ren￭ al cell carcin￭ oma is rare subtype of ren￭ al cell carcin￭ oma
an acquired disorder is a medical condition which develops post fet￭ ally in contrast with a con￭ genital disorder which is present at birth a con￭ genital disorder may be an￭ tec￭ ed￭ ent to an acquired disorder such as eisen￭ m￭ enger s syndrome the term acquired may also be used to describe permanent or temporary modifications or devices such as a sh￭ unt which have been placed or created by a medical professional during palli￭ ation or treatment of a medical condition
acquired generalized li￭ po￭ dy￭ stro￭ phy also known as lawrence syndrome and lawrence – se￭ ip syndrome is a rare skin condition that appears during childhood or adoles￭ cence characterized by fat loss affecting large areas of the body particularly the face arms and legs
acquired hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic an￭ emia can be divided into immune and non immune medi￭ ated forms of hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic an￭ emia
acquired idi￭ opathic generalized an￭ hi￭ dro￭ sis ai￭ ga is characterized by generalized absence of swe￭ ating without other autonom￭ ic and neuro￭ logic dysfunction ai￭ ga is classified into 3 sub￭ groups idi￭ opathic pure su￭ dom￭ o￭ tor failure ip￭ sf sweat g￭ land failure sg￭ f and su￭ dom￭ o￭ tor neuro￭ pa￭ thy with each sub￭ group presenting a different patho￭ genesis
acquired non infl￭ am￭ matory my￭ opathy an￭ im is a neuro￭ logical disorder primarily affecting sk￭ el￭ etal muscle most commonly in the limbs of humans resulting in a weakness or dysfunction in the muscle a my￭ opathy refers to a problem or ab￭ normality with the my￭ o￭ fi￭ bri￭ ls which com￭ pose muscle tissue in general non infl￭ am￭ matory my￭ opath￭ ies are a grouping of muscular diseases not induced by an auto￭ immune medi￭ ated infl￭ am￭ matory path￭ way these muscular diseases usually arise from a path￭ ology within the muscle tissue itself rather than the nerves in￭ nerv￭ ating that tissue an￭ im has a wide spectrum of causes which include drugs and toxins nutritional imbalances acquired metabol￭ ic dys￭ functions such as an acquired defect in protein structure and infections acquired non infl￭ am￭ matory my￭ opathy is a different diagnosis than infl￭ am￭ matory my￭ opathy infl￭ am￭ matory my￭ opath￭ ies are a direct result of some type of auto￭ immune medi￭ ated path￭ way whereas an￭ im is not the result of a dysfunction of the immune system in addition the cause of infl￭ am￭ matory my￭ opathy is relatively unknown whereas many causal agents for an￭ im have been discovered which typically affect the structural integrity and function of the muscle fi￭ bers most my￭ opath￭ ies are typically first diagnosed and classified as an idi￭ opathic infl￭ am￭ matory my￭ opathy however a diagnosis of an￭ im occurs when the cause of the my￭ opathy is found to not arise from an auto￭ immune mechanism
acquired progressive lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ oma also known as benign lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ o￭ endo￭ the￭ li￭ oma is a group of lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ om￭ as that occur anywhere in young individuals grow slowly and present as bru￭ ise like le￭ sions or er￭ y￭ them￭ at￭ ous mac￭ ules
ac￭ ral l￭ enti￭ gin￭ ous mel￭ anom￭ a is a kind of l￭ enti￭ gin￭ ous skin mel￭ anom￭ a mel￭ anom￭ a is a potentially serious skin cancer that arises from pig￭ ment cells mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tes although ac￭ ral l￭ enti￭ gin￭ ous mel￭ anom￭ a is rare in cauca￭ sians and people with lighter skin types it is the most common subtype in people with darker skins ac￭ ral l￭ enti￭ gin￭ ous mel￭ anom￭ a is observed on the pal￭ ms sol￭ es under the nails and in the oral mu￭ co￭ sa it occurs on non hair bearing surfaces of the body which may or may not be exposed to sunlight it is also found on mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ ran￭ es it is the most common form of mel￭ anom￭ a diagnosed amongst asian and sub saharan african ethnic groups the average age at diagnosis is between sixty and seventy years
ac￭ ral necro￭ sis is a symptom common in bu￭ bon￭ ic plague the striking black dis￭ color￭ ation of skin and tissue primarily on the extre￭ mi￭ ties ac￭ ral is commonly thought to have given rise to the name black death associated both with the disease and the pandemic which occurred in the 14 th century the term in fact came from the fig￭ ural sense of black that is gha￭ stly lu￭ gu￭ bri￭ ous or dreadful clo￭ tting and bleeding beneath the skin cause an area of hemorrha￭ ge the presence of red blood cells lying outside of cap￭ il￭ lar￭ ies into the skin and sub￭ cu￭ taneous tissue in isolation this is called an ec￭ ch￭ y￭ mo￭ sis or bru￭ ise and may be the result of injury or illness however ac￭ ral necro￭ sis occurs when blood supply is disrupted for prolonged periods black￭ ening and damaging the affected area and surrounding tissue with appropriate medical treatment areas with ac￭ ral necro￭ sis may be successfully restored to function and lead a normal life untreated cases can lead to death
an ac￭ ral nev￭ us also known as a mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tic nev￭ us of ac￭ ral skin and mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tic nev￭ us with intra￭ ep￭ id￭ er￭ mal as￭ cent of cells mani￭ acs is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by a skin le￭ sion that is usually mac￭ ular or only slightly elevated and may display uniform brown or dark brown color but often with linear stri￭ ations
ac￭ ral persistent pap￭ ular m￭ uc￭ in￭ osis is a skin condition caused by fi￭ bro￭ bl￭ asts producing abnormally large amounts of mu￭ co￭ pol￭ ys￭ ac￭ ch￭ ari￭ des characterized by bilaterally symmetr￭ ical flesh colored pap￭ ules loc￭ alized to the hands and w￭ rists
ac￭ ran￭ ia is a rare con￭ genital disorder that occurs in the human fe￭ tus in which the flat bones in the cran￭ ial vault are either completely or partially absent the cere￭ br￭ al hemis￭ ph￭ er￭ es develop completely but abnormally the condition is frequently though not always associated with an￭ encephal￭ y the fe￭ tus is said to suffer from ac￭ ran￭ ia if it meets the following criteria the fe￭ tus should have a perfectly normal facial bone a normal cer￭ vic￭ al column but without the fe￭ tal skull and a volume of brain tissue equivalent to at least one third of the normal brain size
acro￭ an￭ gi￭ o￭ der￭ mati￭ tis of mali also known as mali acro￭ an￭ gi￭ o￭ der￭ mati￭ tis and pseudo ka￭ posi s sar￭ coma is a rare cu￭ taneous condition often characterized by pur￭ pl￭ ish blue to brown pap￭ ules and pl￭ aqu￭ es on the medi￭ al and lateral mal￭ le￭ ol￭ us of both legs acro￭ an￭ gi￭ o￭ der￭ mati￭ tis is a rare skin condition characterised by hyper￭ pl￭ asia of pre existing vas￭ cul￭ ature due to ven￭ ous hyper￭ tension from severe chronic ven￭ ous st￭ asis it is associated with ampu￭ tees ha￭ emo￭ dial￭ ysis hd patients with arter￭ io￭ ven￭ ous av sh￭ unts and patients with paralysed legs hepatitis c chronic ven￭ ous in￭ sufficiency or av mal￭ formations av￭ m patients present with it￭ chy painful con￭ flu￭ ent viol￭ ac￭ eous or brown black mac￭ ules pap￭ ules or pl￭ aqu￭ es usually at the dis￭ tal lower limbs there may be ul￭ cer￭ ation and bleeding the his￭ to￭ logic features are cap￭ ill￭ ary proliferation and peri￭ vascular infl￭ amm￭ ation involving e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ ils in the der￭ mis with minimal ep￭ id￭ er￭ mal changes management includes compression therapy wound care and surgical correction of av￭ m dap￭ s￭ one combined with leg elev￭ ation and compression and er￭ y￭ thro￭ my￭ cin for hd patients with av f￭ ist￭ ul￭ as have also been reported the le￭ sions may persist for years with complications like ul￭ cer￭ ation bleeding and infection
acro￭ cal￭ los￭ al syndrome also known as ac￭ ls is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive syndrome characterized by corpus cal￭ lo￭ sum agen￭ esis poly￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly multiple dys￭ morph￭ ic features motor and mental retar￭ dation and other symptoms the syndrome was first described by albert sch￭ in￭ zel in 1979 it is associated with gli 3
acro￭ cephal￭ o￭ syn￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ lia or acro￭ cephal￭ o￭ syn￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly is the common presentation of cran￭ io￭ sy￭ no￭ sto￭ sis and syn￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly
an acro￭ ch￭ ord￭ on plural acro￭ ch￭ ord￭ a also known as a skin tag or fi￭ bro￭ epi￭ the￭ li￭ al poly￭ p is a small benign tumor that forms primarily in areas where the skin forms cre￭ ases such as the neck ar￭ mp￭ it and gro￭ in they may also occur on the face usually on the eye￭ li￭ ds acro￭ ch￭ ord￭ a are harmless are typically pain￭ less and usually do not grow or change over time though tags up to a half inch long have been seen they are typically the size of a grain of rice the surface of an acro￭ ch￭ ord￭ on may be smooth or irregular in appearance and is often raised from the surface of the skin on a fles￭ hy stal￭ k called a ped￭ uncle micro￭ sco￭ p￭ ically an acro￭ ch￭ ord￭ on consists of a fi￭ bro vascular core sometimes also with fat cells covered by an un￭ remarkable ep￭ id￭ er￭ mis however tags may become irritated by sha￭ ving clothing je￭ well￭ ery or ecz￭ ema it is believed that skin tags occur from skin rub￭ bing up against skin since they are so often found in skin cre￭ ases and fol￭ ds studies have shown existence of low risk h￭ p￭ v 6 and 11 in skin tags hin￭ ting at a possible role in its patho￭ genesis acro￭ ch￭ ord￭ a have been reported to have a prevalence of 46 in the general population a causal genetic component is thought to exist they also are more common in women than in men rarely they can be associated with the bir￭ t – ho￭ gg – du￭ b￭ é syndrome acro￭ me￭ gal￭ y and poly￭ c￭ ys￭ tic o￭ vary syndrome skin tags may serve as a marker for those people whose carbo￭ hydrate metabol￭ ism is impaired and for those who may be at risk for diabetes mell￭ it￭ us type 2 although such a link has not been shown elevated blood sugar and insulin increase the incidence of skin tags through an unknown mechanism
acro￭ cyan￭ osis is persistent blue or cyan￭ otic dis￭ color￭ ation of the extre￭ mi￭ ties most commonly occurring in the hands although it also occurs in the feet and dis￭ tal parts of face although described over 100 years ago and not un￭ common in practice the nature of this phenomenon is still uncertain the very term acro￭ cyan￭ osis is often applied in￭ appropriately in cases when blue dis￭ color￭ ation of the hands feet or parts of the face is noted the principal primary form of acro￭ cyan￭ osis is that of a benign cosmetic condition sometimes caused by a relatively benign neuro￭ hormonal disorder regardless of its cause the benign form typically does not require medical treatment a medical emergency would ensue if the extre￭ mi￭ ties experience prolonged periods of exposure to the cold particularly in children and patients with poor general health however fro￭ st￭ bite differs from acro￭ cyan￭ osis because pain via thermal no￭ cic￭ ep￭ tors often accompanies the former condition while the latter is very rarely associated with pain there are also a number of other conditions that affect hands feet and parts of the face with associated skin color changes that need to be differentiated from acro￭ cyan￭ osis ray￭ n￭ aud ’ s phenomenon per￭ nio ac￭ r￭ or￭ y￭ go￭ sis er￭ y￭ thro￭ mel￭ al￭ gia blue finger syndrome the diagnosis may be challenging in some cases especially when these syndro￭ mes co exist acro￭ cyan￭ osis may be a sign of a more serious medical problem such as connec￭ tive tissue diseases and diseases associated with central cyan￭ osis other caus￭ ative conditions include infections tox￭ ic￭ ities anti￭ phosp￭ holi￭ pid syndrome cry￭ o￭ glob￭ ul￭ in￭ emia ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms in these cases the observed cu￭ taneous changes are known as secondary acro￭ cyan￭ osis they may have a less sym￭ metric distribution and may be associated with pain and tissue loss
acro￭ der￭ mati￭ tis ac · ro · der · ma · ti · tis is a childhood form of der￭ mati￭ tis selectively affecting the hands and feet and may be accompanied by mild symptoms of fever and malaise it may also be associated with hepatitis b and other viral infections it is a diffuse chronic skin disease usually confined to the limbs seen mainly in women in northern central and eastern europe and characterized initially by an er￭ y￭ them￭ at￭ ous oe￭ dem￭ at￭ ous pr￭ uri￭ tic phase followed by sclerosis and atro￭ phy it is caused by infection with bor￭ reli￭ a burg￭ dor￭ fer￭ i
acro￭ der￭ mati￭ tis ch￭ ron￭ ica atro￭ ph￭ ic￭ ans aca also known as her￭ x￭ he￭ imer disease and primary diffuse atro￭ phy is a skin rash indicative of the third or late stage of european ly￭ me bor￭ reli￭ osis aca is a der￭ mat￭ ological condition that takes a chronically progressive course and finally leads to a widespread atro￭ phy of the skin involvement of the peripheral nervous system is often observed specifically pol￭ yn￭ euro￭ pa￭ thy this progressive skin process is due to the effect of continuing active infection with the spi￭ ro￭ che￭ te bor￭ reli￭ a af￭ z￭ eli￭ i which is the predominant path￭ op￭ hy￭ si￭ ology b af￭ z￭ eli￭ i may not be the exclusive eti￭ o￭ logic agent of aca bor￭ reli￭ a gar￭ ini￭ i has also been detected
acro￭ der￭ mati￭ tis enter￭ opath￭ ica is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive metabol￭ ic disorder affecting the uptake of zinc characterized by peri￭ ori￭ fic￭ ial around the natural ori￭ fic￭ es and ac￭ ral in the limbs der￭ mati￭ tis al￭ op￭ ec￭ ia loss of hair and diarr￭ hea similar features may be present in acquired zinc deficiency this disease also is related to deficiency of zinc due to con￭ genital causes other names for acro￭ der￭ mati￭ tis enter￭ opath￭ ica include brand￭ t syndrome dan￭ bolt – clo￭ ss syndrome con￭ genital zinc deficiency
acro￭ dy￭ nia is a condition of pain and dus￭ ky pink dis￭ color￭ ation in the hands and feet most often seen in children chronically exposed to heavy metals especially mercury the word acro￭ dy￭ nia is derived from the greek where ακ￭ ρο￭ ς means high as in in an extre￭ mity and οδ￭ υν￭ η means pain as such it might be errone￭ ously used to indicate that a patient has pain in the hands or feet however acro￭ dy￭ nia is a disease rather than a symptom the condition is known by a large number of other names including pink disease hydr￭ arg￭ y￭ ria mercur￭ i￭ alism er￭ y￭ thre￭ dem￭ a er￭ y￭ thre￭ dem￭ a pol￭ yn￭ euro￭ pa￭ thy bil￭ der￭ beck s sel￭ ter s swift s and swift fe￭ er disease
acro￭ dy￭ so￭ sto￭ sis also known as ark￭ less graham syndrome or mar￭ o￭ te￭ aux mal￭ am￭ ut syndrome is a rare con￭ genital mal￭ formation syndrome which involves shortening of the inter￭ p￭ hal￭ ange￭ al joints of the hands and feet intellectual disability in approximately 90 of affected children and peculiar fac￭ ies other common ab￭ norm￭ alities include short head as measured front to back small broad up￭ turned nose with flat nas￭ al bridge pro￭ tru￭ ding jaw increased bone age in￭ trau￭ ter￭ ine growth retar￭ dation juvenile ar￭ thri￭ tis and short stature further ab￭ norm￭ alities of the skin gen￭ itals teeth and skelet￭ on may occur most reported cases have been spor￭ adic but it has been suggested that the condition might be genetically related i e in an auto￭ som￭ al dominant mode of transmission both males and females are affected the disorder has been associated with the older age of parents at the time of conception a pr￭ kar 1 a mutation has been identified in acro￭ dy￭ so￭ sto￭ sis with hormone resistance
acro￭ geria also known as got￭ tr￭ on s syndrome is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by premature aging more especially in the form of unusually fragile thin skin on the hands and feet dis￭ tal extre￭ mi￭ ties the pre￭ fix ac￭ ro stems from the greek ak￭ ros which allu￭ des to extre￭ mity tip while the suff￭ ix geria comes from the greek ger￭ ô￭ n which means elder this is one of the classic con￭ genital premature aging syndro￭ mes occurring early in life among which are p￭ ang￭ er￭ ia wer￭ ner s syndrome pro￭ geria hut￭ chin￭ son – gil￭ ford s syndrome and acro￭ geria got￭ tr￭ on s syndrome and was characterized in 1940 onset is in early childhood it progres￭ ses over the next few years and then remains stable over time with mor￭ pho￭ logy colour and site remaining constant a bru￭ ising tendency has been observed it is believed that got￭ tr￭ on syndrome may affect more females than males approximately forty cases have been reported in the medical literature since the discovery of the disorder
acro￭ ker￭ ato￭ el￭ ast￭ o￭ ido￭ sis of costa also known as ker￭ ato￭ el￭ ast￭ o￭ ido￭ sis margin￭ alis is a famili￭ al condition characterized by multiple ker￭ ato￭ tic pap￭ ules on the dor￭ sum of the hands and feet pal￭ ms sol￭ es in which electr￭ on micro￭ sco￭ py shows r￭ ari￭ fied abnormal elastic tissue it was characterized in 1953 treatments such as liquid nitrogen sal￭ ic￭ yl￭ ic acid tre￭ tin￭ o￭ in and pred￭ nis￭ one have been tried though with limited success
acro￭ ker￭ at￭ osis ver￭ ru￭ ci￭ form￭ is also known as acro￭ ker￭ at￭ osis ver￭ ru￭ ci￭ form￭ is of hop￭ f is a rare auto￭ som￭ al dominant disorder appearing at birth or in early childhood characterized by skin le￭ sions that are small ver￭ ru￭ co￭ us flat pap￭ ules resembling war￭ ts along with pal￭ mop￭ lan￭ tar pun￭ ct￭ ate ker￭ ato￭ ses and pits however spor￭ adic forms whose less than 10 cases have been reported presents at a later age usually after the first decade and generally lack pal￭ mop￭ lan￭ tar ker￭ ato￭ ses whether acro￭ ker￭ at￭ osis ver￭ ru￭ ci￭ form￭ is and d￭ ari￭ er disease are related or distinct entities has been controversial like d￭ ari￭ er s disease it is associated with defects in the at￭ p 2 a 2 gene however the specific mutations found in the at￭ p 2 a 2 gene in acro￭ ker￭ at￭ osis ver￭ ru￭ ci￭ form￭ is have never been found in d￭ ari￭ er s disease
acro￭ me￭ gal￭ y is a condition that results from excess growth hormone gh after the growth plates have closed the initial symptom is typically enlargement of the hands and feet there may also be enlargement of the fore￭ head jaw and nose other symptoms may include joint pain thick￭ er skin deepening of the voice headaches and problems with vision complications of the disease may include type 2 diabetes sleep ap￭ ne￭ a and high blood pressure acro￭ me￭ gal￭ y is typically due to the pit￭ u￭ itary g￭ land producing too much growth hormone in more than 95 of people the excess production is due to a benign tumor known as a pit￭ u￭ itary aden￭ oma the condition is not inherited from a person s parents rarely acro￭ meg￭ ally is due to tumors in other parts of the body diagnosis is by measuring growth hormone after a person has drunk glucose or measuring insulin like growth factor i in the blood after diagnosis medical imaging of the pit￭ u￭ itary is carried out to look for an aden￭ oma if excess growth hormone is produced during childhood the result is gig￭ anti￭ sm treatment option include surgery to remove the tumor medications and radiation therapy surgery is usually the preferred treatment and is most effective when the tumor is smaller in those in whom surgery is not effective medications of the som￭ ato￭ stati￭ n analogue or gh recep￭ tor antagon￭ ist type may be used the effects of radiation therapy are more gradual than that of surgery or medication without treatment those affected live on average 10 years less however with treatment life expectancy is typically normal acro￭ me￭ gal￭ y affects about 6 per 100 000 people it is most commonly diagnosed in middle age males and females are affected equally frequently the first medical description of the disorder occurred in 17￭ 72 by nicolas sau￭ cer￭ otte the term is from greek ἄ￭ κ￭ ρο￭ ν ak￭ ron meaning extre￭ mity and μέ￭ γ￭ α mega meaning large
acro￭ mes￭ om￭ el￭ ic dys￭ pl￭ asia is a rare sk￭ el￭ etal disorder that causes abnormal bone and car￭ til￭ age development leading to shortening of the fore￭ arms lower legs hands feet fingers and toes five different genetic mutations have been implicated treatment is individu￭ alized but is generally aimed at palli￭ ating symptoms for example treatment of ky￭ pho￭ sis and lum￭ bar hyper￭ lor￭ do￭ sis
acro￭ o￭ ste￭ ol￭ ysis is resor￭ ption of the dis￭ tal bon￭ y p￭ hal￭ anges acro￭ o￭ ste￭ ol￭ ysis has two patterns of resor￭ ption in adults diffuse and band￭ like the diffuse pattern of resor￭ ption has a widely diverse differential diagnosis which includes py￭ kno￭ dy￭ so￭ sto￭ sis coll￭ agen vascular disease and vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis ray￭ n￭ aud s neuro￭ pa￭ thy trauma ep￭ id￭ er￭ mol￭ ysis bul￭ los￭ a ps￭ ori￭ asis fro￭ st￭ bite sar￭ co￭ ido￭ sis hyper￭ troph￭ ic o￭ ste￭ o￭ ar￭ thro￭ pa￭ thy acro￭ me￭ gal￭ y and advanced leprosy the band￭ like pattern of resor￭ ption may be seen with poly￭ vinyl chloride exposure and h￭ adju cheney syndrome a m￭ nem￭ onic commonly used for ac￭ ro o￭ ste￭ ol￭ ysis is pin￭ ch￭ fo py￭ kno￭ dy￭ so￭ sto￭ sis ps￭ ori￭ asis injury thermal burn fro￭ st￭ bite neuro￭ pa￭ thy diabetes coll￭ agen vascular disease s￭ cl￭ ero￭ der￭ ma ray￭ n￭ aud s hyper￭ par￭ ath￭ yro￭ i￭ dis￭ m famili￭ al h￭ adju cheney pro￭ geria occupational poly￭ vinyl exposure acro￭ o￭ ste￭ ol￭ ysis may be associated with minimal skin changes or with is￭ chem￭ ic skin le￭ sions that may result in digital necro￭ sis
acro￭ p￭ ach￭ y or thyro￭ id acro￭ p￭ ach￭ y refers to a der￭ mop￭ athy associated with graves disease it is characterized by soft tissue sw￭ elling of the hands and clu￭ bbing of the fingers radio￭ graphic imaging of affected extre￭ mi￭ ties typically demonstrates perio￭ sti￭ tis most commonly the me￭ tac￭ ar￭ pal bones the exact cause is unknown but it is thought to be caused by stimulating auto antibodies that are implicated in the path￭ op￭ hy￭ si￭ ology of graves thyro￭ toxico￭ sis there is no effective treatment for acro￭ p￭ ach￭ y since it is closely associated with graves disease it is associated with other manifestations of graves disease such as graves oph￭ thal￭ mop￭ athy and thyro￭ id der￭ mop￭ athy hereditary acro￭ p￭ ach￭ y also known as isolated con￭ genital nail clu￭ bbing may be associated with h￭ p￭ g￭ d
acro￭ pec￭ toral syndrome is an auto￭ som￭ al dominant sk￭ el￭ etal dys￭ pl￭ asia syndrome affecting the hands feet ster￭ num and lum￭ bo￭ sac￭ ral sp￭ ine a recently proposed candidate gene for pre￭ ax￭ ial poly￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly is lm￭ br 1 en￭ coding a novel trans￭ memb￭ rane recep￭ tor which may be an upstream regulator of shh the lm￭ br 1 gene is on human chro￭ mo￭ some 7 q 36
acro￭ pho￭ bia from the greek ἄ￭ κ￭ ρο￭ ν á￭ kr￭ on meaning peak summit edge and φ￭ ό￭ β￭ ος ph￭ ó￭ bos fear is an extreme or irrational fear or pho￭ bia of heights especially when one is not particularly high up it belongs to a category of specific pho￭ bias called space and motion discomfort that share both similar eti￭ ology and options for treatment most people experience a degree of natural fear when exposed to heights known as the fear of falling on the other hand those who have little fear of such exposure are said to have a head for heights a head for heights is advantageous for those hi￭ king or climbing in mountainous terrain and also in certain jobs e g steep￭ le￭ j￭ acks or wind turb￭ ine mechanics acro￭ pho￭ bia sufferers can experience a panic attack in high places and become too ag￭ itated to get themselves down safely approximately two percent of the general population suffers from acro￭ pho￭ bia with twice as many women affected as men
acro￭ pu￭ st￭ ul￭ osis refers to acro￭ der￭ mati￭ tis with pu￭ st￭ ular involvement types include pu￭ st￭ ul￭ osis pal￭ mar￭ is et plan￭ tar￭ is inf￭ anti￭ le acro￭ pu￭ st￭ ul￭ osis
acro￭ spi￭ roma also known as hi￭ dr￭ aden￭ oma is a cu￭ taneous condition primarily occurring in adult women that is a form of benign ad￭ n￭ ex￭ al ne￭ op￭ las￭ m closely related to por￭ oma
ac￭ ro – der￭ ma￭ to – un￭ gu￭ al – lac￭ ri￭ mal – tooth adult syndrome is a rare genetic disease adult syndrome is an auto￭ som￭ al dominant form of ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal dys￭ pl￭ asia a group of disorders that affects the hair teeth nails sweat g￭ lands and extre￭ mi￭ ties the syndrome arises from a mutation in the tp 63 gene this disease was previously thought to be a form of ec￭ tro￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly – ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal dys￭ pl￭ asia – cle￭ ft syndrome eec but was classified as a different disease in 1993 by prop￭ ping and zer￭ res
ac￭ tin￭ ic ch￭ ei￭ li￭ tis abbreviated to ac also termed ac￭ tin￭ ic ch￭ ei￭ losis ac￭ tin￭ ic ker￭ at￭ osis of lip solar ch￭ ei￭ losis sailor s lip farmer s lip is ch￭ ei￭ li￭ tis lip infl￭ amm￭ ation caused by long term sunlight exposure essentially it is a burn and a variant of ac￭ tin￭ ic ker￭ at￭ osis which occurs on the lip it is a pre￭ m￭ align￭ ant condition as it can develop into squ￭ am￭ ous cell carcin￭ oma a type of mouth cancer
ac￭ tin￭ ic con￭ junc￭ ti￭ vi￭ tis is an infl￭ amm￭ ation of the eye contracted from prolonged exposure to ac￭ tin￭ ic ultra￭ violet rays symptoms are red￭ ness and sw￭ elling of the eyes most often the condition is caused by prolonged exposure to k￭ li￭ eg lights therapeutic lamps or ace￭ ty￭ lene tor￭ ches other names for the condition include k￭ li￭ eg con￭ junc￭ ti￭ vi￭ tis eye￭ burn arc flash wel￭ der s con￭ junc￭ ti￭ vi￭ tis flash ker￭ ato￭ con￭ junc￭ ti￭ vi￭ tis ac￭ tin￭ ic ray oph￭ thal￭ mia x ray oph￭ thal￭ mia and ultra￭ violet ray oph￭ thal￭ mia
ac￭ tin￭ ic el￭ ast￭ osis also known as solar el￭ ast￭ osis is an accumulation of abnormal el￭ as￭ tin elastic tissue in the der￭ mis of the skin or in the con￭ junc￭ tiva of the eye which occurs as a result of the cumulative effects of prolonged and excessive sun exposure a process known as photo￭ aging
ac￭ tin￭ ic gran￭ ul￭ oma also known as o bri￭ en gran￭ ul￭ oma is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized his￭ to￭ logically by a der￭ mal infiltr￭ ate of macro￭ p￭ ha￭ ges
ac￭ tin￭ ic ker￭ at￭ osis also called solar ker￭ at￭ osis and sen￭ ile ker￭ at￭ osis abbreviated as ak is a pre can￭ cer￭ ous patch of thick scal￭ y or cru￭ sty skin these grow￭ ths are more common in fair skin￭ ned people and those who are frequently in the sun they usually form when skin gets damaged by ultra￭ violet u￭ v radiation from the sun or indoor tann￭ ing beds aks are considered potentially pre can￭ cer￭ ous left untreated they may turn into a type of cancer called squ￭ am￭ ous cell carcin￭ oma untreated le￭ sions have up to a 20 risk of progression to squ￭ am￭ ous cell carcin￭ oma so treatment by a der￭ mato￭ logist is recommended development of these grow￭ ths occurs when skin is constantly exposed to the sun over time they usually appear as thick scal￭ y or cru￭ sty areas that often feel dry or rough in fact aks are often felt before they are seen and the tex￭ ture is often compared to sand￭ paper they may be dark light tan pink red a combination of all these or have the same color as the surrounding skin an ac￭ tin￭ ic ker￭ at￭ osis le￭ sion commonly ranges between 2 and 6 milli￭ meters in size but can grow to be a few centi￭ meters in diameter they often appear on sun exposed areas of the skin such as the face ears neck scal￭ p chest backs of hands fore￭ arms or lips because they are related to sun damage on the skin most people who have an ak have more than one often large areas of sun exposed skin are diagnosed with a continu￭ um of multiple clin￭ ically visible aks of different sizes and sever￭ ities typically accompanied by sub￭ clinical le￭ sions that become apparent only in biop￭ sies this concept of a skin area showing multiple aks is termed field can￭ cer￭ ization diagnosis is suspected clin￭ ically on physical exam but can be confirmed by looking at cells from the le￭ sion under a micro￭ scope different therapeutic options for ak are available photo￭ dynamic therapy p￭ dt is recommended for the treatment of multiple ak le￭ sions and field can￭ cer￭ ization it involves the application of a photo￭ sensi￭ tiz￭ er to the skin followed by illumin￭ ation with a strong light source topical cre￭ ams may require daily application to affected skin areas over longer time periods cry￭ otherapy is frequently used for single le￭ sions but un￭ desired hypo￭ pi￭ gm￭ entation may occur at the treatment site by following up with a der￭ mato￭ logist aks can be treated before they turn into skin cancer if skin cancer does develop from an ak le￭ sion it can be caught early with close monitoring at a time when treatment can be cur￭ ative
ac￭ tin￭ ob￭ ac￭ il￭ losis is a zoonotic disease caused by ac￭ tin￭ ob￭ ac￭ ill￭ us it is more commonly associated with animals than with humans one of the most commons form seen by veterinarians is the mouth ac￭ tin￭ ob￭ ac￭ il￭ losis of cattle due to ac￭ tin￭ ob￭ ac￭ ill￭ us lign￭ i￭ ere￭ si￭ i the most prominent symptom is the sw￭ elling of the tongue that comes out of the mouth and is very hard at pal￭ p￭ ation wooden tongue ac￭ tin￭ ob￭ ac￭ ill￭ us su￭ is is an important disease of pigs of all ages and can lead to severe morbi￭ dity and sudden death
ac￭ tin￭ om￭ y￭ co￭ sis is a rare infectious bacterial disease caused by ac￭ tin￭ om￭ y￭ ces species about 70 of infections are due to either ac￭ tin￭ om￭ y￭ ces isra￭ eli￭ i or a ger￭ en￭ c￭ seri￭ ae infection can also be caused by other ac￭ tin￭ om￭ y￭ ces species as well as pro￭ pi￭ oni￭ bacter￭ ium pro￭ pion￭ ic￭ us which presents similar symptoms the condition is likely to be poly￭ micro￭ bial aer￭ ob￭ ic an￭ aer￭ ob￭ ic infection
activated pi 3 k delta syndrome ap￭ ds also known as pas￭ li disease is a primary immun￭ o￭ deficiency disease caused by activating gain of function mutations in the pi￭ k 3 cd gene which en￭ codes the p 110 δ catalytic sub￭ unit of pi 3 k￭ δ ap￭ ds 2 pas￭ li r 1 is caused by ex￭ on skip￭ ping mutations in pi￭ k 3 r 1 which en￭ codes for the regulatory sub￭ unit p 85 α ap￭ ds and ap￭ ds 2 patients present with similar symptoms which include increased suscep￭ tibility to air￭ way infections bron￭ chi￭ ec￭ tas￭ is and lymp￭ ho￭ proliferation
activated protein c resistance ap￭ cr is a h￭ emo￭ static disorder characterized by a poor anti￭ co￭ ag￭ ul￭ ant response to activated protein c ap￭ c this results in an increased risk of ven￭ ous thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis which can cause problems with circulation such as pul￭ mon￭ ary embol￭ ism the disorder can be acquired or inherited the hereditary form having an auto￭ som￭ al dominant inheritance pattern
active networking is a communication pattern that allows packets flowing through a telecommunications network to dynam￭ ically modify the operation of the network active network architecture is composed of execution environments similar to a uni￭ x shell that can execute active packets a no￭ de operating system capable of supporting one or more execution environments it also consists of active hardware capable of routing or switching as well as executing code within active packets this differs from the traditional network architecture which seeks robu￭ st￭ ness and stability by attempting to remove complexity and the ability to change its fundamental operation from underlying network components network processors are one means of implementing active networking concepts active networks have also been implemented as over￭ lay networks
in software engineering the active record pattern is an architectural pattern found in software that stores in memory object data in rel￭ ational databases it was named by martin fow￭ ler in his 2003 book patterns of enterprise application architecture the interface of an object conforming to this pattern would include functions such as insert update and delete plus properties that correspond more or less directly to the columns in the underlying database table the active record pattern is an approach to accessing data in a database a database table or view is wrapped into a class thus an object instance is tied to a single row in the table after creation of an object a new row is added to the table upon save any object loaded gets its information from the database when an object is updated the corresponding row in the table is also updated the wrap￭ per class implements acc￭ essor methods or properties for each column in the table or view this pattern is commonly used by object persistence tools and in object rel￭ ational mapping orm typically foreign key relationships will be exposed as an object instance of the appropriate type via a property
the activity selection problem is a combin￭ atorial optimi￭ zation problem concerning the selection of non conflicting activities to perform within a given time frame given a set of activities each marked by a start time si and finish time fi the problem is to select the maximum number of activities that can be performed by a single person or machine assuming that a person can only work on a single activity at a time a classic application of this problem is in scheduling a room for multiple competing events each having its own time requirements start and end time and many more arise within the framework of operations research
the actual gold weight ag￭ w of a bul￭ lion coin or bar is the amount of fine pure or intrinsic gold content in troy oun￭ ces it is typically used to describe gold or silver coins for example if a certain coin weighed one troy ounce and the alloy contained 1 12 part of non gold metals the actual gold weight would be 11 12 troy oun￭ ces
actual mal￭ ice in united states law is a condition required to establish li￭ bel against public officials or public figures and is defined as knowledge that the information was false or that it was published with reckless disregard of whether it was false or not reckless disregard does not encompass mere neglect in following professional standards of fact checking the publish￭ er must entertain actual doubt as to the statement s truth this is the definition in only the united states and came from the landmark 1964 lawsuit new york times co v sullivan which ruled that public officials needed to prove actual mal￭ ice in order to recover damages for li￭ bel this term was not newly invented for the sullivan case but was a term from existing li￭ bel law in many jurisdictions proof of actual mal￭ ice was required in order for punitive damages to be awarded or for other increased penalties since proof of the writer s malicious intentions is hard to provide proof that the writer knowingly published a false￭ hood was generally accepted as proof of mal￭ ice under the assumption that only a malicious person would knowingly publish a false￭ hood in the sullivan case the supreme court adopted this term and gave it constitutional significance at the same time defining it in terms of the proof which had previously been usual actual mal￭ ice is different from common law mal￭ ice which indicates spite or ill will it may also differ from actual mal￭ ice as defined in state li￭ bel law as was confirmed in the case of carol bur￭ nett v national enqu￭ ir￭ er inc 1983 also see herbert v lando 1979 441 u s 153 1979 441 u s 153 f￭ n 12 the existence of actual mal￭ ice may be shown in many ways as a general rule any competent evidence either direct or circum￭ stan￭ tial can be resorted to and all the relevant circumstances surrounding the transaction may be shown provided they are not too remote including threats prior or subsequent defam￭ ations subsequent statements of the defendant circumstances indicating the existence of rivalry ill will or hostility between the parties facts tending to show a reckless disregard of the plainti￭ ff s rights
in medicine describing a disease as acute den￭ o￭ tes that it is of short duration and as a corollary of that of recent onset the quanti￭ tation of how much time constitutes short and recent varies by disease and by context but the core den￭ o￭ tation of acute is always qualitatively in contrast with chronic which den￭ o￭ tes long lasting disease for example in acute leuk￭ emia and chronic leuk￭ emia in addition acute also often con￭ notes two other meanings sudden onset and severity such as in acute my￭ o￭ cardi￭ al inf￭ arc￭ tion ami where sudden￭ ness and severity are both established aspects of the meaning it thus often con￭ notes that the condition is ful￭ min￭ ant as in the ami example but not always as in acute rh￭ initi￭ s which is usually synonymous with the common cold the one thing that acute mi and acute rh￭ initi￭ s have in common is that they are not chronic they can happen again as in recurrent pneumonia that is multiple acute pneumonia episodes but they are not the same case ongoing for months or years unlike chronic obstruc￭ tive pul￭ mon￭ ary disease which is a non￭ count sense of acute disease refers to the acute phase that is a short course of any disease entity for example in an article on ul￭ cer￭ ative enter￭ i￭ tis in poultry the author says in acute disease there may be increased mortality without any obvious signs referring to the acute form or phase of ul￭ cer￭ ative enter￭ i￭ tis
an acute ab￭ dom￭ en refers to a sudden severe ab￭ domin￭ al pain it is in many cases a medical emergency requiring urgent and specific diagnosis several causes need surgical treatment
acute bas￭ oph￭ il￭ ic leuk￭ emia is a rare form of acute my￭ elo￭ id leuk￭ emia where bl￭ asts are accompanied by abnormal bas￭ oph￭ ils in all stages of differentiation it would most likely be classified as m 0 without electr￭ on micro￭ scopic confirmation of bas￭ ophi￭ l line￭ age
acute ber￭ yl￭ lium poisoning is acute chemical pneumonia resulting from the toxic effect of ber￭ yl￭ lium in its elem￭ ental form or in various chemical compounds and is distinct from ber￭ yl￭ li￭ osis also called chronic ber￭ yl￭ lium disease after occupational safety procedures were put into place following the realization that the metal caused ber￭ yl￭ li￭ osis around 1950 acute ber￭ yl￭ lium poisoning became extremely rare
acute bi￭ phen￭ o￭ typ￭ ic leuk￭ aemia is a form of leuk￭ aemia where the line￭ age is of both lymp￭ ho￭ id and my￭ elo￭ id origin it is a subtype of leuk￭ emia of ambiguous line￭ age
acute bron￭ chi￭ tis also known as a chest cold is short term infl￭ amm￭ ation of the bron￭ chi large and medium sized airways of the lungs the most common symptom is a cough other symptoms include cou￭ gh￭ ing up m￭ uc￭ us whe￭ e￭ zing short￭ ness of breath fever and chest discomfort the infection may last from a few to ten days the cough may persist for several weeks afterwards with the total duration of symptoms usually around three weeks some have symptoms for up to six weeks in more than 90 of cases the cause is a viral infection these viruses may be spread through the air when people cough or by direct contact risk factors include exposure to tobacco smoke dust and other air pollution a small number of cases are due to high levels of air pollution or bacteria such as my￭ co￭ plasma pneu￭ mon￭ i￭ ae or bor￭ det￭ ella per￭ tus￭ sis diagnosis is typically based on a person s signs and symptom the color of the sp￭ u￭ tum does not indicate if the infection is viral or bacterial determining the underlying organism is typically not needed other causes of similar symptoms include asthma pneumonia bron￭ chi￭ oli￭ tis bron￭ chi￭ ec￭ tas￭ is and cop￭ d a chest x ray may be useful to detect pneumonia prevention is by not smoking and avoiding other lung irrit￭ ants frequent hand washing may also be protective treatment of acute bron￭ chi￭ tis typically involves rest par￭ acet￭ am￭ ol acet￭ amin￭ oph￭ en and n￭ s￭ aids to help with the fever cough medicine has little support for its use and is not recommended in children less than six years of age there is tentative evidence that sal￭ but￭ am￭ ol may be useful in those with whe￭ e￭ zing however it may result in nerv￭ ousness antibiotics should generally not be used an exception is when acute bron￭ chi￭ tis is due to per￭ tus￭ sis tentative evidence supports honey and pel￭ arg￭ on￭ ium to help with symptoms acute bron￭ chi￭ tis is one of the most common diseases about 5 of adults are affected and about 6 of children have at least one episode a year it occurs more often in the winter more than 10 million people in the united states visit a doctor each year for this condition with approximately 70 receiving antibiotics most of which are not needed there are efforts to decrease the use of antibiotics in acute bron￭ chi￭ tis
acute cere￭ bell￭ ar at￭ ax￭ ia of childhood is a childhood condition characterized by an un￭ steady ga￭ it most likely secondary to an auto￭ immune of post￭ infectious cause drug induced or par￭ ane￭ op￭ l￭ astic most common virus causing acute cere￭ bell￭ ar at￭ ax￭ ia are chick￭ en￭ pox virus and ep￭ stein bar￭ r virus it is a diagnosis of exclusion
the acute chest syndrome is a vas￭ o oc￭ clu￭ sive crisis of the pul￭ mon￭ ary vas￭ cul￭ ature commonly seen in patients with sick￭ le cell an￭ emia this condition commonly manifests with pul￭ mon￭ ary infiltr￭ ate on a chest x ray
acute coron￭ ary syndrome acs is a syndrome set of signs and symptoms due to decreased blood flow in the coron￭ ary arter￭ ies such that part of the heart muscle is unable to function properly or dies the most common symptom is chest pain often radi￭ ating to the left arm or angle of the jaw pressure like in character and associated with naus￭ ea and swe￭ ating acute coron￭ ary syndrome is usually caused by one of three problems st elev￭ ation my￭ o￭ cardi￭ al inf￭ arc￭ tion stem￭ i 30 non st elev￭ ation my￭ o￭ cardi￭ al inf￭ arc￭ tion n￭ stem￭ i 25 or unstable ang￭ ina 38 these types are named according to the appearance of the electro￭ cardi￭ o￭ gram ec￭ g e￭ kg as non st segment elev￭ ation my￭ o￭ cardi￭ al inf￭ arc￭ tion and st segment elev￭ ation my￭ o￭ cardi￭ al inf￭ arc￭ tion there can be some variation as to which forms of my￭ o￭ cardi￭ al inf￭ arc￭ tion mi are classified under acute coron￭ ary syndrome acs should be distinguished from stable ang￭ ina which develops during exer￭ tion and resol￭ ves at rest in contrast with stable ang￭ ina unstable ang￭ ina occurs suddenly often at rest or with minimal exer￭ tion or at lesser degrees of exer￭ tion than the individual s previous ang￭ ina cres￭ c￭ endo ang￭ ina new onset ang￭ ina is also considered unstable ang￭ ina since it suggests a new problem in a coron￭ ary artery though acs is usually associated with coron￭ ary thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis it can also be associated with cocaine use cardiac chest pain can also be precipit￭ ated by an￭ emia brad￭ y￭ cardi￭ as excessively slow heart rate or t￭ ach￭ y￭ cardi￭ as excessively fast heart rate
acute cu￭ taneous lup￭ us er￭ y￭ them￭ ato￭ sus is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by a bilateral mal￭ ar rash also known as a butter￭ fly rash and le￭ sions that tend to be transi￭ ent and that follow sun exposure
acute de￭ compensated heart failure ad￭ hf is a sudden worsening of the signs and symptoms of heart failure which typically includes difficulty breathing dy￭ sp￭ ne￭ a leg or feet sw￭ elling and fatigue ad￭ hf is a common and potentially serious cause of acute respiratory distress the condition is caused by severe congestion of multiple organs by fluid that is inadequately circulated by the failing heart an attack of de￭ compensation can be caused by underlying medical illness such as my￭ o￭ cardi￭ al inf￭ arc￭ tion infection or thyro￭ id disease treatment consists of reducing the fluid level with di￭ u￭ re￭ tics and improving heart function with nitrates or le￭ vo￭ sim￭ end￭ an other treatments such as aqu￭ ap￭ her￭ esis ultra fil￭ tration may also be required
acute disseminated encephal￭ om￭ ye￭ li￭ tis ad￭ em or acute dem￭ yel￭ inating encephal￭ om￭ ye￭ li￭ tis is a rare auto￭ immune disease marked by a sudden widespread attack of infl￭ amm￭ ation in the brain and spinal cord as well as causing the brain and spinal cord to become infl￭ amed ad￭ em also attacks the nerves of the central nervous system and damages their my￭ elin insulation which as a result destroys the white matter it is often triggered after the patient has received a viral infection or perhaps exceedingly rarely specific non routine vaccinations ad￭ em s symptoms resemble the symptoms of multiple sclerosis ms so the disease itself is sorted into the classification of the multiple sclerosis borderline diseases however ad￭ em has several features that distinguish it from ms unlike ms ad￭ em occurs usually in children and is marked with rapid fever although adolescents and adults can get the disease too ad￭ em consists of a single fl￭ are up whereas ms is marked with several fl￭ are ups over a long period of time ad￭ em is also distinguished by a loss of consciousness coma and death which is very rare in ms except in severe cases the incidence rate is about 8 per 1 000 000 people per year although it occurs in all ages most reported cases are in children and adolescents with the average age around 5 to 8 years old the mortality rate may be as high as 5 however full recovery is seen in 50 to 75 of cases with increase in survival rates up to 70 to 90 with figures including minor residual disability as well the average time to recover from ad￭ em fl￭ are ups is one to six months ad￭ em produces multiple infl￭ am￭ matory le￭ sions in the brain and spinal cord particularly in the white matter usually these are found in the sub￭ cor￭ tical and central white matter and cor￭ tical gray white junction of both cere￭ br￭ al hemis￭ ph￭ er￭ es cere￭ bell￭ um bra￭ inst￭ em and spinal cord but peri￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular white matter and gray matter of the cor￭ tex thal￭ ami and bas￭ al gang￭ lia may also be involved when the patient suffers more than one dem￭ yel￭ inating episode of ad￭ em the disease is then called recurrent disseminated encephal￭ om￭ ye￭ li￭ tis or multi￭ ph￭ as￭ ic disseminated encephal￭ om￭ ye￭ li￭ tis m￭ dem also a ful￭ min￭ ant course in adults has been described
acute e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic leuk￭ emia a￭ el is a rare subtype of acute my￭ elo￭ id leuk￭ emia with 50 to 80 percent of e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic cells in the blood and marrow it can arise de novo or may develop in patients having the chronic form of a hyper￭ e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic syndrome patients with acute e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic leuk￭ emia have a propensity for developing bron￭ cho￭ sp￭ asm and heart failure from end￭ om￭ yo￭ cardi￭ al fi￭ bro￭ sis he￭ pat￭ om￭ eg￭ al￭ y and splen￭ om￭ eg￭ al￭ y are more common than in other variants of am￭ l
acute er￭ y￭ thro￭ id leuk￭ emia or di gu￭ gli￭ el￭ mo syndrome is a rare form of acute my￭ elo￭ id leuk￭ emia less than 5 of am￭ l cases where the my￭ elo￭ proliferation is of er￭ y￭ thro￭ bl￭ astic precursors it is defined as type m 6 under the f￭ ab classification
acute es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al necro￭ sis a￭ en also known as gur￭ v￭ its syndrome black es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus acute necro￭ tizing es￭ op￭ ha￭ gi￭ tis and es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al inf￭ arc￭ tion is a rare es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al disorder a￭ en defines itself with dark pi￭ gm￭ entation of the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus found during an upper gastro￭ intest￭ inal endo￭ sco￭ py pi￭ gm￭ entation is usually black fri￭ able mu￭ co￭ sa the disorder is extremely rare as only 88 patients over a span of 40 years have received this diagnosis specific study of the disorder s mortality rate is mentioned at 31 8 but new research suggests mortality rates vary from 30 50 the exact triggering mechanism for this disorder is still unknown but is likely multi￭ fac￭ torial
acute exacerb￭ ation of cop￭ d also known as acute exacerb￭ ations of chronic bron￭ chi￭ tis a￭ ecb is a sudden worsening of cop￭ d symptoms short￭ ness of breath quantity and color of ph￭ leg￭ m that typically lasts for several days it may be triggered by an infection with bacteria or viruses or by environmental pollutants typically infections cause 75 or more of the exacerb￭ ations bacteria can roughly be found in 25 of cases viruses in another 25 and both viruses and bacteria in another 25 air￭ way infl￭ amm￭ ation is increased during the exacerb￭ ation resulting in increased hyper￭ inflation reduced expir￭ atory air flow and decreased gas exchange as cop￭ d progres￭ ses exacerb￭ ations tend to become more frequent the average being about three episodes per year
acute fatty liver of pregnancy is a rare life threatening complic￭ ation of pregnancy that occurs in the third trim￭ ester or the immediate period after delivery it is thought to be caused by a dis￭ ordered metabol￭ ism of fatty acids by mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ a in the mother caused by long chain 3 hydroxy￭ ac￭ yl co￭ enzyme a de￭ hydro￭ gen￭ ase deficiency the condition was previously thought to be universally fatal but aggressive treatment by stabilizing the mother with intra￭ ven￭ ous fluids and blood products in anticipation of early delivery has improved prog￭ no￭ sis
acute fl￭ acci￭ d m￭ ye￭ li￭ tis formerly described as acute fl￭ acci￭ d paralysis with an￭ terior m￭ ye￭ li￭ tis or polio like syndrome is an acute neuro￭ logic illness in children with focal limb weakness of unknown eti￭ ology enter￭ o￭ virus 68 which as a member of the enter￭ o￭ virus family is related to polio is a leading candidate for the cause of the condition due to the recent emergence of the condition the existing literature about it is tentative and should not be taken as established medical opinion there is no established treatment for the condition or the virus that may cause it
acute generalized ex￭ an￭ them￭ at￭ ous pu￭ st￭ ul￭ osis ag￭ ep also known as pu￭ st￭ ular drug eruption and toxic pu￭ st￭ ul￭ o￭ der￭ ma is a common cu￭ taneous reaction pattern that in 90 of cases is related to medication administration characterized by a sudden eruption that appears on average five days after the medication is started it is medi￭ ated by t cells
acute ha￭ em￭ mor￭ rha￭ gic con￭ junc￭ ti￭ vi￭ tis is the infl￭ amm￭ ation of the con￭ junc￭ tiva of sudden onset it presents as a red￭ dening of the eye due to the infection of the con￭ junc￭ tiva the con￭ junc￭ tiva is a thin transparent tissue that covers the eye from the cor￭ ne￭ al lim￭ bus to the lid margin many conditions can lead to the infl￭ amm￭ ation of the con￭ junc￭ tiva they include allergies bacterial infection viral infection etc ghana is a country in sub saharan africa it is a former british colony endowed with rich mineral resources there are many eye conditions that affect its citizens one of them that continues to affect gh￭ an￭ ai￭ ans every year is the seasonal con￭ junc￭ ti￭ vi￭ tis it is popul￭ arly referred to as apollo every year prior to the rainy season in the country various health warnings are given to remind citizens of the condition
an acute hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic transfusion reaction ah￭ tr is a type of transfusion reaction that is associated with hem￭ ol￭ ysis it occurs very soon after the transfusion and within 24 h￭ rs post transfusion it can occur quickly upon transf￭ using a few milli￭ lit￭ ers or up to 1 – 2 hours post transfusion it is also known as an immediate hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic transfusion reaction this is a medical emergency as it results from rapid destruction of the donor red blood cells by host antibodies ig￭ g ig￭ m it is usually related to abo blood group incompatibility the most severe of which often involves group a red cells being given to a patient with group o type blood proper￭ din then binds to complement c 3 in the donor blood facilitating the reaction through the alternate path￭ way cas￭ c￭ ade the donor cells also become co￭ ated with ig￭ g and are subsequently removed by macro￭ p￭ ha￭ ges in the re￭ ticul￭ o￭ endo￭ the￭ li￭ al system res ja￭ und￭ ice and disseminated intr￭ av￭ ascular co￭ ag￭ ulation d￭ ic may also occur the most common cause is clerical error i e the wrong unit of blood being given to the patient
acute hemorrha￭ gic e￭ dem￭ a of infancy also known as acute hemorrha￭ gic e￭ dem￭ a of childhood fin￭ kel￭ stein s disease inf￭ anti￭ le post￭ infectious iris like pur￭ pur￭ a and e￭ dem￭ a med￭ al￭ lion like pur￭ pur￭ a pur￭ pur￭ a en co￭ car￭ de avec oe￭ dem￭ a and se￭ id￭ l￭ mayer syndrome is a skin condition that affects children under the age of two with a recent history of upper respiratory illness a course of antibiotics or both the disease was first described in 1938 by fin￭ kel￭ stein and later by se￭ id￭ l￭ mayer as “ se￭ id￭ l￭ mayer cock￭ ade pur￭ pur￭ a ”
acute infectious thyro￭ idi￭ tis ait also known as sup￭ pur￭ ative thyro￭ idi￭ tis micro￭ bial infl￭ am￭ matory thyro￭ idi￭ tis pyro￭ genic thyro￭ idi￭ tis and bacterial thyro￭ idi￭ tis the thyro￭ id is normally very resistant to infection due to a relatively high amount of i￭ od￭ ine in the tissue as well as high vas￭ cul￭ arity and lymp￭ h￭ atic drainage to the region it is difficult for pathogens to infect the thyro￭ id tissue despite all this a persistent f￭ ist￭ ula from the pi￭ ri￭ form sin￭ us may make the left lo￭ be of the thyro￭ id susceptible to infection and abs￭ c￭ ess formation ait is most often caused by a bacterial infection but can also be caused by a fun￭ gal or par￭ asi￭ tic infection most commonly in an immun￭ o￭ compromised host
acute inter￭ mit￭ tent por￭ phy￭ ria ai￭ p is a rare auto￭ som￭ al dominant metabol￭ ic disorder affecting the production of hem￭ e the oxygen binding pro￭ s￭ thetic group of h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in it is characterized by a deficiency of the enzyme por￭ pho￭ bil￭ ino￭ gen de￭ amin￭ ase acute inter￭ mit￭ tent por￭ phy￭ ria is the second most common form of por￭ phy￭ ria por￭ phy￭ ria cu￭ tane￭ a tar￭ da being the most common its incidence is estimated to be between 5 and 10 in 100 000 but this is likely underestimated because of positive cases not being induced and long periods of lat￭ ency with an estimation that it is latent in 90 of cases
acute inter￭ sti￭ tial pneu￭ mon￭ i￭ tis also known as acute inter￭ sti￭ tial pneumonia or ham￭ man – rich syndrome is a rare severe lung disease that usually affects otherwise healthy individuals there is no known cause or cure acute inter￭ sti￭ tial pneu￭ mon￭ i￭ tis is often categ￭ orized as both an inter￭ sti￭ tial lung disease and a form of acute respiratory distress syndrome ards but it is distinguished from the chronic forms of inter￭ sti￭ tial pneumonia such as idi￭ opathic pul￭ mon￭ ary fi￭ bro￭ sis
acute kidney injury aki previously called acute ren￭ al failure ar￭ f is an abrupt loss of kidney function that develops within 7 days its causes are numerous generally it occurs because of damage to the kidney tissue caused by decreased kidney blood flow kidney is￭ chem￭ ia from any cause e g low blood pressure exposure to substances harmful to the kidney an infl￭ am￭ matory process in the kidney or an obstruction of the ur￭ inary tract that impedes the flow of urine aki is diagnosed on the basis of characteristic laboratory findings such as elevated blood urea nitrogen and cre￭ at￭ in￭ ine or inability of the kidneys to produce sufficient amounts of urine aki may lead to a number of complications including metabol￭ ic aci￭ do￭ sis high potassium levels u￭ re￭ mia changes in body fluid balance and effects on other organ systems including death people who have experienced aki may have an increased risk of chronic kidney disease in the future management includes treatment of the underlying cause and supportive care such as ren￭ al replacement therapy
acute limb is￭ cha￭ emia ali occurs when there is a sudden lack of blood flow to a limb acute limb is￭ cha￭ emia is caused by embol￭ ism or thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis or rarely by dis￭ section or trauma thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis is usually caused by peripheral vascular disease a￭ ther￭ os￭ cl￭ erotic disease that leads to blood vessel block￭ age while an embol￭ ism is usually of cardiac origin in the united states ali is estimated to occur in 14 out of every 100 000 people per year with proper surgical care acute limb is￭ cha￭ emia is a highly treat￭ able condition however delayed treatment beyond 6 to 12 hours can result in permanent disability ampu￭ tation and or death the new latin term is￭ cha￭ emia as written is a british version of the word is￭ chem￭ ia and stems from the greek terms is￭ che￭ in to hold and ha￭ ima blood in this sense is￭ cha￭ emia refers to the inhi￭ bi￭ tion of blood flow to through the limb
acute liver failure is the appearance of severe complications rapidly after the first signs of liver disease such as ja￭ und￭ ice and indicates that the liver has sustained severe damage loss of function of 80 – 90 of liver cells the complications are he￭ p￭ atic encephalopathy and impaired protein synthesis as measured by the levels of serum albumin and the pro￭ thro￭ m￭ bin time in the blood the 1993 classification defines hyper￭ acute as within 1 week acute as 8 – 28 days and sub￭ acute as 4 – 12 weeks it reflects the fact that the pace of disease evolution strongly influences prog￭ no￭ sis underlying eti￭ ology is the other significant determinant of outcome
acute lymp￭ ho￭ bl￭ astic leuk￭ emia also known as acute lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tic leuk￭ emia or acute lymp￭ ho￭ id leuk￭ emia all is an acute form of leuk￭ emia or cancer of the white blood cells characterized by the overproduction and accumulation of can￭ cer￭ ous immature white blood cells known as lymp￭ ho￭ bl￭ asts in persons with all lymp￭ ho￭ bl￭ asts are over￭ produced in the bone marrow and continuously multiply causing damage and death by inhi￭ biting the production of normal cells such as red and white blood cells and plat￭ el￭ ets in the bone marrow and by spreading infiltr￭ ating to other organs all is most common in childhood with a peak incidence at 2 – 5 years of age and another peak in old age the symptoms of all are indicative of a reduced production of functional blood cells because leuk￭ emia wastes the resources of the bone marrow that are normally used to produce new functioning blood cells these symptoms can include fever increased risk of infection especially bacterial infections like pneumonia due to neu￭ tro￭ pen￭ ia symptoms of such an infection include short￭ ness of breath chest pain cough v￭ om￭ iting changes in bo￭ wel or blad￭ der habits increased tendency to bleed due to thro￭ m￭ bo￭ cy￭ top￭ enia and signs indicative of an￭ emia including p￭ all￭ or t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia high heart rate fatigue and headache about 6 000 cases are reported in the united states every year internationally all is more common in cauca￭ sians than in africans it is more common in his￭ panics and in latin america cure is a realistic goal and is achieved in more than 80 of affected children although only 20 40 of adults are cured acute refers to the relatively short time course of the disease distinguishing it from chronic lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tic leuk￭ emia which has a potential time course of many years all was one of the first cancers for which an effective chem￭ other￭ apeu￭ tic treatment was developed anti￭ fol￭ ates like amin￭ op￭ ter￭ in and meth￭ o￭ tre￭ x￭ ate were developed in the late 1940 s by sid￭ ney far￭ ber and y￭ ell￭ ap￭ rag￭ ada sub￭ bar￭ ow at that time a doctor did not need a patient s or parent s consent to try an experimental treatment as the nuremberg code had not yet been signed desperate to save his patients far￭ ber initially tried fol￭ ic acid supplem￭ entation as a treatment for all this had disastrous consequences and he likely accelerated the children s deaths
acute meg￭ ak￭ ar￭ yo￭ bl￭ astic leuk￭ emia am￭ k￭ l is a form of leuk￭ emia where a majority of the bl￭ asts are meg￭ ak￭ ar￭ yo￭ bl￭ astic it is classified under am￭ l m 7 category of the french american british classification the latest who classification 2008 lyon classi￭ fies acute my￭ elo￭ id leuk￭ emia into distinct sub￭ types based on clin￭ ico pathological and molecular features acute meg￭ ak￭ ar￭ yo￭ bl￭ astic leuk￭ emia is placed under the am￭ l not otherwise specified sub￭ category diagnosis requires more than 20 bl￭ asts in the marrow peripheral blood with more than 50 demonstrating meg￭ ak￭ ar￭ y￭ oc￭ y￭ tic deri￭ vation by mor￭ pho￭ logy immun￭ op￭ hen￭ o￭ typ￭ ic or electr￭ on micro￭ scopic studies
acute mon￭ oc￭ y￭ tic leuk￭ emia am￭ ol or am￭ l m 5 is considered a type of acute my￭ elo￭ id leuk￭ emia
acute motor ax￭ onal neuro￭ pa￭ thy aman is a variant of guil￭ lain – bar￭ r￭ é syndrome it is characterized by acute paralysis and loss of refl￭ exes without sensory loss patho￭ logically there is motor ax￭ onal de￭ generation with anti￭ body medi￭ ated attacks of motor nerves and no￭ des of ran￭ vier
acute muscle so￭ reness is the pain felt in muscles during and immediately after stren￭ uous physical exercise the pain appears within a minute of contracting the muscle and disappears within two or three minutes or up to several hours after relaxing it the following causes have been proposed for acute muscle so￭ reness accumulation of chemical end products of exercise in muscle cells such as h tissue e￭ dem￭ a caused by the shifting of blood plasma into the muscle tissue during contraction muscle fatigue the muscle tires and cannot contract any more acute muscle so￭ reness reflects one form of exercise induced muscle damage the other being delayed onset muscle so￭ reness which appears between 24 and 72 hours after exercise
acute my￭ elo￭ bl￭ astic leuk￭ emia is a form of my￭ elo￭ id leuk￭ emia affecting my￭ elo￭ bl￭ asts more specifically it can refer to minim￭ ally differentiated acute my￭ elo￭ bl￭ astic leuk￭ emia m 0 in f￭ ab m 98￭ 72 3 acute my￭ elo￭ bl￭ astic leuk￭ emia without matur￭ ation m 1 in f￭ ab m 98￭ 73 3 acute my￭ elo￭ bl￭ astic leuk￭ emia with matur￭ ation m 2 in f￭ ab m 98￭ 74 3
m 2 is a subtype of am￭ l acute my￭ elo￭ id leuk￭ emia it is also known as acute my￭ elo￭ bl￭ astic leuk￭ emia with matur￭ ation
acute my￭ elo￭ id d￭ end￭ ri￭ tic cell leuk￭ emia is an exceedingly rare form of leuk￭ emia this form of leuk￭ emia represents only about 0 8 of all cases of acute my￭ elo￭ id leuk￭ emia d￭ end￭ ri￭ tic cells function as antigen presenting cells they process antigen material and present it on the surface to other cells of the immune system d￭ end￭ ri￭ tic cells develop from prog￭ en￭ itors in the bone marrow and transform into two sub￭ types the my￭ elo￭ id d￭ end￭ ri￭ tic cell and the plas￭ mac￭ y￭ to￭ id d￭ end￭ ri￭ tic cell leuk￭ emic transformation can occur in any of these two cells but transformation of my￭ elo￭ id d￭ end￭ ri￭ tic cell is less common and it leads to a form of leuk￭ emia known as acute my￭ elo￭ id d￭ end￭ ri￭ tic cell leuk￭ emia
acute my￭ elo￭ id leuk￭ emia am￭ l also known as acute my￭ elo￭ genous leuk￭ emia or acute non￭ lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tic leuk￭ emia an￭ ll is a cancer of the my￭ elo￭ id line of blood cells characterized by the rapid growth of abnormal white blood cells that accumulate in the bone marrow and interfere with the production of normal blood cells am￭ l is the most common acute leuk￭ emia affecting adults and its incidence increases with age although am￭ l is a relatively rare disease accounting for roughly 1 2 of cancer deaths in the united states its incidence is expected to increase as the population ages the symptoms of am￭ l are caused by replacement of normal bone marrow with leuk￭ emic cells which causes a drop in red blood cells plat￭ el￭ ets and normal white blood cells these symptoms include fatigue short￭ ness of breath easy bru￭ ising and bleeding and increased risk of infection several risk factors and chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al ab￭ norm￭ alities have been identified but the specific cause is not clear as an acute leuk￭ emia am￭ l progres￭ ses rapidly and is typically fatal within weeks or months if left untreated am￭ l has several sub￭ types treatment and prog￭ no￭ sis vary among sub￭ types am￭ l is cured in 35 – 40 of people less than 60 years old and 5 – 15 more than 60 years old older people who are not able to withstand intensive chem￭ otherapy have an average survival of 5 – 10 months am￭ l is treated initially with chem￭ otherapy aimed at inducing a remission people may go on to receive additional chem￭ otherapy or a hem￭ ato￭ po￭ ie￭ tic stem cell transplant recent research into the genetics of am￭ l has resulted in the availability of tests that can predict which drug or drugs may work best for a particular person as well as how long that person is likely to survive the treatment and prog￭ no￭ sis of am￭ l differ from those of chronic my￭ elo￭ genous leuk￭ emia c￭ ml in part because the cellular differentiation is not the same am￭ l involves higher percentages of de￭ differentiated and un￭ differentiated cells including more bl￭ asts my￭ elo￭ bl￭ asts mono￭ bl￭ asts and meg￭ ak￭ ar￭ yo￭ bl￭ asts
acute my￭ el￭ om￭ on￭ oc￭ y￭ tic leuk￭ emia am￭ mol is a form of acute my￭ elo￭ id leuk￭ emia that involves a proliferation of c￭ fu gm my￭ elo￭ bl￭ asts and mono￭ bl￭ asts it is classified under m 4 in the french american british classification f￭ ab it is classified under am￭ l not otherwise classified in the who classification trans￭ locations have been observed progression from my￭ el￭ odys￭ plastic syndrome has been reported acute my￭ elo￭ bl￭ astic leuk￭ emia am￭ l is a group of m￭ align￭ ant bone marrow ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms of my￭ elo￭ id￭ precursors of white blood cells acute my￭ el￭ om￭ on￭ oc￭ y￭ tic leuk￭ emia am￭ l m 4 is a common type of pedi￭ atric am￭ l however the condition is rare and represents approximately 3 of all leuk￭ emi￭ as during childhood and has an incidence of 1 1 – 1 7 per million per year the symptoms may be aspec￭ i￭ fic asth￭ enia p￭ all￭ or fever di￭ zz￭ iness and respiratory symptoms more specific symptoms are bru￭ ises and or excessive bleeding co￭ ag￭ ulation disorders d￭ ic neuro￭ logical disorders and g￭ ing￭ i￭ val hyper￭ pl￭ asia diagno￭ stic￭ methods include blood analysis bone marrow aspir￭ ate for cy￭ to￭ chemical immun￭ ological and cy￭ to￭ gene￭ tic￭ al￭ analysis and cere￭ bro￭ spinal fluid c￭ sf investigations a characteristic chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al ab￭ normal￭ it￭ y￭ observed in am￭ l m 4 is inv 16 treatment includes intensive multi￭ drug chem￭ otherapy and in selected cases al￭ log￭ ene￭ ic bone marrow transplantation nevertheless outcome of am￭ l remains poor with an￭ overall survival of 35 60 children with am￭ l m 4 carrying the inv 16 ab￭ normality have a better prog￭ no￭ sis 61 5 year overall survival new therapeu￭ tics are required to increase the probability of cure in this serious disorder
acute necro￭ tizing ul￭ cer￭ ative g￭ ing￭ i￭ vi￭ tis anu￭ g col￭ lo￭ qu￭ ially known as tren￭ ch mouth is a common non contagious infection of the g￭ ums with sudden onset the main features are painful bleeding g￭ ums and ul￭ cer￭ ation of inter dental pap￭ il￭ la￭ e the sections of gum between adjacent teeth this disease along with necro￭ tizing ul￭ cer￭ ative period￭ on￭ ti￭ tis n￭ p or n￭ up is classified as a necro￭ tizing period￭ on￭ tal disease one of the seven general types of period￭ on￭ ti￭ tis the often severe g￭ ing￭ i￭ val pain that characterizes anu￭ g distinguishes it from the more common chronic period￭ on￭ ti￭ tis which is rarely painful anu￭ g is the acute presentation of necro￭ tizing ul￭ cer￭ ative g￭ ing￭ i￭ vi￭ tis nu￭ g which is the usual course the disease takes if improperly treated or neglected nu￭ g may become chronic and or recurrent the caus￭ ative organisms are mostly an￭ aer￭ ob￭ ic bacteria particularly fus￭ ob￭ ac￭ ter￭ ia and spi￭ ro￭ ca￭ ete species pre￭ disposing factors include poor oral hygiene smoking malnutrition psychological stress and immun￭ o￭ suppression sub optimal functioning of the immune system when the attachments of the teeth to the bone are involved the term n￭ up is used treatment of anu￭ g is by debri￭ d￭ ement although pain may prevent this and antibiotics usually met￭ ron￭ id￭ azole in the acute phase and improving oral hygiene to prevent recurrence although the condition has a rapid onset and is deb￭ il￭ itating it usually resol￭ ves quickly and does no serious harm the synon￭ ym tren￭ ch mouth arose during world war i as many soldiers developed the disease probably because of the poor conditions and extreme psychological stress
acute oak decline is a disease that inf￭ ects oak trees in the uk it mainly affects mature oak trees of over 50 years old of both britain s native oak species the pe￭ dun￭ cul￭ ate oak quer￭ cus rob￭ ur and the ses￭ sile oak quer￭ cus pe￭ tra￭ ea the disease is characterised by the trees bleeding or oo￭ zing a dark fluid from small le￭ sions or spl￭ its in their bark unlike chronic oak decline acute oak decline can lead to the death of trees within 4 to 5 years of symptoms appearing the number of trees affected is thought to number in the low thousands with a higher number of infected trees being found in the midlands it is thought to be caused by a bacter￭ ium it is currently not known which species is involved but scientists are actively trying to discover what is responsible at least three genera of bacteria are possibly responsible in some instances the disease is accompanied by insects attacking the trees too particularly the oak spl￭ end￭ our bee￭ tle agri￭ lus bi￭ gu￭ tt￭ atus these are not thought to be the cause of the disease but rather they are opportun￭ is￭ tically taking advantage of already weakened trees such inf￭ est￭ ations further weaken and can hasten the death of trees
acute pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis or acute pan￭ cre￭ atic necro￭ sis is a sudden infl￭ amm￭ ation of the pan￭ cre￭ as it can have severe complications and high mortality despite treatment while mild cases are often successfully treated with conservative measures such as fast￭ ing and aggressive intra￭ ven￭ ous fluid re￭ hydr￭ ation severe cases may require admission to the intensive care unit or even surgery to deal with complications of the disease process
acute pan￭ my￭ el￭ osis with my￭ elo￭ fi￭ bro￭ sis ap￭ m￭ f it is a poorly defined disorder that arises as either a cl￭ onal disorder or following toxic exposure to the bone marrow
acute peric￭ ardi￭ tis is a type of peric￭ ardi￭ tis infl￭ amm￭ ation of the s￭ ac surrounding the heart the peric￭ ardi￭ um usually lasting less than 6 weeks it is by far the most common condition affecting the peric￭ ardi￭ um
acute pos￭ them￭ or￭ rha￭ gic an￭ emia or acute blood loss an￭ emia is a condition in which a person quickly loses a large volume of circulating h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in acute blood loss is usually associated with an incident of trauma or a severe injury resulting in a large loss of blood it can also occur during or after a surgical procedure
acute prolifer￭ ative glo￭ mer￭ ul￭ on￭ eph￭ ri￭ tis is a disorder of the glo￭ mer￭ uli glo￭ mer￭ ul￭ on￭ eph￭ ri￭ tis or small blood vessels in the kidneys it is a common complic￭ ation of bacterial infections typically skin infection by st￭ rep￭ to￭ co￭ cc￭ us bacteria types 12 4 and 1 impe￭ ti￭ go but also after st￭ rep￭ to￭ coc￭ cal phar￭ yn￭ gi￭ tis for which it is also known as post￭ infectious or post￭ st￭ rep￭ to￭ coc￭ cal glo￭ mer￭ ul￭ on￭ eph￭ ri￭ tis it can be a risk factor for future albu￭ min￭ ur￭ ia in adults the signs and symptoms of infection may still be present at the time when the kidney problems develop and the terms infection related glo￭ mer￭ ul￭ on￭ eph￭ ri￭ tis or bacterial infection related glo￭ mer￭ ul￭ on￭ eph￭ ri￭ tis are also used acute glo￭ mer￭ ul￭ on￭ eph￭ ri￭ tis resulted in 19 000 deaths in 2013 down from 24 000 deaths in 1990
acute pro￭ my￭ el￭ oc￭ y￭ tic leuk￭ emia ap￭ ml ap￭ l is the m 3 subtype of acute my￭ elo￭ genous leuk￭ emia am￭ l a cancer of the white blood cells in ap￭ l there is an abnormal accumulation of immature gran￭ ul￭ oc￭ y￭ tes called pro￭ my￭ el￭ oc￭ y￭ tes the disease is characterized by a chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al trans￭ location involving the re￭ tin￭ o￭ ic acid recep￭ tor alpha r￭ ar￭ α or r￭ ara gene and is distinguished from other forms of am￭ l by its responsiveness to all trans re￭ tin￭ o￭ ic acid atra also known as tre￭ tin￭ o￭ in therapy acute pro￭ my￭ el￭ oc￭ y￭ tic leuk￭ emia was first characterized in 1957 by french and norwegian physicians as a hyper￭ acute fatal illness with a median survival time of less than a week today prog￭ noses have drastically improved 10 year survival rates are estimated to be approximately 77 according to one study
acute pro￭ stati￭ tis is a serious bacterial infection of the pro￭ state g￭ land this infection is a medical emergency it should be distinguished from other forms of pro￭ stati￭ tis such as chronic bacterial pro￭ stati￭ tis and chronic pel￭ vic pain syndrome cp￭ ps
acute radiation syndrome ars also known as radiation poisoning radiation sickness or radiation toxicity is a collection of health effects that are present within 24 hours of exposure to high amounts of ionizing radiation the radiation causes cellular degradation due to damage to dna and other key molecular structures within the cells in various tissues this destruction particularly because it affects the ability of cells to divide normally in turn causes the symptoms the symptoms can begin within one or two hours and may last for several months the terms refer to acute medical problems rather than ones that develop after a prolonged period the onset and type of symptoms depends on the radiation exposure relatively smaller doses result in gastro￭ intest￭ inal effects such as naus￭ ea and v￭ om￭ iting and symptoms related to falling blood counts and pre￭ disposition to infection and bleeding relatively larger doses can result in neuro￭ logical effects and rapid death treatment of acute radiation syndrome is generally supportive with blood trans￭ fu￭ sions and antibiotics with some more aggressive treatments such as bone marrow trans￭ fu￭ sions being required in extreme cases similar symptoms may appear months to years after exposure as chronic radiation syndrome when the dose rate is too low to cause the acute form radiation exposure can also increase the probability of developing some other diseases mainly different types of cancers these diseases are sometimes referred to as radiation sickness but they are never included in the term acute radiation syndrome
acute respiratory distress syndrome ards is a medical condition occurring in critically ill patients characterized by widespread infl￭ amm￭ ation in the lungs ards is not a particular disease rather it is a clinical phen￭ o￭ type which may be triggered by various patho￭ logies such as trauma pneumonia and sep￭ sis the hallmark of ards is diffuse injury to cells which form the al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar barrier sur￭ fac￭ tant dysfunction activation of the in￭ nate immune response and abnormal co￭ ag￭ ulation in effect ards results in impaired gas exchange within the lungs at the level of the micro￭ scopic al￭ ve￭ oli the syndrome is associated with a high mortality rate between 20 and 50 the mortality rate with ards varies widely based on severity the patient s age and the presence of other underlying medical conditions although the terminology of adult respiratory distress syndrome has at times been used to differentiate ards from infant respiratory distress syndrome in ne￭ on￭ ates international consensus is that acute respiratory distress syndrome is the best mon￭ i￭ ker because ards can affect those of all ages
acute re￭ tin￭ al necro￭ sis ar￭ n is a medical infl￭ am￭ matory condition of the eye the condition presents itself as a necro￭ tizing ret￭ initi￭ s the infl￭ amm￭ ation onset is due to certain her￭ pes viruses var￭ ic￭ ella zo￭ ster virus v￭ z￭ v her￭ pes simpl￭ ex virus h￭ sv 1 and h￭ sv 2 and ep￭ stein bar￭ r virus eb￭ v people with the condition usually display red￭ ness of the eye white or off white colored pat￭ ches that are pat￭ ches of re￭ tin￭ al necro￭ sis ar￭ n can progress into other conditions such as u￭ ve￭ i￭ tis det￭ achment of the re￭ tina and ultimately can lead to blindness the disease was first characterized in 1971 in japan ak￭ ira ur￭ ay￭ ama and his colleagues had six patients whose cases showed signs of acute necro￭ tizing ret￭ initi￭ s re￭ tin￭ al ar￭ er￭ ti￭ tis chor￭ o￭ idi￭ tis and late onset re￭ tin￭ al det￭ achment the combination of the conditions was given the name acute re￭ tin￭ al necro￭ sis the first reports of ar￭ n came about in 1971 it is unclear whether it was previously just reported as something else ur￭ ay￭ ama and his colleagues reported the disease that they saw in six japanese patients since then the disease has been seen in patient s with aid s children and people who are immun￭ o￭ compromised in 1978 young and bird named the disease when presented in both eyes bilateral acute re￭ tin￭ al necro￭ sis otherwise known as barn
acute severe asthma also referred to in latin as status asth￭ m￭ atic￭ us or asth￭ matic status is an acute exacerb￭ ation of asthma that does not respond to standard treatments of bron￭ cho￭ di￭ lators inhal￭ ers and ster￭ oids symptoms include chest ti￭ ght￭ ness rapidly progressive dy￭ sp￭ ne￭ a short￭ ness of breath dry cough use of accessory respiratory muscles lab￭ ored breathing and extreme whe￭ e￭ zing it is a life threatening episode of air￭ way obstruction and is considered a medical emergency complications include cardiac and or respiratory arrest it is characterized his￭ to￭ logically by smooth muscle hyper￭ tro￭ phy and basement memb￭ rane thick￭ ening
acute stress reaction also called acute stress disorder psychological shock mental shock or simply shock is a psychological condition arising in response to a terrifying or traumatic event or witnessing a traumatic event it should not be confused with the unrelated circul￭ atory condition of shock or the concept of shock value acute stress reaction may develop into pt￭ s￭ d acute stress response was first described by walter cannon in the 1920 s as a theory that animals react to threats with a general discharge of the sympathetic nervous system the response was later recognized as the first stage of a general adaptation syndrome that regulates stress responses among vertebr￭ ates and other organisms
acute tu￭ bul￭ ar necro￭ sis at￭ n is a medical condition involving the death of tu￭ bul￭ ar epi￭ the￭ li￭ al cells that form the ren￭ al tu￭ bul￭ es of the kidneys at￭ n presents with acute kidney injury aki and is one of the most common causes of aki common causes of at￭ n include low blood pressure and use of ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ toxic drugs the presence of mu￭ ddy brown casts of epi￭ the￭ li￭ al cells found in the urine during ur￭ in￭ al￭ ysis is path￭ og￭ no￭ mon￭ ic for at￭ n management relies on aggressive treatment of the factors that precipit￭ ated at￭ n e g hydr￭ ation and cessation of the offending drug because the tu￭ bul￭ ar cells continually replace themselves the overall prog￭ no￭ sis for at￭ n is quite good if the cause is corrected and recovery is likely within 7 to 21 days
ac￭ y￭ to￭ si￭ osis is a rare genetic disorder
the adam s apple or lar￭ yn￭ ge￭ al prominence is a feature of the human neck and is the lump or pro￭ tru￭ sion that is formed by the angle of the thyro￭ id car￭ til￭ age surrounding the lar￭ yn￭ x
adam y￭ ves is a 1974 x rated film created for gay male audiences the film is notable for the unauthorized use of footage of gre￭ ta gar￭ bo in what turned out to be the legendary actress s final appearance on film set in paris during spring￭ time adam y￭ ves is about the french y￭ ves marcus giov￭ anni and his pursuit of the american tourist adam michael hard￭ wick the men have a brief affair but a long lasting relationship is prevented by y￭ ves insistence that they not share personal information while making the film director peter de rome reportedly stal￭ ked gre￭ ta gar￭ bo around new york city where the retired star was living after much searching de rome located her and was able to shoot footage of gar￭ bo walking across first avenue the footage was inserted into adam y￭ ves and its presence was explained by having adam recalling how he once saw the elusive star the gar￭ bo footage was used without the star s knowledge or permission and she was not paid for her appearance
adam￭ an￭ tin￭ oma from the greek word adam￭ an￭ tin￭ os meaning very hard is a rare bone cancer making up less than 1 of all bone cancers it almost always occurs in the bones of the lower leg and involves both epi￭ the￭ li￭ al and o￭ ste￭ o￭ fi￭ bro￭ us tissue the condition was first described by fischer in 19￭ 13
the ad￭ ams dec￭ ar￭ box￭ yl￭ ation is a chemical reaction that involved the dec￭ ar￭ box￭ yl￭ ation of cou￭ mar￭ ins which have car￭ box￭ yl￭ ic acid group in the third position the dec￭ ar￭ box￭ yl￭ ation is achieved by aqu￭ eous solution of sodium bis￭ ul￭ f￭ ite heat and a concentrated solution of sodium hydrox￭ ide file ad￭ ams dec￭ ar￭ box￭ yl￭ ation p￭ ng
ad￭ ams – nance syndrome is a medical condition consisting of persistent t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia par￭ ox￭ ym￭ al hyper￭ tension and seizures it is associated with hyper￭ gly￭ cin￭ ur￭ ia domin￭ antly inherited micro￭ phthal￭ mia and cat￭ ar￭ acts it is thought to be caused by a disturbance in gly￭ cine metabol￭ ism
ad￭ ams – oliver syndrome a￭ os is a rare con￭ genital disorder characterized by defects of the scal￭ p and cran￭ ium cu￭ tis ap￭ la￭ sia con￭ gen￭ ita trans￭ verse defects of the limbs and mo￭ tt￭ ling of the skin
st￭ okes – ad￭ ams syndrome alternative ep￭ ony￭ ms include ad￭ ams – st￭ okes syndrome ger￭ be￭ zi￭ us mor￭ g￭ ag￭ ni ad￭ ams – st￭ okes syndrome and ger￭ b￭ ec mor￭ g￭ ag￭ ni ad￭ ams – st￭ okes syndrome is a periodic fain￭ ting spell in which there is a periodic onset and offset of block￭ age of heart due to disorder of heart rhythm that may last for seconds hours days or even weeks before the conduc￭ tion returns named after two irish physicians robert ad￭ ams 17￭ 91 – 18￭ 75 and william st￭ okes 18￭ 04 – 18￭ 77 the first description of the syndrome was published in 17￭ 17 by the carni￭ ol￭ an physician of slovene descent mark￭ o ger￭ b￭ ec which was 44 years after its publication quoted by giov￭ anni bat￭ ti￭ sta mor￭ g￭ ag￭ ni it is characterised by decrease in cardiac output and loss of consciousness due to a transi￭ ent arr￭ hy￭ th￭ mia for example brad￭ y￭ car￭ dia due to complete heart block
in biology an adaptation also called an adap￭ tive trait is a trait with a current functional role in the life of an organism that is maintained and evolved by means of natural selection adaptation refers to both the current state of being adapted and to the dynamic evolutionary process that leads to the adaptation adaptations enhance the fitness and survival of individuals organisms face a succession of environmental challenges as they grow and develop and are equipped with an adap￭ tive plas￭ tic￭ ity as the phen￭ o￭ type of traits develop in response to the imposed conditions the developmental norm of reaction for any given trait is essential to the correction of adaptation as it affords a kind of biological insurance or resilience to varying environments
in oc￭ ular physi￭ ology adaptation is the ability of the eye to adjust to various levels of darkness and light
in software engineering the adap￭ ter pattern is a software design pattern that allows the interface of an existing class to be used as another interface it is often used to make existing classes work with others without modifying their source code
the add on factor is the difference between the usable area and the ren￭ table area of an office building expressed as a factor of the ren￭ table area this factor expresses the percentage of floor space for which a tenant pays rent but cannot derive benefit from due to columns corridors elevator sh￭ af￭ ts st￭ air￭ wells etc within the area leased also called a load factor or partial floor factor or when expressed as a percentage of the net usable area an add on factor
addictive re￭ directs here for other uses see addiction dis￭ ambigu￭ ation and addictive dis￭ ambigu￭ ation addiction is a medical condition characterized by compul￭ sive engagement in rewarding stimul￭ i despite adverse consequences despite the involvement of a number of psycho￭ social factors a biological process – one which is induced by repeated exposure to an addictive stimulus – is the core path￭ ology that drives the development and maintenance of an addiction the two properties that characterize all addictive stimul￭ i are that they are reinforcing i e they increase the likelihood that a person will seek repeated exposure to them and intrinsically rewarding i e perceived as being positive or desirable addiction is a disorder of the brain s reward system which arises through trans￭ crip￭ tional and epi￭ genetic mechanisms and occurs over time from chronically high levels of exposure to an addictive stimulus e g morphine cocaine sexual inter￭ course gambling etc δ￭ fo￭ sb a gene trans￭ cription factor is a critical component and common factor in the development of virtually all forms of behavioral and drug addic￭ tions two decades of research into δ￭ fo￭ sb s role in addiction have demonstrated that addiction arises and the associated compul￭ sive behavior intensi￭ fies or attenu￭ ates along with the genetic over￭ expression of δ￭ fo￭ sb in the d 1 type medium spin￭ y neurons of the nucleus accum￭ b￭ ens due to the causal relationship between δ￭ fo￭ sb expression and addic￭ tions it is used pre￭ clin￭ ically as an addiction biom￭ ar￭ ker δ￭ fo￭ sb expression in these neurons directly and positively regulates drug self administration and through positive reinforcement while decreasing sensitivity to aversion addiction ex￭ acts a high toll on individuals and society as a whole through the direct adverse effects of drugs associated healthcare costs long term complications e g lung cancer with smoking tobacco liver cir￭ rho￭ sis with drinking alcohol or me￭ th mouth from intra￭ ven￭ ous meth￭ amp￭ he￭ tam￭ ine the functional consequences of altered ne￭ ural plas￭ tic￭ ity in the brain and the consequent loss of productivity classic hall￭ marks of addiction include impaired control over substances or behavior preoccupation with substance or behavior and continued use despite consequences habits and patterns associated with addiction are typically characterized by immediate grati￭ fication short term reward coupled with delayed dele￭ ter￭ ious effects long term costs examples of drug and behavioral addic￭ tions include alcoholism amp￭ he￭ tam￭ ine addiction cocaine addiction nicotine addiction op￭ iate addiction food addiction gambling addiction and sexual addiction the only behavioral addiction recognized by the dsm 5 is gambling addiction the term addiction is misused frequently to refer to other compul￭ sive behaviors or disorders particularly dependence in news media
addiction vulnerability is the genetic physiological or psychological pre￭ disposition to engage in addictive behaviors a vulnerability to addiction may lead to an increased risk for a substance dependence addic￭ tions can arise in both a chemical and a behavioral manner a chemical addiction refers to a physical substance dependence where a behavioral addiction involves a psychological dependence genetics has been shown to account for 40 60 of a person ’ s likelihood to develop an addiction current research is now working toward establishing a comprehensive picture of the neuro￭ biology of addiction vulnerability including all factors at work in propensity for addiction
ad￭ dison ’ s disease also known as primary adren￭ al in￭ sufficiency is a long term endocrine disorder in which the adren￭ al g￭ lands do not produce enough ster￭ o￭ id hormones symptoms generally come on slowly and may include ab￭ domin￭ al pain weakness and weight loss dark￭ ening of the skin in certain areas may also occur under certain circumstances an adren￭ al crisis may occur with low blood pressure v￭ om￭ iting lower back pain and loss of consciousness an adren￭ al crisis can be triggered by stress such as from an injury surgery or infection ad￭ dison s disease arises from problems with the adren￭ al g￭ land such that not enough of the ster￭ o￭ id hormone cor￭ ti￭ sol and possibly al￭ do￭ ster￭ one are produced most often due to damage by the body s own immune system in the developed world and tuberculosis in the developing world other causes include certain medications sep￭ sis and bleeding into both adren￭ al g￭ lands secondary adren￭ al in￭ sufficiency is caused by not enough ad￭ re￭ no￭ cor￭ ti￭ co￭ tropic hormone ac￭ th produced by the pit￭ u￭ itary g￭ land or cr￭ h produced by the hypo￭ thal￭ am￭ us despite this distinction adren￭ al crises can happen in all forms of adren￭ al in￭ sufficiency ad￭ dison s disease is generally diagnosed by blood tests urine tests and medical imaging treatment involves replacing the absent hormones this involves taking a cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ster￭ o￭ id such as hydro￭ cor￭ tis￭ one and flu￭ dro￭ cor￭ tis￭ one these medications are usually taken by mouth lifelong continuous ster￭ o￭ id replacement therapy is required with regular follow up treatment and monitoring for other health problems a high salt diet may also be useful in some people if symptoms worsen an injection of cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ster￭ o￭ id is recommended and people should carry a dose with them often large amounts of intra￭ ven￭ ous fluids with the sugar d￭ ext￭ rose are also required without treatment an adren￭ al crisis can result in death ad￭ dison ’ s disease affects about 0 9 to 1 4 per 10 000 people in the developed world it occurs most frequently in middle aged females secondary adren￭ al in￭ sufficiency is more common long term outcomes with treatment are typically good it is named after thomas ad￭ dison a graduate of the university of edinburgh medical school who first described the condition in 18￭ 55 the ad￭ jec￭ tive ad￭ dis￭ onian is used to describe features of the condition as well as people with ad￭ dison ’ s disease
in number theory an additive function is an arithmetic function f n of the positive inte￭ ger n such that whenever a and b are co￭ prime the function of the product is the sum of the functions f ab f a f b
addres￭ s￭ ability is the ability of a digital device to individually respond to a message sent to many similar devices examples include p￭ agers mobile phones and set top boxes for pay tv computer networks are also addres￭ sable such as via the mac address on e￭ ther￭ net network cards and similar networking protocols like blue￭ tooth this allows data to be sent in cases where it is impractical or impossible such as with wireless devices to control exactly where or to which devices the message is physically sent in the case of simple hardware devices like the p￭ ager the address is simply the electronic serial number and later im￭ ei me￭ id in its firm￭ ware or physically manufactured into its circu￭ it￭ ry in the case of gsm mobile phones it also includes the subscriber identity module which is also present as a smart card on satellite tv receivers or a different pc￭ m￭ cia cab￭ lec￭ ard for cable tv addressing and encryption are used together for conditional access to different tv channel bund￭ les which a pay tv customer has or has not paid for addressing is also done in software at higher levels such as ip addresses which can be dynam￭ ically allocated even physically separate devices are now addres￭ sable such as to enforce revocation lists for digital restrictions or to use the former di￭ v￭ x dvd video ren￭ t￭ als although the latter only used its identity to phone home for billing purposes
ad￭ duc￭ ted thumb syndrome rec￭ essive form also known as christian syndrome or cran￭ io￭ sten￭ osis ar￭ thro￭ gry￭ pos￭ is cle￭ ft pal￭ ate is a rare disease affecting multiple systems which causes mal￭ formations of the pal￭ ate thum￭ bs and upper limbs the name christian syndrome derives from joe c christian the first person to describe the condition christian andrews con￭ ne￭ ally mul￭ ler syndrome is another term named after the other authors p a andrews p m con￭ ne￭ ally and j￭ ans mul￭ ler of the original publication it is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive connec￭ tive tissue disorder characterized by con￭ genital mal￭ formations contr￭ actu￭ res of the thumb and feet a typical facial appearance and normal cognitive development this is caused by mutation in the ch￭ st 14 carbo￭ hydrate sul￭ fo￭ transfer￭ ase 14 gene
ad￭ duc￭ ted thum￭ bs syndrome is a condition inherited in an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive fashion characterized by ar￭ thro￭ gry￭ pos￭ is cran￭ io￭ sy￭ no￭ sto￭ sis and my￭ opathy in association with con￭ genital generalized hyper￭ tric￭ ho￭ sis
aden￭ ine phosp￭ h￭ ori￭ bo￭ syl￭ transfer￭ ase deficiency also called ap￭ rt deficiency or 2 8 di￭ hydroxy￭ aden￭ ine u￭ ro￭ li￭ thi￭ asis is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive metabol￭ ic disorder associated with a mutation in the enzyme aden￭ ine phosp￭ h￭ ori￭ bo￭ syl￭ transfer￭ ase
ad￭ eni￭ tis is a general term for an infl￭ amm￭ ation of a g￭ land often it is used to refer to lymp￭ had￭ eni￭ tis which is the infl￭ amm￭ ation of a lymp￭ h no￭ de
aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma ˌ￭ æ￭ d￭ ᵻ￭ no￭ ʊ￭ k￭ ɑ￭ ː￭ r￭ s￭ ᵻ￭ ˈ￭ no￭ ʊ￭ m￭ ə plural aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ om￭ as or aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ om￭ ata ˌ￭ æ￭ d￭ ᵻ￭ no￭ ʊ￭ k￭ ɑ￭ ː￭ r￭ s￭ ᵻ￭ ˈ￭ no￭ ʊ￭ m￭ ᵻ￭ t￭ ə is a type of can￭ cer￭ ous tumor that can occur in several parts of the body it is defined as ne￭ op￭ la￭ sia of epi￭ the￭ li￭ al tissue that has g￭ land￭ ular origin g￭ land￭ ular characteristics or both aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ om￭ as are part of the larger grouping of carcin￭ om￭ as but are also sometimes called by more precise terms om￭ itting the word where these exist thus invasive duc￭ tal carcin￭ oma the most common form of breast cancer is aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma but does not use the term in its name — however es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma does to distinguish it from the other common type of es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al cancer es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al squ￭ am￭ ous cell carcin￭ oma several of the most common forms of cancer are aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ om￭ as and the various sorts of aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma vary greatly in all their aspects so that few useful gener￭ alizations can be made about them in the most specific usage narro￭ west sense the g￭ land￭ ular origin or traits are exo￭ cr￭ ine endocrine g￭ land tumors such as a vi￭ po￭ ma an insul￭ in￭ oma or a p￭ he￭ och￭ ro￭ mo￭ cy￭ tom￭ a are typically not referred to as aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ om￭ as but rather are often called neuro￭ endocrine tumors epi￭ the￭ li￭ al tissue sometimes includes but is not limited to the surface layer of skin g￭ lands and a variety of other tissue that lines the ca￭ vities and organs of the body epi￭ the￭ li￭ al tissue can be derived embry￭ o￭ logically from any of the germ layers ec￭ to￭ der￭ m endo￭ der￭ m or mes￭ o￭ der￭ m to be classified as aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma the cells do not necessarily need to be part of a g￭ land as long as they have secre￭ tory properties aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma is the m￭ align￭ ant counterpart to aden￭ oma which is the benign form of such tumors sometimes aden￭ om￭ as transform into aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ om￭ as but most do not well differentiated aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ om￭ as tend to resemble the g￭ land￭ ular tissue that they are derived from while poorly differentiated aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ om￭ as may not by stain￭ ing the cells from a biopsy a patho￭ logist can determine whether the tumor is an aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma or some other type of cancer aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ om￭ as can arise in many tissues of the body owing to the ubiquitous nature of g￭ lands within the body and more fundamentally to the potency of epi￭ the￭ li￭ al cells while each g￭ land may not be secre￭ ting the same substance as long as there is an exo￭ cr￭ ine function to the cell it is considered g￭ land￭ ular and its m￭ align￭ ant form is therefore named aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma
in situ pul￭ mon￭ ary aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma ais previously called bron￭ chi￭ olo￭ al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar carcin￭ oma b￭ ac is a term describing certain variants of lung cancer arising in the dis￭ tal bron￭ chi￭ oles or al￭ ve￭ oli that initially exhibit a specific non invasive growth pattern b￭ ac is a type of non small cell lung cancer n￭ s￭ cl￭ c ais is defined as a small ≤ 3 cm solitary tum￭ our with pure al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar epi￭ the￭ li￭ al appearance le￭ pid￭ ic growth lacking any invasion of the inter￭ sti￭ tium if completely res￭ ected the prog￭ no￭ sis of sur￭ g￭ ically treated ais is 100
aden￭ o￭ id hyper￭ tro￭ phy or enlarged aden￭ oids is the unusual growth hyper￭ tro￭ phy of the aden￭ o￭ id ton￭ sil first described by the danish physician wil￭ helm me￭ yer 18￭ 24 18￭ 95 in copenhagen in 1868 he described that a long term aden￭ o￭ id hyper￭ tro￭ phy will cause an obstruction of the nas￭ al airways these will lead to a d￭ ent￭ o￭ facial growth anomaly that was defined as aden￭ o￭ id fac￭ ies see long face syndrome there is very little lymp￭ ho￭ id tissue in the nas￭ op￭ har￭ yn￭ x of young babies humans are born without substantial aden￭ oids the m￭ at of lymp￭ ho￭ id tissue called aden￭ oids starts to get si￭ z￭ able during the first year of life just how big the aden￭ oids become is quite variable between individual children
aden￭ o￭ idi￭ tis is the infl￭ amm￭ ation of the aden￭ o￭ id tissue usually caused by an infection aden￭ o￭ idi￭ tis is treated using medication antibiotics and or ster￭ oids or surgical intervention aden￭ o￭ idi￭ tis may produce cold like symptoms however aden￭ o￭ idi￭ tis symptoms often persist for ten or more days and often include p￭ us like discharge from nose the infection cause is usually viral however if the aden￭ o￭ idi￭ tis is caused by a bacterial infection antibiotics may be prescribed for treatment a ster￭ o￭ idal nas￭ al spray may also be prescribed in order to reduce nas￭ al congestion severe or recurring aden￭ o￭ idi￭ tis may require surgical removal of the aden￭ oids aden￭ o￭ ton￭ sill￭ ec￭ tomy
an aden￭ oma from greek α￭ δ￭ έν￭ ας aden￭ o g￭ land ώ￭ μα oma tumor ˌ￭ æ￭ d￭ ᵻ￭ ˈ￭ no￭ ʊ￭ m￭ ə plural aden￭ om￭ as or aden￭ om￭ ata ˌ￭ æ￭ d￭ ᵻ￭ ˈ￭ no￭ ʊ￭ m￭ ᵻ￭ t￭ ə is a benign tumor of epi￭ the￭ li￭ al tissue with g￭ land￭ ular origin g￭ land￭ ular characteristics or both aden￭ om￭ as can grow from many g￭ land￭ ular organs including the adren￭ al g￭ lands pit￭ u￭ itary g￭ land thyro￭ id pro￭ state and others some aden￭ om￭ as grow from epi￭ the￭ li￭ al tissue in n￭ ong￭ land￭ ular areas but express g￭ land￭ ular tissue structure as can happen in famili￭ al poly￭ pos￭ is coli although aden￭ om￭ as are benign over time they may transform to become m￭ align￭ ant at which point they are called aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ om￭ as most aden￭ om￭ as do not transform but even while benign they have the potential to cause serious health complications by com￭ pressing other structures mass effect and by producing large amounts of hormones in an unregulated non feedback dependent manner causing par￭ ane￭ op￭ l￭ astic syndro￭ mes some aden￭ om￭ as are too small to be seen macro￭ sco￭ p￭ ically but can still cause clinical symptoms
aden￭ oma se￭ bac￭ eu￭ m is a mis￭ named cu￭ taneous disorder consisting of an￭ gi￭ o￭ fi￭ bro￭ mas that begin in childhood generally present between 2 – 5 years of age and appear clin￭ ically as red pap￭ ules on the face especially on the nas￭ ol￭ ab￭ ial fol￭ ds cheek and chin mostly thought to be ac￭ ne not responding to treatment aden￭ oma se￭ bac￭ eu￭ m may at times be associated with tuber￭ ous sclerosis gradually the pap￭ ules become more prominent with time and persist throughout life cosmetic removal by argon or pulse dy￭ e laser or scal￭ pel is indicated
the aden￭ om￭ ato￭ id od￭ on￭ to￭ genic tumor is an od￭ on￭ to￭ genic tumor arising from the en￭ am￭ el organ or dental lam￭ ina
aden￭ om￭ ato￭ id tumor is a benign mes￭ o￭ the￭ li￭ al tumor it generally presents in the genital tract in regions such as the testi￭ s and epi￭ di￭ dy￭ mis however it also has been found in the pan￭ cre￭ as in the female it has been found in the body of the uter￭ us and the fall￭ op￭ ian tube
an aden￭ om￭ yo￭ epi￭ the￭ li￭ oma of the breast also aden￭ om￭ yo￭ epi￭ the￭ li￭ oma is a rare tum￭ our in the breast composed of g￭ land￭ ular elements aden￭ o and my￭ o￭ epi￭ the￭ li￭ al cells it is usually benign however there are reports of m￭ align￭ ant behaviour the hist￭ om￭ or￭ pho￭ logic appearance can mim￭ ic invasive duc￭ tal carcin￭ oma the most common type of invasive breast cancer
aden￭ om￭ y￭ oma is a tumor oma including components derived from g￭ lands aden￭ o and muscle my it is a type of complex and mixed tumor
aden￭ om￭ y￭ om￭ at￭ osis is a benign condition characterized by hyper￭ plastic changes of unknown eti￭ ology involving the wall of the gall￭ blad￭ der
aden￭ om￭ y￭ osis is a medical condition characterized by the presence of ec￭ topic g￭ land￭ ular tissue found in the muscular wall of the uter￭ us my￭ ome￭ tri￭ a the term aden￭ om￭ y￭ osis is derived from the greek terms aden￭ o meaning g￭ land my￭ o meaning muscle and osis meaning condition previously named as end￭ ome￭ tri￭ osis inter￭ na but aden￭ om￭ y￭ osis differs from end￭ ome￭ tri￭ osis and these two diseases represent two separate entities they are found together in many cases it usually refers to ec￭ topic end￭ ome￭ trial tissue the inner lining of the uter￭ us within the my￭ ome￭ tri￭ um the thick muscular layer of the uter￭ us the term aden￭ om￭ y￭ ome￭ tri￭ tis specifically implies involvement of the uter￭ us the condition is typically found in women between the ages of 35 and 50 but can also be present in younger women patients with aden￭ om￭ y￭ osis often present with painful and or prof￭ use m￭ enses dy￭ sm￭ en￭ or￭ rhe￭ a men￭ or￭ rha￭ gia respectively other possible symptoms are pain during sexual inter￭ course chronic pel￭ vic pain and irritation of the ur￭ inary blad￭ der in aden￭ om￭ y￭ osis bas￭ al end￭ ome￭ tri￭ um penetr￭ ates into hyper￭ plastic my￭ ome￭ trial fi￭ bers therefore unlike functional layer bas￭ al layer does not undergo typical cyclic changes with men￭ str￭ ual cycle aden￭ om￭ y￭ osis may involve the uter￭ us foc￭ ally creating an aden￭ om￭ y￭ oma with diffuse involvement the uter￭ us becomes bul￭ ky and heavier
aden￭ os￭ ine de￭ amin￭ ase deficiency also called ada deficiency or ada sci￭ d is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive metabol￭ ic disorder that causes immun￭ o￭ deficiency it occurs in fewer than one in 100 000 live births worldwide it accounts for about 15 of all cases of severe combined immun￭ o￭ deficiency sci￭ d ada deficiency may be present in infancy childhood adoles￭ cence or adul￭ thood age of onset and severity is related to some 29 known geno￭ types associated with the disorder
aden￭ os￭ ine mon￭ op￭ hosp￭ hate de￭ amin￭ ase deficiency type 1 also called my￭ o￭ aden￭ y￭ late de￭ amin￭ ase deficiency mad￭ d is a rec￭ essive genetic metabol￭ ic disorder that affects approximately 1 – 2 of populations of european descent it appears to be considerably r￭ arer in asian populations the genetic form is caused by a defect in the gene for amp de￭ amin￭ ase though there is also an acquired form of amp deficiency
aden￭ os￭ qu￭ am￭ ous carcin￭ oma is a type of cancer that contains two types of cells squ￭ am￭ ous cells thin flat cells that line certain organs and g￭ land like cells
aden￭ os￭ qu￭ am￭ ous lung carcin￭ oma ad￭ s￭ q￭ lc is a bi￭ ph￭ as￭ ic m￭ align￭ ant tumor arising from lung tissue that is composed of at least 10 by volume each of squ￭ am￭ ous cell carcin￭ oma s￭ q￭ cc and aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma ad￭ c cells
aden￭ o￭ virus infections most commonly cause illness of the respiratory system however depending on the inf￭ ecting sero￭ type they may also cause various other illnesses and presentations
aden￭ y￭ lo￭ succ￭ inate ly￭ ase deficiency also called aden￭ y￭ lo￭ succ￭ in￭ ase deficiency is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive metabol￭ ic disorder characterized by the appearance of succ￭ in￭ yl￭ am￭ ino￭ im￭ id￭ az￭ ol￭ ec￭ ar￭ box￭ amide ri￭ bo￭ side sa￭ ica ri￭ bo￭ side and succ￭ in￭ y￭ lad￭ en￭ os￭ ine s ado in cere￭ bro￭ spinal fluid urine and to a lesser extent in plasma these two succ￭ in￭ yl￭ pur￭ ines are the dep￭ hosp￭ hor￭ yl￭ ated derivatives of sa￭ ica ri￭ bo￭ tide sa￭ ic￭ ar and aden￭ y￭ lo￭ succ￭ inate s amp the two sub￭ str￭ ates of aden￭ y￭ lo￭ succ￭ inate ly￭ ase ad￭ sl which cataly￭ zes an important reaction in the de novo path￭ way of pur￭ ine bio￭ synthesis ad￭ sl cataly￭ zes two distinct reactions in the synthesis of pur￭ ine nucle￭ o￭ ti￭ des both of which involve the β elimination of fu￭ mar￭ ate to produce either am￭ ino￭ im￭ id￭ azole car￭ box￭ amide ri￭ bo￭ tide a￭ ic￭ ar from sa￭ ic￭ ar or aden￭ os￭ ine mon￭ op￭ hosp￭ hate amp from s amp
ad￭ er￭ mato￭ gly￭ phia is an extremely rare genetic disorder which causes a person to have no fingerprints there are only four known extended families worldwide which are affected by this condition recently the description of a case of a person from switzerland lacking fingerprints as an isolated finding was published the phen￭ o￭ type was mapped to chro￭ mo￭ some 4 q 22 in the s￭ plic￭ e site of a 3 ex￭ on of the gene for smar￭ cad 1 hel￭ ic￭ ase a point mutation was detected it results in a shortened form of the skin specific protein the hetero￭ zy￭ g￭ ous mode of mutation suggests an auto￭ som￭ al dominant mode of inheritance other conditions can cause a lack of fingerprints but unlike them ad￭ er￭ mato￭ gly￭ phia has no other side effects mutations in hel￭ ic￭ ases are involved in other rare genetic diseases for instance wer￭ ner syndrome
adhe￭ sions are fi￭ bro￭ us bands that form between tissues and organs often as a result of injury during surgery they may be thought of as internal scar tissue that connects tissues not normally connected
adhe￭ sive cap￭ su￭ li￭ tis also known as frozen shoulder is a painful and disab￭ ling disorder of unclear cause in which the shoulder cap￭ su￭ le the connec￭ tive tissue surrounding the glen￭ o￭ hum￭ eral joint of the shoulder becomes infl￭ amed and stiff greatly restricting motion and causing chronic pain pain is usually constant worse at night and with cold weather certain movements or bu￭ mps can provoke episodes of tremendous pain and cram￭ ping the condition is thought to be caused by injury or trauma to the area and may have an auto￭ immune component risk factors for frozen shoulder include tonic seizures diabetes mell￭ it￭ us stroke accidents lung disease connec￭ tive tissue diseases thyro￭ id disease and heart disease treatment may be painful and taxing and consists of physical therapy occupational therapy medication massage therapy hydro￭ di￭ lat￭ ation or surgery a physician may also perform manipulation under an￭ esthesia which breaks up the adhe￭ sions and scar tissue in the joint to help restore some range of motion pain and infl￭ amm￭ ation can be controlled with anal￭ ges￭ ics and n￭ s￭ aids people who suffer from adhe￭ sive cap￭ su￭ li￭ tis usually experience severe pain and sleep deprivation for prolonged periods due to pain that gets worse when lying still and restricted movement positions the condition can lead to depression problems in the neck and back and severe weight loss due to long term lack of deep sleep people who suffer from adhe￭ sive cap￭ su￭ li￭ tis may have extreme difficulty concentrating working or performing daily life activities for extended periods of time the condition tends to be self limiting and usually resol￭ ves over time without surgery most people regain about 90 of shoulder motion over time
adi￭ e syndrome ˈ￭ e￭ ɪ￭ di sometimes known as holmes – adi￭ e syndrome or adi￭ e s tonic pupil is a neuro￭ logical disorder characterized by a ton￭ ically dil￭ ated pupil that reacts slowly to light but shows a more definite response to accommodation i e light near dissoci￭ ation it is frequently seen in females with absent knee or an￭ kle jer￭ ks and impaired swe￭ ating it is named after the british neuro￭ logist william john adi￭ e it is caused by damage to the post￭ gang￭ li￭ onic fi￭ bers of the paras￭ ymp￭ athetic in￭ ner￭ vation of the eye usually by a viral or bacterial infection which causes infl￭ amm￭ ation and affects the pupil of the eye and the autonom￭ ic nervous system
an adi￭ pose tissue ne￭ op￭ las￭ m is a ne￭ op￭ las￭ m derived from adi￭ pose tissue an example is li￭ po￭ ma
adi￭ pos￭ is dol￭ or￭ osa also known as der￭ cu￭ m s disease or anders disease is a rare condition characterized by generalized obesity and fatty tumors in the adi￭ pose tissue the tumors are normally painful and found in multi￭ ples on the extre￭ mi￭ ties the understanding of the cause and mechanism of der￭ cu￭ m disease remains unknown possible causes include nervous system dysfunction mechanical pressure on nerves adi￭ pose tissue dysfunction and trauma der￭ cu￭ m s disease was first described at jefferson medical college by neuro￭ logist francis x￭ avi￭ er der￭ cu￭ m in 18￭ 92
adi￭ pos￭ o￭ genital dy￭ stro￭ phy is a condition which may be caused by tertiary hypo￭ gon￭ ad￭ ism originating from decreased levels in gn￭ r￭ h low levels of gn￭ r￭ h has been associated with defects of the feeding centers of the hypo￭ thal￭ am￭ us leading to an increased consumption of food and thus cal￭ or￭ ic intake
ad￭ ip￭ sia also known as hypo￭ di￭ p￭ sia is a symptom of in￭ appropriately decreased or absent feelings of thirst it involves an increased o￭ sm￭ ol￭ ality or concentration of solu￭ te in the urine which stimulates secre￭ tion of anti￭ di￭ u￭ re￭ tic hormone adh from the hypo￭ thal￭ am￭ us to the kidneys this causes the person to retain water and ultimately become unable to feel thirst due to its r￭ arity the disorder has not been the subject of many research studies ad￭ ip￭ sia may be seen in conditions such as diabetes insi￭ pi￭ dus and may result in hyper￭ nat￭ re￭ mia it can occur as the result of ab￭ norm￭ alities in the hypo￭ thal￭ am￭ us pit￭ u￭ itary and corpus cal￭ lo￭ sum as well as following pit￭ u￭ itary hypo￭ thal￭ am￭ ic surgery it is possible for hypo￭ thal￭ am￭ ic dysfunction which may result in ad￭ ip￭ sia to be present without physical le￭ sions in the hypo￭ thal￭ am￭ us although there are only four reported cases of this there are also some cases of patients experiencing ad￭ ip￭ sia due to a psychiatric disease in these rare psycho￭ genic cases the patients have normal levels of urine o￭ sm￭ ol￭ ality as well as typical adh activity
an adjustment disorder ad — sometimes called exo￭ genous or reactive or situ￭ ational depression — occurs when an individual is unable to adjust to or cope with a particular stress or a major life event since people with this disorder normally have symptoms that depressed people do such as general loss of interest feelings of hopelessness and crying this disorder is sometimes known as situ￭ ational depression unlike major depression the disorder is caused by an outside stres￭ sor and generally resol￭ ves once the individual is able to adapt to the situation one hypothesis about ad is that it may represent a sub threshold clinical syndrome the condition is different from anxiety disorder which lacks the presence of a stres￭ sor or post traumatic stress disorder and acute stress disorder which usually are associated with a more intense stres￭ sor common characteristics of ad include mild depres￭ sive symptoms anxiety symptoms and traumatic stress symptoms or a combination of the three there are nine types of ad listed in the dsm iii r according to the dsm iv tr there are six types of ad which are characterized by the following predominant symptoms depressed mood anxiety mixed depression and anxiety disturbance of conduct mixed disturbance of emotions and conduct and unspecified however the criteria for these symptoms are not specified in greater detail ad may be acute or chronic depending on whether it lasts more or less than six months according to the dsm iv tr if the ad lasts less than 6 months then it may be considered acute if it lasts more than six months it may be considered chronic moreover the symptoms cannot last longer than six months after the stres￭ sor s or its consequences have terminated diagnosis of ad is quite common there is an estimated incidence of 5 – 21 among psychiatric consultation services for adults adult women are diagnosed twice as often as are adult men among children and adolescents girls and boys are equally likely to receive this diagnosis ad was introduced into the psychiatric classification systems almost 30 years ago but similar syndro￭ mes were recognized for many years before that
the ad￭ ler 2 5 litre in german ad￭ ler 2 5 lit￭ er was a sensation when first presented by ad￭ ler at the berlin motor show early in 19￭ 37 although this did not convert into correspondingly sensational sales production got under way in november 19￭ 37 seen as a successor for the six cylinder ad￭ ler diplomat it was an executive se￭ dan sal￭ oon featuring a strikingly streamlined body designed by karl j￭ ens￭ ch￭ ke 18￭ 99 – 1969 who till 19￭ 35 had been the director of engineering with ste￭ y￭ r d￭ aim￭ ler pu￭ ch j￭ ens￭ ch￭ ke s last creation during his time with ste￭ y￭ r had been the ste￭ y￭ r 50 which the ad￭ ler 2 5 litre though larger closely resemb￭ led both on account of its un￭ com￭ promis￭ ingly stream lined sil￭ hou￭ ette and because its launch coincided with germany ’ s first auto￭ ba￭ hn construction boom the car was popul￭ arly known as the auto￭ ba￭ hn ad￭ ler the body for the four door fast back sal￭ oon came from am￭ bi bud￭ d whose berlin based german business made the steel bodies for several of germany ’ s large autom￭ akers in the decade before the war the two and four door cab￭ rio￭ let bodies came from kar￭ mann of os￭ nab￭ rü￭ ck
administrative resource is the ability of political candidates and parties to use their official positions or connections to government institutions to influence the outcome of elections the term is widely used in russia and other former ussr countries because the practice is widespread is well known and is openly discussed by public and media in these countries the administrative resource is one of the major factors in most elections similar practices are used to a varying degree all over the world including countries that are usually considered democratic the administrative resource is only one part that determines the election outcome two other major factors are the ideology candidate s agenda and the use of political technologies pr campaign organisation etc among many different ways the administrative resource can be applied are mobilisation of organisational and financial resources the authorities can easily pressure businessmen to fund preferred candidates and parties before russian parliamentary elections the money is often used to create authorities parties based not on a particular ideology but on affiliation with the government and easy access to money the laws can be selectively applied to assist friendly candidates by hindering their competition the authorities can use frequent tax inspections police searches and arrests to punish businessmen who fund the competing candidates the authorities can use the election laws to their advantage for example by creating a pretext for appealing the results later if the unfavourable candidate is winning another option is to stop from voting some groups of people who are likely to vote against the preferred candidate government controlled organisations such as the army prisons hospitals public schools etc can be mobilised for signature collection and other goals they can also pressure their employees and customers for voting for particular candidates and exercise control over votes by housing the polling stations redistribution of budget funds the authorities can bribe the electorate indirectly by re￭ paying pension debts index￭ ing salaries etc the federal government can control governors by measuring donations to their regions controlling the mass media the heads of states or regions can easily create news topics for media getting free publicity and circumventing the limits for tv advertisements imposed on all candidates this method was used with particular effectiveness in russian presidential election 2004 falsi￭ fying the election results additional ballots can be introduced under the names of those who didn t vote ballots for wrong candidate can be invali￭ dated by damaging them ballots can be replaced the authorities can also control the staff of the election committees and prevent control by independent observers
an ad￭ n￭ ex￭ al mass is a lump in tissue of the ad￭ n￭ ex￭ a of uter￭ us structures closely related structurally and func￭ tionally to the uter￭ us such as the ov￭ aries fall￭ op￭ ian tubes or any of the surrounding connec￭ tive tissue ad￭ n￭ ex￭ al masses can be benign or can￭ cer￭ ous and they can be categ￭ orized as simple or complex one of the most important factors used to determine the clinical suspicion of m￭ align￭ ancy of an ad￭ n￭ ex￭ al mass is the son￭ o￭ graphic appearance of the mass indications that the mass is at a higher risk of being m￭ align￭ ant include presence of loc￭ ul￭ ations no￭ d￭ ules pap￭ ill￭ ary structures sept￭ ations size greater than 10 cm
a adren￭ al aden￭ oma is a benign tumor of the g￭ land￭ ular type aden￭ oma in the adren￭ al g￭ land while some adren￭ al aden￭ om￭ as do not secre￭ te hormones at all non￭ functional often diagnosed incidentally as incid￭ ent￭ al￭ om￭ as some secre￭ te cor￭ ti￭ sol causing cu￭ shing s syndrome al￭ do￭ ster￭ one causing con￭ n s syndrome or and￭ rog￭ ens causing hyper￭ and￭ ro￭ gen￭ ism
adren￭ al crisis also known as ad￭ dis￭ onian crisis and acute adren￭ al in￭ sufficiency is a medical emergency and potentially life threatening situation requiring immediate emergency treatment it is a con￭ stell￭ ation of symptoms that indicate severe adren￭ al in￭ sufficiency caused by insufficient levels of the hormone cor￭ ti￭ sol this may be the result of either previously un￭ diagnosed or untreated ad￭ dison s disease a disease process suddenly affecting adren￭ al function such as bleeding from the adren￭ al g￭ lands in water￭ house fri￭ der￭ ich￭ sen syndrome suddenly stopping intake of glu￭ co￭ cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ids or an inter￭ current problem e g infection trauma in fact any form of physical or mental stress in someone known to have ad￭ dison s disease or con￭ genital adren￭ al hyper￭ pl￭ asia ca￭ h
adren￭ al g￭ land disorders or diseases are conditions that interfere with the normal functioning of the adren￭ al g￭ lands adren￭ al disorders may cause hyper￭ function or hypo￭ function and may be con￭ genital or acquired the adren￭ al g￭ land produces hormones that affects growth development and stress and also helps to regulate kidney function there are two parts of the adren￭ al g￭ lands the adren￭ al cor￭ tex and the adren￭ al med￭ ul￭ la the adren￭ al cor￭ tex produces miner￭ al￭ oc￭ or￭ ti￭ co￭ ids which regulate salt and water balance within the body glu￭ co￭ cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ids including cor￭ ti￭ sol which have a wide number of roles within the body and and￭ rog￭ ens hormones with te￭ sto￭ ster￭ one like function the adren￭ al med￭ ul￭ la produces ep￭ in￭ eph￭ rine adren￭ al￭ ine and no￭ rep￭ in￭ eph￭ rine nor￭ adren￭ al￭ ine disorders of the adren￭ al g￭ land may affect the production of one or more of these hormones
adren￭ al in￭ sufficiency is a condition in which the adren￭ al g￭ lands do not produce adequate amounts of ster￭ o￭ id hormones primarily cor￭ ti￭ sol but may also include impaired production of al￭ do￭ ster￭ one a miner￭ al￭ oc￭ or￭ ti￭ co￭ id which regulates sodium conservation potassium secre￭ tion and water retention cr￭ aving for salt or sal￭ ty foods due to the ur￭ inary losses of sodium is common ad￭ dison s disease and con￭ genital adren￭ al hyper￭ pl￭ asia can manifest as adren￭ al in￭ sufficiency if not treated adren￭ al in￭ sufficiency may result in severe ab￭ domin￭ al pains v￭ om￭ iting profound muscle weakness and fatigue depression extremely low blood pressure hypo￭ tension weight loss kidney failure changes in mood and personality and shock adren￭ al crisis an adren￭ al crisis often occurs if the body is subjected to stress such as an accident injury surgery or severe infection death may quickly follow adren￭ al in￭ sufficiency can also occur when the hypo￭ thal￭ am￭ us or the pit￭ u￭ itary g￭ land does not make adequate amounts of the hormones that assist in regulating adren￭ al function this is called secondary or tertiary adren￭ al in￭ sufficiency and is caused by lack of production of ac￭ th in the pit￭ u￭ itary or lack of cr￭ h in the hypo￭ thal￭ am￭ us respectively
an adren￭ al tumor or adren￭ al mass is any benign or m￭ align￭ ant ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms of the adren￭ al g￭ land several of which are notable for their tendency to over￭ produce endocrine hormones adren￭ al cancer is the presence of m￭ align￭ ant adren￭ al tumors and includes neuro￭ bl￭ ast￭ oma ad￭ re￭ no￭ cor￭ tical carcin￭ oma and some adren￭ al p￭ he￭ och￭ ro￭ mo￭ cy￭ tom￭ as most adren￭ al p￭ he￭ och￭ ro￭ mo￭ cy￭ tom￭ as and all ad￭ re￭ no￭ cor￭ tical aden￭ om￭ as are benign tumors which do not me￭ tast￭ asi￭ ze or invade nearby tissues but may cause significant health problems by un￭ balancing hormones
adren￭ ali￭ tis also called adren￭ i￭ tis is the infl￭ amm￭ ation of one or both adren￭ al g￭ lands which can lead to an in￭ sufficiency of ep￭ in￭ eph￭ rine or no￭ rep￭ in￭ eph￭ rine types can include but are not limited to x￭ anth￭ o￭ gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ ous adren￭ ali￭ tis auto￭ immune adren￭ ali￭ tis a major cause of ad￭ dison s disease hemorrha￭ gic adren￭ ali￭ tis
an adren￭ er￭ gic storm is a sudden and dramatic increase in serum levels of the cat￭ ec￭ hol￭ am￭ ines adren￭ al￭ in and nor￭ adren￭ al￭ in also known as ep￭ in￭ eph￭ rine and no￭ rep￭ in￭ eph￭ rine respectively with a less significant increase in dop￭ amine transmission it is a life threatening condition because of extreme t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia and hyper￭ tension and is especially dire for those with prior heart problems if treatment is prompt prog￭ no￭ sis is good typically large amounts of di￭ az￭ ep￭ am or other benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines are administered alongside beta bloc￭ kers beta bloc￭ kers are contr￭ ain￭ dic￭ ated in some patients so other anti hyper￭ ten￭ sive medication such as cl￭ on￭ id￭ ine may be used it is usually caused by over￭ dose of stimul￭ ants especially cocaine but can also arise from improper eating habits while taking mono￭ amine oxid￭ ase inhi￭ bit￭ ors a sub￭ ar￭ ach￭ no￭ id hemorrha￭ ge can also cause an adren￭ er￭ gic storm and cat￭ ec￭ hol￭ amine storm is part of the normal course of rabies infection and is responsible for the severe feelings of ag￭ itation terror and dys￭ autonom￭ ia present in the pre coma stage of the disease
adren￭ er￭ gic ur￭ tic￭ aria is a skin condition characterized by an eruption consisting of small 1 5 mm red mac￭ ules and pap￭ ules with a pale hal￭ o appearing within 10 to 15 min after emotional upset
a ad￭ re￭ no￭ cor￭ tical aden￭ oma or adren￭ al cor￭ tical aden￭ oma is a benign tumor of the adren￭ al cor￭ tex it can present with cu￭ shing s syndrome or primary al￭ do￭ ster￭ on￭ ism is a well circum￭ scri￭ bed yellow tum￭ our in the adren￭ al cor￭ tex which is usually 2 – 5 cm in diameter the color of the tum￭ our as with adren￭ al cor￭ tex as a whole is due to the stored lip￭ id mainly cho￭ le￭ sterol from which the cor￭ tical hormones are synthe￭ sized these tumors are frequent incidental findings at post mortem examination and appear to have produced no significant metabol￭ ic disorder only a very small percentage lead to cu￭ shing s syndrome nevertheless these apparently non functioning aden￭ om￭ as are most often encountered in elder ob￭ ese people there is some debate that they may really represent no￭ d￭ ules in diffuse no￭ d￭ ular cor￭ tical hyper￭ pl￭ asia very occasionally a true adren￭ al cor￭ tical aden￭ oma is associated with the clinical manifestations of con￭ n s syndrome and can be shown to be ex￭ cre￭ ting miner￭ al￭ oc￭ or￭ ti￭ co￭ ids
ad￭ re￭ no￭ cor￭ tical carcin￭ oma also adren￭ al cor￭ tical carcin￭ oma acc and adren￭ al cor￭ tex cancer is an aggressive cancer originating in the cor￭ tex ster￭ o￭ id hormone producing tissue of the adren￭ al g￭ land ad￭ re￭ no￭ cor￭ tical carcin￭ oma is a rare tumor with incidence of 1 – 2 per million population annually ad￭ re￭ no￭ cor￭ tical carcin￭ oma has a b￭ im￭ od￭ al distribution by age with cases clu￭ stering in children under 5 and in adults 30 – 40 years old ad￭ re￭ no￭ cor￭ tical carcin￭ oma is remarkable for the many hormonal syndro￭ mes which can occur in patients with ster￭ o￭ id hormone producing functional tumors including cu￭ shing s syndrome con￭ n syndrome vi￭ ri￭ li￭ zation and fem￭ ini￭ zation ad￭ re￭ no￭ cor￭ tical carcin￭ oma has often invaded nearby tissues or me￭ tast￭ asi￭ zed to distant organs at the time of diagnosis and the overall 5 year survival rate is only 20 – 35 the widely used an￭ gi￭ ot￭ ens￭ in ii responsive ster￭ o￭ id producing cell line h 295 r was originally isolated from a tumor diagnosed as ad￭ re￭ no￭ cor￭ tical carcin￭ oma
ad￭ re￭ no￭ cor￭ tical hyper￭ function is a condition where there is an over￭ expression of products of the adren￭ al cor￭ tex when cor￭ ti￭ sol is over￭ produced it is called cu￭ shing s syndrome when al￭ do￭ ster￭ one is over￭ produced it is called hyper￭ al￭ do￭ ster￭ on￭ ism
ad￭ re￭ no￭ leuko￭ dy￭ stro￭ phy ˌ￭ lu ko￭ ʊ ˈ￭ dis tr￭ ə fi￭ ː also known as x linked ad￭ re￭ no￭ leuko￭ dy￭ stro￭ phy ald x ald si￭ emer￭ ling – creutz￭ feldt disease or bron￭ ze sch￭ il￭ der disease is a disease that is linked on the x chro￭ mo￭ some it is a result of fatty acid dig￭ estive enzymes not breaking up the fats these fats build up in the brain they damage the my￭ elin that surrounds nerves this can cause seizures and hyper￭ activity it can also cause problems with speaking listening and understanding verbal instructions in more detail it is a disorder of per￭ ox￭ isom￭ al fatty acid beta oxid￭ ation which results in the accumulation of very long chain fatty acids in tissues throughout the body the most severely affected tissues are the my￭ elin in the central nervous system the adren￭ al cor￭ tex and the ley￭ dig cells in the test￭ es clin￭ ically ald is a heterogeneous disorder presenting with several distinct phen￭ o￭ types and no clear pattern of geno￭ type phen￭ o￭ type correlation as an x linked disorder ald presents most commonly in males however approximately 50 of hetero￭ zy￭ go￭ te females show some symptoms later in life approximately two thirds of ald patients will present with the childhood cere￭ br￭ al form of the disease which is the most severe form it is characterized by normal development in early childhood followed by rapid de￭ generation to a vegetative state the other forms of ald vary in terms of onset and clinical severity ranging from adren￭ al in￭ sufficiency to progressive par￭ ap￭ a￭ res￭ is in early adul￭ thood this form of the disease is typically known as ad￭ re￭ no￭ my￭ el￭ on￭ euro￭ pa￭ thy ald is caused by mutations in ab￭ cd 1 a gene located on the x chro￭ mo￭ some that codes for ald a per￭ ox￭ isom￭ al memb￭ rane transporter protein the exact mechanism of the patho￭ genesis of the various forms of ald is not known bio￭ chemically individuals with ald show very high levels of un￭ bran￭ ched saturated very long chain fatty acids particularly cer￭ otic acid 26 0 the level of cer￭ otic acid in plasma does not cor￭ relate with clinical presentation treatment options for ald are limited dietary treatment is with lo￭ ren￭ zo s oil for the childhood cere￭ br￭ al form stem cell transplant and gene therapy are options if the disease is detected early in the clinical course adren￭ al in￭ sufficiency in ald patients can be successfully treated ald is the most common per￭ ox￭ isom￭ al in￭ born error of metabol￭ ism with an incidence estimated between 1 18 000 and 1 50 000 it does not have a significantly higher incidence in any specific ethnic groups
ad￭ son s sign is the loss of the rad￭ ial pulse in the arm by rotating head to the ip￭ si￭ lateral side with extended neck following deep inspiration it is sometimes used as a sign of thor￭ ac￭ ic outlet syndrome tos it is named after alfred washington ad￭ son
adul￭ a￭ res￭ cence is an optical phenomenon similar to lab￭ rad￭ ores￭ cence and av￭ entu￭ res￭ cence that is produced in gem￭ stones such as moon￭ stones
adult onset still s disease a￭ os￭ d is a rare systemic infl￭ am￭ matory disease characterized by the classic tri￭ ad of persistent high spi￭ king fe￭ vers joint pain and a distinctive salmon colored bumpy rash the disease is considered a diagnosis of exclusion levels of the iron binding protein fer￭ ri￭ tin may be elevated with this disorder a￭ os￭ d may present in a similar manner to other infl￭ am￭ matory diseases and to auto￭ immune diseases which must be ruled out before making the diagnosis prog￭ no￭ sis is usually favorable but manifestations of the disease affecting the lungs heart or kidney may occasionally cause severe life threatening complications it is treated first with ster￭ oids such as pred￭ nis￭ one drugs that block the action of inter￭ leuk￭ in 1 particularly il 1 β are effective treatments
adult onset immun￭ o￭ deficiency syndrome is a provisional name for a newly diagnosed immun￭ o￭ deficiency illness the name is proposed in the first public study to identify the syndrome it appears to be chronic and non contagious affecting mainly people of asian descent aged around 50 cases first started appearing in 2004 primarily in thailand and taiwan
adult t cell leuk￭ emia lymp￭ homa at￭ l or at￭ ll is a rare cancer of the immune system s own t cells human t cell leuk￭ emia lymp￭ ho￭ tropic virus type 1 ht￭ lv 1 is believed to be the cause of it in addition to several other diseases
adult attention deficit hyper￭ activity disorder also referred to as adult ad￭ hd or simply ad￭ hd in adults formerly a￭ add is the neuro￭ biological condition of attention deficit hyper￭ activity disorder ad￭ hd in adults about one third to two thirds of children with symptoms from early childhood continue to demonstrate notable ad￭ hd symptoms throughout life three sub￭ types of ad￭ hd are identified in the dsm 5 as predominantly in￭ attentive ad￭ hd pi predominantly hyper￭ active ad￭ hd ph combined type ad￭ hd c in later life the hyper￭ active impul￭ sive subtype manifests less frequently the hyper￭ activity symptoms tend to turn more into inner rest￭ lessness starting in adoles￭ cence and carrying on in adul￭ thood adult ad￭ hd is typically marked by in￭ attenti￭ veness difficulty getting work done procrast￭ ination and organizational problems specifically adults with ad￭ hd present with persistent difficulties in following directions remembering information concentrating organizing tasks completing work within specified time frames and appearing timely in appointments these difficulties affect several different areas of an ad￭ hd adult s life causing emotional social vocational marital legal financial and or academic problems as a result low self esteem is commonly developed however given the right guidance and co￭ aching these traits of ad￭ hd could also lead to career success diagnosis of the condition follows after one or several assessment interviews by a clin￭ ician including examination of personal history observ￭ ational evidence from family members or close friends academic reports often going back to school years etc as well as evaluation to diagnose additional possible conditions which often coexist with ad￭ hd called com￭ or￭ bi￭ dities or com￭ or￭ bid disorders the condition is highly her￭ itable and while its exact causes are not fully known genetic or environmental factors are understood to play a part ad￭ hd is a childhood onset condition usually requiring symptoms to have been present before age 12 for a diagnosis children under treatment will migrate to adult health services if necessary as they transit into adul￭ thood however diagnosis of adults involves full examination of their history successful treatment of ad￭ hd is usually based on a combination of medication cognitive behavioral therapy and co￭ aching or skills training medium to high intensity physical exercise improved sleep and improved and targeted nutrition are also known to have a positive effect within school and work reasonable accommod￭ ations may be put in place to help the individual work more efficiently and produc￭ tively
adult blas￭ ch￭ ki￭ tis is a rare infl￭ am￭ matory skin condition presenting as pr￭ uri￭ tic pap￭ ules and ves￭ ic￭ les along multiple lines of blas￭ ch￭ ko
the advanced traffic management system at￭ ms field is a primary sub￭ field within the intelligent transportation system its domain the at￭ ms view is a top down management perspective that integrates technology primarily to improve the flow of vehicle traffic and improve safety real time traffic data from cameras speed sensors etc flows into a transportation management center t￭ mc where it is integrated and processed e g for incident detection and may result in actions taken e g traffic routing d￭ ms messages with the goal of improving traffic flow the national its architecture defines the following primary goals and￭ metr￭ ics for its increase transportation system efficiency enhance mobility improve safety reduce fuel consumption and environmental cost increase economic productivity and create an environment for an its market
the ad￭ ms advanced disaster management simul￭ ator is an emergency and disaster management training simulation system designed to train incident commanders first respon￭ ders and incident command teams in a real time interactive virtual reality v￭ r environment ad￭ ms was first introduced by environmental tec￭ ton￭ ics corporation et￭ cc us in 1992 the development of ad￭ ms was in response to the crash of british air￭ t￭ ours flight 28 m at the manchester airport in 1985 in which 55 people died following the accident research indicated that first respon￭ der training should include realistic scenarios the first ad￭ ms system was produced for the uk ministry of defence and delivered to royal air force ’ s raf man￭ ston facility since its inception ad￭ ms has evolved into a mod￭ ular exp￭ and￭ able disaster simulation platform with systems in use worldwide
advanced sleep phase disorder asp￭ d also known as the advanced sleep phase type as￭ pt of cir￭ c￭ adi￭ an rhythm sleep disorder or advanced sleep phase syndrome as￭ ps is a condition in which patients feel very sleepy and go to bed early in the evening e g 6 00 – 8 00 p m and wake up very early in the morning e g around 3 00 a m
an adverse drug reaction adr is an injury caused by taking a medication ad￭ rs may occur following a single dose or prolonged administration of a drug or result from the combination of two or more drugs the meaning of this expression differs from the meaning of side effect as this last expression might also imply that the effects can be beneficial the study of ad￭ rs is the concern of the field known as pharmacovigilance an adverse drug event ade refers to any injury occurring at the time a drug is used whether or not it is identified as a cause of the injury an adr is a special type of ade in which a caus￭ ative relationship can be shown
in medicine an adverse effect is an un￭ desired harmful effect resulting from a medication or other intervention such as surgery an adverse effect may be termed a side effect when judged to be secondary to a main or therapeutic effect if it results from an unsuitable or incorrect do￭ sage or procedure this is called a medical error and not a complic￭ ation adverse effects are sometimes referred to as i￭ atro￭ genic because they are generated by a physician treatment some adverse effects occur only when starting increasing or dis￭ continuing a treatment using a drug or other medical intervention which is contr￭ ain￭ dic￭ ated may increase the risk of adverse effects adverse effects may cause complications of a disease or procedure and negatively affect its prog￭ no￭ sis they may also lead to non compliance with a treatment regim￭ en adverse effects of medical treatment resulted in 142 000 deaths in 2013 up from 94 000 deaths in 1990 globally the harmful outcome is usually indicated by some result such as morbi￭ dity mortality alteration in body weight levels of enzymes loss of function or as a pathological change detected at the micro￭ scopic macro￭ scopic or physiological level it may also be indicated by symptoms reported by a patient adverse effects may cause a reversible or irreversible change including an increase or decrease in the suscep￭ tibility of the individual to other chemicals foods or procedures such as drug interactions
adverse reactions to bio￭ logic agents such as im￭ at￭ ini￭ b occur in more than 80 of patients and can be characterized by e￭ dem￭ a and pr￭ ur￭ it￭ us without der￭ mati￭ tis
in aspect and functional programming advice describes a class of functions which modify other functions when the latter are run it is a certain function method or procedure that is to be applied at a given join point of a program the following is taken from a discussion at the mailing list a￭ os￭ d discuss pascal co￭ stan￭ za contributed the following the term advice goes back to the term advising as introduced by warren te￭ it￭ el￭ man in his ph￭ d thesis in 1966 here is a quote from chapter 3 of his thesis advising is the basic innovation in the model and in the pilot system advising consists of inserting new procedures at any or all of the entry or exit points to a particular procedure or class of procedures the procedures inserted are called advice procedures or simply advice since each piece of advice is itself a procedure it has its own entries and exits in particular this means that the execution of advice can cause the procedure that it modi￭ fies to be by￭ passed completely e g by specifying as an exit from the advice one of the exits from the original procedure or the advice may change essential variables and continue with the compu￭ tation so that the original procedure is executed but with modified variables finally the advice may not alter the execution or affect the original procedure at all e g it may merely perform some additional compu￭ tation such as printing a message or recording history since advice can be conditional the decision as to what is to be done can depend on the results of the compu￭ tation up to that point the principal advantage of advising is that the user need not be concerned about the details of the actual changes in his program nor the internal representation of advice he can treat the procedure to be advised as a unit a single block and make changes to it without concern for the particulars of this block this may be contr￭ asted with editing in which the program￭ mer must be cogn￭ iz￭ ant of the internal structure of the procedure advising found its way into b￭ bn lis￭ p and later into x￭ ero￭ x par￭ c s inter￭ lis￭ p it also found its way to flav￭ ors the first object oriented extension to lis￭ p developed at mit they were sub￭ sum￭ ed under the notion of method combination see for example aim 602 at since method combination and macro￭ s are closely related it s also interesting to note that the first macro system was described in 1963 three years before warren te￭ it￭ el￭ man s ph￭ d thesis see aim 57 at
aer￭ ob￭ ic vag￭ initi￭ s av is a form of vag￭ initi￭ s first described by don￭ ders et al in 2002 it is characterized by a more or less severe disruption of the lac￭ tob￭ ac￭ ill￭ ary flora along with infl￭ amm￭ ation atro￭ phy and the presence of a predominantly aer￭ ob￭ ic micro￭ flora composed of enter￭ ic commens￭ als or pathogens it can be considered the aer￭ ob￭ ic counterpart of bacterial vag￭ in￭ osis the lack of acknowledgement of the difference between the two conditions might have led to inaccurate conclusions in several studies in the past the entity that has been described as des￭ qu￭ am￭ ative infl￭ am￭ matory vag￭ initi￭ s probably corresponds to the more severe forms of aer￭ ob￭ ic vag￭ initi￭ s
aerop￭ ha￭ gia var aerop￭ ha￭ gy is a condition of excessive air sw￭ allowing which goes to the stomach aerop￭ ha￭ gia may also refer to an unusual condition where the primary symptom is excessive fl￭ atus bel￭ ching is not present and the actual mechanism by which air enters the gut is obscure aerop￭ ha￭ gia in psychiatry is sometimes attributed to nerv￭ ousness or anxiety
aero￭ sin￭ u￭ si￭ tis also called bar￭ o￭ sin￭ u￭ si￭ tis sin￭ us squeeze or sin￭ us bar￭ o￭ trauma is a painful infl￭ amm￭ ation and sometimes bleeding of the memb￭ rane of the par￭ an￭ as￭ al sin￭ us ca￭ vities normally the frontal sin￭ us it is caused by a difference in air pressures inside and outside the ca￭ vities
an aerosol burn is an injury to the skin caused by the pressur￭ ized gas within an aerosol spray cooling quickly with the sudden drop in temperature sufficient to cause fro￭ st￭ bite to the applied area medical studies have noted an increase of this practice known as fro￭ sting in pedi￭ atric and teenage patients adi￭ ab￭ atic expansion causes the gas with a low boiling temperature to rapidly cool on exit from the aerosol app￭ lier according to controlled laboratory experiments the gas from a typical de￭ od￭ or￭ ant spray can reduce skin temperature by up to sixty degrees celsius the form of injury is freezing of the skin a type of fro￭ st￭ bite it is highly advised for those who suffer from fro￭ st￭ bite to seek medical attention in rare cases aerosol induced burns can be severe enough to necessitate skin graf￭ ting
aff￭ ective sensation is a sensation accompanied with a strong compulsion to act on it causing reflex actions such as the scratch reflex ga￭ g reflex or the withdrawal reflex aff￭ ective sens￭ ations are transmitted via the spin￭ o￭ thal￭ am￭ ic tract through the spinal cord sensory processing of the brain inter￭ acts with behavioral choices such as decisions to eat or stop eating in healthy individuals and in people with eating disorders taste serves to identify potential nutrients and toxins when subjects ta￭ sted a potentially nutri￭ tive stimulus the connectivity between the ins￭ ula and a feeding network including the hypo￭ thal￭ am￭ us ven￭ tr￭ al palli￭ dum and stri￭ at￭ um was greater than when ta￭ sting a potentially harmful stimulus these results support the existence of an integrated supr￭ am￭ od￭ al flavor system in the an￭ terior ven￭ tr￭ al ins￭ ula that prefer￭ entially communic￭ ates with the circuits guiding feeding when the flavor is potentially nutri￭ tive aff￭ ective sensory information is transmitted via the spin￭ o￭ thal￭ am￭ ic tract the sensation information is then accompanied by a compulsion to act for instance an itch is accompanied by a need to scratch and a painful stimulus makes us want to withdraw from the pain the location of the spin￭ o￭ thal￭ am￭ ic tract is important clin￭ ically due of the characteristic sensory deficits that follow certain spinal cord injuries for instance a unilateral spinal le￭ sion will produce sensory loss of touch pressure vibration and propri￭ o￭ ception below the le￭ sion on the same side the pathways for pain and temperature however cross the mid￭ line to asc￭ end on the opposite side of the cord therefore diminished sensation of pain below the le￭ sion will be observed on the side opposite the mechan￭ os￭ ens￭ ory loss and the le￭ sion
the aff￭ ective spectrum is a spectrum of aff￭ ective disorders mood disorders it is a grouping of related psychiatric and medical disorders which may accompany bipolar uni￭ polar and schiz￭ o￭ aff￭ ective disorders at statistically higher rates than would normally be expected these disorders are identified by a common positive response to the same types of pharmaco￭ logic treatments they also aggregate strongly in families and may therefore share common her￭ itable underlying physi￭ o￭ logic anomalies aff￭ ective spectrum disorders include attention deficit hyper￭ activity disorder bipolar disorder body dys￭ morph￭ ic disorder bu￭ li￭ mia ner￭ vo￭ sa and other eating disorders cat￭ ap￭ l￭ ex￭ y dys￭ thy￭ mia general anxiety disorder hy￭ pers￭ ex￭ uality irrit￭ able bo￭ wel syndrome impulse control disorders kle￭ p￭ tom￭ ania migr￭ aine major depres￭ sive disorder obs￭ essive compul￭ sive disorder op￭ posi￭ tional defi￭ ant disorder panic disorder post￭ traumatic stress disorder pre￭ men￭ str￭ ual dy￭ sp￭ hor￭ ic disorder social anxiety disorder fi￭ bro￭ my￭ al￭ gia the following may also be part of the spectrum accompanying aff￭ ective disorders chronic pain inter￭ mit￭ tent explosive disorder pathological gambling personality disorder py￭ romania substance abuse and addiction includes alcoholism tric￭ ho￭ til￭ lo￭ mania also there are now studies linking heart disease many of the terms above overlap the american psychiatric association s definitions of these terms can be found in the diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders dsm
in catholic can￭ on law aff￭ inity is an impediment to marriage of a couple due to the relationship which either party has as a result of a kin￭ ship relationship created by another marriage or as a result of out of marital inter￭ course the relationships that give rise to the impediment have varied over time marriages and sexual relations between people in an aff￭ inity relationship are regarded as inc￭ est￭ uous today the relevant principle within the catholic church is that aff￭ inity does not be￭ get aff￭ inity — i e there is no aff￭ inity between one spouse s relatives and the other spouse s relatives can￭ on 109 of the code of can￭ on law of the catholic church provides that aff￭ inity is an impediment to the marriage of a couple and is a relationship which arises from a valid marriage even if not consum￭ m￭ ated and exists between a man and the blood relatives of the woman and between the woman and the blood relatives of the man also aff￭ inity is reckoned in such a way that the blood relations of the man are related by aff￭ inity to the woman in the same line and the same degree and vice versa
african black￭ wood der￭ mati￭ tis is a condition characterized by an allergic contact der￭ mati￭ tis associated with a musical instrument made of a particular type of wood
african hist￭ op￭ las￭ mo￭ sis is an infection caused by hist￭ op￭ las￭ ma du￭ bo￭ is￭ ii disease has been most often reported in uganda nigeria zaire and senegal in human disease it manifests differently than hist￭ op￭ las￭ mo￭ sis caused by hist￭ op￭ las￭ ma capsul￭ at￭ um most often involving the skin and bones and rarely involving the lungs
african iron overload also known as ban￭ tu sid￭ er￭ osis or dietary iron overload is an iron overload disorder first observed among people of african descent in southern africa and central africa dietary iron overload is the consumption of large amount of home bre￭ wed beer with high amount of iron content in it preparing beer in iron pots or drums results in high iron content the iron content in home bre￭ wed beer is around 46 – 82 mg l compared to 0 5 mg l in commercial beer dietary overload was prevalent in both the rural and urban black african population with the introduction of commercial beer in urban areas the condition has decreased however the condition is still common in rural areas until recently studies have shown that genetics might play a role in this disorder combination of excess iron and functional changes in fer￭ ro￭ por￭ tin seems to be the probable cause this disorder can be treated with ph￭ le￭ bo￭ tomy therapy or iron chel￭ ation therapy
african tick bite fever is a bacterial infection transmitted by the am￭ bl￭ y￭ om￭ ma der￭ mac￭ ent￭ or or the r￭ hi￭ pic￭ ep￭ hal￭ us family of tic￭ ks it is caused by the ric￭ ke￭ tt￭ sia afric￭ ae bacter￭ ium the incub￭ ation period of the disease is from 5 to 7 days and symptoms include fever headache and a skin rash the rash is characterized by scant le￭ sions often mac￭ ular and or vesicular
african try￭ pan￭ o￭ som￭ i￭ asis also known as sleeping sickness is a par￭ asi￭ tic disease of humans and other animals it is caused by proto￭ zo￭ a of the species try￭ pan￭ o￭ som￭ a bru￭ ce￭ i there are two types that infect humans try￭ pan￭ o￭ som￭ a bru￭ ce￭ i gambi￭ ense t b g and try￭ pan￭ o￭ som￭ a bru￭ ce￭ i rho￭ desi￭ ense t b r t b g causes over 98 of reported cases both are usually transmitted by the bite of an infected t￭ set￭ se fly and are most common in rural areas initially in the first stage of the disease there are fe￭ vers headaches it￭ chin￭ ess and joint pains this begins one to three weeks after the bite weeks to months later the second stage begins with confusion poor coordination num￭ b￭ ness and trouble sleeping diagnosis is via finding the parasite in a blood sme￭ ar or in the fluid of a lymp￭ h no￭ de a lum￭ bar punc￭ ture is often needed to tell the difference between first and second stage disease prevention of severe disease involves screening the population at risk with blood tests for t b g treatment is easier when the disease is detected early and before neuro￭ logical symptoms occur treatment of the first stage is with the medications pent￭ amid￭ ine or sur￭ am￭ in treatment of the second stage involves ef￭ lor￭ ni￭ th￭ ine or a combination of ni￭ fur￭ timo￭ x and ef￭ lor￭ ni￭ th￭ ine for t b g while mel￭ ar￭ so￭ pro￭ l works for both stages it is typically only used for t b r due to serious side effects without treatment it typically results in death the disease occurs regularly in some regions of sub saharan africa with the population at risk being about 70 million in 36 countries as of 2010 it caused around 9 000 deaths per year down from 34 000 in 1990 an estimated 30 000 people are currently infected with 7000 new infections in 2012 more than 80 of these cases are in the democratic republic of the congo three major outbreaks have occurred in recent history one from 18￭ 96 to 1906 primarily in uganda and the congo basin and two in 1920 and 1970 in several african countries other animals such as cows may carry the disease and become infected in which case it is known as nag￭ ana
after￭ image is a computer graphics effect used by video games the effect takes the bright parts of a rendered image of the scene and then f￭ ades in a motion blur style fashion as the scene progres￭ ses the result is that bright areas leave a fading trail when the camera is moving after￭ image can be used to enhance blo￭ oming in some games the process is named light trail
after￭ load is the pressure in the wall of the left ven￭ tric￭ le during e￭ jec￭ tion in other words it is the end load against which the heart contracts to e￭ ject blood after￭ load is readily broken into components one factor is the a￭ or￭ tic pressure the left ven￭ tric￭ ular muscle must overcome to e￭ ject blood the greater the a￭ or￭ tic pul￭ mon￭ ary pressure the greater the after load on the left right ven￭ tric￭ le respectively following lap￭ l￭ ace s law the tension upon the muscle fi￭ bers in the heart wall is the pressure within the ven￭ tric￭ le multiplied by the volume within the ven￭ tric￭ le divided by the wall thickness this ratio is the other factor in setting the after￭ load therefore when comparing a normal heart to a heart with a dil￭ ated left ven￭ tric￭ le if the a￭ or￭ tic pressure is the same in both hearts the dil￭ ated heart must create a greater tension to overcome the same a￭ or￭ tic pressure to e￭ ject blood because it has a larger internal radius and volume thus the dil￭ ated heart has a greater total load tension on the my￭ oc￭ y￭ tes i e has a higher after￭ load this is also true in the ec￭ centric hyper￭ tro￭ phy consequent to high intensity aer￭ ob￭ ic training conversely a concentr￭ ically hyper￭ tro￭ phi￭ ed left ven￭ tric￭ le may have a lower after￭ load for a given a￭ or￭ tic pressure when contr￭ acti￭ lity becomes impaired and the ven￭ tric￭ le dil￭ ates the after￭ load rises and limits output this may start a vicious circle in which cardiac output is reduced as oxygen requirements are increased after￭ load can also be described as the pressure that the chambers of the heart must generate in order to e￭ ject blood out of the heart and thus is a consequence of the a￭ or￭ tic pressure for the left ven￭ tric￭ le and pul￭ mon￭ ic pressure or pul￭ mon￭ ary artery pressure for the right ven￭ tric￭ le the pressure in the ven￭ tric￭ les must be greater than the systemic and pul￭ mon￭ ary pressure to open the a￭ or￭ tic and pul￭ mon￭ ic valves respectively as after￭ load increases cardiac output decreases cardiac imaging is a somewhat limited modality in defining after￭ load because it depends on the interpretation of volu￭ metric data
the age of the captain is a nonsensical mathematical word problem which cannot be answered even though there seems to be plenty of information supplied it was given for the first time by gust￭ ave fl￭ au￭ bert in a letter to his sister caroline in 18￭ 41 pu￭ is￭ que tu fa￭ is de la gé￭ om￭ é￭ tri￭ e et de la tri￭ gon￭ om￭ é￭ tri￭ e je va￭ is te donn￭ er un probl￭ è￭ me un navi￭ re est en mer il est par￭ ti de boston char￭ g￭ é de co￭ ton il j￭ au￭ ge 200 ton￭ ne￭ aux il fait vo￭ ile vers le hav￭ re le grand m￭ â￭ t est cass￭ é il y a un mous￭ se sur le g￭ ail￭ l￭ ard d ’ av￭ ant les pass￭ agers sont au nom￭ bre de dou￭ ze le vent sou￭ ff￭ le n e e l ’ hor￭ lo￭ ge mar￭ que 3 heu￭ res un qu￭ art d ’ après mid￭ i on est au mo￭ is de mai … on deman￭ de l ’ â￭ ge du capit￭ aine since you are now studying geometry and tri￭ gon￭ ome￭ try i will give you a problem a ship sails the ocean it left boston with a cargo of wool it gros￭ ses 200 tons it is bound for le hav￭ re the main￭ m￭ ast is broken the cabin boy is on deck there are 12 passengers aboard the wind is blowing east north east the clock points to a quarter past three in the afternoon it is the month of may how old is the captain more recently a simpler version has been used to study how students react to word problems a captain owns 26 sheep and 10 goats how old is the captain
age segregation is separation of people based on their age and may be observed in many aspects of some societies examples of institutionalized age segregation include age segregation in schools and age segregated housing there are studies of informal age segregation among adolescents age segregation in schools age grading or graded education is the separation of students into years of education grades forms by approximately the same age in the united states graded education was introduced during 18￭ 48 to 1870 age grading in schools has significant impact on age segregation among adoles￭ cent peer groups age segregation in the u s was a product of industrialization western formal schooling child labor laws social services agencies and the rise of disciplines such as psychology and education a combination of these caused a shift from family working as a unit to separation of economic activities and childcare emerged some communities have different cultural practices and integrate children into mature activities of the family and community this is common among indigenous american communities
age segregation in schools age grading or graded education is the separation of students into years of education grades forms by approximately the same age in the united states graded education was introduced during 18￭ 48 to 1870 age grading in schools has significant impact on age segregation among adoles￭ cent peer groups
the ageing of europe also known as the gre￭ ying of europe is a demographic phenomenon in europe characterised by a decrease in fertility a decrease in mortality rate and a higher life expectancy among european populations
agen￭ esis of the corpus cal￭ lo￭ sum acc is a rare birth defect con￭ genital disorder in which there is a complete or partial absence of the corpus cal￭ lo￭ sum it occurs when the corpus cal￭ lo￭ sum the band of white matter connecting the two hemis￭ ph￭ er￭ es in the brain fails to develop normally typically during pregnancy the fi￭ bers that would otherwise form the corpus cal￭ lo￭ sum become longit￭ u￭ din￭ ally oriented within each hemisphere and form structures called prob￭ st bund￭ les in addition to agen￭ esis of the corpus cal￭ lo￭ sum other cal￭ los￭ al disorders include hypo￭ genesis partial formation dys￭ genesis mal￭ formation of the corpus cal￭ lo￭ sum and hypo￭ pl￭ asia underdevelopment of the corpus cal￭ lo￭ sum
age￭ o￭ stro￭ phy is the real condition that works against geo￭ stro￭ ph￭ ic wind or geo￭ stro￭ ph￭ ic currents in the ocean and works against an exact balance between the c￭ ori￭ ol￭ is force and the pressure gr￭ adi￭ ent force while geo￭ stro￭ ph￭ ic currents or winds come from an equilibrium of a particular system age￭ o￭ stro￭ phy is more often observed because of other forces such as friction or the centrifu￭ gal force from cur￭ ved fluid flow
ag￭ eu￭ sia ə￭ ˈ￭ ɡ￭ ju￭ ː￭ zi￭ ə ə ge￭ w ze￭ e ə is the loss of taste functions of the tongue particularly the inability to detect sweet￭ ness sour￭ ness bitterness sal￭ tin￭ ess and um￭ ami meaning pleasant sav￭ ory taste it is sometimes confused with an￭ os￭ mia – a loss of the sense of smell because the tongue can only indicate tex￭ ture and differentiate between sweet sour bitter sal￭ ty and um￭ ami most of what is perceived as the sense of taste is actually derived from smell true ag￭ eu￭ sia is relatively rare compared to hypo￭ g￭ eu￭ sia – a partial loss of taste – and dys￭ g￭ eu￭ sia – a distortion or alteration of taste
agglomer￭ ates from the latin agglomer￭ are meaning to form into a ball are co￭ arse accumul￭ ations of large blocks of volcanic material that contain at least 75 bombs volcanic bombs differ from volcanic blocks in that their shape records flu￭ idal surfaces they may for example have ro￭ py cau￭ li￭ form sc￭ ori￭ ac￭ eous or fol￭ ded chilled margins and spin￭ dle sp￭ at￭ ter rib￭ bon rag￭ ged or am￭ oe￭ bo￭ id shapes glob￭ ular masses of lava may have been shot from the cr￭ ater at a time when partly mol￭ ten lava was exposed and was frequently shattered by sudden out￭ bursts of steam these bombs were vis￭ co￭ us at the moment of e￭ jec￭ tion and by rotation in the air acquired their shape they are commonly 1 to 2 feet 30 to 60 cm in diameter but specimens as large as 12 feet 3 7 m have been observed there is less variety in their composition at any one volcanic centre than in the case of the lith￭ ic blocks and their composition indicates the type of mag￭ ma being erupted agglomer￭ ates are typically found near volcanic v￭ ents and within volcanic condu￭ its where they may be associated with pyro￭ cl￭ astic or intrusive volcanic b￭ rec￭ ci￭ as older pre 1970 publications particularly in scotland referred to any co￭ arse gr￭ ained volcan￭ ic￭ l￭ astic rock as agglomer￭ ate which led to debris flow deposits tal￭ us deposits and other types of b￭ rec￭ cia being mistaken for v￭ ents agglomer￭ ates are typically poorly sorted may contain a fine ash or tu￭ ff matrix and vary from matrix to cl￭ ast support they may be mono￭ lith￭ o￭ logic or heter￭ oli￭ th￭ ic and may contain some blocks of various ig￭ ne￭ ous rocks there are various differences between agglomer￭ ates and ordinary ash beds or tu￭ ffs agglomer￭ ates are co￭ ar￭ ser and less frequently well bed￭ ded agglomer￭ ates can be non wel￭ ded or wel￭ ded such as co￭ arse bas￭ al￭ tic sp￭ at￭ ter they typically form proxim￭ ally during st￭ rom￭ boli￭ an erup￭ tions and are common at strongly per￭ al￭ kal￭ ine volcan￭ oes some large agglomer￭ ate deposits are deposited from pyro￭ cl￭ astic density currents during explosive calder￭ a forming erup￭ tions such as at san￭ tor￭ ini ta￭ al and camp￭ i f￭ leg￭ re￭ i they may be massive to cru￭ dely bed￭ ded and can attain great thick￭ nesses cryst￭ alline masses of a different kind occur in some numbers in certain agglomer￭ ates they consist of volcanic minerals very much the same as those formed in the lava but exhi￭ biting certain peculiarities which indicate that they have formed slowly under pressure at considerable depths they bear a resemblance to pluton￭ ic ig￭ ne￭ ous rocks but are more correctly to be regarded as agglomerations of cryst￭ als formed within the liquid lava as it slowly rose towards the surface and at a subsequent period cast out by violent steam explosions the san￭ id￭ in￭ ites of the ei￭ fe￭ l belong to this group at ves￭ u￭ vi￭ us as￭ cen￭ sion st vincent and many other volcan￭ oes they form a considerable part of the co￭ ar￭ ser ash beds their common￭ est minerals are oli￭ vine an￭ orth￭ ite hor￭ n￭ bl￭ ende aug￭ ite bio￭ ti￭ te and le￭ uc￭ ite
in database management an aggregate function is a function where the values of multiple rows are grouped together as input on certain criteria to form a single value of more significant meaning or measurement such as a set a bag or a list common aggregate functions include average i e arithmetic mean count maximum nan￭ mean mean ignoring nan values also known as nil or null median minimum mode sum aggregate functions are common in numerous programming languages spre￭ ad￭ sheets and rel￭ ational al￭ ge￭ bra
aggregation induced emission ai￭ e is an abnormal phenomenon for organic lumin￭ opho￭ res most organic compounds have a plan￭ ar structure and higher photo￭ emission efficiency in solution than in solid states however some organic lumin￭ opho￭ res have rotation groups which consume energy after they are excited in solution when these lumin￭ opho￭ res crystal￭ li￭ ze and the free rotation of groups is restricted in solid state the photo￭ emission efficiency becomes higher than in solution
aggressive nk cell leuk￭ emia is a disease with an aggressive systemic proliferation of natural killer cells nk cells and a rapidly declining clinical course it is also called aggressive nk cell lymp￭ homa
an￭ gi￭ om￭ y￭ x￭ oma is a my￭ x￭ o￭ id tumor involving the blood vessels it can affect the vul￭ va and other parts of the pel￭ vis the characteristic feature of this tumor is its frequent local recurrence and it is currently regarded as a non me￭ tast￭ asi￭ zing benign tumor
aggressive digital pap￭ ill￭ ary aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma also known as a digital pap￭ ill￭ ary aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma and pap￭ ill￭ ary aden￭ oma is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by an aggressive m￭ align￭ ancy involving the digit between the n￭ ail￭ bed and the dis￭ tal inter￭ p￭ hal￭ ange￭ al joint spaces
aggressive fi￭ bro￭ mat￭ osis is a rare condition marked by the presence of des￭ mo￭ id tumors des￭ mo￭ id tumors can arise in virtually any part of the body and are tumors that arise from cells called fi￭ bro￭ bl￭ asts which are found throughout the body and provide structural support protection to the vital organs and play a critical role in wound healing these tumors tend to occur in women in their thir￭ ties but can occur in anyone at any age they can be either relatively slow growing or m￭ align￭ ant however aggressive fi￭ bro￭ mat￭ osis is locally aggressive when they are aggressive they can cause life threatening problems or even death when they com￭ press vital organs such as intest￭ ines kidney lungs blood vessels nerves etc most cases are spor￭ adic but some are associated with famili￭ al aden￭ om￭ at￭ ous poly￭ pos￭ is f￭ ap approximately 10 of individuals with gar￭ dner s syndrome a type of f￭ ap with extra￭ colon￭ ic features have des￭ mo￭ id tumors his￭ to￭ logically they resemble very low grade fi￭ bro￭ sar￭ com￭ as but they are very locally aggressive and tend to recur even after complete res￭ ection there is a tendency for recurrence in the setting of prior surgery in one study two thirds of patients with des￭ mo￭ id tumors had a history of prior ab￭ domin￭ al surgery risk factors for des￭ mo￭ id disease amongst f￭ ap patients include female sex a 3 ap￭ c mutation a positive family history and a history of previous ab￭ domin￭ al surgery
aggressive lymp￭ homa is a type of lymp￭ homa that grows and spreads quickly and has severe symptoms it is seen frequently in patients who are hiv positive aids related lymp￭ homa also called intermediate grade lymp￭ homa and high grade lymp￭ homa
ag￭ ility or nim￭ bl￭ eness is the ability to change the body s position efficiently and requires the integration of isolated movement skills using a combination of balance coordination speed refl￭ exes strength and end￭ ur￭ ance ag￭ ility is the ability to change the direction of the body in an efficient and effective manner and to achieve this requires a combination of balance – the ability to maintain equilibrium when stationary or moving i e not to fall over through the coordinated actions of our sensory functions eyes ears and the propri￭ o￭ cep￭ tive organs in our joints static balance – the ability to retain the centre of mass above the base of support in a stationary position dynamic balance – the ability to maintain balance with body movement speed the ability to move all or part of the body quickly strength the ability of a muscle or muscle group to overcome a resistance and lastly coordination – the ability to control the movement of the body in co operation with the body s sensory functions e g in catching a ball ball hand and eye coordination in sports ag￭ ility is often defined in terms of an individual sport due to it being an integration of many components each used differently specific to all of sorts of different sports shep￭ pard and young 2006 defined ag￭ ility as a rapid whole body movement with change of velocity or direction in response to a stimulus ag￭ ility is also an important attribute in many role playing games both computer games and pen and paper or tab￭ let￭ op games such as dun￭ geons drag￭ ons ag￭ ility may affect the character s ability to evade an enemy s attack or land their own move more quickly navigate uneven terrain or engage in steal￭ thy activities such as lock￭ picking or pick￭ poc￭ keting
ag￭ ility dri￭ lls are used in the aim of improving sports ag￭ ility which is the ability to change direction and accelerate while in motion the ability to change direction while in motion is very important in many sports but especially in team and dual sports for example a foot￭ ball￭ er running back must be able to quickly change direction when he sees an opponent preparing to tackle him and must be able to quickly change directions when dri￭ b￭ bling the ball attempting to get back on defense or when trying to beat an opponent to the ball a tennis player must be able to quickly change directions when moving to a position where the ball is expected to go but instead finds the ball going in a different direction
an aging associated disease is a disease that is most often seen with increasing frequency with increasing sen￭ es￭ cence essentially aging associated diseases are complications arising from sen￭ es￭ cence age associated diseases are to be distinguished from the aging process itself because all adult animals age save for a few rare exceptions but not all adult animals experience all age associated diseases aging associated diseases do not refer to age specific diseases such as the childhood diseases chicken pox and meas￭ les aging associated disease is used here to mean diseases of the elderly nor should aging associated diseases be confused with accelerated aging diseases all of which are genetic disorders examples of aging associated diseases are a￭ ther￭ os￭ clerosis and cardiovascular disease cancer ar￭ thri￭ tis cat￭ ar￭ acts o￭ ste￭ op￭ or￭ osis type 2 diabetes hyper￭ tension and alzheimer s disease the incidence of all of these diseases increases rapidly with aging increases exponentially with age in the case of cancer of the roughly 150 000 people who die each day across the globe about two thirds — 100 000 per day — die of age related causes in industrialized nations the proportion is higher reaching 90
ag￭ los￭ sia ag￭ los￭ sia con￭ gen￭ ita is a cong￭ ential defect resulting in a partial development or complete absence of a tongue ag￭ los￭ si￭ ais commonly associated with cran￭ io￭ facial and limb defects ad￭ ac￭ ty￭ lia syndrome and is thought to belong to a family of or￭ om￭ andi￭ bul￭ ar limb hypo￭ genesis syndrome or ol￭ hs it is believed to be caused by heat induced vascular disruption near the fourth week of embryonic development the first known case was reported in the early 18 th century by a member of the prominent de jus￭ si￭ eu family in france and cases to this day remain rare
ag￭ na￭ thia also termed hypo￭ gn￭ ath￭ ous is absence of a portion or the entirety of one or both ja￭ ws it is a very rare condition
agno￭ sia is the inability to process sensory information often there is a loss of ability to recognize objects persons sounds shapes or smells while the specific sense is not defective nor is there any significant memory loss it is usually associated with brain injury or neuro￭ logical illness particularly after damage to the oc￭ ci￭ pit￭ o￭ temporal border which is part of the ven￭ tr￭ al stream agno￭ sia only affects a single modality such as vision or hearing
ag￭ onal respir￭ ation gasping respir￭ ation or ag￭ onal breathing is an abnormal pattern of breathing and bra￭ inst￭ em reflex characterized by gasping lab￭ ored breathing accompanied by strange voc￭ alizations and my￭ o￭ cl￭ onus possible causes include cere￭ br￭ al is￭ chem￭ ia extreme hypo￭ x￭ ia or even an￭ ox￭ ia ag￭ onal breathing is an extremely serious medical sign requiring immediate medical attention as the condition generally progres￭ ses to complete ap￭ ne￭ a and heral￭ ds death the duration of ag￭ onal respir￭ ation can be as brief as two bre￭ aths or last up to several hours the term is sometimes in￭ accurately used to refer to lab￭ ored gasping breathing patterns accompanying organ failure e g liver failure and ren￭ al failure si￭ rs se￭ ptic shock and metabol￭ ic aci￭ do￭ sis see k￭ us￭ s￭ ma￭ ul breathing or in general any lab￭ ored breathing including bio￭ t s respir￭ ations and at￭ ax￭ ic respir￭ ations correct usage would restrict the term to the last bre￭ aths before death ag￭ onal respir￭ ations are also commonly seen in cases of cardi￭ ogenic shock or cardiac arrest where ag￭ onal respir￭ ations may persist for several minutes after cessation of heartbeat the presence of ag￭ onal respir￭ ations in these cases indicates a more favorable prog￭ no￭ sis than in cases of cardiac arrest without ag￭ onal respir￭ ations in an un￭ responsive pul￭ seless patient in cardiac arrest ag￭ onal gasps are not effective bre￭ aths ag￭ onal respir￭ ation occurs in 40 of cardiac arrests experienced outside a hospital environment ag￭ onal respir￭ ation is not the same as and is unrelated to the phenomenon of death r￭ attle
ag￭ or￭ ap￭ ho￭ bia is an anxiety disorder characterized by symptoms of anxiety in situations where the person percei￭ ves the environment to be unsafe with no easy way to get away these situations can include open spaces public transit shopping m￭ alls or simply being outside the home being in these situations may result in a panic attack the symptoms occur nearly every time the situation is encountered and lasts for more than six months those affected will go to great lengths to avoid these situations in severe cases people may become unable to leave their homes the cause of ag￭ or￭ ap￭ ho￭ bia is a combination of genetic and environmental factors the condition often runs in families and stressful events such as the death of a parent or being attacked may be a trigger in the dsm 5 ag￭ or￭ ap￭ ho￭ bia is classified as a pho￭ bia along with specific pho￭ bias and social pho￭ bia other conditions that can produce similar symptoms include separation anxiety post￭ traumatic stress disorder and major depres￭ sive disorder those affected are at higher risk of depression and substance use disorder without treatment it is un￭ common for ag￭ or￭ ap￭ ho￭ bia to resolve treatment is typically with a type of counselling called cognitive behavioral therapy c￭ bt c￭ bt results in resolution for about half of people ag￭ or￭ ap￭ ho￭ bia affects about 1 7 of adults women are affected about twice as often as men the condition often begins in early adul￭ thood and becomes less common in old age it is rare in children the term ag￭ or￭ ap￭ ho￭ bia is from greek ἀ￭ γ￭ ορά meaning a public square and φ￭ ο￭ β￭ ία pho￭ bia meaning fear
ag￭ or￭ ap￭ ho￭ bia without a history of panic disorder also called primary ag￭ or￭ ap￭ ho￭ bia is an anxiety disorder where the suffer￭ er does not meet the dsm 5 criteria for panic disorder ag￭ or￭ ap￭ ho￭ bia typically develops as a result of having panic disorder in a small minority of cases however ag￭ or￭ ap￭ ho￭ bia can develop by itself without being triggered by the onset of panic attacks ag￭ or￭ ap￭ ho￭ bia can be caused by traumatic experiences such as bullying or abuse historically there has been debate over whether ag￭ or￭ ap￭ ho￭ bia without panic genuinely existed or whether it was simply a manifestation of other disorders such as panic disorder general anxiety disorder avoid￭ ant personality disorder and social pho￭ bia one researcher said out of 41 ag￭ or￭ ap￭ hob￭ ics seen at a clinic during a period of 1 year only 1 fit the diagnosis of ag￭ or￭ ap￭ ho￭ bia without panic attacks and even this particular classification was questionable do not expect to see too many ag￭ or￭ ap￭ hob￭ ics without panic in spite of this earlier skepticism current thinking is that ag￭ or￭ ap￭ ho￭ bia without panic disorder is indeed a valid unique illness which has gone largely unnoticed since its sufferers are far less likely to seek clinical treatment
ag￭ ran￭ ul￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis also known as ag￭ ran￭ ul￭ osis or gran￭ ul￭ open￭ ia is an acute condition involving a severe and dangerous leuk￭ open￭ ia lowered white blood cell count most commonly of neu￭ troph￭ ils causing a neu￭ tro￭ pen￭ ia in the circulating blood it is a severe lack of one major class of infection fighting white blood cells people with this condition are at very high risk of serious infections due to their suppressed immune system in ag￭ ran￭ ul￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis the concentration of gran￭ ul￭ oc￭ y￭ tes a major class of white blood cells that includes neu￭ troph￭ ils bas￭ oph￭ ils and e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ ils drops below 500 cells mm ³ of blood
ag￭ rap￭ hes￭ the￭ sia is a disorder of direc￭ tional cu￭ taneous kin￭ esthesia or a dis￭ orientation of the skin s sensation across its space it is a difficulty recognizing a written number or letter traced on the skin after par￭ ie￭ tal damage
ag￭ rap￭ hia is an acquired neuro￭ logical disorder causing a loss in the ability to communicate through writing either due to some form of motor dysfunction or an inability to spell the loss of writing ability may present with other language or neuro￭ logical disorders disorders appearing commonly with ag￭ rap￭ hia are alex￭ ia ap￭ ha￭ sia dys￭ ar￭ thri￭ a agno￭ sia and ap￭ ra￭ x￭ ia the study of individuals with ag￭ rap￭ hia may provide more information about the pathways involved in writing both language related and motor￭ ic ag￭ rap￭ hia cannot be directly treated but individuals can learn techniques to help regain and rehabilitate some of their previous writing abilities these techniques differ depending on the type of ag￭ rap￭ hia ag￭ rap￭ hia can be broadly divided into central and peripheral categories central ag￭ rap￭ hi￭ as typically involve language areas of the brain causing difficulty spelling or with spontaneous communication and are often accompanied by other language disorders peripheral ag￭ rap￭ hi￭ as usually target motor and vis￭ u￭ o￭ spatial skills in addition to language and tend to involve motor￭ ic areas of the brain causing difficulty in the movements associated with writing central ag￭ rap￭ hia may also be called ap￭ has￭ ic ag￭ rap￭ hia as it involves areas of the brain whose major functions are connected to language and writing peripheral ag￭ rap￭ hia may also be called non￭ ap￭ has￭ ic ag￭ rap￭ hia as it involves areas of the brain whose functions are not directly connected to language and writing typically motor areas the history of ag￭ rap￭ hia dates to the mid four￭ teenth century but it was not until the second half of the nineteenth century that it sparked significant clinical interest research in the twentieth century focused primary on ap￭ ha￭ si￭ ology in patients with le￭ sions from stro￭ kes
agr￭ arian structure is the pattern of land area group distribution among land￭ holders agricultural households
agre￭ e￭ ab￭ len￭ ess is a personality trait manifest￭ ing itself in individual behavioral characteristics that are perceived as kind sympathetic cooperative warm and consider￭ ate in contemporary personality psychology agre￭ e￭ ab￭ len￭ ess is one of the five major dimensions of personality structure reflecting individual differences in cooperation and social harmony people who score high on this dimension are emp￭ athetic and altru￭ istic while a low agre￭ e￭ ab￭ len￭ ess score relates to selfish behavior and a lack of emp￭ athy those who score very low on agre￭ e￭ ab￭ len￭ ess show signs of dark tri￭ ad behavior such as manipulation and competing with others rather than cooperating agre￭ e￭ ab￭ len￭ ess is considered to be a super￭ ordinate trait meaning that it is a grouping of personality sub traits that cluster together statistically the lower level traits or facets grouped under agre￭ e￭ ab￭ len￭ ess are trust straight￭ forwar￭ dness altruism compliance modesty and tender mindedness
the a￭ har￭ on￭ ov – bo￭ hm effect sometimes called the eh￭ ren￭ berg – sid￭ ay – a￭ har￭ on￭ ov – bo￭ hm effect is a quantum mechanical phenomenon in which an electrically charged particle is affected by an electromagnetic potential v a despite being confined to a region in which both the magnetic field b and electric field e are zero the underlying mechanism is the coupling of the electromagnetic potential with the complex phase of a charged particle s wave function and the a￭ har￭ on￭ ov – bo￭ hm effect is accordingly illustrated by interference experiments the most commonly described case sometimes called the a￭ har￭ on￭ ov – bo￭ hm sol￭ en￭ o￭ id effect takes place when the wave function of a charged particle passing around a long sol￭ en￭ o￭ id experiences a phase shift as a result of the enclosed magnetic field despite the magnetic field being negligible in the region through which the particle passes and the particle s wa￭ ve￭ function being negligible inside the sol￭ en￭ o￭ id this phase shift has been observed experim￭ entally there are also magnetic a￭ har￭ on￭ ov – bo￭ hm effects on bound energies and scat￭ tering cross sections but these cases have not been experim￭ entally tested an electric a￭ har￭ on￭ ov – bo￭ hm phenomenon was also predicted in which a charged particle is affected by regions with different electrical pot￭ entials but zero electric field but this has no experimental confirmation yet a separate molecular a￭ har￭ on￭ ov – bo￭ hm effect was proposed for nuclear motion in multiply connected regions but this has been argued to be a different kind of geome￭ tric phase as it is neither non￭ local nor topo￭ logical depending only on local quantities along the nuclear path wer￭ ner eh￭ ren￭ berg and raymond e sid￭ ay first predicted the effect in 1949 and similar effects were later published by yak￭ ir a￭ har￭ on￭ ov and david bo￭ hm in 1959 after publication of the 1959 paper bo￭ hm was informed of eh￭ ren￭ berg and sid￭ ay s work which was acknowledged and credited in bo￭ hm and a￭ har￭ on￭ ov s subsequent 1961 paper subsequently the effect was confirmed experim￭ entally by several authors a general review can be found in pes￭ h￭ kin and ton￭ om￭ ura 1989
the ahmed mohamed clock incident occurred when a 14 year old boy ahmed mohamed was arrested on september 14 2015 at mac￭ arthur high school in ir￭ ving texas for bringing an alleged ho￭ ax bomb to school the incident ign￭ ited allegations of racial profiling and islam￭ opho￭ bia from media and commentators mohamed had re￭ assembled the parts of a scrapped digital clock in a pencil case and brought it to school to show his teachers his english teacher thought the clock resemb￭ led a bomb and she confiscated it and reported him to the school s principal local law enforcement was called and mohamed was questioned by police for an hour and a half after being handcu￭ ffed and taken into custody and without being allowed to see his parents he was transported to a juvenile detention facility where he was finger￭ printed and his mu￭ g shot photograph was taken he was then released to his parents the reason for his arrest was allegedly for pur￭ po￭ sely trying to cause a bomb scare the case was not pursued further by juvenile justice authorities however mohamed was suspended from school following the incident police determined mohamed had no malicious intent and he was not charged with any crime news of the incident became viral – initially on twitter – with allegations by some commentators that the actions of the school officials and police were due to their stereo￭ typing of mohamed based on his sudanese ance￭ stry and muslim faith after u s president barack obama politicians activists technology company executives and media personalities commented about the incident mohamed was invited to participate in a number of high profile events related to encouraging youth interest in science and technology apart from praise for his ingen￭ u￭ ity there was also criticism and accusations that the incident was manufactured and a purposeful ho￭ ax on november 23 2015 ahmed s family threatened to sue the city of ir￭ ving and the school district for civil rights violations and physical and mental anguish unless they received written apologies and compensation of 15 million in late 2015 his family decided to accept a scholarship from the qatar foundation and move to qatar partially because of un￭ evidenced accusations of terrorist links and continued harassment from conspiracy theorists they returned to the dallas area on june 27 2016 saying they missed the relatives who had stayed in the u s and they will return to qatar in the fall
not be confused with a￭ ic￭ ardi gou￭ ti￭ ères syndrome a￭ ic￭ ardi syndrome is a rare genetic mal￭ formation syndrome characterized by the partial or complete absence of a key structure in the brain called the corpus cal￭ lo￭ sum the presence of re￭ tin￭ al ab￭ norm￭ alities and seizures in the form of inf￭ anti￭ le sp￭ as￭ ms a￭ ic￭ ardi syndrome is the￭ orized to be caused by a defect on the x chro￭ mo￭ some as it has thus far only been observed in girls or in boys with k￭ lin￭ ef￭ el￭ ter syndrome confirmation of this theory awaits the discovery of a caus￭ ative gene symptoms typically appear before a baby reaches about 5 months of age
a￭ ic￭ ardi – gou￭ ti￭ ères syndrome ags which is completely distinct from the similarly named a￭ ic￭ ardi syndrome is a rare usually early onset childhood infl￭ am￭ matory disorder most typically affecting the brain and the skin neuro￭ developmental disorder the majority of affected individuals experience significant intellectual and physical problems although this is not always the case the clinical features of ags can mim￭ ic those of in uter￭ o acquired infection and some characteristics of the condition also overlap with the auto￭ immune disease systemic lup￭ us er￭ y￭ them￭ ato￭ sus s￭ le following an original description of eight cases in 1984 the condition was first referred to as a￭ ic￭ ardi – gou￭ ti￭ ères syndrome ags in 1992 and the first international meeting on ags was held in p￭ avia italy in 2001 ags can occur due to mutations in any one of a number of different genes of which seven have been identified to date namely tre￭ x 1 r￭ nas￭ eh 2 a r￭ nas￭ eh 2 b r￭ nas￭ eh 2 c which together en￭ code for the ri￭ bon￭ uc￭ lease h 2 enzyme complex sam￭ hd 1 ad￭ ar 1 and i￭ fi￭ h 1 coding for m￭ da 5 this neuro￭ logical disease occurs in all populations worldwide although it is almost certainly under diagnosed to date 2014 at least 400 cases of ags are known
ain￭ h￭ um from portuguese pronounced ī￭ n yo￭ om ´ i ´ num or ā￭ n ´ h￭ um also known as d￭ ac￭ ty￭ lo￭ lysis spontane￭ a is a painful con￭ stric￭ tion of the base of the fifth toe frequently followed by bilateral spontaneous auto￭ ampu￭ tation a few years later
an air embol￭ ism also known as a gas embol￭ ism is an embol￭ ism or blood vessel block￭ age caused by one or more bubbles of air or gas in the circul￭ atory system air embol￭ isms may also occur in the x￭ yl￭ em of vascular plants especially when suffering from water stress di￭ vers can suffer from arter￭ ial gas embol￭ isms ven￭ ous gas embol￭ isms usually get blocked by the lungs and so rarely cause a problem
an air lock is a restriction of or complete stop￭ page of liquid flow caused by gas trapped in a high point of a liquid filled pipe system the gas being less dense than the liquid rises to any high points when pressure is applied instead of the liquid flowing as it would if the system was full of liquid the system behaves like a series of man￭ ome￭ ters flu￭ shing the system with high flow or pressures can help move the gas away from the highest point or a tap or automatic vent valve can be installed to let the gas out air lock problems often occur when one is trying to re￭ commission a system after it has been deliberately for servicing or accidentally emp￭ tied for example a central heating system using a circulating pump to pump water through radi￭ ators when filling such a system air is trapped in the radi￭ ators this air has to be vented using screw valves built into the radi￭ ators depending on the pipe layout if there are any upside down u s in the circuit it will be necessary to vent the highest point s if not air lock may stop flow through that part of the circuit completely note that circulating pumps usually do not generate enough pressure to overcome air locks fig 1 shows a reservoir which feeds a gravity distribution system – for drinking water or irrigation if the ground in which the pipe is laid has high points – such as hi 1 2 etc and low points between them such as lo 1 2 etc then if the pipe is filled from the top and was empty the pipe fills ok as far as hi 1 if the water flow velocity is below the rising velocity of air bubbles re￭ f then water trick￭ les down to the low point lo 2 and traps the remaining air between hi 1 and lo 2 as more water flows down the upward leg lo 2 to hi 2 fills up this exer￭ ts a pressure on the trapped air of either h 2 m of water w￭ g water gauge or h 1 whichever is less if h 2 is greater than h 1 then you have a full air lock and the water level in the up leg lo 2 to hi 2 stops at h 1 and no further water can flow if h 1 is greater than h 2 then some water can flow but the full pipe hydraulic head h 3 will not be reached and so flow is much less than expected if there are further und￭ ul￭ ations then the back pressure effects add together obviously long pipelines over fairly level but und￭ ulating land are bound to have many such high and low points to avoid air or gas lock automatic v￭ ents are fitted which let air or gas out when above a certain pressure they may also be designed to let air in under vacuum there are many other design considerations for design of water pipeline systems e g the air lock phenomenon can be used in a number of useful ways the diag￭ ram to the right shows an s trap this has the properties a that liquid can flow from top 1 to bottom 4 un￭ hindered and b that gas cannot flow through the trap unless it has enough extra pressure to overcome the liquid head of the trap this is usually about 75 to 100 mm of water and prevents foul sm￭ elling air coming back from foul water drainage systems via connections to toi￭ lets sinks and so on s traps work well unless the drainage water has sand in it which then collects in the u part of the s
air spar￭ ging also known as in situ air stripping and in situ volati￭ li￭ zation is an in situ remedi￭ ation technique used for the treatment of saturated soils and groundwater contaminated by volatile organic compounds voc￭ s like petroleum hydrocarbons which is a widespread problem for the ground water and soil health
air stagnation is a phenomenon which occurs when an air mass remains over an area for an extended period due to light winds and lack of precip￭ itation pollutants cannot be cleared from the air either gaseous like ozone or particulate like so￭ ot or dust subsid￭ ence produced directly under the sub￭ tropical ridge can lead to a buil￭ dup of particulates in urban areas under the ridge leading to widespread ha￭ ze if the low level relative hum￭ idity rises towards 100 percent overnight fog can form in the united states the national weather service issues an air stagnation advisory when these conditions are likely to occur
air￭ bag der￭ mati￭ tis also known as an air￭ bag burn is caused skin irritation and trauma secondary to the deployment of air￭ bags
aircraft hijacking also known as air piracy or aircraft piracy especially within the special aircraft jurisdiction of the united states and informally as sky￭ j￭ acking is the unlawful seizure of an aircraft by an individual or a group in most cases the pilot is forced to fly according to the orders of the hi￭ jack￭ ers occasionally however the hi￭ jack￭ ers have flown the aircraft themselves such as the september 11 attacks in at least three cases the plane was hijacked by the official pilot or co pilot unlike the typical hi￭ jack￭ ings of land vehicles or ships sky￭ j￭ acking is not usually committed for robbery or theft most aircraft hi￭ jack￭ ers intend to use the passengers as hostages either for monetary ransom or for some political or administrative concession by authorities various motives have driven such occurrences including demanding the release of certain inmates notably ic 814 highlighting the grievances of a particular community notably af 89￭ 69 or political asylum notably et 9￭ 61 hi￭ jack￭ ers also have used aircraft as a weapon to target particular locations notably during the september 11 2001 attacks hi￭ jack￭ ings for hostages commonly produce an armed stan￭ doff during a period of negotiation between hi￭ jack￭ ers and authorities followed by some form of settlement settlements do not always meet the hi￭ jack￭ ers original demands if the hi￭ jack￭ ers demands are deemed too great and the perpetrators show no inclination to surrender authorities sometimes employ armed special forces to attempt a rescue of the hostages notably operation ent￭ eb￭ be
aircraft upset is a dangerous condition in aircraft operations in which the flight attitude or air￭ speed of an aircraft is outside the normal bounds of operation for which it is designed this may result in the loss of control lo￭ c of the aircraft and sometimes the total loss of the aircraft itself loss of control may be due to turbulent weather pilot dis￭ orientation or a system failure the u s nasa aviation safety program defines upset prevention and upset recovery as to prevent loss of control accidents due to aircraft upset after inadvertently entering an extreme or abnormal flight attitude a boeing compiled list determined that 2 0￭ 51 lives were lost in 22 accidents in the years 1998 – 2007 due to lo￭ c accidents n￭ ts￭ b data for 1994 – 2003 count 32 accidents and more than 2 100 lives lost worldwide
in mathematics and especially game theory the airport problem is a type of fair division problem in which it is decided how to distribute the cost of an airport run￭ way among different players who need run￭ ways of different lengths the problem was introduced by s c lit￭ t￭ lec￭ hi￭ ld and g owen in 1973 their proposed solution is 1 divide the cost of providing the minimum level of required facility for the smallest type of aircraft equally among the number of landings of all aircraft 2 divide the incremental cost of providing the minimum level of required facility for the second smallest type of aircraft above the cost of the smallest type equally among the number of landings of all but the smallest type of aircraft continue thus until finally the incremental cost of the largest type of aircraft is divided equally among the number of landings made by the largest aircraft type the authors note that the resulting set of landing charges is the shap￭ ley value for an appropriately defined game
air￭ sickness is a sensation which is induced by air travel it is a specific form of motion sickness and is considered a normal response in healthy individuals air￭ sickness occurs when the central nervous system receives conflicting messages from the body including the inner ear eyes and muscles affecting balance and equilibrium the inner ear is particularly important in the maintenance of balance and equilibrium because it contains sensors for both ang￭ ular rot￭ ational and linear motion air￭ sickness is usually a combination of spatial dis￭ orientation naus￭ ea and v￭ om￭ iting
air￭ way obstruction is a block￭ age of respir￭ ation in the air￭ way it can be broadly classified into being either in the upper air￭ way or lower air￭ way
in mathematics the airy ze￭ ta function studied by is a function analogous to the ri￭ emann ze￭ ta function and related to the zer￭ os of the airy function
there are several ak￭ abor￭ i amino acid reactions which are named after shir￭ o ak￭ abor￭ i 1900 – 1992 a japanese chem￭ ist in the first reaction an α amino acid is ox￭ i￭ dis￭ ed by heating it with an ox￭ idi￭ zing sugar this reaction has been used to synthe￭ size dic￭ hlor￭ oph￭ thal￭ im￭ ido derivatives for the analysis of pep￭ ti￭ des since the mass spec￭ tra of those derivatives are easily recognized file ak￭ abor￭ i p￭ ng in the second reaction an α amino acids and esters are reduced by sodium am￭ alg￭ am and ethanol￭ ic h￭ cl to give α amino alde￭ hy￭ des this process is concep￭ tually similar to the bou￭ ve￭ ault – blanc reduction except that is pa￭ uses at the alde￭ hyde stage file ak￭ abor￭ i 2 p￭ ng
the ak￭ a￭ ho￭ ya eruption was the strongest known volcanic eruption of the ki￭ kai calder￭ a in ky￭ ū￭ sh￭ ū japan it e￭ jected about 150 cubic kilometres 36 cu mi of volcanic material giving it a 7 on the volcanic explo￭ sivity index the ak￭ a￭ ho￭ ya eruption is one of only six known erup￭ tions reaching that magnitude during the holoc￭ ene or the last twelve thousand years it dramatically changed vegetation in southern ky￭ ū￭ sh￭ ū archae￭ o￭ logically it has been dated around 7 300 cal bp during the earliest j￭ ō￭ mon period but it has also been radio￭ carbon dated to 6 500 bp
ak￭ any￭ e or ak￭ an￭ je russian а￭ к￭ а￭ н￭ ь￭ е russian pron￭ unciation ˈ￭ ak￭ ə￭ n￭ ʲ￭ j￭ ɪ is a ph￭ on￭ ological phenomenon in sla￭ vic languages in which the ph￭ on￭ em￭ e o or e is realized as more or less close to a it is a case of vo￭ wel reduction the most familiar example is probably russian ak￭ any￭ e pronounced but not represented orth￭ o￭ graphically in the standard language ak￭ any￭ e is also found in standard belarusian represented orth￭ o￭ graphically as well as in northern polis￭ sian ukrainian dial￭ ects slovene dial￭ ects e g lower carni￭ ol￭ an dial￭ ects some sub￭ groups of the ka￭ j￭ k￭ avian dial￭ ect of ser￭ bo croatian and bulgarian dial￭ ects e g the rho￭ dope dial￭ ects including the sm￭ ol￭ yan dial￭ ect
ak￭ ath￭ is￭ ia is a movement disorder characterized by a feeling of inner rest￭ lessness and a compelling need to be in constant motion as well as by actions such as roc￭ king while standing or sitting lifting the feet as if marching on the spot and crossing and un￭ crossing the legs while sitting people with ak￭ ath￭ is￭ ia are unable to sit or keep still complain of rest￭ lessness fi￭ d￭ get rock from foot to foot and pace the term was coined by the czech neuro￭ psychiatrist lad￭ islav has￭ kov￭ ec 18￭ 66 – 1944 who described the phenomenon in 19￭ 01 anti￭ psycho￭ tics also known as neuro￭ le￭ p￭ tics particularly the first generation anti￭ psycho￭ tics may cause ak￭ ath￭ is￭ ia other known causes include side effects of certain medications and nearly any physical dependence inducing drug during drug withdrawal it is also associated with par￭ kinson s disease and related syndro￭ mes the term is from greek κα￭ θ￭ ίζ￭ ει￭ ν kath￭ í￭ ze￭ in – to sit a indicating ne￭ gation or absence lit inability to sit
ak￭ in￭ et￭ op￭ sia greek a for without k￭ ine for to move and op￭ sia for seeing also known as cere￭ br￭ al ak￭ in￭ et￭ op￭ sia or motion blindness is a neuro￭ psychological disorder in which a patient cannot perceive motion in his or her visual field despite being able to see stationary objects without issue there are varying degrees of ak￭ in￭ et￭ op￭ sia from seeing motion as a cinema reel to an inability to discriminate any motion there is currently no effective treatment or cure for ak￭ in￭ et￭ op￭ sia
ak￭ shar￭ aa￭ ab￭ hy￭ as￭ am or ak￭ shar￭ a ab￭ hy￭ a￭ as￭ am or vi￭ dy￭ aar￭ amb￭ ham is a traditional religious function in which the child is given initiation of education so that the child is ready to receive formal education this ritual involves goddess sar￭ as￭ w￭ ati pu￭ ja this ritual very common in hindu families of kar￭ nat￭ aka and￭ h￭ ra pradesh and tel￭ ang￭ ana ak￭ shar￭ a means letters alphabe￭ ts and ab￭ hy￭ as￭ am means practice together they mean the study of practical letters the ceremony is performed by the maternal uncle mothers brothers father pater￭ nal uncle along with the family keeping the child in his lap holding the child ’ s right hand fore￭ finger and make the child write the om followed by the pan￭ cha￭ ak￭ shar￭ i mantra nam￭ ah shi￭ v￭ ay￭ aah om symbol which is treated as a bee￭ ja￭ ak￭ sh￭ ar bee￭ ja in san￭ sk￭ r￭ it means the origin gn￭ ana sar￭ as￭ w￭ ati temple in bas￭ ar tel￭ ang￭ ana is a popular temple where such ceremon￭ ies are held in large numbers this ceremony can be performed in tem￭ ples and at the residence also
al￭ ab￭ ama rot or idi￭ opathic cu￭ taneous and ren￭ al glo￭ mer￭ ular vas￭ cul￭ opathy cr￭ g￭ v is a condition often fatal in dogs first identified in the usa in the 1980 s it is believed to be caused by toxins produced by bacteria such as es￭ cher￭ ic￭ hia coli commonly known as e coli this has little if any clinical evidence base the c￭ itation is written by a gre￭ yh￭ ound interest group founder and not backed up by any current scientific evidence pure speculation at best the initial symptoms are skin le￭ sions on the legs chest and ab￭ dom￭ en with eventual ren￭ al failure in about 25 of cases it was first noted in gre￭ yh￭ ounds in the us in november 2012 the first cases were identified in the uk in january 2014 the outbreak in england was identified as having the same or similar cause as al￭ ab￭ ama rot although a wide range of breeds were affected the disease has continued to spread across england with a case being reported as far north as north yorkshire in march 2015 a uk map posted online shows confirmed with post mortem and un￭ confirmed without post mortem cases of al￭ ab￭ ama rot since december 2012
al￭ ach￭ ry￭ ma is a disease of the autonom￭ ic nervous system where there is a lack of tear production
al￭ ac￭ ri￭ ma refers to an ab￭ normality in tear production that could mean reduced tear production or absent tear production because a lack of tears presents in only in a few rare disorders it aids in diagnosis of these disorders including triple a syndrome and n￭ gly 1 deficiency al￭ ac￭ ri￭ ma can be formally diagnosed through a sch￭ ir￭ mer s test
al￭ ag￭ ille syndrome is an auto￭ som￭ al dominant genetic disorder that affects the liver heart kidney and other systems of the body problems associated with the disorder generally become evident in infancy or early childhood the disorder is inherited in an auto￭ som￭ al dominant pattern and the estimated prevalence of al￭ ag￭ ille syndrome is 1 in every 100 000 live births it is named for daniel al￭ ag￭ ille
al￭ ay or 4 l 4 y an￭ ak lay￭ ang￭ an or an￭ ak le￭ bay is an indonesian pop culture phenomenon it is a stereo￭ type describing something tack￭ y and chees￭ y nor￭ ak or kam￭ pun￭ gan the al￭ ay culture phenomena sp￭ ans a wide array of styles in music dress and messaging it has often been compared to that of the je￭ j￭ em￭ on phenomenon originating from the philippines and har￭ a￭ ju￭ ku from japan although the former emerged much later and the latter was even admired in the west
the albanian revolt of 19￭ 10 was reaction to the new centralization policies of the young turk ottoman government in albania it was the first of a series of major uprisings rebels were supported by the kingdom of serbia new taxes levied in the early months of 19￭ 10 led to isa bo￭ let￭ ini s activity to convince albanian leaders who had already been involved in a 19￭ 09 uprising to try another revolt against the ottoman empire the albanian attacks on the ottom￭ ans in pri￭ ş￭ tine now pristina and fer￭ iz￭ ovi￭ k now fer￭ iz￭ aj the killing of the ottoman commander in i￭ pe￭ k now pe￭ ć and the insurgents blocking of the railway to skopje at the ka￭ ç￭ ani￭ k pass led to the ottoman government s declaration of martial law in the area after two weeks of fierce fighting the albanian forces withdrew to the d￭ renica region whereas the ottoman army took possession of the cities of pri￭ z￭ ren and yak￭ ova now g￭ jak￭ ova the ottom￭ ans re￭ took i￭ pe￭ k on 1 june 19￭ 10 and two months later they entered sh￭ ko￭ d￭ ë￭ r the reprisals against the albanian population included several summary executions and the burning of many villages and properties many schools were closed and publications in the albanian alp￭ ha￭ bet which had been approved two years earlier in the congress of mon￭ as￭ tir were declared illegal journalists and publishers were fin￭ ed or sentenced to death
albert tou￭ raine 1883 – 1961 was a french der￭ mato￭ logist hypo￭ hi￭ dro￭ tic ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal dys￭ pl￭ asia or christ siemens tou￭ raine syndrome is named for him tou￭ raine sol￭ ente go￭ le syndrome is also named for him
al￭ bin￭ ism in humans is a con￭ genital disorder characterized by the complete or partial absence of pig￭ ment in the skin hair and eyes al￭ bin￭ ism is associated with a number of vision defects such as pho￭ top￭ ho￭ bia ny￭ stag￭ mus and am￭ bl￭ y￭ op￭ ia lack of skin pi￭ gm￭ entation makes for more suscep￭ tibility to sun￭ burn and skin cancers in rare cases such as ch￭ é￭ di￭ ak – hig￭ ashi syndrome al￭ bin￭ ism may be associated with deficiencies in the transportation of mel￭ an￭ in gran￭ ules this also affects essential gran￭ ules present in immune cells leading to increased suscep￭ tibility to infection al￭ bin￭ ism results from inheritance of rec￭ essive gene all￭ el￭ es and is known to affect all vertebr￭ ates including humans it is due to absence or defect of ty￭ ro￭ sin￭ ase a copper containing enzyme involved in the production of mel￭ an￭ in it is the opposite of mel￭ anism unlike humans other animals have multiple pig￭ ments and for these al￭ bin￭ ism is considered to be a hereditary condition characterised by the absence of mel￭ an￭ in in particular in the eyes skin hair scales feathers or cu￭ tic￭ le while an organism with complete absence of mel￭ an￭ in is called an al￭ bin￭ o an organism with only a diminished amount of mel￭ an￭ in is described as le￭ uc￭ istic or al￭ bin￭ o￭ id the term is from the latin al￭ bus white
al￭ bin￭ ism – deaf￭ ness syndrome also known as wool￭ f syndrome and zi￭ pr￭ kowski – mar￭ gol￭ is syndrome is a condition characterized by con￭ genital ne￭ ural deaf￭ ness and a severe or extreme pie￭ bald like phen￭ o￭ type with extensive areas of hypo￭ pi￭ gm￭ entation a loc￭ us at x￭ q 26 3 q 27 i has been suggested it has been suggested that it is a form of waar￭ denburg syndrome type ii
an al￭ bin￭ o is a type of chess problem in which at some stage in the solution a white pawn beginning on its starting square makes each of its four possible moves one square forward two squares forward capture to the left and capture to the right when a black pawn exhi￭ bits similar activity it is instead termed a pick￭ an￭ in￭ ny a simple example of an al￭ bin￭ o is the problem to the right a mate in 2 white moves first and must check￭ mate black in two moves against any defense it is by cam￭ il sen￭ eca and was first published in the april 1949 edition of the bulletin ou￭ v￭ rier des ech￭ ecs the first move of the solution or key is 1 nb 1 this threatens 2 ra 3 black has four ways to defend against this each of which leads to a different move of the white pawn after 1 bb 3 the only move that mates is 2 c￭ xb 3 the pawn captures to the left after 1 b￭ d 3 the only mate is 2 c￭ x￭ d 3 capturing to the right after 1 bb 5 only 2 c 3 will do forward one square 2 c 4 is no good because the b 4 square needs to be covered by the pawn now the white queen has been cut off after 1 b￭ d 5 only 2 c 4 will do 2 c 3 is no good because black could play 2 bb 3 the al￭ bin￭ o pawn moves need not necessarily be in the post key play of the problem they can instead be tries moves which almost solve a problem but which fail to a single black defense the mate in 2 to the right which combines the al￭ bin￭ o with a pick￭ an￭ in￭ ny is an example it is by lev lo￭ shin￭ sky and was published in mo￭ sk￭ au ro￭ sto￭ w in 1930 the key is 1 n￭ fd 5 threatening 2 q￭ f 4 with the variations 1 g 5 2 h 8 q 1 r￭ x￭ c 3 r￭ x￭ d 5 2 q￭ f 5 and 1 rd 4 2 q￭ x￭ g 7 f 5 the main point of the problem however is in the al￭ bin￭ o tries each of which is refu￭ ted by a pick￭ an￭ in￭ ny defense the relevant variations are 1 ex￭ d 3 capture to the left threatens 2 nd 7 fails to 1 g￭ x￭ f 6 capture to the right 1 ex￭ f 3 capture to the right threatens 2 q￭ g 5 and 2 f 4 fails to 1 g￭ x￭ h 6 capture to the left 1 e 3 one square forward threatens 2 q￭ f 4 fails to 1 g 5 two squares forward 1 e 4 two squares forward threatens 2 q￭ f 5 fails to 1 g 6 one square forward in each of these cases there are other ways for black to counter white s threat but the pick￭ an￭ in￭ ny move is the only one that doesn t give white a new mate for example after 1 ex￭ f 3 bg 6 prevents white s threats but is not any good because it allows 2 r￭ xe 6 the nature of the al￭ bin￭ o theme is such that in orthodox chess there must be at least four variations to show the four different moves of the white pawn however if the rules of cir￭ ce chess are applied the number of required variations can be reduced to two cir￭ ce is a chess variant in which captured pieces rather than being removed from the board are returned to their home squares the problem to the right is an example it is by adrian stor￭ is￭ te￭ an￭ u and was first published in the british chess magazine in 1977 the problem is a help￭ mate in 2 which means black moves first and cooperates with white to move to a position where black is in check￭ mate after white s second move this problem features gras￭ shop￭ pers represented here by inver￭ ted queens a fairy chess piece which moves along the same lines as a queen but which must hop over another piece friendly or enemy and land on the square immediately beyond there are two solutions to the problem note that in help￭ mates black s moves are given first 1 rd 3 c 3 2 ga￭ x￭ c 3 pc 2 c￭ x￭ d 3 ra 8 1 r￭ b 3 c 4 2 g￭ x￭ c 4 pc 2 c￭ xb 3 ra 8 the first solution has the white pawn moving forward one square then after its re￭ birth on c 2 capturing to the right the second solution has the pawn first moving two squares and then capturing to the left problems like this showing an al￭ bin￭ o with fewer than four variations are very unusual
al￭ bright hereditary o￭ ste￭ od￭ y￭ stro￭ phy is form of o￭ ste￭ od￭ y￭ stro￭ phy otherwise known as pseu￭ do￭ hypo￭ par￭ ath￭ yro￭ i￭ dis￭ m type 1 a
albu￭ min￭ ur￭ ia is a pathological condition where￭ in the protein albumin is abnormally present in the urine it is a type of prote￭ in￭ ur￭ ia albumin is one type of plasma protein found in the urine in normal subjects and in larger quantity in patients with kidney disease for a number of reasons clinical terminology is changing to focus on albu￭ min￭ ur￭ ia rather than prote￭ in￭ ur￭ ia
alcohol related brain damage is the damage that occurs to brain structures or function of the central nervous system as a result of the direct neuro￭ toxic effects of alcohol in￭ tox￭ ication or acute withdrawal the frontal lob￭ es are the most damaged region of the brains of alcohol ab￭ users but other regions of the brain are also affected the damage that occurs from heavy drinking high blood alcohol levels causes impair￭ ments in judgement and decision making and social skills these brain changes are linked to poor behavi￭ our￭ al control and impul￭ sivity which tend to worsen the existing addiction problem the problems of alcoholism are well known such as memory disorders liver disease high blood pressure muscle weakness heart problems ana￭ emia low immune function disorders of the dig￭ estive system and pan￭ cre￭ atic problems as well as depression unemployment and family problems including child abuse recently attention has been increasingly focused on binge drinking by adolescents and young adults due to neuro￭ chemical changes and brain damage which unlike with alcoholism can occur after a relatively short period of time the damage is particularly evident in the cor￭ ti￭ co￭ lim￭ bic region this brain damage increases the risk of ab￭ norm￭ alities in mood and cognitive abilities increases the risk of dementia and additionally binge drin￭ kers have an increased risk of developing chronic alcoholism individuals who are impul￭ sive are at high risk of addiction due to impaired behavi￭ our￭ al control and increased sensation seeking behaviour alcohol abuse especially during adoles￭ cence causes or wor￭ sens executive functions in the frontal lo￭ be this brain damage from alcohol actually increases impul￭ sivity and therefore wor￭ sens the addictive disorder with prolonged ab￭ stin￭ ence neuro￭ genesis occurs which can potentially reverse the damage from alcohol abuse
alcohol abuse is a previous psychiatric diagnosis in which there is recurring harmful use of ethanol despite its negative consequences in 2013 it was reclassi￭ fied as alcohol use disorder alcoholism along with alcohol dependence there are two types of alcohol abuse those who have anti social and pleasure seeking tendencies and those who are anxiety ridden people who are able to go without drinking for long periods of time but are unable to control themselves once they start binge drinking is another form of alcohol abuse according to surveys the heavi￭ est drin￭ kers are the united kingdom s adolescents in 2013 139 000 deaths globally were directly due to alcohol abuse and an additional 384 000 to cir￭ rho￭ sis from excess alcohol consumption
excessive alcohol intake is associated with an elevated risk of alcoholic liver disease ald heart failure some cancers and accidental injury and is a leading cause of preventable death in industrialized countries however extensive research has shown that moderate alcohol intake is associated with health benefits including less cardiovascular disease diabetes hyper￭ tension and lower all cause mortality an understanding of the in￭ verse relationship between alcohol consumption and a￭ ther￭ os￭ clerosis was understood as early as 19￭ 04 the observation of a lower risk of cardiovascular disease c￭ vd in france despite a diet rich in saturated fat was labeled the french paradox while much concerning this paradox remains unclear some have suggested that the higher consumption of red wine in france results in lower c￭ vd although the reduced incidence of c￭ vd disease associated with moderate alcohol consumption is well established many physicians have been wary of promoting the use of alcohol for this benefit considering the many negative effects of excessive alcohol consumption
alcohol dependence is a previous psychiatric diagnosis in which an individual is physically or psychologically dependent upon drinking alcohol in 2013 it was reclassi￭ fied as alcohol use disorder alcoholism along with alcohol abuse in dsm 5
alcohol flush reaction is a condition in which an individual develops flu￭ shes or blo￭ tches associated with er￭ y￭ them￭ a on the face neck shoulders and in some cases the entire body after consuming alcoholic beverages the reaction is the result of an accumulation of ace￭ tal￭ de￭ hyde a metabol￭ ic by￭ product of the cat￭ abol￭ ic metabol￭ ism of alcohol and is caused by an ace￭ tal￭ de￭ hyde de￭ hydro￭ gen￭ ase deficiency this syndrome has been associated with an increased risk of es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al cancer in those who drink it has also been associated with lower than average rates of alcoholism possibly due to its association with adverse effects after drinking alcohol because of the association with asian ance￭ stry alcohol flush reaction has also been referred to by such informal names as asian flush syndrome asian flush and asian glow approximately 36 of east asians japanese chinese and koreans show a characteristic physiological response to drinking alcohol that includes facial flu￭ shing naus￭ ea and t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia
alcohol in￭ tox￭ ication is a physiological state that may also include psychological alterations of consciousness induced by the ing￭ estion of ethanol ethyl alcohol commonly known as drinking alcohol or just alcohol or meth￭ an￭ ol methyl or wood alcohol though with possibly serious side effects from the latter alcohol in￭ tox￭ ication is the result of alcohol entering the blood￭ stream faster than it can be met￭ abo￭ lized by the liver which breaks down the ethanol into non in￭ tox￭ ic￭ ating by￭ products some effects of alcohol in￭ tox￭ ication such as euphoria and lowered social inhi￭ bi￭ tions are central to alcohol s desirability as a bever￭ age and its history as one of the world s most widespread recreational drugs despite this widespread use and alcohol s legality in most countries many medical sources tend to describe any level of alcohol in￭ tox￭ ication as a form of poisoning due to ethanol s damaging effects on the body in large doses some religions such as some forms of islam or mor￭ mon￭ ism consider alcohol in￭ tox￭ ication to be a sin symptoms of alcohol in￭ tox￭ ication include euphoria flu￭ shed skin and decreased social inhi￭ bi￭ tion at lower doses with larger doses producing progressively severe impair￭ ments of balance muscle coordination at￭ ax￭ ia and decision making ability potentially leading to violent or erratic behavior as well as naus￭ ea or v￭ om￭ iting from alcohol s disruptive effect on the sem￭ ic￭ ir￭ cular can￭ als of the inner ear and chemical irritation of the ga￭ str￭ ic mu￭ co￭ sa sufficiently high levels of blood borne alcohol will cause coma and death from the depres￭ sive effects of alcohol upon the central nervous system
the direct oxid￭ ation of primary alcohol￭ s to car￭ box￭ yl￭ ic acids normally proceeds via the corresponding alde￭ hyde which is transformed via an alde￭ hyde hydrate r ch oh 2 by reaction with water before it can be further ox￭ idi￭ zed to the car￭ box￭ yl￭ ic acid often it is possible to interrupt the oxid￭ ation of a primary alcohol at the alde￭ hyde level by performing the reaction in absence of water so that no alde￭ hyde hydrate can be formed
alcohol withdrawal syndrome is a set of symptoms that can occur when an individual reduces or stops alcohol consumption after long periods of use prolonged and excessive use of alcohol leads to tolerance and physical dependence the withdrawal syndrome is largely a hyper exc￭ itable response of the central nervous system due to lack of alcohol symptoms typical of withdrawal include ag￭ itation deli￭ ri￭ um trem￭ ens d￭ ts and seizures sed￭ ative hypno￭ tics such as alcohol are well known for their ability to cause physiological dependence this dependence is due to alcohol induced ne￭ uro adaptation withdrawal is characterized by neuro￭ psychiatric exc￭ itability and autonom￭ ic disturbances dependence on other sed￭ ative hypno￭ tics can increase the severity of the withdrawal syndrome about half of people with alcoholism will develop withdrawal symptoms upon reducing their use of these about three to five percent develop d￭ ts or have seizures
alcoholic cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy is a disease in which the chronic long term abuse of alcohol i e ethanol leads to heart failure alcoholic cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy is a type of dil￭ ated cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy due to the direct toxic effects of alcohol on heart muscle the heart is unable to pump blood efficiently leading to heart failure it can affect other parts of the body if the heart failure is severe it is most common in males between the ages of 35 50
alcoholic halluc￭ in￭ osis or alcohol related psycho￭ sis or alcohol induced psychotic disorder is a complic￭ ation of alcohol withdrawal in alcohol￭ ics descriptions of the condition date back to at least 1907 they can occur during acute in￭ tox￭ ication or withdrawal with the potential of having deli￭ ri￭ um trem￭ ens alcohol halluc￭ in￭ osis is a rather un￭ common alcohol induced psychotic disorder only being seen in chronic alcohol￭ ics who have many consecutive years of severe and heavy drinking during their lifetime alcoholic halluc￭ in￭ osis develops about 12 to 24 hours after the heavy drinking stops suddenly and can last for days it involves aud￭ itory and visual halluc￭ inations most commonly accus￭ atory or threatening voices the risk of developing alcoholic halluc￭ in￭ osis is increased by long term heavy alcohol abuse and the use of other drugs
alcoholic hepatitis is hepatitis infl￭ amm￭ ation of the liver due to excessive intake of alcohol it is usually found in association with fatty liver an early stage of alcoholic liver disease and may contribute to the progression of fi￭ bro￭ sis leading to cir￭ rho￭ sis signs and symptoms of alcoholic hepatitis include ja￭ und￭ ice as￭ cites fluid accumulation in the ab￭ domin￭ al cav￭ ity fatigue and he￭ p￭ atic encephalopathy brain dysfunction due to liver failure mild cases are self limiting but severe cases have a high risk of death severe cases may be treated with glu￭ co￭ cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ids
alcoholic liver disease is a term that encompasses the liver manifestations of alcohol over￭ consumption including fatty liver alcoholic hepatitis and chronic hepatitis with liver fi￭ bro￭ sis or cir￭ rho￭ sis it is the major cause of liver disease in western countries although ste￭ at￭ osis fatty liver will develop in any individual who consumes a large quantity of alcoholic beverages over a long period of time this process is transi￭ ent and reversible of all chronic heavy drin￭ kers only 15 – 20 develop hepatitis or cir￭ rho￭ sis which can occur concomit￭ antly or in succession the mechanism behind this is not completely understood 80 of alcohol passes through the liver to be de￭ tox￭ ified chronic consumption of alcohol results in the secre￭ tion of pro infl￭ am￭ matory cy￭ to￭ k￭ ines tn￭ f alpha inter￭ leuk￭ in 6 il 6 and inter￭ leuk￭ in 8 il 8 oxid￭ ative stress lip￭ id per￭ oxid￭ ation and ace￭ tal￭ de￭ hyde toxicity these factors cause infl￭ amm￭ ation apop￭ to￭ sis and eventually fi￭ bro￭ sis of liver cells why this occurs in only a few individuals is still unclear additionally the liver has tremendous capacity to regener￭ ate and even when 75 of he￭ pat￭ oc￭ y￭ tes are dead it continues to function as normal
alcoholic lung disease is disease of the lungs caused by excessive alcohol consumption the term alcoholic lung disease is not a generally accepted medical diagnosis and the association between alcohol abuse and acute lung injury remains largely un￭ recognized even by lung researchers chronic alcohol ing￭ estion imp￭ airs multiple critical cellular functions in the lung these cellular impair￭ ments lead to increased suscep￭ tibility to serious complications from lung disease recent research cites alcoholic lung disease as comparable to liver disease in alcohol related mortality alcohol￭ ics have a higher risk of developing acute respiratory distress syndrome ards and experience higher rates of mortality from ards when compared to non alcohol￭ ics
alcoholic pol￭ yn￭ euro￭ pa￭ thy a k a alcohol leg is a neuro￭ logical disorder in which multiple peripheral nerves throughout the body mal￭ function simultaneously it is defined by ax￭ onal de￭ generation in neurons of both the sensory and motor systems and initially occurs at the dis￭ tal ends of the longest ax￭ ons in the body this nerve damage causes an individual to experience pain and motor weakness first in the feet and hands and then progressing centrally alcoholic pol￭ yn￭ euro￭ pa￭ thy is caused primarily by chronic alcoholism however vitamin deficiencies are also known to contribute to its development this disease typically occurs in chronic alcohol￭ ics who have some sort of nutritional deficiency treatment may involve nutritional supplem￭ entation pain management abstaining from alcohol
alcoholic re￭ directs here for alcoholic beverages see alcoholic bever￭ age for the song by star￭ sailor see alcoholic song alcoholism also known as alcohol use disorder aud is a broad term for any drinking of alcohol that results in problems it was previously divided into two types alcohol abuse and alcohol dependence in a medical context alcoholism is said to exist when two or more of the following conditions is present a person drinks large amounts over a long time period has difficulty cutting down acquiring and drinking alcohol takes up a great deal of time alcohol is strongly desired usage results in not fulfilling responsibilities usage results in social problems usage results in health problems usage results in risky situations withdrawal occurs when stopping and alcohol tolerance has occurred with use risky situations include drinking and driving or having unsafe sex among others alcohol use can affect all parts of the body but particularly affects the brain heart liver pan￭ cre￭ as and immune system this can result in mental illness wer￭ nic￭ ke – kor￭ sak￭ off syndrome an irregular heart beat liver failure and an increase in the risk of cancer among other diseases drinking during pregnancy can cause damage to the baby resulting in fe￭ tal alcohol spectrum disorders generally women are more sensitive to alcohol s harmful physical and mental effects than men both environmental factors and genetics are associated with alcoholism with about half the risk attributed to each a person with a parent or si￭ bling with alcoholism is three to four times more likely to be alcoholic themselves environmental factors include social cultural and behavioral influences high stress levels anxiety as well as inexpensive easily accessible alcohol increases risk people may continue to drink partly to prevent or improve symptoms of withdrawal a low level of withdrawal may last for months following stopping medic￭ ally alcoholism is considered both a physical and mental illness both questionnaires and certain blood tests may detect people with possible alcoholism further information is then collected to confirm the diagnosis prevention of alcoholism is possible by regulating and limiting the sale of alcohol taxing alcohol to increase its cost and providing inexpensive treatment treatment may take several steps because of the medical problems that can occur during withdrawal alcohol de￭ toxi￭ fication should be carefully controlled one common method involves the use of benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ine medications such as di￭ az￭ ep￭ am this can be either given while admitted to a health care institution or occasionally while a person remains in the community with close supervision other addic￭ tions or mental illness may complicate treatment after de￭ toxi￭ fication support such as group therapy or support groups are used to help keep a person from returning to drinking one commonly used form of support is the group alcohol￭ ics anonymous the medications ac￭ am￭ pro￭ sate dis￭ ul￭ fir￭ am or n￭ al￭ tre￭ x￭ one may also be used to help prevent further drinking the world health organization estimates that as of 2010 there were 208 million people with alcoholism worldwide 4 1 of the population over 15 years of age in the united states about 17 million 7 of adults and 0 7 million 2 8 of those age 12 to 17 years of age are affected it is more common among males and young adults becoming less common in middle and old age it is the least common in africa at 1 1 and has the highest rates in eastern europe at 11 alcoholism directly resulted in 139 000 deaths in 2013 up from 112 000 deaths in 1990 a total of 3 3 million deaths 5 9 of all deaths are believed to be due to alcohol it often reduces a person s life expectancy by around ten years in the united states it resulted in economic costs of 224 billion usd in 2006 many terms some insulting and others informal have been used to refer to people affected by alcoholism including ti￭ p￭ pl￭ er drun￭ k￭ ard di￭ p￭ som￭ ani￭ ac and sou￭ se in 1979 the world health organization discouraged the use of alcoholism due to its in￭ exact meaning preferring alcohol dependence syndrome
an al￭ do￭ l condens￭ ation is an organic reaction in which an en￭ ol or an en￭ ol￭ ate ion reacts with a carbon￭ yl compound to form a β hydroxy￭ alde￭ hyde or β hydroxy￭ ke￭ tone followed by a dehydr￭ ation to give a con￭ ju￭ gated en￭ one al￭ do￭ l condens￭ ation overview al￭ do￭ l condens￭ ations are important in organic synthesis providing a good way to form carbon – carbon bonds for example the robinson ann￭ ulation reaction sequence features an al￭ do￭ l condens￭ ation the wi￭ eland mi￭ es￭ cher ke￭ tone product is an important starting material for many organic syn￭ theses al￭ do￭ l condens￭ ations are also commonly discussed in university level organic chemistry classes as a good bond forming reaction that demonstrates important reaction mechanisms in its usual form it involves the nucle￭ oph￭ il￭ ic addition of a ke￭ tone en￭ ol￭ ate to an alde￭ hyde to form a β hydro￭ xy ke￭ tone or al￭ do￭ l alde￭ hyde alcohol a structural unit found in many naturally occurring molecules and pharmaceuticals the al￭ do￭ l reaction the name al￭ do￭ l condens￭ ation is also commonly used especially in bio￭ chemistry to refer to just the first addition stage of the process — the al￭ do￭ l reaction itself — as cataly￭ zed by al￭ dol￭ ases however the al￭ do￭ l reaction is not formally a condens￭ ation reaction because it does not involve the loss of a small mol￭ ecu￭ le the reaction between an alde￭ hyde ke￭ tone and an aromatic carbon￭ yl compound lacking an alpha hydrogen cross al￭ do￭ l condens￭ ation is called the cla￭ is￭ en schmidt condens￭ ation this reaction is named after two of its pioneering investigators rain￭ er lud￭ wig cla￭ is￭ en and j g schmidt who independently published on this topic in 18￭ 80 and 18￭ 81 an example is the synthesis of di￭ ben￭ zy￭ li￭ den￭ e￭ acet￭ one quantitative yields in cla￭ is￭ en schmidt reactions have been reported in the absence of solvent using na￭ oh as the base and cyclo￭ al￭ kan￭ ones benz￭ alde￭ hy￭ des
al￭ dol￭ ase a deficiency also called al￭ do￭ a deficiency or red cell al￭ dol￭ ase deficiency is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive metabol￭ ic disorder resulting in a deficiency of the enzyme al￭ dol￭ ase a which is found predominantly in red blood cells and muscle tissue it may lead to hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic ana￭ emia as well as my￭ opathy associated with exercise intolerance and r￭ hab￭ dom￭ y￭ ol￭ ysis in some cases
the al￭ do￭ l – ti￭ shchenko reaction is a tandem reaction involving an al￭ do￭ l reaction and a ti￭ shchenko reaction in organic synthesis it is a method to convert alde￭ hy￭ des and ke￭ tones into 1 3 hydrox￭ yl compounds the reaction sequence in many examples starts from conversion of a ke￭ tone into an en￭ ol￭ ate by action of lith￭ ium di￭ iso￭ prop￭ yl￭ amide lda the mon￭ o ester di￭ ol is then converted into the di￭ ol by a hydro￭ lysis step with both the ace￭ ty￭ l trim￭ ethyl￭ si￭ lane and pro￭ pi￭ op￭ hen￭ one as re￭ ac￭ tants the di￭ ol is obtained as a pure di￭ ast￭ ere￭ ois￭ om￭ er al￭ do￭ l – ti￭ shchenko reaction starting from ace￭ ty￭ l trim￭ ethyl￭ si￭ lane and ace￭ tal￭ de￭ hy￭ deal￭ do￭ l – ti￭ shchenko reaction starting from pro￭ pi￭ op￭ hen￭ one and ace￭ tal￭ de￭ hyde
alexander s band or alexander s dark band is an optical phenomenon associated with rain￭ bows which was named after alexander of aph￭ ro￭ dis￭ ias who first described it in 200 ad it occurs due to the deviation angles of the primary and secondary rain￭ bows both bows exist due to an optical effect called the angle of minimum deviation the ref￭ r￭ active index of water prevents light from being devi￭ ated at smaller angles the minimum deviation angle for the primary bow is 137 5 ° light can be devi￭ ated up to 180 ° causing it to be reflected right back to the observer light which is devi￭ ated at intermediate angles bri￭ ghtens the inside of the rain￭ bow the minimum deviation angle for the secondary bow is about 230 ° the fact that this angle is greater than 180 ° makes the secondary bow an inside out version of the primary its colors are reversed and light which is devi￭ ated at greater angles bri￭ ghtens the sky outside the bow between the two bows lies an area of un￭ lit sky referred to as alexander s band light which is reflected by rain￭ drops in this region of the sky cannot reach the observer though it may contribute to a rain￭ bow seen by another observer elsewhere
alexander disease also known as fi￭ br￭ ino￭ id leuko￭ dy￭ stro￭ phy is a progressive and fatal neuro￭ degenerative disease it is a rare genetic disorder and mostly affects infants and children causing developmental delay and changes in physical characteristics
alex￭ andre lu￭ iz gou￭ lar￭ t commonly known simply as alex￭ andre born july 24 1976 in são jo￭ ão del re￭ i brazil is a brazilian football player alex￭ andre appearance in two cam￭ pe￭ on￭ ato bra￭ si￭ le￭ iro matches for sport club intern￭ ac￭ ional he spent several years playing football for bo￭ a￭ vis￭ ta f c and c d nacional in the portuguese liga
ale￭ zz￭ an￭ drin￭ i syndrome is a very rare syndrome characterized by a unilateral degenerative ret￭ initi￭ s followed after several months by ip￭ si￭ lateral viti￭ li￭ go on the face and ip￭ si￭ lateral poli￭ osis deaf￭ ness may also be present
al￭ ga￭ emia refers to the condition where green al￭ ga￭ e is found in the blood it has been observed in an immun￭ o￭ competent patient after removal of a hic￭ kman cathe￭ ter in cows it has been observed to be caused by proto￭ th￭ eca blas￭ ch￭ ke￭ ae in humans it has been observed to be caused by proto￭ th￭ eca wick￭ er￭ ham￭ ii
an al￭ gal bloom is a rapid increase or accumulation in the population of al￭ ga￭ e in freshwater or marine water systems and are recognized by the dis￭ color￭ ation in the water from their pig￭ ments cyan￭ ob￭ ac￭ ter￭ ia blo￭ oms are often called blue green al￭ ga￭ e blo￭ oms which can inj￭ ure animals or the ecology are called harmful al￭ gal blo￭ oms ha￭ b and can lead to fish die offs cities cutting off water to residents or states having to close fisheries
the al￭ gar – flynn – oy￭ am￭ ada reaction is a chemical reaction whereby a chal￭ cone under￭ goes an oxid￭ ative cy￭ cli￭ zation to form a flav￭ on￭ ol the al￭ gar – flynn – oy￭ am￭ ada reaction
al￭ ge￭ bra￭ ic enum￭ eration is a sub￭ field of enum￭ eration that deals with finding exact formulas for the number of combin￭ atorial objects of a given type rather than estimating this number as￭ ymp￭ to￭ tically methods of finding these formulas include generating functions and the solution of recurrence relations
algori￭ th￭ mic cooling is a phenomenon in quantum compu￭ tation in which the processing of certain types of compu￭ tation results in negative ent￭ ro￭ py and thus a cooling effect the phenomenon is a result of the connection between thermo￭ dynamics and information theory in so far as information is en￭ coded in physical systems it is subject to the laws of thermo￭ dynamics certain processes within compu￭ tation require a change in ent￭ ro￭ py within the computing system as data must be stored as some kind of ordered structure like a loc￭ alized charge in a capac￭ itor so the eras￭ ure of data by destroying this order must involve an increase in disorder or ent￭ ro￭ py this means that the eras￭ ure of data releases heat this is land￭ auer s principle reversible computing or adi￭ ab￭ atic computing is a theoretical type of computing in which data is never erased it just changes state or is marked to be ignored in theory such a system would be able to hide data without releasing heat in the case of quantum entang￭ led data or qu￭ bits it is possible for a compu￭ tation to result in negative ent￭ ro￭ py actually transferring heat out of the compu￭ tational system and so cooling it
algori￭ th￭ mic information theory is a sub￭ field of information theory and computer science that concerns itself with the relationship between compu￭ tation and information according to greg￭ ory cha￭ i￭ tin it is the result of putting shannon s information theory and turing s compu￭ tability theory into a cocktail shak￭ er and shaking vigorously
in signal processing and related disciplines ali￭ asing is an effect that causes different signals to become in￭ distingu￭ ishable or ali￭ ases of one another when sampled it also refers to the distortion or arti￭ fact that results when the signal re￭ constructed from samples is different from the original continuous signal ali￭ asing can occur in signals sampled in time for instance digital audio and is referred to as temporal ali￭ asing ali￭ asing can also occur in spati￭ ally sampled signals for instance mo￭ ir￭ é patterns in digital images ali￭ asing in spati￭ ally sampled signals is called spatial ali￭ asing ali￭ asing is generally avoided by applying low pass filters anti ali￭ asing filters to the analo￭ g signal before sampling
alice de lu￭ sign￭ an countess of sur￭ rey 12￭ 24 – 9 february 12￭ 56 was a uter￭ ine half sister of king henry iii of england and the wife of john de wa￭ ren￭ ne 6 th earl of sur￭ rey shortly after her arrival in england from france in 12￭ 47 her half brother arranged her marriage to the earl which incurred some resentment from the english no￭ bility
alice in wonder￭ land syndrome also known as todd s syndrome or li￭ l￭ li￭ pu￭ tian halluc￭ inations is a dis￭ ori￭ enting neuro￭ logical condition that affects human perception people experience micro￭ p￭ sia macro￭ p￭ sia pel￭ op￭ sia tele￭ op￭ sia or size distortion of other sensory modalities it is often associated with migr￭ ain￭ es brain tumors and the use of psychoactive drugs it can also be the initial symptom of the ep￭ stein – bar￭ r virus see mon￭ on￭ uc￭ le￭ osis anec￭ do￭ tal reports suggest that the symptoms are fairly common in childhood with many people growing out of them in their teens it appears that ai￭ ws is also a common experience at sleep onset and has been known to commonly arise due to a lack of sleep ai￭ ws can be caused by abnormal amounts of electrical activity causing abnormal blood flow in the parts of the brain that process visual perception and tex￭ ture
alien hand syndrome a￭ hs is a rare neuro￭ logical disorder that causes hand movement without the person being aware of what is happening or having control over the action the afflicted person may sometimes reach for objects and manipulate them without wanting to do so even to the point of having to use the controllable hand to restrain the alien hand while under normal circumstances thought as intent and action can be assumed to be deeply mutually entang￭ led the occurrence of alien hand syndrome can be usefully concep￭ tu￭ alized as a phenomenon reflecting a functional dis￭ entang￭ lement between thought and action alien hand syndrome is best documented in cases where a person has had the two hemis￭ ph￭ er￭ es of their brain sur￭ g￭ ically separated a procedure sometimes used to relieve the symptoms of extreme cases of epi￭ le￭ psy it also occurs in some cases after brain surgery stroke infection tumor an￭ eur￭ ys￭ m and specific degenerative brain conditions such as alzheimer s disease and creutz￭ feldt – jakob disease other areas of the brain that are associated with alien hand syndrome are the frontal oc￭ ci￭ p￭ ital and par￭ ie￭ tal lob￭ es the first known case described in the medical literature appeared in a detailed case report published in german in 19￭ 08 by the pre￭ eminent german ne￭ uro psychiatrist kurt gold￭ stein in this paper gold￭ stein described a right handed woman who had suffered a stroke affecting her left side from which she had partially recovered by the time she was seen however her left arm seemed as though it belonged to another person and performed actions that appeared to occur independent of her will the patient complained of a feeling of strang￭ eness in relationship to the goal directed movements of the left hand and insisted that someone else was moving the left hand and that she was not moving it herself gold￭ stein reported that as a result of this report she was regarded at first as a parano￭ i￭ ac when the left hand grasped an object she could not voluntarily release it the som￭ atic sen￭ sibility of the left side was reported to be impaired especially with aspects of sensation having to do with the ori￭ enting of the limb some spontaneous movements were noted to occur involving the left hand such as wiping the face or rub￭ bing the eyes but these were relatively inf￭ requ￭ ent only with significant effort was she able to perform simple movements with the left arm in response to spoken command but these movements were performed slowly and often in￭ completely even if these same movements had been involun￭ tarily performed with relative ease before while in the abnormal alien control mode based on these remarkable observations gold￭ stein developed a doctrine of motor ap￭ ra￭ x￭ ia in which he discussed the process involved in the generation of voluntary action and interpreted these findings in the context of a proposed central structure organized around the perception and internal representation of the space time continu￭ um encompassing memory will and other higher cognitive processes gold￭ stein maintained that a unified conceptual organization and general gest￭ alt of space time in which all aspects of relevant sensory perception of both the physical body i e via inter￭ o￭ ception and external space i e via exter￭ o￭ ception were integrated was necessary both for object perception as well as for successful goal directed dynamic bodily action in relationship to extr￭ aper￭ s￭ onal space and the objects located therein in his classic papers reviewing the wide variety of dis￭ connection syndro￭ mes associated with focal brain path￭ ology norman ges￭ ch￭ wind commented that kurt gold￭ stein was perhaps the first to stress the non unity of the personality in patients with cal￭ los￭ al section and its possible psychiatric effects anarch￭ ic hand syndrome and alien hand syndrome are two similar but separate disorders in both there are unintended but purposeful and autonomous movements of the upper limb and inter￭ manual conflict anarch￭ ic hand is usually diagnosed as opposed to alien hand syndrome because it tends to be more associated with motor impair￭ ments as the patients acknowledge the hand as theirs but are frustrated by its unintended actions in alien hand syndrome the individual tends to display more sensory deficits as they dissoci￭ ate themselves from the hand and its actions frequently re￭ marking on the hand s behaviour as if it does not belong to them
the alkali – silic￭ a reaction as￭ r more commonly known as concrete cancer is a reaction which occurs over time in concrete between the highly al￭ kal￭ ine cement paste and the reactive non cryst￭ alline am￭ orph￭ ous silic￭ a found in many common aggregates given sufficient moisture this reaction causes the expansion of the altered aggregate by the formation of a sw￭ elling gel of calcium silic￭ ate hydrate c s h this gel increases in volume with water and exer￭ ts an expansive pressure inside the material causing sp￭ alling and loss of strength of the concrete finally leading to its failure as￭ r can cause serious cracking in concrete resulting in critical structural problems that can even force the demolition of a particular structure
al￭ k￭ alo￭ sis is the result of a process reducing hydrogen ion concentration of arter￭ ial blood plasma al￭ kal￭ emia in contrast to aci￭ dem￭ ia serum ph 7 35 or lower al￭ kal￭ emia occurs when the serum ph is higher than normal 7 45 or higher al￭ k￭ alo￭ sis is usually divided into the categories of respiratory al￭ k￭ alo￭ sis and metabol￭ ic al￭ k￭ alo￭ sis or a combined respiratory metabol￭ ic al￭ k￭ alo￭ sis
al￭ kane me￭ ta￭ thesis is a class of chemical reaction in which an al￭ kane is re￭ arranged to give a longer or shorter al￭ kane product it is similar to ole￭ fin me￭ ta￭ thesis except that ole￭ fin me￭ ta￭ thesis cle￭ a￭ ves and recre￭ ates a carbon carbon double bond but al￭ kane meth￭ ath￭ esis operates on a carbon carbon single bond
al￭ kap￭ ton￭ ur￭ ia black urine disease black bone disease or al￭ cap￭ ton￭ ur￭ ia is a rare inherited genetic disorder in which the body cannot process the amino acids phen￭ yl￭ alan￭ ine and ty￭ ros￭ ine which occur in protein it is caused by a mutation in the hg￭ d gene for the enzyme hom￭ og￭ enti￭ sate 1 2 diox￭ y￭ gen￭ ase ec 1 13 11 5 if a person inher￭ its abnormal copies from each parent it is a rec￭ essive condition the body accumul￭ ates an intermediate substance called hom￭ og￭ enti￭ sic acid in the blood and tissues hom￭ og￭ enti￭ sic acid and its oxid￭ ated form al￭ kap￭ ton are ex￭ cre￭ ted in the urine giving it an unusually dark color the accumulating hom￭ og￭ enti￭ sic acid causes damage to car￭ til￭ age och￭ ro￭ no￭ sis leading to o￭ ste￭ o￭ ar￭ thri￭ tis and heart valves as well as precipit￭ ating as kidney stones and stones in other organs symptoms usually develop in people over thirty years old although the dark dis￭ color￭ ation of the urine is present from birth apart from treatment of the complications such as pain relief and joint replacement for the car￭ til￭ age damage vitamin c has been used to reduce the och￭ ro￭ no￭ sis and lowering of the hom￭ og￭ enti￭ sic acid levels may be attempted with a low protein diet recently the drug ni￭ ti￭ sin￭ one has been found to suppress hom￭ og￭ enti￭ sic acid production and research is ongoing as to whether it can improve symptoms al￭ kap￭ ton￭ ur￭ ia is a rare disease it occurs in one in 250 000 people but is more common in slovakia and the dominican republic
the reaction steps are reversible reactions and the reaction is driven to completion by removal of water by az￭ e￭ o￭ tropic distillation molecular si￭ eves or titanium tetr￭ ach￭ l￭ oride primary am￭ ines react through an unstable hem￭ i￭ am￭ inal intermediate which then spl￭ its off water al￭ ky￭ limin￭ o de ox￭ o bis￭ u￭ b￭ stitu￭ tion secondary am￭ ines do not lose water easily because they do not have a prot￭ on available and instead they often react further to an am￭ inal reaction of secondary amine with a carbon￭ yl group or when an α carbon￭ yl prot￭ on is present to an en￭ amine en￭ amine formation by reaction of amine with carbon￭ yl in ac￭ id￭ ic environment the reaction product is an im￭ ini￭ um salt by loss of water this reaction type is found in many heter￭ oc￭ ycle preparations for example the po￭ var￭ ov reaction and the fried￭ länder synthesis to quin￭ ol￭ ines because both components are so reactive a mol￭ ecu￭ le does not carry an alde￭ hyde and an amine group at the same time unless the amine group is fitted with a protective group as a further demonstration of re￭ activity one study explored the properties of an α form￭ yl azi￭ ri￭ dine which was found to di￭ mer￭ ize as an ox￭ az￭ oli￭ dine on formation from the corresponding ester by organic reduction with di￭ bal form￭ yl azi￭ ri￭ dine re￭ activity im￭ ini￭ um ion formation is prohibited in this mol￭ ecu￭ le because the az￭ ir￭ ine group and the form￭ yl group are said to be orth￭ og￭ onal
al￭ ky￭ nation is an addition reaction in organic synthesis where a metal ace￭ ty￭ li￭ de reacts with a carbon￭ yl group to form an α al￭ ky￭ n￭ yl alcohol when the ace￭ ty￭ li￭ de is formed from ace￭ ty￭ lene the reaction forms an α eth￭ yn￭ yl alcohol this process is often referred to as eth￭ yn￭ yl￭ ation
al￭ ky￭ ne me￭ ta￭ thesis is an organic reaction involving the redistribution of al￭ ky￭ ne chemical bonds this reaction is closely related to ole￭ fin me￭ ta￭ thesis metal cataly￭ zed al￭ ky￭ ne me￭ ta￭ thesis was first described in 1968 by bailey et al the bailey system utilized a mixture of tungsten and silicon oxides at temperatures as high as 450 ° c in 1974 mor￭ tre￭ ux reported the use of a homogeneous catalyst — mol￭ y￭ b￭ den￭ um h￭ exac￭ ar￭ bon￭ yl at 160 ° c — to observe an al￭ ky￭ ne scram￭ bling phenomenon in which an un￭ symmetr￭ ical al￭ ky￭ ne equi￭ libr￭ ates with its two symmetr￭ ical derivatives
an al￭ ky￭ ne trim￭ er￭ isation reaction is a 2 2 2 cy￭ cli￭ zation reaction in which three al￭ ky￭ ne molecules react to form an aromatic compound the reaction is pseudo peric￭ ycl￭ ic since it has not been observed to occur without the assistance of metal catal￭ ysis and the metal catalyst assemb￭ les the ring step￭ wise via intermedi￭ ates which are not directly in between in a geome￭ tric sense the starting material and products
the al￭ ky￭ ne zip￭ per reaction is an organic reaction which isom￭ er￭ izes an organic compound containing an internal al￭ ky￭ ne into a terminal al￭ ky￭ ne this was first reported by charles allen brown and ay￭ ako yam￭ ash￭ ita in 1975 the isom￭ er￭ ization reaction proceeds for straight chain al￭ ky￭ nes and ace￭ ty￭ lin￭ ic alcohol￭ s and provides a useful approach for remote func￭ tion￭ alization in long chain hydrocarbons the reaction requires a strong base the base used by brown and yam￭ ash￭ ita was potassium 1 3 diam￭ ino￭ pro￭ pan￭ ide generated in situ by adding potassium hy￭ dri￭ de to the solvent 1 3 diam￭ ino￭ pro￭ pan￭ e alternative approaches have been investigated due to the expensive and hazardous nature of potassium hy￭ dri￭ de ethyl￭ en￭ edi￭ amine has been found to be an unsuitable replacement for 1 3 diam￭ ino￭ pro￭ pan￭ e as an example for the synthesis of 9 dec￭ yn 1 ol from 2 dec￭ yn 1 ol the lith￭ ium salt of 1 3 diam￭ ino￭ pro￭ pan￭ e in the presence of potassium ter￭ t bu￭ tox￭ ide affords yields of approximately 85 ho – ch 2 c ≡ c – ch 2 6 ch 3 → ho ch 2 8 – c ≡ ch
all you need is blood is the name of the first single released by mas￭ h up band beat￭ al￭ lic￭ a a group known for their combination of beat￭ les music and metal￭ lic￭ a ly￭ rics and ri￭ ffs the song is a par￭ ody of the beat￭ les song all you need is love in the same tradition of the beat￭ les the cover features the members of beat￭ al￭ lic￭ a holding signs that read the song title in different languages and each track except for the last begins with a musical quote from a different national anthem the max￭ i single contains fourteen tracks each in a different language except for the last track which is a radio ed￭ it of the american english version beat￭ alli￭ bang￭ ers fans worldwide submitted the ly￭ rics which were used and un￭ ed￭ ited by the band it was released on may 20 2008 the japanese cd import version which includes a bonus track of the song in japanese was released by s￭ ony at￭ v on oct 8 2008 as of oct 2008 beat￭ al￭ lic￭ a has recorded and released 14 different language versions of this song and they have left the project as an on going endeav￭ or beat￭ alli￭ bang￭ ers worldwide may submit new language versions directly to the band via their website
the al￭ la￭ is paradox is a choice problem designed by maurice al￭ la￭ is to show an inconsistency of actual observed choices with the predictions of expected utility theory
allan – her￭ n￭ don – du￭ d￭ ley syndrome is a rare x linked inherited disorder of brain development that causes moderate to severe intellectual disability and problems with movement this condition which occurs almost exclusively in males disrup￭ ts development from before birth allan – her￭ n￭ don – du￭ d￭ ley syndrome which is named ep￭ onym￭ ously for william allan florence c du￭ d￭ ley and c n￭ ash her￭ n￭ don results from a mutation of the thyro￭ id hormone transporter mc￭ t 8 also referred to as sl￭ c 16 a 2 consecu￭ tively thyro￭ id hormones are unable to enter the nervous system which depends on thyro￭ id sign￭ aling for proper function and development
the allan – robinson reaction is the chemical reaction of o hydrox￭ yar￭ yl ke￭ tones with aromatic an￭ hy￭ dri￭ des to form flav￭ ones or is￭ of￭ lav￭ ones if ali￭ ph￭ atic an￭ hy￭ dri￭ des are used cou￭ mar￭ ins can also be formed see ko￭ stan￭ ec￭ ki ac￭ yl￭ ation
the alle￭ e effect is a phenomenon in biology characterized by a correlation between population size or density and the mean individual fitness often measured as per capita population growth rate of a population or species
all￭ el￭ ic hetero￭ geneity is the phenomenon in which different mutations at the same loc￭ us cause a similar phen￭ o￭ type these all￭ el￭ ic variations can arise as a result of natural selection processes as a result of exo￭ genous mut￭ ag￭ ens genetic drift or genetic migration many of these mutations take the form of single nucle￭ o￭ tide poly￭ morph￭ isms in which a single nucle￭ o￭ tide base is altered compared to a consensus sequence they can also exist as copy number variants c￭ nv in which the copies of a gene or dna sequence is different from the population mut￭ ated all￭ el￭ es expressing all￭ el￭ ic hetero￭ geneity can be classified as adap￭ tive or dis￭ adap￭ tive these mutations can occur in the germ line cells som￭ atic cells or in the mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al mutations in germ line cells can be inherited as well as mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al all￭ el￭ ic mutations the mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al all￭ el￭ ic mutations are inherited mater￭ nally typically in the human genome a small amount of alle￭ le variants account for 75 of the mutations found at a particular loc￭ us within a population other variants found are considered to be rare or exclusive to a single pedigree the online men￭ deli￭ an inheritance of man has a record of over 1000 genes and their associated all￭ el￭ ic variants these genes display all￭ el￭ ic hetero￭ geneity at their loc￭ i and are responsible for distinct disease phen￭ o￭ types some of these diseases include al￭ kap￭ ton￭ ur￭ ia al￭ bin￭ ism ach￭ on￭ dro￭ pl￭ asia and phen￭ yl￭ ke￭ ton￭ ur￭ ia for example β thal￭ ass￭ emia may be caused by several different mutations in the β glob￭ in gene all￭ el￭ ic hetero￭ geneity should not be confused with loc￭ us hetero￭ geneity in which a mutation at a different gene causes a similar phen￭ o￭ type nor should it be confused with phen￭ o￭ typ￭ ic hetero￭ geneity in which a mutation within the same gene causes a different phen￭ o￭ type other major diseases displaying all￭ el￭ ic hetero￭ geneity are all￭ el￭ ic mutations in the dy￭ stro￭ ph￭ in gene which cause du￭ chen￭ ne dy￭ stro￭ phy and mutations in the cf￭ tr gene that are known to causes c￭ ys￭ tic fi￭ bro￭ sis
all￭ el￭ opathy is a biological phenomenon by which an organism produces one or more bio￭ chemicals that influence the germination growth survival and reproduction of other organisms these bio￭ chemicals are known as all￭ elo￭ chemicals and can have beneficial positive all￭ el￭ opathy or detrimental negative all￭ el￭ opathy effects on the target organisms and the community all￭ elo￭ chemicals are a sub￭ set of secondary metabol￭ ites which are not required for metabol￭ ism i e growth development and reproduction of the all￭ el￭ opathic organism all￭ elo￭ chemicals with negative all￭ el￭ opathic effects are an important part of plant defense against her￭ bi￭ v￭ ory the production of all￭ elo￭ chemicals are affected by bio￭ tic factors such as nutrients available and abi￭ otic factors such as temperature and ph all￭ el￭ opathy is characteristic of certain plants al￭ ga￭ e bacteria coral and fun￭ gi all￭ el￭ opathic interactions are an important factor in determining species distribution and abundance within plant communities and are also thought to be important in the success of many invasive plants for specific examples see spotted k￭ nap￭ weed cen￭ tau￭ rea mac￭ ul￭ osa garlic mustard alli￭ aria peti￭ ol￭ ata casu￭ ar￭ ina alloc￭ as￭ u￭ ar￭ ina spp and nut￭ se￭ dge the process by which a plant acquires more of the available resources such as nutrients water or light from the environment without any chemical action on the surrounding plants is called resource competition this process is not negative all￭ el￭ opathy although both processes can act together to enhance the survival rate of the plant species
the allen – mill￭ ar – tri￭ p￭ pe￭ tt re￭ arrangement is a ring expansion reaction in which a cyclic phosp￭ h￭ ine is transformed into a cyclic phosp￭ h￭ ine oxide this name reaction first reported in the 1960 s by david w allen ian t mill￭ ar and stuart tri￭ p￭ pe￭ tt occurs by al￭ k￭ yl￭ ation or ac￭ yl￭ ation of the phosphorus followed by reaction with hydrox￭ ide to give a re￭ arranged product the hydrox￭ ide first attacks the phosp￭ hon￭ ium atom followed by collapse to the phosp￭ h￭ ine oxide with one of the groups migr￭ ating off of the phosphorus
allergic bron￭ chop￭ ul￭ mon￭ ary asper￭ gil￭ losis ab￭ pa is a condition characterised by an exaggerated response of the immune system a hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity response to the fun￭ gus asper￭ gill￭ us most commonly asper￭ gill￭ us fum￭ ig￭ atus it occurs most often in patients with asthma or c￭ ys￭ tic fi￭ bro￭ sis asper￭ gill￭ us spo￭ res are ubiquitous in soil and are commonly found in the sp￭ u￭ tum of healthy individuals a fum￭ ig￭ atus is responsible for a spectrum of lung diseases known as asper￭ gil￭ loses ab￭ pa causes air￭ way infl￭ amm￭ ation leading to bron￭ chi￭ ec￭ tas￭ is — a condition marked by abnormal dil￭ ation of the airways left untreated the immune system and fun￭ gal spo￭ res can damage sensitive lung tissues and lead to scar￭ ring the exact criteria for the diagnosis of ab￭ pa are not agreed upon chest x rays and ct sc￭ ans raised blood levels of i￭ ge and e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ ils immun￭ ological tests for asper￭ gill￭ us together with sp￭ u￭ tum stain￭ ing and sp￭ u￭ tum cultures can be useful treatment consists of cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ster￭ oids and anti￭ fun￭ gal medications
allergic con￭ junc￭ ti￭ vi￭ tis is infl￭ amm￭ ation of the con￭ junc￭ tiva the memb￭ rane covering the white part of the eye due to allergy although aller￭ gens differ among patients the most common cause is hay fever symptoms consist of red￭ ness mainly due to vas￭ o￭ dil￭ ation of the peripheral small blood vessels e￭ dem￭ a sw￭ elling of the con￭ junc￭ tiva it￭ ching and increased lac￭ ri￭ mation production of tears if this is combined with rh￭ initi￭ s the condition is termed allergic rhin￭ o￭ con￭ junc￭ ti￭ vi￭ tis the symptoms are due to release of hist￭ amine and other active substances by m￭ ast cells which stimulate dil￭ ation of blood vessels irrit￭ ate nerve end￭ ings and increase secre￭ tion of tears treatment of allergic con￭ junc￭ ti￭ vi￭ tis is by avoiding the aller￭ gen e g avoiding grass in bloom during hay fever season and treatment with anti￭ hist￭ am￭ ines either topical in the form of eye drops or systemic in the form of tablets anti￭ hist￭ am￭ ines medications that stabilize m￭ ast cells and non ster￭ o￭ idal anti infl￭ am￭ matory drugs n￭ s￭ aids are generally safe and usually effective
allergic contact der￭ mati￭ tis ac￭ d is a form of contact der￭ mati￭ tis that is the manifestation of an allergic response caused by contact with a substance the other type being irrit￭ ant contact der￭ mati￭ tis ic￭ d although less common than ic￭ d ac￭ d is accepted to be the most prevalent form of immun￭ o￭ toxicity found in humans by its allergic nature this form of contact der￭ mati￭ tis is a hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tive reaction that is atypical within the population the mechanisms by which these reactions occur are complex with many levels of fine control their immun￭ ology centres on the interaction of immun￭ o￭ regulatory cy￭ to￭ k￭ ines and dis￭ crete sub￭ populations of t lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tes
an allergic response is a hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tive immune reaction to a substance that normally is harmless or would not cause an immune response in everyone an allergic response may cause harmful symptoms such as it￭ ching or infl￭ amm￭ ation or tissue injury
allergic rh￭ initi￭ s also known as hay fever is a type of infl￭ amm￭ ation in the nose which occurs when the immune system over￭ reacts to aller￭ gens in the air signs and symptoms include a run￭ ny or stu￭ ffy nose snee￭ zing red it￭ chy and wat￭ ery eyes and sw￭ elling around the eyes the fluid from the nose is usually clear symptom onset is often within minutes following exposure and they can affect sleep the ability to work and the ability to concentrate at school those whose symptoms are due to poll￭ en typically develop symptoms during specific times of the year many people with allergic rh￭ initi￭ s also have asthma allergic con￭ junc￭ ti￭ vi￭ tis or at￭ op￭ ic der￭ mati￭ tis allergic rh￭ initi￭ s is typically triggered by environmental aller￭ gens such as poll￭ en pet hair dust or mold inherited genetics and environmental exposures contribute to the development of allergies growing up on a farm and having multiple si￭ bl￭ ings decreases the risk the underlying mechanism involves i￭ ge antibodies attaching to the aller￭ gen and causing the release of infl￭ am￭ matory chemicals such as hist￭ amine from m￭ ast cells diagnosis is usually based on a medical history in combination with a skin prick test or blood tests for aller￭ gen specific i￭ ge antibodies these tests however are sometimes fal￭ sely positive the symptoms of allergies resemble those of the common cold however they often last for more than two weeks and typically do not include a fever exposure to animals in early life might reduce the risk of developing allergies to them later a number of medications may improve symptoms including nas￭ al ster￭ oids anti￭ hist￭ am￭ ines such as di￭ phen￭ hy￭ dram￭ ine cro￭ mol￭ yn sodium and leuko￭ tri￭ ene recep￭ tor antagon￭ ists such as mon￭ tel￭ uk￭ ast medications are however not sufficient or associated with side effects in many people exposing people to larger and larger amounts of aller￭ gen known as aller￭ gen immun￭ otherapy is often effective the aller￭ gen may be given as injections just under the skin or as a tab￭ let under the tongue treatment typically lasts three to five years after which benefits may be prolonged allergic rh￭ initi￭ s is the type of allergy that affects the greatest number of people in western countries between 10 – 30 of people are affected in a given year it is most common between the ages of twenty and forty the first accurate description is from the 10 th century physician r￭ haz￭ es poll￭ en was identified as the cause in 1859 by charles black￭ ley in 1906 the mechanism was determined by clem￭ ens von pir￭ quet the link with hay came about due to an early and incorrect theory that the symptoms were brought about by the smell of new hay
allergies also known as allergic diseases are a number of conditions caused by hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity of the immune system to something in the environment that usually causes little or no problem in most people these diseases include hay fever food allergies at￭ op￭ ic der￭ mati￭ tis allergic asthma and an￭ ap￭ hy￭ lax￭ is symptoms may include red eyes an it￭ chy rash run￭ ny nose short￭ ness of breath or sw￭ elling food intoler￭ ances and food poisoning are separate conditions common aller￭ gens include poll￭ en and certain food metals and other substances may also cause problems food insect st￭ ings and medications are common causes of severe reactions their development is due to both genetic and environmental factors the underlying mechanism involves immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ulin e antibodies i￭ ge part of the body s immune system binding to an aller￭ gen and then to a recep￭ tor on m￭ ast cells or bas￭ oph￭ ils where it triggers the release of infl￭ am￭ matory chemicals such as hist￭ amine diagnosis is typically based on a person s medical history further testing of the skin or blood may be useful in certain cases positive tests however may not mean there is a significant allergy to the substance in question early exposure to potential aller￭ gens may be protective treatments for allergies include avoiding known aller￭ gens and the use of medications such as ster￭ oids and anti￭ hist￭ am￭ ines in severe reactions injec￭ table adren￭ al￭ ine ep￭ in￭ eph￭ rine is recommended aller￭ gen immun￭ otherapy which gradually exposes people to larger and larger amounts of aller￭ gen is useful for some types of allergies such as hay fever and reactions to insect bites its use in food allergies is unclear allergies are common in the developed world about 20 of people are affected by allergic rh￭ initi￭ s about 6 of people have at least one food allergy and about 20 have at￭ op￭ ic der￭ mati￭ tis at some point in time depending on the country about 1 – 18 of people have asthma an￭ ap￭ hy￭ lax￭ is occurs in between 0 05 – 2 of people rates of many allergic diseases appear to be increasing the word allergy was first used by clem￭ ens von pir￭ quet in 1906
cat allergy in humans is an allergic reaction to one or more aller￭ gens produced by cats the most common of these aller￭ gens are the gly￭ co￭ protein fe￭ l d 1 secre￭ ted by the cat s se￭ bac￭ eous g￭ lands and fe￭ l d 4 which is expressed in sali￭ va an allergic reaction is a hist￭ amine reaction that is usually characterized by cou￭ gh￭ ing whe￭ e￭ zing chest tightening it￭ ching nas￭ al congestion rash watering eyes snee￭ zing c￭ happ￭ ed lips and similar symptoms in some severe cases reactions may progress rapidly to cause the victim s air￭ way to become infl￭ amed and close up requiring emergency medical attention those with severe life threatening cat allergies face tremendous challenges due to lack of public awareness about an￭ ap￭ hy￭ lac￭ tic cat allergies and do not enjoy the same consci￭ enti￭ ousness from the public as those with a food allergy might due to widespread knowledge of allergies to aller￭ gens such as nuts or dairy
allo￭ chi￭ ria from the greek meaning other hand is a neuro￭ logical disorder in which the patient responds to stimul￭ i presented to one side of their body as if the stimul￭ i had been presented at the opposite side it is associated with spatial trans￭ positions usually symmetr￭ ical of stimul￭ i from one side of the body or of the space to the opposite one thus a touch to the left side of the body will be reported as a touch to the right side which is also known as som￭ at￭ os￭ ens￭ ory allo￭ chi￭ ria if the aud￭ itory or visual senses are affected sounds a person s voice for instance will be reported as being heard on the opposite side to that on which they occur and objects presented vis￭ ually will be reported as having been presented on the opposite side often patients may express allo￭ chi￭ ria in their drawing while copying an image allo￭ chi￭ ria often co occurs with unilateral neglect and like hemis￭ pati￭ al neglect the disorder arises commonly from damage to the right par￭ ie￭ tal lo￭ be allo￭ chi￭ ria is often confused with allo￭ esthesia also known as false allo￭ chi￭ ria true allo￭ chi￭ ria is a symptom of dy￭ schi￭ ria and unilateral neglect dy￭ schi￭ ria is a disorder in the loc￭ alization of sensation due to various degrees of dissoci￭ ation and cause impairment in one side causing the inability to tell which side of the body was touched
allo￭ dy￭ nia ancient greek ά￭ λ￭ λο￭ ς ál￭ los other and ο￭ δύ￭ ν￭ η od￭ ú￭ n￭ ē pain refers to central pain sensi￭ tization increased response of neurons following painful often repeti￭ tive stimulation allo￭ dy￭ nia can lead to the triggering of a pain response from stimul￭ i which do not normally provoke pain temperature or physical stimul￭ i can provoke allo￭ dy￭ nia which may feel like a burning sensation and it often occurs after injury to a site allo￭ dy￭ nia is different from hyper￭ al￭ ge￭ sia an extreme exaggerated reaction to a stimulus which is normally painful
all￭ op￭ ur￭ in￭ ol hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity syndrome typically occurs in persons with pre￭ existing kidney failure weeks to months after all￭ op￭ ur￭ in￭ ol is begun the patient develops a mor￭ bil￭ li￭ form eruption
allo￭ recognition is the ability of an individual organism to distinguish its own tissues from those of another it manifests itself in the recognition of antigens expressed on the surface of cells of non self origin allo￭ recognition has been described in nearly all mul￭ tic￭ ell￭ ular phy￭ la this article focuses on allo￭ recognition from the standpoint of its significance in the evolution of mul￭ tic￭ ell￭ ular organisms for other articles which focus on its importance in medicine molecular biology and so forth the following topics are recommended as well as those in the categories links at the bottom of this page immune system immun￭ ology transplant rejection tissue typing major his￭ to￭ compatibility complex mh￭ c the ability to discriminate between self and non self is a fundamental requirement for life at the most basic level even single cel￭ led organisms need to be able to distinguish between food and non food to respond appropriately to invading pathogens and to avoid canni￭ b￭ alism in sexually reproducing organisms self non self discrimination is essential to ensuring species specific egg sperm interaction during fertili￭ zation her￭ m￭ aph￭ ro￭ di￭ tic organisms such as an￭ ne￭ li￭ ds and certain plants require recognition mechanisms to prevent self fertili￭ zation such functions are all carried out by the in￭ nate immune system which employs evolu￭ tion￭ arily con￭ served pattern recognition recep￭ tors to eliminate cells displaying non￭ self mark￭ ers
an allowance is an amount of money given or allotted usually at regular intervals for a specific purpose in the context of children parents may provide an allowance british english pocket money to their child for their miscellaneous personal spending in the construction industry it may be an amount allocated to a specific item of work as part of an overall contract the person providing the allowance is usually trying to control how or when money is spent by the recipient so that it meets the aims of the person providing the money for example an allowance by a parent might be motivated to teach the child money management and may be unconditional or be tied to completion of cho￭ res or achievement of specific grades the person supplying the allowance usually specifies the purpose and may put controls in place to make sure that the money is spent for that purpose only for example a company employee may be given an allowance or per di￭ em to provide for meals and travel when working away from home and may then be required to provide receipts as proof or they are provided with specific non money to￭ k￭ ens or vouchers that can be used only for a specific purpose such as a meal voucher
all￭ um￭ w￭ and￭ lung german for complete promotion sometimes abbreviated au￭ w is a chess problem where at some stage in the solution a pawn or sometimes paw￭ ns is promoted vari￭ ously to a queen ro￭ ok bishop and knight all￭ um￭ w￭ and￭ lung s main requirement is promotion either a white pawn or a black pawn a bab￭ son task may appear if both paw￭ ns are spotted in an individual problem corresponding one another
an all￭ yl￭ ic re￭ arrangement or all￭ yl￭ ic shift is an organic reaction in which the double bond in an all￭ yl chemical compound shifts to the next carbon atom it is encountered in nucle￭ oph￭ il￭ ic substitution in reaction conditions that favor a s￭ n 1 reaction mechanism the intermediate is a carbo￭ c￭ ation for which several resonance structures are possible this explains the product distribution or product spread after re￭ combination with nucle￭ ophi￭ le y this type of process is called an s￭ n 1 substitution alternatively it is possible for nucle￭ ophi￭ le to attack directly at the all￭ yl￭ ic position dis￭ placing the leaving group in a single step in a process referred to as s￭ n 2 substitution this is likely in cases when the all￭ yl compound is un￭ hindered and a strong nucle￭ ophi￭ le is used the products will be similar to those seen with s￭ n 1 substitution thus reaction of 1 chlor￭ o 2 bu￭ ten￭ e with sodium hydrox￭ ide gives a mixture of 2 bu￭ ten 1 ol and 3 bu￭ ten 2 ol reaction of 1 chlor￭ o 2 bu￭ ten￭ e with sodium hydrox￭ ide nevertheless the product in which the oh group is on the primary atom is minor in the substitution of 1 chlor￭ o 3 methyl 2 bu￭ ten￭ e the tertiary 2 methyl 3 bu￭ ten 2 ol is produced in a yield of 85 while that for the primary 3 methyl 2 bu￭ ten 1 ol is 15 in one reaction mechanism the nucle￭ ophi￭ le attacks not directly at the electro￭ phil￭ ic site but in a con￭ ju￭ gate addition over the double bond s￭ n 2 accent reaction mechanism
in psychology alo￭ gia greek ἀ “ without ” and λόγ￭ ος “ speech ” or poverty of speech is a general lack of additional un￭ prompted content seen in normal speech as a symptom it is commonly seen in patients suffering from schizophrenia and is considered as a negative symptom it can complicate psycho￭ therapy severely because of the considerable difficulty in holding a flu￭ ent conversation alo￭ gia is often considered a form of ap￭ ha￭ sia which is a general impairment in linguistic ability it often occurs with intellectual disability and dementia as a result of damage to the left hemisphere of the brain people can revert to alo￭ gia as a way of reverse psychology or avoiding questions
al￭ op￭ ec￭ ia are￭ ata also known as spot bal￭ dness is an auto￭ immune disease in which hair is lost from some or all areas of the body usually from the scal￭ p due to the body s failure to recognize its own body cells and subsequent destruction of its own tissue often it results in bald spots on the scal￭ p especially in the first stages in 1 – 2 of cases the condition can spread to the entire scal￭ p al￭ op￭ ec￭ ia total￭ is or to the entire skin al￭ op￭ ec￭ ia univer￭ sal￭ is there are two types 1 scar￭ ring al￭ op￭ ec￭ ia where there is fi￭ bro￭ sis infl￭ amm￭ ation and loss of hair fol￭ lic￭ les and 2 non￭ scar￭ ring al￭ op￭ ec￭ ia where the hair sh￭ af￭ ts are gone but the hair fol￭ lic￭ les are preserved making this type of al￭ op￭ ec￭ ia reversible conditions resembling al￭ op￭ ec￭ ia are￭ ata and having a similar cause occur also in other species
al￭ op￭ ec￭ ia contr￭ actu￭ res dwar￭ f￭ ism mental retar￭ dation or ac￭ d mental retar￭ dation syndrome is a developmental disorder which causes mainly bal￭ dness and dwar￭ f￭ ism in combination with intellectual disability sk￭ el￭ etal anomalies car￭ ies and near￭ sightedness are also typical the ac￭ d mental retar￭ dation syndrome was first described in 1980 by albert sch￭ in￭ zel and only few cases have since been identified in the world at the time dr sch￭ in￭ zel made no conclusion of the hereditary pattern of this syndrome but similarities between cases reported by year 2000 seem to suggest auto￭ som￭ al or x linked rec￭ essive inheritance or possibly a dominant mutation caused by mo￭ sa￭ ic￭ ism as causes of this syndrome
al￭ op￭ ec￭ ia is a disease which can affect other animals besides humans development of al￭ op￭ ec￭ ia in animals is usually the sign of an underlying disease some animals may be genetically pre￭ disposed to hair loss while in some it may be caused by hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity or nutritional factors can￭ ine pin￭ nal al￭ op￭ ec￭ ia is most common in d￭ ach￭ sh￭ unds but others such as chi￭ hu￭ a￭ hu￭ as boston terri￭ ers whip￭ pets and italian gre￭ yh￭ ounds may also be vulnerable certain skin conditions in animals can also cause loss of fur ferre￭ t adren￭ al disease is extremely common and is the most common cause of al￭ op￭ ec￭ ia in ferre￭ ts typically affecting middle aged specimens between three and seven years old bacterial py￭ o￭ der￭ ma der￭ mat￭ op￭ hy￭ to￭ sis and parasites can also cause the condition in rabbits der￭ mat￭ op￭ hy￭ to￭ sis is a prime cause of al￭ op￭ ec￭ ia in young newly we￭ aned specimens der￭ mat￭ op￭ hy￭ to￭ sis as a cause of al￭ op￭ ec￭ ia is common in cats too and in long ha￭ ired varieties der￭ mat￭ op￭ hy￭ tic pseu￭ dom￭ y￭ ce￭ tom￭ as may be to blame al￭ op￭ ec￭ ia are￭ ata has been studied on mice in laboratories in horses human contact with the horse and the rub￭ bing of the saddle across the man￭ e can cause pat￭ ches of hair loss
al￭ op￭ ec￭ ia m￭ uc￭ in￭ osa also known as fol￭ lic￭ ular m￭ uc￭ in￭ osis m￭ uc￭ in￭ osis fol￭ lic￭ ul￭ aris pin￭ kus ’ fol￭ lic￭ ular m￭ uc￭ in￭ osis and pin￭ kus ’ fol￭ lic￭ ular m￭ uc￭ in￭ osis – benign primary form is a skin disorder that generally presents but not exclusively as er￭ y￭ them￭ at￭ ous pl￭ aqu￭ es or flat pat￭ ches without hair primarily on the scal￭ p and face this can also present on the body as a fol￭ lic￭ ular m￭ uc￭ in￭ osis and may represent a systemic disease
al￭ op￭ ec￭ ia total￭ is is the loss of all skull and facial hair its causes are unclear but believed to be auto￭ immune
al￭ op￭ ec￭ ia univer￭ sal￭ is au or al￭ op￭ ec￭ ia are￭ ata univer￭ sal￭ is is a medical condition involving loss of all hair including eyebro￭ ws and e￭ yel￭ ashes it is an advanced form of al￭ op￭ ec￭ ia are￭ ata
alp￭ eng￭ low from german alp￭ eng￭ l￭ ü￭ hen is an optical phenomenon in which a horizontal red g￭ lowing band is observed on the horizon opposite to the sun this effect occurs when the sun is just below the horizon alp￭ eng￭ low is easiest to observe when mountains are illumin￭ ated but can also be observed when the sky is illumin￭ ated through back￭ scat￭ tering since the sun is below the horizon there is no direct path for the light to reach the mountain unlike sunset or sun￭ rise the light that causes alp￭ eng￭ low is reflected off airborne snow water or ice particles low in the atmosphere these conditions differentiate between a normal sun￭ rise or sunset and alp￭ eng￭ low although the term may be loosely applied to any sun￭ rise or sunset light seen on the mountains true alp￭ eng￭ low is not direct sunlight and is only observed after sunset or before sun￭ rise in the absence of mountains the aero￭ sol￭ s in the eastern portion of the sky can be illumin￭ ated in the same way at sunset by the remaining red scattered light straddling the border of the earth s own shadow the termin￭ ator this back scattered light produces a red band opposite the sun
alp￭ ers disease also called alp￭ ers syndrome alp￭ ers hut￭ ten￭ lo￭ cher syndrome a￭ hs progressive s￭ cl￭ ero￭ sing poli￭ od￭ y￭ stro￭ phy and progressive inf￭ anti￭ le poli￭ od￭ y￭ stro￭ phy is a progressive degenerative disease of the central nervous system first recognized by al￭ f￭ ons maria jakob a german neuro￭ patho￭ logist that occurs mostly in infants and children it is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive disorder caused by certain genetic mutations in the pol￭ g gene
alpha am￭ ino￭ ad￭ ip￭ ic and alpha ke￭ to￭ ad￭ ip￭ ic ac￭ id￭ ur￭ ia is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive metabol￭ ic disorder characterized by an increased ur￭ inary ex￭ cre￭ tion of alpha ke￭ to￭ ad￭ ip￭ ic acid and alpha am￭ ino￭ ad￭ ip￭ ic acid it is caused by mutations in d￭ ht￭ k￭ d 1 which en￭ codes the e 1 sub￭ unit of the alpha ke￭ to￭ ad￭ ip￭ ic acid de￭ hydro￭ gen￭ ase complex
alpha gal allergy or col￭ lo￭ qu￭ ially meat allergy is a reaction to galac￭ tose alpha 1 3 galac￭ tose whereby the body is overloaded with immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ulin e antibodies on contact with the carbo￭ hydrate the alpha gal mol￭ ecu￭ le is found in all mammals apart from old world monkeys and the apes including humans bites from the lone star tick or the chi￭ gger which transfer this carbo￭ hydrate to the victim have been implicated in the development of this delayed allergic response which is triggered by the consumption of mammalian meat products despite myths to the contrary an alpha gal allergy does not require the afflicted to become a vege￭ tarian as poultry and fish do not trigger a reaction the allergy most often occurs in the central and southern united states which corresponds to the distribution of the lone star tick in the southern united states where the tick is most prevalent allergy rates are 32 higher than elsewhere however as doctors are not required to report the number of patients suffering the alpha gal allergies the true number of affected individuals is unknown
alpha man￭ no￭ sid￭ osis is a ly￭ so￭ som￭ al storage disorder caused by deficient activity of the enzyme alpha d man￭ no￭ sid￭ ase in humans it is known to be caused by an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive genetic mutation in livestock it is caused by chronic poisoning with sw￭ ain￭ son￭ ine from lo￭ co￭ weed
alpha thal￭ ass￭ emia α thal￭ ass￭ emia α thal￭ assa￭ emia is a form of thal￭ ass￭ emia involving the genes h￭ ba 1 and h￭ ba 2 alpha thal￭ ass￭ emia is due to impaired production of alpha chains from 1 2 3 or all 4 of the alpha glob￭ in genes leading to a relative excess of beta glob￭ in chains the degree of impairment is based on which clinical phen￭ o￭ type is present how many genes are affected
alpha thal￭ ass￭ emia mental retar￭ dation syndrome at￭ r￭ x also called alpha thal￭ ass￭ emia x linked mental retar￭ dation non￭ deletion type or at￭ r x syndrome is a condition caused by a mut￭ ated gene females with this mut￭ ated gene have no specific signs or features but may demonstrate skewed x chro￭ mo￭ some in￭ activation hem￭ iz￭ y￭ g￭ ous males tend to be moderately intellectually disabled and have physical characteristics including co￭ arse facial features micro￭ cephal￭ y small head size hyper￭ tel￭ or￭ ism widely spac￭ ed eyes a depressed nas￭ al bridge a t￭ ented upper lip and an ever￭ ted lower lip mild or moderate an￭ emia associated with alpha thal￭ ass￭ emia is part of the condition it is associated with at￭ r￭ x
alpha 1 anti￭ try￭ p￭ sin deficiency α 1 anti￭ try￭ p￭ sin deficiency a 1 ad is a genetic disorder that causes defective production of alpha 1 anti￭ try￭ p￭ sin a 1 at leading to decreased a 1 at activity in the blood and lungs and de￭ position of excessive abnormal a 1 at protein in liver cells there are several forms and degrees of deficiency the form and degree depend on whether the suffer￭ er has one or two copies of a defective alle￭ le in the literature it has been described as either a rec￭ essive or co dominant trait as there is some evidence that smoking hetero￭ zy￭ go￭ tes are affected severe a 1 at deficiency causes pan￭ ac￭ in￭ ar emph￭ ys￭ ema or cop￭ d in adult life in many people with the condition especially if they are exposed to cigarette smoke the disorder can lead to various liver diseases in a minority of children and adults and occasionally more unusual problems it is treated through avoidance of damaging inhal￭ ants and in severe cases by intra￭ ven￭ ous in￭ fu￭ sions of the a 1 at protein or by transplantation of the liver or lungs it usually produces some degree of disability and reduces life expectancy
al￭ port syndrome is a genetic disorder affecting around 1 in 50 000 children characterized by glo￭ mer￭ ul￭ on￭ eph￭ ri￭ tis end stage kidney disease and hearing loss al￭ port syndrome can also affect the eyes though the changes do not usually affect sight except when changes to the lens occur in later life blood in urine is universal prote￭ in￭ ur￭ ia is a feature as kidney disease progres￭ ses the disorder was first identified in a british family by university of edinburgh medical school graduate cec￭ il a al￭ port in 19￭ 27 al￭ port syndrome once also had the label hereditary ne￭ ph￭ ri￭ tis but this is misleading as there are many other causes of hereditary kidney disease and ne￭ ph￭ ri￭ tis al￭ port syndrome is caused by an inherited defect in type iv coll￭ agen — a structural material that is needed for the normal function of different parts of the body since type iv coll￭ agen is found in the ears eyes and kidneys this explains why al￭ port syndrome affects different seemingly unrelated parts of the body ears eyes kidneys etc
al￭ ström syndrome also called al￭ stro￭ m hal￭ gre￭ n syndrome is a rare genetic disorder caused by mutations in the gene al￭ ms 1 it is among the ra￭ rest genetic disorders in the world as currently it has only 266 reported cases in medical literature and over 501 known cases in 47 countries it was first described by carl henry al￭ ström in sweden in 1959 al￭ stro￭ m syndrome is sometimes confused with bar￭ det bi￭ ed￭ l syndrome which has similar symptoms bar￭ det bi￭ ed￭ l syndrome tends to have later onset in its symptoms the likelihood of two carrier parents both passing the gene and therefore having a child affected by the syndrome is 25 with each pregnancy the likelihood of having a child who is only a carrier of the gene is 50 with each pregnancy the likelihood of a child receiving normal genes from both parents and being considered to be genetically normal is 25 the risk for carrying the gene is equivalent for both males and females according to a 2007 article by joy et al published in the orphan￭ et journal of rare diseases al￭ ström syndrome as is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive disease characterized by multi￭ organ dysfunction the key features are childhood obesity blindness due to con￭ genital re￭ tin￭ al dy￭ stro￭ phy and sens￭ or￭ in￭ eur￭ al hearing loss associated endocr￭ ino￭ logic features include hyper￭ insul￭ in￭ emia early onset type 2 diabetes and hyper￭ tri￭ gly￭ cer￭ i￭ dem￭ ia thus as shares several features with the common metabol￭ ic syndrome namely obesity hyper￭ insul￭ in￭ emia and hyper￭ tri￭ gly￭ cer￭ i￭ dem￭ ia mutations in the al￭ ms 1 gene have been found to be caus￭ ative for as with a total of 79 disease causing mutations having been described prevalence estimates have rang￭ ed from 1 in 10 000 to fewer than 1 in 1 000 000 individuals in the general population
altern￭ aria black spot of can￭ ola or grey leaf spot is an as￭ com￭ y￭ ce￭ te fun￭ gal disease caused by a group of pathogens including altern￭ aria brass￭ ic￭ ae a alter￭ nat￭ a and a rap￭ han￭ i this pathogen is characterized by dark sun￭ ken le￭ sions of various size on all parts of the plant including the leaves stem and pods its primary economic host is can￭ ola in its early stages it only affects the plants slightly by reducing photo￭ synthesis however as the plant mat￭ ures it can cause damage to the seeds and more reducing oil yield as well
altern￭ ari￭ osis is an infection by altern￭ aria presenting cu￭ tane￭ ously as focal ul￭ cer￭ ated pap￭ ules and pl￭ aqu￭ es treatment with it￭ ra￭ con￭ azole has been reported
altern￭ ating hem￭ ip￭ legi￭ a refers to a form of hem￭ ip￭ legi￭ a that has an ip￭ si￭ lateral and contr￭ al￭ ateral presentation in different parts of the body the disorder is characterized by recurrent episodes of paralysis on one side of the body there are multiple forms of altern￭ ating hem￭ ip￭ legi￭ a weber s syndrome middle altern￭ ating hem￭ ip￭ legi￭ a and inferior altern￭ ating hem￭ ip￭ legi￭ a this type of syndrome can result from a unilateral le￭ sion in the bra￭ inst￭ em affecting both upper motor neurons and lower motor neurons the muscles that would receive signals from these damaged upper motor neurons result in sp￭ astic paralysis with a le￭ sion in the bra￭ inst￭ em this affects the majority of limb and trunk muscles on the contr￭ al￭ ateral side due to the upper motor neurons dec￭ us￭ s￭ ation after the bra￭ inst￭ em the cran￭ ial nerves and cran￭ ial nerve nucle￭ i are also located in the bra￭ inst￭ em making them susceptible to damage from a bra￭ inst￭ em le￭ sion cran￭ ial nerves iii oc￭ ul￭ om￭ o￭ tor vi abduc￭ ens and xii hypo￭ glos￭ sal are most often associated with this syndrome given their close proximity with the pyram￭ idal tract the location which upper motor neurons are in on their way to the spinal cord damages to these structures produce the ip￭ si￭ lateral presentation of paralysis or pal￭ sy due to the lack of cran￭ ial nerve dec￭ us￭ s￭ ation aside from the tro￭ ch￭ lear nerve before in￭ nerv￭ ating their target muscles the paralysis may be brief or it may last for several days many times the episodes will resolve after sleep some common symptoms of altern￭ ating hem￭ ip￭ legi￭ a are mental impairment ga￭ it and balance difficulties excessive swe￭ ating and changes in body temperature
altern￭ ating hem￭ ip￭ legi￭ a of childhood ah￭ c is a rare neuro￭ logical disorder of uncertain eti￭ ology though growing evidence strongly supports mutation of the at￭ p 1 a 3 gene as the primary cause of this disease ah￭ c is named for the transi￭ ent episodes often referred to as attacks or episodes of hem￭ ip￭ legi￭ a from which those with the disorder suffer these hem￭ ip￭ leg￭ ic attacks can cause anything from mild weakness to complete paralysis on one or both sides of the body and they can vary greatly in duration attacks may also alternate from one side of the body to the other or alternate between affecting one or both sides during a single attack ah￭ c is associated with many symptoms besides hem￭ ip￭ legi￭ a and the majority of these become apparent in early infancy ah￭ c typically presents before the age of 18 months normally hem￭ ip￭ legi￭ a and other associated symptoms cease completely with sleep but they may recur upon waking the disorder was only recently discovered having first been characterized in 1971 ah￭ c is also extremely rare – approximately 1 in 1 000 000 people have this disorder besides hem￭ ip￭ legi￭ a symptoms of the disorder include an extremely broad range of neuro￭ logical and developmental impair￭ ments which are not well understood much of the literature about ah￭ c is purpose￭ fully vague in this respect due to a lack of information on the disorder
in lingu￭ is￭ tics an alter￭ nation is the phenomenon of a ph￭ on￭ em￭ e or morph￭ em￭ e exhi￭ biting variation in its ph￭ on￭ ological realization each of the various re￭ alizations is called an alter￭ nant the variation may be conditioned by the ph￭ on￭ ological mor￭ pho￭ logical and or syn￭ tactic environment in which the morph￭ em￭ e finds itself alter￭ nations provide lingu￭ ists with data that allow them to determine the all￭ op￭ hon￭ es and allo￭ morph￭ s of a language s ph￭ on￭ em￭ es and morph￭ em￭ es and to develop analyses determining the distribution of those all￭ op￭ hon￭ es and allo￭ morph￭ s
the alti￭ plan￭ o de gran￭ ada gran￭ ada high plains is a spectrum of landscap￭ es located in the northern part of the gran￭ ada province within andalu￭ cia in southern spain it is made up of two municipal territories baz￭ a and hu￭ é￭ scar
altitude sickness — also known as acute mountain sickness ams is a pathological effect of high altitude on humans caused by acute exposure to low partial pressure of oxygen at high altitude although minor symptoms such as breath￭ lessness may occur at al￭ titu￭ des of 1 500 metres 5 000 ft ams commonly occurs above 2 400 metres 8 000 ft it presents as a collection of non￭ specific symptoms acquired at high altitude or in low air pressure resembling a case of flu carbon monoxide poisoning or a hangover it is hard to determine who will be affected by altitude sickness as there are no specific factors that cor￭ relate with a suscep￭ tibility to altitude sickness however most people can asc￭ end to 2 400 metres 8 000 ft without difficulty acute mountain sickness can progress to high altitude pul￭ mon￭ ary e￭ dem￭ a ha￭ pe or high altitude cere￭ br￭ al e￭ dem￭ a h￭ ace which are potentially fatal chronic mountain sickness also known as mon￭ ge s disease is a different condition that only occurs after very prolonged exposure to high altitude
aluminium toxicity is a problem for patients on ha￭ emo￭ dial￭ ysis the dial￭ ysis process does not efficiently remove excess aluminium from the body so it may build up over time aluminium is a potentially toxic metal and aluminium poisoning may lead to mainly three disorders aluminium induced bone disease micro￭ cy￭ tic an￭ emia and neuro￭ logical dysfunction encephalopathy such conditions are more prominently observed in patients with chronic ren￭ al failure and especially in patients on ha￭ emo￭ dial￭ ysis about 5 – 10 mg of aluminium enters our body daily through different sources like water food occupational exposure to aluminium in industries etc in patients with normal ren￭ al function serum aluminium is normally lower than 6 micro￭ gram l baseline levels of serum aluminium should be 20 micro￭ gram l according to a￭ ami standards aluminum levels in the dial￭ ysis fluid should be less than 0 01 milli￭ gram l
alumin￭ osis is a restrictive lung disease caused by exposure to aluminum bearing dust alumin￭ osis can be detected by using high resolution compu￭ ted tom￭ o￭ graphy hr￭ ct
alumin￭ other￭ mic reactions are ex￭ other￭ mic chemical reactions using aluminium as the reducing agent at high temperature the process is industri￭ ally useful for production of allo￭ ys of iron the most prominent example is the ther￭ m￭ ite reaction between iron oxides and aluminium to produce iron itself fe 2 o 3 2 al → 2 fe al 2 o 3 this specific reaction is however not relevant to the most important application of alumin￭ other￭ mic reactions the production of fer￭ ro￭ allo￭ ys for the production of iron a cheaper reducing agent coke is used instead via the carbo￭ ther￭ mic reaction
al￭ v￭ arez s syndrome is a medical disorder in which the ab￭ dom￭ en becomes bloated without any obvious reason such as intest￭ inal gas it may be caused when the muscles of the superior ab￭ domin￭ al wall contract and push the contents of the ab￭ dom￭ en infer￭ ior￭ ly and an￭ ter￭ ior￭ ly it may be a psycho￭ genic disorder it was discovered by and named for dr walter c al￭ v￭ arez in the late 1940 s
al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar cap￭ ill￭ ary dys￭ pl￭ asia ac￭ d also con￭ genital al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar dys￭ pl￭ asia is a very rare con￭ genital mal￭ formation involving abnormal development of the cap￭ ill￭ ary vascular system around the al￭ ve￭ oli of the lungs it is a rare cause of persistent pul￭ mon￭ ary hyper￭ tension in infants it also may be a rare cause of pul￭ mon￭ ary hypo￭ pl￭ asia babies with ac￭ d may appear normal at birth but within minutes or hours they develop respiratory distress with persistent pul￭ mon￭ ary hyper￭ tension ac￭ d does not respond to standard therapies that resolve simple pul￭ mon￭ ary hyper￭ tension the lack of response is an important diagnostic clue
al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar hy￭ d￭ ati￭ d disease ah￭ d also known as al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar echino￭ coc￭ co￭ sis al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar col￭ loid of the liver al￭ ve￭ olo￭ coc￭ co￭ sis multi￭ loc￭ ular echino￭ coc￭ co￭ sis and small fox ta￭ pe￭ worm is a form of echino￭ coc￭ co￭ sis and is a disease that originates from a parasite although al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar echino￭ coc￭ co￭ sis is rarely diagnosed in humans and is not as widespread as c￭ ys￭ tic echino￭ coc￭ co￭ sis it is also still a serious disease that not only has a significantly high fat￭ ality rate but also has the potential to become an emerging disease in many countries
al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar ost￭ ei￭ tis is infl￭ amm￭ ation of the al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar bone i e the al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar process of the max￭ illa or man￭ di￭ ble class￭ ically this occurs as a post￭ operative complic￭ ation of tooth extraction al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar ost￭ ei￭ tis usually occurs where the blood clo￭ t fails to form or is lost from the socket i e the defect left in the gum when a tooth is taken out this leaves an empty socket where bone is exposed to the oral cav￭ ity causing a loc￭ alized al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar ost￭ ei￭ tis limited to the lam￭ ina dur￭ a i e the bone which lines the socket this specific type of al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar ost￭ ei￭ tis is also known as dry socket or less commonly fi￭ brin￭ ol￭ y￭ tic al￭ ve￭ oli￭ tis and is associated with increased pain and delayed healing time dry socket occurs in about 0 5 – 5 of routine dental extr￭ actions and in about 25 – 30 of extr￭ actions of imp￭ acted man￭ di￭ bul￭ ar third mol￭ ars wisdom teeth which are buried in the bone
al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar pressure pal￭ v is the pressure of air inside the lung al￭ ve￭ oli when the glo￭ t￭ tis is opened and no air is flowing into or out of the lungs al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar pressure is equal atmospheric pressure zero c￭ m￭ h 2 o
al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar r￭ hab￭ dom￭ y￭ os￭ ar￭ coma is a type of r￭ hab￭ dom￭ y￭ os￭ ar￭ coma characterized by its appearance which is similar to the al￭ ve￭ oli of the lungs it can be associated with a fusion protein between pax 3 and f￭ kh￭ r now known as fo￭ x￭ o 1 it can also be associated with pax 7 f￭ kh￭ r
al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar soft part sar￭ coma abbreviated as￭ ps is a very rare type of soft tissue sar￭ coma that grows slowly and whose cell of origin is unknown it arises mainly in children and young adults as￭ ps can migrate me￭ tast￭ asi￭ ze into other parts of the body typically the lungs and the brain as￭ ps is a sar￭ coma and that indicates that this cancer initially arises from tissue of embryonic mes￭ en￭ ch￭ ym￭ al origin the fertili￭ zed egg divides and re￭ divides forming a sphere early in embry￭ o￭ genesis dim￭ ples appear in the poles of the sphere and bur￭ row through the sphere forming an inner passage that will ultimately form the gut m￭ align￭ ancies arising from cells that were originally part of the outer layer of the sphere and those that were part of the embryonic tunnel are termed carcin￭ om￭ as m￭ align￭ ancies arising from the cells between the outer layer and the inner bur￭ row are termed sar￭ com￭ as typically as￭ ps arises in muscles and deep soft tissue of the thi￭ gh or the leg lower extre￭ mi￭ ties but can also appear in the upper extre￭ mi￭ ties hands neck and head while as￭ ps is a soft tissue sar￭ coma it can also spread and grow inside the bones the term al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar comes from the micro￭ scopic pattern visible during the analysis of slides of as￭ ps under the micro￭ scope in hist￭ opath￭ ology the tumor cells seem to be arranged in the same pattern as the cells of the small air sacks al￭ ve￭ oli in the lungs however this is just a structural similarity as￭ ps was first described and characterized in 1952
alzheimer s disease ad also known as just alzheimer s is a chronic neuro￭ degenerative disease that usually starts slowly and gets worse over time it is the cause of 60 to 70 of cases of dementia the most common early symptom is difficulty in remembering recent events short term memory loss as the disease advances symptoms can include problems with language dis￭ orientation including easily getting lost mood swings loss of motivation not managing self care and behavi￭ our￭ al issues as a person s condition declines they often withdraw from family and society gradually bodily functions are lost ultimately leading to death although the speed of progression can vary the average life expectancy following diagnosis is three to nine years the cause of alzheimer s disease is poorly understood about 70 of the risk is believed to be genetic with many genes usually involved other risk factors include a history of head injuries depression or hyper￭ tension the disease process is associated with pl￭ aqu￭ es and tang￭ les in the brain a probable diagnosis is based on the history of the illness and cognitive testing with medical imaging and blood tests to rule out other possible causes initial symptoms are often mistaken for normal ageing examination of brain tissue is needed for a definite diagnosis mental and physical exercise and avoiding obesity may decrease the risk of ad there are no medications or supplements that decrease risk no treatments stop or reverse its progression though some may temporarily improve symptoms affected people increasingly rely on others for assistance often placing a burden on the ca￭ reg￭ i￭ ver the pressures can include social psychological physical and economic elements exercise programmes are beneficial with respect to activities of daily living and can potentially improve outcomes treatment of behavi￭ our￭ al problems or psycho￭ sis due to dementia with anti￭ psycho￭ tics is common but not usually recommended due to there often being little benefit and an increased risk of early death in 2015 there were approximately 48 million people worldwide with ad it most often begins in people over 65 years of age although 4 to 5 of cases are early onset alzheimer s which begin before this it affects about 6 of people 65 years and older in 2010 dementia resulted in about 486 000 deaths it was first described by and later named after german psychiatrist and patho￭ logist alo￭ is alzheimer in 1906 in developed countries ad is one of the most financially costly diseases
am fear li￭ ath m￭ ò￭ r scottish ga￭ el￭ ic pron￭ unciation ə￭ m f￭ ɛ￭ ɾ ʎ￭ i￭ ə mo￭ ː￭ ɾ also known as the big grey man of ben mac￭ d￭ hu￭ i or simply the gre￭ yman is the name of a presence or creature which is said to haunt the summit and passes of ben mac￭ du￭ i the highest peak of the cair￭ n￭ gor￭ ms and the second highest peak in scotland and also in the british is￭ les
the am￭ ad￭ ori re￭ arrangement is an organic reaction describing the acid or base cataly￭ zed isom￭ er￭ ization or re￭ arrangement reaction of the n gly￭ co￭ side of an al￭ dose or the gly￭ co￭ sy￭ lam￭ ine to the corresponding 1 amino 1 de￭ ox￭ y ke￭ tose the reaction is important in carbo￭ hydrate chemistry the reaction mechanism is demonstrated starting from the reaction of d man￭ nose in its closed 1 and open form 2 with ammonia to produce the 1 1 amino alcohol 3 which is unstable and loses water to the gly￭ co￭ sy￭ lam￭ ine again the open im￭ ine 5 and the closed form hem￭ i￭ am￭ inal 4 which is the starting point for the actual am￭ ad￭ ori re￭ arrangement the am￭ ad￭ ori re￭ arrangement by treatment of the gly￭ co￭ sy￭ lam￭ ine with py￭ ri￭ dine and acetic an￭ hy￭ dri￭ de the im￭ ine group re￭ arrang￭ es and the intermediate en￭ ol in turn re￭ arrang￭ es to the ke￭ tone in this particular reaction all the alcohol and amino groups are ac￭ yl￭ ated as well the reaction is associated with the ma￭ ill￭ ard reaction in which the reagents are naturally occurring sugars and amino acids recent study is revealed the possibility of am￭ ad￭ ori re￭ arrangement during interaction between ox￭ idi￭ zed d￭ extr￭ an and gelatine
am￭ alg￭ am tattoo also termed loc￭ alized arg￭ yro￭ sis or focal arg￭ yro￭ sis is a grey blue or black area of dis￭ color￭ ation on the mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ ran￭ es of the mouth typically on the g￭ ums of the lower jaw it is an i￭ atro￭ genic le￭ sion caused by entry of dental am￭ alg￭ am into the soft tissues it is common pain￭ less and benign but it can be mistaken for mel￭ anom￭ a
am￭ au￭ ro￭ sis greek meaning dark￭ ening dark or obscure is vision loss or weakness that occurs without an apparent le￭ sion affecting the eye it may result from either a medical condition or from excess acceleration as in flight the term is the same as the latin gu￭ tta serena
am￭ au￭ ro￭ sis fu￭ ga￭ x latin fu￭ ga￭ x meaning fle￭ e￭ ting greek am￭ au￭ ro￭ sis meaning dark￭ ening dark or obscure is a pain￭ less transi￭ ent mon￭ oc￭ ular or bin￭ oc￭ ular visual loss i e loss of vision in one or both eyes that is not permanent
amber shift is a phenomenon of incan￭ descent lamps in which the perceived warmth or colour temperature of the light sources changes as larger amounts of electric current flow through it
the ambient pressure on an object is the pressure of the surrounding medium such as a gas or liquid which comes into contact with the object
ambiguous loss is a loss that occurs without closure or understanding this kind of loss leaves a person searching for answers and thus complicates and delays the process of griev￭ ing and often results in unresolved grief some examples are in￭ fertility termination of pregnancy disappearance of a family member death of an ex spouse a family member being physically alive but in a state of cognitive decline due to alzheimer s disease or dementia etc an ambiguous loss can be categ￭ orized into two types of loss physical or psychological physical loss and psychological loss differ in terms of what is being griev￭ ed for the loss of the physical body or the psychological mind experiencing an ambiguous loss can lead to personal questions such as am i still married to my missing spouse or am i still a child to a parent who no longer remembers me since the grief process in an ambiguous loss is halted it is harder to cope or move on to acceptance from the type of loss experienced there are various types of grief that can occur due to the type of ambiguity experienced and corresponding therapy techniques to address the certain types of grief the overall goal of therapy to cope with ambiguous loss is to overcome the trauma associated with it and restoring resilience
the ambitious card or elevator card is a magic effect in which a playing card seems to return to the top of the deck after being placed elsewhere in the middle of the deck this is a classic effect in card magic and serves as a study subject for students of magic most performing card mag￭ icians will have developed their own personal ambitious card routine the effect is often credited to french magician gust￭ av alber￭ ti in the mid 19 th century however there is a related idea in pon￭ sin s nouvelle mag￭ ie blanche devo￭ il￭ ée published in 18￭ 54 that might precede that
am￭ bl￭ y￭ op￭ ia also called lazy eye is a disorder of sight due to the eye and brain not working well together it results in decreased vision in an eye that otherwise typically appears normal it is the most common cause of decreased vision in a single eye among children and younger adults the cause of am￭ bl￭ y￭ op￭ ia can be any condition that interferes with focusing during early childhood this can occur from poor alignment of the eyes an eye being ir￭ regularly shaped such that focusing is difficult one eye being more near￭ sighted or far￭ sighted than the other or clou￭ ding of the lens of an eye after the underlying cause is fixed vision is not fully restored as the mechanism also involves the brain am￭ bl￭ y￭ op￭ ia can be difficult to detect and therefore vision testing is recommended for all children around the ages of four to five early detection improves treatment success eye glasses may be all the treatment needed for some children if this is not sufficient treatments which force the child to use the weaker eye are used this is done by either using a patch or putting atro￭ pine in the stronger eye without treatment am￭ bl￭ y￭ op￭ ia typically persists into adul￭ thood evidence regarding treatments for adults is poor am￭ bl￭ y￭ op￭ ia was first described in the 1600 s it begins by the age of five in adults the disorder is estimated to affect 1 – 5 of the population while treatment improves vision it does not typically restore it to normal in the affected eye the condition may make people ineligible to be pilots or police officers the word am￭ bl￭ y￭ op￭ ia is from greek meaning αμ￭ β￭ λ￭ υ￭ ω￭ π￭ ία blunt vision
ame￭ bi￭ asis cu￭ tis is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by ul￭ cers caused by ent￭ am￭ oe￭ ba hist￭ ol￭ y￭ tica
the ame￭ bom￭ a may manifest as a right lower quad￭ rant ab￭ domin￭ al mass which may be mistaken for carcin￭ oma tuberculosis cro￭ hn s disease ac￭ tin￭ om￭ y￭ co￭ sis or lymp￭ homa
am￭ el￭ anism also known as am￭ el￭ an￭ osis is a pi￭ gm￭ entation ab￭ normality characterized by the lack of pig￭ ments called mel￭ an￭ ins commonly associated with a genetic loss of ty￭ ro￭ sin￭ ase function am￭ el￭ anism can affect fish am￭ phi￭ bians repti￭ les birds and mammals including humans the appearance of an am￭ el￭ anis￭ tic animal depends on the remaining non mel￭ an￭ in pig￭ ments the opposite of am￭ el￭ anism is mel￭ anism an over￭ abundance of mel￭ an￭ in a similar condition al￭ bin￭ ism is a hereditary condition characterised in animals by the absence of pig￭ ment in the eyes skin hair scales feathers or cu￭ tic￭ le this results in an all white animal usually with pink or red eyes
am￭ el￭ an￭ otic mel￭ anom￭ a is a type of skin cancer in which the cells do not make mel￭ an￭ in they can be pink red purple or of normal skin color hence difficult to recognise it has an asymmetrical shape and an irregular fain￭ tly pi￭ gm￭ ented border their atypical appearance leads to delay in diagnosis the prog￭ no￭ sis is poor and the rate of recurrence is high
ame￭ lia from greek ἀ lack of plus μέ￭ λο￭ ς plural μέ￭ λ￭ ε￭ α or μέ￭ λ￭ η limb is the birth defect of lacking one or more limbs it can also result in a shrun￭ ken or de￭ formed limb for example a child might be born without an el￭ bow or fore￭ arm the term may be modified to indicate the number of legs or arms missing at birth such as tetra ame￭ lia for the absence of all four limbs a related term is mer￭ om￭ eli￭ a which is the partial absence of a limb or limbs
am￭ elo￭ bl￭ astic carcin￭ oma is a rare form of od￭ on￭ to￭ genic tumor one that develops in the j￭ aw￭ bones from the epi￭ the￭ li￭ al cells that generate the tooth en￭ am￭ el symptoms include sw￭ elling in the jaw and pain both of which get worse as the cancer grows it is usually treated with surgery chem￭ otherapy has not been proven to be effective
an am￭ elo￭ bl￭ astic fi￭ bro￭ ma is a fi￭ bro￭ ma of the am￭ elo￭ bl￭ astic tissue that is an od￭ on￭ to￭ genic tumor arising from the en￭ am￭ el organ or dental lam￭ ina it may be either truly ne￭ op￭ l￭ astic or merely ham￭ ar￭ tom￭ at￭ ous an od￭ on￭ tom￭ a in ne￭ op￭ l￭ astic cases it may be labeled an am￭ elo￭ bl￭ astic fi￭ bro￭ sar￭ coma in accord with the termin￭ ological distinction that reserves the word fi￭ bro￭ ma for benign tumors and as￭ signs the word fi￭ bro￭ sar￭ coma to m￭ align￭ ant ones it is more common in the first and second decades of life when od￭ on￭ to￭ genesis is ongoing than in later decades in 50 of cases an un￭ erupted tooth is involved hist￭ opath￭ ology alone is usually not enough to differentiate ne￭ op￭ l￭ astic cases from ham￭ ar￭ tom￭ at￭ ous ones because the his￭ to￭ logy is very similar other clinical and radio￭ graphic clues are used to narrow the diagnosis
am￭ elo￭ bl￭ ast￭ oma from the early english word am￭ el meaning en￭ am￭ el the greek word bl￭ ast￭ os meaning germ is a rare benign tumor of od￭ on￭ to￭ genic epi￭ the￭ lium am￭ elo￭ bl￭ asts or outside portion of the teeth during development much more commonly appearing in the lower jaw than the upper jaw it was recognized in 18￭ 27 by cus￭ ack this type of od￭ on￭ to￭ genic ne￭ op￭ las￭ m was designated as an adam￭ an￭ tin￭ oma in 18￭ 85 by the french physician louis charles mal￭ as￭ se￭ z it was finally ren￭ amed to the modern name am￭ elo￭ bl￭ ast￭ oma in 1930 by i￭ vey and churchill while these tumors are rarely m￭ align￭ ant or me￭ ta￭ static that is they rarely spread to other parts of the body and progress slowly the resulting le￭ sions can cause severe ab￭ norm￭ alities of the face and jaw additionally because abnormal cell growth easily infiltr￭ ates and destroys surrounding bon￭ y tissues wide surgical exc￭ ision is required to treat this disorder if an aggressive tumor is left untreated it can obstruct the nas￭ al and oral airways making it impossible to breathe without or￭ op￭ har￭ yn￭ ge￭ al intervention
am￭ elo￭ genesis im￭ perfec￭ ta ai presents with a rare abnormal formation of the en￭ am￭ el or external layer of the crown of teeth en￭ am￭ el is composed mostly of mineral that is formed and regulated by the proteins in it am￭ elo￭ genesis im￭ perfec￭ ta is due to the mal￭ function of the proteins in the en￭ am￭ el am￭ elo￭ blas￭ tin en￭ am￭ elin tu￭ f￭ tel￭ in and am￭ elo￭ gen￭ in people afflicted with am￭ elo￭ genesis im￭ perfec￭ ta have teeth with abnormal color yellow brown or grey this disorder can afflic￭ t any number of teeth of both denti￭ tions the teeth have a higher risk for dental ca￭ vities and are hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tive to temperature changes as well as rapid at￭ tri￭ tion excessive calcul￭ us de￭ position and g￭ ing￭ i￭ val hyper￭ pl￭ asia
amen￭ or￭ rho￭ ea be amen￭ or￭ rhe￭ a ame or amen￭ or￭ rh￭ œ￭ a is the absence of a men￭ str￭ ual period in a woman of reproductive age physiological states of amen￭ or￭ rho￭ ea are seen most commonly during pregnancy and lac￭ tation breastfeeding the latter also forming the basis of a form of contraception known as the lact￭ ational amen￭ or￭ rho￭ ea method outside of the reproductive years there is absence of m￭ enses during childhood and after men￭ op￭ ause amen￭ or￭ rho￭ ea is a symptom with many potential causes primary amen￭ or￭ rho￭ ea men￭ str￭ uation cycles never starting may be caused by developmental problems such as the con￭ genital absence of the uter￭ us failure of the o￭ vary to receive or maintain egg cells also delay in pu￭ ber￭ tal development will lead to primary amen￭ or￭ rho￭ ea it is defined as an absence of secondary sexual characteristics by age 14 with no men￭ arch￭ e or normal secondary sexual characteristics but no men￭ arch￭ e by 16 years of age secondary amen￭ or￭ rho￭ ea men￭ str￭ uation cycles ceasing is often caused by hormonal disturbances from the hypo￭ thal￭ am￭ us and the pit￭ u￭ itary g￭ land from premature men￭ op￭ ause or in￭ trau￭ ter￭ ine scar formation it is defined as the absence of m￭ enses for three months in a woman with previously normal men￭ str￭ uation or nine months for women with a history of olig￭ omen￭ or￭ rho￭ ea
the american folk music revival was a phenomenon in the united states that began during the 1940 s and peaked in popularity in the mid 1960 s its roots went earlier and performers like josh white bur￭ l i￭ ves woody gu￭ thri￭ e lead belly big bill bro￭ on￭ zy richard dy￭ er ben￭ net oscar brand jean rit￭ chie john jacob n￭ iles susan reed paul rob￭ es￭ on and c￭ isco houston had enjoyed a limited general popularity in the 1930 s and 1940 s the revival brought forward styles of american folk music that had in earlier times contributed to the development of country and western jazz and rock and roll music
american tick bite fever also known as ric￭ ke￭ tt￭ sia par￭ ker￭ i infection is a condition that may be characterized by a rash of mac￭ ul￭ op￭ ap￭ ules
ame￭ tropic am￭ bl￭ y￭ op￭ ia is a medical condition in which the re￭ tina cannot focus on the image of a distant object a condition often described as reduced visual acu￭ ity this is due to large un￭ corrected ref￭ r￭ active errors in the patient s op￭ tic system of the eyes as￭ ti￭ gm￭ atism is one of the most frequent causes of ame￭ tropic am￭ bl￭ y￭ op￭ ia
amide reduction is a reaction in organic synthesis where an amide is reduced to either an amine or an alde￭ hyde functional group
amine al￭ k￭ yl￭ ation amino de halo￭ gen￭ ation is a type of organic reaction between an al￭ ky￭ l hali￭ de and ammonia or an amine the reaction is called nucle￭ oph￭ il￭ ic ali￭ ph￭ atic substitution of the hali￭ de and the reaction product is a higher substituted amine the method is widely used in the laboratory but is less important industri￭ ally where al￭ ky￭ l hali￭ des are not preferred al￭ k￭ yl￭ ating agents when the amine is a tertiary amine the reaction product is a qu￭ ater￭ n￭ ary ammonium salt in the men￭ shut￭ kin reaction am￭ ines and ammonia are generally sufficiently basic to undergo direct al￭ k￭ yl￭ ation often under mild conditions the reactions are difficult to control because the reaction product a primary amine or a secondary amine are often more nucle￭ oph￭ il￭ ic than the precursor and will thus prefer￭ entially react with the al￭ k￭ yl￭ ating agent for example reaction of 1 bromo￭ oc￭ tane with ammonia yields almost equal amounts of the primary amine and the secondary amine therefore for laboratory purposes n al￭ k￭ yl￭ ation is often limited to the synthesis of tertiary am￭ ines a notable exception is the re￭ activity of alpha hal￭ o car￭ box￭ yl￭ ic acids that do permit synthesis of primary am￭ ines with ammonia intr￭ am￭ ol￭ ec￭ ular reactions of halo￭ am￭ ines x ch 2 n n￭ h 2 give cyclic azi￭ rid￭ ines az￭ eti￭ d￭ ines and py￭ r￭ ro￭ li￭ d￭ ines n al￭ k￭ yl￭ ation is a general and useful route to qu￭ ater￭ n￭ ary ammonium salts from tertiary am￭ ines because over￭ al￭ k￭ yl￭ ation is not possible examples of n al￭ k￭ yl￭ ation with al￭ ky￭ l hali￭ des are the syn￭ theses of ben￭ zy￭ lan￭ il￭ ine 1 ben￭ zy￭ lin￭ do￭ le and az￭ eti￭ dine another example is found in the deriv￭ ati￭ zation of cycl￭ en industri￭ ally ethyl￭ en￭ edi￭ amine is produced by al￭ k￭ yl￭ ation of ammonia with 1 2 dic￭ hlor￭ o￭ ethane
amino acid transport disorders are medical conditions associated with a failure of amino acids to be absorbed from the kidney or intest￭ ine an example is har￭ tn￭ up disease
am￭ ino￭ ac￭ id￭ ur￭ ia is the presence of amino acids in the urine small amounts of amino acids are also present in normal urine increased total urine amino acids may result from metabol￭ ic disorders chronic liver disease or ren￭ al disorders am￭ ino￭ ac￭ id￭ ur￭ ias can be divided into primary and secondary am￭ ino￭ ac￭ id￭ ur￭ ias
am￭ ino￭ ac￭ yl￭ ase 1 deficiency is a rare in￭ born error of metabol￭ ism to date only 21 cases have been described
amin￭ ole￭ vul￭ in￭ ic acid dehydr￭ at￭ ase deficiency por￭ phy￭ ria also known as do￭ ss por￭ phy￭ ria and plum￭ b￭ op￭ or￭ phy￭ ria is a neuro￭ psychiatric condition disease can present during early childhood as well as in adul￭ thood with acute neuro￭ logic symptoms that resemble those encountered in acute inter￭ mit￭ tent por￭ phy￭ ria the condition is extremely rare with fewer than 10 cases ever reported ala dehydr￭ at￭ ase deficiency is a rare cause of he￭ p￭ atic por￭ phy￭ ria it is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive disorder that results from in￭ appropriately low levels of the enzyme ala dehydr￭ at￭ ase al￭ ad also called por￭ pho￭ bil￭ ino￭ gen syn￭ th￭ ase which is required for normal hem￭ e synthesis
am￭ it￭ osis a mit￭ osis is cell proliferation that does not occur by mit￭ osis the mechanism usually identified as essential for cell division in eu￭ kar￭ yo￭ tes the poly￭ plo￭ id mac￭ ron￭ uc￭ le￭ us found in ci￭ li￭ ates divides am￭ ito￭ tically while normal mit￭ osis results in a precise division of parental all￭ el￭ es am￭ it￭ osis results in a random distribution of parental all￭ el￭ es plo￭ id￭ y levels of 1000 in some species means both parental all￭ el￭ es can be maintained over many generations while species with fewer numbers of each chro￭ mo￭ some will tend to become homo￭ zy￭ g￭ ous for one or the other parental alle￭ le through a process known as phen￭ o￭ typ￭ ic or all￭ el￭ ic ass￭ or￭ tment it does not involve maxim￭ al condens￭ ation of ch￭ rom￭ atin into chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es observ￭ able by light micro￭ sco￭ py as they line up in pairs along the metaph￭ ase plate it does not involve these p￭ aired structures being pulled in opposite directions by a mit￭ otic spin￭ dle to form daughter cells rather it effects nuclear proliferation without the involvement of chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es unsettling for cell biologists who have come to rely on the mit￭ otic figure as reassurance that ch￭ rom￭ atin is being equally distributed into daughter cells the phenomenon of am￭ it￭ osis even though it is an accepted as occurring in ci￭ li￭ ates continues to meet with skepticism about its role in mammalian cell proliferation perhaps because it lacks the reassuring icon￭ o￭ graphy of mit￭ osis of course the relatively recent discovery of copy number variations c￭ nv s in mammalian cells within an organ significantly challenges the age old assumption that every cell in an organism must inherit an exact copy of the parental genome to be functional rather than c￭ nv s resulting from mit￭ osis gone aw￭ ry some of this variation may arise from am￭ it￭ osis and may be both desirable and necessary furthermore it is well to remember that ci￭ li￭ ates possess a mechanism for adjusting copy numbers of individual genes during am￭ it￭ osis of the mac￭ ron￭ uc￭ le￭ us pres￭ cott 1994 despite the passage of more than a century since its description by wal￭ ther flemming more celebrated for describing mit￭ osis and others child 1907 mack￭ lin 1914 the process has not received much attention using mit￭ osis in mammalian cells as a search term in the med￭ line data base calls up more than 10 000 studies dealing with mit￭ osis whereas am￭ it￭ osis in mammalian cells retri￭ eves the titles of fewer than 50 papers not surprisingly this absence of data has led many scientists to conclude that am￭ it￭ osis does not exist or is minim￭ ally important if any means of proliferation can be deemed minim￭ ally important while the war on cancer is not yet won accordingly and despite being very much out of fashion a resurgence of interest in the role of am￭ it￭ osis in mammalian proliferation has been building over the past two to three decades a review of the resulting literature not only affirms the involvement of am￭ it￭ osis in cell proliferation it also explo￭ res the existence of more than one am￭ it￭ otic mechanism capable of producing prog￭ eny nucle￭ i without the involvement of mit￭ otic chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es one form of am￭ it￭ osis involves fis￭ sion￭ ing a nucleus splitting in two without the involvement of chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es and has been reported in plac￭ ental tissue as well as in cells grown from that tissue in rats fer￭ gus￭ on and palm 1976 in human tro￭ pho￭ bl￭ asts co￭ tte et al 1980 and in mouse tro￭ pho￭ bl￭ asts ku￭ hn ther￭ man and su￭ sman 1991 am￭ it￭ osis by fis￭ sion￭ ing has also been reported in mammalian liver cells david and u￭ er￭ lings 1992 and human adren￭ al cells mag￭ al￭ ha￭ es pi￭ gn￭ at￭ elli and mag￭ al￭ ha￭ es 1991 chen and wan 1986 not only reported am￭ it￭ osis in rat liver but also presented a mechanism for a four stage am￭ it￭ otic process whereby ch￭ rom￭ atin th￭ reads are reproduced and equally distributed to daughter cells as the nucleus spl￭ its in two additional examples of non mit￭ otic proliferation and important insights into underlying mechanisms have resulted from extensive work with poly￭ plo￭ id cells such cells long acknowledged to exist were once believed simply to be anom￭ alous accumulating research including in the liver dun￭ can et al 2010 now suggests that cells containing multiple copies of the genome are importantly involved in a cell s ability to adapt to its environment a couple of decades of research has shown that poly￭ plo￭ id cells are frequently reduced to diplo￭ id cells by am￭ it￭ osis zy￭ b￭ ina et al for instance naturally occurring poly￭ plo￭ id plac￭ ental cells have been shown capable of producing nucle￭ i with diplo￭ id or near diplo￭ id complements of dna furthermore zy￭ b￭ ina and her colleagues have demonstrated that such nucle￭ i derived from poly￭ plo￭ id plac￭ ental cells receive one or two copies of a micro￭ sco￭ p￭ ically identifiable region of the ch￭ rom￭ atin demonstrating that even without the reassuring icon￭ o￭ graphy of identical chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es being distributed into identical daughter cells this particular am￭ it￭ otic process results in representative transmission of ch￭ rom￭ atin studying rat poly￭ plo￭ id tro￭ pho￭ bl￭ asts this research group has shown that the nuclear envelope of the giant nucleus is involved in this subdivision of a highly poly￭ plo￭ id nucleus into low plo￭ id￭ y nucle￭ i zy￭ b￭ ina and zy￭ b￭ ina poly￭ plo￭ id cells are also at the heart of experiments to determine how some cells may survive chem￭ otherapy er￭ en￭ pre￭ isa and colleagues have shown that following treatment of cul￭ tured cells with mit￭ osis inhi￭ biting chemicals similar to what is used in some chem￭ otherapy a small population of induced poly￭ plo￭ id cells survives eventually this population can give rise to normal diplo￭ id cells by formation of poly￭ plo￭ id ch￭ rom￭ atin bou￭ qu￭ ets that return to an inter￭ phase state and separate into several secondary nucle￭ i er￭ en￭ pre￭ isa et al 2011 intriguing phenomena including controlled autop￭ ha￭ gic degradation of some dna as well as production of nuclear envelope limited sheets accompanies the process er￭ en￭ pre￭ isa et al 2002 since neither of these de￭ poly￭ plo￭ idi￭ zations involves mit￭ otic chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es they conform to the broad definition of am￭ it￭ osis there are also multiple reports of am￭ it￭ osis occurring when nucle￭ i bud out through the plasma memb￭ rane of a poly￭ plo￭ id cell such a process has been shown to occur in am￭ ni￭ otic cells transformed by a virus wal￭ en 2002 as well as in mouse embryo fi￭ bro￭ blast lines exposed to carcinogens sund￭ ar￭ am et al 2004 a similar process called ex￭ tru￭ sion has been described for min￭ k tro￭ pho￭ bl￭ asts a tissue in which fis￭ sion￭ ing is also observed is￭ ak￭ ova and sh￭ il￭ a￭ ova 2002 asymmetric cell division has also been described in poly￭ plo￭ id giant cancer cells and low eu￭ kar￭ y￭ otic cells and reported to occur by the am￭ it￭ otic processes of splitting bud￭ ding or burst like mechanisms z￭ hang wang and z￭ hang 2012 similarly two different kinds of am￭ it￭ osis have been described in mon￭ ol￭ ay￭ ers of is￭ hi￭ k￭ awa end￭ ome￭ trial cells flem￭ ing 2014 an example of am￭ it￭ osis particularly suited to the formation of multiple differentiated nucle￭ i in a reasonably short period of time has been shown to occur during the differentiation of fluid en￭ closing hemis￭ ph￭ er￭ es called dom￭ es from adher￭ ent is￭ hi￭ k￭ awa end￭ ome￭ trial mon￭ ol￭ ay￭ er cells during an approximately 20 hour period flem￭ ing 1995 flem￭ ing 1999 aggregates of nucle￭ i from mon￭ ol￭ ay￭ er syn￭ cy￭ tia become envelop￭ ed in mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al memb￭ ran￭ es forming structures mit￭ on￭ uc￭ le￭ ons that become elevated as a result of vacu￭ ole formation during the initial 6 hours of differentiation flem￭ ing 1998 flem￭ ing 2015 a over the next 4 or 5 hours ch￭ rom￭ atin from these aggregated nucle￭ i becomes increasingly py￭ c￭ no￭ tic eventually undergoing kar￭ y￭ ol￭ ysis and kar￭ yor￭ rh￭ ex￭ is in the now elevated pre￭ dom￭ e structures flem￭ ing 2015 b in other systems such changes accompany apop￭ to￭ sis but not in the differentiating is￭ hi￭ k￭ awa cells where the processes appear to accompany changes in dna essential for the newly created differentiated dom￭ e cells finally the ch￭ rom￭ atin fil￭ aments emerging from these processes form a mass from which dozens of dom￭ e nucle￭ i are am￭ ito￭ tically generated flem￭ ing 2015 c over a period of approximately 3 hours with the apparent involvement of nuclear envelope limited sheets that all of this may be an iceberg tip is suggested by research from walter th￭ illy s laboratory examination of fe￭ tal gut 5 to 7 weeks colon￭ ic aden￭ om￭ as and aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ om￭ as has revealed nucle￭ i that look like hollow bells en￭ c￭ ased in tu￭ bul￭ ar syn￭ cy￭ tia these structures can divide symmetr￭ ically by an am￭ it￭ otic nuclear fis￭ sion process forming new bells or they can fis￭ sion assy￭ metr￭ ically resulting in one of seven other nuclear mor￭ pho￭ types five of which appear to be specific to development since they are rarely observed in adult organisms go￭ st￭ j￭ eva et al 2006 the research that is accumulating about am￭ it￭ osis suggests that such processes are indeed involved in the production of the breath￭ taking 37 trillion or so cells in humans perhaps particularly during the fe￭ tal and embryonic phases of development when the majority of these cells are produced perhaps within the complexity of implan￭ tation perhaps when large numbers of cells are being differentiated and perhaps in can￭ cer￭ ous cells a word of caution some examples of cell division formerly thought to belong to this non mit￭ otic class such as the division of some unic￭ ell￭ ular eu￭ kar￭ yo￭ tes may actually occur by the process of closed mit￭ osis different from open or semi closed mit￭ otic processes all involving mit￭ otic chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es and classified by the fate of the nuclear envelope
ammonia poisoning is a common fish disease in new aqu￭ ari￭ ums especially when immediately stoc￭ ked to full capacity ideally the level of ammonia n￭ h 3 and ammonium compounds i e those containing n￭ h 4 should be zero although trace amounts are generally harmless they can still lead to problems over time understanding the nitrogen cycle is essential for the keeping of any aquatic life the amount of ammonia present is usually accompanied by a rise in ph as ammonia is a base it is stabilized by al￭ kal￭ ine water it can cause damage to the g￭ ills at a level as small as 0 25 mg l
amnesia from greek meaning for￭ get￭ fulness from ἀ a meaning without and μ￭ ν￭ ή￭ σ￭ ις m￭ nes￭ is meaning memory also known as am￭ nes￭ ic syndrome is a deficit in memory caused by brain damage disease or psychological trauma amnesia can also be caused temporarily by the use of various sed￭ atives and hypno￭ tic drugs the memory can be either wholly or partially lost due to the extent of damage that was caused there are two main types of amnesia retrograde amnesia and an￭ ter￭ o￭ grade amnesia retrograde amnesia is the inability to retri￭ eve information that was acquired before a particular date usually the date of an accident or operation in some cases the memory loss can extend back decades while in others the person may lose only a few months of memory an￭ ter￭ o￭ grade amnesia is the inability to transfer new information from the short term store into the long term store people with this type of amnesia cannot remember things for long periods of time these two types are not mutually exclusive both can occur within a patient at one time case studies such as that of show that both types of amnesia can occur simultaneously case studies also show that amnesia is typically associated with damage to the medi￭ al temporal lo￭ be in addition specific areas of the hippo￭ campus the ca 1 region are involved with memory research has also shown that when areas of the di￭ encephal￭ on are damaged amnesia can occur recent studies have shown a correlation between deficiency of r￭ b￭ ap 48 protein and memory loss scientists were able to find that mice with damaged memory have a lower level of r￭ b￭ ap 48 protein compared to normal healthy mice in people suffering with amnesia the ability to recall immediate information is still retained and they may still be able to form new memories however a severe reduction in the ability to learn new material and retri￭ eve old information can be observed patients can learn new procedural knowledge in addition pri￭ ming both percep￭ tual and conceptual can assist amne￭ si￭ acs in the learning of fresh non declar￭ ative knowledge am￭ nes￭ ic patients also retain substantial intellectual linguistic and social skill despite profound impair￭ ments in the ability to recall specific information encountered in prior learning episodes
am￭ nes￭ ic shellfish poisoning as￭ p is a human illness caused by consumption of the marine bio￭ toxin called dom￭ o￭ ic acid this toxin is produced naturally by marine di￭ atoms belonging to the genus pseudo nit￭ z￭ sch￭ ia and the species nit￭ z￭ sch￭ ia nav￭ is var￭ ing￭ ica when accumulated in high concentrations by shellfish during filter feeding dom￭ o￭ ic acid can then be passed on to humans via consumption of the contaminated shellfish although human illness due to dom￭ o￭ ic acid has only been associated with shellfish the toxin can bio￭ accumulate in many marine organisms that consume phy￭ top￭ lan￭ k￭ ton such as ancho￭ vi￭ es and sardines in￭ tox￭ ication by dom￭ o￭ ic acid in non human organisms is frequently referred to as dom￭ o￭ ic acid poisoning or d￭ ap in mammals including humans dom￭ o￭ ic acid acts as a neuro￭ toxin causing permanent short term memory loss brain damage and death in severe cases
am￭ n￭ ion no￭ do￭ sum are no￭ d￭ ules on the fe￭ tal surface of the am￭ n￭ ion and is frequently present in oligo￭ hy￭ dram￭ ni￭ os the no￭ d￭ ules are composed of squ￭ am￭ ous cell aggregates derived from the vern￭ ix cas￭ e￭ osa on the fe￭ tal skin am￭ n￭ ion no￭ do￭ sum and oligo￭ hydro￭ m￭ ni￭ os are associated with pul￭ mon￭ ary hypo￭ pl￭ asia and ren￭ al agen￭ esis am￭ n￭ ion no￭ do￭ sum is gran￭ ules on am￭ n￭ ion whereas whi￭ tish no￭ d￭ ules on the cord suggest a candi￭ dial infection
am￭ ni￭ otic band con￭ stric￭ tion also known as am￭ ni￭ otic band syndrome adam complex am￭ ni￭ otic band sequence con￭ genital con￭ stric￭ tion bands and pseu￭ do￭ ain￭ h￭ um is a con￭ genital disorder caused by entr￭ ap￭ ment of fe￭ tal parts usually a limb or digits in fi￭ bro￭ us am￭ ni￭ otic bands while in uter￭ o
an am￭ ni￭ otic fluid embol￭ ism af￭ e is a rare childbirth ob￭ ste￭ tric emergency in which am￭ ni￭ otic fluid fe￭ tal cells hair or other debris enters the mother s blood stream via the plac￭ ental bed of the uter￭ us and triggers an allergic like reaction this reaction then results in cardi￭ o￭ respiratory heart and lung collapse and massive hemorrha￭ ging co￭ ag￭ ul￭ opathy it was first formally characterized in 1941 while it is rare between 1 in 8 000 and 1 in 80 000 deliveries the high mortality makes it the fifth most common cause of maternal mortality in the world in some estimates
am￭ od￭ al perception is the perception of the whole of a physical structure when only parts of it affect the sensory recep￭ tors for example a table will be perceived as a complete volu￭ metric structure even if only part of it — the facing surface — projects to the re￭ tina it is perceived as possessing internal volume and hidden rear surfaces despite the fact that only the near surfaces are exposed to view similarly the world around us is perceived as a surrounding plen￭ um even though only part of it is in view at any time another much quoted example is that of the dog behind a pick￭ et fence in which a long narrow object the dog is partially oc￭ clu￭ ded by fence posts in front of it but is nevertheless perceived as a single continuous object albert b￭ reg￭ man noted an aud￭ itory analogue of this phenomenon when a melody is interrupted by bursts of white noise it is nonetheless heard as a single melody continuing behind the bursts of noise formulation of the theory is credited to the belgian psycho￭ logist albert mic￭ ho￭ tte and fab￭ io met￭ elli an italian psycho￭ logist with their work developed in recent years by e s reed and the gest￭ al￭ tists modal completion is a similar phenomenon in which a shape is perceived to be oc￭ clu￭ ding other shapes even when the shape itself is not drawn examples include the triangle that appears to be oc￭ clu￭ ding three disks and an outlined triangle in the kan￭ iz￭ sa triangle and the circles and squares that appear in different versions of the ko￭ ff￭ ka cross
am￭ oe￭ bi￭ asis also known as ame￭ bi￭ asis or ent￭ am￭ oe￭ bi￭ asis is an infection caused by any of the am￭ oe￭ bas of the ent￭ am￭ oe￭ ba group symptoms are most common upon infection by ent￭ am￭ oe￭ ba hist￭ ol￭ y￭ tica am￭ oe￭ bi￭ asis can present with no mild or severe symptoms symptoms may include ab￭ domin￭ al pain mild diarr￭ ho￭ ea bloody diarr￭ hea or severe co￭ li￭ tis with tissue death and per￭ for￭ ation this last complic￭ ation may cause per￭ it￭ oni￭ tis people affected may develop an￭ emia due to loss of blood invasion of the intest￭ inal lining causes am￭ oe￭ bic bloody diarr￭ hea or am￭ oe￭ bic co￭ li￭ tis if the parasite reaches the blood￭ stream it can spread through the body most frequently ending up in the liver where it causes am￭ oe￭ bic liver abs￭ c￭ esses liver abs￭ c￭ esses can occur without previous diarr￭ hea cy￭ sts of ent￭ am￭ oe￭ ba can survive for up to a month in soil or for up to 45 minutes under finger￭ nails it is important to differentiate between am￭ oe￭ bi￭ asis and bacterial co￭ li￭ tis the preferred diagnostic method is through fa￭ ec￭ al examination under micro￭ scope but requires a skilled micro￭ sco￭ p￭ ist and may not be reliable when excluding infection this method however may not be able to separate between specific types increased white blood cell count is present in severe cases but not in mild ones the most accurate test is for antibodies in the blood but it may remain positive following treatment prevention of am￭ oe￭ bi￭ asis is by separating food and water from fa￭ ec￭ es and by proper sanitation measures there is no vaccine there are two treatment options depending on the location of the infection am￭ oe￭ bi￭ asis in tissues is treated with either met￭ ron￭ id￭ azole tin￭ id￭ azole nit￭ az￭ ox￭ an￭ ide de￭ hydro￭ em￭ et￭ ine or chloro￭ qu￭ ine while lumin￭ al infection is treated with di￭ lo￭ x￭ an￭ ide fu￭ ro￭ ate or i￭ odo￭ quin￭ oline for treatment to be effective against all stages of the am￭ oe￭ ba may require a combination of medications infections without symptoms do not require treatment but infected individuals can spread the parasite to others and treatment can be considered treatment of other ent￭ am￭ oe￭ ba infections apart from e hist￭ ol￭ y￭ tica is not needed am￭ oe￭ bi￭ asis is present all over the world about 480 million people are infected with what appears to be e hist￭ ol￭ y￭ tica and these result in the death of between 40 000 – 110 000 people every year most infections are now ascri￭ bed to e dispar e dispar is more common in certain areas and symptomatic cases may be fewer than previously reported the first case of am￭ oe￭ bi￭ asis was documented in 18￭ 75 and in 18￭ 91 the disease was described in detail resulting in the terms am￭ oe￭ bic dy￭ sen￭ tery and am￭ oe￭ bic liver abs￭ c￭ ess further evidence from the philippines in 19￭ 13 found that upon ing￭ est￭ ing cy￭ sts of e hist￭ ol￭ y￭ tica volunteers developed the disease it has been known since 18￭ 97 that at least one non disease causing species of ent￭ am￭ oe￭ ba existed ent￭ am￭ oe￭ ba coli but it was first formally recognized by the who in 1997 that e hist￭ ol￭ y￭ tica was two species despite this having first been proposed in 19￭ 25 in addition to the now recognized e dispar evidence shows there are at least two other species of ent￭ am￭ oe￭ ba that look the same in humans e mosh￭ kov￭ sk￭ ii and ent￭ am￭ oe￭ ba banglad￭ es￭ hi the reason these species haven t been differentiated until recently is because of the reliance on appearance
an am￭ oe￭ bic brain abs￭ c￭ ess is a brain abs￭ c￭ ess caused by am￭ oe￭ bas symptoms that accompany this abs￭ c￭ ess are collections of immune cells and large groupings of p￭ us that gather in the brain this very rare case has only been reported and examined on 216 known occurrences dating back to 18￭ 49 diagnosis for this abs￭ c￭ ess entails numerous medical tests and studies it can be caused by ent￭ am￭ oe￭ ba hist￭ ol￭ y￭ tica primary am￭ oe￭ bic men￭ in￭ go￭ en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis and gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ ous am￭ oe￭ bic en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis can also invade the brain
am￭ oe￭ bic dy￭ sen￭ tery or ame￭ bic dy￭ sen￭ tery is a type of bloody diarr￭ hea caused primarily by the am￭ oe￭ ba ent￭ am￭ oe￭ ba hist￭ ol￭ y￭ tica am￭ oe￭ bic dy￭ sen￭ tery is transmitted through contaminated food and water am￭ oe￭ ba￭ e spread by forming infec￭ tive cy￭ sts which can be found in sto￭ ols and spread if whoever touches them does not san￭ i￭ tize their hands there are also free am￭ oe￭ ba￭ e or tro￭ pho￭ zo￭ ites that do not form cy￭ sts however tro￭ pho￭ zo￭ ites do not survive long outside the human gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract and are a purely diagnostic observation tro￭ pho￭ zo￭ ites are the agent responsible for symptoms am￭ oe￭ bic dy￭ sen￭ tery is most common in developing countries although it is occasionally seen in industrialized countries and not just in travellers although it is commonly associated with tropical clim￭ ates the first documented case was in st petersburg russia am￭ oe￭ bic dy￭ sen￭ tery is often confused with travel￭ er s diarr￭ hea because of the prevalence of both in developing nations in fact most traveller s diarr￭ hea is bacterial or viral in origin liver infection and subsequent am￭ oe￭ bic abs￭ c￭ esses can occur blood may be present in sto￭ ol it can be considered equivalent to intest￭ inal am￭ oe￭ bi￭ asis
a am￭ oe￭ bic liver abs￭ c￭ ess is a type of liver abs￭ c￭ ess caused by ame￭ bi￭ asis it is the involvement of liver tissue by tro￭ pho￭ zo￭ ites of the organism ent￭ am￭ oe￭ ba hist￭ ol￭ y￭ tica and of is abs￭ c￭ ess due to necro￭ sis
amor￭ ality is an absence of indifference towards or disregard for morality morality and amor￭ ality in humans and animals is a subject of dispute among scientists and philosophers if morality is intrinsic to humanity then am￭ oral human beings either do not exist or are only defici￭ ently human if morality is extr￭ ins￭ ic to humanity then am￭ oral human beings can both exist and be fully human and may be am￭ oral either by nature or by choice am￭ oral should not be confused with immoral which refers to an agent doing or thinking something he or she knows or believes to be wrong
amor￭ pho￭ synthesis is a medical condition where the patient is unaware of som￭ atic sens￭ ations from one side of the body the left side is most commonly affected this condition is usually a sign of a le￭ sion in the right par￭ ie￭ tal lo￭ be the patient also shows loss of propri￭ o￭ ception and spatial relationships additionally when the som￭ at￭ os￭ ens￭ ory association area is damaged one loses the ability to recognize a complex object on the opposite side of the body
am￭ o￭ tiv￭ ational syndrome is a psychological condition associated with diminished inspiration to participate in social situations and activities with episodes of apathy caused by an external event situation substance or lack of relationship or lack of or other cause while some have claimed that chronic use of cannabis causes am￭ o￭ tiv￭ ational syndrome in some users empirical studies suggest that there is no such thing as am￭ o￭ tiv￭ ational syndrome per se from a world health organization report the evidence for an am￭ o￭ tiv￭ ational syndrome among adults consists largely of case histories and observ￭ ational reports e g kol￭ an￭ sky and moore 1971 mill￭ man and s￭ brig￭ lio 1986 the small number of controlled field and laboratory studies have not found compelling evidence for such a syndrome dorn￭ bush 1974 ne￭ gre￭ te 1983 hol￭ lis￭ ter 1986 i t is doubtful that cannabis use produces a well defined am￭ o￭ tiv￭ ational syndrome it may be more par￭ si￭ mon￭ ious to regard the symptoms of impaired motivation as symptoms of chronic cannabis in￭ tox￭ ication rather than inventing a new psychiatric syndrome a study done by researchers bar￭ n￭ well ear￭ ley￭ wine and wil￭ cox also suggests that cannabis use does not cause an am￭ o￭ tiv￭ ational syndrome the e mail survey showed no significant difference in motivation as measured on the apathy evaluation scale between cannabis users and cannabis abstain￭ ers other research done by imperial college london has found that long term users of cannabis tend to produce less dop￭ amine a chemical produced by the brain which plays an important role in executive functions motor control motivation ar￭ ous￭ al reinforcement and reward the research also suggests that users of cannabis which started at a younger age may produce even less dop￭ amine than those that began using later in their life the cannabis users chosen for the study had all experienced psychotic like episodes while using the drug and were selected as such because previous research hypothe￭ sizes that positive symptoms of psycho￭ sis are linked to excess dop￭ amine production however the researchers found that the opposite was the case in these long term cannabis users because dop￭ amine plays a large role in motivation the research suggests that long term cannabis use may cause am￭ o￭ tiv￭ ational syndrome according to the handbook of clinical psychop￭ har￭ maco￭ logy for therap￭ ists am￭ o￭ tiv￭ ational syndrome is listed as a possible side effect of ss￭ ris in the treatment of clinical depression
am￭ ovi￭ bility is the condition that applies to roman catholic priests who can be removed from their parish or post by their bishop
amp￭ he￭ tam￭ ine dependence refers to a state of psychological dependence on a drug in the amp￭ he￭ tam￭ ine class in individuals with substance use disorder problematic use or abuse with dependence psycho￭ therapy is currently the best treatment option as no pharmaco￭ logical treatment has been approved tolerance is expected to develop with regular substituted amp￭ he￭ tam￭ ine use when substituted amp￭ he￭ tam￭ ines are abused drug tolerance develops rapidly severe withdrawal associated with dependence from recreational substituted amp￭ he￭ tam￭ ine use can be a difficult for a user to cope with long term use of certain substituted amp￭ he￭ tam￭ ines particularly meth￭ amp￭ he￭ tam￭ ine can reduce dop￭ amine activity in the brain psycho￭ stimul￭ ants that increase dop￭ amine and mim￭ ic the effects of substituted amp￭ he￭ tam￭ ines but with lower abuse liability could theoretically be used as replacement therapy in amp￭ he￭ tam￭ ine dependence however the few studies that used amp￭ he￭ tam￭ ine bu￭ prop￭ ion meth￭ yl￭ phen￭ id￭ ate and mod￭ a￭ fin￭ il as a replacement therapy did not result in less meth￭ amp￭ he￭ tam￭ ine use or cr￭ aving in 2013 over￭ dose on amp￭ he￭ tam￭ ine meth￭ amp￭ he￭ tam￭ ine and other compounds implicated in an amp￭ he￭ tam￭ ine use disorder resulted in an estimated 3 7￭ 88 deaths worldwide 3 425 – 4 145 deaths 95 confidence
am￭ ph￭ ist￭ om￭ i￭ asis or param￭ ph￭ ist￭ om￭ i￭ asis alternatively spelled am￭ ph￭ ist￭ om￭ osis or param￭ ph￭ ist￭ om￭ osis is a par￭ asi￭ tic disease of livestock animals more commonly of cattle and sheep and humans caused by immature hel￭ min￭ th￭ ic flat￭ worms belonging to the order echino￭ stom￭ ida the term am￭ ph￭ ist￭ om￭ i￭ asis is used for broader conno￭ tation implying the disease inflicted by members of echino￭ stom￭ ida including the family param￭ ph￭ ist￭ om￭ idae gastro￭ disci￭ da￭ e to be precise the species gastro￭ dis￭ co￭ ides hom￭ in￭ is whereas param￭ ph￭ ist￭ om￭ i￭ asis is restricted to that of the members of the family param￭ ph￭ ist￭ om￭ ati￭ da￭ e only g dis￭ co￭ ides and wat￭ son￭ ius wat￭ son￭ i are responsible for the disease in humans while most param￭ ph￭ ist￭ om￭ es are responsible in livestock animals and some wild mammals in livestock industry the disease causes heavy economic back￭ l￭ ashes due to poor production of milk meat and wool
amplified mus￭ cul￭ osk￭ el￭ etal pain syndro￭ mes are pain syndro￭ mes where excessive acute and chronic pain are observed for which no over￭ t primary cause can be found or sur￭ mis￭ ed amplified mus￭ cul￭ osk￭ el￭ etal pain syndro￭ mes include complex regional pain syndrome types i ii formerly known as reflex sympathetic dy￭ stro￭ phy r￭ s￭ d fi￭ bro￭ my￭ al￭ gia diffuse idi￭ opathic pain also called diffuse amplified pain loc￭ alized idi￭ opathic pain also called loc￭ alized amplified pain neuro￭ path￭ ic pain reflex neuro￭ vascular dy￭ stro￭ phy
the am￭ pl￭ itude of accommodation is the maximum potential increase in optical power that an eye can achieve in adjusting its focus it refers to a certain range of object distances for which the re￭ tin￭ al image is as sharply focussed as possible am￭ pl￭ itude of accommodation is measured during routine eye examination the closest that a normal eye can focus is typically about 10 cm for a child or young adult accommodation then decreases gradually with age effectively finishing just after age fifty the average am￭ pl￭ itude of accommodation in di￭ op￭ ters for a patient of a given age was estimated by ho￭ f￭ ste￭ tter in 1950 to be 18 5 0 30 patient age in years with the minimum am￭ pl￭ itude of accommodation as 15 0 25 age in years and the maximum as 25 0 40 age in years however ho￭ f￭ ste￭ tter s work was based on data from two early surveys which although widely cited used methodology with considerable inherent error
the am￭ pul￭ la of duc￭ tus defer￭ ens is an enlargement of the duc￭ tus defer￭ ens at the fun￭ dus of the blad￭ der this structure is seen in some mammalian and squ￭ am￭ ate species and is sometimes tor￭ tuous in shape
ampu￭ tation is the removal of a limb by trauma medical illness or surgery as a surgical measure it is used to control pain or a disease process in the affected limb such as m￭ align￭ ancy or gang￭ rene in some cases it is carried out on individuals as a preventative surgery for such problems a special case is that of con￭ genital ampu￭ tation a con￭ genital disorder where fe￭ tal limbs have been cut off by con￭ stric￭ tive bands in some countries ampu￭ tation of the hands feet or other body parts is or was used as a form of punishment for people who committed crimes ampu￭ tation has also been used as a tactic in war and acts of terrorism it may also occur as a war injury in some cultures and religions minor ampu￭ tations or mutil￭ ations are considered a ritual accomplishment unlike some non mammalian animals such as li￭ z￭ ards that shed their tails sal￭ am￭ anders that can reg￭ row many missing body parts and hydr￭ as flat￭ worms and star￭ fish that can reg￭ row entire bodies from small fragments once removed human extre￭ mi￭ ties do not grow back unlike portions of some organs such as the liver a transplant or a pro￭ s￭ thesis are the only options for recovering the loss in the us the majority of new ampu￭ tations occur due to complications of the vascular system the blood vessels especially from diabetes between 1988 and 1996 there were an average of 133 7￭ 35 hospital discharges for ampu￭ tation per year in the us
am￭ sl￭ er sign also known as am￭ sl￭ er ver￭ rey sign is the name of the diagnostic finding seen in patients with fu￭ ch￭ s heter￭ och￭ rom￭ ic i￭ ri￭ do￭ cy￭ cli￭ tis f￭ hi it is described as presence of blood hy￭ ph￭ ema in the aspir￭ ated vit￭ re￭ ous fluid in par￭ ac￭ ent￭ esis of the an￭ terior chamber and is caused due to iris atro￭ phy usually seen in f￭ hi and exposure of the fragile iris vas￭ cul￭ ature to the vit￭ re￭ ous fluid the sudden change of pressure in the an￭ terior chamber upon suc￭ tion induced by the par￭ ac￭ ent￭ esis or during a cat￭ ar￭ act surgery causes bursting of the fragile superficial iris cap￭ il￭ lar￭ ies resul￭ t￭ sing in micro bleeding this is one clinical diagnostic sign of f￭ hi
studies have shown that con￭ genital am￭ u￭ sia is a deficit in fine gr￭ ained pitch discrimination and that 4 of the population suffers from this disorder acquired am￭ u￭ sia on the other hand may take several forms patients with brain damage may experience the loss of ability to produce musical sounds while spar￭ ing speech much like ap￭ has￭ ics lose speech selectively but can sometimes still sing other forms of am￭ u￭ sia may affect specific sub processes of music processing current research has demonstrated dissoci￭ ations between rhythm melody and emotional processing of music and am￭ u￭ sia may include impairment of any combination of these skill sets
amy￭ loid cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy is heart muscle damage caused by amy￭ lo￭ ido￭ sis e g famili￭ al amy￭ loid cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy fac or t￭ tr amy￭ loid cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy attr cm
amy￭ loid pur￭ pur￭ a is a condition marked by bleeding under the skin pur￭ pur￭ a in some individuals with amy￭ lo￭ ido￭ sis its cause is unknown but co￭ ag￭ ulation defects caused by amy￭ loid are thought to contribute
amy￭ lo￭ ido￭ sis is a rare and serious disease caused by accumulation of proteins in the form of abnormal in￭ soluble fibres known as amy￭ loid fi￭ bri￭ ls within the ex￭ trac￭ ell￭ ular space in the tissues of the body amy￭ loid deposits can be confined to only one part of the body or a single organ system in local amy￭ lo￭ ido￭ sis or they can be widely distributed in organs and tissues throughout the body in systemic amy￭ lo￭ ido￭ sis the symptoms of amy￭ lo￭ ido￭ sis are accordingly highly variable and confirmation of the presence of amy￭ loid in the tissues can be challenging so that diagnosis is often delayed amy￭ loid fi￭ bri￭ ls are formed by aggregation clum￭ ping of normally soluble body proteins and accumulate progressively forming amy￭ loid deposits which disrupt the normal tissue architecture damaging the function of tissues and organs and causing disease in contrast to the normally efficient clearance of abnormal debris from the tissues amy￭ loid deposits are removed very slowly if at all there are many different types of amy￭ lo￭ ido￭ sis each caused by formation of amy￭ loid fi￭ bri￭ ls from different soluble precursor proteins in different patients about 30 different proteins are known to form amy￭ loid fi￭ bri￭ ls in humans and amy￭ lo￭ ido￭ sis is named and classified according to the identity of the respective fi￭ bri￭ l protein
am￭ yl￭ op￭ ha￭ gia is a condition involving the compul￭ sive consumption of excessive amounts of pur￭ ified starch it is a form of pic￭ a and is often observed in pregnant women
amy￭ op￭ la￭ sia is a condition characterized by a generalized lack in the new￭ born of muscular development and growth with contrac￭ ture and de￭ form￭ ity at most joints it is the most common form of ar￭ thro￭ gry￭ pos￭ is it is characterized by the four limbs being involved and by the replacement of sk￭ el￭ etal muscle by dense fi￭ bro￭ us and adi￭ pose tissue studies involving amy￭ op￭ la￭ sia have revealed similar findings of the muscle tissue due to various causes including that seen in sac￭ ral agen￭ esis and am￭ yo￭ tropic lateral sclerosis so amy￭ op￭ la￭ sia may also include an intermediate common path￭ way rather than the primary cause of the contractors
am￭ yo￭ troph￭ ic lateral sclerosis als also known as lou ge￭ h￭ rig s disease and motor neuro￭ ne disease m￭ nd is a specific disease that causes the death of neurons which control voluntary muscles some also use the term motor ne￭ uron disease for a group of conditions of which als is the most common als is characterized by stiff muscles muscle tw￭ it￭ ching and gradually worsening weakness due to muscles decreasing in size this results in difficulty in speaking sw￭ allowing and eventually breathing the cause is not known in 90 to 95 of cases about 5 – 10 of cases are inherited from a person s parents about half of these genetic cases are due to one of two specific genes the diagnosis is based on a person s signs and symptoms with testing done to rule out other potential causes no cure for als is known a medication called ri￭ lu￭ zo￭ le may extend life by about two to three months non invasive ventilation may result in both improved quality and length of life the disease usually starts around the age of 60 and in inherited cases around the age of 50 the average survival from onset to death is two to four years about 10 survive longer than 10 years most die from respiratory failure in much of the world rates of als are unknown in europe and the united states the disease affects about two people per 100 000 per year descriptions of the disease date back to at least 18￭ 24 by charles bell in 18￭ 69 the connection between the symptoms and the underlying neuro￭ logical problems was first described by jean martin char￭ cot who in 18￭ 74 began using the term am￭ yo￭ troph￭ ic lateral sclerosis it became well known in the united states in the 20 th century when in 1939 it affected the baseball player lou ge￭ h￭ rig and later worldwide when physic￭ ist stephen haw￭ king diagnosed in 1963 and expected to die within two years became famous in 2014 videos of the ice bucket challenge went viral on the internet and increased public awareness
am￭ yo￭ tro￭ phy is progressive wasting of muscle tissues muscle pain is also a symptom it can occur in middle aged males with type 2 diabetes it also occurs with motor ne￭ uron disease
an injury to one is an injury to all is a motto popul￭ arly used by the industrial workers of the world in his auto￭ biography bill hay￭ wood credited david c co￭ ates with suggesting a labor slogan for the i￭ ww an injury to one is an injury to all the slogan has since been used by a number of labor organizations the slogan reflects the fact that the i￭ ww is one big union and organiz￭ es skilled and unskilled workers despite the reduced number of organized workers today the slogan is still popular with labor unions and other organizations
an ana￭ col￭ u￭ th￭ on æn￭ ə￭ k￭ ə￭ ˈ￭ lu￭ ː￭ θ￭ ɒ￭ n an ə k￭ ə lo￭ o th￭ on from the greek an￭ ak￭ ol￭ ou￭ th￭ on from an not and ἀ￭ κ￭ ό￭ λ￭ ου￭ θ￭ ος ak￭ ó￭ lou￭ th￭ os following is an unexpected dis￭ continuity in the expression of ideas within a sentence leading to a form of words in which there is logical in￭ coherence of thought ana￭ col￭ u￭ tha are often sentences interrupted mid￭ way where there is a change in the syn￭ tactical structure of the sentence and of intended meaning following the interruption an example is the italian proverb the good stuff – think about it this proverb urges people to make the best choice when ana￭ col￭ u￭ th￭ on occurs un￭ intentionally it is considered to be an error in sentence structure and results in incoherent nonsense however it can be used as a rhetorical technique to challenge the reader to think more deeply or in stream of consciousness literature to represent the dis￭ join￭ ted nature of associ￭ ative thought ana￭ col￭ u￭ th￭ on is very common in informal speech where a speaker might start to say one thing then break off and abruptly and in￭ coherently continue expressing a completely different line of thought when such speech is reported in writing a dash — is often included at the point of dis￭ continuity the lis￭ tener is expected to ignore the first part of the sentence although in some cases it might contribute to the overall meaning in an impres￭ sion￭ istic sense
an￭ agen efflu￭ vi￭ um is the patho￭ logic loss of an￭ agen or growth phase ha￭ irs class￭ ically it is caused by radiation therapy to the head and systemic chem￭ otherapy especially with al￭ k￭ yl￭ ating agents
anal cancer is a cancer m￭ align￭ ant tumor which arises from the an￭ us the dis￭ tal opening of the gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract it is a distinct entity from the more common colo￭ rec￭ tal cancer anal cancer is typically an anal squ￭ am￭ ous cell carcin￭ oma that arises near the squ￭ am￭ o￭ colum￭ nar junction often linked to human pap￭ il￭ lo￭ ma￭ virus h￭ p￭ v infection it may be ker￭ at￭ ini￭ zing bas￭ alo￭ id or non ker￭ at￭ ini￭ zing clo￭ a￭ co￭ genic other types of anal cancer are aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma lymp￭ homa sar￭ coma or mel￭ anom￭ a from data collected 2004 2010 the relative five year survival rate in the united states is 65 5 though individual rates may vary depending upon the stage of cancer at diagnosis and the response to treatment
anal dys￭ pl￭ asia is a pre can￭ cer￭ ous condition which occurs when the lining of the anal canal under￭ goes abnormal changes it can be classified as low grade squ￭ am￭ ous intra￭ epi￭ the￭ li￭ al le￭ sions l￭ sil and high grade squ￭ am￭ ous intra￭ epi￭ the￭ li￭ al le￭ sions h￭ sil most cases are not associated with symptoms but people may notice lum￭ ps in and around the an￭ us broken link
an anal fis￭ sure or rec￭ tal fis￭ sure is a break or tear in the skin of the anal canal anal f￭ issu￭ res may be noticed by bright red anal bleeding on toilet paper sometimes in the toilet if acute they may cause pain after defec￭ ation but with chronic f￭ issu￭ res pain intensity is often less anal f￭ issu￭ res usually extend from the anal opening and are usually located poster￭ ior￭ ly in the mid￭ line probably because of the relatively un￭ supported nature and poor per￭ fusion of the anal wall in that location fis￭ sure depth may be superficial or sometimes down to the underlying sp￭ h￭ inc￭ ter muscle
anal f￭ ist￭ ula plural f￭ ist￭ ul￭ ae or f￭ ist￭ ula in ano is a chronic abnormal communication between the epi￭ the￭ li￭ alised surface of the anal canal and usually the peri￭ anal skin an anal f￭ ist￭ ula can be described as a narrow tunnel with its internal opening in the anal canal and its external opening in the skin near the an￭ us anal f￭ ist￭ ul￭ ae commonly occur in people with a history of anal abs￭ c￭ esses they can form when anal abs￭ c￭ esses do not heal properly anal f￭ ist￭ ul￭ ae originate from the anal g￭ lands which are located between the internal and external anal sp￭ h￭ inc￭ ter and drain into the anal canal if the outlet of these g￭ lands becomes blocked an abs￭ c￭ ess can form which can eventually extend to the skin surface the tract formed by this process is a f￭ ist￭ ula abs￭ c￭ esses can recur if the f￭ ist￭ ula seals over allowing the accumulation of p￭ us it can then extends to the surface again repeating the process anal f￭ ist￭ ul￭ ae per se do not generally harm but can be very painful and can be irritating because of the drainage of p￭ us it is also possible for formed sto￭ ols to be passed through the f￭ ist￭ ula additionally recurrent abs￭ c￭ esses may lead to significant short term morbi￭ dity from pain and importantly create a starting point for systemic infection treatment in the form of surgery is considered essential to allow drainage and prevent infection repair of the f￭ ist￭ ula itself is considered an elec￭ tive procedure which many patients opt for due to the discomfort and inconvenience associated with an actively draining f￭ ist￭ ula
an anal s￭ ac aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma is an un￭ common and aggressive m￭ align￭ ant tumor found in dogs that arises from the apo￭ cr￭ ine g￭ land￭ ular tissue of anal s￭ ac the disease exists in cats as well but is much less common in that species they are the second most common can￭ cer￭ ous cause of hyper￭ cal￭ ca￭ emia high serum calcium in dogs following t cell lymp￭ homa
anal stric￭ ture or anal sten￭ osis is a narrowing of the anal canal it can be cause by a number of surgical procedures including hemor￭ rho￭ id removal and following ano￭ rec￭ tal wart treatment
anal￭ ges￭ ic ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ pa￭ thy is injury to the kidney caused by anal￭ ges￭ ic medications such as aspir￭ in phen￭ ace￭ tin and par￭ acet￭ am￭ ol the term usually refers to damage induced by excessive use of combinations of these medications especially combinations that include phen￭ ace￭ tin it may also be used to describe kidney injury from any single anal￭ ges￭ ic medication the specific kidney injuries induced by anal￭ ges￭ ics are ren￭ al pap￭ ill￭ ary necro￭ sis and chronic inter￭ sti￭ tial ne￭ ph￭ ri￭ tis they appear to result from decreased blood flow to the kidney rapid consumption of antioxid￭ ants and subsequent oxid￭ ative damage to the kidney this kidney damage may lead to progressive chronic kidney failure abnormal ur￭ in￭ al￭ ysis results high blood pressure and an￭ emia a small proportion of individuals with anal￭ ges￭ ic ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ pa￭ thy may develop end stage kidney disease anal￭ ges￭ ic ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ pa￭ thy was once a common cause of kidney injury and end stage kidney disease in parts of europe australia and the united states in most areas its incidence has declined sharply since the use of phen￭ ace￭ tin fell in the 1970 s and 1980 s
in mathematics an analy￭ tic function is a function that is locally given by a conver￭ gent power series there exist both real analy￭ tic functions and complex analy￭ tic functions categories that are similar in some ways but different in others functions of each type are infinitely differenti￭ able but complex analy￭ tic functions exhibit properties that do not hold generally for real analy￭ tic functions a function is analy￭ tic if and only if its taylor series about x 0 conver￭ ges to the function in some neighborhood for every x 0 in its domain
in mathematics and signal processing an analy￭ tic signal is a complex valued function that has no negative frequency components the real and imaginary parts of an analy￭ tic signal are real valued functions related to each other by the hil￭ bert transform the analy￭ tic representation of a real valued function is an analy￭ tic signal comprising the original function and its hil￭ bert transform this representation facilitates many mathematical manip￭ ul￭ ations the basic idea is that the negative frequency components of the fou￭ rier transform or spectrum of a real valued function are superfluous due to the her￭ miti￭ an sym￭ metry of such a spectrum these negative frequency components can be discarded with no loss of information provided one is willing to deal with a complex valued function instead that makes certain attributes of the function more accessible and facilitates the deri￭ vation of modulation and demo￭ d￭ ulation techniques such as single si￭ deb￭ and as long as the manipulated function has no negative frequency components that is it is still analy￭ tic the conversion from complex back to real is just a matter of discarding the imaginary part the analy￭ tic representation is a gener￭ alization of the ph￭ as￭ or concept while the ph￭ as￭ or is restricted to time invari￭ ant am￭ pl￭ itude phase and frequency the analy￭ tic signal allows for time variable parameters
analytical skill is the ability to vis￭ u￭ alize articulate concep￭ tu￭ alize or solve both complex and un￭ complicated problems by making decisions that are sensible given the available information such skills include demonstration of the ability to apply logical thinking to breaking complex problems into their component parts in 1999 rich￭ ards j heu￭ er jr explained that thinking analy￭ tically is a skill like carp￭ entry or driving a car it can be taught it can be learned and it can improve with practice but like many other skills such as riding a bike it is not learned by sitting in a classroom and being told how to do it analysts learn by doing to test for analytical skills one might be asked to look for inconsistencies in an advertisement put a series of events in the proper order or critically read an essay usually standardized tests and interviews include an analytical section that requires the examiner to use their logic to pick apart a problem and come up with a solution although there is no question that analytical skills are essential other skills are equally required for instance in systems analysis the systems analyst should focus on four sets of analytical skills systems thinking organizational knowledge problem identification and problem analy￭ zing and solving
a￭ ṇ￭ a￭ ṅ￭ ku is a phenomenon of sacred power described in ancient tamil literature such as the sang￭ am literature
an￭ ap￭ hia also known as t￭ acti￭ le an￭ esthesia is a medical symptom in which there is a total or partial absence of the sense of touch an￭ ap￭ hia is a common symptom of spinal cord injury and neuro￭ pa￭ thy
an￭ ap￭ hy￭ lax￭ is is a serious allergic reaction that is rapid in onset and may cause death it typically causes more than one of the following an it￭ chy rash throat or tongue sw￭ elling short￭ ness of breath v￭ om￭ iting ligh￭ the￭ ad￭ ed￭ ness and low blood pressure these symptoms typically come on over minutes to hours common causes include insect bites and st￭ ings foods and medications other causes include lat￭ ex exposure and exercise additionally cases may occur without an obvious reason the mechanism involves the release of mediators from certain types of white blood cells triggered by either immun￭ o￭ logic or non immun￭ o￭ logic mechanisms diagnosis is based on the presenting symptoms and signs after exposure to a potential aller￭ gen the primary treatment of an￭ ap￭ hy￭ lax￭ is is ep￭ in￭ eph￭ rine injection into a muscle intra￭ ven￭ ous fluids and positioning the person flat additional doses of ep￭ in￭ eph￭ rine may be required other measures such as anti￭ hist￭ am￭ ines and ster￭ oids are complementary carrying an ep￭ in￭ eph￭ rine auto￭ injec￭ tor and identification regarding the condition is recommended in people with a history of an￭ ap￭ hy￭ lax￭ is worldwide 0 05 – 2 of the population is estimated to experience an￭ ap￭ hy￭ lax￭ is at some point in life rates appear to be increasing it occurs most often in young people and females of people who go to a hospital with an￭ ap￭ hy￭ lax￭ is in the united states about 0 3 die the term comes from the ancient greek ἀ￭ ν￭ ά ana against and the ancient greek φ￭ ύ￭ λα￭ ξ￭ ις phy￭ lax￭ is protection
an￭ ap￭ la￭ sia from ancient greek ἀ￭ ν￭ ά ana backward π￭ λ￭ ά￭ σ￭ ις plas￭ is formation is a condition of cells in which they have poor cellular differentiation losing the mor￭ pho￭ logical characteristics of mature cells and their orientation with respect to each other and to endo￭ the￭ li￭ al cells the term also refers to a group of mor￭ pho￭ logical changes in a cell nuclear ple￭ om￭ orph￭ ism altered nuclear cy￭ top￭ las￭ mic ratio presence of nucle￭ oli high proliferation index that point to a possible m￭ align￭ ant transformation loss of structural differentiation especially as seen in most but not all m￭ align￭ ant ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms sometimes the term also includes an increased capacity for multiplication lack of differentiation is considered a hallmark of aggressive m￭ align￭ ancies for example it differenti￭ ates lei￭ om￭ y￭ os￭ ar￭ com￭ as from lei￭ om￭ y￭ om￭ as the term an￭ ap￭ la￭ sia literally means to form backward it implies de￭ differentiation or loss of structural and functional differentiation of normal cells it is now known however that at least some cancers arise from stem cells in tissues in these tumors failure of differentiation rather than de￭ differentiation of specialized cells account for un￭ differentiated tumors an￭ ap￭ l￭ astic cells display marked ple￭ om￭ orph￭ ism the nucle￭ i are characteris￭ tically extremely hyper￭ ch￭ rom￭ atic dark￭ ly stained and large the nuclear cy￭ top￭ las￭ mic ratio may approach 1 1 instead of the normal 1 4 or 1 6 giant cells that are considerably larger than their neighbors may be formed and possess either one enormous nucleus or several nucle￭ i syn￭ cy￭ tia an￭ ap￭ l￭ astic nucle￭ i are variable and bizarre in size and shape the ch￭ rom￭ atin is co￭ arse and clum￭ ped and nucle￭ oli may be of astounding size more important mit￭ o￭ ses are often numerous and distinctly atypical anarch￭ ic multiple sp￭ ind￭ les may be seen and sometimes appear as tri￭ polar or quad￭ ri￭ polar forms also an￭ ap￭ l￭ astic cells usually fail to develop recogniz￭ able patterns of orientation to one another i e they lose normal polarity they may grow in sheets with total loss of communal structures such as g￭ land formation or str￭ ati￭ fied squ￭ am￭ ous architecture an￭ ap￭ la￭ sia is the most extreme disturbance in cell growth encountered in the spectrum of cellular prolifer￭ ations
an￭ ap￭ las￭ mo￭ sis is a disease caused by a ric￭ ke￭ tt￭ si￭ al parasite of ruminants an￭ ap￭ las￭ ma spp the micro￭ organism is gram negative and occurs in the red blood cells it is transmitted by natural means through a number of ha￭ em￭ at￭ op￭ ha￭ g￭ ous species of tic￭ ks an￭ ap￭ las￭ mo￭ sis can also be transmitted by the use of surgical de￭ hor￭ ning castr￭ ation and tattoo instruments and hypo￭ der￭ mic needles that are not disinfected between uses although the term is often associated with animal infection it is also used to describe infection in humans
an￭ ap￭ l￭ astic astro￭ cy￭ tom￭ a is a rare who grade iii type of astro￭ cy￭ tom￭ a which is a type of cancer of the brain in the united states the annual incidence rate for an￭ ap￭ l￭ astic astro￭ cy￭ tom￭ a is 0 44 per 100 000 persons
an￭ ap￭ l￭ astic large cell lymp￭ homa al￭ cl is a type of non ho￭ dg￭ kin lymp￭ homa involving aberr￭ ant t cells it is described in detail in the classification of tumors of the hem￭ ato￭ po￭ ie￭ tic and lymp￭ ho￭ id tissues ed￭ ited by experts of the world health organisation who the term an￭ ap￭ l￭ astic large cell lymp￭ homa al￭ cl encompasses at least 4 different clinical entities all sharing the same name and his￭ to￭ logically have also in common the presence of large ple￭ om￭ orph￭ ic cells that express cd 30 and t cell mark￭ ers two types of al￭ cl present as systemic disease and are considered as aggressive lymp￭ hom￭ as while two types present as loc￭ alized disease and may progress locally its name derives from an￭ ap￭ la￭ sia and large cell lymp￭ homa
an￭ ap￭ l￭ astic thyro￭ id cancer at￭ c is a form of thyro￭ id cancer which has a very poor prog￭ no￭ sis due to its aggressive behavior and resistance to cancer treatments its an￭ ap￭ l￭ astic cells have poor differentiation including de￭ differentiation
an￭ ap￭ lero￭ tic reactions from the greek ἀ￭ ν￭ ά up and πλη￭ ρ￭ ό￭ ω to fill are chemical reactions that form intermedi￭ ates of a metabol￭ ic path￭ way examples of such are found in the cit￭ ric acid cycle t￭ ca cycle in normal function of this cycle for respir￭ ation concentrations of t￭ ca intermedi￭ ates remain constant however many bio￭ synthetic reactions also use these molecules as a sub￭ str￭ ate an￭ ap￭ ler￭ osis is the act of replen￭ ishing t￭ ca cycle intermedi￭ ates that have been extracted for bio￭ synthesis in what are called cat￭ ap￭ lero￭ tic reactions the t￭ ca cycle is a hub of metabol￭ ism with central importance in both energy production and bio￭ synthesis therefore it is crucial for the cell to regulate concentrations of t￭ ca cycle metabol￭ ites in the mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ a an￭ ap￭ lero￭ tic flux must balance cat￭ ap￭ lero￭ tic flux in order to retain home￭ ost￭ asis of cellular metabol￭ ism
anarchy is the condition of a society entity group of people or a single person that rejects hierarchy the term originally meant lead￭ er￭ lessness but in 18￭ 40 pierre joseph pro￭ ud￭ hon adopted the term in his tre￭ ati￭ se what is property to refer to a new political philosophy anarch￭ ism which advocates stateless societies based on voluntary associations in practical terms anarchy can refer to the cur￭ tail￭ ment or abolition of traditional forms of government
an￭ as￭ ar￭ ca or extreme generalized e￭ dem￭ a is a medical condition characterized by widespread sw￭ elling of the skin due to eff￭ usion of fluid into the ex￭ trac￭ ell￭ ular space it is usually caused by liver failure cir￭ rho￭ sis of the liver ren￭ al failure disease right sided heart failure as well as severe malnutrition protein deficiency the increase in salt and water retention caused by low cardiac output can also result in an￭ as￭ ar￭ ca as a long term mal￭ adap￭ tive response it can also be created from the administration of exo￭ genous intra￭ ven￭ ous fluid certain plant derived antic￭ an￭ cer chem￭ other￭ apeu￭ tic agents such as do￭ ce￭ tax￭ el cause an￭ as￭ ar￭ ca through a poorly understood cap￭ ill￭ ary leak syndrome in h￭ b bar￭ ts the high oxygen aff￭ inity results in poor oxygen delivery to peripheral tissues resulting in an￭ as￭ ar￭ ca
anato￭ lia from greek ἀ￭ ν￭ ατ￭ ολ￭ ή an￭ atol￭ ḗ — east or sun rise in modern turkish an￭ ad￭ olu in geography known as asia minor from greek μ￭ ικ￭ ρ￭ ὰ ἀ￭ σ￭ ία m￭ ī￭ kr￭ á as￭ ía — small asia in modern turkish k￭ ü￭ ç￭ ü￭ k as￭ ya asian turkey anato￭ lian peninsula or anato￭ lian pl￭ ate￭ au is the western￭ most pro￭ tru￭ sion of asia which makes up the majority of modern day turkey the region is bounded by the black sea to the north the mediterranean sea to the south and the aegean sea to the west the sea of mar￭ mar￭ a forms a connection between the black and aegean seas through the bo￭ sp￭ hor￭ us and dar￭ dan￭ elles straits and separates anato￭ lia from th￭ race on the european mainland according to the traditional definition the eastern boundary of the anato￭ lian peninsula is a diag￭ onal line that extends from the gulf of alex￭ andre￭ tta on the mediterranean coast of turkey to the shores of art￭ vin province on the eastern black sea coast of the country the mountainous pl￭ ate￭ au to the east of this line was historically known as the armenian highlands armenia major this region is now named and largely situated within the eastern anato￭ lia region in the far east of turkey and conver￭ ges with the lesser caucasus — an area that was incorporated in the russian empire region of trans￭ cauca￭ sia in the 19 th century thus traditionally anato￭ lia is the territory that comprises approximately the western two thirds of the asian part of turkey since the early 20 th century anato￭ lia is often considered to be synonymous with asian turkey which comprises more than 95 of the country s total land area and its eastern and sou￭ the￭ astern borders are widely perceived as turkey s borders with neighboring georgia armenia azerbaijan iran iraq and syria in c￭ lock￭ wise direction the ancient inhabitants of anato￭ lia spoke the now extinct anato￭ lian languages which were largely replaced by the greek language starting from classical antiqu￭ ity and during the hellen￭ istic roman and by￭ z￭ antine periods the tur￭ ki￭ fication of anato￭ lia began under the sel￭ ju￭ k empire in the late 11 th century and continued under the ottoman empire between the early 14 th and early 20 th centuries however various non turk￭ ic languages continue to be spoken by minorities in anato￭ lia today including kurdish assy￭ rian armenian arabic la￭ z georgian and greek
in ent￭ om￭ ology an￭ auto￭ gen￭ y is a reproductive strategy in which an adult female insect must eat a particular sort of meal generally vertebr￭ ate blood before laying eggs in order for her eggs to mature this behavior is most common among di￭ p￭ ter￭ an insects such as mosquitoes an￭ auto￭ genous animals often serve as vectors for infectious disease in their hosts because of their contact with hosts blood the opposite trait needing no special food as an adult to successfully reproduce is known as auto￭ gen￭ y
an￭ cy￭ lo￭ stom￭ i￭ asis also anch￭ y￭ lo￭ stom￭ i￭ asis or an￭ ky￭ lo￭ stom￭ i￭ asis is a hook￭ worm disease caused by infection with an￭ cy￭ lo￭ stom￭ a hook￭ worms the name is derived from greek an￭ cy￭ los αγ￭ κ￭ ύ￭ λο￭ ς cro￭ oked bent and stom￭ a στ￭ ό￭ μα mouth an￭ cy￭ lo￭ stom￭ i￭ asis is also known as min￭ er s ana￭ emia tunnel disease bric￭ k￭ maker s ana￭ emia and egyptian chlor￭ osis hel￭ min￭ thi￭ asis may also refer to an￭ cy￭ lo￭ stom￭ i￭ asis but this term also refers to all other par￭ asi￭ tic worm diseases as well in the united kingdom if acquired in the context of working in a mine the condition is eligible for industrial injuries disability benefit it is a prescribed disease b 4 under the relevant legislation § an￭ cy￭ lo￭ stom￭ i￭ asis is caused when hook￭ worms present in large numbers produce an iron deficiency an￭ emia by sucking blood from the host s intest￭ inal walls
ander￭ sen – ta￭ wi￭ l syndrome also called ander￭ sen syndrome and long q￭ t syndrome 7 is a form of long q￭ t syndrome it is a rare genetic disorder and is inherited in an auto￭ som￭ al dominant pattern and pre￭ dis￭ poses patients to cardiac arr￭ hy￭ th￭ mi￭ as jer￭ vel￭ l and lange ni￭ el￭ sen syndrome is a similar disorder which is also associated with sens￭ or￭ in￭ eur￭ al hearing loss
in condens￭ ed matter physics anderson loc￭ alization also known as strong loc￭ alization is the absence of diffusion of waves in a dis￭ ordered medium this phenomenon is named after the american physic￭ ist p w anderson who was the first one to suggest the possibility of electr￭ on loc￭ alization inside a semiconductor provided that the degree of random￭ ness of the impurities or defects is sufficiently large anderson loc￭ alization is a general wave phenomenon that applies to the transport of electromagnetic waves acous￭ tic waves quantum waves spin waves etc this phenomenon is to be distinguished from weak loc￭ alization which is the precursor effect of anderson loc￭ alization see below and from mo￭ tt loc￭ alization named after sir nev￭ ill mo￭ tt where the transition from metallic to insulating behaviour is not due to disorder but to a strong mutual coul￭ om￭ b re￭ pulsion of electron￭ s
an and￭ ro￭ gen dependent condition disease disorder or syndrome is a medical condition that is in part or full dependent on or is sensitive to the presence of and￭ ro￭ genic activity in the body known and￭ ro￭ gen dependent conditions include ac￭ ne se￭ bor￭ rhe￭ a and￭ ro￭ genic al￭ op￭ ec￭ ia hir￭ su￭ tism hi￭ dr￭ ad￭ eni￭ tis sup￭ pur￭ ativa pre￭ co￭ cious pu￭ ber￭ ty in boys hy￭ pers￭ ex￭ uality par￭ ap￭ hi￭ li￭ as benign pro￭ static hyper￭ pl￭ asia b￭ ph pro￭ state cancer and hyper￭ and￭ ro￭ gen￭ ism in women such as in poly￭ c￭ ys￭ tic o￭ vary syndrome p￭ cos such conditions may be treated with drugs with anti￭ and￭ ro￭ gen actions including and￭ ro￭ gen recep￭ tor antagon￭ ists such as cy￭ pro￭ ter￭ one acetate spi￭ ro￭ no￭ lac￭ tone and bic￭ al￭ ut￭ amide 5 α reduc￭ t￭ ase inhi￭ bit￭ ors such as fin￭ aster￭ ide and du￭ ta￭ ster￭ ide cyp 17 a 1 inhi￭ bit￭ ors such as ab￭ ir￭ ater￭ one acetate gon￭ ad￭ o￭ tro￭ pin releasing hormone gn￭ r￭ h analo￭ gues such as leu￭ proli￭ de and ce￭ tro￭ reli￭ x and or other anti￭ gon￭ ad￭ o￭ tro￭ pins such as me￭ gest￭ rol acetate and med￭ ro￭ xy￭ prog￭ est￭ er￭ one acetate
and￭ ro￭ gen induced her￭ m￭ aph￭ ro￭ di￭ tism is a syndrome resulting from a her￭ m￭ aph￭ ro￭ di￭ tic birth defect of the genital organs they are induced in the 46 xx gon￭ ad￭ ally female fe￭ tus this occurs when there is too much mascul￭ ini￭ zing hormone transmitted through the plac￭ enta the external gen￭ italia are that of a male if there is an excess of and￭ rog￭ ens in a male fe￭ tus it will give rise to infant hercul￭ es syndrome
and￭ ro￭ gen deficiency also known as hypo￭ and￭ ro￭ gen￭ ism and and￭ ro￭ gen deficiency syndrome is a medical condition characterized by not enough and￭ ro￭ genic activity in the body
and￭ ro￭ gen in￭ sensitivity syndrome ais is a condition that results in the partial or complete inability of the cell to respond to and￭ rog￭ ens the un￭ responsiveness of the cell to the presence of and￭ ro￭ genic hormones can impair or prevent the mascul￭ ini￭ zation of male gen￭ italia in the developing fe￭ tus as well as the development of male secondary sexual characteristics at pu￭ ber￭ ty but does not significantly impair female genital or sexual development as such the in￭ sensitivity to and￭ rog￭ ens is clin￭ ically significant only when it occurs in genetic males i e individuals with a y chro￭ mo￭ some or more specifically an s￭ ry gene clinical phen￭ o￭ types in these individuals range from a normal male habit￭ us with mild sper￭ mat￭ ogenic defect or reduced secondary terminal hair to a full female habit￭ us despite the presence of a y chro￭ mo￭ some ais is divided into three categories that are differentiated by the degree of genital mascul￭ ini￭ zation complete and￭ ro￭ gen in￭ sensitivity syndrome ca￭ is is indicated when the external gen￭ italia are that of a normal female mild and￭ ro￭ gen in￭ sensitivity syndrome ma￭ is is indicated when the external gen￭ italia are that of a normal male and partial and￭ ro￭ gen in￭ sensitivity syndrome pa￭ is is indicated when the external gen￭ italia are partially but not fully mascul￭ ini￭ zed and￭ ro￭ gen in￭ sensitivity syndrome is the largest single entity that leads to 46 xy under￭ mascul￭ ini￭ zed gen￭ italia
the and￭ ro￭ nov – pon￭ try￭ ag￭ in criterion is a necessary and sufficient condition for the stability of dynam￭ ical systems in the plane it was derived by al￭ ek￭ sand￭ r and￭ ro￭ nov and lev pon￭ try￭ ag￭ in in 19￭ 37
and￭ ro￭ pho￭ bia is is an abnormal fear of men a type of specific social pho￭ bia the word is from ancient greek ἀ￭ ν￭ ή￭ ρ an￭ ē￭ r gen￭ itive ἀ￭ ν￭ δρ￭ ός and￭ ros man and φ￭ ό￭ β￭ ος ph￭ ó￭ bos fear in he past the word and￭ ro￭ pho￭ bia also has been used to refer to fear of crowds of people or mankind and￭ ro￭ pho￭ bia was also used in reference of a distress for a woman who was made uncomfortable at the sight of men from hearing their voices or knowing they are in the house
in mathematics the andré – o￭ or￭ t con￭ jec￭ ture is an open problem in number theory that gener￭ alises the man￭ in – mum￭ ford con￭ jec￭ ture a proto￭ typical version of the con￭ jec￭ ture was stated by y￭ ves andré in 1989 and a more general version was con￭ jec￭ tured by fr￭ ans o￭ or￭ t in 1995 the modern version is a natural gener￭ alisation of these two con￭ jec￭ tures
an￭ elli also known as an￭ el￭ let￭ ti are small thin rings of pasta they are generally used for sou￭ ps and pasta sal￭ ads a smaller version of an￭ elli is an￭ ell￭ ini which is about one quarter of the size an￭ elli pasta is used in the production of campbell s franco american spag￭ he￭ tti o s
an an￭ embryonic gest￭ ation also known as a b￭ lighted ov￭ um is a pregnancy in which the very early pregnancy appears normal on an ul￭ tras￭ ound scan but as the pregnancy progres￭ ses a visible embryo never develops or develops and is re￭ absorbed in a normal pregnancy an embryo would be visible on an ul￭ tras￭ ound by six weeks after the woman s last men￭ str￭ ual period an an￭ embryonic gest￭ ation is characterized by a normal appearing gest￭ ational s￭ ac but the absence of an embryo it likely occurs as a result of early embryonic death with continued development of the tro￭ pho￭ blast when small the s￭ ac cannot be distinguished from the early normal pregnancy as there may be a y￭ ol￭ k s￭ ac though a fe￭ tal pole is not seen for diagnosis the s￭ ac must be of sufficient size that the absence of normal embryonic elements is established the criteria depends on the type of ul￭ tras￭ ound exam performed a pregnancy is an￭ embryonic if a trans￭ vag￭ inal ul￭ tras￭ ound reveals a s￭ ac with a mean gest￭ ational s￭ ac diameter m￭ g￭ d greater than 25 mm and no y￭ ol￭ k s￭ ac or an m￭ g￭ d 25 mm with no embryo trans￭ ab￭ domin￭ al imaging without trans￭ vag￭ inal scanning may be sufficient for diagno￭ sing early pregnancy failure when￭ an embryo whose crown – r￭ ump length is 15 mm or more has no visible cardiac activity rather than do a trans￭ vag￭ inal exam at the time of the initial visit many centers prefer to do only a trans￭ ab￭ domin￭ al study and offer mothers a follow up ul￭ tras￭ ound 10 days later to see if a normal pregnancy subsequently develops an￭ embryonic gest￭ ation is one of the causes of mis￭ carriage of a pregnancy several management options exist for an￭ embryonic pregnancies that have not mis￭ carried on their own
an￭ emia also spelled ana￭ emia is usually defined as a decrease in the amount of red blood cells r￭ b￭ cs or h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in in the blood it can also be defined as a lowered ability of the blood to carry oxygen when an￭ emia comes on slowly the symptoms are often vague and may include feeling tired weakness short￭ ness of breath or a poor ability to exercise an￭ emia that comes on quickly often has greater symptoms which may include confusion feeling like one is going to pass out loss of consciousness or increased thirst an￭ emia must be significant before a person becomes notic￭ e￭ ably pale additional symptoms may occur depending on the underlying cause there are three main types of an￭ emia that due to blood loss that due to decreased red blood cell production and that due to increased red blood cell breakdown causes of blood loss include trauma and gastro￭ intest￭ inal bleeding among others causes of decreased production include iron deficiency a lack of vitamin b 12 thal￭ ass￭ emia and a number of ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms of the bone marrow causes of increased breakdown include a number of genetic conditions such as sick￭ le cell an￭ emia infections like malaria and certain auto￭ immune diseases it can also be classified based on the size of red blood cells and amount of h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in in each cell if the cells are small it is micro￭ cy￭ tic an￭ emia if they are large it is macro￭ cy￭ tic an￭ emia while if they are normal sized it is nor￭ mo￭ cy￭ tic an￭ emia diagnosis in men is based on a h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in of less than 130 to 140 g l 13 to 14 g dl while in women it must be less than 120 to 130 g l 12 to 13 g dl further testing is then required to determine the cause certain groups of individuals such as pregnant women benefit from the use of iron pills for prevention dietary supplem￭ entation without determining the specific cause is not recommended the use of blood trans￭ fu￭ sions is typically based on a person s signs and symptoms in those without symptoms they are not recommended unless h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in levels are less than 60 to 80 g l 6 to 8 g dl these recommendations may also apply to some people with acute bleeding er￭ y￭ thro￭ po￭ ies￭ is stimulating medications are only recommended in those with severe an￭ emia an￭ emia is the most common disorder of the blood affecting about a quarter of the people globally iron deficiency an￭ emia affects nearly 1 billion in 2013 an￭ emia due to iron deficiency resulted in about 183 000 deaths – down from 213 000 deaths in 1990 it is more common in females than males among children during pregnancy and in the elderly an￭ emia increases costs of medical care and lowers a person s productivity through a decreased ability to work the name is derived from ancient greek ἀ￭ να￭ ι￭ μ￭ ία an￭ aim￭ ia meaning lack of blood from ἀ￭ ν an not α￭ ἷ￭ μα ha￭ ima blood
an￭ emia of chronic disease or an￭ emia of chronic infl￭ amm￭ ation is a form of an￭ emia seen in chronic infection chronic immune activation and m￭ align￭ ancy these conditions all produce massive elev￭ ation of inter￭ leuk￭ in 6 which stimulates he￭ p￭ ci￭ din production and release from the liver which in turn reduces the iron carrier protein fer￭ ro￭ por￭ tin so that access of iron to the circulation is reduced other mechanisms may also play a role such as reduced er￭ y￭ thro￭ po￭ ies￭ is an￭ emia of chronic infl￭ amm￭ ation is the preferred term since not all chronic diseases are associated with this form of an￭ emia
an￭ emia of pre￭ maturity refers to a form of an￭ emia affecting pre￭ term infants with decreased hem￭ ato￭ cr￭ it
anemic inf￭ arc￭ ts also called white inf￭ arc￭ ts or pale inf￭ arc￭ ts are white or pale inf￭ arc￭ ts caused by arter￭ ial oc￭ clu￭ sions and are usually seen in the heart kidney and sp￭ leen these are referred to as white because of the lack of hemorrha￭ ging and limited red blood cells accumulation compare to hemorrha￭ gic inf￭ arc￭ t the tissues most likely to be affected are solid organs which limit the amount of hemorrha￭ ge that can se￭ ep into the area of is￭ chem￭ ic necro￭ sis from adjoining cap￭ ill￭ ary beds the organs typically include single blood supply no dual arter￭ ial blood supply or anast￭ om￭ o￭ ses the inf￭ arc￭ t generally results grossly in a wedge shaped area of necro￭ sis with the ap￭ ex closest to the oc￭ clu￭ sion and the base at the periphery of the organ the margins will become better defined with time with a narrow rim of congestion attributable to infl￭ amm￭ ation at the edge of the le￭ sion relatively few extr￭ av￭ as￭ ated red cells are ly￭ sed so the resulting h￭ emo￭ sid￭ er￭ osis is limited and results in a progressively more pale area of inf￭ arc￭ tion with time is￭ chem￭ ic co￭ ag￭ ulative necro￭ sis results and fi￭ bro￭ sis of the affected area develops from the repar￭ ative response beginning at the preserved margins and working its way in￭ wards one exception to co￭ ag￭ ulative necro￭ sis is the brain which under￭ goes lique￭ fac￭ tive necro￭ sis in response to inf￭ arc￭ tion
an￭ encephal￭ y is the absence of a major portion of the brain skull and scal￭ p that occurs during embryonic development it is a cephal￭ ic disorder that results from a ne￭ ural tube defect that occurs when the ro￭ str￭ al head end of the ne￭ ural tube fails to close usually between the 23 rd and 26 th day following conception strictly speaking the greek term translates as no in head that is totally lacking the inside part of the head i e the brain but it is accepted that children born with this disorder usually only lack a tel￭ encephal￭ on the largest part of the brain consisting mainly of the cere￭ br￭ al hemis￭ ph￭ er￭ es including the ne￭ oc￭ or￭ tex which is responsible for cogn￭ ition the remaining structure is usually covered only by a thin layer of memb￭ rane — skin bone men￭ inges etc are all lacking with very few exceptions infants with this disorder do not survive longer than a few hours or possibly days after their birth
an￭ esthesia dol￭ or￭ osa or ana￭ esthesia dol￭ or￭ osa or de￭ a￭ ffer￭ entation pain is pain felt in an area usually of the face which is completely num￭ b to touch the pain is described as constant burning aching or severe it can be a side effect of surgery involving any part of the tri￭ gem￭ inal system and occurs after 1 – 4 of peripheral surgery for tri￭ gem￭ inal ne￭ ur￭ al￭ gia no effective medical therapy has yet been found several surgical techniques have been tried with modest or mixed results the value of surgical interventions is difficult to assess because published studies involve small numbers of mixed patient types and little long term follow up gas￭ seri￭ an gang￭ lion stimulation is stimulation of the gas￭ seri￭ an gang￭ lion with electric pul￭ ses from a small generator impl￭ anted beneath the skin there are mixed reports including some reports of marked some of moderate and some of no improvement further studies of more patients with longer follow up are required to determine the efficacy of this treatment deep brain stimulation was found in one review to produce good results in forty five percent of 106 cases though relief may not be permanent several years of relief may be achieved with this technique mes￭ encephal￭ o￭ tomy is the damaging of the junction of the tri￭ gem￭ inal tract and the peri￭ aqu￭ educ￭ tal gray in the brain and has produced pain relief in a group of patients with cancer pain but when applied to six an￭ esthesia dol￭ or￭ osa patients no pain relief was achieved and the unpleasant sensation was in fact increased dor￭ sal root entry zone le￭ sion￭ ing damaging the point where sensory nerve fi￭ bers meet spinal cord fi￭ bers produced favorable results in some patients and poor results in others with incidence of at￭ ax￭ ia at 40 patient numbers were small follow up was short and existing evidence does not indicate long term efficacy one surgeon treated thirty five patients using tri￭ gem￭ inal nucle￭ o￭ tomy damaging the nucleus c￭ aud￭ alis and reported 66 abolition of allo￭ dy￭ nia and a marked reduction in or less frequently complete abolition of deep background pain
ane￭ to￭ der￭ ma also known as ane￭ to￭ der￭ ma mac￭ ul￭ osa ane￭ to￭ der￭ ma mac￭ ul￭ osa cu￭ tis atro￭ phia mac￭ ul￭ osa cu￭ tis and mac￭ ular atro￭ phy is a loc￭ alized lax￭ ity of the skin with her￭ ni￭ ation or out￭ pou￭ ching resulting from abnormal der￭ mal elastic tissue ane￭ to￭ der￭ ma comes in three types primary ane￭ to￭ der￭ ma j￭ ad￭ as￭ sohn – pel￭ li￭ zz￭ ari ane￭ to￭ der￭ ma is a benign condition with focal loss of der￭ mal elastic tissue j￭ ad￭ as￭ sohn pel￭ li￭ zz￭ ari is one of two major classifications of primary ane￭ to￭ der￭ ma the other being sch￭ wen￭ inger – bu￭ zzi ane￭ to￭ der￭ ma the difference between the two is that j￭ ad￭ as￭ sohn – pel￭ li￭ zz￭ ari ane￭ to￭ der￭ ma is preceded by infl￭ am￭ matory le￭ sions sch￭ wen￭ inger – bu￭ zzi ane￭ to￭ der￭ ma is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by loss of der￭ mal elastic tissue secondary ane￭ to￭ der￭ ma famili￭ al ane￭ to￭ der￭ ma
an￭ eu￭ plo￭ id￭ y is the presence of an abnormal number of chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es in a cell for example a human cell having 45 or 47 chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es instead of the usual 46 it does not include a difference of one or more complete sets of chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es which is called eu￭ plo￭ id￭ y an extra or missing chro￭ mo￭ some is a common cause of genetic disorders including some human birth defects some cancer cells also have abnormal numbers of chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es an￭ eu￭ plo￭ id￭ y originates during cell division when the chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es do not separate properly between the two cells different species normally have different numbers of chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es from one another and the terms an￭ eu￭ plo￭ id and poly￭ plo￭ id refer to the chro￭ mo￭ some number being different from the usual number for that species chro￭ mo￭ some ab￭ norm￭ alities are detected in 1 of 160 live human births apart from sex chro￭ mo￭ some disorders most cases of an￭ eu￭ plo￭ id￭ y result in death of the developing fe￭ tus mis￭ carriage the most common extra auto￭ som￭ al chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es among live births are 21 18 and 13
an an￭ eur￭ ys￭ m is a loc￭ alized blood filled balloon like bul￭ ge in the wall of a blood vessel an￭ eur￭ ys￭ ms can occur in any blood vessel with examples including an￭ eur￭ ys￭ ms of the circle of will￭ is in the brain a￭ or￭ tic an￭ eur￭ ys￭ ms affecting the thor￭ ac￭ ic a￭ or￭ ta and ab￭ domin￭ al a￭ or￭ tic an￭ eur￭ ys￭ ms an￭ eur￭ ys￭ ms can also occur within the heart as an an￭ eur￭ ys￭ m increases in size the risk of rupture increases a rup￭ tured an￭ eur￭ ys￭ m can lead to bleeding an￭ eur￭ ys￭ ms are a result of a weakened blood vessel wall and can be a result of a hereditary condition or an acquired disease an￭ eur￭ ys￭ ms can also be a ni￭ dus for clo￭ t formation thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis and emb￭ oli￭ zation the word is from greek ἀ￭ ν￭ ε￭ ύ￭ ρ￭ υ￭ σ￭ μα an￭ eur￭ y￭ sma dil￭ ation from ἀ￭ ν￭ ευ￭ ρ￭ ύ￭ ν￭ ει￭ ν an￭ eur￭ y￭ ne￭ in to di￭ late
an an￭ eur￭ ys￭ m of heart refers to an an￭ eur￭ ys￭ m involving cardiac tissue
an￭ eur￭ ys￭ m of the a￭ or￭ tic sin￭ us also known as the sin￭ us of val￭ sal￭ va is comparatively rare when present it is usually in either the right 65 85 or in the non￭ coron￭ ary 10 30 sin￭ us rarely in the left 5 sin￭ us
an￭ eur￭ y￭ sm￭ al bone cyst abbreviated abc is an o￭ ste￭ ol￭ y￭ tic bone ne￭ op￭ las￭ m characterized by several spon￭ ge like blood or serum filled generally non endo￭ the￭ li￭ alized spaces of various diame￭ ters
angel wing also known as airplane wing slipped wing cro￭ oked wing and dro￭ op￭ ed wing is a syndrome that affects primarily aquatic birds such as geese and ducks in which the last joint of the wing is twisted with the wing feathers pointing out lat￭ er￭ ally instead of lying against the body males develop it more frequently than females it has also been reported in go￭ sh￭ aw￭ ks bu￭ st￭ ard chicks and p￭ sit￭ tac￭ ine birds bud￭ ger￭ ig￭ ars mac￭ a￭ ws and con￭ ures the syndrome manifests as an incur￭ able anatom￭ ical condition which is acquired in young birds due to a high cal￭ orie diet especially one high in proteins and or low in vitamin d vitamin e and man￭ g￭ anese one or both carp￭ us wrist joints are retar￭ ded in their development relative to the rest of the wing for reasons unknown if only one wing is affected it is usually the left one the result is a wrist which is twisted outw￭ ards and unable to perform its usual function angel wing symptoms include stripped re￭ mi￭ ges flight feathers in the wrist area or re￭ mi￭ ges pro￭ tru￭ ding from wings at odd angles in extreme cases the stripped feathers may resemble sick￭ ly blue stra￭ ws pro￭ tru￭ ding from wings in adult birds the disease is incur￭ able and usually leads to an early death as affected birds are rendered effectively or totally f￭ ligh￭ tless in young birds wrapping the wing and binding it against the bird s flank together with feeding the bird a more nutri￭ tionally balanced diet can reverse the damage the the￭ orized causes of angel wing are genetics the excessive intake of carbo￭ hydr￭ ates and proteins together with insufficient intake of vitamin e low dietary calcium and man￭ g￭ anese deficiency angel wing is occasionally observed in water￭ fowl residing near humans including domestic fowl and the disease can sometimes be observed in areas where geese or ducks are excessively fed bread other examples are not fed bread at all some have refrained from feeding water￭ fowl white bread pop￭ corn or other human foodstuffs without a noticeable change in the incidence of the de￭ form￭ ity duck seed is an alternative for duck feed￭ ers
the angel￭ i – ri￭ mini reaction is an organic reaction between an alde￭ hyde and the sul￭ fon￭ amide n hydroxy￭ ben￭ zen￭ es￭ ul￭ fon￭ amide in presence of base forming an hydrox￭ am￭ ic acid the angel￭ i ri￭ mini reaction the other reaction product is a sul￭ fin￭ ic acid the reaction was discovered by the two italian chem￭ ists angel￭ o angel￭ i and e ri￭ mini and was published in 18￭ 96
angel￭ man syndrome as is a neuro￭ developmental disorder characterized by severe intellectual and developmental disability sleep disturbance seizures jer￭ ky movements especially hand fl￭ apping frequent laughter or smiling and usually a happy deme￭ anor as is a classic example of genom￭ ic im￭ printing in that it is caused by deletion or in￭ activation of genes on the mater￭ nally inherited chro￭ mo￭ some 15 while the pater￭ nal copy which may be of normal sequence is im￭ printed and therefore silenced the sister syndrome pr￭ ader – will￭ i syndrome is caused by a similar loss of pater￭ nally inherited genes and maternal im￭ printing as is named after a british pedi￭ at￭ ric￭ ian harry angel￭ man who first described the syndrome in 1965 an older alternative term for as happy puppet syndrome is generally considered pe￭ jor￭ ative and stigmati￭ zing so it is no longer the accepted term people with as are sometimes referred to as angels both because of the syndrome s name and because of their youthful happy appearance
ang￭ ina bul￭ los￭ a haemorrha￭ g￭ ica ab￭ h is a condition of the mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ ran￭ es characterized by the sudden appearance of one or more blood bl￭ is￭ ters within the oral cav￭ ity the le￭ sions which may be caused by mild trauma to the mouth tissues such as hot foods typically rupture quickly and heal without scar￭ ring or further discomfort the condition is not serious except in rare cases where a large bul￭ la that does not rupture spontaneously may cause air￭ way obstruction the bl￭ is￭ ters usually affect the pal￭ ate or or￭ op￭ har￭ yn￭ x and are often long lived to the extent that patients burst them for symptomatic relief
ang￭ ina pec￭ tor￭ is commonly known as ang￭ ina is the sensation of chest pain pressure or squeezing often due to is￭ chem￭ ia of the heart muscle from obstruction or sp￭ asm of the coron￭ ary arter￭ ies while ang￭ ina pec￭ tor￭ is can derive from an￭ emia abnormal heart rhy￭ th￭ ms and heart failure its main cause is coron￭ ary artery disease an a￭ ther￭ os￭ cl￭ erotic process affecting the arter￭ ies feeding the heart the term derives from the latin ang￭ ere to str￭ angle and pec￭ tus chest and can therefore be translated as a strang￭ ling feeling in the chest there is a weak relationship between severity of pain and degree of oxygen deprivation in the heart muscle i e there can be severe pain with little or no risk of a my￭ o￭ cardi￭ al inf￭ arc￭ tion heart attack and a heart attack can occur without pain in some cases ang￭ ina can be quite severe and in the early 20 th century this was known to be a signal of impending death however given current medical therapies the outlook has improved substantially people with an average age of 62 years who have moderate to severe degrees of ang￭ ina grading by classes ii iii and iv have a 5 year mortality rate of approximately 8 worsening cres￭ c￭ endo ang￭ ina attacks sudden onset ang￭ ina at rest and ang￭ ina lasting more than 15 minutes are symptoms of unstable ang￭ ina usually grouped with similar conditions as the acute coron￭ ary syndrome as these may precede a heart attack they require urgent medical attention and are in general treated in similar fashion to my￭ o￭ cardi￭ al inf￭ arc￭ tion
an ang￭ inal equivalent is a symptom such as short￭ ness of breath dy￭ sp￭ ne￭ a di￭ ap￭ ho￭ res￭ is extreme fatigue or pain at a site other than the chest occurring in a patient at high cardiac risk ang￭ inal equivalents are considered to be symptoms of my￭ o￭ cardi￭ al is￭ chem￭ ia ang￭ inal equivalents are considered to have the same importance as ang￭ ina pec￭ tor￭ is in patients presenting with elev￭ ation of cardiac enzymes or certain e￭ kg changes which are diagnostic of my￭ o￭ cardi￭ al is￭ chem￭ ia
in medicine gastro￭ enter￭ ology an￭ gi￭ odys￭ pl￭ asia is a small vascular mal￭ formation of the gut it is a common cause of otherwise un￭ explained gastro￭ intest￭ inal bleeding and an￭ emia le￭ sions are often multiple and frequently involve the cec￭ um or asc￭ ending col￭ on although they can occur at other places treatment may be with colon￭ o￭ scopic interventions an￭ gi￭ o￭ graphy and emb￭ oli￭ zation medication or occasionally surgery
an￭ gi￭ oe￭ dem￭ a also known as an￭ gi￭ oo￭ e￭ dem￭ a qu￭ inc￭ ke s e￭ dem￭ a and an￭ gi￭ on￭ euro￭ tic e￭ dem￭ a is the rapid sw￭ elling e￭ dem￭ a of the der￭ mis sub￭ cu￭ taneous tissue mu￭ co￭ sa and sub￭ mu￭ cos￭ al tissues it is very similar to ur￭ tic￭ aria but ur￭ tic￭ aria commonly known as hi￭ ves occurs in the upper der￭ mis cases where an￭ gi￭ oe￭ dem￭ a progres￭ ses rapidly should be treated as a medical emergency as air￭ way obstruction and suffoc￭ ation can occur ep￭ in￭ eph￭ rine may be life saving when the cause of an￭ gi￭ oe￭ dem￭ a is allergic in the case of hereditary an￭ gi￭ oe￭ dem￭ a treatment with ep￭ in￭ eph￭ rine has not been shown to be helpful
an￭ gi￭ o￭ immun￭ obl￭ astic t cell lymp￭ homa ait￭ l sometimes mis￭ spelled ail￭ t formerly known as an￭ gi￭ o￭ immun￭ obl￭ astic lymp￭ had￭ en￭ opathy with dys￭ prote￭ in￭ emia is a mature t cell lymp￭ homa of blood or lymp￭ h vessel immun￭ obl￭ asts characterized by a poly￭ morph￭ ous lymp￭ h no￭ de infiltr￭ ate showing a marked increase in fol￭ lic￭ ular d￭ end￭ ri￭ tic cells f￭ d￭ cs and high endo￭ the￭ li￭ al ven￭ ules he￭ vs and systemic involvement it is also known as immun￭ obl￭ astic lymp￭ had￭ en￭ opathy lu￭ kes collins classification and ai￭ ld type lymp￭ ho￭ gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ osis x t cell lymp￭ homa ki￭ el classification
an￭ gi￭ ok￭ er￭ atom￭ a is a benign cu￭ taneous le￭ sion of cap￭ il￭ lar￭ ies resulting in small marks of red to blue color and characterized by hyper￭ ker￭ at￭ osis an￭ gi￭ ok￭ er￭ atom￭ a corpor￭ is diff￭ usu￭ m refers to fab￭ ry s disease but this is usually considered a distinct condition
an￭ gi￭ oli￭ po￭ ma is a sub￭ cu￭ taneous no￭ dule with vascular structure having all other features of a typical li￭ po￭ ma they are commonly painful
an￭ gi￭ olymp￭ ho￭ id hyper￭ pl￭ asia with e￭ o￭ sin￭ ophi￭ lia also known as epi￭ the￭ li￭ o￭ id hem￭ an￭ gi￭ oma his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ id hem￭ an￭ gi￭ oma infl￭ am￭ matory an￭ gi￭ om￭ at￭ ous no￭ dule intra￭ ven￭ ous atypical vascular proliferation pap￭ ular an￭ gi￭ op￭ la￭ sia infl￭ am￭ matory arter￭ io￭ ven￭ ous hem￭ an￭ gi￭ oma and pseu￭ dop￭ y￭ ogenic gran￭ ul￭ oma usually presents with pink to red brown dom￭ e shaped der￭ mal pap￭ ules or no￭ d￭ ules of the head or neck especially about the ears and on the scal￭ p it or a similar le￭ sion has been suggested as a feature of ig￭ g 4 related skin disease which is the name used for skin manifestations of ig￭ g 4 related disease
an￭ gi￭ om￭ as are benign tumors derived from cells of the vascular or lymp￭ h￭ atic vessel walls endo￭ the￭ lium or derived from cells of the tissues surrounding these vessels an￭ gi￭ om￭ as are a frequent occurrence as patients age but they might be an indicator of systemic problems such as liver disease they are not commonly associated with m￭ align￭ ancy
an￭ gi￭ oma ser￭ pi￭ gin￭ o￭ sum is characterized by minute copper colored to bright red an￭ gi￭ om￭ at￭ ous punc￭ ta that have a tendency to become pap￭ ular
an￭ gi￭ om￭ ato￭ id fi￭ bro￭ us his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ tom￭ a abbreviated af￭ h is a rarely me￭ tast￭ asi￭ zing tum￭ our that affects children and young adults
an￭ gi￭ om￭ at￭ osis is a non ne￭ op￭ l￭ astic condition presenting with little kno￭ ts of cap￭ il￭ lar￭ ies in various organs it consists of many an￭ gi￭ om￭ as it is associated with von hip￭ pel lind￭ au disease and is a rare genetic multi system disorder characterized by the abnormal growth of tum￭ ours in the body symptoms may include headaches problems with balance and walking di￭ zz￭ iness weakness of the limbs vision problems and high blood pressure prog￭ no￭ sis depends on the size and location of the tum￭ our untreated an￭ gi￭ om￭ at￭ osis may lead to blindness and or permanent brain damage death may occur with complications in the kidney or brain these tend to be ca￭ vern￭ ous hem￭ an￭ gi￭ om￭ as which are sharply defined spon￭ ge like tumors composed of large dil￭ ated ca￭ vern￭ ous vascular spaces they often appear in von hip￭ pel lind￭ au disease bac￭ ill￭ ary an￭ gi￭ om￭ at￭ osis k￭ lip￭ pel tren￭ a￭ un￭ ay weber syndrome st￭ urge weber syndrome
an￭ gi￭ om￭ yo￭ fi￭ bro￭ bl￭ ast￭ oma is an un￭ common benign mes￭ en￭ ch￭ ym￭ al tumor it occurs almost in the vul￭ vo vag￭ inal area of women but can also be observed in men the gross features of am￭ f￭ b are well circum￭ scri￭ bed usually most tumors grow slowly and patients do not feel pain it also has low tendency for local recurrence
an￭ gi￭ om￭ y￭ oli￭ po￭ mas are the most common benign tum￭ our of the kidney and are composed of blood vessels smooth muscle cells and fat cells an￭ gi￭ om￭ y￭ oli￭ po￭ mas are strongly associated with the genetic disease tuber￭ ous sclerosis in which most individuals will have several an￭ gi￭ om￭ y￭ oli￭ po￭ mas affecting both kidneys they are also commonly found in women with the rare lung disease lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ ole￭ i￭ om￭ y￭ om￭ at￭ osis an￭ gi￭ om￭ y￭ oli￭ po￭ mas are less commonly found in the liver and rarely in other organs whether associated with these diseases or spor￭ adic an￭ gi￭ om￭ y￭ oli￭ po￭ mas are caused by mutations in either the ts￭ c 1 or ts￭ c 2 genes which govern cell growth and proliferation although regarded as benign an￭ gi￭ om￭ y￭ oli￭ po￭ mas may grow such that kidney function is impaired or the blood vessels may di￭ late and burst leading to haemorrha￭ ge large an￭ gi￭ om￭ y￭ oli￭ po￭ ma can be treated with embol￭ isation drug therapy for an￭ gi￭ om￭ y￭ oli￭ po￭ ma is at the research stage the tuber￭ ous sclerosis alliance has recently published guidelines that provide useful information for the diagnosis surveillance and management of an￭ gi￭ om￭ y￭ oli￭ po￭ mas
an￭ gi￭ os￭ ar￭ coma is a cancer of the cells that line the walls of blood vessels or lymp￭ h￭ atic vessels the lining of the vessel walls is called the endo￭ the￭ lium cancers from the walls of blood vessels are called hem￭ an￭ gi￭ os￭ ar￭ com￭ as and cancers from the walls of lymp￭ h￭ atic vessels are called lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ os￭ ar￭ com￭ as because the cancers are carried by the blood flow or lymp￭ h￭ atic flow they can more easily met￭ as￭ ti￭ size to distant sites particularly the liver and lungs most tumors of vis￭ cer￭ al blood and lymp￭ h￭ atic vessel walls are can￭ cer￭ ous m￭ align￭ ant hem￭ an￭ gi￭ os￭ ar￭ com￭ as and lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ os￭ ar￭ com￭ as of the skin are not common ka￭ posi s sar￭ coma is a different type of cancer that also involves endo￭ the￭ li￭ al type cells an￭ gi￭ os￭ ar￭ com￭ as will show signs of hemorrha￭ ge and necro￭ sis patho￭ logically tumor cells will show increased nuclear to cy￭ top￭ las￭ m ratio nuclear hyper￭ chro￭ ma￭ sia nuclear ple￭ om￭ orph￭ ism and high mit￭ otic activity will be observed an￭ gi￭ os￭ ar￭ coma of the liver a rare fatal tumor has been seen in workers intensively exposed to the gas vinyl chloride mon￭ om￭ er v￭ cm for prolonged periods while working in poly￭ vinyl chloride pvc poly￭ mer￭ ization plants it has also been associated with individuals exposed to arsenic containing insectic￭ ides and thor￭ o￭ tr￭ ast in dogs hem￭ an￭ gi￭ os￭ ar￭ coma is relatively common especially in larger breeds such as golden retri￭ evers and lab￭ rador retri￭ evers
an￭ gi￭ o￭ stron￭ gy￭ li￭ asis is an infection by a nemato￭ de from the an￭ gi￭ o￭ stron￭ g￭ yl￭ us genus of kidney and alim￭ entary tract round￭ worms for example infection with an￭ gi￭ o￭ stron￭ g￭ yl￭ us can￭ ton￭ ensis can occur after consuming raw giant african land sn￭ ails great grey slu￭ gs or other mollus￭ ks in humans an￭ gi￭ o￭ stron￭ g￭ yl￭ us is the most common cause of e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis or men￭ in￭ go￭ en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis frequently the infection will resolve without treatment or serious consequences but in cases with a heavy load of parasites the infection can be so severe it can cause permanent damage to the cns or death
angle tr￭ is￭ ection is a classical problem of compass and straigh￭ te￭ dge construc￭ tions of ancient greek mathematics it concerns construction of an angle equal to one third of a given arbitrary angle using only two tools an un￭ marked straigh￭ te￭ dge and a compass the problem as stated is generally impossible to solve as shown by pierre w￭ ant￭ zel in 18￭ 37 however although there is no way to tr￭ is￭ ect an angle in general with just a compass and a straigh￭ te￭ dge some special angles can be tr￭ is￭ ected for example it is relatively straightforward to tr￭ is￭ ect a right angle that is to construct an angle of measure 30 degrees it is possible to tr￭ is￭ ect an arbitrary angle by using tools other than straigh￭ te￭ dge and compass for example ne￭ us￭ is construction also known to ancient greeks involves simultaneous sliding and rotation of a marked straigh￭ te￭ dge which cannot be achieved with the original tools other techniques were developed by mathem￭ ati￭ ci￭ ans over the centuries because it is defined in simple terms but complex to prove un￭ sol￭ vable the problem of angle tr￭ is￭ ection is a frequent subject of pseu￭ dom￭ a￭ them￭ atical attempts at solution by naive enthusiasts these solutions often involve mistaken interpretations of the rules or are simply incorrect
the anglo german naval arms race of the early 20 th century preceded and was one of the several intertwined causes for world war i there were also other naval buil￭ du￭ ps in several other countries which were emerging as great powers such as the united states and japan and in south america
there are seven known rings of the anglo saxon period 9 th or 10 th century bearing run￭ ic inscri￭ ptions the most notable of these are the br￭ am￭ ham mo￭ or ring found in the 18 th century and the king￭ mo￭ or ring found 18￭ 17 inscri￭ bed with a nearly identical magical formula read as ær￭ kri￭ u￭ fl￭ t￭ kri￭ uri￭ þ￭ on￭ gl￭ æ￭ st￭ æ￭ pon￭ tol a third ring found before 18￭ 24 perhaps identical with a ring found in 17￭ 73 at lin￭ stock castle in car￭ lis￭ le has a magical ins￭ cription of a similar type ery ri u￭ f do￭ l y￭ ri þ￭ ol w￭ les te po￭ te no￭ l the remaining four rings have much shorter inscri￭ ptions whe￭ at￭ ley hill dur￭ ham found 1993 now in the british museum late 8 th century ins￭ cription h ring ic hat￭ t æ i am called a ring co￭ quet island north￭ um￭ ber￭ land found before 18￭ 66 now lost ins￭ cription þ￭ is is this is … cram￭ ond edinburgh found 18￭ 69 70 now in the national museum of scotland 9 th 10 th century ins￭ cription ew￭ or el u th￭ ames exchange london found 1989 now in the museum of london ins￭ cription fu￭ þ￭ ni ine
ang￭ or anim￭ i also referred to as ang￭ ina anim￭ i g￭ air￭ dner s disease and also ang￭ ina pec￭ tor￭ is sine dol￭ ore in medicine is a symptom defined as a patient s perception that they are in fact dying most cases of ang￭ or anim￭ i are found in patients suffering from acute coron￭ ary syndrome cardiac related chest pain such as ang￭ ina it is however occasionally found in patients suffering from other conditions ang￭ or anim￭ i is differentiated from a fear or desire for death since ang￭ or anim￭ i refers to a patient s actual and genuine belief that they are in the present act of dying
ang￭ ou￭ rie point is a surf break in the small town￭ ship of yam￭ ba on the north coast of new south wales australia ang￭ ou￭ rie point is an exposed point break that has consistent surf and surf offshore winds are from the southwest ground￭ sw￭ ells and wind sw￭ ells are good and the best swell direction is from the east or south east
an￭ guil￭ li￭ form￭ ity is a mor￭ pho￭ logical pattern in fish￭ es named for and ty￭ pi￭ fied by the eels an￭ guil￭ li￭ form fish have a long sl￭ ender body and travel by an￭ guil￭ li￭ form motion the c￭ aud￭ al fin is often emphasized with the other fins reduced absent or f￭ used with the c￭ aud￭ al fin an￭ guil￭ li￭ form￭ ity has evolved independently in many groups including among others an￭ guil￭ li￭ form￭ es the eels syn￭ bran￭ chi￭ form￭ es the swamp eels clari￭ idae the air￭ breathing cat￭ fish￭ es di￭ p￭ no￭ i the lun￭ g￭ fish￭ es co￭ bi￭ ti￭ da￭ e the lo￭ aches g￭ ym￭ noti￭ da￭ e the kni￭ fe￭ fish￭ es including the electric eel electro￭ ph￭ or￭ us electr￭ ic￭ us
ang￭ ular ch￭ ei￭ li￭ tis ac is infl￭ amm￭ ation of one or both corners of the mouth often the corners are red with skin breakdown and cru￭ sting it can also be it￭ chy or painful the condition can last for days to years ang￭ ular ch￭ ei￭ li￭ tis is a type of ch￭ ei￭ li￭ tis infl￭ amm￭ ation of the lips ang￭ ular ch￭ ei￭ li￭ tis can be caused by infection irritation or allergies infections include by the fun￭ gi such as candi￭ da al￭ bic￭ ans and bacteria such as stap￭ h au￭ re￭ us irrit￭ ants include poorly fitting d￭ ent￭ ures lic￭ king the lips or dro￭ oling mouth breathing resulting in a dry mouth sun exposure over￭ closure of the mouth smoking and minor trauma allergies may include to substances like tooth￭ paste makeup and food often a number of factors are involved other factors may include poor nutrition or poor immune function diagnosis may be helped by testing for infections and patch testing for allergies treatment for ang￭ ular ch￭ ei￭ li￭ tis is typically based on the underlying causes along with the use of a barrier cream frequently an anti￭ fun￭ gal and anti￭ bacterial cream is also tried ang￭ ular ch￭ ei￭ li￭ tis is a fairly common problem with estimates that it affects 0 7 of the population it occurs most often in the 30 s to 60 s although is also relatively common in children in the developing world iron and vitamin deficiencies are a common cause
in wa￭ ve￭ guide design and construction ang￭ ular mis￭ alignment loss is power loss caused by the deviation from optimum ang￭ ular alignment of the axes of source to wa￭ ve￭ guide wa￭ ve￭ guide to wa￭ ve￭ guide or wa￭ ve￭ guide to detec￭ tor the wa￭ ve￭ guide may be di￭ electric an optical fiber or metallic ang￭ ular mis￭ alignment loss does not include lateral offset loss and longit￭ ud￭ inal offset loss source from federal standard 10￭ 37 c
the ang￭ ular momentum problem is a problem in astro￭ physics by which the ang￭ ular momentum of a prot￭ op￭ lan￭ e￭ tary disk is mis￭ appropriated when compared to models during stell￭ ar birth the sun and other stars are predicted by models to be rotating considerably faster than they actually are the sun for example only accounts for about 0 3 percent of the total ang￭ ular momentum of the solar system while about 60 is attributed to jupiter
an￭ he￭ don￭ ia ˌ￭ æn￭ hi￭ ˈ￭ do￭ ʊ￭ ni￭ ə an hee do￭ h nee ə greek ἀ￭ ν an without and ἡ￭ δ￭ ο￭ ν￭ ή h￭ ē￭ don￭ ē pleasure is the inability to experience pleasure from activities usually found enjo￭ y￭ able e g exercise hob￭ bies music sexual activities or social interactions while earlier definitions of an￭ he￭ don￭ ia emphasized pleas￭ urable experience more recent models have highlighted the need to consider different aspects of enjo￭ y￭ able behavior such as motivation or desire to engage in activities motiv￭ ational an￭ he￭ don￭ ia as compared to the level of enjoyment of the activity itself consum￭ matory an￭ he￭ don￭ ia according to william james the term was coined by th￭ é￭ o￭ dule arm￭ and ri￭ bot one can distinguish many kinds of pathological depression sometimes it is mere passive jo￭ yl￭ essness and dre￭ ariness discour￭ agement de￭ jec￭ tion lack of taste and z￭ est and spring professor ri￭ bot proposed the name an￭ he￭ don￭ ia to designate this condition the state of an￭ he￭ don￭ ia if i may coin a new word to pair off with anal￭ ge￭ sia he writes has been very little studied but it exists an￭ he￭ don￭ ia can be a characteristic of mental disorders including mood disorders attention deficit hyper￭ activity disorder schiz￭ o￭ aff￭ ective disorder borderline personality disorder schiz￭ o￭ id personality disorder dys￭ thy￭ mia and schizophrenia for example the 7 th dsm iv criterion for borderline personality disorder chronic feelings of emp￭ tin￭ ess results indicate that emp￭ tin￭ ess is neg￭ li￭ gi￭ bly related to bore￭ dom is closely related to feeling hopeless patho￭ logically lonely and isolated and is a robust predic￭ tor of depression and suicidal ide￭ ation but not anxiety or suicide attempts findings are consistent with dsm iv revisions regarding the 7 th criterion for borderline personality disorder in addition findings suggest the emp￭ tin￭ ess reflects patho￭ logically low positive affect and significant psychiatric distress people affected with schizophrenia often describe themselves as feeling emotionally empty mood disturbances are commonly observed in many psychiatric disorders such as major depres￭ sive disorder disturbing mood changes may occur resultant to stressful life events and they are not un￭ common during times of physical illness while an￭ he￭ don￭ ia can be a feature of such mood changes they are not mutually inclusive
ani￭ con￭ ism is the absence of material representations of the natural and super￭ natural world in various cultures particularly in the mono￭ the￭ istic abra￭ ham￭ ic religions it may extend from only god and de￭ ities to saint characters all living beings and everything that exists the phenomenon is generally codified by the religious traditions and as such becomes a taboo when enforced by the physical destruction of images ani￭ con￭ ism becomes icon￭ o￭ cl￭ asm the word itself derives from greek ε￭ ικ￭ ων image with the negative pre￭ fix an greek priv￭ ative alpha and the suff￭ ix ism greek ισ￭ μο￭ ς
animal type mel￭ anom￭ a is a cu￭ taneous condition and is characterized by no￭ d￭ ules and fasc￭ ic￭ les of epi￭ the￭ li￭ o￭ id mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tes with ple￭ om￭ orph￭ ic nucle￭ i and striking hyper￭ pi￭ gm￭ entation d￭ end￭ ri￭ tic cells numerous mel￭ an￭ op￭ ha￭ ges and sometimes an infl￭ am￭ matory infiltr￭ ate of lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tes
animal attacks are a common cause of either human fatalities or injuries the frequency of animal attacks varies with geographical location in the united states a person is more likely to be killed by an animal than they are to die from being hit by lightning animal attacks have been identified as a major public health problem in 1997 it was estimated that up to 2 million animal bites occur each year in the united states injuries caused by animal attacks result in thousands of fatalities worldwide every year all causes of death are reported to the centers for disease control and prevention each year medical injury codes are used to identify specific cases the world health organization uses identical coding though it is unclear whether all countries keep track of fatalities caused by animals
an animal bite is a wound usually lac￭ er￭ ations caused by the teeth an animal bite usually results in a break in the skin but also includes con￭ tu￭ sions from the excessive pressure on body tissue from the bite the con￭ tu￭ sions can occur without a break in the skin bites can be provoked or un￭ provoked other bite attacks may be apparently un￭ provoked biting is a physical action not only describing an attack but it is a normal response in an animal as it eats carries objects sof￭ tens and prepares food for its young removes ec￭ top￭ ar￭ as￭ ites from its body surface removes plant seeds attached to its fur or hair scrat￭ ching itself and gro￭ oming other animals animal bites often result in serious infections and mortality animal bites not only include injuries from the teeth of repti￭ les mammals but fish and am￭ phi￭ bians ar￭ thro￭ pods can also bite and leave injuries
animal color￭ ation is the general appearance of an animal resulting from the reflection or emission of light from its surfaces some animals are brigh￭ tly coloured while others are hard to see in some species such as the pe￭ a￭ cock the male has strong patterns conspicuous colours and is i￭ ri￭ descent while the female is far less visible there are several separate reasons why animals have evolved colours cam￭ ou￭ fl￭ age enables an animal to remain hidden from view signalling enables an animal to communicate information such as warning of its ability to defend itself a￭ pos￭ em￭ atism animals also use colour in advertising signalling services such as cleaning to animals of other species to signal sexual status to other members of the same species and in mim￭ ic￭ ry taking advantage of another species warning color￭ ation some animals use colour to divert attacks by star￭ tle de￭ im￭ atic behaviour surprising a predat￭ or e g with ey￭ es￭ pots or other fl￭ ashes of colour and possibly by motion daz￭ z￭ le confusing a predat￭ or s attack by moving a bold pattern such as ze￭ bra stri￭ pes rapidly some animals are coloured for physical protection such as having pig￭ ments in the skin to protect against sun￭ burn while some fro￭ gs can lighten or dar￭ ken their skin for temperature regulation finally animals can be coloured incidentally for example blood is red because the ha￭ em pig￭ ment needed to carry oxygen is red animals coloured in these ways can have striking natural patterns animals produce colour in different ways pig￭ ments are particles of coloured material chro￭ mat￭ opho￭ res are cells containing pig￭ ment which can change their size to make their colour more or less visible some animals including many butter￭ flies and birds have micro￭ scopic structures in scales br￭ ist￭ les or feathers which give them brilliant i￭ ri￭ descent colours other animals including squ￭ id and some deep sea fish can produce light sometimes of different colours animals often use two or more of these mechanisms together to produce the colours and effects they need
animal geography is a sub￭ field of the nature society human environment branch of geography as well as a part of the larger inter￭ disciplinary umbrella of human animal studies has animal geography is defined as the study of “ the complex entang￭ ling s of human animal relations with space place location environment and landscape ” or “ the study of where when why and how non￭ human animals inter￭ sect with human societies ” recent work advances these perspectives to argue about an ecology of relations in which humans and animals are en￭ meshed taking seriously the lived spaces of animals themselves and their senti￭ ent interactions with not just human but other non￭ human bodies as well the animal geography specialty group of the association of american geograph￭ ers was founded in 2009 by monica o￭ gra and julie urban￭ ik the animal geography research network was founded in 2011 by daniel allen
animal lead poisoning also known as avian plum￭ b￭ ism or avian satur￭ n￭ ism for birds is a veterinary condition and path￭ ology caused by increased levels of the heavy metal lead in animal s body lead interferes with a variety of body and natural processes it is toxic to many organs and tissues including the heart bones intest￭ ines kidneys and reproductive and nervous systems it mainly affects the ha￭ emato￭ po￭ ie￭ tic system it also affects the sul￭ f￭ hydr￭ yl group containing enzymes and also thi￭ ol content of er￭ y￭ thro￭ cy￭ te it inhi￭ bits the enzyme delta amino lev￭ amin￭ ic acid de￭ hydro￭ gen￭ ase enzyme ala which is present in the r￭ bc it is therefore particularly toxic to young animals mainly dogs and cattle as in humans animal lead poisoning may be acute from intense exposure of short duration or chronic from repeat low level exposure over a prolonged period acute in￭ tox￭ ication can quickly lead to death
animal navigation is the ability of many animals to find their way accurately without maps or instruments birds such as the arctic ter￭ n insects such as the mon￭ arch butter￭ fly and fish such as the salmon regularly migrate thousands of miles to and from their breeding grounds and many other species navigate effectively over shorter distances dead reckoning navi￭ gating from a known position using only information about one s own speed and direction was suggested by charles darwin in 18￭ 73 as a possible mechanism in the 20 th century karl von fr￭ isch showed that honey bees can navigate by the sun by the polarization pattern of the blue sky and by the earth s magnetic field of these they rely on the sun when possible william t￭ ins￭ ley ke￭ et￭ on showed that hom￭ ing pigeons could similarly make use of a range of navig￭ ational cu￭ es including the sun earth s magnetic field ol￭ faction and vision ronald lock￭ ley demonstrated that a species of small se￭ ab￭ ir￭ d the man￭ x sh￭ ear￭ water could orient themselves and fly home at full speed when released far from home provided either the sun or the stars were visible several species of animal can integrate cu￭ es of different types to orient themselves and navigate effectively insects and birds are able to combine learned land￭ marks with sensed direction from the earth s magnetic field or from the sky to identify where they are and so to navigate internal maps are often formed using vision but other senses including ol￭ faction and echo￭ location may also be used the ability of wild animals to navigate may be adversely affected by products of human activity for example there is evidence that pesticides may interfere with bee navigation and that lights may harm turtle navigation
animal african try￭ pan￭ o￭ som￭ i￭ asis also known as nag￭ ana and nag￭ ana pest is a disease of vertebr￭ ate animals the disease is caused by try￭ pan￭ o￭ som￭ es of several species in the genus try￭ pan￭ o￭ som￭ a such as try￭ pan￭ o￭ som￭ a bru￭ ce￭ i try￭ pan￭ o￭ som￭ a vi￭ va￭ x causes nag￭ ana mainly in west africa although it has spread to south america the try￭ pan￭ o￭ som￭ es infect the blood of the vertebr￭ ate host causing fever weakness and leth￭ ar￭ gy which lead to weight loss and an￭ emia in some animals the disease is fatal unless treated the try￭ pan￭ o￭ som￭ es are transmitted by t￭ set￭ se flies an interesting feature is the remarkable tolerance to nag￭ ana path￭ ology shown by some breeds of cattle notably the n dam￭ a – a west african bos ta￭ urus breed this contrasts with the suscep￭ tibility shown by east african bos indic￭ us cattle such as the ze￭ bu this disease is the non￭ human animal counterpart of human african try￭ pan￭ o￭ som￭ i￭ asis also known as sleeping sickness
ani￭ ri￭ dia is the absence of the iris usually involving both eyes it can be con￭ genital or caused by a penetr￭ ant injury isolated ani￭ ri￭ dia is a con￭ genital disorder which is not limited to a defect in iris development but is a pan￭ oc￭ ular condition with mac￭ ular and op￭ tic nerve hypo￭ pl￭ asia cat￭ ar￭ act and cor￭ ne￭ al changes vision may be severely compromised and the disorder is frequently associated with a number of oc￭ ular complications ny￭ stag￭ mus am￭ bl￭ y￭ op￭ ia bu￭ phthal￭ mos and cat￭ ar￭ act ani￭ ri￭ dia in some individuals occurs as part of a syndrome such as wag￭ r syndrome kidney ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ bl￭ ast￭ oma wil￭ ms tum￭ our gen￭ it￭ our￭ inary anomalies and intellectual disability or gill￭ es￭ pie syndrome cere￭ bell￭ ar at￭ ax￭ ia
ani￭ ri￭ dia at￭ ax￭ ia ren￭ al agen￭ esis psy￭ ch￭ om￭ o￭ tor retar￭ dation is a rare genetic disorder characterized by missing ir￭ ises of the eye at￭ ax￭ ia psy￭ ch￭ om￭ o￭ tor retar￭ dation and abnormal kidneys
anis￭ ei￭ k￭ onia is an oc￭ ular condition where there is a significant difference in the perceived size of images it can occur as an overall difference between the two eyes or as a difference in a particular mer￭ idi￭ an
anis￭ mus or dys￭ syner￭ gic defec￭ ation refers to the failure of the normal relaxation of pel￭ vic floor muscles during attempted defec￭ ation anis￭ mus can occur in both children and adults and in both men and women although it is more common in women it can be caused by physical defects or it can occur for other reasons or unknown reasons anis￭ mus that has a behavioral cause could be viewed as having similarities with par￭ co￭ pres￭ is or psycho￭ genic f￭ ec￭ al retention symptoms include ten￭ es￭ mus the sensation of incomplete emp￭ tying of the rec￭ tum after defec￭ ation has occurred and con￭ sti￭ p￭ ation retention of sto￭ ol may result in f￭ ec￭ al loading retention of a mass of sto￭ ol of any consistency or f￭ ec￭ al imp￭ action retention of a mass of hard sto￭ ol this mass may stretch the walls of the rec￭ tum and col￭ on causing me￭ ga￭ rec￭ tum and or me￭ ga￭ col￭ on respectively liquid sto￭ ol may leak around a f￭ ec￭ al imp￭ action possibly causing degrees of liquid f￭ ec￭ al in￭ contin￭ ence this is usually termed en￭ co￭ pres￭ is or so￭ iling in children and f￭ ec￭ al leakage so￭ iling or liquid f￭ ec￭ al in￭ contin￭ ence in adults anis￭ mus is usually treated with dietary adjustments such as dietary fiber supplem￭ entation it can also be treated with a type of bio￭ feedback therapy during which a sensor probe is inserted into the person s anal canal in order to record the pressures exerted by the pel￭ vic floor muscles these pressures are vis￭ ually fed back to the patient via a monitor who can regain the normal coordinated movement of the muscles after a few sessions some researchers have suggested that anis￭ mus is an over diagnosed condition since the standard investigations or digital rec￭ tal examination and ano￭ rec￭ tal man￭ ome￭ try were shown to cause paradoxical sp￭ h￭ inc￭ ter contraction in healthy controls who did not have con￭ sti￭ p￭ ation or in￭ contin￭ ence due to the invasive and perhaps uncomfortable nature of these investigations the pel￭ vic floor mus￭ cul￭ ature is thought to behave differently than under normal circumstances these researchers went on to conclude that paradoxical pel￭ vic floor contraction is a common finding in healthy people as well as in people with chronic con￭ sti￭ p￭ ation and sto￭ ol in￭ contin￭ ence and it represents a non specific finding or laboratory arti￭ fact related to un￭ toward conditions during examination and that true anis￭ mus is actually rare
anis￭ oc￭ oria is a condition characterized by an unequal size of the eyes pupils affecting 20 of the population it can be an entirely harmless condition or a symptom of more serious medical problems
anis￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis is a medical term meaning that a patient s red blood cells are of unequal size this is commonly found in an￭ emia and other blood conditions false diagnostic flag￭ ging may be triggered by an elevated w￭ bc count agg￭ lu￭ tin￭ ated r￭ b￭ cs r￭ bc fragments giant plat￭ el￭ ets or plat￭ elet clum￭ ps in addition it is a characteristic feature of bovine blood the red cell distribution width rd￭ w is a measurement of anis￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis and is calculated as a coefficient of variation of the distribution of r￭ bc volumes divided by the mean corp￭ us￭ cular volume mc￭ v
anis￭ om￭ as￭ tia is a medical condition in which there is a severe asymmetry or un￭ equ￭ al￭ ness in the size of the breasts generally related to a difference in volume in other words when one of the breasts is much larger than the other in contrast to anis￭ om￭ as￭ tia a slightly asymmetry of the breasts is common anis￭ om￭ as￭ tia may be corrected by surgical breast aug￭ mentation or reduction
anis￭ ome￭ tro￭ p￭ ia is the condition in which the two eyes have unequal ref￭ r￭ active power each eye can be near￭ sighted myop￭ ia far￭ sighted hyper￭ op￭ ia or a combination of both which is called anti￭ metro￭ p￭ ia generally a difference in power of two di￭ op￭ ters or more is the accepted threshold to label the condition anis￭ ome￭ tro￭ p￭ ia in certain types of anis￭ ome￭ tro￭ p￭ ia the visual cor￭ tex of the brain will not use both eyes together bin￭ oc￭ ular vision and will instead suppress the central vision of one of the eyes if this occurs often enough during the first 10 years of life while the visual cor￭ tex is developing it can result in am￭ bl￭ y￭ op￭ ia a condition where even when correcting the ref￭ r￭ active error properly the person is still not correc￭ table to 20 20 the name is from four greek components an not iso same metr measure ops eye estimated 6 of subjects aged 6 to 18 have anis￭ ome￭ tro￭ p￭ ia
an an￭ kle frac￭ ture is a break of the an￭ kle bones it is typically diagnosed by x ray treatment is with spl￭ in￭ ting casting or surgery in children an￭ kle fractu￭ res occur in about 1 per 1000 per year
an￭ ky￭ log￭ los￭ sia also known as tongue tie is a con￭ genital oral anomaly that may decrease mobility of the tongue tip and is caused by an unusually short thick lingual fren￭ ul￭ um a memb￭ rane connecting the under￭ side of the tongue to the floor of the mouth an￭ ky￭ log￭ los￭ sia varies in degree of severity from mild cases characterized by mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ rane bands to complete an￭ ky￭ log￭ los￭ sia whereby the tongue is te￭ thered to the floor of the mouth
an￭ ky￭ losing hyper￭ o￭ sto￭ sis is a form of dor￭ sop￭ athy
an￭ ky￭ losing spon￭ dy￭ li￭ tis as is a type of ar￭ thri￭ tis in which there is long term infl￭ amm￭ ation of the joints of the sp￭ ine typically where the sp￭ ine joins the pel￭ vis is also affected occasionally other joints such as the shoulders or hips are involved eye and bo￭ wel problems may also occur often the symptom of back pain comes and goes sti￭ ff￭ ness of the affected joints generally wor￭ sens over time the cause of an￭ ky￭ losing spon￭ dy￭ li￭ tis is unknown however it is believed to involve a combination of genetic and environmental factors the underlying mechanism is believed to be auto￭ immune or auto￭ infl￭ am￭ matory diagnosis is typically based on the symptoms with support from medical imaging and blood tests it is a type of ser￭ on￭ eg￭ ative spon￭ dy￭ lo￭ ar￭ thro￭ path￭ ies meaning that the person tests negative for the anti￭ body called r￭ heu￭ mato￭ id factor there is no cure for an￭ ky￭ losing spon￭ dy￭ li￭ tis treatments can improve symptoms and possibly prevent worsening this may include medication exercise and surgery medications used include n￭ s￭ aids ster￭ oids disease modifying anti￭ r￭ heu￭ matic drugs such as meth￭ o￭ tre￭ x￭ ate and bio￭ logic agents such as inf￭ li￭ xim￭ ab between 0 1 and 1 8 of people are affected onset is typically in young adults males are more often affected than females the condition was first fully described in the late 1600 s by bernard connor however skelet￭ ons with an￭ ky￭ losing spon￭ dy￭ li￭ tis are found in egyptian mum￭ m￭ ies the word is from greek an￭ ky￭ los meaning sti￭ ff￭ ening of a joint spon￭ dy￭ los meaning verte￭ bra and i￭ tis meaning infl￭ amm￭ ation
an￭ ky￭ losis or anch￭ y￭ losis from greek ἀ￭ γ￭ κ￭ ύ￭ λο￭ ς bent cro￭ oked is a sti￭ ff￭ ness of a joint due to abnormal adhe￭ sion and rigidity of the bones of the joint which may be the result of injury or disease the rigidity may be complete or partial and may be due to infl￭ amm￭ ation of the tend￭ inous or muscular structures outside the joint or of the tissues of the joint itself no￭ ma — a gang￭ ren￭ ous disease still widespread among mal￭ nourished children living on the borders of the sahara desert — can cause an￭ ky￭ losis of the max￭ illa and man￭ di￭ ble imp￭ airing the ability to speak and eat when the structures outside the joint are affected the term false an￭ ky￭ losis has been used in contr￭ ad￭ ist￭ inc￭ tion to true an￭ ky￭ losis in which the disease is within the joint when infl￭ amm￭ ation has caused the joint ends of the bones to be f￭ used together the an￭ ky￭ losis is termed osse￭ ous or complete and is an instance of sy￭ no￭ sto￭ sis exc￭ ision of a completely an￭ ky￭ lo￭ sed shoulder or el￭ bow may restore free mobility and usefulness to the limb an￭ ky￭ losis is also used as an anatom￭ ical term bones being said to an￭ ky￭ lose or anch￭ y￭ lose when from being originally distinct they coal￭ es￭ ce or become so joined together that no motion can take place between them
ann c pal￭ men￭ berg is a professor of viro￭ logy and bio￭ chemistry at the university of wis￭ cons￭ in madison she received her b s from st lawrence university and her ph d from the university of wis￭ cons￭ in madison dr pal￭ men￭ berg has been given numerous awards for her research and involvement within the scientific community such as fellow for the american academy of micro￭ biology news articles have been published about her work within viro￭ logy including an article in the mil￭ w￭ au￭ kee journal sent￭ inel on her findings on the common cold
sophie anne hunt known by the name of anna th￭ illon cal￭ cut￭ ta or london 18￭ 19 tor￭ qu￭ ay 5 may 19￭ 03 was an oper￭ atic singing sensation in the united states based in san francisco california and then new york new york she performed in the former city s first professional season she had much of her training in france where she studied with marco bor￭ do￭ gni giov￭ anni t￭ adol￭ ini and claude thomas th￭ illon conductor of the hav￭ re phil￭ harmon￭ ic society whom she married after appearances in the provinces she made her de￭ but at the paris th￭ é￭ â￭ tre de la renaissance in 17￭ 38 in the title role of albert gr￭ is￭ ar s lady mel￭ vi￭ l in 17￭ 40 she moved to the op￭ é￭ ra com￭ ique where she created the roles of cat￭ ar￭ ina in les diam￭ ants de la cou￭ ron￭ ne 18￭ 41 and ca￭ sil￭ da in la part du di￭ able 18￭ 43 by daniel au￭ ber who had a passion for her she made her english de￭ but in 18￭ 44 at the london princess s theatre repeating the role of cat￭ ar￭ ina she later sang at the dr￭ ury lane creating stella in bal￭ fe s the enchan￭ tress her american career began in 18￭ 51 but she retired four years later after her relatively early retirement she lived in the english se￭ aside town of tor￭ qu￭ ay census records and died there a widow at 84 there is no record of any children
annual r￭ ye￭ grass toxicity arg￭ t is the poisoning of livestock from toxin contained in bacter￭ ially infected annual r￭ ye￭ grass lolium rigi￭ dum the toxin is produced by the bacter￭ ium ra￭ th￭ ay￭ i￭ bac￭ ter tox￭ ic￭ us formerly cl￭ avi￭ bac￭ ter tox￭ ic￭ us which is carried into the r￭ ye￭ grass by the nemato￭ de angu￭ ina fun￭ esta
ann￭ ular el￭ ast￭ ol￭ y￭ tic giant cell gran￭ ul￭ oma also known as giant cell el￭ ast￭ op￭ ha￭ go￭ cy￭ to￭ sis me￭ is￭ cher s gran￭ ul￭ oma mi￭ es￭ cher s gran￭ ul￭ oma of the face is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized his￭ to￭ logically by a der￭ mal infiltr￭ ate of macro￭ p￭ ha￭ ges
ann￭ ular er￭ y￭ them￭ a of infancy is a skin condition reported in children roughly six months in age characterized by transitory skin le￭ sions that resolved without treatment within eleven months
flu￭ i￭ dis￭ ation is a phenomenon whereby solid particulate is placed under certain conditions to cause it to behave like a fluid a flu￭ idi￭ zed bed is a system conceived to facilitate the flu￭ i￭ dis￭ ation flu￭ idi￭ zed beds have a wide range of applications including but not limited to assisting with chemical reactions heat transfer mixing and drying a recent concept devised and patented by ou￭ tot￭ ec an ann￭ ular flu￭ idi￭ zed bed consists of a large central no￭ zzle surrounded be a stationary flu￭ idi￭ zed
ann￭ ular pan￭ cre￭ as is a rare condition in which the second part of the du￭ o￭ den￭ um is surrounded by a ring of pan￭ cre￭ atic tissue continuous with the head of the pan￭ cre￭ as this portion of the pan￭ cre￭ as can con￭ strict the du￭ o￭ den￭ um and block or impair the flow of food to the rest of the intest￭ ines it is estimated to occur in 1 out of 12 000 to 15 000 new￭ bor￭ ns the ambiguity arises from the fact that not all cases are symptomatic
ann￭ ular pu￭ st￭ ular ps￭ ori￭ asis is a rare variant of pu￭ st￭ ular ps￭ ori￭ asis having an ann￭ ular or cir￭ cin￭ ate le￭ sion mor￭ pho￭ logy that may appear at the onset of pu￭ st￭ ular ps￭ ori￭ asis with a tendency to spread and form enlarged rings
in organic chemistry ann￭ ulation from the latin for little ring occasionally ann￭ el￭ ation is a chemical reaction in which a new ring is constructed on a mol￭ ecu￭ le ann￭ ulation a intr￭ am￭ ol￭ ec￭ ular ring closing b trans￭ ann￭ ulation c cyclo￭ addition examples are the robinson ann￭ ulation dan￭ he￭ iser ann￭ ulation and certain cyclo￭ additions ann￭ ular molecules are constructed from side on condens￭ ed cyclic segments for example hel￭ ic￭ en￭ es and ac￭ en￭ es in trans￭ ann￭ ulation a bic￭ ycl￭ ic mol￭ ecu￭ le is created by intr￭ am￭ ol￭ ec￭ ular carbon carbon bond formation in a large mon￭ oc￭ ycl￭ ic ring an example is the sam￭ arium ii io￭ di￭ de induced ke￭ tone al￭ k￭ ene cy￭ cli￭ zation of 5 meth￭ yl￭ en￭ ec￭ y￭ clo￭ oc￭ tan￭ one which proceeds through a ke￭ ty￭ l intermediate ke￭ tone ole￭ fin cy￭ cli￭ zation
annul￭ o￭ a￭ or￭ tic ec￭ ta￭ sia is a dil￭ ation of the proxim￭ al asc￭ ending a￭ or￭ ta and a￭ or￭ tic annul￭ us it may cause a￭ or￭ tic reg￭ urg￭ itation thor￭ ac￭ ic a￭ or￭ tic dis￭ section an￭ eur￭ ys￭ m and rupture it is often associated with mar￭ fan syndrome it can also be a complic￭ ation due to tertiary sy￭ phil￭ is in tertiary sy￭ phil￭ is the a￭ or￭ tic root becomes so dil￭ ated that the a￭ or￭ tic valve becomes incompetent and cor bo￭ vin￭ um results
ano￭ de break exc￭ itation abe is an electro￭ physiological phenomenon whereby a ne￭ uron fires action pot￭ entials in response to termination of a hyper￭ pol￭ ari￭ zing current when a hyper￭ pol￭ ari￭ zing current is applied across a memb￭ rane the electrical potential across the memb￭ rane falls this fall is followed by a drop in the threshold required for action potential since the threshold is directly linked to the potential across the memb￭ rane they rise and fall together abe arises after the hyper￭ pol￭ ari￭ zing current is terminated the potential across the cell rises rapidly with the absence of hyper￭ pol￭ ari￭ zing stimulus but the action potential threshold stays at its lowered value as a result the potential is su￭ pra￭ threshold sufficient to cause an action potential within the cell
in dentistry an￭ od￭ on￭ tia also called an￭ od￭ on￭ tia vera is a rare genetic disorder characterized by the con￭ genital absence of all primary or permanent teeth it is associated with the group of skin and nerve syndro￭ mes called the ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal dys￭ pl￭ asi￭ as an￭ od￭ on￭ tia is usually part of a syndrome and seldom occurs as an isolated entity con￭ genital absence of permanent teeth can present as hypo￭ don￭ tia usually missing 1 or 2 permanent teeth or oligo￭ don￭ tia that is the con￭ genital absence of more than 6 teeth con￭ genital absence of all wisdom teeth or third mol￭ ars is relatively common an￭ od￭ on￭ tia is the con￭ genital absence of teeth and can occur in some or all teeth partial an￭ od￭ on￭ tia or hypo￭ don￭ tia involve two denti￭ tions or only teeth of the permanent denti￭ tion dor￭ land s 1998 approximately 1 of the population suffers from oligo￭ don￭ tia many denominations are attributed to this anomaly partial an￭ od￭ on￭ tia hypo￭ don￭ tia oligo￭ don￭ tia the con￭ genital absence an￭ od￭ on￭ tia bilateral ap￭ la￭ sia an￭ od￭ on￭ tia being the term used in controlled vocabulary medical subject headings mesh from med￭ line which was developed by the united states national library of medicine the con￭ genital absence of at least one permanent tooth is the most common dental anomaly and may contribute to mas￭ tic￭ ator dysfunction speech impairment aesthetic problems and mal￭ oc￭ clu￭ sion shap￭ iro and f￭ arr￭ ington 1983 absence of lateral incis￭ ors represents a major stereo￭ type individuals with this condition are perceived as socially most aggressive compared with people without an￭ od￭ on￭ tia shaw 1981
anom￭ alous a￭ or￭ tic origin of a coron￭ ary artery aa￭ oc￭ a from the inappropriate sin￭ us of val￭ sal￭ va with an inter￭ arter￭ ial intra￭ con￭ al or intr￭ am￭ ural course is a rare heart defect associated with an increased risk of sudden death in children
anom￭ alous left coron￭ ary artery from the pul￭ mon￭ ary artery al￭ cap￭ a or bl￭ and white gar￭ land syndrome or white gar￭ land syndrome is a rare con￭ genital anomaly in which the left coron￭ ary artery l￭ ca branches off the pul￭ mon￭ ary artery instead of the a￭ or￭ tic sin￭ us after birth the pressure in other coron￭ ary arter￭ ies namely the r￭ ca will have a pressure that exceeds the l￭ ca and collateral circulation will increase this ultimately can lead to blood flowing from the r￭ ca into the l￭ ca retrograde and into the pul￭ mon￭ ary artery thus forming a left to right sh￭ unt the syndrome is named for edward franklin bl￭ and paul du￭ d￭ ley white and joseph gar￭ land
anom￭ alous pul￭ mon￭ ary ven￭ ous connection or anom￭ alous pul￭ mon￭ ary ven￭ ous drainage or anom￭ alous pul￭ mon￭ ary ven￭ ous return is a con￭ genital defect of the pul￭ mon￭ ary ve￭ ins
the term anom￭ eric effect was introduced in 1958 the name comes from the term used to designate the c 1 carbon of a py￭ ran￭ ose the anom￭ eric carbon isom￭ ers that differ only in the configuration at the anom￭ eric carbon are called anom￭ ers the anom￭ ers of glu￭ copy￭ ran￭ ose are di￭ ast￭ ere￭ om￭ ers with the beta anom￭ er having an oh group pointing up equ￭ atori￭ ally and the alpha anom￭ er having that oh group pointing down ax￭ ially the anom￭ eric effect can also be generalized to any cyclo￭ hex￭ yl or linear system with the general formula c y c x where y is a hetero￭ atom with one or more lone pairs and x is an electro￭ negative atom or group the magnitude of the anom￭ eric effect is estimated at about 1 – 2 k￭ cal mol in the case of sugars but is different for every mol￭ ecu￭ le in the above case the meth￭ ox￭ y group on the cyclo￭ hex￭ ane ring top prefers the equatorial position however in the te￭ tra￭ hydro￭ py￭ ran ring bottom the meth￭ ox￭ y group prefers the ax￭ ial position this is because in the cyclo￭ hex￭ ane ring y carbon which is not a hetero￭ atom so the anom￭ eric effect is not observed and ster￭ ics dominates the observed substitu￭ ent position in the te￭ tra￭ hydro￭ py￭ ran ring y oxygen which is a hetero￭ atom so the anom￭ eric effect contributes and stabili￭ zes the observed substitu￭ ent position in both cases x ome the anom￭ eric effect is most often observed when y oxygen but can also be seen with other lone pair bearing hetero￭ atoms in the ring such as nitrogen sul￭ fur and phosphorus the exact method by which the anom￭ eric effect causes stabilization is a point of controversy and several hypo￭ theses have been proposed to explain it
anom￭ ic ap￭ ha￭ sia also known as dys￭ no￭ mia nominal ap￭ ha￭ sia and am￭ nes￭ ic ap￭ ha￭ sia is a type of ap￭ ha￭ sia where an individual has consistent inability to produce words for things that they want to talk about particularly n￭ oun￭ s and ver￭ bs anom￭ ia is a deficit of expres￭ sive language the most pervasive deficit in the ap￭ ha￭ si￭ as is anom￭ ia some level of anom￭ ia is seen in all of the ap￭ ha￭ si￭ as
an￭ ony￭ ch￭ ia is the absence of nails an anomaly which may be the result of a con￭ genital ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal defect ich￭ thy￭ osis severe infection severe allergic contact der￭ mati￭ tis self inflicted trauma ray￭ n￭ aud phenomenon lichen plan￭ us ep￭ id￭ er￭ mol￭ ysis bul￭ los￭ a or severe ex￭ foli￭ ative diseases
an anonymous birth is a birth where the mother gives birth to a child without dis￭ closing her identity or where her identity remains un￭ registered in many countries anonymous births have been leg￭ alized for centuries in order to prevent formerly frequent killings of new￭ born children particularly outside of marriage in an anonymous birth the mother s right of inform￭ ational self determination severely curta￭ ils the children s right to know about their biological ance￭ stry therefore going beyond the concept of a confidential birth where the identity of the mother is registered but remains undis￭ closed unless the grown up child requests disclosure at a later point
an￭ oph￭ thal￭ mia greek αν￭ ό￭ φ￭ θ￭ α￭ λ￭ μο￭ ς without eye is the medical term for the absence of one or both eyes both the globe human eye and the oc￭ ular tissue are missing from the orbit the absence of the eye will cause a small bon￭ y orbit a con￭ stric￭ ted mu￭ cos￭ al socket short eye￭ li￭ ds reduced pal￭ pe￭ br￭ al fis￭ sure and mal￭ ar prominence genetic mutations chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al ab￭ norm￭ alities and pre￭ natal environment can all cause an￭ oph￭ thal￭ mia an￭ oph￭ thal￭ mia is an extremely rare disease and is mostly rooted in genetic ab￭ norm￭ alities it can also be associated with other syndro￭ mes
an an￭ op￭ sia or an￭ op￭ ia is a defect in the visual field if the defect is only partial then the portion of the field with the defect can be used to isolate the underlying cause types of partial an￭ op￭ sia hem￭ i￭ an￭ op￭ sia hom￭ onym￭ ous hem￭ i￭ an￭ op￭ sia heter￭ onym￭ ous hem￭ i￭ an￭ op￭ sia bin￭ as￭ al hem￭ i￭ an￭ op￭ sia bit￭ em￭ por￭ al hem￭ i￭ an￭ op￭ sia superior hem￭ i￭ an￭ op￭ ia inferior hem￭ i￭ an￭ op￭ ia quad￭ ran￭ tan￭ op￭ ia the term an￭ op￭ sia comes from the ancient greek ἀ￭ ν an un and ὄ￭ ψ￭ ις op￭ sis sight
an￭ orch￭ ia or an￭ orch￭ ism is an xy disorder of sex development in which individuals have both test￭ es absent at birth within a few weeks of fertili￭ zation the embryo develops ru￭ dim￭ entary gon￭ ads test￭ es which produce hormones responsible for the development of the reproductive system if the test￭ es fail to develop within eight weeks the baby will develop female gen￭ italia see sw￭ yer syndrome if the test￭ es begin to develop but are lost or cease to function between eight and 10 weeks the baby will have ambiguous gen￭ italia when it is born however if the test￭ es are lost after 14 weeks the baby will have partial male gen￭ italia with the notable absence of gon￭ ads tests include observ￭ able lack of test￭ es low te￭ sto￭ ster￭ one levels typical female levels elevated fol￭ lic￭ le stimulating hormone and lu￭ te￭ ini￭ zing hormone levels xy kar￭ yo￭ type ul￭ tras￭ ound or magnetic resonance imaging showing absent gon￭ ad￭ al tissue low bone density low anti mü￭ ll￭ er￭ ian hormone levels and surgical exploration for evidence of male gon￭ ad￭ al tissue
ano￭ rec￭ tal abs￭ c￭ ess also known as an anal rec￭ tal abs￭ c￭ ess or peri￭ anal peri￭ rec￭ tal abs￭ c￭ ess is an abs￭ c￭ ess adjacent to the an￭ us it arises from an infection at one of the anal sin￭ uses which leads to infl￭ amm￭ ation and abs￭ c￭ ess formation most cases of peri￭ anal abs￭ c￭ esses are spor￭ adic though there are certain situations which elev￭ ate the risk for developing the disease such as diabetes mell￭ it￭ us cro￭ hn s disease chronic ster￭ o￭ id treatment and others is￭ chi￭ o￭ rec￭ tal inter and intr￭ as￭ ph￭ inc￭ ter￭ ic abs￭ c￭ esses have been described
ano￭ rec￭ tal anomalies are medical problems affecting the structure of the an￭ us and rec￭ tum a person with an ano￭ rec￭ tal problem would have some sort of de￭ form￭ ative feature of the an￭ us or rec￭ tum collectively known as an ano￭ rec￭ tal mal￭ formation examples of ano￭ rec￭ tal anomalies include anal sten￭ osis imper￭ for￭ ate an￭ us proc￭ ti￭ tis anal bleeding anal f￭ ist￭ ula anal cancer anal it￭ ching hemor￭ rho￭ id p￭ iles
ano￭ rec￭ tal disorders are painful but common conditions like hemor￭ rho￭ ids tears f￭ ist￭ ul￭ as or abs￭ c￭ esses that affect the anal region most people experience some form of ano￭ rec￭ tal disorder during their lifetime primary care physicians can treat most of these disorders however high risk individuals include those with hiv roughly half of whom need surgery to remedy the disorders because these disorders afflic￭ t the rec￭ tum people are often embarrassed or afraid to confer with a medical professional
ano￭ rec￭ tal var￭ ices are the dil￭ ation of collateral sub￭ mu￭ cos￭ al vessels due to back￭ flow in the ve￭ ins of the rec￭ tum typically this occurs due to portal hyper￭ tension which sh￭ unts ven￭ ous blood from the portal system through the por￭ to￭ systemic anast￭ om￭ osis present at this site into the systemic ven￭ ous system this can also occur in the o￭ es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus causing o￭ es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al var￭ ices and at the level of the um￭ bil￭ ic￭ us causing cap￭ ut med￭ us￭ ae between 44 and 78 of patients with portal hyper￭ tension get ano￭ rec￭ tal var￭ ices
an￭ ore￭ x￭ ia is the decreased sensation of appetite while the term in non scientific publications is often used inter￭ change￭ ably with an￭ ore￭ x￭ ia ner￭ vo￭ sa many possible causes exist for a decreased appetite some of which may be harmless while others indicate a serious clinical condition or pose a significant risk for example an￭ ore￭ x￭ ia of infection is part of the acute phase response ap￭ r to infection the ap￭ r can be triggered by li￭ po￭ pol￭ ys￭ ac￭ ch￭ ari￭ des and pep￭ ti￭ do￭ gly￭ cans from bacterial cell walls bacterial dna double stranded viral r￭ na and viral gly￭ co￭ proteins which can trigger production of a variety of pro￭ infl￭ am￭ matory cy￭ to￭ k￭ ines these can have an indirect effect on appetite by a number of means including peripheral a￭ ffer￭ ents from their sites of production in the body by enhancing production of le￭ p￭ tin from fat stores infl￭ am￭ matory cy￭ to￭ k￭ ines can also signal to the central nervous system more directly by specialized transport mechanisms through the blood – brain barrier via circum￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular organs which are outside the barrier or by triggering production of ei￭ co￭ san￭ oids in the endo￭ the￭ li￭ al cells of the brain vas￭ cul￭ ature ultimately the control of appetite by this mechanism is thought to be medi￭ ated by the same factors normally controlling appetite such as neuro￭ transmitters sero￭ ton￭ in dop￭ amine hist￭ amine no￭ rep￭ in￭ eph￭ rine cor￭ ti￭ co￭ tro￭ pin releasing factor n￭ europe￭ p￭ tide y and α mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ te stimulating hormone
an￭ ore￭ x￭ ia ner￭ vo￭ sa often referred to simply as an￭ ore￭ x￭ ia is an eating disorder characterized by a low weight fear of gaining weight a strong desire to be thin and food restriction many people with an￭ ore￭ x￭ ia see themselves as overweight even though they are in fact under￭ weight if asked they usually deny they have a problem with low weight often they weigh themselves frequently eat only small amounts and only eat certain foods some will exercise excessively force themselves to v￭ omit or use lax￭ atives to produce weight loss complications may include o￭ ste￭ op￭ or￭ osis in￭ fertility and heart damage among others women will often stop having men￭ str￭ ual periods the cause is not known there appear to be some genetic components with identical twins more often affected than non identical twins cultural factors also appear to play a role with societies that value thin￭ ness having higher rates of disease additionally it occurs more commonly among those involved in activities that value thin￭ ness such as high level athle￭ tics modelling and dancing an￭ ore￭ x￭ ia often begins following a major life change or stress inducing event the diagnosis requires a significantly low weight the severity of disease is based on body mass index b￭ mi in adults with mild disease having a b￭ mi of greater than 17 moderate a b￭ mi of 16 to 17 severe a b￭ mi of 15 to 16 and extreme a b￭ mi less than 15 in children a b￭ mi for age per￭ centi￭ le of less than the 5 th per￭ centi￭ le is often used treatment of an￭ ore￭ x￭ ia involves restoring a healthy weight treating the underlying psychological problems and addressing behaviors that promote the problem while medications do not help with weight gain they may be used to help with associated anxiety or depression a number of types of therapy may be useful including an approach where parents assume responsibility for feeding their child known as ma￭ ud￭ sley family therapy and cognitive behavioral therapy sometimes people require admission to hospital to restore weight evidence for benefit from nas￭ o￭ ga￭ str￭ ic tube feeding however is unclear some people will just have a single episode and recover while others may have many episodes over years many complications improve or resolve with regaining of weight globally an￭ ore￭ x￭ ia is estimated to affect two million people as of 2013 it is estimated to occur in 0 9 to 4 3 of women and 0 2 to 0 3 of men in western countries at some point in their life about 0 4 of young females are affected in a given year and it is estimated to occur ten times less commonly in males rates in most of the developing world are unclear often it begins during the teen years or young adul￭ thood while an￭ ore￭ x￭ ia became more commonly diagnosed during the 20 th century it is unclear if this was due to an increase in its frequency or simply better diagnosis in 2013 it directly resulted in about 600 deaths globally up from 400 deaths in 1990 eating disorders also increase a person s risk of death from a wide range of other causes including suicide about 5 of people with an￭ ore￭ x￭ ia die from complications over a ten year period the term an￭ ore￭ x￭ ia ner￭ vo￭ sa was first used in 18￭ 73 by william gul￭ l to describe this condition an￭ ore￭ x￭ ia ner￭ vo￭ sa has the highest mortality rate of any psychiatric disorder with an s￭ mr of 5 86
the differential diagnoses of an￭ ore￭ x￭ ia ner￭ vo￭ sa an includes various types of medical and psychological conditions which may be mis￭ diagnosed as an in some cases these conditions may be com￭ or￭ bid with an because the mis￭ diagnosis of an is not un￭ common for example a case of ac￭ hal￭ asia was mis￭ diagnosed as an and the patient spent two months confined to a psychiatric hospital a reason for the differential diagnoses that surround an arise mainly because like other disorders it is primarily albeit defen￭ sively and adap￭ tive for the individual concerned an￭ ore￭ x￭ ia ner￭ vo￭ sa is a psychological disorder characterized by extremely reduced intake of food people suffering from an￭ er￭ ox￭ ia ner￭ vo￭ sa have a low self image and consider themselves overweight common behaviors and signs of someone suffering from an forcing oneself to vigorously exercise even in adverse conditions or when their health does not permit it forcing own self to ur￭ inate and ex￭ crete waste product from the body using substituted amp￭ he￭ tam￭ ines stimul￭ ants that can reduce appetite to reduce appetite skin turning yellow
an￭ org￭ as￭ mia is a type of sexual dysfunction in which a person cannot achieve org￭ asm despite adequate stimulation in males it is most closely associated with delayed e￭ jac￭ ulation an￭ org￭ as￭ mia can often cause sexual frustration an￭ org￭ as￭ mia is far more common in females 4 7 percent than in males and is especially rare in younger men the problem is greater in women who are post men￭ op￭ ause
ano￭ so￭ di￭ aph￭ oria is a condition in which a person who suffers disability due to brain injury seems indifferent to the existence of their handicap ano￭ so￭ di￭ aph￭ oria is specifically used in association with indifference to paralysis it is a som￭ at￭ os￭ ens￭ ory agno￭ sia or a sign of neglect syndrome it might be specifically associated with defective functioning of the frontal lo￭ be of the right hemisphere joseph bab￭ in￭ ski first used the term ano￭ so￭ di￭ aph￭ oria in 1914 to describe a disorder of the body schem￭ a in which patients verb￭ ally acknowledge a clinical problem such as hem￭ ip￭ a￭ res￭ is but fail to be concerned about it ano￭ so￭ di￭ aph￭ oria follows a stage of ano￭ so￭ g￭ no￭ sia in which there may be verbal explicit denial of the illness and after several days to weeks develop the lack of emotional response indifference is different from denial because it implies a lack of caring on the part of the patient whom otherwise acknowledges his or her deficit
ano￭ so￭ g￭ no￭ sia æ￭ ˌ￭ n￭ ɒ￭ s￭ ɒ￭ ɡ￭ ˈ￭ no￭ ʊ￭ zi￭ ə æ￭ ˌ￭ n￭ ɒ￭ s￭ ɒ￭ ɡ￭ ˈ￭ no￭ ʊ￭ ʒ￭ ə from ancient greek ἀ a without νό￭ σ￭ ος no￭ sos disease and γ￭ ν￭ ῶ￭ σ￭ ις gn￭ ō￭ sis knowledge is a deficit of self awareness a condition in which a person who suffers some disability seems unaware of the existence of his or her disability it was first named by the neuro￭ logist joseph bab￭ in￭ ski in 1914 ano￭ so￭ g￭ no￭ sia results from physiological damage to brain structures typically to the par￭ ie￭ tal lo￭ be or a diffuse le￭ sion on the fron￭ to temporal par￭ ie￭ tal area in the right hemisphere while this distinguishes the condition from denial which is a psychological defense mechanism attempts have been made at a unified explanation ano￭ so￭ g￭ no￭ sia is sometimes accompanied by as￭ om￭ at￭ og￭ no￭ sia a form of neglect in which patients deny ownership of their limbs
ano￭ tia no ear describes a rare con￭ genital de￭ form￭ ity that involves the complete absence of the pin￭ na the outer projected portion of the ear and narrowing or absence of the ear canal this contrasts with micro￭ tia in which a small part of the pin￭ na is present ano￭ tia and micro￭ tia may occur unilaterally only one ear affected or bilaterally both ears affected this de￭ form￭ ity results in conduc￭ tive hearing loss deaf￭ ness
an ano￭ vul￭ atory cycle is a men￭ str￭ ual cycle during which the ov￭ aries do not release an o￭ oc￭ y￭ te therefore ov￭ ulation does not take place however a woman who does not o￭ vul￭ ate at each men￭ str￭ ual cycle is not necessarily going through men￭ op￭ ause chronic an￭ ov￭ ulation is a common cause of in￭ fertility in addition to the alteration of men￭ str￭ ual periods and in￭ fertility chronic an￭ ov￭ ulation can cause or exacerbate other long term problems such as hyper￭ and￭ ro￭ gen￭ ism or o￭ ste￭ open￭ ia it plays a central role in the multiple imbalances and dys￭ functions of poly￭ c￭ ys￭ tic o￭ vary syndrome during the first two years after men￭ arch￭ e 50 of the men￭ str￭ ual cycles could be ano￭ vul￭ atories it is in fact possible to restore ov￭ ulation using appropriate medication and ov￭ ulation is successfully restored in approximately 90 of cases the first step is the diagnosis of an￭ ov￭ ulation the identification of an￭ ov￭ ulation is not easy contrary to what is commonly believed women undergoing an￭ ov￭ ulation still have more or less regular periods in general patients only notice that there is a problem once they have started trying to conceive temperature char￭ ting is a useful way of providing early clues about an￭ ov￭ ulation and can help gy￭ na￭ eco￭ logists in their diagnosis
an ant mill is an observed phenomenon in which a group of army ants which are blind are separated from the main for￭ aging party lose the ph￭ er￭ om￭ one track and begin to follow one another forming a continuously rotating circle the ants will eventually die of exhaustion it has been reproduced in laboratories and has been produced in ant colony simul￭ ations the phenomenon is a side effect of the self organizing structure of ant colonies each ant follows the ant in front of it which works until something goes wrong and an ant mill forms an ant mill was first described by william bee￭ be in 19￭ 21 who observed a mill 1200 ft in circum￭ fer￭ ence it took each ant 2 5 h to make one revolution similar phenomena have been noted in proc￭ es￭ sionary cat￭ er￭ pillars and fish
ant ven￭ om is any of or a mixture of irrit￭ ants and toxins inflicted by ants most ants spray or inject a ven￭ om the main constituent of which is form￭ ic acid only in the case of sub￭ family form￭ ic￭ in￭ ae
in chemistry antagonism is a phenomenon where￭ in two or more agents in combination have an overall effect that is less than the sum of their individual effects the word is most commonly used in this context in bio￭ chemistry and toxico￭ logy interference in the physiological action of a chemical substance by another having a similar structure for instance a recep￭ tor antagon￭ ist is an agent that reduces the response that a lig￭ and produces when the recep￭ tor antagon￭ ist binds to a recep￭ tor on a cell an example of this is the inter￭ leuk￭ in 1 recep￭ tor antagon￭ ist the opposite of antagonism is synergy it is a negative type of syner￭ g￭ ism experiments with different combinations show that b￭ inary mixtures of phen￭ ol￭ ics can lead to either a syner￭ ge￭ tic antioxid￭ ant effect or to an antagon￭ istic effect
an￭ tec￭ ed￭ ent contained deletion ac￭ d also called an￭ tec￭ ed￭ ent contained el￭ lip￭ sis is a phenomenon found in contexts containing ver￭ b phrase el￭ lip￭ sis and a quanti￭ fier the el￭ lip￭ sis appears to be contained inside its an￭ tec￭ ed￭ ent which should result in an infinite reg￭ ress and thus un￭ gr￭ amm￭ atic￭ ality the problem arises in phrase structure gram￭ mars that take the constituent to be the fundamental unit of syn￭ tactic analysis it does not arise if the cat￭ ena is taken to be the fundamental unit the cat￭ ena is associated with dependency gram￭ mars dgs
the antenna effect more formally plasma induced gate oxide damage is an effect that can potentially cause yield and reliability problems during the manufacture of mos integrated circuits fab￭ s normally supply antenna rules which are rules that must be obeyed to avoid this problem a violation of such rules is called an antenna violation the word antenna is something of a mis￭ no￭ mer in this context — the problem is really the collection of charge not the normal meaning of antenna which is a device for converting electromagnetic fields to from electrical currents occasionally the phrase antenna effect is used in this context but this is less common since there are many effects and the phrase does not make clear which is meant figure 1 a shows a side view of a typical net in an integrated circuit each net will include at least one driver which must contain a source or drain diffusion in newer technology implan￭ tation is used and at least one receiver which will consist of a gate electro￭ de over a thin gate di￭ electric see figure 2 for a detailed view of a mos trans￭ is￭ tor since the gate di￭ electric is so thin only a few molecules thick a big worry is breakdown of this layer this can happen if the net somehow acquires a voltage somewhat higher than the normal operating voltage of the chip historically the gate di￭ electric has been silicon dioxide so most of the literature refers to gate oxide damage or gate oxide breakdown as of 2007 some manufacturers are replacing this oxide with various high κ di￭ electric materials which may or may not be oxides but the effect is still the same once the chip is fabric￭ ated this cannot happen since every net has at least some source drain impl￭ ant connected to it the source drain impl￭ ant forms a dio￭ de which breaks down at a lower voltage than the oxide either forward dio￭ de conduc￭ tion or reverse breakdown and does so non destruc￭ tively this protects the gate oxide however during the construction of the chip the oxide may not be protected by a dio￭ de this is shown in figure 1 b which is the situation while metal 1 is being et￭ ched since metal 2 is not built yet there is no dio￭ de connected to the gate oxide so if a charge is added in any way to the metal 1 shape as shown by the lightning bolt it can rise to the level of breaking down the gate oxide in particular reactive ion et￭ ching of the first metal layer can result in exactly the situation shown the metal on each net is disconnected from the initial global metal layer and the plasma et￭ ching is still adding charges to each piece of metal leak￭ y gate oxides although bad for power dissip￭ ation are good for avoiding damage from the antenna effect a leak￭ y oxide can prevent a charge from building up to the point of causing oxide breakdown this leads to the somewhat surprising observation that a very thin gate oxide is less likely to be damaged than a thick gate oxide because as the oxide grows thin￭ ner the leakage goes up exponentially but the breakdown voltage shrin￭ ks only lin￭ early
in ob￭ ste￭ trics an￭ te￭ par￭ tum haemorrha￭ ge ap￭ h also prepar￭ tum hemorrha￭ ge is genital bleeding during pregnancy from the 24 th week sometimes defined as from the 20 th week gest￭ ational age to term it can be associated with reduced fe￭ tal birth weight in regard to treatment it should be considered a medical emergency regardless of whether there is pain and medical attention should be sought immediately as if it is left untreated it can lead to death of the mother and or fe￭ tus
an￭ terior cere￭ br￭ al artery syndrome is a condition whereby the blood supply from the an￭ terior cere￭ br￭ al artery aca is restricted leading to a reduction of the function of the portions of the brain supplied by that vessel the medi￭ al aspects of the frontal and par￭ ie￭ tal lob￭ es bas￭ al gang￭ lia an￭ terior for￭ ni￭ x and an￭ terior corpus cal￭ lo￭ sum depending upon the area and severity of the oc￭ clu￭ sion signs and symptoms may vary within the population affected with aca syndrome block￭ ages to the proxim￭ al a 1 segment of the vessel produce only minor deficits due to the collateral blood flow from the opposite hemisphere via the an￭ terior communicating artery oc￭ clu￭ sions dis￭ tal to this segment will result in more severe presentation of aca syndrome contr￭ al￭ ateral hem￭ ip￭ a￭ res￭ is and hemis￭ ens￭ ory loss of the lower extre￭ mity is the most common symptom associated with aca syndrome
a compartment syndrome is an increased pressure within a muscular compartment that compromises the circulation to the muscles
the an￭ terior cruci￭ ate lig￭ ament ac￭ l is an important internal stabili￭ zer of the knee joint restraining hyper￭ extension an￭ terior cruci￭ ate lig￭ ament injury occurs when the lig￭ ament s biom￭ ec￭ han￭ ical limits are exceeded over stretched often with a hyper￭ extension mechanism formerly ac￭ l injuries occurred most often in a sports contact injury when other structures were frequently involved a particularly severe form of the contact injury is called the unhappy tri￭ ad or o don￭ ag￭ h￭ ue s tri￭ ad and involves the an￭ terior cruci￭ ate lig￭ ament the medi￭ al collateral lig￭ ament and the medi￭ al men￭ is￭ cus presently ac￭ l injury is more commonly a non contact injury such as a dis￭ mount from a lay￭ up in basketball both forms occur more frequently in athletes than in the general population and are prevalent in alpine ski￭ ing association football american football australian rules football basketball rug￭ by professional wrestling martial arts and artistic g￭ ym￭ nas￭ tics it is also known to be about three times more common in women than men the consequences of the injury depend on how much the stability of the knee is affected and the extent to which other structures have been involved and this can vary on a case by case basis if instability is evident particularly rot￭ atory instability then the men￭ is￭ ci will get injured sooner or later setting the scene for progressive degenerative ar￭ thri￭ tis of the knee
an￭ terior cu￭ taneous nerve entr￭ ap￭ ment syndrome ac￭ nes is a condition that causes chronic pain of the ab￭ domin￭ al wall it occurs when terminal branches of the lower thor￭ ac￭ ic inter￭ cost￭ al nerves 7 12 are ‘ entr￭ apped ’ in ab￭ domin￭ al muscles causing a severe loc￭ alized neuro￭ path￭ ic pain that is usually experienced at ven￭ tr￭ al portions of the ab￭ dom￭ en it is frequently overlooked and un￭ recognized although the incidence is estimated to be 1 2000 patients the relative un￭ familiarity with this condition often leads to significant diagnosis delays mis￭ diagnosis often resulting in unnecessary diagnostic interventions and futile procedures physicians tend to diagnose these patients with alleged irrit￭ able bo￭ wel syndrome or functional disorders as symptoms of the condition are not dis￭ positive
an￭ terior inter￭ osse￭ ous syndrome or kilo￭ h ne￭ vin syndrome i is a medical condition in which damage to the an￭ terior inter￭ osse￭ ous nerve ain a motor branch of the median nerve causes pain in the fore￭ arm and a characteristic weakness of the p￭ inc￭ er movement of the thumb and index finger most cases of ain syndrome are due to a transi￭ ent ne￭ uri￭ tis although compression of the ain can happen trauma to the median nerve have also been reported as a cause of ain syndrome although there is still controversy among upper extre￭ mity surgeons ain syndrome is now regarded as a ne￭ uri￭ tis infl￭ amm￭ ation of the nerve in most cases this is similar to par￭ son￭ age – turner syndrome although the exact eti￭ ology is unknown there is evidence that it is caused by an immune medi￭ ated response studies are limited and no random￭ ized controlled trials have been performed regarding the treatment of ain syndrome while the natural history of ain syndrome is not fully understood studies following patients who have been treated without surgery show that symptoms can resolve starting as late as one year after onset other retrospective studies have shown that there is no difference in outcome in sur￭ g￭ ically versus non￭ sur￭ g￭ ically treated patients surgical de￭ compression is rarely indicated in ain syndrome indications for considering surgery include a known space occupying le￭ sion that is com￭ pressing the nerve a mass and persistent symptoms beyond 1 year of conservative treatment
an￭ terior is￭ chem￭ ic op￭ tic neuro￭ pa￭ thy a￭ ion is a medical condition involving loss of vision due to damage to the op￭ tic nerve from insufficient blood supply a￭ ion is generally divided into two types arter￭ i￭ tic a￭ ion or aa￭ ion and non arter￭ i￭ tic a￭ ion na￭ ion or simply a￭ ion this article will focus primarily on non arter￭ i￭ tic a￭ ion
an￭ terior segment dys￭ genesis as￭ d is a failure of the normal development of the tissues of the an￭ terior segment of the eye it leads to anomalies in the structure of the mature an￭ terior segment associated with an increased risk of gl￭ au￭ coma and cor￭ ne￭ al op￭ acity pe￭ ters frequently mis￭ spelled peter s anomaly is a specific type of mes￭ en￭ ch￭ ym￭ al an￭ terior segment dys￭ genesis in which there is central cor￭ ne￭ al leuk￭ oma adhe￭ sions of the iris and cor￭ ne￭ a and ab￭ norm￭ alities of the poster￭ ior cor￭ ne￭ al st￭ roma desc￭ em￭ et s memb￭ rane cor￭ ne￭ al endo￭ the￭ lium lens and an￭ terior chamber
an￭ terior spinal artery syndrome also known as an￭ terior spinal cord syndrome is a medical condition where the an￭ terior spinal artery the primary blood supply to the an￭ terior portion of the spinal cord is interrupted causing is￭ chem￭ ia or inf￭ arc￭ tion of the spinal cord in the an￭ terior two thirds of the spinal cord and med￭ ul￭ la obl￭ ong￭ ata it is characterized by loss of motor function below the level of injury loss of sens￭ ations carried by the an￭ terior columns of the spinal cord pain and temperature and preservation of sens￭ ations carried by the poster￭ ior columns fine touch vibration and propri￭ o￭ ception an￭ terior spinal artery syndrome is the most common form of spinal cord inf￭ arc￭ tion
an￭ terior u￭ re￭ th￭ ral cancer is a disease in which m￭ align￭ ant cancer cells are found in the part of the u￭ re￭ th￭ ra that is closest to the outside of the body
an￭ ter￭ o￭ grade amnesia is a loss of the ability to create new memories after the event that caused the amnesia leading to a partial or complete inability to recall the recent past while long term memories from before the event remain intact this is in contrast to retrograde amnesia where memories created prior to the event are lost while new memories can still be created both can occur together in the same patient to a large degree an￭ ter￭ o￭ grade amnesia remains a mysterious ail￭ ment because the precise mechanism of storing memories is not yet well understood although it is known that the regions involved are certain sites in the temporal cor￭ tex especially in the hippo￭ campus and nearby sub￭ cor￭ tical regions
an an￭ the￭ lion plural an￭ the￭ lia from late greek αν￭ θη￭ λ￭ ι￭ ος opposite the sun is a rare optical phenomenon appearing on the par￭ hel￭ ic circle opposite to the sun as a faint white hal￭ o not unlike a sun￭ dog how an￭ the￭ lions are formed is disputed walter tape among others has argued they are not separate hal￭ oes but simply where various hal￭ oes caused by horizon￭ tally oriented column shaped ice cryst￭ als coincide on the par￭ hel￭ ic circle to create a bright spot if this theory is correct an￭ the￭ lia should only appear together with these other hal￭ oes however an￭ the￭ lia occur unaccompanied by other plate crystal hal￭ oes thus scientists have produced alternative explanations the dutch professor s w vis￭ ser proposed they form by two exter￭ ior light reflections in quad￭ rang￭ ular pris￭ ms while robert green￭ ler has suggested two interior reflection in column shaped cryst￭ als produces the phenomenon while the an￭ the￭ lion area is usually spar￭ se on hal￭ oes in a complex display it features various rare op￭ tic phenomena flan￭ king the an￭ the￭ lion on the par￭ hel￭ ic circle are two 120 ° par￭ he￭ lia and two li￭ l￭ j￭ equ￭ ist par￭ he￭ lia caused by plate cryst￭ als the trick￭ er and diffuse ar￭ cs are produced in sing￭ ly oriented column cryst￭ als and form an an￭ kh like shape passing through the an￭ the￭ lion we￭ gen￭ er ar￭ cs occasionally crosses the sky to converge in the an￭ the￭ lion
anthrax is an infection caused by the bacter￭ ium bac￭ ill￭ us anth￭ rac￭ is it can occur in four forms skin inhal￭ ation intest￭ inal and injection symptoms begin between one day and two months after contracting the infection the skin form presents with a small bl￭ ister with surrounding sw￭ elling that often turns into a pain￭ less ul￭ cer with a black center the inhal￭ ation form presents with fever chest pain and short￭ ness of breath the intest￭ inal form presents with naus￭ ea v￭ om￭ iting diarr￭ hea or ab￭ domin￭ al pain the injection form presents with fever and an abs￭ c￭ ess at the site of drug injection anthrax is spread by contact with the spo￭ res of the bacteria which are often from infectious animal products contact is by breathing eating or through an area of broken skin it does not typically spread directly between people risk factors include people who work with animals or animal products travel￭ ers postal workers and military personnel diagnosis can be confirmed based on finding antibodies or the toxin in the blood or by culture of a sample from the infected site anthrax vaccination is recommended for people who are at high risk immun￭ izing animals against anthrax is recommended in areas where previous infections have occurred two months of antibiotics such as do￭ xy￭ cycl￭ ine or ci￭ prof￭ lo￭ x￭ ac￭ in after exposure can also prevent infection if infection occurs treatment is with antibiotics and possibly anti￭ toxin the type and number of antibiotics used depends on the type of infection anti￭ toxin is recommended for those with widespread infection anthrax among people is most common in africa and central and southern asia it also occurs fairly regularly in southern europe but is un￭ common in northern europe and north america globally at least 2 000 cases occur a year with about two cases a year in the united states skin infections represent more than 95 of cases without treatment the risk of death from skin anthrax is 24 for intest￭ inal infection the risk of death is 25 to 75 while in inhal￭ ed anthrax despite treatment it is around 50 to 80 until the 20 th century anthrax infections killed hundreds of thousands of people and other animals each year anthrax has been developed as a weapon by a number of countries in plant eating animals infection occurs when they eat or breathe in the spo￭ res while grazing carni￭ vores may become infected by eating infected animals
an anthro￭ pon￭ otic disease or anthro￭ pon￭ osis is an infectious disease in which a disease causing agent carried by humans is transferred to other animals it may cause the same disease or a different disease in other animals since humans do not generally inflict bite wounds on other animals the method of transmissions is always a soft contact such as skin to skin transmission an example is ch￭ y￭ tri￭ di￭ om￭ y￭ co￭ sis which can be spread by humans with the fun￭ gus on their skin handling fro￭ gs with bare hands the reverse situation a disease transmitted from animals to humans is known as zoonotic it can also be defined as a human to human infection with no animal vector
anthropo￭ pho￭ bia or anthro￭ pho￭ bia literally fear of man from greek άν￭ θρ￭ ω￭ πο￭ ς án￭ thro￭ pos man and φ￭ ό￭ β￭ ος ph￭ ó￭ bos fear also called inter￭ personal relation pho￭ bia or social pho￭ bia is pathological fear of people or human company anthropo￭ pho￭ bia is an extreme pathological form of sh￭ y￭ ness and ti￭ mid￭ ity being a form of social pho￭ bia it may manifest as fears of blu￭ shing or meeting others gaze awk￭ war￭ dness and un￭ eas￭ iness when appearing in society etc a specific japanese cultural form is known as tai￭ jin ky￭ o￭ fu￭ sh￭ o anthropo￭ pho￭ bia can be best defined as the fear of people in crowded situations but can also go beyond and leave the person uncomfortable when being around just one person conditions vary depending on the person some cases are mild and can be handled while more serious cases can lead to complete social withdrawal and the exclusive use of written and electronic communication
anti armenian sentiment also known as anti armen￭ i￭ anism and armen￭ opho￭ bia is a diverse spectrum of negative feelings dis￭ likes fears aversion der￭ ision and or prejudice towards armenians armenia and armenian culture modern anti armen￭ i￭ anism is usually expressed by opposition to the actions or existence of armenia aggressive denial of the armenian genocide or belief in an armenian conspiracy to fabric￭ ate history and manipulate public and political opinion for political gain
anti catholic riots were a phenomenon particularly in the english speaking world which tended to accompany the lifting of legal sanctions against the catholic minority in these countries examples included philadelphia anti catholic riots bath ma￭ ine anti catholic riot of 18￭ 54 gordon riots in london 1969 northern ireland riots
anti french sentiment in the united states is the manifestation of fran￭ cop￭ ho￭ bia by americans it signifies a consistent hostility toward the government culture and people of france that employs stereotypes it has a strong relation with inner american political conflicts as french attitudes and status symbols were closely connected with parts of american elites and leaders in some cases anti french sentiment may be driven by xenophobia a general aversion toward foreigners
anti hindu￭ ism is a negative perception or religious intolerance against the practice and practitioners of hindu￭ ism anti hindu sentiments have been expressed by muslims in pakistan bangladesh malaysia and india leading to significant persecution of hindus in those regions there are also allegations of anti hindu￭ ism voiced by members of the hindu diaspora in the west against their host societies notably in the united states where these form part of the so called culture wars with cases such as the california textbook controversy over hindu history
anti n￭ m￭ da n methyl d as￭ part￭ ate recep￭ tor en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis also termed n￭ m￭ da recep￭ tor anti￭ body en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis is an acute form of en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis that is potentially lethal but has a high probability for recovery with treatment it is caused by an auto￭ immune reaction primarily against the nr 1 sub￭ unit of the n￭ m￭ da recep￭ tor different descriptions and syndro￭ mal designations for this disease existed in medical literature prior to 2007 but it was then that the disease was officially categ￭ orized and named by dr jose￭ p dal￭ ma￭ u and colleagues movement disorder relap￭ ses after her￭ pes simpl￭ ex virus 1 h￭ sv 1 en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis have been hypothe￭ sized to be secondary to post￭ viral auto￭ immunity recently a proportion of patients with h￭ sv 1 en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis h￭ se were shown to produce auto￭ antibodies against n￭ m￭ da recep￭ tors the condition is associated with tum￭ ours mostly ter￭ atom￭ as of the ov￭ aries and thus can be considered a par￭ ane￭ op￭ l￭ astic syndrome however there are a substantial number of cases with no detec￭ table tum￭ our and in fact it appears that most patients do not have a tum￭ our
anti russian sentiment or rus￭ s￭ opho￭ bia is a diverse spectrum of negative feelings dis￭ likes fears aversion der￭ ision and or prejudice of russia russians and or russian culture a wide variety of mass culture clich￭ és about russia and russians exists many of these stereotypes were developed during the cold war and were used as elements of political war against the soviet union some of these prejudices are still observed in the discussions of the relations with russia negative representation of russia and russians in modern popular culture is also often described as functional as stereotypes about russia may be used for framing reality like creating an image of an enemy or an excuse or an explanation for compensatory reasons decades after the end of the cold war russians are still portrayed as hollywood s go to vill￭ ains on the other hand russian nationalists and apolog￭ ists of the politics of russia often use the allegations of rus￭ s￭ opho￭ bia as a form of propaganda to counter the criticism of russia
anti￭ anal￭ ge￭ sia is the ability of some endo￭ genous chemicals notably chol￭ ec￭ y￭ st￭ okin￭ in and n￭ europe￭ p￭ tide y to counter the effects of exo￭ genous anal￭ ges￭ ics such as morphine or endo￭ genous pain inhi￭ biting neuro￭ transmitters mod￭ ulators such as the endo￭ genous op￭ io￭ ids a learned form can be established using methods similar to the learning principle of conditioned inhi￭ bi￭ tion and has been demonstrated in rats
antibiotic candi￭ di￭ asis also known as i￭ atro￭ genic candi￭ di￭ asis is a candi￭ dal infection caused by antibiotic use
in genetics anticipation is a phenomenon whereby as a genetic disorder is passed on to the next generation the symptoms of the genetic disorder become apparent at an earlier age with each generation in most cases an increase of severity of symptoms is also noted anticipation is common in trin￭ uc￭ le￭ o￭ tide repeat disorders such as hun￭ t￭ ington s disease and my￭ o￭ tonic dy￭ stro￭ phy where a dynamic mutation in dna occurs all of these diseases have neuro￭ logical symptoms prior to the understanding of the genetic mechanism for anticipation it was debated whether anticipation was a true biological phenomenon or whether the earlier age of diagnosis was related to heightened awareness of disease symptoms within a family
anti￭ con￭ vul￭ sant sul￭ fon￭ amide hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity syndrome is a potentially serious hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity reaction that can be seen with drugs with an aromatic amine chemical structure such as aromatic anti￭ con￭ vul￭ s￭ ants e g di￭ phen￭ yl￭ hy￭ dan￭ to￭ in phen￭ ob￭ ar￭ b￭ ital phen￭ y￭ to￭ in carb￭ amaz￭ ep￭ ine lam￭ o￭ tri￭ gine sul￭ fon￭ am￭ ides or other drugs with an aromatic amine proc￭ ain￭ amide cross re￭ activity should not occur between drugs with an aromatic amine and drugs without an aromatic amine e g sul￭ fon￭ y￭ lu￭ re￭ as thi￭ az￭ ide di￭ u￭ re￭ tics fu￭ ro￭ sem￭ ide and ace￭ ta￭ z￭ ol￭ amide therefore these drugs can be safely used in the future the hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity syndrome is characterized by a skin eruption that is initially mor￭ bil￭ li￭ form the rash may also be a severe stevens johnson syndrome or toxic ep￭ id￭ er￭ mal nec￭ rol￭ ysis systemic manifestations occur at the time of skin manifestations and include e￭ o￭ sin￭ ophi￭ lia hepatitis and inter￭ sti￭ tial ne￭ ph￭ ri￭ tis however a sub￭ group of patients may become hypo￭ thyro￭ id as part of an auto￭ immune thyro￭ idi￭ tis up to 2 months after the initiation of symptoms this kind of adverse drug reaction is caused by the accumulation of toxic metabol￭ ites it is not the result of an i￭ ge medi￭ ated reaction the risk of first degree relatives ’ developing the same hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity reaction is higher than in the general population as this syndrome can present secondary to multiple anti￭ con￭ vul￭ s￭ ants the general term anti￭ con￭ vul￭ sant hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity syndrome is favored over the original descriptive term dil￭ anti￭ n hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity syndrome
an antic￭ ycl￭ one that is opposite to a cyclone is a weather phenomenon defined by the united states national weather service s glos￭ s￭ ary as a large scale circulation of winds around a central region of high atmospheric pressure c￭ lock￭ wise in the northern hemisphere anti c￭ lock￭ wise in the southern hemisphere effects of surface based antic￭ ycl￭ ones include clearing skies as well as cool￭ er dri￭ er air fog can also form overnight within a region of higher pressure mid tro￭ po￭ spheric systems such as the sub￭ tropical ridge defl￭ ect tropical cycl￭ ones around their periphery and cause a temperature in￭ version inhi￭ biting free conv￭ ection near their center building up surface based ha￭ ze under their base antic￭ ycl￭ ones al￭ oft can form within warm core lows such as tropical cycl￭ ones due to descending cool air from the back￭ side of upper trou￭ ghs such as polar high￭ s or from large scale sinking such as the sub￭ tropical ridge
anti￭ depres￭ sant dis￭ continuation syndrome is a condition that can occur following the interruption dose reduction or dis￭ continuation of anti￭ depres￭ sant drugs including selective sero￭ ton￭ in re uptake inhi￭ bit￭ ors ss￭ ris or sero￭ ton￭ in – no￭ rep￭ in￭ eph￭ rine re￭ uptake inhi￭ bit￭ ors sn￭ ris the symptoms can include flu like symptoms and disturbances in sleep senses movement mood and thinking in most cases symptoms are mild short lived and resolve without treatment more severe cases are often successfully treated by reintroduction of the drug which usually leads to resolution within one day
anti￭ depres￭ sant treatment t￭ ach￭ y￭ phy￭ lax￭ is ad￭ t t￭ ach￭ y￭ phy￭ lax￭ is also known as pro￭ z￭ ac po￭ op out is a medical condition in which progressive or acute tolerance effects are seen following chronic administration of a drug ad￭ t t￭ ach￭ y￭ phy￭ lax￭ is specifically refers to a sudden decrease in response to selective sero￭ ton￭ in re￭ uptake inhi￭ bit￭ ors ss￭ ris which are the most commonly prescribed anti￭ depres￭ s￭ ants although less commonly prescribed as anti￭ depres￭ s￭ ants having lost popularity following the introduction of ss￭ ris mono￭ amine oxid￭ ase inhi￭ bit￭ ors or ma￭ ois have also incurred a po￭ op out effect among depressed patients
in mathematics an anti￭ hom￭ om￭ orph￭ ism is a type of function defined on sets with multiplication that rever￭ ses the order of multiplication an anti￭ au￭ tomor￭ ph￭ ism is a bi￭ jec￭ tive anti￭ hom￭ om￭ orph￭ ism i e an anti￭ isom￭ orph￭ ism from a set to itself from being bi￭ jec￭ tive it follows that it has an in￭ verse and that the in￭ verse is also an anti￭ au￭ tomor￭ ph￭ ism
anti￭ phosp￭ holi￭ pid syndrome or anti￭ phosp￭ holi￭ pid anti￭ body syndrome aps or ap￭ ls or often also hughes syndrome is an auto￭ immune hyper￭ co￭ ag￭ ul￭ able state caused by anti￭ phosp￭ holi￭ pid antibodies aps provo￭ kes blood clo￭ ts thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis in both arter￭ ies and ve￭ ins as well as pregnancy related complications such as mis￭ carriage still￭ birth pre￭ term delivery and severe pre￭ ec￭ lam￭ p￭ sia the diagnostic criteria require one clinical event i e thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis or pregnancy complic￭ ation and two anti￭ body blood tests spac￭ ed at least three months apart that confirm the presence of either lup￭ us anti￭ co￭ ag￭ ul￭ ant or anti β 2 gly￭ co￭ protein i since β 2 gly￭ co￭ protein i antibodies are a sub￭ set of anti cardi￭ oli￭ pin antibodies an anti cardi￭ oli￭ pin ass￭ ay can be performed as a less specific proxy anti￭ phosp￭ holi￭ pid syndrome can be primary or secondary primary anti￭ phosp￭ holi￭ pid syndrome occurs in the absence of any other related disease secondary anti￭ phosp￭ holi￭ pid syndrome occurs with other auto￭ immune diseases such as systemic lup￭ us er￭ y￭ them￭ ato￭ sus s￭ le in rare cases aps leads to rapid organ failure due to generalised thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis this is termed catastrophic anti￭ phosp￭ holi￭ pid syndrome caps and is associated with a high risk of death anti￭ phosp￭ holi￭ pid syndrome often requires treatment with anti￭ co￭ ag￭ ul￭ ant medication such as he￭ par￭ in to reduce the risk of further episodes of thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis and improve the prog￭ no￭ sis of pregnancy war￭ far￭ in co￭ um￭ ad￭ in is not used during pregnancy because it can cross the plac￭ enta unlike he￭ par￭ in and is ter￭ ato￭ genic
anti￭ social personality disorder asp￭ d also known as dis￭ social personality disorder dp￭ d and soci￭ opathy is a personality disorder characterized by a pervasive pattern of disregard for or violation of the rights of others an impoverished moral sense or conscience is often apparent as well as a history of crime legal problems or impul￭ sive and aggressive behavior anti￭ social personality disorder is the name of the disorder as defined in the diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders dsm dis￭ social personality disorder dp￭ d is the name of a similar or equivalent concept defined in the international statistical classification of diseases and related health problems ic￭ d where it states that the diagnosis includes anti￭ social personality disorder both manu￭ als have similar but not identical criteria for diagno￭ sing the disorder both have also stated that their diagnoses have been referred to or include what is referred to as psychop￭ athy or soci￭ opathy but distinctions have been made between the concep￭ tu￭ alizations of anti￭ social personality disorder and psychop￭ athy with many researchers arguing that psychop￭ athy is a disorder that overlaps with but is distingu￭ ishable from asp￭ d
anti synthe￭ t￭ ase syndrome is a rare medical syndrome associated with inter￭ sti￭ tial lung disease der￭ mat￭ om￭ yo￭ si￭ tis and poly￭ my￭ osi￭ tis and other auto￭ immune diseases
anti￭ thro￭ m￭ bin iii deficiency abbreviated ati￭ ii deficiency is a deficiency of anti￭ thro￭ m￭ bin iii it is a rare hereditary disorder that generally comes to light when a patient suffers recurrent ven￭ ous thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis and pul￭ mon￭ ary embol￭ ism and repeti￭ tive in￭ trau￭ ter￭ ine fe￭ tal death iu￭ fd inheritance is usually auto￭ som￭ al dominant though a few rec￭ essive cases have been noted the disorder was first described by e￭ ge￭ berg in 1965 the patients are treated with anti￭ co￭ ag￭ ul￭ ants or more rarely with anti￭ thro￭ m￭ bin concentrate in kidney failure especially ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ tic syndrome anti￭ thro￭ m￭ bin is lost in the urine leading to a higher activity of factor ii and factor x and in increased tendency to thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis
ant￭ ley – bi￭ x￭ ler syndrome also called tra￭ pe￭ zo￭ ido￭ cephal￭ y sy￭ no￭ sto￭ sis syndrome is a rare very severe auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive con￭ genital disorder characterized by mal￭ formations and de￭ form￭ ities affecting the majority of the skelet￭ on and other areas of the body
anton – bab￭ in￭ ski syndrome also known as visual ano￭ so￭ g￭ no￭ sia is a rare symptom of brain damage occurring in the oc￭ ci￭ p￭ ital lo￭ be those who suffer from it are cor￭ tically blind but affirm often quite adam￭ antly and in the face of clear evidence of their blindness that they are capable of seeing failing to accept being blind the suffer￭ er dismisses evidence of their condition and employs conf￭ ab￭ ulation to fill in the missing sensory input it is named after gabriel anton and joseph bab￭ in￭ ski
an an￭ tr￭ al fol￭ lic￭ le or secondary fol￭ lic￭ le is an o￭ vari￭ an fol￭ lic￭ le during a certain latter stage of fol￭ lic￭ ul￭ o￭ genesis definitions differ in where the shift into an an￭ tr￭ al fol￭ lic￭ le occurs in the staging of fol￭ lic￭ ul￭ o￭ genesis with some stating that it occurs when entering the secondary stage and others stating that it occurs when entering the tertiary stage
anxiety aggression driven depression also known as 5 ht related depression is a proposed subtype of major depres￭ sive disorder first proposed by the dutch psychiatrist herman m van pra￭ ag in 1996 van pra￭ ag has continued to write on this topic in subsequent academic articles
anxiety disorders are a group of mental disorders characterized by feelings of anxiety and fear anxiety is a worry about future events and fear is a reaction to current events these feelings may cause physical symptoms such as a fast heart rate and shak￭ iness there are a number of anxiety disorders including generalized anxiety disorder specific pho￭ bia social anxiety disorder separation anxiety disorder ag￭ or￭ ap￭ ho￭ bia and panic disorder the disorder differs by what results in the symptoms people often have more than one anxiety disorder the cause of anxiety disorders is a combination of genetic and environmental factors risk factors include a history of child abuse a family history of mental disorders and poverty they often occur with other mental disorders particularly major depres￭ sive disorder personality disorder and substance use disorder to be diagnosed symptoms typically need to be present at least six months be more than would be expected for the situation and decrease functioning other psychiatric and medical problems that may result in similar symptoms including hyper￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m heart disease caff￭ eine alcohol or cannabis use and withdrawal from certain drugs without treatment anxiety disorders tend to remain treatment may include lifestyle changes counselling and medications counselling is typically with a type of cognitive behavi￭ our￭ al therapy medications such as anti￭ depres￭ s￭ ants or beta bloc￭ kers may improve symptoms about 12 of people are affected by an anxiety disorder in a given year they occur about twice as often in females as males and generally begin before the age of 25 the most common are specific pho￭ bia which affects nearly 12 and social anxiety disorder which affects 10 at some point in their life they affect those between the ages of 15 and 35 the most and become less common after the age of 55 rates appear to be higher in the united states and europe
an a￭ or￭ tic an￭ eur￭ ys￭ m is an enlargement dil￭ ation of the a￭ or￭ ta to greater than 1 5 times normal size they usually cause no symptoms except when rup￭ tured occasionally there may be ab￭ domin￭ al back or leg pain they are most commonly located in the ab￭ domin￭ al a￭ or￭ ta but can also be located in the thor￭ ac￭ ic a￭ or￭ ta a￭ or￭ tic an￭ eur￭ ys￭ ms cause weakness in the wall of the a￭ or￭ ta and increase the risk of a￭ or￭ tic rupture when rupture occurs massive internal bleeding results and unless treated immediately shock and death can occur screening with ul￭ tras￭ ound is indicated in those at high risk prevention is by decreasing risk factors such as smoking treatment is either by open or endo￭ vascular surgery a￭ or￭ tic an￭ eur￭ ys￭ ms resulted in about 152 000 deaths in 2013 up from 100 000 in 1990
a￭ or￭ tic dis￭ section occurs when a tear in the inside of the a￭ or￭ ta causes blood to flow between the layers of the wall of the a￭ or￭ ta forcing the layers apart in most cases this is associated with a sudden onset of severe chest or back pain often described as tearing in character there may also be v￭ om￭ iting swe￭ ating and ligh￭ the￭ ad￭ ed￭ ness other symptoms may result from decreased blood supply to other organs such as stroke or mes￭ enter￭ ic is￭ chem￭ ia a￭ or￭ tic dis￭ section can quickly lead to death as a result of not enough blood flow to the heart or rupture of the a￭ or￭ ta a￭ or￭ tic dis￭ section is more common in those with a history of high blood pressure a number of connec￭ tive tissue diseases that affect blood vessel wall strength such as mar￭ fan syndrome a bic￭ us￭ pid a￭ or￭ tic valve and previous heart surgery major trauma smoking cocaine use pregnancy a thor￭ ac￭ ic a￭ or￭ tic an￭ eur￭ ys￭ m infl￭ amm￭ ation of arter￭ ies and abnormal lip￭ id levels also increase the risk the diagnosis is confirmed with medical imaging such as compu￭ ted tom￭ o￭ graphy magnetic resonance imaging or ul￭ tras￭ ound there are two main types stanford type a which involve the first part of the a￭ or￭ ta and type b which do not prevention is by blood pressure control and not smoking the treatment of a￭ or￭ tic dis￭ section depends on the part of the a￭ or￭ ta involved surgery is usually required for dis￭ sections that involve the first part of the a￭ or￭ ta while those that do not can typically be treated with blood pressure and heart rate lowering unless complications result surgery may be done either by an opening in the chest or by endo￭ vascular an￭ eur￭ ys￭ m repair carried out from inside the blood vessels a￭ or￭ tic dis￭ section is relatively rare occurring at an estimated rate of 3 per 100 000 people every year it is more common in males than females the typical age at diagnosis is 63 with about 10 of cases occurring before 40 without treatment about half of people with type a die within three days and about 10 of people with type b die within a month the first case of a￭ or￭ tic dis￭ section described was in the examination of king george ii of great britain following his death in 1760 surgery for a￭ or￭ tic dis￭ section was introduced in the 1950 s by michael e deb￭ a￭ key
a￭ or￭ tic in￭ sufficiency ai also known as a￭ or￭ tic reg￭ urg￭ itation ar is the le￭ aking of the a￭ or￭ tic valve of the heart that causes blood to flow in the reverse direction during ven￭ tric￭ ular di￭ ast￭ ole from the a￭ or￭ ta into the left ven￭ tric￭ le as a consequence the cardiac muscle is forced to work harder than normal
central a￭ or￭ tic blood pressure cap or cas￭ p is the blood pressure at the root of a￭ or￭ ta studies have shown the importance of central a￭ or￭ tic pressure and its implications in assessing the efficacy of anti￭ hyper￭ ten￭ sive treatment with respect to cardiovascular risk factors the traditional method of measuring blood pressure in the arms has been shown to underestimate the efficacy of drugs such as am￭ lo￭ di￭ pine and overestimate the efficacy of those like at￭ en￭ olo￭ l a clinical trial demonstrated that different medications for lowering blood pressure have different effects on the central a￭ or￭ tic pressure and blood flow characteristics despite producing similar bran￭ ch￭ ial blood pressure readings the study also indicated that the cap is a better independent predic￭ tor of cardiovascular and ren￭ al outcome
a￭ or￭ tic rupture is the rupture or break￭ age of the a￭ or￭ ta the largest artery in the body a￭ or￭ tic rupture is a rare extremely dangerous condition the most common cause is an ab￭ domin￭ al a￭ or￭ tic an￭ eur￭ ys￭ m that has rup￭ tured spontaneously a￭ or￭ tic rupture is distinct from a￭ or￭ tic dis￭ section which is a tear through the inner wall of the a￭ or￭ ta that can block the flow of blood through the a￭ or￭ ta to the heart or ab￭ domin￭ al organs an a￭ or￭ tic rupture can be classified according to its cause into one of the following main types traumatic a￭ or￭ tic rupture a￭ or￭ tic rupture secondary to an a￭ or￭ tic an￭ eur￭ ys￭ m
a￭ or￭ tic sten￭ osis as or a￭ os is the narrowing of the exit of the left ven￭ tric￭ le of the heart where the a￭ or￭ ta begins such that problems result it may occur at the a￭ or￭ tic valve as well as above and below this level it typically gets worse over time symptoms often come on gradually with a decreased ability to exercise often occurring first if heart failure loss of consciousness or heart related chest pain occurs due to as the outcomes are worse loss of consciousness typically occurs with standing or exercise signs of heart failure include short￭ ness of breath especially when lying down at night or with exercise and sw￭ elling of the legs thick￭ ening of the valve without narrowing is known as a￭ or￭ tic sclerosis causes include being born with a bic￭ us￭ pid a￭ or￭ tic valve and r￭ heu￭ matic fever a bic￭ us￭ pid a￭ or￭ tic valve affects about one to two percent of the population while r￭ heu￭ matic heart disease mostly occurring in the developing world a normal valve however may also har￭ den over the decades risk factors are similar to those of coron￭ ary artery disease and include smoking high blood pressure high cho￭ le￭ sterol diabetes and being male the a￭ or￭ tic valve usually has three leaf￭ lets and is located between the left ven￭ tric￭ le of the heart and the a￭ or￭ ta as typically results in a heart mur￭ m￭ ur its severity can be divided into mild moderate severe and very severe based on ul￭ tras￭ ound of the heart findings a￭ or￭ tic sten￭ osis is typically followed using repeated ul￭ tras￭ ounds once it has become severe treatment primarily involves valve replacement surgery with trans￭ cathe￭ ter a￭ or￭ tic valve replacement ta￭ v￭ r being an option in some who are at high risk from surgery valves may either be mechanical or bio￭ pro￭ s￭ thetic with each having risks and benefits another less invasive procedure balloon a￭ or￭ tic val￭ vul￭ op￭ la￭ sty b￭ av may result in benefit but this is for only for a few months complications like heart failure may be treated as per normal in those with mild to moderate as in those with severe disease a number of medications should be avoided including ace inhi￭ bit￭ ors nitro￭ gly￭ cer￭ in and some beta bloc￭ kers nitro￭ prus￭ side or phen￭ y￭ le￭ phr￭ ine may be used in those with de￭ compensated heart failure depending on the blood pressure a￭ or￭ tic sten￭ osis is the most common val￭ vul￭ ar heart disease in the developed world it affects about 2 of people who are over 65 years of age estimated rates are not known in most of the developing world as of 2014 in those who have symptoms without repair the chance of death at five years is about 50 and at 10 years is about 90 a￭ or￭ tic sten￭ osis was first described by french physician la￭ z￭ are ri￭ vi￭ ère in 16￭ 63
a￭ or￭ ti￭ tis is the infl￭ amm￭ ation of the a￭ or￭ tic wall the disorder is potentially life threatening and rare it is reported that there are only 1 – 3 new cases of a￭ or￭ ti￭ tis per year per million people in the united states and europe a￭ or￭ ti￭ tis is most common in people 10 to 40 years of age
an a￭ or￭ to￭ enter￭ ic f￭ ist￭ ula is a connection between the a￭ or￭ ta and the intest￭ ines stomach or es￭ op￭ ha￭ g￭ eus there can be significant blood loss into the intest￭ ines resulting in bloody sto￭ ol and death it is usually secondary to an ab￭ domin￭ al a￭ or￭ tic an￭ eur￭ ys￭ m repair
in medicine a￭ or￭ to￭ ili￭ ac oc￭ clu￭ sive disease also known as ler￭ iche s syndrome and ler￭ iche syndrome is a form of peripheral artery disease involving the block￭ age of the ab￭ domin￭ al a￭ or￭ ta as it transitions into the common ili￭ ac arter￭ ies
an a￭ or￭ top￭ ul￭ mon￭ ary sep￭ tal defect is a group of rare con￭ genital heart disorders that result from errors in the development of the a￭ or￭ ti￭ co￭ pul￭ mon￭ ary sep￭ tum there are numerous types types include persistent trun￭ cus arter￭ io￭ sus double outlet right ven￭ tric￭ le transposition of the great vessels tetr￭ alo￭ gy of fal￭ lot
a￭ os￭ ag￭ ino￭ hi or a￭ os￭ ag￭ i￭ bi 青￭ 鷺￭ 火 blue her￭ on fire is a phenomenon illustrated by tori￭ y￭ ama se￭ ki￭ en in his kon￭ jak￭ u gaz￭ u z￭ ok￭ u hy￭ ak￭ ki it depic￭ ts a night her￭ on with a myster￭ iously illumin￭ ated body fol￭ kl￭ ore built around the phenomenon tells a story of an old black crowned night her￭ on transforming into a y￭ ok￭ ai the her￭ ons feathers fuse into shining scales that give off an i￭ ri￭ descent blue light in the dark of night the y￭ ok￭ ai s breath is also said to release golden powder into the air that collects to form a heat less fi￭ ery light though this light eventually dissip￭ ates in the wind the harmless creature is said to flee from human contact retaining a normal her￭ on s sh￭ y￭ ness legend also warns to not confuse the glim￭ mering blue white light with oni￭ bi lights
ape hand de￭ form￭ ity also known as si￭ mi￭ an hand is a de￭ form￭ ity in humans who cannot move the thumb away from the rest of the hand it is an inability to abduc￭ t the thumb abduction of the thumb refers to the specific capacity to orient the thumb per￭ pend￭ ic￭ ularly to the ven￭ tr￭ al pal￭ mar surface of the hand opposition refers specifically the ability to swing the first me￭ tac￭ ar￭ pal such that the tip of the thumb may touch the dis￭ tal end of the 5 th p￭ hal￭ an￭ x and if we put the hand on the table as the palm upward the thumb can not point to the sky the ape hand de￭ form￭ ity is caused by damage to the proxim￭ al median nerve and subsequent loss of oppon￭ ens pol￭ lic￭ is muscle function the name ape hand de￭ form￭ ity is misleading as apes have op￭ pos￭ able thum￭ bs it can occur with an injury of the median nerve either at the el￭ bow or the wrist imp￭ airing the th￭ en￭ ar muscles and oppon￭ ens pol￭ lic￭ is muscle ape hand de￭ form￭ ity is one aspect of median nerve pal￭ sy which is usually caused by deep injuries to the arm fore￭ arm and wrist area
ap￭ ert syndrome is a form of acro￭ cephal￭ o￭ syn￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly a con￭ genital disorder characterized by mal￭ formations of the skull face hands and feet it is classified as a bran￭ ch￭ ial arch syndrome affecting the first bran￭ ch￭ ial or phar￭ yn￭ ge￭ al arch the precursor of the max￭ illa and man￭ di￭ ble disturbances in the development of the bran￭ ch￭ ial ar￭ ches in fe￭ tal development create lasting and widespread effects in 1906 eu￭ g￭ ène ap￭ ert a french physician described nine people sharing similar attributes and characteristics lingu￭ is￭ tically ac￭ ro is greek for peak referring to the peaked head that is common in the syndrome cephal￭ o also from greek is a combining form meaning head syn￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly refers to web￭ bing of fingers and toes in embry￭ ology the hands and feet have selective cells that die called selective cell death or apop￭ to￭ sis causing separation of the digits in the case of acro￭ cephal￭ o￭ syn￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly selective cell death does not occur and skin and rarely bone between the fingers and toes fuses the cran￭ ial bones are affected as well similar to c￭ rou￭ z￭ on syndrome and p￭ fe￭ i￭ ffer syndrome cran￭ io￭ sy￭ no￭ sto￭ sis occurs when the fe￭ tal skull and facial bones fuse too soon in uter￭ o disrupting normal bone growth fusion of different su￭ tures leads to different patterns of growth on the skull examples include tri￭ gon￭ o￭ cephal￭ y fusion of the me￭ topic su￭ ture br￭ ach￭ y￭ cephal￭ y fusion of the cor￭ onal su￭ ture and lam￭ b￭ do￭ id su￭ ture bilaterally dol￭ ic￭ ho￭ cephal￭ y fusion of the sag￭ it￭ tal su￭ ture pl￭ ag￭ io￭ cephal￭ y fusion of cor￭ onal and lam￭ b￭ do￭ idal su￭ tures unilaterally and oxy￭ cephal￭ y or tur￭ ric￭ ep￭ hal￭ y fusion of cor￭ onal and lam￭ b￭ do￭ id su￭ tures findings for the incidence of the syndrome in the population have varied with estimates as low as 1 birth in 200 000 provided and 160 000 given as an average by older studies a study conducted in 1997 however by the california birth defects monitoring program found an incidence rate of 1 in 80 645 out of almost 2 5 million live births another study conducted in 2002 by the cran￭ io￭ facial center north texas hospital for children found a higher incidence of about 1 in 65 000 live births
in telecommunication aper￭ ture to medium coupling loss is the difference between the theoretical antenna gain of a very large antenna such as the anten￭ nas in beyond the horizon microwave links and the gain that can be realized in practice note 1 aper￭ ture to medium coupling loss is related to the ratio of the scat￭ ter angle to the antenna be￭ am￭ width note 2 the very large anten￭ nas are referred to in wa￭ vel￭ eng￭ ths thus this loss can apply to line of sight systems also
ap￭ ha￭ k￭ ia is the absence of the lens of the eye due to surgical removal a per￭ for￭ ating wound or ul￭ cer or con￭ genital anomaly it causes a loss of accommodation far sightedness hyper￭ op￭ ia and a deep an￭ terior chamber complications include det￭ achment of the vit￭ re￭ ous or re￭ tina and gl￭ au￭ coma babies are rarely born with ap￭ ha￭ k￭ ia occurrence most often results from surgery to remove con￭ genital cat￭ ar￭ acts clou￭ ding of the eyes lens which can block light from entering the eye and focusing clearly con￭ genital cat￭ ar￭ acts usually develop as a result of infection of the fe￭ tus or genetic reasons it is often difficult to identify the exact cause of these cat￭ ar￭ acts especially if only one eye is affected people with ap￭ ha￭ k￭ ia have relatively small pupils and their pupils di￭ late to a lesser degree
ap￭ hal￭ an￭ gia is a syndrome with the characteristic absence of the p￭ hal￭ an￭ x bone on one or more digits
ap￭ hal￭ lia is a con￭ genital mal￭ formation in which the ph￭ all￭ us penis or cl￭ it￭ or￭ is is absent it is the female counterpart of pen￭ ile agen￭ esis and tes￭ tic￭ ular agen￭ esis the word is derived from the greek a for not and p￭ hal￭ los for penis it is classified as an inter￭ sex condition
ap￭ han￭ ta￭ sia is the suggested name for a condition where one does not possess a functioning mind s eye and cannot vis￭ u￭ alize imag￭ ery the phenomenon was first described by francis gal￭ ton in 18￭ 80 but remained largely un￭ studied since interest in the phenomenon renewed after the publication of a study by a team led by pr￭ of adam z￭ eman of the university of ex￭ eter which also coined the term ap￭ han￭ ta￭ sia research on the subject is still scarce but further studies are being planned
ap￭ ha￭ sia is an inability to comprehend and formulate language because of dysfunction in specific brain regions caused either by a cere￭ br￭ al vascular accident c￭ va which is also known as a stroke or head trauma such as with a con￭ cus￭ sion ap￭ ha￭ sia can cause impair￭ ments in speech and language modalities to be diagnosed with ap￭ ha￭ sia a person s speech or language must be significantly impaired in one or several of the four communication modalities following acquired brain injury or have significant decline over a short time period progressive ap￭ ha￭ sia the four communication modalities are aud￭ itory comprehension verbal expression reading and writing and functional communication the difficulties of people with ap￭ ha￭ sia can range from occasional trouble finding words to losing the ability to speak read or write intelligence however is unaffected ap￭ ha￭ sia also affects visual language such as sign language in contrast the use of formul￭ a￭ ic expressions in everyday communication is often preserved one prevalent deficit in the ap￭ ha￭ si￭ as is anom￭ ia which is a deficit in word finding ability the term ap￭ ha￭ sia implies that one or more communication modalities have been damaged and are therefore functioning incorrectly ap￭ ha￭ sia does not refer to damage to the brain that results in motor or sensory deficits as it is not related to speech which is the verbal aspect of communicating but rather the individual s language an individual s language is the socially shared set of rules as well as the thought processes that go behind verb￭ alized speech it is not a result of a more peripheral motor or sensory difficulty such as paralysis affecting the speech muscles or a general hearing impairment ap￭ ha￭ sia is from greek a without ph￭ á￭ sis φά￭ σ￭ ις speech the word ap￭ ha￭ sia comes from the word ἀ￭ φα￭ σ￭ ία ap￭ ha￭ sia in ancient greek which means spe￭ ech￭ lessness derived from ἄ￭ φ￭ ατ￭ ος ap￭ hat￭ os spe￭ ech￭ less from ἀ a not un and φ￭ η￭ μ￭ ί ph￭ emi i speak
in ph￭ one￭ tics ap￭ her￭ esis ə￭ ˈ￭ f￭ ɛ￭ r￭ ᵻ￭ s￭ ɪ￭ s ə￭ ˈ￭ f￭ ɪ￭ ə￭ r￭ ᵻ￭ s￭ ɪ￭ s british english ap￭ ha￭ er￭ esis is the loss of one or more sounds from the beginning of a word especially the loss of an un￭ stressed vo￭ wel thus producing a new form called an ap￭ he￭ tism ˈ￭ æ￭ f￭ ɪ￭ t￭ ɪ￭ z￭ ᵊ￭ m
aph￭ th￭ ous stom￭ ati￭ tis is a common condition characterized by the repeated formation of benign and non contagious mouth ul￭ cers aph￭ th￭ ae in otherwise healthy individuals the informal term can￭ ker so￭ res is also used mainly in north america although this may also refer to any mouth ul￭ cer the cause is not completely understood but involves a t cell medi￭ ated immune response triggered by a variety of factors different individuals have different triggers which may include nutritional deficiencies local trauma stress hormonal influences allergies genetic pre￭ disposition or other factors these ul￭ cers occur periodically and heal completely between attacks in the majority of cases the individual ul￭ cers last about 7 – 10 days and ul￭ cer￭ ation episodes occur 3 – 6 times per year most appear on the non ker￭ at￭ ini￭ zing epi￭ the￭ li￭ al surfaces in the mouth i e anywhere except the attached g￭ ing￭ iva the hard pal￭ ate and the dor￭ sum of the tongue although the more severe forms which are less common may also involve ker￭ at￭ ini￭ zing epi￭ the￭ li￭ al surfaces symptoms range from a minor nuisance to interfering with eating and drinking the severe forms may be deb￭ il￭ itating even causing weight loss due to malnutrition the condition is very common affecting about 20 of the general population to some degree the onset is often during childhood or adoles￭ cence and the condition usually lasts for several years before gradually disappearing there is no cure and treatments aim to manage pain reduce healing time and reduce the frequency of episodes of ul￭ cer￭ ation the term is from from greek αφ￭ θα aph￭ tha meaning mouth ul￭ cer
ap￭ ical dominance is the phenomenon whereby the main central stem of the plant is dominant over i e grows more strongly than other side stems on a branch the main stem of the branch is further dominant over its own side bran￭ ch￭ lets plant physi￭ ology describes ap￭ ical dominance as the control exerted by the terminal bud and shoot ap￭ ex over the out￭ growth of lateral bu￭ ds
ap￭ i￭ co￭ phil￭ icity is the phenomenon in which electro￭ negative substitu￭ ents of tri￭ g￭ onal bi￭ pyram￭ idal pen￭ ta￭ coordinate compounds prefer to occupy ap￭ ical positions lap the term ap￭ i￭ co￭ phil￭ icity was first proposed by earl l mu￭ et￭ ter￭ ties in 1963 for the structural analysis of pen￭ ta￭ coordinate phosphorus flu￭ ori￭ des by 19 f n￭ mr since the ap￭ ical bon￭ ding of a pen￭ ta￭ coordinate typical group 1 2 13 18 element compound consists of a 3 center 4 electr￭ on bond in which the electr￭ on density is loc￭ alized on two ap￭ ical substitu￭ ents an arrangement in which electro￭ negative substitu￭ ents occupy ap￭ ical positions is more stable the ap￭ i￭ co￭ phil￭ icity of a substitu￭ ent is defined as the difference in energy between two isom￭ eric structures in which the substitu￭ ent occupies an ap￭ ical position and an equatorial position le￭ q experim￭ entally instead of direct measurement of the energy difference which is usually difficult to measure the relative energy barriers for pseu￭ doro￭ tation of isom￭ ers are used for determination of the ap￭ i￭ co￭ phil￭ icity scale some experimental and theoretical studies have been made to measure relative ap￭ i￭ co￭ phil￭ ic￭ ities for various substitu￭ ents the ap￭ i￭ co￭ phil￭ icity of a substitu￭ ent mainly depends on its electro￭ neg￭ ativity but some other factors can also have an effect a bul￭ ky substitu￭ ent prefers equatorial positions which are more distant from other substitu￭ ents a substitu￭ ent with π bon￭ ding ability also prefers equatorial positions the use of multi￭ d￭ ent￭ ate lig￭ ands can also control the arrangement of substitu￭ ents for example a bi￭ d￭ ent￭ ate lig￭ and with a five memb￭ ered ring structure greatly stabili￭ zes the arrangement in which their two coordination sites occupy an ap￭ ical and an equatorial position p￭ cl￭ f 4 pc￭ l 2 f 3 pc￭ l 3 f 2 pc￭ l 4 f
ap￭ la￭ sia from greek a not no plas￭ is mol￭ ding is defined in general as defective development or con￭ genital absence of an organ or tissue in the field of hem￭ at￭ ology the term refers to incomplete retar￭ ded or defective development or cessation of the usual regener￭ ative process
ap￭ la￭ sia cu￭ tis con￭ gen￭ ita also known as cu￭ tis ap￭ la￭ sia con￭ genital absence of skin and con￭ genital scars is the most common con￭ genital cic￭ at￭ ric￭ ial al￭ op￭ ec￭ ia and is a con￭ genital focal absence of ep￭ id￭ er￭ mis with or without evidence of other layers of the skin it can be associated with jo￭ han￭ son bli￭ zz￭ ard syndrome ad￭ ams oliver syndrome tr￭ is￭ omy 13 and wolf hir￭ sch￭ horn syndrome it can also seen with exposure to meth￭ im￭ azole and carb￭ im￭ azole in uter￭ o this der￭ mat￭ ological manifestation has been linked to pep￭ ti￭ d￭ ase d hap￭ lo￭ in￭ sufficiency and a deletion in chro￭ mo￭ some 19
ap￭ l￭ astic an￭ emia is a rare disease in which the bone marrow and the hem￭ ato￭ po￭ ie￭ tic stem cells that reside there are damaged this causes a deficiency of all three blood cell types pan￭ cy￭ top￭ enia red blood cells an￭ emia white blood cells leuk￭ open￭ ia and plat￭ el￭ ets thro￭ m￭ bo￭ cy￭ top￭ enia ap￭ l￭ astic refers to inability of the stem cells to generate mature blood cells it is most prevalent in people in their teens and tw￭ en￭ ties but is also common among the elderly it can be caused by exposure to chemicals drugs radiation immune disease and here￭ dity however in about half the cases the cause is unknown the definitive diagnosis is by bone marrow biopsy normal bone marrow has 30 – 70 blood stem cells but in ap￭ l￭ astic an￭ emia these cells are mostly gone and replaced by fat first line treatment for ap￭ l￭ astic an￭ emia consists of immun￭ o￭ sup￭ pres￭ sive drugs typically either anti lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ te glob￭ ulin or anti thy￭ mo￭ cy￭ te glob￭ ulin combined with cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ster￭ oids and cic￭ los￭ por￭ in hem￭ ato￭ po￭ ie￭ tic stem cell transplantation is also used especially for patients under 30 years of age with a related matched marrow donor
ap￭ ne￭ a of pre￭ maturity is defined as cessation of breathing by a premature infant that lasts for more than 20 seconds and or is accompanied by hypo￭ x￭ ia or brad￭ y￭ car￭ dia ap￭ ne￭ a is traditionally classified as either obstruc￭ tive central or mixed obstruc￭ tive ap￭ ne￭ a may occur when the infant s neck is hyper￭ fl￭ ex￭ ed or conversely hyper￭ extended it may also occur due to low phar￭ yn￭ ge￭ al muscle tone or to infl￭ amm￭ ation of the soft tissues which can block the flow of air though the phar￭ yn￭ x and vocal cords central ap￭ ne￭ a occurs when there is a lack of respiratory effort this may result from central nervous system im￭ maturity or from the effects of medications or illness many episodes of ap￭ ne￭ a of pre￭ maturity may start as either obstruc￭ tive or central but then involve elements of both becoming mixed in nature
ap￭ ne￭ us￭ tic respir￭ ation a k a ap￭ ne￭ us￭ is is an abnormal pattern of breathing characterized by deep gasping inspiration with a pause at full inspiration followed by a brief insufficient release accompanying signs and symptoms may include dec￭ ere￭ br￭ ate posturing fixed dil￭ ated pupils coma or profound stu￭ por quad￭ ri￭ pa￭ res￭ is absent cor￭ ne￭ al reflex negative oc￭ ul￭ o￭ cephal￭ ic reflex and obliter￭ ation of the ga￭ g reflex
in ph￭ on￭ ology apo￭ cope ə￭ ˈ￭ p￭ ɒ￭ k￭ ə￭ pi￭ ː is the loss of one or more sounds from the end of a word and especially the loss of an un￭ stressed vo￭ wel
apo￭ cr￭ ine g￭ land carcin￭ oma is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by skin le￭ sions which form in the ax￭ illa or ano￭ genital regions
an apo￭ cr￭ ine nev￭ us is an extremely rare cu￭ taneous condition that is composed of hyper￭ plastic mature apo￭ cr￭ ine g￭ lands
a￭ poli￭ po￭ protein b deficiency also known as famili￭ al defective a￭ poli￭ po￭ protein b 100 is an auto￭ som￭ al dominant disorder resulting from a mis￭ sense mutation which reduces the aff￭ inity of apo￭ b 100 for the low density li￭ po￭ protein recep￭ tor ld￭ l recep￭ tor see native ld￭ l apo￭ b structure at 37 ° c on you￭ tube this causes impair￭ ments in ld￭ l cat￭ abol￭ ism resulting in increased levels of low density li￭ po￭ protein in the blood the clinical manifestations are similar to diseases produced by mutations of the ld￭ l recep￭ tor such as famili￭ al hyper￭ cho￭ le￭ ster￭ ol￭ emia treatment may include ni￭ ac￭ in or stati￭ n or e￭ ze￭ timi￭ be it is also known as nor￭ mo￭ tri￭ gly￭ cer￭ i￭ dem￭ ic hypo￭ bet￭ ali￭ po￭ prote￭ in￭ emia
a￭ pol￭ ysis ancient greek ἀ￭ π￭ ό￭ λ￭ υ￭ σ￭ ις discharge lit ab￭ solution is the separation of the cu￭ tic￭ ula from the ep￭ id￭ er￭ mis in ar￭ thro￭ pods and related groups ec￭ dy￭ so￭ zo￭ a since the cu￭ tic￭ ula of these animals is also the sk￭ el￭ etal support of the body and is in￭ elastic it is shed during growth and a new covering of larger dimensions is formed during this process an ar￭ thro￭ pod becomes dormant for a period of time enzymes are secre￭ ted to dig￭ est the inner layers of the existing cu￭ tic￭ le det￭ aching the animal from the outer cu￭ tic￭ le this allows the new cu￭ tic￭ le to develop without being exposed to the environmental elements after a￭ pol￭ ysis ec￭ d￭ ysis occurs ec￭ d￭ ysis is the actual emergence of the ar￭ thro￭ pod into the environment and always occurs directly after a￭ pol￭ ysis the newly emerged animal then hard￭ ens and continues its life
an apor￭ im￭ e is a problem difficult to resolve and which has never been resolved though it may not be in itself impossible the word is derived from the greek ἄ￭ πο￭ ρο￭ ν which signifies something very difficult and impracticable being formed from the priv￭ ative α and π￭ ό￭ ρο￭ ς passage when a question was proposed to any of the ancient greek philosophers especially of the sect of academ￭ ists if he could not give a solution his answer was ἀ￭ πο￭ ρο￭ ῶ q d i do not conceive it i cannot see through it i am not able to clear it up
a￭ pos￭ thia is a rare con￭ genital condition in humans in which the fores￭ kin of the penis is missing toward the end of the nineteenth century e s tal￭ bot claimed in medicine that a￭ pos￭ thia among jews was evidence for the now discredited lam￭ ar￭ ck￭ ian theory of evolution in his work the variation of animals and plants under domes￭ tication charles darwin also mentioned cases of born circum￭ c￭ ised babies as conclusive evidence for the now discredited blending inheritance it is likely that the cases he described were actually hypo￭ sp￭ adi￭ as a condition in which the ur￭ inary me￭ atus is on the under￭ side of the penis neither condition has been shown to have a higher frequency in jews or muslims
a￭ pot￭ em￭ no￭ phi￭ lia is a neuro￭ logical disorder characterized by the intense and long standing desire for ampu￭ tation of a specific limb or a need to become paralyzed blind or deaf another more recent term for it is body integrity identity disorder bi￭ id in which otherwise san￭ e and rational individuals express a strong and specific desire for the ampu￭ tation of a healthy limb or limbs a￭ pot￭ em￭ no￭ phi￭ lia has features in common with som￭ at￭ op￭ ar￭ aph￭ ren￭ ia some a￭ pot￭ em￭ no￭ ph￭ iles seek surgeons to perform an ampu￭ tation or purpose￭ fully inj￭ ure a limb in order to force emergency medical ampu￭ tation a separate definition of a￭ pot￭ em￭ no￭ phi￭ lia is erotic interest in being or looking like an ampu￭ tee this separate definition should not be confused with acro￭ tom￭ ophi￭ lia which is the erotic interest in people who are ampu￭ tees a￭ pot￭ em￭ no￭ phi￭ lia was first described in a 1977 article by psychologists greg￭ g fur￭ th and john money a￭ pot￭ em￭ no￭ phi￭ lia two cases of self demand ampu￭ tation as par￭ ap￭ hi￭ lia more recently 2008 v s ram￭ ach￭ andr￭ an david bran￭ g and paul d mc￭ geo￭ ch have proposed that it is a neuro￭ logical disorder caused by an incomplete body image map in the right par￭ ie￭ tal lo￭ be however the notion of a body image map loc￭ alized to one area of the brain is not supported by contemporary neuro￭ science the par￭ ie￭ tal cor￭ tex has widely distributed functional neuro￭ nal networks and the prospect that the body image in the brain could be loc￭ alized to some specific cere￭ br￭ al location has not stood the test of time with our changing views of ne￭ ural activity and integration from the neuro￭ anatom￭ ical point of view there can be no strict loc￭ alization of the perceived body the study carried out david bran￭ g paul mc￭ geo￭ ch and v s ram￭ ach￭ andr￭ an in 2008 was only able to work with two subjects in 2011 paul mc￭ geo￭ ch et al published the results of an experiment in which they were able to obtain meg images of the par￭ ie￭ tal lob￭ es for four research subjects three of whom desired ampu￭ tation mc￭ geo￭ ch and his co researchers concluded that the images suggest that inadequate activation of the right superior par￭ ie￭ tal lo￭ be sp￭ l leads to the unnatural situation in which the sufferers can feel the limb in question being touched without it actually incorporating into their body image with a resulting desire for ampu￭ tation michael first a psychiatrist at columbia university has pointed out that the theory advanced by ram￭ ach￭ andr￭ an and his colleagues fails to account for the fact that people who desire ampu￭ tation of a limb sometimes change their preference as to which limb they would like to have am￭ put￭ ated in 2011 a group of researchers at the university of southern california brain and creativity institute proposed an alternative hypothesis these researchers proposed that individuals with bi￭ id may have a discrepancy between the commands from the motor cor￭ tex to the par￭ ie￭ tal lo￭ be and from the sensory feedback to the same regions in the par￭ ie￭ tal lo￭ be this theory was based on the discovery that individuals who desire ampu￭ tation sometimes experience phantom limbs after ampu￭ tation
apparent leuk￭ ony￭ ch￭ ia is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by white dis￭ color￭ ation of the nail that f￭ ades with pressure
apparent life threatening events al￭ te also known as a brief resolved un￭ explained event bru￭ e is when a baby for less than a minute has one or more of blu￭ ish skin poor breathing weakness or poor responsiveness by the time they are assessed in a healthcare environment they must be back to normal
apparent miner￭ al￭ oc￭ or￭ ti￭ co￭ id excess ame is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive disorder causing hyper￭ tension high blood pressure and hypo￭ kal￭ emia abnormally low levels of potassium the condition responds to glu￭ co￭ cor￭ ti￭ co￭ id treatment it results from mutations in the h￭ s￭ d 11 b 2 gene which en￭ codes the kidney iso￭ zy￭ me of 11 β hydroxy￭ ster￭ o￭ id de￭ hydro￭ gen￭ ase type 2 in an unaffected individual this iso￭ zy￭ me in￭ activ￭ ates circulating cor￭ ti￭ sol to the less active metabol￭ ite cor￭ tis￭ one the in￭ activating mutation leads to elevated local concentrations of cor￭ ti￭ sol in the kidney cor￭ ti￭ sol at high concentrations can cross react and activate the miner￭ al￭ oc￭ or￭ ti￭ co￭ id recep￭ tor leading to al￭ do￭ ster￭ one like effects in the kidney this is what causes the hypo￭ kal￭ emia hyper￭ tension and hyper￭ nat￭ re￭ mia associated with the syndrome other conditions such as li￭ ddle s syndrome can mim￭ ic the clinical features of ame so diagnosis can be made by calculating the ratio of free ur￭ inary cor￭ ti￭ sol to free ur￭ inary cor￭ tis￭ one since ame patients create less cor￭ tis￭ one the ratio will much be higher than non affected patients alternatively one could differentiate between the two syndro￭ mes by administering a potassium spar￭ ing di￭ u￭ re￭ tic patients with li￭ ddle s syndrome will only respond to a di￭ u￭ re￭ tic that binds the en￭ ac channel whereas those with ame will respond to a di￭ u￭ re￭ tic that binds to en￭ ac or the miner￭ al￭ cor￭ ti￭ co￭ id recep￭ tor ame is exceedingly rare with fewer than 100 cases recorded worldwide liqu￭ or￭ ice consumption may also cause a temporary form of ame due to its ability to block 11 β hydroxy￭ ster￭ o￭ id de￭ hydro￭ gen￭ ase type 2 in turn causing increased levels of cor￭ ti￭ sol cessation of lic￭ or￭ ice consumption will reverse this form of ame
in freshwater or marine systems apparent oxygen utilisation a￭ ou is the difference between the measured dissolved oxygen concentration and its equilibrium satur￭ ation concentration in water with the same physical and chemical properties such differences typically occur when biological activity acts to change the ambient concentration of oxygen for example primary production liber￭ ates oxygen and increases its concentration while respir￭ ation consumes it and decreases its concentration consequently the a￭ ou of a water sample represents the sum of the biological activity that the sample has experienced since it was last in equilibrium with the atmosphere in shallow water systems e g lakes the full water column is generally in close contact with the atmosphere so oxygen concentrations are typically close to satur￭ ation a￭ ou values are low in deep water systems e g oceans water can be out of contact with the atmosphere for extremely long periods of time years decades centuries and large a￭ ou values are possible
appeal to motive is a pattern of argument which consists in challenging a thesis by calling into question the motives of its propos￭ er it can be considered as a special case of the ad hom￭ in￭ em circum￭ stan￭ tial argument as such this type of argument may be an informal fall￭ acy a common feature of appeals to motive is that only the possibility of a motive however small is shown without showing the motive actually existed or if the motive did exist that the motive played a role in forming the argument and its conclusion indeed it is often assumed that the mere possibility of motive is evidence enough
the appe￭ l reaction is an organic reaction that conver￭ ts an alcohol into an al￭ ky￭ l chloride using tri￭ phen￭ yl￭ phosp￭ h￭ ine and carbon tetr￭ ach￭ l￭ oride the use of carbon tetr￭ ab￭ ro￭ mi￭ de or bro￭ mine as a hali￭ de source will yield al￭ ky￭ l bromi￭ des whereas using carbon tetr￭ ai￭ o￭ di￭ de methyl io￭ di￭ de or i￭ od￭ ine gives al￭ ky￭ l io￭ di￭ des the reaction is credited to and named after ro￭ lf appe￭ l it had however been described earlier the use of this reaction is becoming less common due to carbon tetr￭ ach￭ l￭ oride being restricted under the montreal protocol the appe￭ l reaction drawbacks to the reaction are the use of toxic halo￭ gen￭ ating agents and the co￭ production of organ￭ op￭ hosp￭ hor￭ us product that must be separated from the organic product the phosphorus re￭ agent can be used in catalytic quantities the corresponding al￭ ky￭ l bromide can also be syn￭ thes￭ ised by addition of lith￭ ium bromide as a source of bromide ions catalytic appe￭ l reaction scheme
append￭ ic￭ i￭ tis is infl￭ amm￭ ation of the appendix append￭ ic￭ i￭ tis commonly presents with right lower ab￭ domin￭ al pain naus￭ ea v￭ om￭ iting and decreased appetite however approximately 40 of people do not have these typical signs and symptoms severe complications of a rup￭ tured appendix include widespread painful infl￭ amm￭ ation of the inner lining of the ab￭ domin￭ al wall and sep￭ sis append￭ ic￭ i￭ tis is caused by a block￭ age of the hollow portion of the appendix most commonly by a calci￭ fied stone made of f￭ ec￭ es infl￭ amed lymp￭ ho￭ id tissue from a viral infection parasites gall￭ stone or tumors may also cause the block￭ age this block￭ age leads to increased pressures in the appendix decreased blood flow to the tissues of the appendix and bacterial growth inside the appendix causing infl￭ amm￭ ation the combination of infl￭ amm￭ ation reduced blood flow to the appendix and dist￭ ention of the appendix causes tissue injury and tissue death if this process is left untreated the appendix may burst releasing bacteria into the ab￭ domin￭ al cav￭ ity leading to severe ab￭ domin￭ al pain and increased complications the diagnosis of append￭ ic￭ i￭ tis is largely based on the person s signs and symptoms in cases where the diagnosis cannot be made based on the person s history and physical exam close observation radio￭ graphic imaging and laboratory tests can be helpful the two most common imaging tests used are ul￭ tras￭ ound and compu￭ ted tom￭ o￭ graphy ct scan ct scan has been shown to be more accurate than ul￭ tras￭ ound in detecting acute append￭ ic￭ i￭ tis however ul￭ tras￭ ound may be preferred as the first imaging test in children and pregnant women because of the risks associated with radiation exposure from ct sc￭ ans the standard treatment for acute append￭ ic￭ i￭ tis is surgical removal of the appendix this may be done by an open inc￭ ision in the ab￭ dom￭ en l￭ apar￭ o￭ tomy or through a few smaller incis￭ ions with the help of cameras l￭ apar￭ o￭ sco￭ py surgery decreases the risk of side effects or death associated with rupture of the appendix antibiotics may be equally effective in certain cases of non rup￭ tured append￭ ic￭ i￭ tis it is one of the most common and significant causes of severe ab￭ domin￭ al pain that comes on quickly worldwide in 2013 about 16 million cases of append￭ ic￭ i￭ tis occurred this resulted in 72 000 deaths globally in the united states append￭ ic￭ i￭ tis is the most common cause of acute ab￭ domin￭ al pain requiring surgery each year in the united states more than 300 000 people with append￭ ic￭ i￭ tis have their appendix sur￭ g￭ ically removed reg￭ in￭ ald fit￭ z is credited with being the first person to describe the condition in a paper published in 18￭ 86
appendix cancer or append￭ ice￭ al cancers are rare m￭ align￭ ancies of the ver￭ mi￭ form appendix gastro￭ intest￭ inal st￭ rom￭ al tumors are rare tumors with m￭ align￭ ant potential primary lymp￭ hom￭ as can occur in the appendix breast cancer col￭ on cancer and tumors of the female genital tract may me￭ tast￭ asi￭ ze to the appendix
appetite is the desire to eat food sometimes due to hunger appealing foods can stimulate appetite even when hunger is absent appetite exists in all higher life forms and serves to regulate adequate energy intake to maintain metabol￭ ic needs it is regulated by a close interplay between the dig￭ estive tract adi￭ pose tissue and the brain appetite has a relationship with every individual s behavior appeti￭ tive and consum￭ matory behavi￭ ours are the only processes that involve energy intake whereas all other behavi￭ ours affect the release of energy when stressed appetite levels may increase and result in an increase of food intake decreased desire to eat is termed an￭ ore￭ x￭ ia while poly￭ p￭ ha￭ gia or hyper￭ p￭ ha￭ gia is increased eating dys￭ regulation of appetite contributes to an￭ ore￭ x￭ ia ner￭ vo￭ sa bu￭ li￭ mia ner￭ vo￭ sa c￭ ach￭ ex￭ ia over￭ eating and binge eating disorder
an apple doll is a north american cultural phenomenon where the doll s head is made from dried apples the apple is peeled then carved with the facial features of the doll next the apple is left to dry for several days or weeks when completely dry the apple is positioned on the top of a wire frame which is shaped into the rest of the doll s body the rest of the wire frame is covered up by the doll s clothing which is usually se￭ wn by hand in modern times apple dol￭ ls are mostly used as decor￭ ations or to display craf￭ ts￭ manship rather than as children s toys because of the different effects drying produces no two dol￭ ls are alike
apple sc￭ ab is a disease of mal￭ us trees such as apple trees caused by the as￭ com￭ y￭ ce￭ te fun￭ gus vent￭ ur￭ ia in￭ a￭ equ￭ alis the disease manifests as dull black or grey brown le￭ sions on the surface of tree leaves bu￭ ds or fruits le￭ sions may also appear less frequently on the woody tissues of the tree fruits and the under￭ sides of leaves are especially susceptible the disease rarely kills its host but can significantly reduce fruit yields and fruit quality affected fruits are less marketable due to the presence of the black fun￭ gal le￭ sions
applied ecology is a sub￭ field within ecology which considers the application of the science of ecology to real world usually management questions it is an integrated treatment of the ecological social and biotechnological aspects of natural resource conservation and management it is also called ecological or environmental technology applied ecology typically focuses on ge￭ om￭ or￭ pho￭ logy soils and plant communities as the underpin￭ nings for vegetation and wildlife both game and non game management aspects of applied ecology include agro ecosystem management biodiversity conservation biotechnology conservation biology ecosystem restoration habitat management invasive species management protected areas management rang￭ eland management restoration ecology major journals in the field include journal of applied ecology ecological applications applied ecology and environmental research related organizations include institute for applied ecology usa kazak￭ h agency of applied ecology ö￭ ko institut institute for applied ecology in germany
in mathematics and computer science apply is a function that applies functions to arguments it is central to programming languages derived from lam￭ b￭ da calcul￭ us such as lis￭ p and scheme and also in functional languages it has a role in the study of the den￭ ot￭ ational sem￭ an￭ tics of computer programs because it is a continuous function on complete partial orders apply is also a continuous function in hom￭ ot￭ op￭ y theory and indeed underpins the entire theory it allows a hom￭ ot￭ op￭ y de￭ formation to be viewed as a continuous path in the space of functions likewise valid mutations ref￭ ac￭ tor￭ ings of computer programs can be seen as those that are continuous in the scott topo￭ logy the most general setting for apply is in category theory where it is right ad￭ joint to cur￭ rying in closed mono￭ idal categories a special case of this are the car￭ te￭ sian closed categories whose internal language is simply ty￭ ped lam￭ b￭ da calcul￭ us
ap￭ ra￭ x￭ ia is a motor disorder caused by damage to the brain specifically the poster￭ ior par￭ ie￭ tal cor￭ tex in which the individual has difficulty with the motor planning to perform tasks or movements when asked provided that the request or command is understood and he she is willing to perform the task a person with ap￭ ra￭ x￭ ia cannot move his or her lips or tongue to the right place to say sounds correctly because even though the muscles are not weak the messages from the brain to the mouth are disrupted the nature of the brain damage determines the severity
ap￭ ra￭ x￭ ia of speech a￭ os is an acquired oral motor speech disorder affecting an individual s ability to translate conscious speech plans into motor plans which results in limited and difficult speech ability by the definition of ap￭ ra￭ x￭ ia a￭ os affects vo￭ li￭ tional will￭ ful or purposeful movement patterns however a￭ os usually also affects automatic speech individuals with a￭ os have difficulty connecting speech messages from the brain to the mouth a￭ os is a loss of prior speech ability resulting from a brain injury such as a stroke or progressive illness developmental verbal dy￭ spra￭ x￭ ia dvd also known as childhood ap￭ ra￭ x￭ ia of speech cas and developmental ap￭ ra￭ x￭ ia of speech das is an inability to utili￭ ze motor planning to perform movements necessary for speech during a child s language learning process although the causes differ between a￭ os and dvd the main characteristics and treatments are similar
a￭ pro￭ so￭ dia is a neuro￭ logical condition characterized by the inability of a person to properly convey or interpret emotional pro￭ so￭ dy pro￭ so￭ dy in language refers to the ranges of rhythm pitch stress int￭ on￭ ation etc these neuro￭ logical deficits can be the result of damage of some form to the non dominant hemisphere areas of language production the prevalence of a￭ pro￭ so￭ di￭ as in individuals is currently unknown as testing for a￭ pro￭ so￭ dia secondary to other brain injury is only a recent occurrence
ap￭ tery is the anatom￭ ical condition of an animal completely lacking any kind of wings an animal with this condition is said to be ap￭ ter￭ ous most animal species belong to and are phy￭ log￭ ene￭ tic descendants of ap￭ ter￭ ous tax￭ a these groups are said to be primarily ap￭ ter￭ ous ap￭ ter￭ ous animals which belong to or are phy￭ log￭ ene￭ tic descendants of wing￭ ed tax￭ a are said to be secon￭ d￭ arily ap￭ ter￭ ous
in path￭ ology an ap￭ u￭ dom￭ a is an endocrine tum￭ our that arises from an ap￭ ud cell from structures such as the am￭ pul￭ la of v￭ ater they are derived from ne￭ ural c￭ rest cells the term dates back to at least 1975 because the label ap￭ u￭ dom￭ a is very general it is preferred to use a more specific term when possible
aqu￭ ad￭ y￭ nia is a variant of aqu￭ agen￭ ic pr￭ ur￭ it￭ us and characterized by a widespread burning pain that lasts 15 to 45 minutes after water exposure
aqu￭ agen￭ ic pr￭ ur￭ it￭ us is a skin condition characterized by the development of severe intense pr￭ ick￭ ling like ep￭ id￭ er￭ mal it￭ ching without observ￭ able skin le￭ sions and ev￭ oked by contact with water
aqu￭ agen￭ ic ur￭ tic￭ aria also known as water allergy and water ur￭ tic￭ aria is a rarely diagnosed form of physical ur￭ tic￭ aria the defining symptom is a painful skin reaction resulting from contact with water it is sometimes described as an allergy although it is not a true hist￭ amine releasing allergic reaction like other forms of ur￭ tic￭ aria this seems to not be affected by different temperatures of water such as cold or hot or chemicals such as fluor￭ ine and chlorine since it is reproduced with distilled water and medical sal￭ ine
aqu￭ arium gran￭ ul￭ oma also known as fish tank gran￭ ul￭ oma and swimming pool gran￭ ul￭ oma is a skin condition caused by my￭ co￭ bacter￭ ium marin￭ um characterized by a skin le￭ sion that presents roughly three weeks after exposure
aqu￭ educ￭ tal sten￭ osis is a narrowing of the aqu￭ educ￭ t of syl￭ vi￭ us which blocks the flow of cere￭ bro￭ spinal fluid c￭ sf in the ven￭ tric￭ ular system block￭ age of the aqu￭ educ￭ t can lead to hydro￭ cephal￭ us specifically as a common cause of con￭ genital and or obstruc￭ tive hydro￭ cephal￭ us the aqu￭ educ￭ t of syl￭ vi￭ us is the channel which connects the third ven￭ tric￭ le to the fourth ven￭ tric￭ le and is the narro￭ west part of the c￭ sf path￭ way with a mean cross sectional area of 0 5 mm 2 in children and 0 8 mm 2 in adults because of its small size the aqu￭ educ￭ t is the most likely place for a block￭ age of c￭ sf in the ven￭ tric￭ ular system this block￭ age causes ven￭ tric￭ le volume to increase because the c￭ sf cannot flow out of the ven￭ tric￭ les and cannot be effectively absorbed by the surrounding tissue of the ven￭ tric￭ les increased volume of the ven￭ tric￭ les will result in higher pressure within the ven￭ tric￭ les and cause higher pressure in the cor￭ tex from it being pushed into the skull a person may have aqu￭ educ￭ tal sten￭ osis for years without any symptoms and a head trauma hemorrha￭ ge or infection could suddenly invoke those symptoms and worsen the block￭ age
ar￭ ach￭ no￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly spider fingers or ach￭ rom￭ achi￭ a is a condition in which the fingers and toes are abnormally long and sl￭ ender in comparison to the palm of the hand and arch of the foot also the individual s thum￭ bs tend to also be pulled in￭ wards towards the palm it can be present at birth or develop in later life
ar￭ ach￭ no￭ id cy￭ sts are cere￭ bro￭ spinal fluid covered by ar￭ ach￭ no￭ idal cells and coll￭ agen that may develop between the surface of the brain and the cran￭ ial base or on the ar￭ ach￭ no￭ id memb￭ rane one of the three memb￭ ran￭ es that cover the brain and the spinal cord ar￭ ach￭ no￭ id cy￭ sts are a con￭ genital disorder and most cases begin during infancy however onset may be delayed until adoles￭ cence
ar￭ ach￭ no￭ idi￭ tis is an infl￭ am￭ matory condition of the ar￭ ach￭ no￭ id mat￭ er or ar￭ ach￭ no￭ id one of the memb￭ ran￭ es known as men￭ inges that surround and protect the nerves of the central nervous system including the brain and spinal cord the ar￭ ach￭ no￭ id can become infl￭ amed because of adverse reactions to chemicals infection from bacteria or viruses as the result of direct injury to the sp￭ ine chronic compression of spinal nerves complications from spinal surgery or other invasive spinal procedures or the accidental intra￭ th￭ ec￭ al injection of ster￭ oids intended for the ep￭ id￭ ural space infl￭ amm￭ ation can sometimes lead to the formation of scar tissue and adhe￭ sion that can make the spinal nerves stick together a condition where such tissue develops in and between the le￭ p￭ tom￭ en￭ inges the condition can be extremely painful especially when progressing to adhe￭ sive ar￭ ach￭ no￭ idi￭ tis another form of the condition is ar￭ ach￭ no￭ idi￭ tis os￭ si￭ fic￭ ans in which the ar￭ ach￭ no￭ id becomes os￭ si￭ fied or turns to bone and is thought to be a late stage complic￭ ation of the adhe￭ sive form of ar￭ ach￭ no￭ idi￭ tis
ar￭ ach￭ no￭ pho￭ bia or ar￭ ach￭ ne￭ pho￭ bia is a specific pho￭ bia the fear of sp￭ id￭ ers and other ar￭ ach￭ ni￭ ds such as s￭ corp￭ ions the word is from from greek ἀ￭ ρ￭ ά￭ χ￭ ν￭ η ar￭ á￭ ch￭ n￭ ē meaning spider and φ￭ ό￭ β￭ ος ph￭ ó￭ bos meaning fear
ar￭ ago s ro￭ tations is an observ￭ able phenomenon and effect discovered by françois ar￭ ago in 18￭ 24 in the effect as a copper dis￭ c is rot￭ ated in its own plane and if a magnetic needle be freely suspended on a pivo￭ t over the dis￭ c the needle will rot￭ ate with the dis￭ c on the other hand if the needle is fixed it will tend to ret￭ ard the motion of the dis￭ c
ar￭ ak￭ awa s syndrome ii is an auto￭ som￭ al dominant metabol￭ ic disorder that causes a deficiency of the enzyme te￭ tra￭ hydro￭ fol￭ ate meth￭ yl￭ transfer￭ ase affected individuals cannot properly met￭ abo￭ li￭ ze meth￭ yl￭ co￭ bal￭ am￭ in a type of vitamin b 12 it is also called meth￭ ion￭ ine syn￭ th￭ ase deficiency te￭ tra￭ hydro￭ fol￭ ate meth￭ yl￭ transfer￭ ase deficiency syndrome and n 5 meth￭ yl￭ hom￭ oc￭ y￭ ste￭ ine transfer￭ ase deficiency
ar￭ bo￭ virus is a term used to refer to a group of viruses that are transmitted by ar￭ thro￭ pod vectors the word ar￭ bo￭ virus is an acron￭ ym ar￭ thro￭ pod borne virus symptoms of ar￭ bo￭ virus infection generally occur 3 – 15 days after exposure to the virus and last 3 or 4 days the most common clinical features of infection are fever headache and malaise but en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis and hemorrha￭ gic fever may also occur the word ti￭ bo￭ virus tick borne virus is sometimes used to describe viruses transmitted by tic￭ ks a super￭ order within the ar￭ thro￭ pods
ar￭ bo￭ virus en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis refers to en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis that is caused by ar￭ bo￭ virus infection there are many types of ar￭ bo￭ viral en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ ti￭ des found in the united states examples include california en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis japanese en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis st louis en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis tick borne en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis west nile fever murray valley en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis
an ar￭ can￭ ob￭ ac￭ ter￭ ium ha￭ emol￭ y￭ tic￭ um infection is any of several types of infection with the gram positive bac￭ ill￭ us ar￭ can￭ ob￭ ac￭ ter￭ ium ha￭ emol￭ y￭ tic￭ um it can cause an acute phar￭ yn￭ gi￭ tis and it may cause an ex￭ anthem characterized by an er￭ y￭ them￭ at￭ ous mor￭ bil￭ li￭ form or scar￭ lat￭ ini￭ form eruption involving the trunk and extre￭ mi￭ ties
architectural design optimi￭ zation ado is a sub￭ field of engineering that uses optimi￭ zation methods to study aid and solve architectural design problems such as optimal flo￭ or￭ plan layout design optimal circulation paths between rooms and the like
an archive is an accumulation of historical records or the physical place they are located archives contain primary source documents that have accumulated over the course of an individual or organization s lifetime and are kept to show the function of that person or organization professional archi￭ vis￭ ts and historians generally understand archives to be records that have been naturally and necessarily generated as a product of regular legal commercial administrative or social activities they have been met￭ aphor￭ ically defined as the secre￭ tions of an organism and are distinguished from documents that have been consciously written or created to communicate a particular message to po￭ sterity in general archives consist of records that have been selected for permanent or long term preservation on grounds of their enduring cultural historical or evi￭ denti￭ ary value archi￭ val records are normally un￭ published and almost always unique unlike books or magazines for which many identical copies exist this means that archives are quite distinct from libraries with regard to their functions and organization although archi￭ val collections can often be found within library buildings a person who works in archives is called an archi￭ vist the study and practice of organizing preserving and providing access to information and materials in archives is called archi￭ val science the physical place of storage can be referred to as an archive more usual in the uk an archives more usual in the usa or a repos￭ itory when referring to historical records or the places they are kept the plural form archives is chiefly used the computing use of the term archive should not be confused with the record keeping meaning of the term
the arctic di￭ pole anomaly is a pressure pattern characterized by high pressure on the arctic regions of north america and a low pressure on the eur￭ asia region this pattern sometimes replaces the arctic osci￭ ll￭ ation and the north atlantic osci￭ ll￭ ation it was observed for the first time in the first decade of 2000 s and is perhaps linked to recent climate change the arctic di￭ pole lets more southern winds into the arctic ocean resulting in more ice melting the summer 2007 event played an important role in the record low sea ice extent which was recorded in september the arctic di￭ pole has also been linked to changes in arctic circulation patterns that cause dri￭ er w￭ inters in northern europe but much wet￭ ter w￭ inters in southern europe and col￭ der w￭ inters in east asia europe and the eastern half of north america
arctic ha￭ ze is the phenomenon of a visible red￭ dish brown spring￭ time ha￭ ze in the atmosphere at high lati￭ tudes in the arctic due to anthropogenic air pollution a major distinguishing factor of arctic ha￭ ze is the ability of its chemical ingredients to persist in the atmosphere for an extended period of time compared to other pollutants due to limited amounts of snow rain or turbulent air to dis￭ place pollutants from the polar air mass in spring arctic ha￭ ze can linger for more than a month in the northern atmosphere
arctic sea ice decline is the sea ice loss observed in recent decades in the arctic ocean the intergovernmental panel on climate change ipcc fourth assessment report states that greenhouse gas forcing is largely but not wholly responsible for the decline in arctic sea ice extent a study from 2011 suggested that internal vari￭ ability enhanced the greenhouse gas forced sea ice decline over the last decades a study from 2007 found the decline to be faster than forec￭ asted by model simul￭ ations the ipcc fifth assessment report concluded with high confidence that sea ice continues to decrease in extent and that there is robust evidence for the downward trend in arctic summer sea ice extent since 1979 it has been established that the region is at its warmest for at least 40 000 years and the arctic wide melt season has leng￭ th￭ ened at a rate of 5 days per decade from 1979 to 2013 dominated by a later autumn free￭ z￭ eup sea ice changes have been identified as a mechanism for polar amp￭ lification
the ar￭ cu￭ ate uter￭ us is a form of a uter￭ ine anomaly or variation where the uter￭ ine cav￭ ity displays a con￭ cave cont￭ our towards the fun￭ dus normally the uter￭ ine cav￭ ity is straight or conv￭ ex towards the fun￭ dus on an￭ terior poster￭ ior imaging but in the ar￭ cu￭ ate uter￭ us the my￭ ome￭ tri￭ um of the fun￭ dus di￭ ps into the cav￭ ity and may form a small sep￭ tation the distinction between an ar￭ cu￭ ate uter￭ us and a sept￭ ate uter￭ us is not standardized
arc￭ us sen￭ il￭ is or arc￭ us sen￭ il￭ is cor￭ ne￭ ae is a white grey or blue opaque ring in the cor￭ ne￭ al margin peripheral cor￭ ne￭ al op￭ acity or white ring in front of the periphery of the iris it is present at birth but then f￭ ades however it is quite commonly present in the elderly it can also appear earlier in life as a result of hyper￭ cho￭ le￭ ster￭ ol￭ emia arc￭ us sen￭ il￭ is can be confused with the lim￭ bus sign which reflects calcium rather than lip￭ id deposits
ard￭ alan – sho￭ ja – ki￭ ur￭ u syndrome is a clinical syndrome featuring hereditary gel￭ sol￭ in amy￭ lo￭ ido￭ sis and ret￭ initi￭ s pi￭ gm￭ ent￭ osa this syndrome was first recognized by two iranian physicians mohammad ard￭ alan and moham￭ mad￭ ali sho￭ ja and finnish neuro￭ logist sar￭ i ki￭ ur￭ u en￭ ari in an iranian family hereditary gel￭ sol￭ in amy￭ lo￭ ido￭ sis has originally been reported by finnish oph￭ thal￭ mo￭ logist jou￭ ko mere￭ to￭ ja and is known as mere￭ to￭ ja syndrome or famili￭ al amy￭ lo￭ ido￭ sis finnish type in addition to the classic manifestations of finnish type famili￭ al amy￭ lo￭ ido￭ sis cu￭ tis la￭ xa progressive peripheral neuro￭ pa￭ thy and cor￭ ne￭ al lat￭ tice dy￭ stro￭ phy some of the afflicted members of the iranian family have ret￭ initi￭ s pi￭ gm￭ ent￭ osa this feature had not been previously reported with this type of amy￭ lo￭ ido￭ sis ard￭ alan – sho￭ ja – ki￭ ur￭ u syndrome or hereditary gel￭ sol￭ in amy￭ lo￭ ido￭ sis plus re￭ tin￭ tis pi￭ gm￭ ent￭ osa has not been found outside this single iranian family
ard￭ cl￭ ough se￭ dition case was a complaint and threat of prosecution level￭ ed against “ nor￭ a j murray ” 18￭ 88 – 1955 an irish poet and school teacher during the revolutionary period
one athlete from argentina compe￭ ted at the 19￭ 08 summer olympics in london england it was the second appearance of the nation as another argent￭ inian athlete had previously compe￭ ted at the 1900 summer olympics
argentine hemorrha￭ gic fever ah￭ f or o higgins disease also known in argentina as mal de los ra￭ stro￭ jos stub￭ ble disease is a hemorrha￭ gic fever and zoonotic infectious disease occurring in argentina it is caused by the jun￭ ín virus an aren￭ avi￭ rus closely related to the mach￭ up￭ o virus caus￭ ative agent of bolivian hemorrha￭ gic fever its vector is a species of ro￭ dent the corn mouse
arg￭ ill￭ ic alteration is hydro￭ thermal alteration of wall rock which introduces clay minerals including ka￭ ol￭ in￭ ite sm￭ ec￭ ti￭ te and ill￭ ite the process generally occurs at low temperatures and may occur in atmospheric conditions arg￭ ill￭ ic alteration is representative of super￭ gene environments where low temperature groundwater becomes ac￭ id￭ ic arg￭ ill￭ ic assemb￭ l￭ ages include ka￭ ol￭ in￭ ite replacing pl￭ ag￭ io￭ cl￭ ase and mont￭ mor￭ ill￭ on￭ ite replacing am￭ phi￭ bo￭ le and pl￭ ag￭ io￭ cl￭ ase orth￭ o￭ cl￭ ase is generally stable and unaffected arg￭ ill￭ ic grades into phy￭ ll￭ ic alteration at higher temperatures in an ore deposit hydro￭ thermal system advanced arg￭ ill￭ ic alteration occurs under lower ph and higher temperature conditions ka￭ ol￭ in￭ ite and dick￭ ite occur at lower temperatures whereas pyro￭ phy￭ ll￭ ite and and￭ al￭ us￭ ite occur under high temperature conditions t 300 ° c quar￭ tz de￭ position is common al￭ unite top￭ az z￭ un￭ y￭ ite tour￭ mal￭ ine en￭ arg￭ ite and ten￭ n￭ anti￭ te may also occur gre￭ is￭ en alteration is similar
ar￭ gin￭ in￭ emia also called ar￭ gin￭ ase deficiency is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive urea cycle disorder where a deficiency of the enzyme ar￭ gin￭ ase causes a buil￭ dup of ar￭ gin￭ ine and ammonia in the blood ammonia which is formed when proteins are broken down in the body is toxic if levels become too high the nervous system is especially sensitive to the effects of excess ammonia
ar￭ gin￭ ino￭ succ￭ in￭ ic ac￭ id￭ ur￭ ia also called ar￭ gin￭ ino￭ succ￭ in￭ ic aci￭ dem￭ ia is an inherited disorder that causes the accumulation of ar￭ gin￭ ino￭ succ￭ in￭ ic acid also known as asa in the blood and urine some patients may also have an elev￭ ation of ammonia a toxic chemical which can affect the nervous system ar￭ gin￭ ino￭ succ￭ in￭ ic ac￭ id￭ ur￭ ia may become evident in the first few days of life because of high blood ammonia or later in life presenting with spar￭ se or brit￭ tle hair developmental delay and tre￭ mors an infant with ar￭ gin￭ ino￭ succ￭ in￭ ic ac￭ id￭ ur￭ ia may seem leth￭ arg￭ ic or be unwilling to eat have poorly controlled breathing rate or body temperature experience seizures or unusual body movements or go into a coma complications from ar￭ gin￭ ino￭ succ￭ in￭ ic ac￭ id￭ ur￭ ia may include developmental delay and mental retar￭ dation progressive liver damage skin le￭ sions and brit￭ tle hair may also be seen immediate treatment and lifelong management following a strict diet and using appropriate supplements may prevent many of these complications occasionally an individual may inherit a mild form of the disorder in which ammonia accumul￭ ates in the blood￭ stream only during periods of illness or other stress
argon 2 is a key deri￭ vation function that was selected as the winner of the password h￭ ashing competition in july 2015 it was designed by alex bir￭ yu￭ kov daniel din￭ u and dmit￭ ry kho￭ v￭ r￭ ato￭ v￭ ich from university of luxembourg argon 2 is released under a creative commons cc 0 license and provides two related versions argon 2 d maxim￭ izes resistance to g￭ pu cracking attacks argon 2 i is optimi￭ zed to resist side channel attacks both allow specification by three parameters that control execution time memory required degree of parall￭ el￭ ism
in mathematics ar￭ g is a function operating on complex numbers vis￭ u￭ alized in a complex plane it gives the angle between the positive real axis to the line joining the point to the origin shown as φ in figure 1 known as an argument of the point
arg￭ y￭ ll rober￭ t￭ son pupils ar pupils or col￭ lo￭ qu￭ ially prostitute s pupils are bilateral small pupils that reduce in size on a near object i e they accommodate but do not con￭ strict when exposed to bright light i e they do not react to light they are a highly specific sign of neuro￭ sy￭ phil￭ is however arg￭ y￭ ll rober￭ t￭ son pupils may also be a sign of diabe￭ tic neuro￭ pa￭ thy in general pupils that accommodate but do not react are said to show light near dissoci￭ ation i e it is the absence of a mi￭ otic reaction to light both direct and consensual with the preservation of a mi￭ otic reaction to near stimulus accommodation convergence ar pupils are extremely un￭ common in the developed world there is continued interest in the underlying path￭ op￭ hy￭ si￭ ology but the scarcity of cases makes ongoing research difficult
arg￭ y￭ ria or arg￭ yro￭ sis from ancient greek ἄ￭ ργ￭ υ￭ ρο￭ ς arg￭ y￭ ros silver is a condition caused by inappropriate exposure to chemical compounds of the element silver or to silver dust the most dramatic symptom of arg￭ y￭ ria is that the skin turns blue or blu￭ ish grey it may take the form of generalized arg￭ y￭ ria or local arg￭ y￭ ria generalized arg￭ y￭ ria affects large areas over much of the visible surface of the body local arg￭ y￭ ria shows in limited regions of the body such as pat￭ ches of skin parts of the mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ rane or the con￭ junc￭ tiva the terms arg￭ y￭ ria and arg￭ yro￭ sis have long been used inter￭ change￭ ably with arg￭ y￭ ria being used more frequently arg￭ yro￭ sis has been used particularly in referring to arg￭ y￭ ria of the con￭ junc￭ tiva but the usage has never been consistent and cannot be relied on except where it has been explicitly specified
in number theory the lag￭ arias arithmetic derivative or number derivative is a function defined for inte￭ gers based on prime fac￭ tori￭ zation by analogy with the product rule for the derivative of a function that is used in mathematical analysis remark there are many versions of arithmetic derivatives there are the ones as in this article lag￭ arias arithmetic derivative i￭ hara s arithmetic derivative and bu￭ ium s arithmetic derivatives
the term arithmetic under￭ flow or floating point under￭ flow or just under￭ flow is a condition in a computer program where the result of a calculation is a number of smaller absolute value than the computer can actually store in memory arithmetic under￭ flow can occur when the true result of a floating point operation is smaller in magnitude that is closer to zero than the smallest value represent￭ able as a normal floating point number in the target dat￭ aty￭ pe under￭ flow can in part be regarded as negative over￭ flow of the expon￭ ent of the floating point value for example if the expon￭ ent part can represent values from − 128 to 127 then a result with a value less than − 128 may cause under￭ flow
in mathematics the arithmetic ze￭ ta function is a ze￭ ta function associated with a scheme of finite type over inte￭ gers the arithmetic ze￭ ta function gener￭ alizes the ri￭ emann ze￭ ta function and de￭ de￭ kind ze￭ ta function to higher dimensions the arithmetic ze￭ ta function is one of the most fundamental objects of number theory
arith￭ mom￭ ania is a mental disorder that may be seen as an expression of obs￭ essive – compul￭ sive disorder oc￭ d individuals suffering from this disorder have a strong need to count their actions or objects in their surroundings sufferers may for instance feel compelled to count the steps while asc￭ ending or descending a flight of stairs or to count the number of letters in words they often feel it is necessary to perform an action a certain number of times to prevent alleged calam￭ ities other examples include counting ti￭ les on the floor or ceiling the number of lines on the highway or simply the number of times one breath￭ es or blin￭ ks or touching things a certain number of times such as a door kno￭ b or a table arith￭ mom￭ ania sometimes develops into a complex system in which the suffer￭ er as￭ signs values or numbers to people objects and events in order to de￭ duce their coherence counting may be done al￭ oud or in thought
the arm s length principle al￭ p is the condition or the fact that the parties to a transaction are independent and on an equal footing such a transaction is known as an arm s length transaction it is used specifically in contract law to arrange an agreement that will stand up to legal scrutiny even though the parties may have shared interests e g employer employee or are too closely related to be seen as completely independent e g the parties have famili￭ al ties it is also one of the key elements in international taxation as it allows to an adequate allocation of profit taxation rights among countries that conclude double tax conventions through transfer pricing among each other transfer pricing and the arm s length principle was one of the focal points of the base erosion and profit shifting be￭ ps project developed by the oecd and endorsed by the g 20
in the racial anthropo￭ logy of the early 20 th century the armen￭ o￭ id type is a subtype of the caucasian race according to anthropo￭ logist car￭ leton co￭ on the countries of the northern part of western asia namely anato￭ lia the caucasus iran and the lev￭ ant were considered the center of distribution of the armen￭ o￭ id race
in applied mathematics arnold diffusion is the phenomenon of instability of integr￭ able hamil￭ ton￭ ian systems the phenomenon is named after vladimir arnold who was the first to publish a result in the field in 1964 more precisely arnold diffusion refers to results asserting the existence of solutions to nearly integr￭ able hamil￭ ton￭ ian systems that exhibit a significant change in the action variables
chi￭ ari mal￭ formation also known as arnold – chi￭ ari mal￭ formation is a mal￭ formation of the skull it consists of a downward displacement of the cere￭ bell￭ ar ton￭ si￭ ls through the for￭ amen magn￭ um the opening at the base of the skull sometimes causing non communicating hydro￭ cephal￭ us as a result of obstruction of cere￭ bro￭ spinal fluid c￭ sf outflow the cere￭ bro￭ spinal fluid outflow is caused by phase difference in outflow and influx of blood in the vas￭ cul￭ ature of the brain it can cause headaches fatigue muscle weakness difficulty sw￭ allowing sometimes accompanied by g￭ agging choking and v￭ om￭ iting di￭ zz￭ iness naus￭ ea tin￭ nit￭ us impaired coordination neck pain un￭ steady ga￭ it problems with balance poor hand coordination fine motor skills num￭ b￭ ness and ting￭ ling of the hands and feet and speech problems such as ho￭ arsen￭ ess less often people with chi￭ ari mal￭ formation may experience ringing or buz￭ zing in the ears tin￭ nit￭ us weakness slow heart rhythm cur￭ v￭ ature of the sp￭ ine sco￭ li￭ osis related to spinal cord impairment abnormal breathing such as central sleep ap￭ ne￭ a characterized by periods of breathing cessation during sleep and in severe cases paralysis
arom￭ at￭ ase deficiency is a condition resulting from insufficient production of the enzyme arom￭ at￭ ase which can result in inappropriate vi￭ ri￭ li￭ zation of female fet￭ uses and delayed pu￭ ber￭ ty as well as inappropriate vi￭ ri￭ li￭ zation of the mother during pregnancy
arom￭ at￭ ase excess syndrome aes or a￭ ex￭ s also sometimes referred to as famili￭ al hyper￭ estro￭ gen￭ ism or famili￭ al gy￭ ne￭ com￭ as￭ tia is a rare genetic and endocrine syndrome which is characterized by an over￭ expression of arom￭ at￭ ase the enzyme responsible for the bio￭ synthesis of the estro￭ gen sex hormones from the and￭ rog￭ ens in turn resulting in excessive levels of circulating est￭ rog￭ ens and accordingly symptoms of hyper￭ estro￭ gen￭ ism it affects both sexes manifest￭ ing itself in males as marked or complete phen￭ o￭ typical fem￭ ini￭ zation with the exception of the gen￭ italia i e no pseu￭ do￭ her￭ m￭ aph￭ ro￭ di￭ tism in whom it fits the definition of a form of inter￭ sex and in females as hy￭ perf￭ em￭ ini￭ zation to date 30 males and 8 females among 15 and 7 families respectively have been described in the medical literature
an aromatic ring current is an effect observed in aromatic molecules such as benzene and nap￭ h￭ thal￭ ene if a magnetic field is directed per￭ pend￭ icular to the plane of the aromatic system a ring current is induced in the del￭ oc￭ alized π electron￭ s of the aromatic ring this is a direct consequence of amp￭ ère s law since the electron￭ s involved are free to circulate rather than being loc￭ alized in bonds as they would be in most non aromatic molecules they respond much more strongly to the magnetic field aromatic ring currents are relevant to n￭ mr spec￭ tro￭ sco￭ py as they dramatically influence the chemical shifts of 1 h nucle￭ i in aromatic molecules the effect helps distinguish these nuclear environments and is therefore of great use in molecular structure determination in benzene the ring prot￭ ons experience des￭ hi￭ el￭ ding because the induced magnetic field has the same direction as the external field and their chemical shift is 7 3 ppm compared to 5 6 to the vin￭ yl￭ ic prot￭ on in cyclo￭ hex￭ ene in contrast any prot￭ on inside the aromatic ring experiences shiel￭ ding because both fields are in opposite direction this effect can be observed in cyclo￭ oc￭ t￭ ad￭ ec￭ an￭ on￭ a￭ ene 18 annul￭ ene with 6 inner prot￭ ons at − 3 ppm the situation is reversed in anti￭ aromatic compounds in the di￭ an￭ ion of 18 annul￭ ene the inner prot￭ ons are strongly des￭ hi￭ el￭ ded at 20 8 ppm and 29 5 ppm with the outer prot￭ ons significantly shiel￭ ded with respect to the reference at − 1 1 ppm hence a diam￭ ag￭ ne￭ tic ring current or di￭ atro￭ pic ring current is associated with arom￭ atic￭ ity whereas a par￭ atro￭ pic ring current signals anti￭ arom￭ atic￭ ity a similar effect is observed in three dimensional ful￭ ler￭ en￭ es in this case it is called a sphere current
aromatic sul￭ fon￭ ation is an organic reaction in which a hydrogen atom on an aren￭ e is replaced by a sul￭ fon￭ ic acid functional group in an electro￭ phil￭ ic aromatic substitution ar￭ yl sul￭ fon￭ ic acids are used as detergents dy￭ e and drugs
arr￭ hin￭ ia ə￭ ˈ￭ r￭ ɪ￭ ni￭ ə or ə￭ ˈ￭ ra￭ ɪ￭ ni￭ ə also called nas￭ al agen￭ esis is the con￭ genital partial or complete absence of the nose at birth it is an extremely rare condition with few reported cases in the history of modern medicine it is generally classified as a cran￭ io￭ facial ab￭ normality
arr￭ hy￭ th￭ mo￭ genic right ven￭ tric￭ ular dys￭ pl￭ asia ar￭ vd is an inherited heart disease ar￭ vd is caused by genetic defects of the parts of heart muscle also called my￭ o￭ cardi￭ um or cardiac muscle known as des￭ mo￭ som￭ es areas on the surface of heart muscle cells which link the cells together the des￭ mo￭ som￭ es are composed of several proteins and many of those proteins can have harmful mutations the disease is a type of non￭ is￭ chem￭ ic cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy that involves primarily the right ven￭ tric￭ le it is characterized by hypo￭ k￭ ine￭ tic areas involving the free wall of the right ven￭ tric￭ le with fi￭ bro￭ fatty replacement of the right ven￭ tric￭ ular my￭ o￭ cardi￭ um with associated arr￭ hy￭ th￭ mi￭ as originating in the right ven￭ tric￭ le ar￭ vd can be found in association with diffuse pal￭ mop￭ lan￭ tar ker￭ ato￭ der￭ ma and wool￭ ly hair in an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive condition called na￭ x￭ os disease because this genetic ab￭ normality can also affect the integrity of the superficial layers of the skin most exposed to pressure stress ar￭ v￭ c d is an important cause of ven￭ tric￭ ular arr￭ hy￭ th￭ mi￭ as in children and young adults it is seen predominantly in males and 30 – 50 of cases have a famili￭ al distribution
the arrow information paradox information paradox for short and occasionally referred to as arrow s disclosure paradox named after kenneth arrow american economist and joint winner of the nobel memorial prize in economics with john hic￭ ks is a problem that companies face when managing intellectual property across their boundaries this happens when they seek external technologies for their business or external markets for their own technologies it has implications for the value of technology and innovations as well as their development by more than one firm and for the need for and limitations of patent protection arrow s information paradox theory was set out in a 1962 paper corn￭ ell law school professor osk￭ ar li￭ iv￭ ak has written in a paper for a conference at stanford university that arrow s paper has been one of the found￭ ational theoretical pillars of the incentive based theory of patents as arrow ’ s work is thought to rule out a strictly market based solution a fundamental ten￭ et of the paradox is that the customer i e the potential purchaser of the information describing a technology or other information having some value such as facts wants to know the technology and what it does in sufficient detail as to understand its capabilities or have information about the facts or products to decide whether or not to buy it once the customer has this detailed knowledge however the seller has in effect transferred the technology to the customer without any compensation this has been argued to show the need for patent protection if the buyer trusts the seller or is protected via contract then they only need to know the results that the technology will provide along with any cave￭ ats for its usage in a given context a problem is that sellers lie they may be mistaken one or both sides overlook side consequences for usage in a given context or some unknown unknown affects the actual outcome discussions of the value of patent rights have taken arrow s information paradox into account in their evaluations the theory has been the basis for many later economic studies these include theories that pre patent innovation can be carried out only by a single firm
arsenic poisoning is a medical condition caused by elevated levels of arsenic in the body the dominant basis of arsenic poisoning is from groundwater that naturally contains high concentrations of arsenic a 2007 study found that over 137 million people in more than 70 countries are probably affected by arsenic poisoning from drinking water
arsenic and many of its compounds are especially potent pois￭ ons arsenic disrup￭ ts at￭ p production through several mechanisms at the level of the cit￭ ric acid cycle arsenic inhi￭ bits py￭ ru￭ v￭ ate de￭ hydro￭ gen￭ ase and by competing with phosphate it un￭ couples oxid￭ ative phosphor￭ yl￭ ation thus inhi￭ biting energy linked reduction of n￭ ad mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al respir￭ ation and at￭ p synthesis hydrogen per￭ oxide production is also increased which might form reactive oxygen species and oxid￭ ative stress these metabol￭ ic interfer￭ ences lead to death from multi system organ failure see arsenic poisoning probably from necro￭ tic cell death not apop￭ to￭ sis a post mortem reveals brick red colored mu￭ co￭ sa due to severe hemorrha￭ ge although arsenic causes toxicity it can also play a protective role
an arsen￭ ical ker￭ at￭ osis is a growth of ker￭ atin on the skin caused by arsenic which occurs naturally in the earth s cr￭ ust and is widely distributed in the environment arsen￭ ical compounds are used in industrial agricultural and medicinal substances arsenic is also found to be an environmental contamin￭ ant in drinking water well water and an occupational hazard for min￭ ers and glass workers arsenic may also causes other conditions including bow￭ en s disease cardiovascular diseases developmental ab￭ norm￭ alities neuro￭ logic and neuro￭ behavioral disorders diabetes hearing loss hem￭ ato￭ logic disorders and various types of cancer arsen￭ ical ker￭ ato￭ ses may persist indefinitely and some may develop into invasive squ￭ am￭ ous cell carcin￭ oma me￭ ta￭ static arsenic squ￭ am￭ ous cell carcin￭ oma and arsenic induced m￭ align￭ ancies in internal organs such as the blad￭ der kidney skin liver and col￭ on may result in death
arter￭ ial blood is the oxy￭ genated blood in the circul￭ atory system found in the lungs the left chambers of the heart and in the arter￭ ies it is bright red in color while ven￭ ous blood is dark red in color but looks purple through the trans￭ luc￭ ent skin it is the contr￭ al￭ ateral term to ven￭ ous blood framed in the cardiac cycle often historically accredited to the wi￭ ggers diag￭ ram arter￭ ial blood has just passed through the lungs and is ready to boost oxygen to sustain the peripheral organs the essential difference between ven￭ ous and arter￭ ial blood is the curve of the oxygen satur￭ ation of h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in the difference in the oxygen content of the blood between the arter￭ ial blood and the ven￭ ous blood is known as the arter￭ io￭ ven￭ ous oxygen difference
arter￭ ial embol￭ ism is a sudden interruption of blood flow to an organ or body part due to an embol￭ us adhering to the wall of an artery blocking the flow of blood the major type of embol￭ us being a blood clo￭ t thro￭ m￭ bo￭ embol￭ ism sometimes pul￭ mon￭ ary embol￭ ism is classified as arter￭ ial embol￭ ism as well in the sense that the clo￭ t follows the pul￭ mon￭ ary artery carrying de￭ oxy￭ genated blood away from the heart however pul￭ mon￭ ary embol￭ ism is generally classified as a form of ven￭ ous embol￭ ism because the embol￭ us forms in ve￭ ins arter￭ ial embol￭ ism is the major cause of inf￭ arc￭ tion which may also be caused by e g arter￭ ial compression rupture or pathological vas￭ o￭ con￭ stric￭ tion
arter￭ ial tor￭ tu￭ osity syndrome ats is a rare con￭ genital connec￭ tive tissue condition disorder characterized by el￭ on￭ gation and generalized tor￭ tu￭ osity of the major arter￭ ies including the a￭ or￭ ta it is associated with hyper￭ exten￭ sible skin and hyper￭ mobility of joints however symptoms vary depending on the patient because ats is so rare not much is known about the disease it exhi￭ bits auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive inheritance and the responsible gene is located at chro￭ mo￭ some 20 q 13 it is associated with glut 10 also known as sl￭ c 2 a 10 and t￭ gf￭ br 2
arter￭ io￭ los￭ clerosis is a form of cardiovascular disease affecting the small arter￭ ies and arter￭ i￭ oles types include hy￭ al￭ ine arter￭ io￭ los￭ clerosis and hyper￭ plastic arter￭ io￭ los￭ clerosis both associated with vessel wall thick￭ ening and lumin￭ al narrowing that may cause downstream is￭ chem￭ ic injury arter￭ io￭ los￭ clerosis is most often associated with hyper￭ tension and or diabetes mell￭ it￭ us the following terms are similar yet distinct in both spelling and meaning and can be easily confused arter￭ i￭ os￭ clerosis arter￭ io￭ los￭ clerosis and a￭ ther￭ os￭ clerosis arter￭ i￭ os￭ clerosis is a general term describing any hard￭ ening and loss of el￭ as￭ tic￭ ity of medium or large arter￭ ies from the greek arter￭ ia meaning artery and sclerosis meaning hard￭ ening arter￭ io￭ los￭ clerosis is any hard￭ ening and loss of el￭ as￭ tic￭ ity of arter￭ i￭ oles small arter￭ ies a￭ ther￭ os￭ clerosis is a hard￭ ening of an artery specifically due to an a￭ ther￭ om￭ at￭ ous pla￭ que the term a￭ ther￭ ogenic is used for substances or processes that cause a￭ ther￭ os￭ clerosis
arter￭ i￭ os￭ clerosis is the thick￭ ening hard￭ ening and loss of el￭ as￭ tic￭ ity of the walls of arter￭ ies this process gradually restricts the blood flow to one s organs and tissues and can lead to severe health risks brought on by a￭ ther￭ os￭ clerosis which is a specific form of arter￭ i￭ os￭ clerosis caused by the buil￭ dup of fatty pl￭ aqu￭ es cho￭ le￭ sterol and some other substances in and on the artery walls
arter￭ i￭ os￭ clerosis obliter￭ ans is an oc￭ clu￭ sive arter￭ ial disease most prominently affecting the ab￭ domin￭ al a￭ or￭ ta and the small and medium sized arter￭ ies of the lower extre￭ mi￭ ties which may lead to absent dor￭ sal￭ is ped￭ is poster￭ ior ti￭ bial and or po￭ pl￭ ite￭ al artery pul￭ ses it is characterized by fi￭ bro￭ sis of the tun￭ ica intim￭ a and calci￭ fication of the tun￭ ica media
an arter￭ io￭ ven￭ ous f￭ ist￭ ula is an abnormal connection or pass￭ age￭ way between an artery and a vein it may be con￭ genital sur￭ g￭ ically created for h￭ emo￭ dial￭ ysis treatments or acquired due to patho￭ logic process such as trauma or erosion of an arter￭ ial an￭ eur￭ ys￭ m
arter￭ io￭ ven￭ ous mal￭ formation av￭ m is an abnormal connection between arter￭ ies and ve￭ ins bypassing the cap￭ ill￭ ary system this vascular anomaly is widely known because of its occurrence in the central nervous system but can appear in any location although many av￭ ms are as￭ ymp￭ tomatic they can cause intense pain or bleeding or lead to other serious medical problems av￭ ms are usually con￭ genital and belong to the ras￭ opath￭ ies the genetic transmission patterns of av￭ m if any are unknown av￭ m is not generally thought to be an inherited disorder unless in the context of a specific hereditary syndrome
the arter￭ io￭ ven￭ ous oxygen difference or a vo 2 di￭ ff is the difference in the oxygen content of the blood between the arter￭ ial blood and the ven￭ ous blood it is an indication of how much oxygen is removed from the blood in cap￭ il￭ lar￭ ies as the blood circul￭ ates in the body the a vo 2 di￭ ff and cardiac output are the main factors that allow variation in the body s total oxygen consumption and are important in measuring vo 2 the a vo 2 di￭ ff is usually measured in milli￭ litres of oxygen per 100 milli￭ litres of blood ml 100 ml
arter￭ i￭ tic an￭ terior is￭ chem￭ ic op￭ tic neuro￭ pa￭ thy aa￭ ion or arter￭ i￭ tic a￭ ion is the cause of vision loss that occurs in temporal arter￭ i￭ tis aka giant cell arter￭ i￭ tis temporal arter￭ i￭ tis is an infl￭ am￭ matory disease of medium sized blood vessels that happens especially with advancing age aa￭ ion occurs in about 15 20 percent of patients with temporal arter￭ i￭ tis damage to the blood vessels supplying the op￭ tic nerves leads to insufficient blood supply is￭ chem￭ ia to the nerve and subsequent op￭ tic nerve fiber death most cases of aa￭ ion result in nearly complete vision loss first to one eye if the temporal arter￭ i￭ tis is left untreated the fellow eye will likely suffer vision loss as well within 1 – 2 weeks arter￭ i￭ tic a￭ ion falls under the general category of an￭ terior is￭ chem￭ ic op￭ tic neuro￭ pa￭ thy which also includes non arter￭ i￭ tic a￭ ion a￭ ion is considered an eye emergency immediate treatment is essential to rescue remaining vision an exhaustive review article published in march 2009 described the latest information on arter￭ i￭ tic and non arter￭ i￭ tic is￭ chem￭ ic op￭ tic neuro￭ pa￭ thy both an￭ terior a a￭ ion and na a￭ ion and poster￭ ior a p￭ ion na p￭ ion and surgical
arter￭ i￭ tis is the infl￭ amm￭ ation of the walls of arter￭ ies usually as a result of infection or auto￭ immune response arter￭ i￭ tis a complex disorder is still not entirely understood arter￭ i￭ tis may be distinguished by its different types based on the organ systems affected by the disease a complic￭ ation of arter￭ i￭ tis is thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis which can be fatal arter￭ i￭ tis and ph￭ le￭ bi￭ tis are forms of vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis
ar￭ thr￭ al￭ gia from greek arth￭ ro joint al￭ gos pain literally means joint pain it is a symptom of injury infection illnesses in particular ar￭ thri￭ tis or an allergic reaction to medication according to mesh the term ar￭ thr￭ al￭ gia should only be used when the condition is non infl￭ am￭ matory and the term ar￭ thri￭ tis should be used when the condition is infl￭ am￭ matory
ar￭ thri￭ tis is a term often used to mean any disorder that affects joints symptoms generally include joint pain and sti￭ ff￭ ness other symptoms may include red￭ ness warmth sw￭ elling and decreased range of motion of the affected joints in some types other organs are also affected onset can be gradual or sudden there are over 100 types of ar￭ thri￭ tis the most common forms are o￭ ste￭ o￭ ar￭ thri￭ tis degenerative joint disease and r￭ heu￭ mato￭ id ar￭ thri￭ tis o￭ ste￭ o￭ ar￭ thri￭ tis usually occurs with age and affects the fingers knees and hips r￭ heu￭ mato￭ id ar￭ thri￭ tis is an auto￭ immune disorder that often affects the hands and feet other types include g￭ out lup￭ us fi￭ bro￭ my￭ al￭ gia and se￭ ptic ar￭ thri￭ tis they are all types of r￭ heu￭ matic disease treatment may include resting the joint and altern￭ ating between applying ice and heat weight loss and exercise may also be useful pain medications such as i￭ bu￭ prof￭ en and acet￭ amin￭ oph￭ en par￭ acet￭ am￭ ol may be used in some a joint replacement may be useful o￭ ste￭ o￭ ar￭ thri￭ tis affects more than 3 8 of people while r￭ heu￭ mato￭ id ar￭ thri￭ tis affects about 0 24 of people g￭ out affects about 1 to 2 of the western population at some point in their lives in australia and the united states more than 20 of people have a type of ar￭ thri￭ tis overall the disease becomes more common with age ar￭ thri￭ tis is a common reason that people miss work and can result in a decreased quality of life the term is from greek arth￭ ro meaning joint and i￭ tis meaning infl￭ amm￭ ation
ar￭ thro￭ fi￭ bro￭ sis from greek arth￭ ro joint fib￭ r fi￭ bro￭ us and osis ab￭ normality is a complic￭ ation of injury or trauma where an excessive scar tissue response leads to painful restriction of joint motion with scar tissue forming within the joint and surrounding soft tissue spaces and persisting despite rehabilitation exercises and stretches scar￭ ring adhe￭ sions has been described in most major joints including knees shoulders hips an￭ kles and w￭ rists as well as spinal verte￭ bra￭ e
ar￭ thro￭ gry￭ pos￭ is multi￭ pl￭ ex con￭ gen￭ ita am￭ c or simply ar￭ thro￭ gry￭ pos￭ is describes con￭ genital joint contr￭ actu￭ res in two or more areas of the body it derives its name from greek literally meaning cur￭ ving of joints arth￭ ron joint gr￭ ȳ￭ p￭ ō￭ sis late latin form of late greek gr￭ ū￭ p￭ ō￭ sis hoo￭ king children born with one or more joint contr￭ actu￭ res have abnormal fi￭ bro￭ sis of the muscle tissue causing muscle shortening and therefore are unable to perform passive extension and fl￭ ex￭ ion in the affected joint or joints am￭ c has been divided into three groups amy￭ op￭ la￭ sia dis￭ tal ar￭ thro￭ gry￭ pos￭ is and syndro￭ mic amy￭ op￭ la￭ sia is characterized by severe joint contr￭ actu￭ res and muscle weakness dis￭ tal ar￭ thro￭ gry￭ pos￭ is mainly involves the hands and feet types of ar￭ thro￭ gry￭ pos￭ is with a primary neuro￭ logical or muscle disease belong to the syndro￭ mic group
ar￭ thro￭ gry￭ pos￭ is – ren￭ al dysfunction – cho￭ le￭ st￭ asis syndrome also known as arc syndrome is a cu￭ taneous condition caused by a mutation in the v￭ ps 33 b gene most of the cases have been survived for infancy recently college of medical sciences in nepal reports a case of arc syndrome in a girl at the age of more than 18 years
an ar￭ thro￭ pa￭ thy is a disease of a joint
ar￭ thro￭ pod assault is a medical term describing a skin reaction to an insect bite characterized by infl￭ amm￭ ation and e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic response
many species of ar￭ thro￭ pods insects ar￭ ach￭ ni￭ ds and others regularly or occasionally bite or sting human beings insect sali￭ va contains anti￭ co￭ ag￭ ul￭ ants and enzymes that cause local irritation and allergic reactions insect ven￭ oms can be delivered by their st￭ ing￭ ers which often are modified ovi￭ pos￭ itors or by their mouth￭ parts insect spider and s￭ corp￭ ion ven￭ om can cause serious injury or death di￭ p￭ ter￭ ans account for the majority of insect bites while hy￭ men￭ op￭ ter￭ ans account for the majority of st￭ ings among ar￭ ach￭ ni￭ ds spider bites are the most common ar￭ thro￭ pods bite or sting humans for a number of reasons including feeding or defense ar￭ thro￭ pods are major vectors of human disease with the pathogens typically transmitted by bites
in immun￭ ology the ar￭ thus reaction ˌ￭ ɑ￭ ː￭ r￭ ˈ￭ tu￭ ː￭ s ˌ￭ ɑ￭ ː￭ r￭ ˈ￭ t￭ ju￭ ː￭ s is a type of local type iii hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity reaction type iii hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity reactions are immune complex medi￭ ated and involve the de￭ position of antigen anti￭ body complex￭ es mainly in the vascular walls ser￭ osa ple￭ ura peric￭ ardi￭ um sy￭ no￭ vi￭ um and glo￭ mer￭ uli this reaction is usually encountered in experimental settings following the injection of antigens
the field of artic￭ ul￭ atory ph￭ one￭ tics is a sub￭ field of ph￭ one￭ tics in studying artic￭ ulation ph￭ one￭ tic￭ ians explain how humans produce speech sounds via the interaction of different physiological structures generally artic￭ ul￭ atory ph￭ one￭ tics is concerned with the transformation of aerod￭ y￭ nam￭ ic energy into acous￭ tic energy aerod￭ y￭ nam￭ ic energy refers to the air￭ flow through the vocal tract its potential form is air pressure its k￭ ine￭ tic form is the actual dynamic air￭ flow acous￭ tic energy is variation in the air pressure that can be represented as sound waves which are then perceived by the human aud￭ itory system as sound
artificial gravity is an acceleration resulting from the application of a force in the context of manned spac￭ ef￭ light artificial gravity may alleviate the adverse health effects of prolonged wei￭ ght￭ lessness astron￭ auts routinely experience inter￭ mit￭ tent acceler￭ ations caused by the force of a rocket engine however the term artificial gravity usually refers to a sustained normal force provided by a rigid structure in uniform circular motion practical outer space applications of artificial gravity for humans have not yet been built and flown principally because of the large size of the spacecraft required to produce a useful centri￭ pe￭ tal acceleration comparable to little g
artificial intelligence and law ai and law is a sub￭ field of artificial intelligence ai mainly concerned with applications of ai to legal inform￭ atics problems and original research on those problems it is also concerned to contribute in the other direction to export tools and techniques developed in the context of legal problems to ai in general for example theories of legal decision making especially models of arg￭ um￭ entation have contributed to knowledge representation and reasoning models of social organization based on norms have contributed to multi agent systems reasoning with legal cases has contributed to case based reasoning and the need to store and retri￭ eve large amounts of tex￭ tual data has resulted in contributions to conceptual information retri￭ eval and intelligent databases
an artificial ne￭ uron is a mathematical function conceived as a model of biological neurons artificial neurons are the constitu￭ tive units in an artificial ne￭ ural network depending on the specific model used they may be called a semi linear unit nv ne￭ uron b￭ inary ne￭ uron linear threshold function or mc￭ cul￭ lo￭ ch – pit￭ ts mc￭ p ne￭ uron the artificial ne￭ uron receives one or more inputs representing d￭ end￭ rit￭ es and sums them to produce an output representing a ne￭ uron s ax￭ on usually the sums of each no￭ de are weighted and the sum is passed through a non linear function known as an activation function or transfer function the transfer functions usually have a sig￭ mo￭ id shape but they may also take the form of other non linear functions piec￭ e￭ wise linear functions or they are also often mono￭ ton￭ ically increasing continuous differenti￭ able and bounded the thre￭ sh￭ ol￭ ding function is inspired to build logic gates referred to as threshold logic with a renewed interest to build logic circuit resembling brain processing for example new devices such as mem￭ ris￭ tors have been extensively used to develop such logic in the recent times the artificial ne￭ uron transfer function should not be confused with a linear system s transfer function
artistic freedom is the extent of freedom of an artist to produce art to his her own insight the extent can deviate to customs in a certain school of art directives of the assign￭ er etc artistic freedom should not be confused to the freedom of art e g kun￭ st￭ fre￭ i￭ heit in ger￭ man￭ ic countries where it is a constitutional provision to prevent political censorship software patents are often seen as an example of one of these restrictions a related col￭ lo￭ qu￭ ial term is artistic license the distortion of fact alteration of the conventions of gr￭ ammar or language or re￭ wording of pre existing text made by an artist for artistic effect
ar￭ um type refers to the mor￭ pho￭ logy of fun￭ gal hyp￭ ha￭ e living in or around plant root cells forms in ar￭ bus￭ cular or tree like fashion bran￭ ching off dic￭ ho￭ tom￭ ously at predetermined junc￭ tions this is a type of my￭ cor￭ r￭ hi￭ z￭ al infection whereby the fun￭ gus in question inv￭ ag￭ in￭ ates the cell memb￭ rane of a plant cell and branches in ar￭ bus￭ cular manner ar￭ um type growth of hyp￭ ha￭ e is used in end￭ om￭ y￭ cor￭ r￭ hi￭ z￭ al symbio￭ sis with a plant often but not always accompanied by inter￭ cellular hy￭ ph￭ al growth
asbestos related diseases are disorders of the lung and ple￭ ura caused by the inhal￭ ation of asbestos fibres asbestos related diseases include non m￭ align￭ ant disorders such as as￭ besto￭ sis pul￭ mon￭ ary fi￭ bro￭ sis due to asbestos diffuse ple￭ ural thick￭ ening ple￭ ural pl￭ aqu￭ es ple￭ ural eff￭ usion rounded at￭ elect￭ asis and m￭ align￭ ancies such as lung cancer and m￭ align￭ ant mes￭ o￭ the￭ li￭ oma people who worked in jobs with high asbestos dust exposure are at the highest risk of developing asbestos related disease however exposure to asbestos may also occur in the worker ’ s home due to dust that has accumulated on the worker s clothing para occupational exposure asbestos related diseases can also occur as a result of non occupational environmental exposure asbestos was extensively used in many building materials therefore large quantities of asbestos still remain in buildings that were built prior to the restriction of asbestos use that applies in many countries the wea￭ thering and aging of such buildings may cause asbestos fragments to be released in the air and create a potential hazard anyone who distur￭ bs the asbestos containing material during home maintenance and renovation can be affected although the exact risks are difficult to quantify
as￭ besto￭ sis is a chronic infl￭ am￭ matory and scar￭ ring disease affecting the tissue of the lungs people with the condition may experience severe short￭ ness of breath and are at an increased risk for certain cancers including lung cancer and less commonly mes￭ o￭ the￭ li￭ oma as￭ besto￭ sis specifically refers to fi￭ bro￭ sis within the lung tissue from asbestos and not scar￭ ring around the outside of the lungs it is caused by the breathing in and retention of asbestos fi￭ bers it usually occurs after high intensity and or long term exposure to asbestos particularly in those individuals working on the production or end use of products containing asbestos and is therefore regarded as an occupational lung disease people with extensive occupational exposure to the mining manufacturing handling or removal of asbestos are at risk of developing as￭ besto￭ sis
as￭ cari￭ asis is a disease caused by the par￭ asi￭ tic round￭ worm as￭ car￭ is lum￭ bri￭ co￭ ides infections have no symptoms in more than 85 of cases especially if the number of worms is small symptoms increase with the number of worms present and may include short￭ ness of breath and fever in the beginning of the disease these may be followed by symptoms of ab￭ domin￭ al sw￭ elling ab￭ domin￭ al pain and diarr￭ hea children are most commonly affected and in this age group the infection may also cause poor weight gain malnutrition and learning problems infection occurs by eating food or drink contaminated with as￭ car￭ is eggs from f￭ ec￭ es the eggs hatch in the intest￭ ines bur￭ row through the gut wall and migrate to the lungs via the blood there they break into the al￭ ve￭ oli and pass up the trac￭ hea where they are cou￭ gh￭ ed up and swallowed the lar￭ v￭ ae then pass through the stomach for a second time into the intest￭ ine where they become adult worms as￭ cari￭ asis is classified as a neglected tropical disease as it is a type of soil transmitted hel￭ min￭ thi￭ asis these diseases are in turn part of a group of diseases called hel￭ min￭ thi￭ asis prevention is by improved sanitation which includes improving access to toi￭ lets and proper disposal of f￭ ec￭ es hand￭ washing with soap appears protective in areas where more than 20 of the population is affected treating everyone at regular intervals is recommended re￭ occurring infections are common there is no vaccine treatments recommended by the world health organization are the medications al￭ bend￭ azole me￭ bend￭ azole lev￭ am￭ iso￭ le or py￭ ran￭ tel pam￭ o￭ ate other effective agents include tri￭ ben￭ di￭ mid￭ ine and nit￭ az￭ ox￭ an￭ ide about 0 8 to 1 2 billion people globally have as￭ cari￭ asis with the most heavily affected populations being in sub saharan africa latin america and asia this makes as￭ cari￭ asis the most common form of soil transmitted hel￭ min￭ thi￭ asis as of 2010 it caused about 2 700 deaths a year down from 3 400 in 1990 another type of as￭ car￭ is inf￭ ects pigs
asc￭ ending chol￭ an￭ gi￭ tis also known as acute chol￭ an￭ gi￭ tis or simply chol￭ an￭ gi￭ tis is an infection of the bile duc￭ t chol￭ an￭ gi￭ tis usually caused by bacteria asc￭ ending from its junction with the du￭ o￭ den￭ um first part of the small intest￭ ine it tends to occur if the bile duc￭ t is already partially obstructed by gall￭ stones chol￭ an￭ gi￭ tis can be life threatening and is regarded as a medical emergency characteristic symptoms include yellow dis￭ color￭ ation of the skin or whites of the eyes fever ab￭ domin￭ al pain and in severe cases low blood pressure and confusion initial treatment is with intra￭ ven￭ ous fluids and antibiotics but there is often an underlying problem such as gall￭ stones or narrowing in the bile duc￭ t for which further tests and treatments may be necessary usually in the form of endo￭ sco￭ py to relieve obstruction of the bile duc￭ t the word is from greek cho￭ l bile ang vessel i￭ tis infl￭ amm￭ ation
as￭ cher s syndrome or la￭ ffer as￭ cher syndrome is a rare disorder first described in 1920 it is characterized by repeated episodes of lip and eye￭ lid e￭ dem￭ a and occasionally eu￭ thyro￭ id go￭ iter the syndrome generally occurs within the first 20 years of life about 100 cases had been described by 1998
as￭ cites is a gastro￭ enter￭ ological term for an accumulation of fluid in the per￭ it￭ one￭ al cav￭ ity that exceeds 25 ml although most commonly due to cir￭ rho￭ sis severe liver disease or me￭ ta￭ static cancer its presence can be a sign of other significant medical problems such as bud￭ d – chi￭ ari syndrome diagnosis of the cause is usually with blood tests an ul￭ tras￭ ound scan of the ab￭ dom￭ en and direct removal of the fluid by needle or par￭ ac￭ ent￭ esis which may also be therapeutic treatment may be with medication di￭ u￭ re￭ tics par￭ ac￭ ent￭ esis or other treatments directed at the cause the term is from greek as￭ k￭ í￭ tes meaning bag￭ like
an example is along the cal￭ aver￭ as fault in hol￭ lis￭ ter california streets crossing the fault in hol￭ lis￭ ter show significant offset and several houses sitting at￭ op the fault are notably twisted yet habit￭ able the city attracts geo￭ logists and geo￭ logy students almost weekly there is also significant ase￭ is￭ mic creep along the hay￭ ward fault in and north of hay￭ ward california but this is insufficient to prevent a substantial earthquake
as￭ ep￭ tic men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis or sterile men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis is a condition in which the layers lining the brain the men￭ inges become infl￭ amed and a py￭ ogenic bacterial source is not to blame men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis is diagnosed on a history of characteristic symptoms and certain examination findings e g ker￭ ni￭ g s sign investigations should show an increase in the number of leuk￭ oc￭ y￭ tes present in the cere￭ bro￭ spinal fluid c￭ sf obtained via lum￭ bar punc￭ ture normally being fewer than five visible leuk￭ oc￭ y￭ tes per micro￭ scopic high power field the term as￭ ep￭ tic is frequently a mis￭ no￭ mer implying a lack of infection on the contrary many cases of as￭ ep￭ tic men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis represent infection with viruses or my￭ co￭ bacteria that cannot be detected with routine methods while the advent of poly￭ mer￭ ase chain reaction has increased the ability of clin￭ icians to detect viruses such as enter￭ o￭ virus cy￭ tom￭ eg￭ alo￭ virus and her￭ pes virus in the c￭ sf many viruses can still escape detection additionally my￭ co￭ bacteria frequently require special stain￭ s and culture methods that make their detection difficult when c￭ sf findings are consistent with men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis and micro￭ bio￭ logic testing is un￭ revealing clin￭ icians typically assign the diagnosis of as￭ ep￭ tic men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis — making it a relative diagnosis of exclusion as￭ ep￭ tic men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis can result from non infectious causes it is a relatively inf￭ requ￭ ent side effect of medications and can be an early finding in auto￭ immune disease there is no formal classification system it is usually by the caus￭ ative organism if identified as￭ ep￭ tic men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis like non gon￭ o￭ coc￭ cal u￭ re￭ thri￭ tis non ho￭ dg￭ kin lymp￭ homa and atypical pneumonia merely states what a condition is not not what a condition is terms such as viral men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis bacterial men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis fun￭ gal men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis ne￭ op￭ l￭ astic men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis and drug induced as￭ ep￭ tic men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis can provide more information about the condition and without using one of these more specific terms it is difficult to describe treatment options or prog￭ no￭ sis
as￭ ex￭ uality is the lack of sexual attraction to anyone or low or absent interest in or desire for sexual activity it may be considered the lack of a sexual orientation or one of the variations thereof alongside heter￭ osex￭ uality homosexuality and bis￭ ex￭ uality it may also be an umbrella term used to categ￭ ori￭ ze a broader spectrum of various as￭ ex￭ ual sub identities a study in 2004 placed the prevalence of as￭ ex￭ uality at 1 in the british population as￭ ex￭ uality is distinct from abstention from sexual activity and from ce￭ lib￭ acy which are behavioral and generally motivated by factors such as an individual s personal or religious beliefs sexual orientation unlike sexual behavior is believed to be enduring some as￭ ex￭ ual people engage in sexual activity despite lacking sexual attraction or a desire for sex due to a variety of reasons such as a desire to pleasure themselves or romantic partners or a desire to have children acceptance of as￭ ex￭ uality as a sexual orientation and field of scientific research is still relatively new as a growing body of research from both soci￭ ological and psychological perspectives has begun to develop while some researchers assert that as￭ ex￭ uality is a sexual orientation other researchers disagree various as￭ ex￭ ual communities have started to form since the advent of the world wide web and social media the most proli￭ fic and well known of these communities is the as￭ ex￭ ual visibility and education network av￭ en which was founded in 2001 by david jay
ash yel￭ lows candidat￭ us phy￭ top￭ las￭ ma fra￭ x￭ ini is a disease in ash trees caused by phy￭ top￭ las￭ ma a specialized group of bacteria which lack a cell wall and attack the ph￭ lo￭ em of trees this disease is relatively new so the disease cycle is mostly unknown although it is thought that insect vectors are used as the mode of transmission the disease is difficult to diagnose because some symptoms match those of stressed environmental conditions such as drought flooding or shallow soil when trees become infected they can survive for many years or immediately die depending on the environmental conditions and health of the tree the major symptom of this disease is wit￭ ches bro￭ om which causes branches in tu￭ f￭ ts unfortunately there are not many strategies for controlling the disease besides avoiding areas where it is more prevalent
as￭ herman syndrome as or fr￭ it￭ sch syndrome is a condition characterized by adhe￭ sions and or fi￭ bro￭ sis of the end￭ ome￭ tri￭ um particularly but can also affect the my￭ ome￭ tri￭ um it is often associated with dil￭ ation and cu￭ re￭ tt￭ age of the in￭ trau￭ ter￭ ine cav￭ ity a number of other terms have been used to describe the condition and related conditions including in￭ trau￭ ter￭ ine adhe￭ sions i￭ ua uter￭ ine cer￭ vic￭ al at￭ re￭ sia traumatic uter￭ ine atro￭ phy s￭ cl￭ erotic end￭ ome￭ tri￭ um end￭ ome￭ trial sclerosis and in￭ trau￭ ter￭ ine sy￭ nec￭ hi￭ ae
ashi mag￭ ari 足￭ ま￭ が￭ り leg turner is a gho￭ stly phenomenon from the fol￭ kl￭ ore of k￭ ag￭ awa pref￭ ecture on shi￭ ko￭ ku japan it is a soft thing like a kit￭ ten or a w￭ ad of cotton which is felt wrapping itself around a person s leg at night impeding the ability to walk while it is not generally visible it is often believed to be the trick of a tan￭ uki
ash￭ man phenomenon also known as ash￭ man beats describes a particular type of wide q￭ rs complex often seen isolated that is typically seen in atri￭ al fi￭ bri￭ ll￭ ation it is more often misinterpreted as a premature ven￭ tric￭ ular complex it is named for dr richard ash￭ man of new orleans 1890 – 1969 after first being described by gou￭ aux and ash￭ man in 1947
ash￭ ta b￭ hair￭ ava eight b￭ hair￭ av￭ as are eight manifestations of the hindu god b￭ hair￭ ava a fer￭ o￭ cious aspect of the god shi￭ va they guard and control the eight directions each b￭ hair￭ ava has eight sub b￭ hair￭ av￭ as under him all of the b￭ hair￭ av￭ as are ruled and controlled by ma￭ ha sw￭ ar￭ na kal￭ a b￭ hair￭ ava who is considered the supreme ruler of time of the universe and the chief form of b￭ hair￭ ava mo￭ ola mantra tamil ம￭ ூ￭ ல ம￭ ந￭ ்￭ த￭ ி￭ ர￭ ம￭ ் ஓ￭ ம￭ ் ஸ￭ ்￭ ர￭ ீ￭ ம￭ ் க￭ ்￭ ல￭ ீ￭ ம￭ ் ஸ￭ ்￭ ர￭ ீ￭ ம￭ ் ச￭ ொ￭ ர￭ ்￭ ண￭ ப￭ ்￭ ர￭ த￭ ா￭ ய￭ ி ந￭ ம￭ ஸ￭ ்￭ ர￭ ீ￭ ம￭ ் க￭ ்￭ ல￭ ீ￭ ம￭ ் ஸ￭ ்￭ ர￭ ீ￭ ம￭ ்￭ om s￭ re￭ em kle￭ em s￭ re￭ em￭ sw￭ ar￭ an￭ ap￭ ra￭ th￭ a￭ ay￭ i nam￭ as￭ re￭ em kle￭ em s￭ re￭ em ash￭ ta b￭ hair￭ ava with their consor￭ t va￭ han￭ a mount direction he guards are given below also given the con￭ sec￭ rated tem￭ ples in tamil nad￭ u india where people born on the listed nak￭ shat￭ ras get his favours th￭ osa ni￭ var￭ th￭ i remedy for th￭ os￭ am and their lucky stones ra￭ asi stone
asian dust also yellow dust yellow sand yellow wind or china dust storms is a meteorological phenomenon which affects much of east asia year round but especially during the spring months the dust originates in the deser￭ ts of mongolia northern china and kazakhstan where high speed surface winds and intense dust storms kick up dense clouds of fine dry soil particles these clouds are then carried eastward by prevailing winds and pass over china north and south korea and japan as well as parts of the russian far east sometimes the airborne particulates are carried much further in significant concentrations which affect air quality as far east as the united states since the turn of the 21 st century it has become a serious problem due to the increase of industrial pollutants contained in the dust and intensified desertification in china causing longer and more frequent occurrences as well as in the last few decades when the ar￭ al sea of kazakhstan and uzbekistan started drying up due to the diversion of the am￭ u river and sy￭ r river following a soviet agricultural program to irri￭ gate central asian deser￭ ts mainly for cotton plantations
the as￭ kar￭ yan effect is the phenomenon whereby a particle traveling faster than the phase velocity of light in a dense di￭ electric such as salt ice or the lun￭ ar reg￭ oli￭ th produces a shower of secondary charged particles which contain a charge anis￭ o￭ tro￭ py and thus emits a cone of coherent radiation in the radio or microwave part of the electromagnetic spectrum it is similar to the cher￭ en￭ kov effect it is named after g￭ urg￭ en as￭ kar￭ yan a soviet armenian physic￭ ist who post￭ ulated it in 1962 the effect was first observed experim￭ entally in 2000 38 years after its theoretical prediction so far the effect has been observed in silic￭ a sand rock salt ice and earth s atmosphere the effect is of primary interest in using bulk matter to detect ultra high energy neutr￭ inos the antarctic impulse transi￭ ent antenna anita experiment uses anten￭ nas attached to a balloon flying over antarc￭ tica to detect the as￭ kar￭ yan radiation produced as co￭ sm￭ ic neutr￭ inos travel through the ice several experiments have also used the moon as a neutr￭ ino detec￭ tor based on detection of the as￭ kar￭ yan radiation
as￭ part￭ yl￭ glu￭ co￭ sam￭ in￭ ur￭ ia ag￭ u is an inherited disease that is characterized by a decline in mental functioning accompanied by an increase in skin bone and joint issues the disease is caused by a defect in an enzyme known as as￭ part￭ yl￭ glu￭ co￭ sam￭ in￭ id￭ ase this enzyme plays a significant role in our bodies because it aids in breaking down certain sugars for example oligo￭ sac￭ ch￭ ari￭ des that are attached to specific proteins for example gly￭ co￭ proteins as￭ part￭ yl￭ glu￭ co￭ sam￭ in￭ ur￭ ia itself is characterized as a ly￭ so￭ som￭ al disease because it does deal with inadequate activity in an enzyme s function as￭ part￭ yl￭ glu￭ co￭ sam￭ in￭ id￭ ase functions to break down gly￭ co￭ proteins these proteins are most abundant in the tissues of the body and in the surfaces of major organs such as the liver sp￭ leen thyro￭ id and nerves when gly￭ co￭ proteins are not broken down as￭ part￭ yl￭ glu￭ co￭ sam￭ in￭ id￭ ase backs up in the ly￭ so￭ som￭ es along with other substances this backup causes progressive damage to the tissues and organs
asp￭ en trunk rot is a fun￭ gal disease that causes stem decay heart rot of living asp￭ en trees the pathogen that causes this disease is the fun￭ gus p￭ hel￭ lin￭ us tre￭ mul￭ ae most of the symptoms of this disease are internal with the only external signs of a dise￭ ased asp￭ en being fru￭ iting bodies called con￭ ks a single con￭ k found on an asp￭ en can indicate advanced decay of up 82 of the tree volume internal dec￭ ayed wood of fresh￭ ly cut asp￭ ens is spon￭ gy yellow white colored surrounded by black zones of dis￭ color￭ ation and contains a distinct winter￭ green smell the fun￭ gus is spread via airborne spo￭ res released from the fru￭ iting body which can infect through dead branches branch stu￭ bs or wounds in the tree although no direct management control is known harvesting asp￭ en stands that have been damaged or harvesting stands before decay becomes advanced minim￭ izes tree loss asp￭ en wood is white mal￭ le￭ able but strong and heat tolerant and therefore has many commercial uses including matches packing paper lum￭ ber pl￭ ywood pulp and animal beds asp￭ en trees dise￭ ased with asp￭ en trunk rot decrease the economic value of the lum￭ ber
asper￭ ger syndrome as also known as asper￭ ger s is a developmental disorder characterized by significant difficulties in social interaction and non￭ verbal communication along with restricted and repeti￭ tive patterns of behavior and interests as a mil￭ der au￭ tism spectrum disorder as￭ d it differs from other as￭ ds by relatively normal language and intelligence although not required for diagnosis physical clum￭ sin￭ ess and unusual use of language are common symptoms usually begin before two years old and typically last for a person s entire life the exact cause of asper￭ ger s is unknown while it is likely partly inherited the underlying genetics have not been determined conclu￭ sively environmental factors are also believed to play a role brain imaging has not identified a common underlying problem the diagnosis of asper￭ ger s was removed in the 2013 fifth edition of the diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders dsm 5 and people with these symptoms are now included within the au￭ tism spectrum disorder along with au￭ tism and pervasive developmental disorder not otherwise specified it remains within the tenth edition of the international classification of diseases ic￭ d 10 as of 2015 there is no single treatment and the effectiveness of particular interventions is supported by only limited data treatment is aimed at improving poor communication skills obs￭ essive or repeti￭ tive rou￭ tines and physical clum￭ sin￭ ess interventions may include social skills training cognitive behavioral therapy physical therapy speech therapy parent training and medications for associated problems such as mood or anxiety most children improve as they grow up but social and communication difficulties usually persist some researchers and people on the au￭ tism spectrum have advocated a shift in attitudes toward the view that au￭ tism spectrum disorder is a difference rather than a disease that must be treated or cured in 2013 asper￭ ger s was estimated to affect 31 million people globally the syndrome is named after the austrian pedi￭ at￭ ric￭ ian hans asper￭ ger who in 1944 described children in his practice who lacked non￭ verbal communication had limited understanding of others feelings and were physically clumsy the modern conception of asper￭ ger syndrome came into existence in 1981 and went through a period of popul￭ arization it became a standardized diagnosis in the early 1990 s many questions and controversies remain about aspects of the disorder there is doubt about whether it is distinct from high functioning au￭ tism h￭ fa partly because of this the percentage of people affected is not firmly established
an asper￭ gil￭ lo￭ ma also known as a my￭ ce￭ tom￭ a or fun￭ gus ball is a cl￭ ump of mold which exists in a body cav￭ ity such as a par￭ an￭ as￭ al sin￭ us or an organ such as the lung by definition it is caused by fun￭ gi of the genus asper￭ gill￭ us
asper￭ gil￭ losis is the name given to a wide variety of diseases caused by infection by fun￭ gi of the genus asper￭ gill￭ us the majority of cases occur in people with underlying illnesses such as tuberculosis or chronic obstruc￭ tive pul￭ mon￭ ary disease cop￭ d but with otherwise healthy immune systems most commonly asper￭ gil￭ losis occurs in the form of chronic pul￭ mon￭ ary asper￭ gil￭ losis cpa asper￭ gil￭ lo￭ ma or allergic bron￭ chop￭ ul￭ mon￭ ary asper￭ gil￭ losis ab￭ pa some forms are intertwined for example ab￭ pa and simple asper￭ gil￭ lo￭ ma can progress to cpa other non invasive manifestations include fun￭ gal sin￭ u￭ si￭ tis both allergic in nature and with established fun￭ gal balls o￭ tom￭ y￭ co￭ sis ear infection ker￭ ati￭ tis eye infection and ony￭ ch￭ om￭ y￭ co￭ sis nail infection in most instances these are less severe and cur￭ able with effective anti￭ fun￭ gal treatment people with deficient immune systems — such as patients undergoing hem￭ ato￭ po￭ ie￭ tic stem cell transplantation chem￭ otherapy for leuk￭ aemia or aids — are at risk of more disseminated disease acute invasive asper￭ gil￭ losis occurs when the immune system fails to prevent asper￭ gill￭ us spo￭ res from entering the blood￭ stream via the lungs without the body mounting an effective immune response fun￭ gal cells are free to disseminate throughout the body and can infect major organs such as the heart and kidneys the most frequently identified pathogen is asper￭ gill￭ us fum￭ ig￭ atus — a ubiquitous organism that is capable of living under extensive environmental stress it is estimated that most humans inhal￭ e thousands of asper￭ gill￭ us spo￭ res daily but they do not affect most people ’ s health due to effective immune responses taken together the major chronic invasive and allergic forms of asper￭ gil￭ losis account for around 600 000 deaths annually worldwide
asper￭ mia is the complete lack of semen with e￭ jac￭ ulation not to be confused with az￭ o￭ os￭ per￭ mia the lack of sperm cells in the semen it is associated with in￭ fertility one of the causes of asper￭ mia is retrograde e￭ jac￭ ulation which can be brought on by excessive drug use or as a result of pro￭ state surgery it can also be caused by alpha bloc￭ kers such as tam￭ sul￭ os￭ in and si￭ lo￭ do￭ sin another cause of asper￭ mia is e￭ jac￭ ul￭ atory duc￭ t obstruction which may result in a complete lack of or a very low concentration semen oligo￭ sper￭ mia in which the semen contains only the secre￭ tion of accessory pro￭ state g￭ lands downstream to the ori￭ fice of the e￭ jac￭ ul￭ atory duc￭ ts asper￭ mia can be caused by and￭ ro￭ gen deficiency this can be the result of absence of pu￭ ber￭ ty in which the pro￭ state g￭ land and sem￭ inal ves￭ ic￭ les which are the main sources of semen remain small due to lack of and￭ ro￭ gen exposure and do not produce sem￭ inal fluid or of treatment for pro￭ state cancer such as maxim￭ al and￭ ro￭ gen blockade
as￭ phy￭ x￭ ia or as￭ phy￭ xi￭ ation is a condition of severely deficient supply of oxygen to the body that arises from abnormal breathing an example of as￭ phy￭ x￭ ia is choking as￭ phy￭ x￭ ia causes generalized hypo￭ x￭ ia which affects primarily the tissues and organs there are many circumstances that can induce as￭ phy￭ x￭ ia all of which are characterized by an inability of an individual to acquire sufficient oxygen through breathing for an extended period of time as￭ phy￭ x￭ ia can cause coma or death in 2013 about 1 6 million cases of un￭ intentional suffoc￭ ation occurred the word as￭ phy￭ x￭ ia is from ancient greek α without and σ￭ φ￭ ύ￭ ξ￭ ις sp￭ hy￭ x￭ is squeeze thro￭ b of heart
as￭ phy￭ xi￭ ating thor￭ ac￭ ic dys￭ pl￭ asia or je￭ une syndrome is a ci￭ li￭ opathy it is also known as je￭ une syndrome it was described in 1955 types include je￭ une syndrome is a rare genetic disorder that affects the way a child ’ s car￭ til￭ age and bones develop it begins before the child is born je￭ une syndrome affects the child s ri￭ b cage pel￭ vis arms and legs usually problems with the ri￭ b cage cause the most serious health problems for children with je￭ une syndrome their ri￭ b cages thor￭ ax are smaller and narrower than usual this can keep the child s lungs from developing fully or expanding when the child inhal￭ es the child may breathe rapidly and sh￭ allow￭ ly they may have trouble breathing when they have an upper or lower respiratory infection like pneumonia breathing trouble can range from mild to severe in some children it is not noticeable aside from fast breathing in most children breathing problems are serious about 60 to 70 of children with this condition die from respiratory failure as babies or young children children with je￭ une syndrome who survive often develop problems with their kidneys another serious feature of je￭ une syndrome over time they may experience ren￭ al failure as a result few children with je￭ une syndrome live into their teen years children with je￭ une syndrome have a form of dwar￭ f￭ ism they are short in stature and their arms and legs are shorter than most people ’ s another name for je￭ une syndrome is as￭ phy￭ xi￭ ating thor￭ ac￭ ic dy￭ stro￭ phy this diagnosis is grouped with other chest problems called thor￭ ac￭ ic in￭ sufficiency syndrome tis
aspiration pneumonia is bron￭ chop￭ neu￭ monia that develops due to the entrance of foreign materials into the bron￭ ch￭ ial tree usually oral or ga￭ str￭ ic contents including food sali￭ va or nas￭ al secre￭ tions depending on the acidity of the aspir￭ ate a chemical pneu￭ mon￭ i￭ tis can develop and bacterial pathogens particularly an￭ aer￭ ob￭ ic bacteria may add to the infl￭ amm￭ ation
aspir￭ in induced asthma is also termed sam￭ ter s tri￭ ad sam￭ ter s syndrome aspir￭ in exacerbated respiratory disease aer￭ d and recently by an appointed task force of the european academy of allergy and clinical immun￭ ology world allergy organization ea￭ ac￭ i wa￭ o non ster￭ o￭ idal anti infl￭ am￭ matory drugs exacerbated respiratory disease n erd the syndrome which ea￭ ac￭ i who classi￭ fies as one of 5 types of non ster￭ o￭ idal anti infl￭ am￭ matory drug hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity or n￭ said hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity reactions is a medical condition initially defined as consisting of three key features vi￭ z asthma respiratory symptoms exacerbated by aspir￭ in and nas￭ al eth￭ mo￭ idal poly￭ pos￭ is however the syndrome s symptoms are exacerbated by a large variety of other n￭ said besides aspir￭ in the symptoms of respiratory reactions in this syndrome are hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity reactions to n￭ s￭ aids rather than the typically described true allergic reactions that trigger other common aller￭ gen induced asthma rh￭ initi￭ s or hi￭ ves the n￭ said induced reactions do not appear to involve the common mediators of true allergic reactions immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ulin e or t cells rather aer￭ d is a type of n￭ said induced hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity syndrome
aspir￭ in poisoning or sal￭ ic￭ y￭ lis￭ m is acute or chronic poisoning with aspir￭ in or other sal￭ ic￭ yl￭ ates a single over￭ dose may cause acute poisoning continuous usage of an elevated do￭ sage over long periods of time may cause chronic poisoning acute over￭ dose has a mortality rate of 2 chronic over￭ dose is more commonly lethal with a mortality rate as high as 25 chronic over￭ dose may be especially severe in children no anti￭ do￭ tes currently exist for aspir￭ in poisoning signs and symptoms may range from mild naus￭ ea and v￭ om￭ iting ab￭ domin￭ al pain leth￭ ar￭ gy tin￭ nit￭ us and di￭ zz￭ iness to severe such as seizure or cere￭ br￭ al e￭ dem￭ a depending on the dose consumed toxicity is managed with a number of potential treatments including activated char￭ coal intra￭ ven￭ ous d￭ ext￭ rose and normal sal￭ ine sodium bic￭ ar￭ bon￭ ate and dial￭ ysis
as￭ plen￭ ia refers to the absence of normal sp￭ leen function and is associated with some serious infection risks hy￭ pos￭ plen￭ ism is used to describe reduced hy￭ po splen￭ ic functioning but not as severely affected as with as￭ plen￭ ism
as￭ plen￭ ia with cardiovascular anomalies also known as i￭ vem￭ ark syndrome and right atri￭ al isom￭ er￭ ism is an example of a hetero￭ tax￭ y syndrome these un￭ common con￭ genital disorders are characterized by defects in the heart sp￭ leen and p￭ aired organs such as the lungs and kidneys another name is as￭ plen￭ ia cardiovascular defect hetero￭ tax￭ y right atri￭ al isom￭ er￭ ism is named for its discover￭ er swedish patho￭ logist bi￭ ör￭ n i￭ vem￭ ark
asset poverty is an economic and social condition that is more persistent and prevalent than income poverty it can be defined as a household ’ s inability to access wealth resources that are sufficient to provide for basic needs for a period of three months basic needs refer to the minimum standards for consumption and acceptable needs wealth resources consist of home ownership other real estate second home rented properties etc net value of farm and business assets stocks checking and savings accounts and other savings money in savings bonds life insurance policy cash values etc wealth is measured in three forms net worth net worth minus home equity and liquid assets net worth consists of all the aspects mentioned above net worth minus home equity is the same except it does not include home ownership in asset calculations liquid assets are resources that are readily available such as cash checking and savings accounts stocks and other sources of savings there are two types of assets tangible and intangible tangible assets most closely resemble liquid assets in that they include stocks bonds property natural resources and hard assets not in the form of real estate intangible assets are simply the access to credit social capital cultural capital political capital and human capital there are trends in the development of asset poverty over time and several factors that cause certain groups to fall into asset poverty more easily than others changes in these factors and structures have occurred over the years but asset poverty is continually higher than other forms of poverty such as income poverty the reason for this difference is that asset poverty accounts for a household ’ s total wealth and not just the current income level it provides a more accurate description of a household ’ s true financial state wealth leads to increased economic security and assets create a form of security during hardship one can use assets to pay for further education better housing or to maintain a certain standard of living after retirement households lacking sufficient assets are forced to live from pay￭ check to pay￭ check and face economic hardship when changes in income occur those who lack adequate assets are unable to seek a better lifestyle and improve their quality of life because they lack the financial resources to do so by any measure poverty in the united states is increasing in 2010 the country saw the poverty rate for individuals rise to 15 1 percent the highest level in nearly two decades more than 46 million people now live below the federal poverty line of 22 350 for a family of four however the official poverty rate released annually by the census bureau highlights just one aspect of household finances namely the percentage of people with insufficient income to cover their day to day expenses it does not count the number of families who have insufficient resources – money in the bank or assets such as a home or a car – to meet emergencies or longer term needs when these longer term needs are fac￭ tored in substantially more people in the united states today are facing a future of limited hope for long term financial security according to the cf￭ ed 2013 assets opportunity sco￭ rec￭ ard 44 percent of households – nearly half of americans – are living in liquid asset poverty these families do not have the savings or other assets to cover basic expenses equivalent to what could be purchased with a poverty level income for three months if a lay￭ off or other emergency leads to loss of income the term asset poverty is also used in a low income poor countries context where the poverty line may be taken at the international standard of 1 25 per day or sometimes 2 per day poor rural families in particular do not receive say 1 each day but rather this is a daily average or corresponds to a yearly average of 365 the asset poor might by chance have income above the poverty line for a time like a month but their level of assets predict they will be poor in an average month
asset price inflation is an economic phenomenon den￭ oting a rise in price of assets as opposed to ordinary goods and services typical assets are financial instruments such as bonds shares and their derivatives as well as real estate and other capital goods although the values of such assets are often cas￭ ually said to infl￭ ate this should not be confused with inflation as a defined term a more accurate description for an increase in the value of a capital asset is appreciation
the assignment problem is one of the fundamental combin￭ atorial optimi￭ zation problems in the branch of optimi￭ zation or operations research in mathematics it consists of finding a maximum weight matching or minimum weight perfect matching in a weighted bi￭ partite graph in its most general form the problem is as follows the problem instance has a number of agents and a number of tasks any agent can be assigned to perform any task incurring some cost that may vary depending on the agent task assignment it is required to perform all tasks by assigning exactly one agent to each task and exactly one task to each agent in such a way that the total cost of the assignment is minimized if the numbers of agents and tasks are equal and the total cost of the assignment for all tasks is equal to the sum of the costs for each agent or the sum of the costs for each task which is the same thing in this case then the problem is called the linear assignment problem commonly when speaking of the assignment problem without any additional qualification then the linear assignment problem is meant
ass￭ or￭ tative m￭ ating is a m￭ ating pattern and a form of sexual selection in which individuals with similar phen￭ o￭ types mate with one another more frequently than would be expected under a random m￭ ating pattern examples of similar phen￭ o￭ types include but are not limited to body size skin color￭ ation pi￭ gm￭ entation and age ass￭ or￭ tative m￭ ating also referred to as positive ass￭ or￭ tative m￭ ating or hom￭ og￭ amy may increase genetic rel￭ ate￭ dness within the family ass￭ or￭ tative m￭ ating can be contr￭ asted with dis￭ ass￭ or￭ tative m￭ ating also known as negative ass￭ or￭ tative m￭ ating or heter￭ og￭ amy in which individuals with dis￭ similar geno￭ types and or phen￭ o￭ types mate with one another more frequently than would be expected under random m￭ ating dis￭ ass￭ or￭ tative m￭ ating reduces the genetic similarities within the family positive ass￭ or￭ tative m￭ ating occurs more frequently than negative ass￭ or￭ tative m￭ ating in both cases due to the non￭ random m￭ ating pattern there is a deviation from the hardy – we￭ in￭ berg principle which states that geno￭ type frequencies in a population will remain constant from generation to generation in the absence of other evolutionary influences
ast￭ asia ab￭ asia refers to the inability to either stand or walk in a normal manner ast￭ asia refers to the inability to stand u￭ pri￭ ght un￭ assisted ab￭ asia refers to lack of motor coordination in walking the term ab￭ asia literally means that the base of ga￭ it the lateral distance between the two feet is in￭ constant or un￭ measurable when seen in conversion disorder the ga￭ it is bizarre and is not sugges￭ tive of a specific organic le￭ sion often the patient s￭ ways wildly and nearly falls recovering at the last moment an acquired total inability to stand and walk can be seen in true neuro￭ logical diseases including stroke par￭ kinson s disease damage to the cere￭ bell￭ um guil￭ lain – bar￭ r￭ é syndrome normal pressure hydro￭ cephal￭ us and many others in normal pressure hydro￭ cephal￭ us for example when the condition remains untreated the patient s ga￭ it becomes shortened with frequent shuff￭ ling and falls eventually standing sitting and even rolling over in bed become impossible this advanced state is referred to as hydro￭ cephal￭ ic ast￭ asia ab￭ asia
aster yel￭ lows is a chronic systemic plant disease caused by a bacter￭ ium like organism called a phy￭ top￭ las￭ ma the aster yel￭ lows phy￭ top￭ las￭ ma ay￭ p affects 300 species in 38 families of broad leaf her￭ bac￭ eous plants primarily in the aster family as well as important cereal crops such as wheat and barley symptoms are variable and can include ph￭ yl￭ lo￭ dy vi￭ res￭ cence chlor￭ osis stun￭ ting and ster￭ ility of flowers the aster leaf￭ hop￭ per vector macro￭ st￭ el￭ es quad￭ ri￭ line￭ atus moves the aster yel￭ lows phy￭ top￭ las￭ ma from plant to plant its economic burden is primarily felt in the carrot d￭ au￭ cus car￭ ota s￭ sp sati￭ v￭ us crop industry as well as the nursery industry no cure is known for plants infected with aster yel￭ lows infected plants should be removed immediately to limit the continued spread of the phy￭ top￭ las￭ ma to other susceptible plants however in agricultural settings such as carrot fields some application of chemical insectic￭ ides has proven to minimize the rate of infection by killing the vector
ast￭ ere￭ og￭ no￭ sis or t￭ acti￭ le agno￭ sia if only one hand is affected is the inability to identify an object by active touch of the hands without other sensory input such as visual or sensory information an individual with ast￭ ere￭ og￭ no￭ sis is unable to identify objects by handling them despite intact elementary t￭ acti￭ le propri￭ o￭ cep￭ tive and thermal sensation with the absence of vision i e eyes closed an individual with ast￭ ere￭ og￭ no￭ sis is unable to identify what is placed in their hand based on cu￭ es such as tex￭ ture size spatial properties and temperature as opposed to agno￭ sia when the object is observed vis￭ ually one should be able to successfully identify the object individuals with t￭ acti￭ le agno￭ sia may be able to identify the name purpose or origin of an object with their left hand but not their right or vice versa or both hands ast￭ ere￭ og￭ no￭ sis refers specifically to those who lack t￭ acti￭ le recognition in both hands in the affected hand s they may be able to identify basic shapes such as pyram￭ ids and spheres with abnormally high difficulty but still not t￭ acti￭ le￭ ly recognize common objects by easily recogniz￭ able and unique features such as a fork by its pron￭ gs though the individual may report feeling a long metal rod with multiple poin￭ ty rods stemming off in uniform direction these symptoms suggest that a very specific part of the brain is responsible for making the connections between t￭ acti￭ le stimul￭ i and functions relationships of that stimul￭ i which along with the relatively low impact this disorder has on a person s quality of life helps explain the r￭ arity of reports and research of individuals with t￭ acti￭ le agno￭ sia ast￭ ere￭ og￭ no￭ sis is associated with le￭ sions of the par￭ ie￭ tal lo￭ be or dor￭ sal column or par￭ ie￭ to tempor￭ o oc￭ ci￭ p￭ ital lo￭ be poster￭ ior association areas of either the right or left hemisphere of the cere￭ br￭ al cor￭ tex despite cross talk between the dor￭ sal and ven￭ tr￭ al cor￭ tices f￭ m￭ ri results suggest that those with ven￭ tr￭ al cor￭ tex damage are less sensitive to object 3 d structure than those with dor￭ sal cor￭ tex damage unlike the ven￭ tr￭ al cor￭ tex the dor￭ sal cor￭ tex can compu￭ te object representations thus those with object recognition impair￭ ments are more likely to have acquired damage to the dor￭ sal cor￭ tex those suffering from alzheimer ’ s disease show a reduction in stere￭ og￭ no￭ sis the ability to perceive and recognize the form of an object in the absence of visual and aud￭ itory information this supports the notion that ast￭ ere￭ og￭ no￭ sis appears to be an associ￭ ative disorder in which the connections between t￭ acti￭ le information and memory is disturbed while ast￭ ere￭ og￭ on￭ sis is characterized by the lack of t￭ acti￭ le recognition in both hands it seems to be closely related to t￭ acti￭ le agno￭ sia impairment connected to one hand t￭ acti￭ le agno￭ sia observations are rare and case specific jose￭ f ger￭ st￭ mann re￭ counts his experience with patient j￭ h a 34 year old inf￭ an￭ try￭ man who suffered a le￭ sion to the poster￭ ior par￭ ie￭ tal lo￭ be due to a gunshot following the injury j￭ h was unable to recognize or identify everyday objects by their meaning origin purpose and use with his left hand using t￭ acti￭ le sensation alone his mo￭ ti￭ lity performance elementary sensitivity and speech were intact and he lacked ab￭ norm￭ alities in brain nerves the majority of all objects j￭ h touched with his left hand went un￭ recognized but very simple objects i e glob￭ es pyram￭ ids cu￭ be etc were regularly recognized based on form alone for more complex objects his behavior and recognition varied daily based on his t￭ acti￭ le resources that changed over time and depended on his fatigue that is j￭ h ’ s ability to recognize depended on his concentration and ability to recognize simple forms and single qualities like size shape etc with further interrogation and greater effort he was able to correctly identify more specific features of an object ie sof￭ tness rounded or corn￭ ered broad or narrow and could even draw a copy of it but he was often left unable to identify the object by name use or origin this behavioral deficit occurred even if j￭ h had handled the object in his fully intact right hand
in astro￭ no￭ my an aster￭ ism is any pattern of stars recognized in the earth s night sky it may be part of an official con￭ stell￭ ation or it may be composed of stars from more than one con￭ stell￭ ation aster￭ isms are composed of stars which although visible in the same general area of the sky as viewed from earth are located at very different distances from earth at great distances from each other many aster￭ isms are simple shapes composed of a few bright stars making them easy to identify and particularly useful to people who are famili￭ ari￭ zing themselves with the night sky in col￭ lo￭ qu￭ ial usage con￭ stell￭ ation is a synon￭ ym of aster￭ ism but in astro￭ no￭ my a con￭ stell￭ ation is an officially recognized area of the sky surrounding certain aster￭ isms for example the aster￭ ism known as the big di￭ pper comprises the seven brightest stars in the international astro￭ nom￭ ical union i￭ au con￭ stell￭ ation ur￭ sa major aster￭ ism is the more general term referring to any identified pattern of stars
ast￭ eri￭ x￭ is also called the fl￭ apping trem￭ or or liver fl￭ ap is a trem￭ or of the hand when the wrist is extended sometimes said to resemble a bird fl￭ apping its wings this motor disorder is characterized by an inability to actively maintain a position which is demonstrated by jer￭ king movements of the out￭ stretched hands when bent upward at the wrist the trem￭ or is caused by abnormal function of the di￭ encephal￭ ic motor centers in the brain which regulate the muscles involved in maintaining position ast￭ eri￭ x￭ is is associated with various encephalopathies due especially to faulty metabol￭ ism the term derives from the greek a not and st￭ ē￭ ri￭ x￭ is fixed position ast￭ eri￭ x￭ is is the inability to maintain posture due to a metabol￭ ic encephalopathy this can be elicited on physical exam by having the patient extend their arms and bend their hands back with a metabol￭ ic encephalopathy the patient is unable to hold their hands back resulting in a “ fl￭ apping ” motion consistent with ast￭ eri￭ x￭ is it can be seen in any metabol￭ ic encephalopathy e g chronic ren￭ al failure severe cong￭ estive heart failure acute respiratory failure and commonly in de￭ compensated liver failure
an asteroid body is a micro￭ scopic finding seen within the giant cells of gran￭ ul￭ om￭ as in diseases such as sar￭ co￭ ido￭ sis and foreign body giant cell reactions there is controversy about what they are composed of traditionally they were thought to be cy￭ to￭ sk￭ el￭ etal elements and to consist primarily of v￭ im￭ entin however more recent research suggested that that was incorrect and that they may be composed of li￭ pi￭ ds arranged into bil￭ ay￭ er memb￭ ran￭ es they were also once thought to be related to centri￭ oles an organ￭ elle involved in cell division in eu￭ kar￭ yo￭ tes
asteroid hy￭ alo￭ sis is a degenerative condition of the eye involving small white op￭ ac￭ ities in the vit￭ re￭ ous humor it is known to occur in humans dogs cats and chin￭ ch￭ illas clin￭ ically these op￭ ac￭ ities are quite ref￭ r￭ acti￭ le giving the appearance of stars or astero￭ ids shining in the night sky — except that oc￭ ular astero￭ ids are often quite mobile oc￭ ular astero￭ ids must be distinguished from the more common typical vit￭ re￭ ous flo￭ at￭ ers which are usually fi￭ bri￭ ll￭ ar or cellular condens￭ ates the cause of asteroid hy￭ alo￭ sis is unknown but it has been associated with diabetes mell￭ it￭ us hyper￭ tension hyper￭ cho￭ le￭ ster￭ ol￭ emia and in certain animals tumors of the ci￭ li￭ ary body in dogs asteroid hy￭ alo￭ sis is considered to be an age related change the asteroid bodies are made up of hydrox￭ yl￭ ap￭ ati￭ te which in turn consists of calcium and phosp￭ hates or phosp￭ holi￭ pi￭ ds while asteroid hy￭ alo￭ sis does not usually severely affect vision the floating op￭ ac￭ ities can be quite annoying and may interfere significantly with vis￭ u￭ alization and testing of the re￭ tina while treatment of asteroid hy￭ alo￭ sis is usually unnecessary vit￭ rec￭ tomy may occasionally be indicated for both diagnostic and therapeutic purposes
in medicine asth￭ en￭ ization is a condition experienced by astron￭ auts following long term space flight in which following return to earth the astronaut experiences symptoms such as fatigue irrit￭ ability lack of appetite and sleep disorders the condition s name derives from asth￭ enia which is a medical term den￭ oting a feeling of weakness without actual loss of strength it is suspected to be a psycho￭ som￭ atic effect of the result of over￭ achieving astron￭ auts no longer having a goal after becoming astron￭ auts or potentially a neuro￭ logical effect of micro￭ gravity buzz al￭ drin the second man to walk on the moon was afflicted with this condition after returning from the moon
asth￭ en￭ o￭ zo￭ os￭ per￭ mia or asth￭ en￭ os￭ per￭ mia is the medical term for reduced sperm mo￭ ti￭ lity complete asth￭ en￭ o￭ zo￭ os￭ per￭ mia that is 100 im￭ mo￭ tile sper￭ mato￭ zo￭ a in the e￭ jac￭ ulate is reported at a frequency of 1 of 5000 men causes of complete asth￭ en￭ o￭ zo￭ os￭ per￭ mia include metabol￭ ic deficiencies ultra￭ structural ab￭ norm￭ alities of the sperm flag￭ ell￭ um see primary ci￭ li￭ ary dy￭ sk￭ ine￭ sia and necro￭ zo￭ os￭ per￭ mia it decreases the sperm quality and is therefore one of the major causes of in￭ fertility or reduced fertility in men a method to increase the chance of pregnancy is ic￭ si the percentage of viable sper￭ mato￭ zo￭ a in complete asth￭ en￭ o￭ zo￭ os￭ per￭ mia varies between 0 and 100
asthma is a common long term infl￭ am￭ matory disease of the airways of the lungs it is characterized by variable and recurring symptoms reversible air￭ flow obstruction and bron￭ cho￭ sp￭ asm symptoms include episodes of whe￭ e￭ zing cou￭ gh￭ ing chest ti￭ ght￭ ness and short￭ ness of breath these episodes may occur a few times a day or a few times per week depending on the person they may become worse at night or with exercise asthma is thought to be caused by a combination of genetic and environmental factors environmental factors include exposure to air pollution and aller￭ gens other potential triggers include medications such as aspir￭ in and beta bloc￭ kers diagnosis is usually based on the pattern of symptoms response to therapy over time and spi￭ ro￭ metry asthma is classified according to the frequency of symptoms forced expir￭ atory volume in one second f￭ ev 1 and peak expir￭ atory flow rate it may also be classified as at￭ op￭ ic or non at￭ op￭ ic where at￭ op￭ y refers to a pre￭ disposition toward developing a type 1 hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity reaction there is no cure for asthma symptoms can be prevented by avoiding triggers such as aller￭ gens and irrit￭ ants and by the use of inhal￭ ed cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ster￭ oids long acting beta agon￭ ists lab￭ a or anti￭ leuko￭ tri￭ ene agents may be used in addition to inhal￭ ed cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ster￭ oids if asthma symptoms remain uncontrolled treatment of rapidly worsening symptoms is usually with an inhal￭ ed short acting beta 2 agon￭ ist such as sal￭ but￭ am￭ ol and cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ster￭ oids taken by mouth in very severe cases intra￭ ven￭ ous cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ster￭ oids magnesium sul￭ fate and hosp￭ itali￭ zation may be required in 2013 242 million people globally had asthma up from 183 million in 1990 it caused about 489 000 deaths in 2013 most of which occurred in the developing world it often begins in childhood the rates of asthma have increased significantly since the 1960 s asthma was recognized as early as ancient egypt the word asthma is from the greek ἅ￭ σ￭ θ￭ μα á￭ s￭ th￭ ma which means p￭ anting
as￭ ti￭ gm￭ atism is a type of ref￭ r￭ active error in which the eye does not focus light evenly on the re￭ tina this results in distorted or blurred vision at all distances other symptoms can include eye￭ strain headaches and trouble driving at night if it occurs early in life it can result in am￭ bl￭ y￭ op￭ ia the cause of as￭ ti￭ gm￭ atism is unclear it is believed to be partly related to genetic factors the underlying mechanism involves an irregular cur￭ v￭ ature of the cor￭ ne￭ a or ab￭ norm￭ alities in the lens of the eye diagnosis is by an eye exam three options exist for the treatment glasses contact l￭ enses and surgery glasses are the simplest contact l￭ enses can provide a wider field of vision ref￭ r￭ active surgery permanently changes the shape of the eye in europe and asia as￭ ti￭ gm￭ atism affects between 30 and 60 of adults people of all ages can be affected as￭ ti￭ gm￭ atism was first reported by thomas young in the early 1800 s
astro￭ bl￭ ast￭ oma is a rare gli￭ al tumor derived from the astro￭ blast a type of cell that closely resembles spongi￭ obl￭ ast￭ oma and astro￭ cy￭ tes astro￭ bl￭ ast￭ oma cells are most likely found in the supr￭ at￭ ent￭ orial region of the brain that houses the cere￭ bru￭ m an area responsible for all voluntary movements in the body it also occurs significantly in the frontal lo￭ be par￭ ie￭ tal lo￭ be and temporal lo￭ be areas where movement language creation memory perception and environmental surroundings are expressed these tumors can be present in major brain areas not associated with the main cere￭ br￭ al hemis￭ ph￭ er￭ es including the cere￭ bell￭ um op￭ tic nerve c￭ aud￭ a equ￭ ina hypo￭ thal￭ am￭ us and brain stem the most defining physical symptom of astro￭ bl￭ ast￭ oma regardless of location is elevated in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial pressure occurring when cere￭ bro￭ spinal fluid in the sub￭ ar￭ ach￭ no￭ id space exhi￭ bits heavy pressure and decreased blood flow resulting in th￭ robbing headache or naus￭ ea for the patient despite widespread loc￭ alization in the brain astro￭ bl￭ ast￭ oma is rarely reported in on￭ co￭ logical studies accounting for only 0 45 – 2 8 of all brain gli￭ om￭ as since its discovery in 19￭ 26 without a doubt astro￭ bl￭ ast￭ oma remains one of the most challenging and problematic tumors to diagnose and treat among all nervous system cancers
astro￭ cy￭ tom￭ as are a type of cancer of the brain they originate in a particular kind of gli￭ al cells star shaped brain cells in the cere￭ bru￭ m called astro￭ cy￭ tes this type of tumor does not usually spread outside the brain and spinal cord and it does not usually affect other organs astro￭ cy￭ tom￭ as are the most common gli￭ oma and can occur in most parts of the brain and occasionally in the spinal cord within the astro￭ cy￭ tom￭ as there are two broad classes recognized in literature those with narrow zones of infiltr￭ ation mostly non￭ invasive tumors e g pi￭ loc￭ y￭ tic astro￭ cy￭ tom￭ a su￭ be￭ pend￭ ym￭ al giant cell astro￭ cy￭ tom￭ a ple￭ om￭ orph￭ ic x￭ anth￭ o￭ astro￭ cy￭ tom￭ a that often are clearly outlined on diagnostic images diffuse zones of infiltr￭ ation e g high grade astro￭ cy￭ tom￭ a an￭ ap￭ l￭ astic astro￭ cy￭ tom￭ a gli￭ obl￭ ast￭ oma that share various features including the ability to arise at any location in the cns central nervous system but with a preference for the cere￭ br￭ al hemis￭ ph￭ er￭ es they occur usually in adults and an intrinsic tendency to progress to more advanced grades people can develop astro￭ cy￭ tom￭ as at any age the low grade type is more often found in children or young adults while the high grade type are more prevalent in adults astro￭ cy￭ tom￭ as in the base of the brain are more common in young people and account for roughly 75 of neuro￭ epi￭ the￭ li￭ al tumors
astro￭ gli￭ osis also known as astro￭ cy￭ to￭ sis or referred to as reactive astro￭ cy￭ to￭ sis is an abnormal increase in the number of astro￭ cy￭ tes due to the destruction of nearby neurons from cns trauma infection is￭ chem￭ ia stroke auto￭ immune responses and neuro￭ degenerative disease in healthy ne￭ ural tissue astro￭ cy￭ tes play critical roles in energy provision regulation of blood flow home￭ ost￭ asis of ex￭ trac￭ ell￭ ular fluid home￭ ost￭ asis of ions and transmitters regulation of syn￭ ap￭ se function and syn￭ ap￭ tic remo￭ deling astro￭ gli￭ osis changes the molecular expression and mor￭ pho￭ logy of astro￭ cy￭ tes causing scar formation and in severe cases inhi￭ bi￭ tion of ax￭ on regeneration
an astro￭ physical jet hereafter jet is a phenomenon often seen in astro￭ no￭ my where streams of matter are emitted along the axis of rotation of a compact object while it is still the subject of ongoing research to understand how jets are formed and powered the two most often proposed origins are dynamic interactions within the acc￭ re￭ tion disk or a process associated with the compact central object such as a black hole or neutr￭ on star when matter is emitted at speeds approaching the speed of light these jets are called relati￭ vis￭ tic jets because the effects of special rel￭ ativity become important the largest jets are those from black holes in active galax￭ ies such as qu￭ as￭ ars and radio galax￭ ies other systems which often contain jets include cat￭ ac￭ ly￭ sm￭ ic variable stars x ray bin￭ aries and t ta￭ uri stars her￭ big – har￭ o objects are caused by the interaction of jets with the inter￭ stell￭ ar medium bipolar outflows or jets may also be associated with proto￭ stars young forming stars or with evolved post ag￭ b stars often in the form of bipolar ne￭ bul￭ ae many stell￭ ar objects with acc￭ re￭ tion disks have jets although those from super massive black holes are generally the fastest and most active while it is not known exactly how acc￭ re￭ tion disks would accelerate jets or produce pos￭ it￭ ron electr￭ on plasma they are generally thought to generate tang￭ led magnetic fields that cause the jets to accelerate and col￭ lim￭ ate the hydro￭ dynamics of a de laval no￭ zzle may also give a hint to the mechanisms involved
the asymmetric k￭ eck all￭ yl￭ ation is a chemical reaction that involves the addition of all￭ yl group to an alde￭ hyde
asymmetric addition of al￭ ken￭ yl￭ metals to alde￭ hy￭ des is a chemical reaction in en￭ anti￭ o￭ selective synthesis that reacts an al￭ ken￭ yl￭ metal with an alde￭ hyde to give an all￭ yl alcohol figure asymmetric addition of al￭ ken￭ yl￭ metals to alde￭ hy￭ des the stereo￭ selectivity in the reaction is typically controlled by the asymmetric lig￭ ands used providing a strategy to introduce controlled asymmetry into the mol￭ ecu￭ le controlled molecular asymmetry or en￭ anti￭ o￭ selectivity is crucial for controlling the bio￭ activity of the synthe￭ sized molecules and demanded by drug authorities in drug synthesis in this case the lig￭ ands chel￭ ate to the transition metal to create a chir￭ al environment which enables the selective formation of a particular en￭ anti￭ om￭ er various transition metals such as zinc nickel chromium and rho￭ dium have been used in this reaction asymmetric addition of al￭ ken￭ yl￭ metals to alde￭ hy￭ des has been widely used in total synthesis of natural product for example the key cy￭ cli￭ zation step in the total synthesis of r mus￭ cone was an intr￭ am￭ ol￭ ec￭ ular asymmetric addition of a vin￭ yl￭ zinc derivative to an alde￭ hyde using a chir￭ al amino is￭ ob￭ or￭ ne￭ ol lig￭ and figure a asymmetric addition of al￭ ken￭ yl￭ zinc to alde￭ hyde in the total synthesis of mus￭ cone the reaction used a terminal al￭ ky￭ ne a as the sub￭ str￭ ate which generated al￭ ken￭ yl￭ bor￭ ate re￭ agent b through mono￭ hydro￭ bor￭ ation reaction after trans￭ metal￭ ation with di￭ ethyl￭ zinc the generated al￭ ken￭ yl￭ zinc re￭ agent c further reacted with the alde￭ hyde d through exclusive addition to the π face under the control of 3 ex￭ o di￭ meth￭ yl￭ amino is￭ ob￭ or￭ ne￭ ol dai￭ b as a lig￭ and figure b detailed steps for the reaction
asymmetric addition of al￭ ky￭ n￭ yl￭ zinc compounds to alde￭ hy￭ des is an en￭ anti￭ o￭ selective chemical reaction where al￭ ky￭ n￭ yl￭ zinc reagents react with alde￭ hy￭ des to generate pro￭ par￭ gy￭ l alcohol￭ s pro￭ par￭ gy￭ l alcohol￭ s are vers￭ ati￭ le precursors to various complex molecules making the asymmetric addition of al￭ ky￭ n￭ yl￭ zinc compounds to alde￭ hy￭ des a particularly useful method for the synthesis of natural products and pharmaceutical drugs for example car￭ re￭ ira and co workers have used this asymmetric reaction for the synthesis of natural product le￭ uc￭ as￭ can￭ dro￭ li￭ de a one of the first powerfully bio￭ active metabol￭ ites isolated from a cal￭ care￭ ous spon￭ ge various chir￭ al lig￭ ands have been developed for the asymmetric addition of al￭ ky￭ n￭ yl￭ zinc compounds to alde￭ hy￭ des because of the acidity of the terminal al￭ ky￭ n￭ yl prot￭ on the al￭ ky￭ n￭ yl￭ zinc compounds can be generated in situ from reaction of terminal al￭ ky￭ nes with al￭ k￭ yl￭ z￭ inc￭ s or z￭ n ot￭ f 2 the first example of catalytic asymmetric addition of al￭ ky￭ n￭ yl￭ zinc compounds to alde￭ hy￭ des was reported by ken￭ so so￭ ai and co workers in 1990 in their experiments chir￭ al amino alcohol￭ s and am￭ ines a to c in figure examples of lig￭ ands used in asymmetric addition of al￭ ky￭ n￭ yl￭ zinc compounds to alde￭ hy￭ des were used as lig￭ ands and the al￭ ky￭ n￭ yl￭ zinc re￭ agent was prepared from reaction of al￭ ky￭ ne with di￭ ethyl￭ zinc although the yields were high but the highest en￭ anti￭ om￭ eric excess achieved was only 34 with 5 mol lig￭ and loading er￭ ick car￭ re￭ ira and co workers reported high en￭ anti￭ om￭ eric excess using a chir￭ al amino alcohol n meth￭ y￭ le￭ p￭ he￭ dr￭ ine d sto￭ ic￭ hi￭ ome￭ tric amount of d was used in their reactions and up to 99 of en￭ anti￭ om￭ eric excess was achieved at room temperature for a broad range of alde￭ hy￭ des in car￭ re￭ ira ’ s experiments the al￭ ky￭ n￭ yl￭ zinc re￭ agent was generated from the reaction of al￭ ky￭ ne with z￭ n ot￭ f 2 in the presence of an amine base
asymmetric crying fac￭ ies ac￭ f also called c￭ ay￭ ler cardi￭ o￭ facial syndrome partial unilateral facial pa￭ res￭ is and hypo￭ pl￭ asia of depres￭ sor ang￭ ula or￭ is muscle is a minor con￭ genital anomaly caused by agen￭ esis or hypo￭ pl￭ asia of the depres￭ sor ang￭ uli or￭ is muscle one of the muscles that control the movements of the lower lip this unilateral facial weakness is fi￭ r￭ st noticed when the infant cries or smiles affecting only one corner of the mouth and occurs on the left side in nearly 80 of cases it is associated with other birth defects in more than 50 of cases when the hypo￭ pl￭ asia of the depres￭ sor ang￭ uli or￭ is muscle is associated with con￭ genital cardiac defects the term c￭ ay￭ ler cardi￭ o￭ facial syndrome is used c￭ ay￭ ler syndrome is part of 22 q 11 2 deletion syndrome it was characterized by c￭ ay￭ ler in 1969
asymmetric hydro￭ gen￭ ation is a chemical reaction that adds two atoms of hydrogen prefer￭ entially to one of two faces of an un￭ saturated sub￭ str￭ ate mol￭ ecu￭ le such as an al￭ k￭ ene or ke￭ tone the selectivity derives from the manner that the sub￭ str￭ ate binds to the chir￭ al cataly￭ sts in jargon this binding trans￭ mits spatial information what chem￭ ists refer to as chir￭ ality from the catalyst to the target favoring the product as a single en￭ anti￭ om￭ er this enzyme like selectivity is particularly applied to bio￭ active products such as pharmaceutical agents and agro￭ chemicals a generic asymmetric hydro￭ gen￭ ation of n ace￭ ty￭ l de￭ hydro￭ am￭ ino￭ acids
asymmetric peri￭ fl￭ ex￭ ural ex￭ anthem of childhood ap￭ ec also known as unilateral lat￭ ero￭ thor￭ ac￭ ic ex￭ anthem is a rare self limited and spontaneously resolving skin rash of the ex￭ anthem type with unknown eti￭ ology that occurs in children it occurs primarily in the late winter and early spring most common in europe and affecting girls more often than boys it is probably viral but no virus has yet been associated with the condition
asymmetry is the absence of or a violation of sym￭ metry the property of an object being invari￭ ant to a transformation such as reflection sym￭ metry is an important property of both physical and abstract systems and it may be displayed in precise terms or in more aesthetic terms the absence of violation of sym￭ metry that are either expected or desired can have important consequences for a system
as￭ ymp￭ tomatic infl￭ am￭ matory pro￭ stati￭ tis is a pain￭ less infl￭ amm￭ ation of the pro￭ state g￭ land where there is no evidence of infection it should be distinguished from the other categories of pro￭ stati￭ tis characterised by either pel￭ vic pain or evidence of infection such as chronic bacterial pro￭ stati￭ tis acute bacterial pro￭ stati￭ tis and chronic pel￭ vic pain syndrome cp￭ ps it is a common finding in men with benign pro￭ static hyper￭ pl￭ asia
in mathematics an as￭ ymp￭ to￭ tic formula for a quantity function or expression depending on natural numbers or on a variable taking real numbers as values is a function of natural numbers or of a real variable whose values are nearly equal to the values of the former when both are evaluated for the same large values of the variable an as￭ ymp￭ to￭ tic formula for a quantity is a function which is as￭ ymp￭ to￭ tically equivalent to the former more generally an as￭ ymp￭ to￭ tic formula is a statement of equality between two functions which is not a true equality but which means the ratio of the two functions approaches 1 as the variable approaches some value usually infin￭ ity
as￭ y￭ stole also known as flat￭ line is a state of no electrical activity from the heart and therefore no blood flow it results in cardiac arrest as￭ y￭ stole is found initially in about 28 of people in cardiac arrest as￭ y￭ stole is treated by cardi￭ op￭ ul￭ mon￭ ary resusc￭ itation c￭ pr combined with an intra￭ ven￭ ous vas￭ op￭ res￭ sor such as ep￭ in￭ eph￭ rine aka adren￭ al￭ ine sometimes an underlying reversible cause can be detected and treated the so called hs and ts an example of which is hypo￭ kal￭ aemia several interventions previously recommended — such as defi￭ bri￭ ll￭ ation known to be ineffective on as￭ y￭ stole but previously performed in case the rhythm was actually very fine ven￭ tric￭ ular fi￭ bri￭ ll￭ ation and intra￭ ven￭ ous atro￭ pine — are no longer part of the routine protocols recommended by most major international bodies as￭ y￭ stole may be treated with 1 mg ep￭ in￭ eph￭ rine by iv every 3 – 5 minutes as needed vas￭ op￭ res￭ sin 40 units by iv every 3 – 5 minutes may be used in place of the first and or second doses of ep￭ in￭ eph￭ rine but doing so does not enhance outcomes survival rates in a cardiac arrest patient with as￭ y￭ stole are much lower than a patient with a rhythm amenable to defi￭ bri￭ ll￭ ation as￭ y￭ stole is itself not a shoc￭ k￭ able rhythm out of hospital survival rates even with emergency intervention are less than 2 percent
in a variety of computer languages the function at￭ an 2 is the arc￭ tang￭ ent function with two arguments the purpose of using two arguments instead of one is to gather information on the signs of the inputs in order to return the appropriate quad￭ rant of the compu￭ ted angle which is not possible for the single argument arc￭ tang￭ ent function it also avoids the problems of division by zero for any real number e g floating point arguments x and y not both equal to zero at￭ an 2 y x is the angle in radi￭ ans between the positive x axis of a plane and the point given by the coordinates x y on it the angle is positive for counter c￭ lock￭ wise angles upper half plane y 0 and negative for c￭ lock￭ wise angles lower half plane y 0
at￭ a￭ que de ner￭ vi￭ os spanish pron￭ unciation a￭ ˈ￭ take ð￭ e ˈ￭ ner￭ β￭ jos portuguese at￭ a￭ que de ner￭ vos pronounced ɐ￭ ˈ￭ tak￭ i d￭ ʒ￭ i ˈ￭ ne￭ ʁ￭ v￭ us or ɐ￭ ˈ￭ tak￭ ɨ ð￭ ɨ ˈ￭ ne￭ ɾ￭ vu￭ ʃ also known as puerto ric￭ an syndrome is a psychological syndrome most associated in the united states with spanish speaking people from the caribbean although commonly identified among all iberian descended cultures at￭ a￭ que de ner￭ vi￭ os translates into english as attack of nerves although it is used in its common cultural form to refer to a specific pattern of symptoms rather than being a general term for feeling nervous the condition appears in appendix i of the revised fourth edition of the diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders dsm iv tr as a culture bound syndrome
at￭ ax￭ ia tel￭ an￭ gi￭ ec￭ ta￭ sia a t also referred to as louis – bar syndrome is a rare neuro￭ degenerative auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive disease causing severe disability at￭ ax￭ ia refers to poor coordination and tel￭ an￭ gi￭ ec￭ ta￭ sia to small dil￭ ated blood vessels both of which are hall￭ marks of the disease a t affects many parts of the body it imp￭ airs certain areas of the brain including the cere￭ bell￭ um causing difficulty with movement and coordination it weakens the immune system causing a pre￭ disposition to infection it prevents repair of broken dna increasing the risk of cancer symptoms most often first appear in early childhood the to￭ dd￭ ler stage when children begin to walk though they usually start walking at a normal age they wob￭ ble or sway when walking standing still or sitting and may appear almost as if they are drunk in late pre school and early school age they develop difficulty moving their eyes in a natural manner from one place to the next oc￭ ul￭ om￭ o￭ tor ap￭ ra￭ x￭ ia they develop sl￭ ur￭ red or distorted speech and sw￭ allowing problems some have an increased number of respiratory tract infections ear infections sin￭ u￭ si￭ tis bron￭ chi￭ tis and pneumonia because not all children develop in the same manner or at the same rate it may be some years before a t is properly diagnosed most children with a t have stable neuro￭ logic symptoms for the first 4 – 5 years of life but begin to show increasing problems in early school years a t is caused by a defect in the atm gene which is responsible for managing the cell ’ s response to multiple forms of stress including double strand breaks in dna in simple terms the protein produced by the atm gene recognizes that there is a break in dna recruits other proteins to fix the break and stops the cell from making new dna until the repair is complete
at￭ ax￭ ic cere￭ br￭ al pal￭ sy is clin￭ ically observed in approximately 5 10 of all cases of cere￭ br￭ al pal￭ sy making it the least frequent form of cere￭ br￭ al pal￭ sy diagnosed at￭ ax￭ ic cere￭ br￭ al pal￭ sy is caused by damage to cere￭ bell￭ ar structures differentiating it from the other two forms of cere￭ br￭ al pal￭ sy which are sp￭ astic cere￭ br￭ al pal￭ sy damage to cor￭ tical motor areas and underlying white matter and athe￭ to￭ id cere￭ br￭ al pal￭ sy damage to bas￭ al gang￭ lia because of the damage to the cere￭ bell￭ um which is essential for coordinating muscle movements and balance patients with at￭ ax￭ ic cere￭ br￭ al pal￭ sy experience problems in coordination specifically in their arms legs and trunk at￭ ax￭ ic cere￭ br￭ al pal￭ sy is known to decrease muscle tone the most common manifestation of at￭ ax￭ ic cere￭ br￭ al pal￭ sy is intention action trem￭ or which is especially apparent when carrying out precise movements such as tying shoe lac￭ es or writing with a pencil this symptom gets progressively worse as the movement persists causing the hand to shake as the hand gets closer to accompl￭ ishing the intended task the trem￭ bling intensi￭ fies which makes it even more difficult to complete like all forms of cp there is no cure for at￭ ax￭ ic cere￭ br￭ al pal￭ sy however there are a number of diverse treatments which together have been used to limit the negative effects of the condition like all forms of cp it is most common for at￭ ax￭ ic cere￭ br￭ al pal￭ sy to be con￭ genital resulting from errors in the development of the cere￭ bell￭ um and conn￭ ex￭ ins during pregnancy however it is also possible to be acquired via men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis or even by head trauma although the latter more often leads to one of the many forms of traumatic brain injury which is categorically separate from cere￭ br￭ al pal￭ sy as a class
at￭ ax￭ ic respir￭ ation is an abnormal pattern of breathing characterized by complete irregularity of breathing with irregular pa￭ uses and increasing periods of ap￭ ne￭ a as the breathing pattern deterior￭ ates it mer￭ ges with ag￭ onal respir￭ ations it is caused by damage to the med￭ ul￭ la obl￭ ong￭ ata due to stro￭ kes or trauma it generally indicates a poor prog￭ no￭ sis and usually progres￭ ses to complete ap￭ ne￭ a the term is sometimes used inter￭ change￭ ably with bio￭ t s respir￭ ations
at￭ elect￭ asis is the collapse or closure of a lung resulting in reduced or absent gas exchange it may affect part or all of a lung it is usually not bilateral it is a condition where the al￭ ve￭ oli are defl￭ ated down to little or no volume as distinct from pul￭ mon￭ ary consolidation in which they are filled with liquid it is a very common finding in chest x rays and other radiological studies it may be caused by normal ex￭ hal￭ ation or by several medical conditions although frequently described as a collapse of lung tissue at￭ elect￭ asis is not synonymous with a pneu￭ mo￭ thor￭ ax which is a more specific condition that features at￭ elect￭ asis acute at￭ elect￭ asis may occur as a post operative complic￭ ation or as a result of sur￭ fac￭ tant deficiency in premature ne￭ on￭ ates this leads to infant respiratory distress syndrome
ate￭ li￭ osis or at￭ el￭ ei￭ osis is a diagnosis used in the early 1900 s to describe patients with short stature ate￭ li￭ osis literally means failure to achieve perfection and was used to describe proportional dwar￭ f￭ ism the term was popul￭ ar￭ ised by hast￭ ings gil￭ ford who used the term to refer to forms of dwar￭ f￭ ism associated with and without sexual matur￭ ation ate￭ li￭ osis was reported as early as 19￭ 04 in relation to pro￭ geria a syndrome of premature aging according to the merri￭ am web￭ ster dic￭ tionary it is “ dwar￭ f￭ ism associated with an￭ terior pit￭ u￭ itary deficiencies and marked by essentially normal intelligence and proportions though often retar￭ ded sexual development ” the physical characteristics include normal facial features child￭ like high pitched voice proportion￭ ed body and abnormal gen￭ italia their mental development is normal to slightly delayed hast￭ ings gil￭ ford originated the term to describe patients with continuous youth
at￭ elo￭ ste￭ o￭ genesis type ii is a severe disorder of car￭ til￭ age and bone development it is extremely rare and infants with the disorder are usually still￭ born however those who survive birth die soon after from respiratory failure
the ath￭ ab￭ as￭ ca oil sands are large deposits of bit￭ umen or extremely heavy crude oil located in nor￭ the￭ astern alber￭ ta canada – roughly centred on the boom￭ town of fort mc￭ murray these oil sands hosted primarily in the mc￭ murray formation consist of a mixture of crude bit￭ umen a semi solid rock like form of crude oil silic￭ a sand clay minerals and water the ath￭ ab￭ as￭ ca deposit is the largest known reservoir of crude bit￭ umen in the world and the largest of three major oil sands deposits in alber￭ ta along with the nearby peace river and cold lake deposits the latter stretching into sas￭ kat￭ che￭ wan together these oil sand deposits lie under 141 000 square kilometres 54 000 s￭ q mi of bo￭ real forest and mus￭ ke￭ g peat bo￭ gs and contain about 1 7 trillion barrels 270 × 109 m 3 of bit￭ umen in place comparable in magnitude to the world s total proven reserves of conventional petroleum the international energy agency i￭ ea lists the economically recoverable reserves at 2006 prices and modern unconventional oil production technology to be 178 billion barrels 28 3 × 109 m 3 or about 10 of these deposits these contribute to canada s total proven reserves being the third largest in the world after saudi arabia and venezuela s or￭ in￭ oc￭ o belt by 2009 the two extraction methods used were in situ extraction when the bit￭ umen occurs deeper within the ground which will account for 80 percent of oil sands development and surface or open pit mining when the bit￭ umen is closer to the surface only 20 percent of bit￭ umen can be extracted using open pit mining methods which involves large scale exc￭ av￭ ation of the land with huge hydraulic power sho￭ vel￭ s and 400 ton heavy haul￭ er trucks surface mining leaves toxic ta￭ ilings pon￭ ds in contrast in situ uses more specialized techniques such as steam assisted gravity drainage sag￭ d eighty percent of the oil sands will be developed in situ which accounts for 97 5 percent of the total surface area of the oil sands region in alber￭ ta in 2006 the ath￭ ab￭ as￭ ca deposit was the only large oil sands reservoir in the world which was suitable for large scale surface mining although most of this reservoir can only be produced using more recently developed in situ technology critics contend that government and industry measures taken to reduce environmental and health risks posed by large scale mining operations are inadequate causing unacceptable damage to the natural environment and human welfare objective discussion of the environmental impacts has often been clou￭ ded by pol￭ arized arguments from industry and from advocacy groups
in the dun￭ geons drag￭ ons fantasy ro￭ le￭ playing game an ath￭ ach is a giant like aberr￭ ation
athe￭ lia is the con￭ genital absence of one or both nip￭ ples it is a rare condition it sometimes occurs on one side in children with the poland sequence and on both sides in certain types of ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal dys￭ pl￭ asia
an a￭ ther￭ oma plural a￭ ther￭ om￭ ata or a￭ ther￭ om￭ as is an accumulation of degenerative material in the tun￭ ica intim￭ a inner layer of artery walls the material consists of mostly macro￭ p￭ ha￭ ge cells or debris containing li￭ pi￭ ds cho￭ le￭ sterol and fatty acids calcium and a variable amount of fi￭ bro￭ us connec￭ tive tissue the accumulated material forms a sw￭ elling in the artery wall which may intru￭ de into the channel of the artery narrowing it and restricting blood flow a￭ ther￭ oma occurs in a￭ ther￭ os￭ clerosis which is one of the three sub￭ types of arter￭ i￭ os￭ clerosis which are a￭ ther￭ os￭ clerosis mon￭ c￭ ke￭ berg s arter￭ i￭ os￭ clerosis and arter￭ io￭ los￭ clerosis in the context of heart or artery matters a￭ ther￭ om￭ ata are commonly referred to as a￭ ther￭ om￭ at￭ ous pl￭ aqu￭ es it is an unhealthy condition found in most humans ve￭ ins do not develop a￭ ther￭ om￭ ata unless sur￭ g￭ ically moved to function as an artery as in bypass surgery the accumulation sw￭ elling is always in the tun￭ ica intim￭ a between the endo￭ the￭ lium lining and the smooth muscle tun￭ ica media middle layer of the artery wall while the early stages based on gross appearance have traditionally been termed fatty stre￭ aks by patho￭ logists they are not composed of fat cells i e adi￭ pose cells but of accumul￭ ations of white blood cells especially macro￭ p￭ ha￭ ges that have taken up ox￭ idi￭ zed low density li￭ po￭ protein ld￭ l after they accumulate large amounts of cy￭ top￭ las￭ mic memb￭ ran￭ es with associated high cho￭ le￭ sterol content they are called foam cells when foam cells die their contents are released which attracts more macro￭ p￭ ha￭ ges and creates an ex￭ trac￭ ell￭ ular lip￭ id core near the center to inner surface of each a￭ ther￭ os￭ cl￭ erotic pla￭ que conversely the outer older portions of the pla￭ que become more calci￭ fied less metabol￭ ically active and more physically stiff over time
a￭ ther￭ os￭ clerosis also known as arter￭ i￭ os￭ cl￭ erotic vascular disease or as￭ vd is a specific form of arter￭ i￭ os￭ clerosis in which an artery wall thick￭ ens as a result of invasion and accumulation of white blood cells w￭ b￭ cs foam cell and proliferation of intim￭ al smooth muscle cell creating a fi￭ bro￭ fatty pla￭ que the accumulation of the white blood cells is termed fatty stre￭ aks early on because of the appearance being similar to that of mar￭ bled steak these accumul￭ ations contain both living active w￭ b￭ cs producing infl￭ amm￭ ation and remnants of dead cells including cho￭ le￭ sterol and tri￭ gly￭ cer￭ ides the remnants eventually include calcium and other crystal￭ lized materials within the outermost and oldest pla￭ que the fatty stre￭ aks reduce the el￭ as￭ tic￭ ity of the artery walls however they do not affect blood flow for decades because the artery muscular wall enlar￭ ges at the locations of pla￭ que the wall sti￭ ff￭ ening may eventually increase pulse pressure widened pulse pressure is one possible result of advanced disease within the major arter￭ ies a￭ ther￭ os￭ clerosis is therefore a syndrome affecting arter￭ ial blood vessels due to a chronic infl￭ am￭ matory response of w￭ b￭ cs in the walls of arter￭ ies this is promoted by low density li￭ po￭ proteins ld￭ l plasma proteins that carry cho￭ le￭ sterol and tri￭ gly￭ cer￭ ides without adequate removal of fats and cho￭ le￭ sterol from the macro￭ p￭ ha￭ ges by functional high density li￭ po￭ proteins h￭ dl it is commonly referred to as a hard￭ ening or fur￭ ring of the arter￭ ies it is caused by the formation of multiple a￭ ther￭ om￭ at￭ ous pl￭ aqu￭ es within the arter￭ ies the pla￭ que is divided into three distinct components 1 the a￭ ther￭ oma lump of gru￭ el from greek ἀ￭ θή￭ ρ￭ α a￭ ther￭ a meaning gru￭ el which is the no￭ d￭ ular accumulation of a soft fla￭ ky yel￭ low￭ ish material at the center of large pl￭ aqu￭ es composed of macro￭ p￭ ha￭ ges nearest the lum￭ en of the artery 2 underlying areas of cho￭ le￭ sterol cryst￭ als 3 calci￭ fication at the outer base of older or more advanced le￭ sions a￭ ther￭ os￭ clerosis is a chronic disease that remains as￭ ymp￭ tomatic for decades a￭ ther￭ os￭ cl￭ erotic le￭ sions or a￭ ther￭ os￭ cl￭ erotic pl￭ aqu￭ es are separated into two broad categories stable and unstable also called vulnerable the path￭ obi￭ ology of a￭ ther￭ os￭ cl￭ erotic le￭ sions is very complicated but generally stable a￭ ther￭ os￭ cl￭ erotic pl￭ aqu￭ es which tend to be as￭ ymp￭ tomatic are rich in ex￭ trac￭ ell￭ ular matrix and smooth muscle cells on the other hand unstable pl￭ aqu￭ es are rich in macro￭ p￭ ha￭ ges and foam cells and the ex￭ trac￭ ell￭ ular matrix separating the le￭ sion from the arter￭ ial lum￭ en also known as the fi￭ bro￭ us cap is usually weak and prone to rupture rup￭ tures of the fi￭ bro￭ us cap expose thro￭ m￭ bo￭ genic material such as coll￭ agen to the circulation and eventually induce thro￭ m￭ bus formation in the lum￭ en upon formation intr￭ alumin￭ al thro￭ m￭ bi can oc￭ clu￭ de arter￭ ies outright e g coron￭ ary oc￭ clu￭ sion but more often they det￭ ach move into the circulation and eventually oc￭ clu￭ de smaller downstream branches causing thro￭ m￭ bo￭ embol￭ ism apart from thro￭ m￭ bo￭ embol￭ ism chronically expanding a￭ ther￭ os￭ cl￭ erotic le￭ sions can cause complete closure of the lum￭ en chronically expanding le￭ sions are often as￭ ymp￭ tomatic until lum￭ en sten￭ osis is so severe usually over 80 that blood supply to downstream tissue s is insufficient resulting in is￭ chem￭ ia these complications of advanced a￭ ther￭ os￭ clerosis are chronic slowly progressive and cumulative most commonly soft pla￭ que suddenly rup￭ tures see vulnerable pla￭ que causing the formation of a thro￭ m￭ bus that will rapidly slow or stop blood flow leading to death of the tissues fed by the artery in approximately five minutes this catastrophic event is called an inf￭ arc￭ tion one of the most common recognized scenarios is called coron￭ ary thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis of a coron￭ ary artery causing my￭ o￭ cardi￭ al inf￭ arc￭ tion a heart attack the same process in an artery to the brain is commonly called stroke another common scenario in very advanced disease is clau￭ dic￭ ation from insufficient blood supply to the legs a￭ ther￭ os￭ clerosis affects the entire artery tree but mostly larger high pressure vessels such as the coron￭ ary ren￭ al fem￭ oral cere￭ br￭ al and caro￭ ti￭ d arter￭ ies these are termed clin￭ ically silent because the person having the inf￭ arc￭ tion does not notice the problem and does not seek medical help or when they do physicians do not recognize what has happened
athe￭ to￭ id cere￭ br￭ al pal￭ sy or dy￭ sk￭ ine￭ tic cere￭ br￭ al pal￭ sy sometimes abbreviated ad￭ cp is a type of cere￭ br￭ al pal￭ sy primarily associated with damage like other forms of cp to the bas￭ al gang￭ lia in the form of le￭ sions that occur during brain development due to bi￭ li￭ rubin encephalopathy and hypo￭ x￭ ic is￭ chem￭ ic brain injury unlike sp￭ astic or at￭ ax￭ ic cere￭ br￭ al pal￭ sies ad￭ cp is characterized by both hyper￭ ton￭ ia and hy￭ pot￭ onia due to the affected individual s inability to control muscle tone clinical diagnosis of ad￭ cp typically occurs within 18 months of birth and is primarily based upon motor function and neuro￭ imaging techniques while there are no cures for ad￭ cp some drug therapies as well as speech occupational therapy and physical therapy have shown capacity for treating the symptoms classification of cere￭ br￭ al pal￭ sy can be based on severity topo￭ graphic distribution or motor function severity is typically assessed via the gross motor function classification system gm￭ f￭ cs or the international classification of functioning disability and health described further below classification based on motor characteristics classi￭ fies cp as occurring from damage to either the cor￭ ti￭ co￭ spinal path￭ way or extr￭ ap￭ y￭ ram￭ idal regions athe￭ to￭ id dy￭ sk￭ ine￭ tic cere￭ br￭ al pal￭ sy is a non sp￭ astic extr￭ ap￭ y￭ ram￭ idal form of cere￭ br￭ al pal￭ sy sp￭ astic cere￭ br￭ al pal￭ sy in contrast results from damage to the brain ’ s cor￭ ti￭ co￭ spinal pathways non sp￭ astic cere￭ br￭ al pal￭ sy is divided into two groups at￭ ax￭ ic and dy￭ sk￭ ine￭ tic dy￭ sk￭ ine￭ tic cere￭ br￭ al pal￭ sy is separated further into two different groups cho￭ re￭ o￭ athe￭ to￭ id and dy￭ st￭ onic cho￭ re￭ o athe￭ to￭ tic cp is characterized by involuntary movements most predominantly found in the face and extre￭ mi￭ ties dy￭ st￭ onic ad￭ cp is characterized by slow strong contr￭ actions which may occur locally or encompass the whole body clin￭ ically physicians have also classified cere￭ br￭ al pal￭ sy according to the topo￭ graphic distribution of muscle sp￭ as￭ tic￭ ity this method classi￭ fies children as di￭ p￭ leg￭ ic bilateral involvement with leg involvement greater than arm involvement hem￭ ip￭ leg￭ ic unilateral involvement or quad￭ rip￭ leg￭ ic bilateral involvement with arm involvement equal to or greater than leg involvement
athe￭ to￭ sis is a symptom characterized by slow involuntary con￭ volu￭ ted w￭ ri￭ thing movements of the fingers hands toes and feet and in some cases arms legs neck and tongue movements typical of athe￭ to￭ sis are sometimes called athe￭ to￭ id movements le￭ sions to the brain are most often the direct cause of the symptoms particularly to the corpus stri￭ at￭ um this symptom does not occur alone and is often accompanied by the symptoms of cere￭ br￭ al pal￭ sy as it is often a result of this disease treatments for athe￭ to￭ sis are not very effective and in most cases are simply aimed at the uncontrollable movement rather than the cause itself
athlete s foot known medic￭ ally as tin￭ ea ped￭ is is a common skin infection of the feet caused by fun￭ gus signs and symptoms often include it￭ ching scaling and red￭ ness in severe cases the skin may bl￭ ister athlete s foot fun￭ gus may infect any part of the foot but most often grows between the toes the next most common area is the bottom of the foot the same fun￭ gus may also affect the nails or the hands it is a member of the group of diseases known as tin￭ ea tin￭ ea ped￭ is is caused by a number of different fun￭ gi these include species of tric￭ hop￭ hy￭ ton ep￭ id￭ er￭ mop￭ hy￭ ton and micro￭ spor￭ um the condition is typically acquired by coming into contact with infected skin or fun￭ gus in the environment common places where the fun￭ gi can survive are around swimming pools and in locker rooms they may also be spread from other animals usually diagnosis is made based on signs and symptoms however it can be confirmed either by culture or seeing hyp￭ ha￭ e using a micro￭ scope some methods of prevention include avoiding walking ba￭ ref￭ oot in public sho￭ wers keeping the to￭ en￭ ails short wearing big enough shoes and changing socks daily when infected the feet should be kept dry and clean and wearing sand￭ als may help treatment can be either with anti￭ fun￭ gal medication applied to the skin such as clo￭ trim￭ azole or for persistent infections anti￭ fun￭ gal medication that are taken by mouth such as ter￭ bin￭ a￭ fine the use of the cream is typically recommended for four weeks athletes foot was first medic￭ ally described in 19￭ 08 globally athlete s foot affects about 15 of the population males are more often affected than females it occurs most frequently in older children or younger adults historically it is believed to have been a rare condition that became more frequent in the 1900 s due to the great use of shoes health clubs war and travel
athle￭ tic heart syndrome a￭ hs also known as athlete s heart athle￭ tic brad￭ y￭ car￭ dia or exercise induced cardi￭ om￭ eg￭ al￭ y is a non￭ pathological condition commonly seen in sports medicine in which the human heart is enlarged and the resting heart rate is lower than normal athlete s heart is common in athletes who routinely exercise more than an hour a day and occurs primarily in end￭ ur￭ ance athletes though it can occasionally arise in heavy weight trainers the condition is generally considered benign but may occasionally hide a serious medical condition or may even be mistaken for one athlete s heart most often does not have any physical symptoms although an indicator would be a consistently low resting heart rate athletes with a￭ hs often do not realize they have the condition unless they undergo specific medical tests because athlete s heart is a normal physiological adaptation of the body to the stresses of physical conditioning and aer￭ ob￭ ic exercise people diagnosed with athlete ’ s heart commonly display three signs that would usually indicate a heart condition when seen in a regular person brad￭ y￭ car￭ dia cardi￭ om￭ eg￭ al￭ y and cardiac hyper￭ tro￭ phy brad￭ y￭ car￭ dia is a slower than normal heartbeat at around 40 – 60 beats per minute cardi￭ om￭ eg￭ al￭ y is the state of an enlarged heart and cardiac hyper￭ tro￭ phy the thick￭ ening of the muscular wall of the heart specifically the left ven￭ tric￭ le which pumps oxy￭ genated blood to the a￭ or￭ ta especially during an intensive work￭ out more blood and oxygen are required to the peripheral tissues of the arms and legs in highly trained athletes bodies a larger heart results in higher cardiac output which also allows it to beat more slowly as more blood is pumped out with each beat another sign of athlete s heart syndrome is an s 3 gall￭ op which can be heard through a st￭ eth￭ o￭ scope this sound can be heard as the di￭ ast￭ ol￭ ic pressure of the ir￭ regularly shaped heart creates a dis￭ ordered blood flow however if an s 4 gall￭ op is heard the patient should be given immediate attention an s 4 gall￭ op is a stronger and louder sound created by the heart if dise￭ ased in any way and is typically a sign of a serious medical condition
athle￭ tic pu￭ bal￭ gia also called sports her￭ nia hockey her￭ nia hockey gro￭ in gil￭ more s gro￭ in or gro￭ in disruption is a medical condition of the pu￭ bic joint affecting athletes it is a syndrome characterized by chronic gro￭ in pain in athletes and a dil￭ ated superficial ring of the ingu￭ inal canal football and ice hockey players are affected most frequently and both recreational and professional athletes may be affected
ath￭ ym￭ hor￭ mia is a disorder of motivation one of that class of ne￭ uro psychiatric conditions marked by ab￭ norm￭ alities or deficiencies in motivation symptoms include the loss or reduction of desire and interest toward previous motivations loss of drive and the desire for satisfaction curiosity the loss of tastes and preferences and flat affect in ath￭ ym￭ hor￭ mia however these phenomena are not accompanied by the character￭ izing features of depression nor by any notable ab￭ normality in intellectual or cognitive function
ath￭ ym￭ horm￭ ic syndrome or psychic ak￭ ine￭ sia is a rare neuro￭ logical syndrome characterized by extreme passivity apathy bl￭ unted affect and a profound generalized loss of self motivation and conscious thought for example a patient with this syndrome might sustain severe burns on contact with a hot stove due to lacking the will to move away despite experiencing severe pain the existence of such symptoms in patients after damage to certain structures in the brain has been used in support of a physical model of motivation in human beings where￭ in the lim￭ bic loop of the bas￭ al gang￭ lia is the initi￭ ator of directed action and thought the word ath￭ ym￭ horm￭ ic is derived from the greek greek thu￭ mos which means mood or affect and greek hor￭ me which means impulse drive or appetite first described by french neuro￭ logist dominique lap￭ lane in 1982 as p￭ ap syndrome french per￭ te d auto activation psychi￭ que or loss of psychic auto￭ activation the syndrome is believed to be due to damage to areas of the bas￭ al gang￭ lia or frontal cor￭ tex specifically the stri￭ at￭ um and glo￭ bus palli￭ dus responsible for motivation and executive functions it may occur without any pre￭ existing psychiatric condition
the atlanta race riot of 1906 was a mass civil disturbance in atlanta georgia united states which began the evening of september 22 and lasted until september 24 1906 it was characterized at the time by le peti￭ t journal and other media outlets as a racial massacre of ne￭ gro￭ es the death toll of the conflict is to this day unknown and disputed but officially at least 25 african americans along with two confirmed european americans unofficial reports rang￭ ed from 10 100 african americans and 2 european americans were killed during the riots according to the atlanta history center some african americans were hanged from lam￭ posts during the actual riot the main cause of the race riot was newspaper publicized rapes of four white women in separate incidents allegedly by african american men
the atlantic equatorial mode or atlantic ni￭ ño is a qu￭ asi￭ periodic inter￭ annual climate pattern of the equatorial atlantic ocean it is the dominant mode of year to year vari￭ ability that results in altern￭ ating warming and cooling episodes of sea surface temperatures accompanied by changes in atmospheric circulation the term atlantic ni￭ ño comes from its close similarity with the el ni￭ ño southern osci￭ ll￭ ation en￭ so that dominates the tropical pacific basin the atlantic ni￭ ño is not the same as the atlantic mer￭ idi￭ onal inter￭ hemis￭ ph￭ eric mode that consists of a north south di￭ pole and operates more on dec￭ ad￭ al timescales the equatorial warming and cooling events associated with the atlantic ni￭ ño are known to be strongly related to atmospheric climate anomalies especially in african countries bordering the gulf of guinea therefore understanding of the atlantic ni￭ ño or lack thereof has important implications for climate prediction in those regions although the atlantic ni￭ ño is an intrinsic mode to the equatorial atlantic there may be a ten￭ uous causal relationship between en￭ so and the atlantic ni￭ ño in some circumstances
the atmospheric dynam￭ o is a pattern of electrical currents that are set up in the earth s ion￭ o￭ sphere by multiple effects mostly the sun s solar wind but also the ti￭ des of the moon and sun the currents flow in circuits between the poles and the equ￭ ator but they are not well understood
atmospheric electricity is the pattern of electrical charges in the earth s atmosphere or less commonly that of another planet the normal movement of electric charges among the earth s surface the various layers of the atmosphere and especially the ion￭ o￭ sphere taken together are known as the global atmospheric electrical circuit much of the reasoning required to explain these currents lies within the field of electro￭ st￭ atics but also requires understanding of other disciplines within earth science eliminating for the moment consideration of the extremely dense charge populations that exist in the upper reaches of the atmosphere a region called the ion￭ o￭ sphere filled with hot dense plasma gas whose ions give the ion￭ o￭ sphere its name we note that there is always some amount of un￭ bound positive and negative but net positive electric charge in the atmosphere closest to the surface of the negatively charged earth on a fine day when days are not so fine the net un￭ bound charge that exists in the clouds of thunder￭ storms can be exceedingly negative the fine day net positive charge sets up an electric field between the negative earth and the net positive charge in the air and this electric field stores electrical energy the positive charge acts by induc￭ tion on the earth and electromagnetic devices experiments have shown that the intensity of this electric field is greater in the middle of the day than at morning or night and is also greater in winter than in summer in fine weather the potential aka voltage increases with altitude at about 30 vol￭ ts per foot 100 v m when climbing against the gr￭ adi￭ ent of the electric field this electric field gr￭ adi￭ ent continues up into the atmosphere to a point where the voltage reaches its maximum in the neighborhood of 300 000 vol￭ ts this occurs at approximately 30 – 50 km above the earth s surface from that point in the atmosphere up to its outer limit nearly 1 000 km the electric field gr￭ adi￭ ent produced in the lower atmosphere either ceases or has reversed global daily cycles with a minimum around 03 ut and pe￭ aking roughly 16 hours later were researched by the car￭ ne￭ gie institution of washington in the 20 th century this car￭ ne￭ gie curve variation has been described as the fundamental electrical heartbeat of the planet the phenomena character￭ izing atmospheric electricity are of at least three kinds there are thunder￭ storms which create lightning bol￭ ts that instan￭ tane￭ ously discharge huge amounts of atmospheric charge to ground in a rapid release of energy stored in the electric field that built up to a particularly extreme degree in the storm clouds there is a related phenomenon of continual electri￭ fication re charging of the air in the lower atmosphere a third phenomenon is that of the polar aur￭ or￭ as most authorities agree that whatever may be the origin of the net un￭ bound positive charge in the atmosphere the generation of enormous currents flow of electron￭ s negative charges that flow between clouds and ground during a lightning discharge begins with condens￭ ation of water vap￭ or within the clouds each minute water dro￭ p￭ let moving through the air collects upon its surface a certain amount of negative charge by collecting free electron￭ s as these tiny drops coal￭ es￭ ce into larger drops and still larger drops there is a corresponding decrease in the total exposed surface upon which the collected electronic charges can be carried raising the negative voltage as dro￭ ple￭ ts combine this is because an object s potential rises as the electrical capac￭ it￭ ance of the object holding the charge is decreased the combined negative electric potential of all the coal￭ es￭ cing water drops rises until it over￭ comes the breakdown voltage of the usually non conduc￭ tive air and jumps to earth as a lightning bolt the similarity of lightning to the discharge of accumulated electron￭ s developed on an electrical machine was demonstrated by franklin in his memor￭ able k￭ ite experiments
atmospheric escape is the loss of plan￭ e￭ tary atmospheric gases to outer space a number of different mechanisms can be responsible for atmospheric escape operating at different time scales the most prominent is jeans escape named after british astro￭ no￭ mer sir james jeans who described the process of atmospheric loss to the molecular k￭ ine￭ tic energy
atmospheric instability is a condition where the earth s atmosphere is generally considered to be unstable and as a result the weather is subjected to a high degree of vari￭ ability through distance and time atmospheric stability is a measure of the atmosphere s tendency to encourage or deter vertical motion and vertical motion is directly correlated to different types of weather systems and their severity in unstable conditions a lifted thing such as a parcel of air will be warmer than the surrounding air at altitude because it is warmer it is less dense and is prone to further as￭ cent in meteor￭ ology instability can be described by various indices such as the bulk ric￭ hard￭ son number lifted index k index conv￭ ective available potential energy cape the sho￭ walter and the vertical totals these indices as well as atmospheric instability itself involve temperature changes through the tro￭ po￭ sphere with height or lapse rate effects of atmospheric instability in mo￭ ist atmospheres include thunder￭ storm development which over warm oceans can lead to tropical cyclo￭ genesis and turbulence in dry atmospheres inferior mir￭ ages dust dev￭ ils steam dev￭ ils and fire whir￭ ls can form stable atmospheres can be associated with dri￭ zzle fog increased air pollution a lack of turbulence and und￭ ular bore formation
atmospheric pressure sometimes also called barome￭ tric pressure is the pressure exerted by the weight of air in the atmosphere of earth or that of another planet in most circumstances atmospheric pressure is closely approxim￭ ated by the hydro￭ static pressure caused by the weight of air above the measurement point low pressure areas have less atmospheric mass above their location whereas high pressure areas have more atmospheric mass above their location likewise as elev￭ ation increases there is less over￭ lying atmospheric mass so that atmospheric pressure decreases with increasing elev￭ ation on average a column of air one square centi￭ metre cm 2 0 16 s￭ q in in cross section measured from sea level to the top of the atmosphere has a mass of about 1 03 kilograms 2 3 lb and weight of about 10 1 new￭ tons 2 3 l￭ b￭ f that force across one square centi￭ meter is a pressure of 10 1 n cm 2 or 101 000 n m 2 a column 1 square inch 6 5 cm 2 in cross section would have a weight of about 14 7 lb 6 7 kg or about 65 4 n
atmospheric temperature range is the numerical difference between the minimum and maximum values of temperature observed in a given location during a period of time e g in a given day month year century or the average average of all temperature ranges in a period of time the variation in temperature that occurs from the high￭ s of the day to the cool of nights is called di￭ ur￭ nal temperature variation
an atmospheric wave is a periodic disturbance in the fields of atmospheric variables like surface pressure or geo￭ potential height temperature or wind velocity which may either propag￭ ate traveling wave or not standing wave atmospheric waves range in spatial and temporal scale from large scale plan￭ e￭ tary waves ros￭ s￭ by waves to minute sound waves atmospheric waves with periods which are harmon￭ ics of 1 solar day e g 24 hours 12 hours 8 hours etc are known as atmospheric ti￭ des
in quantum mechanics an atomic orb￭ ital is a mathematical function that describes the wave like behavior of either one electr￭ on or a pair of electron￭ s in an atom this function can be used to calculate the probability of finding any electr￭ on of an atom in any specific region around the atom s nucleus the term atomic orb￭ ital may also refer to the physical region or space where the electr￭ on can be calculated to be present as defined by the particular mathematical form of the orb￭ ital each orb￭ ital in an atom is characterized by a unique set of values of the three quantum numbers n ℓ and m which respectively correspond to the electr￭ on s energy ang￭ ular momentum and an ang￭ ular momentum vector component the magnetic quantum number each such orb￭ ital can be occupied by a maximum of two electron￭ s each with its own spin quantum number s the simple names s orb￭ ital p orb￭ ital d orb￭ ital and f orb￭ ital refer to or￭ bit￭ als with ang￭ ular momentum quantum number ℓ 0 1 2 and 3 respectively these names together with the value of n are used to describe the electr￭ on configur￭ ations of atoms they are derived from the description by early spec￭ tro￭ sco￭ p￭ ists of certain series of alkali metal spec￭ tro￭ scopic lines as sharp principal diffuse and fundamental or￭ bit￭ als for ℓ 3 continue alphabe￭ tically om￭ itting j g h i k … atomic or￭ bit￭ als are the basic building blocks of the atomic orb￭ ital model alternatively known as the electr￭ on cloud or wave mechanics model a modern framework for vis￭ u￭ alizing the sub￭ micro￭ scopic behavior of electron￭ s in matter in this model the electr￭ on cloud of a multi electr￭ on atom may be seen as being built up in approximation in an electr￭ on configuration that is a product of simpler hydrogen like atomic or￭ bit￭ als the repeating periodic￭ ity of the blocks of 2 6 10 and 14 elements within sections of the periodic table arises naturally from the total number of electron￭ s that occupy a complete set of s p d and f atomic or￭ bit￭ als respectively although for higher values of the quantum number n particularly when the atom in question bears a positive charge the energies of certain sub shells become very similar and so the order in which they are said to be populated by electron￭ s e g cr ar 4 s 13 d 5 and cr 2 ar 3 d 4 can only be ration￭ alized somewhat arbitrarily
at￭ onic seizures also called drop seizures ak￭ ine￭ tic seizures or drop attacks are a type of seizure that consist of a brief lapse in muscle tone that are caused by temporary alterations in brain function the seizures are brief usually less than fifteen seconds they begin in childhood and may persist into adul￭ thood the seizure itself causes no damage but the loss of muscle control can result in indirect damage from falling electro￭ encephal￭ o￭ graphy can be used to confirm diagnosis it is rare and can be indicative of lennox gast￭ aut syndrome see henri gast￭ aut at￭ onic seizures can occur while standing walking or sitting and are often noticeable by a head drop the neck muscles relaxing and damage sometimes results from hitting the face or head as with common epi￭ le￭ ptic occurrences no first aid is needed post seizure except in the instances where falling injuries have occurred in some cases a person may become temporarily paralyzed in part of his or her body this usually does not last longer than 3 minutes
in medicine at￭ ony ˈ￭ æ￭ ˌ￭ to￭ ʊ ni also at￭ onia is a condition in which a muscle has lost its strength it is frequently associated with the conditions at￭ onic seizure at￭ onic col￭ on uter￭ ine at￭ ony gastro￭ intest￭ inal at￭ ony occurs post￭ oper￭ atively and cho￭ re￭ atic at￭ onia at￭ ony can also refer to the paralyzed or extremely relaxed state of sk￭ el￭ etal muscles in rapid eye movement sleep rem sleep in most warm bloo￭ ded animals the term at￭ ony comes from the ancient greek ἀ￭ το￭ ν￭ ία at￭ onia sl￭ ack￭ ness deb￭ ility
at￭ op￭ ic der￭ mati￭ tis ad also known as at￭ op￭ ic ecz￭ ema is a type of infl￭ amm￭ ation of the skin der￭ mati￭ tis it results in it￭ chy red sw￭ oll￭ en and cracked skin clear fluid may come from the affected areas which often thick￭ en over time the condition typically starts in childhood with changing severity over the years in children under one year of age much of the body may be affected as people get older the back of the knees and front of the el￭ bows are the most common areas affected in adults the hands and feet are the most commonly affected areas scrat￭ ching wor￭ sens symptoms and affected people have an increased risk of skin infections many people with at￭ op￭ ic der￭ mati￭ tis develop hay fever or asthma the cause is unknown but believed to involve genetics immune system dysfunction environmental exposures and difficulties with the perme￭ ability of the skin if one identical twin is affected there is an 85 chance the other also has the condition those who live in cities and dry clim￭ ates are more commonly affected exposure to certain chemicals or frequent hand washing makes symptoms worse while emotional stress may make the symptoms worse it is not a cause the disorder is not contagious the diagnosis is typically based on the signs and symptoms other diseases that must be excluded before making a diagnosis include contact der￭ mati￭ tis ps￭ ori￭ asis and se￭ bor￭ rhe￭ ic der￭ mati￭ tis treatment involves avoiding things that make the condition worse daily bathing with application of a mois￭ tur￭ ising cream afterwards applying ster￭ o￭ id cre￭ ams when fla￭ res occur and medications to help with it￭ chin￭ ess things that commonly make it worse include wool clothing so￭ aps perf￭ umes chlorine dust and cigarette smoke photo￭ therapy may be useful in some people ster￭ o￭ id pills or cre￭ ams based on cal￭ cin￭ eur￭ in inhi￭ bit￭ ors may occasionally be used if other measures are not effective antibiotics either by mouth or top￭ ically may be needed if a bacterial infection develops dietary changes are only needed if food allergies are suspected at￭ op￭ ic der￭ mati￭ tis affects about 20 of people at some point in their lives it is more common in younger children males and females are equally affected many people out￭ grow the condition at￭ op￭ ic der￭ mati￭ tis is sometimes called ecz￭ ema a term that also refers to a larger group of skin conditions other names include inf￭ anti￭ le ecz￭ ema fl￭ ex￭ ural ecz￭ ema pr￭ uri￭ go bes￭ nier allergic ecz￭ ema and neuro￭ der￭ mati￭ tis
at￭ op￭ y ˈ￭ æ￭ t￭ ə￭ pi￭ ː from greek ἀ￭ το￭ π￭ ία plac￭ elessness or at￭ op￭ ic syndrome is a pre￭ disposition toward developing certain allergic hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity reactions at￭ op￭ y may have a hereditary component although contact with the aller￭ gen or irrit￭ ant must occur before the hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity reaction can develop the term at￭ op￭ y was coined by coca and coo￭ ke in 19￭ 23 many physicians and scientists use the term at￭ op￭ y for any i￭ ge medi￭ ated reaction even those that are appropriate and proportional to the antigen but many pedi￭ at￭ ric￭ ians reserve the word at￭ op￭ y for a genetically medi￭ ated pre￭ disposition to an excessive i￭ ge reaction
at￭ ran￭ s￭ ferr￭ in￭ emia also called famili￭ al hypo￭ transfer￭ rin￭ emia is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive metabol￭ ic disorder in which there is an absence of transfer￭ rin a plasma protein that transports iron through the blood at￭ ran￭ s￭ ferr￭ in￭ emia is characterized by an￭ emia and h￭ emo￭ sid￭ er￭ osis in the heart and liver the iron damage to the heart can lead to heart failure the an￭ emia is typically micro￭ cy￭ tic and hypo￭ ch￭ rom￭ ic the red blood cells are abnormally small and pale at￭ ran￭ s￭ ferr￭ in￭ emia is extremely rare with only eight cases documented worldwide
at￭ re￭ sia is a condition in which an ori￭ fice or passage in the body is usually abnormally closed or absent examples of at￭ re￭ sia include imper￭ for￭ ate an￭ us mal￭ formation of the opening between the rec￭ tum and an￭ us micro￭ tia absence of the ear canal or failure of the canal to be tu￭ bul￭ ar or fully formed can be related to micro￭ tia a con￭ genital de￭ form￭ ity of the pin￭ na or outer ear bi￭ li￭ ary at￭ re￭ sia a condition in new￭ bor￭ ns in which the common bile duc￭ t between the liver and the small intest￭ ine is blocked or absent cho￭ anal at￭ re￭ sia block￭ age of the back of the nas￭ al passage usually by abnormal bon￭ y or soft tissue es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al at￭ re￭ sia which affects the alim￭ entary tract and causes the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus to end before connecting normally to the stomach intest￭ inal at￭ re￭ sia mal￭ formation of the intest￭ ine usually resulting from a vascular accident in uter￭ o o￭ vari￭ an fol￭ lic￭ le at￭ re￭ sia the de￭ generation and subsequent resor￭ ption of one or more immature o￭ vari￭ an fol￭ lic￭ les pul￭ mon￭ ary at￭ re￭ sia mal￭ formation of the pul￭ mon￭ ary valve in which the valve ori￭ fice fails to develop tric￭ us￭ pid at￭ re￭ sia a form of con￭ genital heart disease whereby there is a complete absence of the tric￭ us￭ pid valve and consequently an absence of the right atri￭ o￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular connection vag￭ inal at￭ re￭ sia a con￭ genital oc￭ clu￭ sion of the vag￭ ina or subsequent adhe￭ sion of the walls of the vag￭ ina resulting in its oc￭ clu￭ sion ren￭ al agen￭ esis only having one kidney pot￭ ter sequence con￭ genital decreased size of the kidney leading absolutely no functionality of the kidney usually related to a single kidney
atri￭ al fi￭ bri￭ ll￭ ation af or a fi￭ b is an abnormal heart rhythm characterized by rapid and irregular beating often it starts as brief periods of abnormal beating which become longer and possibly constant over time most episodes have no symptoms occasionally there may be heart pal￭ p￭ itations fain￭ ting short￭ ness of breath or chest pain the disease is associated with an increased risk of heart failure dementia and stroke it is a type of su￭ pra￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia hyper￭ tension and val￭ vul￭ ar heart disease are the most common alter￭ able risk factors for af other heart related risk factors include heart failure coron￭ ary artery disease cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy and con￭ genital heart disease in the developing world val￭ vul￭ ar heart disease often occurs as a result of r￭ heu￭ matic fever lung related risk factors include cop￭ d obesity and sleep ap￭ ne￭ a other factors include excess alcohol intake diabetes mell￭ it￭ us and thyro￭ toxico￭ sis however half of cases are not associated with one of these risks a diagnosis is made by feeling the pulse and may be confirmed using an electro￭ cardi￭ o￭ gram ec￭ g a typical ec￭ g in af shows no p waves and an irregular ven￭ tric￭ ular rate af is often treated with medications to slow the heart rate to a near normal range known as rate control or to convert the rhythm to normal sin￭ us rhythm known as rhythm control electrical cardi￭ over￭ sion can also be used to convert af to a normal sin￭ us rhythm and is often used emerg￭ ently if the person is unstable ab￭ l￭ ation may prevent recurrence in some people depending on the risk of stroke either aspir￭ in or anti clo￭ tting medications such as war￭ far￭ in or a novel oral anti￭ co￭ ag￭ ul￭ ant may be recommended while these medications reduce this risk they increase rates of major bleeding atri￭ al fi￭ bri￭ ll￭ ation is the most common serious abnormal heart rhythm in europe and north america as of 2014 it affects about 2 to 3 of the population this is an increase from 0 4 to 1 of the population around 2005 in the developing world about 0 6 of males and 0 4 of females are affected the percentage of people with af increases with age with 0 14 under 50 years old 4 between 60 and 70 years old and 14 over 80 years old being affected a fi￭ b and atri￭ al fl￭ utter resulted in 112 000 deaths in 2013 up from 29 000 in 1990 the first known report of an irregular pulse was by jean bap￭ ti￭ ste de s￭ én￭ ac in 17￭ 49 this was first documented by ec￭ g in 19￭ 09 by thomas lewis
atri￭ al fl￭ utter af￭ l is an abnormal heart rhythm that occurs in the atri￭ a of the heart when it first occurs it is usually associated with a fast heart rate or t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia beats over 100 per minute and falls into the category of supra ven￭ tric￭ ular t￭ ach￭ y￭ cardi￭ as while this rhythm occurs most often in individuals with cardiovascular disease e g hyper￭ tension coron￭ ary artery disease and cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy and diabetes mell￭ it￭ us it may occur spontaneously in people with otherwise normal hearts it is typically not a stable rhythm and frequently de￭ generates into atri￭ al fi￭ bri￭ ll￭ ation af however it does rarely persist for months to years atri￭ al fl￭ utter was first identified as an independent medical condition in 1920 by the british physician sir thomas lewis 18￭ 81 – 1945 and colleagues
atri￭ al sep￭ tal defect as￭ d is a con￭ genital heart defect in which blood flows between the atri￭ a upper chambers of the heart normally the atri￭ a are separated by a dividing wall the inter￭ atri￭ al sep￭ tum if this sep￭ tum is defective or absent then oxygen rich blood can flow directly from the left side of the heart to mix with the oxygen poor blood in the right side of the heart or vice versa this can lead to lower than normal oxygen levels in the arter￭ ial blood that supplies the brain organs and tissues however an as￭ d may not produce noticeable signs or symptoms especially if the defect is small a sh￭ unt is the presence of a net flow of blood through the defect either from left to right or right to left the amount of sh￭ unting present if any determines the hem￭ od￭ y￭ nam￭ ic significance of the as￭ d a right to left sh￭ unt typically poses the more dangerous scenario during development of the fe￭ tus the inter￭ atri￭ al sep￭ tum develops to separate the left and right atri￭ a however a hole in the sep￭ tum called the for￭ amen o￭ val￭ e allows blood from the right atri￭ um to enter the left atri￭ um during fe￭ tal development this opening allows blood to bypass the non￭ functional fe￭ tal lungs while the fe￭ tus obtains its oxygen from the plac￭ enta a layer of tissue called the sep￭ tum pri￭ mum acts as a valve over the for￭ amen o￭ val￭ e during fe￭ tal development after birth the pressure in the right side of the heart drops as the lungs open and begin working causing the for￭ amen o￭ val￭ e to close entirely in approximately 25 of adults the for￭ amen o￭ val￭ e does not entirely seal in these cases any elev￭ ation of the pressure in the pul￭ mon￭ ary circul￭ atory system due to pul￭ mon￭ ary hyper￭ tension temporarily while cou￭ gh￭ ing etc can cause the for￭ amen o￭ val￭ e to remain open this is known as a patent for￭ amen o￭ val￭ e p￭ fo a type of atri￭ al sep￭ tal defect
atri￭ al t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia is a type of heart rhythm problem in which the heart s electrical impulse comes from an ec￭ topic pac￭ emaker that is an abnormally located cardiac pac￭ emaker in the upper chambers atri￭ a of the heart rather than from the sin￭ o￭ atri￭ al no￭ de the normal origin of the heart s electrical activity atri￭ al t￭ ach￭ y￭ cardi￭ as can exhibit very regular consistent heart rates ranging typically from 140 to 220 beats per minute as with any other form of t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia rapid heart beat the underlying mechanism can be either the rapid discharge of an abnormal focus the presence of a ring of cardiac tissue that gives rise to a circle movement re￭ entry or a triggered rapid rhythm due to other pathological circumstances as would be the case with some drug tox￭ ic￭ ities such as di￭ go￭ x￭ in toxicity atri￭ al t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia is a risk factor for atri￭ al fi￭ bri￭ ll￭ ation as the rapid rhythm can trigger or de￭ grade into the lack of a rhythm all atri￭ al t￭ ach￭ y￭ cardi￭ as are by definition su￭ pra￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular t￭ ach￭ y￭ cardi￭ as forms of atri￭ al t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia at￭ ach include multi￭ focal atri￭ al t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia m￭ at ec￭ topic atri￭ al t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia eat uni￭ focal atri￭ al t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia u￭ at and par￭ oxy￭ sm￭ al atri￭ al t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia pat the tax￭ on￭ omy varies somewhat between users regarding names that mean the same versus those that label sub￭ sets the codification of the terms first detected par￭ oxy￭ sm￭ al persistent and permanent in the classification of atri￭ al fi￭ bri￭ ll￭ ation should be compared for reference
at￭ ric￭ hia with pap￭ ular le￭ sions aka pap￭ ular at￭ ric￭ hia is a diffuse hair loss caused by an ab￭ normality of the human homo￭ logue of the mouse hair￭ less gene it is associated with hr
atri￭ o￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular block av block is a type of heart block in which the conduc￭ tion between the atri￭ a and ven￭ tric￭ les of the heart is impaired under normal conditions the sin￭ o￭ atri￭ al no￭ de sa no￭ de in the atri￭ a sets the pace for the heart and these impul￭ ses travel down to the ven￭ tric￭ les in an av block this message does not reach the ven￭ tric￭ les or is impaired along the way the ven￭ tric￭ les of the heart have their own pac￭ ing mechanisms which can maintain a lowered heart rate in the absence of sa stimulation the causes of pathological av block are varied and include is￭ cha￭ emia inf￭ arc￭ tion fi￭ bro￭ sis or drugs and the blocks may be complete or may only impair the sign￭ aling between the sa and av no￭ des certain av blocks can also be found as normal variants such as in athletes or children and are benign strong vag￭ al stimulation may also produce av block the chol￭ iner￭ gic recep￭ tor types affected are the muscar￭ in￭ ic recep￭ tors there are three types first degree atri￭ o￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular block pr interval greater than 0 20 sec second degree atri￭ o￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular block type 1 aka mo￭ bit￭ z 1 wen￭ c￭ ke￭ bach progressive prolongation of pr interval with dropped beats the pr interval gets longer and longer finally one beat drops type 2 aka mo￭ bit￭ z 2 hay pr interval remains unchanged prior to the p wave which suddenly fails to conduct to the ven￭ tric￭ les third degree atri￭ o￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular block no association between p waves and q￭ rs complex￭ es sin￭ us rhythm with acute inferior inf￭ arc￭ tion complicated by type i a v block manifest in the form of 5 4 wen￭ c￭ ke￭ bach periods r p p r reciprocity sin￭ us rhythm rate 100 min with 3 2 and 2 1 type ii a v block r￭ b￭ bb sin￭ us t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia with complete a v block and resulting junc￭ tional escape
an atri￭ o￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular f￭ ist￭ ula is a f￭ ist￭ ula between an atri￭ um and a ven￭ tric￭ le of the heart clin￭ ically thri￭ lls can be felt on the arm of the patient if pal￭ p￭ ated at the f￭ ist￭ ula
atri￭ o￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular re￭ entr￭ ant t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia atri￭ o￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular reciproc￭ ating t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia or av￭ rt is a su￭ pra￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia sv￭ t most commonly associated with wol￭ ff par￭ kinson white syndrome in which an accessory path￭ way allows electrical signal from the ven￭ tric￭ les to enter the atri￭ a and cause premature contraction and repeat stimulation of the atri￭ o￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular no￭ de
atri￭ o￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular sep￭ tal defect av￭ s￭ d or atri￭ o￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular canal defect av￭ cd previously known as common atri￭ o￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular canal cav￭ c or endo￭ cardi￭ al cushion defect is characterized by a deficiency of the atri￭ o￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular sep￭ tum of the heart it is caused by an abnormal or inadequate fusion of the superior and inferior endo￭ cardi￭ al cush￭ ions with the mid portion of the atri￭ al sep￭ tum and the muscular portion of the ven￭ tric￭ ular sep￭ tum
atro￭ phia mac￭ ul￭ osa vari￭ oli￭ form￭ is cu￭ tis am￭ v￭ c is a condition involving spontaneous scar￭ ring specifically depressed scars on the face occurring over a period of months to years it appears to only affect children and young adults is considered to be quite rare normally occurs on the cheeks temple area and fore￭ head and is not well understood nor presently treat￭ able case reports indicate the scars deepen over time but remain relatively superficial and with the frequency of new scar appearance diminishing over time am￭ v￭ c is quite difficult to diagnose for reasons including the depressed box and ice pick scars being very similar to that caused by ac￭ ne vul￭ gar￭ is a confident diagnosis can be made if such scars recently appeared without present ac￭ ne and without a history of ac￭ ne otherwise the correct diagnosis is usually not made and even doing so provides little benefit as there is no treatment it has been suggested in case reports that the condition although rare is likely under￭ reported
atro￭ ph￭ ic connec￭ tive tissue pann￭ ic￭ u￭ li￭ tis is a rare condition and often occurs on the upper or lower extre￭ mi￭ ties
atro￭ ph￭ ic gast￭ ri￭ tis also known as type a or type b gast￭ ri￭ tis more specifically is a process of chronic infl￭ amm￭ ation of the stomach mu￭ co￭ sa leading to loss of ga￭ str￭ ic g￭ land￭ ular cells and their eventual replacement by intest￭ inal and fi￭ bro￭ us tissues as a result the stomach s secre￭ tion of essential substances such as hydro￭ chlor￭ ic acid pep￭ sin and intrinsic factor is impaired leading to dig￭ estive problems the most common are vitamin b 12 deficiency which results in a meg￭ alo￭ bl￭ astic an￭ emia and mal￭ absor￭ b￭ tion of iron leading to iron deficiency ana￭ emia it can be caused by persistent infection with heli￭ co￭ bac￭ ter p￭ yl￭ ori or can be auto￭ immune in origin those with the auto￭ immune version of atro￭ ph￭ ic gast￭ ri￭ tis are statistically more likely to develop ga￭ str￭ ic carcin￭ oma hash￭ im￭ oto s thyro￭ idi￭ tis and ach￭ lor￭ hy￭ dri￭ a type a gast￭ ri￭ tis primarily affects the body fun￭ dus of the stomach and is more common with pernicious an￭ emia type b gast￭ ri￭ tis primarily affects the an￭ tr￭ um and is more common with h p￭ yl￭ ori infection
atro￭ ph￭ ic vag￭ initi￭ s also known as vag￭ inal atro￭ phy vul￭ vo￭ vag￭ inal atro￭ phy or u￭ ro￭ genital atro￭ phy is an infl￭ amm￭ ation of the vag￭ ina and the outer ur￭ inary tract due to the thin￭ ning and shrinking of the tissues as well as decreased lubric￭ ation these symptoms are due to a lack of the reproductive hormone estro￭ gen the most common cause of vag￭ inal atro￭ phy is the decrease in estro￭ gen which happens naturally during perim￭ en￭ op￭ ause and increasingly so in post men￭ op￭ ause however this condition can occur in other circumstances that result in decreased estro￭ gen such as breastfeeding and the use of medications intended to decrease estro￭ gen to for example treat end￭ ome￭ tri￭ osis the symptoms can include vag￭ inal so￭ reness and it￭ ching as well as painful inter￭ course and bleeding after sexual inter￭ course the shr￭ ink￭ age of the tissues and loss of flexibility can be extreme enough to make inter￭ course impossible
atro￭ pho￭ der￭ ma refers to conditions involving skin atro￭ phy types include fol￭ lic￭ ular atro￭ pho￭ der￭ ma linear atro￭ pho￭ der￭ ma of moul￭ in atro￭ pho￭ der￭ ma of pas￭ ini and pier￭ ini
atro￭ pho￭ der￭ mia ver￭ mic￭ ul￭ ata also known as ac￭ ne ver￭ mou￭ lan￭ te ac￭ ne ver￭ moul￭ anti atro￭ pho￭ der￭ ma re￭ ticul￭ ata sym￭ me￭ tric￭ a fac￭ ie￭ i atro￭ pho￭ der￭ ma re￭ ticul￭ at￭ um atro￭ pho￭ der￭ ma ver￭ mic￭ ul￭ ata atro￭ pho￭ der￭ ma ver￭ mic￭ ul￭ at￭ um atro￭ pho￭ der￭ mia re￭ ticul￭ ata sym￭ me￭ tric￭ a fac￭ ie￭ i atro￭ pho￭ der￭ mia ul￭ er￭ y￭ them￭ at￭ osa atro￭ pho￭ der￭ mie ver￭ mic￭ ul￭ ée des jou￭ es avec k￭ ér￭ ato￭ ses fol￭ lic￭ ul￭ aires fol￭ lic￭ u￭ li￭ tis ul￭ er￭ y￭ them￭ a re￭ ticul￭ ata fol￭ lic￭ u￭ li￭ tis ul￭ er￭ y￭ them￭ at￭ ous re￭ ticul￭ ata fol￭ lic￭ u￭ li￭ tis ul￭ er￭ y￭ them￭ osa honey￭ comb atro￭ phy ul￭ er￭ y￭ them￭ a ac￭ ne￭ forme and ul￭ er￭ y￭ them￭ a ac￭ nei￭ forme presents with er￭ y￭ them￭ at￭ ous fol￭ lic￭ ular pap￭ ules on the cheeks in childhood and with time the le￭ sions develop into pit like depres￭ sions
atro￭ phy is the partial or complete wasting away of a part of the body causes of atro￭ phy include mutations which can destroy the gene to build up the organ poor nour￭ ishment poor circulation loss of hormonal support loss of nerve supply to the target organ excessive amount of apop￭ to￭ sis of cells and dis￭ use or lack of exercise or disease intrinsic to the tissue itself in medical practice hormonal and nerve inputs that maintain an organ or body part are said to have troph￭ ic effects a diminished muscular troph￭ ic condition is designated as atro￭ phy atro￭ phy is the general physiological process of re￭ absorption and breakdown of tissues involving apop￭ to￭ sis when it occurs as a result of disease or loss of troph￭ ic support due to other disease it is termed pathological atro￭ phy although it can be a part of normal body development and home￭ ost￭ asis as well
attention deficit hyper￭ activity disorder ad￭ hd is a mental disorder of the neuro￭ developmental type it is characterized by problems paying attention excessive activity or difficulty controlling behavior which is not appropriate for a person s age these symptoms begin by age six to twelve are present for more than six months and cause problems in at least two settings such as school home or recreational activities in children problems paying attention may result in poor school performance although it causes impairment particularly in modern society many children with ad￭ hd have a good attention span for tasks they find interesting despite being the most commonly studied and diagnosed mental disorder in children and adolescents the cause is unknown in the majority of cases the world health organization who estimated that it affected about 39 million people as of 2013 it affects about 5 – 7 of children when diagnosed via the dsm iv criteria and 1 – 2 when diagnosed via the ic￭ d 10 criteria rates are similar between countries and depend mostly on how it is diagnosed ad￭ hd is diagnosed approximately three times more often in boys than in girls about 30 – 50 of people diagnosed in childhood continue to have symptoms into adul￭ thood and between 2 – 5 of adults have the condition the condition can be difficult to tell apart from other disorders as well as to distinguish from high levels of activity that are still within the normal range ad￭ hd management recommendations vary by country and usually involve some combination of counsel￭ ing lifestyle changes and medications the british guideline only recommends medications as a first line treatment in children who have severe symptoms and for medication to be considered in those with moderate symptoms who either refuse or fail to improve with counsel￭ ing though for adults medications are a first line treatment canadian and american guidelines recommend that medications and behavioral therapy be used together as a first line therapy except in pres￭ cho￭ ol aged children stimul￭ ant medication therapy is not recommended as a first line therapy in pres￭ cho￭ ol aged children in either guideline treatment with stimul￭ ants is effective for up to 14 months however its long term effectiveness is unclear adolescents and adults tend to develop coping skills which make up for some or all of their impair￭ ments the medical literature has described symptoms similar to ad￭ hd since the 19 th century ad￭ hd its diagnosis and its treatment have been considered controversial since the 1970 s the controversies have involved clin￭ icians teachers policymakers parents and the media topics include ad￭ hd s causes and the use of stimul￭ ant medications in its treatment most healthcare providers accept ad￭ hd as a genuine disorder in children and adults and the debate in the scientific community mainly centers on how it is diagnosed and treated the condition was officially known as attention deficit disorder add from 1980 to 1987 while before this it was known as hyper￭ k￭ ine￭ tic reaction of childhood
attention deficit hyper￭ activity disorder predominantly in￭ attentive ad￭ hd pi formerly attention deficit disorder without hyper￭ activity is one of the three presentations of attention deficit hyper￭ activity disorder ad￭ hd the term was formally changed in 1994 in the diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders fourth edition dsm iv to ad￭ hd predominantly in￭ attentive ad￭ hd pi the predominantly in￭ attentive subtype is similar to the other presentations of ad￭ hd except that it is characterized primarily by problems with in￭ attention or a deficit of sustained attention such as procrast￭ ination hesitation and for￭ get￭ fulness it differs in having fewer or no typical symptoms of hyper￭ activity or impul￭ siveness leth￭ ar￭ gy and fatigue are sometimes reported but ad￭ hd pi is a separate condition from the proposed cluster of symptoms known as sluggish cognitive temp￭ o sc￭ t
attention span is the amount of concentrated time one can spend on a task without becoming distracted most educ￭ ators such as psychologists agree that the ability to focus attention on a task is crucial for the achievement of one s goals
attenti￭ onal blink ab is a phenomenon that reflects the temporal costs in the allocating selective attention the ab is typically measured by using rapid serial visual presentation r￭ sv￭ p tasks where participants often fail to detect a second salient target occurring in succession if it is presented between 180 450 ms after the first one also the ab has been observed using two backward masked targets and aud￭ itory stimul￭ i the term attenti￭ onal blink was first used in 1992 although the phenomenon was probably known before
in physics atten￭ uation in some contexts also called extinction is the gradual loss in intensity of any kind of flux through a medium for instance dark glasses attenu￭ ate sunlight lead attenu￭ ates x rays and water attenu￭ ates both light and sound in electrical engineering and telecommunications atten￭ uation affects the propagation of waves and signals in electrical circuits in optical fi￭ bers and in air radio waves electrical attenu￭ ators and optical attenu￭ ators are commonly manufactured components in this field
attitude polarization also known as belief polarization and polarization effect is a phenomenon in which a disagreement becomes more extreme as the different parties consider evidence on the issue it is one of the effects of confirmation bias the tendency of people to search for and interpret evidence selectively to reinforce their current beliefs or attitudes when people encounter ambiguous evidence this bias can potentially result in each of them interpreting it as in support of their existing attitudes widening rather than narrowing the disagreement between them the effect is observed with issues that activate emotions such as political hot button issues for most issues new evidence does not produce a polarization effect for those issues where polarization is found mere thinking about the issue without contemplating new evidence produces the effect social comparison processes have also been invoked as an explanation for the effect which is increased by settings in which people repeat and validate each other s statements this apparent tendency is of interest not only to psychologists but also to socio￭ logists and philosophers
in epidemiology attributable risk or excess risk is the difference in rate of a condition between an exposed population and an un￭ exposed population attributable risk is mostly calculated in cohor￭ t studies where individuals are assembled on exposure status and followed over a period of time investigators count the occurrence of the diseases the cohor￭ t is then subdivided by the level of exposure and the frequency of disease is compared between sub￭ groups one is considered exposed and another un￭ exposed the formula commonly used in epidemiology books for attributable risk is ie i￭ u ar where ie incidence in exposed and i￭ u incidence in un￭ exposed once the ar is calculated then the ar percent can be determined the formula for that is 100 ie i￭ u ie population attributable risk par is the reduction in incidence that would be observed if the population were entirely un￭ exposed compared with its current actual exposure pattern the concept was first proposed by le￭ vin in 1953
atypical aden￭ om￭ at￭ ous hyper￭ pl￭ asia is a subtype of pneu￭ mo￭ cy￭ tic hyper￭ pl￭ asia in the lung it can be a precursor le￭ sion of in situ aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma of the lung bron￭ chi￭ olo￭ al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar carcin￭ oma in pro￭ state tissue biopsy it can be confused for aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma of the pro￭ state the needle biopsy rate is less than 1
atypical chronic my￭ elo￭ id leuk￭ emia ac￭ ml is a type of leuk￭ emia it is a heterogeneous disorder belonging to the group of my￭ el￭ odys￭ plastic my￭ elo￭ prolifer￭ ative m￭ ds mp￭ n syndro￭ mes in ac￭ ml many clinical features splen￭ om￭ eg￭ al￭ y my￭ elo￭ id predominance in the bone marrow with some dys￭ plastic features but without a differentiation block and laboratory ab￭ norm￭ alities my￭ elo￭ id proliferation low leuk￭ oc￭ y￭ te al￭ kal￭ ine phosp￭ hat￭ ase values suggest the diagnosis of chronic my￭ elo￭ genous leuk￭ emia c￭ ml however the lack of the path￭ og￭ no￭ mon￭ ic philadelphia chro￭ mo￭ some and of the resulting b￭ cr abl 1 fusion point to a different patho￭ genetic process since no specific recurrent genom￭ ic or kar￭ yo￭ typ￭ ic ab￭ norm￭ alities have been identified in ac￭ ml the molecular patho￭ genesis of this disease has remained elusive and the outcome dismal median survival 37 months with no improvement over the last 20 years this sharply contrasts with the outcome for c￭ ml for which the prog￭ no￭ sis was dramatically improved by the development of im￭ at￭ ini￭ b as a specific inhi￭ bit￭ or of the b￭ cr abl protein and in particular for c￭ ml in 2012 set￭ bp 1 was identified as a novel on￭ co￭ gene in ac￭ ml specific som￭ atic mutations of this gene were discovered in people with ac￭ ml and related diseases these mutations which are identical to the ones present in s￭ gs as ger￭ m￭ line mutations impair the degradation of set￭ bp 1 and therefore cause increased cellular levels of the protein
atypical depression or depression with atypical features as it has been known in the dsm iv is depression that shares many of the typical symptoms of the psychiatric syndro￭ mes major depression or dys￭ thy￭ mia but is characterized by improved mood in response to positive events in contrast people with mel￭ anch￭ ol￭ ic depression generally do not experience an improved mood in response to normally pleas￭ urable events atypical depression also features significant weight gain or an increased appetite hyper￭ som￭ nia a heavy sensation in the limbs and inter￭ personal rejection sensitivity that results in significant social or occupational impairment despite its name atypical depression does not mean it is un￭ common or unusual the reason for its name is twofold 1 it was identified with its unique symptoms subsequent to the identification of mel￭ anch￭ ol￭ ic depression and 2 its responses to the two different classes of anti￭ depres￭ s￭ ants that were available at the time were different from mel￭ anch￭ ol￭ ic depression i e ma￭ ois had clin￭ ically significant benefits for atypical depression while tric￭ ycl￭ ics did not atypical depression is two to three times more common in women than in men individuals with atypical features tend to report an earlier age of onset e g while in high school of their depres￭ sive episodes which also tend to be more chronic and only have partial remission between episodes younger individuals may be more likely to have atypical features whereas older individuals may more often have episodes with mel￭ anch￭ ol￭ ic features atypical depression has high com￭ or￭ bi￭ dity of anxiety disorders carries more risk of suicidal behavior and has distinct personality psychop￭ ath￭ ology and biological traits atypical depression is more common in individuals with bipolar i bipolar ii cyclo￭ thy￭ mia and seasonal aff￭ ective disorder depres￭ sive episodes in bipolar disorder tend to have atypical features as does depression with seasonal patterns
atypical duc￭ tal hyper￭ pl￭ asia abbreviated adh is the term used for a benign le￭ sion of the breast that indicates an increased risk of breast cancer the name of the entity is descriptive of the le￭ sion adh is characterized by cellular proliferation hyper￭ pl￭ asia within one or two breast duc￭ ts and hist￭ om￭ or￭ pho￭ logic architectural ab￭ norm￭ alities i e the cells are arranged in an abnormal or atypical way in the context of a core needle biopsy adh is considered an indication for a breast lum￭ pec￭ tomy also known as a surgical exc￭ is￭ ional biopsy to exclude the presence of breast cancer
atypical facial pain af￭ p also termed atypical facial ne￭ ur￭ al￭ gia chronic idi￭ opathic facial pain or psycho￭ genic facial pain is a type of chronic facial pain which does not fulfill any other diagnosis there is no consensus as to a globally accepted definition and there is even controversy as to whether the term should be continued to be used both the international headache society i￭ hs and the international association for the study of pain ias￭ p have adopted the term persistent idi￭ opathic facial pain pi￭ fp to replace af￭ p in the 2 nd edition of the international classification of headache disorders ic￭ hd 2 pi￭ fp is defined as persistent facial pain that does not have the characteristics of the cran￭ ial ne￭ ur￭ al￭ gi￭ as and is not attributed to another disorder however the term af￭ p continues to be used by the world health organization s 10 th revision of the international statistical classification of diseases and related health problems and remains in general use by clin￭ icians to refer to chronic facial pain that does not meet any diagnostic criteria and does not respond to most treatments the main features of af￭ p are no objective signs negative results with all investigations tests no obvious explanation for the cause of the pain and a poor response to attempted treatments af￭ p has been described vari￭ ably as a medic￭ ally un￭ explained symptom a diagnosis of exclusion a psycho￭ genic cause of pain e g a manifestation of som￭ ato￭ form disorder and as a neuro￭ pa￭ thy af￭ p is usually burning and continuous in nature and may last for many years depression and anxiety are often associated with af￭ p which are either described as a contributing cause of the pain or the emotional consequences of suffering with un￭ relieved chronic pain for unknown reasons af￭ p is significantly more common in middle aged or elderly people and in females atypical od￭ on￭ tal￭ gia ao also termed phantom tooth pain psycho￭ genic tooth￭ ache or persistent d￭ ent￭ o￭ al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar pain disorder is very similar in many respects to af￭ p with some sources treating them as the same entity and others describing the former as a sub type of af￭ p generally the term ao may be used where the pain is confined to the teeth or g￭ ums and af￭ p when the pain involves other parts of the face as with af￭ p there is a similar lack of standardization of terms and no consensus regarding a globally accepted definition surrounding ao generally definitions of ao state that it is pain with no demonstrable cause which is perceived to be coming from a tooth or multiple teeth and is not relieved by standard treatments to alleviate dental pain depending upon the exact presentation of atypical facial pain and atypical od￭ on￭ tal￭ gia it could be considered as cran￭ io￭ facial pain or oro￭ facial pain it has been suggested that in truth af￭ p and ao are umbrella terms for a hetero￭ genous group of mis￭ diagnosed or not yet fully understood conditions and they are unlikely to each represent a single dis￭ crete condition
atypical fi￭ bro￭ x￭ an￭ thom￭ a of the skin is a low grade m￭ align￭ ancy related to m￭ align￭ ant fi￭ bro￭ us his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ tom￭ a which it resembles his￭ to￭ logically
atypical hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic u￭ rem￭ ic syndrome ah￭ us is an extremely rare life threatening progressive disease that frequently has a genetic component in most cases it is caused by chronic uncontrolled activation of the complement system a branch of the body ’ s immune system that destroys and removes foreign particles the disease affects both children and adults and is characterized by systemic thro￭ m￭ bo￭ tic micro￭ an￭ gi￭ opathy t￭ ma the formation of blood clo￭ ts in small blood vessels throughout the body which can lead to stroke heart attack kidney failure and death the complement system activation may be due to mutations in the complement regulatory proteins factor h factor i or memb￭ rane co￭ factor protein or is occasionally due to acquired neutr￭ alizing auto￭ anti￭ body inhi￭ bit￭ ors of these complement system components for example anti – factor h antibodies despite the use of supportive care historically an estimated 33 – 40 of patients died or developed end stage ren￭ al disease es￭ rd with the first clinical bout of ah￭ us including subsequent relap￭ ses a total of approximately two thirds 65 of patients died required dial￭ ysis or had permanent ren￭ al damage within the first year after diagnosis despite plasma exchange or plasma in￭ fusion pe pi
atypical hyper￭ pl￭ asia is a benign non￭ can￭ cer￭ ous cellular hyper￭ pl￭ asia in which cells show some aty￭ p￭ ia in this condition cells look abnormal under a micro￭ scope and are increased in number
atypical lichen my￭ x￭ e￭ dem￭ ato￭ sus also known as intermediate lichen my￭ x￭ e￭ dem￭ ato￭ sus is a skin condition caused by fi￭ bro￭ bl￭ asts producing abnormally large amounts of mu￭ co￭ pol￭ ys￭ ac￭ ch￭ ari￭ des
atypical pneumonia also known as walking pneumonia is the type of pneumonia not caused by one of the more traditional pathogens its clinical presentation contrasts to that of typical pneumonia a variety of micro￭ organisms can cause it when it develops independently from another disease it is called primary atypical pneumonia p￭ ap the term was introduced in the 1930 sand was contr￭ asted with the bacterial pneumonia caused by st￭ rep￭ to￭ co￭ cc￭ us pneu￭ mon￭ i￭ ae at that time the best known and most commonly occurring form of pneumonia the distinction was historically considered important as it differentiated those more likely to present with typical respiratory symptoms and lob￭ ar pneumonia from those more likely to present with atypical generalized symptoms such as fever headache swe￭ ating and my￭ al￭ gia and bron￭ chop￭ neu￭ monia distinction between atypical and typical pneumonia is however medic￭ ally insufficient for the treatment of pneumonia it is important to know the exact causal organism
atypical poly￭ po￭ id aden￭ om￭ y￭ oma abbreviated ap￭ a is a rare un￭ common benign tum￭ our of the uter￭ us
atypical pul￭ mon￭ ary carcin￭ o￭ id tum￭ our is a subtype of pul￭ mon￭ ary carcin￭ o￭ id tumor it is an un￭ common low grade m￭ align￭ ant lung mass that is most often in the central airways of the lung it is also known as atypical lung carcin￭ o￭ id tum￭ our atypical lung carcin￭ o￭ id or moderately differentiated neuro￭ endocrine carcin￭ oma it is a more aggressive than typical carcin￭ o￭ id tumors no￭ dal me￭ tast￭ ases in 70 vs 5 the 5 year survival is 49 69 atypical carcin￭ o￭ id tumors have increased mit￭ otic activity 2 10 per 10 h￭ pf nuclear ple￭ om￭ orph￭ ism or foc￭ i of necro￭ sis
in u￭ ro￭ logic path￭ ology atypical small ac￭ in￭ ar proliferation abbreviated as￭ ap is a collection of small pro￭ static g￭ lands on pro￭ state biopsy whose significance is uncertain and cannot be determined to be benign or m￭ align￭ ant as￭ ap generally is not considered a pre m￭ align￭ ancy or a carcin￭ oma in situ it is an expression of diagnostic uncertainty and analogous to the diagnosis of as￭ cus atypical squ￭ am￭ ous cells of un￭ determined significance on the p￭ ap test
atypical ter￭ ato￭ id r￭ hab￭ do￭ id tumor at rt is a rare tumor usually diagnosed in childhood although usually a brain tumor at rt can occur anywhere in the central nervous system cns including the spinal cord about 60 will be in the poster￭ ior cran￭ ial fo￭ ssa particularly the cere￭ bell￭ um one review estimated 52 poster￭ ior fo￭ ssa 39 sp￭ net supr￭ at￭ ent￭ orial primitive neuro￭ ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal tumors 5 pine￭ al 2 spinal and 2 multi focal in the united states three children per 1 000 000 or around 30 new at rt cases are diagnosed each year at rt represents around 3 of pedi￭ atric cancers of the cns around 17 of all pedi￭ atric cancers involve the cns it is the most common childhood solid tumor the survival rate for cns tumors is around 60 pedi￭ atric brain cancer is the second leading cause of childhood death just after leuk￭ emia recent trends suggest that the rate of overall cns tumor diagnosis is increasing by about 2 7 per year as diagnostic techniques using genetic mark￭ ers improve and are used more often the proportion of at rt diagnoses is expected to increase at rt was only recognized as an entity in 1996 and added to the world health organization who brain tumor classification in 2000 grade iv the relatively recent classification and r￭ arity has contributed to initial mis￭ diagnosis and non optimal therapy this has led to a historically poor prog￭ no￭ sis current research is focusing on using chem￭ otherapy protocols that are effective against r￭ hab￭ dom￭ y￭ os￭ ar￭ coma in combination with surgery and radiation therapy recent studies using multi modal therapy have shown significantly improved survival data in 2008 the dana far￭ ber cancer institute in boston reported two year overall survival of 53 and event free survival of 70 median age at diagnosis of 26 months in 2013 the medical university of vienna reported five year overall survival of 100 and event free survival of 89 median age at diagnosis of 24 months survival rates can be significantly improved when the correct genetic diagnosis is made at the outset followed with specific multi modal treatment
atypical tri￭ gem￭ inal ne￭ ur￭ al￭ gia at￭ n or type 2 tri￭ gem￭ inal ne￭ ur￭ al￭ gia is a form of tri￭ gem￭ inal ne￭ ur￭ al￭ gia a disorder of the fifth cran￭ ial nerve this form of nerve pain is difficult to diagnose as it is rare and the symptoms overlap with several other disorders the symptoms can occur in addition to having migr￭ aine headache or can be mistaken for migr￭ aine alone or dental problems such as tempor￭ om￭ andi￭ bul￭ ar joint disorder mus￭ cul￭ osk￭ el￭ etal issues or hypo￭ ch￭ on￭ dri￭ asis at￭ n can have a wide range of symptoms and the pain can fluctu￭ ate in intensity from mild aching to a crushing or burning sensation and also to the extreme pain experienced with the more common tri￭ gem￭ inal ne￭ ur￭ al￭ gia
atypical tuber￭ ous my￭ x￭ e￭ dem￭ a also known as j￭ ad￭ as￭ sohn – do￭ s￭ se￭ ker syndrome is thought to represent a pure no￭ d￭ ular variant of lichen my￭ x￭ e￭ dem￭ ato￭ sus
audio signal processing or audio processing is the intentional alteration of audio signals often through an audio effect or effects unit as audio signals may be electronically represented in either digital or analo￭ g format signal processing may occur in either domain analo￭ g processors operate directly on the electrical signal while digital processors operate mathem￭ atically on the digital representation of that signal
a par￭ acu￭ sia or aud￭ itory halluc￭ ination is a form of halluc￭ ination that involves percei￭ ving sounds without aud￭ itory stimulus aud￭ itory halluc￭ inations need to be distinguished from end￭ a￭ ural phenomena in which sounds are heard without any external acous￭ tic stimulation but arise from disorders of the frontal lo￭ be temporal lo￭ be language processing system ear or aud￭ itory system a common form of aud￭ itory halluc￭ ination involves hearing one or more talking voices this may be associated with psychotic disorders and holds special significance in diagno￭ sing these conditions however individuals without any psychiatric disease whatsoever may hear voices there are three main categories into which the hearing of talking voices often fall a person hearing a voice speak one s thoughts a person hearing one or more voices arguing or a person hearing a voice narr￭ ating his her own actions these three categories do not account for all types of aud￭ itory halluc￭ inations other types of aud￭ itory halluc￭ ination include exploding head syndrome and musical ear syndrome in the latter people will hear music playing in their mind usually songs they are familiar with this can be caused by le￭ sions on the brain stem often resulting from a stroke also sleep disorders such as narco￭ le￭ psy tumors en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis or abs￭ c￭ esses this should be distinguished from the commonly experienced phenomenon of getting a song stuck in one s head reports have also mentioned that it is also possible to get musical halluc￭ inations from listening to music for long periods of time other reasons include hearing loss and epi￭ le￭ ptic activity
aud￭ itory processing disorder ap￭ d also known as central aud￭ itory processing disorder cap￭ d is an umbrella term for a variety of disorders that affect the way the brain processes aud￭ itory information individuals with ap￭ d usually have normal structure and function of the outer middle and inner ear peripheral hearing however they cannot process the information they hear in the same way as others do which leads to difficulties in recognizing and interpreting sounds especially the sounds com￭ posing speech it is thought that these difficulties arise from dysfunction in the central nervous system the american academy of audi￭ ology notes that ap￭ d is diagnosed by difficulties in one or more aud￭ itory processes known to reflect the function of the central aud￭ itory nervous system ap￭ d can affect both children and adults although the actual prevalence is currently unknown it has been suggested that males are twice as likely to be affected by the disorder as females but there are no good epidemiological studies
the au￭ ger effect is a physical phenomenon in which the filling of an inner shell vacancy of an atom is accompanied by the emission of an electr￭ on from the same atom when a core electr￭ on is removed leaving a vacancy an electr￭ on from a higher energy level may fall into the vacancy resulting in a release of energy although most often this energy is released in the form of an emitted pho￭ ton the energy can also be transferred to another electr￭ on which is e￭ jected from the atom this second e￭ jected electr￭ on is called an au￭ ger electr￭ on the effect was first discovered by lis￭ e me￭ it￭ ner in 19￭ 22 pierre victor au￭ ger independently discovered the effect shortly after and is credited with the discovery in most of the scientific community upon e￭ jec￭ tion the k￭ ine￭ tic energy of the au￭ ger electr￭ on corresponds to the difference between the energy of the initial electronic transition into the vacancy and the ion￭ ization energy for the electr￭ on shell from which the au￭ ger electr￭ on was e￭ jected these energy levels depend on the type of atom and the chemical environment in which the atom was located au￭ ger electr￭ on spec￭ tro￭ sco￭ py involves the emission of au￭ ger electron￭ s by bombar￭ ding a sample with either x rays or energetic electron￭ s and measures the intensity of au￭ ger electron￭ s that result as a function of the au￭ ger electr￭ on energy the resulting spec￭ tra can be used to determine the identity of the emitting atoms and some information about their environment au￭ ger re￭ combination is a similar au￭ ger effect which occurs in semi￭ conductors an electr￭ on and electr￭ on hole electr￭ on hole pair can re￭ combine giving up their energy to an electr￭ on in the conduc￭ tion band increasing its energy the reverse effect is known as impact ion￭ ization
in music an aug￭ mented tri￭ ad is a tri￭ ad or ch￭ ord consisting of two major thirds an aug￭ mented fifth the term aug￭ mented tri￭ ad arises from an aug￭ mented tri￭ ad being considered a major ch￭ ord whose top note fifth is raised or aug￭ mented it can be represented by the inte￭ ger no￭ tation 0 4 8
the august curse is a perceived phenomenon in russia in which tragic events are felt to occur unusually often in the month of august many possible explanations have been presented for the phenomenon
an a￭ ura is a percep￭ tual disturbance experienced by some with migr￭ ain￭ es or seizures before either the headache or seizure begins it often manifests as the perception of a strange light an unpleasant smell or confusing thoughts or experiences some people experience a￭ ura without a subsequent migr￭ aine or seizure see silent migr￭ aine aur￭ as vary by individual experience some people experience smells lights or halluc￭ inations less known symptoms of the eye include disturbances where the eyes roll in the back of the head caused by photo￭ sensitivity a suffer￭ er of this type of a￭ ura may experience te￭ ar￭ fulness of the eyes and uncontrollable sens￭ ations of light followed by reduced symptoms after approximately 20 minutes it is the ra￭ rest type of a￭ ura when occurring aur￭ as allow people who have epi￭ le￭ psy time to prevent injury to themselves and or others the time between the appearance of the a￭ ura and the migr￭ aine lasts from a few seconds up to an hour the a￭ ura can stay with a migr￭ aine suffer￭ er for the duration of the migr￭ aine depending on the type of a￭ ura it can leave the person dis￭ oriented and confused it is not un￭ common for migr￭ aine sufferers to experience more than one type of a￭ ura during the migr￭ aine most people who have aur￭ as have the same type of a￭ ura every time aur￭ as can also be confused with sudden onset of panic panic attacks or anxiety attacks creating difficulties in diagnosis the differential diagnosis of patients who experience symptoms of pa￭ res￭ the￭ si￭ as dere￭ alization di￭ zz￭ iness chest pain tre￭ mors and pal￭ p￭ itations can be quite challenging
the au￭ re￭ ole effect or water au￭ re￭ ole is an optical phenomenon similar to hei￭ lig￭ ens￭ che￭ in creating sparkling light and dark rays radi￭ ating from the shadow of the vie￭ wer s head this effect is seen only over a rip￭ pling water surface the waves act as l￭ enses to focus and de￭ focus sunlight focused sunlight produces the lighter rays while de￭ focused sunlight produces the darker rays suspended particles in the water help make the au￭ re￭ ole effect more pronounced the effect extends a greater ang￭ ular distance from the vie￭ wer s shadow when the vie￭ wer is higher above the water and can sometimes be seen from a plane although the focused light ray con￭ es are actually more or less parallel to each other the rays from the au￭ re￭ ole effect appear to be radi￭ ating from the shadow of the vie￭ wer ’ s head due to perspective effects the vie￭ wer s line of sight is parallel and lies within the con￭ es so from the vie￭ wer s perspective the rays seem to be radi￭ ating from the anti￭ solar point within the vie￭ wer s shadow as in similar anti￭ solar optical effects such as a glory or hei￭ lig￭ ens￭ che￭ in each observer will see an au￭ re￭ ole effect radi￭ ating only from their own head ’ s shadow similarly if a photographer holds their camera at arm s length the au￭ re￭ ole effect appearing in the picture will be seen radi￭ ating from the shadow of the camera although the photographer would still see it around their head s shadow while taking the picture this happens because the au￭ re￭ ole effect always appears directly opposite the sun centered at the anti￭ solar point the anti￭ solar point itself is located within the shadow of the vie￭ wer whatever this is the eyes of the vie￭ wer or the camera s lens as a matter of fact when au￭ re￭ ole effects are photograph￭ ed from a plane it is possible to tell where the photographer was seated
aur￭ icular hyper￭ tric￭ ho￭ sis hyper￭ tric￭ ho￭ sis lan￭ u￭ gin￭ osa acquis￭ ita hyper￭ tric￭ ho￭ sis pin￭ na￭ e aur￭ is is a genetic condition expressed as long and strong ha￭ irs growing from the heli￭ x of the pin￭ na
aus￭ pit￭ z s sign is the appearance of pun￭ ct￭ ate bleeding spots when ps￭ ori￭ asis scales are scrap￭ ed off named after hein￭ rich aus￭ pit￭ z this happens because there is thin￭ ning of the ep￭ id￭ er￭ mal layer over￭ lying the tips of the der￭ mal pap￭ il￭ la￭ e and blood vessels within the pap￭ il￭ la￭ e are dil￭ ated and tor￭ tuous which bleed readily when the scale is removed
the australian mul￭ tic￭ am cam￭ ou￭ fl￭ age uniform am￭ cu is the battle￭ dress cam￭ ou￭ fl￭ age pattern for the australian defence force issued in 2014 the am￭ cu replaced the previously used disruptive pattern combat uniform and australian mul￭ tic￭ am pattern operational combat uniform cam￭ ou￭ fl￭ age patterns
during the australian gold ru￭ shes significant numbers of workers both from other areas within australia and from overseas relocated to areas in which gold had been discovered a number of gold finds occurred in australia prior to 18￭ 51 but only the gold found from 18￭ 51 onwards created gold ru￭ shes this is mainly because prior to 18￭ 51 the colonial government of new south wales victoria did not become a separate colony until 1 july 18￭ 51 and tas￭ mania did not become a separate colony until 18￭ 56 had suppressed news of gold finds which it believed would reduce the workforce and destabilise the economy after the california gold rush began in 18￭ 48 causing many people to leave australia for california to look for gold there the new south wales government re￭ thought its position and sought approval from the colonial office in england to allow the exploitation of the mineral resources and also offered rewards for the finding of payable gold the first gold rush in australia began in may 18￭ 51 after prospec￭ tor edward har￭ graves claimed to have discovered payable gold near orange at a site he called oph￭ ir har￭ graves had been to the califor￭ ni￭ an gold￭ fields and had learned new gold prospec￭ ting techniques such as p￭ anning and crad￭ ling har￭ graves was offered rewards by the colony of new south wales and the colony of victoria before the end of the year the gold rush had spread to many other parts of the state where gold had been found not just to the west but also to the south and north of sydney the australian gold ru￭ shes changed the convict colonies into more progressive cities with the influx of free emigrants these hope￭ ful￭ s termed di￭ ggers brought new skills and professions contributing to a burgeoning economy the mat￭ eship that evolved between these di￭ ggers and their collective resistance to authority led to the emergence of a unique national identity although not all di￭ ggers found riches on the gold￭ fields many decided to stay and integrate into these communities in july 18￭ 51 victoria s first gold rush began on the cl￭ un￭ es gold￭ field in august the gold rush had spread to include the gold￭ field at bun￭ in￭ y￭ ong today a subur￭ b of ball￭ ar￭ at 45 km 28 m away and by early september 18￭ 51 to the nearby gold￭ field at ball￭ ar￭ at then also known as yu￭ ille s di￭ gg￭ ings followed in early september to the gold￭ field at cast￭ lem￭ aine then known as forest creek and the mount alexander gold￭ field and the gold￭ field at ben￭ di￭ go then known as ben￭ di￭ go creek in november 18￭ 51 gold just as in new south wales was also found in many other parts of the state the victori￭ an gold discovery committee wrote in 18￭ 54 the discovery of the victori￭ an gold￭ fields has converted a remote dependency into a country of world wide fame it has attracted a population extraordinary in number with unprecedented rap￭ idity it has enhanced the value of property to an enormous extent it has made this the richest country in the world and in less than three years it has done for this colony the work of in age and made its impul￭ ses felt in the most distant regions of the earth when the rush began at ball￭ ar￭ at di￭ ggers discovered it was a prosperous gold￭ field lieutenant governor charles la tro￭ be visited the site and watched five men uncover 136 oun￭ ces of gold in one day mount alexander was even more rich than ball￭ ar￭ at with gold sitting just under the surface the sh￭ allow￭ ness allowed di￭ ggers to easily un￭ earth gold nu￭ g￭ gets in 7 months 2 4 million pounds of gold was transported from mount alexander to nearby capital cities the gold ru￭ shes caused a huge influx of people from overseas australia s total population more than tripled from 430 000 in 18￭ 51 to 1 7 million in 18￭ 71 australia first became a multicultural society during the gold rush period between 18￭ 52 and 18￭ 60 290 000 people migrated to victoria from the british is￭ les 15 000 came from other european countries and 18 000 emigr￭ ated from the united states non european immigrants however were unwelcome especially the chinese the chinese were particularly industri￭ ous with techniques that differ￭ ed widely from the europeans this and their physical appearance and fear of the unknown led to them to being persecuted in a racist way that would be regarded as untenable today in 18￭ 55 11 493 chinese arrived in melbourne chinese travelling outside of new south wales had to obtain special re entry certificates in 18￭ 55 victoria enacted the chinese immigration act 18￭ 55 severely limiting the number of chinese passengers permitted on an arriving vessel to evade the new law many chinese were landed in the south east of south australia and travelled more than 400 km across country to the victori￭ an gold￭ fields along tracks which are still evident today in 18￭ 85 following a call by the western australian government for a reward for the first find of payable gold a discovery was made at h￭ alls creek spar￭ king a gold rush in that state
the australian government debt is the amount owed by the australian federal government the australian office of financial management which is part of the treasury portfolio is the agency which manages the government debt and does all the borrowing on behalf of the australian government australian government borrowings are subject to limits and regulation by the loan council unless if the borrowing is for defence purposes or is a temporary borrowing government debt and borrowings and repayments have national macroeconomic implications and are also used as one of the tools available to the national government in the macroeconomic management of the national economy enabling the government to create or dampen liquidity in financial markets with flow on effects on the wider economy as of 27 february 2014 the gross australian government debt was a 300 63 billion at 15 august 2014 it was a 326 55 billion and at 13 march 2015 it was 361 09 billion an increase of aud 2 05 billion from 6 march 2015 at 22 january 2016 it was a 405 9￭ 88 billion the government debt fluctu￭ ates from week to week depending on government receipts general outlays and large sum outlays australian government debt does not take into account government funds held in reserve within statutory authorities such as the australian government future fund which at 30 september 2015 was valued at a 117 83 billion and the reserve bank of australia nor is the net income of these statutory authorities taken into account for example the future fund net income in 2014 15 was a 15 61 billion which went directly into the fund s reserves also guarantees offered by the government do not figure in the government debt level for example on october 12 2008 in response to the economic crisis of 2008 the government offered to guarantee 100 of all bank deposits this was subsequently reduced to a maximum of 1 million per customer per institution from 1 february 2012 the guarantee was reduced to 250 000 and is ongoing australia s net international investment liability position government debt and private debt was a 9￭ 22 8 billion at 30 september 2015 an increase of a 18 2 billion 2 on the liability position at 30 june 2015 according to the australian bureau of statistics australia s bond credit rating was rated aaa by all three major credit rating agencies as at december 2012 at the time of the 2015 budget the treas￭ ur￭ er discounted any chance of a rating downgrade around two thirds of australian government debt is held by non resident investors a share that has risen since 2009 and remains historically high
austrian syndrome is a medical condition first described by robert austrian in 1957 the classical tri￭ ad consists of pneumonia endo￭ cardi￭ tis and men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis all caused by st￭ rep￭ to￭ co￭ cc￭ us pneu￭ mon￭ i￭ ae it is associated with alcoholism due to the presence of hy￭ pos￭ plen￭ ia reduced splen￭ ic functioning and can be seen in males between 40 and 60 years old
the authorised capital of a company sometimes referred to as the authorised share capital registered capital or nominal capital particularly in the united states is the maximum amount of share capital that the company is authorised by its constitutional documents to issue allocate to shareholders part of the authorised capital can and frequently does remain un￭ issued the authorised capital can be changed with shareholders approval the part of the authorised capital which has been issued to shareholders is referred to as the issued share capital of the company the device of the authorised capital is used to limit or control the ability of the directors to issue or al￭ lot new shares which may have consequences in the control of a company or otherwise alter the balance of control between shareholders such an issue of shares to new shareholders may also shift the profit distribution balance for example if new shares are issued at face value and not at market value the requirement for a company to have a set authorised capital was abolished in australia in 2001 and in the united kingdom it was abolished under the companies act 2006
authorization or authorisation is the function of specifying access rights to resources related to information security and computer security in general and to access control in particular more formally to authorize is to define an access policy for example human resources staff is normally authorized to access employee records and this policy is usually form￭ alized as access control rules in a computer system during operation the system uses the access control rules to decide whether access requests from authenticated consumers shall be approved granted or dis￭ approved rejected resources include individual files or an item s data computer programs computer devices and functionality provided by computer applications examples of consumers are computer users computer programs and other devices on the computer
au￭ tism is a neuro￭ developmental disorder characterized by impaired social interaction verbal and non verbal communication and restricted and repeti￭ tive behavior parents usually notice signs in the first two years of their child s life these signs often develop gradually though some children with au￭ tism reach their developmental milestones at a normal pace and then reg￭ ress the diagnostic criteria require that symptoms become apparent in early childhood typically before age three while au￭ tism is highly her￭ itable researchers suspect both environmental and genetic factors as causes in rare cases au￭ tism is strongly associated with agents that cause birth defects controversies surround other proposed environmental causes for example the vaccine hypo￭ theses which have since been dis￭ proven au￭ tism affects information processing in the brain by altering how nerve cells and their syn￭ ap￭ ses connect and organize how this occurs is not well understood in the dsm v it is one of three recognized disorders in the au￭ tism spectrum as￭ ds the other two being asper￭ ger syndrome which lacks delays in cognitive development and language and pervasive developmental disorder not otherwise specified commonly abbreviated as p￭ dd nos which is diagnosed when the full set of criteria for au￭ tism or asper￭ ger syndrome are not met early speech or behavioral interventions can help children with au￭ tism gain self care social and communication skills although there is no known cure there have been reported cases of children who recovered not many children with au￭ tism live independently after reaching adul￭ thood though some become successful an au￭ tis￭ tic culture has developed with some individuals seeking a cure and others believing au￭ tism should be accepted as a difference and not treated as a disorder globally au￭ tism is estimated to affect 21 7 million people as of 2013 as of 2010 the number of people affected is estimated at about 1 – 2 per 1 000 worldwide it occurs four to five times more often in boys than girls about 1 5 of children in the united states one in 68 are diagnosed with as￭ d as of 2014 a 30 increase from one in 88 in 2012 the rate of au￭ tism among adults aged 18 years and over in the united kingdom is 1 1 the number of people diagnosed has been increasing dramatically since the 1980 s partly due to changes in diagnostic practice and government subsidized financial incentives for named diagnoses the question of whether actual rates have increased is unresolved
the term au￭ tism spectrum or au￭ tism spectrum disorder describes a range of conditions classified as neuro￭ developmental disorders in the fifth and most recent revision of the american psychiatric association s diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders dsm 5 published in 2013 individuals diagnosed with au￭ tism spectrum disorder must present two types of symptoms deficits in social communication and social interaction restricted repeti￭ tive patterns of behavior interests or activities the dsm 5 redefined the au￭ tism spectrum disorders to encompass the previous dsm iv tr diagnoses of au￭ tism asper￭ ger syndrome pervasive developmental disorder not otherwise specified p￭ dd nos and childhood dis￭ integr￭ ative disorder features of these disorders include social deficits and communication difficulties stereo￭ ty￭ ped or repeti￭ tive behaviors and interests sensory issues and in some cases cognitive delays
au￭ tis￭ tic enter￭ o￭ co￭ li￭ tis is the name of a non￭ existent medical condition proposed by discredited british gastro￭ enter￭ o￭ logist andrew wa￭ ke￭ field when he suggested a link between a number of common clinical symptoms and signs which he cont￭ ended were distinctive to au￭ tism the existence of such an enter￭ o￭ co￭ li￭ tis has been dismissed by experts as having not been established wa￭ ke￭ field s now re￭ tracted and fraudulent report used inadequate controls and suppressed negative findings and multiple attempts to replic￭ ate his results have been unsuccessful reviews in the medical literature have found no link between the m￭ mr vaccine and au￭ tism or with bo￭ wel disease most of wa￭ ke￭ field s co￭ authors later re￭ tracted the conclusions of the original paper proposing the hypothesis and the general medical council found wa￭ ke￭ field guilty of manipulating patient data and mis￭ reporting results his work has been exposed as falsified and described as an elaborate fraud
auto brew￭ ery syndrome also known as gut fermentation syndrome is a rare medical condition in which in￭ tox￭ ic￭ ating quantities of ethanol are produced through endo￭ genous fermentation within the dig￭ estive system one gastro￭ intest￭ inal organism sac￭ char￭ om￭ y￭ ces cere￭ visi￭ ae a type of ye￭ ast has been identified as a pathogen for this condition claims of endo￭ genous fermentation of this type have been used as a defense against drunk driving charges one case went un￭ detected for 20 years it has also been investigated but eliminated as a possible cause of sudden infant death syndrome a variant occurs in persons with liver ab￭ norm￭ alities that prevent them from ex￭ cre￭ ting or breaking down alcohol normally patients with this condition can develop symptoms of auto brew￭ ery syndrome even when the gut ye￭ ast produces a quantity of alcohol that is too small to in￭ tox￭ ic￭ ate a healthy individual
auto segregation or self segregation is the separation of a religious or ethnic group from the rest of society in a state by the group itself this could also mean inability for a normal social interaction and a form of social exclusion through auto segregation the members of the separate group can establish their own services and maintain their own traditions and customs for example some of the world s un￭ contacted peoples have preferred not to interact with the rest of the globally integrated human population by remaining in a reserve and in isolation they can preserve their cultures intact as long as they choose and the surrounding states protect them on the other hand some groups self segreg￭ ate to avoid integrating with other groups either to protect their culture or some may self segreg￭ ate from others that they consider intellectually and or socially inferior nationalists non rac￭ ists or rac￭ ists ul￭ tran￭ ation￭ alists different hindu castes and other supre￭ mac￭ ist or eth￭ no centric groups commonly segreg￭ ate themselves from other communities through various practices like endo￭ gam￭ y the apartheid system in south africa was an example of this trend
auto independence is the ability to get around without having to own a car it can also be called car￭ free mobility an auto independent or car￭ free society has at least five options of travel these include at least the following 1 a system of buses trains and aircraft for passengers to travel from town to town reliably and safely 2 availability of car rental by the hour or more if the driver has a valid driving license 3 availability of convenient economical fast reliable safe transport without driving oneself 4 safe reliable mass public transit 5 shuttle service in large high traffic areas such as shopping m￭ alls and city centers currently many towns in the u s have no public transport and walking and bic￭ ycl￭ ing is not practical because of time and physical constraints where public transportation is available it may not be close enough to access without a car or the schedules are not compatible with the schedule of the rider for long distances e g new york city to chicago personal accommod￭ ations of scheduling is not too difficult to go from roc￭ k￭ ville mary￭ land to alex￭ andria virginia mass transit is not available at all times and not convenient unless the rider is close to the metr￭ or￭ ail station going to a destination that is close to another metr￭ or￭ ail station if the rider has a car or other means to get to the station of origin s he would still have to find a means to get from the station to the desired destination a ri￭ des￭ har￭ ing service with a communication system that could handle the riders requirements fast enough is possible such a ri￭ des￭ har￭ ing service would only be attractive to a market if it could assure the ride of quality service airline reservation systems provide this service for air travel because those systems are expensive they have never been adopted by bus companies for inter￭ urban travel less expensive systems can be set up if they are limited to a region and a time frame for these systems matching origins and destinations is different from the process for a system to meet the needs of the third designated system above mass public transit could better serve the public if it used the usage data available at its entry and exit gates some public mass transit systems do not keep track of ex￭ iting passengers the lack of such data makes it more difficult to determine how to run the trains when the coming and going data is known the scheduling can be more precisely matched to the need public mass transit thinks always in terms of the number of trains to run and not in terms of the precision of timing
text replacement replace as you type or auto￭ correct is an automatic data validation function commonly found in word processors and text editing interfaces for smar￭ t￭ phones and tab￭ let computers its principal purpose is as part of the spell chec￭ ker to correct common spelling or typing errors saving time for the user it is also used to automatically format text or insert special characters by recognizing particular character usage saving the user from having to use more tedious functions additional options include recognizing words with two initial capital letters e g example and correcting them capitali￭ zing the first letters of sentences and correcting accidental use of caps lock e g example the replacement list for text replacement can also be modified by the user allowing the user to use short￭ cuts if for example the user is writing an essay on the industrial revolution a replacement key can be set up to replace ir with industrial revolution saving the user time whenever they want to type it for users with the patience this facility can even be used to create a complete key￭ board shor￭ th￭ and system along lines similar to those of du￭ tton spe￭ ed￭ words but with short forms instantly replaced by full forms some stand alone programs allow global text replacement across the operating system and apply to text ty￭ ped into any other application the list of terms within the default microsoft auto￭ correct application in microsoft word can be replaced by words terms expressions etc other than the default set doing so in a wise comprehensive and strategic manner can immensely improve the key￭ boarding productivity and accuracy in high production work settings to get the most from the auto￭ correct routine one may best exploit the fact that the most common words ty￭ ped are the best candidates for which to deploy short￭ cuts for example using t for the w for with etcetera can maximize the key￭ stroke to production ratio any system such as developing a technique requires a learning curve to achieve mastery but experience in developing a database of expressions has proven that to ensure most effective use of auto￭ correct short￭ cuts must be easy to recall for example the threshold of characters in the chosen word is no less than three 3 except when the 2 letter word is within a longer expression e g a￭ am￭ of for as a matter of fact one technique in developing a system of large database of terms is using pre￭ fixes and suff￭ i￭ xes in the formation of a short￭ cut for example using the suff￭ ix z m￭ nem￭ onic exp￭ and￭ z for the as￭ ap￭ z to expand to as as soon as possible whether one requires either a robust or moderate exploitation of the auto￭ correct this feature may be best used by first deleting the default terms that are supplied by the manufacturer those default terms typically include those words most commonly mis ty￭ ped including those terms e g te￭ h for the invites careless and or thought￭ less actions whereas excluding them invites a learning process or greater productivity in a robust exploitation of auto￭ correct including chemical no￭ tation the deployment could transcends the perceived disadvantage of auto￭ correct the simple use of a short￭ cut suff￭ ix den￭ oting chemical glos￭ s￭ aries would be deployed for example using camp￭ x for camp and camp ¥ for cyclic aden￭ os￭ ine mon￭ op￭ hosp￭ hate and camp ¥ x for c 10 h 12 n 5 o 6 p with corresponding sub script or super script as needed the short￭ cut camp￭ x with camp furthermore if when the full expression was needed the develop￭ er could invoke ¥ to be the suff￭ ix for chemical no￭ tation e g substitute
auto￭ fill is a function in some computer applications or programs typically those containing forms which fills in a field automatically most of the time such as in internet explor￭ er and google tool￭ bar the entries depend on the form field s name so as to not enter street names in a last name field or vice versa for this use proposed names for such form fields but in the html 5 specification this r￭ fc is no longer referenced thus leaving the selection of names up to each brow￭ ser s implementation companies which speci￭ alise in auto￭ fill are google auto￭ fill saf￭ ari auto￭ fill d￭ ash￭ lane fill￭ r auto￭ fill for mobile compare auto￭ type compare auto￭ complete
auto￭ immune infl￭ am￭ matory syndrome induced by adju￭ v￭ ants also known as sho￭ en￭ feld s syndrome or asia is an alleged auto￭ immune disorder first proposed by israeli immun￭ o￭ logist ye￭ hu￭ da sho￭ en￭ feld in 2011 according to sho￭ en￭ feld the syndrome includes four conditions post vaccination symptoms macro￭ p￭ ha￭ gic my￭ of￭ as￭ ci￭ i￭ tis gulf war syndrome and sili￭ con￭ osis sho￭ en￭ feld alleges that the syndrome is caused by adju￭ v￭ ants such as sili￭ cone tetr￭ ame￭ th￭ yl￭ pent￭ ad￭ ec￭ ane pr￭ ist￭ ane and aluminum however caus￭ ality is difficult to prove because asia only occurs in a small fraction of patients exposed to these adju￭ v￭ ants sho￭ en￭ feld has also named sjö￭ gre￭ n s syndrome as potentially being another fac￭ et of asia in 2013 the authors of a textbook on auto￭ immune diseases concluded that there exists persuasive evidence for asia but noted that several academic and governmental agencies had dismissed the possibility of a link between sili￭ cone and auto￭ immune disease
auto￭ immune o￭ oph￭ ori￭ tis is an auto￭ immune disease caused when the immune system attacks the ov￭ aries
auto￭ immune autonom￭ ic gang￭ lion￭ opathy a￭ ag is an extremely rare form of dys￭ autonom￭ ia in which the patients immune system produces gang￭ li￭ onic ach￭ r antibodies inhi￭ biting gang￭ li￭ onic ach￭ r currents and imp￭ airing transmission in autonom￭ ic gang￭ lia approximately 100 americans are diagnosed with a￭ ag each year symptoms onset can be acute sub￭ acute or gradual
an auto￭ immune disease is a condition arising from an abnormal immune response to a normal body part there are at least 80 types of auto￭ immune diseases nearly any body part can be involved commons symptoms include low grade fever and feeling tired often symptoms come and go the cause is generally unknown some auto￭ immune diseases run in families such as lup￭ us and certain cases may be triggered by infections or other environmental factors some common auto￭ immune disease include ce￭ li￭ ac disease diabetes mell￭ it￭ us type 1 graves disease infl￭ am￭ matory bo￭ wel disease multiple sclerosis ps￭ ori￭ asis r￭ heu￭ mato￭ id ar￭ thri￭ tis and systemic lup￭ us er￭ y￭ them￭ ato￭ sus the diagnosis can be difficult to determine treatment depends on the type and severity of the condition non￭ ster￭ o￭ idal anti infl￭ am￭ matory drugs n￭ s￭ aids and immun￭ o￭ sup￭ pres￭ s￭ ants are often used intra￭ ven￭ ous immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ulin may also occasionally be used while treatment usually improves symptoms they do not typically cure the disease about 24 million 7 of people in the united states are affected by an auto￭ immune disease women are more commonly affected than men often they start during adul￭ thood the first auto￭ immune diseases were described in the early 1900 s
auto￭ immune en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis or auto￭ immune encephalopathy is a diverse group of ne￭ uro psychiatric disorders recognized recently presenting acutely or sub￭ acutely with alteration of consciousness cognitive decline seizure abnormal movements associated with systemic auto￭ immune disorders cns auto￭ immune disorders and par￭ ane￭ op￭ l￭ astic syndro￭ mes patho￭ genesis is likely to be medi￭ ated by antibodies abs to cns proteins the abs are directed against memb￭ rane recep￭ tors and ion channel associated proteins that are expressed on the surface of neurons in the cns such as n methyl d as￭ part￭ ate recep￭ tors and le￭ uc￭ ine rich gli￭ oma in￭ activated protein and cont￭ acti￭ n associated protein like that are associated with voltage gated potassium channels the diseases are not invariably cancer related and are therefore different from the classical par￭ ane￭ op￭ l￭ astic neuro￭ logical diseases that are associated with but not caused by abs to in￭ trac￭ ell￭ ular proteins diagnosis of auto￭ immune encephalopathy is based on the clinical course sero￭ logic evidence of auto￭ immunity severe but non￭ specific slowing on electro￭ encephal￭ o￭ graphy and evidence of intra￭ th￭ ec￭ al infl￭ amm￭ ation in the cere￭ bro￭ spinal fluid and neuro￭ imaging by m￭ ri treatment include first line ster￭ oids intra￭ ven￭ ous immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ul￭ ins i￭ vig and plasma exchange and second line rit￭ u￭ xim￭ ab and cycl￭ op￭ hosp￭ ham￭ ide followed in many cases by ster￭ o￭ id spar￭ ing agents in the long term
auto￭ immune enter￭ opathy ai￭ e is a rare disorder of the immune system condition that affects infants young children and rarely adults causing severe diarr￭ hea v￭ om￭ iting and other morbi￭ dities of the dig￭ estive tract ai￭ e causes mal￭ absorption of food vitamins and minerals often necess￭ itating replacement fluids and total paren￭ ter￭ al nutrition some disorders such as ip￭ ex syndrome include auto￭ immune enter￭ opathy as well as auto￭ immune path￭ ies of the skin thyro￭ id other g￭ lands or kidneys
auto￭ immune estro￭ gen der￭ mati￭ tis presents as a cyclic skin disorder that may appear ec￭ zem￭ at￭ ous pap￭ ular bull￭ ous or ur￭ tic￭ arial with pr￭ ur￭ it￭ us typically present skin erup￭ tions that may be chronic but which are exacerbated pre￭ men￭ str￭ ually or occur immediately following m￭ enses
auto￭ immune gastro￭ intest￭ inal dys￭ mo￭ ti￭ lity ag￭ id is an auto￭ immune disease autonom￭ ic neuro￭ pa￭ thy affecting the gastro￭ intest￭ inal organs and dig￭ estive system of the body dys￭ mo￭ ti￭ lity is when the strength or coordination of the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus stomach or intest￭ ines muscles do not work as they should
auto￭ immune hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic an￭ emia or auto￭ immune ha￭ emol￭ y￭ tic ana￭ emia ai￭ ha occurs when antibodies directed against the person s own red blood cells r￭ b￭ cs cause them to burst ly￭ se leading to insufficient plasma concentration the lifetime of the r￭ b￭ cs is reduced from the normal 100 – 120 days to just a few days in serious cases the in￭ trac￭ ell￭ ular components of the r￭ b￭ cs are released into the circulating blood and into tissues leading to some of the characteristic symptoms of this condition the antibodies are usually directed against high incidence antigens therefore they also commonly act on al￭ log￭ en￭ ic r￭ b￭ cs r￭ b￭ cs originating from outside the person themselves e g in the case of a blood transfusion ai￭ ha is a relatively rare condition affecting one to three people per 100 000 per year the terminology used in this disease is somewhat ambiguous although mesh uses the term auto￭ immune hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic an￭ emia some sources prefer the term immun￭ o￭ hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic an￭ emia so drug reactions can be included in this category the national cancer institute considers immun￭ o￭ hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic an￭ emia auto￭ immune hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic an￭ emia and immune complex hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic an￭ emia to all be synon￭ y￭ ms
auto￭ immune hepatitis formerly called lu￭ po￭ id hepatitis is a chronic auto￭ immune disease of the liver that occurs when the body s immune system attacks liver cells causing the liver to be infl￭ amed common initial symptoms include fatigue or muscle aches or signs of acute liver infl￭ amm￭ ation including fever ja￭ und￭ ice and right upper quad￭ rant ab￭ domin￭ al pain individuals with auto￭ immune hepatitis often have no initial symptoms and the disease is detected by abnormal liver function tests anom￭ alous presentation of human leuk￭ oc￭ y￭ te antigen h￭ la class ii on the surface of liver cells possibly due to genetic pre￭ disposition or acute liver infection causes a cell medi￭ ated immune response against the body s own liver resulting in auto￭ immune hepatitis this abnormal immune response results in infl￭ amm￭ ation of the liver which can lead to further symptoms and complications such as fatigue and cir￭ rho￭ sis the disease may occur in any ethnic group and at any age but is most often diagnosed in patients between age 40 and 50
auto￭ immune hypo￭ physi￭ tis or lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tic hypo￭ physi￭ tis is defined as infl￭ amm￭ ation of the pit￭ u￭ itary g￭ land due to auto￭ immunity
auto￭ immune inner ear disease ai￭ ed was first defined by dr brian mc￭ ca￭ be in a landmark paper describing an auto￭ immune loss of hearing the disease results in progressive sens￭ or￭ in￭ eur￭ al hearing loss sn￭ hl that acts bilaterally and asymmetr￭ ically and sometimes affects an individual s vesti￭ bul￭ ar system ai￭ ed is used to describe any disorder in which the inner ear is damaged as a result of an auto￭ immune response some examples of auto￭ immune disorders that have presented with ai￭ ed are co￭ gan s syndrome relap￭ sing poly￭ ch￭ on￭ dri￭ tis systemic lup￭ us er￭ y￭ them￭ ato￭ sus we￭ gen￭ er s gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ osis ol￭ yar￭ ter￭ i￭ tis no￭ do￭ sa s￭ jo￭ gre￭ n s syndrome and ly￭ me disease research has come to the consensus that ai￭ ed is the result of antibodies or other immune cells that cause damage to structures of the inner ear such as the co￭ ch￭ lea and vesti￭ bul￭ ar system of note ai￭ ed is the only known sn￭ hl that responds to medical treatment but withholding treatment for longer than three months may result in permanent hearing loss and the need for co￭ ch￭ lear impl￭ ant installation although ai￭ ed has been studied extensively over the past 25 years no clear mechanism of patho￭ genesis has emerged a recent paper performed a literature review of all relevant articles dating back to 1980 and proposed a mechanism of patho￭ genesis which includes an infl￭ am￭ matory response and immune cell attack on inner ear structures this response leads to an over activation of other immune cells such as t hel￭ per cells resulting in vascular changes and co￭ ch￭ lear harm ai￭ ed appears to be a consequence of damaged sens￭ or￭ in￭ eur￭ al hearing due to electro￭ chemical disturbances micro￭ thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis and immune cell de￭ position additionally self reactive antibodies and t cells contribute to the aforementioned damage research has suggested a valuable next step in un￭ covering ai￭ ed patho￭ genesis is inquiry into the role of inter￭ leuk￭ in 1 β il 1 β
auto￭ immune lymp￭ ho￭ prolifer￭ ative syndrome alps also known as can￭ ale smith syndrome is a form of lymp￭ ho￭ prolifer￭ ative disorder l￭ p￭ ds it affects lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ te apop￭ to￭ sis it is a ras￭ opathy it is a rare genetic disorder of abnormal lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ te survival caused by defective f￭ as medi￭ ated apop￭ to￭ sis normally after infectious insult the immune system down regulates by increasing f￭ as expression on activated b and t lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tes and f￭ as lig￭ and on activated t lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tes f￭ as and f￭ as lig￭ and interact to trigger the cas￭ p￭ ase cas￭ c￭ ade leading to cell apop￭ to￭ sis patients with alps have a defect in this apop￭ to￭ tic path￭ way leading to chronic non m￭ align￭ ant lymp￭ ho￭ proliferation auto￭ immune disease and secondary cancers
auto￭ immune neu￭ tro￭ pen￭ ia is a form of neu￭ tro￭ pen￭ ia which is most common in infants and young children where the body identifies the neu￭ troph￭ ils as enemies and makes anti￭ body to destroy them primary auto￭ immune neu￭ tro￭ pen￭ ia ain is an auto￭ immune disease first reported in 1975 that primarily occurs in infancy in auto￭ immune neu￭ tro￭ pen￭ ia the immune system produces auto￭ antibodies directed against the neu￭ tro￭ phil￭ ic protein antigens in white blood cells known as gran￭ ul￭ oc￭ y￭ tic neu￭ troph￭ ils gran￭ ul￭ oc￭ y￭ tes segm￭ ented neu￭ troph￭ ils se￭ gs poly￭ segm￭ ented neu￭ troph￭ ils pol￭ ys these antibodies destroy gran￭ ul￭ oc￭ y￭ tic neu￭ troph￭ ils consequently patients with auto￭ immune neu￭ tro￭ pen￭ ia have low levels of gran￭ ul￭ oc￭ y￭ tic neu￭ tro￭ phil￭ ic white blood cells causing a condition of neu￭ tro￭ pen￭ ia neu￭ tro￭ pen￭ ia causes an increased risk of infection from organisms that the body could normally fight easily who is affected primary auto￭ immune neu￭ tro￭ pen￭ ia has been reported as early as the second month of life although most cases are diagnosed in children between 5 and 15 months of age girls have a slightly higher risk of developing ain than boys in neu￭ tro￭ pen￭ ia discovered at birth or shortly after birth a diagnosis of allo immune neu￭ tro￭ pen￭ ia from maternal white blood cell antibodies passively transferred to the infant is more likely neu￭ tro￭ pen￭ ia in infants neu￭ tro￭ pen￭ ia is defined by absolute neu￭ tro￭ phil counts less than 1000 ul after the first year of life neu￭ tro￭ pen￭ ia is defined by absolute counts less than 1500 ul neu￭ tro￭ pen￭ ia may be primary in which is the only blood ab￭ normality seen in secondary neu￭ tro￭ pen￭ ia other primary conditions occur including other auto￭ immune diseases infections and m￭ align￭ ancies neu￭ tro￭ pen￭ ia is considered chronic when it persists for more than 6 months symptoms and disease course neu￭ tro￭ pen￭ ia which may be discovered on routine blood tests typically causes benign infections even when the condition is severe ear infections o￭ ti￭ tis media are the most common infection seen in auto￭ immune neu￭ tro￭ pen￭ ia and typically infection responds to antibiotic treatment alone infections associated with primary ain are usually mild and limited including skin infections such as impe￭ ti￭ go gastro￭ enter￭ i￭ tis upper respiratory tract infections and ear infections rarely cell￭ u￭ li￭ tis and abs￭ c￭ esses may occur studies of children studied for up to six years showed that most cases of auto￭ immune neu￭ tro￭ pen￭ ia resolved spontaneously after a median of 17 months in 80 percent of patients neu￭ tro￭ pen￭ ia persisted for 7 to 24 months diagnosis patients with auto￭ immune neu￭ tro￭ pen￭ ia are diagnosed on the basis of blood tests showing neu￭ tro￭ pen￭ ia and the presence of gran￭ ul￭ oc￭ y￭ te specific antibodies in some cases tests for gran￭ ul￭ oc￭ y￭ te specific antibodies need to be repeated several times before a positive result is seen bone marrow aspiration if performed is typically normal or it can show increased cell production with a vari￭ ably diminished number of segm￭ ented gran￭ ul￭ oc￭ y￭ tes s association with prior par￭ vo￭ virus b 19 has been made but this hasn ’ t been confirmed similar to the plat￭ elet deficiency idi￭ opathic thro￭ m￭ bo￭ cy￭ top￭ en￭ ic pur￭ pur￭ a vaccines are suspected of triggering this disorder treatment treatment consists of cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ster￭ oids to reduce auto￭ anti￭ body production antibiotics to prevent infection and gran￭ ul￭ oc￭ y￭ te colony stimulating factor g c￭ sf to temporarily increase neu￭ tro￭ phil counts in cases of severe infection or the need for surgery intra￭ ven￭ ous immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ulin therapy may be used
in medicine auto￭ immune poly￭ endocrine syndro￭ mes ap￭ ss also called auto￭ immune poly￭ g￭ land￭ ular syndro￭ mes ap￭ ss poly￭ g￭ land￭ ular auto￭ immune syndro￭ mes p￭ g￭ ass or poly￭ endocrine auto￭ immune syndro￭ mes are a heterogeneous group of rare diseases characterized by auto￭ immune activity against more than one endocrine organ although non endocrine organs can be affected there are three types of aps or in terms that mean the same thing three ap￭ ss and there are a number of other diseases which have endocrine auto￭ immunity as one of their features
auto￭ immune poly￭ endocrine syndrome type 1 aps 1 also known as auto￭ immune poly￭ endocr￭ in￭ opathy candi￭ di￭ asis – ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal dy￭ stro￭ phy dys￭ pl￭ asia ap￭ ec￭ ed auto￭ immune poly￭ g￭ land￭ ular syndrome type 1 whit￭ aker syndrome or candi￭ di￭ asis hypo￭ par￭ ath￭ yro￭ i￭ dis￭ m – ad￭ dison s disease syndrome is a subtype of auto￭ immune poly￭ endocrine syndrome auto￭ immune poly￭ g￭ land￭ ular syndrome in which multiple endocrine g￭ lands dysfunction as a result of auto￭ immunity it is a genetic disorder inherited in auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive fashion due to a defect in the aire gene auto￭ immune regulator which is located on chro￭ mo￭ some 21 and normally confers immune tolerance
auto￭ immune poly￭ endocrine syndrome type 2 a form of auto￭ immune poly￭ endocrine syndrome also known as schmidt s syndrome or aps ii is the most common form of the poly￭ g￭ land￭ ular failure syndro￭ mes it is heterogeneous and has not been linked to one gene rather patients are at a higher risk when they carry a particular human leuk￭ oc￭ y￭ te antigen geno￭ type h￭ la d￭ q 2 h￭ la d￭ q 8 and h￭ la dr 4 aps ii affects women to a greater degree than men 75 of cases occur in women features of this syndrome are ad￭ dison s disease primary hypo￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m graves disease pernicious ana￭ emia primary hypo￭ gon￭ ad￭ ism less common diabetes mell￭ it￭ us type 1 viti￭ li￭ go less common co￭ eli￭ ac disease my￭ asth￭ enia grav￭ is
auto￭ immune prog￭ est￭ er￭ one der￭ mati￭ tis may appear as ur￭ tic￭ arial pap￭ ules deep gy￭ rate le￭ sions pap￭ ul￭ o￭ vesicular le￭ sions an ec￭ zem￭ at￭ ous eruption or as targe￭ to￭ id le￭ sions auto￭ immune prog￭ est￭ er￭ one der￭ mati￭ tis initially manifests with eye symptoms e g burning and progres￭ ses into r￭ ashes its relap￭ sing re￭ mitting pattern in women correspond to the prog￭ est￭ er￭ one levels during the men￭ str￭ ual cycle which spike twice a month it is an extremely rare disease only perhaps 50 cases have ever been reported
auto￭ immune re￭ tin￭ opathy is a rare disease in which the patient s immune system attacks proteins in the re￭ tina leading to loss of eye￭ sight the disease is poorly understood but may be the result of cancer or cancer chem￭ otherapy
auto￭ immune thyro￭ idi￭ tis or chronic auto￭ immune thyro￭ idi￭ tis is a disease in which the body interpre￭ ts the thyro￭ id g￭ lands and its hormone products t 3 t 4 and ts￭ h as threats therefore producing special antibodies that target the thyro￭ id ’ s cells thereby destroying it it presents with hypo￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m or hyper￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m and the presence or absence of go￭ iters
auto￭ immunity is the system of immune responses of an organism against its own healthy cells and tissues any disease that results from such an aberr￭ ant immune response is termed an auto￭ immune disease prominent examples include ce￭ li￭ ac disease diabetes mell￭ it￭ us type 1 sar￭ co￭ ido￭ sis systemic lup￭ us er￭ y￭ them￭ ato￭ sus s￭ le sjö￭ gre￭ n s syndrome e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ osis with pol￭ yan￭ gi￭ i￭ tis hash￭ im￭ oto s thyro￭ idi￭ tis graves disease idi￭ opathic thro￭ m￭ bo￭ cy￭ top￭ en￭ ic pur￭ pur￭ a ad￭ dison s disease r￭ heu￭ mato￭ id ar￭ thri￭ tis ra an￭ ky￭ losing spon￭ dy￭ li￭ tis poly￭ my￭ osi￭ tis pm and der￭ mat￭ om￭ yo￭ si￭ tis dm auto￭ immune diseases are very often treated with ster￭ oids the misconception that an individual s immune system is totally incapable of recognizing self antigens is not new paul e￭ hr￭ lich at the beginning of the twentieth century proposed the concept of horror auto￭ tox￭ ic￭ us where￭ in a normal body does not mount an immune response against its own tissues thus any auto￭ immune response was perceived to be abnormal and post￭ ulated to be connected with human disease now it is accepted that auto￭ immune responses are an integral part of vertebr￭ ate immune systems sometimes termed natural auto￭ immunity normally prevented from causing disease by the phenomenon of immun￭ ological tolerance to self antigens auto￭ immunity should not be confused with allo￭ immunity
the auto￭ k￭ ine￭ tic effect also referred to as auto￭ kin￭ esis is a phenomenon of visual perception in which a stationary small point of light in an otherwise dark or fe￭ at￭ u￭ reless environment appears to move it was first recorded by a russian officer keeping watch who observed illusory movement of a star near the horizon it presumably occurs because motion perception is always relative to some reference point in darkness or in a fe￭ at￭ u￭ reless environment there is no reference point so the movement of the single point is un￭ defined the direction of the movements does not appear to be correlated with the involuntary eye movements but may be determined by errors between eye position and that specified by eff￭ er￭ ence copy of the movement signals sent to the extra￭ oc￭ ular muscles several researchers including richard greg￭ ory have shown that auto￭ kin￭ esis occurs when no eye movements are recorded greg￭ ory has suggested that with lack of peripheral information correcting movements that prevent eye movements due to muscle fatigue are wrongly interpreted as movement of the light the am￭ pl￭ itude of the movements is also un￭ defined individual observers set their own frames of reference to judge am￭ pl￭ itude and possibly direction because the phenomenon is lab￭ ile it has been used to show the effects of social influence or suggestion on judgements for example if an observer who would otherwise say the light is moving one foot over￭ hears another observer say the light is moving one yard then the first observer will report that the light moved one yard discovery of the influence of suggestion on the auto￭ k￭ ine￭ tic effect is often attributed to sher￭ if 19￭ 35 but it was recorded by ad￭ ams 19￭ 12 if not others alexander von hum￭ bol￭ dt observed the phenomenon in 17￭ 99 while looking at stars with the naked eye but thought it was a real movement of the stars thus he named them ster￭ n￭ sch￭ wan￭ ken i e swinging stars it was not until 18￭ 57 that g sch￭ we￭ it￭ zer sch￭ we￭ it￭ zer 18￭ 57 an early german psycho￭ logist discovered that it was a subjective phenomenon the us navy started studying this in 1945 in order to explain ver￭ ti￭ go experiences related by pilots today this k￭ ine￭ tic illusion is categ￭ orized as a vesti￭ bul￭ ar induced illusion see vesti￭ bul￭ ar system many sigh￭ tings of u￭ fos have also been attributed to the auto￭ k￭ ine￭ tic effect s action on looking at stars or planets
automated theore￭ m proving also known as at￭ p or automated deduction is a sub￭ field of automated reasoning and mathematical logic dealing with proving mathematical theore￭ ms by computer programs automated reasoning over mathematical proof was a major impetus for the development of computer science
automatic index￭ ing is the ability for a computer to scan large volumes of documents against a controlled vocabulary tax￭ on￭ omy thes￭ aur￭ us or on￭ to￭ logy and use those controlled terms to quickly and effectively index large document depos￭ itories as the number of documents exponentially increases with the proliferation of the internet automatic index￭ ing will become essential to maintaining the ability to find relevant information in a sea of irrelevant information
automatic target recognition at￭ r is the ability for an algori￭ thm or device to recognize targets or objects based on data obtained from sensors target recognition was initially done by using an audible representation of the received signal where a trained operator who would dec￭ ip￭ her that sound to classify the target illumin￭ ated by the radar while these trained operators had success automated methods have been developed and continue to be developed that allow for more accuracy and speed in classification at￭ r can be used to identify man made objects such as ground and air vehicles as well as for biological targets such as animals humans and vegetative clu￭ tter this can be useful for everything from recognizing an object on a battlefield to filtering out interference caused by large flocks of birds on dop￭ pl￭ er weather radar possible military applications include a simple identification system such as an i￭ ff transp￭ onder and is used in other applications such as un￭ manned aerial vehicles and cruise missiles there has been more and more interest shown in using at￭ r for domestic applications as well research has been done into using at￭ r for border security safety systems to identify objects or people on a subway track automated vehicles and many others
automatic writing or psycho￭ graphy is an alleged psychic ability allowing a person to produce written words without consciously writing the words are claimed to arise from a sub￭ conscious spiritual or super￭ natural source
autom￭ atic￭ ity ˌ￭ ɔ￭ ː￭ t￭ ə￭ m￭ ə￭ ˈ￭ t￭ ɪ￭ s￭ ᵻ￭ ti is the ability to do things without occupying the mind with the low level details required allowing it to become an automatic response pattern or habit it is usually the result of learning repetition and practice examples of autom￭ atic￭ ity are common activities such as walking speaking bicycle riding assembly line work and driving a car the last of these sometimes being termed highway hypno￭ sis after an activity is sufficiently practiced it is possible to focus the mind on other activities or thoughts while undertaking an autom￭ ati￭ zed activity for example holding a conversation or planning a speech while driving a car
autom￭ ation bias – sometimes referred to by other terms such as autom￭ ation induced complacency or over reliance on autom￭ ation – is the propensity for humans to favor suggestions from automated decision making systems and to ignore contradictory information made without autom￭ ation even if it is correct this bias takes the form of errors of exclusion and inclusion an autom￭ ation bias of exclusion takes place when humans rely on an automated system that does not inform them of a problem while an error of inclusion arises when humans make choices based on incorrect suggestions rel￭ ayed by automated systems autom￭ ation bias has been examined across many research fields some factors leading to an over reliance on autom￭ ation include in￭ experience in a task though inexperienced users tend to be most benefited by automated decision support systems lack of confidence in one ’ s own abilities a refl￭ exi￭ ve trust of the automated system a lack of readily available alternative information or as a way of saving time and effort on complex tasks or high work￭ loads autom￭ ation bias can be mitigated by the design of automated systems such as reducing the prominence of the display decreasing detail or complexity of information displayed or cou￭ ching automated assistance as supportive information rather than as directives or commands training on an automated system which includes introducing deliberate errors has been shown to be significantly more effective at reducing autom￭ ation bias than just informing users that errors can occur however excessive checking and questioning automated assistance can increase time pressures and complexity of tasks thus reducing the benefits of automated assistance so design of an automated decision support system can balance positive and negative effects rather than attempt to eliminate negative effects
in medicine autom￭ atism refers to a set of brief unconscious behaviors these typically last for several seconds to minutes or sometimes longer a time during which the subject is unaware of his her actions this type of automatic behaviour often occurs in certain types of epi￭ le￭ psy such as complex partial seizures in those with temporal lo￭ be epi￭ le￭ psy or as a side effect of certain medications such as z￭ ol￭ pid￭ em
in mathematics an au￭ tomor￭ ph￭ ic function is a function on a space that is invari￭ ant under the action of some group in other words a function on the quo￭ ti￭ ent space often the space is a complex mani￭ fold and the group is a dis￭ crete group
auton￭ oe￭ tic consciousness is the human ability to mentally place ourselves in the past in the future or in counter￭ factual situations and to thus be able to examine our own thoughts our sense of self affects our behavior in the present past and future it relates to how we reflect on our own past behavior how we feel about it and this in turn determines if we do it again p it is ep￭ is￭ od￭ ic memory that deals with self awareness memories of the self p and inward thoughts that may be projected onto future actions of an individual p it was “ proposed by en￭ del tul￭ ving for self awareness allowing the rememb￭ er￭ er to reflect on the contents of ep￭ is￭ od￭ ic memory ” p moreover auton￭ oe￭ tic consciousness involves behaviors such as mental time travel sch￭ ac￭ ter et al 2007 sud￭ d￭ endorf and cor￭ ball￭ is 2007 self projection buck￭ ner and car￭ roll 2007 and ep￭ is￭ od￭ ic future thinking at￭ ance and o neill 2001 all of which have often been proposed as exclusively human capacities
autonom￭ ic dys￭ refl￭ ex￭ ia ad also known as autonom￭ ic hyper￭ refl￭ ex￭ ia is a potentially life threatening condition which can be considered a medical emergency requiring immediate attention ad occurs most often in individuals with spinal cord injuries with spinal le￭ sions above the t 6 spinal cord level although it has been known to occur in patients with a le￭ sion as low as t 10 acute ad is a reaction of the autonom￭ ic involuntary nervous system to over￭ stimulation it is characterized by par￭ oxy￭ sm￭ al hyper￭ tension the sudden onset of severe high blood pressure associated with th￭ robbing headaches prof￭ use swe￭ ating nas￭ al stu￭ ff￭ iness flu￭ shing of the skin above the level of the le￭ sion slow heart rate anxiety and sometimes by cognitive impairment the sympathetic discharge that occurs is usually in association with spinal cord injury sc￭ i or diseases such as multiple sclerosis ad is believed to be triggered by a￭ ffer￭ ent stimul￭ i nerve signals that send messages back to the spinal cord and brain which originate below the level of the spinal cord le￭ sion it is believed that these a￭ ffer￭ ent stimul￭ i trigger and maintain an increase in blood pressure via a symp￭ athe￭ tically medi￭ ated vas￭ o￭ con￭ stric￭ tion in muscle skin and s￭ plan￭ ch￭ nic gut vascular beds
autop￭ hon￭ y or ty￭ mp￭ an￭ op￭ hon￭ y is the unusually loud hearing of a person s own voice possible causes the oc￭ clu￭ sion effect caused by an object such as an un￭ vented hearing aid or a plug of ear wax blocking the ear canal and reflecting sound vibration back towards the ear￭ drum ser￭ ous o￭ ti￭ tis media open or pat￭ ulous eu￭ st￭ achi￭ an tube allowing vocal and or breathing sounds to be conducted into the middle ear superior canal de￭ his￭ cence which can lead to an abnormally amplified bone conduc￭ tion of sound into the inner ear persons with superior canal de￭ his￭ cence syndrome sc￭ ds typically hear not only their own voice but also heartbeat footsteps chewing intest￭ inal sounds and possibly even the sound of their eye movements when reading
auto￭ save is a function in many computer applications or programs which saves an opened document automatically helping to reduce the risk or impact of data loss in case of a crash or freeze auto￭ saving is typically done either in predetermined intervals or before a complex editing task is begun it has traditionally been seen as a feature to protect documents in an application or system failure crash and auto￭ save back￭ ups are often pur￭ ged whenever the user finishes his or her work an alternative paradigm is to have all changes saved continuously as with pen and paper and all versions of a document available for review this would remove the need for saving documents entirely there are challenges to implementation at the file application and operating system levels for example in microsoft exce￭ l 2003 this option is called auto￭ recover and by default saves the document every ten minutes in the temporary file directory re￭ starting exce￭ l after crashing promp￭ ts the user to save the last recovered version however this does not protect users who mistakenly click no when asked to save their changes if exce￭ l closes normally mac os 10 7 lion added an auto￭ save feature that is available to some applications and works in conjunction with time machine like functionality to periodically save all versions of a document this eliminates the need for any manual saving as well as providing ver￭ sion￭ ing support through the same system a version is saved every five minutes during any extended periods of idle time or when the user uses save a version which replaces the former save menu item and takes its command s short￭ cut saves are made on snap￭ shots of the document date and occur in a separate thread so the user is never pa￭ used during this process applications need to be updated to take advantage of this functionality and a number of apple s built in programs were updated with the release auto￭ save cannot be disabled in lion auto￭ save is common in video games many video games have an auto￭ save feature that saves progress during a session for example in an adventure game it may auto￭ save after completing a level or mission or in fighting games it might save after winning a match some games use auto￭ save as the only method of saving data and the player must complete a set amount of the game before saving takes place still another use of auto￭ saving is as an anti cheating device for example in all me￭ gam￭ an battle network games except the first the chip trader machines auto￭ save upon giving out a new battle chip so the player can t cheat by soft rese￭ tting after each try of the chip trader until the desired chip is received one of the first implementation of this feature appears in the text editor el￭ vis
auto￭ sensi￭ tization der￭ mati￭ tis or cu￭ taneous auto￭ sensi￭ tization presents with the development of widespread der￭ mati￭ tis or der￭ mati￭ tis distant from a local infl￭ am￭ matory focus a process referred to as auto￭ ec￭ zem￭ ati￭ zation
auto￭ som￭ al dominant cere￭ bell￭ ar at￭ ax￭ ia ad￭ ca is a form of spin￭ oc￭ ere￭ bell￭ ar at￭ ax￭ ia inherited in an auto￭ som￭ al dominant manner ad￭ ca is a genetically inherited condition that causes deterioration of the nervous system leading to disorder and a decrease or loss of function to regions of the body de￭ generation occurs at the cellular level and in certain sub￭ types results in cellular death cellular death or dysfunction causes a break or faulty signal in the line of communication from the central nervous system to target muscles in the body when there is impaired communication or a lack of communication entirely the muscles in the body do not function correctly muscle control complications can be observed in multiple balance speech and motor or movement impairment symptoms ad￭ ca is divided into three types and further subdivided into sub￭ types known as sc￭ as spin￭ oc￭ ere￭ bell￭ ar at￭ ax￭ ias
auto￭ som￭ al dominant hypo￭ phosp￭ hat￭ emic ric￭ kets ad￭ hr is a rare hereditary disease in which excessive loss of phosphate in the urine leads to poorly formed bones ric￭ kets bone pain and tooth abs￭ c￭ esses ad￭ hr is caused by a mutation in the fi￭ bro￭ blast growth factor 23 f￭ g￭ f 23 ad￭ hr affects men and women equally symptoms may become apparent at any point from childhood through early adul￭ thood blood tests reveal low levels of phosphate hypo￭ phosp￭ hat￭ emia and in￭ appropriately normal levels of vitamin d occasionally hypo￭ phosp￭ hat￭ emia may improve over time as urine losses of phosphate partially correct ad￭ hr may be lum￭ ped in with x linked hypo￭ phosp￭ hat￭ emia under general terms such as hypo￭ phosp￭ hat￭ emic ric￭ kets hypo￭ phosp￭ at￭ emic ric￭ kets are associated with at least nine other genetic mutations clinical management of hypo￭ phosp￭ at￭ emic ric￭ kets may differ depending on the specific mutations associated with an individual case but treatments are aimed at raising phosphate levels to promote normal bone formation
auto￭ som￭ al dominant no￭ c￭ tur￭ nal frontal lo￭ be epi￭ le￭ psy ad￭ n￭ f￭ le is an epi￭ le￭ ptic disorder that causes frequent violent seizures during sleep these seizures often involve complex motor movements such as hand cl￭ en￭ ching arm raising lowering and knee b￭ ending voc￭ alizations such as shouting mo￭ aning or crying are also common ad￭ n￭ f￭ le is often mis￭ diagnosed as nightmares attacks often occur in clusters and typically first manifest in childhood there are four known loc￭ i for ad￭ n￭ f￭ le three with known caus￭ ative genes these genes chr￭ na 4 chr￭ nb 2 and chr￭ na 2 en￭ code various nico￭ tin￭ ic ace￭ ty￭ l￭ ch￭ oline recep￭ tor α and β sub￭ units
auto￭ som￭ al dominant poly￭ c￭ ys￭ tic kidney disease ad￭ p￭ k￭ d auto￭ som￭ al dominant p￭ k￭ d or adult onset p￭ k￭ d is the most prevalent potentially lethal mono￭ genic human disorder it is associated with large inter￭ famili￭ al and intr￭ af￭ am￭ ili￭ al vari￭ ability which can be explained to a large extent by its genetic hetero￭ geneity and modi￭ fier genes it is also the most common of the inherited c￭ ys￭ tic kidney diseases — a group of disorders with related but distinct patho￭ genesis characterized by the development of ren￭ al cy￭ sts and various extr￭ aren￭ al manifestations which in case of ad￭ p￭ k￭ d include cy￭ sts in other organs such as the liver sem￭ inal ves￭ ic￭ les pan￭ cre￭ as and ar￭ ach￭ no￭ id memb￭ rane as well as other ab￭ norm￭ alities such as in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial an￭ eur￭ ys￭ ms and dol￭ ic￭ ho￭ ec￭ ta￭ si￭ as a￭ or￭ tic root di￭ lat￭ ation and an￭ eur￭ ys￭ ms mit￭ ral valve pro￭ lapse and ab￭ domin￭ al wall her￭ ni￭ as over 50 of patients with ad￭ p￭ k￭ d eventually develop end stage kidney disease and require dial￭ ysis or kidney transplantation ad￭ p￭ k￭ d is estimated to affect at least 1 in every 1000 individuals worldwide making this disease the most common inherited kidney disorder with a diagnosed prevalence of 1 2000 and incidence of 1 3000 1 8000 in a global scale
auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive cere￭ bell￭ ar at￭ ax￭ ia type 1 ar￭ ca 1 is a condition characterized by progressive problems with movement signs and symptoms of the disorder first appear in early to mid adul￭ thood people with this condition initially experience impaired speech dys￭ ar￭ thri￭ a problems with coordination and balance at￭ ax￭ ia or both they may also have difficulty with movements that involve judging distance or scale dys￭ me￭ tri￭ a other features of ar￭ ca 1 include abnormal eye movements ny￭ stag￭ mus and problems following the movements of objects with their eyes the movement problems are slowly progressive often resulting in the need for a cane walker or wheelchair
auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive multiple ep￭ ip￭ hy￭ seal dys￭ pl￭ asia armed also called ep￭ ip￭ hy￭ seal dys￭ pl￭ asia multiple 4 ed￭ m 4 multiple ep￭ ip￭ hy￭ seal dys￭ pl￭ asia with clu￭ b￭ foot or – with bil￭ ay￭ ered pat￭ el￭ la￭ e is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive con￭ genital disorder affecting car￭ til￭ age and bone development the disorder has relatively mild signs and symptoms including joint pain sco￭ li￭ osis and mal￭ formations of the hands feet and knees some affected individuals are born with an inward and downward turning foot a clu￭ b￭ foot an ab￭ normality of the kne￭ ec￭ ap called a double lay￭ ered pat￭ ella is also relatively common although some people with rec￭ essive multiple ep￭ ip￭ hy￭ seal dys￭ pl￭ asia have short stature as adults most are of normal height the incidence is unknown as many cases are not diagnosed due to mild symptoms
auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive poly￭ c￭ ys￭ tic kidney disease ar￭ p￭ k￭ d is the rec￭ essive form of poly￭ c￭ ys￭ tic kidney disease it is associated with a group of con￭ genital fi￭ bro￭ c￭ ys￭ tic syndro￭ mes mutations in the p￭ kh￭ d 1 chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al loc￭ us 6 p 12 2 cause ar￭ p￭ k￭ d
auto￭ top￭ agno￭ sia from the greek a and g￭ no￭ sis meaning without knowledge to￭ pos meaning place and auto meaning oneself auto￭ top￭ agno￭ sia virtually translates to the lack of knowledge about one s own space and is clin￭ ically described as such auto￭ top￭ agno￭ sia is a form of agno￭ sia characterized by an inability to loc￭ alize and orient different parts of the body the psy￭ ch￭ on￭ euro￭ logical disorder has also been referred to as body image agno￭ sia or som￭ at￭ ot￭ op￭ agno￭ sia som￭ at￭ ot￭ op￭ agno￭ sia has been argued to be a better suited term to describe the condition while auto￭ top￭ agno￭ sia emphasizes the deficiencies in loc￭ alizing only one s own body parts and orientation som￭ at￭ ot￭ op￭ agno￭ sia also considers the inability to orient and recognize the body parts of others or representations of the body e g man￭ ik￭ ins diag￭ r￭ ams typically the cause of auto￭ top￭ agno￭ sia is a le￭ sion found in the par￭ ie￭ tal lo￭ be of the left hemisphere of the brain however it as also been noted that patients with generalized brain damage present with similar symptoms of auto￭ top￭ agno￭ sia as a concept auto￭ top￭ agno￭ sia has been criticized as non￭ specific some claim that this is a manifestation of a greater symptomatic complex of anom￭ ia marked by an inability to name things in general — not just parts of the human body
auto￭ type is a function in some computer applications or programs typically those containing forms which fills in a field once you have ty￭ ped in the first few letters most of the time such as in a web brow￭ ser the entries that appear in the list depend on the form s name so as to not propose street names in a last name field or vice versa auto￭ type can also refer to automatically determining a peripheral s configuration or a program s variables auto￭ type is defined as a true representation of the original see o e d the term auto￭ type was coined in the late 19 th century and referred to a process for making photo￭ graphic prints using a carbon process many auto￭ type prints were produced and the process was popular well into the 20 th century particularly since auto￭ type prints are very long lasting it is said that an auto￭ type could last up to 500 years without fading auto￭ type may also refer to half￭ tone printing the term may also apply to the auto￭ type company founded in london in 1868 as the auto￭ type fine art company which was one of the pioneers in the carbon print and auto￭ type reproduction process and which still exists as a supplier of co￭ ated films auto￭ type is now part of the platform speciality products group of companies
autumn leaf color is a phenomenon that affects the normally green leaves of many deci￭ duous trees and sh￭ ru￭ bs by which they take on during a few weeks in the autumn season various shades of red yellow purple black orange pink mag￭ enta blue and brown the phenomenon is commonly called autumn colours or autumn foli￭ age in british english and fall colors fall foli￭ age or simply foli￭ age in american english in some areas of canada and the united states leaf pe￭ eping tourism is a major contribution to economic activity this tourist activity occurs between the beginning of color changes and the onset of leaf fall usually around september and october in the northern hemisphere and april to may in the southern hemisphere
auxiliary japanese arm￭ ours are optional armour items worn by the sam￭ ur￭ ai class of feu￭ dal japan in addition to the traditional six armour components
the availability factor of a power plant is the amount of time that it is able to produce electricity over a certain period divided by the amount of the time in the period occasions where only partial capacity is available may or may not be deducted where they are the metric is tit￭ led equivalent availability factor e￭ af the availability factor should not be confused with the capacity factor the capacity factor for a period will always be less than the equivalent availability factor for the same period the difference depends on the utilization of the power plant the availability of a power plant varies greatly depending on the type of fuel the design of the plant and how the plant is operated everything else being equal plants that are run less frequently have higher availability factors because they require less maintenance most thermal power stations such as coal geothermal and nuclear power plants have availability factors between 70 and 90 newer plants tend to have significantly higher availability factors but preventive maintenance is as important as improvements in design and technology gas turbines have relatively high availability factors ranging from 80 to 99 gas turbines are commonly used for pe￭ aking power plants co generation plants and the first stage of combined cycle plants the availability factor of wind and solar power plants depends on whether periods when the plant is operational but there is no wind or sunlight are counted as available unavailable or disregarded if they are only counted as available during favorable times photovoltaic plants have an availability factor approaching or equal to 100 modern wind turbines also have very high availability factors about 98 however solar and wind plants have relatively low capacity factors wind capacity factors range from 20 – 40 and solar capacity factors in arizona are about 19 this makes wind and solar availability factors much lower if times when sunlight or wind are not available are taken into account
available to promise at￭ p is a business function that provides a response to customer order enquiries based on resource availability it generates available quantities of the requested product and delivery due dates therefore at￭ p supports order promising and ful￭ fill￭ ment aiming to manage demand and match it to production plans available to promise functions are it enabled and usually integrated in enterprise management software packages however at￭ p execution may need to be adjusted for the way a certain company operates
in the wireless industry available revenue time art is the amount of user time available from which mobile carriers may generate revenue for example using a wireless mobile device for 60 minutes has enabled the carrier on whose telecommunications network the user s device is operating to generate revenue for 60 minutes revenue is typically generated by billing for services such as s￭ ms mobile video mobile tv or other multi media options typical in modern conver￭ gent devices
an avalanche b￭ oul￭ der tongue is an accumulation of debris produced by snow avalan￭ ches well developed avalanche b￭ oul￭ der tongue usually develop below avalanche gul￭ lies due to successive avalan￭ ches over a long time span the avalanche b￭ oul￭ der tongues were first intensively investigated by anders rap￭ p in the areas of ab￭ is￭ ko and ke￭ b￭ ne￭ ka￭ ise in swedish l￭ appl￭ and
avalanche breakdown is a phenomenon that can occur in both insulating and semi￭ conducting materials it is a form of electric current multiplication that can allow very large currents within materials which are otherwise good insul￭ ators it is a type of electr￭ on avalanche the avalanche process occurs when carriers in the transition region are accelerated by the electric field to energies sufficient to create mobile or free electr￭ on hole pairs via collis￭ ions with bound electron￭ s
av￭ ascular necro￭ sis av￭ n also called o￭ ste￭ on￭ ec￭ ro￭ sis bone inf￭ arc￭ tion as￭ ep￭ tic necro￭ sis and is￭ chem￭ ic bone necro￭ sis is cellular death necro￭ sis of bone components due to interruption of the blood supply without blood the bone tissue dies and the bone collapses if av￭ ascular necro￭ sis involves the bones of a joint it often leads to destruction of the joint artic￭ ular surfaces see o￭ ste￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ tis dis￭ sec￭ ans
avel￭ lis syndrome is a neuro￭ logical disorder characterized by a peculiar form of altern￭ ating paralysis there is paralysis of the soft pal￭ ate and vocal cords on one side and loss of pain sensation and temperature sense on the other side including the extre￭ mi￭ ties trunk and neck it usually results from oc￭ clu￭ sion of the vertebr￭ al artery in le￭ sions of the nucleus ambiguous and pyram￭ idal tract hor￭ ner s syndrome may be associated in the original description the vag￭ us and glos￭ sop￭ har￭ yn￭ ge￭ al nerves were involved concomitant involvement of the neighbouring cran￭ ial nerves was observed later
in gem￭ ology av￭ entu￭ res￭ cence sometimes called av￭ ent￭ ur￭ ization is an optical refl￭ ec￭ tance effect seen in certain g￭ ems the effect amounts to a metallic g￭ litter arising from minute prefer￭ entially oriented mineral plat￭ el￭ ets within the material these plat￭ el￭ ets are so numerous that they also influence the material s body colour in av￭ ent￭ urine quar￭ tz ch￭ rome bearing fu￭ ch￭ site produces a green stone and various iron oxides produces a red stone the words av￭ ent￭ urine and av￭ entu￭ res￭ cence derive from the italian a vent￭ ura meaning by chance this is an all￭ usion to the chance discovery of av￭ ent￭ urine glass or goldstone at some point in the 18 th century goldstone is still manufactured today as an artificial imitation of later discoveries av￭ ent￭ urine quar￭ tz and av￭ ent￭ urine fel￭ d￭ spar sun￭ stone
in compu￭ tational complexity theory the average case complexity of an algori￭ thm is the amount of some compu￭ tational resource typically time used by the algori￭ thm averaged over all possible inputs it is frequently contr￭ asted with worst case complexity which considers the maxim￭ al complexity of the algori￭ thm over all possible inputs there are three primary motivations for studying average case complexity first although some problems may be intractable in the worst case the inputs which elic￭ it this behavior may rarely occur in practice so the average case complexity may be a more accurate measure of an algori￭ thm s performance second average case complexity analysis provides tools and techniques to generate hard instances of problems which can be utilized in areas such as cry￭ pto￭ graphy and der￭ an￭ dom￭ ization third average case complexity allows discriminating the most efficient algori￭ thm in practice among algori￭ th￭ ms of equivalent based case complexity for instance quick￭ sort average case analysis requires a notion of an average input to an algori￭ thm which leads to the problem of devising a probability distribution over inputs alternatively a random￭ ized algori￭ thm can be used the analysis of such algori￭ th￭ ms leads to the related notion of an expected complexity
avian malaria is a par￭ asi￭ tic disease of birds
avian vacu￭ ol￭ ar my￭ el￭ in￭ opathy av￭ m is a fatal neuro￭ logical disease that affects various water￭ birds and rap￭ tors it is most common in the bald eagle and american co￭ ot and it is known in the kill￭ deer buff￭ le￭ head northern sho￭ vel￭ er american wi￭ geon canada goose great hor￭ ned ow￭ l mall￭ ard and ring nec￭ ked duck avian vacu￭ ol￭ ar my￭ el￭ in￭ opathy is a newly discovered disease that was first identified in the field in 1994 when dead bald eagles were found near de￭ gray lake in ar￭ kansas in the united states since then it has spread to four more states and infested multiple aquatic systems including 10 reservoirs the cause of death is le￭ sions on the brain and spinal cord but the exact caus￭ ative agent is still being investigated by researchers an infectious cyan￭ ob￭ ac￭ ter￭ ium is suspected
avo￭ c￭ ado sun￭ blo￭ tch viro￭ id as￭ bv is an important disease affecting avo￭ c￭ ado trees infections result in lower yields and poorer quality fruit as￭ bv is the smallest known viro￭ id that inf￭ ects plants and is transmitted by poll￭ en and infected seeds or bud￭ wood trees infected with the viro￭ id often show no symptoms other than a reduction in yield by 30 or more however they are still carriers and can pass the disease onto other plants symptoms in more serious infections include depressed longit￭ ud￭ inal stre￭ aks of yellow in the fruit the fruit may also become red or white in colour symptoms in the leaf are un￭ common but include ble￭ ached ve￭ ins and peti￭ oles rec￭ tang￭ ular cracking patterns also occur in the bark of older branches the amount titre of viro￭ id particles present in avo￭ c￭ ado trees varies a great deal viro￭ ids levels can vary by 1000 times between branches on the same tree and by 10000 times between trees infected but symp￭ tom￭ less trees have a higher concentration of viro￭ id particles than those showing symptoms symp￭ tom￭ less trees also represent a greater danger in terms of spread of the viro￭ id p￭ cr is used to detect infection
avoid￭ ant restrictive food intake disorder ar￭ fid also previously known as selective eating disorder sed is a type of eating disorder where the consumption of certain foods is limited based on the food s appearance smell taste tex￭ ture or a past negative experience with the food
avoid￭ ant personality disorder av￭ pd also known as anxious personality disorder is a cluster c personality disorder those affected display a pattern of social inhi￭ bi￭ tion feelings of inadequacy and infer￭ iority extreme sensitivity to negative evaluation and avoidance of social interaction despite a strong desire to be close to others individuals with the disorder tend to describe themselves as uneasy anxious lonely unwanted and isolated from others the behavior typically begins by early adul￭ thood and occurs across a variety of situations the cause is unknown it is recognized by the diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders people with avoid￭ ant personality disorder often consider themselves to be socially inept or personally un￭ appealing and avoid social interaction for fear of being ridic￭ ul￭ ed humiliated rejected or dis￭ liked as the name suggests the main coping mechanism of those with avoid￭ ant personality disorder is avoidance of feared stimul￭ i avoid￭ ant personality disorder is usually first noticed in early adul￭ thood with both childhood emotional neglect — in particular the rejection of a child by one or both parents — and peer group rejection being associated with an increased risk for its development
avo￭ lition as a symptom of various forms of psychop￭ ath￭ ology is the decrease in the motivation to initiate and perform self directed purposeful activities such activities that appear to be neglected usually include routine activities including hob￭ bies going to work and or school and most notably engaging in social activities a person experiencing avo￭ lition may stay at home for long periods of time rather than seeking out work or peer relations
an av￭ ul￭ sion frac￭ ture is a bone frac￭ ture which occurs when a frag￭ ment of bone tears away from the main mass of bone as a result of physical trauma this can occur at the lig￭ ament due to the application forces external to the body such as a fall or pull or at the tend￭ on due to a muscular contraction that is stronger than the forces holding the bone together generally muscular av￭ ul￭ sion is prevented due to the neuro￭ logical limitations placed on muscle contr￭ actions highly trained athletes can overcome this neuro￭ logical inhi￭ bi￭ tion of strength and produce a much greater force output capable of breaking or av￭ ul￭ sing a bone
in medicine an av￭ ul￭ sion is an injury in which a body structure is forcibly detached from its normal point of insertion by either trauma or surgery from the latin avel￭ l￭ ere meaning to tear off the term most commonly refers to a surface trauma where all layers of the skin have been torn away exposing the underlying structures i e sub￭ cu￭ taneous tissue muscle tend￭ ons or bone this is similar to an abra￭ sion but more severe as body parts such as an eye￭ lid or an ear can be partially or fully detached from the body
awareness is the ability to directly know and perceive to feel or to be of events more broadly it is the state or quality of being conscious of something
ax￭ en￭ feld syndrome also known as ax￭ en￭ feld ri￭ e￭ ger syndrome or ha￭ ge￭ doom syndrome is a rare auto￭ som￭ al dominant disorder which affects the development of the teeth eyes and ab￭ domin￭ al region
ax￭ ial o￭ ste￭ om￭ al￭ ac￭ ia is a rare o￭ ste￭ os￭ cl￭ erotic disorder characterized by ax￭ ial skelet￭ on pain co￭ arsen￭ ing of the tr￭ ab￭ ec￭ ular bone pattern on radio￭ graphs of the ax￭ ial but not append￭ icular skelet￭ on
ax￭ ill￭ ary lymp￭ had￭ en￭ opathy is lymp￭ had￭ en￭ opathy of the ax￭ ill￭ ary lymp￭ h no￭ des
ax￭ ill￭ ary nerve pal￭ sy is a neuro￭ logical condition in which the ax￭ ill￭ ary also called circum￭ flex nerve has been damaged by shoulder dis￭ location it can cause weak del￭ to￭ id and sensory loss below the shoulder since this is a problem with just one nerve it is a type of peripheral neuro￭ pa￭ thy called mon￭ on￭ euro￭ pa￭ thy of all br￭ achi￭ al plex￭ us injuries ax￭ ill￭ ary nerve pal￭ sy represents only 3 to 6 of them
ax￭ on guidance also called ax￭ on path￭ finding is a sub￭ field of ne￭ ural development concerning the process by which neurons send out ax￭ ons to reach the correct targets ax￭ ons often follow very precise paths in the nervous system and how they manage to find their way so accurately is being researched
ax￭ on￭ ot￭ mes￭ is is a disruption of nerve cell ax￭ on with wall￭ er￭ ian de￭ generation occurring below and slightly proxim￭ al to the site of injury if ax￭ ons and their my￭ elin she￭ ath are damaged but schw￭ ann cells the end￭ on￭ eur￭ ium per￭ in￭ eur￭ ium and ep￭ in￭ eur￭ ium remain intact it is called ax￭ on￭ ot￭ mes￭ is ax￭ on￭ ot￭ mes￭ is is usually the result of a more severe crush or con￭ tu￭ sion than neuro￭ pra￭ x￭ ia in ax￭ on￭ ot￭ mes￭ is the proxim￭ al section is repaired by creating a spro￭ ut with its growth cone but in the dis￭ tal section occurs ax￭ onal de￭ generation the rate of out￭ growth of regener￭ ating nerve fi￭ bers is about 1 mm to 2 mm per day so that the recovery of conduc￭ tion to a target structure depends on not only reg￭ row￭ th into the appropriate end￭ on￭ eur￭ ial tube end￭ on￭ eur￭ ium but also on the distance involved
ay￭ az￭ i syndrome or chro￭ mo￭ some 21 x￭ q 21 deletion syndrome is a syndrome characterized by chor￭ o￭ id￭ er￭ emia con￭ genital deaf￭ ness and obesity
an az￭ o coupling is an organic reaction between a di￭ az￭ on￭ ium compound and another aromatic compound that produces an az￭ o compound in this electro￭ phil￭ ic aromatic substitution reaction the ar￭ yl￭ di￭ az￭ on￭ ium c￭ ation is the electro￭ phi￭ le and the activated aren￭ e is a nucle￭ ophi￭ le in most cases including the examples below the di￭ az￭ on￭ ium compound is also aromatic
az￭ o￭ os￭ per￭ mia is the medical condition of a man when sperm count is equal or less then 15 million ml in his semen it is associated with very low levels of fertility or even ster￭ ility but many forms are amenable to medical treatment in humans az￭ o￭ os￭ per￭ mia affects about 1 of the male population and may be seen in up to 20 of male in￭ fertility situations
az￭ o￭ tem￭ ia az￭ ot nitrogen emia blood condition is a medical condition characterized by abnormally high levels of nitrogen containing compounds such as urea cre￭ at￭ in￭ ine various body waste compounds and other nitrogen rich compounds in the blood it is largely related to insufficient or dysfunctional filtering of blood by the kidneys it can lead to u￭ re￭ mia if not controlled
az￭ u￭ ki￭ ar￭ ai 小￭ 豆￭ 洗￭ い az￭ uki bean washing or az￭ uk￭ it￭ og￭ i 小￭ 豆￭ と￭ ぎ az￭ uki bean grinding is a gho￭ stly phenomenon in japanese fol￭ kl￭ ore in which a mysterious noise that sounds like az￭ uki beans being washed or ground is heard it usually occurs near a river or other body of water sometimes the creature or spirit responsible am￭ uses itself by singing az￭ uki to￭ g￭ ou ka hi￭ to tot￭ te ku￭ ou ka sho￭ ki sho￭ ki will i grind my az￭ uki beans or will i get a person to eat sho￭ ki sho￭ ki and anyone who approaches will inevitably fall into the water while the perpetrator is seldom seen he is often described as a short statu￭ red man of grotesque appearance with a large bal￭ ding head cro￭ oked teeth thin mou￭ stache large bul￭ ging yellow eyes wearing rag￭ ged clothes and bent over a p￭ ail washing az￭ uki beans az￭ u￭ ki￭ ar￭ ai is sometimes blamed on a rac￭ co￭ on dog or we￭ as￭ el
the az￭ z￭ op￭ ardi phenomenon or az￭ z￭ op￭ ardi effect is the presence of dna in necro￭ tic ven￭ ules it can occur in small cell carcin￭ om￭ as and in some high grade m￭ align￭ ant ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms the effect is well known in diagnostic surgical path￭ ology the phenomenon is named after the patho￭ logist john g az￭ z￭ op￭ ardi az￭ z￭ op￭ ardi was able to correctly characterize the effect as due to dna it had been thought previously but incorrectly to be calcium necro￭ sis results in the release of cellular dna which adheres in pat￭ ches to the walls of blood vessels showing as intensely bas￭ oph￭ il￭ ic material on hem￭ at￭ ox￭ yl￭ in e￭ os￭ in stain the az￭ z￭ op￭ ardi phenomenon is distinguished from the similar bas￭ oph￭ il￭ ic hem￭ at￭ ox￭ yl￭ in body add ref￭ s
b cell chronic lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tic leuk￭ emia b c￭ ll also known as chronic lymp￭ ho￭ id leuk￭ emia c￭ ll is the most common type of leuk￭ emia a type of cancer of the white blood cells in adults c￭ ll affects b cell lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tes which originate in the bone marrow develop in the lymp￭ h no￭ des and normally fight infection by producing antibodies in c￭ ll b cells grow in an uncontrolled manner and accumulate in the bone marrow and blood where they crowd out healthy blood cells c￭ ll is a stage of small lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tic lymp￭ homa s￭ ll a type of b cell lymp￭ homa which presents primarily in the lymp￭ h no￭ des c￭ ll and s￭ ll are considered the same underlying disease just with different appearances c￭ ll is a disease of adults most 75 people newly diagnosed with c￭ ll are over the age of 50 and the majority are men however in rare cases it can occur in teenagers and occasionally in children some of these may relate to an inherited pre￭ disposition most people are diagnosed without symptoms as the result of a routine blood test that returns a high white blood cell count but as it advances c￭ ll results in sw￭ oll￭ en lymp￭ h no￭ des sp￭ leen and liver and eventually an￭ emia and infections early c￭ ll is not treated and late c￭ ll is treated with chem￭ otherapy and mono￭ cl￭ onal antibodies dna analysis has distinguished two major types of c￭ ll with different survival times c￭ ll that is positive for the marker z￭ ap 70 has an average survival of 8 years while c￭ ll negative for z￭ ap 70 has an average survival of more than 25 years many patients especially older ones with slowly progressing disease can be reassured and may not need any treatment in their life￭ times
a b cell leuk￭ emia is any of several types of lymp￭ ho￭ id leuk￭ emia which affect b cells types include with ic￭ d o code 98￭ 23 3 b cell chronic lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tic leuk￭ emia small lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tic lymp￭ homa 98￭ 26 3 acute lymp￭ ho￭ bl￭ astic leuk￭ emia mature b cell type 98￭ 33 3 b cell pro￭ lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tic leuk￭ emia 98￭ 35 3 98￭ 36 3 precursor b lymp￭ ho￭ bl￭ astic leuk￭ emia 99￭ 40 3 ha￭ iry cell leuk￭ emia
the b cell lymp￭ hom￭ as are types of lymp￭ homa affecting b cells lymp￭ hom￭ as are blood cancers in the lymp￭ h no￭ des they develop more frequently in older adults and in immun￭ o￭ compromised individuals b cell lymp￭ hom￭ as include both ho￭ dg￭ kin s lymp￭ hom￭ as and most non ho￭ dg￭ kin lymp￭ hom￭ as they are typically divided into low and high grade typically corresponding to ind￭ ol￭ ent slow growing lymp￭ hom￭ as and aggressive lymp￭ hom￭ as respectively as a gener￭ alisation ind￭ ol￭ ent lymp￭ hom￭ as respond to treatment and are kept under control in remission with long term survival of many years but are not cured aggressive lymp￭ hom￭ as usually require intensive treatments with some having a good prospect for a permanent cure prog￭ no￭ sis and treatment depends on the specific type of lymp￭ homa as well as the stage and grade treatment includes radiation and chem￭ otherapy early stage ind￭ ol￭ ent b cell lymp￭ hom￭ as can often be treated with radiation alone with long term non recurrence early stage aggressive disease is treated with chem￭ otherapy and often radiation with a 70 90 cure rate late stage ind￭ ol￭ ent lymp￭ hom￭ as are sometimes left untreated and monitored until they progress late stage aggressive disease is treated with chem￭ otherapy with cure rates of over 70
b cell pro￭ lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tic leuk￭ emia is a more aggressive but still treat￭ able form of leuk￭ emia the m￭ align￭ ant b cells are larger than average the name is commonly abbreviated b pl￭ l it can involve dele￭ tions from chro￭ mo￭ some 11 and chro￭ mo￭ some 13 it has been suggested that some cases may represent a variant of man￭ tle cell lymp￭ homa it has a relatively poor prog￭ no￭ sis
in the mathematical sub￭ field of numerical analysis a b spl￭ ine or basis spl￭ ine is a spl￭ ine function that has minimal support with respect to a given degree smoo￭ th￭ ness and domain partition any spl￭ ine function of given degree can be expressed as a linear combination of b spl￭ ines of that degree cardinal b spl￭ ines have kno￭ ts that are equi￭ distant from each other b spl￭ ines can be used for curve fitting and numerical differentiation of experimental data in the computer aided design and computer graphics spl￭ ine functions are constructed as linear combinations of b spl￭ ines with a set of control points
b￭ c￭ g disease is an adverse effect of the bac￭ ill￭ us cal￭ met￭ te gu￭ ér￭ in vaccine the vaccine contains living my￭ co￭ bacter￭ ium bo￭ vis b￭ c￭ g and in b￭ c￭ g disease the bacter￭ ium causes a disease in persons vaccinated between 2000 and 2006 several hundred children in finland had serious adverse events from the vaccine including ost￭ ei￭ tis and o￭ ste￭ om￭ ye￭ li￭ tis disseminated usually fatal b￭ c￭ g infection ar￭ thri￭ tis and lymp￭ h no￭ de abs￭ c￭ esses four deaths were registered in the official adverse event register and while in only two cases a clear causal link was considered to be in place two other cases were diagnosed with a disease which in scientific peer reviewed articles case descriptions have been mistakenly first made and after￭ ward have been noticed to be disseminated b￭ c￭ g infections one death with a causal link considered established by the adverse event monitoring agency was vaccinated with pre august 2002 vaccine evans while the three other registered deaths were with the new post august 2002 vaccine b￭ c￭ g vaccine ssi
b￭ enta disease is a rare genetic disorder of the immune system b￭ enta stands for b cell expansion with n￭ f κ￭ b and t cell an￭ er￭ gy and is caused by ger￭ m￭ line hetero￭ zy￭ g￭ ous gain of function mutations in the gene card 11 see om￭ im entry 607￭ 210 this disorder is characterized by pol￭ ycl￭ onal b cell lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ to￭ sis with onset in infancy splen￭ om￭ eg￭ al￭ y lymp￭ had￭ en￭ opathy mild immun￭ o￭ deficiency and increased risk of lymp￭ homa investigators andrew l snow and michael j len￭ ardo at the national institute of allergy and infectious disease at the u s national institutes of health first characterized b￭ enta disease in 2012 dr snow s current laboratory at the uni￭ formed services university of the health sciences is now actively studying this disorder
be is pain of salvation s fifth studio album released by in￭ side￭ out￭ music in september 2004 it is a concept album focusing on the existence of god and humankind along with the band it features a nine part orchestra the orchestra of eternity which features prominently throughout the album this is the last album to feature kris￭ to￭ ffer gil￭ den￭ l￭ ö￭ w on bass the album is the first pain of salvation album to be divided into more than three chapters the band performed it live as a rock opera it was released as be original stage production
be original stage production is swedish progressive metal band pain of salvation s first live dvd and second live cd docum￭ enting one of the performances of their 2004 album be in its entirety in es￭ kil￭ st￭ una sweden on september 12 2003 in contrast to the studio album the orchestra of eternity a nine piece orchestra accompanying the band are given credit on the front cover of the album though they weren t shown on the initial pro￭ mo release
the nass￭ au street loop also called the nass￭ au loop was a service pattern of the brooklyn – manhattan transit corporation b￭ mt inaugur￭ ated in 1931 when the b￭ mt nass￭ au street line was completed providing a physical link that allowed a train to originate in brooklyn run through lower manhattan and return to brooklyn without having to terminate and reverse the direction of the train nass￭ au loop services have not been able to operate since 1967 when the loop line s connection to the manhattan bridge was severed the centre street loop was a similar service proposal that was never completed together they are referred to as the b￭ mt brooklyn lo￭ ops
in compu￭ tational complexity theory b￭ pp which stands for bounded error prob￭ abil￭ istic poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al time is the class of decision problems sol￭ vable by a prob￭ abil￭ istic turing machine in poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al time with an error probability bounded away from 1 3 for all instances b￭ pp is one of the largest practical classes of problems meaning most problems of interest in b￭ pp have efficient prob￭ abil￭ istic algori￭ th￭ ms that can be run quickly on real modern machines b￭ pp also contains p the class of problems sol￭ vable in poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al time with a deter￭ minis￭ tic machine since a deter￭ minis￭ tic machine is a special case of a prob￭ abil￭ istic machine informally a problem is in b￭ pp if there is an algori￭ thm for it that has the following properties it is allowed to flip coins and make random decisions it is guaranteed to run in poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al time on any given run of the algori￭ thm it has a probability of at most 1 3 of giving the wrong answer whether the answer is yes or no
in compu￭ tational complexity theory b￭ q￭ p bounded error quantum poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al time is the class of decision problems sol￭ vable by a quantum computer in poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al time with an error probability of at most 1 3 for all instances it is the quantum analogue of the complexity class b￭ pp in other words there is an algori￭ thm for a quantum computer a quantum algori￭ thm that solves the decision problem with high probability and is guaranteed to run in poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al time on any given run of the algori￭ thm it has a probability of at most 1 3 that it will give the wrong answer similarly to other bounded error prob￭ abil￭ istic classes the choice of 1 3 in the definition is arbitrary we can run the algori￭ thm a constant number of times and take a majority vote to achieve any desired probability of correctness less than 1 using the cherno￭ ff bound detailed analysis shows that the complexity class is unchanged by allowing error as high as 1 2 − n − c on the one hand or requiring error as small as 2 − nc on the other hand where c is any positive constant and n is the length of input
b￭ z￭ lf 1 also known as z￭ ta eb 1 associated with its product gene ze￭ bra is an immediate early viral gene of the ep￭ stein – bar￭ r virus eb￭ v of the her￭ pes virus family which induc￭ es cancers and inf￭ ects primarily the b cells of 95 of the human population this gene along with others produces the expression of other eb￭ v genes in other stages of disease progression and is involved in converting the virus from the latent to the ly￭ tic form
b type inclu￭ sions formerly known as guar￭ ni￭ eri bodies ɡ￭ w￭ ɑ￭ ː￭ r￭ ˈ￭ n￭ j￭ ɛ￭ ri are cellular features found upon micro￭ scopic inspection of epi￭ the￭ li￭ al cells of individuals suspected of having po￭ x￭ virus e g small￭ pox or vacc￭ in￭ ia in cells stained with e￭ os￭ in they appear as pink b￭ lob￭ s in the cy￭ top￭ las￭ m of affected epi￭ the￭ li￭ al cells the absence of guar￭ ni￭ eri bodies cannot be used as to rule out small￭ pox however as more sensitive test need to be performed b type inclu￭ sions are the sites of viral replic￭ ation and are found in all po￭ x￭ virus infected cells unlike a type inclu￭ sions which are more strongly e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic and only found in infections with certain po￭ x￭ viruses they are named after the italian physician gius￭ ep￭ pe guar￭ ni￭ eri
in high energy physics b − l pronounced bee minus ell is the difference between the bar￭ yon number b and the le￭ pton number l
ba￭ astr￭ up s sign or kissing sp￭ ine is an orth￭ o￭ ped￭ ic and radio￭ graphic disorder that often occurs in elderly humans it is characterized by enlargement of the poster￭ ior spin￭ ous projections of the lum￭ bar sp￭ ine with normal inter￭ vertebr￭ al dis￭ c height and neuro￭ for￭ am￭ ina the reason it is referred to as kissing sp￭ ine is because the poster￭ ior spin￭ ous processes kiss and touch one another as the individual goes into lum￭ bar extension for example when flat on their stomach the condition has been seen in humans can￭ ines particularly with box￭ er breeds and certain breeds of horses this disorder is named after christian ing￭ er￭ sle￭ v ba￭ astr￭ up
b￭ ab er rob￭ b arabic ب￭ ا￭ ب ا￭ ل￭ ر￭ ب is a southern gate exit to the city of marrak￭ ech morocco near b￭ ab ag￭ na￭ ou it leads to the roads that lead to the mountain towns of am￭ iz￭ mi￭ z and as￭ ni rob￭ b is a bever￭ age produced from figs and rasp￭ berries
bab￭ esi￭ osis is a malaria like par￭ asi￭ tic disease caused by infection with bab￭ e￭ sia a genus of ap￭ i￭ complex￭ a human bab￭ esi￭ osis is an un￭ common but emerging disease in the nor￭ the￭ astern and mid￭ western united states and parts of europe and spor￭ adic throughout the rest of the world it occurs in warm weather tic￭ ks transmit the human strain of bab￭ esi￭ osis so it often presents with other tick borne illnesses such as ly￭ me disease after try￭ pan￭ o￭ som￭ es bab￭ e￭ sia is thought to be the second most common blood parasite of mammals and they can have a major impact on health of domestic animals in areas without severe w￭ inters in cattle a major host the disease is known as texas cattle fever red￭ water or pi￭ ro￭ plas￭ mo￭ sis
bab￭ in￭ ski – n￭ age￭ otte syndrome sometimes called bab￭ in￭ ski syndrome is an altern￭ ating bra￭ inst￭ em syndrome it occurs when there is damage to the dor￭ sol￭ ateral or poster￭ ior lateral med￭ ul￭ la obl￭ ong￭ ata hence it is also called the altern￭ ating med￭ ul￭ la obl￭ ong￭ ata syndrome the rare disorder is caused by damage to a part of the brain med￭ ul￭ lob￭ ul￭ bar transitional area which causes a variety of neuro￭ logical symptoms some of which affect only one side of the body symptoms include ip￭ si￭ lateral cere￭ bell￭ ar at￭ ax￭ ia ses￭ n￭ ory deficits of the face and hor￭ ner s syndrome contr￭ al￭ eter￭ al there is body hem￭ ip￭ legi￭ a and hem￭ i￭ an￭ esthesia it was first described in 19￭ 02 and later named after the neuro￭ logists who initially investigated it joseph bab￭ in￭ ski and jean n￭ age￭ otte
symmetr￭ ical drug related inter￭ tri￭ gin￭ ous and fl￭ ex￭ ural ex￭ an￭ them￭ a s￭ dri￭ fe more popul￭ arly known as b￭ abo￭ on syndrome because of its resemblance to the distinctive red but￭ toc￭ ks displayed by some male b￭ abo￭ on species is a systemic contact der￭ mati￭ tis characterized by well demarc￭ ated pat￭ ches of er￭ y￭ them￭ a distributed symmetr￭ ically on the but￭ toc￭ ks the cause of the syndrome may be drug related i e induced by systemic administration of hydrox￭ yz￭ ine pen￭ ic￭ ill￭ in i￭ od￭ inated radio contrast media and others
baby col￭ ic also known as inf￭ anti￭ le col￭ ic is defined as episodes of crying for more than three hours a day for more than three days a week for three weeks in an otherwise healthy child often crying occurs in the evening it typically does not result in long term problems the crying can cause frustration for the parents depression following delivery excess visits to the doctor and child abuse the cause of col￭ ic is unknown some believe it is due to gastro￭ intest￭ inal discomfort like intest￭ inal cram￭ ping diagnosis requires ruling out other possible causes concerning findings include a fever poor activity or a sw￭ oll￭ en ab￭ dom￭ en fewer than 5 of infants with excess crying have an underlying organic disease treatment is generally conservative with little to no role for either medications or alternative therapies extra support for the parents may be useful tentative evidence supports pro￭ bio￭ tics in those who are breast￭ feed and hydro￭ ly￭ zed formula in those who are bott￭ le￭ feed col￭ ic affects 10 – 40 of children it is most common at six weeks of age and typically goes away by six months of age it rarely lasts up to one year of age it occurs at the same rate in boys and in girls the first detailed medical description of the problem occurred in 1954
bac￭ ill￭ ary an￭ gi￭ om￭ at￭ osis ba is a form of an￭ gi￭ om￭ at￭ osis associated with bacteria of the bar￭ ton￭ ella genus
bac￭ ill￭ ary dy￭ sen￭ tery is a type of dy￭ sen￭ tery and is a severe form of shi￭ gel￭ losis bac￭ ill￭ ary dy￭ sen￭ tery is associated with species of bacteria from the enter￭ ob￭ ac￭ ter￭ i￭ ace￭ ae family the term is usually restricted to shi￭ g￭ ella infections shi￭ gel￭ losis is caused by one of several types of shi￭ g￭ ella bacteria three species are associated with bac￭ ill￭ ary dy￭ sen￭ tery shi￭ g￭ ella son￭ ne￭ i shi￭ g￭ ella fl￭ ex￭ ner￭ i and shi￭ g￭ ella dy￭ sen￭ ter￭ i￭ ae a study in china indicated that shi￭ g￭ ella fl￭ ex￭ ner￭ i 2 a was the most common sero￭ type salmon￭ ellosis caused by salmonella enter￭ ica ser￭ ov￭ ar ty￭ ph￭ im￭ ur￭ ium has also been described as a cause of bac￭ ill￭ ary dy￭ sen￭ tery though this definition is less common it is sometimes listed as an explicit differential diagnosis of bac￭ ill￭ ary dy￭ sen￭ tery as opposed to a cause bac￭ ill￭ ary dy￭ sen￭ tery should not be confused with diarr￭ hea caused by a bacterial infection one characteristic of bac￭ ill￭ ary dy￭ sen￭ tery is blood in sto￭ ol which is the result of invasion of the mu￭ co￭ sa by the pathogen
bac￭ ill￭ ary pe￭ li￭ osis is a form of pe￭ li￭ osis hepati￭ s that has been associated with bacteria in the genus bar￭ ton￭ ella
back off pattern is a behavioral software design pattern that is used when the software develop￭ er wants to reduce the usage of system resources
back pain is pain felt in the back episodes of back pain may be acute sub acute or chronic depending on the duration the pain may be characterized as a dull ache shooting or pier￭ cing pain or a burning sensation the pain may radi￭ ate into the arms and hands as well as the legs or feet and may include pa￭ res￭ the￭ sia ting￭ ling with no apparent cause weakness or num￭ b￭ ness in the legs and arms the an￭ atomic classification of back pain follows the segments of the sp￭ ine neck pain cer￭ vic￭ al middle back pain thor￭ ac￭ ic lower back pain lum￭ bar or coc￭ cy￭ dy￭ nia tail￭ bone or sac￭ ral pain with the lum￭ bar verte￭ bra￭ e area most common for pain the pain may originate from the muscles nerves bones joints or other structures in the vertebr￭ al column sp￭ ine internal structures such as the gall￭ blad￭ der and pan￭ cre￭ as may also cause referred pain in the back back pain is common with about nine out of ten adults experiencing it at some point in their life and five out of ten working adults having it every year however it is rare for it to be permanently disab￭ ling and in most cases of her￭ ni￭ ated disks and sten￭ osis rest injections or surgery have similar general pain resolution outcomes on average after one year in the united states acute low back pain is the fifth most common reason for physician visits and causes 40 of missed days off work additionally it is the single leading cause of disability worldwide
background independence is a condition in theoretical physics that requires the defining equations of a theory to be independent of the actual shape of the spac￭ e￭ time and the value of various fields within the spac￭ e￭ time in particular this means that it must be possible not to refer to a specific coordinate system — the theory must be coordinate free in addition the different spac￭ e￭ time configur￭ ations or backgrounds should be obtained as different solutions of the underlying equations
a backlash is an adverse reaction to something which has gained popularity prominence or influence although it can sometimes represent a categorical rejection of the idea aesthetic product or f￭ ad in question it is usually a reflection of a collective resentment of that thing s ubi￭ qu￭ ity in culture and media rather than a denial of its existence the term is commonly applied to gender and racial discrimination and religious discrimination against minority groups as well such as in response to certain events or circumstances
back￭ pack pal￭ sy b￭ pp — or r￭ uc￭ k￭ sack pal￭ sy or r￭ uc￭ k￭ sack paralysis — is a type of br￭ achi￭ al plex￭ us injury associated with carrying a heavy back￭ pack or similar load with excessive compression of the shoulder areas by str￭ aps it is a known hazard for r￭ uc￭ k￭ marching soldiers and for certain outdoor recre￭ ation￭ alists hi￭ kers tre￭ k￭ kers mountain￭ e￭ ers etc and certain lab￭ ors e g those carrying sand￭ bags a particular risk factor is bearing heavy back￭ pack loads without any wa￭ ist support i e all the weight borne by the shoulders
a back￭ water valve is a back￭ flow prevention device used to prevent out￭ bound water through a dwelling s drain pipes from re entering back flowing — into a home the valve contains a fl￭ ap that allows water to exit the home but closes to prevent the back flow into the home back￭ water valves commonly activate when a city s se￭ wer lines are unable to handle a large amount of falling precip￭ itation this puts homes that are tied into the storm lines at risk of having water back flow into them there is a big difference between back￭ water valves and back￭ flow preven￭ ters a back￭ water valve prevents raw sewage from backing up into your home through your toi￭ lets sho￭ wers etc a back￭ flow prev￭ enter deals with protecting your potable water source from being contaminated by a reverse flow of foul water ex isolating your toilet s flush cis￭ ter￭ n and water supply from the toilet bowl water itself
bacter￭ emia also bacter￭ aemia is the presence of bacteria in the blood blood is normally a sterile environment so the detection of bacteria in the blood most commonly accomplished by blood cultures is always abnormal bacteria can enter the blood￭ stream as a severe complic￭ ation of infections like pneumonia or men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis during surgery especially when involving mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ ran￭ es such as the gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract or due to cathe￭ ters and other foreign bodies entering the arter￭ ies or ve￭ ins including during intra￭ ven￭ ous drug abuse bacter￭ emia can have several consequences the immune response to the bacteria can cause sep￭ sis and se￭ ptic shock which has a relatively high mortality rate bacteria can also use the blood to spread to other parts of the body which is called hem￭ ato￭ genous spread causing infections away from the original site of infection examples include endo￭ cardi￭ tis or o￭ ste￭ om￭ ye￭ li￭ tis treatment is with antibiotics and prevention with antibiotic pro￭ phy￭ lax￭ is can be given in situations where problems are to be expected
bacterial b￭ light is a disease of barley caused by the bacterial pathogen x￭ an￭ thom￭ onas cam￭ pe￭ str￭ is p￭ v trans￭ luc￭ ens syn x trans￭ luc￭ ens it has been known as a disease since the late 19 th century it has a worldwide distribution
bacterial b￭ light of cotton is a disease affecting the cotton plant resulting from infection by x￭ an￭ thom￭ onas cit￭ ri path￭ ov￭ ar mal￭ vac￭ ear￭ um x￭ cm bacteria it is the most important bacterial disease on cotton which inf￭ ects all aerial parts of the host loss due to this disease was estimated for about 10 to 30 on different cultiv￭ ars
bacterial b￭ light of so￭ y￭ bean is a widespread disease caused by pseu￭ dom￭ onas syr￭ ing￭ ae p￭ v gly￭ c￭ ine￭ a
bacterial cold water disease b￭ cw￭ d is a bacterial disease of salmon￭ id fish it is caused by flav￭ ob￭ ac￭ ter￭ ium psy￭ chro￭ phil￭ um previously classified in the genus cy￭ top￭ ha￭ ga a gram negative rod shaped bacter￭ ium of the family flav￭ ob￭ ac￭ ter￭ i￭ ace￭ ae the disease typically occurs at temperatures below 13￭ ⁰ c and it can be seen in any area with water temperatures consistently below 15￭ ⁰ c salmon are the most commonly affected species this disease is not zoonotic as￭ ymp￭ tomatic carrier fish and contaminated water provide reservoirs for disease transmission is mainly horizontal but vertical transmission can also occur b￭ cw￭ d may be referred to by a number of other names including cold water disease ped￭ uncle disease fit rot tail rot and rain￭ bow trou￭ t fry mortality syndrome
bacterial genetics is the sub￭ field of genetics devoted to the study of bacteria bacterial genetics are sub￭ tly different from eu￭ kar￭ y￭ otic genetics however bacteria still serve as a good model for animal genetic studies one of the major distinctions between bacterial and eu￭ kar￭ y￭ otic genetics stems from the bacteria s lack of memb￭ rane bound organ￭ elles this is true of all pro￭ kar￭ yo￭ tes while it is a fact that there are pro￭ kar￭ y￭ otic organ￭ elles they are never bound by a lip￭ id memb￭ rane but by a shell of proteins necess￭ itating protein synthesis occur in the cy￭ top￭ las￭ m like other organisms bacteria also breed true and maintain their characteristics from generation to generation yet at same time exhibit variations in particular properties in a small proportion of their prog￭ eny though herit￭ ability and variations in bacteria had been noticed from the early days of bacteri￭ ology it was not realised then that bacteria too obey the laws of genetics even the existence of a bacterial nucleus was a subject of controversy the differences in mor￭ pho￭ logy and other properties were attributed by nag￭ eli in 18￭ 77 to bacterial ple￭ om￭ orph￭ ism which post￭ ulated the existence of a single a few species of bacteria which possessed a protein capacity for a variation with the development and application of precise methods of pure culture it became apparent that different types of bacteria retained constant form and function through successive generations this led to the concept of mon￭ om￭ orph￭ ism
bacterial kidney disease b￭ k￭ d also known as white boil disease is a systemic infection caused by the bacter￭ ium ren￭ i￭ bacter￭ ium salmon￭ in￭ ar￭ um the disease affects populations of wild salmon￭ id b￭ k￭ d was originally discovered in the scottish rivers of dee and spe￭ y in 1933
bacterial leaf stre￭ ak bl￭ s also known as black cha￭ ff is a common bacterial disease of wheat the disease is caused by the bacterial species x￭ an￭ thom￭ onas trans￭ luc￭ ens p￭ v und￭ ul￭ osa the pathogen is found globally but is a primary problem in the us in the lower mid south and can reduce yields by up to 40 percent 6 bl￭ s is primarily seed borne the disease is transmitted by seed and survives in and on the seed but may also survive in crop residue in the soil in the off season during the growing season the bacteria may transfer from plant to plant by contact but it is primarily spread by rain wind and insect contact the bacteria thri￭ ves in mo￭ ist environments and produces a cream to yellow bacterial oo￭ ze which when dry appears light colored and scale like resulting in a stre￭ ak on the leaves the invasion of the head of wheat causes bands of necro￭ tic tissue on the aw￭ ns which is called black cha￭ ff 14 the disease is not easily managed as there are no pesticides on the market for treatment of the infection there are some resistant cultiv￭ ars available but no seed treatment exists some integrated pest management ip￭ m techniques may be used to assist with preventing infection although none will completely prevent the disease 2
bacterial pneumonia is a type of pneumonia caused by bacterial infection
bacterial vag￭ in￭ osis bv is a disease of the vag￭ ina caused by excessive growth of bacteria common symptoms include increased vag￭ inal discharge that often smells like fish the discharge is usually white or gray in color burning with ur￭ ination may occur it￭ ching is un￭ common occasionally there may be no symptoms having bv approximately dou￭ bles the risk of infection by a number of other sexually transmitted infections including hiv aids it also increases the risk of early delivery among pregnant women bv is caused by an imbalance of the naturally occurring bacteria in the vag￭ ina there is a change in the most common type of bacteria and a hundred to thous￭ and￭ fold increase in total numbers of bacteria present typically bacteria other than lac￭ tob￭ ac￭ ill￭ i become more common risk factors include dou￭ ching new or multiple sex partners antibiotics and using an in￭ trau￭ ter￭ ine device among others however it is not considered a sexually transmitted infection diagnosis is suspected based on the symptoms and may be verified by testing the vag￭ inal discharge and finding a higher than normal vag￭ inal ph and large numbers of bacteria bv is often confused with a vag￭ inal ye￭ ast infection or infection with tric￭ hom￭ onas usually treatment is with an antibiotic such as clin￭ dam￭ y￭ cin or met￭ ron￭ id￭ azole these medications may also be used in the second or third trim￭ esters of pregnancy however the condition often rec￭ urs following treatment pro￭ bio￭ tics may help prevent re occurrence it is unclear if the use of pro￭ bio￭ tics or antibiotics affects pregnancy outcomes bv is the most common vag￭ inal infection in women of reproductive age the percentage of women affected at any given time varies between 5 and 70 bv is most common in parts of africa and least common in asia and europe in the united states about 30 of women between the ages of 14 and 49 are affected rates vary considerably between ethnic groups within a country while bv like symptoms have been described for much of recorded history the first clearly documented case occurred in 18￭ 94
bacterial wil￭ t is a cuc￭ ur￭ bit disease caused by the pathogen er￭ win￭ ia trac￭ he￭ ip￭ hil￭ a a gram negative bacter￭ ium in the family enter￭ ob￭ ac￭ ter￭ i￭ ace￭ ae cucum￭ ber and mus￭ k￭ mel￭ on plants are most susceptible but squ￭ ash pum￭ p￭ kins and g￭ our￭ ds may also become infected water￭ mel￭ ons are immune to the disease
bacterial wil￭ t of carnations is a bacterial disease caused by the plant pathogen burk￭ hol￭ der￭ ia car￭ y￭ op￭ hy￭ lli previously named pseu￭ dom￭ onas car￭ y￭ oph￭ ill￭ i the pathogen is a aer￭ ob￭ ic gram negative bacteria known for only being capable of entering its host through wounds once inside the host it colon￭ izes the vascular system and roots causing symptoms such as internal stem cracking yel￭ lowing of the leaves wil￭ ting and the development of can￭ kers as a bacterial disease bacterial wil￭ t of carnations can also be characterized by signs such as bacterial streaming and bacterial oo￭ ze
in medicine bacteri￭ ur￭ ia den￭ o￭ tes the presence of bacteria in urine but not if the bacteria s presence is due to contamination from urine sample collection
a bad debt is an amount owed to a creditor that is unlikely to be paid and which the creditor is not willing to take action to collect because of various reasons for example due to a company going into liquidation or insolvency there are various technical definitions of what constitutes a bad debt depending on accounting conventions regulatory treatment and the institution provision￭ ing in the usa bank loans with more than ninety days arrears become problem loans accounting sources advise that the full amount of a bad debt be written off to the profit and loss account or a provision for bad debts as soon as it is foreseen
a bad habit is a negative behaviour pattern common examples include procrast￭ ination fi￭ dge￭ ting over￭ spending stereo￭ typing gossi￭ ps bullying and nail biting
the baden 9 kre￭ u￭ zer error is a postage stamp error produced by the historical german state of baden in 18￭ 51 baden s first postage stamps were issued on 1 may 18￭ 51 the 9 kre￭ u￭ zer green stamp was a color mis￭ print of the 9 kre￭ u￭ zer denomination that was printed in green instead of pink the green color was intended for the 6 kre￭ u￭ zer value but apparently the paper sheets were mis￭ matched only three cancelled copies and one unused copy of this error are known but more sheets of paper may have been printed the cancellations recorded have the numbers 4 for ach￭ ern 41 for et￭ ten￭ heim and 106 for or￭ sch￭ wei￭ er today mah￭ l￭ berg two of the known copies are on letters
the ba￭ e￭ yer – dre￭ w￭ son indi￭ go synthesis 1882 is an organic reaction in which indi￭ go is prepared from 2 nitro￭ benz￭ alde￭ hyde and acet￭ one ba￭ e￭ yer dre￭ w￭ son indi￭ go synthesis the reaction is classified as an al￭ do￭ l condens￭ ation as a practical route to indi￭ go this method was displaced by routes from an￭ il￭ ine
the ba￭ e￭ yer vil￭ li￭ ger oxid￭ ation also called ba￭ e￭ yer vil￭ li￭ ger re￭ arrangement is an organic reaction that forms an ester from a ke￭ tone or a lac￭ tone from a cyclic ke￭ tone per￭ oxy￭ acids or per￭ oxides are used as the oxid￭ ant the reaction is named after adol￭ f ba￭ e￭ yer and victor vil￭ li￭ ger who first reported the reaction in 18￭ 99
bag￭ as￭ so￭ sis an inter￭ sti￭ tial lung disease is a type of hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity pneu￭ mon￭ i￭ tis attributed to exposure to mol￭ dy molasses bag￭ asse
on the commercial transportation mostly with airlines the baggage allowance is the amount of checked or carry on luggage the airline will allow per passenger on some airlines this is the amount that is allowed free of charge in other cases this is the firm limit and carrying additional weight for an extra payment is not an option
the bag￭ gio – yo￭ shin￭ ari syndrome b￭ ys formerly known as the brazilian ly￭ me like disease and brazilian human bor￭ reli￭ osis is a disease transmitted by the am￭ bl￭ y￭ om￭ ma ca￭ jen￭ n￭ ense tick but the organism that causes the infection is still unknown clinical features resemble those of ly￭ me disease ld
ba￭ him￭ a disease is a birth defect caused by iron deficiency in infants which are fed exclusively on cow s milk it is characterized by a tower shaped skull di￭ lat￭ ation of the diplo￭ e and no signs of thal￭ assa￭ emia sick￭ le cell or other ha￭ emol￭ y￭ tic ana￭ emia it occurs most frequently in the ba￭ him￭ a people in an￭ ko￭ le uganda from which it derives its name the ba￭ him￭ a are a tribe that relies heavily on her￭ ding of long hor￭ ned cattle for survival
the b￭ ain￭ bridge reflex also called the atri￭ al reflex is an increase in heart rate due to an increase in central ven￭ ous pressure increased blood volume is detected by stretch recep￭ tors cardiac recep￭ tors located in both atri￭ a at the ven￭ o￭ atri￭ al junc￭ tions
bak￭ an￭ ae バ￭ カ￭ ナ￭ エ pronounced ba ka na eh or bak￭ an￭ ae disease 馬￭ 鹿￭ 苗￭ 病 バ￭ カ￭ ナ￭ エ￭ ビ￭ ョ￭ ウ bak￭ an￭ ae b￭ you from the japanese for foolish se￭ ed￭ ling is a disease that inf￭ ects the rice plant it is caused by the fun￭ gus gib￭ ber￭ ella fu￭ ji￭ ku￭ ro￭ i the metabol￭ ism of which produces a surplus of gib￭ ber￭ ell￭ ic acid in the plant this acts as a growth hormone causing hyper￭ tro￭ phy the afflicted plants which are visibly eti￭ ol￭ ated and chlor￭ otic are at best in￭ fertile with empty panic￭ les producing no edible grains at worst they are incapable of supporting their own weight topple over and die hence foolish se￭ ed￭ ling disease the earliest known report of bak￭ an￭ ae is from 18￭ 28 it was first described scientifically in 1898 by japanese researcher sho￭ tar￭ o hor￭ i who showed that the caus￭ ative agent was fun￭ gal the fun￭ gus affects rice crops in asia africa and north america in epidemic cases yield losses may reach up to 20 or more a 2003 publication from the international rice research institute estimated that outbreaks of bak￭ an￭ ae caused crop losses that were 20 to 50 in japan 15 in thailand and 3 7 in india
a baker s cyst also known as a po￭ pl￭ ite￭ al cyst is a benign sw￭ elling of the sem￭ im￭ emb￭ ran￭ o￭ sus or more rarely some other sy￭ no￭ vi￭ al bur￭ sa found behind the knee joint it is named after the surgeon who first described it william mor￭ rant baker 18￭ 38 – 18￭ 96 this is not a true cyst as an open communication with the sy￭ no￭ vi￭ al s￭ ac is often maintained
baker s itch is a cu￭ taneous reaction caused by bites of ac￭ ar￭ us si￭ ro the flour m￭ ite
the baker – ven￭ kat￭ ar￭ aman re￭ arrangement is the chemical reaction of 2 ace￭ tox￭ y￭ acet￭ op￭ hen￭ ones with base to form 1 3 di￭ ke￭ tones the baker ven￭ kat￭ ar￭ aman re￭ arrangement this re￭ arrangement reaction proceeds via en￭ ol￭ ate formation followed by ac￭ yl transfer it is named after the scientists wilson baker and kr￭ ish￭ nas￭ ami ven￭ kat￭ ar￭ aman the baker – ven￭ kat￭ ar￭ aman re￭ arrangement is often used to synthe￭ size chro￭ mon￭ es and flav￭ ones
bal￭ am￭ u￭ thia infection is a cu￭ taneous condition resulting from bal￭ am￭ u￭ thia that may result in various skin le￭ sions bal￭ am￭ u￭ thia man￭ dri￭ l￭ lar￭ is￭ is a free living am￭ oe￭ ba a single cel￭ led living organism found in the environment it is one of the causes of gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ ous am￭ oe￭ bic en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis ga￭ e a serious infection of the brain and spinal cord bal￭ am￭ u￭ thia is thought to enter the body when soil containing it comes in contact with skin wounds and cuts or when dust containing it is breath￭ ed in or gets in the mouth the bal￭ am￭ u￭ thia am￭ oe￭ ba￭ e can then travel to the brain through the blood stream and cause ga￭ e ga￭ e is a very rare disease that is usually fatal scientists at the centers for disease control and prevention c￭ dc first discovered bal￭ am￭ u￭ thia man￭ dri￭ l￭ lar￭ is in 1986 the am￭ oe￭ ba was found in the brain of a dead man￭ drill after extensive research b man￭ dri￭ l￭ lar￭ is was declared a new species in 1993 since then more than 200 cases of bal￭ am￭ u￭ thia infection have been diagnosed worldwide with at least 70 cases reported in the united states little is known at this time about how a person becomes infected
in biom￭ ec￭ han￭ ics balance is an ability to maintain the line of gravity vertical line from centre of mass of a body within the base of support with minimal post￭ ural sway sway is the horizontal movement of the centre of gravity even when a person is standing still a certain amount of sway is essential and inevitable due to small per￭ turb￭ ations within the body e g breathing shifting body weight from one foot to the other or from fo￭ ref￭ oot to re￭ ar￭ foot or from external triggers e g visual distortions floor translations an increase in sway is not necessarily an indicator of dysfunctional balance so much as it is an indicator of decreased sens￭ or￭ im￭ o￭ tor control maintaining balance requires coordination of input from multiple sensory systems including the vesti￭ bul￭ ar som￭ at￭ os￭ ens￭ ory and visual systems vesti￭ bul￭ ar system sense organs that regulate equilibrium equilibri￭ o￭ ception direc￭ tional information as it relates to head position internal grav￭ it￭ ational linear and ang￭ ular acceleration som￭ at￭ os￭ ens￭ ory system senses of propri￭ o￭ ception and kin￭ esthesia of joints information from skin and joints pressure and vibr￭ atory senses spatial position and movement relative to the support surface movement and position of different body parts relative to each other visual system reference to ver￭ tic￭ ality of body and head motion spatial location relative to objects the senses must detect changes of spatial orientation with respect to the base of support regardless of whether the body moves or the base is altered there are environmental factors that can affect balance such as light conditions floor surface changes alcohol drugs and ear infection there are balance impair￭ ments associated with aging age related decline in the ability of the above systems to receive and integrate sensory information contributes to poor balance in older adults as a result the elderly are at an increased risk of falls in fact one in three adults aged 65 and over will fall each year in the case of an individual standing quietly u￭ pri￭ ght the limit of stability is defined as the amount of post￭ ural sway at which balance is lost and corrective action is required body sway can occur in all planes of motion which make it an increasingly difficult ability to rehabilitate there is strong evidence in research showing that deficits in post￭ ural balance is related to the control of medi￭ al lateral stability and an increased risk of falling to remain balanced a person standing must be able to keep the vertical projection of their center of mass within their base of support resulting in little medi￭ al lateral or an￭ terior poster￭ ior sway an￭ kle spra￭ ins are one of the most frequently occurring injuries among athletes and physically active people the most common residual disability post an￭ kle sp￭ rain is instability along with body sway mechanical instability includes insufficient stabilizing structures and mobility that exceed the physiological limits functional instability involves recurrent spra￭ ins or a feeling of giving way of the an￭ kle it is found that nearly 40 of patients with an￭ kle spra￭ ins suffer from instability and an increase in body sway injury to the an￭ kle causes a propri￭ o￭ cep￭ tive deficit and impaired post￭ ural control individuals with muscular weakness oc￭ cult instability and decreased post￭ ural control are more susceptible to an￭ kle injury than those with better post￭ ural control balance can be severely affected in individuals with neuro￭ logical conditions patients who suffer a stroke or a spinal cord injury for example can struggle with this ability it has also been determined that impaired balance is strongly associated with future function and recovery in some cases particularly in stroke patients additionally balance problems have been identified as the strongest predic￭ tor of falls another population where balance is severely affected is par￭ kinson s disease patients a study done by nar￭ done and schi￭ ep￭ pati 2006 showed that individuals with par￭ kinson s disease problems in balance have been related to a reduced limit of stability and an impaired production of anticip￭ atory motor strategies and abnormal calibration balance can also be negatively affected in a normal population through fatigue in the mus￭ cul￭ ature surrounding the an￭ kles knees and hips studies have found however that muscle fatigue around the hips glu￭ te￭ als and lum￭ bar ext￭ ens￭ ors and knees have a greater effect on post￭ ural stability sway it is thought that muscle fatigue leads to a decreased ability to contract with the correct amount of force or accuracy as a result propri￭ o￭ ception and kin￭ esthetic feedback from joints are altered so that conscious joint awareness may be negatively effected
in banking and accountancy the outstanding balance is the amount of money owed or due that remains in a deposit account balancing the books refers to the primary balance sheet equation of a l oe or assets liabilities plus owner s equity the first balancing of books or of the balance sheet financial statement in accounting is to check iter￭ ations test balances to be sure the equation above applies and where assets and liabilities are unequal to equ￭ alize them by deb￭ iting or crediting owner s equity i e if assets exceed liabilities equity is increased if liabilities exceed assets equity is decreased both in the amount needed to balance the equation in addition to the balance sheet the other primary financial statement the p l or profit and loss statement also is balanced against the balance sheet generally by use of a plug such as impu￭ ted interest no balan￭ se ø￭ kon￭ omi
a balance disorder is a disturbance that causes an individual to feel un￭ steady for example when standing or walking it may be accompanied by feelings of gi￭ d￭ din￭ ess or woo￭ z￭ iness or having a sensation of movement spinning or floating balance is the result of several body systems working together the visual system eyes vesti￭ bul￭ ar system ears and propri￭ o￭ ception the body s sense of where it is in space de￭ generation or loss of function in any of these systems can lead to balance deficits
the commercial balance or net exports sometimes symbo￭ lized as n￭ x is the difference between the monetary value of a nation s exports and imports over a certain period if a country exports a greater value than it imports it is called a trade surplus positive balance or a favourable balance and conversely if a country imports a greater value than it exports it is called a trade deficit negative balance unfavourable balance or informally a trade gap sometimes a distinction is made between a balance of trade for goods vs one for services
in mathematics and computer science a balanced boo￭ lean function is a boo￭ lean function whose output yields as many 0 s as 1 s over its input set this means that for a uniformly random input string of bits the probability of getting a 1 is 1 2 an example of a balanced boo￭ lean function is the function that as￭ signs a 1 to every even number and 0 to all odd numbers likewise the other way around the same applies for functions assigning 1 to all positive numbers and 0 otherwise a boo￭ lean function of n bits is balanced if it takes the value 1 with probability 1 ⁄ 2
a balanced field take￭ off is a condition where the accelerate stop distance required as￭ dr is equal to the take￭ off distance required to￭ dr for the aircraft weight engine thrust aircraft configuration and run￭ way condition for a given aircraft weight engine thrust aircraft configuration and run￭ way condition the shortest run￭ way length that complies with safety regulations is the balanced field length the rejected take￭ off initial actions speed v 1 or critical engine failure recognition speed v￭ ce￭ f is the fastest speed at which the pilot must take the first actions to reject the take￭ off r￭ to at speeds below v 1 the aircraft may be brought to a halt before the end of the run￭ way at v 1 the pilot must continue the take￭ off even if an emergency is recognized to achieve a balanced field take￭ off engine power is selected to provide enough acceleration so that at the lowest possible speed to continue the take￭ off the remaining necessary take￭ off distance with one engine not working is equal to the remaining necessary accelerate stop distance the balanced field length is the shortest field length at which a balanced field take￭ off can be performed factors affecting the balanced field length include the mass of the aircraft – higher mass results in slower acceleration and higher take￭ off speed engine thrust – affected by temperature and air pressure but reduced thrust can also be deliberately selected by the pilot density altitude – reduced air pressure or increased temperature increases minimum take off speed aircraft configuration such as wing fl￭ ap position run￭ way slope and run￭ way wind component run￭ way conditions – a rough or soft field slows acceleration a wet or icy field reduces braking calculation of the balanced field length traditionally involves relying on an expansion program model where the various forces are evaluated as a function of speed and step wise integrated using an estimate for v 1 the process is iter￭ ated with different values for the engine failure speed until the accelerate stop and accelerate go distances are equal this process suffers from the inherently slow and repeti￭ tive approach which is also subject to round off errors if the speed incre￭ ment between the steps is not carefully selected which could cause some issues in first principle aircraft performance models provided to airlines for day to day operations alternate approaches using a more mathem￭ atically complex but inherently more accurate and faster al￭ ge￭ bra￭ ic integration method have however been developed
in mathematics the generalized poly￭ gam￭ ma function or balanced neg￭ a￭ poly￭ gam￭ ma function is a function introduced by olivier es￭ pin￭ osa al￭ dun￭ ate and victor h mo￭ ll it gener￭ alizes the poly￭ gam￭ ma function to negative and frac￭ tional order but remains equal to it for inte￭ ger positive orders
balan￭ i￭ tis is infl￭ amm￭ ation of the gl￭ ans penis when the fores￭ kin is also affected it is termed balan￭ o￭ pos￭ thi￭ tis balan￭ i￭ tis on boys still in di￭ ap￭ ers must be distinguished from red￭ ness caused by ammon￭ i￭ ac￭ al der￭ mati￭ tis the word is from the greek βά￭ λ￭ αν￭ ος balan￭ os ac￭ orn
balan￭ i￭ tis cir￭ cin￭ ata also known as cir￭ cin￭ ate balan￭ i￭ tis is a der￭ mato￭ logic manifestation of reactive ar￭ thri￭ tis sometimes also referred to as re￭ iter syndrome comprising a ser￭ pi￭ gin￭ ous ann￭ ular der￭ mati￭ tis of the gl￭ ans penis cir￭ cin￭ ate balan￭ i￭ tis is the most common cu￭ taneous manifestation of reactive ar￭ thri￭ tis however cir￭ cin￭ ate balan￭ i￭ tis can also occur independently topical cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ster￭ o￭ id therapy is the most commonly used treatment and topical cal￭ cin￭ eur￭ in inhi￭ bit￭ ors have also been used successfully reactive ar￭ thri￭ tis is characterized by n￭ ong￭ ono￭ coc￭ cal u￭ re￭ thri￭ tis con￭ junc￭ ti￭ vi￭ tis and ar￭ thri￭ tis reactive ar￭ thri￭ tis belongs to the group of ar￭ thri￭ ti￭ des known as the spon￭ dy￭ lo￭ ar￭ thri￭ ti￭ des there are two main types of reactive ar￭ thri￭ tis post ven￭ ere￭ al and post enter￭ ic ch￭ lam￭ y￭ dia tr￭ ach￭ om￭ atis is felt to be the most common cause of reactive ar￭ thri￭ tis in general until recently even the terminology for the condition itself was unclear as multiple ep￭ ony￭ ms and names have been associated with reactive ar￭ thri￭ tis in recent years a great deal has been learnt about the epidemiology path￭ op￭ hy￭ si￭ ology and treatment of reactive ar￭ thri￭ tis and ch￭ lam￭ y￭ dia induced reactive ar￭ thri￭ tis specifically prospective epidem￭ io￭ logic data suggest that ch￭ lam￭ y￭ dia induced reactive ar￭ thri￭ tis is under￭ diagnosed other truths being actively revealed include data suggesting that the pathogen itself i e ch￭ lam￭ y￭ dia might play an equally important role or perhaps even more important than the host with disease suscep￭ tibility as￭ ymp￭ tomatic ch￭ lam￭ y￭ dial infections might be a common cause of reactive ar￭ thri￭ tis and the two variants of reactive ar￭ thri￭ tis might respond differently to treatment in spite of the con￭ gru￭ ent clinical presentation however much about this syndrome remains shrou￭ ded in mystery recent data has been suggesting that ch￭ lam￭ y￭ dia induced reactive ar￭ thri￭ tis might be a common condition that clin￭ icians are simply failing to recognise therefore an emphasis is placed on disease awareness since viable treatment options are emerging
balan￭ i￭ tis plas￭ mac￭ ell￭ ul￭ aris also known as balan￭ o￭ pos￭ thi￭ tis ch￭ ron￭ ica circum￭ s￭ crip￭ ta plas￭ mac￭ ell￭ ul￭ aris balan￭ i￭ tis circum￭ s￭ crip￭ ta plas￭ mac￭ ell￭ ul￭ aris plasma cell balan￭ i￭ tis plasma cell vul￭ vi￭ tis vul￭ vi￭ tis circum￭ s￭ crip￭ ta plas￭ mac￭ ell￭ ul￭ aris zo￭ on s balan￭ i￭ tis zo￭ on s er￭ y￭ thro￭ pl￭ asia and zo￭ on s vul￭ vi￭ tis is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by a benign infl￭ am￭ matory skin le￭ sion characterized his￭ to￭ logically by a plasma cell infiltr￭ ate a similar condition has been described in women i e zo￭ on s vul￭ vi￭ tis although its existence is controversial due to the possibility of diagnostic error in many of the cases that have been reported in the medical literature it is named for j j zo￭ on who characterized it in 1952
balan￭ i￭ tis x￭ ero￭ tica obliter￭ ans b￭ x￭ o also known as lichen s￭ cl￭ ero￭ sus of penis is a der￭ mat￭ ological skin condition affecting the male gen￭ italia it was first described by stu￭ h￭ mer in 19￭ 28 though earlier reports describe what may have been the same condition b￭ x￭ o commonly occurs on the fores￭ kin and gl￭ ans penis atro￭ ph￭ ic white pat￭ ches appear on the affected area and commonly a whi￭ tish ring of ind￭ ur￭ ated hardened tissue usually forms near the tip that may prevent re￭ traction it has been regarded as identical to lichen s￭ cl￭ ero￭ sus of penis though this may be incorrect it has also been named leuk￭ op￭ la￭ k￭ ia of penis and kr￭ au￭ ro￭ sis of penis
bal￭ anti￭ di￭ asis is a proto￭ zo￭ an infection caused by infection with bal￭ anti￭ dium coli
bald sea ur￭ chin disease is a bacterial disease known to affect several species of sea ur￭ chin￭ s on mediterranean sea north atlantic and california coastlines research suggests two pathogens are responsible for the disease lis￭ ton￭ ella an￭ guil￭ lar￭ um and aer￭ om￭ onas salmon￭ ic￭ ida infection generally occurs at the site of an existing physical injury the affected area turns green and sp￭ ines and other append￭ ages are lost if the le￭ sion remains shallow and covers less than 30 of the animal s surface area the animal tends to survive and eventually regener￭ ates any lost tissue however if the damage is more extensive or so deep that the hard inner test is per￭ for￭ ated the disease is fatal
in the dun￭ geons drag￭ ons fantasy role playing game a bal￭ han￭ no￭ th is an aberr￭ ation they are hor￭ rid hul￭ king aberr￭ ation that hunt underground they can blend into ceilings using their cam￭ ou￭ fl￭ age and they attack using their tent￭ acles anti magic aur￭ as surround them making them particularly dangerous to player characters that are dependent on magic to survive
balkan endemic ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ pa￭ thy — also called danu￭ bian endemic famili￭ al ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ pa￭ thy def￭ n — is a form of inter￭ sti￭ tial ne￭ ph￭ ri￭ tis it was first identified in the 1920 s among several small dis￭ crete communities along the danube river and its major tribu￭ taries in the modern countries of croatia bosnia and herzegovina serbia romania and bulgaria
the bal￭ king pattern is a software design pattern that only execu￭ tes an action on an object when the object is in a particular state for example if an object reads z￭ ip files and a calling method inv￭ okes a get method on the object when the z￭ ip file is not open the object would bal￭ k at the request in the j￭ ava programming language for example an il￭ leg￭ al￭ state￭ exception might be thrown under these circumstances there are some specialists in this field who think this is more of an anti pattern than a design pattern if an object cannot support its api it should either limit the api so that the offending call is not available or so that the call can be made without limitation it should be created in a san￭ e state not make itself available until it is in a san￭ e state become a fac￭ ade and answer back an object that is in a san￭ e state
ball lightning is an un￭ explained atmospheric electrical phenomenon the term refers to reports of lumin￭ ous spher￭ ical objects which vary from pea sized to several meters in diameter though usually associated with thunder￭ storms it lasts considerably longer than the split second flash of a lightning bolt many early reports say that the ball eventually explo￭ des sometimes with fatal consequences leaving behind the od￭ or of sul￭ fur until the 1960 s most scientists argued that ball lightning was not a real phenomenon but an urban myth despite numerous reports from throughout the world laboratory experiments can produce effects that are vis￭ ually similar to reports of ball lightning but how these relate to the natural phenomenon remains unclear scientists have proposed many hypo￭ theses about ball lightning over the centuries scientific data on natural ball lightning are scarce owing to its inf￭ requ￭ ency and un￭ predictability the presumption of its existence depends on reported public sigh￭ tings and has therefore produced somewhat inconsistent findings due to inconsistencies and to the lack of reliable data the true nature of ball lightning remains unknown the first ever optical spectrum of what appears to have been a ball lightning event was published in january 2014 and included a video at high frame rate
ball possession is the amount of time a team possesses the ball during a game of football possession is usually expressed as a percentage for example 60 for team a 40 for team b historically dutch clubs especially a￭ ja￭ x were famous for domin￭ ating ball possession but more recently fc barcelona of the liga san￭ tan￭ der became the best in maintaining ball possession germany s fc bayern munich came out second x￭ avi her￭ nan￭ dez is considered to be the most poss￭ essive player in recent years teams that play possession football often try to press their opponents high in the pitch so to recover the ball rapidly as a result the defensive line of team that play possession football is usually place very high in the pitch around the halfway line and not unusually in the opponents half when the team loses the ball the defensive line must move rapidly otherwise the team may be subject to dangerous counter attacks because of their high defensive line supremacy in ball possession is generally seen as desirable and useful by coaches but it is by no means certain that it can guarantee victory for example italian clubs are extremely successful in european football without putting much emphasis on ball possession
ball￭ er – ger￭ old syndrome b￭ gs is a rare genetic syndrome that involves premature fusion of the skull bones and mal￭ formations of facial fore￭ arm and hand bones the symptoms of ball￭ er – ger￭ old syndrome overlap with features of a few other genetics disorders roth￭ m￭ und thom￭ son syndrome and rap￭ ad￭ il￭ ino syndrome the prevalence of b￭ gs is unknown as there have only been a few reported cases but it is estimated to be less than 1 in a million the name ball￭ er ger￭ old comes from the researchers ball￭ er and ger￭ old who discovered the first three cases
ball￭ on french pron￭ unciation ​ bal￭ ɔ￭ ̃ is the appearance of being lightweight and light fo￭ oted while jumping it is a desirable aesthetic in ballet and other dance gen￭ res making it seem as though a dancer effor￭ t￭ lessly becomes airborne flo￭ ats in the air and lands softly the name is widely thought to be derived from the french word ball￭ on meaning balloon though it has been du￭ bi￭ ously claimed that the name was inspired by french ballet dan￭ se￭ ur claude bal￭ on who was known for performing exceptionally light leaps
a balloon carried light effect is a special effect carried by a balloon which can be fixed with a rope to the ground or free flying
balloon cell ne￭ vi are a cu￭ taneous condition characterized his￭ to￭ logically by large pale poly￭ he￭ dr￭ al balloon cells
the balls into bins problem is a classic problem in probability theory that has many applications in computer science the problem involves m balls and n boxes or bins each time a single ball is placed into one of the bins after all balls are in the bins we look at the number of balls in each bin we call this number the load on the bin and ask what is the maximum load on a single bin obviously it is possible to make the load as small as m n by putting each ball into the least loaded bin the interesting case is when the bin is selected at random or at least partially at random
bal￭ mer jump or bal￭ mer dis￭ continuity is the difference of intensity of the stell￭ ar continu￭ um spectrum on both sides of the limit of the bal￭ mer series of hydrogen at 364 6 nm it is caused by electron￭ s being completely ion￭ ized directly from the second energy level of a hydrogen atom bound free absorption which creates a continu￭ um absorption at wa￭ vel￭ eng￭ ths shorter than 364 6 nm in some cases the bal￭ mer dis￭ continuity can show continu￭ um emission usually when the bal￭ mer lines themselves are strongly in emission other hydrogen spectr￭ al series also show bound free absorption and hence a continu￭ um dis￭ continuity but the bal￭ mer jump in the near u￭ v has been the most observed the strength of the continu￭ um absorption and hence the size of the bal￭ mer jump depends on temperature and density in the region responsible for the absorption at cool￭ er stell￭ ar temperatures the density most strongly affects the strength of the dis￭ continuity and this can be used to classify stars on the basis of their surface gravity and hence lumin￭ osity this effect is strongest in a class stars but in hotter stars temperature has a much larger effect on the bal￭ mer jump than surface gravity
bal￭ o concentr￭ ic sclerosis is a disease in which the white matter of the brain appears damaged in concentr￭ ic layers leaving the axis cylinder intact it was described by jo￭ sz￭ ef bal￭ o who initially named it leuk￭ o en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis peri￭ ax￭ i￭ alis concentr￭ ica from the previous definition and it is currently considered one of the borderline forms of multiple sclerosis bal￭ o concentr￭ ic sclerosis is a dem￭ yel￭ inating disease similar to standard multiple sclerosis but with the particul￭ arity that the dem￭ yel￭ inated tissues form concentr￭ ic layers scientists used to believe that the prog￭ no￭ sis was similar to mar￭ burg multiple sclerosis but now they know that patients can survive or even have spontaneous remission and as￭ ymp￭ tomatic cases it is also common that the clinical course is primary progressive but a relap￭ sing re￭ mitting course has been reported it seems that the course gets better with pred￭ nis￭ one therapy although evidence of this is anec￭ do￭ tal and such conclusions are difficult to accept given that there are cases where patients spontaneously recover whether the patient was on ster￭ o￭ id therapy or not
the baltic fleet б￭ а￭ л￭ т￭ и￭ й￭ с￭ к￭ и￭ й ф￭ л￭ о￭ т is the russian federation navy s presence in the baltic sea in previous historical periods it has been part of the navy of imperial russia and later the union of soviet socialist republics soviet union the fleet gained the twice red banner appell￭ ation during the soviet period indicating two awards of the order of the red banner it is head￭ quar￭ tered in kaliningrad formerly kö￭ ni￭ gs￭ berg in east prus￭ sia of imperial germany with its main base in balti￭ ys￭ k and another base at kron￭ sh￭ t￭ ad￭ t in the gulf of finland established 18 may 17￭ 03 under cz￭ ar peter the great the fleet is the oldest russian navy formation
the baltimore bank riot of 18￭ 35 in the major port city of mary￭ land was a violent reaction to the failure of the bank of mary￭ land in 18￭ 34 thousands of citizens had lost millions of dollars in savings the riot which lasted from 6 – 9 august attacked the homes and property of a number of former directors of the bank who had been accused of financial misconduct and fraud as well as the federal district cour￭ thouse located on battle monument square the baltimore bank riot was one of the most violent and destructive events of civic unrest in any american city prior to the civil war rio￭ ters destroyed many of the homes of the city s wealthiest and most prominent citizens and much valuable property was smashed or burned but was later restored the authorities were unable to control the violence and effectively surrendered the city to the mob which was actively or passively supported by numerous bystand￭ ers the state of mary￭ land later paid 100 000 in compensation to persons who had lost property in the ri￭ oting
the schi￭ emann reaction also called the bal￭ z – schi￭ emann reaction is a chemical reaction in which an￭ il￭ ines 1 are transformed to ar￭ yl flu￭ ori￭ des 3 via di￭ az￭ on￭ ium fluor￭ ob￭ or￭ ates 2 named after the german chem￭ ists gün￭ ther schi￭ emann and gün￭ ther bal￭ z this reaction is the preferred route to fluor￭ ob￭ enz￭ ene and some related derivatives including 4 fluor￭ ob￭ enzo￭ ic acid the reaction is similar to the sand￭ me￭ yer reaction which conver￭ ts di￭ az￭ on￭ ium salts to other ar￭ yl hali￭ des
the bam￭ berger re￭ arrangement is the chemical reaction of n phen￭ yl￭ hydrox￭ yl￭ am￭ ines with strong aqu￭ eous acid which will re￭ arrange to give 4 amin￭ op￭ hen￭ ols it is named for the german chem￭ ist eu￭ gen bam￭ berger 18￭ 57 – 19￭ 32 the bam￭ berger re￭ arrangement n phen￭ yl￭ hydrox￭ yl￭ am￭ ines are typically synthe￭ sized from nitro￭ ben￭ zen￭ es by reduction using rho￭ dium or zinc
bam￭ boo blos￭ som is a natural phenomenon in which the bam￭ bo￭ os in a location blos￭ som and become hung with bam￭ boo seeds in china myanmar and india bam￭ boo blos￭ som was traditionally seen as a curse or an indication of a starvation coming
the bam￭ ford – stevens reaction is a chemical reaction whereby treatment of to￭ syl￭ hydra￭ zones with strong base gives al￭ ken￭ es it is named for the british chem￭ ist william randall bam￭ ford and the scottish chem￭ ist thomas stevens stevens 1900 – 2000 the usage of a￭ pro￭ tic solvents gives predominantly z al￭ ken￭ es while pro￭ tic solvent gives a mixture of e and z al￭ ken￭ es as an al￭ k￭ ene generating transformation the bam￭ ford – stevens reaction has broad utility in synthetic methodology and complex mol￭ ecu￭ le synthesis the bam￭ ford stevens reaction the treatment of to￭ syl￭ hydra￭ zones with al￭ ky￭ l lith￭ ium reagents is called the shap￭ iro reaction
bam￭ forth – la￭ zar￭ us syndrome is a genetic condition that results in thyro￭ id dys￭ genesis it is due to rec￭ essive mutations in for￭ k￭ head wing￭ ed heli￭ x domain trans￭ cription factor f￭ kl￭ h 15 or tt￭ f 2 it is associated with fo￭ xe 1
banana x￭ an￭ thom￭ onas wil￭ t b￭ x￭ w or banana bacterial wil￭ t b￭ b￭ w or en￭ set wil￭ t is a bacterial disease caused by x￭ an￭ thom￭ onas cam￭ pe￭ str￭ is p￭ v mus￭ ac￭ ear￭ um after being originally identified on a close relative of banana en￭ se￭ te ven￭ tri￭ co￭ sum in ethiopia in the 1960 s b￭ x￭ w eman￭ ated in uganda in 2001 affecting all types of banana cultiv￭ ars since then b￭ x￭ w has been diagnosed in central and east africa including banana growing regions of rwanda democratic republic of the congo tanzania kenya burundi and uganda of the numerous diseases inf￭ ecting bananas b￭ x￭ w alongside banana bun￭ chy top virus has been the most devastating in recent years global concern arose over the livelihoods of african banana farmers and the millions relying on bananas as a staple food when the disease was at its worst between the years 2001 and 2005 it was estimated that in central uganda from 2001 and 2004 there was a 30 52 decrease in banana yield due to b￭ x￭ w infection although extensive management of the disease outbreaks has helped reduce the impact of banana x￭ an￭ thom￭ onas wil￭ t even today b￭ x￭ w continues to a pose a real problem to the banana farmer of central and east africa
banana f￭ reck￭ le is a disease caused by the fun￭ gus gu￭ ign￭ ar￭ dia mus￭ ae tel￭ om￭ or￭ ph or ph￭ yl￭ los￭ tic￭ ta mus￭ ar￭ um an￭ amor￭ ph generally the causal agent of disease is referred to as gu￭ ign￭ ar￭ dia ph￭ yl￭ los￭ tic￭ ta sp there are several different strains of the fun￭ gus that exist to infect different banana varieties around the globe symptoms include yel￭ lowing of the tissue and formation of small dark brown spots on the leaves and fruit within the spots con￭ idi￭ a or py￭ c￭ ni￭ dia can be found banana f￭ reck￭ le is easily propag￭ ated and spread from plant to plant by rain spl￭ ash and movement of infected tissue or fruit management of the disease consists of cutting out infected leaves the paper bag method fun￭ g￭ icide application and proper sanitation techniques this devastating disease is extremely relevant for the major banana exporting countries of the world in the absence of chemical control there is about a 78 yield loss banana f￭ reck￭ le disease needs to be carefully monitored in order to prevent further spread of the disease
band ker￭ at￭ opathy is a cor￭ ne￭ al disease derived from the appearance of calcium on the central cor￭ ne￭ a this is an example of me￭ ta￭ static calci￭ fication which by definition occurs in the presence of hyper￭ cal￭ cem￭ ia
band rejection is a phenomenon in wa￭ ve￭ form signals where a certain frequency or range of frequencies are lost or removed from a source signal the term band rejection when used in electronic signal processing refers to the deliberate removal of a known frequency range for instance to compensate for a known source of interference such as noise from main￭ s household electricity a specific frequency is removed using a not￭ ch filter in most other senses band rejection is the un￭ intentional loss of signal caused by imperfections in the recording storage or reproduction of a wa￭ ve￭ form
ban￭ dem￭ ia refers to an excess of band cells immature white blood cells released by the bone marrow into the blood the ic￭ d diagnosis code for ban￭ dem￭ ia is 288 66 it is a signi￭ fier of infection or sep￭ sis or infl￭ amm￭ ation measurement of it can play a role in the approach to append￭ ic￭ i￭ tis
the band￭ wagon effect is a phenomenon whereby the rate of uptake of beliefs ideas f￭ ads and trends increases the more that they have already been adopted by others in other words the band￭ wagon effect is characterized by the probability of individual adoption increasing with respect to the proportion who have already done so as more people come to believe in something others also hop on the band￭ wagon regardless of the underlying evidence the tendency to follow the actions or beliefs of others can occur because individuals directly prefer to conform or because individuals derive information from others both explanations have been used for evidence of conformity in psychological experiments for example social pressure has been used to explain as￭ ch s conformity experiments and information has been used to explain sher￭ if s auto￭ k￭ ine￭ tic experiment according to this concept the increasing popularity of a product or phenomenon encourages more people to get on the band￭ wagon too the band￭ wagon effect explains why there are fashion trends when individuals make rational choices based on the information they receive from others economists have proposed that information cas￭ c￭ ades can quickly form in which people decide to ignore their personal information signals and follow the behavior of others cas￭ c￭ ades explain why behavior is fragile — people understand that they are based on very limited information as a result f￭ ads form easily but are also easily dis￭ lodged such inform￭ ational effects have been used to explain political band￭ wagons
band￭ width is the difference between the upper and lower frequencies in a continuous set of frequencies it is typically measured in her￭ tz and may sometimes refer to pass￭ band band￭ width sometimes to base￭ band band￭ width depending on context pass￭ band band￭ width is the difference between the upper and lower cu￭ to￭ ff frequencies of for example a band pass filter a communication channel or a signal spectrum in the case of a low pass filter or base￭ band signal the band￭ width is equal to its upper cu￭ to￭ ff frequency band￭ width in her￭ tz is a central concept in many fields including electronics information theory digital communications radio communications signal processing and spec￭ tro￭ sco￭ py and is one of the determin￭ ants of the capacity of a given communication channel a key characteristic of band￭ width is that any band of a given width can carry the same amount of information regardless of where that band is located in the frequency spectrum for example a 3 kh￭ z band can carry a telephone conversation whether that band is at base￭ band as in a pots telephone line or mod￭ ulated to some higher frequency
band￭ width sme￭ aring is a ch￭ rom￭ atic aberr￭ ation of the re￭ constructed image of a cel￭ esti￭ al body observed by an astro￭ nom￭ ical interfer￭ ome￭ ter that occurs because of the frequency band￭ width in fou￭ rier terms the different frequencies of the band￭ width probe different spatial frequencies which results in a reconstruct map containing el￭ ong￭ ated rad￭ ial features it is overcome by going to higher spectr￭ al resolutions or in radio￭ astro￭ no￭ my by using different centres of phase for image reconstruction
the ban￭ ert cas￭ c￭ ade is an organic reaction in which an n￭ h 1 2 3 tri￭ azole is prepared from a pro￭ par￭ gy￭ l hali￭ de or sul￭ fate and sodium az￭ ide in a diox￭ ane water mixture at elevated temperatures this cas￭ c￭ ade reaction is unusual because it consists of two consecutive re￭ arrangement reactions ban￭ ert cas￭ c￭ ade the starting material is prepared from pro￭ par￭ gy￭ l chloride and an alde￭ hyde or ke￭ tone such as ace￭ tal￭ de￭ hyde in the first step an azi￭ do compound is formed in situ in a nucle￭ oph￭ il￭ ic displacement of chloride by the az￭ ide ion a 3 3 sig￭ mat￭ ro￭ pic reaction takes place between the az￭ ide and the al￭ ky￭ ne to the all￭ en￭ yl az￭ ide this all￭ ene re￭ arrang￭ es to the tri￭ az￭ af￭ ul￭ ven￭ e in a 6 pi electro￭ cy￭ cli￭ zation the ex￭ oc￭ ycl￭ ic al￭ k￭ ene in this intermediate is very electro￭ phil￭ ic because the tri￭ azole group has a di￭ pole moment of 5 deb￭ ye the reaction sequence concludes with nucle￭ oph￭ il￭ ic attack of a second az￭ ide ion on this al￭ k￭ ene with more double bond re￭ arrangements and prot￭ on abstr￭ action from a prot￭ on source
bang￭ st￭ ad syndrome is a severe inherited con￭ genital disorder associated with ab￭ norm￭ alities of the cell memb￭ rane it was characterized in 1989
in blu￭ egr￭ ass music a ban￭ jo roll or roll is an ac￭ comp￭ anim￭ ent pattern played by the ban￭ jo that uses a repeating eighth note ar￭ pe￭ g￭ gio – a broken ch￭ ord – that by sub￭ dividing the beat keeps time each standard roll pattern is a right hand finger￭ ing pattern consisting of eight eighth notes which can be played while holding any ch￭ ord position with the left hand when used as back up the same pattern can be repeated over and over throughout an entire song with ch￭ ord changes as required or the roll patterns can be combined with one another and with back up lic￭ ks the roll patterns can also be used to emb￭ el￭ lish the vam￭ ping style of back up especially when the ch￭ ords are played high these roll patterns can be used as back up for any song played at any temp￭ o the ban￭ jo is commonly played in open tun￭ ings such as open g as are all of the examples g dg￭ b￭ d allowing rolls to be practiced on all open strings without fre￭ tting rolls are a distinguishing characteristic of scru￭ ggs style ban￭ jo playing with older styles being more mel￭ od￭ ic the older style of ban￭ jo playing has been described as in phrases and with really no connec￭ tive tissue between four notes and next four notes sor￭ ta like a gall￭ op snu￭ ffy jen￭ kins was a little like that old sounding chop￭ py ban￭ jo rolls serve a variety of functions within an ens￭ emb￭ le the blu￭ egr￭ ass ban￭ jo roll is a subdivided rhythm that by dis￭ solving the metro￭ no￭ mic footing of the music comple￭ tes the un￭ coupling of rhythm and meter monroe s string band was already congested with acc￭ ents and with the rhy￭ th￭ ms those acc￭ ents redund￭ antly enforced with its un￭ broken and continuous stream of notes sharply voiced in bright acid tones the ban￭ jo roll broke up this congestion bringing about a kind of rhy￭ th￭ mic division of labor in which several strata of rhythm were distributed among the instruments this is not to say that the ban￭ jo player does not call upon rhy￭ th￭ mic acc￭ ents if he sic did not his music would seem little more than the mechanical ratt￭ a tat tat of a machine gun but he always does so in a matrix which is consistently and thoroughly subdivided from which the idea of the subdivided rhythm is never absent and which has by virtue of its african inspired amal￭ gam￭ ation to mel￭ od￭ ic movement an unusual power to im￭ part the idea to other musicians like the bones of the min￭ stre￭ l band whose precision lent artic￭ ulation to the ens￭ emb￭ le the ban￭ jo s flowing sin￭ uous tw￭ isting rib￭ bon of notes fills the entire length and breadth of the music outlining its rhy￭ th￭ mic infrastructure shar￭ pen￭ ing and bri￭ ghtening its image running within the music like a stream of water now in a broad tor￭ rent now in intricate ri￭ vul￭ ets below ground — the activity of the roll patterns creates a counter melody which enhances the effectiveness of the melody — ban￭ jo rolls the basis of the scru￭ ggs style pione￭ ered by earl scru￭ ggs were undoubtedly based on classic or finger￭ picking ban￭ jo itself based upon and simultaneous with mid 18￭ 60 s par￭ lor style guitar the word roll has different meanings for different kinds of musicians to guitar players a roll is a broken ch￭ ord to blu￭ egr￭ ass ban￭ jo players rolls may start at any point in the pattern or in other words on any finger
a bank￭ art le￭ sion is an injury of the an￭ terior inferior glen￭ o￭ id lab￭ rum of the shoulder due to an￭ terior shoulder dis￭ location when this happens a pocket at the front of the glen￭ o￭ id forms that allows the hum￭ eral head to dis￭ locate into it it is an indication for surgery and often accompanied by a hill sachs le￭ sion damage to the poster￭ ior hum￭ eral head the bank￭ art le￭ sion is named after english orth￭ o￭ ped￭ ic surgeon arthur sydney bl￭ und￭ ell bank￭ art 18￭ 79 – 1951 a bon￭ y bank￭ art is a bank￭ art le￭ sion that includes a frac￭ ture in of the an￭ terior inferior glen￭ o￭ id cav￭ ity of the s￭ cap￭ ula bone bank￭ art le￭ sion seen at ar￭ thro￭ sco￭ py radio￭ graph showing a bon￭ y bank￭ art le￭ sion with stationary frag￭ ment at the inferior glen￭ o￭ id ct scan showing a bon￭ y bank￭ art le￭ sion at the an￭ ter￭ o inferior glen￭ o￭ id 3 d ct reconstruction of a bank￭ art le￭ sion which occurred post an￭ terior shoulder dis￭ location this subject s hum￭ er￭ us remains mildly superi￭ or￭ ly su￭ blu￭ x￭ ated frac￭ ture marked by a black arrow m￭ ri of the shoulder after an an￭ terior dis￭ location showing a hill sachs le￭ sion and lab￭ ral bank￭ art le￭ sion
bankruptcy tourism is the phenomenon whereby residents of one country move to another jurisdiction in order to declare a personal bankruptcy there before returning to their original country of residence this is done in order facilitate bankruptcy in a new jurisdiction where the insolvency laws are deemed to be more favourable it is most prevalent in europe where eu laws allow the free movement of residents to other eurozone countries once in the new jurisdiction a person seeking bankruptcy must establish their centre of main interests there in order to qualify as a resident and therefore petition for a successful bankruptcy the issue of bankruptcy tourism has gained not￭ ori￭ ety in the republic of ireland due to the recession and property crash there resulting in high levels of debt and personal in￭ solven￭ cies however the phenomenon first emerged in the uk in 2009 when it was reported that german and austrian nationals were moving to kent in order to take advantage of bankruptcy laws in england and wales whilst residing close to euro￭ star for a discussion of how the english courts have sought to tackle the phenomenon of bankruptcy tourism see bankruptcy tourism is now more synonymous with the republic of ireland where it has become a high profile issue with one uk based insolvency solicitor steve thatcher claiming recently that he had recently written off € 1 bn in irish debt for his irish clients in the uk the level of irish debt being written off in the uk has prompted the government there to seek to have eu law amended in order to make it harder for irish residents to move to the uk and take advantage of more lenient bankruptcy laws there where bankruptcy lasts for a period of twelve months but salary instalments can required for up to three years as opposed to twelve years in the republic of ireland though thatcher dismisses the validity of the term bankruptcy tourism and instead calls it bankruptcy emigration as he says people have to emigrate to the uk in order to go bankrupt with the majority of his clients remaining in the uk once their bankruptcy is complete since ireland has reduced the duration of its insolvency procedures and since 2016 has a 1 year bankruptcy procedure as well however access to such procedures may still be restricted due to barriers such as requirement to pay for legal procedures limited size of the debt or if one already went through a procedure before still england and wales have among the shortest and most accessible procedures in the eu and continues attracting bankruptcy tourism in particular among over indebted people with assets
bann￭ ay￭ an – ri￭ ley – ru￭ val￭ cab￭ a syndrome br￭ rs is a rare over￭ growth syndrome and ham￭ ar￭ tom￭ at￭ ous disorder with occurrence of multiple sub￭ cu￭ taneous li￭ po￭ mas macro￭ cephal￭ y and hem￭ an￭ gi￭ om￭ as the disease is inherited in an auto￭ som￭ al dominant form but spor￭ adic cases have been reported the disease belongs to a family of ham￭ ar￭ tom￭ at￭ ous poly￭ pos￭ is syndro￭ mes which also includes pe￭ ut￭ z – je￭ gh￭ ers syndrome juvenile poly￭ pos￭ is and cow￭ den syndrome mutation of the p￭ ten gene underlies this syndrome as well as cow￭ den syndrome prot￭ eus syndrome and prot￭ eus like syndrome collectively these four syndro￭ mes are referred to as p￭ ten ham￭ ar￭ tom￭ a tumor syndro￭ mes ph￭ ts
banner blindness is a phenomenon in web us￭ ability where visitors to a website consciously or sub￭ consciously ignore banner like information which can also be called ad blindness or banner noise the term banner blindness was coined by ben￭ way and lane as a result of website us￭ ability tests where a majority of the test subjects either consciously or un￭ consciously ignored information that was presented in bann￭ ers subjects were given tasks to search information on a website the information that was overlooked included both external advertisement bann￭ ers and internal navig￭ ational bann￭ ers e g quick links the placement of the bann￭ ers on a web page had little effect on whether or not the subjects noticed them the result of the study contradicted the popular web design guideline that larger colour￭ ful and animated elements on a website are more likely to be seen by users however in older experiment by bay￭ les the results showed that users generally noticed web bann￭ ers this was proven by eye tracking tests and other means the experiment concentrated on how users perceived a single web page and what they could recognise and recall of it afterwards it has been argued that experiments like this without real world tasks have poor methodology and produce poor results other eye tracking tests showed different results pag￭ end￭ arm and scha￭ um￭ burg argued that a possible explanation for the banner blindness phenomenon lay in the way users inter￭ acted with websites users tend to either search for specific information or aim￭ lessly brow￭ se from one page to the next users have constructed web related cognitive schem￭ ata for different tasks on the web when searching for specific information on a website users focus only on the parts of the page where they assume the relevant information will be e g small text and hyper￭ links in particular the study of her￭ vet et al shows a new methodological view which must be taken into account they focus on whether participants actually fix￭ ated the ads and how their gaze behaviour is related to memory for the ad they investigated whether internet users avoid looking at ads inserted on a non search website using an analysis of eye movements and if the ad content is kept in memory their results show that most participants fix￭ ate the ads at least once during their website visit moreover even though the con￭ gru￭ ency between the ad and the editorial content had no effect on fixation duration on the ad con￭ gru￭ ent ads were better memor￭ ised than in￭ con￭ gru￭ ent ads later empirical studies focus on e g the role of anim￭ ation or effects of person￭ alized banner ads lee an￭ h and park find that anim￭ ations signal the users the existence of ads and lead to ad avoidance behavior but after repeti￭ tive exposures they induce positive user attitude through the mere exposure effect results of the study ko￭ ster et al confirm that person￭ alization enhances recognition for the content of bann￭ ers while the effect on attention was weaker and partially non￭ significant in contrast overall exploration of web pages and recognition of task relevant information was not influenced the temporal course of fix￭ ations revealed that visual exploration of bann￭ ers typically proceeds from the picture to the logo and finally to the slogan bad marketing and ads that are not correctly targeted make it more likely for consumers to ignore bann￭ ers that aim at capturing their attention this phenomenon called purposeful blindness shows that consumers can adapt fast and become good at ignoring marketing messages that are not relevant to them it is a by￭ product of in￭ attenti￭ onal blindness large colour￭ ful or animated bann￭ ers and other graphics are in this case ignored us￭ ability tests that compared the perception of bann￭ ers between groups of subjects searching for specific information and subjects aim￭ lessly brow￭ sing seem to support this theory see study a similar conclusion can be drawn from the study of or￭ tiz cha￭ ves et al dealt with how right side graphic elements in contrast to purely tex￭ tual in google ad￭ words affect users visual behavior so the study is focused on people that search something the analysis concludes that the appearance of images does not change user interaction with ads in the scientific literature there are also suggestions how to tackle banner blindness z￭ ou￭ har￭ ova z￭ ou￭ har and s￭ mut￭ ny present approach using cognitive behavioral assumption on the basis of which banner display strategy is adapted
b￭ anti s syndrome also known as b￭ anti s disease is a chronic cong￭ estive enlargement of the sp￭ leen resulting in premature destruction of the red blood cells by the sp￭ leen it is named for guido b￭ anti
the ban￭ zai pipeline or simply pipeline or pipe is a surf re￭ ef break located in hawaii off e￭ hu￭ kai beach park in pu￭ pu￭ ke￭ a on o ahu s north shore a re￭ ef break is an area in the ocean where waves start to break once they reach the sh￭ allows of a re￭ ef pipeline is notorious for huge waves which break in shallow water just above a sharp and ca￭ vern￭ ous re￭ ef forming large hollow thick cur￭ ls of water that sur￭ f￭ ers can tube ride there are three reefs at pipeline in progressively deeper water further out to sea that activate according to the increasing size of approaching ocean sw￭ ells
bar￭ ak￭ at syndrome is a rare disease characterized by hypo￭ par￭ ath￭ yro￭ i￭ dis￭ m sens￭ or￭ in￭ eur￭ al deaf￭ ness and ren￭ al disease and hence also known as h￭ dr syndrome it was first described by am￭ in j bar￭ ak￭ at et al in 1977
the barber – lay￭ den – power effect bl￭ p effect or col￭ lo￭ qu￭ ially ble￭ ep is a blast wave phenomenon observed in the immediate aftermath of the successful functioning of air delivered high drag ord￭ nance at the target in common with a typical blast wave the flow field can be approxim￭ ated as a lead shock wave followed by a self similar subs￭ onic flow field the phenomenon appears to adhere to the basic principles of the se￭ do￭ v solution
examples of bar￭ bi￭ er reactions are the reaction of pro￭ par￭ g￭ yl￭ ic bromide with bu￭ tan￭ al with zinc metal in water bar￭ bi￭ er re￭ action￭ with a substituted al￭ ky￭ ne instead of a terminal al￭ ky￭ ne the all￭ ene product is favoured the intr￭ am￭ ol￭ ec￭ ular bar￭ bi￭ er reaction with sam￭ arium ii io￭ di￭ de bar￭ bi￭ er reaction the reaction of an all￭ yl bromide with form￭ alde￭ hyde in th￭ f with indi￭ um powder bar￭ bi￭ er re￭ action￭ the bar￭ bi￭ er reaction is accompanied by an all￭ yl￭ ic re￭ arrangement to a terminal al￭ k￭ ene or another all￭ yl bromide in a reaction with benz￭ alde￭ hyde and zinc powder in water bar￭ bi￭ er re￭ action￭ the observed di￭ ast￭ ere￭ o￭ selectivity for this reaction is er￭ y￭ th￭ ro thre￭ o 83 17
bar￭ bit￭ urate dependence develops with regular use of bar￭ bit￭ ur￭ ates this in turn may lead to a need for increasing doses of the drug to get the original desired pharmaco￭ logical or therapeutic effect bar￭ bit￭ urate use can lead to both addiction and physical dependence and as such they have a high potential for abuse psychological addiction to bar￭ bit￭ ur￭ ates can develop quickly the gab￭ aa recep￭ tor one of bar￭ bit￭ ur￭ ates main sites of action is thought to play a pivotal role in the development of tolerance to and dependence on bar￭ bit￭ ur￭ ates as well as the euph￭ or￭ ic high that results from their abuse the mechanism by which bar￭ bit￭ urate tolerance develops is believed to be different from that of ethanol or benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines even though these drugs have been shown to exhibit cross tolerance with each other the management of a physical dependence on bar￭ bit￭ ur￭ ates is stabilisation on the long acting bar￭ bit￭ urate phen￭ ob￭ ar￭ b￭ ital followed by a gradual ti￭ tration down of dose the slowly eliminated phen￭ ob￭ ar￭ b￭ ital less￭ ens the severity of the withdrawal syndrome and reduces the chances of serious bar￭ bit￭ urate withdrawal effects such as seizures anti￭ psycho￭ tics are not recommended for bar￭ bit￭ urate withdrawal or other cns depres￭ sant withdrawal states especially clo￭ zap￭ ine ol￭ an￭ zap￭ ine or low potency phen￭ o￭ thi￭ az￭ ines e g chlor￭ pro￭ ma￭ zine as they lower the seizure threshold and can worsen withdrawal effects if used extreme caution is required
a bar￭ bit￭ urate over￭ dose results when a person takes excessive doses of bar￭ bit￭ ur￭ ates symptoms of an over￭ dose typically include slugg￭ ishness in￭ coordination difficulty in thinking slowness of speech faulty judgment drow￭ sin￭ ess shallow bre￭ aths and staggering in severe cases coma and death can result the lethal do￭ sage of bar￭ bit￭ ur￭ ates varies greatly with tolerance and from one individual to another bar￭ bit￭ urate over￭ dose with other cns central nervous system depres￭ s￭ ants such as alcohol op￭ i￭ ates or benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines is even more dangerous due to additive cns and respiratory depres￭ sant effects in the case of benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines bar￭ bit￭ ur￭ ates also increase the binding aff￭ inity of the benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ine binding sites thus leading to an exaggerated benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ine effect this makes predicting the effect of combinations difficult and the same dose of the same drugs will not always produce the same degree of se￭ dation and respiratory depression from one day to the next benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines increase the frequency of chloride channel opening while bar￭ bit￭ ur￭ ates increase the duration that the chloride por￭ e remains open if a normal por￭ e opened once every 30 seconds to pass one chloride ion a benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ine may cause it to open once every ten seconds while a bar￭ bit￭ urate may cause it to remain open until three ions have passed through separately both of these increase the effect of the por￭ e threefold but together the channel would allow three ions to pass every 10 seconds this would exponentially increase the effect of the por￭ e nine￭ fold greater than the sum of the two drugs effects
bar￭ co￭ o fever is an illness once common in the australian out￭ back that is now virtually unknown it was characterised by naus￭ ea and v￭ om￭ iting exacerbated by the sight or smell of food and unlike the usual ga￭ stro intest￭ inal infections by con￭ sti￭ p￭ ation rather than diarr￭ ho￭ ea fever and my￭ al￭ gia were also symptoms severe cases developed in￭ an￭ ition and even death it was seen in travel￭ ers in the out￭ back rather than in cities or towns but occasionally entire settlements were affected such as occurred in too￭ wo￭ om￭ ba in 19￭ 03 the ab￭ original population knew to avoid the ail￭ ment by not drinking from certain water sources and by taking water from so￭ aks or pits dug in the dry sandy bed of a stream it is post￭ ulated that the disease may be due to ing￭ estion of cyan￭ ob￭ ac￭ ter￭ ial blue green al￭ gal toxins in particular cylin￭ dro￭ sper￭ mop￭ sin a toxin from cylin￭ dro￭ sper￭ mop￭ sis rac￭ i￭ bor￭ sk￭ ii and other cyan￭ ob￭ ac￭ ter￭ ia which is a he￭ pat￭ o￭ toxin the symptoms of the disease are consistent with a hepatitis or liver disorder and cylin￭ dro￭ sper￭ mop￭ sis is known to be widespread in inland australian water sources the toxin is not destroyed by boiling and although it would flavor water this flavor would be masked by tea the common bever￭ age in the australian bush provision of safe drinking water sources in australia with the development of bo￭ res and covered tanks to collect rain￭ water explain the demise of a once common illness
bar￭ det – bi￭ ed￭ l syndrome bbs is a ci￭ li￭ opathic human genetic disorder that produces many effects and affects many body systems it is characterized principally by obesity ret￭ initi￭ s pi￭ gm￭ ent￭ osa poly￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly hypo￭ gon￭ ad￭ ism and ren￭ al failure in some cases historically slower mental processing has also been considered a principal symptom but is now not regarded as such
bare metal st￭ ent is a st￭ ent without a coating or covering as used in covered st￭ ents drug elu￭ ting st￭ ents it is a mesh like tube of thin wire the first st￭ ents licensed for use in cardiac arter￭ ies were bare metal – often 316 l stainless steel more recent 2 nd generation st￭ ents use co￭ bal￭ t chromium alloy the first st￭ ents used in gastro￭ intest￭ inal conditions of the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus gastro￭ du￭ o￭ den￭ um bi￭ li￭ ary duc￭ ts and col￭ on were plastic bare metal st￭ ents were first brought the clinic in the 1990 s drug elu￭ ting st￭ ents are often preferred over bare metal st￭ ents because the latter carry a higher risk of rest￭ en￭ osis the growth of tissue into the st￭ ent resulting in vessel narrowing
bare lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ te syndrome is a condition caused by mutations in certain genes of the major his￭ to￭ compatibility complex or involved with the processing and presentation of mh￭ c molecules it is a form of severe combined immun￭ o￭ deficiency
bargaining power is the relative ability of parties in a situation to exert influence over each other if both parties are on an equal footing in a debate then they will have equal bargaining power such as in a perfectly competitive market or between an evenly matched monopoly and mon￭ op￭ s￭ ony there are a number of fields where the concept of bargaining power has proven crucial to coherent analysis game theory labour economics collective bargaining arrangements diplomatic negotiations settlement of litigation the price of insurance and any negotiation in general
the two person bargaining problem is a problem of understanding how two agents should cooperate when non cooperation leads to p￭ are￭ to inefficient results it is in essence an equilibrium selection problem many games have multiple equilibri￭ a with varying pay￭ offs for each player forcing the players to negotiate on which equilibrium to target solutions to bargaining come in two flav￭ ors an ax￭ i￭ om￭ atic approach where desired properties of a solution are satisfied and a strategic approach where the bargaining procedure is model￭ ed in detail as a sequ￭ ential game
the bar￭ g￭ ell￭ ini reaction is a chemical reaction discovered in 1906 by italian chem￭ ist guido bar￭ g￭ ell￭ ini 18￭ 79 – 1963 the original reaction was a mixture of the reagents phen￭ ol chloro￭ form and acet￭ one in the presence of a sodium hydrox￭ ide solution prior to bar￭ g￭ ell￭ ini s research the product attributed to this multi component reaction or mc￭ r had been described as a phen￭ ol derivative in chemistry texts at the time however bar￭ g￭ ell￭ ini demonstrated that a car￭ box￭ yl￭ ic acid derivative was actually the correct structure later organic chem￭ ists have used the reaction as a general method of organic synthesis for highly hindered or bul￭ ky morph￭ ol￭ in￭ ones or pi￭ per￭ az￭ in￭ ones from ke￭ tones particularly acet￭ one and either β amino alcohol￭ s or diam￭ ines
bar￭ it￭ osis is a benign type of pneu￭ mo￭ con￭ i￭ osis which is caused by long term exposure to barium dust barium has a high radio op￭ acity and the disease may develop after few months of exposure extremely dense dis￭ crete small op￭ ac￭ ities of 2 – 4 mm diameter sometimes of a star like configuration are seen on the radio￭ graph their distribution is uniform when they are very numerous super￭ imposition may give the impression of con￭ flu￭ ency but this does not seem to occur in reality the hil￭ ar lymp￭ h no￭ des can be very opaque but not enlarged after cessation of exposure there is a gradual clearing of the op￭ ac￭ ities
bark binding is a disease in trees cured by s￭ lit￭ ting the bark or cutting it along the grain of the tree
the barking dog is an ex￭ other￭ mic chemical reaction that results from the ignition of a mixture of carbon dis￭ ul￭ fide and nit￭ rous oxide it has been known for centuries in 18￭ 53 just￭ us von lie￭ big was using the bright blue flash and the distinctive ‘ wo￭ of ’ sound of the demonstration to en￭ thr￭ all his students in simple terms the ‘ barking dog ’ reaction is a combustion process in which a fuel carbon dis￭ ul￭ fide cs 2 reacts with an ox￭ idi￭ zing agent nit￭ rous oxide n 2 o producing heat and elem￭ ental sul￭ fur the flame front in the reaction is a zone of very hot lumin￭ ous gas produced by the re￭ ac￭ tants de￭ com￭ posing 8 n 2 o 4 cs 2 → s 8 4 co 2 8 n 2
barley yellow dwarf is a plant disease caused by the barley yellow dwarf virus and is the most widely distributed viral disease of cereals it affects the economically important crop species barley oats wheat maize tritic￭ ale and rice
bar￭ nette s con￭ jec￭ ture is an unsolved problem in graph theory a branch of mathematics concerning hamil￭ ton￭ ian cycles in graphs it is named after david w bar￭ nette a professor emer￭ it￭ us at the university of california davis it states that every bi￭ partite poly￭ he￭ dr￭ al graph with three edges per ver￭ tex has a hamil￭ ton￭ ian cycle
bar￭ od￭ on￭ tal￭ gia commonly known as tooth squeeze and previously known as aerod￭ on￭ tal￭ gia is a pain in tooth caused by a change in atmospheric pressure the pain usually ceases at ground level the most common victims are s￭ cuba di￭ vers because in deep dives pressures can increase by several atmospheres and military pilots because of rapid changes in pilots bar￭ od￭ on￭ tal￭ gia may be severe enough to cause premature cessation of flights most of the available data regarding bar￭ od￭ on￭ tal￭ gia is derived from high altitude chamber simul￭ ations rather than actual flights bar￭ od￭ on￭ tal￭ gia prevalence was between 0 7 and 2 in the 1940 s and 0 3 in the 1960 s similarly cases of bar￭ od￭ on￭ tal￭ gia were reported in 0 3 of high altitude chamber simul￭ ations in the lu￭ f￭ tw￭ aff￭ e the rate of bar￭ od￭ on￭ tal￭ gia was about 1 case per 100 flight years in the israeli air force during world war ii about one tenth of american air￭ crews had one or more episodes of bar￭ od￭ on￭ tal￭ gia in a recent study 8 2 of 331 israeli air force air￭ crews reported at least one episode of bar￭ od￭ on￭ tal￭ gia bar￭ od￭ on￭ tal￭ gia is a symptom of dental disease for example infl￭ am￭ matory cyst in the man￭ di￭ ble indeed most of the common oral patho￭ logies have been reported as possible sources of bar￭ od￭ on￭ tal￭ gia dental car￭ ies defective tooth restoration pul￭ pi￭ tis pulp necro￭ sis ap￭ ical period￭ on￭ ti￭ tis period￭ on￭ tal pockets imp￭ acted teeth and mu￭ co￭ us retention cy￭ sts one exception is bar￭ od￭ on￭ tal￭ gia manifested as referred pain from bar￭ o￭ sin￭ u￭ si￭ tis or bar￭ o￭ ti￭ tis media the latter two conditions are generated from pressure changes rather than pressure related fl￭ are up of pre existing conditions a me￭ ta analysis of studies conducted between 2001 and 2010 revealed a rate of 5 episodes 1 000 flight years max￭ ill￭ ary and man￭ di￭ bul￭ ar denti￭ tions were affected equally in flight but in diving max￭ ill￭ ary denti￭ tion was affected more than the man￭ di￭ bul￭ ar denti￭ tion which can indicate a greater role for max￭ ill￭ ary sin￭ us path￭ ology in diving bar￭ od￭ on￭ tal￭ gia surprisingly despite cabin pressur￭ ization the current in flight bar￭ od￭ on￭ tal￭ gia incidence is similar to the incidence in the first half of the 20 th century also despite the greater fluctuation in di￭ vers pressures the weighted incidence of bar￭ od￭ on￭ tal￭ gia among air￭ crews is similar to the weighted incidence among di￭ vers furthermore contrary to common belief and in contrast to diving conditions the role of facial bar￭ o￭ trauma in the eti￭ ology of in flight bar￭ od￭ on￭ tal￭ gia is only minor about one tenth of cases
bar￭ og￭ no￭ sis or ba￭ res￭ the￭ sia is the ability to evaluate the weight of objects or to differentiate objects of different weights by holding or lifting them it is the opposite of bar￭ agno￭ sis the inability of evaluating the weight of objects this sensory information is transmitted by the poster￭ ior column medi￭ al lem￭ nis￭ cus path￭ way of the spinal cord which also carries the sens￭ ations of fine touch stere￭ og￭ no￭ sis t￭ acti￭ le pressure graph￭ esthesia tex￭ ture recognition kin￭ esthesia two point discrimination propri￭ o￭ ception and vibration to test for intact bar￭ og￭ no￭ sis a set of small objects with the same size and shape but of graduated weight is used a series of different weights can be placed one at a time in the same hand and the patient is asked to identify the comparative weight of the objects i e by saying whether the object is heavier or lighter other methods for testing include different weights being placed in each hand simultaneously or having the patient pick up each weight using a finger￭ tip grip
bar￭ o￭ trauma is physical damage to body tissues caused by a difference in pressure between a gas space inside or in contact with the body and the surrounding fluid bar￭ o￭ trauma typically occurs when the organism is exposed to a significant change in ambient pressure such as when a s￭ cuba di￭ ver a free di￭ ver or an airplane passenger asc￭ ends or desc￭ ends or during uncontrolled de￭ compression of a pressure vessel but can also be caused by a shock wave whales and dolphins are also vulnerable to bar￭ o￭ trauma if exposed to rapid and excessive changes in diving pressures bats can be killed by bar￭ o￭ trauma due to lung damage when flying in low pressure regions close to operating wind turb￭ ine bl￭ ades
bar￭ ra￭ quer – sim￭ ons syndrome or acquired partial li￭ po￭ dy￭ stro￭ phy cephal￭ o￭ thor￭ ac￭ ic li￭ po￭ dy￭ stro￭ phy and progressive li￭ po￭ dy￭ stro￭ phy is a rare form of li￭ po￭ dy￭ stro￭ phy which usually first affects the head and then spreads to the thor￭ ax it is named for luis bar￭ ra￭ quer ro￭ vir￭ alta 18￭ 55 – 19￭ 28 a spanish physician and arthur sim￭ ons 18￭ 79 – 19￭ 42 a german physician some evidence links it to lm￭ nb 2
bar￭ rett s es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus british english bar￭ rett s o￭ es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus sometimes called bar￭ rett syndrome bar￭ rett es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus or colum￭ nar epi￭ the￭ lium lined lower o￭ es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus cell￭ o refers to an abnormal change met￭ ap￭ la￭ sia in the cells of the lower portion of the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus it is characterized by the replacement of the normal str￭ ati￭ fied squ￭ am￭ ous epi￭ the￭ lium lining of the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus by simple colum￭ nar epi￭ the￭ lium with gob￭ let cells which are usually found lower in the gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract the medical significance of bar￭ rett s es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus is its strong association about 0 5 per patient year with es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma a very often deadly cancer because of which it is considered to be a pre￭ m￭ align￭ ant condition the main cause of bar￭ rett s es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus is thought to be an adaptation to chronic acid exposure from ref￭ lux es￭ op￭ ha￭ gi￭ tis the incidence of es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma has increased substantially in the western world in recent years the condition is found in 5 – 15 of patients who seek medical care for heart￭ burn gastro￭ es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al ref￭ lux disease although a large sub￭ group of patients with bar￭ rett s es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus do not have symptoms diagnosis requires endo￭ sco￭ py more specifically es￭ op￭ ha￭ go￭ gastro￭ du￭ o￭ den￭ o￭ sco￭ py a procedure in which a fi￭ bre￭ op￭ tic cable is inserted through the mouth to examine the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus stomach and du￭ o￭ den￭ um and biopsy the cells of bar￭ rett s es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus after biopsy are classified into four general categories non￭ dys￭ plastic low grade dys￭ pl￭ asia high grade dys￭ pl￭ asia and frank carcin￭ oma high grade dys￭ pl￭ asia and early stages of aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma can be treated by endo￭ scopic res￭ ection and new endo￭ scopic therapies such as radi￭ of￭ requ￭ ency ab￭ l￭ ation whereas advanced stages sub￭ mu￭ cos￭ al are generally advised to undergo surgical treatment non￭ dys￭ plastic and low grade patients are generally advised to undergo annual observation with endo￭ sco￭ py with radi￭ of￭ requ￭ ency ab￭ l￭ ation as a therapeutic option in high grade dys￭ pl￭ asia the risk of developing cancer might be at 10 per patient year or greater the condition is named after the australian born british thor￭ ac￭ ic surgeon norman bar￭ rett 19￭ 03 – 1979 who described it in 1950
in constrained optimi￭ zation a field of mathematics a barrier function is a continuous function whose value on a point increases to infin￭ ity as the point approaches the boundary of the feasible region of an optimi￭ zation problem such functions are used to replace inequality constraints by a pen￭ alizing term in the objective function that is easier to handle the two most common types of barrier functions are in￭ verse barrier functions and log￭ arith￭ mic barrier functions resumption of interest in log￭ arith￭ mic barrier functions was motivated by their connection with pri￭ mal dual interior point methods
barrier grid anim￭ ation also known as pick￭ et fence anim￭ ation and often referred to by the gener￭ ic￭ ized trademark scan￭ im￭ ation is an anim￭ ation effect created by moving a stri￭ ped acetate over￭ lay across an inter￭ lac￭ ed image
barrier resilience is an algori￭ th￭ mic optimi￭ zation problem in compu￭ tational geometry motivated by the design of wireless sensor networks in which one seeks a path through a collection of barriers often model￭ ed as unit disks that passes through as few barriers as possible
barry co￭ hen born c 1938 is a criminal personal injury civil and qui t￭ am attorney in florida s tam￭ pa bay area co￭ hen was hired by the council on american – islamic relations c￭ air to represent the family of i￭ br￭ ag￭ im to￭ das￭ hev an unarmed chechen shot to death while being questioned by the fbi in relation to the boston marathon bombing he has been characterized as a fighter for his aggressive legal tactics according to the tam￭ pa tribune “ the most telling indication of barry ’ s courtroom reputation is this when judges and lawyers need an attorney it is barry they often hire ”
bart syndrome is a genetic disorder characterized by the association of con￭ genital loc￭ alized absence of skin ep￭ id￭ er￭ mol￭ ysis bul￭ los￭ a le￭ sions of the mouth mu￭ co￭ sa and dy￭ stro￭ ph￭ ic nails
bar￭ th syndrome b￭ ths also known as 3 meth￭ yl￭ glu￭ ta￭ con￭ ic ac￭ id￭ ur￭ ia type ii is an x linked genetic disorder the disorder which affects multiple body systems is diagnosed almost exclusively in males it is named after dutch pedi￭ atric neuro￭ logist peter bar￭ th
a bar￭ th￭ olin s cyst also known as bar￭ th￭ ol￭ initi￭ s occurs when a bar￭ th￭ olin s g￭ land is blocked and the g￭ land becomes infl￭ amed sizes range from that of a pea to that of an egg and form just within each side of the lower part of the opening of the vag￭ ina an abs￭ c￭ ess may form if the cyst becomes infected in this case it often becomes red and painful when touched a bar￭ th￭ olin s cyst is not an infection although it can be caused by an infection infl￭ amm￭ ation or physical block￭ age m￭ uc￭ us or other impediment to the bar￭ th￭ olin s duc￭ ts tubes which lead from the g￭ lands to the vul￭ va if infection sets in the result is a bar￭ th￭ olin s abs￭ c￭ ess cy￭ sts are not sexually transmitted there is no known reason for their development and infection is rare with an abs￭ c￭ ess a bacterial infection but usually not an st￭ d is the cause treatment depends on the severity of symptoms if there are no symptoms no treatment may be needed if a cyst is causing problems drainage is recommended the preferred method of drainage is the insertion of a word cathe￭ ter for four weeks simple inc￭ ision and drainage may allow the cyst to reform a surgical procedure known as mar￭ sup￭ i￭ alization may be used for cy￭ sts but should not be used if they are infected if the problems persist the entire g￭ land may be removed removal is sometimes recommended in those older than 40 to ensure cancer is not present antibiotics are not generally needed bar￭ th￭ olin s cy￭ sts are most likely in women of child￭ bearing age about two percent of women have the problem at some point in their life
bar￭ th￭ olin g￭ land carcin￭ oma is an un￭ common type of m￭ align￭ ancy in the bar￭ th￭ olin g￭ land that accounts for 1 of all vul￭ var m￭ align￭ ant ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms it is most common in women in their mid 60 s the tumor can become large before a woman is aware of symptoms one of the first symptoms can be dy￭ sp￭ are￭ un￭ ia in other instances a woman may find a mass or ul￭ cer in the vul￭ va area many cl￭ inci￭ ans assume that an enlarged bar￭ th￭ olin g￭ land is m￭ align￭ ant in post￭ men￭ opa￭ usal woman until proven otherwise the growth of the tumor can spread to nearby areas such as the is￭ chi￭ o￭ rec￭ tal fo￭ ssa and ingu￭ inal lymp￭ h no￭ des approximately 50 of bar￭ th￭ olin g￭ land carcin￭ om￭ as originate from squ￭ am￭ ous cell carcin￭ om￭ as another un￭ common characteristic of bar￭ th￭ olin g￭ land m￭ align￭ ancies is that the growth of a le￭ sion originates from the three types of epi￭ the￭ li￭ al tissue present in the g￭ land m￭ uc￭ inous transitional and squ￭ am￭ ous
the bar￭ tol￭ i in￭ do￭ le synthesis also called the bar￭ tol￭ i reaction is the chemical reaction of orth￭ o substituted nitro￭ aren￭ es with vinyl gri￭ gn￭ ard reagents to form substituted ind￭ oles the bar￭ tol￭ i in￭ do￭ le synthesis the reaction is unsuccessful without substitution orth￭ o to the nit￭ ro group three equivalents of the vinyl gri￭ gn￭ ard re￭ agent are also necessary for good yields this method has become one of the shortest and most flexible routes to 7 substituted ind￭ oles the le￭ im￭ gru￭ ber bat￭ cho in￭ do￭ le synthesis gives similar flexibility and reg￭ io￭ specificity to in￭ do￭ le derivatives one advantage of the bar￭ tol￭ i in￭ do￭ le synthesis is the ability to produce ind￭ oles substituted on both the carbo￭ cyclic ring and the py￭ r￭ role ring which is difficult to do with the le￭ im￭ gru￭ ber bat￭ cho in￭ do￭ le synthesis
a bar￭ ton s frac￭ ture is an intra artic￭ ular frac￭ ture of the dis￭ tal radius with dis￭ location of the radio￭ car￭ pal joint there exist two types of bar￭ ton s frac￭ ture dor￭ sal and pal￭ mar the latter being more common the bar￭ ton s frac￭ ture is caused by a fall on an extended and pron￭ ated wrist increasing car￭ pal compression force on the dor￭ sal rim intra artic￭ ular component distinguishes this frac￭ ture from a smith s or a col￭ les frac￭ ture treatment of this frac￭ ture is usually done by open reduction and internal fixation with a plate and screws but occasionally the frac￭ ture can be treated conserv￭ atively
the bar￭ ton dec￭ ar￭ box￭ yl￭ ation is a radical reaction in which a car￭ box￭ yl￭ ic acid is first converted to a thi￭ o￭ hydrox￭ am￭ ate ester commonly referred to as a bar￭ ton ester the product is then heated in the presence of a radical initi￭ ator and a suitable hydrogen donor to complete the reduc￭ tive dec￭ ar￭ box￭ yl￭ ation of the initial car￭ box￭ yl￭ ic acid using this reaction it is possible to remove a car￭ box￭ yl￭ ic acid mo￭ i￭ ety from an al￭ ky￭ l group and replace it with other functional groups see scheme 1 this reaction is named after its develop￭ er the british chem￭ ist and nobel laureate sir derek bar￭ ton 1918 – 1998
the bar￭ ton reaction also known as the bar￭ ton nit￭ r￭ ite ester reaction is a photo￭ chemical reaction that involves the pho￭ tol￭ ysis of an al￭ ky￭ l nit￭ r￭ ite to form a δ nitro￭ so alcohol discovered in 1960 the reaction is named for its discover￭ er nobel laureate sir derek bar￭ ton bar￭ ton ’ s nobel prize in chemistry in 1969 was awarded for his work on understanding conform￭ ations of organic molecules work which was key to realizing the utility of the bar￭ ton reaction the bar￭ ton reaction involves a hom￭ ol￭ y￭ tic ro – no cle￭ av￭ age followed by δ hydrogen abstr￭ action free radical re￭ combination and tau￭ tom￭ er￭ ization to form an ox￭ im￭ e selectivity for the δ hydrogen is a result of the conform￭ ation of the 6 memb￭ ered radical intermediate often the site of hydrogen atom abstr￭ action can be easily predicted this allows the regio and stere￭ o selective introduction of functionality into complicated molecules with high yield due to its then unique ability to deri￭ vi￭ tize otherwise inert sub￭ str￭ ates bar￭ ton used this reaction extensively in the 1960 s to create a number of unnatural ster￭ o￭ id analo￭ gues while the bar￭ ton reaction has not enjoyed the popularity or widespread use of many other organic reactions together with the mechanis￭ tically similar ho￭ f￭ mann – l￭ ö￭ ff￭ ler reaction it represents one of the first examples of c h activation chemistry a field which is now the topic of much front￭ line research in industrial and academic chemistry circles
bar￭ ton￭ ellosis is an infectious disease produced by bacteria of the genus bar￭ ton￭ ella bar￭ ton￭ ella species cause diseases such as carri￭ ón ´ s disease tren￭ ch fever cat scratch disease bac￭ ill￭ ary an￭ gi￭ om￭ at￭ osis pe￭ li￭ osis hepati￭ s chronic bacter￭ emia endo￭ cardi￭ tis chronic lymp￭ had￭ en￭ opathy and neuro￭ logical disorders
the bar￭ ton – kel￭ log￭ g reaction is a coupling reaction between a di￭ az￭ o compound and a thi￭ o￭ ke￭ tone through a di￭ az￭ o intermediate forming an al￭ k￭ ene the bar￭ ton – kel￭ log￭ g reaction is also known as bar￭ ton – kel￭ log￭ g ole￭ fin￭ ation and bar￭ ton ole￭ fin synthesis the bar￭ ton kel￭ log￭ g reaction this reaction was pione￭ ered by her￭ mann st￭ aud￭ inger and the reaction also goes by the name st￭ aud￭ inger type di￭ az￭ o thi￭ o￭ ke￭ tone coupling
the bar￭ ton – mc￭ com￭ bie de￭ oxy￭ gen￭ ation is an organic reaction in which an hydro￭ xy functional group in an organic compound is replaced by a hydrogen to give an al￭ ky￭ l group it is named for the british chem￭ ists sir derek harold richard bar￭ ton 1918 – 1998 and stuart w mc￭ com￭ bie the bar￭ ton mc￭ com￭ bie de￭ oxy￭ gen￭ ation this de￭ oxy￭ gen￭ ation reaction is a radical substitution in the related bar￭ ton dec￭ ar￭ box￭ yl￭ ation the re￭ ac￭ tant is a car￭ box￭ yl￭ ic acid
bar￭ tter syndrome is a rare inherited defect in the thick asc￭ ending limb of the loop of hen￭ le it is characterized by low potassium levels hypo￭ kal￭ emia increased blood ph al￭ k￭ alo￭ sis and normal to low blood pressure there are two types of bar￭ tter syndrome ne￭ on￭ atal and classic a closely associated disorder git￭ el￭ man syndrome is mil￭ der than both sub￭ types of bar￭ tter syndrome
bart – pum￭ ph￭ rey syndrome also known as pal￭ mop￭ lan￭ tar ker￭ ato￭ der￭ ma with knuc￭ kle p￭ ads and leuk￭ ony￭ ch￭ ia and deaf￭ ness is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by hyper￭ ker￭ ato￭ ses knuc￭ kle p￭ ads over the me￭ tac￭ ar￭ pop￭ hal￭ ange￭ al proxim￭ al and dis￭ tal inter￭ p￭ hal￭ ange￭ al joints it was characterized in 1967 it can be associated with g￭ j￭ b 2
bas￭ al cell carcin￭ oma b￭ cc also known as bas￭ ali￭ oma or bas￭ al cell cancer is the most common skin cancer and one of the most common cancers in the united states while b￭ cc has a very low me￭ ta￭ static risk this tumor can cause significant dis￭ figu￭ rement by invading surrounding tissues
bas￭ al gang￭ lia disease refers to a group of physical dys￭ functions that occur when the group of nucle￭ i in the brain known as the bas￭ al gang￭ lia fail to properly suppress unwanted movements or to properly prime upper motor ne￭ uron circuits to initiate motor function research indicates that increased output of the bas￭ al gang￭ lia inhi￭ bits thal￭ am￭ oc￭ or￭ tical projection neurons proper activation or de￭ activation of these neurons is an integral component for proper movement if something causes too much bas￭ al gang￭ lia output then the thal￭ am￭ oc￭ or￭ tical projection neurons become too inhi￭ bited and one cannot initiate voluntary movement these disorders are known as hypo￭ k￭ ine￭ tic disorders however a disorder leading to abnormally low output of the bas￭ al gang￭ lia leads to relatively no inhi￭ bi￭ tion of the thal￭ am￭ oc￭ or￭ tical projection neurons this situation leads to an inability to suppress unwanted movements these disorders are known as hyper￭ k￭ ine￭ tic disorders currently reasons for abnormal increases or decreases of bas￭ al gang￭ lia output are poorly understood one possible factor could be the natural accumulation of iron in the bas￭ al gang￭ lia causing neuro￭ de￭ generation due to its involvement in toxic free radical reactions though motor disorders are the most common associated with the bas￭ al gang￭ lia recent research shows that bas￭ al gang￭ lia disorders can lead to other dys￭ functions such as obs￭ essive compul￭ sive disorder oc￭ d and tou￭ ret￭ te syndrome
a bas￭ alo￭ id fol￭ lic￭ ular ham￭ ar￭ tom￭ a is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized as distinctive benign ad￭ n￭ ex￭ al tumor that has several described variants
basic aromatic rings are aromatic rings in which the lone pair of electron￭ s of a ring nitrogen atom is not part of the aromatic system and extends in the plane of the ring this lone pair is responsible for the bas￭ icity of these nitro￭ genous bases similar to the nitrogen atom in am￭ ines in these compounds the nitrogen atom is not connected to a hydrogen atom basic aromatic compounds get pro￭ ton￭ ated and form aromatic c￭ ations e g py￭ rid￭ ini￭ um under ac￭ id￭ ic conditions typical examples of basic aromatic rings are py￭ ri￭ dine or quin￭ oline several rings contain basic as well as non basic nitrogen atoms e g im￭ id￭ azole and pur￭ ine in non basic aromatic rings the lone pair of electron￭ s of the nitrogen atom is del￭ oc￭ alized and contributes to the aromatic pi electr￭ on system in these compounds the nitrogen atom is connected to a hydrogen atom examples of non basic nitrogen containing aromatic rings are py￭ r￭ role and in￭ do￭ le the basic aromatic rings pur￭ ines and py￭ ri￭ mid￭ ines are nucle￭ ob￭ ases found in dna and r￭ na
basi￭ dio￭ bo￭ lo￭ my￭ co￭ sis is a fun￭ gal disease it is caused by basi￭ di￭ ob￭ ol￭ us ran￭ ar￭ um treatment with it￭ ra￭ con￭ azole has been described
a basi￭ l￭ ar skull frac￭ ture or bas￭ al skull frac￭ ture is a frac￭ ture of the base of the skull typically involving the temporal bone oc￭ ci￭ p￭ ital bone sp￭ hen￭ o￭ id bone and or eth￭ mo￭ id bone this type of frac￭ ture is rare occurring as the only frac￭ ture in just 4 of severe head injury patients such fractu￭ res can cause tears in the memb￭ ran￭ es surrounding the brain or men￭ inges with resultant leakage of the cere￭ bro￭ spinal fluid c￭ sf the le￭ aking fluid may accumulate in the middle ear space and dri￭ bble out through a per￭ for￭ ated ear￭ drum c￭ sf o￭ tor￭ rhe￭ a or into the nas￭ op￭ har￭ yn￭ x via the eu￭ st￭ achi￭ an tube causing a sal￭ ty taste c￭ sf may also drip from the nose c￭ sf rhin￭ or￭ rhe￭ a in fractu￭ res of the an￭ terior skull base yielding a hal￭ o sign these signs are characteristic for basi￭ l￭ ar skull fractu￭ res
basketball at the 1936 summer olympics was the first appearance of the sport as an official medal event the tournament was played between 7 august and 14 august 1936 in berlin germany 23 nations entered the competition making basketball the largest tournament of the team sports the international basketball federation which is the governing body of international basketball used the 1936 tournament to experiment with outdoor basketball lawn tennis courts were used for the competition this caused problems when the weather was adverse especially during the final game the medals were awarded by james na￭ is￭ mi￭ th the invent￭ or of basketball all went to north american teams
basketball at the 1948 summer olympics was the second appearance of the sport as an official medal event a total number of 23 nations entered the competition olympic basketball returned to indoor competition in har￭ ring￭ ay arena after the disastrous weather conditions of the final game in the 1936 summer olympics
basketball at the 1952 summer olympics was the third appearance of the sport 23 nations entered the competition the top six teams at the 1948 summer olympics qualified automatically as did the 1950 world champion argentina the top two at the 1951 european champion￭ ships ussr and czechoslovakia and the host country finland thirteen other nations compe￭ ted in a preliminary round to determine the last six places in the sixteen team olympic tournament basketball
basketball at the 1956 summer olympics was the fourth appearance of the sport in olympic competition fifteen nations an unusually low number for the basketball tournament compe￭ ted in the event with 174 participants a total number of 56 games of basketball were played the teams were divided into four pools with four teams in three of the pools and only three in the fourth every team played against each other team in its pool once the top two teams from each pool advanced to the quarter￭ fin￭ als where again they were split into pools of four teams again played every other team in their pool with the top two in each advancing to the semi￭ final and the bottom two entering a pool for 5 th through 8 th places eliminated teams also played in consolation matches with the same structure as the quarter￭ fin￭ als and fin￭ als but for 9 th through 15 th places the games were held at the royal exhibition building
basketball at the 1960 summer olympics was the fifth appearance of the sport in olympic competition 16 nations were admitted into the olympic tournament with many others being eliminated in a pre olympic tournament held earlier in the year from 13 to 20 august 1960 at the sports palace at bologna 64 games of basketball were played in the olympic tournament that was held at the sports arena and sports palace both in rome the 16 teams were split up into four groups for the preliminary round each team played every other team in its group once the top two teams in each group advanced to the semi￭ fin￭ als in two pools of four while the lower two teams were sent to a consolation semi￭ final for 9 th through 16 th place in the semi￭ final each team again played every other team in its pool none of which it had played against previously the top two teams in each of the two semi￭ fin￭ als moved on to the final with the lower two teams in each playing in a classification for 5 th through 8 th place the consolation semi￭ final worked the same way with the top two teams moving into a classification for 9 th through 12 th place and the lower two playing in classification for 13 th through 16 th places for the final each of the four teams had already played against one of the other three in the semi￭ final the results of those games carried over into the final and each team played the remaining two fin￭ alists once even though the teams may have played each other in the preliminary round those results were not carried over the results of that pool determined final ranking each of the classifications worked iden￭ tically to the final
bas￭ open￭ ia or bas￭ oc￭ y￭ top￭ enia is a form of ag￭ ran￭ ul￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis associated with a deficiency of bas￭ oph￭ ils one cause is ur￭ tic￭ aria it has been proposed as an indicator of ov￭ ulation it is difficult to detect without flow cy￭ tom￭ e￭ try because normal levels are so low it can be defined as less than 0 01 x 10 − 9 l
bas￭ ophi￭ lia is a condition where the bas￭ ophi￭ l quantity is abnormally elevated more than 1010 bas￭ oph￭ ils per lit￭ er of blood bas￭ ophi￭ lia is associated with pr￭ uri￭ tis it￭ ching due to the bas￭ oph￭ ils release of hist￭ amine
in sch￭ en￭ ker￭ ian analysis the bass ar￭ pe￭ g￭ gi￭ ation de b￭ ass￭ bre￭ ch￭ ung is the bass pattern forming the deep background of t￭ onal musical works it consists in scale steps de stu￭ fen i v i each of which may span hundreds of measures of music in the foreground the bass pattern is an ar￭ pe￭ g￭ gi￭ ation in the sense that its middle note v first arises as the fifth of the elaborated ch￭ ord i of which it is the upper fifth divi￭ der it is only when it meets with the passing note scale degree 2 of the fundamental line that v becomes an independent ch￭ ord within the first one see also sch￭ en￭ ker￭ ian analysis the ar￭ pe￭ g￭ gi￭ ation of the bass and the divi￭ der at the fifth the bass ar￭ pe￭ g￭ gi￭ ation properly speaking consists in the three scale steps i v i exclusively but it may be elaborated at a remote level see sch￭ en￭ ker￭ ian analysis elaboration of the bass ar￭ pe￭ g￭ gi￭ ation
a bass chorus is an electronic effect used with the electric bass it creates the same shim￭ mering sound as a chorus effect for electric guitar chorus ped￭ als the difference is that bass chorus ped￭ als are modified in various ways to suit the low pitch register of the electric bass while several bass chorus pe￭ dal manufacturers have modified the chorus circuit so that it does not affect the lower register others have designed the effect so that it can have an effect on even very low pit￭ ches the requirements for a chorus effect using a pe￭ dal or effect unit can vary depending on the type of instrument being used bass is a perfect example because it operates at a lower frequency range than a guitar as such a standard multi level chorus can make the sound of the bass notes much thin￭ ner this problem can be corrected by either mixing more of the un affected signal into the mix or by increasing the amount of bass frequency chor￭ used in the sound ped￭ als such as the i 90 chorus from bass amp￭ li￭ fier manufacturer eden electronics allow the mus￭ ician to control both of these elements
bas￭ so prof￭ ondo italian deep bass sometimes bas￭ so pro￭ fund￭ o or contr￭ ab￭ ass is the bass voice subtype with the lowest vocal range while the new grove dic￭ tionary of opera defines a typical bass as having a range that is limited to the second e below middle c e 2 oper￭ atic bas￭ so prof￭ on￭ dos can be called on to sing low c c 2 such as in the role of baron och￭ s in der ro￭ sen￭ k￭ av￭ alier often ch￭ oral compos￭ ers make use of lower notes such as g 1 or even f 1 in such rare cases the cho￭ ir relies on exceptionally deep rang￭ ed bas￭ so prof￭ on￭ dos termed ok￭ ta￭ vist or octa￭ vist who sometimes sing an octa￭ ve below the bass part
bast￭ ar dus￭ se￭ h￭ ra is the unique cultural trait of ch￭ hat￭ tis￭ gar￭ h celebrated by the local people of the state with sufficient vigor the festival of dus￭ se￭ h￭ ra con￭ notes to the supreme power of goddess dan￭ tes￭ war￭ i during dus￭ ser￭ a the inhabitants of bast￭ ar organiz￭ es special worship ceremon￭ ies at the dan￭ tes￭ war￭ i temple of j￭ ag￭ ad￭ al￭ pur
the bas￭ tian – brun￭ s sign or bas￭ tian brun￭ s law is the loss of tone and deep tend￭ on refl￭ exes in the lower limbs in the presence of complete tran￭ section of the spinal cord above the level of the lum￭ bar enlargement the sign was named after henry char￭ l￭ ton bas￭ tian and lud￭ wig brun￭ s
bathroom singing also known as singing in the bathroom singing in the bath or singing in the shower is a widespread phenomenon many people sing in the bathroom because the hard wall surfaces often ti￭ les or wooden panels and lack of soft furn￭ ish￭ ings create an aur￭ ally pleasing acous￭ tic environment the multiple reflections from walls enrich the sound of one s voice small dimensions and hard surfaces of a typical bathroom produce various kinds of standing waves rever￭ ber￭ ation and echoes giving the voice ful￭ l￭ ness and depth this habit was reported with an attempt of explanations centuries ago for example i￭ bn khal￭ du￭ n in chapter 1 of his mu￭ q￭ addi￭ ma￭ h writes likewise when those who enjoy a hot bath inhal￭ e the air of the bath so that the heat of the air enters their spirits and makes them hot they are found to experience joy it often happens that they start singing as singing has its origin in glad￭ ness the bathroom singer is an ironic reference to mediocre or amateur sing￭ ers jon anderson had ti￭ les installed in the studio to simul￭ ate the echo effect of one s voc￭ als in a bathroom this effect was not used only by sing￭ ers paul simon wrote the main thing about playing the guitar though was that i was able to sit by myself and play and dream and i was always happy doing that i used to go off in the bathroom because the bathroom had ti￭ les so it was a slight echo chamber i d turn on the f￭ auc￭ et so that water would run – i like that sound it s very soo￭ thing to me – and i d play in the dark hello darkness my old friend i ve come to talk with you again weird al yan￭ kov￭ ic in fact in 1979 recorded his first single my bologna in the bathroom across from the california poly￭ techn￭ ic state university student radio station where he was dj￭ ing at the time there s more to life than this the fourth track on b￭ jör￭ k s 1993 album de￭ but was recorded live in the toi￭ lets of the milk bar clu￭ b￭ night london
b￭ atten disease is an extremely rare and fatal auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive neuro￭ degenerative disorder that begins in childhood it is the most common form of a group of disorders called the neuro￭ nal cer￭ o￭ id li￭ po￭ fus￭ cin￭ o￭ ses n￭ cl￭ s although b￭ atten disease is usually regarded as the juvenile form of nc￭ l or type 3 some physicians use the term b￭ atten disease to describe all forms of nc￭ l historically the n￭ cl￭ s were classified by age of disease onset as inf￭ anti￭ le nc￭ l inc￭ l late inf￭ anti￭ le nc￭ l lin￭ cl juvenile nc￭ l j￭ nc￭ l or adult nc￭ l anc￭ l at least twenty genes have been identified in association with b￭ atten disease but juvenile nc￭ l the most prevalent form of b￭ atten disease has been linked to mutations in the cl￭ n 3 gene
batt￭ enburg markings or batt￭ en￭ berg markings are a pattern of high visibility markings used primarily on the sides of emergency service vehicles in several european countries australia new zealand and hong kong the name comes from the similarity in appearance to the cross section of a batt￭ en￭ berg cake
battered person syndrome is a physical and psychological condition of a person who has suffered usually persistent emotional physical or sexual abuse from another person it is classified as ic￭ d 9 code 9￭ 95 81 battered person syndrome not elsewhere classified n￭ ec the condition is the basis for the battered spouse defense that has been used in cases of physically and psychologically abused spouses who have killed their ab￭ users the condition was first researched extensively by len￭ ore e walker who used martin se￭ lig￭ man s learned helplessness theory to explain why abused spouses stayed in destructive relationships
the battle of gar￭ isi was fought between the georgian and saf￭ avi￭ d iranian armies at the village of gar￭ isi present day tetr￭ its￭ q aro in 15￭ 56 or 15￭ 58 and resulted in a py￭ r￭ rh￭ ic victory of the georgians this conflict was an immediate consequence of the treaty of am￭ as￭ ya signed between the ottoman and saf￭ avi￭ d empires in 15￭ 55 this peace deal left a fragm￭ enti￭ zed kingdom of georgia divided into spheres of influence the king￭ doms of kar￭ t￭ li and kak￭ he￭ ti and the eastern part of the principality of sam￭ t￭ sk￭ he were allotted to the saf￭ avi￭ ds which had already gar￭ ris￭ oned the georgian capital of tbilisi lu￭ ar￭ sab i the in￭ dom￭ itable king of kar￭ t￭ li refused to recognize the terms of the am￭ as￭ ya treaty and continued to worry tbilisi this provoked another iranian expedi￭ tion the fourth in lu￭ ar￭ sab ’ s reign the saf￭ avi￭ d forces the q￭ iz￭ il￭ bas￭ h placed by shah tah￭ mas￭ p i under the command of sh￭ ā￭ h￭ ver￭ d￭ ī kh￭ ā￭ n zi￭ y￭ ā￭ do￭ gh￭ l￭ ū q￭ ā￭ j￭ ā￭ r bey￭ ler￭ bey of karabakh crossed into kar￭ t￭ li in 15￭ 56 or 15￭ 58 lur￭ sab and his son sv￭ im￭ on met the inv￭ aders at gar￭ isi in a pitched battle the georgians managed to beat off the q￭ iz￭ il￭ bas￭ h but lu￭ ar￭ sab was killed in action
the battle of se￭ acro￭ ft mo￭ or on 30 march 16￭ 43 was a decisive loss for the parliamentary forces during the first english civil war it took place near se￭ acro￭ ft north east of le￭ eds west yorkshire england the battle reportedly turned the cock beck which ran through the battlefield red with the casualties blood for several days
batt￭ les￭ hor￭ t sometimes battle short is a condition in which some military equipment can be placed so it does not shut down when circumstances would be damaging to the equipment or personnel the origin of the term is to bridge or short the fuses of an electrical apparatus before entering combat so that the fuse blowing will not stop the equipment from operating according to allied ord￭ nance publication a￭ op 38 3 a nato publication a batt￭ les￭ hor￭ t is the capability to bypass certain safety features in a system to ensure completion of the mission without interruption due to the safety feature it also says examples of by￭ passed safety features are circuit overload protection and protection against overheating in peaceful situations one would want equipment to shut down so it is not damaged in a battle or emergency where the survival of the vessel or other vehicle is dependent upon the continued operation of the equipment it is sometimes wiser to risk equipment damage than have the equipment shut down when it is needed for example the electrical drives to elev￭ ate and tra￭ verse the guns of a combat war￭ ship may have batt￭ les￭ hor￭ t fuses which are simply copper bars of the correct size to fit the fuse holders as failure to return fire in a combat situation may cause loss of the ship and crew and damaging or overheating of the electrical motors is a preferable alternative batt￭ les￭ hor￭ ts have been used in some non combat situations as well including the firing room mission control spaces at nasa during the manned apollo missions — specifically the moon landings
bau￭ mol s cost disease or the bau￭ mol effect is a phenomenon described by william j bau￭ mol and william g bow￭ en in the 1960 s it involves a rise of salaries in jobs that have experienced no increase of labor productivity in response to rising salaries in other jobs that have experienced the labor productivity growth this pattern seemingly goes against the theory in classical economics for which real wage growth is closely tied to labor productivity changes the rise of wages in jobs without productivity gains is from the requirement to compete for employees with jobs that have experienced gains and so can naturally pay higher salaries just as classical economics predicts for instance if the retail sector pays its managers 19 th century style salaries the managers may decide to quit to get a job at an automobile factory where salaries are higher because of high labor productivity thus managers salaries are increased not by labor productivity increases in the retail sector but by productivity and corresponding wage increases in other industries the original study was conducted for the performing arts sector bau￭ mol and bow￭ en pointed out that the same number of musicians is needed to play a be￭ eth￭ oven string quartet today as was needed in the 19 th century the productivity of classical music performance has not increased on the other hand the real wages of musicians like in all other professions have increased greatly since the 19 th century in a range of businesses such as the car manufacturing sector and the retail sector workers are continually becoming more productive by technological innovations to their tools and equipment in contrast in some labor intensive sectors that rely heavily on human interaction or activities such as nursing education or the performing arts there is little or no growth in productivity over time as with the string quartet example it takes nurses the same amount of time to change a band￭ age or college professors the same amount of time to mark an essay in 2006 as it did in 1966 as those types of activities rely on the movements of the human body which cannot be engineered to perform more quickly accurately or efficiently in the same way that a machine such as a computer can bau￭ mol s cost disease is often used to describe consequences of the lack of growth in productivity in the qu￭ ater￭ n￭ ary sector of the economy and public services such as public hospitals and state colleges since many public administration activities are heavily labor intensive there is little growth in productivity over time because productivity gains come essentially from a better capital technology
b￭ aux￭ ite pneu￭ mo￭ con￭ i￭ osis also known as sha￭ ver s disease cor￭ un￭ dum sm￭ el￭ ter s lung b￭ aux￭ ite lung or b￭ aux￭ ite sm￭ el￭ ters disease is a progressive form of pneu￭ mo￭ con￭ i￭ osis caused by exposure to b￭ aux￭ ite f￭ umes which contain aluminium and silic￭ a particulates it is typically seen in workers involved in the sm￭ el￭ ting of b￭ aux￭ ite to produce cor￭ un￭ dum
ba￭ you￭ d disease is an ep￭ ip￭ hy￭ tic fun￭ gal disease of date palm the pathogen responsible for the disease is fus￭ arium ox￭ ys￭ por￭ um f sp al￭ be￭ din￭ is the disease was first reported from morocco in 1870 the word ba￭ you￭ d is derived from the arabic abi￭ adh white and is a reference to the whi￭ tish dis￭ color￭ ation of dise￭ ased fron￭ ds
baz￭ ex – du￭ pr￭ é – chris￭ tol syndrome also known as baz￭ ex syndrome and fol￭ lic￭ ular atro￭ pho￭ der￭ ma and bas￭ al cell carcin￭ om￭ as is a very rare condition inherited in an x linked dominant fashion physical findings typically include fol￭ lic￭ ular atro￭ pho￭ der￭ ma multiple bas￭ al cell carcin￭ om￭ as hypo￭ tric￭ ho￭ sis and hypo￭ hi￭ dro￭ sis this condition should not be confused with the unrelated condition acro￭ ker￭ at￭ osis par￭ ane￭ op￭ las￭ tica of baz￭ ex which may also be referred to baz￭ ex syndrome
b￭ cry￭ pt is a password h￭ ashing function designed by ni￭ els provo￭ s and david ma￭ zi￭ ères based on the blow￭ fish ci￭ p￭ her and presented at us￭ en￭ ix in 1999 besides incorporating a salt to protect against rain￭ bow table attacks b￭ cry￭ pt is an adap￭ tive function over time the iter￭ ation count can be increased to make it slower so it remains resistant to brute force search attacks even with increasing compu￭ tation power the b￭ cry￭ pt function is the default password has￭ h algori￭ thm for open￭ bs￭ d and other systems including some lin￭ ux distribu￭ tions such as su￭ se lin￭ ux the pre￭ fix 2 a or 2 b or 2 y in a has￭ h string in a shadow password file indicates that has￭ h string is a b￭ cry￭ pt has￭ h in mod￭ ular cry￭ pt format the rest of the has￭ h string includes the cost parameter a 128 bit salt base 64 en￭ coded as 22 characters and 184 bits of the resulting has￭ h value base 64 en￭ coded as 31 characters the cost parameter specifies a key expansion iter￭ ation count as a power of two which is an input to the cry￭ pt algori￭ thm for example the shadow password record 2 a 10 n 9 q￭ o 8 ul￭ o￭ ick￭ g￭ x 2 z￭ mr￭ zom￭ ye￭ ij￭ z￭ ag￭ cfl 7 p 92 ld￭ g￭ x￭ ad 68 l￭ j￭ z￭ dl 17 l￭ h￭ wy specifies a cost parameter of 10 indicating 210 key expansion rounds the salt is n 9 q￭ o 8 ul￭ o￭ ick￭ g￭ x 2 z￭ mr￭ zom￭ ye and the resulting has￭ h is ij￭ z￭ ag￭ cfl 7 p 92 ld￭ g￭ x￭ ad 68 l￭ j￭ z￭ dl 17 l￭ h￭ wy per standard practice the user s password itself is not stored there are implement￭ ations of b￭ cry￭ pt for c c j￭ ava jav￭ as￭ cript per￭ l php py￭ th￭ on ruby no￭ de￭ j￭ s and other languages
be￭ are – stevenson cu￭ tis gy￭ rata syndrome is a rare genetic disorder characterized by cran￭ io￭ sy￭ no￭ sto￭ sis premature fusion of certain bones of the skull sometimes resulting in a characteristic clo￭ ver￭ leaf skull further growth of the skull is prevented and therefore the shape of the head and face is abnormal and a specific skin ab￭ normality called cu￭ tis gy￭ rata characterized by a fur￭ ro￭ wed and wr￭ ink￭ led appearance particularly in the face and on the pal￭ ms and sol￭ es of the feet thick dark vel￭ ve￭ ty areas of skin ac￭ anth￭ osis ni￭ gr￭ ic￭ ans are sometimes found on the hands and feet and in the gro￭ in additional signs and symptoms of be￭ are – stevenson cu￭ tis gy￭ rata syndrome can include a block￭ age of the nas￭ al passages cho￭ anal at￭ re￭ sia over￭ growth of the um￭ bil￭ ical st￭ ump and ab￭ norm￭ alities of the gen￭ italia and an￭ us the medical complications associated with this condition are often severe and may well be life threatening in infancy or early childhood
in acoustics a beat is an interference pattern between two sounds of slightly different frequencies perceived as a periodic variation in volume whose rate is the difference of the two frequencies when tuning instruments that can produce sustained tones beats can readily be recognized tuning two tones to a unison will present a peculiar effect when the two tones are close in pitch but not identical the difference in frequency generates the beating the volume varies like in a tre￭ mol￭ o as the sounds altern￭ ately interfere constructively and destruc￭ tively as the two tones gradually approach unison the beating slows down and may become so slow as to be imper￭ cep￭ tible
beau s lines are deep gro￭ o￭ ved lines that run from side to side on the finger￭ nail or the to￭ en￭ ail they may look like ind￭ ent￭ ations or ri￭ dges in the nail plate this condition of the nail was named by a french physician joseph honor￭ é simon beau 18￭ 06 – 18￭ 65 who first described it in 18￭ 46 beau s lines are horizontal going across the nail and should not be confused with vertical ri￭ dges going from the bottom cu￭ tic￭ le of the nail out to the finger￭ tip these vertical lines are usually a natural consequence of aging and are harmless beau s lines should also be distinguished from mu￭ e￭ hr￭ c￭ ke s lines of the finger￭ nails while beau s lines are actual ri￭ dges and ind￭ ent￭ ations in the nail plate mu￭ e￭ hr￭ c￭ ke lines are areas of hypo￭ pi￭ gm￭ entation without palpable ri￭ dges they affect the underlying nail bed and not the nail itself beau s lines should also be distinguished from me￭ es lines of the finger￭ nails which are areas of dis￭ color￭ ation in the nail plate there are several causes of beau s lines it is believed that there is a temporary cessation of cell division in the nail matrix this may be caused by an infection or problem in the nail fold where the nail begins to form or it may be caused by an injury to that area some other reasons for these lines include trauma coron￭ ary oc￭ clu￭ sion hypo￭ cal￭ ca￭ emia and skin disease they may be a sign of systemic disease or may also be caused by an illness of the body as well as drugs used in chem￭ otherapy or malnutrition beau s lines can also be seen one to two months after the onset of fever in children with k￭ aw￭ as￭ aki disease human nails grow at a rate which varies with many factors age sex and the finger or toe in question as well as nutrition however typically in healthy populations finger￭ nails grow at about 0 1 mm day and to￭ en￭ ails at about 0 05 mm day with this in mind the date of the stress causing beau s lines and other identifiable marks on nails can be estimated as the nail grows out the ridge visibly moves upwards toward the nail edge when the ridge reaches the nail edge the finger￭ tips can become quite sore due to the mis shap￭ en nail pressing into the flesh deeper than usual exposing the sensitive nail bed the quick at the nail edge a researcher found beau s lines in the finger￭ nails of two of six di￭ vers following a deep satur￭ ation dive to a pressure equal to 305 meters of sea water and in six of six di￭ vers following a similar dive to 335 meters they have also been seen in öt￭ zi the ice man
beauty white￭ wash is a phenomenon in the inter￭ section of fashion industry digital photo￭ graphy mass media marketing and advertising it describes a situation when the skin tone of black or lat￭ ina women less often of men – when depicted in magazine covers advertisements commerci￭ als music videos etc – is dig￭ it￭ ally re￭ touched to appear whit￭ er probably the most cited and notorious example of beauty white￭ washing is a l o￭ real advertising campaign featuring bey￭ on￭ c￭ é know￭ les other examples include cel￭ e￭ bri￭ ties hal￭ le berry brandy mari￭ ah care￭ y ri￭ h￭ anna fre￭ ida p￭ into jennifer lo￭ pez ty￭ ra banks le￭ ona lewis jennifer hudson gab￭ ou￭ rey si￭ di￭ be and queen lati￭ f￭ ah among others reasons for doing so are believed to be marketing more specifically appealing to the white ethnicity which is generally in most cases the strongest target group for whichever advertisement that is and which creates certain beauty ideal or standard in concert with being on the same wi￭ be with the target audience the extent of beauty white￭ wash may vary for example the same picture on a magazine cover would have a different extent of bri￭ ghtening the skin tone depending on the country where the magazine is sold beauty white￭ wash seems to be a part of conforming to those ideals or distorted images thereof – accompanying signs of which could be strai￭ ghtening of otherwise naturally cur￭ vy hair or excessive strive to become sl￭ ender even for naturally thick￭ er body constitution not scar￭ sely resulting to eating disorders beauty white￭ wash is therefore criticized for distorting the perception of reality exu￭ ding a twisted sense of beauty and not lastly having a bad influence on young girls
bec￭ ker muscular dy￭ stro￭ phy is an x linked rec￭ essive inherited disorder characterized by slowly progressive muscle weakness of the legs and pel￭ vis it is a type of dy￭ stro￭ ph￭ in￭ opathy this is caused by mutations in the dy￭ stro￭ ph￭ in gene which en￭ codes the protein dy￭ stro￭ ph￭ in bec￭ ker muscular dy￭ stro￭ phy is related to du￭ chen￭ ne muscular dy￭ stro￭ phy in that both result from a mutation in the dy￭ stro￭ ph￭ in gene
bec￭ ker s nev￭ us also known as bec￭ ker s mel￭ an￭ osis bec￭ ker s pi￭ gm￭ entary ham￭ ar￭ tom￭ a ne￭ void mel￭ an￭ osis and pi￭ gm￭ ented ha￭ iry ep￭ id￭ er￭ mal nev￭ us is a skin disorder predominantly affecting males the nev￭ us generally first appears as an irregular pi￭ gm￭ entation mel￭ an￭ osis or hyper￭ pi￭ gm￭ entation on the tor￭ so or upper arm though other areas of the body can be affected and gradually enlar￭ ges ir￭ regularly becoming thick￭ ened and often ha￭ iry hyper￭ tric￭ ho￭ sis the nev￭ us is due to an over￭ growth of the ep￭ id￭ er￭ mis pig￭ ment cells mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tes and hair fol￭ lic￭ les this form of nev￭ us was first documented in 1948 by american der￭ mato￭ logist samuel william bec￭ ker 18￭ 94 – 1964
bec￭ ker s sign or bec￭ ker s phenomenon is the presence of visible through an oph￭ thal￭ mo￭ scope pul￭ s￭ ation of re￭ tin￭ al arter￭ ies found in patients with a￭ or￭ tic in￭ sufficiency or graves disease the sign was named after otto hein￭ rich en￭ och bec￭ ker
bec￭ k￭ with – wi￭ e￭ deman￭ n syndrome ˈ￭ b￭ ɛ￭ k￭ ˌ￭ w￭ ɪ￭ θ ˈ￭ vi￭ ː￭ d￭ ə m￭ ə￭ n abbreviated b￭ ws is an over￭ growth disorder usually present at birth characterized by an increased risk of childhood cancer and certain con￭ genital features bec￭ k￭ with syndrome can also cause child behavior problems common features used to define b￭ ws are macro￭ glos￭ sia large tongue macro￭ som￭ ia above average birth weight and length mid￭ line ab￭ domin￭ al wall defects om￭ p￭ hal￭ oce￭ le ex￭ om￭ p￭ hal￭ os um￭ bil￭ ical her￭ nia di￭ ast￭ asis rec￭ ti ear cre￭ ases or ear pits ne￭ on￭ atal hypo￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia low blood sugar after birth he￭ pat￭ obl￭ ast￭ oma
a bed bug can individually and collectively cause a number of health effects including skin r￭ ashes psychological effects and allergic symptoms bed bug bites or ci￭ mi￭ co￭ sis may lead to a range of skin manifestations from no visible effects to prominent bl￭ is￭ ters diagnosis involves both finding bed bugs and the occurrence of compatible symptoms treatment involves the elimination of the insect but is otherwise symptomatic because inf￭ est￭ ation of human habitats has been on the increase in developed countries bed bug bites and related conditions have been on the rise as well since the 1980 s – 1990 s the exact causes of this resurgence remain unclear it is vari￭ ously ascri￭ bed to greater foreign travel more frequent exchange of second hand furn￭ ish￭ ings among homes a greater focus on control of other pests resulting in neglect of bed bug countermeasures and increasing resistance to pesticides bed bugs have been known human parasites for thousands of years
bed￭ nar s aph￭ th￭ ae is a type of oral ul￭ cer￭ ation mouth ul￭ cers which occurs in infants the le￭ sions are located on the pal￭ ate and are caused by trauma no treatment is required since the le￭ sions heal within a few days the condition was first described in 18￭ 50 by the austrian physician alo￭ is bed￭ nar 18￭ 16 18￭ 88
a bee sting is a sting from a bee honey bee bum￭ ble￭ bee sweat bee etc the st￭ ings of most of these species can be quite painful and are therefore keenly avoided by many people bee st￭ ings differ from insect bites and the ven￭ om or toxin of st￭ inging insects is quite different therefore the body s reaction to a bee sting may differ significantly from one species to another the most aggressive st￭ inging insects are ves￭ pid was￭ ps including bald faced hor￭ nets and other yellow jackets and hor￭ nets especially the asian giant hor￭ net all of these insects aggressively defend their ne￭ sts in people with insect sting allergy a bee sting may trigger a dangerous an￭ ap￭ hy￭ lac￭ tic reaction that is potentially deadly honey bee st￭ ings release ph￭ er￭ om￭ ones that prompt other nearby bees to attack
be￭ ech bark disease is a disease that causes mortality and defects in be￭ ech trees in the eastern united states and europe in north america the disease results when the be￭ ech scale insect cry￭ pto￭ co￭ cc￭ us fag￭ is￭ u￭ ga attacks the bark creating a wound later two different fun￭ gi ne￭ on￭ ec￭ tri￭ a fag￭ in￭ ata previously nec￭ tri￭ a co￭ cc￭ ine￭ a var fag￭ in￭ ata and ne￭ on￭ ec￭ tri￭ a di￭ tis￭ si￭ ma previously nec￭ tri￭ a gal￭ lig￭ ena common to north america can invade the tree through the wound causing a can￭ ker to form in subsequent years new can￭ kers will continue to form ultimately leading to the death of the tree in europe n co￭ cc￭ ine￭ a is the primary fun￭ gus causing the infection infection in european trees occurs in the same manner as it does in north american trees though the disease still appears in europe it is less serious today than it once was
beet vascular necro￭ sis and rot is a soft rot disease caused by the bacter￭ ium pec￭ tob￭ ac￭ ter￭ ium caro￭ to￭ vor￭ um sub￭ sp be￭ ta￭ vas￭ cul￭ orum which has also been known as pec￭ tob￭ ac￭ ter￭ ium be￭ ta￭ vas￭ cul￭ orum and er￭ win￭ ia caro￭ to￭ vor￭ a sub￭ sp be￭ ta￭ vas￭ cul￭ orum it was classified in the genus er￭ win￭ ia until genetic evidence suggested that it belongs to its own group however the name er￭ win￭ ia is still in use as such the disease is sometimes called er￭ win￭ ia rot today it is a very destructive disease that has been reported across the united states as well as in egypt symptoms include wil￭ ting and black stre￭ aks on the leaves and peti￭ oles it is usually not fatal to the plant but in severe cases the be￭ ets will become hol￭ lowed and un￭ marketable the bacteria is a gener￭ alist species which rots be￭ ets and other plants by secre￭ ting dig￭ estive enzymes that break down the cell wall and paren￭ ch￭ y￭ ma tissues the bacteria thrive in warm and wet conditions but cannot survive long in f￭ allow soil however it is able to persist for long periods of time in the r￭ hi￭ zo￭ sphere of weeds and non host crops while it is difficult to eradicate there are cultural practices that can be used to control the spread of the disease such as avoiding injury to the plants and reducing or eliminating application of nitrogen fertilizer
in software engineering behavioral design patterns are design patterns that identify common communication patterns between objects and realize these patterns by doing so these patterns increase flexibility in carrying out this communication examples of this type of design pattern include chain of responsibility pattern command objects are handled or passed on to other objects by logic containing processing objects command pattern command objects en￭ capsul￭ ate an action and its parameters extern￭ alize the stack turn a recur￭ sive function into an iter￭ ative one that uses a stack interpreter pattern implement a specialized computer language to rapidly solve a specific set of problems iter￭ ator pattern iter￭ ators are used to access the elements of an aggregate object sequ￭ entially without exposing its underlying representation mediator pattern provides a unified interface to a set of interfaces in a subsystem mem￭ ento pattern provides the ability to restore an object to its previous state roll￭ back null object pattern designed to act as a default value of an object observer pattern aka publish subscribe or event lis￭ tener objects register to observe an event that may be raised by another object weak reference pattern de couple an observer from an observ￭ able protocol stack communications are handled by multiple layers which form an en￭ cap￭ s￭ ulation hierarchy scheduled task pattern a task is scheduled to be performed at a particular interval or clock time used in real time computing single serving visitor pattern optimise the implementation of a visitor that is allocated used only once and then deleted specification pattern re￭ combin￭ able business logic in a boo￭ lean fashion state pattern a clean way for an object to partially change its type at run￭ time strategy pattern algori￭ th￭ ms can be selected on the fly tem￭ plate method pattern describes the program skelet￭ on of a program visitor pattern a way to separate an algori￭ thm from an object
beh￭ r syndrome is characterized by the association of early onset op￭ tic atro￭ phy with spin￭ oc￭ ere￭ bell￭ ar de￭ generation resulting in at￭ ax￭ ia pyram￭ idal signs peripheral neuro￭ pa￭ thy and developmental delay although it is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive disorder hetero￭ zy￭ go￭ tes may still manifest much attenu￭ ated symptoms auto￭ som￭ al dominant inheritance also being reported in a family recently a variant of op￭ a 1 mutation with phen￭ o￭ typ￭ ic presentation like beh￭ r syndrome is also described some reported cases have been found to carry mutations in the op￭ a 1 op￭ a 3 or c 12 or￭ f 65 genes which are known causes of pure op￭ tic atro￭ phy or op￭ tic atro￭ phy complicated by movement disorder
in statistics the behren￭ s – fisher problem named after walter ul￭ rich behren￭ s and ronald fisher is the problem of interval estimation and hypothesis testing concerning the difference between the means of two normally distributed populations when the vari￭ ances of the two populations are not assumed to be equal based on two independent samples
beh￭ ç￭ et s disease is a rare immune medi￭ ated small vessel systemic vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis that often presents with mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ rane ul￭ cer￭ ation and oc￭ ular problems the disease was named in 19￭ 37 after the turkish der￭ mato￭ logist hul￭ u￭ si beh￭ ç￭ et who first described the triple symptom complex of recurrent oral aph￭ th￭ ous ul￭ cers genital ul￭ cers and u￭ ve￭ i￭ tis – a disease of the eye as a systemic disease it can also involve vis￭ cer￭ al organs such as the gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract pul￭ mon￭ ary mus￭ cul￭ osk￭ el￭ etal cardiovascular and neuro￭ logical systems this syndrome can be fatal due to rup￭ tured vascular an￭ eur￭ ys￭ ms or severe neuro￭ logical complications
belgium compe￭ ted at the 1900 summer olympics in paris france it was the first appearance of the european nation belgium was represented in france by 78 athletes all of them male who compe￭ ted in 11 disciplines they comprised 95 entries in 28 events
belgium compe￭ ted at the 19￭ 08 summer olympics in london england it was the second appearance of the european nation which had previously compe￭ ted at the 1900 summer olympics
bell s pal￭ sy is a type of facial paralysis that results in an inability to control the facial muscles on the affected side symptoms can vary from mild to severe they may include muscle tw￭ it￭ ching weakness or total loss of the ability to move one or rarely both sides of the face other symptoms include dro￭ oping of the eye￭ lid a change in taste pain around the ear and increased sensitivity to sound typically symptoms come on over 48 hours the cause of bell s pal￭ sy is unknown risk factors include diabetes and a recent upper respiratory tract infection it results from a dysfunction of cran￭ ial nerve vii the facial nerve many believe that this is due to a viral infection that results in sw￭ elling diagnosis is based on a person s appearance and ruling out other possible causes other conditions that can cause facial weakness include brain tumor stroke ram￭ say hunt syndrome and ly￭ me disease the condition normally gets better by itself with most achieving normal or near normal function cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ster￭ oids have been found to improve outcomes while anti￭ viral medications may be of a small additional benefit the eye should be protected from drying up with the use of eye drops or an eye￭ patch surgery is generally not recommended often signs of improvement begin within 14 days with complete recovery within six months a few may not recover completely or have a recurrence of symptoms bell s pal￭ sy is the most common cause of one sided facial nerve paralysis 70 it occurs in 1 to 4 per 10 000 people per year about 1 5 of people are affected at some point in their life it most commonly occurs in people between ages 15 and 60 males and females are affected equally it is named after scottish surgeon charles bell 1774 – 18￭ 42 who first described the connection of the facial nerve to the condition
a bell pattern is a rhy￭ th￭ mic pattern often a key pattern also known as a guide pattern phr￭ asing refer￭ ent tim￭ eline or asymmetrical tim￭ eline struck on an idi￭ oph￭ one in most cases a metal bell such as an agog￭ ô gan￭ ko￭ qui or cow￭ bell or a hol￭ lowed piece of wood or wooden cla￭ ves in contemporary music bell patterns are also played on the metal shell of the tim￭ bal￭ es and drum kit cy￭ m￭ b￭ als
a bell￭ man equation named after its discover￭ er richard bell￭ man also known as a dynamic programming equation is a necessary condition for optim￭ ality associated with the mathematical optimi￭ zation method known as dynamic programming it writes the value of a decision problem at a certain point in time in terms of the payoff from some initial choices and the value of the remaining decision problem that results from those initial choices this breaks a dynamic optimi￭ zation problem into simpler sub￭ problems as bell￭ man s principle of optim￭ ality prescribes the bell￭ man equation was first applied to engineering control theory and to other topics in applied mathematics and subsequently became an important tool in economic theory though the basic concepts of dynamic programming are pre￭ figured in john von neu￭ mann and osk￭ ar mor￭ gen￭ stern s theory of games and economic behavior and abraham wald s sequ￭ ential analysis almost any problem which can be solved using optimal control theory can also be solved by analy￭ zing the appropriate bell￭ man equation however the term bell￭ man equation usually refers to the dynamic programming equation associated with dis￭ crete time optimi￭ zation problems in continuous time optimi￭ zation problems the analogous equation is a partial differential equation which is usually called the hamilton – jaco￭ bi – bell￭ man equation
the belt of venus or venus s gir￭ dle is an atmospheric phenomenon seen at sun￭ rise and sunset shortly after sunset or shortly before sun￭ rise the observer is or is very nearly surrounded by a pin￭ k￭ ish glow or anti twilight arch that extends roughly 10 ° – 20 ° above the horizon it is similar to alp￭ eng￭ low as they both are caused by back￭ scat￭ tering of red￭ dened sunlight the only difference is that alp￭ eng￭ low is characterized by after￭ glow and is a red horizontal band visible just after sunset or before sun￭ rise due to direct illumin￭ ation of clouds and aero￭ sol￭ s low in the atmosphere whereas the belt of venus is a rosy pin￭ k￭ ish arch visible long after sunset or long before sun￭ rise caused by back￭ scat￭ tering of refrac￭ ted sunlight due to fine dust particles high in the atmosphere in a way the belt of venus is a true alp￭ eng￭ low visible at twilight near the anti solar point often the glow is separated from the horizon by a dark layer the earth s shadow or dark segment the arch s light pink color is due to back￭ scat￭ tering of red￭ dened light from the rising or setting sun a very similar effect can be seen during a total solar ec￭ li￭ pse the zo￭ di￭ ac￭ al light which is caused by reflection of sunlight from the inter￭ plan￭ e￭ tary dust in the solar system is also a similar phenomenon the name of the phenomenon allu￭ des to the c￭ est￭ us a gir￭ dle or breast band of the ancient greek goddess aph￭ rod￭ ite custom￭ arily equ￭ ated with the roman goddess venus
the belt problem is a mathematics problem which requires finding the length of a crossed belt that connects two circular pul￭ leys with radius r 1 and r 2 whose centers are separated by a distance p the solution of the belt problem requires tri￭ gon￭ ome￭ try and the concepts of the bit￭ ang￭ ent line the vertical angle and con￭ gru￭ ent angles
ben jacob s bacteria are two pattern forming social bacteria strains the pa￭ eni￭ bac￭ ill￭ us d￭ end￭ ri￭ ti￭ form￭ is and the pa￭ eni￭ bac￭ ill￭ us vor￭ tex discovered in the early 1990 s by es￭ hel ben jacob these bacteria are widely known for their ability to generate large colonies with the number of bacteria exceeding many fol￭ ds the number of people on earth with highly complex organization
the ben franklin effect is a proposed psychological phenomenon a person who has performed a favor for someone is more likely to do another favor for that person than they would be if they had received a favor from that person an explanation for this would be that we intern￭ alize the reason that we helped them was because we liked them the opposite case is also believed to be true namely that we come to hate a person whom we did wrong to we de human￭ ize them to justify the bad things we did to them
the ben￭ ary reaction is an organic reaction in 1931 er￭ ich b￭ én￭ ary discovered that β n n dial￭ k￭ yl￭ amino vinyl ke￭ tones reacted with gri￭ gn￭ ard reagents in a 1 4 addition to give α β un￭ saturated ke￭ tones α β un￭ saturated alde￭ hy￭ des and α β un￭ saturated esters as well as poly un￭ saturated ke￭ tones and alde￭ hy￭ des after hydro￭ lysis of the reaction intermediate and elimination of a dial￭ k￭ yl￭ ated amine mechanism of the ben￭ ary reaction
a b￭ ending moment is the reaction induced in a structural element when an external force or moment is applied to the element causing the element to bend the most common or simplest structural element subjected to b￭ ending moments is the beam the example shows a beam which is simply supported at both ends simply supported means that each end of the beam can rot￭ ate therefore each end support has no b￭ ending moment the ends can only react to the she￭ ar load other be￭ ams can have both ends fixed therefore each end support has both b￭ ending moment and she￭ ar reaction loads be￭ ams can also have one end fixed and one end simply supported the simplest type of beam is the canti￭ lever which is fixed at one end and is free at the other end neither simple or fixed in reality beam supports are usually neither absolutely fixed nor absolutely rotating freely the internal reaction loads in a cross section of the structural element can be resolved into a resultant force and a resultant couple for equilibrium the moment created by external forces and external moments must be balanced by the couple induced by the internal loads the resultant internal couple is called the b￭ ending moment while the resultant internal force is called the she￭ ar force if it is trans￭ verse to the plane of element or the normal force if it is along the plane of the element the b￭ ending moment at a section through a structural element may be defined as the sum of the moments about that section of all external forces acting to one side of that section the forces and moments on either side of the section must be equal in order to counteract each other and maintain a state of equilibrium so the same b￭ ending moment will result from sum￭ ming the moments regardless of which side of the section is selected if c￭ lock￭ wise b￭ ending moments are taken as negative then a negative b￭ ending moment within an element will cause sag￭ ging and a positive moment will cause ho￭ gging it is therefore clear that a point of zero b￭ ending moment within a beam is a point of contr￭ af￭ l￭ ex￭ ure — that is the point of transition from ho￭ gging to sag￭ ging or vice versa moments and tor￭ ques are measured as a force multiplied by a distance so they have as unit newton metres n · m or pound foot or foot pound ft · lb the concept of b￭ ending moment is very important in engineering particularly in civil and mechanical engineering and physics
bene￭ di￭ kt syndrome also called bene￭ di￭ kt s syndrome or parame￭ dian mid￭ brain syndrome is a rare type of poster￭ ior circulation stroke of the brain with a range of neuro￭ logical symptoms affecting the mid￭ brain cere￭ bell￭ um and other related structures
benign cephal￭ ic his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis also known as his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis with in￭ trac￭ y￭ top￭ las￭ mic worm like bodies and not to be confused with ne￭ on￭ atal cephal￭ ic pu￭ st￭ ul￭ osis is a rare cu￭ taneous condition affecting boys and girls equally characterized by skin le￭ sions that initially present on the head in all cases often the cheeks eye￭ li￭ ds fore￭ head and ears
benign famili￭ al inf￭ anti￭ le epi￭ le￭ psy b￭ fi￭ e also known as benign famili￭ al inf￭ anti￭ le seizures b￭ f￭ is or benign famili￭ al inf￭ anti￭ le con￭ vul￭ sions b￭ fic is an epi￭ le￭ psy syndrome affected children who have no other health or developmental problems develop seizures during infancy these seizures have focal origin within the brain but may then spread to become generalised seizures the seizures may occur several times a day often grouped in clusters over one to three days followed by a gap of one to three months treatment with anti￭ con￭ vul￭ sant drugs is not necessary but they are often prescribed and are effective at controlling the seizures this form of epi￭ le￭ psy resol￭ ves after one or two years and appears to be completely benign the eeg of these children between seizures is normal the brain appears normal on m￭ ri scan a family history of epi￭ le￭ psy in infancy distinguishes this syndrome from the non famili￭ al classification see benign inf￭ anti￭ le epi￭ le￭ psy though the latter may be simply spor￭ adic cases of the same genetic mutations the condition is inherited with an auto￭ som￭ al dominant transmission there are several genes responsible for this syndrome on chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es 2 16 and 19 it is generally described as idi￭ opathic meaning that no other neuro￭ logical condition is associated with it or causes it however there are some forms that are linked to neuro￭ logical conditions one variant known as inf￭ anti￭ le con￭ vul￭ sions and cho￭ re￭ o￭ athe￭ to￭ sis ic￭ ca forms an association between b￭ fi￭ e and par￭ oxy￭ sm￭ al k￭ ine￭ si￭ genic cho￭ re￭ o￭ athe￭ to￭ sis and has been linked to the pr￭ rt 2 gene on chro￭ mo￭ some 16 an association with some forms of famili￭ al hem￭ ip￭ leg￭ ic migr￭ aine f￭ hm has also been found benign famili￭ al inf￭ anti￭ le epi￭ le￭ psy is not genetically related to benign famili￭ al ne￭ on￭ atal epi￭ le￭ psy b￭ f￭ ne which occurs in ne￭ on￭ ates however a variation with seizure onset between two days and seven months called benign famili￭ al ne￭ on￭ atal – inf￭ anti￭ le seizures b￭ f￭ nis has been described which is due to a mutation in the s￭ cn 2 a gene
benign famili￭ al ne￭ on￭ atal seizures b￭ f￭ ns formerly called benign famili￭ al ne￭ on￭ atal con￭ vul￭ sions b￭ f￭ nc is a rare auto￭ som￭ al dominant inherited form of seizures it manifests in new￭ bor￭ ns normally within the first 7 days of life as tonic cl￭ onic seizures infants are otherwise normal between attacks and develop without incident attacks normally spontaneously cease within the first 15 weeks of life lifetime suscep￭ tibility to seizures is increased as 16 of those diagnosed with b￭ f￭ ne earlier in life will go on to have seizures versus a 2 lifetime risk for the general population there are three known genetic causes of b￭ f￭ ne two being the voltage gated potassium channels k￭ cn￭ q 2 b￭ f￭ nc 1 and k￭ cn￭ q 3 b￭ f￭ nc 2 and the third being a chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al in￭ version b￭ f￭ nc 3 there is no obvious correlation between most of the known mutations and clinical vari￭ ability seen in b￭ f￭ ne
benign fasc￭ ic￭ ulation syndrome b￭ fs is a neuro￭ logical disorder characterized by fasc￭ ic￭ ulation tw￭ it￭ ching of various voluntary muscles in the body the tw￭ it￭ ching can occur in any voluntary muscle group but is most common in the eye￭ li￭ ds arms legs and feet even the tongue may be affected the tw￭ it￭ ching may be occasional or may go on nearly continuously usually intentional movement of the involved muscle causes the fasc￭ icul￭ ations to cease immediately but they may return once the muscle is at rest again
benign fi￭ bro￭ us his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ tom￭ as also known as der￭ mal d￭ end￭ ro￭ cy￭ tom￭ a der￭ mato￭ fi￭ bro￭ ma fi￭ bro￭ us der￭ mato￭ fi￭ bro￭ ma fi￭ bro￭ us his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ tom￭ a fi￭ bro￭ ma simpl￭ ex no￭ d￭ ular su￭ be￭ pid￭ er￭ mal fi￭ bro￭ sis and s￭ cl￭ ero￭ sing hem￭ an￭ gi￭ oma are benign skin grow￭ ths
benign hereditary cho￭ rea b￭ hc also known as benign famili￭ al cho￭ rea is a rare auto￭ som￭ al dominant neuro￭ genetic syndrome it typically presents in childhood with isolated cho￭ rea unlike other neuro￭ genetic causes of cho￭ rea such as hun￭ t￭ ington s disease b￭ hc is not progressive and not associated with cognitive decline or psychiatric problems in the vast majority of cases b￭ hc is caused by a single nucle￭ o￭ tide insertion mutation in tit￭ f 1 which en￭ codes thyro￭ id trans￭ cription factor 1 tt￭ f 1 this gene is also known as nk 2 home￭ o￭ box 1 n￭ k￭ x 2 1 in some cases additional developmental ab￭ norm￭ alities of lung and thyro￭ id tissue are found in b￭ hc leading to the suggested alternative name brain lung thyro￭ id syndrome
benign hyper￭ tension or benign essential hyper￭ tension are historical terms that are considered misleading and have fallen out of use see history of hyper￭ tension the terminology persists in the international classification of disease ic￭ d 9 which dates from the 1970 s but is still used in the usa ic￭ d 9 is due to be replaced in usa by ic￭ d 10 cm on october 1 2015
benign inf￭ anti￭ le epi￭ le￭ psy bie also known as benign inf￭ anti￭ le seizures bis is an epi￭ le￭ psy syndrome of which several forms have been described the international league against epi￭ le￭ psy il￭ ae classify two main forms of the syndrome famili￭ al and non￭ famili￭ al though several other forms have been described in the academic literature affected children who have no other health or developmental problems develop seizures during infancy these seizures have focal origin within the brain but may then spread to become generalised seizures the seizures may occur several times a day often grouped in clusters over one to three days followed by a gap of one to three months treatment with anti￭ con￭ vul￭ sant drugs is not necessary but they are often prescribed and are effective at controlling the seizures this form of epi￭ le￭ psy resol￭ ves after one or two years and appears to be completely benign the eeg of these children between seizures is normal the brain appears normal on m￭ ri scan the famili￭ al and non￭ famili￭ al forms have overlapping features and the presence of a family history of inf￭ anti￭ le seizures may be the only distinguishing criterion the non￭ familiar form has a larger range of the onset of seizures from three to twenty months with most occurring between five and six months there is no difference between the sexes with benign famili￭ al inf￭ anti￭ le epi￭ le￭ psy the seizures onset from four to eight months of age some cases of non￭ famili￭ al benign inf￭ anti￭ le seizures occur during a case of mild gastro￭ enter￭ i￭ tis called benign inf￭ anti￭ le seizures associated with mild gastro￭ enter￭ i￭ tis bis with mg the seizures only occur during this illness and no not recur infection with ro￭ ta￭ virus is the most common cause although children with benign inf￭ anti￭ le epi￭ le￭ psy typically have a normal eeg between seizures some infants have been found to have a characteristic abnormal eeg during sleep called benign inf￭ anti￭ le focal epi￭ le￭ psy with mid￭ line spi￭ kes and waves during sleep these infants have few seizures and there may often be a family history
benign lymp￭ ho￭ epi￭ the￭ li￭ al le￭ sion is a type of benign enlargement of the par￭ o￭ ti￭ d and or lac￭ ri￭ mal g￭ lands this patho￭ logic state is sometimes but not always associated with sjö￭ gre￭ n s syndrome
a benign mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tic nev￭ us also known as a ban￭ al nev￭ us common acquired mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tic nev￭ us mole ne￭ voc￭ ell￭ ular nev￭ us and ne￭ vo￭ cy￭ tic nev￭ us is a cu￭ taneous condition characterised by well circum￭ scri￭ bed round or o￭ void le￭ sions generally measuring from 2 to 6 mm in diameter
benign ne￭ on￭ atal hem￭ an￭ gi￭ om￭ at￭ osis is a cu￭ taneous condition in infants characterized by multiple cu￭ taneous le￭ sions without evident vis￭ cer￭ al hem￭ an￭ gi￭ om￭ as
benign ne￭ on￭ atal sleep my￭ o￭ cl￭ onus bn￭ sm is the occurrence of my￭ o￭ cl￭ onus jer￭ ky movements during sleep it is not associated with seizures occurs in the first few weeks of life usually resol￭ ves in first 2 – 3 months of life often worries parents because they appear like seizures but they are not features that can help distinguish this condition from seizures include the my￭ o￭ cl￭ onic movements only occur during sleep when baby is w￭ oken up the my￭ o￭ cl￭ onic movements stop normal eeg normal neuro￭ logical examination normal developmental examination the my￭ o￭ cl￭ onic jer￭ ks occur during non rem sleep
benign par￭ oxy￭ sm￭ al posi￭ tional ver￭ ti￭ go b￭ pp￭ v is a disorder arising from a problem in the inner ear symptoms are repeated brief periods of ver￭ ti￭ go with movement that is of a spinning sensation caused by changes in the position of the head this can occur with turning in bed or changing position each episode of ver￭ ti￭ go typically lasts less than one minute naus￭ ea is commonly associated b￭ pp￭ v is one of the most common causes of ver￭ ti￭ go b￭ pp￭ v can result from a head injury or simply occur among those who are older a specific cause is often not found the underlying mechanism involves a small calci￭ fied o￭ to￭ li￭ th moving around loose in the inner ear it is a type of balance disorder along with labyrin￭ thi￭ tis and mé￭ ni￭ ère s disease diagnosis is typically made when the di￭ x hall￭ pi￭ ke maneuver results in ny￭ stag￭ mus a specific movement pattern of the eyes and other possible causes have been ruled out in typical cases medical imaging is not needed b￭ pp￭ v is often treated with a number of simple movements such as the ep￭ ley maneuver or brand￭ t dar￭ off exercises medications may be used to help with naus￭ ea there is tentative evidence that be￭ ta￭ hist￭ ine may help with the ver￭ ti￭ go but its use is not generally needed b￭ pp￭ v is not a serious condition typically it resol￭ ves in one to two weeks it however may recur in some people the first medical description of the condition occurred in 19￭ 21 by robert bar￭ any about 2 4 of people are affected at some point in time among those who live until their 80 s 10 have been affected b￭ b￭ p￭ v affects females twice as often as males onset is typically in the person s 50 s to 70 s
benign par￭ oxy￭ sm￭ al tor￭ ti￭ coll￭ is b￭ pt is a rare medical disorder affecting infants
benign par￭ oxy￭ sm￭ al ver￭ ti￭ go of childhood is an un￭ common disorder which presents with recurrent episodes of di￭ zz￭ iness the presentation is usually between the ages of 2 years and 7 years of age and is characterised by short episodes of ver￭ ti￭ go of sudden onset when the child appears distressed and un￭ well he or she may cling to something or someone for support the episode lasts only minutes and resol￭ ves suddenly and completely it is a self limiting condition and usually resol￭ ves after about eighteen months although many go on to experience migr￭ ain￭ ous ver￭ ti￭ go or ver￭ ti￭ gin￭ ous migr￭ aine when older benign par￭ oxy￭ sm￭ al ver￭ ti￭ go of childhood is a migr￭ ain￭ ous phenomenon with more than 50 of those affected having a family history of migr￭ aine affecting a first degree relative it has no relationship to benign par￭ oxy￭ sm￭ al posi￭ tional ver￭ ti￭ go which is a different condition entirely
benign pro￭ static hyper￭ pl￭ asia b￭ ph also called benign enlargement of the pro￭ state be￭ p or b￭ pe is a non￭ can￭ cer￭ ous increase in size of the pro￭ state b￭ ph involves hyper￭ pl￭ asia of pro￭ static st￭ rom￭ al and epi￭ the￭ li￭ al cells resulting in the formation of large fairly dis￭ crete no￭ d￭ ules in the transition zone of the pro￭ state when sufficiently large the no￭ d￭ ules imp￭ inge on the u￭ re￭ th￭ ra and increase resistance to flow of urine from the blad￭ der this is commonly referred to as obstruction although the u￭ re￭ th￭ ral lum￭ en is no less patent only compressed resistance to urine flow requires the blad￭ der to work harder during vo￭ i￭ ding possibly leading to progressive hyper￭ tro￭ phy instability or weakness at￭ ony of the blad￭ der muscle b￭ ph involves hyper￭ pl￭ asia an increase in the number of cells rather than hyper￭ tro￭ phy a growth in the size of individual cells but the two terms are often used inter￭ change￭ ably even among u￭ ro￭ logists although pro￭ state specific antigen levels may be elevated in these patients because of increased organ volume and infl￭ amm￭ ation due to ur￭ inary tract infections b￭ ph does not lead to cancer or increase the risk of cancer aden￭ om￭ at￭ ous pro￭ static growth is believed to begin at approximately age 30 an estimated 50 of men have his￭ to￭ logic evidence of b￭ ph by age 50 and 75 by age 80 in 40 – 50 of these men b￭ ph becomes clin￭ ically significant b￭ ph was one of the ten most prominent and costly diseases in men older than 50 years of age in a study in the united states
benign sym￭ metric li￭ po￭ mat￭ osis also known as benign sym￭ metric li￭ po￭ mat￭ osis of laun￭ ois – b￭ ens￭ au￭ de mad￭ el￭ ung s disease multiple sym￭ metric li￭ po￭ mat￭ osis and cephal￭ o￭ thor￭ ac￭ ic li￭ po￭ dy￭ stro￭ phy is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by extensive sym￭ metric fat deposits in the head neck and shoulder gir￭ dle area the german surgeon otto wil￭ helm mad￭ el￭ ung was the first to give a detailed description of the disorder this condition is very rare with an estimated incidence rate of 1 in 25 000 and affects males up to 30 times more frequently than females the cause of the disease remains unknown but there is a strong correlation with alcohol abuse ab￭ stin￭ ence from alcohol prevents disease progression defects in the adren￭ er￭ gic stimulated li￭ pol￭ ysis and accumulation of embry￭ ological brown fat has also been reported cosmetic dis￭ figu￭ rement due to the fat de￭ position in the cer￭ vi￭ co￭ thor￭ ac￭ ic region results in a pseu￭ do￭ athle￭ tic appearance this resembles the italian statue warrior of ca￭ pe￭ str￭ ano and car￭ v￭ ings of queen of pun￭ t egypt traditionally the treatment is mainly surgical consisting of the removal of the li￭ po￭ mas although recent study has proposed li￭ po￭ suc￭ tion and phosp￭ h￭ ati￭ dyl￭ ch￭ oline injection as possible alternatives
a benign tumor is a mass of cells tumor that lacks the ability to invade neighboring tissue or me￭ tast￭ asi￭ ze these characteristics are required for a tumor to be defined as can￭ cer￭ ous and therefore benign tumors are non can￭ cer￭ ous also benign tumors generally have a slower growth rate than m￭ align￭ ant tumors and the tumor cells are usually more differentiated cells have normal features benign tumors are typically surrounded by an outer surface fi￭ bro￭ us she￭ ath of connec￭ tive tissue or remain with the epi￭ the￭ lium common examples of benign tumors include mol￭ es and uter￭ ine fi￭ bro￭ ids although benign tumors will not me￭ tast￭ asi￭ ze or locally invade tissues some types may still produce negative health effects the growth of benign tumors produces a mass effect that can com￭ press tissues and may cause nerve damage reduction of blood to an area of the body is￭ cha￭ emia tissue death necro￭ sis and organ damage the mass effect of tumors are more prominent if the tumor is within an enclosed space such as the cran￭ ium respiratory tract sin￭ us or inside bones tumors of endocrine tissues may over￭ produce certain hormones especially when the cells are well differentiated examples include thyro￭ id aden￭ om￭ as and ad￭ re￭ no￭ cor￭ tical aden￭ om￭ as although most benign tumors are not life threatening many types of benign tumors have the potential to become can￭ cer￭ ous m￭ align￭ ant through a process known as tum￭ our progression for this reason and other possible negative health effects some benign tumors are removed by surgery
benjamin syndrome or benjamin an￭ emia is a type of multiple con￭ genital anomaly mental retar￭ dation mc￭ a mr syndrome it is characterized by hypo￭ ch￭ rom￭ ic an￭ emia with mental deficiency and various cran￭ io￭ facial and other anomalies it can also include heart mur￭ m￭ ur dental car￭ ies and splen￭ ic tumors it was first described in the medical literature in 19￭ 11 symptoms include meg￭ alo￭ cephal￭ y external ear de￭ form￭ ities dental car￭ ies micro￭ me￭ lia hypo￭ plastic bone de￭ form￭ ities hypo￭ gon￭ ad￭ ism hypo￭ ch￭ rom￭ ic an￭ emia with occasional tumors and mental retar￭ dation
ben￭ nett frac￭ ture is a frac￭ ture of the base of the first me￭ tac￭ ar￭ pal bone which extends into the car￭ po￭ me￭ tac￭ ar￭ pal c￭ mc joint this intra artic￭ ular frac￭ ture is the most common type of frac￭ ture of the thumb and is nearly always accompanied by some degree of su￭ blu￭ x￭ ation or frank dis￭ location of the car￭ po￭ me￭ tac￭ ar￭ pal joint
b￭ ently nevada is a condition monitoring instrum￭ entation company providing services for sensors systems and monitoring machinery vibration the offer￭ ings are primarily intended for assessing the mechanical condition of rotating equipment found in machinery intensive industries such as oil and gas production hydrocarbon processing electric power generation pulp paper water and wastewater treatment mining and the like b￭ ently was a privately held us corporation between 1961 and 2002 during which time it pione￭ ered the ed￭ dy current proximity probe a sensor that revolution￭ ized the measurement of vibration in high speed tur￭ bom￭ ach￭ in￭ ery by allowing the direct observation of the rotating shaft the company also performed significant research in the field of rot￭ ord￭ y￭ nam￭ ics furthering knowledge of machinery mal￭ functions such as shaft cracks and fluid induced inst￭ abilities its research also helped refine the equations used to describe vibr￭ atory behavior in rot￭ ord￭ y￭ nam￭ ic systems the company was acquired by ge energy in february 2002 and continues to design manufacture and market these products and services using the b￭ ently nevada name
the benz￭ il￭ ic acid re￭ arrangement is the re￭ arrangement reaction of benz￭ il with potassium hydrox￭ ide to benz￭ il￭ ic acid first performed by just￭ us lie￭ big in 18￭ 38 this reaction type is displayed by 1 2 di￭ ke￭ tones in general the reaction product is an α hydro￭ xy – car￭ box￭ yl￭ ic acid scheme 1 benz￭ il￭ ic acid re￭ arrangement certain ac￭ y￭ lo￭ ins also re￭ arrange in this fashion this di￭ ke￭ tone reaction is related to other re￭ arrangements the corresponding ke￭ to alde￭ hyde one al￭ ky￭ l group replaced by hydrogen re￭ arrang￭ es in a cann￭ iz￭ zar￭ o reaction the corresponding 1 2 di￭ ol reacts in a pin￭ a￭ col re￭ arrangement
benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ine dependence or benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ine addiction is when one has developed one or more of either tolerance withdrawal symptoms drug seeking behaviors such as continued use despite harmful effects and mal￭ adap￭ tive pattern of substance use according to the dsm iv in the case of benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ine dependence however the continued use seems to be associated with the avoidance of unpleasant withdrawal reaction rather than from the pleas￭ urable effects of the drug benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ine dependence develops with long term use even at low therapeutic doses without the described dependence behavior addiction or what is sometimes referred to as psychological dependence includes people mis￭ using or cr￭ aving the drug not to relieve withdrawal symptoms but to experience its euph￭ or￭ ic or in￭ tox￭ ic￭ ating effects it is important to distinguish between addiction and drug abuse of benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines and normal physical dependence on benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines the increased gab￭ aa inhi￭ bi￭ tion caused by benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines is counter￭ acted by the body s development of tolerance to the drug s effects the development of tolerance occurs as a result of neuro￭ adaptations which result in decreased gab￭ a inhi￭ bi￭ tion and increased exc￭ itability of the glu￭ tam￭ ate system these adaptations occur as a result of the body trying to overcome the central nervous system depres￭ sant effects of the drug to restore home￭ ost￭ asis when benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines are stopped these neuro￭ adaptations are un￭ masked leading to hyper exc￭ itability of the nervous system and the appearance of withdrawal symptoms therapeutic dose dependence is the largest category of people dependent on benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines these individuals typically do not escalate their doses to high levels or abuse their medication smaller groups include patients escalating their do￭ sage to higher levels and drug mis￭ users as well it is unclear exactly how many people illic￭ itly abuse benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines tolerance develops within days or weeks to the anti￭ con￭ vul￭ sant hypno￭ tic muscle relax￭ ant and after 4 months there is little evidence that benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines retain their anxi￭ ol￭ y￭ tic properties some authors however disagree and feel that benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines retain their anxi￭ ol￭ y￭ tic properties long term benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ine treatment may remain necessary in certain clinical conditions dependence and misuse of benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines have been of concern since 2002 based on findings in the us from the treatment episode data set te￭ ds an annual compilation of patient characteristics in substance abuse treatment facilities in the united states ad￭ missions due to primary tranqu￭ ili￭ zer including but not limited to benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ine type drug use increased 79 from 1992 to 2002 thus the dawn and te￭ ds data sets demonstrate clearly that the misuse of these sed￭ ative hypno￭ tics is on the rise and cause for concern numbers of benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ine prescriptions have been declining due primarily to concerns of dependence in the short term benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines can be effective drugs for acute anxiety or in￭ som￭ nia with longer term use other therapies both pharmaco￭ logical and psycho￭ therapeutic become more effective this is in part due to the greater effectiveness over time of other forms of therapy and also due to the eventual development of pharmaco￭ logical benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ine tolerance
benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ine over￭ dose describes the ing￭ estion of one of the drugs in the benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ine class in quantities greater than are recommended or generally practiced death as a result of taking an excessive dose of benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines alone is un￭ common versus combined drug in￭ tox￭ ication but does occasionally happen deaths after hospital admission are considered to be low however combinations of high doses of benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines with alcohol bar￭ bit￭ ur￭ ates op￭ io￭ ids or tric￭ ycl￭ ic anti￭ depres￭ s￭ ants are particularly dangerous and may lead to severe complications such as coma or death the most common symptoms of over￭ dose include central nervous system cns depression and in￭ tox￭ ication with impaired balance at￭ ax￭ ia and sl￭ ur￭ red speech severe symptoms include coma and respiratory depression supportive care is the main￭ stay of treatment of benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ine over￭ dose there is an antidote flu￭ ma￭ zen￭ il but its use is controversial as benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines are one of the most highly prescribed classes of drugs they are commonly used in self poisoning by drug over￭ dose the various benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines differ in their toxicity since they produce varying levels of se￭ dation in over￭ dose a 1993 british study of deaths during the 1980 s found fl￭ ur￭ az￭ ep￭ am and tem￭ az￭ ep￭ am more frequently involved in drug related deaths causing more deaths per million prescriptions than other benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines fl￭ ur￭ az￭ ep￭ am now rarely prescribed in the united kingdom and australia had the highest fatal toxicity index of any benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ine 15 0 followed by tem￭ az￭ ep￭ am 11 9 versus benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines overall 5 9 taken with or without alcohol an australian 1995 study found ox￭ az￭ ep￭ am less toxic and less sed￭ ative and tem￭ az￭ ep￭ am more toxic and more sed￭ ative than most benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines in over￭ dose an australian study 2004 of over￭ dose ad￭ missions between 1987 and 2002 found al￭ pr￭ az￭ ol￭ am which happens to be the most prescribed benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ine in the u s by a large margin to be more toxic than di￭ az￭ ep￭ am and other benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines they also cited a review of the annual reports of the american association of poison control centers national data collection system which showed al￭ pr￭ az￭ ol￭ am was involved in 34 fatal deliberate self pois￭ on￭ ings over 10 years 1992 – 2001 compared with 30 fatal deliberate self pois￭ on￭ ings involving di￭ az￭ ep￭ am in a new zealand study 2003 of 200 deaths z￭ op￭ ic￭ lone a benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ine recep￭ tor agon￭ ist had similar over￭ dose potential as benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines
benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ine use disorder also called misuse or abuse is the use of benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines without a prescription often for recreational purposes which poses risks of dependence withdrawal and other long term effects benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines are one of the more common prescription drugs used recre￭ ationally when used recre￭ ationally benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines are usually administered orally but sometimes they are taken in￭ tran￭ as￭ ally or intra￭ ven￭ ously recreational use produces effects similar to alcohol in￭ tox￭ ication in tests in pent￭ ob￭ ar￭ b￭ ital trained r￭ hes￭ us monkeys benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines produced effects similar to bar￭ bit￭ ur￭ ates in a 1991 study tri￭ az￭ ol￭ am had the highest self administration rate in cocaine trained b￭ abo￭ ons among the five benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines examined al￭ pr￭ az￭ ol￭ am bro￭ ma￭ z￭ ep￭ am chlor￭ di￭ az￭ epo￭ x￭ ide lor￭ az￭ ep￭ am tri￭ az￭ ol￭ am a 1985 study found that tri￭ az￭ ol￭ am and tem￭ az￭ ep￭ am maintained higher rates of self injection than a variety of other benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines a 1991 study indicated that di￭ az￭ ep￭ am in particular had a greater abuse liability among people who were drug ab￭ users than did many of the other benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines some of the available data also suggested that lor￭ az￭ ep￭ am and al￭ pr￭ az￭ ol￭ am are more di￭ az￭ ep￭ am like in having relatively high abuse liability while ox￭ az￭ ep￭ am hal￭ az￭ ep￭ am and possibly chlor￭ di￭ az￭ epo￭ x￭ ide are relatively low in this regard a 1991 – 1993 british study found that the hypno￭ tics fl￭ ur￭ az￭ ep￭ am and tem￭ az￭ ep￭ am were more toxic than average benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines in over￭ dose a 1995 study found that tem￭ az￭ ep￭ am is more rapidly absorbed and ox￭ az￭ ep￭ am is more slowly absorbed than most other benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines have been abused both orally and intra￭ ven￭ ously different benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines have different abuse potential the more rapid the increase in the plasma level following ing￭ estion the greater the in￭ tox￭ ic￭ ating effect and the more open to abuse the drug becomes the speed of onset of action of a particular benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ine cor￭ relates well with the ‘ popularity ’ of that drug for abuse the two most common reasons for preference were that a benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ine was ‘ strong ’ and that it gave a good ‘ high ’ according to dr chris ford former clinical director of substance misuse management in general practice among drugs of abuse benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines are often seen as the bad guys by drug and alcohol workers illicit users of benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines have been found to take higher meth￭ ad￭ one doses as well as showing more hiv h￭ c￭ v risk taking behaviour greater poly drug use higher levels of psychop￭ ath￭ ology and social dysfunction however there is only limited research into the adverse effects of benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines in drug mis￭ users and further research is needed to demonstrate whether this is the result of cause or effect
benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ine withdrawal syndrome — often abbreviated to ben￭ zo withdrawal — is the cluster of symptoms that emerge when a person who has taken benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines either medic￭ ally or recre￭ ationally and has developed a physical dependence under￭ goes do￭ sage reduction or dis￭ continuation development of physical dependence and or addiction and the resulting withdrawal symptoms some of which may last for years may result from either drug seeking behaviors or from taking the medication as prescribed benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ine withdrawal is characterized by sleep disturbance irrit￭ ability increased tension and anxiety panic attacks hand trem￭ or swe￭ ating difficulty with concentration confusion and cognitive difficulty memory problems dry ret￭ ching and naus￭ ea weight loss pal￭ p￭ itations headache muscular pain and sti￭ ff￭ ness a host of percep￭ tual changes halluc￭ inations seizures psycho￭ sis and suicide see signs and symptoms section below for full list further these symptoms are notable for the manner in which they wax and w￭ ane and vary in severity from day to day or week by week instead of steadily decreasing in a straightforward mono￭ tonic manner it is a potentially serious condition and is complex and often protracted in time course long term use defined as daily use for at least three months is not desirable because of the associated increased risk of dependence dose escalation loss of efficacy increased risk of accidents and falls particularly for the elderly as well as cognitive neuro￭ logical and intellectual impair￭ ments use of short acting hypno￭ tics while being effective at initiating sleep worsen the second half of sleep due to withdrawal effects nevertheless long term users of benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines should not be forced to withdraw against their will benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ine withdrawal can be severe and can provoke life threatening withdrawal symptoms such as seizures particularly with abrupt or overly rapid do￭ sage reduction from high doses or long time users a severe withdrawal response can nevertheless occur despite gradual dose reduction or from relatively low doses in short time users even after a single large dose in animal models a minority of individuals will experience a protracted withdrawal syndrome whose symptoms may persist at a sub acute level for months or years after cessation of benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines the likelihood of developing a protracted withdrawal syndrome can be minimized by a slow gradual reduction in do￭ sage chronic exposure to benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines causes ne￭ ural adaptations that counteract the drug s effects leading to tolerance and dependence despite taking a constant therapeutic dose long term use of benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines may lead to the emergence of withdrawal like symptoms particularly between doses when the drug is discontinued or the do￭ sage reduced withdrawal symptoms may appear and remain until the body rever￭ ses the physiological adaptations these rebound symptoms may be identical to the symptoms for which the drug was initially taken or may be part of dis￭ continuation symptoms in severe cases the withdrawal reaction may exacerbate or resemble serious psychiatric and medical conditions such as mania schizophrenia and especially at high doses seizure disorders failure to recognize dis￭ continuation symptoms can lead to false evidence for the need to take benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines which in turn leads to withdrawal failure and reinstatement of benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines often to higher doses awareness of the withdrawal reactions individu￭ alized tap￭ er strategies according to withdrawal severity the addition of alternative strategies such as reassurance and referral to benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ine withdrawal support groups all increase the success rate of withdrawal
the benzo￭ in condens￭ ation is a reaction often called a condens￭ ation reaction for historical reasons between two aromatic alde￭ hy￭ des particularly benz￭ alde￭ hyde the reaction is cataly￭ zed by a nucle￭ ophi￭ le such as the cyanide an￭ ion or an n heter￭ oc￭ ycl￭ ic car￭ bene the reaction product is an aromatic ac￭ y￭ lo￭ in with benzo￭ in as the parent compound an early version of the reaction was developed in 18￭ 32 by just￭ us von lie￭ big and friedrich wo￭ e￭ hler during their research on bitter al￭ mond oil the catalytic version of the reaction was developed by nikol￭ ay zin￭ in in the late 18￭ 30 s and the reaction mechanism for this organic reaction was proposed in 19￭ 03 by a j lap￭ worth
benz￭ yl￭ pen￭ ic￭ ill￭ in inn aan ban also known as pen￭ ic￭ ill￭ in g us￭ an is a narrow spectrum pen￭ ic￭ ill￭ in antibiotic that is given intra￭ ven￭ ously or intr￭ amus￭ cul￭ arly as a treatment for sy￭ phil￭ is men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis endo￭ cardi￭ tis pneumonia lung abs￭ c￭ esses and sep￭ tic￭ aemia in children pen￭ ic￭ ill￭ in g is typically given by injection paren￭ ter￭ ally bypassing the intest￭ ines because it is unstable in the highly ac￭ id￭ ic stomach because the drug is given paren￭ ter￭ ally higher tissue concentrations of pen￭ ic￭ ill￭ in g can be achieved than is possible with phen￭ oxy￭ meth￭ yl￭ pen￭ ic￭ ill￭ in these higher concentrations translate to increased anti￭ bacterial activity it is on the world health organization s list of essential medicines a list of the most important medications needed in a basic health system
ber￭ don syndrome also called meg￭ ac￭ y￭ stis micro￭ col￭ on intest￭ inal hypo￭ per￭ ist￭ al￭ sis syndrome m￭ mi￭ h syndrome is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive fatal genetic disorder affecting new￭ bor￭ ns in a 2011 study of 227 children with the syndrome the oldest survivor was 24 years old the ann ar￭ bor news reported a five year old survivor at the end of 2015 it is more prevalent in females 7 females to 3 males and is characterized by con￭ sti￭ p￭ ation and ur￭ inary retention micro￭ col￭ on giant blad￭ der meg￭ ac￭ y￭ stis intest￭ inal hypo￭ per￭ ist￭ alis hydro￭ ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ sis and dil￭ ated small bo￭ wel the pathological findings consist of an abundance of gang￭ lion cells in both dil￭ ated and narrow areas of the intest￭ ine it is a famili￭ al disturbance of unknown ae￭ ti￭ ology walter ber￭ don et al in 1976 first described the condition in five female infants two of whom were sisters all had marked di￭ lat￭ ation of the blad￭ der and some had hydro￭ ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ sis and the external appearance of pr￭ une belly the infants also had micro￭ col￭ on and dil￭ ated small intest￭ ines
the ber￭ gman cy￭ cli￭ zation or ber￭ gman reaction or ber￭ gman cyclo￭ aromati￭ zation is an organic reaction and more specifically a re￭ arrangement reaction taking place when an en￭ edi￭ y￭ ne is heated in presence of a suitable hydrogen donor scheme 1 it is the most famous and well studied member of the general class of cyclo￭ aromati￭ zation reactions it is named for the american chem￭ ist robert george ber￭ gman b 19￭ 42 the reaction product is a derivative of benzene scheme 1 ber￭ gman cy￭ cli￭ zation the reaction proceeds by a thermal reaction or pyro￭ lysis above 200 ° c forming a short lived and very reactive para ben￭ zy￭ ne bir￭ ad￭ ical species it will react with any hydrogen donor such as 1 4 cyclo￭ hex￭ adi￭ ene which conver￭ ts to benzene when qu￭ en￭ ched by tetr￭ ach￭ lor￭ omethane the reaction product is a 1 4 dic￭ hlor￭ ob￭ enz￭ ene and with meth￭ an￭ ol the reaction product is ben￭ zy￭ l alcohol when the en￭ y￭ ne mo￭ i￭ ety is incorporated into a 10 memb￭ ered hydrocarbon ring e g cyclo￭ dec￭ a 3 ene 1 5 di￭ y￭ ne in scheme 2 the reaction taking advantage of increased ring strain in the re￭ ac￭ tant is possible at the much lower temperature of 37 ° c scheme 2 ber￭ gman reaction of cyclo￭ dec￭ a 3 ene 1 5 di￭ y￭ ne naturally occurring compounds such as cal￭ iche￭ am￭ ic￭ in contain the same 10 memb￭ ered ring and are found to be cy￭ to￭ toxic these compounds generate the di￭ radical intermediate described above which can cause single and double stranded dna cuts there are novel drugs which attempt to make use of this property including mono￭ cl￭ onal antibodies such as my￭ lo￭ tar￭ g a bir￭ ad￭ ical mechanism is also proposed for the formation of certain biom￭ ol￭ ec￭ ules found in marine spor￭ oli￭ des that have a chlor￭ ob￭ enz￭ ene unit as part of their structure in this mechanism a hali￭ de salt provides the halo￭ gen a model reaction with the en￭ edi￭ y￭ ene cyclo￭ dec￭ a 1 5 di￭ yn 3 ene lith￭ ium bromide as halo￭ gen source and acetic acid as hydrogen source in d￭ m￭ so at 37 ° c supports the theory ber￭ gman cy￭ cli￭ zation with capture by lith￭ ium bromide the reaction is found to be first order in en￭ edi￭ y￭ ne with the formation of p ben￭ zy￭ ne a as the rate limiting step the hali￭ de ion then don￭ ates its two electron￭ s in the formation of a new br c bond and radical electr￭ on involved is believed to shuttle over a transi￭ ent c 1 c 4 bond forming the an￭ ion intermediate b the an￭ ion is a powerful base stripping prot￭ ons even from d￭ m￭ so to final product the di￭ bromide or di￭ hydrogen product tetr￭ al￭ in never form as reported in nature chemistry scientists from ibm research and ci￭ qu￭ s at the university of santiago de com￭ post￭ ela demonstrated a reversible ber￭ gman cycl￭ isation for the first time using an atomic force micro￭ scope when learning about the demonstration ber￭ gman commented when we first reported this reaction i had no idea that it would be bio￭ logically relevant or that the reaction could someday be vis￭ u￭ alized at the molecular level
berg￭ mann gli￭ osis is hyper￭ pl￭ asia of berg￭ mann glia in the cere￭ bell￭ um due to pur￭ k￭ inj￭ e cell death as may occur in a hypo￭ x￭ ic is￭ chem￭ ic insult or per￭ it￭ u￭ moral compression
ber￭ iber￭ i refers to a cluster of symptoms caused primarily by thi￭ amine vitamin b 1 deficiency ber￭ iber￭ i has conventi￭ onally been divided into three separate entities relating to the body system mainly involved peripheral nervous system or cardiovascular or age of person like inf￭ anti￭ le ber￭ iber￭ i is one of several thi￭ amine deficiency related conditions which may occur con￭ currently including wer￭ nic￭ ke s encephalopathy mainly affecting the central nervous system kor￭ sak￭ off s syndrome amnesia with additional psychiatric manifestations and wer￭ nic￭ ke kor￭ sak￭ off syndrome with both neuro￭ logic and psychiatric symptoms historically ber￭ iber￭ i has been common in regions where what is vari￭ ously referred to as polis￭ hed or white rice forms a major part of the diet which has its hus￭ k removed to extend its shelf life and pal￭ at￭ ability but has the side effect of removing the primary source of thi￭ amine it was not known until the end of the 19 th century that polis￭ hing rice was associated with ber￭ iber￭ i
ber￭ k – tab￭ at￭ z￭ nik syndrome is a condition with an unknown cause that shows symptoms of short stature con￭ genital op￭ tic atro￭ phy and br￭ ach￭ y￭ telep￭ hal￭ an￭ gy this condition is extremely rare with only two cases being found
berlin s e￭ dem￭ a commo￭ tio re￭ tin￭ ae is a common condition caused by blunt injury to the eye it is characterized by decreased vision in the injured eye a few hours after the injury under examination the re￭ tina appears opaque and white in colour in the periphery but the blood vessels are normally seen this whit￭ ening is indicative of cell damage which occurs in the re￭ tin￭ al pig￭ ment epi￭ the￭ lium and outer segment layer of photo￭ recep￭ tors damage to the outer segment often results in photo￭ recep￭ tor death through uncertain mechanisms usually there is no leakage of fluid and therefore it is not considered a true e￭ dem￭ a the chor￭ o￭ idal fluores￭ cence in fluorescent an￭ gi￭ o￭ graphy is absent visual acu￭ ity ranges from 20 20 to 20 400 the prog￭ no￭ sis is excellent except in case of complications of chor￭ o￭ idal rupture hemorrha￭ ge or pig￭ ment epi￭ the￭ li￭ al damage but damage to the mac￭ ula will result in poorer recovery the outcome can be worsened in the case of re￭ tin￭ al det￭ achment atro￭ phy or hyper￭ pl￭ asia visual field defects can occur in late cases cy￭ sto￭ id mac￭ ular e￭ dem￭ a sometimes develops which can further lead to mac￭ ular destruction commo￭ tio re￭ tin￭ ae is usually self limiting and there is no treatment as such it usually resol￭ ves in 3 4 weeks without any complications and sequ￭ el￭ ae
bernard – sou￭ lier syndrome b￭ ss also called hemorrha￭ gi￭ par￭ ous thro￭ m￭ bo￭ cy￭ tic dy￭ stro￭ phy is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive co￭ ag￭ ul￭ opathy bleeding disorder that causes a deficiency of gly￭ co￭ protein ib g￭ pi￭ b the recep￭ tor for von wil￭ le￭ brand fac￭ tor￭ the incidence of b￭ ss is estimated to be less than 1 case per million persons based on cases reported from europe north america and japan b￭ ss is a giant plat￭ elet disorder meaning that it is characterized by abnormally large plat￭ el￭ ets
the bern￭ th￭ sen ac￭ ri￭ dine synthesis is the chemical reaction of a di￭ ar￭ yl￭ amine heated with a car￭ box￭ yl￭ ic acid or acid an￭ hy￭ dri￭ de and zinc chloride to form a 9 substituted ac￭ ri￭ dine the bern￭ th￭ sen ac￭ ri￭ dine synthesis using zinc chloride one must heat the reaction to 200 270 ° c for 24 h￭ rs the use of poly￭ phosphor￭ ic acid will give ac￭ ri￭ dine products at a lower temperature but also with decreased yields
ber￭ ser￭ k ll￭ ama syndrome or ber￭ ser￭ k male syndrome as it is more pronounced in males is a psychological condition suffered by human raised ll￭ am￭ as and alp￭ ac￭ as that can cause them to exhibit dangerously aggressive behavior toward humans the term has been over￭ used however and is sometimes in￭ appropriately applied to ll￭ am￭ as with aggressive personalities that are not truly ber￭ ser￭ k the condition is a result of the ll￭ ama im￭ printing on its human hand￭ lers to such a degree that it considers them to be fellow ll￭ am￭ as im￭ printing can be caused by bottle feeding and by isolation from other ll￭ am￭ as adult male inter ll￭ ama interaction can be rough including chest ram￭ ming and biting and they are strongly territorial male ll￭ am￭ as suffering from this condition become dangerous when this behavior is directed toward humans and they usually have to be eu￭ th￭ anis￭ ed female ll￭ am￭ as can also suffer from ber￭ ser￭ k ll￭ ama syndrome but their behavior is usually limited to sp￭ itting and difficult handling ber￭ ser￭ k ll￭ ama syndrome can be prevented in males through castr￭ ation before pu￭ ber￭ ty
the ber￭ th allocation problem also known as the ber￭ th scheduling problem is a n￭ p complete problem in operations research regarding the allocation of ber￭ th space for vessels in container terminals vessels arrive over time and the terminal operator needs to assign them to ber￭ ths to be served loading and unloading containers as soon as possible different factors affect the ber￭ th and time assignment of each vessel among models found in the literature there are four most frequently observed cases 1 a dis￭ crete vs continuous ber￭ thing space 2 b static vs dynamic vessel arrivals 3 c static vs dynamic vessel handling times and 4 d variable vessel arrivals in the dis￭ crete problem the qu￭ ay is viewed as a finite set of ber￭ ths in the continuous problem vessels can ber￭ th anywhere along the qu￭ ay and the majority of research deals with the former case in the static arrival problem all vessels are already at the port whereas in the dynamic only a portion of the vessels to be scheduled are present the majority of the published research in ber￭ th scheduling considers the latter case in the static handling time problem vessel handling times are considered as input whereas in the dynamic they are decision variables finally in the last case the vessel arrival times are considered as variables and are optimi￭ zed technical restrictions such as ber￭ thing draft and inter vessel and end ber￭ th clearance distance are further assumptions that have been adopted in some of the studies dealing with the ber￭ th allocation problem bringing the problem formulation closer to real world conditions introducing technical restrictions to existing ber￭ th allocation models is rather straightforward and it may increase the complexity of the problem but simplify the use of me￭ ta￭ he￭ ur￭ is￭ tics decrease in the feasible space some of the most notable objectives addressed in the literature are 1 minim￭ ization of vessel total service times waiting and handling times 2 minim￭ ization of early and delayed departures 3 optimi￭ zation of vessel arrival times 4 optimi￭ zation of emissions and fuel consumption problems have been formulated as single and multi objective as well as single and bi level
ber￭ ti￭ elli￭ asis is the infection of ber￭ ti￭ ella a c￭ est￭ ode ta￭ pe￭ worm parasite that primarily inf￭ ects non￭ human pri￭ mates ro￭ dents and australian mar￭ sup￭ ials occasionally human infections have been documented by one of two species ber￭ ti￭ ella stu￭ der￭ i or ber￭ ti￭ ella m￭ uc￭ ron￭ ata these infections present with symptoms similar to most ta￭ pe￭ worm cases and are frequently mis￭ diagnosed ber￭ ti￭ ella transmission is through ori￭ b￭ ati￭ d mit￭ es that are present in the soil of problem areas and can be easily prevented by avoiding contact with non￭ human pri￭ mates ro￭ dents and soil in these areas
the ber￭ tr￭ and paradox is a problem within the classical interpretation of probability theory joseph ber￭ tr￭ and introduced it in his work cal￭ cu￭ l des prob￭ abil￭ ités 18￭ 89 as an example to show that prob￭ abilities may not be well defined if the mechanism or method that produces the random variable is not clearly defined
ber￭ yl￭ li￭ osis or chronic ber￭ yl￭ lium disease c￭ b￭ d is a chronic allergic type lung response and chronic lung disease caused by exposure to ber￭ yl￭ lium and its compounds a form of ber￭ yl￭ lium poisoning it is distinct from acute ber￭ yl￭ lium poisoning which became rare following occupational exposure limits established around 1950 ber￭ yl￭ li￭ osis is an occupational lung disease the condition is incur￭ able but symptoms can be treated
ber￭ yl￭ lium gran￭ ul￭ om￭ as is a skin condition caused by gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ ous infl￭ amm￭ ation of the skin which may follow accident lac￭ eration usually in the occupational setting
β hy￭ dri￭ de elimination is a reaction in which an al￭ ky￭ l group bon￭ ded to a metal centre is converted into the corresponding metal bon￭ ded hy￭ dri￭ de and an al￭ k￭ ene the al￭ ky￭ l must have hydro￭ gens on the β carbon for instance bu￭ ty￭ l groups can undergo this reaction but methyl groups cannot the metal complex must have an empty or vacant site cis to the al￭ ky￭ l group for this reaction to occur the β hy￭ dri￭ de elimination can either be a vital step in a reaction or an unproductive side reaction the shell higher ole￭ fin process relies on β hy￭ dri￭ de elimination to produce α ole￭ fins which are used to produce detergents illustr￭ ative of a sometimes undesirable β hy￭ dri￭ de elimination β hy￭ dri￭ de elimination in zi￭ eg￭ ler – n￭ att￭ a poly￭ mer￭ ization results in pol￭ ym￭ ers of decreased molecular weight in the case of nickel and p￭ all￭ adi￭ um cataly￭ zed cou￭ pl￭ ings of ar￭ yl hali￭ des with al￭ ky￭ l gri￭ gn￭ ard reagents the β hy￭ dri￭ de elimination can lower the yield the production of bran￭ ched pol￭ ym￭ ers from ethylene relies on chain walking a key step of which is β hy￭ dri￭ de elimination in some cases β hy￭ dri￭ de elimination is the first in a series of steps for instance in the synthesis of ru￭ h￭ cl co pp￭ h 3 3 from ruth￭ en￭ ium tric￭ hl￭ oride tri￭ phen￭ yl￭ phosp￭ h￭ ine and 2 meth￭ ox￭ ye￭ than￭ ol an intermediate al￭ ko￭ x￭ ide complex under￭ goes a β hy￭ dri￭ de elimination to form the hy￭ dri￭ de lig￭ and and the pi bon￭ ded alde￭ hyde which then is later converted into the carbon￭ yl carbon monoxide lig￭ and
beta ke￭ to￭ thi￭ ol￭ ase deficiency is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive metabol￭ ic disorder in which the body cannot properly process the amino acid iso￭ le￭ uc￭ ine or the products of lip￭ id breakdown the typical age of onset for this disorder is between 6 months and 24 months
beta man￭ no￭ sid￭ osis also called ly￭ so￭ som￭ al beta man￭ no￭ sid￭ ase deficiency is a disorder of oligo￭ sac￭ ch￭ ari￭ de metabol￭ ism caused by decreased activity of the enzyme beta man￭ no￭ sid￭ ase this enzyme is coded for by the gene man￭ ba located at 4 q 22 25 beta man￭ no￭ sid￭ osis is inherited in an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive manner affected individuals appear normal at birth and can have a variable clinical presentation inf￭ anti￭ le onset forms show severe neuro￭ de￭ generation while some children have intellectual disability hearing loss and an￭ gi￭ ok￭ er￭ atom￭ as are common features of the disease however because it is so rare the full phen￭ o￭ type associated with the disease is not fully understood beta man￭ no￭ sid￭ osis was identified as a neuro￭ degenerative disorder in goats in 1981 five years before the first case was described in a human patient the initial patient described in 1986 had a complex phen￭ o￭ type and was later found to have both beta man￭ no￭ sid￭ osis and san￭ fili￭ pp￭ o syndrome patients have been described with a wide spectrum of clinical presentations from infants and children with intellectual disability to adults who present with isolated skin findings an￭ gi￭ ok￭ er￭ atom￭ as most cases are identified in the first year of life with respiratory infections hearing loss and intellectual disability affected patients with beta man￭ no￭ sid￭ osis differ from those affected with other ly￭ so￭ som￭ al storage disorders in the absence of co￭ arse fac￭ ies organ￭ om￭ eg￭ al￭ y and dy￭ so￭ sto￭ sis multi￭ pl￭ ex because of its r￭ arity and non specific clinical findings beta man￭ no￭ sid￭ osis can go un￭ diagnosed until adul￭ thood where it can present with intellectual disability and behavioral problems including aggression a diagnosis of beta man￭ no￭ sid￭ osis is suspected based on the patients clinical presentation urine testing to identify abnormal oligo￭ sac￭ ch￭ ari￭ des is a useful screening test and enz￭ ym￭ atic analysis or molecular testing can be used for confirmation currently there is no treatment for individuals affected with beta man￭ no￭ sid￭ osis
beta dispersion is the phenomenon associated with the ability of a biological cell memb￭ rane to filter out low frequency currents and allow high frequency currents to pass through it was originally hypothe￭ sized by ru￭ dol￭ f hö￭ ber in 19￭ 10
beta sc￭ is￭ sion is an important reaction in the chemistry of thermal cracking of hydrocarbons and the formation of free radicals free radicals are formed upon splitting the carbon carbon bond free radicals are extremely reactive and short lived when a free radical in a poly￭ mer chain under￭ goes a beta sc￭ is￭ sion the free radical breaks two carbons away from the charged carbon producing an ole￭ fin ethylene and a primary free radical which has two fewer carbon atoms in organic synthesis beta sc￭ is￭ sion can be used to direct multi￭ step radical transformations for example beta sc￭ is￭ sion of a weak c s bond was used to favor one of two equi￭ libr￭ ating radicals in metal free conversion of phen￭ ols to aromatic esters and acids via c o transposition
beta thal￭ ass￭ emi￭ as β thal￭ ass￭ emi￭ as are a group of inherited blood disorders they are forms of thal￭ ass￭ emia caused by reduced or absent synthesis of the beta chains of h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in that result in variable outcomes ranging from severe an￭ emia to clin￭ ically as￭ ymp￭ tomatic individuals global annual incidence is estimated at 1 in 100 000 beta thal￭ ass￭ emi￭ as are caused by mutations in the h￭ bb gene on chro￭ mo￭ some 11 inherited in an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive fashion the severity of the disease depends on the nature of the mutation h￭ bb block￭ age over time leads to decreased beta chain synthesis the body s inability to construct new beta chains leads to the under￭ production of h￭ ba reductions in h￭ ba available overall to fill the red blood cells in turn leads to micro￭ cy￭ tic an￭ emia micro￭ cy￭ tic an￭ emia ultimately develops in respect to inadequate h￭ bb for sufficient red blood cell functioning due to this factor the patient may require blood trans￭ fu￭ sions to make up for the block￭ age in the beta chains repeated blood trans￭ fu￭ sions can lead to build up of iron overload ultimately resulting in iron toxicity this iron toxicity can cause various problems including my￭ o￭ cardi￭ al sid￭ er￭ osis and heart failure leading to the patient ’ s death
beth￭ lem my￭ opathy is an auto￭ som￭ al dominant my￭ opathy classified as a con￭ genital form of muscular dy￭ stro￭ phy that is caused by a mutation in one of the three genes coding for type vi coll￭ agen these include col 6 a 1 col 6 a 2 and col 6 a 3
the bet￭ ti reaction is a chemical addition reaction of alde￭ hy￭ des primary aromatic am￭ ines and phen￭ ols producing α amin￭ ob￭ enz￭ yl￭ phen￭ ols overview of the bet￭ ti reaction the bet￭ ti reaction is a special case of the mann￭ ich reaction
bet￭ we￭ en￭ ness is an algori￭ th￭ mic problem in order theory about ordering a collection of items subject to constraints that some items must be placed between others it has applications in bio￭ inform￭ atics but was shown to be n￭ p complete by
a be￭ zo￭ ar ˈ￭ bi￭ ː￭ z￭ ɔ￭ ə￭ r is a mass found trapped in the gastro￭ intest￭ inal system though it can occur in other locations a pseu￭ do￭ be￭ zo￭ ar is an indi￭ g￭ esti￭ ble object introduced intentionally into the dig￭ estive system there are several varieties of be￭ zo￭ ar some of which have in￭ organic constituents and others organic the term has both a modern medical scientific and a traditional usage
bez￭ old s abs￭ c￭ ess is an abs￭ c￭ ess in the ster￭ no￭ cle￭ id￭ om￭ ast￭ o￭ id muscle where p￭ us from a ma￭ sto￭ idi￭ tis escapes into the ster￭ no￭ cle￭ id￭ om￭ ast￭ o￭ id it is a rare complic￭ ation of acute o￭ ti￭ tis media
b￭ has￭ kar – j￭ ag￭ ann￭ athan syndrome is an extremely rare genetic disorder and there is a limited amount of information related to it similar or related medical conditions are ar￭ ach￭ no￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly am￭ ino￭ ac￭ id￭ ur￭ ia con￭ genital cat￭ ar￭ acts cere￭ bell￭ ar at￭ ax￭ ia and delayed developmental milestones
bi curious is a phenomenon in which people of a heter￭ osex￭ ual or homosexual identity who while showing some curiosity for a relationship or sexual activity with a person of the sex they do not favor distinguish themselves from the bis￭ ex￭ ual label the term is sometimes used to describe a broad continu￭ um of sexual orientation between heter￭ osex￭ uality and bis￭ ex￭ uality such continu￭ ums include mostly heter￭ osex￭ ual or mostly homosexual but these can be self identified without identifying as bis￭ ex￭ ual the terms hetero￭ flexible and homo￭ flexible are also applied to bi curiosity though some authors distinguish hetero￭ flexibility as lacking the wish to experiment with sexuality implied by the bi curious label the term bi curious implies that the individual has either no or limited homosexual experience in the case of heter￭ osex￭ ual individuals or no or limited heter￭ osex￭ ual experience in the case of homosexual people but may continue to self identify as bi curious if they do not feel they have adequately explored these feelings or if they do not wish to identify as bis￭ ex￭ ual
in statistics the bias or bias function of an esti￭ mat￭ or is the difference between this esti￭ mat￭ or s expected value and the true value of the parameter being estimated an esti￭ mat￭ or or decision rule with zero bias is called un￭ biased otherwise the esti￭ mat￭ or is said to be biased in statistics bias is an objective statement about a function and while not a desired property it is not pe￭ jor￭ ative unlike the ordinary english use of the term bias bias can also be measured with respect to the median rather than the mean expected value in which case one distinguishes median un￭ biased from the usual mean un￭ bi￭ as￭ ed￭ ness property bias is related to consistency in that consistent esti￭ mat￭ ors are conver￭ gent and as￭ ymp￭ to￭ tically un￭ biased hence converge to the correct value though individual esti￭ mat￭ ors in a consistent sequence may be biased so long as the bias conver￭ ges to zero see bias versus consistency all else equal an un￭ biased esti￭ mat￭ or is preferable to a biased esti￭ mat￭ or but in practice all else is not equal and biased esti￭ mat￭ ors are frequently used generally with small bias when a biased esti￭ mat￭ or is used the bias is also estimated a biased esti￭ mat￭ or may be used for various reasons because an un￭ biased esti￭ mat￭ or does not exist without further assumptions about a population or is difficult to compu￭ te as in un￭ biased estimation of standard deviation because an esti￭ mat￭ or is median un￭ biased but not mean un￭ biased or the reverse because a biased esti￭ mat￭ or reduces some loss function particularly mean squ￭ ared error compared with un￭ biased esti￭ mat￭ ors notably in shr￭ ink￭ age esti￭ mat￭ ors or because in some cases being un￭ biased is too strong a condition and the only un￭ biased esti￭ mat￭ ors are not useful further mean un￭ bi￭ as￭ ed￭ ness is not preserved under non linear transformations though median un￭ bi￭ as￭ ed￭ ness is see for example the sample variance is an un￭ biased esti￭ mat￭ or for the population variance but its square root the sample standard deviation is a biased esti￭ mat￭ or for the population standard deviation these are all illustrated below
in statistics and machine learning the bias – variance trad￭ e￭ off or dilemma is the problem of simultaneously minim￭ izing two sources of error that prevent supervised learning algori￭ th￭ ms from gener￭ alizing beyond their training set the bias is error from erroneous assumptions in the learning algori￭ thm high bias can cause an algori￭ thm to miss the relevant relations between features and target outputs under￭ fitting the variance is error from sensitivity to small fluctuations in the training set high variance can cause over￭ fitting model￭ ing the random noise in the training data rather than the intended outputs the bias – variance de￭ composition is a way of analy￭ zing a learning algori￭ thm s expected gener￭ alization error with respect to a particular problem as a sum of three terms the bias variance and a quantity called the irre￭ du￭ ci￭ ble error resulting from noise in the problem itself this trad￭ e￭ off applies to all forms of supervised learning classification regression function fitting and structured output learning it has also been invoked to explain the effectiveness of he￭ ur￭ is￭ tics in human learning
b￭ icip￭ ital ten￭ o￭ sy￭ no￭ vi￭ tis is tend￭ initi￭ s or infl￭ amm￭ ation of the tend￭ on and she￭ ath lining of the bic￭ eps muscle it is often the result of many years of small tears or other degenerative changes in the tend￭ on first manifest￭ ing in middle age but can be due to a sudden injury calci￭ fication of the tend￭ on and o￭ ste￭ op￭ hy￭ tes bone sp￭ urs in the inter￭ tubercul￭ ar gro￭ ove can be apparent on x rays the condition which can also occur in dogs is commonly treated with physical therapy and cor￭ tis￭ one and or surgery
bick￭ er￭ staff s en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis is a rare infl￭ am￭ matory disorder of the central nervous system first described by ed￭ win bick￭ er￭ staff in 1951 it may also affect the peripheral nervous system and has features in common with both miller fisher syndrome and guil￭ lain – bar￭ r￭ é syndrome
a bic￭ or￭ nu￭ ate uter￭ us or bic￭ or￭ nate uter￭ us from the latin corn￭ ū meaning horn commonly referred to as a heart shaped uter￭ us is a uter￭ us composed of two horns separated by a sep￭ tum in humans a bic￭ or￭ nu￭ ate uter￭ us is a type of uter￭ ine mal￭ formation but in some other mammalian species including ro￭ dents and pigs it is normal
bic￭ ul￭ tural identity is the condition of being oneself regarding the combination of two cultures the term can also be defined as bic￭ ul￭ tur￭ alism which is the presence of two different cultures in the same country or region as a general term culture involves the behaviors and belief characteristics of a particular social ethnic or age group within culture we have cultural effects which are the shared behaviors and customs we learn from the institutions around us an example of a cultural effect would be how an individual ’ s personality is strongly influenced by the biological and social norms he is exposed to another cultural effect would be that in some societies it would be more acceptable to dress or act in a certain way in regards to bic￭ ul￭ tural identity an individual may face conflict assimil￭ ating into both cultures or finding a balance between both an individual may face challenges assimil￭ ating into the whole collective culture similarly an individual may face difficulty balancing their identity within themselves due to the influence of both of their cultures bic￭ ul￭ tural identity also may have positive effects on the individual in terms of the additional knowledge they acquire from belonging to more than one culture furthermore with the growing number of racial minorities in american society individuals that identify with more than one culture may have more linguistic ability
a bic￭ us￭ pid a￭ or￭ tic valve b￭ av is a disease usually con￭ genital in nature of the a￭ or￭ tic valve in which two of the a￭ or￭ tic val￭ vul￭ ar leaf￭ lets fuse during development resulting in a valve that is bic￭ us￭ pid instead of the normal tric￭ us￭ pid configuration normally the mit￭ ral valve bic￭ us￭ pid valve is the only cardiac valve that is bic￭ us￭ pid and this is situated between the left atri￭ um and left ven￭ tric￭ le cardiac valves play a crucial role in ensuring the uni￭ direc￭ tional flow of blood from the atri￭ um to the ven￭ tric￭ les or from the ven￭ tric￭ le to the a￭ or￭ ta or pul￭ mon￭ ary trunk
bi￭ direc￭ tional tex￭ ture function b￭ tf is a 6 dimensional function depending on plan￭ ar tex￭ ture coordinates x y as well as on view and illumin￭ ation spher￭ ical angles in practice this function is obtained as a set of several thousand color images of material sample taken during different camera and light positions the b￭ tf is a representation of the appearance of tex￭ ture as a function of viewing and illumin￭ ation direction it is an image based representation since the geometry of the surface is unknown and not measured b￭ tf is typically captured by imaging the surface at a sampling of the hemisphere of possible viewing and illumin￭ ation directions b￭ tf measurements are collections of images the term b￭ tf was first introduced in and similar terms have since been introduced including bs￭ sr￭ df and s￭ br￭ df spatial br￭ df s￭ br￭ df has a very similar definition to b￭ tf i e b￭ tf is also a spati￭ ally varying br￭ df to cope with a massive b￭ tf data with high redundancy many compression methods were proposed application of the b￭ tf is in photo￭ realistic material rendering of objects in virtual reality systems and for visual scene analysis e g recognition of complex real world materials using bi￭ direc￭ tional feature his￭ to￭ grams or 3 d text￭ ons biomedical and biometric applications of the b￭ tf include recognition of skin tex￭ ture
the bid – offer spread also bid – ask bid ask buy sell buy – sell in the case of a market maker is the difference between the prices quoted either by a single market maker or in a limit order book for an immediate sale bid and an immediate purchase offer for securities stocks futures contracts options or currency pairs the size of the bid offer spread in a security is one measure of the liquidity of the market and of the size of the transaction cost if the spread is 0 then it is a fric￭ tion￭ less asset
the bi￭ ef￭ eld – brown effect is an electrical effect that produces an ion￭ ic wind that transfers its momentum to surrounding neutral particles the effect was named by invent￭ or thomas town￭ send brown who claimed that he did a series of experiments with professor of astro￭ no￭ my paul alfred bi￭ ef￭ eld a former teacher of brown who brown claimed was his mentor and co experim￭ enter at den￭ ison university in ohio the phenomenon was also given the name electro￭ gr￭ avi￭ tics by brown based on his belief this was an electricity gravity phenomenon the effect is more widely referred to as electro￭ hydro￭ dynamics e￭ hd or sometimes electro fluid dynamics a counterpart to the well known magne￭ to￭ hydro￭ dynamics extensive research was performed during the 1950 s and 1960 s on the use of this electric propulsion effect during the publicized era of the united states gravity control propulsion research 1955 – 1974 there is renewed focus on the bi￭ e￭ field – brown effect with the spread in interest in high voltage powered experimental flying devices known as ion￭ o￭ craft or lif￭ ters
bi￭ en￭ f￭ ang s test is a clinical test used in the diagnosis of oc￭ ular my￭ asth￭ enia grav￭ is it is used in conjunction with other examination techniques such as co￭ gan ’ s lid tw￭ itch test or enhancement of ble￭ phar￭ op￭ to￭ sis from prolonged upward gaze it is a simple quick and non invasive test for oc￭ ular my￭ asth￭ enia grav￭ is that can be performed not only by oph￭ thal￭ mo￭ logists or neuro￭ logists but also by other physicians evaluating patients with pto￭ sis di￭ pl￭ op￭ ia or other symptoms of my￭ asth￭ enia grav￭ is
bi￭ er spots are small light mac￭ ules usually found on the arms and legs of young adults in which the intervening skin may seem er￭ them￭ at￭ ous but blan￭ ches with pressure so that these light mac￭ ules disappear this is a benign physi￭ o￭ logic vascular anomaly of no significance clin￭ ically
bi￭ et￭ ti s cryst￭ alline dy￭ stro￭ phy b￭ cd also called bi￭ et￭ ti cryst￭ alline cor￭ ne￭ ore￭ tin￭ al dy￭ stro￭ phy is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive eye disease named after dr g b bi￭ et￭ ti b￭ cd is a rare disease and appears to be more common in people with asian ance￭ stry
bi￭ fasc￭ icular block is a conduc￭ tion ab￭ normality in the heart where two of the three main fasc￭ ic￭ les of the his pur￭ k￭ inj￭ e system are blocked most commonly it refers to a combination of right bundle branch block r￭ b￭ bb and either left an￭ terior fasc￭ icular block laf￭ b or left poster￭ ior fasc￭ icular block l￭ p￭ f￭ b with the former being more common some authors consider left bundle branch block l￭ b￭ bb to be a technical bi￭ fasc￭ icular block since the block occurs above the bi￭ fur￭ c￭ ation of the left an￭ terior and left poster￭ ior fasc￭ ic￭ les of the left bundle branch
a bi￭ fid penis or double penis is a rare con￭ genital defect where two genital tuber￭ cles develop historically males born with a bi￭ fid penis often underwent sex reas￭ sign￭ ment surgery due to the difficulty of pen￭ ile reconstruction they were raised as girls and often had re￭ constructive surgery to make them phen￭ o￭ typically female coupled with female hormone replacement therapy however in recent years this practice has fallen under heavy scrutiny due to both a high frequency of sexual dysfunction in gender converted children and more advanced pen￭ ile reconstruction techniques many male mar￭ sup￭ ials naturally have a bi￭ fid penis with left and right pron￭ gs that they insert into multiple vag￭ inal can￭ als simultaneously
a bi￭ fid ri￭ b bi￭ fur￭ c￭ ated ri￭ b or ster￭ num bi￭ fi￭ dum is a con￭ genital ab￭ normality of the ri￭ b cage and associated muscles and nerves which occurs in about 1 2 of humans bi￭ fid ribs occur in up to 8 4 of sam￭ o￭ ans the ster￭ nal end of the ri￭ b is cle￭ a￭ ved into two it is usually unilateral bi￭ fid ribs are usually as￭ ymp￭ tomatic and are often discovered incidentally by chest x ray effects of this neuro￭ sk￭ el￭ etal anomaly can include respiratory difficulties neuro￭ logical difficulties limitations and limited energy from the stress of needing to compensate for the neuro￭ physiological difficulties another association is with od￭ on￭ to￭ genic ker￭ at￭ oc￭ y￭ sts ok￭ c aka ker￭ at￭ oc￭ ys￭ tic od￭ on￭ to￭ genic tumor who terminology of the jaw which may behave aggressively and have a high propensity to recur when treated with simple en￭ uc￭ le￭ ation and cu￭ re￭ tt￭ age when seen together the patient is likely to have ne￭ void bas￭ al cell carcin￭ oma syndrome aka gor￭ lin gol￭ tz syndrome and should be evaluated with this in mind
bi￭ fur￭ c￭ ation is a judge s ability in law to divide a trial into two parts so as to render a judgment on a set of legal issues without looking at all aspects frequently civil cases are bi￭ fur￭ c￭ ated into separate liability and damages proceedings criminal trials are also often bi￭ fur￭ c￭ ated into guilt and sentencing phases especially in capital cases in divorce cases some states allow bi￭ fur￭ c￭ ation that permits a divorce case to be fin￭ alized with certain aspects such as property to be dealt with after dissolution some states permit bi￭ fur￭ c￭ ation some do not allow it and some state statutes do not address the issue in arbitration bi￭ fur￭ c￭ ation can be used to get past certain issues that might otherwise stall negotiations concluding certain points that are agreed upon while working on a solution to whatever problem initiated the need for bi￭ fur￭ c￭ ation
bi￭ gem￭ inal pulse is a medical condition easily confused with pul￭ sus altern￭ ans similar features between bi￭ gem￭ inal pulse and pul￭ sus altern￭ ans are strong peak and weak peak however unlike pul￭ sus altern￭ ans the weak beat in bi￭ gem￭ inal pulse occurs prematurely early thus not followed a pause as it is in pul￭ sus altern￭ ans but occurs close to normal strong beat
the bi￭ gin￭ elli reaction is a multiple component chemical reaction that creates 3 4 di￭ hydro￭ py￭ ri￭ mid￭ in 2 1 h ones 4 from ethyl ace￭ to￭ acetate 1 an ar￭ yl alde￭ hyde such as benz￭ alde￭ hyde 2 and urea 3 it is named for the italian chem￭ ist pietro bi￭ gin￭ elli the bi￭ gin￭ elli reaction this reaction was developed by pietro bi￭ gin￭ elli in 18￭ 91 the reaction can be cataly￭ zed by br￭ ø￭ n￭ sted acids and or by lewis acids such as copper ii tri￭ fluoro￭ acetate hydrate and bor￭ on tri￭ flu￭ oride several solid phase protocols utili￭ zing different lin￭ ker combinations have been published di￭ hydro￭ py￭ ri￭ mid￭ in￭ ones the products of the bi￭ gin￭ elli reaction are widely used in the pharmaceutical industry as calcium channel bloc￭ kers anti￭ hyper￭ ten￭ sive agents and alpha 1 a antagon￭ ists
in the mathematical theory of functions of one or more complex variables and also in complex al￭ ge￭ bra￭ ic geometry a bi￭ holo￭ morph￭ ism or bi￭ holo￭ morph￭ ic function is a bi￭ jec￭ tive holo￭ morph￭ ic function whose in￭ verse is also holo￭ morph￭ ic
in mathematics a bi￭ jec￭ tion bi￭ jec￭ tive function or one to one correspondence is a function between the elements of two sets where each element of one set is p￭ aired with exactly one element of the other set and each element of the other set is p￭ aired with exactly one element of the first set there are no un￭ p￭ aired elements in mathematical terms a bi￭ jec￭ tive function f x → y is a one to one injec￭ tive and onto sur￭ jec￭ tive mapping of a set x to a set y a bi￭ jec￭ tion from the set x to the set y has an in￭ verse function from y to x if x and y are finite sets then the existence of a bi￭ jec￭ tion means they have the same number of elements for infinite sets the picture is more complicated leading to the concept of cardinal number a way to distinguish the various sizes of infinite sets a bi￭ jec￭ tive function from a set to itself is also called a per￭ mutation bi￭ jec￭ tive functions are essential to many areas of mathematics including the definitions of isom￭ orph￭ ism home￭ om￭ orph￭ ism diff￭ e￭ om￭ orph￭ ism per￭ mutation group and projec￭ tive map
bilateral fron￭ top￭ ari￭ etal poly￭ micro￭ gy￭ ria b￭ f￭ pp is a genetic disorder with auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive inheritance that causes a cor￭ tical mal￭ formation our brain has fol￭ ds in the cor￭ tex to increase surface area called gy￭ ri and patients with poly￭ micro￭ gy￭ ri have an increase number of fol￭ ds and smaller fol￭ ds than usual poly￭ micro￭ gy￭ ria is defined as a cere￭ br￭ al mal￭ formation of cor￭ tical development in which the normal gy￭ ral pattern of the surface of the brain is replaced by an excessive number of small f￭ used gy￭ ri separated by shallow sul￭ ci and abnormal cor￭ tical lam￭ ination from ongoing research mutation in g￭ pr 56 a member of the adhe￭ sion g protein coupled recep￭ tor g￭ p￭ cr family results in b￭ f￭ pp these mutations are located in different regions of the protein without any evidence of a relationship between the position of the mutation and phen￭ o￭ typ￭ ic severity it is also found that g￭ pr 56 plays a role in cor￭ tical patter￭ ing
bilateral hil￭ ar lymp￭ had￭ en￭ opathy is a bilateral enlargement of the lymp￭ h no￭ des of pul￭ mon￭ ary hil￭ a it is a radio￭ graphic term that describes the enlargement of medi￭ ast￭ inal lymp￭ h no￭ des and is most commonly identified by a chest x ray
bile acid mal￭ absorption known also as bile acid diarr￭ hea is a cause of several gut related problems the main one being chronic diarr￭ hea it has also been called bile acid induced diarr￭ hea ch￭ oler￭ he￭ ic or chol￭ ere￭ tic enter￭ opathy and bile salt mal￭ absorption it can result from mal￭ absorption secondary to gastro￭ intest￭ inal disease or be a primary disorder associated with excessive bile acid production treatment with bile acid sequestr￭ ants is often effective
bi￭ li￭ ary at￭ re￭ sia also known as extra￭ he￭ p￭ atic duc￭ top￭ enia progressive obliter￭ ative chol￭ an￭ gi￭ opathy or ko￭ tb disease is a childhood disease of the liver in which one or more bile duc￭ ts are abnormally narrow blocked or absent it can be con￭ genital or acquired as a birth defect in new￭ born infants it has an incidence of one in 10 000 – 15 000 live births in the united states and a prevalence of one in 16 700 in the british is￭ les bi￭ li￭ ary at￭ re￭ sia is most common in east asia with a frequency of one in 5 000 the causes of bi￭ li￭ ary at￭ re￭ sia are not well understood con￭ genital bi￭ li￭ ary at￭ re￭ sia has been associated with certain genes while acquired bi￭ li￭ ary at￭ re￭ sia is thought to be a result of an auto￭ immune infl￭ am￭ matory response possibly due to a viral infection of the liver soon after birth the only effective treatments are sur￭ ger￭ ies such as the kas￭ ai procedure and liver transplantation
bi￭ li￭ ary col￭ ic also known as a gall￭ blad￭ der attack is when pain occurs due to a gall￭ stone temporarily blocking the bile duc￭ t typically the pain is in the right upper part of the ab￭ dom￭ en and it can radi￭ ate to the shoulder pain usually lasts from one to a few hours often it occurs after eating a heavy meal or during the night repeated attacks are common gall￭ stone formation occurs from the precip￭ itation of cryst￭ als that aggregate to form stones the most common form is cho￭ le￭ sterol gall￭ stones other forms include calcium bi￭ li￭ rubin pig￭ ment and mixed gall￭ stones other conditions that produce similar symptoms include append￭ ic￭ i￭ tis stomach ul￭ cers pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis and gastro￭ es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al ref￭ lux disease treatment for gall￭ blad￭ der attacks is typically surgery to remove the gall￭ blad￭ der this can be either done through several small incis￭ ions or through a single larger inc￭ ision surgery is typically done under general an￭ esthesia in those who are unable to have surgery medication to try to dissolve the stones or shock wave lith￭ o￭ tri￭ psy may be tried in the developed world 10 15 of adults have gall￭ stones of those with gall￭ stones bi￭ li￭ ary col￭ ic occurs in 1 4 each year nearly 30 of people have further problems related to gall￭ stones in the year following an attack about 15 of people with bi￭ li￭ ary col￭ ic eventually develop infl￭ amm￭ ation of the gall￭ blad￭ der if not treated other complications include infl￭ amm￭ ation of the pan￭ cre￭ as
bi￭ li￭ ary dy￭ sk￭ ine￭ sia is a disorder of some component of bi￭ li￭ ary part of the dig￭ estive system in which bile physically can not move normally in the proper direction through the tu￭ bul￭ ar bi￭ li￭ ary tract it most commonly involves abnormal bi￭ li￭ ary tract per￭ ist￭ al￭ sis muscular coordination within the gall￭ blad￭ der in response to dietary stimulation of that organ to squir￭ t the liquid bile through the common bile duc￭ t into the du￭ o￭ den￭ um ineffective per￭ ist￭ al￭ tic contraction of that structure produces post￭ pr￭ an￭ dial after meals right upper ab￭ domin￭ al pain chol￭ ec￭ y￭ st￭ od￭ y￭ nia and almost no other problem when the dy￭ sk￭ ine￭ sia is loc￭ alized at the bi￭ li￭ ary outlet into the du￭ o￭ den￭ um just as increased ton￭ us of that outlet sp￭ h￭ inc￭ ter of od￭ di the backed up bile can cause pan￭ cre￭ atic injury with ab￭ domin￭ al pain more toward the upper left side in general bi￭ li￭ ary dy￭ sk￭ ine￭ sia is the disturbance in the coordination of per￭ ist￭ al￭ tic contraction of the bi￭ li￭ ary duc￭ ts and or reduction in the speed of emp￭ tying of the bi￭ li￭ ary tree into the du￭ o￭ den￭ um normally the downstream gall￭ blad￭ der stores and concentrates the bile which originates in liver he￭ pat￭ oc￭ y￭ te cells and is released into the micro￭ scopic component of the bi￭ li￭ ary system by the liver through aggreg￭ ating tu￭ bul￭ es of increasing diameter the bile leaves the liver and reaches the upstream proxim￭ al component of the common bile duc￭ t apparently the common bile duc￭ t beyond dis￭ tal to the gall￭ blad￭ der tends to normally have a greater tone so that the bile backs up into the gall￭ blad￭ der when bile enters the du￭ o￭ den￭ um the first part of the small intest￭ ine it aids in dig￭ est￭ ing the fat within food leaving the stomach when the bile can not be properly propelled from the not mechanically obstructed gall￭ blad￭ der or can not flow out of the end of the common bile duc￭ t properly there is a state of bi￭ li￭ ary dy￭ sk￭ ine￭ sia so bi￭ li￭ ary dy￭ sk￭ ine￭ sia is a dynam￭ ically functional not fixed mechanical obstruc￭ tive pain producing disorder obstruction by a stone or tumor is a static mechanical obstruction and tends to produce a more intense pain known as bi￭ li￭ ary col￭ ic failure of the bi￭ li￭ ary sp￭ h￭ inc￭ ter of od￭ di can be distinguished from failure of the pan￭ cre￭ atic sp￭ h￭ inc￭ ter
bi￭ li￭ ary fever is an illness of the liver affecting horses dogs and cats this is currently the most common infectious disease of dogs in southern africa it is also known as tick bite fever or bo￭ slu￭ is￭ ko￭ ors in af￭ ri￭ ka￭ ans it is caused by a tiny parasite bab￭ e￭ sia can￭ is which is introduced into the body by a tick bite this parasite then enters and destroys red blood cells bi￭ li￭ ary in dogs has a lot in common with malaria in man except that in the latter a mosquito is the vector
a bi￭ li￭ ary f￭ ist￭ ula is a type of f￭ ist￭ ula in which bile flows along an abnormal connection from the bile duc￭ ts into nearby hollow structure types of bi￭ li￭ ary f￭ ist￭ ula include bi￭ li￭ o￭ enter￭ ic f￭ ist￭ ula abnormal connection to small bo￭ wel usually du￭ o￭ den￭ um thor￭ a￭ co￭ bi￭ li￭ ary f￭ ist￭ ula abnormal connection to ple￭ ural space or bron￭ ch￭ us rare these may be contr￭ asted to a bile leak in which bile escapes the bile duc￭ ts through a per￭ for￭ ation or faulty surgical anast￭ om￭ osis into the ab￭ domin￭ al cav￭ ity damage to a bile duc￭ t may result in a leak which may eventually become a bi￭ li￭ ary f￭ ist￭ ula
bi￭ li￭ ary injury bile duc￭ t injury is the traumatic damage of the bile duc￭ ts it is most commonly an i￭ atro￭ genic complic￭ ation of chol￭ ec￭ y￭ stec￭ tomy — surgical removal of g￭ all blad￭ der but can also be caused by other operations or by major trauma the risk of bi￭ li￭ ary injury is more during l￭ apar￭ o￭ scopic chol￭ ec￭ y￭ stec￭ tomy than during open chol￭ ec￭ y￭ stec￭ tomy bi￭ li￭ ary injury may lead to several complications and may even cause death if not diagnosed in time and managed properly ideally bi￭ li￭ ary injury should be managed at a center with facilities and expertise in endo￭ sco￭ py radi￭ ology and surgery
bi￭ li￭ ary pr￭ ur￭ it￭ us is caused by chronic liver disease with obstruc￭ tive ja￭ und￭ ice characterized by a severe generalized it￭ chy sensation
bi￭ li￭ ary pseu￭ do￭ li￭ thi￭ asis refers to an unusual complic￭ ation of ce￭ f￭ tri￭ ax￭ one where the drug complex￭ es with calcium and mim￭ ics gall￭ stones it is reversed when ce￭ f￭ tri￭ ax￭ one administration is stopped it was first described in 1988 by scha￭ ad et al as reversible ce￭ f￭ tri￭ ax￭ one associated bi￭ li￭ ary pseu￭ do￭ li￭ thi￭ asis
bi￭ li￭ ary ref￭ lux bile ref￭ lux or du￭ o￭ den￭ o￭ ga￭ str￭ ic ref￭ lux is a condition that occurs when bile flows upward ref￭ lux￭ es from the du￭ o￭ den￭ um into the stomach and es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus bi￭ li￭ ary ref￭ lux can be confused with acid ref￭ lux also known as gastro￭ es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al ref￭ lux disease ger￭ d while bile ref￭ lux involves fluid from the small intest￭ ine flowing into the stomach and es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus acid ref￭ lux is back￭ flow of stomach acid into the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus these conditions are often related and differentiating between the two can be difficult bile is a dig￭ estive fluid made by the liver stored in the gall￭ blad￭ der and discharged into du￭ o￭ den￭ um after food is ing￭ ested to aid in the dig￭ estion of fat normally the p￭ yl￭ or￭ ic sp￭ h￭ inc￭ ter prevents bile from entering the stomach when the p￭ yl￭ or￭ ic sp￭ h￭ inc￭ ter is damaged or fails to work correctly bile can enter the stomach and then be transported into the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus as in ga￭ str￭ ic ref￭ lux the presence of small amounts of bile in the stomach is relatively common and usually as￭ ymp￭ tomatic but excessive ref￭ lux￭ ed bile causes irritation and infl￭ amm￭ ation
bi￭ li￭ ary sludge refers to a vis￭ co￭ us mixture of small particles derived from bile these se￭ di￭ ments consist of cho￭ le￭ sterol cryst￭ als calcium salts calcium bi￭ li￭ ru￭ bin￭ ate m￭ uc￭ in and other materials
in mathematics a bil￭ ine￭ ar map is a function combining elements of two vector spaces to yield an element of a third vector space and is linear in each of its arguments matrix multiplication is an example
in mathematics a bil￭ ine￭ ar program is a non￭ linear optimi￭ zation problem whose objective or constraint functions are bil￭ ine￭ ar an example is the pooling problem
bi￭ li￭ ous fever was a medical diagnosis often used for any fever that exhi￭ bited the symptom of naus￭ ea or v￭ om￭ iting in addition to an increase in internal body temperature and strong diarr￭ hea bi￭ li￭ ous means the condition was thought to arise from disorders of bile the two types of which were two of the four hum￭ ours of traditional gal￭ en￭ ic medicine in 200 a d the term is obsolete and no longer used but was used by medical practitioners in the 18 th and 19 th centuries often cited as a cause on death certificates president lincoln s son willie was said to have died from bi￭ li￭ ous fever modern diagnoses for the same symptoms would include a wide range of conditions and infections
in medicine bi￭ li￭ ru￭ bin￭ ur￭ ia is an ab￭ normality in which con￭ ju￭ gated bi￭ li￭ rubin is detected in the urine the term bi￭ li￭ ur￭ ia is very similar but more general it refers to the presence of any bile pig￭ ment in the urine
the bill in lemon is an effect in which a magician requests a currency note from a spect￭ ator and makes the note vanish then proceeding to slice a lemon open to show the note inside variations include the coin in orange and more generally something in fruit
in telecommunications bill shock is the negative reaction a subscriber can experience if their phone bill has unexpected charges bill shock can happen when for example a user grossly over￭ uses data applications without an appropriate data plan or uses a mobile device while roaming whether domestically or internationally without understanding the voice or data roaming charges involved bill shock can gener￭ ically be used as a term for the surprise an individual receives on any bill that has an amount higher than expected pending to be paid other examples of bill shock have been noted in credit card bills rental bills and utility bills the use of non geographic telephone numbers in the united kingdom has also been a major cause of bill shock poll￭ ster you￭ gov found that 49 of mobile users have been surprised to see how much they have been charged for calling non geographic numbers and 90 believe organisations should make the cost of these calls clearer according to of￭ com uk consumers paid around £ 1 9 billion for calls to non geographic numbers in 2009
bil￭ let reading or the envelope trick is a ment￭ alist effect in which a performer pre￭ tends to use cl￭ air￭ voy￭ ance to read messages on fol￭ ded papers or inside sealed envelopes it is a widely performed standard of the ment￭ alist craft since the middle of the 19 th century bil￭ let is the french term for note or letter referring to the rec￭ tang￭ ular shape of the paper
bi￭ location or sometimes multi￭ location is an alleged psychic or miraculous ability where￭ in an individual or object is located or appears to be located in two distinct places at the same time the concept has been used in a wide range of historical and philosophical systems ranging from early greek philosophy to modern religious stories oc￭ cul￭ tism and magic
a b￭ im￭ alle￭ ol￭ ar frac￭ ture is a frac￭ ture of the an￭ kle that involves the lateral mal￭ le￭ ol￭ us and the medi￭ al mal￭ le￭ ol￭ us studies have shown that b￭ im￭ alle￭ ol￭ ar fractu￭ res are more common in women people over 60 years of age and patients with existing com￭ or￭ bi￭ dities
b￭ inary distribution is the presence of two or more very large and dominant cities in a country
bin￭ as￭ al hem￭ i￭ an￭ op￭ sia or bin￭ as￭ al hem￭ i￭ an￭ op￭ ia is the medical description of a type of partial blindness where vision is missing in the inner half of both the right and left visual field it is associated with certain le￭ sions of the eye and of the central nervous system such as con￭ genital hydro￭ cephal￭ us
binder s syndrome binder syndrome max￭ illo nas￭ al dys￭ pl￭ asia is a developmental disorder primarily affecting the an￭ terior part of the max￭ illa and nas￭ al complex nose and jaw it is a rare disorder and the causes are unclear hereditary and vitamin d deficiency during embryonic growth have been researched as possible causes the characteristics of the syndrome are typically visible the syndrome involves hypo￭ pl￭ asia of variable severity of car￭ ti￭ lag￭ inous nas￭ al sep￭ tum and pre￭ max￭ illa it includes complete total absence of the an￭ terior nas￭ al sp￭ ine there are also associated anomalies of muscle inser￭ tions of the upper lip and the nas￭ al floor and of the cer￭ vic￭ al sp￭ ine affected individuals typically have an unusually flat underdeveloped mid￭ face mid￭ facial hypo￭ pl￭ asia with an abnormally short nose and flat nas￭ al bridge they have an underdeveloped upper jaw relatively pro￭ tru￭ ding lower jaw with an￭ terior man￭ di￭ bul￭ ar vertical excess and a class iii sk￭ el￭ etal and dental reverse over￭ jet profile they have a small frontal sin￭ us and global facial imbalance treatment is encouraged as early as possible with poster￭ o￭ an￭ terior traction on the max￭ illa and at about age 8 rein￭ ser￭ tion of the nas￭ ol￭ ab￭ ial muscles onto the an￭ terior border of the car￭ ti￭ lag￭ inous system many who have a severe case of the disorder undergo plastic surgery or orth￭ od￭ on￭ tic treatment for cosmetic reasons
binge drinking or heavy ep￭ is￭ od￭ ic drinking is a modern epi￭ the￭ t for drinking alcoholic beverages with an intention of becoming in￭ tox￭ ic￭ ated by heavy consumption of alcohol over a short period of time it is a style of drinking that is popular in several countries worldwide and overlaps somewhat with social drinking since it is often done in groups the degree of in￭ tox￭ ication however varies between and within various cultures that engage in this practice a binge on alcohol can occur over hours last up to several days or in the event of extended abuse even weeks due to the long term effects of alcohol misuse binge drinking is considered to be a major public health issue binge drinking is associated with a profound social harm economic costs as well as increased disease burden binge drinking is more common in males during adoles￭ cence and young adul￭ thood heavy regular binge drinking is associated with adverse effects on neuro￭ logic cardiac gastro￭ intest￭ inal hem￭ ato￭ logic immune mus￭ cul￭ osk￭ el￭ etal organ systems as well as increasing the risk of alcohol induced psychiatric disorders a us based review of the literature found that up to one third of adolescents binge drink with six percent reaching the threshold of having an alcohol related substance use disorder approximately one in 25 women binge drinks during pregnancy which can lead to fe￭ tal alcohol syndrome and fe￭ tal alcohol spectrum disorders binge drinking during adoles￭ cence is associated with traffic accidents and other types of accidents violent behavior as well as suicide the more often a child or adoles￭ cent binge drinks and the younger they are the more likely that they will develop an alcohol use disorder including alcoholism a large number of adolescents who binge drink also consume other psychotropic substances binge drinking causes brain damage faster and more severely than chronic drinking alcoholism the neuro￭ toxic insults are due to very large amounts of glu￭ tam￭ ate which are released and over stimulate the brain as a binge finishes this results in exc￭ ito￭ toxicity a process which damages or kills neurons brain cells each binge drinking episode immediately insults the brain repeat episodes result in accumulating harm the developing adoles￭ cent brain is thought to be particularly susceptible to the neuro￭ toxic effects of binge drinking with some evidence of brain damage occurring from drinking more than 10 or 11 drinks once or twice per month
binge eating is a pattern of dis￭ ordered eating which consists of episodes of uncontrollable eating it is sometimes a symptom of binge eating disorder or compul￭ sive over￭ eating disorder during such b￭ inges a person rapidly consumes an excessive quantity of food a diagnosis of binge eating is associated with feelings of loss of control
binge eating disorder bed is characterized by binge eating without subsequent pur￭ ging episodes the disorder was first described in 1959 by psychiatrist and researcher albert stun￭ k￭ ard as night eating syndrome nes the term binge eating was coined to describe the same b￭ inging type eating behavior but without the exclusive no￭ c￭ tur￭ nal component binge eating is one of the most prevalent eating disorders among adults though there tends to be less media coverage and research about the disorder in comparison to an￭ ore￭ x￭ ia ner￭ vo￭ sa and bu￭ li￭ mia ner￭ vo￭ sa previously considered a topic for further research exploration binge eating disorder was included in the eating disorders section of the dsm 5 in 2013 bed is present in 0 8 of male u s adults and 1 6 of female u s adults in a given year
the b￭ ing￭ el reaction in ful￭ ler￭ ene chemistry is a ful￭ ler￭ ene cyclo￭ pro￭ pan￭ ation reaction to a meth￭ ano￭ ful￭ ler￭ ene first discovered by c b￭ ing￭ el in 1993 with the bro￭ mo derivative of di￭ ethyl mal￭ on￭ ate in the presence of a base such as sodium hy￭ dri￭ de or d￭ bu the preferred double bonds for this reaction on the ful￭ ler￭ ene surface are the shorter bonds at the junc￭ tions of two hex￭ ag￭ ons 6 6 bonds and the driving force is relief of ster￭ ic strain the reaction is of importance in the field of chemistry because it allows the introduction of useful extensions to the ful￭ ler￭ ene sphere these extensions alter their properties for instance solu￭ bility and electro￭ chemical behavior and therefore widen the range of potential technical applications
bing – ne￭ el syndrome b￭ ns is an extremely rare neuro￭ logic complic￭ ation of wal￭ den￭ ström macro￭ glob￭ ul￭ in￭ emia w￭ m it was first described in 1936 by j￭ ens bing and axel val￭ dem￭ ar ne￭ el who observed a case of 2 women 56 and 39 years old presenting with rapid neuro￭ de￭ generation in the setting of hyper￭ glob￭ ul￭ in￭ emia it involves central nervous system infiltr￭ ation by ne￭ op￭ l￭ astic lymp￭ hop￭ las￭ mac￭ y￭ to￭ id and plasma cells with or without cere￭ bro￭ spinal fluid c￭ sf hyper￭ glob￭ ul￭ in￭ emia this increases blood vis￭ cos￭ ity which imp￭ airs its circulation through small brain and eye blood vessels patients with b￭ ns can be classified into group a and group b based on the presence of these cells within the brain paren￭ ch￭ y￭ ma le￭ p￭ tom￭ en￭ inges dur￭ a and or the c￭ sf symptoms include episodes of confusion sl￭ ur￭ red speech headache fatigue at￭ ax￭ ia memory problems naus￭ ea v￭ om￭ iting and extre￭ mity num￭ b￭ ness complete blood count electro￭ ly￭ tes and liver enzymes are normal in patients with bing – ne￭ el syndrome diagnosis can include lum￭ bar punc￭ ture and magnetic resonance imaging m￭ ri of the brain and spinal cord treatment involves central nervous system penetr￭ ating chem￭ otherapy some significant improvement has been shown in patients as a result of cran￭ ial radiation treatment preceding a brief course of intra￭ th￭ ec￭ al chem￭ otherapy in ar￭ kansas a patient was treated with intra￭ th￭ ec￭ al chem￭ otherapy with several cycles of systemic chem￭ otherapy followed by auto￭ log￭ ous stem cell supported high dose therapy transplant the patient discontinued all treatment in 2009 and was still as￭ ymp￭ tomatic by the time a follow up report was published in 2013
bin￭ oc￭ ular dy￭ sp￭ h￭ oria is a hypothe￭ sized condition where the brain adap￭ ts to an alternative way of percei￭ ving depth cu￭ es 3 d films telev￭ is￭ ions virtual reality head￭ sets and other devices simul￭ ate the experience of three dimensions through stereo￭ scopic techniques presenting slightly different images to the left and right eyes through stere￭ o vision the primary cue for human depth perception the brain interpre￭ ts the images as being in three dimensions however current technology does not allow the displays to simul￭ ate the many other cu￭ es to depth perception so most viewers ignore those cu￭ es while viewing 3 d displays virtual reality researcher mark pes￭ ce argues citing research in japan britain and america that there is an adjustment period after watching simul￭ ated 3 d during which vision is impaired and that over￭ consumption of 3 d content could lead to increased risk of accidents or even permanent impairment pes￭ ce says that an un￭ released product safety study by se￭ ga led the company to cancel the release of a head mounted display for the se￭ ga genesis in the mid 1990 s at present there is no peer reviewed evidence of this condition
bin￭ oc￭ ular rivalry is a phenomenon of visual perception in which perception alternates between different images presented to each eye when one image is presented to one eye and a very different image is presented to the other also known as dic￭ hop￭ tic presentation instead of the two images being seen super￭ imposed one image is seen for a few moments then the other then the first and so on randomly for as long as one cares to look for example if a set of vertical lines is presented to one eye and a set of horizontal lines to the same region of the re￭ tina of the other sometimes the vertical lines are seen with no trace of the horizontal lines and sometimes the horizontal lines are seen with no trace of the vertical lines at transitions brief unstable compos￭ ites of the two images may be seen for example the vertical lines may appear one at a time to obscure the horizontal lines from the left or from the right like a traveling wave switching slowly one image for the other bin￭ oc￭ ular rivalry occurs between any stimul￭ i that differ sufficiently including simple stimul￭ i like lines of different orientation and complex stimul￭ i like different alphabe￭ tic letters or different pictures such as of a face and of a house very small differences between images however might yield sing￭ len￭ ess of vision and stere￭ op￭ sis bin￭ oc￭ ular rivalry has been extensively studied in the last century in recent years neuro￭ scientists have used neuro￭ imaging techniques and single cell recording techniques to identify ne￭ ural events responsible for the percep￭ tual dominance of a given image and for the percep￭ tual alter￭ nations
bin￭ sw￭ anger s disease also known as sub￭ cor￭ tical leuko￭ encephalopathy is a form of small vessel vascular dementia caused by damage to the white brain matter white matter atro￭ phy can be caused by many circumstances including chronic hyper￭ tension as well as old age this disease is characterized by loss of memory and intellectual function and by changes in mood these changes encompass what are known as executive functions of the brain it usually presents between 54 and 66 years of age and the first symptoms are usually mental deterioration or stroke it was described by otto bin￭ sw￭ anger in 18￭ 94 and alo￭ is alzheimer first used the phrase bin￭ sw￭ anger s disease in 19￭ 02 however ol￭ sze￭ wski is credited with much of the modern day investigation of this disease which began in 1962
bin￭ uc￭ le￭ ated cells are cells that contain two nucle￭ i this type of cell is most commonly found in cancer cells and may arise from a variety of causes bin￭ uc￭ le￭ ation can be easily vis￭ u￭ alized through stain￭ ing and micro￭ sco￭ py in general bin￭ uc￭ le￭ ation has negative effects on cell viability and subsequent mit￭ osis they also occur physi￭ o￭ logically in he￭ pat￭ oc￭ y￭ tes ch￭ on￭ dro￭ cy￭ tes and in fun￭ gi di￭ kar￭ yon
bio￭ chemical oxygen demand bo￭ d also called biological oxygen demand is the amount of dissolved oxygen needed i e demanded by aer￭ ob￭ ic biological organisms to break down organic material present in a given water sample at certain temperature over a specific time period the bo￭ d value is most commonly expressed in milli￭ grams of oxygen consumed per litre of sample during 5 days of incub￭ ation at 20 nbsp ° c and is often used as a sur￭ rogate of the degree of organic pollution of water bo￭ d can be used as a gauge of the effectiveness of wastewater treatment plants it is listed as a conventional pollutant in the u s clean water act bo￭ d is similar in function to chemical oxygen demand cod in that both measure the amount of organic compounds in water however cod is less specific since it measures everything that can be chemically ox￭ idi￭ zed rather than just levels of biodegradable organic matter
bio￭ concentration is the accumulation of a chemical in or on an organism when the source of chemical is solely water bio￭ concentration is a term that was created for use in the field of aquatic toxico￭ logy bio￭ concentration can also be defined as the process by which a chemical concentration in an aquatic organism exceeds that in water as a result of exposure to a water￭ borne chemical there are several ways in which to measure and assess bio￭ accumulation and bio￭ concentration these include oc￭ tan￭ ol water partition coefficients ko￭ w bio￭ concentration factors b￭ cf bio￭ accumulation factors ba￭ f and bio￭ ta se￭ diment accumulation factor b￭ sa￭ f each of these can be calculated using either empirical data or measurements as well as from mathematical models one of these mathematical models is a fu￭ g￭ acity based b￭ cf model developed by don mack￭ ay bio￭ concentration factor can also be expressed as the ratio of the concentration of a chemical in an organism to the concentration of the chemical in the surrounding environment the b￭ cf is a measure of the extent of chemical sharing between an organism and the surrounding environment in surface water the b￭ cf is the ratio of a chemical s concentration in an organism to the chemical s aqu￭ eous concentration b￭ cf is often expressed in units of lit￭ er per kilogram ratio of mg of chemical per kg of organism to mg of chemical per lit￭ er of water b￭ cf can simply be an observed ratio or it can be the prediction of a parti￭ tioning model a parti￭ tioning model is based on assumptions that chemicals partition between water and aquatic organisms as well as the idea that chemical equilibrium exists between the organisms and the aquatic environment in which it is found
bio￭ dilution is the decrease in concentration of an element or pollutant with an increase in troph￭ ic level this effect is primarily caused by the observed trend that an increase in al￭ gal biomass will reduce the overall concentration of a pollutant per cell which ultimately contributes to a lower dietary input to graz￭ ers and higher level aquatic organisms the primary elements and pollutants of concern are heavy metals such as mercury cadmium and lead these toxins have been shown to bio￭ accumulate up a food web in some cases metals such as mercury can biom￭ ag￭ ni￭ fy this is a major concern since meth￭ yl￭ mercury the most toxic mercury species can be found in high concentrations in human consumed fish and other aquatic organisms persistent organic pollutants such as carcinogenic polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons and al￭ k￭ yl￭ phen￭ ols have also shown to bio￭ dilute in the marine environment numerous studies have linked lower mercury concentrations in zo￭ op￭ lan￭ k￭ ton found in eu￭ troph￭ ic nutrient rich and highly productive as compared to oligo￭ troph￭ ic low nutrient aquatic environments nutrient enrichment mainly phosphorus and nitrogen reduce the input of mercury and other heavy metals into aquatic food we￭ bs through this bio￭ dilution effect primary producers such as phy￭ top￭ lan￭ k￭ ton uptake these heavy metals and accumulate them into their cells the higher the population of phy￭ top￭ lan￭ k￭ ton the less concentrated these pollutants will be in their cells once consumed by primary consumers such as zo￭ op￭ lan￭ k￭ ton these phy￭ top￭ lan￭ k￭ ton bound pollutants are incorporated into the consumer ’ s cells higher phy￭ top￭ lan￭ k￭ ton biomass means a lower concentration of pollutants accumulated by the zo￭ op￭ lan￭ k￭ ton and so on up the food web this effect causes an overall dilution of the original concentration up the food web that is the concentration of a pollutant will be lower in the zo￭ op￭ lan￭ k￭ ton than the phy￭ top￭ lan￭ k￭ ton in a high bloom condition although most bio￭ dilution studies have been on freshwater environments bio￭ dilution has been shown to occur in the marine environment as well the north￭ water pol￭ yn￭ ya located in baff￭ in bay was found to have a negative correlation of cadmium lead and nickel with an increase in troph￭ ic level cadmium and lead are both non essential metals that will compete for calcium within an organism which is detrimental for organism growth most studies measure bio￭ accumulation and bio￭ dilution using the δ 15 n isot￭ ope of nitrogen the δ 15 n isotop￭ ic signature is enriched up the food web a predat￭ or will have a higher δ 15 n as compared to its prey this trend allows the tropic position of an organism to be derived coupled to the concentration of a specific pollutant such as mercury the concentration ver￭ ses troph￭ ic position can be accessed while most heavy metals bio￭ accumulate under certain conditions heavy metals and organic pollutants have the potential to bio￭ dilute making a higher organism less exposed to the toxin
bi￭ of￭ ou￭ ling or biological fou￭ ling is the accumulation of micro￭ organisms plants al￭ ga￭ e or animals on we￭ tted surfaces such accumulation is referred to as epi￭ bio￭ sis when the host surface is another organism and the relationship is not par￭ asi￭ tic anti￭ fou￭ ling is the ability of specifically designed materials and co￭ at￭ ings to remove or prevent bi￭ of￭ ou￭ ling by any number of organisms on we￭ tted surfaces since bi￭ of￭ ou￭ ling can occur almost anywhere water is present bi￭ of￭ ou￭ ling poses risks to a wide variety of objects such as medical devices and memb￭ ran￭ es as well as to entire industries such as paper manufacturing food processing underwater construction and des￭ al￭ ination plants specifically the buil￭ dup of bi￭ of￭ ou￭ ling on marine vessels poses a significant problem in some instances the hull structure and propulsion systems can be damaged the accumulation of bi￭ of￭ oul￭ ers on hul￭ ls can increase both the hydro￭ dynamic volume of a vessel and the hydro￭ dynamic friction leading to increased drag of up to 60 the drag increase has been seen to decrease speeds by up to 10 which can require up to a 40 increase in fuel to compensate with fuel typically comprising up to half of marine transport costs anti￭ fou￭ ling methods are estimated to save the shipping industry around 60 billion per year increased fuel use due to bi￭ of￭ ou￭ ling contributes to adverse environmental effects and is predicted to increase emissions of carbon dioxide and sul￭ fur dioxide between 38 and 72 by 2020 a variety of anti￭ fou￭ ling methods have historically been implemented to combat bi￭ of￭ ou￭ ling recently scientists have begun researching anti￭ fou￭ ling methods inspired by living organisms this type of design imitation is known as biom￭ im￭ ic￭ ry
bio￭ hydro￭ metall￭ ur￭ gy is a sub￭ field within hydro￭ metall￭ ur￭ gy which includes aspects of biotechnology
bio￭ image inform￭ atics is a sub￭ field of bio￭ inform￭ atics and compu￭ tational biology it focuses on the use of compu￭ tational techniques to analyze bio￭ images especially cellular and molecular images at large scale and high through￭ put the goal is to obtain useful knowledge out of complicated and heterogeneous image and related metad￭ ata automated micro￭ sco￭ pes are able to collect large amounts of images with minimal intervention this has led to a data explosion which absolutely requires automatic processing additionally and surprisingly for several of these tasks there is evidence that automated systems can perform better than humans in addition automated systems are un￭ biased unlike human based analysis whose evaluation may even un￭ consciously be influenced by the desired outcome there has been an increasing focus on developing novel image processing computer vision data mining database and vis￭ u￭ alization techniques to extract compare search and manage the biological knowledge in these data intensive problems
biom￭ ag￭ ne￭ tism is the phenomenon of magnetic fields produced by living organisms it is a sub￭ set of bio￭ electro￭ magne￭ tism in contrast organisms use of magne￭ tism in navigation is magne￭ to￭ ception and the study of the magnetic fields effects on organisms is magne￭ to￭ biology the word biom￭ ag￭ ne￭ tism has also been used loosely to include magne￭ to￭ biology further encompassing almost any combination of the words magne￭ tism cosmo￭ logy and biology such as magne￭ to￭ astro￭ biology the origin of the word biom￭ ag￭ ne￭ tism is unclear but seems to have appeared several hundred years ago linked to the expression animal magne￭ tism the present scientific definition took form in the 1970 s when an increasing number of researchers began to measure the magnetic fields produced by the human body the first valid measurement was actually made in 1963 but the field of research began to expand only after a low noise technique was developed in 1970 today the community of biom￭ ag￭ ne￭ tic researchers does not have a formal organization but international conferences are held every two years with about 600 att￭ ende￭ es most conference activity centers on the meg magne￭ to￭ encephal￭ o￭ gram the measurement of the magnetic field of the brain
biom￭ an￭ ip￭ ulation is the deliberate alteration of an ecosystem by adding or removing species especially predators
biop￭ itting is a geo￭ logic phenomenon that occurs when small pits are created in rock as a result of the bio￭ erosion induced by different organisms and or micro￭ organisms for example fun￭ gi bacteria al￭ ga￭ e lic￭ hens this phenomenon occurs when the organisms grow on or near the surface of rocks
bi￭ orientation is the phenomenon whereby micro￭ tu￭ bul￭ es emanating from different micro￭ tu￭ bu￭ le organizing centres m￭ to￭ cs attach to k￭ ine￭ to￭ cho￭ res of sister ch￭ rom￭ ati￭ ds this results in the sister ch￭ rom￭ ati￭ ds moving to opposite poles of the cell during cell division and thus results in both daughter cells having the same genetic information k￭ ine￭ to￭ cho￭ res link the chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es to the mit￭ otic spin￭ dle doing so relies on intricate interactions between micro￭ tu￭ bul￭ es and k￭ ine￭ to￭ cho￭ res it has been shown that in fis￭ sion ye￭ ast micro￭ tu￭ bu￭ le attachment can make frequent erroneous attachments early in mit￭ osis which are then often corrected prior to an￭ aph￭ ase onset by a system which uses protein kin￭ ase to affect k￭ ine￭ to￭ ch￭ ore micro￭ tu￭ bul￭ es kt￭ m￭ ts in the absence of a￭ stric￭ tion between sister ch￭ rom￭ ati￭ ds proper bi￭ orientation allows correct chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al segregation in cell division although this process is not well understood high resolution imaging of live mouse o￭ oc￭ y￭ tes has revealed that chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es form an intermediate chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al configuration called the pro￭ metaph￭ ase belt which occurs prior to bi￭ orientation kit￭ a￭ jim￭ a et al estimate that about 90 of chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es require correction of the k￭ ine￭ to￭ ch￭ ore micro￭ tu￭ bu￭ le attachments using aur￭ ora kin￭ ase prior to obtaining correct bi￭ orientation this suggests a possible cause for the elevated frequency of abnormal chro￭ mo￭ some counts an￭ eu￭ plo￭ id￭ y in mammals several methods are post￭ ulated by which chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es bi￭ orient when they are located far from the pole with which they need to connect one mechanism involves the kin￭ et￭ ch￭ ore meeting micro￭ tu￭ bul￭ es from the dis￭ tal pole another method described is based on observations that the k￭ ine￭ to￭ ch￭ ore of one pole oriented chro￭ mo￭ some attaches to k￭ ine￭ to￭ ch￭ ore fi￭ bers of an already bi￭ oriented chro￭ mo￭ some these two mechanisms possibly work in concert certain chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es may bi￭ orient via encounters with micro￭ tu￭ bul￭ es from dis￭ tal poles which is then followed by k￭ ine￭ to￭ ch￭ ore fi￭ bers that speed up bi￭ orientation with already oriented chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es researchers have detached gras￭ shop￭ per sper￭ mat￭ oc￭ y￭ tes from spin￭ dle fi￭ bers and moved them away from the metaph￭ ase plate via mic￭ roman￭ ip￭ ulation several chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es instantly bi￭ oriented as deduc￭ ed from the observation that upon re￭ attachment the chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es moved to the metaph￭ ase plate without moving to the poles
bio￭ st￭ asis is the ability of an organism to tolerate environmental changes without having to actively adapt to them the word is also used as a synon￭ ym for cry￭ ost￭ asis or cry￭ on￭ ics it is found in organisms that live in habitats that may encounter unfavourable living conditions e g drought freezing a change in ph pressure or temperature insects undergo di￭ ap￭ ause which allows them to survive winter and other events di￭ ap￭ ause may be obligatory required for the insect to survive or fac￭ ul￭ tative the insect is able to undergo change before the initiating event arrives medical bio￭ st￭ asis can be put to use in humans to help repair brain damage depending on where medicine is in the next decade medical bio￭ st￭ asis procedures can be performed by trauma surgeons by 2026
bio￭ t s respir￭ ation is an abnormal pattern of breathing characterized by groups of quick shallow inspir￭ ations followed by regular or irregular periods of ap￭ ne￭ a it is named for cam￭ ille bio￭ t who characterized it in 18￭ 76
bio￭ tic stress is stress that occurs as a result of damage done to plants by other living organisms such as bacteria viruses fun￭ gi parasites beneficial and harmful insects weeds and cultivated or native plants not to be confused with abi￭ otic stress which is the negative impact of non living factors on the organisms in a specific environment such as sunlight wind sal￭ inity over watering and drought the types of bio￭ tic stresses imposed on a plant depend on both geography and climate and on the host plant and its ability to resist particular stresses although there are many kinds of bio￭ tic stress the majority of plant diseases are caused by fun￭ gi bio￭ tic stress remains a broadly defined term and those who study it face many challenges such as the greater difficulty in controlling bio￭ tic stresses in an experimental context compared to abi￭ otic stress the damage caused by these various living and non￭ living agents can appear very similar even with close observation accurate diagnosis can be difficult for example brow￭ ning of leaves on an oak tree caused by drought stress may appear similar to leaf brow￭ ning caused by oak wil￭ t a serious vascular disease or the brow￭ ning cause by anth￭ rac￭ nose a fairly minor leaf disease
bio￭ tin deficiency is a rare nutritional disorder which can become serious even fatal if allowed to progress untreated it can occur in people of any age ance￭ stry or gender bio￭ tin is part of the b vitamin family bio￭ tin deficiency rarely occurs among healthy people because the daily requirement of bio￭ tin is low many foods provide adequate amounts of it intest￭ inal bacteria synthe￭ size small amounts of it and the body effectively sca￭ ven￭ ges and recycl￭ es it from bodily waste however deficiencies can be caused by consuming raw egg whites over a period of months to years egg whites contain high levels of avi￭ din a protein that binds bio￭ tin strongly when cooked avi￭ din is partially denatured and binding to bio￭ tin is reduced however one study showed that 30 40 of the avi￭ din activity was still present in the white after fr￭ ying or boiling hence excessive cooked egg white consumption could possibly cause bio￭ tin deficiency genetic disorders such as bio￭ tin￭ id￭ ase deficiency multiple car￭ box￭ yl￭ ase deficiency and holo￭ car￭ box￭ yl￭ ase synthe￭ t￭ ase deficiency can also lead to in￭ born or late onset forms of bio￭ tin deficiency in all cases – dietary genetic or otherwise – supplem￭ entation with bio￭ tin is the primary method of treatment
bio￭ tin￭ id￭ ase deficiency is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive metabol￭ ic disorder in which bio￭ tin is not released from proteins in the diet during dig￭ estion or from normal protein turnover in the cell this situation results in bio￭ tin deficiency bio￭ tin also called vitamin b 7 is an important water soluble nutrient that aids in the metabol￭ ism of fats carbo￭ hydr￭ ates and proteins bio￭ tin deficiency can result in behavioral disorders lack of coordination learning disabilities and seizures bio￭ tin supplem￭ entation can alleviate and sometimes totally arrest such symptoms
bi￭ partite pat￭ ella also known as pat￭ ella bi￭ parti￭ ta is a condition where the pat￭ ella or kne￭ ec￭ ap is composed of two separate bones instead of f￭ using together in early childhood the bones of the pat￭ ella remain separated the condition occurs in approximately 1 – 2 of the population and is nine times more likely to occur in males than females it is often as￭ ymp￭ tomatic and most commonly diagnosed as an incidental finding with about 2 of cases becoming symptomatic
a bi￭ ph￭ as￭ ic disease is a disease which has two distinct phases
bipolar ii disorder bp ii pronounced type two bipolar disorder is a bipolar spectrum disorder see also bipolar disorder characterized by at least one episode of hypo￭ mania and at least one episode of major depression diagnosis for bipolar ii disorder requires that the individual must never have experienced a full man￭ ic episode unless it was caused by an anti￭ depres￭ sant medication otherwise one man￭ ic episode meets the criteria for bipolar i disorder hypo￭ mania is a sustained state of elevated or irrit￭ able mood that is less severe than mania and does not significantly impact quality of life unlike mania hypo￭ mania is not associated with psycho￭ sis the hypo￭ man￭ ic episodes associated with bipolar ii disorder must last for at least four days commonly depres￭ sive episodes are more frequent and more intense than hypo￭ man￭ ic episodes additionally when compared to bipolar i disorder type ii presents more frequent depres￭ sive episodes and shorter intervals of well being the course of bipolar ii disorder is more chronic and consists of more frequent cycling than the course of bipolar i disorder finally bipolar ii is associated with a greater risk of suicidal thoughts and behaviors than bipolar i or uni￭ polar depression although bipolar ii is commonly perceived to be a mil￭ der form of type i this is not the case types i and ii present equally severe burdens bipolar ii is difficult to diagnose patients usually seek help when they are in a depressed state because the symptoms of hypo￭ mania are often mistaken for high functioning behavior or simply attributed to personality patients are typically not aware of their hypo￭ man￭ ic symptoms as a result they are unable to provide their doctor with all the information needed for an accurate assessment these individuals are often mis￭ diagnosed with uni￭ polar depression of all individuals initially diagnosed with major depres￭ sive disorder between 40 and 50 will later be diagnosed with either bp i or bp ii substance abuse disorders which have high co morbi￭ dity with bp ii and periods of mixed depression may also make it more difficult to accurately identify bp ii despite the difficulties it is important that bp ii individuals be correctly assessed so that they can receive the proper treatment anti￭ depres￭ sant use in the absence of mood stabilizers is correlated with worsening bp ii symptoms
bipolar i disorder bp i pronounced type one bipolar disorder is a bipolar spectrum disorder characterized by the occurrence of at least one man￭ ic or mixed episode most patients also at other times have one or more depres￭ sive episodes and all experience a hypo￭ man￭ ic stage before progressing to full mania it is a type of bipolar disorder and conforms to the classic concept of man￭ ic depres￭ sive illness which can include psycho￭ sis during mood episodes the difference with bipolar ii disorder is that the latter requires that the individual must never have experienced a full man￭ ic or mixed man￭ ic episode only less severe hypo￭ man￭ ic episode s
bipolar disorder formerly man￭ ic depression is a mental disorder with periods of depression and periods of elevated mood the elevated mood is significant and is known as mania or hypo￭ mania depending on its severity or whether symptoms of psycho￭ sis are present during mania an individual behaves or feels abnormally energetic happy or irrit￭ able individuals often make poorly thought out decisions with little regard to the consequences the need for sleep is usually reduced during man￭ ic phases during periods of depression there may be crying a negative outlook on life and poor eye contact with others the risk of suicide among those with the illness is high at greater than 6 percent over 20 years while self harm occurs in 30 – 40 percent other mental health issues such as anxiety disorders and substance use disorder are commonly associated the causes are not clearly understood but both environmental and genetic factors play a role many genes of small effect contribute to risk environmental factors include a history of childhood abuse and long term stress it is divided into bipolar i disorder if there is at least one man￭ ic episode and bipolar ii disorder if there are at least one hypo￭ man￭ ic episode and one major depres￭ sive episode in those with less severe symptoms of a prolonged duration the condition cyclo￭ th￭ ym￭ ic disorder may be present if due to drugs or medical problems it is classified separately other conditions that may present in a similar manner include attention deficit hyper￭ activity disorder personality disorders schizophrenia and substance use disorder as well as a number of medical conditions medical testing is not required for a diagnosis however blood tests or medical imaging can be done to rule out other problems treatment commonly includes psycho￭ therapy as well as medications such as mood stabilizers and anti￭ psycho￭ tics examples of mood stabilizers that are commonly used include lith￭ ium and anti￭ con￭ vul￭ s￭ ants treatment in hospital against a person s consent may be required at times as people may be a risk to themselves or others yet refuse treatment severe behavioral problems may be managed with short term anti￭ psycho￭ tics or benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines in periods of mania it is recommended that anti￭ depres￭ s￭ ants be stopped if anti￭ depres￭ s￭ ants are used for periods of depression they should be used with a mood stabili￭ zer electro￭ con￭ vul￭ sive therapy ect may be helpful for those who do not respond to other treatments if treatments are stopped it is recommended that this be done slowly many individuals have financial social or work related problems due to the illness these difficulties occur a quarter to a third of the time on average the risk of death from natural causes such as heart disease is twice that of the general population this is due to poor lifestyle choices and the side effects from medications about 3 percent of people in the us are estimated to have bipolar disorder at some point in their life lower rates of around 1 percent are found in other countries the most common age at which symptoms begin is 25 rates appear to be similar in females as males the economic costs of the disorder has been estimated at 45 billion for the united states in 1991 a large proportion of this was related to a higher number of missed work days estimated at 50 per year people with bipolar disorder often face problems with social stigma
bipolar disorder b￭ d in children or pedi￭ atric bipolar disorder p￭ b￭ d is a condition that affects mood and energy it is characterized by extreme changes in mood that range from depres￭ sive lows to man￭ ic high￭ s it has been a controversial diagnosis with big differences in how commonly it is diagnosed across clinics and countries until the 1990 s bipolar disorder was thought to be rare in children and adolescents there has been a rapid increase in research on the topic but training and clinical practice lag behind identifying b￭ d in youth is challenging because while adults with b￭ d often have distinct periods of depression and mania that last for weeks months or longer youth diagnosed with b￭ d frequently have depres￭ sive and man￭ ic symptoms that occur daily and sometimes simultaneously either as rapid shifts or periods of high energy negative mood com￭ or￭ bid disorders are common which makes determining what symptoms are signs of b￭ d and which are due to other disorders e g depression ad￭ hd disruptive behavior problems crucial both for accurate diagnosis and effective treatment
bipolar disorder not otherwise specified b￭ d nos is a diagnosis for bipolar disorder b￭ d when it does not fall within the other established sub types bipolar disorder nos is sometimes referred to as sub￭ threshold bipolar disorder
bipolar electro￭ chemistry is a phenomenon in electro￭ chemistry based on the polarization of conducting objects in electric fields indeed this polarization generates a potential difference between the two extre￭ mi￭ ties of the sub￭ str￭ ate that is equal to the electric field value multiplied by the size of the object if this potential difference is important enough then re￭ do￭ x reactions can be generated at the extre￭ mi￭ ties of the object oxid￭ ations will occur at one extre￭ mity coupled simultaneously to reductions at the other extre￭ mity in a simple experimental setup consisting of a plat￭ inum wire in a weighing boat containing a ph indicator solution a 30 v voltage across two electro￭ des will cause water reduction at one end of the wire the cath￭ ode and a ph increase oh − formation and water oxid￭ ation at the an￭ od￭ ic end and a ph decrease the poles of the bipolar electro￭ de also align themselves with the applied electric field
in mathematics the bir￭ ch and sw￭ in￭ ner￭ ton dy￭ er con￭ jec￭ ture describes the set of rational solutions to equations defining an elli￭ ptic curve it is an open problem in the field of number theory and is widely recognized as one of the most challenging mathematical problems the con￭ jec￭ ture was chosen as one of the seven millennium prize problems listed by the clay mathematics institute which has offered a 1 000 000 prize for the first correct proof it is named after mathem￭ ati￭ ci￭ ans br￭ yan bir￭ ch and peter sw￭ in￭ ner￭ ton dy￭ er who developed the con￭ jec￭ ture during the first half of the 1960 s with the help of machine compu￭ tation as of 2016 only special cases of the con￭ jec￭ ture have been proved the con￭ jec￭ ture relates arithmetic data associated to an elli￭ ptic curve e over a number field k to the behaviour of the has￭ se – weil l function l e s of e at s 1 more specifically it is con￭ jec￭ tured that the rank of the ab￭ eli￭ an group e k of points of e is the order of the zero of l e s at s 1 and the first non zero coefficient in the taylor expansion of l e s at s 1 is given by more refined arithmetic data attached to e over k
the bir￭ ch reduction is an organic reaction which is particularly useful in synthetic organic chemistry the reaction was reported in 1944 by the australian chem￭ ist arthur bir￭ ch 1915 – 1995 working in the dys￭ on per￭ r￭ ins laboratory in the university of oxford building on earlier work by woo￭ ster and god￭ fre￭ y in 19￭ 37 it conver￭ ts aromatic compounds having a ben￭ zen￭ o￭ id ring into a product 1 4 cyclo￭ hex￭ adi￭ en￭ es in which two hydrogen atoms have been attached on opposite ends of the mol￭ ecu￭ le it is the organic reduction of aromatic rings in liquid ammonia with sodium lith￭ ium or potassium and an alcohol such as ethanol and ter￭ t bu￭ tan￭ ol this reaction is quite unlike catalytic hydro￭ gen￭ ation which usually reduces the aromatic ring all the way to a cyclo￭ hex￭ ane the original reaction reported by arthur bir￭ ch in 1944 utilized sodium and ethanol subsequently a l wil￭ ds noted that better yields result with lith￭ ium also the use of t bu￭ ty￭ l alcohol has become common the reaction is one of the main organic reactions utilized in all types of syn￭ theses the bir￭ ch reduction an example is the reduction of nap￭ h￭ thal￭ ene nap￭ h￭ thal￭ ene bir￭ ch reduction several reviews have been published
bird sk￭ ys￭ cr￭ aper collis￭ ions are a problem in urban areas several major cities like toronto in canada and new york city in the united states have programs to ab￭ ate this such as toronto s fatal light awareness program fl￭ ap and new york city s lights out new york a program of new york city au￭ du￭ bon an environmental organization according to fl￭ ap between one and nine million birds die each year in the city from hitting sk￭ ys￭ cr￭ ap￭ ers due to mis￭ taking refl￭ ective windows for open sky or being drawn to lights at night
bird fallout or migration fallout is the phenomenon resulting from severe weather preventing migratory birds from reaching their destination this can occur while birds are traveling south or returning to their breeding grounds due to the distance travelled birds will not have enough energy to continue flight when encountering high winds this exhaustion results in a large amount of birds resting in one area this may be extremely stressful on the birds as well as the surrounding ecology bird fallout isn ’ t particularly common as it stems from the chance event of severe winds found in incl￭ ement weather due to the rare occurrence of a migratory fallout as well as the abundance of birds resting in a single location it is a sought after event for bir￭ ders
bird fanci￭ er s lung is a type of hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity pneu￭ mon￭ i￭ tis caused by bird dro￭ pp￭ ings the lungs become infl￭ amed with gran￭ ul￭ oma formation bird fanci￭ er s lung b￭ fl also called bird breeder s lung and pigeon breeder s lung is a sub￭ set of hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity pneu￭ mon￭ i￭ tis h￭ p this disease is caused by the exposure to avian proteins present in the dry dust of the dro￭ pp￭ ings and sometimes in the feathers of a variety of birds birds such as pigeons par￭ a￭ ke￭ ets cock￭ ati￭ els shell par￭ a￭ ke￭ ets bud￭ ger￭ ig￭ ars par￭ rots turtle do￭ ves turkeys and chickens have been implicated people who work with birds or own many birds are at risk bird hob￭ by￭ ists and pet store workers may also be at risk
bir￭ d￭ shot ch￭ ori￭ ore￭ tin￭ opathy is a rare form of bilateral poster￭ ior u￭ ve￭ i￭ tis affecting the eye it causes severe progressive infl￭ amm￭ ation of both the chor￭ o￭ id and re￭ tina affected individuals are almost exclusively caucasian and usually diagnosed in the fourth to sixth decade of their lives
the bir￭ min￭ gham riot of 1963 was a civil disorder in bir￭ min￭ gham al￭ ab￭ ama that was provoked by bombings on the night of may 11 1963 the bombings targeted black leaders of the bir￭ min￭ gham campaign a mass protest for racial justice bombed were the par￭ son￭ age of rev a d king brother of martin luther king jr and a motel owned by a g gast￭ on where king and his team had stayed martin luther king jr was a leader of the bir￭ min￭ gham civil rights campaign which had been conducted that spring with large non violent demonstrations and mass arrest of schoolchildren who were demonstrating witnesses saw bir￭ min￭ gham police place bombs at the par￭ son￭ age which was partially destroyed all the family escaped the bombings were probably planned and carried out by members of the ku k￭ lux kl￭ an since the 1950 s k￭ kk members in bir￭ min￭ gham had used bombings against civil rights leaders and blacks who started to move into good neighborhoods after the attacks blacks in the area began to riot because of the police involvement and were repressed severely by the bir￭ min￭ gham police department the united states government intervened with federal troops for the first time to control black violence it was the first time the government had used military troops independently of enforcing a court injunction this federal action was considered controversial by governor wallace and other al￭ ab￭ ama whites the bombings and police response were a pivotal event that contributed to president kennedy s decision to propose civil rights legislation to achieve relief of injustice it was passed under president lyndon b johnson as the civil rights act of 1964
birth trauma bt refers to damage of the tissues and organs of a newly delivered child often as a result of physical pressure or trauma during childbirth the term also encompasses the long term consequences often of a cognitive nature of damage to the brain or cran￭ ium medical study of birth trauma dates to the 16 th century and the mor￭ pho￭ logical consequences of mis￭ handled delivery are described in renaissance era medical literature birth injury occupies a unique area of concern and study in the medical can￭ on in ic￭ d 10 birth trauma occupied 49 individual codes p 10 р 15 however there are often clear distinctions to be made between brain damage caused by birth trauma and that induced by in￭ trau￭ ter￭ ine as￭ phy￭ x￭ ia it is also crucial to distinguish between birth trauma and birth injury birth injuries encompass any systemic damages incurred during delivery hypo￭ x￭ ic toxic bio￭ chemical infection factors etc but birth trauma focuses largely on mechanical damage cap￭ ut succe￭ dan￭ eu￭ m sub￭ cu￭ taneous hemorrha￭ ges small sub￭ perio￭ st￭ al hemorrha￭ ges hemorrha￭ ges along the dis￭ placements of cran￭ ial bones in￭ trad￭ ural ble￭ edings sub￭ cap￭ s￭ ular ha￭ em￭ atom￭ as of liver are among the more commonly reported birth injuries birth trauma on the other hand encompasses the enduring side effects of physical birth injuries including the ensuing compensatory and adap￭ tive mechanisms and the development of pathological processes patho￭ genesis after the damage
a birth￭ mark is a con￭ genital benign irregularity on the skin which is present at birth or appears shortly after birth usually in the first month they can occur anywhere on the skin birth￭ marks are caused by over￭ growth of blood vessels mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tes smooth muscle fat fi￭ bro￭ bl￭ asts or ker￭ at￭ in￭ oc￭ y￭ tes der￭ mato￭ logists divide birth￭ marks into two types pi￭ gm￭ ented birth￭ marks caused by excess skin pig￭ ment cells include mol￭ es café au la￭ it spots and mongo￭ lian spots vascular birth￭ marks also called red birth￭ marks are caused by increased blood vessels and include mac￭ ular stain￭ s salmon pat￭ ches hem￭ an￭ gi￭ om￭ as and port wine stain￭ s a little over 1 in 10 babies have a vascular birth￭ mark present by age 1 several birth￭ mark types are part of the group of skin le￭ sions known as ne￭ vi or na￭ ev￭ i which means birth￭ marks in latin the exact cause of most birth￭ marks is unknown but they are thought to occur as a result of a loc￭ alized imbalance in factors controlling the development and migration of skin cells in addition it is known that vascular birth￭ marks are not hereditary
bir￭ t – ho￭ gg – du￭ b￭ é syndrome b￭ hd also hor￭ n￭ stein – bir￭ t – ho￭ gg – du￭ b￭ é syndrome hor￭ n￭ stein – kn￭ ick￭ en￭ berg syndrome and fi￭ bro￭ fol￭ lic￭ ul￭ om￭ as with tric￭ ho￭ dis￭ com￭ as and acro￭ ch￭ ord￭ ons is a human auto￭ som￭ al dominant genetic disorder that can cause suscep￭ tibility to kidney cancer ren￭ al and pul￭ mon￭ ary cy￭ sts and non￭ can￭ cer￭ ous tumors of the hair fol￭ lic￭ les called fi￭ bro￭ fol￭ lic￭ ul￭ om￭ as the symptoms seen in each family are unique and can include any combination of the three symptoms fi￭ bro￭ fol￭ lic￭ ul￭ om￭ as are the most common manifestation found on the face and upper trunk in over 80 of people with b￭ hd over the age of 40 pul￭ mon￭ ary cy￭ sts are equally common 84 but only 24 of people with b￭ hd eventually experience a collapsed lung spontaneous pneu￭ mo￭ thor￭ ax kidney tumors both can￭ cer￭ ous and benign occur in 14 – 34 of people with b￭ hd the associated kidney cancers are often rare hybrid tumors any of these conditions that occurs in a family can indicate a diagnosis of bir￭ t – ho￭ gg – du￭ b￭ é syndrome though it is only confirmed by a genetic test for a mutation in the fl￭ cn gene which codes for the protein fol￭ lic￭ ulin though its function is not fully understood it appears to be a tumor sup￭ pres￭ sor gene that restricts cell growth and division versions of fl￭ cn have been found in other animals including fruit flies german shep￭ herds rats and mice the disease was discovered in 1977 but the connection with fl￭ cn was not elu￭ ci￭ dated until 2002 after kidney cancer collapsed lungs and pul￭ mon￭ ary cy￭ sts were all definitively connected to b￭ hd bir￭ t – ho￭ gg – du￭ b￭ é syndrome can manifest similarly to other diseases which must be ruled out when making a diagnosis these include tuber￭ ous sclerosis which causes skin le￭ sions similar to fi￭ bro￭ fol￭ lic￭ ul￭ om￭ as and von hip￭ pel lind￭ au disease which causes hereditary kidney cancers once diagnosed people with b￭ hd are treated prevent￭ atively with monitoring of kidneys and lungs using medical imaging fi￭ bro￭ fol￭ lic￭ ul￭ om￭ as can be removed sur￭ g￭ ically and pneu￭ mo￭ thor￭ ax and kidney cancer are treated according to the normal standard of care
the bis￭ ch￭ ler – mö￭ hl￭ au in￭ do￭ le synthesis is a chemical reaction that forms a 2 ar￭ yl in￭ do￭ le from an α bro￭ mo acet￭ op￭ hen￭ one and excess an￭ il￭ ine it is named after august bis￭ ch￭ ler and richard mö￭ hl￭ au the bis￭ ch￭ ler mö￭ hl￭ au in￭ do￭ le synthesis in spite of its long history this classical reaction has received relatively little attention in comparison with other methods for in￭ do￭ le synthesis perhaps owing to the harsh reaction conditions that it requires recently mil￭ der methods have been developed including the use of lith￭ ium bromide as a catalyst and an improved procedure involving the use of microwave irradiation
the bis￭ ch￭ ler – nap￭ ier￭ al￭ ski reaction is an intr￭ am￭ ol￭ ec￭ ular electro￭ phil￭ ic aromatic substitution reaction that allows for the cy￭ cli￭ zation of β ar￭ y￭ leth￭ yl￭ am￭ ides or β ar￭ y￭ leth￭ yl￭ carb￭ am￭ ates it was first discovered in 18￭ 93 by august bis￭ ch￭ ler and bernard nap￭ ier￭ al￭ ski in affiliation with basle chemical works and the university of zur￭ ich the reaction is most notably used in the synthesis of di￭ hydro￭ iso￭ quin￭ ol￭ ines which can be subsequently ox￭ idi￭ zed to iso￭ quin￭ ol￭ ines
bis￭ mu￭ thia is a rare der￭ mat￭ ological condition that results from the prolonged use of bis￭ mu￭ th much more rarely than with silver bis￭ mu￭ th may produce a generalized persistent skin dis￭ color￭ ation resembling arg￭ y￭ ria this is known as bis￭ mu￭ thia the con￭ junc￭ tiv￭ ae and oral mu￭ co￭ sa as well as skin are commonly afflicted by the condition pig￭ ment gran￭ ules are evenly scattered through the der￭ mis producing a blue or blu￭ ish gray skin color by the scat￭ tering phenomenon it is extre￭ men￭ ly rare and as a consequence is poorly understood by modern medicine special stain￭ s and spec￭ tro￭ scopic methods must be utilized for identification of skin pig￭ ments affected by bis￭ mu￭ th usually bis￭ mu￭ th produces a black line due to bis￭ mu￭ th sul￭ fide along the g￭ ums near the teeth similar to a lead line this is not likely to occur if the gum is ed￭ ent￭ ulous or the gum and the teeth normal it is more common when g￭ ing￭ i￭ vi￭ tis and cari￭ ous teeth are present bis￭ mu￭ th excess may cause stom￭ ati￭ tis on even r￭ arer occasions bis￭ mu￭ th has been reported to cause pi￭ gm￭ entation of the vag￭ ina and cer￭ vi￭ x
bis￭ phosp￭ hon￭ ate associated o￭ ste￭ on￭ ec￭ ro￭ sis of the jaw often abbreviated as bon bon￭ j or bon of the jaw also called bis￭ phosp￭ hon￭ ate related o￭ ste￭ on￭ ec￭ ro￭ sis of the jaw bron￭ j pronounced br￭ ɒ￭ n￭ d￭ ʒ or bis￭ phosp￭ hon￭ ate induced o￭ ste￭ on￭ ec￭ ro￭ sis of the jaw bi￭ on￭ j is o￭ ste￭ on￭ ec￭ ro￭ sis of the jaw in a person with a history of bis￭ phosp￭ hon￭ ate use who under￭ goes subsequent dental surgery it may lead to surgical complic￭ ation in the form of impaired wound healing following oral and max￭ il￭ lo￭ facial surgery period￭ on￭ tal surgery or endo￭ don￭ tic therapy a correlation between history of bis￭ phosp￭ hon￭ ate use and o￭ ste￭ on￭ ec￭ ro￭ sis of the jaw after later surgery was detected in the oral medicine fields for several years before the exact nature of the relationship eti￭ ology patho￭ genesis could begin to be understood and it is still not entirely clear although it has been nick￭ named bis pho￭ s￭ sy jaw based on its similarity with pho￭ s￭ sy jaw there is no known prevention for bis￭ phosp￭ hon￭ ate associated o￭ ste￭ on￭ ec￭ ro￭ sis of the jaw avoiding the use of bis￭ phosp￭ hon￭ ates is not a viable prevention on a general population basis because the drugs have more benefit throughout the population preventing o￭ ste￭ op￭ or￭ otic fractu￭ res and treating bone cancers than harm bron￭ j
in digital transmission bit slip is the loss or gain of a bit or bits caused by clock drift – variations in the respective clock rates of the transmitting and receiving devices one cause of bit sli￭ pp￭ age is over￭ flow of a receive buffer that occurs when the transmitter s clock rate exceeds that of the receiver this causes one or more bits to be dropped for lack of storage capacity one way to maintain timing between transmitting and receiving devices is to employ an as￭ yn￭ ch￭ ron￭ ous protocol such as start stop alternatively bit slip can be prevented by using a self c￭ locking signal such as a signal mod￭ ulated using o￭ q￭ p￭ sk or using a line coding such as manchester en￭ coding another cause is losing count as on a hard drive if a hard drive encounters a long string of 0 s without any 1 s or a string of 1 s without 0 s it may lose track of the frame between fields and suffer bit slip when a pulse of n consecutive zero bits are sent clock drift may cause the hardware to apparently detect n 1 zero bits or n 1 zero bits — both kinds of errors are called bit slip thus one prevents long strings without change via such devices as run length limited codes many communication systems use linear feedback shift register scram￭ bling to prevent long strings of 0 s or other symbol including v￭ sat 1000 base t etc while a scram￭ bler makes the losing count type of bit slip error occur far less often when bit slip errors do occur perhaps for other reasons scram￭ bl￭ ers have the property of expanding small errors that add or lose a single bit into a much longer burst of errors the optimi￭ zed ci￭ p￭ her feedback mode oc￭ f￭ b the statistical self synchron￭ ization mode and the one bit cf￭ b mode also expand small bit slip errors into a longer burst of errors but eventually recover and produce the correct dec￭ ry￭ p￭ ted plain￭ text a bit slip error when using any other block ci￭ p￭ her mode of operation generally results in complete corruption of the rest of the message
a bit￭ cru￭ sh￭ er is a lo fi low fidel￭ ity digital audio effect which produces a distortion by the reduction of the resolution or band￭ width of digital audio data the resulting quan￭ tization noise may produce a “ warmer ” sound impression or a harsh one depending on the amount of reduction
bit￭ em￭ por￭ al hem￭ i￭ an￭ op￭ sia aka bit￭ em￭ por￭ al heter￭ onym￭ ous hem￭ i￭ an￭ op￭ sia or bit￭ em￭ por￭ al hem￭ i￭ an￭ op￭ ia is the medical description of a type of partial blindness where vision is missing in the outer half of both the right and left visual field it is usually associated with le￭ sions of the op￭ tic chi￭ asm the area where the op￭ tic nerves from the right and left eyes cross near the pit￭ u￭ itary g￭ land
bit￭ ot s spots are the buil￭ dup of ker￭ atin located superfic￭ ially in the con￭ junc￭ tiva which are o￭ val tri￭ ang￭ ular or irregular in shape these spots are a sign of vitamin a deficiency and are associated with con￭ junc￭ ti￭ val x￭ er￭ osis in 18￭ 63 pierre bit￭ ot 18￭ 22 18￭ 88 a french physician first described these spots in ancient egypt this was treated with animal liver which is where vitamin a is stored
bitter pit is a disorder in apple fruits now believed to be induced by calcium deficiency it occurs less commonly in pears the disease was probably first reported in germany where it was known as sti￭ pp￭ en it was also known as bal￭ d￭ win spot and blo￭ t￭ chy cork in north america the name bitter pit was first used by co￭ bb in australia in 18￭ 95 the disease has been shown as non pathological and is now known as a disorder when it occurs on the tree it is known as tree pit it may also occur in storage when it is known as storage pit
a bjer￭ rum defect is a crystal￭ lo￭ graphic defect which is specific to ice and which is partly responsible for the electrical properties of ice it was first proposed by ni￭ els bjer￭ rum in 1952 in order to explain the electrical polarization of ice in an electric field a hydrogen bond normally has one prot￭ on but a hydrogen bond with a bjer￭ rum defect will have either two prot￭ ons d defect or no prot￭ on l defect the un￭ favorable defect strain is resolved when a water mol￭ ecu￭ le pivo￭ ts about an oxygen atom to produce hydrogen bonds with single prot￭ ons dis￭ locations of ice i￭ h along a slip plane create pairs of bjer￭ rum defects one d defect and one l defect non￭ polar molecules such as methane can form cl￭ ath￭ rate hydr￭ ates with water especially under high pressure although there is no hydrogen bon￭ ding of water molecules when methane is the guest mol￭ ecu￭ le of the cl￭ ath￭ rate guest host hydrogen bon￭ ding often forms with guest molecules in cl￭ ath￭ rates of many larger organic molecules such as pin￭ a￭ col￭ one and te￭ tra￭ hydro￭ fur￭ an in such cases the guest host hydrogen bonds result in the formation of l type bjer￭ rum defect in the cl￭ ath￭ rate lat￭ tice oxygen atoms in alcohol or carbon￭ yl functional groups and nitrogen atoms in amine functional groups in the guest molecules lead to transi￭ ent hydrogen bonds and mis￭ oriented water molecules in the hydrate lat￭ tice
b￭ jör￭ n￭ st￭ ad syndrome is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive con￭ genital condition involving pil￭ i tor￭ ti and nerve deaf￭ ness and hair ab￭ norm￭ alities it was first characterized in 1965 in oslo by pr￭ of ro￭ ar theod￭ or b￭ jør￭ n￭ st￭ ad 19￭ 08 – 2002 it has been mapped to b￭ cs 1 l hearing diss￭ abilities related to b￭ jör￭ n￭ st￭ ad syndrome are con￭ genital and the severity of the deaf￭ ness varies from person to person pil￭ i tor￭ ti is recognized in early childhood and is characterised by twisted hair sh￭ af￭ ts and brit￭ tle hair
black band disease is a disease when cor￭ als develop a black band it is characterized by complete tissue degradation due to a pathogenic micro￭ bial consortium the m￭ at is present between apparently healthy coral tissue and fresh￭ ly exposed coral skelet￭ on
black dog syndrome or big black dog syndrome is a disputed phenomenon in which black dogs are passed over for adoption in favor of lighter colored animals animal shelters often use the term b￭ b￭ d or big black dog to describe the type of larger dark colored mixed breed said to be typically passed over by adop￭ ters
the black drop effect is an optical phenomenon visible during a transit of venus and to a lesser extent a transit of mercury
a black eye peri￭ orb￭ ital hem￭ atom￭ a or shin￭ er is bru￭ ising around the eye commonly due to an injury to the face rather than to the eye the name is given due to the color of bru￭ ising the so called black eye is caused by bleeding beneath the skin and around the eye sometimes a black eye could get worse if not referring to a doctor after a few months indicating a more extensive injury even a skull frac￭ ture particularly if the area around both eyes is bru￭ ised rac￭ co￭ on eyes or if there has been a prior head injury although most black eye injuries are not serious bleeding within the eye called a hy￭ ph￭ ema is serious and can reduce vision and damage the cor￭ ne￭ a in some cases abnormally high pressure inside the eye￭ ball oc￭ ular hyper￭ tension can also result
black foot disease is a gra￭ pe￭ vine trunk disease it is caused by fun￭ gi in the genus cylin￭ dro￭ carp￭ on c fasc￭ icul￭ are c pseu￭ do￭ fasc￭ icul￭ are c destruc￭ t￭ ans c macro￭ di￭ dy￭ mum and c ob￭ tus￭ is￭ por￭ um occurrence of gra￭ pe￭ vine trunk disease pathogens in ro￭ ot￭ stock mother plants in south africa
black gill disease is a disease of crustaceans
black ha￭ iry tongue b￭ ht also termed lingu￭ a vil￭ los￭ a ni￭ gra refers to a condition of the tongue where the fili￭ form pap￭ il￭ la￭ e el￭ ong￭ ate with black or brown dis￭ color￭ ation giving a black and ha￭ iry appearance the appearance may be alarming but it is a harmless condition pre￭ disposing factors include smoking x￭ ero￭ stom￭ ia dry mouth soft diet poor oral hygiene and certain medications management is by improving oral hygiene especially scrap￭ ing or bru￭ shing the tongue
black heel and palm also known as cal￭ can￭ e￭ al pe￭ tec￭ hi￭ ae chro￭ mid￭ rose plan￭ taire post traumatic pun￭ ct￭ ate intra￭ ep￭ id￭ er￭ mal hemorrha￭ ge tac￭ he no￭ ir and tal￭ on no￭ ir is a skin condition characterized by a sudden shower of minute black pun￭ ct￭ ate mac￭ ules occurring most often on the poster￭ ior edge of the plan￭ tar surface of one or both heels
the black hole information paradox is a puzzle resulting from the combination of quantum mechanics and general rel￭ ativity calculations suggest that physical information could permanently disappear in a black hole allowing many physical states to devol￭ ve into the same state this is controversial because it violates a commonly assumed ten￭ et of science — that in principle complete information about a physical system at one point in time should determine its state at any other time a fundamental post￭ ulate of quantum mechanics is that complete information about a system is en￭ coded in its wave function up to when the wave function collapses the evolution of the wave function is determined by a unitary operator and un￭ it￭ arity implies that information is con￭ served in the quantum sense
black leaf is a physiological plant disorder that affects some grape varieties such as con￭ cord it is essentially a potassium deficiency that causes the leaves on a vine to turn purple and eventually black as chlor￭ op￭ hy￭ ll is lost for wine growers this lack of chlor￭ op￭ hy￭ ll inhi￭ bits the vine s ability to transmit sugar to the grape leaving the resulting grapes with a low bri￭ x count that may be less than ideal for wine making
black pie￭ dra is a form of pie￭ dra caused by pie￭ dr￭ ai￭ a hor￭ ta￭ e ter￭ bin￭ a￭ fine has been used in the treatment
black point ker￭ nel smu￭ dge or just smu￭ dge is a fun￭ gal disease that affects wheat barley and rye it is caused by various species of altern￭ aria fus￭ arium and hel￭ min￭ th￭ os￭ por￭ ium and possibly other fun￭ gal genera the fun￭ gus forms after the seeds have set but while they are still green and it is potenti￭ ated by high hum￭ idity infected areas are brown to black in color and as the disease spreads the ker￭ n￭ els may become shri￭ vel￭ ed occasionally the infected areas have a red￭ dish t￭ inge some authorities make a distinction between black point and smu￭ dge for them the disease is black point from initial infection until more than half of the ker￭ nel is infected or when the disease has entered into the seed s cre￭ ase
black pox is a symptom of small￭ pox that is caused by bleeding under the skin which makes the skin look char￭ red or black it was more common in adults this symptom usually indicates that a patient with small￭ pox is going to die a doctor who encountered black pox stated that doctors separate black pox into two forms — flat small￭ pox and hemorrha￭ gic small￭ pox in a case of flat small￭ pox the skin remains smooth and doesn t pu￭ st￭ ulate but it dark￭ ens until it looks char￭ red and it can slip or fall off the body in sheets sometimes all of it causing instant death though that is very rare in hemorrha￭ gic small￭ pox black un￭ clo￭ tted blood oo￭ zes or runs from the mouth and other body ori￭ fic￭ es black pox is close to one hundred percent fatal if any sign of it appears in the body the victim will almost certainly die in the hemorrha￭ gic cases the virus destroys the lin￭ ings of the throat the stomach the intest￭ ines the rec￭ tum and the vag￭ ina and these memb￭ ran￭ es dis￭ integrate fatal small￭ pox can destroy the body s entire skin — both the exter￭ ior skin and the interior skin that lines the passages of the body
grape black rot is a fun￭ gal disease caused by an as￭ com￭ y￭ ce￭ tous fun￭ gus gu￭ ign￭ ar￭ dia bi￭ d￭ wel￭ li￭ i that attacks grape vines during hot and hum￭ id weather “ grape black rot originated in eastern north america but now occurs in portions of europe south america and asia it can cause complete crop loss in warm hum￭ id clim￭ ates but is virtually unknown in regions with arid summers ” 4 the name comes from the black fringe that borders growing brown pat￭ ches on the leaves the disease also attacks other parts of the plant “ all green parts of the vine the shoots leaf and fruit stems tend￭ ri￭ ls and fruit the most damaging effect is to the fruit ” 3 grape black rot affects many grape growers throughout the united states therefore it is important to understand the disease life cycle and environmental conditions to best manage the disease once infection takes place different methods are available to control the disease
black sig￭ at￭ oka is a leaf spot disease of banana plants caused by the as￭ com￭ y￭ ce￭ te fun￭ gus my￭ co￭ sp￭ ha￭ er￭ ella fi￭ ji￭ ensis more￭ let also known as black leaf stre￭ ak it was discovered in 1963 and named for its similarities with the yellow sig￭ at￭ oka which is caused by my￭ co￭ sp￭ ha￭ er￭ ella mu￭ si￭ cola mulder which was itself named after the sig￭ at￭ oka valley in fiji where an outbreak of this disease reached epidemic proportions from 19￭ 12 to 19￭ 23 according to new terminology the sig￭ at￭ oka disease complex is a cluster of three closely related fun￭ gi yellow sig￭ at￭ oka pseu￭ do￭ cer￭ cos￭ pora mus￭ ae eu￭ mus￭ ae leaf spot pseu￭ do￭ cer￭ cos￭ pora eu￭ mus￭ ae and black sig￭ at￭ oka pseu￭ do￭ cer￭ cos￭ pora fi￭ ji￭ ensis plants with leaves damaged by the disease may have up to 50 lower yield of fruit and control can take up to 50 spr￭ ays a year
black￭ heart is a non par￭ asi￭ tic disease of the fruit of cultivated plants such as tomatoes that causes them to rot from the inside external signs of the disease may or may not be present the internal black￭ ening develops in plants exposed to environmental path￭ ology such as drought conditions or poor soil
black￭ leg black quarter quarter evil or quarter ill latin gan￭ gra￭ ena emph￭ ys￭ em￭ at￭ osa is an infectious bacterial disease most commonly caused by clo￭ stri￭ dium chau￭ vo￭ ei a gram positive bacterial species it is seen in livestock all over the world usually affecting cattle sheep and goats it has been seen occasionally in farmed b￭ ison and deer the acute nature of the disease makes successful treatment difficult but an effective vaccine is available to provide animals with protective immunity
black￭ leg is a plant disease of potato caused by pec￭ tol￭ y￭ tic bacteria that can result in stun￭ ting wil￭ ting chlor￭ osis of leaves necro￭ sis of several tissues a decline in yield and at times the death of the potato plant the term “ black￭ leg ” originates from the typical black￭ ening and decay of the lower stem portion or “ leg of the plant black￭ leg in potatoes is most commonly caused by pec￭ tob￭ ac￭ ter￭ ium atro￭ sep￭ tic￭ um older synon￭ ym er￭ win￭ ia caro￭ to￭ vor￭ a sub￭ sp astro￭ sep￭ tica a gram negative non￭ spor￭ ulating fac￭ ul￭ tative an￭ aero￭ be that is also associated with soft rot of potatoes while other bacterial species such as pec￭ tob￭ ac￭ ter￭ ium caro￭ to￭ vor￭ um and dic￭ ke￭ ya d￭ ad￭ anti￭ i can exhibit symptoms similar to black￭ leg of potato these pathogens exhibit broader host ranges are present in different clim￭ ates and typically are more associated with soft rot diseases
a drug related blackout is a phenomenon caused by the intake of any substance or medication in which short term and long term memory creation is impaired therefore causing a complete inability to recall the past black￭ outs can be caused by any substance but are most frequently associated with gab￭ aer￭ gic drugs black￭ outs are frequently described as having effects similar to that of an￭ ter￭ o￭ grade amnesia in which the subject cannot recall any events after the event that caused amnesia research on alcohol black￭ outs was begun by e m jell￭ in￭ ek in the 1940 s using data from a survey of alcohol￭ ics anonymous aa members he came to believe that black￭ outs would be a good determinant of alcoholism however there are conflicting views whether this is true the negative psychological effects of an alcohol related blackout are often worsened by those who suffer from anxiety disorders impairment of the liver will also allow more alcohol to reach the brain and hasten the individual s blackout the term blackout can also refer to a complete loss of consciousness or syn￭ cope diabetes cause it sometimes also
black￭ water fever is a complic￭ ation of malaria infection in which r￭ b￭ cs burst in the blood￭ stream hem￭ ol￭ ysis releasing h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in directly into the blood vessels and into the urine frequently leading to kidney failure the disease was first linked to malaria by the sierra leon￭ ean physician dr john f￭ arre￭ ll eas￭ mon in his 18￭ 84 pam￭ ph￭ let entitled the nature and treatment of black￭ water fever eas￭ mon coined the name black￭ water fever and was the first to successfully treat such cases following the publication of his pam￭ ph￭ let
blad￭ der aug￭ mentation is a surgical alteration of the ur￭ inary blad￭ der it involves removing strips of tissue from the intest￭ inal tract and adding this to the tissue of the blad￭ der this has two intended results increased blad￭ der volume and a reduced percentage of the blad￭ der involved in contraction that in turn results in lower internal pressures in the blad￭ der during ur￭ ination risks of blad￭ der aug￭ mentation include incomplete vo￭ i￭ ding of the blad￭ der post surgery resulting in the patient having to undergo inter￭ mit￭ tent cathe￭ ter￭ isation or an ind￭ w￭ elling cathe￭ ter acute intest￭ inal obstruction due to adhe￭ sions some years after surgery and in extremely rare cases cancers of the intest￭ inal tissue within the blad￭ der
blad￭ der cancer is any of several types of cancer arising from the epi￭ the￭ li￭ al lining i e the u￭ ro￭ the￭ lium of the ur￭ inary blad￭ der rarely the blad￭ der is involved by non epi￭ the￭ li￭ al cancers such as lymp￭ homa or sar￭ coma but these are not ordinarily included in the col￭ lo￭ qu￭ ial term blad￭ der cancer it is a disease in which abnormal cells multiply without control in the blad￭ der the most common type of blad￭ der cancer recapit￭ ul￭ ates the normal his￭ to￭ logy of the u￭ ro￭ the￭ lium and is known as transitional cell carcin￭ oma or more properly u￭ ro￭ the￭ li￭ al cell carcin￭ oma five year survival rates in the united states are around 77 blad￭ der cancer is the 9 th leading cause of cancer with 430 000 new cases and 165 000 deaths occurring in 2012
blad￭ der cancer in cats and dogs usually is transitional cell carcin￭ oma t￭ cc which arises from the epi￭ the￭ li￭ al cells that line the blad￭ der less often in these animals cancer of the ur￭ inary blad￭ der is squ￭ am￭ ous cell carcin￭ oma aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma or r￭ hab￭ dom￭ y￭ os￭ ar￭ coma
blad￭ der ex￭ stro￭ phy also known as ec￭ top￭ ia ves￭ ic￭ ae is a con￭ genital anomaly that exists along the spectrum of the ex￭ stro￭ phy ep￭ is￭ p￭ adi￭ as complex and most notably involves pro￭ tru￭ sion of the ur￭ inary blad￭ der through a defect in the ab￭ domin￭ al wall its presentation is variable often including ab￭ norm￭ alities of the bon￭ y pel￭ vis pel￭ vic floor and gen￭ italia the underlying embry￭ o￭ logic mechanism leading to blad￭ der ex￭ stro￭ phy is unknown though it is thought to be in part due to failed reinforcement of the clo￭ ac￭ al memb￭ rane by underlying mes￭ o￭ der￭ m
blad￭ der outlet obstruction or boo is a u￭ ro￭ logical condition where the urine flow from the ur￭ inary blad￭ der through the u￭ re￭ th￭ ra is impeded
blad￭ der sp￭ h￭ inc￭ ter dys￭ syner￭ gia also known as de￭ tr￭ us￭ or sp￭ h￭ inc￭ ter dy￭ syner￭ gia ds￭ d the ics standard terminology agreed 1998 and neuro￭ genic de￭ tr￭ us￭ or over￭ activity n￭ do is a consequence of a neuro￭ logical path￭ ology such as spinal injury or multiple sclerosis which disrup￭ ts central nervous system regulation of the mic￭ tur￭ ition ur￭ ination reflex resulting in dy￭ sco￭ ordination of the de￭ tr￭ us￭ or muscles of the blad￭ der and the male or female external u￭ re￭ th￭ ral sp￭ h￭ inc￭ ter muscles in normal lower ur￭ inary tract function these two separate muscle structures act in syner￭ g￭ istic coordination but in this neuro￭ genic disorder the u￭ re￭ th￭ ral sp￭ h￭ inc￭ ter muscle instead of relaxing completely during vo￭ i￭ ding dys￭ syner￭ g￭ ically contracts causing the flow to be interrupted and the blad￭ der pressure to rise
a blad￭ der stone is a stone found in the ur￭ inary blad￭ der
bl￭ ain was an animal disease of unknown eti￭ ology that was well known in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries it is unclear whether it is still ext￭ ant or what modern disease it corresponds to according to eph￭ r￭ aim chambers eighteenth century cycl￭ opa￭ edi￭ a or an universal dic￭ tionary of arts and sciences bl￭ ain was a dist￭ emp￭ er in the archaic eighteenth century sense of the word meaning disease occurring in animals consisting in a blad￭ der growing on the root of the tongue against the wind pipe which at length sw￭ elling stops the wind it was thought to occur by great chaf￭ ing and heating of the stomach bl￭ ain is also mentioned in cattle their breeds management and diseases published in 18￭ 36 where it is also identified as g￭ loss anthrax w c spo￭ oner s 18￭ 88 book the history structure economy and diseases of the sheep also identifies bl￭ ain as being the same as g￭ loss anthrax modern scholarship suggests that g￭ loss anthrax was not the same disease as modern day anthrax but instead could have been foot and mouth disease or a viral infection with a secondary fus￭ ob￭ ac￭ ter￭ ium necro￭ ph￭ orum infection it has also been suggested that it may have been due to a variant strain of true anthrax that is no longer in existence other sources also report epizoo￭ tics known as bl￭ ain or black bl￭ ain in the 13 th and 14 th centuries but it is not clear if the disease involved was the same as g￭ loss anthrax
the bla￭ ise ke￭ tone synthesis named after ed￭ mond e bla￭ ise is the chemical reaction of acid chl￭ ori￭ des with organ￭ oz￭ inc compounds to give ke￭ tones the bla￭ ise ke￭ tone synthesis the reaction also works with organ￭ o￭ cu￭ pr￭ ates reviews have been written
the bla￭ ise reaction is an organic reaction that forms a β ke￭ to￭ ester from the reaction of zinc metal with a α bromo￭ ester and a nit￭ ri￭ le the reaction was first reported by ed￭ mond bla￭ ise 18￭ 72 1939 in 19￭ 01 the final intermediate is a metal￭ o￭ im￭ ine which is then hydro￭ ly￭ zed to give the desired β ke￭ to￭ ester the bla￭ ise reaction bul￭ ky ali￭ ph￭ atic esters tend to give higher yields steven h￭ ann￭ ick and yo￭ shi￭ to k￭ ish￭ i have developed an improved procedure it has been noted that free hydrox￭ yl groups can be tolerated in the course of this reaction which is surprising for reactions of organ￭ om￭ et￭ all￭ ic hali￭ des
the blanc chlor￭ om￭ ethyl￭ ation also called the blanc reaction is the chemical reaction of aromatic rings with form￭ alde￭ hyde and hydrogen chloride cataly￭ zed by zinc chloride or other lewis acid to form chlor￭ om￭ ethyl aren￭ es the reaction was discovered by gust￭ ave louis blanc 18￭ 72 19￭ 27 in 19￭ 23 the reaction is performed with care as like most chlor￭ om￭ ethyl￭ ation reactions it produces highly carcinogenic bis chlor￭ om￭ ethyl e￭ ther as a by product the blanc chlor￭ om￭ ethyl￭ ation
in complex analysis the blas￭ ch￭ ke product is a bounded analy￭ tic function in the open unit dis￭ c constructed to have zer￭ os at a finite or infinite sequence of prescribed complex numbers a 0 a 1 inside the unit dis￭ c blas￭ ch￭ ke products were introduced by wil￭ helm blas￭ ch￭ ke they are related to hardy spaces
a blast injury is a complex type of physical trauma resulting from direct or indirect exposure to an explosion blast injuries occur with the detonation of high order explosives as well as the defl￭ agr￭ ation of low order explosives these injuries are compounded when the explosion occurs in a confined space
a blast wave in fluid dynamics is the pressure and flow resulting from the de￭ position of a large amount of energy in a small very loc￭ alised volume the flow field can be approxim￭ ated as a lead shock wave followed by a self similar subs￭ onic flow field in simpler terms a blast wave is an area of pressure expanding su￭ person￭ ically outward from an explosive core it has a leading shock front of compressed gases the blast wave is followed by a blast wind of negative pressure which sucks items back in towards the center the blast wave is harmful especially when one is very close to the center or at a location of constructive interference high explosives which deton￭ ate generate blast waves
bl￭ astic nk cell lymp￭ homa is a type of lymp￭ homa it is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by multiple rapidly expanding pl￭ aqu￭ es it is positive for cd 4 and cd 56 it does not appear to be associated with ep￭ stein – bar￭ r virus
bl￭ ast￭ oc￭ y￭ sto￭ sis refers to a medical condition caused by infection with bl￭ ast￭ oc￭ y￭ stis bl￭ ast￭ oc￭ y￭ stis is a proto￭ zo￭ al single cel￭ led parasite that in￭ habits the gastro￭ intest￭ inal tracts of humans and other animals many different types of bl￭ ast￭ oc￭ y￭ stis exist and they can infect humans farm animals birds ro￭ dents am￭ phi￭ bians repti￭ les fish and even cock￭ ro￭ aches
a bl￭ ast￭ oma is a type of cancer more common in children that is caused by m￭ align￭ ancies in precursor cells often called bl￭ asts examples are ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ bl￭ ast￭ oma med￭ ul￭ lo￭ bl￭ ast￭ oma and re￭ tin￭ obl￭ ast￭ oma the suff￭ ix bl￭ ast￭ oma is used to imply a tumor of primitive in￭ completely differentiated or precursor cells e g ch￭ on￭ dro￭ bl￭ ast￭ oma is composed of cells resembling the precursor of ch￭ on￭ dro￭ cy￭ tes bl￭ ast￭ om￭ as usually occur in children
bl￭ ast￭ om￭ y￭ co￭ sis also known as north american bl￭ ast￭ om￭ y￭ co￭ sis bl￭ ast￭ om￭ y￭ ce￭ tic der￭ mati￭ tis and gil￭ christ s disease is a fun￭ gal infection of humans and other animals notably dogs and occasionally cats caused by the organism bl￭ ast￭ om￭ y￭ ces der￭ mati￭ ti￭ dis endemic to portions of north america bl￭ ast￭ om￭ y￭ co￭ sis causes clinical symptoms similar to hist￭ op￭ las￭ mo￭ sis the disease occurs in several endemic areas the most important of which is in eastern north america particularly in the western and northern periphery of the great lakes basin extending eastward along the south shore of the st lawrence river valley and south￭ ward in the territory sp￭ ann￭ ed by the central app￭ al￭ achi￭ an mountains in the east to the mississippi river valley in the west spor￭ adic cases have been reported in continental africa the arabian peninsula and the indian sub￭ continent
bl￭ ast￭ om￭ y￭ co￭ sis like py￭ o￭ der￭ ma also known as py￭ o￭ der￭ ma vege￭ t￭ ans is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by larger ver￭ ru￭ co￭ us pl￭ aqu￭ es with elevated borders and multiple pu￭ st￭ ules occurring
in 1985 edward bl￭ au a pedi￭ at￭ ric￭ ian in marsh￭ field wis￭ cons￭ in reported a family that over four generations had gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ ous infl￭ amm￭ ation of the skin eyes and joints the condition was transmitted as an auto￭ som￭ al dominant trait in the same year j￭ abs et al reported a family that over two generations had gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ ous sy￭ no￭ vi￭ tis u￭ ve￭ i￭ tis and cran￭ ial neuro￭ path￭ ies the condition was transmitted in an auto￭ som￭ al dominant fashion in 1981 mall￭ es￭ on et al reported a family that had auto￭ som￭ al dominant sy￭ no￭ vi￭ tis camp￭ to￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly and i￭ ri￭ do￭ cy￭ cli￭ tis one member died of gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ ous arter￭ i￭ tis of the heart and a￭ or￭ ta in 1982 ro￭ tenstein reported a family with gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ ous arter￭ i￭ tis rash i￭ ri￭ tis and ar￭ thri￭ tis transmitted as an auto￭ som￭ al dominant trait over three generations then in 1990 past￭ ores et al reported a kind￭ red with a phen￭ o￭ type very similar to what bl￭ au described and suggested that the condition be called bl￭ au syndrome bs they also pointed out the similarities in the families noted above to bs but also pointed out the significant differences in the phen￭ o￭ types in 1996 tro￭ mp et al conducted a genome wide search using affected and non affected members of the original family a marker d 16 s 298 gave a maximum lo￭ d score of 3 75 and put the bs suscep￭ tibility loc￭ us within the 16 p 12 q 21 interval hu￭ got et al found a suscep￭ tibility loc￭ us for cro￭ hn disease a gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ ous infl￭ amm￭ ation of the bo￭ wel on chro￭ mo￭ some 16 close to the loc￭ us for bs based on the above information bl￭ au suggested in 1998 that the genetic defect in bs and cro￭ hn disease might be the same or similar finally in 2001 mic￭ eli richard et al found the defect in bs to be in the nucle￭ o￭ tide binding domain of card 15 nod 2 they commented in their article that mutations in card 15 had also been found in cro￭ hn disease confirmation of the defect in bs being in the card 15 gene was made by wang et al in 2002 using the bs family and others with that information the diagnosis of bs was not only determined by phen￭ o￭ type but now by geno￭ type early onset sar￭ co￭ ido￭ sis is bs without a family history bs has been diagnosed in patients who have not only the classic tri￭ ad but gran￭ ul￭ oma in multiple organs treatment has included the usual anti infl￭ am￭ matory drugs such as adren￭ al glu￭ co￭ cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ids anti metabol￭ ites and also biological agents such as anti tn￭ f and inf￭ li￭ xim￭ ab all with varying degrees of success the elu￭ ci￭ dation that the gene defect in bs involves the card 15 nod 2 gene has stimulated many investigators to define how this gene operates as part of the in￭ nate immune system that responds to bacterial pol￭ ys￭ ac￭ ch￭ ari￭ des such as mur￭ am￭ yl di￭ pep￭ tide to induce sign￭ aling pathways that induce cy￭ to￭ k￭ ine responses that protect the organism in bs the genetic defect seems to lead to over expression and poor control of the infl￭ am￭ matory response leading to widespread gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ ous infl￭ amm￭ ation and tissue damage this reference provides an excellent review of not only the clinical aspects of bs but also the presumed patho￭ genetic mechanisms brought about by the gene defect unanswered questions are what is the stimulus that activ￭ ates the aberr￭ ant immune response and if found could more precise therapy be used and what is the relationship to the specific gene defect and the phen￭ o￭ type list of cu￭ taneous conditions
ble￭ ach bypass also known as skip ble￭ ach or silver retention is an optical effect which entails either the partial or complete skip￭ ping of the ble￭ aching function during the processing of a color film by doing this the silver is retained in the emul￭ sion along with the color d￭ yes the result is a black and white image over a color image the images usually have reduced satur￭ ation and exposure latitude along with increased contrast and gr￭ ain￭ iness it usually is used to maximum effect in conjunction with a one stop under￭ exposure
in cell biology a ble￭ b is a bul￭ ge or pro￭ tru￭ sion of the plasma memb￭ rane of a cell human biop￭ articulate or abs￭ c￭ ess with an internal environment similar to that of a simple cell characterized by a spher￭ ical bul￭ ky mor￭ pho￭ logy it is characterized by the decoupling of the cy￭ to￭ skelet￭ on from the plasma memb￭ rane degrading the internal structure of the cell allowing the flexibility required to allow the cell to separate into individual bul￭ ges or pockets of the inter￭ cellular matrix most commonly ble￭ bs are seen in apop￭ to￭ sis programmed cell death but are also seen in other non apop￭ to￭ tic functions ble￭ bbing or z￭ ei￭ osis is the formation of ble￭ bs
in medicine a ble￭ b is a bl￭ ister often hemis￭ ph￭ er￭ ical filled with ser￭ ous fluid ble￭ bs can form in a number of tissues due to different patho￭ logies including fro￭ st￭ bit￭ ten tissues and as a cause of spontaneous pneu￭ mo￭ thor￭ ax in oph￭ thal￭ mo￭ logy ble￭ bs may be formed intentionally in the treatment of gl￭ au￭ coma in such treatments functional ble￭ bs facilitate the circulation of aqu￭ eous humor the block￭ age of which will lead to increase in eye pressure use of coll￭ agen matrix wound modulation device such as o￭ log￭ en during gl￭ au￭ coma surgery is known to produce vascular and functional ble￭ bs which are positively correlated with treatment success rate in the lungs a ble￭ b is a collection of air within the layers of the vis￭ cer￭ al ple￭ ura in breasts a ble￭ b is a milk bl￭ ister also known as blocked nip￭ ple por￭ e nip￭ ple bl￭ ister or “ milk under the skin ”
bleeding also known as hemorrha￭ ging or haemorrha￭ ging is blood escaping from the circul￭ atory system bleeding can occur internally where blood leaks from blood vessels inside the body or externally either through a natural opening such as the mouth nose ear u￭ re￭ th￭ ra vag￭ ina or an￭ us or through a break in the skin hypo￭ vol￭ emia is a massive decrease in blood volume and death by excessive loss of blood is referred to as ex￭ san￭ gu￭ ination typically a healthy person can endure a loss of 10 – 15 of the total blood volume without serious medical difficulties by comparison blood donation typically takes 8 – 10 of the donor s blood volume the stopping or controlling of bleeding is called h￭ emo￭ st￭ asis and is an important part of both first aid and surgery
in medicine hem￭ at￭ ology bleeding di￭ ath￭ esis h a emorrha￭ gic di￭ ath￭ esis is an unusual suscep￭ tibility to bleed hemorrha￭ ge mostly due to hypo￭ co￭ ag￭ ul￭ ability in turn caused by a co￭ ag￭ ul￭ opathy a defect in the system of co￭ ag￭ ulation several types are distinguished ranging from mild to lethal also bleeding di￭ ath￭ esis can be caused by thin￭ ning of the skin or impaired wound healing
ble￭ ph￭ ari￭ tis bl￭ ɛ￭ f￭ ə￭ r￭ ˈ￭ a￭ ɪ￭ t￭ ᵻ￭ s ble￭ f ə￭ r eye tis is a common eye condition characterized by chronic infl￭ amm￭ ation of the eye￭ lid usually where e￭ yel￭ ashes grow resulting in infl￭ amed irritated it￭ chy and red￭ dened eye￭ li￭ ds a number of diseases and conditions can lead to ble￭ ph￭ ari￭ tis it can be caused by the oil g￭ lands at the base of the e￭ yel￭ ashes becoming clo￭ gged a bacterial infection allergies or other conditions the severity and course can vary onset can be acute resolving without treatment within 2 – 4 weeks this can be greatly reduced with lid hygiene but more generally is a long standing chronic infl￭ amm￭ ation of varying severity it may be classified as se￭ bor￭ rho￭ e￭ ic stap￭ hy￭ lo￭ coc￭ cal mixed poster￭ ior or me￭ i￭ bom￭ i￭ tis or par￭ asi￭ tic it usually does not cause permanent damage
ble￭ phar￭ och￭ al￭ asis is an infl￭ amm￭ ation of the eye￭ lid that is characterized by exacerb￭ ations and re￭ missions of eye￭ lid e￭ dem￭ a which results in a stretching and subsequent atro￭ phy of the eye￭ lid tissue leading to the formation of redundant fol￭ ds over the lid margins it typically affects only the upper eye￭ li￭ ds and may be unilateral as well as bilateral
ble￭ phar￭ op￭ him￭ osis is a condition where the patient has bilateral pto￭ sis with reduced lid size vertically and horizon￭ tally the nas￭ al bridge is flat and there is hypo￭ plastic orb￭ ital rim both the vertical and horizontal pal￭ pe￭ br￭ al f￭ issu￭ res eye￭ lid opening are shortened vi￭ gn￭ es 18￭ 89 probably first described this entity a dys￭ pl￭ asia of the eye￭ li￭ ds
ble￭ phar￭ op￭ him￭ osis pto￭ sis epic￭ an￭ thus in￭ versus syndrome or b￭ pes is a rare disease characterized by the conditions it is named after ble￭ phar￭ op￭ him￭ osis pto￭ sis and epic￭ an￭ thus in￭ versus
ble￭ phar￭ op￭ hy￭ ma is chronic sw￭ elling of eye￭ li￭ ds mainly due to se￭ bac￭ eous g￭ land hyper￭ pl￭ asia
ble￭ phar￭ o￭ sp￭ asm is any abnormal contraction or tw￭ itch of the eye￭ lid in most cases symptoms last for a few days then disappear without treatment but sometimes the tw￭ it￭ ching is chronic and persistent causing lifelong challenges in those rare cases the symptoms are often severe enough to result in functional blindness the person s eye￭ li￭ ds feel like they are clam￭ ping shut and will not open without great effort people have normal eyes but for periods of time are effectively blind due to their inability to open their eye￭ li￭ ds in contrast the reflex ble￭ phar￭ o￭ sp￭ asm is due to any pain in and around the eye it is of two types essential and reflex ble￭ phar￭ o￭ sp￭ asm the benign essential ble￭ phar￭ o￭ sp￭ asm is a focal dy￭ st￭ onia — a neuro￭ logical movement disorder involving involuntary and sustained contr￭ actions of the muscles around the eyes the term essential indicates that the cause is unknown but fatigue stress or an irrit￭ ant are possible contributing factors although there is no cure bot￭ ul￭ inum toxin injections may help temporarily a surgical procedure known as my￭ ec￭ tomy may also be useful it is a fairly rare disease affecting only one in every 20 000 people in the united states the word is from greek β￭ λέ￭ φα￭ ρο￭ ν ble￭ phar￭ on eye￭ lid and σ￭ π￭ ασ￭ μ￭ ός sp￭ as￭ mos sp￭ asm an uncontrolled muscle contraction
blind loop syndrome bl￭ s commonly referred to in the literature as small intest￭ inal bacterial over￭ growth si￭ bo or bacterial over￭ growth syndrome bos is a state that occurs when the normal bacterial flora of the small intest￭ ine prolifer￭ ates to numbers that cause significant der￭ ang￭ ement to the normal physiological processes of dig￭ estion and absorption in some cases of blind loop syndrome over￭ growth of pathogenic non commens￭ al bacteria has also been noted it has long been understood that from birth and throughout life large amounts of bacteria reside symbio￭ tically within animal gastro￭ intest￭ inal tracts such as the human gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract the understanding of this gut flora has even led to novel treatments for bo￭ wel irregularity that utili￭ ze so called pro￭ bio￭ tics or good bacteria that aid in normal dig￭ estion the problem of bl￭ s arises when the bacterial colonies residing in the upper gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract begin to grow out of control or are altered in their makeup thereby creating a burden on the normal physiological processes occurring in the small intest￭ ine this results in problems inclusive of but not restricted to vitamin b 12 deficiency fat mal￭ absorption and ste￭ at￭ or￭ rhe￭ a fat soluble vitamin deficiencies and intest￭ inal wall injury
blind signal separation also known as blind source separation is the separation of a set of source signals from a set of mixed signals without the aid of information or with very little information about the source signals or the mixing process this problem is in general highly under￭ determined but useful solutions can be derived under a surprising variety of conditions much of the early literature in this field focuses on the separation of temporal signals such as audio however blind signal separation is now routinely performed on multi￭ dimensional data such as images and t￭ ens￭ ors which may involve no time dimension whatsoever
blind￭ sight is the ability of people who are cor￭ tically blind due to le￭ sions in their stri￭ ate cor￭ tex also known as primary visual cor￭ tex or v 1 to respond to visual stimul￭ i that they do not consciously see the majority of studies on blind￭ sight are conducted on patients who have the blindness on only one side of their visual field following the destruction of the stri￭ ate cor￭ tex patients are asked to detect loc￭ alize and discriminate amongst visual stimul￭ i that are presented to their blind side often in a forced response or guessing situation even though they don t consciously recognise the visual stimulus research shows that blind patients achieve a higher accuracy than would be expected from chance alone type 1 blind￭ sight is the term given to this ability to guess — at levels significantly above chance — aspects of a visual stimulus such as location or type of movement without any conscious awareness of any stimul￭ i type 2 blind￭ sight occurs when patients claim to have a feeling that there has been a change within their blind area — e g movement — but that it was not a visual percep￭ t blind￭ sight challenges the common belief that perceptions must enter consciousness to affect our behavior it shows that our behavior can be guided by sensory information of which we have no conscious awareness it may be thought of as a conver￭ se of the form of ano￭ so￭ g￭ no￭ sia known as anton – bab￭ in￭ ski syndrome in which there is full cor￭ tical blindness along with the conf￭ ab￭ ulation of visual experience
in the formulation of food products the bliss point is the amount of an ingredient such as salt sugar or fat which optimi￭ zes pal￭ at￭ ability pioneering work on the bliss point was carried out by american market researcher and psy￭ ch￭ oph￭ ys￭ ic￭ ist howard mos￭ ko￭ witz known for his successful work in product creation and optimi￭ zation for foods ranging from spag￭ he￭ tti sauce to soft drinks mos￭ ko￭ witz describes the bliss point as that sensory profile where you like food the most the bliss point for salt sugar or fat is a range within which perception is that there is neither too much nor too little but the just right amount of sal￭ tin￭ ess sweet￭ ness or richness the human body has evolved to favor foods delivering these tastes the brain responds with a reward in the form of a jol￭ t of endor￭ ph￭ ins remembers what we did to get that reward and makes us want to do it again an effect run by the neuro￭ transmitter dop￭ amine combinations of sugar fat and salt act syner￭ gis￭ tically and are more rewarding than any one alone in food product optimi￭ zation the goal is to include two or three of these nutrients at their bliss point
a bl￭ ister is a small pocket of lymp￭ h within the upper layers of the skin typically caused by forceful rub￭ bing friction burning freezing chemical exposure or infection most bl￭ is￭ ters are filled with a clear fluid either serum or plasma however bl￭ is￭ ters can be filled with blood known as blood bl￭ is￭ ters or with p￭ us if they become infected the word bl￭ ister entered english in the 14 th century it came from the middle dutch blu￭ y￭ ster and was a modification of the old french blo￭ str￭ e which meant a lepro￭ us no￭ dule — a rise in the skin due to leprosy in der￭ mat￭ ology today the words ves￭ ic￭ le and bul￭ la refer to bl￭ is￭ ters of smaller or greater size respectively
bl￭ ister bee￭ tle der￭ mati￭ tis is a cu￭ taneous condition that occurs after contact with any of several types of be￭ et￭ les including those from the melo￭ idae and oe￭ demer￭ idae families bl￭ ister be￭ et￭ les secre￭ te an irrit￭ ant called can￭ th￭ ari￭ din a ves￭ ic￭ ant that can get onto humans if they touch the be￭ et￭ les the term bl￭ ister bee￭ tle der￭ mati￭ tis is also occasionally and in￭ appropriately used as a synon￭ ym for pa￭ e￭ der￭ us der￭ mati￭ tis a somewhat different der￭ mati￭ tis caused by contact with pe￭ der￭ in an irrit￭ ant in the hem￭ olymp￭ h of a different group of be￭ et￭ les the ro￭ ve be￭ et￭ les
bl￭ is￭ tering dis￭ tal d￭ ac￭ ty￭ li￭ tis is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by tense superficial bul￭ la￭ e occurring on a tender er￭ y￭ them￭ at￭ ous base over the vol￭ ar fat pad of the p￭ hal￭ an￭ x of a finger or thumb
bloch osci￭ ll￭ ation is a phenomenon from solid state physics it describes the osci￭ ll￭ ation of a particle e g an electr￭ on confined in a periodic potential when a constant force is acting on it it was first pointed out by bloch and zen￭ er while studying the electrical properties of cryst￭ als in particular they predicted that the motion of electron￭ s in a perfect crystal under the action of a constant electric field would be osci￭ ll￭ atory instead of uniform while in natural cryst￭ als this phenomenon is extremely hard to observe due to the scat￭ tering of electron￭ s by lat￭ tice defects it has been observed in semiconductor super￭ lat￭ tices and in different physical systems such as cold atoms in an optical potential and ul￭ tras￭ mall jose￭ ph￭ son junc￭ tions
blocks in meteor￭ ology are large scale patterns in the atmospheric pressure field that are nearly stationary effectively “ blocking ” or re￭ directing migratory cycl￭ ones they are also known as blocking high￭ s or blocking antic￭ ycl￭ ones these blocks can remain in place for several days or even weeks causing the areas affected by them to have the same kind of weather for an extended period of time e g precip￭ itation for some areas clear skies for others in the northern hemisphere extended blocking occurs most frequently in the spring over the eastern pacific and atlantic oceans
in radio and wireless communications in general blocking is a condition in a receiver in which an off frequency signal generally further off frequency than the immediately adjacent channel causes the signal of interest to be suppressed blocking rejection is the ability of a receiver to tolerate an off frequency signal and avoid blocking a good automatic gain control design is part of achieving good blocking rejection
a blood bl￭ ister is a type of bl￭ ister that forms when sub￭ der￭ mal tissues and blood vessels are damaged without pier￭ cing the skin it consists of a pool of lymp￭ h blood and other body fluids trapped beneath the skin if punc￭ tured it sup￭ pur￭ ates a dark fluid sometimes the fluids are cut off from the rest of the body and dry up leaving behind dead cell material inside the bl￭ ister with a tex￭ ture like put￭ ty some blood bl￭ is￭ ters can be extremely painful due to bru￭ ising where the bl￭ ister occurred there are also blood bl￭ ister like an￭ eur￭ ys￭ ms as these are known to be located in the su￭ prac￭ lin￭ o￭ id internal caro￭ ti￭ d artery and have been recognized as having unique pathological and clinical features
the blood hammer phenomenon is a sudden increase of the upstream blood pressure in a blood vessel especially artery or arter￭ io￭ le when the blood￭ stream is abruptly blocked by vessel obstruction the term blood hammer was introduced in cere￭ br￭ al hem￭ od￭ y￭ nam￭ ics by analogy with the hydraulic expression water hammer already used in vascular physi￭ ology to designate an arter￭ ial pulse variety the water hammer pulse complete understanding of the relationship between mechanical parameters in vascular oc￭ clu￭ sions is a critical issue which can play an important role in the future diagnosis understanding and treatment of vascular diseases
in medicine when referring to human f￭ ec￭ es blood in sto￭ ol looks different depending on 1 how early it enters the intest￭ ines and thus how much dig￭ estive action it has been exposed to and on 2 how much there is a little bit more than a little or a lot this is why bright red blood in the sto￭ ol has different clinical significance and a different name than brown or black blood in the sto￭ ol thus the term can refer either to mel￭ ena with more black￭ ish appearance originating from upper gastro￭ intest￭ inal bleeding or to hem￭ ato￭ che￭ zia with more red color originating from lower gastro￭ intest￭ inal bleeding the term blood in sto￭ ol is usually not used to describe f￭ ec￭ al oc￭ cult blood which refers to blood that is not visible and thus is found only after chemical testing is performed in infants the apt test can be used to distinguish fe￭ tal h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in from maternal blood
blood pressure bp is the pressure exerted by circulating blood upon the walls of blood vessels when used without further specification blood pressure usually refers to the arter￭ ial pressure in the systemic circulation blood pressure is usually expressed in terms of the syst￭ ol￭ ic maximum pressure over di￭ ast￭ ol￭ ic minimum pressure and is measured in milli￭ meters of mercury m￭ mh￭ g it is one of the vital signs along with respiratory rate heart rate oxygen satur￭ ation and body temperature normal resting syst￭ ol￭ ic di￭ ast￭ ol￭ ic blood pressure in an adult is approximately 120 m￭ mh￭ g 80 m￭ mh￭ g abbreviated 120 80 m￭ mh￭ g blood pressure varies depending on situation activity and disease states it is regulated by the nervous and endocrine systems blood pressure that is low due to a disease state is called hypo￭ tension and pressure that is consistently high is hyper￭ tension both have many causes which can range from mild to severe both may be of sudden onset or of long duration long term hyper￭ tension is a risk factor for many diseases including heart disease stroke and kidney failure long term hyper￭ tension is more common than long term hypo￭ tension in western countries long term hyper￭ tension often goes un￭ detected because of inf￭ requ￭ ent monitoring and the absence of symptoms
blood rain or red rain is a phenomenon in which blood is perceived to fall from the sky in the form of rain cases have been recorded since homer s ili￭ ad composed approximately 8 th century bc and are widespread before the 17 th century it was generally believed that the rain was actually blood literature mirrors cult practice in which the appearance of blood rain was considered a bad omen it was used as a tool fore￭ shad￭ owing events but while some of these may be literary devices some occurrences are historic there is now a scientific consensus that the blood rain phenomenon is caused by aerial spo￭ res of green micro￭ al￭ ga￭ e tren￭ te￭ po￭ h￭ lia annul￭ ata recorded instances of blood rain usually cover small areas the duration can vary sometimes lasting only a short time others several days by the 17 th century explanations for the phenomenon had moved away from the super￭ natural and attempted to provide natural reasons in the 19 th century blood rains were scientifically examined and theories that dust gave the water its red colour gained ground today the dominant theories are that the rain is caused by red dust suspended in the water rain dust or by the presence of micro organisms alternative explanations include sun￭ spots and aur￭ or￭ ae
blood squir￭ t blood spur￭ t blood spray blood g￭ ush or blood jet is the effect when an artery a blood vessel in the human body or other organism s body is cut blood pressure causes the blood to bleed out at a rapid inter￭ mit￭ tent rate in a spray or jet coinci￭ ding with the beating of the heart rather than the slower but steady flow of ven￭ ous bleeding also known as arter￭ ial bleeding arter￭ ial spur￭ ting or arter￭ ial gu￭ shing the amount of blood loss can be co￭ pious occur very rapidly and can lead to death
blood st￭ asis syndrome or blood stagnation chinese x￭ ue yu is an important underlying path￭ ology of many disease processes according to traditional chinese medicine described in t￭ cm theory as a slowing or pooling of the blood due to disruption of heart q￭ i it is often understood in biomedical terms in terms of hem￭ at￭ ological disorders such as hemorrha￭ ge congestion thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis and local is￭ chem￭ ia micro￭ clo￭ ts and tissue changes
the blood sugar concentration or blood glucose level is the amount of glucose sugar present in the blood of a human or animal the body naturally tightly regulates blood glucose levels as a part of metabol￭ ic home￭ ost￭ asis with some exceptions glucose is the primary source of energy for the body s cells and blood li￭ pi￭ ds in the form of fats and oils are primarily a compact energy store glucose is transported from the intest￭ ines or liver to body cells via the blood￭ stream and is made available for cell absorption via the hormone insulin produced by the body primarily in the pan￭ cre￭ as glucose levels are usually lowest in the morning before the first meal of the day termed the fast￭ ing level and rise after meals for an hour or two by a few mil￭ lim￭ ol￭ ar blood sugar levels outside the normal range may be an indicator of a medical condition a persistently high level is referred to as hyper￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia low levels are referred to as hypo￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia diabetes mell￭ it￭ us is characterized by persistent hyper￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia from any of several causes and is the most prominent disease related to failure of blood sugar regulation intake of alcohol causes an initial surge in blood sugar and later tends to cause levels to fall also certain drugs can increase or decrease glucose levels
bloom sometimes referred to as light bloom or glow is a computer graphics effect used in video games demo￭ s and high dynamic range rendering h￭ dr￭ r to reproduce an imaging arti￭ fact of real world cameras the effect produces fringes or feathers of light extending from the borders of bright areas in an image contributing to the illusion of an extremely bright light overwhelming the camera or eye capturing the scene
bloom syndrome often abbreviated as bs in literature also known as bloom tor￭ re mach￭ ac￭ ek syndrome is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive disorder characterized by short stature pre￭ disposition to the development of cancer and genom￭ ic instability bs is caused by mutations in the bl￭ m gene leading to mut￭ ated dna hel￭ ic￭ ase protein formation cells from a person with bloom syndrome exhibit a striking genom￭ ic instability that includes excessive cros￭ so￭ vers between homo￭ log￭ ous chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es and sister ch￭ rom￭ ati￭ d exchanges s￭ ces the condition was discovered and first described by new york der￭ mato￭ logist dr david bloom in 1954
bl￭ oun￭ t s disease is a growth disorder of the ti￭ bia shin bone that causes the lower leg to angle inward resembling a bo￭ wle￭ g it is also known as ti￭ bia var￭ a it is named after walter put￭ nam bl￭ oun￭ t 1900 – 1992 an american pedi￭ atric orth￭ o￭ ped￭ ic surgeon it has also been known as ma￭ u n￭ il￭ s￭ onne syndrome after c ma￭ u and h n￭ il￭ s￭ onne who published early case reports of the condition
a blow￭ out is a rapid loss of inflation pressure of a pneumatic tire leading to an explosion the primary cause for this is encountering an object that cuts or tears the structural components of the tire to the point where the structure is incapable of containing the pressur￭ ized air with the escaping pressur￭ ized air adding to further tear through the tire structure it is also fairly common for tread separ￭ ations to be termed “ blow￭ outs ” even those where the inflation pressure is not compromised because of this confusion the term is rarely used by experts in tire failures where the term impact damage is more frequently used tire blow￭ outs have been a concern since the dawn of the motor￭ ing age first generation automotive tires suffered from frequent problems until technology developed
blue on￭ ion z￭ wi￭ e￭ bel￭ muster is a fine china tab￭ le￭ ware pattern for dish￭ ware originally manufactured by me￭ issen por￭ cel￭ ain since the 18 th century but copied by other companies since the late 19 th century as well
blue baby syndrome refers to at least two situations that lead to cyan￭ osis in infants cyan￭ otic heart disease and meth￭ emo￭ glob￭ in￭ emia the most common cyan￭ otic heart defects include transposition of the great arter￭ ies tetr￭ alo￭ gy of fal￭ lot persistent trun￭ cus arter￭ io￭ sus tric￭ us￭ pid at￭ re￭ sia and total anom￭ alous pul￭ mon￭ ary ven￭ ous return
blue balls is a s￭ lang term for the condition of temporary fluid congestion vas￭ o￭ congestion in the tes￭ tic￭ les accompanied by tes￭ tic￭ ular pain caused by prolonged sexual ar￭ ous￭ al in the human male without e￭ jac￭ ulation the term is thought to have originated in the united states first appearing in 19￭ 16 some u￭ ro￭ logists call the condition epi￭ di￭ dy￭ mal hyper￭ tension the condition is not experienced by all males
the blue bottle experiment is a chemical reaction an aqu￭ eous solution containing glucose sodium hydrox￭ ide meth￭ ylene blue and some air is shaken in a closed bottle it turns from color￭ less to blue and then de￭ col￭ oriz￭ es again after a while with further shaking the cycle can be repeated several times this experiment is a classic chemistry demonstration and can be used in laboratory courses as a general chemistry experiment the reaction will work with other reducing sugars besides glucose and also with other reducing d￭ yes the aqu￭ eous solution in the classical reaction contains glucose sodium hydrox￭ ide and meth￭ ylene blue in the first step the en￭ ol￭ ate of glucose is formed the next step is a re￭ do￭ x reaction of the en￭ ol￭ ate with meth￭ ylene blue the glucose is ox￭ idi￭ zed to glu￭ con￭ ic acid which in al￭ kal￭ ine solution is in the sodium glu￭ con￭ ate form meth￭ ylene blue is reduced to color￭ less leu￭ com￭ ethylene blue if there is enough available oxygen leu￭ com￭ ethylene blue is then re ox￭ idi￭ zed to meth￭ ylene blue and the blue color of the solution is restored the availability of oxygen is increased by shaking the solution when the solution comes to rest glucose reduction of the re￭ do￭ x dy￭ e again takes the upper hand and the color of the solution disappears the reaction is first order in glucose meth￭ ylene blue and hydrox￭ ide ion and zero order in oxygen other glucose oxid￭ ation products besides sodium glu￭ con￭ ate that are reported are d arab￭ ino hex￭ os 2 ul￭ ose glu￭ cos￭ one the an￭ ion of d arab￭ in￭ on￭ ate after splitting of a form￭ ate an￭ ion and finally arab￭ in￭ onic acid
blue di￭ aper syndrome is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive metabol￭ ic disorder characterized in infants by blu￭ ish urine stained di￭ ap￭ ers it is also known as drum￭ mond s syndrome and hyper￭ cal￭ cem￭ ia it is caused by a defect in try￭ pt￭ oph￭ an absorption bacterial degradation of un￭ absorbed try￭ pt￭ oph￭ an in the intest￭ ine leads to excessive in￭ do￭ le production and thus to indic￭ an￭ ur￭ ia which on oxid￭ ation to indi￭ go blue causes a peculiar blu￭ ish dis￭ color￭ ation of the di￭ aper ind￭ ol￭ ur￭ ia symptoms typically include dig￭ estive disturbances fever and visual problems some may also develop disease due to the incomplete breakdown of try￭ pt￭ oph￭ an it was characterized in 1964 and is associated with the x linked sex gene since this syndrome is x linked the chance for a child to receive normal genes from both parents and be genetically normal for that particular trait is 25 if an individual receives one normal gene and one gene for the disease the person will be a carrier for the disease but usually will not show symptoms carrier females usually do not display symptoms of the disorder because it is usually the x chro￭ mo￭ some with the abnormal gene that is “ turned off ” one can do genetic testing to see if their child will get this syndrome but most do not find out until they see the symptoms mentioned below
the blue field ent￭ op￭ tic phenomenon or sche￭ er￭ er s phenomenon after the german oph￭ thal￭ mo￭ logist richard sche￭ er￭ er who first drew clinical attention to it in 19￭ 24 is the appearance of tiny bright do￭ ts nick￭ named blue sky sp￭ rit￭ es moving quickly along squ￭ i￭ gg￭ ly lines in the visual field especially when looking into bright blue light such as the sky the do￭ ts are short lived visible for a second or less and traveling short distances along seemingly random cur￭ vy paths some of them follow the same path as predecessors the do￭ ts may be el￭ ong￭ ated along the path like tiny worms the speed of the do￭ ts varies in sync with the pulse they briefly accelerate at each heart beat the do￭ ts appear in the central field of view within 10 to 15 degrees from the fixation point the left and right eye see different do￭ ts someone looking with both eyes sees a mixture most people are able to see this phenomenon in the sky although it is rather weak and many people do not notice it until asked to pay attention the do￭ ts are highly conspicuous against a mono￭ ch￭ rom￭ atic blue background 430 nm instead of the sky
blue mold is a down￭ y mil￭ de￭ w disease of tobacco that is caused by per￭ on￭ os￭ pora tab￭ ac￭ ina a fun￭ gus like pro￭ tist in the family per￭ on￭ os￭ por￭ ace￭ ae blue mold can cause severe damage to susceptible tobacco plants in many parts of the world since it is an oblig￭ ate parasite it must have living tobacco tissue in order to grow although tobacco remains the primary host for this disease other hosts including pepper plants and e￭ gg￭ plants can also be reservoirs the term blue mold may also be applied to pen￭ ic￭ il￭ lium ro￭ que￭ for￭ ti a mold used in producing the taste and characteristic blue green inclu￭ sions in ro￭ que￭ fort and other blue cheeses a pow￭ der￭ y mil￭ de￭ w disease of hops has sometimes been errone￭ ously called blue mold it is caused by sp￭ ha￭ ero￭ th￭ eca hum￭ uli a fun￭ gus in the order er￭ y￭ sip￭ hal￭ es this hops disease became epidemic in the new york state hops industry in 19￭ 09 ultimately leading to the abandonment of the crop in the nor￭ the￭ astern usa
blue nails or more formally az￭ ure lun￭ ula are characterized by a blue dis￭ color￭ ation of the lun￭ ul￭ ae seen in arg￭ y￭ ria and cases of he￭ pat￭ ol￭ en￭ tic￭ ular de￭ generation wilson s disease also having been reported in h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in m disease and hereditary acro￭ lab￭ ial tel￭ an￭ gi￭ ec￭ t￭ ases in wilson s disease the blue color involves the lun￭ ula most intense pi￭ gm￭ entation and f￭ ades proxim￭ ally in arg￭ y￭ ria the nail is permanently pi￭ gm￭ ented a slate blue color and is most evident in the lun￭ ula min￭ oc￭ ycl￭ ine and zi￭ do￭ v￭ ud￭ ine can also turn the nail plate blue gray
blue nev￭ us also known as blue neuro￭ nev￭ us der￭ mal mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tom￭ a and nev￭ us ble￭ u is a type of mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tic nev￭ us the blue colour is caused by the pig￭ ment being deeper in the skin than in ordinary ne￭ vi in principle they are harmless but they can sometimes be mim￭ ic￭ ked by m￭ align￭ ant le￭ sions i e some mel￭ anom￭ as can look like a blue nev￭ us
blue rubber ble￭ b nev￭ us syndrome or br￭ b￭ ns or blue rubber ble￭ b syndrome or blue rubber ble￭ b nev￭ us or bean syndrome is a rare disorder that consists mainly of abnormal blood vessels affecting the gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract it was characterized by william bean in 1958 br￭ b￭ ns is caused by som￭ atic mutations in the te￭ k tie 2 gene
blue￭ berry mu￭ ffin baby is the characteristic distributed pur￭ pur￭ a occurring as a result of extr￭ ame￭ dul￭ l￭ ary hem￭ ato￭ po￭ ies￭ is found in infants the pur￭ pur￭ a are often generalized but occur more often on the trunk head and neck the name is from the superficial similarity to a blue￭ berry mu￭ ffin
blue￭ berry sho￭ e￭ string virus b￭ bs￭ sv is a viral disease that is commonly transmitted by the ap￭ hid vector illin￭ o￭ ia pe￭ pper￭ i the blue￭ berry sho￭ e￭ string virus disease is very prominent in high￭ bush and low￭ bush blue￭ berry plants in the nor￭ the￭ astern and upper mid￭ west of the united states symptoms can vary significantly depending on the environment but the most common disease symptoms are red￭ dish stre￭ aking on young stems reduced vigor and strap shaped leaves the blue￭ berry sho￭ e￭ string virus disease can be managed by eliminating the ap￭ hid vector through the use of biological chemical or cultural controls in severe cases the disease leads to an extensive loss of yield and marketable fruit
bluetongue disease is a non contagious insect borne viral disease of ruminants mainly sheep and less frequently cattle goats buffalo deer dro￭ med￭ aries and an￭ tel￭ ope it is caused by the bluetongue virus b￭ tv the virus is transmitted by the mi￭ dge cu￭ li￭ co￭ ides im￭ i￭ cola cu￭ li￭ co￭ ides vari￭ ip￭ en￭ nis and other cu￭ li￭ co￭ ids
blunt trauma blunt injury non penetr￭ ating trauma or blunt force trauma refers to physical trauma to a body part either by impact injury or physical attack the latter is usually referred to as blunt force trauma the term refers to the initial trauma from which develops more specific types such as con￭ tu￭ sions abra￭ sions lac￭ er￭ ations and or bone fractu￭ res blunt trauma is contr￭ asted with penetr￭ ating trauma in which an object such as a bullet enters the body
blurred vision is an oc￭ ular symptom
bo￭ anthro￭ py is a psychological disorder in which a human believes himself or herself to be a bovine
bob bell￭ em￭ ore is a known presence in rho￭ de island s ice hockey and baseball communities he is a former stand￭ out go￭ al￭ tender and baseball player for provi￭ dence college in the national collegi￭ ate athle￭ tic association he has also served as the go￭ alt￭ ending coach for the national hockey league s new jersey dev￭ ils
bo￭ bble head doll syndrome is a rare neuro￭ logical movement disorder in which patients usually children around age 3 begin to bob their head and shoulders forward and back or sometimes side to side involun￭ tarily in a manner reminiscent of a bo￭ b￭ ble￭ head doll the syndrome is related to c￭ ys￭ tic le￭ sions and sw￭ elling of the third ven￭ tric￭ le in the brain symptoms of bo￭ bble head doll syndrome are diverse but can be grouped into two categories physical and neuro￭ logical the most common form of treatment is surgical impl￭ anting of a sh￭ unt to relieve the sw￭ elling of the brain
bo￭ den s mate is a check￭ m￭ ating pattern in chess characterized by bish￭ ops on two cris￭ s crossing diag￭ on￭ als for example bish￭ ops on a 6 and f 4 delivering mate to a king on c 8 with possible flight squares for the king being occupied by friendly pieces most often the check￭ m￭ ated king has cast￭ led que￭ en￭ side and is m￭ ated on c 8 or c 1 many variants on the mate are seen for example a king on e 8 check￭ m￭ ated by bish￭ ops on g 6 and a 3 and a king on f 1 check￭ m￭ ated by bish￭ ops on h 3 and b 6 often the mate is immediately preceded by a sacrifice that opens up the diag￭ onal on which the bishop delivers check￭ mate the mate is named for samuel bo￭ den who played a famous early example of it in schul￭ der – bo￭ den london 18￭ 53 however it had been known previously from the game hor￭ witz – po￭ pert hamburg 18￭ 44
the bo￭ drou￭ x – chic￭ hi￭ bab￭ in alde￭ hyde synthesis is a chemical reaction whereby a gri￭ gn￭ ard re￭ agent is converted to an alde￭ hyde one carbon longer bo￭ drou￭ x chic￭ hi￭ bab￭ in alde￭ hyde synthesis reaction of a gri￭ gn￭ ard re￭ agent with tri￭ ethyl orth￭ o￭ form￭ ate gives an ac￭ etal which can be hydro￭ ly￭ zed to an alde￭ hyde for example the synthesis of n hex￭ anal
body dys￭ morph￭ ic disorder b￭ dd is a mental disorder characterized by an obs￭ essive preoccupation that some aspect of one s own appearance is severely flawed and warrants exceptional measures to hide or fix it in b￭ dd s delu￭ sional variant the flaw is imagined if the flaw is actual its importance is severely exaggerated either way one s thoughts about it are pervasive and intrusive occupying up to several hours a day the dsm 5 categ￭ oriz￭ es b￭ dd in the obs￭ essive – compul￭ sive spectrum and distinguishes it from an￭ ore￭ x￭ ia ner￭ vo￭ sa a fairly common mental disorder estimated to affect up to 2 4 of the population b￭ dd usually starts during adoles￭ cence and affects men and women roughly equally the b￭ dd subtype muscle dys￭ mor￭ phia percei￭ ving the body as too small affects mostly males besides thinking about it one repeti￭ tively checks and compares the perceived flaw and can adopt unusual rou￭ tines to avoid social contact that exposes it fearing the stigma of vanity one usually hides the preoccupation commonly un￭ suspected even by psychiat￭ rists b￭ dd has been greatly under￭ diagnosed severely imp￭ airing quality of life via educational and occupational dysfunction and social isolation b￭ dd involves especially high rates of suicidal ide￭ ation and suicide attempts
body fat redistribution b￭ fr syndrome sometimes called fat der￭ ang￭ ement is a medical condition characterized by fat loss or occasionally fat gain often in the cheeks or face b￭ fr most often occurs in hiv aids patients undergoing anti￭ retro￭ viral therapy
body flex is a lack of rigidity in a motor vehicle s ch￭ ass￭ is it is often something to be avoided by car manufacturers as higher levels of body flex is a sign of structural weakness and means that the vehicle s suspension cannot work as efficiently the body takes up some of the slack rather than the parts of the car which were specifically designed for this purpose a ch￭ ass￭ is that fl￭ exes may be prone to fatigue and further sof￭ tening with use will eventually result in failure cars of a sporting nature are therefore often very stiff while conver￭ ti￭ bles or cab￭ rio￭ lets are not often considered to be good candidates for high performance sports cars because of their lack of a rigid roof although for some time body flex was a result of attempts to keep a car s weight down makers such as aud￭ i the a 8 and j￭ agu￭ ar with the 2003 x￭ j 8 have employed the use of aluminium in ch￭ ass￭ is production to get around this obstacle ensuring the weight of these cars and their level of body flex can both be kept to a minimum typically the sti￭ ff￭ ness of the body is measured in tor￭ sion the body is supported at the spring caps at the rear and then a tor￭ que is applied to the front spring caps via a long beam and a ful￭ cr￭ um values achieved range from 1 000 lb · ft 1 400 n · m per degree for pre war racing cars up to 25 000 lb · ft 33 900 n · m per degree for some modern production vehicles
body hopping is the fic￭ tional ability and desire to possess people in quick succession a body hop￭ per can transfer quickly from one physical body to another physical body with little or no resistance and few conditions on moving on to a new body and usually without getting stuck in said body for a long period of time
body identification is a sub￭ field of forensic science where￭ in investigators need to identify a body forensic literally for the courts purposes are served by rigorous scientific forensic identification techniques but these are generally preceded by simply asking bystand￭ ers or other persons for the victim s name if a body is not badly de￭ composed or damaged two persons or one who knew the deceased well should vis￭ ually confirm the identity authorities will also compare supportive documents such as driver s license passport or other authoritative photo id before accepting a personal identification with which to further their investigative and or forensic purposes of course any formal investigation should reality check additional forensic and scientific evidence to reinforce or question the supposed identity of the victim reliable identification becomes increasingly difficult as time passes
body image is a person s perception of the a￭ esthe￭ tics or sexual attractiveness of their own body the phrase body image was first coined by the austrian neuro￭ logist and psycho￭ analyst paul sch￭ il￭ der in his book the image and appearance of the human body 19￭ 35 human society has at all times placed great value on beauty of the human body but a person s perception of their own body may not correspond to society s standards the concept of body image is used in a number of disciplines including psychology medicine psychiatry psycho￭ analysis philosophy and cultural and feminist studies the term is also often used in the media across these disciplines and media there is no consensus definition a person s body image is thought to be in part a product of their personal experiences personality and various social and cultural forces a person s sense of their own physical appearance usually in relation to others or in relation to some cultural ideal can shape their body image a person s perception of their appearance can be different from how others actually perceive them research suggests that exposure to mass media depic￭ ting the thin ideal body may be linked to body image disturbance in women this me￭ ta analysis examined experimental and cor￭ rel￭ ational studies testing the links between media exposure to body dissatisfaction intern￭ alization of the thin ideal and eating behaviors and beliefs with a sample of 77 studies that yielded 141 effect sizes effects for some outcome variables were moder￭ ated by publication year and study design the findings support the notion that exposure to media images depic￭ ting the thin ideal body is related to body image concerns for women a 2007 report by the american psychological association found that a culture wide sex￭ u￭ alization of girls and women was contributing to increased female anxiety associated with body image similar findings associated with body image were found by an australian government senate standing committee report on the sex￭ u￭ alization of children in the media however other scholars have expressed concern that these claims are not based on solid data body image can have a wide range of psychological effects and physical effects throughout history it has been extremely difficult for people to live up to the standards of society and what they believe the ideal body is there are many factors that lead to a person ’ s body image some of these include family dynamics mental illness biological pre￭ dis￭ positions and environmental causes for obesity or malnutrition and cultural expectations e g media and politics people who are both under￭ weight and overweight can have poor body image however because people are constantly told and shown the cosmetic appeal of weight loss and are warned about the risks of obesity those who are normal or overweight on the b￭ mi scale have higher risks of poor body image this is something that can lead to a change in a person s body image often people who have a low body image will try to alter their bodies in some way such as by die￭ ting or undergoing cosmetic surgery
body integrity identity disorder bi￭ id also referred to as ampu￭ tee identity disorder is a psychological disorder in which an otherwise healthy individual feels that they are meant to be disabled trans￭ ability an almost identical disorder is medic￭ ally recognized by the american psychiatric association s dsm 5 but bi￭ id is not bi￭ id is related to xen￭ om￭ eli￭ a the dy￭ sp￭ hor￭ ic feeling that one or more limbs of one s body do not belong to one s self bi￭ id is typically accompanied by the desire to am￭ put￭ ate one or more healthy limbs it also includes the desire for other forms of disability as in the case of a woman who intentionally blinded herself bi￭ id can be associated with a￭ pot￭ em￭ no￭ phi￭ lia sexual ar￭ ous￭ al based on the image of one s self as an ampu￭ tee the cause of bi￭ id is unknown one hypothesis states that it results from a neuro￭ logical failing of the brain s inner body mapping function located in the right par￭ ie￭ tal lo￭ be to incorporate the affected limb in its understanding of the body s physical form
body od￭ or or bo is present in animals including humans and its intensity can be influenced by many factors behavioral patterns survival strategies body od￭ or has a strong genetic basis both in animals and humans but it can be also strongly influenced by various diseases and psychological conditions body od￭ or is generally considered to be an unpleasant od￭ or among many human cultures
human body shape is a complex phenomenon with sophisticated detail and function the general shape or figure of a person is defined mainly by the mol￭ ding of sk￭ el￭ etal structures as well as the distribution of muscles and fat sk￭ el￭ etal structure grows and changes only up to the point at which a human reaches adul￭ thood and remains essentially the same for the rest of his or her life growth is usually completed between the ages of 13 and 18 at which time the ep￭ ip￭ hy￭ seal plates of long bones close allowing no further growth see human skelet￭ on
the body size species richness distribution is a pattern observed in the way tax￭ a are distributed over large spatial scales the number of species that exhibit small body size generally far exceed the number of species that are large bo￭ died macro￭ ecology has long sought to understand the mechanisms that underlie the patterns of biodiversity such as the body size species richness pattern this pattern was first observed by hut￭ chin￭ son and mac￭ arthur 1959 and it appears to apply equally well to a broad range of tax￭ a from birds and mammals to insects bacteria may 1978 brown and nico￭ let￭ to 1991 and deep sea gastropods mccl￭ ain 2004 nonetheless its ubi￭ qu￭ ity remains undec￭ i￭ ded most studies focus on the distribution of tax￭ on￭ om￭ ic fractions of largely non inter￭ acting species such as birds or mammals this article is primarily based on those data
body￭ building supplements are dietary supplements specifically marketed to those involved in body￭ building wei￭ ght￭ lifting and athle￭ tics among the most widely used are vitamins protein bran￭ ched chain amino acids b￭ ca￭ a glu￭ tam￭ ine essential fatty acids meal replacement products cre￭ at￭ ine weight loss products and te￭ sto￭ ster￭ one boo￭ sters supplements are sold either as single ingredient preparations or in the form of st￭ acks proprietary bl￭ ends of various supplements marketed as offering syner￭ g￭ istic advantages while many body￭ building supplements are also consumed by the general public their sali￭ ence and frequency of use may differ when used specifically by body￭ builders they may be marketed as a product to replace meals enhance weight gain promote weight loss or improve athle￭ tic performance annual sales of sport nutrition products in the us is over 2 7 billion us according to consumer reports
bo￭ e￭ hm syndrome is a symptom specific map dot fingerprint dy￭ stro￭ phy of the cor￭ ne￭ a the epi￭ the￭ lium is separated from the st￭ roma by a memb￭ rane in map dot fingerprint dy￭ stro￭ phy this memb￭ rane develops abnormally exhi￭ biting a map like appearance or perhaps opaque do￭ ts sometimes lines are formed that resemble small fingerprints in some cases this irregular structure can lead to painful epi￭ the￭ li￭ al ero￭ sions
bo￭ er￭ en￭ bon￭ t is a traditional pattern used on pot￭ tery from the netherlands translated from dutch bo￭ er means farmer and bon￭ t refers to a mixture of colors the distinctive fl￭ oral pattern is hand painted with simple brush stro￭ kes of red yellow green and blue currently manufactured by royal bo￭ ch in belgium the pattern originated as a local craft made by farmers ’ wives in the 19 th century according to the royal bo￭ ch website a variety of patterns have followed the path of dutch merchants all over the world from su￭ mat￭ ra to zan￭ zi￭ bar via goa it remains a popular pattern today
es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al rupture is a rupture of the es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al wall i￭ atro￭ genic causes account for approximately 56 of es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al per￭ for￭ ations usually due to medical instrum￭ entation such as an endo￭ sco￭ py or par￭ a￭ es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al surgery in contrast the term bo￭ er￭ ha￭ ave s syndrome is reserved for the 10 of es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al per￭ for￭ ations which occur due to v￭ om￭ iting spontaneous per￭ for￭ ation of the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus most commonly results from a full thickness tear in the es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al wall due to a sudden increase in intra￭ es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al pressure combined with relatively negative intra￭ thor￭ ac￭ ic pressure caused by str￭ aining or v￭ om￭ iting effort rupture of the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus or bo￭ er￭ ha￭ ave s syndrome other causes of spontaneous per￭ for￭ ation include caus￭ tic ing￭ estion pill es￭ op￭ ha￭ gi￭ tis bar￭ rett s es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus infectious ul￭ cers in patients with aids and following dil￭ ation of es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al stric￭ tures in most cases of bo￭ er￭ ha￭ ave s syndrome the tear occurs at the left poster￭ o lateral aspect of the dis￭ tal es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus and extends for several centi￭ meters the condition is associated with high morbi￭ dity and mortality and is fatal without treatment the occasionally non￭ specific nature of the symptoms may contribute to a delay in diagnosis and a poor outcome spontaneous effort rupture of the cer￭ vic￭ al es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus leading to loc￭ alized cer￭ vic￭ al per￭ for￭ ation may be more common than previously recognized and has a generally benign course pre￭ existing es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al disease is not a prerequisite for es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al per￭ for￭ ation but it contributes to increased mortality this condition was first documented by the 18 th century physician herman bo￭ er￭ ha￭ ave after whom it is named a related condition is mall￭ ory we￭ iss syndrome which is only a mu￭ cos￭ al tear in case of i￭ atro￭ genic per￭ for￭ ation common site is cer￭ vic￭ al es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus just above the upper sp￭ h￭ inc￭ ter where as spontaneous rupture as seen in bo￭ er￭ ha￭ ave s syndrome per￭ for￭ ation commonly occurs in the lower 1 3 rd of es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus
bo￭ gart – bac￭ all syndrome bbs is a voice disorder that is caused by abuse or over￭ use of the vocal cords people who speak or sing outside their normal vocal range can develop bbs symptoms are chiefly an un￭ naturally deep or rough voice or dy￭ sp￭ hon￭ ia and vocal fatigue the people most commonly afflicted are those who speak in a low pitched voice particularly if they have poor breath and vocal control the syndrome can affect both men and women in 1988 an article was published describing a dis￭ crete type of vocal dysfunction which results in men sounding like hum￭ ph￭ rey bo￭ gart and women sounding like lauren bac￭ all bbs is now the medical term for an ongoing ho￭ arsen￭ ess that often afflic￭ ts actors sing￭ ers or tv radio voice workers who routinely speak in a very low pitch treatment usually involves voice therapy by a speech language patho￭ logist
bo￭ go￭ li￭ u￭ bo￭ v caus￭ ality condition is a caus￭ ality condition for scat￭ tering matrix s matrix in ax￭ i￭ om￭ atic quantum field theory the condition was introduced in ax￭ i￭ om￭ atic quantum field theory by nikol￭ ay bo￭ gol￭ yu￭ bo￭ v in 1955
the bo￭ hr effect is a physiological phenomenon first described in 19￭ 04 by the danish physi￭ o￭ logist christian bo￭ hr stating that ha￭ emo￭ glob￭ in s oxygen binding aff￭ inity see oxygen – ha￭ emo￭ glob￭ in dissoci￭ ation curve is inver￭ sely related both to acidity and to the concentration of carbon dioxide that is an increase in blood co 2 concentration which leads to a decrease in blood ph will result in ha￭ emo￭ glob￭ in proteins releasing their load of oxygen conversely a decrease in carbon dioxide provo￭ kes an increase in ph which results in h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in picking up more oxygen since carbon dioxide reacts with water to form carbon￭ ic acid an increase in co 2 results in a decrease in blood ph
bo￭ h￭ ring – op￭ itz syndrome bos is a medical syndrome characterised by characteristic cran￭ io￭ facial appearance fixed contr￭ actu￭ res of the upper limbs abnormal posture feeding difficulties intellectual disability small size at birth and failure to thrive some of these features are shared with other genetic syndro￭ mes genetically de novo tr￭ unc￭ ating mutations in as￭ xl 1 have been shown to account for approximately 50 of bo￭ h￭ ring – op￭ itz syndrome cases bo￭ h￭ ring op￭ itz syndrome is an extremely rare genetic syndrome there are fewer than 60 cases in the world this syndrome is diagnosed by genetic testing and is a mutation in the as￭ xl 1 gene the leading cause of death is respiratory infections children with bos can have feeding difficulties recurring respiratory infections sleep ap￭ ne￭ a developmental delay failure to thrive abnormal hair density and length wil￭ m ’ s tumors brain ab￭ norm￭ alities silent aspiration and the list goes on to find out more about bo￭ h￭ ring op￭ itz syndrome please visit the website bo￭ h￭ ring op￭ itz syndrome and www bos foundation org bo￭ h￭ ring – op￭ itz syndrome is sometimes also called ober￭ k￭ laid – dan￭ ks syndrome
a boil also called a fur￭ uncle is a deep fol￭ lic￭ u￭ li￭ tis infection of the hair fol￭ lic￭ le it is most commonly caused by infection by the bacter￭ ium stap￭ hy￭ lo￭ co￭ cc￭ us au￭ re￭ us resulting in a painful sw￭ oll￭ en area on the skin caused by an accumulation of p￭ us and dead tissue boils which are expanded are basically p￭ us filled no￭ d￭ ules individual boils clu￭ stered together are called car￭ bun￭ cles most human infections are caused by co￭ ag￭ ul￭ ase positive s au￭ re￭ us strains notable for the bacteria s ability to produce co￭ ag￭ ul￭ ase an enzyme that can clo￭ t blood almost any organ system can be infected by s au￭ re￭ us
bolivian hemorrha￭ gic fever b￭ hf also known as black ty￭ ph￭ us or or￭ dog fever is a hemorrha￭ gic fever and zoonotic infectious disease originating in bolivia after infection by mach￭ up￭ o virus b￭ hf was first identified in 1963 as an amb￭ is￭ ense r￭ na virus of the aren￭ avi￭ ri￭ da￭ e family by a research group led by karl johnson the mortality rate is estimated at 5 to 30 percent due to its patho￭ gen￭ icity mach￭ up￭ o virus requires bio￭ safety level four conditions the highest level in february and march 2007 some 20 suspected b￭ hf cases 3 fatal were reported to the el servic￭ io depart￭ am￭ ental de sal￭ ud se￭ des in beni department bolivia and in february 2008 at least 200 suspected new cases 12 fatal were reported to se￭ des in november 2011 a se￭ des expert involved in a sero￭ survey to determine the extent of mach￭ up￭ o virus infections in the department after the discovery of a second confirmed case near the departmental capital of trinidad in november 2011 expressed concern about expansion of the virus distribution outside the endemic zone in mam￭ or￭ é and it￭ énez provinces
bond sof￭ tening is an effect of reducing the strength of a chemical bond by strong laser fields to make this effect significant the strength of the electric field in the laser light has to be comparable with the electric field the bon￭ ding electr￭ on feels from the nucle￭ i of the mol￭ ecu￭ le such fields are typically in the range of 1 – 10 v å which corresponds to laser intensi￭ ties 10￭ 13 – 10￭ 15 w cm 2 nowadays these intensi￭ ties are routinely achievable from table top ti s￭ app￭ hire las￭ ers
a bone cyst or geo￭ de is a type of cyst that can present itself in the jaw or on other locations in the body types include unic￭ amer￭ al bone cyst simple bone cyst an￭ eur￭ y￭ sm￭ al bone cyst traumatic bone cyst
bone density or bone mineral density b￭ md is the amount of bone mineral in bone tissue the concept is of mass of mineral per volume of bone relating to density in the physics sense although clin￭ ically it is measured by proxy according to optical density per square centi￭ meter of bone surface upon imaging bone density measurement is used in clinical medicine as an indirect indicator of o￭ ste￭ op￭ or￭ osis and frac￭ ture risk it is measured by a procedure called d￭ ens￭ it￭ ome￭ try often performed in the radi￭ ology or nuclear medicine departments of hospitals or clinics the measurement is pain￭ less and non invasive and involves low radiation exposure measurements are most commonly made over the lum￭ bar sp￭ ine and over the upper part of the hip the fore￭ arm may be scann￭ ed if the hip and lum￭ bar sp￭ ine are not accessible there is a statistical association between poor bone density and higher probability of frac￭ ture fractu￭ res of the legs and pel￭ vis due to falls are a significant public health problem especially in elderly women leading to much medical cost inability to live independently and even risk of death bone density measurements are used to screen people for o￭ ste￭ op￭ or￭ osis risk and to identify those who might benefit from measures to improve bone strength
bone disease refers to the medical conditions which affect the bone
a bone frac￭ ture sometimes abbreviated fr￭ x or f￭ x f￭ x or is a medical condition in which there is a damage in the continuity of the bone a bone frac￭ ture can be the result of high force impact or stress or a minimal trauma injury as a result of certain medical conditions that weaken the bones such as o￭ ste￭ op￭ or￭ osis bone cancer or o￭ ste￭ o￭ genesis im￭ perfec￭ ta where the frac￭ ture is then properly termed a patho￭ logic frac￭ ture although broken bone and bone break are common col￭ lo￭ qui￭ alis￭ ms for a bone frac￭ ture break is not a formal orth￭ o￭ ped￭ ic term
bone marrow suppression or my￭ elo￭ toxicity ad￭ jec￭ tive my￭ elo￭ toxic or my￭ elo￭ suppression is the decrease in production of cells responsible for providing immunity leuk￭ oc￭ y￭ tes carrying oxygen er￭ y￭ thro￭ cy￭ tes and or those responsible for normal blood clo￭ tting thro￭ m￭ bo￭ cy￭ tes bone marrow suppression is a serious side effect of chem￭ otherapy and certain drugs affecting the immune system such as az￭ ath￭ iop￭ rine the risk is especially high in cy￭ to￭ toxic chem￭ otherapy for leuk￭ emia non ster￭ o￭ idal anti infl￭ am￭ matory drugs in some rare instances may also cause bone marrow suppression the decrease in blood cell counts does not occur right at the start of chem￭ otherapy because the drugs do not destroy the cells already in the blood￭ stream these are not dividing rapidly instead the drugs affect new blood cells that are being made by the bone marrow when my￭ elo￭ suppression is severe it is called my￭ elo￭ ab￭ l￭ ation because the bone marrow is the manufacturing center of blood cells the suppression of bone marrow activity causes a deficiency of blood cells this condition can rapidly lead to life threatening infection as the body cannot produce leuk￭ oc￭ y￭ tes in response to invading bacteria and viruses as well as leading to ana￭ emia due to a lack of red blood cells and spontaneous severe bleeding due to deficiency of plat￭ el￭ ets par￭ vo￭ virus b 19 inhi￭ bits er￭ y￭ thro￭ po￭ ies￭ is by ly￭ tically inf￭ ecting r￭ bc precursors in the bone marrow and is associated with a number of different diseases ranging from benign to severe in immun￭ o￭ compromised patients b 19 infection may persist for months leading to chronic an￭ emia with b 19 vi￭ re￭ mia due to chronic marrow suppression thi￭ az￭ ide di￭ u￭ re￭ tics can also lead to bone marrow suppression as an adverse effect
bone pain also known medic￭ ally by is pain coming from a bone it occurs as a result of a wide range of diseases and or physical conditions and may severely impair the quality of life for patients who suffer from it bone pain belongs to the class of deep som￭ atic pain often experienced as a dull pain that cannot be loc￭ alized accurately by the patient this is in contrast with the pain which is medi￭ ated by superficial recep￭ tors in e g the skin bone pain can have several possible causes ranging from extensive physical stress to serious diseases such as cancer for many years it has been known that bones are in￭ nerv￭ ated with sensory neurons yet their exact anatomy remained obscure due to the contrasting physical properties of bone and ne￭ ural tissue more recently it is becoming clear what types of nerves in￭ nerv￭ ated which sections of bone the perio￭ steal layer of bone tissue is highly pain sensitive and an important cause of pain in several disease conditions causing bone pain like fractu￭ res o￭ ste￭ o￭ ar￭ thri￭ tis etc however in certain diseases the endo￭ steal and ha￭ ver￭ sian nerve supply seems to play an important role e g in o￭ ste￭ om￭ al￭ ac￭ ia o￭ ste￭ on￭ ec￭ ro￭ sis and other bone diseases thus there are several types of bone pain each with many potential sources or origins of cause
bone resor￭ ption is resor￭ ption of bone tissue that is the process by which o￭ ste￭ o￭ cl￭ asts break down the tissue in bones and release the minerals resulting in a transfer of calcium from bone tissue to the blood the o￭ ste￭ o￭ cl￭ asts are multi nucle￭ ated cells that contain numerous mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ a and ly￭ so￭ som￭ es these are the cells responsible for the resor￭ ption of bone o￭ ste￭ o￭ cl￭ asts are generally present on the outer layer of bone just beneath the perio￭ steu￭ m attachment of the o￭ ste￭ o￭ cl￭ ast to the o￭ ste￭ on begins the process the o￭ ste￭ o￭ cl￭ ast then induc￭ es an in￭ fol￭ ding of its cell memb￭ rane and secre￭ tes coll￭ agen￭ ase and other enzymes important in the resor￭ ption process high levels of calcium magnesium phosphate and products of coll￭ agen will be released into the ex￭ trac￭ ell￭ ular fluid as the o￭ ste￭ o￭ cl￭ asts tunnel into the miner￭ alized bone o￭ ste￭ o￭ cl￭ asts are also prominent in the tissue destruction commonly found in ps￭ ori￭ atic ar￭ thri￭ tis and other r￭ heu￭ mat￭ ology related disorders the human body is in a constant state of bone remo￭ deling bone remo￭ d￭ elling is a process which maintains bone strength and ion home￭ ost￭ atis by replacing dis￭ crete parts of old bone with newly synthe￭ sized packets of prote￭ in￭ ac￭ eous matrix bone is resor￭ bed by o￭ ste￭ o￭ cl￭ asts and is deposited by o￭ ste￭ obl￭ asts in a process called os￭ sification o￭ ste￭ oc￭ y￭ te activity also plays a key role in this process conditions that result in a decrease in bone mass can either be caused by an increase in resor￭ ption or a decrease in os￭ sification during childhood bone formation exceeds resor￭ ption but as the aging process occurs resor￭ ption exceeds formation bone resor￭ ption rates are much higher in post men￭ opa￭ usal older women due to estro￭ gen deficiency related with men￭ op￭ ause common treatments include drugs that increase bone mineral density bis￭ phosp￭ hon￭ ates ran￭ k￭ l inhi￭ bit￭ ors ser￭ ms — selective o￭ estro￭ gen recep￭ tor mod￭ ulators hormone replacement therapy and cal￭ cit￭ on￭ in are some of the common treatments light weight bearing exercise also tends to eliminate the negative effects of bone resor￭ ption
bone sp￭ av￭ in is a bon￭ y growth within the lower ho￭ ck joint of horse or cattle it is caused by o￭ ste￭ o￭ ar￭ thri￭ tis and the degree of lam￭ eness that results can be serious enough to end a horse s competitive career
a bone tumor also spelled bone tum￭ our is a ne￭ op￭ l￭ astic growth of tissue in bone abnormal grow￭ ths found in the bone can be either benign non￭ can￭ cer￭ ous or m￭ align￭ ant can￭ cer￭ ous average five year survival in the united states after being diagnosed with bone and joint cancer is 67
bon￭ net – dec￭ hau￭ me – blanc syndrome also known as wy￭ burn mason syndrome is a rare cong￭ ential arter￭ io￭ ven￭ ous mal￭ formation of the brain re￭ tina or facial ne￭ vi the syndrome has a number of possible symptoms and can affect the skin bones kidneys muscles and gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract when the syndrome affects the brain people can experience severe headaches seizures acute stroke men￭ ing￭ ism and progressive neuro￭ logical deficits due to acute or chronic is￭ cha￭ emia caused by arter￭ io￭ ven￭ ous sh￭ unting as for the re￭ tina the syndrome causes re￭ tin￭ o￭ cephal￭ ic vascular mal￭ formations that tend to be present with in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial hemorrha￭ ge and lead to decreased visual acu￭ ity prop￭ to￭ sis pu￭ pill￭ ary defects op￭ tic atro￭ phy congestion of bul￭ bar con￭ junc￭ tiva and visual field defects re￭ tin￭ al le￭ sions can be unilateral and tor￭ tuous and symptoms begin to appear in the second and third decades of life the syndrome can present cu￭ taneous le￭ sions or skin with different tex￭ ture thickness and color usually on the face the facial features caused by the syndrome vary from slight dis￭ color￭ ation to extensive ne￭ vi and an￭ gi￭ om￭ as of the skin in some cases the frontal and max￭ ill￭ ary sin￭ us can present problems in the subject due to the syndrome there have only been 52 reported cases of patients with bon￭ net – dec￭ hau￭ me – blanc syndrome as of 2012 symptoms are rarely noticed in children and the syndrome is often diagnosed in late childhood or early adul￭ thood when visual impairment is noticed fluores￭ ce￭ in an￭ gi￭ o￭ graphy is commonly used to diagnose the syndrome there have been several methods in treating patients who display bon￭ net – dec￭ hau￭ me – blanc syndrome however which method seems to work the most is within argument patients with in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial le￭ sions have been treated with surgical intervention and in some cases this procedure has been successful other treatments include emb￭ oli￭ zation radiation therapy and continued observation with limited research on bon￭ net – dec￭ hau￭ me – blanc syndrome researchers have focused on the clinical and radiological findings rather than how to manage this rare and non her￭ itable syndrome
in the physics of super￭ flu￭ idity a boo￭ j￭ um is a geome￭ tric pattern on the surface of one of the phases of super￭ fluid heli￭ um 3 whose motion can result in the decay of a super￭ current a boo￭ j￭ um can result from a monopo￭ le sing￭ ul￭ arity in the bulk of the liquid being drawn to and then pin￭ ned on a surface although super￭ fluid heli￭ um 3 only exists within a few thous￭ and￭ ths of a degree of absolute zero boo￭ j￭ ums have also been observed forming in various liquid cryst￭ als which exist at a far broader range of temperatures the boo￭ j￭ um was named by david mer￭ min of corn￭ ell university in 1976 he was inspired by lewis car￭ roll s poem the hunting of the sn￭ ark as in the poem the appearance of a boo￭ j￭ um can cause something in this case the super￭ current to softly and suddenly vanish away other less wh￭ im￭ s￭ ical names had already been suggested for the phenomenon but mer￭ min was persistent after an exchange of letters that mer￭ min describes as both lengthy and hil￭ arious the editors of physical review letters agreed to his terminology research using the term boo￭ j￭ um in a super￭ fluid context was first published in 1977 and the term has since gained widespread acceptance in broader areas of physics its russian ph￭ one￭ tic equivalent is bud￭ zh￭ um which is also well accepted by physicists the plural of the term is boo￭ j￭ ums a word initially dis￭ liked by mer￭ min who at first used boo￭ ja but one which is defined unambiguously by car￭ roll in his poem
book store shop￭ lifting is a problem for book sellers and has sometimes led stores to keep certain volumes behind store coun￭ ters shop￭ lif￭ ters at book stores also known as book shops may be either amateur or professional thieves professionals target high priced books and books that are easily res￭ old such as college textbooks in addition to shop￭ lifting thi￭ every also has been due to pil￭ fer￭ ing by shipping personnel and burgl￭ ary book stores also are victimi￭ zed by the￭ f￭ ts of merchandise and other items aside from books at v￭ roman s book￭ store in pas￭ ad￭ ena california someone attempted to steal a security camera at the b￭ oul￭ der book￭ shop in b￭ oul￭ der colorado prints hung in the bathroom and plants have been stolen
a boo￭ lean valued function sometimes called a predic￭ ate or a proposition is a function of the type f x → b where x is an arbitrary set and where b is a boo￭ lean domain i e a generic two element set for example b 0 1 whose elements are interpreted as logical values for example 0 false and 1 true in the formal sciences mathematics mathematical logic statistics and their applied disciplines a boo￭ lean valued function may also be referred to as a characteristic function indicator function predic￭ ate or proposition in all of these uses it is understood that the various terms refer to a mathematical object and not the corresponding semi￭ otic sign or syn￭ tactic expression in formal sem￭ an￭ tic theories of truth a truth predic￭ ate is a predic￭ ate on the sentences of a formal language interpreted for logic that form￭ alizes the intu￭ itive concept that is normally expressed by saying that a sentence is true a truth predic￭ ate may have additional domains beyond the formal language domain if that is what is required to determine a final truth value
in mathematics and logic a fin￭ itary boo￭ lean function or switching function is a function of the form ƒ b￭ k → b where b 0 1 is a boo￭ lean domain and k is a non negative inte￭ ger called the arity of the function in the case where k 0 the function is essentially a constant element of b every k ary boo￭ lean function can be expressed as a pro￭ posi￭ tional formula in k variables x 1 … x￭ k and two pro￭ posi￭ tional formulas are logically equivalent if and only if they express the same boo￭ lean function there are 22 k k ary functions for every k
in computer science the boo￭ lean satis￭ fi￭ ability problem sometimes called pro￭ posi￭ tional satis￭ fi￭ ability problem and abbreviated as satis￭ fi￭ ability or sat is the problem of determining if there exists an interpretation that satisfies a given boo￭ lean formula in other words it asks whether the variables of a given boo￭ lean formula can be consistently replaced by the values true or false in such a way that the formula evalu￭ ates to true if this is the case the formula is called satis￭ fiable on the other hand if no such assignment exists the function expressed by the formula is false for all possible variable assignments and the formula is un￭ satis￭ fiable for example the formula a and not b is satis￭ fiable because one can find the values a true and b false which make a and not b true in contrast a and not a is un￭ satis￭ fiable sat is one of the first problems that was proven to be n￭ p complete this means that all problems in the complexity class n￭ p which includes a wide range of natural decision and optimi￭ zation problems are at most as difficult to solve as sat there is no known algori￭ thm that efficiently solves each sat problem and it is generally believed that no such algori￭ thm exists yet this belief has not been proven mathem￭ atically and resolving the question whether sat has a poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al time algori￭ thm is equivalent to the p versus n￭ p problem which is a famous open problem in the theory of computing nevertheless today s he￭ ur￭ is￭ tical sat algori￭ th￭ ms are able to solve problem instances involving tens of thousands of variables and formulas consisting of millions of symbols which is sufficient for many practical sat problems from e g artificial intelligence circuit design and automatic theore￭ m proving
boom￭ er￭ ang dys￭ pl￭ asia is a lethal form of o￭ ste￭ och￭ on￭ dro￭ dys￭ pl￭ asia known for a characteristic con￭ genital feature in which bones of the arms and legs are mal￭ formed into the shape of a boom￭ er￭ ang death usually occurs in early infancy due to complications arising from overwhelming systemic bone mal￭ formations o￭ ste￭ och￭ on￭ dro￭ dys￭ pl￭ asi￭ as are sk￭ el￭ etal disorders that cause mal￭ formations of both bone and car￭ til￭ age
the bo￭ ord ole￭ fin synthesis is an organic reaction forming al￭ ken￭ es from e￭ thers carrying a halo￭ gen atom 2 carbons removed from the oxygen atom β hal￭ o e￭ thers using a metal such as magnesium or zinc the reaction discovered by cec￭ il e bo￭ ord in 1930 is a classic named reaction with high yields and broad scope the bo￭ ord ole￭ fin synthesis the reaction type is an elimination reaction with magnesium forming an intermediate gri￭ gn￭ ard re￭ agent the al￭ ko￭ xy group is a poor leaving group and therefore an e 1 cb elimination reaction mechanism is proposed the original publication describes the organic synthesis of the compound iso￭ he￭ p￭ ten￭ e in several steps bo￭ ord synthesis of iso￭ he￭ p￭ ten￭ e 1930 in a 1931 publication the scope is extended to 1 4 dien￭ es with magnesium replaced by zinc see also bar￭ bi￭ er reaction in the first part of the reaction the all￭ yl gri￭ gn￭ ard acts as a nucle￭ ophi￭ le in nucle￭ oph￭ il￭ ic ali￭ ph￭ atic substitution bo￭ ord di￭ ene synthesis 1931
borderline lepro￭ mat￭ ous leprosy is a skin condition with numerous symmetr￭ ical skin le￭ sions
borderline leprosy is a cu￭ taneous skin condition with numerous skin le￭ sions that are red ir￭ regularly shaped pl￭ aqu￭ es
borderline personality disorder b￭ pd also known as emotionally unstable personality disorder is a long term pattern of abnormal behavior characterized by unstable relationships with other people unstable sense of self and unstable emotions there is often an extreme fear of abandonment frequent dangerous behavior a feeling of emp￭ tin￭ ess and self harm symptoms may be brought on by seemingly normal events the behavior typically begins by early adul￭ thood and occurs across a variety of situations substance abuse depression and eating disorders are commonly associated with b￭ pd about 10 of those with b￭ pd die by suicide b￭ pd s causes are unclear but seem to involve genetic brain environment and social factors it occurs about five times more often in a person who has an affected close relatives adverse life events also appear to play a role the underlying mechanism appears to involve the fron￭ to￭ lim￭ bic network of neurons b￭ pd is recognized by the diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders dsm as personality disorder along with nine other such disorders diagnosis is based on the symptoms while a medical exam may be done to rule out other problems the condition must be differentiated from an identity problem or substance use disorders among other possibilities borderline personality disorder is typically treated with therapy such as cognitive behavioral therapy c￭ bt another type dial￭ ec￭ tical behavior therapy d￭ bt has been found to reduce the risk of suicide therapy may occur one on one or in a group while medications do not cure b￭ pd they may be used to help with the associated symptoms some people require care in hospital about 1 6 of people have b￭ pd in a given year females are diagnosed about three times as often as males it appears to become less common among older people up to half of people improve over a ten year period people affected typically use a high amount of healthcare resources there is an ongoing debate about the naming of the disorder especially the suitability of the word borderline
borderline tubercul￭ o￭ id leprosy is a cu￭ taneous condition similar to tubercul￭ o￭ id leprosy except the skin le￭ sions are smaller and more numerous
in mathematics bo￭ rel isom￭ orph￭ ism is a bi￭ jec￭ tive bo￭ rel function from one polish space to another polish space clarification a sub￭ set of the domain is bo￭ rel if and only if its image under the bo￭ rel isom￭ orph￭ ism is bo￭ rel bo￭ rel isom￭ orph￭ isms are closed under composition and under taking of inver￭ ses the set of bo￭ rel isom￭ orph￭ isms from a polish space to itself clearly forms a group under composition bo￭ rel isom￭ orph￭ isms on polish spaces are analogous to home￭ om￭ orph￭ isms on topo￭ logical spaces both are bi￭ jec￭ tive and closed under composition and a home￭ om￭ orph￭ ism and its in￭ verse are both continuous instead of both being bo￭ rel measurable
bor￭ na disease is an infectious neuro￭ logical syndrome of warm bloo￭ ded animals caused by bor￭ na disease viruses 1 and 2 bo￭ d￭ v 1 2 both of which are members of the species mammalian 1 bor￭ navi￭ rus bo￭ d￭ v 1 an 2 cause abnormal behaviour and fat￭ ality bor￭ na disease viruses 1 and 2 are neuro￭ tropic viruses and members of the bor￭ navi￭ ri￭ da￭ e family within the mon￭ on￭ eg￭ avi￭ r￭ ales order although bor￭ na disease viruses 1 and 2 are mainly seen as the caus￭ ative agent of bor￭ na disease in horses and other animals they are also controversi￭ ally discussed as human infectious agents and therefore as potenti￭ al￭ zoonotic agents the role of bo￭ d￭ v 1 and 2 in human illness is controversial and it is yet to be established whether bo￭ d￭ v 1 or 2 cause any over￭ t disease in humans however cor￭ relative evidence exists linking bo￭ d￭ v 1 2 infection with neuro￭ psychiatric disorders such as bipolar disorder
bor￭ n￭ holm disease or epidemic ple￭ u￭ ro￭ dy￭ nia or epidemic my￭ al￭ gia is a disease caused by the co￭ x￭ s￭ ack￭ ie b virus or other viruses it is named after the danish island of bor￭ n￭ holm where early cases occurred
bor￭ on deficiency is a path￭ ology which may occur in animals due to a lack of bor￭ on a report given by e wayne johnson et al at the 2005 alan d lem￭ an swine conference suggests that bor￭ on deficiency produces o￭ ste￭ och￭ on￭ dro￭ sis in swine that is correc￭ table by addition of 50 ppm of bor￭ on to the diet the amount of bor￭ on required by animals and humans is not yet well established
bor￭ on deficiency is a common deficiency of the mic￭ ron￭ u￭ tri￭ ent bor￭ on in plants it is the most widespread mic￭ ron￭ u￭ tri￭ ent deficiency around the world and causes large losses in crop production and crop quality bor￭ on deficiency affects vegetative and reproductive growth of plants resulting in inhi￭ bi￭ tion of cell expansion death of mer￭ ist￭ em and reduced fertility plants contain bor￭ on both in a water soluble and in￭ soluble form in intact plants the amount of water soluble bor￭ on fluctu￭ ates with the amount of bor￭ on supplied while in￭ soluble bor￭ on does not the appearance of bor￭ on deficiency coincides with the decrease of water in￭ soluble bor￭ on it appears that the in￭ soluble bor￭ on is the functional form while the soluble bor￭ on represents the surplus bor￭ on is essential for the growth of higher plants the primary function of the element is to provide structural integrity to the cell wall in plants other functions likely include the maintenance of the plasma memb￭ rane and other metabol￭ ic pathways
the bor￭ r￭ mann effect or bor￭ r￭ mann – campbell effect after gerhard bor￭ r￭ mann and herbert n campbell is the anom￭ alous increase in the intensity of x rays transmitted through a crystal when it is being set up for br￭ ag￭ g reflection the bor￭ r￭ mann effect — a dramatic increase in transparency to x ray be￭ ams — is observed when x rays satisfying br￭ ag￭ g s law diff￭ r￭ act through a perfect crystal the minim￭ ization of absorption seen in the bor￭ r￭ mann effect has been explained by noting that the electric field of the x ray beam approaches zero am￭ pl￭ itude at the crystal planes thus avoiding the atoms
metal cataly￭ zed c – h bor￭ yl￭ ation reactions are transition metal cataly￭ zed organic reactions that produce an organ￭ ob￭ or￭ on compound through func￭ tion￭ alization of ali￭ ph￭ atic and aromatic c – h bonds and are therefore useful reactions for carbon – hydrogen bond activation metal cataly￭ zed c – h bor￭ yl￭ ation reactions utili￭ ze transition metals to directly convert a c – h bond into a c – b bond this route can be advantageous compared to traditional bor￭ yl￭ ation reactions by making use of cheap and abundant hydrocarbon starting material limiting pre￭ func￭ tion￭ alized organic compounds reducing toxic by￭ products and streamlining the synthesis of bio￭ logically important molecules bor￭ onic acids and bor￭ onic esters are common bor￭ yl groups incorporated into organic molecules through bor￭ yl￭ ation reactions bor￭ onic acids are tri￭ val￭ ent bor￭ on containing organic compounds that possess one al￭ ky￭ l substitu￭ ent and two hydrox￭ yl groups similarly bor￭ onic esters possess one al￭ ky￭ l substitu￭ ent and two ester groups bor￭ onic acids and esters are classified depending on the type of carbon group r directly bon￭ ded to bor￭ on for example al￭ ky￭ l al￭ ken￭ yl al￭ ky￭ n￭ yl and ar￭ yl bor￭ onic esters the most common type of starting materials that incorporate bor￭ onic esters into organic compounds for transition metal cataly￭ zed bor￭ yl￭ ation reactions have the general formula ro 2 b b or 2 for example bis pin￭ a￭ co￭ la￭ to di￭ bor￭ on b 2 pin 2 and bis cat￭ ec￭ hol￭ ato di￭ bor￭ ane b 2 cat 2 are common bor￭ on sources of this general formula b 2 pin 2 and b 2 cat 2 the bor￭ on atom of a bor￭ onic ester or acid is sp 2 hybri￭ di￭ zed possessing a vacant p orb￭ ital enabling these groups to act as lewis acids the c – b bond of bor￭ onic acids and esters are slightly longer than typical c – c single bonds with a range of 1 55 1 59 å the leng￭ th￭ ened c – b bond relative to the c – c bond results in a bond energy that is also slightly less than that of c – c bonds 323 k￭ j mol for c – b vs 358 k￭ j mol for c – c the carbon – hydrogen bond has a bond length of about 1 09 å and a bond energy of about 413 k￭ j mol the c – b bond is therefore a useful intermediate as a bond that replaces a typically un￭ reactive c – h bond organ￭ ob￭ or￭ on compounds are organic compounds containing a carbon bor￭ on bond organ￭ ob￭ or￭ on compounds have broad applications for chemical synthesis because the c – b bond can easily be converted into a c – x x br cl c – o c – n or c – c bond because of the vers￭ ati￭ lity of the c – b bond numerous processes have been developed to incorporate them into organic compounds organ￭ ob￭ or￭ on compounds are traditionally synthe￭ sized from gri￭ gn￭ ard reagents through hydro￭ bor￭ ation or di￭ bor￭ ation reactions bor￭ yl￭ ation provides an alternative
the bo￭ sch reaction is a chemical reaction between carbon dioxide and hydrogen that produces elem￭ ental carbon graph￭ ite water and a 10 return of invested heat it is named after the german chem￭ ist carl bo￭ sch this reaction requires the introduction of iron as a catalyst and requires a temperature level of 530 730 degrees celsius the overall reaction is as follows co 2 g 2 h 2 g → c s 2 h 2 o g the above reaction is actually the result of two reactions the first reaction the reverse water gas shift reaction is a fast one co 2 h 2 → co h 2 o the second reaction controls the reaction rate co h 2 → c h 2 o the overall reaction produces 2 3 × 103 jou￭ les for every gram of carbon dioxide reacted at 650 ° c reaction temperatures are in the range of 450 to 600 ° c the reaction can be accelerated in the presence of an iron co￭ bal￭ t or nickel catalyst ruth￭ en￭ ium also serves to speed up the reaction together with the sab￭ ati￭ er reaction the bo￭ sch reaction is studied as a way to remove carbon dioxide and to generate clean water aboard a space station the reaction is also used to produce graph￭ ite for radio￭ carbon dating with acceler￭ ator mass spec￭ tro￭ metry the bo￭ sch reaction is being investigated for use in maintaining space station life support though the bo￭ sch reaction would present a completely closed hydrogen and oxygen cycle which only produces atomic carbon as waste difficulties in maintaining its higher required temperature and properly handling carbon deposits mean that significantly more research will be required before a bo￭ sch reactor can become a reality one problem is that the production of elem￭ ental carbon tends to foul the catalyst s surface which is detrimental to the reaction s efficiency
boston ex￭ anthem disease is a cu￭ taneous condition that first occurred as an epidemic in boston in 1951 it is caused by echo￭ virus 16 the disease tends to afflic￭ t children more often than adults although some adults can become infected and the symptoms have never been fatal it shows some clinical similarity to rub￭ ella and human her￭ pes￭ virus 6
the bos￭ worth frac￭ ture is a rare frac￭ ture of the dis￭ tal fi￭ bul￭ a with an associated fixed poster￭ ior dis￭ location of the proxim￭ al fi￭ bul￭ ar frag￭ ment which becomes trapped behind the poster￭ ior ti￭ bial tuber￭ cle the injury is caused by severe external rotation of the an￭ kle the an￭ kle remains externally rot￭ ated after the injury making interpretation of x rays difficult which can lead to mis￭ diagnosis and incorrect treatment the injury is most commonly treated by open reduction internal fixation as closed reduction is made difficult by the entr￭ ap￭ ment of the fi￭ bul￭ a behind the ti￭ bia the entr￭ ap￭ ment of an intact fi￭ bul￭ a behind the ti￭ bia was described by ash￭ hur￭ st and bro￭ mer in 19￭ 22 who attributed the description of the mechanism of injury to hu￭ gui￭ er s 18￭ 48 publication the injury involving fi￭ bul￭ ar frac￭ ture with poster￭ ior dis￭ location was described by david m bos￭ worth in 1947
the bo￭ try￭ o￭ id od￭ on￭ to￭ genic cyst is a variant of the lateral period￭ on￭ tal cyst it is more often found in middle aged and older adults and the teeth more likely affected are man￭ di￭ bul￭ ar lower can￭ ines and pre￭ mol￭ ars on radio￭ graphs the cyst appears grape like often patients with this condition are symptomatic
bo￭ try￭ om￭ y￭ co￭ sis also known as bacterial pseu￭ dom￭ y￭ co￭ sis is a rare chronic gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ ous bacterial infection that affects the skin and sometimes the vis￭ cer￭ a bo￭ try￭ om￭ y￭ co￭ sis has been known to affect humans horses cattle swine dogs and cats it can occur in recently castr￭ ated horses if proper hygiene is not followed and the end of the sper￭ matic ch￭ ord becomes infected with s au￭ re￭ us
bot can￭ ker of oak is a disease on stems branches and twi￭ gs of oak trees in europe and north america the casual agent of bot can￭ ker of oak is the fun￭ gus bo￭ try￭ o￭ sp￭ ha￭ er￭ ia cor￭ ti￭ cola bot can￭ ker of oak causes le￭ sions and can￭ kers on a wide range of o￭ aks in europe and most recently live o￭ aks in north america some infections were formerly attributed to bo￭ try￭ o￭ sp￭ ha￭ er￭ ia stev￭ ensi￭ i but most likely represent infections by bo￭ try￭ o￭ sp￭ ha￭ er￭ ia cor￭ ti￭ cola bo￭ try￭ o￭ sp￭ ha￭ er￭ ia cor￭ ti￭ cola is distingu￭ ishable from bo￭ try￭ o￭ sp￭ ha￭ er￭ ia stev￭ ensi￭ i via its r￭ dna sequ￭ encing
bottle shock or bottle sickness is a temporary condition of wine characterized by muted or dis￭ join￭ ted fruit flav￭ ors it often occurs immediately after bottling or when wines usually fragile wines are given an additional dose of sul￭ fur in the form of sul￭ fur dioxide or sul￭ f￭ ite solution or if they are subject to other forms of handling and transport after a few weeks the condition usually disappears
in engineering a bottlenec￭ k is a phenomenon by which the performance or capacity of an entire system is severely limited by a single component the component is sometimes called a bottlenec￭ k point the term is met￭ aphor￭ ically derived from the neck of a bottle where the flow speed of the liquid is limited by its neck formally a bottlenec￭ k lies on a system s critical path and provides the lowest through￭ put bottlenecks are usually avoided by system designers also a great amount of effort is directed at locating and tuning them bottlenec￭ k may be for example a processor a communication link a data processing software etc
the bottlenec￭ k traveling salesman problem bottlenec￭ k t￭ sp is a problem in dis￭ crete or combin￭ atorial optimi￭ zation it is stated as follows find the hamil￭ ton￭ ian cycle in a weighted graph which minim￭ izes the weight of the most weighty edge of the cycle the problem is known to be n￭ p hard the decision problem version of this for a given length x is there a hamil￭ ton￭ ian cycle in a graph g with no edge longer than x is n￭ p complete in an asymmetric bottlenec￭ k t￭ sp there are cases where the weight from no￭ de a to b is different from the weight from b to a e g travel time between two cities with a traffic jam in one direction eu￭ cli￭ dean bottlenec￭ k t￭ sp or plan￭ ar bottlenec￭ k t￭ sp is the bottlenec￭ k t￭ sp with the distance being the ordinary eu￭ cli￭ dean distance the problem still remains n￭ p hard however many he￭ ur￭ is￭ tics work better if the graph is a metric space then there is an efficient approximation algori￭ thm that finds a hamil￭ ton￭ ian cycle with maximum edge weight being no more than twice the optimum
in the technical analysis of security prices a bottom is a chart pattern where prices reach a low then a lower low and then a higher low according to some technical analysis theories the first low signifies the pressure from selling was greater than the pressure from buying the second lower low suggests that selling still had more pressure than the buying the third higher low suggests that buying pressure will not let prices fall as low as the previous low this turning point from selling pressure to buying pressure is called a bottom
bot￭ ul￭ ism is a rare and potentially fatal illness caused by a toxin produced by the bacter￭ ium clo￭ stri￭ dium bot￭ ul￭ inum the disease begins with weakness trouble seeing feeling tired and trouble speaking this may then be followed by weakness of the arms chest muscles and legs the disease does not usually affect consciousness or cause a fever bot￭ ul￭ ism can be spread several different ways the bacterial spo￭ res which cause it are common in both soil and water they produce the bot￭ ul￭ inum toxin when exposed to low oxygen levels and certain temperatures food￭ borne bot￭ ul￭ ism happens when food containing the toxin is eaten infant bot￭ ul￭ ism happens when the bacteria develops in the intest￭ ines and releases the toxin this typically only occurs in children less than six months old as protective mechanisms develop after that time wound bot￭ ul￭ ism is found most often among those who inject street drugs in this situation spo￭ res enter a wound and in the absence of oxygen release the toxin it is not passed directly between people the diagnosis is confirmed by finding the toxin or bacteria in the person in question prevention is primarily by proper food preparation the toxin though not the organism is destroyed by heating it to more than 85 ° c 185 ° f for longer than 5 minutes honey can contain the organism and for this reason honey should not be fed to children under 12 months treatment is with an anti￭ toxin in those who lose their ability to breathe on their own mechanical ventilation may be necessary for months antibiotics may be used for wound bot￭ ul￭ ism death occurs in 5 to 10 of people bot￭ ul￭ ism can affect many other animals the word is from latin bot￭ ul￭ us meaning sausage
bou￭ ff￭ ée dé￭ li￭ ran￭ te refers to a sudden out￭ burst of aggression and during the episode the person may see or hear things that aren t really there it also involves marked confusion and psy￭ ch￭ om￭ o￭ tor excitement this syndrome may also cause visual and aud￭ itory halluc￭ inations or paranoia bou￭ ff￭ ée dé￭ li￭ ran￭ te is a culture bound syndrome which is common in west africa and haiti
as distinct from the demarcation problem or boundary problem in the philosophy of science boundary problem in spatial analysis is a geographical phenomenon as one of the four major issues that interfere with an accurate estimation of the statistical parameter the four issues include the boundary problem as well as the scale problem pattern problem or spatial auto￭ correlation and modi￭ fiable are￭ al unit problem barber 1988 the boundary problem occurs because of the loss of neighbors in analyses that depend on the values of the neighbors while geographic phenomena are measured and analyzed within a specific unit identical spatial data can appear either dispersed or clu￭ stered depending on the boundary placed around the data in analysis with point data dispersion is evaluated as dependent of the boundary in analysis with are￭ al data statistics should be interpreted based upon the boundary in geographical research two types of areas are taken into consideration in relation to the boundary an area surrounded by fixed natural boundaries e g coastlines or streams outside of which neighbors do not exist hen￭ ley 1981 or an area included in a larger region defined by arbitrary artificial boundaries e g an air pollution boundary in model￭ ing studies or an urban boundary in population migration ha￭ ining 1990 in an area isolated by the natural boundaries the spatial process dis￭ continues at the boundaries in contrast if a study area is deline￭ ated by the artificial boundaries the process continues beyond the area if a spatial process in an area occurs beyond a study area or has an interaction with neighbors outside artificial boundaries the most common approach is to neglect the influence of the boundaries and assume that the process occurs at the internal area however such an approach leads to a significant model mis￭ specification problem up￭ ton and fin￭ g￭ leton 1985 that is for measurement or administrative purposes geographic boundaries are drawn but the boundaries per se can bring about different spatial patterns in geographic phenomena bes￭ r 2002 it has been reported that the difference in the way of drawing the boundary significantly affects identification of the spatial distribution and estimation of the statistical parameters of the spatial process cres￭ sie 1992 fo￭ ther￭ in￭ gham and ro￭ ger￭ son 1993 gri￭ ff￭ ith 1983 martin 1987 the difference is largely based on the fact that spatial processes are generally un￭ bounded or fu￭ zzy bounded le￭ ung 1987 but the processes are expressed in data imposed within boundaries for analysis purposes miller 1999 although the boundary problem was discussed in relation to artificial and arbitrary boundaries the effect of the boundaries also occurs according to natural boundaries as long as it is ignored that properties at sites on the natural boundary such as streams are likely to differ from those at sites within the boundary martin 1989 the boundary problem occurs with regard not only to horizontal boundaries but also to vertically drawn boundaries according to deline￭ ations of heights or depths pin￭ eda 1993 for example biodiversity such as the density of species of plants and animals is high near the surface so if the iden￭ tically divided height or depth is used as a spatial unit it is more likely to find fewer number of the plant and animal species as the height or depth increases figure 1 boundary problem urban spra￭ w￭ l in central florida an evaluation by land cover analysis with ra￭ ster dat￭ as￭ ets vs an evaluation by population density bounded in the census tract figure 2 boundary problem horizontal boundaries figure 3 boundary problem vertical boundaries
in harmon￭ ic analysis in mathematics a function of bounded mean osci￭ ll￭ ation also known as a b￭ mo function is a real valued function whose mean osci￭ ll￭ ation is bounded finite the space of functions of bounded mean osci￭ ll￭ ation b￭ mo is a function space that in some precise sense plays the same role in the theory of hardy spaces h￭ p that the space l ∞ of essentially bounded functions plays in the theory of l￭ p spaces it is also called john – ni￭ ren￭ berg space after fr￭ itz john and louis ni￭ ren￭ berg who introduced and studied it for the first time
in mathematical analysis a function of bounded variation also known as a bv function is a real valued function whose total variation is bounded finite the graph of a function having this property is well behaved in a precise sense for a continuous function of a single variable being of bounded variation means that the distance along the direction of the y axis neglecting the contribution of motion along x axis traveled by a point moving along the graph has a finite value for a continuous function of several variables the meaning of the definition is the same except for the fact that the continuous path to be considered cannot be the whole graph of the given function which is a hy￭ pers￭ ur￭ face in this case but can be every inter￭ section of the graph itself with a hyper￭ plane in the case of functions of two variables a plane parallel to a fixed x axis and to the y axis functions of bounded variation are precisely those with respect to which one may find ri￭ emann – sti￭ el￭ t￭ j￭ es integr￭ als of all continuous functions another characterization states that the functions of bounded variation on a compact interval are exactly those f which can be written as a difference g − h where both g and h are bounded mon￭ ot￭ one in the case of several variables a function f defined on an open sub￭ set ω of ℝ￭ n is said to have bounded variation if its distributional derivative is a vector valued finite rad￭ on measure one of the most important aspects of functions of bounded variation is that they form an al￭ ge￭ bra of dis￭ continuous functions whose first derivative exists almost everywhere due to this fact they can and frequently are used to define generalized solutions of non￭ linear problems involving func￭ tion￭ als ordinary and partial differential equations in mathematics physics and engineering we have the following chains of inclu￭ sions for functions over a compact sub￭ set of the real line continuously differenti￭ able ⊆ lip￭ sch￭ itz continuous ⊆ absolutely continuous ⊆ bounded variation ⊆ differenti￭ able almost everywhere
b￭ out￭ on￭ ne￭ use fever also called mediterranean spotted fever fi￭ è￭ vre b￭ out￭ on￭ ne￭ use kenya tick ty￭ ph￭ us indian tick ty￭ ph￭ us marseilles fever or african tick bite fever is a fever as a result of a ric￭ ke￭ tt￭ si￭ al infection caused by the bacter￭ ium ric￭ ke￭ tt￭ sia con￭ ori￭ i and transmitted by the dog tick r￭ hi￭ pic￭ ep￭ hal￭ us san￭ guin￭ eus b￭ out￭ on￭ ne￭ use fever can be seen in many places around the world although it is endemic in countries surrounding the mediterranean sea this disease was first described in tunisia in 19￭ 10 by con￭ or and bru￭ ch and was named b￭ out￭ on￭ ne￭ use french for spot￭ ty due to its pap￭ ular skin rash characteristics
b￭ out￭ on￭ ni￭ ere de￭ form￭ ity is a de￭ formed position of the fingers or toes in which the joint nearest the knuc￭ kle the proxim￭ al inter￭ p￭ hal￭ ange￭ al joint or pi￭ p is permanently bent toward the palm while the far￭ thest joint the dis￭ tal inter￭ p￭ hal￭ ange￭ al joint or dip is bent back away pi￭ p fl￭ ex￭ ion with dip hyper￭ extension it is commonly caused by injury or by an infl￭ am￭ matory condition like r￭ heu￭ mato￭ id ar￭ thri￭ tis or genetic conditions like eh￭ lers dan￭ los syndrome
the bou￭ ve￭ ault alde￭ hyde synthesis also known as the bou￭ ve￭ ault reaction is a one pot substitution reaction that replaces an al￭ ky￭ l or ar￭ yl hali￭ de with a form￭ yl group using a n n dis￭ u￭ b￭ stitu￭ ted form￭ amide for primary al￭ ky￭ l hali￭ des this produces the homo￭ log￭ ous alde￭ hyde one carbon longer for ar￭ yl hali￭ des this produces the corresponding car￭ bal￭ de￭ hyde bou￭ ve￭ ault alde￭ hyde synthesis is an example of a form￭ yl￭ ation reaction the bou￭ ve￭ ault alde￭ hyde synthesis
the bou￭ ve￭ ault – blanc reduction is a chemical reaction in which an ester is reduced to primary alcohol￭ s using absolute ethanol and sodium metal the bou￭ ve￭ ault blanc reduction this reaction is an inexpensive and large scale alternative to lith￭ ium aluminium hy￭ dri￭ de reduction of esters
bovine eph￭ emer￭ al fever be￭ f also known as three day sickness is an ar￭ thro￭ pod vector borne disease of cattle and is caused by bovine eph￭ emer￭ al fever virus be￭ f￭ v a member of the genus eph￭ emer￭ o￭ virus in the family r￭ hab￭ do￭ vi￭ ri￭ da￭ e be￭ f￭ v forms a bullet or cone shaped vi￭ ri￭ ons that consist of a negative single stranded r￭ na genome with a lip￭ id envelope and 5 structural proteins the envelope gly￭ co￭ protein g contains type specific and neutr￭ alizing anti￭ genic sites ther￭ es has been recent evidence which demonstrated that be￭ f￭ v induc￭ es apop￭ to￭ sis in several cell lines it was however shown that apop￭ to￭ sis could be blocked by the cas￭ p￭ ase inhi￭ bit￭ or z v￭ ad f￭ mk indicating that be￭ f￭ v induc￭ es cas￭ p￭ ase dependent apop￭ to￭ sis in cul￭ tured cells
bovine m￭ align￭ ant cat￭ arr￭ hal fever b￭ mc￭ f is a fatal lymp￭ ho￭ prolifer￭ ative disease caused by a group of ruminant gam￭ ma her￭ pes viruses including al￭ cel￭ aph￭ ine her￭ pes virus 1 al￭ h￭ v 1 and ovine her￭ pes virus 2 ov￭ h￭ v 2 these viruses cause in￭ apparent infection in their reservoir hosts sheep with ov￭ h￭ v 2 and wil￭ de￭ be￭ est with al￭ h￭ v 1 but are usually fatal in cattle and other un￭ gul￭ ates such as deer an￭ tel￭ ope and buffalo b￭ mc￭ f is an important disease where reservoir and susceptible animals mix there is a particular problem with bali cattle in indonesia b￭ ison in the usa and in past￭ or￭ alist herds in eastern and southern africa disease outbreaks in cattle are usually spor￭ adic although infection of up to 40 of a herd has been reported the reasons for this are unknown some species appear to be particularly susceptible for example pé￭ re davi￭ ds deer bali cattle and b￭ ison with many deer dying within 48 hours of the appearance of the first symptoms and b￭ ison within three days in contrast post infection cattle will usually survive a week or more
bovine pap￭ ular stom￭ ati￭ tis is a disease caused by a virus of the family po￭ x￭ vi￭ ri￭ da￭ e and the genus par￭ apo￭ x￭ virus it occurs worldwide in cattle symptoms include red￭ dish raised sometimes ul￭ cer￭ ative le￭ sions on the lips mu￭ zzle and in the mouth it usually occurs before the age of two years re￭ infection is possible because of the short duration of immunity clin￭ ically the disease is mild but its importance lies in the need to differentiate it from foot and mouth disease there have been reports of both le￭ sions on the hands of mil￭ kers and similar infections in sheep and goats as well as humans
bovine pro￭ lapsed uter￭ us is a condition usually caused by strain during cal￭ ving the uter￭ us is pro￭ lapsed and creates a condition which can be fatal if not promptly treated generally accepted treatment is to wrap the uter￭ us in clean mo￭ ist warm cloth until veterinarian assistance arrives long term treatment is described in bovine surgery and lam￭ eness by a david wea￭ ver guy st jean and adrian ste￭ iner black￭ well publishing 2005 oxford uk
bovine spongiform encephalopathy bse commonly known as mad cow disease is a fatal neuro￭ degenerative disease encephalopathy in cattle that causes a spon￭ gy de￭ generation of the brain and spinal cord bse has a long incub￭ ation period of 2 5 to 5 years usually affecting adult cattle at a peak age onset of four to five years all breeds being equally susceptible bse is caused by a mis￭ fol￭ ded protein — a pri￭ on in the united kingdom the country worst affected by an epidemic in 1986 – 1998 more than 180 000 cattle were infected and 4 4 million slaughtered during the eradication program the disease may be most easily transmitted to humans by eating food contaminated with the brain spinal cord or dig￭ estive tract of infected carcasses however the infectious agent although most highly concentrated in nervous tissue can be found in virtually all tissues throughout the body including blood in humans it is known as new variant creutz￭ feldt – jakob disease v￭ cjd or n￭ v￭ cjd and by june 2014 it had killed 177 people in the united kingdom and 52 elsewhere between 460 000 and 482 000 bse infected animals had entered the human food chain before controls on high risk offal were introduced in 1989 a british and irish inquiry into bse concluded the epizootic was caused by cattle which are normally her￭ bi￭ vores being fed the remains of other cattle in the form of meat and bone meal m￭ bm which caused the infectious agent to spread the cause of bse may be from the contamination of m￭ bm from sheep with scrapie that were processed in the same slaughterhouse the epidemic was probably accelerated by the recycling of infected bovine tissues prior to the recognition of bse the origin of the disease itself remains unknown the infectious agent is distinctive for the high temperatures at which it remains viable over 600 ° c about 1100 ° f this contributed to the spread of the disease in the united kingdom which had reduced the temperatures used during its rendering process another contributory factor was the feeding of infected protein supplements to very young calves
bovine viral diarr￭ hea b￭ vd or bovine viral diarr￭ ho￭ ea uk english and previously referred to as bovine virus diarr￭ ho￭ ea b￭ vd is a significant economic disease of cattle which is endemic in the majority of countries throughout the world the caus￭ ative agent bovine viral diarr￭ hea virus b￭ v￭ d￭ v is a member of the p￭ esti￭ virus genus of the family fla￭ vivi￭ ri￭ da￭ e b￭ vd infection results in a wide variety of clinical signs due to its immun￭ o￭ sup￭ pres￭ sive effects as well as having a direct effect on respiratory disease and fertility in addition b￭ vd infection of a susceptible dam during a certain period of gest￭ ation can result in the production of a persistently infected pi fe￭ tus pi animals recognise intra cellular b￭ vd viral particles as ‘ self ’ and shed virus in large quantities throughout life they represent the cornerstone of the success of b￭ vd as a disease
tend￭ initi￭ s tend￭ oni￭ tis is infl￭ amm￭ ation of a tend￭ on many times the tend￭ on tissue is torn a bo￭ wed tend￭ on is a hor￭ sem￭ an s term for a tend￭ on after a horse has sustained an injury that caused the tend￭ on fi￭ bers to be torn and then healed with bo￭ wed appearance
bo￭ wel inf￭ arc￭ tion results from restricted blood supply to the bo￭ wel most often due to bo￭ wel obstruction or oc￭ clu￭ sion of one of the mes￭ enter￭ ic arter￭ ies bo￭ wel obstruction is most often caused by intest￭ inal adhe￭ sions which frequently form after ab￭ domin￭ al sur￭ ger￭ ies or by chronic infections such as diver￭ tic￭ u￭ li￭ tis hepatitis and infl￭ am￭ matory bo￭ wel disease the condition is difficult to diagnose properly as the symptoms may resemble those of other bo￭ wel disorders patients who have undergone extensive res￭ ection of the small bo￭ wel may develop mal￭ absorption indicating the need for dietary supplements vol￭ vul￭ us is a rare but life threatening cause of bo￭ wel inf￭ arc￭ tion which requires immediate medical attention central ab￭ domin￭ al pain which is resistant to narcotic anal￭ ge￭ sia may be an indication of bo￭ wel inf￭ arc￭ tion
bo￭ wel obstruction also known as intest￭ inal obstruction is a mechanical or functional obstruction of the intest￭ ines which prevents the normal movement of the products of dig￭ estion either the small bo￭ wel or large bo￭ wel may be affected symptoms include ab￭ domin￭ al pain v￭ om￭ iting blo￭ ating and not passing gas mechanical obstruction is the cause of about 5 to 15 of cases of severe ab￭ domin￭ al pain of sudden onset requiring admission to hospital causes of bo￭ wel obstruction include adhe￭ sions her￭ ni￭ as vol￭ vul￭ us end￭ ome￭ tri￭ osis infl￭ am￭ matory bo￭ wel disease append￭ ic￭ i￭ tis tumors diver￭ tic￭ u￭ li￭ tis is￭ chem￭ ic bo￭ wel tuberculosis and int￭ us￭ suscep￭ tion small bo￭ wel obstruc￭ tions are most often due to adhe￭ sions and her￭ ni￭ as while large bo￭ wel obstruc￭ tions are most often due to tumors and vol￭ vul￭ us the diagnosis may be made on plain x rays however ct scan is more accurate ul￭ tras￭ ound or m￭ ri may help in the diagnosis of children or pregnant women the condition may be treated conserv￭ atively or with surgery typically intra￭ ven￭ ous fluids are given a tube is placed through the nose into the stomach to de￭ com￭ press the intest￭ ines and pain medications are given antibiotics are often given in small bo￭ wel obstruction about 25 require surgery complications may include sep￭ sis bo￭ wel is￭ chem￭ ia and bo￭ wel per￭ for￭ ation about 2 5 million cases of or bo￭ wel obstruction occurred in 2013 which resulted in 236 000 deaths both sexes are equally affected and the condition can occur at any age bo￭ wel obstruction has been documented throughout history with cases detailed in the e￭ bers pap￭ y￭ rus of 15￭ 50 bc and by hippo￭ crates
bow￭ en s disease b￭ d also known as squ￭ am￭ ous cell carcin￭ oma in situ is a ne￭ op￭ l￭ astic skin disease it can be considered as an early stage or intra￭ ep￭ id￭ er￭ mal form of squ￭ am￭ ous cell carcin￭ oma it was named after john t bow￭ en er￭ y￭ thro￭ pl￭ asia of qu￭ ey￭ rat is a particular type of squ￭ am￭ ous cell carcin￭ oma in situ which can arise on the gl￭ ans or pre￭ pu￭ ce in males and vul￭ va in females and may be induced by human pap￭ il￭ lo￭ ma virus it is reported to occur in cor￭ ne￭ os￭ cl￭ eral lim￭ bus
bow￭ en￭ o￭ id pap￭ ul￭ osis is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by the presence of pi￭ gm￭ ented ver￭ ru￭ co￭ us pap￭ ules on the body of the penis they are associated with human pap￭ il￭ lo￭ ma￭ virus the caus￭ ative agent of genital war￭ ts the le￭ sions have a typical dys￭ plastic his￭ to￭ logy and are generally considered benign although a small percentage will develop m￭ align￭ ant characteristics it is considered as a pre m￭ align￭ ant condition other terms used to describe the condition are er￭ y￭ thro￭ pl￭ asia of qu￭ ey￭ rat squ￭ am￭ ous cell carcin￭ oma in situ and bow￭ en ’ s disease the term bow￭ en￭ o￭ id pap￭ ul￭ osis was coined in 1977 by kop￭ f and bart and is named after der￭ mato￭ logist john temp￭ leton bow￭ en the term “ intra￭ epi￭ the￭ li￭ al ne￭ op￭ la￭ sia ” defines a pre￭ m￭ align￭ ant intra￭ epi￭ the￭ li￭ al change on the vul￭ va it is termed vin vul￭ var or vul￭ val intra￭ epi￭ the￭ li￭ al ne￭ op￭ la￭ sia on the penis pin pen￭ ile intra￭ epi￭ the￭ li￭ al ne￭ op￭ la￭ sia and on or around the an￭ us ain anal intra￭ epi￭ the￭ li￭ al ne￭ op￭ la￭ sia the terminology has been very confusing and it is now recommended that the terms bow￭ en ’ s disease er￭ y￭ thro￭ pl￭ asia of qu￭ ey￭ rat and bow￭ en￭ o￭ id pap￭ ul￭ osis should not be used for le￭ sions in the ano￭ genital area however der￭ mato￭ logists still recognize a distinct clinical variant bow￭ en￭ o￭ id pap￭ ul￭ osis characterized by dis￭ crete pap￭ ules in a younger age group and a tendency for spontaneous regression additionally some authorities believe that er￭ y￭ thro￭ pl￭ asia of qu￭ ey￭ rat and bow￭ en ’ s disease remain useful terms in men epidemiology it may occur at any age the incidence in young women is rising
bow￭ en – con￭ rad￭ i syndrome b￭ cs or b￭ w￭ cns is a disease in humans that can affect children the disease is due to an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive ab￭ normality of the em￭ g 1 gene which plays a role in small ri￭ bo￭ som￭ al sub￭ unit s￭ su assembly the prep￭ onder￭ ance of diagnoses has been in north american hut￭ ter￭ ite children but b￭ w￭ cns can affect other population groups b￭ w￭ cns is a ri￭ bo￭ som￭ opathy a d 86 g mutation of em￭ g 1 destroys an ec￭ or￭ v restriction end￭ on￭ uc￭ lease site in the most highly con￭ served region of the protein sk￭ el￭ etal dys￭ mor￭ pho￭ logy is seen and severe pre￭ natal and post￭ natal growth failure usually leads to death by one year of age
a bo￭ wie knife pronounced ˈ￭ bu￭ ː￭ i￭ ː boo ee or ˈ￭ bo￭ ʊ i￭ ː bow ee is a pattern of fixed blade fighting knife created by james black in the early 19 th century for jim bo￭ wie who had become famous for his use of a large knife at a du￭ el known as the sand￭ bar fight since the first incar￭ nation the bo￭ wie knife has come to incorporate several recogniz￭ able and characteristic design features although in common usage the term refers to any large she￭ ath knife with a cross￭ guard and a cli￭ p point the knife pattern is still popular with collectors in addition to various knife manufacturing companies there are hundreds of custom knife makers producing bo￭ wi￭ es and variations
in toss ju￭ ggling the box is a ju￭ ggling pattern for 3 objects most commonly balls or bean bags two balls are dedicated to a specific hand with vertical throws and the third ball is thrown horizon￭ tally between the two hands its sit￭ es￭ w￭ ap is 4 2 x 2 x 4 the box pattern can be seen as a synchron￭ ous shower which direction is changed at every throw the half box is similar but as￭ yn￭ ch￭ ron￭ ous with sit￭ es￭ w￭ ap 441
box￭ er s frac￭ ture is a col￭ lo￭ qu￭ ial term for a frac￭ ture of one of the me￭ tac￭ ar￭ pal bones of the hand class￭ ically the frac￭ ture occurs trans￭ ver￭ sely across the neck of the bone after the patient strikes an object with a closed fist alternate terms include scr￭ app￭ er s frac￭ ture or bar room frac￭ ture as these are col￭ lo￭ qu￭ ial terms texts and medical dic￭ tion￭ aries do not universally agree on precise meanings various authorities state that a box￭ er s frac￭ ture means a break in specifically the second me￭ tac￭ ar￭ pal bone or third me￭ tac￭ ar￭ pal bone with bar room frac￭ ture being specific to the fourth me￭ tac￭ ar￭ pal bone or fifth me￭ tac￭ ar￭ pal bone though some writers assert that box￭ er s frac￭ ture and bar room frac￭ ture are distinct terms representing injuries to different bones this distinction seems to have been lost over time and most medical professionals now describe any me￭ tac￭ ar￭ pal frac￭ ture as a box￭ er s frac￭ ture
box￭ er cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy also known as box￭ er arr￭ hy￭ th￭ mo￭ genic right ven￭ tric￭ ular cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy is a disease of the my￭ o￭ cardi￭ um primarily affecting box￭ er dogs it is characterized by the development of ven￭ tric￭ ular t￭ ach￭ y￭ arr￭ hy￭ th￭ mi￭ as resulting in syn￭ cope and sudden cardiac death my￭ o￭ cardi￭ al failure and cong￭ estive heart failure are un￭ common manifestations of the disease
box￭ wood b￭ light also known as box b￭ light or box￭ wood leaf drop is a widespread fun￭ gal disease affecting box￭ woods caused by cylin￭ dro￭ cl￭ adi￭ um bu￭ xi￭ cola also called c pseu￭ don￭ a￭ vic￭ ul￭ at￭ um
the boy￭ land – si￭ ms oxid￭ ation is the chemical reaction of an￭ il￭ ines with al￭ kal￭ ine potassium pers￭ ul￭ fate which after hydro￭ lysis forms orth￭ o hydrox￭ yl an￭ il￭ ines the boy￭ land si￭ ms oxid￭ ation the orth￭ o isom￭ er is formed predominantly however the para sul￭ fate is formed in small amounts with certain an￭ il￭ ines
the br￭ achi￭ al plex￭ us is a network of nerves that conducts signals from the spinal cord which is housed in the spinal canal of the vertebr￭ al column or sp￭ ine to the shoulder arm and hand these nerves originate in the fifth sixth seventh and eighth cer￭ vic￭ al c 5 – c 8 and first thor￭ ac￭ ic t 1 spinal nerves and in￭ nerv￭ ate the muscles and skin of the chest shoulder arm and hand br￭ achi￭ al plex￭ us injuries or le￭ sions are caused by damage to those nerves br￭ achi￭ al plex￭ us injuries or le￭ sions can occur as a result of shoulder trauma tum￭ ours or infl￭ amm￭ ation the rare par￭ son￭ age turner syndrome causes br￭ achi￭ al plex￭ us infl￭ amm￭ ation without obvious injury but with nevertheless disab￭ ling symptoms but in general br￭ achi￭ al plex￭ us le￭ sions can be classified as either traumatic or ob￭ ste￭ tric ob￭ ste￭ tric injuries may occur from mechanical injury involving shoulder dy￭ sto￭ cia during difficult childbirth traumatic injury may arise from several causes the br￭ achi￭ al plex￭ us may be injured by falls from a height on to the side of the head and shoulder whereby the nerves of the plex￭ us are violently stretched the br￭ achi￭ al plex￭ us may also be injured by direct violence or gunshot wounds by violent traction on the arm or by efforts at reducing a dis￭ location of the shoulder joint
br￭ achi￭ or￭ ad￭ ial pr￭ ur￭ it￭ us sometimes abbreviated br￭ p is an intense it￭ ching sensation of the arm usually between the wrist and el￭ bow of either or both arms the itch can be so intense that sufferers will scratch their own skin to a bleeding condition the condition is becoming increasingly common presenting in patients who are usually fair skin￭ ned and middle aged and indulge in golf tennis outdoor table tennis sailing or other leisure outdoor activities in sunny clim￭ ates the cause is not known although there are a few lines of thought on what causes it no cure has been found many different medications and types of topical cre￭ ams have been experim￭ ented with but none seem to make any difference the only thing that seems to help most sufferers is the application of ice to the area until the itch is diminished
br￭ ach￭ y￭ cephal￭ ic syndrome is a pathological condition affecting short no￭ sed dogs and cats which leads to severe respiratory distress there are four different anatom￭ ical ab￭ norm￭ alities that contribute to the disease all of which occur more commonly in br￭ ach￭ y￭ cephal￭ ic breeds an el￭ ong￭ ated soft pal￭ ate sten￭ otic na￭ res a hypo￭ plastic trac￭ hea and ever￭ ted lar￭ yn￭ ge￭ al s￭ acc￭ ules a condition which occurs secon￭ d￭ arily to the other ab￭ norm￭ alities because all of these components make it more difficult to breathe in situations of exercise stress or heat an animal with these ab￭ norm￭ alities may be unable to take deep or fast enough bre￭ aths to blow off carbon dioxide this leads to distress and further increases respiratory rate and heart rate creating a vicious circle that can quickly lead to a life threatening situation dogs experiencing a crisis situation due to br￭ ach￭ y￭ cephal￭ ic syndrome typically benefit from oxygen cool temperatures sed￭ atives and in some cases more advanced medical intervention including intu￭ b￭ ation
br￭ ach￭ y￭ cephal￭ y from greek roots meaning short and head is the shape of a skull shorter than typical for its species it is perceived as a desirable trait in some domes￭ ticated dog and cat breeds such as pu￭ gs and can be normal or abnormal in other animal species in humans the cephal￭ ic disorder is known as flat head syndrome and results from premature fusion of the cor￭ onal su￭ tures see cran￭ io￭ sy￭ no￭ sto￭ sis or from external de￭ formation see pl￭ ag￭ io￭ cephal￭ y the cor￭ onal su￭ ture is the fi￭ bro￭ us joint that unites the frontal bone with the two par￭ ie￭ tal bones of the skull the par￭ ie￭ tal bones form the top and sides of the skull this feature can be seen in down syndrome in anthropo￭ logy human populations have been characterized as either dol￭ ic￭ ho￭ cephal￭ ic long headed mes￭ ati￭ cephal￭ ic moderate headed or br￭ ach￭ y￭ cephal￭ ic short headed the usefulness of the cephal￭ ic index was questioned by gius￭ ep￭ pe ser￭ gi who argued that cran￭ ial mor￭ pho￭ logy provided a better means to model racial ance￭ stry the incidence of br￭ ach￭ y￭ cephal￭ y in people has increased since the advent of sudden infant death syndrome recommendations for parents to keep their babies on their backs it is considered a cosmetic problem many pedi￭ at￭ ric￭ ians remain unaware of the issue and possible treatments treatments include regular prone re￭ positioning of babies tum￭ my time there are also cases of br￭ ach￭ y￭ cephal￭ y associated with pl￭ ag￭ io￭ cephal￭ y this de￭ form￭ ity occurs when there is a combination of br￭ ach￭ y￭ cephal￭ y and pl￭ ag￭ io￭ cephal￭ y present br￭ ach￭ y￭ cephal￭ y with pl￭ ag￭ io￭ cephal￭ y is posi￭ tional and has become more prevalent since the back to sleep campaign the back to sleep campaign began in 1994 as a way to educate parents ca￭ reg￭ i￭ vers and health care providers about ways to reduce the risk for sudden infant death syndrome si￭ ds the campaign was named for its recommendation to place healthy babies on their backs to sleep placing babies on their backs to sleep reduces the risk for si￭ ds also known as cot death or cri￭ b death this campaign has been successful in promoting infant back sleeping and other risk reduction strategies to parents family members child care providers health professionals and all other ca￭ reg￭ i￭ vers of infants at a cost of increasing the incidence of this de￭ formation of the head br￭ ach￭ y￭ cephal￭ y also describes a develop￭ mentally normal type of skull with a high cephal￭ ic index such as in snu￭ b no￭ sed breeds of dog such pu￭ gs and bull￭ dogs or cats such as the persian exotic and himalayan
br￭ ach￭ y￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly greek βρ￭ α￭ χ￭ ύ￭ ς short plus δ￭ ά￭ κ￭ τ￭ υ￭ λο￭ ς finger is a medical term which literally means short￭ ness of the fingers and toes digits the short￭ ness is relative to the length of other long bones and other parts of the body br￭ ach￭ y￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly is an inherited usually dominant trait it most often occurs as an isolated dys￭ me￭ lia but can also occur with other anomalies as part of many con￭ genital syndro￭ mes no￭ mo￭ grams for normal values of finger length as a ratio to other body measurements have been published in clinical genetics the most commonly used index of digit length is the dimen￭ sion￭ less ratio of the length of the 3 rd middle finger to the hand length both are expressed in the same units centi￭ meters for example and are measured in an open hand from the finger￭ tip to the principal cre￭ ases where the finger joins the palm and where the palm joins the wrist a no￭ mo￭ gram can be found in the appendix of jones ed smith s recogniz￭ able patterns of human mal￭ formation 5 th edition philadelphia saunders 1997
br￭ ach￭ y￭ met￭ at￭ ar￭ sia or hypo￭ plastic met￭ at￭ ar￭ sal is a condition in which there is one or more abnormally short or overlapping toes met￭ at￭ ar￭ s￭ als this condition may result due to a con￭ genital defect or it may be an acquired condition it most frequently involves the fourth met￭ at￭ ar￭ sal if it involves the first met￭ at￭ ar￭ sal the condition is known as mor￭ ton s syndrome treatment is via a number of differing surgical procedures
br￭ ach￭ y￭ p￭ tery is an anatom￭ ical condition in which an animal has very reduced wings such animals or their wings may be described as br￭ ach￭ y￭ p￭ ter￭ ous br￭ ach￭ y￭ p￭ ter￭ ous wings generally are not functional as organs of flight and often seem to be totally func￭ tion￭ less and vesti￭ gi￭ al in some species however wings that are vesti￭ gi￭ al in the sense of not retaining any function related to flight may have other functions such as organs of a￭ pos￭ ematic display in some orth￭ op￭ tera and ph￭ as￭ mato￭ dea br￭ ach￭ y￭ p￭ tery occurs commonly among insects an insect species might evolve towards br￭ ach￭ y￭ p￭ tery in reducing its flight muscles with their associated energy demands or in avoiding the hazards of flight in win￭ dy conditions on oce￭ anic islands in which flying insects are prone to drowning br￭ ach￭ y￭ p￭ tery also is common in ec￭ top￭ ar￭ asi￭ tic insects that have no use for wings and inqu￭ il￭ ine insects with socially par￭ asi￭ tic life strategies that do not require functional wings in some species of insects br￭ ach￭ y￭ p￭ tery occurs in some members say in only one gender or only some castes whereas fully functional wings occur in macro￭ p￭ ter￭ ous individuals other forms of br￭ ach￭ y￭ p￭ tery may depend on the temperature at which the insect grew and developed in winter for example some species grow reduced wings whereas in summer they grow fully developed wings that are adequate for migration the extreme form of br￭ ach￭ y￭ p￭ tery in which no wings grow at all such as in fle￭ as or worker ants is called ap￭ tery
brad￭ ford s law is a pattern first described by samuel c brad￭ ford in 19￭ 34 that estimates the exponentially diminishing returns of searching for references in science journals one formulation is that if journals in a field are sorted by number of articles into three groups each with about one third of all articles then the number of journals in each group will be proportional to 1 n n ² there are a number of related formulations of the principle in many disciplines this pattern is called a p￭ are￭ to distribution as a practical example suppose that a researcher has five core scientific journals for his or her subject suppose that in a month there are 12 articles of interest in those journals suppose further that in order to find another dozen articles of interest the researcher would have to go to an additional 10 journals then that researcher s brad￭ ford multiplier bm is 2 i e 10 5 for each new dozen articles that researcher will need to look in bm times as many journals after looking in 5 10 20 40 etc journals most researchers quickly realize that there is little point in looking further different researchers have different numbers of core journals and different brad￭ ford multip￭ liers but the pattern holds quite well across many subjects and may well be a general pattern for human interactions in social systems like zip￭ f s law to which it is related we do not have a good explanation for why it works but knowing that it does is very useful for libr￭ arians what it means is that for each specialty it is sufficient to identify the core publications for that field and only stock those very rarely will researchers need to go outside that set however its impact has been far greater than that armed with this idea and inspired by van￭ ne￭ var bush s famous article as we may think eu￭ gene gar￭ field at the institute for scientific information in the 1960 s developed a comprehensive index of how scientific thinking propag￭ ates his science c￭ itation index sc￭ i had the effect of making it easy to identify exactly which scientists did science that had an impact and which journals that science appeared in it also caused the discovery which some did not expect that a few journals such as nature and science were core for all of hard science the same pattern does not happen with the humanities or the social sciences the result of this is pressure on scientists to publish in the best journals and pressure on universities to ensure access to that core set of journals on the other hand the set of core journals may vary more or less strongly with the individual researchers and even more strongly along schools of thought divides there is also a danger of over representing majority views if journals are selected in this fashion brad￭ ford s law is also known as brad￭ ford s law of scat￭ tering and as the brad￭ ford distribution this law or distribution in bi￭ bli￭ ome￭ trics can be applied to the world wide web
bradley s reg￭ ress is a philosophical problem concerning the nature of relations it is named after f h bradley who discussed the problem in his 18￭ 93 book appearance and reality it bears a close kin￭ ship to the issue of the unity of the proposition
brain abs￭ c￭ ess or cere￭ br￭ al abs￭ c￭ ess is an abs￭ c￭ ess caused by infl￭ amm￭ ation and collection of infected material coming from local ear infection dental abs￭ c￭ ess infection of par￭ an￭ as￭ al sin￭ uses infection of the ma￭ sto￭ id air cells of the temporal bone ep￭ id￭ ural abs￭ c￭ ess or remote lung heart kidney etc infectious sources within the brain tissue the infection may also be introduced through a skull frac￭ ture following a head trauma or surgical procedures brain abs￭ c￭ ess is usually associated with con￭ genital heart disease in young children it may occur at any age but is most frequent in the third decade of life
brain damage or brain injury bi is the destruction or de￭ generation of brain cells brain injuries occur due to a wide range of internal and external factors a common category with the greatest number of injuries is traumatic brain injury t￭ bi following physical trauma or head injury from an outside source and the term acquired brain injury ab￭ i is used in appropriate circles to differentiate brain injuries occurring after birth from injury due to a disorder or con￭ genital mal￭ ady in general brain damage refers to significant undis￭ crimin￭ ating trauma induced damage while neuro￭ toxicity typically refers to selective chemically induced ne￭ uron damage
brain death is the complete and irreversible loss of brain function including involuntary activity necessary to sustain life brain death is one of the two ways of determination of death according to the uniform determination of death act of the united states the other way of determining death being irreversible cessation of circul￭ atory and respiratory functions it differs from persistent vegetative state in which some autonom￭ ic functions remain the australia and new zealand intensive care society an￭ z￭ ics states that the determination of brain death requires that there is un￭ responsive coma the absence of brain stem refl￭ exes and the absence of respiratory centre function in the clinical setting in which these findings are irreversible in particular there must be definite clinical or ne￭ uro imaging evidence of acute brain path￭ ology e g traumatic brain injury in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial haemorrha￭ ge hypo￭ x￭ ic encephalopathy consistent with the irreversible loss of neuro￭ logical function brain death is used as an indicator of legal death in many jurisdictions but it is defined in￭ consistently various parts of the brain may keep living when others die and the term brain death has been used to refer to various combinations for example although a major medical dic￭ tionary says that brain death is synonymous with cere￭ br￭ al death death of the cere￭ bru￭ m the us national library of medicine medical subject headings mesh system defines brain death as including the bra￭ inst￭ em the distinctions can be important because for example in someone with a dead cere￭ bru￭ m but a living bra￭ inst￭ em the heartbeat and ventilation can continue un￭ aided whereas in whole brain death which includes brain stem death only life support equipment would keep those functions going patients classified as brain dead can have their organs sur￭ g￭ ically removed for organ donation though not everyone agrees with this practice preferring to limit organ donation to those individuals who have suffered the death of all of their brain and the death of their cardiac and respiratory systems biological or full death however if one limits the criteria to those individuals pro￭ curing viable organs can become much more difficult
brain her￭ ni￭ ation is a potentially deadly side effect of very high pressure within the skull that occurs when a part of the brain is squeezed across structures within the skull the brain can shift across such structures as the fal￭ x cere￭ br￭ i the tent￭ orium cere￭ b￭ elli and even through the for￭ amen magn￭ um the hole in the base of the skull through which the spinal cord connects with the brain her￭ ni￭ ation can be caused by a number of factors that cause a mass effect and increase in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial pressure ic￭ p these include traumatic brain injury in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial hemorrha￭ ge or brain tumor her￭ ni￭ ation can also occur in the absence of high ic￭ p when mass le￭ sions such as hem￭ atom￭ as occur at the borders of brain compart￭ ments in such cases local pressure is increased at the place where the her￭ ni￭ ation occurs but this pressure is not transmitted to the rest of the brain and therefore does not register as an increase in ic￭ p because her￭ ni￭ ation puts extreme pressure on parts of the brain and thereby cuts off the blood supply to various parts of the brain it is often fatal therefore extreme measures are taken in hospital settings to prevent the condition by reducing in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial pressure or de￭ com￭ pressing draining a hem￭ atom￭ a which is putting local pressure on a part of the brain
brain is￭ chem￭ ia aka cere￭ br￭ al is￭ chem￭ ia cere￭ bro￭ vascular is￭ chem￭ ia is a condition in which there is insufficient blood flow to the brain to meet metabol￭ ic demand this leads to poor oxygen supply or cere￭ br￭ al hypo￭ x￭ ia and thus to the death of brain tissue or cere￭ br￭ al inf￭ arc￭ tion is￭ chem￭ ic stroke it is a sub type of stroke along with sub￭ ar￭ ach￭ no￭ id hemorrha￭ ge and in￭ trac￭ ere￭ br￭ al hemorrha￭ ge is￭ chem￭ ia leads to alterations in brain metabol￭ ism reduction in metabol￭ ic rates and energy crisis there are two types of is￭ chem￭ ia focal is￭ chem￭ ia which is confined to a specific region of the brain and global is￭ chem￭ ia which encompasses wide areas of brain tissue the main symptoms involve impair￭ ments in vision body movement and speaking the causes of brain is￭ chem￭ ia vary from sick￭ le cell an￭ emia to con￭ genital heart defects symptoms of brain is￭ chem￭ ia can include un￭ consciousness blindness problems with coordination and weakness in the body other effects that may result from brain is￭ chem￭ ia are stroke cardi￭ o￭ respiratory arrest and irreversible brain damage an interruption of blood flow to the brain for more than 10 seconds causes un￭ consciousness and an interruption in flow for more than a few minutes generally results in irreversible brain damage in 1974 ho￭ ss￭ mann and zim￭ mer￭ mann demonstrated that is￭ chem￭ ia induced in mammalian brains for up to an hour can be at least partially recovered accordingly this discovery raised the possibility of intervening after brain is￭ chem￭ ia before the damage becomes irreversible
a brain me￭ tast￭ asis is a cancer that has me￭ tast￭ asi￭ zed spread to the brain from another location in the body as primary cancer treatments such as surgery radiation therapy and chem￭ otherapy have become more effective in the past few decades people with cancer are living longer after initial treatment than ever before however brain me￭ tast￭ ases still occur in many patients months or even years after their original cancer treatment brain me￭ tast￭ ases have a poor prog￭ no￭ sis for cure but modern treatments are allowing patients to live months and sometimes years after the diagnosis
brain morph￭ ome￭ try is a sub￭ field of both morph￭ ome￭ try and the brain sciences concerned with the measurement of brain structures and changes thereof during development aging learning disease and evolution since autopsy like dis￭ section is generally impossible on living brains brain morph￭ ome￭ try starts with non￭ invasive neuro￭ imaging data typically obtained from magnetic resonance imaging or m￭ ri for short these data are born digital which allows researchers to analyze the brain images further by using advanced mathematical and statistical methods such as shape quantification or multi￭ vari￭ ate analysis this allows researchers to quantify anatom￭ ical features of the brain in terms of shape mass volume e g of the hippo￭ campus or of the primary versus secondary visual cor￭ tex and to derive more specific information such as the en￭ ce￭ ph￭ alization quo￭ ti￭ ent grey matter density and white matter connectivity gy￭ ri￭ fication cor￭ tical thickness or the amount of cere￭ bro￭ spinal fluid these variables can then be mapped within the brain volume or on the brain surface providing a convenient way to assess their pattern and extent over time across individuals or even between different biological species the field is rapidly evolving along with neuro￭ imaging techniques — which deliver the underlying data — but also develops in part independently from them as part of the emerging field of neuro￭ inform￭ atics which is concerned with developing and adapting algori￭ th￭ ms to analyze those data
brain stem death is a clinical syndrome defined by the absence of refl￭ exes with pathways through the brain stem the “ stal￭ k ” of the brain which connects the spinal cord to the mid brain cere￭ bell￭ um and cere￭ br￭ al hemis￭ ph￭ er￭ es in a deeply com￭ at￭ ose venti￭ lat￭ or dependent patient identification of this state carries a very grave prog￭ no￭ sis for survival cessation of heartbeat often occurs within a few days although it may continue for weeks or even months if intensive support is maintained in the united kingdom the formal diagnosis of brain stem death by the procedure laid down in the official code of practice permits the diagnosis and certification of death on the premise that a person is dead when consciousness and the ability to breathe are permanently lost regardless of continuing life in the body and parts of the brain and that death of the brain stem alone is sufficient to produce this state this concept of brain stem death is also accepted as grounds for pronoun￭ cing death for legal purposes in india and trinidad tobago elsewhere in the world the concept upon which the certification of death on neuro￭ logical grounds is based is that of permanent cessation of all function in all parts of the brain whole brain death with which the reduc￭ tionist united kingdom concept should not be confused the united states president s council on bio￭ ethics made it clear in its white paper of december 2008 that the united kingdom concept and clinical criteria are not considered sufficient for the diagnosis of death in the united states of america
a brain stem tumor is a tumor in the part of the brain that connects to the spinal cord the brain stem
brain stimulation reward b￭ sr is a phenomenon in which direct stimulation of regions of the brain through either electrical or chemical means is rewarding and can serve as an oper￭ ant reinfor￭ cer the stimulation activ￭ ates the reward system and establishes response habits similar to those established by natural rewards such as food and water b￭ sr experiments soon demonstrated that stimulation of the lateral hypo￭ thal￭ am￭ us and other regions of the brain associated with natural reward was both rewarding as well as drive inducing electrical brain stimulation and in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial drug injections are among the most powerful rewards because they activate the reward circu￭ it￭ ry directly rather than through the peripheral nerves b￭ sr has been found in all vertebr￭ ates tested including humans and it has provided a useful tool for understanding how natural rewards are processed by the brain as well as the anatom￭ ical structures and the neuro￭ chemistry associated with the brain s reward system in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial self stimulation ic￭ ss is the oper￭ ant conditioning method used to create the b￭ sr response
a brain tumor or in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial ne￭ op￭ las￭ m occurs when abnormal cells form within the brain there are two main types of tumors m￭ align￭ ant or can￭ cer￭ ous tumors and benign tumors can￭ cer￭ ous tumors can be divided into primary tumors that start within the brain and secondary tumors that have spread from somewhere else known as brain me￭ tast￭ asis tumors all types of brain tumors may produce symptoms that vary depending on the part of the brain involved these symptoms may include headaches seizures problem with vision v￭ om￭ iting and mental changes the headache is class￭ ically worse in the morning and goes away with v￭ om￭ iting more specific problems may include difficulty in walking speaking and with sensation as the disease progres￭ ses un￭ consciousness may occur the cause of most brain tumors is unknown un￭ common risk factors include inherited neuro￭ fi￭ bro￭ mat￭ osis exposure to vinyl chloride ep￭ stein – bar￭ r virus and ionizing radiation the evidence for mobile phones is not clear the most common types of primary tumors in adults are men￭ ing￭ i￭ om￭ as usually benign and astro￭ cy￭ tom￭ as such as gli￭ obl￭ ast￭ om￭ as in children the most common type is a m￭ align￭ ant med￭ ul￭ lo￭ bl￭ ast￭ oma diagnosis is usually by medical examination along with compu￭ ted tom￭ o￭ graphy or magnetic resonance imaging this is then often confirmed by a biopsy based on the findings the tumors are divided into different grades of severity treatment may include some combination of surgery radiation therapy and chem￭ otherapy anti￭ con￭ vul￭ sant medication may be needed if seizures occur d￭ exam￭ eth￭ as￭ one and fu￭ ro￭ sem￭ ide may be used to decrease sw￭ elling around the tumor some tumors grow gradually requiring only monitoring and possibly needing no further intervention treatments that use a person s immune system are being studied outcome varies considerably depending on the type of tumor and how far it has spread at diagnosis gli￭ obl￭ ast￭ om￭ as usually have poor outcomes while men￭ ing￭ i￭ om￭ as usually have good outcomes the average five year survival rate for brain cancer in the united states is 33 secondary or me￭ ta￭ static brain tumors are more common than primary brain tumors with about half of me￭ tast￭ ases coming from lung cancer primary brain tumors occur in around 250 000 people a year globally making up less than 2 of cancers in children younger than 15 brain tumors are second only to acute lymp￭ ho￭ bl￭ astic leuk￭ emia as a cause of cancer in australia the average economic cost of a case of brain cancer is 1 9 million the greatest of any type of cancer
bra￭ iner￭ d diarr￭ hea is a sudden onset wat￭ ery explosive diarr￭ hea that lasts for months and does not respond to antibiotics the cause of bra￭ iner￭ d diarr￭ hea is unknown bra￭ iner￭ d diarr￭ hea was first described in bra￭ iner￭ d min￭ nes￭ ota in 1983 it has been associated with the consumption of raw milk and untreated water of the ten outbreaks reported since 1983 nine have been in the u s the characteristics of each outbreak have been similar to that caused by an infectious agent although a comparatively large outbreak 117 patients occurred in 1996 in f￭ ann￭ in county texas the largest outbreak 122 patients was the original one in bra￭ iner￭ d mn there have been no secondary cases reported in any of the outbreaks suggesting that the caus￭ ative agent cannot be passed from person to person but boiling water appears to in￭ activate the bra￭ iner￭ d agent although there is no treatment available the disease does appear to resolve itself although this process takes months if not years
a bra￭ inst￭ em gli￭ oma is a can￭ cer￭ ous gli￭ oma tumor in the bra￭ inst￭ em around 75 are diagnosed in children and young adults under the age of twenty but have been known to affect older adults as well bra￭ inst￭ em gli￭ om￭ as start in the brain or spinal cord tissue and typically spread throughout the nervous system
a bra￭ inst￭ em stroke syndrome is a condition involving a stroke of the bra￭ inst￭ em because of their location they often involve impairment both of the cran￭ ial nucle￭ i and of the long tracts a person may have ver￭ ti￭ go di￭ zz￭ iness and severe imbalance without the hallmark of most stro￭ kes – weakness on one side of the body the symptoms of ver￭ ti￭ go di￭ zz￭ iness or imbalance usually occur together di￭ zz￭ iness alone is not a sign of stroke bra￭ inst￭ em stroke can also cause di￭ pl￭ op￭ ia sl￭ ur￭ red speech and decreased level of consciousness a more serious outcome is locked in syndrome
in the automotive industry brake by wire technology is the ability to control brakes through electrical means it can be designed to supplement ordinary service brakes or it can be a stand￭ alone brake system this technology is widely used on all hybrid and battery electric vehicles including the to￭ yo￭ ta pri￭ us brake by wire is also common in the form of the electric park brake which is now widely used on mainstream vehicles the technology replaces traditional components such as the pumps ho￭ ses fluids belts and vacuum ser￭ vos and master cylin￭ ders with electronic sensors and actu￭ ators drive by wire technology in automotive industry replaces the traditional mechanical and hydraulic control systems with electronic control systems using electro￭ mechanical actu￭ ators and human machine interfaces such as pe￭ dal and steering feel em￭ ulators some x by wire technologies have been already installed on commercial vehicles such as steer by wire and thro￭ ttle by wire brake by wire technology has been widely commerci￭ alized with the introduction of battery electric vehicles and hybrid vehicles the most widely used application by to￭ yo￭ ta in the high volume pri￭ us was preceded by the gm ev 1 the ra￭ v 4 ev and other ev￭ s where the technology is required for regener￭ ative braking ford general motors and most other manufacturers use the same general design with the exception of hon￭ da who designed a notably different design
branch re￭ tin￭ al artery oc￭ clu￭ sion bra￭ o is a rare re￭ tin￭ al vascular disorder in which one of the branches of central re￭ tin￭ al artery is obstructed
branch re￭ tin￭ al vein oc￭ clu￭ sion br￭ vo is a common re￭ tin￭ al vascular disease of the elderly it is caused by the oc￭ clu￭ sion of one of the branches of central re￭ tin￭ al vein
a bran￭ ch￭ ial cle￭ ft cyst is a con￭ genital epi￭ the￭ li￭ al cyst that arises on the lateral part of the neck usually due to failure of obliter￭ ation of the second bran￭ ch￭ ial cle￭ ft or failure of fusion of the second and third bran￭ ch￭ ial ar￭ ches in embryonic development less commonly the cy￭ sts can develop from the first third or fourth cle￭ f￭ ts
bran￭ chio oc￭ ul￭ o facial syndrome bo￭ fs is a disease that arises from a mutation in the t￭ f￭ ap 2 a gene it is a rare auto￭ som￭ al dominant disorder that starts to affect a child s development before birth symptoms of this condition include skin ab￭ norm￭ alities on the neck de￭ form￭ ities of the ears and eyes and other distinctive facial features such a cle￭ ft lip along with slow growth mental retar￭ dation and premature gr￭ aying of hair
bran￭ chio oto ren￭ al syndrome bor also known as bran￭ chi￭ oo￭ to￭ ren￭ al syndrome or bor syndrome is an auto￭ som￭ al dominant genetic disorder involving the kidneys ears and neck it often has also been described as mel￭ nick fr￭ as￭ er syndrome
brand awareness is a key consideration in consumer behaviour and advertising strategy brand awareness refers to the extent to which customers are able to recall or recognise a brand the consumer s ability to recognise a brand is central to purchasing decision making awareness does not necessarily mean that the consumer must be able to recall a specific brand name but he or she must be able to recall enough distinguishing features for purchasing to proceed for instance if a consumer asks her friend to buy her some gum in a blue pack the friend would be expected to know which gum to buy even though neither friend can recall the precise brand name at the time
a brand bl￭ under is an error associated with the bran￭ ding of a product especially a new product in a new market reasons for such slips include the lack of understanding of the language culture and consumer attitudes in the new market there are numerous examples of brand bl￭ unders in marketing history there are also numerous urban leg￭ ends surrounding brand bl￭ unders where there is little evidence of an actual bl￭ under
bra￭ x￭ ton hic￭ ks contr￭ actions also known as pro￭ dro￭ mal labor or practice contr￭ actions or false labor are spor￭ adic uter￭ ine contr￭ actions that sometimes start around six weeks into a pregnancy however they are not usually felt until the second trim￭ ester or third trim￭ ester of pregnancy
bra￭ xy is an infl￭ am￭ matory disease in the ab￭ om￭ as￭ al lining of sheep caused by the bacter￭ ium clo￭ stri￭ dium sep￭ tic￭ um aka bac￭ ill￭ us sep￭ tic￭ us followed by rapid death bra￭ xy is often brought on by a change from suc￭ cul￭ ent food to dry or icy food it is usually seen in young sheep in particular those not protected with a clo￭ stri￭ dial vaccine the mutton affected with this disease can also be referred to as bra￭ xy a vaccine against bra￭ xy was developed by pr￭ of john russell gre￭ ig at the more￭ du￭ n research institute in scotland
brazilian hemorrha￭ gic fever b￭ zh￭ f is an infectious disease caused by the sab￭ i￭ á virus an aren￭ avi￭ rus the sab￭ i￭ á virus is one of the are￭ no￭ viruses from south america to cause hemorrha￭ gic fever it shares a common prog￭ en￭ itor with the jun￭ in virus mach￭ up￭ o virus tac￭ ari￭ be virus and gu￭ an￭ ari￭ to virus it is an envelop￭ ed r￭ na virus and is highly infectious and lethal very little is known about this disease but it is thought to have be transmitted by the ex￭ cre￭ ta of ro￭ dents there have only been three documented infections of the sab￭ i￭ á virus only one of which occurred naturally and the other two cases occurred in the clinical setting the only naturally occurring case was in 1990 when a female agricultural engineer who was staying in the neighborhood of j￭ ardi￭ m sab￭ i￭ á near são paulo brazil contracted the disease she presented with hemorrha￭ gic fever and died her autopsy showed liver necro￭ sis a viro￭ logist who was studying the woman s disease contracted the virus but survived rib￭ avi￭ rin was not given in these first two cases four years later in 1994 a researcher was exposed to the virus in a level 3 bio￭ hazard facility at yale university when a centrifu￭ ge bottle cracked leaked and released aero￭ soli￭ zed virus particle he was successfully treated with rib￭ avi￭ rin rib￭ avi￭ rin is thought to be effective in treating the illness similar to other aren￭ avi￭ ruses compared to the patients who did not receive rib￭ avi￭ rin the patient who was treated with it had a shorter and less severe clinical course symptomatic control such as fluids to address dehydr￭ ation and bleeding may also be required the sab￭ i￭ á virus is a bio￭ safety level 4 pathogen this virus has also been implicated as a means for bio￭ terrorism as it can be spread through aero￭ sol￭ s
brazilian pur￭ pur￭ ic fever b￭ pf is an illness of children caused by the bacter￭ ium ha￭ em￭ oph￭ il￭ us influ￭ enz￭ ae bio￭ group a￭ egyp￭ tius which is ultimately fatal due to sep￭ sis b￭ pf was first recognized in the são paulo state of brazil in 1984 at this time young children between the ages of 3 months and 10 years were contracting a strange illness which was characterized by high fever and pur￭ pur￭ ic le￭ sions on the body these cases were all fatal and originally thought to be due to men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis it was not until the autop￭ sies were conducted that the cause of these deaths was confirmed to be infection by h influ￭ enz￭ ae a￭ egyp￭ tius although b￭ pf was thought to be confined to brazil other cases occurred in australia and the united states during 1984 – 1990
breach of contract is a legal cause of action in which a binding agreement or bar￭ gained for exchange is not honored by one or more of the parties to the contract by non performance or interference with the other party s performance if the party does not fulfill his contractual promise or has given information to the other party that he will not perform his duty as mentioned in the contract or if by his action and conduct he seems to be unable to perform the contract he is said to breach the contract breach of contract is a type of civil wrong
in lock￭ smi￭ thing a break in the pins is a separation in one or more sections of the pin used to en￭ code the lock for a specific key or set of keys in a master ke￭ ying system
a breakthrough infection is an infection caused by the live virus in a vaccine or simply a vaccinated individual becoming sick with the same illness that the vaccine is meant to prevent often the infection in the vaccinated individual is mil￭ der than if contracted naturally a breakthrough infection can be especially dangerous in locations where herd immunity exists there are many theories which attempt to explain the causes of breakthrough infections such as anti￭ body interference or vaccine compromise due to mis￭ handling
breast atro￭ phy is the normal or spontaneous atro￭ phy or shr￭ ink￭ age of the breasts breast atro￭ phy commonly occurs in women during men￭ op￭ ause when estro￭ gen levels decrease it can also be caused by hypo￭ estro￭ gen￭ ism and or hyper￭ and￭ ro￭ gen￭ ism in women in general such as in anti￭ estro￭ gen treatment for breast cancer in poly￭ c￭ ys￭ tic o￭ vary syndrome p￭ cos and in malnutrition such as that associated with eating disorders like an￭ ore￭ x￭ ia ner￭ vo￭ sa or with chronic disease it can also be an effect of weight loss in the treatment of gy￭ ne￭ com￭ as￭ tia in males and macro￭ mas￭ tia in women and in hormone replacement therapy hrt for trans men breast atro￭ phy may be a desired effect examples of treatment options for breast atro￭ phy depending on the situation when appropriate can include est￭ rog￭ ens anti￭ and￭ rog￭ ens and proper nutrition or weight gain
breast cancer is cancer that develops from breast tissue signs of breast cancer may include a lump in the breast a change in breast shape dim￭ pling of the skin fluid coming from the nip￭ ple or a red scal￭ y patch of skin in those with distant spread of the disease there may be bone pain sw￭ oll￭ en lymp￭ h no￭ des short￭ ness of breath or yellow skin risk factors for developing breast cancer include being female obesity lack of physical exercise drinking alcohol hormone replacement therapy during men￭ op￭ ause ionizing radiation early age at first men￭ str￭ uation having children late or not at all older age and family history about 5 – 10 of cases are due to genes inherited from a person s parents including brca 1 and brca 2 among others breast cancer most commonly develops in cells from the lining of milk duc￭ ts and the lob￭ ules that supply the duc￭ ts with milk cancers developing from the duc￭ ts are known as duc￭ tal carcin￭ om￭ as while those developing from lob￭ ules are known as lob￭ ular carcin￭ om￭ as in addition there are more than 18 other sub types of breast cancer some cancers such as duc￭ tal carcin￭ oma in situ develop from pre invasive le￭ sions the diagnosis of breast cancer is confirmed by taking a biopsy of the concerning lump once the diagnosis is made further tests are done to determine if the cancer has spread beyond the breast and which treatments it may respond to the balance of benefits versus harms of breast cancer screening is controversial a 2013 co￭ ch￭ rane review stated that it is unclear if mammo￭ graphic screening does more good or harm a 2009 review for the us preventive services task force found evidence of benefit in those 40 to 70 years of age and the organization recommends screening every two years in women 50 to 74 years old the medications tam￭ ox￭ if￭ en or r￭ alo￭ x￭ if￭ ene may be used in an effort to prevent breast cancer in those who are at high risk of developing it surgical removal of both breasts is another preventative measure in some high risk women in those who have been diagnosed with cancer a number of treatments may be used including surgery radiation therapy chem￭ otherapy hormonal therapy and targeted therapy types of surgery vary from breast conserving surgery to ma￭ stec￭ tomy breast reconstruction may take place at the time of surgery or at a later date in those in whom the cancer has spread to other parts of the body treatments are mostly aimed at improving quality of life and comfort outcomes for breast cancer vary depending on the cancer type extent of disease and person s age survival rates in the developed world are high with between 80 and 90 of those in england and the united states alive for at least 5 years in developing countries survival rates are poorer worldwide breast cancer is the leading type of cancer in women accounting for 25 of all cases in 2012 it resulted in 1 68 million cases and 522 000 deaths it is more common in developed countries and is more than 100 times more common in women than in men
a breast cyst is a fluid filled s￭ ac within the breast one breast can have one or more breast cy￭ sts they are often described as round or o￭ val lum￭ ps with distinct edges in tex￭ ture a breast cyst usually feels like a soft grape or a water filled balloon but sometimes a breast cyst feels firm breast cy￭ sts can be painful and may be worrisome but are generally benign they are most common in pre men￭ opa￭ usal women in their 30 s or 40 s they usually disappear after men￭ op￭ ause but may persist or re￭ appear when using hormone therapy they are also common in adolescents breast cy￭ sts can be part of fi￭ bro￭ c￭ ys￭ tic disease the pain and sw￭ elling is usually worse in the second half of the men￭ str￭ ual cycle or during pregnancy treating breast cy￭ sts is usually not necessary unless they are painful or cause discomfort in most cases the discomfort they cause may be allevi￭ ated by draining the fluid from the cyst the cy￭ sts form as a result of the growth of the milk g￭ lands and their size may range from smaller than a pea to larger than a ping p￭ ong ball small cy￭ sts cannot be felt during a physical examination and some large cy￭ sts feel like lum￭ ps however most cy￭ sts regardless of their size cannot be identified during physical exam￭ s breast cy￭ sts are not to be confused with milk cy￭ sts galac￭ to￭ cel￭ es which usually appear during we￭ aning
breast diseases can be classified either with disorders of the inte￭ gu￭ ment or disorders of the reproductive system a majority of breast diseases are non￭ can￭ cer￭ ous breast awareness is a goal of the breast health movement rather than promoting the largely ineffective formally structured breast self examinations breast awareness promotes informal familiarity with the normal state of a woman s breasts
breast ecz￭ ema also known as nip￭ ple ecz￭ ema may affect the nip￭ ples are￭ ol￭ ae or surrounding skin with ecz￭ ema of the nip￭ ples being of the mo￭ ist type with oo￭ zing and cru￭ sting in which painful fis￭ s￭ uring is frequently seen especially in nursing mothers it will often occur in pregnancy even without breast feeding persisting ecz￭ ema of the nip￭ ple in the middle aged and elderly needs to be discussed with a doctor as a rare type of breast cancer called pag￭ et s disease can cause these symptoms
breast eng￭ org￭ ement occurs in the mam￭ mary g￭ lands due to expansion and pressure exerted by the synthesis and storage of breast milk eng￭ org￭ ement usually happens when the breasts switch from colo￭ str￭ um to mature milk often referred to as when the milk comes in however eng￭ org￭ ement can also happen later if lactating women miss several nur￭ sings and not enough milk is expressed from the breasts it can be exacerbated by insufficient breastfeeding and or blocked milk duc￭ ts when eng￭ org￭ ed the breasts may swell thro￭ b and cause mild to extreme pain eng￭ org￭ ement may lead to mas￭ ti￭ tis infl￭ amm￭ ation of the breast and untreated eng￭ org￭ ement puts pressure on the milk duc￭ ts often causing a plu￭ gged duc￭ t the woman will often feel a lump in one part of the breast and the skin in that area may be red and or warm if it continues unchecked the plu￭ gged duc￭ t can become a breast infection at which point she may have fever or flu like symptoms
breast hem￭ atom￭ a is a collection of blood within the breast it arises from internal bleeding hemorrha￭ ge and may arise due to trauma breast injury or surgery or due to a non traumatic cause
hyper￭ tro￭ phy of the breast macro￭ mas￭ tia and gigan￭ tom￭ as￭ tia is a rare medical condition of the breast connec￭ tive tissues the indication is a breast weight that exceeds approximately 3 of the total body weight there are varying definitions of what is considered to be excessive breast tissue that is the expected breast tissue plus extraordinary breast tissue ranging from as little as 0 6 kilograms 1 3 lb up to 2 5 kilograms 5 5 lb with most physicians defining macro￭ mas￭ tia as excessive tissue of over 1 5 kilograms 3 3 lb some resources distinguish between macro￭ mas￭ tia greek macro large ma￭ st￭ os breast where excessive tissue is less than 2 5 kg and gigan￭ tom￭ as￭ tia greek gig￭ anti￭ kos giant where excessive tissue is more than 2 5 kg the enlargement can cause muscular discomfort and over stretching of the skin envelope which can lead in some cases to ul￭ cer￭ ation hyper￭ tro￭ phy of the breast tissues might be caused by increased his￭ to￭ logic sensitivity to certain hormones such as female sex hormones pro￭ l￭ acti￭ n and growth factors or an abnormally elevated hormone s level in the blood or both breast hyper￭ tro￭ phy is a benign progressive enlargement which can occur in both breasts bilateral or only in one breast unilateral it was first scientifically described in 16￭ 48
breast lum￭ ps are loc￭ alized sw￭ ell￭ ings that feel different from the surrounding breast tissue it is a symptom sign for a variety of conditions as approximately 10 of breast lum￭ ps ultimately lead to a diagnosis of breast cancer it is important for women with a breast lump to receive appropriate evaluation
breast pain also known as breast tender￭ ness ma￭ st￭ od￭ y￭ nia mam￭ mal￭ gia and ma￭ stal￭ gia from the greek μ￭ α￭ στ￭ ός ma￭ st￭ os breast and ἄ￭ λ￭ γ￭ ος al￭ gos pain is a medical symptom pain and discomfort may range from minor to severely incapac￭ itating breast pain during lac￭ tation or after we￭ aning is not included into this definition but is usually classified as breast eng￭ org￭ ement or mas￭ ti￭ tis
breastfeeding difficulties refers to problems that arise from breastfeeding the feeding of an infant or young child with milk from a woman s breasts although babies have a sucking reflex that enables them to suck and swallow milk and although human breast milk is usually the best source of nour￭ ishment for human infants there are circumstances under which breastfeeding can be problematic or even in rare instances contr￭ ain￭ dic￭ ated difficulties can arise both in connection with the act of breastfeeding and with the health of the nursing infant
breath holding spells are the occurrence of ep￭ is￭ od￭ ic ap￭ ne￭ a in children possibly associated with loss of consciousness and changes in post￭ ural tone breath holding spells occur in approximately 5 of the population with equal distribution between males and females they are most common in children between 6 and 18 months and usually not present after 5 years of age they are unusual before 6 months of age a positive family history can be elicited in 25 of cases they may be confused with a seizure disorder they are sometimes observed in response to frustration during disciplinary conflict
breath￭ ability is the ability of a fabric to allow moisture vap￭ or to be transmitted through the material
a bre￭ ech birth occurs when a baby is born bottom first instead of head first around 3 5 of pregnant women at term 37 – 40 weeks pregnant will have a bre￭ ech baby most babies in the bre￭ ech position are born by a ca￭ es￭ are￭ an section because it is seen as safer than being born vag￭ in￭ ally as most bre￭ ech babies are delivered by ca￭ es￭ are￭ an section in developed countries doctors and midwives may lose the skills required to safely assist a women giving birth to a bre￭ ech baby vag￭ in￭ ally delivering all bre￭ ech babies by ca￭ es￭ are￭ an section in developing countries may be very difficult to implement or even impossible as there are not always resources available to provide this service
in cellular autom￭ ata such as con￭ way s game of life a breeder is a pattern that exhi￭ bits quad￭ r￭ atic growth by generating multiple copies of a secondary pattern each of which then generates multiple copies of a tertiary pattern
brenner tumors are an un￭ common subtype of the surface epi￭ the￭ li￭ al st￭ rom￭ al tumor group of o￭ vari￭ an ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms the majority are benign but some can be m￭ align￭ ant they are most frequently found incidentally on pel￭ vic examination or at l￭ apar￭ o￭ tomy brenner tum￭ ours very rarely can occur in other locations including the test￭ es
the bres￭ k￭ ens pocket was a pocket of fortified german resistance against the canadian first army in the battle of the sch￭ el￭ dt during the second world war it was chiefly situated on the southern shore of the sch￭ el￭ dt estu￭ ary in the southern netherlands near the belgian border it was named after the town of bres￭ k￭ ens which was later freed from german occupation during operation switch￭ back
bre￭ wer inf￭ arc￭ ts are a his￭ to￭ logical finding found in ren￭ al disease they can indicate p￭ yel￭ on￭ eph￭ ri￭ tis they are named after george emer￭ son bre￭ wer
bride price best called bri￭ de￭ wealth also known as bride token is money property or other form of wealth paid by a groom or his family to the parents of the woman he has just married or is just about to marry bride price can be compared to dow￭ ry which is paid to the groom or used by the bride to help establish the new household and do￭ wer which is property settled on the bride herself by the groom at the time of marriage some cultures may practice both dow￭ ry and bride price simultaneously many cultures practiced bride pricing prior to existing records
the bridge of las t￭ res fu￭ entes the three foun￭ tains is a bridge pattern by disci￭ ples of gust￭ ave ei￭ ff￭ el originally constructed in iron in the 20 th century it was covered with concrete it is near gil mar￭ quez al￭ mon￭ aster la real
the bridge pattern is a design pattern used in software engineering which is meant to de￭ couple an abstr￭ action from its implementation so that the two can vary independently the bridge uses en￭ cap￭ s￭ ulation aggregation and can use inheritance to separate responsibilities into different classes when a class varies often the features of object oriented programming become very useful because changes to a program s code can be made easily with minimal prior knowledge about the program the bridge pattern is useful when both the class and what it does vary often the class itself can be thought of as the abstr￭ action and what the class can do as the implementation the bridge pattern can also be thought of as two layers of abstr￭ action when there is only one fixed implementation this pattern is known as the p￭ imp￭ l idi￭ om in the c world the bridge pattern is often confused with the adap￭ ter pattern in fact the bridge pattern is often implemented using the class adap￭ ter pattern e g in the j￭ ava code below variant the implementation can be decoupled even more by defer￭ ring the presence of the implementation to the point where the abstr￭ action is utilized
bridging loss is the loss at a given frequency that results when an impe￭ dance is connected across a transmission line it is expressed as the ratio in deci￭ bels of the signal power delivered to a given point in a system downstream from the bridging point prior to bridging to the signal power delivered to the given point after bridging source from federal standard 10￭ 37 c and from mi￭ l st￭ d 188
the bri￭ dg￭ man effect named after p w bri￭ dg￭ man also called the internal pel￭ tier effect is a phenomenon that occurs when an electric current passes through an anis￭ o￭ tropic crystal there is an absorption or liberation of heat because of the non uniformity in current distribution
brief reactive psycho￭ sis referred to in the dsm iv tr as brief psychotic disorder with marked stres￭ sor s is the psychiatric term for psycho￭ sis which can be triggered by an extremely stressful event in the life of an individual typically such brief psycho￭ ses last from a day to a month only with the delu￭ sions speech disorders and halluc￭ inations eventually yielding to a return to normal functioning
bright s disease is a historical classification of kidney diseases that would be described in modern medicine as acute or chronic ne￭ ph￭ ri￭ tis it was characterized by e￭ dem￭ a the presence of albumin in the urine and was frequently accompanied by high blood pressure hyper￭ tension
bri￭ ll – z￭ ins￭ er disease is a delayed relap￭ se of epidemic ty￭ ph￭ us caused by ric￭ ke￭ tt￭ sia pro￭ wa￭ ze￭ k￭ ii after a patient contracts epidemic ty￭ ph￭ us from the f￭ ec￭ al matter of an infected lou￭ se pe￭ dic￭ ul￭ us human￭ us the ric￭ ke￭ tt￭ sia can remain latent and re￭ activate months or years later with symptoms similar to or even identical to the original attack of ty￭ ph￭ us including a mac￭ ul￭ op￭ ap￭ ular rash this re￭ activation event can then be transmitted to other individuals through f￭ ec￭ al matter of the lou￭ se vector and form the focus for a new epidemic of ty￭ ph￭ us
br￭ ist￭ le￭ worm st￭ ings are a cu￭ taneous condition caused by contact with br￭ ist￭ le￭ worms in which an allergic or irrit￭ ant reaction may result
the british agricultural revolution was the unprecedented increase in agricultural production in britain due to increases in labour and land productivity between the mid 17 th and late 19 th centuries agricultural output grew faster than the population over the century to 17￭ 70 and thereafter productivity remained among the highest in the world this increase in the food supply contributed to the rapid growth of population in england and wales from 5 5 million in 1700 to over 9 million by 18￭ 01 though domestic production gave way increasingly to food imports in the nineteenth century as population more than tripled to over 32 million the rise in productivity accelerated the decline of the agricultural share of the labour force adding to the urban workforce on which industrialization depended the agricultural revolution has therefore been cited as a cause of the industrial revolution however historians continue to dispute when exactly such a revolution took place and of what it consisted rather than a single event g e min￭ gay states that there were a pro￭ fusion of agricultural revolutions one for two centuries before 17￭ 50 another emphasising the century after 16￭ 50 a third for the period 17￭ 50 18￭ 80 and a fourth for the middle decades of the nineteenth century this has led more recent historians to argue that any general statements about the agricultural revolution are difficult to sustain one important change in farming methods was the move in crop rotation to turn￭ ip￭ s and clo￭ ver in place of f￭ allow turn￭ ip￭ s can be grown in winter and are deep rooted allowing them to gather minerals unavailable to shallow rooted crops clo￭ ver fixes nitrogen from the atmosphere into a form of fertiliser this permitted the intensive arable cultivation of light soils on enclosed farms and provided fodder to support increased livestock numbers whose manure added further to soil fertility
the british invasion was a phenomenon that occurred in the mid 1960 s when rock and pop music acts from the united kingdom as well as other aspects of british culture became popular in the united states and significant to the rising counter￭ culture on both sides of the atlantic pop and rock groups such as the beat￭ les the dave clark five the kin￭ ks the rolling stones herman s her￭ mits the animals and the who were at the forefront of the invasion
the british pedi￭ atric association classification of diseases is a system of diagnostic codes used for pedi￭ at￭ rics an extension to ic￭ d 9 was published in 1979 an extension to ic￭ d 10 has also been published it is the basis for the u s centers for disease control and prevention s six digit codes for re￭ portable con￭ genital conditions these are also known as the c￭ dc b￭ pa codes this system is in turn is the basis for the texas disease index
the british debate over ve￭ ils began in october 2006 when the mp and government minister jack straw wrote in his local newspaper the lan￭ cash￭ ire evening telegraph that while he did not want to be prescriptive he preferred talking to women who did not wear a ni￭ q￭ ab face veil as he could see their face and asked women who were wearing such items to remove them when they spoke to him making clear that they could decline his request and that a female member of staff was in the room straw said he told the newspaper this information to open a debate on the subject and not because of the upcoming deputy leader election in the labour party straw was foreign secretary at the time of the iraq war and since 1979 had been the member of parliament for the constituency of black￭ burn where at least one quarter of the population are muslim straw later stated that he would like to see the veil abolished altogether adding that he was worried about implications of separ￭ ateness straw s views were met with a mixed response with some agreeing to the idea of a debate some arguing that muslim women should not wear ve￭ ils in the united kingdom and some such as the newspaper the daily express calling for the veil to be banned others were opposed to straw s intervention and some accused him of encouraging prejudice in 2010 jack straw publicly apolog￭ ised over his 2006 comments stating if i had realised the scale of publicity that they his comments received in october 2006 i wouldn ’ t have made them and i am sorry that it has caused problems and i offer that apology
broadcast encryption is the cry￭ pto￭ graphic problem of delivering encry￭ p￭ ted content e g tv programs or data on dv￭ ds over a broadcast channel in such a way that only qualified users e g subscribers who have paid their fees or dvd players conforming to a specification can dec￭ ry￭ pt the content the challenge arises from the requirement that the set of qualified users can change in each broadcast emission and therefore revocation of individual users or user groups should be possible using broadcast transmissions only and without affecting any remaining users as efficient revocation is the primary objective of broadcast encryption solutions are also referred to as revocation schemes rather than directly encry￭ p￭ ting the content for qualified users broadcast encryption schemes distribute ke￭ ying information that allows qualified users to reconstruct the content encryption key whereas revoked users find insufficient information to recover the key the typical setting considered is that of a uni￭ direc￭ tional broadcaster and stateless users i e users do not keep book￭ marking of previous messages by the broadcaster which is especially challenging in contrast the scenario where users are supported with a bi direc￭ tional communication link with the broadcaster and thus can more easily maintain their state and where users are not only dynam￭ ically revoked but also added joined is often referred to as mul￭ tic￭ ast encryption the problem of practical broadcast encryption has first been formally studied by amos fi￭ at and mon￭ i na￭ or in 1994 since then several solutions have been described in the literature including combin￭ atorial construc￭ tions one time revocation schemes based on secret sharing techniques and tree based construc￭ tions in general they offer various trade offs between the increase in the size of the broadcast the number of keys that each user needs to store and the feasibility of an unqualified user or a collusion of unqualified users being able to dec￭ ry￭ pt the content lu￭ by and stad￭ don have used a combin￭ atorial approach to study the trade offs for some general classes of broadcast encryption algori￭ th￭ ms a particularly efficient tree based construction is the sub￭ set difference scheme which is derived from a class of so called sub￭ set cover schemes the sub￭ set difference scheme is notably implemented in the a￭ acs for hd dvd and bl￭ u ray dis￭ c encryption a rather simple broadcast encryption scheme is used for the c￭ ss for dvd encryption the problem of rogue users sharing their dec￭ ry￭ ption keys or the dec￭ ry￭ p￭ ted content with unqualified users is mathem￭ atically in￭ soluble traitor tracing algori￭ th￭ ms aim to minimize the damage by retroactively identifying the user or users who leaked their keys so that punitive measures legal or otherwise may be undertaken in practice pay tv systems often employ set top boxes with tam￭ per resistant smart cards that impose physical restraints on a user learning their own dec￭ ry￭ ption keys some broadcast encryption schemes such as a￭ acs also provide tracing capabilities
broadcast radiation is the accumulation of broadcast and mul￭ tic￭ ast traffic on a computer network extreme amounts of broadcast traffic constitute a broadcast storm a broadcast storm can consume sufficient network resources so as to render the network unable to transport normal traffic a packet that induc￭ es such a storm is occasionally nick￭ named a chernobyl packet
broadening top is technical analysis chart pattern describing trends of stocks commodities currencies and other assets
a bro￭ die abs￭ c￭ ess is a sub￭ acute o￭ ste￭ om￭ ye￭ li￭ tis which may persist for years before converting to a frank o￭ ste￭ om￭ ye￭ li￭ tis class￭ ically this may present after conversion as a draining abs￭ c￭ ess extending from the ti￭ bia out through the shin occasionally acute o￭ ste￭ om￭ ye￭ li￭ tis may be contained to a loc￭ alized area and w￭ alled off by fi￭ bro￭ us and gran￭ ulation tissue this is termed as bro￭ die s abs￭ c￭ ess most frequent caus￭ ative organism is stap￭ hy￭ lo￭ co￭ cc￭ us au￭ re￭ us
brody my￭ opathy is a genetic disease it can be associated with at￭ p 2 a 1 it was characterized in 1969
the broken escal￭ ator phenomenon also known as the walker effect is the sensation of losing balance or di￭ zz￭ iness reported by some people when stepping onto an escal￭ ator which is not working it is said that there is a brief odd sensation of imbalance despite full awareness that the escal￭ ator is not going to move it has been shown that this effect causes people to step in￭ appropriately fast onto a moving platform that is no longer moving even when this is obvious to the participant even though subjects are fully aware that the platform or escal￭ ator is not moving now parts of their brains still act on previous experience gained when it was moving and so mis￭ judge how to step onto it thus this effect demonstrates the separ￭ ateness of the declar￭ ative and procedural functions of the brain
bro￭ mine number is the amount of bro￭ mine in grams absorbed by 100 grams 3 5 oz of a sample the number indicates the degree of un￭ satur￭ ation the bro￭ mine number is useful as a measure of ali￭ ph￭ atic un￭ satur￭ ation in gasoline samples the california ar￭ b in its motor vehicle fuels compliance assistance program indicated that every unit of bro￭ mine number is equivalent to twice the percentage point of ole￭ fin content in gasoline so a gasoline with bro￭ mine number 30 would have an ole￭ fin content of not more than 15 vol one refin￭ ery compiled a year s worth of data on bro￭ mine number and the corresponding ole￭ fin content of gasoline the data showed that the bro￭ mine number of gasoline is about 2 4 times the ole￭ fin content a gasoline with bro￭ mine number of 30 would then have an ole￭ fin content of about 12 5 percent by volume which is slightly lower than ar￭ b s assumption but still is higher than the car￭ f￭ g maximum limit of 10 percent by volume the bro￭ mine number is usually determined by electro￭ chemical ti￭ tration where bro￭ mine is generated in situ with the re￭ do￭ x process of potassium bromide and bro￭ mate in an ac￭ id￭ ic solution using a mercury catalyst to ensure the complete bro￭ min￭ ation of all ole￭ fins it is similar to i 2 value and useful for oils containing fatty acids with con￭ ju￭ gated system of double bonds it can be calculated as an equivalent i 2 value by multiplying result by atomic weight of i 2 divided by atomic weight of br 2 that is 126 9 79 9
bro￭ mis￭ m is the syndrome which results from the long term consumption of bro￭ mine usually through bromide based sed￭ atives such as potassium bromide and lith￭ ium bromide bro￭ mis￭ m was once a very common disorder being responsible for 5 to 10 of psychiatric hospital ad￭ missions bro￭ mis￭ m is now an un￭ common disorder because bromide was withdrawn from clinical use in many countries and was severely restricted in others high levels of bromide chronically impair the memb￭ rane of neurons which progressively imp￭ airs neuro￭ nal transmission leading to toxicity known as bro￭ mis￭ m bromide has an elimination half life of 9 to 12 days which can lead to excessive accumulation doses of 0 5 to 1 gram per day of bromide can lead to bro￭ mis￭ m historically the therapeutic dose of bromide is about 3 to 5 grams of bromide thus explaining why chronic toxicity bro￭ mis￭ m was once so common while significant and sometimes serious disturbances occur to neuro￭ logic psychiatric der￭ mat￭ ological and gastro￭ intest￭ inal functions death is rare from bro￭ mis￭ m bromide is still occasionally used in for epi￭ le￭ psy treatments in some countries bro￭ mis￭ m is caused by a neuro￭ toxic effect on the brain which results in som￭ no￭ l￭ ence psycho￭ sis seizures and deli￭ ri￭ um bro￭ mis￭ m has also been caused by excessive soda consumption due to the presence of bro￭ min￭ ated vegetable oil leading to headache fatigue at￭ ax￭ ia memory loss and eventually inability to walk in one case
bro￭ moder￭ ma also known as bro￭ moder￭ ma tuber￭ o￭ sum is a der￭ mat￭ ological condition characterized by an eruption of pap￭ ules and pu￭ st￭ ules on the skin it is caused by hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity to bromi￭ des such as those found in certain drugs there is at least one reported case of bro￭ moder￭ ma caused by excessive consumption of a soft drink containing bro￭ min￭ ated vegetable oil
bron￭ chi￭ ec￭ tas￭ is is a disease in which there is permanent enlargement of parts of the airways of the lung symptoms typically include a chronic cough productive of m￭ uc￭ us other symptoms include short￭ ness of breath cou￭ gh￭ ing up blood and chest pain whe￭ e￭ zing and nail clu￭ bbing may also occur those with the disease often get frequent lung infections bron￭ chi￭ ec￭ tas￭ is may result from a number of infec￭ tive and acquired causes including pneumonia tuberculosis immune system problems and c￭ ys￭ tic fi￭ bro￭ sis c￭ ys￭ tic fi￭ bro￭ sis eventually results in severe bron￭ chi￭ ec￭ tas￭ is in nearly all cases the cause in 10 50 of those without c￭ ys￭ tic fi￭ bro￭ sis is unknown the mechanism of disease is breakdown of the airways due to an excessive infl￭ am￭ matory response involved bron￭ chi become enlarged and thus less able to clear secre￭ tions these secre￭ tions increase the amount of bacteria in the lungs result in air￭ way block￭ age and further breakdown of the airways it is classified as an obstruc￭ tive lung disease along with chronic obstruc￭ tive pul￭ mon￭ ary disease and asthma the diagnosis is suspect based on a person s symptoms and confirmed using compu￭ ted tom￭ o￭ graphy sp￭ u￭ tum cultures may be useful to determine treatment in those who have acute worsening and at least once a year worsening may occur due to infection and in these cases antibiotics are recommended typical antibiotics used include am￭ ox￭ ic￭ ill￭ in er￭ y￭ thro￭ my￭ cin or do￭ xy￭ cycl￭ ine antibiotics may also be used to prevent worsening of disease air￭ way clearance techniques a type of physi￭ otherapy are recommended medications to di￭ late the airways may be useful in some but the evidence is not very good the use of inhal￭ ed ster￭ oids have not been found to be useful surgery while commonly done has not been well studied lung transplantation may be an option in those with very severe disease while the disease may cause significant health problems most people with the disease do well the disease affects between 1 per 1000 to 1 per 250 000 adults the disease is more common in women and increases as people age it became less common in since the 1950 s with the introduction of antibiotics it is more common among certain ethnic groups such as indigenous people it was first described by rene la￭ en￭ n￭ ec in 18￭ 19 the economic costs in the united states are estimated at 630 million per year
bron￭ chi￭ oli￭ tis is infl￭ amm￭ ation of the bron￭ chi￭ oles the smallest air passages of the lungs it usually occurs in children less than two years of age with the majority being aged between three and six months it presents with cou￭ gh￭ ing whe￭ e￭ zing and short￭ ness of breath which can cause some children difficulty in feeding this infl￭ amm￭ ation is usually caused by respiratory syn￭ cy￭ tial virus 70 of cases and is much more common in the winter months treatment is typically supportive with oxygen monitoring fluid and nutrition perhaps by ga￭ str￭ ic tube or intra￭ ven￭ ously the use of ne￭ bu￭ lized hyper￭ tonic sal￭ ine is controversial with some reviews finding benefits and other not there is insufficient evidence to support treatment with antibiotics sur￭ fac￭ tant chest physi￭ otherapy or bron￭ cho￭ di￭ lators ne￭ bu￭ lized ep￭ in￭ eph￭ rine bron￭ chi￭ oli￭ tis is common with up to one third of children being affected in their first year of life
bron￭ chi￭ oli￭ tis obliter￭ ans bo is a disease that results in obstruction of the smallest airways of the lungs bron￭ chi￭ oles due to infl￭ amm￭ ation symptoms include a dry cough short￭ ness of breath whe￭ e￭ zing and feeling tired these symptoms generally get worse over weeks to months it is not related to organizing pneumonia causes include breathing in toxic f￭ umes respiratory infections connec￭ tive tissue disorder or following a bone marrow or heart lung transplant symptoms may not occur until two to eight weeks following toxic exposure or infection the underlying mechanism involves infl￭ amm￭ ation that results in scar tissue formation diagnosis is by ct scan pul￭ mon￭ ary function tests or lung biopsy a chest x ray is often normal while the disease is not reversible treatments can slow further worsening this may include the use of cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ster￭ oids or immun￭ o￭ sup￭ pres￭ sive medication a lung transplant maybe tried outcomes are often poor with most people dying in months to years bron￭ chi￭ oli￭ tis obliter￭ ans is rare in the general population it affects about 75 of people by ten years following a lung transplant and up to 10 of people who have received a bone marrow transplant from someone else the condition was first clearly described in 1981 prior descriptions occurred as early as 1956
bron￭ chi￭ oli￭ tis obliter￭ ans organizing pneumonia bo￭ op also known as cry￭ pto￭ genic organizing pneumonia is a form of non infectious pneumonia more specifically bo￭ op is an infl￭ amm￭ ation of the bron￭ chi￭ oles bron￭ chi￭ oli￭ tis and surrounding tissue in the lungs it is often a complic￭ ation of an existing chronic infl￭ am￭ matory disease such as r￭ heu￭ mato￭ id ar￭ thri￭ tis der￭ mat￭ om￭ yo￭ si￭ tis or it can be a side effect of certain medications such as ami￭ od￭ ar￭ one bo￭ op was first described by gary epl￭ er in 1985 some authors have recommended the use of an alternate name cry￭ pto￭ genic organizing pneumonia cop to reduce confusion with bron￭ chi￭ oli￭ tis obliter￭ ans a distinct and unrelated disease the clinical features and radiological imaging resemble infectious pneumonia however diagnosis is suspected after there is no response to multiple antibiotics and blood and sp￭ u￭ tum cultures are negative for organisms
bron￭ chi￭ tis is infl￭ amm￭ ation of the bron￭ chi large and medium sized airways in the lungs symptoms include cou￭ gh￭ ing up m￭ uc￭ us whe￭ e￭ zing short￭ ness of breath and chest discomfort bron￭ chi￭ tis is divided into two types acute and chronic acute bron￭ chi￭ tis is also known as a chest cold acute bron￭ chi￭ tis usually has a cough that lasts around three weeks in more than 90 of cases the cause is a viral infection these viruses may be spread through the air when people cough or by direct contact risk factors include exposure to tobacco smoke dust and other air pollution a small number of cases are due to high levels of air pollution or bacteria such as my￭ co￭ plasma pneu￭ mon￭ i￭ ae or bor￭ det￭ ella per￭ tus￭ sis treatment of acute bron￭ chi￭ tis typically involves rest par￭ acet￭ am￭ ol acet￭ amin￭ oph￭ en and n￭ s￭ aids to help with the fever chronic bron￭ chi￭ tis is defined as a productive cough that lasts for three months or more per year for at least two years most people with chronic bron￭ chi￭ tis have chronic obstruc￭ tive pul￭ mon￭ ary disease cop￭ d tobacco smoking is the most common cause with a number of other factors such as air pollution and genetics playing a smaller role treatments include qu￭ itting smoking vaccinations rehabilitation and often inhal￭ ed bron￭ cho￭ di￭ lators and ster￭ oids some people may benefit from long term oxygen therapy or lung transplantation acute bron￭ chi￭ tis is one of the most common diseases about 5 of adults are affected and about 6 of children have at least one episode a year in 2010 cop￭ d affects 329 million people or nearly 5 of the global population in 2013 it resulted in 2 9 million deaths up from 2 4 million deaths in 1990
bron￭ cho￭ con￭ stric￭ tion is the con￭ stric￭ tion of the airways in the lungs due to the tightening of surrounding smooth muscle with consequent cou￭ gh￭ ing whe￭ e￭ zing and short￭ ness of breath
bron￭ cho￭ dil￭ ation is the dil￭ ation of the airways in the lungs due to the relaxation of surrounding smooth muscle it is the opposite of bron￭ cho￭ con￭ stric￭ tion
bron￭ cho￭ genic cy￭ sts are small solitary cy￭ sts or sin￭ uses most typically located in the region of the supr￭ aster￭ nal not￭ ch or over the manu￭ bri￭ um
bron￭ ch￭ om￭ al￭ ac￭ ia is a term for weak car￭ til￭ age in the walls of the bron￭ ch￭ ial tubes often occurring in children under six months bron￭ ch￭ om￭ al￭ ac￭ ia means ‘ fl￭ op￭ pin￭ ess ’ of some part of the bron￭ chi patients present with noisy breathing and or whe￭ e￭ zing there is collapse of a main stem bron￭ ch￭ us on ex￭ hal￭ ation if the trac￭ hea is also involved the term trac￭ he￭ ob￭ ron￭ ch￭ om￭ al￭ ac￭ ia t￭ bm is used if only the upper air￭ way the trac￭ hea is involved it is called trac￭ he￭ om￭ al￭ ac￭ ia t￭ m there are two types of bron￭ ch￭ om￭ al￭ ac￭ ia primary bron￭ ch￭ om￭ al￭ ac￭ ia is due to a deficiency in the car￭ ti￭ lag￭ inous rings secondary bron￭ ch￭ om￭ al￭ ac￭ ia may occur by extr￭ ins￭ ic compression from an enlarged vessel a vascular ring or a bron￭ cho￭ genic cyst though un￭ common idi￭ opathic of unknown cause trac￭ he￭ ob￭ ron￭ ch￭ om￭ al￭ ac￭ ia has been described in older adults
a bron￭ chop￭ le￭ ural f￭ ist￭ ula b￭ pf is a f￭ ist￭ ula between the ple￭ ural space and the lung it can develop following pneu￭ mon￭ ec￭ tomy post trau￭ m￭ atically or with certain types of infection it may also develop when large airways are in communication with the ple￭ ural space following a large pneu￭ mo￭ thor￭ ax or other loss of ple￭ ural negative pressure especially during positive pressure mechanical ventilation on imaging the diagnosis is suspected indirectly on radio￭ graph increased gas in the pneu￭ mon￭ ec￭ tomy operative bed or new gas within a loc￭ ulated eff￭ usion are highly sugges￭ tive of the diagnosis infectious causes include tuberculosis ac￭ tin￭ om￭ y￭ ces isra￭ eli￭ i no￭ car￭ dia and bl￭ ast￭ om￭ y￭ ces der￭ mati￭ ti￭ dis m￭ align￭ ancy and trauma can also result in the abnormal communication
bron￭ chop￭ ul￭ mon￭ ary dys￭ pl￭ asia b￭ pd formerly chronic lung disease of infancy is a chronic lung disorder of infants and children first described in 1967 it is more common in infants with low birth weight and those who receive prolonged mechanical ventilation to treat respiratory distress syndrome r￭ ds it results in significant morbi￭ dity and mortality the definition of b￭ pd has continued to evolve since then primarily due to changes in the population such as more survivors at earlier gest￭ ational ages and improved ne￭ on￭ atal management including sur￭ fac￭ tant anten￭ atal glu￭ co￭ cor￭ ti￭ co￭ id therapy and less aggressive mechanical ventilation currently the description of b￭ pd includes the grading of its severity into mild moderate and severe this cor￭ relates with the infant s maturity growth and overall severity of illness the new system offers a better description of underlying pul￭ mon￭ ary disease and its severity
bron￭ cho￭ sp￭ asm or a bron￭ ch￭ ial sp￭ asm is a sudden con￭ stric￭ tion of the muscles in the walls of the bron￭ chi￭ oles it is caused by the release de￭ gran￭ ulation of substances from m￭ ast cells or bas￭ oph￭ ils under the influence of an￭ ap￭ hy￭ lat￭ ox￭ ins it causes difficulty in breathing which can be very mild to severe bron￭ cho￭ sp￭ as￭ ms appear as the feature of asthma chronic bron￭ chi￭ tis and an￭ ap￭ hy￭ lax￭ is bron￭ cho￭ sp￭ as￭ ms are a possible side effect of some drugs pilo￭ carp￭ ine which is used to treat illness resulting from the ing￭ estion of deadly night￭ shade as well as other things beta bloc￭ kers used to treat hyper￭ tension a paradoxical result of using lab￭ a drugs to treat cop￭ d and other drugs bron￭ cho￭ sp￭ as￭ ms can present as a sign of gi￭ ardi￭ asis bron￭ cho￭ sp￭ as￭ ms are one of several conditions associated with cold housing some of the things that can cause bron￭ cho￭ sp￭ as￭ ms are consuming foods taking medicines allergic responses to insects and fluctu￭ ating hormone levels particularly in women a few of the more common aller￭ gens are foods such as eggs milk peanuts wal￭ nuts tree and other nuts fish especially shellfish so￭ y and wheat insect bites and st￭ ings especially bee st￭ ings and other medicines especially pen￭ ic￭ ill￭ in and its derivatives the over￭ activity of the bron￭ chi￭ oles muscle is a result of exposure to a stimulus which under normal circumstances would cause little or no response the resulting con￭ stric￭ tion and infl￭ amm￭ ation causes a narrowing of the airways and an increase in m￭ uc￭ us production this reduces the amount of oxygen that is available to the individual causing breath￭ lessness cou￭ gh￭ ing and hypo￭ x￭ ia bron￭ cho￭ sp￭ as￭ ms are a serious potential complic￭ ation of placing a breathing tube during general an￭ esthesia when the airways sp￭ asm or con￭ strict in response to the irritating stimulus of the breathing tube it is difficult to maintain the air￭ way and the patient can become ap￭ ne￭ ic
the brook re￭ arrangement in organic chemistry is a re￭ arrangement reaction in which an organ￭ o￭ sil￭ yl group switches position with a hydrox￭ yl prot￭ on over a carbon to oxygen co￭ val￭ ent bond under the influence of a base it is named for the canadian chem￭ ist adrian gibbs brook 19￭ 24 – 2013 the reaction product is a sil￭ yl e￭ ther the brook re￭ arrangement the sil￭ yl substitu￭ ents can be ali￭ ph￭ atic methyl or aromatic phen￭ yl and the alcohol is secondary or tertiary with ali￭ ph￭ atic or ar￭ yl groups the base is an amine sodium hydrox￭ ide an organ￭ oli￭ th￭ ium re￭ agent or an alkali metal alloy such as sodium potassium when the re￭ ac￭ tant is a sil￭ yl￭ meth￭ an￭ ol the reaction is a 1 2 brook re￭ arrangement but re￭ arrangements over larger carbon skelet￭ ons are also possible
brooke – for￭ dy￭ ce syndrome is a condition characterized by multiple tric￭ ho￭ epi￭ the￭ li￭ om￭ as
the brook￭ ings effect is a meteorological phenomenon that affects the southern coast of oregon in which dry adi￭ ab￭ atic heating increases the temperature of a mass of air as it travels down slope it can occur at any time of the year producing temperatures near the ch￭ et￭ co river mouth which are up to 40 ° f 22 ° c higher than without the air movement it is the same phenomenon as the santa ana winds on july 8 2008 brook￭ ings recorded a high temperature of 108 ° f 42 ° c at the airport this was not only the highest recorded temperature in the town s history but also the highest recorded in oregon on that day the cres￭ cent city airport approximately 30 miles south recorded a high temperature of 68 ° f 20 ° c that day temperatures in inland oregon throughout the will￭ ame￭ tte valley reached temperatures into the mid nine￭ ties the brook￭ ings effect remained very strong and loc￭ alized until july 13 2008 when high temperatures in brook￭ ings dropped to 61 ° f 16 ° c which is about seven degrees lower than average during the month this report contradicts the common idea that the brook￭ ings effect is a chin￭ ook wind as moisture does not appear to play a role in the mo￭ ist adi￭ ab￭ atic cooling of air on the wind￭ ward side of a mountain range followed by dry adi￭ ab￭ atic warming on the lee side in contrast the brook￭ ings effect resembles a santa ana wind common in southern california in the autumn and winter in nearly every event observed the brook￭ ings effect occurs when there is a high pressure ridge off the pacific northwest coast or in the great basin depending on the time of year and often a cu￭ to￭ ff low in southern to central california causing a nor￭ ther￭ ly to east￭ erly wind in the brook￭ ings area studies have shown that the north to south orientation of the ch￭ et￭ co river mouth and the town of brook￭ ings plays a large role in the high temperatures recorded and the reason the effect is loc￭ alized during most of the year a sea breeze sets up along the coastline with prevailing surface winds from the northwest the heart of brook￭ ings with its orientation is protected from this maritime flow and the warm dry down slop￭ ing winds that are fun￭ n￭ eled down the coastal range into the deep ch￭ et￭ co river gor￭ ge can reach the coast un￭ influenced by the effects of the pacific during the brook￭ ings effect there is a strong correlation between the observed temperature in brook￭ ings and the 850 milli￭ bar temperature the temperature at approximately 5 000 feet 1 500 m in med￭ ford oregon as is determined by the weather balloon sensing equipment launched twice a day med￭ ford located inland of brook￭ ings is located in a valley surrounded by the oregon coast range the sis￭ ki￭ you mountains and the cas￭ c￭ ade mountains the surface temperature in med￭ ford is often influenced by the mountains but the 850 milli￭ bar temperature well off the surface is about even with the mountain ri￭ dges in the area and therefore unaffected mes￭ o￭ scale east￭ erly flow at this level will cause the same air mass to move west￭ ward toward brook￭ ings and studies show that high pressure induced atmospheric subsid￭ ence causes the air mass to flow down the slop￭ es of the coastal range the ch￭ et￭ co river gor￭ ge which is very deep in some places works as a fun￭ nel to bring the parcel to the coast often in the winter temperatures in med￭ ford may peak near 40 ° f 4 ° c while temperatures in brook￭ ings will reach the upper 70 s 25 ° c due to the effect causing brook￭ ings to live up to its banana belt reputation
brown s syndrome is a rare form of str￭ ab￭ is￭ mus characterized by limited elev￭ ation of the affected eye the disorder may be con￭ genital existing at or before birth or acquired brown syndrome is caused by a mal￭ function of the superior obli￭ que muscle causing the eye to have difficulty moving up particularly during ad￭ duc￭ tion when eye turns towards the nose harold w brown first described the disorder in 1950 and initially named it the superior obli￭ que tend￭ on she￭ ath syndrome
brown sé￭ qu￭ ard syndrome also known as brown sé￭ qu￭ ard s hem￭ ip￭ legi￭ a brown sé￭ qu￭ ard s paralysis hem￭ i￭ par￭ ap￭ leg￭ ic syndrome hem￭ ip￭ legi￭ a et hem￭ i￭ par￭ ap￭ legi￭ a spin￭ alis or spinal hem￭ i￭ par￭ ap￭ legi￭ a is caused by damage to one half of the spinal cord resulting in paralysis and loss of propri￭ o￭ ception on the same or ip￭ si￭ lateral side as the injury or le￭ sion and loss of pain and temperature sensation on the opposite or contr￭ al￭ ateral side as the le￭ sion it is named after physi￭ o￭ logist charles é￭ dou￭ ard brown sé￭ qu￭ ard who first described the condition in 18￭ 50
the brown willy effect is a meteorological phenomenon that sometimes occurs across the south west peninsula of britain it leads to heavy sho￭ wers developing over the high ground of bo￭ d￭ min mo￭ or in corn￭ wall england which then often travel a considerable distance down￭ wind of their place of origin it is named after the hill brown willy the highest point on the mo￭ or and in corn￭ wall as a whole it is thought that the bos￭ castle flood of 2004 was caused by a particularly extreme example of the effect
brown atro￭ phy of the heart is atro￭ phy of the heart muscle or my￭ o￭ cardi￭ um commonly found in the elderly it is described as brown because fi￭ bers become pi￭ gm￭ ented by in￭ trac￭ ell￭ ular li￭ po￭ fus￭ cin deposits mostly around the cell nucleus a type of li￭ po￭ ch￭ rome gran￭ ule it has no known effect on function and is described as being expected or normal in aging other types of brown atro￭ phy include brown atro￭ phy of neuro￭ nia and brown atro￭ phy of the liver
brown clu￭ stering is a hard hierarchical agglomer￭ ative clu￭ stering problem based on distributional information it is typically applied to text grouping words into clusters that are assumed to be sem￭ an￭ tically related by virtue of their having been embedded in similar contexts
brown ind￭ ur￭ ation is fi￭ bro￭ sis and h￭ emo￭ sid￭ erin pi￭ gm￭ entation of the lungs due to long standing pul￭ mon￭ ary congestion chronic passive congestion
the brown ocean effect is an observed weather phenomenon where tropical cycl￭ ones which are commonly expected to lose energy when they make land￭ fall instead maintain strength or intensify over land surfaces while these systems are highly common in the united states and china the national oce￭ anic and atmospheric administration no￭ aa names australia the most conducive environment after 30 years of research in australia such storm systems are called ag￭ uk￭ ab￭ ams one source of the brown ocean effect has been identified as the large amount of latent heat that can be released from extremely wet soils a 2013 nasa study found that from 1979 2008 45 of 227 tropical storms either gained or maintained strength after making land￭ fall the press release stated the land essentially mim￭ ics the moisture rich environment of the ocean where the storm originated originally countless research devoted to extr￭ atro￭ pical cycl￭ ones storms that first derive energy from the warm ocean waters and later from the con￭ jec￭ ture of various air masses explained the intensification of storms after land￭ fall however as research into these storms persists anderson and shepherd the two leading scientists behind the nasa study discovered that some of these storms were not transi￭ tioning from warm core to cold core but were actually maintaining their warm core dynamics while ultimately out￭ putting a greater measure of rainfall in order for the brown ocean effect to take place three land conditions must be met first the lower level of the atmosphere mim￭ ics a tropical atmosphere with minimal variation in temperature second soils in the vicinity of the storms need to contain ample moisture finally evapor￭ ation of the soil moisture releases latent heat which the team found must measure at least 70 watts averaged per square meter storm systems imp￭ acted by the brown ocean effect gave rise to a new sub category of tropical storm type called tropical cyclone maintenance and intensification event or t￭ c￭ mi another study concluded that latent surface heat flux from land surfaces actually have the potential to be larger than from the ocean albeit for brief periods only anderson and shepherd are also examining the effects of climate change on t￭ c￭ mis looking into the potential intensification of these storms due to increase or decrease in the degree of we￭ tness and dr￭ y￭ ness in areas susceptible to these systems
brown patch is a tur￭ f￭ grass disease that is caused by the r￭ hi￭ z￭ oc￭ ton￭ ia species fun￭ gus this tur￭ f￭ grass disease is most common brown patch can be found in all of the cool season tur￭ f￭ gr￭ asses found in the united states brown patch is most devastating to bent￭ grass agro￭ stis sp r￭ ye￭ grass lolium sp annual blu￭ egr￭ ass po￭ a ann￭ ua and tall f￭ es￭ cue fest￭ uca ar￭ und￭ in￭ acea brown patch is also found in k￭ ent￭ ucky blu￭ egr￭ ass po￭ a pr￭ at￭ ensis and fine f￭ es￭ cue fest￭ uca sp but this is rare or does minimal damage brown patch is known as a fo￭ liar disease so it does not have any effect on the crown or roots of the turf plant
the brown tumor is a bone le￭ sion that arises in settings of excess o￭ ste￭ o￭ cl￭ ast activity such as hyper￭ par￭ ath￭ yro￭ i￭ dis￭ m it is not a true ne￭ op￭ las￭ m as the term tumor suggests however it may mim￭ ic a true ne￭ op￭ las￭ m brown tum￭ ours are radi￭ ol￭ uc￭ ent on x ray
bro￭ wn￭ field status is a condition within certain legal exclusions and additions of real property the expansion re￭ development or reuse of which may be complicated by the presence or potential presence of a hazardous substance pollutant or contamin￭ ant which may include petroleum hydrocarbon releases bro￭ wn￭ field status generally means there are use or development restrictions on the site in town planning bro￭ wn￭ field land is an area of land previously used or built upon as opposed to green￭ field land which has never been built upon bro￭ wn￭ field status is a legal designation which places restrictions conditions or incentives on re￭ development
in aviation a bro￭ wn￭ out or brown out is an in flight visibility restriction due to dust or sand in the air in a bro￭ wn￭ out the pilot cannot see nearby objects which provide the outside visual references necessary to control the aircraft near the ground this can cause spatial dis￭ orientation and loss of situ￭ ational awareness leading to an accident pilots have compared landing during bro￭ wn￭ outs to parallel parking an automobile with one s eyes closed the bro￭ wn￭ out phenomenon causes accidents during helicopter landing and take off operations in arid desert terrain intense blin￭ ding dust clouds stirred up by the helicopter ro￭ tor down￭ wash during near ground flight causes significant flight safety risks from aircraft and ground obstacle collis￭ ions and dynamic rol￭ lover due to slop￭ ed and uneven terrain bro￭ wn￭ outs have claimed more helicopters in recent military operations than all other threats combined there are several factors which affect the probability and severity of bro￭ wn￭ out ro￭ tor disk loading ro￭ tor configuration soil composition wind approach speed and angle countermeasures to prevent bro￭ wn￭ out related accidents include site preparation pilot technique synthetic vision systems also known as see and remember upgraded horizontal situation indicator with improved symbo￭ logy aerod￭ y￭ nam￭ ics such as the wing￭ ed ro￭ tor on the agu￭ sta￭ west￭ land eh 101 non visual displays of position and orientation data derived from suitable sensors such as t￭ acti￭ le situ￭ ational awareness systems ts￭ as providing information to the pilot through the sense of touch using tac￭ tors
brown vi￭ al￭ et￭ to van la￭ ere syndrome b￭ v￭ v￭ l sometimes known as brown s syndrome is a rare degenerative disorder often initially characterized by progressive sens￭ or￭ in￭ eur￭ al deaf￭ ness the syndrome most often affects children adolescents and young adults as knowledge of b￭ v￭ v￭ l grows some adult patients have now been diagnosed there is no known cure however with prompt treatment the prog￭ no￭ sis may be positive with some patients stabilizing and even minor improvements noted in certain cases
brucellosis is a highly contagious zoon￭ osis caused by ing￭ estion of un￭ past￭ eur￭ ized milk or under￭ cooked meat from infected animals or close contact with their secre￭ tions bruc￭ ella species are small gram negative non￭ mo￭ tile non￭ spor￭ e forming rod shaped coc￭ co￭ bac￭ ill￭ i bacteria they function as fac￭ ul￭ tative in￭ trac￭ ell￭ ular parasites causing chronic disease which usually persists for life four species infect humans b abor￭ tus b can￭ is b mel￭ it￭ ensis and b su￭ is b abor￭ tus is less virulent than b mel￭ it￭ ensis and is primarily a disease of cattle b can￭ is affects dogs b mel￭ it￭ ensis is the most virulent and invasive species it usually inf￭ ects goats and occasionally sheep b su￭ is is of intermediate virul￭ ence and chiefly inf￭ ects pigs symptoms include prof￭ use swe￭ ating and joint and muscle pain brucellosis has been recognized in animals and humans since the 20 th century
bru￭ g￭ ada syndrome br￭ s is a genetic disease that is characterised by abnormal electro￭ cardi￭ o￭ gram ec￭ g findings and an increased risk of sudden cardiac death it is named for the spanish cardi￭ o￭ logists pedro bru￭ g￭ ada jose￭ p bru￭ g￭ ada and ram￭ on bru￭ g￭ ada it is the major cause of sudden un￭ explained death syndrome su￭ ds also known as sudden adult death syndrome s￭ ads and is the most common cause of sudden death in young men without known underlying cardiac disease in thailand and laos although the ec￭ g findings of bru￭ g￭ ada syndrome were first reported among survivors of cardiac arrest in 1989 it was only in 1992 that the bru￭ g￭ ada brothers recognized it as a distinct clinical entity causing sudden death by causing ven￭ tric￭ ular fi￭ bri￭ ll￭ ation a potentially lethal arr￭ hy￭ th￭ mia in the heart
a bru￭ ise or con￭ tu￭ sion is a type of hem￭ atom￭ a of tissue in which cap￭ il￭ lar￭ ies and sometimes ven￭ ules are damaged by trauma allowing blood to se￭ ep hemorrha￭ ge or extr￭ av￭ as￭ ate into the surrounding inter￭ sti￭ tial tissues bru￭ ises which do not blan￭ ch under pressure can involve cap￭ il￭ lar￭ ies at the level of skin sub￭ cu￭ taneous tissue muscle or bone bru￭ ises are not to be confused with other similar looking le￭ sions primarily distinguished by their diameter or causation these le￭ sions include pe￭ tec￭ hia 3 mm result from numerous and diverse eti￭ o￭ logies such as adverse reactions from medications such as war￭ far￭ in str￭ aining as￭ phy￭ xi￭ ation plat￭ elet disorders and diseases such as cy￭ tom￭ eg￭ alo￭ virus pur￭ pur￭ a 3 mm to 1 cm classified as palpable pur￭ pur￭ a or non palpable pur￭ pur￭ a and indicates various patho￭ logic conditions such as thro￭ m￭ bo￭ cy￭ top￭ enia and ec￭ ch￭ y￭ mo￭ sis 1 cm caused blood dis￭ sec￭ ting through tissue planes and settled in an area remote from the site of trauma or path￭ ology such as peri￭ orb￭ ital ec￭ ch￭ y￭ mo￭ sis i e rac￭ co￭ on eyes arising from a basi￭ l￭ ar skull frac￭ ture or from a neuro￭ bl￭ ast￭ oma as a type of hem￭ atom￭ a a bru￭ ise is always caused by internal bleeding into the inter￭ sti￭ tial tissues which does not break through the skin usually initiated by blunt trauma which causes damage through physical compression and dec￭ el￭ eration forces trauma sufficient to cause bru￭ ising can occur from a wide variety of situations including accidents falls and sur￭ ger￭ ies disease states such as insufficient or malfunctioning plat￭ el￭ ets other co￭ ag￭ ulation deficiencies or vascular disorders such as ven￭ ous block￭ age associated with severe allergies can lead to the formation of pur￭ pur￭ a which is not to be confused with trauma related bru￭ ising con￭ tu￭ sion if the trauma is sufficient to break the skin and allow blood to escape the inter￭ sti￭ tial tissues the injury is not a bru￭ ise but instead a different variety of hemorrha￭ ge called bleeding however such injuries may be accompanied by bru￭ ising elsewhere bru￭ ises often induce pain but small bru￭ ises are not normally dangerous alone sometimes bru￭ ises can be serious leading to other more life threatening forms of hem￭ atom￭ a such as when associated with serious injuries including fractu￭ res and more severe internal bleeding the likelihood and severity of bru￭ ising depends on many factors including type and heal￭ thiness of affected tissues minor bru￭ ises may be easily recognized in people with light skin color by characteristic blue or purple appearance idi￭ om￭ atically described as black and blue in the days following the injury
bru￭ it english ˈ￭ bru￭ ː￭ i from french noise or vascular mur￭ m￭ ur is the abnormal sound generated by turbulent flow of blood in an artery due to either an area of partial obstruction or a loc￭ alized high rate of blood flow through an un￭ obstructed artery the bru￭ it may be heard aus￭ cul￭ t￭ ated by pressing a st￭ eth￭ o￭ scope to the skin over the turbulent flow and listening most bru￭ its occur only in syst￭ ole so the bru￭ it is inter￭ mit￭ tent and its frequency dependent on the heart rate anything increasing the blood flow velocity such as fever an￭ emia or hyper￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m can increase the am￭ pl￭ itude of the bru￭ it
brun￭ ner syndrome is a rare genetic disorder associated with a mutation in the mao￭ a gene it is characterized by lower than average i￭ q typically about 85 problematic impul￭ sive behavior such as arson hy￭ pers￭ ex￭ uality and violence sleep disorders and mood swings it was identified in fourteen males from one family in 1993 it has since been discovered in two additional families
bruno otto fle￭ is￭ cher 2 may 18￭ 74 – 26 march 1965 was a german doctor kay￭ ser fle￭ is￭ cher rings and fle￭ is￭ cher rings are named for him
brun￭ s ap￭ ra￭ x￭ ia or frontal at￭ ax￭ ia is a ga￭ it ap￭ ra￭ x￭ ia found in patients with bilateral frontal lo￭ be disorders it is characterised by an inability to initiate the process of walking despite the power and coordination of the legs being normal when tested in the seated or lying position the ga￭ it is broad based with short steps with a tendency to fall backwards it was originally described in patients with frontal lo￭ be tum￭ ours but is now more commonly seen in patients with cere￭ bro￭ vascular disease it is named after lud￭ wig brun￭ s
bru￭ x￭ ism is excessive teeth grinding or jaw cl￭ en￭ ching it is an oral par￭ af￭ unc￭ tional activity i e it is unrelated to normal function such as eating or talking bru￭ x￭ ism is a common problem reports of prevalence range from 8 – 31 in the general population several symptoms are commonly associated with bru￭ x￭ ism including hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tive teeth aching jaw muscles headaches tooth wear damage to dental restor￭ ations e g cro￭ wns and fill￭ ings and damage to teeth however it may cause minimal symptoms and therefore people may not be aware of the condition there are two main types of bru￭ x￭ ism that which occurs during sleep sleep bru￭ x￭ ism and that which occurs during wa￭ ke￭ fulness awake bru￭ x￭ ism dental damage may be similar in both types but the symptoms of sleep bru￭ x￭ ism tend to be worse on waking and improve during the course of the day and the symptoms of awake bru￭ x￭ ism may not be present at all on waking and then worsen over the day the causes of bru￭ x￭ ism are not completely understood but probably involve multiple factors awake bru￭ x￭ ism is thought to have different causes from sleep bru￭ x￭ ism and is more common in females whereas males and females are affected in equal proportions by sleep bru￭ x￭ ism several treatments are in use although there is little evidence of robust efficacy for any particular treatment
bubble hair de￭ form￭ ity is an ab￭ normality of the hair shaft it is characterized by rows of bubbles seen micro￭ sco￭ p￭ ically within loc￭ alized areas of brit￭ tle hair
bu￭ bon￭ ic plague is one of three types of bacterial infection caused by y￭ er￭ sin￭ ia p￭ esti￭ s three to seven days after exposure to the bacteria flu like symptoms develop this includes fever headaches and v￭ om￭ iting sw￭ oll￭ en and painful lymp￭ h no￭ des occur in the area closest to where the bacteria entered the skin occasionally the sw￭ oll￭ en lymp￭ h no￭ des may break open the three types of plague are the result of the route of infection bu￭ bon￭ ic plague sep￭ tic￭ emic plague and pneu￭ mon￭ ic plague bu￭ bon￭ ic plague is mainly spread by infected fle￭ as from small animals it may also result from exposure to the body fluids from a dead plague infected animal in the bu￭ bon￭ ic form of plague the bacteria enter through the skin through a fle￭ a bite and travel via the lymp￭ h￭ atic vessels to a lymp￭ h no￭ de causing it to swell diagnosis is by finding the bacteria in the blood sp￭ u￭ tum or fluid from lymp￭ h no￭ des prevention is through public health measures such as not handling dead animals in areas where plague is common vaccines have not been found to be very useful for plague prevention several antibiotics are effective for treatment including st￭ rep￭ tom￭ y￭ cin gent￭ am￭ ic￭ in and do￭ xy￭ cycl￭ ine without treatment it results in the death of 30 to 90 of those infected death if it occurs is typically within ten days with treatment the risk of death is around 10 globally in 2013 there were about 750 documented cases which resulted in 126 deaths the disease is most common in africa plague is believed to be the cause of the black death that swept through asia europe and africa in the 14 th century and killed an estimated 50 million people this was about 25 to 60 of the european population because the plague killed so many of the working population wages rose due to the demand for labor some historians see this as a turning point in european economic development the term bu￭ bon￭ ic plague is derived from the greek word β￭ ου￭ β￭ ών meaning gro￭ in the term bu￭ bo￭ es is also used to refer to the sw￭ oll￭ en lymp￭ h no￭ des
buc￭ cal bi￭ fur￭ c￭ ation cyst is an infl￭ am￭ matory od￭ on￭ to￭ genic cyst of the parad￭ ental cy￭ sts family that typically appears in the buc￭ cal bi￭ fur￭ c￭ ation region of the man￭ di￭ bul￭ ar first mol￭ ars in the second half of the first decade of life infected cy￭ sts may be associated with pain
a buc￭ cal exo￭ sto￭ sis also termed al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar exo￭ sto￭ sis is an exo￭ sto￭ sis bone prominence on the buc￭ cal surface cheek side of the al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar ridge of the max￭ illa or man￭ di￭ ble some consider them a variation of normal anatomy rather than a disease
the bu￭ cher￭ er carb￭ azole synthesis is a chemical reaction used to synthe￭ size carb￭ az￭ oles from nap￭ h￭ th￭ ols and ar￭ yl hydra￭ z￭ ines using sodium bis￭ ul￭ f￭ ite the reaction is named after hans theod￭ or bu￭ cher￭ er the bu￭ cher￭ er carb￭ azole synthesis
the bu￭ cher￭ er – ber￭ gs reaction is the chemical reaction of carbon￭ yl compounds alde￭ hy￭ des or ke￭ tones or cy￭ ano￭ hydr￭ ins with ammonium carbon￭ ate and potassium cyanide to give hy￭ dan￭ to￭ ins the reaction is named after hans theod￭ or bu￭ cher￭ er overall reaction the bu￭ cher￭ er ber￭ gs reaction
in egyptian myth￭ ology bu￭ ch￭ is also spelt bak￭ h and bak￭ ha was the manifestation of the de￭ ification of ka power life force of the war god mon￭ tu wor￭ shipped in the region of her￭ mon￭ this a wild bull was chosen and said to be the bu￭ ch￭ is incar￭ nation of mon￭ tu in which role it was wor￭ shipped as such over time the criteria for choosing the bull became more rigid fixing themselves on what had been simply the general appearance of bulls in the region being a white body and black face when these bulls or their mothers died they were mum￭ mi￭ fied and placed in a special cemetery known as the bu￭ ch￭ eu￭ m the mothers of these bulls were considered aspects of hath￭ or the mother of these de￭ ities eventually the bak￭ ha was identified as a form of the ap￭ is and consequently became considered an incar￭ nation of osi￭ ris the last burial of a bu￭ ch￭ is bull in the bu￭ ch￭ eu￭ m at her￭ mon￭ this occurred in 340 a d the worship of the bull in this form lasted until about 362 ad when it was destroyed by rising christianity in the roman empire
in mathematics bu￭ ch￭ s￭ bau￭ m rings are no￭ e￭ ther￭ ian local rings such that every system of parameters is a weak sequence a sequence of the maxim￭ al ideal is called a weak sequence if for all they were introduced by j￭ ür￭ gen st￭ ü￭ ck￭ rad and wolfgang vo￭ gel and are named after david bu￭ ch￭ s￭ bau￭ m every co￭ hen – mac￭ a￭ ul￭ ay local ring is a bu￭ ch￭ s￭ bau￭ m ring
the bu￭ ch￭ wald – har￭ t￭ wig am￭ ination is a chemical reaction used in organic chemistry for the synthesis of carbon – nitrogen bonds via the p￭ all￭ adi￭ um cataly￭ zed cross coupling of am￭ ines with ar￭ yl hali￭ des although pd cataly￭ zed c n cou￭ pl￭ ings were reported as early as 1983 credit for its development is typically assigned to stephen l bu￭ ch￭ wald and john f har￭ t￭ wig whose publications between 1994 and the late 2000 s established the scope of the transformation the reaction s synthetic utility stems primarily from the shortcomings of typical methods nucle￭ oph￭ il￭ ic substitution reduc￭ tive am￭ ination etc for the synthesis of aromatic c – n bonds with most methods suffering from limited sub￭ str￭ ate scope and functional group tolerance the development of the bu￭ ch￭ wald – har￭ t￭ wig reaction allowed for the fac￭ ile synthesis of ar￭ yl am￭ ines replacing to an extent harsh￭ er methods the gold￭ berg reaction nucle￭ oph￭ il￭ ic aromatic substitution etc while significantly expanding the reper￭ to￭ ire of possible c – n bond formation over the course of its development several generations of catalyst systems have been developed with each system allowing greater scope in terms of coupling partners and mil￭ der conditions allowing virtually any amine to be coupled with a wide variety of ar￭ yl coupling partners because of the ubi￭ qu￭ ity of ar￭ yl c n bonds in pharmaceuticals and natural products the reaction has gained wide use in synthetic organic chemistry finding application in many total syn￭ theses and the industrial preparation of numerous pharmaceuticals several reviews have been published
in buddh￭ ism budd￭ ha￭ hood san￭ sk￭ r￭ it ब￭ ु￭ द￭ ्￭ ध￭ त￭ ्￭ व budd￭ hat￭ va pal￭ i ब￭ ु￭ द￭ ्￭ ध￭ त￭ ्￭ त buddh￭ att￭ a or ब￭ ु￭ द￭ ्￭ ध￭ भ￭ ा￭ व budd￭ hab￭ h￭ ā￭ va is the condition or rank of a buddha ˈ￭ bu￭ ː￭ d￭ ə or ˈ￭ b￭ ʊ￭ d￭ ə san￭ sk￭ r￭ it pron￭ unciation ˈ￭ bud￭ ̪￭ d￭ ̪￭ ʱ￭ ə pal￭ i san￭ sk￭ r￭ it for awakened one the goal of ma￭ hay￭ ana s bo￭ d￭ his￭ att￭ va path is sam￭ yak￭ sam￭ budd￭ ha￭ hood so that one may benefit all senti￭ ent beings by teaching them the path of cessation of du￭ k￭ k￭ ha this contrasts with the goal of hin￭ ay￭ ana path where the goal is ar￭ hat￭ ship
bud￭ d – chi￭ ari syndrome is a condition caused by oc￭ clu￭ sion of the he￭ p￭ atic ve￭ ins that drain the liver it presents with the classical tri￭ ad of ab￭ domin￭ al pain as￭ cites and liver enlargement the formation of a blood clo￭ t within the he￭ p￭ atic ve￭ ins can lead to bud￭ d – chi￭ ari syndrome it occurs in 1 out of a million individuals the syndrome can be ful￭ min￭ ant acute chronic or as￭ ymp￭ tomatic
the buffalo riot of 18￭ 62 was a civil disturbance on the afternoon of august 12 18￭ 62 by irish and german stev￭ e￭ do￭ res against local dock bosses the rio￭ ters demanded increased pay and prevented others from working at the old rates they initially over￭ powered police seriously inj￭ uring the chief of police and other officers but were forced to surrender after police opened fire w￭ ounding two although the mayor had called for the new york state militia police arrested the ring￭ leaders before the militia was needed
bu￭ ffer￭ blo￭ at is high lat￭ ency in packet switched networks caused by excess bu￭ ffering of packets bu￭ ffer￭ blo￭ at can also cause packet delay variation also known as j￭ itter as well as reduce the overall network through￭ put when a rou￭ ter or switch is confi￭ gu￭ red to use excessively large bu￭ ffers even very high speed networks can become practically un￭ usable for many interactive applications like voice over ip vo￭ ip online gaming and even ordinary web sur￭ fing some communications equipment manufacturers placed overly large bu￭ ffers in some of their network products in such equipment bu￭ ffer￭ blo￭ at occurs when a network link becomes congested causing packets to become queu￭ ed in bu￭ ffers for too long in a first in first out queu￭ ing system overly large bu￭ ffers result in longer queu￭ es and higher lat￭ ency but do not improve network through￭ put the bu￭ ffer￭ blo￭ at phenomenon was initially described as far back as in 1985 it gained more widespread attention starting in 2009
in strategy computer games of both the turn based and real time varieties a build order is a linear pattern of production research and resource management aimed at achieving a specific and specialized goal they are analogous to chess openings in that a player will have a specific order of play in mind however the amount the build order the strategy around which the build order is built or even which build order is then used varies on the skill ability and other factors such as how aggressive or defensive each player is often the name of a build order usually reflects two key aspects therein the desired goal of the entire build order the key management decisions involved in the build order evidence of this can be found in the following examples six pool rush star￭ craft – six pool being the management decision build a spawning pool immediately after reaching supply level 6 rush implying production of zer￭ gl￭ ings quickly 4 war￭ p￭ gates push star￭ craft ii wings of liberty – opening in which the goal is to have a war￭ p￭ gate and 4 gate￭ ways and then push attack the enemy rule of ten war￭ hammer 40 000 dawn of war – ten being the desired production goal of inf￭ antry units or￭ anos 4 30 age of myth￭ ology the tit￭ ans – 4 30 being the desired time to reach tech level 2 4 es company of heroes 4 es standing for 4 engineers and a snip￭ er a unique american opening fast ar￭ mored car company of heroes – the objective being to get an ar￭ mored car before the opponent has reached the same tech level ri￭ fle￭ stall company of heroes – the objective being to use the power and flexibility of ri￭ fl￭ emen squ￭ ads to hold off the opponent before pulling out higher tech units pi￭ o￭ spam company of heroes – the objective being to produce large numbers of pioneers and nothing else until higher tier expansion first generic start by creating a new economic base priori￭ tizing your economy output rather than defensive or offensive units this is usually easily countered if your opponent if going for an early aggression build order strategy computer games typically offer a player many choices in which structures to build units to train and which technologies to research each technology that a player resear￭ ches will open up more options but may or may not depending on the computer game the player is playing close off the paths to other options a tech tree is the representation of all possible paths of research a player can take analysis of the tech tree leads to specific paths that a player can take to optim￭ ally advance specific strategic or tactical goals these optimi￭ zed paths are build orders for example a player who plans to launch an attack by air may only build the structures necessary to construct air units and may research only the technologies which enhance the capabilities of air units the order in which to build those structures and research those technologies is known as a build order the same player could instead choose a slightly different build order that goes for air units but also creates a small ground defense army – this would be a more defensive less risky choice at the expense of having maximum airspace power as you can see in the list above build orders are usually used to determine how a player will start the game which is why they are often mis￭ called openings there are many reasons for this a flawed game start could mean that you lose the game early on so it is important to have resilient openings how you start a match most often than not narro￭ ws the middle and late game options so the very first few choices alone dictate your future options middle and late game choices require you to study the current situation so not only are they harder to plan ahead but then one also has more time to think while on the very beginning it is more advantageous to have a fixed plan and execute it as fast and precisely as possible build orders can also plan ahead for late game scenarios but that is less common build orders often involve significant timing issues this applies to both turn based and real time strategy games in turn based games specific buildings and technologies will take a specific number of turns to complete a build order may involve waiting until specific turns to begin building the next building or researching the next technology in real time strategy games timing may be even more crucial to execute an optimal rush a player will not only have to know exactly what to build or research but also when to do so if the build order is altered in any way the units or structures may not be produced as quickly the delay may mean the difference between a game win and a game loss experienced players of strategy games will mem￭ ori￭ ze build orders as it gives them a significant advantage over players who are not familiar with build orders this is particularly important in games where there is a resource cap such as food in the war￭ craft series or supply in the star￭ craft series as a player must know how much remaining supply they have to work with for a given build order since the game mechanics will not permit players to build past this limit without additional resource structures the build order and the timing of new construction must be implemented in a very precise manner build orders involve all forms of resource management including unit production and control the loss of a unit or the overproduction of another may delay or change the course of a build order complex build orders that involve a combination of key units may fail completely due to improper unit control despite correct development of buildings and technology research in professional and competitive tournam￭ ents it is implicit that before a match each player will have studied his opponent s recent public games in order to prepare an appropriate build order to defeat his style since both players understand that each side will be doing this it can create interesting situations – for example a defense oriented player could pretend to be using his traditional strategy to fool his opponent while instead creating an offensive force in a hard to spot position this makes competitive strategy gaming as much a guessing of what your opponent is trying to do as it is on focusing on your own strategy in order to win this sort of play is often called mind games by narr￭ ators and commentators and it often happens that a bad read on an opponent s intentions is enough to lose a match
in single point cutting of metals a built up edge bu￭ e is an accumulation of material against the ra￭ ke face that se￭ izes to the tool tip separating it from the chip
bul￭ bar pal￭ sy refers to impairment of function of the cran￭ ial nerves ix x xi and xii which occurs due to a lower motor ne￭ uron le￭ sion either at nuclear or fasc￭ icular level in the med￭ ul￭ la obl￭ ong￭ ata or from le￭ sions of the lower cran￭ ial nerves outside the bra￭ inst￭ em in contrast pseu￭ do￭ bul￭ bar pal￭ sy describes impairment of function of cran￭ ial nerves ix xii due to upper motor ne￭ uron le￭ sions of the cor￭ ti￭ co￭ bul￭ bar tracts in the mid p￭ ons for clin￭ ically evident dysfunction to occur such le￭ sions must be bilateral as these cran￭ ial nerve nucle￭ i receive bilateral in￭ ner￭ vation bul￭ bar pal￭ sy is an ass￭ or￭ tment of signs and symptoms not the name of a precise disease
bul￭ bar u￭ re￭ th￭ ral necro￭ sis is a problem that can occur after a pel￭ vic frac￭ ture associated u￭ re￭ th￭ ral distraction defect p￭ fu￭ dd
bu￭ li￭ mia ner￭ vo￭ sa also known as simply bu￭ li￭ mia is an eating disorder characterized by binge eating followed by pur￭ ging binge eating refers to eating a large amount of food in a short amount of time pur￭ ging refers to the attempts to get rid of the food consumed this may be done by v￭ om￭ iting or taking lax￭ atives other efforts to lose weight may include the use of di￭ u￭ re￭ tics stimul￭ ants water fast￭ ing or excessive exercise most people with bu￭ li￭ mia are at a normal weight the forcing of v￭ om￭ iting may result in thick￭ ened skin on the knuc￭ kles and breakdown of the teeth bu￭ li￭ mia is frequently associated with other mental disorders such as depression anxiety and problems with drugs or alcohol there is also a higher risk of suicide and self harm bu￭ li￭ mia is more common among those who have a close relative with the condition the percentage risk that is estimated to be due to genetics is between 30 and 80 other risk factors for the disease include psychological stress cultural pressure to attain a certain body type poor self esteem and obesity living in a culture that promotes die￭ ting and having parents that worry about weight are also risks diagnosis is based on a person s medical history however this is difficult as people are usually secretive about their binge eating and pur￭ ging habits furthermore the diagnosis of an￭ ore￭ x￭ ia ner￭ vo￭ sa takes precedence over that of bu￭ li￭ mia other similar disorders include binge eating disorder kle￭ ine le￭ vin syndrome and borderline personality disorder cognitive behavioral therapy is the primary treatment for bu￭ li￭ mia anti￭ depres￭ s￭ ants of the selective sero￭ ton￭ in re￭ uptake inhi￭ bit￭ ors s￭ sri or tric￭ ycl￭ ic anti￭ depres￭ sant class may have a modest benefit while outcomes with bu￭ li￭ mia are typically better than in those of an￭ ore￭ x￭ ia the risk of death among those affected is higher than that of the general population at 10 years after receiving treatment about 50 of people are fully recovered globally bu￭ li￭ mia was estimated to affect 6 5 million people in 2013 about 1 of young women have bu￭ li￭ mia at a given point in time and about 2 to 3 of women have the condition at some point in their lives the condition is less common in the developing world bu￭ li￭ mia is about nine times more likely to occur in women than men among women rates are highest in young adults bu￭ li￭ mia was named and first described by the british psychiatrist gerald russell in 1979
bulk foods are food items offered in large quantities which can be purchased in large bulk lots or transferred from a bulk container into a smaller container for purchase bulk foods may be priced less compared to packaged foods because they re typically packaged in large generic bulk containers and packaging for grocer￭ y outlets which utili￭ zes lesser natural resources additionally less packaging is con￭ gru￭ ent with the environmental conservation of natural resources and sustainability one study found a 96 reduction in packaging used for bulk foods compared to packaged foods
bullet time also known as adren￭ al￭ ine time focus time frozen time the big freeze dead time flow motion slowing your roll dead eye or time slice is a visual effect or visual impression of det￭ aching the time and space of a camera or vie￭ wer from that of its visible subject it is a depth enhanced simulation of variable speed action and performance found in films broadcast advertisements and real￭ time graphics within video games and other special media it is characterized both by its extreme transformation of time slow enough to show normally imper￭ cep￭ tible and un￭ film￭ able events such as flying bullets and space by way of the ability of the camera angle — the audience s point of view — to move around the scene at a normal speed while events are slowed this is almost impossible with conventional slow motion as the physical camera would have to move im￭ possibly fast the concept implies that only a virtual camera often illustrated within the confines of a computer generated environment such as a virtual world or virtual reality would be capable of fil￭ ming bullet time types of moments technical and historical variations of this effect have been referred to as time slic￭ ing view morph￭ ing temp￭ s mor￭ t french dead time and virtual cinemato￭ graphy the term bullet time is a registered trademark of war￭ ner bro￭ s formally established in march 2005 in connection with the video game the matrix online the term had first been used within the original script of the 1999 film the matrix and later in reference to the slow motion effects in the 2001 video game max pay￭ ne in the years since the introduction of the term during the matrix films it has become a commonly applied expression in popular culture
bull￭ ous drug reaction also known as a bull￭ ous drug eruption generalized bull￭ ous fixed drug eruption and multi￭ loc￭ ular bull￭ ous fixed drug eruption most commonly refers to a drug reaction in the er￭ y￭ them￭ a multi￭ forme group these are un￭ common reactions to medications with an incidence of 0 4 to 1 2 per million person years for toxic ep￭ id￭ er￭ mal nec￭ rol￭ ysis and 1 2 to 6 0 per million person years for stevens – johnson syndrome the primary skin le￭ sions are large er￭ y￭ them￭ as fain￭ tly discernible even after con￭ flu￭ ence most often ir￭ regularly distributed and of a characteristic pur￭ pl￭ ish li￭ vi￭ d color at times with fl￭ acci￭ d bl￭ is￭ ters
bull￭ ous impe￭ ti￭ go is a cu￭ taneous condition that characteris￭ tically occurs in the new￭ born and is caused by a bacterial infection presenting with bul￭ la￭ e it can be caused by ex￭ foli￭ ative toxin a the phy￭ ogenic superficial infection can be divided into two other subdivisions impe￭ ti￭ go and non bull￭ ous impe￭ ti￭ go bull￭ ous impe￭ ti￭ go is caused by stap￭ hy￭ lo￭ co￭ cc￭ us au￭ re￭ us which produces ex￭ foli￭ ative toxins whereas non bull￭ ous impe￭ ti￭ go is caused by either stap￭ hy￭ lo￭ co￭ cc￭ us au￭ re￭ us or st￭ rep￭ to￭ co￭ cc￭ us py￭ o￭ genes thirty percent of all impe￭ ti￭ go cases are related to bull￭ ous impe￭ ti￭ go bull￭ ous impe￭ ti￭ go in new￭ bor￭ ns children or adults who are immun￭ o￭ compromised and or are experiencing ren￭ al failure can develop into a more severe and generalized form called stap￭ hy￭ lo￭ coc￭ cal scal￭ ded skin syndrome ss￭ ss the mortality rate is less than 3 for infected children but up to 60 in adults
bull￭ ous ker￭ at￭ opathy is a pathological condition in which small ves￭ ic￭ les or bul￭ la￭ e are formed in the cor￭ ne￭ a due to endo￭ the￭ li￭ al dysfunction in a healthy cor￭ ne￭ a endo￭ the￭ li￭ al cells keeps the tissue from excess fluid absorption pumping it back into the aqu￭ eous humor when affected by some reason such as fu￭ ch￭ s dy￭ stro￭ phy or a trauma during cat￭ ar￭ act removal endo￭ the￭ li￭ al cells suffer mortality or damage the cor￭ ne￭ al endo￭ the￭ li￭ al cells normally do not undergo mit￭ otic cell division and cell loss results in permanent loss of function when endo￭ the￭ li￭ al cell counts drop too low the pump starts failing to function and fluid moves an￭ terior into the st￭ roma and epi￭ the￭ lium the excess fluid precipit￭ ates sw￭ elling of the cor￭ ne￭ a as fluid accumul￭ ates between the bas￭ al epi￭ the￭ lium cells bl￭ ister like formations form bul￭ la￭ e and they undergo painful rup￭ tures releasing their fluid content to the surface these characteristic mal￭ formations disrupt vision and create pain sens￭ ations treatment can include hyper￭ os￭ mo￭ tic eye drops to reduce sw￭ elling 5 sodium chloride band￭ age contact l￭ enses to reduce discomfort gl￭ au￭ coma medications to reduce the flow of fluid into the cor￭ ne￭ a and surgical procedures to replace the damaged tissue
bull￭ ous lymp￭ he￭ dem￭ a is a skin condition that usually occurs with poorly controlled e￭ dem￭ a related to heart failure and fluid overload and compression results in healing
bull￭ ous p￭ emp￭ hi￭ go￭ id is an acute or chronic auto￭ immune skin disease involving the formation of bl￭ is￭ ters more appropriately known as bul￭ la￭ e at the space between the skin layers ep￭ id￭ er￭ mis and der￭ mis it is classified as a type ii hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity reaction with the formation of anti hem￭ id￭ es￭ mo￭ some antibodies
bull￭ ous small vessel vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis also known as bull￭ ous variant of small vessel vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis is a cu￭ taneous condition in which patients with small vessel vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis will develop super￭ imposed ves￭ ic￭ les and bul￭ la￭ e especially on the dis￭ tal extre￭ mi￭ ties
the bull￭ whip effect is a distribution channel phenomenon in which forecasts yield supply chain inefficiencies it refers to increasing swings in inventory in response to shifts in customer demand as one moves further up the supply chain the concept first appeared in jay for￭ re￭ ster s industrial dynamics 1961 and thus it is also known as the for￭ re￭ ster effect the bull￭ whip effect was named for the way the am￭ pl￭ itude of a whip increases down its length the further from the originating signal the greater the distortion of the wave pattern in a similar manner forecast accuracy decreases as one moves upstream along the supply chain for example many consumer goods have fairly consistent consumption at retail but this signal becomes more chaotic and unpredictable as you move away from consumer purchasing behavior in the 1990 s ha￭ u lee a professor of engineering and management science at stanford university helped incorporate the concept into supply chain vern￭ ac￭ ular using a story about vol￭ vo suffering a glut in green cars sales and marketing developed a program to move the excess inventory while successful in generating the desired market pull manufacturing didn t know about the promotional plans instead they read the increase in sales as an indication of growing demand for green cars and ram￭ ped up production research indicates a fluctuation in point of sale demand of five percent will be interpreted by supply chain participants as a change in demand of up to forty percent much like cracking a whip a small f￭ lick of the wrist a shift in point of sale demand can cause a large motion at the end of the whip manufacturer s response
bum￭ ble￭ foot ul￭ cer￭ ative po￭ do￭ der￭ mati￭ tis is a bacterial infection and infl￭ am￭ matory reaction on the feet of birds and ro￭ dents this infection is much more likely to occur in captive animals than in those in the wild it is caused by stap￭ hy￭ lo￭ co￭ cc￭ us bacteria
a bump￭ er frac￭ ture is a frac￭ ture of the lateral ti￭ bial pl￭ ate￭ au caused by a forced val￭ gus applied to the knee this causes the lateral part of the dis￭ tal fem￭ ur and the lateral ti￭ bial pl￭ ate￭ au to come into contact com￭ pressing the ti￭ bial pl￭ ate￭ au and causing the ti￭ bia to frac￭ ture the name of the injury is because it was described as being caused by the impact of a car bump￭ er on the lateral side of the knee while the foot is planted on the ground although this mechanism is only seen in about 25 of ti￭ bial pl￭ ate￭ au fractu￭ res frac￭ ture of the neck of the fi￭ bul￭ a may also be found and associated injury to the medi￭ al collateral lig￭ ament or cruci￭ ate lig￭ aments occurs in about 10 of cases
bump￭ ing is a phenomenon in chemistry where homogenous liquids boiled in a test tube or other container will super￭ heat and upon nucle￭ ation rapid boiling will expel the liquid from the container in extreme cases the container may be broken
a bundle branch block is a defect of the bundle branches or fasc￭ ic￭ les in the electrical conduc￭ tion system of the heart
a b￭ union is a de￭ form￭ ity of the joint connecting the big toe to the foot it is characterized by medi￭ al deviation of the first met￭ at￭ ar￭ sal bone and lateral deviation of the hall￭ ux big toe often errone￭ ously described as an enlargement of bone or tissue around the joint at the bottom of the big toe known as the met￭ at￭ ar￭ sop￭ hal￭ ange￭ al joint there is disagreement among medical professionals about the cause of bun￭ ions some see them as primarily caused by the long term use of shoes particularly tight fitting shoes with pointed toes others believe that the problem stems from genetic factors that are exacerbated by shoe use bun￭ ions occur when pressure is applied to the side of the big toe hall￭ ux forcing it in￭ wards towards and sometimes under or over the other toes ang￭ ulation as pressure is applied the tissues surrounding the joint may become sw￭ oll￭ en and tender in a survey of people from cultures that do not wear shoes no cases of bun￭ ions were found lending credence to the hypothesis that bun￭ ions are caused by ill fitting shoes the bump itself is partly due to the sw￭ oll￭ en bur￭ sal s￭ ac or an osse￭ ous bon￭ y anomaly on the met￭ at￭ ar￭ sop￭ hal￭ ange￭ al joint the larger part of the bump is a normal part of the head of the first met￭ at￭ ar￭ sal bone that has til￭ ted side￭ ways to stick out at its dis￭ tal far end
the bun￭ sen reaction is a chemical reaction that describes water sul￭ fur dioxide and i￭ od￭ ine reacting to form sul￭ fur￭ ic acid and hydrogen io￭ di￭ de 2 h 2 o so 2 i 2 → h 2 so 4 2 hi this reaction is the first step in the sul￭ fur i￭ od￭ ine cycle to produce hydrogen the products separate into two aqu￭ eous layers with the sul￭ fur￭ ic acid floating on top and a mixture of hydrogen io￭ di￭ de and un￭ reacted i￭ od￭ ine on the bottom while the two layers are generally considered im￭ mis￭ ci￭ ble small amounts of sul￭ fur￭ ic acid may still remain in the hydrogen io￭ di￭ de layer and vice versa this can lead to unwanted side reactions one of which precipit￭ ates out sul￭ fur a potential obstruction to the reaction vessel the reaction is named after robert bun￭ sen who discovered it in 18￭ 53 a similar reaction is the basis for karl fischer ti￭ tration note that at sufficiently high temperatures concentrated h 2 so 4 may react with hi giving i 2 so 2 and h 2 o which rever￭ ses the reaction many chemical processes are reversible reactions such as ammonia production from n 2 and h 2 and removing the desired product will shift equilibrium to the right of the equation favoring reaction products as per the le ch￭ ate￭ lier principle
bun￭ ter beds are sand￭ stone deposits containing rounded pe￭ b￭ bles they can be found in war￭ wick￭ shire ches￭ hire staf￭ for￭ d￭ shire no￭ tt￭ ingh￭ am￭ shire yorkshire dev￭ on and dor￭ set in england they are thought to be allu￭ vi￭ al deposits and judging from the rounding of the mainly quar￭ tz￭ ite pe￭ b￭ bles to have resulted from prolonged transportation in a large and turbulent river resulting in powerful abra￭ sion the deposits in the english midlands are thought to have been transported in this way north￭ wards from brittany france this supposed river has been called the bud￭ le￭ igh￭ ensis after the dev￭ on village of bud￭ le￭ igh sal￭ ter￭ ton a site where such deposits were discovered the de￭ positions took place in the lower tri￭ ass￭ ic period some newer conglomerates e g near ry￭ ton in war￭ wick￭ shire are thought to have arisen during the ice age by re￭ working and south￭ ward transportation of older deposits by ice flows the pe￭ b￭ bles also called cob￭ bles which can be used as gra￭ vel as ballast or as cob￭ ble￭ stones are mainly mil￭ ky white quar￭ tz￭ ite but can vary in colour and composition including some that are hard red￭ dish coloured sand￭ stone the sand￭ stone in which these pe￭ b￭ bles are deposited can be used for building or as an aggregate for cement or concrete the name bun￭ ter derives from the german term bun￭ ts￭ and￭ stein bun￭ t meaning vari￭ eg￭ ated or colour￭ ful referring to the colour of the sand￭ stone deposit which varies from red￭ dish to green￭ ish this sand￭ stone is widespread across central europe notably in the black forest and o￭ den￭ wald region of germany as well as the vo￭ s￭ ges mountains in nor￭ the￭ astern france the sand￭ stone can be hard enough for building yet easy enough to work resulting in bridges cast￭ les cathedr￭ als and churches constructed of red￭ dish sand￭ stone throughout the relevant areas of europe e g germany luxembourg switzerland alsace in france denmark poland the land under which these beds lie is generally very well drained creating he￭ ath￭ like conditions because of the drainage the soil tends to be of low fertility a notable area in britain that has these characteristics is can￭ nock chase a designated area of outstanding natural beauty a￭ on￭ b the long sh￭ ing￭ le tom￭ bol￭ o of che￭ sil beach in dor￭ set and the raised beach of port￭ land dor￭ set are partly composed of bun￭ ter pe￭ b￭ bles as yet no fully satisfactory and universally accepted geological explanation has been formulated to explain their precise origin and mode of transport as each proposed theory has its difficulties
bu￭ phthal￭ mos plural bu￭ phthal￭ moses is enlargement of the eye￭ ball and is most commonly seen in infants and young children it is sometimes referred to as bu￭ phthal￭ mia plural bu￭ phthal￭ mi￭ as it usually appears in the new￭ born period or the first 3 months of life and in most cases indicates the presence of con￭ genital inf￭ anti￭ le gl￭ au￭ coma which is a disorder in which elevated pressures within the eye lead to structural eye damage and vision loss
bur oak b￭ light bob is a fun￭ gal disease that is relatively new to the plant pathogen landscape bob started to appear in mid￭ western states in the 1990 s the first few diagnoses pointed to a common fun￭ gus tu￭ bak￭ ia dr￭ y￭ ina as the culprit however upon further research bob was said to be caused by a new un￭ named species of tu￭ bak￭ ia later named ‘ ’ tu￭ bak￭ ia i￭ ow￭ ensis t c har￭ r d mc￭ new sp nov ‘ ’ bob has severe symptoms and is a serious new problem amidst the plant path￭ ology world
buried penis also known as hidden penis is a con￭ genital or acquired condition in which the penis is partially or completely hidden below the surface of the skin it can lead to obstruction of ur￭ inary stream poor hygiene soft tissue infection ph￭ im￭ osis and inhi￭ bi￭ tion of normal sexual function con￭ genital causes are often due to mal￭ development of pen￭ ile shaft skin whereas acquired conditions include mor￭ bid obesity over￭ laying ab￭ domin￭ al fat or pen￭ ile injury adults with a buried penis will either live with their condition or undergo weight loss programs however weight loss programs are slow and often do not un￭ bury the penis furthermore poor hygiene from pooling of urine can lead to soft tissue infection patients will eventually need definitive re￭ constructive surgery and more urgent surgery if infection is present surgeons who manage this condition are either re￭ constructive u￭ ro￭ logic surgeons or plastic surgeons
in mathematics the burk￭ hardt qu￭ artic is a qu￭ artic threefold in 4 dimensional projec￭ tive space studied by burk￭ hardt with the maximum possible number of 45 no￭ des the equations defining the burk￭ hardt qu￭ artic become simpler if it is embedded in p 5 rather than p 4 in this case it can be defined by the equations σ 1 σ 4 0 where σ￭ i is the ith elementary sym￭ metric function of the coordinates x 0 x 1 x 2 x 3 x 4 x 5 of p 5 the au￭ tomor￭ ph￭ ism group of the burk￭ hardt qu￭ artic is the burk￭ hardt group u 4 2 p￭ sp 4 3 a simple group of order 25￭ 920 which is isom￭ orph￭ ic to a sub￭ group of index 2 in the we￭ yl group of e 6
bur￭ kit￭ t lymp￭ homa also known as bur￭ kit￭ t s tumor bur￭ kit￭ t s lymp￭ homa or m￭ align￭ ant lymp￭ homa bur￭ kit￭ t s type is a cancer of the lymp￭ h￭ atic system particularly b lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tes found in the germin￭ al center it is named after den￭ is par￭ sons bur￭ kit￭ t a surgeon who first described the disease in 1958 while working in equatorial africa
a bur￭ l american english or bur or bur￭ r uk english is a tree growth in which the grain has grown in a de￭ formed manner it is commonly found in the form of a rounded out￭ growth on a tree trunk or branch that is filled with small kno￭ ts from dormant bu￭ ds
a burn is a type of injury to skin or other tissues caused by heat cold electricity chemicals friction or radiation most burns are due to heat from hot liquids soli￭ ds or fire females in many areas of the world have a higher risk related to the more frequent use of open cooking fires or unsafe cook sto￭ ves alcoholism and smoking are other risk factors burns can also occur as a result of self harm or violence between people burns that affect only the superficial skin layers are known as superficial or first degree burns they appear red without bl￭ is￭ ters and pain typically lasts around three days when the injury extends into some of the underlying skin layer it is a partial thickness or second degree burn bl￭ is￭ ters are frequently present and they are often very painful healing can require up to eight weeks and scar￭ ring may occur in a full thickness or third degree burn the injury extends to all layers of the skin often there is no pain and the burn area is stiff healing typically does not occur on its own a fourth degree burn additionally involves injury to deeper tissues such as muscle tend￭ ons or bone the burn is often black and frequently leads to loss of the burned part burns are generally preventable treatment depends on the severity of the burn superficial burns may be managed with little more than simple pain medication while major burns may require prolonged treatment in specialized burn centers cooling with tap water may help pain and decrease damage however prolonged cooling may result in low body temperature partial thickness burns may require cleaning with soap and water followed by dres￭ sings it is not clear how to manage bl￭ is￭ ters but it is probably reasonable to leave them intact if small and drain them if large full thickness burns usually require surgical treatments such as skin graf￭ ting extensive burns often require large amounts of intra￭ ven￭ ous fluid due to cap￭ ill￭ ary fluid leakage and tissue sw￭ elling the most common complications of burns involve infection te￭ tan￭ us tox￭ o￭ id should be given if not up to date in 2013 fire and heat resulted in 35 million injuries this resulted in about 2 9 million hosp￭ itali￭ zations and 238 000 dying most deaths due to burns occur in the developing world particularly in southeast asia while large burns can be fatal treatments developed since 1960 have improved outcomes especially in children and young adults in the united states approximately 96 of those admitted to a burn center survive their injuries burns occur at similar frequencies in men and women the long term outcome is related to the size of burn and the age of the person affected
burn scar contrac￭ ture refers to the tightening of the skin after a second or third degree burn when skin is burned the surrounding skin begins to pull together resulting in a contrac￭ ture it needs to be treated as soon as possible because the scar can result in restriction of movement around the injured area
in the archae￭ ology of ne￭ oli￭ th￭ ic europe the burned house horizon is the geographical extent of the phenomenon of intentionally burned settlements this was a widespread and long lasting tradition in what is now sou￭ the￭ astern and eastern europe lasting from as early as 6 500 b￭ ce the beginning of the ne￭ oli￭ th￭ ic to as late as 2000 b￭ ce the end of the ch￭ alco￭ lith￭ ic and the beginning of the bron￭ ze age a notable representative of this tradition is the cuc￭ u￭ ten￭ i try￭ pil￭ lian culture which was centered on the burned house horizon both geographically and tempor￭ ally there is a consensus in the study of ne￭ oli￭ th￭ ic and ene￭ oli￭ th￭ ic europe that the majority of burned houses were intentionally set ali￭ ght although the reasons behind why house burning was practiced are still debated the evidence seems to support that it occurred in such a way as to indicate it was highly unlikely to have been as a result of accidental cause if these regularly occurring bur￭ nings in which the entire settlement is destroyed were deliberate then there has still been a debate about why this happened however in recent years the consensus has begun to gel around the dom￭ icide theory supported by trin￭ gham stev￭ an￭ ov￭ ic and others cuc￭ u￭ ten￭ i try￭ pil￭ lian settlements were completely burned every 75 – 80 years leaving behind successive layers consisting mostly of large amounts of rubble from the collapsed w￭ attle and d￭ au￭ b walls this rubble was mostly ceramic material that had been created as the raw clay used in the d￭ au￭ b of the walls became vit￭ ri￭ fied from the intense heat that would have turned it a bright orange color during the con￭ flag￭ ration that destroyed the buildings much the same way that raw clay objects are turned into ceramic products during the firing process in a kil￭ n moreover the sheer amount of fired clay rubble found within every house of a settlement indicates that a fire of enormous intensity would have r￭ aged through the entire community to have created the volume of material found
burning feet syndrome also known as gri￭ erson g￭ op￭ alan syndrome is a medical condition that causes severe burning and aching of the feet hyper￭ esthesia and vas￭ om￭ o￭ tor changes of the feet that lead to excessive swe￭ ating it can even affect the eyes causing sco￭ tom￭ a and am￭ bl￭ y￭ op￭ ia the condition occurs more frequently in women and usually manifests itself when a person is between twenty and forty years old
burning mouth syndrome bms is the complaint of a burning sensation in the mouth where no underlying dental or medical cause can be identified and no signs found in the mouth burning mouth syndrome may also comprise subjective x￭ ero￭ stom￭ ia a dry mouth sensation where no cause can be found such as reduced sali￭ vary flow oral par￭ a￭ esthesia e g ting￭ ling and altered taste or smell dys￭ g￭ eu￭ sia and dy￭ so￭ smi￭ a a burning sensation in the mouth can be a symptom of another disease when local or systemic factors are found to be implicated and this is not considered to be burning mouth syndrome which is a syndrome of medic￭ ally un￭ explained symptoms the international association for the study of pain defines burning mouth syndrome as a distinctive no￭ so￭ logical entity characterized by unre￭ mitting oral burning or similar pain in the absence of detec￭ table mu￭ cos￭ al changes and burning pain in the tongue or other oral mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ ran￭ es and the international headache society defines it as an intra oral burning sensation for which no medical or dental cause can be found
bur￭ n￭ side butler syndrome also known as 15 q 11 2 bp 1 bp 2 micro￭ deletion is a con￭ genital disorder caused by micro￭ deletion of dna sequences it is associated with a number of developmental and psychiatric disorders
bur￭ r￭ knot is a tree disorder which is caused by formation of adventitious root pri￭ mor￭ dia although previously classified as disease is now classified as a disorder as it is no longer believed to be pathogenic first looks like a smooth orange bul￭ ge growing from the stem or a branch later multiple adventitious roots form
bur￭ si￭ tis is the infl￭ amm￭ ation of one or more bur￭ sa￭ e small sac￭ s of sy￭ no￭ vi￭ al fluid in the body they are lined with a sy￭ no￭ vi￭ al memb￭ rane that secre￭ tes a lubric￭ ating sy￭ no￭ vi￭ al fluid there are more than 150 bur￭ sa￭ e in the human body the bur￭ sa￭ e rest at the points where internal func￭ tion￭ aries such as muscles and tend￭ ons slide across bone healthy bur￭ sa￭ e create a smooth almost fric￭ tion￭ less functional gli￭ ding surface making normal movement pain￭ less when bur￭ si￭ tis occurs however movement relying on the infl￭ amed bur￭ sa becomes difficult and painful moreover movement of tend￭ ons and muscles over the infl￭ amed bur￭ sa aggrav￭ ates its infl￭ amm￭ ation perpetuating the problem muscle can also be sti￭ ff￭ ened
a burst frac￭ ture is a type of traumatic spinal injury in which a verte￭ bra breaks from a high energy ax￭ ial load e g traffic collis￭ ions or falls from a great height or high speed and some kinds of seizures with shar￭ ps of verte￭ bra penetr￭ ating surrounding tissues and sometimes the spinal canal the burst frac￭ ture is categ￭ orized by the severity of the de￭ form￭ ity the severity of spinal canal compromise the degree of loss of vertebr￭ al body height and the degree of neuro￭ logic deficit burst fractu￭ res are considered more severe than compression fractu￭ res because long term neuro￭ logical damage can follow the neuro￭ logic deficits can reach their full extent immediately or can progress for a prolonged time
a burst lo￭ be is an in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial hemorrha￭ ge affecting a brain lo￭ be part of the cere￭ br￭ al hemis￭ ph￭ er￭ es and characterized by an in￭ trac￭ ere￭ br￭ al hemorrha￭ ge in continuity with a sub￭ d￭ ural hemorrha￭ ge on a ct scan it is shown as an irregular area of increased density which is blood clo￭ t this is surrounded by a low density area of oe￭ dem￭ a
burst suppression is an electro￭ encephal￭ o￭ graphy eeg pattern that is characterized by periods of high voltage electrical activity altern￭ ating with periods of no activity in the brain the pattern is found in patients with in￭ activated brain states such as from general an￭ esthesia coma or hypo￭ ther￭ mia this pattern can be physiological as during early development or pathological as in diseases such as oh￭ ta￭ hara syndrome
the bur￭ stein – mo￭ ss effect is the phenomenon of which the apparent band gap of a semiconductor is increased as the absorption edge is pushed to higher energies as a result of all states close to the conduc￭ tion band being populated this is observed for a degenerate electr￭ on distribution such as that found in some degenerate semi￭ conductors and is known as a bur￭ stein – mo￭ ss shift the effect occurs when the electr￭ on carrier concentration exceeds the conduc￭ tion band edge density of states which corresponds to degenerate doping in semi￭ conductors in nomin￭ ally dop￭ ed semi￭ conductors the fer￭ mi level lies between the conduc￭ tion and val￭ ence bands as the doping concentration is increased electron￭ s popul￭ ate states within the conduc￭ tion band which pushes the fer￭ mi level higher in energy and in the case of degenerate level of doping the fer￭ mi level lies inside the conduc￭ tion band the apparent band gap of a semiconductor can be measured using transmission reflection spec￭ tro￭ sco￭ py in the case of a degenerate semiconductor an electr￭ on from the top of the val￭ ence band can only be excited into conduc￭ tion band above the fer￭ mi level which now lies in conduc￭ tion band since all the states below the fer￭ mi level are occupied states paul￭ i s exclusion principle forbids exc￭ itation into these occupied states thus we observe an increase in the apparent band gap apparent band gap actual band gap mo￭ ss bur￭ stein shift as shown in the figure also we have negative bur￭ stein shifts which are due to the interactions terms created by adding the extra charges through doping 2 file m￭ b￭ shift for wi￭ ki j￭ pg
bur￭ uli ul￭ cer also known as the b￭ air￭ n￭ s￭ dale ul￭ cer sear￭ ls ul￭ cer or d￭ ain￭ tree ul￭ cer is an infectious disease caused by my￭ co￭ bacter￭ ium ul￭ cer￭ ans the early stage of the infection is characterised by a pain￭ less no￭ dule or area of sw￭ elling this no￭ dule can turn into an ul￭ cer the ul￭ cer may be larger inside than at the surface of the skin and can be surrounded by sw￭ elling as the disease wor￭ sens bone can be infected bur￭ uli ul￭ cers most commonly affect the arms or legs fever is un￭ common m ul￭ cer￭ ans releases a toxin known as my￭ col￭ ac￭ tone which decreases immune system function and results in tissue death bacteria from the same family also cause tuberculosis and leprosy m tuberculosis and m le￭ pra￭ e respectively how the disease is spread is not known sources of water may be involved in the spread as of 2013 there is no effective vaccine if people are treated early antibiotics for eight weeks are effective in 80 the treatment often includes the medications ri￭ fam￭ pic￭ in and st￭ rep￭ tom￭ y￭ cin clari￭ thro￭ my￭ cin or mo￭ xi￭ flo￭ x￭ ac￭ in are sometimes used instead of st￭ rep￭ tom￭ y￭ cin other treatments may include cutting out the ul￭ cer after the infection he￭ als the area typically has a scar bur￭ uli ul￭ cers occurs most commonly in rural sub saharan africa especially cote d ivoire but can also occur in asia the western pacific and the americas cases have occurred in more than 32 countries about five to six thousand cases occur every year the disease also occurs in a number of animals other than humans albert rus￭ kin cook was the first to describe bur￭ uli ul￭ cers in 18￭ 97
bus￭ ch￭ ke – oll￭ endor￭ ff syndrome also known as der￭ mato￭ fi￭ bro￭ sis len￭ ticul￭ aris dissem￭ in￭ ata is a rare genetic disorder associated with lem￭ d 3 it is believed to be inherited in an auto￭ som￭ al dominant manner it is named for abraham bus￭ ch￭ ke and hel￭ ene oll￭ endor￭ ff cur￭ th who described it in a 45 year old woman its frequency is almost 1 case per every 20 000 people and is equally found in both males and females
business process custom￭ ization is a function in process management software such as er￭ p oa and i￭ til to allow enterprises to custom￭ ize their work flows in different software in order to make the software adapt to companies ’ existing work flows
busy line interrupt also known as emergency breakthrough is a function on land line telephones that allows a call￭ er to interrupt a phone conversation of another call￭ er especially one who does not have call waiting much like long distance calling before the late 90 s busy line interrupt is a service provided for instance to allow people to contact a family member in the event of an emergency if the receiving party s line is busy and the news cannot wait the service is not free and is charged whether or not the calling party can reach the person on the other end as the phone just might be off the hook for privacy reasons or the line might be connected to the internet for this reason it is usually only used in cases of emergencies as noted above in the early 1990 s reports were sur￭ facing that phone ph￭ re￭ akers were having success in manipulating the line interruption function with sign￭ aling tones and equipment that em￭ ulated the telephone operator s it was claimed to be possible to e￭ av￭ es￭ drop on any engaged telephone line by number
busy override is a function of the private branch exchange that allows the calling party to override the busy signal on the called party in order to break into the ongoing conversation before breaking in most p￭ b￭ x announce the incoming call by a distinctive sound signal or tone but in most cases this can be disabled by software the busy override function was originally intended to allow the called party to receive a high priority implying that the call is very important and should be handled first the same feature is often provided for toll long distance operators
butcher s wart is a cu￭ taneous condition with a prevalence of 8 5 to 23 8 among but￭ chers and other meat handling professions caused by a small group of viruses that infect the skin an association with human pap￭ il￭ lo￭ ma￭ virus 7 has been suggested
butt rot is a disease of plants mostly trees caused by fun￭ gi the fun￭ gus attacks the mo￭ ist poorly protected under￭ surface of tree trunk s thick￭ est part the butt above the root as opposed to top where the end of the stem makes contact with the soil it may affect the roots as well causing a disease known as root rot it then moves up into the interior of the plant producing a roughly con￭ ical column of dead rot￭ ted plant matter up to one and a half meters long in severe cases such an infection is likely to impair the transport properties of the x￭ yl￭ em tissue found at the center of the stem it also weakens the stem and makes the plant more vulnerable to top￭ pling one particularly virulent species of fun￭ gus associated with butt rot is ser￭ pul￭ a him￭ anti￭ o￭ ides
butter￭ flies in the stomach is the physical sensation in humans of a fl￭ ut￭ tery feeling in the stomach caused by a reduction of blood flow to the organ this is as a result of the release of adren￭ al￭ ine in the fight or flight response which causes increased heart rate and blood pressure consequently sending more blood to the muscles
the butter￭ fly effect is the phenomenon in chaos theory whereby a minor change in circumstances can cause a large change in outcome the butter￭ fly metaphor was created by edward nor￭ ton lo￭ ren￭ z to emphasize the inherent unpredictable results of small changes in the initial conditions of certain physical systems the concept was taken up by popular culture and interpreted to mean that each event could be explained by some small cause or that small events have a rip￭ pling effect that causes much larger events to take place
b￭ ys￭ sin￭ osis also called brown lung disease or monday fever is an occupational lung disease caused by exposure to cotton dust in inadequately ventil￭ ated working environments b￭ ys￭ sin￭ osis commonly occurs in workers who are employed in yarn and fabric manufacture industries it is now thought that the cotton dust directly causes the disease and some believe that the caus￭ ative agents are endo￭ toxins that come from the cell walls of gram negative bacteria that grow on the cotton although bacterial endo￭ toxin is a likely cause the absence of similar symptoms in workers in other industries exposed to endo￭ toxins makes this uncertain of the 81 b￭ ys￭ sin￭ osis related fatalities reported in the united states between 1990 and 1999 48 included an occupation in the yarn thread and fabric industry on the victim s death certificate this disease often occurred in the times of the industrial revolution most commonly young girls working in mills or other textile factories would be afflicted with this disease in the united states from 1996 to 2005 north carol￭ ina accounted for about 37 of all deaths caused by b￭ ys￭ sin￭ osis with 31 followed by south carol￭ ina 8 and georgia 7 the term brown lung is a mis￭ no￭ mer as the lungs of affected individuals are not brown
the bystand￭ er effect or bystand￭ er apathy is a social psychological phenomenon that refers to cases in which individuals do not offer any means of help to a victim when other people are present the probability of help is inver￭ sely related to the number of bystand￭ ers in other words the greater the number of bystand￭ ers the less likely it is that any one of them will help several variables help to explain why the bystand￭ er effect occurs these variables include ambiguity cohe￭ siveness and diffusion of responsibility
the radiation induced bystand￭ er effect bystand￭ er effect is the phenomenon in which un￭ irradiated cells exhibit irradiated effects as a result of signals received from nearby irradiated cells in november 1992 hat￭ sum￭ i n￭ agas￭ awa and john b little first reported this radi￭ obi￭ ological phenomenon there is evidence that targeted cy￭ top￭ las￭ mic irradiation results in mutation in the nucleus of the hit cells cells that are not directly hit by an alpha particle but are in the vicinity of one that is hit also contribute to the geno￭ toxic response of the cell population similarly when cells are irradiated and the medium is transferred to un￭ irradiated cells these un￭ irradiated cells show bystand￭ er responses when ass￭ ayed for cl￭ on￭ ogenic survival and on￭ co￭ genic transformation this is also attributed to the bystand￭ er effect the demonstration of a bystand￭ er effect in 3 d human tissues and more recently in whole organisms have clear implication of the potential relevance of the non targeted response to human health this effect may also contribute to the final biological consequences of exposure to low doses of radiation however there is currently insufficient evidence at hand to suggest that the bystand￭ er effect promotes carcin￭ o￭ genesis in humans at low doses note that the bystand￭ er effect is not the same as the ab￭ sco￭ pal effect the ab￭ sco￭ pal effect is a phenomenon where the response to radiation is seen in an organ site distant to the irradiated organ area that is the responding cells are not ju￭ x￭ ta￭ posed with the irradiated cells t cells and d￭ end￭ ri￭ tic cells have been implicated to be part of the mechanism in suicide gene therapy the bystand￭ er effect is the ability of the transf￭ ected cells to transfer death signals to neighboring tumor cells
b￭ á￭ lin￭ t s syndrome is an un￭ common and in￭ completely understood tri￭ ad of severe neuro￭ psychological impair￭ ments inability to perceive the visual field as a whole simul￭ tan￭ agno￭ sia difficulty in fix￭ ating the eyes oc￭ ul￭ om￭ o￭ tor ap￭ ra￭ x￭ ia and inability to move the hand to a specific object by using vision op￭ tic at￭ ax￭ ia it was named in 19￭ 09 for the austr￭ o hungarian neuro￭ logist and psychiatrist re￭ z￭ s￭ ő b￭ á￭ lin￭ t who first identified it b￭ á￭ lin￭ t s syndrome occurs most often with an acute onset as a consequence of two or more stro￭ kes at more or less the same place in each hemisphere therefore it occurs rarely the most frequent cause of complete b￭ á￭ lin￭ t s syndrome is said by some to be sudden and severe hypo￭ tension resulting in bilateral border￭ zone inf￭ arc￭ tion in the oc￭ ci￭ pi￭ to par￭ ie￭ tal region more rarely cases of progressive b￭ á￭ lin￭ t s syndrome have been found in degenerative disorders such as alzheimer s disease or certain other traumatic brain injuries at the border of the par￭ ie￭ tal and the oc￭ ci￭ p￭ ital lob￭ es of the brain lack of awareness of this syndrome may lead to a mis￭ diagnosis and resulting inappropriate or inadequate treatment therefore clin￭ icians should be familiar with b￭ á￭ lin￭ t s syndrome and its various eti￭ o￭ logies
located at the per￭ eira family home at cal￭ le real 5 bé￭ l￭ me￭ z de la mor￭ al￭ eda ja￭ én andalusia spain the bé￭ l￭ me￭ z faces have been responsible for bringing large numbers of si￭ ght￭ se￭ ers to bé￭ l￭ me￭ z the phenomenon is considered by some par￭ ap￭ sy￭ cho￭ logists the best documented and without doubt the most important par￭ an￭ orm￭ al phenomenon in the 20 th century various faces have appeared and disappeared at irregular intervals since 1971 and have been frequently photograph￭ ed by the local newspapers and curious visitors many bé￭ l￭ me￭ z residents believe that the faces were not made by human hand some par￭ an￭ orm￭ al investigators believe that it is a thou￭ gh￭ to￭ graphic phenomenon sub￭ consciously produced by the deceased former owner of the house maría g￭ ó￭ me￭ z c￭ á￭ mar￭ a skeptical researchers have performed extensive tests on the faces and believe that fak￭ ery has been involved and the images have been applied with lead paint the faces are dismissed as a ho￭ ax and it has been suspected that the per￭ eira family may have perpetrated the ho￭ ax for financial gain
the bö￭ c￭ ken￭ för￭ de dilemma german bö￭ ck￭ enfor￭ de di￭ k￭ tum is a problem dilemma which claims that in secular states there are obstacles to creation of social capital the dilemma is named after german constitutional judge ern￭ st wolfgang bö￭ c￭ ken￭ för￭ de
b￭ ör￭ jes￭ on for￭ s￭ sman leh￭ mann syndrome b￭ fl￭ s is a rare genetic disease that causes intellectual disability obesity and growth defects
b￭ ü￭ chi s problem also known as the n squares problem is an open problem from number theory named after the swiss mathem￭ ati￭ cian juli￭ us richard b￭ ü￭ chi it asks whether there is a positive inte￭ ger m such that every sequence of m or more inte￭ ger squares whose second difference is constant and equal to 2 is necessarily a sequence of squares of the form x i 2 i 1 2 m for some inte￭ ger x in 1983 douglas h￭ ens￭ ley observed that b￭ ü￭ chi s problem is equivalent to the following does there exist a positive inte￭ ger m such that for all inte￭ gers x and a the quantity x n 2 a cannot be a square for more than m consecutive values of n unless a 0
the bu￭ chner – cur￭ tius – sch￭ lot￭ ter￭ beck reaction is the reaction of alde￭ hy￭ des or ke￭ tones with ali￭ ph￭ atic di￭ az￭ o￭ al￭ kan￭ es to form homo￭ log￭ ated ke￭ tones it was first described by edu￭ ard bu￭ chner and theod￭ or cur￭ tius in 18￭ 85 and later by fr￭ itz sch￭ lot￭ ter￭ beck in 1907 two german chem￭ ists also preceded sch￭ lot￭ ter￭ beck in discovery of the reaction hans von pec￭ h￭ mann in 18￭ 95 and viktor me￭ yer in 1905 the reaction has since been extended to the synthesis of β ke￭ to esters from the condens￭ ation between alde￭ hy￭ des and di￭ az￭ o esters the general reaction scheme is as follows the reaction yields two possible carbon￭ yl compounds i and ii along with an epo￭ x￭ ide iii the ratio of the products is determined by the re￭ ac￭ tant used and the reaction conditions
neutral b mes￭ on osci￭ ll￭ ations or b – b osci￭ ll￭ ations is one of the manifestations of the neutral particle osci￭ ll￭ ation a fundamental prediction of the standard model of particle physics it is the phenomenon of b mes￭ ons changing or osci￭ ll￭ ating between their matter and anti￭ matter forms before their decay the bs mes￭ on can exist as either a bound state of a strange anti￭ quar￭ k and a bottom quar￭ k or a strange quar￭ k and bottom anti￭ quar￭ k the osci￭ ll￭ ations in the neutral b sector are analogous to the phenomena that produces long and short lived neutral ka￭ ons bs – bs mixing was observed by the c￭ df experiment at fer￭ mil￭ ab in 2006 and by l￭ h￭ cb at cer￭ n in 2011
c value is the amount in pi￭ co￭ grams of dna contained within a hap￭ loid nucleus e g a game￭ te or one half the amount in a diplo￭ id som￭ atic cell of a eu￭ kar￭ y￭ otic organism in some cases notably among diplo￭ id organisms the terms c value and genome size are used inter￭ change￭ ably however in poly￭ plo￭ ids the c value may represent two or more genom￭ es contained within the same nucleus gre￭ il￭ huber et al have suggested some new layers of terminology and associated abbrevi￭ ations to clarify this issue but these somewhat complex additions are yet to be used by other authors
the c 10 k problem is the problem of optimising network soc￭ kets to handle a large number of clients at the same time the name c 10 k is a numer￭ on￭ ym for con￭ currently handling ten thousand connections note that con￭ current connections are not the same as requests per second though they are similar handling many requests per second requires high through￭ put processing them quickly while high number of con￭ current connections requires efficient scheduling of connections the problem of socket server optimis￭ ation has been studied because a number of factors must be considered to allow a web server to support many clients this can involve a combination of operating system constraints and web server software limitations according to the scope of services to be made available and the capabilities of the operating system as well as hardware considerations such as multi processing capabilities a multi th￭ reading model or a single th￭ reading model can be preferred con￭ currently with this aspect which involves considerations regarding memory management usually operating system related strategies implied relate to the very diverse aspects of the i o management
a c 2 error is a read error of a compact dis￭ c c 2 errors can to a degree be recovered by the hardware error detection and correction scheme a cd drive can have extraction errors when the data on the dis￭ c is not readable due to scrat￭ ches or smu￭ dges the drive can compensate by supplying a best guess of what the missing data was then supplying the missing data c 2 error correction is an analysis over many inter￭ lea￭ ved frames an improvement over c 1 error correction which analyzed just one frame resulting in more accurate data correction c 2 error correction codes are also used by the digital audio tape dat format some copy protection schemes add false c 2 errors to dis￭ cs to discourage copying
in molecular biology a c￭ ca￭ at box also sometimes abbreviated a ca￭ at box or cat box is a distinct pattern of nucle￭ o￭ ti￭ des with gg￭ c￭ ca￭ at￭ ct consensus sequence that occur upstream by 60 100 bases to the initial trans￭ cription site the ca￭ at box signals the binding site for the r￭ na trans￭ cription factor and is typically accompanied by a con￭ served consensus sequence it is an invari￭ ant dna sequence at about minus 70 base pairs from the origin of trans￭ cription in many eu￭ kar￭ y￭ otic promoters genes that have this element seem to require it for the gene to be trans￭ cri￭ bed in sufficient quantities it is frequently absent from genes that en￭ code proteins used in virtually all cells this box along with the g￭ c box is known for binding general trans￭ cription factors both of these consensus sequences belong to the regulatory promoter full gene expression occurs when trans￭ cription activ￭ ator proteins bind to each module within the regulatory promoter protein specific binding is required for the c￭ ca￭ at box activation these proteins are known as c￭ ca￭ at box binding proteins c￭ ca￭ at box binding factors a c￭ ca￭ at box is a feature frequently found before eu￭ kar￭ yo￭ te coding regions but is not found in pro￭ kar￭ yo￭ tes
cad￭ asi￭ l cere￭ br￭ al auto￭ som￭ al dominant arter￭ iop￭ athy with sub￭ cor￭ tical inf￭ arc￭ ts and leuko￭ encephalopathy is the most common form of hereditary stroke disorder and is thought to be caused by mutations of the not￭ ch 3 gene on chro￭ mo￭ some 19 the disease belongs to a family of disorders called the leuko￭ dy￭ stro￭ ph￭ ies the most common clinical manifestations are migr￭ aine headaches and transi￭ ent is￭ chem￭ ic attacks or stro￭ kes which usually occur between 40 and 50 years of age although m￭ ri is able to detect signs of the disease years prior to clinical manifestation of disease
canadian disruptive pattern cad￭ pat french dess￭ in de cam￭ ou￭ fl￭ age canadi￭ en d￭ cam￭ c is the computer generated digital cam￭ ou￭ fl￭ age pattern currently used by the canadian forces cf cad￭ pat is designed to reduce the likelihood of detection by night vision devices
cam￭ f￭ ak syndrome or cam￭ ak syndrome is an acron￭ ym used to describe a rare inherited neuro￭ logic disease characterized by peripheral and central dem￭ yel￭ ination of nerves similar to that seen in cock￭ ay￭ ne syndrome the name cam￭ f￭ ak comes from the first letters of the characteristic findings of the disease cat￭ ar￭ acts micro￭ cephal￭ y failure to thrive and ky￭ pho￭ sco￭ li￭ osis the disease may occur with or without failure to thrive and ar￭ thro￭ gry￭ pos￭ is
cd 25 deficiency or inter￭ leuk￭ in 2 recep￭ tor alpha deficiency is an immun￭ o￭ deficiency disorder associated with mutations in the inter￭ leuk￭ in 2 recep￭ tor alpha cd 25 il 2 ra gene the mutations cause expression of a defective α chain or complete absence thereof an essential part of high aff￭ inity inter￭ leuk￭ in 2 il 2 recep￭ tors the result is a syndrome described as ip￭ ex like or a sci￭ d in one patient deficiency of cd 25 on cd 4 lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tes caused significantly impaired sensitivity to il 2 this was demonstrated by a lack of measurable response in anti infl￭ am￭ matory inter￭ leuk￭ in 10 il 10 secre￭ tion to low dose il 2 incub￭ ation greatly reduced il 10 secre￭ tion compared to healthy humans results in a syndrome comparable to ip￭ ex syndrome a type of auto￭ immunity which is caused by fo￭ x￭ p 3 trans￭ cription factor dysfunction in addition to ip￭ ex like symptoms cd 25 deficiency increases suscep￭ tibility to viral infections and possibly fun￭ gal and bacterial infections as il 2 is an important induc￭ er of lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ te proliferation the absence of highly sensitive il 2 recep￭ tors may also significantly hinder activation and cl￭ onal expansion of cd 8 and cd 4 lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tes and nk cells one case also reported the absence of cd 1 a mh￭ c like gly￭ co￭ protein involved in the presentation of lip￭ id antigens to t cells in a cd 25 deficient patient furthermore chronic up￭ regulation of anti apop￭ to￭ tic b￭ cl 2 in thy￭ mo￭ cy￭ tes was also described possibly allowing auto￭ reactive t cells to escape deletion
cd 30 cu￭ taneous t cell lymp￭ homa also known as primary cu￭ taneous an￭ ap￭ l￭ astic large cell lymp￭ homa is a cu￭ taneous skin condition characterized by solitary or loc￭ alized skin le￭ sions that have a tendency to ul￭ cer￭ ate
charge syndrome formerly known as charge association is a rare syndrome caused by a genetic disorder first described in 1979 the acron￭ ym charge came into use for new￭ born children with the con￭ genital features of co￭ lob￭ oma of the eye heart defects at￭ re￭ sia of the nas￭ al cho￭ an￭ ae retar￭ dation of growth and or development genital and or ur￭ inary ab￭ norm￭ alities and ear ab￭ norm￭ alities and deaf￭ ness these features are no longer used in making a diagnosis of charge syndrome but the name remains about two third of cases are due to a ch￭ d 7 mutation charge syndrome occurs only in 0 1 – 1 2 per 10 000 live births as of 2009 it was the leading cause of con￭ genital deaf￭ blindness in the us
con￭ genital hem￭ id￭ ys￭ pl￭ asia with ich￭ th￭ yo￭ si￭ form er￭ y￭ thro￭ der￭ ma and limb defects also known as child syndrome is a genetic disorder with onset at birth seen almost exclusively in females the disorder is related to cp￭ d￭ x 2 and also has skin and sk￭ el￭ etal ab￭ norm￭ alities distinguished by a sharp mid￭ line demarcation of the ich￭ thy￭ osis with minimal linear or seg￭ mental contr￭ al￭ ateral involvement the acron￭ ym was introduced in 1980
the cia inver￭ t is a one dollar value postage stamp error issued by the united states postal service it is one stamp from the americ￭ ana series that were produced between 1975 and 1981 the 1 colonial ru￭ sh￭ light holder stamp was first issued on july 2 1979 and one pan￭ e of 100 stamps was issued with the dark brown the last color printed though it covers much of the stamp inver￭ ted the lamp candle holder candle outline and text are inver￭ ted relative to the flame about 95 copies have been accounted for the scott catalogue number is 16￭ 10 c this was the first united states stamp issued with a major design element printed upside down since the da￭ g ham￭ mar￭ sk￭ jö￭ ld inver￭ t error of 1962 as these 1 stamps were printed in sheets of 400 three additional pan￭ es of 100 stamps certainly existed at one time but no trace of these has so far been discovered when the one known pan￭ e of this inver￭ t was discovered in the spring of 1986 it had already been on sale at the m￭ clean virginia post office for some time without anyone noticing the error indeed five of its one hundred stamps had been sold by un￭ suspecting cler￭ ks and the portion of the sel￭ v￭ age bearing the plate number was no longer attached in this incomplete form the pan￭ e was purchased by an employee of the cia who had been sent to the post office to buy stamps for the agency the purchaser failed at first to notice that the flames were inver￭ ted relative to the candle holder and let￭ tering only several days later was the error discovered by a cia employee who needed a 1 stamp for an agency mailing once this man had shared his information with eight colleagues the nine decided to acquire the error stamps for themselves purchasing 95 normal 1 stamps the group exchanged these for the cia ’ s in￭ verts they then revealed their find to an ann￭ and￭ ale virginia stamp dealer ike sn￭ y￭ der who referred them to a new jersey stamp specialist jacques c schi￭ ff jr eventually the group struck a deal with schi￭ ff each of the nine employees kept a single inver￭ ted stamp schi￭ ff paid a reported 25 000 for which he received a block of 85 in￭ verts along with a single stamp that had been damaged initially schi￭ ff shiel￭ ded the members of the group from scrutiny announcing that the fourteen stamps from the sheet not sold to him had all been used on cia ma￭ ilings however after the true story sur￭ faced in the mass media revealed by the new york times and c￭ bs news the stamp became known as the cia inver￭ t and the agency was obliged to make its own investigation ultimately the cia demanded that the nine employees return their in￭ verts to the agency stating anyone who failed to comply would be terminated four returned their stamps and kept their jobs four refused and were fired while the ninth claimed that he had lost his stamp and remained a cia employee stamp catalo￭ gs list its price as only 15 000 one tenth of the inver￭ ted jenny that is valued at 150 000 despite the fact that about the same number of each stamp exist a block of four stamps sold in 2004 for 60 000 re￭ productions have been sold on e￭ bay
c￭ mv poly￭ radic￭ ul￭ om￭ yel￭ opathy pr￭ am is one of the five distinct neuro￭ logical syndro￭ mes caused by c￭ mv in hiv aids it causes sub￭ acute asc￭ ending lower extre￭ mity weakness with pa￭ res￭ the￭ si￭ as and radic￭ ular pain hypo￭ refl￭ ex￭ ia or a￭ refl￭ ex￭ ia and ur￭ inary retention it has been suggested that c￭ mv poly￭ radic￭ ul￭ om￭ yel￭ opathy should be treated with both gan￭ cic￭ lo￭ vi￭ r and fo￭ scar￭ net in patients who develop the disease while taking either of these drugs
cns dem￭ yel￭ inating auto￭ immune diseases are auto￭ immune diseases which primarily affect the central nervous system examples include diffuse cere￭ br￭ al sclerosis of sch￭ il￭ der acute disseminated encephal￭ om￭ ye￭ li￭ tis acute hemorrha￭ gic leuko￭ en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis multiple sclerosis though eti￭ ology is unknown it is sure that immune system is involved trans￭ verse m￭ ye￭ li￭ tis neuro￭ m￭ ye￭ li￭ tis op￭ tica
coach syndrome is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive disorder characterised by cere￭ bell￭ ar ver￭ mis hypo￭ pl￭ asia olig￭ ophren￭ ia developmental delay mental retar￭ dation at￭ ax￭ ia co￭ lob￭ oma and he￭ p￭ atic fi￭ bro￭ sis the ver￭ mis hypo￭ pl￭ asia falls in a spectrum of mid hind￭ brain mal￭ formation called the mol￭ ar tooth sign m￭ ts making coach a jou￭ bert syndrome related disorder j￭ s￭ rd due to mutation in the gene t￭ m￭ em 67 in majority of cases ren￭ al in￭ sufficiency was also found in some cases
c￭ pu time or process time is the amount of time for which a central processing unit c￭ pu was used for processing instructions of a computer program or operating system as opposed to for example waiting for input output i o operations or entering low power idle mode the c￭ pu time is measured in clock tic￭ ks or seconds often it is useful to measure c￭ pu time as a percentage of the c￭ pu s capacity which is called the c￭ pu usage c￭ pu time and c￭ pu usage have two main uses the first use is to quantify the overall bus￭ y￭ ness of the system when the c￭ pu usage is above 70 the user may experience lag such high c￭ pu usage indicates insufficient processing power either the c￭ pu needs to be upgraded or the user experience reduced for example by switching to lower resolution graphics or reducing anim￭ ations the second use with the advent of multi t￭ asking is to quantify how the processor is shared between computer programs high c￭ pu usage by a single program may indicate that it is highly demanding of processing power or that it may mal￭ function for example it has entered an infinite loop c￭ pu time allows to measure how much processing power a single program requires eliminating interference such as time executed waiting for input or being suspended to allow other programs to run in contrast elapsed real time or simply real time or wall clock time is the time taken from the start of a computer program until the end as measured by an ordinary clock elapsed real time includes i o time and all other types of wa￭ its incurred by the program
c￭ rest syndrome also known as the limited cu￭ taneous form of systemic sclerosis l￭ cs￭ sc is a multi￭ system connec￭ tive tissue disorder the acron￭ ym c￭ rest refers to the five main features cal￭ cin￭ osis ray￭ n￭ aud s phenomenon es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al dys￭ mo￭ ti￭ lity s￭ cler￭ od￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly and tel￭ an￭ gi￭ ec￭ ta￭ sia it is associated with detec￭ table antibodies against cent￭ ro￭ mer￭ es a component of the cell nucleus and usually sp￭ ares the kidneys a feature more common in the related condition systemic s￭ cl￭ ero￭ der￭ ma if the lungs are involved it is usually in the form of pul￭ mon￭ ary arter￭ ial hyper￭ tension
c￭ ach￭ ex￭ ia from greek κα￭ κ￭ ός kak￭ os bad and ἕ￭ ξ￭ ις hex￭ is condition or wasting syndrome is loss of weight muscle atro￭ phy fatigue weakness and significant loss of appetite in someone who is not actively trying to lose weight the formal definition of c￭ ach￭ ex￭ ia is the loss of body mass that cannot be reversed nutri￭ tionally even if the affected patient eats more cal￭ ories lean body mass will be lost indicating a primary path￭ ology is in place c￭ ach￭ ex￭ ia is seen in patients with cancer aids co￭ eli￭ ac disease chronic obstruc￭ tive pul￭ mon￭ ary disease multiple sclerosis r￭ heu￭ mato￭ id ar￭ thri￭ tis cong￭ estive heart failure tuberculosis famili￭ al amy￭ loid pol￭ yn￭ euro￭ pa￭ thy mercury poisoning acro￭ dy￭ nia and hormonal deficiency it is a positive risk factor for death meaning if the patient has c￭ ach￭ ex￭ ia the chance of death from the underlying condition is increased dramatically it can be a sign of various underlying disorders when a patient presents with c￭ ach￭ ex￭ ia a doctor will generally consider the possibility of adverse drug reactions cancer metabol￭ ic aci￭ do￭ sis certain infectious diseases e g tuberculosis aids chronic pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis and some auto￭ immune disorders c￭ ach￭ ex￭ ia physically weakens patients to a state of im￭ mobility stemming from loss of appetite asth￭ enia and an￭ emia and response to standard treatment is usually poor c￭ ach￭ ex￭ ia includes sar￭ copen￭ ia as a part of its path￭ ology
cad￭ ang cad￭ ang is a disease caused by co￭ con￭ ut cad￭ ang cad￭ ang viro￭ id ccc￭ vd a lethal viro￭ id of co￭ con￭ ut co￭ cos nu￭ ci￭ fera ana￭ ha￭ w li￭ vis￭ ton￭ a ro￭ tun￭ di￭ fo￭ lia bur￭ i cor￭ y￭ ph￭ a u￭ tan and african oil palm el￭ ae￭ is guine￭ ensis the name cad￭ ang cad￭ ang comes from the word gad￭ ang gad￭ ang that means dying in bi￭ col it was originally reported on san miguel island in the philippines in 19￭ 27 19￭ 28 by 1962 all but 100 of 250 000 pal￭ ms on this island had died from the disease indicating an epidemic every year one million co￭ con￭ ut pal￭ ms are killed by ccc￭ vd and over 30 million co￭ con￭ ut pal￭ ms have been killed since cad￭ ang cad￭ ang has been discovered ccc￭ vd directly affects the production of co￭ pr￭ a a raw material for co￭ con￭ ut oil and animal feed total losses of about 30 million pal￭ ms and annual yield losses of about 22 000 tons of co￭ pr￭ a have been attributed to cad￭ ang cad￭ ang disease in the philippines
the c￭ adi￭ ot – cho￭ d￭ ki￭ ew￭ ic￭ z coupling in organic chemistry is a coupling reaction between a terminal al￭ ky￭ ne and a halo￭ al￭ ky￭ ne cataly￭ zed by a copper i salt such as copper i bromide and an amine base the reaction product is a di ace￭ ty￭ lene or di al￭ ky￭ ne the reaction mechanism involves de￭ pro￭ ton￭ ation by base of the ace￭ ty￭ len￭ ic prot￭ on followed by formation of a copper i ace￭ ty￭ li￭ de a cycle of oxid￭ ative addition and reduc￭ tive elimination on the copper center then creates a new carbon carbon bond related cou￭ pl￭ ings are the glas￭ er coupling and the eg￭ l￭ inton coupling
in the 1950 s and 1960 s industrial exposure to cadmium was high but as the toxic effects of cadmium became apparent industrial limits on cadmium exposure have been reduced in most industrialized nations and many policy makers agree on the need to reduce exposure further while working with cadmium it is important to do so under a fume hood to protect against dangerous f￭ umes bra￭ zing fill￭ ers which contain cadmium should be handled with care serious toxicity problems have resulted from long term exposure to cadmium pl￭ ating ba￭ ths buil￭ dup of cadmium levels in the water air and soil has been occurring particularly in industrial areas environmental exposure to cadmium has been particularly problematic in japan where many people have consumed rice that was grown in cadmium contaminated irrigation water this phenomenon is known under the name it￭ ai it￭ ai disease food is another source of cadmium plants may only contain small or moderate amounts in non industrial areas but high levels may be found in the liver and kidneys of adult animals the daily intake of cadmium through food varies by geographic region intake is reported to be approximately 8 to 30 μ￭ g in europe and the united states versus 59 to 113 μ￭ g in various areas of japan cigarettes are also a significant source of cadmium exposure although there is generally less cadmium in tobacco than in food the lungs absorb cadmium more efficiently than the stomach aside from tobacco smokers people who live near hazardous waste sites or factories that release cadmium into the air have the potential for exposure to cadmium in air however numerous state and federal regulations in the united states control the amount of cadmium that can be released to the air from waste sites and incinerators so that properly regulated sites are not hazardous the general population and people living near hazardous waste sites may be exposed to cadmium in contaminated food dust or water from unregulated releases or accidental releases numerous regulations and use of pollution controls are enforced to prevent such releases workers can be exposed to cadmium in air from the sm￭ el￭ ting and refining of metals or from the air in plants that make cadmium products such as batteries co￭ at￭ ings or plastics workers can also be exposed when sol￭ dering or welding metal that contains cadmium approximately 512 000 workers in the united states are in environments each year where a cadmium exposure may occur regulations that set permissible levels of exposure however are enforced to protect workers and to make sure that levels of cadmium in the air are considerably below levels thought to result in harmful effects artists who work with cadmium pig￭ ments which are commonly used in strong oranges reds and yel￭ lows can easily accidentally ing￭ est dangerous amounts particularly if they use the pig￭ ments in dry form as with chal￭ k past￭ els or in mixing their own paints some sources of phosphate in fertilizers contain cadmium in amounts of up to 100 mg kg which can lead to an increase in the concentration of cadmium in soil for example in new zealand nickel cadmium batteries are one of the most popular and most common cadmium based products and this soil can be min￭ ed for use in them an experiment during the early 1960 s involving the spraying of cadmium over nor￭ wich has recently been decl￭ assi￭ fied by the uk government as documented in a bbc news article in february 2010 cadmium was found in an entire line of wal mart exclusive mi￭ ley cy￭ rus jewelry the char￭ ms were tested at the beh￭ est of the associated press and were found to contain high levels of cadmium wal mart did not stop selling the jewelry until may 12 because it would be too difficult to test products already on its shelves on june 4 cadmium was detected in the paint used on promotional drinking glasses for the movie sh￭ rek forever after sold by mcdonald s restaurants triggering a recall of 12 million glasses
ces￭ are￭ an delivery on maternal request cd￭ mr is a ca￭ es￭ are￭ an section birth requested by the pregnant woman without a medical reason
caff￭ eine induced anxiety disorder is an anxiety disorder that can be present in people susceptible to panic attacks and anxiety consumption of caff￭ eine has long been linked to anxiety caff￭ eine induced anxiety disorder however almost exclusively occurs in people who already have an anxiety disorder for these people they are more prone to the psychological effects of caff￭ eine and are at greater risk of a panic attack after ing￭ est￭ ing non trivial amounts of caff￭ eine the effects of caff￭ eine and the symptoms of anxiety both increase activity within the sympathetic nervous system caff￭ eine has been linked to the aggrav￭ ation and maintenance of anxiety disorders and the initiation of panic or anxiety attacks in those who are already pre￭ disposed to such phenomena caff￭ eine usage sur￭ passing 200 mg has been shown to increase the likelihood for anxiety and panic attacks in a population excessive amounts of caff￭ eine can result in symptoms from general anxiety to obs￭ essive compul￭ sive and pho￭ bic symptoms anxiety symptoms caused by caff￭ eine are often mistaken for serious mental disorders including bipolar disorder and schizophrenia leaving patients medicated for the wrong issue
caff￭ eine induced sleep disorder is a psychiatric disorder that results from over￭ consumption of the stimul￭ ant caff￭ eine when caff￭ eine is consumed immediately before bed￭ time or continuously throughout the day sleep onset may be delayed total sleep time reduced normal stages of sleep altered and the quality of sleep decreased caff￭ eine reduces slow wave sleep in the early part of the sleep cycle and can reduce rapid eye movement sleep later in the cycle caff￭ eine increases episodes of wa￭ ke￭ fulness and high doses in the late evening can increase sleep onset lat￭ ency in elderly people there is an association between use of medication containing caff￭ eine and difficulty in falling asleep the specific criteria for this disorder in the fourth version of the diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders dsm iv include that there must be a significant inability to sleep which is caused entirely by the physiological effects of caff￭ eine as proven by an examination if sleeping issues can be accounted for due to a breathing related sleep disorder narco￭ le￭ psy a cir￭ c￭ adi￭ an rhythm sleep disorder or a mental disorder then caff￭ eine induced sleep disorder is not the cause this condition causes a notable impairment in functioning in sufferers excessive ing￭ estion of caff￭ eine can lead to a state of in￭ tox￭ ication this period of in￭ tox￭ ication is characterized by rest￭ lessness ag￭ itation excitement ram￭ bling thought or speech and even in￭ som￭ nia even doses of caff￭ eine relating to just one cup of coffee can increase sleep lat￭ ency and decrease the quality of sleep especially in non rem deep sleep a dose of caff￭ eine taken in the morning can have these effects the following night so one of the main practices of sleep hygiene a person can do is to cease the consumption of caff￭ eine
caff￭ eine s mechanism of action is somewhat different from that of cocaine and the substituted amp￭ he￭ tam￭ ines caff￭ eine blocks aden￭ os￭ ine recep￭ tors a and a 2 a aden￭ os￭ ine is a by product of cellular activity and stimulation of aden￭ os￭ ine recep￭ tors produces feelings of ti￭ red￭ ness and the need to sleep caff￭ eine s ability to block these recep￭ tors means the levels of the body s natural stimul￭ ants dop￭ amine and no￭ rep￭ in￭ eph￭ rine continue at higher levels
café au la￭ it spots or café au la￭ it mac￭ ules are flat pi￭ gm￭ ented birth￭ marks the name café au la￭ it is french for coffee with milk and refers to their light brown color they are also called gir￭ aff￭ e spots or coast of ma￭ ine spots they are caused by a collection of pig￭ ment producing mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tes in the ep￭ id￭ er￭ mis of the skin these spots are typically permanent and may grow or increase in number over time café au la￭ it spots are often harmless but may be associated with syndro￭ mes such as neuro￭ fi￭ bro￭ mat￭ osis type 1 and mc￭ c￭ une al￭ bright syndrome
the cal￭ aver￭ as skull was a human skull found by min￭ ers in cal￭ aver￭ as county california which was pur￭ ported to prove that humans ma￭ st￭ od￭ ons and elephants had co￭ existed in california it was later revealed to be a ho￭ ax coinci￭ dentally cal￭ aver￭ as is the spanish word for skul￭ ls
cal￭ can￭ e￭ al frac￭ ture is a frac￭ ture of the cal￭ can￭ eus it is usually caused by a fall from height when one lands on their feet these fractu￭ res represent approximately 2 of all fractu￭ res but 60 of tar￭ sal bone fractu￭ res the name lover s frac￭ ture is derived from the fact that a lover may jump from great heights while trying to escape from the lover s spouse
a cal￭ can￭ e￭ al spur or heel spur is a small o￭ ste￭ op￭ hy￭ te bone spur located on the cal￭ can￭ eus heel bone cal￭ can￭ e￭ al sp￭ urs are typically detected by a radiological examination x ray when a foot bone is exposed to constant stress calcium deposits build up on the bottom of the heel bone generally this has no effect on a person s daily life however repeated damage can cause these deposits to pile up on each other causing a spur shaped de￭ form￭ ity called a cal￭ can￭ e￭ al or heel spur ob￭ ese people flat￭ fo￭ oted people and people who often wear high he￭ eled shoes are most susceptible to heel sp￭ urs an inferior cal￭ can￭ e￭ al spur is located on the inferior aspect of the cal￭ can￭ eus and is typically a response to plan￭ tar fas￭ ci￭ i￭ tis over a period but may also be associated with an￭ ky￭ losing spon￭ dy￭ li￭ tis typically in children a poster￭ ior cal￭ can￭ e￭ al spur develops on the back of the heel at the insertion of the achilles tend￭ on an inferior cal￭ can￭ e￭ al spur consists of a calci￭ fication of the cal￭ can￭ eus which lies superior to the plan￭ tar fas￭ cia at the insertion of the plan￭ tar fas￭ cia a poster￭ ior cal￭ can￭ e￭ al spur is often large and palpable through the skin and may need to be removed as part of the treatment of inser￭ tional achilles tend￭ oni￭ tis these are also generally visible to the naked eye
cal￭ care￭ ous dino￭ flag￭ ell￭ ate cy￭ sts or cal￭ care￭ ous din￭ oc￭ y￭ sts are dino￭ flag￭ ell￭ ate cy￭ sts produced by a group of peri￭ dino￭ id dino￭ flag￭ ell￭ ates called cal￭ care￭ ous dino￭ flag￭ ell￭ ates
calci￭ fic tend￭ initi￭ s is a form of tend￭ initi￭ s a disorder characterized by deposits of hydroxy￭ ap￭ ati￭ te a cryst￭ alline calcium phosphate in any tend￭ on of the body but most commonly in the tend￭ ons of the rot￭ ator cuff shoulder causing pain and infl￭ amm￭ ation the condition is related to and may cause adhe￭ sive cap￭ su￭ li￭ tis frozen shoulder
calci￭ fication is the accumulation of calcium salts in a body tissue it normally occurs in the formation of bone but calcium can be deposited abnormally in soft tissue causing it to har￭ den calci￭ fications may be classified on whether there is mineral balance or not and the location of the calci￭ fication calci￭ fication may also refer to the processes of normal mineral de￭ position in biological systems such as the formation of stro￭ mat￭ ol￭ ites or mollusc shells see miner￭ alization biology or biom￭ iner￭ alization
the calci￭ fying epi￭ the￭ li￭ al od￭ on￭ to￭ genic tumor also known as a p￭ ind￭ borg tumor or ce￭ ot is an od￭ on￭ to￭ genic tumor first recognized by the danish patho￭ logist j￭ ens jør￭ gen p￭ ind￭ borg in 1955 it was previously described as an aden￭ o￭ id adam￭ an￭ to￭ bl￭ ast￭ oma unusual am￭ elo￭ bl￭ ast￭ oma and a c￭ ys￭ tic od￭ on￭ tom￭ a like other od￭ on￭ to￭ genic ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms it is thought to arise from the epi￭ the￭ li￭ al element of the en￭ am￭ el origin it is a typically benign and slow growing but invasive ne￭ op￭ las￭ m
the calci￭ fying odo￭ to￭ genic cyst or the gor￭ lin cyst now known in the who classification of tum￭ ours as the calci￭ fying c￭ ys￭ tic od￭ on￭ to￭ genic tumor is a benign od￭ on￭ to￭ genic tumor of c￭ ys￭ tic type most likely to affect the an￭ terior areas of the ja￭ ws it is most common in people in their second to third decades but can be seen at almost any age on radio￭ graphs the calci￭ fying od￭ on￭ to￭ genic cyst appears as a uni￭ loc￭ ular radi￭ ol￭ uc￭ ency dark area in one third of cases an imp￭ acted tooth is involved micro￭ sco￭ p￭ ically there are many cells that are described as ghost cells enlarged e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic epi￭ the￭ li￭ al cells without nucle￭ i
cal￭ cin￭ osis is the formation of calcium deposits in any soft tissue
cal￭ cin￭ osis cu￭ tis or cu￭ taneous calci￭ fication is a type of cal￭ cin￭ osis where￭ in calcium deposits form in the skin a variety of factors can result in this condition the most common source is dy￭ stro￭ ph￭ ic calci￭ fication which occurs in soft tissue as a response to injury in addition cal￭ cin￭ osis is seen in limited cu￭ taneous systemic sclerosis also known as c￭ rest syndrome the c in c￭ rest in dogs cal￭ cin￭ osis cu￭ tis is found in young large breed dogs and is thought to occur after a traumatic injury
calci￭ other￭ mic reactions are metal￭ lo￭ ther￭ mic reduction reactions more generally ther￭ mic chemical reactions which use calcium metal as the reducing agent at high temperature calcium is one of the most potent reducing agents available usually drawn as the strongest oxid￭ ic reduc￭ tant in ell￭ in￭ gham diag￭ r￭ ams though the lan￭ than￭ ides best it in this respect in oxide processes on the other hand this trend does not continue to other compounds that are non oxides and for instance lan￭ than￭ um is produced by the calci￭ other￭ mic reduction of the chloride calcium being a more potent reducing agent than lan￭ than￭ um involving chl￭ ori￭ des calci￭ other￭ mic processes are used in the extraction of metals such as uranium z￭ ir￭ con￭ ium and th￭ orium from oxide ores an interesting way of performing calci￭ other￭ mic reductions is by in situ generated metallic calcium dissolved in mol￭ ten calcium chloride as shown in the ff￭ c cambridge process
calci￭ phy￭ lax￭ is or calci￭ fic u￭ rem￭ ic arter￭ i￭ ol￭ opathy cu￭ a is a syndrome of vascular calci￭ fication thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis and skin necro￭ sis it is seen mostly in patients with stage 5 chronic kidney disease but can occur in the absence of ren￭ al failure it results in chronic non healing wounds and is usually fatal calci￭ phy￭ lax￭ is is a rare but serious disease believed to affect 1 4 of all dial￭ ysis patients calci￭ phy￭ lax￭ is is one type of extr￭ as￭ kel￭ etal calci￭ fication similar extr￭ as￭ kel￭ etal calci￭ fications are observed in some patients with hyper￭ cal￭ c￭ emic states including patients with milk alkali syndrome sar￭ co￭ ido￭ sis primary hyper￭ par￭ ath￭ yro￭ i￭ dis￭ m and hyper￭ vitam￭ in￭ osis d
calcium channel bloc￭ ker toxicity is the taking of too much of the medications known as calcium channel bloc￭ kers cc￭ bs either by accident or on purpose this often causes a slow heart rate and low blood pressure this can progress to the heart stopping altogether some cc￭ bs can also cause a fast heart rate as a result of the low blood pressure other symptoms may include naus￭ ea v￭ om￭ iting sleep￭ iness and short￭ ness of breath symptoms usually occur in the first six hours but with some forms of the medication may not start until 24 after hours there are a number of treatments that may be useful these include efforts to reduce absorption of the drug including activated char￭ coal taken by mouth if given shortly after the ing￭ estion or whole bo￭ wel irrigation if an extended release formula was taken efforts to cause v￭ om￭ iting are not recommended medications to treat the toxic effects include intra￭ ven￭ ous fluids calcium glu￭ con￭ ate gl￭ uc￭ agon high dose insulin vas￭ op￭ res￭ sors and lip￭ id emul￭ sion ex￭ trac￭ or￭ po￭ real memb￭ rane oxy￭ gen￭ ation may also be an option more than ten thousand cases of calcium channel bloc￭ ker toxicity were reported in the united states in 2010 along with beta bloc￭ kers and di￭ go￭ x￭ in calcium channel bloc￭ kers have one of the highest rates of death in over￭ dose these medications first became available in the 1970 s and 1980 s they are one of the few types of medication in which one pill can result in the death of a child
calcium ca deficiency is a plant disorder that can be caused by insufficient calcium in the growing medium but is more frequently a product of low transp￭ ir￭ ation of the whole plant or more commonly the affected tissue plants are susceptible to such loc￭ alized calcium deficiencies in low or non transp￭ iring tissues because calcium is not transported in the ph￭ lo￭ em this may be due to water shortages which slow the transportation of calcium to the plant poor uptake of calcium through the stem or too much nitrogen in the soil
a calci￭ um￭ opathy is a disease caused by disruption to the use of calcium within a cell to a large extent a calci￭ um￭ opathy is a type of chann￭ el￭ opathy or a disease caused by disturbed function of ion channel sub￭ units or the proteins that regulate them calci￭ um￭ opath￭ ies also include dys￭ functions of regulatory pathways and mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ a many calci￭ um￭ opath￭ ies are complex poly￭ genic diseases clues to their understanding are coming from the r￭ arer mono￭ genic forms of common symptoms such as seizures at￭ ax￭ ia and migr￭ aine
a calcul￭ us plural calcul￭ i often called a stone is a concre￭ tion of material usually mineral salts that forms in an organ or duc￭ t of the body formation of calcul￭ i is known as li￭ thi￭ asis ˌ￭ l￭ ɪ￭ ˈ￭ θ￭ a￭ ɪ￭ ə￭ s￭ ᵻ￭ s stones can cause a number of medical conditions some common principles below apply to stones at any location but for specifics see the particular stone type in question calcul￭ i are not to be confused with gastro￭ li￭ ths
a calibr￭ ated ori￭ fice is a restriction that is deliberately placed into a system of pipes to set the flow rate through the system the ori￭ fice may be designed to produce proportional flow as in the jet in a car￭ bu￭ re￭ tor or cho￭ ked flow as in a filtering bypass in a closed industrial cooling system which might be designed to pass a particular flow rate through a filter assembly to maintain clean￭ liness of a closed loop fluid system many pressure gauges also use an ori￭ fice also called a restric￭ tor to limit the flow into a gauge since the pressure is even throughout the system allowing only a small portion of the flow into the actual gauge allows it to be in parallel with the pressure circuit and still measure accurately it also prevents or minim￭ izes damage to the gauge during pressure sur￭ ges at start up or due to any spi￭ kes in the system pressure
the california genocide is a term used to describe the decrease in the indigenous population of california due to violence relocation and starvation as a result of the u s occupation of california the indigenous population of california under spanish rule dropped from 300 000 prior to 17￭ 69 to 250 000 in 18￭ 34 after mexico won its independence from spain and after the secul￭ arization of the coastal missions by the mexican government in 18￭ 34 the indigenous population suffered a much more drastic decrease in population the period immediately following the u s conquest of california has been characterized by numerous sources as a genocide under us sovereignty after 18￭ 48 the indian population plunged from perhaps 150 000 to 30 000 in 1870 and reached its nad￭ ir of 16 000 in 1900
for astro￭ no￭ my and calendar studies the cal￭ li￭ pp￭ ic cycle or cali￭ pp￭ ic is a particular approximate common multiple of the year specifically the tropical year and the sy￭ no￭ d￭ ic month that was proposed by cal￭ li￭ pp￭ us during 330 bc it is a period of 76 years as an improvement of the 19 year me￭ tonic cycle a century before cal￭ li￭ pp￭ us me￭ ton discovered the cycle of 19 years that counted 6 9￭ 40 days which exceeds 235 lun￭ ations by almost a third of a day and 19 tropical years by four ten￭ ths of a day it implicitly gave the solar year a duration of 69￭ 40 ⁄ 19 365 1 ⁄ 4 1 ⁄ 76 days 365 d 6 h 18 min 56 s but cal￭ li￭ pp￭ us knew that the duration of the year was more closely 365 1 ⁄ 4 days 365 d 6 h so he multiplied the 19 year cycle by 4 to obtain an inte￭ ger number of days and then omitted 1 day from the last 19 year cycle thus he compu￭ ted a cycle of 76 years that consists of 9￭ 40 lun￭ ations and 27 759 days and has been named the cal￭ li￭ pp￭ ic cycle for him although the cycle s error has been compu￭ ted as one full day in 5￭ 53 years or 4 95 parts per million in actu￭ ality 27 759 days in 76 years has a mean year of exactly 365 1 ⁄ 4 days which relative to the mean north￭ ward equ￭ in￭ oc￭ tial year is about 11 minutes too long per year in other words the cycle drif￭ ts another day late per 130 10 ⁄ 11 years which is considerably worse than the drift of the un￭ rounded me￭ tonic cycle if the cal￭ li￭ pp￭ ic cycle is considered as closer to its un￭ rounded length of 27 758 3 ⁄ 4 days based on 9￭ 40 lun￭ ations then its accuracy is essentially the same as the un￭ rounded me￭ tonic cycle within a few seconds per year if it is considered as 9￭ 40 lun￭ ations less one day then the cal￭ li￭ pp￭ ic mean year will be shortened by 1 ⁄ 76 of a day 18 minutes 57 seconds making it grossly too short and it will also grossly drift ahead with respect to the mean lun￭ ar cycle at the rate of 1 ⁄ 9￭ 40 of a day 1 minute 31 seconds per lun￭ ar month if the cycle length is tr￭ unc￭ ated to 27 758 days then the mean year is 365 days 5 hours 41 minutes 3 seconds or almost 8 minutes too brief per year and it will drift ahead of the mean lun￭ ar cycle by about 3 ⁄ 4 ⁄ 9￭ 40 day 1 minute 9 seconds per lun￭ ar month altogether the pur￭ ported accuracy of this cycle is not impressive but it is of historical interest the first year of the first cal￭ li￭ pp￭ ic cycle began at the summer sol￭ s￭ tice of 330 bc 28 june in the prole￭ ptic julian calendar and was subsequently used by later astro￭ no￭ mers in pt￭ ol￭ emy s al￭ mag￭ est for example he cites al￭ mag￭ est vii 3 h 25 observations by timo￭ char￭ is during the 47 th year of the first cal￭ li￭ pp￭ ic cycle 283 bc when on the eighth of an￭ the￭ ster￭ ion the ple￭ i￭ ades star cluster was oc￭ cul￭ ted by the moon the cal￭ li￭ pp￭ ic calendar originally used the names of months from the attic calendar although later astro￭ no￭ mers such as hip￭ par￭ ch￭ us preferred other calend￭ ars including the egyptian calendar also hip￭ par￭ ch￭ us invented his own hip￭ par￭ chic calendar cycle as an improvement upon the cal￭ li￭ pp￭ ic cycle pt￭ ol￭ emy s al￭ mag￭ est provided some conversions between the cal￭ li￭ pp￭ ic and egyptian calend￭ ars such as that an￭ the￭ ster￭ ion 8 47 th year of the first cal￭ li￭ pp￭ ic period was equivalent to day 29 of the month of ath￭ y￭ r during year 465 of nab￭ on￭ ass￭ ar however the original complete form of the cal￭ li￭ pp￭ ic calendar is no longer known
call￭ ous ul￭ cer is a chronic non￭ healing ul￭ cer with hard ind￭ ur￭ ated base and in￭ elastic margins it usually contains unhealthy pale gran￭ ulation tissue it may last for months to years and does not show any tendency to heal
a call￭ us or cal￭ los￭ ity is a tough￭ ened area of skin which has become relatively thick and hard in response to repeated friction pressure or other irritation rub￭ bing that is too frequent or forceful will cause bl￭ is￭ ters rather than allow call￭ uses to form since repeated contact is required call￭ uses are most often found on feet because of frequent walking call￭ uses are generally not harmful but may sometimes lead to other problems such as skin ul￭ cer￭ ation or infection
cam￭ el￭ pox is a disease of cam￭ els caused by a virus of the family po￭ x￭ vi￭ ri￭ da￭ e sub￭ family chor￭ do￭ po￭ x￭ vir￭ in￭ ae and the genus orth￭ o￭ po￭ x￭ virus it causes skin le￭ sions and a generalized infection approximately 25 of young cam￭ els that become infected will die from the disease while infection in older cam￭ els is generally more mild although rare the infection may spread to the hands of those that work closely with cam￭ els cam￭ el￭ pox is endemic throughout the middle east africa and asia
a c￭ ame￭ o role or c￭ ame￭ o appearance ˈ￭ k￭ æ￭ mi￭ o￭ ʊ often shortened to just c￭ ame￭ o is a brief appearance or voice part of a known person in a work of the performing arts typically un￭ named or appearing as themselves these roles are generally small many of them non speaking ones and are commonly either appearances in a work in which they hold some special significance such as actors from an original movie appearing in its re￭ make or renowned people making un￭ credited appearances short appearances by cel￭ e￭ bri￭ ties film directors politicians athletes or musicians are common a crew member of the show or movie playing a minor role can be referred to as a c￭ ame￭ o as well such as alfred hit￭ ch￭ cock s frequently performed c￭ ame￭ os
camera coverage in film￭ making and video production is the amount of footage shot and different camera angles used to capture a scene when in the post production process the more camera coverage means that there is more footage for the film editor to work with in assemb￭ ling the final cut
cam￭ isa disease or vo￭ h￭ win￭ kel variant with ich￭ thy￭ osis is the variant form of vo￭ h￭ win￭ kel syndrome characterized by ich￭ thy￭ osis and normal hearing it is associated with lor￭ ic￭ rin it was characterized in 1984 and 1988
cam￭ po￭ mel￭ ic dys￭ pl￭ asia c￭ md is a rare genetic disorder characterized by bo￭ wing of the long bones and many other sk￭ el￭ etal and extr￭ as￭ kel￭ etal features it is frequently lethal in the ne￭ on￭ atal period due to respiratory in￭ sufficiency but the severity of the disease is variable and some patients survive into adul￭ thood the name is derived from the greek roots camp￭ o or camp￭ to meaning bent and me￭ lia meaning limb an unusual aspect of the disease is that up to two thirds of affected 46 xy geno￭ typ￭ ic males display a range of disorders of sexual development ds￭ d and genital ambiguities or may even develop as normal phen￭ o￭ typ￭ ic females as in complete 46 xy sex reversal an atypical form of the disease with absence of bo￭ wed limbs is called pro￭ sa￭ ically ac￭ am￭ po￭ mel￭ ic cam￭ po￭ mel￭ ic dys￭ pl￭ asia ac￭ d and is found in about 10 of patients particularly those surviving the ne￭ on￭ atal period
the camps quin￭ oline synthesis also known as the camps cy￭ cli￭ zation is a chemical reaction whereby an o ac￭ yl￭ am￭ ino￭ acet￭ op￭ hen￭ one is transformed into two different hydroxy￭ quin￭ ol￭ ines products a and b using hydrox￭ ide ion the camps quin￭ oline synthesis the relative proportions of the hydroxy￭ quin￭ ol￭ ines a and b produced are dependent upon the reaction conditions and structure of the starting material although the reaction product is commonly depicted as a quin￭ oline the en￭ ol form it is believed that the ke￭ to form predomin￭ ates in both the solid state and in solution making the compound a quin￭ ol￭ one an example of the camps reaction is given below camps quin￭ oline synthesis
camp￭ to￭ cor￭ mia also known as bent sp￭ ine syndrome b￭ ss is a symptom of a multitude of diseases that is most commonly seen in the elderly it is identified by an abnormal thor￭ a￭ colum￭ bar spinal fl￭ ex￭ ion which is a b￭ ending of the lower muscles of the back occurring in a standing position in order to be classified as b￭ ss the an￭ terior fl￭ ex￭ ion the lower back b￭ ending must be of 45 degrees an￭ ter￭ ior￭ ly this classification differenti￭ ates it from a similar syndrome known as ky￭ pho￭ sis although camp￭ to￭ cor￭ mia is a symptom of many diseases there are two common origins neuro￭ logical and muscular camp￭ to￭ cor￭ mia is treated by alleviating the underlying condition causing it through therap￭ u￭ tic measures or lifestyle changes
camp￭ to￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly is a medical condition that causes one or more fingers to be permanently bent it involves fixed fl￭ ex￭ ion de￭ form￭ ity of the proxim￭ al inter￭ p￭ hal￭ ange￭ al joints the fifth finger is always affected camp￭ to￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly can be caused by a genetic disorder in that case it is an auto￭ som￭ al dominant trait that is known for its incomplete genetic expres￭ sivity this means that when a person has the genes for it the condition may appear in both hands one or neither a linkage scan proposed that the chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al loc￭ us of camp￭ to￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly was 3 q 11 2 q 13 12
camp￭ to￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly ar￭ thro￭ pa￭ thy co￭ xa var￭ a peric￭ ardi￭ tis syndrome is a rare genetic condition due to a mutation in the gene prote￭ o￭ gly￭ can 4 pr￭ g 4 a ch￭ on￭ dro￭ i￭ tin sul￭ fate prote￭ o￭ gly￭ can that acts as a lubric￭ ant for the car￭ til￭ age surfaces this gene is also known as lubric￭ in this condition is inherited as an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive
camp￭ y￭ lob￭ ac￭ ter￭ i￭ osis is an infection by the camp￭ y￭ lob￭ ac￭ ter bacter￭ ium most commonly c je￭ jun￭ i it is among the most common bacterial infections of humans often a food￭ borne illness it produces an infl￭ am￭ matory sometimes bloody diarr￭ hea or dy￭ sen￭ tery syndrome mostly including cram￭ ps fever and pain
cam￭ ur￭ ati – eng￭ el￭ mann disease ced is a very rare auto￭ som￭ al dominant genetic disorder that causes characteristic anomalies in the skelet￭ on it is a form of dys￭ pl￭ asia patients typically have heavily thick￭ ened bones especially along the sh￭ af￭ ts of the long bones called di￭ ap￭ hy￭ seal dys￭ pl￭ asia the skull bones may be thick￭ ened so that the passages through the skull that carry nerves and blood vessels become narrowed possibly leading to sensory deficits blindness or deaf￭ ness this disease often appears in childhood and is considered to be inherited however some patients have no previous history of ced within their family the disease is slowly progressive and while there is no cure there is treatment it is named for m cam￭ ur￭ ati and g eng￭ el￭ mann cam￭ ur￭ ati – eng￭ el￭ mann disease is also known as eng￭ el￭ mann disease ed eng￭ el￭ mann syndrome es cam￭ ur￭ ati – eng￭ el￭ mann syndrome ces or progressive di￭ ap￭ hy￭ seal dys￭ pl￭ asia p￭ dd which are the most common alternative names of the disease other names include o￭ ste￭ opath￭ ia hyper￭ o￭ sto￭ tica s￭ cl￭ ero￭ tic￭ ans and multi￭ pl￭ ex inf￭ an￭ tal￭ is
canadian import duties is the amount of tax or tariff paid while importing goods into canada the canada border services agency collects the tariff on all imported goods according to the north american free trade agreement there is no duty to be paid if the goods are for personal use and the goods are marked as made in the united states canada or mexico or the goods are not marked or labelled to indicate that they were made anywhere other than in the united states canada or mexico canadi￭ ans also have to pay the federal goods and services tax and in most provinces provincial sales tax on the imported goods
the canadian government debt commonly called the public debt or the national debt is the amount of money owed by the government of canada to holders of canadian treasury security in 2013 this number stood at cad 1 2 trillion across federal and provincial governments with the total gdp somewhere around cad 1 8 trillion canada s overall debt gdp ratio is around 66 gross debt is the national debt plus in￭ trag￭ overn￭ mental debt obligations or debt held by trust funds types of securities sold by the government include treasury bills notes bonds tips canada savings bonds and provincial government securities the annual government deficit is the difference between government receipts and spending
can￭ al￭ icular aden￭ oma is a type of benign sali￭ vary g￭ land tumor that occurs most often in minor sali￭ vary g￭ lands in addition to ple￭ om￭ orph￭ ic aden￭ oma the two are the most common tumors of the upper lip
can￭ av￭ an disease also called can￭ av￭ an van bo￭ ga￭ ert ber￭ tr￭ and disease is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive degenerative disorder that causes progressive damage to nerve cells in the brain and is one of the most common degenerative cere￭ br￭ al diseases of infancy it is caused by a deficiency of the enzyme am￭ ino￭ ac￭ yl￭ ase 2 and is one of a group of genetic diseases referred to as a leuko￭ dy￭ stro￭ ph￭ ies it is characterized by de￭ generation of my￭ elin in the phosp￭ holi￭ pid layer insulating the ax￭ on of a ne￭ uron and is associated with a gene located on human chro￭ mo￭ some 17
cancer is a group of diseases involving abnormal cell growth with the potential to invade or spread to other parts of the body not all tumors are can￭ cer￭ ous benign tumors do not spread to other parts of the body possible signs and symptoms include a lump abnormal bleeding prolonged cough un￭ explained weight loss and a change in bo￭ wel movements while these symptoms may indicate cancer they may have other causes over 100 cancers affect humans tobacco use is the cause of about 22 of cancer deaths another 10 is due to obesity poor diet lack of physical activity and drinking alcohol other factors include certain infections exposure to ionizing radiation and environmental pollutants in the developing world nearly 20 of cancers are due to infections such as hepatitis b hepatitis c and human pap￭ il￭ lo￭ ma￭ virus h￭ p￭ v these factors act at least partly by changing the genes of a cell typically many genetic changes are required before cancer develops approximately 5 – 10 of cancers are due to inherited genetic defects from a person s parents cancer can be detected by certain signs and symptoms or screening tests it is then typically further investigated by medical imaging and confirmed by biopsy many cancers can be prevented by not smoking maintaining a healthy weight not drinking too much alcohol eating plenty of vegetables fruits and whole grains vaccination against certain infectious diseases not eating too much processed and red meat and avoiding too much sunlight exposure early detection through screening is useful for cer￭ vic￭ al and colo￭ rec￭ tal cancer the benefits of screening in breast cancer are controversial cancer is often treated with some combination of radiation therapy surgery chem￭ otherapy and targeted therapy pain and symptom management are an important part of care palliative care is particularly important in people with advanced disease the chance of survival depends on the type of cancer and extent of disease at the start of treatment in children under 15 at diagnosis the five year survival rate in the developed world is on average 80 for cancer in the united states the average five year survival rate is 66 in 2012 about 14 1 million new cases of cancer occurred globally not including skin cancer other than mel￭ anom￭ a it caused about 8 2 million deaths or 14 6 of human deaths the most common types of cancer in males are lung cancer pro￭ state cancer colo￭ rec￭ tal cancer and stomach cancer in females the most common types are breast cancer colo￭ rec￭ tal cancer lung cancer and cer￭ vic￭ al cancer if skin cancer other than mel￭ anom￭ a were included in total new cancers each year it would account for around 40 of cases in children acute lymp￭ ho￭ bl￭ astic leuk￭ aemia and brain tumors are most common except in africa where non ho￭ dg￭ kin lymp￭ homa occurs more often in 2012 about 165 000 children under 15 years of age were diagnosed with cancer the risk of cancer increases significantly with age and many cancers occur more commonly in developed countries rates are increasing as more people live to an old age and as lifestyle changes occur in the developing world the financial costs of cancer were estimated at 1 16 trillion us dollars per year as of 2010
cancer related fatigue is a subjective symptom of fatigue that is experienced by nearly all cancer patients among patients receiving cancer treatment other than surgery it is essentially universal fatigue is a normal and expected side effect of most forms of chem￭ otherapy radiation therapy and bio￭ therapy on average cancer related fatigue is more severe more distressing and less likely to be relieved by rest than fatigue experienced by healthy people it can range from mild to severe and may be either temporary or a long term effect fatigue may be a symptom of the cancer or it may be the result of treatments for the cancer
similarly to humans cancer is the leading cause of death among older cats it is caused by uncontrolled cell growth and affects a wide range of cell types and organs in the body fel￭ ine cancer initially manifests as a lump or bump on any parts of the body it rapidly grows in the affected cell attaches itself to the tissue under the skin in that area and depending on the tum￭ our it can spread to other parts of the body although cancer accounts for approximately 50 of fel￭ ine deaths each year it can be successfully treated if diagnosed early while the causes of cancer in cats are unknown fel￭ ine leuk￭ emia virus is suspected to be a prime contributor other factors suspected to increase rates of fel￭ ine cancer include toxins from the environment second hand smoking excessive gro￭ oming or lic￭ king parts of the body that have been in contact with an environmental toxin cancer can be detected early on by observing for certain signs and symptoms common diagno￭ sing methods include physical examination x rays ul￭ tras￭ ounds cy￭ to￭ logy blood tests urine tests and nuclear sc￭ ans depending on the type of cancer and its level of progress surgery radiation chem￭ otherapy or immun￭ otherapy may be utilized to treat for cancer although research has been slow for causes and treatment of fel￭ ine cancers there have been advan￭ cements in radiation therapy as well as newer and improved chem￭ otherapy procedures
similarly to humans cancer is the leading cause of death among older dogs it accounts for approximately 50 of deaths each year but can be successfully treated if diagnosed early the medical science that studies cancer in animals is called veterinary on￭ co￭ logy and veterinarians that speci￭ alize in cancer diagnosis and treatment are called veterinary on￭ co￭ logists as with people dogs can get various kinds of cancer cancer in dogs is one of the leading cause of deaths in dogs but it can be successfully treated
cancer of unknown primary origin cup oc￭ cult cancer is a term used to describe a cancer that is determined to be at the me￭ ta￭ static stage at the time of diagnosis but a primary tumor cannot be identified a diagnosis of cup requires a clinical picture consistent with me￭ ta￭ static disease and one or more biopsy results inconsistent with a primary tumor cup is found in about 3 to 5 of all people diagnosed with invasive cancer and carries a poor prog￭ no￭ sis in most 80 to 85 of those circumstances the other 15 to 20 of patients however have a relatively long survival with appropriate treatment
a cancer syndrome or family cancer syndrome is a genetic disorder in which inherited genetic mutations in one or more genes pre￭ dispose the affected individuals to the development of cancers and may also cause the early onset of these cancers cancer syndro￭ mes often show not only a high lifetime risk of developing cancer but also the development of multiple independent primary tumors many of these syndro￭ mes are caused by mutations in tumor sup￭ pres￭ sor genes genes that are involved in protecting the cell from turning can￭ cer￭ ous other genes that may be affected are dna repair genes on￭ co￭ genes and genes involved in the production of blood vessels an￭ gi￭ o￭ genesis common examples of inherited cancer syndro￭ mes are hereditary breast o￭ vari￭ an cancer syndrome and hereditary non poly￭ pos￭ is col￭ on cancer lyn￭ ch syndrome
candi￭ dal inter￭ tri￭ go is an infection of the skin by candi￭ da al￭ bic￭ ans more specifically located between inter￭ tri￭ gin￭ ous fol￭ ds of adjacent skin
candi￭ dal ony￭ ch￭ om￭ y￭ co￭ sis is an infection of the nail plate by fun￭ gus caused by candi￭ da in one study candi￭ da par￭ ap￭ si￭ losis was the most common species candi￭ da al￭ bic￭ ans is also a common agent
candi￭ di￭ asis is a fun￭ gal infection due to any type of candi￭ da a type of ye￭ ast when it affects the mouth it is commonly called th￭ rush signs and symptoms include white pat￭ ches on the tongue or other areas of the mouth and throat other symptoms may include so￭ reness and problems sw￭ allowing when it affects the vag￭ ina it is commonly called a ye￭ ast infection signs and symptoms include genital it￭ ching burning and sometimes a white cott￭ age cheese like discharge from the vag￭ ina less commonly the penis may be affected resulting in it￭ chin￭ ess very rarely the infection may become invasive spreading throughout the body resulting in fe￭ vers along with other symptoms depending on the parts of the body affected more than 20 types of candi￭ da can cause infection with candi￭ da al￭ bic￭ ans being the most common infections of the mouth are most common among children less than one month old the elderly and those with weak immune systems conditions that result in a weak immune system include hiv aids the medications used after organ transplantation diabetes and the use of cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ster￭ oids other risks include d￭ ent￭ ures and following antibiotic therapy vag￭ inal infections occur more commonly during pregnancy in those with weak immune systems and following antibiotic use risk for widespread infection includes being in an intensive care unit following surgery low birth weight infants and those with weak immune systems efforts to prevent infections of the mouth include the use of chlor￭ hex￭ id￭ ine mouth wash in those with poor immune function and washing out the mouth following the use of inhal￭ ed ster￭ oids little evidence supports pro￭ bio￭ tics for either prevention or treatment even among those with frequent vag￭ inal infections for infections of the mouth treatment with topical clo￭ trim￭ azole or ny￭ stati￭ n is usually effective oral or intra￭ ven￭ ous flu￭ con￭ azole it￭ ra￭ con￭ azole or am￭ pho￭ ter￭ ic￭ in b may be used if these do not work a number of topical anti￭ fun￭ gal medications may be used for vag￭ inal infections including clo￭ trim￭ azole in those with widespread disease an echino￭ can￭ din such as cas￭ po￭ fun￭ gin or mic￭ af￭ un￭ gin is used a number of weeks of intra￭ ven￭ ous am￭ pho￭ ter￭ ic￭ in b may be used as an alternative in certain groups at very high risk anti￭ fun￭ gal medications may be used prevent￭ atively infections of the mouth occur in about 6 of babies less than a month old about 20 of those receiving chem￭ otherapy for cancer and 20 of those with aids also develop the disease about three quarters of women have at least one ye￭ ast infection at some time during their lives widespread disease is rare except in those who have risk factors
candi￭ did is a skin condition an id reaction similar to der￭ mat￭ op￭ hy￭ ti￭ ds
in radi￭ ology can￭ ga s be￭ ad symptom is the irregular appearance of uter￭ us and no￭ d￭ ular structures in tu￭ ba uter￭ ina observed in patients with genital tuberculosis it is named for ser￭ if can￭ ga 1906 1993 a turkish gy￭ ne￭ co￭ logist in 1971
can￭ ine epi￭ le￭ pto￭ id cram￭ ping syndrome cec￭ s also known as spike s disease also known as border terri￭ er s disease is a hereditary can￭ ine disease with similarities to can￭ ine epi￭ le￭ psy and is often associated with border terri￭ ers cec￭ s is a recently recognized problem which is theor￭ ised as being a metabol￭ ic neuro￭ logical or muscle disorder but the cause has not yet been identified in 2015 a study came to the conclusion that can￭ ine epi￭ le￭ pto￭ id cram￭ ping syndrome in border terri￭ er s is a glu￭ ten sensitive movement disorder triggered and perpetu￭ ated by glu￭ ten and thus responsive to a glu￭ ten free diet
can￭ ine cognitive dysfunction cc￭ d is a disease prevalent in dogs that exhibit symptoms of dementia or alzheimer s disease shown in humans cc￭ d creates pathological changes in the brain that slow the mental functioning of dogs resulting in loss of memory motor function and learned behaviors from training early in life in the dog ’ s brain a protein by the name of beta amy￭ loid accumul￭ ates creating protein deposits called pl￭ aqu￭ es as the dog ages nerve cells die and cere￭ bro￭ spinal fluid fills the empty space left by the dead nerve cells can￭ ine cognitive dysfunction takes effect in older dogs mostly after 10 years of age although there is no known cause of cc￭ d genetic factors have been shown to contribute to the occurrence of this disease
can￭ ine degenerative my￭ el￭ opathy also known as chronic degenerative radic￭ ul￭ om￭ yel￭ opathy is an incur￭ able progressive disease of the can￭ ine spinal cord that is similar in many ways to am￭ yo￭ troph￭ ic lateral sclerosis als onset is typically after the age of 7 years and it is seen most frequently in the german shepherd dog p￭ embro￭ ke welsh c￭ org￭ i and box￭ er dog though the disorder is strongly associated with a gene mutation in so￭ d 1 that has been found in 43 breeds as of 2008 including the wire fox terri￭ er ches￭ a￭ pe￭ a￭ ke bay retri￭ ever rho￭ de￭ sian ri￭ dge￭ back and cardi￭ gan welsh c￭ org￭ i progressive weakness and in￭ coordination of the rear limbs are often the first signs seen in affected dogs with progression over time to complete paralysis my￭ elin is an insulating she￭ ath around neurons in the spinal cord one proposed cause of degenerative my￭ el￭ opathy is that the immune system attacks this she￭ ath breaking it down this results in a loss of communication between nerves in lower body of the animal and the brain
dis￭ co￭ id lup￭ us er￭ y￭ them￭ ato￭ sus dle is an un￭ common auto￭ immune disease of the bas￭ al cell layer of the skin it occurs in humans and cats more frequently occurring in dogs it does not progress to systemic lup￭ us er￭ y￭ them￭ ato￭ sus s￭ le in dogs s￭ le can also have skin symptoms but it appears that the two are either separate diseases or dle is a mild form of s￭ le dle in dogs differs from s￭ le in humans in that plasma cells pre￭ dominate his￭ to￭ logically instead of t lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tes because worsening of symptoms occurs with increased ultra￭ violet light exposure sun exposure most likely plays a role in dle although certain breeds see below are pre￭ disposed after p￭ emp￭ hi￭ gus foli￭ ac￭ eus dle is the second most common auto￭ immune skin disease in dogs
can￭ ine dist￭ emp￭ er sometimes termed hard￭ pad disease in can￭ ine is a viral disease that affects a wide variety of animal families including domestic and wild species of dogs co￭ yo￭ tes fo￭ xes pand￭ as wolves ferre￭ ts sk￭ un￭ ks rac￭ co￭ ons and large cats as well as pin￭ ni￭ peds some pri￭ mates and a variety of other species it was long believed that animals in the family feli￭ da￭ e including many species of large cat as well as domestic cats were resistant to can￭ ine dist￭ emp￭ er until some researchers reported the prevalence of cd￭ v infection in large feli￭ ds it is now known that both large feli￭ da￭ e and domestic cats can be infected usually through close housing with dogs or possibly blood transfusion from infected cats but such infections appear to be self limiting and largely without symptoms in can￭ ines dist￭ emp￭ er impacts several body systems including the gastro￭ intest￭ inal and respiratory tracts and the spinal cord and brain with common symptoms that include high fever eye infl￭ amm￭ ation and eye nose discharge lab￭ ored breathing and cou￭ gh￭ ing v￭ om￭ iting and diarr￭ hea loss of appetite and leth￭ ar￭ gy and hard￭ ening of nose and foot￭ p￭ ads the viral infection can be accompanied by secondary bacterial infections and can present eventual serious neuro￭ logical symptoms can￭ ine dist￭ emp￭ er is caused by a single stranded r￭ na virus of the family param￭ y￭ x￭ ovi￭ ri￭ da￭ e the same family of the viruses that causes meas￭ les mum￭ ps and bron￭ chi￭ oli￭ tis in humans the disease is highly contagious via inhal￭ ation and fatal 50 of the time despite extensive vaccination in many regions it remains a major disease of dogs and is the leading cause of infectious disease death in dogs
fol￭ lic￭ ular dys￭ pl￭ asia is a genetic disease of dogs causing al￭ op￭ ec￭ ia or hair loss it is caused by hair fol￭ lic￭ les that are mis￭ functioning due to structural ab￭ normality there are several types some affecting only certain breeds diagnosis is achieved through a biopsy and treatment is rarely successful certain breeds such as the mexican hair￭ less dog and chinese cre￭ sted dog are bred specifically for al￭ op￭ ec￭ ia
can￭ ine le￭ ish￭ mani￭ asis le￭ esh ma ni￭ gh ah sis is a zoonotic disease see human le￭ ish￭ mani￭ asis caused by le￭ ish￭ mania parasites transmitted by the bite of an infected ph￭ le￭ bo￭ tom￭ ine sand￭ fly can￭ ine le￭ ish￭ mani￭ asis was first identified in europe in 19￭ 03 and in 1940 40 of all dogs in rome were determined to be positive for le￭ ish￭ mani￭ asis traditionally thought of as a disease only found near the mediterranean basin 2008 research claims new findings are evidence that can￭ ine le￭ ish￭ mani￭ asis is currently expanding in continental climate areas of north￭ western italy far from the recognized disease endemic areas along the mediterranean coasts cases of le￭ ish￭ mani￭ asis began appearing in north america in 2000 and as of 2008 le￭ ish￭ mania positive fo￭ x￭ h￭ ounds have been reported in 22 u s states and two canadian provinces
can￭ ine pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis is infl￭ amm￭ ation of the pan￭ cre￭ as that can occur in two very different forms acute pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis is sudden while chronic pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis is characterized by recurring or persistent form of pan￭ cre￭ atic infl￭ amm￭ ation cases of both can be considered mild or severe
can￭ ine transmissible ven￭ ere￭ al tumors ct￭ v￭ ts also called transmissible ven￭ ere￭ al tumors tv￭ ts can￭ ine transmissible ven￭ ere￭ al sar￭ coma ct￭ vs sticker tumors and infectious sar￭ coma is a his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ tic tumor of the external gen￭ italia of the dog and other can￭ ines and is transmitted from animal to animal during m￭ ating it is one of only four known transmissible cancers another is devil facial tumor disease a cancer which occurs in tas￭ man￭ ian dev￭ ils the tumor cells are themselves the infectious agents and the tumors that form are not genetically related to the host dog although the genome of a ct￭ v￭ t is derived from a can￭ id probably a dog wolf or co￭ yo￭ te it is now essentially living as a unic￭ ell￭ ular as￭ ex￭ ually reproducing but sexually transmitted pathogen sequence analysis of the genome suggests it diver￭ ged from can￭ ids over 6 000 years ago possibly much earlier the most recent estimates of its time of origin place date it to about 11 000 years ago however the most recent common anc￭ est￭ or of ext￭ ant tumors is more recent it probably originated 200 to 2 500 years ago can￭ ine tv￭ ts were initially described by russian veterinarian m a nov￭ in￭ sky 18￭ 41 – 1914 in 18￭ 76 when he demonstrated that the tumor could be trans￭ planted from one dog to another by inf￭ ecting them with tumor cells
c￭ anna r￭ ust is a fun￭ gal disease of c￭ anna caused by pu￭ c￭ cin￭ ia th￭ ali￭ ae symptoms include yellow to tan spots on the plant s leaves and stems yellow spor￭ e producing structures called pu￭ st￭ ules are produced on the lower ab￭ ax￭ ial leaf surface and these are the signs of the disease spots on the upper leaf surface coal￭ es￭ ce and turn to brown to black as the disease progres￭ ses the infected leaves eventually become dry and prematurely fall
cannab￭ ino￭ id hyper￭ em￭ esis syndrome is characterized by recurrent naus￭ ea v￭ om￭ iting and cr￭ amp￭ y ab￭ domin￭ al pain these symptoms have been reported to be improved temporarily by taking a hot shower or bath or more fully by stopping the use of cannabis the syndrome was described by allen and colleagues 2004 and son￭ tin￭ eni and colleagues 2009 who offer simplified clinical diagnostic criteria a subsequent larger study reported a case series of 98 subjects with cannab￭ ino￭ id hyper￭ em￭ esis syndrome confirming the earlier reported findings
cannabis use disorder or cannabis dependence is defined in the fifth revision of the diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders dsm 5 as the continued use of cannabis despite clin￭ ically significant impairment ranging from mild to severe cannabis is one of the most widely used drugs in the world in the united states 49 of people have used cannabis although physical addiction has not been proven an estimated 9 of those who use cannabis develop dependence in the us as of 2013 cannabis is the most commonly identified illicit substance used by people admitted to treatment facilities demand for treatment for cannabis use disorder increased internationally between 1995 and 2002
the cann￭ iz￭ zar￭ o reaction named after its discover￭ er stan￭ is￭ la￭ o cann￭ iz￭ zar￭ o is a chemical reaction that involves the base induced dis￭ proportion￭ ation of an alde￭ hyde lacking a hydrogen atom in the alpha position file cann￭ iz￭ zar￭ o reaction benz￭ alde￭ hyde sv￭ g cann￭ iz￭ zar￭ o first accomplished this transformation in 18￭ 53 when he obtained ben￭ zy￭ l alcohol and potassium benzo￭ ate from the treatment of benz￭ alde￭ hyde with potash potassium carbon￭ ate more typically the reaction would be conducted with sodium or potassium hydrox￭ ide 2 c 6 h 5 cho k￭ oh → c 6 h 5 ch 2 oh c 6 h 5 cook the oxid￭ ation product is a salt of a car￭ box￭ yl￭ ic acid and the reduction product is an alcohol
a can￭ on￭ ical model is a design pattern used to communicate between different data formats a form of enterprise application integration it is intended to reduce costs and standardi￭ ze on agreed data definitions associated with integrating business systems a can￭ on￭ ical model is any model that is can￭ on￭ ical in nature i e a model which is in the simplest form possible based on a standard application integration e￭ ai solution most organizations also adopt a set of standards for message structure and content message pay￭ load the desire for consistent message pay￭ load results in the construction of an enterprise or business domain can￭ on￭ ical model common view within a given context often the term can￭ on￭ ical model is used inter￭ change￭ ably with integration strategy and often entails a move to a message based integration methodology a typical migration from point to point can￭ on￭ ical data model an enterprise design pattern which provides common data naming definition and values within a generalized data framework adoption of a comprehensive enterprise inter￭ facing to message based integration begins with a decision on the mid￭ d￭ le￭ ware to be used to transport messages between end￭ points often this decision results in the adoption of an enterprise service bus es￭ b or enterprise application integration e￭ ai solution most organizations also adopt a set of standards for message structure and content message pay￭ load the desire for consistent message pay￭ load results in the construction of an enterprise form of x￭ ml schem￭ a built from the common model objects thus providing the desired consistency and re us￭ ability while ensuring data integrity
can￭ on￭ ical protocol is a design pattern applied within the service orientation design paradigm which attempts to make services within a service inventory interoperable with each other by standardi￭ zing the communication protocols used by the services this eliminates the need for bridging communication protocols when services use different communication protocols
in software engineering can￭ on￭ ical schem￭ a is a design pattern applied within the service orientation design paradigm which aims to reduce the need for performing data model transformation when services exchange messages that reference the same data model
the c￭ ant of a railway track or cam￭ ber of a road also referred to as super￭ elev￭ ation cross slope or cross fall is the rate of change in elev￭ ation height between the two rails or edges this is normally greater where the railway or road is cur￭ ved raising the outer rail or the outer edge of the road providing a ban￭ ked turn thus allowing vehicles to maneuver through the curve at higher speeds than would otherwise be possible if the surface was flat or level
can￭ ter time can￭ ter timing or can￭ ter rhythm is a two beat regular rhy￭ th￭ mic pattern of a musical instrument or in dance steps within 3 4 time music the term is borrowed from the can￭ ter horse ga￭ it which sounds three ho￭ of beats followed by a pause i e 3 acc￭ ents in 4 4 time in wal￭ tz d￭ ances it may mark the 1 st and the 4 th eigh￭ ths of the measure producing a 2 4 time over￭ lay beat over the 3 4 time in other words when a 3 4 measure is cu￭ ed as 1 2 3 the can￭ ter rhythm marks 1 and this rhythm is the basis of the can￭ ter wal￭ tz in modern ball￭ room dancing an example is can￭ ter pivo￭ t in vi￭ en￭ n￭ ese wal￭ tz in vals a 3 4 style of tango the can￭ ter rhythm is also known as medi￭ o gal￭ ope which actually means can￭ ter in spanish and may accent beats 1 and 2 of the 3 4 measure
can￭ t￭ ú syndrome is a rare condition characterized by hyper￭ tric￭ ho￭ sis o￭ ste￭ och￭ on￭ dro￭ dys￭ pl￭ asia and cardi￭ om￭ eg￭ al￭ y less than 50 cases have been described in the literature a majority of the cases is associated with a mutation in the ab￭ cc 9 gene that codes for the ab￭ cc 9 protein
capability management is a high level integr￭ ative management function with particular application in the context of defence
capac￭ it￭ ance is the ability of a body to store an electrical charge a material with a large capac￭ it￭ ance holds more electric charge at a given voltage than one with low capac￭ it￭ ance any object that can be electrically charged exhi￭ bits capac￭ it￭ ance however the concept is particularly important for understanding the operations of the capac￭ itor one of the three fundamental electronic components along with resis￭ tors and induc￭ tors the si unit of capac￭ it￭ ance is the far￭ ad symbol f named after the english physic￭ ist michael far￭ aday a 1 far￭ ad capac￭ itor when charged with 1 coul￭ om￭ b of electrical charge has a potential difference of 1 vol￭ t between its plates
the capac￭ itor plague was a problem related to a higher than expected failure rate of non solid aluminum electro￭ ly￭ tic capacitors between 1999 and 2007 especially those from some taiwanese manufacturers due to faulty electro￭ ly￭ te composition that caused corro￭ sion accompanied by gas generation often rup￭ turing the case of the capac￭ itor from the build up of pressure high failure rates occurred in many well known brands of electronics and was particularly evident in mother￭ boards video cards and power supplies of personal computers leading to premature failure of these devices
capacity loss or capacity fading is a phenomenon observed in re￭ chargeable battery usage where the amount of charge a battery can deliver at the rated voltage decreases with use in 2003 it was reported the typical range of capacity loss in lith￭ ium ion batteries after 500 charging and discharging cycles varied from 12 4 to 24 1 giving an average capacity loss per cycle range of 0 0￭ 25 – 0 0￭ 48 per cycle
capacity utilization or capacity utilisation is the extent to which an enterprise or a nation actually uses its installed productive capacity it is the relationship between output that is actually produced with the installed equipment and the potential output which could be produced with it if capacity was fully used
cap￭ gr￭ as delusion is a disorder in which a person holds a delusion that a friend spouse parent or other close family member or pet has been replaced by an identical looking im￭ post￭ or the cap￭ gr￭ as delusion is classified as a delu￭ sional mis￭ identification syndrome a class of delu￭ sional beliefs that involves the mis￭ identification of people places or objects usually not in conjunction it can occur in acute transi￭ ent or chronic forms cases in which patients hold the belief that time has been war￭ ped or substituted have also been reported the delusion most commonly occurs in patients diagnosed with paranoid schizophrenia but has also been seen in patients suffering from brain injury and dementia it presents often in individuals with a neuro￭ degenerative disease particularly at an older age it has also been reported as occurring in association with diabetes hypo￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m and migr￭ aine attacks in one isolated case the cap￭ gr￭ as delusion was temporarily induced in a healthy subject by the drug ke￭ tam￭ ine it occurs more frequently in females with a female male ratio of 3 2
cap￭ ill￭ ari￭ asis is a disease caused by nemato￭ des in the cap￭ ill￭ aria genus the two principal forms of the disease are intest￭ inal cap￭ ill￭ ari￭ asis caused by cap￭ ill￭ aria philipp￭ in￭ ensis he￭ p￭ atic cap￭ ill￭ ari￭ asis caused by cap￭ ill￭ aria he￭ p￭ atica
cap￭ ill￭ ari￭ tis is a non existent term that refers to a state where the cap￭ il￭ lar￭ ies are infl￭ amed it may occur in the lungs as pul￭ mon￭ ary cap￭ ill￭ ari￭ tis or in the skin as pi￭ gm￭ ented pur￭ pur￭ ic der￭ mat￭ osis on the legs starts out as little bro￭ wn￭ ish do￭ ts and can cause ach￭ iness mild cap￭ ill￭ ari￭ tis clears up within 3 – 4 months
cap￭ ill￭ ary action sometimes cap￭ il￭ lar￭ ity cap￭ ill￭ ary motion or wic￭ king is the ability of a liquid to flow in narrow spaces without the assistance of or even in opposition to external forces like gravity the effect can be seen in the drawing up of liquids between the ha￭ irs of a paint brush in a thin tube in por￭ ous materials such as paper and pl￭ aster in some non por￭ ous materials such as sand and liquefied carbon fiber or in a cell it occurs because of inter￭ molecular forces between the liquid and surrounding solid surfaces if the diameter of the tube is sufficiently small then the combination of surface tension which is caused by cohesion within the liquid and adhe￭ sive forces between the liquid and container wall act to pro￭ pel the liquid
a cap￭ ill￭ ary hem￭ an￭ gi￭ oma also known as an inf￭ anti￭ le hem￭ an￭ gi￭ oma strawberry hem￭ an￭ gi￭ oma and strawberry nev￭ us is the most common variant of hem￭ an￭ gi￭ oma which appears as a raised red lum￭ py area of flesh anywhere on the body though 83 occur on the head or neck area these marks occur in about 10 of all births and usually appear between one and four weeks after birth it may grow rapidly before stopping and slowly fading some are gone by the age of 2 about 60 by 5 years and 90 – 95 by 9 years cap￭ ill￭ ary hem￭ an￭ gi￭ oma is a vascular anomaly cap￭ ill￭ ary hem￭ an￭ gi￭ om￭ as occur 5 times more often in female infants than in males and mostly in caucasian populations additionally low birth￭ weight infants have a 26 chance of developing a hem￭ an￭ gi￭ oma it is the most common tumor of orbit and peri￭ orb￭ ital areas in childhood it may occur in the skin sub￭ cu￭ taneous tissues and mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ ran￭ es of oral ca￭ vities and lips as well as in the liver sp￭ leen and kidneys while this birth￭ mark may be alarming in appearance physicians generally counsel that it be left to disappear on its own unless it is in the way of vision or blocking the no￭ stri￭ ls
cap￭ ill￭ ary leak syndrome also known as systemic cap￭ ill￭ ary leak syndrome s￭ cl￭ s or clar￭ k￭ son ’ s disease is an extremely rare medical condition characterized by self reversing episodes during which the endo￭ the￭ li￭ al cells which line the cap￭ il￭ lar￭ ies are thought to separate for a few days allowing for a leakage of fluid from the circul￭ atory system to the inter￭ sti￭ tial space resulting in a dangerous hypo￭ tension low blood pressure h￭ emo￭ concentration and hypo￭ albu￭ min￭ emia it is a life threatening illness because each episode has the potential to cause damage to or the failure of vital organs due to limited per￭ fusion it is often mis￭ diagnosed as poly￭ cy￭ them￭ ia poly￭ cy￭ them￭ ia vera or sep￭ sis
capital appreciation is an increase in the price or value of assets it may refer to appreciation of company stocks or bonds held by an investor an increase in land valuation or other upward revaluation of fixed assets capital appreciation may occur passively and gradually without the investor taking any action it is distinguished from a capital gain which is the profit achieved by selling an asset capital appreciation may or may not be shown in financial statements if it is shown by revaluation of the asset the increase is said to be recognized once the asset is sold the appreciation since the date of initially buying the asset becomes a realized gain when the term is used in reference to stock valuation capital appreciation is the goal of an investor seeking long term growth it is growth in the principal amount invested but not necessarily an increase in the current income from the asset in the context of investment in a mutual fund capital appreciation refers to a rise in the value of the securities in a portfolio which contributes to the growth in net asset value a capital appreciation fund is a fund for which it is its primary goal and accordingly invests in growth stocks
capital intensity is the amount of fixed or real capital present in relation to other factors of production especially labor at the level of either a production process or the aggregate economy it may be estimated by the capital to labor ratio such as from the points along a capital labor iso￭ qu￭ ant
capital loss is the difference between a lower selling price and a higher purchase price resulting in a financial loss for the seller
capital requirement also known as regulatory capital or capital adequacy is the amount of capital a bank or other financial institution has to hold as required by its financial regulator this is usually expressed as a capital adequacy ratio of equity that must be held as a percentage of risk weighted assets these requirements are put into place to ensure that these institutions do not take on excess leverage and become insolvent capital requirements govern the ratio of equity to debt recorded on the liabilities and equity side of a firm s balance sheet they should not be confused with reserve requirements which govern the assets side of a bank s balance sheet — in particular the proportion of its assets it must hold in cash or highly liquid assets
cap￭ lan s syndrome or cap￭ lan disease or r￭ heu￭ mato￭ id pneu￭ mo￭ con￭ i￭ osis is a combination of r￭ heu￭ mato￭ id ar￭ thri￭ tis ra and pneu￭ mo￭ con￭ i￭ osis that manifests as intr￭ ap￭ ul￭ mon￭ ary no￭ d￭ ules which appear homogenous and well defined on chest x ray
caprine ar￭ thri￭ tis en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis ca￭ e is a l￭ enti￭ viral infection of goats which may lead to chronic disease of the joints and on rare occasions en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis the symptoms of this disease are varied mature goats can develop ar￭ thri￭ tis and find walking painful the knee joints may be infl￭ amed and sw￭ oll￭ en and the goats will slowly lose condition in some cases they will not be able to stand as of 2012 there is no known cure goats which test positive for the disease are typically separated from the rest of the herd
cap￭ ri￭ vi sometimes called the cap￭ ri￭ vi strip in german cap￭ ri￭ vi￭ zip￭ fe￭ l cap￭ ri￭ vi pan￭ handle ok￭ av￭ an￭ go strip or ok￭ av￭ an￭ go pan￭ handle and formerly known as it￭ enge is a narrow pro￭ tru￭ sion of namibia east￭ wards from the k￭ av￭ an￭ go region about 450 km 280 mi between botswana to the south and angola and zambia to the north cap￭ ri￭ vi is b￭ ordered by the ok￭ av￭ an￭ go k￭ wan￭ do cho￭ be and zam￭ be￭ zi rivers its largest settlement is the town of kati￭ ma mu￭ li￭ lo it went through a civil war from 1994 – 1999 the strip is administratively divided between the eastern zam￭ be￭ zi region and the western k￭ av￭ an￭ go east region
in anatomy cap￭ su￭ li￭ tis is infl￭ amm￭ ation of a cap￭ su￭ le types include adhe￭ sive cap￭ su￭ li￭ tis of shoulder plic￭ a syndrome which is an infl￭ amm￭ ation of the artic￭ ular cap￭ su￭ le of the knee joint
in telecommunications the capture effect or f￭ m capture effect is a phenomenon associated with f￭ m reception in which only the stronger of two signals at or near the same frequency or channel will be demo￭ d￭ ulated the capture effect is defined as the complete suppression of the weaker signal at the receiver lim￭ iter if it has one where the weaker signal is not amplified but attenu￭ ated when both signals are nearly equal in strength or are fading independently the receiver may switch from one to the other and exhibit pick￭ et f￭ encing the capture effect can occur at the signal lim￭ iter or in the demo￭ d￭ ulation stage for circuits that do not require a signal lim￭ iter some types of radio receiver circuits have a stronger capture effect than others the measurement of how well a receiver can reject a second signal on the same frequency is called the capture ratio for a specific receiver it is measured as the lowest ratio of the power of two signals that will result in the suppression of the smaller signal am￭ pl￭ itude modulation or am radio transmission is not subject to this effect this is one reason that the aviation industry and others have chosen to use am for communications rather than f￭ m allowing multiple signals to be broadcast on the same channel phenomena similar to the capture effect are described in am when offset carriers of different strengths are present in the pass￭ band of a receiver for example the aviation gli￭ des￭ l￭ ope vertical guidance clearance beam is sometimes described as a capture effect system even though it operates using am signals
cap￭ ut med￭ us￭ ae also known as palm tree sign is the appearance of dist￭ ended and eng￭ org￭ ed superficial epi￭ ga￭ str￭ ic ve￭ ins which are seen radi￭ ating from the um￭ bil￭ ic￭ us across the ab￭ dom￭ en the name cap￭ ut med￭ us￭ ae latin for head of med￭ usa originates from the apparent similarity to med￭ usa s head which had ven￭ om￭ ous snakes in place of hair it is also a syndrome of portal hyper￭ tension it is caused by the par￭ au￭ m￭ bil￭ ical ve￭ ins which carries oxy￭ genated blood from mother to fe￭ tus in uter￭ o and normally closes within one week of birth becoming re can￭ alised due to portal hyper￭ tension caused by liver failure
cap￭ ut succe￭ dan￭ eu￭ m is a ne￭ on￭ atal condition involving a sero￭ san￭ guin￭ ous sub￭ cu￭ taneous extr￭ ap￭ eri￭ o￭ steal fluid collection with poorly defined margins caused by the pressure of the presenting part of the scal￭ p against the dil￭ ating cer￭ vi￭ x tour￭ ni￭ quet effect of the cer￭ vi￭ x during delivery it involves bleeding below the scal￭ p and above the perio￭ steu￭ m
carb￭ am￭ o￭ yl phosphate synthe￭ t￭ ase i deficiency c￭ ps i deficiency is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive metabol￭ ic disorder that causes ammonia to accumulate in the blood due to a lack of the enzyme carb￭ am￭ o￭ yl phosphate synthe￭ t￭ ase i ammonia which is formed when proteins are broken down in the body is toxic if the levels become too high the nervous system is especially sensitive to the effects of excess ammonia
car￭ bene di￭ mer￭ ization is a type of organic reaction in which two car￭ bene or car￭ ben￭ o￭ id precursors react in a formal di￭ mer￭ ization to an al￭ k￭ ene this reaction is often considered an unwanted side reaction but it is also investigated as a synthetic tool in this reaction type either the two car￭ ben￭ ic intermedi￭ ates react or a car￭ ben￭ ic intermediate reacts with a car￭ bene precursor an early pioneer was christop￭ h grund￭ mann reporting on a car￭ bene di￭ mer￭ isation in 1938 in the domain of persistent car￭ ben￭ es the wan￭ z￭ lick equilibrium describes an equilibrium between a car￭ bene and its al￭ k￭ ene a re￭ occurring sub￭ str￭ ate is a di￭ az￭ o compound and more specifically an alpha carbon￭ yl di￭ az￭ o compound for example ethyl di￭ az￭ o￭ acetate is converted to di￭ ethyl mal￭ e￭ ate using the ruth￭ en￭ ium catalyst chlor￭ o cycl￭ op￭ ent￭ adi￭ en￭ yl bis tri￭ phen￭ yl￭ phosp￭ h￭ ine ruth￭ en￭ ium car￭ bene di￭ mer￭ ization bar￭ att￭ a 1997 gru￭ bbs catalyst is also effective in this reaction type the active intermediate is a transition metal car￭ bene complex a di￭ az￭ o cross coupling reaction has also been reported between ethyl di￭ az￭ o￭ acetate and methyl phen￭ yl￭ di￭ az￭ o￭ acetate using the rho￭ dium catalyst r￭ h 2 op￭ iv 4 a direct metal car￭ bene di￭ mer￭ ization has been used in the synthesis of novel poly￭ al￭ ky￭ ny￭ leth￭ en￭ es
in carbo￭ hydrate chemistry carbo￭ hydrate acet￭ alisation is an organic reaction and a very effective means of providing a protecting group the example below depic￭ ts the acet￭ alisation reaction of d ri￭ bo￭ se 1 with acet￭ one or 2 2 di￭ meth￭ oxy￭ pro￭ pan￭ e as the acet￭ alisation re￭ agent the reaction is under thermo￭ dynamic reaction control and results in the pent￭ ose 2 the latter re￭ agent in itself is an ac￭ etal and therefore the reaction is actually a cross acet￭ alisation file carbo￭ hydr￭ ate￭ acet￭ alisation p￭ ng k￭ ine￭ tic reaction control results from 2 meth￭ oxy￭ pro￭ pen￭ e as the re￭ agent d ri￭ bo￭ se in itself is a hem￭ i￭ ac￭ etal and in equilibrium with the py￭ ran￭ ose 3 in aqu￭ eous solution ri￭ bo￭ se is 75 py￭ ran￭ ose and 25 fur￭ an￭ ose and a different ac￭ etal 4 is formed
car￭ bom￭ e￭ tal￭ ation is an organ￭ om￭ et￭ all￭ ic reaction involving the nucle￭ oph￭ il￭ ic addition to al￭ ken￭ es and al￭ ky￭ nes of a diverse range of organ￭ om￭ et￭ all￭ ic reagents such as organ￭ oli￭ th￭ ium compounds organ￭ o￭ copper compounds and gri￭ gn￭ ard reagents according to the following general al￭ ky￭ ne scheme car￭ bom￭ e￭ tal￭ ation the addition can yield the cis or trans isom￭ er and with un￭ symmetr￭ ical al￭ ky￭ nes the organ￭ om￭ et￭ all￭ ic compound can add in two different way thus control of reg￭ io￭ selectivity is important in a follow up step the sensitive metal￭ al￭ ken￭ yl group is replaced by an electro￭ phi￭ le e
carbon leakage occurs when there is an increase in carbon dioxide emissions in one country as a result of an emissions reduction by a second country with a strict climate policy carbon leakage may occur for a number of reasons if the emissions policy of a country raises local costs then another country with a more relaxed policy may have a trading advantage if demand for these goods remains the same production may move offshore to the cheaper country with lower standards and global emissions will not be reduced if environmental policies in one country add a premium to certain fuels or commodities then the demand may decline and their price may fall countries that do not place a premium on those items may then take up the demand and use the same supply neg￭ ating any benefit there is no consensus over the magnitude of long term leakage effects this is important for the problem of climate change carbon leakage is one type of spill over effect spill over effects can be positive or negative for example emission reductions policy might lead to technological developments that aid reductions outside of the policy area carbon leakage is defined as the increase in co 2 emissions outside the countries taking domestic mitigation action divided by the reduction in the emissions of these countries it is expressed as a percentage and can be greater or less than 100 carbon leakage may occur through changes in trading patterns and that is sometimes measured as the balance of emissions embodied in trade beet
carbon monoxide poisoning occurs after too much inhal￭ ation of carbon monoxide co carbon monoxide is a toxic gas but being color￭ less od￭ or￭ less tast￭ eless and initially non irritating it is very difficult for people to detect carbon monoxide is a product of incomplete combustion of organic matter due to insufficient oxygen supply to enable complete oxid￭ ation to carbon dioxide co 2 it is often produced in domestic or industrial settings by motor vehicles that run on gasoline diesel methane or other carbon based fuels and from tools gas heaters and cooking equipment that are powered by carbon based fuels such as pro￭ pan￭ e bu￭ tane and char￭ coal exposure at 100 ppm or greater can be dangerous to human health symptoms of mild acute poisoning include ligh￭ the￭ ad￭ ed￭ ness confusion headache ver￭ ti￭ go and flu like effects larger exposures can lead to significant toxicity of the central nervous system and heart and death after acute poisoning long term sequ￭ el￭ ae often occur carbon monoxide can also have severe effects on the fe￭ tus of a pregnant woman chronic exposure to low levels of carbon monoxide can lead to depression confusion and memory loss carbon monoxide mainly causes adverse effects in humans by combining with h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in to form car￭ box￭ yh￭ emo￭ glob￭ in h￭ b￭ co in the blood this prevents h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in from carrying oxygen to the tissues effectively reducing the oxygen carrying capacity of the blood leading to hypo￭ x￭ ia additionally my￭ o￭ glob￭ in and mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al cy￭ to￭ ch￭ rome oxid￭ ase are thought to be adversely affected car￭ box￭ yh￭ emo￭ glob￭ in can revert to h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in but the recovery takes time because the h￭ b￭ co complex is fairly stable treatment of poisoning largely consists of administering 100 oxygen or providing hyper￭ bar￭ ic oxygen therapy although the optimum treatment remains controversial oxygen works as an antidote as it increases the removal of carbon monoxide from h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in in turn providing the body with normal levels of oxygen the prevention of poisoning is a significant public health issue domestic carbon monoxide poisoning can be prevented by early detection with the use of household carbon monoxide detectors carbon monoxide poisoning is the most common type of fatal poisoning in many countries historically it was also commonly used as a method to commit suicide usually by deliberately inhal￭ ing the exhaust f￭ umes of a running car engine modern automobiles even with electronically controlled combustion and catalytic converters can still produce levels of carbon monoxide which will kill if enclosed within a garage or if the tail￭ pipe is obstructed for example by snow and exhaust gas cannot escape normally carbon monoxide poisoning has also been spec￭ ulated as a possible cause of apparent haunted houses symptoms such as deli￭ ri￭ um and halluc￭ inations may have led people suffering poisoning to think they have seen ghosts or to believe their house is haunted
carbon stain￭ s are a skin condition characterized by a dis￭ color￭ ation of the skin from embedded carbon usually occurring in children from accidents with firearms or fi￭ rec￭ r￭ ackers or from a punc￭ ture wound by a pencil which may leave a permanent black mark of embedded graph￭ ite easily mistaken for me￭ ta￭ static mel￭ anom￭ a
carbon￭ at￭ ation is a chemical reaction in which calcium hydrox￭ ide reacts with carbon dioxide and forms in￭ soluble calcium carbon￭ ate ca oh 2 co 2 → c￭ aco 3 h 2 o the process of forming a carbon￭ ate is sometimes referred to as carbon￭ ation although this term usually refers to the process of dis￭ solving carbon dioxide in water
carbon – hydrogen bond func￭ tion￭ alization c – h func￭ tion￭ alization is a type of reaction in which a carbon – hydrogen bond is cle￭ a￭ ved and replaced with a carbon x bond where x is usually carbon oxygen or nitrogen the term usually implies that a transition metal is involved in the c h cle￭ av￭ age process reactions classified by the term typically involve the hydrocarbon first to react with a metal catalyst to create an organ￭ om￭ et￭ all￭ ic complex in which the hydrocarbon is coordinated to the inner sphere of a metal either via an intermediate al￭ kane or aren￭ e complex or as a transition state leading to a m − c intermediate the intermediate of this first step known as c h activation and sometimes used inter￭ change￭ ably with c h func￭ tion￭ alization can then undergo subsequent reactions to produce the func￭ tion￭ alized product important to this definition is the requirement that during the c – h cle￭ av￭ age event the hydro￭ car￭ byl species remains associated in the inner sphere and under the influence of m while many mechanisms for a variety of c h acti￭ vations are still unknown many of them fall under three general categories i oxid￭ ative addition in which a metal center inser￭ ts into a carbon hydrogen bond which cle￭ a￭ ves the bond and ox￭ idi￭ zes the metal producing an intermediate that can undergo reduc￭ tive elimination to yield the organ￭ om￭ et￭ all￭ ic reactive intermediate ii electro￭ phil￭ ic activation which reacts similarly to oxid￭ ative addition but differs in that it produces the organ￭ om￭ et￭ all￭ ic reactive intermediate through an oxid￭ ative transition state instead of an intermediate and iii σ bond me￭ ta￭ thesis which proceeds through a four centered transition state in which bonds break and form in concerted fashion the target hydrocarbon bond breaks as the carbon bonds to the metal and the hydrogen bonds to one of the metal ’ s lig￭ ands which causes bond break￭ age between the lig￭ and and the metal c – h bonds which are traditionally considered un￭ reactive can be cle￭ a￭ ved by coordination much research has been devoted to the design and synthesis of new reagents and cataly￭ sts that can effect c – h activation c h activation chemistry has the potential to transform the chemical world through the development of novel synthetic methods c h activation could enable the conversion of cheap and abundant al￭ kan￭ es into valuable func￭ tion￭ alized organic compounds and the efficient structural editing of already complex molecules i e natural product synthesis selective activation of a specific c h bond poses a great challenge in addition to a high bond dissoci￭ ation energy c h bonds have very low polarity because to these two elements have similar electro￭ neg￭ ati￭ vities
car￭ box￭ yl￭ ation in chemistry is a chemical reaction in which a car￭ box￭ yl￭ ic acid group is introduced in a sub￭ str￭ ate the opposite reaction is dec￭ ar￭ box￭ yl￭ ation
a car￭ bun￭ cle is a cluster of boils draining p￭ us onto the skin it is usually caused by bacterial infection most commonly with stap￭ hy￭ lo￭ co￭ cc￭ us au￭ re￭ us or st￭ rep￭ to￭ co￭ cc￭ us py￭ o￭ genes which can turn lethal however the presence of a car￭ bun￭ cle is actually a sign that the immune system is active and fighting the infection responsible for the car￭ bun￭ cle the infection is contagious and may spread to other areas of the body or other people those living in the same residence may develop car￭ bun￭ cles at the same time
car￭ bu￭ re￭ tor icing or car￭ b icing is an icing condition which can affect any car￭ bu￭ re￭ tor under certain atmospheric conditions the problem is most notable in certain real￭ ms of aviation car￭ bu￭ re￭ tor icing occurs when there is hum￭ id air and the temperature drop in the vent￭ uri causes the water vap￭ or to freeze the vent￭ uri effect can drop the ambient air temperature by 30 40 degrees f therefore car￭ bu￭ re￭ tor icing often occurs when the outside air temperature is in the 60 70 degree f range unfortunately the warm air temperature often causes pilots to overlook the possibility of car￭ b icing the ice will form on the surfaces of the car￭ bu￭ re￭ tor throat further restricting it this may increase the vent￭ uri effect initially but eventually restricts air￭ flow perhaps even causing a complete block￭ age of air to the car￭ bu￭ re￭ tor the engine begins to run more rich as ice formation increases without intervention car￭ b heat or leaning this can only continue until the mixture is outside of the chemically correct range for combustion icing may also cause jam￭ ming of the mechanical parts of the car￭ bu￭ re￭ tor such as the thro￭ ttle typically a butter￭ fly valve while it applies to all car￭ bu￭ re￭ tors car￭ bu￭ re￭ tor icing is of particular concern in association with pist￭ on powered aircraft especially small single engine light aircraft aircraft powered by car￭ bu￭ re￭ ted engines are equipped with car￭ bu￭ re￭ tor heat systems to overcome the icing problem in cars car￭ bu￭ re￭ tor icing can occasionally be a nuisance the in￭ let mani￭ fold and parts of the car￭ bu￭ re￭ tor often have warm water from the cooling system or exhaust gas circulating through them to combat this problem motorcycles can also suffer from car￭ bu￭ re￭ tor icing although some engine designs are more susceptible to it than others air cool￭ ed engines may be more prone to icing due to the absence of warm cool￭ ant circulating through the engine
carcin￭ o￭ id also carcin￭ o￭ id tumor is a slow growing type of neuro￭ endocrine tumor originating in the cells of the neuro￭ endocrine system in some cases me￭ tast￭ asis may occur carcin￭ o￭ id tumors of the mid￭ gut je￭ jun￭ um i￭ leum appendix and cec￭ um are associated with carcin￭ o￭ id syndrome
carcin￭ o￭ id syndrome is a par￭ ane￭ op￭ l￭ astic syndrome comprising the signs and symptoms that occur secondary to carcin￭ o￭ id tumors the syndrome includes flu￭ shing and diarr￭ hea and less frequently heart failure and bron￭ cho￭ con￭ stric￭ tion it is caused by endo￭ genous secre￭ tion of mainly sero￭ ton￭ in and kal￭ lik￭ rein
carcin￭ oma is a type of cancer that develops from epi￭ the￭ li￭ al cells specifically a carcin￭ oma is a cancer that begins in a tissue that lines the inner or outer surfaces of the body and that generally arises from cells originating in the endo￭ der￭ mal or ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal germ layer during embry￭ o￭ genesis carcin￭ om￭ as occur when the dna of a cell is damaged or altered and the cell begins to grow un￭ controll￭ ably and become m￭ align￭ ant it is from the greek κα￭ ρ￭ κ￭ ίν￭ ω￭ μα kar￭ kin￭ oma meaning sore ul￭ cer or cancer itself derived from kar￭ kin￭ os crab
carcin￭ oma ex ple￭ om￭ orph￭ ic aden￭ oma abbreviated ca ex pa is a type of cancer typically found in the par￭ o￭ ti￭ d g￭ land it arises from the benign tum￭ our ple￭ om￭ orph￭ ic aden￭ oma its prog￭ no￭ sis depends on the stage early tum￭ our have essentially a benign behaviour
carcin￭ oma in situ cis also known as in situ ne￭ op￭ las￭ m is a group of abnormal cells while they are a form of ne￭ op￭ las￭ m there is disagreement over whether cis should be classified as cancer this controversy also depends on the exact cis in question i e cer￭ vic￭ al skin breast some authors do not classify them as cancer however recognizing that they can potentially become cancer others classify certain types as a non invasive form of cancer the term pre cancer has also been used these abnormal cells grow in their normal place thus in situ from latin for in its place for example carcin￭ oma in situ of the skin also called bow￭ en s disease is the accumulation of dys￭ plastic ep￭ id￭ er￭ mal cells within the ep￭ id￭ er￭ mis only that has failed to penetrate into the deeper der￭ mis for this reason cis will usually not form a tumor rather the le￭ sion is flat in the skin cer￭ vi￭ x etc or follows the existing architecture of the organ in the breast lung etc exceptions include cis of the col￭ on poly￭ ps the blad￭ der pre￭ invasive pap￭ ill￭ ary cancer or the breast duc￭ tal carcin￭ oma in situ or lob￭ ular carcin￭ oma in situ many forms of cis have a high probability of progression into cancer and therefore removal may be recommended however progression of cis is known to be highly variable and not all cis becomes invasive cancer in the tn￭ m classification carcin￭ oma in situ is reported as tis￭ n 0 m 0 stage 0
carcin￭ os￭ ar￭ com￭ as are m￭ align￭ ant tumors that consist of a mixture of carcin￭ oma or epi￭ the￭ li￭ al cancer and sar￭ coma or mes￭ en￭ ch￭ ym￭ al connec￭ tive tissue cancer carcin￭ os￭ ar￭ com￭ as are rare tumors and can arise in diverse organs such as the skin sali￭ vary g￭ lands lungs the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus pan￭ cre￭ as col￭ on uter￭ us and ov￭ aries four main hypo￭ theses have been proposed for the cellular origins of carcin￭ os￭ ar￭ coma based largely on the path￭ ology of the disease first the collision tumor hypothesis which proposes the collision of two independent tumors resulting in a single ne￭ op￭ las￭ m based on the observation that skin cancers and superficial m￭ align￭ ant fi￭ bro￭ us his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ tom￭ as are commonly seen in patients with sun damaged skin second the composition hypothesis which suggests that the mes￭ en￭ ch￭ ym￭ al component represents a pseu￭ do￭ sar￭ com￭ at￭ ous reaction to the epi￭ the￭ li￭ al m￭ align￭ ancy third the combination hypothesis which suggests that both the epi￭ the￭ li￭ al and mes￭ en￭ ch￭ ym￭ al components of the tumor arise from a common plur￭ i￭ potential stem cell that under￭ goes divergent differentiation and fourth the conversion divergence hypothesis which argues that the sar￭ com￭ at￭ ous component of the tumor represents a met￭ ap￭ l￭ astic sar￭ com￭ at￭ ous transformation of the epi￭ the￭ li￭ al component despite the remaining uncertainty on the mechanisms that generate these tumors recent immun￭ o￭ his￭ to￭ chemical ultra￭ structural and molecular genetic studies suggest and favor the notion of mono￭ cl￭ on￭ ality in carcin￭ os￭ ar￭ coma in addition identical p 53 and kr￭ as mutations have been identified in both epi￭ the￭ li￭ al and mes￭ en￭ ch￭ ym￭ al components of carcin￭ os￭ ar￭ coma findings that suggest an early alteration in the his￭ to￭ genesis of the tumor with late transformation or de￭ generation of the epi￭ the￭ li￭ al component into the sar￭ com￭ at￭ ous component
carcin￭ osis or carcin￭ om￭ at￭ osis is disseminated cancer forms of me￭ tast￭ asis whether used generally or in specific patterns of spread
cardiac arrest is a sudden stop in effective blood flow due to the failure of the heart to contract effectively symptoms include loss of consciousness and abnormal or absent breathing some people may have chest pain short￭ ness of breath or naus￭ ea before this occurs if not treated within minutes death usually occurs the most common cause of cardiac arrest is coron￭ ary artery disease less common causes include major blood loss lack of oxygen very low potassium heart failure and intense physical exercise a number of inherited disorders may also increase the risk including long q￭ t syndrome the initial heart rhythm is most often ven￭ tric￭ ular fi￭ bri￭ ll￭ ation the diagnosis is confirmed by finding no pulse while a cardiac arrest may be caused by heart attack or heart failure these are not the same prevention includes not smoking physical activity and maintaining a healthy weight treatment for cardiac arrest is immediate cardi￭ op￭ ul￭ mon￭ ary resusc￭ itation c￭ pr and if a shoc￭ k￭ able rhythm is present defi￭ bri￭ ll￭ ation among those who survive targeted temperature management may improve outcomes an implan￭ table cardiac defi￭ bri￭ ll￭ ator may be placed to reduce the chance of death from recurrence in the united states cardiac arrest outside of hospital occurs in about 13 per 10 000 people per year 326 000 cases in hospital cardiac arrest occurs in an additional 209 000 cardiac arrest becomes more common with age it affects males more often than females the percentage of people that survive with treatment is about 8 many who survive have significant disability
cardiac arr￭ hy￭ th￭ mia also known as cardiac dys￭ rhy￭ th￭ mia or irregular heartbeat is a group of conditions in which the heartbeat is irregular too fast or too slow a heart rate that is too fast – above 100 beats per minute in adults – is called t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia and a heart rate that is too slow – below 60 beats per minute – is called brad￭ y￭ car￭ dia many types of arr￭ hy￭ th￭ mia have no symptoms when symptoms are present these may include pal￭ p￭ itations or feeling a pause between heart￭ beats more seriously there may be ligh￭ the￭ ad￭ ed￭ ness passing out short￭ ness of breath or chest pain while most types of arr￭ hy￭ th￭ mia are not serious some pre￭ dispose a person to complications such as stroke or heart failure others may result in cardiac arrest there are four main types of arr￭ hy￭ th￭ mia extra beats su￭ pra￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular t￭ ach￭ y￭ cardi￭ as ven￭ tric￭ ular arr￭ hy￭ th￭ mi￭ as and brad￭ y￭ arr￭ hy￭ th￭ mi￭ as extra beats include premature atri￭ al contr￭ actions and premature ven￭ tric￭ ular contr￭ actions su￭ pra￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular t￭ ach￭ y￭ cardi￭ as include atri￭ al fi￭ bri￭ ll￭ ation atri￭ al fl￭ utter and par￭ oxy￭ sm￭ al su￭ pra￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia ven￭ tric￭ ular arr￭ hy￭ th￭ mi￭ as include ven￭ tric￭ ular fi￭ bri￭ ll￭ ation and ven￭ tric￭ ular t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia arr￭ hy￭ th￭ mi￭ as are due to problems with the electrical conduc￭ tion system of the heart arr￭ hy￭ th￭ mi￭ as may occur in children however the normal range for the heart rate is different and depends on age a number of tests can help with diagnosis including an electro￭ cardi￭ o￭ gram ec￭ g and hol￭ ter monitor most arr￭ hy￭ th￭ mi￭ as can be effectively treated treatments may include medications medical procedures such as a pac￭ emaker and surgery medications for a fast heart rate may include beta bloc￭ kers or agents that attempt to restore a normal heart rhythm such as proc￭ ain￭ amide this later group may have more significant side effects especially if taken for a long period of time pac￭ emakers are often used for slow heart rates those with an irregular heartbeat are often treated with blood thin￭ ners to reduce the risk of complications those who have severe symptoms from an arr￭ hy￭ th￭ mia may receive urgent treatment with a jol￭ t of electricity in the form of cardi￭ over￭ sion or defi￭ bri￭ ll￭ ation arr￭ hy￭ th￭ mia affects millions of people in europe and north america as of 2014 atri￭ al fi￭ bri￭ ll￭ ation affects about 2 to 3 of the population atri￭ al fi￭ bri￭ ll￭ ation and atri￭ al fl￭ utter resulted in 112 000 deaths in 2013 up from 29 000 in 1990 sudden cardiac death is the cause of about half of deaths due to cardiovascular disease or about 15 of all deaths globally about 80 of sudden cardiac death is the result of ven￭ tric￭ ular arr￭ hy￭ th￭ mi￭ as arr￭ hy￭ th￭ mi￭ as may occur at any age but are more common among older people
cardiac asthma is a medical diagnosis of whe￭ e￭ zing cou￭ gh￭ ing or short￭ ness of breath due to cong￭ estive heart failure it is known as cardiac asthma because the symptoms mim￭ ic ordinary asthma one study found that patients with cardiac asthma represented one third of cong￭ estive heart failure in elderly patients depending on severity it may be classified as a medical emergency as it can be a symptom of acute heart failure leading to the buil￭ dup of fluids in the lungs pul￭ mon￭ ary e￭ dem￭ a as well as within and around the airways the distinction between true asthma and cardiac asthma is especially important because some treatments for true asthma including inhal￭ ers may actually worsen cardiac asthma and cause severe heart arr￭ hy￭ th￭ mi￭ as true asthma in contrast is caused by the infl￭ amm￭ ation and eventual narrowing down of airways this is what causes the breathing difficulties that are characteristic to asthma true asthma has nothing to do with fluid in the lungs or heart disease or even the heart failure which is so associated with cardiac asthma
a cardiac fi￭ bro￭ ma is a rare benign tumor of the heart that occurs primarily in children it is most commonly located in the interven￭ tric￭ ular sep￭ tum or left ven￭ tric￭ ular wall symptoms depend on the size of the tumor its location relative to the conduc￭ tion system and whether it obstruc￭ ts blood flow symptomatic cardiac fi￭ bro￭ mas may be treated by surgical res￭ ection it is associated with gor￭ lin syndrome
an atri￭ al my￭ x￭ oma is a benign tumor of the heart most commonly found within the left and then the right atri￭ a on the inter￭ atri￭ al sep￭ tum
a cardiac sh￭ unt is a pattern of blood flow in the heart that devi￭ ates from the normal circuit of the circul￭ atory system it may be described as right left left right or bi￭ direc￭ tional or as systemic to pul￭ mon￭ ary or pul￭ mon￭ ary to systemic the direction may be controlled by left and or right heart pressure a biological or artificial heart valve or both the presence of a sh￭ unt may also affect left and or right heart pressure either benefic￭ ially or detrim￭ entally
cardiac tam￭ pon￭ ade also known as peric￭ ardi￭ al tam￭ pon￭ ade is when fluid in the peric￭ ardi￭ um the s￭ ac around the heart builds up and results in compression of the heart onset may be rapid or more gradual symptoms typically include those of cardi￭ ogenic shock including short￭ ness of breath weakness ligh￭ the￭ ad￭ ed￭ ness and cough other symptoms may relate to the underlying cause common causes include cancer kidney failure chest trauma and peric￭ ardi￭ tis other causes include connec￭ tive tissue diseases hypo￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m a￭ or￭ tic rupture and following cardiac surgery in africa tuberculosis is a relatively common cause diagnosis may be suspected based on low blood pressure ju￭ g￭ ular ven￭ ous dis￭ tension peric￭ ardi￭ al rub or quiet heart sounds the diagnosis may be further supported by specific electro￭ cardi￭ o￭ gram ec￭ g changes chest x ray or an ul￭ tras￭ ound of the heart if fluid increases slowly the peric￭ ardi￭ al s￭ ac can expand to contain more than 2 lit￭ ers however if the increase is rapid as little as 200 ml can result in tam￭ pon￭ ade when tam￭ pon￭ ade results in symptoms drainage is necessary this can be done by peric￭ ardi￭ oc￭ ent￭ esis surgery to create a peric￭ ardi￭ al window or a peric￭ ardi￭ ec￭ tomy drainage may also be necessary to rule out infection or cancer other treatments may include the use of do￭ but￭ amine or in those with low blood volume intra￭ ven￭ ous fluids those with few symptoms and no worrisome features can often be closely followed the frequency of tam￭ pon￭ ade is unclear one estimate from the united states places it at 2 per 10 000 per year
in mathematics a cardinal function or cardinal invari￭ ant is a function that returns cardinal numbers
in path￭ ology a cardinal sign or cardinal symptom is the primary or major clinical sign symptom by which a diagnosis is made a cluster of signs or symptoms are often combined path￭ og￭ no￭ mon￭ ic to better diagnose a specific disease or syndrome
cardi￭ o￭ fac￭ io￭ cu￭ taneous syndrome cf￭ c is an extremely rare and serious genetic disorder it is characterized by the following distinctive facial appearance unusually spar￭ se brit￭ tle cur￭ ly scal￭ p hair a range of skin ab￭ norm￭ alities from der￭ mati￭ tis to thick scal￭ y skin over the entire body generalized ich￭ thy￭ osis heart mal￭ formations con￭ genital or appearing later especially an obstruction of the normal flow of blood from the lower right ven￭ tric￭ le of the heart to the lungs val￭ var pul￭ mon￭ ary sten￭ osis delayed growth foot ab￭ norm￭ alities extra toe or fusion of two or more toes
cardi￭ ogenic shock is a life threatening medical condition resulting from an inadequate circulation of blood due to primary failure of the ven￭ tric￭ les of the heart to function effectively as this is a type of circul￭ atory shock there is insufficient per￭ fusion of tissue to meet the demands for oxygen and nutrients cardi￭ ogenic shock is a largely irreversible condition and as such is more often fatal than not the condition involves increasingly more pervasive cell death from oxygen starvation hypo￭ x￭ ia and nutrient starvation e g low blood sugar because of this it may lead to cardiac arrest or circul￭ atory arrest which is an abrupt stopping of cardiac pump function as well as stopped respir￭ ation and a loss of consciousness cardi￭ ogenic shock is defined by sustained low blood pressure with tissue hypo￭ per￭ fusion despite adequate left ven￭ tric￭ ular filling pressure signs of tissue hypo￭ per￭ fusion include low urine production 30 ml hour cool extre￭ mi￭ ties and altered level of consciousness treatment of cardi￭ ogenic shock depends on the cause if cardi￭ ogenic shock is due to a heart attack attempts to open the heart s arter￭ ies may help an intra a￭ or￭ tic balloon pump or left ven￭ tric￭ ular assist device may improve matters until this can be done medications that improve the heart s ability to contract positive ino￭ tro￭ pes may help however it is unclear which is best no￭ rep￭ in￭ eph￭ rine may be better if the blood pressure is very low whereas dop￭ amine or do￭ but￭ amine may be more useful if only slightly low
cardi￭ om￭ eg￭ al￭ y is a medical condition in which the heart is enlarged it is more commonly referred to as an enlarged heart the causes of cardi￭ om￭ eg￭ al￭ y may vary many times this condition results from high blood pressure hyper￭ tension or coron￭ ary artery disease an enlarged heart may not pump blood effectively resulting in cong￭ estive heart failure cardi￭ om￭ eg￭ al￭ y may improve over time but many people with an enlarged heart need lifelong treatment with medications having an immediate family member who has or had cardi￭ om￭ eg￭ al￭ y may indicate that a person is more susceptible to getting this condition cardi￭ om￭ eg￭ al￭ y is not a disease but rather a condition that can result from a host of other diseases such as obesity or coron￭ ary artery disease recent studies suggest that cardi￭ om￭ eg￭ al￭ y is associated with a higher risk of sudden cardiac death sc￭ d
cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy is a group of diseases that affect the heart muscle early on there may be few or no symptoms others may have short￭ ness of breath feel tired or have sw￭ elling of the legs due to heart failure an irregular heart beat may occur as well as fain￭ ting those affected are at an increased risk sudden cardiac death types of cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy include hyper￭ troph￭ ic cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy dil￭ ated cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy restrictive cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy arr￭ hy￭ th￭ mo￭ genic right ven￭ tric￭ ular dys￭ pl￭ asia and broken heart syndrome in hyper￭ troph￭ ic cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy the heart muscle enlar￭ ges and thick￭ ens in dil￭ ated cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy the ven￭ tric￭ les enlarge and weaken in restrictive cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy the ven￭ tric￭ le sti￭ ff￭ ens the cause is frequently unknown hyper￭ troph￭ ic cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy is often and dil￭ ated cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy in a third of cases is inherited from a person s parents dil￭ ated cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy may also result from alcohol heavy metals coron￭ ary heart disease cocaine use and viral infections restrictive cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy may be caused by amy￭ lo￭ ido￭ sis h￭ emo￭ chro￭ mat￭ osis and some cancer treatments broken heart syndrome is caused by extreme emotional or physical stress treatment depends on the type of cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy and the degree of symptoms treatments may include lifestyle changes medications or surgery in 2013 cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy and my￭ o￭ cardi￭ tis affected 7 9 million people hyper￭ troph￭ ic cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy affects about 1 in 500 people while dil￭ ated cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy affects 1 in 2 500 they resulted in 443 000 deaths up from 294 000 in 1990 arr￭ hy￭ th￭ mo￭ genic right ven￭ tric￭ ular dys￭ pl￭ asia is more common in young people
cardi￭ o￭ ren￭ al syndrome crs is an umbrella term used in the medical field that defines disorders of the heart and kidneys whereby “ acute or chronic dysfunction in one organ may induce acute or chronic dysfunction of the other ” the heart and the kidneys are involved in maintaining hem￭ od￭ y￭ nam￭ ic stability and organ per￭ fusion through an intricate network these two organs communicate with one another through a variety of pathways in an interdependent relationship in a 2004 report from national heart lung and blood institute crs was defined as a condition where treatment of cong￭ estive heart failure is limited by decline in kidney function this definition has since been challenged repeatedly but there still remains little consensus over a universally accepted definition for crs at a consensus conference of the acute dial￭ ysis quality initiative ad￭ q￭ i the crs was classified into five sub￭ types primarily based upon the organ that initiated the insult as well as the acu￭ ity of disease
cardiovascular disease c￭ vd is a class of diseases that involve the heart or blood vessels cardiovascular disease includes coron￭ ary artery diseases cad such as ang￭ ina and my￭ o￭ cardi￭ al inf￭ arc￭ tion commonly known as a heart attack other c￭ v￭ ds are stroke hyper￭ ten￭ sive heart disease r￭ heu￭ matic heart disease cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy heart arr￭ hy￭ th￭ mia con￭ genital heart disease val￭ vul￭ ar heart disease cardi￭ tis a￭ or￭ tic an￭ eur￭ ys￭ ms peripheral artery disease and ven￭ ous thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis the underlying mechanisms vary depending on the disease in question coron￭ ary artery disease stroke and peripheral artery disease involve a￭ ther￭ os￭ clerosis this may be caused by high blood pressure smoking diabetes lack of exercise obesity high blood cho￭ le￭ sterol poor diet and excessive alcohol consumption among others high blood pressure results in 13 of c￭ vd deaths while tobacco results in 9 diabetes 6 lack of exercise 6 and obesity 5 r￭ heu￭ matic heart disease may follow untreated stre￭ p throat it is estimated that 90 of c￭ vd is preventable prevention of a￭ ther￭ os￭ clerosis is by decreasing risk factors through healthy eating exercise avoidance of tobacco smoke and limiting alcohol intake treating high blood pressure and diabetes is also beneficial treating people who have stre￭ p throat with antibiotics can decrease the risk of r￭ heu￭ matic heart disease the effect of the use of aspir￭ in in people who are otherwise healthy is of unclear benefit the united states preventive services task force recommends against its use for prevention in women less than 55 and men less than 45 years old however in those who are older it is recommends in some individuals treatment of those who have c￭ vd improves outcomes cardiovascular diseases are the leading cause of death globally this is true in all areas of the world except africa together they resulted in 17 3 million deaths 31 5 in 2013 up from 12 3 million 25 8 in 1990 deaths at a given age from c￭ vd are more common and have been increasing in much of the developing world while rates have declined in most of the developed world since the 1970 s coron￭ ary artery disease and stroke account for 80 of c￭ vd deaths in males and 75 of c￭ vd deaths in females most cardiovascular disease affects older adults in the united states 11 of people between 20 and 40 have c￭ vd while 37 between 40 and 60 71 of people between 60 and 80 and 85 of people over 80 have c￭ vd the average age of death from coron￭ ary artery disease in the developed world is around 80 while it is around 68 in the developing world disease onset is typically seven to ten years earlier in men as compared to women
cardiovascular drift c￭ vd c￭ v￭ drift is the phenomenon where some cardiovascular responses begin a time dependent change or drift after around 10 minutes of exercise in a warm or neutral environment without an increase in workload it is characterised by decreases in mean arter￭ ial pressure and stroke volume and a parallel increase in heart rate it has been shown that a reduction in stroke volume due to dehydr￭ ation is almost always due to the increase in internal temperature it is influenced by many factors most notably the ambient temperature internal temperature hydr￭ ation and the amount of muscle tissue activated during exercise to promote cooling blood flow to the skin is increased resulting in a shift in fluids from blood plasma to the skin tissue this results in a decrease in pul￭ mon￭ ary arter￭ ial pressure and reduced stroke volume in the heart to maintain cardiac output at reduced pressure the heart rate must be increased effects of cardiovascular drift are mainly focused around a higher r￭ pe rate of perceived effort that is a person will feel like they are exp￭ ending more energy when they are not this creates a mental block that can inhibit performance greatly prevention or minim￭ ization of cardiovascular drift includes consistently replacing fluids and maintaining electro￭ ly￭ te imbalance during exercise acc￭ lim￭ ati￭ zation to the environment in which one is performing and weight training to supplement cardiovascular efforts
cardiovascular fitness is the ability of the heart blood cells and lungs to supply oxygen rich blood to the working muscle tissues and the ability of the muscles to use oxygen to produce energy for movement this type of fitness is a health related component of physical fitness that is brought about by sustained physical activity a person ’ s ability to deliver oxygen to the working muscles is affected by many physiological parameters including heart rate stroke volume cardiac output and maxim￭ al oxygen consumption understanding the relationship between cardi￭ o￭ respiratory end￭ ur￭ ance training and other categories of conditioning requires a review of changes that occur with increased aer￭ ob￭ ic or an￭ aer￭ ob￭ ic capacity as aer￭ ob￭ ic an￭ aer￭ ob￭ ic capacity increases general metabol￭ ism rises muscle metabol￭ ism is enhanced h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in rises bu￭ ffers in the blood￭ stream increase ven￭ ous return is improved stroke volume is improved and the blood bed becomes more able to adapt readily to varying demands each of these results of cardiovascular fitness cardi￭ o￭ respiratory conditioning will have a direct positive effect on muscular end￭ ur￭ ance and an indirect effect on strength and flexibility to facilitate optimal delivery of oxygen to the working muscles the person needs to train or participate in activities that will build up the energy stores needed for sport this is referred to as metabol￭ ic training metabol￭ ic training is generally divided into two types aer￭ ob￭ ic and an￭ aer￭ ob￭ ic
cardi￭ tis is the infl￭ amm￭ ation of the heart or its surroundings the plural of cardi￭ tis is cardi￭ ti￭ des it is usually studied and treated by specifying it as peric￭ ardi￭ tis is the infl￭ amm￭ ation of the peric￭ ardi￭ um my￭ o￭ cardi￭ tis is the infl￭ amm￭ ation of the heart muscle endo￭ cardi￭ tis is the infl￭ amm￭ ation of the endo￭ cardi￭ um pan￭ cardi￭ tis is the infl￭ amm￭ ation of the entire heart the epic￭ ardi￭ um the my￭ o￭ cardi￭ um and the endo￭ cardi￭ um ref￭ lux cardi￭ tis refers to a possible outcome of es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al ref￭ lux also known as ger￭ d and involves infl￭ amm￭ ation of the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus stomach mu￭ co￭ sa
ca￭ reg￭ i￭ ver burden is the stress which is perceived by ca￭ reg￭ i￭ vers due to the home care situation this subjective burden is one of the most important predic￭ tors for negative outcomes of the care situation – for the ca￭ reg￭ i￭ vers themselves as well as for the one who requires care ca￭ reg￭ i￭ vers are all persons who support and help a person in need of care regularly because of personal – not professional – reasons that means every kind of help and support it doesn ’ t need to be health care in the narrow sense the ca￭ reg￭ i￭ ver doesn ’ t need to be akin with the person they support often friends neighbors or acquain￭ tances provide support too
ca￭ reg￭ i￭ ver syndrome or ca￭ reg￭ i￭ ver stress is a condition of exhaustion anger rage or guilt that results from un￭ relieved caring for a chronically ill dependent the term is often used by healthcare professionals but it is not listed in the diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders almost 66 million americans are providing care to those who are ill aged and or disabled for an average of 39 2 hours per week over 13 million ca￭ reg￭ i￭ vers are also caring for their own children as well ca￭ reg￭ i￭ ver syndrome is acute when caring for an individual with behavioral difficulties such as f￭ ec￭ al in￭ contin￭ ence memory issues sleep problems wandering dementia and aggression typical symptoms of the ca￭ reg￭ i￭ ver include fatigue in￭ som￭ nia stomach complaints and so on with the most common symptom being depression roughly 70 of ca￭ reg￭ i￭ vers suffer from depression due to the deterioration both physical and mental of these ca￭ reg￭ i￭ vers health professionals have given this condition a name ca￭ reg￭ i￭ ver syndrome or ca￭ reg￭ i￭ ver fatigue
car￭ lin – type gold deposits are se￭ diment hosted disseminated gold deposits these deposits are characterized by invisible typically micro￭ scopic and or dissolved gold in py￭ r￭ ite and arsen￭ op￭ y￭ r￭ ite this dissolved kind of gold is called invisible gold as it can only be found through chemical analysis the deposit is named after the car￭ lin mine the first large deposit of this type discovered in the car￭ lin trend nevada
car￭ ney complex and its sub￭ sets lamb syndrome and name syndrome are auto￭ som￭ al dominant conditions comprising my￭ x￭ om￭ as of the heart and skin hyper￭ pi￭ gm￭ entation of the skin l￭ enti￭ gin￭ osis and endocrine over￭ activity it is distinct from car￭ ney s tri￭ ad approximately 7 of all cardiac my￭ x￭ om￭ as are associated with car￭ ney complex
car￭ nit￭ ine ac￭ yl￭ car￭ nit￭ ine trans￭ lo￭ case deficiency is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive metabol￭ ic disorder that prevents the body from converting long chain fatty acids into energy particularly during periods without food car￭ nit￭ ine a natural substance acquired mostly through the diet is used by cells to process fats and produce energy people with this disorder have a faulty enzyme that prevents long chain fatty acids from being transported into the in￭ ner￭ most part of the mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ a for processing
car￭ nit￭ ine pal￭ mit￭ o￭ yl￭ transfer￭ ase ii deficiency cpt ii is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essively inherited genetic metabol￭ ic disorder characterized by an enz￭ ym￭ atic defect that prevents long chain fatty acids from being transported into the mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ a for utilization as an energy source the adult my￭ opathic form of this disease was first characterized in 1973 by di￭ mauro and di￭ mauro it is the most common inherited disorder of lip￭ id metabol￭ ism affecting the sk￭ el￭ etal muscle of adults cpt ii deficiency is also the most frequent cause of hereditary my￭ o￭ glob￭ in￭ ur￭ ia symptoms of this disease are commonly provoked by prolonged exercise or periods without food
car￭ nit￭ ine pal￭ mit￭ o￭ yl￭ transfer￭ ase i deficiency is a rare metabol￭ ic disorder that prevents the body from converting certain fats called long chain fatty acids into energy particularly during periods without food car￭ nit￭ ine a natural substance acquired mostly through the diet is used by cells to process fats and produce energy people with this disorder have a faulty enzyme car￭ nit￭ ine pal￭ mit￭ o￭ yl￭ transfer￭ ase i that prevents these long chain fatty acids from being transported into the mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ a to be broken down
car￭ no￭ sin￭ emia also called car￭ no￭ sin￭ ase deficiency or am￭ ino￭ ac￭ yl his￭ ti￭ dine di￭ pep￭ ti￭ d￭ ase deficiency is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive metabol￭ ic disorder caused by a deficiency of car￭ no￭ sin￭ ase a di￭ pep￭ ti￭ d￭ ase a type of enzyme that spl￭ its di￭ pep￭ ti￭ des into their two amino acid constituents car￭ no￭ sine is a di￭ pep￭ tide composed of beta alan￭ ine and his￭ ti￭ dine and is found in sk￭ el￭ etal muscle and cells of the nervous system this disorder results in an excess of car￭ no￭ sine in the urine cere￭ bro￭ spinal fluid c￭ sf blood and nervous tissue neuro￭ logical disorders associated with a deficiency of car￭ no￭ sin￭ ase and the resulting car￭ no￭ sin￭ emia car￭ no￭ sine in the blood are common
a car￭ no￭ s￭ ity is a medical condition defined by any abnormal fles￭ hy exc￭ res￭ cence or tuber￭ osity car￭ no￭ s￭ ity comes from the word car￭ nose which means a buil￭ dup of flesh the car￭ no￭ s￭ ity disease started back in 18￭ 84 in middle europe it has led to more than 50 000 deaths worldwide
car￭ oli disease is a rare inherited disorder characterized by dil￭ ation of the intra￭ he￭ p￭ atic bile duc￭ ts there are two types of car￭ oli disease the most common being the simple or isolated case where the bile duc￭ ts are widened by ec￭ ta￭ sia the second more complex cause is commonly known as car￭ oli syndrome this complex form is also linked with portal hyper￭ tension and con￭ genital he￭ p￭ atic fi￭ bro￭ sis the differences between the causes of the two cases have not yet been discovered car￭ oli disease is also associated with liver failure and poly￭ c￭ ys￭ tic kidney disease the disease affects about 1 in 1 000 000 people with more reported cases of car￭ oli syndrome than of car￭ oli disease car￭ oli disease also is known as communicating ca￭ vern￭ ous ec￭ ta￭ sia or con￭ genital c￭ ys￭ tic di￭ lat￭ ation of the intra￭ he￭ p￭ atic bi￭ li￭ ary tree car￭ oli disease is distinct from other diseases that cause duc￭ tal di￭ lat￭ ation caused by obstruction in that it is not one of the many cho￭ le￭ do￭ ch￭ al cyst derivatives
caro￭ ten￭ emia or caro￭ ten￭ aemia x￭ anth￭ aemia is the presence of the orange pig￭ ment caro￭ ten￭ e in the blood from excessive intake of carrots or other vegetables containing the pig￭ ment resulting in increased serum caro￭ ten￭ oids caro￭ ten￭ oids are lip￭ id soluble compounds that include alpha and beta caro￭ ten￭ e beta cry￭ p￭ tox￭ an￭ thin ly￭ copen￭ e lu￭ te￭ in and ze￭ ax￭ an￭ thin the primary serum caro￭ ten￭ oids are beta caro￭ ten￭ e ly￭ copen￭ e and lu￭ te￭ in serum levels of caro￭ ten￭ oids vary between region ethnicity and sex in the healthy population all are absorbed by passive diffusion from the gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract and are then partially met￭ abo￭ lized in the intest￭ inal mu￭ co￭ sa and liver to vitamin a from there they are transported in the plasma into the peripheral tissues caro￭ ten￭ oids are eliminated via sweat se￭ bum urine and gastro￭ intest￭ inal secre￭ tions caro￭ ten￭ oids contribute to normal appearing human skin color and are a significant component of physi￭ o￭ logic ultra￭ violet photo￭ protection an excess of caro￭ ten￭ oids being eliminated via sweat may cause a marked orange dis￭ color￭ ation of the outermost skin layer this benign and reversible condition – which is most easily observed in light skin￭ ned people and may be mistaken for ja￭ und￭ ice – is known as caro￭ ten￭ osis or caro￭ ten￭ o￭ der￭ ma caro￭ ten￭ emia most commonly occurs in vege￭ tari￭ ans and young children caro￭ ten￭ emia is more easily appreciated in light compl￭ exi￭ oned people and it may present chiefly as an orange dis￭ colour￭ ation of the pal￭ ms and the sol￭ es in more dark￭ ly pi￭ gm￭ ented persons caro￭ ten￭ emia does not cause selective orange dis￭ color￭ ation of the con￭ junc￭ ti￭ val memb￭ ran￭ es over the s￭ cler￭ ae whites of the eyes and thus is usually easy to distinguish from the yel￭ lowing of the skin and con￭ junc￭ tiva caused by bile pig￭ ments in states of ja￭ und￭ ice caro￭ ten￭ o￭ der￭ ma is deliberately caused by beta caro￭ ten￭ o￭ id treatment of certain photo sensitive der￭ mati￭ tis diseases such as er￭ y￭ thro￭ po￭ ie￭ tic prot￭ op￭ or￭ phy￭ ria where beta caro￭ ten￭ e is prescribed in quantities which dis￭ color the skin these high doses of beta caro￭ ten￭ e have been found to be harmless in studies though cosme￭ tically dis￭ pleasing to some in a recent me￭ ta analysis of these treatments however the effectiveness of the treatment has been called into question
a caro￭ ti￭ d ca￭ vern￭ ous f￭ ist￭ ula cc￭ f results from an abnormal communication between the arter￭ ial and ven￭ ous systems within the ca￭ vern￭ ous sin￭ us in the skull it is a type of arter￭ io￭ ven￭ ous f￭ ist￭ ula as arter￭ ial blood under high pressure enters the ca￭ vern￭ ous sin￭ us the normal ven￭ ous return to the ca￭ vern￭ ous sin￭ us is impeded and this causes eng￭ org￭ ement of the draining ve￭ ins manifest￭ ing most dramatically as a sudden eng￭ org￭ ement and red￭ ness of the eye of the same side
caro￭ ti￭ d artery dis￭ section is a separation of the layers of the artery wall supplying oxygen bearing blood to the head and brain and is the most common cause of stroke in young adults in vascular medicine dis￭ section is a bl￭ ister like de lam￭ ination between the outer and inner walls of a blood vessel generally originating with a partial leak in the inner lining
caro￭ ti￭ d sten￭ osis is a narrowing or con￭ stric￭ tion of the inner surface lum￭ en of the caro￭ ti￭ d artery usually caused by a￭ ther￭ os￭ clerosis
caro￭ ti￭ dy￭ nia is a syndrome characterized by unilateral one sided tender￭ ness of the caro￭ ti￭ d artery near the bi￭ fur￭ c￭ ation it was first described in 19￭ 27 by temple f￭ ay the most common cause of caro￭ ti￭ dy￭ nia may be migr￭ aine and then it is usually self correcting common migr￭ aine treatments may help alleviate the caro￭ ti￭ dy￭ nia symptoms recent his￭ to￭ logical evidence has implicated an infl￭ am￭ matory component of caro￭ ti￭ dy￭ nia but studies are limited caro￭ ti￭ d arter￭ i￭ tis is a much less common cause of caro￭ ti￭ dy￭ nia but has much more serious consequences it is a form of giant cell arter￭ i￭ tis which is a condition that usually affects arter￭ ies in the head due to this serious condition possibly causing caro￭ ti￭ dy￭ nia and the possibility that neck pain is related to some other non caro￭ ti￭ dy￭ nia and serious condition the case should be investigated by a medical doctor because caro￭ ti￭ dy￭ nia can be caused by numerous causes bi￭ ous￭ se and b￭ ous￭ ser in 1994 recommended the term not be used in the medical literature however recent m￭ ri and ul￭ tras￭ ound studies have supported the existence of a differential diagnosis of caro￭ ti￭ dy￭ nia consistent with f￭ ay s characterization
car￭ pal tunnel syndrome c￭ ts is a medical condition due to compression of the median nerve as it travels through the wrist at the car￭ pal tunnel the main symptoms are pain num￭ b￭ ness and ting￭ ling in the thumb index finger middle finger and the thumb side of the ring fingers symptoms typically start gradually and during the night pain may extend up the arm weak grip strength may occur and after a long period of time the muscles at the base of the thumb may waste away in more than half of cases both sides are affected risk factors include obesity repeti￭ tive wrist work pregnancy and r￭ heu￭ mato￭ id ar￭ thri￭ tis there is tentative evidence that hypo￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m increases the risk it is unclear if diabetes plays a role the use of birth control pills does not affect the risk types of work that are associated include computer work work with vibr￭ ating tools and work that requires a strong grip diagnosis is suspected based on signs symptoms and specific physical tests and may be confirmed with electro￭ diagnostic tests if muscle wasting at the base of the thumb is present the diagnosis is likely being physically active can decrease the risk of developing c￭ ts symptoms can be improved by wearing a wrist spl￭ int or with cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ster￭ o￭ id injections taking n￭ s￭ aids or gab￭ ap￭ entin does not appear to be useful surgery to cut the trans￭ verse car￭ pal lig￭ ament is effective with better results at a year compared to non surgical options further spl￭ in￭ ting after surgery is not needed evidence does not support magnet therapy about 5 of people in the united states have car￭ pal tunnel syndrome it usually begins in adul￭ thood and women are more commonly affected than men up to 33 of people may improve without specific treatment over approximately a year car￭ pal tunnel syndrome was first fully described after world war ii
car￭ pel￭ lo￭ dy is a plant disorder that results in mis￭ shap￭ en fruits caused by abnormal development of the ov￭ ule bearing part of the flower in an￭ gi￭ os￭ per￭ ms it is commonly called cat face and is specific to papay￭ as some fruits resemble female fruits but the disorder can cause severely de￭ formed fruits with deep longit￭ ud￭ inal ri￭ dges fruits are generally more rounded and are un￭ marketable because of their small size and poor eye appeal
the carpenter s rule problem is a dis￭ crete geometry problem which can be stated in the following manner can a simple plan￭ ar poly￭ gon be moved continuously to a position where all its ver￭ tices are in conv￭ ex position so that the edge lengths and simplicity are preserved along the way a closely related problem is to show that any poly￭ gon can be conv￭ exi￭ fied that is continuously transformed preserving edge distances and avoiding crossings into a conv￭ ex poly￭ gon both problems were successfully solved by
carpenter syndrome also called acro￭ cephal￭ o￭ poly￭ syn￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly type ii is an extremely rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive con￭ genital disorder characterized by cran￭ io￭ facial mal￭ formations obesity and syn￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly it was first characterized in 19￭ 09
car￭ po￭ me￭ tac￭ ar￭ pal c￭ mc o￭ ste￭ o￭ ar￭ thri￭ tis oa also known as tra￭ pe￭ zi￭ om￭ et￭ ac￭ ar￭ pal o￭ ste￭ o￭ ar￭ thri￭ tis or o￭ ste￭ o￭ ar￭ thri￭ tis at the base of the thumb is a repar￭ itive joint disease affecting the first car￭ po￭ me￭ tac￭ ar￭ pal joint c￭ mc 1 this joint is formed by the tra￭ pe￭ zi￭ um bone of the wrist and the first me￭ tac￭ ar￭ pal bone of the thumb because of its relative instability this joint is a frequent site for o￭ ste￭ o￭ ar￭ thri￭ tis car￭ po￭ me￭ tac￭ ar￭ pal o￭ ste￭ o￭ ar￭ thri￭ tis c￭ mc oa of the thumb occurs when the cu￭ shi￭ oning car￭ til￭ age of the joint surfaces wears away resulting in damage of the joint the main complaint of patients is pain pain at the base of the thumb occurs when moving the thumb and might eventually persist at rest other symptoms include sti￭ ff￭ ness sw￭ elling and loss of strength of the thumb treatment options include conservative and surgical therapies
oro￭ ya fever or carri￭ on s disease is an infectious disease produced by bar￭ ton￭ ella bac￭ il￭ li￭ form￭ is infection it is named after daniel al￭ ci￭ des carri￭ ón
the car￭ roll re￭ arrangement is a re￭ arrangement reaction in organic chemistry and involves the transformation of a β ke￭ to all￭ yl ester into a α all￭ yl β ke￭ to￭ car￭ box￭ yl￭ ic acid this organic reaction is accompanied by dec￭ ar￭ box￭ yl￭ ation and the final product is a γ δ all￭ yl￭ ke￭ tone the car￭ roll re￭ arrangement is an adaptation of the cla￭ is￭ en re￭ arrangement and effectively a dec￭ ar￭ box￭ yl￭ ative all￭ yl￭ ation
the car￭ stache is a viral sensation first noticed spring of 2010 revol￭ ving around people placing a fake plu￭ shy mu￭ stache on their cars trucks and other automotive vehicles the car￭ stache is a jum￭ bo novelty mu￭ stache that attaches quickly and easily to the gri￭ lle of most cars and trucks following the path of the truck nuts an accessory that gained popularity in the late 90 s the car￭ stache was produced and distributed on the internet soon after its release the car￭ stache went viral tren￭ ding on services such as twitter and google news search
car￭ til￭ age – hair hypo￭ pl￭ asia ch￭ h also known as mc￭ k￭ us￭ ick type met￭ ap￭ hy￭ seal ch￭ on￭ dro￭ dys￭ pl￭ asia is a rare genetic disorder it is a highly ple￭ io￭ tropic disorder that clin￭ ically manifests by form of short lim￭ bed dwar￭ f￭ ism due to sk￭ el￭ etal dys￭ pl￭ asia variable level of immun￭ o￭ deficiency and pre￭ disposition to m￭ align￭ ancies in some cases it was first reported in 1965 by mc￭ k￭ us￭ ick et al actor vern￭ e tro￭ yer is affected with this form of dwar￭ f￭ ism as was actor billy bar￭ ty who was renowned for saying the name of my condition is car￭ til￭ age hair syndrome hypo￭ pl￭ asia but you can just call me billy
in mathematics the cas￭ as al￭ ver￭ o con￭ jec￭ ture is an open problem about poly￭ no￭ mi￭ als which have factors in common with their derivatives proposed by edu￭ ardo cas￭ as al￭ ver￭ o in 2001
in toss ju￭ ggling a cas￭ c￭ ade is the simplest ju￭ ggling pattern achievable with an odd number of pro￭ ps the simplest ju￭ ggling pattern is the three ball cas￭ c￭ ade this is therefore the first pattern that most ju￭ gg￭ lers learn balls or other pro￭ ps follow a horizontal figure eight or hour￭ glass figure pattern above the hands in sit￭ es￭ w￭ ap each throw in a cas￭ c￭ ade is not￭ ated using the number of balls thus a three ball cas￭ c￭ ade is 3 in the cas￭ c￭ ade an object is always thrown from a position near the body s mid￭ line in an arc passing underneath the preceding throw and toward the other side of the body where it is caught and transported again toward the body s mid￭ line for the next throw as a result the balls travel along the figure eight path that is characteristic of the cas￭ c￭ ade — in the cas￭ c￭ ade the crossing of the balls between the hands demands that one hand catches at the same rate that the other hand throws synchron￭ ization the hands also take turns coupled osci￭ ll￭ ation
case hard￭ ening is a wea￭ thering phenomenon of rock surface ind￭ ur￭ ation it is observed commonly in fel￭ sic al￭ kal￭ ine rocks such as nep￭ hel￭ ine sy￭ en￭ ite ph￭ on￭ ol￭ ite and tr￭ ach￭ y￭ te pyro￭ cl￭ astic rocks as pyro￭ cl￭ astic flow deposit fine air fall deposits and vent filling pyro￭ cl￭ astic deposits se￭ dim￭ entary rocks as sand￭ stone and mu￭ d￭ stone
cas￭ e￭ goods are items of furniture that are built with interior compart￭ ments for storage it is an american english term for wooden furniture designed for storage such as cup￭ boards ch￭ ests of draw￭ ers etc a synon￭ ym is case furniture cas￭ e￭ goods generally refers to furniture made of hard materials such as wood metal glass or plastic examples of cas￭ e￭ goods include ch￭ ests chest of draw￭ ers dres￭ ser book￭ shelves and cabinets the term cas￭ e￭ goods is sometimes used to refer to commercial use furniture such as beds and side￭ boards that would be used in a hotel dor￭ mit￭ ory or student accommodation the same terminology would not generally be used when referring to domestic furniture cas￭ e￭ goods are one of the three classifications of furniture the others being up￭ hol￭ ster￭ y and occasional up￭ hol￭ ster￭ y refers to furniture that has fabric or leather and p￭ adding stretched over a frame occasional furniture includes coffee tables end tables ne￭ sting tables ottom￭ ans and accent sto￭ ols
cas￭ eous lymp￭ had￭ eni￭ tis cla is an infectious disease caused by the bacter￭ ium cor￭ y￭ ne￭ bacter￭ ium pseu￭ do￭ tuberculosis found mostly in goats and sheep that at present has no cure it manifests itself predominantly in the form of large p￭ us filled cy￭ sts on the neck sides and ud￭ ders of goats and sheep the disease is spread mostly from an animal coming in contact with p￭ us from a burst cyst on an infected animal but the disease is highly contagious and is thought to also be spread by cou￭ gh￭ ing or even by flies studies have found cl incidence in commercial goat herds as high as 30
cash collection is a function of accounts receivable it is the recovery of cash from a business or individual with which you have issued an invoice unpaid invoices are considered outstanding invoices are always issued with terms of payment these terms vary widely from cash terms meaning that the invoice is due immediately to many forms of credit terms for example 30 days from date of invoice invoices which remain unpaid for periods longer than their terms indicate are considered overdue it is the aim of the cash collection function of a business to collect monies for all outstanding invoices before they become overdue and to mediate payment arrangements to ensure that invoiced debts do not become doubtful or bad
the cash value of an insurance contract also called the cash surrender value or surrender value is the cash amount offered to the policy￭ owner by the issuing life carrier upon cancellation of the contract this term is normally used with a life insurance or life annu￭ ity contract to receive the cash value the policy￭ holder sur￭ renders their rights to future benefits under the policy cash values are usually associated with whole life insurance or endow￭ ment life insurance and other forms of permanent life insurance the contract determines for each possible cancellation date the related cash value if the investment of premiums is contr￭ actually made in an individual account the cash value is the value of the investments in that account at any particular time minus a surrender charge such cash value credited to an individual account during the tenure of the policy keeps growing with every payment of premium it also incre￭ ments due to interest credited the policy￭ holder may also be able to use the cash value as collateral on a loan the cash value will often be similar or even equal to the reserve to be held by the insurance company for the net obligations from the contract as such the amount is usually invested and earns investment income for the insurance company which is to some extent forwarded to policyholders of participating contracts since often initial premiums are not invested but covering initial costs associated with selling the contract up front or front end fee the amount available may be significantly lower than the sum of premiums paid for some time initially even zero later interest credited might compensate that initial loss the value of the investment is often subject to a surrender charge in determining the cash value a surrender charge off￭ sets the costs associated with selling the contract and allows these contracts to be sold with little or no up front fees surrender charges are imposed when a contract is cancelled within a set time frame any cancellation after that time frame are not subject to a surrender charge typically surrender charges decrease on an annual schedule until they disappear altogether
cas￭ p￭ ase 8 deficiency state ce￭ ds is a very rare genetic disorder of the immune system it is caused by mutations in the cas￭ p 8 gene that en￭ codes the protein cas￭ p￭ ase 8 the disorder is characterized by splen￭ om￭ eg￭ al￭ y and lymp￭ had￭ en￭ opathy in addition to recurrent sin￭ op￭ ul￭ mon￭ ary infections recurrent mu￭ co￭ cu￭ taneous her￭ pes￭ virus or other viral infections and hypo￭ gam￭ mag￭ lob￭ ul￭ in￭ emia investigators in the laboratory of dr michael len￭ ardo at the national institutes of health described this condition in two si￭ bl￭ ings from a cons￭ an￭ guine￭ ous family in 2002 and several more affected family members have since been identified
cass￭ ava brown stre￭ ak virus disease c￭ bs￭ d is a damaging disease of cass￭ ava plants and is especially troublesome in east africa it was first identified in 1936 in tanzania and has spread to other coastal areas of east africa from kenya to mozambique recently it was found that two distinct viruses are responsible for the disease cass￭ ava brown stre￭ ak virus c￭ b￭ sv and ug￭ andan cass￭ ava brown stre￭ ak virus uc￭ b￭ sv both have ss r￭ na genom￭ es belong to the genus i￭ pomo￭ virus in the family po￭ ty￭ vi￭ ri￭ da￭ e and produce generally similar symptoms in infected plants root rot renders the cass￭ ava tu￭ ber ine￭ di￭ ble resulting in severe loss of economic value therefore current research focuses on achieving cultiv￭ ars that do not develop the necro￭ tic rot this disease is considered to be the biggest threat to food security in coastal east africa and around the eastern lakes
the cast￭ er angle or cast￭ or angle is the ang￭ ular displacement of the steering axis from the vertical axis of a steered wheel in a car motorcycle bicycle or other vehicle measured in the longit￭ ud￭ inal direction it is the angle between the pivo￭ t line in a car an imaginary line that runs through the center of the upper ball joint to the center of the lower ball joint and vertical car rac￭ ers sometimes adjust cast￭ er angle to optimi￭ ze their car s handling characteristics in particular driving situations
a casting defect is an un￭ desired irregularity in a metal casting process some defects can be tolerated while others can be repaired otherwise they must be eliminated they are broken down into five main categories gas por￭ osity shr￭ ink￭ age defects mold material defects pouring metal defects and metallurgical defects
castle thunder is a sound effect that consists of the sound of a loud thunder￭ cl￭ ap during a ra￭ inst￭ orm it was originally recorded for the 1931 film frankenstein and has since been used in dozens of films television programs and commerci￭ als
cast￭ lem￭ an disease also known as giant or an￭ gi￭ o￭ fol￭ lic￭ ular lymp￭ h no￭ de hyper￭ pl￭ asia lymp￭ ho￭ id ham￭ ar￭ tom￭ a an￭ gi￭ o￭ fol￭ lic￭ ular lymp￭ h no￭ de hyper￭ pl￭ asia is a group of un￭ common lymp￭ ho￭ prolifer￭ ative disorders that share common lymp￭ h no￭ de his￭ to￭ logical features that may be loc￭ alized to a single lymp￭ h no￭ de unic￭ entr￭ ic or occur systemically mul￭ tic￭ entr￭ ic it is named after benjamin cast￭ lem￭ an mul￭ tic￭ entr￭ ic cast￭ lem￭ an disease mc￭ d involves hyper￭ activation of the immune system excessive release of pro￭ infl￭ am￭ matory chemicals cy￭ to￭ k￭ ines proliferation of immune cells b cells and t cells and multiple organ system dysfunction cast￭ lem￭ an disease must be distinguished from other disorders that can demonstrate cast￭ lem￭ an like lymp￭ h no￭ de features including reactive lymp￭ h no￭ de hyper￭ pl￭ asia auto￭ immune disorders and m￭ align￭ ancies while not officially considered a cancer the over￭ growth of lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tes with this disease is similar to lymp￭ homa and more research is needed to search for small populations of ne￭ op￭ l￭ astic cells cast￭ lem￭ an disease is a focus of intense ongoing research
the castro – step￭ hens coupling is a cross coupling reaction between a copper i ace￭ ty￭ li￭ de and an ar￭ yl hali￭ de forming a dis￭ u￭ b￭ stitu￭ ted al￭ ky￭ ne and a copper i hali￭ de the reaction was discovered in 1963 by university of california river￭ side chem￭ ists castro and step￭ hens and is used as a tool in the organic synthesis of organic compounds the reaction has similarities with the much older ro￭ sen￭ m￭ und – von brau￭ n synthesis 19￭ 16 between ar￭ yl hali￭ des and copper i cyanide and was itself modified in 1973 with as the son￭ og￭ ash￭ ira coupling by adding a p￭ all￭ adi￭ um catalyst and preparing the organ￭ o￭ copper compound in situ allowing copper to also be used cataly￭ tically a typical reaction is the coupling of i￭ odo￭ benzene with the copper ace￭ ty￭ li￭ de of phen￭ yl￭ ace￭ ty￭ lene in ref￭ lux￭ ing py￭ ri￭ dine to di￭ phen￭ yl￭ ace￭ ty￭ lene application of castro – step￭ hens coupling with phen￭ y￭ li￭ od￭ ine unlike the son￭ og￭ ash￭ ira coupling the castro – step￭ hens coupling can produce heter￭ oc￭ ycl￭ ic compounds when a nucle￭ oph￭ il￭ ic group is orth￭ o to the ar￭ yl hali￭ de although this typically requires use of d￭ m￭ f as solvent application of castro step￭ hens coupling with o i￭ odo￭ benzo￭ ic acid to produce an iso￭ coumarin
a casualty loss is a type of tax loss that is a sudden unexpected or unusual event damage or loss resulting from progressive deterioration of property through a steadily operating cause would not be a casualty loss “ other casualty ” are events similar to “ fire storm or shipwreck ” it is generally held that wherever force is applied to property which the owner taxpayer is either unaware of because of the hidden nature of such application or is powerless to act to prevent the same because of the sudden￭ ness thereof or some other disability and damage results in the united states tax deductions are allowed for casualty losses under 26 u s c § 165 which allows deductions for losses sustained during the taxable year and not compensated for by insurance or otherwise such deductions are limited under 26 u s c § 165 h 2 to the amount personal casualty losses exceed personal casualty gains plus 10 percent of the adjusted gross income of the individual within the taxable year additionally under 26 u s c § 165 h 1 individual taxpayers are only allowed to include losses to the extent they exceed 100 for each casualty in addition the deduction is limited to those losses sustained during the taxable year and not compensated by insurance or otherwise
cat scratch disease cs￭ d is a common and usually benign infectious disease caused by the bacter￭ ium bar￭ ton￭ ella hen￭ sel￭ ae it is most commonly found in children following a scratch or bite from a cat within about one to two weeks
cat eye syndrome ces or schmid – fr￭ acc￭ aro syndrome is a rare condition caused by the short arm p and a small section of the long arm q of human chro￭ mo￭ some 22 being present three tr￭ isom￭ ic or four times te￭ tras￭ om￭ ic usually 3 times instead of the usual two times the term cat eye syndrome was coined because of the particular appearance of the vertical co￭ lob￭ om￭ as in the eyes of some patients however over half of the ces patients in the literature do not present with this trait there is no significant reduction in life expectancy in patients who are not afflicted with one of ces life threatening ab￭ norm￭ alities
catalan charts catalan maps or catalan port￭ ol￭ ans are a subtype of the medieval period 13￭ 00 – 1500 port￭ ol￭ an chart port￭ ol￭ an charts are a type of map generated by using a marin￭ er s compass and direct observation to determine the shape and location of coastlines and ports the term port￭ ol￭ an means pertaining to ports and harb￭ ors and should not be confused with relating to portugal sometimes they are referred to as catalan type port￭ ol￭ ans or simply catalan port￭ ol￭ ans two primary sub￭ groups of medieval period port￭ ol￭ an maps exist the italian and the catalan while both the italian and catalan maps derive from the same common source readings from a compass combined with direct observation there are several differences both in terms of style and in content
catal￭ ep￭ sy from greek κατ￭ ά￭ λη￭ ψ￭ ις seizing gras￭ ping is a nervous condition characterized by muscular rigidity and fix￭ ity of posture regardless of external stimul￭ i as well as decreased sensitivity to pain
the catal￭ ina ed￭ dy also called the coastal ed￭ dy is a loc￭ alized weather phenomenon that occurs in the bi￭ ght of california the mostly conv￭ ex portion of the southern california coast running from point conception to san diego the catal￭ ina ed￭ dy leads to the june gloom that is so much a part of the late spring and early summer weather in southern california the ed￭ dy gets its name from santa catal￭ ina island the channel island closest to the los angeles long beach area the center of an ed￭ dy is often located above or near the island while a catal￭ ina ed￭ dy can develop at any time of the year it is most common between april and september and peaks in june during these months upper level north￭ wester￭ ly flow along the california coast is directed on￭ shore by the channel islands when the flow is blocked by the mountains that ring the los angeles basin to the east and north a counter￭ c￭ lock￭ wise vor￭ tex is created as temperatures drop after sunset the marine layer deep￭ ens and coastal str￭ atus clouds thick￭ en while the vor￭ tex is relatively small rarely more than 100 miles 160 km in diameter it can extend into inland valleys and even into the south￭ western mo￭ j￭ ave desert a very strong catal￭ ina ed￭ dy can be as deep as 6000 feet 1 8 km a catal￭ ina ed￭ dy is rarely prolonged as the heat over the deser￭ ts causes air to rise the resulting pressure gr￭ adi￭ ent and increase in the normal on￭ shore winds causes the vor￭ tex to dissip￭ ate the result is the common local weather forecast calling for late night and early morning low clouds and fog followed by afternoon sunshine and sea bree￭ zes
catal￭ ysis k￭ ə￭ ˈ￭ t￭ æ￭ l￭ ᵻ￭ s￭ ᵻ￭ s is the increase in the rate of a chemical reaction due to the participation of an additional substance called a catalyst ˈ￭ k￭ æ￭ t￭ ə￭ l￭ ᵻ￭ st with a catalyst reactions occur faster because they require less activation energy furthermore since they are not consumed in the cataly￭ zed reaction cataly￭ sts can continue to act repeatedly often only tiny amounts are required in principle
epi￭ le￭ psy is a chronic neuro￭ logical condition characterized by recurrent seizures cat￭ amen￭ ial epi￭ le￭ psy is a sub￭ set of epi￭ le￭ psy which includes women whose seizures are exacerbated by their men￭ str￭ ual cycle women with cat￭ amen￭ ial epi￭ le￭ psy are unusually sensitive to endo￭ genous hormonal changes this seizure exacerb￭ ation has a statistically significant positive correlation to serum estr￭ adi￭ ol estro￭ gen levels and ratios since at least the greek times there has been documented study of women with epi￭ le￭ psy and its correlation to the men￭ str￭ ual cycle these patterns can easily be seen by char￭ ting out m￭ enses against seizure occurrence and type
cat￭ amen￭ ial pneu￭ mo￭ thor￭ ax is a condition of collapsed lung pneu￭ mo￭ thor￭ ax occurring in conjunction with men￭ str￭ ual periods cat￭ amen￭ ial refers to men￭ str￭ uation believed to be caused primarily by end￭ ome￭ tri￭ osis of the ple￭ ura the memb￭ rane surrounding the lung
cat￭ ap￭ hy￭ lax￭ is is the deterioration of the natural defense system of the body due to an infection
cat￭ ap￭ l￭ ex￭ y is a sudden and transi￭ ent episode of muscle weakness accompanied by full conscious awareness typically triggered by emotions such as laughing crying or terror it is the cardinal symptom of narco￭ le￭ psy with cat￭ ap￭ l￭ ex￭ y affecting roughly 70 of people who have narco￭ le￭ psy and is caused by an auto￭ immune destruction of the neuro￭ transmitter hypo￭ cre￭ tin also called ore￭ x￭ in which regulates ar￭ ous￭ al and wa￭ ke￭ fulness cat￭ ap￭ l￭ ex￭ y without narco￭ le￭ psy is rare and the cause is unknown the term cat￭ ap￭ l￭ ex￭ y originates from the greek κατά k￭ ata meaning down and π￭ λ￭ ῆ￭ ξ￭ ις pl￭ ē￭ x￭ is meaning stroke
in electro￭ magne￭ tics the cat￭ ap￭ ult effect is a phenomenon occurring when a current is passed through two wires connected by a loose wire in a magnetic field the loose wire is then cat￭ ap￭ ulted horizon￭ tally away from the magnetic field this occurs due to the magnetic forces acting in the wires and in the magnetic field itself
a cat￭ ar￭ act is a clou￭ ding of the lens in the eye leading to a decrease in vision it can affect one or both eyes often it develops slowly symptoms may include faded colors blur￭ ry vision hal￭ os around light trouble with bright lights and trouble seeing at night this may result in trouble driving reading or recognizing faces poor vision may also result in an increased risk of falling and depression cat￭ ar￭ acts are the cause of half of blindness and 33 of visual impairment worldwide cat￭ ar￭ acts are most commonly due to aging but may also occur due to trauma or radiation exposure be present from birth or occur following eye surgery for other problems risk factors include diabetes smoking tobacco prolonged exposure to sunlight and alcohol either clum￭ ps of protein or yellow brown pig￭ ment may be deposited in the lens reducing the transmission of light to the re￭ tina at the back of the eye diagnosis is by an eye examination prevention includes wearing sun￭ glasses and not smoking early on the symptoms may be improved with eye￭ glasses if this does not help surgery to remove the clou￭ dy lens and replace it with an artificial lens is the only effective treatment surgery is only needed if the cat￭ ar￭ acts are causing problems surgery generally results in an improved quality of life cat￭ ar￭ act surgery is not easily available in many countries which is especially true for women those living in rural areas and those who cannot read about 20 million people globally are blind due to cat￭ ar￭ acts it is the cause of about 5 of blindness in the united states and nearly 60 of blindness in parts of africa and south america blindness from cat￭ ar￭ acts occurs in about 10 to 40 per 100 000 children in the developing world and 1 to 4 per 100 000 children in the developed world cat￭ ar￭ acts become more common with age more than half the people in the united states had cat￭ ar￭ acts by the age of 80
the cat￭ ar￭ act micro￭ cor￭ ne￭ a syndrome is the association of con￭ genital cat￭ ar￭ act and micro￭ cor￭ ne￭ a
the cat￭ ar￭ acts of the nile are shallow lengths or white water rap￭ ids of the nile river between as￭ wan and khartoum where the surface of the water is broken by many small b￭ oul￭ ders and stones ju￭ tting out of the river bed as well as many rocky is￭ lets in some places these stretches are punctu￭ ated by white￭ water and are perhaps well characterized as rap￭ ids while at others the water flow is smo￭ other but still shallow
cat￭ arr￭ h k￭ ə￭ ˈ￭ t￭ ɑ￭ ː￭ r or cat￭ arr￭ hal infl￭ amm￭ ation is infl￭ amm￭ ation of the mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ ran￭ es in one of the airways or ca￭ vities of the body usually with reference to the throat and par￭ an￭ as￭ al sin￭ uses it can result in a thick exu￭ date of m￭ uc￭ us and white blood cells caused by the sw￭ elling of the mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ ran￭ es in the head in response to an infection it is a symptom usually associated with the common cold phar￭ yn￭ gi￭ tis and ch￭ esty cou￭ ghs but it can also be found in patients with aden￭ o￭ idi￭ tis o￭ ti￭ tis media sin￭ u￭ si￭ tis or ton￭ sil￭ li￭ tis the ph￭ leg￭ m produced by cat￭ arr￭ h may either discharge or cause a block￭ age that may become chronic the word cat￭ arr￭ h was widely used in medicine since before the era of medical science which explains why it has various senses and in older texts may be synonymous with or vaguely in￭ distingu￭ ishable from common cold nas￭ op￭ har￭ yn￭ gi￭ tis phar￭ yn￭ gi￭ tis rh￭ initi￭ s or sin￭ u￭ si￭ tis the word is no longer as widely used in american medical practice mostly because more precise words are available for any particular path￭ osis indeed to the extent that it is still used it is no longer viewed no￭ so￭ logically as a disease entity but instead as a symptom a sign or a syndrome of both the term cat￭ arr￭ h is found in medical sources from the united kingdom the word has also been common in the folk medicine of app￭ al￭ achi￭ a where medicinal plants have been used to treat the infl￭ amm￭ ation and drainage associated with the condition
a catastrophic illness is a severe illness requiring prolonged hosp￭ itali￭ zation or recovery examples would include coma cancer leuk￭ emia heart attack or stroke these illnesses usually involve high costs for hospitals doctors and medicines and may incapac￭ itate the person from working creating a financial hardship they are the type intended to be covered by high deductible health plans research indicates that the unusual economic environment of the delivery of catastrophic illness care encourages the use of innovative therapies medicare contains a benefit for catastrophic illness
for a description of catastrophic injuries that do not apply to the central nervous system see major trauma a catastrophic injury is a severe injury to the sp￭ ine spinal cord or brain and may also include skull or spinal fractu￭ res this is a sub￭ set of the definition for the legal term catastrophic injury which is based on the definition used by the american medical association the national center for catastrophic sport injury research in the united states classi￭ fies catastrophic injuries based on the three outcomes associated with them fat￭ ality those causing permanent severe functional disability and those causing severe head or neck trauma with no permanent disability a fatal injury may be a direct result of trauma sustained during an activity or may occur indirectly indirect non￭ fatal catastrophic injury may occur as a result of systemic failure from exer￭ tion during an activity such as from cardiovascular conditions heat illness exer￭ tional hy￭ pon￭ at￭ re￭ mia or dehydr￭ ation or a complic￭ ation to a non￭ fatal injury indirect fatalities are usually caused by cardiovascular conditions such as hyper￭ troph￭ ic cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy and coron￭ ary artery disease fatal injury may reveal an unknown underlying anatom￭ ical or physiological ab￭ normality individuals with certain anatom￭ ical anomalies should not participate in some activities for example contact sports are contr￭ ain￭ dic￭ ated for individuals with an anom￭ alous od￭ on￭ to￭ id process as any violent impact may result in a catastrophic injury this is because a mal￭ formed od￭ on￭ to￭ id process may lead to instability between the atlas and axis the c 1 and c 2 cer￭ vic￭ al verte￭ bra￭ e those with atlan￭ to oc￭ ci￭ p￭ ital fusion should also avoid contact sports
a catastrophic kill k kill or complete kill is damage inflicted on an ar￭ mored vehicle that amounts to complete destruction of the vehicle rendering it both permanently non functional and un￭ repair￭ able the term knocked out refers to a vehicle which has been damaged to the point of in￭ oper￭ ability and abandoned by its crew but is not obviously beyond the point of repair while a knocked out vehicle may be later determined to be irreparable and written off a k kill is more obvious and usually involves the destruction of the vehicle by fire and or explosion among tank cre￭ w￭ men it is also commonly known as a brew up coined from the british world war ii term for lighting a fire in order to brew tea the expression arose because british troops used an old petrol tin with holes punched in the side as a ma￭ kes￭ hi￭ ft stove on which to brew their tea the flames lic￭ king out of the holes in the side of the tin resemb￭ led a burning tank and thus the expression was coined typically a catastrophic kill results in the ignition of any fuel the vehicle may be carrying as well as the detonation cooking off or sympathetic detonation of its ammunition a catastrophic kill does not necessarily preclude the survival of the vehicle s crew although most historical casualties in ar￭ mored warfare were the result of k kills this type of kill is also associated with the jack in the box effect where a tank s tur￭ ret is blown sky￭ ward due to the over￭ pressure of an ammunition explosion some tank designs employ blow off panels chann￭ eling such explosions outside of the vehicle turning an otherwise catastrophic kill into a fire￭ power kill
cat￭ at￭ onia is a state of neuro￭ genic motor im￭ mobility and behavioral ab￭ normality manifested by stu￭ por it was first described in 18￭ 74 by karl lud￭ wig kah￭ l￭ bau￭ m in die kat￭ at￭ on￭ ie oder das sp￭ ann￭ ung￭ sir￭ res￭ ein cat￭ at￭ onia or tension insan￭ ity in the fifth edition of the diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders cat￭ at￭ onia is not recognized as a separate disorder but is associated with psychiatric conditions such as schizophrenia cat￭ at￭ onic type bipolar disorder post traumatic stress disorder depression and other mental disorders narco￭ le￭ psy as well as drug abuse or over￭ dose or both it may also be seen in many medical disorders including infections such as en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis auto￭ immune disorders focal neuro￭ logic le￭ sions including stro￭ kes metabol￭ ic disturbances alcohol withdrawal and abrupt or overly rapid benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ine withdrawal it can be an adverse reaction to prescribed medication it bears similarity to conditions such as en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis leth￭ arg￭ ica and neuro￭ le￭ ptic m￭ align￭ ant syndrome there are a variety of treatments available benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines are a first line treatment strategy electro con￭ vul￭ sive therapy is also sometimes used there is growing evidence for the effectiveness of n￭ m￭ da antagon￭ ists for benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ine resistant cat￭ at￭ onia anti￭ psycho￭ tics are sometimes employed but require caution as they can worsen symptoms and have serious adverse effects
cat￭ at￭ um￭ bo lightning spanish rel￭ á￭ mp￭ ago del cat￭ at￭ um￭ bo is an atmospheric phenomenon in colombia and venezuela it occurs only over the mouth of the cat￭ at￭ um￭ bo river where it emp￭ ties into lake mar￭ ac￭ ai￭ bo it originates from a mass of storm clouds at a height of more than 1 km and occurs during 140 to 260 nights a year 10 hours per day and up to 280 times per hour it occurs over and around lake mar￭ ac￭ ai￭ bo typically over the bo￭ g area formed where the cat￭ at￭ um￭ bo river flows into the lake cat￭ at￭ um￭ bo lightning changes its frequency along the year and it is different from year to year for example it ceased from january to march 2010 apparently due to drought temporarily raising fears that it might have been extinguished permanently
cat￭ ec￭ hol￭ am￭ iner￭ gic poly￭ morph￭ ic ven￭ tric￭ ular t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia c￭ pv￭ t also called famili￭ al poly￭ morph￭ ic ven￭ tric￭ ular t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia f￭ pv￭ t or cat￭ ec￭ hol￭ amine induced poly￭ morph￭ ic ven￭ tric￭ ular t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia is a disorder characterized by an abnormal heart rhythm arr￭ hy￭ th￭ mia thought to affect as many as one in ten thousand people it is estimated to cause 15 of all un￭ explained sudden cardiac deaths in young people first recognized in 1975 this condition is due to mutations in genes en￭ coding a calcium channel or proteins related to this channel all mut￭ ated proteins participate in the regulation of calcium ion flow in and out of the sar￭ co￭ plas￭ matic re￭ ticul￭ um of cardiac cells therefore reduced electrical stability of cardi￭ om￭ y￭ oc￭ y￭ tes may cause the heart to enter a life threatening state of ven￭ tric￭ ular arr￭ hy￭ th￭ mia as response to the natural release of cat￭ ec￭ hol￭ am￭ ines from nerve end￭ ings on the heart muscle and from the adren￭ al g￭ lands into the circulation this rhythm disturbance prevents the heart from pumping blood appropriately ven￭ tric￭ ular t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia may self terminate or degenerate into ven￭ tric￭ ular fi￭ bri￭ ll￭ ation causing sudden death unless immediate cardi￭ op￭ ul￭ mon￭ ary resusc￭ itation is applied
in mathematics categorical al￭ ge￭ bra is a sub￭ field of al￭ ge￭ bra that approaches al￭ ge￭ bra from the categorical point of view for example the study of a sym￭ metric mono￭ idal category as an al￭ ge￭ bra￭ ic object might be considered as a part of categorical al￭ ge￭ bra it is closely related to hom￭ ot￭ op￭ ical al￭ ge￭ bra in the recent years the field has been experiencing a turbulent change due to the in￭ fusion of topo￭ logical ideas
a category mistake or category error or categorical mistake or mistake of category is a sem￭ an￭ tic or on￭ to￭ logical error in which things belonging to a particular category are presented as if they belong to a different category or alternatively a property is ascri￭ bed to a thing that could not possibly have that property an example is the metaphor time craw￭ led which if taken literally is not just false but a category mistake to show that a category mistake has been committed one must typically show that once the phenomenon in question is properly understood it becomes clear that the claim being made about it could not possibly be true
cate￭ l – man￭ z￭ ke syndrome is a rare genetic disorder characterized by distinctive ab￭ norm￭ alities of the index fingers the classic features of pierre robin syndrome occasionally with additional physical findings pierre robin syndrome refers to a sequence of ab￭ norm￭ alities that may occur as a distinct syndrome or as part of another underlying disorder pierre robin syndrome is characterized by an unusually small jaw micro￭ gn￭ ath￭ ia downward displacement or re￭ traction of the tongue glos￭ sop￭ to￭ sis and incomplete closure of the roof of the mouth cle￭ ft pal￭ ate it is also linked to hyper mobility syndrome
the cat￭ fish effect is the effect that a strong competitor has in causing the weak to better themselves actions done to actively apply this effect for example by the human resource department in an organization are termed cat￭ fish management in norway live sardines are several times more expensive than frozen ones and are valued for better tex￭ ture and flavor it was said that only one ship could bring live sard￭ ine home and the ship￭ master kept his method a secret after he died people found that there was one cat￭ fish in the tank the cat￭ fish keeps swimming and the sardines try to avoid this predat￭ or this increased level of activity keeps the sardines active instead of becoming sed￭ entary according to vince from cat￭ fish the movie in human resource management this is a method used to motivate a team so that each member feels strong competition thus keeping up the competitiveness of the whole team
cath￭ od￭ olu￭ min￭ es￭ cence is an optical and electromagnetic phenomenon in which electron￭ s imp￭ acting on a lumin￭ es￭ cent material such as a phosp￭ h￭ or cause the emission of pho￭ tons which may have wa￭ vel￭ eng￭ ths in the visible spectrum a familiar example is the generation of light by an electr￭ on beam scanning the phosp￭ h￭ or co￭ ated inner surface of the screen of a television that uses a cath￭ ode ray tube cath￭ od￭ olu￭ min￭ es￭ cence is the in￭ verse of the photo￭ electric effect in which electr￭ on emission is induced by irradiation with pho￭ tons
catholic campus ministry is the presence and ministry or service of the roman catholic church on the campus of a school college or university it may include the setting up of clubs groups and organizations as well as the anim￭ ating of lit￭ urg￭ ies re￭ treats reco￭ ll￭ ections and the handling of religion classes workshops and seminars some examples of catholic campus ministries include newman club newman a￭ post￭ ol￭ ate and catholic student association
in the dun￭ geons drag￭ ons fantasy ro￭ le￭ playing game the cat￭ ob￭ le￭ pas k￭ ə￭ ˈ￭ to￭ ʊ￭ bl￭ ᵻ￭ p￭ ə￭ s or k￭ æ￭ ˈ￭ t￭ ɒ￭ bl￭ ᵻ￭ p￭ ə￭ s is an aberr￭ ation
c￭ aud￭ a equ￭ ina syndrome ces is a serious neuro￭ logic condition in which damage to the c￭ aud￭ a equ￭ ina causes loss of function of the lum￭ bar plex￭ us nerve roots of the spinal canal below the termination con￭ us med￭ ul￭ lar￭ is of the spinal cord ces is a lower motor ne￭ uron le￭ sion
c￭ aud￭ al regression syndrome or sac￭ ral agen￭ esis or hypo￭ pl￭ asia of the sac￭ rum is a con￭ genital disorder in which there is abnormal fe￭ tal development of the lower sp￭ ine — the c￭ aud￭ al partition of the sp￭ ine it occurs at a rate of approximately one per 25 000 live births
cau￭ lif￭ lower ear is a condition that occurs when the external portion of the ear is hit and develops a blood clo￭ t or other collection of fluid under the peric￭ hon￭ dri￭ um this separates the car￭ til￭ age from the over￭ lying peric￭ hon￭ dri￭ um that supplies its nutrients causing it to die and resulting in the formation of fi￭ bro￭ us tissue in the over￭ lying skin as a result the outer ear becomes permanently sw￭ oll￭ en and de￭ formed resembling a cau￭ lif￭ lower the condition is common in martial arts like boxing mixed martial arts or wrestling and in full contact sports such as rug￭ by union football
causal reasoning is the process of identifying caus￭ ality the relationship between a cause and its effect the study of caus￭ ality extends from ancient philosophy to contemporary neuro￭ psychology assumptions about the nature of caus￭ ality may be shown to be functions of a previous event preceding a later one the first known proto￭ scientific study of cause and effect occurred in aristo￭ tle s physics
in lingu￭ is￭ tics caus￭ ative alter￭ nation is a cross linguistic phenomenon in which certain ver￭ bs that express a change of state or a change of degree can be used transi￭ tively or intransi￭ tively a caus￭ atively altern￭ ating ver￭ b such as open has both a transi￭ tive meaning i opened the door and an intransi￭ tive meaning the door opened when caus￭ atively altern￭ ating ver￭ bs are used transi￭ tively they are called caus￭ atives since in the transi￭ tive use of the ver￭ b the subject is causing the action den￭ oted by the intransi￭ tive version when caus￭ atively altern￭ ating ver￭ bs are used intransi￭ tively they are referred to as antic￭ aus￭ atives or in￭ cho￭ atives because the intransi￭ tive variant describes a situation in which the theme participant in this case the door under￭ goes a change of state becoming for example opened
in law medicine and statistics cause of death is a term which refers to an official determination of conditions resulting in a human s death in modern times such determin￭ ations usually become an essential data point of an official death certificate
par￭ kinson s disease pd is a degenerative disorder of the central nervous system most people with pd have idi￭ opathic par￭ kinson s disease having no specific known cause a small proportion of cases however can be attributed to known genetic factors other factors such as environmental toxins her￭ bic￭ ides pesticides and fun￭ g￭ ic￭ ides have been associated with the risk of developing pd but no causal relationships have been proven
the causes of poverty include changing trends in a country ’ s economy lack of education high divorce rate which causes fem￭ ini￭ zation of poverty having a culture of poverty over￭ population epidemic diseases such as aids and malaria and environmental problems such as lack of rainfall the united states reduced poverty in the elderly with the creation of the social security program almost 50 percent of people in the world today live on less than 2 50 per day the poverty rate among sen￭ i￭ ors in the united states is at 9 percent as of 2010 in 1960 the official poverty rate among the elderly was 35 percent the netherlands offers a universal pension and leads the world with a 1 7 percent poverty rate among the elderly extreme poverty may affect the lifespan and the lack of money via some type of pension system increases the poverty rate among the elderly worldwide extreme weather may be a cause of poverty in many countries drought rainfall and flooding are some of the biggest causes of poverty by weather when natural disasters do not gain media attention raising money becomes more difficult this is made worse when governments spend money in the capitals instead of the poorest areas which need it most tony blair in a bbc discussion states that the cause of poverty is inequality of opportunity
caus￭ tic emb￭ rit￭ t￭ lement is the phenomenon in which the material of a boiler becomes brit￭ tle due to the accumulation of caus￭ tic substances
a cave in is a collapse of a geo￭ logic formation mine or structure which may occur during mining or tunn￭ eling geo￭ logic structures prone to spontaneous cave ins include al￭ var t￭ sing￭ y and other lime￭ stone formations but can also include lava tubes and a variety of other sub￭ surface rock formations glaci￭ er ca￭ ves and other ice formations are very prone to collapse from exposure to warm temperatures or running water in mining the term roof fall is used to refer to a many types of collapses ranging from the fall of a single fla￭ ke of shale to collapses that form sink holes that reach to the surface however roof falls in mining are not all accidental in long￭ wall mining and retreat mining min￭ ers systematically remove all support from under large areas of the mine roof allowing it to settle just beyond the work area the goal in such mining methods is not to prevent roof fall and the ensuing surface subsid￭ ence but rather to control it
ca￭ vern￭ ous hem￭ an￭ gi￭ oma also called ca￭ vern￭ ous an￭ gi￭ oma ca￭ ver￭ no￭ ma or cere￭ br￭ al ca￭ vern￭ ous mal￭ formation cc￭ m when referring to presence in the brain is a type of blood vessel mal￭ formation or hem￭ an￭ gi￭ oma where a collection of dil￭ ated blood vessels form a benign tumor because of this mal￭ formation blood flow through the ca￭ vities or ca￭ vern￭ s is slow additionally the cells that form the vessels do not form the necessary junc￭ tions with surrounding cells also the structural support from the smooth muscle is hindered causing leakage into the surrounding tissue it is the leakage of blood known as a hemorrha￭ ge from these vessels that causes a variety of symptoms known to be associated with this disease
a ca￭ vern￭ ous liver ha￭ eman￭ gi￭ oma or he￭ p￭ atic ha￭ eman￭ gi￭ oma is a benign tum￭ our of the liver composed of he￭ p￭ atic endo￭ the￭ li￭ al cells it is the most common liver tum￭ our and is usually as￭ ymp￭ tomatic and diagnosed incidentally on radiological imaging liver ha￭ eman￭ gi￭ om￭ as are thought to be con￭ genital in origin several sub￭ types exist including the giant he￭ p￭ atic ha￭ eman￭ gi￭ oma which can cause significant complications
ca￭ vern￭ ous sin￭ us thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis c￭ st is the formation of a blood clo￭ t within the ca￭ vern￭ ous sin￭ us a cav￭ ity at the base of the brain which dra￭ ins de￭ oxy￭ genated blood from the brain back to the heart the cause is usually from a spreading infection in the nose sin￭ uses ears or teeth stap￭ hy￭ lo￭ co￭ cc￭ us au￭ re￭ us and st￭ rep￭ to￭ co￭ cc￭ us are often the associated bacteria ca￭ vern￭ ous sin￭ us thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis symptoms include decrease or loss of vision chem￭ osis ex￭ oph￭ thal￭ mos bul￭ ging eyes headaches and paralysis of the cran￭ ial nerves which course through the ca￭ vern￭ ous sin￭ us this infection is life threatening and requires immediate treatment which usually includes antibiotics and sometimes surgical drainage
ca￭ vern￭ ous ven￭ ous mal￭ formations present as rounded bright red or deep purple spon￭ gy no￭ d￭ ules occurring chiefly on the head and neck and may involve both the skin and the mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ ran￭ es it can be associated with kr￭ it 1 cc￭ m 2 or p￭ d￭ cd 10
caviar tongue also termed su￭ bl￭ ing￭ ual vari￭ co￭ sities or su￭ bl￭ ing￭ ual var￭ ices is a condition characterized by pur￭ pl￭ ish ven￭ ous ec￭ ta￭ si￭ as commonly found on the ven￭ tr￭ al under￭ surface of the tongue after the age of fifty it is normal for there to be ve￭ ins visible underneath the tongue partly because the mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ rane is so thin and trans￭ luc￭ ent in this region but where these vessels become dil￭ ated and tor￭ tuous they may appear round and black like caviar
cav￭ itary pneumonia is a disease in which the normal lung architecture is replaced by a cav￭ ity in a healthy lung oxygen transport occurs at the level of the al￭ ve￭ oli each of which has an average size of 0 1 mm these air spaces can become enlarged by a number of processes bacterial infection tuberculosis fun￭ gal infection vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ osis with pol￭ yan￭ gi￭ i￭ tis coll￭ agen vascular disease sjö￭ gre￭ n s syndrome or gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ ous disease sar￭ co￭ ido￭ sis
in the brain the cav￭ um vel￭ i inter￭ posi￭ ti c￭ vi is a condition in which the cis￭ ter￭ n of the vel￭ um inter￭ pos￭ it￭ um becomes dil￭ ated the phenomenon usually occurs in new￭ bor￭ ns ax￭ ial mr ct show a tri￭ ang￭ ular shaped cere￭ bro￭ spinal fluid c￭ sf space between the lateral ven￭ tric￭ les on sag￭ it￭ tal images c￭ vi can appear as a sli￭ t like linear to round o￭ void c￭ sf collection below the for￭ n￭ ices and above the 3 rd ven￭ tric￭ le there are usually no associated ab￭ norm￭ alities although larger le￭ sions may cause an obstruc￭ tive hydro￭ cephal￭ us no treatment is usually necessary
cec￭ al bas￭ cule is a cause of large bo￭ wel obstruction where there is fol￭ ding of the cec￭ um an￭ ter￭ ior￭ ly over the asc￭ ending col￭ on it is differentiated from cec￭ al vol￭ vul￭ us which is caused by rot￭ ational tor￭ sion of the cec￭ um or asc￭ ending col￭ on along its own axis in cec￭ al bas￭ cule the base of the cec￭ um fol￭ ds an￭ ter￭ ior￭ ly over the asc￭ ending col￭ on creating a fl￭ ap valve obstructing emp￭ tying of the cec￭ um the condition can be complicated by necro￭ sis or organ per￭ for￭ ation before the diagnosis is made particularly if the i￭ le￭ oc￭ ec￭ al valve is competent preventing retrograde de￭ compression of the cec￭ um into the i￭ leum
celebrity worship syndrome c￭ ws is an obs￭ essive addictive disorder in which a person becomes overly involved with the details of a celebrity s personal life psychologists have indicated that though many people obs￭ ess over film television sport and pop stars the only common factor between them is that they are all figures in the public eye
a cel￭ esti￭ al event is an astro￭ nom￭ ical phenomenon of interest that involves one or more cel￭ esti￭ al bodies examples of cel￭ esti￭ al events include the cyclical phases of the moon solar and lun￭ ar ec￭ lip￭ ses trans￭ its and oc￭ cul￭ tations plan￭ e￭ tary op￭ positions and con￭ junc￭ tions mete￭ or sho￭ wers and com￭ et fl￭ y￭ b￭ ys
ce￭ lib￭ acy syndrome japanese セ￭ ッ￭ ク￭ ス￭ し￭ な￭ い￭ 症￭ 候￭ 群 sek￭ k￭ usu shin￭ ai sh￭ ō￭ k￭ ō￭ gun is a syndrome not recognized by any medical or psychological body rather it is a media hypothesis claiming that a growing number of japanese adults have lost interest in sexual activity and have also lost interest in romantic love dating and marriage the theory has been reported by unknown members of japan s media according to journalist ab￭ ig￭ ail ha￭ worth of the guardian following the report the theory gained wide spread attention in english media outlets in 2013 and was subsequently refu￭ ted by several journalists and blog￭ gers
cell potency is a cell s ability to differentiate into other cell types the more cell types a cell can differentiate into the greater its potency potency is also described as the gene activation potential within a cell which like a continu￭ um begins with to￭ ti￭ potency to designate a cell with the most differentiation potential plur￭ i￭ potency multi￭ potency oligo￭ potency and finally uni￭ potency potency is taken from the latin term pot￭ ens which means having power
cell sorting is the ability to separate cells according to their properties these properties can be described as in￭ trac￭ ell￭ ular inside the cell or ex￭ trac￭ ell￭ ular outside the cell in￭ trac￭ ell￭ ular processes can include dna r￭ na and protein mol￭ ecu￭ le interaction whereas ex￭ trac￭ ell￭ ular physical properties include size shape mor￭ pho￭ logy and surface protein expression
cell￭ o scro￭ tum is a ho￭ ax medical condition originally published as a brief case report in the british medical journal in 1974 as its name suggests it was pur￭ portedly an afflic￭ tion of the scro￭ tum affecting male players of the cell￭ o
cellul￭ ite also known as adi￭ pos￭ is e￭ dem￭ at￭ osa der￭ mop￭ ann￭ icul￭ osis de￭ form￭ ans status pro￭ tru￭ sus cu￭ tis gy￭ no￭ id li￭ po￭ dy￭ stro￭ phy and orange peel syndrome is the her￭ ni￭ ation of sub￭ cu￭ taneous fat within fi￭ bro￭ us connec￭ tive tissue that manifests topo￭ graphically as skin dim￭ pling and no￭ dul￭ arity often on the pel￭ vic region specifically the but￭ toc￭ ks lower limbs and ab￭ dom￭ en cellul￭ ite is a secondary sex characteristic occurring in most post￭ pu￭ bes￭ cent females a review gives a prevalence of 85 98 of women indicating that it is physi￭ o￭ logic rather than patho￭ logic it can result from a complex combination of factors ranging from hormones to here￭ dity
cell￭ u￭ li￭ tis is a bacterial infection involving the inner layers of the skin it specifically affects the der￭ mis and sub￭ cu￭ taneous fat signs and symptoms include an area of red￭ ness which increases in size over a couple of days the borders of the area of red￭ ness are generally not sharp and the skin may be sw￭ oll￭ en while the red￭ ness often turns white when pressure is applied this is not always the case the area of infection is usually painful lymp￭ h￭ atic vessels may occasionally be involved and the person may have a fever and feel tired the legs and face are the most common site involved though cell￭ u￭ li￭ tis can occur on any part of the body the leg is typically affected following a break in the skin other risk factors include obesity leg sw￭ elling and old age for face infections a break in the skin beforehand is not usually the case the bacteria most commonly involved are st￭ rep￭ to￭ coc￭ ci and stap￭ hy￭ lo￭ co￭ cc￭ us au￭ re￭ us in contrast to cell￭ u￭ li￭ tis er￭ y￭ si￭ pel￭ as is a bacterial infection involving the more superficial layers of the skin presents with an area of red￭ ness with well defined edges and more often is associated with fever more serious infections such as an underlying bone infection or necro￭ tizing fas￭ ci￭ i￭ tis should be ruled out diagnosis is usually based on the presenting signs and symptoms with cell culture rarely being possible treatment with antibiotics taken by mouth such as cephal￭ ex￭ in am￭ ox￭ ic￭ ill￭ in or clo￭ x￭ ac￭ ill￭ in is often used in those who are seriously allergic to pen￭ ic￭ ill￭ in er￭ y￭ thro￭ my￭ cin or clin￭ dam￭ y￭ cin may be used when meth￭ ic￭ ill￭ in resistant s au￭ re￭ us mr￭ sa is a concern do￭ xy￭ cycl￭ ine or trim￭ eth￭ op￭ rim sul￭ f￭ ame￭ th￭ ox￭ azole may in addition be recommended concern is related to the presence of p￭ us or previous mr￭ sa infections ster￭ oids may speed recovery in those on antibiotics elev￭ ating the infected area may be useful as may pain killers around 95 of people are better after seven to ten days of treatment potential complications include abs￭ c￭ ess formation bacterial skin infections affected about 155 million people and cell￭ u￭ li￭ tis occurred in about 37 million people in 2013 this is about two of every 1000 people per year cell￭ u￭ li￭ tis in 2013 resulted in about 30 000 deaths worldwide in the united kingdom cell￭ u￭ li￭ tis was the reason for 1 6 of ad￭ missions to hospital
cel￭ tic ma￭ zes are straight line spiral patterns that have been drawn all over the world since pre￭ historic times the patterns originate in early cel￭ tic developments in stone and metal work and later in medieval ins￭ ular art pre￭ historic spiral designs date back to g￭ av￭ rin￭ is c 3500 b￭ ce the straight line spir￭ als of cel￭ tic labyrin￭ ths originated in chev￭ ron￭ s and lo￭ z￭ eng￭ es and are drawn by the cel￭ ts using a connect the do￭ ts method cel￭ tic labyrin￭ ths are found among car￭ v￭ ings at cam￭ onica valley occupied by the cel￭ ts early in the first millennium most older than the one kno￭ s￭ sos or classical style example found there the myth￭ ology associated with the labyrin￭ ths also suggest cel￭ tic origin for example the labyrin￭ ths containing eyes or a figure with horns and a snake about its wa￭ ist imply the de￭ ity cer￭ nun￭ nos lastly cel￭ tic examples resembling the cre￭ tan model but featuring path line reversal the path of one is traceable as the line of the other suggest cel￭ tic pre knowledge of their construction methods of constructing classical labyrin￭ ths from figure with ser￭ p￭ ent through wa￭ ist and oc￭ ular spiral may be demonstrated
a cem￭ en￭ tic￭ le is a small spher￭ ical or o￭ void calci￭ fied mass embedded within or attached to the cem￭ ent￭ um layer on the root surface of a tooth or lying free within the period￭ on￭ tal lig￭ ament they tend to occur in elderly individuals there are 3 types free cem￭ en￭ tic￭ le not attached to cem￭ ent￭ um attached ses￭ sile cem￭ en￭ tic￭ le attached to the cem￭ ent￭ um surface also termed ex￭ oc￭ em￭ ent￭ osis embedded inter￭ sti￭ tial cem￭ en￭ tic￭ le with advancing age the cem￭ ent￭ um thick￭ ens and the cem￭ en￭ tic￭ le may become incorporated into the cem￭ ent￭ um layer they may be visible on a radio￭ graph x ray they may appear sing￭ ly or in groups and are most commonly found at the tip of the root their size is variable but generally they are small about 0 2 mm 0 3 mm in diameter cem￭ en￭ tic￭ les are usually ac￭ ell￭ ular and may contain either fi￭ bri￭ ll￭ ar or a￭ fi￭ bri￭ ll￭ ar cem￭ ent￭ um or a mixture of both cem￭ en￭ tic￭ les are the result of dy￭ stro￭ ph￭ ic calci￭ fication but the reason why this takes place is unclear cem￭ en￭ tic￭ les are thought to form when calci￭ fication occurs around a ni￭ dus a precipit￭ ating center around this ni￭ dus they slowly enlarge by further de￭ position of calcium salts examples of how cem￭ en￭ tic￭ les are thought to form include calci￭ fication due to degenerative changes in the epi￭ the￭ li￭ al cell rests of mal￭ as￭ se￭ z calci￭ fication of thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sed blocked cap￭ il￭ lar￭ ies in the period￭ on￭ tal lig￭ ament i e a ph￭ le￭ boli￭ th micro￭ trauma to shar￭ pe￭ y s fibres causes small sp￭ ic￭ ules of cem￭ ent￭ um or al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar bone to spl￭ inter into the period￭ on￭ tal memb￭ rane some do not consider these as true cem￭ en￭ tic￭ les
cem￭ ento osse￭ ous dys￭ pl￭ asia cod is a benign condition of the ja￭ ws that may arise from the fi￭ bro￭ bl￭ asts of the period￭ on￭ tal lig￭ aments it is most common in african american females the three types are peri￭ ap￭ ical cem￭ ental dys￭ pl￭ asia common in blacks focal cem￭ ento osse￭ ous dys￭ pl￭ asia cauca￭ sians and flori￭ d cem￭ ento osse￭ ous dys￭ pl￭ asia blacks peri￭ ap￭ ical occurs most commonly in the man￭ di￭ bul￭ ar an￭ terior teeth while focal appears predominantly in the man￭ di￭ bul￭ ar poster￭ ior teeth and flori￭ d in both max￭ illa and man￭ di￭ ble in multiple quad￭ rants
cem￭ ent￭ obl￭ ast￭ oma or benign cem￭ ent￭ obl￭ ast￭ oma is a relatively rare benign ne￭ op￭ las￭ m of the cem￭ ent￭ um of the teeth it is derived from ec￭ tom￭ es￭ en￭ ch￭ y￭ me of od￭ on￭ to￭ genic origin less than 0 69 – 8 of all od￭ on￭ to￭ genic tumors
cem￭ ent￭ oma is an od￭ on￭ to￭ genic tumor of cem￭ ent￭ um it usually occurs after root development is finished found predominantly in african american women older than 40 it is found most commonly in the man￭ di￭ ble in the region of the lower mol￭ ar teeth it causes distortion of surrounding areas but is a usually pain￭ less growth at least initially considerable thick￭ ening of the cem￭ ent￭ um can often be observed a peri￭ ap￭ ical form is also recognized
cen￭ ani – len￭ z syn￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ lis￭ m also known as cen￭ ani – len￭ z syndrome or cen￭ ani – syn￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ lis￭ m is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive con￭ genital mal￭ formation syndrome involving both upper and lower extre￭ mi￭ ties
c￭ én￭ g￭ kok old orth￭ o￭ graphy ch￭ eng￭ kok are patterns played by the elabor￭ ating instruments in the jav￭ anese gam￭ el￭ an they are mel￭ od￭ ic formula that lead to a s￭ è￭ l￭ è￭ h following the rules of the pa￭ the￭ t of the piece the most elaborate c￭ eng￭ kok reper￭ to￭ ire is that of the g￭ end￭ é￭ r bar￭ ung the gam￭ bang and sit￭ er on the other hand do not have such form￭ alized sets of c￭ eng￭ kok and therefore may vary more from performer to performer most c￭ eng￭ kok derive from the vocal reper￭ to￭ ire and many have names that originally came from ly￭ rics like the well known ay￭ u kun￭ ing they may incorporate pre existent mel￭ od￭ ic patterns through a process of cent￭ on￭ ization
in statistics engineering economics and medical research cens￭ oring is a condition in which the value of a measurement or observation is only partially known for example suppose a study is conducted to measure the impact of a drug on mortality rate in such a study it may be known that an individual s age at death is at least 75 years but may be more such a situation could occur if the individual withdrew from the study at age 75 or if the individual is currently alive at the age of 75 cens￭ oring also occurs when a value occurs outside the range of a measuring instrument for example a bathroom scale might only measure up to 300 pounds 140 kg if a 350 lb 160 kg individual is weighed using the scale the observer would only know that the individual s weight is at least 300 pounds 140 kg the problem of censored data in which the observed value of some variable is partially known is related to the problem of missing data where the observed value of some variable is unknown cens￭ oring should not be confused with the related idea tr￭ unc￭ ation with cens￭ oring observations result either in knowing the exact value that applies or in knowing that the value lies within an interval with tr￭ unc￭ ation observations never result in values outside a given range values in the population outside the range are never seen or never recorded if they are seen note that in statistics tr￭ unc￭ ation is not the same as rounding
a centi￭ pe￭ de bite is an injury resulting from the action of a centi￭ pe￭ de s forci￭ pul￭ es p￭ inc￭ er like append￭ ages that pierce the skin and inject ven￭ om into the wound such a wound is not technically a bite as the forci￭ pul￭ es are modified first pair of legs rather than true mouth￭ parts clin￭ ically the wound is viewed as a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by p￭ aired hemorrha￭ gic marks that form a chev￭ ron shape caused by the large p￭ aired forci￭ pul￭ es of the centi￭ pe￭ de the centi￭ pe￭ de s ven￭ om causes pain and sw￭ elling in the area of the bite and may cause other reactions throughout the body the majority of bites are not life threatening to humans and present the greatest risk to children and those who develop allergic reactions
central cord syndrome c￭ cs is the most common form of cer￭ vic￭ al spinal cord injury it is characterized by loss of motion and sensation in arms and hands it usually results from trauma which causes damage to the neck leading to major injury to the central grey matter of the spinal cord the syndrome is more common in people over the age of 50 because o￭ ste￭ o￭ ar￭ thri￭ tis in the neck region causes weakening of the verte￭ bra￭ e c￭ cs most frequently occurs among older persons with cer￭ vic￭ al spon￭ dy￭ losis however it also may occur in younger individuals c￭ cs is the most common incomplete spinal cord injury syndrome it accounts for approximately 9 of traumatic sc￭ is after an incomplete injury the brain still has the capacity to send and receive some signals below the site of injury sending and receiving of signals to and from parts of the body is reduced not entirely blocked c￭ cs gives a greater motor loss in the upper limbs than in the lower limbs with variable sensory loss it was first described by schneider in 1954 it is generally associated with favorable prog￭ no￭ sis for some degree of neuro￭ logical and functional recovery however factors such as age pre￭ existing conditions and extent of injury will affect the recovery process
central core disease cc￭ d also known as central core my￭ opathy is an auto￭ som￭ al dominant con￭ genital my￭ opathy in￭ born muscle disorder it was first described by shy and mag￭ ee in 1956 it is characterized by the appearance of the my￭ o￭ fi￭ bri￭ l under the micro￭ scope
central facial pal￭ sy col￭ lo￭ qu￭ ially referred to as central seven is a symptom or finding characterized by paralysis or pa￭ res￭ is of the lower half of one side of the face it usually results from damage to upper motor neurons of the facial nerve the facial motor nucleus has dor￭ sal and ven￭ tr￭ al divisions that contain lower motor neurons supplying the muscles of the upper and lower face respectively the dor￭ sal division receives bilateral upper motor ne￭ uron input i e from both sides of the brain while the ven￭ tr￭ al division receives only contr￭ al￭ ateral input i e from the opposite side of the brain thus le￭ sions of the cor￭ ti￭ co￭ bul￭ bar tract between the cere￭ br￭ al cor￭ tex and p￭ ons and the facial motor nucleus destroy or reduce input to the ven￭ tr￭ al division but ip￭ si￭ lateral input i e from the same side to the dor￭ sal division is retained as a result central facial pal￭ sy is characterized by hem￭ i￭ paralysis or hem￭ ip￭ a￭ res￭ is of the contr￭ al￭ ateral muscles of facial expression but not the muscles of the fore￭ head
central giant cell gran￭ ul￭ oma c￭ g￭ c￭ g is a benign condition of the ja￭ ws it is twice as likely to affect women and is more likely to occur in 20 to 40 year old people central giant cell gran￭ ul￭ om￭ as are more common in the man￭ di￭ ble and often cross the mid￭ line
central hypo￭ ventilation syndrome ch￭ s is a respiratory disorder that results in respiratory arrest during sleep ch￭ s can either be con￭ genital c￭ ch￭ s or acquired ah￭ cs later in life it is fatal if untreated it is also known by on￭ dine s curse ach￭ s can develop as a result of severe injury or trauma to the brain or bra￭ inst￭ em con￭ genital cases are very rare and involves a failure of autonom￭ ic control of breathing in 2006 there were only about 200 known cases worldwide as of 2008 only 1000 total cases were known the diagnosis may be delayed because of variations in the severity of the manifestations or lack of awareness in the medical community particularly in mil￭ der cases however as there have been cases where as￭ ymp￭ tomatic family members also were found to have c￭ ch￭ s it may be that these figures only reflect those found to require mechanical ventilation in all cases episodes of ap￭ ne￭ a occur in sleep but in a few patients at the most severe end of the spectrum ap￭ ne￭ a also occurs while awake although rare cases of long term untreated c￭ ch￭ s have been reported and are termed late onset c￭ ch￭ s lo c￭ ch￭ s cases that go un￭ diagnosed until later life and middle age although the symptoms are usually obvious in retrospect there have however even been cases of lo c￭ ch￭ s where family members found to have it have been as￭ ymp￭ tomatic again lack of awareness in the medical community may cause such a delay c￭ ch￭ s suscep￭ tibility is not known to be affected by gender
central nervous system ca￭ vern￭ ous hem￭ an￭ gi￭ oma is a ca￭ vern￭ ous hem￭ an￭ gi￭ oma that arises in the central nervous system cns it can be considered to be a variant of hem￭ an￭ gi￭ oma and is characterized by grossly large dil￭ ated blood vessels and large vascular channels less well circum￭ scri￭ bed and more involved with deep structures with a single layer of endo￭ the￭ lium and an absence of neuro￭ nal tissue within the le￭ sions these thin￭ ly w￭ alled vessels resemble sin￭ us￭ o￭ idal ca￭ vities filled with stagnant blood blood vessels in patients with cere￭ br￭ al ca￭ vern￭ ous mal￭ formations cc￭ m can range from a few milli￭ meters to several centi￭ meters in diameter most le￭ sions occur in the brain but any organ may be involved
a central nervous system cyst is a cyst that primarily presents in the tissue of the central nervous system examples include chor￭ o￭ id plex￭ us cyst ar￭ ach￭ no￭ id cyst po￭ ren￭ cephal￭ y
central nervous system diseases also known as central nervous system disorders are disorders of the structure or function of either the spinal cord e g a my￭ el￭ opathy or brain e g an encephalopathy both of which are part of the central nervous system
central nervous system fatigue or central fatigue is a form of fatigue that is associated with changes in the syn￭ ap￭ tic concentration of neuro￭ transmitters within the central nervous system cns including the brain and spinal cord which affects exercise performance and muscle function and cannot be explained by peripheral factors that affect muscle function in healthy individuals central fatigue can occur from prolonged exercise and is associated with neuro￭ chemical changes in the brain primarily involving sero￭ ton￭ in 5 ht nor￭ adren￭ al￭ ine and dop￭ amine central fatigue plays an important role in end￭ ur￭ ance sports and also highlights the importance of proper nutrition in end￭ ur￭ ance athletes
a central nervous system viral disease is a viral infection that affects the central nervous system an example is poli￭ om￭ ye￭ li￭ tis other examples include members of the poly￭ om￭ avi￭ rus family
central neuro￭ cy￭ tom￭ a abbreviated cn￭ c is an extremely rare ordinarily benign intra￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular brain tum￭ our that typically forms from the neuro￭ nal cells of the sep￭ tum p￭ ell￭ u￭ ci￭ dum the majority of central neuro￭ cy￭ tom￭ as grow in￭ wards into the ven￭ tric￭ ular system forming interven￭ tric￭ ular neuro￭ cy￭ tom￭ as this leads to two primary symptoms of cn￭ cs blurred vision and increased in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial pressure treatment for a central neuro￭ cy￭ tom￭ a typically involves surgical removal with an approximate 1 in 5 chance of recurrence central neuro￭ cy￭ tom￭ as are classified as a grade ii tumor under the world health organization s classification of tumors of the nervous system
central neuro￭ genic hyper￭ ventilation cn￭ h is an abnormal pattern of breathing characterized by deep and rapid bre￭ aths at a rate of at least 25 bre￭ aths per minute increasing irregularity of this respiratory rate generally is a sign that the patient will enter into coma cn￭ h is unrelated to other forms of hyper￭ ventilation like k￭ us￭ s￭ ma￭ ul s respir￭ ations cn￭ h is the human body s response to reduced carbon dioxide levels in the blood this reduction in carbon dioxide is caused by contraction of cran￭ ial arter￭ ies from damage caused by le￭ sions in the brain stem however the mechanism by which cn￭ h arises as a result from these le￭ sions is still very poorly understood current research has yet to provide an effective means of treatment for the rare number of patients who are diagnosed with this condition
the central od￭ on￭ to￭ genic fi￭ bro￭ ma is a rare benign od￭ on￭ to￭ genic tumor it is more common in adults with the average age being 40 it is twice as likely to affect women than men it is usually found either in the an￭ terior max￭ illa or the poster￭ ior man￭ di￭ ble radio￭ graphically it presents with either radi￭ ol￭ uc￭ ency or mixed radi￭ ol￭ uc￭ ency opaque the simple type is characterized by delicate fi￭ bri￭ ll￭ ar st￭ roma of coll￭ agen containing fi￭ bro￭ bl￭ asts the who type is characterized by more mature fi￭ bri￭ ll￭ ar st￭ roma of coll￭ agen treatment is by surgical removal
central os￭ si￭ fying fi￭ bro￭ ma is a benign ne￭ op￭ las￭ m that may arise from the fi￭ bro￭ bl￭ asts of the period￭ on￭ tal lig￭ aments it is more likely to affect women in their third and fourth decades central os￭ si￭ fying fi￭ bro￭ mas are more common in the man￭ di￭ ble around pre￭ mol￭ ars and mol￭ ars
central pain syndrome is a neuro￭ logical condition caused by damage or mal￭ function in the central nervous system cns which causes a sensi￭ tization of the pain system the extent of pain and the areas affected are related to the cause of the injury
central pon￭ tine my￭ el￭ in￭ ol￭ ysis c￭ pm also known as os￭ mo￭ tic dem￭ yel￭ ination syndrome or central pon￭ tine dem￭ yel￭ ination is a neuro￭ logical disease caused by severe damage of the my￭ elin she￭ ath of nerve cells in the bra￭ inst￭ em more precisely in the area termed the p￭ ons predomin￭ ately of i￭ atro￭ genic eti￭ ology it is characterized by acute paralysis dy￭ sp￭ ha￭ gia difficulty sw￭ allowing and dys￭ ar￭ thri￭ a difficulty speaking and other neuro￭ logical symptoms central pon￭ tine my￭ el￭ in￭ ol￭ ysis was first described by ad￭ ams et al in 1958 as a cl￭ ini￭ cop￭ ath￭ ological entity the original paper described four cases with fatal outcomes and the findings on autopsy the ae￭ ti￭ ology was not known then but the authors suspected the cause to be either a toxin or a nutritional deficiency ‘ central pon￭ tine ’ indicated the site of the le￭ sion and ‘ my￭ el￭ in￭ ol￭ ysis ’ was used to emphasise that my￭ elin was affected prefer￭ entially compared to the other neuro￭ nal elements the authors intentionally avoided the term ‘ dem￭ yel￭ ination ’ to describe the condition in order to differentiate the path￭ ology of this condition from multiple sclerosis and other neuro￭ infl￭ am￭ matory disorders in which my￭ elin loss is associated with infl￭ amm￭ ation it can also occur outside the p￭ ons the term os￭ mo￭ tic dem￭ yel￭ ination syndrome is similar to central pon￭ tine my￭ el￭ in￭ ol￭ ysis but also includes areas outside the p￭ ons central pon￭ tine my￭ el￭ in￭ ol￭ ysis presents most commonly as a complic￭ ation of treatment of patients with profound life threatening hy￭ pon￭ at￭ re￭ mia low sodium it occurs as a consequence of a rapid rise in serum ton￭ icity following treatment in individuals with chronic severe hy￭ pon￭ at￭ re￭ mia who have made in￭ trac￭ ell￭ ular adaptations to the prevailing hy￭ pot￭ on￭ icity hy￭ pon￭ at￭ re￭ mia should be corrected at a rate of no more than 8 12 m￭ mol l of sodium per day to prevent central pon￭ tine my￭ el￭ in￭ ol￭ ysis although less common it may also present in patients with a history of chronic alcoholism or other conditions related to decreased liver function in these cases the condition is often unrelated to correction of sodium or electro￭ ly￭ te imbalance
central re￭ tin￭ al artery oc￭ clu￭ sion cr￭ ao is a disease of the eye where the flow of blood through the central re￭ tin￭ al artery is blocked oc￭ clu￭ ded there are several different causes of this oc￭ clu￭ sion the most common is caro￭ ti￭ d artery a￭ ther￭ os￭ clerosis
the central re￭ tin￭ al vein is the ven￭ ous equivalent of the central re￭ tin￭ al artery and like that blood vessel it can suffer from oc￭ clu￭ sion central re￭ tin￭ al vein oc￭ clu￭ sion also cr￭ vo similar to that seen in oc￭ ular is￭ chem￭ ic syndrome since the central re￭ tin￭ al artery and vein are the sole source of blood supply and drainage for the re￭ tina such oc￭ clu￭ sion can lead to severe damage to the re￭ tina and blindness due to is￭ chem￭ ia restriction in blood supply and e￭ dem￭ a sw￭ elling it can also cause gl￭ au￭ coma non￭ is￭ chem￭ ic cr￭ vo is the mil￭ der form of the disease it may progress to the more severe is￭ chem￭ ic type
central ser￭ ous re￭ tin￭ opathy csr also known as central ser￭ ous ch￭ ori￭ ore￭ tin￭ opathy c￭ sc or c￭ scr is an eye disease which causes visual impairment often temporary usually in one eye when the disorder is active it is characterized by leakage of fluid under the re￭ tina that has a propensity to accumulate under the central mac￭ ula this results in blurred or distorted vision met￭ amor￭ p￭ hop￭ sia a blurred or gray spot in the central visual field is common when the re￭ tina is detached reduced visual acu￭ ity may persist after the fluid has disappeared the disease is considered idi￭ opathic but mostly affects white males in the age group 20 to 50 and occasionally other groups the condition is believed to be exacerbated by stress or cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ster￭ o￭ id use
central sleep ap￭ ne￭ a c￭ sa or central sleep ap￭ ne￭ a syndrome c￭ sas is a sleep related disorder in which the effort to breathe is diminished or absent typically for 10 to 30 seconds either inter￭ mit￭ tently or in cycles and is usually associated with a reduction in blood oxygen satur￭ ation c￭ sa is usually due to an instability in the body s feedback mechanisms that control respir￭ ation central sleep ap￭ ne￭ a can also be an indicator of arnold – chi￭ ari mal￭ formation
central ven￭ ous pressure c￭ vp is the blood pressure in the ven￭ ae cav￭ ae near the right atri￭ um of the heart c￭ vp reflects the amount of blood returning to the heart and the ability of the heart to pump the blood back into the arter￭ ial system c￭ vp is often a good approximation of right atri￭ al pressure rap although the two terms are not identical as a pressure differential can sometimes exist between the ven￭ ae cav￭ ae and the right atri￭ um c￭ vp and rap can differ when arter￭ ial tone is altered this can be graphically depicted as changes in the slope of the ven￭ ous return plo￭ tted against right atri￭ al pressure where central ven￭ ous pressure increases but right atri￭ al pressure stays the same v￭ r c￭ vp − rap c￭ vp has been and often still is used as a sur￭ rogate for pre￭ load and changes in c￭ vp in response to in￭ fu￭ sions of intra￭ ven￭ ous fluid have been used to predict volume responsiveness i e whether more fluid will improve cardiac output however there is increasing evidence that c￭ vp whether as an absolute value or in terms of changes in response to fluid does not cor￭ relate with ven￭ tric￭ ular volume i e pre￭ load or volume responsiveness and so should not be used to guide intra￭ ven￭ ous fluid therapy nevertheless c￭ vp monitoring is a useful tool to guide hem￭ od￭ y￭ nam￭ ic therapy the cardi￭ op￭ ul￭ mon￭ ary bar￭ o￭ reflex responds to an increase in c￭ vp by decreasing systemic vascular resistance while increasing heart rate and ven￭ tric￭ ular contr￭ acti￭ lity in dogs
centre line cl thrust is an absence of asymmetrical thrust from an aircraft for example a boeing 757 has a wide distance between engine 1 and engine 2 if it were to sustain an engine failure in the 1 engine the asymmetrical thrust would cause the plane to y￭ aw on the vertical axis to the left but on cl thrust air￭ planes this is not the case the following aircraft are all classified by the fa￭ a as cl thrust aircraft t 37 t 38 f 14 f 15 eagle f 18 f 22
centrifu￭ gal ab￭ domin￭ al li￭ po￭ dy￭ stro￭ phy also known as centrifu￭ gal li￭ po￭ dy￭ stro￭ phy li￭ po￭ dy￭ stro￭ phia centrifu￭ gal￭ is ab￭ domin￭ alis inf￭ an￭ tal￭ is is a skin condition characterized by areas of sub￭ cu￭ taneous fat loss that slowly enlarge
centri￭ lob￭ ular necro￭ sis refers to the necro￭ sis of the centri￭ lob￭ ular tissue of the he￭ p￭ atic lo￭ bu￭ le the centri￭ lob￭ ular zone of the lo￭ bu￭ le is most prone to metabol￭ ic toxins such as those generated in alcoholic hepatitis
cent￭ ro￭ facial l￭ enti￭ gin￭ osis is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by l￭ enti￭ gin￭ es on the nose and adjacent cheeks
cent￭ ron￭ uc￭ lear my￭ opath￭ ies cn￭ m are a group of con￭ genital my￭ opath￭ ies where cell nucle￭ i are abnormally located in sk￭ el￭ etal muscle cells in cn￭ m the nucle￭ i are located at a position in the center of the cell instead of their normal location at the periphery symptoms of cn￭ m include severe hy￭ pot￭ onia hypo￭ x￭ ia requiring breathing assistance and s￭ cap￭ ho￭ cephal￭ y among cent￭ ron￭ uc￭ lear my￭ opath￭ ies the x linked my￭ o￭ tu￭ bul￭ ar my￭ opathy form typically presents at birth and is thus considered a con￭ genital my￭ opathy however some cent￭ ron￭ uc￭ lear my￭ opath￭ ies may present later in life
cephal￭ ic disorders from the greek word κ￭ εφ￭ ά￭ λ￭ η meaning head are con￭ genital conditions that stem from damage to or abnormal development of the bud￭ ding nervous system cephal￭ ic means head or head end of the body cephal￭ ic disorders are not necessarily caused by a single factor but may be influenced by hereditary or genetic conditions nutritional deficiencies or by environmental exposures during pregnancy such as medication taken by the mother maternal infection or exposure to radiation such disorders are more common in areas of the former soviet union affected by nuclear waste disposal problems such as the area around the may￭ ak plant in chel￭ y￭ ab￭ ins￭ k russia some cephal￭ ic disorders occur when the cran￭ ial su￭ tures the fi￭ bro￭ us joints that connect the bones of the skull join prematurely most cephal￭ ic disorders are caused by a disturbance that occurs very early in the development of the fe￭ tal nervous system the human nervous system develops from a small specialized plate of cells on the surface of the embryo early in development this plate of cells forms the ne￭ ural tube a narrow she￭ ath that closes between the third and fourth weeks of pregnancy to form the brain and spinal cord of the embryo four main processes are responsible for the development of the nervous system cell proliferation the process in which nerve cells divide to form new generations of cells cell migration the process in which nerve cells move from their place of origin to the place where they will remain for life cell differentiation the process during which cells acquire individual characteristics and cell death a natural process in which cells die damage to the developing nervous system is a major cause of chronic disab￭ ling disorders and sometimes death in infants children and even adults the degree to which damage to the developing nervous system harms the mind and body varies enormously many disabilities are mild enough to allow those afflicted to eventually function independently in society others are not some infants children and adults die others remain totally disabled and an even larger population is partially disabled functioning well below normal capacity throughout life the national institute of neuro￭ logical disorders and stroke nin￭ ds is currently conducting and supporting research on normal and abnormal brain and nervous system development
a cephal￭ ic presentation or head presentation or head first presentation is a situation at childbirth where the fe￭ tus is in a longit￭ ud￭ inal lie and the head enters the pel￭ vis first the most common form of cephal￭ ic presentation is the ver￭ tex presentation where the oc￭ ci￭ put is the leading part the part that first enters the birth canal all other presentations are abnormal mal￭ presentations which are either more difficult to deliver or not deliver￭ able by natural means
a cephal￭ ha￭ em￭ atom￭ a british english or cephal￭ hem￭ atom￭ a american english is a hemorrha￭ ge of blood between the skull and the perio￭ steu￭ m of a new￭ born baby secondary to rupture of blood vessels crossing the perio￭ steu￭ m because the sw￭ elling is sub￭ perio￭ steal its boundaries are limited by the individual bones in contrast to a cap￭ ut succe￭ dan￭ eu￭ m
cephal￭ o pel￭ vic dis￭ proportion exists when the capacity of the pel￭ vis is inadequate to allow the fe￭ tus to negotiate the birth canal this may be due to a small pel￭ vis a n￭ ong￭ y￭ ne￭ co￭ id pel￭ vic formation a large fe￭ tus an un￭ favorable orientation of the fe￭ tus or a combination of these factors certain medical conditions may distort pel￭ vic bones such as ric￭ kets or a pel￭ vic frac￭ ture and lead to c￭ pd trans￭ verse diag￭ onal measurement has been proposed as a predic￭ tive method
cere￭ bell￭ ar ab￭ io￭ tro￭ phy ca also referred to as the cere￭ bell￭ ar cor￭ tical ab￭ io￭ tro￭ phy cca is a genetic neuro￭ logical disease in animals best known to affect certain breeds of horses dogs and cats it can also develop in human beings it develops when the neurons known as pur￭ k￭ inj￭ e cells located in the cere￭ bell￭ um of the brain begin to die off these cells affect balance and coordination they have a critical role to play in the brain the pur￭ k￭ inj￭ e layer allows communication between the gran￭ ular and molecular cor￭ tical layers in the cere￭ bell￭ um put simply without pur￭ k￭ inj￭ e cells an animal loses its sense of space and distance making balance and coordination difficult people with damage to the cere￭ bell￭ um can experience symptoms like un￭ steady ga￭ it poor muscle control and trouble speaking or sw￭ allowing ab￭ io￭ tro￭ phy means the loss of a vital nutri￭ tive factor the exact cause of cere￭ bell￭ ar ab￭ io￭ tro￭ phy is not known but it is thought to be due to an intrinsic metabol￭ ic defect in most cases the pur￭ k￭ inj￭ e neurons begin to die off shortly after the animal is born and the condition is noticeable when the animal is less than six months old though sometimes the onset of symptoms is gradual and the animal is much older before the owner or caretaker notices a problem ca cannot be prevented other than by selective breeding to avoid the gene and it cannot be cured genetic testing can detect carriers in addition to dogs and horses there also have been cases of cere￭ bell￭ ar ab￭ io￭ tro￭ phy in si￭ am￭ ese and domestic shor￭ th￭ air cats in ang￭ us poll￭ ed here￭ ford char￭ ol￭ ais and holstein frie￭ sian cattle mer￭ ino and wi￭ lt￭ shire sheep and yorkshire pigs
cere￭ bell￭ ar agen￭ esis is a rare condition in which a brain develops without the cere￭ bell￭ um the cere￭ bell￭ um controls smooth movement and when it does not develop the rest of the brain must compensate which it cannot do completely the condition is not fatal on its own but people born without a cere￭ bell￭ um experience severe developmental delays language deficits and neuro￭ logical ab￭ norm￭ alities as children with cere￭ bell￭ ar agen￭ esis get older their movements usually improve it can co exist with other severe mal￭ formations of the central nervous system like an￭ encephal￭ y holo￭ pro￭ sen￭ cephal￭ y and micro￭ encephal￭ y the condition was first reported in 1831 10 cases had been reported as of 1998 agen￭ esis of one half or another part of the cere￭ bell￭ um is more common than complete agen￭ esis cere￭ bell￭ ar agen￭ esis can be caused by mutations in the pt￭ f 1 a gene
cere￭ bell￭ ar at￭ ax￭ ia is a form of at￭ ax￭ ia originating in the cere￭ bell￭ um
cere￭ bell￭ ar cognitive aff￭ ective syndrome cc￭ as also called sch￭ mah￭ mann s syndrome is a condition that follows from le￭ sions damage to the cere￭ bell￭ um of the brain this syndrome described by dr jeremy sch￭ mah￭ mann and his colleagues refers to a con￭ stell￭ ation of deficits in the cognitive domains of executive function spatial cogn￭ ition language and affect resulting from damage to the cere￭ bell￭ um impair￭ ments of executive function include problems with planning set shifting abstract reasoning verbal flu￭ ency and working memory and there is often per￭ sever￭ ation dis￭ tr￭ acti￭ bility and in￭ attention language problems include dys￭ pro￭ so￭ dia ag￭ ram￭ m￭ atism and mild anom￭ ia deficits in spatial cogn￭ ition produce visual – spatial dis￭ organization and impaired visual – spatial memory personality changes manifest as bl￭ unting of affect or dis￭ inhi￭ bited and inappropriate behavior these cognitive impair￭ ments result in an overall lowering of intellectual function cc￭ as challenges the traditional view of the cere￭ bell￭ um being responsible solely for regulation of motor functions it is now thought that the cere￭ bell￭ um is responsible for monitoring both motor and non￭ motor functions the non￭ motor deficits described in cc￭ as are believed to be caused by dysfunction in cere￭ bell￭ ar connections to the cere￭ br￭ al cor￭ tex and lim￭ bic system
cere￭ bell￭ ar hypo￭ pl￭ asia is a heterogeneous group of disorder of cere￭ bell￭ ar mal￭ development presenting as early onset non progressive at￭ ax￭ ia hy￭ pot￭ onia and motor learning disability various causes has been incrimin￭ ated like hereditary metabol￭ ic toxic and viral agents first reported by c￭ rou￭ z￭ on in 1929 in 1940 an un￭ claimed body came for dis￭ section in london hospital and was discovered to have no cere￭ bell￭ um this unique case was appropriately named human brain without a cere￭ bell￭ um and was used every year in the department of anatomy at cambridge university in a neuro￭ science course for medical students
cere￭ bell￭ ar hypo￭ pl￭ asia is a disorder found in cats and dogs in which the cere￭ bell￭ um is not completely mature at birth
cere￭ bell￭ ar stroke syndrome is a condition in which the circulation to the cere￭ bell￭ um is impaired due to a le￭ sion of the superior cere￭ bell￭ ar artery an￭ terior inferior cere￭ bell￭ ar artery or the poster￭ ior inferior cere￭ bell￭ ar artery cardinal signs include ver￭ ti￭ go headache v￭ om￭ iting and at￭ ax￭ ia cere￭ bell￭ ar stro￭ kes account for only 2 3 of the 600 000 stro￭ kes that occur each year in the united states they are far less common than stro￭ kes which occur in the cere￭ br￭ al hemis￭ ph￭ er￭ es in recent years mortality rates have decreased due to advan￭ cements in health care which include earlier diagnosis through m￭ ri and ct scanning advan￭ cements have also been made which allow earlier management for common complications of cere￭ bell￭ ar stroke such as bra￭ inst￭ em compression and hydro￭ cephal￭ us research is still needed in the area of cere￭ bell￭ ar stroke management however it has been proposed that several factors may lead to poor outcomes in individuals who suffer from cere￭ bell￭ ar stroke these factors include 1 declining levels of consciousness 2 new signs of bra￭ inst￭ em involvement 3 progressing hydro￭ cephal￭ us 4 stroke to the mid￭ line of the cere￭ bell￭ um aka the ver￭ mis
the cere￭ bell￭ op￭ on￭ tine angle is the an￭ atomic space between the cere￭ bell￭ um and the p￭ ons filled with cere￭ bro￭ spinal fluid this is a common site for the growth of acous￭ tic neuro￭ mas or sch￭ wan￭ no￭ mas a distinct neuro￭ logic syndrome of deficits occurs due to the an￭ atomic proximity of the cere￭ bell￭ op￭ on￭ tine angle to specific cran￭ ial nerves indications include unilateral hearing loss 85 speech impediments dis￭ equilibrium tre￭ mors or other loss of motor control
cere￭ br￭ al amy￭ loid an￭ gi￭ opathy ca￭ a also known as cong￭ oph￭ il￭ ic an￭ gi￭ opathy is a form of an￭ gi￭ opathy in which amy￭ loid deposits form in the walls of the blood vessels of the central nervous system the term cong￭ oph￭ il￭ ic is used because the presence of the abnormal aggreg￭ ations of amy￭ loid can be demonstrated by micro￭ scopic examination of brain tissue after application of a special stain called congo red the amy￭ loid material is only found in the brain and as such the disease is not related to other forms of amy￭ lo￭ ido￭ sis
a cere￭ br￭ al arter￭ io￭ ven￭ ous mal￭ formation av￭ m is an abnormal connection between the arter￭ ies and ve￭ ins in the brain
cere￭ br￭ al con￭ tu￭ sion latin con￭ tu￭ si￭ o cere￭ br￭ i a form of traumatic brain injury is a bru￭ ise of the brain tissue like bru￭ ises in other tissues cere￭ br￭ al con￭ tu￭ sion can be associated with multiple micro￭ hemorrha￭ ges small blood vessel leaks into brain tissue con￭ tu￭ sion occurs in 20 – 30 of severe head injuries a cere￭ br￭ al lac￭ eration is a similar injury except that according to their respective definitions the p￭ ia ar￭ ach￭ no￭ id memb￭ ran￭ es are torn over the site of injury in lac￭ eration and are not torn in con￭ tu￭ sion the injury can cause a decline in mental function in the long term and in the emergency setting may result in brain her￭ ni￭ ation a life threatening condition in which parts of the brain are squeezed past parts of the skull thus treatment aims to prevent dangerous rises in in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial pressure the pressure within the skull con￭ tu￭ sions are likely to heal on their own without medical intervention
cere￭ br￭ al dys￭ genesis – neuro￭ pa￭ thy – ich￭ thy￭ osis – ker￭ ato￭ der￭ ma syndrome also known as ce￭ dni￭ k syndrome is a cu￭ taneous condition caused by mutation in the snap 29 gene
cere￭ br￭ al e￭ dem￭ a or cere￭ br￭ al oe￭ dem￭ a is excess accumulation of fluid in the in￭ trac￭ ell￭ ular or ex￭ trac￭ ell￭ ular spaces of the brain
cere￭ br￭ al hypo￭ x￭ ia is a form of hypo￭ x￭ ia reduced supply of oxygen specifically involving the brain when the brain is completely deprived of oxygen it is called cere￭ br￭ al an￭ ox￭ ia there are four categories of cere￭ br￭ al hypo￭ x￭ ia they are in order of severity diffuse cere￭ br￭ al hypo￭ x￭ ia d￭ ch focal cere￭ br￭ al is￭ chem￭ ia cere￭ br￭ al inf￭ arc￭ tion and global cere￭ br￭ al is￭ chem￭ ia prolonged hypo￭ x￭ ia induc￭ es neuro￭ nal cell death via apop￭ to￭ sis resulting in a hypo￭ x￭ ic brain injury cases of total oxygen deprivation are termed an￭ ox￭ ia which can be hypo￭ x￭ ic in origin reduced oxygen availability or is￭ chem￭ ic in origin oxygen deprivation due to a disruption in blood flow brain injury as a result of oxygen deprivation either due to hypo￭ x￭ ic or an￭ ox￭ ic mechanisms are generally termed hypo￭ x￭ ic an￭ ox￭ ic injuries hai hypo￭ x￭ ic is￭ chem￭ ic encephalopathy hie is a condition that occurs when the entire brain is deprived of an adequate oxygen supply but the deprivation is not total while hie is associated in most cases with oxygen deprivation in the ne￭ on￭ ate due to birth as￭ phy￭ x￭ ia it can occur in all age groups and is often a complic￭ ation of cardiac arrest
a cere￭ br￭ al inf￭ arc￭ tion is a type of is￭ chem￭ ic stroke resulting from a block￭ age in the blood vessels supplying blood to the brain it can be a￭ ther￭ o￭ thro￭ m￭ bo￭ tic or embol￭ ic stroke caused by cere￭ br￭ al inf￭ arc￭ tion should be distinguished from two other kinds of stroke cere￭ br￭ al hemorrha￭ ge and sub￭ ar￭ ach￭ no￭ id hemorrha￭ ge a cere￭ br￭ al inf￭ arc￭ tion occurs when a blood vessel that supplies a part of the brain becomes blocked or leakage occurs outside the vessel walls this loss of blood supply results in the death of tissue in that area cere￭ br￭ al inf￭ arc￭ tions vary in their severity with one third of the cases resulting in death
a cere￭ br￭ al lac￭ eration is a type of traumatic brain injury that occurs when the tissue of the brain is mechanically cut or torn the injury is similar to a cere￭ br￭ al con￭ tu￭ sion however according to their respective definitions the p￭ ia ar￭ ach￭ no￭ id memb￭ ran￭ es are torn over the site of injury in lac￭ eration and are not torn in con￭ tu￭ sion lac￭ er￭ ations require greater physical force to cause than con￭ tu￭ sions but the two types of injury are grouped together in the ic￭ d 9 and ic￭ d 10 classification systems
cere￭ br￭ al salt wasting syndrome cs￭ ws is a rare endocrine condition featuring a low blood sodium concentration and dehydr￭ ation in response to trauma injury or the presence of tumors in or surrounding the brain this form of low blood sodium is due to excessive sodium ex￭ cre￭ tion from the normally functioning kidney due to a disorder of the cere￭ bru￭ m of the brain the condition was initially described in 1950 half a century later ae￭ ti￭ ology and management of cs￭ ws remains controversial one problem is that there is no diagnostic test for cs￭ ws
in medicine cere￭ br￭ al sof￭ tening encephal￭ om￭ al￭ ac￭ ia is a loc￭ alized sof￭ tening of the brain substance due to hemorrha￭ ge or infl￭ amm￭ ation three varieties distinguished by their color and representing different stages of the mor￭ bid process are known respectively as red yellow and white sof￭ tening
cere￭ br￭ al vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis or central nervous system vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis sometimes the word an￭ gi￭ i￭ tis is used instead of vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis is vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis infl￭ amm￭ ation of the blood vessel wall involving the brain and occasionally the spinal cord it affects all of the vessels very small blood vessels cap￭ il￭ lar￭ ies medium size blood vessels arter￭ i￭ oles and ven￭ ules or large blood vessels arter￭ ies and ve￭ ins if blood flow in a vessel with vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis is reduced or stopped the parts of the body that receive blood from that vessel begins to die it may produce a wide range of neuro￭ logical symptoms such as headache skin r￭ ashes feeling very tired joint pains difficulty moving or coordinating part of the body changes in sensation and alterations in perception thought or behavior as well as the phenomena of a mass le￭ sion in the brain leading to coma and her￭ ni￭ ation some of its signs and symptoms may resemble multiple sclerosis 10 have associated bleeding in the brain
cere￭ br￭ al ven￭ ous sin￭ us thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis c￭ v￭ st is the presence of acute thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis a blood clo￭ t in the d￭ ural ven￭ ous sin￭ uses which drain blood from the brain symptoms may include headache abnormal vision any of the symptoms of stroke such as weakness of the face and limbs on one side of the body and seizures the diagnosis is usually by compu￭ ted tom￭ o￭ graphy ct cat scan or magnetic resonance imaging m￭ ri employing radio￭ contrast to demonstrate obstruction of the ven￭ ous sin￭ uses by thro￭ m￭ bus treatment is with anti￭ co￭ ag￭ ul￭ ants medication that sup￭ presses blood clo￭ tting and rarely thro￭ m￭ bol￭ ysis enz￭ ym￭ atic destruction of the blood clo￭ t given that there is usually an underlying cause for the disease tests may be performed to look for these the disease may be complicated by raised in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial pressure which may warrant surgical intervention such as the placement of a sh￭ unt
cere￭ bri￭ tis is an infection of the brain that normally leads to the formation of an abs￭ c￭ ess within the brain itself it is the infl￭ amm￭ ation of the cere￭ bru￭ m a structure within the brain which performs a number of important functions including most of the things which people associate with being human such as memory and speech it is also defined as a pur￭ ul￭ ent non￭ en￭ capsul￭ ated paren￭ ch￭ ym￭ al infection of brain which is characterized by non￭ specific features on ct ill defined low density area with peripheral enhancement and cannot reliably be distinguished from ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms cere￭ bri￭ tis usually occurs as a result of an underlying condition which causes the infl￭ amm￭ ation of the brain tissue it is commonly found in patients with lup￭ us lup￭ us cere￭ bri￭ tis may occur in adults and children the duration of the central nervous system involvement may vary from a few minutes as in classic migr￭ aine or a transi￭ ent is￭ chem￭ ic attack to years as in dementia resulting neuro￭ logical deficits may be transi￭ ent or permanent occasionally resulting in death
cere￭ bro￭ re￭ tin￭ al micro￭ an￭ gi￭ opathy with calci￭ fications and cy￭ sts cr￭ mc￭ c is a rare genetic disorder which affects multiple organs its hall￭ marks are widespread progressive calci￭ fications cy￭ sts and ab￭ norm￭ alities of the white matter of the brain usually occurring together with ab￭ norm￭ alities of the blood vessels of the re￭ tina additional features include poor pre￭ natal growth pre￭ term birth an￭ emia o￭ ste￭ open￭ ia and bone fractu￭ res and gastro￭ intest￭ inal bleeding it is caused by compound hetero￭ zy￭ g￭ ous mutations in the con￭ served tel￭ om￭ ere maintenance component 1 c￭ tc 1 gene but its exact path￭ op￭ hy￭ si￭ ology is still not well understood cere￭ bro￭ re￭ tin￭ al micro￭ an￭ gi￭ opathy with calci￭ fications and cy￭ sts is alternatively known as the coats plus syndrome a reference to its most typical oc￭ ular phen￭ o￭ type
a cere￭ bro￭ spinal fluid leak cs￭ fl is a medical condition where the cere￭ bro￭ spinal fluid in the brain leaks out of the dur￭ a mat￭ er this can be due to a spontaneous cere￭ bro￭ spinal fluid leak or result from different causes such as a lum￭ bar punc￭ ture or physical trauma while high c￭ sf pressure can make lying down unbearable low c￭ sf pressure due to a leak is often relieved somewhat by lying flat on the back
c￭ sf rhin￭ or￭ rho￭ ea refers to the drainage of cere￭ bro￭ spinal fluid through the nose measures of c￭ sf components such as glucose have been used in the past but are neither sensitive nor specific beta 2 transfer￭ rin however has been shown to have a high positive predic￭ tive value it has also been noted to be characterized by unilateral discharge it is a sign of bas￭ al skull frac￭ ture management includes watchful waiting leaks often stop spontaneously if this does not occur then neuro￭ surgical closure is necessary to prevent the spread of infection to the men￭ inges other signs of bas￭ al skull frac￭ ture includes c￭ sf o￭ tor￭ rho￭ ea drainage of c￭ sf through the ear it can have devastating complications in some patients as the communication between the nas￭ al cav￭ ity and the cere￭ bro￭ spinal fluid and cns can result in bacterial infections of the cns that can have catastrophic effects on the patient c￭ sf rhin￭ or￭ rho￭ ea can also be a symptom of a pit￭ u￭ itary aden￭ oma spontaneous c￭ sf rhin￭ or￭ rhe￭ a the most common con￭ genital or acquired defect in the skull base bones an￭ terior cran￭ ial fo￭ ssa at the spontaneous nas￭ al liqu￭ or￭ rhe￭ a loc￭ alized in following formation sp￭ hen￭ o￭ id sin￭ us 43 eth￭ mo￭ id bone 29 cri￭ bri￭ form plate 29
cere￭ bro￭ tend￭ ine￭ ous x￭ an￭ thom￭ at￭ osis or cere￭ bro￭ tend￭ inous x￭ an￭ thom￭ at￭ osis ct￭ x also called cere￭ br￭ al cho￭ le￭ ster￭ osis is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive form of x￭ an￭ thom￭ at￭ osis it falls within a group of genetic disorders called the leuko￭ dy￭ stro￭ ph￭ ies
a cere￭ bro￭ vascular disease is a vascular disease of the cere￭ br￭ al circulation arter￭ ies supplying oxygen to the brain are affected resulting in one of a number of cere￭ bro￭ vascular diseases most commonly this is a stroke or mini stroke and sometimes can be a hemorrha￭ gic stroke any of these can result in vascular dementia hyper￭ tension high blood pressure is the most important contributing cause because it damages the blood vessel lining exposing coll￭ agen where plat￭ el￭ ets aggregate to initiate a repair if maintained hyper￭ tension can change the structure of blood vessels narrow de￭ formed blood pressure affects blood flow in narrowed vessels causing is￭ chem￭ ic stroke a rise in blood pressure can cause tearing of vessels leading to in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial hemorrha￭ ge a stroke usually presents with an abrupt onset of a neuro￭ logic deficit attributable to a focal vascular le￭ sion the neuro￭ logic symptoms manifest within seconds because neurons lack gly￭ co￭ gen so energy failure is rapid
the cer￭ ium anomaly in geo￭ chemistry is the phenomenon whereby cer￭ ium ce concentration is either depleted or enriched in a rock relative to the other rare earth elements rees a ce anomaly is said to be negative if ce is depleted relative to the other rees and is said to be positive if ce is enriched relative to the other rees cer￭ ium is a rare earth element lan￭ than￭ ide characterized by two different re￭ do￭ x states iii and iv contrary to other lan￭ than￭ ide elements which are only tri￭ val￭ ent with the notable exception of eu 2 ce 3 can be ox￭ idi￭ zed by atmospheric oxygen o 2 to ce 4 under al￭ kal￭ ine conditions the cer￭ ium anomaly relates to the decrease in solu￭ bility which accompanies the oxid￭ ation of ce iii to ce iv under reducing conditions ce 3 is relatively soluble while under ox￭ idi￭ zing conditions ceo 2 precipit￭ ates se￭ di￭ ments deposited under ox￭ ic or an￭ ox￭ ic conditions can preserve on the long term the geo￭ chemical signature of ce 3 or ce 4 upon reserve that no early diag￭ ene￭ tic transformation altered it cer￭ ium can occur in nature as a 3 or 4 ion and is a compatible element at 4 val￭ ency in z￭ ir￭ con and less commonly in silic￭ a thomas et al 2003 state that “ terrestrial z￭ ir￭ cons commonly show a positive ce anomaly due to the incorporation of ce 4 into z￭ ir￭ con which is because ce 4 has the same charge and a similar ion￭ ic radius than z￭ r 4 ce 4 0 97 å z￭ r 4 0 84 å ” as such ce 4 is incorporated into z￭ ir￭ con much easier than the larger ce 3 ion￭ ic radius 1 143 å this shows that both ce 3 and ce 4 are present and that the ce 4 being compatible in z￭ ir￭ con is causing the anomaly
cer￭ u￭ minous aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma is a m￭ align￭ ant ne￭ op￭ las￭ m derived from cer￭ u￭ minous g￭ lands of the external aud￭ itory canal this tumor is rare with several names used in the past synon￭ y￭ ms have included cylin￭ dro￭ ma cer￭ u￭ min￭ oma cer￭ u￭ minous aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma not otherwise specified nos cer￭ u￭ minous aden￭ o￭ id c￭ ys￭ tic carcin￭ oma acc and cer￭ u￭ minous mu￭ co￭ ep￭ id￭ er￭ mo￭ id carcin￭ oma
a cer￭ u￭ minous aden￭ oma also known as aden￭ oma of the cer￭ u￭ minous g￭ land and cer￭ u￭ min￭ oma is a benign g￭ land￭ ular ne￭ op￭ las￭ m which arises from the cer￭ u￭ minous g￭ lands located within the external aud￭ itory canal these g￭ lands are found within the outer one third to one half of the external aud￭ itory canal more common along the poster￭ ior surface therefore the tumor develops within a very specific location
cer￭ vic￭ al agen￭ esis is a con￭ genital disorder of the female genital system that manifests itself in the absence of a cer￭ vi￭ x the connecting structure between the uter￭ us and vag￭ ina mil￭ der forms of the condition in which the cer￭ vi￭ x is present but de￭ formed and non￭ functional are known as cer￭ vic￭ al at￭ re￭ sia or cer￭ vic￭ al dys￭ genesis
cer￭ vic￭ al cancer is a cancer arising from the cer￭ vi￭ x it is due to the abnormal growth of cells that have the ability to invade or spread to other parts of the body early on typically no symptoms are seen later symptoms may include abnormal vag￭ inal bleeding pel￭ vic pain or pain during sexual inter￭ course while bleeding after sex may not be serious it may also indicate the presence of cer￭ vic￭ al cancer human pap￭ il￭ lo￭ ma￭ virus h￭ p￭ v infection appears to be involved in the development of more than 90 of cases most people who have had h￭ p￭ v infections however do not develop cer￭ vic￭ al cancer other risk factors include smoking a weak immune system birth control pills starting sex at a young age and having many sexual partners but these are less important cer￭ vic￭ al cancer typically develops from pre￭ can￭ cer￭ ous changes over 10 to 20 years about 90 of cer￭ vic￭ al cancer cases are squ￭ am￭ ous cell carcin￭ om￭ as 10 are aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma and a small number are other types diagnosis is typically by cer￭ vic￭ al screening followed by a biopsy medical imaging is then done to determine whether or not the cancer has spread h￭ p￭ v vaccines protect against between two and seven high risk strains of this family of viruses and may prevent up to 90 of cer￭ vic￭ al cancers as a risk of cancer still exists guidelines recommend continuing regular p￭ ap sme￭ ars other methods of prevention include having few or no sexual partners and the use of condoms cer￭ vic￭ al cancer screening using the p￭ ap sme￭ ar or acetic acid can identify pre￭ can￭ cer￭ ous changes which when treated can prevent the development of cancer treatment of cer￭ vic￭ al cancer may consist of some combination of surgery chem￭ otherapy and radi￭ otherapy five year survival rates in the united states are 68 outcomes however depend very much on how early the cancer is detected worldwide cer￭ vic￭ al cancer is both the fourth most common cause of cancer and the fourth most common cause of death from cancer in women in 2012 an estimated 528 000 cases of cer￭ vic￭ al cancer occurred with 266 000 deaths this is about 8 of the total cases and total deaths from cancer about 70 of cer￭ vic￭ al cancers occur in developing countries in low income countries it is the most common cause of cancer death in developed countries the widespread use of cer￭ vic￭ al screening programs has dramatically reduced rates of cer￭ vic￭ al cancer in medical research the most famous cell line known as hel￭ a was developed from cer￭ vic￭ al cancer cells of a woman named hen￭ ri￭ etta lacks
cer￭ vic￭ al ec￭ tro￭ p￭ ion or cer￭ vic￭ al ever￭ sion is a condition in which the central endo￭ cer￭ vic￭ al colum￭ nar epi￭ the￭ lium pro￭ tru￭ des out through the external os of the cer￭ vi￭ x and onto the vag￭ inal portion of the cer￭ vi￭ x under￭ goes squ￭ am￭ ous met￭ ap￭ la￭ sia and trans￭ forms to str￭ ati￭ fied squ￭ am￭ ous epi￭ the￭ lium although not an ab￭ normality it is in￭ distingu￭ ishable from early cer￭ vic￭ al cancer therefore further diagnostic studies e g p￭ ap sme￭ ar biopsy must be performed for a differential diagnosis
a cer￭ vic￭ al frac￭ ture commonly called a broken neck is a catastrophic frac￭ ture of any of the seven cer￭ vic￭ al verte￭ bra￭ e in the neck examples of common causes in humans are traffic collis￭ ions and diving into shallow water abnormal movement of neck bones or pieces of bone can cause a spinal cord injury resulting in loss of sensation paralysis or death
cer￭ vic￭ al incompetence or cer￭ vic￭ al in￭ sufficiency is a medical condition in which a pregnant woman s cer￭ vi￭ x begins to di￭ late widen and eff￭ ace thin before her pregnancy has reached term definitions of cer￭ vic￭ al incompetence vary but one that is frequently used is the inability of the uter￭ ine cer￭ vi￭ x to retain a pregnancy in the absence of the signs and symptoms of clinical contr￭ actions or labor or both in the second trim￭ ester cer￭ vic￭ al incompetence may cause mis￭ carriage or pre￭ term birth during the second and third trim￭ esters another sign of cer￭ vic￭ al incompetence is fun￭ n￭ eling at the internal ori￭ fice of the uter￭ us which is a dil￭ ation of the cer￭ vic￭ al canal at this location in a woman with cer￭ vic￭ al incompetence dil￭ ation and eff￭ ac￭ ement of the cer￭ vi￭ x may occur without pain or uter￭ ine contr￭ actions in a normal pregnancy dil￭ ation and eff￭ ac￭ ement occurs in response to uter￭ ine contr￭ actions cer￭ vic￭ al incompetence occurs because of weakness of the cer￭ vi￭ x which is made to open by the growing pressure in the uter￭ us as pregnancy progres￭ ses if the responses are not halted rupture of the memb￭ ran￭ es and birth of a premature baby can result according to statistics provided by the may￭ o clinic cer￭ vic￭ al incompetence is relatively rare in the united states occurring in only 1 – 2 of all pregnancies but it is thought to cause as many as 20 — 25 of mis￭ carri￭ ages in the second trim￭ ester
cer￭ vic￭ al intra￭ epi￭ the￭ li￭ al ne￭ op￭ la￭ sia cin also known as cer￭ vic￭ al dys￭ pl￭ asia and cer￭ vic￭ al inter￭ sti￭ tial ne￭ op￭ la￭ sia is the potentially pre￭ m￭ align￭ ant transformation and abnormal growth dys￭ pl￭ asia of squ￭ am￭ ous cells on the surface of the cer￭ vi￭ x cin is not cancer and is usually cur￭ able most cases of cin remain stable or are eliminated by the host s immune system without intervention however a small percentage of cases progress to become cer￭ vic￭ al cancer usually cer￭ vic￭ al squ￭ am￭ ous cell carcin￭ oma sc￭ c if left untreated the major cause of cin is chronic infection of the cer￭ vi￭ x with the sexually transmitted human pap￭ il￭ lo￭ ma￭ virus h￭ p￭ v especially the high risk h￭ p￭ v types 16 or 18 over 100 types of h￭ p￭ v have been identified about a dozen of these types appear to cause cer￭ vic￭ al dys￭ pl￭ asia and may lead to the development of cer￭ vic￭ al cancer other types cause war￭ ts the earliest micro￭ scopic change corresponding to cin is dys￭ pl￭ asia of the epi￭ the￭ li￭ al or surface lining of the cer￭ vi￭ x which is essentially un￭ detec￭ table by the woman cellular changes associated with h￭ p￭ v infection such as ko￭ i￭ loc￭ y￭ tes are also commonly seen in cin cin is usually discovered by a screening test the pap￭ ani￭ col￭ au or p￭ ap sme￭ ar the purpose of this test is to detect potentially pre￭ can￭ cer￭ ous changes p￭ ap sme￭ ar results may be reported using the be￭ thes￭ da system an abnormal p￭ ap sme￭ ar result may lead to a recommendation for col￭ pos￭ copy of the cer￭ vi￭ x during which the cer￭ vi￭ x is examined under magni￭ fication a biopsy is taken of any abnormal appearing areas cer￭ vic￭ al dys￭ pl￭ asia can be diagnosed by biopsy
a cer￭ vic￭ al poly￭ p is a common benign poly￭ p or tum￭ our on the surface of the cer￭ vic￭ al canal they can cause irregular men￭ str￭ ual bleeding but often show no symptoms treatment consists of simple removal of the poly￭ p and prog￭ no￭ sis is generally good about 1 of cer￭ vic￭ al poly￭ ps will show ne￭ op￭ l￭ astic change which may lead to cancer they are most common in post men￭ arch￭ e pre men￭ opa￭ usal women who have been pregnant
a cer￭ vic￭ al pregnancy is an ec￭ topic pregnancy that has impl￭ anted in the uter￭ ine endo￭ cer￭ vi￭ x such a pregnancy typically abor￭ ts within the first trim￭ ester however if it is impl￭ anted closer to the uter￭ ine cav￭ ity a so called cer￭ vic￭ o is￭ th￭ mic pregnancy it may continue longer plac￭ ental removal in a cer￭ vic￭ al pregnancy may result in major hemorrha￭ ge
a cer￭ vic￭ al ri￭ b in humans is an extra ri￭ b which arises from the seventh cer￭ vic￭ al verte￭ bra sometimes known as neck ribs their presence is a con￭ genital ab￭ normality located above the normal first ri￭ b a cer￭ vic￭ al ri￭ b is estimated to occur in 0 6 1 in 150 people to 0 8 of the population people may have a cer￭ vic￭ al ri￭ b on the right left or both sides most cases of cer￭ vic￭ al ribs are not clin￭ ically relevant and do not have symptoms cer￭ vic￭ al ribs are generally discovered incidentally however they vary widely in size and shape and in rare cases they may cause problems such as contributing to thor￭ ac￭ ic outlet syndrome because of pressure on the nerves that may be caused by the presence of the ri￭ b a cer￭ vic￭ al ri￭ b represents a persistent os￭ sification of the c 7 lateral cost￭ al element during early development this os￭ si￭ fied cost￭ al element typically becomes re absorbed failure of this process results in a vari￭ ably el￭ ong￭ ated trans￭ verse process or complete ri￭ b that can be an￭ ter￭ ior￭ ly f￭ used with the t 1 first ri￭ b below on imaging cer￭ vic￭ al ribs can be distinguished because their trans￭ verse processes are directed infer￭ ol￭ ater￭ ally whereas those of the adjacent thor￭ ac￭ ic sp￭ ine are directed an￭ ter￭ ol￭ ater￭ ally
cer￭ vic￭ al spinal sten￭ osis is a bone disease involving the narrowing of the spinal canal at the level of the neck it is frequently due to chronic de￭ generation but may also be con￭ genital treatment is frequently surgical
cer￭ vic￭ al sp￭ ine disorders are illnesses that affect the cer￭ vic￭ al sp￭ ine which is made up of the upper first seven verte￭ bra￭ e en￭ cas￭ ing and shiel￭ ding the spinal cord this frag￭ ment of the sp￭ ine starts from the region above the shoulder bl￭ ades and ends by supporting and connecting the skull the cer￭ vic￭ al sp￭ ine contains many different an￭ atomic com￭ positions including muscles bones lig￭ aments and joints all of these structures have nerve end￭ ings that can detect painful problems when they occur such nerves supply muscular control and sens￭ ations to the skull and arms while correspondingly providing our bodies with flexibility and motion 1 however if the cer￭ vic￭ al sp￭ ine is injured it can cause many minor or traumatic problems and although these injuries vary specifically they are more commonly known as cer￭ vic￭ al sp￭ ine disorders as a whole 1
cer￭ vic￭ i￭ tis is infl￭ amm￭ ation of the uter￭ ine cer￭ vi￭ x cer￭ vic￭ i￭ tis in women has many features in common with u￭ re￭ thri￭ tis in men and many cases are caused by sexually transmitted infections death may occur non infectious causes of cer￭ vic￭ i￭ tis can include in￭ trau￭ ter￭ ine devices contrac￭ eptive di￭ aphr￭ ag￭ ms and allergic reactions to sper￭ mic￭ ides or lat￭ ex condoms the condition is often confused with vag￭ in￭ is￭ mus which is a much simpler condition and easily rectified with simple exercises
cer￭ vi￭ co￭ genic headache is a type of headache characterised by chronic hemic￭ ran￭ ial pain referred to the head from either the cer￭ vic￭ al sp￭ ine or soft tissues within the neck
ce￭ tac￭ ean stran￭ ding is a phenomenon in which ce￭ tac￭ eans strand themselves on land usually on a beach be￭ ached whales often die due to dehydr￭ ation collapsing under their own weight or drowning when high tide covers the blo￭ whole several explanations of the stran￭ ding have been proposed
chaf￭ ing refers to the irritation of skin caused by repeti￭ tive friction usually generated through skin to skin contact of multiple body parts chaf￭ ing is usually contracted in the inner thi￭ ghs and inner glu￭ tes ar￭ mp￭ its and nip￭ ples can also develop chaf￭ ing although it is less common
cha￭ gas disease also known as american try￭ pan￭ o￭ som￭ i￭ asis is a tropical par￭ asi￭ tic disease caused by the proto￭ zo￭ an try￭ pan￭ o￭ som￭ a cru￭ zi it is spread mostly by insects known as tri￭ atom￭ in￭ ae or kissing bugs the symptoms change over the course of the infection in the early stage symptoms are typically either not present or mild and may include fever sw￭ oll￭ en lymp￭ h no￭ des headaches or local sw￭ elling at the site of the bite after 8 – 12 weeks individuals enter the chronic phase of disease and in 60 – 70 it never produces further symptoms the other 30 to 40 of people develop further symptoms 10 to 30 years after the initial infection including enlargement of the ven￭ tric￭ les of the heart in 20 to 30 leading to heart failure an enlarged es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus or an enlarged col￭ on may also occur in 10 of people t cru￭ zi is commonly spread to humans and other mammals by the blood sucking kissing bugs of the sub￭ family tri￭ atom￭ in￭ ae these insects are known by a number of local names including vin￭ chuc￭ a in argentina bolivia chile and paraguay bar￭ beiro the barber in brazil pi￭ to in colombia chin￭ che in central america and chip￭ o in venezuela the disease may also be spread through blood transfusion organ transplantation eating food contaminated with the parasites and by vertical transmission from a mother to her fe￭ tus diagnosis of early disease is by finding the parasite in the blood using a micro￭ scope chronic disease is diagnosed by finding antibodies for t cru￭ zi in the blood prevention mostly involves eliminating kissing bugs and avoiding their bites other preventative efforts include screening blood used for trans￭ fu￭ sions a vaccine has not been developed as of 2013 early infections are treat￭ able with the medication benz￭ n￭ id￭ azole or ni￭ fur￭ timo￭ x medication nearly always results in a cure if given early but becomes less effective the longer a person has had cha￭ gas disease when used in chronic disease medication may delay or prevent the development of end – stage symptoms benz￭ n￭ id￭ azole and ni￭ fur￭ timo￭ x cause temporary side effects in up to 40 of people including skin disorders brain toxicity and dig￭ estive system irritation it is estimated that 7 to 8 million people mostly in mexico central america and south america have cha￭ gas disease as of 2013 in 2006 cha￭ gas was estimated to result in 12 500 deaths per year most people with the disease are poor and most people with the disease do not realize they are infected large scale population movements have increased the areas where cha￭ gas disease is found and these include many european countries and the united states these areas have also seen an increase in the years up to 2014 the disease was first described in 19￭ 09 by carlos cha￭ gas after whom it is named it affects more than 150 other animals
a cha￭ gom￭ a is an infl￭ am￭ matory no￭ dule at the bite site of the redu￭ vi￭ id bug which trans￭ mits cha￭ gas disease not to be confused with roman￭ a s sign which is peri￭ orb￭ ital soft tissue and lymp￭ ho￭ id sw￭ elling which occurs when the t cru￭ zi proto￭ zo￭ an that causes cha￭ gas disease enters through the con￭ junc￭ tiva
in object oriented design the chain of responsibility pattern is a design pattern consisting of a source of command objects and a series of processing objects each processing object contains logic that defines the types of command objects that it can handle the rest are passed to the next processing object in the chain a mechanism also exists for adding new processing objects to the end of this chain in a variation of the standard chain of responsibility model some hand￭ lers may act as dispat￭ chers capable of sending commands out in a variety of directions forming a tree of responsibility in some cases this can occur recur￭ sively with processing objects calling higher up processing objects with commands that attempt to solve some smaller part of the problem in this case recur￭ sion continues until the command is processed or the entire tree has been explored an x￭ ml interpreter might work in this manner this pattern promotes the idea of loose coupling
in ph￭ on￭ ology a chain shift is a phenomenon in which several sounds move step￭ wise along a ph￭ one￭ tic scale the sounds involved in a chain shift can be ordered into a chain in such a way that after the change is complete each ph￭ on￭ em￭ e ends up sounding like what the ph￭ on￭ em￭ e before it in the chain sounded like before the change the rules making up a chain shift are said to be in counterfe￭ eding order for example if in some language the three vo￭ wel ph￭ on￭ em￭ es æ ɛ e undergo a change so they became respectively ɛ e i those three changes would constitute a chain shift and could be summarized as æ → ɛ → e → i a drag chain or pull chain is a chain shift in which the ph￭ on￭ em￭ e at the leading edge of the chain changes first in this example the chain shift would be a pull chain if e changed to i first opening up a space at the position of e which ɛ then moved to fill a push chain is a chain shift in which the ph￭ on￭ em￭ e at the end of the chain moves first in this example if æ moved toward ɛ creating a crowding effect and causing ɛ to move toward e and so forth
chain transfer is a poly￭ mer￭ ization reaction by which the activity of a growing poly￭ mer chain is transferred to another mol￭ ecu￭ le p • x￭ r → p￭ x r • chain transfer reactions reduce the average molecular weight of the final poly￭ mer chain transfer can be either introduced deliberately into a poly￭ mer￭ ization by use of a chain transfer agent or it may be an unavoidable side reaction with various components of the poly￭ mer￭ ization chain transfer reactions occur in most forms of addition poly￭ mer￭ ization including radical poly￭ mer￭ ization ring opening poly￭ mer￭ ization coordination poly￭ mer￭ ization and c￭ ation￭ ic as well as an￭ ion￭ ic addition poly￭ mer￭ ization i￭ up￭ ac definitions chain transfer in a chain poly￭ mer￭ ization chemical reaction occur￭ ring￭ during a chain poly￭ mer￭ ization in which an active center is transfer￭ red￭ from a growing macro￭ mol￭ ecu￭ le or olig￭ om￭ er mol￭ ecu￭ le to another molec￭ ul￭ e￭ or to another site on the same mol￭ ecu￭ le chain transfer agent substance able to react with a chain carrier by are￭ action in which the original chain carrier is de￭ activated and a new cha￭ in￭ carrier is generated chain transfer reactions are usually categ￭ orized by the nature of the mol￭ ecu￭ le that reacts with the growing chain transfer to chain transfer agent chain transfer agents have at least one weak chemical bond which therefore facilitates the chain transfer reaction common chain transfer agents include thi￭ ols especially dd￭ m and halo￭ carbons such as carbon tetr￭ ach￭ l￭ oride chain transfer agents are sometimes called modi￭ fiers or regulators transfer to mon￭ om￭ er chain transfer to mon￭ om￭ er may take place in which the growing poly￭ mer chain abstr￭ acts an atom from un￭ reacted mon￭ om￭ er existing in the reaction medium because by definition poly￭ mer￭ ization reactions only take place in the presence of mon￭ om￭ er chain transfer to mon￭ om￭ er determines the theoretical maximum molecular weight that can be achieved by a given mon￭ om￭ er chain transfer to mon￭ om￭ er is especially significant in c￭ ation￭ ic addition poly￭ mer￭ ization and ring opening poly￭ mer￭ ization transfer to poly￭ mer chain transfer may take place with an already existing poly￭ mer chain especially under conditions in which much poly￭ mer is present this often occurs at the end of a radical poly￭ mer￭ ization when almost all mon￭ om￭ er has been consumed bran￭ ched pol￭ ym￭ ers are formed as mon￭ om￭ er adds to the new radical site which is located along the poly￭ mer backbone the properties of low density polyethylene are critically determined by the amount of chain transfer to poly￭ mer that takes place transfer to solvent in solution poly￭ mer￭ ization the solvent can act as a chain transfer agent unless the solvent is chosen to be inert very low molecular weight pol￭ ym￭ ers olig￭ om￭ ers can result
chal￭ az￭ ion is a cyst in the eye￭ lid due to a blocked oil g￭ land they are typically in the middle of the eye￭ lid red and non painful they tend to come on gradually over a few weeks a chal￭ az￭ ion may occur following a st￭ ye or from hardened oils blocking the g￭ land the blocked g￭ land is usually the me￭ i￭ bom￭ ian g￭ land but can also be the g￭ land of ze￭ is a st￭ ye and cell￭ u￭ li￭ tis may appear similar a st￭ ye however is usually more sudden in onset painful and occurs at the edge of the eye￭ lid cell￭ u￭ li￭ tis is also typically painful treatment is typically initially with warm com￭ presses if this is not effective injecting ster￭ oids into the le￭ sion maybe tried if large inc￭ ision and drainage maybe recommended while relatively common the frequency of the condition is unknown the term is from the greek khal￭ az￭ ion meaning small ha￭ il￭ stone
ch￭ ali￭ co￭ sis greek χ￭ ά￭ λ￭ ι￭ ξ gra￭ vel sometimes called flint disease is a form of pneu￭ mo￭ con￭ i￭ osis affecting the lungs or bron￭ chi￭ oles found chiefly among st￭ on￭ ecu￭ t￭ ters the disease is caused by the inhal￭ ation of fine particles of stone
chamber pressure firearms is the pressure exerted by a car￭ tri￭ dge case s outside walls on the inside of a fire￭ arm s chamber when the car￭ tri￭ dge is fired it is generally expressed in p￭ si pounds per square inch or copper units of pressure
a cham￭ ele￭ on oil pattern is a pattern of oil on a bowling lane it is used by the professional bow￭ lers association in tournament play among others a typical cham￭ ele￭ on pattern is 43 feet long it forces players to play in a specific zone on the lane because of the way the oil is lay￭ ered in strips the lane conditions dictate where the bow￭ ler should play this is considered a re￭ tro approach to pattern designing use of a cham￭ ele￭ on pattern results in a large range of scores low to high as does the bow￭ lers approach to the pattern no one bowling style is most effective on this type of lane because there can be multiple starting points that dictate how much the ball will spin and thus how much cur￭ v￭ ature its path will have this oil pattern is named after the cham￭ ele￭ on because like a cham￭ ele￭ on which can change its color repeatedly so too must a bow￭ ler be able to change his style of play
the chan – lam coupling reaction – also known as the chan – evans – lam coupling as chan evans and lam published their work back to back in te￭ tra￭ he￭ dron letters – is a cross coupling reaction between an ar￭ yl bor￭ onic acid and an alcohol or an amine to form the corresponding secondary ar￭ yl am￭ ines or ar￭ yl e￭ thers respectively the chan – lam coupling is cataly￭ zed in the presence of copper ii species and may be conducted in air at room temperature this is in contrast to the bu￭ ch￭ wald – har￭ t￭ wig coupling which relies on the use of expensive noble metal cataly￭ sts p￭ all￭ adi￭ um non gener￭ aliz￭ able lig￭ ands and a basic species for de￭ pro￭ ton￭ ation of the n h and o h bonds in this regard the chan – lam coupling has several benefits over other c n and c o coupling reactions because mo￭ ti￭ fs containing ar￭ yl c n and c o bonds are frequently found in pharmaceuticals the chan – lam coupling has seen a great deal of application often sto￭ ic￭ hi￭ ome￭ tric copper is used as only a small amount of the copper proceeds to a cataly￭ tically active species the mechanism which is still rather controversial is shown in the below figure chan – lam coupling it is presently unknown whether the chan lam coupling proceeds through a copper ii to copper 0 catalytic cycle or if it proceeds through a copper ii copper iii copper i process and then in the presence of ambient air oxygen if this copper i species is then recycled to copper 0 re￭ starting the cycle nevertheless the catalytic cycle is characterized by de facto i lig￭ and exchange ii trans￭ metall￭ ation iii reduc￭ tive elimination and iv oxid￭ ation a recent example of the chan – lam coupling to synthe￭ size bio￭ logically active compounds is shown below reaction example of chan – lam coupling compound 1 a py￭ r￭ rol￭ ic amine is coupled with ar￭ yl bor￭ onic ester 2 to afford product 3 which is then carried forward to the bio￭ logically active target 4 the nit￭ ri￭ le group of 2 does not poison the cu o￭ ac 2 used and py￭ ri￭ dine is the lig￭ and used for the reaction though the reaction is characterized by a lengthy duration three days it was carried out at room temperature in ambient air and resulted in a net 93 yield
the chan re￭ arrangement is a chemical reaction that involves re￭ arranging an ac￭ y￭ lo￭ xy acetate 1 in the presence of a strong base to a 2 hydro￭ xy 3 ke￭ to ester 2 the chan re￭ arrangement this procedure was re￭ discovered and employed in the hol￭ ton tax￭ ol total synthesis
a chance frac￭ ture is a fl￭ ex￭ ion injury of the sp￭ ine first described by g q chance in 1948 it consists of a compression injury to the an￭ terior portion of the vertebr￭ al body and a trans￭ verse frac￭ ture through the poster￭ ior elements of the verte￭ bra and the poster￭ ior portion of the vertebr￭ al body it is caused by violent forward fl￭ ex￭ ion causing distraction injury to the poster￭ ior elements the most common site at which chance fractu￭ res occur is the thor￭ a￭ colum￭ bar junction t 12 l 2 and mid￭ lum￭ bar region in pedi￭ atric population this frac￭ ture initially became known as a seat belt injury due to its association with the sudden forward fl￭ ex￭ ion that occurs when one is involved in a head on automobile collision while being restrained by a lap belt with the advent of both lap and shoulder belts in the 1980 s chance fractu￭ res have become less common especially now that lap belt only seat belts have been almost entirely phased out up to 50 of chance fractu￭ res have associated intra￭ ab￭ domin￭ al injuries injuries associated with chance fractu￭ res include con￭ tu￭ sions and or lac￭ er￭ ations of the pan￭ cre￭ as du￭ o￭ den￭ um and mes￭ enter￭ y
a chan￭ cre ˈ￭ ʃ￭ æ￭ ŋ￭ k￭ ə￭ r sh￭ ang k￭ ə￭ r is a pain￭ less ul￭ cer￭ ation sore most commonly formed during the primary stage of sy￭ phil￭ is this infectious le￭ sion forms approximately 21 days after the initial exposure to tre￭ pon￭ ema palli￭ dum the gram negative spi￭ ro￭ cha￭ ete bacter￭ ium yielding sy￭ phil￭ is chan￭ c￭ res transmit the sexually transmissible disease of sy￭ phil￭ is through direct physical contact these ul￭ cers usually form on or around the an￭ us mouth penis and vag￭ ina chan￭ c￭ res may diminish between four and eight weeks without the application of medication chan￭ c￭ res as well as being pain￭ less ul￭ cer￭ ations formed during the primary stage of sy￭ phil￭ is are associated with the african try￭ pan￭ o￭ som￭ i￭ asis sleeping sickness surrounding the area of the t￭ set￭ se fly bite
chan￭ cro￭ id also known as soft chan￭ cre and ul￭ cus mol￭ le is a bacterial sexually transmitted infection characterized by painful so￭ res on the gen￭ italia chan￭ cro￭ id is known to spread from one individual to another solely through sexual contact
chandler s disease also called o￭ ste￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ tis dis￭ sec￭ ans is a rare condition in which spontaneous o￭ ste￭ on￭ ec￭ ro￭ sis of the fem￭ oral head in an adult is analogous to leg￭ g cal￭ ve per￭ thes syndrome in children this disease is caused when blood flow is reduced to the part of a bone near a joint
change blindness is a percep￭ tual phenomenon that occurs when a change in a visual stimulus is introduced and the observer does not notice it for example observers often fail to notice major differences introduced into an image while it f￭ lic￭ kers off and on again people s poor ability to detect changes has been argued to reflect fundamental limitations of human attention change blindness has become a highly researched topic and some have argued that it may have important practical implications in areas such as eye￭ witness testimony and dis￭ tr￭ actions while driving
change deaf￭ ness is a percep￭ tual phenomenon that occurs when under certain circumstances a physical change in an aud￭ itory stimulus goes unnoticed by the lis￭ tener there is uncertainty regarding the mechanisms by which changes to aud￭ itory stimul￭ i go un￭ detected though scientific research has been done to determine the levels of processing at which these consciously un￭ detected aud￭ itory changes are actually en￭ coded an understanding of the mechanisms underlying change deaf￭ ness could offer insight on issues such as the completeness of our representation of the aud￭ itory environment the limitations of the aud￭ itory percep￭ tual system and the relationship between the aud￭ ti￭ tory system and memory the phenomenon of change deaf￭ ness is thought to be related to the interactions between high and low level processes that produce conscious experiences of aud￭ itory soun￭ ds￭ cap￭ es
channel iron deposits ci￭ d are iron rich flu￭ vi￭ al se￭ dim￭ entary deposits of possible mi￭ oc￭ ene age occupying mean￭ dering pal￭ ae￭ o￭ channels in the early to mid cen￭ o￭ zo￭ ic h￭ amer￭ l￭ sey pal￭ ae￭ o￭ surface of western australia examples are also known from kazakhstan the deposits are anomal￭ ously high in iron for deter￭ ital material and exclude de￭ tr￭ ital iron deposits ty￭ pi￭ fied by scre￭ e of hem￭ ati￭ tic ban￭ ded iron formations and accumul￭ ations of currently forming mag￭ hem￭ ite p￭ isol￭ ite allu￭ vi￭ als ci￭ ds are a major source of cheap high grade iron ore exploited primarily in the pil￭ bar￭ a and mur￭ ch￭ ison regions of western australia
one of several short channel effects in mos￭ f￭ et scaling channel length modulation cl￭ m is a shortening of the length of the inver￭ ted channel region with increase in drain bias for large drain bi￭ ases the result of cl￭ m is an increase in current with drain bias and a reduction of output resistance channel length modulation occurs in all field effect trans￭ is￭ tors not just mos￭ fe￭ ts to understand the effect first the notion of pinch off of the channel is introduced the channel is formed by attraction of carriers to the gate and the current drawn through the channel is nearly a constant independent of drain voltage in satur￭ ation mode however near the drain the gate and drain jointly determine the electric field pattern instead of flowing in a channel beyond the pinch off point the carriers flow in a sub￭ surface pattern made possible because the drain and the gate both control the current in the figure at the right the channel is indicated by a dashed line and becomes weaker as the drain is approached leaving a gap of un￭ inver￭ ted silicon between the end of the formed in￭ version layer and the drain the pinch off region as the drain voltage increases its control over the current extends further toward the source so the un￭ inver￭ ted region expands toward the source shortening the length of the channel region the effect called channel length modulation because resistance is proportional to length shortening the channel decreases its resistance causing an increase in current with increase in drain bias for a mos￭ f￭ et operating in satur￭ ation the effect is more pronounced the shorter the source to drain separation the deeper the drain junction and the thick￭ er the oxide insul￭ ator in the weak in￭ version region the influence of the drain analogous to channel length modulation leads to poorer device turn off behavior known as drain induced barrier lowering a drain induced lowering of threshold voltage in bipolar devices a similar increase in current is seen with increased collector voltage due to base narrowing known as the early effect the similarity in effect upon the current has led to use of the term early effect for mos￭ fe￭ ts as well as an alternative name for channel length modulation
chann￭ el￭ opath￭ ies are diseases caused by disturbed function of ion channel sub￭ units or the proteins that regulate them these diseases may be either con￭ genital often resulting from a mutation or mutations in the en￭ coding genes or acquired often resulting from auto￭ immune attack on an ion channel there are a large number of distinct dys￭ functions known to be caused by ion channel mutations the genes for the construction of ion channels are highly con￭ served amongst mammals and one condition hyper￭ kal￭ emic periodic paralysis was first identified in the descendants of impressive a registered quarter horse see aq￭ ha website the chann￭ el￭ opath￭ ies of human sk￭ el￭ etal muscle include hyper and hypo￭ kal￭ emic high and low potassium blood concentrations periodic paralysis my￭ o￭ ton￭ ia con￭ gen￭ ita and param￭ yo￭ ton￭ ia con￭ gen￭ ita chann￭ el￭ opath￭ ies affecting syn￭ ap￭ tic function are a type of syn￭ ap￭ top￭ athy
chaos days german cha￭ o￭ stage was an annual punk manifestation often violent held in han￭ over germany starting in 1982 and reviving in the mid 1990 s chaos tage was a west german punk scene phenomenon which began in the mid 1980 s in han￭ over and w￭ up￭ per￭ tal and consisted of meetings of pun￭ ks from all over the country the reason for these meetings were a plan of the police to register and build up reference data of everyone who was deemed a punk this included taking pictures of each individual the most well known chaos days took place in han￭ over in 1994 and 1995 and resulted in huge riots and the destruction of cars and buildings a whole supermarket was damaged and alcoholic beverages were stolen by pun￭ ks these chaos days were the main topic of tv debates and newspapers for several weeks popular bands like wi￭ zo spontaneously played a show there and terror￭ grup￭ pe wrote a now classic song about it wo￭ chen￭ end￭ ticket named after a train ticket that most pun￭ ks used in order to get to han￭ over from all across the country chaos days us￭ ac￭ ha￭ os days were organized in the united states in 1995 and 1996 to be held in the san francisco bay area during the same period of time as the german chaos days chaos days usa were criticized for the same reasons as the german chaos days critics claimed that chaos days had no social value
in mathematics particularly in the fields of non￭ linear dynamics and the calcul￭ us of variations the cha￭ pl￭ y￭ gin problem is an is￭ oper￭ im￭ etr￭ ic problem with a differential constraint specifically the problem is to determine what flight path an airplane in a constant wind field should take in order to en￭ circle the maximum possible area the airplane is assumed to be constrained to move in a plane moving at a constant air￭ speed v and the wind is assumed to move in a constant direction with speed w the solution of the problem is that the airplane should travel in an elli￭ pse whose ec￭ centr￭ icity is w v
character amnesia is a phenomenon whereby experienced speakers of some east asian languages forget how to write chinese characters previously well known to them the phenomenon is specifically tied to prolonged and extensive use of input methods such as those that use roman￭ iz￭ ations of characters and is documented to be a significant issue in china and japan modern technology such as mobile phones and computers allows users to enter chinese characters using their ph￭ one￭ tic trans￭ cription without knowing how to write them by hand whether or not the phenomenon is as widespread or troubling as some have claimed is the subject of debate
in mathematics more specifically in group theory the character of a group representation is a function on the group that associates to each group element the trace of the corresponding matrix the character carries the essential information about the representation in a more condens￭ ed form georg fro￭ ben￭ ius initially developed representation theory of finite groups entirely based on the characters and without any explicit matrix realization of representations themselves this is possible because a complex representation of a finite group is determined up to isom￭ orph￭ ism by its character the situation with representations over a field of positive characteristic so called mod￭ ular representations is more delicate but richard br￭ auer developed a powerful theory of characters in this case as well many deep theore￭ ms on the structure of finite groups use characters of mod￭ ular representations
in the field of mathematics known as conv￭ ex analysis the characteristic function of a set is a conv￭ ex function that indicates the membership or non membership of a given element in that set it is similar to the usual indicator function and one can freely convert between the two but the characteristic function as defined below is better suited to the methods of conv￭ ex analysis
dys￭ l￭ ex￭ ia is a disorder characterised by problems with the visual no￭ tation of speech which in most languages of european origin are problems with alp￭ ha￭ bet writing systems which have a ph￭ one￭ tic construction examples of these issues can be problems speaking in full sentences problems correctly artic￭ ulating rs and ls as well as ms and ns mixing up sounds in multi sy￭ ll￭ ab￭ ic words ex am￭ inal for animal bis￭ ghet￭ ti for spag￭ he￭ tti he￭ kal￭ op￭ ter for helicopter hang￭ ab￭ erg for ham￭ burger age￭ en for magazine etc problems of immature speech wed and g￭ ween instead of red and green the characteristics of dys￭ l￭ ex￭ ia have been identified mainly from research in languages with alphabe￭ tic writing systems primarily english however many of these characteristic may be transferable to other types of writing systems the causes of dys￭ l￭ ex￭ ia are not agreed upon although the consensus of neuro￭ scientists believe dys￭ l￭ ex￭ ia is a ph￭ on￭ ological processing disorder and that dys￭ l￭ ex￭ ics have reading difficulties because they are unable to see or hear a word break it down to dis￭ crete sounds and then associate each sound with letter s that make up the word some researchers believe that a sub￭ set of dys￭ l￭ ex￭ ics have visual deficits in addition to deficits in ph￭ on￭ em￭ e processing but this view is not universally accepted in any case there s no evidence that dys￭ l￭ ex￭ ics literally see letters backward or in reverse order within words
char￭ cot – marie – tooth disease c￭ mt is one of the hereditary motor and sensory neuro￭ path￭ ies a group of varied inherited disorders of the peripheral nervous system characterised by progressive loss of muscle tissue and touch sensation across various parts of the body currently incur￭ able this disease is the most commonly inherited neuro￭ logical disorder and affects approximately 1 in 2 500 people c￭ mt was previously classified as a subtype of muscular dy￭ stro￭ phy
in digital electronics charge sharing is an undesirable signal integrity phenomenon observed most commonly in the domino logic family of digital circuits the charge sharing problem occurs when the charge which is stored at the output no￭ de in the phase is shared among the output or junction capac￭ it￭ ances of trans￭ is￭ tors which are in the evaluation phase charge sharing may de￭ grade the output voltage level or even cause erroneous output value
char￭ ley horse is a popular col￭ lo￭ qu￭ ial term in canada and the united states for painful involuntary sp￭ as￭ ms or cram￭ ps in the leg muscles typically lasting anywhere from a few seconds to about a day it is less likely to refer to a bru￭ ise on an arm or leg and a bru￭ ising of the quad￭ ric￭ eps muscle of the an￭ terior or lateral thi￭ gh or con￭ tu￭ sion of the fem￭ ur that commonly results in a ha￭ em￭ atom￭ a and sometimes several weeks of pain and disability in this latter sense such an injury is known as dead leg in australia it is also known as a cor￭ ked thi￭ gh or cor￭ ky it often occurs in contact sports such as football when an athlete suffers a knee blunt trauma to the lateral quad￭ ric￭ eps causing a ha￭ em￭ atom￭ a or temporary pa￭ res￭ is and an￭ tal￭ gic ga￭ it as a result of pain another term jolly horse is used to describe simple painful muscle cram￭ ps in the leg or foot especially those that follow stren￭ uous exercise the term can also be used to refer to cram￭ ps in the foot muscles these muscle cram￭ ps can have many possible causes directly resulting from high or low ph or sub￭ str￭ ate concentrations in the blood including hormonal imbalances dehydr￭ ation low levels of magnesium potassium or calcium although the evidence has been mixed side effects of medication or more seriously diseases such as am￭ yo￭ troph￭ ic lateral sclerosis and neuro￭ pa￭ thy they are also a common complaint during pregnancy
a chart pattern or price pattern is a pattern within a chart when prices are graph￭ ed in stock and commodity markets trading chart pattern studies play a large role during technical analysis when data is plo￭ tted there is usually a pattern which naturally occurs and repeats over a period chart patterns are used as either reversal or continuation signals
the effect can be lik￭ ened to the she￭ en off a spo￭ ol of silk the lumin￭ ous stre￭ ak of reflected light is always per￭ pend￭ icular to the direction of the fibres for a gem￭ stone to show this effect best it must be cut en c￭ abo￭ ch￭ on with the fi￭ bers or fi￭ bro￭ us structures parallel to the base of the finished gem the best finished specimens show a single sharply defined band of light that moves across the stone when it is rot￭ ated ch￭ ato￭ y￭ ant stones of lesser quality display a ban￭ ded effect as is typical with cat s eye varieties of quar￭ tz faceted stones do not show the effect well gem species known for this phenomenon include the aforementioned quar￭ tz ch￭ ry￭ so￭ ber￭ yl ber￭ yl especially var aqu￭ amar￭ ine char￭ o￭ ite tour￭ mal￭ ine lab￭ rad￭ or￭ ite sel￭ en￭ ite fel￭ d￭ spar ap￭ ati￭ te moon￭ stone thom￭ son￭ ite and sca￭ polite amongst others glass optical cable can also display ch￭ ato￭ yan￭ cy if properly cut and has become a popular decorative material in a variety of vivid colors the term cat s eye when used by itself as the name of a gem￭ stone refers to a cat s eye ch￭ ry￭ so￭ ber￭ yl it is also used as an ad￭ jec￭ tive which indicates the ch￭ ato￭ yance phenomenon in another stone e g cat s eye aqu￭ amar￭ ine
chau￭ ff￭ eur s frac￭ ture is a type of frac￭ ture of the fore￭ arm specifically the rad￭ ial sty￭ loid process the injury is typically caused by compression of the s￭ cap￭ ho￭ id bone of the hand against the sty￭ loid process of the dis￭ tal radius it can be caused by falling onto an out￭ stretched hand fo￭ os￭ h treatment is often open reduction and internal fixation which is surgical realignment of the bone fragments and fixation with pins screws or plates the name originates from early chau￭ ff￭ eurs who sustained these injuries when the car back fired while the chau￭ ff￭ eur was hand cran￭ king to start the car the back fire forced the cr￭ ank backward into the chau￭ ff￭ eur s palm and produced the characteristic sty￭ loid frac￭ ture it is also known as a back￭ fire frac￭ ture for the same reason or a hut￭ chin￭ son frac￭ ture
in number theory che￭ by￭ sh￭ ev s bias is the phenomenon that most of the time there are more pri￭ mes of the form 4 k 3 than of the form 4 k 1 up to the same limit this phenomenon was first observed by che￭ by￭ sh￭ ev in 18￭ 53
a check is a condition in chess sho￭ gi and xi￭ ang￭ q￭ i that occurs when a player s king or general in xi￭ ang￭ q￭ i is under threat of capture on their opponent s next turn a king so threatened is said to be in check a player must get out of check if possible by inter￭ posing a piece between the threatening piece and the king capturing the threatening piece or moving the king to a square where it is no longer in check if the player cannot move out of check the game ends in check￭ mate and the player loses players cannot make any move that puts their own king in check
a check also chec￭ ker br￭ it chequ￭ er is a pattern of modified stri￭ pes consisting of crossed horizontal and vertical lines forming squares
in fluid mechanics the che￭ eri￭ os effect is the phenomenon that occurs when floating objects that don t normally float attract one another we￭ tting an example of the che￭ eri￭ os effect is when breakfast cereal clum￭ ps together or cl￭ ings to the sides of a bowl of milk it is named after the common breakfast cereal che￭ eri￭ os and is due to surface tension the same effect governs the behavior of bubbles on the surface of soft drinks
ch￭ ei￭ li￭ tis is infl￭ amm￭ ation of the lips this infl￭ amm￭ ation may include the peri￭ oral skin the skin around the mouth the ver￭ mi￭ lion border and or the lab￭ ial mu￭ co￭ sa the skin and the ver￭ mi￭ lion border are more commonly involved as the mu￭ co￭ sa is less affected by infl￭ am￭ matory and allergic reactions it is a general term and there are many recognized types and different causes ch￭ ei￭ li￭ tis can be either acute or chronic most ch￭ ei￭ li￭ tis is caused by exo￭ genous factors such as dr￭ y￭ ness c￭ happ￭ ing and acute sun exposure patch testing may identify aller￭ gens that cause ch￭ ei￭ li￭ tis
che￭ ir￭ al￭ gia par￭ a￭ esthe￭ tica is a neuro￭ pa￭ thy of the hand generally caused by compression or trauma to the superficial branch of the rad￭ ial nerve the area affected is typically on the back or side of the hand at the base of the thumb near the anatom￭ ical snu￭ ff￭ box but may extend up the back of the thumb and index finger and across the back of the hand symptoms include num￭ b￭ ness ting￭ ling burning or pain since the nerve branch is sensory there is no motor impairment it may be distinguished from de quer￭ vain syndrome because it is not dependent on motion of the hand or fingers the most common cause is thought to be con￭ stric￭ tion of the wrist as with a brac￭ elet or watch￭ band hence reference to w￭ ris￭ tw￭ at￭ ch neuro￭ pa￭ thy it is especially associated with the use of handcu￭ ffs and is therefore commonly referred to as handcu￭ ff neuro￭ pa￭ thy other injuries or surgery in the wrist area can also lead to symptoms including surgery for other syndro￭ mes such as de quer￭ vain s the exact eti￭ ology is unknown as it is unclear whether direct pressure by the con￭ stric￭ ting item is alone responsible or whether e￭ dem￭ a associated with the con￭ stric￭ tion also contributes symptoms commonly resolve on their own within several months when the con￭ stric￭ tion is removed n￭ s￭ aids are commonly prescribed in some cases surgical de￭ compression is required the efficacy of cor￭ tis￭ one and laser treatment is disputed permanent damage is possible this neuro￭ pa￭ thy was first identified by robert war￭ ten￭ berg in a 19￭ 32 paper recent studies have focused on handcu￭ ff injuries due to the legal liability implications but these have been hampered by difficulties in follow￭ up particularly as large percentages of the study participants have been ine￭ bri￭ ated when they were injured diagnos￭ tically it is often sub￭ sum￭ ed into compression neuro￭ pa￭ thy of the rad￭ ial nerve as a whole e g ic￭ d 9 354 3 but studies and papers continue to use the older term to distinguish it from more extensive neuro￭ path￭ ies originating in the fore￭ arm
chel￭ e￭ tropic reactions also known as ch￭ elo￭ tropic reactions are a type of peric￭ ycl￭ ic reaction a peric￭ ycl￭ ic reaction is one that involves a transition state with a cyclic array of atoms and an associated cyclic array of inter￭ acting or￭ bit￭ als a reorganization of σ and π bonds occurs in this cyclic array specifically chel￭ e￭ tropic reactions are a sub￭ class of cyclo￭ additions the key distinguishing feature of chel￭ e￭ tropic reactions is that on one of the reagents both new bonds are being made to the same atom a few examples are shown to the right in the first case the single atom is the carbon￭ yl carbon that ends up in carbon monoxide the end result is making two new bonds to one atom the first two examples are known as chel￭ e￭ tropic ex￭ tru￭ sions because a small stable mol￭ ecu￭ le is given off in the reaction the driving force for these reactions is often the ent￭ ro￭ pic benefit of gaseous evolution e g co or n 2
chel￭ on￭ it￭ ox￭ ism is a type of food poisoning from eating marine tur￭ tles it is considered rare haw￭ ks￭ bill turtle meat is one source of the bio￭ toxin as well as green sea turtle chel￭ onia my￭ das chel￭ on￭ tox￭ ism can be deadly and there is no known antidote sea turtle is a traditional food in the outer micro￭ ne￭ sian islands symptoms include naus￭ ea v￭ om￭ iting dy￭ sp￭ ha￭ gia and ab￭ domin￭ al pain severe cases can induce coma and multi￭ organ problems children are especially susceptible and the toxins have been reported to transfer via breastfeeding
a chemical burn occurs when living tissue is exposed to a corrosive substance such as a strong acid or base chemical burns follow standard burn classification and may cause extensive tissue damage the main types of irrit￭ ant and or corrosive products are acids bases ox￭ idi￭ zers reducing agents solvents and al￭ k￭ yl￭ ants additionally chemical burns can be caused by some types of chemical weapons e g ves￭ ic￭ ants such as mustard gas and le￭ wis￭ ite or ur￭ tic￭ ants such as pho￭ s￭ gene ox￭ im￭ e chemical burns may need no source of heat occur immediately on contact not be immediately evident or noticeable be extremely painful diffuse into tissue and damage structures under skin without immediately apparent damage to skin surface
the chemical cham￭ ele￭ on is a re￭ do￭ x reaction well known from classroom demonstrations that exploits the dramatic color changes associated with the various oxid￭ ation states of man￭ g￭ anese gl￭ au￭ ber reported the first description of the production of potassium perman￭ gan￭ ate when he noted that man￭ g￭ anese dioxide as the mineral pyro￭ lus￭ ite could be reacted at high temperatures with alkali to obtain a material that dissolved in water to give a green solution which slowly shifted to a violet red this process similar to that still used in the production of potassium perman￭ gan￭ ate ox￭ idi￭ zed man￭ g￭ anese dioxide to potassium man￭ gan￭ ate which acidi￭ fied by carbon dioxide absorbed from the air ox￭ idi￭ zed further to purple potassium perman￭ gan￭ ate the chemical cham￭ ele￭ on reaction shows the process in reverse by reducing violet potassium perman￭ gan￭ ate first to green potassium man￭ gan￭ ate and eventually to brown man￭ g￭ anese dioxide k￭ m￭ no 4 violet → k 2 m￭ no 4 green → m￭ no 2 brown yellow suspension blue potassium hypo￭ man￭ gan￭ ate may also form as an intermediate the reaction proceeds in al￭ kal￭ ine conditions under the influence of a reducing agent sodium hydrox￭ ide potassium hydrox￭ ide and ammonium hydrox￭ ide can be used to al￭ k￭ alize the perman￭ gan￭ ate solution while a variety of reducing agents can be used sugars being common a similar demonstration involves so￭ aking paper in al￭ k￭ alized perman￭ gan￭ ate solution which produces the same color changes as the paper is ox￭ idi￭ zed and the perman￭ gan￭ ate reduced
chemical co￭ li￭ tis is a type of co￭ li￭ tis an infl￭ amm￭ ation of the large intest￭ ine or col￭ on caused by the introduction of harsh chemicals to the col￭ on by an enem￭ a or other procedure chemical co￭ li￭ tis can resemble ul￭ cer￭ ative co￭ li￭ tis infectious co￭ li￭ tis and pseu￭ dom￭ emb￭ ran￭ ous co￭ li￭ tis endo￭ sco￭ p￭ ically prior to 1950 hydrogen per￭ oxide enem￭ as were commonly used for certain conditions this practice will often result in chemical co￭ li￭ tis soap enem￭ as may also cause chemical co￭ li￭ tis harsh chemicals such as compounds used to clean colon￭ o￭ sco￭ pes are sometimes accidentally introduced into the col￭ on during colon￭ o￭ sco￭ py or other procedures this can also lead to chemical co￭ li￭ tis chemical co￭ li￭ tis may trigger a fl￭ are of ul￭ cer￭ ative co￭ li￭ tis or cro￭ hn s co￭ li￭ tis symptoms of co￭ li￭ tis are assessed using the simple clinical co￭ li￭ tis activity index
chemical de￭ composition analysis or breakdown is the separation of a chemical compound into elements or simpler compounds it is sometimes defined as the exact opposite of a chemical synthesis chemical de￭ composition is often an un￭ desired chemical reaction the stability that a chemical compound ordinarily has is eventually limited when exposed to extreme environmental conditions like heat radiation hum￭ idity or the acidity of a solvent the details of de￭ composition processes are generally not well defined as a mol￭ ecu￭ le may break up into a host of smaller fragments chemical de￭ composition is exploited in several analytical techniques notably mass spec￭ tro￭ metry traditional grav￭ im￭ etr￭ ic analysis and thermo￭ grav￭ im￭ etr￭ ic analysis a broader definition of the term de￭ composition also includes the breakdown of one phase into two or more phases there are three broad types of de￭ composition reactions thermal electro￭ ly￭ tic and catalytic
aspiration pneu￭ mon￭ i￭ tis or chemical pneu￭ mon￭ i￭ tis is infl￭ amm￭ ation of the lung caused by aspir￭ ating or inhal￭ ing irrit￭ ants it is sometimes called a chemical pneumonia though it is not infectious there are two general types of chemical pneu￭ mon￭ i￭ tis acute and chronic irrit￭ ants capable of causing chemical pneu￭ mon￭ i￭ tis include v￭ om￭ it￭ us barium used in ga￭ stro intest￭ inal imaging chlorine gas among other pul￭ mon￭ ary agents ing￭ ested gasoline or other petroleum distill￭ ates ing￭ ested or skin absorbed pesticides gases from electro￭ pl￭ ating smoke and others it may also be caused by the use of inhal￭ ants mend￭ elson s syndrome is a type of chemical pneu￭ mon￭ i￭ tis mineral oil should not be given internally to young children pets or anyone with a cough hi￭ atus her￭ nia or no￭ c￭ tur￭ nal ref￭ lux because it can cause complications such as li￭ po￭ id pneumonia due to its low density it is easily aspir￭ ated into the lungs where it cannot be removed by the body in children if aspir￭ ated the oil can work to prevent normal breathing resulting in death of brain cells and permanent paralysis and or retar￭ dation signs and symptoms of chemical pneu￭ mon￭ i￭ tis include acute cough difficulty breathing abnormal lung sounds wet g￭ urg￭ ling sounding bre￭ aths chest pain ti￭ ght￭ ness or burning chronic persistent cough short￭ ness of breath increased suscep￭ tibility to respiratory illness symptoms of chronic chemical pneu￭ mon￭ i￭ tis may or may not be present and can take months or years to develop to the point of notic￭ e￭ ability
chemical specificity is the ability of a protein s binding site to bind specific lig￭ ands the fewer lig￭ ands a protein can bind the greater its specificity specificity describes the strength of binding between a given protein and lig￭ and this relationship can be described by a dissoci￭ ation constant which characterizes the balance between bound and un￭ bound states for the protein lig￭ and system in the context of a single enzyme and a pair of binding molecules the two lig￭ ands can be compared as stronger or weaker lig￭ ands for the enzyme on the basis of their dissoci￭ ation constan￭ ts a lower value corresponds to a stronger binding specificity for a set of lig￭ ands is unrelated to the ability of an enzyme to cataly￭ ze a given reaction with the lig￭ and as a sub￭ str￭ ate if a given enzyme has a high chemical specificity this means that the set of lig￭ ands to which it binds is limited such that neither binding events nor catal￭ ysis can occur at an appreciable rate with additional molecules an example of a protein lig￭ and pair whose binding activity can be described as highly specific is the anti￭ body antigen system conversely an example of a protein lig￭ and system that can bind sub￭ str￭ ates and cataly￭ ze multiple reactions effectively is the cy￭ to￭ ch￭ rome p 450 system which can be considered a promis￭ cu￭ ous enzyme due to its broad specificity for multiple lig￭ ands
the chemical traffic light is the reaction of the changing in color of the solution which also related to the blue bottle experiment one of the early formula consists of glucose sodium hydrox￭ ide indi￭ go car￭ mine and water another formula consists of indi￭ go car￭ mine dy￭ e as￭ cor￭ bic acid vitamin c sodium bic￭ ar￭ bon￭ ate sodium chloride copper ii sul￭ fate sodium hydrox￭ ide and water by doing so chemical waste and the level of corrosive is reduced the amount of solid chemicals dissolved in the experiment could be reduced from 60 grams to 6 grams and the ph could be lowered from 13 to 3 which is easier to neutr￭ alize the ph to 7 by adding b￭ aking soda before disposal also it is safer and the reactions also occur faster and are easier to perform at first all chemicals are added together and the color appears yellow after shaking the color turns green and then changes to red after it is left untouched when further observed the color turns back to yellow which is why the solution is called the chemical traffic light this reaction can be repeated many times but it needs additional oxygen or indi￭ go car￭ mine
chem￭ otherapy induced ac￭ ral er￭ y￭ them￭ a also known as pal￭ mar plan￭ tar er￭ y￭ thro￭ dys￭ esthesia pal￭ mop￭ lan￭ tar er￭ y￭ thro￭ dys￭ esthesia or hand foot syndrome is red￭ dening sw￭ elling num￭ b￭ ness and des￭ qu￭ am￭ ation skin sl￭ ough￭ ing or pe￭ eling on pal￭ ms of the hands and sol￭ es of the feet and occasionally on the knees el￭ bows and elsewhere that can occur after chem￭ otherapy in patients with cancer hand foot syndrome is also rarely seen in sick￭ le cell disease these skin changes usually are well demarc￭ ated ac￭ ral er￭ y￭ them￭ a typically disappears within a few weeks after dis￭ continuation of the offending drug
chem￭ otherapy induced hyper￭ pi￭ gm￭ entation is caused by many chem￭ other￭ apeu￭ tic agents especially the antibiotics ble￭ om￭ y￭ cin and da￭ un￭ or￭ u￭ bic￭ in and the al￭ k￭ yl￭ ating agents cycl￭ op￭ hosp￭ ham￭ ide and bus￭ ul￭ fan
chem￭ o tro￭ p￭ ism is the growth of organisms or parts of an organism including individual cells such as bacteria and plants navi￭ gated by chemical stimulus from outside of the organism or organisms part the response of the organism or organism part is termed ‘ positive ’ if the growth is towards the stimulus or ‘ negative ’ if the growth is away from the stimulus an example of chem￭ o tropic movement can be seen during the growth of the poll￭ en tube where growth is always towards the o￭ vul￭ es it can be also written that conversion of flower into fruit is the example of chem￭ o tro￭ p￭ ism fertili￭ zation of flowers by poll￭ en is achieved because the o￭ vary releases chemicals that produce a positive chem￭ o tropic response from the developing poll￭ en tube an example of positive and negative chem￭ o tro￭ p￭ ism is shown by a plant ’ s roots the roots grow towards useful minerals displaying positive chem￭ o tro￭ p￭ ism and grow away from harmful acids displaying negative chem￭ o tro￭ p￭ ism another example of chem￭ o tropic movement of includes the growth of individual neuro￭ nal cell ax￭ ons in response to extra cellular signals which guide the developing ax￭ on to in￭ nerv￭ ate the correct target tissue also the addition of atmospheric nitrogen also called nitrogen fixation is an example of chem￭ o tro￭ p￭ ism chem￭ o tro￭ p￭ ism is different from chem￭ o￭ tax￭ is the major difference being that chem￭ o tro￭ p￭ ism is related to growth while chem￭ o￭ tax￭ is is related to locomo￭ tion
cherry eye is a disorder of the nic￭ tit￭ ating memb￭ rane nm also called the third eye￭ lid present in the eyes of dogs and cats cherry eye is most often seen in young dogs under the age of two common mis￭ no￭ mers include ad￭ eni￭ tis hyper￭ pl￭ asia aden￭ oma of the g￭ land of the third eye￭ lid however cherry eye is not caused by hyper￭ pl￭ asia ne￭ op￭ la￭ sia or primary infl￭ amm￭ ation in many species the third eye￭ lid plays an essential role in vision by supplying oxygen and nutrients to the eye via tear production normally the g￭ land can ever￭ t without det￭ achment cherry eye results from a defect in the re￭ tin￭ ac￭ ul￭ um which is responsible for anch￭ oring the g￭ land to the peri￭ or￭ bit￭ a this defect causes the g￭ land to pro￭ lapse and pro￭ tru￭ de from the eye as a red fles￭ hy mass problems arise as sensitive tissue dri￭ es out and is subjected to external trauma exposure of the tissue often results in secondary infl￭ amm￭ ation sw￭ elling or infection if left untreated this condition can lead to ker￭ ato￭ con￭ junc￭ ti￭ vi￭ tis sic￭ ca k￭ cs and other complications
cherry an￭ gi￭ om￭ as also known as campbell de morgan spots or sen￭ ile an￭ gi￭ om￭ as are cherry red pap￭ ules on the skin containing an abnormal proliferation of blood vessels they are the most common kind of an￭ gi￭ oma they are called campbell de morgan spots after the nineteenth century british surgeon campbell de morgan who first noted and described them the frequency of cherry an￭ gi￭ om￭ as increases with age
cherry leaf spot is a fun￭ gal disease which inf￭ ects cherries and pl￭ ums sweet and sour cherries are susceptible to the disease however leaf spot is much more prevalent in sour cherries the variety of sour cherries that is the most susceptible are the english mo￭ rel￭ lo cherries this is considered a serious disease in the mid￭ west new england states and canada it has also been estimated to infect 80 percent of orch￭ ards in the eastern states it must be controlled yearly to avoid a significant loss of the crop if not controlled properly the disease can dramatically reduce yields by nearly 100 percent the disease is also known as “ yellow leaf ” or “ sho￭ th￭ ole disease ” to cherry growers due to the characteristic yel￭ lowing leaves and shot holes present in the leaves upon severe infection
cher￭ u￭ b￭ ism is a rare genetic disorder that causes prominence in the lower portion in the face the name is derived from the temporary chu￭ bby chee￭ ked resemblance to pu￭ tti often confused with cher￭ u￭ bs in renaissance paintings
chess equipment are the tangible items required to play a game of chess to have an over the board ot￭ b chess tournament the equipment required includes chess pieces ch￭ ess￭ board chess clock and table a chess player playing a game of online chess correspondence chess computer chess or non tournament chess may choose their own preferred configuration of chess equipment
a chest injury is any form of physical injury to the chest including the ribs heart and lungs chest injuries account for 25 of all deaths from traumatic injury typically chest injuries are caused by blunt mechanisms such as motor vehicle collis￭ ions or penetr￭ ating mechanisms such as stab￭ b￭ ings
chest pain in children is the pain felt in the chest by infants children and adolescents in most cases the pain is not associated with the heart it is primarily identified by the observance or report of pain by the infant child or adoles￭ cent by reports of distress by parents or ca￭ reg￭ i￭ vers chest pain is not un￭ common in children many children are seen in ambul￭ atory clinics emergency departments and hospitals and cardi￭ ology clinics most often there is a benign cause for the pain for most children some have conditions that are serious and possibly life threatening chest pain in pedi￭ atric patients requires careful physical examination and a detailed history that would indicate the possibility of a serious cause studies of pedi￭ atric chest pain are spar￭ se it has been difficult to create evidence based guidelines for evaluation
chev￭ ron nail also known as a her￭ ring￭ bone nail is a rare transi￭ ent finger￭ nail ridge pattern seen in children a ridge arising from the proxim￭ al n￭ ail￭ fold and conver￭ ging in a v shaped pattern towards the mid￭ point dist￭ ally the nail growth pattern has no known association with medical problems and tends to resolve by early adul￭ thood
che￭ win￭ ess is the mouth￭ feel sensation of lab￭ ored chewing due to sustained elastic resistance from the food foods typically considered che￭ wy include car￭ am￭ el rare steak and chewing gum che￭ win￭ ess is empir￭ ically measured by the metr￭ ics of chew count and chew rate
che￭ y￭ ne – st￭ okes respir￭ ation ˈ￭ t￭ ʃ￭ e￭ ɪ￭ n￭ ˈ￭ sto￭ ʊ￭ ks is an abnormal pattern of breathing characterized by progressively deeper and sometimes faster breathing followed by a gradual decrease that results in a temporary stop in breathing called an ap￭ ne￭ a the pattern repeats with each cycle usually taking 30 seconds to 2 minutes it is an osci￭ ll￭ ation of ventilation between ap￭ ne￭ a and hyper￭ p￭ ne￭ a with a cres￭ c￭ endo di￭ minu￭ endo pattern and is associated with changing serum partial pressures of oxygen and carbon dioxide che￭ y￭ ne – st￭ okes respir￭ ation and periodic breathing are the two regions on a spectrum of severity of osci￭ ll￭ atory tidal volume the distinction lies in what is observed at the trou￭ gh of ventilation che￭ y￭ ne – st￭ okes respir￭ ation involves ap￭ ne￭ a since ap￭ ne￭ a is a prominent feature in their original description while periodic breathing involves hypo￭ p￭ ne￭ a abnormally small but not absent bre￭ aths these phenomena can occur during wa￭ ke￭ fulness or during sleep where they are called the central sleep ap￭ ne￭ a syndrome c￭ sas it may be caused by damage to respiratory centers or by physiological ab￭ norm￭ alities in chronic heart failure and is also seen in new￭ bor￭ ns with immature respiratory systems and in visitors new to high al￭ titu￭ des
the chicago union stock yards fire occurred from december 22 to december 23 19￭ 10 and resulted in the deaths of twenty one chicago fire department fire￭ men until september 11 2001 it was the dead￭ liest building collapse in american history in terms of fire￭ fighter fatalities although the texas city disaster of 1947 killed more firefighters overall it remains the worst such incident in chicago history
chick￭ en￭ pox also known as var￭ ic￭ ella is a highly contagious disease caused by the initial infection with var￭ ic￭ ella zo￭ ster virus v￭ z￭ v the disease results in a characteristic skin rash that forms small it￭ chy bl￭ is￭ ters which eventually sc￭ ab over it usually starts on the chest back and face then spreads to the rest of the body other symptoms may include fever feeling tired and headaches symptoms usually last five to ten days complications may occasionally include pneumonia infl￭ amm￭ ation of the brain or bacterial infections of the skin among others the disease is often more severe in adults than children symptoms begin ten to twenty one days after exposure to the virus chick￭ en￭ pox is an airborne disease which spreads easily through the cou￭ ghs and snee￭ zes of an infected person it may be spread from one to two days before the rash appears until all le￭ sions have cru￭ sted over it may also spread through contact with the bl￭ is￭ ters those with sh￭ ing￭ les may spread chick￭ en￭ pox to those who are not immune through contact with the bl￭ is￭ ters the disease can usually be diagnosed based on the presenting symptom however in unusual cases may be confirmed by poly￭ mer￭ ase chain reaction p￭ cr testing of the bl￭ ister fluid or s￭ cab￭ s testing for antibodies may be done to determine if a person is or is not immune people usually only get the disease once although re￭ infections by the virus occur these re￭ infections usually do not cause any symptoms the var￭ ic￭ ella vaccine has resulted in a decrease in the number of cases and complications from the disease it protects about 70 to 90 percent of people from disease with a greater benefit for severe disease routine immun￭ ization of children is recommended in many countries immun￭ ization within three days of exposure may improve outcomes in children treatment of those infected may include calam￭ ine lo￭ tion to help with it￭ ching keeping the finger￭ nails short to decrease injury from scrat￭ ching and the use of par￭ acet￭ am￭ ol acet￭ amin￭ oph￭ en to help with fe￭ vers for those at increased risk of complications anti￭ viral medication such as ac￭ ic￭ lo￭ vi￭ r are recommended chick￭ en￭ pox occurs in all parts of the world as of 2013 140 million cases of chick￭ en￭ pox and her￭ pes zo￭ ster occurred before routine immun￭ ization the number of cases occurring each year was similar to the number of people born since immun￭ ization the number of infections in the united states has decreased nearly 90 in 2013 chick￭ en￭ pox resulted in 7 000 deaths globally – down from 8 900 in 1990 death occurs in about 1 per 60 000 cases chick￭ en￭ pox was not separated from small￭ pox until the late 19 th century in 18￭ 88 its connection to sh￭ ing￭ les was determined the first documented use of the term chicken pox was in 16￭ 58 various explanations have been suggested for the use of chicken in the name one being the relative mil￭ dness of the disease
a chief visionary officer c￭ vo is an executive function in a company like ceo or co￭ o the title is sometimes used to form￭ alize a high level advisory position and other times used to define a higher ranking position than that held by the ceo in some cases the c￭ vo is added to the ceo title for ceo c￭ vo status much in the same way that people with multiple university degrees list them after their names the c￭ vo is expected to have a broad and comprehensive knowledge of all matters related to the business of the organization as well as the vision required to steer its course into the future the person in charge must have the core competencies of every executive and the visionary ideas to move the company forward defining corporate strategies and working plans the role has expanded to include form￭ alizing the company ’ s strategic planning processes forging new working relationships and synergies across the organization and establishing greater transparency and accountability for those people carrying out the company ’ s strategy companies add c￭ vos or consider doing so sometimes interchangeable with c￭ so chief strategy officer to their management teams for several reasons changes to the business landscape — complex organizational structures rapid globalization new regulations the struggle to innovate — make it more difficult for ceos to be on top of everything even in areas as important as strategy execution and vision direction strategy development has become a continuous process and successful execution depends on rapid and effective decision making further as harvard business school professor joseph l bo￭ wer has noted iron fis￭ ted control of execution often elu￭ des the top team ’ s grasp as line executives seek to define strategy on their own terms see bo￭ wer and clark g gil￭ bert ’ s “ how managers ’ everyday decisions create — or destroy — your company ’ s strategy ” february 2007 ein￭ ar st￭ eff￭ er￭ ud co founder and c￭ vo of first virtual holdings in 1994 is usually recognized as the first c￭ vo another early c￭ vo was tim rober￭ ts of broadband investment group rober￭ ts said he invented the title to recognize the visionary attributes needed to integrate a complex business with many diverse aspects rober￭ ts chose the title to define his role in the organization and didn t intend the designation to prolifer￭ ate across the corporate world in the way that it has
a chi￭ gnon is a temporary sw￭ elling left on an infant s head after a vent￭ ouse suc￭ tion cap has been used to deliver him or her it is not a sign of serious injury and may take as little as two hours or as long as two weeks to disappear
chi￭ kun￭ gun￭ ya is an infection caused by the chi￭ kun￭ gun￭ ya virus symptoms include the fever and joint pain these typically occur two to twelve days after exposure other symptoms may include headache muscle pain joint sw￭ elling and a rash most people are better within a week however occasionally the joint pain may last for months the risk of death is around 1 in 1 000 the very young old and those with other health problems are at risk of more severe disease the virus is spread between people by two types of mosquit￭ os a￭ edes al￭ b￭ op￭ ic￭ tus and a￭ edes a￭ egyp￭ ti they mainly bite during the day the virus may circulate within a number of animals including birds and ro￭ dents diagnosis is by either testing the blood for the virus s r￭ na or antibodies to the virus the symptoms can be mistaken for those of den￭ gue fever and zi￭ ka fever after a single infection it is believed most people become immune the best means of prevention is overall mosquito control and the avoidance of bites in areas where the disease is common this may be partly achieved by decreases mosquitoes access to water and with the use of insect rep￭ ell￭ ent and mosquito nets there is no vaccine and no specific treatment as of 2016 recommendations include rest fluids and medications to help with fever and joint pain while the disease typically occurs in africa and asia outbreaks have been reported in europe and the americas since the 2000 s in 2014 more than a million suspected cases occurred in 2014 it was occurring in florida in the continental united states but as of 2016 there was no further locally acquired cases the disease was first identified in 1952 in tanzania the term is from the kim￭ ak￭ on￭ de language and means to become cont￭ or￭ ted
chil￭ ai￭ di￭ ti syndrome is a rare condition when pain occurs due to transposition of a loop of large intest￭ ine usually trans￭ verse col￭ on in between the di￭ aphr￭ ag￭ m and the liver visible on plain ab￭ domin￭ al x ray or chest x ray normally this causes no symptoms and this is called chil￭ ai￭ di￭ ti s sign the sign can be permanently present or spor￭ ad￭ ically this anatom￭ ical variant is sometimes mistaken for the more serious condition of having air under the di￭ aphr￭ ag￭ m pneu￭ m￭ oper￭ it￭ on￭ eu￭ m which is usually an indication of bo￭ wel per￭ for￭ ation possibly leading to surgical interventions chil￭ ai￭ di￭ ti syndrome refers only to complications in the presence of chil￭ ai￭ di￭ ti s sign these include ab￭ domin￭ al pain tor￭ sion of the bo￭ wel trans￭ verse col￭ on vol￭ vul￭ us or short￭ ness of breath
chil￭ bl￭ ain lup￭ us er￭ y￭ them￭ ato￭ sus also known as chil￭ bl￭ ain lup￭ us er￭ y￭ them￭ ato￭ sus of hut￭ chin￭ son is a chronic unre￭ mitting form of lup￭ us er￭ y￭ them￭ ato￭ sus with the finger￭ tips ri￭ ms of ears calves and heels affected especially in women
chil￭ bl￭ ains ˈ￭ t￭ ʃ￭ ɪ￭ l￭ ble￭ ɪ￭ n￭ z — also known as per￭ nio and per￭ ni￭ osis — is a medical condition that occurs when a pre￭ disposed individual is exposed to cold and hum￭ idity causing tissue damage it is often confused with fro￭ st￭ bite and tren￭ ch foot damage to cap￭ ill￭ ary beds in the skin causes red￭ ness it￭ ching infl￭ amm￭ ation and sometimes bl￭ is￭ ters chil￭ bl￭ ains can be reduced by keeping the feet and hands warm in cold weather and avoiding extreme temperature changes chil￭ bl￭ ains can be idi￭ opathic spontaneous and unrelated to another disease but may also be a manifestation of another serious medical condition that needs to be investigated a history of chil￭ bl￭ ains is sugges￭ tive of a connec￭ tive tissue disease such as lup￭ us chil￭ bl￭ ains in infants together with severe neuro￭ logic disease and un￭ explained fe￭ vers can be seen in a￭ ic￭ ardi – gou￭ ti￭ ères syndrome a rare inherited condition
a child bone frac￭ ture is a medical condition in which a bone of a child a person younger than the age of 18 is cracked or broken about 15 of all injuries in children are frac￭ ture injuries bone fractu￭ res in children are different from adult bone fractu￭ res because a child ’ s bones are still growing also more consideration needs to be taken when a child fractu￭ res a bone since it will affect the child in his or her growth
child labor in bolivia is a widespread phenomenon a 2014 document on the worst forms of child labor released by the u s department of labor estimated that approximately 20 2 of children between the ages of 7 and 14 or 388 541 children make up the labor force in bolivia indigenous children are more likely to be engaged in labor than children who reside in urban areas the activities of child labor￭ ers are diverse however the majority of child labor￭ ers are involved in agricultural labor and this activity varies between urban and rural areas bolivia has ratified the united nations convention on the rights of the child in 1990 bolivia has also ratified the international labour organization ’ s minimum age convention 1973 138 and the ilo ’ s worst forms of child labor convention 182 in july 2014 the bolivian government passed the new child and adoles￭ cent code which lowered the minimum working age to ten years old given certain working conditions the new code stipulates that children between the ages of ten and twelve can legally work given they are self employed while children between 12 and 14 may work as contracted labor￭ ers as long as their work does not interfere with their education and they work under parental supervision
child psychop￭ ath￭ ology refers to the scientific study of mental disorders in children and adolescents op￭ posi￭ tional defi￭ ant disorder attention deficit hyper￭ activity disorder and au￭ tism spectrum disorder are examples of psychop￭ ath￭ ology that are typically first diagnosed during childhood mental health providers who work with children and adolescents are informed by research in developmental psychology clinical child psychology and family systems lists of child and adult mental disorders can be found in the international statistical classification of diseases and related health problems 10 th edition ic￭ d 10 published by the world health organization who and in the diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders fifth edition dsm 5 published by the american psychiatric association ap￭ a in addition the diagnostic classification of mental health and developmental disorders of infancy and early childhood dc 0 3 r is used in assessing mental health and developmental disorders in children up to age five
child sexual abuse accommodation syndrome c￭ sa￭ as is a syndrome proposed by ro￭ land c summit in 1983 to describe how he believed sexually abused children responded to ongoing sexual abuse summit described how children try to resolve the experience of sexual abuse in relation to the effects of disclosure in real life he pos￭ ited five stages 1 secrecy 2 helplessness 3 entr￭ ap￭ ment and accommodation 4 delayed disclosure 5 re￭ traction according to mary de young c￭ sa￭ as featured heavily in the day care sex abuse hysteria of the 1980 s and 1990 s because it pur￭ ports to explain both delayed disclosures and withdrawals of false allegation of child sexual abuse de young argued that c￭ sa￭ as is used to justify any statement made by a child as an indication that sexual abuse had occurred because immediate disclosure could be an indication of abuse but also delayed disclosure withdrawal and sustained denial margaret shi￭ u wrote in 2009 that there is empirical evidence to support both the scientific validity of c￭ sa￭ as and the tendency for sexually abused children to rec￭ ant their allegations of c￭ sa child sexual abuse shi￭ u concluded that it is therefore time for courts to stop doub￭ ting the scientific validity of c￭ sa￭ as
child sexual abuse is a major problem in india this page is a compilation of statistics and major incidents and policy developments around the issue of child sexual abuse in india
childbirth also known as labour and delivery is the ending of a pregnancy by one or more babies leaving a woman s uter￭ us in 2015 there were about 135 million births globally about 15 million were born before 37 weeks of gest￭ ation while between 3 and 12 were born after 42 weeks in the developed world most deliveries occur in hospital while in the developing world most births take place at home with the support of a traditional birth attendant the most common way of childbirth is a vag￭ inal delivery it involves three stages of labour the shortening and opening of the cer￭ vi￭ x descent and birth of the baby and the pushing out of the plac￭ enta the first stage typically lasts twelve to nine￭ teen hours the second stage twenty minutes to two hours and the third stage five to thirty minutes the first stage begins with cr￭ amp￭ y ab￭ domin￭ al or back pains that last around half a minute and occur every ten to thirty minutes the cr￭ amp￭ y pains become stronger and closer together over time during the second stage pushing with contr￭ actions may occur in the third stage delayed clam￭ ping of the um￭ bil￭ ical cord is generally recommended a number of methods can help with pain such as relaxation techniques op￭ io￭ ids and spinal blocks most babies are born head first however about 4 are born feet or but￭ to￭ ck first known as bre￭ ech during labour a women can generally eat and move around as she likes pushing is not recommended during the first stage or during delivery of the head and enem￭ as are not recommended while making a cut to the opening of the vag￭ ina is common known as an ep￭ is￭ io￭ tomy it is generally not needed in 2012 about 23 million deliveries occurred by a surgical procedure known as ca￭ es￭ are￭ an section ca￭ es￭ are￭ an sections may be recommended for twins signs of distress in the baby or bre￭ ech position this method of delivery can take longer to heal from each year complications from pregnancy and childbirth result in about 500 000 maternal deaths 7 million women have serious long term problems and 50 million women have health negative outcomes following delivery most of these occur in the developing world specific complications include obstructed labour post￭ par￭ tum bleeding ec￭ lam￭ p￭ sia and post￭ par￭ tum infection complications in the baby include birth as￭ phy￭ x￭ ia
childhood absence epi￭ le￭ psy ca￭ e also known as py￭ kno￭ le￭ psy is an idi￭ opathic generalized epi￭ le￭ psy which occurs in otherwise normal children the age of onset is between 4 – 10 years with peak age between 5 – 7 years children have absence seizures which although brief 4 – 20 seconds they occur frequently sometimes in the hundreds per day the absence seizures of ca￭ e involve abrupt and severe impairment of consciousness mild autom￭ atis￭ ms are frequent but major motor involvement early in the course excludes this diagnosis the eeg demonstrates characteristic typical 3 h￭ z spike wave discharges prog￭ no￭ sis is excellent in well defined cases of ca￭ e with most patients growing out of their epi￭ le￭ psy
juvenile ar￭ thri￭ tis also known as childhood ar￭ thri￭ tis ja is any form of ar￭ thri￭ tis or ar￭ thri￭ tis related conditions which affects individuals under the age of 16 juvenile ar￭ thri￭ tis is a chronic auto￭ immune disease affecting approximately 294 000 – 250 000 children and teens making juvenile ar￭ thri￭ tis one of the most common childhood diseases in the us three classifications of juvenile ar￭ thri￭ tis exist — juvenile r￭ heu￭ mato￭ id ar￭ thri￭ tis j￭ ra juvenile chronic ar￭ thri￭ tis j￭ ca and juvenile idi￭ opathic ar￭ thri￭ tis j￭ ia of which juvenile r￭ heu￭ mato￭ id ar￭ thri￭ tis is the most common three main types of j￭ ra exist and classification is based upon symptoms number of joints involved and the presence of antibodies in the blood poly￭ artic￭ ular ar￭ thri￭ tis is the first type of ar￭ thri￭ tis which affects about 30 – 40 of children with ar￭ thri￭ tis and is more common in girls than boys typically five or more joints are affected usually smaller joints such as the hands and feet but many also affect the hips neck shoulders and jaw oligo￭ artic￭ ular pau￭ ci￭ artic￭ ular ar￭ thri￭ tis can be early or late onset and is the second type of ar￭ thri￭ tis affecting about 50 of children with juvenile ar￭ thri￭ tis this type affects fewer than four joints usually the large joints such as knees an￭ kles or w￭ rists and may cause eye infl￭ amm￭ ation in girls with positive anti nuclear antibodies ana girls younger than eight are more likely to develop this type of ar￭ thri￭ tis systemic is the final classification of j￭ ra where 10 – 20 of children boys and girls equally are affected with limited movement sw￭ elling and pain in at least one joint a common symptom of this type of ar￭ thri￭ tis is a high spi￭ king fever of 103 ° f 39 4 ° c or higher lasting for weeks or months and a rash of pale red spots on the chest thi￭ ghs or other parts of the body may also be visible in most cases juvenile ar￭ thri￭ tis is caused by the body attacking its own healthy cells and tissues causing the joint to become infl￭ amed and stiff once the joint has become infl￭ amed and stiff damage is done to the joint and the growth of the joint may by changed or impaired early diagnosis and treatment by a paediatric r￭ heu￭ mato￭ logist or a r￭ heu￭ mato￭ logist can help manage infl￭ amm￭ ation relieve pain and prevent joint damage careful examination laboratory tests blood and urine and x rays may be some of the tests conducted by a doctor the treatment of juvenile ar￭ thri￭ tis may include medications therapy spl￭ in￭ ts and in severe cases surgery these treatments are focused on reducing sw￭ elling relieving pain and maintaining full movement of joints children are encouraged to be involved in extra curricul￭ ar activities physical activity when possible and to live a normal life
childhood blindness is an important cause contributing to the burden of blindness blindness in children can be defined as a visual acu￭ ity of 3 60 in the eye with better vision of a child under 16 years of age this generally means that the child cannot see something three feet about one meter away that another child could see if it was 60 feet about 20 meters away
childhood cancer also known as pedi￭ atric cancer is cancer in a child in the united states an arbitrarily adopted standard of the ages used are 0 – 14 years inclusive that is up to 14 years 11 9 months of age however the definition of childhood cancer sometimes includes young adults between 15 – 19 years old pedi￭ atric on￭ co￭ logy is the branch of medicine concerned with the diagnosis and treatment of cancer in children worldwide it is estimated that childhood cancer has an incidence of more than 175 000 per year and a mortality rate of approximately 96 000 per year in developed countries childhood cancer has a mortality of approximately 20 of cases in low resource settings on the other hand mortality is approximately 80 or even 90 in the world s poorest countries in many developed countries the incidence is slowly increasing as rates of childhood cancer increased by 0 6 per year between 1975 and 2002 in the united states and by 1 1 per year between 1978 and 1997 in europe
childhood cat￭ ar￭ act is cat￭ ar￭ act that occurs at birth or in childhood it may be con￭ genital or acquired
some common childhood onset chronic illnesses are c￭ ys￭ tic fi￭ bro￭ sis cere￭ br￭ al pal￭ sy juvenile diabetes juvenile r￭ heu￭ mato￭ id ar￭ thri￭ tis and cancer chronic illness is often a risk factor for developing psychop￭ ath￭ o￭ logies due to the psychological toll it takes on the children and their developing brains approximately 10 million children in the united states suffer from a childhood onset chronic illness
the childhood dis￭ integr￭ ative disorder c￭ dd also known as hel￭ ler s syndrome and dis￭ integr￭ ative psycho￭ sis is a rare condition characterized by late onset of developmental delays — or stunning re￭ vers￭ als — in language social function and motor skills researchers have not been successful in finding a cause for the disorder c￭ dd has some similarity to au￭ tism and is sometimes considered a low functioning form of it in may 2013 the term c￭ dd along with other types of au￭ tism was f￭ used into a single diagnostic term called au￭ tism spectrum disorder under the new dsm 5 manual therefore c￭ dd is now also called regressive au￭ tism being that this term can now refer to any type of au￭ tism spectrum disorder that involves regression including c￭ dd c￭ dd was originally described by austrian educ￭ ator theod￭ or hel￭ ler 18￭ 69 – 1938 in 19￭ 08 35 years before leo k￭ ann￭ er and hans asper￭ ger described au￭ tism hel￭ ler had previously used the name dementia inf￭ anti￭ lis for the syndrome an apparent period of fairly normal development is often noted before a regression in skills or a series of regres￭ sions in skills the age at which this regression can occur varies but typically after 3 years of normal development the regression can be so dramatic that the child may be aware of it and may in its beginning even ask vocally what is happening to her him some children describe or appear to be reacting to halluc￭ inations but the most obvious symptom is that skills apparently attained are lost many children are already somewhat delayed when the disorder becomes apparent but these delays are not always obvious in young children this has been described by many writers as a devastating condition affecting both the family and the individual s future as is the case with all pervasive developmental disorder categories there is considerable controversy about the right treatment for c￭ dd
childhood gender non￭ conformity c￭ gn is a phenomenon in which pre￭ pu￭ bes￭ cent children do not conform to expected gender related soci￭ ological or psychological patterns or identify with the opposite sex gender typical behavior among those who exhibit the phenomenon includes but is not limited to a propensity to cross dress refusal to take part in activities conventi￭ onally thought suitable for the gender and the exclusive choice of play mates of the opposite sex multiple studies have correlated childhood gender non￭ conformity with eventual homosexuality in these studies a majority of those who identify as gay or lesbian self report being gender non￭ conforming as children the therapeutic community is currently divided on the proper response to childhood gender non￭ conformity one study suggested that childhood gender non￭ conformity is her￭ itable
childhood leuk￭ emia is a type of leuk￭ emia usually acute lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tic leuk￭ emia all and a type of childhood cancer the cure rate of childhood leuk￭ emia is generally higher than adult leuk￭ emia approaching 90 although some side effects of treatment last into adul￭ thood the older aggressive treatments of cran￭ ial irradiation and anth￭ rac￭ ycl￭ ines such as do￭ x￭ or￭ u￭ bic￭ in caused increased risk of solid tumors heart failure growth retar￭ dation and cognitive defects leuk￭ emia is a hem￭ at￭ ological m￭ align￭ ancy or a cancer of the blood it develops in the bone marrow the soft inner part of bones where new blood cells are made when a child has leuk￭ emia the bone marrow produces white blood cells that do not mature correctly normal healthy cells only reproduce when there is enough space for them the body will regulate the production of cells by sending signals of when to stop production when a child has leuk￭ emia the cells do not respond to the signals telling them when to stop and when to produce cells regardless of the available space
childhood obesity is a condition where excess body fat negatively affects a child s health or well being as methods to determine body fat directly are difficult the diagnosis of obesity is often based on b￭ mi due to the rising prevalence of obesity in children and its many adverse health effects it is being recognized as a serious public health concern the term overweight rather than ob￭ ese is often used in children as it is less stigmati￭ zing
childhood r￭ hab￭ dom￭ y￭ os￭ ar￭ coma is a cancer that develops out of the cells that form sk￭ el￭ etal muscles these cells are called r￭ hab￭ dom￭ yo￭ bl￭ asts this type of m￭ align￭ ant cancer is seen most commonly in children and adolescents this is most commonly seen in the head and neck however it can be found almost anywhere in the body
childhood tumor syndrome is a condition characterized by ax￭ ill￭ ary f￭ reck￭ ling neuro￭ fi￭ bro￭ mas and or cns gli￭ om￭ as
child￭ lessness is the term for people men and women having no children child￭ lessness may have personal social and or political significance
children in jail in the philippines is a significant problem according to amnesty international over 50 000 children in the philippines have been arrested and detained since 1995 torture rape and other forms of cruel and inhumane treatment are a part of everyday life for those children while they re incarcer￭ ated most are charged with minor crimes such as petty theft sni￭ ffing solvents and vag￭ ran￭ cy
the impressive fri￭ gate chile was built 18￭ 40 in bor￭ deaux france by order of the chilean government but without building supervision the use of poorly dried timber that had been fel￭ led outside the normal winter season was the main cause of rot damage she saw little active service after the first voyage to cal￭ la￭ o the crew was reduced to 50 from 300 men and 18￭ 41 she should be dis￭ armed for reasons of economy but because of the tensions between per￭ ú and bolivia after the war of the confederation see battle of ing￭ avi she was ref￭ itted again during the time the fri￭ gate was comman￭ ded by rober￭ to simpson francisco hudson was employed on board in 18￭ 47 she was damaged by a fire on board of a neighboring sal￭ peter ship and she be￭ ached in val￭ par￭ a￭ í￭ so as she attempted to exit the harbor after a few years she was relegated to the role of pon￭ to￭ on and later as training ship for the nautical school of the chilean navy until 1858
chi￭ lo￭ te school of religious imag￭ ery — spanish es￭ cu￭ ela chi￭ lo￭ ta de imagin￭ er￭ ía religi￭ osa — is an artistic and cultural manifestation that was developed during the 17 th century on the basis of the circular movement of ev￭ angeli￭ zing established by the jes￭ uit mission￭ aries and reaches its climax in the late 19 th century its character of school lies in that these sculp￭ tures shape a type that altered the typical ar￭ che￭ typ￭ al of american and spanish bar￭ o￭ que imag￭ ery as a product of cultural syn￭ cre￭ tism and mis￭ ce￭ gen￭ ation the works of this school was developed locally and are characterized by the combination and adaptation of european latin american and indigenous features this artistic expression differs from penins￭ ular qu￭ ite￭ ña or cu￭ z￭ que￭ ña artistic production it can appreciate remarkable differences in technique materials and style
chim￭ ney sweep s cancer also called so￭ ot wart is a squ￭ am￭ ous cell carcin￭ oma of the skin of the scro￭ tum it has the distinction of being the first reported form of occupational cancer and was initially identified by per￭ ci￭ v￭ all pot￭ t in 17￭ 75 it was initially noticed as being prevalent amongst chim￭ ney swe￭ eps
the people s republic of china compe￭ ted at the 1984 summer olympics in los angeles united states it was the first appearance at the summer games for prc after its symbolic presence at the summer games in 1952 during which the dispute between ro￭ c and prc had started over the name of china and resulted in withdrawing all its athletes by ro￭ c since then until these games the communist prc boyco￭ tted the games due to the taiwan s presence as the republic of china in 1984 the republic of china compe￭ ted as chinese taipei and the prc compe￭ ted as china 215 competitors 132 men and 83 women took part in 105 events in 19 sports the first gold medal to be awarded at the los angeles olympics was also the first ever medal to be won by an athlete from china when x￭ u ha￭ if￭ eng won the 50 m pistol event li ning won also 6 medals in g￭ ym￭ nas￭ tics 3 gold 2 silver and 1 bron￭ ze earning him the nickname prince of g￭ ym￭ n￭ asts in china
chinese foreign marriages in mainland china are a recent phenomenon and as china glob￭ alises will become increasingly common from the founding of the people ’ s republic of china prc in 1949 until the early 1990 s chinese foreign marriages were seen as outside the norm while data from the prc ’ s ministry of civil affairs indicates that the number of couples registering a chinese foreign marriage in mainland china was almost ten times greater in 2010 than in 1979 the figures for registered chinese foreign marriages are still relatively small compared to couples registered in a domestic marriage the data also suggests that most chinese foreign marriages are intra national rather than international in character an article published by elaine jeff￭ re￭ ys and wang pan ‘ chinese foreign marriage in mainland china ’ in the university no￭ ttin￭ gham ’ s china policy institute blo￭ g notes that “ the most common type of chinese foreign marriage registered in mainland china until the late 2000 s was between a mainland chinese woman and a man from hong kong macao or taiwan ” the article also reveals that these types of marriages are more common in chinese women than they are in men the article states “ over 8 000 women registered such a marriage in 1979 that figure rose to nearly 68 000 women in 2001 declining to below 40 000 in 2010 less than in the mid 1990 s the proportion of men from mainland china registering a marriage with a foreign bride in mainland china is low 250 men in 1979 rising to a peak of around 20 000 men in 2005 and declining to less than 12 000 in 2010 ”
the chinese opening often chinese fus￭ e￭ ki japanese 中￭ 国￭ 流￭ 布￭ 石 ch￭ ū￭ go￭ kur￭ y￭ ū fus￭ e￭ ki chinese 中￭ 国￭ 流￭ 布￭ 局 zh￭ ō￭ ng￭ gu￭ ó￭ li￭ ú b￭ ù￭ j￭ ú is an opening pattern in the game of go it refers to the placement of black 1 black 3 and black 5 at the start of the game and so depending on white s plays is a complex of whole board go openings it is distinguished by rapid development on the side rather than making a corner en￭ closure it has a fairly long history originally used by japanese player ha￭ jim￭ e yas￭ un￭ aga and introduced to chinese go at a later stage but the chinese player chen zu￭ de pione￭ ered it in top level play the chinese style became very popular in japan from about 1970 onwards and has by go standards a thoroughly researched theory it has two variants high with 5 in the diag￭ ram on the fourth line and low as depicted there is also a so called mini chinese fus￭ e￭ ki an attack against the opponent s corner and placement of a stone mid￭ way between the attacking stone and a friendly corner these are now amongst the most important patterns in go opening theory
a chip famine is a phenomenon in the integrated circuit chip industry that appears approximately every four years where demand for silicon chips out￭ strips supply
ch￭ lam￭ y￭ dia infection often simply known as ch￭ lam￭ y￭ dia is a sexually transmitted infection caused by the bacter￭ ium ch￭ lam￭ y￭ dia tr￭ ach￭ om￭ atis most people who are infected have no symptoms when symptoms do develop this can take a few weeks following infection to occur symptoms in women may include vag￭ inal discharge or burning with ur￭ ination symptoms in men may include discharge from the penis burning with ur￭ ination or pain and sw￭ elling of one or both tes￭ tic￭ les the infection can spread to the upper genital tract in women causing pel￭ vic infl￭ am￭ matory disease which may result in future in￭ fertility or ec￭ topic pregnancy repeated infections of the eyes that go without treatment can result in tr￭ ach￭ oma a common cause of blindness in the developing world ch￭ lam￭ y￭ dia can be spread during vag￭ inal anal or oral sex and can be passed from an infected mother to her baby during childbirth the eye infections may also be spread by personal contact flies and contaminated to￭ wels in areas with poor sanitation ch￭ lam￭ y￭ dia tr￭ ach￭ om￭ atis only occurs in humans diagnosis is often by screening which is recommended yearly in sexually active women under the age of twenty five others at higher risk and at the first pre￭ natal visit testing can be done on the urine or a sw￭ ab of the cer￭ vi￭ x vag￭ ina or u￭ re￭ th￭ ra rec￭ tal or mouth sw￭ abs are required to diagnose infections in those areas prevention is by not having sex using condoms or having sex with only one other person who is not infected ch￭ lam￭ y￭ dia can be cured by antibiotics with typically either azi￭ thro￭ my￭ cin or do￭ xy￭ cycl￭ ine being used er￭ y￭ thro￭ my￭ cin or azi￭ thro￭ my￭ cin is recommended in babies and during pregnancy sexual partners should also be treated and the infected people advised not to have sex for seven days and until symptom free gon￭ or￭ rhe￭ a sy￭ phil￭ is and hiv should be tested for in those who have been infected following treatment people should be tested again after three months ch￭ lam￭ y￭ dia is one of the most common sexually transmitted infections worldwide affecting about 4 2 of women and 2 7 of men in 2013 about 141 million new cases occurred globally in the united states about 1 4 million cases were reported in 2014 infections are most common among those between the ages of 15 and 25 and are more common in women than men in 2013 infections resulted in about 1 100 deaths the word ch￭ lam￭ y￭ dia is from the greek χ￭ λα￭ μ￭ ύ￭ δ￭ α meaning cloak
chlor￭ ac￭ ne is an ac￭ ne like eruption of black￭ heads cy￭ sts and pu￭ st￭ ules associated with over exposure to certain halogenated aromatic compounds such as chlorinated dioxins and di￭ benz￭ of￭ ur￭ ans the le￭ sions are most frequently found on the cheeks behind the ears in the ar￭ mp￭ its and gro￭ in region the condition was first described in german industrial workers in 18￭ 97 by si￭ eg￭ fried bet￭ tmann and was initially believed to be caused by exposure to chlorine hence the name chlor￭ ac￭ ne it was only in the mid 1950 s that chlor￭ ac￭ ne was associated with aromatic hydrocarbons the substances that may cause chlor￭ ac￭ ne are now collectively known as chlor￭ ac￭ neg￭ ens chlor￭ ac￭ ne is particularly linked to toxic exposure to dioxins by￭ products of many chemical processes including the manufacture of her￭ bic￭ ides such as agent orange — so much so that it is considered a clinical sign of dioxin exposure the severity and onset of chlor￭ ac￭ ne may follow a typical as￭ ymp￭ to￭ tic dose response relationship curve
chlorine gas poisoning is illness resulting from the effects of exposure to chlorine beyond the threshold limit value
chlor￭ op￭ last capture is an evolutionary phenomenon that an inter species hybri￭ di￭ zation and subsequent back￭ crossing genetic exchanges would yield a plant with new genetic combination for instance 1 species a s having chlor￭ op￭ last genome a and nuclear genome aa poll￭ en is hybri￭ di￭ ze back￭ cross to species b s b and bb ov￭ ule then 1 st hybrid f 1 with chlor￭ op￭ last genome b and nuclear genome a 50 and b 50 comes 2 species a s poll￭ en is again hybri￭ di￭ ze back￭ cross to f 1 s ov￭ ule then 2 nd hybrid f 2 with chlor￭ op￭ last genome b and nuclear genome a 75 and b 25 comes 3 species a s poll￭ en is again hybri￭ di￭ ze back￭ cross to f 2 s ov￭ ule then 3 rd hybrid f 3 with chlor￭ op￭ last genome b and nuclear genome a 87 5 and b 12 5 comes 4 after some generations a plant with new genetic combination chlor￭ op￭ last genome b and nuclear genome a will rise
in bot￭ any chlor￭ osis is a condition in which leaves produce insufficient chlor￭ op￭ hy￭ ll as chlor￭ op￭ hy￭ ll is responsible for the green color of leaves chlor￭ otic leaves are pale yellow or yellow white the affected plant has little or no ability to manufacture carbo￭ hydr￭ ates through photo￭ synthesis and may die unless the cause of its chlor￭ op￭ hy￭ ll in￭ sufficiency is treated although some chlor￭ otic plants such as the al￭ bin￭ o arab￭ id￭ op￭ sis th￭ ali￭ ana mut￭ ant ppi 2 are viable if supplied with exo￭ genous sucrose chlor￭ osis is derived from the greek kh￭ lor￭ os meaning green￭ ish yellow pale green pale pal￭ lid or fresh in vi￭ ticulture the most common symptom of poor nutrition in gra￭ pe￭ vines is the yel￭ lowing of grape leaves caused by chlor￭ osis and the subsequent loss of chlor￭ op￭ hy￭ ll this is often seen in vineyard soils that are high in lime￭ stone such as the italian wine region of bar￭ olo in the pi￭ ed￭ mont the spanish wine region of rioja and the french wine regions of champagne and burg￭ und￭ y in these soils the gra￭ pe￭ vine often struggles to pull sufficient levels of iron which is a needed component in the production of chlor￭ op￭ hy￭ ll
cho￭ anal at￭ re￭ sia is a con￭ genital disorder where the back of the nas￭ al passage cho￭ ana is blocked usually by abnormal bon￭ y or soft tissue memb￭ ran￭ ous due to failed rec￭ an￭ alization of the nas￭ al fo￭ s￭ sa￭ e during fe￭ tal development
a choice function selec￭ tor selection is a mathematical function f that is defined on some collection x of non￭ empty sets and as￭ signs to each set s in that collection some element f s of s in other words f is a choice function for x if and only if it belongs to the direct product of x
in firearms a choke is a tap￭ ered con￭ stric￭ tion of a shotgun barrel s bore at the mu￭ zzle end cho￭ kes are almost always used with modern hunting and target shot￭ guns to improve performance its purpose is to shape the spread of the shot in order to gain better range and accuracy cho￭ kes are implemented as either screw in cho￭ kes selected for particular applications or as fixed permanent cho￭ kes integral to the shotgun barrel cho￭ kes may be formed at the time of manufacture either as part of the barrel by squeezing the end of the bore down over a man￭ dre￭ l or by th￭ reading the barrel and screwing in an interchangeable choke tube cho￭ kes may also be formed even after a barrel is manufactured by increasing the diameter of the bore inside a barrel creating what is called a ju￭ g choke or by installing screw in cho￭ kes within a barrel however implemented a choke typically consists of a con￭ ical section that smoothly tap￭ ers from the bore diameter down to the choke diameter followed by a cylin￭ dr￭ ical section of the choke diameter bri￭ ley manufacturing one maker of interchangeable shotgun cho￭ kes uses a con￭ ical portion about 3 times the bore diameter in length so that the shot is gradually squeezed down with minimal de￭ formation the cylin￭ dr￭ ical section is shorter usually 0 6 to 0 75 inches 15 to 19 mm the use of interchangeable cho￭ kes allows tuning the performance of a given combination of shotgun and shot￭ shell to achieve a desired level of performance
choke is a condition in horses in which the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus is blocked usually by food material although the horse is still able to breathe it is unable to swallow and may become severely dehydrated a secondary condition aspiration pneumonia may also develop if food material and sali￭ va accumulate in the phar￭ yn￭ x spilling into the trac￭ hea and into the lungs choke is one of the top 10 emergencies received by equine veterinarians the condition is seen in other equidae like mul￭ es and don￭ keys
cho￭ ked flow is a com￭ pres￭ sible flow effect the parameter that becomes cho￭ ked or limited is the fluid velocity cho￭ ked flow is a fluid dynamic condition associated with the vent￭ uri effect when a flowing fluid at a given pressure and temperature passes through a restriction such as the throat of a conver￭ gent divergent no￭ zzle or a valve in a pipe into a lower pressure environment the fluid velocity increases at initially subs￭ onic upstream conditions the conservation of mass principle requires the fluid velocity to increase as it flows through the smaller cross sectional area of the restriction at the same time the vent￭ uri effect causes the static pressure and therefore the density to decrease downstream beyond the restriction cho￭ ked flow is a limiting condition where the mass flow will not increase with a further decrease in the downstream pressure environment while upstream pressure is fixed note that the limited parameter is velocity and thus mass flow can be increased with increased upstream pressure increased fluid density for homogeneous fluids the physical point at which the choking occurs for adi￭ ab￭ atic conditions is when the exit plane velocity is at son￭ ic conditions i e at a m￭ ach number of 1 at cho￭ ked flow the mass flow rate can be increased only by increasing density upstream and at the choke point the cho￭ ked flow of gases is useful in many engineering applications because the mass flow rate is independent of the downstream pressure and depends only on the temperature and pressure and hence the density of the gas on the upstream side of the restriction under cho￭ ked conditions valves and calibr￭ ated ori￭ fice plates can be used to produce a desired mass flow rate
in the dun￭ geons drag￭ ons fantasy ro￭ le￭ playing game the cho￭ ker is an aberr￭ ation it can be used by dun￭ geon masters as an enemy or ally of the player characters
choking is the mechanical obstruction of the flow of air from the environment into the lungs choking prevents breathing and can be partial or complete with partial choking allowing some although inadequate flow of air into the lungs prolonged or complete choking results in as￭ phy￭ x￭ ia which leads to an￭ ox￭ ia and is potentially fatal oxygen stored in the blood and lungs can keep a person alive for several minutes after breathing stops choking can be caused by physical obstruction of the air￭ way by a foreign body respiratory diseases that involve obstruction of the air￭ way compression of the lar￭ yn￭ g￭ op￭ har￭ yn￭ x lar￭ yn￭ x or vertebr￭ ate trac￭ hea in strang￭ ulation lar￭ yn￭ go￭ sp￭ asm a temporary closing of the vocal cords which simul￭ ates the feeling of choking obstruction of the air￭ way can occur at the level of the phar￭ yn￭ x or the trac￭ hea foods that can adapt their shape to that of the phar￭ yn￭ x such as bananas marsh￭ m￭ allows or gelat￭ inous can￭ dies can be a danger not just for children but for persons of any age choking due to a foreign object resulted in 162 000 deaths in 2013 up from 140 000 deaths in 1990
chol￭ an￭ gi￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma or bile duc￭ t cancer is a form of cancer that is composed of mut￭ ated epi￭ the￭ li￭ al cells or cells showing characteristics of epi￭ the￭ li￭ al differentiation that originate in the bile duc￭ ts which drain bile from the liver into the small intest￭ ine other bi￭ li￭ ary tract cancers include gall￭ blad￭ der cancer and cancer of the am￭ pul￭ la of v￭ ater chol￭ an￭ gi￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma is a relatively rare ne￭ op￭ las￭ m that is classified as an aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma a cancer that forms g￭ lands or secre￭ tes significant amounts of m￭ uc￭ ins it has an annual incidence rate of 1 – 2 cases per 100 000 in the western world but rates of chol￭ an￭ gi￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma have been rising worldwide over the past few decades prominent signs and symptoms of chol￭ an￭ gi￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma include abnormal liver function tests ab￭ domin￭ al pain ja￭ und￭ ice and weight loss other symptoms such as generalized it￭ ching fever and changes in color of sto￭ ol or urine may also occur the disease is diagnosed through a combination of blood tests imaging endo￭ sco￭ py and sometimes surgical exploration with confirmation obtained after a patho￭ logist examines cells from the tumor under a micro￭ scope known risk factors for chol￭ an￭ gi￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma include primary s￭ cl￭ ero￭ sing chol￭ an￭ gi￭ tis an infl￭ am￭ matory disease of the bile duc￭ ts infection with the par￭ asi￭ tic liver flu￭ kes op￭ is￭ thor￭ ch￭ is vi￭ ver￭ r￭ ini or cl￭ on￭ orch￭ is sin￭ ensis some con￭ genital liver mal￭ formations and exposure to thor￭ o￭ tr￭ ast th￭ orium dioxide a chemical formerly used in medical imaging however most people with chol￭ an￭ gi￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma have no identifiable risk factors chol￭ an￭ gi￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma is considered to be an incur￭ able and rapidly lethal cancer unless both the primary tumor and any me￭ tast￭ ases can be fully removed by surgery no potentially cur￭ ative treatment exists except surgery but most people have advanced stage disease at presentation and are in￭ oper￭ able at the time of diagnosis people with chol￭ an￭ gi￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma are generally managed though not cured with chem￭ otherapy radiation therapy and other palliative care measures these are also used as additional therapies after surgery in cases where res￭ ection has apparently been successful or nearly so
chol￭ an￭ gi￭ os￭ ar￭ coma is a tumor of the connec￭ tive tissues of the bile duc￭ ts primary risk factors for chol￭ an￭ gi￭ os￭ ar￭ coma are primary s￭ cl￭ ero￭ sing chol￭ an￭ gi￭ tis and infection by cl￭ on￭ orch￭ is sin￭ ensis a flu￭ ke found in under￭ cooked fish
chol￭ ec￭ y￭ sti￭ tis is infl￭ amm￭ ation of the gall￭ blad￭ der symptoms include right upper ab￭ domin￭ al pain naus￭ ea v￭ om￭ iting and occasionally fever often acute chol￭ ec￭ y￭ ti￭ tis is proceeded by gall￭ blad￭ der attacks the pain however lasts longer than is typical in a gall￭ blad￭ der attack without appropriate treatment recurrent episodes of chol￭ ec￭ y￭ sti￭ tis are common acute chol￭ ec￭ y￭ sti￭ tis may be complicated by gall￭ stone pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis common bile duc￭ t stones or infl￭ amm￭ ation of the common bile duc￭ t more than 90 of the time acute chol￭ ec￭ y￭ sti￭ tis is from block￭ age of the bile duc￭ t by a gall￭ stone risk factors for gall￭ stones include birth control pills pregnancy a family history of gall￭ stones obesity diabetes liver disease or rapid weight loss occasionally acute chol￭ ec￭ y￭ sti￭ tis occur as a result of vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis chem￭ otherapy or during recovery from major trauma or burns chol￭ ec￭ y￭ sti￭ tis is suspected based on symptoms and laboratory testing ab￭ domin￭ al ul￭ tras￭ ound is then typically used to confirm the diagnosis treatment is usually with l￭ apar￭ o￭ scopic gall￭ blad￭ der removal within 24 hours if possible taking pictures of the bile duc￭ ts during the surgery is recommended the routine use of antibiotics is controversial they are recommended if surgery cannot occur in a timely manner or if the case is complicated if there are also stones in the common bile duc￭ t these can either be removed before surgery by er￭ cp or during surgery in those unable to have surgery gall￭ blad￭ der drainage may be tried about 10 15 of adults in the developed world have gall￭ stones women more commonly have stones than men and they occur more commonly after the age of 40 certain ethnic groups are more often affected with for example 48 of american indians having gall￭ stones of those with stones 1 4 have bi￭ li￭ ary col￭ ic each year of those with bi￭ li￭ ary col￭ ic about 20 without treatment develop acute chol￭ ec￭ y￭ sti￭ tis once the gall￭ blad￭ der is removed outcomes are generally good without treatment chronic chol￭ ec￭ y￭ sti￭ tis may occur the word is from greek chol￭ ec￭ y￭ st meaning gall￭ blad￭ der and i￭ tis meaning infl￭ amm￭ ation
cho￭ le￭ do￭ ch￭ al cy￭ sts aka bile duc￭ t cyst are con￭ genital conditions involving c￭ ys￭ tic di￭ lat￭ ation of bile duc￭ ts they are un￭ common in western countries but not as rare in east asian nations like japan and china
chol￭ emia is a condition caused by the presence of excess bile in the blood its symptoms can include som￭ no￭ l￭ ence drow￭ sin￭ ess and in extreme cases coma it is often a sign of liver disease
cholera is an infection of the small intest￭ ine by some strains of the bacter￭ ium vi￭ bri￭ o ch￭ oler￭ ae symptoms may range from none to mild to severe the classic symptom is large amounts of wat￭ ery diarr￭ hea that lasts a few days v￭ om￭ iting and muscle cram￭ ps may also occur diarr￭ hea can be so severe that it leads within hours to severe dehydr￭ ation and electro￭ ly￭ te imbalance this may result in sun￭ ken eyes cold skin decreased skin el￭ as￭ tic￭ ity and wr￭ ink￭ ling of the hands and feet the dehydr￭ ation may result in the skin turning blu￭ ish symptoms start two hours to five days after exposure cholera is caused by a number of types of vi￭ bri￭ o ch￭ oler￭ ae with some types producing more severe disease than others it is spread mostly by unsafe water and unsafe food that has been contaminated with human f￭ ec￭ es containing the bacteria under￭ cooked seaf￭ ood is a common source humans are the only animal affected risk factors for the disease include poor sanitation not enough clean drinking water and poverty there are concerns that rising sea levels will increase rates of disease cholera can be diagnosed by a sto￭ ol test a rapid di￭ p￭ stick test is available but is not as accurate prevention involves improved sanitation and access to clean water cholera vaccines that are given by mouth provide reasonable protection for about six months they have the added benefit of protecting against another type of diarr￭ hea caused by e coli the primary treatment is oral re￭ hydr￭ ation therapy — the replacement of fluids with slightly sweet and sal￭ ty solutions rice based solutions are preferred zinc supplem￭ entation is useful in children in severe cases intra￭ ven￭ ous fluids such as r￭ inger s lact￭ ate may be required and antibiotics may be beneficial testing to see which antibiotic the cholera is susceptible to can help guide the choice cholera affects an estimated 3 – 5 million people worldwide and causes 58 000 – 130 000 deaths a year as of 2010 while it is currently classified as a pandemic it is rare in the developed world children are mostly affected cholera occurs as both outbreaks and chronically in certain areas areas with an ongoing risk of disease include africa and south east asia while the risk of death among those affected is usually less than 5 it may be as high as 50 among some groups who do not have access to treatment historical descriptions of cholera are found as early as the 5 th century bc in san￭ sk￭ r￭ it the study of cholera by john snow between 18￭ 49 and 18￭ 54 led to significant advances in the field of epidemiology
cho￭ le￭ st￭ asis is a condition where bile cannot flow from the liver to the du￭ o￭ den￭ um the two basic distinctions are an obstruc￭ tive type of cho￭ le￭ st￭ asis where there is a mechanical block￭ age in the duc￭ t system that can occur from a gall￭ stone or m￭ align￭ ancy and metabol￭ ic types of cho￭ le￭ st￭ asis which are disturbances in bile formation that can occur because of genetic defects or acquired as a side effect of many medications
cho￭ le￭ static pr￭ ur￭ it￭ us is the sensation of itch due to nearly any liver disease but the most commonly associated entities are primary bi￭ li￭ ary cir￭ rho￭ sis primary s￭ cl￭ ero￭ sing chol￭ an￭ gi￭ tis obstruc￭ tive cho￭ le￭ do￭ cho￭ li￭ thi￭ asis carcin￭ oma of the bile duc￭ t cho￭ le￭ st￭ asis also see drug induced pr￭ ur￭ it￭ us and chronic hepatitis c viral infection and other forms of viral hepatitis
cho￭ le￭ ste￭ atom￭ a is a destructive and expanding growth consisting of ker￭ at￭ ini￭ zing squ￭ am￭ ous epi￭ the￭ lium in the middle ear and or ma￭ sto￭ id process although cho￭ le￭ ste￭ atom￭ as are not classified as either tumors or cancers they can still cause significant problems because of their ero￭ sive and expan￭ sile properties resulting in the destruction of the bones of the middle ear os￭ sic￭ les as well as their possible spread through the base of the skull into the brain they are also often infected and can result in chronically draining ears
cho￭ le￭ sterol embol￭ ism often cho￭ le￭ sterol crystal embol￭ ism or a￭ ther￭ o￭ embol￭ ism sometimes blue toe or purple toe syndrome or trash foot or war￭ far￭ in blue toe syndrome occurs when cho￭ le￭ sterol is released usually from an a￭ ther￭ os￭ cl￭ erotic pla￭ que and travels as an embol￭ us in the blood￭ stream to lodge as an embol￭ ism causing an obstruction in blood vessels further away most commonly this causes skin symptoms usually live￭ do re￭ ticul￭ aris gang￭ rene of the extre￭ mi￭ ties and sometimes ren￭ al failure problems with other organs may arise depending on the site at which the cho￭ le￭ sterol cryst￭ als enter the blood￭ stream when the kidneys are involved the disease is referred to as a￭ ther￭ o￭ embol￭ ic ren￭ al disease aer￭ d the diagnosis usually involves biopsy removing a tissue sample from an affected organ cho￭ le￭ sterol embol￭ ism is treated by removing the cause and giving supportive therapy stati￭ n drugs have been found to improve the prog￭ no￭ sis
in surgical path￭ ology strawberry gall￭ blad￭ der more formally cho￭ le￭ ster￭ o￭ losis of the gall￭ blad￭ der and gall￭ blad￭ der cho￭ le￭ ster￭ o￭ losis is a change in the gall￭ blad￭ der wall due to excess cho￭ le￭ sterol the name strawberry gall￭ blad￭ der comes from the typically sti￭ p￭ pled appearance of the mu￭ cos￭ al surface on gross examination which resembles a strawberry cho￭ le￭ ster￭ o￭ losis results from abnormal deposits of cho￭ le￭ sterol esters in macro￭ p￭ ha￭ ges within the lam￭ ina propri￭ a foam cells and in mu￭ cos￭ al epi￭ the￭ lium the gall￭ blad￭ der may be affected in a pat￭ chy loc￭ alized form or in a diffuse form the diffuse form macro￭ sco￭ p￭ ically appears as a bright red mu￭ co￭ sa with yellow mo￭ tt￭ ling due to lip￭ id hence the term strawberry gall￭ blad￭ der it is not tied to cho￭ le￭ li￭ thi￭ asis gall￭ stones or chol￭ ec￭ y￭ sti￭ tis infl￭ amm￭ ation of the gall￭ blad￭ der
chol￭ iner￭ gic ur￭ tic￭ aria cu is a type of physical ur￭ tic￭ arias or hi￭ ves that appears when a person is swe￭ ating
chol￭ ur￭ ia is the presence of bile in urine chol￭ ur￭ ia is a common symptom of liver diseases such as hepatitis and cir￭ rho￭ sis it can be described as dark or brown urine often referred to as the color of coca cola chol￭ ur￭ ia is usually manifested when serum bi￭ li￭ rubin is higher than 1 5 mg dl the presence of chol￭ ur￭ ia is a useful symptom to distinguish if somebody presenting with ja￭ und￭ ice has liver disease direct hyper￭ bi￭ li￭ ru￭ bin￭ emia or hem￭ ol￭ ysis indirect hyper￭ bi￭ li￭ ru￭ bin￭ emia in the first case patients have chol￭ ur￭ ia due to excess con￭ ju￭ gated direct bi￭ li￭ rubin in blood which is eliminated by kidneys hem￭ ol￭ ysis on the contrary is characterized by un￭ con￭ ju￭ gated indirect bi￭ li￭ rubin which is bound to albumin and thus not eliminated in urine
ch￭ on￭ dri￭ tis is infl￭ amm￭ ation of car￭ til￭ age it takes several forms o￭ ste￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ tis co￭ sto￭ ch￭ on￭ dri￭ tis relap￭ sing poly￭ ch￭ on￭ dri￭ tis among them co￭ sto￭ ch￭ on￭ dri￭ tis is notable for feeling like a heart attack
ch￭ on￭ dro￭ bl￭ ast￭ oma is a rare benign locally aggressive bone tumor that typically affects the ep￭ ip￭ hy￭ ses or apo￭ phy￭ ses of long bones it is thought to arise from an out￭ growth of immature car￭ til￭ age cells ch￭ on￭ dro￭ bl￭ asts from secondary os￭ sification centers originating from the ep￭ ip￭ hy￭ seal plate or some rem￭ nant of it ch￭ on￭ dro￭ bl￭ ast￭ oma is very un￭ common accounting for only 1 2 of all bone tumors it affects mostly children and young adults with most patients being in the second decade of life or less than 20 years of age ch￭ on￭ dro￭ bl￭ ast￭ oma shows a pre￭ dil￭ ection towards the male sex with a ratio of male to female patients of 2 1 the most commonly affected site is the fem￭ ur followed by the hum￭ er￭ us and ti￭ bia less commonly affected sites include the tal￭ us and cal￭ can￭ eus of the foot and flat bones
calcium pyro￭ phosphate di￭ hydrate c￭ pp￭ d crystal de￭ position disease also known as pseu￭ dog￭ out and pyro￭ phosphate ar￭ thro￭ pa￭ thy is a r￭ heu￭ mato￭ logic disorder with varied symptoms and signs arising from the accumulation of cryst￭ als of calcium pyro￭ phosphate di￭ hydrate in the connec￭ tive tissues the alternative names emphasize particular aspects of the clinical or radio￭ graphic findings the knee joint is the most commonly affected
ch￭ on￭ dro￭ der￭ mati￭ tis no￭ dul￭ aris ch￭ ron￭ ica hel￭ ic￭ is also known as ch￭ on￭ dro￭ der￭ mati￭ tis no￭ dul￭ aris hel￭ ic￭ is is a small no￭ d￭ ular tender chronic infl￭ am￭ matory le￭ sion occurring on the heli￭ x of the ear occurring most often in men
ch￭ on￭ dro￭ dys￭ pl￭ asia blo￭ m￭ strand also known as blo￭ m￭ strand s lethal ch￭ on￭ dro￭ dys￭ pl￭ asia is a rare disorder caused by mutation of the par￭ ath￭ yro￭ id hormone recep￭ tor resulting in the absence of a functioning p￭ th￭ r 1 it results in os￭ sification of the endocrine system and inter￭ memb￭ ran￭ eous tissues and advanced sk￭ el￭ etal matur￭ ation
ch￭ on￭ dro￭ dys￭ pl￭ asia pun￭ ct￭ ata is a clin￭ ically and genetically diverse group of rare diseases first described by er￭ ich con￭ rad￭ i 1882 – 1968 that share the features of sti￭ p￭ pled ep￭ ip￭ hy￭ ses and sk￭ el￭ etal changes types include r￭ hi￭ zom￭ el￭ ic ch￭ on￭ dro￭ dys￭ pl￭ asia pun￭ ct￭ ata 215￭ 100 22￭ 27￭ 65 600￭ 121 x linked rec￭ essive ch￭ on￭ dro￭ dys￭ pl￭ asia pun￭ ct￭ ata 30￭ 29￭ 50 con￭ rad￭ i hü￭ ner￭ mann syndrome 30￭ 29￭ 60 auto￭ som￭ al dominant ch￭ on￭ dro￭ dys￭ pl￭ asia pun￭ ct￭ ata 118￭ 650
ch￭ on￭ dro￭ dy￭ stro￭ phy literally car￭ til￭ age mal￭ development refers to a sk￭ el￭ etal disorder caused by one of myriad genetic mutations that can affect the development of car￭ til￭ age as a very general term it is only used in the medical literature when a more precise description of the condition is unavailable
ch￭ on￭ dro￭ id li￭ po￭ mas are deep seated firm yellow tumors that characteris￭ tically occur on the legs of women they exhibit a characteristic trans￭ location t 11 16 with a resulting c 11 or￭ f 95 m￭ k￭ l 2 fusion on￭ co￭ gene
a ch￭ on￭ dro￭ ma is a benign car￭ ti￭ lag￭ inous tumor which is en￭ capsul￭ ated with a lob￭ ular growing pattern tumor cells ch￭ on￭ dro￭ cy￭ tes car￭ ti￭ lag￭ inous cells resemble normal cells and produce the car￭ ti￭ lag￭ inous matrix am￭ orph￭ ous bas￭ oph￭ il￭ ic material characteristic features of this tumor include the vascular axes within the tumor which make the distinction with normal hy￭ al￭ ine car￭ til￭ age based upon location a ch￭ on￭ dro￭ ma can be described as an en￭ ch￭ on￭ dro￭ ma or ec￭ ch￭ on￭ dro￭ ma en￭ ch￭ on￭ dro￭ ma tumor grows within the bone and expands it ec￭ ch￭ on￭ dro￭ ma grows outward from the bone and this is rare treatment best left alone if it causes fractu￭ res en￭ ch￭ on￭ dro￭ ma or is un￭ sigh￭ tly it should be removed by cu￭ re￭ tt￭ age and the defect filled with bone graft
ch￭ on￭ dro￭ mal￭ ac￭ ia pat￭ el￭ la￭ e also known as c￭ mp is infl￭ amm￭ ation of the under￭ side of the pat￭ ella and sof￭ tening of the car￭ til￭ age ch￭ on￭ dro￭ mal￭ ac￭ ia pat￭ el￭ la￭ e is a term sometimes treated synonym￭ ously with pat￭ el￭ lo￭ fem￭ oral pain syndrome however there is general consensus that pat￭ el￭ lo￭ fem￭ oral pain syndrome is a term that applies only to individuals without car￭ til￭ age damage thereby distinguishing it from ch￭ on￭ dro￭ mal￭ ac￭ ia pat￭ el￭ la￭ e a condition characterized by sof￭ tening of the pat￭ ell￭ ar artic￭ ular car￭ til￭ age the car￭ til￭ age under the kne￭ ec￭ ap is a natural shock absor￭ ber and over￭ use injury and many other factors can cause increased deterioration and breakdown of the car￭ til￭ age the car￭ til￭ age is no longer smooth and therefore movement and use is painful while it often affects young individuals engaged in active sports it also afflic￭ ts older adults who over￭ work their knees
ch￭ on￭ dro￭ my￭ x￭ o￭ id fi￭ bro￭ ma is a type of car￭ ti￭ lag￭ inous tumor most cases are characterised by gr￭ m 1 gene fusion or promoter sw￭ apping it can be associated with a trans￭ location at t 1 5 p 13 p 13 a ch￭ on￭ dro￭ my￭ x￭ o￭ id fi￭ bro￭ ma c￭ m￭ f is an extremely rare benign car￭ ti￭ lag￭ inous ne￭ op￭ las￭ m which accounts for 1 bone tum￭ ours
in medicine ch￭ on￭ dro￭ pa￭ thy refers to a disease of the car￭ til￭ age it is frequently divided into 5 grades with 0 2 defined as normal and 3 4 defined as dise￭ ased
ch￭ on￭ dro￭ sar￭ coma is a cancer composed of cells derived from transformed cells that produce car￭ til￭ age ch￭ on￭ dro￭ sar￭ coma is a member of a category of tumors of bone and soft tissue known as sar￭ com￭ as about 30 of sk￭ el￭ etal system cancers are ch￭ on￭ dro￭ sar￭ com￭ as it is resistant to chem￭ otherapy and radi￭ otherapy unlike other primary bone cancers that mainly affect children and adolescents ch￭ on￭ dro￭ sar￭ coma can present at any age it more often affects the ax￭ ial skelet￭ on than the append￭ icular skelet￭ on
silver leaf is a fun￭ gal disease of trees caused by the fun￭ gus plant pathogen ch￭ on￭ dro￭ ster￭ eu￭ m pur￭ pu￭ re￭ um it attacks most species of the rose family ro￭ sac￭ e￭ ae particularly the genus prun￭ us the disease is progressive and often fatal the common name is taken from the progressive sil￭ vering of leaves on affected branches it is spread by airborne spo￭ res landing on fresh￭ ly exposed sap￭ wood for this reason cherries and pl￭ ums are prun￭ ed in summer when spo￭ res are least likely to be present and when disease is visible silver leaf can also happen on po￭ ming fruits like apples and pears pl￭ ums are especially vulnerable in the past the name ster￭ eu￭ m pur￭ pu￭ re￭ um pers was widely used for this fun￭ gus but according to modern tax￭ on￭ omy it is only dist￭ antly related to ster￭ eu￭ m actually belonging to order poly￭ por￭ ales whereas ster￭ eu￭ m is in order rus￭ sul￭ ales
chop￭ art s frac￭ ture – dis￭ location is a dis￭ location of the mid tar￭ sal tal￭ on￭ a￭ vic￭ ular and cal￭ can￭ e￭ o￭ cu￭ bo￭ id joints of the foot often with associated fractu￭ res of the cal￭ can￭ eus cu￭ bo￭ id and na￭ vic￭ ular
a chor￭ an￭ gi￭ oma is a non ne￭ op￭ l￭ astic ham￭ ar￭ tom￭ a like growth in the plac￭ enta consisting of blood vessels
chor￭ an￭ gi￭ osis is a plac￭ ental path￭ ology characterized by an abundance of blood vessels within the ch￭ ori￭ onic vill￭ i
chor￭ dee ˈ￭ k￭ ɔ￭ ː￭ r￭ di￭ ː is a condition in which the head of the penis cur￭ ves downward or upward at the junction of the head and shaft of the penis the cur￭ v￭ ature is usually most obvious during er￭ ection but resistance to strai￭ ghtening is often apparent in the fl￭ acci￭ d state as well in many cases but not all chor￭ dee is associated with hypo￭ sp￭ adi￭ as this is not the same condition as pe￭ y￭ ron￭ ie s disease which involves cur￭ v￭ ature of the shaft of the penis most commonly due to injury during adult life
chor￭ di￭ tis is the infl￭ amm￭ ation of vocal cords vocal fol￭ ds usually as a result of voice abuse but sometimes because of cancer
ch￭ ord￭ oma is a rare slow growing ne￭ op￭ las￭ m thought to arise from cellular remnants of the no￭ to￭ ch￭ ord the evidence for this is the location of the tumors along the ne￭ ur￭ axis the similar immun￭ o￭ his￭ to￭ chemical stain￭ ing patterns and the demonstration that no￭ to￭ ch￭ ord￭ al cells are prefer￭ entially left behind in the cli￭ v￭ us and sacro￭ coc￭ cy￭ ge￭ al regions when the remainder of the no￭ to￭ ch￭ ord regres￭ ses during fe￭ tal life
ch￭ ore division is a fair division problem in which the divided resource is undesirable so that each participant wants to get as little as possible it is the mirror image of the fair cake cutting problem in which the divided resource is desirable so that each participant wants to get as much as possible both problems have heterogeneous resources meaning that the resources are non￭ uniform in cake division cakes can have edge corner and middle pieces along with different amounts of fro￭ sting whereas in ch￭ ore division there are different ch￭ ore types and different amounts of time needed to finish each ch￭ ore similarly both problems assume that the resources are di￭ visible cho￭ res can be infinitely di￭ visible because the finite set of cho￭ res can be parti￭ tioned by ch￭ ore or by time for example a load of laundry could be parti￭ tioned by the number of articles of clothing and or by the amount of time spent loading the machine the problems differ however in the desirability of the resources the ch￭ ore division problem was introduced by martin gar￭ dner in 1978 ch￭ ore division is often called fair division of b￭ ads in contrast to the more common problem called fair division of goods another name is dirty work problem the same resource can be either good or bad depending on the situation for example suppose the resource to be divided is the back yard of a house in a situation of dividing inheritance this yard would be considered good since each heir would like to have as much land as possible so it is a cake cutting problem but in a situation of dividing house cho￭ res such as lawn mo￭ wing this yard would be considered bad since each child would probably like to have as little land as possible to mo￭ w so it is a ch￭ ore cutting problem some results from fair cake cutting can be easily translated to the ch￭ ore cutting scenario for example the divide and choose procedure works equally well in both problems one of the partners divides the resource to two parts that are equal in his eyes and the other partner chooses the part that is better in his eyes the only difference is that better means larger in cake cutting and smaller in ch￭ ore cutting however not all results are so easy to translate more details are given below
cho￭ rea or cho￭ re￭ ia occasionally is an abnormal involuntary movement disorder one of a group of neuro￭ logical disorders called dy￭ sk￭ ine￭ si￭ as the term cho￭ rea is derived from the greek word χορ￭ εί￭ α dance see cho￭ re￭ ia as the quick movements of the feet or hands are comparable to dancing the term hemic￭ ho￭ rea refers to cho￭ rea of one side of the body such as cho￭ rea of one arm but not both analogous to hem￭ i￭ bal￭ lis￭ mus
cho￭ rea ac￭ anth￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis ch￭ ac also called cho￭ re￭ o￭ ac￭ anth￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis is a rare hereditary disease caused by a mutation of the gene that directs structural proteins in red blood cells it belongs to a group of four diseases characterized under the name neuro￭ ac￭ anth￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis when a patient s blood is viewed under a micro￭ scope some of the red blood cells appear thorny these thorny cells are called ac￭ anth￭ oc￭ y￭ tes other effects of the disease may include epi￭ le￭ psy behaviour changes muscle de￭ generation and neuro￭ nal degradation similar to hun￭ t￭ ington s disease the average age of onset of symptoms is 35 years the disease is incur￭ able and inevitably leads to premature death some more information about cho￭ rea ac￭ anth￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis is that it is a very complex auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive adult onset neuro￭ degenerative disorder it often shows itself as a mixed movement disorder in which cho￭ rea tics dy￭ st￭ onia and even par￭ k￭ ins￭ on￭ ism may appear as a symptom this disease is also characterized by the presence of a few different movement disorders including cho￭ rea dy￭ st￭ onia etc cho￭ rea ac￭ anth￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis is considered an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive disorder although a few cases with auto￭ som￭ al dominant inheritance have been noted
cho￭ rea gr￭ avi￭ dar￭ um is a rare type of cho￭ rea which presents with involuntary abnormal movement characterized by abrupt brief non￭ rhy￭ th￭ mic non￭ repeti￭ tive movement of any limb often associated with non￭ patter￭ ned facial gri￭ mac￭ es it is a complic￭ ation of pregnancy which can be associated with ec￭ lam￭ p￭ sia and its effects upon the bas￭ al gang￭ lia it is not an eti￭ o￭ logically or patho￭ logically distinct mor￭ bid entity but a generic term for cho￭ rea of any cause starting during pregnancy it is associated with history of sy￭ den￭ ham s cho￭ rea it mostly occurs in young patients the average age is 22 years recently there has been a decline in incidence which is probably the result of a decline in r￭ heu￭ matic fever r￭ f which was a major cause of cho￭ rea gr￭ avi￭ dar￭ um before the use of antibiotics for st￭ rep￭ to￭ coc￭ cal phar￭ yn￭ gi￭ tis
ch￭ ori￭ o￭ am￭ ni￭ oni￭ tis also known as intra am￭ ni￭ otic infection i￭ ai is an infl￭ amm￭ ation of the fe￭ tal memb￭ ran￭ es am￭ n￭ ion and chor￭ ion due to a bacterial infection it typically results from bacteria asc￭ ending into the uter￭ us from the vag￭ ina and is most often associated with prolonged labor the risk of developing ch￭ ori￭ o￭ am￭ ni￭ oni￭ tis increases with each vag￭ inal examination that is performed in the final month of pregnancy including during labor 3
ch￭ ori￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma is a m￭ align￭ ant tro￭ pho￭ bl￭ astic cancer usually of the plac￭ enta it is characterized by early hem￭ ato￭ genous spread to the lungs it belongs to the m￭ align￭ ant end of the spectrum in gest￭ ational tro￭ pho￭ bl￭ astic disease g￭ td it is also classified as a germ cell tumor and may arise in the testi￭ s or o￭ vary
ch￭ ori￭ ore￭ t￭ initi￭ s is an infl￭ amm￭ ation of the chor￭ o￭ id thin pi￭ gm￭ ented vascular coat of the eye and re￭ tina of the eye it is a form of poster￭ ior u￭ ve￭ i￭ tis if only the chor￭ o￭ id is infl￭ amed not the re￭ tina the condition is termed chor￭ o￭ idi￭ tis the oph￭ thal￭ mo￭ logist s goal in treating these potentially blin￭ ding conditions is to eliminate the infl￭ amm￭ ation and minimize the potential risk of therapy to the patient
chor￭ o￭ id g￭ lom￭ us are enlargements of the chor￭ o￭ id plex￭ us located in the atri￭ a of the lateral ven￭ tric￭ les they are commonly calci￭ fied in adults and can easily be seen as a bright tu￭ f￭ ts on ct imaging their main purpose is for the secre￭ tion of cere￭ bro￭ spinal fluid c￭ sf
a chor￭ o￭ id plex￭ us carcin￭ oma is a type of chor￭ o￭ id plex￭ us tumor
chor￭ o￭ id plex￭ us cy￭ sts cp￭ cs are cy￭ sts that occur within chor￭ o￭ id plex￭ us of the brain the brain contains pockets or spaces called ven￭ tric￭ les with a spon￭ gy layer of cells and blood vessels called the chor￭ o￭ id plex￭ us this is in the middle of the fe￭ tal brain the chor￭ o￭ id plex￭ us has the important function of producing cere￭ bro￭ spinal fluid the fluid produced by the cells of the chor￭ o￭ id plex￭ us fills the ven￭ tric￭ les and then flows around the brain and the spinal cord to provide a cushion of fluid around these structures cp￭ cs can form within this structure and come from fluid trapped within this spon￭ gy layer of cells much like a soap bubble or a bl￭ ister cp￭ cs are often called soft signs or fe￭ tal ul￭ tras￭ ound mark￭ ers because some studies have found a weak association between cp￭ cs and fe￭ tal chro￭ mo￭ some ab￭ norm￭ alities it is believed that many adults have one or more tiny cp￭ cs the fe￭ tal brain may create these cy￭ sts as a normal part of development they are temporary and usually are gone by the 32 nd week of pregnancy cp￭ cs are a rare cause of inter￭ mit￭ tent hydro￭ cephal￭ us this is caused by a block￭ age of for￭ am￭ ina within the ven￭ tric￭ ular drainage system of the central nervous system cns which can lead to expansion of the ven￭ tric￭ les com￭ pressing the brain the cran￭ ial cav￭ ity cannot expand to accommodate the increase in fluid volume and possibly causing damage
chor￭ o￭ id plex￭ us pap￭ il￭ lo￭ ma also known as pap￭ il￭ lo￭ ma of chor￭ o￭ id plex￭ us is a rare benign neuro￭ epi￭ the￭ li￭ al intra￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular who grade i le￭ sion found in the chor￭ o￭ id plex￭ us it leads to increased cere￭ bro￭ spinal fluid production thus causing increased in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial pressure and hydro￭ cephal￭ us chor￭ o￭ id plex￭ us pap￭ il￭ lo￭ ma occurs in the lateral ven￭ tric￭ les of children and in the fourth ven￭ tric￭ le of adults this is unlike most other pedi￭ atric tumors and adult tumors in which the locations of the tumors is reversed in children brain tumors are usually found in the infr￭ at￭ ent￭ orial region and in adults brain tumors are usually found in the supr￭ at￭ ent￭ orial space the relationship is reversed for chor￭ o￭ id plex￭ us pap￭ il￭ lom￭ as
a chor￭ o￭ idal fis￭ sure cyst is a cyst at the level of the chor￭ o￭ idal fis￭ sure of the brain they are usually as￭ ymp￭ tomatic and do not require treatment
chor￭ o￭ id￭ er￭ emia k￭ ɒ￭ ˌ￭ r￭ ɔ￭ ɪ￭ d￭ ᵻ￭ ˈ￭ ri￭ ː￭ mi ə ch￭ d is a rare x linked rec￭ essive inherited disorder giving rise to re￭ tin￭ al disease and eventual blindness resulting from de￭ generation of the ch￭ ori￭ oc￭ ap￭ il￭ lar￭ is of the chor￭ o￭ id and of the re￭ tin￭ al pig￭ ment epi￭ the￭ lium of the re￭ tina the disease results in progressive loss of vision almost exclusively in males in childhood night blindness is the most common first symptom as the disease progres￭ ses vision loss results frequently starting as an irregular ring that gradually expands both in toward central vision and out toward the extreme periphery progression continues throughout the individual s life where both the rate of change and the degree of visual loss are variable among those affected even within the same family the affected tissues include the re￭ tin￭ al pig￭ ment epi￭ the￭ lium r￭ pe which is the pi￭ gm￭ ented cell layer just outside the neuro￭ sensory re￭ tina that nour￭ ishes re￭ tin￭ al visual cells the r￭ pe over￭ lies the re￭ tin￭ al visual cells and is firmly attached to the underlying chor￭ o￭ id where de￭ generation of the cap￭ ill￭ ary lam￭ ina of chor￭ o￭ id ch￭ ori￭ oc￭ ap￭ il￭ lar￭ is is also observed photo￭ recep￭ tors of the r￭ pe convert light into the electrical impul￭ ses that are transferred to the brain where the images seen as a result are constructed the vessels of the ch￭ ori￭ oc￭ ap￭ il￭ lar￭ is provide oxygen and nutrients to the r￭ pe and photo￭ recep￭ tor cells in the early stages of ch￭ d the chor￭ o￭ id and the re￭ tin￭ al pig￭ ment epi￭ the￭ lium begin to deteriorate after which loss of photo￭ recep￭ tor occurs leading to loss of vision at a molecular level the root cause of the disease is mutation leading to loss of a specific r￭ ab escort protein 1 rep 1 which with its partner rep 2 are responsible for pren￭ yl￭ ation of r￭ ab proteins where the link between the build up of un￭ pren￭ yl￭ ated r￭ ab proteins and the developing blindness is not yet known medical approaches to the disease have resulted in the application of a diagnostic test for ch￭ d and 2014 saw the onset of clinical trials for gene therapies using viral vector borne r￭ p 1 gene construc￭ ts aimed at protection of cells not yet lost to the disease in these early clinical studies patients have consistently shown improvements during the course of study persistence data are in the process of being gathered
the chor￭ z￭ ów factory case french aff￭ aire relative à l us￭ ine de chor￭ z￭ ów was a case heard before the permanent court of international justice in 19￭ 27 it was an early authority in international law that established a number of precedents in international law
christian lit￭ ur￭ gy is a pattern for worship used whether recommended or prescribed by a christian cong￭ reg￭ ation or denomination on a regular basis although the term lit￭ ur￭ gy is used to mean public worship in general the by￭ z￭ antine r￭ ite uses the term divine lit￭ ur￭ gy to den￭ ote the eu￭ char￭ istic service
christian population growth is the population growth of the global christian community according to 2011 pe￭ w research center survey there are 2 18 billion christians around the world in 2010 more than three times as much from the 600 million recorded in 19￭ 10 according to a 2015 pe￭ w research center study by 2050 the christian population is expected to be 2 9 billion prote￭ stan￭ tism is one of the most dynamic religious movements in the contemporary world from 1960 to 2000 the global growth of the number of reported evangel￭ icals grew three times the world s population rate and twice that of islam
christmas eve proc￭ ession is one of the main characteristic manifestations of the maltese christmas celebrations it origins is from over 86 years ago by st george prec￭ a 18￭ 80 1962 he had no pre￭ tensions of instituting something on a large scale his only intention was to in￭ still a truly christian spirit in commemorating the birth of christ
christmas creep is a merchandis￭ ing phenomenon in which merchants and retailers exploit the commerci￭ alized status of christmas by introducing christmas them￭ ed merchandise or decor￭ ations before the traditional start of the holiday shopping season which in the united states is on the day after thanksgiving the term was first used in the mid 1980 s
a christ￭ oph￭ any is an appearance or non physical manifestation of christ traditionally the term refers to visions of christ after his as￭ cen￭ sion such as the bright light of the damascus christ￭ oph￭ any also following the example of justin marty￭ r who identified the angel of the lord with the lo￭ gos some appearances of angels in the hebrew bible are also identified by some christians as pre￭ incar￭ nate appearances of christ
in op￭ tics ch￭ rom￭ atic aberr￭ ation ca also called ch￭ rom￭ atic distortion and spher￭ och￭ rom￭ atism is an effect resulting from dispersion in which there is a failure of a lens to focus all colors to the same convergence point it occurs because l￭ enses have different ref￭ r￭ active indices for different wa￭ vel￭ eng￭ ths of light the ref￭ r￭ active index of transparent materials decreases with increasing wa￭ vel￭ eng￭ th in degrees unique to each ch￭ rom￭ atic aberr￭ ation manifests itself as fringes of color along boundaries that separate dark and bright parts of the image because each color in the optical spectrum cannot be focused at a single common point since the focal length f of a lens is dependent on the ref￭ r￭ active index n different wa￭ vel￭ eng￭ ths of light will be focused on different positions
in mathematics ch￭ rom￭ atic hom￭ ot￭ op￭ y theory is a sub￭ field of stable hom￭ ot￭ op￭ y theory that studies complex oriented co￭ hom￭ ology theories from the ch￭ rom￭ atic point of view which is based on qu￭ ill￭ en s work relating co￭ hom￭ ology theories to formal groups in this picture theories are classified in terms of their ch￭ rom￭ atic levels i e the heights of the formal groups that define the theories via the land￭ weber exact func￭ tor theore￭ m typical theories it studies include complex k theory elli￭ ptic co￭ hom￭ ology mor￭ ava k theory and t￭ m￭ f
ch￭ rom￭ atin bridge is a mit￭ otic occurrence that forms when tel￭ om￭ er￭ es of sister ch￭ rom￭ ati￭ ds fuse together and fail to completely segreg￭ ate into their respective daughter cells because this event is most prevalent during an￭ aph￭ ase the term an￭ aph￭ ase bridge is often used as a substitute after the formation of individual daughter cells the dna bridge connecting homo￭ log￭ ous chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es remains fixed as the daughter cells exit mit￭ osis and re enter inter￭ phase the ch￭ rom￭ atin bridge becomes known as an inter￭ phase bridge these phenomenon are usually vis￭ u￭ alized using the laboratory techniques of stain￭ ing and fluores￭ cence micro￭ sco￭ py
ch￭ rome peel is a condition which occurs when the ch￭ rome coating of a wheel usually that of an automobile dis￭ integrates in the area where the tire is bound to the wheel gradually the air escapes and a slow leak of pressure from the tire occurs a common cause is failure to thoroughly clean the inside of the wheel and tire after the usage of emergency tire inflation applications such as fix a flat under certain conditions technicians may be able to slow down the process by san￭ ding down or smoo￭ thing out the target area of the wheel but eventually the ch￭ rome pe￭ els even more and the tire loses pressure again re chro￭ ming the wheel or replacing it altogether is more often advised
ch￭ rom￭ hi￭ dro￭ sis also referred to as colored sweat is a rare condition characterized by the secre￭ tion of colored sweat it is caused by the de￭ position of li￭ po￭ fus￭ cin in the sweat g￭ lands cases of red blue green yellow pink and black sweat have been reported usually ch￭ rom￭ hi￭ dro￭ sis affects the apo￭ cr￭ ine g￭ lands mainly on the face and under￭ arms a limited number of treatment options exist including regular application of cap￭ sa￭ ic￭ in cream and prolonged relief may be provided by bot￭ ul￭ inum toxin treatment chro￭ mo￭ genic pig￭ ments produced by bacteria cor￭ y￭ ne￭ bacter￭ ium in particular are implicated in this condition but their exact role still requires careful microbiological elu￭ ci￭ dation ch￭ rom￭ hi￭ dro￭ sis of the ec￭ cr￭ ine g￭ lands is rare it occurs mainly after the ing￭ estion of certain d￭ yes or drugs
chromium deficiency is a disorder that results from an insufficient dietary intake of chromium it is an un￭ common condition clear cases of deficiency have been observed in hospital patients who were fed defined liquid di￭ ets intra￭ ven￭ ously for long periods of time
chromium toxicity refers to the fact that chromium is toxic water in￭ soluble chromium iii compounds and chromium metal are not considered a health hazard while the toxicity and carcinogenic properties of chromium vi have been known for a long time an investigation into hex￭ av￭ al￭ ent chromium release into drinking water was the basis of the true story of erin bro￭ c￭ kov￭ ich dram￭ ati￭ sed as erin bro￭ c￭ kov￭ ich film because of the specific transport mechanisms only limited amounts of chromium iii enter the cells several in vitro studies indicated that high concentrations of chromium iii in the cell can lead to dna damage acute oral toxicity ranges between 1900 and 3￭ 300 µ￭ g kg the proposed beneficial effects of chromium iii and its use in dietary supplements yielded some controversial results but recent reviews suggest that moderate uptake of chromium iii through dietary supplements poses no risk the world health organization recommended maximum allowable concentration in drinking water for chromium vi is 0 05 milli￭ grams per litre hex￭ av￭ al￭ ent chromium is also one of the substances whose use is restricted by the european restriction of hazardous substances directive the ld 50 for chromium vi ranges between 50 and 150 mg kg in the body chromium vi is reduced by several mechanisms to chromium iii already in the blood before it enters the cells the chromium iii is ex￭ cre￭ ted from the body whereas the ch￭ rom￭ ate ion is transferred into the cell by a transport mechanism one by which sul￭ fate and phosphate ions also enter the cell the acute toxicity of chromium vi is due to its strong oxid￭ ative properties after it reaches the blood￭ stream it damages blood cells by oxid￭ ation reactions hem￭ ol￭ ysis and subsequently kidney and liver failure are the results of this damage aggressive dial￭ ysis can improve the situation the carcin￭ o￭ gen￭ ity of ch￭ rom￭ ate dust has been known for a long time and in 1890 the first publication described the elevated cancer risk of workers in a ch￭ rom￭ ate dy￭ e company three mechanisms have been proposed to describe the geno￭ toxicity of chromium vi the first mechanism includes highly reactive hydrox￭ yl radicals and other reactive radicals which are by￭ products of the reduction of chromium vi to chromium iii the second process includes the direct binding of chromium v produced by reduction in the cell and chromium iv compounds to the dna the last mechanism attributes the geno￭ toxicity to the binding to the dna of the end product of the chromium iii reduction chromium salts ch￭ rom￭ ates are also the cause of allergic reactions in some people ch￭ rom￭ ates are often used to manufacture among other things leather products paints cement mortar and anti corro￭ sives contact with products containing ch￭ rom￭ ates can lead to allergic contact der￭ mati￭ tis and irrit￭ ant der￭ mati￭ tis resulting in ul￭ cer￭ ation of the skin sometimes referred to as ch￭ rome ul￭ cers this condition is often found in workers that have been exposed to strong ch￭ rom￭ ate solutions in electro￭ pl￭ ating tann￭ ing and ch￭ rome producing manufacturers in some parts of russia pen￭ ta￭ val￭ ent chromium was reported as one of the causes of premature dementia
chro￭ mo￭ bacteri￭ osis infections are a cu￭ taneous condition caused by chro￭ mo￭ bacteria characterized by fluctu￭ ating abs￭ c￭ esses
chro￭ mo￭ bl￭ ast￭ om￭ y￭ co￭ sis also known as chro￭ mom￭ y￭ co￭ sis cl￭ ad￭ os￭ por￭ i￭ osis fon￭ sec￭ a s disease pe￭ dro￭ so s disease p￭ ha￭ e￭ os￭ por￭ o￭ tric￭ ho￭ sis or ver￭ ru￭ co￭ us der￭ mati￭ tis is a long term fun￭ gal infection of the skin and sub￭ cu￭ taneous tissue a chronic sub￭ cu￭ taneous my￭ co￭ sis the infection occurs most commonly in tropical or sub￭ tropical clim￭ ates often in rural areas it can be caused by many different types of fun￭ gi which become impl￭ anted under the skin often by thor￭ ns or spl￭ inters chro￭ mo￭ bl￭ ast￭ om￭ y￭ co￭ sis spreads very slowly it is rarely fatal and usually has a good prog￭ no￭ sis but it can be very difficult to cure the several treatment options include medication and surgery
in genetics chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al poly￭ morph￭ ism is a condition where one species contains members with varying chro￭ mo￭ some counts or shapes poly￭ morph￭ ism is a general concept in biology where more than one version of a trait is present in a population in some cases of differing counts the difference in chro￭ mo￭ some counts is the result of a single chro￭ mo￭ some undergoing fis￭ sion where it spl￭ its into two smaller chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es or two undergoing fusion where two chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es join to form one this condition has been detected in many species tric￭ hom￭ y￭ c￭ ter￭ us da￭ vis￭ i for example is an extreme case where the poly￭ morph￭ ism was present within a single chim￭ eric individual it has also been studied in al￭ fal￭ fa shre￭ ws brazilian ro￭ dents and an enormous variety of other animals and plants in one instance it has been found in a human another process resulting in differing chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al counts is poly￭ plo￭ id￭ y this results in cells which contain multiple copies of complete chro￭ mo￭ some sets possessing chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es of varying shapes is generally the result of a chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al trans￭ location or chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al in￭ version in a trans￭ location genetic material is transferred from one chro￭ mo￭ some to another either symmetr￭ ically or asymmetr￭ ically a rober￭ ts￭ onian trans￭ location in an in￭ version a segment of a chro￭ mo￭ some is fli￭ pped end for end
in genetics a chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al re￭ arrangement is a type of chro￭ mo￭ some ab￭ normality involving a change in the structure of the native chro￭ mo￭ some such changes may involve several different classes of events like dele￭ tions duplic￭ ations in￭ versions and trans￭ locations usually these events are caused by a break￭ age in the dna double hel￭ ices at two different locations followed by a re￭ joining of the broken ends to produce a new chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al arrangement of genes different from the gene order of the chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es before they were broken structural chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al ab￭ norm￭ alities are estimated to occur in around 0 5 of new￭ born infants some chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al regions are more prone to re￭ arrangement than others and thus are the source of genetic diseases and cancer this instability is usually due to the propensity of these regions to mis￭ align during dna repair exacerbated by defects of the appearance of replic￭ ation proteins like fen 1 or pol δ that ubi￭ qu￭ it￭ ously affect the integrity of the genome complex chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al re￭ arrangements cc￭ r are rarely seen in the general population and are defined as structural chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al re￭ arrangements with at least three break￭ points with exchange of genetic material between two or more chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es some forms of cam￭ po￭ mel￭ ic dys￭ pl￭ asia for example result from c￭ crs it is possible that speci￭ ation frequently occurs when a population becomes fixed for one or more chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al re￭ arrangements that reduce fitness when they are hetero￭ zy￭ g￭ ous this theory is lacking in theoretical support because mutations that cause a large reduction in fitness can only be fixed through genetic drift in small in￭ bred populations and the effects of chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al re￭ arrangements on fitness are unpredictable and vary greatly in plant and animal species however a potential mechanism that could promote speci￭ ation is that re￭ arrangements reduce gene flow more by suppressing re￭ combination and extending the effects of linked isolation genes than by reducing fitness
in genetics a chro￭ mo￭ some trans￭ location is a chro￭ mo￭ some ab￭ normality caused by re￭ arrangement of parts between non￭ homo￭ log￭ ous chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es a gene fusion may be created when the trans￭ location joins two otherwise separated genes it is detected on cy￭ to￭ genetics or a kar￭ yo￭ type of affected cells trans￭ locations can be balanced in an even exchange of material with no genetic information extra or missing and ideally full functionality or unbalanced where the exchange of chro￭ mo￭ some material is unequal resulting in extra or missing genes trans￭ locations can be reciprocal balanced or unbalanced or non￭ reciprocal balanced or unbalanced
chro￭ mo￭ some 5 q deletion syndrome chro￭ mo￭ some 5 q mono￭ som￭ y 5 q syndrome is an acquired hem￭ at￭ ological disorder characterized by loss of part of the long arm q arm band 5 q 33 1 of human chro￭ mo￭ some 5 in bone marrow my￭ el￭ oc￭ y￭ te cells this chro￭ mo￭ some ab￭ normality is most commonly associated with the my￭ el￭ odys￭ plastic syndrome it should not be confused with partial tr￭ is￭ omy 5 q though both conditions have been observed in the same family this should not be confused with the germ line cr￭ i du chat 5 p deletion syndrome which is a deletion of the short arm of the 5 th chro￭ mo￭ some
chro￭ mo￭ thri￭ p￭ sis is the phenomenon by which up to thousands of clu￭ stered chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al re￭ arrangements occur in a single event in loc￭ alised and confined genom￭ ic regions in one or a few chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es and is known to be involved in both cancer and con￭ genital diseases it occurs through one massive genom￭ ic re￭ arrangement during a single catastrophic event in the cell s history it is believed that for the cell to be able to withstand such a destructive event the occurrence of such an event must be the upper limit of what a cell can tolerate and survive the chro￭ mo￭ thri￭ p￭ sis phenomenon opposes the conventional theory that cancer is the gradual acquisition of genom￭ ic re￭ arrangements and som￭ atic mutations over time the simplest model as to how these re￭ arrangements occur is through the simultaneous fragmentation of distinct chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al regions break￭ points show a non random distribution and then subsequent imperfect re￭ assembly by dna repair pathways or aberr￭ ant dna replic￭ ation mechanisms chro￭ mo￭ thri￭ p￭ sis occurs early in tum￭ our development and leads to cellular transformation by loss of tum￭ our sup￭ pres￭ sors and on￭ co￭ gene amp￭ li￭ fications but recently it has been found that chro￭ mo￭ thri￭ p￭ sis can be cur￭ ative a woman who had wh￭ im war￭ ts hypo￭ gam￭ mag￭ lob￭ ul￭ in￭ emia infections and my￭ el￭ ok￭ ath￭ ex￭ is syndrome an extremely rare auto￭ som￭ al dominant combined immun￭ o￭ deficiency disease found her symptoms disappeared during her 30 s after chro￭ mo￭ th￭ ry￭ p￭ sis of chro￭ mo￭ some 2 deleted the disease alle￭ le chro￭ mo￭ thri￭ p￭ sis is a neo￭ log￭ ism that comes from the greek words ch￭ rom￭ o which means color and represents chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es because they are strongly stained by particular d￭ yes and thri￭ p￭ sis which means shattering into pieces
ch￭ ron￭ esthesia or mental time travel is a mental ability first hypothe￭ sized by en￭ del tul￭ ving in the 1980 s this refers to the ability to be aware of one s past or future while many may describe it as uniquely human others now argue that this ability can transcend to include non human animals such as birds the mechanisms of mental time travel are not yet fully understood since there is a level of obscur￭ ity and complexity when trying to measure if or when someone underwent mental time travel or not however studies have been conducted to map out areas of the brain that may be responsible for mental time travel
chronic ac￭ tin￭ ic der￭ mati￭ tis also known as ac￭ tin￭ ic re￭ ticul￭ o￭ id chronic photo￭ sensitivity der￭ mati￭ tis persistent light re￭ activity and photo￭ sensitive ecz￭ ema is a condition where a subject s skin becomes infl￭ amed due to a reaction to sunlight or artificial light patients often suffer from other related conditions of the skin that cause der￭ mati￭ tis in response to a variety of stimul￭ i e g flowers sun￭ screens cosmetics etc diagnosis can occur at any age ranging from soon after birth to adul￭ thood a g￭ p may refer a patient to a der￭ mato￭ logist if the condition is not showing clear symptoms and a variety of tests usually completed at a hospital can then determine the exact nature and cause of the patient s condition reactions which vary depending on the severity of the case include r￭ ashes fla￭ red bumpy pat￭ ches affected areas being extremely hot to touch and outbreaks shortly or within 24 hours after direct or indirect exposure to u￭ va and or u￭ v￭ b light the skin most likely reacts on the upper chest hands and face however it is not unlikely for reactions to happen all over the body the patient may feel burning st￭ inging or th￭ robbing sens￭ ations in these areas which causes mild yet uncomfortable pain
chronic allo￭ graft ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ pa￭ thy abbreviated can and also known as s￭ cl￭ ero￭ sing chronic allo￭ graft ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ pa￭ thy is the leading cause of kidney transplant failure and happens month to years after the transplant
chronic atro￭ ph￭ ic rh￭ initi￭ s is a chronic infl￭ amm￭ ation of nose characterised by atro￭ phy of nas￭ al mu￭ co￭ sa including the g￭ lands tur￭ bin￭ ate bones and the nerve elements supplying the nose chronic atro￭ ph￭ ic rh￭ initi￭ s may be primary and secondary special forms of chronic atro￭ ph￭ ic rh￭ initi￭ s are rh￭ initi￭ s sic￭ ca an￭ terior and o￭ za￭ ena
chronic bacterial pro￭ stati￭ tis is a bacterial infection of the pro￭ state g￭ land it should be distinguished from other forms of pro￭ stati￭ tis such as acute bacterial pro￭ stati￭ tis and chronic pel￭ vic pain syndrome cp￭ ps
chronic cere￭ bro￭ spinal ven￭ ous in￭ sufficiency cc￭ s￭ vi or cc￭ vi is a term developed by italian researcher paolo zam￭ bon￭ i in 2008 to describe compromised flow of blood in the ve￭ ins draining the central nervous system zam￭ bon￭ i hypothe￭ sized that it played a role in the cause or development of multiple sclerosis ms zam￭ bon￭ i also devised a procedure which was termed by the media as liberation procedure or liberation therapy involving ven￭ op￭ la￭ sty or st￭ enting of certain ve￭ ins in an attempt to improve blood flow within the medical community both the procedure and cc￭ s￭ vi itself have been met with skepticism zam￭ bon￭ i s first published research was neither blinded nor did it have a comparison group zam￭ bon￭ i also did not disclose his financial ties to es￭ a￭ ote the manufacturer of the ul￭ tras￭ ound specifically used in cc￭ s￭ vi diagnosis the liberation procedure has been criticized for possibly resulting in serious complications and deaths while its benefits have not been proven the united states food and drug administration states that it is not clear if cc￭ s￭ vi exists as a clinical entity and that these treatments may cause more harm research on cc￭ s￭ vi has been fast tracked but researchers have been unable to confirm whether cc￭ s￭ vi has a role in causing ms this has raised serious objections to the hypothesis of cc￭ s￭ vi originating multiple sclerosis additional research investigating the cc￭ s￭ vi hypothesis is underway a 2013 study found that cc￭ s￭ vi is equally rare in people with and without ms while narrowing of the cer￭ vic￭ al ve￭ ins is equally common
a chronic condition is a human health condition or disease that is persistent or otherwise long lasting in its effects or a disease that comes with time the term chronic is often applied when the course of the disease lasts for more than three months common chronic diseases include ar￭ thri￭ tis asthma cancer cop￭ d diabetes and viral diseases such as hepatitis c and hiv aids in medicine the opposite of chronic is acute a chronic course is further distinguished from a recurrent course recurrent diseases relap￭ se repeatedly with periods of remission in between the non communicable diseases are also usually lasting medical conditions but are separated by their non infectious causes in contrast some chronic diseases such as hiv aids are caused by transmissible infections in the united states 25 of adults have at least two chronic conditions chronic diseases constitute a major cause of mortality with the world health organization who attribu￭ ting 38 million deaths a year to non communicable diseases
chronic deci￭ du￭ i￭ tis also plasma cell deci￭ du￭ i￭ tis is a type of long lasting infl￭ amm￭ ation that arises in pregnancy and affects the end￭ ome￭ trial st￭ rom￭ al tissue deci￭ du￭ a it is associated with pre￭ term labour the diagnosis rests primarily on the presence of plasma cells
chronic diarr￭ hea of infancy also called to￭ dd￭ ler s diarr￭ hea is a common condition typically affecting children between ages 6 – 30 months usually resolving by age 4 symptoms include multiple loose bo￭ wel movements per day sometimes with un￭ dig￭ ested food visible normal growth with no evidence of malnutrition and no evidence blood in the sto￭ ol or infection the condition may be related to irrit￭ able bo￭ wel syndrome
chronic disease in northern on￭ tari￭ o is a population health problem the population in northern on￭ tari￭ o experiences worse outcomes on a number of important health indicators including higher rates of chronic disease compared to the population in the rest of on￭ tari￭ o roman￭ ow 2002
chronic e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic leuk￭ emia cel is a disease in which too many e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ ils a type of white blood cell are found in the bone marrow blood and other tissues cel may stay the same for many years or it may progress quickly to acute leuk￭ emia it is generally caused by over￭ activation of the on￭ co￭ gene p￭ dg￭ fra through a chro￭ mo￭ some trans￭ location event though a highly rare disease cel is extremely manageable with the use of gle￭ ev￭ ec which sup￭ presses the on￭ co￭ genic effects of p￭ dg￭ fra
chronic fatigue syndrome cf￭ s is a medical condition characterized by long term fatigue and other symptoms that limit a person s ability to carry out ordinary daily activities quality of life of persons with cf￭ s can be compromised biological genetic infectious and psychological mechanisms have been proposed but the cause is not understood the fatigue of cf￭ s is not due to ongoing exer￭ tion is not much relieved by rest and is not due to any other medical condition diagnosis is based on a person s signs and symptoms evidence suggests that cognitive behavioral therapy and a gradual increase in activity suited to individual capacity can be beneficial in some cases the medication r￭ int￭ ato￭ li￭ mod may be useful for certain people estimates of the number of people with the condition vary from 7 to 3 000 per 100 000 adults about one million americans and a quarter of a million people in the uk have cf￭ s fatigue is a common symptom in many illnesses but the fatigue experienced by persons with cf￭ s is comparatively rare cf￭ s occurs more often in women than men and is less common among children and adolescents there is agreement that cf￭ s has a negative effect on health happiness and productivity but there is also controversy over many aspects of the disorder physicians researchers and patient advocates promote different names and diagnostic criteria while evidence for proposed causes and treatments is often contradictory or of low quality
chronic functional ab￭ domin￭ al pain cf￭ ap or functional ab￭ domin￭ al pain syndrome f￭ aps is the ongoing presence of ab￭ domin￭ al pain for which there is no known medical explanation it is quite similar to but less common than irrit￭ able bo￭ wel syndrome i￭ bs and many of the same treatments for i￭ bs can also be of benefit to those with cf￭ ap the fundamental difference between i￭ bs and cf￭ ap is that in cf￭ ap unlike in i￭ bs there is no change in bo￭ wel habits such as con￭ sti￭ p￭ ation or diarr￭ hea bo￭ wel dysfunction is a necessary diagnostic criterion of i￭ bs cf￭ ap is characterized by chronic pain with no physical explanation or findings no structural infectious or mechanical causes can be found it is the￭ orized that cf￭ ap is a disorder of the nervous system where normal no￭ cic￭ eptive nerve impul￭ ses are amplified like a stere￭ o system turned up too loud resulting in pain this vis￭ cer￭ al hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity may be a stand alone cause of cf￭ ap or cf￭ ap may result from the same type of brain gut nervous system disorder that underlies i￭ bs as with i￭ bs low doses of anti￭ depres￭ s￭ ants have been found useful in controlling the pain of cf￭ ap
chronic gast￭ ri￭ tis is a chronic infl￭ amm￭ ation of the ga￭ str￭ ic mu￭ co￭ sa
chronic gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ ous disease c￭ g￭ d also known as bridges – good syndrome chronic gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ ous disorder and qu￭ ie syndrome is a diverse group of hereditary diseases in which certain cells of the immune system have difficulty forming the reactive oxygen compounds most importantly the super￭ oxide radical due to defective p￭ ha￭ go￭ cy￭ te nad￭ ph oxid￭ ase used to kill certain ing￭ ested pathogens this leads to the formation of gran￭ ul￭ om￭ ata in many organs c￭ g￭ d affects about 1 in 200 000 people in the united states with about 20 new cases diagnosed each year this condition was first discovered in 1950 in a series of 4 boys from min￭ nes￭ ota and in 1957 was named a fatal gran￭ ul￭ om￭ ato￭ sus of childhood in a publication describing their disease the underlying cellular mechanism that causes chronic gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ ous disease was discovered in 1967 and research since that time has further elu￭ ci￭ dated the molecular mechanisms underlying the disease bernard bab￭ ior made key contributions in linking the defect of super￭ oxide production of white blood cells to the eti￭ ology of the disease in 1986 the x linked form of c￭ g￭ d was the first disease for which posi￭ tional cloning was used to identify the underlying genetic mutation
chronic halluc￭ in￭ atory psycho￭ sis is a psycho￭ sis subtype classified under other non￭ organic psycho￭ sis by the ic￭ d 10 chapter v mental and behavi￭ our￭ al disorders other abnormal mental symptoms in the early stages are as a rule absent the patient is most usually quiet and orderly with a good memory it has often been a matter of the greatest difficulty to decide under which heading of the recognized classifications individual members of this group should be placed as the halluc￭ inations give rise to slight depression some might possibly be included under mel￭ ancho￭ lia in others paranoia may develop others again might be swept into the widespread net of dementia pra￭ eco￭ x this state of affairs cannot be regarded as satisfactory for they are not truly cases of mel￭ ancho￭ lia paranoia dementia pra￭ eco￭ x or any other described affection this disease as its name suggests is a halluc￭ in￭ atory case for it is its main feature these may be of all senses but aud￭ itory halluc￭ inations are the most prominent at the beginning the patient may realize that the halluc￭ ination is a mor￭ bid phenomenon and unaccountable they may claim to hear a voice speaking though there is no one in the flesh actually doing so such a state of affairs may last for years and possibly though rarely for life and the subject would not be deemed insane in the ordinary sense of the word it s probable however that this condition forms the first stage of the illness which eventually develops on definite lines what usually happens is the patient seeks an explanation for the halluc￭ inations as none is forthcoming he she tries to account for their presence and the result is a delusion and most frequently a delusion of persecution also it needs to be noted that the delusion is a comparatively late arrival and is the logical result of the halluc￭ inations
chronic infl￭ am￭ matory dem￭ yel￭ inating pol￭ yn￭ euro￭ pa￭ thy ci￭ dp is an acquired immune medi￭ ated infl￭ am￭ matory disorder of the peripheral nervous system the disorder is sometimes called chronic relap￭ sing pol￭ yn￭ euro￭ pa￭ thy cr￭ p or chronic infl￭ am￭ matory dem￭ yel￭ inating poly￭ radic￭ ul￭ on￭ euro￭ pa￭ thy because it involves the nerve roots ci￭ dp is closely related to guil￭ lain – bar￭ r￭ é syndrome and it is considered the chronic counterpart of that acute disease its symptoms are also similar to progressive infl￭ am￭ matory neuro￭ pa￭ thy an asymmetrical variant of ci￭ dp is known as lewis sum￭ ner syndrome
chronic inflation is an economic phenomenon occurring when a country experiences high inflation for a prolonged period of time several years or decades due to undue expansion or increase of the money supply in countries with chronic inflation inflation expectations become built in and it becomes extremely difficult to reduce the inflation rate not to be confused with hyper￭ inflation
chronic kidney disease ck￭ d also known as chronic ren￭ al disease is progressive loss in kidney function over a period of months or years the symptoms of worsening kidney function are not specific and might include feeling generally un￭ well and experiencing a reduced appetite often chronic kidney disease is diagnosed as a result of screening of people known to be at risk of kidney problems such as those with high blood pressure or diabetes and those with a blood￭ line relative with ck￭ d this disease may also be identified when it leads to one of its recognized complications such as cardiovascular disease an￭ emia peric￭ ardi￭ tis or ren￭ al o￭ ste￭ od￭ y￭ stro￭ phy the latter included in the novel term ck￭ d m￭ b￭ d ck￭ d is a long term form of kidney disease thus it is differentiated from acute kidney disease acute kidney injury in that the reduction in kidney function must be present for over 3 months ck￭ d is an internationally recognized public health problem affecting 5 – 10 of the world population chronic kidney disease is identified by a blood test for cre￭ at￭ in￭ ine which is a breakdown product of muscle metabol￭ ism higher levels of cre￭ at￭ in￭ ine indicate a lower glo￭ mer￭ ular fil￭ tration rate and as a result a decreased capability of the kidneys to ex￭ crete waste products cre￭ at￭ in￭ ine levels may be normal in the early stages of ck￭ d and the condition is discovered if ur￭ in￭ al￭ ysis testing of a urine sample shows the kidney is allowing the loss of protein or red blood cells into the urine to fully investigate the underlying cause of kidney damage various forms of medical imaging blood tests and sometimes a kidney biopsy removing a small sample of kidney tissue are employed to find out if a reversible cause for the kidney mal￭ function is present previous professional guidelines classified the severity of ck￭ d in five stages with stage 1 being the mil￭ dest and usually causing few symptoms and stage 5 being a severe illness with poor life expectancy if untreated stage 5 ck￭ d is often called end stage kidney disease end stage ren￭ al disease or end stage kidney failure and is largely synonymous with the now outdated terms chronic ren￭ al failure or chronic kidney failure and usually means the patient requires ren￭ al replacement therapy which may involve a form of dial￭ ysis but ideally constitutes a kidney transplant recent international guidelines reclassi￭ fied ck￭ d based on cause glo￭ mer￭ ular fil￭ tration rate category g 1 g 2 g 3 a g 3 b g 4 and g 5 and albu￭ min￭ ur￭ ia category a 1 a 2 a 3 screening of at risk people is important because treatments exist that delay the progression of ck￭ d if an underlying cause of ck￭ d such as vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis or obstruc￭ tive ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ pa￭ thy block￭ age to the drainage system of the kidneys is found it may be treated directly to slow the damage in more advanced stages treatments may be required for an￭ emia and kidney bone disease also called ren￭ al o￭ ste￭ od￭ y￭ stro￭ phy secondary hyper￭ par￭ ath￭ yro￭ i￭ dis￭ m or chronic kidney disease – mineral bone disorder ck￭ d m￭ b￭ d chronic kidney disease resulted in 9￭ 56 000 deaths in 2013 up from 409 000 deaths in 1990
chronic kidney disease – mineral and bone disorder ck￭ d m￭ b￭ d is one of the many complications associated with chronic kidney disease it represents a systemic disorder of mineral and bone metabol￭ ism due to ck￭ d manifested by either one or a combination of the following ab￭ norm￭ alities of calcium phosphorus phosphate par￭ ath￭ yro￭ id hormone or vitamin d metabol￭ ism ab￭ norm￭ alities in bone turnover miner￭ alization volume linear growth or strength vascular or other soft tissue calci￭ fication ck￭ d m￭ b￭ d explains at least in part the high morbi￭ dity and mortality of ck￭ d patients linking kidney and bone disease with cardiovascular complications it is a matter of discussion whether ck￭ d m￭ b￭ d may be considered a real syndrome or not ck￭ d m￭ b￭ d broad￭ ens the old concept of ren￭ al o￭ ste￭ od￭ y￭ stro￭ phy which now should be restricted to describing the bone path￭ ology associated with ck￭ d thus ren￭ al o￭ ste￭ od￭ y￭ stro￭ phy is currently considered one measure of the sk￭ el￭ etal component of the systemic disorder of ck￭ d – m￭ b￭ d that is quantifiable by hist￭ om￭ orph￭ ome￭ try of bone biopsy
chronic leuk￭ emia is an increase of abnormal white blood cells it differs from acute leuk￭ emia and is categ￭ orized as my￭ elo￭ genous or lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tic chronic leuk￭ emia may refer to chronic my￭ elo￭ genous leuk￭ emia chronic lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tic leuk￭ emia ha￭ iry cell leuk￭ emia
chronic mountain sickness c￭ ms or mon￭ ge s disease is a disease in which the proportion of blood volume that is occupied by red blood cells increases poly￭ cy￭ them￭ ia and there is an abnormally low level of oxygen in the blood hypo￭ x￭ emia c￭ ms can develop during extended time living at a high altitude the most frequent symptoms of c￭ ms are headache di￭ zz￭ iness tin￭ nit￭ us breath￭ lessness pal￭ p￭ itations sleep disturbance fatigue an￭ ore￭ x￭ ia mental confusion cyan￭ osis and dil￭ ation of ve￭ ins c￭ ms was first described in 19￭ 25 by carlos mon￭ ge while acute mountain sickness is experienced shortly after as￭ cent to high altitude chronic mountain sickness may develop after many years of living at high altitude in medicine high altitude is defined as over 2500 metres 8￭ 200 ft but most cases of c￭ ms occur at over 3000 m 10000 ft recently it has been correlated with increased expression of the genes an￭ p 32 d and sen￭ p 1
chronic mu￭ co￭ cu￭ taneous candi￭ di￭ asis is an immune disorder of t cells it is characterized by chronic infections with candi￭ da that are limited to mu￭ cos￭ al surfaces skin and nails however it can also be associated with other types of infections such as human pap￭ il￭ lo￭ ma virus an association with chro￭ mo￭ some 2 has been identified types include
chronic my￭ elo￭ genous or my￭ elo￭ id or my￭ el￭ oc￭ y￭ tic leuk￭ emia c￭ ml also known as chronic gran￭ ul￭ oc￭ y￭ tic leuk￭ emia c￭ g￭ l is a cancer of the white blood cells it is a form of leuk￭ emia characterized by the increased and unregulated growth of predominantly my￭ elo￭ id cells in the bone marrow and the accumulation of these cells in the blood c￭ ml is a cl￭ onal bone marrow stem cell disorder in which a proliferation of mature gran￭ ul￭ oc￭ y￭ tes neu￭ troph￭ ils e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ ils and bas￭ oph￭ ils and their precursors is found it is a type of my￭ elo￭ prolifer￭ ative disease associated with a characteristic chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al trans￭ location called the philadelphia chro￭ mo￭ some c￭ ml is now largely treated with targeted drugs called ty￭ ros￭ ine kin￭ ase inhi￭ bit￭ ors t￭ kis which have led to dramatically improved long term survival rates since the introduction of the first such agent in 2001 these drugs have revolution￭ ized treatment of this disease and allow most patients to have a good quality of life when compared to the former chem￭ otherapy drugs in western countries c￭ ml accounts for 15 20 of all adult leuk￭ emi￭ as and 14 of leuk￭ emi￭ as overall including the pedi￭ atric population
chronic my￭ el￭ om￭ on￭ oc￭ y￭ tic leuk￭ aemia c￭ m￭ ml is a type of leuk￭ aemia which are cancers of the blood forming cells of the bone marrow in adults blood cells are formed in the bone marrow by a process that is known as ha￭ emato￭ po￭ ies￭ is in c￭ m￭ ml there are increased numbers of mon￭ oc￭ y￭ tes and immature blood cells bl￭ asts in the peripheral blood and bone marrow as well as abnormal looking cells dys￭ pl￭ asia in at least one type of blood cell c￭ m￭ ml shows characteristics of a my￭ el￭ odys￭ plastic syndrome m￭ ds a disorder that produces abnormal looking blood cells and a my￭ elo￭ prolifer￭ ative disorder mp￭ d a disorder characterised by the overproduction of blood cells for this reason c￭ m￭ ml was reclassi￭ fied as a m￭ ds mp￭ n overlap disorder in 2002 for a diagnosis of c￭ m￭ ml the world health organisation who states that the blood mon￭ oc￭ y￭ te count must be 1 x 109 l no philadelphia chro￭ mo￭ some or mutations in the p￭ dg￭ fra or p￭ dg￭ fr￭ b gene should be present the blast count must be 20 and dys￭ pl￭ asia of at least one line￭ age of my￭ elo￭ id blood cell should be present az￭ aci￭ ti￭ dine is a drug used to treat c￭ m￭ ml and is approved by the food and drug administration f￭ da and the european medicines agency stem cell transplant is also used to treat c￭ m￭ ml and involves the transplantation of donor ha￭ emato￭ po￭ ie￭ tic stem cells into the recipient blood transfusion and er￭ y￭ thro￭ po￭ ie￭ tin are used to treat disease associated ana￭ emia
chronic neu￭ tro￭ phil￭ ic leuk￭ emia c￭ nl is a rare my￭ elo￭ prolifer￭ ative ne￭ op￭ las￭ m that features a persistent neu￭ tro￭ phi￭ lia in peripheral blood my￭ elo￭ id hyper￭ pl￭ asia in bone marrow he￭ pat￭ os￭ plen￭ om￭ eg￭ al￭ y and the absence of the philadelphia chro￭ mo￭ some or a b￭ cr abl fusion gene
chronic obstruc￭ tive pul￭ mon￭ ary disease cop￭ d is a type of obstruc￭ tive lung disease characterized by long term poor air￭ flow the main symptoms include short￭ ness of breath and cough with sp￭ u￭ tum production cop￭ d typically wor￭ sens over time eventually walking up stairs or carrying things will be difficult chronic bron￭ chi￭ tis and emph￭ ys￭ ema are older terms used for different types of cop￭ d the term chronic bron￭ chi￭ tis is still used to define a productive cough that is present for at least three months each year for two years tobacco smoking is the most common cause of cop￭ d with a number of other factors such as air pollution and genetics playing a smaller role in the developing world one of the common sources of air pollution is poorly vented heating and cooking fires long term exposure to these irrit￭ ants causes an infl￭ am￭ matory response in the lungs resulting in narrowing of the small airways and breakdown of lung tissue the diagnosis is based on poor air￭ flow as measured by lung function tests in contrast to asthma the air￭ flow reduction does not improve much with the use of a bron￭ cho￭ di￭ lat￭ or most cases of cop￭ d can be prevented by reducing exposure to risk factors this includes decreasing rates of smoking and improving indoor and outdoor air quality while treatment can slow worsening there is no cure cop￭ d treatments include stopping smoking vaccinations respiratory rehabilitation and often inhal￭ ed bron￭ cho￭ di￭ lators and ster￭ oids some people may benefit from long term oxygen therapy or lung transplantation in those who have periods of acute worsening increased use of medications and hosp￭ itali￭ zation may be needed as of 2013 cop￭ d affects 329 million people or nearly 5 percent of the global population it typically occurs in people over the age of 40 males and females are affected equally commonly in 2013 it resulted in 2 9 million deaths up from 2 4 million deaths in 1990 more than 90 of these deaths occur in the developing world the number of deaths is projected to increase further because of higher smoking rates and an aging population in many countries it resulted in an estimated economic cost of 2 1 trillion in 2010
chronic pain is pain that lasts a long time in medicine the distinction between acute and chronic pain is sometimes determined by an arbitrary interval of time since onset the two most commonly used mark￭ ers being 3 months and 6 months since onset though some theorists and researchers have placed the transition from acute to chronic pain at 12 months others apply acute to pain that lasts less than 30 days chronic to pain of more than six months duration and sub￭ acute to pain that lasts from one to six months a popular alternative definition of chronic pain involving no arbitrarily fixed duration is pain that extends beyond the expected period of healing epidemiological studies have found that 10 1 to 55 2 of people in various countries have chronic pain chronic pain may originate in the body or in the brain or spinal cord it is difficult to treat and is often handled by a pain management team some people with chronic pain benefit from op￭ io￭ id treatment and others do not some are harmed by the treatment various non￭ op￭ io￭ id medicines are also used depending on whether the pain originates from tissue damage or is neuro￭ path￭ ic psychological treatments including cognitive behavioral therapy and acceptance and commitment therapy have been shown effective for improving quality of life in those with chronic pain severe chronic pain is associated with increased 10 year mortality particularly from heart disease and respiratory disease people with chronic pain tend to have higher rates of depression anxiety sleep disturbances and neuro￭ ticism these are cor￭ relations and it is often not clear which factor causes another chronic pain may contribute to decreased physical activity due to fear of exacerbating pain often resulting in weight gain pain intensity pain control and resili￭ ency to pain are influenced by different levels and types of social support that a person with chronic pain receives
chronic pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis is a long standing infl￭ amm￭ ation of the pan￭ cre￭ as that al￭ ters the organ s normal structure and functions it can present as episodes of acute infl￭ amm￭ ation in a previously injured pan￭ cre￭ as or as chronic damage with persistent pain or mal￭ absorption it is a disease process characterized by irreversible damage to the pan￭ cre￭ as as distinct from reversible changes in acute pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis
chronic par￭ oxy￭ sm￭ al hemic￭ ran￭ ia c￭ ph also known as s￭ ja￭ ast￭ ad syndrome is a severe deb￭ il￭ itating unilateral headache usually affecting the area around the eye it normally consists of multiple severe yet short headache attacks affecting only one side of the cran￭ ium it is more commonly diagnosed in women than in men but unlike a migr￭ aine has no neuro￭ logical symptoms associated with it c￭ ph headaches are treated through the use of non ster￭ o￭ idal anti infl￭ am￭ matory drugs with in￭ dom￭ eth￭ ac￭ in found to be usually effective in eliminating symptoms par￭ oxy￭ sm￭ al hemic￭ ran￭ ia is classified by the frequency and duration of attacks experienced by patients ep￭ is￭ od￭ ic par￭ oxy￭ sm￭ al hemic￭ ran￭ ia attacks occur at least twice a year and last anywhere from seven days to a year with pain free periods of a month or longer separating them chronic par￭ oxy￭ sm￭ al hemic￭ ran￭ ia attacks occur over the course of more than a year without remission or with re￭ missions lasting less than a month
chronic period￭ on￭ ti￭ tis is a common disease of the oral cav￭ ity consisting of chronic infl￭ amm￭ ation of the period￭ on￭ tal tissues that is caused by accumulation of prof￭ use amounts of dental pla￭ que
chronic poverty is a phenomenon whereby an individual or group is in a state of poverty over extended period of time while determining both the implicit poverty line and the duration needed to be considered long term is debated the identification of this kind of poverty is considered important because it may require different policies than those needed for addressing transi￭ ent poverty
chronic progressive external oph￭ thal￭ mop￭ legi￭ a c￭ pe￭ o also known as progressive external oph￭ thal￭ mop￭ legi￭ a pe￭ o is a type of eye disorder characterized by slowly progressive inability to move the eyes and eyebro￭ ws it is often the only feature of mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al disease in which case the term c￭ pe￭ o may be given as the diagnosis in other people suffering from mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al disease c￭ pe￭ o occurs as part of a syndrome involving more than one part of the body such as ke￭ ar￭ ns say￭ re syndrome occasionally c￭ pe￭ o may be caused by conditions other than mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al diseases
chronic progressive lymp￭ he￭ dem￭ a or c￭ pl is a disease that resembles scrat￭ ches it has been identified in shire cl￭ y￭ des￭ dale and belgian horses as well as a small number of gypsy v￭ ann￭ ers it is characterized by lymp￭ he￭ dem￭ a and symptoms include progressive sw￭ elling thick￭ ening skin and le￭ sions on the lower leg the disease is most likely caused by a malfunctioning lymp￭ h￭ atic system and a compromised immune system with quite possibly a genetic component no cure is available yet only treatment has helped keep it under control for some scientists at uc davis center for equine health are continuing research on the disease with the interest cooperation and financial support from ay￭ r￭ shire farms of up￭ per￭ ville virginia
chronic non￭ bacterial pro￭ stati￭ tis or chronic pro￭ stati￭ tis chronic pel￭ vic pain syndrome cp cp￭ ps is a pel￭ vic pain condition in men and should be distinguished from other forms of pro￭ stati￭ tis such as chronic bacterial pro￭ stati￭ tis and acute bacterial pro￭ stati￭ tis this condition was formerly known as pro￭ stat￭ od￭ y￭ nia painful pro￭ state
asper￭ gil￭ losis is an infection caused by the fun￭ gus asper￭ gill￭ us asper￭ gil￭ losis describes a large number of diseases involving both infection and growth of fun￭ gus as well as allergic responses asper￭ gil￭ losis can occur in a variety of organs both in humans and animals the most common sites of infection are the respiratory apparatus lungs sin￭ uses and these infections can be invasive e g – ip￭ a non invasive e g allergic pul￭ mon￭ ary asper￭ gil￭ losis ab￭ pa chronic pul￭ mon￭ ary and asper￭ gil￭ lo￭ ma e g chronic cav￭ itary semi invasive severe asthma with fun￭ gal sensi￭ tisation saf￭ s chronic pul￭ mon￭ ary asper￭ gil￭ losis cpa is a long term asper￭ gill￭ us infection of the lung and asper￭ gill￭ us fum￭ ig￭ atus is almost always the species responsible for this illness patients fall into several groups as listed below those with an asper￭ gil￭ lo￭ ma which is a ball of fun￭ gus found in a single lung cav￭ ity which may improve or disappear or change very little over a few years asper￭ gill￭ us no￭ dule chronic cav￭ itary pul￭ mon￭ ary asper￭ gil￭ losis cc￭ pa where ca￭ vities are present in the lungs but not necessarily with a fun￭ gal ball asper￭ gil￭ lo￭ ma chronic fi￭ bro￭ sing pul￭ mon￭ ary asper￭ gil￭ losis this may develop where pul￭ mon￭ ary asper￭ gil￭ losis remains untreated and chronic scar￭ ring of the lungs occurs unfortunately scar￭ ring of the lungs does not improve most patients with cpa have or have had an underlying lung disease the most common diseases include tuberculosis atypical my￭ co￭ bacter￭ ium infection stage iii fi￭ bro￭ c￭ ys￭ tic pul￭ mon￭ ary sar￭ co￭ ido￭ sis ab￭ pa lung cancer cop￭ d and emph￭ ys￭ ema asthma and sili￭ co￭ sis
chronic recurrent multi￭ focal o￭ ste￭ om￭ ye￭ li￭ tis cr￭ mo multi￭ focal because it can erup￭ t in different sites primarily bones o￭ ste￭ om￭ ye￭ li￭ tis because it is very similar to that disease but appears to be without any infection also known as chronic recurring multi￭ focal o￭ ste￭ om￭ ye￭ li￭ tis is a rare condition 1 1 000 000 in which the bones have le￭ sions infl￭ amm￭ ation and pain its definition is evolving many doctors and articles described cr￭ mo as an auto￭ immune disease that has symptoms similar to o￭ ste￭ om￭ ye￭ li￭ tis but without the infection some doctors thought cr￭ mo was related to sap￭ ho syndrome cutting edge research now classi￭ fies cr￭ mo as an inherited auto￭ infl￭ am￭ matory disease but have yet to isolate the exact gene responsible for it some specialists believe they have discovered a link between cr￭ mo with a rare alle￭ le of marker d 18 s 60 resulting in a hap￭ lo￭ type relative risk hr￭ r of 18 other experts found that mutations in l￭ pin 2 cause a syndro￭ mic form of chronic recurrent multi￭ focal o￭ ste￭ om￭ ye￭ li￭ tis known as maj￭ e￭ ed syndrome while mutations in p￭ st￭ pi￭ p 2 cause a mur￭ ine form of the disorder the roles played by l￭ pin 2 and the human homo￭ log of p￭ st￭ pi￭ p 2 p￭ st￭ pi￭ p 2 in the eti￭ ology of chronic recurrent multi￭ focal o￭ ste￭ om￭ ye￭ li￭ tis are uncertain but are currently being investigated the professional theories seem to be moving in the direction of an inherited gene
chronic relap￭ sing infl￭ am￭ matory op￭ tic neuro￭ pa￭ thy cri￭ on sometimes called chronic relap￭ sing infl￭ am￭ matory op￭ tic ne￭ uri￭ tis is a form of recurrent op￭ tic ne￭ uri￭ tis that is ster￭ o￭ id responsive patients typically present with pain associated with visual loss cri￭ on is a diagnosis of exclusion and other dem￭ yel￭ inating auto￭ immune and systemic causes should be ruled out early recognition is crucial given risks for severe visual loss and because it is treat￭ able with immun￭ o￭ sup￭ pres￭ sive treatment such as ster￭ oids relap￭ se that occurs after reducing or stopping ster￭ oids is a characteristic feature
a chronic scar ker￭ at￭ osis also known as a chronic cic￭ atri￭ x ker￭ at￭ osis is a pre￭ can￭ cer￭ ous skin le￭ sion that arises within a long standing scar
chronic s￭ cl￭ ero￭ sing si￭ al￭ ad￭ eni￭ tis is a chronic long lasting infl￭ am￭ matory condition affecting the sali￭ vary g￭ land relatively rare in occurrence this condition is benign but presents as hard ind￭ ur￭ ated and enlarged masses that are clin￭ ically in￭ distingu￭ ishable from sali￭ vary g￭ land ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms or tumors it is now regarded as a manifestation of ig￭ g 4 related disease involvement of the sub￭ man￭ di￭ bul￭ ar g￭ lands is also known as k￭ ü￭ tt￭ ner s tumor named after her￭ mann k￭ ü￭ tt￭ ner 1870 – 19￭ 32 a german oral and max￭ il￭ lo￭ facial surgeon who reported four cases of sub￭ man￭ di￭ bul￭ ar g￭ land le￭ sions for the first time in 18￭ 96
chronic solvent induced encephalopathy c￭ se is a condition induced by long term exposure to organic solvents typically in the workplace that lead to a wide variety of persisting sens￭ or￭ im￭ o￭ tor pol￭ yn￭ euro￭ path￭ ies and neuro￭ behavioral deficits even after solvent exposure has been removed this syndrome can also be referred to as psycho organic syndrome organic solvent syndrome chronic pain￭ ter s syndrome occupational solvent encephalopathy solvent in￭ tox￭ ication toxic solvent syndrome pa￭ inters disease psycho organic syndrome chronic toxic encephalopathy and ne￭ ur￭ asth￭ en￭ ic syndrome the multiple names of solvent induced syndro￭ mes combined with inconsistency in research methods makes referen￭ cing this disease difficult and its catalo￭ g of symptoms vague
chronic superficial ker￭ ati￭ tis c￭ sk also known as pann￭ us or u￭ ber￭ re￭ iter ’ s disease is an infl￭ am￭ matory condition of the cor￭ ne￭ a in dogs particularly seen in the german shepherd dog
chronic traumatic encephalopathy c￭ te is a progressive degenerative disease found in people who have had a severe blow or repeated blows to the head the disease was previously called dementia pu￭ gil￭ is￭ tica dp i e punch drunk as it was initially found in those with a history of boxing c￭ te has been most commonly found in professional athletes participating in american football rug￭ by ice hockey boxing professional wrestling stunt performing bull riding ro￭ deo and other contact sports who have experienced repeated con￭ cus￭ sions or other brain trauma its presence in domestic violence is also being investigated it can affect high school athletes especially american football players following few years of activity it is a form of tau￭ opathy
chronic undermining bur￭ rowing ul￭ cer also known as mel￭ en￭ ey gang￭ rene or mel￭ en￭ ey s ul￭ cer is a cu￭ taneous condition that is a post￭ operative progressive bacterial gang￭ rene it is seen in immun￭ o￭ compromised individuals mostly after post ab￭ domin￭ al surgery and rapidly spreads to involve a large area
chronic ven￭ ous in￭ sufficiency c￭ vi is a medical condition in which the ve￭ ins cannot pump enough blood back to the heart the most common cause of c￭ vi is superficial ven￭ ous ref￭ lux which is a treat￭ able condition as functional ven￭ ous valves are required to provide for efficient blood return from the lower extre￭ mi￭ ties this condition typically affects the legs if the impaired vein function causes significant symptoms such as sw￭ elling and ul￭ cer formation it is referred to as chronic ven￭ ous disease c￭ vi includes vari￭ cose ve￭ ins and superficial ven￭ ous ref￭ lux hidden vari￭ cose ve￭ ins it is sometimes called chronic peripheral ven￭ ous in￭ sufficiency and should not be confused with post thro￭ m￭ bo￭ tic syndrome in which the deep ve￭ ins have been damaged by previous deep vein thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis most cases of c￭ vi can be improved with treatments to the superficial ven￭ ous system or st￭ enting the deep system vari￭ cose ve￭ ins for example can now be treated by local an￭ esthetic endo￭ ven￭ ous surgery the prevalence of c￭ vi is far higher in women than in men the tampere study which examined the epidemiology of vari￭ cose ve￭ ins in a large cohor￭ t of 32￭ 84 men and 35￭ 90 women demonstrated that the prevalence of vari￭ cose ve￭ ins in men and women was 18 and 42 respectively the condition has been known since ancient times and hippo￭ crates used band￭ aging to treat it
chronic ves￭ icul￭ ob￭ ul￭ lous hand ecz￭ ema presents with le￭ sions that may be hyper￭ ker￭ ato￭ tic scaling and f￭ issu￭ res and the dy￭ sh￭ id￭ ro￭ si￭ form pattern may be recognized only during exacerb￭ ations females out￭ number males by 3 1 and there is a tendency for the pr￭ uri￭ tic 1 to 2 mm ves￭ ic￭ les to be most pronounced at the sides of the fingers
chronic wasting disease cw￭ d is a transmissible spongiform encephalopathy tse of mule deer white ta￭ iled deer el￭ k or w￭ ap￭ i￭ ti and mo￭ ose el￭ k in europe as of 2016 cw￭ d had only been found in members of the deer family first recognized as a clinical wasting syndrome in 1967 in mule deer in a wildlife research facility in northern colorado usa it was identified as a tse in 1978 and has spread to free ranging and captive populations in 23 us states and two canadian provinces cw￭ d is ty￭ pi￭ fied by chronic weight loss leading to death no relationship is known between cw￭ d and any other tse of animals or people although reports in the popular press have been made of humans being affected by cw￭ d a study by the centers for disease control and prevention suggests m ore epidem￭ io￭ logic and laboratory studies are needed to monitor the possibility of such transmissions the epidemiological study further concluded a s a precaution hunters should avoid eating deer and el￭ k tissues known to harbor the cw￭ d agent e g brain spinal cord eyes sp￭ leen ton￭ si￭ ls lymp￭ h no￭ des from areas where cw￭ d has been identified
chronic wound pain is a condition described as unre￭ mitting disab￭ ling and recalcit￭ rant pain experienced by individuals with various types of chronic wounds chronic wounds such as ven￭ ous leg ul￭ cers arter￭ ial ul￭ cers diabe￭ tic foot ul￭ cers pressure ul￭ cers and m￭ align￭ ant wounds can have an enormous impact on an individual ’ s quality of life with pain being one of the most distressing symptoms the pain experienced by individuals with chronic wounds can be acute or chronic acute wound pain is inter￭ mit￭ tent and exacerbated by manipulation of the wound during procedures such as dressing changes or debri￭ d￭ ement chronic wound pain is present for six months or more and occurs without any manipulation of the wound chronic wound pain is persistent and exists at rest persistent pain is used inter￭ change￭ ably or to replace the term chronic pain inter￭ mit￭ tent or continuous pain that is present for three months or more is considered as persistent pain persistent pain is also referred to as neuro￭ path￭ ic pain depending on the sensation associated with neuro￭ path￭ ic pain it may be considered as acute or chronic acute neuro￭ path￭ ic pain is associated with burning squeezing th￭ robbing shooting or electric shock sens￭ ations that resolve neuro￭ path￭ ic sens￭ ations such as num￭ b￭ ness ting￭ ling and pr￭ ick￭ ling are considered as chronic neuro￭ path￭ ic pain chronic neuro￭ path￭ ic pain may be inter￭ mit￭ tent or continuous and may remain unresolved post tissue healing
chr￭ ys￭ an￭ them￭ um white r￭ ust is a disease of plants caused by the fun￭ gus pu￭ c￭ cin￭ ia h￭ ori￭ ana that inf￭ ects species of the genus chr￭ ys￭ an￭ them￭ um
ch￭ ry￭ si￭ asis gk ch￭ ry￭ sos gold osis condition of is a der￭ mat￭ ological condition induced by the paren￭ ter￭ al administration of gold salts usually for the treatment of r￭ heu￭ mato￭ id ar￭ thri￭ tis such treatment has been superseded as the best practice for treating the disease because of numerous side effects and monitoring requirements their limited efficacy and very slow onset of action similar to silver a gold preparation used paren￭ ter￭ ally for a long period may rarely produce a permanent skin pi￭ gm￭ entation especially if the skin is exposed to sunlight or artificial ultra￭ violet radiation the skin s pi￭ gm￭ entation in this condition has been described as uniformly gray gray￭ ish purple slate gray or gray￭ ish blue and is usually limited to exposed portions of the body it may involve the con￭ junc￭ tiv￭ ae over the s￭ cler￭ as but usually not the oral mu￭ co￭ sa location of pig￭ ment predominantly in the upper der￭ mis leads to the blue component of skin color through the scat￭ tering phenomenon it is much less likely to be deposited in the nails and hair ch￭ ry￭ si￭ asis was said to have been much more common when medicines containing traces of gold were used for treatment of tuberculosis commonplace forms of treatment nearly fifty years ago treatments containing gold traces were also used to treat cases of r￭ heu￭ mato￭ id ar￭ thri￭ tis but because the dose used for tuberculosis was higher than for ar￭ thri￭ tis it has not afflicted many subscri￭ bing to such treatments gold can be identified in the skin chemically by light micro￭ sco￭ py electr￭ on micro￭ sco￭ py and spec￭ tro￭ sco￭ py there is no way to reverse or treat ch￭ ry￭ si￭ asis
ch￭ ry￭ som￭ y￭ xa wei￭ ri￭ i commonly known as we￭ ir ’ s cushion r￭ ust is a disease of sp￭ ru￭ ce trees it is mostly a cosmetic problem causing yel￭ low￭ ish spo￭ tting and ban￭ ding on sp￭ ru￭ ce needles but in some cases can cause severe premature de￭ foli￭ ation we￭ ir ’ s cushion r￭ ust can also dis￭ figure and reduce growth of sp￭ ru￭ ce trees by targeting the tender needles of newly emerging shoots this disease is spread by wind and water spl￭ ash and can further infect the sp￭ ru￭ ce it currently resides on or a neighboring sp￭ ru￭ ce unlike other r￭ ust diseases c wei￭ ri￭ i is auto￭ ec￭ ious only inf￭ ecting sp￭ ru￭ ce trees c wei￭ ri￭ i is also micro￭ cyclic producing only two of the five possible spor￭ e stages common in r￭ ust fun￭ gi trees affected by we￭ ir ’ s cushion r￭ ust usually have obvious symptoms but if treated correctly the disease can be managed
ch￭ ton￭ ob￭ della lim￭ bat￭ a is a species of blood sucking le￭ ech found in new south wales australia it occurs in mo￭ ist forest areas being noticeable after rain often encountered on the forest floor or on low foli￭ age a hungry le￭ ech is responsive to light or movement
the chu￭ ga￭ ev elimination is a chemical reaction that involves the elimination of water from alcohol￭ s to produce al￭ ken￭ es the intermediate is a x￭ anth￭ ate it is named for its discover￭ er the russian chem￭ ist lev al￭ ek￭ sand￭ ro￭ v￭ ich chu￭ ga￭ ev 18￭ 73 19￭ 22 who first reported the reaction sequence in 18￭ 99 in the first step a x￭ anth￭ ate salt is formed out of the al￭ ko￭ x￭ ide and carbon dis￭ ul￭ fide cs 2 with the addition of io￭ dom￭ ethane the al￭ ko￭ x￭ ide is transformed into a methyl x￭ anth￭ ate at about 200 ° c the al￭ k￭ ene is formed by an intr￭ am￭ ol￭ ec￭ ular elimination in a 6 memb￭ ered cyclic transition state the hydrogen atom is removed from the carbon atom β to the x￭ anth￭ ate oxygen in a syn elimination the side product de￭ com￭ poses to carbon￭ yl sul￭ fide oc￭ s and meth￭ an￭ eth￭ i￭ ol the chu￭ ga￭ ev elimination is similar in mechanism to other thermal elimination reactions such as the cope elimination and ester pyro￭ lysis x￭ anth￭ ates typically undergo elimination from 120 to 200 ° c while esters typically require 400 to 500 ° c and amine oxides routinely react between 80 to 160 ° c
the churches of chi￭ lo￭ é in chile s chi￭ lo￭ é archipelago are a unique architectural phenomenon in the americas and one of the most prominent styles of chi￭ lo￭ ta architecture unlike classical spanish colonial architecture the churches of chi￭ lo￭ é are made entirely in native timber with extensive use of wood sh￭ ing￭ les the churches were built from materials to resist chi￭ lo￭ é archipelago s hum￭ id and rainy oce￭ anic climate built in the 18 th and 19 th centuries when chi￭ lo￭ é archipelago was still a part of the spanish crown possessions the churches represent the fusion of european jes￭ uit culture and local native peoples skill and traditions an excellent example of mes￭ tiz￭ o culture the churches of chi￭ lo￭ é were designated unesco world heritage sites since 2000 the university of chile fund￭ ación cultural ig￭ le￭ si￭ as de chi￭ lo￭ é and other institutions have led efforts to preserve these historic structures and to public￭ ize them for their unique qualities
chur￭ ning is an encryption function used to scramble downstream user data of the atm passive optical network system defined by the it￭ u g 9￭ 83 1 standard the standard states that chur￭ ning offers a low level of protection for data confidentiality cry￭ pt￭ analysis had shown that the chur￭ ning ci￭ p￭ her is robu￭ stly weak
in the dun￭ geons drag￭ ons fantasy ro￭ le￭ playing game the chu￭ ul is a large pale yellow lobster like aberr￭ ation with a set of nasty p￭ inc￭ ers and paraly￭ tic tent￭ acles
ch￭ y￭ lo￭ der￭ ma is sw￭ elling of the scro￭ tum resulting from chronic lymp￭ h￭ atic obstruction obstruction may be caused by a nemato￭ de such as wu￭ cher￭ er￭ ia ban￭ cro￭ f￭ ti this condition is also known as lymp￭ h￭ scro￭ tum or eleph￭ anti￭ asis scro￭ ti
ch￭ y￭ lo￭ mic￭ ron retention disease is a disorder of fat absorption it is associated with sar 1 b mutations in sar 1 b prevent the release of ch￭ y￭ lo￭ mic￭ ron￭ s in the circulation which leads to nutritional and developmental problems it is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive disorder with around 40 cases reported worldwide since it is rec￭ essive parents usually do not express symptoms without functional ch￭ y￭ lo￭ mic￭ ron￭ s certain fat soluble vitamins such as vitamin d and vitamin e cannot be absorbed ch￭ y￭ lo￭ mic￭ ron￭ s have a crucial role in fat absorption and transport thus deficiency in ch￭ y￭ lo￭ mic￭ ron functioning reduces available levels of dietary fats and fat soluble vitamins
a ch￭ y￭ lo￭ thor￭ ax or ch￭ yle leak is a type of ple￭ ural eff￭ usion it results from lymp￭ h formed in the dig￭ estive system called ch￭ yle accumulating in the ple￭ ural cav￭ ity due to either disruption or obstruction of the thor￭ ac￭ ic duc￭ t in people on a normal diet this eff￭ usion can be identified by its tur￭ bid mil￭ ky white appearance since ch￭ yle contains high levels of tri￭ gly￭ cer￭ ci￭ des it is important to distinguish ch￭ y￭ lo￭ thor￭ ax from pseu￭ do￭ ch￭ y￭ lo￭ thor￭ ax ple￭ ural eff￭ u￭ sions high in cho￭ le￭ sterol which has a similar appearance but is caused by more chronic infl￭ am￭ matory processes and has a different treatment
ch￭ yl￭ ur￭ ia also called ch￭ yl￭ ous urine is a medical condition involving the presence of ch￭ yle in the urine stream which results in urine appearing mil￭ ky white it is a condition that is more prevalent among people of africa and the indian sub￭ continent ch￭ yl￭ ur￭ ia appearance is irregular and inter￭ mit￭ tent it may last several days weeks or even months there are several factors that trigger ch￭ yl￭ ur￭ ia recurrence
ch￭ y￭ tri￭ di￭ om￭ y￭ co￭ sis is an infectious disease in am￭ phi￭ bians caused by the ch￭ y￭ tri￭ d bat￭ rac￭ ho￭ ch￭ y￭ tri￭ um d￭ end￭ rob￭ ati￭ dis a non￭ hy￭ ph￭ al zo￭ os￭ por￭ ic fun￭ gus ch￭ y￭ tri￭ di￭ om￭ y￭ co￭ sis has been linked to dramatic population declines or even extinc￭ tions of am￭ phi￭ bian species in western north america central america south america eastern australia and domin￭ ica and mont￭ ser￭ rat in the caribbean much of the new world is also at risk of the disease arriving within the coming years the fun￭ gus is capable of causing spor￭ adic deaths in some am￭ phi￭ bian populations and 100 mortality in others no effective measure is known for control of the disease in wild populations various clinical signs are seen by individuals affected by the disease a number of options are possible for controlling this disease causing fun￭ gus though none has proved to be feasible on a large scale the disease has been proposed as a contributing factor to a global decline in am￭ phi￭ bian populations that apparently has affected about 30 of the am￭ phi￭ bian species of the world
ch￭ é￭ di￭ ak – hig￭ ashi syndrome is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive disorder that arises from a mutation of a ly￭ so￭ som￭ al trafficking regulator protein which leads to a decrease in p￭ ha￭ go￭ cy￭ to￭ sis the decrease in p￭ ha￭ go￭ cy￭ to￭ sis results in recurrent py￭ ogenic infections partial al￭ bin￭ ism and peripheral neuro￭ pa￭ thy it occurs in humans cattle blue persian cats australian blue rats mice min￭ k fo￭ xes and the only known captive al￭ bin￭ o or￭ ca
cic￭ at￭ ric￭ ial p￭ emp￭ hi￭ go￭ id also known as mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ rane p￭ emp￭ hi￭ go￭ id m￭ mp benign mu￭ cos￭ al p￭ emp￭ hi￭ go￭ id benign mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ rane p￭ emp￭ hi￭ go￭ id oc￭ ular p￭ emp￭ hi￭ gus and scar￭ ring p￭ emp￭ hi￭ go￭ id is a rare chronic auto￭ immune su￭ be￭ pi￭ the￭ li￭ al bl￭ is￭ tering disease characterized by ero￭ sive skin le￭ sions of the mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ ran￭ es and skin that results in scar￭ ring of at least some sites of involvement cic￭ at￭ ric￭ ial p￭ emp￭ hi￭ go￭ id has been referred to by a variety of designations based largely on its site of invol￭ vements with examples of such terminology including des￭ qu￭ am￭ ative g￭ ing￭ i￭ vi￭ tis oc￭ ular p￭ emp￭ hi￭ gus and benign mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ rane p￭ emp￭ hi￭ go￭ id however currently such designations are thought to be confusing or somewhat mis￭ lead￭ ings e g p￭ emp￭ hi￭ gus in this context is a mis￭ no￭ mer and this disorder is hardly benign given the extent of morbi￭ dity it can cause
cigar cells also referred to as pencil cells are red blood cells that are cigar or pencil shaped on peripheral blood sme￭ ar cigar cells are commonly associated with hereditary el￭ lip￭ to￭ cy￭ to￭ sis however they may also be seen in iron deficiency an￭ emia and other pathological states that decrease red blood cell turnover and or production in the case of iron deficiency an￭ emia micro￭ cy￭ to￭ sis and hypo￭ chro￭ mia would also be expected
the cigarette smokers problem is a con￭ currency problem in computer science originally described in 1971 by su￭ has pati￭ l
ci￭ guat￭ era is a food￭ borne illness caused by eating certain re￭ ef fish whose flesh is contaminated with a toxin made by dino￭ flag￭ ell￭ ates such as gambi￭ er￭ dis￭ cus tox￭ ic￭ us which live in tropical and sub￭ tropical waters these dino￭ flag￭ ell￭ ates adhere to coral al￭ ga￭ e and sea￭ weed where they are eaten by her￭ bi￭ vor￭ ous fish which in turn are eaten by larger carni￭ vor￭ ous fish this is called biom￭ ag￭ ni￭ fication gambi￭ er￭ dis￭ cus tox￭ ic￭ us is the primary dino￭ flag￭ ell￭ ate responsible for the production of a number of similar pol￭ ye￭ ther toxins including ci￭ guat￭ oxin ma￭ ito￭ toxin gambi￭ eric acid and scar￭ it￭ oxin as well as the long chain alcohol pal￭ y￭ toxin other dino￭ flag￭ ell￭ ates that may cause ci￭ guat￭ era include pr￭ or￭ oc￭ entr￭ um spp o￭ stre￭ op￭ sis spp coo￭ lia mono￭ tis th￭ ec￭ ad￭ ini￭ um spp and am￭ phi￭ d￭ ini￭ um car￭ ter￭ ae predat￭ or species near the top of the food chain in tropical and sub￭ tropical waters are most likely to cause ci￭ guat￭ era poisoning although many other species cause occasional outbreaks of toxicity ci￭ guat￭ oxin is od￭ our￭ less tast￭ eless and cannot be removed by conventional cooking researchers suggest that ci￭ guat￭ era outbreaks caused by warm climatic conditions propelled the migratory voyages of poly￭ ne￭ sians between 1000 and 1400
ci￭ li￭ ary body mel￭ anom￭ a is a type of cancer arising from the coloured part u￭ ve￭ a of the eye about 12 of u￭ veal mel￭ anom￭ a arise from the ci￭ li￭ ary body
ci￭ li￭ ated cyst of the vul￭ va also known as cu￭ taneous mü￭ ll￭ er￭ ian cyst and param￭ es￭ on￭ eph￭ ric m￭ uc￭ inous cyst of the vul￭ va is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by a cyst of the vul￭ va
a ci￭ li￭ opathy is a genetic disorder of the cellular ci￭ lia or the ci￭ lia anch￭ oring structures the bas￭ al bodies or of ci￭ li￭ ary function although ci￭ li￭ opath￭ ies are usually considered to involve proteins that loc￭ alize to mo￭ tile and or im￭ mo￭ tile primary ci￭ lia or cent￭ ro￭ som￭ es it is possible for ci￭ li￭ opath￭ ies to be associated with proteins such as x￭ p￭ n￭ pe￭ p 3 which loc￭ alizes to mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ a but is believed to affect ci￭ li￭ ary function through prote￭ ol￭ y￭ tic cle￭ av￭ age of ci￭ li￭ ary proteins significant advances in understanding the importance of ci￭ lia were made beginning in the mid 1990 s however the physiological role that this organ￭ elle plays in most tissues remains elusive additional studies of how ci￭ li￭ ary dysfunction can lead to such severe disease and developmental patho￭ logies is a subject of current research
cin￭ ch￭ on￭ ism or quin￭ ism is a pathological condition caused by an over￭ dose of quin￭ ine or quin￭ id￭ ine or their natural source cin￭ ch￭ ona bark quin￭ ine is medic￭ ally used to treat malaria in much smaller amounts quin￭ ine is an ingredient of tonic drinks acting as a bit￭ tering agent cin￭ ch￭ on￭ ism can occur from therapeutic doses of quin￭ ine either from one or several large doses quin￭ id￭ ine class 1 a anti arr￭ hy￭ th￭ mic can also cause cin￭ ch￭ on￭ ism symptoms to develop with as little as a single dose
cir￭ c￭ adi￭ an rhythm sleep disorders cr￭ s￭ d a family of sleep disorders affect among other bodily processes the timing of sleep people with cir￭ c￭ adi￭ an rhythm sleep disorders are unable to go to sleep and awaken at the times commonly required for work and school as well as social needs they are generally able to get enough sleep if allowed to sleep and wake at the times dictated by their body c￭ locks the quality of their sleep is usually normal unless they also have another sleep disorder humans like most living organisms have various biological rhy￭ th￭ ms cir￭ c￭ adi￭ an rhy￭ th￭ ms often referred to as the body clock or the biological clock control processes that re occur daily e g body temperature aler￭ tness and hormone secre￭ tion as well as sleep timing due to the cir￭ c￭ adi￭ an clock sleep￭ iness does not continuously increase throughout the day a person s desire and ability to fall asleep is influenced both by the length of time since the person woke from an adequate sleep and by internal cir￭ c￭ adi￭ an rhy￭ th￭ ms thus a person s body is ready for sleep and for wa￭ ke￭ fulness at relatively specific times of the day sleep researcher yar￭ on d￭ agan states that t h￭ ese disorders can lead to harmful psychological and functional difficulties and are often mis￭ diagnosed and incorrectly treated due to the fact that doctors are unaware of their existence
cir￭ cas￭ sian nationalism is the desire among cir￭ cas￭ sians to re￭ establish an independent cir￭ cas￭ sian state with the cont￭ ours of the former cir￭ cas￭ sia before its russian conquest it is often classified as national revival because many themes involve the repatriation of diaspora cir￭ cas￭ sians and the revitali￭ zation of the ad￭ y￭ gh￭ e language
the cir￭ ce effect is a phenomenon proposed by william jen￭ c￭ ks seen in chemistry and bio￭ chemistry where in order to speed up a reaction the ground state of the sub￭ str￭ ate is destabili￭ zed by an enzyme
circle packing in an equ￭ il￭ ateral triangle is a packing problem in dis￭ crete mathematics where the objective is to pack n unit circles into the smallest possible equ￭ il￭ ateral triangle optimal solutions are known for n 13 and for any tri￭ ang￭ ular number of circles and con￭ jec￭ tures are available for n 28 a con￭ jec￭ ture of paul er￭ d￭ ő￭ s and norman ol￭ er states that if n is a tri￭ ang￭ ular number then the optimal pack￭ ings of n − 1 and of n circles have the same side length that is according to the con￭ jec￭ ture an optimal packing for n − 1 circles can be found by removing any single circle from the optimal hex￭ ag￭ onal packing of n circles this con￭ jec￭ ture is now known to be true for n ≤ 15 minimum solutions for the side length of the triangle a closely related problem is to cover the equ￭ il￭ ateral triangle with a given number of circles having as small a radius as possible
circle packing in a right is￭ os￭ cel￭ es triangle is a packing problem where the objective is to pack n unit circles into the smallest possible is￭ os￭ cel￭ es right triangle minimum solutions lengths shown are length of leg are shown in the table below solutions to the equivalent problem of maximizing the minimum distance between n points in an is￭ os￭ cel￭ es right triangle are known to be optimal for n 8 in 2011 a he￭ ur￭ istic algori￭ thm found 18 improvements on previously known optim￭ a the smallest of which was for n 13
circuit breaker is a design pattern in modern software development circuit breaker is used to detect failures and en￭ capsul￭ ates logic of preventing a failure to re￭ occur constantly during maintenance temporary external system failure or unexpected system difficulties
in theoretical computer science the circuit satis￭ fi￭ ability problem also known as circuit sat circu￭ it￭ sat c￭ sat etc is the decision problem of determining whether a given boo￭ lean circuit has an assignment of its inputs that makes the output true
a circul￭ atory collapse is defined as a general or specific failure of the circulation either cardiac or peripheral in nature although the mechanisms causes and clinical syndro￭ mes are different the patho￭ genesis is the same the circul￭ atory system fails to maintain the supply of oxygen and other nutrients to the tissues and to remove the carbon dioxide and other metabol￭ ites from them the failure may be hypo￭ vol￭ emic distributive a common cause of this could be shock or trauma from injury or surgery a general failure is one that occurs across a wide range of locations in the body such as systemic shock after the loss of a large amount of blood collapsing all the circul￭ atory systems in the legs a specific failure can be traced to a particular point such as a clo￭ t cardiac circul￭ atory collapse affects the vessels of the heart such as the a￭ or￭ ta and is almost always fatal it is sometimes referred to as acute circul￭ atory failure peripheral circul￭ atory collapse involves outlying arter￭ ies and ve￭ ins in the body and can result in gang￭ rene organ failure or other serious complications this form is sometimes called peripheral vascular failure shock or peripheral vascular shutdown a mil￭ der or preliminary form of circul￭ atory collapse is circul￭ atory in￭ sufficiency
a circum￭ horizontal arc is an optical phenomenon that belongs to the family of ice hal￭ os formed by the ref￭ r￭ action of sun or moon￭ light in plate shaped ice cryst￭ als suspended in the atmosphere typically in cir￭ rus or cir￭ ro￭ str￭ atus clouds in its full form the arc has the appearance of a large brigh￭ tly spectrum coloured band running parallel to the horizon located far below the sun or moon the distance below the sun or moon is twice as far as the common 22 degree hal￭ o red is the up￭ per￭ most colour often when the hal￭ o forming cloud is small or pat￭ chy only fragments of the arc are seen as with all hal￭ os it can be caused by the sun as well as but much more rarely by the moon other currently accepted names for the circum￭ horizontal arc are circum￭ horizon arc or lower sym￭ metric 46 ° plate arc the misleading term fire rain￭ bow is sometimes used to describe this phenomenon although it is neither a rain￭ bow nor related in any way to fire the term apparently coined in 2006 may originate in the occasional appearance of the arc as flames in the sky when it occurs in fragm￭ entary cir￭ rus clouds
circu￭ mo￭ stom￭ y ecz￭ ema frequently occurs after an i￭ le￭ o￭ stom￭ y or colo￭ stom￭ y in which there is ec￭ zem￭ ati￭ zation or auto￭ sensi￭ tization of the surrounding skin
circum￭ vall￭ ate plac￭ enta is a plac￭ ental disease in which the fe￭ tal memb￭ ran￭ es chor￭ ion and am￭ n￭ ion double back on the fe￭ tal side around the edge of the plac￭ enta after delivery a circum￭ vall￭ ate plac￭ enta has a thick ring of memb￭ ran￭ es on its fe￭ tal surface complete circum￭ vall￭ ate plac￭ enta occurs in approximately 1 of pregnancies it is diagnosed pre￭ nat￭ ally by medical ul￭ tras￭ ono￭ graphy although one 1997 study of pre￭ natal ul￭ tras￭ ounds found that of the normal plac￭ ent￭ as 35 were graded as probably or definitely circum￭ vall￭ ate by at least one son￭ o￭ logist and all son￭ o￭ logists mis￭ graded the case of complete circum￭ vall￭ ation as normal the condition is associated with per￭ in￭ atal complications such as plac￭ ental ab￭ ruption oligo￭ hy￭ dram￭ ni￭ os abnormal cardi￭ o￭ to￭ co￭ graphy pre￭ term birth and mis￭ carriage
the circum￭ z￭ eni￭ th￭ al arc also called the circum￭ z￭ eni￭ th arc cz￭ a upside down rain￭ bow and the bra￭ va￭ is arc is an optical phenomenon similar in appearance to a rain￭ bow but belonging to the family of hal￭ os arising from ref￭ r￭ action of sunlight through ice cryst￭ als generally in cir￭ rus or cir￭ ro￭ str￭ atus clouds rather than from rain￭ drops the arc is located at a considerable distance approximately 46 ° above the sun and at most forms a quarter of a circle centered on the z￭ eni￭ th it has been called a smile in the sky its first impression being that of an upside down rain￭ bow the cz￭ a is one of the brightest and most color￭ ful members of the hal￭ o family its colors ranging from violet on top to red at the bottom are pur￭ er than those of a rain￭ bow because there is much less overlap in their formation the intensity pattern distribution along the circum￭ z￭ eni￭ th￭ al arc requires consideration of several effects fres￭ nel s reflection transmission am￭ pl￭ it￭ u￭ des atmospheric atten￭ uation ch￭ rom￭ atic dispersion i e the width of the arc az￭ im￭ u￭ th￭ al ang￭ ular dispersion ray bund￭ ling and geome￭ tr￭ ical constraints in effect the cz￭ a is brightest when the sun is at about 20 ° contrary to public awareness the cz￭ a is not a rare phenomenon but it tends to be overlooked since it occurs so far overhead it is worthwhile to look out for it when sun dogs are visible since the same type of ice cryst￭ als that cause them plate shaped hex￭ ag￭ onal pris￭ ms in horizontal orientation are responsible for the cz￭ a
cir￭ rho￭ sis is a condition in which the liver does not function properly due to long term damage typically the disease comes on slowly over months or years early on there are often no symptoms as the disease wor￭ sens a person may become tired weak it￭ chy have sw￭ elling in the lower legs develop yellow skin bru￭ ise easily have fluid build up in the ab￭ dom￭ en or develop spider like blood vessels on the skin the fluid build up in the ab￭ dom￭ en may become spontaneously infected other complications include he￭ p￭ atic encephalopathy bleeding from dil￭ ated ve￭ ins in the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus or dil￭ ated stomach ve￭ ins and liver cancer he￭ p￭ atic encephalopathy results in confusion and possibly un￭ consciousness cir￭ rho￭ sis is most commonly caused by alcohol hepatitis b hepatitis c and non alcoholic fatty liver disease typically more than two or three drinks per day over a number of years is required for alcoholic cir￭ rho￭ sis to occur non alcoholic fatty liver disease is due to a number of reasons including being overweight diabetes high blood fats and high blood pressure a number of less common causes include auto￭ immune hepatitis primary bi￭ li￭ ary cir￭ rho￭ sis h￭ emo￭ chro￭ mat￭ osis certain medications and gall￭ stones cir￭ rho￭ sis is characterized by the replacement of normal liver tissue by scar tissue these changes lead to loss of liver function diagnosis is based on blood testing medical imaging and liver biopsy some causes of cir￭ rho￭ sis such as hepatitis b can be prevented by vaccination treatment partly depends on the underlying cause the goal is often to prevent worsening and complications avoiding alcohol is recommended hepatitis b and c may be treat￭ able with anti￭ viral medications auto￭ immune hepatitis may be treated with ster￭ o￭ id medications ur￭ so￭ di￭ ol may be useful if the disease is due to block￭ age of the bile duc￭ ts other medications may be useful for complications such as sw￭ elling he￭ p￭ atic encephalopathy and dil￭ ated es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al ve￭ ins in severe cir￭ rho￭ sis a liver transplant may be an option cir￭ rho￭ sis resulted in 1 2 million deaths in 2013 up from 0 8 million deaths in 1990 of these alcohol caused 384 000 hepatitis c caused 358 000 and hepatitis b caused 317 000 in the united states more men die of cir￭ rho￭ sis than women the first known description of the condition is by hippo￭ crates in the 5 th century b￭ ce the word cir￭ rho￭ sis is from greek κ￭ ί￭ ρ￭ ρ￭ ω￭ σ￭ ις kir￭ rho￭ s κ￭ ι￭ ρ￭ ρ￭ ός yel￭ low￭ ish and osis ω￭ σ￭ ις meaning condition
a cir￭ so￭ id an￭ eur￭ ys￭ m is the dil￭ ation of a group of blood vessels due to con￭ genital mal￭ formations with av arter￭ io ven￭ ous sh￭ unting cir￭ so￭ id means resembling a vari￭ x sometimes a minor traumatic episode such as a fall or bump on the head can lead to the formation of a cir￭ so￭ id an￭ eur￭ ys￭ m often these are trivial traumatic episodes cir￭ so￭ id an￭ eur￭ ys￭ m in general is a hem￭ an￭ gi￭ oma of an artery it most commonly occurs over the head usually the superficial temporal artery and also it s branches it can also occur in places where medium vessels lie over bones without much intervening tissues between them and the skin the superficial temporal artery is the most commonly involved artery
the cis￭ ter￭ n of great cere￭ br￭ al vein quad￭ ri￭ gem￭ inal cis￭ ter￭ n ambient cis￭ ter￭ n is a dil￭ ation of the sub￭ ar￭ ach￭ no￭ id space between the splen￭ ium of the corpus cal￭ lo￭ sum and the superior surface of the cere￭ bell￭ um it extends between the layers of the tel￭ a ch￭ ori￭ o￭ idea of the third ven￭ tric￭ le and contains the great cere￭ br￭ al vein and the pine￭ al g￭ land
cit￭ rul￭ lin￭ emia is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive urea cycle disorder that causes ammonia and other toxic substances to accumulate in the blood since the substances also accumulate in the urine the disorder can also be called cit￭ rul￭ lin￭ ur￭ ia two forms of cit￭ rul￭ lin￭ emia have been described both having different signs and symptoms and are caused by mutations in different genes cit￭ rul￭ lin￭ emia belongs to a class of genetic diseases called urea cycle disorders the urea cycle is a sequence of chemical reactions taking place in the liver these reactions process excess nitrogen generated when protein is used for energy by the body to make urea which is ex￭ cre￭ ted by the kidneys
cit￭ rul￭ lin￭ emia type i ct￭ ln 1 also known as ar￭ gin￭ o￭ succ￭ inate synthe￭ t￭ ase deficiency is a rare disease caused by a deficiency in ar￭ gin￭ ino￭ succ￭ inate synthe￭ t￭ ase an enzyme involved in ex￭ cre￭ ting excess nitrogen from the body there are mild and severe forms of the disease which is one of the urea cycle disorders
citrus black spot is a fun￭ gal disease caused by gu￭ ign￭ ar￭ dia cit￭ ric￭ ar￭ pa this as￭ com￭ y￭ ce￭ te fun￭ gus affects citrus plants throughout sub￭ tropical clim￭ ates causing a reduction in both fruit quantity and quality symptoms include both fruit and leaf le￭ sions the latter being critical to inter tree dispersal strict regulation and management is necessary to control this disease since there are currently no citrus varieties that are resistant
citrus can￭ ker is a disease affecting citrus species caused by the bacter￭ ium x￭ an￭ thom￭ onas ax￭ ono￭ pod￭ is infection causes le￭ sions on the leaves stems and fruit of citrus trees including lime oranges and gra￭ pe￭ fruit while not harmful to humans can￭ ker significantly affects the vitality of citrus trees causing leaves and fruit to drop prematurely a fruit infected with can￭ ker is safe to eat but too un￭ sigh￭ tly to be sold the disease which is believed to have originated in southeast asia is extremely persistent when it becomes established in an area citrus groves have been destroyed in attempts to eradicate the disease brazil and the united states are currently suffering from can￭ ker outbreaks
citrus ex￭ oc￭ or￭ tis is a disease of citrus plants caused by the citrus ex￭ oc￭ or￭ tis viro￭ id c￭ ev￭ d it can causes stun￭ ted growth and reduced yields in affected plants the disease is also sometimes called scal￭ y￭ butt c￭ ev￭ d can also infect tomato plants the resulting disease is sometimes called tomato bun￭ chy top disease
citrus greening disease chinese 黃￭ 龍￭ 病 pin￭ yin hu￭ án￭ gl￭ ó￭ ng￭ b￭ ì￭ ng literally yellow dragon disease or h￭ lb is a disease of citrus caused by a vector transmitted pathogen the caus￭ ative agents are mo￭ tile bacteria candidat￭ us liber￭ i￭ bac￭ ter spp the disease is vec￭ tored and transmitted by the asian citrus psy￭ l￭ lid di￭ aphor￭ ina cit￭ ri ku￭ way￭ ama and the african citrus psy￭ l￭ lid tri￭ o￭ za er￭ y￭ tre￭ ae del guer￭ cio also known as the two spotted citrus psy￭ l￭ lid it has also been shown to be graft transmissible three different types of h￭ lb are currently known the heat tolerant asian form and the heat sensitive african and american forms the disease was first described in 1929 and first reported in china in 19￭ 43 the african variation was first reported in 1947 in south africa where it is still widespread
the citrus stubborn disease is a plant disease affecting species in the genus citrus spi￭ ro￭ plasma cit￭ ri a mol￭ lic￭ ute bacter￭ ium species is the caus￭ ative agent of the disease it is present in the ph￭ lo￭ em of the affected plant and transmitted by several leaf￭ hop￭ pers including circu￭ lif￭ er ten￭ ell￭ us beet leaf￭ hop￭ per and s￭ cap￭ hy￭ top￭ ius nit￭ ri￭ dus in citrus growing regions of california and arizona and circu￭ lif￭ er ha￭ emato￭ cep￭ s in the mediterranean region the host most notably affected is sweet orange but the bacter￭ ium can also infect weeds such as peri￭ win￭ kle vinc￭ a ro￭ sea and london rocket sis￭ ym￭ bri￭ um i￭ rio yel￭ lowed plants of chinese cab￭ bage and p￭ ak cho￭ i brassica rap￭ a can be infected by s cit￭ ri in the wild short￭ pod mustard hir￭ sch￭ fel￭ dia incan￭ a infested by the beet leaf￭ hop￭ per circu￭ lif￭ er ten￭ ell￭ us can prove to be an important reservoir of infection s cit￭ ri can also be transmitted to china aster cal￭ lis￭ te￭ ph￭ us chin￭ ensis sh￭ asta daisy le￭ uc￭ an￭ them￭ um × super￭ bum red clo￭ ver tri￭ fo￭ lium pr￭ at￭ ense and rad￭ ish rap￭ han￭ us sati￭ v￭ us by the leaf￭ hop￭ per s￭ cap￭ hy￭ top￭ ius nit￭ ri￭ dus the bacter￭ ium has also been shown to experim￭ entally infect white clo￭ ver tri￭ fo￭ lium rep￭ ens using eus￭ cel￭ is ple￭ be￭ j￭ us as a vector symptoms on citrus trees are variable but typically include small size with u￭ pri￭ ght position fruits harvested from citrus trees with severe symptoms of citrus stubborn disease can be ac￭ orn shaped or lop￭ sided
the city of well￭ ington by election was held on 9 march 1898 to decide the next member for that electorate in parliament the contest was caused by resignation of robert st￭ out and was won by former mayor of well￭ ington john du￭ th￭ ie
ci￭ vet zi￭ beth zi￭ bet zi￭ be￭ tum also known as ci￭ vet mus￭ k is the g￭ land￭ ular secre￭ tion produced by both sexes of the ci￭ vet cat vi￭ ver￭ ri￭ da￭ e
civil death latin civil￭ iter mor￭ tu￭ us is the loss of all or almost all civil rights by a person due to a conviction for a fel￭ ony or due to an act by the government of a country that results in the loss of civil rights it is usually inflicted on persons convicted of crimes against the state or adults determined by a court to be legally incompetent because of mental disability in medieval europe fel￭ ons lost all civil rights upon their conviction this civil death often led to actual death since anyone could kill and inj￭ ure a fel￭ on with impunity under the holy roman empire a person declared civil￭ ly dead was referred to as vo￭ gel￭ fre￭ i ‘ free as a bird ’ and could even be killed since they were completely outside the law historically out￭ law￭ ry that is declaring a person as an outlaw was a common form of civil death in the us the disenfranch￭ is￭ ement of fel￭ ons has been called a form of civil death as has being subjected to collateral consequences in general
a civil wrong or wrong is a cause of action under the law of the governing body tor￭ t breach of contract and breach of trust are types of civil wrong something that amounts to a civil wrong is said to be wrong￭ ful a wrong involves the violation of a right because wrong and right are complementary terms a statement that an act complained of is legally wrong￭ ful as regards the party complaining implicitly includes a statement that the act complained of prejudic￭ ially affects the party complaining in some legal right the law that relates to civil wrongs is part of the branch of the law that is called the civil law a civil wrong is capable of being followed by what are called civil proceedings it is a mis￭ no￭ mer to describe a civil wrong as a civil offence the law of england recognised the concept of a wrong before it recognised the distinction between civil wrongs and crimes which distinction was developed during the thir￭ teenth century
claim clubs also called actual settlers associations or squ￭ at￭ ters clubs were a nineteenth century phenomenon in the american west usually operating within a confined local jurisdiction these pseudo governmental entities sought to regulate land sales in places where there was little or no legal apparatus to deal with land related quar￭ rels of any size some claim clubs sought to protect squ￭ at￭ ters while others defended early land owners in the twentieth century socio￭ logists suggested that claim clubs were a pioneer adaptation of democratic bodies on the east coast including town h￭ alls
the term cl￭ air￭ voy￭ ance kl￭ er￭ ˈ￭ v￭ ɔ￭ ɪ￭ ə￭ ns from french clair meaning clear and voy￭ ance meaning vision is the alleged ability to gain information about an object person location or physical event through extr￭ as￭ ens￭ ory perception any person who is claimed to have some such ability is said accordingly to be a cl￭ air￭ voy￭ ant kl￭ er￭ ˈ￭ v￭ ɔ￭ ɪ￭ ə￭ nt one who sees clearly claims for the existence of par￭ an￭ orm￭ al and psychic abilities such as cl￭ air￭ voy￭ ance have not been supported by scientific evidence published in high impact factor peer reviewed journals par￭ ap￭ sy￭ cho￭ logy explo￭ res this possibility but the existence of the par￭ an￭ orm￭ al is not accepted by the scientific community par￭ ap￭ sy￭ cho￭ logy including the study of cl￭ air￭ voy￭ ance is an example of pseu￭ do￭ science
the cla￭ is￭ en re￭ arrangement not to be confused with the cla￭ is￭ en condens￭ ation is a powerful carbon – carbon bond forming chemical reaction discovered by rain￭ er lud￭ wig cla￭ is￭ en the heating of an all￭ yl vinyl e￭ ther will initiate a 3 3 sig￭ mat￭ ro￭ pic re￭ arrangement to give a γ δ un￭ saturated carbon￭ yl the cla￭ is￭ en re￭ arrangement discovered in 19￭ 12 the cla￭ is￭ en re￭ arrangement is the first recorded example of a 3 3 sig￭ mat￭ ro￭ pic re￭ arrangement many reviews have been written
it was promul￭ gated in the 16 th century by the council of tren￭ t in the decree called t￭ ame￭ tsi prior to that time an un￭ witnessed exchange of marriage vo￭ ws was deplo￭ red but valid the decree was enforced only in those regions where it could be proclaimed in the vern￭ ac￭ ular the witnesses must be the parish priest or another priest with permission either from the parish priest or the local ordinary and the other two witnesses must be capable of giving witness to the marriage vo￭ ws it was later modified by the decree ne tem￭ ere to require specific priests such as the local past￭ or of the couple s residence further modifications provided that the priest was not necessary if one of the marrying parties was in danger of death or if the vo￭ ws could not be exchanged before a priest in a reasonable amount of time
in hydro￭ dynamics the cl￭ apo￭ tis from french l￭ apping of water is a non breaking standing wave pattern caused for example by the reflection of a traveling surface wave train from a near vertical sho￭ rel￭ ine like a break￭ water se￭ aw￭ all or steep cliff the resulting cl￭ apo￭ tic wave does not travel horizon￭ tally but has a fixed pattern of no￭ des and an￭ tin￭ o￭ des these waves promote erosion at the toe of the wall and can cause severe damage to shore structures the term was coined in 18￭ 77 by french mathem￭ ati￭ cian and physic￭ ist joseph val￭ entin b￭ ous￭ sin￭ es￭ q who called these waves ‘ le cl￭ apo￭ tis ’ meaning ‘ ’ the l￭ apping in the ide￭ alized case of full cl￭ apo￭ tis where a purely mono￭ tonic incoming wave is completely reflected normal to a solid vertical wall the standing wave height is twice the height of the incoming waves at a distance of one half wa￭ vel￭ eng￭ th from the wall in this case the circular or￭ bits of the water particles in the deep water wave are converted to purely linear motion with vertical vel￭ o￭ cities at the an￭ tin￭ o￭ des and horizontal vel￭ o￭ cities at the no￭ des the standing waves altern￭ ately rise and fall in a mirror image pattern as k￭ ine￭ tic energy is converted to potential energy and vice versa in his 1907 text naval architecture cec￭ il pe￭ abo￭ dy described this phenomenon at any instant the profile of the water surface is like that of a tro￭ cho￭ idal wave but the profile instead of appearing to run to the right or left will grow from a horizontal surface attain a maximum development and then fl￭ atten out till the surface is again horizontal immediately another wave profile will form with its cre￭ sts where the hol￭ lows formerly were will grow and fl￭ atten out etc if attention is concentrated on a certain c￭ rest it will be seen to grow to its greatest height die away and be succeeded in the same place by a hollow and the interval of time between the successive formations of cre￭ sts at a given place will be the same as the time of one of the component waves
in mathematics especially in the fields of group theory and representation theory of groups a class function is a function on a group g that is constant on the con￭ ju￭ g￭ acy classes of g in other words it is invari￭ ant under the con￭ ju￭ gation map on g such functions play a basic role in representation theory
the classical limit or correspondence limit is the ability of a physical theory to approximate or recover classical mechanics when considered over special values of its parameters the classical limit is used with physical theories that predict non classical behavior
obesity is a medical condition in which excess body fat has accumulated to the extent that it has an adverse effect on health relative weight and body mass index b￭ mi are nearly identical and are reasonable estimates of body fat￭ ness as measured by percentage body fat however b￭ mi does not account for the wide variation in body fat distribution and may not correspond to the same degree of fat￭ ness or associated health risk in different individuals and populations other measurements of fat distribution include the wa￭ ist – hip ratio and body fat percentage normal weight obesity is a condition of having normal body weight but high body fat percentages with the same health risks of obesity
pneumonia can be classified in several ways most commonly by where it was acquired hospital versus community but may also by the area of lung affected or by the caus￭ ative organism there is also a combined clinical classification which combines factors such as age risk factors for certain micro￭ organisms the presence of underlying lung disease or systemic disease and whether the person has recently been hosp￭ itali￭ zed
the classification of trans￭ sexual people and people with other gender aty￭ pic￭ alities has been done since the mid 1960 s in medicine and psychiatry terms such as heter￭ osex￭ ual and homosexual have been based on a person s sex assignment at birth which has prompted the increased use of and￭ ro￭ phi￭ lia and gy￭ ne￭ phi￭ lia to avoid termin￭ ological confusion in social and political contexts classification is often relative to one s desired sex
claude s syndrome is a form of bra￭ inst￭ em stroke syndrome characterized by the presence of an ip￭ si￭ lateral oc￭ ul￭ om￭ o￭ tor nerve pal￭ sy contr￭ al￭ ateral hem￭ ip￭ a￭ res￭ is contr￭ al￭ ateral at￭ ax￭ ia and contr￭ al￭ ateral hem￭ ip￭ legi￭ a of the lower face tongue and shoulder claude s syndrome affects oc￭ cul￭ om￭ o￭ tor nerve red nucleus and br￭ achi￭ um con￭ junc￭ tiv￭ um
clau￭ dic￭ ation literally lim￭ ping latin is a medical term usually referring to impairment in walking or pain discomfort or ti￭ red￭ ness in the legs that occurs during walking and is relieved by rest the perceived level of pain from clau￭ dic￭ ation can be mild to extremely severe clau￭ dic￭ ation is most common in the calves but it can also affect the feet thi￭ ghs hips but￭ toc￭ ks or arms the word clau￭ dic￭ ation comes from the latin clau￭ dic￭ are meaning to lim￭ p clau￭ dic￭ ation that appears after a short amount of walking may sometimes be described by us medical professionals by the number of typical city street blocks the patient can walk before the onset of clau￭ dic￭ ation thus one block clau￭ dic￭ ation refers to clau￭ dic￭ ation that appears after walking one block two block clau￭ dic￭ ation appears after walking two blocks etc
the clave is a rhy￭ th￭ mic pattern used as a tool for temporal organization in af￭ ro cuban music it is present in a variety of gen￭ res such as ab￭ ak￭ u￭ á music rum￭ ba cong￭ a son mam￭ bo sal￭ sa son￭ go tim￭ ba and af￭ ro cuban jazz the five stroke clave pattern represents the structural core of many af￭ ro cuban rhy￭ th￭ ms the clave pattern originated in sub saharan african music traditions where it serves essentially the same function as it does in cuba in eth￭ no￭ mu￭ si￭ co￭ logy clave is also known as a key pattern guide pattern phr￭ asing refer￭ ent tim￭ eline or asymmetrical tim￭ eline the clave pattern is also found in the african diaspora mus￭ ics of haitian vo￭ dou drum￭ ming af￭ ro brazilian music african american music which is known as ham￭ bone and also found in louisiana vo￭ odo￭ o drum￭ ming as well as af￭ ro urugu￭ ay￭ an music can￭ dom￭ be the clave or known in the united states as ham￭ bone pattern is used in north american popular music as a rhy￭ th￭ mic mo￭ tif or simply a form of rhy￭ th￭ mic decor￭ ation
a cla￭ vic￭ le frac￭ ture is a bone frac￭ ture in the cla￭ vic￭ le or col￭ lar￭ bone it is often caused by a fall onto an out￭ stretched upper extre￭ mity a fall onto a shoulder or a direct blow to the cla￭ vic￭ le many research projects are underway regarding the medical healing process of cla￭ vic￭ le fractu￭ res
clay sho￭ vel￭ er s frac￭ ture is a stable frac￭ ture through the spin￭ ous process of a verte￭ bra occurring at any of the lower cer￭ vic￭ al or upper thor￭ ac￭ ic verte￭ bra￭ e class￭ ically at c 6 or c 7 in australia in the 1930 s men digging deep dit￭ ches tos￭ sed clay 10 to 15 feet above their heads using long handled sho￭ vel￭ s instead of separating the stic￭ ky clay would sometimes stick to the sho￭ vel the worker would hear a pop and feel a sudden pain between the shoulder bl￭ ades unable to continue working the mechanism of injury is believed to be secondary to muscle pull and reflex with force transmission through the supr￭ asp￭ inous lig￭ aments the tremendous force pulls on the spin￭ ous process producing an av￭ ul￭ sion frac￭ ture the frac￭ ture is diagnosed by plain film examination
a cleaning event is a phenomenon whereby dust is removed from solar panels particularly ones on mars by the action of wind the term cleaning event is used on several nasa web￭ pages generally the term is used in reference to the fact that mar￭ tian winds have blown dust clear off the solar panels of prob￭ es on mars increasing their energy output the term started being used in 2004 as the mars exploration ro￭ vers solar panels started to benefit from these events the ro￭ vers were expected to last about 90 sol￭ s mar￭ tian days on mars after which dust would cover their solar panels and reduce solar power to levels too low for the ro￭ vers to operate however power levels went back up due to the cleaning events caused by the winds in the mar￭ tian atmosphere periodic cleaning events have allowed the mer ro￭ vers to operate far longer than the planned 3 months while spirit ro￭ ver finally ceased operation in 2011 opportunity ro￭ ver remains active as of 2016 more than 12 years after landing cleaning events can either be rapid such as overnight or over many days where solar power slowly goes up for example the mer a spirit ro￭ ver on april 18 2009 and april 28 2009 the power output of the solar arr￭ ays were increased by cleaning events the power output of spirit s solar arr￭ ays increased from 223 wat￭ t hours per day on march 31 2009 to 372 wat￭ t hours per day on april 29 2009 other factors that affect solar power output include the op￭ acity of the mar￭ tian atmosphere and mar￭ tian seasonal changes the materials adherence experiment had a glass plate that allowed the dust to be cleared off and protected a gal￭ lium arsen￭ ide photo cell it was part of the mars path￭ fin￭ der program in the 1990 s
clear cell aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma cca of the vag￭ ina or cer￭ vi￭ x is a rare aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma cancer often linked to di￭ ethyl￭ sti￭ l￭ best￭ rol des a drug which was prescribed in the mistaken belief that it prevented mis￭ carriage and ensured a healthy pregnancy
clear cell sar￭ coma formerly known as m￭ align￭ ant mel￭ anom￭ a of the soft parts is a rare form of cancer called sar￭ coma it is known to occur mainly in the soft tissues and der￭ mis rare forms were thought to occur in the gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract before they were discovered to be different and re￭ designated as g￭ net recurrence is common it has been associated with both ew￭ sr 1 at￭ f 1 and ew￭ sr 1 cre￭ b 1 fusion trans￭ cripts clear cell sar￭ coma of the soft tissues in adults is not related to the pedi￭ atric tumor known as clear cell sar￭ coma of the kidney
clear cell ac￭ an￭ thom￭ a also known as ac￭ anth￭ ome cell￭ ules cl￭ aires of de￭ gos and ci￭ vat￭ te de￭ gos ac￭ an￭ thom￭ a and pale cell ac￭ an￭ thom￭ a is a benign clinical and his￭ to￭ logical le￭ sion initially described as ne￭ op￭ l￭ astic which some authors now regard as a reactive der￭ mat￭ osis it usually presents as a mo￭ ist solitary firm brown red well circum￭ scri￭ bed 5 mm to 2 cm no￭ dule or pla￭ que on the lower extre￭ mi￭ ties of middle aged to elderly individuals the le￭ sion has a cru￭ sted scal￭ y peripheral col￭ la￭ ret￭ te and vascular punc￭ ta on the surface it is characterized by slow growth and may persist for years the clinical differential diagnosis includes der￭ mato￭ fi￭ bro￭ ma infl￭ amed se￭ bor￭ rhe￭ ic ker￭ at￭ osis py￭ ogenic gran￭ ul￭ oma bas￭ al cell carcin￭ oma squ￭ am￭ ous cell carcin￭ oma ver￭ r￭ uca vul￭ gar￭ is ps￭ ori￭ atic pla￭ que and mel￭ anom￭ a
clear cell pap￭ ill￭ ary ren￭ al cell carcin￭ oma abbreviated cc￭ pr￭ cc and also known as clear cell tu￭ bul￭ op￭ ap￭ ill￭ ary ren￭ al cell carcin￭ oma is a rare subtype of ren￭ al cell carcin￭ oma r￭ cc that has micro￭ scopic mor￭ pho￭ logic features of pap￭ ill￭ ary ren￭ al cell carcin￭ oma and clear cell ren￭ al cell carcin￭ oma yet is patho￭ logically distinct based on molecular changes and immun￭ o￭ his￭ to￭ chemistry
the clear cell ren￭ al cell carcin￭ oma c￭ cr￭ cc is a type of ren￭ al cell carcin￭ oma
cle￭ ft lip and cle￭ ft pal￭ ate also known as oro￭ facial cle￭ ft is a group of conditions that includes cle￭ ft lip cl cle￭ ft pal￭ ate cp and both together cl￭ p a cle￭ ft lip contains an opening in the upper lip that may extend into the nose the opening may be on one side both sides or in the middle a cle￭ ft pal￭ ate is when the roof of the mouth contains an opening into the nose these disorders can result in feeding problems speech problems hearing problems and frequent ear infections less than half the time the condition is associated with other disorders cle￭ ft lip and pal￭ ate are the result of tissues of the face not joining properly during development as such they are a type of birth defect the cause is unknown in most cases risk factors include smoking during pregnancy diabetes obesity an older mother and certain medications such as some used to treat seizures cle￭ ft lip and cle￭ ft pal￭ ate can often be diagnosed during pregnancy with an ul￭ tras￭ ound exam a cle￭ ft lip or pal￭ ate can be successfully treated with surgery this is often done in the first few months of life for cle￭ ft lip and before eighteen months for cle￭ ft pal￭ ate speech therapy and dental care may also be needed with appropriate treatment outcomes are good cle￭ ft lip and pal￭ ate occurs in about 1 to 2 per 1000 births in the developed world cl is about twice as common in males as females while cp without cl is more common in females in 2013 it resulted in about 3 300 deaths globally down from 7 600 deaths in 1990 the condition was formerly known as a hare lip because of its resemblance to a hare or rabbit but that term is now generally considered to be offensive
cle￭ ft lip and or pal￭ ate is a con￭ genital ab￭ normality that is seen frequently around the world on average about 1 in every 500 750 live births result in a cle￭ ft hard￭ in jones kar￭ nell peter￭ son fal￭ zone 2001 furthermore in the u s the prevalence for cle￭ ft lip with or without cle￭ ft pal￭ ate cl p is 2 2 to 11 7 per 10 000 births cle￭ ft pal￭ ate alone cp results in a prevalence rate of 5 5 to 6 6 per 10 000 births for￭ re￭ ster mer￭ z 2004 cle￭ ft of the lip pal￭ ate or both is one of the most common con￭ genital ab￭ norm￭ alities and has a birth prevalence rate ranging from 1 1000 to 2 69 1000 amongst different parts of the world m￭ cle￭ od sae￭ ed ar￭ ana ur￭ io￭ ste 2004
cle￭ ido￭ cran￭ ial dy￭ so￭ sto￭ sis also called cle￭ ido￭ cran￭ ial dys￭ pl￭ asia is con￭ genital disorder that mostly affects the development of bones and teeth there is typically either poorly developed or no col￭ lar￭ bones which often allows the shoulders to be brought close together the front of the skull often does not close under later and those affected are short other symptoms may include a prominent fore￭ head wide set eyes abnormal teeth and a flat nose symptoms can vary between people however intelligence is typically normal the condition is either inherited from a person s parents or occurs as a new mutation it is inherited in an auto￭ som￭ al dominant manner it is due to a defect in the run￭ x 2 gene which is involved in bone formation other conditions that can produce similar symptoms include man￭ di￭ bul￭ o￭ ac￭ ral dys￭ pl￭ asia py￭ kno￭ dy￭ so￭ sto￭ sis o￭ ste￭ o￭ genesis im￭ perfec￭ ta and ha￭ j￭ du cheney syndrome treatment includes supportive measures such as a device to protect the skull and dental care it affects about one per million people males and females are equally commonly affected modern descriptions of the condition date to at least 18￭ 96 the term is from cle￭ ido meaning col￭ lar￭ bone cran￭ ial meaning head and dy￭ so￭ sto￭ sis meaning formation of abnormal bone
clem￭ m￭ ensen reduction is a chemical reaction described as a reduction of ke￭ tones or alde￭ hy￭ des to al￭ kan￭ es using zinc am￭ alg￭ am and hydro￭ chlor￭ ic acid this reaction is named after eri￭ k christian clem￭ m￭ ensen a danish chem￭ ist the clem￭ m￭ ensen reduction the clem￭ m￭ ensen reduction is particularly effective at reducing ar￭ yl al￭ ky￭ l ke￭ tones such as those formed in a frie￭ del crafts ac￭ yl￭ ation with ali￭ ph￭ atic or cyclic ke￭ tones zinc metal reduction is much more effective the sub￭ str￭ ate must be un￭ reactive to the strongly ac￭ id￭ ic conditions of the clem￭ m￭ ensen reduction acid sensitive sub￭ str￭ ates should be reacted in the wol￭ ff k￭ ish￭ ner reduction which utili￭ zes strongly basic conditions a further mil￭ der method is the moz￭ ingo reduction the oxygen atom is lost in the form of one mol￭ ecu￭ le of water however the reaction is not suitable for substances sensitive to acids also co￭ oh group can t be reduced by this method co￭ oh group can be reduced by treating it with soda lime and then heating in spite of the antiqu￭ ity of this reaction the mechanism of the clem￭ m￭ ensen reduction remains obscure due to the heterogeneous nature of the reaction mechanis￭ tic studies are difficult and only a handful of studies have been disclosed proposal mechanisms invoke organ￭ oz￭ inc intermedi￭ ates possibly zinc car￭ ben￭ oids either as dis￭ crete species or with the organic frag￭ ment bound to the metal surface however the corresponding alcohol is not believed to be an intermediate since subjec￭ tion of alcohol￭ s to clem￭ m￭ ensen conditions generally does not afford the al￭ kane product
a clerical error is an error on the part of an office worker often a secretary or personal assistant it is a phrase which can also be used as an excuse to defl￭ ect blame away from specific individuals such as high powered executives and instead redirect it to the more anonymous clerical staff a clerical error in a legal document is called a scri￭ ven￭ er s error
in chemical synthesis click chemistry more commonly called tagging is a class of bio￭ compatible reactions intended primarily to join sub￭ str￭ ates of choice with specific biom￭ ol￭ ec￭ ules click chemistry is not a single specific reaction but describes a way of generating products that follows examples in nature which also generates substances by joining small mod￭ ular units in general click reactions usually join a biom￭ ol￭ ecu￭ le and a reporter mol￭ ecu￭ le click chemistry is not limited to biological conditions the concept of a click reaction has been used in pharmaco￭ logical and various biom￭ im￭ e￭ tic applications however they have been made notably useful in the detection loc￭ alization and qualification of biom￭ ol￭ ec￭ ules click reactions occur in one pot are not disturbed by water generate minimal and in￭ offensive by￭ products and are spring loaded — characterized by a high thermo￭ dynamic driving force that drives it quickly and irre￭ versi￭ bly to high yield of a single reaction product with high reaction specificity in some cases with both regio and stere￭ o specificity these qualities make click reactions particularly suitable to the problem of isolating and targeting molecules in complex biological environments in such environments products accordingly need to be physi￭ o￭ logically stable and any by￭ products need to be non toxic for in vi￭ vo systems by developing specific and controllable bio￭ orth￭ og￭ onal reactions scientists have opened up the possibility of hitting particular targets in complex cell lys￭ ates recently scientists have adapted click chemistry for use in live cells for example using small mol￭ ecu￭ le prob￭ es that find and attach to their targets by click reactions despite challenges of cell perme￭ ability bio￭ orth￭ og￭ on￭ ality background lab￭ eling and reaction efficiency click reactions have already proven useful in a new generation of pul￭ l￭ down experiments in which particular targets can be isolated using for instance reporter molecules which bind to a certain column and fluores￭ cence spec￭ tro￭ metry in which the fluor￭ op￭ hor￭ e is attached to a target of interest and the target quantified or located more recently novel methods have been used to incorporate click reaction partners onto and into biom￭ ol￭ ec￭ ules including the incorporation of unnatural amino acids containing reactive groups into proteins and the modification of nucle￭ o￭ ti￭ des these techniques represent a part of the field of chemical biology in which click chemistry plays a fundamental role by intentionally and specifically coupling mod￭ ular units to various ends the term click chemistry was coined by k barry shar￭ pl￭ ess in 1998 and was first fully described by shar￭ pl￭ ess har￭ t￭ mu￭ th kol￭ b and m g finn of the s￭ crip￭ ps research institute in 2001
a climate osci￭ ll￭ ation or climate cycle is any recurring cyclical osci￭ ll￭ ation within global or regional climate and is a type of climate pattern these fluctuations in atmospheric temperature sea surface temperature precip￭ itation or other parameters can be quasi periodic often occurring on inter annual multi annual dec￭ ad￭ al multi￭ dec￭ ad￭ al century wide millenni￭ al or longer timescales they are not perfectly periodic and a fou￭ rier analysis of the data does not give a sharp spectrum a prominent example is the el ni￭ ño southern osci￭ ll￭ ation involving sea surface temperatures along a stretch of the equatorial central and east pacific ocean and the western coast of tropical south america but which affects climate worldwide records of past climate conditions are recovered through geological examination of pro￭ x￭ ies found in glaci￭ er ice sea bed se￭ diment tree ring studies or otherwise
clinical attachment loss cal is the predominant clinical manifestation and determinant of period￭ on￭ tal disease
clinical v￭ amp￭ ir￭ ism more commonly called ren￭ field s syndrome or ren￭ field syndrome is an obsession with drinking blood the earliest formal presentation of clinical v￭ amp￭ ir￭ ism to appear in the psychiatric literature with the psycho￭ analy￭ tic interpretation of two cases was contributed by richard l van￭ den ber￭ gh and john f kel￭ ley in 1964 as the authors point out brief and spor￭ adic reports of blood drinking behaviors associated with sexual pleasure have appeared in the psychiatric literature at least since 18￭ 92 with the work of austrian forensic psychiatrist richard von kra￭ ff￭ t e￭ bing many medical publications concerning clinical v￭ amp￭ ir￭ ism can be found in the literature of forensic psychiatry with the unusual behavior reported as one of many aspects of extraordinary violent crimes the behavior has never gained official recognition by the psychiatric profession and is not found in any edition of the international classification of diseases or the diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders however in the more color￭ ful era in the history of psychiatry that pre￭ dated the 1980 s rise of the coded categories of supposedly theory neutral mental disorders in dsm and ic￭ d the psychiatric literature was fertile ground for the flourishing of case history reports of un￭ common psychiatric syndro￭ mes or extraordinary disorders of human behavior that included not only clinical v￭ amp￭ ir￭ ism but also ly￭ can￭ thro￭ py possession stig￭ mata and other unusual phenomena
clin￭ od￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly ˈ￭ kla￭ ɪ￭ n￭ ˌ￭ o￭ ʊ￭ d￭ æ￭ kt￭ ɪ￭ li from the ancient greek κλ￭ ίν￭ ει￭ ν kl￭ í￭ ne￭ in meaning to bend and δ￭ ά￭ κ￭ τ￭ υ￭ λο￭ ς d￭ á￭ kt￭ ul￭ os meaning digit is a medical term describing the cur￭ v￭ ature of a digit a finger or toe in the plane of the palm most commonly the fifth finger the little finger towards the adjacent fourth finger the ring finger it is a fairly common isolated anomaly which often goes unnoticed but also occurs in combination with other ab￭ norm￭ alities in many genetic syndro￭ mes
cli￭ tic climbing is a phenomenon first identified in romance languages in which a pro￭ nominal object of an embedded infin￭ itive appears attached to the matrix ver￭ b pro￭ nominal objects in romance languages are typically expressed as cli￭ tics the following italian example illustrates the phenomenon the object pron￭ oun lo a cli￭ tic is attached to the infin￭ itive in the embedded or subordinate clause in 1 a in 1 b the cli￭ tic has climbed to the main or matrix clause and is attached to the matrix ver￭ b there is no discernible difference in meaning between the two forms cli￭ tic climbing is found in almost all romance languages it is notably absent in french
in lingu￭ is￭ tics cli￭ tic doubling or pro￭ nominal re￭ duplication is a phenomenon by which cli￭ tic pronoun￭ s appear in ver￭ b phrases together with the full nou￭ n phrases that they refer to as opposed to the cases where such pronoun￭ s and full nou￭ n phrases are in complementary distribution cli￭ tic doubling is found in many languages including albanian arom￭ anian macedonian bulgarian de￭ gem￭ a greek persian romanian somali italian and spanish the conditions on cli￭ tic doubling vary from language to language generally depending on well known properties of the objects along the anim￭ acy hierarchy allowing requiring or forbi￭ dding cli￭ tic doubling for different kinds of objects in this regard cli￭ tic doubling for objects can be viewed as a species of differential object marking
cl￭ it￭ oral er￭ ection is a physiological phenomenon where the cl￭ it￭ or￭ is becomes enlarged and firm cl￭ it￭ oral er￭ ection is the result of a complex interaction of psychological ne￭ ural vascular and endocrine factors and is usually though not exclusively associated with sexual ar￭ ous￭ al
cl￭ it￭ or￭ om￭ eg￭ al￭ y or macro￭ cl￭ it￭ or￭ is is an abnormal enlargement of the cl￭ it￭ or￭ is that is mostly con￭ genital or acquired though deliberately induced cl￭ it￭ or￭ is enlargement as a form of female genital body modification is achieved through various uses of an￭ abol￭ ic ster￭ oids including te￭ sto￭ ster￭ one and may also be referred to as cl￭ it￭ or￭ om￭ eg￭ al￭ y cl￭ it￭ or￭ om￭ eg￭ al￭ y is not the same as normal enlargement of the cl￭ it￭ or￭ is seen during sexual ar￭ ous￭ al
clo￭ ac￭ al ex￭ stro￭ phy ec is a severe birth defect where￭ in much of the ab￭ domin￭ al organs the blad￭ der and intest￭ ines are exposed it often causes the splitting of both male and female gen￭ italia specifically the penis and cl￭ it￭ or￭ is respectively and the an￭ us is occasionally sealed clo￭ ac￭ al ex￭ stro￭ phy is a rare birth defect present in 1 200 000 pregnancies and 1 400 000 live births it is caused by a defect of the ven￭ tr￭ al body wall — mes￭ o￭ der￭ mal migration is inhi￭ bited and fol￭ ding fails
clock angle problems are a type of mathematical problem which involve finding the angles between the hands of an analo￭ g clock
clock synchron￭ ization is a topic in computer science and engineering that aims to coordinate otherwise independent c￭ locks even when initially set accurately real c￭ locks will differ after some amount of time due to clock drift caused by c￭ locks counting time at slightly different rates there are several problems that occur as a result of clock rate differences and several solutions some being more appropriate than others in certain contexts
cl￭ onal interference is a phenomenon in the population genetics of organisms with significant linkage dis￭ equilibrium especially as￭ ex￭ ually reproducing organisms it occurs when two or more different beneficial mutations arise independently in different individuals prior to or in the absence of genetic re￭ combination the mutations cannot be combined into a single more fit geno￭ type but instead compete against each other this typically leads to the loss of one of them confirming that the fate of an advantageous mutation can be determined by other mutations present in the same population in organisms with sexual reproduction two beneficial mutations arising in different organisms can be combined in a descend￭ ant this allows evolution to proceed more rapidly a phenomenon known as the hill rober￭ t￭ son effect cl￭ onal interference is named because an as￭ ex￭ ual line￭ age clone with a beneficial mutation which would likely be fixed if it occurred alone may fail to be fixed or even be lost if another beneficial mutation line￭ age arises in the same population the multiple clones interfere with each other this can also occur in cancer and pre cancer cell line￭ ages within a patient
cl￭ onal se￭ bor￭ rhe￭ ic ker￭ at￭ osis is a common benign cu￭ taneous condition characterized by a skin le￭ sion with a dull or l￭ ack￭ lu￭ ster surface and with round loosely packed ne￭ sts of cells seen his￭ to￭ logically
cl￭ on￭ or￭ chi￭ asis is an infectious disease caused by the chinese liver flu￭ ke cl￭ on￭ orch￭ is sin￭ ensis and two related species cl￭ on￭ or￭ chi￭ asis is a known risk factor for the development of chol￭ an￭ gi￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma a ne￭ op￭ las￭ m of the bi￭ li￭ ary system symptoms of op￭ is￭ thor￭ chi￭ asis caused by op￭ is￭ thor￭ ch￭ is vi￭ ver￭ r￭ ini and by op￭ is￭ thor￭ ch￭ is fel￭ in￭ eus are in￭ distingu￭ ishable from cl￭ on￭ or￭ chi￭ asis caused by cl￭ on￭ orch￭ is sin￭ ensis so the disease by these three parasites should be referred as cl￭ on￭ or￭ chi￭ asis
closed head injury is a type of traumatic brain injury in which the skull and dur￭ a mat￭ er remain intact closed head injuries are the leading cause of death in children under 4 years old and the most common cause of physical disability and cognitive impairment in young people overall closed head injuries and other forms of mild traumatic brain injury account for about 75 of the estimated 1 7 million brain injuries that occur annually in the united states brain injuries such as closed head injuries may result in lifelong physical cognitive or psychological impairment and thus are of utmost concern with regards to public health
the closest pair of points problem or closest pair problem is a problem of compu￭ tational geometry given n points in metric space find a pair of points with the smallest distance between them the closest pair problem for points in the eu￭ cli￭ dean plane was among the first geome￭ tric problems which were treated at the origins of the systematic study of the compu￭ tational complexity of geome￭ tric algori￭ th￭ ms a naive algori￭ thm of finding distances between all pairs of points in a space of dimension d and selecting the minimum requires o dn 2 time it turns out that the problem may be solved in o n log n time in a eu￭ cli￭ dean space or l￭ p space of fixed dimension d in the al￭ ge￭ bra￭ ic decision tree model of compu￭ tation the o n log n algori￭ thm is optimal the optim￭ ality follows from the observation that the element uniqueness problem with the lower bound of ω n log n for time complexity is redu￭ ci￭ ble to the closest pair problem checking whether the minimal distance is 0 after the solving of the closest pair problem answers the question whether there are two coinci￭ ding points in the compu￭ tational model which assumes that the floor function is compu￭ table in constant time the problem can be solved in o n log log n time if we allow random￭ ization to be used together with the floor function the problem can be solved in o n time
in theoretical computer science closest string is the name of an n￭ p hard compu￭ tational problem which tries to find the geome￭ tr￭ ical center of a set of input strings to understand the word center it is necessary to define a distance between two strings usually this problem is studied with the ham￭ ming distance in mind
clo￭ stri￭ dial necro￭ tizing enter￭ i￭ tis c￭ ne also called enter￭ i￭ tis necro￭ tic￭ ans and pig￭ bel is an often fatal type of food poisoning caused by a β toxin of clo￭ stri￭ dium per￭ fr￭ ing￭ ens type c it occurs in some developing countries but was also documented in germany following world war ii the toxin is normally in￭ activated by certain prote￭ ol￭ y￭ tic enzymes and by normal cooking but when these protections are impeded the disease emerges
clo￭ stri￭ dium di￭ ffici￭ le infection c￭ di is a symptomatic infection due to the spor￭ e forming bacter￭ ium clo￭ stri￭ dium di￭ ffici￭ le symptoms include wat￭ ery diarr￭ hea fever naus￭ ea and ab￭ domin￭ al pain it makes up about 20 of cases of antibiotic associated diarr￭ hea complications may include pseu￭ dom￭ emb￭ ran￭ ous co￭ li￭ tis toxic me￭ ga￭ col￭ on per￭ for￭ ation of the col￭ on and sep￭ sis clo￭ stri￭ dium di￭ ffici￭ le infection is spread by bacterial spo￭ res found within f￭ ec￭ es surfaces may become contaminated with the spo￭ res with further spread occurring via the hands of healthcare workers risk factors for infection include antibiotic or prot￭ on pump inhi￭ bit￭ ors use hosp￭ itali￭ zation other health problems and older age diagnosis is by sto￭ ol culture or testing for the bacteria s dna or toxins if a person tests positive but has no symptoms it is known as c di￭ ffici￭ le colonization rather than an infection prevention is by limiting antibiotic use hand washing and terminal room cleaning in hospital dis￭ continuation of antibiotics may result in resolution of symptoms within three days in about 20 of those infected often the antibiotics met￭ ron￭ id￭ azole van￭ com￭ y￭ cin or fi￭ da￭ x￭ om￭ ic￭ in will cure the infection re￭ testing after treatment as long as the symptoms have resolved is not recommended as the person may remain colon￭ ized recurrence have been reported in up to 25 of people there is tentative evidence that f￭ ec￭ al micro￭ bio￭ ta transplantation and pro￭ bio￭ tics may decrease the risk of recurrence c di￭ ffici￭ le infections occur in all areas of the world about 453 000 cases occurred in the united states in 2011 resulting in 29 000 deaths rates of disease globally have increased between 2001 and 2016 women are more often affected than men the bacteria was discovered in 19￭ 35 and found to be disease causing in 1978 in the united states healthcare acquired infections increase cost of care by 1 5 billion usd each year
cloud suck is a phenomenon commonly known in parag￭ li￭ ding and hang gli￭ ding where pilots experience significant lift due to a thermal under the base of cumul￭ us clouds especially tow￭ ering cumul￭ us and cumul￭ on￭ im￭ bus the vertical extent of a cumul￭ us cloud is a good indicator of the strength of lift beneath it and the potential for cloud suck cloud suck commonly occurs in low pressure weather and in hum￭ id conditions cloud suck is typically associated with an increase in thermal up￭ draft velocity near cloud base as a parcel of air lifted in a thermal rises it also co￭ ols and water vapour will eventually con￭ dense to form a cloud if the parcel rises above the lifted condens￭ ation level as the water vapour cond￭ enses it releases its latent heat of vap￭ ori￭ zation thereby increasing the buo￭ yan￭ cy of the parcel the up￭ draft is amplified by this latent heat release parag￭ li￭ der pilots have reported being unable to descend in strong cloud suck even after bringing their can￭ op￭ ies into deep spiral which would normally result in a rapid vertical descent cloud suck is especially dangerous for parag￭ li￭ der pilots whose maximum speed is less than 30 kno￭ ts because storm clouds cumul￭ on￭ im￭ bus can expand and develop rapidly over a large area with accompanying large areas of strong lift on 14 february 2007 while practising for a parag￭ li￭ ding contest in australia polish bor￭ n￭ german team pilot e￭ wa wi￭ ś￭ ni￭ er￭ ska ci￭ e￭ ś￭ le￭ wic￭ z was sucked into a cumul￭ on￭ im￭ bus cloud climbing at up to 20 m per second 4 000 feet per minute to an altitude of 9 9￭ 46 m 32 600 feet she lost consciousness due to hypo￭ x￭ ia but regained consciousness after 30 minutes to an hour and landed still covered in ice after a three and a half hour flight chinese parag￭ li￭ der pilot he z￭ hon￭ g￭ pin died after he was sucked into the same storm system and struck by lightning at 59￭ 00 m 19 000 feet his body was found the next day 15 km 9 3 mi from his last known position prior to entering the cloud in 2014 italian parag￭ li￭ der paolo anton￭ i￭ az￭ zi 66 years old retired army general died after being sucked by a thunder￭ storm compared with hang gli￭ ders and parag￭ li￭ ders sail￭ planes have much higher top speeds often over 250 km h and can easily escape powerful cumul￭ on￭ im￭ bus clouds by flying away quickly or by using very effective air brakes a sail￭ plane also has the added benefit of the pilot being able to put the sail￭ plane into a spin to descend rapidly without over speeding cloud suck is also a concern for powered aircraft but usually not a lethal hazard except in extreme weather situations the uss shen￭ an￭ do￭ ah the first rigid air￭ ship built in the united states and the first in the world to be inflated with heli￭ um was lost in a cloud suck accident associated with a squ￭ all line at about 6 00 am on 3 september 19￭ 25 near ava in northern noble county ohio the shen￭ an￭ do￭ ah was suddenly caught in a violent up￭ draft while at an altitude of 2 100 feet rising at the rate of a meter a second at about 6 200 feet the as￭ cent was checked but the ship began to descend when halfway to the ground it was hit by another up￭ draft and began to rise rapidly at an even faster rate ultimately the ke￭ el sn￭ apped and the ship broke up while still more than a mile above the ground shen￭ an￭ do￭ ah s commanding officer and 13 other officers and men were killed twenty nine members of the crew survived the break up although some received serious injuries
a clou￭ d￭ burst is an extreme amount of precip￭ itation in a short period of time sometimes accompanied by hail and thunder that is capable of creating flood conditions a clou￭ d￭ burst can suddenly dump large amounts of water e g 25 mm of precip￭ itation corresponds to 25000 metric tons km 2 1 inch corresponds to 72 300 short tons over one square mile however clou￭ d￭ bursts are inf￭ requ￭ ent as they occur only via oro￭ graphic lift or occasionally when a warm air parcel mixes with cool￭ er air resulting in sudden condens￭ ation at times a large amount of run￭ off from higher elev￭ ations is mistakenly con￭ fl￭ ated with a clou￭ d￭ burst the term clou￭ d￭ burst arose from the notion that clouds were akin to water ballo￭ ons and could burst resulting in rapid precip￭ itation though this idea has since been dis￭ proven the term remains in use
clou￭ ston s hi￭ dro￭ tic ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal dys￭ pl￭ asia also known as al￭ op￭ ec￭ ia con￭ gen￭ ita with ker￭ at￭ osis pal￭ mop￭ lan￭ tar￭ is clou￭ ston syndrome fischer – jaco￭ b￭ sen – clou￭ ston syndrome hi￭ dro￭ tic ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal dys￭ pl￭ asia ker￭ at￭ osis pal￭ mar￭ is with drum￭ stick fingers and pal￭ mop￭ lan￭ tar ker￭ ato￭ der￭ ma and clu￭ bbing is caused by mutations in a conn￭ ex￭ in gene g￭ j￭ b 6 or conn￭ ex￭ in 30 characterized by scal￭ p hair that is wi￭ ry brit￭ tle and pale often associated with pat￭ chy al￭ op￭ ec￭ ia
club foot or clu￭ b￭ foot also called con￭ genital tali￭ pes equ￭ ino￭ var￭ us c￭ te￭ v is a con￭ genital de￭ form￭ ity involving one foot or both the affected foot appears to have been rot￭ ated internally at the an￭ kle without treatment people with club feet often appear to walk on their an￭ kles or on the sides of their feet however with treatment the vast majority of patients recover completely during early childhood and are able to walk and participate in athle￭ tics just as well as patients born without c￭ te￭ v it is a relatively common birth defect occurring in about one in every 1 000 live births approximately half of people with clu￭ b￭ foot have it affect both feet which is called bilateral club foot in most cases it is an isolated disorder of the limbs it occurs in males twice as frequently as in females a condition of the same name appears in some non human animals particularly horses though in that particular case it is more akin to stepping en poin￭ te than side￭ ways
clu￭ bbed thumb is a mis￭ no￭ mer for stu￭ b by thumb known clin￭ ically as br￭ ach￭ y￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly type d or b￭ dd b￭ dd is a harmless genetic trait characterized by the last bone of one or both thum￭ bs being short and round with an accompanying short and wide nail bed they derive from the dog￭ on tribe residing in africa digital clu￭ bbing however is a clinical sign associated with a number of diseases
clu￭ bro￭ ot is a common disease of cab￭ b￭ ages bro￭ c￭ coli cau￭ lif￭ lower brussels spro￭ uts rad￭ ishes turn￭ ip￭ s stocks wall￭ flowers and other plants belonging to the family brass￭ ic￭ ace￭ ae cruci￭ fer￭ ae it is caused by plas￭ modi￭ op￭ hor￭ a brass￭ ic￭ ae which was once considered a sli￭ me mold but is now put in the group phy￭ tom￭ y￭ x￭ ea it is the first phy￭ tom￭ y￭ x￭ ea for which the genome has been sequ￭ enced it has as many as thirteen races g￭ all formation or distortion takes place on latent roots and gives the shape of a club or spin￭ dle in the cab￭ bage such attacks on the roots cause un￭ developed heads or a failure to head at all followed often by decline in vigor or by death it is an important disease affecting an estimated 10 of the total cul￭ tured area worldwide historical reports of clu￭ bro￭ ot date back to the 13 th century in europe in the late 19 th century a severe epidemic of clu￭ bro￭ ot destroyed large proportions of the cab￭ bage crop in st petersburg the russian scientist mikhail wor￭ on￭ in eventually identified the cause of clu￭ bro￭ ot as a plas￭ modi￭ op￭ hor￭ ous organism in 18￭ 75 and gave it the name plas￭ modi￭ op￭ hor￭ a brass￭ ic￭ ae in 18 th 19 th and early 20 th century britain clu￭ bro￭ ot was sometimes called finger and toe fingers and toes an￭ bury or am￭ bury these last two also meaning a soft tumor on a horse the potential of cultural practices to reduce crop losses due to clu￭ bro￭ ot is limited and chemical treatments to control the fun￭ gus are either banned due to environmental regulations or are not cost effective breeding of resistant cultiv￭ ars therefore is a promising alternative
cluster al￭ ge￭ br￭ as are a class of comm￭ ut￭ ative rings introduced by fom￭ in and z￭ elev￭ in￭ sky a cluster al￭ ge￭ bra of rank n is an integral domain a together with some sub￭ sets of size n called clusters whose union generates the al￭ ge￭ bra a and which satisfy various conditions
cluster headache ch is a neuro￭ logical disorder characterized by recurrent severe headaches on one side of the head typically around the eye there are often accompanying autonom￭ ic symptoms during the headache such as eye watering nas￭ al congestion and sw￭ elling around the eye typically confined to the side of the head with the pain cluster headache belongs to a group of primary headache disorders classified as the tri￭ gem￭ inal autonom￭ ic cephal￭ al￭ gi￭ as or tacs cluster headache is named after the demonstrated grouping of headache attacks occurring together cluster individuals typically experience repeated attacks of ex￭ cruci￭ at￭ ingly severe unilateral headache pain cluster headache attacks often occur periodically spontaneous re￭ missions may interrupt active periods of pain though about 10 – 15 of chronic ch never remit the cause of cluster headache has not been identified while there is no known cure cluster headaches can sometimes be prevented and acute attacks treated recommended treatments for acute attacks include oxygen or a fast acting tri￭ pt￭ an primary recommended prevention is ver￭ ap￭ am￭ il ster￭ oids may be used as a transitional treatment and may prevent attack recurrence until preventative treatments take effect the condition affects approximately 0 2 of the general population and men are more commonly affected than women by a ratio of about 2 5 1 to 3 5 1
in natural language processing and information retri￭ eval cluster lab￭ eling is the problem of picking descriptive human readable labels for the clusters produced by a document clu￭ stering algori￭ thm standard clu￭ stering algori￭ th￭ ms do not typically produce any such labels cluster lab￭ eling algori￭ th￭ ms examine the contents of the documents per cluster to find a lab￭ eling that summar￭ ize the topic of each cluster and distinguish the clusters from each other
clu￭ tch performance in sports is the phenomenon of athletes under pressure often in the last minutes of a game to summon strength concentration and whatever else necessary to succeed to perform well and perhaps change the outcome of the game it occurs in basketball hockey football and other sports the opposite is choking failing to perform as needed when under pressure it is a phenomenon that is studied in psychology and in the more specialized area of sport psychology the term gained popularity due to repeti￭ tive use among sports commentators particularly baseball announ￭ cers consequently a portion of the academic literature is focused on baseball more specifically on clu￭ tch hitting and addresses the academic issue of whether it exists or not
clu￭ t￭ tering also called t￭ ach￭ y￭ ph￭ emia or t￭ ach￭ y￭ ph￭ ra￭ sia is a speech and communication disorder characterized by a rapid rate of speech erratic rhythm and poor syn￭ tax or gr￭ ammar making speech difficult to understand
co￭ ag￭ ul￭ opathy also called a bleeding disorder is a condition in which the blood ’ s ability to co￭ ag￭ ulate form clo￭ ts is impaired this condition can cause a tendency toward prolonged or excessive bleeding bleeding di￭ ath￭ esis which may occur spontaneously or following an injury or medical and dental procedures of note co￭ ag￭ ul￭ opath￭ ies are sometimes errone￭ ously referred to as clo￭ tting disorders a clo￭ tting disorder is a pre￭ disposition to clo￭ t formation thro￭ m￭ bus also known as a hyper￭ co￭ ag￭ ul￭ able state or thro￭ m￭ b￭ ophi￭ lia
a coal ball is a type of concre￭ tion varying in shape from an imperfect sphere to a flat lying irregular s￭ lab coal balls were formed in carbon￭ i￭ fer￭ ous period swam￭ ps and mi￭ res when peat was prevented from being turned into coal by the high amount of cal￭ cite surrounding the peat the cal￭ cite caused it to be turned into stone instead as such despite not actually being made of coal the coal ball owes its name to its similar origins as well as its similar shape with actual coal coal balls often preserve a remarkable record of the micro￭ scopic tissue structure of carbon￭ i￭ fer￭ ous swamp and mire plants which would otherwise have been completely destroyed their unique preservation of carbon￭ i￭ fer￭ ous plants makes them valuable to scientists who cut and peel the coal balls to research the geological past in 18￭ 55 two english scientists joseph dal￭ ton hooker and edward william bin￭ ney made the first scientific description of coal balls in england and the initial research on coal balls was carried out in europe north american coal balls were discovered and identified in 19￭ 22 coal balls have since been found in other countries leading to the discovery of hundreds of species and genera coal balls may be found in coal se￭ ams across north america and eur￭ asia north american coal balls are more widespread both str￭ ati￭ graphically and geo￭ logically than those in europe the oldest known coal balls date from the nam￭ ur￭ ian stage of the carbon￭ i￭ fer￭ ous they were found in germany and on the territory of former czechoslovakia
coal workers pneu￭ mo￭ con￭ i￭ osis cw￭ p also known as black lung disease or black lung is caused by long exposure to coal dust it is common in coal min￭ ers and others who work with coal it is similar to both sili￭ co￭ sis from inhal￭ ing silic￭ a dust and to the long term effects of tobacco smoking inhal￭ ed coal dust progressively builds up in the lungs and cannot be removed by the body this leads to infl￭ amm￭ ation fi￭ bro￭ sis and in worse cases necro￭ sis coal workers pneu￭ mo￭ con￭ i￭ osis severe state develops after the initial mil￭ der form of the disease known as anthra￭ co￭ sis anth￭ rac — coal carbon this is often as￭ ymp￭ tomatic and is found to at least some extent in all urban dwell￭ ers due to air pollution prolonged exposure to large amounts of coal dust can result in more serious forms of the disease simple coal workers pneu￭ mo￭ con￭ i￭ osis and complicated coal workers pneu￭ mo￭ con￭ i￭ osis or progressive massive fi￭ bro￭ sis or p￭ m￭ f more commonly workers exposed to coal dust develop industrial bron￭ chi￭ tis clin￭ ically defined as chronic bron￭ chi￭ tis i e productive cough for 3 months per year for at least 2 years associated with workplace dust exposure the incidence of industrial bron￭ chi￭ tis varies with age job exposure and smoking in non￭ smokers who are less prone to develop bron￭ chi￭ tis than smokers studies of coal min￭ ers have shown a 16 to 17 incidence of industrial bron￭ chi￭ tis in 2013 cw￭ p resulted in 25 000 deaths down from 29 000 deaths in 1990
co￭ arc￭ tation of the a￭ or￭ ta co￭ a or co￭ ao also called a￭ or￭ tic narrowing is a con￭ genital condition whereby the a￭ or￭ ta is narrow usually in the area where the duc￭ tus arter￭ io￭ sus lig￭ am￭ ent￭ um arter￭ io￭ sum after regression inser￭ ts the word “ co￭ arc￭ tation ” means narrowing co￭ arc￭ tations are most common in the a￭ or￭ tic arch the arch may be small in babies with co￭ arc￭ tations other heart defects may also occur when co￭ arc￭ tation is present typically occurring on the left side of the heart when a patient has a co￭ arc￭ tation the left ven￭ tric￭ le has to work harder since the a￭ or￭ ta is narrowed the left ven￭ tric￭ le must generate a much higher pressure than normal in order to force enough blood through the a￭ or￭ ta to deliver blood to the lower part of the body if the narrowing is severe enough the left ven￭ tric￭ le may not be strong enough to push blood through the co￭ arc￭ tation thus resulting in lack of blood to the lower half of the body physi￭ o￭ logically its complete form is manifested as interrupted a￭ or￭ tic arch
coats ’ disease also known as ex￭ ud￭ ative ret￭ initi￭ s or re￭ tin￭ al tel￭ an￭ gi￭ ec￭ tas￭ is sometimes spelled co￭ ates disease is a rare con￭ genital non￭ hereditary eye disorder causing full or partial blindness characterized by abnormal development of blood vessels behind the re￭ tina coats disease can also fall under gl￭ au￭ coma it can have a similar presentation to that of re￭ tin￭ obl￭ ast￭ oma
co￭ bal￭ t poisoning is in￭ tox￭ ication caused by excessive levels of co￭ bal￭ t in the body co￭ bal￭ t is an essential element for health in animals in minute amounts as a component of vitamin b 12 a deficiency of co￭ bal￭ t which is very rare is also potentially lethal leading to pernicious an￭ emia
co￭ bb syndrome is a rare con￭ genital disorder characterized by visible skin le￭ sions with underlying spinal an￭ gi￭ om￭ as or arter￭ io￭ ven￭ ous mal￭ formations av￭ ms the skin le￭ sions of co￭ bb syndrome typically are present as port wine stain￭ s or an￭ gi￭ om￭ as but reports exist of an￭ gi￭ ok￭ er￭ atom￭ as an￭ gi￭ oli￭ po￭ mas and lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ oma circum￭ s￭ crip￭ tum the intr￭ asp￭ inal le￭ sions may be an￭ gi￭ om￭ as or av￭ ms and occur at levels of the spinal cord corresponding to the affected skin der￭ mat￭ om￭ es they may in turn produce spinal cord dysfunction and weakness or paralysis the disorder was first described by ber￭ en￭ bru￭ ch in 1890 but became widely known only after co￭ bb s report in 1915 co￭ bb syndrome is thought to be more common in males and have no racial pre￭ dil￭ ection but only a few dozen cases are known it is believed to be due to a spor￭ adic mutation since parents of affected children usually have no evidence of the disease
the presence of a be￭ zo￭ ar is a relatively inf￭ requ￭ ent disorder that affects the gastro￭ intest￭ inal system it consists of a solid and formed mass trapped in the gastro￭ intest￭ inal system usually in the stomach these can also form in other locations ga￭ str￭ ic phyto￭ be￭ zo￭ ars are a form of intest￭ inal block￭ age and are seen in those with poor ga￭ str￭ ic mo￭ ti￭ lity the preferred treatment of be￭ zo￭ ars includes different therapies and or fragmentation to avoid surgery phyto￭ be￭ zo￭ ars are most common and consist of un￭ dig￭ ested lign￭ in cellulose tann￭ ins cel￭ ery pum￭ p￭ kin skin grape skins prunes ra￭ is￭ ins vegetables and fruits phyto￭ be￭ zo￭ ars can form after eating per￭ sim￭ mons and pine￭ apples these are more difficult to treat and are referred to as dio￭ sp￭ yro￭ be￭ zo￭ ars coca cola has been proposed for the treatment of ga￭ str￭ ic phyto￭ be￭ zo￭ ars in about 50 of cases studied coca cola alone was found to be effective in ga￭ str￭ ic phyto￭ be￭ zo￭ ar dissolution unfortunately this treatment can result in the potential of developing small bo￭ wel obstruction in a minority of cases necess￭ itating surgical intervention it is one of many other stomach disorders that can have similar symptoms
cocaine dependence is a psychological desire to use cocaine regularly cocaine over￭ dose may result in cardiovascular and brain damage such as con￭ stric￭ ting blood vessels in the brain causing stro￭ kes and con￭ stric￭ ting arter￭ ies in the heart causing heart attacks the use of cocaine creates euphoria and high amounts of energy if taken in large unsafe doses it is possible to cause mood swings paranoia in￭ som￭ nia psycho￭ sis high blood pressure a fast heart rate panic attacks cognitive impair￭ ments and drastic changes in personality the symptoms of cocaine withdrawal also known as come￭ down or crash range from moderate to severe dy￭ sp￭ h￭ oria depression anxiety psychological and physical weakness pain and compul￭ sive cr￭ av￭ ings
cocaine in￭ tox￭ ication refers to the immediate and dele￭ ter￭ ious effects of cocaine on the body although cocaine in￭ tox￭ ication and cocaine dependence can be present in the same individual these syndro￭ mes present with different symptoms
coccidio￭ id￭ om￭ y￭ co￭ sis k￭ ɒ￭ k￭ ˌ￭ s￭ ɪ￭ di￭ ɔ￭ ɪ￭ do￭ ʊ￭ ma￭ ɪ￭ ˈ￭ ko￭ ʊ￭ s￭ ɪ￭ s kok sid ee oy do￭ h my k￭ oh sis commonly known as coc￭ ci valley fever as well as california fever desert r￭ heu￭ m￭ atism and san jo￭ aqu￭ in valley fever is a mammalian fun￭ gal disease caused by coccidio￭ ides im￭ miti￭ s or coccidio￭ ides pos￭ ad￭ asi￭ i it is endemic in certain parts of arizona california nevada new mexico texas u￭ tah and northern mexico c im￭ miti￭ s is a di￭ morph￭ ic sa￭ pro￭ phy￭ tic fun￭ gus that grows as a my￭ ce￭ lium in the soil and produces a spher￭ ule form in the host organism it resides in the soil in certain parts of the south￭ western united states most notably in california and arizona it is also commonly found in northern mexico and parts of central and south america c im￭ miti￭ s is dormant during long dry spells then develops as a mold with long fil￭ aments that break off into airborne spo￭ res when it rains the spo￭ res known as ar￭ thro￭ con￭ idi￭ a are swept into the air by disruption of the soil such as during construction farming or an earthquake wind￭ storms may also cause epidemics far from endemic areas in december 1977 a wind￭ storm in an endemic area around ar￭ vin ca led to several hundred cases including deaths in non endemic areas hundreds of miles away coccidio￭ id￭ om￭ y￭ co￭ sis is a common cause of community acquired pneumonia in the endemic areas of the united states infections usually occur due to inhal￭ ation of the ar￭ thro￭ con￭ idi￭ al spo￭ res after soil disruption the disease is not contagious in some cases the infection may recur or become chronic
coc￭ ci￭ di￭ osis is a par￭ asi￭ tic disease of the intest￭ inal tract of animals caused by coc￭ ci￭ dian proto￭ zo￭ a the disease spreads from one animal to another by contact with infected f￭ ec￭ es or ing￭ estion of infected tissue diarr￭ hea which may become bloody in severe cases is the primary symptom most animals infected with coc￭ ci￭ dia are as￭ ymp￭ tomatic but young or immun￭ o￭ compromised animals may suffer severe symptoms and death while coc￭ ci￭ dia can infect a wide variety of animals including humans birds and livestock they are usually species specific one well known exception is tox￭ op￭ las￭ mo￭ sis caused by tox￭ op￭ las￭ ma gon￭ di￭ i humans may first encounter coc￭ ci￭ dia when they acquire a young puppy or kit￭ ten that is infected other than t gon￭ di￭ i the infectious organisms are can￭ ine and fel￭ ine specific and are not contagious to humans unlike the zoonotic diseases
coc￭ cy￭ dy￭ nia is a medical term meaning pain in the coc￭ cy￭ x or tail￭ bone area usually brought on by sitting too abruptly
a coc￭ cy￭ x frac￭ ture is a frac￭ ture of the coc￭ cy￭ x commonly called a broken tail￭ bone the coc￭ cy￭ x is located at the base of the sp￭ ine under the sac￭ rum it is the last section of the ape vertebr￭ al column most commonly in humans it comprises 3 to 5 f￭ used or more rarely separate verte￭ bra￭ e and is approximately 4 to 10 cm in length the coc￭ cy￭ x is attached to the sac￭ rum by a fi￭ bro￭ car￭ ti￭ lag￭ inous joint called the sacro￭ coc￭ cy￭ ge￭ al symp￭ h￭ ysis allowing for some but little movement
cock s peculiar tum￭ our is a se￭ bac￭ eous cyst linked growth that can resemble a squ￭ am￭ ous cell carcin￭ oma the name is given after a 19 th century english surgeon edward cock the prolifer￭ ating cyst is usually solitary but it often arises from a simple tric￭ hil￭ em￭ mal cy￭ sts in the hair fol￭ lic￭ le epi￭ the￭ lium and these are multiple in 70 of cases they are most commonly found on the scal￭ p where the prolifer￭ ating tric￭ hil￭ em￭ mal cyst will grow to a large size and ul￭ cer￭ ate chronic infl￭ amm￭ ation can cause the cyst to take the form of a gran￭ ul￭ oma this gran￭ ul￭ oma mim￭ ics a squ￭ am￭ ous cell carcin￭ oma both clin￭ ically and his￭ to￭ logically and these ul￭ cer￭ ating solitary cy￭ sts are called cock s peculiar tum￭ our chronic infl￭ amm￭ ation causes the cyst to take the form of a gran￭ ul￭ oma this gran￭ ul￭ oma mim￭ ics a squ￭ am￭ ous cell tum￭ our hence it is a mis￭ no￭ mer it is not a tum￭ our but looks like a tum￭ our the most common sites are the ones where one can find ha￭ irs these are scal￭ p and scro￭ tum
cock￭ ay￭ ne syndrome cs also called neill d￭ ing￭ wall syndrome is a rare fatal auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive neuro￭ degenerative disorder characterized by growth failure impaired development of the nervous system abnormal sensitivity to sunlight photo￭ sensitivity eye disorders and premature aging failure to thrive and neuro￭ logical disorders are criteria for diagnosis while photo￭ sensitivity hearing loss eye ab￭ norm￭ alities and ca￭ vities are other very common features problems with any or all of the internal organs are possible it is associated with a group of disorders called leuko￭ dy￭ stro￭ ph￭ ies which are conditions characterized by degradation of neuro￭ logical white matter the underlying disorder is a defect in a dna repair mechanism unlike other defects of dna repair patients with cs are not pre￭ disposed to cancer or infection cock￭ ay￭ ne syndrome is a rare but destructive disease usually resulting in death within the first or second decade of life the mutation of specific genes in cock￭ ay￭ ne syndrome is known but the widespread effects and its relationship with dna repair is yet to be well understood it is named after english physician edward alfred cock￭ ay￭ ne 18￭ 80 – 1956 who first described it in 1936 and re described in 1946 neill d￭ ing￭ wall syndrome was named after mary m d￭ ing￭ wall and catherine a neill these women described the case of two brothers with cock￭ ay￭ ne syndrome and asserted it was the same disease described by cock￭ ay￭ ne in their article the women contributed to the symptoms of the disease through their discovery of calci￭ fications in the brain they also compared cock￭ ay￭ ne syndrome to what is now known as hut￭ chin￭ son – gil￭ ford pro￭ geria syndrome h￭ gps then called pro￭ geria due to the advanced aging that characterizes both disorders
cock￭ s￭ comb cer￭ vi￭ x is the condition where￭ in as the name suggests the cer￭ vi￭ x of the uter￭ us is shaped like a cock￭ s￭ comb about one third of women born to di￭ ethyl￭ sti￭ l￭ best￭ rol treated mothers i e in uter￭ o exposure develop a cock￭ s￭ comb cer￭ vi￭ x enlarged fol￭ ds or ri￭ dges of cer￭ vic￭ al st￭ roma fi￭ bro￭ us tissues and epi￭ the￭ lium constitute a cock￭ s￭ comb cer￭ vi￭ x similarly cock￭ s￭ comb poly￭ ps lining the cer￭ vi￭ x are usually considered or grouped into the same overarching description it is in and of itself considered a benign ab￭ normality its presence however is usually indicative of des exposure and as such women who experience these ab￭ norm￭ alities should be aware of their increased risk of associated patho￭ logies
the cocktail party effect is the phenomenon of being able to focus one s aud￭ itory attention on a particular stimulus while filtering out a range of other stimul￭ i much the same way that a part￭ y￭ go￭ er can focus on a single conversation in a noisy room this effect is what allows most people to tune into a single voice and tune out all others it may also describe a similar phenomenon that occurs when one may immediately detect words of importance originating from un￭ attended stimul￭ i for instance hearing one s name in another conversation
in mathematics in the branch of differential geometry the co￭ cur￭ v￭ ature of a connection on a mani￭ fold is the obstruction to the integr￭ ability of the vertical bundle
in distributed computing code mobility is the ability for running programs code or objects to be migrated or moved from one machine or application to another this is the process of moving mobile code across the no￭ des of a network as opposed to distributed compu￭ tation where the data is moved it is common practice in distributed systems to require the movement of code or processes between parts of the system instead of data examples of code mobility include s￭ cripts downloaded over a network for example jav￭ as￭ cript v￭ b￭ script j￭ ava app￭ lets activ￭ ex controls flash anim￭ ations shoc￭ k￭ wave movies and x￭ tr￭ as and macro￭ s embedded within microsoft office documents
a code of silence is a condition in effect when a person op￭ ts to withhold what is believed to be vital or important information voluntarily or involun￭ tarily the code of silence is usually either kept because of threat of force or danger to oneself or being branded as a traitor or an out￭ cast within the unit or organization as the experiences of the police whist￭ le￭ b￭ lower frank ser￭ pic￭ o illustrates police are known to have a well developed blue code of silence the code of silence was famously practiced in irish american neighborhoods in boston massachusetts such as char￭ le￭ st￭ own south boston and som￭ er￭ ville dan gold￭ berg and danny ben mo￭ she won australia ’ s most prestigious journalism award the wal￭ k￭ ley documentary award for “ code of silence ” which covers the fight for an investigation into allegations of child sex abuse at y￭ es￭ hi￭ v￭ ah college an all male orthodox jewish school it portr￭ ays the experiences of an orthodox jewish father and his son after the son breaks the code of silence in melbourne s orthodox community and goes public with his story of being sexually abused as a student an orthodox jewish concept of me￭ si￭ rah forbids jews from reporting crimes to civil authorities and keeping them with the jewish community instead a more famous example of the code of silence is om￭ ert￭ à italian om￭ ert￭ à from the latin hum￭ il￭ itas humility or modesty the mafia code of silence
co￭ eli￭ ac disease also spelled ce￭ li￭ ac disease is an auto￭ immune disorder affecting primarily the small intest￭ ine that occurs in people who are genetically pre￭ disposed classic symptoms include gastro￭ intest￭ inal problems such as chronic diarr￭ ho￭ ea ab￭ domin￭ al dist￭ ention mal￭ absorption loss of appetite and among children failure to grow normally this often begins between six months and two years of age non classic symptoms are the most common especially in people older than two years there may be mild or absent gastro￭ intest￭ inal symptoms a wide number of symptoms involving any part of the body or no obvious symptoms co￭ eli￭ ac disease was first described in childhood however it may develop at any age it is associated with other auto￭ immune diseases such as diabetes mell￭ it￭ us type 1 and thyro￭ idi￭ tis among others co￭ eli￭ ac disease is caused by a reaction to glu￭ ten which are various proteins found in wheat and in other grains such as barley and rye moderate quantities of oats free of contamination with other glu￭ ten containing grains are usually tolerated but problems may depend on the type consumed upon exposure to glu￭ ten an abnormal immune response may lead to the production of several different auto￭ antibodies that can affect a number of different organs in the small bo￭ wel this causes an infl￭ am￭ matory reaction and may produce shortening of the vill￭ i lining the small intest￭ ine vill￭ ous atro￭ phy this affects the absorption of nutrients frequently leading to ana￭ emia diagnosis is typically made by a combination of blood anti￭ body tests and intest￭ inal biop￭ sies helped by specific genetic testing making the diagnosis is not always straightforward frequently the auto￭ antibodies in the blood are negative and many people have only minor intest￭ inal changes with normal vill￭ i people may have severe symptoms and be investigated for years before a diagnosis is achieved increasingly the diagnosis is being made in people without symptoms as a result of screening while the disease is caused by a permanent intolerance to wheat proteins it is usually classified as different from the other forms of wheat allergy the only known effective treatment is a strict lifelong glu￭ ten free diet which leads to recovery of the intest￭ inal mu￭ co￭ sa improves symptoms and reduced risk of developing complications in most people if untreated it may result in cancers such as intest￭ inal lymp￭ homa and a slight increased risk of early death rates vary between different regions of the world from as few as 1 in 300 to as many as 1 in 40 with an average of between 1 in 100 and 1 in 170 people in developed countries it is estimated that five out of six cases 83 remain un￭ diagnosed usually because of non classic minimal or absent complaints co￭ eli￭ ac disease is slightly more common in women than in men the term co￭ eli￭ ac is from the greek κοι￭ λ￭ ι￭ ακ￭ ός ko￭ ili￭ ak￭ ós ab￭ domin￭ al and was introduced in the 19 th century in a translation of what is generally regarded as an ancient greek description of the disease by are￭ ta￭ eus of capp￭ ad￭ o￭ cia
co￭ en￭ u￭ ro￭ sis a k a ca￭ en￭ u￭ ro￭ sis and co￭ en￭ uri￭ asis gi￭ d or sturdy in the vern￭ ac￭ ular is a par￭ asi￭ tic infection that develops in the intermediate hosts of some ta￭ pe￭ worm species ta￭ enia mul￭ tic￭ eps t seri￭ alis t bra￭ uni or t glo￭ mer￭ ata and are caused by the co￭ en￭ urus the lar￭ val stage of these worms this disease occurs mainly in sheep and other un￭ gul￭ ates but occasionally can occur in humans too by accidental ing￭ estion of worms eggs adult worms of these species develop in the small int￭ es￭ ine of the definitive hosts dogs fo￭ xes and other can￭ ids causing a disease from the group of ta￭ eni￭ asis humans cannot be definitive hosts for these species of ta￭ pe￭ worms
co￭ en￭ u￭ ro￭ sis is a par￭ asi￭ tic infection that results when humans ing￭ est the eggs of dog ta￭ pe￭ worm species ta￭ enia mul￭ tic￭ eps t seri￭ alis t bra￭ uni or t glo￭ mer￭ ata it is important to distinguish that there is a very significant difference between intest￭ inal human ta￭ pe￭ worm infection and human co￭ en￭ u￭ ro￭ sis humans are the definitive hosts for some ta￭ pe￭ worm species the most common being t sag￭ in￭ ata and t soli￭ um pork and beef ta￭ pe￭ worms this means that these species can develop into full grown re￭ produc￭ tively capable adult worms within the human body people infected with these species have a ta￭ pe￭ worm infection in contrast the four species that cause human co￭ en￭ u￭ ro￭ sis can only grow into mature re￭ produc￭ tively capable worms inside their definitive hosts can￭ ids such as dogs wolves fo￭ xes and co￭ yo￭ tes humans who ing￭ est eggs from any of these four species of ta￭ enia become intermediate hosts or places where the eggs can mature into lar￭ v￭ ae but not into adult worms when humans ing￭ est these eggs the eggs develop into ta￭ pe￭ worm lar￭ v￭ ae that group within cy￭ sts known as co￭ en￭ uri which can be seen in the central nervous system muscles and sub￭ cu￭ taneous tissues of infected humans people with co￭ en￭ u￭ ro￭ sis do not develop a ta￭ pe￭ worm infection because the lar￭ v￭ ae of co￭ en￭ u￭ ro￭ sis causing parasites cannot develop into worms inside of humans
co￭ enzyme q 10 deficiency is a deficiency of co￭ enzyme q 10 it can be associated with co￭ q 2 ap￭ t￭ x p￭ d￭ ss 2 p￭ d￭ ss 1 cab￭ c 1 and co￭ q 9 some forms may be more treat￭ able than other mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al diseases
in mathematics a coercive function is a function that grows rapidly at the extremes of the space on which it is defined depending on the cont￭ ext￭ different exact definitions of this idea are in use
in physics a coffee ring is a pattern left by a pu￭ ddle of particle laden liquid after it evapor￭ ates the phenomenon is named for the characteristic ring like deposit along the perimeter of a spill of coffee it is also commonly seen after spilling red wine the mechanism behind the formation of these and similar rings is known as the coffee ring effect or in some instances the coffee stain effect or simply ring stain
coffin – low￭ ry syndrome is a genetic disorder that is x linked dominant and which causes severe mental problems sometimes associated with ab￭ norm￭ alities of growth cardiac ab￭ norm￭ alities ky￭ pho￭ sco￭ li￭ osis as well as aud￭ itory and visual ab￭ norm￭ alities
coffin – si￭ ris syndrome is a rare genetic disorder that causes developmental delays and absent fifth finger and toe nails synon￭ y￭ ms include dwar￭ f￭ ism ony￭ cho￭ dys￭ pl￭ asia fifth digit syndrome mental retar￭ dation with hypo￭ plastic 5 th finger￭ nails and to￭ en￭ ails and short stature ony￭ cho￭ dys￭ pl￭ asia there had been 31 reported cases by 1991 the numbers of occurrence since then has grown and is reported to be around 80 the differential includes nicol￭ aides – bar￭ ait￭ ser syndrome
co￭ gan syndrome is a rare disorder characterized by recurrent infl￭ amm￭ ation of the front of the eye the cor￭ ne￭ a and often fever fatigue and weight loss episodes of di￭ zz￭ iness and hearing loss it can lead to deaf￭ ness or blindness if untreated the classic form of the disease was first described by d g co￭ gan in 1945
cognitive bias in animals is a pattern of deviation in judgment whereby infer￭ ences about other animals and situations may be affected by irrelevant information or emotional states it is sometimes said that animals create their own subjective social reality from their perception of the input in humans for example an optimistic or pessimistic bias might affect ones answer to the question is the glass half empty or half full to explore cognitive bias one might train an animal to expect that a positive event follows one stimulus and that a negative event follows another stimulus for example on many trials if the animal presses lever a after a 20 h￭ z tone it gets a highly desired food but a press on lever b after a 10 h￭ z tone yields bl￭ and food the animal is then offered both levers after an intermediate test stimulus e g a 15 h￭ z tone the hypothesis is that the animal s mood will bias the choice of levers after the test stimulus if positive it will tend to choose lever a if negative it will tend to choose lever b the hypothesis is tested by manipulating factors that might affect mood – for example the type of housing the animal is kept in cognitive bi￭ ases have been shown in a wide range of species including rats dogs r￭ hes￭ us mac￭ aqu￭ es sheep chicks star￭ lings and honey￭ bees
cognitive deficit or cognitive impairment is an inclusive term to describe any characteristic that acts as a barrier to the cogn￭ ition process the term may describe deficits in global intellectual performance as with intellectual disabilities it may describe specific deficits in cognitive abilities learning disorders dys￭ l￭ ex￭ ia or it may describe drug induced cognitive memory impairment such as that seen with alcohol glu￭ co￭ cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ids and the benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines it usually refers to a durable characteristic as opposed to altered level of consciousness which may be acute and reversible cognitive deficits may be con￭ genital or caused by environmental factors such as brain injuries neuro￭ logical disorders or mental illness
in psychology cognitive dis￭ son￭ ance is the mental stress or discomfort experienced by an individual who holds two or more contradictory beliefs ideas or values at the same time performs an action that is contradictory to their beliefs ideas or values or is confronted by new information that conflicts with existing beliefs ideas or values leon fest￭ inger s theory of cognitive dis￭ son￭ ance focuses on how humans strive for internal consistency an individual who experiences inconsistency tends to become psychologically uncomfortable and is motivated to try to reduce this dis￭ son￭ ance as well as actively avoid situations and information likely to increase it
cognitive distortions are exaggerated or irrational thought patterns that are believed to perpetuate the effects of psychop￭ ath￭ ological states especially depression and anxiety psychiatrist aaron t beck laid the groundwork for the study of these distortions and his student david d burns continued research on the topic most notably burns 1989 book the feeling good handbook presented information on these thought patterns along with a proposal of how to eliminate them cognitive distortions are thoughts that cognitive therap￭ ists believe cause individuals to perceive reality in￭ accurately these thinking patterns often are said to reinforce negative thoughts or emotions cognitive distortions tend to interfere with the way a person percei￭ ves an event because the way a person feels interven￭ es with how they think these distorted thoughts can feed negative emotions and lead an individual affected by cognitive distortions towards an overall negative outlook on the world and consequently a depres￭ sive or anxious mental state
object recognition is the ability to perceive an object s physical properties such as shape colour and tex￭ ture and apply sem￭ an￭ tic attributes to the object which includes the understanding of its use previous experience with the object and how it relates to others regardless of an objects position or illumin￭ ation humans possess the ability to effectively identify and label an object humans are one of the few species that possess the ability of invari￭ ant visual object recognition both “ front end ” and “ back end ” processing are required for a species to be able to recognize objects at varying distances angles lighting etc …
a cognitive shift is a psychological phenomenon most often experienced by individuals when undergoing new experiences including religious experiences using psy￭ ch￭ edel￭ ic drugs or suffering from mental disorders such as schizophrenia or bipolar disorder also known as man￭ ic depres￭ sive syndrome during a cognitive shift one experiences a change in how their conscious mind and unconscious mind communicate with each other the result can be a wide range of feelings from euphoria to panic
cognitive sli￭ pp￭ age is a symptom of several psychiatric diseases and mental disorders associated with cogn￭ ition and formal thought disorders it is not associated with a lower level of intelligence it is manifested in patterns of speech where categories and lists become overly broad as concepts unrelated at first glance become related through tang￭ ential connections an example of cognitive sli￭ pp￭ age might be as follows list some types of cars let s see there s ford chev￭ ro￭ let to￭ yo￭ ta japan rising sun hiroshima atomic bomb en￭ ola gay oh and mi￭ ata the inclusion of ex￭ tran￭ eous items in the listing is evidence of the cognitive sli￭ pp￭ age while the concepts such as to￭ yo￭ ta japan rising sun etc are all related the relation is no longer defined by the initial prompt the cognitive sli￭ pp￭ age however causes the inability to disregard these ex￭ tran￭ eous connections and results in patterns of speech and association as seen here in contrast another disorder of speech word salad is even more dis￭ organized than the loose associations of cognitive sli￭ pp￭ age cognitive sli￭ pp￭ age is characterized as the mil￭ dest symptom of individuals with schizophrenia schizophrenia is a psychiatric illness that affects every aspect of a patient s life
co￭ hen syndrome also known as pepper syndrome or cer￭ ven￭ ka syndrome named after michael co￭ hen william pepper and jar￭ os￭ lav cer￭ ven￭ ka who researched the illness is a genetic disorder
co￭ il noise or co￭ il wh￭ ine is a phenomenon in electronics which produces undesirable audible sound in magnetic resonance imaging co￭ il noise is that part of total system noise attributed to the receiving co￭ il due to its non zero temperature
in poly￭ mer physics the co￭ il – glo￭ bu￭ le transition is the collapse of a macro￭ mol￭ ecu￭ le from an expanded co￭ il state through an ideal co￭ il state to a collapsed glo￭ bu￭ le state or vice versa the co￭ il – glo￭ bu￭ le transition is of importance in biology due to the presence of co￭ il glo￭ bu￭ le transitions in biological macro￭ molecules such as proteins and dna it is also analogous with the sw￭ elling behavior of a cross￭ linked poly￭ mer gel and is thus of interest in biomedical engineering for controlled drug delivery a particularly prominent example of a poly￭ mer possessing a co￭ il glo￭ bu￭ le transition of interest in this area is that of poly n iso￭ prop￭ yl￭ ac￭ r￭ yl￭ amide p￭ nip￭ a￭ am
the coin problem also referred to as the fro￭ ben￭ ius coin problem or fro￭ ben￭ ius problem after the mathem￭ ati￭ cian fer￭ din￭ and fro￭ ben￭ ius is a mathematical problem that asks for the largest monetary amount that cannot be obtained using only coins of specified denominations for example the largest amount that cannot be obtained using only coins of 3 and 5 units is 7 units the solution to this problem for a given set of coin denominations is called the fro￭ ben￭ ius number of the set there is an explicit formula for the fro￭ ben￭ ius number when there are only two different coin denominations x and y xy − x − y if the number of coin denominations is three or more no explicit formula is known but for any fixed number of coin denominations there is an algori￭ thm computing the fro￭ ben￭ ius number in poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al time in the log￭ arith￭ ms of the coin denominations forming an input no known algori￭ thm is poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al time in the number of coin denominations and the general problem where the number of coin denominations may be as large as desired is n￭ p hard
in paras￭ it￭ ology co￭ infection ˌ￭ ko￭ ʊ￭ ɪ￭ n￭ ˈ￭ f￭ ɛ￭ k￭ ʃ￭ ə￭ n is the simultaneous infection of a host by multiple pathogen species in viro￭ logy co￭ infection includes simultaneous infection of a single cell by two or more virus particles an example is the co￭ infection of liver cells with hepatitis b virus and hepatitis d virus which can arise incre￭ mentally by initial infection followed by super￭ infection global prevalence or incidence of co￭ infection among humans is unknown but it is thought to be commonplace sometimes more common than single infection co￭ infection with hel￭ min￭ ths affects around 800 million people worldwide co￭ infection is of particular human health importance because pathogen species can interact within the host the net effect of co￭ infection on human health is thought to be negative interactions can have either positive or negative effects on other parasites under positive parasite interactions disease transmission and progression are enhanced and this is also known as syn￭ dem￭ ism negative parasite interactions include micro￭ bial interference when one bacterial species sup￭ presses the virul￭ ence or colonisation of other bacteria such as pseu￭ dom￭ onas aer￭ u￭ gin￭ osa suppressing pathogenic stap￭ hy￭ lo￭ co￭ cc￭ us au￭ re￭ us colony formation the general patterns of ecological interactions between parasite species are unknown even among common co￭ infections such as those between sexually transmitted infections however network analysis of a food web of co￭ infection in humans suggests that there is greater potential for interactions via shared food sources than via the immune system a globally common co￭ infection involves tuberculosis and hiv in some countries up to 80 of tuberculosis patients are also hiv positive the potential for dynamics of these two infectious diseases to be linked has been known for decades other common examples of co￭ infections are aids which involves co￭ infection of end stage hiv with opportunistic parasites and poly￭ micro￭ bial infections like ly￭ me disease with other diseases
a col￭ amb￭ re is a wine skin whose origin comes from the 16 th century in spanish it is known as bo￭ ta a word used by cer￭ van￭ tes in don qui￭ x￭ ote on the other hand lord col￭ amb￭ re is the main character of the ab￭ sent￭ ee a novel written in english in the 18 th century by maria ed￭ ge￭ worth
for the infectious disease see common cold for other uses see cold dis￭ ambigu￭ ation cold is the presence of low temperature especially in the atmosphere in common usage cold is often a subjective perception a lower bound to temperature is absolute zero defined as 0 00 k on the kel￭ vin scale an absolute thermo￭ dynamic temperature scale this corresponds to − 273 15 ° c on the celsius scale − 459 67 ° f on the fah￭ ren￭ heit scale and 0 00 ° r on the ran￭ k￭ ine scale since temperature relates to the thermal energy held by an object or a sample of matter which is the k￭ ine￭ tic energy of the random motion of the particle constituents of matter an object will have less thermal energy when it is col￭ der and more when it is hotter if it were possible to cool a system to absolute zero all motion of the particles in a sample of matter would cease and they would be at complete rest in this classical sense the object would be described as having zero thermal energy micro￭ sco￭ p￭ ically in the description of quantum mechanics however matter still has zero point energy even at absolute zero because of the uncertainty principle
cold air dam￭ ming or cad is a meteorological phenomenon that involves a high pressure system antic￭ ycl￭ one accelerating equ￭ at￭ or￭ ward east of a north south oriented mountain range due to the formation of a barrier jet behind a cold front associated with the po￭ le￭ ward portion of a split upper level trou￭ gh initially a high pressure system moves po￭ le￭ ward of a north south mountain range once it slo￭ shes over po￭ le￭ ward and eastward of the range the flow around the high banks up against the mountains forming a barrier jet which fun￭ n￭ els cool air down a stretch of land east of the mountains the higher the mountain chain the deeper the cold air mass becomes lodged to its east and the greater impediment it is within the flow pattern and the more resistant it becomes to intru￭ sions of mil￭ der air as the equ￭ at￭ or￭ ward portion of the system approaches the cold air wedge persistent low clou￭ din￭ ess such as str￭ atus and precip￭ itation such as dri￭ zzle develop which can linger for long periods of time as long as ten days the precip￭ itation itself can create or enhance a dam￭ ming signature if the po￭ le￭ ward high is relatively weak if such events accelerate through mountain passes dangerously accelerated mountain gap winds can result such as the te￭ hu￭ an￭ te￭ pec￭ er and santa ana winds these events are seen commonly in the northern hemisphere across central and eastern north america south of the alps in italy and near taiwan and korea in asia events in the southern hemisphere have been noted in south america east of the an￭ des
cold agg￭ lu￭ tin￭ in disease is an auto￭ immune disease characterized by the presence of high concentrations of circulating antibodies usually ig￭ m directed against red blood cells it is a form of auto￭ immune hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic an￭ emia specifically one in which antibodies only bind red blood cells at low body temperatures typically 28 31 ° c it was first described in 1957
the cold drop spanish go￭ ta fr￭ ía is a weather phenomenon often occurring in the spanish autumn it is experienced particularly along the western mediterranean and as such most frequently affects the east coast of spain it is a closed upper level low which has become completely displaced cut off from basic wester￭ ly current and moves independently of that current cu￭ to￭ ff lows may remain nearly stationary for days or on occasion may move west￭ ward opposite to the prevailing flow al￭ oft i e retro￭ gres￭ sion the term is also used to describe the meteorological phenomenon associated in spain it appears when a front of very cold polar air a jet stream advances slowly over western europe at high altitude normally 5 – 9 km or 3 – 5 5 mi
cold inflation pressure is the inflation pressure of tires before the car is driven and the tires warm￭ ed up recommended cold inflation pressure is displayed on the owner s manual and on the plac￭ ard or sticker attached to the vehicle door edge pillar glo￭ ve￭ box door or fuel f￭ iller fl￭ ap drivers are encouraged to make sure their tires are adequately inflated as sub￭ optimal tire pressure can greatly reduce fuel economy increase emissions increased wear on the edges of the tire surface and can lead to premature failure of the tire excessive pressure on the other hand may lead to impact breaks decrease braking performance and cause uneven wear i e greater wear on the center part of the tire surface tire pressure is commonly measured in p￭ si in the imperial and us customary systems bar which is de￭ prec￭ ated but accepted for use with si or the kil￭ op￭ as￭ cal k￭ pa which is an si unit ambient temperature affects the cold tire pressure absolute cold tire pressure gauge pressure plus atmospheric pressure varies directly with the absolute temperature measured in kel￭ vin￭ s from physics the ideal gas law states that p￭ v n￭ rt where p is absolute pressure t is absolute temperature kel￭ vin v is the volume assumed to be relatively constant in the case of a tire and nr is constant for a given number of molecules of gas to understand this assume the tire was filled when it was 300 kel￭ vin 80 degrees fah￭ ren￭ heit if the temperature varies 10 i e by 30 kel￭ vin also 30 celsius degrees or 54 fah￭ ren￭ heit degrees the pressure varies 10 so if the tire was filled at 80 f to 32 p￭ si or 47 p￭ si absolute when we add atmospheric pressure the change would be 4 7 p￭ si for this 30 celsius degree change or 16 p￭ si per celsius degree or 1 p￭ si per fah￭ ren￭ heit degree or 1 p￭ si for every 10 fah￭ ren￭ heit degrees using si units that would be 1 1 k￭ pa per kel￭ vin hence for a tire filled to 32 p￭ si the approximation usually made is that within the range of normal atmospheric temperatures and pressures tire pressure increases 1 p￭ si for each 10 fah￭ ren￭ heit degree increase in temperature or conversely decreases 1 p￭ si for each 10 fah￭ ren￭ heit degree decrease in temperature and￭ in si units tire pressure increases 1 1 k￭ pa for each 1 celsius degree increase in temperature or conversely decreases 1 1 k￭ pa for each 1 celsius degree decrease in temperature for tires that need inflation greater than 32 p￭ si it might be easier to use a rule of thumb of 2 pressure change for a change of 10 degrees fah￭ ren￭ heit from the table below one can see that these are only approxim￭ ations
cold sensitivity or cold intolerance is unusual discomfort felt by some people when in a cool environment there is much variation in the sensitivity to cold experienced by different people with some putting on many layers of clothing while others in the same environment feel comfortable in one layer cold sensitivity may be a symptom of hypo￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m an￭ emia fi￭ bro￭ my￭ al￭ gia or vas￭ o￭ con￭ stric￭ tion according to article sa￭ una there may also be differences in people in the expression of un￭ coupling proteins thus affecting their amount of thermo￭ genesis mental activity may also play a factor in perceived temperature
cold start is a potential problem in computer based information systems which involve a degree of automated data modelling specifically it concerns the issue that the system cannot draw any infer￭ ences for users or items about which it has not yet gathered sufficient information
cold ur￭ tic￭ aria essentially meaning cold hi￭ ves is an allergy where hi￭ ves ur￭ tic￭ aria or large red wel￭ ts form on the skin after exposure to a cold stimulus the wel￭ ts are usually it￭ chy and often the hands and feet will become it￭ chy and sw￭ oll￭ en as well hi￭ ves vary in size from about 7 mm in diameter to as big as about 27 mm diameter or larger the disease is classified as chronic when hi￭ ves appear for longer than 6 weeks they can last for life though their course is often unpredictable this disorder or perhaps two disorders with the same clinical manifestations can be inherited famili￭ al cold ur￭ tic￭ aria or acquired primary acquired cold ur￭ tic￭ aria the acquired form is most likely to occur between ages 18 – 25 although it can occur as early as 5 years old in some cases
a cold wave known in some regions as a cold snap is a weather phenomenon that is distinguished by a cooling of the air specifically as used by the u s national weather service a cold wave is a rapid fall in temperature within a 24 hour period requiring substantially increased protection to agriculture industry commerce and social activities the precise criterion for a cold wave is determined by the rate at which the temperature falls and the minimum to which it falls this minimum temperature is dependent on the geographical region and time of year in the united states a cold spell is defined as the national average high temperature dropping below 18 ° f − 8 ° c
col￭ ic from greek κο￭ λ￭ ικ￭ ός ko￭ li￭ kos relative to the col￭ on or chol￭ ic is a form of pain that starts and stops abruptly it occurs due to muscular contr￭ actions of a hollow tube col￭ on u￭ re￭ ter g￭ all blad￭ der etc in an attempt to relieve an obstruction by forcing content out it may be accompanied by v￭ om￭ iting and swe￭ ating types include baby col￭ ic a condition usually in infants characterized by inc￭ ess￭ ant crying ren￭ al col￭ ic a pain in the flank characteristic of kidney stones bi￭ li￭ ary col￭ ic block￭ age by a gall￭ stone of the common bile duc￭ t or c￭ ys￭ tic duc￭ t horse col￭ ic a potentially fatal condition experienced by horses caused by intest￭ inal displacement or block￭ age dev￭ on col￭ ic an afflic￭ tion caused by lead poisoning pain￭ ter s col￭ ic or lead poisoning
co￭ li￭ tis pl co￭ liti￭ des is an infl￭ amm￭ ation of the col￭ on co￭ li￭ tis may be acute and self limited or chronic i e persistent and broadly fits into the category of dig￭ estive diseases in a medical context the label co￭ li￭ tis without qualification is used if the cause of the infl￭ amm￭ ation in the col￭ on is un￭ determined for example co￭ li￭ tis may be applied to cro￭ hn s disease at a time when the diagnosis is unknown or the context is clear for example an individual with ul￭ cer￭ ative co￭ li￭ tis is talking about their disease with a physician who knows the diagnosis
collaboration horizon￭ tale collaboration fé￭ min￭ ine or collaboration senti￭ ment￭ ale the french ad￭ jec￭ tive senti￭ ment￭ ale can be translated as pertaining to a romantic relationship was the supposed sexual inter￭ course that some french women had with members of the german invasion force after the battle of france in 1940 this started to be considered a form of collaboration ca june 6 1944 the start of la lib￭ ération after the war throughout france women accused of collaboration were sha￭ ved bald in many of the ca 20 000 cases the women in question had only performed professional services for the occupying germans rather than being engaged in sexual relationships with them collaboration horizon￭ tale is believed to have produced 200 000 french babies with german fathers since 2009 germany offers these children of the other bank of the rhine citizenship after french foreign minister bernard kouchner had lobbied for their recognition
coll￭ agen induced ar￭ thri￭ tis cia is a condition induced in mice or rats to study r￭ heu￭ mato￭ id ar￭ thri￭ tis cia is induced in mice by injecting them with an emul￭ sion of complete fre￭ und s adju￭ v￭ ant and type ii coll￭ agen in rats only one injection is needed mice are normally injected twice
coll￭ agen￭ ous co￭ li￭ tis is an infl￭ am￭ matory bo￭ wel disease affecting the col￭ on specifically with peak incidence in the 5 th decade of life affecting women more than men its clinical presentation involves wat￭ ery diarr￭ hea in the absence of rec￭ tal bleeding it is often classified under the umbrella entity micro￭ scopic co￭ li￭ tis that it shares with a related condition lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tic co￭ li￭ tis
coll￭ agen￭ ous fi￭ bro￭ ma also known as des￭ mop￭ l￭ astic fi￭ bro￭ bl￭ ast￭ oma is a slow growing deep set benign fi￭ bro￭ us tumor usually located in the deep sub￭ cu￭ tis fas￭ cia ap￭ on￭ euro￭ sis or sk￭ el￭ etal muscle of the extre￭ mi￭ ties limb gir￭ dles or head and neck regions
coll￭ agen￭ ous spher￭ ul￭ osis also m￭ uc￭ inous spher￭ ul￭ osis and simply spher￭ ul￭ osis is a benign finding in breast path￭ ology it is almost always an incidental finding though it is occasionally associated with calci￭ fications which may lead to a biopsy
collap￭ sible flow is a phenomenon that occurs in steady flow in tubes with significant dis￭ ten￭ sibility or the capability of sw￭ elling or stretching under conditions of lower internal pressure relative to pressure outside the tube such conditions occur rarely in industrial applications but are very common in biological studies such as blood flow in ve￭ ins and air flow in lungs when a flow is driven through a de￭ form￭ able channel or tube interactions between fluid mechanical and elastic forces can lead to a variety of bio￭ logically significant phenomena including non￭ linear pressure drop flow rate relations wave propagation and the generation of inst￭ abilities understanding the physical origin and nature of these phenomena remains a significant experimental analytical and compu￭ tational challenge involving un￭ steady flows at low or high reynolds numbers large am￭ pl￭ itude fluid structure interactions free surface flows and intrinsically 2 d or 3 d motion whereas frequently the internal flow involves a single flu￭ id￭ phase albeit often of a complex biological fluid such as blood in many instances the presence of two or more distinct flowing phases is of primary importance as is the case for air liquid flows in peripheral lung airways for example
in medicine collater￭ alization also vessel collater￭ alization and blood vessel collater￭ alization is the growth of a blood vessel or several blood vessels that serve the same end organ or vascular bed as another blood vessel that cannot adequately supply that end organ or vascular bed sufficiently coron￭ ary collater￭ alization is considered a normal response to hypo￭ x￭ ia and may be induced under some circumstances by exercise it is considered to be protective collateral or anast￭ om￭ otic blood vessels also exist even when blood supply is adequate to an area and these blood vessels are often taken advantage of in surgery some notable areas where this occurs include the ab￭ dom￭ en rec￭ tum knee shoulder and head
collecting duc￭ t carcin￭ oma c￭ dc also known as bell￭ ini duc￭ t carcin￭ oma is a type of kidney cancer that originates in the pap￭ ill￭ ary duc￭ t of the kidney it is rare accounting for 1 3 of all kidney cancers it is also recently described a 2002 review found just 40 case reports worldwide previously due to its location c￭ dc was commonly diagnosed as ren￭ al cell carcin￭ oma or a subtype of ren￭ al cell carcin￭ oma however c￭ dc does not respond well to chem￭ otherapy drugs used for ren￭ al cell carcin￭ oma and progres￭ ses and spreads more quickly
a collective trauma is a traumatic psychological effect shared by a group of people of any size up to and including an entire society traumatic events witnessed by an entire society can stir up collective sentiment often resulting in a shift in that society s culture and mass actions well known collective trau￭ mas include the holocaust the armenian genocide slavery in the united states the atomic bombings of hiroshima and n￭ agas￭ aki the trail of tears the assassination of john f kennedy in the united states the ms estonia in sweden the september 11 2001 attacks in the united states and various others collective trau￭ mas have been shown to play a key role in group identity formation see law of common fate during world war ii a us submarine the uss pu￭ ffer ss 268 came under several hours of depth charge attack by a japanese surface vessel until the ship became convinced the submarine had somehow escaped psychological studies later showed that cre￭ w￭ men transferred to the submarine after the event were never accepted as part of the team later us naval policy was changed so that after events of such psychological trauma the crew would be dispersed to new assignments rehabilitation of survivors becomes extremely difficult when entire nation has experienced such severe trau￭ mas as war genocide torture massacre etc treatment is hardly effective when everybody is traumati￭ zed trauma remains chronic and would reproduce itself as long as social causes are not addressed and perpetrators continue to enjoy impunity the whole society may suffer from an ever￭ lasting culture of pain 1 during liberation war in algeria the algerian psychiatrist fran￭ tz omar fan￭ on found his practice of treatment of native al￭ gerians ineffective due to the continuation of the horror of a colonial war he emphasized about the social origin of trau￭ mas joined the liberation movement and urged oppressed people to pur￭ ge themselves of their degrading trau￭ mas through their collective liberation struggle he made the following remarks in his letter of resignation as the head of the psychiatry department at the bli￭ da jo￭ inv￭ ille hospital in algeria if psychiatry is the medical technique that aims to enable man no longer to be a stranger to his environment i owe it to myself to affirm that the arab permanently an alien in his own country lives in a state of absolute de￭ person￭ alization 2 in￭ cul￭ c￭ ation of horror and anxiety through widespread torture massacre genocide and similar coercive measures has happened frequently in human history there are plenty of examples in our modern history tyr￭ ants have always used their technique of “ psychological artillery in an attempt to cause havoc and confusion in the minds of people and hypno￭ tize them with intimidation and cynicism the result is a collective trauma that will pass through generations there is no magic formula of rehabilitation collective trauma can be allevi￭ ated through cohesive and collective efforts such as recognition remembrance solidarity communal therapy and massive cooperation
a col￭ les frac￭ ture is a frac￭ ture of the dis￭ tal radius in the fore￭ arm with dor￭ sal poster￭ ior and rad￭ ial displacement of the wrist and hand the frac￭ ture is sometimes referred to as a dinner fork or bay￭ on￭ et de￭ form￭ ity due to the shape of the resultant fore￭ arm col￭ les fractu￭ res are often seen in people with o￭ ste￭ op￭ or￭ osis
the col￭ lie sub basin is a pocket of per￭ mi￭ an se￭ dim￭ entary rocks with an area of 225 km ² enclosed within much older arch￭ ean rocks of the y￭ il￭ gar￭ n cr￭ aton near the town of col￭ lie in south￭ western western australia once considered a unique basin this area along with the smaller wil￭ ga and boy￭ up sub basins to the south are now classified as out￭ liers of the per￭ th basin separated from the main area by ancient earth movements and erosion the col￭ lie sub basin contains significant coal reserves currently being min￭ ed mainly for electricity generation
col￭ lie eye anomaly ce￭ a is a con￭ genital inherited bilateral eye disease of dogs which affects the re￭ tina chor￭ o￭ id and s￭ cl￭ era it can be a mild disease or cause blindness ce￭ a is caused by a simple auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive gene defect there is no treatment
the collins oxid￭ ation is an organic reaction for the oxid￭ ation of primary alcohol￭ s to alde￭ hy￭ des it is distinguished from other chromium oxide based oxid￭ ations by the use of collins re￭ agent a complex of chromium vi oxide with py￭ ri￭ dine in dic￭ hlor￭ omethane
a col￭ loid cyst is a cyst containing gelat￭ inous material in the brain it is almost always found just poster￭ ior to the for￭ amen of mon￭ ro in the an￭ terior aspect of the third ven￭ tric￭ le originating from the roof of the ven￭ tric￭ le because of its location it can cause obstruc￭ tive hydro￭ cephal￭ us and increased in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial pressure a col￭ loid cy￭ sts represent 0 5 1 of in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial tumors symptoms can include headache ver￭ ti￭ go memory deficits di￭ pl￭ op￭ ia behavioral disturbances and in extreme cases sudden death inter￭ mit￭ t￭ ency of symptoms is characteristic of this le￭ sion untreated pressure caused by these cy￭ sts can result in brain her￭ ni￭ ation col￭ loid cyst symptoms have been associated with 4 variables cyst size cyst imaging characteristics ven￭ tric￭ ular size and patient age the developmental origin is unclear though they may be of endo￭ der￭ mal origin which would explain the m￭ uc￭ in producing ci￭ li￭ ated cell type these cy￭ sts can be sur￭ g￭ ically res￭ ected and opinion is divided about the advis￭ ability of this
col￭ loid no￭ d￭ ules also known as aden￭ om￭ at￭ ous no￭ d￭ ules or col￭ loid no￭ d￭ ular go￭ iter are benign non￭ can￭ cer￭ ous enlargement of thyro￭ id tissue although they may grow large and there may be more than one they are not m￭ align￭ ant and they will not spread beyond the thyro￭ id g￭ land col￭ loid no￭ d￭ ules are the most common kind of thyro￭ id no￭ dule
col￭ loid vibration current is an electro￭ acous￭ tic phenomenon that arises when ul￭ tras￭ ound propag￭ ates through a fluid that contains ions and either solid particles or emul￭ sion dro￭ ple￭ ts the pressure gr￭ adi￭ ent in an ul￭ tras￭ onic wave moves particles relative to the fluid this motion distur￭ bs the double layer that exists at the particle fluid interface the picture illustrates the mechanism of this distortion practically all particles in fluids carry a surface charge this surface charge is scre￭ ened with an equally charged diffuse layer this structure is called the double layer ions of the diffuse layer are located in the fluid and can move with the fluid fluid motion relative to the particle dr￭ ags these diffuse ions in the direction of one or the other of the particle s poles the picture shows ions dragged towards the left hand pole as a result of this drag there is an excess of negative ions in the vicinity of the left hand pole and an excess of positive surface charge at the right hand pole as a result of this charge excess particles gain a di￭ pole moment these di￭ pole moments generate an electric field that in turn generates measurable electric current this phenomenon is widely used for measuring ze￭ ta potential in concentrated col￭ lo￭ ids
coll￭ u￭ vi￭ um filled bedrock hol￭ lows are the cause of many shallow earth land￭ slides in steep mountainous terrain they can form as a u or a v shaped trou￭ gh as local bedrock variations reveal areas in the bedrock which are more prone to wea￭ thering than other locations on the slope as the wea￭ thered bedrock turns to soil there is a greater elev￭ ation difference between the soil level and the hard bedrock with the introduction of water and the thick soil there is less cohesion and the soil flows out in a landslide with every landslide more bedrock is sco￭ ured out and the hollow becomes deeper after time coll￭ u￭ vi￭ um fills the hollow and the sequence starts again
a co￭ lob￭ oma from the greek ko￭ lob￭ oma meaning defect is a hole in one of the structures of the eye such as the iris re￭ tina chor￭ o￭ id or op￭ tic dis￭ c the hole is present from birth and can be caused when a gap called the chor￭ o￭ id fis￭ sure which is present during early stages of pre￭ natal development fails to close up completely before a child is born the classical description in medical literature is of a key hole shaped defect a co￭ lob￭ oma can occur in one eye unilateral or both eyes bilateral most cases of co￭ lob￭ oma affect only the iris people with co￭ lob￭ oma may have no vision problems or may be blind depending on severity it affects less than one in every 10 000 births
co￭ lob￭ oma of op￭ tic nerve is a rare defect of the op￭ tic nerve that causes moderate to severe visual field defects
see also history of per￭ th western australia this article details the colonial town plans that guided the development of the initial per￭ th town site in the swan river colony this is now the central city area of the per￭ th metropolitan region the 1829 town plan of per￭ th western australia was an el￭ ong￭ ated grid pattern that reflected the urban planning principles of the day and was typical of colonial william￭ sburg 16￭ 99 and the edinburgh new town 17￭ 68 the plan expressed enlightenment principles and the ideal of a town conceived as the seat of power within a large and productive agricultural h￭ inter￭ land it has remained relatively unchanged to the present day
colony collapse disorder cc￭ d is the phenomenon that occurs when the majority of worker bees in a colony disappear and leave behind a queen plenty of food and a few nurse bees to care for the remaining immature bees and the queen while such disappearances have occurred throughout the history of ap￭ iculture and were known by various names disappearing disease spring d￭ win￭ dle may disease autumn collapse and fall d￭ win￭ dle disease the syndrome was ren￭ amed colony collapse disorder in late 2006 in conjunction with a drastic rise in the number of disappearances of western honey bee ap￭ is mel￭ li￭ fera colonies in north america european beekeepers observed similar phenomena in belgium france the netherlands greece italy portugal and spain switzerland and germany albeit to a lesser degree and the northern ireland assembly received reports of a decline greater than 50 colony collapse disorder causes significant economic losses because many agricultural crops although no staple foods worldwide are poll￭ inated by western honey bees according to the agriculture and consumer protection department of the food and agriculture organization of the united nations the worth of global crops with honey bee s pollination was estimated to be close to 200 billion in 2005 shortages of bees in the us have increased the cost to farmers renting them for pollination services by up to 20 in the six years leading up to 2013 more than 10 million bee￭ hi￭ ves were lost often to cc￭ d nearly twice the normal rate of loss several possible causes for cc￭ d have been proposed but no single proposal has gained widespread acceptance among the scientific community suggested causes include infections with var￭ ro￭ a and ac￭ ar￭ ap￭ is mit￭ es malnutrition various pathogens genetic factors immun￭ o￭ deficiencies loss of habitat changing beekeeping practices or a combination of factors a large amount of speculation has surrounded a family of pesticides called ne￭ oni￭ co￭ tin￭ oids as having caused cc￭ d
in computer graphics and 3 d rendering color bleeding is the phenomenon in which objects or surfaces are colored by reflection of colored light from nearby surfaces color bleeding the transfer of color between nearby objects or caused by the colored reflection of indirect light this is a visible effect that appears when a scene is rendered with radi￭ osity or full global illumin￭ ation or can otherwise be simul￭ ated by adding colored lights to a 3 d scene
color blindness also known as color vision deficiency is the decreased ability to see color or differences in color color blindness can make some educational activities difficult buying fruit picking clothing and reading traffic lights can also be more challenging problems however are generally minor and most people adapt people with total color blindness may also have decreased visual acu￭ ity and be uncomfortable in bright environments the most common cause of color blindness is a fault in the development of one or more of the three sets of color sensing con￭ es in the eye males are more likely to be color blind than females as the genes responsible for the most common forms of color blindness are on the x chro￭ mo￭ some as females have two x chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es a defect in one is typically compensated for by the other while males only have one x chro￭ mo￭ some color blindness can also result from physical or chemical damage to the eye op￭ tic nerve or parts of the brain diagnosis is typically with the is￭ hi￭ hara color test however a number of other testing methods also exist there is no cure for color blindness diagnosis may allow a person s teacher to change their method of teaching to accommodate the decreased ability to recognize color special l￭ enses may help people with red green color blindness when under bright conditions there are also mobile app￭ s that can help people identify colors red green color blindness is the most common form followed by blue yellow color blindness and total color blindness red green color blindness affects up to 8 of males and 0 5 of females of northern european descent the ability to see color also decreases in old age being color blind may make people ineligible for certain jobs in certain countries this may include pilot train driver and armed forces the effect of color blindness on artistic ability however is controversial the ability to draw appears to be unchanged and a number of famous artists are believed to have been color blind
color confinement often simply called confinement is the phenomenon that color charged particles such as quar￭ ks cannot be isolated sing￭ ularly and therefore cannot be directly observed quar￭ ks by default cl￭ ump together to form groups or had￭ ron￭ s the two types of had￭ ron￭ s are the mes￭ ons one quar￭ k one anti￭ quar￭ k and the bar￭ y￭ ons three quar￭ ks the constituent quar￭ ks in a group cannot be separated from their parent had￭ ron and this is why quar￭ ks currently cannot be studied or observed in any more direct way than at a had￭ ron level
color mapping is a function that maps trans￭ forms the colors of one source image to the colors of another target image a color mapping may be referred to as the algori￭ thm that results in the mapping function or the algori￭ thm that trans￭ forms the image colors color mapping is also sometimes called color transfer or when gray￭ scale images are involved bri￭ ght￭ ness transfer function b￭ tf
in chemistry a color reaction or colour reaction is a chemical reaction that is used to transform color￭ less chemical compounds into colored derivatives which can be detected vis￭ ually or with the aid of a color￭ im￭ eter the concentration of a color￭ less solution cannot normally be determined with a color￭ im￭ eter the addition of a color re￭ agent leads to a color reaction and the absor￭ b￭ ance of the colored product can then be measured with a color￭ im￭ eter a change in absor￭ b￭ ance in the ultra￭ violet range cannot be detected by eye but can be measured by a suitably equipped color￭ im￭ eter a special color￭ im￭ eter is required because standard color￭ im￭ eters cannot operate below a wa￭ vel￭ eng￭ th of 400 nan￭ ome￭ ters it is also necessary to use f￭ used quar￭ tz cu￭ ve￭ ttes because glass is opaque to ultra￭ violet
color super￭ conduc￭ tivity is a phenomenon predicted to occur in quar￭ k matter if the bar￭ yon density is sufficiently high well above nuclear density and the temperature is not too high well below 10￭ 12 kel￭ vin color super￭ conducting phases are to be contr￭ asted with the normal phase of quar￭ k matter which is just a weak￭ ly inter￭ acting fer￭ mi liquid of quar￭ ks in theoretical terms a color super￭ conducting phase is a state in which the quar￭ ks near the fer￭ mi surface become correlated in cooper pairs which con￭ dense in phenomen￭ ological terms a color super￭ conducting phase breaks some of the symmetr￭ ies of the underlying theory and has a very different spectrum of exc￭ itations and very different transport properties from the normal phase
color vision is the ability of an organism or machine to distinguish objects based on the wa￭ vel￭ eng￭ ths or frequencies of the light they reflect emit or transmit colors can be measured and quantified in various ways indeed a person s perception of colors is a subjective process whereby the brain responds to the stimul￭ i that are produced when incoming light reacts with the several types of cone cells in the eye in essence different people see the same illumin￭ ated object or light source in different ways
in mathematics a complex function is a function with the complex numbers see the imaginary numbers and the complex plane as both its domain and co￭ domain the complex color wheel method as￭ signs a color to each point of the complex plane
the colorado state tar￭ tan is the scottish tar￭ tan pattern officially adopted by the u s state of colorado to represent the state in various functions and occasions
colorado tick fever ct￭ f also called mountain tick fever american tick fever and american mountain tick fever is a viral infection col￭ ti￭ virus transmitted from the bite of an infected rocky mountain wood tick der￭ mac￭ ent￭ or ander￭ son￭ i it should not be confused with the bacterial tick borne infection rocky mountain spotted fever the type species of the genus col￭ ti￭ virus colorado tick fever virus ct￭ f￭ v inf￭ ects ha￭ emo￭ po￭ ie￭ tic cells particularly er￭ y￭ thro￭ cy￭ tes which explains how the virus is transmitted by tic￭ ks and also accounts for the incidence of transmission by blood transfusion
the colo￭ rec￭ tal aden￭ oma is a benign g￭ land￭ ular tumor of the col￭ on and the rec￭ tum it is a precursor le￭ sion of the colo￭ rec￭ tal aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma col￭ on cancer some mor￭ pho￭ logical variants have been described tu￭ bul￭ ar aden￭ oma tu￭ bul￭ o￭ vill￭ ous aden￭ oma vill￭ ous aden￭ oma ses￭ sile ser￭ rated aden￭ oma ssa
colo￭ rec￭ tal cancer cr￭ c also known as bo￭ wel cancer is the development of cancer from the col￭ on or rec￭ tum parts of the large intest￭ ine it is due to the abnormal growth of cells that have the ability to invade or spread to other parts of the body signs and symptoms may include blood in the sto￭ ol a change in bo￭ wel movements weight loss and feeling tired all the time most colo￭ rec￭ tal cancers are due to old age and lifestyle factors with only a small number of cases due to underlying genetic disorders some risk factors include diet obesity smoking and lack of physical activity dietary factors that increase the risk include red and processed meat as well as alcohol another risk factor is infl￭ am￭ matory bo￭ wel disease which includes cro￭ hn s disease and ul￭ cer￭ ative co￭ li￭ tis some of the inherited genetic disorders that can cause colo￭ rec￭ tal cancer include famili￭ al aden￭ om￭ at￭ ous poly￭ pos￭ is and hereditary non poly￭ pos￭ is col￭ on cancer however these represent less than 5 of cases it typically starts as a benign tumor often in the form of a poly￭ p which over time becomes can￭ cer￭ ous bo￭ wel cancer may be diagnosed by obtaining a sample of the col￭ on during a sig￭ mo￭ ido￭ sco￭ py or colon￭ o￭ sco￭ py this is then followed by medical imaging to determine if the disease has spread screening is effective for preventing and decreasing deaths from colo￭ rec￭ tal cancer screening is recommended starting from the age of 50 to 75 during colon￭ o￭ sco￭ py small poly￭ ps may be removed if found if a large poly￭ p or tumor is found a biopsy may be performed to check if it is can￭ cer￭ ous aspir￭ in and other non ster￭ o￭ idal anti infl￭ am￭ matory drugs decrease the risk their general use is not recommended for this purpose however due to side effects treatments used for colo￭ rec￭ tal cancer may include some combination of surgery radiation therapy chem￭ otherapy and targeted therapy cancers that are confined within the wall of the col￭ on may be cur￭ able with surgery while cancer that has spread widely are usually not cur￭ able with management focusing on improving quality of life and symptoms five year survival rates in the united states are around 65 this however depends on how advanced the cancer is whether or not all the cancer can be removed with surgery and the person s overall health globally colo￭ rec￭ tal cancer is the third most common type of cancer making up about 10 of all cases in 2012 there were 1 4 million new cases and 694 000 deaths from the disease it is more common in developed countries where more than 65 of cases are found it is less common in women than men
a colo￭ rec￭ tal poly￭ p is a poly￭ p fles￭ hy growth occurring on the lining of the col￭ on or rec￭ tum untreated colo￭ rec￭ tal poly￭ ps can develop into colo￭ rec￭ tal cancer colo￭ rec￭ tal poly￭ ps are often classified by their behaviour i e benign vs m￭ align￭ ant and or eti￭ ology e g as a consequence of infl￭ am￭ matory bo￭ wel disease they may be benign e g hyper￭ plastic poly￭ p pre m￭ align￭ ant e g tu￭ bul￭ ar aden￭ oma or m￭ align￭ ant e g colo￭ rec￭ tal aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma
colored fire is a common pyrotechnic effect used in stage productions fireworks and by fire performers the world over generally the color of a flame may be red orange blue yellow or white and is dominated by black￭ body radiation from so￭ ot and steam when additional chemicals are added to the fuel burning their atomic emission spec￭ tra can affect the frequencies of visible light radiation emitted in other words the flame will appear a different color dependent upon the chemical additives flame col￭ oring is also a good way to demonstrate how chemicals change when subjected to heat and how they also change the matter around them to color their flames pyrotechn￭ icians will generally use metal salts specific combinations of fuels and co solvents are required in order to dissolve the necessary chemicals color enhan￭ cers usually chlorine donors are frequently added too the most common of which is poly￭ vinyl chloride a practical use of colored fire is the flame test where metal c￭ ations are tested by placing the sample in a flame and analy￭ zing the color produced
color – flavor locking cfl is a phenomenon that is expected to occur in ultra high density strange matter a form of quar￭ k matter the quar￭ ks form cooper pairs whose color properties are correlated with their flavor properties in a one to one correspondence between three color pairs and three flavor pairs according to the standard model of particle physics the color flavor locked phase is the highest density phase of three flavor matter
colour sided is a colour pattern of domes￭ ticated cattle it is sometimes called line￭ back it consists of a dark body colour with white fin￭ ching along the sp￭ ine white under the belly and often white also over the tail head and legs the ears nose and feet are generally dark the pattern may occur in many breeds but some breeds are consistently colour sided including english lon￭ gh￭ orn cattle irish mo￭ iled cattle randall cattle ri￭ gg￭ it g￭ allow￭ ay cattle and line￭ back cattle the dark colour may be any solid colour such as black red or brin￭ dle an extreme pale form of the colour sided pattern is where the darker colour is restricted to the ears nose and feet leaving most of the animal white this is found for example in white park british white and some irish mo￭ iled cattle
colour ban￭ ding is a problem of inaccurate colour presentation in computer graphics in 24 bit colour modes 8 bits per channel is usually considered sufficient to render images in rec 709 or sr￭ gb however in some cases there is a risk of producing abrupt changes between shades of the same colour for instance displaying natural gr￭ adi￭ ents like sun￭ sets daw￭ ns or clear blue skies can show minor ban￭ ding colour ban￭ ding is more noticeable with fewer bits per pi￭ x￭ el b￭ pp at 16 – 256 colours 4 – 8 b￭ pp where not every shade can be shown because there are insufficient bits to represent them possible solutions include the introduction of di￭ thering and increasing the number of bits per colour channel
col￭ po￭ cephal￭ y is a cephal￭ ic disorder involving the disproportionate enlargement of the oc￭ ci￭ p￭ ital horns of the lateral ven￭ tric￭ les and is usually diagnosed early after birth due to seizures it is a non￭ specific finding and is associated with multiple neuro￭ logical syndro￭ mes including agen￭ esis of the corpus cal￭ lo￭ sum chi￭ ari mal￭ formation lis￭ sen￭ cephal￭ y and micro￭ cephal￭ y although the exact cause of col￭ po￭ cephal￭ y is not known yet it is commonly believed to occur as a result of neuro￭ nal migration disorders during early brain development in￭ trau￭ ter￭ ine disturbances per￭ in￭ atal injuries and other central nervous system disorders individuals with col￭ po￭ cephal￭ y have various degrees of motor disabilities visual defects sp￭ as￭ tic￭ ity and moderate to severe intellectual disability no specific treatment for col￭ po￭ cephal￭ y exists but patients may undergo certain treatments to improve their motor function or intellectual disability
colum￭ nar￭ is also referred to as cott￭ on￭ mouth is a symptom of disease in fish which results from an infection caused by the gram negative aer￭ ob￭ ic rod shaped bacter￭ ium flav￭ ob￭ ac￭ ter￭ ium column￭ are it was previously known as bac￭ ill￭ us colum￭ nar￭ is ch￭ on￭ dro￭ co￭ cc￭ us colum￭ nar￭ is cy￭ top￭ ha￭ ga colum￭ nar￭ is and flexi￭ bac￭ ter colum￭ nar￭ is the bacteria are ubiquitous in fresh water and cul￭ tured fish reared in pon￭ ds or rac￭ e￭ ways are the primary concern – with disease most prevalent in air temperatures above 12 – 14 ° c it is often mistaken for a fun￭ gal infection the disease is highly contagious and the outcome is often fatal it is not zoonotic
coma bl￭ is￭ ters are a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by tense bul￭ la￭ e at sites of maxim￭ al pressure
a comb is a fles￭ hy growth or c￭ rest on the top of the head of gall￭ in￭ ac￭ eous birds such as turkeys p￭ he￭ as￭ ants and domestic chickens its alternative name cock￭ s￭ comb spelling variations abound is because comb￭ s are generally larger on males than on females a male gall￭ in￭ ac￭ eous bird is called a cock there can be several fles￭ hy pro￭ tuber￭ ances on the heads and throats of gall￭ in￭ ac￭ eous birds i e comb w￭ attle ear lob￭ es and no￭ d￭ ules which collectively are called car￭ un￭ cles however in turkeys car￭ uncle refers specifically to the fles￭ hy no￭ d￭ ules on the head and throat chicken comb￭ s are most commonly red but may be black or dark purple in breeds such as sil￭ kies or se￭ b￭ rights but in other species the color may vary from light grey to deep blue or red turkey comb￭ s can vary in color from bright red to blue the comb may be a reliable indicator of health or vigor and is used for mate assessment in some poultry species
combat readiness is a condition of the armed forces and their constituent units and formations warships aircraft weapon systems or other military technology and equipment to perform during combat military operations or functions consistent with the purpose for which they are organized or designed or the managing of resources and personnel training in preparation for combat most armed forces maintain varying levels of readiness by the troops to engage in combat due to economic considerations which vary from minutes to months in modern armed forces troops designated special forces are usually those kept at the highest state of readiness for combat and are often alerted only a few hours before being committed to combat where time is of the essence in military action being initiated the troops such as pilots of intercep￭ tor aircraft may be kept in constant state of combat readiness
combat stress reaction csr is a term used within the military to describe acute behavioral dis￭ organization seen by medical personnel as a direct result of the trauma of war also known as combat fatigue or battle neuro￭ sis it has some overlap with the diagnosis of acute stress reaction used in civilian psychiatry it is historically linked to shell shock and can sometimes pre￭ curse post traumatic stress disorder combat stress reaction is an acute reaction that includes a range of behaviors resulting from the stress of battle that decrease the combat￭ ant s fighting efficiency the most common symptoms are fatigue slower reaction times in￭ decision dis￭ connection from one s surroundings and inability to prioritize combat stress reaction is generally short term and should not be confused with acute stress disorder post traumatic stress disorder or other long term disorders attributable to combat stress although any of these may commence as a combat stress reaction in world war i shell shock was considered a psychiatric illness resulting from injury to the nerves during combat the horrors of tren￭ ch warfare meant that about 10 of the fighting soldiers were killed compared to 4 5 during world war ii and the total proportion of troops who became casualties killed or wounded was 56 whether a shell shock suffer￭ er was considered wounded or sick depended on the circumstances when faced with the phenomenon of a minority of soldiers mentally breaking down there was an expectation that the root of this problem lay in character of the individual soldier not because of what they experienced on the front lines during the war these sorts of attitudes helped fuel the main argument that was accepted after the war and going forward that there was a social root to shell shock that consisted of soldiers finding the only way allowed by the military to show weakness and get out of the front claiming that their mental anguish constituted a legitimate medical diagnosis as a disease the large proportion of world war i veterans in the european population meant that the symptoms were common to the culture
the comb￭ es quin￭ oline synthesis is a chemical reaction which was first reported by comb￭ es in 18￭ 88 it involves the condens￭ ation of un￭ substituted an￭ il￭ ines 1 with β di￭ ke￭ tones 2 to form substituted quin￭ ol￭ ines 4 after an acid cataly￭ zed ring closure of an intermediate schi￭ ff base 3 further studies and reviews of the comb￭ es quin￭ oline synthesis and its variations have been published by aly￭ am￭ k￭ ina et al berg￭ stro￭ m and franklin born and johnson and ma￭ the￭ ws the comb￭ es quin￭ oline synthesis is often used to prepare the 2 4 substituted quin￭ oline backbone and is unique in that it uses a β di￭ ke￭ tone sub￭ str￭ ate which is different from other quin￭ oline preparations such as the con￭ rad lim￭ p￭ ach synthesis and the do￭ eb￭ ner reaction the comb￭ es quin￭ oline synthesis
a combination reaction also known as a synthesis reaction is a reaction where two or more elements or compounds re￭ ac￭ tants combine to form a single compound product such reactions may be represented by equations of the following form x y → xy combination reactions can involve different types of re￭ ac￭ tants there is no specific number of re￭ ac￭ tants in a combination reaction combination reactions are usually ex￭ other￭ mic because when the bond forms between the re￭ ac￭ tants heat is released for example barium metal and fluor￭ ine gas will combine in a highly ex￭ other￭ mic reaction to form the salt barium flu￭ oride ba f 2 → ba￭ f 2 another example is magnesium oxide combining with carbon dioxide to produce magnesium carbon￭ ate m￭ go co 2 → m￭ g￭ co 3 another example is iron combining with sulphur to produce iron ii sul￭ fide fe s → f￭ es when a combination reaction occurs between a metal and a non metal the product is an ion￭ ic solid an example could be lith￭ ium reacting with sulphur to give lith￭ ium sul￭ phi￭ de when magnesium burns in air the atoms of the metal combine with the gas oxygen to produce magnesium oxide this specific combination reaction produces the bright flame generated by fla￭ res
a combination tone also called resultant or subjective tone is a psycho￭ acous￭ tic phenomenon of an additional tone or tones that are artificially perceived when two real tones are sounded at the same time their discovery is credited to the viol￭ in￭ ist gius￭ ep￭ pe tar￭ tini although he was not the first see sor￭ ge and so are also called tar￭ tini tones there are two types of combination tones sum tones whose frequencies are found by adding the frequencies of the real tones and difference tones whose frequencies are the difference between the frequencies of the real tones combination tones are heard when two pure tones i e tones produced by simple harmon￭ ic sound waves having no over￭ tones differing in frequency by about 50 cycles per second or more sound together at sufficient intensity combination tones can also be produced electronically by combining two signals in a circuit that has non￭ linear distortion such as an amp￭ li￭ fier subject to cli￭ pping or a ring mod￭ ul￭ ator
combined drug in￭ tox￭ ication c￭ di also known as multiple drug intake m￭ di or lethal poly￭ drug poly￭ pharmacy in￭ tox￭ ication is an unnatural cause of human death c￭ di is often confused with drug over￭ dose but it is a completely different phenomenon it is distinct in that it is due to the simultaneous use of multiple drugs whether the drugs are prescription over the counter recreational or some other combination alcohol can exacerbate the symptoms and may directly contribute to increased severity of symptoms the reasons for toxicity vary depending on the mixture of drugs usually most victims die after using two or more drugs in combination that suppress breathing and the low blood oxygen level causes brain death the c￭ di m￭ di phenomenon seems to be becoming more common in recent years in december 2007 according to dr john mend￭ elson a pharmaco￭ logist at the california pacific medical center research institute deaths by combined drug in￭ tox￭ ication were relatively rare one in several million though they appeared then to be on the rise in july 2008 the associated press and cnn reported on a medical study showing that over two decades from 1983 to 2004 such deaths have soared it has also become a prevalent risk for older patients
combined hyper￭ li￭ pi￭ dem￭ ia or aemia also known as multiple type hyper￭ li￭ po￭ prote￭ in￭ emia is a commonly occurring form of hyper￭ cho￭ le￭ ster￭ ol￭ emia elevated cho￭ le￭ sterol levels characterised by increased ld￭ l and tri￭ gly￭ cer￭ ide concentrations often accompanied by decreased h￭ dl on li￭ po￭ protein electro￭ pho￭ res￭ is a test now rarely performed it shows as a hyper￭ li￭ po￭ prote￭ in￭ emia type iib it is the most commonly inherited lip￭ id disorder occurring in around one in 200 persons in fact almost one in five individuals who develop coron￭ ary heart disease before the age of 60 have this disorder the elevated tri￭ gly￭ cer￭ ide levels 5 m￭ mol l are generally due to an increase in very low density li￭ po￭ protein v￭ ld￭ l a class of li￭ po￭ proteins prone to cause a￭ ther￭ os￭ clerosis
combined immun￭ o￭ deficiencies or combined immunity deficiency are immun￭ o￭ deficiency disorders that involve multiple components of the immune system including both hu￭ moral immunity and cell medi￭ ated immunity this category includes conditions such as bare lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ te syndrome as well as severe combined immun￭ o￭ deficiency ic￭ d 9 divides immune deficiencies into three categories hu￭ moral 279 0 cell medi￭ ated 279 1 and combined 279 2 however ic￭ d 10 does not include a category for cell medi￭ ated immune dysfunction anti￭ body is d 80 and combined is d 81 thus grouping t cell medi￭ ated conditions with combined conditions
combined small cell lung carcin￭ oma or c s￭ cl￭ c and rarely rendered as small cell lung carcin￭ oma is a form of multi￭ ph￭ as￭ ic lung cancer that is diagnosed by a patho￭ logist when a m￭ align￭ ant tumor arising from transformed cells originating in lung tissue contains a component of small cell lung carcin￭ oma s￭ cl￭ c ad￭ mixed with one or more components of non small cell lung carcin￭ oma n￭ s￭ cl￭ c
combustion k￭ ə￭ m￭ ˈ￭ b￭ ʌ￭ s t￭ ʃ￭ ə￭ n or burning is a high temperature ex￭ other￭ mic re￭ do￭ x chemical reaction between a fuel and an oxid￭ ant usually atmospheric oxygen that produces ox￭ idi￭ zed often gaseous products in a mixture termed as smoke combustion in a fire produces a flame and the heat produced can make combustion self sustaining combustion is often a complicated sequence of elementary radical reactions solid fuels such as wood first undergo endo￭ ther￭ mic pyro￭ lysis to produce gaseous fuels whose combustion then supplies the heat required to produce more of them combustion is often hot enough that light in the form of either g￭ lowing or a flame is produced a simple example can be seen in the combustion of hydrogen and oxygen into water vap￭ or a reaction commonly used to fuel rocket engines this reaction releases 242 k￭ j mol of heat and reduces the en￭ th￭ alp￭ y accordingly at constant temperature and pressure 2 h 2 g o 2 g → 2 h 2 o g combustion of an organic fuel in air is always ex￭ other￭ mic because the double bond in o 2 is much weaker than other double bonds or pairs of single bonds and therefore the formation of the stronger bonds in the combustion products co 2 and h 2 o results in the release of energy the bond energies in the fuel play only a minor role since they are similar to those in the combustion products e g the sum of the bond energies of ch 4 is nearly the same as that of co 2 the heat of combustion is approximately 418 k￭ j per mole of o 2 used up in the combustion reaction and can be estimated from the elem￭ ental composition of the fuel un￭ cataly￭ zed combustion in air requires fairly high temperatures complete combustion is sto￭ ic￭ hi￭ ome￭ tric with respect to the fuel where there is no remaining fuel and ideally no remaining oxid￭ ant thermo￭ dynam￭ ically the chemical equilibrium of combustion in air is overwhelmingly on the side of the products however complete combustion is almost impossible to achieve since the chemical equilibrium is not necessarily reached or may contain un￭ burnt products such as carbon monoxide hydrogen and even carbon so￭ ot or ash thus the produced smoke is usually toxic and contains un￭ burned or partially ox￭ idi￭ zed products any combustion at high temperatures in atmospheric air which is 78 percent nitrogen will also create small amounts of several nitrogen oxides commonly referred to as nox since the combustion of nitrogen is thermo￭ dynam￭ ically favored at high but not low temperatures since combustion is rarely clean fl￭ ue gas cleaning or catalytic converters may be required by law fires occur naturally ign￭ ited by lightning strikes or by volcanic products combustion fire was the first controlled chemical reaction discovered by humans in the form of camp￭ fires and bon￭ fires and continues to be the main method to produce energy for humanity usually the fuel is carbon hydrocarbons or more complicated mixtures such as wood that contains partially ox￭ idi￭ zed hydrocarbons the thermal energy produced from combustion of either fossil fuels such as coal or oil or from renewable fuels such as fire￭ wood is harvested for diverse uses such as cooking production of electricity or industrial or domestic heating combustion is also currently the only reaction used to power rockets combustion is also used to destroy inciner￭ ate waste both non￭ hazardous and hazardous oxid￭ ants for combustion have high oxid￭ ation potential and include atmospheric or pure oxygen chlorine fluor￭ ine chlorine tri￭ flu￭ oride nit￭ rous oxide and nit￭ ric acid for instance hydrogen burns in chlorine to form hydrogen chloride with the liberation of heat and light characteristic of combustion although usually not cataly￭ zed combustion can be cataly￭ zed by plat￭ inum or van￭ adi￭ um as in the contact process
a com￭ edo is a clo￭ gged hair fol￭ lic￭ le por￭ e in the skin ker￭ atin skin debris combines with oil to block the fol￭ lic￭ le a com￭ edo can be open black￭ head or closed by skin whitehead and occur with or without ac￭ ne the word com￭ edo comes from the latin com￭ ed￭ ere meaning to eat up and was historically used to describe par￭ asi￭ tic worms in modern medical terminology it is used to suggest the worm like appearance of the expressed material the chronic infl￭ am￭ matory condition that usually includes both com￭ ed￭ ones and infl￭ amed pap￭ ules and pu￭ st￭ ules p￭ impl￭ es is called ac￭ ne infection causes infl￭ amm￭ ation and the development of p￭ us whether or not a skin condition classi￭ fies as ac￭ ne depends on the amount of com￭ ed￭ ones and infection com￭ ed￭ ones should not be confused with se￭ bac￭ eous fil￭ aments com￭ edo type duc￭ tal carcin￭ oma in situ d￭ cis is not related to the skin conditions discussed here d￭ cis is a non invasive form of breast cancer but com￭ edo type d￭ cis may be more aggressive and so may be more likely to become invasive
come￭ do￭ carcin￭ oma is one kind of breast cancer which is most commonly very early stage which demonstrates central necro￭ sis it is a usually a type of duc￭ tal carcin￭ oma in situ com￭ edo carcin￭ om￭ as are usually non infiltr￭ ating and in￭ trad￭ uc￭ tal tumors however there have been accounts of come￭ do￭ carcin￭ oma which has then diversified into other cell types and developed into infiltr￭ ating invasive duc￭ tal carcin￭ oma recurrence and survival rates differ for invasive breast cancer which has originated as come￭ do￭ carcin￭ oma compared with other types of cancer cells the duc￭ t will have characteristic necro￭ tic tissue with calci￭ fication that feels cord like squeezing the duc￭ t will yield insp￭ iss￭ ated material that is cheese like and similar in consistency to tooth￭ paste come￭ do￭ carcin￭ oma has also been described as a hist￭ opath￭ ological type of se￭ bac￭ eous carcin￭ oma
come￭ down or crashing is the deterioration in mood that happens as a psychoactive drug is cleared from the blood and thus the cere￭ br￭ al circulation the improvement and deterioration of mood euphoria and dy￭ sp￭ h￭ oria are represented in the cognitive schem￭ a as high and low elev￭ ations thus after the drug has elevated the mood a state known as a high there follows a period of coming back down such a come￭ down down low crash can happen to anyone as a transi￭ ent symptom but in people who are dependent on the drug especially those addicted to it it is an early symptom of withdrawal and thus can be followed by others various drug classes most especially stimul￭ ants and op￭ io￭ ids are subject to crashing a mil￭ der analogous mood cycle can happen even with blood sugar levels thus sugar high￭ s and sugar lows which is especially relevant to people with diabetes mell￭ it￭ us and to parents and teachers dealing with children s behavior
in object oriented programming the command pattern is a behavioral design pattern in which an object is used to en￭ capsul￭ ate all information needed to perform an action or trigger an event at a later time this information includes the method name the object that owns the method and values for the method parameters four terms always associated with the command pattern are command receiver inv￭ ok￭ er and client a command object knows about receiver and inv￭ okes a method of the receiver values for parameters of the receiver method are stored in the command the receiver then does the work an inv￭ ok￭ er object knows how to execute a command and op￭ tionally does book￭ keeping about the command execution the inv￭ ok￭ er does not know anything about a concrete command it knows only about command interface both an inv￭ ok￭ er object and several command objects are held by a client object the client decides which commands to execute at which points to execute a command it passes the command object to the inv￭ ok￭ er object using command objects makes it easier to construct general components that need to delegate sequence or execute method calls at a time of their choosing without the need to know the class of the method or the method parameters using an inv￭ ok￭ er object allows book￭ keeping about command executions to be conveniently performed as well as implementing different modes for commands which are managed by the inv￭ ok￭ er object without the need for the client to be aware of the existence of book￭ keeping or modes
in the united states commercial finance is the function of offering loans to businesses commercial financing is generally offered by a bank or other lender most commercial banks offer commercial financing and the loans are either secured by business assets or alternatively can be un￭ secured where the lender relies of the cash flows of the business to repay the facility assets used to coll￭ at￭ or￭ alize commercial finance loans include real estate receivables from invoices equipment or supplies while qualifying for financing is generally easier for large well established companies some small businesses can qualify for commercial financing from the small business administration s￭ ba the s￭ ba may provide either financing or insure a lender who takes a risk on a smaller company to provide commercial finance businesses can also seek the assistance of commercial finance advisors in the structuring and sour￭ cing of commercial finance these are known as independent financial advisers or commercial finance brokers
in karl marx s critique of political economy commodity fe￭ ti￭ sh￭ ism is the perception of the social relationships involved in production not as relationships among people but as economic relationships among the money and commodities exchanged in market trade as such commodity fe￭ ti￭ sh￭ ism trans￭ forms the subjective abstract aspects of economic value into objective real things that people believe have intrinsic value the theory of commodity fe￭ ti￭ sh￭ ism is presented in the first chapter of capital critique of political economy 18￭ 67 at the conclusion of the analysis of the value form of commodities to explain that the social organization of labor is medi￭ ated through market exchange the buying and the selling of commodities goods and services hence in a capitalist society social relations between people — who makes what who works for whom the production time for a commodity et cetera — are perceived as economic relations among objects that is how valuable a given commodity is when compared to another commodity therefore the market exchange of commodities masks obsc￭ ures the true economic character of the human relations of production between the worker and the capitalist karl marx explained the philosoph￭ ic concepts underlying commodity fe￭ ti￭ sh￭ ism thus as against this the commodity form and the value relation of the products of labour within which it appears have absolutely no connection with the physical nature of the commodity and the material relations arising out of this it is nothing but the definite social relation between men themselves which assumes here for them the fantastic form of a relation between things in order therefore to find an analogy we must take flight into the mis￭ ty realm of religion there the products of the human brain appear as autonomous figures endowed with a life of their own which enter into relations both with each other and with the human race so it is in the world of commodities with the products of men s hands i call this the fe￭ ti￭ sh￭ ism which attaches itself to the products of labour as soon as they are produced as commodities and is therefore inseparable from the production of commodities — karl marx capital volume i
a commodity path￭ way diversion is the ability of an object to move in and out of the commodity state over the course of its use life diver￭ sions can occur when an object is removed from its commodity path￭ way for its protection and preservation or when a previously removed object is commo￭ di￭ tized through re￭ entry into the commodity path￭ way after having gained value through its absence it is important to note that diversion is an integrated part of the commodity path￭ way
common bile duc￭ t stone also known as cho￭ le￭ do￭ cho￭ li￭ thi￭ asis is the presence of gall￭ stones in the common bile duc￭ t thus cho￭ le￭ do￭ cho li￭ thi￭ asis this condition causes ja￭ und￭ ice and liver cell damage and requires treatment by chol￭ ec￭ y￭ stec￭ tomy and or er￭ cp
common bun￭ t also known as stinking smu￭ t and covered smu￭ t is a disease of both spring and winter whe￭ ats it is caused by two very closely related fun￭ gi til￭ le￭ tia tritic￭ i syn til￭ le￭ tia car￭ ies and t la￭ ev￭ is syn t fo￭ eti￭ da
common cold also known simply as a cold is a viral infectious disease of the upper respiratory tract that primarily affects the nose the throat sin￭ uses and voice box may also be affected signs and symptoms may begin less than two days following exposure they include cou￭ gh￭ ing sore throat run￭ ny nose snee￭ zing headache and fever people usually recover in seven to ten days some symptoms may last up to three weeks in those with other health problems pneumonia may occasionally develop well over 200 virus strains are implicated in the cause of the common cold the rhin￭ o￭ viruses are the most common they spread through the air during close contact with infected people and indirectly through contact with objects in the environment followed by transfer to the mouth or nose risk factors include going to day￭ care not sleeping well and psychological stress symptoms are mostly due to the body s immune response to the infection rather than to tissue destruction by the viruses themselves people with influenza often show similar symptoms as people with a cold though symptoms are usually more severe in the former there is no vaccine for the common cold the primary methods of prevention are hand washing not touching the eyes nose or mouth with un￭ washed hands and staying away from other sick people some evidence supports the use of face masks no cure for the common cold exists but the symptoms can be treated non￭ ster￭ o￭ idal anti infl￭ am￭ matory drugs n￭ s￭ aids such as i￭ bu￭ prof￭ en may help with pain antibiotics should not be used evidence does not support a benefit from cough medicines the common cold is the most frequent infectious disease in humans the average adult gets two to four col￭ ds a year while the average child may get six to eight they occur more commonly during the winter these infections have been with humanity since ancient times
common equity is the amount that all common shareholders have invested in a company most importantly this includes the value of the common shares themselves however it also includes retained earnings and additional paid in capital
common root rot is a fun￭ gal disease of barley caused by co￭ ch￭ li￭ ob￭ ol￭ us sati￭ v￭ us fus￭ arium cul￭ mor￭ um and f gram￭ in￭ ear￭ um
common root rot is a disease of wheat caused by one or more fun￭ gi co￭ ch￭ li￭ ob￭ ol￭ us sati￭ v￭ us fus￭ arium cul￭ mor￭ um and f gram￭ in￭ ear￭ um are the most common pathogens responsible for common root rot
common sc￭ ab is a plant disease of root and tu￭ ber crops caused by a small number of st￭ rep￭ tom￭ y￭ ces species specifically s s￭ cab￭ ies s aci￭ dis￭ cab￭ ies s tur￭ gi￭ dis￭ cab￭ ies and others common sc￭ ab mainly affects potato sol￭ an￭ um tuber￭ o￭ sum but can also cause disease on rad￭ ish rap￭ han￭ us sati￭ v￭ us par￭ s￭ nip past￭ in￭ aca sativa beet beta vul￭ gar￭ is and carrot d￭ au￭ cus car￭ ota this plant disease is found wherever these vegetables are grown common sc￭ ab symptoms are variable and can range from surface rus￭ se￭ ting to deep pits in root and tu￭ ber vegetables this disease does not usually affect yields but it can greatly reduce quality of the harvested vegetables and make them unsuitable for sale root and tu￭ ber vegetables are susceptible to infection by st￭ rep￭ tom￭ y￭ ces species as soon as the root or tu￭ ber forms but because this disease only affects root and tubers the symptoms are not usually noted until harvest dry soils increase disease incidence and severity therefore proper irrigation can aid in control of this disease common sc￭ ab is suppressed if the soil ph is lower than 5 2 although sc￭ ab le￭ sions may still form in low ph soils due to physiological stresses or s aci￭ dis￭ cab￭ ies
common se￭ bor￭ rhe￭ ic ker￭ at￭ osis also known as bas￭ al cell pap￭ il￭ lo￭ ma and solid se￭ bor￭ rhe￭ ic ker￭ at￭ osis is a common benign cu￭ taneous condition characterized by a skin le￭ sion with a dull or l￭ ack￭ lu￭ ster surface
common sense is a basic ability to perceive understand and judge things that is shared by common to nearly all people and can reasonably be expected of nearly all people without need for debate the everyday understanding of common sense derives from philosophical discussion involving several european languages related terms in other languages include latin sen￭ sus commun￭ is greek κοιν￭ ὴ α￭ ἴ￭ σ￭ θη￭ σ￭ ις ko￭ in￭ ē a￭ í￭ s￭ th￭ ē￭ sis and french bon sens but these are not straightforward translations in all contexts similarly in english there are different shades of meaning implying more or less education and wisdom good sense is sometimes seen as equivalent to common sense and sometimes not common sense has at least two specifically philosophical meanings one is a capability of the animal soul greek p￭ su￭ kh￭ ē proposed by aristo￭ tle which enables different individual senses to collectively perceive the characteristics of physical things such as movement and size which all physical things have in different combinations allowing people and other animals to distinguish and identify physical things this common sense is distinct from basic sensory perception and from human rational thinking but cooperates with both the second special use of the term is roman influenced and is used for the natural human sensitivity for other humans and the community just like the everyday meaning both of these refer to a type of basic awareness and ability to judge that most people are expected to share naturally even if they can not explain why all these meanings of common sense including the everyday one are inter connected in a complex history and have evolved during important political and philosophical debates in modern western civilisation notably concerning science politics and economics the interplay between the meanings has come to be particularly notable in english as opposed to other western european languages and the english term has become international in modern times the term common sense has frequently been used for rhetorical effect sometimes pe￭ jor￭ ative and sometimes appealed to positively as an authority it can be negatively equ￭ ated to vulgar prejudice and supersti￭ tion or on the contrary it is often positively contr￭ asted to them as a standard for good taste and as the source of the most basic ax￭ i￭ oms needed for science and logic this began with des￭ car￭ tes criticism of it and what came to be known as the dispute between ration￭ alism and empir￭ ic￭ ism in the opening line of one of his most famous books discourse on method des￭ car￭ tes established the most common modern meaning and its controversies when he stated that everyone has a similar and sufficient amount of common sense bon sens but it is rarely used well therefore a skeptical logical method described by des￭ car￭ tes needs to be followed and common sense should not be overly relied upon in the ensuing 18 th century enlightenment common sense came to be seen more positively as the basis for modern thinking it was contr￭ asted to metaph￭ ys￭ ics which was like car￭ te￭ si￭ anism associated with the anci￭ en régim￭ e thomas pain￭ e s polem￭ ical pam￭ ph￭ let common sense 17￭ 76 has been described as the most influential political pam￭ ph￭ let of the 18 th century affecting both the american and french revolutions today the concept of common sense and how it should best be used remains linked to many of the most per￭ ennial topics in ep￭ ist￭ em￭ ology and ethics with special focus often directed at the philosophy of the modern social sciences
common variable immun￭ o￭ deficiency c￭ vi￭ d is an immune disorder characterized by recurrent infections and low anti￭ body levels specifically in immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ulin ig types ig￭ g ig￭ m and ig￭ a generally symptoms include high suscep￭ tibility to foreign inv￭ aders chronic lung disease and infl￭ amm￭ ation and infection of the gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract however symptoms vary greatly between people c￭ vi￭ d is a lifelong disease the origins of c￭ vi￭ d is poorly understood current research points to dele￭ tions in particular genetic mark￭ ers en￭ coding cell surface proteins and cy￭ to￭ k￭ ine recep￭ tors such as cd 19 cd 20 cd 21 and cd 80 as a likely cause a deletion is a mutation in which part of the chro￭ mo￭ some is lost during dna replic￭ ation additionally the disease is defined by t cell defects namely reduced prolifer￭ ative capacity the disease is hard to diagnose taking on average 6 – 7 years after onset c￭ vi￭ d is a primary immun￭ o￭ deficiency treatment options are limited and usually include lifelong immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ulin replacement therapy this therapy is thought to help reduce bacterial infections this treatment alone is not wholly effective and many people still experience other symptoms like lung disease and non￭ infectious infl￭ am￭ matory symptoms c￭ vi￭ d was first diagnosed over 60 years ago and since has emerged as the predominant class of primary anti￭ body deficiencies c￭ vi￭ d is formally diagnosed by levels of ig￭ g and ig￭ a more than two standard deviations from the norm and no other cause for hypo￭ gam￭ mag￭ lob￭ ul￭ in￭ emia an abnormally low level of immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ul￭ ins in the blood it is thought to affect between 1 in 25 000 to 1 in 50 000 people worldwide
commo￭ tio cord￭ is latin ag￭ itation of the heart is an often lethal disruption of heart rhythm that occurs as a result of a blow to the area directly over the heart the pre￭ cor￭ dial region at a critical time during the cycle of a heart beat causing cardiac arrest it is a form of ven￭ tric￭ ular fi￭ bri￭ ll￭ ation v fi￭ b not mechanical damage to the heart muscle or surrounding organs and not the result of heart disease the fat￭ ality rate is about 65 it can sometimes but not always be reversed by defi￭ bri￭ ll￭ ation commo￭ tio cord￭ is occurs mostly in boys and young men average age 15 usually during sports most often baseball often despite a chest protector it is most often caused by a projec￭ tile but can also be caused by the blow of an el￭ bow or other body part being less developed the thor￭ ax of an adoles￭ cent is likely more prone to this injury given the circumstances the phenomenon was confirmed experim￭ entally in the 1930 s with research in ana￭ esthe￭ tized rabbits cats and dogs
communal reinforcement is a social phenomenon in which a concept or idea is repeatedly asserted in a community regardless of whether sufficient empirical evidence has been presented to support it over time the concept or idea is reinforced to become a strong belief in many people s minds and may be regarded by the members of the community as fact often the concept or idea may be further reinforced by publications in the mass media books or other means of communication the phrase millions of people can t all be wrong is indicative of the common tendency to accept a commun￭ ally reinforced idea without question which often aids in the widespread acceptance of fac￭ to￭ ids a very similar term to this term is community reinforcement which is a behavioral method to stop drug addiction
a communication disorder is any disorder that affects an individual s ability to comprehend detect or apply language and speech to engage in discourse effectively with others the delays and disorders can range from simple sound substitution to the inability to understand or use one s native language
in telecommunication communications surviv￭ ability is the ability of communications systems to continue to operate effectively under adverse conditions though portions of the system may be damaged or destroyed various methods may be used to maintain communications services such as using alternate routing different transmission media or methods redundant equipment and sites and equipment that are radiation hardened
community based management c￭ bm is a bottom up approach of organization which can be facilitated by an upper government or ngo structure but it aims for local stakeholder participation in the planning research development management and policy making for a community as a whole the decentralization of managing tactics enables local people to deal with the unique social political and ecological problems their community might face and find solutions ideal to their situation overwhelming national or local economic political and social pressures can affect the efficiency of c￭ bm as well as its long term application c￭ bm varies across spatial and temporal scales to reflect the ever changing distinctive physical and or human environment it is acting within while the specifics of each practice might differ existing research maintains that community based management when implemented properly is incredibly beneficial not only for the health of the environment but also for the well being of the stakeholders
community resilience is the sustained ability of a community to utili￭ ze available resources e g energy communication food etc to respond to withstand and recover from adverse situations e g economic collapse to global catastrophic risks this allows for the evolution and growth of a community after disaster strikes communities that are resilient are able to minimize any disaster making the return to normal life as effor￭ tless as possible by implementing a community resilience plan a community can come together and overcome any disaster while rebuilding physically and economically
the com￭ on￭ d￭ ú complex is an archae￭ ological pattern dating from the late pre￭ historic period in northern ba￭ ja california sur and southern ba￭ ja california it is associated with the historic co￭ chim￭ í people of the peninsula the complex was defined on the basis of investigations at rock shelters near the town of san jose de com￭ on￭ d￭ ú by archae￭ o￭ logist william c mas￭ sey beginning in the late 1940 s it has been recognized at sites extending from the sierra de la gigan￭ ta west of lo￭ re￭ to in the south to bah￭ ía de los á￭ ng￭ el￭ es in the north a key characteristic of the com￭ on￭ d￭ ú complex is the presence of small com￭ on￭ d￭ ú tri￭ ang￭ ular and com￭ on￭ d￭ ú ser￭ rated projec￭ tile points these points reflect the introduction of the bow and arrow into the peninsula perhaps around 500 1000 ce largely suppl￭ anting the earlier at￭ lat￭ l and d￭ art other traits include grinding basins and slic￭ ks man￭ os tu￭ bul￭ ar stone pipes co￭ iled bas￭ ke￭ try and square knot netting the region s great m￭ ural rock art may also be associated with the com￭ on￭ d￭ ú complex
in medicine com￭ or￭ bi￭ dity is the presence of one or more additional diseases or disorders co occurring with that is concomitant or con￭ current with a primary disease or disorder in the coun￭ table sense of the term a com￭ or￭ bi￭ dity plural com￭ or￭ bi￭ dities is each additional disorder or disease the additional disorder may be a behavioral or mental disorder the term can indicate either a condition existing simultaneously but independently with another condition or a related medical condition the latter sense of the term causes some overlap with the concept of complications for example in longstanding diabetes mell￭ it￭ us the extent to which coron￭ ary artery disease is an independent com￭ or￭ bi￭ dity versus a diabe￭ tic complic￭ ation is not easy to measure because both diseases are quite multi￭ vari￭ ate and there are likely aspects of both simultane￭ ity and consequence the same is true of inter￭ current diseases in pregnancy in other examples the true independence or relation is not ascertain￭ able because syndro￭ mes and associations are often identified long before patho￭ genetic common￭ alities are confirmed and in some examples before they are even hypothe￭ sized in psychiatric diagnoses it has been argued in part that this use of imprecise language may lead to correspondingly imprecise thinking and this usage of the term com￭ or￭ bi￭ dity should probably be avoided however in many medical examples such as com￭ or￭ bid diabetes mell￭ it￭ us and coron￭ ary artery disease it makes little difference which word is used as long as the medical complexity is duly recognized and addressed
comparative criminal justice is a sub￭ field of the study of criminal justice that compares justice systems worldwide such study can take a descriptive historical or political approach it studies the similarities and differences in structure goals punishment and emphasis on rights as well as the history and political stature of different systems it is common to broadly categ￭ ori￭ ze the functions of a criminal justice system into policing adjudic￭ ation i e courts and corrections although other categ￭ ori￭ zation schemes exist compar￭ ati￭ vis￭ ts study the four different types of societies their methods of enforcement and their different types of punishment such as capital punishment and imprisonment within these societies they study different types of legal tradition and analyze the issues they solve and create they use their information in order to learn effective ways of enforcing laws and to identify and solve problems that may arise within a system due to its methods
comparative economic systems is the sub￭ field of economics dealing with the comparative study of different systems of economic organization such as capitalism socialism feu￭ d￭ alism and the mixed economy it is widely held to be founded by the economist cal￭ vin bry￭ ce ho￭ over comparative economics therefore consisted mainly of comparative economic systems analysis before 1989 but switched substantially its efforts to comparison of the economic effects of the transition experience from socialism to capitalism
compartment syndrome is increased pressure within one of the body s compart￭ ments which contains muscles and nerves compartment syndrome most commonly occurs in compart￭ ments in the leg or arm there are two main types of compartment syndrome acute and chronic acute compartment syndrome occurs after a traumatic injury such as a car crash the trauma causes a severe high pressure in the compartment which results in insufficient blood supply to muscles and nerves acute compartment syndrome is a medical emergency that requires surgery to correct if untreated the lack of blood supply leads to permanent muscle and nerve damage and can result in the loss of function of the limb chronic exer￭ tional compartment syndrome is an exercise induced condition in which the pressure in the muscles increases to extreme levels during exercise the pressure creates a decrease in blood flow to the affected area which leads to a deprivation of oxygen to the muscles the symptoms are a sensation of extreme ti￭ ght￭ ness in the affected muscles followed by a burning sensation if exercise is continued chronic exer￭ tional compartment syndrome usually occurs in athletes who participate in repeti￭ tive impact sports such as running
the establishment and spread of infectious diseases is a complex phenomenon with many inter￭ acting factors e g the environment in which the pathogen and hosts are situated the population s it is exposed to and the intra and inter dynamics of the population it is exposed to the role of mathematical epidemiology is to model the establishment and spread of pathogens a predominant method of doing so is to use the notion of abstr￭ acting the population into compart￭ ments under certain assumptions which represent their health status with respect to the pathogen in the system one of the cornerstone works to achieve success in this method was done by ker￭ m￭ ack and mc￭ kend￭ rick in the early 1900 s these models are known as compart￭ mental models in epidemiology and serve as a base mathematical framework for understanding the complex dynamics of these systems which hope to model the main characteristics of the system these compart￭ ments in the simplest case can str￭ ati￭ fy the population into two health states susceptible to the infection of the pathogen often den￭ oted by s and infected by the pathogen given the symbol i the way that these compart￭ ments interact is often based upon phenomen￭ ological assumptions and the model is built up from there these models are usually investigated through ordinary differential equations which are deter￭ minis￭ tic but can also be viewed in more realistic sto￭ ch￭ astic framework for example the gill￭ es￭ pie model to push these basic models to further realism other compart￭ ments are often included most notably the recovered removed immune compartment den￭ oted r once one is able to model an infectious pathogen with compart￭ mental models one can predict the various properties of the pathogen spread for example the prevalence total number of infected from the epidemic and the duration of the epidemic also one can understand how different situations may affect the outcome of the epidemic e g what is the best technique for issuing a limited number of vaccines in a given population
compassion fatigue also known as secondary traumatic stress sts is a condition characterized by a gradual less￭ ening of compassion over time it is common among individuals that work directly with trauma victims such as therap￭ ists paid and unpaid nurses teachers psychologists police officers first respon￭ ders animal welfare workers health unit coordinators and anyone who helps out others especially family members relatives and other informal ca￭ reg￭ i￭ vers of patients suffering from a chronic illness it was first diagnosed in nurses in the 1950 s sufferers can exhibit several symptoms including hopelessness a decrease in experiences of pleasure constant stress and anxiety sle￭ epl￭ essness or nightmares and a pervasive negative attitude this can have detrimental effects on individuals both professionally and personally including a decrease in productivity the inability to focus and the development of new feelings of in￭ competency and self doubt journalism analysts argue that the media has caused widespread compassion fatigue in society by satur￭ ating newspapers and news shows with often de￭ contex￭ tu￭ alized images and stories of tragedy and suffering this has caused the public to become cynical or become resistant to helping people who are suffering
the light compensation point is the amount of light intensity on the light curve where the rate of photo￭ synthesis exactly matches the rate of respir￭ ation at this point the uptake of co 2 through photo￭ synthetic pathways is exactly matched to the respiratory release of carbon dioxide and the uptake of o 2 by respir￭ ation is exactly matched to the photo￭ synthetic release of oxygen in assimilation terms at compensation point the net carbon dioxide assimilation is zero leaves release co 2 by photo￭ respir￭ ation and day respir￭ ation but co 2 is also converted into carbo￭ hydrate by photo￭ synthesis assimilation is therefore the difference in the rate of these processes at a normal partial pressure of co 2 338 m￭ bar in 1980 there is an irradiation at which the net assimilation of co 2 is zero for instance in the early morning and late ev￭ enings the compensation point may be reached as photo￭ synthetic activity decreases and respir￭ ation increases therefore the partial pressure of co 2 at the compensation point also known as gam￭ ma is a function of irradiation the irradiation dependence of the compensation point is explained by the ru￭ bp ri￭ bul￭ ose 1 5 bis￭ phosphate concentration when the accep￭ tor ru￭ bp is in saturated concentration gam￭ ma is independent of irradiation however at low irradiation only a small fraction of the sites on ru￭ bp car￭ box￭ yl￭ ase oxy￭ gen￭ ase enzyme rub￭ isco have the electr￭ on accep￭ tor ru￭ bp this decreases the photo￭ synthetic activity and therefore affects gam￭ ma the in￭ trac￭ ell￭ ular concentration of co 2 affects the rates of photo￭ synthesis and photo respir￭ ation at higher carbon dioxide concentrations the photo￭ synthesis rate is higher while at low co 2 concentrations photo respir￭ ation is higher
compensatory growth is a type of regener￭ ative growth that can take place in a number of human organs after the organs are either damaged removed or cease to function additionally increased functional demand can also stimulate this growth in tissues and organs the growth can be a result of increased cell size compensatory hyper￭ tro￭ phy or an increase in cell division compensatory hyper￭ pl￭ asia or both for instance if one kidney is sur￭ g￭ ically removed the cells of other kidney divide at an increased rate eventually the remaining kidney can grow until its mass approaches the combined mass of two kidneys along with the kidneys compensatory growth has also been characterized in a number of other tissues and organs including the adren￭ al g￭ lands the heart muscles the liver the lungs the pan￭ cre￭ as beta cells and ac￭ in￭ ar cells the mam￭ mary g￭ land the sp￭ leen where bone marrow and lymp￭ h￭ atic tissue undergo compensatory hyper￭ tro￭ phy and assumes the sp￭ leen function during sp￭ leen injury the tes￭ tic￭ les the thyro￭ id g￭ land a large number of growth factors and hormones are involved with compensatory growth but the exact mechanism is not fully understood and probably varies between different organs nevertheless an￭ gi￭ ogenic growth factors which control the growth of blood vessels are particularly important because blood flow significantly determines the maximum growth of an organ compensatory growth may also refer to the accelerated growth following a period of slowed growth particularly as a result of nutrient deprivation
compensatory growth known as catch up growth and compensatory gain is an accelerated growth of an organism following a period of slowed development particularly as a result of nutrient deprivation the growth may be with respect to weight or length or height in humans for example of￭ t￭ enti￭ mes the body weights of animals who experience nutritional restriction will over time become similar to those of animals who did not experience such stress it is possible for high compensatory growth rates to result in over￭ compensation where the organism exceeds normal weight and often has excessive fat de￭ position an organism can recover to normal weight without additional time sometimes when the nutrient restriction is severe the growth period is extended to reach the normal weight if the nutrient restriction is severe enough the organism may have permanent stun￭ ted growth where it does not ever reach normal weight usually in animals complete recovery from carbo￭ hydrate and protein restriction occurs compensatory growth has been observed in a number of organisms including humans other species of mammals birds repti￭ les fish plants especially gr￭ asses and young tree se￭ ed￭ lings and sap￭ lings fun￭ gi microbes and dam￭ sel￭ flies
competence is the ability of an individual to do a job properly a competency is a set of defined behaviors that provide a structured guide enabling the identification evaluation and development of the behaviors in individual employees the term competence first appeared in an article auth￭ ored by r w white in 1959 as a concept for performance motivation in 1970 craig c lund￭ berg defined the concept in planning the executive development program the term gained traction when in 1973 david mccl￭ ell￭ and wrote a sem￭ inal paper entitled testing for competence rather than for intelligence it has since been popul￭ arized by richard boy￭ at￭ z￭ is and many others such as t f gil￭ bert 1978 who used the concept in relationship to performance improvement its use varies widely which leads to considerable misunderstanding competence has appeared in varied countries and varied scientific contexts with different meanings k￭ lar￭ sfeld 2000 some scholars see competence as a combination of practical and theoretical knowledge cognitive skills behavior and values used to improve performance or as the state or quality of being adequately or well qualified having the ability to perform a specific role for instance management competency might include systems thinking and emotional intelligence and skills in influence and negotiation competency is also used as a more general description of the requirements of human beings in organizations and communities competency is sometimes thought of as being shown in action in a situation and context that might be different the next time a person has to act in emergencies competent people may react to a situation following behaviors they have previously found to succeed to be competent a person would need to be able to interpret the situation in the context and to have a reper￭ to￭ ire of possible actions to take and have trained in the possible actions in the reper￭ to￭ ire if this is relevant regardless of training competency would grow through experience and the extent of an individual to learn and adapt competency has different meanings and remains one of the most diffuse terms in the management development sector and the organizational and occupational literature competencies are also what people need to be successful in their jobs job competencies are not the same as job task competencies include all the related knowledge skills abilities and attributes that form a person ’ s job this set of context specific qualities is correlated with superior job performance and can be used as a standard against which to measure job performance as well as to develop recruit and hire employees competencies and competency models may be applicable to all employees in an organization or they may be position specific identifying employee competencies can contribute to improved organizational performance they are most effective if they meet several critical standards including linkage to and leverage within an organization ’ s human resource system core competencies differentiate an organization from its competition and create a company ’ s competitive advantage in the marketplace an organizational core competency is its strategic strength competencies provide organizations with a way to define in behavioral terms what it is that people need to do to produce the results that the organization desires in a way that is in keep with its culture by having competencies defined in the organization it allows employees to know what they need to be productive when properly defined competencies allows organizations to evaluate the extent to which behaviors employees are demonstrating and where they may be lacking for competencies where employees are lacking they can learn this will allow organizations to know potentially what resources they may need to help the employee develop and learn those competencies competencies can distinguish and differentiate your organization from your competitors while two organizations may be alike in financial results the way in which the results were achieve could be different based on the competencies that fit their particular strategy and organizational culture lastly competencies can provide a structured model that can be used to integrate management practices throughout the organization competencies that align their recruiting performance management training and development and reward practices to reinforce key behaviors that the organization values
the balance of competing goods is a philosophical problem involving the acknowledgement of multiple social values that may at times conflict with one another the 20 th century philosopher martha n￭ us￭ s￭ bau￭ m inv￭ okes aristo￭ tle in her discussions of the problem writing that t he aristo￭ te￭ lian agent scrutini￭ zes each valuable alternative seeking out its distinct nature she is determined to acknowledge the precise sort of value or goodness present in each of competing alternatives seeing each value so to speak as a separate jewel in the crown valuable in its own right which does not cease to be separately valuable just because the contingencies of the situation sever it from other goods and it loses out in an overall rational choice and that aristo￭ tle saw that the values that are constitu￭ tive of a good human life are plural and in￭ commens￭ urable n￭ us￭ s￭ bau￭ m has argued that im￭ manuel kant and thomas aqu￭ inas were mistaken when they dismissed conflicts of obligation as illogical michael j￭ ink￭ ins citing is￭ ai￭ ah berlin sees both plato and aristo￭ tle as endorsing the concept of a singular overwhelming social good and m￭ achi￭ avel￭ li s works as sem￭ inal discussions of competing social goods the issue has arisen in the medical professions since patients may not necessarily rank their potential cures above their other values
compile time function execution or compile time function evaluation or general constant expressions is the ability of a comp￭ iler that would normally compile a function to machine code and execute it at run time to execute the function at compile time this is possible if the arguments to the function are known at compile time and the function does not make any reference to or attempt to modify any global state is a pure function if the value of only some of the arguments are known the comp￭ iler may still be able to perform some level of compile time function execution partial evaluation possibly producing more optimi￭ zed code than if no arguments were known
complement dependent cy￭ to￭ toxicity c￭ dc is a function of the complement system it is the processes in the immune system that kill pathogens by damaging their memb￭ ran￭ es without the involvement of antibodies or cells of the immune system there are three main processes all three insert one or more memb￭ rane attack complex￭ es mac into the pathogen which cause lethal col￭ loid os￭ mo￭ tic sw￭ elling ie c￭ dc it is one of the mechanisms by which antibodies or anti￭ body fragments have an anti￭ tumor effect
in compu￭ tational complexity theory the complement of a decision problem is the decision problem resulting from reversing the yes and no answers equival￭ ently if we define decision problems as sets of finite strings then the complement of this set over some fixed domain is its complement problem for example one important problem is whether a number is a prime number its complement is to determine whether a number is a composite number a number which is not prime here the domain of the complement is the set of all inte￭ gers exceeding one there is a turing reduction from every problem to its complement problem the complement operation is an inv￭ olution meaning it un￭ does itself or the complement of the complement is the original problem one can gener￭ alize this to the complement of a complexity class called the complement class which is the set of complements of every problem in the class if a class is called c its complement is conventi￭ onally labelled co c notice that this is not the complement of the complexity class itself as a set of problems which would contain a great deal more problems a class is said to be closed under complement if the complement of any problem in the class is still in the class because there are turing reductions from every problem to its complement any class which is closed under turing reductions is closed under complement any class which is closed under complement is equal to its complement class however under many one reductions many important classes especially n￭ p are believed to be distinct from their complement classes although this has not been proven the closure of any complexity class under turing reductions is a super￭ set of that class which is closed under complement the closure under complement is the smallest such class if a class is inter￭ sec￭ ted with its complement we obtain a possibly empty sub￭ set which is closed under complement every deter￭ minis￭ tic complexity class d￭ space f n d￭ time f n for all f n is closed under complement because one can simply add a last step to the algori￭ thm which rever￭ ses the answer this doesn t work for non￭ deter￭ minis￭ tic complexity classes because if there exist both compu￭ tation paths which accept and paths which reject and all the paths reverse their answer there will still be paths which accept and paths which reject — consequently the machine accepts in both cases some of the most surprising complexity results shown to date showed that the complexity classes nl and sl are in fact closed under complement whereas before it was widely believed they were not see immer￭ man – sz￭ el￭ ep￭ c￭ sé￭ ny￭ i theore￭ m the latter has become less surprising now that we know sl equals l which is a deter￭ minis￭ tic class every class which is low for itself is closed under complement
complement 2 deficiency is a type of complement deficiency caused by any one of several different alterations in the structure of complement component 2 it has been associated with an increase in infections it can present similarly to systemic lup￭ us er￭ y￭ them￭ ato￭ sus s￭ le
complement 3 deficiency is a genetic condition affecting complement component 3 it can cause systemic lup￭ us er￭ y￭ them￭ ato￭ sus like symptoms it can lead to an increase in py￭ ogenic infections from en￭ capsul￭ ated bacteria
complement 4 deficiency is a genetic condition affecting complement component 4 it can present with lup￭ us like symptoms
complement deficiency is an immun￭ o￭ deficiency of absent or sub￭ optimal functioning of one of the complement system proteins because there are redundancies in the immune system many complement disorders are never diagnosed some studies estimated that less than 10 are identified hypo￭ complement￭ emia may be used more generally to refer to decreased complement levels while secondary complement disorder is to low complement levels that are not directly due to a genetic cause but secondary to another medical condition
complete and￭ ro￭ gen in￭ sensitivity syndrome ca￭ is is a condition that results in the complete inability of the cell to respond to and￭ rog￭ ens the un￭ responsiveness of the cell to the presence of and￭ ro￭ genic hormones prevents the mascul￭ ini￭ zation of male gen￭ italia in the developing fe￭ tus as well as the development of male secondary sexual characteristics at pu￭ ber￭ ty but does not significantly impair female genital or sexual development as such the in￭ sensitivity to and￭ rog￭ ens is only clin￭ ically significant when it occurs in genetic males i e individuals with a y chro￭ mo￭ some or more specifically an s￭ ry gene all affected individuals are phen￭ o￭ typically female they develop a normal female habit￭ us despite the presence of a y chro￭ mo￭ some ca￭ is is one of the three categories of and￭ ro￭ gen in￭ sensitivity syndrome ais since ais is differentiated according to the degree of genital mascul￭ ini￭ zation complete and￭ ro￭ gen in￭ sensitivity syndrome ca￭ is when the external gen￭ italia is that of a normal female mild and￭ ro￭ gen in￭ sensitivity syndrome ma￭ is when the external gen￭ italia is that of a normal male and partial and￭ ro￭ gen in￭ sensitivity syndrome pa￭ is when the external gen￭ italia is partially but not fully mascul￭ ini￭ zed and￭ ro￭ gen in￭ sensitivity syndrome is the largest single entity that leads to 46 xy under￭ mascul￭ ini￭ zation
in mathematics a complex valued function sometimes referred to as complex function is a function whose values are complex numbers in other words it is a function that as￭ signs a complex number to each member of its domain this domain does not necessarily have any structure related to complex numbers most important uses of such functions and are explic￭ ated below a vector space and a comm￭ ut￭ ative al￭ ge￭ bra of functions over complex numbers can be defined in the same way as for real valued functions also any complex valued function f on an arbitrary set x can be considered as an ordered pair of two real valued functions re￭ f imf or alternatively as a real valued function φ on x × 0 1 the dis￭ joint union of two copies of x such that for any x re f x f x 0 imf x f x 1 some properties of complex valued functions such as meas￭ ur￭ ability and continuity are nothing more than corresponding properties of real valued functions
a complex is a core pattern of emotions memories perceptions and wishes in the personal unconscious organized around a common theme such as power or status primarily a psycho￭ analy￭ tic term it is found extensively in the works of carl jung and sigmund fre￭ ud an example of a complex would be as follows if you had a leg am￭ put￭ ated when you were a child this would influence your life in profound ways even if you over￭ came the physical handicap you may have many thoughts emotions memories feelings of infer￭ iority triumph￭ s bitterness and determin￭ ations c￭ entering on that one aspect of your life if these thoughts were troubling and pervasive jung might say you had a complex about the leg complex existence is widely agreed upon in the area of depth psychology a branch of psychology that insists the most significant parts of your personality are derived from your unconscious it is a way of mapping the psy￭ che and are crucial theoretical items in therapy complex￭ es are believed by carl jung and sigmund fre￭ ud to influence an individual s attitude and behavior
a mixed tumor is a tumor derived from one cell type that has divergent differentiation examples include ple￭ om￭ orph￭ ic aden￭ oma and mixed mü￭ ll￭ er￭ ian tumor
complex contagion is the phenomenon in social networks in which multiple sources of exposure to an innovation are required before an individual adopts the change of behavior it differs from simple contagion in that unlike a disease it may not be possible for the innovation to spread after only one incident of contact with an infected neighbor the spread of complex contagion across a network of people may depend on many social and economic factors for instance how many of one s friends adopt the new idea as well as how many of them cannot influence the individual as well as their own disposition in embracing change
complex partial status epi￭ le￭ p￭ tic￭ us c￭ pse is one of the non con￭ vul￭ sive forms of status epi￭ le￭ p￭ tic￭ us a rare form of epi￭ le￭ psy defined by its recurrent nature c￭ pse is characterized by seizures involving long lasting stu￭ por staring and un￭ responsiveness sometimes this is accompanied by motor autom￭ atis￭ ms such as eye tw￭ it￭ ching
complex regional pain syndrome cr￭ ps also known as reflex sympathetic dy￭ stro￭ phy r￭ s￭ d is a long term condition that often wor￭ sens with time it is characterized by severe pain and sensitivity sw￭ elling and changes in the skin it may initially affect one limb and then spread throughout the body 35 of people report symptoms throughout their whole body the cause of cr￭ ps is unknown though cr￭ ps is associated with dys￭ regulation of the central nervous system and autonom￭ ic nervous system resulting in multiple functional loss impairment and disability precipit￭ ating factors include injury and surgery although there are cases where no injury had occurred at the original site cr￭ ps is not caused by psychological factors yet the constant pain and reduced quality of life has been known to cause psychological problems such as increased depression and anxiety although research does not reveal support for specific personality or psychop￭ ath￭ ology predic￭ tors of the condition cr￭ ps is associated with psycho￭ social effects including impaired social and occupational function it is classified as an amplified mus￭ cul￭ osk￭ el￭ etal pain syndrome treatment is complicated involving medications physical and occupational therapy psychological treatments and neuro￭ modulation and is often unsatisfactory especially if delayed
complex vertebr￭ al mal￭ formation or c￭ v￭ m is a lethal hereditary syndrome found in holstein cattle c￭ v￭ m is responsible for mal￭ formed calves that are either spontaneously abor￭ ted or die shortly after birth it is caused by a mis￭ sense mutation in the sl￭ c 35 a 3 gene since the mut￭ ant form of the gene is rec￭ essive only individuals carrying two copies of the faulty gene homo￭ zy￭ g￭ ous individuals are affected hetero￭ zy￭ g￭ ous individuals those who carry one copy of the faulty gene and one copy of the normal gene have no symptoms but may still pass the disease on to their offspring
in computer science the complexity function of a string a finite or infinite sequence of letters from some alp￭ ha￭ bet is the function that counts the number of distinct factors sub￭ strings of consecutive symbols from that string more generally the complexity function of a language a set of finite words over an alp￭ ha￭ bet counts the number of distinct words of given length
compliance is the ability of a hollow organ vessel to dist￭ end and increase volume with increasing trans￭ m￭ ural pressure or the tendency of a hollow organ to resist reco￭ il toward its original dimensions on application of a dist￭ ending or com￭ pressing force it is the reciprocal of el￭ ast￭ ance hence el￭ ast￭ ance is a measure of the tendency of a hollow organ to reco￭ il toward its original dimensions upon removal of a dist￭ ending or com￭ pressing force
the compliance problem is a problem in contrac￭ tarian ethics it states that it is in the individuals best interest to agree to contracts but not to comply to them thomas hob￭ bes first outlined the compliance problem in the levi￭ athan with the character called the fo￭ ole his suggested solution was political coercion and oppression david g￭ auth￭ ier is the current leading philosopher on the compliance problem his suggested solution includes the theory of minim￭ ax relative concession
in psychiatry complicated grief disorder c￭ g￭ d is a proposed disorder for those who are significantly and func￭ tionally impaired by prolonged grief symptoms for at least one month after six months of bere￭ av￭ ement it is distinguished from non imp￭ airing grief and other disorders such as major depres￭ sive disorder and post￭ traumatic stress disorder this disorder has been reviewed by the dsm 5 work groups who have decided that it be called persistent complex bere￭ av￭ ement disorder and placed it in the chapter on conditions for further study in the new dsm 5
the complications of diabetes mell￭ it￭ us are far less common and less severe in people who have well controlled blood sugar levels conversely some genes appear to provide protection against diabe￭ tic complications as evidenced by the absence of complications in a sub￭ set of long term diabetes survivors wider health problems accelerate the dele￭ ter￭ ious effects of diabetes these include smoking elevated cho￭ le￭ sterol levels obesity high blood pressure and lack of regular exercise
complications of pregnancy are health problems that are caused by pregnancy there is no clear distinction between complications of pregnancy and symptoms and dis￭ comfor￭ ts of pregnancy however the latter do not significantly interfere with activities of daily living or pose any significant threat to the health of the mother or baby still in some cases the same basic feature can manifest as either a discomfort or a complic￭ ation depending on the severity for example mild naus￭ ea may merely be a discomfort morning sickness but if severe and with v￭ om￭ iting causing water electro￭ ly￭ te imbalance it can be classified as a pregnancy complic￭ ation hyper￭ em￭ esis gr￭ avi￭ dar￭ um in the immediate post￭ par￭ tum period 87 to 94 of women report at least one health problem long term health problems persisting after 6 months post￭ par￭ tum are reported by 31 of women severe complications of pregnancy are present in 1 6 of mothers in the us and in 1 5 of mothers in canada the relationship between age and complications of pregnancy are now being researched with greater impetus in 2013 complications of pregnancy resulted globally in 293 000 deaths down from 377 000 deaths in 1990 the most common causes include maternal bleeding complications of abortion high blood pressure of pregnancy maternal sep￭ sis and obstructed labor
a component cause of a disease is an event required for the disease to develop given a disease or medical condition there is a caus￭ ality chain of events from the first event to the appearance of the clinical disease a cause of a disease event is an event that preceded the disease event in a disease causal chain without this an￭ tec￭ ed￭ ent event the disease event either would not have occurred at all or would not have occurred until some later time however no specific event is sufficient by itself to produce disease hence such an event is a component of a sufficient cause see also sufficient cause of the disease roth￭ man and greenland
composite entity is a j￭ ava ee software design pattern and it is used to model represent and manage a set of inter￭ related persistent objects rather that representing them as individual fine gr￭ ained entity beans and also a composite entity bean represents a graph of objects
composite od￭ on￭ tom￭ a is a rare defect in humans in which a benign tumor forms in the mouth generally as a result of the abnormal growth of a single tooth causing additional teeth to form within the tumor most cases have been found in the upper jaw of patients unchecked growth of the tumor can make sw￭ allowing and eating difficult and can also lead to grotesque facial sw￭ elling in most cases surgery is required to remove the extra teeth and tu￭ mor￭ ous tissue prior to 2014 the maximum recorded number of teeth removed in such an operation was 37 however in july 2014 as￭ hi￭ q g￭ av￭ ai a 17 year old boy in india suffered from an extreme case of composite od￭ on￭ tom￭ a in his lower jaw which required the removal of more than 232 teeth altogether the surgery was performed by dr sun￭ anda d￭ hi￭ ware at sir j j hospital in mumbai india
in software engineering the composite pattern is a parti￭ tioning design pattern the composite pattern describes that a group of objects is to be treated in the same way as a single instance of an object the intent of a composite is to com￭ pose objects into tree structures to represent part whole hierarch￭ ies implementing the composite pattern lets clients treat individual objects and com￭ positions uniformly
compound hetero￭ zy￭ go￭ s￭ ity in medical genetics is the condition of having two heterogeneous rec￭ essive all￭ el￭ es at a particular loc￭ us that can cause genetic disease in a hetero￭ zy￭ g￭ ous state that is an organism is a compound hetero￭ zy￭ go￭ te when it has two rec￭ essive all￭ el￭ es for the same gene but with those two all￭ el￭ es being different from each other for example both all￭ el￭ es might be mut￭ ated but at different locations compound hetero￭ zy￭ go￭ s￭ ity reflects the diversity of the mutation base for many auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive genetic disorders mutations in most disease causing genes have arisen many times this means that many cases of disease arise in individuals who have two unrelated all￭ el￭ es who technically are hetero￭ zy￭ go￭ tes but both the all￭ el￭ es are defective these disorders are often best known in some classic form such as the homo￭ zy￭ g￭ ous rec￭ essive case of a particular mutation that is widespread in some population in its compound hetero￭ zy￭ g￭ ous forms the disease may have lower penetr￭ ance because the mutations involved are often less dele￭ ter￭ ious in combination than for a homo￭ zy￭ g￭ ous individual with the classic symptoms of the disease as a result compound hetero￭ zy￭ go￭ tes often become ill later in life with less severe symptoms although compound hetero￭ zy￭ go￭ s￭ ity as a cause of genetic disease had been suspected much earlier widespread confirmation of the phenomenon was not feasible until the 1980 s when poly￭ mer￭ ase chain reaction techniques for amp￭ lification of dna made it cost effective to sequence genes and identify poly￭ morph￭ ic all￭ el￭ es
a compound nev￭ us is a type of mole formed by groups of nev￭ us cells found in the ep￭ id￭ er￭ mis and der￭ mis the two main layers of tissue that make up the skin
compression ar￭ thr￭ al￭ gia is pain in the joints caused by exposure to high ambient pressure at a relatively high rate of compression experienced by underwater di￭ vers also referred to in the us navy diving manual as compression pains compression ar￭ thr￭ al￭ gia has been recorded as deep aching pain in the knees shoulders fingers back hips neck and ribs pain may be sudden and intense in onset and may be accompanied by a feeling of rough￭ ness in the joints onset commonly occurs around 60 m￭ sw meters of sea water and symptoms are variable depending on depth compression rate and personal suscep￭ tibility intensity increases with depth and may be aggravated by exercise compression ar￭ thr￭ al￭ gia is generally a problem of deep diving particularly deep satur￭ ation diving where at sufficient depth even slow compression may produce symptoms peter b ben￭ nett et al showed that the use of trim￭ ix could reduce the symptoms fast compression descent may produce symptoms as shallow as 30 m￭ sw satur￭ ation di￭ vers generally com￭ press much more slowly and symptoms are unlikely at less than around 90 m￭ sw at depths beyond 180 m even very slow compression may produce symptoms spontaneous improvement may occur over time at depth but this is unpredictable and pain may persist into de￭ compression they may be distinguished from de￭ compression sickness as they are present before starting de￭ compression and resolve with decreasing pressure the opposite of de￭ compression sickness the pain may be sufficiently severe to limit the di￭ ver s capacity for work and may also limit travel rate and depth of downward ex￭ cur￭ sions
a com￭ pres￭ sor stall is a local disruption of the air￭ flow in a gas turb￭ ine or tur￭ bo￭ char￭ ger com￭ pres￭ sor it is related to com￭ pres￭ sor surge which is a complete disruption of the flow through the com￭ pres￭ sor st￭ alls range in severity from a mom￭ entary power drop occurring so quickly it is barely registered on engine instruments to a complete loss of compression surge necess￭ itating a reduction in the fuel flow to the engine stall was a common problem on early jet engines with simple aerod￭ y￭ nam￭ ics and manual or mechanical fuel control units but has been virtually eliminated by better design and the use of hydro￭ mechanical and electronic control systems such as full authority digital engine controls modern com￭ pres￭ sors are carefully designed and controlled to avoid or limit stall within an engine s operating range
com￭ proportion￭ ation or sym￭ proportion￭ ation is a chemical reaction where two re￭ ac￭ tants each containing the same element but with a different oxid￭ ation number will form a product in which the elements involved reach the same oxid￭ ation number for example an element a in the oxid￭ ation states 0 and 2 can com￭ proportionate to the state 1 it is opposite to dis￭ proportion￭ ation where two or more atoms of the same element originally having the same oxid￭ ation state react with other chemical s or themselves to give different oxid￭ ation numbers
in the context of casinos comp￭ s are complim￭ entary items and services given out by casinos to encourage players to gamble the amount of comp￭ s that a player is given usually depends on what game they play how much they bet and how long they play most casinos have casino hosts who are responsible for giving out free items and cont￭ acting players to bring them back to the casino pit bosses can also award comp￭ s at table games most casinos now require a player to have a player s club or similar card so that their play can be tracked and comp￭ s awarded most casinos give away promotional merchandise or swa￭ g just for standing in line
comp￭ ton down is an extent of high ground near comp￭ ton west su￭ s￭ sex where there was an admir￭ alty sem￭ aphor￭ e station the sem￭ aphor￭ e station was built at comp￭ ton down in 18￭ 21 and it operated on the sem￭ aphor￭ e line from london to port￭ sm￭ ou￭ th between 18￭ 22 and 18￭ 47 the hill to the east of comp￭ ton on which the sem￭ aphor￭ e was built is now known as telegraph hill the high ground to the west of comp￭ ton retains the name of comp￭ ton down both hills rise to above 500 feet 150 m
compu￭ cell 3 d is a three dimensional c software problem solving environment for simul￭ ations of bio￭ complexity problems integrating multiple mathematical mor￭ pho￭ genesis models these include the cellular pot￭ ts model c￭ pm which can model cell clu￭ stering growth division death adhe￭ sion and volume and surface area constraints as well as partial differential equation sol￭ vers for model￭ ing reaction diffusion of external chemical fields and cell type autom￭ ata for differentiation by integrating these models compu￭ cell 3 d enables model￭ ing of cellular reactions to external chemical fields such as secre￭ tion or resor￭ ption and responses such as chem￭ o￭ tax￭ is and hap￭ to￭ tax￭ is compu￭ cell 3 d is conducive for experimentation and testing biological models by providing a flexible and exten￭ sible package with many different levels of control high level steering is possible through compu￭ cell￭ player an interactive gu￭ i built upon q￭ t th￭ reads which execute in parallel with the compu￭ tational back end functionality such as zo￭ oming rotation playing and pa￭ using simul￭ ations setting colors and viewing cross sections is available through the player with a sample scre￭ en￭ shot shown below extending the back end is possible through an x￭ ml based domain specific language bio￭ logo which after l￭ ex￭ ical analysis and generation transparently conver￭ ts to c extensions which can be compiled and dynam￭ ically loaded at run￭ time the back end uses object oriented design patterns which contribute to exten￭ sibility reducing coupling between independently operating modules optional functionality can be en￭ capsul￭ ated through plu￭ gins which are dynam￭ ically loaded at run￭ time through an x￭ ml configuration file reference compu￭ cell 3 d can model several different phenomena including avian limb development in vitro cap￭ ill￭ ary development adhe￭ sion driven cell sorting dic￭ ty￭ ost￭ eli￭ um dis￭ co￭ ide￭ um and fluid flows the framework is accessible from the compu￭ cell 3 d website
compul￭ sive ho￭ ar￭ ding also known as ho￭ ar￭ ding disorder is a pattern of behavior that is characterized by excessive acquisition and an inability or unwillingness to discard large quantities of objects that cover the living areas of the home and cause significant distress or impairment compul￭ sive ho￭ ar￭ ding behavior has been associated with health risks impaired functioning economic burden and adverse effects on friends and family members when clin￭ ically significant enough to impair functioning ho￭ ar￭ ding can prevent typical uses of space enough so that it can limit activities such as cooking cleaning moving through the house and sleeping it can also put the individual and others at risk of fires falling poor sanitation and other health concerns compul￭ sive ho￭ ar￭ ders may be aware of their irrational behavior but the emotional attachment to the ho￭ ar￭ ded objects far exceeds the motive to discard the items researchers have only recently begun to study ho￭ ar￭ ding and it was first defined as a mental disorder in the 5 th edition of the dsm in 2013 it was not clear whether compul￭ sive ho￭ ar￭ ding is a separate isolated disorder or rather a symptom of another condition such as oc￭ d but the current dsm lists ho￭ ar￭ ding disorder as both a mental disability and a possible symptom for oc￭ d prevalence rates have been estimated at 2 to 5 in adults though the condition typically manifests in childhood with symptoms worsening in advanced age at which point collected items have grown excessive and family members who would otherwise help to maintain and control the levels of clu￭ tter either die or move away ho￭ ar￭ ding appears to be more common in people with psychological disorders such as depression anxiety and attention deficit hyper￭ activity disorder ad￭ hd other factors often associated with ho￭ ar￭ ding include alcohol dependence paranoid schiz￭ o￭ typ￭ al and avoidance traits in 2008 a study was conducted to determine if there is a significant link between ho￭ ar￭ ding and interference in occupational and social functioning ho￭ ar￭ ding behavior is often severe because ho￭ ar￭ ders do not recognize it as a problem it is much harder for behavioral therapy to treat successfully compul￭ sive ho￭ ar￭ ders with poor insight about their disorder results show that ho￭ ar￭ ders were significantly less likely to see a problem in a ho￭ ar￭ ding situation than a friend or a relative might this is independent of oc￭ d symptoms as people with oc￭ d are often very aware of their disorder the opposite condition is compul￭ sive dec￭ lu￭ t￭ tering
a compulsory purchase order c￭ po is a legal function in the united kingdom and ireland that allows certain bodies which need to obtain land or property to do so without the consent of the owner it may be enforced if a proposed development is considered one for public bet￭ ter￭ ment for example when building motorways where a land owner does not want to sell similarly if town councils wish to develop a town centre they may issue compulsory purchase orders in ireland c￭ pos became quite common due to the massive road upgrade programme under the national development plan c￭ pos are also used for rail projects if one objects to the issuing of a c￭ po one may appeal to the high court compensation is available to ensure that the person is restored as far as possible to the same position that they were in before the land and property were compulsorily purchased so that the person is left in the same financial position after the c￭ po as they were in before the process in the united kingdom most orders are made as subordinate legislation under powers given to local authorities in existing legislation e g an order for road works is made under the highways act 1980 whilst the powers are strong the authority must demonstrate that the taking of the land is necessary and there is a compelling case in the public interest owners or occu￭ piers can challenge this and their objection will be heard by an independent inspector compensation rights usually include the value of the property costs of acquiring and moving to a new property and sometimes additional payments costs of professional advice regarding compensation are usually reimbursed by the authority so that people affected by a compulsory purchase order can seek advice from a solicitor and a surve￭ y￭ or and expect to be reimbursed
compu￭ tability is the ability to solve a problem in an effective manner it is a key topic of the field of compu￭ tability theory within mathematical logic and the theory of compu￭ tation within computer science the compu￭ tability of a problem is closely linked to the existence of an algori￭ thm to solve the problem the most widely studied models of compu￭ tability are the turing compu￭ table and μ recur￭ sive functions and the lam￭ b￭ da calcul￭ us all of which have compu￭ t￭ ationally equivalent power other forms of compu￭ tability are studied as well compu￭ tability notions weaker than turing machines are studied in autom￭ ata theory while compu￭ tability notions stronger than turing machines are studied in the field of hyper￭ compu￭ tation
compu￭ tational inform￭ atics is a sub￭ field of inform￭ atics that emphasizes issues in the design of computing solutions rather than its underlying infrastructure compu￭ tational inform￭ atics can also be interpreted as the use of compu￭ tational methods in the information sciences
algori￭ th￭ mic topo￭ logy or compu￭ tational topo￭ logy is a sub￭ field of topo￭ logy with an overlap with areas of computer science in particular compu￭ tational geometry and compu￭ tational complexity theory a primary concern of algori￭ th￭ mic topo￭ logy as its name suggests is to develop efficient algori￭ th￭ ms for solving topo￭ logical problems using topo￭ logical methods from compu￭ table topo￭ logy to solve algori￭ th￭ mic problems from other fields
computer literacy is the ability to use computers and related technology efficiently with a range of skills covering levels from elementary use to programming and advanced problem solving computer literacy can also refer to the comfort level someone has with using computer programs and other applications that are associated with computers another valuable component is understanding how computers work and operate computer literacy may be distinguished from computer programming which is design and coding of computer programs rather than familiarity and skill in their use
computer vision syndrome c￭ vs is a condition resulting from focusing the eyes on a computer or other display device for protracted uninterrupted periods of time some symptoms of c￭ vs include headaches blurred vision neck pain red￭ ness in the eyes fatigue eye strain dry eyes irritated eyes double vision ver￭ ti￭ go di￭ zz￭ iness poly￭ op￭ ia and difficulty refoc￭ using the eyes these symptoms can be further aggravated by improper lighting conditions i e gl￭ are or bright overhead lighting or air moving past the eyes e g overhead v￭ ents direct air from a fan
in linear al￭ ge￭ bra the compu￭ tation of the permanent of a matrix is a problem that is known to be more difficult than the compu￭ tation of the determinant of a matrix despite the apparent similarity of the definitions the permanent is defined similarly to the determinant as a sum of products of sets of matrix entries that lie in distinct rows and columns however where the determinant weights each of these products with a ± 1 sign based on the parity of the set the permanent weights them all with a 1 sign while the determinant can be compu￭ ted in poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al time by ga￭ us￭ sian elimination the permanent cannot in compu￭ tational complexity theory a theore￭ m of vali￭ ant states that computing perman￭ ents is p hard and even p complete for mat￭ ric￭ es in which all entries are 0 or 1 this puts the compu￭ tation of the permanent in a class of problems believed to be even more difficult to compu￭ te than n￭ p it is known that computing the permanent is impossible for log￭ space uniform acc 0 circuits the development of both exact and approximate algori￭ th￭ ms for computing the permanent of a matrix is an active area of research
concealed ov￭ ulation or hidden estr￭ us in a species is the lack of any percep￭ tible change in an adult female for instance a change in appearance or scent when she is in heat and near ov￭ ulation some examples of such changes are sw￭ elling and red￭ ness of the gen￭ italia in b￭ abo￭ ons and bon￭ o￭ bos pan p￭ anis￭ cus and ph￭ er￭ om￭ one release in the fel￭ ine family in contrast the females of humans and a few other species have few external signs of f￭ ec￭ und￭ ity making it difficult for a mate to consciously de￭ duce by means of external signs only whether or not a female is near ov￭ ulation in humans adult women s fertility peaks for a few days during each monthly cycle human females actually experience a wide range of men￭ str￭ ual cycle lengths and frequencies so the notion of a monthly cycle is better considered an average or shor￭ th￭ and therefore the frequency and length of fertility the time when a woman can become pregnant is highly variable between women and for each woman over the course of her lifespan humans are considered to have concealed ov￭ ulation because there is no outward physiological sign either to a woman herself or to others that ov￭ ulation or biological fertility is occurring knowledge of the fertility cycle learned through experience or from educational sources can allow a women to estimate her own level of fertility at a given time fertility awareness whether other humans in particular potential reproductive partners assumed to be men can detect fertility in women through behavioral or invisible biological cu￭ es is highly debated scientists and lay￭ persons are interested in this question because it has implications for human social behavior and could theoretically offer biological explanations for some human sexual behavior however the science here is weak due to a relatively small number of studies several small studies have found that fertile women compared to women in in￭ fertile portions of the men￭ str￭ ual cycle or using hormonal contraception appear more attractive to men it has also been suggested that a woman s voice may become more attractive to men during this time two small studies of mon￭ og￭ am￭ ous human couples found that women initiated sex significantly more frequently when fertile but male initiated sex occurred at a constant rate without regard to the woman s phase of men￭ str￭ ual cycle it may be that a woman s awareness of men s cour￭ t￭ ship signals increases during her highly fertile phase due to an enhanced ol￭ factory awareness of chemicals specifically found in men s body od￭ or analyses of data provided by the post 1998 u s demographic and health surveys found no variation in the occurrence of co￭ it￭ us in the men￭ str￭ ual phases except during men￭ str￭ uation itself this is contrary to other studies which have found female sexual desire and extra pair co￭ pul￭ ations ep￭ c s to increase during the mid￭ fol￭ lic￭ ular to o￭ vul￭ atory phases that is the highly fertile phase these findings of differences in woman initiated versus man initiated sex are likely caused by the woman ’ s sub￭ conscious awareness of her ov￭ ulation cycle because of hormone changes causing her to feel increased sexual desire contrasting with the man ’ s inability to detect ov￭ ulation because of its being “ hidden ” in 2008 researchers announced the discovery in human semen of hormones usually found in o￭ vul￭ ating women they the￭ orized that fol￭ lic￭ le stimulating hormone lu￭ te￭ in￭ ising hormone and estr￭ adi￭ ol may encourage ov￭ ulation in women exposed to semen these hormones are not found in the semen of chimp￭ an￭ ze￭ es suggesting this phenomenon may be a human male counter strategy to concealed ov￭ ulation in human females other researchers are skeptical that the low levels of hormones found in semen could have any effect on ov￭ ulation one group of authors has the￭ orized that concealed ov￭ ulation and men￭ str￭ uation were key factors in the development of symbolic culture in early human society
in the study of inhal￭ ed an￭ esthe￭ tics the concentration effect is the increase in the rate that the fa al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar concentration fi inspired concentration ratio rises as the al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar concentration of that gas is increased in simple terms the higher the concentration of gas administered the faster the al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar concentration of that gas approaches the inspired concentration in modern practice is only relevant for nit￭ rous oxide since other inhal￭ ed an￭ esthe￭ tics are delivered at much lower concentrations due to their higher potency
concentr￭ ic hyper￭ tro￭ phy is a hyper￭ troph￭ ic growth of a hollow organ without overall enlargement in which the walls of the organ are thick￭ ened and its capacity or volume is diminished sar￭ comer￭ es are added in parallel as for example occurs in hyper￭ troph￭ ic cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy in the heart concentr￭ ic hyper￭ tro￭ phy is related to increased pressure overload of the heart often due to hyper￭ tension and or a￭ or￭ tic sten￭ osis the consequence is a decrease in ven￭ tric￭ ular compliance and di￭ ast￭ ol￭ ic dysfunction followed eventually by ven￭ tric￭ ular failure and syst￭ ol￭ ic dysfunction lap￭ l￭ ace s law for a sphere states wall stress t is proportionate to the product of the trans￭ m￭ ural pressure p and cav￭ itary radius r and inver￭ sely proportionate to wall thickness w in response to the pressure overload left ven￭ tric￭ ular wall thickness markedly increases — while the cav￭ itary radius remains relatively unchanged these compensatory changes termed concentr￭ ic hyper￭ tro￭ phy reduce the increase in wall tension observed in a￭ or￭ tic sten￭ osis
a concept over a domain x is a total boo￭ lean function over x a concept class is a class of concepts concept class is a subject of compu￭ tational learning theory
a concerted reaction is a chemical reaction in which all bond breaking and bond making occurs in a single step reactive intermedi￭ ates or other unstable high energy intermedi￭ ates are not involved concerted reaction rates tend not to depend on solvent polarity ruling out large buil￭ dup of charge in the transition state the reaction is said to progress through a concerted mechanism as all bonds are formed and broken in concert peric￭ ycl￭ ic reactions the s￭ n 2 reaction and some re￭ arrangements such as the cla￭ is￭ en re￭ arrangement are concerted reactions the rate of the s￭ n 2 reaction is second order overall due to the reaction being b￭ im￭ ol￭ ec￭ ular i e there are two molecular species involved in the rate determining step the reaction does not have any intermediate steps only a transition state this means that all the bond making and bond breaking takes place in a single step in order for the reaction to occur both molecules must be situated correctly
con￭ ch￭ ob￭ ar an ab￭ aid￭ h ó cell￭ ai￭ gh king of u￭ í ma￭ ine chief of the name died 14￭ 03 following a lengthy period of stable rule from c 13￭ 49 to 14￭ 02 under the kings william bu￭ id￭ he and his son ma￭ el￭ sec￭ hl￭ ain￭ n con￭ ch￭ ob￭ ar s reign was the first of two successive short reign￭ s though it is unclear if succession disputes were the cause of it con￭ ch￭ ob￭ ar was a son of ma￭ el￭ sec￭ hl￭ ain￭ n and nickname an ab￭ aid￭ h because he was an ab￭ bot at an ui ma￭ ine monastery the ann￭ als of the four masters report his death as follows con￭ or an￭ ab￭ aid￭ h the son of mel￭ ag￭ h￭ lin o kelly lord of hy many the ser￭ p￭ ent of his tribe and of all the irish people died after extreme unc￭ tion and pen￭ ance and was inter￭ red in the monastery of st john the bap￭ tist in tir many
conc￭ res￭ cence is a condition of teeth where the cem￭ ent￭ um over￭ lying the roots of at least two teeth join together the cause can sometimes be attributed to trauma or crowding of teeth surgical separation of the teeth may be necessary if one is to be extracted
con￭ cus￭ sion also known as minor head trauma is the most common type of traumatic brain injury it is typically defined as a head injury with a temporary loss of brain function symptoms include a variety of physical cognitive and emotional symptoms which may not be recognized if subtle a variety of signs accompany con￭ cus￭ sion including headache feeling in a fog and emotional change￭ ability physical signs such as loss of consciousness or amnesia behavioral changes such as irrit￭ ability cognitive impairment such as slowed reaction times or sleep disturbances fewer than 10 of sports related con￭ cus￭ sions among children are associated with loss of consciousness common causes include sports injuries bicycle accidents car accidents and falls the latter two being the most frequent causes among adults in addition to a blow to the head con￭ cus￭ sion may be caused by acceleration forces without a direct impact and on the battlefield mt￭ bi is a potential consequence of nearby explosions it is not clear exactly what damage is done and how the symptoms are caused but stretching of ax￭ ons and changes in ion channels are involved cellular damage has reportedly been found in con￭ cus￭ sed brains but it may have been due to arti￭ facts from the studies it is currently thought that structural and neuro￭ psychiatric factors may both be responsible for the effects of con￭ cus￭ sion treatment involves monitoring as well as physical and cognitive rest reduction of such activities as school work playing video games and text messaging symptoms usually resolve within three weeks though they may persist or complications may occur the rate at which con￭ cus￭ sion occurs is not accurately known but is estimated to be more than 6 per 1 000 people those who have had one con￭ cus￭ sion seem more susceptible to another especially if the new injury occurs before symptoms from the previous con￭ cus￭ sion have completely resolved there is also a negative progressive process in which smaller impacts cause the same symptom severity repeated con￭ cus￭ sions may increase the risk in later life for dementia par￭ kinson s disease or depression
a condens￭ ation reaction is a chemical reaction in which two molecules or mo￭ i￭ eties often functional groups combine to form a larger mol￭ ecu￭ le together with the loss of a small mol￭ ecu￭ le possible small molecules that are lost include water hydrogen chloride meth￭ an￭ ol or acetic acid but most commonly in a biological reaction it is water when two separate molecules react the condens￭ ation is termed inter￭ molecular a simple example is the condens￭ ation of two amino acids to form the pep￭ tide bond characteristic of proteins this reaction example is the opposite of hydro￭ lysis which spl￭ its a chemical entity into two parts through the action of the polar water mol￭ ecu￭ le which itself spl￭ its into hydrox￭ ide and hydrogen ions hence energy is required to form chemical bonds via condens￭ ation if the union is between atoms or groups of the same mol￭ ecu￭ le the reaction is termed intr￭ am￭ ol￭ ec￭ ular condens￭ ation and in many cases leads to ring formation an example is the di￭ eck￭ mann condens￭ ation in which the two ester groups of a single di￭ ester mol￭ ecu￭ le react with each other to lose a small alcohol mol￭ ecu￭ le and form a β ke￭ to￭ ester product
condens￭ ing ost￭ ei￭ tis is a peri￭ ap￭ ical infl￭ am￭ matory disease that results from a reaction to a dental related infection this causes more bone production rather than bone destruction in the area most common site is near the root ap￭ ices of pre￭ mol￭ ars and mol￭ ars the le￭ sion appears as a radi￭ op￭ acity in the peri￭ ap￭ ical area hence the s￭ cl￭ erotic reaction the s￭ cl￭ erotic reaction results from good patient immunity and a low degree of virul￭ ence of the offending bacteria the associated tooth may be cari￭ ous or contains a large restoration and is usually associated with a non vital tooth
au￭ tism spectrum disorders as￭ d including asper￭ ger syndrome are developmental disorders that begin in early childhood persist throughout adul￭ thood and affect three crucial areas of development communication social interaction and restricted patterns of behavior there are many conditions com￭ or￭ bid to au￭ tism spectrum disorders such as fragile x syndrome and epi￭ le￭ psy in medicine and in psychiatry com￭ or￭ bi￭ dity is the presence of one or more additional conditions co occurring with the primary one or the effect of such additional disorders about 10 – 15 of au￭ tism cases have an identifiable men￭ deli￭ an single gene condition chro￭ mo￭ some ab￭ normality or other genetic syndrome and as￭ d is associated with several genetic disorders perhaps due to an overlap in genetic causes distinguishing between as￭ ds and other diagnoses can be challenging because the traits of as￭ ds often overlap with symptoms of other disorders and the characteristics of as￭ ds make traditional diagnostic procedures difficult
conduct disorder cd is a mental disorder diagnosed in childhood or adoles￭ cence that presents itself through a repeti￭ tive and persistent pattern of behavior in which the basic rights of others or major age appropriate norms are violated these behaviors are often referred to as anti￭ social behaviors it is often seen as the precursor to anti￭ social personality disorder which is not diagnosed until the individual is 18 years old conduct disorder is estimated to affect 51 1 million people globally as of 2013
conduc￭ tion ap￭ ha￭ sia also called associ￭ ative ap￭ ha￭ sia is a relatively rare form of ap￭ ha￭ sia an acquired language disorder it is characterized by intact aud￭ itory comprehension flu￭ ent yet par￭ ap￭ has￭ ic speech production but poor speech repetition they are fully capable of understanding what they are hearing but show significant difficulty repeating phrases particularly as the phrases increase in length and complexity and as they stum￭ ble over words they are attempting to pronounce patients will display frequent errors during spontaneous speech such as substitu￭ ting or transposing sounds they will also be aware of their errors and will show significant difficulty correcting them shal￭ lic￭ e and warr￭ ington 1970 were able to differentiate two variants of￭ this con￭ stell￭ ation the reproduction and the repetition type these authors suggested an exclusive deficit of aud￭ itory verbal short ter￭ m￭ memory in repetition conduc￭ tion ap￭ ha￭ sia whereas the other variant was assumed to reflect disrupted ph￭ on￭ ological en￭ coding mechanism afflicting confrontation tasks such as repetition reading and naming in a similar manner typical le￭ sion location for conduc￭ tion ap￭ ha￭ sia is on the supr￭ amar￭ gin￭ al gy￭ rus of the par￭ ie￭ tal lo￭ be poster￭ ior to the primary sensory cor￭ tex and just above wer￭ nic￭ ke s area the classical explanation for conduc￭ tion ap￭ ha￭ sia is that of a dis￭ connection between the brain areas responsible for speech comprehension wer￭ nic￭ ke s area and speech production bro￭ ca s area due specifically to damage to the ar￭ cu￭ ate fasc￭ icul￭ us a deep white matter tract recent research has challenged this notion on the basis that patients with conduc￭ tion ap￭ ha￭ sia more often have le￭ sions in the supr￭ amar￭ gin￭ al gy￭ rus or deep par￭ ie￭ tal matter however conduc￭ tion ap￭ ha￭ sia remains a controversial topic from the understanding of its neuro￭ logic foundations
conduc￭ tive hearing loss occurs when there is a problem conducting sound waves anywhere along the route through the outer ear ty￭ mp￭ anic memb￭ rane ear￭ drum or middle ear os￭ sic￭ les this type of hearing loss may occur in conjunction with sens￭ or￭ in￭ eur￭ al hearing loss mixed hearing loss or alone
conductor cl￭ ashing is the phenomenon where conductors come in contact with one another during high wind speeds or gu￭ sts
con￭ duplic￭ ato corpor￭ e is a condition that occurs during birth if the fe￭ tus is quite small and the pel￭ vis is large spontaneous delivery may occur despite persistence of the abnormal lie in such cases the fe￭ tus is compressed with the head forced against the ab￭ dom￭ en a portion of the thor￭ ac￭ ic wall below the shoulder thus becomes the most dependent part appearing at the vul￭ va the head and thor￭ ax then pass through the pel￭ vic cav￭ ity at the same time and the fe￭ tus which is doubled upon itself con￭ duplic￭ ato corpor￭ e is expelled such a mechanism is obviously possible only in the case of very small infant and occasionally when the second pre￭ term fe￭ tus in a twin pregnancy is born
cond￭ yl￭ ar resor￭ ption also called idi￭ opathic cond￭ yl￭ ar resor￭ ption ic￭ r and cond￭ yl￭ ysis is a tempor￭ om￭ andi￭ bul￭ ar joint disorder in which one or both of the man￭ di￭ bul￭ ar con￭ dy￭ les are broken down in a bone resor￭ ption process this disorder is nine times more likely to be present in females than males and is more common among teenagers
con￭ dy￭ lo￭ mata lat￭ a occurs in about one third of secondary sy￭ phil￭ is patients and is characterized by pain￭ less mu￭ cos￭ al and war￭ ty ero￭ sions which are flat vel￭ ve￭ ty mo￭ ist and broad base in nature they tend to develop in warm mo￭ ist sites of the gen￭ itals and per￭ in￭ eu￭ m these le￭ sions hold a high accumulation of spi￭ ro￭ che￭ tes and are highly infectious complete resolution of the le￭ sions is spontaneous and occurs after a few days to many weeks where it is either resolved completely or enters the tertiary phase defined by a latent state
a cone dy￭ stro￭ phy is an inherited oc￭ ular disorder characterized by the loss of cone cells the photo￭ recep￭ tors responsible for both central and color vision the most common symptoms of cone dy￭ stro￭ phy are vision loss age of onset ranging from the late teens to the six￭ ties sensitivity to bright lights and poor color vision therefore patients see better at dus￭ k visual acu￭ ity usually deterior￭ ates gradually but it can deteriorate rapidly to 20 200 later in more severe cases it drops to counting fingers vision color vision testing using color test plates hr￭ r series reveals many errors on both red green and blue yellow plates the patho￭ genesis of cone dy￭ stro￭ phy has yet to be elu￭ ci￭ dated it appears that the dy￭ stro￭ phy is primary since subjective and objective ab￭ norm￭ alities of cone function are found before oph￭ thal￭ mosco￭ pic changes can be seen however the re￭ tin￭ al pig￭ ment epi￭ the￭ lium r￭ pe rapidly becomes involved leading to a re￭ tin￭ al dy￭ stro￭ phy primarily involving the mac￭ ula the his￭ to￭ logical examination of the eyes of one such patient showed that the outer nuclear layer of con￭ es and rods had disappeared completely whereas the r￭ pe showed pronounced pig￭ ment changes there was also atro￭ phy of the temporal dis￭ c the fun￭ dus exam via oph￭ thal￭ mosco￭ py is essentially normal early on in cone dy￭ stro￭ phy and definite mac￭ ular changes usually occur well after visual loss fluores￭ ce￭ in an￭ gi￭ o￭ graphy fa is a useful ad￭ junc￭ t in the work￭ up of someone suspected to have cone dy￭ stro￭ phy as it may detect early changes in the re￭ tina that are too subtle to be seen by oph￭ thal￭ mo￭ scope for example fa may reveal areas of hyper￭ fluores￭ cence indicating that the r￭ pe has lost some of its integrity allowing the underlying fluores￭ cence from the chor￭ o￭ id to be more visible these early changes are usually not detected during the oph￭ thal￭ mosco￭ pic exam the most common type of mac￭ ular le￭ sion seen during oph￭ thal￭ mosco￭ pic examination has a bull ’ s eye appearance and consists of a dough￭ nut like zone of atro￭ ph￭ ic pig￭ ment epi￭ the￭ lium surrounding a central darker area in another less frequent form of cone dy￭ stro￭ phy there is rather diffuse atro￭ phy of the poster￭ ior pole with spot￭ ty pig￭ ment clum￭ ping in the mac￭ ular area rarely atro￭ phy of the ch￭ ori￭ oc￭ ap￭ il￭ lar￭ is and larger chor￭ o￭ idal vessels is seen in patients at an early stage the inclusion of fluores￭ ce￭ in an￭ gi￭ o￭ graphy in the work￭ up of these patients is important since it can help detect many of these characteristic oph￭ thal￭ mosco￭ pic features in addition to the re￭ tin￭ al findings temporal p￭ all￭ or of the op￭ tic dis￭ c is commonly observed as expected visual field testing in cone dy￭ stro￭ phy usually reveals a central sco￭ tom￭ a in cases with the typical bull ’ s eye appearance there is often relative central spar￭ ing because of the wide spectrum of fun￭ dus changes and the difficulty in making the diagnosis in the early stages electro￭ re￭ tin￭ o￭ graphy erg remains the best test for making the diagnosis abnormal cone function on the erg is indicated by a reduced single flash and f￭ lic￭ ker response when the test is carried out in a well lit room pho￭ topic erg the relative spar￭ ing of rod function in cone dy￭ stro￭ phy is evidenced by a normal sco￭ topic erg i e when the test is carried out in the dark in more severe or longer standing cases the dy￭ stro￭ phy involves a greater proportion of rods with resultant sub￭ normal sco￭ topic records since cone dy￭ stro￭ phy is hereditary and can be as￭ ymp￭ tomatic early on in the disease process erg is an invaluable tool in the early diagnosis of patients with positive family histories cone dy￭ stro￭ phy in general usually occurs spor￭ ad￭ ically hereditary forms are usually auto￭ som￭ al dominant and instances of auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive and x linked inheritance also occur in the differential diagnosis other mac￭ ular dy￭ stro￭ ph￭ ies as well as the hereditary op￭ tic atro￭ ph￭ ies must be considered fluorescent an￭ gi￭ o￭ graphy erg and color vision tests are important tools to help facilitate diagnosis in early stages
in psychiatry conf￭ ab￭ ulation ver￭ b conf￭ ab￭ ulate is a disturbance of memory defined as the production of fabric￭ ated distorted or misinterpreted memories about oneself or the world without the conscious intention to deceive individuals who conf￭ ab￭ ulate present incorrect memories ranging from subtle alterations to bizarre fabric￭ ations and are generally very confident about their reco￭ ll￭ ections despite contradictory evidence
a conf￭ ab￭ ulation also known as a false degraded or corrupted memory is a stable pattern of activation in an artificial ne￭ ural network or ne￭ ural assembly that does not correspond to any previously learned patterns the same term is also applied to the non￭ artificial ne￭ ural mistake making process leading to a false memory conf￭ ab￭ ulation
in artificial intelligence the confeder￭ ate effect is the phenomenon of a human being considered a machine from their tex￭ tual discourse during practical turing tests staged in the lo￭ eb￭ ner prize for artificial intelligence it is the reverse of the eli￭ za effect which sherry turk￭ le states is our more general tendency to treat responsive computer programs as more intelligent than they really are and the cause to very small amounts of inter￭ activity causing humans to project own complexity onto the und￭ eser￭ ving object in the first lo￭ eb￭ ner prize for artificial intelligence in 1991 which deployed restricted convers￭ ational one to one turing imitation games each interrog￭ ator chat￭ ted to one artificial convers￭ ational entity ace at a time a female confeder￭ ate or hidden human about william shakespeare the phenomenon was seen in the university of sur￭ rey 2003 lo￭ eb￭ ner prize for artificial intelligence when both hidden humans one male and one female were each ranked as machine by at least one judge judge 7 and judge 9 ranked the female confeder￭ ate 2 as 1 00 definitely a machine the male confeder￭ ate 1 was ranked 1 00 definitely a machine by judge 4 and judge 9 the gender of these two hidden humans were incorrectly identified male considered female woman considered man in independent transcript analysis gender blur￭ ring phenomenon see shah henry 2005
a confidential birth is a birth where the mother gives birth to a child without her identity being disclosed by the authorities in many countries confidential births have been leg￭ alized for centuries in order to prevent formerly frequent killings of new￭ born children particularly outside of marriage in a confidential birth the mother s right of inform￭ ational self determination susp￭ ends the children s right to know about their biological ance￭ stry until she changes her mind or until the grown up child requests disclosure at a later point the alternative concept of an anonymous birth where the mother doesn t disclose her identity to the authorities at all or where her identity remains infinitely undis￭ closed goes beyond this
in cultural and social studies configur￭ ations are patterns of behaviour movement → movement culture and thinking which research observes when analysing different cultures and or historical changes the term “ configur￭ ations ” is mostly used by comparative anthropo￭ logical studies and by cultural history configur￭ ational analysis became a special method by the stuttgart school of historical behaviour studies during the 1970 s and later by body culture studies in denmark configur￭ ational analysis is marked by its distance towards the history of ideas and intentions which are conceived as main￭ streams in historical studies configur￭ ations of human behaviour and movement have attracted special attention in the framework of phenomen￭ ology → phenomen￭ ology philosophy and particularly in materi￭ alist phenomen￭ ology
confiscation from the latin confisc￭ ati￭ o joining to the fis￭ cus i e transfer to the treasury is a legal seizure by a government or other public authority the word is also used popul￭ arly of s￭ poli￭ ation under legal forms or of any seizure of property as punishment or in enforcement of the law
con￭ flu￭ ent and retic￭ ulated pap￭ il￭ lo￭ mat￭ osis of gou￭ ger￭ ot and car￭ te￭ aud also known as con￭ flu￭ ent and retic￭ ulated pap￭ il￭ lo￭ mat￭ osis cr￭ p car￭ p famili￭ al cu￭ taneous pap￭ il￭ lo￭ mat￭ osis and famili￭ al occurrence of con￭ flu￭ ent and retic￭ ulated pap￭ il￭ lo￭ mat￭ osis is an un￭ common but distinctive acquired ich￭ th￭ yo￭ si￭ form der￭ mat￭ osis characterized by persistent dark scal￭ y pap￭ ules and pl￭ aqu￭ es that tend to be loc￭ alized predominantly on the central trunk
in mathematics a conform￭ al map is a function that preserves angles locally in the most common case the function has a domain and an image in the complex plane more formally a map f u → v with u v ⊆ ℂ￭ n is called conform￭ al or angle preserving at a point u 0 if it preserves oriented angles between cur￭ ves through u 0 with respect to their orientation i e not just the magnitude of the angle conform￭ al maps preserve both angles and the shapes of infin￭ ite￭ sim￭ ally small figures but not necessarily their size or cur￭ v￭ ature the conform￭ al property may be described in terms of the jaco￭ bian derivative matrix of a coordinate transformation if the jaco￭ bian matrix of the transformation is everywhere a scal￭ ar times a rotation matrix then the transformation is conform￭ al conform￭ al maps can be defined between domains in higher dimensional eu￭ cli￭ dean spaces and more generally on a ri￭ em￭ ann￭ ian or semi ri￭ em￭ ann￭ ian mani￭ fold
con￭ genital absence of the vas defer￭ ens cav￭ d is a condition in which the v￭ asa defer￭ entia reproductive organs fail to form properly prior to birth it may either be unilateral cu￭ av￭ d or bilateral c￭ bav￭ d
con￭ genital adren￭ al hyper￭ pl￭ asia ca￭ h are any of several auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive diseases resulting from mutations of genes for enzymes mediating the bio￭ chemical steps of production of miner￭ al￭ oc￭ or￭ ti￭ co￭ ids glu￭ co￭ cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ids or sex ster￭ oids from cho￭ le￭ sterol by the adren￭ al g￭ lands ster￭ o￭ ido￭ genesis most of these conditions involve excessive or deficient production of sex ster￭ oids and can alter development of primary or secondary sex characteristics in some affected infants children or adults
11 β hydrox￭ yl￭ ase deficient con￭ genital adren￭ al hyper￭ pl￭ asia 11 β oh ca￭ h is an un￭ common form of con￭ genital adren￭ al hyper￭ pl￭ asia ca￭ h resulting from a defect in the gene en￭ coding the enzyme ster￭ o￭ id 11 β hydrox￭ yl￭ ase which medi￭ ates the final step of cor￭ ti￭ sol synthesis in the adren￭ al 11 β oh ca￭ h results in hyper￭ tension due to excessive miner￭ al￭ oc￭ or￭ ti￭ co￭ id effects it also causes excessive and￭ ro￭ gen production both before and after birth and can vi￭ ri￭ li￭ ze a genetically female fe￭ tus or a child of either sex
con￭ genital adren￭ al hyper￭ pl￭ asia due to 21 hydrox￭ yl￭ ase deficiency 21 oh ca￭ h in all its forms accounts for over 95 of diagnosed cases of con￭ genital adren￭ al hyper￭ pl￭ asia and ca￭ h in most contexts refers to 21 hydrox￭ yl￭ ase deficiency an overview of the other types of ca￭ h is presented in the main article
con￭ genital a￭ fi￭ br￭ ino￭ gen￭ emia is a rare genetically inherited blood disorder in which the blood does not clo￭ t normally due to the lack of fi￭ br￭ ino￭ gen a blood protein necessary for co￭ ag￭ ulation this disorder is auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive meaning that two unaffected parents can have a child with the disorder the lack of fi￭ br￭ ino￭ gen expresses itself with excessive and at times uncontrollable bleeding
con￭ genital ame￭ g￭ ak￭ ar￭ y￭ oc￭ y￭ tic thro￭ m￭ bo￭ cy￭ top￭ enia cam￭ t is a rare inherited disorder
con￭ genital ampu￭ tation is birth without a limb or limbs or without a part of a limb or limbs it is known to be caused by blood clo￭ ts forming in the fe￭ tus while in uter￭ o vascular insult and from am￭ ni￭ otic band syndrome fi￭ bro￭ us bands of the am￭ n￭ ion that con￭ strict fo￭ etal limbs to such an extent that they fail to form or actually fall off due to missing blood supply con￭ genital ampu￭ tation can also occur due to maternal exposure to ter￭ at￭ ogens during pregnancy
specific birth defects which can occur but certainly are not limited to the following list may include such con￭ genital anomalies of sp￭ ine or vertebr￭ al anomalies as f￭ used ribs or missing verte￭ bra￭ e particularly in the spinal region some patients that have f￭ used ribs must undergo replacement of the ribs with titanium ribs if their rib￭ cages do not grow with the rest of the body the titanium ribs may have to be replaced multiple times throughout a patient ’ s lifetime if the sac￭ ral verte￭ bra￭ e are missing it generally causes no ill effect on the patient vertebr￭ al anomalies is associated with an increased incidence of some other specific anomalies as well together being called the vac￭ ter￭ l association v vertebr￭ al anomalies a anal at￭ re￭ sia c cardiovascular anomalies t trac￭ he￭ o￭ es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al f￭ ist￭ ula e es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al at￭ re￭ sia r ren￭ al kidney and or rad￭ ial anomalies l limb defects
con￭ genital anomaly of the gen￭ italia is a medical term referring to any physical ab￭ normality of the male or female internal or external gen￭ italia present at birth this is a broad category of conditions some common and some rare
con￭ genital bilateral per￭ is￭ yl￭ vian syndrome c￭ b￭ ps is a rare neuro￭ logical disease characterized by paralysis of certain facial muscles and epi￭ le￭ ptic seizures
con￭ genital car￭ ti￭ lag￭ inous rest of the neck also known as a cer￭ vic￭ al accessory trag￭ us and w￭ attle is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by bran￭ ch￭ ial arch remnants that are considered to be the cer￭ vic￭ al variant of accessory trag￭ us
the term con￭ genital cat￭ ar￭ act refers to a lens op￭ acity present at birth con￭ genital cat￭ ar￭ acts cover a broad spectrum of severity whereas some lens op￭ ac￭ ities do not progress and are vis￭ ually insignificant others can produce profound visual impairment con￭ genital cat￭ ar￭ acts may be unilateral or bilateral they can be classified by mor￭ pho￭ logy presumed or defined genetic eti￭ ology presence of specific metabol￭ ic disorders or associated oc￭ ular anomalies or systemic findings
con￭ genital chloride diarr￭ hea cc￭ d also con￭ genital chl￭ ori￭ dor￭ rhe￭ a or dar￭ row gamble syndrome is a genetic disorder due to an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive mutation on chro￭ mo￭ some 7 the mutation is in down￭ regulated in aden￭ oma dra a gene that en￭ codes a memb￭ rane protein of intest￭ inal cells the protein belongs to the solu￭ te carrier 26 family of memb￭ rane transport proteins more than 20 mutations in the gene are known to date a rare disease cc￭ d occurs in all parts of the world but is more common in some populations with genetic founder effects most notably in finland
be￭ als syndrome con￭ genital contrac￭ tural ar￭ ach￭ no￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly be￭ als h￭ ech￭ t syndrome is a rare con￭ genital connec￭ tive tissue disorder be￭ als syndrome has only recently been described as a syndrome distinct from mar￭ fan s syndrome it was characterized in 1972 it is associated with f￭ bn 2 it is caused by a mutation in f￭ bn 2 gene on chro￭ mo￭ some 5 q 23 contr￭ actu￭ res of varying degrees at birth mainly involving the large joints are present in all affected children el￭ bows knees and fingers are most commonly involved the contr￭ actu￭ res may be mild and tend to reduce in severity but residual camp￭ to￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly always remains present the arm span exceeds body height but the discrepancy may be underestimated due to contr￭ actu￭ res of el￭ bows and fingers the same holds for the lower body portion with knee contr￭ actu￭ res the most serious complic￭ ation in cca is sco￭ li￭ osis and sometimes ky￭ pho￭ sco￭ li￭ osis man￭ dating surgery
con￭ genital contrac￭ tural ar￭ ach￭ no￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly ca is a non lethal auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive genetic disorder in cattle an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive defect is a disease caused by the presence of two rec￭ essive mut￭ ant genes on an auto￭ some ca is classified as a her￭ itable disorder of connec￭ tive tissue specifically a disorder of the end￭ om￭ y￭ sium and perim￭ y￭ sium the defect in the muscle connec￭ tive tissue results in a reduced range of elastic extension ca is also known as fa￭ wn calf syndrome ca is predomin￭ ately associated with ang￭ us cattle however it has also been detected in other ang￭ us associated breeds such as murray gre￭ ys ca was first identified in victoria australia in 1998 however it has now been discovered in many other countries ca calves are almost always born alive most being able to walk and suc￭ kle on their mother s te￭ at leading to their survival in the early stages although around 20 of ca calves die soon after birth differences in phen￭ o￭ types are not normally noticeable and the weight of new born ca calves are seen to be normal this means that ca is not always recognised ca is caused by a specific error in the dna this means it can be passed on from parents to offspring any cattle known to carry any category one genetic condition such as ca cannot be registered with cattle societies the carriers of category 1 defects are all identifiable in the australian ang￭ us database ca calves that survive are exposed to joint dis￭ location and early onset of ar￭ thri￭ tis this is a result of their flexible joint lax￭ ity although ca is not as severe as other genetic diseases in cattle such as man￭ no￭ sid￭ osis ma ar￭ thro￭ gry￭ pos￭ is multi￭ pl￭ ex am ca is nonetheless a cause of calf deaths in herds where prevalence of the ca mutation in the herd is high and carrier si￭ res are still being used diagnosis of ca can be made with a physical examination of new born calves this should be done in the first 24 hours after birth preferably done by a veterinarian or experienced breeder despite the variations between severe and non severe cases ca is easily diagnosed in a live new born calf both males and females can be affected the following symptoms are observed con￭ genital proxim￭ al limb contrac￭ ture con￭ genital dis￭ tal limb hyper￭ extension con￭ genital ky￭ pho￭ sis and significant post￭ natal improvement in these clinical signs as the calf grows and mat￭ ures ca is not a difficult diagnosis however it requires careful physical examination of the calf followed by constant observation for improvement additional signs are present in the calves ca causes but can be more difficult to identify especially in mild cases these include abnormal long leg bones resulting in a tall stature loose jo￭ inte￭ dness poor mus￭ cling and knee knocking to prevent cattle being affected by ca si￭ res should be pedigree analysed to minimise the chance of the mutation if ca is identified in a herd other blood￭ lines which have tested negative for ca should be purchased some predominant ang￭ us si￭ res identified with ca are ram￭ bo 465 t of j￭ rs te mania kel￭ p k 207 bon view ban￭ do 598 sa￭ f 598 ban￭ do 5￭ 175 and boy￭ d on target 1083
con￭ genital cu￭ taneous candi￭ di￭ asis previously known as beck ibrahim disease is a skin condition in new￭ born babies caused by premature rupture of memb￭ ran￭ es together with a birth canal infected with candi￭ da al￭ bic￭ ans
con￭ genital cy￭ tom￭ eg￭ alo￭ virus infection refers to a condition where cy￭ tom￭ eg￭ alo￭ virus is transmitted in the pre￭ natal period human cy￭ tom￭ eg￭ alo￭ virus is one of the vertically transmitted infections that lead to con￭ genital ab￭ norm￭ alities others are tox￭ op￭ las￭ mo￭ sis rub￭ ella and her￭ pes simpl￭ ex
con￭ genital di￭ aphr￭ agm￭ atic her￭ nia cd￭ h is a birth defect of the di￭ aphr￭ ag￭ m the most common type of cd￭ h is a bo￭ ch￭ dal￭ ek her￭ nia other types include mor￭ g￭ ag￭ ni her￭ nia di￭ aphr￭ ag￭ m ev￭ entr￭ ation and central tend￭ on defects of the di￭ aphr￭ ag￭ m mal￭ formation of the di￭ aphr￭ ag￭ m allows the ab￭ domin￭ al organs to push into the chest cav￭ ity hindering proper lung formation cd￭ h is a life threatening path￭ ology in infants and a major cause of death due to two complications pul￭ mon￭ ary hypo￭ pl￭ asia and pul￭ mon￭ ary hyper￭ tension experts disagree on the relative importance of these two conditions with some focusing on hypo￭ pl￭ asia others on hyper￭ tension new￭ bor￭ ns with cd￭ h often have severe respiratory distress which can be life threatening unless treated appropriately
a con￭ genital disorder also known as a con￭ genital disease de￭ form￭ ity birth defect or anomaly is a condition existing at or before birth regardless of cause of these disorders those characterized by structural de￭ form￭ ities are termed con￭ genital anomalies and involve defects in a developing fe￭ tus birth defects vary widely in cause and symptoms any substance that causes birth defects is known as a ter￭ ato￭ gen some disorders can be detected before birth through pre￭ natal diagnosis screening birth defects may be the result of genetic or environmental factors this includes errors of mor￭ pho￭ genesis infection epi￭ genetic modifications on a parental ger￭ m￭ line or a chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al ab￭ normality the outcome of the disorder will depend on complex interactions between the pre natal deficit and the post natal environment animal studies indicate that the mother s and likely the father s diet vitamin intake and glucose levels prior to ov￭ ulation and conception have long term effects on fe￭ tal growth and adoles￭ cent and adult disease animal studies have shown that pater￭ nal exposures prior to conception and during pregnancy result in increased risk of certain birth defects and cancers this research suggests that pater￭ nal food deprivation germ line mutations alcohol use chemical mut￭ ag￭ ens age smoking habits and epi￭ genetic alterations can affect birth outcomes however the relationship between offspring health and pater￭ nal exposures age and lifestyle are still relatively weak this is likely because pater￭ nal exposures and their effects on the fe￭ tus are studied far less extensively than maternal exposures birth defects are present in about 3 of new￭ bor￭ ns in usa con￭ genital anomalies resulted in about 6￭ 32 000 deaths per year in 2013 down from 751 000 in 1990 the type with the greatest numbers of deaths are con￭ genital heart disease 323 000 followed by ne￭ ural tube defects 69 000
a con￭ genital disorder of gly￭ co￭ syl￭ ation previously called carbo￭ hydrate deficient gly￭ co￭ protein syndrome is one of several rare in￭ born errors of metabol￭ ism in which gly￭ co￭ syl￭ ation of a variety of tissue proteins and or li￭ pi￭ ds is deficient or defective con￭ genital disorders of gly￭ co￭ syl￭ ation are sometimes known as c￭ dg syndro￭ mes they often cause serious sometimes fatal mal￭ function of several different organ systems especially the nervous system muscles and intest￭ ines in affected infants the most common subtype is c￭ dg ia also referred to as p￭ mm 2 c￭ dg where the genetic defect leads to the loss of phosp￭ hom￭ anno￭ mut￭ ase 2 the enzyme responsible for the conversion of man￭ nose 6 phosphate into man￭ nose 1 phosphate
con￭ genital disorder of gly￭ co￭ syl￭ ation type i￭ ic or leuk￭ oc￭ y￭ te adhe￭ sion deficiency 2 lad 2 is a type of leuk￭ oc￭ y￭ te adhe￭ sion deficiency attributable to the absence of neu￭ tro￭ phil si￭ al￭ yl le￭ wis￭ x a lig￭ and of p and e selec￭ tin on vascular endo￭ the￭ lium it is associated with sl￭ c 35 c 1 this disorder was discovered in two unrelated israeli boys 3 and 5 years of age each the offspring of cons￭ an￭ guine￭ ous parents both had severe mental retar￭ dation short stature a distinctive facial appearance and the bom￭ bay hh blood phen￭ o￭ type and both were secre￭ tor and lewis negative they both had had recurrent severe bacterial infections similar to those seen in patients with lad 1 including pneumonia peri￭ don￭ ti￭ tis o￭ ti￭ tis media and loc￭ alized cell￭ u￭ li￭ tis similar to that in patients with lad 1 their infections were accompanied by pronounced leuk￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis 30 000 to 150 000 mm 3 but an absence of p￭ us formation at sites of recurrent cell￭ u￭ li￭ tis in vitro studies revealed a pronounced defect in neu￭ tro￭ phil mo￭ ti￭ lity because the genes for the red blood cell h antigen and for the secre￭ tor status en￭ code for distinct α 1 2 fu￭ co￭ syl￭ transfer￭ ases and the synthesis of si￭ al￭ yl le￭ wis￭ x requires an α 1 3 fu￭ co￭ syl￭ transfer￭ ase it was post￭ ulated that a general defect in fu￭ cose metabol￭ ism is the basis for this disorder it was subsequently found that gdp l fu￭ cose transport into gol￭ gi ves￭ ic￭ les was specifically impaired and then mis￭ sense mutations in the gdp fu￭ cose transporter c￭ dna of three patients with lad 2 were discovered thus gdp fu￭ cose transporter deficiency is a cause of lad 2
in￭ born errors of amino acid metabol￭ ism are metabol￭ ic disorders which impair the synthesis and degradation of amino acids types include al￭ kap￭ ton￭ ur￭ ia as￭ part￭ yl￭ glu￭ co￭ sam￭ in￭ ur￭ ia meth￭ yl￭ mal￭ onic aci￭ dem￭ ia map￭ le syrup urine disease hom￭ oc￭ y￭ stin￭ ur￭ ia ty￭ ro￭ sin￭ emia trim￭ ethyl￭ amin￭ ur￭ ia har￭ tn￭ up disease bio￭ tin￭ id￭ ase deficiency or￭ ni￭ th￭ ine carb￭ am￭ o￭ yl￭ transfer￭ ase deficiency carb￭ am￭ o￭ yl phosphate syn￭ th￭ ase i deficiency disease cit￭ rul￭ lin￭ emia hyper￭ ar￭ gin￭ in￭ emia hyper￭ hom￭ oc￭ y￭ stein￭ emia hyper￭ meth￭ ion￭ in￭ emia hyper￭ ly￭ sin￭ emi￭ as non￭ ke￭ to￭ tic hyper￭ gly￭ cin￭ emia pro￭ pi￭ onic aci￭ dem￭ ia hyper￭ pro￭ lin￭ emia
con￭ genital dis￭ tal spinal muscular atro￭ phy is caused by a mutation of the tr￭ p￭ v 4 gene found on the 12 q 23 12 q 24 1 the mutation causes an affected individual to have lower levels of tr￭ p￭ v 4 expression this deficiency can lead to abnormal os￭ mo￭ tic regulation con￭ genital d￭ sma is genetically heterogeneous meaning a mutation on this gene can cause a plethora of other phen￭ o￭ typically related or phen￭ o￭ typically unrelated diseases depending on the region that is mut￭ ated
con￭ genital dy￭ ser￭ y￭ thro￭ po￭ ie￭ tic an￭ emia c￭ da is a rare blood disorder similar to the thal￭ ass￭ emi￭ as c￭ da is one of many types of an￭ emia characterized by ineffective er￭ y￭ thro￭ po￭ ies￭ is and resulting from a decrease in the number of red blood cells r￭ b￭ cs in the body and a less than normal quantity of h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in in the blood
con￭ genital dy￭ ser￭ y￭ thro￭ po￭ ie￭ tic an￭ emia type i c￭ da i is a disorder of blood cell production particularly ofthe production of er￭ y￭ thro￭ bl￭ asts which are the precursors of the red blood cells r￭ b￭ cs
con￭ genital dy￭ ser￭ y￭ thro￭ po￭ ie￭ tic an￭ emia type ii c￭ da ii or hereditary er￭ y￭ thro￭ bl￭ astic multin￭ uc￭ le￭ arity with positive acidi￭ fied serum lysis test h￭ emp￭ as is a rare genetic an￭ emia in humans characterized by hereditary er￭ y￭ thro￭ bl￭ astic multin￭ uc￭ le￭ arity with positive acidi￭ fied serum lysis test
con￭ genital dy￭ ser￭ y￭ thro￭ po￭ ie￭ tic an￭ emia type iii c￭ da iii is a rare auto￭ som￭ al dominant disorder characterized by macro￭ cy￭ tic an￭ emia bone marrow er￭ y￭ thro￭ id hyper￭ pl￭ asia and giant multin￭ uc￭ le￭ ate er￭ y￭ thro￭ bl￭ asts new evidence suggests that this may be passed on rec￭ essively as well
con￭ genital dy￭ ser￭ y￭ thro￭ po￭ ie￭ tic an￭ emia type iv c￭ da iv has been described with typical mor￭ pho￭ logic features of c￭ da ii but a negative acidi￭ fied serum test
the con￭ genital ep￭ ul￭ is is a proliferation of cells on the upper jaw at birth this is more commonly found in female babies the cause of this type of ep￭ ul￭ is is unknown
con￭ genital ero￭ sive and vesicular der￭ mat￭ osis is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by generalized ero￭ sions ves￭ ic￭ les cru￭ sting and ‘ scal￭ ded skin like ’ er￭ y￭ them￭ at￭ ous areas affecting up to 75 of the body surface area
con￭ genital estro￭ gen deficiency is a genetic condition by which the body is unable to produce or use est￭ rog￭ ens conditions include arom￭ at￭ ase deficiency a condition where the enzyme arom￭ at￭ ase is absent and and￭ rog￭ ens are not converted to est￭ rog￭ ens estro￭ gen in￭ sensitivity syndrome a condition where the estro￭ gen recep￭ tor is defective and estro￭ gen are not bio￭ logically active
con￭ genital fi￭ bro￭ sis of the extra￭ oc￭ ular muscles or c￭ fe￭ om is a class of rare genetic disorders affecting one or more of the muscles that move the eye￭ balls individuals with c￭ fe￭ om have varying degrees of oph￭ thal￭ mop￭ legi￭ a an inability to move the eyes in one or more directions and pto￭ sis the condition is present from birth and non progressive runs in families and usually affects both eyes similarly in the most common form the superior rec￭ ti are dysfunctional and the inferior rec￭ ti lacking proper opposition pull the eyes down forcing the head to be til￭ ted upward in order to see straight ahead there are three types of c￭ fe￭ om numbered 1 3 c￭ fe￭ om 1 the most common type is now known to be caused by one of several mutations in the k￭ if 21 a gene while c￭ fe￭ om 2 is caused by mutations in the pho￭ x 2 a gene c￭ fe￭ om 3 is caused by mutations in the tu￭ bb 3 gene c￭ fe￭ om was first named in 1956 although papers describing conditions now known or assumed to be c￭ fe￭ om appear in the medical literature as early as 18￭ 40 due to its r￭ arity it has been independently cited numerous times under many different names
for acquired fourth nerve pal￭ sy see fourth nerve pal￭ sy con￭ genital fourth nerve pal￭ sy is a condition present at birth characterized by a vertical mis￭ alignment of the eyes due to a weakness or paralysis of the superior obli￭ que muscle other names for fourth nerve pal￭ sy include superior obli￭ que pal￭ sy and tro￭ ch￭ lear nerve pal￭ sy when looking to the right left the nerve muscle isn t strong enough or is too long and the eye drif￭ ts up
con￭ genital generalized li￭ po￭ dy￭ stro￭ phy also known as ber￭ ar￭ din￭ elli – se￭ ip syndrome is an extremely rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive skin condition characterized by an extreme scarcity of fat in the sub￭ cu￭ taneous tissues only 250 cases of the condition have been reported and it is estimated that it occurs in 1 in 10 million people worldwide
con￭ genital hearing loss is a hearing loss present at birth it can include hereditary hearing loss or hearing loss due to other factors present either in uter￭ o pre￭ natal or at the time of birth
con￭ genital heart defect ch￭ d also known as a con￭ genital heart anomaly or con￭ genital heart disease is a problem in the structure of the heart that is present at birth signs and symptoms depend on the specific type of problem symptoms can vary from none to life threatening when present they may include rapid breathing blu￭ ish skin poor weight gain and feeling tired it does not cause chest pain most con￭ genital heart problems do not occur with other diseases complications that can result from heart defects include heart failure the cause of a con￭ genital heart defect is often unknown certain cases may be due to infections during pregnancy such as rub￭ ella use of certain medications or drugs such as alcohol or tobacco parents being closely related or poor nutritional status or obesity in the mother having a parent with a con￭ genital heart defect is also a risk factor a number of genetic conditions are associated with heart defects including down syndrome turner syndrome and mar￭ fan syndrome con￭ genital heart defects are divided into two main groups cyan￭ otic heart defects and non cyan￭ otic heart defects depending on whether the child has the potential to turn blu￭ ish in color the problems may involve the interior walls of the heart the heart valves or the large blood vessels that lead to and from the heart con￭ genital heart defects are partly preventable through rub￭ ella vaccination the adding of i￭ od￭ ine to salt and the adding of fol￭ ic acid to certain food products some defects do not need treatment other may be effectively treated with cathe￭ ter based procedures or heart surgery occasionally a number of operations may be needed occasionally heart transplantation is required with appropriate treatment outcomes even with complex problems are generally good heart defects are the most common birth defect in 2013 they were present in 34 3 million people globally they affect between 4 and 75 per 1 000 live births depending upon how they are diagnosed about 6 to 19 per 1 000 cause a moderate to severe degree of problems con￭ genital heart defects are the leading cause of birth defect related deaths in 2013 they resulted in 323 000 deaths down from 366 000 deaths in 1990
con￭ genital hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic an￭ emia or hereditary hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic an￭ emia refers to hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic an￭ emia which is primarily due to con￭ genital disorders
con￭ genital he￭ p￭ atic fi￭ bro￭ sis is an inherited fi￭ bro￭ c￭ ys￭ tic liver disease associated with proliferation of inter￭ lob￭ ular bile duc￭ ts within the portal areas and fi￭ bro￭ sis that do not alter he￭ p￭ atic lob￭ ular architecture the fi￭ bro￭ sis would affect resistance in portal ve￭ ins leading to portal hyper￭ tension
con￭ genital hyper￭ insul￭ in￭ ism is a medical term referring to a variety of con￭ genital disorders in which hypo￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia is caused by excessive insulin secre￭ tion con￭ genital forms of hyper￭ insul￭ in￭ emic hypo￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia can be transi￭ ent or persistent mild or severe these conditions are present at birth and most become apparent in early infancy the severe forms can cause obvious problems in the first hour of life but mil￭ der forms may not be detected until adult years mild cases can be treated by frequent fe￭ edings more severe cases can be controlled by medications that reduce insulin secre￭ tion or effects
con￭ genital hyper￭ tro￭ phy of the lateral fold of the hall￭ ux is a rare cu￭ taneous condition of unknown path￭ ology that present to new￭ bor￭ ns the condition was first described by martin￭ et et al in 1984 this sometimes painful condition involves an over￭ growth of the soft tissue that can partially cover the nail plate the condition usually effects both extre￭ mi￭ ties and the condition can later reverse spontaneously
con￭ genital hypo￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m ch is a condition of thyro￭ id hormone deficiency present at birth approximately 1 in 4000 new￭ born infants has a severe deficiency of thyro￭ id function while even more have mild or partial degrees if untreated for several months after birth severe con￭ genital hypo￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m can lead to growth failure and permanent intellectual disability treatment consists of a daily dose of thyro￭ id hormone thyro￭ x￭ ine by mouth because the treatment is simple effective and inexpensive nearly all of the developed world practices new￭ born screening to detect and treat con￭ genital hypo￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m in the first weeks of life
con￭ genital ich￭ th￭ yo￭ si￭ form er￭ y￭ thro￭ der￭ ma cie also known as non￭ bull￭ ous con￭ genital ich￭ th￭ yo￭ si￭ form er￭ y￭ thro￭ der￭ ma is a rare type the ich￭ thy￭ osis family of skin diseases which occurs in 1 in 200 000 to 300 000 births
con￭ genital in￭ sensitivity to pain cip also known as con￭ genital anal￭ ge￭ sia is one or more rare conditions in which a person cannot feel and has never felt physical pain the conditions described here are separate from the h￭ san group of disorders which have more specific signs and eti￭ ology it is an extremely dangerous condition
con￭ genital in￭ sensitivity to pain with an￭ hi￭ dro￭ sis ci￭ pa also called hereditary sensory and autonom￭ ic neuro￭ pa￭ thy type iv is an extremely rare inherited disorder of the nervous system which prevents the sensation of pain heat cold or any real nerve related sens￭ ations including feeling the need to ur￭ inate however patients can still feel pressure ci￭ pa is the fourth type of hereditary sensory and autonom￭ ic neuro￭ pa￭ thy h￭ san known as h￭ san iv it is also referred to as h￭ san type iv a person with ci￭ pa cannot feel pain or differentiate even extreme temperatures an￭ hi￭ dro￭ sis means the body does not sweat and con￭ genital indicates that the condition is present from birth
con￭ genital nas￭ ol￭ ac￭ ri￭ mal duc￭ t obstruction cl￭ do is the condition in which a tear duc￭ t has failed to open at the time of birth around 6 of infants have cl￭ do usually experiencing a persistent wat￭ ery eye even when not crying the condition is also known as d￭ ac￭ ry￭ osten￭ osis if a secondary infection occurs d￭ ac￭ ry￭ oc￭ y￭ sti￭ tis pur￭ ul￭ ent yellow green discharge may be present
con￭ genital lac￭ tic aci￭ do￭ sis cla is a rare disease caused by mutations in mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al dna mt￭ dna that affect the ability of cells to use energy and cause too much lac￭ tic acid to build up in the body a condition called lac￭ tic aci￭ do￭ sis
con￭ genital limb de￭ form￭ ities are con￭ genital mus￭ cul￭ osk￭ el￭ etal disorders which primarily affect the upper and lower limbs an example is poly￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly
con￭ genital lip pits also known as con￭ genital sin￭ us of the lower lip lip sin￭ us and mid￭ line sin￭ us of the upper lip is a con￭ genital disorder characterized by the presence of pits and possibly associated f￭ ist￭ ul￭ as in the lips they are often hereditary and may occur alone or in association with cle￭ ft lip and pal￭ ate termed van der w￭ ou￭ de syndrome they are divided into three types based on their location commis￭ sur￭ al upper lip lower lip in some cases commis￭ sur￭ al pits have been reported in combination with pre￭ aur￭ ic￭ alu￭ ar pits lip pits are harmless and do not usually require any treatment although in some reported cases surgical exc￭ ision has been used
con￭ genital lob￭ ar emph￭ ys￭ ema cle also known as con￭ genital lob￭ ar over￭ inflation and inf￭ anti￭ le lob￭ ar emph￭ ys￭ ema is a ne￭ on￭ atal condition associated with enlarged air spaces in the lungs of new￭ born children it is usually diagnosed around the time of birth or in the first 6 months of life occurring more often in boys than girls cle affects the upper lung lob￭ es more than the lower lob￭ es and the left lung more often than the right lung although cle may be caused by abnormal development of airways bron￭ chi for example or compression of airways by nearby tissues no cause is identified in half of cases
con￭ genital mal￭ formations of the der￭ mato￭ gly￭ ph￭ s are a cu￭ taneous condition divided into four main categories based on the appearance of the der￭ mal ri￭ dges of which they are composed 1 ridge ap￭ la￭ sia 2 ridge hypo￭ pl￭ asia 3 ridge dissoci￭ ation and 4 ri￭ dges off the end
the con￭ genital mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tic nev￭ us is a type of mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tic nev￭ us or mole found in infants at birth this type of birth￭ mark occurs in an estimated 1 of infants worldwide it is located in the area of the head and neck 15 of the time
con￭ genital muscular dy￭ stro￭ ph￭ ies are auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essively inherited muscle diseases they are a group of heterogeneous disorders characterized by muscle weakness which is present at birth and the different changes on muscle biopsy that ranges from my￭ opathic to over￭ tly dy￭ stro￭ ph￭ ic due to the age at which the biopsy takes place
con￭ genital my￭ asth￭ en￭ ic syndrome c￭ ms is an inherited neuro￭ muscular disorder caused by defects of several types at the neuro￭ muscular junction the effects of the disease are similar to lambert e￭ aton syndrome and my￭ asth￭ enia grav￭ is the difference being that c￭ ms is not an auto￭ immune disorder
con￭ genital my￭ opathy is a very broad term for any muscle disorder present at birth this defect primarily affects sk￭ el￭ etal muscle fibres and causes muscular weakness and or hy￭ pot￭ onia con￭ genital my￭ opath￭ ies account for one of the top neuro￭ muscular disorders in the world today comprising approximately 6 in 100 000 live births every year as a whole con￭ genital my￭ opath￭ ies can be broadly classified as follows a distinctive ab￭ normality in sk￭ el￭ etal muscle fibres on the cellular level observ￭ able via light micro￭ scope symptoms of muscle weakness and hy￭ pot￭ onia is a con￭ genital disorder meaning it occurs during development and symptoms present themselves at birth or in early life is a genetic disorder
con￭ genital ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ tic syndrome is an inherited disorder characterized by protein in the urine and sw￭ elling of the body
con￭ genital pul￭ mon￭ ary air￭ way mal￭ formation cp￭ am formerly known as con￭ genital c￭ ys￭ tic aden￭ om￭ ato￭ id mal￭ formation cc￭ am is a con￭ genital disorder of the lung similar to bron￭ chop￭ ul￭ mon￭ ary sequestr￭ ation in cp￭ am usually an entire lo￭ be of lung is replaced by a non working c￭ ys￭ tic piece of abnormal lung tissue this abnormal tissue will never function as normal lung tissue the underlying cause for cp￭ am is unknown it occurs in approximately 1 in every 30 000 pregnancies in most cases the outcome of a fe￭ tus with cp￭ am is very good in rare cases the c￭ ys￭ tic mass grows so large as to limit the growth of the surrounding lung and cause pressure against the heart in these situations the cp￭ am can be life threatening for the fe￭ tus cp￭ am can be separated into five types based on clinical and patho￭ logic features cp￭ am type 1 is the most common with large cy￭ sts and a good prog￭ no￭ sis cp￭ am type 2 with medium sized cy￭ sts often has a poor prog￭ no￭ sis owing to its frequent association with other significant anomalies other types are rare
con￭ genital rub￭ ella syndrome crs can occur in a developing fe￭ tus of a pregnant woman who has contracted rub￭ ella usually in the first trim￭ ester if infection occurs 0 – 28 days before conception the infant has a 43 risk of being affected if the infection occurs 0 – 12 weeks after conception the risk increases to 51 if the infection occurs 13 – 26 weeks after conception the risk is 23 of the infant being affected by the disease infants are not generally affected if rub￭ ella is contracted during the third trim￭ ester or 26 – 40 weeks after conception problems rarely occur when rub￭ ella is contracted by the mother after 20 weeks of gest￭ ation and continues to disseminate the virus after birth it was discovered in 1941 by australian norman mc￭ alis￭ ter greg￭ g the molecular basis for the causation of con￭ genital rub￭ ella syndrome are not yet completely clear but in vitro studies with cell lines showed that rub￭ ella virus has an apop￭ to￭ tic effect on certain cell types there is evidence for a p 53 dependent mechanism
con￭ genital self healing re￭ ticul￭ o￭ his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis also known as hash￭ im￭ oto – pr￭ it￭ z￭ ker disease and hash￭ im￭ oto – pr￭ it￭ z￭ ker syndrome is a condition that is a self limited form of lang￭ er￭ hans cell his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis
con￭ genital sten￭ osis of ven￭ a cav￭ a is a con￭ genital anomaly in which the superior ven￭ a cav￭ a or inferior ven￭ a cav￭ a has an aberr￭ ant interruption or co￭ arc￭ tation in some cases it can be as￭ ymp￭ tomatic
con￭ genital sy￭ phil￭ is is sy￭ phil￭ is present in uter￭ o and at birth and occurs when a child is born to a mother with sy￭ phil￭ is untreated early sy￭ phil￭ is infections results in a high risk of poor pregnancy outcomes including saddle nose lower extre￭ mity ab￭ norm￭ alities mis￭ carri￭ ages premature births still￭ births or death in ne￭ on￭ ates some infants with con￭ genital sy￭ phil￭ is have symptoms at birth but many develop symptoms later babies exposed in uter￭ o can have de￭ form￭ ities delays in development or seizures along with many other problems such as rash fever he￭ pat￭ os￭ plen￭ om￭ eg￭ al￭ y an￭ emia and ja￭ und￭ ice new￭ bor￭ ns will typically not develop a primary sy￭ phili￭ tic chan￭ cre but may present with signs of secondary sy￭ phil￭ is i e generalized body rash often these babies will develop sy￭ phili￭ tic rh￭ initi￭ s snu￭ ff￭ les the m￭ uc￭ us from which is laden with the t palli￭ dum bacter￭ ium and therefore highly infectious rarely the symptoms of sy￭ phil￭ is go unseen in infants so that they develop the symptoms of latent sy￭ phil￭ is including damage to their bones teeth eyes ears and brain
con￭ genital tu￭ f￭ ting enter￭ opathy is an inherited disorder of the small intest￭ ine that presents with intractable diarr￭ hea in young children
cong￭ estive he￭ pat￭ opathy also known as nut￭ meg liver and chronic passive congestion of the liver is liver dysfunction due to ven￭ ous congestion usually due to cong￭ estive heart failure the gross pathological appearance of a liver affected by chronic passive congestion is spec￭ k￭ led like a gr￭ ated nut￭ meg ker￭ nel the dark spots represent the dil￭ ated and congested he￭ p￭ atic ven￭ ules and small he￭ p￭ atic ve￭ ins the pal￭ er areas are unaffected surrounding liver tissue when severe and longstanding he￭ p￭ atic congestion can lead to fi￭ bro￭ sis if congestion is due to right heart failure it is called cardiac cir￭ rho￭ sis
con￭ ic optimi￭ zation is a sub￭ field of conv￭ ex optimi￭ zation that studies a class of structured conv￭ ex optimi￭ zation problems called con￭ ic optimi￭ zation problems a con￭ ic optimi￭ zation problem consists of minim￭ izing a conv￭ ex function over the inter￭ section of an aff￭ ine sub￭ space and a conv￭ ex cone the class of con￭ ic optimi￭ zation problems is a sub￭ class of conv￭ ex optimi￭ zation problems and it includes some of the most well known classes of conv￭ ex optimi￭ zation problems namely linear and semi￭ definite programming
con￭ idio￭ bo￭ lo￭ my￭ co￭ sis is a fun￭ gal disease it is caused by con￭ idi￭ ob￭ ol￭ us coron￭ atus or con￭ idi￭ ob￭ ol￭ us in￭ con￭ gru￭ us
con￭ joined twins are identical twins joined in uter￭ o an extremely rare phenomenon the occurrence is estimated to range from 1 in 49 000 births to 1 in 189 000 births with a somewhat higher incidence in southeast asia africa and brazil approximately half are still￭ born and an additional one third die within 24 hours most live births are female with a ratio of 3 1 most still￭ bor￭ ns are male two contradic￭ ting theories exist to explain the origins of con￭ joined twins the more generally accepted theory is fis￭ sion in which the fertili￭ zed egg spl￭ its partially the other theory no longer believed to be the basis of con￭ joined twinning is fusion in which a fertili￭ zed egg completely separates but stem cells which search for similar cells find like stem cells on the other twin and fuse the twins together con￭ joined twins share a single common chor￭ ion plac￭ enta and am￭ ni￭ otic s￭ ac although these characteristics are not exclusive to con￭ joined twins as there are some mono￭ zy￭ go￭ tic but non con￭ joined twins who also share these structures in uter￭ o the most famous pair of con￭ joined twins was chang and eng bunker thai อ￭ ิ￭ น จ￭ ั￭ น in chan 18￭ 11 – 18￭ 74 thai brothers born in si￭ am now thailand they traveled with p t bar￭ num s circus for many years and were labeled as the si￭ am￭ ese twins chang and eng were joined by a band of flesh car￭ til￭ age and their f￭ used li￭ vers at the tor￭ so in modern times they could have been easily separated due to the brothers fame and the r￭ arity of the condition the term si￭ am￭ ese twins came to be used as a synon￭ ym for con￭ joined twins
in abstract al￭ ge￭ bra a con￭ ju￭ g￭ acy class sum or simply class sum is a function defined for each con￭ ju￭ g￭ acy class of a finite group g as the sum of the elements in that con￭ ju￭ g￭ acy class the class sums of a group form a basis for the center of the associated group al￭ ge￭ bra
con￭ ju￭ gate gaze pal￭ sies are neuro￭ logical disorders affecting the ability to move both eyes in the same direction these pal￭ sies can affect gaze in a horizontal upward or downward direction these entities overlap with oph￭ thal￭ m￭ opa￭ res￭ is and oph￭ thal￭ mop￭ legi￭ a
concre￭ tion in the pal￭ pe￭ br￭ al con￭ junc￭ tiva is called con￭ junc￭ ti￭ val concre￭ tion that is a or a cluster small hard yel￭ low￭ ish white calci￭ fied matter superfic￭ ially buried beneath the pal￭ pe￭ br￭ al con￭ junc￭ tiva most of concre￭ tions in the eye form in the pal￭ pe￭ br￭ al con￭ junc￭ tiva which is a clear memb￭ rane to surround the inside of the eye￭ lid less can be located in the cor￭ ne￭ a and re￭ tina
con￭ junc￭ ti￭ val squ￭ am￭ ous cell carcin￭ oma con￭ junc￭ ti￭ val sc￭ c and cor￭ ne￭ al intra￭ epi￭ the￭ li￭ al ne￭ op￭ la￭ sia comprise what are called oc￭ ular surface squ￭ am￭ ous cell ne￭ op￭ la￭ si￭ as sc￭ c is the most common m￭ align￭ ancy of the con￭ junc￭ tiva in the us with a yearly incidence of 1 2 8 per 100 000 risk factors for the disease are exposure to sun specifically occupational exposure to u￭ v￭ b and light colored skin other risk factors include radiation smoking h￭ p￭ v arsenic and exposure to polycyclic hydrocarbons con￭ junc￭ ti￭ val sc￭ c is often as￭ ymp￭ tomatic at first but it can present with the presence of a growth red eye pain it￭ ching burning tearing sensitivity to light double vision and decreased vision spread of con￭ junc￭ ti￭ val sc￭ c can occur in 1 21 of cases with the first site of spread being the regional lymp￭ h no￭ des mortality for con￭ junc￭ ti￭ val sc￭ c ranges from 0 8 diagnosis is often made by biopsy as well as ct in the case of invasive sc￭ c treatment of con￭ junc￭ ti￭ val sc￭ c is usually surgical exc￭ ision followed by cry￭ otherapy after this procedure con￭ junc￭ ti￭ val sc￭ c can recur 8 40 of the time radiation treatment topical mit￭ om￭ y￭ cin c and removal of the contents of the orbit or ex￭ enter￭ ation are other methods of treatment close follow up is recommended because the average time to recurrence is 8 – 22 months
con￭ junc￭ ti￭ vi￭ tis also known as pink eye is infl￭ amm￭ ation of the outermost layer of the white part of the eye and the inner surface of the eye￭ lid it makes the eye appear pink or red￭ dish there may also be pain burning scrat￭ chin￭ ess or it￭ chin￭ ess the affected eye may have increased tears or be stuck shut in the morning sw￭ elling of the white part of the eye may also occur it￭ ching of the eye is more common in cases due to allergies con￭ junc￭ ti￭ vi￭ tis can affect one or both eyes the most common infectious causes are viral followed by bacterial the viral infection may occur along with other symptoms of a common cold viral and bacterial cases are easily spread between people allergies to poll￭ en or animal hair is also a common cause diagnosis is often based on signs and symptoms occasionally a sample of the discharge is sent for culture prevention is partly by hand￭ washing treatment depends on the underlying cause in the majority of viral cases there is no specific treatment most cases due to a bacterial infection will also resolve without treatment however antibiotics can shorten the illness those who wear contact lens and those with either gon￭ or￭ rhe￭ a or ch￭ lam￭ y￭ dia as the cause should be treated allergic cases can be treated with anti￭ hist￭ amine or m￭ ast cell inhi￭ bit￭ or drops about 3 to 6 million people get con￭ junc￭ ti￭ vi￭ tis each year in the united states in adults viral causes are more common while in children bacterial causes are more common typically people get better in one or two weeks if there is visual loss significant pain sensitivity to light signs of her￭ pes or a person is not improving after a week further diagnosis and treatment may be required con￭ junc￭ ti￭ vi￭ tis in a new￭ born known as ne￭ on￭ atal con￭ junc￭ ti￭ vi￭ tis may also require specific treatment
connec￭ tic￭ ut reper￭ tory theatre cr￭ t at the stor￭ rs campus of the university of connec￭ tic￭ ut is the professional theatre run by the department of dramatic arts a part of the school of fine arts although a part of a university the cr￭ t is a major presence in the theatre world and sells more than twelve thousand tickets each year cr￭ t offers a subscription series of six plays and mus￭ icals each year — two in the 116 seat studio theatre two in the 240 seat naf￭ e kat￭ ter theatre and two in the 485 seat har￭ ri￭ et s j￭ org￭ ensen theatre productions range from dram￭ as such as the children s hour by li￭ l￭ lian hel￭ l￭ man to more light hearted fare such as the odd couple by neil simon prominent theatre personalities who have appeared in cr￭ t productions include actors kim hunter judy k￭ aye and al￭ eta mitchell directors james war￭ wick and larry carpenter cho￭ re￭ o￭ grapher tony stevens and designer dennis par￭ ich￭ y the new york times said of the cr￭ t theater lovers desperately seeking a touch of class to assu￭ age the ache of tony fallout should drive to the university of connec￭ tic￭ ut at stor￭ rs for an essential restor￭ ative by the connec￭ tic￭ ut reper￭ tory theater cr￭ t and the department of dramatic arts also run the internationally renowned puppet arts program
the connecting stal￭ k is a y￭ ol￭ k s￭ ac diver￭ ticul￭ um it is derived from extra￭ embryonic mes￭ o￭ der￭ m eventually it forms the um￭ bil￭ ical cord
a connec￭ tive tissue disease is any disease that has the connec￭ tive tissues of the body as a target of path￭ ology connec￭ tive tissue is any type of biological tissue with an extensive ex￭ trac￭ ell￭ ular matrix that supports binds together and protects organs these tissues form a framework or matrix for the body and are composed of two major structural protein molecules coll￭ agen and el￭ as￭ tin there are many different types of coll￭ agen protein in each of the body s tissues el￭ as￭ tin has the capability of stretching and returning to its original length — like a spring or rubber band el￭ as￭ tin is the major component of lig￭ aments tissues that attach bone to bone and skin in patients with connec￭ tive tissue disease it is common for coll￭ agen and el￭ as￭ tin to become injured by infl￭ amm￭ ation many connec￭ tive tissue diseases feature abnormal immune system activity with infl￭ amm￭ ation in tissues as a result of an immune system that is directed against one s own body tissues auto￭ immunity diseases in which infl￭ amm￭ ation or weakness of coll￭ agen tends to occur are also referred to as coll￭ agen diseases coll￭ agen vascular diseases can be but are not necessarily associated with coll￭ agen and blood vessel ab￭ norm￭ alities and that are auto￭ immune in nature see also vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis connec￭ tive tissue diseases can have strong or weak inheritance risks and can also be caused by environmental factors
a connec￭ tive tissue ne￭ op￭ las￭ m connec￭ tive tissue tumor is a ne￭ op￭ las￭ m arising from the tissues of the connec￭ tive tissue not all tumors in the connec￭ tive tissue are of the connec￭ tive tissue
a connec￭ tive tissue nev￭ us also known as a coll￭ agen￭ oma el￭ ast￭ oma and sh￭ agre￭ en patch may be present at birth or appear within the first few years is elevated soft to firm varying from 0 5 to several centi￭ meters in diameter and may be grouped linear or ir￭ regularly distributed
con￭ o￭ ren￭ al syndrome also called main￭ zer sal￭ dino syndrome or sal￭ dino main￭ zer disease is a collection of medical conditions that seem to have a common genetic cause
a con￭ o￭ scopic interference pattern or interference figure is a pattern of bi￭ ref￭ r￭ ingent colours crossed by dark bands or isog￭ y￭ res which can be produced using a geological petro￭ graphic micro￭ scope for the purposes of mineral identification and investigation of mineral optical and chemical properties the figures are produced by optical interference when diver￭ ging light rays travel through an op￭ tically non iso￭ tropic substance that is one in which the substance s ref￭ r￭ active index varies in different directions within it the figure can be thought of as a map of how the bi￭ ref￭ ring￭ ence of a mineral would vary with viewing angle away from per￭ pend￭ icular to the slide where the central colour is the bi￭ ref￭ ring￭ ence seen looking straight down and the colours further from the centre equivalent to viewing the mineral at ever increasing angles from per￭ pend￭ icular the dark bands correspond to positions where optical extinction apparent iso￭ tro￭ py would be seen in other words the interference figure presents all possible bi￭ ref￭ ring￭ ence colours for the mineral at once viewing the interference figure is a fool￭ proof way to determine if a mineral is op￭ tically uni￭ ax￭ ial or bi￭ ax￭ ial if the figure is aligned correctly use of a sensitive tin￭ t plate in conjunction with the micro￭ scope allows the user to determine mineral op￭ tic sign and op￭ tic angle
con￭ rad￭ i – hü￭ ner￭ mann syndrome also known as con￭ rad￭ i – hü￭ ner￭ mann – hap￭ ple syndrome hap￭ ple syndrome and x linked dominant ch￭ on￭ dro￭ dys￭ pl￭ asia pun￭ ct￭ ata is a type of ch￭ on￭ dro￭ dys￭ pl￭ asia pun￭ ct￭ ata it is associated with the gene e￭ bp gene and affects between one in 100 000 and one in 200 000 babies
in computer programming cons ˈ￭ k￭ ɒ￭ n￭ z or ˈ￭ k￭ ɒ￭ ns is a fundamental function in most dial￭ ects of the lis￭ p programming language cons construc￭ ts memory objects which hold two values or pointers to values these objects are referred to as cons cells cons￭ es non atomic s expressions nat￭ ses or cons pairs in lis￭ p jargon the expression to cons x onto y means to construct a new object with cons i x i i y i the resulting pair has a left half referred to as the car the first element or content of address register and a right half the second element or content of dec￭ rement register referred to as the cdr it is loosely related to the object oriented notion of a construc￭ tor which creates a new object given arguments and more closely related to the construc￭ tor function of an al￭ ge￭ bra￭ ic data type system the word cons and expressions like to cons onto are also part of a more general functional programming jargon sometimes operators that have a similar purpose especially in the context of list processing are pronounced cons a good example is the operator in ml scal￭ a f and el￭ m or the operator in has￭ k￭ ell which adds an element to the beginning of a list
consci￭ enti￭ ousness is the personality trait of being careful or vigilant consci￭ enti￭ ousness implies a desire to do a task well conscientious people are efficient and organized as opposed to easy going and disorderly they exhibit a tendency to show self discipline act du￭ ti￭ fully and aim for achievement they display planned rather than spontaneous behavior and they are generally organized and depend￭ able they have a more functional an￭ terior c￭ ing￭ ulate cor￭ tex acc than the average person it is manifested in characteristic behaviors such as being neat and systematic also including such elements as caref￭ ul￭ ness thorough￭ ness and deliberation the tendency to think carefully before acting consci￭ enti￭ ousness is one of the five traits of the five factor model of personality and is an aspect of what has traditionally been referred to as having character conscientious individuals are generally hard working and reliable they are also likely to be conform￭ ists when taken to an extreme they may also be work￭ a￭ hol￭ ics perfec￭ tion￭ ists and compul￭ sive in their behavior people who score low on consci￭ enti￭ ousness tend to be laid back less goal oriented and less driven by success they also are more likely to engage in anti￭ social and criminal behavior
the consideration of future consequences cf￭ c is a personality trait defined as the extent to which individuals consider the potential future outcomes of their current behaviour and the extent to which they are influenced by the imagined outcomes individuals who score highly on a measure such as the consideration of future consequences scale typically focus on the future implications of their behaviour whereas those low on cf￭ c typically focus more on their immediate needs and concerns
in mathematics the constant problem is the problem of deciding if a given expression is equal to zero
constitutional symptoms refers to a group of symptoms that can affect many different systems of the body examples include weight loss fe￭ vers fe￭ vers of unknown origin hyper￭ hi￭ dro￭ sis generalized hyper￭ hi￭ dro￭ sis chronic pain fatigue dy￭ sp￭ ne￭ a and malaise other examples include ch￭ ills night swe￭ ats and decreased appetite generally they are very non￭ specific with a vast number of diseases and conditions as potential cause thereby requiring further evaluation for any diagnosis
constitu￭ tionality is the condition of acting in accordance with an applicable constitution the status of a law a procedure or an act s accordance with the laws or guidelines set forth in the applicable constitution when one of these laws procedures or acts directly violates the constitution it is unconstitutional all the rest are considered constitutional until challenged and declared otherwise
the focal point of the communic￭ ative constitution of organizations is that “ organization is an effect of communication not its predecessor ” this approach also referred to as the c￭ co perspective pos￭ its that elements of communication rather than being fixed in advance are refl￭ exi￭ vely constituted within the act of communication itself
in mathematics a constraint is a condition of an optimi￭ zation problem that the solution must satisfy there are several types of constraints — primarily equality constraints inequality constraints and inte￭ ger constraints the set of candidate solutions that satisfy all constraints is called the feasible set
constraint satisfaction problems c￭ sps are mathematical problems defined as a set of objects whose state must satisfy a number of constraints or limitations c￭ sps represent the entities in a problem as a homogeneous collection of finite constraints over variables which is solved by constraint satisfaction methods c￭ sps are the subject of intense research in both artificial intelligence and operations research since the regularity in their formulation provides a common basis to analyze and solve problems of many seemingly unrelated families c￭ sps often exhibit high complexity requiring a combination of he￭ ur￭ is￭ tics and combin￭ atorial search methods to be solved in a reasonable time the boo￭ lean satis￭ fi￭ ability problem sat the satis￭ fi￭ ability mod￭ ul￭ o theories sm￭ t and answer set programming as￭ p can be roughly thought of as certain forms of the constraint satisfaction problem examples of simple problems that can be model￭ ed as a constraint satisfaction problem include eight queens puzzle map col￭ oring problem cross￭ words su￭ do￭ ku fu￭ to￭ shi￭ ki kak￭ uro cross sums num￭ bri￭ x hi￭ d￭ ato and many other logic puzz￭ les these are often provided with tu￭ tori￭ als of as￭ p boo￭ lean sat and sm￭ t sol￭ vers in the general case constraint problems can be much harder and may not be expres￭ sible in some of these simpler systems real life examples include automated planning and resource allocation
con￭ stric￭ tion ring syndrome crs also known or mis￭ named as adam complex am￭ ni￭ otic band sequence am￭ ni￭ otic band syndrome am￭ ni￭ otic disruption complex am￭ ni￭ och￭ ori￭ onic mes￭ obl￭ astic fi￭ bro￭ us strings con￭ genital ampu￭ tation con￭ stric￭ tion band syndrome con￭ genital con￭ stric￭ tion bands stre￭ eter bands tissue bands is a con￭ genital disorder with unknown eti￭ ology because of the unknown eti￭ ology there are many different and sometimes wrong names see eti￭ ology it is a mal￭ formation due to in￭ trau￭ ter￭ ine bands or rings that give deep gro￭ o￭ ves in most commonly dis￭ tal extre￭ mi￭ ties like fingers and toes in rare cases the con￭ stric￭ tion ring can form around other parts of the fe￭ tus and cause ampu￭ tation or even in￭ trau￭ ter￭ ine death see types and classification the anatomy proxim￭ al to the site of con￭ stric￭ tion or ampu￭ tation is develop￭ mentally normal crs can be associated with other mal￭ formations with club foot being most common see also types and classification the precise configuration of the bands lymp￭ he￭ dem￭ a and character of the ampu￭ tations are not predictable and vary with each individual patient also more than one extre￭ mity is usually affected and it is rare for only one ring to present as an isolated mal￭ formation with no other manifestation of this syndrome
con￭ stric￭ tive peric￭ ardi￭ tis is a medical condition characterized by a thick￭ ened fi￭ bro￭ tic peric￭ ardi￭ um limiting the heart s ability to function normally in many cases the condition continues to be difficult to diagnose and therefore benefits from a good understanding of the underlying cause
in complexity theory a time construc￭ tible function is a function f from natural numbers to natural numbers with the property that f n can be constructed from n by a turing machine in the time of order f n the purpose of such a definition is to exclude functions that do not provide an upper bound on the run￭ time of some turing machine
consumer capitalism is a theoretical economic and social political condition in which consumer demand is manipulated in a deliberate and coordinated way on a very large scale through mass marketing techniques to the advantage of sellers this theory is controversial it suggests manipulation of consumer demand so potent that it has a coercive effect amounts to a departure from free market capitalism and has an adverse effect on society in general according to one source the power of such manipulation is not straightforward it depends upon a new kind of individu￭ alism projec￭ tive individu￭ alism where persons use consumer capitalism to project the kind of person who they want to be some use the phrase as shor￭ th￭ and for the broader idea that the interests of other non business entities governments religions the military educational institutions are intertwined with corporate business interests and that those entities also participate in the management of social expectations through mass media
the term consumer revolution refers to the period from approximately 1600 to 17￭ 50 in england in which there was a marked increase in the consumption and variety of luxury goods and products by individuals from different economic and social backgrounds the consumer revolution marked a departure from the traditional mode of life that was dominated by fru￭ g￭ ality and scarcity to one of increasingly mass consumption in society
contact der￭ mati￭ tis is a type of infl￭ amm￭ ation of the skin it results from either exposure to aller￭ gens allergic contact der￭ mati￭ tis or irrit￭ ants irrit￭ ant contact der￭ mati￭ tis photo￭ toxic der￭ mati￭ tis occurs when the aller￭ gen or irrit￭ ant is activated by sunlight diagnosis of allergic contact der￭ mati￭ tis can often be supported by patch testing
contact gran￭ ul￭ oma also known as a contact ul￭ cer is a condition where an ul￭ cer is found in the vocal fol￭ ds on the mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ rane of the poster￭ ior third of the vocal cord vocal process where the vocal lig￭ ament attaches the most common cause of the condition is sustained periods of increased pressure on the vocal fol￭ ds and is commonly seen in people who use their voice excessively such as sing￭ ers john mayer for example gastro￭ es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al ref￭ lux disease is also thought to be a contributing factor in the development of contact ul￭ cers
a contact high is a psychological phenomenon that occurs in otherwise sober people and animals who come into contact with someone who is under the influence of drugs it involves a supposed transfer of the physiological state of in￭ tox￭ ication a glos￭ s￭ ary of drug users language from the 1970 s describes the term as a psycho￭ genic trip without taking drugs by being close to somebody while he or she is on drugs the term is often incorrectly used to describe the high obtained by inhal￭ ing the smoke of other marijuana smokers in alexander sh￭ ul￭ gin s pi￭ hk￭ al book under the 2 c i entry a notable reaction is observed in a participant who takes a plac￭ e￭ bo existing in an environment with other people who are under the drug s influence the participant wrote that he had absorbed the ambi￭ ence of the folks who had actually im￭ bi￭ bed the material
contagious bovine ple￭ u￭ ro￭ pneumonia c￭ b￭ pp also known as lung plague is a contagious bacterial disease that afflic￭ ts the lungs of cattle buffalo ze￭ bu and y￭ aks it is caused by the bacter￭ ium my￭ co￭ plasma my￭ co￭ ides my￭ co￭ ides and the symptoms are pneumonia and infl￭ amm￭ ation of the lung memb￭ ran￭ es the incub￭ ation period is 20 to 123 days it was particularly widespread in the united states in 18￭ 79 affecting herds from several states the outbreak was so severe that it resulted in a trade embargo by the british government blocking u s cattle exports to britain and canada this prompted the united states to establish the bureau of animal industry set up in 18￭ 84 to eradicate the disease which it succeeded in doing louis will￭ ems a belgian doctor began pioneering work in the 18￭ 50 s on animal in￭ oc￭ ulation against the disease the bacteria are widespread in africa the middle east southern europe as well as parts of asia it is an airborne species and can travel up to several kilometres in the right conditions
contagious caprine ple￭ u￭ ro￭ pneumonia cc￭ pp is a cause of major economic losses to goat producers in africa asia and the middle east disease is caused by members of the my￭ co￭ plasma genus usually my￭ co￭ plasma cap￭ ri￭ col￭ um sub￭ sp cap￭ ri￭ col￭ um but sometimes by m my￭ co￭ ides sub￭ sp cap￭ ri or m my￭ co￭ ides sub￭ sp my￭ co￭ ides it is extremely contagious with very high morbi￭ dity and mortality rates causing an inter￭ sti￭ tial fi￭ br￭ inous ple￭ u￭ ro￭ pneumonia in infected goats infection is spread by close contact aerosol therefore over￭ crowding and confinement increases disease incidence stress factors such as malnutrition and long transport can also pre￭ dispose animals to disease goats are the only species affected therefore the disease is not a zoon￭ osis there is no age breed or sex pre￭ dil￭ ection but clinical signs are often worse in younger animals
a contagious shooting is a soci￭ ological phenomenon observed in military and police personnel in the united states in which one person firing on a target can induce others to begin shooting often the subsequent shoo￭ ters will not know why they are firing this is defined as officers firing because others are doing so or according to professor eu￭ gene j o donn￭ ell of john jay college cops shoot because other cops shoot while commonly accepted in popular culture and police jargon there has been yet no scientific evidence to prove the existence of a contagious shooting dynamic which o donn￭ ell said was a debatable notion additionally a former cia employee and fbi firearms instructor observed it in training consistently in every class officers would shoot at their target upon hearing others shoot even when their particular target board did not contain the called target he suggests that one reason it occurs is because of muscle memory t he targets turn or the whistle blows and all the officers shoot together until a cease fire signal is given o donn￭ ell partially reinforces this saying that in classic cases involving contagious shooting a gun was shot before any officers fired and thus the officers involved began shooting because of fear or because of the sound of a colleague firing
contaminated ha￭ em￭ ophi￭ lia blood products were a serious public health problem in the late 1970 s through 1985 these products caused large numbers of ha￭ em￭ ophi￭ li￭ acs to become infected with hiv and hepatitis c the companies involved included alpha therapeutic corporation institut mé￭ ri￭ eux which then became rh￭ one poul￭ en￭ c r￭ or￭ er inc and is now part of san￭ of￭ i bayer corporation and its cut￭ ter biological division ba￭ x￭ ter international and its hy￭ land pharmaceutical division estimates range from 6 000 to 10 000 ha￭ em￭ ophi￭ li￭ acs in the united states becoming infected with hiv factor viii is a protein that helps the clo￭ tting of blood which ha￭ em￭ ophi￭ li￭ acs due to the genetic nature of their condition are unable to produce themselves by injecting themselves with it hem￭ ophi￭ li￭ acs can stop bleeding or prevent bleeding from starting some use it as often as three times a week
contamination is the presence of an unwanted constituent contamin￭ ant or im￭ purity in a material physical body natural environment workplace etc
in digital circuits the contamination delay den￭ oted as t￭ cd is the minimum amount of time from when an input changes until any output starts to change its value this change in value does not imply that the value has reached a stable condition the contamination delay only specifies that the output rises or falls to 50 of the voltage level for a logic high the circuit is guaranteed not to show any output change in response to an input change before t￭ cd time units calculated for the whole circuit have passed the determination of the contamination delay of a combined circuit requires identifying the shortest path of contamination delays from input to output and by adding each t￭ cd time along this path for a sequ￭ ential circuit such as two d flip fl￭ ops connected in series the contamination delay of the first flip fl￭ op must be fac￭ tored in to avoid violating the hold time constraint of the second flip fl￭ op receiving the output from the first flip fl￭ op here the contamination delay is the amount of time needed for a change in the flip fl￭ op clock input to result in the initial change at the flip fl￭ op output q if there is insufficient delay from the output of one flip fl￭ op to the input of the next the input may change before the hold time has passed because the second flip fl￭ op is still unstable its data would then be contaminated every path from an input to an output can be characterized with a particular contamination delay well balanced circuits will have similar speeds for all paths through a combinational stage so the minimum propagation time is close to the maximum this corresponding maximum time is the propagation delay the condition of data being contaminated is called a race
a con￭ ti￭ gu￭ ous gene syndrome c￭ gs also known as a con￭ ti￭ gu￭ ous gene deletion syndrome is a clinical phen￭ o￭ type caused by a chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al ab￭ normality such as a deletion or duplication that removes several genes lying in close proximity to one another on the chro￭ mo￭ some the combined phen￭ o￭ type of the patient is a combination of what is seen when any individual has disease causing mutations in any of the individual genes involved in the deletion while it can be caused by deleted material on a chro￭ mo￭ some it is not strictly speaking the same entity as a seg￭ mental an￭ eu￭ plo￭ id￭ y syndrome a seg￭ mental an￭ eu￭ plo￭ id￭ y syndrome is a subtype of c￭ gs that regularly recur usually due to non all￭ el￭ ic homo￭ log￭ ous re￭ combination between low copy repeats in the region most c￭ gs involve the x chro￭ mo￭ some and affect male individuals one of the earliest and most famous examples of a c￭ gs involves a male patient with du￭ chen￭ ne muscular dy￭ stro￭ phy d￭ md chronic gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ ous disease c￭ g￭ d ret￭ initi￭ s pi￭ gm￭ ent￭ osa and intellectual disability when it was discovered that an x chro￭ mo￭ some deletion specifically x￭ p 21 was the underlying cause of all of these features researchers were able to use this information to clone the genes responsible for d￭ md and c￭ g￭ d one of those more common c￭ gs involves a deletion on the x chro￭ mo￭ some near x￭ p 21 that encompasses d￭ md causing du￭ chen￭ ne muscular dy￭ stro￭ phy n￭ rob 1 causing x linked adren￭ al hypo￭ pl￭ asia con￭ gen￭ ita and gk causing gly￭ cer￭ ol kin￭ ase deficiency these patients will have all the common features of each individual disease resulting in a very complex phen￭ o￭ type dele￭ tions near the dis￭ tal tip of the p arm of the x chro￭ mo￭ some are also a frequent cause of c￭ gs in addition to the previously described c￭ gs that occur on the x chro￭ mo￭ some two other common syndro￭ mes are l￭ anger gi￭ edi￭ on syndrome caused by dele￭ tions of tr￭ ps 1 and ext 1 on 8 q 24 and wag￭ r syndrome caused by dele￭ tions on 11 q 13 encompassing pax 6 and w￭ t 1
continental ger￭ man￭ ic myth￭ ology is a subtype of ger￭ man￭ ic pag￭ anism as practiced in parts of central europe during the 6 th to 8 th centuries a period of christian￭ ization it continued in the leg￭ ends and middle high german ep￭ ics of the middle ages traces of these stories with the sacred elements largely removed may be found throughout european fol￭ kl￭ ore and fairy tales
continental collision is a phenomenon of the plate tec￭ ton￭ ics of earth that occurs at conver￭ gent boundaries continental collision is a variation on the fundamental process of sub￭ duc￭ tion whereby the sub￭ duc￭ tion zone is destroyed mountains produced and two continents su￭ tured together continental collision is known only to occur on earth continental collision is not an instan￭ taneous event but may take several tens of millions of years before the fa￭ ulting and fol￭ ding caused by collis￭ ions stops the collision between india and asia has been going on for about 50 million years already and shows no signs of ab￭ ating collision between east and west gon￭ dw￭ ana to form the east african oro￭ gen took about 100 million years from beginning 610 ma to end 510 ma collision between gon￭ dw￭ ana and laur￭ asia to form pan￭ ge￭ a occurred in a relatively brief interval about 50 million years long
continuous distillation a form of distillation is an ongoing separation in which a mixture is continuously without interruption fed into the process and separated fractions are removed continuously as output streams distillation is the separation or partial separation of a liquid feed mixture into components or fractions by selective boiling or evapor￭ ation and condens￭ ation the process produces at least two output fractions these fractions include at least one volatile distill￭ ate fraction which has boiled and been separately captured as a vap￭ or condens￭ ed to a liquid and practically always a bott￭ oms or residu￭ um fraction which is the least volatile residue that has not been separately captured as a condens￭ ed vap￭ or an alternative to continuous distillation is batch distillation where the mixture is added to the unit at the start of the distillation distill￭ ate fractions are taken out sequ￭ entially in time one after another during the distillation and the remaining bott￭ oms fraction is removed at the end because each of the distill￭ ate fractions are taken out at different times only one distill￭ ate exit point location is needed for a batch distillation and the distill￭ ate can just be switched to a different receiver a fraction collecting container batch distillation is often used when smaller quantities are distilled in a continuous distillation each of the fraction streams is taken simultaneously throughout operation therefore a separate exit point is needed for each fraction in practice when there are multiple distill￭ ate fractions the distill￭ ate exit points are located at different heights on a fr￭ action￭ ating column the bott￭ oms fraction can be taken from the bottom of the distillation column or unit but is often taken from a re￭ boiler connected to the bottom of the column each fraction may contain one or more components types of chemical compounds when distill￭ ing crude oil or a similar feed￭ stock each fraction contains many components of similar volatility and other properties although it is possible to run a small scale or laboratory continuous distillation most often continuous distillation is used in a large scale industrial process
in theoretical computer science the continuous k￭ nap￭ sack problem also known as the frac￭ tional k￭ nap￭ sack problem is an algori￭ th￭ mic problem in combin￭ atorial optimi￭ zation in which the goal is to fill a container the k￭ nap￭ sack with frac￭ tional amounts of different materials chosen to maximize the value of the selected materials it resembles the classic k￭ nap￭ sack problem in which the items to be placed in the container are indivisible however the continuous k￭ nap￭ sack problem may be solved in poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al time whereas the classic k￭ nap￭ sack problem is n￭ p hard it is a classic example of how a seemingly small change in the formulation of a problem can have a large impact on its compu￭ tational complexity
continuous ob￭ sol￭ es￭ cence or perpetual revolution is a phenomenon where industry trends or other items that do not immediately correspond to technical needs mandate a continual read￭ ap￭ tation of a system such work does not increase the usefulness of the system but is required for the system to continue fulfilling its functions
a muscle contrac￭ ture is a permanent shortening of a muscle or joint it is usually in response to prolonged hyper￭ tonic sp￭ as￭ tic￭ ity in a concentrated muscle area such as is seen in the tigh￭ test muscles of people with conditions like sp￭ astic cere￭ br￭ al pal￭ sy contr￭ actu￭ res are essentially muscles or tend￭ ons that have remained too tight for too long thus becoming shorter once they occur it is often argued that they cannot be stretched or exercised away they must be released with orth￭ o￭ ped￭ ic surgery most of the physical therapy occupational therapy and other exercise regim￭ ens targeted towards people with sp￭ as￭ tic￭ ity focuses on trying to prevent contr￭ actu￭ res from happening in the first place however research on sustained traction of connec￭ tive tissue in approaches such as adap￭ tive yog￭ a has demonstrated that contrac￭ ture can be reduced at the same time that tendency toward sp￭ as￭ tic￭ ity is addressed contr￭ actu￭ res can also be due to is￭ chem￭ ia as in volk￭ mann s contrac￭ ture excessive matrix metal￭ lo￭ prote￭ in￭ ase and my￭ o￭ fi￭ bro￭ blast accumulation in the wound margins can result in contrac￭ ture
in medicine a contr￭ ain￭ dic￭ ation is a condition or factor that serves as a reason to withhold a certain medical treatment due to the harm that it would cause the patient contr￭ ain￭ dic￭ ation is the opposite of indication which is a reason to use a certain treatment some contr￭ ain￭ dic￭ ations are absolute meaning that there are no reasonable circumstances for undertaking a course of action for example children and teenagers with viral infections should not be given aspir￭ in because of the risk of re￭ ye s syndrome and a person with an an￭ ap￭ hy￭ lac￭ tic food allergy should never eat the food to which they are allergic similarly a person with h￭ emo￭ chro￭ mat￭ osis should not be administered iron preparations other contr￭ ain￭ dic￭ ations are relative meaning that the patient is at higher risk of complications but these risks may be out￭ weighed by other considerations or mitigated by other measures for example a pregnant woman should normally avoid getting x rays but the risk may be out￭ weighed by the benefit of diagno￭ sing and then treating a serious condition such as tuberculosis relative contr￭ ain￭ dic￭ ations may also be referred to as cau￭ tions such as in the british national formul￭ ary
contrast induced ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ pa￭ thy is defined as either a greater than 25 increase of serum cre￭ at￭ in￭ ine or an absolute increase in serum cre￭ at￭ in￭ ine of 0 5 mg dl after using i￭ od￭ ine contrast agent without another clear cause for kidney injury despite extensive speculation the actual occurrence of contrast induced ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ pa￭ thy in other patient populations has not been demonstrated in the literature
in music and musical form contrast is the difference between parts or different instrument sounds the three types of contrast are rhy￭ th￭ mic contrast mel￭ od￭ ic contrast and harmon￭ ic contrast procedures of contrast include str￭ ati￭ fication ju￭ x￭ ta￭ position and inter￭ pol￭ ation procedures of connection include grad￭ ation amal￭ gam￭ ation and dissolution contrast is not only a way of add￭ ing￭ interest but is essential to the aesthetic illusion of dramatic resolution of conflict
contrast is the difference in lumin￭ ance or colour that makes an object or its representation in an image or display distingu￭ ishable in visual perception of the real world contrast is determined by the difference in the color and bri￭ ght￭ ness of the object and other objects within the same field of view the human visual system is more sensitive to contrast than absolute lumin￭ ance we can perceive the world similarly regardless of the huge changes in illumin￭ ation over the day or from place to place the maximum contrast of an image is the contrast ratio or dynamic range
a control premium is an amount that a buyer is sometimes willing to pay over the current market price of a publicly traded company in order to acquire a controlling share in that company if the market percei￭ ves that a public company s profit and cash flow is not being maxim￭ ized capital structure is not optimal or other factors that can be changed are imp￭ acting the company s share price an acquirer may be willing to offer a premium over the price currently established by other market participants a discount for lack of control sometimes referred to as a minority discount reflects the reduction in value from a firm s perceived optimal or intrinsic value when cash flow or other factors prevent optimal value from being reached
control reversal is an adverse effect on the controll￭ ability of aircraft the flight controls reverse themselves in a way that is not intu￭ itive so pilots may not be aware of the situation and therefore provide the wrong inputs in order to roll to the left for instance they have to push the control stick to the right the opposite of the normal direction
using controlled language in machine translation poses several problems in an automated translation the first step in order to understand the controlled language is to know what it is and to distinguish between natural language and controlled language the main problem in machine translation is a linguistic problem language is ambiguous and the system tries to model a language on l￭ ex￭ ical and gr￭ amm￭ atical way in order to solve this problem there are a lot of alternatives e g a glos￭ s￭ ary related with the text ’ s topic can be used
chronic fatigue syndrome cf￭ s is an illness with a long history of controversy for years many professionals within the medical community did not recognize cf￭ s as a true condition nor was there agreement on its prevalence there has been much disagreement over the path￭ op￭ hy￭ si￭ ology of chronic fatigue syndrome how it should be diagnosed and how to treat it the diagnosis is controversial and its eti￭ ology is still not fully understood alternative names to describe the condition s have been used over time throughout the world patient groups have criticized the name chronic fatigue syndrome saying it trivi￭ alizes the illness a major divide still exists as to whether funding should be directed towards biomedical or psychological research
in the field of fluid dynamics a conv￭ ection cell is the phenomenon that occurs when density differences exist within a body of liquid or gas these density differences result in rising and or falling currents which are the key characteristics of a conv￭ ection cell when a volume of fluid is heated it expands and becomes less dense and thus more buoyant than the surrounding fluid the col￭ der d￭ ens￭ er part of the fluid desc￭ ends to settle below the warmer less dense fluid and this causes the warmer fluid to rise such movement is called conv￭ ection and the moving body of liquid is referred to as a conv￭ ection cell this particular type of conv￭ ection where a horizontal layer of fluid is heated from below is known as ray￭ le￭ igh b￭ én￭ ard conv￭ ection conv￭ ection usually requires a grav￭ it￭ ational field but in micro￭ gravity experiments thermal conv￭ ection has been observed without grav￭ it￭ ational effects fluids are generalized as materials that exhibit the property of flow however this behavior is not unique to liquids fluid properties can also be observed in gases and even in particulate soli￭ ds such as sand gra￭ vel and larger objects during rock slides a conv￭ ection cell is most notable in the formation of clouds with its release and transportation of energy as air moves along the ground it absor￭ bs heat loses density and moves up into the atmosphere when it is forced into the atmosphere which has a lower air pressure it cannot contain as much fluid as at a lower altitude so it releases its mo￭ ist air producing rain in this process the warm air is cool￭ ed it gains density and falls towards the earth and the cell repeats the cycle conv￭ ection cells can form in any fluid including the earth s atmosphere where they are called had￭ ley cells boiling water soup where the cells can be identified by the particles they transport such as grains of rice the ocean or the surface of the sun the size of conv￭ ection cells is largely determined by the fluid s properties conv￭ ection cells can even occur when the heating of a fluid is uniform
in meteor￭ ology conv￭ ective available potential energy cape sometimes simply available potential energy ape is the amount of energy a parcel of air would have if lifted a certain distance vertically through the atmosphere cape is effectively the positive buo￭ yan￭ cy of an air parcel and is an indicator of atmospheric instability which makes it very valuable in predicting severe weather it is a form of fluid instability found in ther￭ m￭ ally str￭ ati￭ fied atmospheres in which a col￭ der fluid over￭ lies a warmer one as explained below when an air mass is unstable the element of the air mass that is displaced upwards is accelerated by the pressure differential between the displaced air and the ambient air at the higher altitude to which it was displaced this usually creates vertically developed clouds from conv￭ ection due to the rising motion which can eventually lead to thunder￭ storms it could also be created by other phenomena such as a cold front even if the air is cool￭ er on the surface there is still warmer air in the mid levels that can rise into the upper levels however if there is not enough water vap￭ or present there is no ability for condens￭ ation thus storms clouds and rain will not form
conv￭ ective over￭ shoot is a phenomenon of conv￭ ection carrying material beyond an unstable region of the atmosphere into a str￭ ati￭ fied stable region over￭ shoot is caused by the momentum of the conv￭ ecting material which carries the material beyond the unstable region
convergence in￭ sufficiency or convergence disorder is a sensory and neuro￭ muscular anomaly of the bin￭ oc￭ ular vision system characterized by a reduced ability of the eyes to turn towards each other or sustain convergence
conversion disorder cd is a diagnostic category previously used in some psychiatric classification systems it is sometimes applied to patients who present with neuro￭ logical symptoms such as num￭ b￭ ness blindness paralysis or fits which are not consistent with a well established organic cause and which cause significant distress it is thought that these symptoms arise in response to stressful situations affecting a patient s mental health or an ongoing mental health condition such as depression conversion disorder was retained in dsm 5 but given the sub￭ title functional neuro￭ logical symptom disorder the new criteria cover the same range of symptoms but remove the requirements for a psychological stres￭ sor to be present and for fe￭ ign￭ ing to be dis￭ proved the theory of conversion disorder stems from ancient egypt and was formerly known as hysteria the concept of conversion disorder came to prominence at the end of the 19 th century when the neuro￭ logists jean martin char￭ cot and sigmund fre￭ ud and psycho￭ logist pierre janet focused their studies on the subject before their studies people with hysteria were often believed to be mal￭ ing￭ ering the term conversion has its origins in fre￭ ud s doctrine that anxiety is converted into physical symptoms though previously thought to have vanished from the west in the 20 th century some research has suggested that conversion disorder is as common as ever ic￭ d 10 classi￭ fies conversion disorder as a dissoci￭ ative disorder while dsm iv classi￭ fies it as a som￭ ato￭ form disorder
in computer science specifically formal languages conv￭ olution sometimes referred to as z￭ ip is a function which maps a tu￭ ple of sequences into a sequence of tu￭ ples
a con￭ vul￭ sion is a medical condition where body muscles contract and relax rapidly and repeatedly resulting in an uncontrolled shaking of the body because a con￭ vul￭ sion is often a symptom of an epi￭ le￭ ptic seizure the term con￭ vul￭ sion is sometimes used as a synon￭ ym for seizure however not all epi￭ le￭ ptic seizures lead to con￭ vul￭ sions and not all con￭ vul￭ sions are caused by epi￭ le￭ ptic seizures con￭ vul￭ sions are also consistent with an electric shock and improper enriched air s￭ cuba diving for non epi￭ le￭ ptic con￭ vul￭ sions see non epi￭ le￭ ptic seizures the word fit is sometimes used to mean a con￭ vul￭ sion or epi￭ le￭ ptic seizure
the con￭ way base 13 function is a function created by british mathem￭ ati￭ cian john h con￭ way as a counter￭ example to the conver￭ se of the intermediate value theore￭ m in other words even though con￭ way s function f is not continuous if f a f b and an arbitrary value x is chosen such that f a x f b a point c lying between a and b can always be found such that f c x in fact this function is even stronger than this it takes on every real value in each interval on the real line
con￭ way s puzzle or blocks in a box is a packing problem using rec￭ tang￭ ular blocks named after its invent￭ or mathem￭ ati￭ cian john con￭ way it calls for packing thirteen 1 × 2 × 4 blocks one 2 × 2 × 2 block one 1 × 2 × 2 block and three 1 × 1 × 3 blocks into a 5 × 5 × 5 box
coo￭ ks syndrome is a hereditary disorder which is characterized in the hands by bilateral nail hypo￭ pl￭ asia on the thumb index finger and middle finger absence of finger￭ nails an￭ ony￭ ch￭ ia on the ring finger and little finger leng￭ th￭ ening of the thum￭ bs and bul￭ b￭ ousness of the fingers in the feet it is characterized by absence of to￭ en￭ ails and absence hypo￭ pl￭ asia of the dis￭ tal p￭ hal￭ anges in the second study of this disorder it was found that the intermediate p￭ hal￭ anges proxim￭ al p￭ hal￭ anges and me￭ tac￭ ar￭ p￭ als were unaffected the disorder was first described by coo￭ ks et al in 1985 after being discovered in two generations of one family it was proposed that the inheritance of the disorder is auto￭ som￭ al dominant a second family this with three affected generations confirmed that the inheritance of the disorder is auto￭ som￭ al dominant although several genetic disorders exist which can cause an￭ ony￭ ch￭ ia and ony￭ cho￭ dy￭ stro￭ phy such disorders often cause other anomalies such as deaf￭ ness mental retar￭ dation and defects of the hair eyes and teeth coo￭ ks syndrome is not known to cause any such anomalies in 1999 a pair of si￭ bl￭ ings was found with br￭ ach￭ y￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly type b because the disorder primarily affected the nails and dis￭ tal p￭ hal￭ anges the research group concluded that br￭ ach￭ y￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly type b and coo￭ ks syndrome are the same disorder however in 2007 a 2 year old girl was found with symptoms consistent with both br￭ ach￭ y￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly type b and coo￭ ks syndrome it was found that the two syndro￭ mes were distinct clin￭ ically radio￭ logically and genetically
the cook – he￭ il￭ bron thi￭ azole synthesis is the chemical reaction of α amin￭ on￭ it￭ ri￭ les with carbon dis￭ ul￭ fide to form 5 amino 2 mer￭ cap￭ to thi￭ az￭ oles it is named after alan h cook and sir ian morris he￭ il￭ bron the cook he￭ il￭ bron thi￭ azole synthesis
in biology and psychology the coo￭ li￭ dge effect is a phenomenon seen in mammalian species whereby males and to a lesser extent females exhibit renewed sexual interest if introduced to new receptive sexual partners even after cessation of sex with prior but still available sexual partners the evolutionary benefit to this phenomenon is that a male can fertili￭ ze multiple females the male may be reinvigor￭ ated repeatedly for successful ins￭ em￭ ination of multiple females
coo￭ lie itch is a cu￭ taneous condition caused by r￭ hi￭ zo￭ gly￭ ph￭ us par￭ asi￭ tic￭ us characterized by an intense pr￭ ur￭ it￭ us it is found in india on tea plantations and causes sore feet r￭ hi￭ zo￭ gly￭ ph￭ us par￭ asi￭ tic￭ us is a type of m￭ ite
cooper￭ ativeness is a personality trait concerning the degree to which a person is generally agreeable in their relations with other people as opposed to aggressively self centred and hostile it is one of the character dimensions in cl￭ on￭ inger s temper￭ ament and character inventory cl￭ on￭ inger described it as relating to individual differences in how much people identify with and accept others cl￭ on￭ inger s research found that low cooper￭ ativeness is associated with all categories of personality disorder cooper￭ ativeness is concep￭ tually similar to and strongly correlated with agre￭ e￭ ab￭ len￭ ess in the five factor model of personality
cooper￭ ativity is a phenomenon displayed by systems involving identical or near identical elements which act depend￭ ently of each other relative to a hypothetical standard non inter￭ acting system in which the individual elements are acting independently one manifestation of this is enzymes or recep￭ tors that have multiple binding sites where the aff￭ inity of the binding sites for a lig￭ and is apparently increased positive cooper￭ ativity or decreased negative cooper￭ ativity upon the binding of a lig￭ and to a binding site for example when an oxygen atom binds to one of h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in s four binding sites the aff￭ inity to oxygen of the three remaining available binding sites increases i e oxygen is more likely to bind to a h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in bound to one oxygen than to an un￭ bound h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in this is referred to as cooperative binding we also see cooper￭ ativity in large chain molecules made of many identical or nearly identical sub￭ units such as dna proteins and phosp￭ holi￭ pi￭ ds when such molecules undergo phase transitions such as melting unfolding or un￭ winding this is referred to as sub￭ unit cooper￭ ativity however the definition of cooper￭ ativity based on apparent increase or decrease in aff￭ inity to successive lig￭ and binding steps is problematic as the concept of energy must always be defined relative to a standard state when we say that the aff￭ inity is increased upon binding of one lig￭ and it is empir￭ ically unclear what we mean since a non cooperative binding curve is required to rigorously define binding energy and hence also aff￭ inity a much more general and useful definition of positive cooper￭ ativity is a process involving multiple identical incremental steps in which intermediate states are statistically under￭ represented relative to a hypothetical standard system null hypothesis where the steps occur independently of each other likewise a definition of negative cooper￭ ativity would be a process involving multiple identical incremental steps in which the intermediate states are over￭ represented relative to a hypothetical standard state in which individual steps occur independently these latter definitions for positive and negative cooper￭ ativity easily encompass all processes which we call cooperative including conform￭ ational transitions in large molecules such as proteins and even psychological phenomena of large numbers of people which can act independently of each other or in a co operative fashion
coordination failure is the electoral problem resulting from competition between two or more candidates or political parties from the same or approximate location in the political ideological spectrum or space against an opposing candidate or political party from the other side of the political ideological spectrum or space the resulting fragmentation of political support may result in electoral defeat coordination failures and thus political calculations attempting to avoid them appear most frequently in elections involving executives and representatives from single member districts coordination failure in a game theore￭ tic context is a state of affairs in which agents inability to coordinate their behavior choices leads to an outcome equilibrium that leaves all agents worse off than in an alternative situation that is also an equilibrium this can occur due to lack of information inefficiencies or differing expectations
coo￭ ties is a fic￭ tional childhood disease used in the united states of america and canada as a rejection term and an infection tag game such as humans vs zom￭ bies it is similar to the british dread￭ ed l￭ urg￭ i and to terms used in the nordic countries in italy and in new zealand a child is said to catch coo￭ ties through close contact with an infected person or from an opposite sex child of a similar age
the cope reaction or cope elimination developed by arthur c cope is an elimination reaction of the n oxide of a tertiary amine to form an al￭ k￭ ene and a hydrox￭ yl￭ amine the reaction mechanism involves an intr￭ am￭ ol￭ ec￭ ular 5 memb￭ ered cyclic transition state leading to a syn elimination product an ei path￭ way this organic reaction gives the same result as the ho￭ f￭ mann elimination but the base is a part of the leaving group the amine oxide is prepared by oxid￭ ation of the corresponding amine with an oxid￭ ant such as mc￭ p￭ ba the actual elimination just requires heat cope reaction an application is a synthesis of meth￭ yl￭ en￭ ec￭ y￭ clo￭ hex￭ ane synthesis of meth￭ yl￭ en￭ ec￭ y￭ clo￭ hex￭ ane pi￭ peri￭ d￭ ines are resistant to an intr￭ am￭ ol￭ ec￭ ular cope reaction but with py￭ r￭ ro￭ li￭ dine and with rings of size 7 and larger the reaction product is an un￭ saturated hydrox￭ yl amine this result is consistent with the 5 memb￭ ered cyclic transition state intr￭ am￭ ol￭ ec￭ ular cope reaction
co￭ pi￭ gm￭ entation is a phenomenon where pi￭ gm￭ entation due to anth￭ oc￭ yan￭ id￭ ins is reinforced by the presence of other color￭ less flav￭ ono￭ ids known as co￭ factors or “ co￭ pig￭ ments ” this occurs by the formation of a non co￭ val￭ ently linked complex
copper free click chemistry is a bio￭ orth￭ og￭ onal reaction first developed by carol￭ yn ber￭ to￭ zzi as an activated variant of an az￭ ide al￭ ky￭ ne hu￭ is￭ gen cyclo￭ addition based on the work by fo￭ kin and shar￭ pl￭ ess et al unlike the cu￭ a￭ ac cu free click chemistry has been modified to be bio￭ orth￭ og￭ onal by eliminating a cy￭ to￭ toxic copper catalyst allowing reaction to proceed quickly and without live cell toxicity it was developed as a faster alternative to the st￭ aud￭ inger lig￭ ation with the first generation producing rate constan￭ ts over 63 times faster although the reaction produces a reg￭ io￭ isom￭ eric mixture of tri￭ az￭ oles the lack of reg￭ io￭ selectivity in the reaction is not a major concern for its applications in bio￭ orth￭ og￭ onal chemistry more reg￭ io￭ specific and less bio￭ orth￭ og￭ onal requirements are best served by the traditional hu￭ is￭ gen cyclo￭ addition especially given the low yield and synthetic difficulty compared to the addition of a terminal al￭ ky￭ ne of synthe￭ sizing a strained cyclo￭ oc￭ ty￭ ne the incredible bio￭ orth￭ og￭ on￭ ality of the reaction has allowed the cu free click reaction to be applied within cul￭ tured cells live ze￭ br￭ af￭ ish and mice
copper beaten skull is a phenomenon where￭ in intense in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial pressure dis￭ figures the internal surface of the skull the name comes from the fact that the inner skull has the appearance of having been beaten with a ball pe￭ en hammer such as is often used by cop￭ pers￭ mi￭ ths the condition is most common in children
copper toxicity also called cop￭ peri￭ e￭ dus refers to the consequences of an excess of copper in the body cop￭ peri￭ e￭ dus can occur from eating acid foods cooked in un￭ co￭ ated copper cook￭ ware or from exposure to excess copper in drinking water or other environmental sources
co￭ pr￭ a itch is a skin condition that occurs on persons handling co￭ pr￭ a who are subject to ty￭ ro￭ p￭ ha￭ gus lon￭ gi￭ or m￭ ite bites
co￭ purification in a chemical or bio￭ chemical context is the physical separation by chro￭ mato￭ graphy or other purification technique of two or more substances of interest from other contam￭ inating substances for substances to co pur￭ i￭ fy usually implies that these substances attract each other to form a non co￭ val￭ ent complex such as in a protein complex however when fr￭ action￭ ating mixtures especially mixtures containing large numbers of components for example a cell lys￭ ate it is possible by chance that some components may co￭ pur￭ i￭ fy even though they don t form complex￭ es in this context the term co￭ purification is sometimes used to den￭ ote when two bio￭ chemical activities or some other property are isolated together after purification but it is not certain if the sample has been pur￭ ified to homo￭ geneity i e contains only one molecular species or one molecular complex hence these activities or properties are likely but not guaranteed to reside on the same mol￭ ecu￭ le or in the same molecular complex
the term copyright abolition movements refers to movements to abolish copyright specifically those that esp￭ ouse the repeal of the statute of anne and all subsequent law made in its support mic￭ he￭ le bol￭ drin and david k le￭ vine economists at washington university have suggested that copy￭ rights and patents are a net loss for the economy because of the way they reduce competition in the free market they refer to copy￭ rights and patents as intellectual monopolies akin to industrial monopolies and they advocate phasing out and eventually abolishing them
cor tri￭ atri￭ at￭ um or tri￭ atri￭ al heart is a con￭ genital heart defect where the left atri￭ um cor tri￭ atri￭ at￭ um sin￭ is￭ tr￭ um or right atri￭ um cor tri￭ atri￭ at￭ um d￭ extr￭ um is subdivided by a thin memb￭ rane resulting in three atri￭ al chambers hence the name cor tri￭ atri￭ at￭ um represents 0 1 of all con￭ genital cardiac mal￭ formations and may be associated with other cardiac defects in as many as 50 of cases the memb￭ rane may be complete or may contain one or more fen￭ estr￭ ations of varying size cor tri￭ atri￭ um sin￭ is￭ tr￭ um is more common in this defect there is typically a proxim￭ al chamber that receives the pul￭ mon￭ ic ve￭ ins and a dis￭ tal true chamber located more an￭ ter￭ ior￭ ly where it emp￭ ties into the mit￭ ral valve the memb￭ rane that separates the atri￭ um into two parts varies significantly in size and shape it may appear similar to a di￭ aphr￭ ag￭ m or be fun￭ nel shaped band￭ like entirely intact imper￭ for￭ ate or contain one or more openings fen￭ estr￭ ations ranging from small restrictive type to large and widely open in the pedi￭ atric population this anomaly may be associated with major con￭ genital cardiac le￭ sions such as tetr￭ alo￭ gy of fal￭ lot double outlet right ven￭ tric￭ le co￭ arc￭ tation of the a￭ or￭ ta partial anom￭ alous pul￭ mon￭ ary ven￭ ous connection persistent left superior ven￭ a cav￭ a with un￭ roof￭ ed coron￭ ary sin￭ us ven￭ tric￭ ular sep￭ tal defect atri￭ o￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular sep￭ tal endo￭ cardi￭ al cushion defect and common atri￭ o￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular canal rarely as￭ plen￭ ia or pol￭ ys￭ plen￭ ia has been reported in these patients in the adult cor tri￭ atri￭ at￭ um is frequently an isolated finding cor tri￭ atri￭ at￭ um d￭ extr￭ um is extremely rare and results from the complete persistence of the right sin￭ us valve of the embryonic heart the memb￭ rane divides the right atri￭ um into a proxim￭ al upper and a dis￭ tal lower chamber the upper chamber receives the ven￭ ous blood from both ven￭ a cav￭ ae and the lower chamber is in contact with the tric￭ us￭ pid valve and the right atri￭ al append￭ age the natural history of this defect depends on the size of the communicating ori￭ fice between the upper and lower atri￭ al chambers if the communicating ori￭ fice is small the patient is critically ill and may succumb at a young age usually during infancy to cong￭ estive heart failure and pul￭ mon￭ ary e￭ dem￭ a if the connection is larger patients may present in childhood or young adul￭ thood with a clinical picture similar to that of mit￭ ral sten￭ osis cor tri￭ atri￭ at￭ um may also be an incidental finding when it is non￭ obstruc￭ tive the disorder can be treated sur￭ g￭ ically by removing the memb￭ rane dividing the atri￭ um
coral ble￭ aching is the loss of in￭ trac￭ ell￭ ular endo￭ sym￭ bi￭ on￭ ts sym￭ bi￭ od￭ ini￭ um also known as zo￭ ox￭ anth￭ el￭ la￭ e from coral either through expulsion or loss of al￭ gal pi￭ gm￭ entation the cor￭ als that form the structure of the great re￭ ef ecosystems of tropical seas depend upon a symbio￭ tic relationship with al￭ ga￭ e like unic￭ ell￭ ular flag￭ ell￭ ate proto￭ zo￭ a that are photo￭ synthetic and live within their tissues zo￭ ox￭ anth￭ el￭ la￭ e give coral its color￭ ation with the specific color depending on the particular cl￭ ade above average sea water temperatures caused by global warming have been identified as a leading cause for coral ble￭ aching worldwide some scientists consider ble￭ aching a poorly understood type of stress related to high irradi￭ ance environmental factors like se￭ di￭ ments harmful chemicals and freshwater and high or low water temperatures this stress causes cor￭ als to expel their zo￭ ox￭ anth￭ el￭ la￭ e which leads to a lighter or completely white appearance hence the term ble￭ ached ble￭ aching has been attributed to a defense mechanism in cor￭ als this is called the adap￭ tive ble￭ aching hypothesis from a 1993 paper by robert bud￭ dem￭ ei￭ er and daphne f￭ au￭ tin ble￭ ached cor￭ als continue to live but the al￭ ga￭ e provide the coral with 90 of its energy after expelling the al￭ ga￭ e the coral begins to starve
coral cuts are a severe type of skin injury that may occur from the cuts of coral skelet￭ ons
coral der￭ mati￭ tis is a cu￭ taneous condition caused by injury from the exo￭ skelet￭ on of certain cor￭ als
cord co￭ li￭ tis syndrome is a diarr￭ heal illness in recipients of um￭ bil￭ ical cord blood transplant it causes a gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ ous infl￭ amm￭ ation of the upper and lower gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract and responds to antimicro￭ bial treatment including met￭ ron￭ id￭ azole it was first described in 2011 in 2013 a sequ￭ encing study identified a newly discovered bacter￭ ium called brad￭ y￭ r￭ hi￭ z￭ ob￭ ium enter￭ ica in biopsy samples from two patients that this bacter￭ ium is responsible for this syndrome can be suggested but not yet confirmed
co￭ rec￭ top￭ ia is the displacement of the eye s pupil from its normal central position it may be associated with high myop￭ ia or ec￭ top￭ ia l￭ enti￭ s among other conditions medical or surgical intervention may be indicated for the treatment of co￭ rec￭ top￭ ia in some cases
the co￭ rey – house synthesis also called the co￭ rey – pos￭ ner – white￭ sides – house reaction and other per￭ mutations is an organic reaction that involves the reaction of a lith￭ ium dial￭ ky￭ l cu￭ pr￭ ate with an al￭ ky￭ l hali￭ de to form a new al￭ kane an organic copper compound and a lith￭ ium hali￭ de r 2 cul￭ i r x → r r r￭ cu li￭ x
the co￭ rey – it￭ sun￭ o reduction also known as the co￭ rey – bak￭ shi – shi￭ bat￭ a c￭ bs reduction is a chemical reaction in which an ach￭ ir￭ al ke￭ tone is en￭ anti￭ o￭ selectively reduced to produce the corresponding chir￭ al non rac￭ emic alcohol the ox￭ az￭ abor￭ oli￭ dine re￭ agent which medi￭ ates the en￭ anti￭ o￭ selective reduction of ke￭ tones was previously developed by the laboratory of it￭ sun￭ o and thus this transformation may more properly be called the it￭ sun￭ o co￭ rey ox￭ az￭ abor￭ oli￭ dine reduction the c￭ bs reduction in 1981 it￭ sun￭ o and co￭ workers first reported the use of chir￭ al al￭ ko￭ xy amine bor￭ ane complex￭ es in reducing ach￭ ir￭ al ke￭ tones to chir￭ al alcohol￭ s en￭ anti￭ o￭ selectively and in high yield several years later in 1987 e j co￭ rey and co￭ workers developed the reaction between chir￭ al amino alcohol￭ s and bor￭ ane bh 3 generating ox￭ az￭ abor￭ oli￭ dine products which were shown to rapidly cataly￭ ze the en￭ anti￭ o￭ selective reduction of ach￭ ir￭ al ke￭ tones in the presence of bh 3 • th￭ f the c￭ bs reduction has since been utilized by organic chem￭ ists as a reliable method for the asymmetric reduction of ach￭ ir￭ al ke￭ tones notably it has found prominent use not only in a number of natural product syn￭ theses but has been utilized on large scale in industry see scope below several reviews have been published
the co￭ rey – kim oxid￭ ation is an oxid￭ ation reaction used to syn￭ thes￭ ise alde￭ hy￭ des and ke￭ tones from primary and secondary alcohol￭ s it is named for american chem￭ ist and nobel laureate eli￭ as james co￭ rey and korean american chem￭ ist ch￭ oun￭ g un kim the co￭ rey – kim oxid￭ ation although the co￭ rey – kim oxid￭ ation possesses the distinctive advantage over sw￭ ern oxid￭ ation of allowing an operation above – 25 ° c it is not so commonly used due to issues with selectivity in sub￭ str￭ ates susceptible to chlor￭ ination by n chloro￭ succ￭ in￭ im￭ ide
in organic chemistry the co￭ rey – link reaction is a name reaction that conver￭ ts a 1 1 1 tric￭ hol￭ oro 2 ke￭ to structure into a 2 am￭ ino￭ car￭ box￭ yl￭ ic acid an alpha amino acid or other ac￭ yl functional group with control of the chir￭ ality at the alpha position the reaction is named for e j co￭ rey and john link who first reported the reaction sequence
a corn or cl￭ av￭ us plural cl￭ avi or cl￭ av￭ uses is a distinc￭ tively shaped call￭ us of dead skin that usually occurs on thin or g￭ lab￭ rous hair￭ less and smooth skin surfaces especially on the dor￭ sal surface of toes or fingers they can sometimes occur on the thick￭ er pal￭ mar or plan￭ tar skin surfaces cor￭ ns form when the pressure point against the skin traces an el￭ lip￭ tical or semi el￭ lip￭ tical path during the rub￭ bing motion the center of which is at the point of pressure gradually widening if there is constant stimulation of the tissue producing the cor￭ ns even after the corn is sur￭ g￭ ically removed the skin may continue to grow as a corn
corn maize allergy is a type of food allergy it can be a difficult allergy to manage particularly in the united states due to the high number of food products which contain various forms of corn such as corn starch modified food starch vin￭ eg￭ ar and van￭ illa extract among many others however it is an allergy that often goes un￭ recognized
grey leaf spot g￭ ls is a fo￭ liar fun￭ gal disease that affects maize also known as corn there are two fun￭ gal pathogens that cause g￭ ls which are cer￭ cos￭ pora ze￭ ae may￭ dis and cer￭ cos￭ pora ze￭ ina symptoms seen on corn include leaf le￭ sions dis￭ color￭ ation chlor￭ osis and fo￭ liar b￭ light the fun￭ gus survives in debris of top￭ soil and inf￭ ects healthy crop via as￭ ex￭ ual spo￭ res called con￭ idi￭ a environmental conditions that best suit infection and growth include mo￭ ist hum￭ id and warm clim￭ ates poor air￭ flow low sunlight over￭ crowding improper soil nutrient and irrigation management and poor soil drainage can all contribute to the propagation of the disease management techniques include crop resistance crop rotation residue management use of fun￭ g￭ ic￭ ides and weed control the purpose of disease management is to prevent the amount of secondary disease cycles as well as to protect leaf area from damage prior to grain formation corn grey leaf spot is an important disease of corn production in the united states economically significant throughout the mid￭ west and mid atlantic regions however it is also prevalent in africa central america china europe india mexico the philippines northern south america and southeast asia the tele￭ om￭ or￭ ph sexual phase of cer￭ cos￭ pora ze￭ ae may￭ dis is assumed to be my￭ co￭ sp￭ ha￭ er￭ ella sp
corn smu￭ t is a plant disease caused by the pathogenic fun￭ gus us￭ til￭ ago may￭ dis that causes smu￭ t on maize and te￭ o￭ sin￭ te the fun￭ gus forms g￭ alls on all above ground parts of corn species and is known in mexico as the delic￭ acy hu￭ it￭ la￭ co￭ che it is eaten usually as a filling in ques￭ ad￭ illas and other tor￭ till￭ a based foods and sou￭ ps
cor￭ ne￭ a ver￭ tic￭ ill￭ ata also called fle￭ is￭ cher vor￭ tex vor￭ tex ker￭ at￭ opathy or wh￭ or￭ l ker￭ at￭ opathy is a condition characterised by cor￭ ne￭ al deposits at the level of the bas￭ al epi￭ the￭ lium forming a faint golden brown wh￭ or￭ l pattern it is seen in fab￭ ry disease or in case of prolonged ami￭ od￭ ar￭ one intake
cor￭ ne￭ al cere￭ bell￭ ar syndrome also known as der kal￭ ou￭ sti￭ an jar￭ u￭ di kh￭ our￭ y syndrome is an auto￭ som￭ ally res￭ essive disease that was first described in 1985 three cases are known all are sisters in the same family
cor￭ ne￭ al abra￭ sion is a medical condition involving the loss of the surface epi￭ the￭ li￭ al layer of the eye s cor￭ ne￭ a
cor￭ ne￭ al hydro￭ ps or cor￭ ne￭ al rupture is an un￭ common complic￭ ation seen in people with advanced ker￭ ato￭ con￭ us or other cor￭ ne￭ al ec￭ t￭ atic disorders and is characterized by st￭ rom￭ al e￭ dem￭ a due to leakage of aqu￭ eous humor through a tear in desc￭ em￭ et s memb￭ rane although a hydro￭ ps usually causes increased scar￭ ring of the cor￭ ne￭ a occasionally it will benefit a patient by creating a flat￭ ter cone aiding the fitting of contact l￭ enses cor￭ ne￭ al transplantation is not usually indicated during cor￭ ne￭ al hydro￭ ps
cor￭ ne￭ al ne￭ ov￭ as￭ cul￭ arization is the excessive ing￭ row￭ th of blood vessels from the lim￭ bal vascular plex￭ us into the cor￭ ne￭ a caused by deprivation of oxygen from the air
cor￭ ne￭ al ul￭ cer or ul￭ cer￭ ative ker￭ ati￭ tis is an infl￭ am￭ matory or more seriously infec￭ tive condition of the cor￭ ne￭ a involving disruption of its epi￭ the￭ li￭ al layer with involvement of the cor￭ ne￭ al st￭ roma it is a common condition in humans particularly in the tro￭ p￭ ics and the agr￭ arian societies in developing countries children afflicted by vitamin a deficiency are at high risk for cor￭ ne￭ al ul￭ cer and may become blind in both eyes which may persist lifelong in oph￭ thal￭ mo￭ logy a cor￭ ne￭ al ul￭ cer usually refers to having an infectious eti￭ ology while the term cor￭ ne￭ al abra￭ sion refers more to physical abra￭ sions
a cor￭ ne￭ al ul￭ cer or ul￭ cer￭ ative ker￭ ati￭ tis is an infl￭ am￭ matory condition of the cor￭ ne￭ a involving loss of its outer layer it is very common in dogs and is sometimes seen in cats in veterinary medicine the term cor￭ ne￭ al ul￭ cer is a generic name for any condition involving the loss of the outer layer of the cor￭ ne￭ a and as such is used to describe conditions with both infl￭ am￭ matory and traumatic causes
cor￭ ne￭ lia de lange syndrome cd￭ ls is a very rare genetic disorder present from birth but not always diagnosed at birth it causes a range of physical cognitive and medical challenges and affects both sexes equally the syndrome is named after dutch pedi￭ at￭ ric￭ ian cor￭ ne￭ lia cath￭ ar￭ ina de lange who described it it is often termed bu￭ shy syndrome and is also known as amsterdam dwar￭ f￭ ism it is a genetic disorder that can lead to severe developmental anomalies it affects the physical and intellectual development of a child exact incidence is unknown but it is estimated at 1 in 10 000 to 30 000
the corn￭ ell gor￭ ge suicides were a phenomenon of suicides at corn￭ ell university in the 1970 s the 1990 s and during the 2009 2010 school year with the suicide method being jumping from the bridges into the g￭ org￭ es
cor￭ neo￭ der￭ mat￭ osse￭ ous syndrome also known as c￭ do syndrome is an auto￭ som￭ al dominant condition with onset in infancy characterized by cor￭ ne￭ al dy￭ stro￭ phy pho￭ top￭ ho￭ bia diffuse pal￭ mop￭ lan￭ tar ker￭ ato￭ der￭ ma dis￭ tal ony￭ chol￭ ysis sk￭ el￭ etal ab￭ norm￭ alities with br￭ ach￭ y￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly short stature and med￭ ul￭ l￭ ary narrowing of digits
a corner route is a pattern run by a receiver in american football where the receiver runs up the field and then turns at approximately a 45 degree angle heading away from the quarter￭ back towards the sidel￭ ine usually the pass is used when the defensive back is playing towards the inside shoulder of the receiver thus creating a one on one vertical mat￭ ch￭ up the corner route is less likely to be intercep￭ ted when compared to the sl￭ ant route because it is thrown away from the middle of the field the pass is used frequently in the west coast offensive scheme where quick accurate throwing is key the pass may also be used closer to the goal line in what is called a fade the quarter￭ back will lo￭ b the ball over a beaten defender to a wide receiver at the back corner of the end zone
in organic chemistry the corn￭ forth re￭ arrangement is a re￭ arrangement reaction of a 4 ac￭ y￭ lo￭ x￭ azole in which the group attached to an ac￭ yl on position 4 and the substitu￭ ent on position 5 of an ox￭ azole ring exchange places it was first reported in 1949 and is named for john corn￭ forth corn￭ forth re￭ arrangement overall reaction
the cor￭ om￭ u￭ el wind is a weather phenomenon unique to the la pa￭ z area of the ba￭ ja california peninsula and adjoining gulf of california occurring primarily in the late spring and summer it is a south to south west wind that typically starts late in the afternoon or early evening and blows throughout the night into the mid morning it has a rapid onset and can be very strong especially in the bay of la pa￭ z the basic mechanism of the cor￭ om￭ u￭ el winds is fairly clear the winds are created when the cool marine air from the pacific side of the peninsula are drawn over the desert to the relatively warmer side of the gulf of california it only occurs in the la pa￭ z area because this is the only place on the peninsula that does not have a sp￭ ine of mountains blocking such an air flow the winds receive their name after samuel cro￭ m￭ well a sailor from the 19 th century believed to be a pirate he visited la pa￭ z often and according to legend hid one of his biggest treasures on the beach that carries his name since natives could not pronounce his sur￭ name they called him cor￭ om￭ u￭ el
cor￭ onal rain is a phenomenon that occurs in the sun s cor￭ ona it occurs when hot plasma in the cor￭ ona co￭ ols and cond￭ enses in strong magnetic fields usually associated with regions that produce solar fla￭ res the plasma is attracted to the magnetic fields where it cond￭ enses and slowly falls back to the solar surface
coron￭ ary artery an￭ eur￭ ys￭ m is an abnormal di￭ lat￭ ation of part of the coron￭ ary artery
coron￭ ary artery anomalies or mal￭ formation of coron￭ ary vessels are con￭ genital ab￭ norm￭ alities in the coron￭ ary anatomy of the heart by definition these ab￭ norm￭ alities are variants of anatomy occurring in less than 1 of the general population they are often found in combination with other con￭ genital heart defects many coron￭ ary anomalies don t cause symptoms and are recognized only at the time of autopsy they can be associated with sudden death the real risk of death or the best way to treat these patients is not yet known the con￭ genital heart surgeons society has started a long term ongoing study called anom￭ alous a￭ or￭ tic origin of a coron￭ ary artery aa￭ oc￭ a to identify the best way to treat this defect
coron￭ ary artery disease cad also known as is￭ chem￭ ic heart disease i￭ hd is a group of diseases that includes stable ang￭ ina unstable ang￭ ina my￭ o￭ cardi￭ al inf￭ arc￭ tion and sudden cardiac death it is within the group of cardiovascular diseases of which it is the most common type a common symptom is chest pain or discomfort which may travel into the shoulder arm back neck or jaw occasionally it may feel like heart￭ burn usually symptoms occur with exercise or emotional stress last less than a few minutes and get better with rest short￭ ness of breath may also occur and sometimes no symptoms are present the first sign is occasionally a heart attack other complications include heart failure or an irregular heartbeat risk factors include high blood pressure smoking diabetes lack of exercise obesity high blood cho￭ le￭ sterol poor diet and excessive alcohol among others other risks include depression the underlying mechanism involves a￭ ther￭ os￭ clerosis of the arter￭ ies of the heart a number of tests may help with diagnoses including electro￭ cardi￭ o￭ gram cardiac stress testing coron￭ ary compu￭ ted tom￭ o￭ graphic an￭ gi￭ o￭ graphy and coron￭ ary an￭ gi￭ o￭ gram among others prevention is by eating a healthy diet regular exercise maintaining a healthy weight and not smoking sometimes medication for diabetes high cho￭ le￭ sterol or high blood pressure are also used there is limited evidence for screening people who are at low risk and do not have symptoms treatment involves the same measures as prevention additional medications such as anti￭ plat￭ el￭ ets including aspir￭ in beta bloc￭ kers or nitro￭ gly￭ cer￭ in may be recommended procedures such as per￭ cu￭ taneous coron￭ ary intervention p￭ ci or coron￭ ary artery bypass surgery cab￭ g may be used in severe disease in those with stable cad it is unclear if p￭ ci or cab￭ g in addition to the other treatments improve life expectancy or decreases heart attack risk in 2013 cad was the most common cause of death globally resulting in 8 14 million deaths 16 8 up from 5 74 million deaths 12 in 1990 the risk of death from cad for a given age has decreased between 1980 and 2010 especially in developed countries the number of cases of cad for a given age has also decreased between 1990 and 2010 in the united states in 2010 about 20 of those over 65 had cad while it was present in 7 of those 45 to 64 and 1 3 of those 18 to 45 rates are higher among men than women of a given age
a coron￭ ary artery dis￭ section also known as spontaneous coron￭ ary artery dis￭ section or sc￭ ad is a rare sometimes fatal traumatic condition with eighty percent of cases affecting women the coron￭ ary artery develops a tear causing blood to flow between the layers which forces them apart early studies of the disease placed mortality rates at around 70 but more recent data indicate this figure may be closer to 18
coron￭ ary artery ec￭ ta￭ sia is a rare disease that occurs in only 0 3 4 9 of people in north america coron￭ ary artery ec￭ ta￭ sia is characterized by the enlargement of a coron￭ ary artery to 1 5 times or more than its normal diameter the disease is commonly as￭ ymp￭ tomatic and is normally discovered when performing tests for other conditions such as coron￭ ary artery disease stable ang￭ ina and other acute coron￭ ary syndro￭ mes coron￭ ary artery ec￭ ta￭ sia occurs 4 times more frequently in males than in females and in people who have risk factors for heart disease such as smokers while the disease is commonly found in patients with a￭ ther￭ os￭ clerosis and coron￭ ary artery disease it can occur by itself and in both cases it can cause health problems the disease can cause the heart tissue to be deprived of blood and die due to decreased blood flow and block￭ ages due to blood clo￭ ts or sp￭ as￭ ms of the blood vessel this blood flow disruption can cause permanent damage to the muscle if the deprivation is prolonged coron￭ ary artery ec￭ ta￭ sia also increases the chance of developing large weak spots in the affected coron￭ ary arter￭ ies or an￭ eur￭ ys￭ ms that can rupture and result in death the damage can result in ang￭ ina which is pain in the chest and is a common complaint in these patients
coron￭ ary flow reserve cfr is the maximum increase in blood flow through the coron￭ ary arter￭ ies above the normal resting volume its measurement is often used in medicine to assist in the treatment of conditions affecting the coron￭ ary arter￭ ies and to determine the efficacy of treatments used
a coron￭ ary oc￭ clu￭ sion is the partial or complete obstruction of blood flow in a coron￭ ary artery this condition may cause a heart attack in some patients coron￭ ary oc￭ clu￭ sion causes only mild pain ti￭ ght￭ ness or vague discomfort which may be ignored the my￭ o￭ cardi￭ um is however damaged according to the nicholas and alex￭ andra book ts￭ ar nicholas ii of russia suffered a coron￭ ary oc￭ clu￭ sion right before he was toppled from his throne during the russian revolution in 1917
coron￭ ary steal with its symptoms termed coron￭ ary steal syndrome or cardiac steal syndrome is a phenomenon where an alteration of circulation patterns lead to a reduction in the blood directed to the coron￭ ary circulation it is caused when there is narrowing of the coron￭ ary arter￭ ies and a coron￭ ary vas￭ o￭ di￭ lat￭ or is used – stealing blood away from those parts of the heart this happens as a result of the narrowed coron￭ ary arter￭ ies being always maxim￭ ally dil￭ ated to compensate for the decreased upstream blood supply thus dil￭ ating the resistance vessels in the coron￭ ary circulation causes blood to be sh￭ unted away from the coron￭ ary vessels supplying the is￭ chem￭ ic zones creating more is￭ chem￭ ia
coron￭ ary thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis is the formation of a blood clo￭ t inside a blood vessel of the heart this blood clo￭ t restricts blood flow within the heart it is associated with narrowing of blood vessels subsequent to clo￭ tting the condition is considered as a type of is￭ cha￭ emic heart disease thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis in the heart can lead to a my￭ o￭ cardi￭ al inf￭ arc￭ tion coron￭ ary thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis and my￭ o￭ cardi￭ al inf￭ arc￭ tion are sometimes used as synon￭ y￭ ms although this is technically inaccurate as the thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis refers to the blocking of blood vessels while the inf￭ arc￭ tion refers to the tissue death due to the consequent loss of blood flow to the heart tissue the heart contains many connecting blood vessels and depending upon the location of the thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis the inf￭ arc￭ tion may cause no symptoms coron￭ ary thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis can be a complic￭ ation associated with drug elu￭ ting st￭ ents
corporate foresight is an ability that includes any structural or cultural element that enables the company to detect dis￭ continuous change early interpret the consequences for the company and formulate effective responses to ensure the long term survival and success of the company
corporate travel management ct￭ m is the function of managing a company ’ s strategic approach to travel travel policy the negotiations with all vendors day to day operation of the corporate travel program travel￭ er safety and security credit card management and travel and expenses t e data management ct￭ m should not be confused with the work of a traditional travel agency while agencies provide the day to day travel services to corporate clients they are the implementing arm of what the corporation has negotiated and put forth in policy in other words ct￭ m decides on the class of service which employees are allowed to fly negoti￭ ates corporate fares rates with airlines and hotels and determines how corporate credit cards are to be used the agency on the other hand makes the actual reservation within the parameters given by the corporation for many companies t e costs represent the second highest controllable annual expense exceeded only by salary and benefits and is commonly higher than it or real estate costs t e costs are not only limited to travel airline rail hotel car rental ferry boat etc but include all costs incurred during travel such as staff and client meals taxi fares grat￭ u￭ ities client gifts supplies office supplies and services etc furthermore this area often includes meeting management travel￭ er safety and security as well as credit card and overall travel data management the management of these costs are usually handled by the corporate travel manager a function which may be part of the finance hr procurement or administrative services department
a corpus lu￭ t￭ eu￭ m cyst is a type of o￭ vari￭ an cyst which may rupture about the time of men￭ str￭ uation and take up to three months to disappear entirely a corpus lu￭ t￭ eu￭ m cyst rarely occurs at age 50 because eggs are no longer being produced in men￭ opa￭ usal women corpus lu￭ t￭ eu￭ m cy￭ sts may contain blood and other fluids the physical shape of a corpus lu￭ t￭ eu￭ m cyst may appear as an enlargement of the o￭ vary itself rather than a distinct mass like growth on the surface of the o￭ vary
clu￭ stering is the problem of parti￭ tioning data points into groups based on their similarity correlation clu￭ stering provides a method for clu￭ stering a set of objects into the optimum number of clusters without specifying that number in advance
in latin and greek poetry cor￭ re￭ ption k￭ ə￭ r￭ ˈ￭ r￭ ɛ￭ p￭ ʃ￭ ə￭ n latin cor￭ repti￭ ō kor￭ ˈ￭ re￭ pt￭ ɪ￭ o￭ ː a shortening is the shortening of a long vo￭ wel at the end of one word before a short vo￭ wel at the beginning of the next vo￭ wels next to each other in neighboring words are in hi￭ atus homer uses cor￭ re￭ ption in d￭ ac￭ ty￭ l￭ ic h￭ exam￭ eter ἄ￭ ν￭ δρ￭ α μ￭ οι ἔ￭ ν￭ ν￭ επ￭ ε μο￭ ῦ￭ σ￭ α πο￭ λ￭ ύ￭ τρο￭ πο￭ ν ὃ￭ ς μ￭ ά￭ λ￭ α πο￭ λλ￭ ὰ￭ π￭ λ￭ ά￭ γ￭ χ￭ θ￭ η ἐ￭ π￭ ε￭ ὶ τρο￭ ί￭ ης ἱ￭ ερ￭ ὸ￭ ν π￭ το￭ λ￭ ί￭ ε￭ θ￭ ρο￭ ν ἔ￭ περ￭ σε · — odys￭ sey 1 2 tell me o m￭ use of the man of many devices who wan￭ dered ful￭ l￭ many ways after he had sacked the sacred cit￭ ad￭ el of troy — translation by a t murray here the sequence η ε in bold must be pronounced as ε ε to preserve the long — short — short sy￭ ll￭ able weight sequence of a d￭ ac￭ ty￭ l thus the scan￭ sion of the second line is thus π￭ λα￭ γ￭ χ θ￭ ε ε πει τρο￭ ι ης ι ε ρο￭ ν π￭ το λ￭ ι ε￭ θ ρ￭ ο ν￭ ε περ σε
corro￭ sion fatigue is fatigue in a corrosive environment it is the mechanical degradation of a material under the joint action of corro￭ sion and cyclic loading nearly all engineering structures experience some form of altern￭ ating stress and are exposed to harmful environments during their service life the environment plays a significant role in the fatigue of high strength structural materials like steel aluminum allo￭ ys and titanium allo￭ ys materials with high specific strength are being developed to meet the requirements of advancing technology however their usefulness depends to a large extent on the degree to which they resist corro￭ sion fatigue the effects of corrosive environments on the fatigue behavior of metals were studied as early as 1930 the phenomenon should not be confused with stress corro￭ sion cracking where corro￭ sion such as pit￭ ting leads to the development of brit￭ tle cracks growth and failure the only requirement for corro￭ sion fatigue is that the sample be under ten￭ sile stress
corruption in afghanistan is a widespread and growing problem in afghan society afghanistan ranks 174 of 176 in transparency international s 2012 corruption perceptions index and is routinely named as one of the world s five most corrupt countries north korea and somalia were ranked as equally corrupt in opinion surveys of afghans noted the asia foundation in a 2012 report corruption is consistently singled out as a problem one of the recent major corruption cases was the 2010 – 13 kabul bank financial scandal involving mah￭ mood karzai and others close to president ham￭ id karzai the kabul bank scandal crisis investigation and trial involved sher￭ khan far￭ no￭ od khal￭ il￭ ul￭ lah fru￭ zi mohammed fa￭ him and other insiders who were allegedly spending the bank s us 1 billion for their personal lavish living style as well as lending money under the table to family friends and those close to president ham￭ id karzai and mah￭ mood karzai as of october 2012 the government only recovered 180 million of the 980 million fraudulent loans a u n survey listed corruption and insecurity as the two issues of greatest concern to afghans as of 2012 the new york times has written that in afghanistan corruption can no longer be described as a cancer on the system it is the system the u s agency for international development stated in 2009 that corruption in afghanistan had become pervasive entrenched systemic and by all accounts now unprecedented in scale and reach in a 2011 survey by the asia foundation afghans said corruption was their third biggest problem 21 after insecurity 35 and unemployment 23 in 2010 and 2011 they said corruption was their second most important reason for feeling pessimistic about afghanistan 16 in 2011 and 27 in 2010 in 2011 they identified administrative corruption as the government s second most important failure 25 this marked an improvement over 2010 when the figure was 30 in afghanistan today corruption most often takes the form of demanding and offering bribes both in the private and public sectors and on large and small scales there are also many other major forms of corruption including nepotism graft and illegal land transfers the us special inspector general for afghan reconstruction si￭ gar has estimated that over half of the nation s annual customs revenue is lost to graft in a 2015 article par￭ ag r dhar￭ ma￭ var￭ ap￭ u noted that while afghanistan ’ s gdp had qu￭ intu￭ pled since 2002 the society remained ri￭ ddled with corruption what is extremely dis￭ concer￭ ting about corruption in afghanistan wrote dhar￭ ma￭ var￭ ap￭ u is not simply the number or value of bribes that take place instead it is the endemic nature of corruption within the afghan government routinely noted dhar￭ ma￭ var￭ ap￭ u police officers extor￭ t goods from shop￭ keepers levy taxes on vehicles at highway check￭ points and impose fines on individuals unable to produce proper identification documents some police officers turn a blind eye to or even coll￭ ude with criminals and insurgents while mid to high level police officials collaborate with criminals in smuggling kidnapping for ransom and other illegal activities collecting thousands of dollars in the process top police officials have si￭ phoned millions of dollars from international donors to their own pockets the most common types of corruption in afghanistan according to dhar￭ ma￭ var￭ ap￭ u are petty bribery – asking for small gifts bak￭ she￭ esh in exchange for special treatment or favors position buying – awarding opportunities in the police force judiciary or civil service based on bribes as opposed to merit nepotism cli￭ ent￭ el￭ ism – awarding positions based on personal relationship kin￭ ship networks rather than merit offering and asking for preferential treatment – this includes giving bribes to expedite the processing of business documents or access to government owned land grand corruption – corruption that involves political elites on a large scale national police and law enforcement graft according to the high office of oversight and anti corruption hoo￭ ac corruption is rampant in the north of the country particularly balk￭ h province which borders neighboring uzbekistan a country with similar corruption problems one of the worst manifestations of graft is illegal land grabbing sham￭ sul￭ lah ja￭ ved hoo￭ ac head for the northern zone in an exclusive interview with pa￭ j￭ h￭ w￭ ok afghan news explained that in balk￭ h there are three kinds of encroachment on land one government department seizing the property of another security forces occupying government land and individuals taking unlawful possession of people s land he revealed that 52 out of 60 housing schemes in balk￭ h were executed illegally government servants from top to bottom are involved in the scourge some people whose interests are hurt by investigations into corruption cases are creating problems for us ja￭ ved said investigative journalist si￭ bel ed￭ mon￭ ds has undertaken efforts as a journalist and whist￭ le￭ b￭ lower to raise awareness about corruption in afghanistan and waste fraud and abuse involving billions of dollars of u s taxpayers money lost to corruption and corrupt officials in afghanistan following the u s intervention the great challenge to afghanistan s future isn t the taliban or the pakistani safe havens or even an inci￭ pi￭ ently hostile pakistan gen john r allen told a u s senate foreign relations subcommittee in 2014 the existential threat to the long term viability of modern afghanistan is corruption he stated that the insurgency criminal patronage networks and drug traffickers had formed an un￭ holy alliance
corruption in albania is a serious problem albania ranked 113 th of 176 countries in the 2012 corruption perceptions index tied with ethiopia guatemala niger and timor le￭ ste published by transparency international corruption is still considered one of the most problematic factors for establishing business in albania
corruption in angola is a pervasive phenomenon hindering economic growth and government sponsored liberalization programs
political corruption in armenia is a widespread and growing problem in armenian society
corruption in brazil is a pervasive social problem in the 2015 corruption perceptions index brazil tied with bosnia and herzegovina burkina faso india thailand tunisia and zambia ranking 76 th among 168 countries corruption was cited among many issues that provoked the 2013 protests in brazil
corruption in colombia is a pervasive problem at all levels of government colombia currently ranks 83 rd of 168 in the corruption perceptions index of 2015 tied with benin china liberia and sri lanka different factors have contributed to political corruption in colombia including drug trafficking guerrilla and paramilitary conflict weak surveillance and regulation from institutions threats and harassment to whistle blow￭ ers and a widespread apathy from society to address un￭ ethical behavior
corruption in haiti is a serious problem in 2015 haiti ranked 161 out of the 177 countries measured on transparency international s corruption perception index the lowest ranking in the caribbean region on the corruption perception index haiti ranked 163 in 2014 and 164 in 2013 corruption is a severe and widespread problem in all levels of government although there has been some progress since 2008 when haiti was rated the world s fourth most corrupt country there remains much room for improvement corruption in haiti according to the heritage foundation s 2015 index of economic freedom inund￭ ates all parts of haitian society robert k￭ lit￭ gaard an expert on the subject wrote in 2010 that corruption in haiti is not the activity of a few rogue officials or politicians but is more like organized crime with corrupt procurement deals arising through collusion and kle￭ pto￭ cratic racket in a january 2012 article peter worth￭ ington stated that haiti s dependency on foreign aid and corrupt legacy have hurt the nation s development more that the growing trend of educated hai￭ tians emigr￭ ating between 1984 and 2009 foreigners contributed over 2 6 billion to relieve poverty in haiti but thanks largely to corruption their efforts had little impact several journalists investigating corruption in haiti have been killed or fled into exile
extensive corruption among kuwait s high level government officials is a problem resulting in political tensions between the government and the public
corruption in mauritius is a widespread and growing problem in cables leaked from the us embassy the problem with corruption was referred to as pervasive and ingrained the independent commission against corruption ic￭ ac investig￭ ates off￭ enses and can confisc￭ ate the proceeds of corruption and money laundering in 2008 the director of the mauritius customs service stated that stated that during a meeting on april 11 2008 with government officials including the financial secretary of the ministry of finance and economic development and deputy commissioner of police he was told in no uncertain terms that he should remain quiet about the alleged corruption because if it were to become public it could bring down the current government of mauritius in 2013 dutch dre￭ dging group bo￭ sk￭ alis has been fin￭ ed the equivalent of € 1000 by a court in mauritius for making illicit payments to a port official in february 2016 the outgoing united states ambassador to mauritius stated that there is so much turmoil at the independent commission against corruption that it has lost its credibility in april 2016 the independent commission against corruption opened an investigation in the recruitment of the director of the independent broadcasting authority mauritius in april 2016 the independent commission against corruption recommended formal proceedings against the former minister of the environment in may 2016 the representative of c￭ isco system filed suit against the national computer board and executives of the mauritius qualifications authority it was alleged that a bribe is required for all government projects
political corruption is a persistent phenomenon in nigeria president muham￭ mad￭ u bu￭ hari defined corruption as the greatest form of human right violation since the creation of modern public administration in the country there have been cases of official misuse of funds and resources the rise of public administration and the discovery of oil and natural gas are two major events seen to have led to the increase in corrupt practices in the country the government has tried to contain corruption through the enactment of laws and the enforcement of integrity systems but success has been slow in coming in 2012 nigeria was estimated to have lost over 400 billion to corruption since independence
corruption in north korea is a widespread and growing problem in north korean society north korea is ranked 175 out of 177 countries in transparency international s 2013 corruption perceptions index tied with somalia and afghanistan strict rules and draconian punishments imposed by the regime for example against accessing foreign media or for modifying radio or television receivers to access foreign media are commonly ev￭ aded by offering bribes to the police informing on colleagues and family members has become less common main article north korea north korea ’ s state media admitted widespread corruption in north korea when laying out the accusations against jan￭ g sung ta￭ ek after his execution in december 2013 the statement mentions bribery deviation of materials selling resources and land securing funds and squandering money for private use by organizations under his control
both grand and petty corruption are serious problems in tanzania yet various comprehensive laws are in place to prevent corruption it is largely due to a weak internal control and low or non compliance with anti corruption regulations within different government agencies for instance public procurement taxation and customs service are areas that are prone to corruption foreign companies have identified that corruption within those sectors poses potential obstacles for doing business in tanzania as bribery is often demanded it is also believed that the existing large informal sector amount 48 1 of gdp is associated with cumbersome business registration process which have created opportunities for corruption
corruption is a widespread and growing problem in ukrainian society in 2015 s transparency international corruption perceptions index ukraine was ranked 130 th out of the 167 countries investigated tied with paraguay and the comoros back in 2007 ukraine had taken 118 th place 179 countries investigated that year ern￭ st young in 2012 put ukraine among the three most corrupted nations of the world together with colombia and brazil united states diplomats have described ukraine under presidents kuchma and yushchenko as a kle￭ pto￭ cracy according to wikileaks cables
corruption in uzbekistan is a serious problem there are laws in place to prevent corruption but the enforcement is very weak low prosecution rates of corrupt officials is another contributing factor to the rampant corruption in uzbekistan it is not a criminal offense for a non public official to influence the discretion of a public official the judicial system faces severe functional deficits due to limited resources and corruption in uzbekistan corruption is present at virtually every level of society business and government it is also one of the world s most corrupt countries and among the contributory factors is its possessing the second largest economy in central asia its large reserves of natural gas and its geographical position between the rival powers of the so called cold war ii on transparency international s 2013 corruption perceptions index uzbekistan stood at 168 th place out of 177 countries and territories surveyed and 166 th out of 174 on the 2014 index “ graft and bribery among low and mid level officials are part of everyday life and are sometimes even transparent ” states freedom house which adds that the ubi￭ qu￭ ity of corruption helps to “ limit equality of opportunity ” a 2015 report by amnesty international quotes a businessman who was arrested and tortured in 2011 as saying that corruption in uzbekistan is a “ cancer that had spread everywhere ”
cor￭ tical blindness is the total or partial loss of vision in a normal appearing eye caused by damage to the brain s oc￭ ci￭ p￭ ital cor￭ tex cor￭ tical blindness can be acquired or con￭ genital and may also be transi￭ ent in certain instances acquired cor￭ tical blindness is most often caused by loss of blood flow to the oc￭ ci￭ p￭ ital cor￭ tex from either unilateral or bilateral poster￭ ior cere￭ br￭ al artery block￭ age is￭ chem￭ ic stroke and by cardiac surgery in most cases the complete loss of vision is not permanent and the patient may recover some of their vision cor￭ tical visual impairment con￭ genital cor￭ tical blindness is most often caused by per￭ in￭ atal is￭ chem￭ ic stroke en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis and men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis rarely a patient with acquired cor￭ tical blindness may have little or no insight that they have lost vision a phenomenon known as anton – bab￭ in￭ ski syndrome cor￭ tical blindness and cor￭ tical visual impairment c￭ vi which refers to the partial loss of vision caused by cor￭ tical damage are both classified as sub￭ sets of neuro￭ logical visual impairment n￭ vi n￭ vi and its three sub￭ types — cor￭ tical blindness cor￭ tical visual impairment and delayed visual matur￭ ation — must be distinguished from oc￭ ular visual impairment in terms of their different eti￭ o￭ logies and structural foc￭ i the brain and the eye respectively one diagnostic marker of this distinction is that the pupils of individuals with cor￭ tical blindness will respond to light whereas those of individuals with oc￭ ular visual impairment will not
cor￭ tical deaf￭ ness is a rare form of sens￭ or￭ in￭ eur￭ al hearing loss caused by damage to the primary aud￭ itory cor￭ tex cor￭ tical deaf￭ ness is an aud￭ itory disorder where the patient is unable to hear sounds but has no apparent damage to the anatomy of the human ear see aud￭ itory system which can be thought of as the combination of aud￭ itory verbal agno￭ sia and aud￭ itory agno￭ sia patients with cor￭ tical deaf￭ ness cannot hear any sounds that is they are not aware of sounds including non speech voices and speech sounds although patients appear and feel completely deaf they can still exhibit some reflex responses such as turning their head towards a loud sound cor￭ tical deaf￭ ness is caused by bilateral cor￭ tical le￭ sions in the primary aud￭ itory cor￭ tex located in the temporal lob￭ es of the brain the asc￭ ending aud￭ itory pathways are damaged causing a loss of perception of sound inner ear functions however remains intact cor￭ tical deaf￭ ness is most often cause by stroke but can also result from brain injury or birth defects more specifically a common cause is bilateral embol￭ ic stroke to the area of hes￭ ch￭ l s gy￭ ri cor￭ tical deaf￭ ness is extremely rare with only twelve reported cases each case has a distinct context and different rates of recovery it is thought that cor￭ tical deaf￭ ness could be a part of a spectrum of an overall cor￭ tical hearing disorder in some cases patients with cor￭ tical deaf￭ ness have had recovery of some hearing function resulting in partial aud￭ itory deficits such as aud￭ itory verbal agno￭ sia this syndrome might be difficult to distinguish from a bilateral temporal le￭ sion such as described above
cor￭ tical des￭ mo￭ id also called tu￭ g le￭ sion or perio￭ steal des￭ mo￭ id is an irregularity of the dis￭ tal fem￭ oral cor￭ tex caused by repeti￭ tive stress at the attachment of the ad￭ duc￭ tor magn￭ us ap￭ on￭ euro￭ sis it is most commonly seen in adolescents and is usually as￭ ymp￭ tomatic it is a benign and self limiting le￭ sion
focal cor￭ tical dys￭ pl￭ asia f￭ cd is a con￭ genital ab￭ normality of brain development where the neurons in an area of the brain failed to migrate in the proper formation in uter￭ o focal cor￭ tical dys￭ pl￭ asia is a common cause of intractable epi￭ le￭ psy in children and is a frequent cause of epi￭ le￭ psy in adults there are several sub￭ types of f￭ cd including type 1 a 1 b 2 a 2 b 3 a 3 b and 3 c each with distinct hist￭ opath￭ ological features all forms of focal cor￭ tical dys￭ pl￭ asia lead to dis￭ organization of the normal structure of the cere￭ br￭ al cor￭ tex type 1 f￭ cd exhi￭ bits subtle alterations in cor￭ tical lam￭ ination type 2 a f￭ cd exhi￭ bits neurons that are larger than normal that are called cy￭ tom￭ eg￭ al￭ ic dys￭ morph￭ ic neurons c￭ dn f￭ cd type 2 b exhi￭ bits complete loss of lam￭ in￭ ar structure and the presence of c￭ dn and enlarged cells are called balloon cells bc for their large el￭ lip￭ tical cell body shape lat￭ er￭ ally displaced nucleus and lack of d￭ end￭ rit￭ es or ax￭ ons the developmental origin of balloon cells is currently believed to be derived from neuro￭ nal or gli￭ al prog￭ en￭ itor cells balloon cells are similar in structure to giant cells in the disorder tuber￭ ous sclerosis complex recent studies have demonstrated that f￭ cd types 2 a and 2 b result from som￭ atic mutations in genes that en￭ code components of the mammalian target of rap￭ amy￭ cin m￭ tor path￭ way caus￭ ative gene mutations for types 1 and 3 have not been identified the m￭ tor path￭ way regulates a number of functions in the brain including establishment of cell size cell mo￭ ti￭ lity and differentiation gene mutations associated with f￭ cd 2 a and f￭ cd 2 b include m￭ tor pi 3 k￭ ca ak￭ t 3 and dep￭ dc 5 mutations in these genes lead to enhanced m￭ tor path￭ way sign￭ aling at critical periods in brain development some recent evidence may suggest a role for in uter￭ o infection with certain viruses such as cy￭ tom￭ eg￭ alo￭ virus and human pap￭ il￭ lo￭ ma virus seizures in f￭ cd are likely causes by abnormal circu￭ it￭ ry induced by the presence of cd￭ ns and b￭ cs these abnormal cell types generate abnormal electrical signals which spread out to affect other parts of the cere￭ br￭ al cor￭ tex medication is used to treat the seizures that may arise due to cor￭ tical dys￭ pl￭ asia epi￭ le￭ psy surgery to remove areas of f￭ cd is a viable treatment option for appropriate candidates
cor￭ ti￭ co￭ bas￭ al de￭ generation c￭ b￭ d or cor￭ ti￭ co￭ bas￭ al gang￭ li￭ onic de￭ generation c￭ b￭ g￭ d is a rare progressive neuro￭ degenerative disease involving the cere￭ br￭ al cor￭ tex and the bas￭ al gang￭ lia c￭ b￭ d symptoms typically begin in people from 50 – 70 years of age and the average disease duration is six years it is characterized by marked disorders in movement and cognitive dysfunction and is classified as one of the par￭ kinson plus syndro￭ mes clinical diagnosis is difficult as symptoms of c￭ b￭ d are often similar to those of other disorders such as par￭ kinson s disease pd progressive supran￭ uc￭ lear pal￭ sy p￭ sp and dementia with lew￭ y bodies d￭ lb due to the various clinical presentations associated with c￭ b￭ d a final diagnosis can only be made upon neuro￭ patho￭ logic examination patients who are suffering from this disorder can learn more about c￭ b￭ d and reach out to others with the same condition for support through the foundation for p￭ sp c￭ b￭ d and related brain diseases also known as cu￭ rep￭ sp
the cor￭ ti￭ sol awakening response car is an increase of about 50 in cor￭ ti￭ sol levels occurring 20 – 30 minutes after awakening in the morning in some people this rise is super￭ imposed upon the late night rise in cor￭ ti￭ sol which occurs before awakening while its purpose is uncertain it may be linked to the hippo￭ campus preparation of the hypo￭ thal￭ am￭ ic pit￭ u￭ itary adren￭ al axis h￭ pa in order to face anticipated stress
in mathematics co￭ set enum￭ eration is the problem of counting the co￭ sets of a sub￭ group h of a group g given in terms of a presentation as a by product one obtains a per￭ mutation representation for g on the co￭ sets of h if h has a known finite order co￭ set enum￭ eration gives the order of g as well for small groups it is sometimes possible to perform a co￭ set enum￭ eration by hand however for large groups it is time consuming and error prone so it is usually carried out by computer co￭ set enum￭ eration is usually considered to be one of the fundamental problems in compu￭ tational group theory the original algori￭ thm for co￭ set enum￭ eration was invented by john arthur todd and h s m co￭ x￭ eter various improvements to the original todd – co￭ x￭ eter algori￭ thm have been suggested notably the classical strategies of v fel￭ sch and h￭ lt has￭ el￭ grove le￭ ech and tro￭ tter a practical implementation of these strategies with refin￭ ements is available at the ace website the k￭ nu￭ th – ben￭ di￭ x algori￭ thm also can perform co￭ set enum￭ eration and unlike the todd – co￭ x￭ eter algori￭ thm it can sometimes solve the word problem for infinite groups the main practical difficulties in producing a co￭ set enum￭ er￭ ator are that it is difficult or impossible to predict how much memory or time will be needed to complete the process if a group is finite then its co￭ set enum￭ eration must terminate eventually although it may take arbitrarily long and use an arbitrary amount of memory even if the group is trivial depending on the algori￭ thm used it may happen that making small changes to the presentation that do not change the group nevertheless have a large impact on the amount of time or memory needed to complete the enum￭ eration these behavi￭ ours are a consequence of the un￭ solv￭ ability of the word problem for groups a gentle introduction to co￭ set enum￭ eration is given in rot￭ man s text on group theory more detailed information on correctness efficiency and practical implementation can be found in the books by si￭ ms and hol￭ t et al
the co￭ sm￭ ic age problem is a historical problem in astro￭ no￭ my concerning the age of the universe the problem was that at various times in the 20 th century some objects in the universe were estimated to be older than the time elapsed since the big bang as estimated from measurements of the expansion rate of the universe known as the hu￭ bble constant den￭ oted h 0 this is more correctly called the hu￭ bble parameter since it generally varies with time since around 1997 – 2003 the problem is believed to be solved by most cosmo￭ logists modern measurements give an accurate age of the universe of 13 8 billion years and recent age estimates for the oldest objects are either younger than this or consistent allowing for measurement uncertainties
a cosmo￭ logy episode is a sudden loss of meaning followed eventually by a transform￭ ative pivo￭ t which creates the conditions for revised meaning in the wake of the 1962 cuban missile crisis the vietnam war the 1977 t￭ ener￭ ife airport disaster the 1984 b￭ hop￭ al chemical disaster and the relatively sudden insertion of personal computers into the workplace organizational scholar karl e we￭ ick coined the term cosmo￭ logy episode as follows in 1985 representations of events normally hang together sensibly within the set of assumptions that give them life and constitute a cosmo￭ s rather than its opposite a chaos sudden losses of meaning that can occur when an event is represented electronically in an incomplete cry￭ ptic form are what i call a cosmo￭ logy episode representations in the electronic world can become chaotic for at least two reasons the data in these representations are flawed and the people who manage those flawed data have limited processing capacity these two problems interact in a potentially deadly vicious circle the concept of cosmo￭ logy episodes evolved significantly between 1985 and 1993 when we￭ ick published his now classic re￭ analysis of norman mac￭ lean s study of the mann gul￭ ch wild￭ land firefighting disaster in 1949 in the 1993 article we￭ ick positions cosmo￭ logy episodes within a construc￭ ti￭ vist on￭ to￭ logy he links the term to a variety of similar concepts and he provides a better developed definition than he was able to provide in 1985 first we￭ ick makes it clear that cosmo￭ logy episodes occur within a construc￭ ti￭ vist on￭ to￭ logy of the world rather than the more familiar objec￭ ti￭ vist and subjec￭ ti￭ vist on￭ to￭ logies the basic idea of sens￭ emaking is that reality is an ongoing accomplishment that emerges from efforts to create order and make retrospective sense of what occurs sens￭ emaking emphasizes that people try to make things rationally accountable to themselves and others thus in the words of morgan frost and pon￭ dy 1983 24 individuals are not seen as living in and acting out their lives in relations to a wider reality so much as creating and sustaining images of a wider reality in part to ration￭ alize what they are doing they realize their reality by reading into their situation patterns of significant meaning second we￭ ick clarifies the key phrase sudden loss of meaning by linking it to related ideas described by other organizational scholars minimal organizations such as we find in the crew at mann gul￭ ch are susceptible to sudden losses of meaning which have been vari￭ ably described as fundamental surprises reason 1990 or as events that are inconceivable lan￭ ir 1989 hidden we￭ str￭ um 1982 or incomprehensible per￭ row 1984 each of these labels points to the low probability that the event could occur which is why it is meaningless but these explanations say less about the aston￭ ishment of the percei￭ ver and even less about the percei￭ ver s inability to rebuild some sense of what is happening third we￭ ick expands his 1985 definition sudden losses of meaning — to a more nuanced description cosmo￭ logy refers to a branch of philosophy often sub￭ sum￭ ed under metaph￭ ys￭ ics that combines rational speculation and scientific evidence to understand the universe as a tot￭ ality of phenomena cosmo￭ logy is the ultimate macro perspective directed at issues of time space change and contingency as they relate to the origin and structure of the universe integr￭ ations of these issues however are not just the han￭ di￭ work of philosophers others also must make their peace with these issues as reflected in what they take for granted people including those who are smo￭ ke￭ jum￭ pers act as if events co￭ here in time and space and that change unfol￭ ds in an orderly manner these everyday cosmo￭ logies are subject to disruption and when they are severely disrupted i call this a cosmo￭ logy episode we￭ ick 1985 51 52 a cosmo￭ logy episode occurs when people suddenly and deeply feel that the universe is no longer a rational orderly system
cost of goods available for sale is the maximum amount of goods or inventory that a company can possibly sell during this fiscal year it has the formula beginning inventory at the start of this year purchases within this year production within this year cost of goods available for sale notice that purchases and production might not be the same throughout the year since purchase cost and production cost might vary during the year but at the end the total cost of purchases and production are added to beginning inventory cost to give cost of goods available for sale alternatively the costs of goods available for sales can be compu￭ ted from the costs of sales costs of goods available for sale ending inventory inventory write downs costs of sales
cost￭ ello syndrome also called fac￭ io￭ cu￭ tane￭ osk￭ el￭ etal syndrome or f￭ cs syndrome is a rare genetic disorder that affects many parts of the body it is characterized by delayed development and delayed mental progression distinctive facial features unusually flexible joints and loose fol￭ ds of extra skin especially on the hands and feet heart ab￭ norm￭ alities are common including a very fast heartbeat t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia structural heart defects and over￭ growth of the heart muscle hyper￭ troph￭ ic cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy infants with cost￭ ello syndrome may be large at birth but grow more slowly than other children and have difficulty feeding later in life people with this condition have relatively short stature and many have reduced levels of growth hormones it is a ras￭ opathy beginning in early childhood people with cost￭ ello syndrome have an increased risk of developing certain can￭ cer￭ ous and non￭ can￭ cer￭ ous tumors small grow￭ ths called pap￭ il￭ lom￭ as are the most common non￭ can￭ cer￭ ous tumors seen with this condition they usually develop around the nose and mouth or near the an￭ us the most frequent can￭ cer￭ ous tumor associated with cost￭ ello syndrome is a soft tissue tumor called a r￭ hab￭ dom￭ y￭ os￭ ar￭ coma other cancers also have been reported in children and adolescents with this disorder including a tumor that arises in developing nerve cells neuro￭ bl￭ ast￭ oma and a form of blad￭ der cancer transitional cell carcin￭ oma cost￭ ello syndrome was discovered by dr jack cost￭ ello a new zealand paedi￭ at￭ ric￭ ian in 1977 he is credited with first reporting the syndrome in the australian paediatric journal volume 13 no 2 in 1977
co￭ sto￭ ch￭ on￭ dri￭ tis also known as chest wall pain co￭ sto￭ ster￭ nal syndrome or co￭ sto￭ ster￭ nal ch￭ on￭ dro￭ dy￭ nia is an acute and often temporary infl￭ amm￭ ation of the cost￭ al car￭ til￭ age the structure that connects each ri￭ b to the ster￭ num at the co￭ sto￭ ster￭ nal joint the condition is a common cause of chest pain though co￭ sto￭ ch￭ on￭ dri￭ tis often resol￭ ves on its own it can be a recurring condition that has little or no signs of onset co￭ sto￭ ch￭ on￭ dri￭ tis symptoms can be similar to the chest pain associated with a heart attack un￭ explained chest pain is considered a medical emergency until life threatening cardiac issues can be ruled out severe cases of cost￭ al car￭ til￭ age infl￭ amm￭ ation that also involve painful sw￭ elling are sometimes referred to as ti￭ et￭ ze s syndrome a term sometimes used inter￭ change￭ ably with co￭ sto￭ ch￭ on￭ dri￭ tis however some physicians view co￭ sto￭ ch￭ on￭ dri￭ tis and ti￭ et￭ ze s syndrome as separate disease states due to the absence of cost￭ al car￭ til￭ age sw￭ elling in co￭ sto￭ ch￭ on￭ dri￭ tis treatment options are quite limited and usually involve a combination of rest anal￭ ges￭ ics or anti infl￭ am￭ matory medications cases with persistent discomfort may be managed with cor￭ tis￭ one injections or surgery may be indicated if the condition is severe individuals with co￭ sto￭ ch￭ on￭ dri￭ tis are typically instructed to avoid stren￭ uous physical activity to prevent the onset of an attack
co￭ t￭ ard delusion is a rare mental illness in which the affected person holds the delu￭ sional belief that he or she is already dead does not exist is put￭ ref￭ ying or has lost his or her blood or internal organs statistical analysis of a hundred patient cohor￭ t indicates that the denial of self existence is a symptom present in 69 of the cases of co￭ t￭ ard s syndrome yet paradoxically 55 of the patients present delu￭ sions of im￭ mortality in 18￭ 80 the neuro￭ logist jules co￭ t￭ ard described the condition as le dé￭ li￭ re des né￭ g￭ ations the deli￭ ri￭ um of ne￭ gation a psychiatric syndrome of varied severity a mild case is characterized by despair and self loa￭ thing while a severe case is characterized by intense delu￭ sions of ne￭ gation and chronic psychiatric depression the case of mad￭ emo￭ is￭ elle x describes a woman who denied the existence of parts of her body and of her need to eat she said that she was condemned to eternal dam￭ nation and therefore could not die a natural death in the course of suffering the deli￭ ri￭ um of ne￭ gation mad￭ emo￭ is￭ elle x died of starvation the co￭ t￭ ard delusion is not included in the diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders dsm in the tenth edition of the international statistical classification of diseases and related health problems ic￭ d 10 of the world health organization code f 22 identifies the co￭ t￭ ard delusion as a disease of human health
cotton fever is a condition that is often associated with intra￭ ven￭ ous drug use specifically with the use of cotton to filter drugs like heroin it has been established that the condition derives from an endo￭ toxin released by the bacteria pan￭ to￭ ea agglomer￭ ans which colon￭ izes cotton plants not from the cotton itself a condition very similar to cotton fever was described in the early 1940 s among cotton farm workers the term cotton fever was coined in 1975 after the syndrome was recognized in intra￭ ven￭ ous drug users however some sources have attributed the symptoms of cotton fever with sep￭ sis occasion￭ ed by unsafe and un￭ sanitary drug injection practices this is borne out by the fact that cotton fever symptoms have occurred among all intra￭ ven￭ ous drug users with various filter materials utilized
cotton wool spots are an abnormal finding on fund￭ us￭ cop￭ ic exam of the re￭ tina of the eye they appear as flu￭ ffy white pat￭ ches on the re￭ tina they are caused by damage to nerve fi￭ bers and are a result of accumul￭ ations of ax￭ op￭ las￭ mic material within the nerve fiber layer there is reduced ax￭ onal transport and hence backlog and accumulation of in￭ trac￭ ell￭ ular products within the nerves because of the is￭ chem￭ ia this then causes the nerve fi￭ bers to be damaged by sw￭ elling in the surface layer of the re￭ tina a 1981 analysis concluded that in most instances cotton wool spots do not represent the whole area of is￭ cha￭ emic inner re￭ tina but merely reflect the obstruction of ax￭ op￭ las￭ mic flow in ax￭ ons crossing into much larger is￭ cha￭ emic areas associated findings include micro￭ vascular inf￭ arc￭ ts and hemorrha￭ ges the appearance of cotton wool spots may decrease over time abundant cotton wool spots are seen in m￭ align￭ ant hyper￭ tension diabetes and hyper￭ tension are the two most common diseases that cause these spots and the best treatment would be to treat the underlying disease in diabetes they are one of the hall￭ marks of pre prolifer￭ ative re￭ tin￭ opathy more rarely hiv and pur￭ tsch￭ er s re￭ tin￭ opathy can also lead to the appearance of cotton wool spots another condition in which cotton wool spots are found is central re￭ tin￭ al vein oc￭ clu￭ sion
co￭ turn￭ ism is an illness featuring muscle tender￭ ness and r￭ hab￭ dom￭ y￭ ol￭ ysis muscle cell breakdown after consuming qu￭ ail usually common qu￭ ail co￭ tur￭ ni￭ x co￭ tur￭ ni￭ x from which the name derives that have fed on poisonous plants
in computer science the count distinct problem also known in applied mathematics as the car￭ din￭ ality estimation problem is the problem of finding the number of distinct elements in a data stream with repeated elements this is a well known problem with numerous applications the elements might represent ip addresses of packets passing through a rou￭ ter unique visitors to a web site elements in a large database mo￭ ti￭ fs in a dna sequence or elements of r￭ fid sensor networks
the counter maj￭ or￭ itarian difficulty sometimes counter maj￭ or￭ itarian dilemma is a perceived problem with judicial review of legislative or popul￭ arly created laws as the term suggests some oppose or see a problem with the judicial branch s ability to invalidate over￭ rule or counter￭ mand laws that reflect the will of the majority the counter maj￭ or￭ itarian difficulty is often raised in discussions of united states constitutional law particularly in discussing the powers of the three branches of the federal government of the united states
in quantum mechanics counter￭ factual defin￭ it￭ eness cf￭ d is the ability to speak meaning￭ fully of the defin￭ it￭ eness of the results of measurements that have not been performed i e the ability to assume the existence of objects and properties of objects even when they have not been measured the term counter￭ factual defin￭ it￭ eness is used in discussions of physics calculations especially those related to the phenomenon called quantum entang￭ lement and those related to the bell inequalities the single ad￭ jec￭ tive counter￭ factual may also appear in physics discussions where it is frequently treated as a nou￭ n the word counter￭ factual does not mean characterized by being opposed to fact instead it is used to characterize values that could have been measured but for one reason or another were not
the country of origin effect co￭ e also known as the made in image and the nationality bias is a psychological effect describing how consumers attitudes perceptions and purchasing decisions are influenced by products country of origin lab￭ eling since 1965 it has been extensively studied by researchers
country changing is a phenomenon in the figure sk￭ ating world in which sk￭ at￭ ers change the country they represent in competition there are many different reasons why competitors switch countries but it mostly comes down to maximizing the possibility of being able to compete at the world figure sk￭ ating champion￭ ships and the winter olympic games a sk￭ ater who cannot do that representing their home country often looks for another one because spots to worlds and the olympics are allotted by country not by sk￭ ater a sk￭ ater can hope to transfer to a new country and have a better chance of becoming national champion being sent to worlds and qualifying for a spot in the olympics
a county seat war is an american phenomenon that occurred mainly in the old west as it was being settled although similar incidents elsewhere such as in sou￭ the￭ astern ohio have also been recorded as new towns sp￭ rang up and county lines were drawn there was intense competition for the status and tax benefits bestowed by becoming a county seat these wars often involved nothing more than lining up at the ballot box but sometimes partis￭ ans for a particular town would resort to voter fraud intimidation or violence
a coup d état ˌ￭ ku￭ ː de￭ ɪ￭ ˈ￭ t￭ ɑ￭ ː french ku de￭ ta sometimes translated as blow of state or hit of state but the lit￭ eral translation is stroke of the state – as in the swi￭ ping or stroke of a sword plural coups d état pronounced like the singular form also known simply as a coup ˌ￭ ku￭ ː pu￭ ts￭ ch or an overthrow is the illegal and over￭ t seizure of a state by the military or other elites within the state apparatus
the coup of 18 fruc￭ ti￭ dor year v was a seizure of power by members of the french directory on 4 september 17￭ 97 when their opponents the roy￭ alists were gaining strength howard g brown professor of history at bin￭ gh￭ am￭ ton university stresses the turn toward dictatorship and the failure of liberal democracy under the directory blaming it on chronic violence ambivalent forms of justice and repeated recourse to heavy handed repression
coupling loss also known as connection loss is the loss that occurs when energy is transferred from one circuit circuit element or medium to another coupling loss is usually expressed in the same units — such as watts or deci￭ bels — as in the originating circuit element or medium coupling loss in fiber op￭ tics refers to the power loss that occurs when coupling light from one optical device or medium to another see also optical return loss coupling losses can result from a number of factors in electronics see coupling electronics impe￭ dance mis￭ match between coupled components results in a reflection of a portion of the energy at the interface likewise in optical systems where there is a change in index of ref￭ r￭ action most commonly at a fiber air interface a portion of the energy is reflected back into the source component another major source of optical coupling loss is geome￭ tr￭ ical as an example two fi￭ bers coupled end to end may not be precisely aligned with the result that the two co￭ res overlap somewhat light ex￭ iting the source fiber at a portion of its core that is not aligned with the core of the receiving fiber will not in general be coupled into the second fiber while some such light will be coupled into the second fiber it is not likely to be efficiently coupled nor will it generally travel in an appropriate mode in the second fiber similarly even for two perfectly aligned co￭ res where there is a gap of any significant distance between the two fi￭ bers there will be some geome￭ tric loss due to spread of the beam some percentage of the light rays ex￭ iting the source fiber face will not inter￭ sect the second fiber within its entrance cone
co￭ upon leverage or leverage factor is the amount by which a reference rate is multiplied to determine the floating interest rate payable by an in￭ verse flo￭ ater some debt instruments leverage the particular effects of interest rate changes most commonly in in￭ verse flo￭ at￭ ers as an example an in￭ verse flo￭ ater with a multiple may pay interest at the rate or co￭ upon of 22 percent minus the product of 2 times the 1 month london interbank offered rate li￭ bor the co￭ upon leverage is 2 in this example and the reference rate is the 1 month li￭ bor
in mathematics the cour￭ ant – fried￭ ric￭ hs – lew￭ y cfl condition is a necessary condition for convergence while solving certain partial differential equations usually hyper￭ bol￭ ic p￭ des numer￭ ically by the method of finite differences it arises in the numerical analysis of explicit time integration schemes when these are used for the numerical solution as a consequence the time step must be less than a certain time in many explicit time marching computer simul￭ ations otherwise the simulation will produce incorrect results the condition is named after richard cour￭ ant kurt fried￭ ric￭ hs and hans lew￭ y who described it in their 19￭ 28 paper
cou￭ v￭ ade syndrome also called sympathetic pregnancy is a proposed condition in which a partner experiences some of the same symptoms and behavior of an expec￭ tant mother these most often include minor weight gain altered hormone levels morning naus￭ ea and disturbed sleep patterns in more extreme cases symptoms can include labor pains post￭ par￭ tum depression and no￭ se￭ ble￭ eds the labor pain symptom is commonly known as sympathy pain cou￭ v￭ ade syndrome is not recognized as a real syndrome by many medical professionals its source is a matter of debate some believe it to be a psycho￭ som￭ atic condition while others believe it may have biological causes relating to hormone changes
cou￭ vel￭ aire uter￭ us also known as uter￭ op￭ lac￭ ental apo￭ plex￭ y is a life threatening condition in which loosen￭ ing of the plac￭ enta abrup￭ tio plac￭ enta￭ e causes bleeding that penetr￭ ates into the uter￭ ine my￭ ome￭ tri￭ um forcing its way into the per￭ it￭ one￭ al cav￭ ity
the coven￭ try bed￭ worth urban area has a population of 359 262 according to the 2011 census which is an increase of 3 from the 2001 census figure of 348 0￭ 68 this makes it the 17 th largest conurb￭ ation in the england and wales by population it is also one of the most densely populated the largest settlement is coven￭ try population 325 9￭ 49 which is within the west midlands county bed￭ worth population 30 648 and bin￭ ley woods population 2 665 are the other main parts of the conurb￭ ation and both lie in the county war￭ wick￭ shire in the districts of nun￭ e￭ aton and bed￭ worth and the borough of rug￭ by respectively there are no other towns in the conurb￭ ation there is a very small amount of green belt between the coven￭ try bed￭ worth urban area and the nun￭ e￭ aton urban area in the north however with the development of industrial and retail units in south nun￭ e￭ aton the two conurb￭ ations are virtually connected and also between coven￭ try and ken￭ il￭ worth a larger area of green belt exists between coven￭ try and the greater west midlands urban area which extends to about 5 miles
the covering problem of rad￭ o is an unsolved problem in geometry concerning covering plan￭ ar sets by squares it was formulated in 19￭ 28 by ti￭ bor rad￭ ó and has been generalized to more general shapes and higher dimensions by richard rad￭ o
in combin￭ at￭ or￭ ics and computer science covering problems are compu￭ tational problems that ask whether a certain combin￭ atorial structure covers another or how large the structure has to be to do that covering problems are minim￭ ization problems and usually linear programs whose dual problems are called packing problems the most prominent examples of covering problems are the set cover problem which is equivalent to the hitting set problem and its special cases the ver￭ tex cover problem and the edge cover problem
covering sickness or d￭ our￭ ine french from the arabic dar￭ ina meaning man￭ gy said of a female camel femin￭ ine of dar￭ in meaning dirty is a disease of horses and other members of the family equidae the disease is caused by try￭ pan￭ o￭ som￭ a equi￭ per￭ dum which belongs to an important genus of par￭ asi￭ tic proto￭ zo￭ a and is the only member of the genus that is spread through sexual inter￭ course the occurrence of d￭ our￭ ine is notifiable in the european union under legislation from the oie there currently is no vaccine and although clinical signs can be treated there is no cure
jo￭ ac￭ him bo￭ dam￭ er created the term pro￭ sop￭ agno￭ sia in 1947 which is a disorder where individuals have an inability to recognize faces of people individuals with this disorder do not have the ability to over￭ tly recognize faces but discoveries have been made showing that people with this disorder have the ability to cover￭ tly recognize faces covert facial recognition is the unconscious recognition of familiar faces by people with pro￭ sop￭ agno￭ sia the individuals who express this phenomenon are unaware that they are recognizing the faces of people they have seen before there are two types of pro￭ sop￭ agno￭ sia con￭ genital and acquired cong￭ ential pro￭ sop￭ agno￭ sia is an inability to recognize faces without a history of brain damage while acquired pro￭ sop￭ agno￭ sia is caused by damage to the right oc￭ ci￭ p￭ ital temporal region of the brain in the 1950 s it was the￭ orized that the right cere￭ br￭ al hemisphere was involved in facial recognition and in the 1960 s this theory was supported by many experiments although the ability for over￭ t facial recognition is inhi￭ bited in patients with pro￭ sop￭ agno￭ sia there have been many studies done which show that some of these individuals may have the ability to recognize familiar faces cover￭ tly these experiments have used behavioral and physiological measures in order to demonstrate covert facial recognition a common physiological measure that is used is the measure of autonom￭ ic activity by using skin conduc￭ tance responses scr which show a larger response in individuals with pro￭ sop￭ agno￭ sia who are shown pictures of familiar faces compared to pictures of unfamiliar faces
cowar￭ am￭ up bom￭ bor￭ a also known as co￭ wie bom￭ bie or simply cow bom￭ bie is a big wave open ocean surf break found on the south west coast of western australia it is located 2 kilometres offshore west of grac￭ e￭ town which is near the town of margaret river world renowned for its surf and is 265 km south of the capital city per￭ th the break first came to the world ’ s attention back in 2007 when local damon east￭ au￭ gh won the big wave award after riding a wave estimated to be more than 50 feet it doesn t break often requiring huge sw￭ ells from the southern ocean but these can produce very large waves often in excess of 40 ft with some contending for the biggest wave in australia at over 60 ft its name comes from cowar￭ am￭ up the name of the small local town￭ site and bom￭ bor￭ a an indigenous australian term for an area of large sea waves breaking over a shallow area cow bom￭ bie is also the name of an award winning shir￭ az grown locally in margaret river and named after the break the break was featured in the 2013 documentary series storm sur￭ f￭ ers 3 d which described it as on its day the tall￭ est wave in australia where tom car￭ roll survived a near death wi￭ pe￭ out while sur￭ fing with ross clarke jones it also featured in the 2011 documentary film fighting fear in 2011 western australian sur￭ fer dam￭ ien war￭ r won the o￭ ak￭ ley biggest wave award for his ride on cow bom￭ bie in february 2015 j￭ arr￭ yd foster 27 won the o￭ ak￭ ley biggest wave award for his ride on cow bom￭ bie mick corbett was also a 2015 fin￭ alist for the same award with his cow bom￭ bie ride on 26 june 2015 australian sur￭ fer fel￭ icity pal￭ m￭ ate￭ er 22 became the first woman to surf cow bom￭ bie on 2 march 2016 the o￭ ak￭ ley big wave awards 2015 2016 were announced with two of the three major awards coming from cow bom￭ bie z￭ ac ha￭ ynes won biggest padd￭ le in and justin holland won biggest wave in australian waters finishing 2 nd and 3 rd respectively for ride of the year all three cont￭ enders for biggest wave were at cow bom￭ bie
cowardice is a trait where￭ in fear and excess self concern override doing or saying what is right good and of help to others or oneself in a time of need — it is the opposite of courage as a label cowardice indicates a failure of character in the face of a challenge many military codes of justice pro￭ scri￭ be cowardice in combat as a crime punishable by death note the phrase shot at dawn as an opposite of an action or trait that many existing and formerly ext￭ ant cultures demand cowardice rates as a character flaw that many societies and their representatives stigmati￭ ze and or punish
cow￭ den syndrome also known as cow￭ den s disease and multiple ham￭ ar￭ tom￭ a syndrome is a rare auto￭ som￭ al dominant inherited disorder characterized by multiple non can￭ cer￭ ous tumor like grow￭ ths called ham￭ ar￭ tom￭ as which typically are found in the skin mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ ran￭ es mouth nas￭ al memb￭ ran￭ es gi tract thyro￭ id g￭ land and breast tissue while the ham￭ ar￭ tom￭ as are benign people with cow￭ den syndrome are at increased risk of certain forms of cancer including breast thyro￭ id uter￭ us end￭ ome￭ trial and kidney cancers cow￭ den syndrome is associated with mutations in p￭ ten a tumor sup￭ pres￭ sor gene that cause the p￭ ten protein not to work properly leading to hyper￭ activity of the m￭ tor path￭ way these mutations lead to characteristic features including macro￭ cephal￭ y intest￭ inal ham￭ ar￭ tom￭ at￭ ous poly￭ ps benign skin tumors multiple tric￭ hil￭ em￭ mom￭ as pap￭ il￭ lo￭ mat￭ ous pap￭ ules and ac￭ ral ker￭ ato￭ ses and dys￭ plastic gang￭ li￭ oc￭ y￭ tom￭ a of the cere￭ bell￭ um l￭ her￭ mit￭ te duc￭ los disease in addition there is a pre￭ disposition to breast carcin￭ oma fol￭ lic￭ ular carcin￭ oma of the thyro￭ id and end￭ ome￭ trial carcin￭ oma
co￭ wh￭ ide is the natural un￭ ble￭ ached skin and hair of a cow it retains the original col￭ oring of the animal co￭ wh￭ ides are a product of the food industry from cattle other cows are killed specifically for their skin co￭ wh￭ ide can also be processed into a leather which can be used to make such things as shoes wal￭ lets leather jackets and belts
cow￭ pox is an infectious disease caused by the cow￭ pox virus the virus part of the orth￭ o￭ po￭ x￭ virus family is closely related to the vacc￭ in￭ ia virus the virus is zoonotic meaning that it is transferable between species such as from animal to human the transfer￭ ral of the disease was first observed in d￭ air￭ y￭ ma￭ ids who touched the ud￭ ders of infected cows and consequently developed the signature pu￭ st￭ ules on their hands cow￭ pox is more commonly found in animals other than bo￭ vines such as ro￭ dents cow￭ pox is similar to but much mil￭ der than the highly contagious and often deadly small￭ pox disease its close resemblance to the mild form of small￭ pox and the observation that d￭ air￭ y￭ ma￭ ids were immune from small￭ pox inspired the first small￭ pox vaccine created and administered by english physician edward jen￭ ner the word “ vaccination ” coined by jen￭ ner in 17￭ 96 is derived from the latin root vacc￭ in￭ us meaning of or from the cow once vaccinated a patient develops antibodies that make him her immune to cow￭ pox but they also develop immunity to the small￭ pox virus or vari￭ ola virus the cow￭ pox vaccinations and later incar￭ nations proved so successful that in 1980 the world health organization announced that small￭ pox was the first disease to be eradicated by vaccination efforts worldwide other orth￭ o￭ pox viruses remain prevalent in certain communities and continue to infect humans such as the cow￭ pox virus cp￭ xv in europe vacc￭ in￭ ia in brazil and mon￭ key￭ pox virus in central and west africa
co￭ xa val￭ ga is a de￭ form￭ ity of the hip where the angle formed between the head and neck of the fem￭ ur and its shaft is increased usually above 135 degrees it is caused by a slipped ep￭ ip￭ h￭ ysis of the fem￭ oral head the differential diagnosis includes neuro￭ muscular disorders i e cere￭ br￭ al pal￭ sy spinal dys￭ rap￭ h￭ ism poli￭ om￭ ye￭ li￭ tis sk￭ el￭ etal dys￭ pl￭ asi￭ as and juvenile idi￭ opathic ar￭ thri￭ tis
co￭ xa var￭ a is a de￭ form￭ ity of the hip whereby the angle between the head and the shaft of the fem￭ ur is reduced to less than 120 degrees this results in the leg being shortened and the development of a lim￭ p it is commonly caused by injury such as a frac￭ ture it can also occur when the bone tissue in the neck of the fem￭ ur is sof￭ ter than normal causing it to bend under the weight of the body this may either be con￭ genital or the result of a bone disorder the most common cause of co￭ xa var￭ a is either con￭ genital or developmental other common causes include metabol￭ ic bone diseases e g pag￭ et s disease of bone post per￭ thes de￭ form￭ ity o￭ ste￭ om￭ ye￭ li￭ tis and post traumatic due to improper healing of a frac￭ ture between the greater and lesser tro￭ chan￭ ter shepherd s crook de￭ form￭ ity is a severe form of co￭ xa var￭ a where the proxim￭ al fem￭ ur is severely de￭ formed with a reduction in the neck shaft angle beyond 90 degrees it is most commonly a sequ￭ ela of o￭ ste￭ o￭ genesis im￭ perfec￭ ta p￭ age￭ ts disease o￭ ste￭ om￭ ye￭ li￭ tis tum￭ our and tum￭ our like conditions e g fi￭ bro￭ us dys￭ pl￭ asia co￭ xa var￭ a can happen in cle￭ ido￭ cran￭ ial dy￭ so￭ sto￭ sis
cr￭ ab￭ tree hot springs is a geological phenomenon in lake county california about 25 miles 40 km north of upper lake it is located on private property and closed to the public it lies at an elev￭ ation of 2 257 feet 688 m there is a cluster of four natural hot springs at this location in an isolated narrow winding steep w￭ alled canyon on the north bank of the rice fork of the eel river about one fourth mile down￭ river from its junction with salt creek three of the hot springs are aligned in one area at a large swimming hole while the fourth hot spring is about 60 feet 18 m back u￭ pri￭ ver the temperature of the ho￭ tt￭ est spring is 106 ° f 41 ° c with a flow rate of about 10 us gall￭ ons 38 l per minute
crack closure is a phenomenon in fatigue loading during which the crack remains in a closed position even though some external ten￭ sile force is acting on the material during this process the crack opens only at stress above a particular stress this is due to factors such as plastic de￭ formation or phase transformation during crack propagation corro￭ sion of crack surfaces presence of fluids in the crack or rough￭ ness at cracked surfaces this provides a longer life for fati￭ gu￭ ed material than expected by slowing the crack growth rate the crack closure effect helps explain a wide range of fatigue data it has become the default interpretation of load ratio effects it is used in almost all fatigue life prediction models however it is virtually impossible to predict the effects of crack closure experim￭ entally δ￭ k δ￭ k￭ max δ￭ k￭ min δ￭ ke￭ ff￭ ective δ￭ k￭ max – k￭ opening δ￭ ke￭ ff￭ ective ≤ δ￭ k
crack tip opening displacement c￭ to￭ d is the displacement at the original crack tip and the 90 ° intercept lef￭ m linear elastic frac￭ ture mechanics is not valid this assumption was proven when a unique relationship between c￭ to￭ d and the j integral was established
cracked tooth syndrome abbreviated to c￭ ts and also termed cracked cus￭ p syndrome split tooth syndrome or incomplete frac￭ ture of poster￭ ior teeth is where a tooth has in￭ completely cracked but no part of the tooth has yet broken off sometimes it is described as a gre￭ ens￭ tick frac￭ ture the symptoms are very variable making it a notoriously difficult condition to diagnose
cradle cap is a yel￭ low￭ ish pat￭ chy gre￭ asy scal￭ y and cru￭ sty skin rash that occurs on the scal￭ p of recently born babies it is usually not it￭ chy and does not bother the baby cradle cap most commonly begins sometime in the first 3 months similar symptoms in older children are more likely to be d￭ and￭ ru￭ ff than cradle cap the rash is often prominent around the ear the eyebro￭ ws or the eye￭ li￭ ds it may appear in other locations as well where it is called se￭ bor￭ rho￭ e￭ ic der￭ mati￭ tis rather than cradle cap some countries use the term pit￭ y￭ ri￭ asis cap￭ i￭ tis for cradle cap it is extremely common with about half of all babies affected most of them have a mild version of the disorder severe cradle cap is rare
cr￭ amp rings are rings anci￭ ently worn as a cure for cr￭ amp and falling sickness or epi￭ le￭ psy the legend is that the first one was presented to edward the conf￭ essor by a pil￭ grim on his return from jerusalem its miraculous properties being explained to the king at his death it passed into the keeping of the ab￭ bot of west￭ minster by whom it was used medic￭ ally and was known as st ed￭ wards ring from that time the belief grew that the successors of edward inherited his powers and that the rings blessed by them worked cures hence arose the custom for the successive sovereigns of england each year on good friday formally to bless a number of cr￭ amp rings a service was held prayers and p￭ sal￭ ms were said and holy water which had been blessed in the name of the father son and holy ghost was poured over the rings which were always of gold or silver and made from the metal that the king offered to the cross on good friday the ceremony survived to the reign of mary i but the belief in the cur￭ ative powers of similar cir￭ cle￭ ts of sacred metal has ling￭ ered on even to the present day
cr￭ amp fasc￭ ic￭ ulation syndrome cf￭ s is a rare peripheral nerve hyper￭ exc￭ itability disorder it is more severe than the related and common disorder known as benign fasc￭ ic￭ ulation syndrome it causes fasc￭ icul￭ ations cram￭ ps pain fatigue and muscle sti￭ ff￭ ness similar to those seen in neuro￭ my￭ o￭ ton￭ ia another related condition patients with cf￭ s like those with neuro￭ my￭ o￭ ton￭ ia may also experience pa￭ res￭ the￭ si￭ as most cases of cr￭ amp fasc￭ ic￭ ulation syndrome are idi￭ opathic cr￭ amp fasc￭ ic￭ ulation syndrome is diagnosed by clinical examination and electro￭ my￭ o￭ graphy em￭ g fasc￭ ic￭ ulation is the only ab￭ normality if any seen with em￭ g cr￭ amp fasc￭ ic￭ ulation syndrome is a chronic condition treatment options include anti seizure medications such as carb￭ amaz￭ ep￭ ine immun￭ o￭ sup￭ pres￭ sive drugs and plas￭ map￭ her￭ esis
cran￭ ial nerve disease is an impaired functioning of one of the twelve cran￭ ial nerves although it could theoretically be considered a mon￭ on￭ euro￭ pa￭ thy it is not considered as such under mesh it is possible for a disorder of more than one cran￭ ial nerve to occur at the same time if a trauma occurs at a location where many cran￭ ial nerves run together such as the ju￭ g￭ ular fo￭ ssa a bra￭ inst￭ em le￭ sion could also cause impaired functioning of multiple cran￭ ial nerves but this condition would likely also be accompanied by dis￭ tal motor impairment a neuro￭ logical examination can test the functioning of individual cran￭ ial nerves and detect specific impair￭ ments
cran￭ io￭ di￭ ap￭ hy￭ seal dys￭ pl￭ asia also known as c￭ dd or li￭ oni￭ tis is an extremely rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive bone disorder that causes calcium to build up in the skull dis￭ figuring the facial features and reducing life expectancy these calcium deposits decrease the size of cran￭ ial for￭ am￭ ina and can also decrease the hole in the cer￭ vic￭ al spinal canal in the few cases recorded most of the sufferers died in childhood the underlying genetics are uncertain
cran￭ io￭ facial ab￭ norm￭ alities are con￭ genital mus￭ cul￭ osk￭ el￭ etal disorders which primarily affect the cran￭ ium and facial bones they are associated with the development of the phar￭ yn￭ ge￭ al ar￭ ches approximately 5 of the uk or usa population present with d￭ ent￭ o￭ facial de￭ form￭ ities requiring orth￭ o￭ gn￭ ath￭ ic surgery jaw surgery and orth￭ od￭ on￭ tics br￭ ace therapy as a part of their definitive treatment
cr￭ ani￭ om￭ andi￭ bul￭ ar o￭ ste￭ opathy also known as lion s jaw is a developmental disease in dogs causing extensive bon￭ y changes in the man￭ di￭ ble and skull in this disease a cyclical resor￭ ption of normal bone and replacement by immature bone occurs along the inner and outer surfaces of the affected bones it usually occurs between the ages of 3 and 8 months breeds most commonly affected include the west high￭ land white terri￭ er scottish terri￭ er cair￭ n terri￭ er and boston terri￭ er it is rare in large breed dogs but it has been reported symptoms include firm sw￭ elling of the jaw dro￭ oling pain and difficulty eating it is an inherited disease especially in wes￭ ties in which it has been recognized as an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive trait can￭ ine dist￭ emp￭ er has also been indicated as a possible cause as has e coli infection which could be why it is seen occasionally in large breed dogs growth of le￭ sions will usually stop around the age of one year and possibly reg￭ ress this timing coincides with the normal completion of endo￭ ch￭ on￭ dr￭ al bone growth and os￭ sification if the disease is extensive especially around the ty￭ mp￭ anic bul￭ la middle ear then the prog￭ no￭ sis is guarded a similar disease seen in young bull￭ mas￭ ti￭ ffs is known as cal￭ vari￭ al hyper￭ o￭ sto￭ tic syndrome it is also similar to human inf￭ anti￭ le cor￭ tical hyper￭ o￭ sto￭ sis it is characterized by irregular progressive bon￭ y proliferation and thick￭ ening of the cor￭ tical bone of the cal￭ vari￭ a which is part of the skull asymmetry of the le￭ sions may occur which makes it different from cr￭ ani￭ om￭ andi￭ bul￭ ar o￭ ste￭ opathy symptoms include painful sw￭ elling of the skull fever and lymp￭ h no￭ de sw￭ elling in most cases it is self limiting
cr￭ ani￭ om￭ et￭ ap￭ hy￭ seal dys￭ pl￭ asia auto￭ som￭ al dominant is a disorder is a rare sk￭ el￭ etal disorder that results from a hetero￭ zy￭ g￭ ous mutation in human homo￭ log￭ ous of progress in an￭ ky￭ losis gene an￭ kh abnormal bone over￭ growth occurs from the beginning of a child s life as well as throughout their lifetime resulting in the narrowing of the cran￭ ial form￭ ania this leads to cran￭ ial nerve and facial features compression in addition this disorder is located on the 5 p ch￭ om￭ some
cran￭ iop￭ ag￭ us twins are con￭ joined twins who are f￭ used at the cran￭ ium this condition occurs in about 10 20 babies in every million births in the united states among this small group cephal￭ ic con￭ joining or cran￭ iop￭ ag￭ us twinning represents the ra￭ rest of con￭ genital ab￭ norm￭ alities only accounting for 2 6 of all con￭ joined twins additionally con￭ joined twins are genetically identical and always share the same sex the union in cran￭ iop￭ ag￭ us twins may occur on any portion of the cal￭ vari￭ um but does not include either the face or the for￭ amen magn￭ um the thor￭ ax and ab￭ dom￭ en are separate and each twin has its own u￭ bil￭ ic￭ us and um￭ bil￭ ical cord the union may involve the entire diameter of the head or only a small portion this suggests that although there are many different kinds of vari￭ abilities already known in the scientific community there are an infinite amount of variations that can occur most of these variations are based on the rotation of one twin s skull to the other and in fact the different phen￭ o￭ typ￭ ic sub groups of cran￭ iop￭ ag￭ us twins are based on all these rot￭ ational conform￭ ations each of these factors rotation spot of union affect the development of the brain the vascular system within the brain and overall well￭ ness of life both of the twins have outside the wom￭ b relatively few cran￭ iop￭ ag￭ us twins survive the per￭ in￭ atal period approximately 40 of con￭ joined twins are still￭ born and an additional 33 die within the immediate per￭ in￭ atal period usually from organ ab￭ norm￭ alities and failure however 25 of cran￭ iop￭ ag￭ us twins survive and can be considered for a surgical separation and several attempts occur yearly worldwide in the last half century the many advances in medicine including brain imaging ne￭ uro ana￭ esthesia and neuro￭ surgical techniques have proven that a successful outcome is possible following separation of total cran￭ iop￭ ag￭ us twins
cran￭ iop￭ har￭ yn￭ gi￭ oma is a type of brain tumor derived from pit￭ u￭ itary g￭ land embryonic tissue that occurs most commonly in children but also in men and women in their 50 s and 60 s people may present with bit￭ em￭ por￭ al inferior quad￭ ran￭ tan￭ op￭ ia leading to bit￭ em￭ por￭ al hem￭ i￭ an￭ op￭ sia as the tumor may com￭ press the op￭ tic chi￭ asm it has a point prevalence of approximately 2 100 000 cran￭ iop￭ har￭ yn￭ gi￭ om￭ as are also known as ra￭ th￭ ke p￭ ouch tumors hypo￭ phy￭ seal duc￭ t tumors or adam￭ an￭ tin￭ om￭ as
cran￭ io￭ sch￭ is￭ is greek κρ￭ αν￭ ι￭ ον k￭ ran￭ ion skull and sch￭ is￭ is σχ￭ ί￭ σ￭ ις split is a developmental birth defect involving the skull in this disease the cran￭ ium fails to close completely especially at the oc￭ ci￭ p￭ ital region thus the brain is exposed to the am￭ ni￭ os and eventually de￭ generates causing an￭ encephal￭ y
cran￭ io￭ sy￭ no￭ sto￭ sis from cran￭ io cran￭ ium syn together o￭ sto￭ sis relating to bone is a condition in which one or more of the fi￭ bro￭ us su￭ tures in an infant skull prematurely fuses by turning into bone os￭ sification thereby changing the growth pattern of the skull because the skull cannot expand per￭ pend￭ icular to the f￭ used su￭ ture it compens￭ ates by growing more in the direction parallel to the closed su￭ tures sometimes the resulting growth pattern provides the necessary space for the growing brain but results in an abnormal head shape and abnormal facial features in cases in which the compensation does not effectively provide enough space for the growing brain cran￭ io￭ sy￭ no￭ sto￭ sis results in increased in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial pressure leading possibly to visual impairment sleeping impairment eating difficulties or an impairment of mental development combined with a significant reduction in i￭ q cran￭ io￭ sy￭ no￭ sto￭ sis occurs in one in 2000 births cran￭ io￭ sy￭ no￭ sto￭ sis is part of a syndrome in 15 to 40 of the patients but it usually occurs as an isolated condition
cran￭ io￭ sy￭ no￭ sto￭ sis – anal anomalies – por￭ ok￭ er￭ at￭ osis syndrome also known as cap syndrome is a cu￭ taneous condition inherited in an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive fashion
cran￭ io￭ tab￭ es is sof￭ tening or thin￭ ning of the skull in infants and children which may be normally present in new￭ bor￭ ns it is seen mostly in the oc￭ ci￭ p￭ ital and par￭ ie￭ tal bones the bones are soft and when pressure is applied they will collapse underneath it when the pressure is relieved the bones will usually snap back into place the term cran￭ io tab￭ es is derived from the latin words cran￭ ium for skull and tab￭ es for wasting any condition that affects bone growth most notably ric￭ kets from vitamin d deficiency mar￭ as￭ mus sy￭ phil￭ is or thal￭ ass￭ emia can cause cran￭ io￭ tab￭ es if present during a time of rapid skull growth most especially during gest￭ ation and infancy it can be a normal feature in premature infants it is the first sign in children and infants with ric￭ kets
cran￭ io – len￭ ticul￭ o – su￭ tural dys￭ pl￭ asia cl￭ s￭ d or boy￭ ad￭ ji￭ ev j￭ abs syndrome is a ne￭ on￭ atal infancy disease caused by a disorder in the 14 th chro￭ mo￭ some it is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive disorder meaning that both rec￭ essive genes must be inherited from each parent in order for the disease to manifest itself the disease causes a significant dil￭ ation of the end￭ op￭ las￭ mic re￭ ticul￭ um in fi￭ bro￭ bl￭ asts of the host with cl￭ s￭ d due to the dis￭ tension of the end￭ op￭ las￭ mic re￭ ticul￭ um export of proteins such as coll￭ agen from the cell is disrupted the production of sec 23 a protein is involved in the path￭ way of exporting coll￭ agen the cop￭ ii path￭ way but a mis￭ sense mutation causes and under￭ production of sec 23 a which inhi￭ bits the path￭ way affecting coll￭ agen secre￭ tion this decrease in coll￭ agen secre￭ tion can lead to the bone defects that are also characteristic of the disease such as sk￭ el￭ etal dys￭ pl￭ asia and under os￭ sification decreased coll￭ agen in cl￭ s￭ d affected individuals contributes to improper bone formation because coll￭ agen is a major protein in the ex￭ trac￭ ell￭ ular matrix and contributes to its proper miner￭ alization in bones it has also been hypothe￭ sized that there are other defects in the genetic code besides sec 23 a that contribute to the disorder
cran￭ k￭ case dilution is a phenomenon of internal combustion engines in which un￭ burned diesel or gasoline accumul￭ ates in the cran￭ k￭ case excessively rich fuel mixture or incomplete combustion allows a certain amount of fuel to pass down between the pist￭ ons and cylinder walls and dilute the engine oil it is more common in situations where fuel is injected at a very high pressure such as￭ ating oil from the cylinder walls travel past the pist￭ on rings and collect in the oil pan thus increasing wear and also dilu￭ ting the lubric￭ ating oil since the less volatile components of the fuel will have the greatest tendency to con￭ dense the degree of cran￭ k￭ case oil dilution is directly related to the end volatility temperatures of the mixture
cr￭ aqu￭ el￭ ure french cr￭ aqu￭ el￭ é italian cre￭ tt￭ at￭ ura is the fine pattern of dense cracking formed on the surface of materials either as part of the process of ageing or of their original formation or production the term is most often used to refer to temper￭ a or oil paintings where it is a sign of age that is also sometimes induced in for￭ ger￭ ies and ceram￭ ics where it is often deliberate and usually called crack￭ le it can also develop in old ivory car￭ v￭ ings and painted mini￭ atures on an ivory backing are prone to cr￭ aqu￭ el￭ ure
cr￭ ash￭ worthiness is the ability of a structure to protect its occup￭ ants during an impact this is commonly tested when investigating the safety of aircraft and vehicles depending on the nature of the impact and the vehicle involved different criteria are used to determine the cr￭ ash￭ worthiness of the structure cr￭ ash￭ worthiness may be assessed either prospec￭ tively using computer models e g ls dy￭ na m￭ sc dy￭ tr￭ an mad￭ ym￭ o or experiments or retrospectively by analy￭ zing crash outcomes several criteria are used to assess cr￭ ash￭ worthiness prospec￭ tively including the de￭ formation patterns of the vehicle structure the acceleration experienced by the vehicle during an impact and the probability of injury predicted by human body models injury probability is defined using criteria which are mechanical parameters e g force acceleration or de￭ formation that cor￭ relate with injury risk a common injury criterion is the head impact criterion h￭ ic cr￭ ash￭ worthiness is assessed retrospectively by analy￭ zing injury risk in real world cr￭ ashes often using regression or other statistical techniques to control for the myriad of conf￭ oun￭ ders that are present in cr￭ ashes
when going through withdrawal cr￭ aving is a psychological urge to administer a discontinued medication or recreational drug
a crawl space vent is a penetration in the wall of a building which allows air to circulate from the crawl space beneath the building to the exter￭ ior
a cr￭ ay￭ fish party is a traditional sum￭ mer￭ time eating and drinking celebration in the nordic countries the tradition originated in sweden where a cr￭ ay￭ fish party is called a kr￭ ä￭ ft￭ ski￭ va the tradition has also spread to finland via its swedish speaking population a similar tradition exists in the baltic countries in particular in lithuania and latvia cr￭ ay￭ fish parties are generally held during august a tradition that started because cr￭ ay￭ fish harvesting in sweden was for most of the 20 th century legally limited to late summer today the kr￭ ä￭ ft￭ premi￭ är date in early august has no legal significance dining is traditionally out￭ doors but in practice the party is often driven in￭ doors by bad weather or aggressive mosquitoes customary party accessories are com￭ ical paper hats paper tab￭ lec￭ lo￭ ths paper lan￭ ter￭ ns often depic￭ ting the man in the moon and bi￭ bs a row￭ dy atmosphere prevails amid noisy eating and traditional drinking songs snap￭ s￭ visa the alcohol consumption is often high especially when compared to the amount of food actually eaten it is considered customary to suck the juice out of the cr￭ ay￭ fish before sh￭ elling it ak￭ v￭ av￭ it and other kinds of sn￭ aps are served as well as beer the cr￭ ay￭ fish are boiled in salt water and seas￭ oned with fresh di￭ ll – preferably crown di￭ ll harvested after the plant has flowered – then served cold and eaten with one ’ s fingers bread mush￭ room pies sur￭ str￭ ö￭ m￭ ming strong vä￭ ster￭ bot￭ ten cheese sal￭ ads and other dishes are served buff￭ et style
craz￭ ing is the phenomenon that produces a network of fine cracks on the surface of a material for example in a gla￭ ze layer craz￭ ing frequently prece￭ des frac￭ ture in some gl￭ assy ther￭ mop￭ l￭ astic pol￭ ym￭ ers craz￭ ing occurs in regions of high hydro￭ static tension or in regions of very loc￭ alized yielding which leads to the formation of inter￭ penetr￭ ating micro￭ vo￭ ids and small fi￭ bri￭ ls if an applied ten￭ sile load is sufficient these bridges el￭ ong￭ ate and break causing the micro￭ vo￭ ids to grow and coal￭ es￭ ce as micro￭ vo￭ ids coal￭ es￭ ce cracks begin to form
cre￭ at￭ ine transporter defect ct￭ d is an x linked disorder of cre￭ at￭ ine metabol￭ ism caused by defective transport of cre￭ at￭ ine into the brain the condition was initially described in reports in 2001 hem￭ iz￭ y￭ g￭ ous males with this condition show intellectual disability speech delay seizures and behavi￭ our￭ al ab￭ norm￭ alities hetero￭ zy￭ g￭ ous females can have varying symptoms ct￭ d is caused by mutations in the sl￭ c 6 a 8 gene located at the x￭ q 28 short arm of the sex chro￭ mo￭ some clin￭ ically it resembles the two other forms of cere￭ br￭ al cre￭ at￭ ine deficiencies cc￭ d s l ar￭ gin￭ ine gly￭ cine amid￭ ino￭ transfer￭ ase deficiency and gu￭ an￭ id￭ ino￭ acetate meth￭ yl￭ transfer￭ ase deficiency
in software engineering cre￭ ational design patterns are design patterns that deal with object creation mechanisms trying to create objects in a manner suitable to the situation the basic form of object creation could result in design problems or in added complexity to the design cre￭ ational design patterns solve this problem by somehow controlling this object creation cre￭ ational design patterns are composed of two dominant ideas one is en￭ capsul￭ ating knowledge about which concrete classes the system uses another is hiding how instances of these concrete classes are created and combined cre￭ ational design patterns are further categ￭ orized into object cre￭ ational patterns and class cre￭ ational patterns where object cre￭ ational patterns deal with object creation and class cre￭ ational patterns deal with class instan￭ ti￭ ation in greater details object cre￭ ational patterns defer part of its object creation to another object while class cre￭ ational patterns defer its object creation to sub￭ classes five well known design patterns that are parts of cre￭ ational patterns are the abstract factory pattern which provides an interface for creating related or dependent objects without specifying the objects concrete classes buil￭ der pattern which separates the construction of a complex object from its representation so that the same construction process can create different representations factory method pattern which allows a class to defer instan￭ ti￭ ation to sub￭ classes prototype pattern which specifies the kind of object to create using a proto￭ typical instance and creates new objects by cloning this prototype sing￭ leton pattern which ensures that a class only has one instance and provides a global point of access to it
a creative work is a manifestation of creative effort including fine art￭ work sculp￭ ture paintings writing literature film￭ making and musical composition creative works have in common a degree of arbitr￭ ariness such that it is impro￭ bable that two people would independently create the same work at its base creative work involves two main steps — having an idea and then turning that idea into a reality the term is frequently u copyright
creativity is a phenomenon whereby something new and somehow valuable is formed the created item may be intangible such as an idea a scientific theory a musical composition or a joke or a physical object such as an invention a literary work or a painting schol￭ arly interest in creativity involves many definitions and concepts pertaining to a number of disciplines psychology cognitive science education philosophy particularly philosophy of science technology the￭ ology soci￭ ology lingu￭ is￭ tics business studies s￭ ong￭ writing and economics covering the relations between creativity and general intelligence mental and neuro￭ logical processes personality type and creative ability creativity and mental health the potential for fostering creativity through education and training especially as aug￭ mented by technology the maxim￭ isation of creativity for national economic benefit and the application of creative resources to improve the effectiveness of teaching and learning
a credit limit is the maximum amount of credit that a financial institution or other lender will extend to a debtor for a particular line of credit sometimes called a credit line line of credit or a trad￭ eline for example it is the most that a credit card company will allow a card holder to take out at once on a credit card this limit is based on a variety of factors ranging from an individual s ability to make interest payments an organization s cash￭ flow or ability to repay the credit card debt and is an obligation of the consumer to pay just like all other parts of the balance
cre￭ n￭ ated tongue also called s￭ call￭ op￭ ed tongue pie cr￭ ust tongue lingu￭ a ind￭ ent￭ ata or cre￭ n￭ ulated tongue is a descriptive term for the appearance of the tongue when there are ind￭ ent￭ ations along the lateral borders the sides as the result of compression of the tongue against the adjacent teeth the oral mu￭ co￭ sa in the area of cre￭ nation is usually of normal color but there may be er￭ y￭ them￭ a red￭ ness if exposed to a high degree of friction or pressure cre￭ n￭ ated tongue is usually as￭ ymp￭ tomatic and harmless it is not a disease as such but usually results from habits where the tongue is pressed against the lingual surfaces the side facing the tongue of the dental ar￭ ches or from any cause of macro￭ glos￭ sia enlarged tongue which in itself has many causes such as down syndrome where cre￭ nation is caused by par￭ af￭ unc￭ tional habits there may also be associated bru￭ x￭ ism lin￭ ea alba or mor￭ sic￭ ati￭ o buc￭ car￭ um
cre￭ ola bodies are a hist￭ opath￭ o￭ logic finding indicative of asthma found in a patient s sp￭ u￭ tum they are ci￭ li￭ ated colum￭ nar cells sl￭ ough￭ ed from the bron￭ ch￭ ial mu￭ co￭ sa of a patient with asthma other common findings in the sp￭ u￭ tum of asthma patients include char￭ cot ley￭ den cryst￭ als cur￭ sch￭ mann s spir￭ als and e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ ils and excessive amounts of sp￭ u￭ tum in a study by yo￭ shi￭ hara et al 60 of pedi￭ atric asth￭ matic patients demonstrating acute symptoms were found to have cre￭ ola bodies in their sp￭ u￭ tum these patients had increased levels of neu￭ tro￭ phil medi￭ ated cy￭ to￭ k￭ ine activity concluding that epi￭ the￭ li￭ al damage is associated with a locally enhanced chem￭ ot￭ actic signal for and activity of neu￭ troph￭ ils but not e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ ils during acute exacerb￭ ations of paediatric asthma
the cresp￭ i effect leo p aul cresp￭ i 19￭ 16 – 2008 is a behavi￭ our￭ al phenomenon observed in rats in a repeatedly carried out task such as finding food in a maze the running speed of the rat is proportional to the size of the reward it obtained on the previous trial the more food reward that was given to it last time upon completion of the task the faster it will run when attempting to complete the same task the effect also works in reverse it is important to note that the size of the reward has little or no influence on the speed of learning but that it does have an influence on the performance of tasks already learned
cre￭ tin￭ ism is a condition of severely stun￭ ted physical and mental growth due to untreated con￭ genital deficiency of thyro￭ id hormone con￭ genital hypo￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m usually due to maternal hypo￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m
creutz￭ feldt – jakob disease cjd is a degenerative neuro￭ logical disease that is incur￭ able and invariably fatal cjd is at times called a human form of mad cow disease bovine spongiform encephalopathy or bse however given that bse is believed to be the cause of variant creutz￭ feldt – jakob disease v￭ cjd in humans the two are often confused cjd is caused by an infectious agent called a pri￭ on pri￭ ons are mis￭ fol￭ ded proteins that replic￭ ate by converting their properly fol￭ ded counterparts in their host to the same mis￭ fol￭ ded structure they possess cjd causes the brain tissue to degenerate rapidly and as the disease destroys the brain the brain develops holes and the tex￭ ture changes to resemble that of a kitchen spon￭ ge
cr￭ i du chat syndrome also known as chro￭ mo￭ some 5 p deletion syndrome 5 p − said minus syndrome or le￭ je￭ une ’ s syndrome is a rare genetic disorder due to a missing part deletion of chro￭ mo￭ some 5 its name is a french term cat cry or call of the cat referring to the characteristic cat like cry of affected children it was first described by j￭ ér￭ ô￭ me le￭ je￭ une in 1963 the condition affects an estimated 1 in 50 000 live births across all ethn￭ ic￭ ities and is more common in females by a 4 3 ratio
the cri￭ e￭ gee re￭ arrangement is a re￭ arrangement reaction named after ru￭ dol￭ f cri￭ e￭ gee
cri￭ gl￭ er – naj￭ jar syndrome or cns is a rare inherited disorder affecting the metabol￭ ism of bi￭ li￭ rubin a chemical formed from the breakdown of the hem￭ e in red blood cells the disorder results in a form of non￭ hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic ja￭ und￭ ice which results in high levels of un￭ con￭ ju￭ gated bi￭ li￭ rubin and often leads to brain damage in infants the disorder is inherited in an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive manner this syndrome is divided into types i and ii with the latter sometimes called arias syndrome these two types along with gil￭ bert s syndrome du￭ bin – johnson syndrome and ro￭ tor syndrome make up the five known hereditary defects in bi￭ li￭ rubin metabol￭ ism unlike gil￭ bert s syndrome only a few hundred cases of cns are known
crime analysis is a law enforcement function that involves systematic analysis for identifying and analy￭ zing patterns and trends in crime and disorder information on patterns can help law enforcement agencies deploy resources in a more effective manner and assist detectives in identifying and appreh￭ ending suspects crime analysis also plays a role in devising solutions to crime problems and formulating crime prevention strategies quantitative social science data analysis methods are part of the crime analysis process though qualitative methods such as examining police report narratives also play a role
organized crime in el salvador is a serious problem that has brought tragedy to many places sufficient efforts to understand or deal with this phenomenon in this small central american country have not been made there are an estimated 25 000 gang members at large in el salvador with another 9 000 in prison the most well known gangs called mar￭ as in col￭ lo￭ qu￭ ial salv￭ ador￭ an spanish are mar￭ a salv￭ at￭ ru￭ cha and their rivals cal￭ le 18 mar￭ as are hunted by death squ￭ ads including som￭ bra ne￭ gra newer rivals also include the rising mar￭ a the rebels 13 criminal youth gangs run lives in el salvador with an estimation of at least 60 000 young people belonging to gangs today el salvador experiences some of the highest murder rates in the latin america it is also considered an epic￭ enter of the gang crisis along with guatemala and honduras as of march 2012 el salvador has seen a 40 drop in crime due to what the salv￭ ador￭ an government called a gang truce in early 2012 there were on average of 16 killings per day but in late march that number dropped to fewer than five per day and on april 14 2012 for the first time in over three years there were no killings in the country overall there were 411 killings in the month of january 2012 but in march the number was 188 more than a 40 reduction in crime all of this has been happening while crime in neighboring honduras has risen to an all time high
cri￭ mean – congo hemorrha￭ gic fever c￭ chf is a widespread tick borne viral disease that is endemic in africa the balkans the middle east and asia the virus is a member of the bun￭ y￭ avi￭ ri￭ da￭ e family of r￭ na viruses it is a zoonotic disease carried by several domestic and wild animals while clinical disease is rare in infected animals it is severe in infected humans with a mortality rate of 10 40 outbreaks of illness are usually attributable to hy￭ al￭ om￭ ma tick bites or contact with infected animals or people
criminal transmission of hiv is the intentional or reckless infection of a person with the human immun￭ o￭ deficiency virus hiv this is often con￭ fl￭ ated in laws and in discussion with criminal exposure to hiv which does not require the transmission of the virus and often as in the cases of sp￭ itting and biting does not include a realistic means of transmission some countries or jurisdictions including some areas of the u s have enacted laws expressly to crimin￭ alize hiv transmission or exposure charging those accused with criminal transmission of hiv others including the united kingdom charge the accused under existing laws with such crimes as murder fraud canada man￭ slaughter attempted murder or assault
in applied mathematics and astro￭ dynamics in the theory of dynam￭ ical systems a crisis is the sudden appearance or disappearance of a strange at￭ tractor as the parameters of a dynam￭ ical system are varied this global bi￭ fur￭ c￭ ation occurs when a chaotic at￭ tractor comes into contact with an unstable periodic orbit or its stable mani￭ fold as the orbit approaches the unstable orbit it will diverge away from the previous at￭ tractor leading to a qualitatively different behaviour crises can produce inter￭ mit￭ tent behaviour gre￭ bo￭ gi ott rome￭ ir￭ as and yor￭ ke distinguished between three types of crises the first type a boundary or an exter￭ ior crisis the at￭ tractor is suddenly destroyed as the parameters are varied in the post￭ bi￭ fur￭ c￭ ation state the motion is transi￭ ently chaotic moving cha￭ o￭ tically along the former at￭ tractor before being attracted to a fixed point periodic orbit qu￭ asi￭ periodic orbit another strange at￭ tractor or diver￭ ging to infin￭ ity in the second type of crisis an interior crisis the size of the chaotic at￭ tractor suddenly increases the at￭ tractor encounters an unstable fixed point or periodic solution that is inside the basin of attraction in the third type an at￭ tractor merging crisis two or more chaotic at￭ tractors merge to form a single at￭ tractor as the critical parameter value is passed note that the reverse case sudden appearance shrinking or splitting of at￭ tractors can also occur the latter two crises are sometimes called explosive bi￭ fur￭ c￭ ations while crises are sudden as a parameter is varied the dynamics of the system over time can show long transi￭ ents before or￭ bits leave the neighbourhood of the old at￭ tractor typically there is a time constant τ for the length of the transi￭ ent that diver￭ ges as a power law τ ≈ p − pc γ near the critical parameter value pc the expon￭ ent γ is called the critical crisis expon￭ ent there also exist systems where the divergence is stronger than a power law so called super persistent chaotic transi￭ ents
a crisis plan is the physical manifestation of crisis management with respect to the creation of a real document digital or otherwise outlining a personal or organizational reaction to crisis examples of a crisis plan could include a map of evacuation routes an outline of a personal well￭ ness recovery action a list of emergency supplies a c￭ pr manual or a corporate disaster contingency plan a crisis plan could be stored or generated in digital form and be represented through the deployment of such as a smart phone ap￭ p us￭ b key pdf file format or various other translations of a lit￭ eral document every crisis is different and individual plans vary by necessity crisis plan implementation for emergency situations is assisted by modern technology there are numerous app￭ s available for smart phones and other mobile technology platforms that promote enhanced crisis plan implementation and situ￭ ational awareness one example is the c￭ pr choking ap￭ p for ip￭ h￭ one and ip￭ ad developed in part by the university of washington and king county ems
cris￭ pin￭ ess or cris￭ p￭ ness is the gu￭ stat￭ ory sensation of britt￭ len￭ ess in the mouth such that the food item shat￭ ters immediately upon mas￭ tication cris￭ pin￭ ess differs from cr￭ un￭ chin￭ ess in that a cr￭ un￭ chy food continues to provide its material sensation after a few che￭ ws on the other hand a cris￭ py food quickly loses the ta￭ ut equilibrium of its material such as a tightly wrapped sausage a delic￭ ately wrapped item is usually cris￭ p unlike such food items as loosely or un￭ wrapped un￭ fresh fruit or a wax co￭ ated cheese it is possible for a food to be cris￭ py cr￭ un￭ chy or both
cris￭ s￭ cross heart is a type of con￭ genital heart defect where the right atri￭ um is closely associated with the left ven￭ tric￭ le in space and the left atri￭ um is closely associated with the right ven￭ tric￭ le although it is classified as a defect the cris￭ s cross is more of a spatial anomaly than a functional one and it is possible for the heart to have relatively normal functioning
in psy￭ ch￭ ome￭ trics criterion or concrete validity is the extent to which a measure is related to an outcome criterion validity is often divided into con￭ current and predic￭ tive validity con￭ current validity refers to a comparison between the measure in question and an outcome assessed at the same time in standards for educational psychological tests it states con￭ current validity reflects only the status quo at a particular time predic￭ tive validity on the other hand compares the measure in question with an outcome assessed at a later time although con￭ current and predic￭ tive validity are similar it is cau￭ tioned to keep the terms and findings separated con￭ current validity should not be used as a substitute for predic￭ tive validity without an appropriate supporting rationale an example of con￭ current validity is a comparison of the scores of the cle￭ p college al￭ ge￭ bra exam with course grades in college al￭ ge￭ bra to determine the degree to which scores on the cle￭ p are related to performance in a college al￭ ge￭ bra class an example of predic￭ tive validity is a comparison of scores on the sat with first semester grade point average g￭ pa in college this assesses the degree to which sat scores are predic￭ tive of college performance
critical closing pressure is the internal pressure at which a blood vessel collapses and closes completely if blood pressure falls below critical closing pressure then the vessels collapse this happens during the measurement of blood pressure with a sp￭ hy￭ g￭ mom￭ an￭ ome￭ ter at resting state the arter￭ ial critical closing pressure is 20 m￭ mh￭ g critical closing pressure in arter￭ ies is higher than the mean vascular filling pressure that develops after death 7 m￭ mh￭ g therefore arter￭ ies collapse after death then fill up with air once the dis￭ section begins in severe haemorrha￭ ge blood loss leads to a significant reduction in pressure this combined with activity in the sympathetic autonom￭ ic nerves supplying smooth muscle leads to vas￭ o￭ con￭ stric￭ tion to the extent that the vessels may collapse this occurs at the critical closing pressure closing off blood supply to tissues which can lead to toxic shock
critical code studies c￭ cs is an emerging academic sub￭ field related to software studies digital humanities cultural studies computer science human computer interface and the di￭ y do it yourself maker culture its primary focus is on the cultural significance of computer code without excluding or focusing solely upon the code s functional purpose as introduced by mark c marino critical code studies electronic book review critical code studies was initially a method by which scholars can read and explic￭ ate code the way we might explic￭ ate a work of literature but the concept also draws upon es￭ pen aar￭ seth s conception of a cyber￭ text as a mechanical device for the production and consumption of verbal signs cyber￭ text 21 arguing that in order to understand a digital arti￭ fact we must also understand the constraints and capabilities of the author￭ ing tools used by the creator of the arti￭ fact as well as the memory storage and interface required for the user to experience the digital arti￭ fact evidence that c￭ cs has gained momentum since 2006 include an article by matthew kir￭ sch￭ en￭ bau￭ m in the ch￭ ron￭ ic￭ le of higher education c￭ cs sessions at the modern language association in 2011 that were packed with att￭ ende￭ es several academic conferences devoted wholly to critical code studies and a book devoted to the explic￭ ation of a single line of computer code tit￭ led 10 print ch￭ r 205 5 r￭ nd 1 go￭ to 10 mont￭ fort et al mit press
critical illness pol￭ yn￭ euro￭ pa￭ thy cip and critical illness my￭ opathy ci￭ m are overlapping syndro￭ mes of diffuse sym￭ metric fl￭ acci￭ d muscle weakness occurring in critically ill patients and involving all extre￭ mi￭ ties and the di￭ aphr￭ ag￭ m with relative spar￭ ing of the cran￭ ial nerves cip and ci￭ m have similar symptoms and presentations and are often distinguished largely on the basis of specialized electro￭ physi￭ o￭ logic testing or muscle and nerve biopsy the causes of cip and ci￭ m are unknown though they are thought to be a possible neuro￭ logical manifestation of systemic infl￭ am￭ matory response syndrome cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ster￭ oids and neuro￭ muscular blocking agents which are widely used in intensive care may contribute to the development of cip and ci￭ m as may elev￭ ations in blood sugar which frequently occur in critically ill patients cip was first described by charles f bol￭ ton in a series of five patients combined cip and ci￭ m was first described by nicol￭ a lat￭ ron￭ ico in a series of 24 patients
a critical mass is the smallest amount of fissile material needed for a sustained nuclear chain reaction the critical mass of a fis￭ sion￭ able material depends upon its nuclear properties specifically the nuclear fis￭ sion cross section its density its shape its enrichment its purity its temperature and its surroundings the concept is important in nuclear weapon design
critical op￭ al￭ es￭ cence is a phenomenon which arises in the region of a continuous or second order phase transition originally reported by charles c￭ ag￭ ni￭ ard de la tour in 18￭ 23 in mixtures of alcohol and water its importance was recognised by thomas andrews in 18￭ 69 following his experiments on the liquid gas transition in carbon dioxide many other examples have been discovered since the phenomenon is most commonly demonstrated in b￭ inary fluid mixtures such as meth￭ an￭ ol and cyclo￭ hex￭ ane as the critical point is approached the sizes of the gas and liquid region begin to fluctu￭ ate over increasingly large length scales as the density fluctuations become of a size comparable to the wa￭ vel￭ eng￭ th of light the light is scattered and causes the normally transparent liquid to appear clou￭ dy tell￭ ingly the op￭ al￭ es￭ cence does not diminish as one gets closer to the critical point where the largest fluctuations can reach even centi￭ metre proportions confirming the physical relevance of smaller fluctuations in 19￭ 08 the polish physic￭ ist marian sm￭ olu￭ cho￭ wski became the first to ascri￭ be the phenomenon of critical op￭ al￭ es￭ cence to large density fluctuations in 19￭ 10 albert einstein showed that the link between critical op￭ al￭ es￭ cence and ray￭ le￭ igh scat￭ tering is quantitative
a critic￭ ality accident is an uncontrolled nuclear chain reaction it is sometimes referred to as a critical ex￭ cur￭ sion or a critical power ex￭ cur￭ sion and represents the un￭ intentional assembly of a critical mass of a given fissile material such as enriched uranium or plutonium in an unprotected environment a critical or super￭ critical fis￭ sion reaction one that is sustained in power or increasing in power generally only occurs inside reactor co￭ res and occasionally within test environments a critic￭ ality accident occurs when the same reaction is achieved un￭ intentionally and in an unsafe environment though dangerous and frequently lethal to humans within the immediate area the critical mass formed is still incapable of producing a nuclear detonation of the type seen in fis￭ sion bombs as the reaction lacks the many engineering elements that are necessary to induce explosive super￭ critic￭ ality the heat released by the nuclear reaction will typically cause the fissile material to expand so that the nuclear reaction becomes sub￭ critical again within a few seconds in the history of atomic power development 60 critic￭ ality accidents have occurred including 22 in collections of fissile materials located in process environments outside of a nuclear reactor or critical experiments assembly although process accidents occurring outside of reactors are characterized by a large release of radiation the release is loc￭ alized and has caused fatal radiation exposure only to persons very near to the event less than 1 metre resulting in 14 fatalities no critic￭ ality accidents have resulted in nuclear explosions
cr￭ o mag￭ non 1 is a fossi￭ lized human skull of the sub species homo sap￭ i￭ ens sap￭ i￭ ens it was discovered with other cr￭ o mag￭ non specimens in les e￭ yz￭ ies france by louis lar￭ tet in 1868 it is dated to 27 680 ± 270 before present bp the cran￭ ial cav￭ ity measures 1600 cubic centi￭ meters cm 3 the capacity of a modern adult human s cran￭ ial cav￭ ity is 1200 1700 cm 3
croatia re￭ divi￭ va č￭ a ka￭ j š￭ to – ba￭ š￭ tin￭ ski dan￭ i is a croatian poe￭ tical manifestation gathering po￭ ets of all croatian dial￭ ects functioning as literary languages the founder of the festival is the croatian poet physician and ambassador dr￭ ago š￭ tam￭ bu￭ k he is also the author of the wall of poetry z￭ id od versi at the central square in sel￭ ca onto which plates of the wre￭ athed po￭ ets poe￭ ta￭ e oli￭ ve￭ ati are mounted with en￭ gra￭ ved year of the wre￭ a￭ thing name of the poet and a few ver￭ ses carved into the bra￭ č￭ ian mar￭ ble the principal idea of the festival is that of the three￭ fol￭ dness of the croatian language and the idea of ko￭ in￭ é￭ isation mixing of all three croatian dial￭ ects č￭ ak￭ avian ka￭ j￭ k￭ avian and š￭ to￭ k￭ avian as an expression of language comm￭ onn￭ ess organisers of the manifestation are the association hr￭ vat￭ ski sa￭ stan￭ ak 18￭ 88 and the croatian writers association the festival is held annually in the pic￭ tu￭ res￭ que village of sel￭ ca at the island of bra￭ č usually in mid july even though there were cases where it was held much earlier such as the first one which was held on holy saturday march 30 1991 every poet reads his own ver￭ ses in one of the three croatian literary idi￭ oms at the main stone covered square of st￭ j￭ ep￭ an radi￭ ć in front of numerous interested admir￭ ers of the croatian literary word the pin￭ nac￭ le of the festival is the election of the most successful poet who is crowned with the wre￭ ath of olive leaves the decision is made by a three member jury composed of the founder and earlier wre￭ athe￭ es oli￭ ve￭ ati the crowned poet po￭ eta oli￭ ve￭ atus and the founder then choose the ver￭ ses that shall be en￭ gra￭ ved into the mar￭ ble plate and mounted onto the wall of poetry of the central sel￭ can square right in front of the church of the christ the king the versi￭ fied plate is of white bra￭ č mar￭ ble every five years the founder ed￭ its and publishes the selection of the po￭ ems of the wre￭ athed po￭ ets that were read during the festi￭ vals of the period entitled mas￭ lin￭ ov vi￭ jen￭ ac the olive wre￭ ath so far three titles have been published 1996 2001 and 2005
cro￭ hn s disease is a type of infl￭ am￭ matory bo￭ wel disease i￭ b￭ d that may affect any part of the gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract from mouth to an￭ us signs and symptoms often include ab￭ domin￭ al pain diarr￭ hea which may be bloody if infl￭ amm￭ ation is severe fever and weight loss other complications may occur outside the gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract and include an￭ emia skin r￭ ashes ar￭ thri￭ tis infl￭ amm￭ ation of the eye and feeling tired the skin r￭ ashes may be due to infections as well as py￭ o￭ der￭ ma gan￭ gre￭ no￭ sum or er￭ y￭ them￭ a no￭ do￭ sum bo￭ wel obstruction also commonly occurs and those with the disease are at greater risk of bo￭ wel cancer cro￭ hn s disease is caused by a combination of environmental immune and bacterial factors in genetically susceptible individuals it results in a chronic infl￭ am￭ matory disorder in which the body s immune system attacks the gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract possibly directed at micro￭ bial antigens while cro￭ hn s is an immune related disease it does not appear to be an auto￭ immune disease in that the immune system is not being triggered by the body itself the exact underlying immune problem is not clear however it may be an immun￭ o￭ deficiency state about half of the overall risk is related to genetics with more than 70 genes found to be involved tobacco smokers are two times more likely to develop cro￭ hn s disease than non￭ smokers it also often begins after gastro￭ enter￭ i￭ tis diagnosis is based on a number of findings including biopsy and appearance of the bo￭ wel wall medical imaging and description of the disease other conditions that can present similarly include irrit￭ able bo￭ wel syndrome and beh￭ ç￭ et s disease there are no medications or surgical procedures that can cure cro￭ hn s disease treatment options help with symptoms maintain remission and prevent relap￭ se in those newly diagnosed a cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ster￭ o￭ id may be used for a brief period of time to quickly improve the disease with another medication such as either meth￭ o￭ tre￭ x￭ ate or a thi￭ op￭ urine used to prevent recurrence an important part of treatment is the stopping of smoking among those who do one in five people with the disease are admitted to hospital each year and half of those with the disease will require surgery for the disease at some point over a ten year period while surgery should be used as little as possible it is necessary to address some abs￭ c￭ esses certain bo￭ wel obstruc￭ tions and cancers checking for bo￭ wel cancer via colon￭ o￭ sco￭ py is recommended every few years starting eight years after the disease has begun cro￭ hn s disease affects about 3 2 per 1 000 people in europe and north america it is less common in asia and africa it has historically been more common in the developed world rates have however been increasing particularly in the developing world since the 1970 s infl￭ am￭ matory bo￭ wel disease resulted in 35 000 deaths in 2010 and those with cro￭ hn s disease have a slightly reduced life expectancy it tends to start in the teens and tw￭ en￭ ties although it can occur at any age males and females are equally affected the disease was named after gastro￭ enter￭ o￭ logist bur￭ ri￭ ll bernard cro￭ hn who in 19￭ 32 together with two other colleagues at mount sinai hospital in new york described a series of patients with infl￭ amm￭ ation of the terminal i￭ leum of the small intest￭ ine the area most commonly affected by the illness
cro￭ me syndrome is a rare disease defined by various symptoms including epi￭ le￭ psy intellectual disability eye and kidney problems it usually causes death in 4 to 8 months
cron￭ kh￭ ite – canada syndrome is a rare syndrome characterized by multiple poly￭ ps of the dig￭ estive tract it is spor￭ adic i e it does not seem to be a hereditary disease and it is currently considered acquired and idi￭ opathic i e cause remains unknown about two thirds of patients are of japanese descent and the male to female ratio is 2 1 it was characterized in 1955
a crop circle or crop formation is a pattern created by fl￭ att￭ ening a crop usually a cereal the term was first coined in the early nine￭ teen eigh￭ ties by colin andrews crop circles have been described as all falling within the range of the sort of thing done in ho￭ axes by tan￭ er ed￭ is professor of physics at trum￭ an state university although obscure natural causes or alien origins of crop circles are suggested by fringe theorists there is no scientific evidence for such explanations and human causes are consistent for all crop circles the number of crop circles has substantially increased from the 1970 s to current times there has been little scientific study of them circles in the united kingdom are not spread randomly across the landscape but appear near roads areas of medium to dense population and cultural heritage monuments such as st￭ one￭ hen￭ ge or a￭ ve￭ bury in 1991 two ho￭ ax￭ ers bo￭ wer and chor￭ ley took credit for having created many circles throughout england after one of their circles was described by a circle investigator as impossible to be made by human hand formations are usually created overnight although some are reported to have appeared during the day in contrast to crop circles or crop formations archae￭ ological remains can cause cro￭ p￭ marks in the fields in the shapes of circles and squares but they do not appear overnight and they are always in the same places every year
crop milk is a secre￭ tion from the lining of the crop of parent birds that is reg￭ urg￭ itated to young birds it is found among all pigeons and do￭ ves where it is referred to as pigeon milk an analo￭ g to crop milk is also secre￭ ted from the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus of fl￭ amin￭ gos and some pen￭ gu￭ ins
cross dominance also known as mixed han￭ dedness mixed dominance or increased hand efficiency is a motor skill manifestation where a person favors one hand for some tasks and the other hand for others for example a cross dominant person might write with the left hand but throw mainly with the right one it can also refer to mixed lat￭ er￭ ality which refers to a person favoring eyes ears feet or hands on one side of the body a person who is cross dominant can also be stronger on the opposite side of the body that they favor for example a right handed person can be stronger on the left side cross dominance can often be a problem when shooting or in activities that require aim although athletes can still achieve success in sports that require accuracy like passing in american football and shooting in basketball overall being mixed handed seems to result in better performance than being strongly handed for sports such as basketball ice hockey and field hockey what these sports have in common is that they require active body movements and also an ability to respond to either side the situation is reversed for r￭ acqu￭ et sports such as tennis individuals with crossed hand eye preference seem to be much better at g￭ ym￭ nas￭ tics running and basketball because of the way in which con￭ gru￭ ent and crossed sided individuals position their bodies — stanley co￭ ren the left han￭ der syndrome chapter 3
cross language information retri￭ eval cli￭ r is a sub￭ field of information retri￭ eval dealing with retri￭ eving information written in a language different from the language of the user s qu￭ ery for example a user may pose their qu￭ ery in english but retri￭ eve relevant documents written in french to do so most of cli￭ r systems use translation techniques cli￭ r techniques can be classified into different categories based on different translation resources dic￭ tionary based cli￭ r techniques parallel corpor￭ a based cli￭ r techniques comparable corpor￭ a based cli￭ r techniques machine trans￭ lat￭ or based cli￭ r techniques the first workshop on cli￭ r was held in z￭ ü￭ rich during the sig￭ ir 96 conference workshops have been held yearly since 2000 at the meetings of the cross language evaluation forum cle￭ f the term cross language information retri￭ eval has many synon￭ y￭ ms of which the following are perhaps the most frequent cross lingual information retri￭ eval transl￭ ing￭ ual information retri￭ eval multilingual information retri￭ eval the term multilingual information retri￭ eval refers to cli￭ r in general but it also has a specific meaning of cross language information retri￭ eval where a document collection is multilingual google search had a cross language search feature that was removed in 2013
cross phase modulation x￭ pm is a non￭ linear optical effect where one wa￭ vel￭ eng￭ th of light can affect the phase of another wa￭ vel￭ eng￭ th of light through the optical ker￭ r effect
cross presentation is the ability of certain antigen presenting cells to take up process and present ex￭ trac￭ ell￭ ular antigens with mh￭ c class i molecules to cd 8 t cells cy￭ to￭ toxic t cells cross pri￭ ming the result of this process describes the naive cy￭ to￭ toxic cd 8 t cell stimulation this process is necessary for immunity against most tumors and against viruses that do not readily infect antigen presenting cells or impair d￭ end￭ ri￭ tic cell normal function it is also required for induc￭ tion of cy￭ to￭ toxic immunity by vaccination with protein antigens for example tum￭ our vaccination cross presentation is of particular importance because it permits the presentation of exo￭ genous antigens which are normally presented by mh￭ c ii on the surface of infected d￭ end￭ ri￭ tic cells to be also presented by mh￭ c i without inf￭ ecting the d￭ end￭ ri￭ tic cell cross presentation allows the d￭ end￭ ri￭ tic cell to avoid using the endo￭ genous prote￭ as￭ om￭ al processing path￭ way which otherwise would divert cellular resources away from mh￭ c ii presentation processes that present exo￭ genous antigens after infection such a diversion could func￭ tionally impair the d￭ end￭ ri￭ tic cell
cross species transmission c￭ st is the phenomenon of transfer of viral infection from one species usually a similar species to another often seen in emerging viruses where one species transfers to another which in turn transfers to humans examples include hiv aids sars e￭ bol￭ a swine flu rabies and bird flu the exact mechanism that facilitates the transfer is unknown however it is believed that viruses with a rapid mutation rate are able to overcome host specific immun￭ ological defenses this can occur between species that have high contact rates it can also occur between species with low contact rates but usually through an intermediary species bats for example are mammals and can directly transfer rabies to humans through bite and also through aero￭ soli￭ zation of bat sal￭ via and urine which are then absorbed by human mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ ran￭ es in the nose mouth and eyes similarity between species for example transfer between mammals is believed to be facilitated by similar immun￭ ological defenses other factors include geographic area intr￭ aspec￭ ies behavi￭ ours and phy￭ log￭ ene￭ tic rel￭ ate￭ dness virus emergence relies on two factors initial infection and sustained transmission
cross tolerance is a phenomenon that occurs when tolerance to the effects of a certain drug produces tolerance to another drug it often happens between two drugs with similar functions or effects – for example acting on the same cell recep￭ tor or affecting the transmission of certain neuro￭ transmitters cross tolerance has been observed with pharmaceutical drugs such as anti anxiety agents and illicit substances and sometimes the two of them together often a person who uses one drug can be tolerant to a drug that has a completely different function this phenomenon allows one to become tolerant to a drug that they have never even used before
cross education is a neuro￭ physiological phenomenon where an increase in strength is witnessed within an un￭ trained limb following unilateral strength training in the opposite contr￭ al￭ ateral limb cross education can also be seen in the transfer of skills from one limb to the other
cross – mc￭ k￭ us￭ ick – bre￭ en syndrome also known as cross syndrome hypo￭ pi￭ gm￭ entation and micro￭ phthal￭ mia and oc￭ ul￭ oc￭ ere￭ br￭ al hypo￭ pi￭ gm￭ entation syndrome is an extremely rare disorder characterized by white skin blond hair with yellow gray metallic she￭ en small eyes with clou￭ dy cor￭ ne￭ as jer￭ ky ny￭ stag￭ mus g￭ ing￭ i￭ val fi￭ bro￭ mat￭ osis and severe mental and physical retar￭ dation it was characterized in 1967
cross￭ bite is a form of mal￭ oc￭ clu￭ sion where a tooth or teeth has a more buc￭ cal or lingual position that is the tooth is either closer to the cheek or to the tongue than its corresponding antagon￭ ist tooth in the upper or lower dental arch in other words cross￭ bite is a lateral mis￭ alignment of the dental ar￭ ches
in rail transport the crossing sequence is a pattern 2 long 1 short 1 long each about 2 seconds for the long 1 second each for the short spaces sounded by a locom￭ otive horn or whistle as the train approaches and passes a grade crossing
cros￭ smo￭ dal perception or cross modal perception is perception that involves interactions between two or more different sensory modalities examples include syn￭ esthesia sensory substitution and the mc￭ gur￭ k effect in which vision and hearing interact in speech perception cros￭ smo￭ dal perception cros￭ smo￭ dal integration and cros￭ smo￭ dal plas￭ tic￭ ity of the human brain are increasingly studied in neuro￭ science to gain a better understanding of the large scale and long term properties of the brain a related research theme is the study of mul￭ tis￭ ens￭ ory perception and mul￭ tis￭ ens￭ ory integration
in humans the cro￭ tch is the bottom of the pel￭ vis the region of the body where the legs join the tor￭ so and is often considered to include the gro￭ in and gen￭ itals this definition also applies to clothing where the cro￭ tch includes the area of a pair of trousers or shorts where the legs join together the bottom of the cro￭ tch defines one end of the in￭ se￭ am
cro￭ up also known as lar￭ yn￭ go￭ trac￭ he￭ ob￭ ron￭ chi￭ tis is a type of respiratory infection that is usually caused by a virus the infection leads to sw￭ elling inside the wind pipe which interferes with normal breathing and produces the classic symptoms of barking cough stri￭ dor and a ho￭ arse voice fever and run￭ ny nose may also be present these symptoms may be mild moderate or severe often it starts or is worse at night it normally lasts one to two days cro￭ up can be caused by a number of viruses including par￭ ain￭ flu￭ enza and influenza virus rarely is it due to a bacterial infection cro￭ up is typically diagnosed based on signs and symptoms after potentially more severe causes such as ep￭ ig￭ lot￭ ti￭ tis or an air￭ way foreign body have been ruled out further investigations — such as blood tests x rays and cultures — are usually not needed many cases of cro￭ up are preventable by immun￭ ization for influenza and di￭ ph￭ ther￭ ia cro￭ up is usually treated with a single dose of ster￭ oids by mouth in more severe cases inhal￭ ed ep￭ in￭ eph￭ rine may also be used hosp￭ itali￭ zation is required in one to five percent of cases cro￭ up is a relatively common condition that affects about 15 of children at some point it most commonly occurs between 6 months and 5 years of age but may rarely be seen in children as old as fifteen it is slightly more common in males than females it occurs most often in autumn before vaccination cro￭ up was frequently caused by di￭ ph￭ ther￭ ia and was often fatal this cause is now very rare in the western world due to the success of the di￭ ph￭ ther￭ ia vaccine
c￭ rou￭ z￭ on syndrome is an auto￭ som￭ al dominant genetic disorder known as a bran￭ ch￭ ial arch syndrome specifically this syndrome affects the first bran￭ ch￭ ial or phar￭ yn￭ ge￭ al arch which is the precursor of the max￭ illa and man￭ di￭ ble since the bran￭ ch￭ ial ar￭ ches are important developmental features in a growing embryo disturbances in their development create lasting and widespread effects this syndrome is named after octa￭ ve c￭ rou￭ z￭ on a french physician who first described this disorder he noted the affected patients were a mother and her daughter implying a genetic basis first called cran￭ io￭ facial dy￭ so￭ sto￭ sis the disorder was characterized by a number of clinical features this syndrome is caused by a mutation in the fi￭ bro￭ blast growth factor recep￭ tor ii located on chro￭ mo￭ some 10 breaking down the name cran￭ io￭ facial refers to the skull and face and dy￭ so￭ sto￭ sis refers to mal￭ formation of bone now known as c￭ rou￭ z￭ on syndrome the characteristics can be described by the ru￭ dim￭ entary meanings of its former name what occurs is that an infant s skull and facial bones while in development fuse early or are unable to expand thus normal bone growth cannot occur fusion of different su￭ tures leads to different patterns of growth of the skull examples include tri￭ gon￭ o￭ cephal￭ y fusion of the me￭ topic su￭ ture br￭ ach￭ y￭ cephal￭ y fusion of the cor￭ onal su￭ ture dol￭ ic￭ ho￭ cephal￭ y fusion of the sag￭ it￭ tal su￭ ture pl￭ ag￭ io￭ cephal￭ y unilateral premature closure of lam￭ b￭ do￭ id and cor￭ onal su￭ tures oxy￭ cephal￭ y fusion of cor￭ onal and lam￭ b￭ do￭ idal su￭ tures k￭ lee￭ bl￭ att￭ scha￭ e￭ del premature closure of all su￭ tures
c￭ rou￭ z￭ ono￭ der￭ mo￭ sk￭ el￭ etal syndrome is a disorder characterized by the premature joining of certain bones of the skull cran￭ io￭ sy￭ no￭ sto￭ sis during development and a skin condition called ac￭ anth￭ osis ni￭ gr￭ ic￭ ans some of the signs and symptoms of c￭ rou￭ z￭ ono￭ der￭ mo￭ sk￭ el￭ etal syndrome are similar to those seen with c￭ rou￭ z￭ on syndrome they include prematurely f￭ used skull bones which affect the shape of the head and face wide set bul￭ ging eyes due to shallow eye soc￭ kets eyes that do not point in the same direction str￭ ab￭ is￭ mus a small be￭ aked nose and an underdeveloped upper jaw people with these conditions are generally of normal intelligence several features distinguish c￭ rou￭ z￭ ono￭ der￭ mo￭ sk￭ el￭ etal syndrome from c￭ rou￭ z￭ on syndrome people with c￭ rou￭ z￭ ono￭ der￭ mo￭ sk￭ el￭ etal syndrome have ac￭ anth￭ osis ni￭ gr￭ ic￭ ans a skin condition characterized by thick dark vel￭ ve￭ ty skin in body fol￭ ds and cre￭ ases including the neck and under￭ arms in addition subtle changes may be seen in the bones of the sp￭ ine verte￭ bra￭ e non￭ can￭ cer￭ ous grow￭ ths called cem￭ ent￭ om￭ as may develop in the jaw during young adul￭ thood c￭ rou￭ z￭ ono￭ der￭ mo￭ sk￭ el￭ etal syndrome is rare the condition is seen in about 1 per million people
crowding is a percep￭ tual phenomenon where the recognition of objects or graph￭ em￭ es presented away from the fo￭ ve￭ a is impaired by the presence of other neighbouring objects sometimes called flan￭ kers it has been suggested that crowding occurs due to mandatory integration of the crowded objects by a tex￭ ture processing ne￭ ural mechanism crowding deficits have been specifically found in neuro￭ psychiatric disorders such as schizophrenia and au￭ tism and may have profound clinical implications in these disorders if objects remain within your visual field over time then pri￭ ming psychology begins to occur and the objects become less clu￭ t￭ tered
the cro￭ we sign or cro￭ we s sign is the presence of ax￭ ill￭ ary ar￭ mp￭ it f￭ reck￭ ling in people with neuro￭ fi￭ bro￭ mat￭ osis type i von reck￭ ling￭ ha￭ usen s disease these f￭ reck￭ les occur in up to 30 of people with the disease and their presence is one of seven diagnostic criteria for neuro￭ fi￭ bro￭ mat￭ osis f￭ reck￭ les can also be present in the inter￭ tri￭ gin￭ ous area in neuro￭ fi￭ bro￭ mat￭ osis such as the ingu￭ inal fold sub￭ mam￭ ill￭ ary areas and n￭ ape of the neck this medical sign is named after frank w cro￭ we july 2 19￭ 19 april 29 1987 an american physician who practiced der￭ mat￭ ology in bo￭ ise id￭ ah￭ o in 1956 cro￭ we et al recognised the auto￭ som￭ al dominant here￭ dity of neuro￭ fi￭ bro￭ mat￭ osis and the use of 6 or more café au la￭ it spots to diagnose the condition in 1964 cro￭ we published work on the use of ax￭ ill￭ ary f￭ reck￭ ling in its diagnosis which is now referred to as the cro￭ we sign he noticed that ax￭ ill￭ ary f￭ reck￭ les are present in about 20 30 of patients with neuro￭ fi￭ bro￭ mat￭ osis but he did not see any in patients who did not have neuro￭ fi￭ bro￭ mat￭ osis ax￭ ill￭ ary f￭ reck￭ ling also occurs in other disease processes that closely resemble n￭ f 1 such as legi￭ us syndrome cafe au la￭ it spots ax￭ ill￭ ary f￭ reck￭ ling and macro￭ cephal￭ y without lis￭ ch no￭ d￭ ules neuro￭ fi￭ bro￭ mas or cns tumors and homo￭ zy￭ g￭ ous hn￭ p￭ cc mutations cafe au la￭ it spots ax￭ ill￭ ary f￭ reck￭ ling and cu￭ taneous neuro￭ fi￭ bro￭ mas in the setting of hereditary non poly￭ pos￭ is col￭ on cancer also known as lyn￭ ch syndrome seen with family history of hn￭ p￭ cc and cons￭ angu￭ inity
crown flash is a rare but observed phenomenon involving the bri￭ ghtening of a thunder￭ head crown followed by the appearance of aur￭ ora like stream￭ ers emanating into the clear atmosphere the current hypothesis is that sunlight is reflecting off or ref￭ r￭ acting through tiny ice cryst￭ als above the crown of a cumul￭ on￭ im￭ bus cloud these ice cryst￭ als are aligned by the strong electro magnetic effects around the cloud so the effect may appear as a tall stream￭ er or pillar of light when the electro magnetic field is disturbed by lightning fl￭ ashes within the cloud the ice cryst￭ als are re orientated causing the light pattern to shift very rapidly and appear to dance in a strikingly mechanical fashion the effect may also sometimes known as a le￭ aping sun￭ dog as with sun￭ dogs the observer would have to be in a specific position to see the effect which is not a self generated light such as seen in a lightning strike but rather a changing reflection ref￭ r￭ action of the sunlight mentioned in nature in 1971 and in a letter to nature slightly earlier in the same year this phenomenon is regarded as rare and not well documented recently several you￭ tube videos have emerged that appear to document this phenomenon
crown sh￭ y￭ ness is a phenomenon observed in some tree species in which the cro￭ wns of fully stoc￭ ked trees do not touch each other forming a can￭ op￭ y with channel like gaps it is also known as can￭ op￭ y disengagement can￭ op￭ y sh￭ y￭ ness or inter￭ crown spac￭ ing the phenomenon is most prevalent among trees of the same species but also occurs between trees of different species there exist many hypo￭ theses as to why crown sh￭ y￭ ness is an adap￭ tive behavior though prominent research suggest that it might inhibit spread of leaf eating insect lar￭ v￭ ae
crown s￭ prou￭ ting is the ability of a plant to regener￭ ate its shoot system after destruction usually by fire by activating dormant vegetative structures to produce reg￭ row￭ th from the root crown the junction between the root and shoot portions of a plant these dormant structures take the form of lig￭ no￭ tubers or bas￭ al epic￭ orm￭ ic bu￭ ds plant species that can accomplish crown s￭ prou￭ ting are called crown res￭ prou￭ ters distinguishing them from stem or trunk res￭ prou￭ ters and like them are characteristic of fire prone habitats such as cha￭ par￭ ral in contrast to plant fire survival strategies that decrease the flamm￭ ability of the plant or by requiring heat to germin￭ ate crown s￭ prou￭ ting allows for the total destruction of the above ground growth crown s￭ prou￭ ting plants typically have extensive root systems in which they store nutrients allowing them to survive during fires and spro￭ ut afterwards early researchers suggested that crown s￭ prou￭ ting species might lack species genetic diversity however research on gon￭ d￭ wan￭ an sh￭ ru￭ bl￭ and suggests that crown s￭ prou￭ ting species have similar genetic diversity to seed s￭ prou￭ ters some genera such as arc￭ to￭ stap￭ hy￭ los and ce￭ ano￭ thus have species that are both res￭ prou￭ ters and not both adapted to fire california buc￭ ke￭ ye a￭ es￭ cul￭ us califor￭ nica is an example of a western united states tree which can regener￭ ate from its root crown after a fire event but can also regener￭ ate by seed
cr￭ un￭ chin￭ ess is the sensation of mu￭ ff￭ led grinding of a foodstuff cr￭ un￭ chin￭ ess differs from cris￭ p￭ ness in that a cris￭ p item is quickly atom￭ ized while a cr￭ un￭ chy one offers sustained gran￭ ular resistance to jaw action while cris￭ p￭ ness is difficult to maintain cr￭ un￭ chin￭ ess is difficult to overcome cr￭ un￭ chy foods are associated with freshness
a cr￭ us frac￭ ture is a frac￭ ture the lower legs bones meaning either or both of the ti￭ bia and fi￭ bul￭ a
a crush injury is injury by an object that causes compression of the body this form of injury is common following a natural disaster or after some form of trauma from a deliberate attack common concerns after an injury of this type are r￭ hab￭ dom￭ y￭ ol￭ ysis and crush syndrome
crush syndrome also traumatic r￭ hab￭ dom￭ y￭ ol￭ ysis or by￭ waters syndrome or ground beef blood g￭ bb is a medical condition characterized by major shock and ren￭ al failure after a crushing injury to sk￭ el￭ etal muscle crush injury is compression of extre￭ mi￭ ties or other parts of the body that causes muscle sw￭ elling and or neuro￭ logical disturbances in the affected areas of the body while crush syndrome is loc￭ alized crush injury with systemic manifestations cases occur commonly in catastrophes such as earthquakes to victims that have been trapped under fallen or moving masonry victims of crushing damage present some of the greatest challenges in field medicine and may be among the few situations where a physician is needed in the field the most drastic response to crushing under massive objects may be field ampu￭ tation even if it is possible to ex￭ tricate the patient without ampu￭ tation appropriate physiological preparation is mandatory where per￭ missive hypo￭ tension is the standard for pre￭ hospital care fluid loading is the requirement in crush syndrome
in b￭ aking a cr￭ ust is the outer hard skin of bread or the shell of a pie generally it is made up of at least shortening or another fat water flour and salt it may also include milk sugar or other ingredients that contribute to the taste or tex￭ ture an egg or milk wash can be used to decor￭ ate the outside as well as co￭ arse sugar a cr￭ ust contributes to a pastry the ratio of ingredients and mixing method determines the tex￭ ture of the cr￭ ust if the flour is not well mixed with the shortening then water can bind to the available flour causing the glu￭ ten protein matrix to become over developed this would result in a tough cr￭ ust as opposed to a fla￭ ky cr￭ ust which is more desirable depending on the type of pastry the cr￭ ust can be baked before it is filled or in baked baked together with the filling in pies two different types of cr￭ ust exist one cr￭ ust pie and two cr￭ ust pie a two cr￭ ust pie can have either a complete upper cr￭ ust a lat￭ tice top or any of a variety of other decorative tops
cru￭ ve￭ il￭ hi￭ er – bau￭ m￭ gar￭ ten disease or pé￭ got cru￭ ve￭ il￭ hi￭ er – bau￭ m￭ gar￭ ten disease is a rare medical condition in which the um￭ bil￭ ical or par￭ au￭ m￭ bil￭ ical ve￭ ins are dist￭ ended with an ab￭ domin￭ al wall bru￭ it the cru￭ ve￭ il￭ hi￭ er bau￭ m￭ gar￭ ten bru￭ it and palpable thri￭ ll portal hyper￭ tension with splen￭ om￭ eg￭ al￭ y hy￭ pers￭ plen￭ ism and o￭ es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al var￭ ices with a normal or small liver it was first described by pé￭ got in 18￭ 33 and then by jean cru￭ ve￭ il￭ hi￭ er 18￭ 35 and paul clem￭ ens von bau￭ m￭ gar￭ ten 1907 armstrong et al 19￭ 42 and stein￭ burg and gal￭ am￭ bos 1967 described two different types of the condition cru￭ ve￭ il￭ hi￭ er bau￭ m￭ gar￭ ten syndrome liver cir￭ rho￭ sis or portal hyper￭ tension is the cause of the dis￭ tension of the par￭ au￭ m￭ bil￭ ical ve￭ ins i e an acquired condition in which the ve￭ ins reopen due to high portal pressure cru￭ ve￭ il￭ hi￭ er – bau￭ m￭ gar￭ ten disease the dis￭ tension of the par￭ au￭ m￭ bil￭ ical ve￭ ins is due to failure of um￭ bil￭ ical vein closure with little or no evidence of liver disease found on liver biopsy i e a con￭ genital pat￭ ency of the um￭ bil￭ ical vein leading to portal hyper￭ tension
a cry break is a vocal break in a tone or note in a song it is characteristic in the singing tone of hank williams where a note seems to break and start over again there are notes that the singer sounds near to the point of starting to cry it is a technique that is used in country singing songs that deal with the issues of sorrow and loss are likely to contain cry breaks train whist￭ les may also be played in this manner ev￭ oking the same emotions
crying is the shedding of tears in response to an emotional state the act of crying has been defined as a complex secre￭ tom￭ o￭ tor phenomenon characterized by the shedding of tears from the lac￭ ri￭ mal apparatus without any irritation of the oc￭ ular structures a related medical term is lac￭ ri￭ mation which also refers to non emotional shedding of tears crying is also known as we￭ eping w￭ ailing wh￭ imper￭ ing and b￭ aw￭ ling for crying to be described as sobbing it usually has to be accompanied by a set of other symptoms such as slow but erratic inhal￭ ation occasional instances of breath holding and muscular trem￭ or a neuro￭ nal connection between the lac￭ ri￭ mal g￭ land tear duc￭ t and the areas of the human brain involved with emotion has been established there is debate among scientists over whether or not humans are the only animals that produce tears in response to emotional states charles darwin wrote in the expression of the emotions in man and animals that the keepers of indian elephants in the london zoo told him that their charges shed tears in sorrow tears produced during emotional crying have a chemical composition which differs from other types of tears they contain significantly greater quantities of the hormones pro￭ l￭ acti￭ n ad￭ re￭ no￭ cor￭ ti￭ co￭ tropic hormone leu en￭ ke￭ p￭ hal￭ in and the elements potassium and man￭ g￭ anese
cry￭ o￭ fi￭ br￭ ino￭ gen￭ emia is defined by the presence of circulating cold in￭ soluble complex￭ es of fi￭ br￭ in fi￭ br￭ ino￭ gen fib￭ ron￭ ec￭ tin and fi￭ br￭ in split products with albumin immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ul￭ ins and plasma proteins that precipitate from the patient s plasma in the cold
cry￭ o￭ fi￭ br￭ ino￭ gen￭ emic pur￭ pur￭ a is a skin condition that manifests as painful pur￭ pur￭ a with slow healing ul￭ cer￭ ations and e￭ dem￭ a of both feet during winter months
cry￭ o￭ glob￭ ul￭ in￭ emia or cry￭ o￭ glob￭ ul￭ in￭ aemia is a medical condition in which the blood contains large amounts of cry￭ o￭ glob￭ ul￭ ins – proteins mostly immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ul￭ ins themselves that become in￭ soluble at reduced temperatures this should be contr￭ asted with cold agg￭ lu￭ tin￭ ins which cause agg￭ lu￭ t￭ ination of red blood cells cry￭ o￭ glob￭ ul￭ ins typically precipitate at temperatures below normal body temperature 37 ° c and will dissolve again if the blood is heated the precipit￭ ated cl￭ ump can block blood vessels and cause toes and fingers to become gang￭ ren￭ ous cry￭ o￭ glob￭ ul￭ in￭ emia can be associated with various diseases such as multiple my￭ el￭ oma and hepatitis c infection cry￭ o￭ glob￭ ul￭ ins usually consist of ig￭ m directed against the fc region of ig￭ g
cry￭ o￭ glob￭ ul￭ in￭ emic pur￭ pur￭ a is a skin condition characterized by pur￭ pur￭ a and occurring most frequently in multiple my￭ el￭ oma and macro￭ glob￭ ul￭ in￭ emia
cry￭ o￭ glob￭ ul￭ in￭ emic vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis is a skin condition presenting in roughly 15 of people with a circulating cry￭ op￭ reci￭ p￭ itable protein
cry￭ op￭ lan￭ ation also known as cry￭ op￭ lan￭ ation terr￭ aces is the alteration of a terrestrial surface by intense frost action that effectively reduces slope steep￭ ness and lowers mountain and hill peaks cry￭ op￭ lan￭ ation is a variant of pedi￭ plan￭ ation that is restricted to cold clim￭ ates all the cry￭ op￭ lan￭ ation surfaces that exists at present date to the qu￭ ater￭ n￭ ary the term cry￭ op￭ lan￭ ation was introduced by kirk br￭ yan in 1946 and it is a type of frost wea￭ thering that often modi￭ fies the landscape into terr￭ aces these terr￭ aces are called cry￭ op￭ lan￭ ation terr￭ aces cz￭ u￭ de￭ k described cry￭ op￭ lan￭ ation terr￭ aces as gently inclined or nearly horizontal bedrock cut benches on slop￭ es sp￭ urs and on broad inter￭ flu￭ ves that are formed by the parallel retreat of ste￭ eper slope segments under peri￭ gl￭ ac￭ ial conditions additionally with the effect of cry￭ op￭ lan￭ ation on the landscape the vegetation on these frost altered terr￭ aces is also re￭ shaped the vegetation tends to be uniquely uniform both lat￭ er￭ ally and vertically the results of this unique freeze th￭ aw cycle are custom￭ arily found in arctic peri￭ gl￭ ac￭ ial regions of eastern siberia and alaska they may also be found in areas that currently or have sometime in the past experienced intense seasonal freezing or per￭ ma￭ frost the concept has been questioned according to hall and andré the theory has caused confusion because of “ the almost complete absence of actual data from active cry￭ op￭ lan￭ ation terr￭ aces ” it is judged that cry￭ op￭ lan￭ ation is unlikely to produce any large surfaces
cry￭ op￭ y￭ rin associated periodic syndrome caps is a spectrum of auto￭ infl￭ am￭ matory syndro￭ mes including famili￭ al cold auto￭ infl￭ am￭ matory syndrome f￭ cas formerly termed famili￭ al cold induced ur￭ tic￭ aria the m￭ uc￭ kle wells syndrome m￭ ws and ne￭ on￭ atal onset multi￭ system infl￭ am￭ matory disease no￭ mid also called chronic inf￭ anti￭ le neuro￭ logic cu￭ taneous and artic￭ ular syndrome or c￭ inc￭ a they share many clinical features these syndro￭ mes are associated with mutations in n￭ l￭ r￭ p 3 the gene en￭ coding cry￭ op￭ y￭ rin this is a component of the inter￭ leuk￭ in 1 infl￭ am￭ mas￭ ome and mutations lead to unregulated production of inter￭ leuk￭ in 1 β mono￭ cl￭ onal antibodies against inter￭ leuk￭ in 1 β such as can￭ ak￭ in￭ um￭ ab other inter￭ leuk￭ in 1 binding proteins such as ri￭ lon￭ ac￭ ept or inter￭ leuk￭ in 1 recep￭ tor antagon￭ ist for example an￭ ak￭ in￭ ra can be used to treat these disorders
this article is about animals that are difficult to detect for the genus of gr￭ asses see cry￭ p￭ sis genus for animals whose existence is not scientifically recognized see cry￭ p￭ ti￭ d in ecology cry￭ p￭ sis is the ability of an animal to avoid observation or detection by other animals it may be a pre￭ dation strategy or an anti￭ predat￭ or adaptation methods include cam￭ ou￭ fl￭ age no￭ c￭ turn￭ ality sub￭ terr￭ an￭ ean lifestyle and mim￭ ic￭ ry cry￭ p￭ sis can involve visual ol￭ factory with ph￭ er￭ om￭ ones or aud￭ itory conce￭ al￭ ment when it is visual the term cry￭ ptic color￭ ation effectively a synon￭ ym for animal cam￭ ou￭ fl￭ age is sometimes used but many different methods of cam￭ ou￭ fl￭ age are employed by animals
cry￭ pt is the library function which is used to compu￭ te a password has￭ h that can be used to store user account pass￭ words while keeping them relatively secure a pass￭ wd file the output of the function is not simply the has￭ h – it is a text string which also en￭ codes the salt usually the first two characters are the salt itself and the rest is the h￭ ashed result and identifies the has￭ h algori￭ thm used defa￭ ulting to the traditional one explained below this output string is what is meant for putting in a password record which may be stored in a plain text file more formally cry￭ pt provides cry￭ pto￭ graphic key deri￭ vation functions for password validation and storage on uni￭ x systems
cry￭ ptic pregnancy is a condition in which a pregnant woman is unaware of her pregnancy until reaching labour reasons the woman may be unaware of the pregnancy may include the woman being on weight affecting medication having regular men￭ str￭ ual bleeding a lack of symptoms of pregnancy and the fe￭ tus being unusually small cry￭ ptic pregnancy is in contrast to denial of pregnancy where the woman is sub￭ consciously aware of her pregnancy but denies its existence it is estimated that 1 in 450 doesn t know her pregnancy status until week 20 or later more than halfway through the pregnancy and 1 in 2 500 is obli￭ vious until she actually goes into labor
in his￭ to￭ logy cry￭ p￭ ti￭ tis refers to infl￭ amm￭ ation of an intest￭ inal cry￭ pt cry￭ p￭ ti￭ tis is a non specific hist￭ opath￭ o￭ logic finding that is seen in several conditions e g infl￭ am￭ matory bo￭ wel disease diver￭ tic￭ ular disease radiation co￭ li￭ tis infectious co￭ li￭ tis
cry￭ p￭ to prote￭ stan￭ tism is an historical phenomenon that occurred on the territory of the habsburg empire it describes the attempt made after the protestant re￭ formation to regain for cathol￭ ic￭ ism parts of the empire that had become protestant the prote￭ stants in the areas that were re cathol￭ ic￭ ised by force stro￭ ve to retain their own confession in￭ war￭ dly while they outw￭ ar￭ dly pretended to accept cathol￭ ic￭ ism with the 1782 e￭ dict of tolerance prote￭ stan￭ tism was again permitted and from that time on the prote￭ stants could live their faith openly once more
cry￭ pto￭ coc￭ co￭ sis also known as cry￭ pto￭ coc￭ cal disease is a potentially fatal fun￭ gal disease it is caused by one of two species cry￭ pto￭ co￭ cc￭ us neo￭ form￭ ans and cry￭ pto￭ co￭ cc￭ us gat￭ ti￭ i these were all previously thought to be sub￭ species of c neo￭ form￭ ans but have now been identified as distinct species cry￭ pto￭ coc￭ co￭ sis is believed to be acquired by inhal￭ ation of the infectious propag￭ ule from the environment although the exact nature of the infectious propag￭ ule is unknown the leading hypothesis is the basi￭ di￭ os￭ por￭ e created through sexual or as￭ ex￭ ual reproduction
a cry￭ pto￭ genic disease is a disease of which the cause is unknown it may be used in a particular case when the nature of the patient s condition is known but the cause has not been found e g cry￭ pto￭ genic stroke the word cry￭ pto￭ genic also appears in the names of some disease entities when the situation is sufficiently common to be considered a diagnosis in its own right e g cry￭ pto￭ genic fi￭ bro￭ sing al￭ ve￭ oli￭ tis cry￭ pto￭ genic idi￭ opathic and primary may all be used in both these senses but cry￭ pto￭ genic is more likely to be used where there is presumed to be a simple cause but this happens to have elu￭ ded discovery cry￭ pto￭ genic is used in this technical sense in the description of epi￭ le￭ psy syndro￭ mes although the distinction has now been officially abandoned
a cry￭ pto￭ graphic has￭ h function is a special class of has￭ h function that has certain properties which make it suitable for use in cry￭ pto￭ graphy it is a mathematical algori￭ thm that maps data of arbitrary size to a bit string of a fixed size a has￭ h function which is designed to also be a one way function that is a function which is in￭ feasible to inver￭ t the only way to recre￭ ate the input data from an ideal cry￭ pto￭ graphic has￭ h function s output is to attempt a brute force search of possible inputs to see if they produce a match bruce sch￭ nei￭ er has called one way has￭ h functions the work￭ horses of modern cry￭ pto￭ graphy the input data is often called the message and the output the has￭ h value or has￭ h is often called the message dig￭ est or simply the dig￭ est the ideal cry￭ pto￭ graphic has￭ h function has four main properties it is quick to compu￭ te the has￭ h value for any given message it is in￭ feasible to generate a message from its has￭ h value except by trying all possible messages a small change to a message should change the has￭ h value so extensively that the new has￭ h value appears un￭ correlated with the old has￭ h value it is in￭ feasible to find two different messages with the same has￭ h value cry￭ pto￭ graphic has￭ h functions have many information security applications notably in digital signatures message authentication codes mac￭ s and other forms of authentication they can also be used as ordinary has￭ h functions to index data in has￭ h tables for fingerprinting to detect duplicate data or uniquely identify files and as check￭ sums to detect accidental data corruption indeed in information security contexts cry￭ pto￭ graphic has￭ h values are sometimes called digital fingerprints check￭ sums or just has￭ h values even though all these terms stand for more general functions with rather different properties and purposes
cry￭ p￭ tom￭ en￭ or￭ rhe￭ a or cry￭ p￭ tom￭ en￭ or￭ rho￭ ea also known as hem￭ ato￭ col￭ pos is a condition where men￭ str￭ uation occurs but is not visible due to an obstruction of the outflow tract specifically the end￭ ome￭ tri￭ um is shed but a con￭ genital obstruction such as a vag￭ inal sep￭ tum or on part of the hy￭ men retains the men￭ str￭ ual flow a patient with cry￭ p￭ tom￭ en￭ or￭ rhe￭ a will appear to have amen￭ or￭ rhe￭ a but will experience cyclic men￭ str￭ ual pain the condition is sur￭ g￭ ically correc￭ table the patient usually presents at the age of pu￭ ber￭ ty when the commencement of men￭ str￭ uation blood gets collected in the vag￭ ina and gives rise to symptoms
cry￭ pt￭ op￭ ha￭ sia is a phenomenon of a language developed by twins identical or frater￭ nal that only the two children could understand the word has its roots from cry￭ p￭ to meaning secret and p￭ ha￭ sia meaning speech most lingu￭ ists associate cry￭ pt￭ op￭ ha￭ sia with idi￭ og￭ los￭ sia which is any language used by only one or very few people cry￭ pt￭ op￭ ha￭ sia also differs from idi￭ og￭ los￭ sia on including mir￭ ro￭ red actions like twin walk and identical mann￭ er￭ isms while sources claim that twins and children from multiple births develop this ability perhaps because of more inter￭ personal communication between themselves than with the parents there is inadequate scientific proof to verify these claims
cry￭ pt￭ oph￭ thal￭ mos is a rare con￭ genital anomaly in which the skin is continuous over the eye￭ ball with absence of eye￭ li￭ ds it is classified into three types complete incomplete and abor￭ tive failure of eye￭ lid separation can be associated with mal￭ development of the underlying cor￭ ne￭ a and micro￭ phthal￭ mia cry￭ pt￭ oph￭ thal￭ mos usually occurs on both sides and occurs in association with other multiple mal￭ formations collectively referred to as fr￭ as￭ er syndrome
cry￭ p￭ tor￭ chi￭ dis￭ m is the absence of one or both test￭ es from the scro￭ tum it is the most common birth defect of the male gen￭ itals about 3 of full term and 30 of premature infant boys are born with at least one und￭ es￭ c￭ ended testi￭ s however about 80 of cry￭ p￭ tor￭ ch￭ id test￭ es descend by the first year of life the majority within three months making the true incidence of cry￭ p￭ tor￭ chi￭ dis￭ m around 1 overall cry￭ p￭ tor￭ chi￭ dis￭ m may develop after infancy sometimes as late as young adul￭ thood but that is exceptional cry￭ p￭ tor￭ chi￭ dis￭ m is distinct from mon￭ orch￭ ism the condition of having only one tes￭ tic￭ le the condition may occur on one or both sides it more commonly affects the right testi￭ s a testi￭ s absent from the normal scro￭ tal position may be 1 anywhere along the path of descent from high in the poster￭ ior retro￭ per￭ it￭ one￭ al ab￭ dom￭ en just below the kidney to the ingu￭ inal ring 2 in the ingu￭ inal canal 3 ec￭ topic having wan￭ dered from the path of descent usually outside the ingu￭ inal canal and sometimes even under the skin of the thi￭ gh the per￭ in￭ eu￭ m the opposite scro￭ tum or the fem￭ oral canal 4 un￭ developed hypo￭ plastic or severely abnormal dys￭ genetic 5 missing also see an￭ orch￭ ia about two thirds of cases without other ab￭ norm￭ alities are unilateral most of the other third involve both test￭ es in 90 of cases an und￭ es￭ c￭ ended testi￭ s can be felt in the ingu￭ inal canal in a small minority of cases missing test￭ es may be found in the ab￭ dom￭ en or appear to be non￭ existent truly hidden und￭ es￭ c￭ ended test￭ es are associated with reduced fertility increased risk of tes￭ tic￭ ular germ cell tumors and psychological problems when the boy is grown und￭ es￭ c￭ ended test￭ es are also more susceptible to tes￭ tic￭ ular tor￭ sion and subsequent inf￭ arc￭ tion and ingu￭ inal her￭ ni￭ as without intervention an und￭ es￭ c￭ ended tes￭ tic￭ le will usually descend during the first year of life but to reduce these risks und￭ es￭ c￭ ended test￭ es can be brought into the scro￭ tum in infancy by a surgical procedure called an or￭ chi￭ op￭ ex￭ y although cry￭ p￭ tor￭ chi￭ dis￭ m nearly always refers to con￭ genital absence or mal￭ descent a testi￭ s observed in the scro￭ tum in early infancy can occasionally reas￭ c￭ end move back up into the ingu￭ inal canal a testi￭ s which can readily move or be moved between the scro￭ tum and canal is referred to as re￭ tr￭ acti￭ le the word is from the greek κρ￭ υπ￭ τ￭ ός kry￭ p￭ tos meaning hidden ὄ￭ ρ￭ χ￭ ις orch￭ is meaning tes￭ tic￭ le cry￭ p￭ tor￭ chi￭ dis￭ m hypo￭ sp￭ adi￭ as tes￭ tic￭ ular cancer and poor semen quality make up the syndrome known as tes￭ tic￭ ular dys￭ genesis syndrome
cry￭ pto￭ spor￭ idi￭ osis also known as cry￭ p￭ to is a par￭ asi￭ tic disease caused by cry￭ pto￭ spor￭ idi￭ um a genus of proto￭ zo￭ an parasites in the ph￭ yl￭ um ap￭ i￭ complex￭ a it affects the dis￭ tal small intest￭ ine and can affect the respiratory tract in both immun￭ o￭ competent i e individuals with a normal functioning immune system and immun￭ o￭ compromised e g persons with hiv aids individuals resulting in wat￭ ery diarr￭ hea with or without an un￭ explained cough in immun￭ o￭ compromised individuals the symptoms are particularly severe and can be fatal it is primarily spread through the f￭ ec￭ al oral route often through contaminated water recent evidence suggests that it can also be transmitted via fom￭ ites in respiratory secre￭ tions cry￭ pto￭ spor￭ idi￭ um is the organism most commonly isolated in hiv positive patients presenting with diarr￭ hea despite not being identified until 1976 it is one of the most common water￭ borne diseases and is found worldwide the parasite is transmitted by environmentally hardy micro￭ bial cy￭ sts o￭ oc￭ y￭ sts that once ing￭ ested exist in the small intest￭ ine and result in an infection of intest￭ inal epi￭ the￭ li￭ al tissue
cry￭ pto￭ tia is the condition where an ear appears to have its upper portion buried underneath the side of the head the condition also involves underdeveloped s￭ cap￭ ha and anti￭ hel￭ ical cr￭ ura cry￭ pto￭ tia is also known as buried ear or hidden ear
cry￭ so￭ dav￭ arious cry so￭ d a various also commonly known as cry￭ so￭ d cry￭ so￭ dav￭ arious is an infection at the top of the throat adjacent to the ton￭ si￭ ls cry￭ so￭ dav￭ arious can be caused from many different things e g irrit￭ ants of certain types however cry￭ so￭ dav￭ arious is often called from a lack of￭ moisture to the mouth this can also indicate dehydr￭ ation but only in some cases cry￭ so￭ dav￭ arious was first discovered in 19￭ 23 by phil￭ le￭ pe watson char￭ michael a spanish doctor who made his discovery whilst practicing in venezuela cry￭ so￭ dav￭ arious can come in many forms but commonly lasts about one half a day￭ but in some severe cases it can last up to 3 days in severe cases cry￭ so￭ dav￭ arious can result sw￭ elling and the area may become infl￭ amed
crystal ar￭ thro￭ pa￭ thy is a class of joint disorder called ar￭ thro￭ pa￭ thy that is characterized by accumulation of tiny cryst￭ als in one or more joints pol￭ ari￭ zing micro￭ sco￭ py and application of other crystal￭ lo￭ graphic techniques have improved identification of different micro￭ cryst￭ als including mono￭ sodium urate calcium pyro￭ phosphate di￭ hydrate calcium hydroxy￭ ap￭ ati￭ te and calcium ox￭ al￭ ate types include
crystal￭ lo￭ lumin￭ es￭ cence is the effect of lumin￭ es￭ cence produced during crystal￭ li￭ zation the abstract of an article by b p chan￭ dra v k￭ alia and s c dat￭ t of ran￭ i d￭ urg￭ av￭ ati university j￭ abul￭ pur india entitled crystal￭ lo￭ lumin￭ es￭ cence a new tool to determine the critical size of a crystal nucleus states there is a time lag between the achievement of su￭ pers￭ atur￭ ation in a solution and the appearance of crystal￭ lo￭ lumin￭ es￭ cence fl￭ ashes from crystal nucle￭ i the incub￭ ation time of crystal￭ lo￭ lumin￭ es￭ cence decreases systematically with the concentration of the solution a new method based on crystal￭ lo￭ lumin￭ es￭ cence measurements is proposed for the determination of the critical size of the crystal nucleus
cu￭ be￭ has￭ h is a cry￭ pto￭ graphic has￭ h function submitted to the n￭ ist has￭ h function competition by daniel j bern￭ stein cu￭ be￭ has￭ h has a 128 by￭ te state uses wide pipe construction and is ar￭ x based message blocks are x￭ ored into the initial bits of a 128 by￭ te state which then goes through an r round bi￭ jec￭ tive transformation between blocks the initial n￭ ist proposal cu￭ be￭ has￭ h 8 1 required about 200 cycles per by￭ te after clarifications from n￭ ist the author changed the proposal to cu￭ be￭ has￭ h 16 32 which is approximately 16 times faster than cu￭ be￭ has￭ h 8 1 easily catching up to both sha 256 and sha 512 on the reference platform while still maintaining a comfortable security margin cu￭ be￭ has￭ h advanced to the second round of the competition but was not chosen as one of the 5 fin￭ alists the author tuned the parameters further since
cu￭ bit￭ us val￭ gus is a medical de￭ form￭ ity in which the fore￭ arm is ang￭ led away from the body to a greater degree than normal when fully extended a small degree of cu￭ bit￭ us val￭ gus known as the carrying angle is acceptable and occurs in the general population when present at birth it can be an indication of turner syndrome or no￭ on￭ an syndrome it can also be acquired through frac￭ ture or other trauma the physiological cu￭ bit￭ us val￭ gus varies from 3 ° to 29 ° women usually have a more pronounced cu￭ bit￭ us val￭ gus than men the de￭ form￭ ity can also occur as a complic￭ ation of frac￭ ture of the lateral con￭ dy￭ le of the hum￭ er￭ us which may lead to tar￭ dy delayed ul￭ nar nerve pal￭ sy the opposite condition is cu￭ bit￭ us var￭ us 736 02
cu￭ bit￭ us var￭ us var￭ us means a de￭ form￭ ity of a limb in which part of it is devi￭ ated towards the mid￭ line of the body is a common de￭ form￭ ity in which the extended fore￭ arm is devi￭ ated towards mid￭ line of the body cu￭ bit￭ us var￭ us is often referred to as gun￭ stock de￭ form￭ ity due to the cro￭ oked nature of the healing the opposite condition is cu￭ bit￭ us val￭ gus
cu￭ eri￭ to is pig skin pork r￭ ind from mexican cuis￭ ine venezuelan cuis￭ ine and spanish cuis￭ ine cu￭ ero is the spanish language word for leather or hide so cu￭ erit￭ os means little lea￭ thers they are usually pick￭ led in vin￭ eg￭ ar cu￭ erit￭ os de vin￭ ag￭ re and can be made with a sp￭ icy sauce the vin￭ eg￭ ar can be seas￭ oned with pine￭ apple dul￭ ce mach￭ o pil￭ on￭ ci￭ ll￭ o clo￭ ves pe￭ pper￭ cor￭ ns chile de ar￭ bo￭ l and oreg￭ ano there are also family recipes cu￭ erit￭ os are used to make a type of cem￭ ita and can be used in other dishes like to￭ stad￭ as cu￭ erit￭ os are sometimes served in a glass with strips of the pick￭ led pork r￭ ind alongside a s￭ law of cab￭ bage cucum￭ ber lime and chile sauce the mexican street food an￭ to￭ ji￭ to known as to￭ sti￭ lo￭ cos are made by slic￭ ing nach￭ o fla￭ vored to￭ sti￭ to chips vertically and top￭ ping them with cucum￭ ber cu￭ erit￭ os lime juice valent￭ ina hot sauce cham￭ oy ta￭ j￭ ín seas￭ oning chile powder salt and japanese peanuts peanuts en￭ c￭ ased in a cr￭ un￭ chy brown flour shell in ac￭ at￭ l￭ án hi￭ dal￭ go the feast in honor of the ar￭ chan￭ gel michael is held from the 20 29 of september with religious events traditional d￭ ances and traditional foods such as cu￭ erit￭ os made with chili pepper sauce and varieties of pul￭ que pick￭ ling differenti￭ ates cu￭ erit￭ os from chic￭ har￭ ron which is fried pork skin in spain the chic￭ har￭ r￭ ón is the r￭ ind with fat still attached and cu￭ eri￭ to is a r￭ ind with no fat attached in mexico chic￭ har￭ ron is the cu￭ eri￭ to or pig skin fried to a cris￭ p like crack￭ lings in the southern states and cu￭ erit￭ os is soft deep fat fried pig skin chop￭ ped and used for ta￭ cos in mexico natural un cured cu￭ erit￭ os usually the thick pig skin without the fat attached are always combined with mac￭ isa solid or thick meat in car￭ nit￭ as which is deep fat fried pig parts sold for ta￭ cos the ta￭ cos are served with a choice of me￭ ats chop￭ ped in 1 or 2 soft corn tor￭ till￭ as covered with chop￭ ped ci￭ lan￭ tro and on￭ ion and the choice of a hot chili sauce in every public market most car￭ nec￭ eri￭ as meat stores or many restaurants or other places that serve ta￭ cos the mexican equivalent of hot dogs or ham￭ bur￭ gers
cultural bias is the phenomenon of interpreting and judging phenomena by standards inherent to one s own culture the phenomenon is sometimes considered a problem central to social and human sciences such as economics psychology anthropo￭ logy and soci￭ ology some practitioners of the aforementioned fields have attempted to develop methods and theories to compensate for or eliminate cultural bias cultural bias occurs when people of a culture make assumptions about conventions including conventions of language no￭ tation proof and evidence they are then accused of mis￭ taking these assumptions for laws of logic or nature numerous such bi￭ ases exist concerning cultural norms for color location of body parts mate selection concepts of justice linguistic and logical validity acceptability of evidence and taboos
cultural humility is the “ ability to maintain an inter￭ personal stance that is other oriented or open to the other in relation to aspects of cultural identity that are most important to the person ” cultural humility is different from other culturally based training ideals because it focuses on self humility rather than achieving a state of knowledge or awareness cultural humility was formed in the physical healthcare field and adapted for therap￭ ists and social workers to increase the quality of their interactions with clients and community members
the culture of albania is the pattern of human activity and symbolism associated with albania and its people it has been shaped by the geography and profound history of albania
the culture of la￭ hor￭ e is a manifestation of the lifestyle festi￭ vals literature music language politics cuis￭ ine and socio economic conditions of its people it is characterised by the blending of south asian middle eastern central asian and western influences la￭ hor￭ e s culture is unique it is sometimes referred as the cultural capital or the heart of pakistan the city was a seat of the mu￭ gh￭ al empire and the si￭ kh empire as well as the capital of pun￭ jab in mah￭ mud g￭ haz￭ nav￭ i s 11 th century empire and in the british empire presently it is the capital of the pun￭ jab province of pakistan
the culture of northern cyprus is the pattern of human activity and symbolism associated with northern cyprus and turkish cypriots it features significant elements influenced by or developed upon the culture of turkey but combines these elements with a unique cypriot approach and local traditions in common with greek cypriots as well as several other influences such as the british and contemporary western cultures
the culture of the united kingdom is influenced by the uk s history as a developed island country a liberal democracy and a major power its predominantly christian religious life and its composition of four countries — england northern ireland scotland and wales — each of which has distinct customs cultures and symbolism the wider culture of europe has also influenced british culture and hum￭ anism prote￭ stan￭ tism and representative democracy developed from broader western culture british literature music cinema art theatre comedy media television philosophy architecture and education are important aspects of british culture the united kingdom is also prominent in science and technology producing world leading scientists e g isa￭ ac newton and charles darwin and inventions sport is an important part of british culture numerous sports originated in the country including football the uk has been described as a cultural superpower and london has been described as a world cultural capital the industrial revolution which started in the uk had a profound effect on the socio economic and cultural conditions of the world as a result of the british empire significant british influence can be observed in the language law culture and institutions of a geographically wide ass￭ or￭ tment of countries including australia canada india the republic of ireland new zealand nigeria pakistan south africa the united states and english speaking caribbean nations these states are sometimes collectively known as the ang￭ lo￭ sphere and are among britain s closest allies in turn the empire also influenced british culture particularly british cuis￭ ine the cultures of england scotland wales and northern ireland are diverse and have varying degrees of overlap and distinc￭ tiveness
in the domain of technical analysis of market prices a cup and handle or cup with handle formation is a chart pattern consisting of a drop in the price and a rise back up to the original value followed a smaller drop and a rise past the previous peak it is interpreted as an indication of bul￭ lish sentiment in the market and possible further price increases the cup part of the pattern should be fairly shallow with a rounded or flat bottom not a v shaped one and ideally reach to the same price at the upper end of both sides the drop of the handle part should re￭ trace about 30 to 50 of the rise at the end of the cup for stock prices the pattern may span from a few weeks to a few years but commonly the cup lasts from 1 to 6 months while the handle should only last for 1 to 4 weeks the cup and handle formation was defined by william o neil
a cur￭ l route also called a hit￭ ch or hook sometimes a button hook is a pattern run by a receiver in american football where the receiver appears to be running a fly pattern but after a set amount of steps or yards will quickly stop and turn around looking for a pass this generally works best when the defending corner or safety commits himself to guarding the fly and is unable to stop quickly enough to defend the pass a cur￭ l out on the sidel￭ ine is often referred to as a comeback route the cur￭ l is a pattern used frequently by the west coast offensive scheme where quick and accurate passes are favored this route can also be used in what is called a screen where while the receiver is receiving the pass one or more lin￭ emen tight ends or running backs will run in the direction of the receiver in order to block the initial pursuing defenders so that the receiver has time and space to be able to run after the catch
cur￭ ling s ul￭ cer stress ul￭ cer or a cur￭ ling ul￭ cer is an acute gast￭ ri￭ tis erosion resulting as a complic￭ ation from severe burns when reduced plasma volume leads to is￭ chem￭ ia and cell necro￭ sis sl￭ ough￭ ing of the ga￭ str￭ ic mu￭ co￭ sa the condition was first described in 18￭ 23 and named for a doctor thomas bli￭ z￭ ard cur￭ ling who observed ten such patients in 18￭ 42 these stress ul￭ cers actually shallow multiple ero￭ sions were once a common complic￭ ation of serious burns presenting in over 10 of cases and especially common in child burn victims they result in per￭ for￭ ation and hemorrha￭ ge more often than other forms of intest￭ inal ul￭ cer￭ ation and had correspondingly high mortality rates at least 80 a similar condition involving elevated in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial pressure is known as cu￭ shing s ul￭ cer
the cur￭ r￭ ar￭ ino syndrome also cur￭ r￭ ar￭ ino tri￭ ad is an inherited con￭ genital disorder where 1 the sac￭ rum the f￭ used verte￭ bra￭ e forming the back of the pel￭ vis is not formed properly 2 there is a mass in the pres￭ ac￭ ral space in front of the sac￭ rum and 3 there are mal￭ formations of the an￭ us or rec￭ tum it can also cause an an￭ terior men￭ in￭ go￭ ce￭ le or a pres￭ ac￭ ral ter￭ atom￭ a pres￭ ac￭ ral ter￭ atom￭ a usually is considered to be a variant of sacro￭ coc￭ cy￭ ge￭ al ter￭ atom￭ a however the pres￭ ac￭ ral ter￭ atom￭ a that is characteristic of the cur￭ r￭ ar￭ ino syndrome may be a distinct kind
currency depreciation is the loss of value of a country s currency with respect to one or more foreign reference currencies typically in a floating exchange rate system it is most often used for the unofficial decrease of the exchange rate due to market forces though sometimes it appears inter￭ change￭ ably with devaluation its opposite an increase of value of a currency is currency appreciation the depreciation of a country s currency refers to a decrease in the value of that country s currency for instance if the canadian dollar depreci￭ ates relative to the euro the exchange rate the canadian dollar price of euros rises it takes more canadian dollars to purchase 1 euro 1 eur 1 5 cad → 1 eur 1 7 cad when the canadian dollar depreci￭ ates relative to the euro canadian goods become more competitive in countries in the eurozone because their price when exchanged to euro will be lower the result will be an increase in canadian exports on the other hand european sellers that denom￭ inate their goods and services in euros will be less competitive because european products denominated in euros will be more expensive in canada in the financial market a currency s depreciation decreases the value of foreign investments in the country denominated in the local currency as more of an investor s currency would be required when the investment is repatri￭ ated similarly a currency depreciation will impact the book value of a business conducted in the depreci￭ ating country by a foreign corporation as well as its rate of return in relation to the head corporation s currency a foreign corporation would consider a foreign exchange hedge to protect itself from this foreign exchange risk the appreciation of a country s currency refers to an increase in the value of that country s currency continuing with the cad eur example if the canadian dollar appreciates relative to the euro the exchange rate falls it takes fewer canadian dollars to purchase 1 euro 1 eur 1 5 cad → 1 eur 1 4 cad when the canadian dollar appreciates relative to the euro the canadian dollar becomes less competitive this will lead to larger imports of european goods and services and lower exports of canadian goods and services
currency war also known as competitive devaluations is a condition in international affairs where countries seek to gain a trade advantage over other countries by causing the exchange rate of their currency to fall in relation to other currencies as the exchange rate of a country s currency falls exports become more competitive in other countries and imports into the country become more expensive both effects benefit the domestic industry and thus employment which receives a boost in demand from both domestic and foreign markets however the price increases for import goods as well as in the cost of foreign travel are unpopular as they harm citizens purchasing power and when all countries adopt a similar strategy it can lead to a general decline in international trade harming all countries historically competitive devaluations have been rare as countries have generally preferred to maintain a high value for their currency countries have generally allowed market forces to work or have participated in systems of managed exchanges rates an exception occurred when a currency war broke out in the 1930 s when countries abandoned the gold standard during the great depression and used currency devaluations in an attempt to stimulate their economies since this effectively pushes unemployment overseas trading partners quickly retali￭ ated with their own devaluations the period is considered to have been an adverse situation for all concerned as unpredictable changes in exchange rates reduced overall international trade according to guido man￭ tega former brazilian minister for finance a global currency war broke out in 2010 this view was echoed by numerous other government officials and financial journalists from around the world other senior policy makers and journalists suggested the phrase currency war over￭ stated the extent of hostility with a few exceptions such as man￭ tega even commentators who agreed there had been a currency war in 2010 generally concluded that it had fi￭ zz￭ led out by mid 2011 states engaging in possible competitive devaluation since 2010 have used a mix of policy tools including direct government intervention the imposition of capital controls and indirectly quantitative easing while many countries experienced undesirable upward pressure on their exchange rates and took part in the ongoing arguments the most notable dimension of the 2010 – 11 episode was the rhetorical conflict between the united states and china over the valuation of the yuan in january 2013 measures announced by japan which were expected to devalue its currency sparked concern of a possible second 21 st century currency war breaking out this time with the principal source of tension being not china versus the us but japan versus the eurozone by late february concerns of a new outbreak of currency war had been mostly all￭ ayed after the g 7 and g 20 issued statements committing to avoid competitive devaluation after the european central bank launched a fresh programme of quantitative easing in january 2015 there was once again an intensification of discussion about currency war
the current solar income of the earth or an eco￭ zone or eco￭ region or any area is the amount of solar energy that falls on it as sunlight this is thought important in some branches of green economics as the ultimate measure of renewable energy buck￭ minster fuller first described the concept in his 1970 paper co￭ sm￭ ic costing contrasting the photo￭ synthesis on which natural capital and sustainable infrastructural capital depend with the chem￭ o￭ synthesis of extracting and using fossil fuels paul haw￭ ken is a more recent advocate of the concept and views it as central to his notion of a restor￭ ative economy it remains a popular notion among those who believe that toxic waste and maintenance problems of direct solar energy devices can ultimately be overcome or that yields of passive or biological means of gathering and using this energy as biofuels can be made to approximate those of fossil fuels
cur￭ rum￭ bin alley is a surf break at cur￭ rum￭ bin on the gold coast in que￭ ens￭ land australia the alley is one of the more famous breaks on the gold coast along with super￭ bank and bur￭ le￭ igh heads among others waves wrap around the point and towards the creek it is exposed to perfect begin￭ ners conditions towards the creek and some right han￭ ders towards the point there s also a great wave just across the channel called lac￭ ey s lane the alley marks the mouth of cur￭ rum￭ bin creek
the curse of rocky co￭ la￭ vi￭ to is a phenomenon that supposedly prevents the cleveland indians baseball team from winning be it the world series the american league pen￭ nant reaching post￭ season play or even getting into a pen￭ nant race its origin is traced back to the unpopular trade of right fiel￭ der rocky co￭ la￭ vi￭ to for harvey ku￭ enn in 1960
cu￭ shing s disease is a cause of cu￭ shing s syndrome characterised by increased secre￭ tion of ad￭ re￭ no￭ cor￭ ti￭ co￭ tropic hormone ac￭ th from the an￭ terior pit￭ u￭ itary secondary hyper￭ cor￭ ti￭ sol￭ ism this is most often as a result of a pit￭ u￭ itary aden￭ oma specifically pit￭ u￭ itary bas￭ oph￭ il￭ ism or due to excess production of hypo￭ thal￭ am￭ us cr￭ h cor￭ ti￭ co￭ tro￭ pin releasing hormone tertiary hyper￭ cor￭ ti￭ sol￭ ism hyper￭ cor￭ ticism that stimulates the synthesis of cor￭ ti￭ sol by the adren￭ al g￭ lands pit￭ u￭ itary aden￭ om￭ as are responsible for 80 of endo￭ genous cu￭ shing s syndrome when excluding cu￭ shing s syndrome from exo￭ gen￭ ously administered cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ster￭ oids this should not be confused with ec￭ topic cu￭ shing syndrome or exo￭ genous ster￭ o￭ id use
cu￭ shing s syndrome is a collection of signs and symptoms due to prolonged exposure to cor￭ ti￭ sol signs and symptoms may include high blood pressure ab￭ domin￭ al obesity but with thin arms and legs red￭ dish stretch marks a round red face a fat lump between the shoulders weak muscles weak bones ac￭ ne and fragile skin that he￭ als poorly women may have more hair and irregular men￭ str￭ uation occasionally there may be changes in mood headaches and a chronic feeling of ti￭ red￭ ness cu￭ shing s syndrome is caused by either excessive cor￭ ti￭ sol like medication such as pred￭ nis￭ one or a tumor that either produces or results in the production of excessive cor￭ ti￭ sol by the adren￭ al g￭ lands cases due to a pit￭ u￭ itary aden￭ oma are known as cu￭ shing s disease it is the second most common cause of cu￭ shing s syndrome after medication a number of other tumors may also cause cu￭ shing s some of these are associated with inherited disorders such as multiple endocrine ne￭ op￭ la￭ sia type 1 and car￭ ney complex diagnosis requires a number of steps the first step is to check the medications a person takes the second step is to measure levels of cor￭ ti￭ sol in the urine sali￭ va or in the blood after taking d￭ exam￭ eth￭ as￭ one if this test is abnormal the cor￭ ti￭ sol may be measured late at night if the cor￭ ti￭ sol remains high a blood test for ac￭ th may be done to determine if the pit￭ u￭ itary is involved most cases can be treated and cured if due to medications these can often be slowly stopped if caused by a tumor it may be treated by a combination of surgery chem￭ otherapy and or radiation if the pit￭ u￭ itary was affected other medications may be required to replace its lost function with treatment life expectancy is usually normal some in whom surgery is unable to remove the entire tumor have an increased risk of death about two to three people per million are affected each year it most commonly affects people who are 20 to 50 years of age women are affected three times more often than men a mild degree of overproduction of cor￭ ti￭ sol without obvious symptoms however is more common cu￭ shing s syndrome was first described by harvey cu￭ shing in 19￭ 32 cu￭ shing s syndrome may also occur in other animals including cats dogs and horses
a cu￭ shing ul￭ cer named after harvey cu￭ shing is a ga￭ str￭ ic ul￭ cer associated with elevated in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial pressure it is also called von ro￭ kit￭ an￭ sky cu￭ shing syndrome apart from in the stomach ul￭ cers may also develop in the proxim￭ al du￭ o￭ den￭ um and dis￭ tal es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus
custom in law is the established pattern of behavior that can be objectively verified within a particular social setting a claim can be carried out in defense of what has always been done and accepted by law related is the idea of prescription a right enjoyed through long custom rather than positive law customary law also consu￭ etu￭ d￭ inary or unofficial law exists where 1 a certain legal practice is observed and 2 the relevant actors consider it to be law op￭ ini￭ o jur￭ is most customary laws deal with standards of community that have been long established in a given loc￭ ale however the term can also apply to areas of international law where certain standards have been nearly universal in their acceptance as correct bases of action in example laws against piracy or slavery see hosti￭ s human￭ i gener￭ is in many though not all instances customary laws will have supportive court rulings and case law that has evolved over time to give additional weight to their rule as law and also to demonstrate the trajectory of evolution if any in the interpretation of such law by relevant courts
customer success is the function at a company responsible for managing the technical and business relationships between a vendor and its customers with the intent of 1 maximizing the value that customers generate from the solutions they acquired from the vendor by making them as profitable and productive as possible and 2 maximizing the value the vendor can in turn derive from the customers resulting in sustainable corporate profits and growth customer success is an emerging but critical role in a company s success the function is most commonly used in the software world and most prevalent among software as a service sa￭ as companies because customer success is a nascent fast emerging field of business its organizational alignment and activities are still evolving there is still a large amount of variance with respect to its scope of responsibilities reporting structure terminology used for describing its activities metr￭ ics used for measuring its performance and more while deviations exist in the specifics of the function it always refers to the management of the relations between the vendor and the customers after the initial sale however successful companies do not only re￭ organize their teams between the pre and post sale and ren￭ ame the post sale team customer success but also in￭ still a culture of customer centr￭ icity in decision making and goals in fact the explosive growth of the sa￭ as economy fuels an increase not only in the importance of the customer success function but also in the scope of its appeal and relevance in the industry as put in the book customer success how innovative companies are reducing chur￭ n and growing recurring revenue customer success is really three different but closely related concepts 1 an organization 2 a discipline and 3 a philosophy
customer at￭ tri￭ tion also known as customer chur￭ n customer turnover or customer def￭ ection is the loss of clients or customers banks telephone service companies internet service providers pay tv companies insurance firms and alarm monitoring services often use customer at￭ tri￭ tion analysis and customer at￭ tri￭ tion rates as one of their key business metr￭ ics along with cash flow e￭ bit￭ da etc because the cost of retaining an existing customer is far less than acquiring a new one companies from these sectors often have customer service branches which attempt to win back def￭ ecting clients because recovered long term customers can be worth much more to a company than newly recruited clients companies usually make a distinction between voluntary chur￭ n and involuntary chur￭ n voluntary chur￭ n occurs due to a decision by the customer to switch to another company or service provider involuntary chur￭ n occurs due to circumstances such as a customer s relocation to a long term care facility death or the relocation to a distant location in most applications involuntary reasons for chur￭ n are excluded from the analytical models analysts tend to concentrate on voluntary chur￭ n because it typically occurs due to factors of the company customer relationship which companies control such as how billing interactions are handled or how after sales help is provided when companies are measuring their customer turnover they typically make the distinction between gross at￭ tri￭ tion and net at￭ tri￭ tion gross at￭ tri￭ tion is the loss of existing customers and their associated recurring revenue for contracted goods or services during a particular period net at￭ tri￭ tion is gross at￭ tri￭ tion plus the addition or recruitment of similar customers at the original location financial institutions often track and measure at￭ tri￭ tion using a weighted calculation called recurring monthly revenue or r￭ mr in the 2000 s there are also a number of business intelligence software programs which can mine databases of customer information and analyze the factors that are associated with customer at￭ tri￭ tion such as dissatisfaction with service or technical support billing disputes or a disagreement over company policies more sophisticated predic￭ tive analy￭ tics software use chur￭ n prediction models that predict customer chur￭ n by assessing their propensity of risk to chur￭ n since these models generate a small priori￭ tized list of potential defec￭ tors they are effective at focusing customer retention marketing programs on the sub￭ set of the customer base who are most vulnerable to chur￭ n
customer reference program cr￭ p also referred to as a customer reference programme outside of the usa is a business function frequently found in large business to business organizations customer reference program managers are responsible for gathering and fulfilling requests for references to help sales people obtain new clients and provide proof of customer success stories for industry analysts and the media
the cut and restore rope trick is a magic effect in which the performer cuts a piece of rope usually tied into a knot which then appears to be mag￭ ically restored sometimes the trick is done with a piece of string a hand￭ ker￭ chief or a tur￭ ban instead of an actual rope
cu￭ taneous b cell lymp￭ hom￭ as constitute a group of diseases that occur less commonly than cu￭ taneous t cell lymp￭ homa and are characterized his￭ to￭ logically by b cells that appear similar to those normally found in germin￭ al centers of lymp￭ h no￭ des conditions included in this group are diffuse large b cell lymp￭ homa primary cu￭ taneous fol￭ lic￭ ular lymp￭ homa primary cu￭ taneous marginal zone lymp￭ homa intr￭ av￭ ascular large b cell lymp￭ homa plas￭ mac￭ y￭ tom￭ a plas￭ mac￭ y￭ to￭ sis
cu￭ taneous t cell lymp￭ homa ct￭ cl is a class of non ho￭ dg￭ kin lymp￭ homa which is a type of cancer of the immune system unlike most non ho￭ dg￭ kin lymp￭ hom￭ as which are generally b cell related ct￭ cl is caused by a mutation of t cells the m￭ align￭ ant t cells in the body initially migrate to the skin causing various le￭ sions to appear these le￭ sions change shape as the disease progres￭ ses typically beginning as what appears to be a rash which can be very it￭ chy and eventually forming pl￭ aqu￭ es and tumors before me￭ tast￭ asi￭ zing to other parts of the body
cu￭ taneous ac￭ tin￭ om￭ y￭ co￭ sis is a chronic disease that affects the deep sub￭ cu￭ taneous tissue of the skin caused by an an￭ aer￭ ob￭ ic gram positive fil￭ am￭ ent￭ ous type of bacteria in the genus ac￭ tin￭ om￭ y￭ ces invasion of the soft tissue leads to the formation of abnormal channels leading to the skin surface external sin￭ us tracts that discharge pale yellow sul￭ fur gran￭ ules this disease is un￭ common and has non specific clinical features making it difficult to diagnose cer￭ vi￭ co￭ facial pul￭ mon￭ ary thor￭ ac￭ ic and gastro￭ intest￭ inal forms exist yet cer￭ vi￭ co￭ facial disease accounts for two thirds of reported infections
cu￭ taneous am￭ oe￭ bi￭ asis refers to a form of am￭ oe￭ bi￭ asis that presents primarily in the skin it can be caused by ac￭ anth￭ am￭ oe￭ ba or ent￭ am￭ oe￭ ba hist￭ ol￭ y￭ tica when associated with ac￭ anth￭ am￭ oe￭ ba it is also known as cu￭ taneous ac￭ anth￭ am￭ oe￭ bi￭ asis it is also known as am￭ oe￭ bi￭ asis cu￭ tis bal￭ am￭ u￭ thia man￭ dri￭ l￭ lar￭ is has been described as entering through the skin and it can have cu￭ taneous expression
cu￭ taneous ci￭ li￭ ated cy￭ sts are a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by solitary cy￭ sts located on the legs of females
cu￭ taneous colum￭ nar cy￭ sts are a cu￭ taneous condition a group of different cy￭ sts lined by colum￭ nar epi￭ the￭ lium types of cy￭ sts included in this group are bron￭ cho￭ genic cyst bran￭ ch￭ ial cyst thy￭ rog￭ los￭ sal duc￭ t cyst cu￭ taneous ci￭ li￭ ated cyst median rap￭ he cyst
a cu￭ taneous condition is any medical condition that affects the inte￭ g￭ um￭ entary system — the organ system that en￭ closes the body and includes skin hair nails and related muscle and g￭ lands the major function of this system is as a barrier against the external environment conditions of the human inte￭ g￭ um￭ entary system constitute a broad spectrum of diseases also known as der￭ mato￭ ses as well as many non￭ patho￭ logic states like in certain circumstances mel￭ an￭ ony￭ ch￭ ia and r￭ acqu￭ et nails while only a small number of skin diseases account for most visits to the physician thousands of skin conditions have been described classification of these conditions often presents many no￭ so￭ logical challenges since underlying eti￭ o￭ logies and patho￭ genetics are often not known therefore most current textbooks present a classification based on location for example conditions of the mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ rane mor￭ pho￭ logy chronic bl￭ is￭ tering conditions eti￭ ology skin conditions resulting from physical factors and so on clin￭ ically the diagnosis of any particular skin condition is made by gathering pertinent information regarding the presenting skin le￭ sion s including the location such as arms head legs symptoms pr￭ ur￭ it￭ us pain duration acute or chronic arrangement solitary generalized ann￭ ular linear mor￭ pho￭ logy mac￭ ules pap￭ ules and color red blue brown black white yellow the diagnosis of many conditions often also requires a skin biopsy which yields his￭ to￭ logic information that can be correlated with the clinical presentation and any laboratory data
cu￭ taneous di￭ ph￭ ther￭ ia is an infection of the skin by cor￭ y￭ ne￭ bacter￭ ium di￭ ph￭ ther￭ i￭ ae it is also known as desert sore
cu￭ taneous focal m￭ uc￭ in￭ osis is a skin condition characterized by a solitary no￭ dule or pap￭ ule
cu￭ taneous horns also known by the latin name corn￭ u cu￭ tan￭ eu￭ m are unusual ker￭ at￭ inous skin tumors with the appearance of horns or sometimes of wood or coral formally this is a clinical diagnosis for a con￭ ical projection above the surface of the skin they are usually small and loc￭ alized but can in very rare cases be much larger although often benign they can also be m￭ align￭ ant or pre￭ m￭ align￭ ant
cu￭ taneous lar￭ va migr￭ ans abbreviated cl￭ m is a skin disease in humans caused by the lar￭ v￭ ae of various nemato￭ de parasites of the hook￭ worm family an￭ cy￭ lo￭ stom￭ ati￭ da￭ e the most common species causing this disease in the americas is an￭ cy￭ lo￭ stom￭ a braz￭ ili￭ ense these parasites live in the intest￭ ines of dogs cats and wild animals and should not be confused with other members of the hook￭ worm family for which humans are definitive hosts namely an￭ cy￭ lo￭ stom￭ a du￭ o￭ den￭ ale and nec￭ ator americ￭ an￭ us col￭ lo￭ qu￭ ially called creeping eruption due to its presentation the disease is also somewhat ambiguously known as ground itch or in some parts of the southern usa sand￭ worms as the lar￭ v￭ ae like to live in sandy soil another vern￭ ac￭ ular name is plum￭ ber s itch the medical term cl￭ m literally means wandering lar￭ v￭ ae in the skin
cu￭ taneous le￭ ish￭ mani￭ asis also known as ori￭ ental sore tropical sore chic￭ l￭ ero ul￭ cer chic￭ l￭ ero s ul￭ cer or al￭ ep￭ po boil is the most common form of le￭ ish￭ mani￭ asis affecting humans it is a skin infection caused by a single cel￭ led parasite that is transmitted by the bite of a ph￭ le￭ bo￭ tom￭ ine sand￭ fly there are about twenty species of le￭ ish￭ mania that may cause cu￭ taneous le￭ ish￭ mani￭ asis this disease is considered to be a zoon￭ osis an infectious disease that is naturally transmissible from vertebr￭ ate animals to humans with the exception of le￭ ish￭ mania tro￭ pic￭ a — which is often an anthro￭ pon￭ otic disease an infectious disease that is naturally transmissible from humans to vertebr￭ ate animals
cu￭ taneous lup￭ us m￭ uc￭ in￭ osis also known as pap￭ ular and no￭ d￭ ular m￭ uc￭ in￭ osis in lup￭ us er￭ y￭ them￭ ato￭ sus pap￭ ular and no￭ d￭ ular m￭ uc￭ in￭ osis of gold and pap￭ ul￭ on￭ od￭ ular m￭ uc￭ in￭ osis in lup￭ us er￭ y￭ them￭ ato￭ sus is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by le￭ sions that present as as￭ ymp￭ tomatic skin colored at times red￭ dish 0 5 – 2 cm pap￭ ules and no￭ d￭ ules
cu￭ taneous lymp￭ ho￭ id hyper￭ pl￭ asia also known as bor￭ reli￭ al lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tom￭ a lymp￭ had￭ en￭ osis ben￭ ign￭ a cu￭ tis lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tom￭ a cu￭ tis pseu￭ d￭ olymp￭ homa pseu￭ d￭ olymp￭ homa of spi￭ eg￭ ler and f￭ end￭ t sar￭ co￭ ido￭ sis of spi￭ eg￭ ler and f￭ end￭ t spi￭ eg￭ ler – f￭ end￭ t lymp￭ ho￭ id hyper￭ pl￭ asia and spi￭ eg￭ ler – f￭ end￭ t sar￭ co￭ id refers to a groups of benign cu￭ taneous disorders characterized by collections of lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tes macro￭ p￭ ha￭ ges and d￭ end￭ ri￭ tic cells in the skin conditions included in this groups are cu￭ taneous lymp￭ ho￭ id hyper￭ pl￭ asia with no￭ d￭ ular pattern a condition of the skin characterized by a solitary or loc￭ alized cluster of as￭ ymp￭ tomatic er￭ y￭ them￭ at￭ ous to viol￭ ac￭ eous pap￭ ules or no￭ d￭ ules cu￭ taneous lymp￭ ho￭ id hyper￭ pl￭ asia with band￭ like and peri￭ vascular patterns a condition of the skin characterized by skin le￭ sions that clin￭ ically resemble my￭ co￭ sis fun￭ go￭ ides jess￭ ner lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tic infiltr￭ ate of the skin also known as benign lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tic infiltr￭ ation of the skin jess￭ ner lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tic infiltr￭ ation of the skin jess￭ ner – kan￭ of lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tic infiltr￭ ation of the skin and lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tic infiltr￭ ate of jess￭ ner is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by a persistent pap￭ ular and pla￭ que like skin eruption which can occur on the neck face and back and may re occur this is an un￭ common skin disease and is a benign collection of lymp￭ h cells its cause is not known and can be hereditary it is named for max jess￭ ner it is thought to be equivalent to lup￭ us er￭ y￭ them￭ ato￭ sus tum￭ i￭ dus
cu￭ taneous men￭ ing￭ i￭ oma also known as heter￭ ot￭ op￭ ic men￭ ing￭ e￭ al tissue and ru￭ dim￭ entary men￭ in￭ go￭ ce￭ le is a developmental defect and results from the presence of men￭ in￭ go￭ cy￭ tes outside the cal￭ vari￭ um
cu￭ taneous per￭ for￭ ating disorders include the following acquired per￭ for￭ ating der￭ mat￭ osis acquired per￭ for￭ ating coll￭ agen￭ osis kyr￭ le disease per￭ for￭ ating fol￭ lic￭ u￭ li￭ tis
a cu￭ taneous sin￭ us of dental origin is where a dental infection dra￭ ins onto the surface of the skin of the face or neck this is un￭ common as usually dental infections drain into the mouth typically forming a par￭ ul￭ is g￭ um￭ boil cu￭ taneous sin￭ uses of dental origin tend to occur under the chin or man￭ di￭ ble without elimination of the source of the infection the le￭ sion tends to have a relap￭ sing and re￭ mitting course with healing periods and periods of pur￭ ul￭ ent discharge cu￭ taneous sin￭ us tracts may result in fi￭ bro￭ sis and scar￭ ring wh￭ c￭ ich may cause cosmetic concern sometimes minor surgery is carried out to remove the residual le￭ sion
cu￭ taneous small vessel vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis also known as cu￭ taneous leuk￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ cl￭ astic an￭ gi￭ i￭ tis cu￭ taneous leuk￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ cl￭ astic vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis cu￭ taneous necro￭ tizing ven￭ u￭ li￭ tis and hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity an￭ gi￭ i￭ tis is infl￭ amm￭ ation of small blood vessels usually post cap￭ ill￭ ary ven￭ ules in the der￭ mis characterized by palpable pur￭ pur￭ a it is the most common vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis seen in clinical practice leuk￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ cl￭ asis refers to the damage caused by nuclear debris from infiltr￭ ating neu￭ troph￭ ils in and around the vessels sub￭ types of small vessel vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis include ig￭ a vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis hen￭ och sch￭ ön￭ le￭ in pur￭ pur￭ a acute hemorrha￭ gic e￭ dem￭ a of infancy ur￭ tic￭ arial vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis cry￭ o￭ glob￭ ul￭ in￭ emic vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis er￭ y￭ them￭ a elev￭ at￭ um di￭ u￭ tin￭ um gran￭ ul￭ oma fac￭ i￭ ale
in film and video a cu￭ taway shot is the interruption of a continuously fil￭ med action by inserting a view of something else it is usually although not always followed by a cut back to the first shot when the cu￭ taway avoids a jump cut the cu￭ taway shot does not necessarily contribute any dramatic content of its own but is used to help the editor assemble a longer sequence for this reason editors choose cu￭ taway shots related to the main action such as another action or object in the same location for example if the main shot is of a man walking down an alley possible cu￭ ta￭ ways may include a shot of a cat on a nearby dump￭ ster or a shot of a person watching from a window overhead similarly a cu￭ taway scene is the interruption of a scene with the insertion of another scene generally unrelated or only periph￭ er￭ ally related to the original scene the interruption is usually quick and is usually although not always ended by a return to the original scene the effect is of commentary to the original scene frequently comic in nature
cu￭ ter￭ e￭ bri￭ asis is a par￭ asi￭ tic disease affecting ro￭ dents lag￭ om￭ orph￭ s ha￭ res rabbits pi￭ kas fel￭ ines and can￭ ines the eti￭ o￭ logic agent is the lar￭ val development of bot flies within the cu￭ ter￭ ebr￭ a or try￭ po￭ der￭ ma genera which occurs oblig￭ atori￭ ly in ro￭ dents and lag￭ om￭ orph￭ s respectively fel￭ ines and can￭ ines serve as accidental hosts but research suggests only by try￭ po￭ der￭ ma spp entrance into the body by first inst￭ ar lar￭ va occurs via mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ ran￭ es of natural ori￭ fic￭ es or open wounds as opposed to direct der￭ mic penetration
cu￭ tis la￭ xa also known as chal￭ az￭ o￭ der￭ ma der￭ mat￭ och￭ al￭ asia der￭ mat￭ ol￭ ysis der￭ mat￭ om￭ eg￭ al￭ y generalized el￭ ast￭ ol￭ ysis generalized el￭ ast￭ or￭ rh￭ ex￭ is or p￭ ach￭ y￭ der￭ mat￭ oce￭ le is a group of rare connec￭ tive tissue disorders in which the skin becomes in￭ elastic and hangs loosely in fol￭ ds
cu￭ tis mar￭ mor￭ ata tel￭ an￭ gi￭ ec￭ t￭ atica con￭ gen￭ ita or c￭ m￭ tc is a rare con￭ genital vascular disorder that usually manifests in affecting the blood vessels of the skin the condition was first recognised and described in 19￭ 22 by cato van lo￭ huizen a dutch pedi￭ at￭ ric￭ ian whose name was later adopted in the other common name used to describe the condition van lo￭ huizen syndrome c￭ m￭ tc is also used synonym￭ ously with con￭ genital generalized ph￭ le￭ bec￭ ta￭ sia nev￭ us vas￭ cul￭ aris re￭ ticul￭ aris con￭ genital ph￭ le￭ bec￭ ta￭ sia live￭ do tel￭ an￭ gi￭ ec￭ t￭ atica con￭ genital live￭ do re￭ ticul￭ aris and van lo￭ huizen syndrome it should not be confused with the more general term cu￭ tis mar￭ mor￭ ata which refers to live￭ do re￭ ticul￭ aris caused by cold
cu￭ tis r￭ hom￭ bo￭ id￭ alis nuc￭ ha￭ e is a cu￭ taneous condition of the poster￭ ior neck characterized by deep fur￭ rowing of the skin
cu￭ tis ver￭ tic￭ is gy￭ rata c￭ v￭ g is a superficial medical condition usually associated with thick￭ ening of the scal￭ p the condition was first reported by ali￭ bert in 18￭ 37 who called it cu￭ tis sul￭ cat￭ a a clinical description of the condition was provided by robert in 18￭ 43 and was named by un￭ na in 1907 it has also been called robert un￭ na syndrome bull￭ dog scal￭ p corru￭ gated skin cu￭ tis ver￭ tic￭ is plic￭ ata and p￭ ach￭ y￭ der￭ mia ver￭ tic￭ is gy￭ rata sufferers show visible fol￭ ds ri￭ dges or cre￭ ases on the surface of the top of the scal￭ p the number of fol￭ ds can vary from 2 to roughly 10 and are typically soft and spon￭ gy these fol￭ ds cannot be corrected with pressure the condition typically affects the central and rear regions of the scal￭ p but sometimes can involve the entire scal￭ p hair loss can occur over time where the scal￭ p thick￭ ens though hair within any fur￭ rows remains normal thus far due to the apparent r￭ arity of the condition limited research exists and causes are as yet un￭ determined what is known is that the condition is not exclusively con￭ genital
cutting is the separation of a physical object into two or more portions through the application of an acutely directed force implements commonly used for cutting are the knife and saw or in medicine and science the scal￭ pel and micro￭ tome however any sufficiently sharp object is capable of cutting if it has a hard￭ ness sufficiently larger than the object being cut and if it is applied with sufficient force even liquids can be used to cut things when applied with sufficient force see water jet cut￭ ter
in operations research the cutting stock problem is the problem of cutting standard sized pieces of stock material such as paper rolls or sheet metal into pieces of specified sizes while minim￭ izing material wasted it is an optimi￭ zation problem in mathematics that arises from applications in industry in terms of compu￭ tational complexity the problem is an n￭ p hard problem redu￭ ci￭ ble to the k￭ nap￭ sack problem the problem can be formulated as an inte￭ ger linear programming problem
cyanide poisoning occurs when a living organism is exposed to a compound that produces cyanide ions cn − when dissolved in water common poisonous cyanide compounds include hydrogen cyanide gas and the cryst￭ alline soli￭ ds potassium cyanide and sodium cyanide the cyanide ion hal￭ ts cellular respir￭ ation by inhi￭ biting the enzyme cy￭ to￭ ch￭ rome c oxid￭ ase found in the mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ a
a cy￭ ano￭ hydr￭ in reaction is an organic chemical reaction by an alde￭ hyde or ke￭ tone with a cyanide an￭ ion or a nit￭ ri￭ le to form a cy￭ ano￭ hydr￭ in this nucle￭ oph￭ il￭ ic addition is a reversible reaction but with ali￭ ph￭ atic carbon￭ yl compounds equilibrium is in favor of the reaction products the cyanide source can be potassium cyanide sodium cyanide or trim￭ ethyl￭ sil￭ yl cyanide with aromatic alde￭ hy￭ des such as benz￭ alde￭ hyde the benzo￭ in condens￭ ation is a competing reaction the reaction is used in carbo￭ hydrate chemistry as a chain extension method for example that of d xy￭ lose
cyan￭ osis is the appearance of a blue or purple color￭ ation of the skin or mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ ran￭ es due to the tissues near the skin surface having low oxygen satur￭ ation based on lund￭ s￭ gaard and van sl￭ y￭ ke s work it is class￭ ically described as occurring if 5 0 g dl of de￭ oxy￭ h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in or greater is present this was based on an estimate of cap￭ ill￭ ary satur￭ ation based on a mean of arter￭ ial versus peripheral ven￭ ous blood gas measurements since estimation of hypo￭ x￭ ia is usually now based either on arter￭ ial blood gas measurement or pulse ox￭ im￭ e￭ try this is probably an overestimate with evidence that levels of 2 0 g dl of de￭ oxy￭ h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in may reliably produce cyan￭ osis since however the presence of cyan￭ osis is dependent upon there being an absolute quantity of de￭ oxy￭ h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in the blu￭ ish color is more readily apparent in those with high h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in counts than it is with those with an￭ emia also the blu￭ er color is more difficult to detect on deeply pi￭ gm￭ ented skin when signs of cyan￭ osis first appear such as on the lips or fingers intervention should be made within 3 – 5 minutes because a severe hypo￭ x￭ ia or severe circul￭ atory failure may have induced the cyan￭ osis the name cyan￭ osis literally means the blue disease or the blue condition it is derived from the color cy￭ an which comes from ky￭ an￭ ós the greek word for blue
computer crime or cyber￭ crime in canada is an evolving international phenomenon people and businesses in canada and other countries may be affected by computer crimes that may or may not originate within the borders of their country from a canadian perspective computer crime may be considered to be defined by the council of europe – convention on cyber￭ crime november 23 2001 canada contributed and is a signatory to this international of criminal offences involving the use of computers offences against the confidentiality integrity and availability of computer data and systems computer related offences content related offences offences related to infringements of copyright and related rights and ancillary liability canada is also a signatory to the additional protocol to the convention on cyber￭ crime concerning the crimin￭ alization of acts of a racist and xenophobic nature committed through computer systems january 28 2003 as of july 25 2008 canada had not yet ratified the convention on cyber￭ crime or the additional protocol to the convention on cyber￭ crime concerning the crimin￭ alization of acts of a racist and xenophobic nature committed through computer systems
cyber￭ sec￭ tari￭ anism is the phenomenon of new religious movements and other groups using the internet for text distribution recruitment and information sharing
cycl￭ an￭ eus￭ ma needle cast is a fun￭ gal disease that is apart of the ph￭ yl￭ um as￭ com￭ y￭ co￭ ta it inf￭ ects plants that are of pine classification after infection by cycl￭ an￭ eus￭ ma most p￭ ines do not display symptoms until 10 months after the initial infection symptoms include needles developing yellow spots horizontal brown bands around the needles sw￭ elling of needles and off white fru￭ iting bodies formed on infected needles because cycl￭ an￭ eus￭ ma is an as￭ com￭ y￭ ce￭ te it produces two spor￭ e types an as￭ ex￭ ual con￭ idi￭ om￭ ata and sexual as￭ com￭ y￭ co￭ ta spor￭ e controlling cycl￭ an￭ eus￭ ma has presented a challenge as the disease can survive on both living and dead needles during the winter months effective management methods include planting new p￭ ines in non shad￭ ed well dra￭ in￭ able soil as well as spraying fun￭ g￭ icide cycl￭ an￭ eus￭ ma needle cast is an important fun￭ gal disease because it directly impacts the commercial value of decorative p￭ ines as well as lum￭ ber
in many valued logic with lin￭ early ordered truth values cyclic ne￭ gation is a un￭ ary truth function that takes a truth value n and returns n − 1 as value if n is not the lowest value otherwise it returns the highest value for example let the set of truth values be 0 1 2 let den￭ ote ne￭ gation and let p be a variable ranging over truth values for these choices if p 0 then p 2 and if p 1 then p 0 cyclic ne￭ gation was originally introduced by the log￭ ician and mathem￭ ati￭ cian em￭ il post
cyclic neu￭ tro￭ pen￭ ia or cyclical neu￭ tro￭ pen￭ ia is a form of neu￭ tro￭ pen￭ ia a white blood cell deficiency that tends to occur every three weeks and lasts three to six days at a time due to changing rates of cell production by the bone marrow cyclic neu￭ tro￭ pen￭ ia is the result of auto￭ som￭ al domin￭ antly inherited mutations in ela 2 the gene en￭ coding neu￭ tro￭ phil el￭ ast￭ ase and is estimated to occur in 1 in 1 million individuals worldwide treatment includes g c￭ sf and usually improves after pu￭ ber￭ ty
cyclic nucle￭ o￭ tide – gated ion channels or c￭ ng channels are ion channels that function in response to the binding of cyclic nucle￭ o￭ ti￭ des c￭ ng channels are non￭ selective c￭ ation channels that are found in the memb￭ ran￭ es of various tissue and cell types and are significant in sensory trans￭ duc￭ tion as well as cellular development their function can be the result of a combination of the binding of cyclic nucle￭ o￭ ti￭ des c￭ gm￭ p and camp and either a de￭ polarization or a hyper￭ polarization event initially discovered in the cells that make up the re￭ tina of the eye c￭ ng channels have been found in many different cell types across both the animal and the plant king￭ doms c￭ ng channels have a very complex structure with various sub￭ units and domains that play a critical role in their function c￭ ng channels are significant in the function of various sensory pathways including vision and ol￭ faction as well as in other key cellular functions such as hormone release and chem￭ o￭ tax￭ is
in combin￭ atorial mathematics cyclic si￭ eving is a phenomenon by which evaluating a generating function for a finite set at roots of unity counts sym￭ metry classes of objects acted on by a cyclic group
cyclic succession is a pattern of vegetation change in which in a small number of species tend to replace each other over time in the absence of large scale disturbance observations of cyclic replacement have provided evidence against traditional clement￭ sian views of an end state climax community with stable species com￭ positions cyclic succession is one of several kinds of ecological succession a concept in community ecology when used narrowly ‘ cyclic succession ’ refers to processes not initiated by wholesale exo￭ genous disturbances or long term physical changes in the environment however broader cyclic processes can also be observed in cases of secondary succession in which regular disturbances such as insect outbreaks can ‘ reset ’ an entire community to a previous stage these examples differ from the classic cases of cyclic succession discussed below in that entire species groups are exchanged as opposed to one species for another on geo￭ logic time scales climate cycles can result in cyclic vegetation changes by directly altering the physical environment
cyclic v￭ om￭ iting syndrome us english or cyclical v￭ om￭ iting syndrome uk english c￭ vs is a chronic functional condition of unknown eti￭ ology characterised by recurring attacks of intense naus￭ ea v￭ om￭ iting and sometimes ab￭ domin￭ al pain headaches or migr￭ ain￭ es c￭ vs typically develops during childhood usually between ages 3 and 7 although it often re￭ mits during adoles￭ cence it can persist into adult life
a cyclo￭ addition is a peric￭ ycl￭ ic chemical reaction in which two or more un￭ saturated molecules or parts of the same mol￭ ecu￭ le combine with the formation of a cyclic ad￭ duc￭ t in which there is a net reduction of the bond multiplicity the resulting reaction is a cy￭ cli￭ zation reaction many but not all cyclo￭ additions are concerted as a class of addition reaction cyclo￭ additions permit carbon – carbon bond formation without the use of a nucle￭ ophi￭ le or electro￭ phi￭ le cyclo￭ additions can be described using two systems of no￭ tation an older but still common no￭ tation is based on the size of linear arrangements of atoms in the re￭ ac￭ tants it uses paren￭ theses i j … where the variables are the numbers of linear atoms in each re￭ ac￭ tant the product is a cycle of size i j … in this system the standard di￭ els al￭ der reaction a 4 2 cyclo￭ addition the 1 3 di￭ polar cyclo￭ addition is a 3 2 cyclo￭ addition and cyclo￭ pro￭ pan￭ ation of a car￭ bene with an al￭ k￭ ene a 2 1 cyclo￭ addition a more recent i￭ up￭ ac preferred no￭ tation uses square brackets to indicate the number of electron￭ s rather than carbon atoms involved in the formation of the product in the i j … no￭ tation the standard di￭ els al￭ der reaction is a 4 2 cyclo￭ addition the 1 3 di￭ polar cyclo￭ addition is 4 2
cycl￭ op￭ ia also cyclo￭ cephal￭ y or sy￭ no￭ phthal￭ mia is a rare form of holo￭ pro￭ sen￭ cephal￭ y and is a con￭ genital disorder birth defect characterized by the failure of the embryonic pro￭ sen￭ cephal￭ on to properly divide the or￭ bits of the eye into two ca￭ vities its incidence is 1 in 16 000 in born animals and 1 in 200 in mis￭ carried fet￭ uses
cycl￭ op￭ legi￭ a is paralysis of the ci￭ li￭ ary muscle of the eye resulting in a loss of accommodation because of the paralysis of the ci￭ li￭ ary muscle the cur￭ v￭ ature of the lens can no longer be adjusted to focus on nearby objects this results in similar problems as those caused by pres￭ by￭ op￭ ia in which the lens has lost el￭ as￭ tic￭ ity and can also no longer focus on close by objects cycl￭ op￭ legi￭ a with accompanying my￭ dri￭ asis dil￭ ation of pupil is usually due to topical application of muscar￭ in￭ ic antagon￭ ists such as atro￭ pine and cycl￭ op￭ ent￭ ol￭ ate
cy￭ clos￭ por￭ i￭ asis is a disease caused by infection with cy￭ clos￭ pora ca￭ ye￭ tan￭ ensis a pathogenic proto￭ zo￭ an transmitted by f￭ ec￭ es or f￭ ec￭ es contaminated food and water outbreaks have been reported due to contaminated fruits and vegetables it is not spread from person to person but can be a hazard for travel￭ ers as a cause of diarr￭ hea
cyclo￭ thy￭ mia ˌ￭ sa￭ ɪ￭ k￭ lo￭ ʊ￭ ˈ￭ θ￭ a￭ ɪ￭ mi￭ ə also called cyclo￭ th￭ ym￭ ic disorder is a type of chronic mood disorder widely considered to be a more chronic but mil￭ der or sub￭ threshold form of bipolar disorder cyclo￭ thy￭ mia is characterized by numerous mood swings with periods of hypo￭ man￭ ic symptoms that do not meet criteria for a hypo￭ man￭ ic episode altern￭ ating with periods of mild or moderate symptoms of depression that do not meet criteria for a major depres￭ sive episode an individual with cyclo￭ thy￭ mia may feel stable at a baseline level but experience a noticeable shift to an emotional high during sub￭ threshold hypo￭ man￭ ic episodes of el￭ ation or euphoria with symptoms similar to those of mania but less severe and often cycle to emotional lows with moderate depres￭ sive symptoms to meet the diagnostic criteria for cyclo￭ thy￭ mia a person must experience this altern￭ ating pattern of emotional high￭ s and lows for a period of at least two years with no more than two consecutive symptom free months for children and adolescents the duration must be at least one year while diagnosis of cyclo￭ thy￭ mia is becoming more common it is not as frequent as that of bipolar disorder diagnosis of cyclo￭ thy￭ mia entails the absence of any major depres￭ sive episode man￭ ic episode or mixed episode which would qualify the individual for diagnosis of other mood disorders when a major episode manifests after an initial diagnosis of cyclo￭ thy￭ mia the individual may qualify for a diagnosis of bipolar i or bipolar ii disorder although estimates vary greatly 15 – 50 of cases of cyclo￭ thy￭ mia later advance to the diagnostic criteria for bipolar i and or bipolar ii disorder with cyclo￭ th￭ ym￭ ic features although the emotional high￭ s and lows of cyclo￭ thy￭ mia are less extreme than those of bipolar disorder the symp￭ tom￭ at￭ ology longit￭ ud￭ inal course family history and treatment response of cyclo￭ thy￭ mia are consistent with bipolar spectrum lifetime prevalence of cyclo￭ th￭ ym￭ ic disorder is 0 4 – 1 frequency appears similar in men and women though women more often seek treatment people with cyclo￭ thy￭ mia during periodic hypo￭ mania euphoria tend to feel an inflated self worth self confidence and el￭ ation often with rapid speech racing thoughts not much need to sleep increased aggression and impul￭ sive behavior showing little regard for consequences of decisions — but may sometimes be somewhat fully or hyper productive for a period of several days at a time
cyclo￭ tro￭ p￭ ia is a form of str￭ ab￭ is￭ mus in which compared to the correct positioning of the eyes there is a tor￭ sion of one eye or both about the eye s visual axis consequently the visual fields of the two eyes appear til￭ ted relative to each other the corresponding latent condition – a condition in which tor￭ sion occurs only in the absence of appropriate visual stimul￭ i – is called cycl￭ oph￭ oria cyclo￭ tro￭ p￭ ia is often associated with other disorders of str￭ ab￭ ism can result in double vision and can cause other symptoms in particular head tilt in some cases subjective and objective cyclo￭ deviation may result from surgery for obli￭ que muscle disorders if the visual system cannot compensate for it cyclo￭ tro￭ p￭ ia and rot￭ ational double vision cyclo￭ di￭ pl￭ op￭ ia may result the role of cyclo￭ tro￭ p￭ ia in vision disorders is not always correctly identified in several cases of double vision once the underlying cyclo￭ tro￭ p￭ ia was identified the condition was solved by surgical cyclo￭ tro￭ p￭ ia correction conversely artificially causing cyclo￭ tro￭ p￭ ia in cats leads to reduced vision acu￭ ity resulting in a defect similar to str￭ ab￭ is￭ mic am￭ bl￭ y￭ op￭ ia
a variant of ec￭ cr￭ ine spir￭ aden￭ oma which can be multiple on the scal￭ p and can coal￭ es￭ ce to form a tur￭ ban tum￭ our in path￭ ology a cylin￭ dro￭ ma is a tum￭ our with ne￭ sts of cells that resemble a cylinder in cross section types include der￭ mal ec￭ cr￭ ine cylin￭ dro￭ ma a benign tum￭ our of the skin aden￭ o￭ id c￭ ys￭ tic carcin￭ oma a m￭ align￭ ant tum￭ our of the sali￭ vary g￭ land
a cyst is a closed s￭ ac having a distinct memb￭ rane and division compared to the nearby tissue hence it is a cluster of cells that have grouped together to form a s￭ ac not unlike the manner in which water molecules group together forming a bubble however the distinguishing aspect of a cyst is that the cells forming the shell of such a s￭ ac are distinctly abnormal in both appearance and behaviour when compared to all surrounding cells for that given location it may contain air fluids or semi solid material a collection of p￭ us is called an abs￭ c￭ ess not a cyst once formed a cyst may sometimes resolve on its own when a cyst fails to resolve it may need to be removed by surgery but this will depend on what type of cyst it is and where in the body it has formed some cy￭ sts are ne￭ op￭ l￭ astic and are thus called c￭ ys￭ tic tumors many types are not ne￭ op￭ l￭ astic some are dys￭ plastic or met￭ ap￭ l￭ astic pseu￭ do￭ cy￭ sts are similar to cy￭ sts having a s￭ ac filled with fluid but lack an epi￭ the￭ li￭ al lining
cy￭ stad￭ en￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma is a m￭ align￭ ant form of a cy￭ stad￭ en￭ oma and is a m￭ align￭ ant ne￭ op￭ las￭ m derived from g￭ land￭ ular epi￭ the￭ lium in which c￭ ys￭ tic accumul￭ ations of retained secre￭ tions are formed the ne￭ op￭ l￭ astic cells manifest varying degrees of an￭ ap￭ la￭ sia and inv￭ asi￭ veness and local extension and me￭ tast￭ ases occur cy￭ stad￭ en￭ o￭ carcin￭ om￭ as develop frequently in the ov￭ aries where pseu￭ dom￭ uc￭ inous and ser￭ ous types are recognized similar tumor his￭ to￭ logy has also been reported in the pan￭ cre￭ as although it is a considerably r￭ arer entity it is the most common m￭ align￭ ant o￭ vari￭ an tumor contains complex multi loc￭ ulated cyst but with exuber￭ ant solid areas in places it usually presents with om￭ ental me￭ tast￭ ases which cause as￭ cites
cy￭ stad￭ en￭ oma or cy￭ stom￭ a is a type of c￭ ys￭ tic aden￭ oma when m￭ align￭ ant it is called cy￭ stad￭ en￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma
cy￭ sta￭ th￭ ion￭ in￭ ur￭ ia also called cy￭ sta￭ th￭ ion￭ ase deficiency is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive metabol￭ ic disorder that results in an excess of cy￭ sta￭ th￭ ion￭ ine in the urine it is associated with a con￭ genital dysfunction of the enzyme cy￭ sta￭ th￭ ion￭ ase or acquired deficiency of vitamin b 6 which is essential for the function of this enzyme the latter is usually related to an overall deficiency of all the b complex vitamins
con￭ genital c￭ ys￭ tic eye also known as c￭ ce or c￭ ys￭ tic eye￭ ball is an extremely rare oc￭ ular mal￭ formation where the eye fails to develop correctly in uter￭ o and is replaced by benign fluid filled tissue its incidence is unknown due to the very small number of cases reported an audit by duke elder of the medical literature from 18￭ 80 to 1963 discovered only 28 cases the term was coined in 19￭ 37 by the renowned oph￭ thal￭ mo￭ logist ida mann embry￭ o￭ logically the defect is thought to occur around day 35 of gest￭ ation when the ves￭ ic￭ le fails to inv￭ ag￭ inate dys￭ genesis of the ves￭ ic￭ le later in development may result in co￭ lob￭ oma a separate and less severe mal￭ formation of the oc￭ ular structures c￭ ce is almost always unilateral but at least 2 cases of bilateral involvement have been described patients may also present with skin append￭ ages attached to the skin surrounding the eyes association with in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial anomalies has been reported treatment of c￭ ce is usually by en￭ uc￭ le￭ ation followed by insertion of an oc￭ ular impl￭ ant and pro￭ s￭ thesis
c￭ ys￭ tic fi￭ bro￭ sis cf is a genetic disorder that affects mostly the lungs but also the pan￭ cre￭ as liver kidneys and intest￭ ine long term issues include difficulty breathing and cou￭ gh￭ ing up m￭ uc￭ us as a result of frequent lung infections other signs and symptoms include sin￭ us infections poor growth fatty sto￭ ol clu￭ bbing of the fingers and toes and in￭ fertility in males among others different people may have different degrees of symptoms cf is inherited in an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive manner it is caused by the presence of mutations in both copies of the gene for the c￭ ys￭ tic fi￭ bro￭ sis trans￭ memb￭ rane conduc￭ tance regulator cf￭ tr protein those with a single working copy are carriers and otherwise mostly normal cf￭ tr is involved in production of sweat dig￭ estive fluids and m￭ uc￭ us when cf￭ tr is not functional secre￭ tions which are usually thin instead become thick the condition is diagnosed by a sweat test and genetic testing screening of infants at birth takes place in some areas of the world no cure for c￭ ys￭ tic fi￭ bro￭ sis is known lung infections are treated with antibiotics which may be given intra￭ ven￭ ously inhal￭ ed or by mouth sometimes the antibiotic azi￭ thro￭ my￭ cin is used long term inhal￭ ed hyper￭ tonic sal￭ ine and sal￭ but￭ am￭ ol may also be useful lung transplantation may be an option if lung function continues to worsen pan￭ cre￭ atic enzyme replacement and fat soluble vitamin supplem￭ entation are important especially in the young air￭ way clearance techniques such as chest physi￭ otherapy have some short term benefit but long term effects are unclear the average life expectancy is between 42 and 50 years in the developed world lung problems are responsible for death in 80 of people with c￭ ys￭ tic fi￭ bro￭ sis cf is most common among people of northern european ance￭ stry and affects about one out of every 3 000 new￭ bor￭ ns about one in 25 people is a carrier it is least common in africans and asians it was first recognized as a specific disease by dorothy ander￭ sen in 1938 with descriptions that fit the condition occurring at least as far back as 15￭ 95 the name c￭ ys￭ tic fi￭ bro￭ sis refers to the characteristic fi￭ bro￭ sis and cy￭ sts that form within the pan￭ cre￭ as
c￭ ys￭ tic fi￭ bro￭ sis related diabetes c￭ fr￭ d is diabetes specifically caused by c￭ ys￭ tic fi￭ bro￭ sis a genetic condition c￭ ys￭ tic fi￭ bro￭ sis related diabetes mell￭ it￭ us c￭ fr￭ d develops with age and the median age at diagnosis is 21 years
a c￭ ys￭ tic hy￭ gro￭ ma also known as c￭ ys￭ tic lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ oma and macro￭ c￭ ys￭ tic lymp￭ h￭ atic mal￭ formation is an often con￭ genital multi￭ loc￭ ulated lymp￭ h￭ atic le￭ sion that can arise anywhere but is class￭ ically found in the left poster￭ ior triangle of the neck and ar￭ mp￭ its this is the most common form of lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ oma it contains large cyst like ca￭ vities containing lymp￭ h a wat￭ ery fluid that circul￭ ates throughout the lymp￭ h￭ atic system micro￭ sco￭ p￭ ically c￭ ys￭ tic hy￭ gro￭ ma consists of multiple loc￭ ules filled with lymp￭ h in the depth the loc￭ ules are quite big but they decrease in size towards the surface c￭ ys￭ tic hy￭ gro￭ mas are benign but can be dis￭ figuring it is a condition which usually affects children very rarely it can present in adul￭ thood c￭ ys￭ tic hy￭ gro￭ ma is also known as lymp￭ h￭ atic mal￭ formation currently the medical field prefers to use the term lymp￭ h￭ atic mal￭ formation because the term c￭ ys￭ tic hy￭ gro￭ ma means water tumor lymp￭ h￭ atic mal￭ formation is more commonly used now because it is a spon￭ ge like collection of abnormal growth that contains clear lymp￭ h￭ atic fluid the fluid collects within the cy￭ sts or channels usually in the soft tissue c￭ ys￭ tic hy￭ gro￭ mas occur when the lymp￭ h￭ atic vessels that make up the lymp￭ h￭ atic system are not formed properly there are two types of lymp￭ h￭ atic mal￭ formations they are macro￭ c￭ ys￭ tic lymp￭ h￭ atic mal￭ formations large cy￭ sts and micro￭ c￭ ys￭ tic small cy￭ sts a person may have only one kind of the mal￭ formation or can have a mixture of both macro and micro cy￭ sts c￭ ys￭ tic hy￭ gro￭ ma can be associated with a nu￭ ch￭ al lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ oma or a fe￭ tal hydro￭ ps additionally it can be associated with turner syndrome or with no￭ on￭ an syndrome a lethal version of this condition is known as cow￭ ch￭ ock w￭ ap￭ ner kur￭ tz syndrome that in addition to c￭ ys￭ tic hy￭ gro￭ ma includes cle￭ ft pal￭ ate and lymp￭ he￭ dem￭ a a condition of loc￭ alized e￭ dem￭ a and tissue sw￭ elling caused by a compromised lymp￭ h￭ atic system
c￭ ys￭ tic kidney disease refers to a wide range of hereditary developmental and acquired conditions with the inclusion of ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms with c￭ ys￭ tic changes over 40 classifications and sub￭ types have been identified depending on the disease classification the presentation of disease may be from birth or much later into adult life c￭ ys￭ tic disease may involve one or both kidneys and may or may not occur in the presence of other anomalies a higher incidence of c￭ ys￭ tic kidney disease is found in the male population and prevalence increases with age ren￭ al cy￭ sts have been reported in more than 50 of patients over the age of 50 typically cy￭ sts grow up to 2 88 mm annually and cause related pain and or hemorrha￭ ge of the c￭ ys￭ tic kidney diseases the most common is poly￭ c￭ ys￭ tic kidney disease having two prevalent sub types auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive and auto￭ som￭ al dominant poly￭ c￭ ys￭ tic kidney disease auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive poly￭ c￭ ys￭ tic kidney disease ar￭ p￭ k￭ d is primarily diagnosed in infants and young children auto￭ som￭ al dominant poly￭ c￭ ys￭ tic kidney disease ad￭ p￭ k￭ d is most often diagnosed in adul￭ thood another example of c￭ ys￭ tic kidney disease is med￭ ul￭ l￭ ary spon￭ ge kidney
a c￭ ys￭ tic ne￭ ph￭ roma also known as multi￭ loc￭ ular c￭ ys￭ tic ne￭ ph￭ roma mixed epi￭ the￭ li￭ al st￭ rom￭ al tum￭ our m￭ est and ren￭ al epi￭ the￭ li￭ al st￭ rom￭ al tum￭ our rest is a type of rare benign kidney tum￭ our
c￭ ys￭ tic tum￭ our of the atri￭ o￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular no￭ dal region is a very rare tum￭ our of the heart in the region of the atri￭ o￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular no￭ de it is also known as mes￭ o￭ the￭ li￭ oma of the atri￭ o￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular no￭ de
c￭ ys￭ tica pro￭ fund￭ a is a rare disease of the gut lining it is characterized by formation of m￭ uc￭ in cy￭ sts in the muscle layers of the gut lining and it can occur anywhere along the gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract when the condition occurs in the stomach it may be termed gast￭ ri￭ tis c￭ ys￭ tica pro￭ fund￭ a and in the small intest￭ ine enter￭ i￭ tis c￭ ys￭ tica pro￭ fund￭ a when it occurs in the col￭ on it is termed co￭ li￭ tis c￭ ys￭ tica pro￭ fund￭ a co￭ li￭ tis c￭ ys￭ tica pro￭ fund￭ a is benign but it may mim￭ ic a tumor when it occurs in the rec￭ tum it may be termed co￭ li￭ tis c￭ ys￭ tica pro￭ fund￭ a or termed proc￭ ti￭ tis c￭ ys￭ tica pro￭ fund￭ a some consider this synonymous or closely related to solitary rec￭ tal ul￭ cer syndrome a consequence of internal rec￭ tal int￭ us￭ suscep￭ tion it can have benign colum￭ nar epi￭ the￭ lium and mu￭ cos￭ al cy￭ sts deep to the mus￭ cul￭ aris mu￭ co￭ sa on micro￭ sco￭ py hence it can be mistaken for an invasive aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma
c￭ ys￭ tic￭ er￭ co￭ sis is a tissue infection caused by the young form of the pork ta￭ pe￭ worm people may have little or no symptoms for years in some cases particularly in asia solid lum￭ ps of between one and two centi￭ metres may develop under the skin after months or years these lum￭ ps can become painful and sw￭ oll￭ en and then resolve a specific form called neuro￭ c￭ ys￭ tic￭ er￭ co￭ sis which affects the brain can give neuro￭ logical symptoms in developing countries this is one of the most common causes of seizures c￭ ys￭ tic￭ er￭ co￭ sis is usually acquired by eating food or drinking water that has ta￭ pe￭ worm eggs in it among foods un￭ cooked vegetables are the major source the ta￭ pe￭ worm eggs are present in the f￭ ec￭ es of a person infected with the adult worms a condition known as ta￭ eni￭ asis ta￭ eni￭ asis in the strict sense is a different disease and is due to eating cy￭ sts in poorly cooked pork people who live with someone with the ta￭ pe￭ worm have a greater risk of getting c￭ ys￭ tic￭ er￭ co￭ sis the diagnosis can be made by aspiration of a cyst taking pictures of the brain with computer tom￭ o￭ graphy ct or magnetic resonance imaging m￭ ri are most useful for the diagnosis of disease in the brain an increased number of a type of white blood cell called e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ ils in the cere￭ br￭ al spinal fluid and blood is also an indicator infection can be effectively prevented by personal hygiene and sanitation this includes cooking pork well proper toi￭ lets and sanitary practices and improved access to clean water treating those with ta￭ eni￭ asis is important to prevent spread treating the disease when it does not involve the nervous system may not be required treatment of those with neuro￭ c￭ ys￭ tic￭ er￭ co￭ sis may be with the medications pr￭ azi￭ quan￭ tel or al￭ bend￭ azole these may be required for long periods of time ster￭ oids for anti infl￭ amm￭ ation during treatment and anti seizure medications may also be required surgery is sometimes done to remove the cy￭ sts the pork ta￭ pe￭ worm is particularly common in asia sub saharan africa and latin america in some areas it is believed that up to 25 of people are affected in the developed world it is very un￭ common worldwide as of 2010 it caused about 1 200 deaths up from 700 in 1990 c￭ ys￭ tic￭ er￭ co￭ sis also affects pigs and cows but rarely causes symptoms as most do not live long enough the disease has occurred in humans throughout history it is one of the neglected tropical diseases
c￭ ys￭ tic￭ er￭ co￭ sis cu￭ tis is a cu￭ taneous condition caused by ta￭ enia soli￭ um
cy￭ stin￭ osis is a ly￭ so￭ som￭ al storage disease characterized by the abnormal accumulation of the amino acid cy￭ st￭ ine it is a genetic disorder that typically follows an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive inheritance pattern cy￭ stin￭ osis is the most common cause of fan￭ coni syndrome in the pedi￭ atric age group fan￭ coni syndrome occurs when the function of cells in ren￭ al tu￭ bul￭ es are impaired leading to abnormal amounts of carbo￭ hydr￭ ates and amino acids in the urine excessive ur￭ ination and low blood levels of potassium and phosp￭ hates cy￭ stin￭ osis was the first documented genetic disease belonging to the group of ly￭ so￭ som￭ al transport defect disorders it is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive disorder resulting from accumulation of free cy￭ st￭ ine in ly￭ so￭ som￭ es eventually leading to in￭ trac￭ ell￭ ular crystal formation throughout the body cy￭ stin￭ osis is caused by mutations in the ct￭ ns gene that codes for cy￭ stin￭ os￭ in the ly￭ so￭ som￭ al memb￭ rane specific transporter for cy￭ st￭ ine in￭ trac￭ ell￭ ular metabol￭ ism of cy￭ st￭ ine as it happens with all amino acids requires its transport across the cell memb￭ rane after degradation of endo￭ cy￭ to￭ sed protein to cy￭ st￭ ine within ly￭ so￭ som￭ es it is normally transported to the cy￭ to￭ sol but if there is a defect in the carrier protein cy￭ st￭ ine is accumulated in ly￭ so￭ som￭ es as cy￭ st￭ ine is highly in￭ soluble when its concentration in tissue ly￭ so￭ som￭ es increase its solu￭ bility is immediately exceeded and cryst￭ alline precipit￭ ates are formed in almost all organs and tissues however the progression of the disease is not related to the presence of cryst￭ als in target tissues although tissue damage might depend on cy￭ st￭ ine accumulation the mechanisms of tissue damage are not fully understood increased in￭ trac￭ ell￭ ular cy￭ st￭ ine profoundly distur￭ bs cellular oxid￭ ative metabol￭ ism and glu￭ ta￭ th￭ ione status leading to altered mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al energy metabol￭ ism autop￭ ha￭ gy and apop￭ to￭ sis cy￭ stin￭ osis is usually treated with cy￭ ste￭ amine which is prescribed to decrease intr￭ aly￭ so￭ som￭ al cy￭ st￭ ine accumulation however the recent discovery of new pathogenic mechanisms and the development of an animal model of the disease may open possibilities for the development of new treatment modalities to improve long term prog￭ no￭ sis
cy￭ stin￭ ur￭ ia is an inherited auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive disease that is characterized by high concentrations of the amino acid cy￭ st￭ ine in the urine leading to the formation of cy￭ st￭ ine stones in the kidneys u￭ re￭ ter and blad￭ der it is a type of am￭ ino￭ ac￭ id￭ ur￭ ia
a cy￭ sto￭ ce￭ le ˈ￭ s￭ ɪ￭ st￭ ə￭ si￭ ː￭ l sis t￭ ə se￭ el is a medical condition that occurs when the tough fi￭ bro￭ us wall between a woman s blad￭ der and her vag￭ ina the pu￭ bo￭ cer￭ vic￭ al fas￭ cia is torn by childbirth allowing the blad￭ der to her￭ ni￭ ate into the vag￭ ina u￭ re￭ thro￭ cel￭ es often occur with cy￭ stoc￭ el￭ es
a cyst is a pathological epi￭ the￭ li￭ al lined cav￭ ity that fills with fluid or soft material and usually grows from internal pressure generated by fluid being drawn into the cav￭ ity from os￭ mo￭ sis hydro￭ static pressure the bones of the ja￭ ws the man￭ di￭ ble and max￭ illa are the bones with the highest prevalence of cy￭ sts in the human body this is due to the abundant amount of epi￭ the￭ li￭ al remnants that can be left in the bones of the ja￭ ws the en￭ am￭ el of teeth is formed from ec￭ to￭ der￭ m the precursor germ layer to skin and mu￭ co￭ sa and so remnants of epi￭ the￭ lium can be left in the bone during od￭ on￭ to￭ genesis tooth development the bones of the ja￭ ws develop from embry￭ o￭ logic processes which fuse together and ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal tissue may be trapped along the lines of this fusion this resting epi￭ the￭ lium also termed cell rests is usually dormant or under￭ goes atro￭ phy but when stimulated may form a cyst the reasons why resting epi￭ the￭ lium may prolifer￭ ate and undergo c￭ ys￭ tic transformation are generally unknown but infl￭ amm￭ ation is thought to be a major factor the high prevalence of tooth imp￭ actions and dental infections that occur in the bones of the ja￭ ws is also significant to explain why cy￭ sts are more common at these sites cy￭ sts that arise from tissue s that would normally develop into teeth are referred to as od￭ on￭ to￭ genic cy￭ sts other cy￭ sts of the ja￭ ws are termed non od￭ on￭ to￭ genic cy￭ sts non od￭ on￭ to￭ genic cy￭ sts form from tissues other than those involved in tooth development and consequently may contain structures such as epi￭ the￭ lium from the nose as the cyst grows from hydraulic pressure it causes the bone around it to resor￭ b and may cause movement of teeth or other vital structures such as nerves and blood vessels or resor￭ b the roots of teeth most cy￭ sts do not cause any symptoms and are discovered on routine dental radio￭ graphs some cy￭ sts may not require any treatment but if treatment is required it usually involves some minor surgery to partially or completely remove the cyst in a one or two stage procedure
cy￭ to￭ k￭ ine release syndrome is a common immediate complic￭ ation occurring with the use of anti t cell anti￭ body in￭ fu￭ sions such as at￭ g ok￭ t 3 and t￭ gn 14￭ 12 but also with the cd 20 anti￭ body rit￭ u￭ xim￭ ab severe cases are known as cy￭ to￭ k￭ ine storms the patho￭ genesis is that the antigens bind to the t cell recep￭ tor activating the t cells before they are destroyed the cy￭ to￭ k￭ ines released by the activated t cells produce a type of systemic infl￭ am￭ matory response similar to that found in severe infection characterised by hypo￭ tension py￭ re￭ x￭ ia and rig￭ ors the patient feels very un￭ well as if in a high fever – indeed the cy￭ to￭ k￭ ine release syndrome is effectively a type of non infec￭ tive fever deaths due to cy￭ to￭ k￭ ine release syndrome with ok￭ t 3 mu￭ ro￭ mon￭ ab cd 3 have been reported and it can cause life threatening pul￭ mon￭ ary e￭ dem￭ a if the patient is fluid overloaded however if treated appropriately it is usually not dangerous just extremely unpleasant for the patient the effect is greatly reduced by using low dose ok￭ t 3 e g 2 mg instead of 5 mg slow in￭ fusion instead of rapid injection intra￭ ven￭ ous administration of an anti hist￭ amine such as chlor￭ phen￭ amine and a cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ster￭ o￭ id such as hydro￭ cor￭ tis￭ one prior to starting the at￭ g ok￭ t 3 in￭ fusion with further doses of anti hist￭ amine and ster￭ o￭ id given during the in￭ fusion if necessary acet￭ amin￭ oph￭ en 500 mg by mouth 1 hour before in￭ fusion to prevent fever moreover it is recommended that any over￭ hydr￭ ation to be corrected before the administration of the first dose either by dial￭ ysis or with intra￭ ven￭ ous fu￭ ro￭ sem￭ ide to prevent the possible development of pul￭ mon￭ ary oe￭ dem￭ a
a cy￭ to￭ k￭ ine storm also known as cy￭ to￭ k￭ ine cas￭ c￭ ade and hyper￭ cy￭ to￭ kin￭ emia is a potentially fatal immune reaction consisting of a positive feedback loop between cy￭ to￭ k￭ ines and white blood cells with highly elevated levels of various cy￭ to￭ k￭ ines
cy￭ tom￭ eg￭ al￭ ic inclusion body disease ci￭ b￭ d is a series of signs and symptoms caused by cy￭ tom￭ eg￭ alo￭ virus infection tox￭ op￭ las￭ mo￭ sis or other rare infections such as her￭ pes or rub￭ ella viruses it can produce massive calci￭ fication of the central nervous system and often the kidneys cy￭ tom￭ eg￭ al￭ ic inclusion body disease is the most common cause of con￭ genital ab￭ norm￭ alities in the united states it can also cause pneumonia and other diseases in immun￭ o￭ compromised patients such as those with hiv aids or recipients of organ transplants
cy￭ tom￭ eg￭ alo￭ virus from the greek cy￭ to cell and me￭ gal￭ o large is a genus of viruses in the order her￭ pes￭ vir￭ ales in the family her￭ pes￭ vi￭ ri￭ da￭ e in the sub￭ family be￭ ta￭ her￭ pes￭ vir￭ in￭ ae humans and monkeys serve as natural hosts there are currently eight species in this genus including the type species human her￭ pes￭ virus 5 h￭ h￭ v 5 diseases associated with h￭ h￭ v 5 include g￭ land￭ ular fever and pneumonia it is typically abbreviated as c￭ mv the species that inf￭ ects humans is commonly known as human c￭ mv h￭ c￭ mv or human her￭ pes￭ virus 5 h￭ h￭ v 5 and is the most studied of all cy￭ tom￭ eg￭ alo￭ viruses within her￭ pes￭ vi￭ ri￭ da￭ e c￭ mv belongs to the be￭ ta￭ her￭ pes￭ vir￭ in￭ ae sub￭ family which also includes the genera mu￭ ro￭ meg￭ alo￭ virus and ro￭ se￭ olo￭ virus h￭ h￭ v 6 and h￭ h￭ v 7 it is related to other her￭ pes￭ viruses within the sub￭ families of alp￭ ha￭ her￭ pes￭ vir￭ in￭ ae that includes her￭ pes simpl￭ ex viruses h￭ sv 1 and 2 and var￭ ic￭ ella zo￭ ster virus v￭ z￭ v and the gam￭ ma￭ her￭ pes￭ vir￭ in￭ ae sub￭ family that includes ep￭ stein – bar￭ r virus all her￭ pes￭ viruses share a characteristic ability to remain latent within the body over long periods although they may be found throughout the body c￭ mv infections are frequently associated with the sali￭ vary g￭ lands in humans and other mammals other c￭ mv viruses are found in several mamm￭ al species but species isolated from animals differ from h￭ c￭ mv in terms of genom￭ ic structure and have not been reported to cause human disease
cy￭ tom￭ eg￭ alo￭ virus co￭ li￭ tis also known as c￭ mv co￭ li￭ tis is an infl￭ amm￭ ation of the col￭ on caus￭ es￭ the infection is spread by sali￭ va urine respiratory dro￭ ple￭ ts sexual contact and blood trans￭ fu￭ sions most people are exposed to the virus in their lifetime but it usually produces mild or no symptoms in healthy people however serious c￭ mv infections can occur in people with weakened immune systems this includes patients receiving chem￭ otherapy for cancer and patients on immune suppressing medicines following an organ transplant in rare instances more severe c￭ mv infection involving the gi tract has been reported in people with a healthy immune system
cy￭ tom￭ eg￭ alo￭ virus es￭ op￭ ha￭ gi￭ tis is a form of es￭ op￭ ha￭ gi￭ tis associated with cy￭ tom￭ eg￭ alo￭ virus it is likely to present with a single deep ul￭ cer as opposed to the multiple shallow ul￭ cers seen in her￭ pes es￭ op￭ ha￭ gi￭ tis
cy￭ tom￭ eg￭ alo￭ virus ret￭ initi￭ s also known as c￭ mv ret￭ initi￭ s is an infl￭ amm￭ ation of the re￭ tina of the eye that can lead to blindness caused by human cy￭ tom￭ eg￭ alo￭ virus it occurs predominantly in people whose immune system has been compromised 15 40 of those infected with aids there are different types of ret￭ initi￭ s such as ret￭ initi￭ s pi￭ gm￭ ent￭ osa causes tunnel vision
cy￭ top￭ las￭ mic incompatibility ci is a phenomenon that results in sperm and eggs being unable to form viable offspring the effect arises from changes in the game￭ te cells caused by in￭ trac￭ ell￭ ular parasites like wol￭ b￭ achi￭ a which infect a wide range of insect species as the reproductive incompatibility is caused by bacteria that reside in the cy￭ top￭ las￭ m of the host cells it is referred to as cy￭ top￭ las￭ mic incompatibility in 1971 jan￭ ice yen and a ralph bar￭ r of ucl￭ a demonstrated the eti￭ o￭ logic relationship of wol￭ b￭ achi￭ a infection and cy￭ top￭ las￭ mic incompatibility in cul￭ ex mosquit￭ os when they found that eggs were killed when the sperm of wol￭ b￭ achi￭ a infected males fertili￭ zed infection free eggs
cy￭ tor￭ rh￭ ysis refers to the permanent and irreparable damage to the cell wall after the complete collapse of a plant cell due to the loss of internal positive pressure hydraulic tur￭ g￭ or pressure positive pressure within a plant cell is required to maintain the u￭ pri￭ ght structure of the cell wall des￭ ic￭ c￭ ation relative water content of less than or equal to 10 resulting in cellular collapse occurs when the ability of the plant cell to regulate tur￭ g￭ or pressure is compromised due to certain environmental stres￭ sors water continues to diffuse out of the cell after the point of zero tur￭ g￭ or pressure where internal cellular pressure is equal to the external atmospheric pressure has been reached generating negative pressure within the cell that negative pressure pulls the center of the cell inward until the cell wall can no longer withstand the strain the inward pressure causes the majority of the collapse to occur in the central region of the cell pushing the organ￭ elles within the remaining cy￭ top￭ las￭ m against the cell walls unlike plas￭ mol￭ ysis a phenomenon that does not occur in nature the plasma memb￭ rane maintains its connections with the cell wall both during and after cellular collapse cy￭ tor￭ rh￭ ysis of plant cells can be induced in laboratory settings if they are placed in a hyper￭ tonic solution where the size of the solu￭ tes in the solution inhibit flow through the po￭ res in the cell wall matrix polyethylene gly￭ col is an example of a solu￭ te with a high molecular weight that is used to induce cy￭ tor￭ rh￭ ysis under experimental conditions environmental stres￭ sors which can lead to occurrences of cy￭ tor￭ rh￭ ysis in a natural setting include intense drought freezing temperatures and pathogens such as the rice blast fun￭ gus mag￭ nap￭ or￭ the gr￭ is￭ ea
in mathematics a c￭ à￭ dl￭ à￭ g french continue à dro￭ ite lim￭ ite à gau￭ che r￭ c￭ ll “ right continuous with left limits ” or cor￭ lo￭ l continuous on the right limit on the left function is a function defined on the real numbers or a sub￭ set of them that is everywhere right continuous and has left limits everywhere c￭ à￭ dl￭ à￭ g functions are important in the study of sto￭ ch￭ astic processes that admit or even require jumps unlike brow￭ ni￭ an motion which has continuous sample paths the collection of c￭ à￭ dl￭ à￭ g functions on a given domain is known as sk￭ or￭ ok￭ ho￭ d space two related terms are c￭ à￭ gl￭ à￭ d standing for continue à gau￭ che lim￭ ite à dro￭ ite the left right reversal of c￭ à￭ dl￭ à￭ g and c￭ à￭ ll￭ à￭ l for continue à l un lim￭ ite à l ’ autre continuous on one side limit on the other side for a function which is inter￭ change￭ ably either c￭ à￭ dl￭ à￭ g or c￭ à￭ gl￭ à￭ d at each point of the domain
c￭ œ￭ ur en sabo￭ t french for clo￭ g shaped heart is a radiological sign seen most commonly in patients with tetr￭ alo￭ gy of fal￭ lot a cyan￭ otic con￭ genital heart disease it is a radiological term to describe the following findings in the x ray the cardiac size is normal or mildly enlarged the left cardiac border shows up￭ lifted ap￭ ex outermost lower most point of the heart at the left side den￭ oting right ven￭ tric￭ ular enlargement exaggerated cardiac wa￭ ist which means that the pul￭ mon￭ ary segment is small and con￭ cave suggesting in￭ fun￭ di￭ bul￭ ar pul￭ mon￭ ary sten￭ osis echo￭ cardi￭ o￭ graphy has been used for confirmation and differentiation of con￭ genital heart diseases
d gly￭ cer￭ ic aci￭ dem￭ ia a k a d gly￭ cer￭ ic ac￭ id￭ ur￭ ia is an inherited disease in the category of in￭ born errors of metabol￭ ism it is caused by a mutation in the gene gly￭ ct￭ k which en￭ codes for the enzyme gly￭ cer￭ ate kin￭ ase
d bi￭ functional protein deficiency officially called 17 β hydroxy￭ ster￭ o￭ id de￭ hydro￭ gen￭ ase iv deficiency is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive per￭ ox￭ isom￭ al fatty acid oxid￭ ation disorder per￭ ox￭ isom￭ al disorders are usually caused by a combination of per￭ ox￭ isom￭ al assembly defects or by deficiencies of specific per￭ ox￭ isom￭ al enzymes the per￭ ox￭ is￭ ome is an organ￭ elle in the cell similar to the ly￭ so￭ some that functions to de￭ toxi￭ fy the cell per￭ ox￭ isom￭ es contain many different enzymes such as catal￭ ase and their main function is to neutr￭ alize free radicals and de￭ toxi￭ fy drugs such as alcohol for this reason per￭ ox￭ isom￭ es are ubiquitous in the liver and kidney d bp deficiency is the most severe per￭ ox￭ isom￭ al disorder often resembling z￭ ell￭ we￭ ger syndrome characteristics of the disorder include ne￭ on￭ atal hy￭ pot￭ onia and seizures occurring mostly within the first month of life as well as visual and hearing impairment other symptoms include severe cran￭ io￭ facial dis￭ figur￭ ation psy￭ ch￭ om￭ o￭ tor delay and neuro￭ nal migration defects most on￭ sets of the disorder begin in the gest￭ ational weeks of development and most affected individuals die within the first two years of life
the dash diet dietary approaches to stop hyper￭ tension is a dietary pattern promoted by the u s based national heart lung and blood institute part of the national institutes of health nih an agency of the united states department of health and human services to prevent and control hyper￭ tension the dash diet is rich in fruits vegetables whole grains and low fat dairy foods includes meat fish poultry nuts and beans and is limited in sugar swee￭ tened foods and beverages red meat and added fats in addition to its effect on blood pressure it is designed to be a well balanced approach to eating for the general public dash is recommended by the united states department of agriculture us￭ da as one of its ideal eating plans for all americans the dash diet is based on nih studies that examined three dietary plans and their results none of the plans were vege￭ tarian but the dash plan incorporated more fruits and vegetables low fat or non￭ fat dairy beans and nuts than the others studied the dash diet reduced syst￭ ol￭ ic blood pressure by 6 mm h￭ g and di￭ ast￭ ol￭ ic blood pressure by 3 mm h￭ g in patients with high normal blood pressure formerly called pre hyper￭ tension those with hyper￭ tension dropped by 11 and 6 mm h￭ g respectively these changes in blood pressure occurred with no changes in body weight the dash dietary pattern is adjusted based on daily cal￭ or￭ ic intake ranging from 1 600 to 3 100 dietary cal￭ ories the dash diet was further tested and developed in the optimal mac￭ ron￭ u￭ tri￭ ent intake trial for heart health omni￭ heart diet the dash and dash sodium trials demonstrated that a carbo￭ hydrate rich diet that emphasizes fruits vegetables and low fat dairy products and that is reduced in saturated fat total fat and cho￭ le￭ sterol substantially lowered blood pressure and low density li￭ po￭ protein cho￭ le￭ sterol omni￭ heart demonstrated that partial replacement of carbo￭ hydrate with either protein about half from plant sources or with un￭ saturated fat mostly mon￭ oun￭ saturated fat can further reduce blood pressure low density li￭ po￭ protein cho￭ le￭ sterol and coron￭ ary heart disease risk in january 2016 dash was named the number 1 for best di￭ ets overall and for healthy eating tied number 2 for diabetes and ranked number 3 for heart health out of 38 di￭ ets tested in the us news world report s annual “ best di￭ ets ” rankings
dl￭ co or tl￭ co diff￭ using capacity or transfer factor of the lung for carbon monoxide co is the extent to which oxygen passes from the air sac￭ s of the lungs into the blood commonly it refers to the test used to determine this parameter it was introduced in 19￭ 09
dna damage is an alteration in the chemical structure of dna such as a break in a strand of dna a base missing from the backbone of dna or a chemically changed base such as 8 oh￭ dg damage to dna that occurs naturally can result from metabol￭ ic or hydro￭ ly￭ tic processes metabol￭ ism releases compounds that damage dna including reactive oxygen species reactive nitrogen species reactive carbon￭ yl species lip￭ id per￭ oxid￭ ation products and al￭ k￭ yl￭ ating agents among others while hydro￭ lysis cle￭ a￭ ves chemical bonds in dna naturally occurring oxid￭ ative dna damages arise at least 10 000 times per cell per day in humans and 50 000 times or more per cell per day in rats as documented below dna damage is distinctly different from mutation although both are types of error in dna dna damage is an abnormal chemical structure in dna while a mutation is a change in the sequence of standard base pairs dna damage and mutation have different biological consequences while most dna damages can undergo dna repair such repair is not 100 efficient un repaired dna damages accumulate in non replic￭ ating cells such as cells in the brains or muscles of adult mammals and can cause aging also see dna damage theory of aging in replic￭ ating cells such as cells lining the col￭ on errors occur upon replic￭ ation of past damages in the tem￭ plate strand of dna or during repair of dna damages these errors can give rise to mutations or epi￭ genetic alterations both of these types of alteration can be replic￭ ated and passed on to subsequent cell generations these alterations can change gene function or regulation of gene expression and possibly contribute to progression to cancer
the dna damage theory of aging proposes that aging is a consequence of un￭ repaired accumulation of naturally occurring dna damages damage in this context is a dna alteration that has an abnormal structure although both mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al and nuclear dna damage can contribute to aging nuclear dna is the main subject of this analysis nuclear dna damage can contribute to aging either indirectly by increasing apop￭ to￭ sis or cellular sen￭ es￭ cence or directly by increasing cell dysfunction in humans and other mammals dna damage occurs frequently and dna repair processes have evolved to compensate in estimates made for mice on average approximately 1 500 to 7 000 dna le￭ sions occur per hour in each mouse cell or about 36 000 to 160 000 per cell per day in any cell some dna damage may remain despite the action of repair processes the accumulation of un￭ repaired dna damage is more prevalent in certain types of cells particularly in non replic￭ ating or slowly replic￭ ating cells such as cells in the brain sk￭ el￭ etal and cardiac muscle
dna fragmentation is the separation or breaking of dna strands into pieces it can be done intentionally by laboratory personnel or by cells or can occur spontaneously spontaneous or accidental dna fragmentation is fragmentation that gradually accumul￭ ates in a cell it can be measured by e g the com￭ et ass￭ ay the degree of dna fragmentation can predict outcomes for in vitro fertili￭ zation iv￭ f and its expansion in￭ trac￭ y￭ top￭ las￭ mic sperm injection ic￭ si the sperm ch￭ rom￭ atin dispersion test sc￭ d and tun￭ el ass￭ ay are both effective in detecting sperm dna damage using bright field micro￭ sco￭ py the sc￭ d test appears to be more sensitive than the tun￭ el ass￭ ay its main units of measurement is the dna fragmentation index d￭ fi a d￭ fi of 20 or more significantly reduces the success rates after ic￭ si dna fragmentation was first documented by william￭ son in 1970 when he observed dis￭ crete olig￭ om￭ eric fragments occurring during cell death in primary ne￭ on￭ atal liver cultures he described the cy￭ top￭ las￭ mic dna isolated from mouse liver cells after culture as characterized by dna fragments with a molecular weight consisting of multi￭ ples of 135 k￭ da this finding was consistent with the hypothesis that these dna fragments were a specific degradation product of nuclear dna
a dna repair deficiency disorder is a medical condition due to reduced functionality of dna repair dna repair defects can cause both an accelerated aging disease and an increased risk of cancer
door deaf￭ ness ony￭ ch￭ dy￭ stro￭ phy o￭ ste￭ od￭ y￭ stro￭ phy and mental retar￭ dation syndrome is a genetic disease which is inherited in an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive fashion door syndrome is characterized by mental retar￭ dation sens￭ or￭ in￭ eur￭ al deaf￭ ness abnormal nails and p￭ hal￭ anges of the hands and feet and variable seizures a similar deaf￭ ness ony￭ cho￭ dy￭ stro￭ phy syndrome is transmitted as an auto￭ som￭ al dominant trait and has no mental retar￭ dation some authors have proposed that it may be the same as er￭ on￭ en syndrome but since both disorders are extremely rare it is hard to make a determination
dt man￭ ie is a lingu￭ is￭ tical problem in dutch spelling created by the first official modern dutch spelling rules published in 1954 for the netherlands and for flanders
the time correction du￭ t 1 sometimes also written du￭ t is the difference between universal time ut 1 which is defined by earth s rotation and coordinated universal time ut￭ c which is defined by a network of precision atomic c￭ locks du￭ t 1 ut 1 − ut￭ c ut￭ c is maintained via leap seconds such that du￭ t 1 remains within the range − 0 9 s du￭ t 1 0 9 s the reason for this correction is partly that the rate of rotation of the earth is not constant due to tidal braking and the redistribution of mass within the earth including its oceans and atmosphere and partly because the si second as now used for ut￭ c was already when adopted a little shorter than the current value of the second of mean solar time forecast values of du￭ t 1 are published by i￭ ers bulletin a weekly updated values of du￭ t 1 with 0 1 s precision are broadcast by several time signal services including w￭ w￭ v and m￭ sf these services transmit one pulse per second of some sort to represent positive du￭ t 1 values from 0 1 to 0 8 seconds the pul￭ ses sent during seconds 1 through 8 are emphasized in some way generally by transmitting a double pulse the number of emphasized pul￭ ses gives the value of du￭ t 1 negative du￭ t 1 values from − 0 1 to − 0 8 seconds are similarly represented by emphasizing pul￭ ses 9 through 16 for example a du￭ t 1 value of − 0 4 would be transmitted by emphasizing pul￭ ses 9 through 12 the russian time signal rw￭ m trans￭ mits an additional correction du￭ t 1 in 0 02 s incre￭ ments positive values of du￭ t 1 from 0 02 to 0 08 s are en￭ coded by emphasizing pul￭ ses 21 through 24 negative values are en￭ coded by emphasizing pul￭ ses 31 through 34 the actual value of du￭ t 1 is approxim￭ ated by the sum of the transmitted du￭ t 1 du￭ t 1 the long￭ wave r￭ bu time signal also trans￭ mits du￭ t 1
da costa s syndrome which was col￭ lo￭ qu￭ ially known as soldier s heart is a syndrome with a set of symptoms that are similar to those of heart disease though a physical examination does not reveal any physiological ab￭ norm￭ alities in modern times da costa s syndrome is considered the manifestation of an anxiety disorder and treatment is primarily behavioral involving modifications to lifestyle and exercise the condition was named after jacob mend￭ es da costa who investigated and described the disorder during the american civil war it is also vari￭ ously known as cardiac neuro￭ sis chronic asth￭ enia effort syndrome functional cardiovascular disease neuro￭ circul￭ atory asth￭ enia primary ne￭ ur￭ asth￭ enia sub￭ acute asth￭ enia and irrit￭ able heart
d￭ ac￭ ry￭ o￭ ad￭ eni￭ tis is infl￭ amm￭ ation of the lac￭ ri￭ mal g￭ lands the tear producing g￭ lands
d￭ ac￭ ry￭ oc￭ y￭ sti￭ tis is an infection of the lac￭ ri￭ mal s￭ ac secondary to obstruction of the nas￭ ol￭ ac￭ ri￭ mal duc￭ t at the junction of lac￭ ri￭ mal s￭ ac the term derives from the greek d￭ á￭ kry￭ on tear cy￭ sta s￭ ac and i￭ tis infl￭ amm￭ ation it causes pain red￭ ness and sw￭ elling over the inner aspect of the lower eye￭ lid and ep￭ ip￭ hor￭ a when nas￭ ol￭ ac￭ ri￭ mal duc￭ t obstruction is secondary to a con￭ genital barrier it is referred to as d￭ acro￭ cy￭ sto￭ ce￭ le it is most commonly caused by stap￭ hy￭ lo￭ co￭ cc￭ us au￭ re￭ us and st￭ rep￭ to￭ co￭ cc￭ us pneu￭ mon￭ i￭ ae the most common complic￭ ation is cor￭ ne￭ al ul￭ cer￭ ation frequently in association with s pneu￭ mon￭ i￭ ae the main￭ stays of treatment are oral antibiotics warm com￭ presses and relief of nas￭ ol￭ ac￭ ri￭ mal duc￭ t obstruction by d￭ ac￭ ry￭ oc￭ y￭ stor￭ hin￭ o￭ stom￭ y
d￭ ac￭ ty￭ li￭ tis or sausage digit is infl￭ amm￭ ation of an entire digit a finger or toe and can be painful the word d￭ ac￭ ty￭ l comes from the greek word dak￭ ty￭ los meaning finger in its medical term it refers to both the fingers and the toes
da￭ ent￭ l town￭ send sie￭ gel syndrome is a very rare disorder characterized by blue s￭ cler￭ ae kidney mal￭ function thin skin and hydro￭ cephal￭ us it was first identified by d l da￭ ent￭ l et al in 1978 da￭ ent￭ l town￭ send sie￭ gel syndrome is also known as hydro￭ cephal￭ us blue s￭ cl￭ era ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ pa￭ thy and famili￭ al ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ sis hydro￭ cephal￭ us thin skin blue s￭ cler￭ ae syndrome
the da￭ g ham￭ mar￭ sk￭ jö￭ ld inver￭ t is a 4 cent value postage stamp error issued on 23 october 1962 by the united states postal service then known as the post office department one year after the death of da￭ g ham￭ mar￭ sk￭ jö￭ ld secretary general of the united nations in an airplane crash the stamp showing the yellow background inver￭ ted relative to the image and text is also known as the day s folly after post￭ master general j edward day who ordered the intentional re￭ printing of the yellow inver￭ t commenting the post office department is not running a jack￭ pot operation the stamp re￭ print was in effect a deliberate error produced by the post office department to avoid creating a r￭ arity it was decided to re￭ print 40 million of the inver￭ ted stamps after the discovery of the error so there would be no r￭ arity factor in the inver￭ ted stamp and to prevent people profiting from the postal service s mistake the re￭ prints were issued to the public on 16 november and described as a special printing the black brown and yellow commemor￭ ative stamp with yellow background correctly printed has a scott catalogue number of 120￭ 3 but the inver￭ ted error is numbered 120￭ 4 the catalogue value of the inver￭ t is worth little more than the normal the stamp printed on gi￭ ori press in plates of 200 was designed by herbert san￭ born and en￭ gra￭ ved by c a bro￭ oks 121 440 000 normal stamps were printed and 40 270 000 of the inver￭ ted re￭ print were produced it has not been recorded how many original inver￭ t stamps were produced and it is virtually impossible to tell a re￭ print from an original unless it has a clear early date but an inver￭ t error on a first day cover proving that stamp was from the original printing and not from the re￭ print was sold in 2005 for us 3 500 the fin￭ der of the discovery sheet a new jersey jewel￭ er named leonard sherman obtained a court injunction against the re￭ printing but it came too late to stop production he did however receive an aff￭ id￭ av￭ it from the then post office department that his was the original sheet in 1987 sherman donated his sheet to the american phil￭ at￭ el￭ ic society because the re￭ print dashed his hopes of owning a valuable stamp error mad magazine later commemor￭ ated the affair by printing a par￭ ody stamp that looked similar to the real issue but put a crying sherman in place of ham￭ mar￭ sk￭ jo￭ ld with money flying away from him
dah￭ l￭ berg bor￭ er newcom￭ er syndrome is a rare auto￭ som￭ al x linked rec￭ essive genetic condition characterized by a pro￭ lapse of the bic￭ us￭ pid valve progressive kidney failure con￭ genital lymp￭ he￭ dem￭ a hypo￭ par￭ ath￭ yro￭ i￭ dis￭ m and very short end bones of fingers treatment for this condition is based on its symptoms these treatments may include manual lymp￭ h￭ atic drainage consumption of beta bloc￭ kers or anti￭ co￭ ag￭ ul￭ ants for the bic￭ us￭ pid valve pro￭ lapse and vitamin d or calcium carbon￭ ate tablets for the hypo￭ par￭ ath￭ yro￭ i￭ dis￭ m this condition is also known as lymp￭ he￭ dem￭ a hypo￭ par￭ ath￭ yro￭ i￭ dis￭ m syndrome hypo￭ par￭ ath￭ yro￭ i￭ dis￭ m lymp￭ he￭ dem￭ a syndrome and simply dah￭ l￭ berg syndrome
daily light integral d￭ li is the amount of par received each day as a function of light intensity instan￭ taneous light μ￭ mol · m − 2 · s − 1 and duration day it is expressed as mol￭ es of light mol per square meter m − 2 per day d − 1 or mol · m − 2 · d − 1 mol￭ es per day the daily light integral d￭ li is a measure of the amount of light received in a single day in a particular area for example the number of mol￭ es of photo￭ synthe￭ tically active radiation par pho￭ tons received during a single day in a square meter or mol · m − 2 · d − 1 another example is the total solar radiation received during a single day in a square meter or w · m − 2 depending on the application or research question the time integral of incident light may be a more useful tool than the instan￭ taneous incident light d￭ li varies depending on latitude time of year and cloud cover and ranges from 5 60 mol · m − 2 · d − 1 in the united states for par in green￭ houses or growth chambers d￭ li values are typically much lower which can affect the shoot root ratio mor￭ pho￭ logy and the timing of flowering on a sunny winter day in the middle lati￭ tudes a plant receives about 9 mol￭ es day if it is clou￭ dy the d￭ li drops to 3 mol￭ es day in the summer the d￭ li for a sunny day is about 26 mol￭ es day and 12 mol￭ es day for a clou￭ dy day each type of plant has a different d￭ li range for optimal growth d￭ li is directly correlated with plant quality and a minimum amount of light is required for marketable plants measuring d￭ li over a growing season and comparing it to results can help a grower decide which varieties work for his or her location example calculation d￭ li mol m 2 day average light intensity μ￭ mol m 2 s · time in seconds 1 000 000 d￭ li mol m 2 day par · h · 3600 1 000 000 see also daily pp￭ f can be calculated directly from the instan￭ taneous pp￭ f from the following equation μ￭ mol m − 2 s − 1 multiplied by 86 400 and divided by 106 mol m − 2 d − 1 so 1 μ￭ mol m − 2 s − 1 0 08￭ 64 mol m − 2 d − 1 with continuous light and 2100 μ￭ mol m − 2 s − 1 90 72 mol m − 2 d − 1 with 12 hours light
the d￭ akin oxid￭ ation or d￭ akin reaction is an organic re￭ do￭ x reaction in which an orth￭ o or para hydrox￭ yl￭ ated phen￭ yl alde￭ hyde 2 hydroxy￭ benz￭ alde￭ hyde or 4 hydroxy￭ benz￭ alde￭ hyde or ke￭ tone reacts with hydrogen per￭ oxide in base to form a ben￭ zen￭ edi￭ ol and a car￭ box￭ y￭ late overall the carbon￭ yl group is ox￭ idi￭ zed and the hydrogen per￭ oxide is reduced the d￭ akin oxid￭ ation which is closely related to the ba￭ e￭ yer vil￭ li￭ ger oxid￭ ation is not to be confused with the d￭ akin west reaction though both are named after henry dr￭ ys￭ dale d￭ akin
the d￭ akin – west reaction is a chemical reaction that trans￭ forms an amino acid into a ke￭ to amide using an acid an￭ hy￭ dri￭ de and a base typically py￭ ri￭ dine it is named for henry dr￭ ys￭ dale d￭ akin 18￭ 80 – 1952 and ran￭ dol￭ ph west 1890 – 1949 of special note the ke￭ to amide product is always rac￭ emic however in 2016 sch￭ rein￭ er and co￭ workers reported the first asymmetric variant of this reaction the d￭ akin – west reaction with py￭ ri￭ dine as a base and solvent ref￭ lux￭ ing conditions are required however with the addition of 4 di￭ meth￭ yl￭ amin￭ op￭ y￭ ri￭ dine d￭ map as a catalyst the reaction can take place at room temperature with some acids this reaction can take place even in the absence of an α amino group this reaction should not be confused with the d￭ akin reaction
structural dam￭ p￭ ness is the presence of unwanted moisture in the structure of a building either the result of intrusion from outside or condens￭ ation from within the structure a high proportion of dam￭ p problems in buildings are caused by condens￭ ation rain penetration or rising dam￭ p
dam￭ ping capacity is the ability of a material to absorb energy by converting mechanical energy into heat
dam￭ ping off or dam￭ ping off is a horticultural disease or condition caused by a number of different pathogens that kill or weaken seeds or se￭ ed￭ lings before or after they germin￭ ate it is most prevalent in wet and cool conditions
dancing mania also known as dancing plague cho￭ re￭ om￭ ania st john s dance and historically st vit￭ us dance was a social phenomenon that occurred primarily in mainland europe between the 14 th and 17 th centuries it involved groups of people dancing er￭ rati￭ cally sometimes thousands at a time the mania affected men women and children who danced until they collapsed from exhaustion one of the first major outbreaks was in a￭ ach￭ en in the holy roman empire in 13￭ 74 and it quickly spread throughout europe one particularly notable outbreak occurred in strasbourg in 1518 also in the holy roman empire affecting thousands of people across several centuries dancing mania was not an isolated event and was well documented in contemporary reports it was nevertheless poorly understood and remedies were based on gu￭ ess￭ work generally musicians accompanied dan￭ cers to help ward off the mania but this tactic sometimes back￭ fired by encouraging more to join in there is no consensus among modern day scholars as to the cause of dancing mania the several theories proposed range from religious cul￭ ts being behind the proc￭ essions to people dancing to relieve themselves of stress and put the poverty of the period out of their minds it is however thought to have been a mass psycho￭ genic illness in which the occurrence of similar physical symptoms with no known physical cause affect a large group of people as a form of social influence
d￭ and￭ ru￭ ff is the shedding of dead skin cells from the scal￭ p as skin cells die a small amount of fla￭ king is normal about 487 000 cells cm 2 get released normally after deter￭ gent treatment some people however experience an unusually large amount of fla￭ king either chronically or as a result of certain triggers up to 800 000 cells cm 2 which can also be accompanied by red￭ ness and irritation d￭ and￭ ru￭ ff is a common scal￭ p disorder affecting almost half of the population at the post pu￭ ber￭ tal age and of any sex and ethnicity it often causes it￭ ching it has been well established that ker￭ at￭ in￭ oc￭ y￭ tes play a key role in the expression and generation of immun￭ ological reactions during d￭ and￭ ru￭ ff formation the severity of d￭ and￭ ru￭ ff may fluctu￭ ate with season as it often wor￭ sens in winter d￭ and￭ ru￭ ff is rare before pu￭ ber￭ ty peaks in the teens and early tw￭ en￭ ties and declines with age thereafter most cases of d￭ and￭ ru￭ ff can be easily treated with specialized sham￭ poos there is however no true cure those affected by d￭ and￭ ru￭ ff find that it can cause social or self esteem problems indicating treatment for both psychological and physiological reasons
dan￭ dy – walker syndrome d￭ ws is a rare group of con￭ genital human brain mal￭ formations there are three sub￭ types which affect multiple organs to varying degrees but the fundamental ab￭ norm￭ alities involve the cere￭ bell￭ um which controls muscle coordination the adjacent fourth ven￭ tric￭ le is often affected which can alter the flow of cere￭ bro￭ spinal fluid increase in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial pressure and lead to multiple other brain function problems the degree of disability varies but is typically lifelong treatment may involve physical therapy special education or surgical placement of a cere￭ br￭ al sh￭ unt it is named for walter dan￭ dy and arthur earl walker
the dang￭ ling else is a problem in computer programming in which an optional else clause in an if – then – else statement results in ne￭ sted condi￭ tion￭ als being ambiguous formally the reference context free gr￭ ammar of the language is ambiguous meaning there is more than one correct par￭ se tree in many programming languages one may write conditionally executed code in two forms the if then form and the if then else form – the else clause is optional if a then si￭ f b then s 1 else s 2 this gives rise to an ambiguity in interpretation when there are ne￭ sted statements specifically whenever an if then form appears as s 1 in an if then else form if a then if b then s else s 2 in this example s is unambiguously executed when a is true and b is true but one may interpret s 2 as being executed when a is false thus attaching the else to the first if or when a is true and b is false thus attaching the else to the second if in other words one may see the previous statement as either of the following expressions if a then if b then s else s 2 or￭ if a then if b then s else s 2 the dang￭ ling else problem dates to al￭ go￭ l 60 and has been resolved in various ways in subsequent languages in lr par￭ s￭ ers the dang￭ ling else is the ar￭ che￭ typ￭ al example of a shift reduce conflict
the dan￭ he￭ iser ann￭ ulation or dan￭ he￭ iser t￭ ms cycl￭ op￭ ent￭ ene ann￭ ulation is an organic reaction of an α β un￭ saturated ke￭ tone and a tri￭ al￭ k￭ yl￭ sil￭ yl￭ all￭ ene e g trim￭ ethyl￭ sil￭ yl or tri￭ iso￭ prop￭ yl￭ sil￭ yl in the presence of a lewis acid to give a tri￭ al￭ k￭ yl￭ sil￭ yl￭ cycl￭ op￭ ent￭ ene in a reg￭ io￭ controlled ann￭ ulation file dan￭ he￭ is￭ er￭ ann￭ ulation 03 p￭ ng
the dan￭ he￭ iser benz￭ ann￭ ulation is a chemical reaction used in organic chemistry to generate highly substituted phen￭ ols in a single step it is named after its invent￭ or dr rick dan￭ he￭ iser
dan￭ on disease or gly￭ co￭ gen storage disease type iib is a metabol￭ ic disorder dan￭ on disease is an x linked ly￭ so￭ som￭ al and gly￭ co￭ gen storage disorder associated with hyper￭ troph￭ ic cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy sk￭ el￭ etal muscle weakness and intellectual disability
d￭ ari￭ er s disease dar also known as d￭ ari￭ er disease d￭ ari￭ er – white disease dy￭ sk￭ er￭ at￭ osis fol￭ lic￭ ul￭ aris and ker￭ at￭ osis fol￭ lic￭ ul￭ aris is an auto￭ som￭ al dominant disorder discovered by french der￭ mato￭ logist fer￭ din￭ and jean d￭ ari￭ er d￭ ari￭ er s is characterized by dark cru￭ sty pat￭ ches on the skin sometimes containing p￭ us the cru￭ sty pat￭ ches are also known as ker￭ ato￭ tic pap￭ ules ker￭ at￭ osis fol￭ lic￭ ul￭ aris or dy￭ sk￭ er￭ at￭ osis fol￭ lic￭ ul￭ aris mild forms of the disease are the most common consisting solely of skin r￭ ashes that fl￭ are up under certain conditions such as high hum￭ idity high stress or tight fitting clothes even in mild forms short stature combined with poorly formed finger￭ nails containing vertical stri￭ ations are diagnostic
the d￭ ari￭ én gap spanish reg￭ ión del d￭ ari￭ én or tap￭ ón del d￭ ari￭ én is a break in the pan american highway consisting of a large swa￭ th of un￭ developed swam￭ pl￭ and and forest within panama s d￭ ari￭ én province in central america and the northern portion of colombia s ch￭ oc￭ ó department in south america it measures just over 160 km 99 mi long and about 50 km 31 mi wide road￭ building through this area is expensive and the environmental cost is high political consensus in favor of road construction has not emerged consequently there is no road connection through the d￭ ari￭ én gap connecting north america with south america and it is the missing link of the pan american highway the geography of the d￭ ari￭ én gap on the colombian side is dominated primarily by the river delta of the at￭ ra￭ to river which creates a flat marsh￭ land at least 80 km 50 mi wide half of this being swam￭ pl￭ and the ser￭ ran￭ ía del b￭ aud￭ ó range extends along colombia s pacific coast and extends into panama the pan￭ am￭ anian side in sharp contrast is a mountainous rain￭ forest with terrain reaching from 60 m 200 ft in the valley floors to 1 845 m 6 0￭ 53 ft at the tall￭ est peak cer￭ ro tac￭ arc￭ una in the ser￭ ran￭ ía del d￭ ari￭ én
in electronics industry dark silicon is the amount of circu￭ it￭ ry of an integrated circuit that cannot be powered on at the nominal operating voltage for a given thermal design power t￭ dp constraint this is a challenge in the era of nan￭ ome￭ ter semiconductor no￭ des where trans￭ is￭ tor scaling and voltage scaling are no longer in line with each other resulting in the failure of den￭ nard scaling this dis￭ continuation of den￭ nard scaling has led to sharp increases in power den￭ sities that hamper powering on all the trans￭ is￭ tors simultaneously at the nominal voltage while keeping the chip temperature in the safe operating range according to recent studies researchers from different groups have projected that at 8 nm technology no￭ des the amount of dark silicon may reach up to 50 80 depending upon the processor architecture cooling technology and application work￭ loads dark silicon may be unavoidable even in server work￭ loads with abundance of inherent client request level parall￭ el￭ ism
dar￭ ti￭ tis pronounced d￭ art eye tis is a condition which can affect dar￭ ts players and severely damage their performance it can be compared to the y￭ ip￭ s an expression used to describe apparent loss of fine motor skills without any explanation the term is used in reference to players who struggle with some kind of psychological problem with their technique and or release of their dar￭ ts the most famous case of dar￭ ti￭ tis was in 1986 when five times world champion eric bris￭ tow revealed he was having problems with the release of his dar￭ ts bris￭ tow managed to make a partial recovery from the condition and even managed to regain the number one position in the world rankings
darwin s tuber￭ cle or aur￭ icular tuber￭ cle is a con￭ genital ear condition which often presents as a thick￭ ening on the heli￭ x at the junction of the upper and middle thirds
a dar￭ w￭ inian puzzle is a trait that appears to reduce the fitness of individuals that possess it such traits attract the attention of evolutionary biologists several human traits pose challenges to evolutionary thinking as they are relatively prevalent but are associated with lower reproductive success through reduced fertility and or longevity some of the classic examples include left han￭ dedness men￭ op￭ ause and mental disorders these traits are also found in animals a pe￭ a￭ cock shows an example of a trait that may reduce its fitness the bigger the tail the easier it is seen by predators and it also may hinder the movement of the pe￭ a￭ cock darwin in fact solved this puzzle by explaining the pe￭ a￭ cock s tail as evidence of sexual selection a bigger tail confers evolutionary fitness on the male by allowing it to attract more females than other males with shorter tails the phrase dar￭ w￭ inian puzzle itself is rare and of unclear origin it s typically talked about in the context of animal behavior
the dar￭ z￭ ens reaction also known as the dar￭ z￭ ens condens￭ ation or gly￭ ci￭ d￭ ic ester condens￭ ation is the chemical reaction of a ke￭ tone or alde￭ hyde with an α halo￭ ester in the presence of base to form an α β epo￭ xy ester also called a gly￭ ci￭ d￭ ic ester this reaction was discovered by the organic chem￭ ist au￭ gu￭ ste george dar￭ z￭ ens in 19￭ 04
data administration or data resource management is an organizational function working in the areas of information systems and computer science that plans organiz￭ es describes and controls data resources data resources are usually as stored in databases under a database management system or other software such as electronic spre￭ ad￭ sheets in many smaller organizations data administration is performed occasionally or is a small component of the database administrator ’ s work in the context of information systems development data administration ideally begins at system conception ensuring there is a data dic￭ tionary to help maintain consistency avoid redundancy and model the database so as to make it logical and usable by means of data model￭ ing including database normalization techniques
data center predic￭ tive model￭ ing d￭ c￭ pm is the ability to forecast the performance of a data center into the future be it its energy use energy efficiency performance of the myriad pieces of equipment even cost an important part of forecasting data center performance is the use of compu￭ tational fluid dynamics cf￭ d to quantify the air￭ flow and temperatures that would occur if physical changes were made to the data center space the use of cf￭ d moves d￭ c￭ pm from a prob￭ abil￭ istic type of forecasting to a physics based one the term d￭ c￭ pm has been in use since june 2011 and was adopted by ro￭ mon￭ et to differentiate d￭ c￭ pm from data center infrastructure management d￭ ci￭ m which only tracks the present performance of the elements of a data center another example of the same technology was presented in russia by institute of applied mathematical research kare￭ lian research centre russian academy of sciences the technology is developed since 2011 under support of fa￭ sie and r￭ f￭ br
data literacy is the ability to read create and communicate data as information and has been formally described in varying ways discussion of the skills inherent to data literacy and possible instruc￭ tional methods have emerged as data collection becomes rou￭ tini￭ zed and talk of data analysis and big data has become commonplace in the news business government and society in countries across the world
data loss is an error condition in information systems in which information is destroyed by failures or neglect in storage transmission or processing information systems implement backup and disaster recovery equipment and processes to prevent data loss or restore lost data data loss is distinguished from data un￭ availability which may arise from a network out￭ age although the two have substantially similar consequences for users data un￭ availability is temporary while data loss may be permanent data loss is also distinct from data breach incident where data falls into the wrong hands although the term data loss has been used in those incidents
in software engineering the data m￭ app￭ er pattern is an architectural pattern it was named by martin fow￭ ler in his 2003 book patterns of enterprise application architecture the interface of an object conforming to this pattern would include functions such as create read update and delete that operate on objects that represent domain entity types in a data store a data m￭ app￭ er is a data access layer that performs bi￭ direc￭ tional transfer of data between a persistent data store often a rel￭ ational database and an in memory data representation the domain layer the goal of the pattern is to keep the in memory representation and the persistent data store independent of each other and the data m￭ app￭ er itself the layer is composed of one or more m￭ app￭ ers or data access objects performing the data transfer m￭ app￭ er implement￭ ations vary in scope generic m￭ app￭ ers will handle many different domain entity types dedicated m￭ app￭ ers will handle one or a few
data mining is an inter￭ disciplinary sub￭ field of computer science it is the compu￭ tational process of discovering patterns in large data sets involving methods at the inter￭ section of artificial intelligence machine learning statistics and database systems the overall goal of the data mining process is to extract information from a data set and transform it into an understandable structure for further use aside from the raw analysis step it involves database and data management aspects data pre processing model and infer￭ ence considerations interest￭ ingness metr￭ ics complexity considerations post processing of discovered structures vis￭ u￭ alization and online updating data mining is the analysis step of the knowledge discovery in databases process or k￭ dd the term is a mis￭ no￭ mer because the goal is the extraction of patterns and knowledge from large amounts of data not the extraction mining of data itself it also is a buzz￭ word and is frequently applied to any form of large scale data or information processing collection extraction warehousing analysis and statistics as well as any application of computer decision support system including artificial intelligence machine learning and business intelligence the book data mining practical machine learning tools and techniques with j￭ ava which covers mostly machine learning material was originally to be named just practical machine learning and the term data mining was only added for marketing reasons often the more general terms large scale data analysis and analy￭ tics – or when referring to actual methods artificial intelligence and machine learning – are more appropriate the actual data mining task is the automatic or semi automatic analysis of large quantities of data to extract previously unknown interesting patterns such as groups of data records cluster analysis unusual records anomaly detection and depend￭ encies association rule mining this usually involves using database techniques such as spatial indices these patterns can then be seen as a kind of summary of the input data and may be used in further analysis or for example in machine learning and predic￭ tive analy￭ tics for example the data mining step might identify multiple groups in the data which can then be used to obtain more accurate prediction results by a decision support system neither the data collection data preparation nor result interpretation and reporting is part of the data mining step but do belong to the overall k￭ dd process as additional steps the related terms data dre￭ dging data fishing and data sno￭ oping refer to the use of data mining methods to sample parts of a larger population data set that are or may be too small for reliable statistical infer￭ ences to be made about the validity of any patterns discovered these methods can however be used in creating new hypo￭ theses to test against the larger data populations
data theft is a growing phenomenon primarily caused by system administrators and office workers with access to technology such as database ser￭ vers des￭ k￭ top computers and a growing list of hand held devices capable of storing digital information such as us￭ b flash drives i￭ pods and even digital cameras since employees often spend a considerable amount of time developing contacts and confidential and copy￭ righ￭ ted information for the company they work for they may feel they have some right to the information and are inclined to copy and or delete part of it when they leave the company or misuse it while they are still in employment alternatively an employee may choose to deliberately abuse trusted access to information for the purpose of exposing misconduct by the employer from the perspective of the society such an act of whist￭ le￭ blowing can be seen as positive and is in certain situations protected by law in some jurisdictions such as the usa while most organizations have implemented fire￭ walls and intrusion detection systems very few take into account the threat from the average employee that copies proprietary data for personal gain or use by another company a common scenario is where a sales person makes a copy of the contact database for use in their next job typically this is a clear violation of their terms of employment notable acts of data theft by a self proclaimed whist￭ le￭ b￭ lower have been done by chelsea manning edward snow￭ den and her￭ vé fal￭ ci￭ ani
data thinking is the generic mental pattern observed during the processes of picking a subject to start with identifying its parts or components organizing and describing them in an informative fashion that is relevant to what motivated and initiated the whole processes the term was created by mario f￭ aria and ro￭ ger￭ io pan￭ ig￭ assi in 2013 when they were writing a book about data science data analy￭ tics data management and how data practitioners were able to achieve their goals mario f￭ aria is one of the first chief data officers in the world
database administration is the function of managing and maintaining database management systems d￭ bms software mainstream d￭ bms software such as oracle ibm db 2 and microsoft s￭ q￭ l server need ongoing management as such corporations that use d￭ bms software often hire specialized it information technology personnel called database administrators or d￭ bas
in lingu￭ is￭ tics d￭ ative shift is a pattern in which the sub￭ categ￭ ori￭ zation of a ver￭ b can take on two altern￭ ating forms in the obli￭ que d￭ ative od form the ver￭ b takes a nou￭ n phrase n￭ p and a pre￭ posi￭ tional phrase pp the second of which is not an argument john gave n￭ p a book pp to mary in the double object construction doc form the ver￭ b takes two nou￭ n phrases both of which are arguments john gave n￭ p mary n￭ p a book
david after dentist is an internet phenomenon which started when david dev￭ ore jr s father posted a video on the internet of his reaction to an￭ esthesia after he had been given oral surgery as of 3 march 2016 it has been viewed over 132 million times on you￭ tube
the electromagnetic dawn chorus is a phenomenon that occurs most often at or shortly after dawn local time with the proper radio equipment dawn chorus can be converted to sounds that resemble birds dawn chorus by coincidence the electromagnetic dawn chorus is believed to be generated by a dop￭ pl￭ er shifted cyclo￭ tr￭ on interaction between anis￭ o￭ tropic distribu￭ tions of energetic 40 k￭ ev electron￭ s and ambient background v￭ lf noise these energetic electron￭ s are generally injected into the inner magne￭ to￭ sphere at the onset of the sub￭ storm expansion phase dawn chor￭ uses occur more frequently during magnetic storms this phenomenon also occurs during aur￭ or￭ ae when it is termed an aur￭ oral chorus
the dawn phenomenon sometimes called the dawn effect is an early morning usually between 2 a m and 8 a m increase in blood sugar glucose relevant to people with diabetes it is different from chronic som￭ og￭ yi rebound in that dawn phenomenon is not associated with no￭ c￭ tur￭ nal hypo￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia the dawn phenomenon can be managed in many patients by avoiding carbo￭ hydrate intake at bed￭ time adjusting the do￭ sage of medication or insulin switching to a different medication or by using an insulin pump to administer extra insulin during early morning hours in most of the cases there is no need to change insulin do￭ sing of patients who encounter the dawn phenomenon
de￭ graz￭ ia gallery in the sun historic district is the artistic manifestation and architecture constructed by et￭ tore de￭ graz￭ ia the property is a series of buildings scattered throughout a natural desert setting built in tuc￭ son near the inter￭ section of swan road and sky￭ line the property is now a museum open to the public construction began in 1951 with the open air mission in the sun followed by a series of other expres￭ sion￭ istic ad￭ o￭ be buildings the gallery museum was constructed in 1965 with details including cac￭ tus flo￭ oring exposed wood be￭ ams raf￭ ters and unique artistic finishes the gallery replaced the first de￭ graz￭ ia building constructed in 1944 on the corner of prince and campbell road artists and friends who spent time at the new gallery included thomas hart bent￭ on olaf wi￭ e￭ gh￭ or￭ st jack van ry￭ der pete martinez and ross san￭ tee in 2006 the 10 ac￭ re 40 000 m 2 property now a museum of de￭ graz￭ ia s work was listed on the national register of historic places
the dem￭ ay￭ o reaction is a photo￭ chemical reaction in which the en￭ ol of a 1 3 di￭ ke￭ tone reacts with an al￭ k￭ ene or another species with a c c bond and the resulting cyclo￭ bu￭ tane ring under￭ goes a re￭ tro al￭ do￭ l reaction to yield a 1 5 di￭ ke￭ tone the dem￭ ay￭ o reaction the net effect is to add the two carbon atoms in the c c double bond between the two carbon￭ yl groups of the di￭ ke￭ tone it is thus useful in syn￭ theses both as a relatively selective way to join two parts of a mol￭ ecu￭ le and as a way to apply the more developed chemistry of 1 3 di￭ ke￭ tone synthesis to 1 5 di￭ ke￭ tones the first part is a 2 2 cyclo￭ addition the ensuing re￭ tro al￭ do￭ l cle￭ av￭ age is favored by the relative instability of the cyclo￭ bu￭ tane ring
des￭ anc￭ tis – cac￭ chi￭ one syndrome is an extremely rare disorder characterized by the skin and eye symptoms of x￭ ero￭ der￭ ma pi￭ gm￭ ent￭ o￭ sum x￭ p occurring in association with micro￭ cephal￭ y progressive mental retar￭ dation retar￭ ded growth and sexual development deaf￭ ness cho￭ re￭ o￭ athe￭ to￭ sis at￭ ax￭ ia and quad￭ ri￭ pa￭ res￭ is
de bar￭ sy syndrome is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive genetic disorder symptoms include cu￭ tis la￭ xa loose hanging skin as well as other eye mus￭ cul￭ osk￭ el￭ etal and neuro￭ logical ab￭ norm￭ alities it is usually progressive manifest￭ ing side effects that can include clou￭ ded cor￭ ne￭ as cat￭ ar￭ acts short stature dy￭ st￭ onia or pro￭ geria premature aging it was first described in 1967 by de bar￭ sy et al and as of 2011 there have been 27 cases reported worldwide the genes that cause de bar￭ sy syndrome have not been identified yet although several studies have narrowed down the symptoms cause a study by re￭ vers￭ ade et al has shown that a mutation in py￭ cr 1 the genetic sequence that codes for mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al enzymes that break down pro￭ line are prevalent in cases of auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive cu￭ tis la￭ xa arc￭ l a condition very similar to de bar￭ sy syndrome a study by lea￭ o tel￭ es et al has shown that de bar￭ sy syndrome may be related to mutations in at￭ p 6 v 0 a 2 gene known as at￭ p 6 v 0 a 2 c￭ dg by the new naming system alternative names for de bar￭ sy syndrome include cor￭ ne￭ al clou￭ ding cu￭ tis la￭ xa mental retar￭ dation cu￭ tis la￭ xa growth deficiency syndrome de bar￭ sy – mo￭ ens – di￭ er￭ c￭ ks syndrome and pro￭ ger￭ o￭ id syndrome of de bar￭ sy
de g￭ aren￭ ge￭ ot s her￭ nia is a rare subtype of an incarcer￭ ated fem￭ oral her￭ nia this ep￭ on￭ ym may be used to describe the incarceration of the ver￭ mi￭ form appendix within a fem￭ oral her￭ nia ak￭ op￭ ian and alexander named this her￭ nia after the 18 th century par￭ is￭ ian surgeon rene jacques cro￭ iss￭ ant de g￭ aren￭ ge￭ ot he is quoted in the surgical literature as the first to describe this situation in 17￭ 31 although the surgeon s full last name is cro￭ iss￭ ant de g￭ aren￭ ge￭ ot for linguistic convenience it has been suggested to abbrevi￭ ate this ep￭ on￭ ym to de g￭ aren￭ ge￭ ot similar as with the situation of an amy￭ and s her￭ nia the true nature of the incarcer￭ ated tissue is rarely diagnosed pre￭ oper￭ atively patients present clin￭ ically similar to other incarcer￭ ated fem￭ oral her￭ ni￭ ae treatment consists of an append￭ ic￭ ec￭ tomy and her￭ nia repair l￭ apar￭ o￭ scopic options are described
de mus￭ set s sign is a condition in which there is rhy￭ th￭ mic no￭ dding or bo￭ bbing of the head in synchron￭ y with the beating of the heart in general as a result of a￭ or￭ tic in￭ sufficiency whereby blood from the a￭ or￭ ta reg￭ urg￭ itates into the left ven￭ tric￭ le due to a defect in the a￭ or￭ tic valve the no￭ dding is an indication that the syst￭ ol￭ ic pulse is being felt by the patient because of the increased pulse pressure resulting from the a￭ or￭ tic in￭ sufficiency the condition was named after the french poet alfred de mus￭ set
de quer￭ vain s thyro￭ idi￭ tis can also be known as sub￭ acute gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ ous thyro￭ idi￭ tis or giant cell thyro￭ idi￭ tis males and females of all ages may be affected it is a member of the group of thyro￭ idi￭ tis conditions known as resolving thyro￭ idi￭ tis
de quer￭ vain syndrome french pron￭ unciation ​ d￭ ə k￭ ɛ￭ ʁ￭ v￭ ɛ￭ ̃ also known as black￭ berry thumb tex￭ ting thumb gam￭ er s thumb was￭ her￭ woman s sp￭ rain rad￭ ial sty￭ loid ten￭ o￭ sy￭ no￭ vi￭ tis de quer￭ vain disease de quer￭ vain s ten￭ o￭ sy￭ no￭ vi￭ tis de quer￭ vain s sten￭ o￭ sing ten￭ o￭ sy￭ no￭ vi￭ tis mother s wrist or mommy thumb is a ten￭ o￭ sy￭ no￭ vi￭ tis of the she￭ ath or tunnel that surrounds two tend￭ ons that control movement of the thumb
de vi￭ vo disease is an auto￭ som￭ al dominant developmental disorder associated with a deficiency of glut 1 also known as glucose transporter type 1 deficiency syndrome glut 1 ds
in dis￭ crete time control theory the dead beat control problem consists of finding what input signal must be applied to a system in order to bring the output to the steady state in the smallest number of time steps for an n￭ th order linear system it can be shown that this minimum number of steps will be at most n depending on the initial condition provided that the system is null controllable that it can be brought to state zero by some input the solution is to apply feedback such that all poles of the closed loop transfer function are at the origin of the z plane for more information about transfer functions and the z plane see z transform therefore the linear case is easy to solve by extension a closed loop transfer function which has all poles of the transfer function at the origin is sometimes called a dead beat transfer function for non￭ linear systems dead beat control is an open research problem see nes￭ ic reference below dead beat controllers are often used in process control due to their good dynamic properties they are a classical feedback controller where the control gains are set using a table based on the plant system order and norm￭ alized natural frequency the dead￭ beat response has the following characteristics 1 zero steady state error 2 minimum rise time 3 minimum settling time 4 less than 2 over￭ shoot under￭ shoot 5 very high control signal output
the dead rabbits riot was a two day civil disturbance in new york city resulting from what was originally a small scale street fight between members of the dead rabbits and the bow￭ ery boys into a cit￭ y￭ wide gang war which lasted from july 4 – 5 18￭ 57 taking advantage of the dis￭ organized state of the city s police force brought about by the conflict between the municipal and metropolitan police the fighting would spiral into widespread looting and damage of property by gang￭ sters and other criminals from all parts of the city it is estimated that between 800 and 1 000 gang members took part in the riots along with several hundred others who used the disturbance to loo￭ t the bow￭ ery area it was the largest disturbance since the ast￭ or place riot in 18￭ 49 and the biggest scene of gang violence un￭ surpassed until the new york draft riots of 18￭ 63 order was restored only by the new york state militia supported by det￭ ach￭ ments of city police under major general charles w sand￭ ford
dead arm sometimes grape can￭ ker is a disease of grapes caused by a deep seated wood rot of the arms or trunk of the gra￭ pe￭ vine as the disease progres￭ ses over several years one or more arms may die hence the name dead￭ arm eventually the whole vine will die in the 1970 s dead arm was identified as really being two diseases caused by two different fun￭ gi eu￭ typ￭ a lat￭ a and ph￭ om￭ op￭ sis viti￭ cola syn cry￭ pto￭ spo￭ rella viti￭ cola
in poker dead money is the amount of money in the pot other than the equal amounts bet by active remaining players in that pot examples of dead money include money contributed to the pot by players who have fol￭ ded a dead blind posted by a player returning to a game after missing blin￭ ds or an odd chip left in the pot from a previous deal for example eight players each ante 1 one player opens for 2 and gets two call￭ ers making the pot total 14 three players are now in the pot having contributed 3 each for 9 live money the remaining 5 representing the antes of the players who fol￭ ded is dead money the amount of dead money in a pot affects the pot odds of plays or rules of thumb that are based on the number of players the term dead money is also used in a derog￭ atory sense to refer to money put in the pot by players who are still legally eligible to win it but who are unlikely to do so because they are unskilled increasing the expected return of other players this can also be applied to the player himself let s invite john every week he s dead money the term dead money also applies in tournam￭ ents when many casual players enter events with virtually no chance of winning
in economics a dead￭ weight loss also known as excess burden or alloc￭ ative inefficiency is a loss of economic efficiency that can occur when equilibrium for a good or service is not achieved or is not achievable causes of dead￭ weight loss can include monopoly pricing in the case of artificial scarcity externalities taxes or subsidies and binding price ceilings or floors including minimum wages the term dead￭ weight loss may also be referred to as the excess burden of monopoly or taxation
deaf blindness is the condition of little or no useful sight and little or no useful hearing educ￭ ationally individuals are considered to be deaf blind when the combination of their hearing and sight loss causes such severe communication and other developmental and educational needs that they require significant and unique adaptations in their educational programs helen keller was one such individual
de￭ amid￭ ation is a chemical reaction in which an amide functional group is removed from an organic compound in bio￭ chemistry the reaction is important in the degradation of proteins because it damages the amide containing side chains of the amino acids asparag￭ ine and glu￭ tam￭ ine in the bio￭ chemical de￭ amid￭ ation reaction the side chain of an asparag￭ ine attacks the following pep￭ tide group in black at top right of figure forming a sym￭ metric succ￭ in￭ im￭ ide intermediate in red the sym￭ metry of the intermediate results in two products of its hydro￭ lysis either as￭ part￭ ate in black at left or in iso￭ as￭ part￭ ate which is a beta amino acid in green at bottom right this process is considered a de￭ amid￭ ation because the amide in the asparag￭ ine side chain is replaced by a car￭ box￭ y￭ late group however a similar reaction can occur in as￭ part￭ ate side chains yielding a partial conversion to iso￭ as￭ part￭ ate
the dear enemy effect or dear enemy recognition is an eth￭ ological phenomenon in which two neighbouring territorial animals become less aggressive toward one another once territorial borders are well established as territory owners become accustomed to their neighbours they exp￭ end less time and energy on defensive behaviors directed toward one another however aggression toward unfamiliar neighbours remains the same some authors have suggested the dear enemy effect is territory residents displaying lower levels of aggression toward familiar neighbours compared to unfamiliar individuals who are non territorial flo￭ at￭ ers the dear enemy effect has been observed in a wide range of animals including mammals birds repti￭ les am￭ phi￭ bians fish and inver￭ te￭ br￭ ates the behavi￭ our￭ al effect can be mod￭ ulated by factors such as the location of the familiar and unfamiliar animal the season and the presence of females the dear enemy effect is the conver￭ se of the nasty neighbour effect in which some species are more aggressive towards their neighbours than towards unfamiliar strangers
death spiral is a condition of the insurance market in which costs rapidly increase as a result of changes in the covered population it is the result of adverse selection in insurance policies in which lower risk policy holders choose to change policies or be un￭ insured the term is found in the academic literature at least as early as cut￭ ler and z￭ eck￭ ha￭ user s 1998 paper adverse selection in health insurance which refers explicitly to an adverse selection death spiral
in medicine deb￭ ility is being weak or feeble
debt lag is a condition which results from over￭ use of one ’ s credit card or other forms of credit while travelling the debt itself can refer to the amount spent in the lead up to travelling during the trip and any unexpected costs which come about from that trip such as cross currency conversion fees and foreign atm access charges the condition of debt lag may last months or even years after a person ’ s trip is complete as long as the debt accrued within the travel period is still outstanding it is recommended that sufferers of debt lag seek treatment as soon as possible to avoid paying exorbitant fees in interest charges the term debt lag is similar to jet lag in that both have to do with travel however travellers can be affected by debt lag without leaving their time zone jet lag refers to the condition sustained by the body after rapid long distance travel which requires days of adjustment upon return debt lag works in much the same way as it refers to a traveller ’ s need to adjust upon return as well except it is more directly related to the traveller ’ s financial situation than their biological one
debt overhang is the condition of an organization for example a business government or family that has existing debt so great that it cannot easily borrow more money even when that new borrowing is actually a good investment that would more than pay for itself this problem emerges for example if a company has a new investment project with positive net present value n￭ p￭ v but cannot capture the investment opportunity due to an existing debt position i e the face value of the existing debt is bigger than the expected payoff hence the equity holders will be reluctant to invest in such a project because most of the benefits will be re￭ aped by the debt holders in addition debt holders will not finance the firm if the company cannot convince the debt holders that the project will not fail the situation emerges if existing deb￭ th￭ olders of a company can be expected to lay claim to part of the profits of the new project and this renders the n￭ p￭ v of the project when undertaken by this company negative
the de￭ bus rad￭ z￭ is￭ ze￭ wski im￭ id￭ azole synthesis is an organic reaction used for the synthesis of im￭ id￭ az￭ oles from a dic￭ ar￭ bon￭ yl an alde￭ hyde and ammonia the dic￭ ar￭ bon￭ yl component is commonly gly￭ ox￭ al but can also include various 1 2 di￭ ke￭ tones and ke￭ to￭ alde￭ hy￭ des the method is used commercially to produce several im￭ id￭ az￭ oles the process is an example of a multi￭ component reaction the reaction can be viewed as occurring in two stages in the first stage the dic￭ ar￭ bon￭ yl and ammonia con￭ dense to give an di￭ im￭ ine shown with unusual orientation of n h groups de￭ bus rad￭ z￭ is￭ ze￭ wski im￭ id￭ azole synthesis part i in the second stage this di￭ im￭ ine cond￭ enses with the alde￭ hyde de￭ bus rad￭ z￭ is￭ ze￭ wski im￭ id￭ azole synthesis part i this reaction is named after hein￭ rich de￭ bus and bron￭ is￭ ław leonard rad￭ z￭ is￭ ze￭ wski a modification of this general method where one equivalent of ammonia is replaced by an amine affords n substituted im￭ id￭ az￭ oles in good yields ar￭ du￭ en￭ go im￭ id￭ az￭ oles
dec￭ al￭ age on a fixed wing aircraft is the angle difference between the upper and lower wings of a bi￭ plane i e the acute angle contained between the ch￭ ords of the wings in question the dec￭ al￭ age is said to be positive when the upper wing has a higher angle of incidence than the lower wing and negative when higher wing s angle of incidence is lower than the angle of incidence of the lower wing positive dec￭ al￭ age results in greater lift from the upper wing than the lower wing the difference increasing with the amount of dec￭ al￭ age in real life the bi￭ plane top wing is usually rigged with less angle of incidence i e negative dec￭ al￭ age causing the air￭ stream separation and ensuing loss of lift stall occur first on the lower wing providing the bi￭ plane with extra margin of stability in stall dec￭ al￭ age angle can also refer to the difference in angle of the ch￭ ord line of the wing and the ch￭ ord line of the horizontal stabili￭ zer this is different from the angle of incidence which refers to the angle of the wing cord to the longit￭ ud￭ inal axis of the fus￭ el￭ age without reference to the horizontal stabili￭ zer file dec￭ al￭ age j￭ pg
dec￭ ap￭ itation from latin cap￭ ut cap￭ i￭ tis meaning head is the complete separation of the head from the body in humans and most other animals death will always result from such an injury since sever￭ ing the head deprives all other organs of the involuntary functions that are essential for the body to function while the brain itself is deprived of oxy￭ genated blood the term be￭ heading refers to the act of deliberately dec￭ ap￭ itating a person either as a means of murder or execution it may be accomplished for example with an axe sword knife or by other more sophisticated means such as a guil￭ lo￭ tine an execu￭ tioner who carries out executions by be￭ heading is called a head￭ sman accidental dec￭ ap￭ itation can be the result of an explosion car or industrial accident improperly administered execution by hanging or other violent injury suicide by dec￭ ap￭ itation is rare but not unknown the national laws of saudi arabia yemen and qatar permit be￭ heading but in practice saudi arabia is the only country that continues to be￭ head its offenders regularly as a punishment for crime less commonly dec￭ ap￭ itation can also refer to the removal of the head from a body that is already dead this might be done to take the head as a tro￭ phy for public display to make the deceased more difficult to identify for cry￭ on￭ ics or for other more es￭ o￭ ter￭ ic reasons
dec￭ ar￭ box￭ yl￭ ation is a chemical reaction that removes a car￭ box￭ yl group and releases carbon dioxide co 2 usually dec￭ ar￭ box￭ yl￭ ation refers to a reaction of car￭ box￭ yl￭ ic acids removing a carbon atom from a carbon chain the reverse process which is the first chemical step in photo￭ synthesis is called car￭ box￭ yl￭ ation the addition of co 2 to a compound enzymes that cataly￭ ze dec￭ ar￭ box￭ yl￭ ations are called dec￭ ar￭ box￭ yl￭ ases or the more formal term car￭ box￭ y ly￭ ases ec number 4 1 1
dec￭ ar￭ box￭ yl￭ ative cross coupling reactions are chemical reactions in which a stable substituted car￭ box￭ yl￭ ic acid is reacted with a hali￭ de r – x r ar￭ yl al￭ ky￭ l etc in the presence of a metal catalyst base and oxid￭ ant to form a new carbon carbon bond with loss of carbon dioxide dec￭ ar￭ box￭ yl￭ ative cross coupling general reaction scheme a significant advantage of this reaction is that it uses relatively inexpensive car￭ box￭ yl￭ ic acids or their salts and is far less air and moisture sensitive in comparison to typical cross coupling organ￭ om￭ et￭ all￭ ic reagents furthermore the car￭ box￭ yl￭ ic acid mo￭ i￭ ety is a common feature of natural products and can also be prepared by relatively benign air oxid￭ ations additional benefits include the broad tolerance of functional groups as well as the capacity to avoid the use of strong bases an important elementary step in this reaction is proto￭ dec￭ ar￭ box￭ yl￭ ation or metall￭ ation to first convert the c – co￭ oh bond to a c – h or c – m bond respectively
in decision theory a decision rule is a function which maps an observation to an appropriate action decision rules play an important role in the theory of statistics and economics and are closely related to the concept of a strategy in game theory in order to evaluate the usefulness of a decision rule it is necessary to have a loss function detailing the outcome of each action under different states
the de￭ colonization of asia was the gradual growth of independence movements on the asian continent leading ultimately to the retreat of foreign powers and the creation of a number of nation states in the region a number of events were cataly￭ sts for this shift most importantly the second world war prior to world war ii some countries such as the philippines during 1898 had proclaimed independence from spain
in medicine de￭ compensation is the functional deterioration of a previously working structure or system de￭ compensation may occur due to fatigue stress illness or old age when a system is compensated it is able to function despite stres￭ sors or defects de￭ compensation describes an inability to compensate for these deficiencies it is a general term commonly used in medicine to describe a variety of situations
de￭ compression sickness d￭ cs also known as di￭ vers disease the ben￭ ds or ca￭ is￭ son disease describes a condition arising from dissolved gases coming out of solution into bubbles inside the body on depres￭ sur￭ isation d￭ cs most commonly refers to problems arising from underwater diving de￭ compression i e during as￭ cent but may be experienced in other depres￭ sur￭ isation events such as working in a ca￭ is￭ son flying in an un￭ pressur￭ ised aircraft and extra￭ vehic￭ ular activity from spacecraft since bubbles can form in or migrate to any part of the body d￭ cs can produce many symptoms and its effects may vary from joint pain and r￭ ashes to paralysis and death individual suscep￭ tibility can vary from day to day and different individuals under the same conditions may be affected differently or not at all the classification of types of d￭ cs by its symptoms has evolved since its original description over a hundred years ago exposure to d￭ cs on diving can be managed through proper de￭ compression procedures and contracting it is now un￭ common its potential severity has driven much research to prevent it and di￭ vers universally use dive tables or dive computers to limit their exposure and to control their as￭ cent speed if d￭ cs is contracted it is treated by hyper￭ bar￭ ic oxygen therapy in a re￭ compression chamber if treated early there is a significantly higher chance of successful recovery d￭ cs is a sub￭ set of de￭ compression illness dci which includes both d￭ cs and arter￭ ial gas embol￭ ism age
in object oriented programming the decor￭ ator pattern also known as wrap￭ per an alternative naming shared with the adap￭ ter pattern is a design pattern that allows behavior to be added to an individual object either st￭ atically or dynam￭ ically without affecting the behavior of other objects from the same class the decor￭ ator pattern is often useful for adhering to the single responsibility principle as it allows functionality to be divided between classes with unique areas of concern
in marketing the de￭ coy effect or asymmetric dominance effect is the phenomenon whereby consumers will tend to have a specific change in preference between two options when also presented with a third option that is asymmetr￭ ically dominated an option is asymmetr￭ ically dominated when it is inferior in all respects to one option but in comparison to the other option it is inferior in some respects and superior in others in other words in terms of specific attributes determining prefer￭ ability it is completely dominated by i e inferior to one option and only partially dominated by the other when the asymmetr￭ ically dominated option is present a higher percentage of consumers will prefer the domin￭ ating option than when the asymmetr￭ ically dominated option is absent the asymmetr￭ ically dominated option is therefore a de￭ coy serving to increase preference for the domin￭ ating option the de￭ coy effect is also an example of the violation of the independence of irrelevant alternatives ax￭ i￭ om of decision theory
decre￭ oli￭ zation is a phenomenon whereby over time a cre￭ ole language re￭ conver￭ ges with one of the standard languages from which it originally derived first proposed by keith wh￭ inno￭ m at the 1968 mona conference the concept has come under fire in recent years from such lingu￭ ists as bick￭ er￭ ton and ric￭ k￭ ford since at its inception it sought to overturn long held elements of the theory of cre￭ ole continu￭ a
in mathematics in particular the study of abstract al￭ ge￭ bra a de￭ de￭ kind – has￭ se norm is a function on an integral domain that gener￭ alises the notion of a eu￭ cli￭ dean function on eu￭ cli￭ dean domains
in an insurance policy the deductible is the amount of expenses that must be paid out of pocket before an insurer will pay any expenses in general usage the term deductible may be used to describe one of several types of clauses that are used by insurance companies as a threshold for policy payments deduc￭ ti￭ bles are typically used to deter the large number of claims that a consumer can be reasonably expected to bear the cost of by restricting its coverage to events that are significant enough to incur large costs the insurance firm expects to pay out slightly smaller amounts much less frequently incurring much higher savings as a result insurance premiums are typically cheaper when they involve higher deduc￭ ti￭ bles for example health insurance companies offer plans with high premiums and low deduc￭ ti￭ bles or plans with low premiums and high deduc￭ ti￭ bles one plan may have a premium of 1 0￭ 87 a month with a 6 000 deductible while a competitive plan may have a premium of 8￭ 77 a month with a 12 700 deductible the consumer with the 6 000 deductible will have to pay 6 000 in health care costs before the insurance plan pays anything the consumer with the 12 700 deductible will have to pay 12 700 deduc￭ ti￭ bles are normally provided as clauses in an insurance policy that dictate how much of an insurance covered expense is borne by the policy￭ holder they are normally quoted as a fixed quantity and are a part of most policies covering losses to the policy holder the insurer then becomes liable for claim￭ able expenses that exceed this amount subject to the maximum sum claim￭ able indicated in the contract depending on the policy the deductible may apply per covered incident or per year for policies where incidents are not easy to de￭ limit health insurance for example the deductible is typically applied per year several deduc￭ ti￭ bles can be set by the insurer based on the cause of the claim for example a single housing insurance policy may contain multiple deductible amounts for loss or damage arising from theft fire natural calam￭ ities evacuation etc there are also deductible reimbursement programs that reimburse a deductible in the event of an automobile home boat y￭ acht or health insurance claim
deep der￭ mat￭ op￭ hy￭ to￭ sis is a rare condition in which der￭ mat￭ op￭ hy￭ tes inv￭ ades the deep der￭ mis sub￭ cu￭ tis or even internal organs the known causes of this condition are caused by primary or secondary immun￭ o￭ deficiency which includes organ tran￭ plant recipients mag￭ lign￭ ant condi￭ tion￭ ds e g leuk￭ emia hiv infection it is also associated with asthma at￭ op￭ ic der￭ mati￭ tis and diabetes recently it has been proven that deficiency in the n￭ f κ￭ b sign￭ aling pathways the nonsense mutation of card 9 complex cas￭ p￭ ase recruitment domain containing protein 9 are susceptible for chronic fun￭ gal infection thus also susceptible for deep der￭ mat￭ op￭ hy￭ to￭ sis
deep vein thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis or deep ven￭ ous thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis dv￭ t is the formation of a blood clo￭ t thro￭ m￭ bus within a deep vein most commonly the legs non￭ specific signs may include pain sw￭ elling red￭ ness warm￭ ness and eng￭ org￭ ed superficial ve￭ ins pul￭ mon￭ ary embol￭ ism a potentially life threatening complic￭ ation is caused by the det￭ achment emb￭ oli￭ zation of a clo￭ t that travels to the lungs together dv￭ t and pul￭ mon￭ ary embol￭ ism constitute a single disease process known as ven￭ ous thro￭ m￭ bo￭ embol￭ ism post thro￭ m￭ bo￭ tic syndrome another complic￭ ation significantly contributes to the health care cost of dv￭ t in 18￭ 56 german patho￭ logist ru￭ dol￭ f vir￭ chow post￭ ulated the interplay of three processes resulting in ven￭ ous thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis now known as vir￭ chow s tri￭ ad a decreased blood flow rate ven￭ ous st￭ asis increased tendency to clo￭ t hyper￭ co￭ ag￭ ul￭ ability and changes to the blood vessel wall dv￭ t formation typically begins inside the valves of the calf ve￭ ins where the blood is relatively oxygen deprived which activ￭ ates certain bio￭ chemical pathways several medical conditions increase the risk for dv￭ t including cancer trauma and anti￭ phosp￭ holi￭ pid syndrome other risk factors include older age surgery im￭ mobilization as with bed rest orth￭ o￭ ped￭ ic casts and sitting on long flights combined oral contrac￭ ep￭ tives pregnancy the post￭ natal period and genetic factors those genetic factors include deficiencies with anti￭ thro￭ m￭ bin protein c and protein s the mutation of factor v le￭ iden and the property of having a non o blood type individuals suspected of having dv￭ t may be assessed using a clinical prediction rule such as the wells score a d di￭ mer test may also be used to assist with excluding the diagnosis because of its high sensitivity or to signal a need for further testing diagnosis is most commonly done with ul￭ tras￭ ound of the suspected ve￭ ins prevention options for at risk individuals include early and frequent walking calf exercises anti￭ co￭ ag￭ ul￭ ants aspir￭ in graduated compression stock￭ ings and inter￭ mit￭ tent pneumatic compression anti￭ co￭ ag￭ ulation is the standard treatment typical medications include low molecular weight he￭ par￭ in or a vitamin k antagon￭ ist wearing graduated compression stock￭ ings appears to reduce the risk of post thro￭ m￭ bo￭ tic syndrome the rate of dv￭ ts increases from childhood to old age in adul￭ thood about one in 1000 adults is affected per year
a deep water blackout is a loss of consciousness caused by cere￭ br￭ al hypo￭ x￭ ia on asc￭ ending from a deep free￭ dive or breath hold dive typically of ten metres or more when the swim￭ mer does not necessarily experience an urgent need to breathe and has no other obvious medical condition that might have caused it victims typically black out close to the surface usually within the top three metres sometimes even as they break surface and have often been seen to approach the surface without apparent distress only to sink away it is quite rare for black￭ outs to occur while at the bottom or in the early stages of as￭ cent di￭ vers who drown in these stages are usually found to have inhal￭ ed water indicating that they were conscious and succumbed to an uncontrollable urge to breathe rather than bl￭ acking out victims are usually established practitioners of deep breath hold diving are fit strong swim￭ mers and have not experienced problems before survivors of deep water blackout are typically puzzled as to why they bl￭ acked out breath hold diving is often referred to elsewhere as dynamic ap￭ no￭ ea diving or free diving blackout may also be referred to as a syn￭ cope medicine or fain￭ ting
def￭ alc￭ ation is mis￭ appropriation of funds by a person trusted with its charge also the act of mis￭ appropriation or an instance thereof the term is more specifically used by the united states bankruptcy code to describe a category of acts that tain￭ t a particular debt such that it cannot be discharged in bankruptcy the united states supreme court addressed the issue in 2013 holding that def￭ alc￭ ation in the context of the u s bankruptcy code requires proof of a cul￭ pable state of mind … involving knowledge of or gross reck￭ lessness in respect to the improper nature of the relevant fi￭ du￭ ci￭ ary behavior in accounting terminology especially with respect to the area of audit def￭ alc￭ ation means a mis￭ appropriation of assets or theft of assets by employees or officers of a corporation def￭ alc￭ ation occurs when a debtor commits a bad act while acting in a fi￭ du￭ ci￭ ary capacity the classic example of def￭ alc￭ ation is when a truste￭ e reck￭ lessly invests trust funds and loses the money if the beneficiary wins a judgment against the truste￭ e and the truste￭ e files for bankruptcy the debt the judgment cannot be discharged in bankruptcy because the debt was the result of a def￭ alc￭ ation def￭ alc￭ ation for example applies when a debtor is acting in a fi￭ du￭ ci￭ ary capacity to constitute a def￭ alc￭ ation the conduct involves a degree of culp￭ ability that is greater than negligence but the act does not need to rise to the level of a fraud under common law def￭ alc￭ ation requires a showing of conscious behavior or extreme reck￭ lessness the term is used in legal proceedings other than bankruptcy to refer more generally to embe￭ zz￭ lement it is often used in the context of the title insurance business a title agent who mis￭ uses funds intended to be used to close insured transactions is said to be involved in a def￭ alc￭ ation many title insurers have their own def￭ alc￭ ation units
def￭ at￭ ting is the chemical dis￭ solving of der￭ mal li￭ pi￭ ds from the skin on contact with def￭ at￭ ting agents this can result in water loss from the affected area and cause the whit￭ ening and drying of the skin which may result in cracking secondary infection and chemical irrit￭ ant contact der￭ mati￭ tis
defa￭ un￭ ation is the loss of animals from ecological communities the growth of the human population combined with advances in harvesting technologies has led to more intense and efficient exploitation of the environment this has resulted in the depletion of large vertebr￭ ates from ecological communities creating what has been termed empty forest defa￭ un￭ ation differs from extinction it includes both the disappearance of species and declines in abundance defa￭ un￭ ation effects were first implied at the symposi￭ um of plant animal interactions at the university of camp￭ inas brazil in 1988 in the context of neo￭ tropical forests since then the term has gained broader usage in conservation biology as a global phenomenon
a defense wound or self defense wound is an injury received by the victim of an attack while trying to defend against the ass￭ ail￭ ant defensive wounds are often found on the hands and fore￭ arms where the victim has raised them to protect the head and face or to fend off an assault but may also be present on the feet and legs where a victim attempts defense while lying down and kicking out at the ass￭ ail￭ ant the appearance and nature of the wound varies with the type of weapon used and the location of the injury and may present as a lac￭ eration abra￭ sion con￭ tu￭ sion or bone frac￭ ture where a victim has time to raise hands or arms before being shot by an ass￭ ail￭ ant the injury may also present as a gunshot wound severe lac￭ eration of the pal￭ mar surface of the hand or partial ampu￭ tation of fingers may result from the victim gras￭ ping the blade of a weapon during an attack in forensic path￭ ology the presence of defense wounds is highly indicative of homicide and also proves that the victim was at least initially conscious and able to offer some resistance during the attack defense wounds may be classified as active or passive a victim of a knife attack for example would receive active defense wounds from gras￭ ping at the knife s blade and passive defense wounds on the back of the hand if it was raised up to protect the face
a defensive war is one of the causes that justify war by the criteria of the just war tradition it means a war where at least one nation is mainly trying to defend itself from another as opposed to a war where both sides are trying to invade and conquer each other
deference also called submission or passivity is the condition of submitting to the esp￭ oused legitimate influence of one s superior or superiors deference implies a yielding or submitting to the judgment of a recognized superior out of respect or rever￭ ence deference has been studied extensively by political scientists socio￭ logists and psychologists
in medicine a deficiency is a lack or shortage of a functional entity by less than normal or necessary supply or function
deficiency of the inter￭ leuk￭ in 1 – recep￭ tor antagon￭ ist di￭ ra is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive genetic auto￭ infl￭ am￭ matory syndrome resulting from mutations in il 1 r￭ n the gene en￭ coding the inter￭ leuk￭ in 1 recep￭ tor antagon￭ ist the mutations result in an abnormal protein that is not secre￭ ted exposing the cells to un￭ opposed inter￭ leuk￭ in 1 activity this results in sterile multi￭ focal o￭ ste￭ om￭ ye￭ li￭ tis bone infl￭ amm￭ ation in multiple places perio￭ sti￭ tis infl￭ amm￭ ation of the memb￭ rane surrounding the bones and pu￭ st￭ ul￭ osis due to skin infl￭ amm￭ ation from birth di￭ ra is a newly discovered auto￭ infl￭ am￭ matory disease children with the disorder display a con￭ stell￭ ation of serious and potentially fatal symptoms that include sw￭ elling of bone tissue bone pain and de￭ form￭ ity infl￭ amm￭ ation of the perio￭ steu￭ m a layer of connec￭ tive tissue around bone and a rash that can span from small individual pu￭ st￭ ules to extensive pu￭ st￭ ul￭ osis that covers most of the patient ’ s body most of the children begin to have symptoms from birth to 2 weeks of age children with di￭ ra have inherited mutations in il 1 r￭ n a gene that en￭ codes a protein known as il 1 recep￭ tor antagon￭ ist il 1 ra il 1 ra binds to the same cell recep￭ tors as the infl￭ am￭ matory protein il 1 and blocks its infl￭ am￭ matory actions without il 1 ra the children ’ s bodies cannot control systemic infl￭ amm￭ ation that can be caused by il 1 although mutations that cause di￭ ra are rare as many as 2 5 percent of the population of northwest puerto rico are carriers since di￭ ra is rec￭ essively inherited these data suggest that it may be present in about 1 in 6 300 births in this population mutations may also be more common in individuals of dutch descent most patients with di￭ ra respond well to an￭ ak￭ in￭ ra the same drug previously mentioned for no￭ mid treatment a synthetic form of human il 1 ra
deficit spending is the amount by which spending exceeds revenue over a particular period of time also called simply deficit or budget deficit the opposite of budget surplus the term may be applied to the budget of a government private company or individual government deficit spending is a central point of controversy in economics as discussed below
in economics deflation can be described as a decrease in the general price level of goods and services or currency appreciation with respect to the same goods and services deflation occurs when the inflation rate falls below 0 a negative inflation rate inflation reduces the real value of money over time conversely deflation increases the real value of money – the currency of a national or regional economy this allows one to buy more goods and services than before with the same amount of money economists generally believe that deflation is a problem in a modern economy because it may increase the real value of debt especially if unpredictable and may aggravate recessions and lead to a deflationary spiral deflation is distinct from dis￭ inflation a slow down in the inflation rate i e when inflation declines to a lower rate but is still positive
deforestation is one of the main causes of climate change it is the second largest anthropogenic source of carbon dioxide to the atmosphere after fossil fuel combustion deforestation and forest degradation contribute to atmospheric greenhouse gas emissions through combustion of forest biomass and de￭ composition of remaining plant material and soil carbon it used to account for more than 20 of carbon dioxide emissions but it ’ s currently somewhere around the 10 mark by 2008 deforestation was 12 of total co 2 or 15 if pe￭ at￭ lands are included these proportions are likely to have fallen since given the continued rise of fossil fuel use averaged over all land and ocean surfaces temperatures warm￭ ed roughly 1 53 ° f 0 85 ° c between 18￭ 80 and 2012 according to the intergovernmental panel on climate change in the northern hemisphere 1983 to 2012 were the warmest 30 year period of the last 1400 years
deforestation in haiti is a severe environmental problem hai￭ tians burn wood char￭ coal for 60 of their domestic energy production in 19￭ 23 over 60 of haiti s land was fore￭ sted in 2006 less than 2 of the land was fore￭ sted this estimate has been challenged as incorrect and a product of cultural bias by researchers conducting actual research and the true basis for this 2 estimate is unknown a better estimate is 32 and much of the impetus for earlier estimates of 2 were likely biased researchers attempting to characterize the independent black republic of haiti as over￭ populated and ignorant in recent times this 2 estimate that has no basis in scientific literature has been used repeatedly by non profit and charities to solic￭ it donations and characterise haiti and hai￭ tians as either ignorant or hopeless instead evidence points to the widespread use of char￭ coal by hai￭ tians to be a source of reforestation as economically and environmentally ad￭ ept hai￭ tians use long held practices to protect and regener￭ ate the first resources to create a sustainable source for coal
a de￭ form￭ ity dys￭ morph￭ ism or dys￭ morph￭ ic feature is a major ab￭ normality in the shape of a body part or organ compared to the normal shape of that part
de￭ generation is deterioration in the medical sense generally it is the change from a higher to a lower form more specifically it is the change of tissue to a lower or less func￭ tionally active form true de￭ generation when there is actual chemical change of the tissue itself infiltr￭ ation when the change consists of the deposit of abnormal matter in the tissues degenerative disease
de￭ generation of one or more inter￭ vertebr￭ al dis￭ c s of the sp￭ ine often called degenerative dis￭ c disease dd￭ d or degenerative dis￭ c disorder is a patho￭ logic process of certain path￭ ology that may cause acute or chronic low back or neck pain the typical radio￭ graphic findings in dd￭ d are black dis￭ cs dis￭ c space narrowing vacuum dis￭ c end plate sclerosis and o￭ ste￭ op￭ hy￭ te formation dd￭ d can greatly affect the suffer￭ er s quality of life dis￭ c de￭ generation is a disease of micro macro trauma and of aging and though for most people is not a problem in certain individuals a de￭ generated dis￭ c can cause severe chronic pain if left untreated
de￭ gos disease also called m￭ align￭ ant atro￭ ph￭ ic pap￭ ul￭ osis is a rare vas￭ cul￭ opathy that affects the lining of the medium and small ve￭ ins and arter￭ ies resulting in oc￭ clu￭ sion block￭ age of the vessel and tissue inf￭ arc￭ tion the blood vessels affected include those supplying the skin gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract and central nervous system this can result in bo￭ wel is￭ chem￭ ia mes￭ enter￭ ic is￭ chem￭ ia or is￭ chem￭ ic co￭ li￭ tis chronic skin le￭ sions oc￭ ular le￭ sions stro￭ kes spinal le￭ sions mon￭ on￭ eur￭ i￭ tis multi￭ pl￭ ex epi￭ le￭ psy headaches or cognitive disorders ple￭ ural or peric￭ ardi￭ al eff￭ u￭ sions are also reported there are fewer than 50 living patients at present known worldwide and fewer than 200 reported in medical literature the outcome of this disease can be fatal with a median survival of 2 to 3 years although some appear to have a benign form de￭ gos ac￭ an￭ thom￭ a which affects only the skin l￭ apar￭ o￭ sco￭ py may be an effective means of screening those with cu￭ taneous le￭ sions to determine if systemic disease is present treatment options are limited and until recently consisted mainly of anti￭ plat￭ elet drugs or anti￭ co￭ ag￭ ul￭ ants or immun￭ o￭ sup￭ pres￭ s￭ ants with few reports of prolonged survival more recently ecu￭ li￭ z￭ um￭ ab and tre￭ pro￭ st￭ ini￭ l have been employed response to ecu￭ li￭ z￭ um￭ ab is often immediate and dramatic but has been of limited duration in all so treated tre￭ pro￭ st￭ ini￭ l use has been reported to result in clearing of gastro￭ intest￭ inal and cns findings as well as clearing of cu￭ taneous le￭ sions but reports are limited tre￭ pro￭ st￭ ini￭ l may be more effective than other vas￭ o￭ di￭ lators because it may also increase the population of circulating endo￭ the￭ li￭ al cells allowing an￭ gi￭ o￭ genesis there are suggestions that de￭ gos disease is not a separate disorder but the final result of several vascular systemic disorders
in telecommunication degradation is the loss of quality of an electronic signal which may be categ￭ orized as either grac￭ eful or catastrophic and has the following meanings 1 the deterioration in quality level or standard of performance of a functional unit 2 in communications a condition in which one or more of the required performance parameters fall outside predetermined limits resulting in a lower quality of service there are several forms and causes of degradation in electric signals both in the time domain and in the physical domain including run￭ t pulse voltage spike j￭ itter w￭ ander swim drift g￭ lit￭ ch ringing cros￭ stal￭ k antenna effect not the same antenna effect as in ic manufacturing and phase noise degradation usually refers to reduction in quality of an analo￭ g or digital signal when a signal is being transmitted or received it under￭ goes changes which are undesirable these changes are called degradation degradation is usually caused by 1 weather or environmental conditions 2 terrain 3 other signals 4 faulty or poor quality equipment
in graph theory the degree diameter problem is the problem of finding the largest possible graph g in terms of the size of its ver￭ tex set v of diameter k such that the largest degree of any of the ver￭ tices in g is at most d the size of g is bounded above by the moore bound for 1 k and 2 d only the petersen graph the hoff￭ man sing￭ leton graph and maybe a graph of diameter k 2 and degree d 57 attain the moore bound in general the largest degree diameter graphs are much smaller in size than the moore bound
in the mathematical subject of geome￭ tric group theory a de￭ hn function named after max de￭ hn is an optimal function associated to a finite group presentation which bounds the area of a relation in that group that is a freely reduced word in the generators representing the identity element of the group in terms of the length of that relation see pp 79 – 80 in the growth type of the de￭ hn function is a quasi is￭ ome￭ try invari￭ ant of a fin￭ itely presented group the de￭ hn function of a fin￭ itely presented group is also closely connected with non deter￭ minis￭ tic algori￭ th￭ mic complexity of the word problem in groups in particular a fin￭ itely presented group has sol￭ vable word problem if and only if the de￭ hn function for a finite presentation of this group is recur￭ sive see theore￭ m 2 1 in the notion of a de￭ hn function is motivated by is￭ oper￭ im￭ etr￭ ic problems in geometry such as the classic is￭ oper￭ im￭ etr￭ ic inequality for the eu￭ cli￭ dean plane and more generally the notion of a filling area function that estimates the area of a minimal surface in a ri￭ em￭ ann￭ ian mani￭ fold in terms of the length of the boundary curve of that surface
dehydr￭ ation refers to a deficit of total body water with an accompanying disruption of metabol￭ ic processes dehydr￭ ation is also a cause for hyper￭ nat￭ re￭ mia the term dehydr￭ ation is distinct from hypo￭ vol￭ emia loss of blood volume particularly plasma dehydr￭ ation occurs when free water loss exceeds free water intake usually due to exercise or disease but also due to high environmental temperature mild dehydr￭ ation can be also be caused by immer￭ sion di￭ u￭ res￭ is and this may increase risk of de￭ compression sickness in di￭ vers most people can tolerate a three to four percent decrease in total body water without difficulty or adverse health effects a five to eight percent decrease can cause fatigue and di￭ zz￭ iness loss of over ten percent of total body water can cause physical and mental deterioration accompanied by severe thirst death occurs at a loss of between fifteen and twenty five percent of the body water mild dehydr￭ ation is characterized by thirst and general discomfort and is usually resolved with oral re￭ hydr￭ ation
de￭ hydro￭ gen￭ ation is a chemical reaction that involves the removal of hydrogen from a mol￭ ecu￭ le it is the reverse of hydro￭ gen￭ ation de￭ hydro￭ gen￭ ation is an important reaction because it conver￭ ts al￭ kan￭ es which are relatively inert and thus low valued to ole￭ fins which are reactive and thus more valuable al￭ ken￭ es are precursors to alde￭ hy￭ des alcohol￭ s pol￭ ym￭ ers and arom￭ atics de￭ hydro￭ gen￭ ation processes are used extensively to produce arom￭ atics and sty￭ rene in the petro￭ chemical industry such processes are highly endo￭ ther￭ mic and require temperatures of 500 ° c and above de￭ hydro￭ gen￭ ation also conver￭ ts saturated fats to un￭ saturated fats enzymes that cataly￭ ze de￭ hydro￭ gen￭ ation are called de￭ hydro￭ gen￭ ases
de￭ hydro￭ halo￭ gen￭ ation is an chemical reaction that involves removal of elimination of a hydrogen hali￭ de from a sub￭ str￭ ate the reaction is usually associated with the synthesis of al￭ ken￭ es but it has wider applications
de￭ jer￭ ine – ro￭ ussy syndrome or thal￭ am￭ ic pain syndrome is a condition developed after a thal￭ am￭ ic stroke a stroke causing damage to the thal￭ am￭ us is￭ chem￭ ic stro￭ kes and hemorrha￭ gic stro￭ kes can cause le￭ sion￭ ing in the thal￭ am￭ us the le￭ sions usually present in one hemisphere of the brain most often cause an initial lack of sensation and ting￭ ling in the opposite side of the body weeks to months later num￭ b￭ ness can develop into severe and chronic pain that is not proportional to an environmental stimulus called dy￭ sa￭ esthesia or allo￭ dy￭ nia as initial stroke symptoms num￭ b￭ ness and ting￭ ling dissip￭ ate an imbalance in sensation causes these later syndro￭ mes character￭ izing de￭ jer￭ ine – ro￭ ussy syndrome although some treatments exist they are often expensive chemically based invasive and only treat patients for some time before they need more treatment called refrac￭ tory treatment
de￭ jer￭ ine – so￭ tt￭ as disease also known as de￭ jer￭ ine – so￭ tt￭ as syndrome de￭ jer￭ ine – so￭ tt￭ as neuro￭ pa￭ thy progressive hyper￭ troph￭ ic inter￭ sti￭ tial pol￭ yn￭ euro￭ pa￭ thy of childhood and on￭ ion bul￭ b neuro￭ pa￭ thy and hereditary motor and sensory pol￭ yn￭ euro￭ pa￭ thy type iii and char￭ cot – marie – tooth disease type 3 is a hereditary neuro￭ logical disorder characterised by damage to the peripheral nerves and resulting progressive muscle wasting the condition is caused by mutations in a various genes and currently has no known cure the disorder is named for joseph jules de￭ jer￭ ine and jules so￭ tt￭ as french neuro￭ logists who first described it
delay is an audio effect which records an input signal to an audio storage medium and then plays it back after a period of time the delayed signal may either be played back multiple times or played back into the recording again to create the sound of a repeating dec￭ aying echo delay effects range from a subtle echo effect to a pronounced blending of previous sounds with new sounds delay effects can be created using tape lo￭ ops an approach developed in the 1940 s and 1950 s analo￭ g effects units which were introduced in the 1970 s digital effects ped￭ als introduced in 1984 and audio software plu￭ gins developed in the 2000 s
delayed bl￭ is￭ ters are a cu￭ taneous condition observed weeks to months after the initial healing of second degree thermal burns donor sites of split thickness skin graf￭ ts and recipient sites of split thickness skin graf￭ ts
delayed e￭ jac￭ ulation also called retar￭ ded e￭ jac￭ ulation or inhi￭ bited e￭ jac￭ ulation is a man s inability for or persistent difficulty in achieving org￭ asm despite typical sexual desire and sexual stimulation generally a man can reach org￭ asm within a few minutes of active thru￭ sting during sexual inter￭ course whereas a man with delayed e￭ jac￭ ulation either does not have org￭ as￭ ms at all or cannot have an org￭ asm until after prolonged inter￭ course which might last for 30 – 45 minutes or more in most cases delayed e￭ jac￭ ulation presents the condition in which the man can climax and e￭ jac￭ ulate only during ma￭ st￭ urb￭ ation but not during sexual inter￭ course it is the least common of the male sexual dys￭ functions and can result as a side effect of some medications in one survey 8 of men reported being unable to achieve org￭ asm over a 2 month period or longer in the previous year
delayed grati￭ fication or deferred grati￭ fication is the ability to resist the temptation for an immediate reward and wait for a later reward generally delayed grati￭ fication is associated with resisting a smaller but more immediate reward in order to receive a larger or more enduring reward later a growing body of literature has linked the ability to delay grati￭ fication to a host of other positive outcomes including academic success physical health psychological health and social competence a person s ability to delay grati￭ fication relates to other similar skills such as patience impulse control self control and will￭ power all of which are involved in self regulation broadly self regulation encompasses a person s capacity to adapt the self as necessary to meet demands of the environment delaying grati￭ fication is the reverse of delay dis￭ counting which is the preference for smaller immediate rewards over larger but delayed rewards and refers to the fact that the subjective value of reward decreases with increasing delay to its receipt it is the￭ orized that the ability to delay rewards is under the control of the cognitive aff￭ ective personality system caps several factors can affect a person s ability to delay grati￭ fication cognitive strategies such as the use of dis￭ tracting or cool thoughts can increase delay ability as can neuro￭ logical factors such as strength of connections in the frontal stri￭ atal path￭ way behavioral researchers have focused on the contingencies that govern choices to delay reinforcement and have studied how to manipulate those contingencies in order to leng￭ then delay age plays a role too children under 5 years old demonstrate a marked lack of delayed grati￭ fication ability and most commonly seek immediate grati￭ fication a very small difference between males and females suggest that females may be better at delaying rewards the ability to wait or seek immediate reinforcement is related to avoidance related behaviors such as procrast￭ ination and to other clinical diagnoses such as anxiety attention deficit hyper￭ activity disorder and depression sigmund fre￭ ud the father of psycho￭ analy￭ tic theory discussed the ego s role in balancing the immediate pleasure driven desires of the id with the morality driven choices of the super￭ ego f￭ under and block expanded psycho￭ analy￭ tic research on the topic and found that impul￭ sivity or a lack of ego control has a stronger effect on one s ability to delay rewards if a reward is more desirable finally environmental and social factors play a role for example delay is affected by the self imposed or external nature of a reward contingency by the degree of task engagement required during the delay by early mother child relationship characteristics by a person s previous experiences with unreliable promises of rewards e g in poverty and by contemporary soci￭ oc￭ ul￭ tural expectations and paradi￭ g￭ ms research on animals comprises another body of literature describing delayed grati￭ fication characteristics that are not as easily tested in human samples such as ecological factors affecting the skill
a delayed hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic transfusion reaction is a type of transfusion reaction this can occur one to four weeks after the transfusion one way this can occur is if a person without a kid￭ d blood antigen receives a kid￭ d antigen in a transfusion a hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic reaction can occur between 3 and 14 days as a result of a secondary immune response with a drop in h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in level fever ja￭ und￭ ice or h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in￭ ur￭ ia
delayed milestone also called developmental delays is used to describe the condition where a child does not reach one of these stages at the expected age however in most cases a wide variety of ages can be considered normal and not a cause for medical concern milestones are often measured using per￭ centi￭ les and for many milestones a value between the 5 th and 95 th per￭ centi￭ le does not require intervention though values towards the edges of that range can be associated with other medical conditions it is not possible to treat it has been suggested that measurement of posture sway may be an early indicator
delayed onset muscle so￭ reness doms also called muscle fever is the pain and sti￭ ff￭ ness felt in muscles several hours to days after un￭ accustomed or stren￭ uous exercise the so￭ reness is felt most strongly 24 to 72 hours after the exercise it is thought to be caused by ec￭ centric leng￭ th￭ ening exercise which causes micro￭ trauma to the muscle fi￭ bers after such exercise the muscle adap￭ ts rapidly to prevent muscle damage and thereby so￭ reness if the exercise is repeated delayed onset muscle so￭ reness is one symptom of exercise induced muscle damage the other is acute muscle so￭ reness which appears during and immediately after exercise
pu￭ ber￭ ty is described as delayed pu￭ ber￭ ty with exceptions when an organism has passed the usual age of onset of pu￭ ber￭ ty with no physical or hormonal signs that it is beginning pu￭ ber￭ ty may be delayed for several years and still occur normally in which case it is considered constitutional delay of growth and pu￭ ber￭ ty a variation of healthy physical development delay of pu￭ ber￭ ty may also occur due to malnutrition many forms of systemic disease or to defects of the reproductive system hypo￭ gon￭ ad￭ ism or the body s responsiveness to sex hormones
delayed sleep phase disorder d￭ spd also known as delayed sleep phase syndrome or delayed sleep phase type and in the 2014 revision of the international classification of sleep disorders isc￭ d 3 delayed sleep wake phase disorder is a chronic dys￭ regulation of a person s cir￭ c￭ adi￭ an rhythm biological clock compared to the general population and relative to societal norms the disorder affects the timing of sleep peak period of aler￭ tness the core body temperature rhythm and hormonal and other daily cycles people with d￭ spd generally fall asleep some hours after midnight and have difficulty waking up in the morning people with d￭ spd probably have a cir￭ c￭ adi￭ an period significantly longer than 24 hours depending on the severity the symptoms can be managed to a greater or lesser degree but no cure is known affected people often report that while they do not get to sleep until the early morning they do fall asleep around the same time every day unless they have another sleep disorder such as sleep ap￭ ne￭ a in addition to d￭ spd patients can sleep well and have a normal need for sleep however they find it very difficult to wake up in time for a typical school or work day if they are allowed to follow their own schedules e g sleeping from 3 00 am to 12 00 noon their sleep is improved and they may not experience excessive day￭ time sleep￭ iness attempting to force oneself onto day￭ time society s schedule with d￭ spd has been compared to constantly living with jet lag d￭ spd has in fact been referred to as social jet lag the syndrome usually develops in early childhood or adoles￭ cence an adoles￭ cent version may disappear in late adoles￭ cence or early adul￭ thood otherwise d￭ spd is a lifelong condition prevalence among adults equally distributed among women and men is around 0 15 or three in 2 000 prevalence among adolescents is as much as 7 – 16 d￭ spd was first formally described in 1981 by elliot d we￭ it￭ z￭ man and others at monte￭ fi￭ ore medical center it is responsible for 7 – 10 of patient complaints of chronic in￭ som￭ nia however since many doctors are unfamiliar with the condition it often goes untreated or is treated in￭ appropriately d￭ spd is often mis￭ diagnosed as primary in￭ som￭ nia or as a psychiatric condition d￭ spd can be treated or helped in some cases by careful daily sleep practices light therapy dark therapy and medications such as mel￭ at￭ on￭ in and mod￭ a￭ fin￭ il provi￭ gil the former is a natural neuro￭ hormone partly responsible for the human body clock at its most severe and inflexible d￭ spd is a disability a chief difficulty of treating d￭ spd is in maintaining an earlier schedule after it has been established as the patient s body has a strong tendency to reset the sleeping schedule to its intrinsic late times people with d￭ spd may improve their quality of life by choosing careers that allow late sleeping times rather than forcing themselves to follow a conventional 9 to 5 work schedule
in software engineering the delegation pattern is a design pattern in object oriented programming that allows object composition to achieve the same code reuse as inheritance in the example below using the ko￭ t￭ lin programming language the class window delegates the area call to its internal rec￭ t￭ angle object its delegate class rec￭ t￭ angle val width int val height int fun area width height class window val bounds rec￭ t￭ angle delegation fun area bounds area some languages have special support for delegation built in in delegation an object handles a request by delegating to a second object the delegate the delegate is a hel￭ per object but with the original context with language level support for delegation this is done implicitly by having a h￭ re￭ f medi￭ a￭ wi￭ ki index php title self computer science class mw redirect title self computer science self a in the delegate refer to the original sending object not the delegate receiving object in the delegate pattern this is instead accomplished by explicitly passing the original object to the delegate as an argument to a method note that delegation is often used loosely to refer to the distinct concept of forwarding where the sending object simply uses the corresponding member on the receiving object evaluated in the context of the receiving object not the original object
deli￭ ri￭ um or acute confu￭ sional state is an organically caused decline from a previously attained baseline level of cognitive function it is ty￭ pi￭ fied by fluctu￭ ating course attenti￭ onal deficits and generalized severe dis￭ organization of behavior it typically involves other cognitive deficits changes in ar￭ ous￭ al hyper￭ active hypo￭ active or mixed percep￭ tual deficits altered sleep wake cycle and psychotic features such as halluc￭ inations and delu￭ sions deli￭ ri￭ um itself is not a disease but rather a clinical syndrome a set of symptoms it may result from an underlying disease over consumption of alcohol from drugs administered during treatment of a disease withdrawal from drugs or from any number of health factors deli￭ ri￭ um may be difficult to diagnose without the proper establishment of the baseline mental function of a patient deli￭ ri￭ um may be caused by a disease process outside the brain that nonetheless affects the brain such as infection ur￭ inary tract infection pneumonia or drug effects particularly antic￭ hol￭ iner￭ g￭ ics or other cns depres￭ s￭ ants benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines and op￭ io￭ ids although halluc￭ inations and delu￭ sions are sometimes present in deli￭ ri￭ um these are not required for the diagnosis and the symptoms of deli￭ ri￭ um are clin￭ ically distinct from those induced by psycho￭ sis or halluc￭ in￭ ogens with the exception of deli￭ ri￭ ants deli￭ ri￭ um must by definition be caused by an organic process i e a physically identifiable structural functional or chemical problem in the brain see organic brain syndrome and thus fluctuations of mentation due to changes in purely psychiatric processes or diseases such as sudden psycho￭ sis from schizophrenia or bipolar disorder are by definition not termed deli￭ ri￭ um like its components inability to focus attention mental confusion and various impair￭ ments in awareness and temporal and spatial orientation deli￭ ri￭ um is the common manifestation of new organic brain dysfunction for any reason deli￭ ri￭ um requires both a sudden change in mentation and an organic cause for this thus without careful assessment and history deli￭ ri￭ um can easily be confused with a number of psychiatric disorders or long term organic brain syndro￭ mes because many of the signs and symptoms of deli￭ ri￭ um are conditions also present in dementia depression and psycho￭ sis deli￭ ri￭ um may newly appear on a background of mental illness baseline intellectual disability or dementia without being due to any of these problems treatment of deli￭ ri￭ um requires treating the underlying cause in some cases temporary or palliative or symptomatic treatments are used to comfort the person or to allow other care for example a person who without understanding is trying to pull out a ventilation tube that is required for survival deli￭ ri￭ um is probably the single most common acute disorder affecting adults in general hospitals it affects 10 20 of all hosp￭ itali￭ zed adults and 30 40 of elderly who are hosp￭ itali￭ zed and up to 80 of those in ic￭ u among those requiring critical care deli￭ ri￭ um is a risk for death within the next year anti￭ psycho￭ tics are not supported for the treatment or prevention of deli￭ ri￭ um among those who are in hospital however when deli￭ ri￭ um is caused by alcohol or sed￭ ative hypno￭ tic withdrawal benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines are typically used
deli￭ ri￭ um trem￭ ens d￭ ts is a rapid onset of confusion usually caused by withdrawal from alcohol when it occurs it is often three days into the withdrawal symptoms and lasts for two to three days people may also see or hear things other people do not physical effects may include shaking shi￭ vering irregular heart rate and swe￭ ating occasionally a very high body temperature or seizures may result in death alcohol is one of the most dangerous drugs to experience withdrawal from deli￭ ri￭ um trem￭ ens typically only occurs in people with a high intake of alcohol for more than a month a similar syndrome may occur with benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ine and bar￭ bit￭ urate withdrawal withdrawal from stimul￭ ants such as cocaine does not have major medical complications in a person with deli￭ ri￭ um trem￭ ens it is important to rule out other associated problems such as electro￭ ly￭ te ab￭ norm￭ alities pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis and alcoholic hepatitis prevention is by treating withdrawal symptoms if deli￭ ri￭ um trem￭ ens occurs aggressive treatment improves outcomes treatment in a quiet intensive care unit with sufficient light is often recommended benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines are the medication of choice with di￭ az￭ ep￭ am lor￭ az￭ ep￭ am chlor￭ di￭ az￭ epo￭ x￭ ide and ox￭ az￭ ep￭ am all commonly used they should be given until a person is lightly sleeping the anti￭ psychotic hal￭ oper￭ ido￭ l may also be used the vitamin thi￭ amine is recommended mortality without treatment is between 15 and 40 currently death occurs in about 1 to 4 of cases about half of people with alcoholism will develop withdrawal symptoms upon reducing their use of these three to five percent develop d￭ ts or have seizures the name deli￭ ri￭ um trem￭ ens was first used in 18￭ 13 however the symptoms were well described since the 1700 s the word deli￭ ri￭ um is latin for going off the fur￭ row a p￭ lowing metaphor it is also called shaking frenzy and saunders su￭ tton syndrome include barrel fever blue horrors bott￭ le￭ ache bats drun￭ ken horrors elephants gallon dist￭ emp￭ er qu￭ art mania pink sp￭ id￭ ers among others
delta beta thal￭ ass￭ emia is a form of thal￭ ass￭ emia and is auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive in terms of here￭ dity it is associated with h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in sub￭ unit delta
delu￭ sional disorder is a mental illness in which the patient presents with delu￭ sions but with no accompanying prominent halluc￭ inations thought disorder mood disorder or significant fl￭ att￭ ening of affect delu￭ sions are a specific symptom of psycho￭ sis delu￭ sions can be bizarre or non bizarre in content non bizarre delu￭ sions are fixed false beliefs that involve situations that could potentially occur in real life examples include being followed or poisoned apart from their delu￭ sions people with delu￭ sional disorder may continue to soci￭ alize and function in a normal manner and their behavior does not generally seem odd or bizarre however the preoccupation with delu￭ sional ideas can be disruptive to their overall lives for the diagnosis to be made aud￭ itory and visual halluc￭ inations cannot be prominent though ol￭ factory or t￭ acti￭ le halluc￭ inations related to the content of the delusion may be present to be diagnosed with a delu￭ sional disorder the delusion s cannot be due to the effects of a drug medication or general medical condition and delu￭ sional disorder cannot be diagnosed in an individual previously properly diagnosed with schizophrenia a person with delu￭ sional disorder may be high functioning in daily life recent and comprehensive me￭ ta￭ analyses of scientific studies point to an association between a deterioration in aspects of i￭ q in psychotic patients in particular percep￭ tual reasoning according to german psychiatrist em￭ il kra￭ ep￭ elin patients with delu￭ sional disorder remain coherent sensible and reasonable the diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders dsm defines six sub￭ types of the disorder characterized as ero￭ tom￭ anic believes that someone is in love with them grandiose believes that they are the greatest strongest fastest richest and or most intelligent person ever jealous believes that the love partner is cheating on them persecu￭ tory delu￭ sions that the person or someone to whom the person is close is being mal￭ evol￭ ently treated in some way som￭ atic believes that they have a disease or medical condition and mixed i e having features of more than one subtype delu￭ sions also occur as symptoms of many other mental disorders especially the other psychotic disorders the dsm iv and psychologists generally agree that personal beliefs should be evaluated with great respect to cultural and religious differences since some cultures have widely accepted beliefs that may be considered delu￭ sional in other cultures
delu￭ sional paras￭ it￭ osis also known as delu￭ sional inf￭ est￭ ation or ek￭ bo￭ m s syndrome is a delu￭ sional disorder in which individuals incorrectly believe they are infested with parasites insects or bugs whereas in reality no such inf￭ est￭ ation is present individuals with delu￭ sional paras￭ it￭ osis usually report t￭ acti￭ le halluc￭ inations known as form￭ ication a sensation resembling insects crawling on or under the skin delu￭ sional paras￭ it￭ osis is a mental disorder characterized by a fixed false belief that a skin inf￭ est￭ ation exists which is in contrast to cases of actual paras￭ it￭ osis such as s￭ cab￭ ies and inf￭ est￭ ation with demo￭ dex in which a skin inf￭ est￭ ation is present and identifiable by a physician through physical examination or laboratory tests mor￭ g￭ ell￭ ons is poorly understood but appears to be a form of this condition the alternative name ek￭ bo￭ m s syndrome was named after swedish neuro￭ logist karl axel ek￭ bo￭ m who published sem￭ inal accounts of the disease in 19￭ 37 and 1938 it is differentiated from will￭ is ek￭ bo￭ m disease wed another name for rest￭ less legs syndrome
demand vacuum in economics and marketing is the effect created by consumer demand on the supply chain the term refers to an analogy whereby consumer demand for a product or service creates a vacuum at the end of the supply chain which pulls the product through the chain by causing the suppliers to provide more product the marketing strategy of pull strategy aims to create a demand vacuum through advertising and promotion to the consumer this is to be compared with push strategy that tries to push the product through the supply chain by promoting the product to sellers and encouraging them to carry it
dementia also known as sen￭ ility is a broad category of brain diseases that cause a long term and often gradual decrease in the ability to think and remember that is great enough to affect a person s daily functioning other common symptoms include emotional problems problems with language and a decrease in motivation a person s consciousness is usually not affected a dementia diagnosis requires a change from a person s usual mental functioning and a greater decline than one would expect due to aging these diseases also have a significant effect on a person s ca￭ reg￭ i￭ vers the most common type of dementia is alzheimer s disease which makes up 50 to 70 of cases other common types include vascular dementia 25 lew￭ y body dementia 15 and fron￭ to￭ temporal dementia less common causes include normal pressure hydro￭ cephal￭ us par￭ kinson s disease sy￭ phil￭ is and creutz￭ feldt – jakob disease among others more than one type of dementia may exist in the same person a small proportion of cases run in families in the dsm 5 dementia was reclassi￭ fied as a neuro￭ cognitive disorder with various degrees of severity diagnosis is usually based on history of the illness and cognitive testing with medical imaging and blood work used to rule out other possible causes the mini mental state examination is one commonly used cognitive test efforts to prevent dementia include trying to decrease risk factors such as high blood pressure smoking diabetes and obesity screening the general population for the disorder is not recommended there is no cure for dementia chol￭ in￭ est￭ erase inhi￭ bit￭ ors such as don￭ e￭ pe￭ z￭ il are often used and may be beneficial in mild to moderate disorder overall benefit however may be minor for people with dementia and those who care for them many measures can improve their lives cognitive and behavioral interventions may be appropriate educating and providing emotional support to the ca￭ reg￭ i￭ ver is important exercise programs are beneficial with respect to activities of daily living and potentially improve outcomes treatment of behavioral problems with anti￭ psycho￭ tics is common but not usually recommended due to the little benefit and side effects including an increased risk of death globally dementia affects 36 million people about 10 of people develop the disorder at some point in their lives it becomes more common with age about 3 of people between the ages of 65 – 74 have dementia 19 between 75 and 84 and nearly half of those over 85 years of age in 2013 dementia resulted in about 1 7 million deaths up from 0 8 million in 1990 as more people are living longer dementia is becoming more common in the population as a whole for people of a specific age however it may be becoming less frequent at least in the developed world due to a decrease in risk factors it is one of the most common causes of disability among the old it is believed to result in economic costs of 604 billion usd a year people with dementia are often physically or chemically restrained to a greater degree than necessary raising issues of human rights social stigma against those affected is common
dementia pra￭ eco￭ x a premature dementia or pre￭ co￭ cious madness is a chronic deteriorating psychotic disorder characterized by rapid cognitive disintegration usually beginning in the late teens or early adul￭ thood schizophrenia is the new word describing this disease the term was first used in 18￭ 91 by arnold pick 18￭ 51 – 19￭ 24 a professor of psychiatry at charles university in prague his brief clinical report described the case of a person with a psychotic disorder resembling he￭ be￭ ph￭ ren￭ ia german psychiatrist em￭ il kra￭ ep￭ elin 18￭ 56 – 19￭ 26 popul￭ ar￭ ised it in his first detailed textbook descriptions of a condition that eventually became a different disease concept and rel￭ ab￭ eled as schizophrenia kra￭ ep￭ elin reduced the complex psychiatric tax￭ on￭ om￭ ies of the nineteenth century by dividing them into two classes man￭ ic depres￭ sive psycho￭ sis and dementia pra￭ eco￭ x this division commonly referred to as the kra￭ ep￭ el￭ inian dic￭ ho￭ tomy had a fundamental impact on twentieth century psychiatry though it has also been questioned the primary disturbance in dementia pra￭ eco￭ x is a disruption in cognitive or mental functioning in attention memory and goal directed behaviour kra￭ ep￭ elin contr￭ asted this with man￭ ic depres￭ sive psycho￭ sis now termed bipolar disorder and also with other forms of mood disorder including major depres￭ sive disorder he eventually concluded that it was not possible to distinguish his categories on the basis of cross sectional symptoms kra￭ ep￭ elin viewed dementia pra￭ eco￭ x as a progressively deteriorating disease from which no one recovered however by 19￭ 13 and more explicitly by 1920 kra￭ ep￭ elin admitted that while there may be a residual cognitive defect in most cases the prog￭ no￭ sis was not as uniformly dire as he had stated in the 1890 s still he regarded it as a specific disease concept that implied incur￭ able inexplicable madness
dementia pu￭ gil￭ is￭ tica dp is a type of chronic traumatic encephalopathy c￭ te a neuro￭ degenerative disease with features of dementia dp may affect amateur or professional box￭ ers wrest￭ lers as well as athletes in other sports who suffer con￭ cus￭ sions dp is also called chronic box￭ er s encephalopathy traumatic box￭ er ’ s encephalopathy box￭ er s dementia chronic traumatic brain injury associated with boxing ct￭ bi b and punch drunk syndrome dp was historically considered equivalent to c￭ te but is now considered a subtype of c￭ te the condition is caused by repeated con￭ cus￭ sive and sub con￭ cus￭ sive blows blows that are below the threshold of force necessary to cause con￭ cus￭ sion or both because of the concern that boxing may cause dp there is a movement among medical professionals to ban the sport medical professionals have called for such a ban since as early as the 1950 s symptoms and signs of dp develop progressively over a long latent period sometimes amounting to decades with the average time of onset being about 12 to 16 years after the start of a career in boxing the condition is thought to affect around 15 to 20 of professional box￭ ers
dementia with lew￭ y bodies d￭ lb is a type of dementia that gradually wor￭ sens over time additional symptoms may include fluctuations in aler￭ tness seeing things that other people do not slowness of movement trouble walking and rigidity excessive movement during sleep and mood changes such as depression are also common the cause is unknown there is typically no family history among those affected the underlying mechanism involves the buil￭ dup of lew￭ y bodies clum￭ ps of alpha sy￭ nucle￭ in protein in neurons it is classified as a neuro￭ degenerative disorder a diagnosis may be suspected based on symptom with blood tests and medical imaging done to rule out other possible causes the differential diagnosis includes par￭ kinson s and alzheimer s there is no cure for d￭ lb treatments try to improve mental psychiatric and motor symptoms ace￭ ty￭ l￭ chol￭ in￭ est￭ erase inhi￭ bit￭ ors such as don￭ e￭ pe￭ z￭ il may provide some benefit some motor problems may improve with le￭ vo￭ dop￭ a anti￭ psycho￭ tics even for halluc￭ ination should generally be avoided due to side effects d￭ lb is the most common cause of dementia after alzheimer s and vascular dementia it typically begins after the age of 50 about 0 1 of those over 65 are affected males appear to be more commonly affected than females in the late part of the disease people may depend entirely on others for their care life expectancy following diagnosis is around 8 years the abnormal deposits that cause the disease were discovered in 19￭ 12 by fre￭ der￭ ic lew￭ y
the dem￭ jan￭ ov re￭ arrangement is the chemical reaction of primary am￭ ines with nit￭ rous acid to give re￭ arranged alcohol￭ s it involves substitution by a hydrox￭ yl group with a possible ring expansion it is named after the russian chem￭ ist nikol￭ ai jak￭ ov￭ lev￭ ich dem￭ jan￭ ov dem an￭ ov dem￭ i￭ an￭ ov 18￭ 61 – 1938
demo￭ dex m￭ ite bite is a cu￭ taneous condition caused by inf￭ est￭ ation by demo￭ dex fol￭ lic￭ ul￭ orum
demo￭ di￭ co￭ sis also called demo￭ dec￭ tic man￭ ge or red man￭ ge is caused by a sensitivity to and over￭ population of demo￭ dex can￭ is as the animal s immune system is unable to keep the mit￭ es under control demo￭ dex is a genus of m￭ ite in the family demo￭ dic￭ idae demo￭ dex can￭ is occurs naturally in the hair fol￭ lic￭ les of most dogs in low numbers around the face and other areas of the body in most dogs these mit￭ es never cause problems however in certain situations such as an underdeveloped or impaired immune system intense stress or malnutrition the mit￭ es can reproduce rapidly causing symptoms in sensitive dogs that range from mild irritation and hair loss on a small patch of skin to severe and widespread infl￭ amm￭ ation secondary infection and in rare cases can be a life threatening condition small pat￭ ches of demo￭ di￭ co￭ sis often correct themselves over time as the dog s immune system mat￭ ures although treatment is usually recommended
as of 2005 alaska has an estimated population of 663 661 which is an increase of 5 906 or 0 9 from the prior year and an increase of 36 730 or 5 9 since the year 2000 this includes a natural increase since the last census of 36 590 people 53 132 births minus 16 542 deaths and an increase due to net migration of 1 181 people into the state immigration from outside the united states resulted in a net increase of 5 800 people and migration within the country produced a net loss of 4 619 people more than half of the state s population lives in anchor￭ age jun￭ e￭ au and fair￭ banks with two fifths in anchor￭ age alone as of 1 january 2012 alaska had a population of 7￭ 31 449 with a population of 710 231 according to the 2010 u s census alaska is the 47 th most populous and least densely populated state for purposes of the federal census the state is divided into artificial divisions defined geographically by the united states census bureau for statistical purposes only the center of population of alaska is located approximately 64 37 kilometers 40 00 mi east of anchor￭ age at 61 28￭ 8￭ 254 n latitude 148 7￭ 16￭ 9￭ 68 w longitude in 2006 alaska had a larger percentage of tobacco smokers than the national average with 24 of al￭ as￭ kan adults smoking
as of 2009 arizona had a population of 6 343 million which is an increase of 213 311 or 3 6 from the prior year and an increase of 1 0￭ 35 686 or 20 2 since the year 2000 this includes a natural increase since the last census of 297 9￭ 28 people that is 564 0￭ 62 births minus 266 134 deaths and an increase due to net migration of 745 9￭ 44 people into the state immigration from outside the united states resulted in a net increase of 204 661 people and migration within the country produced a net increase of 541 283 people new population figures for the year ending july 1 2006 indicate that arizona is the fastest growing state in the united states with 3 6 population growth since 2005 exceeding the growth of the previous leader nevada the most recent population estimates released by the us census put the population at 6 8￭ 28 0￭ 65 in 2015 the population density of the state is 45 2 people per square mile in 2010 there were an estimated 460 000 illegal immigrants in the state these constituted an estimated 7 9 of the population the center of population of arizona is located in mari￭ cop￭ a county which contains over 61 of arizona s population
as of july 1 2006 the united states commonwealth of k￭ ent￭ ucky had an estimated population of 4 206 0￭ 74 which is an increase of 33 466 or 0 8 from the prior year and an increase of 164 586 or 4 1 since the year 2000 this includes a natural increase since the last census of 77 156 people that is 287 222 births minus 210 0￭ 66 deaths and an increase due to net migration of 59 604 people into the state immigration from outside the united states resulted in a net increase of 27 435 people and migration within the country produced a net increase of 32 169 people as of 2004 k￭ ent￭ ucky s population included about 95 000 foreign born 2 3 the population density of the state is 101 7 people per square mile k￭ ent￭ ucky s total population has grown during every decade since records began however during most decades of the 20 th century there was also net out migration from k￭ ent￭ ucky since 1900 rural k￭ ent￭ ucky counties have experienced a net loss of over 1 million people from migration while urban areas have experienced a slight net gain the center of population of k￭ ent￭ ucky is located in washington county in the city of wil￭ lis￭ burg
the united states census bureau estimates that the population of louisiana was 4 670 724 on july 1 2015 a 3 03 increase since the 2010 united states census as of july 2005 prior to the land￭ fall of hurricanes katrina and rita louisiana has an estimated population of 4 670 724 which is an increase of 21 0￭ 48 or 0 4 from the prior year and an increase of 137 352 or 3 03 since 2010 this includes a natural increase since the last census of 129 8￭ 89 people that is 350 818 births minus 220 9￭ 29 deaths and a decrease due to net migration of 69 373 people out of the state immigration from outside the united states resulted in a net increase of 20 174 people and migration within the country produced a net loss of 89 547 people the population density of the state is 104 9 people per square mile the center of population of louisiana is located in poin￭ te cou￭ pee parish in the city of new roads according to the 2000 u s census 14 7 of the population aged 5 and older speak french or ca￭ jun french at home while 1 5 speak spanish
according to the u s census bureau as of 2015 the state of ok￭ la￭ homa has an estimated population of 3 911 338 which is an increase of 159 9￭ 87 or 4 26 since the year 2010 ok￭ la￭ homa is the 28 th most populous state in the united states
the demographics of venezuela are the condition and overview of venezuela s peoples demographic topics include basic education health and population statistics as well as identified racial and religious affili￭ ations the venezuelan people comprise a combination of herit￭ ages the historically present amer￭ indians spanish colon￭ ists and african slaves have all contributed to varying degrees later waves of european groups italians portuguese and germans migrated to venezuela in the 20 th century influencing many aspects of venezuelan life including its culture language food and music about 51 6 of the population is mes￭ tiz￭ o while 43 6 are white of european ance￭ stry and or middle eastern ance￭ stry another 3 7 is black african while 2 7 is of full amer￭ indian ance￭ stry and 1 0 other races principally asian people three amer￭ indian tribes located in the country are the way￭ u￭ u located in the west in zu￭ lia state and the timo￭ to cu￭ ic￭ as also in the west in mé￭ ri￭ da state in the an￭ des about 85 of the population live in urban areas in the northern portion of the country and currently resides in the urban conglomer￭ ations car￭ ac￭ as mar￭ ac￭ ay mar￭ ac￭ ai￭ bo valencia etc that are concentrated in venezuela s northern coastal mountain strip nearly half of venezuela s geographic area lies south of the or￭ in￭ oc￭ o river however this region contains only 5 of the venezuelan population the world fac￭ t￭ book 2011 estimate puts venezuela s total population at 27 635 743 inhabitants additionally over the past five years venezuelan society s general age structure has been tren￭ ding towards the homo￭ log￭ ous structure found in cuba western europe japan and other healthy and rapidly aging societies notably there has been a significant increase in the proportion and gross numbers of elderly venezuel￭ ans aged 65 and up as well as a corresponding drop in the total fertility
a dem￭ yel￭ inating disease is any disease of the nervous system in which the my￭ elin she￭ ath of neurons is damaged this damage imp￭ airs the conduc￭ tion of signals in the affected nerves in turn the reduction in conduc￭ tion ability causes deficiency in sensation movement cogn￭ ition or other functions depending on which nerves are involved some dem￭ yel￭ inating diseases are caused by genetics some by infectious agents some by auto￭ immune reactions and some by unknown factors organ￭ op￭ hosp￭ hates a class of chemicals which are the active ingredients in commercial insectic￭ ides such as sheep dip weed killers and fle￭ a treatment preparations for pets etc will also dem￭ yel￭ inate nerves neuro￭ le￭ p￭ tics can also cause dem￭ yel￭ ination dem￭ yel￭ inating diseases are traditionally classified in two kinds dem￭ yel￭ inating my￭ el￭ ino￭ cl￭ astic diseases and dem￭ yel￭ inating leuko￭ dy￭ stro￭ ph￭ ic diseases in the first group a normal and healthy my￭ elin is destroyed by a toxic chemical or auto￭ immune substance in the second group my￭ elin is abnormal and de￭ generates the second group was denominated dy￭ sm￭ yel￭ inating diseases by pos￭ er in the most known example multiple sclerosis there is good evidence that the body s own immune system is at least partially responsible acquired immune system cells called t cells are known to be present at the site of le￭ sions other immune system cells called macro￭ p￭ ha￭ ges and possibly m￭ ast cells as well also contribute to the damage some dem￭ yel￭ inating diseases are caused by genetics some by infectious agents some by auto￭ immune reactions some by exposure to chemical agents and some by unknown factors vitamin b 12 deficiency can cause dem￭ yel￭ ination
in ph￭ one￭ tics den￭ as￭ alization is the loss of nas￭ al air￭ flow in a nas￭ al sound such as a nas￭ al cons￭ on￭ ant or a nas￭ al vo￭ wel that may be due to speech path￭ ology but also occurs when the sin￭ uses are blocked from a common cold in which case it is called a nas￭ al voice the latter is not a linguistic term the symbol in the extended ip￭ a is ⟨ ◌ ͊ ⟩ when one speaks with a cold the nas￭ al passages still function as a reson￭ ant cav￭ ity so a den￭ as￭ alized nas￭ al m￭ ͊ does not sound like a voiced oral stop b and a den￭ as￭ alized vo￭ wel a￭ ͊ does not sound like an oral vo￭ wel a however there are cases of historical or all￭ op￭ hon￭ ic den￭ as￭ alization that have produced oral stops in some languages with nas￭ al vo￭ wels such as pa￭ ic￭ ĩ nas￭ al cons￭ on￭ ants may only occur before nas￭ al vo￭ wels but before oral vo￭ wels pre￭ nas￭ alized stops are found this all￭ op￭ hon￭ ic variation is likely to be from a historical process of partial den￭ as￭ alization similarly several languages around pu￭ get sound underwent a process of den￭ as￭ alization about one century ago except in special speech registers such as baby talk the nas￭ als m n became the voiced stops b d it appears from historical records that there was an intermediate stage when the stops were pre￭ nas￭ alized stops ᵐ￭ b ⁿ￭ d or post￭ stopped nas￭ als m￭ ᵇ n￭ ᵈ something similar is currently happening with word initial nas￭ als in korean in some contexts m is neither m nor b but m￭ ͊
a d￭ end￭ ri￭ tic sp￭ ine or sp￭ ine is a small memb￭ ran￭ ous pro￭ tru￭ sion from a ne￭ uron s d￭ end￭ r￭ ite that typically receives input from a single ax￭ on at the syn￭ ap￭ se d￭ end￭ ri￭ tic sp￭ ines serve as a storage site for syn￭ ap￭ tic strength and help transmit electrical signals to the ne￭ uron s cell body most sp￭ ines have a bul￭ b￭ ous head the sp￭ ine head and a thin neck that connects the head of the sp￭ ine to the shaft of the d￭ end￭ r￭ ite the d￭ end￭ rit￭ es of a single ne￭ uron can contain hundreds to thousands of sp￭ ines in addition to sp￭ ines providing an anatom￭ ical sub￭ str￭ ate for memory storage and syn￭ ap￭ tic transmission they may also serve to increase the number of possible contacts between neurons
d￭ ener￭ vation is any loss of nerve supply regardless of the cause if the nerves lost to d￭ ener￭ vation are part of the neuro￭ nal communication to a specific function in the body then altered or a loss of physiological functioning can occur d￭ ener￭ vation can be caused by injury or be a symptom of a disorder like als and post polio syndrome additionally it can be a useful surgical technique to alleviate major negative symptoms such as in ren￭ al d￭ ener￭ vation d￭ ener￭ vation can have many harmful side effects such as increased risk of infection and tissue dysfunction
d￭ ener￭ vation su￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity is the sharp increase of sensitivity of post syn￭ ap￭ tic memb￭ ran￭ es to a chemical transmitter after d￭ ener￭ vation it is a compensatory change mechanism cause of d￭ ener￭ v￭ ative su￭ pers￭ enti￭ vity is unknown part of answer is that the number of recep￭ tors in the post syn￭ ap￭ tic memb￭ rane of effec￭ tor cells increases when no￭ rep￭ in￭ eph￭ rine or ace￭ ty￭ l￭ ch￭ oline is no longer released at syn￭ ap￭ se a￭ process called up￭ regulation of recep￭ tor therefore when a dose of hormone is now injected into the circul￭ atory blood the effec￭ tor reaction is vastly enhanced
den￭ gue fever is a mosquito borne tropical disease caused by the den￭ gue virus symptoms typically begin three to fourteen days after infection this may include a high fever headache v￭ om￭ iting muscle and joint pains and a characteristic skin rash recovery generally takes two to seven days in a small proportion of cases the disease develops into the life threatening den￭ gue hemorrha￭ gic fever resulting in bleeding low levels of blood plat￭ el￭ ets and blood plasma leakage or into den￭ gue shock syndrome where dangerously low blood pressure occurs den￭ gue is spread by several species of mosquito of the a￭ edes type principally a a￭ egyp￭ ti the virus has five different types infection with one type usually gives lifelong immunity to that type but only short term immunity to the others subsequent infection with a different type increases the risk of severe complications a number of tests are available to confirm the diagnosis including detecting antibodies to the virus or its r￭ na a novel vaccine for den￭ gue fever has been approved in three countries but it is not yet commercially available prevention is by reducing mosquito habitat and limiting exposure to bites this may be done by getting rid of or covering standing water and wearing clothing that covers much of the body treatment of acute den￭ gue is supportive and includes giving fluid either by mouth or intra￭ ven￭ ously for mild or moderate disease for more severe cases blood transfusion may be required about half a million people require admission to hospital a year non￭ ster￭ o￭ idal anti infl￭ am￭ matory drug n￭ s￭ aids such as i￭ bu￭ prof￭ en should not be used den￭ gue has become a global problem since the second world war and is common in more than 110 countries each year between 50 and 528 million people are infected and approximately 10 000 to 20 000 die the earliest descriptions of an outbreak date from 17￭ 79 its viral cause and spread were understood by the early 20 th century apart from eliminating the mosquitoes work is ongoing for medication targeted directly at the virus
den￭ gue virus den￭ v is the cause of den￭ gue fever it is a mosquito borne single positive stranded r￭ na virus of the family fla￭ vivi￭ ri￭ da￭ e genus fla￭ vi￭ virus five sero￭ types of the virus have been found all of which can cause the full spectrum of disease nevertheless scientists are finding their understanding of den￭ gue virus may be simplistic as rather than distinct anti￭ genic groups there appears to be a continu￭ um this same study identified 47 strains of den￭ gue virus additionally co￭ infection with and lack of rapid tests for zi￭ ka virus and chi￭ kun￭ gun￭ ya complicate matters in real world infections its genome is about 11000 bases of positive sense single stranded r￭ na s￭ sr￭ na that codes for three structural proteins cap￭ sid protein c memb￭ rane protein m envelope protein e and seven non￭ structural proteins ns 1 ns 2 a ns 2 b ns 3 ns 4 a ns 4 b ns 5 it also includes short non coding regions on both the 5 and 3 ends
den￭ nie – mar￭ fan syndrome is a syndrome in which there is association of sp￭ astic par￭ ap￭ legi￭ a of the lower limbs and mental retar￭ dation in children with con￭ genital sy￭ phil￭ is both sexes are affected and the onset of the disease can be acute or insidious with slow progression from weakness to quad￭ ri￭ ple￭ gia epi￭ le￭ psy cat￭ ar￭ act and ny￭ stag￭ mus may be also be found the syndrome was described by charles cl￭ ayton den￭ nie in 1929 and an￭ to￭ ine mar￭ fan in 1936
dens ev￭ ag￭ in￭ atus is a condition found in teeth where the outer surface appears to form an extra bump or cus￭ p pre￭ mol￭ ars are more likely to be affected than any other tooth this may be seen more frequently in asians but almost exclusively in down syndrome the pulp of the tooth may extend into the dens ev￭ ag￭ in￭ atus there is a risk of the dens ev￭ ag￭ in￭ atus chip￭ ping off in normal function hence this condition requires monitoring as the tooth can lose its blood and nerve supply as a result and may need root canal treatment
dens inv￭ ag￭ in￭ atus also known as dens in d￭ ente tooth within a tooth is a condition found in teeth where the outer surface fol￭ ds inward there are cor￭ onal and radic￭ ular forms with the cor￭ onal form being more common dens inv￭ ag￭ in￭ atus is a mal￭ formation of teeth most likely resulting from an in￭ fol￭ ding of the dental pap￭ illa during tooth development or inv￭ ag￭ ination of all layer of the en￭ am￭ el organ in dental pap￭ il￭ la￭ e affected teeth show a deep in￭ fol￭ ding of en￭ am￭ el and d￭ ent￭ ine starting from the for￭ amen co￭ ec￭ um or even the tip of the cus￭ ps and which may extend deep into the root teeth most affected are max￭ ill￭ ary lateral incis￭ ors and bilateral occurrence is not un￭ common the mal￭ formation shows a broad spectrum of mor￭ pho￭ logic variations and frequently results in early pulp necro￭ sis root canal therapy may present severe problems because of the complex anatomy of the teeth ae￭ ti￭ ology prevalence classification and therapeutic considerations including root canal therapy ap￭ ical surgery and prevention of pul￭ pal involvement are reviewed eti￭ ology 1 increased loc￭ alised pressure 2 focal growth retar￭ dation and stimulation types 1 cor￭ onal 2 radic￭ ular types type 1 that is confined to the cro￭ wn￭ type 2 extend below ce￭ j and ends in a blind s￭ ac that may or may not communicate with adjacent dental pul￭ p￭ type 3 extend to the root and per￭ for￭ ate in the ap￭ ex or lateral radic￭ ular area without communicating the pulp
dent s disease or dent disease is a rare x linked rec￭ essive inherited condition that affects the proxim￭ al ren￭ al tu￭ bul￭ es of the kidney it is one cause of fan￭ coni syndrome and is characterized by tu￭ bul￭ ar prote￭ in￭ ur￭ ia excess calcium in the urine formation of calcium kidney stones ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ cal￭ cin￭ osis and chronic kidney failure dent s disease is often used to describe an entire group of famili￭ al disorders including x linked rec￭ essive ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ li￭ thi￭ asis with kidney failure x linked rec￭ essive hypo￭ phosp￭ hat￭ emic ric￭ kets and both japanese and idi￭ opathic low molecular weight prote￭ in￭ ur￭ ia about 60 of patients have mutations in the cl￭ cn 5 gene dent 1 which en￭ codes a kidney specific chloride prot￭ on anti￭ porter and 15 of patients have mutations in the o￭ cr￭ l 1 gene dent 2
a dental abs￭ c￭ ess also termed a d￭ ent￭ o￭ al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar abs￭ c￭ ess tooth abs￭ c￭ ess or root abs￭ c￭ ess is a loc￭ alized collection of p￭ us associated with a tooth the most common type of dental abs￭ c￭ ess is a peri￭ ap￭ ical abs￭ c￭ ess and the second most common is a period￭ on￭ tal abs￭ c￭ ess in a peri￭ ap￭ ical abs￭ c￭ ess usually the origin is a bacterial infection that has accumulated in the soft often dead pulp of the tooth this can be caused by tooth decay broken teeth or extensive period￭ on￭ tal disease or combinations of these factors a failed root canal treatment may also create a similar abs￭ c￭ ess a dental abs￭ c￭ ess is a type of od￭ on￭ to￭ genic infection although commonly the latter term is applied to an infection which has spread outside the local region around the caus￭ ative tooth
dental av￭ ul￭ sion is the complete displacement of a tooth from its socket in al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar bone owing to trauma the treatment for permanent teeth consists of re￭ plantation immediately if possible deci￭ duous teeth should not be re￭ planted due to the risk of damaging the permanent tooth germ immediate re￭ plantation ensures the best possible prog￭ no￭ sis but is not always possible since more serious injuries may be present studies have shown that teeth that are protected in a physi￭ o￭ logically ideal media can be re￭ planted within 15 minutes to one hour after the accident with good prog￭ no￭ sis the success of delayed re￭ plantation depends on the vitality of the cells remaining on the root surface in normal conditions a tooth is connected to the socket by means of the period￭ on￭ tal lig￭ ament when a tooth is knocked out that lig￭ ament stretches and spl￭ its in half maintaining the vitality of the cells that remain attached to the root surface is the key to success following re￭ plantation years ago it was thought that the key to maintaining root cell vitality was keeping the knocked out tooth wet thus giving rise to storage media recommendations such as water the mouth and milk recent research has shown that one of the key elements for maintaining vitality is storing the tooth in an environment that closely resembles the original socket environment this environment is one that has the proper o￭ sm￭ ol￭ ality cell pressure ph nutritional metabol￭ ites and glucose there are scientifically designed storage media that provide this environment these storage media are now available in retail products use of devices that incorporate the ideal storage media and protective apparat￭ uses have increased the success rate of re￭ planted knocked out teeth to over 90 when used within sixty minutes of the accident
dental bar￭ o￭ trauma is a condition in which barome￭ tric pressure changes in the external environment cause damage to the denti￭ tion the problem can occur owing to a miniature void within a filled tooth it is technically difficult to completely prevent void spaces occurring when placing a filling and carrying out root canal treatment according to bo￭ yle s law when the external pressure rises or falls the trapped air within the void will attempt to expand or contract the stresses this places on the tooth structure can cause pain or rarely frac￭ turing of the tooth structure typically this is seen in s￭ cuba di￭ vers or avi￭ ators who experience pressure changes in the course of their activity identifying the pain during a pressure change is a diagnostic indicator for the clin￭ ician treatment involves removing the void space by carefully replacing the offending restoration repeating the endo￭ don￭ tic treatment or removing the tooth
dental car￭ ies also known as tooth decay ca￭ vities or car￭ ies is a breakdown of teeth due to activities of bacteria the ca￭ vities may be a number of different colors from yellow to black symptoms may include pain and difficulty with eating complications may include infl￭ amm￭ ation of the tissue around the tooth tooth loss and infection or abs￭ c￭ ess formation the cause of car￭ ies is bacterial breakdown of the hard tissues of the teeth en￭ am￭ el denti￭ n and cem￭ ent￭ um this occurs due to acid made from food debris or sugar on the tooth surface simple sugars in food are these bacteria s primary energy source and thus a diet high in simple sugar is a risk factor if mineral breakdown is greater than build up from sources such as sali￭ va car￭ ies results risk factors include conditions that result in less sali￭ va such as diabetes mell￭ it￭ us s￭ jo￭ gre￭ n s syndrome and some medications medications that decrease sali￭ va production include anti￭ hist￭ am￭ ines and anti￭ depres￭ s￭ ants car￭ ies is also associated with poverty poor cleaning of the mouth and rec￭ eding g￭ ums resulting in exposure of the roots of the teeth prevention includes regular cleaning of the teeth a diet low in sugar and small amounts of flu￭ oride bru￭ shing the teeth twice per day and flo￭ s￭ sing between the teeth once a day is recommended by many flu￭ oride may be from water salt or tooth￭ paste among other sources treating a mother s dental car￭ ies may decrease the risk in her children by decreasing the numbers of certain bacteria screening can result in earlier detection depending on the extent of destruction various treatments can be used to restore the tooth to proper function or the tooth may be removed there is no known method to grow back large amounts of tooth the availability of treatment is often poor in the developing world par￭ acet￭ am￭ ol acet￭ amin￭ oph￭ en or i￭ bu￭ prof￭ en may be taken for pain worldwide approximately 2 43 billion people 36 of the population have dental car￭ ies in their permanent teeth the world health organization estimates that nearly all adults have dental car￭ ies at some point in time in baby teeth it affects about 620 million people or 9 of the population they have become more common in both children and adults in recent years the disease is most common in the developed world due to greater simple sugar consumption and less common in the developing world car￭ ies is latin for rot￭ ten￭ ness
dental fluor￭ osis also termed mo￭ tt￭ led en￭ am￭ el is an extremely common disorder characterized by hypo￭ miner￭ alization of tooth en￭ am￭ el caused by ing￭ estion of excessive flu￭ oride during en￭ am￭ el formation it appears as a range of visual changes in en￭ am￭ el causing degrees of intrinsic tooth dis￭ color￭ ation and in some cases physical damage to the teeth the severity of the condition is dependent on the dose duration and age of the individual during the exposure the very mild and most common form of fluor￭ osis is characterized by small opaque paper white areas scattered ir￭ regularly over the tooth covering less than 25 of the tooth surface in the mild form of the disease these mo￭ tt￭ led pat￭ ches can involve up to half of the surface area of the teeth when fluor￭ osis is moderate all of the surfaces of the teeth are mo￭ tt￭ led and teeth may be ground down and brown stain￭ s frequently dis￭ figure the teeth severe fluor￭ osis is characterized by brown dis￭ color￭ ation and dis￭ crete or con￭ flu￭ ent pit￭ ting brown stain￭ s are widespread and teeth often present a corro￭ ded looking appearance people with fluor￭ osis are relatively resistant to dental car￭ ies tooth decay caused by bacteria although they may be of cosmetic concern in moderate to severe fluor￭ osis teeth are physically damaged
dental su￭ blu￭ x￭ ation is a traumatic injury in which the tooth has increased mobility i e is loosen￭ ed but has not been displaced from its original site in the j￭ aw￭ bone
d￭ ent￭ at￭ or￭ u￭ br￭ al palli￭ d￭ olu￭ y￭ sian atro￭ phy dr￭ pla is an auto￭ som￭ al dominant spin￭ oc￭ ere￭ bell￭ ar de￭ generation caused by an expansion of a ca￭ g repeat en￭ coding a poly￭ glu￭ tam￭ ine tract in the atro￭ ph￭ in 1 protein it is also known as ha￭ w river syndrome and nai￭ to o￭ yan￭ agi disease although this condition was perhaps first described by smith et al in 1958 and several spor￭ adic cases have been reported from western countries this disorder seems to be very rare except in japan there are at least eight neuro￭ degenerative diseases that are caused by expanded ca￭ g repeats en￭ coding poly￭ glu￭ tam￭ ine poly￭ q stretches see trin￭ uc￭ le￭ o￭ tide repeat disorder the expanded ca￭ g repeats create an adverse gain of function mutation in the gene products of these diseases dr￭ pla is most similar to hun￭ t￭ ington s disease
a denti￭ ger￭ ous cyst or fol￭ lic￭ ular cyst is an od￭ on￭ to￭ genic cyst thought to be of developmental origin associated with the crown of an un￭ erupted or partially erupted tooth the cyst cav￭ ity is lined by epi￭ the￭ li￭ al cells derived from the reduced en￭ am￭ el epi￭ the￭ lium of the tooth forming organ regarding its patho￭ genesis it has been suggested that the pressure exerted by an erup￭ ting tooth on the fol￭ lic￭ le may obstruct ven￭ ous flow inducing accumulation of exu￭ date between the reduced en￭ am￭ el epi￭ the￭ lium and the tooth crown in addition to the developmental origin some authors have suggested that peri￭ ap￭ ical infl￭ amm￭ ation of non vital deci￭ duous teeth in proximity to the fol￭ lic￭ les of un￭ erupted permanent successors may be a factor for triggering this type of cyst formation his￭ to￭ logically a normal dental fol￭ lic￭ le is lined by en￭ am￭ el epi￭ the￭ lium whereas a denti￭ ger￭ ous cyst is lined by non ker￭ at￭ ini￭ zed str￭ ati￭ fied squ￭ am￭ ous epi￭ the￭ lium since the denti￭ ger￭ ous cyst develops from fol￭ lic￭ ular epi￭ the￭ lium it has more potential for growth differentiation and de￭ generation than a radic￭ ular cyst occasionally the wall of a denti￭ ger￭ ous cyst may give rise to a more ominous mu￭ co￭ ep￭ id￭ er￭ mo￭ id carcin￭ oma due to the tendency for denti￭ ger￭ ous cy￭ sts to expand rapidly they may cause pathological fractu￭ res of jaw bones on fine needle aspiration thin straw colored fluid is seen the usual radio￭ graphic appearance is that of a well demarc￭ ated radi￭ ol￭ uc￭ ent le￭ sion attached at an acute angle to the cer￭ vic￭ al area of an un￭ erupted tooth the border of the le￭ sion may be radi￭ opaque the radio￭ graphic differentiation between a denti￭ ger￭ ous cyst and a normal dental fol￭ lic￭ le is based merely on size radio￭ graphically a denti￭ ger￭ ous cyst should always be differentiated from a normal dental fol￭ lic￭ le denti￭ ger￭ ous cy￭ sts are the most common cy￭ sts with this radio￭ graphic appearance radio￭ graphically the cyst appears uni￭ loc￭ ular with well defined margins and often s￭ cl￭ erotic borders but sometimes it may be multi￭ loc￭ ular in appearance and may also have a continuous c￭ ys￭ tic memb￭ rane infected cy￭ sts show ill defined margins fol￭ lic￭ ular space more than 3 mm is to be considered a denti￭ ger￭ ous cyst radio￭ graphically there are three types of denti￭ ger￭ ous cyst namely the central type lateral type and the circum￭ fer￭ ential type the most common location of denti￭ ger￭ ous cy￭ sts are the man￭ di￭ bul￭ ar 3 rd mol￭ ars and the max￭ ill￭ ary can￭ ines and they rarely involve deci￭ duous teeth and are occasionally associated with od￭ on￭ tom￭ es a denti￭ ger￭ ous cyst is often treated by exc￭ ision of the cyst along with the extraction of the as￭ so￭ sci￭ ated tooth in case of a large cyst mar￭ sup￭ i￭ alization is done
denti￭ n dys￭ pl￭ asia is a genetic disorder of teeth commonly exhi￭ biting an auto￭ som￭ al dominant inheritance it is characterized by presence of normal en￭ am￭ el but atypical denti￭ n with abnormal pul￭ pal mor￭ pho￭ logy there are two types type i is the radic￭ ular type and type ii is the cor￭ onal type in the radic￭ ular type the roots of teeth are shorter than normal and the pulp chamber may be nearly gone the pulp chamber is sometimes described as having a cres￭ cent shaped appearance in the cor￭ onal type the pul￭ ps are enlarged and are described as having a th￭ ist￭ le tube appearance in permanent denti￭ tion in the deci￭ duous denti￭ tion cor￭ onal denti￭ n dys￭ pl￭ asia bears a resemblance to d￭ ent￭ ino￭ genesis im￭ perfec￭ ta type ii radio￭ graphic features type 1 roots are short blunt and con￭ ical in deci￭ duous teeth pulp chambers and root can￭ als are completely obliter￭ ated while in permanent they may be cres￭ cent shaped type 2 the pulp chamber of the deci￭ duous teeth become completely obliter￭ ated the permanent teeth displays large pulp chamber in the cor￭ onal portion of the tooth referred to as th￭ ist￭ le tube appearance pulp stones may be found his￭ to￭ logic features type 1 normal d￭ ent￭ inal tu￭ bu￭ le formation is blocked and new denti￭ n forms around obstacles known as lava flowing around b￭ oul￭ ders
denti￭ n hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity abbreviated to dh or d￭ hs and also termed sensitive denti￭ n denti￭ n sensitivity cer￭ vic￭ al sensitivity and cer￭ vic￭ al hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity is dental pain which is sharp in character and of short duration arising from exposed denti￭ n surfaces in response to stimul￭ i typically thermal evapor￭ ative t￭ acti￭ le os￭ mo￭ tic chemical or electrical and which cannot be ascri￭ bed to any other dental disease a degree of denti￭ n sensitivity is normal but pain is not usually experienced in everyday activities like drinking a cool￭ ed drink therefore although the terms denti￭ n sensitivity and sensitive denti￭ n are used inter￭ change￭ ably to refer to dental hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity the latter term is the most accurate
d￭ ent￭ ino￭ genesis im￭ perfec￭ ta di is a genetic disorder of tooth development this condition is a type of denti￭ n dys￭ pl￭ asia that causes teeth to be dis￭ colored most often a blue gray or yellow brown color and trans￭ luc￭ ent giving teeth an op￭ al￭ es￭ cent she￭ en teeth are also weaker than normal making them prone to rapid wear break￭ age and loss these problems can affect both primary deci￭ duous teeth and permanent teeth this condition is inherited in an auto￭ som￭ al dominant pattern which means one copy of the altered gene in each cell is sufficient to cause the disorder d￭ ent￭ ino￭ genesis im￭ perfec￭ ta affects an estimated 1 in 6 000 to 8 000 people
there is a lack of dental care in rural alaska because many alaska natives live in rural villages most of which are only accessible by boat or bush plane there are many programs to help alaska natives understand the importance of dental care while helping them to receive the professional care and guidance that is needed there are many problem issues within the rural alaska native population such as tooth disease to help with these health issues there are denti￭ sts as well as dental therapist aides who travel to these villages to perform care these programs are funded by the united states federal government and the alaska native corporations
d￭ ent￭ om￭ andi￭ bul￭ ar sens￭ or￭ im￭ o￭ tor dysfunction is a medical condition involving the man￭ di￭ ble lower jaw upper three cer￭ vic￭ al neck verte￭ bra￭ e and the surrounding muscle and nerve areas there is a concentrated nerve center in this area called the tri￭ gem￭ inal nucleus this major path￭ way of nerves controls pain signals from the teeth face head and neck and carries them to the brain d￭ ent￭ om￭ andi￭ bul￭ ar sens￭ or￭ im￭ o￭ tor dysfunction refers to a condition in which an individual experiences chronic pain or sti￭ ff￭ ness from these nerve inputs as a result of dental force imbalances
d￭ ent￭ ure related stom￭ ati￭ tis also termed d￭ ent￭ ure sore mouth d￭ ent￭ ure stom￭ ati￭ tis chronic atro￭ ph￭ ic candi￭ di￭ asis candi￭ da associated d￭ ent￭ ure induced stom￭ ati￭ tis and d￭ ent￭ ure associated er￭ y￭ them￭ at￭ ous stom￭ ati￭ tis is a common condition where mild infl￭ amm￭ ation and red￭ ness of the oral mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ rane occurs beneath a d￭ ent￭ ure in about 90 of cases candi￭ da species are involved which are normally a harmless component of the oral micro￭ bio￭ ta in many people d￭ ent￭ ure related stom￭ ati￭ tis is the most common form of oral candi￭ di￭ asis a ye￭ ast infection of the mouth it is more common in elderly people and in those who wear a complete upper d￭ ent￭ ure a d￭ ent￭ ure which replaces all the upper teeth worn by someone with no natural teeth in their upper jaw d￭ ent￭ ure related stom￭ ati￭ tis is more likely to develop when the d￭ ent￭ ure is left constantly in the mouth rather than removing it during sleep and when the d￭ ent￭ ure is not cleaned regularly
the denver convergence vor￭ tic￭ ity zone d￭ c￭ v￭ z is an oro￭ graphically induced atmospheric phenomenon characterized by conver￭ gent winds east of the denver metropolitan area typically 50 to 100 km in length and oriented in a north south direction this meteorological feature was subject to academic scrutiny following a large outbreak of denver area tor￭ nad￭ oes in 1981 and has been used to explain the propensity of the area to spa￭ wn land￭ sp￭ out mis￭ oc￭ ycl￭ one and super￭ cell mes￭ oc￭ ycl￭ one tor￭ nad￭ oes the d￭ c￭ v￭ z is often associated with the denver cyclone effect although the denver cyclone is considered a distinct atmospheric phenomenon by some scientists
den￭ ys – dr￭ ash syndrome d￭ ds or dr￭ ash syndrome is a rare disorder or syndrome characterized by gon￭ ad￭ al dys￭ genesis ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ pa￭ thy and wil￭ ms tumor
de￭ oxy￭ gen￭ ation is a chemical reaction involving the removal of oxygen atoms from a mol￭ ecu￭ le the term also refers to the removal molecular oxygen o 2 from gases and solvents a step in air free technique and gas pur￭ i￭ fiers as applied to organic compounds de￭ oxy￭ gen￭ ation is a component of fuels production as well a type of reaction employed in organic synthesis e g of pharmaceuticals
in software engineering dependency injection is a software design pattern that implements in￭ version of control for resolving depend￭ encies a dependency is an object that can be used a service an injection is the passing of a dependency to a dependent object a client that would use it the service is made part of the client s state passing the service to the client rather than allowing a client to build or find the service is the fundamental requirement of the pattern dependency injection allows a program design to follow the dependency in￭ version principle the client delegates the responsibility of providing its depend￭ encies to external code the injec￭ tor the client is not allowed to call the injec￭ tor code it is the injecting code that construc￭ ts the services and calls the client to inject them this means the client code does not need to know about the injecting code the client does not need to know how to construct the services the client does not need to know which actual services it is using the client only needs to know about the intrinsic interfaces of the services because these define how the client may use the services this separates the responsibilities of use and construction there are three common means for a client to accept a dependency injection set￭ ter interface and construc￭ tor based injection set￭ ter and construc￭ tor injection differ mainly by when they can be used interface injection differs in that the dependency is given a chance to control its own injection all require that separate construction code the injec￭ tor take responsibility for introducing a client and its depend￭ encies to each other
dependency theory is a sub￭ field of database theory which studies implication and optimi￭ zation problems related to logical constraints commonly called depend￭ encies on databases the best known class of such depend￭ encies are functional depend￭ encies which form the foundation of keys on database relations another important class of depend￭ encies are the multi￭ valued depend￭ encies a key algori￭ thm in dependency theory is the chase and much of the theory is devoted to its study
dependent personality disorder dp￭ d formerly known as asth￭ en￭ ic personality disorder is a personality disorder that is characterized by a pervasive psychological dependence on other people this personality disorder is a long term condition in which people depend on others to meet their emotional and physical needs with only a minority achieving normal levels of independence the cause of dependent personality disorder is unknown ta study in 2012 estimated that between 55 and 72 of the risk of the condition is inherited from one s parents the difference between a dependent personality and a dependent personality disorder is somewhat subjective which makes diagnosis sensitive to cultural influences such as gender role expectations
in population dynamics dep￭ ens￭ ation is the effect on a population such as a fish stock whereby due to certain causes a decrease in the breeding population mature individuals leads to reduced production and survival of eggs or offspring the causes may include pre￭ dation levels rising per offspring given the same level of overall predat￭ or pressure or the alle￭ e effect particularly the reduced likelihood of finding a mate although dep￭ ens￭ ation is often considered in relation to the population being harvested especially fish the actual level of harvesting by definition is not part of dep￭ ens￭ ation
de￭ person￭ alization disorder dp￭ d also known as de￭ person￭ alization dere￭ alization syndrome is a mental disorder in which the person has persistent or recurrent feelings of de￭ person￭ alization and or dere￭ alization symptoms can be classified as either de￭ person￭ alization or dere￭ alization de￭ person￭ alization is described as feeling disconnected or e￭ strang￭ ed from one s body thoughts or emotions individuals experiencing de￭ person￭ alization may report feeling as if they are an outside observer of their own thoughts or body and often report feeling a loss of control over their thoughts or actions in some cases individuals may be unable to accept their reflection as their own or they may have out of body experiences while de￭ person￭ alization is a sense of det￭ achment from one s self dere￭ alization is described as det￭ achment from one s surroundings individuals experiencing dere￭ alization may report percei￭ ving the world around them as fo￭ ggy dream￭ like sur￭ real or vis￭ ually distorted in addition to these de￭ person￭ alization dere￭ alization disorder symptoms the inner turmoil created by the disorder can result in depression self harm low self esteem anxiety attacks panic attacks pho￭ bias etc it can also cause a variety of physical symptoms including chest pain blur￭ ry vision visual snow naus￭ ea and the sensation of pins and needles in one s arms or legs de￭ person￭ alization dere￭ alization disorder is thought to be caused largely by severe traumatic lifetime events including childhood abuse accidents natural disasters war torture and bad drug experiences it is unclear whether genetics play a role however there are many neuro￭ chemical and hormonal changes in individuals with de￭ person￭ alization disorder the disorder is typically associated with cognitive disruptions in early percep￭ tual and attenti￭ onal processes diagnostic criteria for de￭ person￭ alization dere￭ alization disorder includes among other symptoms persistent or recurrent feelings of det￭ achment from one s mental or bodily processes or from one s surroundings a diagnosis is made when the dissoci￭ ation is persistent and interferes with the social and or occupational functions of daily life however accurate descriptions of the symptoms are hard to provide due to the subjective nature of de￭ person￭ alization dere￭ alization and person s ambiguous use of language when describing these episodes in the dsm 5 it was combined with dere￭ alization disorder and ren￭ amed to de￭ person￭ alization dere￭ alization disorder dd￭ pd in the dsm 5 it remains classified as a dissoci￭ ative disorder while in the ic￭ d 10 it is called de￭ person￭ alization dere￭ alization syndrome and classified as a neuro￭ tic disorder although the disorder is an alteration in the subjective experience of reality it is not a form of psycho￭ sis as the person maintains the ability to distinguish between their own internal experiences and the objective reality of the outside world during ep￭ is￭ od￭ ic and continuous de￭ person￭ alization the person can distinguish between reality and fantasy in other words their grasp on reality remains stable at all times while de￭ person￭ alization dere￭ alization disorder was once considered rare lifetime experiences with the disorder occur in approximately 1 – 2 of the general population the chronic form of this disorder has a reported prevalence of 0 8 to 1 9 while these numbers may seem small de￭ person￭ alization dere￭ alization experiences have been reported by a majority of the general population with varying degrees of intensity while brief episodes of de￭ person￭ alization or dere￭ alization can be common in the general population the disorder is only diagnosed when these symptoms cause significant distress or impair social occupational or other important areas of functioning
depression storage capacity in soil science is the ability of a particular area of land to retain water in its pits and depres￭ sions thus preventing it from flowing depression storage capacity along with infiltr￭ ation capacity is one of the main factors involved in hor￭ ton over￭ land flow whereby water volume sur￭ passes both infiltr￭ ation and depression storage capacity and begins to flow horizon￭ tally across land possibly leading to flooding and soil erosion the study of land s depression storage capacity is important in the fields of geo￭ logy ecology and especially hydro￭ logy
depres￭ sive personality disorder also known as mel￭ anch￭ ol￭ ic personality disorder is a controversial psychiatric diagnosis that den￭ o￭ tes a personality disorder with depres￭ sive features originally included in the american psychiatric association s dsm ii depres￭ sive personality disorder was removed from the dsm iii and dsm iii r recently it has been reconsidered for reinstatement as a diagnosis depres￭ sive personality disorder is currently described in appendix b in the dsm iv tr as worthy of further study although no longer listed as a personality disorder the diagnosis is included under the section “ personality disorder not otherwise specified ” while depres￭ sive personality disorder shares some similarities with mood disorders such as dys￭ thy￭ mia it also shares many similarities with personality disorders including avoid￭ ant personality disorder some researchers argue that depres￭ sive personality disorder is sufficiently distinct from these other conditions so as to warrant a separate diagnosis
depth perception is the visual ability to perceive the world in three dimensions 3 d and the distance of an object depth sensation is the corresponding term for animals since although it is known that animals can sense the distance of an object because of their ability to move accurately or to respond consistently according to that distance it is not known whether they perceive it in the same subjective way that humans do depth perception arises from a variety of depth cu￭ es these are typically classified into bin￭ oc￭ ular cu￭ es that are based on the receipt of sensory information in three dimensions from both eyes and mon￭ oc￭ ular cu￭ es that can be represented in just two dimensions and observed with just one eye bin￭ oc￭ ular cu￭ es include stere￭ op￭ sis eye convergence disparity and yielding depth from bin￭ oc￭ ular vision through exploitation of paral￭ lax mon￭ oc￭ ular cu￭ es include size distant objects sub￭ tend smaller visual angles than near objects grain size and motion paral￭ lax
de￭ pur￭ ination is a chemical reaction of pur￭ ine de￭ oxy￭ ri￭ bon￭ uc￭ le￭ o￭ sides de￭ oxy￭ aden￭ os￭ ine and de￭ oxy￭ gu￭ an￭ os￭ ine and ri￭ bon￭ uc￭ le￭ o￭ sides aden￭ os￭ ine or gu￭ an￭ os￭ ine in which the β n gly￭ co￭ sid￭ ic bond is hydro￭ ly￭ tically cle￭ a￭ ved releasing a nucle￭ ic base aden￭ ine or gu￭ an￭ ine respectively the second product of de￭ pur￭ ination of de￭ oxy￭ ri￭ bon￭ uc￭ le￭ o￭ sides and ri￭ bon￭ uc￭ le￭ o￭ sides is sugar 2 ’ de￭ oxy￭ ri￭ bo￭ se and ri￭ bo￭ se respectively more complex compounds containing nucle￭ o￭ side residues nucle￭ o￭ ti￭ des and nucle￭ ic acids also suffer from de￭ pur￭ ination de￭ oxy￭ ri￭ bon￭ uc￭ le￭ o￭ sides and their derivatives are substantially more prone to de￭ pur￭ ination than their corresponding ri￭ bon￭ uc￭ le￭ o￭ side counterparts loss of py￭ ri￭ mid￭ ine bases cy￭ to￭ sine and thy￭ mine occurs by a similar mechanism but at a substantially lower rate when de￭ pur￭ ination occurs with dna it leads to the formation of ap￭ ur￭ in￭ ic site and results in an alteration of the structure studies estimate that as many as 5 000 pur￭ ines are lost this way each day in a typical human cell in cells one of the main causes of de￭ pur￭ ination is the presence of endo￭ genous metabol￭ ites undergoing chemical reactions ap￭ ur￭ in￭ ic sites in double stranded dna are efficiently repaired by portions of the base exc￭ ision repair ber path￭ way de￭ pur￭ inated bases in single stranded dna undergoing replic￭ ation can lead to mutations because in the absence of information from the complementary strand ber can add an incorrect base at the ap￭ ur￭ in￭ ic site resulting in either a transition or trans￭ version mutation de￭ pur￭ ination is known to play a major role in cancer initiation hydro￭ ly￭ tic de￭ pur￭ ination is one of the principal forms of damage to ancient dna in fossil or sub￭ fossil material since the base remains un￭ repaired this results in both loss of information the base sequence and difficulties in recovery and in vitro replic￭ ation of the damaged mol￭ ecu￭ le by the poly￭ mer￭ ase chain reaction
de￭ que￭ í￭ sm￭ o is a phenomenon in spanish gr￭ ammar considered wrong in prescriptive works it is using de que instead of que as the complem￭ enti￭ zer introducing a verbal complement clause it can be seen as the opposite of que￭ í￭ sm￭ o which involves using que when de que is to be used for example me di￭ jo de que estab￭ a can￭ s￭ ado he told me that he was tired is a case of de￭ que￭ í￭ sm￭ o since the prescriptive construction is me di￭ jo que estab￭ a can￭ s￭ ado de￭ que￭ í￭ sm￭ o is considered peculiar to less educated speakers most likely as an instance of hyper￭ correction in the attempt to avoid que￭ í￭ sm￭ o or perhaps a con￭ fl￭ ation with the refl￭ exi￭ ve use which can sometimes be quite superfic￭ ially similar me al￭ egr￭ o de que se￭ á￭ is fel￭ ices gr￭ amm￭ atically normal with a refl￭ exi￭ ve ver￭ b i am pleased me al￭ egr￭ a de que se￭ á￭ is fel￭ ices prescri￭ p￭ tively incorrect non refl￭ exi￭ ve de￭ que￭ í￭ sm￭ o usually me al￭ egr￭ a que se￭ á￭ is fel￭ ices it pleases me
in psychiatry der￭ ail￭ ment also loosen￭ ing of association as￭ yn￭ des￭ is as￭ yn￭ de￭ tic thinking knight s move thinking or ent￭ g￭ leis￭ en is a thought disorder characterized by discourse consisting of a sequence of unrelated or only remotely related ideas the frame of reference often changes from one sentence to the next in a mild manifestation this thought disorder is characterized by sli￭ pp￭ age of ideas further and further from the point of a discussion der￭ ail￭ ment can often be manifestly caused by intense emotions such as euphoria or hysteria some of the synon￭ y￭ ms given above loosen￭ ing of association as￭ yn￭ de￭ tic thinking are used by some authors to refer just to a loss of goal discourse that sets off on a particular idea w￭ anders off and never returns to it a related term is tang￭ enti￭ ality — it refers to off the point obli￭ que or irrelevant answers given to questions in some studies on creativity knight s move thinking while it describes a similarly loose association of ideas it is not considered a mental disorder or the hallmark of one it is sometimes used as a synon￭ ym for lateral thinking
der￭ b￭ ices or der￭ bikes persian د￭ ر￭ ب￭ ی￭ ک ‌ ه￭ ا ‎ ‎ were a small pocket of tribal people located at or around hy￭ r￭ can￭ ia which is an area located in the northern borders of the iranian pl￭ ate￭ au most of what history can re￭ count of this tribe is from the writ￭ ings of c￭ te￭ si￭ as led by their leader amor￭ a￭ eus der￭ b￭ ices led a rebellion against cy￭ rus the great causing the mortal w￭ ounding of the king they are however eventually defeated by cy￭ rus and incorporated into the persian empire it is critical to note that the account of der￭ b￭ ices is basically the work of c￭ te￭ si￭ as and offers one of the plausible versions by which cy￭ rus the great is killed other plausible accounts include that of her￭ odo￭ tus which revolves around the mass￭ ag￭ at￭ ae and various other versions including one by xen￭ oph￭ on which states cy￭ rus the great actually died peacefully at his palace regardless this article and der￭ b￭ ices by association makes sense in the context of historical re￭ port￭ ings of c￭ te￭ si￭ as which according to at least a few historians is the most credible version along with that of her￭ odo￭ tus since he c￭ te￭ ias had been a long while in per￭ sia as a doctor
dere￭ alization or dere￭ alisation sometimes abbreviated as dr is an alteration in the perception or experience of the external world so that it seems un￭ real other symptoms include feeling as though one s environment is lacking in spontane￭ ity emotional colouring and depth it is both a dissoci￭ ative symptom of many conditions such as psychiatric and neuro￭ logical disorders and a stand￭ alone disorder see below dere￭ alization is a subjective experience of un￭ reality of the outside world while de￭ person￭ alization is sense of un￭ reality in one s personal self although most authors currently regard dere￭ alization surroundings and de￭ person￭ alization self as independent construc￭ ts many do not want to separate dere￭ alization from de￭ person￭ alization the main reason for this is no￭ so￭ logical because these symptoms often co occur but there is another more philosophical reason the idea that the phenomen￭ ological experience of self others and world is one continuous whole thus feelings of un￭ reality may blend in and the person may puzzle over deciding whether it is the self or the world that feels un￭ real to them chronic dere￭ alization may be caused by oc￭ ci￭ p￭ ital – temporal dysfunction these symptoms are common in the population with a lifetime prevalence of up to 5 and 31 – 66 at the time of a traumatic event
der￭ m￭ abra￭ sion is a type of surgical skin plan￭ ing typically performed in a professional medical setting by a der￭ mato￭ logist or plastic surgeon trained specifically in this procedure der￭ m￭ abra￭ sion has been practiced for many years before the advent of las￭ ers and involves the controlled deeper abra￭ sion wearing away of the upper to mid layers of the skin with any variety of strong abra￭ sive devices including a wire brush diamond wheel or f￭ raise sterilized sand￭ paper salt cryst￭ als or other mechanical means der￭ m￭ abra￭ sion should not be confused with micro￭ der￭ m￭ abra￭ sion which is a newer and non surgical cosmetic procedure performed by non physician personnel nurses esthe￭ tic￭ ians medical assistants and most recently un￭ trained individuals in their homes der￭ m￭ abra￭ sion procedures are surgical invasive procedures that typically require a local anaesthetic often they are performed in surgical su￭ ites or in professional medical centers since the procedure can typically remove the top to deeper layers of the ep￭ id￭ er￭ mis and extend into the retic￭ ular der￭ mis there is always minor skin bleeding the procedure carries risks of scar￭ ring skin dis￭ color￭ ation infections and facial her￭ pes virus cold sore re￭ activation in aggressive der￭ m￭ abra￭ sion cases there is often tremendous skin bleeding and spray during the procedure that has to be controlled with pressure after￭ ward the skin is normally very red and raw looking depending on the level of skin removal with der￭ m￭ abra￭ sion it takes an average of 7 – 30 days for the skin to fully heal re epi￭ the￭ li￭ alize often this procedure was performed for deeper ac￭ ne scar￭ ring and deep surgical scars der￭ m￭ abra￭ sion is rarely practiced currently and there are very few doctors who are trained and still perform this surgery der￭ m￭ abra￭ sion has largely been replaced all over the world by newer and somewhat simpler technologies including las￭ ers co 2 or er￭ bi￭ um y￭ ag laser laser technologies carry the advantage of little to no bleeding and are often less operator dependent than der￭ m￭ abra￭ sion the purpose of surgical der￭ m￭ abra￭ sion is to help diminish the appearance of deeper scars and skin imperfections often the goal is to smooth the skin and in the process remove small scars as from ac￭ ne uneven skin tone from scars or birth￭ marks sun damage tat￭ to￭ os age spots stretch marks or fine wr￭ ink￭ les der￭ m￭ abra￭ sion is a mechanical surgical skin plan￭ ing method which has remained popular partially because it may afford an overall lower cost affordable and may provide similar superior results as newer laser method for certain skin conditions
in der￭ mato￭ logic path￭ ology a der￭ mal cylin￭ dro￭ ma also der￭ mal ec￭ cr￭ ine cylin￭ dro￭ ma and less specifically cylin￭ dro￭ ma is a benign ad￭ n￭ ex￭ al tumor which occurs on the scal￭ p and fore￭ head multiple cylin￭ dro￭ mas may grow together in a hat like configuration sometimes referred to as a tur￭ ban tumor cylin￭ dro￭ mas are un￭ common dys￭ pl￭ asi￭ as of skin append￭ ages
der￭ mal d￭ end￭ ro￭ cy￭ te ham￭ ar￭ tom￭ a is characterized by a rounded med￭ al￭ lion like le￭ sion on the upper trunk in which there is a proliferation of fu￭ si￭ form cd 34 factor x￭ iiia positive cells in the mid and retic￭ ular der￭ mis
der￭ mati￭ tis also known as ecz￭ ema is a group of diseases that results in infl￭ amm￭ ation of the skin these diseases are characterized by it￭ chin￭ ess red skin and a rash in cases of short duration there may be small bl￭ is￭ ters while in long term cases the skin may become thick￭ ened the area of skin involved can vary from small to the entire body der￭ mati￭ tis is a group of skin conditions that includes at￭ op￭ ic der￭ mati￭ tis allergic contact der￭ mati￭ tis irrit￭ ant contact der￭ mati￭ tis and st￭ asis der￭ mati￭ tis the exact cause of der￭ mati￭ tis is often unclear cases are believed to often involve a combination of irritation allergy and poor ven￭ ous return the type of der￭ mati￭ tis is generally determined by the person s history and the location of the rash for example irrit￭ ant der￭ mati￭ tis often occurs on the hands of people who frequently get them wet allergic contact der￭ mati￭ tis however can occur following brief exposures to specific substances to which a person is sensitive treatment of at￭ op￭ ic der￭ mati￭ tis is typically with mois￭ tur￭ iz￭ ers and ster￭ o￭ id cre￭ ams the ster￭ o￭ id cre￭ ams should generally be of mid to high strength and used for less than two weeks at a time as side effects can occur antibiotics may be required if there are signs of skin infection contact der￭ mati￭ tis is typically treated by avoiding the aller￭ gen or irrit￭ ant anti￭ hist￭ am￭ ines may be used to help with sleep and to decrease night￭ time scrat￭ ching der￭ mati￭ tis was estimated to affect 334 million people globally in 2013 at￭ op￭ ic der￭ mati￭ tis is the most common type and generally starts in childhood in the united states it affects about 10 30 of people contact der￭ mati￭ tis is two times more common in females than males allergic contact der￭ mati￭ tis affects about 7 of people at some point in time irrit￭ ant contact der￭ mati￭ tis is common especially among people who do certain jobs however exact rates are unclear
der￭ mati￭ tis gan￭ gre￭ no￭ sa also known as gang￭ rene of the skin is a cu￭ taneous condition caused by infection by clo￭ stri￭ dium resulting in a necro￭ sis and sl￭ ough￭ ing of the skin
der￭ mati￭ tis her￭ peti￭ form￭ is dh or du￭ h￭ ring s disease is a chronic bl￭ is￭ tering skin condition characterised by bl￭ is￭ ters filled with a wat￭ ery fluid despite its name dh is neither related to nor caused by her￭ pes virus the name means that it is a skin infl￭ amm￭ ation having an appearance similar to her￭ pes dh was first described by louis adol￭ ph￭ us du￭ h￭ ring in 18￭ 84 a connection between dh and co￭ eli￭ ac disease was recognised in 1967 although the exact causal mechanism is not known dh is a specific manifestation of co￭ eli￭ ac disease the age of onset is usually about 15 40 but dh can also affect children and the elderly men and women are equally affected estimates of dh prevalence vary from 1 in 400 to 1 in 10000 it is most common in patients of northern european northern indian ance￭ stry and is associated with the h￭ la d￭ q 2 hap￭ lo￭ type along with co￭ eli￭ ac disease and glu￭ ten sensitivity
der￭ mati￭ tis rep￭ ens also known as acro￭ der￭ mati￭ tis continu￭ a acro￭ der￭ mati￭ tis per￭ st￭ ans pu￭ st￭ ular acro￭ der￭ mati￭ tis acro￭ der￭ mati￭ tis continu￭ a of hallo￭ pe￭ au acro￭ der￭ mati￭ tis continu￭ a sup￭ pur￭ ativa hallo￭ pe￭ au hallo￭ pe￭ au s acro￭ der￭ mati￭ tis hallo￭ pe￭ au s acro￭ der￭ mati￭ tis continu￭ a and der￭ mati￭ tis rep￭ ens cro￭ cker is a rare sterile pu￭ st￭ ular eruption of the fingers and toes that slowly extends proxim￭ ally
der￭ mat￭ och￭ al￭ asis is a medical condition defined as an excess of skin in the upper or lower eye￭ lid also known as bag￭ gy eyes it may be either an acquired or a con￭ genital condition it is generally treated with ble￭ phar￭ op￭ la￭ sty
der￭ mato￭ fi￭ bro￭ sar￭ coma pro￭ tuber￭ ans d￭ f￭ sp is a very rare tumor it is a rare ne￭ op￭ las￭ m of the der￭ mis layer of the skin and is classified as a sar￭ coma there is only about one case per million per year d￭ f￭ sp is a fi￭ bro￭ sar￭ coma more precisely a cu￭ taneous soft tissue sar￭ coma in many respects the disease behaves as a benign tumor but in 2 – 5 of cases it can me￭ tast￭ asi￭ ze so it should be considered to have m￭ align￭ ant potential it occurs most often in adults in their thir￭ ties it has been described con￭ gen￭ it￭ ally in children and the elderly it accounts for approximately 2 – 6 of soft tissue sar￭ coma cancers
der￭ mato￭ graphic ur￭ tic￭ aria also known as der￭ mo￭ graph￭ ism der￭ mato￭ graph￭ ism or skin writing is a skin disorder and one of the most common types of ur￭ tic￭ aria affecting 4 – 5 of the population
a der￭ mat￭ om￭ y￭ co￭ sis is a skin disease caused by a fun￭ gus this excludes der￭ mat￭ op￭ hy￭ to￭ sis examples of der￭ mat￭ om￭ y￭ co￭ ses are tin￭ ea and cu￭ taneous candi￭ di￭ asis
der￭ mat￭ om￭ yo￭ si￭ tis dm is a connec￭ tive tissue disease related to poly￭ my￭ osi￭ tis pm that is characterized by infl￭ amm￭ ation of the muscles and the skin while dm most frequently affects the skin and muscles it is a systemic disorder that may also affect the joints the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus the lungs and the heart in the united states the incidence of dm is estimated at 5 5 cases per million people
der￭ mat￭ opath￭ ia pi￭ gm￭ ent￭ osa re￭ ticul￭ aris d￭ pr also known as der￭ mat￭ opath￭ ia pi￭ gm￭ ent￭ osa re￭ ticul￭ aris hyper￭ ker￭ ato￭ tica et mutil￭ ans der￭ mat￭ opath￭ ia pi￭ gm￭ ent￭ osa re￭ ticul￭ aris hypo￭ hi￭ do￭ tica et atro￭ ph￭ ica and der￭ mat￭ opathic pi￭ gm￭ ent￭ osa re￭ ticul￭ aris is a rare auto￭ som￭ al dominant con￭ genital disorder that is a form of ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal dys￭ pl￭ asia der￭ mat￭ opath￭ ia pi￭ gm￭ ent￭ osa re￭ ticul￭ aris is composed of the tri￭ ad of generalized retic￭ ulate hyper￭ pi￭ gm￭ entation non￭ cic￭ at￭ ric￭ ial al￭ op￭ ec￭ ia and ony￭ cho￭ dy￭ stro￭ phy
in path￭ ology der￭ mat￭ opathic lymp￭ had￭ en￭ opathy also der￭ mat￭ opathic lymp￭ had￭ eni￭ tis is lymp￭ h no￭ de path￭ ology due to skin disease
der￭ mat￭ op￭ hy￭ ti￭ ds are fun￭ gus free disseminated skin le￭ sions resulting from induced sensi￭ tization in patients with ring￭ worm infections the most common der￭ mat￭ op￭ hy￭ ti￭ d is an infl￭ amm￭ ation in the hands resulting from a fun￭ gus infection of the feet der￭ mat￭ op￭ hy￭ ti￭ ds normally disappear when the primary ring￭ worm infection is treated der￭ mat￭ op￭ hy￭ ti￭ ds may resemble er￭ y￭ them￭ a no￭ do￭ sum
der￭ mat￭ op￭ hy￭ to￭ sis also known as ring￭ worm is a fun￭ gal infection of the skin typically it results in a red it￭ chy scal￭ y circular rash hair loss may occur in the area affected symptoms begin four to fourteen days after exposure multiple areas can be affected at a given time about 40 types of fun￭ gi can cause ring￭ worm they are typically of the tric￭ hop￭ hy￭ ton micro￭ spor￭ um or ep￭ id￭ er￭ mop￭ hy￭ ton type risk factors include using public sho￭ wers contact sports such as wrestling excessive swe￭ ating contact with animals obesity and poor immune function ring￭ worm can spread from other animals or between people diagnosis is often based on the appearance and symptoms it may be confirmed by either cul￭ turing or looking at a skin scrap￭ ing under a micro￭ scope prevention is by keeping the skin dry not walking ba￭ ref￭ oot in public and not sharing personal items treatment is typically with anti￭ fun￭ gal cre￭ ams such as clo￭ trim￭ azole or mi￭ con￭ azole if the scal￭ p is involved anti￭ fun￭ g￭ als by mouth such as flu￭ con￭ azole may be needed up to 20 of the population may be infected by ring￭ worm at any given time infections of the gro￭ in are more common in males while infections of the scal￭ p and body occur equally in both sexes infections of the scal￭ p are most common in children while infections of the gro￭ in are most common in the elderly description of ring￭ worm date back to ancient history
der￭ mato￭ poly￭ my￭ osi￭ tis also called pm dm is a family of my￭ osi￭ tis disorders that includes poly￭ my￭ osi￭ tis and der￭ mat￭ om￭ yo￭ si￭ tis
der￭ mato￭ ses of pregnancy are the infl￭ am￭ matory skin diseases that are specific to women while they are pregnant while some use the term poly￭ morph￭ ic eruption of pregnancy to cover these this term is a synon￭ ym used in the uk for pr￭ uri￭ tic ur￭ tic￭ arial pap￭ ules and pl￭ aqu￭ es of pregnancy which is the common￭ est of these skin conditions skin diseases seen during pregnancy include
der￭ mat￭ osis negl￭ ec￭ ta is a skin condition in which accumulation of se￭ bum ker￭ atin sweat dirt and debris leads to a loc￭ alized patch of skin dis￭ color￭ ation or a wart like pla￭ que it is caused by inadequate hygiene of a certain body part usually due to some form of disability or a condition that is associated with pain or increased sensitivity to touch hyper￭ esthesia or im￭ mobility der￭ mat￭ osis negl￭ ec￭ ta typically develops several months after a disability or other afflic￭ tion leads to improper cleaning patients may deny that negligence is the cause of the le￭ sion even though it completely resol￭ ves on vigorous rub￭ bing with alcohol sw￭ abs or water and soap which provides both diagnosis and treatment recognizing the diagnosis avoids unnecessary skin biop￭ sies examples of case reports from the literature include a man who avoided washing the skin area surrounding an artificial pac￭ emaker out of fear it might be damaged a woman who didn t clean the right side of her chest due to hyper￭ esthesia following an ampu￭ tation for breast cancer ma￭ stec￭ tomy a girl who was afraid to wash the area around an ab￭ domin￭ al scar and a man with multiple fractu￭ res shoulder dis￭ location and rad￭ ial nerve pal￭ sy which significantly reduced his mobility
der￭ mat￭ osis pap￭ ul￭ osa ni￭ gra dp￭ n is a condition of many small benign skin le￭ sions on the face a condition generally presenting on dark skin￭ ned individuals dp￭ n is extremely common affecting up to 30 of black people in the us from a his￭ to￭ logical perspective dp￭ n resembles se￭ bor￭ rhe￭ ic ker￭ ato￭ ses the condition may be cosme￭ tically undesirable to some patients they should not be confused for les￭ er tr￭ é￭ l￭ at sign a sudden explosion of le￭ sions due to a growing tumor
der￭ mat￭ oth￭ la￭ sia is a cu￭ taneous neuro￭ sis characterized by a person s uncontrollable desire to rub or pinch him herself to form bru￭ ised areas on the skin sometimes as a defense against pain elsewhere
der￭ mo￭ cy￭ sti￭ dium is a genus of cyst forming par￭ asi￭ tic pro￭ tists of fish which are the caus￭ ative agents of der￭ mo￭ cy￭ sti￭ di￭ osis
a der￭ mo￭ id cyst is a ter￭ atom￭ a of a c￭ ys￭ tic nature that contains an array of develop￭ mentally mature solid tissues it frequently consists of skin hair fol￭ lic￭ les and sweat g￭ lands while other commonly found components include clum￭ ps of long hair pockets of se￭ bum blood fat bone nails teeth eyes car￭ til￭ age and thyro￭ id tissue as der￭ mo￭ id cy￭ sts grow slowly and contain mature tissue this type of c￭ ys￭ tic ter￭ atom￭ a is nearly always benign in those rare cases where￭ in the der￭ mo￭ id cyst is m￭ align￭ ant a squ￭ am￭ ous cell carcin￭ oma usually develops in adults while infants and children usually present with an endo￭ der￭ mal sin￭ us tumor
der￭ mo￭ id sin￭ us is a thought to be a genetic skin condition in dogs it is also known as pil￭ on￭ idal sin￭ us however unlike pil￭ on￭ idal sin￭ us in humans the der￭ mo￭ id sin￭ us in dogs is a ne￭ ural tube defect der￭ mo￭ id sin￭ us is sometimes also confused with der￭ mo￭ id cyst a ter￭ atom￭ a a der￭ mo￭ id sin￭ us is rare in dogs and cats it can appear as single or multiple lum￭ ps on the dor￭ sal mid￭ line the sin￭ us is caused in the embryonic stage of development in normal development the ne￭ ural tube from which the sp￭ ine develops separates from the skin in the case of a der￭ mo￭ id sin￭ us this separation has not fully taken place the result is that in some cases the der￭ mo￭ id sin￭ us remains connected to the animal s spinal cord in other cases the sin￭ us termin￭ ates in a blind s￭ ac that is less dangerous to remove his￭ to￭ logically the der￭ mo￭ id sin￭ us contains hair fol￭ lic￭ les se￭ bac￭ eous g￭ lands and sweat g￭ lands if the sin￭ us becomes infected it can result in men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis and m￭ ye￭ li￭ tis symptoms of which are spinal pain rigidity and fever in serious cases the condition can be life threatening the der￭ mo￭ id sin￭ us gene is believed by some to be rec￭ essive meaning that the animal must receive one defective gene from each parent in order to develop the condition where one parent carries the gene and the other does not the offspring remain carriers and can continue to pass the defective gene on to their offspring in turn others believe that the der￭ mo￭ id sin￭ us condition is more appropriately characterized as poly￭ genic involving multiple genes in any case because of the genetic nature of this potentially dangerous condition most breeders and veterinarians advise against breeding animals that have a der￭ mo￭ id sin￭ us or have a parent that is known to carry the gene surgical exc￭ ision is the only remedy for this condition with veterinary surgeons removing abnormal tissue and closing any connections to the sp￭ ine in some cases reg￭ row￭ th of the sin￭ us occurs a variety of tests such as a my￭ elo￭ gram or a f￭ ist￭ ul￭ o￭ gram may be undertaken to determine how deep the sin￭ us goes other more basic tests such as a complete blood count bio￭ chemical profile and ur￭ in￭ al￭ ysis can be performed to determine if infection or other problems exist compu￭ ted tom￭ o￭ graphy sc￭ ans and magnetic resonance imaging may be undertaken to determine if neuro￭ logical signs exist as a result of the sin￭ us breeds known to be affected include rho￭ de￭ sian ri￭ dge￭ back and thai ri￭ dge￭ back in which it is hereditary kerry blue terri￭ ers shi￭ h tz￭ us and box￭ ers
der￭ mo￭ od￭ on￭ to￭ dys￭ pl￭ asia is dental problems tric￭ ho￭ dys￭ pl￭ asia and nail and skin problems
the description experience gap is a phenomenon in experimental behavioral studies of decision making the gap refers to the observed differences in people ’ s behavior depending on whether their decisions are made towards clearly outlined and described outcomes and prob￭ abilities or whether they simply experience the alternatives without having any prior knowledge of the consequences of their choices in both described and experienced choice tasks the experimental task usually involves selecting between one of two possible choices that lead to certain outcomes the outcome could be a gain or a loss and the prob￭ abilities of these outcomes vary of the two choices one is prob￭ abil￭ is￭ tically safer than the other the other choice then offers a compar￭ ably impro￭ bable outcome the specific pay￭ offs or outcomes of the choices in terms of the magnitude of their potential gains and losses varies from study to study
a description error or selection error is an error or more specifically a human error that occurs when a person performs the correct action on the wrong object due to insufficient specification of an action which would have led to a desired result this commonly happens when similar actions lead to different results a typical example is a panel with rows of identical switches where it is easy to carry out a correct action flip a switch on a wrong switch due to their insufficient differentiation this error can be very dis￭ ori￭ enting and usually causes a brief loss of situation awareness or autom￭ ation surprise if noticed right away but much worse if it goes unnoticed it could cause more serious problems so allowances such as clearly highlighting a selected item should be made in interaction design donald norman describes the subject in his book the design of everyday things there he describes how user centered design can help account for human limitations that can lead to errors like description errors james reason also covers the subject in his book human error
desert d￭ ᵻ￭ ˈ￭ z￭ ɜ￭ ː￭ rt in philosophy is the condition of being deserving of something whether good or bad
the desert night cam￭ ou￭ fl￭ age pattern is a two color grid cam￭ ou￭ fl￭ age pattern used by the united states military during the gulf war it was designed to aid soldiers in conce￭ al￭ ment from older generation enemy night vision devices n￭ v￭ ds the pattern is now considered obsolete due to the increase in capability of foreign night vision devices during the first gulf war clothing sets in this pattern were issued to us troops as an over jacket with a remo￭ vable insulating liner and over pants both being designed to be worn over the issued six color desert battle dress uniform during night￭ time operations no night specific pattern has been created to replace this gear for night￭ time use in a desert environment as advan￭ cements in infra￭ red refl￭ ec￭ tance technology in first the desert cam￭ ou￭ fl￭ age uniform and finally the marine corps combat utility uniform and army combat uniform have eliminated the need for a separate night￭ time over￭ gar￭ ment
in a general sense the design load is the maximum amount of something a system is designed to handle or the maximum amount of something that the system can produce which are very different meanings for example a crane with a design load of 20 tons is designed to be able to lift loads that weigh 20 tons or less however when a failure could be catastrophic such as a crane dropping its load or collapsing entirely a factor of safety is necessary as a result the crane should lift about 2 to 5 tons at the most in structural design a design load is greater than the load which the system is expected to support this is because engineers incorporate a safety factor in their design in order to ensure that the system will be able to support at least the expected loads called specified loads despite any problems with construction materials etc that go unnoticed during construction a he￭ ater would have a general design load meaning the maximum amount of heat it can produce a bridge would have a specified load with the design load being determined by engineers and applied as a theoretical load intended to ensure the actual real world capacity of the specified load
designer stub￭ ble is a short growth of a man s facial hair that became popular in the 1980 s this style was worn and re￭ invented by singer george michael and actor don johnson and was adopted by many others several companies manufacture beard trim￭ mers designed to maintain designer stub￭ ble which is also known as five o clock shadow
sexual desire discrepancy s￭ dd is the difference between one s desired frequency of sexual inter￭ course and the actual frequency of sexual inter￭ course within a relationship among couples seeking sex therapy problems of sexual desire are the most commonly reported dys￭ functions yet have historically been the most difficult to treat successfully sexual satisfaction in a relationship has a direct relationship with overall relationship satisfaction and relationship well being sexual desire and sexual frequency do not stem from the same domains sexual desire characterizes an underlying aspect of sexual motivation and is associated with romantic feelings while actual sexual activity and inter￭ course is associated with the development and advancement of a given relationship thus together sexual desire and sexual frequency can successfully predict the stability of a relationship while higher individual sexual desire discrepancies among married individuals may undermine overall relationship well being higher s￭ dd scores for females may be beneficial for romantic relationships because those females have high levels of passionate love and attachment to their partner studies suggest that women with higher levels of desire relative to that of their partners may experience fewer relationship adjustment problems than women with lower levels of desire relative to their partners empirical evidence has shown that sexual desire is a factor that heavily influences couple satisfaction and relationship continuity which has been one of the main reasons for the interest in this research domain of human sexuality
des￭ min related my￭ o￭ fi￭ bri￭ ll￭ ar my￭ opathy is a sub￭ group of the my￭ o￭ fi￭ bri￭ ll￭ ar my￭ opathy diseases and is the result of a mutation in the gene that codes for des￭ min which prevents it from forming protein fil￭ aments instead forming aggregates of des￭ min and other proteins throughout the cell
in medicine des￭ mop￭ la￭ sia is the growth of fi￭ bro￭ us or connec￭ tive tissue it is also called des￭ mop￭ l￭ astic reaction to emphasize that it is secondary to an insult des￭ mop￭ la￭ sia may occur around a ne￭ op￭ las￭ m causing dense fi￭ bro￭ sis around the tumor or scar tissue adhe￭ sions within the ab￭ dom￭ en after ab￭ domin￭ al surgery des￭ mop￭ la￭ sia is usually only associated with m￭ align￭ ant ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms which can ev￭ oke a fi￭ bro￭ sis response by invading healthy tissue invasive duc￭ tal carcin￭ om￭ as of the breast often have a sci￭ r￭ rh￭ ous stell￭ ate appearance caused by des￭ mop￭ l￭ astic formations
in medicine a des￭ mop￭ l￭ astic fi￭ bro￭ ma is a benign fi￭ bro￭ us tumor of bone affecting children and young adults potentially resulting in cor￭ tical bone destruction it can also occur in the hand a famous occurrence of this particular form of the disease involved ital￭ o australian ric￭ car￭ do tor￭ res￭ an in 2011 with 18 cm of fem￭ ur needing to be removed with the now widely recognized method of aggressive cu￭ re￭ tt￭ age being employed
des￭ mop￭ l￭ astic mel￭ anom￭ a also known as a neuro￭ tropic mel￭ anom￭ a or sp￭ ind￭ led mel￭ anom￭ a is a rare cu￭ taneous condition characterized by a deeply infiltr￭ ating type of mel￭ anom￭ a with an abundance of fi￭ bro￭ us matrix it usually occurs in the head and neck region of older people with sun damaged skin diagnosis can be difficult as it has a similar appearance to s￭ cl￭ ero￭ sing mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tic ne￭ vi as well as some non￭ mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tic skin le￭ sions such as scars fi￭ bro￭ mas or cy￭ sts des￭ mop￭ l￭ astic mel￭ anom￭ as tend to recur locally with distant me￭ tast￭ asis being less common
des￭ mop￭ l￭ astic small round cell tumor is an aggressive and rare cancer that primarily occurs as masses in the ab￭ dom￭ en other areas affected may include the lymp￭ h no￭ des the lining of the ab￭ dom￭ en di￭ aphr￭ ag￭ m sp￭ leen liver chest wall skull spinal cord large intest￭ ine small intest￭ ine blad￭ der brain lungs tes￭ tic￭ les ov￭ aries and the pel￭ vis reported sites of met￭ at￭ astic spread include the liver lungs lymp￭ h no￭ des brain skull and bones the tumor is classified as a soft tissue sar￭ coma it is considered a childhood cancer that predominantly strikes boys and young adults the disease rarely occurs in females but when it does the tumors can be mistaken for o￭ vari￭ an cancer in dogs m￭ ast cell tumors are the most frequent round cell tumor
a des￭ mop￭ l￭ astic tric￭ ho￭ epi￭ the￭ li￭ oma is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by a solitary firm skin le￭ sion on the face
des￭ mo￭ ster￭ o￭ losis is a defect in cho￭ le￭ sterol bio￭ synthesis it results in an accumulation of des￭ mo￭ sterol it has been associated with 24 de￭ hydro￭ cho￭ le￭ sterol reduc￭ t￭ ase
des￭ pec￭ i￭ ation is the loss of a unique species of animal due to its combining with another previously distinct species it is the opposite of speci￭ ation and is much more rare it is similar to extinction in that there is a loss of a unique species but without the associated loss of a biological line￭ age
des￭ qu￭ am￭ ation from latin des￭ qu￭ am￭ are meaning to scr￭ ape the scales off a fish also called skin pe￭ eling is the shedding of the outermost memb￭ rane or layer of a tissue such as the skin
des￭ qu￭ am￭ ative g￭ ing￭ i￭ vi￭ tis dg is an er￭ y￭ them￭ at￭ ous red des￭ qu￭ am￭ at￭ ous shedding and ul￭ cer￭ ated appearance of the g￭ ums it is a descriptive term and can be caused by several different disorders
des￭ qu￭ am￭ ative inter￭ sti￭ tial pneumonia is a form of idi￭ opathic inter￭ sti￭ tial pneumonia featuring elevated levels of macro￭ p￭ ha￭ ges its name is derived from the former belief that these macro￭ p￭ ha￭ ges were pneu￭ mo￭ cy￭ tes that had des￭ qu￭ am￭ ated it is associated with patients with a history of smoking treatment with meth￭ yl￭ pred￭ n￭ isol￭ one has been reported
the destruction of country houses in ireland was a phenomenon of the irish revolutionary period 19￭ 19 – 19￭ 23 which saw approximately 275 country houses deliberately burned down blown up or otherwise destroyed by the irish republican army ira the vast majority of the houses known in ireland as big houses belonged the anglo irish aristo￭ cracy of the protestant asc￭ end￭ ancy although the houses of some roman catholic unionists and or suspected inform￭ ers were also targeted although the practice by the ira of destroying country houses began in the irish war of independence most of the buildings were destroyed during the irish civil war 19￭ 22 – 23 today most of the targeted buildings are in ruins or have been demol￭ ished some were restored by their owners albeit often smaller in size or were later rebuilt and are now used for other purposes
the destruction of country houses in 20 th century britain was a phenomenon brought about by a change in social conditions during which a large number of country houses of varying architectural merit were demol￭ ished collectively termed by several authors the lost houses the final chapter in the history of these often now forgotten houses has been described as a cultural tragedy the british no￭ bility had been demol￭ ishing their country houses since the 15 th century when comfort replaced for￭ tification as an essential need for many demol￭ ishing and rebuilding their country homes became a lifelong hobby in particular during the 18 th century when it became fashionable to take the grand tour and return home with art treasures supposedly brought from classical civilizations during the 19 th century many houses were enlarged to accommodate the increasing armies of servants needed to create the fam￭ ed country house lifestyle less than a century later this often meant they were of an un￭ manageable size in the early 20 th century the demolition accelerated while rebuilding largely ceased the demo￭ li￭ tions were not confined to england but spread throughout britain by the end of the century even some of the new country houses by lu￭ ty￭ ens had been demol￭ ished there were a number of reasons social political and most importantly financial in rural areas of britain the loss of the country houses and their est￭ ates was tantamount to a social revolution well into the 20 th century it was common for the local squ￭ ire to provide large scale employment housing and patronage to the local school church and a cott￭ age hospital the big house was the bedrock of rural society since 1900 1 200 country houses have been demol￭ ished in england in scotland the figure is proportionally higher there 378 architec￭ turally important country houses have been destroyed 200 of these since 1945 included in the destruction were works by robert adam including bal￭ bar￭ die house and the monumental hamilton palace one firm charles brand of dun￭ dee demol￭ ished at least 56 country houses in scotland in the 20 years between 1945 and 1965 in england it has been estimated that one in six of all country houses were demol￭ ished during the 20 th century
the destruction of sites associated with early islam is an ongoing phenomenon that has occurred mainly in the he￭ ja￭ z region of western saudi arabia particularly around the holy cities of mecca and medina the demolition has focused on mosques burial sites homes and historical locations associated with the islamic prophet muhammad and many of the founding personalities of early islamic history in saudi arabia many of the demo￭ li￭ tions have officially been part of the continued expansion of the mas￭ j￭ id al har￭ am at mecca and the prophet s mosque in medina and their auxiliary service facilities in order to accommodate the ever increasing number of muslims performing the pil￭ grim￭ age ha￭ j￭ j
des￭ ul￭ fon￭ yl￭ ation reactions are chemical reactions leading to the removal of a sul￭ fon￭ yl group from organic compounds as the sul￭ fon￭ yl functional group is electr￭ on withdrawing methods for cle￭ aving the sul￭ fur carbon bonds of sul￭ f￭ ones are typically reduc￭ tive in nature ole￭ fin￭ ation or replacement with hydrogen may be accomplished using reduc￭ tive des￭ ul￭ fon￭ yl￭ ation methods
det￭ achment old french de from and at t￭ ach joining with a stake under international law is the formal permanent separation of and loss of sovereignty over some territory to another geo political entity either adjacent or non con￭ ti￭ gu￭ ous after world war i alsace and lorraine were a formal det￭ achment from germany more often det￭ achment occurs as a process within a country for example the creation of the federal district of columbia resulted from a det￭ achment of territory from the state of mary￭ land the removal of territory from a city or special district is a det￭ achment within a country det￭ achment is governed by the laws of the super￭ ven￭ ing entity det￭ achment can be considered the opposite or reverse of annexation
in lingu￭ is￭ tics determin￭ er spreading ds is the appearance of more than one determin￭ er associated with a nou￭ n phrase usually marking an ad￭ jec￭ tive as well as the nou￭ n itself the extra determin￭ er has been called an ad￭ jec￭ ti￭ val determin￭ er typical examples involve multiple occurrences of the definite article or defin￭ it￭ eness marking such as is found in modern greek 1 determin￭ er spreading in greek is not obligatory and it contrasts with a non spreading example 2 researchers have tried to elu￭ ci￭ date the nature of the difference both syn￭ tac￭ tically and sem￭ an￭ tically between these two kinds of structures one widely accepted conclusion is that the determin￭ er spreading structure requires a kind of focus usually contr￭ as￭ tive on the ad￭ jec￭ tive so that 1 is appropriate as where i bought the red dress not the blue one would be and that the ad￭ jec￭ tive in question must be inter￭ sec￭ tive so no determin￭ er spreading is possible in the equivalent of the former minister greek o pro￭ ig￭ ou￭ men￭ os o ip￭ ur￭ gos and that loose compounds cannot participate in this 3 when determin￭ er spreading involves the definite article such nou￭ n phrases are sometimes called poly￭ defin￭ ites determin￭ er spreading is also found in albanian and in certain ger￭ man￭ ic varieties in some dial￭ ects of swedish it has also been reported to occur with the indefinite article
determining the number of clusters in a data set a quantity often labeled k as in the k means algori￭ thm is a frequent problem in data clu￭ stering and is a distinct issue from the process of actually solving the clu￭ stering problem for a certain class of clu￭ stering algori￭ th￭ ms in particular k means k me￭ do￭ ids and expectation – maxim￭ ization algori￭ thm there is a parameter commonly referred to as k that specifies the number of clusters to detect other algori￭ th￭ ms such as d￭ b￭ scan and op￭ tics algori￭ thm do not require the specification of this parameter hierarchical clu￭ stering avoids the problem altogether the correct choice of k is often ambiguous with interpretations depending on the shape and scale of the distribution of points in a data set and the desired clu￭ stering resolution of the user in addition increasing k without penalty will always reduce the amount of error in the resulting clu￭ stering to the extreme case of zero error if each data point is considered its own cluster i e when k equals the number of data points n intu￭ i￭ tively then the optimal choice of k will strike a balance between maximum compression of the data using a single cluster and maximum accuracy by assigning each data point to its own cluster if an appropriate value of k is not apparent from prior knowledge of the properties of the data set it must be chosen somehow there are several categories of methods for making this decision
developmental coordination disorder d￭ cd also known as developmental dy￭ spra￭ x￭ ia or quite simply dy￭ spra￭ x￭ ia is a chronic neuro￭ logical disorder beginning in childhood that can affect planning of movements and co ordination as a result of brain messages not being accurately transmitted to the body developmental coordination disorder is diagnosed in the absence of other neuro￭ logical impair￭ ments like cere￭ br￭ al pal￭ sy muscular dy￭ stro￭ phy multiple sclerosis or par￭ kinson s disease it affects 5 to 6 percent of school aged children this disorder progres￭ ses to adul￭ thood therefore making it a lifelong condition
developmental disability is a diverse group of chronic conditions that are due to mental or physical impair￭ ments developmental disabilities cause individuals living with them many difficulties in certain areas of life especially in language mobility learning self help and independent living developmental disabilities can be detected early on and do persist throughout an individual s lifespan developmental disability that affects all areas of a child s development is sometimes referred to as global developmental delay most common developmental disabilities fragile x syndrome f￭ xs is thought to cause au￭ tism and intellectual disability usually among boys down syndrome is a condition in which people are born with an extra copy of chro￭ mo￭ some 21 normally a person is born with two copies of chro￭ mo￭ some 21 however if they are born with down syndrome they have an extra copy of this chro￭ mo￭ some this extra copy affects the development of the body and brain causing physical and mental challenges for the individual pervasive developmental disorders p￭ dd are a group of developmental disabilities that can cause significant social communication and behavioral challenges fe￭ tal alcohol spectrum disorders fas￭ d are a group of conditions that can occur in a person whose mother drank alcohol during pregnancy fas￭ ds are 100 preventable if a woman does not drink alcohol during pregnancy cere￭ br￭ al pal￭ sy cp is a group of disorders that affect a person ’ s ability to move and maintain balance and posture cp is the most common motor disability in childhood intellectual disability also sometimes pro￭ s￭ crip￭ tively known as mental retar￭ dation is defined as an i￭ q below 70 along with limitations in adap￭ tive functioning and onset before the age of 18 years
developmental disorders is a group of psychiatric conditions originating in childhood that involve serious impairment in different areas there are several ways of using this term the most narrow concept is used in the category specific disorders of psychological development in the ic￭ d 10 these disorders comprise language disorders learning disorders motor disorders and au￭ tism spectrum disorders in broader definitions ad￭ hd is included and the term used is neuro￭ developmental disorders yet others include anti￭ social behavior and schizophrenia that begins in childhood and continues through life however these two latter conditions are not as stable as the other developmental disorders and there is not the same evidence of a shared genetic liability developmental disorders are present from early life they usually improve as the child grows older but they also entail impair￭ ments that continue through adult life there is a strong genetic component and more males are afflicted than females
a devi￭ ancy amp￭ lification spiral also called devi￭ ance amp￭ lification is a media hy￭ pe phenomenon defined by media critics as a cycle of increasing numbers of reports on a category of anti￭ social behaviour or some other undesirable event leading to a moral panic
in financial mathematics a deviation risk measure is a function to quantify financial risk and not necessarily downside risk in a different method than a general risk measure deviation risk measures gener￭ alize the concept of standard deviation
the devil s foot￭ prints were a phenomenon that occurred in february 18￭ 55 around the ex￭ e estu￭ ary in east dev￭ on and south dev￭ on england after a heavy snow￭ fall tr￭ ails of ho￭ of like marks appeared overnight in the snow covering a total distance of some 40 to 100 miles the foot￭ prints were so called because some people believed that they were the tracks of satan as they were allegedly made by a clo￭ ven ho￭ of many theories have been put forward to explain the incident and some aspects of its ver￭ acity have also been called into question
devil facial tum￭ our disease d￭ ft￭ d is an aggressive non viral transmissible par￭ asi￭ tic cancer among tas￭ man￭ ian dev￭ ils the first official case of d￭ ft￭ d was described in 1996 in australia in the subsequent decade the disease ravaged tas￭ mania s wild dev￭ ils with estimates of decline ranging from 20 to as much as 50 of the devil population across over 65 of the state affected high density populations suffer up to 100 mortality in 12 – 18 months the disease has mainly been concentrated in tas￭ mania s eastern half visible signs of d￭ ft￭ d begin with le￭ sions and lum￭ ps around the mouth these develop into can￭ cer￭ ous tum￭ ours that may spread from the face to the entire body dev￭ ils usually die within six months from organ failure secondary infection or metabol￭ ic starvation as the tum￭ ours interfere with feeding d￭ ft￭ d affects males and females equally at present the population has dwind￭ led by 70 since 1996 as of 2010 80 of population is infected the most plausible route of transmission is through biting particularly when can￭ ine teeth come into direct contact with the dise￭ ased cells other modes of transmission include but are not limited to the ing￭ est￭ ing of an infected carcass or the sharing of food both of which involve an al￭ log￭ ene￭ ic transfer of cells between unrelated individuals six females have been found with a partial immunity breeding in captivity has begun in an attempt to save the population
dev￭ on col￭ ic was a condition that affected people in the english county of dev￭ on during parts of the 17 th and 18 th centuries before it was discovered to be lead poisoning the first written account of the col￭ ic comes from 16￭ 55 symptoms began with severe ab￭ domin￭ al pains and the condition was occasionally fatal cider is the traditional drink of dev￭ onians and the connection between the col￭ ic and cider drinking had been observed for many years the condition was commonly attributed to the acidity of the bever￭ age william mus￭ grave s publication de ar￭ thri￭ tide symp￭ tom￭ atica 2 nd ed￭ n 17￭ 15 included the first scientific description of dev￭ on￭ shire col￭ ic – it was later referred to by john hu￭ x￭ ham and sir george baker however the precise cause was not discovered until the 1760 s when dr george baker put forward the hypothesis that poisoning from lead in cider was to blame he observed that the symptoms of the col￭ ic were similar to those of lead poisoning he pointed out that lead was used in the cider making process both as a component of the cider presses and in the form of lead shot which was used to clean them he also conducted chemical tests to demonstrate the presence of lead in dev￭ on apple juice the publication of his results met with some hostile reaction from cider manufacturers keen to defend their product once baker s conclusions became accepted and the elimination of lead from the cider presses was undertaken the col￭ ic declined by 18￭ 18 baker s son reported that it was hardly known to exist in dev￭ on
the de￭ w point depression t td is the difference between the temperature and de￭ w point temperature at a certain height in the atmosphere for a constant temperature the smaller the difference the more moisture there is and the higher the relative hum￭ idity in the lower tro￭ po￭ sphere more moisture small de￭ w point depression results in lower cloud bases and lifted condens￭ ation levels l￭ cl l￭ cl height is an important factor mod￭ ulating severe thunder￭ storms one example concerns tor￭ nad￭ o￭ genesis with tor￭ nad￭ oes most likely if the de￭ w point depression is 20 ° f 11 ° c or less and the likelihood of large intense tor￭ nad￭ oes increasing as de￭ w point depression decreases l￭ cl height also factors in down￭ burst and micro￭ burst activity conversely instability is increased when there is a mid level dry layer large de￭ w point depression known as a dry punch which is favorable for conv￭ ection if the lower layer is buoyant as it measures moisture content in the atmosphere the de￭ w point depression is also an important indicator in agricultural and forest meteor￭ ology particularly in predicting wild￭ fires
a de￭ w￭ bow is an optical effect similar to a rain￭ bow where the de￭ w￭ drops reflect and disper￭ se sunlight producing all the colours in the visible spectrum
dex￭ ip￭ p￭ us of cos also called diox￭ ip￭ p￭ us 4 th century bc a greek physician of cos who was one of the pupils of the celebrated hippo￭ crates and lived in the 4 th century bc hec￭ atom￭ nus prince of c￭ aria 385 377 bc sent for him to cure his sons ma￭ us￭ ol￭ us and pi￭ x￭ od￭ ar￭ us of a dangerous illness which he undertook to do upon condition that hec￭ atom￭ nus should cease from waging war against his country he wrote some medical works of which nothing but the titles remain he was blamed by eras￭ is￭ tr￭ atus for his excessive severity in restricting the quantity of drink allowed to his patients he is quoted by plu￭ tar￭ ch and a￭ ul￭ us gel￭ li￭ us in the controversy that was maintained among some of the ancient physicians as to whether the drink passed down the wind￭ pipe or the gul￭ let
d￭ extr￭ o transposition of the great arter￭ ies d transposition of the great arter￭ ies d￭ extr￭ o t￭ ga or d t￭ ga sometimes also referred to as complete transposition of the great arter￭ ies is a birth defect in the large arter￭ ies of the heart the primary arter￭ ies the a￭ or￭ ta and the pul￭ mon￭ ary artery are transposed it is called a cyan￭ otic con￭ genital heart defect ch￭ d because the new￭ born infant turns blue from lack of oxygen in seg￭ mental analysis this condition is described as ven￭ tric￭ ul￭ o￭ arter￭ ial dis￭ cord￭ ance with atri￭ o￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular conc￭ ord￭ ance or just ven￭ tric￭ ul￭ o￭ arter￭ ial dis￭ cord￭ ance d t￭ ga is often referred to simply as transposition of the great arter￭ ies t￭ ga however t￭ ga is a more general term which may also refer to le￭ vo transposition of the great arter￭ ies l t￭ ga another term commonly used to refer to both d t￭ ga and l t￭ ga is transposition of the great vessels tg￭ v although this term might have an even broader meaning than t￭ ga
d￭ ext￭ ro￭ car￭ dia from latin dexter meaning right and greek kar￭ dia meaning heart is a rare con￭ genital defect in which the ap￭ ex of the heart is located on the right side of the body there are two main types of d￭ ext￭ ro￭ car￭ dia d￭ ext￭ ro￭ car￭ dia of embryonic arrest also known as isolated d￭ ext￭ ro￭ car￭ dia and d￭ ext￭ ro￭ car￭ dia sit￭ us in￭ versus d￭ ext￭ ro￭ car￭ dia sit￭ us in￭ versus is further divided
d￭ hat syndrome san￭ sk￭ r￭ it ध￭ ा￭ त￭ ु द￭ ो￭ ष iast d￭ h￭ ā￭ tu do￭ ṣ￭ a is a condition found in the cultures of the indian sub￭ continent in which male patients report that they suffer from premature e￭ jac￭ ulation or impotence and believe that they are passing semen in their urine the condition has no known organic eti￭ ology in traditional hindu spirit￭ uality semen is described as a vital fluid the discharge of this vital fluid either through sex or ma￭ st￭ urb￭ ation is associated with marked feelings of anxiety and dy￭ sp￭ h￭ oria often the patient describes the loss of a whi￭ tish fluid while passing urine at other times marked feelings of guilt associated with what the patient assumes is excessive ma￭ st￭ urb￭ ation are noted this is based on an old hindu belief that it takes forty drops of blood to create a drop of bone marrow and forty drops of bone marrow to create a drop of sperm many doctors view d￭ hat as a folk diagnostic term used in india to refer to anxiety and hypo￭ ch￭ on￭ dri￭ ac￭ al concerns associated with the discharge of semen with dis￭ color￭ ation of the urine and feelings of weakness and exhaustion d￭ hat is thought to be a culture bound syndrome similar to j￭ ir￭ yan south east asia pr￭ ame￭ ha sri lanka and sh￭ en k u￭ ei china d￭ hat syndrome might be related to other post org￭ as￭ mic diseases such as post co￭ ital tr￭ ist￭ esse pc￭ t post￭ org￭ as￭ mic illness syndrome po￭ is and sexual headache
the di pi methane re￭ arrangement is a photo￭ chemical reaction of a molecular entity that contains two π systems separated by a saturated carbon atom a 1 4 di￭ ene or an all￭ yl substituted aromatic ring to form an ene or ar￭ yl substituted cyclo￭ pro￭ pan￭ e the re￭ arrangement reaction formally amounts to a 1 2 shift of one ene group in the di￭ ene or the ar￭ yl group in the all￭ yl aromatic analo￭ g and bond formation between the lateral carbons of the non migr￭ ating mo￭ i￭ ety di pi methane re￭ arrangement
di￭ george syndrome also known as 22 q 11 2 deletion syndrome is a syndrome caused by the deletion of a small segment of chro￭ mo￭ some 22 di￭ george syndrome is the most common micro￭ deletion syndrome characterized by low copy repeats and the deletion occurs near the middle of the chro￭ mo￭ some at a location designated 22 q 11 2 — signi￭ fying its location on the long arm of one of the pair of chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es 22 on region 1 band 1 sub band 2 the inheritance pattern is auto￭ som￭ al dominant and it has a prevalence estimated at 1 4000 the syndrome was described in 1968 by the pedi￭ atric endocr￭ ino￭ logist angel￭ o di￭ george 22 q 11 deletion is also associated with trun￭ cus arter￭ io￭ sus and tetr￭ alo￭ gy of fal￭ lot it is a common but ill understood genetic disorder resulting in medical complications cognitive impairment and brain mor￭ pho￭ logic changes the complex medical care of patients needs a multidisciplinary approach to improve the function of many organ systems
diabetes mell￭ it￭ us in cats is a chronic disease that affects carbo￭ hydrate metabol￭ ism due to either an insufficient insulin response or insulin resistance like diabetes in humans it is characterized by chronically high blood glucose diabetes strikes 1 in 400 cats though recent veterinary studies note that it has become increasingly common symptoms in cats are similar to those in humans diabetes in cats occurs less frequently than in dogs 80 95 of diabe￭ tic cats experience something similar to type 2 diabetes but are generally severely insulin dependent by the time symptoms are diagnosed the condition is treat￭ able and treated properly the cat can experience a normal life expectancy in type 2 cats prompt effective treatment may lead to in which the cat no longer needs injected insulin untreated the condition leads to increasingly weak legs in cats and eventually malnutrition ke￭ to￭ aci￭ do￭ sis and or dehydr￭ ation and death
diabetes mell￭ it￭ us is a disease in which the beta cells of the endocrine pan￭ cre￭ as either stop producing insulin or can no longer produce it in enough quantity for the body s needs the condition is commonly divided into two types depending on the origin of the condition type 1 diabetes sometimes called juvenile diabetes is caused by destruction of the beta cells of the pan￭ cre￭ as the condition is also referred to as insulin dependent diabetes meaning exo￭ genous insulin injections must replace the insulin the pan￭ cre￭ as is no longer capable of producing for the body s needs dogs can have insulin dependent or type 1 diabetes research finds no type 2 diabetes in dogs because of this there is no possibility the permanently damaged pan￭ cre￭ atic beta cells could re activate to eng￭ ender a remission as may be possible with some fel￭ ine diabetes cases where the primary type of diabetes is type 2 there is another less common form of diabetes diabetes insi￭ pi￭ dus which is a condition of insufficient anti￭ di￭ u￭ re￭ tic hormone or resistance to it this most common form of diabetes strikes 1 in 500 dogs the condition is treat￭ able and need not shorten the animal s life span or interfere with quality of life if left untreated the condition can lead to cat￭ ar￭ acts increasing weakness in the legs neuro￭ pa￭ thy malnutrition ke￭ to￭ aci￭ do￭ sis dehydr￭ ation and death diabetes mainly affects middle age and older dogs but there are juvenile cases the typical can￭ ine diabetes patient is middle age female and overweight at diagnosis the number of dogs diagnosed with diabetes mell￭ it￭ us has increased three fold in thirty years in survival rates from almost the same time only 50 survived the first 60 days after diagnosis and went on to be successfully treated at home currently diabe￭ tic dogs receiving treatment have the same expected lifespan as non diabe￭ tic dogs of the same age and gender
diabetes insi￭ pi￭ dus di is a condition characterized by excessive thirst and ex￭ cre￭ tion of large amounts of severely dilute urine with reduction of fluid intake having no effect on the concentration of the urine there are different types of di each with a different set of causes the most common type in humans is the neuro￭ logical form called central di c￭ di which involves a deficiency of ar￭ gin￭ ine vas￭ op￭ res￭ sin av￭ p also known as anti￭ di￭ u￭ re￭ tic hormone adh the second common type of di is ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ genic diabetes insi￭ pi￭ dus n￭ di which is due to kidney or ne￭ phr￭ on dysfunction caused by an in￭ sensitivity of the kidneys or ne￭ ph￭ ron￭ s to adh di can also be gest￭ ational or caused by alcohol or some types of drug abuse di should not be confused with no￭ c￭ tur￭ ia although they have a common name diabetes mell￭ it￭ us and diabetes insi￭ pi￭ dus are two entirely separate conditions with unrelated mechanisms both cause large amounts of urine to be produced poly￭ ur￭ ia however diabetes insi￭ pi￭ dus is either a problem with the production of anti￭ di￭ u￭ re￭ tic hormone central diabetes insi￭ pi￭ dus or kidney s response to anti￭ di￭ u￭ re￭ tic hormone ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ genic diabetes insi￭ pi￭ dus whereas diabetes mell￭ it￭ us causes poly￭ ur￭ ia via a process called os￭ mo￭ tic di￭ u￭ res￭ is due to the high blood sugar le￭ aking into the urine and taking excess water along with it the number of new cases of diabetes insi￭ pi￭ dus each year is 3 in 100 000 diabetes insi￭ pi￭ dus usually starts in childhood or early adul￭ thood and affects men more commonly than women the term diabetes is derived from the greek word meaning si￭ ph￭ on
diabetes mell￭ it￭ us dm commonly referred to as diabetes is a group of metabol￭ ic diseases in which there are high blood sugar levels over a prolonged period symptoms of high blood sugar include frequent ur￭ ination increased thirst and increased hunger if left untreated diabetes can cause many complications acute complications can include diabe￭ tic ke￭ to￭ aci￭ do￭ sis non￭ ke￭ to￭ tic hyper￭ o￭ sm￭ ol￭ ar coma or death serious long term complications include heart disease stroke chronic kidney failure foot ul￭ cers and damage to the eyes diabetes is due to either the pan￭ cre￭ as not producing enough insulin or the cells of the body not responding properly to the insulin produced there are three main types of diabetes mell￭ it￭ us type 1 dm results from the pan￭ cre￭ as s failure to produce enough insulin this form was previously referred to as insulin dependent diabetes mell￭ it￭ us id￭ dm or juvenile diabetes the cause is unknown type 2 dm begins with insulin resistance a condition in which cells fail to respond to insulin properly as the disease progres￭ ses a lack of insulin may also develop this form was previously referred to as non insulin dependent diabetes mell￭ it￭ us n￭ id￭ dm or adult onset diabetes the primary cause is excessive body weight and not enough exercise gest￭ ational diabetes is the third main form and occurs when pregnant women without a previous history of diabetes develop high blood sugar levels prevention and treatment involve maintaining a healthy diet regular physical exercise a normal body weight and avoiding use of tobacco control of blood pressure and maintaining proper foot care are important for people with the disease type 1 dm must be managed with insulin injections type 2 dm may be treated with medications with or without insulin insulin and some oral medications can cause low blood sugar weight loss surgery in those with obesity is sometimes an effective measure in those with type 2 dm gest￭ ational diabetes usually resol￭ ves after the birth of the baby as of 2015 an estimated 415 million people had diabetes worldwide with type 2 dm making up about 90 of the cases this represents 8 3 of the adult population with equal rates in both women and men as of 2014 trends suggested the rate would continue to rise diabetes at least dou￭ bles a person s risk of early death from 2012 to 2015 approximately 1 5 to 5 0 million deaths each year resulted from diabetes the global economic cost of diabetes in 2014 was estimated to be us 6￭ 12 billion in the united states diabetes cost 245 billion in 2012
diabetes mell￭ it￭ us and deaf￭ ness dad or mater￭ nally inherited diabetes and deaf￭ ness mid￭ d is a subtype of diabetes which is caused from a point mutation at position 3￭ 243 in human mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al dna which consists of a circular genome this affects the gene en￭ coding tr￭ n￭ al￭ eu because mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al dna is contributed to the embryo by the o￭ oc￭ y￭ te and not by sper￭ mato￭ zo￭ a this disease is inherited from maternal family members only as indicated by the name mid￭ d is characterized by diabetes and sens￭ or￭ in￭ eur￭ al hearing loss
diabetes mell￭ it￭ us type 1 also known as type 1 diabetes is a form of diabetes mell￭ it￭ us in which not enough insulin is produced the lack of insulin results in high blood sugar levels the classical symptoms are frequent ur￭ ination increased thirst increased hunger and weight loss additional symptoms may include blur￭ ry vision feeling tired and poor healing symptoms typically develop over a short period of time the cause of type 1 diabetes is unknown it however is believed to involve a combination of genetic and environmental factors risk factors include having a family member with the condition the underlying mechanism involves an auto￭ immune destruction of the insulin producing beta cells in the pan￭ cre￭ as diabetes is diagnosed by testing the level of sugar or a 1 c in the blood type 1 diabetes may be distinguished from type 2 by auto￭ anti￭ body testing there is no way to prevent type 1 diabetes treatment with insulin is typically required for survival insulin therapy is usually given by injection just under the skin but can also be delivered by an insulin pump a diabe￭ tic diet and exercise are an important part of management untreated diabetes can cause many complications complications of relatively rapid onset include diabe￭ tic ke￭ to￭ aci￭ do￭ sis and non￭ ke￭ to￭ tic hyper￭ o￭ sm￭ ol￭ ar coma long term complications include heart disease stroke kidney failure foot ul￭ cers and damage to the eyes furthermore complications may arise from low blood sugar caused by excessive insulin treatment type 1 diabetes makes up an estimated 5 – 10 of all diabetes cases the number of people affected globally is unknown although it is estimated that about 80 000 children develop the disease each year within the united states the number of people affected is estimated at one to three million rates of disease vary widely with approximately 1 new case per 100 000 per year in east asia and latin america and around 30 new cases per 100 000 per year in scandinavia and kuwait it typically begins in children and young adults
diabetes mell￭ it￭ us type 2 also known as type 2 diabetes is a long term metabol￭ ic disorder that is characterized by high blood sugar insulin resistance and relative lack of insulin common symptoms include increased thirst frequent ur￭ ination and un￭ explained weight loss symptoms may also include increased hunger feeling tired and so￭ res that do not heal often symptoms come on slowly long term complications from high blood sugar include heart disease stro￭ kes diabe￭ tic re￭ tin￭ opathy which can result in blindness kidney failure and poor blood flow in the limbs which may lead to ampu￭ tations the sudden onset of hyper￭ o￭ sm￭ ol￭ ar hyper￭ gly￭ c￭ emic state may occur however ke￭ to￭ aci￭ do￭ sis is un￭ common type 2 diabetes primarily occurs as a result of obesity and not enough exercise some people are more genetically at risk than others type 2 diabetes makes up about 90 of cases of diabetes with the other 10 due primarily to diabetes mell￭ it￭ us type 1 and gest￭ ational diabetes in diabetes mell￭ it￭ us type 1 there is an absolute lack of insulin due to breakdown of is￭ let cells in the pan￭ cre￭ as diagnosis of diabetes is by blood tests such as fast￭ ing plasma glucose oral glucose tolerance test or a 1 c type 2 diabetes is partly preventable by staying a normal weight exercising regularly and eating properly treatment involves exercise and dietary changes if blood sugar levels are not adequately lowered the medication met￭ form￭ in is typically recommended many people may eventually also require insulin injections in those on insulin routinely checking blood sugar levels is advised however this may not be needed in those taking pills b￭ ari￭ atric surgery often improves diabetes in those who are ob￭ ese rates of type 2 diabetes have increased markedly since 1960 in parallel with obesity as of 2013 there were approximately 368 million people diagnosed with the disease compared to around 30 million in 1985 typically it begins in middle or older age although rates of type 2 diabetes are increasing in young people type 2 diabetes is associated with a ten year shorter life expectancy diabetes was one of the first diseases described the importance of insulin in the disease was determined in the 1920 s
diabe￭ tic an￭ gi￭ opathy is a form of an￭ gi￭ opathy associated with diabetes mell￭ it￭ us while not exclusive the two most common forms are diabe￭ tic re￭ tin￭ opathy and diabe￭ tic ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ pa￭ thy whose path￭ op￭ hy￭ sio￭ logies are largely identical
a diabe￭ tic bul￭ la also known as bul￭ losis diabe￭ tic￭ orum and bull￭ ous eruption of diabetes mell￭ it￭ us is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by a non￭ infl￭ am￭ matory spontaneous pain￭ less bl￭ ister often in ac￭ ral locations peripheral body parts such as feet toes hands fingers ears or nose seen in diabe￭ tic patients
diabe￭ tic cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy is a disorder of the heart muscle in people with diabetes it can lead to inability of the heart to circulate blood through the body effectively a state known as heart failure with accumulation of fluid in the lungs pul￭ mon￭ ary e￭ dem￭ a or legs peripheral e￭ dem￭ a most heart failure in people with diabetes results from coron￭ ary artery disease and diabe￭ tic cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy is only said to exist if there is no coron￭ ary artery disease to explain the heart muscle disorder
diabe￭ tic ch￭ ei￭ ro￭ ar￭ thro￭ pa￭ thy is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by thick￭ ened skin and limited joint mobility of the hands and fingers leading to fl￭ ex￭ ion contr￭ actu￭ res a condition associated with diabetes mell￭ it￭ us and it is observed in roughly 30 of diabe￭ tic patients with longstanding disease limited joint mobility or l￭ j￭ m is a complic￭ ation of type 1 diabetes it was one of the earliest known complications first documented in 1974
diabe￭ tic coma is a reversible form of coma found in people with diabetes mell￭ it￭ us it is a medical emergency three different types of diabe￭ tic coma are identified 1 severe low blood sugar in a diabe￭ tic person 2 diabe￭ tic ke￭ to￭ aci￭ do￭ sis usually type 1 advanced enough to result in un￭ consciousness from a combination of a severely increased blood sugar level dehydr￭ ation and shock and exhaustion 3 hyper￭ o￭ sm￭ ol￭ ar non￭ ke￭ to￭ tic coma usually type 2 in which an extremely high blood sugar level and dehydr￭ ation alone are sufficient to cause un￭ consciousness in most medical contexts the term diabe￭ tic coma refers to the diagnos￭ tical dilemma posed when a physician is confronted with an unconscious patient about whom nothing is known except that they have diabetes an example might be a physician working in an emergency department who receives an unconscious patient wearing a medical identification tag saying diabe￭ tic parame￭ dic￭ s may be called to rescue an unconscious person by friends who identify them as diabe￭ tic brief descriptions of the three major conditions are followed by a discussion of the diagnostic process used to distinguish among them as well as a few other conditions which must be considered an estimated 2 to 15 percent of diabe￭ tics will suffer from at least one episode of diabe￭ tic coma in their life￭ times as a result of severe hypo￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia
diabe￭ tic der￭ mad￭ ro￭ mes constitute a group of cu￭ taneous conditions commonly seen in people with diabetes with longstanding disease conditions included in this group are ac￭ ral dry gang￭ rene caro￭ ten￭ osis diabe￭ tic der￭ mop￭ athy diabe￭ tic bul￭ la diabe￭ tic ch￭ ei￭ ro￭ ar￭ thro￭ pa￭ thy mal￭ um per￭ for￭ ans necro￭ bio￭ sis li￭ po￭ i￭ dic￭ a limited joint mobility is observed in roughly 30 of people with diabetes with longstanding disease s￭ cl￭ ere￭ dem￭ a wa￭ xy skin is observed in roughly 50
diabe￭ tic der￭ mop￭ athy also known as shin spots is a type of skin le￭ sion usually seen in people with diabetes mell￭ it￭ us it is characterized by dull red pap￭ ules that progress to well circum￭ scri￭ bed small round atro￭ ph￭ ic hyper￭ pi￭ gm￭ ented skin le￭ sions usually on the sh￭ ins it is the most common of several diabe￭ tic skin conditions being found in up to 30 of diabe￭ tics similar le￭ sions can occasionally be found in non diabe￭ tics usually following trauma or injury to the area however 4 le￭ sions strongly suggests diabetes
a diabe￭ tic foot is a foot that exhi￭ bits any path￭ ology that results directly from diabetes mell￭ it￭ us or any long term or chronic complic￭ ation of diabetes mell￭ it￭ us presence of several characteristic diabe￭ tic foot patho￭ logies such as infection diabe￭ tic foot ul￭ cer and neuro￭ path￭ ic o￭ ste￭ o￭ ar￭ thro￭ pa￭ thy is called diabe￭ tic foot syndrome due to the peripheral nerve dysfunction associated with diabetes diabe￭ tic neuro￭ pa￭ thy patients have a reduced ability to feel pain this means that minor injuries may remain undis￭ covered for a long while people with diabetes are also at risk of developing a diabe￭ tic foot ul￭ cer research estimates that the lifetime incidence of foot ul￭ cers within the diabe￭ tic community is around 15 and may become as high as 25 in diabetes peripheral nerve dysfunction can be combined with peripheral artery disease pad causing poor blood circulation to the extre￭ mi￭ ties diabe￭ tic an￭ gi￭ opathy around half of patients with a diabe￭ tic foot ul￭ cer have co existing pad where wounds take a long time to heal infection may set in and lower limb ampu￭ tation may be necessary foot infection is the most common cause of non traumatic ampu￭ tation in people with diabetes
diabe￭ tic foot ul￭ cer is a major complic￭ ation of diabetes mell￭ it￭ us and probably the major component of the diabe￭ tic foot wound healing is an in￭ nate mechanism of action that works reliably most of the time a key feature of wound healing is step￭ wise repair of lost ex￭ trac￭ ell￭ ular matrix ec￭ m that forms the largest component of the der￭ mal skin layer but in some cases certain disorders or physiological insult distur￭ bs the wound healing process diabetes mell￭ it￭ us is one such metabol￭ ic disorder that impedes the normal steps of the wound healing process many studies show a prolonged infl￭ am￭ matory phase in diabe￭ tic wounds which causes a delay in the formation of mature gran￭ ulation tissue and a parallel reduction in wound ten￭ sile strength treatment of diabe￭ tic foot ul￭ cers should include blood sugar control removing dead tissue from the wound dres￭ sings and removing pressure from the wound through techniques such as total contact casting surgery in some cases may improve outcomes hyper￭ bar￭ ic oxygen therapy may also help but is expensive it occurs in 15 of people with diabetes and prece￭ des 84 of all diabetes related lower leg ampu￭ tations
diabe￭ tic hypo￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia is a low blood glucose level occurring in a person with diabetes mell￭ it￭ us it is one of the most common types of hypo￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia seen in emergency departments and hospitals according to the national electronic injury surveillance system all injury program ne￭ iss ai￭ p and based on a sample examined between 2004 and 2005 an estimated 55 8￭ 19 cases 8 0 of total ad￭ missions involved insulin and severe hypo￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia is likely the single most common event in general hypo￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia occurs when a treatment to lower the elevated blood glucose of diabetes in￭ accurately matches the body s physiological need and therefore causes the glucose to fall to a below normal level
diabe￭ tic ke￭ to￭ aci￭ do￭ sis d￭ ka is a potentially life threatening complic￭ ation in people with diabetes mell￭ it￭ us it happens predominantly in those with type 1 diabetes but it can occur in those with type 2 diabetes under certain circumstances d￭ ka results from a shortage of insulin in response the body switches to burning fatty acids and producing ac￭ id￭ ic ke￭ tone bodies that cause most of the symptoms and complications d￭ ka may be the first symptom of previously un￭ diagnosed diabetes but it may also occur in people known to have diabetes as a result of a variety of causes such as inter￭ current illness or poor compliance with insulin therapy v￭ om￭ iting dehydr￭ ation deep gasping breathing confusion and occasionally coma are typical symptoms d￭ ka is diagnosed with blood and urine tests it is distinguished from other r￭ arer forms of ke￭ to￭ aci￭ do￭ sis by the presence of high blood sugar levels treatment involves intra￭ ven￭ ous fluids to correct dehydr￭ ation insulin to suppress the production of ke￭ tone bodies treatment for any underlying causes such as infections and close observation to prevent and identify complications d￭ ka is a medical emergency and without treatment it can lead to death d￭ ka was first described in 18￭ 86 until the introduction of insulin therapy in the 1920 s it was almost universally fatal it now carries a mortality of less than 1 with adequate and timely treatment
diabe￭ tic my￭ on￭ ec￭ ro￭ sis is a rare complic￭ ation of diabetes it is caused by inf￭ arc￭ ted muscle tissue usually in the thi￭ gh
diabe￭ tic ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ pa￭ thy or diabe￭ tic kidney disease is a progressive kidney disease caused by damage to the cap￭ il￭ lar￭ ies in the kidneys glo￭ mer￭ uli it is characterized by ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ tic syndrome and diffuse scar￭ ring of the glo￭ mer￭ uli it is due to longstanding diabetes mell￭ it￭ us and is a prime reason for dial￭ ysis in many developed countries it is classified as a small blood vessel complic￭ ation of diabetes
diabe￭ tic neuro￭ path￭ ies are nerve damaging disorders associated with diabetes mell￭ it￭ us these conditions are thought to result from diabe￭ tic micro￭ vascular injury involving small blood vessels that supply nerves v￭ asa ner￭ vor￭ um in addition to macro￭ vascular conditions that can culminate in diabe￭ tic neuro￭ pa￭ thy relatively common conditions which may be associated with diabe￭ tic neuro￭ pa￭ thy include third nerve pal￭ sy mon￭ on￭ euro￭ pa￭ thy mon￭ on￭ euro￭ pa￭ thy multi￭ pl￭ ex diabe￭ tic am￭ yo￭ tro￭ phy a painful pol￭ yn￭ euro￭ pa￭ thy autonom￭ ic neuro￭ pa￭ thy and thor￭ a￭ co￭ ab￭ domin￭ al neuro￭ pa￭ thy
diabe￭ tic re￭ tin￭ opathy ˌ￭ r￭ ɛ￭ tn￭ ˈ￭ ɑ￭ p￭ ə￭ θ￭ i also known as diabe￭ tic eye disease is when damage occurs to the re￭ tina due to diabetes it can eventually lead to blindness it is an oc￭ ular manifestation of diabetes a systemic disease which affects up to 80 percent of all patients who have had diabetes for 20 years or more despite these intimidating statistics research indicates that at least 90 of these new cases could be reduced if there were proper and vigilant treatment and monitoring of the eyes the longer a person has diabetes the higher his or her chances of developing diabe￭ tic re￭ tin￭ opathy each year in the united states diabe￭ tic re￭ tin￭ opathy accounts for 12 of all new cases of blindness it is also the leading cause of blindness for people aged 20 to 64 years
di￭ ad￭ o￭ cho￭ k￭ ine￭ sia or di￭ ad￭ o￭ cho￭ kin￭ esis is the ability to make antagon￭ istic movements in quick succession altern￭ ately bringing a limb into opposite positions as of fl￭ ex￭ ion and extension or of pro￭ nation and sup￭ ination speech language path￭ ology defines it as the speed necessary to stop a determined motor impulse and substitute it with its opposite the relative timing of this kind of movements is also called alternate motion rates am￭ r or sequ￭ ential motor rates s￭ mr loss of ability dys￭ di￭ ad￭ o￭ cho￭ k￭ ine￭ sia is characteristic of cere￭ bell￭ ar diseases many clinical tests may be employed to test for such disturbances altern￭ ating movements patient is told e g to pron￭ ate and sup￭ inate his hands in rapid succession holding fore￭ arms vertically in cere￭ bell￭ ar diseases the movements are irregular and inaccurate in case of the pyram￭ idal tract le￭ sion the motion may be slowed or incomplete stewart holmes rebound sign patient tries to flex the el￭ bow against applied resistance when physician s grip is suddenly released the patient should be able to deter it from re￭ boun￭ ding with cere￭ bell￭ ar disease the fore￭ arm may sway in several cycles the patient may even strike himself if not guarded number of instrumental techniques can be used to investigate speech motor skills such as imaging movement trans￭ duc￭ tion and point tracking
a diagnosis of exclusion per exclu￭ sion￭ em is a diagnosis of a medical condition reached by a process of elimination which may be necessary if presence cannot be established with complete confidence from history examination or testing such elimination of other reasonable possibilities is a major component in performing a differential diagnosis the largest category of diagnosis by exclusion is seen among psychiatric disorders where the presence of physical or organic disease must be excluded as a prerequisite for making a functional diagnosis diagnosis by exclusion tends to occur where scientific knowledge is scarce specifically where the means to verify a diagnosis by an objective method is absent as a specific diagnosis cannot be confirmed a fall back position is to exclude that group of known causes that may cause a similar clinical presentation
diagnostic substitution is a phenomenon in which one label for a condition becomes replaced with another causing an apparent decrease in the rate of the first condition and increase in the rate of the second
the diamond cubic crystal structure is a repeating pattern of 8 atoms that certain materials may adopt as they soli￭ di￭ fy while the first known example was diamond other elements in group 14 also adopt this structure including α tin the semi￭ conductors silicon and ger￭ man￭ ium and silicon ger￭ man￭ ium allo￭ ys in any proportion
diamond – black￭ fan an￭ emia d￭ ba also known as black￭ fan diamond an￭ emia inherited pure red cell ap￭ la￭ sia and as inherited er￭ y￭ thro￭ bl￭ ast￭ open￭ ia is a con￭ genital er￭ y￭ thro￭ id ap￭ la￭ sia that usually presents in infancy d￭ ba causes low red blood cell counts an￭ emia without substantially affecting the other blood components the plat￭ el￭ ets and the white blood cells which are usually normal this is in contrast to sh￭ wach￭ man – bo￭ dian – diamond syndrome in which the bone marrow defect results primarily in neu￭ tro￭ pen￭ ia and fan￭ coni an￭ emia where all cell lines are affected resulting in pan￭ cy￭ top￭ enia a variety of other con￭ genital ab￭ norm￭ alities may also occur in d￭ ba
di￭ aphr￭ agm￭ atic her￭ nia is a defect or hole in the di￭ aphr￭ ag￭ m that allows the ab￭ domin￭ al contents to move into the chest cav￭ ity treatment is usually surgical the following types of di￭ aphr￭ agm￭ atic her￭ nia exist con￭ genital di￭ aphr￭ agm￭ atic her￭ nia mor￭ g￭ ag￭ ni s her￭ nia bo￭ ch￭ dal￭ ek her￭ nia hi￭ atal her￭ nia i￭ atro￭ genic di￭ aphr￭ agm￭ atic her￭ nia traumatic di￭ aphr￭ agm￭ atic her￭ nia
di￭ aphr￭ agm￭ atic rupture also called di￭ aphr￭ agm￭ atic injury or tear is a tear of the di￭ aphr￭ ag￭ m the muscle across the bottom of the rib￭ cage that plays a crucial role in respir￭ ation most commonly acquired di￭ aphr￭ agm￭ atic tears result from physical trauma di￭ aphr￭ agm￭ atic rupture can result from blunt or penetr￭ ating trauma and occurs in about 5 of cases of severe blunt trauma to the trunk diagnostic techniques include x ray compu￭ ted tom￭ o￭ graphy and surgical techniques such as l￭ apar￭ o￭ tomy diagnosis is often difficult because signs may not show up on x ray or signs that do show up appear similar to other conditions signs and symptoms included chest and ab￭ domin￭ al pain difficulty breathing and decreased lung sounds when a tear is discovered surgery is needed to repair it injuries to the di￭ aphr￭ ag￭ m are usually accompanied by other injuries and they indicate that more severe injury may have occurred the outcome often depends more on associated injuries than on the di￭ aphr￭ agm￭ atic injury itself since the pressure is higher in the ab￭ domin￭ al cav￭ ity than the chest cav￭ ity rupture of the di￭ aphr￭ ag￭ m is almost always associated with her￭ ni￭ ation of ab￭ domin￭ al organs into the chest cav￭ ity which is called a traumatic di￭ aphr￭ agm￭ atic her￭ nia this her￭ ni￭ ation can interfere with breathing and blood supply can be cut off to organs that her￭ ni￭ ate through the di￭ aphr￭ ag￭ m damaging them
diarr￭ hea also spelled diarr￭ ho￭ ea is the condition of having at least three loose or liquid bo￭ wel movements each day it often lasts for a few days and can result in dehydr￭ ation due to fluid loss signs of dehydr￭ ation often begin with loss of the normal stret￭ chin￭ ess of the skin and irrit￭ able behaviour this can progress to decreased ur￭ ination loss of skin color a fast heart rate and a decrease in responsiveness as it becomes more severe loose but non wat￭ ery sto￭ ols in babies who are breast￭ fed however may be normal the most common cause is an infection of the intest￭ ines due to either a virus bacteria or parasite a condition known as gastro￭ enter￭ i￭ tis these infections are often acquired from food or water that has been contaminated by sto￭ ol or directly from another person who is infected it may be divided into three types short duration wat￭ ery diarr￭ hea short duration bloody diarr￭ hea and if it lasts for more than two weeks persistent diarr￭ hea the short duration wat￭ ery diarr￭ hea may be due to an infection by cholera although this is rare in the developed world if blood is present it is also known as dy￭ sen￭ tery a number of non infectious causes may also result in diarr￭ hea including hyper￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m lac￭ tose intolerance infl￭ am￭ matory bo￭ wel disease a number of medications and irrit￭ able bo￭ wel syndrome in most cases sto￭ ol cultures are not required to confirm the exact cause prevention of infectious diarr￭ hea is by improved sanitation clean drinking water and hand washing with soap breastfeeding for at least six months is also recommended as is vaccination against ro￭ ta￭ virus oral re￭ hydr￭ ation solution ors which is clean water with modest amounts of salts and sugar is the treatment of choice zinc tablets are also recommended these treatments have been estimated to have saved 50 million children in the past 25 years when people have diarr￭ hea it is recommended that they continue to eat healthy food and babies continue to be breast￭ fed if commercial ors are not available hom￭ em￭ ade solutions may be used in those with severe dehydr￭ ation intra￭ ven￭ ous fluids may be required most cases however can be managed well with fluids by mouth antibiotics while rarely used may be recommended in a few cases such as those who have bloody diarr￭ hea and a high fever those with severe diarr￭ hea following travelling and those who grow specific bacteria or parasites in their sto￭ ol l￭ oper￭ amide may help decrease the number of bo￭ wel movements but is not recommended in those with severe disease about 1 7 to 5 billion cases of diarr￭ hea occur per year it is most common in developing countries where young children get diarr￭ hea on average three times a year total deaths from diarr￭ hea are estimated at 1 26 million in 2013 – down from 2 58 million in 1990 in 2012 it was the second most common cause of deaths in children younger than five 0 76 million or 11 frequent episodes of diarr￭ hea are also a common cause of malnutrition and the most common cause in those younger than five years of age other long term problems that can result include stun￭ ted growth and poor intellectual development
dias￭ chis￭ is from greek δι￭ ά￭ σχ￭ ισ￭ ις meaning shocked throughout is a sudden loss or change of function in a portion of the brain connected to a distant but damaged brain area the site of the originally damaged area and of the dias￭ chis￭ is are connected to each other by neurons the loss of the damaged structure disrup￭ ts the function of the remaining intact systems and causes a physiological imbalance the injury is produced by an acute focal disturbance in an area of the brain from traumatic brain injury or stroke for example some function may be restored with gradual read￭ just￭ ment of the intact but suppressed areas through intervention and the brain s natural neuro￭ plas￭ tic￭ ity the term dias￭ chis￭ is was coined by constan￭ tin von mon￭ ak￭ ow in 1914 currently the term dias￭ chis￭ is is used to describe a depression of regional neuro￭ nal metabol￭ ism and cere￭ br￭ al blood flow caused by dysfunction in an anatom￭ ically separate but func￭ tionally related neuro￭ nal region von mon￭ ak￭ ow s concept of neuro￭ physical changes in distant brain tissue to the focal le￭ sion led to a widespread clinical interest doctors were interested in how dias￭ chis￭ is could describe the signs and symptoms of brain le￭ sions that could not be explained the areas of the brain are connected by vast organized neuro￭ nal pathways that allow one area of the brain to influence other areas more dis￭ tal to it understanding these dense pathways helps to link a le￭ sion causing brain damage in one area of the brain to de￭ generation in a more dis￭ tal brain area a focal le￭ sion causes damage that also distur￭ bs the structural and functional connectivity to the brain areas dis￭ tal to the le￭ sion the primary mechanism of dias￭ chis￭ is is functional de￭ a￭ ffer￭ entation which is the loss of the input of information from the part of the brain that is now damaged the decrease in information and ne￭ ural firing to the dis￭ tal brain area causes those syn￭ ap￭ tic connections to weaken and initiates a change in the structural and functional connectivity around that area this leads to dias￭ chis￭ is dias￭ chis￭ is is also influenced by many other factors including sto￭ ke brain sw￭ elling and neuro￭ anatom￭ ical dis￭ connection the severity of these factors is manifested in altered neuro￭ nal exc￭ itability hy￭ po metabol￭ ism and hy￭ po per￭ fusion there are two types of dias￭ chis￭ is the first is focal dias￭ chis￭ is which refers to the remote neuro￭ physiological changes that are caused by a focal le￭ sion based on von mon￭ ak￭ ow s definition the second type of dias￭ chis￭ is is non focal dias￭ chis￭ is and it focuses on the changes in the strength and direction of ne￭ ural pathways and connectivity between brain areas this type of dias￭ chis￭ is has only been a topic in recent study as a result of the advancement of brain imaging tools and technology these new tools allow for better understanding of the organization of the brain connectivity and further investigation into new types of dias￭ chis￭ is like non focal or connec￭ tional dias￭ cis￭ is this new type of dias￭ chis￭ is relates much more closely to clinical findings
in path￭ ology di￭ ast￭ asis is the separation of parts of the body that are normally joined together such as the separation of certain ab￭ domin￭ al muscles during pregnancy or of adjacent bones without frac￭ ture
di￭ ast￭ asis rec￭ ti also known as ab￭ domin￭ al separation is commonly defined as a gap of roughly 2 7 cm or greater between the two sides of the rec￭ tus ab￭ domin￭ is muscle this condition has no associated morbi￭ dity or mortality the distance between the right and left rec￭ tus ab￭ domin￭ is muscles is created by the stretching of the lin￭ ea alba a connec￭ tive coll￭ agen she￭ ath created by the ap￭ on￭ euro￭ sis inser￭ tions of the trans￭ verse ab￭ domin￭ is internal obli￭ que and external obli￭ que di￭ ast￭ asis of this muscle occurs principally in two populations new￭ bor￭ ns and pregnant women it is also known to occur in men in the new￭ born the rec￭ tus ab￭ domin￭ is is not fully developed and may not be sealed together at mid￭ line di￭ ast￭ asis rec￭ ti is more common in premature and black new￭ bor￭ ns in pregnant or post￭ par￭ tum women the condition is caused by the stretching of the rec￭ tus ab￭ domin￭ is by the growing uter￭ us it is more common in multi￭ par￭ ous women due to repeated episodes of stretching when the defect occurs during pregnancy the uter￭ us can sometimes be seen bul￭ ging through the ab￭ domin￭ al wall beneath the skin women are more susceptible to develop di￭ ast￭ asis rec￭ ti when over the age of 35 high birth weight of child multiple birth pregnancy and multiple pregnancies additional causes can be attributed to excessive ab￭ domin￭ al exercises after the first trim￭ ester of pregnancy
di￭ ast￭ asis symp￭ h￭ ysis pu￭ bis is the separation of normally joined pu￭ bic bones as in the dis￭ location of the bones without a frac￭ ture
di￭ ast￭ em￭ atom￭ ye￭ lia occasionally di￭ ast￭ om￭ ye￭ lia is a con￭ genital disorder in which a part of the spinal cord is split usually at the level of the upper lum￭ bar verte￭ bra di￭ ast￭ em￭ atom￭ ye￭ lia is a rare con￭ genital anomaly that results in the splitting of the spinal cord in a longit￭ ud￭ inal sag￭ it￭ tal direction females are affected much more commonly than males this condition occurs in the presence of an osse￭ ous bone car￭ ti￭ lag￭ inous or fi￭ bro￭ us sep￭ tum in the central portion of the spinal canal which then produces a complete or incomplete sag￭ it￭ tal division of the spinal cord into two hemic￭ ords when the split does not re￭ unite dist￭ ally to the spur the condition is referred to as a diplom￭ ye￭ lia or true duplication of the spinal cord
di￭ ast￭ ol￭ ic heart failure and di￭ ast￭ ol￭ ic dysfunction refer to the decline in performance of one usually the left ven￭ tric￭ le or both left and right ven￭ tric￭ les during di￭ ast￭ ole di￭ ast￭ ole is the cardiac cycle phase during which the heart is relaxing and filling with incoming blood that is being returned from the body through the inferior iv￭ c and superior sv￭ c ven￭ ae cav￭ ae to the right atri￭ um and from lungs through pul￭ mon￭ ary ve￭ ins to the left atri￭ um in di￭ ast￭ ol￭ ic failure if the patient has symptoms there is a patho￭ logic cause inducing them di￭ ast￭ ol￭ ic dysfunction can be found when doing a dop￭ pl￭ er echo￭ cardi￭ o￭ graphy in an apparently healthy patient mainly in an elderly person
di￭ astro￭ ph￭ ic dys￭ pl￭ asia d￭ td is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive dys￭ pl￭ asia which affects car￭ til￭ age and bone development di￭ astro￭ ph￭ ism is a general word referring to a tw￭ isting di￭ astro￭ ph￭ ic dys￭ pl￭ asia is due to mutations in the sl￭ c 26 a 2 gene affected individuals have short stature with very short arms and legs and joint problems that restrict mobility
in medicine and allied fields di￭ ath￭ esis from greek δι￭ ά￭ θε￭ σ￭ ις is a hereditary or constitutional pre￭ disposition to a disease or other disorder at￭ op￭ ic di￭ ath￭ esis is a pre￭ disposition to develop one or more of hay fever allergic rh￭ initi￭ s bron￭ ch￭ ial asthma or at￭ op￭ ic der￭ mati￭ tis
dic￭ ar￭ box￭ yl￭ ic am￭ ino￭ ac￭ id￭ ur￭ ia is a rare form of am￭ ino￭ ac￭ id￭ ur￭ ia 1 35 000 births which is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive disorder of ur￭ inary glu￭ tam￭ ate and as￭ part￭ ate due to genetic errors related to transport of these amino acids mutations resulting in a lack of expression of the sl￭ c 1 a 1 gene a member of the solu￭ te carrier family are found to cause development of dic￭ ar￭ box￭ yl￭ ic am￭ ino￭ ac￭ id￭ ur￭ ia in humans sl￭ c 1 a 1 en￭ codes for e￭ aat 3 which is found in the neurons intest￭ ine kidney lung and heart e￭ aat 3 is part of a family of high aff￭ inity glu￭ tam￭ ate transporters which transport both glu￭ tam￭ ate and as￭ part￭ ate across the plasma memb￭ rane
dic￭ h￭ rom￭ acy di meaning two and ch￭ roma meaning color is the state of having two types of functioning color recep￭ tors called cone cells in the eyes organisms with dic￭ h￭ rom￭ acy are called dic￭ h￭ ro￭ mats dic￭ h￭ ro￭ mats can match any color they see with a mixture of no more than two pure spectr￭ al lights by comparison tric￭ h￭ ro￭ mats require three pure spectr￭ al lights to match all colors that they can perceive and tetr￭ ach￭ ro￭ mats require four dic￭ h￭ rom￭ acy in humans is a color vision defect in which one of the three basic color mechanisms is absent or not functioning it is hereditary and sex linked predominantly affecting males dic￭ h￭ rom￭ acy occurs when one of the cone pig￭ ments is missing and color is reduced to two dimensions
dic￭ h￭ rom￭ atism or poly￭ ch￭ rom￭ atism is a phenomenon where a material or solution s h￭ ue is dependent on both the concentration of the absorbing substance and the depth or thickness of the medium tra￭ ver￭ sed in most substances which are not dic￭ h￭ rom￭ atic only the bri￭ ght￭ ness and satur￭ ation of the colour depend on their concentration and layer thickness examples of dic￭ h￭ rom￭ atic substances are pum￭ p￭ kin seed oil bro￭ mop￭ hen￭ ol blue and res￭ az￭ ur￭ in when the layer of pum￭ p￭ kin seed oil is less than 0 7 mm thick the oil appears bright green and in layer thick￭ er than this it appears bright red the phenomenon is related to both the physical chemistry properties of the substance and the physiological response of the human visual system to colour this combined physi￭ co￭ chemical – physiological basis was first explained in 2007
in analy￭ tic number theory the dick￭ man function or dick￭ man – de bru￭ ij￭ n function ρ is a special function used to estimate the proportion of smooth numbers up to a given bound it was first studied by actu￭ ary karl dick￭ man who defined it in his only mathematical publication and later studied by the dutch mathem￭ ati￭ cian nico￭ la￭ as go￭ vert de bru￭ ij￭ n
di￭ d￭ actic organisation is the ability of neurons within a network to im￭ part their pattern of syn￭ ap￭ tic connectivity and or response properties to other neurons the term di￭ d￭ actic is used because this kind of influence is uni￭ direc￭ tional each individual instance of di￭ d￭ actic organisation between two connected neurons does not involve a bi￭ direc￭ tional transfer of connectivity or response property information between them
the di￭ der￭ ot effect is a social phenomenon related to consumer goods that comprises two ideas the first pos￭ its that goods purchased by consumers will be cohesive to their sense of identity and as a result will be complementary to one another the second states that the introduction of a new possession that is devi￭ ant from the consumer s current complementary goods can result in a process of spir￭ aling consumption the term was coined by anthropo￭ logist and scholar of consumption patterns grant mc￭ crack￭ en in 1988 and is named after the french philosopher den￭ is di￭ der￭ ot 17￭ 13 – 1784 who first described the effect in an essay the term has become common in discussions of sustainable consumption and green consumer￭ ism in regard to the process whereby a purchase or gift creates dissatisfaction with existing possessions and environment provoking a potentially spir￭ aling pattern of consumption with negative environmental psychological and social impacts
die swell also known as ex￭ tru￭ date swell or bar￭ us effect is a common phenomenon in poly￭ mer processing die swell occurs in instances of poly￭ mer ex￭ tru￭ sion in which a stream of poly￭ mer￭ ic material is forced through a die a specialized tool in manufacturing to shape or cut poly￭ mer￭ ic materials die swell is an instance where a poly￭ mer stream is compressed by entrance into a die and is followed by a partial recovery or “ swell ” back to the former shape and volume of the poly￭ mer after ex￭ iting the die hence the term die swell die swell is a phenomenon directly related to ent￭ ro￭ py and the relaxation of the poly￭ mer within the flow stream initially a flow stream has a constant rate before entering the die and the pol￭ ym￭ ers within the stream occupy a roughly spher￭ ical conform￭ ation maximizing ent￭ ro￭ py ex￭ tru￭ sion through the die causes an increase in flow rate through the poly￭ mer flow stream as the poly￭ mer spends time inside the die and is subject to the much increased flow rate the pol￭ ym￭ ers lose the spher￭ ical shape becoming longer due to the increased flow rate physical entang￭ lements may relax if the time scale of the poly￭ mer within the die is long enough when the poly￭ mer stream leaves the die the remaining physical entang￭ lements cause the pol￭ ym￭ ers in the die stream to regain a portion of its former shape and spher￭ ical volume in order to return to the roughly spher￭ ical conform￭ ation that maxim￭ izes ent￭ ro￭ py the dis￭ entang￭ lement of poly￭ mer chains is a k￭ ine￭ tic process and so the longer the die is the more time is given for the physical entang￭ lements within the poly￭ mer stream to dis￭ ent￭ angle with a longer die and a slower poly￭ mer flow stream less pronounced die swell will be observed this is due to the longer die providing a longer time period for poly￭ mer when subject to the increase flow rate to dis￭ ent￭ angle this characteristic relaxation time determines the length of time the poly￭ mer must spend inside the die to minimize die swell die swell illustration
the di￭ eck￭ mann condens￭ ation is the intr￭ am￭ ol￭ ec￭ ular chemical reaction of di￭ esters with base to give β ke￭ to￭ esters it is named after the german chem￭ ist walter di￭ eck￭ mann 18￭ 69 – 19￭ 25 the equivalent inter￭ molecular reaction is the cla￭ is￭ en condens￭ ation the di￭ eck￭ mann condens￭ ation
di￭ el vertical migration also known as di￭ ur￭ nal vertical migration is a pattern of movement used by some organisms such as co￭ pe￭ pods living in the ocean and in lakes the migration occurs when organisms move up to the ep￭ ip￭ el￭ agic zone at night and return to the mes￭ op￭ el￭ agic zone of the oceans or to the hy￭ poli￭ m￭ n￭ ion zone of lakes during the day the word di￭ el comes from the latin dies day and means a 24 hour period it is referred to as the greatest migration in the world in terms of biomass
di￭ electro￭ pho￭ res￭ is or de￭ p is a phenomenon in which a force is exerted on a di￭ electric particle when it is subjected to a non uniform electric field this force does not require the particle to be charged all particles exhibit di￭ electro￭ pho￭ re￭ tic activity in the presence of electric fields however the strength of the force depends strongly on the medium and particles electrical properties on the particles shape and size as well as on the frequency of the electric field consequently fields of a particular frequency can manipulate particles with great selectivity this has allowed for example the separation of cells or the orientation and manipulation of nan￭ op￭ articles and nano￭ wires furthermore a study of the change in de￭ p force as a function of frequency can allow the electrical or electro￭ physiological in the case of cells properties of the particle to be elu￭ ci￭ dated
the di￭ els – al￭ der reaction is an organic chemical reaction specifically a 4 2 cyclo￭ addition between a con￭ ju￭ gated di￭ ene and a substituted al￭ k￭ ene commonly termed the dien￭ ophi￭ le to form a substituted cyclo￭ hex￭ ene system it was first described by otto di￭ els and kurt al￭ der in 19￭ 28 for which work they were awarded the nobel prize in chemistry in 1950 the di￭ els – al￭ der reaction is particularly useful in synthetic organic chemistry as a reliable method for forming 6 memb￭ ered systems with good control over regio and stereo￭ chemical properties the underlying concept has also been applied to other π systems such as carbon￭ y￭ ls and im￭ ines to furnish the corresponding heter￭ oc￭ ycles known as the heter￭ o di￭ els – al￭ der reaction di￭ els – al￭ der reactions can be reversible under certain conditions the reverse reaction is known as the re￭ tro di￭ els – al￭ der reaction the reaction discovered by di￭ els and al￭ der in 19￭ 28
di￭ encephal￭ ic syndrome di￭ encephal￭ ic syndrome of em￭ aci￭ ation or russell s syndrome is a rare neuro￭ logical disorder seen in infants and children and characterised by failure to thrive and severe em￭ aci￭ ation despite normal or slightly decreased cal￭ or￭ ic intake locomo￭ tor hyper￭ activity and euphoria less commonly it may involve skin p￭ all￭ or without ana￭ emia hypo￭ gly￭ ca￭ emia and hypo￭ tension the syndrome is a rare but potentially fatal cause of failure to thrive in children failure to thrive presents on average at 7 months of age of note the syndrome is not associated with developmental delay there may be associated hydro￭ cephal￭ us di￭ encephal￭ ic syndrome was first described by russell in 1951 it is usually caused by a brain tumor such as a low grade gli￭ oma or astro￭ cy￭ tom￭ a located in the hypo￭ thal￭ am￭ ic op￭ tic chi￭ as￭ matic region it is not yet understood how di￭ encephal￭ ic syndrome causes the effects on appetite and metabol￭ ism which are seen though in￭ appropriately high growth hormone release has been proposed as has excessive β li￭ pot￭ ro￭ pin secre￭ tion and overall increased metabol￭ ic demand it is treated with nutritional optimis￭ ation while the underlying le￭ sion is treated with chem￭ otherapy surgery or radi￭ otherapy
di￭ ent￭ am￭ oe￭ bi￭ asis is a medical condition caused by infection with di￭ ent￭ am￭ oe￭ ba frag￭ il￭ is a single cell parasite that inf￭ ects the lower gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract of humans it is an important cause of travel￭ er s diarr￭ hea chronic ab￭ domin￭ al pain chronic fatigue and failure to thrive in children
diesel engine runaway is a rare condition affecting diesel engines in which the engine draws extra fuel from an unintended source and over￭ speeds at higher and higher r￭ pm until destroyed by mechanical failure or bearing seizure through lack of lubric￭ ation
dies￭ eling or engine run on is a condition that can occur in spark plug ign￭ ited gasoline powered internal combustion engines whereby the engine keeps running for a short period after being turned off due to the engine kicking back upon shutdown drawing fuel through the car￭ bu￭ re￭ tor into the engine and ign￭ iting it without a spark dies￭ eling is so named because it is similar in effect to how diesel engines operate by firing without a spark the ignition source of a diesel engine is the heat generated by the compression of the air in the cylinder rather than a spark as in gasoline engines the dies￭ eling phenomenon occurs not just because the compression ratio is sufficient to cause auto ignition of the fuel but also because a hot spot inside the cylinder spark plug electro￭ de combustion chamber valve edge or even excess carbon starts combustion an automobile engine that is dies￭ eling will typically sp￭ utter then gradually stop this is normally seen in car￭ bu￭ re￭ ted engines with many miles on them dies￭ eling is not nearly as common as it once was because it most commonly occurs in engines equipped with car￭ bu￭ re￭ tors the vast majority of vehicles manufactured after 1987 are fuel injected the injec￭ tors and high pressure fuel pump immediately cease supplying fuel to the cylin￭ ders when the ignition is switched off if the injec￭ tor is damaged or dirty a small amount of fuel can enter the chamber and be ign￭ ited causing a sp￭ utter or two after the engine is switched off until the mass market introduction of fuel injection the industry s remedy for dies￭ eling was to install an electric sol￭ en￭ o￭ id into the fuel supply circuit of the car￭ bu￭ re￭ tor energi￭ zed by the ignition co￭ il primary wire when activated the sol￭ en￭ o￭ id would open and allow fuel to flow normally out of the float bowl through the fuel metering jets and into the engine when de￭ activated the sol￭ en￭ o￭ id would close and prevent fuel from being drawn through the jets and into the engine this provided a simple adequate solution to the dies￭ eling problem dies￭ eling in the sense of engine run on and disregarding combustible gaseous mixtures via the air intake can also occur in diesel engines when the pist￭ on or seals fail due to overheating admitting engine oil into the cylinder a structurally failing diesel engine will often accelerate when the thro￭ ttle is released even after fuel injection is switched off some car￭ bu￭ re￭ ted engines have low pressure fuel pumps they are typically designed only to overcome a loss of suc￭ tion in the fuel line near the engine due to fuel evapor￭ ation in hot weather to supply sufficient fuel to maintain sto￭ ic￭ hi￭ ome￭ tric combustion under heavy load with wide open thro￭ ttle or a combination of the two fuel demand is low at idle and there is more than enough mani￭ fold vacuum to draw sufficient fuel for combustion even if the fuel pump is switched off gasoline engines that are much smaller than the typical automotive engine are usually car￭ bu￭ re￭ ted for economic and engineering reasons dies￭ eling can occur in such engines these engines include those installed in small generators mo￭ peds scoo￭ ters small motorcycles all terrain vehicles and most lawn and garden power tools
a diet coke and ment￭ os eruption altern￭ ately diet coke and ment￭ os ge￭ yser or ment￭ os eruption is a reaction between the carbon￭ ated bever￭ age diet coke and ment￭ os min￭ ts that causes the bever￭ age to spray out of its container the gas released by the can￭ dies creates an eruption that pushes most of the liquid up and out of the bottle lee ma￭ rek and ma￭ rek s kid scientists were the first to demonstrate the experiment on television in 1999 steve sp￭ ang￭ ler s televised demonstration of the eruption in 2005 went viral on you￭ tube launching a chain of several other diet coke and ment￭ os experiment viral videos
die￭ ul￭ af￭ oy s le￭ sion ex￭ ul￭ cer￭ ati￭ o simpl￭ ex die￭ ul￭ af￭ oy is a medical condition characterized by a large tor￭ tuous arter￭ io￭ le most commonly in the stomach wall sub￭ mu￭ cos￭ al that ero￭ des and ble￭ eds it can present in any part of the gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract it can cause ga￭ str￭ ic hemorrha￭ ge but is relatively un￭ common it is thought to cause less than 5 of all gastro￭ intest￭ inal ble￭ eds in adults it was named after french surgeon paul georg￭ es die￭ ul￭ af￭ oy who described this condition in his paper ex￭ ul￭ cer￭ ati￭ o simpl￭ ex le￭ ç￭ ons 1 3 in 1898 it is also called cali￭ ber persistent artery or an￭ eur￭ ys￭ m of ga￭ str￭ ic vessels however unlike most other an￭ eur￭ ys￭ ms these are thought to be developmental mal￭ formations rather than degenerative changes
in calcul￭ us a branch of mathematics a differenti￭ able function of one real variable is a function whose derivative exists at each point in its domain as a result the graph of a differenti￭ able function must have a non vertical tang￭ ent line at each point in its domain be relatively smooth and cannot contain any breaks ben￭ ds or cus￭ ps more generally if x 0 is a point in the domain of a function f then f is said to be differenti￭ able at x 0 if the derivative f ′ x 0 exists this means that the graph of f has a non vertical tang￭ ent line at the point x 0 f x 0 the function f may also be called locally linear at x 0 as it can be well approxim￭ ated by a linear function near this point
in mathematics differential rings differential fields and differential al￭ ge￭ br￭ as are rings fields and al￭ ge￭ br￭ as equipped with fin￭ itely many deri￭ vations which are un￭ ary functions that are linear and satisfy the lei￭ bn￭ iz product rule a natural example of a differential field is the field of rational functions c t in one variable over the complex numbers where the deri￭ vation is the differentiation with respect to t differential al￭ ge￭ bra refers also to the area of mathematics consisting in the study of these al￭ ge￭ bra￭ ic objects and their use for an al￭ ge￭ bra￭ ic study of the differential equations differential al￭ ge￭ bra was introduced by joseph rit￭ t
in mathematics differential calcul￭ us is a sub￭ field of calcul￭ us concerned with the study of the rates at which quantities change it is one of the two traditional divisions of calcul￭ us the other being integral calcul￭ us the primary objects of study in differential calcul￭ us are the derivative of a function related notions such as the differential and their applications the derivative of a function at a chosen input value describes the rate of change of the function near that input value the process of finding a derivative is called differentiation geome￭ tr￭ ically the derivative at a point is the slope of the tang￭ ent line to the graph of the function at that point provided that the derivative exists and is defined at that point for a real valued function of a single real variable the derivative of a function at a point generally determines the best linear approximation to the function at that point differential calcul￭ us and integral calcul￭ us are connected by the fundamental theore￭ m of calcul￭ us which states that differentiation is the reverse process to integration differentiation has applications to nearly all quantitative disciplines for example in physics the derivative of the displacement of a moving body with respect to time is the velocity of the body and the derivative of velocity with respect to time is acceleration the derivative of the momentum of a body equals the force applied to the body re￭ arranging this derivative statement leads to the famous f ma equation associated with newton s second law of motion the reaction rate of a chemical reaction is a derivative in operations research derivatives determine the most efficient ways to transport materials and design factories derivatives are frequently used to find the maxim￭ a and minim￭ a of a function equations involving derivatives are called differential equations and are fundamental in describing natural phenomena derivatives and their gener￭ alizations appear in many fields of mathematics such as complex analysis functional analysis differential geometry measure theory and abstract al￭ ge￭ bra
in mathematics the differential coefficient of a function f x is what is now called its derivative df x d￭ x the not necessarily constant multiplic￭ ative factor or coefficient of the differential d￭ x in the differential df x a coefficient is usually a constant quantity but the differential coefficient of f is a constant function only if f is a linear function when f is not linear its differential coefficient is a function call it f ′ derived by the differentiation of f hence the modern term derivative the older usage is now rarely seen early edi￭ tions of sil￭ van￭ us p thompson s calcul￭ us made easy use the older term in his 1998 update of this text martin gar￭ dner lets the first use of differential coefficient stand along with thompson s criticism of the term as a needlessly obscure phrase that should not intimidate students and substitutes derivative for the remainder of the book
differential object marking dom is a linguistic phenomenon that is present in more than 300 languages the term was coined by georg bos￭ song in languages where dom is active direct objects are divided in two different classes depending on different meanings and in most dom languages only one of the classes receives a marker the other being un￭ marked but there are languages like finnish where both types of objects are marked with different end￭ ings
differential sticking is a problem that occurs when drilling a well with a greater well bore pressure than formation pressure as is usually the case the drill pipe is pressed against the well￭ bore wall so that part of its circum￭ fer￭ ence will see only reservoir pressure while the rest will continue to be pushed by well￭ bore pressure as a result the pipe becomes stuck to the wall and can require millions of pounds of force to remove which may prove impossible in many cases the drilling fluid mud weight is reduced thus relieving the pressure difference and releasing the stuck pipe string should this option be unavailable as in sour gas wells a specialty fishing company is called to retri￭ eve the stuck pipe or fish many options exist once a fishing company is on site oil or nitrogen may be pumped down the well or the fish may be washed over using a carbide shoe on a string of wash￭ pipe j￭ arr￭ ing is not usually attempted with differential sticking due to the massive amount of pressure that holds the pipe in place
differentiated service is a design pattern for business services and software in which the service varies automatically according to the identity of the consumer and or the context in which the service is used sometimes known as smart service or context aware service
the diff￭ ie – hel￭ l￭ man problem d￭ h￭ p is a mathematical problem first proposed by whit￭ field diff￭ ie and martin hel￭ l￭ man in the context of cry￭ pto￭ graphy the motivation for this problem is that many security systems use mathematical operations that are fast to compu￭ te but hard to reverse for example they enable encry￭ p￭ ting a message but reversing the encryption is difficult if solving the d￭ h￭ p were easy these systems would be easily broken
diff￭ r￭ action in time is a phenomenon associated with the quantum dynamics of suddenly released matter waves initially confined in a region of space it was introduced in 1952 by mar￭ cos mo￭ shin￭ sky with the shut￭ ter problem a matter wave beam stopped by an absorbing shut￭ ter exhi￭ bits an osci￭ ll￭ atory density profile during its propagation after removal of the shut￭ ter whenever this propagation is accurately described by the time dependent schrö￭ d￭ inger equation the transi￭ ent wave functions resemble the solutions that appear for the intensity of light subject to fres￭ nel diff￭ r￭ action by a straight edge for this reason the transi￭ ent phenomenon was dubbed diff￭ r￭ action in time and has since then been recognised as ubiquitous in quantum dynamics the experimental confirmation of this phenomenon was only achieved about half a century later in the group of ultra￭ cold atoms directed by jean d￭ ali￭ bard
diffuse idi￭ opathic pul￭ mon￭ ary neuro￭ endocrine cell hyper￭ pl￭ asia di￭ p￭ nec￭ h is diffuse paren￭ ch￭ ym￭ al lung disease which often presents with symptoms of cough and short￭ ness of breath the pathological definition published by the world health organization is “ a generalized proliferation of scattered single cells small no￭ d￭ ules neuro￭ endocrine bodies or linear prolifer￭ ations of pul￭ mon￭ ary neuro￭ endocrine p￭ ne cells that may be confined to the bron￭ ch￭ ial and bron￭ chi￭ ol￭ ar epi￭ the￭ lium ” the true prevalence of this disease is not known to date just under 200 cases have been reported in the literature however with an increase in recognition of this disease by radio￭ logists and pul￭ mono￭ logists the number of cases has been increasing di￭ p￭ nec￭ h predominantly affects middle aged women with slowly progressive lung obstruction di￭ p￭ nec￭ h is usually discovered in one of two ways 1 as an unexpected finding following a lung surgery or 2 by evaluation of a patient in a pul￭ mon￭ ary clinic with longstanding un￭ explained symptoms
diffuse al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar damage is a his￭ to￭ logical pattern in lung disease it is seen in acute respiratory distress syndrome ards transfusion related acute lung injury tr￭ ali and acute inter￭ sti￭ tial pneumonia ai￭ p
diffuse ax￭ onal injury d￭ ai is a brain injury in which damage in the form of extensive le￭ sions in white matter tracts occurs over a widespread area d￭ ai is one of the most common and devastating types of traumatic brain injury and is a major cause of un￭ consciousness and persistent vegetative state after severe head trauma it occurs in about half of all cases of severe head trauma and may be the primary damage that occurs in con￭ cus￭ sion the outcome is frequently coma with over 90 of patients with severe d￭ ai never regaining consciousness those who do wake up often remain significantly impaired d￭ ai can occur in every degree of severity from very mild or moderate to very severe con￭ cus￭ sion may be a mil￭ der type of diffuse ax￭ onal injury
diffuse es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al sp￭ asm des is a condition characterized by uncoordinated contr￭ actions of the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus which may cause difficulty sw￭ allowing dy￭ sp￭ ha￭ gia or reg￭ urg￭ itation in some cases it may causes symptoms such as chest pain similar to heart disease the cause of des remains unknown certain ab￭ norm￭ alities on x ray imaging are commonly observed in des such as a cor￭ k￭ screw or ros￭ ary be￭ ad es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus although these findings are not unique to this condition specialized testing called man￭ ome￭ try can be performed to evaluate the motor function of the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus which can help identify abnormal patterns of muscle contraction within the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus that are sugges￭ tive of des the treatment of des consists primarily of medications such as acid suppressing agents like prot￭ on pump inhi￭ bit￭ ors calcium channel bloc￭ kers or nitrates in only extremely rare cases surgery may be considered people with des have higher incid￭ ences of gastro￭ es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al ref￭ lux disease ger￭ d and anxiety
diffuse idi￭ opathic sk￭ el￭ etal hyper￭ o￭ sto￭ sis dish is a non infl￭ am￭ matory spon￭ dy￭ lo￭ ar￭ thro￭ pa￭ thy of the sp￭ ine it is characterized by spin￭ y an￭ ky￭ losis and en￭ thes￭ opathy os￭ sification of the lig￭ aments and en￭ theses it most commonly affects the thor￭ ac￭ ic and thor￭ aco lum￭ bar sp￭ ine but involvement is variable and can include the entire sp￭ ine the dis￭ c spaces fac￭ et and sacro￭ ili￭ ac joints remain unaffected diagnosis requires con￭ flu￭ ent os￭ sification of at least four con￭ ti￭ gu￭ ous vertebr￭ al bodies class￭ ically advanced disease may have melted candle wax appearance along the sp￭ ine on radio￭ graphic studies the calci￭ fication and os￭ sification is most common on the right side of the sp￭ ine in people with d￭ ext￭ ro￭ car￭ dia and sit￭ us in￭ versus this calci￭ fication occurs on the left side which confirms the role of the descending thor￭ ac￭ ic a￭ or￭ ta in preventing the physical manifestations of dish on one side of the sp￭ ine
diffuse inf￭ anti￭ le fi￭ bro￭ mat￭ osis is a condition affecting infants during the first 3 years of life it is usually confined to the muscles of the arms neck and shoulder area there is a mul￭ tic￭ entr￭ ic infiltr￭ ation of muscle fi￭ bers with fi￭ bro￭ bl￭ asts resembling those seen in ap￭ on￭ euro￭ tic fi￭ bro￭ mas
diffuse infiltr￭ ative lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ to￭ sis syndrome occurs in hiv positive patients with low cd 4 counts it is similar to sjö￭ gre￭ n s syndrome with pain￭ less par￭ o￭ ti￭ d and sub￭ man￭ di￭ bul￭ ar sw￭ elling and sic￭ ca symptoms the syndrome typically improves with ha￭ art
a diffuse intrinsic pon￭ tine gli￭ oma di￭ pg is a tum￭ our located in the p￭ ons middle of the brain stem the brain stem is the bot￭ tom￭ most portion of the brain connecting the cere￭ bru￭ m with the spinal cord the majority of brain stem tum￭ ours occur in the p￭ ons and are diff￭ us￭ ely infiltr￭ ating they grow amidst the nerves and therefore cannot be sur￭ g￭ ically removed gli￭ oma is a general name for any tum￭ our that arises from the supportive tissue called glia which help keep the neurons in place and functioning well the brain stem contains all of the a￭ ffer￭ ent incoming neurons within the spinal cord as well as important structures involved in eye movements and in face and throat muscle control and sensation
diffuse lam￭ ell￭ ar ker￭ ati￭ tis dl￭ k is a sterile infl￭ amm￭ ation of the cor￭ ne￭ a which may occur after ref￭ r￭ active surgery such as la￭ si￭ k its incidence has been estimated to be 1 in 500 patients though this may be as high as 32 in some cases
diffuse large b cell lymp￭ homa dl￭ b￭ cl or dl￭ bl is a cancer of b cells a type of white blood cell responsible for producing antibodies it is the most common type of non ho￭ dg￭ kin lymp￭ homa among adults with an annual incidence of 7 – 8 cases per 100 000 people per year this cancer occurs primarily in older individuals with a median age of diagnosis at approximately 70 years of age though it can also occur in children and young adults in rare cases dl￭ b￭ cl is an aggressive tumor which can arise in virtually any part of the body and the first sign of this illness is typically the observation of a rapidly growing mass sometimes associated with fever weight loss and night swe￭ ats the causes of diffuse large b cell lymp￭ homa are not well understood usually dl￭ b￭ cl arises from normal b cells but it can also represent a m￭ align￭ ant transformation of other types of lymp￭ homa or leuk￭ emia an underlying immun￭ o￭ deficiency is a significant risk factor infection with ep￭ stein – bar￭ r virus has also been found to contribute to the development of some sub￭ groups of dl￭ b￭ cl diagnosis of dl￭ b￭ cl is made by removing a portion of the tumor through a biopsy and then examining this tissue using a micro￭ scope usually a hem￭ at￭ opath￭ o￭ logist makes this diagnosis several sub￭ types of dl￭ b￭ cl have been identified each having a different clinical presentation and prog￭ no￭ sis however the usual treatment for each of these is chem￭ otherapy often in combination with an anti￭ body targeted at the tumor cells through these treatments more than half of patients with dl￭ b￭ cl can be cured and the overall five year survival rate for older adults is around 58
diffuse my￭ el￭ ino￭ cl￭ astic sclerosis sometimes referred to as sch￭ il￭ der s disease is a very inf￭ requ￭ ent neuro￭ degenerative disease that presents clin￭ ically as pseu￭ do￭ tum￭ our￭ al dem￭ yel￭ inating le￭ sions that make its diagnosis difficult it usually begins in childhood affecting children between 5 and 14 years old but cases in adults are possible this disease is considered one of the borderline forms of multiple sclerosis because some authors consider them different diseases and others ms variants other diseases in this group are neuro￭ m￭ ye￭ li￭ tis op￭ tica n￭ mo bal￭ o concentr￭ ic sclerosis and mar￭ burg multiple sclerosis
diffuse pan￭ bron￭ chi￭ oli￭ tis dp￭ b is an infl￭ am￭ matory lung disease of unknown cause it is a severe progressive form of bron￭ chi￭ oli￭ tis an infl￭ am￭ matory condition of the bron￭ chi￭ oles small air passages in the lungs the term diffuse signifies that le￭ sions appear throughout both lungs while pan￭ bron￭ chi￭ oli￭ tis refers to infl￭ amm￭ ation found in all layers of the respiratory bron￭ chi￭ oles those involved in gas exchange dp￭ b causes severe infl￭ amm￭ ation and no￭ dule like le￭ sions of terminal bron￭ chi￭ oles chronic sin￭ u￭ si￭ tis and intense cou￭ gh￭ ing with large amounts of sp￭ u￭ tum production the disease is believed to occur when there is suscep￭ tibility or a lack of immune system resistance to dp￭ b causing bacteria or viruses caused by several genes that are found predominantly in individuals of east asian descent the highest incidence occurs among japanese people followed by koreans dp￭ b occurs more often in males and usually begins around age 40 it was recognized as a distinct new disease in the early 1960 s and was formally named diffuse pan￭ bron￭ chi￭ oli￭ tis in 1969 if left untreated dp￭ b progres￭ ses to bron￭ chi￭ ec￭ tas￭ is an irreversible lung condition that involves enlargement of the bron￭ chi￭ oles and pooling of m￭ uc￭ us in the bron￭ chi￭ ol￭ ar passages daily treatment of dp￭ b with macro￭ li￭ de antibiotics such as er￭ y￭ thro￭ my￭ cin e￭ ases symptoms and increases survival time but the disease currently has no known cure the eventual result of dp￭ b can be respiratory failure and heart problems
diffuse prolifer￭ ative ne￭ ph￭ ri￭ tis dp￭ n or glo￭ mer￭ ul￭ on￭ eph￭ ri￭ tis dp￭ gn is a type of glo￭ mer￭ ul￭ on￭ eph￭ ri￭ tis that is the most serious form of ren￭ al le￭ sions in s￭ le and is also the most common occurring in 35 to 60 of patients most of the glo￭ mer￭ uli show endo￭ the￭ li￭ al and mes￭ an￭ gi￭ al proliferation affecting the entire glo￭ mer￭ ul￭ us leading to diffuse hyper￭ cellul￭ arity of the glo￭ mer￭ uli producing in some cases epi￭ the￭ li￭ al cres￭ cents that fill bowman s space when extensive immune complex￭ es create an overall thick￭ ening of the cap￭ ill￭ ary wall resembling rigid wire lo￭ ops on routine light micro￭ sco￭ py electr￭ on micro￭ sco￭ py reveals electr￭ on dense sub￭ endo￭ the￭ li￭ al immune complex￭ es between endo￭ the￭ lium and basement memb￭ rane immune complex￭ es can be vis￭ u￭ alized by stain￭ ing with fluorescent antibodies directed against immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ul￭ ins or complement resulting in a gran￭ ular fluorescent stain￭ ing pattern in due course glo￭ mer￭ ular injury gives rise to scar￭ ring glo￭ mer￭ ul￭ os￭ clerosis most of these patients have hem￭ atur￭ ia with moderate to severe prote￭ in￭ ur￭ ia hyper￭ tension and ren￭ al in￭ sufficiency
diffuse unilateral sub￭ acute neuro￭ ret￭ initi￭ s dus￭ n is a rare condition that occurs in otherwise healthy often young patients and is due to the presence of a sub￭ re￭ tin￭ al nemato￭ de
diffusion controlled or diffusion limited reactions are reactions that occur so quickly that the reaction rate is the rate of transport of the re￭ ac￭ tants through the reaction medium usually a solution as quickly as the re￭ ac￭ tants encounter each other they react the process of chemical reaction can be considered as involving the diffusion of re￭ ac￭ tants until they encounter each other in the right sto￭ ic￭ hi￭ ome￭ try and form an activated complex which can form the product species the observed rate of chemical reactions is generally speaking the rate of the slow￭ est or rate determining step in diffusion controlled reactions the formation of products from the activated complex is much faster than the diffusion of re￭ ac￭ tants and thus the rate is governed by collision frequency diffusion control is rare in the gas phase where rates of diffusion of molecules are generally very high diffusion control is more likely in solution where diffusion of re￭ ac￭ tants is slower due to the greater number of collis￭ ions with solvent molecules reactions where the activated complex forms easily and the products form rapidly are most likely to be limited by diffusion control examples are those involving catal￭ ysis and enz￭ ym￭ atic reactions heterogeneous reactions where re￭ ac￭ tants are in different phases are also candidates for diffusion control one classical test for diffusion control is to observe whether the rate of reaction is affected by stirring or ag￭ itation if so then the reaction is almost certainly diffusion controlled under those conditions
diffusion of responsibility is a soci￭ op￭ sy￭ cho￭ logical phenomenon whereby a person is less likely to take responsibility for action or inaction when others are present considered a form of attribution the individual assumes that others either are responsible for taking action or have already done so the phenomenon tends to occur in groups of people above a certain critical size and when responsibility is not explicitly assigned it rarely occurs when the person is alone and diffusion increases with groups of three or more
dig￭ estion chambers are a his￭ to￭ logic finding in nerves that are undergoing wall￭ er￭ ian de￭ generation
dig￭ estive system ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms are tumors which affect the dig￭ estive system types include es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al cancer ga￭ str￭ ic cancer small intest￭ inal cancer colo￭ rec￭ tal cancer anal cancer
in electronics a digital to analo￭ g conver￭ ter dac d a d – a d 2 a or d to a is a device that conver￭ ts a digital signal into an analo￭ g signal an analo￭ g to digital conver￭ ter ad￭ c performs the reverse function there are several dac architec￭ tures the suitability of a dac for a particular application is determined by six main parameters physical size power consumption resolution maximum sampling frequency accuracy and cost due to the complexity and the need for precisely matched components all but the most specialized d￭ acs are implemented as integrated circuits ics digital to analo￭ g conversion can de￭ grade a signal so a dac should be specified that has insignificant errors in terms of the application d￭ acs are commonly used in music players to convert digital data streams into analo￭ g audio signals they are also used in telev￭ is￭ ions and mobile phones to convert digital video data into analo￭ g video signals which connect to the screen drivers to display mono￭ ch￭ rome or color images these two applications use d￭ acs at opposite ends of the speed resolution trade off the audio dac is a low speed high resolution type while the video dac is a high speed low to medium resolution type dis￭ crete d￭ acs would typically be extremely high speed low resolution power hungry types as used in military radar systems very high speed test equipment especially sampling osci￭ l￭ lo￭ sco￭ pes may also use dis￭ crete d￭ acs
digital cam￭ ou￭ fl￭ age is a type of cam￭ ou￭ fl￭ age pattern combining micro and macro patterns often though not necessarily with a pi￭ x￭ ell￭ ated look created with computer assistance the function is to provide military cam￭ ou￭ fl￭ age over a range of distances or equival￭ ently over a range of scales in the manner of frac￭ t￭ als not all mul￭ tis￭ cal￭ e patterns are pi￭ x￭ ell￭ ated and not all pi￭ x￭ ell￭ ated patterns work at different scales so being pi￭ x￭ el￭ ated does not of itself guarantee improved performance the root of the modern digital cam￭ ou￭ fl￭ age patterns can be traced back to 1930 s experiments in europe for the german and soviet armies modern digital patterns date to the 1970 s with work by u s army officer timothy o neill for armor cam￭ ou￭ fl￭ age later followed by canadian development of cad￭ pat and then with us work led by o neill which created mar￭ pat
digital continuity is the ability to maintain the digital information of a creator in such a way that the information will continue to be available as needed despite changes in digital technology it focuses on making sure that information is complete available and therefore usable activities involved with managing digital continuity include information management information risk assessment and managing technical environments including file format conversion digital continuity management is particularly important to organisations that have a duty to maintain accountability and to act transparently and legally such as government and infrastructure companies digital continuity is also an important issue for organisations responsible for maintaining repos￭ itories of information in digital form over time such as archives and libraries
dig￭ it￭ ally controlled impe￭ dance is a function for controlling impe￭ dance in fp￭ gas series resistance to match line impe￭ dance parallel resistance to avoid reflection
di￭ go￭ x￭ in poisoning also known as di￭ go￭ x￭ in toxicity is a type of poisoning that may occur in people who take too much of the drug di￭ go￭ x￭ in in a short period of time or in those who accumulate high levels of di￭ go￭ x￭ in in their blood during long term treatment di￭ go￭ x￭ in derived from fo￭ x￭ glove plants of the genus dig￭ ital￭ is is a medication prescribed to people with heart failure and or atri￭ al fi￭ bri￭ ll￭ ation
di￭ hydro￭ py￭ ri￭ mid￭ ine de￭ hydro￭ gen￭ ase deficiency dp￭ d deficiency is an auto￭ som￭ al reces￭ si￭ vem￭ e￭ tab￭ ol￭ ic disorder in which there is absent or significantly decreased activity of di￭ hydro￭ py￭ ri￭ mid￭ ine de￭ hydro￭ gen￭ ase an enzyme involved in the metabol￭ ism of ur￭ ac￭ il and thy￭ mine individuals with this condition may develop life threatening toxicity following exposure to 5 fluor￭ our￭ ac￭ il 5 fu a chem￭ otherapy drug that is used in the treatment of cancer beside 5 fu widely prescribed oral fluor￭ op￭ y￭ ri￭ mid￭ ine cap￭ ec￭ it￭ ab￭ ine x￭ el￭ oda could put dp￭ d deficient patients at risk of experiencing severe or lethal tox￭ ic￭ ities as well
di￭ k￭ ty￭ oma or ci￭ li￭ ary body med￭ ul￭ lo￭ epi￭ the￭ li￭ oma or ter￭ at￭ on￭ euro￭ ma is a rare tumor arising from primitive med￭ ul￭ l￭ ary epi￭ the￭ lium in the ci￭ li￭ ary body of the eye almost all di￭ k￭ ty￭ om￭ as arise in the ci￭ li￭ ary body although rarely they may arise from the op￭ tic nerve head or re￭ tina the name di￭ k￭ ty￭ oma comes from its characteristic findings on his￭ to￭ logy
di￭ lac￭ eration is a developmental disturbance in shape of teeth it refers to an ang￭ ulation or a sharp bend or curve in the root or crown of a formed tooth
dil￭ ated cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy d￭ cm is a condition in which the heart becomes enlarged and cannot pump blood efficiently the decreased heart function can affect the lungs liver and other body systems d￭ cm is one of the cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opath￭ ies a group of diseases that affect primarily the heart muscle different cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opath￭ ies have different causes and affect the heart in different ways in d￭ cm a portion of the my￭ o￭ cardi￭ um is dil￭ ated often without any obvious cause left or right ven￭ tric￭ ular syst￭ ol￭ ic pump function of the heart is impaired leading to progressive heart enlargement via ven￭ tric￭ ular hyper￭ tro￭ phy and ven￭ tric￭ ular dil￭ ation a process called ven￭ tric￭ ular remo￭ deling dil￭ ated cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy is the most common form of non is￭ chem￭ ic cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy it occurs more frequently in men than in women and is most common between the ages of 20 and 60 years about one in three cases of cong￭ estive heart failure chf is due to dil￭ ated cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy dil￭ ated cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy also occurs in children
a dil￭ ated por￭ e also known as a dil￭ ated por￭ e of win￭ er is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by a solitary prominent open com￭ edo on the face or upper trunk of an individual they can occur on either young or elderly individuals they are benign however they can be considered un￭ sigh￭ tly the only cur￭ ative method of removal is a punch exc￭ ision usually 1 – 3 mm las￭ ers and other superficial means of removal have proven to be ineffective
in methods of abortion dil￭ ation and evacuation d e also sometimes called dil￭ ation and extraction is the dil￭ ation of the cer￭ vi￭ x and surgical evacuation of the contents of the uter￭ us it is a method of abortion as well as a therapeutic procedure used after mis￭ carriage to prevent infection by ensuring that the uter￭ us is fully evacuated in various health care centers it may be called by different names d e dil￭ ation and evacuation er￭ po￭ c evacuation of retained products of conception top or stop surgical termination of pregnancy d e normally refers to a specific second trim￭ ester procedure however some sources use the term d e to refer more generally to any procedure that involves the processes of dil￭ ation and evacuation which includes the first trim￭ ester procedures of manual and electric vacuum aspiration
the dim effect is a natural phenomenon named by bre￭ tt c rat￭ cli￭ ffe in which nature is said to mim￭ ic art the dim effect occurs when the following events occur in sequence 1 an element of nature never seen before and assumed not to exist is represented synthe￭ tically 2 the same element is discovered to actually exist in nature entirely without human intervention the dim effect is named after a 3 d animated character dim the rhin￭ o￭ cer￭ os bee￭ tle from the film a bug s life
in mathematics specifically set theory a dimensional operator on a set e is a function from the sub￭ sets of e to the sub￭ sets of e
in music a diminished tri￭ ad also known as the minor flat￭ ted fifth m ♭ 5 is a tri￭ ad consisting of two minor thirds above the root — if built on c a diminished tri￭ ad would have a c an e ♭ and a g ♭ it resembles a minor tri￭ ad with a lowered fl￭ att￭ ened fifth it can be represented by the inte￭ ger no￭ tation 0 3 6 in the common practice period the diminished tri￭ ad is considered dis￭ son￭ ant or unstable because the dis￭ son￭ ant diminished fifth symmetr￭ ically divides the octa￭ ve the lack of t￭ onal center or stability possession of a leading tone and the dominant function give the ch￭ ord drive
in economics diminishing returns is the decrease in the marginal incremental output of a production process as the amount of a single factor of production is incre￭ mentally increased while the amounts of all other factors of production stay constant the law of diminishing returns states that in all productive processes adding more of one factor of production while holding all others constant ce￭ ter￭ is pari￭ bus will at some point yield lower incremental per unit returns the law of diminishing returns does not imply that adding more of a factor will decrease the total production a condition known as negative returns though in fact this is common a common sort of example is adding more people to a job or assemb￭ ling a car on a factory floor at some point adding more workers causes problems such as workers getting in each other s way or frequently finding themselves waiting for access to a part in all of these processes producing one more unit of output per unit of time will eventually cost increasingly more due to inputs being used less and less effectively the law of diminishing returns is a fundamental principle of economics it plays a central role in production theory
the dim￭ roth re￭ arrangement is a re￭ arrangement reaction taking place with certain 1 2 3 tri￭ az￭ oles where endo￭ cyclic and ex￭ oc￭ ycl￭ ic nitrogen atoms switch place this organic reaction was discovered in 19￭ 09 by otto dim￭ roth dim￭ roth re￭ arrangement with r a phen￭ yl group the reaction takes place in boiling py￭ ri￭ dine for 24 hours this type of tri￭ azole has an amino group in the 5 position after ring opening to a di￭ az￭ o intermediate c c bond rotation is possible with 1 3 migration of a prot￭ on certain 1 al￭ ky￭ l 2 im￭ in￭ op￭ y￭ ri￭ mid￭ ines also display this type of re￭ arrangement py￭ ri￭ mid￭ ine dim￭ roth in the first step is an addition reaction of water followed by ring opening of the hem￭ i￭ am￭ inal to the am￭ ino￭ alde￭ hyde followed by ring closure
in mathematics dini s criterion is a condition for the point￭ wise convergence of fou￭ rier series introduced by dini
in computer science the dining philosophers problem is an example problem often used in con￭ current algori￭ thm design to illustrate synchron￭ ization issues and techniques for resolving them it was originally formulated in 1965 by ed￭ s￭ ger di￭ j￭ k￭ stra as a student exam exercise presented in terms of computers competing for access to tape drive periph￭ er￭ als soon after tony ho￭ are gave the problem its present formulation
dio￭ genes syndrome also known as sen￭ ile squ￭ al￭ or syndrome is a disorder characterized by extreme self neglect domestic squ￭ al￭ or social withdrawal apathy compul￭ sive ho￭ ar￭ ding of garbage or animals and lack of shame sufferers may also display symptoms of cat￭ at￭ onia the condition was first recognized in 1966 and designated dio￭ genes syndrome by clark et al the name derives from dio￭ genes of sin￭ ope an ancient greek philosopher a cyn￭ ic and an ultimate minim￭ alist who allegedly lived in a large jar in athens not only did he not ho￭ ard but he actually sought human company by vent￭ uring daily to the ag￭ ora therefore this ep￭ on￭ ym is considered to be a mis￭ no￭ mer other possible terms are sen￭ ile breakdown pl￭ yu￭ sh￭ kin s syndrome after a character from go￭ go￭ l s novel dead souls social breakdown and sen￭ ile squ￭ al￭ or syndrome frontal lo￭ be impairment may play a part in the causation or￭ rell et al 1989
di￭ p￭ hal￭ lia pen￭ ile duplication pd di￭ ph￭ all￭ ic ter￭ ata or di￭ ph￭ all￭ as￭ par￭ atus is a rare developmental ab￭ normality in which a male infant is born with two pen￭ ises the first reported case was by johann￭ es jacob w￭ ec￭ ker in 16￭ 09 its occurrence is 1 in 5 5 million boys in the united states when di￭ p￭ hal￭ lia is present it is usually accompanied by ren￭ al vertebr￭ al hind￭ gut ano￭ rec￭ tal or other con￭ genital anomalies there is also a higher risk of sp￭ ina bi￭ fi￭ da infants born with pd and its related conditions have a higher death rate from various infections associated with their more complex ren￭ al or colo￭ rec￭ tal systems it is thought di￭ p￭ hal￭ lia occurs in the fe￭ tus between the 23 rd and 25 th days of gest￭ ation when an injury chemical stress or malfunctioning home￭ o￭ box genes hamper proper function of the c￭ aud￭ al cell mass of the fe￭ tal mes￭ o￭ der￭ m as the u￭ ro￭ genital sin￭ us separates from the genital tuber￭ cle and rec￭ tum to form the penis
di￭ ph￭ ther￭ ia is an infection caused by the bacter￭ ium cor￭ y￭ ne￭ bacter￭ ium di￭ ph￭ ther￭ i￭ ae signs and symptoms may vary from mild to severe they usually start two to five days after exposure symptoms often come on fairly gradually beginning with a sore throat and fever in severe cases a grey or white patch develops in the throat this can block the air￭ way and create a barking cough as in cro￭ up the neck may swell in part due to large lymp￭ h no￭ des a form of di￭ ph￭ ther￭ ia that involves the skin eyes or gen￭ itals also exists complications may include my￭ o￭ cardi￭ tis infl￭ amm￭ ation of nerves kidney problems and bleeding problems due to low blood plat￭ el￭ ets my￭ o￭ cardi￭ tis may result in an abnormal heart rate and infl￭ amm￭ ation of the nerves may result in paralysis di￭ ph￭ ther￭ ia is usually spread between people by direct contact or through the air it may also be spread by contaminated objects some people carry the bacteria without having symptoms but can still spread the disease to others there are three main types of c di￭ ph￭ ther￭ i￭ ae causing different sever￭ ities of disease the symptoms are due to a toxin produced by the bacteria diagnosis can often be made based on the appearance of the throat with confirmation by culture previous infection may not prevent against future infection a vaccine known as di￭ ph￭ ther￭ ia tox￭ o￭ id is effective for prevention and available in a number of formulations three or four doses given along with te￭ tan￭ us tox￭ o￭ id and ac￭ ell￭ ular per￭ tus￭ sis vaccine are recommended during childhood further doses are recommended every ten years protection can be verified by measuring the anti￭ toxin level in the blood treatment is with the antibiotic er￭ y￭ thro￭ my￭ cin or pen￭ ic￭ ill￭ in g these antibiotics may also be used for prevention in those who have been exposed to the infection a surgical procedure known as a trac￭ he￭ o￭ stom￭ y is sometimes needed to open the air￭ way in severe cases in 2013 4 700 cases were officially reported down from nearly 100 000 in 1980 it is believed however that about a million cases occurred per year before the 1980 s it currently occurs most often in sub saharan africa india and indonesia in 2013 it resulted in 3 300 deaths down from 8 000 deaths in 1990 in areas where it is still common children are most affected it is rare in the developed world due to widespread vaccination in the united states 57 cases were reported between 1980 and 2004 death occurs in between 5 and 10 of those affected the disease was first described in the 5 th century bc by hippo￭ crates the bacter￭ ium was discovered in 1882 by ed￭ win kle￭ bs
di￭ ph￭ yl￭ lo￭ bo￭ thri￭ asis is the infection caused by ta￭ pe￭ worms of the di￭ ph￭ yl￭ lo￭ bo￭ thri￭ um genus commonly di￭ ph￭ yl￭ lo￭ bo￭ thri￭ um lat￭ um
di￭ plac￭ us￭ is also known as di￭ plac￭ us￭ is bin￭ aur￭ alis or inter a￭ ural pitch difference ip￭ d is a type of hearing disorder that is the perception of a single aud￭ itory stimulus as two separate sounds which may differ in pitch or in time it is typically though not exclusively experienced as a secondary symptom of sens￭ or￭ in￭ eur￭ al hearing loss although not all patients with sensory ne￭ ural hearing loss may experience di￭ plac￭ us￭ is or tin￭ nit￭ us onset is usually spontaneous and can occur at the time of an acous￭ tic trauma or in the midst of an ear infection sufferers may experience the effect permanently or it may resolve on its own treatment includes a full medical examination as well as an audi￭ ological examination that may explain the nature of the problem if needed amp￭ lification may relieve the symptoms of di￭ plac￭ us￭ is therapy in helping the patient understand the cause of the symptom and tin￭ nit￭ us retraining may provide some relief in at least some cases amp￭ lification makes no difference and there is no treatment other than waiting for natural resolution
diplo￭ bl￭ ast￭ y is a condition of the bl￭ ast￭ ula in which there are two primary germ layers the ec￭ to￭ der￭ m and endo￭ der￭ m diplo￭ bl￭ astic organisms are organisms which develop from such a bl￭ ast￭ ula and include cn￭ id￭ aria and c￭ ten￭ op￭ hor￭ a formerly grouped together in the ph￭ yl￭ um coel￭ enter￭ ata but later understanding of their differences resulted in their being placed in separate phy￭ la the endo￭ der￭ m allows them to develop true tissue this includes tissue associated with the gut and associated g￭ lands the ec￭ to￭ der￭ m on the other hand gives rise to the ep￭ id￭ er￭ mis the nervous tissue and if present ne￭ ph￭ ri￭ dia simpler animals such as sea spon￭ ges have one germ layer and lack true tissue organization all the more complex animals from flat worms to humans are tri￭ plo￭ bl￭ astic with three germ layers a mes￭ o￭ der￭ m as well as ec￭ to￭ der￭ m and endo￭ der￭ m the mes￭ o￭ der￭ m allows them to develop true organs groups of diplo￭ bl￭ astic animals alive today include jell￭ y￭ fish cor￭ als sea an￭ em￭ ones and comb jel￭ lies
diplo￭ id tri￭ plo￭ id mo￭ sa￭ ic￭ ism d￭ t￭ m is a chro￭ mo￭ some disorder individuals with diplo￭ id tri￭ plo￭ id syndrome have some cells with three copies of each chro￭ mo￭ some for a total of 69 chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es called tri￭ plo￭ id cells and some cells with the usual 2 copies of each chro￭ mo￭ some for a total of 46 chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es called diplo￭ id cells having two or more different cell types is called mo￭ sa￭ ic￭ ism diplo￭ id tri￭ plo￭ id mo￭ sa￭ ic￭ ism can be associated with trun￭ cal obesity body facial asymmetry weak muscle tone hy￭ pot￭ onia delays in growth mild differences in facial features fusion or web￭ bing between some of the fingers and or toes syn￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly and irregularities in the skin pi￭ gm￭ entation intellectual disabilities may be present but are highly variable from person to person ranging from mild to more severe the chro￭ mo￭ some disorder is usually not present in the blood a skin biopsy or analy￭ zing cells in the urine is needed to detect the tri￭ plo￭ id cells people usually have 46 chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es in the cells in the body chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es are the micro￭ sco￭ p￭ ically small structures in the nucleus of the body ’ s cells that carry genetic information in people with diplo￭ id tri￭ plo￭ id mo￭ sa￭ ic￭ ism two populations of cells co exist some cells called diplo￭ id have 46 chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es other cells called tri￭ plo￭ id have an extra set of 23 chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es making 69 in all tri￭ plo￭ id￭ y is not the same as tr￭ is￭ omy in tr￭ is￭ omy there is an extra copy of just one chro￭ mo￭ some making a total of 47 down ’ s syndrome is an example of tr￭ is￭ omy with an extra copy of chro￭ mo￭ some 21 in tri￭ plo￭ id￭ y there is an extra copy of each of the 23 chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es making a total of 69 there are thought to be over 60 people living with this disorder all over the world it may not be a rare as we think as more and more cases are being diagnosed yearly the oldest living diagnosed is well in their 30 s the children with it are happy fun loving social kids and life expectancy seems to be getting longer and longer early intervention is the key although they can have a lot of physical needs they are full of joy and love the information out there about d￭ t￭ m is outdated it is not a death sentence other names for diplo￭ id tri￭ plo￭ id mo￭ saic 1 diplo￭ id￭ y tri￭ plo￭ id￭ y 2 2 n 3 n mix￭ op￭ lo￭ id￭ y 3 tri￭ plo￭ id￭ y mo￭ sa￭ ic￭ ism 4 diplo￭ id tri￭ plo￭ id mo￭ sa￭ ic￭ ism 5 d￭ t￭ m 6 mo￭ saic tri￭ plo￭ id
di￭ pl￭ op￭ hon￭ ia also known as di￭ ph￭ th￭ on￭ gia is a phenomenon in which a voice is perceived as being produced with two con￭ current pit￭ ches di￭ pl￭ op￭ hon￭ ia is a result of vocal fold vibrations that are quasi periodic in nature it has been reported from old days but there are no uniform interpretation of established mechanisms it has been established that di￭ pl￭ op￭ hon￭ ia can be caused by various vocal fold patho￭ logies such as vocal fol￭ ds poly￭ p vocal fold no￭ dule recurrent lar￭ yn￭ ge￭ al nerve paralysis or vesti￭ bul￭ ar fold hyper￭ tro￭ phy
di￭ pl￭ op￭ ia commonly known as double vision is the simultaneous perception of two images of a single object that may be displaced horizon￭ tally vertically diag￭ onally i e both vertically and horizon￭ tally or rot￭ ationally in relation to each other it is usually the result of impaired function of the extra￭ oc￭ ular muscles e￭ oms where both eyes are still functional but they cannot converge to target the desired object problems with e￭ oms may be due to mechanical problems disorders of the neuro￭ muscular junction disorders of the cran￭ ial nerves iii iv and vi that stimulate the muscles and occasionally disorders involving the supran￭ uc￭ lear oc￭ ul￭ om￭ o￭ tor pathways or ing￭ estion of toxins di￭ pl￭ op￭ ia can be one of the first signs of a systemic disease particularly to a muscular or neuro￭ logical process and it may disrupt a person ’ s balance movement and or reading abilities
diplo￭ po￭ dia is a con￭ genital anomaly in te￭ tra￭ pods that involves duplication of elements of the foot on the h￭ ind limb it comes from the greek roots di￭ plo double and pod foot diplo￭ po￭ dia is often found in conjunction with other structural ab￭ norm￭ alities and can be lethal it is more extreme than poly￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly the presence of extra digits
the di￭ py￭ gus de￭ form￭ ity is a severe con￭ genital de￭ form￭ ity where the body axis for￭ ks left and right part￭ way along the tor￭ so with the poster￭ ior end pel￭ vis and legs duplic￭ ated myr￭ tle cor￭ bin was a di￭ py￭ gus she married and had 5 children in human cases the inner two of the four hind￭ quarters develop much smaller than normal this is a type of ter￭ as cat￭ ad￭ id￭ ym￭ um monster twin￭ ned below another sort of de￭ form￭ ity with extra legs can happen from a de￭ generated con￭ joined twin as may have happened with frank l￭ ent￭ ini with his third leg
in mathematics a di￭ rac spectrum named after paul di￭ rac is the spectrum of ei￭ gen￭ values of a di￭ rac operator on a ri￭ em￭ ann￭ ian mani￭ fold with a spin structure the iso￭ spectr￭ al problem for the di￭ rac spectrum asks whether two ri￭ em￭ ann￭ ian spin mani￭ fol￭ ds have identical spec￭ tra the di￭ rac spectrum depends on the spin structure in the sense that there exists a ri￭ em￭ ann￭ ian mani￭ fold with two different spin structures that have different di￭ rac spec￭ tra
direct labour cost variance is the difference between the standard cost for actual production and the actual cost in production there are two kinds of labour vari￭ ances labour rate variance is the difference between the standard cost and the actual cost paid for the actual number of hours labour efficiency variance is the difference between the standard labour hour that should have been worked for the actual number of units produced and the actual number of hours worked when the labour hours are valued at the standard rate
in variance analysis accounting direct material price variance is the difference between the standard cost and the actual cost for the actual quantity of material purchased it is one of the two components the other is direct material usage variance of direct material total variance
in variance analysis accounting direct material total variance is the difference between the actual cost of actual number of units produced and its budgeted cost in terms of material direct material total variance can be divided into two components the direct material price variance the direct material usage variance
in variance analysis direct material usage efficiency quantity variance is the difference between the standard quantity of materials that should have been used for the number of units actually produced and the actual quantity of materials used valued at the standard cost per unit of material it is one of the two components the other is direct material price variance of direct material total variance
directed attention fatigue d￭ af is a neuro￭ logical phenomenon that results from over￭ use of the brain ’ s inhi￭ bit￭ ory attention mechanisms which handle incoming dis￭ tr￭ actions while maintaining focus on a specific task the greatest threat to a given focus of attention is competition from other stimul￭ i that can cause a shift in focus this is because one maintains focus on a particular thought by inhi￭ biting all potential dis￭ tr￭ actions and not by strengthening that central mental activity directed attention fatigue occurs when a particular part of the brain ’ s global inhi￭ bit￭ ory system is over￭ worked due to the suppression of increasing numbers of stimul￭ i this temporary condition is not a clinical illness or a personality disorder it is rather a temporary fatigue of the inhi￭ bit￭ ory mechanisms in the brain according to inhi￭ bi￭ tion theory it is natural for one to alternate between periods of attention and distraction although one ’ s efforts may involve very different tasks each incoming stimulus calls upon the same directed attention mechanism
in mathematics the di￭ rich￭ let beta function also known as the catalan beta function is a special function closely related to the ri￭ emann ze￭ ta function it is a particular di￭ rich￭ let l function the l function for the altern￭ ating character of period four
in mathematics the di￭ rich￭ let or first type boundary condition is a type of boundary condition named after peter gust￭ av le￭ je￭ une di￭ rich￭ let 18￭ 05 – 1859 when imposed on an ordinary or a partial differential equation it specifies the values that a solution needs to take on along the boundary of the domain the question of finding solutions to such equations is known as the di￭ rich￭ let problem in engineering applications a di￭ rich￭ let boundary condition may also be referred to as a fixed boundary condition
in mathematics the di￭ rich￭ let conditions are sufficient conditions for a real valued periodic function f to be equal to the sum of its fou￭ rier series at each point where f is continuous moreover the behavior of the fou￭ rier series at points of dis￭ continuity is determined as well it is the mid￭ point of the values of the dis￭ continuity these conditions are named after peter gust￭ av le￭ je￭ une di￭ rich￭ let the conditions are f must be absolutely integr￭ able over a period f must have a finite number of extre￭ ma in any given bounded interval i e there must be a finite number of maxim￭ a and minim￭ a in the interval f must have a finite number of dis￭ continu￭ ities in any given bounded interval however the dis￭ continuity cannot be infinite these three conditions are satisfied if f is a function of bounded variation over a period
in mathematics a di￭ rich￭ let problem is the problem of finding a function which solves a specified partial differential equation p￭ de in the interior of a given region that takes prescribed values on the boundary of the region the di￭ rich￭ let problem can be solved for many p￭ des although originally it was posed for lap￭ l￭ ace s equation in that case the problem can be stated as follows given a function f that has values everywhere on the boundary of a region in r￭ n is there a unique continuous function u twice continuously differenti￭ able in the interior and continuous on the boundary such that u is harmon￭ ic in the interior and u f on the boundary this requirement is called the di￭ rich￭ let boundary condition the main issue is to prove the existence of a solution uniqueness can be proved using the maximum principle
di￭ ro￭ fil￭ ari￭ asis is an infection by parasites in the di￭ ro￭ fil￭ aria genus it can be caused by di￭ ro￭ fil￭ aria im￭ miti￭ s di￭ ro￭ fil￭ aria rep￭ ens di￭ ro￭ fil￭ aria ten￭ u￭ is
a dirty thunder￭ storm also volcanic lightning is a weather phenomenon that is related to the production of lightning in a volcanic plu￭ me a famous image of the phenomenon was photograph￭ ed by carlos guti￭ er￭ rez and occurred in chile above the cha￭ iten volcano it circulated widely on the internet other instances have been reported above alaska s mount august￭ ine volcano iceland s ey￭ j￭ af￭ jal￭ la￭ jö￭ k￭ ull volcano and mount et￭ na in sicily italy
disability is an impairment that may be physical cognitive intellectual mental sensory developmental or some combination of these that results in restrictions on an individual s ability to participate in what is considered normal in their everyday society a disability may be present from birth or occur during a person s lifetime disabilities is an umbrella term covering impair￭ ments activity limitations and participation restrictions an impairment is a problem in body function or structure an activity limitation is a difficulty encountered by an individual in executing a task or action while a participation restriction is a problem experienced by an individual in involvement in life situations thus disability is a complex phenomenon reflecting an interaction between features of a person ’ s body and features of the society in which he or she lives — world health organization disabilities disability is a contested concept with different meanings for different communities it may be used to refer to physical or mental attributes that some institutions particularly medicine view as needing to be fixed the medical model it may refer to limitations imposed on people by the constraints of an ab￭ le￭ ist society the social model or the term may serve to name a social identity claimed by people with disabilities the discussion over disability s definition arose out of disability activism in the u s and u k in the 1970 s which challenged how medical conceptions of human variation dominated popular discourse about disabilities and how these were reflected in common terminology e g handicapped cripple debates about proper terminology and their implied politics continue in disability communities and the academic field of disability studies in many countries the law requires that disabilities documented by a healthcare provider in order to assess which citizens qualify for disability benefits
in medical terminology dis￭ artic￭ ulation is the separation of two bones at their joint either naturally by way of injury or by a surgeon during ampu￭ tation
a disaster is a serious disruption of the functioning of a community or a society involving widespread human material economic or environmental losses and impacts which exceeds the ability of the affected community or society to cope using its own resources in contemporary academia disasters are seen as the consequence of in￭ appropriately managed risk these risks are the product of a combination of both hazards and vulnerability hazards that strike in areas with low vulnerability will never become disasters as in the case of un￭ inhabited regions developing countries suffer the greatest costs when a disaster hits – more than 95 percent of all deaths caused by hazards occur in developing countries and losses due to natural hazards are 20 times greater as a percentage of gdp in developing countries than in industrialized countries
disaster convergence is the phenomenon of individuals or groups moving towards a disaster stricken area conver￭ gers have many reasons for heading towards a disaster area kend￭ ra and wach￭ tend￭ or￭ f 2002 identified seven distinct categories of conver￭ gers these categories are mour￭ ners the anxious re￭ tur￭ ners the curious the help￭ ers the explo￭ iters and the supporters
a dis￭ c pro￭ tru￭ sion is a disease condition which can occur in some vertebr￭ ates including humans in which the outermost layers of the an￭ ul￭ us fi￭ bro￭ sus of the inter￭ vertebr￭ al dis￭ cs of the sp￭ ine are intact but bul￭ ge when one or more of the dis￭ cs are under pressure many disk ab￭ norm￭ alities seen on m￭ ri that are loosely referred to her￭ ni￭ ation are actually just incidental findings these may be unrelated to any symptoms and are just bul￭ ges of the annul￭ us fi￭ bro￭ sus jensen and colleagues in an m￭ ri study of the lum￭ bar sp￭ ine in 98 as￭ ymp￭ tomatic adults found that in more than half there was a symmetr￭ ical extension of a dis￭ c or dis￭ cs beyond the margins of the inter￭ space bul￭ ging in 27 percent there was a focal or asymmetrical extension of the dis￭ c beyond the margin of the inter￭ space pro￭ tru￭ sion and in only 1 percent was there more extreme extension of the dis￭ c ex￭ tru￭ sion or sequestr￭ ation these findings emphasize the importance of using precise terms in describing the imaging ab￭ norm￭ alities and evaluating them strictly in the context of the patient s symptoms a dis￭ c pro￭ tru￭ sion may progress to a spinal dis￭ c her￭ ni￭ ation a condition in which there is a tear in the an￭ ul￭ us fi￭ bro￭ sus
discer￭ n￭ ment is the ability to obtain sharp perceptions or to judge well or the activity of so doing in the case of judgment discer￭ n￭ ment can be psychological or moral in nature in the sphere of judgment discer￭ n￭ ment involves going past the mere perception of something and making nuanced judgments about its properties or qualities considered as a virtue a discer￭ ning individual is considered to possess wisdom and be of good judgement especially so with regard to subject matter often overlooked by others
disci￭ tis or dis￭ ki￭ tis is an infection in the inter￭ vertebr￭ al dis￭ c space that affects different age groups in adults it can lead to severe consequences such as sep￭ sis or ep￭ id￭ ural abs￭ c￭ ess but can also spontaneously resolve especially in children under 8 years of age disci￭ tis occurs post sur￭ g￭ ically in approximately 1 2 percent of patients after spinal surgery
a dis￭ cl￭ ination is a line defect in which rot￭ ational sym￭ metry is violated in analogy with dis￭ locations in cryst￭ als the term dis￭ inclination for liquid cryst￭ als first used by f c frank and since then has been modified to its current usage dis￭ cl￭ ination it is a defect in the orientation of director whereas a dis￭ location is a defect in posi￭ tional order
dis￭ co￭ id lup￭ us er￭ y￭ them￭ ato￭ sus dle is a chronic skin condition of so￭ res with infl￭ amm￭ ation and scar￭ ring favoring the face ears and scal￭ p and at times on other body areas these le￭ sions develop as a red infl￭ amed patch with a scaling and cru￭ sty appearance the center areas may appear lighter in color with a rim darker than the normal skin dis￭ co￭ id lup￭ us er￭ y￭ them￭ ato￭ sus can be divided into loc￭ alized generalized and childhood dis￭ co￭ id lup￭ us er￭ y￭ them￭ ato￭ sus
the discounted pay￭ back period is the amount of time that it takes to cover the cost of a project by adding positive discounted cash flow coming from the profits of the project the advantage of using the discounted pay￭ back period over the pay￭ back period is that it takes into account time value of money
discover￭ ability is the ability of something especially a piece of content or information to be found discover￭ ability is a concern in library and information science many aspects of digital media software and web development and in marketing since a thing cannot be used if people cannot find it or don t understand what it s for metad￭ ata or information about information such as a book s title a product s description or a website s key￭ words affects how discover￭ able something is organizing information by putting it into alphabetical order or including it in a search engine is an example of how to improve discover￭ ability discover￭ ability is related to but different from accessibility and us￭ ability other qualities that affect the usefulness of a piece of information
a discrepancy function is a mathematical function which describes how closely a structural model conforms to observed data larger values of the discrepancy function indicate a poor fit of the model to data in general the parameter estimates for a given model are chosen so as to make the discrepancy function for that model as small as possible there are several basic types of discrepancy functions including maximum likelihood ml generalized least squares g￭ ls and ordinary least squares ols which are considered the classical discrepancy functions discrepancy functions all meet the following basic criteria they are non negative i e always greater than or equal to zero they are zero only if the fit is perfect i e if the model and parameter estimates perfectly reproduce the observed data the discrepancy function is a continuous function of the elements of s the sample co￭ variance matrix and σ θ the reproduced estimate of s obtained by using the parameter estimates and the structural model in order for maximum likelihood to meet the first criterion it is used in a revised form as the devi￭ ance
dis￭ crete pap￭ ular lichen my￭ x￭ e￭ dem￭ ato￭ sus is a skin condition caused by fi￭ bro￭ bl￭ asts producing abnormally large amounts of mu￭ co￭ pol￭ ys￭ ac￭ ch￭ ari￭ des characterized by the occurrence of wa￭ xy flesh colored pap￭ ules
in numerical analysis compu￭ tational physics and simulation discre￭ tization error or tr￭ unc￭ ation error is the error inherent in discre￭ tization it results from the fact that a function of a continuous variable is represented in the computer by a finite number of evaluations for example on a lat￭ tice discre￭ tization error can usually be reduced by using a more fin￭ ely spac￭ ed lat￭ tice with an increased compu￭ tational cost whenever continuous data is discre￭ tized there is always some amount of discre￭ tization error the goal is to reduce the amount to a level considered negligible for the model￭ ing purposes at hand
a disease is a particular abnormal condition a disorder of a structure or function that affects part or all of an organism the study of disease is called path￭ ology which includes the causal study of eti￭ ology disease is often construed as a medical condition associated with specific symptoms and signs it may be caused by external factors such as pathogens or it may be caused by internal dys￭ functions particularly of the immune system such as an immun￭ o￭ deficiency or a hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity including allergies and auto￭ immunity in humans disease is often used more broadly to refer to any condition that causes pain dysfunction distress social problems or death to the person afflicted or similar problems for those in contact with the person in this broader sense it sometimes includes injuries disabilities disorders syndro￭ mes infections isolated symptoms devi￭ ant behaviors and atypical variations of structure and function while in other contexts and for other purposes these may be considered distingu￭ ishable categories diseases can affect people not only physically but also emotionally as contracting and living with a disease can alter the affected person s perspective on life death due to disease is called death by natural causes there are four main types of disease infectious diseases deficiency diseases genetic diseases both hereditary and non hereditary and physiological diseases diseases can also be classified as communicable and non communicable the dead￭ liest diseases in humans are coron￭ ary artery disease blood flow obstruction followed by cere￭ bro￭ vascular disease and lower respiratory infections
disease inform￭ atics is the application of information science in defining the diseases with least error identifying most of the targets to combat a cluster of diseases disease causal chain and designing a holistic solution health strategy to the problem
the disease model of addiction describes an addiction as a disease with biological neuro￭ logical genetic and environmental sources of origin the traditional medical model of disease requires only that an abnormal condition be present that causes discomfort dysfunction or distress to the individual afflicted the contemporary medical model attributes addiction in part to changes in the brain s mes￭ o￭ lim￭ bic path￭ way the medical model also takes into consideration that such disease may be the result of other biological psychological or soci￭ ological entities despite an incomplete understanding of the mechanisms of these entities the common biom￭ ol￭ ec￭ ular mechanisms underlying all forms of addiction – cre￭ b and δ￭ fo￭ sb – were reviewed by eric j nest￭ ler in a 2013 review
the modern disease theory of alcoholism states that problem drinking is sometimes caused by a disease of the brain characterized by altered brain structure and function the american medical association ama declared that alcoholism was an illness in 1956 in 1991 the ama further endorsed the dual classification of alcoholism by the international classification of diseases under both psychiatric and medical sections
in medicine dis￭ equilibrium refers to an impaired sense of equilibri￭ o￭ ception it is one of the causes of di￭ zz￭ iness
dis￭ inflation is a decrease in the rate of inflation – a slowdown in the rate of increase of the general price level of goods and services in a nation s gross domestic product over time it is the opposite of refl￭ ation dis￭ inflation occurs when the increase in the “ consumer price level ” slows down from the previous period when the prices were rising if the inflation rate is not very high to start with dis￭ inflation can lead to deflation – decreases in the general price level of goods and services for example if the annual inflation rate for the month of january is 5 and it is 4 in the month of february the prices dis￭ inflated by 1 but are still increasing at a 4 annual rate again if the current rate is 1 and it is – 2 for the following month prices dis￭ inflated by 3 i e 1 – 2 and are decreasing at a 2 annual rate
dis￭ inhi￭ bited attachment disorder of childhood dad according to the international classification of diseases ic￭ d 10 is defined as a particular pattern of abnormal social functioning that arises during the first five years of life and that tends to persist despite marked changes in environmental circumstances e g diffuse non￭ selectively focused attachment behaviour attention seeking and indiscriminately friendly behaviour poorly mod￭ ulated peer interactions depending on circumstances there may also be associated emotional or behavi￭ our￭ al disturbance – f 94 2 of the ic￭ d 10 dis￭ inhi￭ bited attachment disorder is a subtype of the ic￭ d 10 category f 94 disorders of social functioning with onset specific to childhood and adoles￭ cence the other subtype of f 94 is reactive attachment disorder of childhood rad – f 94 1 synonymous or similar disorders include aff￭ ection￭ less psychop￭ athy and institutional syndrome within the ic￭ d 10 category scheme dis￭ inhi￭ bited attachment disorder specifically excludes asper￭ ger syndrome f 84 5 hospit￭ alism in children f 43 2 and hyper￭ k￭ ine￭ tic disorders f 90
dis￭ inhi￭ bited social engagement disorder d￭ sed or dis￭ inhi￭ bited attachment disorder of childhood is an attachment disorder that consists of a pattern of behavior in which a child actively approaches and inter￭ acts with unfamiliar adults and which significantly imp￭ airs young children ’ s abilities to relate inter￭ personally to adults and peers for example sitting on the lap of a stranger or peer or leaving with a stranger d￭ sed is exclusively a childhood disorder and is not diagnosed before the age of nine months or after the age of five infants and very young children are at risk if they receive inconsistent or insufficient care from a primary ca￭ reg￭ i￭ ver
in psychology dis￭ inhi￭ bi￭ tion is a lack of restraint manifested in disregard for social conventions impul￭ sivity and poor risk assessment dis￭ inhi￭ bi￭ tion affects motor instinc￭ tual emotional cognitive and percep￭ tual aspects with signs and symptoms similar to the diagnostic criteria for mania hy￭ pers￭ ex￭ uality hyper￭ p￭ ha￭ gia and aggressive out￭ bursts are indicative of dis￭ inhi￭ bited instinc￭ tual drives
dis￭ junc￭ tive cogn￭ ition is a common phenomenon in dreams first identified by psycho￭ analyst mark bl￭ ech￭ ner in which two aspects of cogn￭ ition do not match each other the dream￭ er is aware of the dis￭ junction yet that does not prevent it from remaining the most frequent dis￭ junction is between appearance and identity such as i knew it was my mother even though it didn t look like her the dream￭ er recognizes a character s identity even though the appearance does not match the identity such dreams are usually not experienced as bizarre despite the fact that such a statement in waking life would be considered psychotic in waking life most people would assume that they mis￭ identified the person and correct for it but not in dreams dis￭ junc￭ tive cogn￭ ition can also involve time perception it is quite common to dream that as an adult one goes back to a time and place of one s childhood in this case the perceived age of the dream￭ er is dis￭ junc￭ tive with the setting of the dream it is much less common to perceive the opposite dreaming of oneself as a child where the time and place are that of one s adul￭ thood however it is common to dream of other people whom one knew at an earlier age appearing in the present this is especially frequent in the dreams of people who have lost close relatives for example a￭ har￭ on app￭ el￭ feld reported i dreamed about my parents they had not aged since we were together sixty three years ago in prague and their faces expressed amazement that i had grown older we were briefly united in mutual aston￭ ishment and i knew that i had something important to tell them but as in every profound dream i could not get the words out bl￭ ech￭ ner calls dis￭ junc￭ tive cogn￭ itions the commonplace bizar￭ reness of dream￭ life some things that happen in dreams feel bizarre to the dream￭ er but dis￭ junc￭ tive cogn￭ itions usually do not another commonplace bizar￭ reness of dreams is the inter￭ object in which the dream￭ er sees something between two objects as in i dreamt of something between a swimming pool and an aqu￭ educ￭ t or between a cell phone and a baby dis￭ junc￭ tive cogn￭ itions reveal much about how the brain is organized bl￭ ech￭ ner has suggested that whenever dis￭ junc￭ tive cogn￭ itions occur the two aspects of cogn￭ ition that are dis￭ junc￭ tive are handled in different parts of the brain whose mutual integration is suppressed or shifted during sleep dis￭ junc￭ tive cogn￭ itions between what the person looks like and who the person is suggest two brain systems for those aspects of perception this is supported by research in neuro￭ psychology and neuro￭ biology for example some people who have suffered stro￭ kes or other brain damage have a syndrome known as pro￭ sop￭ agno￭ sia a pro￭ sop￭ agno￭ sic man may look at his wife of 50 years see all of her features clearly and yet not recognize who she is in such people the process of seeing is intact but the process of facial recognition is damaged there is also the phenomenon of cap￭ gr￭ as syndrome in which a person may feel that a close relative is actually an im￭ post￭ or the features of the relative are recogniz￭ able but the person s identity is not and there is also f￭ regol￭ i delusion in which a person may mistakenly identify strangers as people he actually knows in all of these syndro￭ mes there is a dis￭ junction between the appearance and perceived identity of the person neuro￭ biological research has identified separate areas of the brain responsible for recognizing faces in humans identifying unfamiliar faces activ￭ ates one region of the brain the fu￭ si￭ form face area while recognizing familiar faces also activ￭ ates another area of the brain in the lateral mid￭ temporal cor￭ tex a similar division of function is found in mac￭ a￭ que monkeys such findings indicate that the process of recognizing faces may be achieved by special parts of the brain that are different from the brain areas involved in analy￭ zing the general visual features of things since the brain has separate systems for deciding what a person looks like and who the person is this division of labor may be responsible not only for dis￭ junc￭ tive cogn￭ itions but also the phenomenon of transfer￭ ence in psycho￭ analy￭ tic treatment patients frequently experience transfer￭ ence in which the psycho￭ analyst is perceived to be very much like someone from the patient s past as in dis￭ junc￭ tive cogn￭ itions of dreams the patient may feel you look like dr x but you feel like my mother the separate areas of the brain involved in telling us what the person looks like and who the person is may give a neuro￭ biological basis for transfer￭ ence the phenomenon in which we know who a person is yet we react emotionally to that person as if they are someone else
the term disk space is an amount of computer storage space on random access memory devices such as on a hard drive fl￭ op￭ py or us￭ b flash drive disk space units are commonly measured in large numbers of by￭ tes such as ki￭ lob￭ y￭ tes me￭ gab￭ y￭ tes and gi￭ gab￭ y￭ tes with each unit 10￭ 24 times larger than the previous unit the term originated in the 1950 s for the storage area on a hard disk drive which internally had disk shaped plat￭ ters to rot￭ ate quickly as storage devices have been created in other shapes the term disk space has still been used to refer to areas of permanent storage on various storage devices the total disk space can span multiple devices such as areas on an array of disk drives the broader term storage space is so widely used that it can be mistaken for property storage as with items stored in a closet or storage bin hence the term disk space has remained in use even when the storage devices are no longer shaped like disks when storage of data is not permanent then the common term memory space is often used instead
a dis￭ located shoulder occurs when the hum￭ er￭ us separates from the s￭ cap￭ ula at the shoulder joint glen￭ o￭ hum￭ eral joint the shoulder joint has the greatest range of motion of any joint at the cost of low joint stability and it is therefore particularly susceptible to su￭ blu￭ x￭ ation partial dis￭ location and dis￭ location approximately half of major joint dis￭ locations seen in emergency departments involve the shoulder
in materials science a dis￭ location is a crystal￭ lo￭ graphic defect or irregularity within a crystal structure the presence of dis￭ locations strongly influences many of the properties of materials the theory describing the elastic fields of the defects was originally developed by vi￭ to vol￭ terr￭ a in 1907 but the term dis￭ location to refer to a defect on the atomic scale was coined by g i taylor in 19￭ 34 some types of dis￭ locations can be vis￭ u￭ alized as being caused by the termination of a plane of atoms in the middle of a crystal in such a case the surrounding planes are not straight but instead they bend around the edge of the terminating plane so that the crystal structure is perfectly ordered on either side the analogy with a stack of paper is apt if half a piece of paper is inserted in a stack of paper the defect in the stack is only noticeable at the edge of the half sheet the two primary types of dis￭ locations are edge dis￭ locations and screw dis￭ locations mixed dis￭ locations are intermediate between these mathem￭ atically dis￭ locations are a type of topo￭ logical defect sometimes called a sol￭ it￭ on dis￭ locations behave as stable particles they can move around but maintain their identity two dis￭ locations of opposite orientation can cancel when brought together but a single dis￭ location typically cannot disappear on its own
acquired hip dis￭ location has the highest incidence rate immediately after hip replacement surgery and continues to have a high level for possibility of incidence throughout the first three months following the surgery following a primary total hip replacement surgery 3 9 of patients experience hip dis￭ location during the twenty six post￭ operative weeks following a revision total hip replacement surgery approximately 14 4 of patients experience hip dis￭ location during the twenty six post￭ operative weeks the incidence of hip dis￭ location following hip replacement surgery greatly depends on patient surgical and hip impl￭ ant factors pre￭ operative hip range is the most likely the most influential contribution as to whether a hip is able to remain stable or not because hip stability greatly depends on hip range of motion it is crucial for a hip ’ s post￭ operative range of motion to fall within a certain range in order to ensure maximum stability following partial or total hip replacement surgery patients with 115 degrees or greater of combined pre￭ operative ad￭ duc￭ tion internal rotation and ad￭ duc￭ tion as well as a poster￭ ior approach experienced hip dis￭ location at a considerably higher frequency than patients who had less than 115 degrees of combined hip range of motion in addition to the degrees of range of motion a patient possesses post surgery size of the fem￭ oral head is another large contributing factor to the stability of the hip high pre￭ operative motion in combination with a poster￭ ior approach and fem￭ oral head size that is less than 32 mm had the highest hip dis￭ location rate in general the larger the head of the fem￭ ur post surgery the less likely a patient is to experience dis￭ location this is because during the replacement surgery a patient ’ s “ ball and socket ” of the fem￭ ur head and hip socket are changed and no longer fit together in the perfect way they did prior to surgery when a fem￭ ur head is smaller than 32 mm post surgery the loo￭ ser the “ ball ” fem￭ ur head fits inside the hip “ socket ” therefore increasing the likelihood for the fem￭ ur to slip and slide out of the socket causing hip dis￭ location
dis￭ locations occur when two bones that originally met at the joint det￭ ach dis￭ locations should not be confused with su￭ blu￭ x￭ ation su￭ blu￭ x￭ ation is when the joint is still partially attached to the bone when a person has a dis￭ located jaw it is difficult to open and close the mouth dis￭ location can occur following a series of events if the jaw locks while open or unable to close if the jaw is dis￭ located it may cause an extreme headache or inability to concentrate when the muscle s alignment is out of sync a pain will occur due to unwanted rotation of the jaw if the pain remains constant it may require surgery to re￭ align the jaw depending on the severity of the jaw s dis￭ location pain relief such as par￭ acet￭ am￭ ol may assist to alleviate the initial chronic pain if the pain relief is taken for an extended period of time it may negatively affect the person while talking eating drinking etc
disorder of written expression is a type of learning disability in which a person ’ s writing ability falls substantially below normally expected range based on the individual ’ s age educational background and measured intelligence poor writing skills must interfere significantly with academic progress or daily activities that involves written expression spelling gr￭ ammar handwriting punctu￭ ation word usage etc this disorder is also generally con￭ current with disorders of reading and or mathematics as well as disorders related to behavior since it is so often associated with other learning disorders and mental problems it is uncertain whether it can appear by itself the prevalence of disorder of written expression is estimated to be of a similar frequency to other learning disorders between 3 5 a diagnosis can be made based on results of several assessments
in the study of sto￭ ch￭ astic processes in mathematics a disorder problem or quick￭ est detection problem formulated by kol￭ mo￭ gor￭ ov is the problem of using ongoing observations of a sto￭ ch￭ astic process to detect as soon as possible when the prob￭ abil￭ istic properties of the process have changed this is a type of change detection problem an example case is to detect the change in the drift parameter of a wi￭ ener process
disorders of calcium metabol￭ ism occur when the body has too little or too much calcium the serum level of calcium is closely regulated within a fairly limited range in the human body in a healthy physi￭ ology ex￭ trac￭ ell￭ ular calcium levels are maintained within a tight range through the actions of par￭ ath￭ yro￭ id hormone vitamin d and the calcium sensing recep￭ tor disorders in calcium metabol￭ ism can lead to hypo￭ cal￭ cem￭ ia decreased plasma levels of calcium or hyper￭ cal￭ cem￭ ia elevated plasma calcium levels
disorders of consciousness are organic mental disorders in which there is impairment of the ability to maintain awareness of self and environment and to respond to environmental stimul￭ i dysfunction of the cere￭ br￭ al hemis￭ ph￭ er￭ es or brain stem retic￭ ular formation may result in this condition consciousness is the state of awareness of self and environment and responsiveness to external stimulation and inner need un￭ consciousness is a state of un￭ awareness of self and environment or a suspension of those mental activities by which people are made aware of themselves and their environment coupled always with a diminished responsiveness to environmental stimul￭ i and remain behavi￭ orally un￭ responsive to all external stimul￭ i sleep is a recurrent reversible physi￭ o￭ logic form of reduced consciousness in which the responsiveness of brain systems responsible for cognitive function is globally reduced so that the brain does not respond readily to environmental stimul￭ i a key difference between sleep and coma is that sleep is intrinsically reversible on sufficient stimulation to a normal waking state in contrast if patients with patho￭ logic alterations of consciousness can be awakened at all they rapidly fall back into a sleep like state when stimulation ceases disorder of consciousness leading to acute confu￭ sional state and coma are one of the common￭ est neuro￭ logical emergency in clinical practice over last century there are long list of causes leading to alteration of consciousness classical approach to reach the final diagnosis depends on systematic approach
disorders of sex development ds￭ d sometimes referred to as disorders of sex differentiation or differences of sex development are medical conditions involving the reproductive system more specifically these terms refer to con￭ genital conditions in which development of chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al gon￭ ad￭ al or anatom￭ ical sex is atypical the term has been controversial the world health organization and many medical journals still reference ds￭ ds as inter￭ sex traits or conditions the council of europe and inter american commission on human rights have called for a review of medical classifications that unnecessarily medic￭ alize inter￭ sex traits
dis￭ organized schizophrenia also known as he￭ be￭ ph￭ ren￭ ia is a subtype of schizophrenia although it is not recognized in the latest version of the diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders dis￭ organized schizophrenia is thought to be an extreme expression of the dis￭ organization syndrome that has been hypothe￭ sized to be one aspect of a three factor model of symptoms in schizophrenia the other factors being reality distortion involving delu￭ sions and halluc￭ inations and psy￭ ch￭ om￭ o￭ tor poverty lack of speech lack of spontaneous movement and various aspects of bl￭ unting of emotion
dis￭ parag￭ ement in united states trademark law is a statutory cause of action that permits a party to petition the trademark trial and appeal board tt￭ ab of the patent and trademark office p￭ to to cancel a trademark registration that may dispar￭ age or fal￭ sely suggest a connection with persons living or dead institutions beliefs or national symbols or bring them into contempt or disrepute unlike claims regarding the validity of the mark a dis￭ parag￭ ement claim can be brought at any time subject to equitable defenses such as l￭ aches
disparity of worship or disparity of cult dispar￭ itas cul￭ tus is a di￭ ri￭ ment impediment in roman catholic can￭ on law a reason why a marriage can not be vali￭ dly contracted without a dispens￭ ation stemming from one person being certainly bap￭ tized and the other certainly not bap￭ tized the reasons for this impediment is that the marriage will not be a sac￭ ram￭ ent with one spouse un￭ bap￭ tized that the un￭ bap￭ tized person s views on marriage may be incompatible with the catholic views and that such a marriage may hinder the practice of religion on part of the catholic spouse and any children disparity of worship does not affect the marriage of a catholic or bap￭ tized non catholic with one whose bap￭ tism even after careful investigation concerning the bap￭ ti￭ sm￭ al ceremony or its validity remains doubtful neither does it in any way influence the marriage of two who after di￭ ligent examination are still considered doub￭ tfully bap￭ tized a marriage between a catholic and a bap￭ tized non catholic is a mixed marriage though sometimes referred to by this term the permission of the bishop is required merely to make the union lic￭ it the marriage is valid but illicit without it disparity of worship can be dispensed for grave reasons and on the promises usually written from the spouses the un￭ bap￭ tized not to interfere with the spouse s practice of religion or the raising of the children in religion the catholic to practice the catholic religion and raise the children in it
in op￭ tics dispersion is the phenomenon in which the phase velocity of a wave depends on its frequency media having this common property may be termed disper￭ sive media sometimes the term ch￭ rom￭ atic dispersion is used for specificity although the term is used in the field of op￭ tics to describe light and other electromagnetic waves dispersion in the same sense can apply to any sort of wave motion such as acous￭ tic dispersion in the case of sound and seis￭ mic waves in gravity waves ocean waves and for telecommunication signals propagating along transmission lines such as co￭ ax￭ ial cable or optical fiber in op￭ tics one important and familiar consequence of dispersion is the change in the angle of ref￭ r￭ action of different colors of light as seen in the spectrum produced by a disper￭ sive pr￭ ism and in ch￭ rom￭ atic aberr￭ ation of l￭ enses design of compound ach￭ rom￭ atic l￭ enses in which ch￭ rom￭ atic aberr￭ ation is largely cancelled uses a quantification of a glass s dispersion given by its ab￭ be number v where lower ab￭ be numbers correspond to greater dispersion over the visible spectrum in some applications such as telecommunications the absolute phase of a wave is often not important but only the propagation of wave packets or pul￭ ses in that case one is interested only in variations of group velocity with frequency so called group velocity dispersion g￭ vd
contrast in visual perception is the difference in appearance of two or more parts of a field seen simultaneously or successively hence bri￭ ght￭ ness contrast ligh￭ tness contrast color contrast simultaneous contrast successive contrast etc contrast in physics is a quantity intended to cor￭ relate with the perceived bri￭ ght￭ ness contrast usually defined by one of a number of formulae see below which involve e g the lumin￭ ances of the stimul￭ i considered for example δ￭ l l near the lumin￭ ance threshold known as weber contrast or l￭ h ll for much higher lumin￭ ances a contrast can also be due to differences of ch￭ rom￭ atic￭ ity specified by color￭ im￭ etr￭ ic characteristics e g the color difference δ￭ e cie 1976 uc￭ s visual information is always contained in some kind of visual contrast thus contrast is an essential performance feature of electronic visual displays the contrast of electronic visual displays depends on the electrical driving analo￭ g or digital input signal on the ambient illumin￭ ation and on the direction of observation i e viewing direction
display lag is a phenomenon associated with some types of liquid crystal displays l￭ cds like smar￭ t￭ phones and computers and nearly all types of high definition telev￭ is￭ ions h￭ d￭ t￭ vs it refers to lat￭ ency or lag measured by the difference between the time there is a signal input and the time it takes the input to display on the screen this lag time has been measured as high as 68 ms or the equivalent of 3 4 frames on a 60 h￭ z display display lag is not to be confused with pi￭ x￭ el response time currently the majority of manufacturers do not include any specification or information about display lat￭ ency on the screens they produce
in object oriented programming the dispose pattern is a design pattern for resource management in this pattern a resource is held by an object and released by calling a method – usually called close dispose free release or similar – which releases any resources the object is holding onto many languages offer language construc￭ ts to avoid having to call the dispose method explicitly in common situations the dispose pattern is primarily used in languages whose run￭ time environment have automatic garbage collection see motivation below and thus may be sty￭ led as manual resource management in languages with automatic memory management
disposi￭ tional affect similar to mood is a personality trait or overall tendency to respond to situations in stable predictable ways this trait is expressed by the tendency to see things in a positive or negative way people with high positive aff￭ ec￭ tivity tend to perceive things through pink lens while people with high negative aff￭ ec￭ tivity tend to perceive things through black lens the level of disposi￭ tional affect affects the sens￭ ations and behavior immediately and most of the time in unconscious ways and its effect can be prolonged between a few weeks to a few months research shows that there is a correlation between disposi￭ tional affect both positive and negative and important aspects in psychology and social science such as personality culture decision making negotiation psychological resilience and coping with stressful life events that is why this topic is important both in social psychology research and organizational psychology research
disruptive pattern cam￭ ou￭ fl￭ age uniform dp￭ cu also nick￭ named aus￭ cam or jelly bean cam￭ o is a five colour military cam￭ ou￭ fl￭ age pattern used by the australian defence force it was developed and tested during the late 1970 s and early 1980 s the dp￭ cu will be replaced by the australian mul￭ tic￭ am cam￭ ou￭ fl￭ age uniform am￭ cu which uses an australian multi cam￭ ou￭ fl￭ age pattern based on mul￭ tic￭ am
disruptive mood dys￭ regulation disorder d￭ m￭ dd is a mental disorder in children and adolescents characterized by a persistently irrit￭ able or angry mood and frequent temper out￭ bursts that are disproportionate to the situation and significantly more severe than the typical reaction of same aged peers the symptoms of d￭ m￭ dd resemble those of attention deficit hyper￭ activity disorder ad￭ hd op￭ posi￭ tional defi￭ ant disorder odd anxiety disorders and childhood bipolar disorder d￭ m￭ dd first appeared as a disorder in the diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders fifth edition dsm 5 in 2013 and is classified as a depres￭ sive disorder treatments include medication to manage mood symptoms as well as individual and family therapy to address emotion regulation skills children with d￭ m￭ dd are at risk for developing depression and anxiety later in life
dis￭ sec￭ ting cell￭ u￭ li￭ tis of the scal￭ p also known as dis￭ sec￭ ting scal￭ p cell￭ u￭ li￭ tis dis￭ sec￭ ting fol￭ lic￭ u￭ li￭ tis of the scal￭ p peri￭ fol￭ lic￭ u￭ li￭ tis cap￭ i￭ tis abs￭ ce￭ dens et suff￭ o￭ di￭ ens of hoff￭ man peri￭ fol￭ lic￭ u￭ li￭ tis abs￭ ce￭ dens et suff￭ o￭ di￭ ens or fol￭ lic￭ u￭ li￭ tis abs￭ ce￭ dens et suff￭ o￭ di￭ ens is an infl￭ am￭ matory condition of the scal￭ p that can lead to scar￭ ring al￭ op￭ ec￭ ia which begins with deep infl￭ am￭ matory no￭ d￭ ules primarily over oc￭ ci￭ put that progres￭ ses to coal￭ es￭ cing regions of bo￭ ggy scal￭ p bo￭ ggy tissue has a high fluid level that results in a spon￭ gy feeling iso￭ tre￭ tin￭ o￭ in proves to be the medicine of choice for the treatment of the disease
in medical path￭ ology a dis￭ section is a tear within the wall of a blood vessel which allows blood to separate the wall layers by separating a portion of the wall of the artery a layer of the tun￭ ica intim￭ a or tun￭ ica media a dis￭ section creates two lum￭ ens or passages within the vessel the native or true lum￭ en and the false lum￭ en created by the new space within the wall of the artery
in geometry a dis￭ section problem is the problem of parti￭ tioning a geome￭ tric figure such as a poly￭ top￭ e or ball into smaller pieces that may be re￭ arranged into a new figure of equal content in this context the parti￭ tioning is called simply a dis￭ section of one poly￭ top￭ e into another it is usually required that the dis￭ section use only a finite number of pieces the bol￭ y￭ ai – ger￭ wien theore￭ m states that any poly￭ gon may be dis￭ sec￭ ted into any other poly￭ gon of the same area it is not true however that any poly￭ he￭ dron has a dis￭ section into any other poly￭ he￭ dron of the same volume this process is possible however for any two honey￭ comb￭ s such as cu￭ be in three dimension and any two z￭ ono￭ he￭ dra of equal volume in any dimension a dis￭ section into tri￭ angles of equal area is called an equi￭ dis￭ section most poly￭ g￭ ons cannot be equi￭ dis￭ sec￭ ted and those that can often have restrictions on the possible numbers of tri￭ angles for example mon￭ sky s theore￭ m states that there is no odd equi￭ dis￭ section of a square
disseminated coccidio￭ id￭ om￭ y￭ co￭ sis also known as coccidio￭ idal gran￭ ul￭ oma is a systemic infection with coccidio￭ ides im￭ miti￭ s in which 15 20 of people develop skin le￭ sions
disseminated disease refers to a diffuse disease process generally either infectious or ne￭ op￭ l￭ astic the term may sometimes also characterize connec￭ tive tissue disease a disseminated infection for example has extended beyond its origin or ni￭ dus and involved the blood￭ stream to seed other areas of the body similarly one can view me￭ ta￭ static cancer as a disseminated infection in that it has extended into the blood￭ stream or into the lymp￭ h￭ atic system and thus see￭ ded distant sites a process known as me￭ tast￭ asis disseminated disease often contrasts loc￭ alized disease
disseminated intr￭ av￭ ascular co￭ ag￭ ulation d￭ ic also known as disseminated intr￭ av￭ ascular co￭ ag￭ ul￭ opathy or less commonly as consum￭ ptive co￭ ag￭ ul￭ opathy is a pathological process characterized by the widespread activation of the clo￭ tting cas￭ c￭ ade that results in the formation of blood clo￭ ts in the small blood vessels throughout the body this leads to compromise of tissue blood flow and can ultimately lead to multiple organ damage in addition as the co￭ ag￭ ulation process consumes clo￭ tting factors and plat￭ el￭ ets normal clo￭ tting is disrupted and severe bleeding can occur from various sites d￭ ic does not occur by itself but only as a complicating factor from another underlying condition usually in those with a critical illness the combination of widespread loss of tissue blood flow and simultaneous bleeding leads to an increased risk of death in addition to that posed by the underlying disease d￭ ic can be over￭ t and severe in some cases but mil￭ der and insidious in others the diagnosis of d￭ ic depends on the findings of characteristic laboratory tests and clinical background treatment is mainly geared towards the underlying condition
disseminated superficial ac￭ tin￭ ic por￭ ok￭ er￭ at￭ osis ds￭ ap is a non contagious skin condition with apparent genetic origin in the s￭ art 3 gene it most often presents in sun exposed areas of the body some ds￭ ap cases have been reported in patients with acute immune compromised situations particularly in the elderly for those with sun damaged skin the le￭ sions usually begin to appear in the patient s 20 s and increase in number and visibility in the 40 s or 50 s commonly though not always the number and visibility of le￭ sions is in direct proportion to the amount of sun damage to the affected area le￭ sions generally are characterized by an ir￭ regularly shaped thread like ring that is usually the size of a pencil eras￭ er though le￭ sions vary and may be half or double that size the thread like ring is very thin much like fabric thread for se￭ wing and raised such that it is both palpable and visible the interior of the ring may be rough like sand￭ paper or smooth the interior is often dis￭ colored though colors vary from patient to patient le￭ sions due to their vascular nature can also vary according to body temperature environmental temperatures and other external stimul￭ i the internal ring color is most often red￭ dish pur￭ pl￭ ish pink or brown some patients report it￭ ching and irritation associated with the condition and many report no notable sensation although no known hormonal link has been found ds￭ ap occurs more commonly in women a study in 2000 was done on a chinese family in which a loc￭ us for a gene was located
dissent aversion is the judicial phenomenon that implies that judges do not like diss￭ enting opinions nor do they like to dissent themselves a common example is as follows on a panel of three judges only one feels strongly about the decision one of the two remaining may side with the first judge leaving the third judge with the option of diss￭ enting on an issue they do not feel strongly about or sid￭ ing with the majority judges dislike dissent for many reasons dissent aversion can come from these sources it fr￭ ays collegi￭ ality judges have to work together in the future it magni￭ fies the majority opinion it is additional work it de￭ tracts from the significance of their own majority opinions dissent is more frequent in us federal courts of appeals where the number of judges is higher according to some research this is because the larger the court the less frequently judges must work with each other and accordingly have less incentive to extend courtesy and favors
in ph￭ on￭ ology particularly within historical lingu￭ is￭ tics dis￭ simil￭ ation is a phenomenon whereby similar cons￭ on￭ ants or vo￭ wels in a word become less similar for example when a r sound occurs before another in the middle of a word in rho￭ tic dial￭ ects of english the first tends to drop out as in bes￭ er￭ k for ber￭ ser￭ k sup￭ prise for surprise pati￭ cular for particular and go￭ ven￭ or for governor – this does not affect the pron￭ unciation of government which has only one r but english government tends to be pronounced go￭ ver￭ ment dropping out the first n an example where a relatively old case of ph￭ one￭ tic dis￭ simil￭ ation has been artificially undone in the spelling is english colonel whose standard pron￭ unciation is k￭ ə￭ r￭ n￭ ə￭ l in english it was formerly spelt coron￭ el and is a borrowing from french coron￭ nel which arose as a result of dis￭ simil￭ ation from italian col￭ onn￭ ello
dissoci￭ ated sensory loss is a pattern of neuro￭ logical damage caused by a le￭ sion to a single tract in the spinal cord which involves selective loss of fine touch and propri￭ o￭ ception without loss of pain and temperature or vice versa understanding the mechanisms behind these selective le￭ sions requires a brief discussion of the anatomy involved loss of pain and temperature are due to damage to the lateral spin￭ o￭ thal￭ am￭ ic tracts which cross the central part of the cord close to the level where they enter it and travel up the spinal column on the opposite side to the one they in￭ nerv￭ ate i e they asc￭ end contr￭ al￭ ater￭ ally note that a le￭ sion of the lateral spin￭ o￭ thal￭ am￭ ic tract at a given level will not result in sensory loss for the der￭ mat￭ ome of the same level this is due to the fi￭ bers of the tract of lis￭ s￭ auer which transmit the ne￭ uron one or two levels above the affected segment thus bypassing the seg￭ mental le￭ sion on the contr￭ al￭ ateral side loss of fine touch and propri￭ o￭ ception are due to damage to the dor￭ sal columns which do not cross the cord until the bra￭ inst￭ em and so travel up the column on the same side to the one they in￭ nerv￭ ate i e they asc￭ end ip￭ si￭ lat￭ er￭ ally this means that a le￭ sion of the dor￭ sal columns will cause loss of touch and propri￭ o￭ ception below the le￭ sion and on the same side as it while a le￭ sion of the spin￭ o￭ thal￭ am￭ ic tracts will cause loss of pain and temperature below the le￭ sion and on the opposite side to it dissoci￭ ated sensory loss always suggests a focal le￭ sion within the spinal cord or bra￭ inst￭ em the location of cord le￭ sions affects presentation for instance a central le￭ sion such as that of syr￭ ing￭ om￭ ye￭ lia will knock out second order neurons of the spin￭ o￭ thal￭ am￭ ic tract as they cross the centre of the cord and will cause loss of pain and temperature without loss of fine touch or propri￭ o￭ ception other causes of dissoci￭ ated sensory loss include diabetes mell￭ it￭ us syr￭ ing￭ om￭ ye￭ lia brown sé￭ qu￭ ard syndrome lateral med￭ ul￭ l￭ ary syndrome aka wall￭ en￭ berg s syndrome an￭ terior spinal artery thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis tan￭ gi￭ er disease sub￭ acute combined de￭ generation multiple sclerosis tab￭ es dor￭ sal￭ is fried￭ reich s at￭ ax￭ ia or other spin￭ oc￭ ere￭ bell￭ ar de￭ generation
dissoci￭ ated vertical deviation dvd is an eye condition which occurs in association with a squ￭ int typically inf￭ anti￭ le es￭ o￭ tro￭ p￭ ia the exact cause is unknown although it is logical to assume it is from faulty in￭ ner￭ vation of eye muscles
dissoci￭ ative disorders dd are conditions that involve disruptions or break￭ downs of memory awareness identity or perception people with dissoci￭ ative disorders use dissoci￭ ation a defense mechanism patho￭ logically and involun￭ tarily dissoci￭ ative disorders are thought to primarily be caused by psychological trauma the dissoci￭ ative disorders listed in the american psychiatric association s dsm 5 are as follows dissoci￭ ative identity disorder formerly multiple personality disorder the alter￭ nation of two or more distinct personality states with impaired recall among personality states in extreme cases the host personality is unaware of the other altern￭ ating personalities however the alternate personalities are aware of all the existing personalities this category now includes the old dere￭ alization disorder category dissoci￭ ative amnesia formerly psycho￭ genic amnesia the temporary loss of recall memory specifically ep￭ is￭ od￭ ic memory due to a traumatic or stressful event it is considered the most common dissoci￭ ative disorder amongst those documented this disorder can occur abruptly or gradually and may last minutes to years depending on the severity of the trauma and the patient dissoci￭ ative fu￭ gue formerly psycho￭ genic fu￭ gue is now sub￭ sum￭ ed under the dissoci￭ ative amnesia category it is described as reversible amnesia for personal identity usually involving un￭ planned travel or wandering sometimes accompanied by the establishment of a new identity this state is typically associated with stressful life circumstances and can be short or lengthy de￭ person￭ alization disorder periods of det￭ achment from self or surrounding which may be experienced as un￭ real lacking in control of or outside of self while retaining awareness that this is only a feeling and not a reality the old category of dissoci￭ ative disorder not otherwise specified is now split into two other specified dissoci￭ ative disorder and unspecified dissoci￭ ative disorder these categories are used for forms of pathological dissoci￭ ation that do not fully meet the criteria of the other specified dissoci￭ ative disorders or if the correct category has not been determined both dissoci￭ ative amnesia and dissoci￭ ative fu￭ gue usually emerge in adul￭ thood and rarely occur after the age of 50 the ic￭ d 10 classi￭ fies conversion disorder as a dissoci￭ ative disorder while the dsm iv classi￭ fies it as a som￭ ato￭ form disorder
dissoci￭ ative disorder not otherwise specified dd￭ nos is a mental health diagnosis for pathological dissoci￭ ation that matches the dsm iv criteria for a dissoci￭ ative disorder but does not fit the full criteria for any of the specifically identified sub￭ types which include de￭ person￭ alization disorder dissoci￭ ative amnesia dissoci￭ ative fu￭ gue and dissoci￭ ative identity disorder the international statistical classification of diseases and related health problems ic￭ d 10 refers to the diagnosis as dissoci￭ ative disorder unspecified examples of dd￭ nos include gan￭ ser s syndrome disorders similar to dissoci￭ ative identity disorder chronic dissoci￭ ative states as a result of being exposed to coercive persuasion and dere￭ alization unaccompanied by de￭ person￭ alization dd￭ nos is the most common dissoci￭ ative disorder and is diagnosed in 40 of dissoci￭ ative disorder cases it is often co mor￭ bid with other mental illnesses such as complex post￭ traumatic stress disorder major depres￭ sive disorder personality disorders substance abuse disorders and eating disorders
dissoci￭ ative identity disorder did previously known as multiple personality disorder mp￭ d is a mental disorder characterized by at least two distinct and relatively enduring identities or dissoci￭ ated personality states that altern￭ ately show in a person s behavior accompanied by memory impairment for important information not explained by ordinary for￭ get￭ fulness these symptoms are not accounted for by substance abuse seizures other medical conditions nor by imaginative play in children diagnosis is often difficult as there is considerable com￭ or￭ bi￭ dity with other mental disorders mal￭ ing￭ ering should be considered if there is possible financial or forensic gain as well as fac￭ ti￭ tious disorder if help seeking behavior is prominent did is one of the most controversial psychiatric disorders with no clear consensus on diagnostic criteria or treatment research on treatment efficacy has been concerned primarily with clinical approaches and case studies dissoci￭ ative symptoms range from common lapses in attention becoming distracted by something else and day￭ dreaming to pathological dissoci￭ ative disorders no systematic empir￭ ically supported definition of dissoci￭ ation exists it is not the same as schizophrenia although neither epidemiological surveys nor longit￭ ud￭ inal studies have been conducted it is generally believed that did rarely resol￭ ves spontaneously symptoms are said to vary over time in general the prog￭ no￭ sis is poor especially for those with com￭ or￭ bid disorders there are few systematic data on the prevalence of did the international society for the study of trauma and dissoci￭ ation states that the prevalence is between 1 and 3 in the general population and between 1 and 5 in in￭ patient groups in europe and north america did is diagnosed more frequently in north america than in the rest of the world and is diagnosed three to nine times more often in females than in males the prevalence of did diagnoses increased greatly in the latter half of the 20 th century along with the number of identities often referred to as al￭ ters claimed by patients increasing from an average of two or three to approximately 16 did is also controversial within the legal system where it has been used as a rarely successful form of the insan￭ ity defense the 1990 s showed a parallel increase in the number of court cases involving the diagnosis dissoci￭ ative disorders including did have been attributed to disruptions in memory caused by trauma and other forms of stress but research on this hypothesis has been characterized by poor methodology so far scientific studies usually focusing on memory have been few and the results have been in￭ conclusive an alternative hypothesis for the cause of did is as a by product of techniques employed by some therap￭ ists especially those using hypno￭ sis and disagreement between the two positions is characterized by intense debate did became a popular diagnosis in the 1970 s 80 s and 90 s but it is unclear if the actual rate of the disorder increased if it was more recognized by health care providers or if soci￭ oc￭ ul￭ tural factors caused an increase in therapy induced i￭ atro￭ genic presentations the unusual number of diagnoses after 1980 clu￭ stered around a small number of clin￭ icians and the sugg￭ esti￭ bility characteristic of those with did support the hypothesis that did is therapist induced the unusual clu￭ stering of diagnoses has also been explained as due to a lack of awareness and training among clin￭ icians to recognize cases of did
dis￭ tal 18 q is a genetic condition caused by a deletion of genetic material within one of the two copies of chro￭ mo￭ some 18 the deletion involves the dis￭ tal section of 18 q and typically extends to the tip of the long arm of chro￭ mo￭ some 18
dis￭ tal tr￭ is￭ omy 10 is a rare chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al disorder that causes slow post￭ natal growth and severe intellectual disability humans like all sexually reproducing species have som￭ atic cells that are in diplo￭ id 2 n state meaning that n represent the number of chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es and 2 the number of their copies in humans there are 23 chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es but there are two sets of them one from mother and one from father total￭ ing in 46 that are arranged according to their size function and genes they carry each cell is supposed to have two of each but sometimes due to mutations or mal￭ functions during cell division mistakes are made that cause serious health problems one such error is the cause of dis￭ tal tr￭ is￭ omy 10 q disorder each chro￭ mo￭ some has two arms labeled p for peti￭ te or short and q for long if both arms are equal in length the chro￭ mo￭ some is said to be me￭ tac￭ entr￭ ic if arms lengths are unequal chro￭ mo￭ some is said to be sub￭ me￭ tac￭ entr￭ ic and if p arm is so short that is hard to observe but still present then the chro￭ mo￭ some is acro￭ centric in dis￭ tal tr￭ is￭ omy 10 q disorder end or dis￭ tal portion of the q long arm of the chro￭ mo￭ some number 10 appears to be present three times rather than two times as it is supposed to be this extra arm results in chro￭ mo￭ some 10 tr￭ is￭ omy meaning that three arms are present depending on the length of the aberr￭ ant arm the severity can vary from case to case often the source of this chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al error is a trans￭ location in one of the parents sometimes it occurs spontaneously in which case it is termed de novo this syndrome has a large range of outcomes depending on how much chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al material is involved outcomes include very slow post￭ natal growth hy￭ pot￭ onia lack of coordination skills and mild to severe cases of intellectual disability dig￭ estive issues and heart and kidney problems individuals with this disorder can also be distinguished by their facial features number of support groups do exist in the united states where affected families can meet and discuss problems they encounter possible treatments and can find emotional support
dis￭ tal intest￭ inal obstruction syndrome dios involves obstruction of the dis￭ tal part of the small intest￭ ines by thick￭ ened intest￭ inal content and occurs in about 20 of mainly adult individuals with c￭ ys￭ tic fi￭ bro￭ sis dios was previously known as me￭ con￭ ium i￭ le￭ us equivalent a name which highlights its similarity to the intest￭ inal obstruction seen in new￭ born infants with c￭ ys￭ tic fi￭ bro￭ sis dios tends to occur in older individuals with pan￭ cre￭ atic in￭ sufficiency individuals with dios may be pre￭ disposed to con￭ sti￭ p￭ ation
dis￭ tal muscular dy￭ stro￭ phy or dis￭ tal my￭ opathy is a group of disorders characterized by onset in the hands or feet many types involve dys￭ fer￭ lin but it has been suggested that not all cases do types include dys￭ f is also associated with limb gir￭ dle muscular dy￭ stro￭ phy type 2 b dis￭ tal muscular dy￭ stro￭ phy is a type of muscular dy￭ stro￭ phy that affects the muscles of the extre￭ mi￭ ties the hands feet lower arms or lower legs the cause of this dy￭ stro￭ phy is very hard to determine because it can be a mutation in any of at least eight genes and not all are known yet these mutations can be inherited from one parent auto￭ som￭ al dominant or from both parents auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive along with being able to inherit the mut￭ ated gene dis￭ tal muscular dy￭ stro￭ phy has slow progress therefore the patient may not know that they have it until they are in their late 40 ’ s or 50 ’ s there are eight known types of dis￭ tal muscular dy￭ stro￭ phy they are wel￭ ander ’ s dis￭ tal my￭ opathy finnish ti￭ bial dis￭ tal my￭ opathy mi￭ yo￭ shi dis￭ tal my￭ opathy non￭ aka dis￭ tal my￭ opathy go￭ wers la￭ ing dis￭ tal my￭ opathy hereditary inclusion body my￭ osi￭ tis type 1 dis￭ tal my￭ opathy with vocal cord and phar￭ yn￭ ge￭ al weakness and z￭ as￭ p related my￭ opathy all of these affect different regions of the extre￭ mi￭ ties and can show up as early as 5 years of age to as late as 50 years old doctors are still trying to determine what causes these mutations along with effective treatments
a dis￭ tal radius frac￭ ture is a common bone frac￭ ture of the radius in the fore￭ arm because of its proximity to the wrist joint this injury is often called a wrist frac￭ ture treatment is usually with im￭ mobilization although surgery is sometimes needed for complex fractu￭ res specific types of dis￭ tal radius fractu￭ res are col￭ les frac￭ ture smith s frac￭ ture bar￭ ton s frac￭ ture chau￭ ff￭ eur s frac￭ ture so called because the cr￭ ank used to start old cars often kicked back and broke the chau￭ ff￭ eurs w￭ rists with a particular pattern most of these names are applied to specific patterns of dis￭ tal radius frac￭ ture but confusion exists because col￭ les frac￭ ture is used for example by the us national library of medicine as a generic term for dis￭ tal radius frac￭ ture
dis￭ tal ren￭ al tu￭ bul￭ ar aci￭ do￭ sis dr￭ ta or type 1 ren￭ al tu￭ bul￭ ar aci￭ do￭ sis r￭ ta is the classical form of r￭ ta being the first described dis￭ tal r￭ ta is characterized by a failure of acid secre￭ tion by the alpha inter￭ cal￭ ated cells of the cor￭ tical collecting duc￭ t of the dis￭ tal ne￭ phr￭ on this failure of acid secre￭ tion may be due to a number of causes and it leads to an inability to acidi￭ fy the urine to a ph of less than 5 3
dis￭ tal spinal muscular atro￭ phy type 1 d￭ sma 1 also known as spinal muscular atro￭ phy with respiratory distress type 1 smar￭ d 1 dis￭ tal hereditary motor neuro￭ no￭ pa￭ thy type 6 d￭ h￭ mn 6 and severe inf￭ anti￭ le ax￭ onal neuro￭ no￭ pa￭ thy with respiratory failure si￭ an￭ r￭ f — is a rare neuro￭ muscular disorder involving death of motor neurons in the spinal cord which leads to a generalized progressive atro￭ phy of body muscles the condition is caused by a genetic mutation in the igh￭ m￭ bp 2 gene and is inherited in an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive manner there is no known cure to d￭ sma 1 and research of the disorder is still in early stages due to low incidence and high mortality rates
dis￭ tal spinal muscular atro￭ phy type 2 d￭ sma 2 also known as jer￭ ash type dis￭ tal hereditary motor neuro￭ pa￭ thy h￭ mn j — is a very rare childhood onset genetic disorder characterised by progressive muscle wasting affecting lower and subsequently upper limbs the disorder has been described in arab inhabitants of jer￭ ash region in jordan as well as in a chinese family the condition is linked to a genetic mutation in the sigm￭ ar 1 gene on chro￭ mo￭ some 19 loc￭ us 19 p 13 3 and is likely inherited in an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive manner
dis￭ tal sub￭ un￭ gu￭ al ony￭ ch￭ om￭ y￭ co￭ sis is an infection of the nail plate by fun￭ gus primarily involving the dis￭ tal nail plate
a dis￭ tic￭ hia is an e￭ yel￭ ash that arises from an abnormal spot on the eye￭ lid this ab￭ normality attributed to a genetic mutation is known to affect dogs and humans dis￭ tic￭ hi￭ ae the abnormal e￭ yel￭ ash usually exit from the duc￭ t of the me￭ i￭ bom￭ ian g￭ land at the eye￭ lid margin they are usually multiple and sometimes more than one arises from a duc￭ t they can affect either the upper or lower eye￭ lid and are usually bilateral the lower eye￭ li￭ ds of dogs usually have no e￭ yel￭ ashes dis￭ tic￭ hi￭ ae usually cause no symptoms because the l￭ ashes are soft but they can irrit￭ ate the eye and cause tearing squ￭ in￭ ting infl￭ amm￭ ation and cor￭ ne￭ al ul￭ cers and scar￭ ring treatment options include manual removal electro￭ lysis electro￭ cau￭ tery cry￭ otherapy and surgery
distorted vision is a symptom with several different possible causes
distortion is the alteration of the original shape or other characteristic of something such as an object image sound or wa￭ ve￭ form distortion is usually unwanted and so engineers strive to eliminate distortion or minimize it in some situations however distortion may be desirable the important signal processing operation of heter￭ od￭ y￭ ning is based on non￭ linear mixing of signals to cause inter￭ modulation distortion is also used as a musical effect particularly with electric guit￭ ars the addition of noise or other outside signals h￭ um interference is not deemed distortion though the effects of quan￭ tization distortion are sometimes deemed noise a quality measure that explicitly reflects both the noise and the distortion is the signal to noise and distortion sin￭ ad ratio
in telecommunication distortion limited operation is the condition prevailing when distortion of a received signal rather than its attenu￭ ated am￭ pl￭ itude or power limits performance under stated operational conditions and limits note distortion limited operation is reached when the system distorts the shape of the wa￭ ve￭ form beyond specified limits for linear systems distortion limited operation is equivalent to band￭ width limited operation
distributed artificial intelligence d￭ ai is a sub￭ field of artificial intelligence research dedicated to the development of distributed solutions for complex problems regarded as requiring intelligence d￭ ai is closely related to and a predecessor of the field of multi agent systems
in software engineering a distributed design pattern is a design pattern focused on distributed computing problems
distributed source coding d￭ sc is an important problem in information theory and communication d￭ sc problems regard the compression of multiple correlated information sources that do not communicate with each other by model￭ ing the correlation between multiple sources at the de￭ co￭ der side together with channel codes d￭ sc is able to shift the compu￭ tational complexity from en￭ co￭ der side to de￭ co￭ der side therefore provide appropriate frameworks for applications with complexity constrained sender such as sensor networks and video multimedia compression see distributed video coding one of the main properties of distributed source coding is that the compu￭ tational burden in en￭ co￭ ders is shifted to the joint de￭ co￭ der
distributive shock is a medical condition in which abnormal distribution of blood flow in the smallest blood vessels results in inadequate supply of blood to the body s tissues and organs it is one of four categories of shock a condition where there is not enough oxygen carrying blood to meet the metabol￭ ic needs of the cells which make up the body s tissues and organs distributive shock is different from the other three categories of shock in that it occurs even though the output of the heart is at or above a normal level the most common cause is sep￭ sis leading to type of distributive shock called se￭ ptic shock a condition that can be fatal
the distributive tendency is the propensity of the united states congress to lean towards distributive politics especially to gain political support and credit claim through the distributive tendency congress ’ bills evolve over the drafting process to become more broad and reaching with their benefits legislation that follows the distributive tendency has benefits that flow to many districts and can come in many forms though in current day they are often monetary the distributive tendency is a form of distributive politics a political science term that describes the spreading of benefits across different areas interests and constituencies in one piece of legislation the term was “ first coined for nineteenth century land policies but easily extended to include most contemporary public land and resource policies rivers and harb￭ ors programs defense procurement and r d labor business and agricultural ‘ cli￭ ent￭ ele ’ services and the traditional tariff in fact during the nineteenth century a majority of policies devised by the federal government were distributive to be considered distributive a piece of legislation should be dis￭ aggreg￭ able universal and omni￭ bus distributive politics is in contrast to regulatory and redistributive programs the distributive tendency is related to distributive politics distributive benefits distributive policy and distributive legislation and is closely linked with lo￭ gro￭ lling and pork barrel legislation
district of columbia home rule is the ability of residents of the district of columbia to govern their local affairs as the federal capital the constitution grants the united states congress exclusive jurisdiction over the district in all cases whatsoever at certain times and presently since 1973 congress has allowed certain powers of government to be carried out by locally elected officials however congress maintains the power to overturn local laws and exercises greater oversight of the city than exists for any u s state furthermore the district s elected government exists at the pleasure of congress and could theoretically be revoked at any time a separate yet related controversy is the district s lack of voting representation in congress the city s unique status creates a situation where d c residents do not have full control over their local government nor do they have voting representation in the body that has full control
the dsm v classi￭ fies en￭ u￭ res￭ is as an elimination disorder and as such it may be defined as the involuntary or voluntary elimination of urine into inappropriate places a patient must be of at least a developmental level equivalent to the chronological age of a 5 year old in order to be diagnosed with en￭ u￭ res￭ is in other words it is not abnormal for a child below the age of 5 the patient must either experience a frequency of inappropriate vo￭ i￭ ding at least twice a week for a period of at least 3 consecutive months or experience clin￭ ically significant distress or impairment in social occupational or other important areas of functioning in order to be diagnosed with en￭ u￭ res￭ is these symptoms must not be due to any underlying medical condition e g a child who we￭ ts the bed because their kidneys produce too much urine is not suffering from en￭ u￭ res￭ is they re suffering from kidney disease which is causing the inappropriate ur￭ ination as well these symptoms must not be due exclusively to the direct physiological effect of a substance such as a di￭ u￭ re￭ tic or anti￭ psychotic
in statistics and information geometry divergence or a contrast function is a function which establishes the distance of one probability distribution to the other on a statistical mani￭ fold the divergence is a weaker notion than that of the distance in particular the divergence need not be sym￭ metric that is in general the divergence from p to q is not equal to the divergence from q to p and need not satisfy the triangle inequality
divergent evolution is the accumulation of differences between groups which can lead to the formation of new species usually a result of diffusion of the same species to different and isolated environments which blocks the gene flow among the distinct populations allowing differentiated fixation of characteristics through genetic drift and natural selection primarily diffusion the basis of molecular division can be seen in some higher level characters of structure and function that are readily observ￭ able in organisms for example the vertebr￭ ate limb is one example of divergent evolution the limb in many different species has a common origin but has diver￭ ged somewhat in overall structure and function alternatively divergent evolution can be applied to molecular biology characteristics this could apply to a path￭ way in two or more organisms or cell types for example this can apply to genes and proteins such as nucle￭ o￭ tide sequences or protein sequences that derive from two or more homo￭ log￭ ous genes both orth￭ o￭ log￭ ous genes resulting from a speci￭ ation event and par￭ alo￭ g￭ ous genes resulting from gene duplication within a population can be said to display divergent evolution because of the latter it is possible for divergent evolution to occur between two genes within a species in the case of divergent evolution similarity is due to the common origin such as divergence from a common ance￭ str￭ al structure or function has not yet completely obscured the underlying similarity in contrast conver￭ gent evolution arises when there are some sort of ecological or physical drivers toward a similar solution even though the structure or function has arisen independently such as different characters conver￭ ging on a common similar solution from different points of origin this includes analogous structures
diversion co￭ li￭ tis is an infl￭ amm￭ ation of the col￭ on which can occur as a complic￭ ation of i￭ le￭ o￭ stom￭ y or colo￭ stom￭ y often occurring within the year following the surgery it also occurs frequently in a ne￭ ov￭ ag￭ ina created by colo￭ vag￭ in￭ op￭ la￭ sty with varying delay after the original procedure despite the presence of a variable degree of infl￭ amm￭ ation the most sugges￭ tive his￭ to￭ logical feature remains the prominent lymp￭ ho￭ id aggregates a foul sm￭ elling mu￭ co￭ us rec￭ tal discharge may develop from the infl￭ amed mu￭ co￭ sa of the dis￭ tal unused col￭ on the diagnosis cannot be safely reached without knowing the clinical story in many mil￭ der cases after i￭ le￭ o￭ stom￭ y or colo￭ stom￭ y diversion co￭ li￭ tis is left untreated and disappears naturally if treatment is required possible treatments include short chain fatty acid irrigation ster￭ o￭ id enem￭ as and mes￭ al￭ az￭ ine
according to surveys and studies done in the 2000 s there is a lack of diversity in libr￭ ari￭ anship libr￭ ari￭ anship is the management organis￭ asion collecting and preserving of information often in libraries the 2003 us census showed that his￭ panic people had the lowest proportion of libr￭ arians in their population while american indians had the lowest number of libr￭ arians most libr￭ arian jobs were occupied by elderly caucasian males library associations affected by this lack of ethnic diversity have put several measures in place to attempt to correct this issue it has been suggested that the lack of diversity in libr￭ ari￭ anship is because most people are not aware of the job opportunities in the libr￭ ari￭ anship sector others suggest that a lack of diversity in university graduates makes it harder for there to be diversity in libr￭ ari￭ anship as the job is often held by people who hold university degrees
diversity of tactics is a phenomenon where￭ in a social movement makes periodic use of force for disruptive or defensive purposes stepping beyond the limits of non￭ violence but also stopping short of total milit￭ arization it also refers to the theory which asserts this to be the most effective strategy of civil dis￭ obedience for social change diversity of tactics may promote non￭ violent tactics or armed resistance or a range of methods in between depending on the level of repression the political movement is facing it sometimes claims to advocate for forms of resistance that maximize respect for life
diver￭ tic￭ u￭ li￭ tis is a dig￭ estive disease in which pou￭ ches within the large bo￭ wel wall become infl￭ amed symptoms typically include lower ab￭ domin￭ al pain of a sudden onset onset however may also occur over a few days in north america and europe pain is usually on the left side while in asia it is often on the right there may also be fever naus￭ ea diarr￭ ho￭ ea or con￭ sti￭ p￭ ation or blood in the sto￭ ol repeated attacks may occur the cause is uncertain risk factors may include obesity lack of exercise smoking a family history of the disease and non￭ ster￭ o￭ idal anti infl￭ am￭ matory drugs n￭ said the role of dietary fiber is unclear having pou￭ ches in the large intest￭ ine that are not infl￭ amed is known as diver￭ ticul￭ osis infl￭ amm￭ ation occurs in between 10 and 25 at some point in time and is due to a bacterial infection diagnosis may be made by blood tests ct scan colon￭ o￭ sco￭ py or lower gastro￭ intest￭ inal series the differential diagnosis includes irrit￭ able bo￭ wel syndrome while avoiding nuts and seeds has historically been recommended an association between eating these foods and diver￭ tic￭ u￭ li￭ tis has not been found and therefore avoiding these foods is no longer recommended mes￭ al￭ az￭ ine and ri￭ fa￭ xim￭ in appear useful for preventing attacks in those with diver￭ ticul￭ osis for mild diver￭ tic￭ u￭ li￭ tis antibiotics by mouth and a liquid diet is recommended for severe cases intra￭ ven￭ ous antibiotics hospital admission and complete bo￭ wel rest may be recommended pro￭ bio￭ tics are of unclear use complications such as abs￭ c￭ ess formation f￭ ist￭ ula formation and per￭ for￭ ation of the col￭ on may require surgery the disease is common in the western world and un￭ common in africa and asia in the western world about 35 of people have diver￭ ticul￭ osis while it affects less than 1 of those in rural africa the disease becomes more frequent with age being particularly common in those over the age of 50 it has also becoming more common in all parts of the world in 2003 in europe it resulted in about 13 000 deaths costs associated with diver￭ tic￭ ular disease are around 2 4 billion a year in the united states as of 2013
diver￭ ticul￭ osis is the condition of having diver￭ tic￭ ula in the col￭ on that are not infl￭ amed these are out￭ pockets of the colon￭ ic mu￭ co￭ sa and sub￭ mu￭ co￭ sa through weaknesses of muscle layers in the col￭ on wall they typically cause no symptoms diver￭ tic￭ ular disease occurs when diver￭ tic￭ ula become infl￭ amed known as diver￭ tic￭ u￭ li￭ tis or bleed they typically occur in the sig￭ mo￭ id col￭ on which is a common place for increased pressure the left side is more commonly affected in the united states while the right side is more commonly affected in asia diagnosis is often during routine colon￭ o￭ sco￭ py or as an incidental finding during ct scan it is common in western countries with about half of those over the age of 60 in canada and the united states affected this is un￭ common before the age of 40 and increases in incidence after that age rates are lower in africa which has been attributed to a shorter life expectancy and poor healthcare access the lower rate has also been attributed to high fiber
a diver￭ ticul￭ um plural diver￭ tic￭ ula is the medical or biological term for an out￭ pou￭ ching of a hollow or a fluid filled structure in the body depending upon which layers of the structure are involved they are described as being either true or false in medicine the term usually implies the structure is not normally present however in the embryonic stage some normal structures begin development as a diver￭ ticul￭ um arising from another structure
diving disorders or diving related medical conditions are conditions associated with underwater diving and include both conditions unique to underwater diving and those that also occur during other activities this second group further divides into conditions caused by exposure to ambient pressures significantly different from surface atmospheric pressure and a range of conditions caused by general environment and equipment associated with diving activities
diving medicine also called under￭ sea and hyper￭ bar￭ ic medicine u￭ h￭ b is the diagnosis treatment and prevention of conditions caused by humans entering the under￭ sea environment it includes the effects on the body of pressure on gases the diagnosis and treatment of conditions caused by marine hazards and how relationships of a di￭ ver s fitness to dive affect a di￭ ver s safety hyper￭ bar￭ ic medicine is a corollary field associated with diving since re￭ compression in a hyper￭ bar￭ ic chamber is used as a treatment for two of the most significant diving related illnesses de￭ compression sickness and arter￭ ial gas embol￭ ism diving medicine deals with medical research on issues of diving the prevention of diving disorders treatment of diving accidents and diving fitness the field includes the effect of breathing gases and their contaminants under high pressure on the human body and the relationship between the state of physical and psychological health of the di￭ ver and safety in diving accidents it is common for multiple disorders to occur together and interact with each other both caus￭ atively and as complications diving medicine is a branch of occupational medicine and sports medicine and an important part of di￭ ver education
in christian the￭ ology di￭ v￭ ini￭ zation de￭ ification making divine or the￭ osis is the transforming effect of divine grace the spirit of god or the at￭ on￭ ement of christ it literally means to become more divine more like god or take upon a divine nature
a division 7 a dividend in the australian tax system is an amount treated by the australian tax office ato as an assess￭ able dividend of a shareholder of a private company that attempts to make a tax free distribu￭ tions of profits to the shareholder or an associate of the shareholder division 7 a applies to payments loans and debts forgiven on or after 4 december 1997 however it may also apply to loans in place before this date where the amount of the loan is increased or its term extended on or after 4 december 1997 division 7 a applies to debts forgiven on or after 4 december 1997 regardless of when the debt was created
the division of labour is the separation of tasks in any economic system so that participants may speci￭ alize individuals organizations and nations are endowed with or acquire specialized capabilities and either form combinations or trade to take advantage of the capabilities of others in addition to their own specialized capabilities may include equipment or natural resources in addition to skills and training and complex combinations of such assets are often important as when multiple items of specialized equipment and skilled operators are used to produce a single product the division of labour is the motive for trade and the source of economic interdependence because of the large amount of labour saved by giving workers specialized tasks in industrial revolution era factories some classical economists as well as some mechanical engineers such as charles bab￭ bage were proponents of division of labour also having workers perform single or limited tasks eliminated the long training period required to train craf￭ tsmen who were replaced with lesser paid but more productive unskilled workers historically an increasing division of labour is associated with the growth of total output and trade the rise of capitalism and the increasing complexity of industrialised processes the concept and implementation of division of labour has been observed in ancient sum￭ er￭ ian mes￭ o￭ pot￭ am￭ ian culture where assignment of jobs in some cities coincided with an increase in trade and economic interdependence division of labour generally also increases both producer and individual worker productivity in contrast to division of labour division of work refers to the division of a large task contract or project into smaller tasks — each with a separate schedule within the overall project schedule division of labour instead refers to the allocation of tasks to individuals or organizations according to the skills and or equipment those people or organizations possess often division of labour and division of work are both part of the economic activity within an industrial nation or organization
in mathematics and specifically in number theory a divis￭ or function is an arithmetic function related to the divis￭ ors of an inte￭ ger when referred to as the divis￭ or function it counts the number of divis￭ ors of an inte￭ ger it appears in a number of remarkable identities including relationships on the ri￭ emann ze￭ ta function and the eisen￭ stein series of mod￭ ular forms divis￭ or functions were studied by ram￭ anu￭ jan who gave a number of important con￭ gru￭ ences and identities these are treated separately in the article ram￭ anu￭ jan s sum a related function is the divis￭ or sum￭ matory function which as the name implies is a sum over the divis￭ or function
di￭ v￭ ya dr￭ ish￭ ti hind￭ i द￭ ि￭ व￭ ्￭ य द￭ ृ￭ ष￭ ्￭ ट￭ ि or the divine eye sight also known as yog￭ a dr￭ ish￭ ti refers to divine perception which is intu￭ itive perception or cogn￭ ition that carries with it an intrinsic certainty and conviction it is a spiritual attainment which according to pat￭ anj￭ ali enables the yog￭ i to communicate with heaven￭ ly bodies this divine vision is gained by the practice of ne￭ ti that balances the flow of pr￭ ana shak￭ ti in ida p￭ ing￭ ala and su￭ sh￭ man￭ a and up￭ lifts the higher mental fac￭ ul￭ ties which awaken the cha￭ kr￭ as and k￭ und￭ al￭ ini and even enables the yog￭ i to see into the past and future ut￭ ti￭ tha pad￭ ma ā￭ san￭ a the raised lo￭ tus posture makes one develop di￭ v￭ ya dr￭ ish￭ ti opens the heart center and cures respiratory disorders in the b￭ ha￭ g￭ av￭ ad g￭ ita kr￭ ish￭ na tells ar￭ jun￭ a न त￭ ु म￭ ा￭ ं श￭ क￭ ्￭ य￭ स￭ े द￭ ्￭ र￭ ष￭ ्￭ ट￭ ु￭ म￭ न￭ े￭ न￭ ै￭ व स￭ ्￭ व￭ च￭ क￭ ्￭ ष￭ ु￭ ष￭ ा द￭ ि￭ व￭ ्￭ य￭ ं द￭ द￭ ा￭ म￭ ि त￭ े च￭ क￭ ्￭ ष￭ ु￭ ः प￭ श￭ ्￭ य म￭ े य￭ ो￭ ग￭ म￭ ै￭ श￭ ्￭ व￭ र￭ म￭ ् but surely you cannot see me with these human eyes of yours therefore i vou￭ ch￭ safe to you the divine eye with this you behold my divine power of yog￭ a b￭ ha￭ g￭ av￭ ad g￭ ita xi 8 kr￭ ish￭ na invited ar￭ jun￭ a to observe the co￭ sm￭ ic body or vi￭ ra￭ j and behold as concentrated within that body in the person of kr￭ ish￭ na the entire creation and all that is desired to be seen when ar￭ jun￭ a failed to see that divine form kr￭ ish￭ na bestowed the gift of divine vision – द￭ ि￭ व￭ ्￭ य￭ ं च￭ क￭ ्￭ ष￭ ु￭ ः thus endowed ar￭ jun￭ a saw an undis￭ gu￭ ised reality he could otherwise not see what he then saw was अ￭ द￭ ्￭ भ￭ ु￭ त￭ द￭ र￭ ्￭ श￭ न￭ म￭ ् many a wonderful sight divine in essence transc￭ end￭ ent and all eff￭ ul￭ gent the sight which has never been seen before ar￭ jun￭ a saw the power of creating diversity in the universe a similar gift had been bestowed on san￭ j￭ aya by sage vy￭ asa the ve￭ d￭ ic se￭ ers have spoken about the won￭ dro￭ us eyes of lord vis￭ hn￭ u the ever open watchful divine eyes whose power of sight is not restricted by space and time r￭ ish￭ i med￭ h￭ ā￭ ti￭ thi￭ h k￭ ā￭ n￭ v￭ ah states that त￭ द￭ ्￭ व￭ ि￭ ष￭ ्￭ ण￭ ो￭ ः प￭ र￭ म￭ ं प￭ द￭ ं स￭ द￭ ा प￭ श￭ ्￭ य￭ न￭ ्￭ त￭ ि स￭ ू￭ र￭ य￭ ः द￭ ि￭ व￭ ी￭ व च￭ क￭ ्￭ ष￭ ु￭ र￭ ा￭ त￭ त￭ म￭ ् rig ve￭ da i xx￭ ii 20 the learned practitioners of dhar￭ ma do in the bri￭ ght￭ ness of the all revealing sun clearly see the wide spread eyes of the lord the mighty all surve￭ ying sole witness and in the process with the aid of knowledge also see him at all times ens￭ con￭ ced as the at￭ man
di￭ zz￭ iness is an impairment in spatial perception and stability because the term di￭ zz￭ iness is imprecise it can refer to ver￭ ti￭ go pres￭ yn￭ cope dis￭ equilibrium or a non specific feeling such as gi￭ d￭ din￭ ess or fool￭ ishness one can induce di￭ zz￭ iness by engaging in dis￭ orient￭ ating activities such as spinning ver￭ ti￭ go is the sensation of spinning or having one s surroundings spin about them many people find ver￭ ti￭ go very disturbing and often report associated naus￭ ea and v￭ om￭ iting it represents about 25 of cases of occurrences of di￭ zz￭ iness dis￭ equilibrium is the sensation of being off balance and is most often characterized by frequent falls in a specific direction this condition is not often associated with naus￭ ea or v￭ om￭ iting pres￭ yn￭ cope is ligh￭ the￭ ad￭ ed￭ ness muscular weakness and feeling faint as opposed to a syn￭ cope which is actually fain￭ ting non specific di￭ zz￭ iness is often psychiatric in origin it is a diagnosis of exclusion and can sometimes be brought about by hyper￭ ventilation a stroke is the cause of isolated di￭ zz￭ iness in 0 7 of people who present to the emergency room
in a loading dock one problem to overcome is the problem of bridging the gap between a truck and the dock or warehouse floor not all trucks are the same height and the height of the trailer floor within a truck can vary according to how heavily the truck is laden thus there is not only a gap to bridge but a height difference to overcome various devices are employed in order to achieve this dock plates dock level￭ lers dock boards and various forms of lift these devices vary in construction suitability to dock conditions cost of installation and loading capacity dock level￭ lers and lifts are generally permanent fix￭ tures at each door of a dock dock plates and dock boards are generally by contrast portable and not fixed either to dock or truck dock plates and dock boards are simply metal ram￭ ps bridging the gaps between dock and truck dock plates are generally made out of aluminium whilst dock boards are generally made out of steel aluminium dock plates are thus more suitable for lighter loads such as hand￭ car￭ ts and dol￭ lies whereas steel dock boards are more suitable for heavier mo￭ tori￭ zed equipment such as fork lift trucks and electric pallet trucks another difference between dock plates and dock boards in addition to their load bearing capabilities is their construction dock plates are simple flat plates whereas dock boards have cur￭ bs bol￭ ted or wel￭ ded to the edge of the board run off is prevented by a simple painted yellow strip along the edge of a dock plate whereas it is the cur￭ bs also generally painted yellow that prevent run off on dock boards these cur￭ bs are also where the higher weight capacities of dock boards come from run off is thus a significant risk on dock plates since the yellow strip is not a particularly effective mechanism for preventing it both dock plates and dock boards have a diamond pattern emb￭ os￭ sed onto their upper surfaces to prevent wheel slip as car￭ ts and vehicles travel up and down the incl￭ ine similarly they both have locking t bar legs that extend down into the gap between truck and dock to secure them they are both portable but dock boards are heavier than dock plates the latter may be carried by hand and are generally fitted with handles for doing so the former usually require a fork lift in order to place and remove them and are generally fitted with either lo￭ ops or chains used for attaching the dock board to the for￭ ks of the fork lift dock level￭ lers are as mentioned fixed to the dock they comprise a simple metal plate called a lip that is raised from a sto￭ wed position and then lowered onto the back of the truck lip can be h￭ ing￭ ed or teles￭ cop￭ ic type they are operated either manu￭ ally via a simple pull chain or hydraul￭ ically most common with an electric pump driving a pist￭ on to lift the plate and another one to move the lip dock level￭ lers are more expensive devices than the comparatively light weight dock plates and dock boards the most common form of dock level￭ ler is the rec￭ essed or pit dock level￭ ler as the name suggests this type of level￭ ler is contained in a recess or pit beneath the dock door and floor surface dock level￭ ers are stronger than dock plates and have similar ranges to dock boards making them suitable not only for mo￭ tori￭ zed fork lift trucks but also for master convey￭ ors for which neither dock plates or dock boards are suitable safety also is very high for this kind of product safety rules as en 13￭ 98 european standard specifies the safety requirements for design construction installation maintenance and testing of dock level￭ lers and for safety components on dock level￭ lers note edge of dock level￭ ers have fixed positions which have restricted ranges making them unsuitable for non￭ standard dock heights because they carry heavy mo￭ tori￭ zed equipment the grade of the incl￭ ine has to be shallow the greater the height differential between truck and dock that a dock level￭ ler can compensate for the longer the level￭ ler itself has to be moreover the grade of the incl￭ ine must not be so great that the vehicles cannot climb it a height differential of between 7 and 8 inches generally requires a 6 foot long 1 8 m level￭ ler for an electric pal￭ ette carrier a height differential of between 17 and 18 inches generally requires a 12 foot long 3 7 m level￭ ler for a petrol eng￭ ined fork lift truck anyway the lip has to be considered in the length of the level￭ ler as it is part of it a teles￭ cop￭ ic lip 20 or 40 inches can help to reduce the length of the level￭ ler to 10 feet dock level￭ lers and indeed dock plates and dock boards are used where a building has a truck level door i e a door with a floor level roughly at the same height as the floor of the truck s trailer some buildings only have drive in doors i e doors at the same level as the ground outside of the building suitable for driving directly into the building for loading docks with drive in doors and also albeit rarely for loading docks with truck level doors a lift is sometimes employed other less common devices employed when bridging the gap between truck and dock are truck level￭ lers these are hydraulic lifts positioned beneath the rear wheels of the truck that are used to raise and lower the truck so that it is level with the loading dock edge the problems with truck level￭ lers that make them rarely employed are twofold first they cause the truck interior to be at an incl￭ ine which causes loading and unloading difficulties second they are expensive to maintain since they require being below ground level and open to the air proper drainage and protection against the weather rec￭ essed dock level￭ lers also have problems of exposure to the weather however because they are rec￭ essed into the dock which is above ground level they do not have as great a problem with drainage equally because they are rec￭ essed into the dock they extend partially back from the dock edge a dock level￭ ler can be installed so that it extends inside the loading dock door and thus inside the building protecting it from the weather
document classification or document categ￭ ori￭ zation is a problem in library science information science and computer science the task is to assign a document to one or more classes or categories this may be done manu￭ ally or intellectually or algori￭ th￭ m￭ ically the intellectual classification of documents has mostly been the province of library science while the algori￭ th￭ mic classification of documents is mainly in information science and computer science the problems are overlapping however and there is therefore inter￭ disciplinary research on document classification the documents to be classified may be texts images music etc each kind of document possesses its special classification problems when not otherwise specified text classification is implied documents may be classified according to their subjects or according to other attributes such as document type author printing year etc in the rest of this article only subject classification is considered there are two main philosoph￭ ies of subject classification of documents the content based approach and the request based approach
the do￭ eb￭ ner reaction is the chemical reaction of an an￭ il￭ ine with an alde￭ hyde and py￭ ru￭ vic acid to form quin￭ oline 4 car￭ box￭ yl￭ ic acids the do￭ eb￭ ner reaction
the do￭ eb￭ ner – miller reaction is the organic reaction of an an￭ il￭ ine with α β un￭ saturated carbon￭ yl compounds to form quin￭ ol￭ ines scheme 1 the do￭ eb￭ ner miller reaction this reaction is also known as the sk￭ r￭ au￭ p do￭ eb￭ ner von miller quin￭ oline synthesis and is named after the czech chem￭ ist z￭ denko hans sk￭ r￭ au￭ p 18￭ 50 – 19￭ 10 and the germans oscar d￭ ö￭ bner do￭ eb￭ ner 18￭ 50 – 1907 and wil￭ helm von miller 18￭ 48 – 18￭ 99 when the α β un￭ saturated carbon￭ yl compound is prepared in situ from two carbon￭ yl compounds via an al￭ do￭ l condens￭ ation the reaction is known as the bey￭ er method for quin￭ ol￭ ines the reaction is cataly￭ zed by lewis acids such as tin tetr￭ ach￭ l￭ oride and s￭ candi￭ um iii tri￭ fl￭ ate and br￭ ø￭ n￭ sted acids such as p t￭ olu￭ en￭ es￭ ul￭ fon￭ ic acid per￭ chlor￭ ic acid am￭ ber￭ lite and i￭ od￭ ine
do￭ e￭ ge – pot￭ ter syndrome d￭ ps is a par￭ ane￭ op￭ l￭ astic syndrome in which hypo￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia is associated with solitary fi￭ bro￭ us tumors the hypo￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia is the result of the tumors producing insulin like growth factor 2 the syndrome was first described in 1930 by karl walter do￭ e￭ ge 18￭ 67 – 19￭ 32 a german american physician and by roy p￭ illing pot￭ ter 18￭ 79 – 1968 an american radio￭ logist working independently the full term do￭ e￭ ge – pot￭ ter syndrome was inf￭ requ￭ ently used until the publication of a 2000 article using the ep￭ on￭ ym d￭ ps is rare as of 1976 less than one hundred cases were described with a m￭ align￭ ancy rate of 12 – 15 actual rates of hypo￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia associated with a fi￭ bro￭ us tumor are quite rare a 1981 study of 360 solitary fi￭ bro￭ us tumors of the lungs found that only 4 caused hypo￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia and are linked to large tum￭ ours with high rates of mit￭ osis removal of the tumor will normally resolve the symptoms tumors causing d￭ ps tend to be quite large in one case a 3 kg 6 6 lb 23 × 21 × 12 cm 9 1 × 8 3 × 4 7 in mass was removed sufficiently large to cause a collapsed lung in x rays they appear as a single mass with visible defined borders appearing at the edges of the lungs or a fis￭ sure dividing the lob￭ es of the lungs similar hypo￭ gly￭ c￭ emic effects have been related to mes￭ en￭ ch￭ ym￭ al tumors
in organic chemistry the do￭ ering – laf￭ lam￭ me all￭ ene synthesis is a reaction of al￭ ken￭ es that conver￭ ts them to all￭ en￭ es by insertion of a carbon atom this name reaction is named for william von e￭ ggers do￭ ering and a co worker who first reported it the reaction is a two stage process in which first the al￭ k￭ ene is reacted with dic￭ hlor￭ o￭ car￭ bene or di￭ bromo￭ car￭ bene to form a di￭ hal￭ oc￭ y￭ clo￭ pro￭ pan￭ e this intermediate is then reacted with a reducing metal such as sodium or magnesium or with an organ￭ oli￭ th￭ ium re￭ agent either approach conver￭ ts the di￭ halogenated carbon to a car￭ bene or car￭ ben￭ o￭ id like structure the resulting cyclo￭ prop￭ yl￭ car￭ bene re￭ arrang￭ es to form the all￭ ene product the electronic nature of the car￭ bene intermediate is not entirely understood several different mechanisms for its electro￭ cyclic re￭ arrangement have been studied
a dog leg ge￭ ar￭ box is a manual transmission shift pattern distinguished by an up over up shift between first and second gear the layout derives its name from a dog s h￭ ind leg with its sharp angles dog leg ge￭ ar￭ boxes have fallen out of fashion primarily because most manual performance cars now have six speed ge￭ ar￭ boxes which are un￭ suited to the dog leg layout
dog bites or dog attacks are attacks on humans by feral or domestic dogs with the close association of dogs and humans in daily life largely as pets dog bites – with injuries from very minor to significant – are extremely common dogs also pose danger from their cla￭ ws and can be powerful enough to knock people down there is considerable debate on whether or not certain breeds of dogs are inherently more prone to commit attacks causing serious injury i e so driven by instinct and breeding that under certain circumstances they are exceedingly likely to attempt or commit dangerous attacks regardless of the breed of the dog it is recognized that the risk of dangerous dog attacks can be greatly increased by human actions such as neglect or fight training or in￭ actions as ca￭ rel￭ essness in confinement and control significant dog bites affect tens of millions of people globally each year it is estimated that two percent of the us population from 4 5 – 4 7 million people are bit￭ ten by dogs each year most bites occur in children in the 1980 s and 1990 s the us averaged 17 fatalities per year while in the 2000 s this has increased to 26 77 of dog bites are from the pet of family or friends and 50 of attacks occur on the dog owner s property animal bites most of which are from dogs are the reason for 1 of visits to an emergency department in the united states attacks on the serious end of the spectrum have become the focus of increasing media and public attention in the late 20 th and early 21 st centuries
dog pox is an infection of can￭ ines which may be caused by the can￭ ine her￭ pes virus and can result in symptoms ranging from no symptoms to infl￭ amm￭ ation of the respiratory or dig￭ estive tract to skin infl￭ amm￭ ation and le￭ sions over 60 of adult male dogs exhibit le￭ sions as a result of this infection because of the variance in the symptoms it is often mistaken for allergies however the infection can be severe in pu￭ ppies even causing death
do￭ gger bank itch is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by a long lasting der￭ mati￭ tis caused by exposure to the sea cher￭ vi￭ l al￭ cy￭ on￭ idi￭ um di￭ ap￭ han￭ um a br￭ yo￭ zo￭ an the disease common in fishermen who work in the north sea has been recognized by the danish work￭ man s compensation act since 1939
dol￭ ic￭ ho￭ cephal￭ y derived from the ancient greek δ￭ ολ￭ ι￭ χ￭ ός meaning long is a condition where the head is longer than would be expected relative to its width the skul￭ ls of ne￭ ander￭ th￭ als show a marked dol￭ ic￭ ho￭ cephal￭ y compared to other humans past or present in humans s￭ cap￭ ho￭ cephal￭ y is a form of dol￭ ic￭ ho￭ cephal￭ y do￭ li￭ co￭ cephal￭ ic dog breeds such as german shepherd dogs have an el￭ ong￭ ated nose this makes them vulnerable to fun￭ gal diseases of the nose such as asper￭ gil￭ losis in human the ani￭ er￭ ior poster￭ ior diameter length of dol￭ ic￭ ho￭ cephal￭ y head is more than trans￭ verse diameter width it has an incidence of 1 in every 4￭ 200 babies it can present be in cases of sens￭ en￭ brenner syndrome c￭ rou￭ z￭ on syndrome so￭ tos syndrome as well as mar￭ fan syndrome although dol￭ ic￭ ho￭ cephal￭ y may be associated with some other ab￭ norm￭ alities alone it is just a normal variation unless symptomatic it is nothing to worry about early diagnosis can be made by x ray or ul￭ tras￭ ono￭ graphy treatment is not essential
in medicine a dol￭ ic￭ ho￭ col￭ on word derived from ancient greek dol￭ ic￭ hos the long distance in running and col￭ on is an abnormally long large intest￭ ine it should not be confused with an abnormally wide large intest￭ ine which is called a me￭ ga￭ col￭ on dol￭ ic￭ ho￭ col￭ on may pre￭ dispose to abnormal rotation see vol￭ vul￭ us and inter￭ position between the di￭ aphr￭ ag￭ m and the liver see chil￭ ai￭ di￭ ti syndrome it is more commonly seen in the elderly some psychiatric patients or in institutionalised individuals it is not however a part of normal aging the exact cause remains unknown dol￭ ic￭ ho￭ col￭ on is often an incidental finding on ab￭ domin￭ al x rays or colon￭ o￭ sco￭ py it is not by itself a disease and as such requires no treatment
dol￭ ic￭ hol kin￭ ase deficiency is a cu￭ taneous condition caused by a mutation in the dol￭ ic￭ hol kin￭ ase gene it is also known as con￭ genital disorder of gly￭ co￭ syl￭ ation 1 m
dol￭ ic￭ ho￭ sten￭ om￭ eli￭ a is a human condition or habit￭ us in which the limbs are unusually long the name is derived from ancient greek dol￭ ic￭ hos long sten￭ o short narrow close me￭ lia of the limbs it is a common feature of several kinds of hereditary disorders which affect connec￭ tive tissue such as mar￭ fan syndrome and hom￭ oc￭ y￭ stin￭ ur￭ ia
the dol￭ ly zo￭ om is an in camera effect that appears to undermine normal visual perception the effect is achieved by zo￭ oming a zo￭ om lens to adjust the angle of view often referred to as field of view or fo￭ v while the camera dol￭ lies moves toward or away from the subject in such a way as to keep the subject the same size in the frame throughout in its classic form the camera angle is pulled away from a subject while the lens zo￭ oms in or vice versa thus during the zo￭ om there is a continuous perspective distortion the most directly noticeable feature being that the background appears to change size relative to the subject the visual appearance for the vie￭ wer is that either the background suddenly grows in size and detail and overwhel￭ ms the foreground or the foreground becomes immense and dominates its previous setting depending on which way the dol￭ ly zo￭ om is executed as the human visual system uses both size and perspective cu￭ es to judge the relative sizes of objects seeing a perspective change without a size change is a highly unsettling effect often with strong emotional impact the effect was first conceived by romanian cinemato￭ grapher ser￭ gi￭ u hu￭ zum but was first used by ir￭ min rober￭ ts a paramount second unit camer￭ aman in alfred hit￭ ch￭ cock s film ver￭ ti￭ go in addition to ver￭ ti￭ go the shot has been used in many films including good￭ fellas road to per￭ dition ja￭ ws body double the island of dr more￭ au jo￭ sie and the pus￭ sy￭ cats and mike and dave need wedding dates
domain inventory is a design pattern applied within the service orientation design paradigm whose application enables creating pools of services which correspond to different segments of the enterprise instead of creating a single enterprise wide pool of services this design pattern is usually applied when it is not possible to create a single inventory of services for whole of the enterprise by following the same design standards across the different segments of the enterprise the domain inventory design pattern by thomas er￭ l asks how can services be delivered to maximize re￭ composition when enterprise wide standardization is not possible and is discussed as part of this pod￭ cast
domestic energy consumption or domestic consumption of energy is the total amount of energy used in a house for household work the amount of energy used per household varies widely depending on the standard of living of the country the climate and the age and type of residence in the united states as of 2008 in an average household in a temper￭ ate climate the yearly use of household energy can be composed as follows this equates to an average instan￭ taneous power consumption of 2 kw at any given time households in different parts of the world will have differing levels of consumption based on latitude and technology
domestic violence also named domestic abuse bat￭ tering or family violence is a pattern of behavior which involves violence or other abuse by one person against another in a domestic setting such as in marriage or cohabitation intimate partner violence is violence by a spouse or partner in an intimate relationship against the other spouse or partner domestic violence can take place in heter￭ osex￭ ual and same sex family relationships and can involve violence against children in the family or in some u s states violence against a roommate domestic violence can take a number of forms including physical verbal emotional economic religious and sexual abuse which can range from subtle coercive forms to marital rape and to violent physical abuse such as female genital mutilation and acid throwing that results in dis￭ figu￭ rement or death domestic murders include stoning bride burning honor killings and dow￭ ry deaths globally the victims of domestic violence are overwhelmingly women and women tend to experience more severe forms of violence however it has been shown in the united states that women are the primary perpetrators in non reciprocal cases in some countries domestic violence is often seen as justified particularly in cases of actual or suspected in￭ fidel￭ ity on the part of the woman and is legally permitted research has also shown there to be a direct and significant correlation between a country s level of gender equality and actual rates of domestic violence domestic violence is among the most under￭ reported crimes worldwide for both men and women men face additional gender related barriers in reporting due to social stigm￭ as regarding male victimi￭ zation and an increased likelihood of being overlooked by healthcare providers domestic violence occurs when the ab￭ user believes that abuse is acceptable justified or unlikely to be reported it may produce intergenerational cycles of abuse in children and other family members who may feel that such violence is acceptable or cond￭ oned very few people recognize themselves as ab￭ users or victims because they may consider their experiences as family disputes that just got out of control awareness perception definition and documentation of domestic violence differs widely from country to country domestic violence often happens in the context of forced or child marriage in abusive relationships there may be a cycle of abuse during which tensions rise and an act of violence is committed followed by a period of reconciliation and calm victims of domestic violence may be trapped in domestic violent situations through isolation power and control cultural acceptance lack of financial resources fear shame or to protect children as a result of abuse victims may experience physical disabilities chronic health problems mental illness limited finances and poor ability to create healthy relationships victims may experience psychological problems such as post traumatic stress disorder children who live in a household with violence often show psychological problems from an early age such as dys￭ regulated aggression which may later contribute to continuing the legacy of abuse when they reach adul￭ thood
domestic violence in argentina is a serious problem since the 1990 s onwards the government of argentina has taken steps to address this problem yet the policies of argentina have been criticized for being weak primarily due to focusing on civil rather than criminal dealing with this form of violence and for stressing conciliation between the victim and perpetrator the policy dealing with domestic violence has also been made more difficult due to the decentralized nature of the country argentina being a decentralized federal state with 23 provinces has led to significant variation between provincial policies on domestic violence with women across the country having differing levels of protection
domestic violence in bolivia is a pervasive and under￭ reported problem according to the center for the information and development of women ci￭ dem 70 percent of women suffer some form of abuse ci￭ dem noted that their 2006 statistics did not reflect the full magnitude of the problem of violence against women and that a great number of women did not report the aggression they faced on a daily basis the most exhaustive national survey on domestic violence conducted by the national statistical institute in 2003 showed 64 percent of women were the target of some form of emotional physical or sexual abuse from their partner
domestic violence in chile locally referred to as viol￭ en￭ cia intr￭ af￭ am￭ ili￭ ar is a prevalent problem domestic violence describes violence by an intimate partner or other family members regardless of the place the violence occurs
domestic violence in china involves violence or abuse by intimate partners or family members against one another intimate partner violence ip￭ v by the man is the most common type of domestic violence in china a 2005 american journal of public health report found that 1 out of 5 chinese women had experienced physical violence from their partner in the past year although china acknowledged that domestic violence was a problem in the 1930 s it has only become a visible issue in the past few decades due to economic and social changes in the 1980 s domestic violence is legally defined in article 2 of the domestic violence law of 2015 as physical psychological or other infr￭ actions between family members effected through the use of methods such as beat￭ ings restraints ma￭ im￭ ing restrictions on physical liberty as well as recurrent verbal abuse or intimidation although the legal definition is confined to family members domestic violence can also occur between un￭ married lg￭ bt and other domestic couples
domestic violence in kenya is a problem as in many parts of africa there is a deep cultural belief in kenya that it is socially acceptable to hit a woman to discipline a spouse
domestic violence in lithuania is a pervasive social problem the law on protection against domestic violence came into force in 2011 in the four months after the law took effect lithuanian police received over 10 000 reports of domestic violence and initiated 3 300 investigations
domestic violence in nigeria is a problem as in many parts of africa there is a deep cultural belief in nigeria that it is socially acceptable to hit a woman to discipline a spouse domestic violence is widespread and shows no signs of less￭ ening in nigeria the cle￭ en foundation reports 1 in every 3 respondents admitting to being a victim of domestic violence the survey also found a nationwide increase in domestic violence in the past 3 years from 21 in 2011 to 30 in 2013 a cle￭ en foundation ’ s 2012 national crime and safety survey demonstrated that 31 of the national sample confessed to being victims of domestic violence domestic violence takes many forms including physical sexual emotional and mental traditionally domestic violence is committed against females common forms of violence against women in nigeria are rape acid attacks mo￭ le￭ station wife beating and corporal punishment the nigerian government has taken legal proceedings to prosecute men or abuse their women in several states there is currently a push in nigeria for federal laws concerning domestic violence and for a stronger national response and support for domestic violence issues
domestic violence in pakistan is an endemic social problem according to a study carried out in 2009 by human rights watch it is estimated that between 70 and 90 percent of women in pakistan have suffered some form of abuse an estimated 5000 women are killed per year from domestic violence with thousands of others ma￭ im￭ ed or disabled the majority of victims of violence have no legal recourse law enforcement authorities do not view domestic violence as a crime and usually refuse to register any cases brought to them given the very few women s shelters in the country victims have limited ability to escape from violent situations
domestic violence in panama is a serious problem and remains under￭ reported domestic violence including sp￭ ous￭ al rape psychological physical and economic abuse are crimin￭ alized panama enacted ley no 38 del 2001 against domestic violence in 2013 the country enacted law 82 ty￭ pi￭ fying fem￭ icide and violence against women ley 82 ti￭ pi￭ fic￭ a el fem￭ ic￭ idi￭ o y la viol￭ en￭ cia contr￭ a las mu￭ jer￭ es a comprehensive law against violence against women the integrated national system for criminal statistics si￭ ec reported 1 283 cases of domestic violence from january through june 2013 statistics for january through september from the pan￭ am￭ anian observatory against gender based violence showed that of the 47 women who died violently 30 died as a result of domestic violence
domestic violence in peru is a problem abuses are aggravated by in￭ sensitivity on the part of law enforcement and judicial authorities toward female victims
domestic violence in saudi arabia is a problem as in many parts of asia there is a deep cultural belief in saudi arabia that it is socially acceptable to hit a woman to discipline a spouse
domestic violence in uganda is a problem as it is in many parts of africa there is a deep cultural belief in uganda that it is socially acceptable to hit a woman to discipline her
domestic violence within lesbian relationships is the pattern of violent and coercive behavior in a female same sex relationship where a lesbian or other non heter￭ osex￭ ual woman seeks to control the thoughts beliefs or conduct of her female intimate partner in the case of multiple forms of domestic partner abuse it is also referred to as lesbian bat￭ tering although domestic violence is widely known as a heter￭ osex￭ ual issue it is a significant factor within lesbian relationships as well
dom￭ ing is a phenomenon found on some cr￭ t telev￭ is￭ ions in which parts of the shadow mask become heated in telev￭ is￭ ions that exhibit this behavior it tends to occur in high contrast scenes in which there is a largely dark scene with one or more loc￭ alized bright spots as the electr￭ on beam hits the shadow mask in these areas it he￭ ats un￭ evenly the shadow mask war￭ ps due to the heat differences which causes the electr￭ on gun to hit the wrong colored phosp￭ h￭ ors and incorrect colors to be displayed in the affected area
a domino effect or chain reaction is the cumulative effect produced when one event sets off a chain of similar events the term is best known as a mechanical effect and is used as an analogy to a falling row of domin￭ oes it typically refers to a linked sequence of events where the time between successive events is relatively small it can be used literally an observed series of actual collis￭ ions or met￭ aphor￭ ically causal linkages within systems such as global finance or politics
donn￭ ai – bar￭ row syndrome is a genetic disorder first described by dian donn￭ ai and margaret bar￭ row in 1993 it is associated with l￭ r￭ p 2 it is an inherited genetic disorder that affects many parts of the body
don￭ oh￭ ue syndrome also known as le￭ pre￭ cha￭ un￭ ism is an extremely rare and severe genetic disorder le￭ pre￭ cha￭ un￭ ism derives its name from the fact that people with the disease often have el￭ fin features and are smaller than usual affected individuals have an insulin recep￭ tor with greatly impaired functionality
donor fatigue is a phenomenon in which people no longer donate to charities although they have in the past on a larger scale it can also refer to a slowness to act on the part of the international community or any other donor base in response to a humanitarian crisis or call to action
dop￭ amine responsive dy￭ st￭ onia dr￭ d also known as hereditary progressive dy￭ st￭ onia with di￭ ur￭ nal fluctuation seg￭ awa s disease or seg￭ awa s dy￭ st￭ onia is a genetic movement disorder which usually manifests itself during early childhood at around ages 5 – 8 years variable start age characteristic symptoms are increased muscle tone dy￭ st￭ onia such as clu￭ b￭ foot and par￭ k￭ ins￭ onian features typically absent in the morning or after rest but worsening during the day and with exer￭ tion children with dr￭ d are often mis￭ diagnosed as having cere￭ br￭ al pal￭ sy the disorder responds well to treatment with le￭ vo￭ dop￭ a
dop￭ amine beta hydrox￭ yl￭ ase deficiency is a condition involving inadequate dop￭ amine beta hydrox￭ yl￭ ase it is characterized by increased amounts of serum dop￭ amine and the absence of nor ep￭ in￭ eph￭ rine and ep￭ in￭ eph￭ rine dop￭ amine is released in place of nor ep￭ in￭ eph￭ rine as a false neuro￭ transmitter this condition is sometimes referred to as no￭ rep￭ in￭ eph￭ rine deficiency dop￭ amine beta hydrox￭ yl￭ ase deficiency belongs to the rare diseases it is a rec￭ essive disorder
dop￭ amine dys￭ regulation syndrome d￭ ds is a dysfunction of the reward system observed in some individuals taking dop￭ am￭ iner￭ gic medications for an extended length of time it can occur in subjects with par￭ kinson s disease pd due to a long exposure to dop￭ amine replacement therapy dr￭ t it is characterized by self control problems such as addiction to medication gambling or sexual behavior
the word d￭ ord is a notable error in l￭ exi￭ co￭ graphy an accidental creation or ghost word of the g and c merri￭ am company s staff in the second 19￭ 34 edition of its new international dic￭ tionary in which the term is defined as density philip bab￭ cock go￭ ve an editor at merri￭ am web￭ ster who became editor in chief of web￭ ster s third new international dic￭ tionary wrote a letter to the journal american speech fifteen years after the error was caught in which he explained why d￭ ord was included in that dic￭ tionary on july 31 1931 aus￭ tin m patter￭ son web￭ ster s chemistry editor sent in a slip reading d or d con￭ t density this was intended to add density to the existing list of words that the letter d can abbrevi￭ ate the slip somehow went astr￭ ay and the phrase d or d was misinterpreted as a single run together word d￭ ord this was a plausible mistake because head￭ words on slips were ty￭ ped with spaces between the letters making d or d look very much like d o r d a new slip was prepared for the printer and a part of speech assigned along with a pron￭ unciation the would be word got past proof￭ readers and appeared on page 771 of the dic￭ tionary around 19￭ 34 on february 28 1939 an editor noticed d￭ ord lacked an e￭ ty￭ mo￭ logy and investigated soon an order was sent to the printer marked plate change imperative urgent in 1940 bound books began appearing without the ghost word but with a new abbreviation although inspection of printed copies well into the 1940 s show d￭ ord still present the non word d￭ ord was exc￭ ised and the definition of the adjacent entry dor￭ é furn￭ ace was expanded from a furn￭ ace for refining d￭ ore bul￭ lion to a furn￭ ace in which d￭ ore bul￭ lion is refined to close up the space go￭ ve wrote that this was probably too bad for why shouldn t d￭ ord mean density the entry d￭ ord was not removed until 1947
the z￭ ep￭ pel￭ in d i or z￭ ep￭ pel￭ in lind￭ au d i or z￭ ep￭ pel￭ in d i do as named in german documents was also sometimes referred postwar as the dor￭ nier d i or dor￭ nier z￭ ep￭ pel￭ in d i for the designer was a single seat all metal stressed skin mono￭ co￭ que canti￭ lever wing bi￭ plane fighter developed by claude dor￭ nier while working for lu￭ ft￭ schi￭ ff￭ bau z￭ ep￭ pel￭ in at their lind￭ au facility it was too late to see service with the german air force lu￭ ft￭ stre￭ it￭ kr￭ ä￭ f￭ te during world war one
the d￭ ory ri￭ ps is a phenomenon involving extreme tidal ag￭ itation of waters located in the bay of fund￭ y off the head￭ land of cape d or in nova sco￭ tia canada the phenomenon occurs at the entrance to the min￭ as basin which is known for the globe s highest ti￭ des the turbulence does not result from a simple rip tide but rather from the collision of three opposed tidal currents whose violence is enhanced by the presence of a sub￭ surface re￭ ef that forces the water upward the powerful incoming tidal current lo￭ ops back and colli￭ des with itself while another current cour￭ sing in sem￭ ic￭ ir￭ cular fashion around advocate bay sl￭ ams into the collision point at a 90 degree angle
dose dumping is a phenomenon of drug metabol￭ ism in which environmental factors can cause the premature and exaggerated release of a drug this can greatly increase the concentration of a drug in the body and thereby produce adverse effects or even drug induced toxicity dose dumping is most commonly seen in drugs taken by mouth and dig￭ ested in the gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract around the same time patients take their medication they can also ing￭ est other substances like fatty meals or alcohol that increase drug delivery the substances may act on the drug s cap￭ su￭ le to speed up drug release or they may stimulate the body s absor￭ ptive surfaces to increase the rate of drug uptake dose dumping is a disadvantage found in extended release do￭ sage form in general drug companies try to avoid drugs with significant dose dumping effects such drugs are prone to problems and are often pulled from the market such was the case with the pain medication p￭ all￭ ad￭ one once daily formulation due to its dose dumping effects when taken with alcohol
dot gain or t￭ onal value increase is a phenomenon in offset lith￭ o￭ graphy and some other forms of printing which causes printed material to look darker than intended it is caused by half￭ tone do￭ ts growing in area between the original printing film and the final printed result in practice this means that an image that has not been adjusted to account for dot gain will appear too dark when it is printed dot gain calculations are often an important part of a c￭ my￭ k color model
in software engineering a double chance function is a software design pattern with a strong application in cross platform and scal￭ able development consider a graphics api with functions to draw￭ point draw￭ line and draw￭ square it is easy to see that draw￭ line can be implemented solely in terms of draw￭ point and draw￭ square can in turn be implemented through four calls to draw￭ line if you were porting this api to a new architecture you would have a choice implement three different functions nati￭ vely taking more time to implement but likely resulting in faster code or write draw￭ point nati￭ vely and implement the others as described above using common cross platform code an important example of this approach is the x 11 graphics system which can be ported to new graphics hardware by providing a very small number of device dependent primi￭ tives leaving higher level functions to a hardware independent layer the double chance function is an optimal method of creating such an implementation whereby the first draft of the port can use the fast to market slow to run version with a common draw￭ point function while later versions can be modified as slow to market fast to run where the double chance pattern scores high is that the base api includes the self supporting implementation given here as part of the null driver and all other implement￭ ations are extensions of this consequently the first port is in fact the first usable implementation one typical implementation in c could be class c￭ bas￭ eg￭ f￭ x￭ api virtual void draw￭ point int x int y 0 abstract concept for the null driver virtual void draw￭ line int x 1 int y 1 int x 2 int y 2 draw￭ point repeated virtual void draw￭ square int x 1 int y 1 int x 2 int y 2 draw￭ line repeated class c￭ origin￭ alg￭ f￭ x￭ api public c￭ bas￭ eg￭ f￭ x￭ api virtual void draw￭ point int x int y the only necessary native calls virtual void draw￭ line int x 1 int y 1 int x 2 int y 2 if this function exists a native draw￭ line routine will be used otherwise the base implementation is run class c￭ new￭ gf￭ x￭ api public c￭ bas￭ eg￭ f￭ x￭ api virtual void draw￭ point int x int y the only necessary for native calls note that the c￭ bas￭ eg￭ f￭ x￭ api draw￭ point function is never used per se as any graphics call goes through one of its derived classes so a call to c￭ new￭ gf￭ x￭ api draw￭ square would have its first chance to render a square by the c￭ new￭ gf￭ x￭ api class if no native implementation exists then the base class is called at which point the virtu￭ alization takes over and means that c￭ new￭ gf￭ x￭ api draw￭ line is called this gives the c￭ new￭ gf￭ x￭ api class a “ second chance ” to use native code if any is available with this method it is theoretically possible to build an entire 3 d engine applying software ra￭ ster￭ izing using only one native function in the form of draw￭ point with other functions being implemented as and when time permits in practise this would be hopelessly slow but it does demonstrate the possibilities for double chance functions
in software engineering double checked locking also known as double checked locking optimi￭ zation is a software design pattern used to reduce the overhead of acquiring a lock by first testing the locking criterion the lock hint without actually acquiring the lock only if the locking criterion check indicates that locking is required does the actual locking logic proceed the pattern when implemented in some language hardware combinations can be unsafe at times it can be considered an anti pattern it is typically used to reduce locking overhead when implementing lazy initi￭ alization in a multi th￭ read￭ ed environment especially as part of the sing￭ leton pattern lazy initi￭ alization avoids initi￭ alizing a value until the first time it is accessed
in basketball a double is the accumulation of a double digit number total in one of five statistical categories — points reb￭ ounds assists ste￭ als and blocked shots — in a game multiple players usually score double digit points in any given basketball game the double nomenclature is usually reserved for when a player has double digit totals in more than one category a double double is the accumulation of a double digit number total in two of the five categories in a game the most common double double combination is points reb￭ ounds followed by points assists since the 1983 – 84 season tim dun￭ can leads the national basketball association n￭ ba in the points reb￭ ounds combination with 840 and john stock￭ ton leads the points assists combination with 714 a triple double is the accumulation of a double digit number total in three of the five categories in a game the most common way to achieve a triple double is through points reb￭ ounds and assists oscar rober￭ t￭ son leads the all time n￭ ba list with 181 and is the only player ever to average a triple double for a season le￭ bron james leads the list among active players with 42 a quadru￭ ple double is the accumulation of a double digit number total in four of the five categories in a game this has occurred five times in the n￭ ba a qu￭ intu￭ ple double is the accumulation of a double digit number total in all five categories in a game two qu￭ intu￭ ple dou￭ bles have been recorded by high school girls but none have occurred in college or professional games a similar accomplishment is the five by five which is the accumulation of at least five points five reb￭ ounds five assists five ste￭ als and five blocks in a game in the n￭ ba only ha￭ ke￭ em ol￭ a￭ ju￭ won and andrei ki￭ ri￭ len￭ ko have accumulated multiple five by fi￭ ves since the 1984 – 85 season
double a￭ or￭ tic arch da￭ a is a relatively rare con￭ genital cardiovascular mal￭ formation da￭ a is an anomaly of the a￭ or￭ tic arch in which two a￭ or￭ tic ar￭ ches form a complete vascular ring that can com￭ press the trac￭ hea and or es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus most commonly there is a larger dominant right arch behind and a smaller hypo￭ plastic left a￭ or￭ tic arch in front of the trac￭ hea es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus the two ar￭ ches join to form the descending a￭ or￭ ta which is usually on the left side but may be right sided or in the mid￭ line in some cases the end of the smaller left a￭ or￭ tic arch closes left at￭ re￭ tic arch and the vascular tissue becomes a fi￭ bro￭ us cord although in these cases a complete ring of two patent a￭ or￭ tic ar￭ ches is not present the term ‘ vascular ring ’ is the accepted generic term even in these anomalies the symptoms are related to the compression of the trac￭ hea es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus or both by the complete vascular ring diagnosis can often be suspected or made by chest x ray barium es￭ op￭ ha￭ gram or echo￭ cardi￭ o￭ graphy compu￭ ted tom￭ o￭ graphy ct or magnetic resonance imaging m￭ ri show the relationship of the a￭ or￭ tic ar￭ ches to the trac￭ hea and es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus and also the degree of trac￭ heal narrowing bron￭ cho￭ sco￭ py can be useful in internally assessing the degree of trac￭ he￭ om￭ al￭ ac￭ ia treatment is surgical and is indicated in all symptomatic patients in the current era the risk of mortality or significant morbi￭ dity after surgical division of the lesser arch is low however the pre￭ operative degree of trac￭ he￭ om￭ al￭ ac￭ ia has an important impact on post￭ operative recovery in certain patients it may take several months up to 1 – 2 years for the obstruc￭ tive respiratory symptoms whe￭ e￭ zing to disappear
double counting in accounting is an error whereby a transaction is counted more than once for whatever reason but in social accounting it also refers to a conceptual problem in social accounting practice when the attempt is made to estimate the new value added by gross output or the value of total investments
double diff￭ u￭ sive conv￭ ection is a fluid dynamics phenomenon that describes a form of conv￭ ection driven by two different density gr￭ adi￭ ents which have different rates of diffusion conv￭ ection in fluids is driven by density variations within them these density variations may be caused by gr￭ adi￭ ents in the composition of the fluid or by differences in temperature through thermal expansion thermal and com￭ posi￭ tional gr￭ adi￭ ents can often diffuse with time reducing their ability to drive the conv￭ ection and requiring that gr￭ adi￭ ents in other regions of the flow exist in order for conv￭ ection to continue a common example of double diff￭ u￭ sive conv￭ ection is in oce￭ ano￭ graphy where heat and salt concentrations exist with different gr￭ adi￭ ents and diffuse at differing rates an effect that affects both of these variables is the input of cold freshwater from an iceberg double diff￭ u￭ sive conv￭ ection is important in understanding the evolution of a number of systems that have multiple causes for density variations these include conv￭ ection in the earth s oceans as mentioned above in mag￭ ma chambers and in the sun where heat and heli￭ um diffuse at differing rates two quite different types of fluid motion exist — and therefore are classified accordingly — depending on whether the stable str￭ ati￭ fication is provided by the density affecting component with the lowest or the highest molecular diff￭ u￭ sivity if the str￭ ati￭ fication is provided by the component with the lower molecular diff￭ u￭ sivity for example in case of a stable salt str￭ ati￭ fied ocean per￭ tur￭ bed by a thermal gr￭ adi￭ ent due to an iceberg the str￭ ati￭ fication is called to be of diff￭ u￭ sive type see external link below otherwise it is of finger type occurring frequently in oce￭ ano￭ graphic studies as salt fingers these long fingers of rising and sinking water occur when hot sal￭ ine water lies over cold fresh water of a higher density a per￭ turb￭ ation to the surface of hot sal￭ ty water results in an element of hot sal￭ ty water surrounded by cold fresh water this element loses its heat more rapidly than its sal￭ inity because the diffusion of heat is faster than of salt this is analogous to the way in which just un￭ stirred coffee goes cold before the sugar has diff￭ used to the top because the water becomes cool￭ er but remains sal￭ ty it becomes d￭ ens￭ er than the fluid layer beneath it this makes the per￭ turb￭ ation grow and causes the downward extension of a salt finger as this finger grows additional thermal diffusion acceler￭ ates this effect
the double feature also known as a double bill was a motion picture industry phenomenon in which theatre managers would exhibit two films for the price of one suppl￭ anting an earlier format in which one feature film and various short subject re￭ els would be shown
a double in￭ let left ven￭ tric￭ le di￭ lv or single ven￭ tric￭ le is a con￭ genital heart defect appearing in 5 in 100 000 new￭ bor￭ ns where both the left atri￭ um and the right atri￭ um feed into the left ven￭ tric￭ le the right ven￭ tric￭ le is hypo￭ plastic or does not exist
double outlet right ven￭ tric￭ le dor￭ v is a form of con￭ genital heart disease where both of the great arter￭ ies connect in whole or in part to the right ven￭ tric￭ le r￭ v in some cases it is found that this occurs on the left side of the heart rather than the right side
a double sunset is a rare a￭ stro geographical phenomenon in which the sun sets twice on the same evening from a specific place the phenomenon is traditionally associated with the town of le￭ ek in staf￭ for￭ d￭ shire from where it is viewed on and around the summer sol￭ s￭ tice in good weather the occurrence was first recorded in writing in 16￭ 86 by dr robert plot in his book the natural history of staf￭ ford shire although it has been argued that the first people to witness the spectacle may well have been danish settlers from the great army which invaded england in the ninth century the traditional site for observing the phenomenon was the chur￭ ch￭ yard of saint edward the conf￭ essor from a particular point in which the whole of the sun set on the summit of the cloud a mill￭ stone gr￭ it hill six miles to the northwest the sun partially re￭ appeared from the cloud s steep northern slope and soon afterwards set for a second and final time on the horizon the spectacle was last reliably witnessed and fil￭ med from the chur￭ ch￭ yard in 1977 but is no longer visible from the location because of tree interference it is however still observ￭ able from le￭ ek on and around the summer sol￭ s￭ tice from the road to pick￭ wood hall off mill￭ town way and from lowe hill on the out￭ skirts of the town better viewing points though are from the a 523 above ru￭ dy￭ ard reservoir and wood￭ house green both of which are nearer to the cloud and therefore enable a larger proportion of the sun to re￭ appear further double sun￭ sets were discovered by the writer jeff kent in 1997 from three places in west der￭ by￭ shire observed against the lime￭ stone re￭ ef kno￭ lls ch￭ rome hill par￭ k￭ house hill and thor￭ pe cloud the ch￭ rome hill phenomenon is observed from glu￭ tton bridge for a short period around the summer sol￭ s￭ tice the sun sets just to the southwest of the summit of the hill begins to re emerge almost immediately afterwards from its steep nor￭ the￭ astern slope before fully re￭ appearing and later sets for a second and final time at the foot of the hill the par￭ k￭ house hill occurrence is visible from nearby glu￭ tton gr￭ ange in late march early april and september the sun sets just to the south of the summit of the hill begins to re emerge almost immediately afterwards from its steep northern slope before fully re￭ appearing and later sets for a second and final time at the foot of the hill the thor￭ pe cloud event is viewed from the top of nearby lin dale on and around the summer sol￭ s￭ tice and perhaps beyond the sun sets on the summit of the hill partially re￭ appears from its steep northern slope and sets for a second and final time shortly afterwards
double top and double bottom are reversal chart patterns observed in the technical analysis of financial trading markets of stocks commodities currencies and other assets
doubling the cu￭ be also known as the deli￭ an problem is an ancient geome￭ tric problem given the edge of a cu￭ be the problem requires the construction of the edge of a second cu￭ be whose volume is double that of the first using only the tools of a compass and straigh￭ te￭ dge as with the related problems of squ￭ aring the circle and tr￭ is￭ ecting the angle doubling the cu￭ be is now known to be impossible the egyptians indians and particularly the greeks were aware of the problem and made many futile attempts at solving what they saw as an ob￭ st￭ inate but soluble problem however the non￭ existence of a solution was finally proven by pierre w￭ ant￭ zel in 18￭ 37 in al￭ ge￭ bra￭ ic terms doubling a unit cu￭ be requires the construction of a line segment of length x where x 3 2 in other words x 3 √ 2 this is because a cu￭ be of side length 1 has a volume of 13 1 and a cu￭ be of twice that volume a volume of 2 has a side length of the cu￭ be root of 2 the impossibility of doubling the cu￭ be is therefore equivalent to the statement that 3 √ 2 is not a construc￭ tible number this is a consequence of the fact that the coordinates of a new point constructed by a compass and straigh￭ te￭ dge are roots of poly￭ no￭ mi￭ als over the field generated by the coordinates of previous points of no greater degree than a quad￭ r￭ atic this implies that the degree of the field extension generated by a construc￭ tible point must be a power of 2 the field extension generated by 3 √ 2 however is of degree 3
dou￭ cas and ka￭ pe￭ tan￭ akis pi￭ gm￭ ented pur￭ pur￭ a is a skin condition characterized by scal￭ y and ec￭ zem￭ at￭ ous pat￭ ches which also have pe￭ tec￭ hi￭ ae and h￭ emo￭ sid￭ erin stain￭ ing it is also known as ecz￭ emato￭ id pur￭ pur￭ a or ecz￭ emato￭ id like pur￭ pur￭ a it was characterized in 1953
the dove pan is a classic magic effect in which a magician produces a dove from an empty pan the illusion continues to be performed by professional and amateur mag￭ icians the effect consists of a shallow pan made of brass or aluminium and a matching lid which has a very deep rim or shoulder all around that fits inside the pan when closed the pan is usually no more than ten inches in diameter and roughly 2 3 inches deep dove p￭ ans are a common item at mag￭ icians supply stores in presentation the magician demonstrates that the pan is empty and then fills it with a small quantity of a volatile liquid which is ign￭ ited often the magician will place other items in the pan e g cracking an egg into it before setting the fuel on fire to extingu￭ ish the fire the magician sl￭ ams the lid onto the pan when the magician removes the lid a dove flies from the pan which is shown to be otherwise empty
the dow￭ d – bec￭ k￭ with ring expansion reaction is an organic reaction in which a cyclic β ke￭ to ester is expanded by up to 4 carbons in a free radical ring expansion reaction through an α al￭ k￭ yl￭ hal￭ o substitu￭ ent the radical initi￭ ator system is based on ai￭ bn and tribu￭ ty￭ l￭ tin hy￭ dri￭ de the cyclic β ke￭ to ester can be obtained through a di￭ eck￭ mann condens￭ ation the original reaction consisted of a nucle￭ oph￭ il￭ ic ali￭ ph￭ atic substitution of the en￭ ol￭ ate of ethyl cyclo￭ hex￭ an￭ one 2 car￭ box￭ y￭ late with 1 4 di￭ i￭ odo￭ bu￭ tane and sodium hy￭ dri￭ de followed by ring expansion to ethyl cyclo￭ dec￭ an￭ one 6 car￭ box￭ y￭ late a side reaction is organic reduction of the i￭ odo￭ al￭ kane dow￭ d – bec￭ k￭ with ring expansion g￭ if
down syndrome ds or d￭ ns also known as tr￭ is￭ omy 21 is a genetic disorder caused by the presence of all or part of a third copy of chro￭ mo￭ some 21 it is typically associated with physical growth delays characteristic facial features and mild to moderate intellectual disability the average i￭ q of a young adult with down syndrome is 50 equivalent to the mental age of an 8 or 9 year old child but this can vary widely the parents of the affected individual are typically genetically normal the extra chro￭ mo￭ some occurs by random chance the risk increases from less than 0 1 in 20 year old mothers to 3 in those age 45 there is no known behavioral activity or environmental factor that changes the risk down syndrome can be identified during pregnancy by pre￭ natal screening followed by diagnostic testing or after birth by direct observation and genetic testing since the introduction of screening pregnancies with the diagnosis are often terminated regular screening for health problems common in down syndrome is recommended throughout the person s life there is no cure for down syndrome education and proper care have been shown to improve quality of life some children with down syndrome are educated in typical school classes while others require more specialized education some individuals with down syndrome graduate from high school and a few attend post secondary education in adul￭ thood about 20 in the united states do paid work in some capacity with many requiring a sheltered work environment support in financial and legal matters is often needed life expectancy is around 50 to 60 years in the developed world with proper health care down syndrome is one of the most common chro￭ mo￭ some ab￭ norm￭ alities in humans it occurs in about one per 1000 babies born each year in 2013 down syndrome was present in 8 5 million individuals and resulted in 36 000 deaths down from 43 000 deaths in 1990 it is named after john lang￭ don down the british doctor who fully described the syndrome in 18￭ 66 some aspects of the condition were described earlier by jean é￭ ti￭ enne dominique es￭ qui￭ rol in 18￭ 38 and é￭ dou￭ ard sé￭ guin in 18￭ 44 the genetic cause of down syndrome — an extra copy of chro￭ mo￭ some 21 — was identified by french researchers in 1959
down￭ step is a phenomenon in language where when two sy￭ ll￭ ables have the same tone for example both have high tone or both have mid tone the second sy￭ ll￭ able is lower in pitch than the first two main kinds of down￭ step can be distinguished the first more usually called automatic down￭ step down￭ drift or cat￭ ath￭ esis occurs when high and low tones come in the sequence h l l h then the second high tone tends to be lower than the first because of the intervening low t￭ oned sy￭ ll￭ able this phenomenon is common in african languages it has also been argued that it is this same phenomenon which causes english sentences such as i really believe e￭ bene￭ zer was a dealer in magnesium or i bought blue￭ berries bay￭ berries rasp￭ berries mul￭ berries and br￭ am￭ ble￭ berries if these sentences are pronounced with a falling int￭ on￭ ation to fall gradually in pitch with each acc￭ ented sy￭ ll￭ able here underlined slightly lower than the last down￭ step proper or non automatic down￭ step on the other hand is a phenomenon found especially in west african languages such as ig￭ bo when of two high tones in succeeding sy￭ ll￭ ables that is in the sequence h h the second is lower than the first in such languages when two high tones come one after the other either they are at the same height or if there is a down￭ step the second one is lower the second high tone is also lower than the preceding one if there is an intervening low in the sequence h l h as described above thus the high tones in a simple sentence tend to descend downwards from the beginning to the end of the sentence in a series of steps a phenomenon known as tone terr￭ ac￭ ing the symbol for this second kind of down￭ step in the international ph￭ one￭ tic alp￭ ha￭ bet is a su￭ pers￭ cript down arrow ↓ it is common to see a su￭ pers￭ cript ex￭ clam￭ ation mark used instead due to ty￭ po￭ graphic constraints it has been shown that in most if not all cases of down￭ step proper the lowering of the second high tone is caused because an intervening low t￭ oned sy￭ ll￭ able has dropped out i e what was formerly h l h has become h h this missing low t￭ oned sy￭ ll￭ able creates what is known as a floating tone an example occurs in bam￭ bar￭ a a language spoken in mali in this language the definite article is a floating low tone with a nou￭ n in isolation it docks to the preceding vo￭ wel turning a high tone into a falling tone however when it occurs between two high tones it down￭ steps the following tone japanese pitch accent may be compared to this about 80 of japanese words have an evenly rising pitch something like french which carries over onto a following un￭ stressed gr￭ amm￭ atical particle however about 20 of words have a drop in pitch between sy￭ ll￭ ables or before a gr￭ amm￭ atical particle an example is in isolation like this the first word has a high low pitch whereas the second and third are hom￭ ony￭ ms with a low high pitch the first sy￭ ll￭ able is only low when the word is said in isolation however all three are distinct when followed by the nomin￭ ative particle ga
the doyle – kir￭ m￭ se reaction is an organic reaction in which in the original scope an all￭ yl sul￭ fide reacts with trim￭ ethyl￭ sil￭ yl￭ di￭ az￭ omethane to form the homo￭ all￭ yl sul￭ fide compound the reaction was first reported by w kir￭ m￭ se in 1968 and modified by m p doyle in 1981 doyle kir￭ m￭ se reaction the kir￭ m￭ se protocol required a copper salt the reaction type is nucle￭ oph￭ il￭ ic addition of sul￭ fur to a metal car￭ bene formed from the di￭ az￭ o￭ al￭ kane followed by a stevens like re￭ arrangement doyle expanded the scope of the reaction to include di￭ az￭ o compounds such as ethyl di￭ az￭ o￭ acetate all￭ yl am￭ ines and all￭ yl hali￭ des with rho￭ dium cataly￭ sts such as hex￭ ad￭ ec￭ ac￭ ar￭ bon￭ yl￭ hex￭ ar￭ ho￭ dium an example is the reaction of ethyl di￭ az￭ o￭ acetate with all￭ yl io￭ di￭ de doyle di￭ az￭ o compound reaction the reaction can also be cataly￭ zed by iron p￭ all￭ adi￭ um and silver modifications using other car￭ ben￭ es are reported e g 2 fur￭ yl car￭ ben￭ oids with use of certain pro￭ par￭ gy￭ l sul￭ fi￭ des the reaction product is an all￭ ene
dr￭ ac￭ un￭ cu￭ li￭ asis also called guinea worm disease g￭ wd is an infection by the guinea worm a person becomes infected when they drink water that contains water fle￭ as infected with guinea worm lar￭ v￭ ae initially there are no symptoms about one year later the person develops a painful burning feeling as the female worm forms a bl￭ ister in the skin usually on the lower limb the worm then comes out of the skin over the course of a few weeks during this time it may be difficult to walk or work it is very un￭ common for the disease to cause death in humans the only known cause is dr￭ ac￭ un￭ cul￭ us med￭ in￭ ensis the worm is about one to two milli￭ meters wide and an adult female is 60 to 100 centi￭ meters long males are much shorter at 12 – 29 mm or 0 47 – 1 14 in outside of humans the young form can survive up to three weeks during which they must be eaten by water fle￭ as to continue to develop the lar￭ va inside water fle￭ as may survive up to four months thus in order for the disease to remain in an area it must occur each year in humans a diagnosis of the disease can usually be made based on the signs and symptoms of the disease prevention is by early diagnosis of the disease followed by keeping the person from putting the wound in drinking water to decrease spread of the parasite other efforts include improving access to clean water and otherwise filtering water if it is not clean filtering through a cloth is often enough contaminated drinking water may be treated with a chemical called tem￭ e￭ fos to kill the lar￭ va there is no medication or vaccine against the disease the worm may be slowly removed over a few weeks by rolling it over a stick the ul￭ cers formed by the emerging worm may get infected by bacteria pain may continue for months after the worm has been removed in 2015 there were 22 reported cases of the disease and in the first half of 2016 there were 7 confirmed cases this is down from an estimated 3 5 million cases in 1986 it only exists in 4 countries in africa down from 20 countries in the 1980 s it will likely be the first par￭ asi￭ tic disease to be globally eradicated guinea worm disease has been known since ancient times it is mentioned in the egyptian medical e￭ bers pap￭ y￭ rus dating from 15￭ 50 bc the name dr￭ ac￭ un￭ cu￭ li￭ asis is derived from the latin afflic￭ tion with little drag￭ ons while the name guinea worm appeared after europeans saw the disease on the guinea coast of west africa in the 17 th century other dr￭ ac￭ un￭ cul￭ us species are known to infect various mammals but do not appear to infect humans dr￭ ac￭ un￭ cu￭ li￭ asis is classified as a neglected tropical disease because dogs may also become infected the eradication program is monitoring and treating dogs as well
in engineering draft is the amount of tap￭ er for mol￭ ded or cast parts per￭ pend￭ icular to the par￭ ting line it can be measured in degrees or mm mm in in consider the fabric￭ ation of a hollow plastic box without lid once the plastic has hardened around the mold the mold must be removed as the plastic hard￭ ens it may contract slightly by tap￭ ering the sides of the mold by an appropriate draft angle for instance 2 ° two degrees the mold will be easier to remove this is a practice that is used in applicable cases when working with fi￭ ber￭ glass if the mold is to be removed from the top the box should tap￭ er in towards the bottom such that measuring the bottom internal dimension will yield a smaller length and width than measuring the top from which the mold is extracted by specifying the opening length and width a draft angle and a depth it is not necessary to specify the dimensions for the internal surface as these may be calculated from the above the manufacture of a part that incorporates zero or negative angles may require a mold that can be separated into two or more parts in order to release the casting
in fluid dynamics drag crisis is a phenomenon in which drag coefficient drops off suddenly as reynolds number increases this has been well studied for round bodies like spheres and cylin￭ ders the drag coefficient of a sphere will change rapidly from about 0 5 to 0 2 at a reynolds number in the range of 300000 this corresponds to the point where the flow pattern changes leaving a narrower turbulent wake the behaviour is highly dependent on small differences in the condition of the surface of the sphere
a drainage basin or catchment basin is an extent or an area of land where all surface water from rain melting snow or ice conver￭ ges to a single point at a lower elev￭ ation usually the exit of the basin where the waters join another body of water such as a river lake reservoir estu￭ ary wet￭ land sea or ocean thus if a tribu￭ tary stream joins a brook that in turn joins a small river which is a tribu￭ tary of a larger river there is a series of successively larger and lower elev￭ ation drainage basins for instance the mis￭ sour￭ i and ohio rivers are within their own drainage basins and also within the drainage basin of the mississippi river other terms used to describe drainage basins are catchment catchment area drainage area river basin and water basin in north america the term watershed is commonly used to mean a drainage basin though in other english speaking countries it is used only in its original sense to mean a drainage divide the former meaning an area the latter the high elev￭ ation perimeter of that area drainage basins drain into other drainage basins in a hierarchical pattern with smaller sub drainage basins combining into larger drainage basins in closed endor￭ he￭ ic drainage basins the water conver￭ ges to a single point inside the basin known as a sink which may be a permanent lake a dry lake or a point where surface water is lost underground the drainage basin includes all the streams and rivers that convey the water towards the sink as well as the land surfaces from which water dra￭ ins into those channels the drainage basin acts as a fun￭ nel by collecting all the water within the area covered by the basin and channelling it to a single point each drainage basin is separated topo￭ graphically from adjacent basins by a perimeter the drainage divide making up a succession of higher geographical features such as a ridge hill or mountains forming a barrier drainage basins are similar but not identical to hydro￭ logic units which are drainage areas deline￭ ated so as to nest into a multi level hierarchical drainage system hydro￭ logic units are defined to allow multiple in￭ lets outlets or sinks in a strict sense all drainage basins are hydro￭ logic units but not all hydro￭ logic units are drainage basins
in ge￭ om￭ or￭ pho￭ logy drainage systems also known as river systems are the patterns formed by the streams rivers and lakes in a particular drainage basin they are governed by the topo￭ graphy of the land whether a particular region is dominated by hard or soft rocks and the gr￭ adi￭ ent of the land ge￭ om￭ or￭ pho￭ logists and hydro￭ logists often view streams as being part of drainage basins a drainage basin is the topo￭ graphic region from which a stream receives run￭ off through￭ flow and groundwater flow the number size and shape of the drainage basins found in an area vary and the larger the topo￭ graphic map the more information on the drainage basin is available
drama theory is one of the problem structuring methods in operations research it is based on game theory and adap￭ ts the use of games to complex organisational situations accounting for emotional responses that can provoke irrational reactions and lead the players to redefine the game in a drama emotions trigger ration￭ alizations that create changes in the game and so change follows change until either all conflicts are resolved or action becomes necessary the game as redefined is then played drama theory was devised by professor ni￭ gel howard in the early 90 s and since then has been turned to defense political health industrial relations and commercial applications drama theory is an extension of howard s met￭ ag￭ ame analysis work developed at the university of pennsylvania in the late 1960 s and presented formally in his book paradox￭ es of rationality published by mit press met￭ ag￭ ame analysis was originally used to advise on the strategic arms limitation talks salt
dra￭ pe￭ tom￭ ania was a con￭ jec￭ tural mental illness that in 18￭ 51 american physician samuel a car￭ tw￭ right hypothe￭ sized to cause black slaves to flee captivity it has since been deb￭ un￭ ked as pseu￭ do￭ science and part of the edifice of scientific racism
dra￭ vet syndrome also known as severe my￭ o￭ cl￭ onic epi￭ le￭ psy of infancy sme￭ i is a type of epi￭ le￭ psy with seizures that are often triggered by hot temperatures or fever it often begins around six months of age
draw limit is a restriction on number of games drawn in a season it was an administrative measure in league football competitions that was implemented in the soviet union by the football federation of the soviet union in 1978 1988 the reason for such measure was to fight match fixing as well as increase the entertainment and intensity of the national championship the limit provided that over certain set number of allowed draws no points were awarded for any additional drawn games for example if the federation set the draw limit at 10 for a given championship points were awarded to teams only for the first 10 drawn games and none for any additional
in automotive engineering draw￭ bar pull is the amount of horizontal force available to a vehicle at the draw￭ bar for accelerating or pulling a load draw￭ bar pull is a function of velocity and in general decreases as the speed of the vehicle increases due both to increasing resistance and decreasing transmission gear ratios draw￭ bar pull is the difference between tr￭ active effort available and tr￭ active effort required to overcome resistance at a specified speed draw￭ bar pull data for a vehicle is usually determined by measuring the amount of available tr￭ active force using a dynam￭ ome￭ ter and then combining that data with coast￭ down data to obtain the available draw￭ bar pull force at each speed
dream telep￭ athy is the pur￭ ported ability to communicate telep￭ ath￭ ically with another person while one is dreaming the first person in modern times to document telep￭ ath￭ ic dreaming was sigmund fre￭ ud in the 1940 s it was the subject of the eisen￭ bud pe￭ der￭ son kra￭ g fo￭ dor ellis controversy named after the pre￭ eminent psycho￭ analysts of the time who were involved ju￭ le eisen￭ bud ger￭ al￭ dine pe￭ der￭ son kra￭ g n￭ andor fo￭ dor and albert ellis there is no scientific evidence that dream telep￭ athy is a real phenomenon par￭ ap￭ sy￭ cho￭ logical experiments into dream telep￭ athy have not produced replic￭ able results
dres￭ sl￭ er syndrome is a secondary form of peric￭ ardi￭ tis that occurs in the setting of injury to the heart or the peric￭ ardi￭ um the outer lining of the heart it consists of fever ple￭ uri￭ tic pain peric￭ ardi￭ tis and or a peric￭ ardi￭ al eff￭ usion dres￭ sl￭ er syndrome is also known as post￭ my￭ o￭ cardi￭ al inf￭ arc￭ tion syndrome and the term is sometimes used to refer to post peric￭ ardi￭ o￭ tomy peric￭ ardi￭ tis it was first characterized by william dres￭ sl￭ er at ma￭ im￭ on￭ ides medical center in 1956 it should not be confused with the dres￭ sl￭ er s syndrome of ha￭ emo￭ glob￭ in￭ ur￭ ia named for lucas dres￭ sl￭ er who characterized it in 18￭ 54
in the dun￭ geons and drag￭ ons ro￭ le￭ playing game a dri￭ der is an aberr￭ ation that was formerly a d￭ row dark elf dri￭ ders are centa￭ ur like creatures in the game appearing as d￭ row from the wa￭ ist up with their lower portions replaced by the ab￭ dom￭ en and legs of immense sp￭ id￭ ers they are most commonly found in the under￭ dark
drift migration is the phenomenon in which migr￭ ating birds are blown off course by the winds while they are in flight it is more likely to happen to birds heading south in autumn because the large numbers of inexperienced young birds are less able to compensate than the adults heading north in spring drift is assisted by dis￭ orient￭ ating conditions such as mist or dri￭ zzle and can result in large numbers of birds arriving together in an area in which they are not normally seen in the uk this is called a fall while in the u s it is known as a fallout though in the latter case it need not involve vag￭ rant birds an example would be an east wind in september blowing scandinavian migrants such as blu￭ eth￭ ro￭ ats w￭ ry￭ necks and the continental race of robin onto the east coast of england and scotland leading to temporary concentrations of these species at head￭ lands like spur￭ n
the driver scheduling problem d￭ sp is type of problem in operations research and theoretical computer science the d￭ sp consists of selecting a set of duties assignments for the drivers or pilots of vehicles e g buses trains boats or planes involved in the transportation of passengers or goods this very complex problem involves several constraints related to labour and company rules and also different evaluation criteria and objectives being able to solve this problem efficiently can have a great impact on costs and quality of service for public transportation companies there is a large number of different rules that a feasible duty might be required to satisfy such as minimum and maximum stretch duration minimum and maximum break duration minimum and maximum work duration minimum and maximum total duration maximum extra work duration maximum number of vehicle changes minimum driving duration of a particular vehicle operations research has provided optimi￭ zation models and algori￭ th￭ ms that lead to efficient solutions for this problem among the most common models proposed to solve the d￭ sp are the set covering and set parti￭ tioning models spp sc￭ p in the spp model each work piece task is covered by only one duty in the sc￭ p model it is possible to have more than one duty covering a given work piece in both models the set of work pieces that needs to be covered is laid out in rows and the set of previously defined feasible duties available for covering specific work pieces is arranged in columns the d￭ sp resolution based on either of these models is the selection of the set of feasible duties that guarantees that there is one spp or more sc￭ p duties covering each work piece while minim￭ izing the total cost of the final schedule
dro￭ mom￭ ania also travelling fu￭ gue is an uncontrollable psychological urge to w￭ ander people with this condition spontaneously depart from their routine travel long distances and take up different identities and occupations in the common english vern￭ ac￭ ular this is often rendered simply as wan￭ der￭ l￭ ust directly from the german although dro￭ mom￭ ania does imply a psychological compulsion usually on one s own and often without one s conscious knowledge rather than a more generalised desire to travel the most famous case was that of jean albert d￭ adas a bor￭ deaux gas fit￭ ter d￭ adas would suddenly set out on foot and reach cities as far away as prague vienna or moscow with no memory of his travels a medical student philippe tis￭ sie wrote about d￭ adas in his doc￭ toral dis￭ ser￭ tation in 18￭ 87 jean martin char￭ cot presented a similar case he called autom￭ atis￭ me ambul￭ ato￭ ire french for ambul￭ atory autom￭ atism or walking around without being in control of one s own actions more generally the term is sometimes used to describe people who have a strong emotional or even physical need to be constantly traveling and experiencing new places often at the expense of their normal family work and social lives
in music a drone is a harmon￭ ic or mon￭ op￭ hon￭ ic effect or ac￭ comp￭ anim￭ ent where a note or ch￭ ord is continuously sounded throughout most or all of a piece the word drone is also used to refer to any part of a musical instrument that is just used to produce such an effect as is the archaic term burden bour￭ don or bur￭ don such as the drone pipe of a bag￭ pipe the pe￭ dal point in an organ or the lowest course of a lu￭ te burden also refers to a part of a song that is repeated at the end of each stan￭ za such as the chorus or refrain the term comes from the french bour￭ don a staff or a pipe made in the form of a staff the drone does not take its name from the bee it is a far older word sharing an in￭ do european root d￭ h￭ ran to drone to h￭ um with the san￭ sk￭ r￭ it d￭ h￭ ran the greek thre￭ n os and the english th￭ rum drum and dream
dro￭ oling also known as sali￭ vation dri￭ vel￭ ing dri￭ b￭ bling s￭ lob￭ bering or in a medical context si￭ al￭ or￭ rhe￭ a is the flow of sali￭ va outside the mouth dro￭ oling can be caused by excess production of sali￭ va inability to retain sali￭ va within the mouth in￭ contin￭ ence of sali￭ va or problems with sw￭ allowing dy￭ sp￭ ha￭ gia or od￭ y￭ no￭ p￭ ha￭ gia frequent and harmless cases are a num￭ bed mouth from either or￭ aj￭ el or when going to the dentist office isolated dro￭ oling in healthy infants and to￭ dd￭ lers is normal and is unlikely to be a sign of either disease or complications it may be associated with tee￭ thing dro￭ oling in infants and young children may be exacerbated by upper respiratory infections and nas￭ al allergies some people with dro￭ oling problems are at increased risk of inhal￭ ing sali￭ va food or fluids into the lungs mainly if dro￭ oling is secondary to a neuro￭ logical problem however if the body s normal reflex mechanisms such as g￭ agging and cou￭ gh￭ ing are not impaired this is not life threatening
in graphic design a drop shadow is a visual effect consisting of a drawing element which looks like the shadow of an object giving the impression that the object is raised above the objects behind it the drop shadow is often used for elements of a graphical user interface such as windows or men￭ us and for simple text the text label for i￭ cons on des￭ k￭ tops in many des￭ k￭ top environments has a drop shadow as this effect effectively distinguishes the text from any colored background it may be in front of a simple way of drawing a drop shadow of a rec￭ tang￭ ular object is to draw a gray or black area underneath and offset from the object in general a drop shadow is a copy in black or gray of the object drawn in a slightly different position realism may be increased by 1 dark￭ ening the colors of the pi￭ x￭ els where the shadow casts instead of making them gray this can be done with alpha blending the shadow with the area it is cast on 2 sof￭ tening the edges of the shadow this can be done by adding ga￭ us￭ sian blur to the shadow s alpha channel before blending
a dro￭ p￭ out is a mom￭ entary loss of signal in a communications system usually caused by noise propagation anomalies or system mal￭ functions for analo￭ g signals a dro￭ p￭ out is frequently gradual and partial depending on the cause for digital signals dro￭ p￭ outs are more pronounced usually being sudden and complete due to the cliff effect in mobile telephony a dro￭ p￭ out of more than a few seconds will result in a dropped call
in electronics the dro￭ p￭ out voltage of a voltage regulator is the smallest possible difference between the input voltage and output voltage to remain inside the regulator s intended operating range for example a regulator with 5 vol￭ t output and 2 vol￭ t dro￭ p￭ out voltage rating will only output 5 vol￭ ts if the input voltage is above 7 vol￭ ts 7 vol￭ t input 5 vol￭ t output 2 vol￭ t dro￭ p￭ out if the input falls below 7 vol￭ ts the output will fail to regulate to 5 vol￭ ts dro￭ p￭ out voltage can be as high as 2 vol￭ ts for a general purpose integrated circuit regulator such as the 78 xx series but a low dro￭ p￭ out regulator may have a dro￭ p￭ out of less than 100 mv at full load dro￭ p￭ out voltage will vary depending on the load on the regulator usually increasing under higher load due to the internal resistance of the regulator s pass trans￭ is￭ tor and circu￭ it￭ ry dro￭ p￭ out voltage also varies with respect to temperature dro￭ p￭ out voltage is usually specified over a range of loads and temperatures dro￭ p￭ out voltage and qui￭ es￭ cent current determine the efficiency of the voltage regulator lower dro￭ p￭ out voltage improves efficiency
the drought in the northeast region of brazil is a natural phenomenon resulting from lack of rain in the aforementioned region of brazil which has high temperatures with low rainfall during the year
drowning is defined as respiratory impairment from being in or under a liquid it is further classified by outcome into death ongoing health problems and no ongoing health problems using the term near drowning to refer to those who survive is no longer recommended drowning itself is quick and silent although it may be preceded by distress which is more visible generally in the early stages of drowning very little water enters the lungs a small amount of water entering the trac￭ hea causes a muscular sp￭ asm that seals the air￭ way and prevents the passage of both air and water until un￭ consciousness occurs this means a person drowning is unable to shout or call for help or seek attention as they cannot obtain enough air the instinc￭ tive drowning response is the final set of autonom￭ ic reactions in the 20 – 60 seconds before sinking underwater and to the un￭ trained eye can look similar to calm safe behavior life￭ guards and other persons trained in rescue learn to recognize drowning people by watching for these movements in 2013 there were about 1 7 million cases of drowning un￭ intentional drowning is the third leading cause of un￭ intentional injury resulting in death worldwide in 2013 it was estimated to have resulted in 368 000 deaths down from 545 000 deaths in 1990 of these deaths 82 000 occurred in children less than five years old it accounts for 7 of all injury related deaths excluding those due to natural disasters with 91 of these deaths occurring in low income and middle income countries drowning occurs more frequently in males and the young the rate of drowning in populations around the world varies widely according to their access to water the climate and the national swimming culture
a drug elu￭ ting st￭ ent des is a peripheral or coron￭ ary st￭ ent a sc￭ aff￭ old placed into narrowed dise￭ ased peripheral or coron￭ ary arter￭ ies that slowly releases a drug to block cell proliferation this prevents fi￭ bro￭ sis that together with clo￭ ts thro￭ m￭ bi could otherwise block the st￭ ented artery a process called rest￭ en￭ osis the st￭ ent is usually placed within the peripheral or coron￭ ary artery by an interventi￭ onal cardi￭ o￭ logist or interventi￭ onal radio￭ logist during an an￭ gi￭ op￭ la￭ sty procedure drug elu￭ ting st￭ ents in current clinical use were approved by the f￭ da after clinical trials showed they were statistically superior to bare metal st￭ ents for the treatment of native coron￭ ary artery narro￭ wings having lower rates of major adverse cardiac events usually defined as a composite clinical end￭ point of death my￭ o￭ cardi￭ al inf￭ arc￭ tion repeat intervention because of rest￭ en￭ osis the first drug elu￭ ting st￭ ents to be approved in europe and the u s were co￭ ated with pac￭ lit￭ axel or an m￭ tor inhi￭ bit￭ or such as si￭ ro￭ lim￭ us
drug induced an￭ gi￭ oe￭ dem￭ a is a known complic￭ ation of the use of an￭ gi￭ ot￭ ens￭ in converting enzyme ace inhi￭ bit￭ ors an￭ gi￭ ot￭ ens￭ in ii antagon￭ ists ar￭ bs and an￭ gi￭ ot￭ ens￭ in ne￭ pri￭ lys￭ in inhi￭ bit￭ or l￭ cz 9￭ 69 the an￭ gi￭ oe￭ dem￭ a appears to be dose dependent as it may resolve with decreased dose some common ace inhi￭ bit￭ ors are ben￭ az￭ e￭ pri￭ l lot￭ ens￭ in cap￭ top￭ ril ca￭ po￭ ten en￭ al￭ april vas￭ ot￭ ec lis￭ in￭ op￭ ril pr￭ ini￭ vi￭ l z￭ est￭ ril ram￭ i￭ pri￭ l alt￭ ace some common ar￭ bs are can￭ desar￭ tan at￭ ac￭ and los￭ ar￭ tan co￭ za￭ ar ol￭ mes￭ ar￭ tan ben￭ ic￭ ar val￭ sar￭ tan dio￭ van an￭ gi￭ oe￭ dem￭ a presents itself as an abrupt onset of non pit￭ ting non it￭ chy sw￭ elling that involves the mu￭ cos￭ al layers some common locations of an￭ gi￭ oe￭ dem￭ a are the face particularly the lips and around the eyes hands and feet and gen￭ italia a rare yet serious complic￭ ation is one inside the ab￭ dom￭ en the symptom usually being severe stomach upset which is much less obvious than the other locations the chance of drug induced an￭ gi￭ oe￭ dem￭ a is extremely un￭ common however as studies show incidence of less than 1 the reason this adverse effect may occur is due to the build up of brad￭ y￭ kin￭ in a vas￭ o￭ di￭ lat￭ or this causes blood vessels to di￭ late and allow for fluid buil￭ dup in the mu￭ cos￭ al surfaces
drug induced auto￭ immune hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic an￭ emia is a form of hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic an￭ emia in some cases a drug can cause the immune system to mistakenly think the body s own red blood cells are dangerous foreign substances antibodies then develop against the red blood cells the antibodies attach to red blood cells and cause them to break down too early drugs that can cause this type of hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic an￭ emia include cephal￭ os￭ por￭ ins a class of antibiotics – most common cause dap￭ s￭ one le￭ vo￭ dop￭ a le￭ vo￭ flo￭ x￭ ac￭ in meth￭ yl￭ dop￭ a nitro￭ fur￭ an￭ to￭ in non￭ ster￭ o￭ idal anti infl￭ am￭ matory drugs n￭ s￭ aids phen￭ az￭ op￭ y￭ ri￭ dine py￭ ri￭ dium quin￭ id￭ ine pen￭ ic￭ ill￭ in in high doses can induce immune medi￭ ated hem￭ ol￭ ysis via the hap￭ ten mechanism in which antibodies are targeted against the combination of pen￭ ic￭ ill￭ in in association with red blood cells complement is activated by the attached anti￭ body leading to the removal of red blood cells by the sp￭ leen the drug itself can be targeted by the immune system e g by i￭ ge in a type i hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity reaction to pen￭ ic￭ ill￭ in rarely leading to an￭ ap￭ hy￭ lax￭ is
drug induced fever is a symptom of an adverse drug reaction where￭ in the administration of drugs intended to help a patient causes a hyper￭ metabol￭ ic state resulting in fever the drug may interfere with heat dissip￭ ation periph￭ er￭ ally increase the rate of metabol￭ ism ev￭ oke a cellular or hu￭ moral immune response mim￭ ic endo￭ genous pyro￭ gen or damage tissues
drug induced ker￭ ato￭ der￭ ma is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by a hor￭ n￭ like skin tex￭ ture
drug induced li￭ po￭ dy￭ stro￭ phy is a cu￭ taneous condition that presents as one or multiple depressed areas i e ind￭ ent￭ ations usually on the proxim￭ al extre￭ mi￭ ties ranging from under a few centi￭ meters to greater than 20 cm in diameter
drug induced lup￭ us er￭ y￭ them￭ ato￭ sus di￭ l or di￭ le is an auto￭ immune disorder similar to systemic lup￭ us er￭ y￭ them￭ ato￭ sus s￭ le caused by chronic use of certain drugs these drugs cause an auto￭ immune response the body attacks its own cells producing symptoms similar to those of s￭ le there are 38 known medications to cause di￭ l but there are three that report the highest number of cases hydr￭ al￭ az￭ ine proc￭ ain￭ amide and is￭ oni￭ az￭ id while the criteria for diagno￭ sing di￭ l has not been thoroughly established symptoms of di￭ l typically present as muscle pain and joint pain generally the symptoms rece￭ de after dis￭ continuing use of the drugs
drug induced non￭ auto￭ immune hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic an￭ emia is a form of hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic an￭ emia non immune drug induced hem￭ ol￭ ysis can occur via oxid￭ ative mechanisms this is particularly likely to occur when there is an enzyme deficiency in the antioxid￭ ant defense system of the red blood cells an example is where anti￭ mal￭ arial oxid￭ ant drugs like pri￭ ma￭ qu￭ ine damage red blood cells in glucose 6 phosphate de￭ hydro￭ gen￭ ase deficiency in which the red blood cells are more susceptible to oxid￭ ative stress due to reduced nad￭ ph production consequent to the enzyme deficiency some drugs cause r￭ bc red blood cell lysis even in normal individuals these include dap￭ s￭ one and sul￭ fas￭ al￭ az￭ ine non immune drug induced hem￭ ol￭ ysis can also arise from drug induced damage to cell volume control mechanisms for example drugs can directly or indirectly impair regulatory volume decrease mechanisms which become activated during hy￭ pot￭ onic r￭ bc sw￭ elling to return the cell to a normal volume the consequence of the drugs actions are irreversible cell sw￭ elling and lysis e g ou￭ ab￭ ain at very high doses
drug induced skin disorders may take on many different appearances one of the most common being a change in the color or pi￭ gm￭ entation of the skin
drug induced pr￭ ur￭ it￭ us is it￭ chin￭ ess of the skin caused by medication a pr￭ uri￭ tic reaction that is generalized
drug induced pseu￭ d￭ olymp￭ homa results from exposure to medications which results in cu￭ taneous infl￭ am￭ matory patterns that resemble lymp￭ homa most frequently my￭ co￭ sis fun￭ go￭ ides
drug induced pur￭ pur￭ a is a skin condition that may be related to plat￭ elet destruction vessel fragility interference with plat￭ elet function or vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis
drug induced thro￭ m￭ bo￭ cy￭ top￭ en￭ ic pur￭ pur￭ a is a skin condition result from a low plat￭ elet count due to drug induced anti plat￭ elet antibodies caused by drugs such as he￭ par￭ in sul￭ fon￭ am￭ ines di￭ go￭ x￭ in quin￭ ine and quin￭ id￭ ine
drug induced ur￭ tic￭ aria occurs by immun￭ o￭ logic and non￭ immun￭ o￭ logic mechanisms ur￭ tic￭ aria most commonly caused by aspir￭ in and n￭ s￭ aids
drug related g￭ ing￭ i￭ val hyper￭ pl￭ asia is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by enlargement of the g￭ ums noted during the first year of drug treatment there are three drug classes that are associated with this condition namely anti￭ con￭ vul￭ s￭ ants such as phen￭ yo￭ to￭ in and phen￭ ob￭ arti￭ bal calcium channel bloc￭ ker such as am￭ lop￭ id￭ ine ni￭ fe￭ di￭ pine and ver￭ ap￭ am￭ il and cic￭ los￭ por￭ in an immun￭ o￭ sup￭ pres￭ sant although the mechanism of drug related g￭ ing￭ i￭ val hyper￭ pl￭ asia is not well understood some risk factors for the condition include the duration of drug use and poor oral hygiene in most cases alternative drugs are given in order to avoid this side effect
a drug allergy is an allergy to a drug most commonly a medication medical attention should be sought immediately if an allergic reaction is suspected an allergic reaction will not occur on the first exposure to a substance the first exposure allows the body to create antibodies and memory lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ te cells for the antigen however drugs often contain many different substances including d￭ yes which could cause allergic reactions this can cause an allergic reaction on the first administration of a drug for example a person who developed an allergy to a red dy￭ e will be allergic to any new drug which contains that red dy￭ e a drug allergy is different from an intolerance a drug intolerance which is often a mil￭ der non immune medi￭ ated reaction does not depend on prior exposure most people who believe they are allergic to aspir￭ in are actually suffering from a drug intolerance
in medicine a drug eruption is an adverse drug reaction of the skin most drug induced cu￭ taneous reactions are mild and disappear when the offending drug is withdrawn these are called simple drug erup￭ tions however more serious drug erup￭ tions may be associated with organ injury such as liver or kidney damage and are categ￭ orized as complex drugs can also cause hair and nail changes affect the mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ ran￭ es or cause it￭ ching without outward skin changes
the term drug over￭ dose or simply over￭ dose or od describes the ing￭ estion or application of a drug or other substance in quantities greater than are recommended or generally practiced an over￭ dose may result in a toxic state or death
drug withdrawal is the group of symptoms that occur upon the abrupt dis￭ continuation or decrease in intake of medications or recreational drugs in order to experience the symptoms of withdrawal one must have first developed a physical or mental dependence this happens after consuming one or more substances for a certain period of time which is both dose dependent and varies based upon the drug consumed for example prolonged use of an anti depres￭ sant is most likely to cause a much different reaction when discontinued than the repeated use of an op￭ io￭ id such as heroin withdrawal symptoms from op￭ iate abuse such as heroin morphine include anxiety swe￭ ating v￭ om￭ iting and diarr￭ hea alcohol abuse withdrawal symptoms include irrit￭ ability fatigue shaking swe￭ ating and naus￭ ea withdrawal from nicotine brings on irrit￭ ability fatigue in￭ som￭ nia headache and difficulty concentrating symptoms and body response to the absence can vary from mild discomfort or to the return of previous underlying medical problems and their respective symptoms many legal and unrestricted chemicals and or substances available without prescriptions and over the counter can cause withdrawal effects when users stop consuming them even if taken as directed the route of administration whether intra￭ ven￭ ous intr￭ amus￭ cular oral or otherwise can also play a role in determining the severity of withdrawal symptoms there are different stages of withdrawal as well generally a person will start to feel bad crash or come down progress to feeling worse hit a pl￭ ate￭ au and then the symptoms begin to dissip￭ ate however withdrawal from certain drugs benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines alcohol glu￭ co￭ cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ids can be fatal while it is seldom fatal to the user withdrawal from op￭ i￭ ates and some other drugs can cause mis￭ carriage due to fe￭ tal withdrawal the term cold turkey is used to describe the sudden cessation use of a substance and the ensuing physi￭ o￭ logic manifestations the symptoms from withdrawal may be even more dramatic when the drug has masked prolonged malnutrition disease chronic pain infections common in intra￭ ven￭ ous drug use or sleep deprivation conditions that drug ab￭ users often suffer as a secondary consequence of the drug many drugs including alcohol suppress appetite while simultaneously consuming any money that might have been spent on food when the drug is removed the dis￭ comfor￭ ts return in force and are sometimes confused with addiction withdrawal symptoms
a drum beat or drum pattern is a rhy￭ th￭ mic pattern or repeated rhythm establishing the meter and gro￭ ove through the pulse and subdivision played on drum kits and other per￭ cus￭ sion instruments as such a beat consists of multiple drum stro￭ kes occurring over multiple musical beats while the term drum beat may also refer to a single drum stroke which may occupy more or less time than the current pulse many drum beats define or are characteristic of specific music gen￭ res many basic drum beats establish the pulse through altern￭ ating bass on the on beats and sn￭ are drums on the off beats stro￭ kes while establishing the subdivision on the ride cy￭ m￭ bal thus its name or hi hat this establishes a quarter note pulse in qu￭ ad du￭ ple time each measure is formed from two groups of two quarter note pul￭ ses each pulse divided into two eighth notes this establishes a quarter note pulse in triple time each measure is formed from three quarter note pul￭ ses each divided into two eighth notes this establishes a do￭ tted quarter note pulse in du￭ ple time each measure is formed from two do￭ tted quarter note pul￭ ses each pulse divided into three eighth notes compound triple meter is equivalent to simple du￭ ple meter with tri￭ ple￭ ts on every beat this establishes a do￭ tted quarter note pulse in triple time each measure is formed from three do￭ tted quarter note pul￭ ses each pulse divided into three eighth notes a fill is played in between the regular stro￭ kes of a pattern and or signals the end of a phrase since a phrase is multiple measures long a fill sign￭ aling the end of one would come at the end of the last in a series of repeated measures in double and half time patterns the pulse and ride are either doubled or halved respectively occurring twice or half as often a blast beat drum pattern features all drums on the eighth note subdivision or variants with one or more drum s pattern displaced by a sixteenth note this resembles a combination of double time bass sn￭ are pattern and original time ride pattern despite the difference in no￭ tation there is no difference in inter￭ onset intervals and this pattern is nearly identical to the first simple du￭ ple pattern except for the second on￭ beat being divided into two eighth notes and of course the second back￭ beat being delayed an eighth note the heavy metal gall￭ op named for a horse s can￭ ter is based on a bass drum pattern of one eighth followed by two six￭ teen￭ ths
dr￭ usen singular dr￭ use are tiny yellow or white accumul￭ ations of ex￭ trac￭ ell￭ ular material that build up between bru￭ ch s memb￭ rane and the re￭ tin￭ al pig￭ ment epi￭ the￭ lium of the eye the presence of a few small hard dr￭ usen is normal with advancing age and most people over 40 have some hard dr￭ usen however the presence of larger and more numerous dr￭ usen in the mac￭ ula is a common early sign of age related mac￭ ular de￭ generation am￭ d
dry eye syndrome des also known as ker￭ ato￭ con￭ junc￭ ti￭ vi￭ tis sic￭ ca k￭ cs is the condition of having dry eyes other associated symptoms include irritation red￭ ness discharge and easily fati￭ gu￭ ed eyes blurred vision may also occur the symptoms can range from mild and occasional to severe and continuous scar￭ ring of the cor￭ ne￭ a may occur in some cases without treatment dry eye occurs when either the eye does not produce enough tears or when the tears evapor￭ ate too quickly this can result from me￭ i￭ bom￭ ian g￭ land dysfunction allergies pregnancy s￭ jo￭ gre￭ n s syndrome vitamin a deficiency la￭ si￭ k surgery and certain medications such as anti￭ hist￭ am￭ ines some blood pressure medication hormone replacement therapy and anti￭ depres￭ s￭ ants chronic con￭ junc￭ ti￭ vi￭ tis such as from tobacco smoke exposure or infection may also lead to the condition diagnosis is mostly based on the symptoms though a number of other tests may be used treatment depends on the underlying cause artificial tears are the usual first line treatment wrap around glasses that fit close to the face may decrease tear evapor￭ ation stopping or changing certain medications may help the medication cic￭ los￭ por￭ in or ster￭ o￭ id eye drops may be used in some cases another opinion is lac￭ ri￭ mal plu￭ gs that prevent tears from draining from the surface of the eye dry eyes occasionally makes wearing contact l￭ enses impossible dry eye syndrome is a common eye disease it affects 5 34 of people to some degree depending on the population looked at among older people it affects up to 70 in china it affects about 17 of people the phrase ker￭ ato￭ con￭ junc￭ ti￭ vi￭ tis sic￭ ca means dr￭ y￭ ness of the cor￭ ne￭ a and con￭ junc￭ tiva in latin
dr￭ y￭ ness is a medical condition in which there is local or more generalized decrease in normal lubric￭ ation of the skin or mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ ran￭ es examples of local dr￭ y￭ ness include dry mouth dry eyes dry skin and vag￭ inal dr￭ y￭ ness these often have specific causes and treatments it is possible to have dry eyes without any other signs or symptoms but this usually causes a syndrome of eye symptoms called ker￭ ato￭ con￭ junc￭ ti￭ vi￭ tis sic￭ ca more generalized dr￭ y￭ ness can be caused by e g dehydr￭ ation that is more general loss of body fluids antic￭ hol￭ iner￭ gic drugs and sjö￭ gre￭ n syndrome
du￭ bo￭ is sign is a medical finding of short￭ ness of the little finger in con￭ genital sy￭ phil￭ is
dual role trans￭ vesti￭ sm is the formal diagnosis used by psychologists and physicians to describe people who wear clothes of the opposite sex to experience being the opposite sex temporarily but don t have a sexual motive or want gender reas￭ sign￭ ment surgery the international classification of diseases ic￭ d 10 list three diagnostic criteria for dual role trans￭ vesti￭ sm f 64 1 a person who is diagnosed with dual role trans￭ vesti￭ sm should not receive a diagnosis of trans￭ ves￭ tic fe￭ ti￭ sh￭ ism f 65 1
dual diagnosis also called co occurring disorders cod is the condition of suffering from a mental illness and a com￭ or￭ bid substance abuse problem there is considerable debate surrounding the appropriateness of using a single category for a heterogeneous group of individuals with complex needs and a varied range of problems the concept can be used broadly for example depression and alcoholism or it can be restricted to specify severe mental illness e g psycho￭ sis schizophrenia and substance misuse disorder e g cannabis abuse or a person who has a mil￭ der mental illness and a drug dependency such as panic disorder or generalized anxiety disorder and is dependent on op￭ io￭ ids diagno￭ sing a primary psychiatric illness in substance ab￭ users is challenging as drug abuse itself often induc￭ es psychiatric symptoms thus making it necessary to differentiate between substance induced and pre existing mental illness those with co occurring disorders face complex challenges they have increased rates of relap￭ se hosp￭ itali￭ zation hom￭ elessness and hiv and hepatitis c infection compared to those with either mental or substance use disorders alone the cause of co occurring disorders is unknown although there are several theories
represent￭ ational insight is the ability to detect and mentally represent the relation between a symbol and its refer￭ ent whether or not a child gains this insight depends on the similarity between the symbol and its refer￭ ent the level of information provided about the relationship between the symbol and the refer￭ ent and a child s prior experience with symbols an essential part of represent￭ ational insight is dual representation or the existence of multiple mental representations of a single symbolic entity judy del￭ o￭ ache coined this term after conducting many studies in which young children would watch an experim￭ enter hide a toy in a model room and were then asked to retri￭ eve a similar but larger toy from a larger room
a dual therapy st￭ ent is a coron￭ ary artery st￭ ent that combines the technology of a bio￭ engineered st￭ ent and a drug elu￭ ting st￭ ent to both accelerate endo￭ the￭ li￭ al coverage healing of the vessel and to block cell proliferation thereby reducing the risk of rest￭ en￭ osis the comb￭ o dual therapy st￭ ent or￭ bus￭ ne￭ ich is the only dual therapy st￭ ent available today it combines the genous endo￭ the￭ li￭ al prog￭ en￭ itor cell capture technology with an anti￭ prolifer￭ ative biodegradable si￭ ro￭ lim￭ us drug elu￭ tion the comb￭ o st￭ ent has received ce mark approval in europe and was shown to be as effective as a pac￭ lit￭ axel elu￭ ting st￭ ent in controlling neo￭ intim￭ al hyper￭ pl￭ asia
du￭ ane rad￭ ial ray syndrome is a rare disorder that affects the eyes and causes ab￭ norm￭ alities of bones in the arms and hands
du￭ ane syndrome is a con￭ genital rare type of str￭ ab￭ is￭ mus most commonly characterized by the inability of the eye to move outw￭ ards the syndrome was first described by oph￭ thal￭ mo￭ logists jakob sti￭ lling 18￭ 87 and si￭ eg￭ m￭ und t￭ ür￭ k 18￭ 96 and subsequently named after alexander du￭ ane who discussed the disorder in more detail in 1905 other names for this condition include du￭ ane s re￭ traction syndrome eye re￭ traction syndrome re￭ traction syndrome con￭ genital re￭ traction syndrome and sti￭ lling t￭ ür￭ k du￭ ane syndrome
du￭ ar￭ te galac￭ to￭ sem￭ ia also known as du￭ ar￭ te variant galac￭ to￭ sem￭ ia dg or bio￭ chemical variant galac￭ to￭ sem￭ ia is an inherited condition associated with diminished ability to met￭ abo￭ li￭ ze galac￭ tose due to a partial deficiency of the enzyme galac￭ tose 1 phosphate ur￭ id￭ yl￭ yl￭ transfer￭ ase du￭ ar￭ te galac￭ to￭ sem￭ ia dg is estimated to affect close to one in 4 000 infants born in the united states dg is considered by most healthcare professionals to be clin￭ ically mild it differs from classic galac￭ to￭ sem￭ ia in that patients with du￭ ar￭ te galac￭ to￭ sem￭ ia have partial gal￭ t deficiency whereas patients with classic galac￭ to￭ sem￭ ia have complete or almost complete gal￭ t deficiency dg and the possible outcomes associated with this condition are currently not well understood due to regional variations in new￭ born screening n￭ bs protocols some infants with dg are identified by n￭ bs but others are not in addition of the infants who are diagnosed most are clin￭ ically healthy as babies and to￭ dd￭ lers resulting in early discharge from follow up many healthcare professionals believe that dg does not negatively impact development however some reports have indicated that children with dg may be at increased risk for some developmental problems
du￭ bin – johnson syndrome dj￭ s is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive benign disorder that causes an isolated increase of con￭ ju￭ gated bi￭ li￭ rubin in the serum class￭ ically the condition causes a black liver due to the de￭ position of a pig￭ ment similar to mel￭ an￭ in this condition is associated with a defect in the ability of he￭ pat￭ oc￭ y￭ tes to secre￭ te con￭ ju￭ gated bi￭ li￭ rubin into the bile and is similar to ro￭ tor syndrome it is usually as￭ ymp￭ tomatic but may be diagnosed in early infancy based on laboratory tests no treatment is usually needed
du￭ bo￭ witz syndrome is a rare genetic disorder characterized by micro￭ cephal￭ y growth retar￭ dation and a characteristic facial appearance small round tri￭ ang￭ ular shaped with a pointed rec￭ eding chin a broad wide ti￭ pped nose and wide set eyes with dro￭ oping eye￭ li￭ ds symptoms vary among patients but other characteristics include a soft high pitched voice partial web￭ bing of fingers and toes pal￭ ate de￭ formations genital ab￭ norm￭ alities ecz￭ ema hyper￭ activity preference for concrete thinking over abstract language difficulties and aversion to crowds the patho￭ genesis of the disease is yet to be identified and no medical tests can definitively diagnose the disease the main method of diagnosis is through identification of facial phen￭ o￭ type since it was first described in 1965 by english physician victor du￭ bo￭ witz over 140 cases have been reported worldwide although the majority of cases have been reported from the united states germany and russia the disorder appears to affect both g￭ enders and all ethn￭ ic￭ ities equally
du￭ chen￭ ne muscular dy￭ stro￭ phy d￭ md is a severe type of muscular dy￭ stro￭ phy the symptom of muscle weakness usually begin around the age of four in boys and wor￭ sens quickly typically muscle loss occurs first in the upper legs and pel￭ vis followed by those of the upper arms this can result in trouble standing up most are unable to walk by the age of twelve affected muscles may look larger due to increased fat content sco￭ li￭ osis is also common some may have intellectual disability females with a single copy of the defective gene may show mild symptoms the disorder is x linked rec￭ essive about two thirds of cases are inherited from a person s parents while one third of cases are due to a new mutation it is caused by a mutation in the gene for the protein dy￭ stro￭ ph￭ in dy￭ stro￭ ph￭ in is important to maintain the muscle fiber cell memb￭ rane genetic testing can often make the diagnosis at birth those affected also have a high level of cre￭ at￭ ine kin￭ ase in their blood there is no cure for muscular dy￭ stro￭ phy physical therapy brac￭ es and corrective surgery may help with some symptoms assisted ventilation may be required in those with weakness of breathing muscles medications used include ster￭ oids to slow muscle de￭ generation anti￭ con￭ vul￭ s￭ ants to control seizures and some muscle activity and immun￭ o￭ sup￭ pres￭ s￭ ants to delay damage to dying muscle cells du￭ chen￭ ne muscular dy￭ stro￭ phy affects about one in 5 000 males at birth it is the most common type of muscular dy￭ stro￭ phy the average life expectancy is 26 however with excellent care some may live into their 30 s or 40 s gene therapy as a treatment is in the early stages of study in humans
duck plague also known as duck viral enter￭ i￭ tis is a worldwide disease caused by duck her￭ pes￭ virus 1 an￭ ati￭ d her￭ pes￭ virus 1 of the family her￭ pes￭ vi￭ ri￭ da￭ e that causes acute disease with high mortality rates in flocks of ducks geese and sw￭ ans it is spread both vertically and horizon￭ tally — through contaminated water and direct contact migratory water￭ fowl are a major factor in the spread of this disease as they are often as￭ ymp￭ tomatic carriers of disease the incub￭ ation period is three to seven days d￭ ve is not zoonotic
duc￭ king is an audio effect commonly used in radio and pop music especially dance music in duc￭ king the level of one audio signal is reduced by the presence of another signal in radio this can typically be achieved by lowering duc￭ king the volume of a secondary audio track when the primary track starts and lifting the volume again when the primary track is finished a typical use of this effect in a daily radio production routine is for creating a voice over a foreign language original sound is dubbed and duc￭ ked by a professional speaker reading the translation duc￭ king becomes active as soon as the translation starts in music the duc￭ king effect is applied in more sophisticated ways where a signal s volume is delic￭ ately lowered by another signal s presence duc￭ king here works through the use of a side chain gate in other words one track is made quie￭ ter the duc￭ ked track whenever another the duc￭ king track gets louder this may be done with a gate with its duc￭ king function engaged or by a dedicated duc￭ ker a typical application is to achieve an impression similar to the pumping effect the difference between duc￭ king and side chain pumping is that in duc￭ king the atten￭ uation is by a specific range while side chain compression creates variable atten￭ uation duc￭ king may be used in place of mir￭ ro￭ red equ￭ alization to combat mas￭ king for example with the bass guitar duc￭ ked under the kick drum resembling subtle side chain pumping a duc￭ king system may be created where one track ducks another which ducks another and so on examples include por￭ ti￭ she￭ ad s biscu￭ it used most often to turn down the music when the d￭ j speaks duc￭ king may be used to combat the mu￭ ff￭ ling and distancing effect of rever￭ b and delay the duc￭ ker is inserted into the rever￭ b and delay line and ke￭ yed to a dry track to duck its own rever￭ b and delay so that when the dry track exceeds the duc￭ ker s threshold by reaching a certain am￭ pl￭ itude the rever￭ b and delay are attenu￭ ated clear examples include cé￭ line di￭ on s the power of love where the rever￭ b and delay become audible when di￭ on pa￭ uses and ad￭ ele s cold shoulder
duc￭ t ec￭ ta￭ sia of the breast or mam￭ mary duc￭ t ec￭ ta￭ sia or plasma cell mas￭ ti￭ tis is a condition in which the l￭ acti￭ fer￭ ous duc￭ t becomes blocked or clo￭ gged this is the most common cause of green￭ ish discharge mam￭ mary duc￭ t ec￭ ta￭ sia can mim￭ ic breast cancer it is a disorder of peri or post men￭ opa￭ usal age duc￭ t ec￭ ta￭ sia syndrome is a synon￭ ym for non￭ puer￭ per￭ al mas￭ ti￭ tis but the term has also been occasionally used to describe special cases of fi￭ bro￭ c￭ ys￭ tic diseases ma￭ stal￭ gia or as a waste￭ basket definition of benign breast disease correlation of duc￭ t widening with the classical symptoms of duc￭ t ec￭ ta￭ sia syndrome is unclear however duc￭ t widening was recently very strongly correlated with non￭ cyclic breast pain duc￭ t diameter is naturally variable subject to hormonal interactions duc￭ t ec￭ ta￭ sia syndrome in the classical meaning is associated with additional his￭ to￭ logical changes
duc￭ tal carcin￭ oma is a type of tumor that primarily presents in the duc￭ ts of a g￭ land types include mam￭ mary duc￭ tal carcin￭ oma in situ invasive duc￭ tal carcin￭ oma pan￭ cre￭ atic duc￭ tal carcin￭ oma
duc￭ tal carcin￭ oma in situ d￭ cis also known as in￭ trad￭ uc￭ tal carcin￭ oma is a pre can￭ cer￭ ous or non invasive can￭ cer￭ ous le￭ sion of the breast d￭ cis is classified as stage 0 it rarely produces symptoms or a breast lump one can feel and is usually detected through screening mammo￭ graphy in d￭ cis abnormal cells are found in the lining of one or more milk duc￭ ts in the breast in situ means in place and refers to the fact that the abnormal cells have not moved out of the mam￭ mary duc￭ t and into any of the surrounding tissues in the breast pre can￭ cer￭ ous refers to the fact that it has not yet become an invasive cancer in some cases d￭ cis may become invasive and spread to other tissues but there is no way of determining which le￭ sions will remain stable without treatment and which will go on to become invasive d￭ cis encompasses a wide spectrum of diseases ranging from low grade le￭ sions that are not life threatening to high grade i e potentially highly aggressive le￭ sions d￭ cis has been classified according to the architectural pattern of the cells solid cri￭ bri￭ form pap￭ ill￭ ary and micro￭ pap￭ ill￭ ary tumor grade high intermediate and low grade and the presence or absence of com￭ edo his￭ to￭ logy d￭ cis can be detected on mammo￭ grams by examining tiny spec￭ ks of calcium known as micro￭ calci￭ fications since suspicious groups of micro￭ calci￭ fications can appear even in the absence of d￭ cis a biopsy may be necessary for diagnosis about 20 – 30 of those who do not receive treatment develop breast cancer it is the most common type of pre cancer in women there is some disagreement as to whether for statistical purposes it should be counted as a cancer some include d￭ cis when calculating breast cancer statistics while others do not
in materials science duc￭ ti￭ lity is a solid material s ability to de￭ form under ten￭ sile stress this is often characterized by the material s ability to be stretched into a wire mal￭ le￭ ability a similar property is a material s ability to de￭ form under com￭ pres￭ sive stress this is often characterized by the material s ability to form a thin sheet by hammer￭ ing or rolling both of these mechanical properties are aspects of plas￭ tic￭ ity the extent to which a solid material can be plas￭ tically de￭ formed without frac￭ ture also these material properties are dependent on temperature and pressure investigated by per￭ cy williams bri￭ dg￭ man as part of his nobel prize winning work on high pressures duc￭ ti￭ lity and mal￭ le￭ ability are not always co￭ extensive – for instance while gold has high duc￭ ti￭ lity and mal￭ le￭ ability lead has low duc￭ ti￭ lity but high mal￭ le￭ ability the word duc￭ ti￭ lity is sometimes used to encompass both types of plas￭ tic￭ ity
the duff reaction or h￭ examine aromatic form￭ yl￭ ation is a form￭ yl￭ ation reaction used in organic chemistry for the synthesis of benz￭ alde￭ hy￭ des with h￭ examine as the form￭ yl carbon source it is named after james cooper duff who was a chem￭ ist at the college of technology bir￭ min￭ gham around 1920 – 1950 the electro￭ phil￭ ic species in this electro￭ phil￭ ic aromatic substitution reaction is the im￭ ini￭ um ion ch 2 nr 2 the initial reaction product is an im￭ ini￭ um which is hydro￭ ly￭ zed to the alde￭ hyde see mechanism below the reaction requires strongly electr￭ on don￭ ating substitu￭ ents on the aromatic ring such as in a phen￭ ol form￭ yl￭ ation occurs orth￭ o to the electr￭ on don￭ ating substitu￭ ent prefer￭ entially unless the orth￭ o positions are blocked in which case the form￭ yl￭ ation occurs para examples are the synthesis of 3 5 di ter￭ t bu￭ ty￭ l￭ sal￭ ic￭ yl￭ alde￭ hyde duff reaction 3 5 di ter￭ t bu￭ ty￭ l￭ sal￭ ic￭ yl￭ alde￭ hyde and the synthesis of syr￭ ing￭ alde￭ hyde duff reaction syr￭ ing￭ alde￭ hyde
du￭ kes disease named after cl￭ ement du￭ kes also known as fourth disease or fil￭ ato￭ v du￭ kes disease after nil fil￭ ato￭ v is an ex￭ anthem it is distinguished from meas￭ les or forms of rub￭ ella though it was considered as a form of viral rash although du￭ kes identified it as a separate entity it is thought not to be different from scar￭ let fever caused by exo￭ toxin producing st￭ rep￭ to￭ co￭ cc￭ us py￭ o￭ genes after keith powell proposed equ￭ ating it with the condition currently known as stap￭ hy￭ lo￭ coc￭ cal scal￭ ded skin syndrome in 1979 it was never associated with a specific pathogen and the terminology is no longer in use however mysterious rash of unknown cause in school children often gives rise to the question whether it can be du￭ kes disease
dun￭ ni￭ gan type famili￭ al partial li￭ po￭ dy￭ stro￭ phy abbreviated as fp￭ ld is a rare mono￭ genic form of insulin resistance characterized by loss of sub￭ cu￭ taneous fat from the extre￭ mi￭ ties trunk and glu￭ teal region fp￭ ld recapit￭ ul￭ ates the main metabol￭ ic attributes of the insulin resistance syndrome including central obesity hyper￭ insul￭ in￭ emia glucose intolerance and diabetes usually type 2 dys￭ li￭ pi￭ dem￭ ia hyper￭ tension and early end￭ points of a￭ ther￭ os￭ clerosis it can also result in he￭ p￭ atic ste￭ at￭ osis fp￭ ld results from mutations in lm￭ na gene which is the gene that en￭ codes nuclear lam￭ ins a and c
du￭ o￭ den￭ al at￭ re￭ sia also known as du￭ o￭ den￭ o￭ je￭ jun￭ al at￭ re￭ sia is the con￭ genital absence or complete closure of a portion of the lum￭ en of the du￭ o￭ den￭ um it causes increased levels of am￭ ni￭ otic fluid during pregnancy poly￭ hy￭ dram￭ ni￭ os and intest￭ inal obstruction in new￭ born babies radio￭ graphy shows a dist￭ ended stomach and dist￭ ended du￭ o￭ den￭ um which are separated by the p￭ yl￭ or￭ ic valve a finding described as the double bubble sign treatment includes suc￭ tioning out any fluid that is trapped in the stomach providing fluids intra￭ ven￭ ously and surgical repair of the intest￭ inal closure
du￭ o￭ den￭ al cancer is a cancer in the beginning section of the small intest￭ ine it is relatively rare compared to ga￭ str￭ ic cancer and colo￭ rec￭ tal cancer its his￭ to￭ logy is usually aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma famili￭ al aden￭ om￭ at￭ ous poly￭ pos￭ is f￭ ap gar￭ dner syndrome lyn￭ ch syndrome mu￭ ir tor￭ re syndrome ce￭ li￭ ac sp￭ rue pu￭ etz je￭ gh￭ ers cro￭ hn s disease and juvenile poly￭ pos￭ is syndrome are risk factors for developing this cancer the du￭ o￭ den￭ um is the first part of the small intest￭ ine it is located between the stomach and the je￭ jun￭ um after foods combine with stomach acid they descend into the du￭ o￭ den￭ um where they mix with bile from the g￭ all blad￭ der and dig￭ estive juices from the pan￭ cre￭ as
du￭ o￭ deni￭ tis is infl￭ amm￭ ation of the du￭ o￭ den￭ um it may persist acutely or chronically
on an e￭ ther￭ net connection a du￭ pl￭ ex mis￭ match is a condition where two connected devices operate in different du￭ pl￭ ex modes that is one operates in half du￭ pl￭ ex while the other one operates in full du￭ pl￭ ex the effect of a du￭ pl￭ ex mis￭ match is a link that operates in￭ efficiently du￭ pl￭ ex mis￭ match may be caused by manu￭ ally setting two connected network interfaces at different du￭ pl￭ ex modes or by connecting a device that performs auton￭ e￭ goti￭ ation to one that is manu￭ ally set to a full du￭ pl￭ ex mode
duplic￭ ated u￭ re￭ ter or du￭ pl￭ ex collecting system is a con￭ genital condition in which the u￭ re￭ ter￭ ic bud the embry￭ ological origin of the u￭ re￭ ter spl￭ its or arises twice resulting in two u￭ re￭ ters draining a single kidney it is the most common ren￭ al ab￭ normality occurring in approximately 1 of the population the additional u￭ re￭ ter may result in a u￭ re￭ ter￭ oce￭ le or an ec￭ topic u￭ re￭ ter
duplic￭ ity is the error committed when the charge known as a count on an indictment describes two different offences an indictment may contain more than one count but each count must alle￭ ge only one offence so that the defendant and the jury can know precisely what offences he or she is accused of if a count is poorly drafted so that it alleges two offences it is said to be duplic￭ itous a duplic￭ itous count is defective and must be qu￭ ashed by the judge unless the judge permits the count to be amended so that it only alleges one offence or is split into two counts if a duplic￭ itous count is not noticed until after the defendant has been convicted on it the verdict may well be void this is a completely different situation from when two different counts each alle￭ ge the same offence which is sometimes wrongly referred to as duplic￭ ity
du￭ pu￭ y￭ tre￭ n s contrac￭ ture also known as du￭ pu￭ y￭ tre￭ n s disease or by the s￭ lang term vi￭ king disease is a fl￭ ex￭ ion contrac￭ ture of the hand due to a pal￭ mar fi￭ bro￭ mat￭ osis in which the fingers bend towards the palm and cannot be fully extended strai￭ ghtened it is an inherited prolifer￭ ative connec￭ tive tissue disorder that involves the hand s pal￭ mar fas￭ cia it is named after baron guill￭ au￭ me du￭ pu￭ y￭ tre￭ n the surgeon who described an operation to correct the afflic￭ tion du￭ pu￭ y￭ tre￭ n s contrac￭ ture is treated with procedures to help straighten the fingers but this does not cure the underlying disease contr￭ actu￭ res often return or involve other fingers according to one study the ring finger is the finger most commonly affected followed by the middle and little fingers the thumb and index finger are only rarely affected du￭ pu￭ y￭ tre￭ n s contrac￭ ture progres￭ ses slowly and is often accompanied by some aching and it￭ ching in patients with this condition the pal￭ mar fas￭ cia pal￭ mar ap￭ on￭ euro￭ sis thick￭ ens and short￭ ens so that the tend￭ ons connected to the fingers cannot move freely the pal￭ mar fas￭ cia becomes hyper￭ plastic and contracts incidence increases after age 40 at this age men are affected more often than women beyond 80 the gender distribution is about even in the united kingdom about 20 of people over 65 have some form of the disease
a d￭ ural arter￭ io￭ ven￭ ous f￭ ist￭ ula dav￭ f is an abnormal direct connection f￭ ist￭ ula between a men￭ ing￭ e￭ al artery and a men￭ ing￭ e￭ al vein or d￭ ural ven￭ ous sin￭ us in cases where there are multiple f￭ ist￭ ul￭ as the related term d￭ ural arter￭ io￭ ven￭ ous mal￭ formation dav￭ m is used
a dust storm is a meteorological phenomenon common in arid and semi arid regions dust storms arise when a gust front or other strong wind blows loose sand and dirt from a dry surface particles are transported by sal￭ tation and suspension a process that moves soil from one place and deposits it in another dr￭ y￭ lands around north africa and the arabian peninsula are the main terrestrial sources of airborne dust also with some contributions from iran pakistan and india into the arabian sea and china s significant storms deposit dust in the pacific it has been argued that recently poor management of the earth s dr￭ y￭ lands such as neglecting the f￭ allow system are increasing dust storms size and frequency from desert margins and changing both the local and global climate and also imp￭ acting local economies the term sand￭ storm is used most often in the context of desert sand￭ storms especially in the sahara desert or places where sand is a more prevalent soil type than dirt or rock when in addition to fine particles obscur￭ ing visibility a considerable amount of larger sand particles are blown closer to the surface the term dust storm is more likely to be used when fin￭ er particles are blown long distances especially when the dust storm affects urban areas
the dutch national flag problem d￭ n￭ f is a computer science programming problem proposed by ed￭ s￭ ger di￭ j￭ k￭ stra the flag of the netherlands consists of three colors red white and blue given balls of these three colors arranged randomly in a line the actual number of balls does not matter the task is to arrange them such that all balls of the same color are together and their collective color groups are in the correct order the solution to this problem is of interest for designing sorting algori￭ th￭ ms in particular variants of the quick￭ sort algori￭ thm that must be robust to repeated elements need a three way parti￭ tioning function that groups items less than a given key red equal to the key white and greater than the key blue several solutions exist that have varying performance characteristics tailored to sorting arr￭ ays with either small or large numbers of repeated elements
dwar￭ f￭ ism occurs when an organism is short in stature from a medical condition that caused slow growth in humans dwar￭ f￭ ism is sometimes defined as an adult height of less than 4 feet 10 inches 58 in 147 cm dwar￭ f￭ ism can be caused by more than 300 medical conditions such that the symptoms of individuals with dwar￭ f￭ ism vary greatly disproportionate dwar￭ f￭ ism is characterized by one or more body parts being relatively large or small in comparison to those of an average sized adult with growth variations in specific areas in cases of proportionate dwar￭ f￭ ism the body appears normally proportion￭ ed but is unusually small low muscle tone is common but intelligence and lifespan are usually normal treatment depends on the underlying cause those with bone growth disorders can sometimes be treated with surgery some hormone disorders can be treated with hormone replacement therapy before the child s growth plates fuse individual accommod￭ ations such as specialized furniture are often used by people with dwar￭ f￭ ism many support groups provide services to aid individuals and the discrimination they may face in addition to the medical aspect of the condition there are also social aspects for a person with dwar￭ f￭ ism height discrimination can lead to ridicule in childhood and discrimination in adul￭ thood in the united kingdom united states canada australia and other english speaking countries some people with dwar￭ f￭ ism prefer to be called little people historically the term mid￭ get was used to describe proportionate dwar￭ fs however this term is now regarded as offensive by some
dwar￭ f￭ ism in chickens is an inherited condition found in chickens consisting of a significant delayed growth resulting in adult individuals with a distinctive small size in comparison with normal specimens of the same breed or population the affected birds show no signs of dwar￭ f￭ ism in the first weeks of age differences in size due to dwar￭ f￭ ism appear slow and progressively along the growing stage poultry breeders begin to distinguish gradually dwar￭ fs from normal birds by their shortest shan￭ ks and smallest body size depending on the breed most types of dwar￭ f￭ ism in chickens begin to be recognized when the birds reach 8 – 10 weeks of age but classification is more precise when the chickens are five months old or more at this point differences between normal and dwarf si￭ bs is evident in all males and in 98 of the females dwar￭ fs chickens reach sexual maturity and reproduce normally dwar￭ f￭ ism in chickens has been found to be controlled by several simple genetic factors some types are auto￭ som￭ ic while others are sex linked but when poultry breeders make reference to dwarf chickens they usually refer implicitly to sex linked rec￭ essive dwar￭ f￭ ism due to the rec￭ essive gene d￭ w located on the z chro￭ mo￭ some as sex linked dwarf bro￭ iler breeder hens can bring about normal sized bro￭ iler chickens sex linked rec￭ essive dwar￭ f￭ ism found application in poultry industry since the last decades of the 20 th century these hens require less food and less housing space their feed intake do not need to be restricted they also have more tolerance to heat see so the use of sex linked dwarf bro￭ iler female parent stocks helps to save costs and to improve animal welfare and economic efficiency in european bro￭ iler industry see but in spite of the proven advantages of raising dwarf breeder hens their use is not generalized in bro￭ iler industry
in the military dwell time is the amount of time that service members spend in their home station between deploy￭ ments to war zones or to dependent restricted t￭ ours dwell time is designed to allow service members a mental and physical break from combat and to give them time with their families it is an important component of long term military readiness
the dynamic conv￭ ex hull problem is a class of dynamic problems in compu￭ tational geometry the problem consists in the maintenance i e keeping track of the conv￭ ex hull for the dynam￭ ically changing input data i e when input data elements may be inserted deleted or modified problems of this class may be distinguished by the types of the input data and the allowed types of modification of the input data
dynamic hyper￭ inflation is a phenomenon that occurs when a new breath begins before the lung has reached the static equilibrium volume
dynamic problems in compu￭ tational complexity theory are problems stated in terms of the changing input data in the most general form a problem in this category is usually stated as follows given a class of input objects find efficient algori￭ th￭ ms and data structures to answer a certain qu￭ ery about a set of input objects each time the input data is modified i e objects are inserted or deleted problems of this class have the following measures of complexity space the amount of memory space required to store the data structure initi￭ alization time time required for the initial construction of the data structure insertion time time required for the update of the data structure when one more input element is added deletion time time required for the update of the data structure when an input element is deleted qu￭ ery time time required to answer a qu￭ ery other operations specific to the problem in question the overall set of compu￭ tations for a dynamic problem is called a dynamic algori￭ thm many algori￭ th￭ mic problems stated in terms of fixed input data called static problems in this context and solved by static algori￭ th￭ ms have meaningful dynamic versions
in astro￭ physics dynam￭ ical friction sometimes called grav￭ it￭ ational drag is loss of momentum and k￭ ine￭ tic energy of moving bodies through grav￭ it￭ ational interactions with surrounding matter in space it was first discussed in detail by sub￭ rah￭ man￭ yan chan￭ dr￭ ase￭ kh￭ ar in 19￭ 43
a dy￭ o￭ tropic reaction from the greek dy￭ o meaning two in organic chemistry is a type of organic reaction and more specifically a peric￭ ycl￭ ic val￭ ence isom￭ er￭ ization in which two sig￭ ma bonds simultaneously migrate intr￭ am￭ ol￭ ec￭ ularly the reaction type is of some relevance to organic chemistry because it can explain how certain reactions occur and because it is a synthetic tool in the synthesis of organic molecules for example in total synthesis it was first described by man￭ fred t re￭ etz in 1971 dy￭ o￭ tropic re￭ arrangement in a type i reaction two migr￭ ating groups interchange their relative positions and a type ii reaction involves migration to new bon￭ ding sites without posi￭ tional interchange
dys￭ ac￭ us￭ is is a hearing impairment characterized by difficulty in processing details of sound due to distortion in frequency or intensity but not primarily a loss of the ability to perceive sound the term is sometimes used to describe pain or discomfort due to sound a condition also known as aud￭ itory dys￭ esthesia
in psychiatry dy￭ sa￭ esthesia a￭ ethiop￭ ica was an alleged mental illness described by american physician samuel a car￭ tw￭ right in 18￭ 51 which proposed a theory for the cause of la￭ z￭ iness among slaves today dy￭ sa￭ esthesia a￭ ethiop￭ ica is considered an example of pseu￭ do￭ science and part of the edifice of scientific racism
dys￭ ar￭ thri￭ a is a motor speech disorder resulting from neuro￭ logical injury of the motor component of the motor speech system and is characterized by poor artic￭ ulation of ph￭ on￭ em￭ es cf ap￭ ha￭ sia a disorder of the content of language in other words it is a condition in which problems effectively occur with the muscles that help produce speech often making it very difficult to pronounce words it is unrelated to any problem with understanding cognitive language any of the speech subsystems respir￭ ation ph￭ on￭ ation resonance pro￭ so￭ dy and artic￭ ulation can be affected leading to impair￭ ments in intel￭ li￭ gibility audi￭ bility natur￭ al￭ ness and efficiency of vocal communication dys￭ ar￭ thri￭ a that has progressed to a total loss of speech is referred to as an￭ ar￭ thri￭ a neuro￭ logical injury due to damage in the central or peripheral nervous system may result in weakness paralysis or a lack of coordination of the motor speech system producing dys￭ ar￭ thri￭ a these effects in turn hinder control over the tongue throat lips or lungs for example sw￭ allowing problems dy￭ sp￭ ha￭ gia are also often present in those with dys￭ ar￭ thri￭ a dys￭ ar￭ thri￭ a does not include speech disorders from structural ab￭ norm￭ alities such as cle￭ ft pal￭ ate and must not be confused with ap￭ ra￭ x￭ ia of speech which refers to problems in the planning and programming aspect of the motor speech system just as the term artic￭ ulation can mean either speech or joint movement so is the combining form of arth￭ r the same in the terms dys￭ ar￭ thri￭ a dys￭ ar￭ thro￭ sis and ar￭ thro￭ pa￭ thy the term dys￭ ar￭ thri￭ a is conventi￭ onally reserved for the speech problem and is not used to refer to ar￭ thro￭ pa￭ thy whereas dys￭ ar￭ thro￭ sis has both senses but usually refers to ar￭ thro￭ pa￭ thy cran￭ ial nerves that control the muscles relevant to dys￭ ar￭ thri￭ a include the tri￭ gem￭ inal nerve s motor branch v the facial nerve vii the glos￭ sop￭ har￭ yn￭ ge￭ al nerve ix the vag￭ us nerve x and the hypo￭ glos￭ sal nerve xii the term is from ancient greek δ￭ υ￭ σ d￭ ys hard difficult bad and ἄ￭ ρ￭ θρ￭ ω￭ σ￭ ις ar￭ thro￭ sis artic￭ ulation
dys￭ autonom￭ ia is a term for a group of diseases that include post￭ ural orth￭ o￭ static t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia syndrome pots multiple system atro￭ phy autonom￭ ic failure and autonom￭ ic neuro￭ pa￭ thy in these conditions the autonom￭ ic nervous system ans does not work properly dys￭ autonom￭ ia is most often a type of neuro￭ pa￭ thy affecting the nerves that carry information from the brain and spinal cord to the heart blad￭ der intest￭ ines sweat g￭ lands pupils and blood vessels although it has many causes not all of which classify as neuro￭ path￭ ic the diagnosis is achieved through functional testing of the autonom￭ ic nervous system focusing on the organ system affected investigations may be performed to identify underlying disease processes that may have led to the development of symptoms or autonom￭ ic neuro￭ pa￭ thy symptomatic treatment is available for many symptoms associated with dys￭ autonom￭ ia and some disease processes can be treated directly
dys￭ bar￭ ism refers to medical conditions resulting from changes in ambient pressure various activities are associated with pressure changes s￭ cuba diving is the most frequently cited example but pressure changes also affect people who work in other pressur￭ ized environments for example ca￭ is￭ son workers and people who move between different al￭ titu￭ des
dys￭ cal￭ cu￭ lia ˌ￭ d￭ ɪ￭ sk￭ æ￭ l￭ ˈ￭ k￭ ju￭ ː￭ li ə is difficulty in learning or compreh￭ ending arithmetic such as difficulty in understanding numbers learning how to manipulate numbers and learning facts in mathematics it is generally seen as a specific developmental disorder dys￭ cal￭ cu￭ lia can occur in people from across the whole i￭ q range often higher than average and involving difficulties with time measurement and spatial reasoning estimates of the prevalence of dys￭ cal￭ cu￭ lia range between 3 and 6 of the population a quarter of children with dys￭ cal￭ cu￭ lia have ad￭ hd mathematical disabilities can occur as the result of some types of brain injury in which case the proper term ac￭ al￭ cu￭ lia is to distinguish it from dys￭ cal￭ cu￭ lia which is of in￭ nate genetic or developmental origin dys￭ cal￭ cu￭ lia has been associated with female children who have turner syndrome people who have sp￭ ina bi￭ fi￭ da and has also been associated with children who have ad￭ hd
dy￭ schro￭ mat￭ osis sym￭ me￭ tric￭ a here￭ dit￭ aria also known as retic￭ ulate acro￭ pi￭ gm￭ entation of do￭ hi and symmetr￭ ical dy￭ schro￭ mat￭ osis of the extre￭ mi￭ ties is a rare auto￭ som￭ ally inherited der￭ mat￭ osis it is characterized by progressively pi￭ gm￭ ented and de￭ pi￭ gm￭ ented mac￭ ules often mixed in a retic￭ ulate pattern concentrated on the dor￭ sal extre￭ mi￭ ties it presents primarily in the japanese but has also been found to affect individuals from europe india and the caribbean
dy￭ schro￭ mat￭ osis univer￭ sal￭ is here￭ dit￭ aria is a rare geno￭ der￭ mat￭ osis characterized by retic￭ ulate hyper and hy￭ po pi￭ gm￭ ent￭ ated mac￭ ules in a generalized distribution both auto￭ som￭ al dominant and rec￭ essive inheritance have been reported with the disorder
dy￭ schro￭ mia refers to an alteration of the color of the skin or nails hyper￭ chro￭ mia can refer to hyper￭ pi￭ gm￭ entation and hypo￭ chro￭ mia can refer to hypo￭ pi￭ gm￭ entation dy￭ schro￭ mato￭ ses involve both hyper￭ pi￭ gm￭ ented and hypo￭ pi￭ gm￭ ented mac￭ ules
dy￭ schro￭ no￭ me￭ tri￭ a is a condition of cere￭ bell￭ ar dysfunction in which an individual cannot accurately estimate the amount of time that has passed i e distorted time perception it is associated with cere￭ bell￭ ar at￭ ax￭ ia when the cere￭ bell￭ um has been damaged and does not function to its fullest ability le￭ sions to the cere￭ bell￭ um can cause dys￭ syner￭ gia dys￭ me￭ tri￭ a dys￭ di￭ ad￭ o￭ cho￭ k￭ ine￭ sia dys￭ ar￭ thri￭ a and at￭ ax￭ ia of stance and ga￭ it dy￭ schro￭ no￭ me￭ tri￭ a can result from auto￭ som￭ al dominant cere￭ bell￭ ar at￭ ax￭ ia ad￭ ca
dys￭ embry￭ op￭ l￭ astic neuro￭ epi￭ the￭ li￭ al tum￭ our commonly abbreviated d￭ nt or d￭ net is a type of brain tumor most commonly found in the temporal lo￭ be d￭ n￭ ts have been classified as benign tum￭ ours these are gli￭ on￭ euro￭ nal tum￭ ours comprising both gli￭ al and ne￭ uron cells and often have ties to focal cor￭ tical dys￭ pl￭ asia varying sub￭ classes of d￭ n￭ ts have been presently identified with dispute existing in the field on how to properly group these classes the identification of possible genetic mark￭ ers to these tum￭ ours is currently underway with d￭ n￭ ts often causing epi￭ le￭ ptic seizures surgical removal is a common treatment providing high rates of success
dy￭ sen￭ tery is a type of gastro￭ enter￭ i￭ tis that results in diarr￭ hea with blood other symptoms may include fever ab￭ domin￭ al pain and a feeling of incomplete defec￭ ation it is caused by a number of types of infection such as bacteria viruses par￭ asi￭ tic worms or proto￭ zo￭ a the mechanism is an infl￭ am￭ matory disorder of the intest￭ ine especially of the col￭ on
dys￭ fer￭ lin￭ opathy is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive neuro￭ muscular disorder caused by a deficiency of functional dys￭ fer￭ lin protein due to mutations in the dys￭ fer￭ lin gene dys￭ fer￭ lin￭ opathy is characterized by progressive muscle wasting and is most often clin￭ ically diagnosed as limb gir￭ dle muscular dy￭ stro￭ phy type 2 b l￭ gm￭ d 2 b or mi￭ yo￭ shi muscular dy￭ stro￭ phy 1 m￭ md 1 a type of dis￭ tal muscular dy￭ stro￭ phy depending on the initial pattern of muscle involvement at diagnosis dys￭ fer￭ lin￭ opathy is a rare disease the exact incidence of which has not yet been determined
a dysfunctional ep￭ ig￭ lot￭ tis is when the ep￭ ig￭ lot￭ tis the fl￭ ap that separates the trac￭ hea from the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus stops working correctly this causes food to mistakenly go down the trac￭ hea when sw￭ allowing and also sali￭ va this condition can get more serious over time
dysfunctional uter￭ ine bleeding du￭ b or abnormal uter￭ ine bleeding au￭ b is abnormal genital tract bleeding based in the uter￭ us and found in the absence of demonstrable structural or organic disease it is usually due to hormonal disturbances reduced levels of prog￭ est￭ er￭ one cause low levels of pro￭ stag￭ land￭ in f 2 alpha and cause men￭ or￭ rha￭ gia abnormally heavy flow increased levels of tissue plas￭ min￭ o￭ gen activ￭ ator t￭ pa a fi￭ brin￭ ol￭ y￭ tic enzyme lead to more fi￭ brin￭ ol￭ ysis diagnosis must be made by exclusion since organic path￭ ology must first be ruled out au￭ b can be classified as o￭ vul￭ atory or ano￭ vul￭ atory depending on whether ov￭ ulation is occurring or not it is usually a men￭ str￭ ual disorder although abnormal bleeding from the uter￭ us is possible outside of men￭ str￭ uation some sources state that the term dysfunctional implies a hormonal mechanism use of the term abnormal uter￭ ine bleeding is preferred in today s medicine
dys￭ gam￭ mag￭ lob￭ ul￭ in￭ emia is a type of immune disorder characterized by a reduction in some types of gam￭ ma glob￭ ul￭ ins it is distinguished from hypo￭ gam￭ mag￭ lob￭ ul￭ in￭ emia which is a reduction in all types of gam￭ ma glob￭ ul￭ ins hyper ig￭ m syndrome can be considered a form of dys￭ gam￭ mag￭ lob￭ ul￭ in￭ emia because it results from a failure of transformation from ig￭ m production to production of other antibodies and so the condition can be interpreted as a reduction of the other types
a dys￭ germin￭ oma is a type of germ cell tumor it usually is m￭ align￭ ant and usually occurs in the o￭ vary a tumor of the identical his￭ to￭ logy but not occurring in the o￭ vary may be described by an alternate name semin￭ oma in the testi￭ s or germin￭ oma in the central nervous system or other parts of the body dys￭ germin￭ oma accounts for less than 1 of o￭ vari￭ an tumors overall dys￭ germin￭ oma usually occurs in adoles￭ cence and early adult life about 5 occur in pre pu￭ ber￭ tal children dys￭ germin￭ oma is extremely rare after age 50 dys￭ germin￭ oma occurs in both ov￭ aries in 10 of patients and in a further 10 there is micro￭ scopic tumor in the other o￭ vary abnormal gon￭ ads due to gon￭ ad￭ al dys￭ genesis and and￭ ro￭ gen in￭ sensitivity syndrome have a high risk of developing a dys￭ germin￭ oma most dys￭ germin￭ om￭ as are associated with elevated serum lac￭ tic de￭ hydro￭ gen￭ ase ld￭ h which is sometimes used as a tumor marker
dys￭ grap￭ hia is a deficiency in the ability to write primarily handwriting but also coherence dys￭ grap￭ hia is a trans￭ cription disability meaning that it is a writing disorder associated with impaired handwriting orth￭ o￭ graphic coding orth￭ o￭ graphy the storing process of written words and processing the letters in those words and finger sequ￭ encing the movement of muscles required to write it often overlaps with other learning disabilities such as speech impairment attention deficit disorder or developmental coordination disorder in the diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders dsm iv dys￭ grap￭ hia is characterized as a learning disability in the category of written expression when one ’ s writing skills are below those expected given a person ’ s age measured through intelligence and age appropriate education the dsm is not clear in whether or not writing refers only to the motor skills involved in writing or if it also includes orth￭ o￭ graphic skills and spelling the word dys￭ grap￭ hia comes from the greek words d￭ ys meaning impaired and γραφ￭ ία graph￭ ía meaning writing by hand there are at least two stages in the act of writing the linguistic stage and the motor expres￭ sive pra￭ x￭ ic stage the linguistic stage involves the en￭ coding of aud￭ itory and visual information into symbols for letters and written words this is medi￭ ated through the ang￭ ular gy￭ rus which provides the linguistic rules which guide writing the motor stage is where the expression of written words or graph￭ em￭ es is articulated this stage is medi￭ ated by ex￭ ner ’ s writing area of the frontal lo￭ be people with dys￭ grap￭ hia can often write on some level and may experience difficulty with other fine motor skills such as tying shoes however dys￭ grap￭ hia does not affect all fine motor skills people with dys￭ grap￭ hia often have unusual difficulty with handwriting and spelling which in turn can cause writing fatigue they may lack basic gr￭ ammar and spelling skills for example having difficulties with the letters p q b and d and often will write the wrong word when trying to formulate their thoughts on paper the disorder generally emerges when the child is first introduced to writing adults teenagers and children alike are all subject to dys￭ grap￭ hia dys￭ grap￭ hia should be distinguished from ag￭ rap￭ hia which is an acquired loss of the ability to write resulting from brain injury stroke or progressive illness
dy￭ sh￭ id￭ ro￭ sis is a type of der￭ mati￭ tis that is characterized by it￭ chy bl￭ is￭ ters on the pal￭ ms of the hands and bott￭ oms of the feet the bl￭ ister are generally one to two milli￭ meters in size and heal over three weeks red￭ ness is not usually present they however often recur repeated attacks may result in f￭ issu￭ res and skin thick￭ ening the cause is unknown trigger may include aller￭ gens physical or mental stress frequent hand washing or metals diagnosis is typically based on what it looks like and the symptoms allergy testing and culture may be done to rule out other problems other conditions that produce similar symptoms include pu￭ st￭ ular ps￭ ori￭ asis and s￭ cab￭ ies avoiding triggers may be useful as may a barrier cream treatment is generally with ster￭ o￭ id cream high strength ster￭ o￭ id cre￭ ams may be required for the first week or two anti￭ hist￭ am￭ ines may be used to help with the itch if this is not effective ster￭ o￭ id pills t￭ acro￭ lim￭ us or p￭ sor￭ al￭ en plus ultra￭ violet a pu￭ va may be tried about 1 in 2 000 people are affected in sweden males and females appear to be affected equally the first description was in 18￭ 73 the name comes from the word dy￭ sh￭ id￭ ro￭ tic meaning difficult swe￭ ating as problems with swe￭ ating was once believed to be the cause
dy￭ sk￭ er￭ at￭ osis con￭ gen￭ ita dkc also called z￭ ins￭ ser cole eng￭ man syndrome is a rare progressive con￭ genital disorder with a highly variable phen￭ o￭ type the entity was class￭ ically defined by the tri￭ ad of abnormal skin pi￭ gm￭ entation nail dy￭ stro￭ phy and leuk￭ op￭ la￭ k￭ ia of the oral mu￭ co￭ sa but these components do not always occur dkc is characterized by short tel￭ om￭ er￭ es some of the manifestations resemble premature aging similar to pro￭ geria the disease initially mainly affects the skin but a major consequence is progressive bone marrow failure which occurs in over 80 causing early mortality
dy￭ sk￭ ine￭ sia refers to a category of movement disorders that are characterized by involuntary muscle movements including movements similar to tics or cho￭ rea and diminished voluntary movements dy￭ sk￭ ine￭ sia can be anything from a slight trem￭ or of the hands to an uncontrollable movement of the upper body or lower extre￭ mi￭ ties dis￭ coordination can also occur internally especially with the respiratory muscles and it often goes un￭ recognized dy￭ sk￭ ine￭ sia is a symptom of several medical disorders that are distinguished by their underlying cause
dys￭ l￭ alia means difficulties in talking due to structural defects in speech organs it does not include speech impairment due to neuro￭ logical or other factors
dys￭ l￭ ex￭ ia also known as reading disorder is characterized by trouble with reading despite normal intelligence different people are affected to varying degrees problems may include difficulties in spelling words reading quickly writing words sounding out words in the head pronoun￭ cing words when reading al￭ oud and understanding what one reads often these difficulties are first noticed at school when someone who previously could read loses their ability it is known as alex￭ ia the difficulties are involuntary and people with this disorder have a normal desire to learn dys￭ l￭ ex￭ ia is believed to be caused by both genetic and environmental factors some cases run in families it often occurs in people with attention deficit hyper￭ activity disorder ad￭ hd and is associated with similar difficulties with numbers it may begin in adul￭ thood as the result of a traumatic brain injury stroke or dementia the underlying mechanisms of dys￭ l￭ ex￭ ia are problems within the brain s language processing dys￭ l￭ ex￭ ia is diagnosed through a series of tests of memory spelling vision and reading skills dys￭ l￭ ex￭ ia is separate from reading difficulties caused by hearing or vision problems or by insufficient teaching treatment involves adjusting teaching methods to meet the person s needs while not curing the underlying problem it may decrease the degree of symptoms treatments targeting vision are not effective dys￭ l￭ ex￭ ia is the most common learning disability and occurs in all areas of the world it affects 3 – 7 of the population however up to 20 may have some degree of symptoms while dys￭ l￭ ex￭ ia is more often diagnosed in men it has been suggested that it affects men and women equally some believe that dys￭ l￭ ex￭ ia should be best considered as a different way of learning with both benefits and down￭ sides
dys￭ li￭ pi￭ dem￭ ia is an abnormal amount of li￭ pi￭ ds e g tri￭ gly￭ cer￭ ides cho￭ le￭ sterol and or fat phosp￭ holi￭ pi￭ ds in the blood in developed countries most dys￭ li￭ pi￭ dem￭ ias are hyper￭ li￭ pi￭ dem￭ ias that is an elev￭ ation of li￭ pi￭ ds in the blood this is often due to diet and lifestyle prolonged elev￭ ation of insulin levels can also lead to dys￭ li￭ pi￭ dem￭ ia likewise increased levels of o gl￭ cn￭ ac transfer￭ ase og￭ t may cause dys￭ li￭ pi￭ dem￭ ia
dys￭ me￭ lia from gr δ￭ υ￭ σ d￭ ys bad μέ￭ λ ος mé￭ l os limb eng su￭ ff ia is a con￭ genital disorder of a limb resulting from a disturbance in embryonic development
dy￭ sm￭ en￭ or￭ rhe￭ a also known as dy￭ sm￭ en￭ or￭ rho￭ ea painful periods or men￭ str￭ ual cram￭ ps is pain during men￭ str￭ uation it usually begins around the time that men￭ str￭ uation begins symptoms typically last less than three days the pain is usually in the pel￭ vis or lower ab￭ dom￭ en other symptoms may include back pain diarr￭ hea or naus￭ ea in young women painful periods often occur without an underlying problem in older women it is more often due to an underlying issues such as uter￭ ine fi￭ bro￭ ids aden￭ om￭ y￭ osis or end￭ ome￭ tri￭ osis it is more common among those with heavy periods irregular periods whose periods started before twelve years of age or who have a low body weight a pel￭ vic exam in those who are sexually active and ul￭ tras￭ ound may be useful to help in diagnosis conditions that should be ruled out include ec￭ topic pregnancy pel￭ vic infl￭ am￭ matory disease inter￭ sti￭ tial cy￭ sti￭ tis and chronic pel￭ vic pain dy￭ sm￭ en￭ or￭ rhe￭ a occurs less often in those who exercise regularly and those who have children early in life treatment may include the use of a heating pad medications that may help include n￭ s￭ aids such as i￭ bu￭ prof￭ en hormonal birth control and the i￭ ud with prog￭ est￭ o￭ gen taking vitamin b or magnesium may help evidence for yog￭ a acupuncture and massage is insufficient surgery may be useful if certain underlying problems are present dy￭ sm￭ en￭ or￭ rhe￭ a is estimated to occur in 20 to 90 of women of reproductive age it is the most common men￭ str￭ ual disorder typically it starts within a year of the first men￭ str￭ ual period when there is no underlying cause often the pain improves with age or following having a child
dys￭ me￭ tri￭ a english wrong length refers to a lack of coordination of movement ty￭ pi￭ fied by the under￭ shoot or over￭ shoot of intended position with the hand arm leg or eye it is a type of at￭ ax￭ ia it is sometimes described as an inability to judge distance or scale hyper￭ me￭ tri￭ a and hypo￭ me￭ tri￭ a refer respectively to over￭ shooting and under￭ shooting the intended position
a dys￭ morph￭ ic feature is a difference of body structure it can be an isolated finding in an otherwise normal individual or it can be related to a con￭ genital disorder genetic syndrome or birth defect dys￭ mor￭ pho￭ logy is the study of dys￭ morph￭ ic features their origins and proper nomenclature one of the key challenges in identifying and describing dys￭ morph￭ ic features is the use and understanding of specific terms between different individuals clinical gene￭ tic￭ ists and pedi￭ at￭ ric￭ ians are usually those most closely involved with the identification and description of dys￭ morph￭ ic features as most are apparent during childhood dys￭ morph￭ ic features can vary from isolated mild anomalies such as clin￭ od￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly or sy￭ no￭ phr￭ ys to severe con￭ genital anomalies such as heart defects and holo￭ pro￭ sen￭ cephal￭ y in some cases dys￭ morph￭ ic features are part of a larger clinical picture sometimes known as a sequence syndrome or association recognizing the patterns of dys￭ morph￭ ic features is an important part of a gene￭ tic￭ ist s diagnostic process as many genetic disease present with a common collection of features there are several commercially available databases that allow clin￭ icians to input their observed features in a patient to generate a differential diagnosis these databases are not inf￭ alli￭ ble as they require on the clin￭ ician to provide their own experience particularly when the observed clinical features are general a male child with short stature and hyper￭ tel￭ or￭ ism could have several different disorders as these findings are not highly specific however a finding such as 2 3 toe syn￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly is raises the index of suspicion for smith lem￭ li op￭ itz syndrome dys￭ morph￭ ic features are invariably present from birth although some are not immediately apparent upon visual inspection they can be divided into groups based on their origin including mal￭ formations abnormal development disruptions damage to previously normal tissue de￭ formations damage caused by an outside physical force and dys￭ pl￭ asi￭ as abnormal growth or organization within a tissue
dys￭ mor￭ p￭ hop￭ sia in a broad sense is a condition which causes the person affected to be unable to correctly perceive objects it is a visual distortion used to den￭ ote a variant of met￭ amor￭ p￭ hop￭ sia in which lines appear w￭ av￭ y these illusions may be restricted to certain vis￭ uals areas or may affect the entire visual field it has been associated with men￭ ing￭ i￭ oma tumors and bilateral lateral oc￭ ci￭ p￭ ital cor￭ ital damage e g after carbon monoxide poisoning or drug abuse
dy￭ sor￭ th￭ o￭ graphy is a specific dys￭ graphic disorder of spelling which accompanies dys￭ l￭ ex￭ ia by a direct consequence of the ph￭ on￭ ological disorder
dy￭ so￭ smi￭ a is a disorder described as any qualitative alteration or distortion of the perception of smell qualitative alterations differ from quantitative alterations which include an￭ os￭ mia and hy￭ pos￭ mia dy￭ so￭ smi￭ a can be classified as either par￭ os￭ mia also called tro￭ pos￭ mia or phan￭ to￭ smi￭ a par￭ os￭ mia refers to a distortion in the perception of an od￭ or￭ ant od￭ or￭ ants smell different from what one remembers phan￭ to￭ smi￭ a refers to the perception of an od￭ or when there ’ s no actual od￭ or￭ ant present the eti￭ ology of dy￭ so￭ smi￭ a still remains a theory it is typically considered a neuro￭ logical disorder and clinical associations with the disorder have been made most cases are described as idi￭ opathic and the main an￭ tec￭ ed￭ ents related to par￭ os￭ mia are ur￭ tis head trauma and nas￭ al and par￭ an￭ as￭ al sin￭ us disease dy￭ so￭ smi￭ a tends to go away on its own but there are options for treatment for patients that want immediate relief
a dy￭ so￭ sto￭ sis is a disorder of the development of bone in particular affecting os￭ sification examples include cran￭ io￭ facial dy￭ so￭ sto￭ sis k￭ lip￭ pel fe￭ il syndrome and rub￭ instein ta￭ y￭ bi syndrome it is one of the two categories of constitutional disorders of bone the other being o￭ ste￭ och￭ on￭ dro￭ dys￭ pl￭ asia when the disorder involves the joint between two bones the term sy￭ no￭ sto￭ sis is often used
dy￭ sp￭ are￭ un￭ ia is painful sexual inter￭ course due to medical or psychological causes the pain can primarily be on the external surface of the gen￭ italia or deeper in the pel￭ vis upon deep pressure against the cer￭ vi￭ x it can affect a small portion of the vul￭ va or vag￭ ina or be felt all over the surface understanding the duration location and nature of the pain is important in identifying the causes of the pain there are numerous physical psychological and social relationship causes that can contribute to pain during sexual encounters commonly multiple underlying causes contribute to the pain the pain can be acquired or con￭ genital symptoms of dy￭ sp￭ are￭ un￭ ia may also occur after men￭ op￭ ause diagnosis is typically by physical examination and a medical history treatment is determined by the underlying causes many women experience relief when physical causes are identified and treated even when the pain can be reproduced during a physical examination the possible role of psychological factors in either causing or maintaining the pain must be acknowledged and dealt with in treatment globally dy￭ sp￭ are￭ un￭ ia has been estimated to affect between 8 21 of women at some point in their lives
dy￭ sp￭ ha￭ gia lus￭ oria or bay￭ ford au￭ ten￭ ri￭ eth dy￭ sp￭ ha￭ gia is abnormal condition characterized by difficulty in sw￭ allowing caused by aberr￭ ant right sub￭ cl￭ avian artery it was discovered by david bay￭ ford in 17￭ 61 and first reported in a paper by the same in 17￭ 87
dys￭ plastic nails are a cu￭ taneous condition and may be a subtle finding of ri￭ dging fla￭ king or poor growth of the nails or more diffuse with nearly complete loss of nails this condition may be seen in a number of syndro￭ mes including dy￭ sk￭ er￭ at￭ osis con￭ gen￭ ita and nail – pat￭ ella syndrome
a dys￭ plastic nev￭ us or atypical mole is a nev￭ us mole whose appearance is different from that of common mol￭ es in 1992 the nih recommended that the term dys￭ plastic nev￭ us be avoided in favor of the term atypical mole an atypical mole may also be referred to as an atypical mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tic nev￭ us atypical nev￭ us b k mole clark s nev￭ us dys￭ plastic mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tic nev￭ us or nev￭ us with architectural disorder dys￭ plastic ne￭ vi often grow to larger than ordinary mol￭ es and may have irregular and in￭ distinct borders their color may not be uniform and may range from light pink to very dark brown they usually begin as flat but parts may raise above the skin surface see ab￭ c￭ de and ugly duc￭ kling characteristics below dys￭ plastic ne￭ vi can be found anywhere but are most common on the trunk in men and on the calves in women
dys￭ plastic nev￭ us syndrome also known as atypical mole syndrome ams famili￭ al atypical multiple mole – mel￭ anom￭ a fam￭ mm syndrome famili￭ al mel￭ anom￭ a syndrome and b k mole syndrome is a cu￭ taneous condition described in certain families and characterized by unusual ne￭ vi and multiple inherited mel￭ anom￭ as
dys￭ sem￭ ia is a difficulty with receptive and or expres￭ sive non￭ verbal communication the word comes from the greek roots d￭ ys difficulty and sem￭ ia signal the term was coined by psychologists marshall duke and stephen now￭ ick￭ i in their 1992 book helping the child who doesn t fit in to dec￭ ip￭ her the hidden dimensions of social rejection these difficulties go beyond problems with body language and motor skills dys￭ sem￭ ic persons exhibit difficulties with the acquisition and use of non￭ verbal cu￭ es in inter￭ personal relationships a classic set of studies by albert me￭ hr￭ ab￭ ian showed that in face to face interactions 55 percent of the emotional meaning of a message is expressed through facial post￭ ural and gest￭ ural means and 38 percent of the emotional meaning is transmitted through the tone of voice only seven percent of the emotional meaning is actually expressed with words dys￭ sem￭ ia represents the social dysfunction aspect of non￭ verbal learning disorder
dys￭ thy￭ mia d￭ ɪ￭ s￭ ˈ￭ θ￭ a￭ ɪ￭ mi￭ ə dis thy me￭ e ə from ancient greek δ￭ υ￭ σ￭ θ￭ υ￭ μ￭ ία bad state of mind sometimes also called neuro￭ tic depression dys￭ th￭ ym￭ ic disorder or chronic depression is a mood disorder consisting of the same cognitive and physical problems as in depression with less severe but longer lasting symptoms the concept was coined by robert sp￭ it￭ zer as a replacement for the term depres￭ sive personality in the late 1970 s according to the fourth edition of the diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders published in 1994 dsm iv dys￭ thy￭ mia is a serious state of chronic depression which persists for at least two years one year for children and adolescents dys￭ thy￭ mia is less acute and severe than major depres￭ sive disorder as dys￭ thy￭ mia is a chronic disorder sufferers may experience symptoms for many years before it is diagnosed if diagnosis occurs at all as a result they may believe that depression is a part of their character so they may not even discuss their symptoms with doctors family members or friends dys￭ thy￭ mia often co occurs with other mental disorders a double depression is the occurrence of episodes of major depression in addition to dys￭ thy￭ mia switching between periods of dys￭ th￭ ym￭ ic mo￭ ods and periods of hypo￭ man￭ ic mo￭ ods is indicative of cyclo￭ thy￭ mia which is a mild variant of bipolar disorder in the dsm 5 dys￭ thy￭ mia is replaced by persistent depres￭ sive disorder p￭ dd this new condition includes both chronic major depres￭ sive disorder and the previous dys￭ th￭ ym￭ ic disorder the reason for this change is that there was no evidence for meaningful differences between these two conditions
dy￭ st￭ onia is a neuro￭ logical movement disorder syndrome in which sustained or repeti￭ tive muscle contr￭ actions result in tw￭ isting and repeti￭ tive movements or abnormal fixed post￭ ures the movements may resemble a trem￭ or dy￭ st￭ onia is often intensified or exacerbated by physical activity and symptoms may progress into adjacent muscles the disorder may be hereditary or caused by other factors such as birth related or other physical trauma infection poisoning e g lead poisoning or reaction to pharmaceutical drugs particularly neuro￭ le￭ p￭ tics treatment must be highly custom￭ ized to the needs of the individual and may include oral medications chem￭ od￭ ener￭ vation bot￭ ul￭ inum neuro￭ toxin injections physical therapy and or other supportive therapies and or surgical procedures such as deep brain stimulation
dy￭ stro￭ ph￭ ic calci￭ fication dc is the calci￭ fication occurring in de￭ generated or necro￭ tic tissue as in hy￭ al￭ ini￭ zed scars de￭ generated foc￭ i in lei￭ om￭ y￭ om￭ as and cas￭ eous no￭ d￭ ules this occurs as a reaction to tissue damage including as a consequence of medical device implan￭ tation dy￭ stro￭ ph￭ ic calci￭ fication can occur even if the amount of calcium in the blood is not elevated a systemic mineral imbalance would elev￭ ate calcium levels in the blood and all tissues and cause me￭ ta￭ static calci￭ fication bas￭ oph￭ il￭ ic calcium salt deposits aggregate first in the mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ a and progressively throughout the cell these calci￭ fications are an indication of previous micro￭ scopic cell injury it occurs in areas of cell necro￭ sis in which activated phosp￭ hat￭ ases bind calcium ions to phosp￭ holi￭ pi￭ ds in the memb￭ rane calci￭ fication can occur in dead or de￭ generated tissue
dy￭ stro￭ ph￭ ic cal￭ cin￭ osis cu￭ tis is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by calci￭ fication of the skin resulting from the de￭ position of calcium and phosphorus and occurs in a pre￭ existing skin le￭ sion of infl￭ am￭ matory process
déjà vu ˌ￭ de￭ ɪ￭ ʒ￭ ɑ￭ ː ˈ￭ vu￭ ː french pron￭ unciation ​ de ʒ￭ a vy from french literally already seen is the phenomenon of having the strong sensation that an event or experience currently being experienced has already been experienced in the past déjà vu is a feeling of familiarity and déjà vé￭ cu the feeling of having already lived through something is a feeling of reco￭ ll￭ ection scientific approaches reject the explanation of déjà vu as pre￭ cogn￭ ition or prophecy but rather explain it as an anomaly of memory which creates a distinct impression that an experience is being recalled this explanation is supported by the fact that the sense of reco￭ ll￭ ection at the time is strong in most cases but that the circumstances of the previous experience when where and how the earlier experience occurred are uncertain or believed to be impossible two types of déjà vu are suggested to exist the pathological type of déjà vu usually associated with epi￭ le￭ psy and the non pathological which is a characteristic of healthy people and psychological phenomena a 2004 survey concluded that approximately two thirds of the population have had déjà vu experiences other studies confirm that déjà vu is a common experience in healthy individuals with between 31 and 96 of individuals reporting it déjà vu experiences that are unusually prolonged or frequent or in association with other symptoms such as halluc￭ inations may be an indicator of neuro￭ logical or psychiatric illness
the e 1 cb elimination reaction is a type of elimination reaction which occurs under basic conditions where a particularly poor leaving group such as oh or or and an ac￭ id￭ ic hydrogen eliminate to form an additional bond e 1 cb is a two step process first a base abstr￭ acts the most ac￭ id￭ ic prot￭ on to generate a stabilized an￭ ion the lone pair of electron￭ s on the an￭ ion then moves to the neighboring atom thus expelling the leaving group and forming double or triple bond the name of the mechanism e 1 cb stands for elimination un￭ im￭ ol￭ ec￭ ular con￭ ju￭ gate base elimination refers to the fact that the mechanism is an elimination reaction and will lose two substitu￭ ents un￭ im￭ ol￭ ec￭ ular refers to the fact that the rate determining step of this reaction only involves one molecular entity finally con￭ ju￭ gate base refers to the formation of the car￭ ban￭ ion intermediate which is the con￭ ju￭ gate base of the starting material
east syndrome is a syndrome consisting of epi￭ le￭ psy at￭ ax￭ ia a movement disorder sens￭ or￭ in￭ eur￭ al deaf￭ ness deaf￭ ness because of problems with the hearing nerve and salt wasting ren￭ al tu￭ bul￭ opathy salt loss caused by kidney problems the tu￭ bul￭ opathy ren￭ al tu￭ bu￭ le ab￭ norm￭ alities in this condition pre￭ dispose to hypo￭ kal￭ emic low potassium metabol￭ ic al￭ k￭ alo￭ sis with normal blood pressure hypo￭ mag￭ nes￭ emia low blood levels of magnesium may also be present east syndrome is also called ses￭ ame syndrome as a syndrome of seizures sens￭ or￭ in￭ eur￭ al deaf￭ ness at￭ ax￭ ia intellectual disability mental retar￭ dation and electro￭ ly￭ te imbalances it is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive genetic disorder caused by mutations in the k￭ cn￭ j 10 gene as discovered by bo￭ c￭ ken￭ hau￭ er and co workers the k￭ cn￭ j 10 gene en￭ codes the k channel k￭ ir 4 allowing k to flow into a cell rather than out and is present in the brain ear and kidney
e￭ em syndrome or ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal dys￭ pl￭ asia ec￭ tro￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly and mac￭ ular dy￭ stro￭ phy syndrome is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive con￭ genital mal￭ formation disorder affecting tissues associated with the ec￭ to￭ der￭ m skin hair nails teeth and also the hands feet and eyes
the el￭ sa mo￭ ot court competition emc ² on wto law is a simul￭ ated hearing in the world trade organization wto dispute settlement system participating teams represent both the complainant and respondent parties to the case by presenting oral submissions in front of a panel emc ² panels consist of wto law experts and are referred to as pan￭ el￭ list the competition provides students with the opportunity to put theory into practice thereby completing formal legal education the wto which was established in 1995 is based on the old general agreement on tariffs and trade and creates a system for efficiently regulating international trade despite the controversies the present structure looks to promote and enhance international trade for years to come the aim of the competition is both to encourage further development on the subject matter in the curriculum of academic institutions and also to contribute to the ongoing discussion about globalisation in the context of the wto agreements
in compu￭ tational complexity theory e￭ q￭ p sometimes called q￭ p which stands for exact quantum poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al time is the class of decision problems sol￭ vable by a quantum computer which outputs the correct answer with probability 1 and runs in poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al time it is the quantum analogue of the complexity class p in other words there is an algori￭ thm for a quantum computer a quantum algori￭ thm that solves the decision problem exactly and is guaranteed to run in poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al time
er￭ dl pattern also known as leaf pattern is a cam￭ ou￭ fl￭ age pattern developed by the united states army at its engineer research development laboratories er￭ dl in 1948 it was not issued to elite re￭ conna￭ issance and special operations units until early 1967 during the vietnam war the pattern consists of four colors printed in an inter￭ locking pattern
the eur￭ ion con￭ stell￭ ation also known as om￭ ron rings or dough￭ nuts is a pattern of symbols incorporated into a number of bankno￭ te designs worldwide since about 1996 it is added to help imaging software detect the presence of a bankno￭ te in a digital image such software can then block the user from reproducing banknotes to prevent counterfeiting using colour photo￭ co￭ piers research shows that the eur￭ ion con￭ stell￭ ation is used for colour photo￭ co￭ piers but probably not used in computer software it has been reported that ad￭ o￭ be photo￭ shop will not allow editing of an image of a bankno￭ te but this is believed due to a different unknown digital water￭ mark rather than the eur￭ ion con￭ stell￭ ation
eagle syndrome also termed sty￭ lo￭ hy￭ o￭ id syndrome sty￭ loid syndrome sty￭ loid sty￭ lo￭ hy￭ o￭ id syndrome or sty￭ loid – caro￭ ti￭ d artery syndrome is a rare condition characterized by sudden sharp nerve like pain in the jaw bone and joint back of the throat and base of the tongue triggered by sw￭ allowing moving the jaw or turning the neck named for the doctor who first described it in 19￭ 37 the condition is caused by an el￭ ong￭ ated or mis￭ shap￭ en sty￭ loid process the sl￭ ender pointed piece of bone just below the ear and or calci￭ fication of the sty￭ lo￭ hy￭ o￭ id lig￭ ament which interferes with the functioning of neighboring regions in the body giving rise to pain
e￭ ales disease is a type of obliter￭ ative vas￭ cul￭ opathy also known as an￭ gi￭ opath￭ ia re￭ tin￭ ae juven￭ il￭ is periph￭ le￭ bi￭ tis re￭ tin￭ ae primary peri￭ vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis of the re￭ tina is an oc￭ ular disease characterized by infl￭ amm￭ ation and possible block￭ age of re￭ tin￭ al blood vessels abnormal growth of new blood vessels ne￭ ov￭ as￭ cul￭ arization and recurrent re￭ tin￭ al and vit￭ real hemorrha￭ ges e￭ ales disease with a characteristic clinical picture fluores￭ ce￭ in an￭ gi￭ o￭ graphic finding and natural course and is considered a specific disease entity
ear disease is a sub￭ field of ot￭ ol￭ ar￭ yn￭ go￭ logy addressing the path￭ ology of the ear two of the major categories are o￭ ti￭ tis and hearing disorders however not all hearing disorders are due to structures of the ear
ear ecz￭ ema is an ecz￭ ema of the ear that may involve the heli￭ x po￭ sta￭ ur￭ icular fold and external aud￭ itory canal with the most frequently affected site being the external canal where it is often a manifestation of se￭ bor￭ rhe￭ ic der￭ mati￭ tis or allergic contact der￭ mati￭ tis
ear pain also known as o￭ tal￭ gia or ear￭ ache is pain in the ear primary ear pain is pain that originates inside the ear referred ear pain is pain that originates from outside the ear ear pain is not always associated with ear disease it may be caused by several other conditions such as imp￭ acted teeth sin￭ us disease infl￭ amed ton￭ si￭ ls infections in the nose and phar￭ yn￭ x throat cancer and occasionally as a sensory a￭ ura that prece￭ des a migr￭ aine
early onset alzheimer s disease also called early onset alzheimer s or early onset ad is alzheimer s disease diagnosed before the age of 65 it is an un￭ common form of alzheimer s accounting for only 5 10 of all alzheimer s cases approximately 13 of the cases of early onset alzheimer s are where a genetic pre￭ disposition leads to the disease the other incid￭ ences of early onset alzheimer s however share the same traits as the late onset form of alzheimer s disease and little is understood about how it starts non famili￭ al early onset alzheimer s can develop in people who are in their thir￭ ties or for￭ ties but that is extremely rare the majority of people with early onset alzheimer s are in their fif￭ ties or early six￭ ties
the early 2000 s recession was a decline in economic activity which mainly occurred in developed countries the recession affected the european union during 2000 and 2001 and the united states in 2002 and 2003 the uk canada and australia avoided the recession while russia a nation that did not experience prosperity during the 1990 s in fact began to recover from said situation japan s 1990 s recession continued this recession was predicted by economists because the boom of the 1990 s accompanied by both low inflation and low unemployment slowed in some parts of east asia during the 1997 asian financial crisis the recession in industrialized countries wasn t as significant as either of the two previous worldwide recessions some economists in the united states object to character￭ izing it as a recession since there were no two consecutive quarters of negative growth
the early pal￭ e￭ o￭ esk￭ imo is one of three distinct periods of human occupation recognized by archae￭ o￭ logists in the eastern north american arctic the others being the late pal￭ e￭ o￭ esk￭ imo and the thu￭ le dates for these occupations vary according to specific geographic region and cultural historical perspective but it is generally agreed that the first the early pal￭ e￭ o￭ esk￭ imo sp￭ ans roughly 4500 before present bp to 28 2300 bp
early childhood car￭ ies ec￭ c also known as baby bottle car￭ ies baby bottle tooth decay and bottle rot is a disease characterized by severe decay in the teeth of infants or young children early childhood car￭ ies is a very common bacterial infection it occurs in all areas of the world in the us rates are highest in minority and rural populations at times inf￭ ecting over 70 of the children ec￭ c occurs more often in children from the lower end of the socioeconomic scale a large body of scientific evidence indicates that ec￭ c is an infectious and transmissible disease with st￭ rep￭ to￭ co￭ cc￭ us mut￭ ans the primary microbiological agent in the disease the disease process begins with the transmission of the bacteria to the child usually from the primary caretaker care￭ takers with untreated dental disease present a very high risk to their children
early my￭ o￭ cl￭ onic encephalopathy em￭ e is an epi￭ le￭ psy syndrome where my￭ o￭ cl￭ onic seizures develop in the ne￭ on￭ atal period after several months the seizure pattern may develop to inf￭ anti￭ le sp￭ as￭ ms west syndrome various genetic and metabol￭ ic disorders are responsible the seizures are resistant to treatment the neuro￭ logy is very abnormal and patients often do not live beyond one year
an earnings surprise or unexpected earnings in accounting is the difference between the reported earnings and the expected earnings of an entity measures of a firm s expected earnings in turn include analysts forecasts of the firm s profit and mathematical models of expected earnings based on the earnings of previous accounting periods
the earth pyram￭ ids in south ty￭ rol are a special natural phenomenon that comes about in particular terrain usually after a landslide or an unh￭ inging of the earth the main cause of the formation of earth pyram￭ ids is the continuous alter￭ nation of periods of tor￭ ren￭ tial rain and￭ drought these phenomena in particularly fri￭ able terrain over the years increasingly erode the ground and form such earth pyram￭ ids usually the pyram￭ ids are formed in terrain very well sheltered from wind so that they cannot be damaged by it moreover the life of the earth pyram￭ ids is strongly dependent on the climate which reign￭ s during the time in which it is shaped by the rock that covers it there are several earth pyram￭ ids that can be safely visited among the most famous and admired the￭ following are the most outstanding the earth pyram￭ ids of rit￭ ten a pl￭ ate￭ au above bol￭ zano which are divided into three distinct groups near the villages k￭ lob￭ en￭ stein ober￭ bo￭ zen and unter￭ inn the earth pyram￭ ids of pl￭ atten near per￭ cha in the pu￭ ster valley other less famous earth pyram￭ ids are in ter￭ ent￭ en pu￭ ster valley in mö￭ l￭ ten in jen￭ esi￭ en near bol￭ zano in the h￭ inter￭ land of mer￭ ano in ti￭ rol ku￭ ens and ri￭ ff￭ ian in kar￭ ne￭ id and stein￭ egg one of its ham￭ lets in ne￭ us￭ ti￭ ft in the ri￭ gger valley in seg￭ on￭ zano in the c￭ emb￭ ra valley
earth tide also known as body tide or bodily ti￭ des or land ti￭ des is the displacement of the solid earth s surface caused by the gravity of the moon and sun its main component has meter level am￭ pl￭ itude at periods of about 12 hours and longer the largest body tide constituents are semi di￭ ur￭ nal but there are also significant di￭ ur￭ nal semi annual and fort￭ nigh￭ tly contributions though the grav￭ it￭ ational forcing causing earth ti￭ des and ocean ti￭ des is the same the responses are quite different
an earthquake light is an unusual lumin￭ ous aerial phenomenon that reportedly appears in the sky at or near areas of tec￭ tonic stress seis￭ mic activity or volcanic erup￭ tions skeptics maintain that there is no evidence of earthquake lights
ear￭ wax also known as cer￭ umen is a yel￭ low￭ ish wa￭ xy substance secre￭ ted in the ear canal of humans and other mammals it protects the skin of the human ear canal assists in cleaning and lubric￭ ation and also provides some protection from bacteria fun￭ gi insects and water ear￭ wax consists of shed skin cells hair and the secre￭ tions of the cer￭ u￭ minous and se￭ bac￭ eous g￭ lands of the outside ear canal major components of ear￭ wax are long chain fatty acids both saturated and un￭ saturated alcohol￭ s squ￭ al￭ ene and cho￭ le￭ sterol excess or comp￭ acted cer￭ umen can press against the ear￭ drum or block the outside ear canal or hearing aids potentially causing hearing loss
in se￭ wing and patter￭ n￭ making ease is the amount of room a gar￭ ment allows the we￭ arer beyond the measurements of their body for example if a man has a 40 inch chest measurement a jacket with a 40 inch chest would be very tight and would con￭ strict movement an ease of 3 or 4 inches might be added to the pattern making a 43 44 inch chest or more to enhance comfort or style ease is not generally included in sizing measurements to use the example again a man with a 40 inch chest will likely buy a jacket advertised as size 40 but the actual measurements of the gar￭ ment will almost always be somewhat larger ease is most important for wo￭ ven garments cut on the straight or cross￭ grain allowing little or no stretch a sl￭ oper pattern or block pattern is a simple pattern with very little or no ease made for the purpose of fitting the body accurately from which more finished or sty￭ lized patterns may be developed
east coast fever the￭ il￭ eri￭ osis is a disease of cattle sheep and goats caused by the proto￭ zo￭ an parasite the￭ il￭ er￭ ia par￭ va the term excludes diseases caused by other the￭ il￭ er￭ ia such as tropical the￭ il￭ eri￭ osis also known as mediterranean the￭ il￭ eri￭ osis caused by t annul￭ ata and human the￭ il￭ eri￭ osis caused by t micro￭ ti
the east – west sch￭ ism also called the great sch￭ ism and the sch￭ ism of 10￭ 54 was the break of commun￭ ion between what are now the eastern orthodox and catholic churches which has lasted since the 11 th century it is not to be confused with the western sch￭ ism which is also sometimes called the great sch￭ ism the ec￭ cle￭ si￭ as￭ tical differences and theological disputes between the greek east and latin west pre dated the formal rupture that occurred in 10￭ 54 prominent among these were the issues of the source of the holy spirit whether lea￭ ven￭ ed or un￭ lea￭ ven￭ ed bread should be used in the eu￭ char￭ ist the bishop of rome s claim to universal jurisdiction and the place of the see of constan￭ tin￭ op￭ le in relation to the pent￭ archy in 10￭ 53 the first step was taken in the process which led to formal sch￭ ism the ecumenical patriarch of constan￭ tin￭ op￭ le michael i cer￭ ul￭ arius ordered the closure of all latin churches in constan￭ tin￭ op￭ le in response to the greek churches in southern italy having been forced to either close or conform to latin practices according to the historian j b bury cer￭ ul￭ arius purpose in closing the latin churches was to cut short any attempt at conciliation in 10￭ 54 the pap￭ al leg￭ ate sent by leo ix traveled to constan￭ tin￭ op￭ le for purposes that included refusing to cer￭ ul￭ arius the title of ecumenical patriarch and insisting that he recognize the pope s claim to be the head of all the churches the main purpose of the pap￭ al leg￭ ation was to seek help from the by￭ z￭ antine emperor in view of the norman conquest of southern italy and to deal with recent attacks by leo of oh￭ rid against the use of un￭ lea￭ ven￭ ed bread and other western customs attacks that had the support of cer￭ ul￭ arius historian axel bayer says the leg￭ ation was sent in response to two letters one from the emperor seeking assistance in arranging a common military campaign by the eastern and western empires against the norm￭ ans and the other from cer￭ ul￭ arius on the refusal of cer￭ ul￭ arius to accept the demand the leader of the leg￭ ation cardinal hum￭ bert of silva candi￭ da o s b ex￭ communicated him and in return cer￭ ul￭ arius ex￭ communicated hum￭ bert and the other leg￭ ates this was only the first act in a centuries long process that eventually became a complete sch￭ ism the validity of the western leg￭ ates act is doubtful since leo had died and cer￭ ul￭ arius ex￭ communication applied only to the leg￭ ates personally still the church split along doctr￭ inal theological linguistic political and geographical lines and the fundamental breach has never been healed with each side sometimes accusing the other of having fallen into her￭ esy and of having initiated the division the crus￭ ades the massacre of the lat￭ ins in 1182 the west s retaliation in the s￭ acking of thessal￭ onica in 1￭ 185 the capture and siege of constan￭ tin￭ op￭ le in 120￭ 4 and the imposition of latin patriarch￭ s made reconciliation more difficult establishing latin hierarch￭ ies in the crus￭ ader states meant that there were two rival claim￭ ants to each of the patriarch￭ al sees of anti￭ och constan￭ tin￭ op￭ le and jerusalem making the existence of sch￭ ism clear several attempts at reconciliation did not bear fruit in 1965 pope paul vi and the ecumenical patriarch of constan￭ tin￭ op￭ le ath￭ en￭ ag￭ or￭ as i nul￭ lified the ana￭ them￭ as of 10￭ 54 although this nul￭ lification of measures taken against a few individuals was essentially a goodwill gesture and did not constitute any sort of reunion contacts between the two sides continue every year a delegation from each joins in the other s celebration of its patron￭ al feast s￭ aints peter and paul 29 june for rome and saint andrew 30 november for constan￭ tin￭ op￭ le and there have been a number of visits by the head of each to the other the efforts of the ecumenical patriarch￭ s towards reconciliation with the catholic church have often been the target of sharp criticism from some fellow orthodox
eating disorders are mental disorders defined by abnormal eating habits that negatively affect a person s physical or mental health they include binge eating disorder where people eat a large amount in a short period of time an￭ ore￭ x￭ ia ner￭ vo￭ sa where people eat very little and thus have a low body weight bu￭ li￭ mia ner￭ vo￭ sa where people eat a lot and then try to rid themselves of the food pic￭ a where people eat non food items rumin￭ ation disorder where people reg￭ urg￭ itate food avoid￭ ant restrictive food intake disorder where people have a lack of interest in food and a group of other specified feeding or eating disorders anxiety disorders depression and substance abuse are common among people with eating disorders these disorders do not include obesity the cause of eating disorders is not clear both biological and environmental factors appear to play a role cultural ide￭ alization of thin￭ ness is believed to contribute eating disorders affect about 12 percent of dan￭ cers those who have experienced sexual abuse are also more likely to develop eating disorders some disorders such as pic￭ a and rumin￭ ation disorder occur more often in people with intellectual disabilities only one eating disorder can be diagnosed at a given time treatment can be effective for many eating disorders this typically involves counselling a proper diet a normal amount of exercise and the reduction of efforts to eliminate food hosp￭ itali￭ zation is occasionally needed medications may be used to help with some of the associated symptoms at five years about 70 of people with an￭ ore￭ x￭ ia and 50 of people with bu￭ li￭ mia recover recovery from binge eating disorder is less clear and estimated at 20 to 60 both an￭ ore￭ x￭ ia and bu￭ li￭ mia increase the risk of death in the developed world binge eating disorder affects about 1 6 of women and 0 8 of men in a given year an￭ ore￭ x￭ ia affects about 0 4 and bu￭ li￭ mia affects about 1 3 of young women in a given year during the entire life up to 4 of women have an￭ ore￭ x￭ ia 2 have bu￭ li￭ mia and 2 have binge eating disorder an￭ ore￭ x￭ ia and bu￭ li￭ mia occur nearly ten times more often in females than males typically they begin in late childhood or early adul￭ thood rates of other eating disorders are not clear rates of eating disorders appear to be lower in less developed countries
eating disorder not otherwise specified ed￭ nos is an eating disorder that does not meet the criteria for an￭ ore￭ x￭ ia ner￭ vo￭ sa bu￭ li￭ mia ner￭ vo￭ sa or binge eating individuals with ed￭ nos usually fall into one of three groups sub threshold symptoms of an￭ ore￭ x￭ ia or bu￭ li￭ mia mixed features of both disorders or extremely atypical eating behaviors that are not characterized by either of the other established disorders people with ed￭ nos have similar symptoms and behaviors to those with an￭ ore￭ x￭ ia and bu￭ li￭ mia and can face the same dangerous risks ed￭ nos is the most prevalent eating disorder about 60 of adults treated for eating disorders are diagnosed with ed￭ nos ed￭ nos occurs in all g￭ enders
eating m￭ uc￭ us is the act of extracting nas￭ al m￭ uc￭ us with one s finger rhin￭ o￭ till￭ ex￭ is and the succeeding action of ing￭ est￭ ing the m￭ uc￭ us from the nose picking mu￭ cop￭ ha￭ gy nas￭ al m￭ uc￭ us is also termed as boo￭ gers s￭ not boge￭ ys dried nas￭ al m￭ uc￭ us m￭ uc￭ us secre￭ tion and other related terms including comer￭ se los mo￭ cos to eat one s s￭ not mu￭ cop￭ ha￭ gy is a common behavior in children however this action is condemned in most cultures and societies which try to prevent development of the habit and attempt to break it if already established mu￭ cop￭ ha￭ gy is a source of mockery and entertainment in the media thus confirming the social s￭ corn previously mentioned
e￭ bol￭ a virus disease ev￭ d also known as e￭ bol￭ a hemorrha￭ gic fever eh￭ f or simply e￭ bol￭ a is a viral hemorrha￭ gic fever of humans and other pri￭ mates caused by e￭ bol￭ avi￭ ruses signs and symptoms typically start between two days and three weeks after contracting the virus with a fever sore throat muscular pain and headaches then v￭ om￭ iting diarr￭ hea and rash usually follow along with decreased function of the liver and kidneys at this time some people begin to bleed both internally and externally the disease has a high risk of death killing between 25 and 90 percent of those infected with an average of about 50 percent this is often due to low blood pressure from fluid loss and typically follows six to sixteen days after symptoms appear the virus spreads by direct contact with body fluids such as blood of an infected human or other animals this may also occur through contact with an item recently contaminated with bodily fluids spread of the disease through the air between pri￭ mates including humans has not been documented in either laboratory or natural conditions semen or breast milk of a person after recovery from ev￭ d may carry the virus for several weeks to months fruit bats are believed to be the normal carrier in nature able to spread the virus without being affected by it other diseases such as malaria cholera typ￭ ho￭ id fever men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis and other viral hemorrha￭ gic fe￭ vers may resemble ev￭ d blood samples are tested for viral r￭ na viral antibodies or for the virus itself to confirm the diagnosis control of outbreaks requires coordinated medical services alongside a certain level of community engagement the medical services include rapid detection of cases of disease contact tracing of those who have come into contact with infected individuals quick access to laboratory services proper healthcare for those who are infected and proper disposal of the dead through cre￭ mation or burial samples of body fluids and tissues from people with the disease should be handled with special caution prevention includes limiting the spread of disease from infected animals to humans this may be done by handling potentially infected bush￭ meat only while wearing protective clothing and by thoroughly cooking it before eating it it also includes wearing proper protective clothing and washing hands when around a person with the disease no specific treatment or vaccine for the virus is available although a number of potential treatments are being studied supportive efforts however improve outcomes this includes either oral re￭ hydr￭ ation therapy drinking slightly swee￭ tened and sal￭ ty water or giving intra￭ ven￭ ous fluids as well as treating symptoms the disease was first identified in 1976 in two simultaneous outbreaks one in nz￭ ara and the other in yam￭ bu￭ ku a village near the e￭ bol￭ a river from which the disease takes its name ev￭ d outbreaks occur inter￭ mit￭ tently in tropical regions of sub saharan africa between 1976 and 2013 the world health organization reports a total of 24 outbreaks involving 1 716 cases the largest outbreak to date was the epidemic in west africa which occurred from december 2013 to january 2016 with section e￭ bol￭ a virus epidemic in west africa cases cases and section e￭ bol￭ a virus epidemic in west africa deaths deaths section e￭ bol￭ a virus epidemic in west africa cas￭ ere￭ fs it was declared no longer an emergency on 29 march 2016
e￭ bol￭ a virus disease or simply e￭ bol￭ a is a disease of humans and other pri￭ mates caused by e￭ bol￭ avi￭ ruses there is no cure or specific treatment that is currently approved treatment is primarily supportive in nature
eb￭ stein s anomaly is a con￭ genital heart defect in which the sep￭ tal and poster￭ ior leaf￭ lets of the tric￭ us￭ pid valve are displaced towards the ap￭ ex of the right ven￭ tric￭ le of the heart
an ec￭ ch￭ on￭ dro￭ ma is a type of ch￭ on￭ dro￭ ma that is sub￭ perio￭ steal a proliferation is known as ec￭ ch￭ on￭ dro￭ sis
an ec￭ ch￭ y￭ mo￭ sis is a sub￭ cu￭ taneous spot of bleeding from extr￭ av￭ as￭ ation of blood with diameter larger than 1 centi￭ metre 0 39 in it is similar to and sometimes in￭ distingu￭ ishable from a hem￭ atom￭ a commonly called a bru￭ ise though the terms are not interchangeable in careful usage specifically bru￭ ises are caused by trauma whereas ec￭ ch￭ y￭ moses which are the same as the spots of pur￭ pur￭ a except larger are not necessarily caused by trauma often being caused by path￭ op￭ hy￭ sio￭ logic cell function a broader definition of ec￭ ch￭ y￭ mo￭ sis is the escape of blood into the tissues from rup￭ tured blood vessels the term also applies to the sub￭ cu￭ taneous dis￭ color￭ ation resulting from se￭ ep￭ age of blood within the cont￭ used tissue
ec￭ cr￭ ine carcin￭ oma also known as a syr￭ in￭ go￭ id carcin￭ oma is a rare cu￭ taneous condition characterized by a pla￭ que or no￭ dule on the scal￭ p trunk or extre￭ mi￭ ties
ec￭ cr￭ ine m￭ uc￭ in￭ osis is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by m￭ uc￭ in￭ osis and described in hiv infected patients
an ec￭ cr￭ ine nev￭ us is an extremely rare cu￭ taneous condition that his￭ to￭ logically is characterized by an increase in size or number of ec￭ cr￭ ine secre￭ tory co￭ ils
echino￭ coc￭ co￭ sis also called hy￭ d￭ ati￭ d disease hy￭ d￭ ati￭ do￭ sis or echino￭ coc￭ cal disease is a par￭ asi￭ tic disease of ta￭ pe￭ worms of the echino￭ co￭ cc￭ us type the two main types of the disease are c￭ ys￭ tic echino￭ coc￭ co￭ sis and al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar echino￭ coc￭ co￭ sis less common forms include poly￭ c￭ ys￭ tic echino￭ coc￭ co￭ sis and unic￭ ys￭ tic echino￭ coc￭ co￭ sis the disease often starts without symptoms and this may last for years the symptoms and signs that occur depend on the cyst s location and size al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar disease usually begins in the liver but can spread to other parts of the body such as the lungs or brain when the liver is affected the person may have ab￭ domin￭ al pain weight loss and turn slightly yellow from ja￭ und￭ ice lung disease may cause pain in the chest short￭ ness of breath and cou￭ gh￭ ing the disease is spread when food or water that contains the eggs of the parasite is eaten or by close contact with an infected animal the eggs are released in the sto￭ ol of meat eating animals that are infected by the parasite commonly infected animals include dogs fo￭ xes and wolves for these animals to become infected they must eat the organs of an animal that contains the cy￭ sts such as sheep or ro￭ dents the type of disease that occurs in people depends on the type of echino￭ co￭ cc￭ us causing the infection it is a type of worm infection and is a neglected tropical disease diagnosis is usually by ul￭ tras￭ ound though computer tom￭ o￭ graphy ct or magnetic resonance imaging m￭ ri may also be used blood tests looking for antibodies against the parasite may be helpful as may biopsy prevention of c￭ ys￭ tic disease is by treating dogs that may carry the disease and vaccination of sheep treatment is often difficult the c￭ ys￭ tic disease may be drained through the skin followed by medication sometimes this type of disease is just watched the al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar type often needs surgery followed by medications the medication used is al￭ bend￭ azole which may be needed for years the al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar disease may result in death the disease occurs in most areas of the world and currently affects about one million people in some areas of south america africa and asia up to 10 of the certain populations are affected in 2010 it caused about 1200 deaths down from 2000 in 1990 the economic cost of the disease is estimated to be around 3 billion usd a year it is classified as a neglected tropical disease and belongs to the group of diseases known as hel￭ min￭ thi￭ asis it can affect other animals such as pigs cows and horses
echo park colorado is a remote river bottom surrounded by canyon walls on the green river just downstream from the con￭ flu￭ ence with the yam￭ pa river and across the stream from the dramatic southern end of steam￭ boat rock in dinosa￭ ur national monument it was first mapped and given its name by the powell geographic expedi￭ tion in 18￭ 69 a proposed dam at echo park turned into a nationwide environmental controversy in the early 1950 s the sierra club and other conserv￭ ationist groups helped forge a compromise in congress that eliminated the echo park dam from the colorado river storage project act of 1956
echo￭ gen￭ icity mis￭ spelled sometimes as echo￭ gen￭ ec￭ ity is the ability to bounce an echo e g return the signal in ul￭ tras￭ ound examinations in other words echo￭ gen￭ icity is higher when the surface boun￭ cing the sound echo reflects increased sound waves tissues that have higher echo￭ gen￭ icity are called hyper￭ echo￭ genic and are usually represented with lighter colors on images in medical ul￭ tras￭ ono￭ graphy in contrast tissues with lower echo￭ gen￭ icity are called hypo￭ echo￭ genic and are usually represented with darker colors areas that lack echo￭ gen￭ icity are called an￭ echo￭ genic and are usually displayed as completely dark
ec￭ hol￭ alia also known as echo￭ logia or ec￭ hop￭ h￭ ra￭ sia is defined as the unsolicited repetition of voc￭ alizations made by another person by the same person is called pal￭ il￭ alia in its profound form it is automatic and effor￭ tless it is one of the ec￭ hop￭ hen￭ omen￭ a closely related to ec￭ hop￭ ra￭ x￭ ia the automatic repetition of movements made by another person both are sub￭ sets of im￭ itative behavior whereby sounds or actions are im￭ itated without explicit awareness ec￭ hol￭ alia may be an immediate reaction to a stimulus or may be delayed the word ec￭ hol￭ alia is derived from the greek ἠ￭ χ￭ ώ meaning echo or to repeat and λα￭ λ￭ ι￭ ά l￭ ali￭ á meaning speech or talk of on￭ om￭ ato￭ poe￭ ic origin from the ver￭ b λα￭ λέ￭ ω l￭ al￭ é￭ o meaning to talk
the ec￭ hop￭ lex is a tape delay effect first made in 1959 designed by mike battle the ec￭ hop￭ lex set a standard for the effect in the 1960 s — it is still regarded as the standard by which everything else is measured it was used by some of the most notable guitar players of the era original ec￭ hop￭ l￭ exes are highly sought after
ec￭ lam￭ p￭ sia is the onset of seizures con￭ vul￭ sions in a woman with pre ec￭ lam￭ p￭ sia pre ec￭ lam￭ p￭ sia is a disorder of pregnancy in which there is high blood pressure and either large amounts of protein in the urine or other organ dysfunction onset may be before during or after delivery most often it is during the second half of pregnancy the seizures are of the tonic – cl￭ onic type and typically last about a minute following the seizure there is typically either a period of confusion or coma complications include aspiration pneumonia cere￭ br￭ al hemorrha￭ ge kidney failure and cardiac arrest pre￭ ec￭ lam￭ p￭ sia and ec￭ lam￭ p￭ sia are part of a larger group of conditions known as hyper￭ ten￭ sive disorders of pregnancy recommendations for prevention include aspir￭ in in those at high risk calcium supplem￭ entation in areas with low intake and treatment of prior hyper￭ tension with medications exercise during pregnancy may also be useful the use of intra￭ ven￭ ous or intr￭ amus￭ cular magnesium sul￭ fate improves outcomes in those with ec￭ lam￭ p￭ sia and is generally safe this is true in both the developed and developing world breathing may need to be supported other treatments may include blood pressure medications such as hydr￭ al￭ az￭ ine and emergency delivery of the baby either vag￭ in￭ ally or by ces￭ are￭ an section pre ec￭ lam￭ p￭ sia is estimated to affect about 5 of deliveries while ec￭ lam￭ p￭ sia affects about 1 4 of deliveries in the developed world rates are about 1 in 2 000 deliveries due to improved medical care hyper￭ ten￭ sive disorders of pregnancy are one of the most common causes of death in pregnancy they resulted in 29 000 deaths in 2013 – down from 37 000 deaths in 1990 around one percent of women with ec￭ lam￭ p￭ sia die the word ec￭ lam￭ p￭ sia is from the greek term for lightning the first known description of the condition was by hippo￭ crates in the 5 th century b￭ ce
eco￭ ci￭ de is the extensive damage to destruction of or loss of ecosystem s of a given territory whether by human agency or by other to such an extent that peaceful enjoyment by the inhabitants of that territory has been or will be severely diminished
ecological competence is the ability of an organism often a pathogen to survive and compete in new habitats in the case of plant pathogens it is also their ability to survive between growing seasons for example peanut cl￭ ump virus can survive in the spo￭ res of its fun￭ gal vector until a new growing season begins and it can proceed to infect its primary host again if a pathogen does not have ecological competence it is likely to become extinct
ecological inheritance is the physical consequence of niche construction passed down through generations through ance￭ str￭ al organisms this differs from genetic inheritance because it depends on each generation to sustain the efforts towards environmental modifications of previous generations
ecological light pollution is the effect of artificial light on individual organisms and on the structure of ecosystems as a whole the effect that artificial light has upon organisms is highly variable and ranges from beneficial e g increased ability for predat￭ or species to observe prey to immediately fatal e g mo￭ ths that are attracted to incan￭ descent lan￭ ter￭ ns and are killed by the heat it is also possible for light at night to be both beneficial and damaging for a species as an example humans benefit from using indoor artificial light to extend the time available for work and play but the light disrup￭ ts the human cir￭ c￭ adi￭ an rhythm and the resulting stress is damaging to health through the various effects that light pollution has on individual species the ecology of regions is affected in the case where two species occupy an identical niche the population frequency of each species may be changed by the introduction of artificial light if they are not equally affected by light at night for example some species of sp￭ id￭ ers avoid lit areas while other species are happy to build their spider web directly on a lamp post since lamp posts attract many flying insects the sp￭ id￭ ers that don t mind light gain an advantage over the sp￭ id￭ ers that avoid it and consequently become more common changes in these species frequencies can then have knock on effects as the interactions between these species and others in the ecosystem are affected and food we￭ bs are altered these rip￭ ple effects can eventually affect even di￭ ur￭ nal plants and animals as an example changes in the activity of night active insects can change the survival rates of night blo￭ oming plants which may provide food or shelter for di￭ ur￭ nal animals the introduction of artificial light at night is one of the most drastic anthropogenic changes to the earth comparable to toxic pollution land use change and climate change due to increases in the concentration of green house gases
ecological literacy also referred to as ecol￭ iter￭ acy is the ability to understand the natural systems that make life on earth possible to be ecol￭ iter￭ ate means understanding the principles of organization of ecological communities i e ecosystems and using those principles for creating sustainable human communities the term was coined by american educ￭ ator david w or￭ r and physic￭ ist fr￭ it￭ j￭ of cap￭ ra in the 1990 s thereby a new value entered education the “ well being of the earth ” an ecologically liter￭ ate society would be a sustainable society which did not destroy the natural environment on which they depend ecological literacy is a powerful concept as it creates a foundation for an integrated approach to environmental problems advocates champion eco literacy as a new educational paradigm emerging around the poles of hol￭ ism systems thinking sustainability and complexity ecol￭ iter￭ acy concerns understanding the principles of organisation of ecosystems and their potential application to understanding how to build a sustainable human society it combines the sciences of systems and ecology in drawing together elements required to foster learning processes toward a deep appreciation of nature and our role in it systems thinking is the recognition of the world as an integrated whole rather than a collection of individual elements within systems thinking basic principles of organization become more important than the analysis of various components of the system in isolation ecological literacy and systems thinking implies a recognition of the manner in which all phenomenon are part of networks that define the way that element functions systems thinking is necessary to understand complex interdependence of ecological systems social systems and other systems on all levels according to fr￭ it￭ j￭ of cap￭ ra “ in the coming decades the survival of humanity will depend on our ecological literacy – our ability to understand the basic principles of ecology and to live accordingly this means that ecol￭ iter￭ acy must become a critical skill for politicians business leaders and professionals in all spheres and should be the most important part of education at all levels – from primary and secondary schools to colleges universities and the continuing education and training of professionals ” david w or￭ r has stated that the goal of ecological literacy is “ built on the recognition that the disorder of ecosystems reflects a prior disorder of mind making it a central concern to those institutions that pur￭ port to improve minds in other words the ecological crisis is in every way a crisis of education all education is environmental education … by what is included or excluded we teach the young that they are part of or apart from the natural world ” he also emphasizes that ecol￭ iter￭ acy does not only require mastery of subject matter but the creation of meaningful connections between head hands and heart as well others have reiterated the urgent importance of ecological literacy in today s world where young people are faced with escalating environmental challenges including climate change depletion of resources and environmentally linked illnesses this generation will require leaders and citizens who can think ecologically understand the interconnec￭ tedness of human and natural systems and have the will ability and courage to act — michael k stone with an understanding of ecological literacy perceptions naturally shift the need to protect the ecosystems is not simply a belief held by environmentalists it is a biological imperative for survival over the time this value will become a basic principle for priori￭ tizing thought and action in a sustainable society in the face of the increasing capacity of industrial systems to destroy habitats and the climate system the explicit declaration of the principles of ecological literacy – and the resulting awareness of the importance of living within the ecological carrying capacity of the earth is increasingly necessary whether ecol￭ iter￭ acy can address the infamous value action gap is unclear
ecological yield is the harvest￭ able population growth of an ecosystem it is most commonly measured in forestry sustainable forestry is defined as that which does not harvest more wood in a year than has grown in that year within a given patch of forest however the concept is also applicable to water soil and any other aspect of an ecosystem which can be both harvested and renewed — called renewable resources the carrying capacity of an ecosystem is reduced over time if more than the amount which is renewed refre￭ shed or reg￭ ro￭ wn or rebuilt is consumed ecosystem services analysis calcul￭ ates the global yield of the earth s bio￭ sphere to humans as a whole this is said to be greater in size than the entire human economy however it is more than just yield but also the natural processes that increase biodiversity and conserve habitat which result in the total value of these services yield of ecological commodities like wood or water useful to humans is only a part of it very often an ecological yield in one place off￭ sets an ecological load in another greenhouse gas released in one place for instance is fairly evenly distributed in the atmosphere and so greenhouse gas control can be achieved by creating a carbon sink literally anywhere else eco￭ ci￭ de is thought by some green economists to be accelerated by debt instruments which demand a yield greater than the ecological capacity to renew this is a major question in monetary reform
in finance mainly for financial services firms economic capital is the amount of risk capital assessed on a realistic basis which a firm requires to cover the risks that it is running or collecting as a going concern such as market risk credit risk legal risk and operational risk it is the amount of money which is needed to secure survival in a worst case scenario firms and financial services regulators should then aim to hold risk capital of an amount equal at least to economic capital typically economic capital is calculated by determining the amount of capital that the firm needs to ensure that its realistic balance sheet stays solvent over a certain time period with a pre specified probability therefore economic capital is often calculated as value at risk the balance sheet in this case would be prepared showing market value rather than book value of assets and liabilities the first accounts of economic capital date back to the ancient phoen￭ icians who took ru￭ dim￭ entary tal￭ lies of frequency and severity of illnesses among rural farmers to gain an intu￭ ition of expected losses in productivity these calculations were advanced by cor￭ relations to climate change political outbreak and birth rate change the concept of economic capital differs from regulatory capital in the sense that regulatory capital is the mandatory capital the regulators require to be maintained while economic capital is the best estimate of required capital that financial institutions use internally to manage their own risk and to allocate the cost of maintaining regulatory capital among different units within the organization
an economic expansion is an increase in the level of economic activity and of the goods and services available it is a period of economic growth as measured by a rise in real gdp the explanation of fluctuations in aggregate economic activity between economic expan￭ sions and contr￭ actions is one of the primary concerns of macro￭ economics typically an economic expansion is marked by an upturn in production and utilization of resources economic recovery and prosperity are two successive phases of expansion expansion may be caused by factors external to the economy such as weather conditions or technical change or by factors internal to the economy such as fiscal policies monetary policies the availability of credit interest rates regulatory policies or other impacts on producer incentives global conditions may influence the levels of economic activity in various countries economic contraction and expansion relate to the overall output of all goods and services while the terms inflation and deflation refer to increasing and decreasing prices of commodities goods and services in relation to the value of money expansion means enlarging the scale of a company the ways of expansion include internal expansion and integration internal expansion means a company enlar￭ ges its scale through opening branches inventing new products or developing new businesses integration means a company enlar￭ ges its scale through taking over or merging with other companies
economic freedom or economic liberty is the ability of members of a society to undertake economic actions this is a term used in economic and policy debates as well as in the philosophy of economics one approach to economic freedom comes from classical liberal and liber￭ tarian traditions emphasizing free markets free trade and private property under free enterprise another approach to economic freedom extends the welfare economics study of individual choice with greater economic freedom coming from a larger in some technical sense set of possible choices other conceptions of economic freedom include freedom from want and the freedom to engage in collective bargaining the free market viewpoint defines economic liberty as the freedom to produce trade and consume any goods and services acquired without the use of force fraud or theft this is embodied in the rule of law property rights and freedom of contract and characterized by external and internal openness of the markets the protection of property rights and freedom of economic initiative there are several indices of economic freedom that attempt to measure free market economic freedom empirical studies based on these rankings have found higher living standards economic growth income equality less corruption and less political violence to be correlated with higher scores on the country rankings it has been argued that the economic freedom indices con￭ fl￭ ate together unrelated policies and policy outcomes to conceal negative cor￭ relations between economic growth and economic freedom in some sub￭ components
economic growth is the increase in the inflation adjusted market value of the goods and services produced by an economy over time it is conventi￭ onally measured as the percent rate of increase in real gross domestic product or real gdp usually in per capita terms growth is usually calculated in real terms – i e inflation adjusted terms – to eliminate the distorting effect of inflation on the price of goods produced measurement of economic growth uses national income accounting since economic growth is measured as the annual percent change of gross domestic product gdp it has all the advantages and drawbacks of that measure the rate of economic growth refers to the geome￭ tric annual rate of growth in gdp between the first and the last year over a period of time implicitly this growth rate is the trend in the average level of gdp over the period which implicitly ignores the fluctuations in the gdp around this trend an increase in economic growth caused by more efficient use of inputs such as labor productivity physical capital energy or materials is referred to as intensive growth gdp growth caused only by increases in the amount of inputs available for use increased population new territory is called extensive growth
economic inequality is the difference found in various measures of economic well being among individuals in a group among groups in a population or among countries economic inequality is sometimes called income inequality wealth inequality or the wealth gap economists generally focus on economic disparity in three metr￭ ics wealth income and consumption the issue of economic inequality is relevant to notions of equity equality of outcome and equality of opportunity economic inequality varies between societies historical periods economic structures and systems the term can refer to cross sectional distribution of income or wealth at any particular period or to changes of income and wealth over longer periods of time there are various numerical indices for measuring economic inequality a widely used index is the gin￭ i coefficient but there are also many other methods some studies say economic inequality is a social problem e g too much inequality can be destructive because it might hinder long term growth too much income equality is also destructive since it decreases the incentive for productivity and the desire to take on risks and create wealth
the economic lot scheduling problem el￭ sp is a problem in operations management and inventory theory that has been studied by a large number of researchers for more than 50 years the term was first used in 1958 by professor jack d ro￭ gers of berkeley who extended the economic order quantity model to the case where there are several products to be produced on the same machine so that one must decide both the lot size for each product and when each lot should be produced the method illustrated by jack d ro￭ gers draws on a 1956 paper from wel￭ ch w ever￭ t the el￭ sp is a mathematical model of a common issue for almost any company or industry planning what to manufacture when to manufacture and how much to manufacture
materi￭ alism ad￭ j materi￭ alistic is the importance a consumer attaches to acquiring and consuming material goods also called acquis￭ i￭ tiveness is often associated with a value system which regards social status as being determined by afflu￭ ence see conspicuous consumption as well as the belief that possessions can provide happiness environment￭ alism can be considered a competing orientation to materi￭ alism materi￭ alism can be considered a pragmatic form of enlightened self interest based on a prudent understanding of the character of capitalist society however studies have found that it is also associated with self destructive behavior and depression
economic mobility is the ability of an individual family or some other group to improve or lower their economic status — usually measured in income economic mobility is often measured by movement between income qu￭ inti￭ les economic mobility may be considered a type of social mobility which is often measured in change in income
the economic principle of sati￭ ation is the effect whereby the more of a good one possesses the less one is willing to give up in order to get more of it this effect is caused by diminishing marginal utility the effect whereby the consumer gains less utility per unit of a product the more units of a product he or she consumes for example if someone buys a can of cola they will enjoy it if they then buy a second one they will enjoy it less and so forth it can continue to the point where drinking a can of cola becomes a negative experience and beyond
economic security or financial security is the condition of having stable income or other resources to support a standard of living now and in the foreseeable future it includes probable continued solvency predictability of the future cash flow of a person or other economic entity such as a country employment security or job security financial security more often refers to individual and family money management and savings economic security tends to include the broader effect of a society s production levels and monetary support for non working citizens
ec￭ thy￭ ma is a variation of impe￭ ti￭ go presenting at a deeper level of tissue it is usually associated with group a beta hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic st￭ rep￭ to￭ co￭ cc￭ us abbreviated gas
ec￭ thy￭ ma gan￭ gre￭ no￭ sum is an infection of the skin typically caused by pseu￭ dom￭ onas aer￭ u￭ gin￭ osa it is often seen in immun￭ o￭ compromised patients such as those with neu￭ tro￭ pen￭ ia ec￭ thy￭ ma gan￭ gre￭ no￭ sum presents as a round or o￭ val le￭ sion 1 0 to 15 cm in diameter with a hal￭ o of er￭ y￭ them￭ a a necro￭ tic center is usually present with a surrounding er￭ y￭ them￭ at￭ ous edge representing where the organism invaded blood vessels and caused inf￭ arc￭ tions these ul￭ cer￭ ative le￭ sions are single or multiple and heal with scar formation although sep￭ sis resulting from other gram negative bacteria can also cause this condition
ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal dys￭ pl￭ asia is not a single disorder but a group of syndro￭ mes all deriving from ab￭ norm￭ alities of the ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal structures more than 150 different syndro￭ mes have been identified despite some of the syndro￭ mes having different genetic causes the symptoms are sometimes very similar diagnosis is usually by clinical observation often with the assistance of family medical histories so that it can be determined whether transmission is auto￭ som￭ al dominant or rec￭ essive worldwide around 7 000 people have been diagnosed with an ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal dys￭ pl￭ asia condition some ed conditions are only present in single family units and derive from very recent mutations ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal dys￭ pl￭ asi￭ as can occur in any race but are much more prevalent in cauca￭ sians than any other group and especially in fair cauca￭ sians ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal dys￭ pl￭ asi￭ as are described as her￭ itable conditions in which there are ab￭ norm￭ alities of two or more ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal structures such as the hair teeth nails sweat g￭ lands sali￭ vary g￭ lands cran￭ ial facial structure digits and other parts of the body
ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal dys￭ pl￭ asia with cor￭ k￭ screw ha￭ irs is a skin condition with salient features including exaggerated pil￭ i tor￭ ti scal￭ p kel￭ oids fol￭ lic￭ ular plu￭ gging ker￭ at￭ osis pil￭ aris x￭ er￭ osis ecz￭ ema pal￭ mop￭ lan￭ tar ker￭ ato￭ der￭ ma syn￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly on￭ cho￭ dys￭ pl￭ asia and con￭ junc￭ ti￭ val ne￭ ov￭ as￭ cul￭ arization
ec￭ to￭ genesis from the greek ec￭ to outer and genesis is the growth of an organism in an artificial environment outside the body in which it would normally be found such as the growth of an embryo or fe￭ tus outside the mother s body or the growth of bacteria outside the body of a host the term was coined by british scientist j b s hal￭ dane in 19￭ 24
ec￭ tom￭ es￭ en￭ ch￭ y￭ mom￭ a is a rare fast growing tumor of the nervous system or soft tissue that occurs mainly in children although cases have been reported in patients up to age 60 ec￭ tom￭ es￭ en￭ ch￭ y￭ mom￭ as may form in the head and neck ab￭ dom￭ en per￭ in￭ eu￭ m scro￭ tum or limbs also called m￭ align￭ ant ec￭ tom￭ es￭ en￭ ch￭ y￭ mom￭ a m￭ align￭ ant ec￭ tom￭ es￭ en￭ ch￭ y￭ mom￭ a m￭ em is a rare tumor of soft tissues or the cns which is composed of both neuro￭ ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal elements represented by gang￭ lion cells and or well differentiated or poorly differentiated neuro￭ bl￭ astic cells such as gang￭ lion￭ euro￭ ma gang￭ lion￭ euro￭ bl￭ ast￭ oma neuro￭ bl￭ ast￭ oma peripheral primitive neuro￭ ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal tumors – p￭ net and one or more mes￭ en￭ ch￭ ym￭ al ne￭ op￭ l￭ astic elements usually r￭ hab￭ dom￭ y￭ os￭ ar￭ coma the most accepted theory suggests that this tumor arises from remnants of migratory ne￭ ural c￭ rest cells and thus from the ec￭ tom￭ es￭ en￭ ch￭ y￭ me
an ec￭ top￭ ar￭ asi￭ tic inf￭ est￭ ation is a par￭ asi￭ tic disease caused by organisms that live primarily on the surface of the host examples s￭ cab￭ ies crab lou￭ se pu￭ bic lic￭ e pe￭ dic￭ ul￭ osis head lic￭ e ler￭ na￭ e￭ o￭ cer￭ a bran￭ chi￭ alis cod worm
in medicine an ec￭ top￭ ia ɛ￭ k￭ ˈ￭ to￭ ʊ￭ pi￭ ə is a displacement or mal￭ position of an organ or other body part which is then referred to as ec￭ topic ɛ￭ k￭ ˈ￭ t￭ ɒ￭ p￭ ɪ￭ k most ec￭ top￭ ias are con￭ genital but some may happen later in life
ec￭ top￭ ia cord￭ is greek away out of place latin heart is a con￭ genital mal￭ formation in which the heart is abnormally located either partially or totally outside of the thor￭ ax the ec￭ topic heart can be found along a spectrum of anatom￭ ical locations including the neck chest or ab￭ dom￭ en in most cases the heart pro￭ tru￭ des outside the chest through a split ster￭ num
ec￭ top￭ ia l￭ enti￭ s is a displacement or mal￭ position of the eye s cryst￭ alline lens from its normal location a partial dis￭ location of a lens is termed lens su￭ blu￭ x￭ ation or su￭ blu￭ x￭ ated lens a complete dis￭ location of a lens is termed lens lux￭ ation or lux￭ ated lens
ec￭ topic beat or cardiac ec￭ top￭ y is a disturbance of the cardiac rhythm frequently related to the electrical conduc￭ tion system of the heart in which beats arise from fi￭ bers or group of fi￭ bers outside the region in the heart muscle ordinarily responsible for impulse formation i e the sin￭ o￭ atri￭ al no￭ de an ec￭ topic beat can be further classified as either a premature ven￭ tric￭ ular contraction or a premature atri￭ al contraction some patients describe this experience as a flip or a jol￭ t in the chest or a heart hic￭ cups while others report dropped or missed beats ec￭ topic beats are more common during periods of stress or deb￭ ility they may also be triggered by consumption of some food like alcohol strong cheese or chocolate it is a form of cardiac arr￭ hy￭ th￭ mia in which ec￭ topic foc￭ i within either ven￭ tric￭ ular or atri￭ al my￭ o￭ cardi￭ um or from fin￭ er branches of the electric trans￭ duc￭ tion system cause additional beats of the heart some medications may worsen the phenomenon
ec￭ topic calci￭ fication is a patho￭ logic de￭ position of calcium salts in tissues or bone growth in soft tissues this can be a symptom of hyper￭ phosp￭ hat￭ emia formation of osse￭ ous tissue in soft tissues such as the lungs eyes arter￭ ies or other organs is known as ec￭ topic calci￭ fication dy￭ stro￭ ph￭ ic calci￭ fication or ec￭ topic os￭ sification
ec￭ topic en￭ am￭ el is an ab￭ normality in the shape of teeth it is tooth en￭ am￭ el that is found in an unusual location such as at the root of a tooth
ec￭ topic pregnancy also known as ec￭ cy￭ esis or tu￭ bal pregnancy is a complic￭ ation of pregnancy in which the embryo attaches outside the uter￭ us signs and symptoms class￭ ically include ab￭ domin￭ al pain and vag￭ inal bleeding less than 50 percent of women have both of these symptoms the pain may be described as sharp dull or cr￭ amp￭ y pain may also spread to the shoulder if bleeding into the ab￭ dom￭ en has occurred severe bleeding may result in a fast heart rate fain￭ ting or shock with very rare exceptions the fe￭ tus is unable to survive risk factors for ec￭ topic pregnancy include pel￭ vic infl￭ am￭ matory disease often due to ch￭ lam￭ y￭ dia infection tobacco smoking prior tu￭ bal surgery a history of in￭ fertility and the use of assisted reproductive technology those who have previously had an ec￭ topic pregnancy are at much higher risk of having another one most ec￭ topic pregnancies 90 occur in the fall￭ op￭ ian tube which are known as tu￭ bal pregnancies implan￭ tation can also occur on the cer￭ vi￭ x ov￭ aries or within the ab￭ dom￭ en detection of ec￭ topic pregnancy is typically by blood tests for human ch￭ ori￭ onic gon￭ ad￭ o￭ tro￭ pin h￭ c￭ g and ul￭ tras￭ ound this may require testing on more than one occasion ul￭ tras￭ ound works best when performed from within the vag￭ ina other causes of similar symptoms include mis￭ carriage o￭ vari￭ an tor￭ sion and acute append￭ ic￭ i￭ tis prevention is by decreasing risk factors such as ch￭ lam￭ y￭ dia infections through screening and treatment while some ec￭ topic pregnancies will resolve without treatment this approach has not been well studied as of 2014 the use of the medication meth￭ o￭ tre￭ x￭ ate works as well as surgery in some cases specifically it works well when the beta h￭ c￭ g is low and the size of the ec￭ topic is small surgery is still typically recommended if the tube has rup￭ tured there is a fe￭ tal heartbeat or the person s vital signs are unstable the surgery may be l￭ apar￭ o￭ scopic or through a larger inc￭ ision known as a l￭ apar￭ o￭ tomy outcomes are generally good with treatment the rate of ec￭ topic pregnancy is about 1 and 2 that of live births in developed countries though it may be as high as 4 among those using assisted reproductive technology it is the most common cause of death during the first trim￭ ester at approximately 10 of the total in the developed world outcomes have improved while in the developing world they often remain poor the risk of death among those in the developed world is between 0 1 and 0 3 percent while in the developing world it is between one and three percent the first known description of an ec￭ topic pregnancy is by albu￭ cas￭ is in the 11 th century the word ec￭ topic means out of place
sali￭ vary g￭ land tissue which is located in sites other than the normal location is vari￭ ously described as aberr￭ ant accessory ec￭ topic heter￭ ot￭ op￭ ic or sali￭ vary g￭ land chor￭ ist￭ oma
a ec￭ topic testi￭ s is a tes￭ tic￭ le that although not an und￭ es￭ c￭ ended tes￭ tic￭ le has taken a non standard path through the body and ended up in an unusual location the positions of the ec￭ topic testi￭ s may be in the lower part of the ab￭ dom￭ en front of thi￭ gh fem￭ oral canal skin of penis or behind the scro￭ tum the testi￭ s is usually developed and accompanied by an indirect ingu￭ inal her￭ nia it may be divorced from the epi￭ di￭ dy￭ mis which may lie in the scro￭ tum
ec￭ topic th￭ ym￭ us is a condition where th￭ ym￭ us tissue is found in an abnormal location it can be associated with failure of descent it can also be associated with failure of inv￭ olution
ec￭ topic u￭ re￭ ter or u￭ re￭ ter￭ al ec￭ top￭ ia is a medical condition where the u￭ re￭ ter rather than terminating at the ur￭ inary blad￭ der termin￭ ates at a different site in males this site is usually the u￭ re￭ th￭ ra in females this is usually the u￭ re￭ th￭ ra or vag￭ ina it can be associated with ren￭ al dys￭ pl￭ asia frequent ur￭ inary tract infections and ur￭ inary in￭ contin￭ ence usually continuous drip in￭ contin￭ ence ec￭ topic u￭ re￭ ters are found in 1 of every 2000 – 4000 patients and can be difficult to diagnose but are most often seen on ct sc￭ ans ec￭ topic u￭ re￭ ter is commonly a result of a duplic￭ ated ren￭ al collecting system a du￭ pl￭ ex kidney with 2 u￭ re￭ ters in this case usually one u￭ re￭ ter dra￭ ins correctly to the blad￭ der with the duplic￭ ated u￭ re￭ ter presenting as ec￭ topic
ec￭ tro￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly split hand cle￭ ft hand derived from the greek ek￭ tro￭ ma abortion and dak￭ ty￭ los finger involves the deficiency or absence of one or more central digits of the hand or foot and is also known as split hand split foot mal￭ formation sh￭ f￭ m the hands and feet of people with ec￭ tro￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly are often described as cla￭ w like and may include only the thumb and one finger usually either the little finger ring finger or a syn￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly of the two with similar ab￭ norm￭ alities of the feet it is a rare form of a con￭ genital disorder in which the development of the hand is disturbed it is a type i failure of formation – longit￭ ud￭ inal arrest the central ray of the hand is affected and usually appears without proxim￭ al deficiencies of nerves vessels tend￭ ons muscles and bones in contrast to the rad￭ ial and ul￭ nar deficiencies the cle￭ ft hand appears as a v shaped cle￭ ft situated in the centre of the hand the digits at the borders of the cle￭ ft might be syn￭ d￭ acti￭ ly￭ zed and one or more digits can be absent in most types the thumb ring finger and little finger are the less affected parts of the hand the incidence of cle￭ ft hand varies from 1 in 90 000 to 1 in 10 000 births depending on the used classification cle￭ ft hand can appear unilateral or bilateral and can appear isolated or associated with a syndrome split hand foot mal￭ formation sh￭ f￭ m is characterized by underdeveloped or absent central digital rays cle￭ f￭ ts of hands and feet and variable syn￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly of the remaining digits sh￭ f￭ m is a heterogeneous condition caused by ab￭ norm￭ alities at one of multiple loc￭ i including sh￭ f￭ m 1 sh￭ f￭ m 1 at 7 q 21 q 22 sh￭ f￭ m 2 x￭ q 26 sh￭ f￭ m 3 f￭ b￭ x￭ w 4 d￭ ac￭ ty￭ lin at 10 q 24 sh￭ f￭ m 4 tp 63 at 3 q 27 and sh￭ f￭ m 5 dl￭ x 1 and dl￭ x 2 at 2 q 31 sh￭ f￭ m 3 is unique in that it is caused by sub￭ micro￭ scopic tandem chro￭ mo￭ some duplic￭ ations of f￭ b￭ x￭ w 4 d￭ ac￭ ty￭ lin sh￭ f￭ m 3 is considered isolated ec￭ tro￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly and does not show a mutation of the tp 63 gene
ec￭ tro￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly – ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal dys￭ pl￭ asia – cle￭ ft syndrome or eec and also referred to as eec syndrome also known as split hand – split foot – ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal dys￭ pl￭ asia – cle￭ ft syndrome is a rare form of ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal dys￭ pl￭ asia an auto￭ som￭ al dominant disorder inherited as an genetic trait eec is characterized by the tri￭ ad of ec￭ tro￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal dys￭ pl￭ asia and facial cle￭ f￭ ts other features noted in association with eec include ve￭ si￭ cou￭ re￭ ter￭ al ref￭ lux recurrent ur￭ inary tract infections obstruction of the nas￭ ol￭ ac￭ ri￭ mal duc￭ t decreased pi￭ gm￭ entation of the hair and skin missing or abnormal teeth en￭ am￭ el hypo￭ pl￭ asia absent punc￭ ta￭ e in the lower eye￭ li￭ ds pho￭ top￭ ho￭ bia occasional cognitive impairment and kidney anomalies and conduc￭ tive hearing loss
ec￭ tro￭ me￭ lia is a con￭ genital condition where long bones are missing or underdeveloped examples include ame￭ lia hem￭ im￭ eli￭ a pho￭ com￭ eli￭ a si￭ re￭ no￭ me￭ lia
ec￭ tro￭ p￭ ion is a medical condition in which the lower eye￭ lid turns outw￭ ards it is one of the notable aspects of new￭ bor￭ ns exhi￭ biting con￭ genital har￭ le￭ quin type ich￭ thy￭ osis but ec￭ tro￭ p￭ ion can occur due to any weakening of tissue of the lower eye￭ lid the condition can be repaired sur￭ g￭ ically ec￭ tro￭ p￭ ion is also found in dogs as a genetic disorder in certain breeds
ecz￭ ema her￭ pe￭ tic￭ um is a rare but severe disseminated infection that generally occurs at sites of skin damage produced by for example at￭ op￭ ic der￭ mati￭ tis burns long term usage of topical ster￭ oids or ecz￭ ema it is also known as ka￭ posi var￭ ic￭ elli￭ form eruption pu￭ st￭ ul￭ osis vari￭ oli￭ form￭ is acute and ka￭ posi juli￭ us￭ berg der￭ mati￭ tis some sources reserve the term ecz￭ ema her￭ pe￭ tic￭ um when the cause is due to human her￭ pes simpl￭ ex virus and the term ka￭ posi var￭ ic￭ elli￭ form eruption to describe the general presentation without specifying the virus this condition is most commonly caused by her￭ pes simpl￭ ex virus type 1 or 2 but may also be caused by co￭ x￭ s￭ ack￭ i￭ evi￭ rus a 16 or vacc￭ in￭ ia virus it appears as numerous um￭ bil￭ ic￭ ated ves￭ ic￭ les super￭ imposed on healing at￭ op￭ ic der￭ mati￭ tis it is often accompanied by fever and lymp￭ had￭ en￭ opathy ecz￭ ema her￭ pe￭ tic￭ um can be life threatening in babies
ecz￭ ema vacc￭ in￭ at￭ um is a rare severe adverse reaction to small￭ pox vaccination it is characterized by serious local or disseminated um￭ bil￭ ic￭ ated vesicular cru￭ sting skin r￭ ashes in the face neck chest ab￭ dom￭ en upper limbs and hands caused by widespread infection of the skin in people with previous diagnosed skin conditions such as ecz￭ ema or at￭ op￭ ic der￭ mati￭ tis even if the conditions are not active at the time other signs and symptoms include fever and facial and supr￭ ag￭ lot￭ tic e￭ dem￭ a the condition may be fatal if severe and left untreated survivors are likely to have some scar￭ ring po￭ ck￭ marks small￭ pox vaccine should not be given to patients with a history of ecz￭ ema because of the danger of transmission of vacc￭ in￭ ia it also should not be given to people in close contact with anyone who has active ecz￭ ema and who has not been vaccinated people with other skin diseases such as at￭ op￭ ic der￭ mati￭ tis burns impe￭ ti￭ go or her￭ pes zo￭ ster also have an increased risk of contracting ecz￭ ema vacc￭ in￭ at￭ um and should not be vaccinated against small￭ pox ecz￭ ema is also associated with increased complications related to other ves￭ ic￭ ulating viruses such as chick￭ en￭ pox this is called ecz￭ ema her￭ pe￭ tic￭ um
ec￭ zem￭ ati￭ d like pur￭ pur￭ a of dou￭ cas and ka￭ pe￭ tan￭ akis is a medical term for a lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tic cap￭ ill￭ ari￭ tis of unknown cause le￭ sions consist of er￭ y￭ them￭ at￭ ous and pur￭ pur￭ ic mac￭ ules which usually begin around the an￭ kles coal￭ es￭ ce and spread to involve the whole legs and sometimes the trunk and upper extre￭ mi￭ ties the le￭ sions are extremely pr￭ uri￭ tic and occasionally lic￭ hen￭ ified after prolonged scrat￭ ching
e￭ dem￭ a or oe￭ dem￭ a is an abnormal accumulation of fluid in the inter￭ sti￭ tium located beneath the skin and in the ca￭ vities of the body which can cause severe pain clin￭ ically e￭ dem￭ a manifests as sw￭ elling the amount of inter￭ sti￭ tial fluid is determined by the balance of fluid home￭ ost￭ asis and the increased secre￭ tion of fluid into the inter￭ sti￭ tium or the impaired removal of the fluid can cause the condition the word is from greek ο￭ ἴ￭ δη￭ μα o￭ í￭ d￭ ē￭ ma meaning sw￭ elling
e￭ dem￭ a bl￭ is￭ ters also known as e￭ dem￭ a bul￭ la hydro￭ static bul￭ la and st￭ asis bl￭ ister are a cu￭ taneous condition that develop in patients with an acute exacerb￭ ation of chronic e￭ dem￭ a particularly of the lower extre￭ mi￭ ties and in the setting of an￭ as￭ ar￭ ca
ed￭ ent￭ ul￭ ism is the condition of being tooth￭ less to at least some degree in organisms such as humans that naturally have denti￭ tion it is the result of tooth loss loss of some teeth results in partial ed￭ ent￭ ul￭ ism whereas loss of all teeth results in complete ed￭ ent￭ ul￭ ism persons who have lost teeth are either partially or completely ed￭ ent￭ ulous ed￭ ent￭ ate whereas those who have not lost teeth can be called d￭ ent￭ ate by comparison for example a scientific study may include a partially ed￭ ent￭ ulous group and a healthy d￭ ent￭ ate control group organisms that never possessed teeth can also be described as ed￭ ent￭ ulous such as members of the former zo￭ ological classification order of ed￭ ent￭ ata which included an￭ te￭ at￭ ers and slo￭ ths all of which possess no an￭ terior teeth and either no or poorly developed poster￭ ior teeth in naturally d￭ ent￭ ate species ed￭ ent￭ ul￭ ism is more than just the simple presence or absence of teeth it is bio￭ chemically complex because the teeth ja￭ ws and oral mu￭ co￭ sa are not static objects they are dynamic changing over time processes such as bone remo￭ deling loss and gain of bone tissue in the ja￭ ws and infl￭ amm￭ ation of soft tissue in response to the oral micro￭ bio￭ ta are clin￭ ically important for ed￭ ent￭ ulous people for example bone resor￭ ption in the jaw is frequently how the teeth were able to det￭ ach in the first place the jaw in an ed￭ ent￭ ulous area under￭ goes further resor￭ ption even after the teeth are gone and insertion of dental implants can elic￭ it new bone formation leading to osse￭ o￭ integration meanwhile bacteria and ye￭ asts of the oral cav￭ ity and the immune system of their host create an immensely complicated and constantly changing interplay that presents clin￭ ically as g￭ ing￭ i￭ vi￭ tis car￭ ies stom￭ ati￭ tis and other period￭ on￭ tal path￭ ology
an edge case is a problem or situation that occurs only at an extreme maximum or minimum operating parameter for example a stere￭ o speaker might notic￭ e￭ ably distort audio when played at its maximum rated volume even in the absence of other extreme settings or conditions an edge case can be expected or unexpected in engineering the process of planning for and grac￭ efully addressing edge cases can be a significant task and one that may be overlooked or underestimated non trivial edge cases can result in a failure of the object being engineered that may not have been imagined during the design phase or anticipated as possible during normal use for this reason attempts to form￭ alize good engineering practices often incorporate information about dealing with edge cases
an ed￭ it conflict is a computer problem where multiple editors cannot all ed￭ it the same item during a short time period the problem is encountered on wi￭ kis or distributed data systems an ed￭ it conflict occurs when a shared document is being ed￭ ited by more than one person at the same time and the attempted changes are treated as incompatible with each other one person attempts to ed￭ it the document but upon trying to save the new version another person has already modified the document in the intervening time period thus causing a difference between the attempted ed￭ it and the already made ed￭ it that must be resolved manu￭ ally and causing an ed￭ it conflict error message computer writer gary b shel￭ ly notes that many wi￭ ki systems will block the contributor who is attempting to ed￭ it the page from being able to do so until the contributor currently editing the page saves changes or remains idle on the page for an extended period of time the problem can occur when working on heavily ed￭ ited articles on wiki￭ pedia such as those about a current event or a person suddenly in the news as well as other high traffic pages if a significant amount of new text is involved the editor who receives an ed￭ it conflict error message can cut and paste the new text into a word processor or similar program for further editing or can paste that text directly into a newer version of the target document simple cop￭ ye￭ d￭ iting can be done directly on the newer version and then saved ed￭ it conflicts can also arise when two or more editors are working on google sites or when two or more users simultaneously ed￭ it the same file in a revision control system which does not have file locking
educational inequality is the difference in the learning results or efficacy experienced by students coming from different groups educational efficacy is most often measured by grades g￭ pa scores test scores drop out rates college entrance statistics and college completion rates much of educational inequality is attributed to economic disparities that often falls along racial lines and much modern conversation about educational equity con￭ fl￭ ates the two showing how they are inseparable from residential location and more recently language educational inequality between white students and minority students continues to perpetuate social and economic inequality throughout the world there have been continuous attempts to reform education at all levels with different causes that are deeply rooted in history society and culture this inequality is difficult to eradicate although difficult education is vital to society ’ s movement forward it promotes “ citizenship identity equality of opportunity and social inclusion social cohesion as well as economic growth and employment ” and for these reasons equality is widely promoted unequal educational outcomes are attributed to several variables including family of origin gender and social class achievement earnings health status and political participation also contribute to educational inequality within the united states and other countries family background in harvard s civil rights project lee and or￭ field identify family background as the most influential factor in student achievement a correlation exists between the academic success of parents with the academic success of their children only 11 of children from the bottom fifth earn a college degree while 80 of the top fifth earn one linked with resources white students tend to have more educated parents than students from minority families this translates to a home life that is more supportive of educational success this often leads to them receiving more at home help have more books in their home attend more libraries and engage in more intellectually intensive conversations children then enter school at different levels poor students are behind in verbal memory vocabulary math and reading achievement and have more behavior problems this leads to their placement in different level classes that tracks them these courses almost always demand less from their students creating a group that is conditioned to lack educational drive these courses are generally non college bound and are taught by less qualified teachers also family background influences cultural knowledge and perceptions middle class knowledge of norms and customs allows students with this background to better navigate the school system parents from this class and above also have social networks that prove to be more beneficial than networks based in lower classes these connections may help students gain access to the right schools activities etc additionally children from poorer families who are often minorities come from families that distrust institutions america s history of racism and discrimination has created a perceived and or existent ceiling on opportunities for many poor and minority citizens this ceiling mu￭ ff￭ les academic inspir￭ ations and mu￭ ff￭ les growth the recent and drastic increase of lat￭ ino immigrants has created another major factor in educational inequality as more and more students come from families where english is not spoken at home they often struggle with overcoming a language barrier in addition to simply learning subjects they more frequently lack assistance at home because it is common for the parents to not understand the work that is in english furthermore research reveals summer months as crucial time for the educational development of children students from disadvantaged families experience greater losses in skills during summer vacation students from lower socioeconomic classes come disproportionately from single parent homes and dangerous neighborhoods 15 of white children are raised in single parent homes and 10 of asian children are 27 of lat￭ inos are raised in single parent homes and 54 of african american children are less resources less parental attention and more stress all influence the performance of children in school gender throughout the world educational achievement varies by gender the exact relationship differs across cultural and national contexts female disadvantage obstacles preventing females ability to receive a quality education include traditional attitudes towards gender roles poverty geographical isolation gender based violence and early marriage and pregnancy throughout the world there is an estimated 7 million more girls than boys out of school this girls gap is concentrated in several countries including somalia afghanistan togo the central african republic and democratic republic of the congo in the democratic republic of the congo girls are out￭ numbered two to one soci￭ alized gender roles affect females access to education for example in nigeria children are soci￭ alized into their specific gender role as soon as their parents know their gender men are the preferred gender and are encouraged to engage in computer and scientific learning while the women learn domestic skills these gender roles are deep rooted within the state however with the increase of western￭ ized education within nigeria there has been a recent increase in women having the ability to receive an equal education there is still much to be changed though nigeria still needs policies that encourage educational attainment for men and women based on merit rather than gender females are shown to be at risk of being attacked in at least 15 countries attacks can occur because individuals within those countries do not believe women should receive an education attacks include kidnappings bombings torture rape and murder in somalia girls have been abducted in colombia the democratic republic of the congo and libya students were reported to have been raped and harassed in pakistan and afghanistan schools and bus￭ ses have been bombed and g￭ assed early marriage effects females ability to receive an education the gap separating men and women in the job market remains wide in many countries whether in the north or the south with marginal variables between most countries women have a lower employment rate are unemployed longer are paid less and have less secure jobs young women particularly suffer double discrimination first for being young in the difficult phase of transition between training and working life in an age group that has on an average twice the jobless rate or older workers and are at the mercy of employers who exploit them under the pretext of enabling them to acquire professional experience secondly they are discriminated against for being women and are more likely to be offered low paying or low status jobs discrimination is still very much in evidence and education and training policies specially targeting young women are needed to restore a balance although young women are increasingly choosing typically male ’ professions they remain over represented in traditionally female jobs such as secretaries nurses and under represented in jobs with responsibility and the professions in early grades boys and girls perform equally in mathematics and science but boys score higher on advanced mathematics assessments such as the sat college entrance examination girls are also less likely to participate in class discussions and more likely to be silent in the classroom some believe that females have a way of thinking and learning that is different than males bel￭ en￭ ky and colleagues 1986 conducted research which found that there was an inconsistency between the kind of knowledge appealing to women and the kind of knowledge being taught in most educational institutions another researcher gil￭ lig￭ an 1982 found that the knowledge appealing to females was caring interconnection and sensitivity to the needs of others while males found separation and individu￭ alism appealing females are more field dependent or group oriented than males which could explain why they may experience problems in schools that primarily teach using an individu￭ alistic learning environment males also earn more than women at every educational level in part because of their occupations if both a male and female possess the same professional degree the male will more than likely receive a larger salary than a female this pattern progres￭ ses and wid￭ ens from a person with a high school diploma to a person possessing a doc￭ toral degree
ed￭ wards syndrome also known as tr￭ is￭ omy 18 is a genetic disorder caused by the presence of all or part of a third copy of chro￭ mo￭ some 18 many parts of the body are affected babies are often born small and have heart defects other features include a small head small jaw cl￭ en￭ ched f￭ ists with overlapping fingers and severe intellectual disability most cases of ed￭ wards syndrome occur due to problems during the formation of the reproductive cells or during early development the rate of disease increases with the mother s age rarely cases may be inherited from a person s parents occasionally not all cells have the extra chro￭ mo￭ some known as mo￭ saic tr￭ is￭ omy and symptoms in these cases may be less severe ul￭ tras￭ ound can increase suspicion for the condition which can be confirmed by am￭ ni￭ oc￭ ent￭ esis treatment is supportive after having one child with the condition the risk of having a second is typically around one percent it is the second most frequent condition due to a third chro￭ mo￭ some at birth after down syndrome ed￭ wards syndrome occurs in around one in 5 000 live births most babies born with the condition are female many of those affected die before birth survival beyond a year of life is around 7 5 it is named after john hil￭ ton ed￭ wards who first described the syndrome in 1960
eff￭ ac￭ ement is the shortening or thin￭ ning of a tissue it can refer to cer￭ vic￭ al eff￭ ac￭ ement it can also refer to a process occurring in po￭ do￭ cy￭ tes in ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ tic syndrome in hist￭ opath￭ ology it refers to the near obliter￭ ation of a tissue as in the normal paren￭ ch￭ y￭ ma of tissues in the case of some cancers
the amount of heat energy received at any location on the globe is a direct effect of sun angle on climate as the angle at which sunlight strikes the earth varies by location time of day and season due to the earth s orbit around the sun and the earth s rotation around its til￭ ted axis seasonal change in the angle of sunlight caused by the tilt of the earth s axis is the basic mechanism that results in warmer weather in summer than in winter change in day length is another factor see also season
the effective marginal tax rate em￭ tr is the combined effect on a person s earnings of income tax and the withdrawal of means testing of state welfare benefits the em￭ tr is the percentage of an extra unit of income extra dollar euro yen etc that the recipient loses due to income taxes payroll taxes and any decline in tax credits and welfare entitlements calculating the em￭ tr is typically very dependent on individual circumstances and involves a consideration of welfare withdrawal rules income tax laws low income tax off￭ sets tax rebates and the individuals tax and welfare status as such tables showing em￭ tr￭ s are rarely published the net effect however is generally a higher effective marginal rate of tax than that suggested by income tax tables
the effects of long term benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ine use include drug dependence as well as the possibility of adverse effects on cognitive function physical health and mental health benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines are generally effective when used therapeu￭ tically in the short term most of the problems associated with benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines result from their long term use there are significant physical mental and social risks associated with the long term use of benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines although anxiety can temporarily increase as a withdrawal symptom there is evidence that a reduction or withdrawal from benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines can lead in the long run to a reduction in anxiety symptoms due to these increasing physical and mental symptoms from long term use of benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines slowly withdrawing from benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines is recommended for many long term users not everyone however experiences problems with long term use some of the symptoms that could possibly occur as a result of a withdrawal from benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines after long term use include emotional clou￭ ding flu like symptoms naus￭ ea headaches di￭ zz￭ iness irrit￭ ability leth￭ ar￭ gy sleep problems memory impairment personality changes aggression depression social deterioration as well as employment difficulties while others never have any side effects from long term benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ine use one should never abruptly stop using this medicine and should we￭ an them￭ self down to a lower dose under doctor supervision while benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines are highly effective in the short term adverse effects in some people associated with long term use including impaired cognitive abilities memory problems mood swings and over￭ doses when combined with other drugs may make the risk benefit ratio unfavourable while others experience no ill effects in addition benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines have reinforcing properties in some individuals and thus are considered to be addictive drugs especially in individuals that have a drug seeking behavior in addition a physical dependence can develop after a few weeks or months of use many of these adverse effects of long term use of benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines begin to show improvements three to six months after withdrawal other concerns about the effects of long term benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ine use in some include dose escalation benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ine abuse tolerance and benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ine dependence and benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ine withdrawal problems both physiological tolerance and dependence can lead to a worsening of the adverse effects of benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines increased risk of death has been associated with long term use of benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines in several studies however other studies have not found increased mortality due to conflicting findings in studies regarding benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines and increased risks of death including from cancer further research in long term use of benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines and mortality risk has been recommended most of the research has been conducted in prescribed users of benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines even less is known about the mortality risk of illicit benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ine users the long term use of benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines is controversial and has generated significant controversy within the medical profession views on the nature and severity of problems with long term use of benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines differ from expert to expert and even from country to country some experts even question whether there is any problem with the long term use of benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines
the eruption of the ey￭ j￭ af￭ jal￭ la￭ jö￭ k￭ ull volcano in iceland on 19 april 2010 affected the economic political and cultural activities in europe and across the world there is a extensive air travel disruption caused by the closure of airspace over many countries affecting the travel arrangements of hundreds of thousands of people in europe and elsewhere sporting entertainment and many other events were cancelled delayed or disrupted when individuals or teams were unable to travel to their destination the state funeral of minute proportions on 18 april 2010 was affected as some national leaders were unable to attend including barack obama stephen harper angela merkel and nicolas sarkozy
eff￭ emin￭ acy is the manifestation of traits in a boy or man that are more often associated with femin￭ ine nature behavior mann￭ er￭ ism style or gender roles rather than with mascul￭ ine nature behavior mann￭ er￭ isms style or roles it is a term frequently applied to wom￭ an￭ ly behavior deme￭ anor style clothing and appearance displayed by a boy or man typically used implying criticism or ridicule of this behavior as opposed to for example merely describing a man as femin￭ ine which can be non judg￭ mental the term eff￭ em￭ inate is most often used by people who subscribe to the widespread view that males should display mascul￭ ine traits and behaviors generally the description is applied to individuals but may be used to describe entire societies as an infl￭ am￭ matory allegation until the modern period eff￭ emin￭ acy in the western tradition referred to a complicated inter￭ section of both social or civic and sexual identities typically associated with women the ancient greeks for example described whole societies as eff￭ em￭ inate mal￭ ak￭ ia if they were characterized by a sla￭ vis￭ h defer￭ ential or autocratic political culture here it was the form of sexual relationships but not the fact of homosexual relations which were not un￭ common among greek citizens who were men that was critical to the sexual dimension of the term and among early modern partis￭ ans of the republican tradition the term might be applied to those who were preoccupied with wom￭ an￭ ly concerns such as the ac￭ cou￭ ter￭ ments of appearance which were often associated with trapp￭ ings of no￭ bility or aristo￭ cratic aspirations such as ost￭ ent￭ ati￭ ous dress dec￭ ad￭ ence in consumption habits and rigid adherence to the propri￭ eties or manners of social hierarchy the reach of this civic understanding may be best illustrated in the work of early feminist and republican thinkers such as mary w￭ oll￭ st￭ on￭ ecraft who described as eff￭ em￭ inate the behavior of women who refused to embrace a more active presence in public life since the 18 th century the civic dimension of gender identity has been ec￭ lip￭ sed by the sexual dimension of gender identity and today eff￭ emin￭ acy has often been considered a vice indicative of other negative character traits and often involving a pe￭ jor￭ ative insin￭ uation of homosexual tendencies in boys or men in other societies by contrast eff￭ em￭ inate boys or men may be considered a distinct human gender third gender and may have a special social function as is the case of two spirits in some native american groups furthermore some see eff￭ emin￭ acy to be a characteristic or trait part of a particular person s gender role and in this sense would not be considered a vice or indicative of any other characteristics an eff￭ em￭ inate boy or man is similar to a f￭ op or a dan￭ dy though these tend to be archaic identities that are taken on by the individual rather than insulting labels
efficiency is the often measurable ability to avoid wasting materials energy efforts money and time in doing something or in producing a desired result in a more general sense it is the ability to do things well successfully and without waste in more mathematical or scientific terms it is a measure of the extent to which input is well used for an intended task or function output it often specifically comprises the capability of a specific application of effort to produce a specific outcome with a minimum amount or quantity of waste expense or unnecessary effort efficiency of course refers to very different inputs and outputs in different fields and industries efficiency is very often confused with effectiveness in general efficiency is a measurable concept quantitatively determined by the ratio of useful output to total input effectiveness is the simpler concept of being able to achieve a desired result which can be expressed quantitatively but doesn t usually require more complicated mathematics than addition efficiency can often be expressed as a percentage of the result that could ideally be expected for example if no energy were lost due to friction or other causes in which case 100 of fuel or other input would be used to produce the desired result this does not always apply not even in all cases in which efficiency can be assigned a numerical value e g not for specific impulse a common but confusing way of distinguishing between efficiency and effectiveness is the saying efficiency is doing things right while effectiveness is doing the right things this saying indirectly emphasizes that the selection of objectives of a production process is just as important as the quality of that process this saying popular in business however obsc￭ ures the more common sense of effectiveness which would should produce the following m￭ nem￭ onic efficiency is doing things right effectiveness is getting things done this makes it clear that effectiveness for example large production numbers can also be achieved through inefficient processes if for example workers are willing or used to working longer hours or with greater physical effort than in other companies or countries or if they can be forced to do so similarly a company can achieve effectiveness for example large production numbers through inefficient processes if it can afford to use more energy per product for example if energy prices or labor costs or both are lower than for its competitors for example one may measure how directly two objects are communicating down￭ loading music directly from a computer to a mobile device is more efficient than using a mobile device s microphone to record music sounds that come from a computer s speakers efficiency is often measured as the ratio of useful output to total input which can be expressed with the mathematical formula r p c where p is the amount of useful output product produced per the amount c cost of resources consumed this may correspond to a percentage if products and consumables are quantified in compatible units and if consumables are transformed into products via a conservative process for example in the analysis of the energy conversion efficiency of heat engines in thermo￭ dynamics the product p may be the amount of useful work output while the consum￭ able c is the amount of high temperature heat input due to the conservation of energy p can never be greater than c and so the efficiency r is never greater than 100 and in fact must be even less at finite temperatures
efficient cake cutting is a problem in economics and computer science it involves a hetero￭ genous resource such as a cake with different top￭ p￭ ings or a land with different cover￭ ings that is assumed to be di￭ visible it is possible to cut arbitrarily small pieces of it without destroying their value the resource has to be divided among several partners who have different preferences over different parts of the cake i e some people prefer the chocolate top￭ p￭ ings some prefer the cherries some just want as large a piece as possible etc the division should be p￭ are￭ to efficient most often efficiency is studied in connection with fairness and the goal is to find a division which satisfies both efficiency and fairness criteria
a volcanic eruption is eff￭ u￭ sive when low vis￭ cos￭ ity mag￭ ma usually bas￭ al￭ tic in composition is released from the earth s cr￭ ust in an eff￭ u￭ sive eruption gas escaped the mag￭ ma as it erup￭ ts and forms lava that flows down￭ hill continuously this type of lava flow can build shield volcan￭ oes which are numerous in hawaii erup￭ tions of bas￭ al￭ tic mag￭ ma often transition between eff￭ u￭ sive and explosive eruption patterns the behavior of these erup￭ tions is largely dependent on the perme￭ ability of the mag￭ ma and the mag￭ ma as￭ cent rate for an eff￭ u￭ sive eruption to occur mag￭ ma must be perme￭ able enough to allow the expulsion of gas bubbles contained within it if the mag￭ ma is not above a certain perme￭ ability threshold it cannot de￭ gas and will erup￭ t explo￭ sively additionally at a certain threshold fragmentation within the mag￭ ma can cause an explosive eruption this threshold is governed by the reynolds number a dimen￭ sion￭ less number in fluid dynamics that is directly proportional to fluid velocity erup￭ tions will be eff￭ u￭ sive if the mag￭ ma has a low as￭ cent velocity at higher mag￭ ma as￭ cent rates the fragmentation within the mag￭ ma passes a threshold and results in explosive erup￭ tions silic￭ ic mag￭ ma also exhi￭ bits this transition between eff￭ u￭ sive and explosive erup￭ tions but the fragmentation mechanism differs the 19￭ 12 nov￭ ar￭ up￭ ta eruption and the 2003 st￭ rom￭ bol￭ i eruption both exhi￭ bited a transition between explosive and eff￭ u￭ sive eruption patterns eff￭ u￭ sive bas￭ alt lava flows cool to either of two forms ʻ￭ a￭ ʻ￭ ā or p￭ ā￭ ho￭ e￭ ho￭ e an￭ des￭ ite lava typically forms bloc￭ ky lava flows d￭ ac￭ ite lava flows often form steep sided moun￭ ds called lava dom￭ es due to their greater vis￭ cos￭ ity
the ef￭ imov effect is an effect in the quantum mechanics of few body systems predicted by the russian theoretical physic￭ ist v n ef￭ imov in 1970 ef￭ imov ’ s effect is where three identical bos￭ ons interact with the prediction of an infinite series of excited three body energy levels when a two body state is exactly at the dissoci￭ ation threshold one corollary is that there exist bound states called ef￭ imov states of three bos￭ ons even if the two particle attraction is too weak to allow two bos￭ ons to form a pair a three particle ef￭ imov state where the two body sub systems are un￭ bound are often depicted symbolically by the borro￭ mean rings this means that if one of the particles is removed the remaining two fall apart in this case the ef￭ imov state is also called a borro￭ mean state
egg allergy is a type of food allergy it is a hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity to dietary substances from the y￭ ol￭ k or whites of eggs causing an over￭ reaction of the immune system which may lead to severe physical symptoms for millions of people around the world egg allergy appears mainly but not exclusively in children in fact it is the second most common food allergy in children it is usually treated with an exclusion diet and vigilant avoidance of foods that may be contaminated with egg the most severe allergy reaction is called an￭ ap￭ hy￭ lax￭ is and is an emergency requiring immediate attention and treatment with ep￭ in￭ eph￭ rine the asthma and allergy foundation of america estimates that most children out￭ grow egg allergy by the age of five but some people remain allergic for a lifetime
egg drop syndrome is a viral disease of birds notably chickens ducks geese and sw￭ ans the phrase egg drop refers to the drop in egg production which is how the disease is usually detected clinical signs being unreliable the disease results in thin sh￭ elled or shell less eggs being laid
ego dy￭ st￭ onic sexual orientation is an ego dy￭ st￭ onic mental disorder characterized by having a sexual orientation or an attraction that is at odds with one s ide￭ alized self image causing anxiety and a desire to change one s orientation or become more comfortable with one s sexual orientation it describes not in￭ nate sexual orientation itself but a conflict between the sexual orientation one wishes to have and the sexual orientation one actually possesses
ego￭ centric predicament a term coined by ralph bar￭ ton perry in an article journal of philosophy 19￭ 10 is the problem of not being able to view reality outside of our own perceptions all worl￭ dly knowledge takes the form of mental representations that our mind examines in different ways direct contact with reality cannot be made outside of our own minds therefore we cannot be sure reality even exists this means that we are each limited to our own percep￭ tual world and views soli￭ ps￭ ism is an extension of this which assumes that only one s own mind is sure to exist since 17￭ 10 when george berkeley bro￭ ached in his fashion the problem of the ego￭ centric predicament denying the existence of material substance except as ideas in the minds of percei￭ vers and thus asserting a probl￭ em￭ atical relation with reality hence has this thesis proved a stumbling block samuel johnson is well known for his refu￭ tation of bishop berkeley s im￭ materi￭ alism his claim that matter did not actually exist but only seemed to exist during a conversation with bos￭ well johnson powerfully stom￭ ped a nearby stone and proclaimed of berkeley s theory i refute it thus both perry s concept and the term he used influenced american philosopher ever￭ ett w hall to create the sol￭ ec￭ ism the categ￭ ori￭ o centric predicament to express the impossibility of seeing the world outside the categories imposed by one s native language and conceptual scheme after we came out of the church we stood talking for some time together of bishop berkeley s ingenious sophis￭ try to prove the non existence of matter and that every thing in the universe is merely ideal i observed that though we are satisfied his doctrine is not true it is impossible to refute it i never shall forget the al￭ ac￭ r￭ ity with which johnson answered striking his foot with mighty force against a large stone till he re￭ bounded from it i refute it thus “ ” bos￭ well s life of samuel johnson there ought to be something wrong with it but it appears inv￭ ul￭ ner￭ able even as it is absurd what is really wrong with it although it is not at all easy to reconcile ego￭ centric predicament with our role in this fig￭ mental universe when those experiences include pain or pleasure this may or may not a common question that may arise what is the nature of the universe questioning whether or not one s observations are real may pose a serious obstacle in life which may prove impossible to overcome for some observation in itself is a complex ri￭ ddle unsolved by our own kind being the reason behind this supposed dise￭ ased state of mind
eh￭ lers – dan￭ los syndrome eds is a group of genetic connec￭ tive tissue disorders symptoms can vary from mildly loose joints to life threatening complications such as a￭ or￭ tic dis￭ section chronic pain or early o￭ ste￭ o￭ ar￭ thri￭ tis may also occur eds is caused by a defect in the structure production or processing of coll￭ agen or proteins that interact with coll￭ agen the coll￭ agen in connec￭ tive tissue helps tissues resist de￭ formation coll￭ agen is an important contributor to the physical strength of tissue abnormal coll￭ agen renders these structures more elastic in some cases it can be life threatening people with joint pain may be mis￭ diagnosed with hypo￭ ch￭ on￭ dri￭ asis depression chronic fatigue syndrome or other conditions there may be poor knowledge about eds among practitioners there is no cure for eds treatment is supportive including close monitoring of the dig￭ estive ex￭ cre￭ tory and particularly the cardiovascular systems physical therapy brac￭ ing and corrective surgery may help with injuries and pain that tend to develop in certain types of eds although extra caution and special practices are advised to prevent permanent damage eds is a long term disease eds affects about 1 in 5 000 people globally excess mobility was first described by hippo￭ crates in 400 bc the syndrome is named after two physicians ed￭ v￭ ard eh￭ lers from denmark and henri alex￭ andre dan￭ los from france who described it at the turn of the 20 th century
hear￭ tw￭ ater also known as cow￭ dri￭ osis n￭ int￭ as and e￭ hr￭ lic￭ hi￭ osis is a tick borne ric￭ ke￭ tt￭ si￭ al disease of domestic and wild ruminants it is caused by e￭ hr￭ lic￭ hia rumin￭ anti￭ um formerly cow￭ dri￭ a rumin￭ anti￭ um an in￭ trac￭ ell￭ ular gram negative coc￭ cal bacter￭ ium also referred to as ric￭ ke￭ tt￭ sia rumin￭ anti￭ um the disease is spread by bon￭ t tic￭ ks which are members of the genus am￭ bl￭ y￭ om￭ ma affected mammals include cattle sheep goats an￭ tel￭ ope and buffalo but the disease has the biggest economic impact on cattle production in affected areas the disease ’ s name is derived from the fact that fluid can collect around the heart or in the lungs of infected animals the disease is common in sub saharan africa and some of the west indian islands it was first identified in sheep in south africa in the 18￭ 30 s and had reached the caribbean by 1980 the tic￭ ks which carry the disease occur in africa and the caribbean and feed on a wide variety of vertebr￭ ate hosts in the caribbean at least the cattle e￭ gre￭ t has been implicated in the spread of hear￭ tw￭ ater since it colon￭ ized the islands in the 1950 s animals often acquire the disease when moved on to hear￭ tw￭ ater infected grazing cow￭ dri￭ osis is notifiable to the world organisation for animal health
e￭ hr￭ lic￭ hi￭ osis is a tic￭ k￭ bor￭ ne￭ bacterial infection caused by bacteria of the family an￭ ap￭ las￭ mat￭ ace￭ ae genera e￭ hr￭ lic￭ hia and an￭ ap￭ las￭ ma these oblig￭ ate in￭ trac￭ ell￭ ular bacteria infect and kill white blood cells the average reported annual incidence is on the order of 2 3 cases per million people
e￭ hr￭ lic￭ hi￭ osis ˌ￭ ɛ￭ ə￭ rl￭ ᵻ￭ ki￭ ˈ￭ o￭ ʊ￭ s￭ ᵻ￭ s also known as can￭ ine ric￭ ke￭ tt￭ si￭ osis can￭ ine hemorrha￭ gic fever can￭ ine ty￭ ph￭ us tr￭ acker dog disease and tropical can￭ ine pan￭ cy￭ top￭ enia is a tick borne disease of dogs usually caused by the organism e￭ hr￭ lic￭ hia can￭ is e￭ hr￭ lic￭ hia can￭ is is the pathogen of animals humans can become infected by e can￭ is and other species after tick exposure german shepherd dogs are thought to be susceptible to a particularly severe form of the disease other breeds generally have mil￭ der clinical signs cats can also be infected
e￭ hr￭ lic￭ hi￭ osis ew￭ ing￭ ii infection is an infectious disease caused by an in￭ trac￭ ell￭ ular bacteria e￭ hr￭ lic￭ hia ew￭ ing￭ ii the infection is transmitted to humans by the tick am￭ bl￭ y￭ om￭ ma americ￭ an￭ um this tick can also transmit e￭ hr￭ lic￭ hia cha￭ ff￭ e￭ ensis the bacteria that causes human mon￭ oc￭ y￭ tic e￭ hr￭ lic￭ hi￭ osis h￭ me
ei￭ de￭ tic memory a￭ ɪ￭ ˈ￭ d￭ ɛ￭ t￭ ɪ￭ k sometimes called photo￭ graphic memory is an ability to vivi￭ dly recall images from memory after only a few instances of exposure with high precision for a brief time after exposure without using a m￭ nem￭ onic device although the terms ei￭ de￭ tic memory and photo￭ graphic memory may be used inter￭ change￭ ably they are also distinguished with ei￭ de￭ tic memory referring to the ability to view memories like photographs for a few minutes and photo￭ graphic memory referring to the ability to recall page or text numbers or similar in great detail in the case of distinguishing the concepts ei￭ de￭ tic memory has been documented while photo￭ graphic memory is a popular culture myth that has never been demonstrated to exist ei￭ de￭ tic images occur in a small number of children and generally are not found in adults the word ei￭ de￭ tic comes from the greek word ε￭ ἶ￭ δ￭ ος pronounced ê￭ ː￭ dos ei￭ dos seen
the ei￭ fel￭ er reg￭ el ei￭ fe￭ l rule is a linguistic phenomenon originally documented in the dial￭ ects of the ei￭ fe￭ l region in the far west of germany during the late 19 th century the rule describes a ph￭ on￭ ological process in the languages which causes the deletion of final n in certain contexts and may be reflected in spelling more generally called n apo￭ cope it appears to varying ext￭ ents in all dial￭ ects of the western group of high german including west central german notably luxemb￭ our￭ g￭ ish co￭ logn￭ ian and hes￭ sian high fran￭ con￭ ian and al￭ em￭ ann￭ ic and excludes all dial￭ ects of the eastern group such as austr￭ o bavarian and the colonial dial￭ ects east of the el￭ be sa￭ ale line including standard german and y￭ id￭ dish n apo￭ cope is a linguistic change originating in speech during the middle high german period
in linear al￭ ge￭ bra the ei￭ g￭ eng￭ ap of a linear operator is the difference between two successive ei￭ gen￭ values where ei￭ gen￭ values are sorted in asc￭ ending order the davis – kah￭ an theore￭ m named after chandler davis and william kah￭ an uses the ei￭ g￭ eng￭ ap to show how ei￭ gen￭ spaces of an operator change under per￭ turb￭ ation in spectr￭ al clu￭ stering the ei￭ g￭ eng￭ ap is often referred to as the spectr￭ al gap although the spectr￭ al gap may often be defined in a broader sense than that of the ei￭ g￭ eng￭ ap
the eight queens puzzle is the problem of placing eight chess queens on an 8 × 8 ch￭ ess￭ board so that no two queens threaten each other thus a solution requires that no two queens share the same row column or diag￭ onal the eight queens puzzle is an example of the more general n queens problem of placing n non attacking queens on an n × n ch￭ ess￭ board for which solutions exist for all natural numbers n with the exception of n 2 and n 3
ei￭ ken syndrome is a rare auto￭ som￭ al bone dys￭ pl￭ asia with a sk￭ el￭ etal phen￭ o￭ type which has been described in a unique cons￭ an￭ guine￭ ous family where it segreg￭ ates as a rec￭ essive trait
the einstein – de ha￭ as effect or the ric￭ hard￭ son effect after owen will￭ ans ric￭ hard￭ son is a physical phenomenon deline￭ ated by albert einstein and w￭ ander johann￭ es de ha￭ as in the mid 19￭ 10 s that exposes a relationship between magne￭ tism ang￭ ular momentum and the spin of elementary particles w￭ ander johann￭ es de ha￭ as son ro￭ wan de ha￭ as was also a major contributor to the theory applying its principles to the engineering industry specifically ro￭ wan s contributions had a transform￭ ative effect on the steel manufacturing industry in the early 20 th century
eisen￭ m￭ enger s syndrome or es eisen￭ m￭ enger s reaction eisen￭ m￭ enger physi￭ ology or tar￭ dive cyan￭ osis is defined as the process in which a long standing left to right cardiac sh￭ unt caused by a con￭ genital heart defect typically by a ven￭ tric￭ ular sep￭ tal defect atri￭ al sep￭ tal defect or less commonly patent duc￭ tus arter￭ io￭ sus causes pul￭ mon￭ ary hyper￭ tension and eventual reversal of the sh￭ unt into a cyan￭ otic right to left sh￭ unt because of the advent of fe￭ tal screening with echo￭ cardi￭ o￭ graphy early in life the incidence of heart defects progressing to eisen￭ m￭ enger s has decreased eisen￭ m￭ enger s syndrome in a pregnant mother can cause serious complications though successful delivery has been reported maternal mortality ranges from 30 to 60 and may be attributed to fain￭ ting spells thro￭ m￭ bo￭ embol￭ ism hypo￭ vol￭ emia hem￭ op￭ ty￭ sis or pre￭ ec￭ lam￭ p￭ sia most deaths occur either during or within the first weeks after delivery pregnant women with eisen￭ m￭ enger syndrome should be hosp￭ itali￭ zed after the 20 th week of pregnancy or earlier if clinical deterioration occurs
e￭ jac￭ ul￭ atory duc￭ t obstruction edo is a con￭ genital or acquired pathological condition which is characterized by the obstruction of one or both e￭ jac￭ ul￭ atory duc￭ ts thus the efflu￭ x of most constituents of semen is not possible it is a cause of male in￭ fertility and or pel￭ vic pain e￭ jac￭ ul￭ atory duc￭ t obstruction must not be confused with an obstruction of the vas defer￭ ens
the el far￭ ol bar problem is a problem in game theory based on a bar in santa fe new mexico it was created in 1994 by w brian arthur the problem without the name of el far￭ ol bar was formulated and solved dynam￭ ically six years earlier by b a hu￭ berman and t ho￭ gg in the ecology of compu￭ tation studies in computer science and artificial intelligence north holland publish￭ er page 99 1988 the problem is as follows there is a particular finite population of people every thursday night all of these people want to go to the el far￭ ol bar however the el far￭ ol is quite small and it s no fun to go there if it s too crowded so much so in fact that the preferences of the population can be described as follows if less than 60 of the population go to the bar they ll all have a better time than if they stayed at home if more than 60 of the population go to the bar they ll all have a worse time than if they stayed at home unfortunately it is necessary for everyone to decide at the same time whether they will go to the bar or not they cannot wait and see how many others go on a particular thursday before deciding to go themselves on that thursday one aspect of the problem is that no matter what method each person uses to decide if they will go to the bar or not if everyone uses the same pure strategy it is guaranteed to fail if everyone uses the same deter￭ minis￭ tic method then if that method suggests that the bar will not be crowded everyone will go and thus it will be crowded likewise if that method suggests that the bar will be crowded nobody will go and thus it will not be crowded often the solution to such problems in game theory is to permit each player to use a mixed strategy where a choice is made with a particular probability in the case of the single stage el far￭ ol bar problem there exists a unique sym￭ metric n￭ ash equilibrium mixed strategy where all players choose to go to the bar with a certain probability that is a function of the number of players the threshold for crow￭ dedness and the relative utility of going to a crowded or an un￭ crowded bar compared to staying home there are also multiple n￭ ash equilibri￭ a where one or more players use a pure strategy but these equilibri￭ a are not sym￭ metric several variants are considered in game theory evolving by herbert gin￭ tis in some variants of the problem the people are allowed to communicate with each other before deciding to go to the bar however they are not required to tell the truth
el￭ aid￭ ini￭ zation is a chemical reaction which al￭ ters the orientation of double bonds from cis to trans it is most often performed on fats and oils to increase both the melting point and the shelf life without reducing the degree of un￭ satur￭ ation the typical product of el￭ aid￭ ini￭ zation is trans fat
in physics el￭ as￭ tic￭ ity from greek ἐ￭ λα￭ στ￭ ός duc￭ tible is the ability of a body to resist a distorting influence or stress and to return to its original size and shape when the stress is removed solid objects will de￭ form when forces are applied on them if the material is elastic the object will return to its initial shape and size when these forces are removed the physical reasons for elastic behavior can be quite different for different materials in metals the atomic lat￭ tice changes size and shape when forces are applied energy is added to the system when forces are removed the lat￭ tice goes back to the original lower energy state for rub￭ bers and other pol￭ ym￭ ers el￭ as￭ tic￭ ity is caused by the stretching of poly￭ mer chains when forces are applied perfect el￭ as￭ tic￭ ity is an approximation of the real world and few materials remain purely elastic even after very small de￭ formations in engineering the amount of el￭ as￭ tic￭ ity of a material is determined by two types of material parameter the first type of material parameter is called a mod￭ ul￭ us which measures the amount of force per unit area stress needed to achieve a given amount of de￭ formation the units of mod￭ ul￭ us are pas￭ c￭ als pa or pounds of force per square inch p￭ si also l￭ b￭ f in 2 a higher mod￭ ul￭ us typically indicates that the material is harder to de￭ form the second type of parameter measures the elastic limit the limit can be a stress beyond which the material no longer behaves elastic and de￭ formation of the material will take place if the stress is released the material will el￭ astically return to a permanent de￭ formed shape instead of the original shape when describing the relative el￭ as￭ tic￭ ities of two materials both the mod￭ ul￭ us and the elastic limit have to be considered rub￭ bers typically have a low mod￭ ul￭ us and tend to stretch a lot that is they have a high elastic limit and so appear more elastic than metals high mod￭ ul￭ us and low elastic limit in everyday experience of two rubber materials with the same elastic limit the one with a lower mod￭ ul￭ us will appear to be more elastic
el￭ as￭ to cap￭ il￭ lar￭ ity is the ability of cap￭ ill￭ ary force to de￭ form an elastic material from the viewpoint of mechanics el￭ ast￭ oc￭ ap￭ il￭ lar￭ ity phenomena essentially involve competition between the elastic strain energy in the bulk and the energy on the surfaces interfaces in the model￭ ing of these phenomena some challenging issues are among others the exact characterization of energies at the micro scale the solution of strongly non￭ linear problems of structures with large de￭ formation and moving boundary conditions and instability of either solid structures or dro￭ ple￭ ts films the cap￭ ill￭ ary forces are generally negligible in the analysis of macro￭ scopic structures but often play a significant role in many phenomena at small scales
el￭ ast￭ o￭ fi￭ bro￭ ma also called el￭ ast￭ o￭ fi￭ bro￭ ma dor￭ si is an ill defined fi￭ bro￭ elastic tumor like condition made up of enlarged and irregular elastic fi￭ bers
el￭ ast￭ osis per￭ for￭ ans ser￭ pi￭ gin￭ osa is a unique per￭ for￭ ating disorder characterized by tran￭ se￭ pid￭ er￭ mal elimination of elastic fi￭ bers and distinctive clinical le￭ sions which are ser￭ pi￭ gin￭ ous in distribution and can be associated with specific diseases
el￭ bow dys￭ pl￭ asia is a condition involving multiple developmental ab￭ norm￭ alities of the el￭ bow joint in the dog specifically the growth of car￭ til￭ age or the structures surrounding it these ab￭ norm￭ alities known as primary le￭ sions give rise to o￭ ste￭ o￭ ar￭ thri￭ tic processes el￭ bow dys￭ pl￭ asia is a common condition of certain breeds of dogs most primary le￭ sions are related to o￭ ste￭ och￭ on￭ dro￭ sis which is a disease of the joint car￭ til￭ age and specifically o￭ ste￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ tis dis￭ sec￭ ans oc￭ d or od the separation of a fl￭ ap of car￭ til￭ age on the joint surface other common causes of el￭ bow dys￭ pl￭ asia included un￭ united an￭ con￭ e￭ al process u￭ ap and fragmented or un￭ united medi￭ al cor￭ ono￭ id process f￭ cp or f￭ mc￭ p o￭ ste￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ tis dis￭ sec￭ ans is difficult to diagnose clin￭ ically as the animal may only exhibit an unusual ga￭ it consequently oc￭ d may be masked by or mis￭ diagnosed as other sk￭ el￭ etal and joint conditions such as hip dys￭ pl￭ asia the problem develops in pu￭ pp￭ y￭ hood although often sub￭ clin￭ ically and there may be pain or sti￭ ff￭ ness discomfort on extension or other compensating characteristics diagnosis generally depends on x rays ar￭ thro￭ sco￭ py or m￭ ri sc￭ ans while cases of oc￭ d of the stifle go un￭ detected and heal spontaneously others are exhi￭ bited in acute lam￭ eness surgery is recommended once the animal has been deemed lame before then non surgical control is usually used
the el￭ bs pers￭ ul￭ fate oxid￭ ation is the organic reaction of phen￭ ols with al￭ kal￭ ine potassium pers￭ ul￭ fate to form para di￭ phen￭ ols the el￭ bs pers￭ ul￭ fate oxid￭ ation several reviews have been published
the el￭ bs reaction is an organic reaction describing the pyro￭ lysis of an orth￭ o methyl substituted benz￭ op￭ hen￭ one to condens￭ ed poly￭ aromatic the reaction is named after its invent￭ or the german chem￭ ist karl el￭ bs also responsible for the el￭ bs oxid￭ ation the reaction was published in 18￭ 84 el￭ bs however did not correctly interpret the reaction product due to a lack of knowledge about nap￭ h￭ thal￭ ene structure
an electric potential also called the electric field potential or the electro￭ static potential is the amount of electric potential energy that a unitary point electric charge would have if located at any point in space and is equal to the work done by an external agent in carrying a unit of positive charge from the arbitrarily chosen reference point usually infin￭ ity to that point without any acceleration according to theoretical electro￭ magne￭ tics electric potential is a scal￭ ar quantity den￭ oted by v equal to the electric potential energy of any charged particle at any location measured in jou￭ les divided by the charge of that particle measured in coul￭ om￭ bs by dividing out the charge on the particle a remainder is obtained that is a property of the electric field itself this value can be calculated in either a static time invari￭ ant or a dynamic varying with time electric field at a specific time in units of jou￭ les per coul￭ om￭ b j c − 1 or vol￭ ts v the electric potential at infin￭ ity is assumed to be zero a generalized electric scal￭ ar potential is also used in electro￭ dynamics when time varying electromagnetic fields are present but this can not be so simply calculated the electric potential and the magnetic vector potential together form a four vector so that the two kinds of potential are mixed under lo￭ ren￭ tz transformations
electric shock is the physiological reaction or injury caused by electric current passing through the human body typically the expression is used to describe an injurious exposure to electricity it occurs upon contact of a human body part with any source of electricity that causes a sufficient current through the skin muscles or hair very small currents can be imper￭ cep￭ tible larger current passing through the body may make it impossible for a shock victim to let go of an energi￭ zed object still larger currents can cause fi￭ bri￭ ll￭ ation of the heart and damage to tissues death caused by an electric shock is called electro￭ cu￭ tion an electrical injury has many consequences to a body as the electrical currents can travel through the nervous system and burn out tissue in pat￭ ches along the way this can leave bizarre symptoms anywhere on the body and may lead to complex regional pain syndrome wiring or other metal￭ work which is at a hazardous voltage which can constitute a risk of electric shock is called live as in live wire shocks can be caused by direct or indirect contact contact with an exposed conduc￭ tive part under fault conditions is called indirect contact iec requires certain degrees of ing￭ ress protection against direct contact indirect contact protections can be achieved by earth￭ ed equi￭ potential bon￭ ding and automatic dis￭ connection of supply by using residual current devices for example
electric son￭ ic am￭ pl￭ itude is an electro￭ acous￭ tic phenomenon that is the reverse to col￭ loid vibration current it occurs in col￭ lo￭ ids emul￭ sions and other heterogeneous fluids under the influence of an osci￭ ll￭ ating electric field this field moves particles relative to the liquid which generates ul￭ tras￭ ound electric son￭ ic am￭ pl￭ itude was experim￭ entally discovered by o￭ ja and co authors in early 1980 s it is also widely used for character￭ izing ze￭ ta potential in disper￭ sions and emul￭ sions there is review of the theory of this effect its experimental verification and multiple applications published by hunter
electrical altern￭ ans is an electro￭ cardi￭ o￭ graphic phenomenon of alter￭ nation of q￭ rs complex am￭ pl￭ itude or axis between beats and a possible wandering base line it is seen in cardiac tam￭ pon￭ ade and severe peric￭ ardi￭ al eff￭ usion and is thought to be related to changes in the ven￭ tric￭ ular electrical axis due to fluid in the peric￭ ardi￭ um as the heart essentially wob￭ bles in the fluid filled peric￭ ardi￭ al s￭ ac this phenomenon was also re￭ demonstrated in the literature by os￭ man md and je￭ hang￭ ir md in a patient with per￭ cardi￭ al temp￭ on￭ ade from a m￭ align￭ ant peric￭ ardi￭ al eff￭ usion the echo￭ cardi￭ o￭ gram of the heart demonstrated the characteristic swinging along with altern￭ ating voltage on the ec￭ g generally electrical altern￭ ans can be seen with tam￭ pon￭ ade and narrow av junc￭ tional re￭ enter￭ ant t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia with an accessory path￭ way such as w￭ p￭ w syndrome a similar phenomenon pseudo altern￭ ans can be seen in bi￭ gem￭ inal pvc in the pr interval altern￭ ans pre exc￭ itation and altern￭ ans bundle branch block for the most part however the most serious condition to rule out is tam￭ pon￭ ade electrical altern￭ ans with sin￭ us t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia is a highly specific sign for large peric￭ ardi￭ al eff￭ usion this is due to the swinging motion of the heart in the peric￭ ardi￭ al cav￭ ity causing a beat to beat variation in q￭ rs axis and am￭ pl￭ itude patients with cardiac tam￭ pon￭ ade and hem￭ od￭ y￭ nam￭ ic compromise should have emergency peric￭ ardi￭ oc￭ ent￭ esis
electrical mobility is the ability of charged particles such as electron￭ s or prot￭ ons to move through a medium in response to an electric field that is pulling them the separation of ions according to their mobility in gas phase is called ion mobility spec￭ tro￭ metry in liquid phase it is called electro￭ pho￭ res￭ is
in electrical engineering tre￭ eing is an electrical pre breakdown phenomenon in solid insulation it is a damaging process due to partial discharges and progres￭ ses through the stressed di￭ electric insulation in a path resembling the branches of a tree tre￭ eing of solid high voltage cable insulation is a common breakdown mechanism and source of electrical faults in underground power cables
electricity provider switching is the ability of power consumers to have an option — or the power to choose — their electricity provider in a deregulated electricity market as permitted by a state public utilities governing body
electro￭ adhe￭ sion is the electro￭ static effect of a￭ stric￭ tion between two surfaces subjected to an electrical field applications include the retention of paper on plo￭ tter surfaces a￭ stric￭ tive robo￭ tic prehen￭ sion electro￭ static gri￭ ppers etc clam￭ ping pressures in the range of 0 5 to 1 5 n cm 2 0 8 to 2 3 p￭ si have been claimed an electro￭ adhe￭ sive pad consists of conduc￭ tive electro￭ des placed upon a poly￭ mer sub￭ str￭ ate when alternate positive and negative charges are induced on adjacent electro￭ des the resulting electric field sets up opposite charges on the surface that the pad touches and thus causes electro￭ static adhe￭ sion between the electro￭ des and the induced charges in the touched surface material electro￭ adhe￭ sion can be loosely divided into two basic forms that which concerns the prehen￭ sion of electrically conducting materials where the general laws of capac￭ it￭ ance hold d e ε and that used with electrically insulating subjects where the more advanced theory of electro￭ st￭ atics d e ε p applies
the electro￭ cal￭ or￭ ic effect is a phenomenon in which a material shows a reversible temperature change under an applied electric field it is often considered to be the physical in￭ verse of the pyro￭ electric effect it should not be confused with the thermo￭ electric effect specifically the pel￭ tier effect in which a temperature difference occurs when a current is driven through an electric junction with two dis￭ similar conductors the underlying mechanism of the effect is not fully established in particular different textbooks give conflicting explanations however as with any isolated adi￭ ab￭ atic temperature change the effect comes from the voltage raising or lowering the ent￭ ro￭ py of the system the magne￭ to￭ cal￭ or￭ ic effect is an analogous but better known and understood phenomenon electro￭ cal￭ or￭ ic materials were the focus of significant scientific interest in the 1960 s and 1970 s but were not commercially exploited as the electro￭ cal￭ or￭ ic effects were insufficient for practical applications the highest response being 2 5 degrees celsius under an applied potential of 750 vol￭ ts in march 2006 it was reported in the journal science that thin films of the material p￭ z￭ t a mixture of lead titanium oxygen and z￭ ir￭ con￭ ium showed the strongest electro￭ cal￭ ori￭ fic response yet reported with the materials cooling down by as much as 12 k 12 ° c for an electric field change of 480 kv cm at an ambient temperature of 220 ° c 430 ° f the device structure consisted of a thin film p￭ z￭ t on top of a much thick￭ er sub￭ str￭ ate but the figure of 12 k represents the cooling of the thin film only the net cooling of such a device would be lower than 12 k due to the heat capacity of the sub￭ str￭ ate to which it is attached along the same lines in 2008 it was shown that a fer￭ ro￭ electric poly￭ mer can also achieve 12 k of cooling nearer room temperature with these new larger responses practical applications may be more likely such as in computer cooling
electro￭ chro￭ mis￭ m is the phenomenon displayed by some materials of re￭ versi￭ bly changing colour by using bursts of charge to cause electro￭ chemical re￭ do￭ x reactions in electro￭ ch￭ rom￭ ic materials various types of materials and structures can be used to construct electro￭ ch￭ rom￭ ic devices depending on the specific applications transition metal oxides are a large family of materials possessing various interesting properties in the field of electro￭ chro￭ mis￭ m among them tungsten oxide wo 3 has been the most extensively studied material used in the production of electro￭ ch￭ rom￭ ic windows or smart glass and more recently electro￭ ch￭ rom￭ ic displays on paper sub￭ str￭ ate as anti counterfeiting systems integrated on packaging nio materials have been widely studied as counter electro￭ des for complementary electro￭ ch￭ rom￭ ic devices in particular smart windows the world leading institutions on nio efforts include national renewable energy laboratory and upp￭ sal￭ a university another example of an electro￭ ch￭ rom￭ ic material is pol￭ yan￭ il￭ ine which can be formed either by the electro￭ chemical or chemical oxid￭ ation of an￭ il￭ ine if an electro￭ de is immer￭ sed in hydro￭ chlor￭ ic acid which contains a small concentration of an￭ il￭ ine then a film of pol￭ yan￭ il￭ ine can be grown on the electro￭ de depending on the oxid￭ ation state pol￭ yan￭ il￭ ine can either be pale yellow or dark green black other electro￭ ch￭ rom￭ ic materials that have found technological application include the vio￭ log￭ ens and poly￭ ox￭ o￭ tun￭ g￭ states as the color change is persistent and energy need only be applied to affect a change electro￭ ch￭ rom￭ ic materials are used to control the amount of light and heat allowed to pass through windows smart windows one popular application is in the automobile industry where it is used to automatically tin￭ t rear view mirrors in various lighting conditions vio￭ log￭ en is used in conjunction with titanium dioxide tio 2 in the creation of small digital displays it is hoped that these displays will replace liquid crystal displays as the vio￭ log￭ en which is typically dark blue has a high contrast compared to the bright white of the titan￭ ia thereby providing the display high visibility ice 3 high speed trains use electro￭ ch￭ rom￭ atic glass panels between the passenger compartment and the driver s cabin the standard mode is clear and can be switched by the driver to fro￭ sted trans￭ luc￭ ent mainly to conceal unwanted sights from passengers view for example in the case of human obstacles electro￭ ch￭ rom￭ ic windows are used in the boeing 787 dream￭ liner in 2014 cn￭ rs french national centre for scientific research researchers in bor￭ deaux have resulted in reducing the number of layers of classic architecture from 7 layer to 4 and also 3 layer structures
electro￭ hydro￭ dynamic dro￭ p￭ let de￭ formation is a phenomenon that occurs when liquid dro￭ ple￭ ts suspended in a second im￭ mis￭ ci￭ ble liquid are exposed to an osci￭ ll￭ ating electric field under these conditions the dro￭ p￭ let will periodically de￭ form between pro￭ late and obl￭ ate el￭ lip￭ so￭ idal shapes the characteristic frequency and magnitude of the de￭ formation is determined by a balance of electro￭ dynamic hydro￭ dynamic and cap￭ ill￭ ary stresses acting on the dro￭ p￭ let interface this phenomenon has been studied extensively both mathem￭ atically and experim￭ entally because of the complex fluid dynamics that occur characterization and modulation of electro￭ dynamic dro￭ p￭ let de￭ formation is of particular interest for engineering applications because of the growing need to improve the performance of complex industrial processes e g two phase cooling crude oil dem￭ ul￭ sification the primary advantage of using osci￭ ll￭ atory dro￭ p￭ let de￭ formation to improve these engineering processes is that the phenomenon does not require sophisticated machinery or the introduction of heat sources this effectively means that improving performance via osci￭ ll￭ atory dro￭ p￭ let de￭ formation is simple and in no way diminishes the effectiveness of the existing engineering system
electro￭ lumin￭ es￭ cence el is an optical phenomenon and electrical phenomenon in which a material emits light in response to the passage of an electric current or to a strong electric field this is distinct from black body light emission resulting from heat incan￭ desc￭ ence from a chemical reaction chem￭ il￭ u￭ min￭ es￭ cence sound son￭ olu￭ min￭ es￭ cence or other mechanical action mechan￭ olu￭ min￭ es￭ cence
an electromagnetic four potential is a relati￭ vis￭ tic vector function from which the electromagnetic field can be derived it combines both an electric scal￭ ar potential and a magnetic vector potential into a single four vector as measured in a given frame of reference and for a given gauge the first component of the electromagnetic four potential is the electric scal￭ ar potential and the other three components make up the magnetic vector potential while both the scal￭ ar and vector potential depend upon the frame the electromagnetic four potential is lo￭ ren￭ tz co￭ variant like other pot￭ entials many different electromagnetic four pot￭ entials correspond to the same electromagnetic field depending upon the choice of gauge in this article index no￭ tation and the min￭ kowski metric − − − will be used see also ric￭ ci calcul￭ us co￭ variance and contr￭ av￭ ari￭ ance of vectors and raising and lowering indices for more details on no￭ tation formulae are given in si units and ga￭ us￭ sian c￭ gs units
electromagnetic interference emi also called radio frequency interference r￭ fi when in the radio frequency spectrum is a disturbance generated by an external source that affects an electrical circuit by electromagnetic induc￭ tion electro￭ static coupling or conduc￭ tion the disturbance may de￭ grade the performance of the circuit or even stop it from functioning in the case of a data path these effects can range from an increase in error rate to a total loss of the data both man made and natural sources generate changing electrical currents and voltages that can cause emi automobile ignition systems cell phones thunder￭ storms the sun and the northern lights emi frequently affects am radi￭ os it can also affect cell phones f￭ m radi￭ os and telev￭ is￭ ions emi can be used intentionally for radio jam￭ ming as in electronic warfare
in telecommunication electromagnetic surviv￭ ability is the ability of a system subsystem or equipment to resume functioning without evidence of degradation following temporary exposure to an adverse electromagnetic environment the system subsystem or equipment performance may be degraded during exposure to the adverse electromagnetic environment but the system will not experience permanent damage such as component bur￭ n￭ out that will prevent proper operation when the adverse electromagnetic environment is removed
electro￭ magne￭ tically induced gr￭ ating ei￭ g is an optical interference phenomenon where an interference pattern is used to build a dynamic spatial diff￭ r￭ action gr￭ ating in matter ei￭ gs are dynam￭ ically created by light interference on op￭ tically reson￭ ant materials and rely on population in￭ version and or optical coherence properties of the material they were first demonstrated with population grat￭ ings on atoms ei￭ gs can be used for purposes of atomic molecular vel￭ o￭ ci￭ metry to probe the material optical properties such as coherence and population life times and switching and routing of light related but different effects are ther￭ m￭ ally induced grat￭ ings and photo￭ lith￭ o￭ graphy grat￭ ings
the electr￭ on cloud effect is a phenomenon that occurs in particle acceler￭ ators and reduces the quality of the particle beam
the electr￭ on ref￭ r￭ active effect or electr￭ on induced per￭ mit￭ tivity modification e￭ ip￭ m is an electro op￭ tic effect observed in some cryst￭ als and am￭ orph￭ ous materials such as ch￭ alco￭ gen￭ ide glasses and oxides where the per￭ mit￭ tivity reduces or increases when the material is illumin￭ ated by high energy electron￭ s typically from an transmission electr￭ on micro￭ scope or scanning electr￭ on micro￭ scope the effect is non linear and reversible the effect was observed by n norm￭ and and o norm￭ and who observed that the per￭ mit￭ tivity of ch￭ alco￭ gen￭ ide glass increased by as much as 5 when irradiated with an electr￭ on gun in the 30 k￭ ev range they also noticed that the change was accompanied by a change in the thickness of the film recently san roman aler￭ igi anj￭ um and oo￭ i demonstrated that the per￭ mit￭ tivity of ch￭ alco￭ gen￭ ide thin films could also be reduced by as much as 50 when the sample was illumin￭ ated by 300 k￭ ev electron￭ s moreover they also demonstrated that the electr￭ on induced per￭ mit￭ tivity modification was reversible
in physics chemistry and electronic engineering an electr￭ on hole is the lack of an electr￭ on at a position where one could exist in an atom or atomic lat￭ tice it is different from the pos￭ it￭ ron which is an actual particle of anti￭ matter see also di￭ rac sea if an electr￭ on is excited into a higher state it leaves a hole in its old state this meaning is used in au￭ ger electr￭ on spec￭ tro￭ sco￭ py and other x ray techniques in compu￭ tational chemistry and to explain the low electr￭ on electr￭ on scat￭ tering rate in cryst￭ als metals semi￭ conductors in cryst￭ als electronic band structure calculations lead to an effective mass for the electron￭ s which typically is negative at the top of a band the negative mass is an un￭ intu￭ itive concept and in these situations a more familiar picture is found by considering a positive charge with a positive mass
electr￭ on precip￭ itation also called energetic electr￭ on precip￭ itation or e￭ ep is an atmospheric phenomenon that occurs when previously trapped electron￭ s enter the earth s atmosphere thus creating communications interfer￭ ences and other disturbances electron￭ s are trapped in the van allen radiation belt by earth s magnetic fields and begin to spiral around field lines in the radiation belt they may remain there for an indefinite period of time in some cases years when broadband very low frequency v￭ lf waves propag￭ ate the radiation belts the electron￭ s exit the radiation belt and precipitate or travel into the ion￭ o￭ sphere a region of earth s atmosphere where the electron￭ s will colli￭ de with ions electr￭ on precip￭ itation is regularly linked to ozone depletion it is often caused by lighting strikes or v￭ lf transmitters
electr￭ on wake is the disturbance left after a high energy charged particle pass￭ es￭ through condens￭ ed matter or plasma ions passing through can introduce periodic osci￭ ll￭ ations in the crystal lat￭ tice or plasma wave with the characteristic frequency of the crystal or plasma frequency interactions of the field created by these osci￭ ll￭ ations with the charged particle field alternate from constructive interference to destructive interference producing altern￭ ating waves of electric field and displacement the frequency of the wake field is determined by the nature of the penetrated matter and the period of the wake field is directly proportional to the speed of the incoming charged particle the am￭ pl￭ itude of the first wake wave is the most important as it produces a braking force on the charged particle eventually slowing it down wake fields also can capture and guide lightweight ions or pos￭ it￭ ron￭ s in the direction per￭ pend￭ icular to the wake the larger the speed of the original charged particle the larger the angle between the initial particle s velocity and the captured ion s velocity
e hr is a function of hr that is concerned with the use management and regulation of electronic information and processes within an organization e hr is different from e hr￭ m electronic human resource management and hr￭ is human resource information system which are uses of technology more specifically e hr￭ m is a system that allows management and employees access to human resource related information and services through an organization s in￭ tran￭ et or web portal hr￭ is refers to enterprise resource planning software that stream￭ lines human resource functions such as payroll in contrast e hr is a function of human resources that requires cross functional knowledge and collaboration between multiple departments most notably human resources and information technology
electronic osci￭ ll￭ ation is the continuous recurrence of the same electrical periodic wa￭ ve￭ form the recurrence may be in the form of a varying voltage or a varying current the wa￭ ve￭ form may be sin￭ us￭ o￭ idal or some other shape when its magnitude is plo￭ tted against the duration of its cycle electronic osci￭ ll￭ ation may be intentionally caused as in devices designed as osci￭ ll￭ ators or it may be the result of un￭ intentional positive feedback from the output of an electronic device to its input the latter appears often in feedback amp￭ li￭ fiers such as operational amp￭ li￭ fiers that do not have sufficient gain or phase margins in this case the osci￭ ll￭ ation often interferes with or compromises the amp￭ li￭ fier s intended function and is known as par￭ asi￭ tic osci￭ ll￭ ation
electronic process of law or electronic lawsuit is an up to date phenomenon concerning the use of computer programs in courts and public departments in sue activities it is a theme of worldwide scope in portugal it is known as the concept of proc￭ es￭ so el￭ etr￭ ô￭ nic￭ o in india known as electronic judicial resource management in france it is called dé￭ materi￭ alisation du proc￭ es￭ sus judici￭ aire it is a polis￭ sem￭ ic expression related to inter￭ discipl￭ in￭ arity between the information technologies and branches of law that govern the lawsuits that take place in departments of public administration more specifically the control follow up searches and practices of jur￭ id￭ ical acts helped by computer systems its universal definition can be found in various sources
in organic chemistry an electro￭ phil￭ ic addition reaction is an addition reaction where in a chemical compound a π bond is broken and two new σ bonds are formed the sub￭ str￭ ate of an electro￭ phil￭ ic addition reaction must have a double bond or triple bond the driving force for this reaction is the formation of an electro￭ phi￭ le x that forms a co￭ val￭ ent bond with an electr￭ on rich un￭ saturated c c bond the positive charge on x is transferred to the carbon carbon bond forming a carbo￭ c￭ ation during the formation of the c x bond electro￭ phil￭ ic addition mechanism in step 2 of an electro￭ phil￭ ic addition the positively charged intermediate combines with y that is electr￭ on rich and usually an an￭ ion to form the second co￭ val￭ ent bond step 2 is the same nucle￭ oph￭ il￭ ic attack process found in an s￭ n 1 reaction the exact nature of the electro￭ phi￭ le and the nature of the positively charged intermediate are not always clear and depend on re￭ ac￭ tants and reaction conditions in all asymmetric addition reactions to carbon reg￭ io￭ selectivity is important and often determined by mark￭ ov￭ ni￭ kov s rule organ￭ ob￭ or￭ ane compounds give anti mark￭ ov￭ ni￭ kov additions electro￭ phil￭ ic attack to an aromatic system results in electro￭ phil￭ ic aromatic substitution rather than an addition reaction
electro￭ phil￭ ic aromatic substitution se￭ ar is an organic reaction in which an atom that is attached to an aromatic system usually hydrogen is replaced by an electro￭ phi￭ le some of the most important electro￭ phil￭ ic aromatic substitu￭ tions are aromatic nit￭ ration aromatic halo￭ gen￭ ation aromatic sul￭ fon￭ ation and ac￭ yl￭ ation and al￭ k￭ yl￭ ating frie￭ del – crafts reactions
electro￭ phil￭ ic substitution reactions are chemical reactions in which an electro￭ phi￭ le dis￭ places a functional group in a compound which is typically but not always a hydrogen atom electro￭ phil￭ ic aromatic substitution reactions are characteristic of aromatic compounds and are important ways of introducing functional groups onto benzene rings the other main type of electro￭ phil￭ ic substitution reaction is an electro￭ phil￭ ic ali￭ ph￭ atic substitution reaction
electro￭ reception is the biological ability to perceive natural electrical stimul￭ i it has been observed almost exclusively in aquatic or am￭ phi￭ bious animals since salt water is a much better conductor than air the currently known exceptions being ec￭ hi￭ d￭ nas cock￭ ro￭ aches and bees electro￭ reception is used in detecting objects and for electro￭ communication
el￭ ej￭ alde syndrome also known as gr￭ is￭ cell￭ i syndrome type 1 is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive syndrome consisting of moderate pig￭ ment dilution profound primary neuro￭ logic defects no immune defects and hair with metallic sil￭ very she￭ en it is associated with my￭ o 5 a
in mathematics an elementary function is a function of one variable which is the composition of a finite number of arithmetic operations – × ÷ expon￭ entials log￭ arith￭ ms constan￭ ts and solutions of al￭ ge￭ bra￭ ic equations a gener￭ alization of n￭ th roots the elementary functions include the tri￭ gon￭ ome￭ tric and hyper￭ bol￭ ic functions and their inver￭ ses as they are expres￭ sible with complex expon￭ entials and log￭ arith￭ ms it follows directly from the definition that the set of elementary functions is closed under arithmetic operations and composition it is also closed under differentiation it is not closed under limits and infinite sums importantly the elementary functions are not closed under integration as shown by li￭ ou￭ ville s theore￭ m see non￭ elementary integral the li￭ ou￭ vil￭ lian functions are defined as the elementary functions and recur￭ sively the integr￭ als of the li￭ ou￭ vil￭ lian functions some elementary functions such as roots log￭ arith￭ ms or in￭ verse tri￭ gon￭ ome￭ tric functions are not entire functions and may be multi￭ valued elementary functions were introduced by joseph li￭ ou￭ ville in a series of papers from 18￭ 33 to 18￭ 41 an al￭ ge￭ bra￭ ic treatment of elementary functions was started by joseph f￭ els rit￭ t in the 1930 s
eleph￭ anti￭ asis is a symptom of a variety of diseases where parts of a person s body swell to massive proportions some conditions that have this symptom include eleph￭ anti￭ asis no￭ str￭ as due to longstanding chronic lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ tis eleph￭ anti￭ asis tro￭ pic￭ a or lymp￭ h￭ atic fil￭ ari￭ asis caused by a number of par￭ asi￭ tic worms particularly wu￭ cher￭ er￭ ia ban￭ cro￭ f￭ ti non￭ fil￭ arial eleph￭ anti￭ asis or po￭ do￭ con￭ i￭ osis an immune disease affecting the lymp￭ h vessels eleph￭ anti￭ asis grade 4 lymp￭ he￭ dem￭ a genital eleph￭ anti￭ asis end result of lymp￭ ho￭ gran￭ ul￭ oma v￭ ener￭ eu￭ m prot￭ eus syndrome the genetic disorder of the so called elephant man
eleph￭ anti￭ asis no￭ str￭ as is a cu￭ taneous condition a final hyper￭ troph￭ ic fi￭ bro￭ sis following longstanding chronic lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ tis
elevated al￭ kal￭ ine phosp￭ hat￭ ase describes the situation where the levels of al￭ kal￭ ine phosp￭ hat￭ ase al￭ p exceed the reference range this group of enzymes has a low sub￭ str￭ ate specificity and cataly￭ zes the hydro￭ lysis of phosphate esters in an ac￭ id￭ ic environment the major function of al￭ kal￭ ine phosp￭ hat￭ ase is transporting across cell memb￭ ran￭ es al￭ kal￭ ine phosp￭ hat￭ ases are present in many human tissues including bone intest￭ ine kidney liver plac￭ enta and white blood cells damage to these tissues causes the release of al￭ p into the blood￭ stream elevated levels can be detected through a blood test elevated al￭ kal￭ ine phosphate is associated with certain medical conditions or syndro￭ mes e g hyper￭ phosp￭ hat￭ asia with mental retar￭ dation syndrome h￭ p￭ mrs it serves as a significant indication for certain medical conditions diseases and syndro￭ mes if the reason for al￭ kal￭ ine phosp￭ hat￭ ase is unknown iso￭ enzyme studies using electro￭ pho￭ res￭ is can confirm the source of the al￭ p heat stability also distinguishes bone and liver iso￭ enzymes bone burns liver lasts
elevated alpha fe￭ to￭ protein refers to a state where alpha fe￭ to￭ protein levels are outside of the reference range there are two categories of af￭ p tests tests performed on serum blood plasma and tests performed on am￭ ni￭ otic fluid tests performed on serum are further categ￭ orized by the reason for performing the test maternal serum adult tumor marker and pedi￭ atric tumor marker
in medicine the presence of elevated trans￭ amin￭ ases commonly the trans￭ amin￭ ases alan￭ ine trans￭ amin￭ ase alt and as￭ part￭ ate trans￭ amin￭ ase ast may be an indicator of liver damage other terms employed include trans￭ am￭ inas￭ emia and trans￭ am￭ initi￭ s although some sources consider the latter patho￭ logically meaningless normal ranges for both alt and ast are 8 40 u l with mild trans￭ amin￭ es￭ emia noted to the upward numerical limit of 250 u l drug induced increases such as that found with the use of anti tuberculosis agents such as is￭ oni￭ az￭ id are limited typically to below 100 u l for either alt or ast cir￭ rho￭ sis of the liver or ful￭ min￭ ant liver failure secondary to hepatitis commonly reach values for both alt and ast in the 1000 u l range elevated trans￭ amin￭ ases that persist less than six months are termed acute in nature and those values that persist for six months or more are termed chronic in nature
elev￭ ational diversity gr￭ adi￭ ent ed￭ g is an ecological pattern where trends in biodiversity occur at different elev￭ ations the ed￭ g states that species richness tends to increase as elev￭ ation increases up to a certain point creating a diversity bul￭ ge at middle elev￭ ations there have been multiple hypo￭ theses proposed for explaining the ed￭ g none of which accurately describe the phenomenon in full a similar pattern known as the lati￭ tu￭ d￭ inal diversity gr￭ adi￭ ent describes an increase in biodiversity from the poles to the equ￭ ator while the ed￭ g generally follows the ld￭ g i e high elev￭ ations in tropical regions have greater biodiversity than high elev￭ ations in temper￭ ate regions the ld￭ g does not account for elev￭ ational changes
elev￭ enses pron￭ unciation ᵻ￭ ˈ￭ l￭ ɛ￭ v￭ ə￭ nz￭ ᵻ￭ z is a short break taken at around 11 a m to consume a drink or sn￭ ack of some sort the name and details vary between countries
el￭ f￭ shot or elf shot is a medical condition described in anglo saxon medical texts notably wi￭ ð f￭ ær￭ s￭ tice and believed to be caused by invisible el￭ ves shooting invisible ar￭ rows at a person or animal causing sudden shooting pains loc￭ alised to a particular area of the body modern dig￭ noses might include r￭ heu￭ m￭ atism ar￭ thri￭ tis muscle sti￭ tches or cram￭ ps similar concepts existed in other northern european cultures belief or at least references to el￭ f￭ shot persisted into the 20 th century also in scotland though more modern el￭ ves seem to have concentrated their att￭ entions on animals in rural areas country folk would sometimes find small ar￭ ro￭ whe￭ ads the remains of ne￭ oli￭ th￭ ic or mes￭ oli￭ th￭ ic fl￭ in￭ ts or naturally occurring spe￭ ar shaped stones the prevention or curing of el￭ f￭ shot comes from using a charm against the sudden sti￭ tch the three plants used in the cure are fe￭ ver￭ few red net￭ tles and way￭ bread all have vaguely spe￭ ar shaped leaves which may have suggested their use as a remedy for pains attributed to elf ar￭ rows
in most organic elimination reactions at least one hydrogen is lost to form the double bond the un￭ satur￭ ation of the mol￭ ecu￭ le increases it is also possible that a mol￭ ecu￭ le under￭ goes reduc￭ tive elimination by which the val￭ ence of an atom in the mol￭ ecu￭ le decreases by two though this is more common in in￭ organic chemistry an important class of elimination reactions is those involving al￭ ky￭ l hali￭ des with good leaving groups reacting with a lewis base to form an al￭ k￭ ene elimination may be considered the reverse of an addition reaction when the sub￭ str￭ ate is asymmetric reg￭ io￭ selectivity is determined by za￭ it￭ se￭ v s rule or through ho￭ f￭ mann elimination if the carbon with the most substituted hydrogen is inaccessible
in complex analysis an elli￭ ptic function is a mer￭ om￭ orph￭ ic function that is periodic in two directions just as a periodic function of a real variable is defined by its values on an interval an elli￭ ptic function is determined by its values on a fundamental parall￭ elo￭ gram which then repeat in a lat￭ tice such a doubly periodic function cannot be holo￭ morph￭ ic as it would then be a bounded entire function and by li￭ ou￭ ville s theore￭ m every such function must be constant in fact an elli￭ ptic function must have at least two poles counting multiplicity in a fundamental parall￭ elo￭ gram as it is easy to show using the periodic￭ ity that a cont￭ our integral around its boundary must vanish implying that the residues of all simple poles must cancel historically elli￭ ptic functions were first discovered by ni￭ els hen￭ rik abel as in￭ verse functions of elli￭ ptic integr￭ als and their theory was improved by carl gust￭ av jaco￭ bi these in turn were studied in connection with the problem of the arc length of an elli￭ pse wh￭ ence the name derives jaco￭ bi s elli￭ ptic functions have found numerous applications in physics and were used by jaco￭ bi to prove some results in elementary number theory a more complete study of elli￭ ptic functions was later undertaken by karl wei￭ er￭ str￭ ass who found a simple elli￭ ptic function in terms of which all the others could be expressed besides their practical use in the evaluation of integr￭ als and the explicit solution of certain differential equations they have deep connections with elli￭ ptic cur￭ ves and mod￭ ular forms
ellis – van cre￭ veld syndrome also called ch￭ on￭ dro￭ ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal dys￭ pl￭ asia or mes￭ o￭ ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal dys￭ pl￭ asia but see nomenclature section below is a rare genetic disorder of the sk￭ el￭ etal dys￭ pl￭ asia type
el￭ m yel￭ lows is a plant disease of el￭ m trees that is spread by leaf￭ hop￭ pers or by root graf￭ ts el￭ m yel￭ lows also known as el￭ m ph￭ lo￭ em necro￭ sis is very aggressive with no known cure el￭ m yel￭ lows occurs in the eastern united states and southern on￭ tari￭ o in canada it is caused by phy￭ top￭ las￭ mas which infect the ph￭ lo￭ em inner bark of the tree similar phy￭ top￭ las￭ mas also known conf￭ us￭ ingly as el￭ m yel￭ lows also occur in europe infection and death of the ph￭ lo￭ em effectively gir￭ dles the tree and stops the flow of water and nutrients the disease affects both wild growing and cultivated trees
an email loop is an infinite loop phenomenon resulting from mail ser￭ vers s￭ cripts or email clients that generate automatic replies or responses if one such automatic response triggers another automatic response on the other side an email loop is created the process can continue until one mail￭ box is full or reaches its mail sending limit in theory the email loop could last indefinitely email lo￭ ops may be caused accidentally or malic￭ iously causing denial of service although rare email lo￭ ops involving more than two participants can also occur email lo￭ ops are not as common today as in the past due to changes to email software both on the client side and the server side that prevent automatic replies to vacation responses and boun￭ ced mail responses
derivative 22 syndrome or der 22 is a rare disorder associated with multiple con￭ genital anomalies including profound mental retar￭ dation pre￭ aur￭ icular skin tags or pits and con￭ o￭ trun￭ cal heart defects it can occur in offspring of carriers of the constitutional chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al trans￭ location t 11 22 q 23 q 11 owing to a 3 1 me￭ i￭ otic mal￭ segregation event resulting in partial tr￭ is￭ omy of chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es 11 and 22 an unbalanced trans￭ location between chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es 11 22 is described as eman￭ u￭ el syndrome it was characterized in 1980
embed￭ ment is a phenomenon in mechanical engineering in which the surfaces between mechanical members of a loaded joint emb￭ ed it can lead to failure by fatigue as described below and is of particular concern when considering the design of critical fast￭ ener joints
an embol￭ ism is the lodging of an embol￭ us a block￭ age causing piece of material inside a blood vessel the embol￭ us may be a blood clo￭ t thro￭ m￭ bus a fat glo￭ bu￭ le a bubble of air or other gas gas embol￭ ism or foreign material an embol￭ ism can cause partial or total block￭ age of blood flow in the affected vessel such a block￭ age a vascular oc￭ clu￭ sion may affect a part of the body distant from where the embol￭ us originated an embol￭ ism in which the embol￭ us is a piece of thro￭ m￭ bus is called a thro￭ m￭ bo￭ embol￭ ism thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis the process of thro￭ m￭ bus formation often leads to thro￭ m￭ bo￭ embol￭ ism an embol￭ ism is usually a patho￭ logic event that is part of illness or injury sometimes it is created intentionally for a therapeutic reason such as to stop bleeding or to kill a can￭ cer￭ ous tumor by stopping its blood supply such therapy is called emb￭ oli￭ zation
emb￭ rit￭ t￭ lement is a loss of duc￭ ti￭ lity of a material making it brit￭ tle various materials have different mechanisms of emb￭ rit￭ t￭ lement hydrogen emb￭ rit￭ t￭ lement is the effect of hydrogen absorption on some metals and allo￭ ys sul￭ fide stress cracking is the emb￭ rit￭ t￭ lement caused by absorption of hydrogen sul￭ fide liquid metal emb￭ rit￭ t￭ lement l￭ me is the emb￭ rit￭ t￭ lement caused by liquid metals metal induced emb￭ rit￭ t￭ lement mie is the emb￭ rit￭ t￭ lement caused by diffusion of atoms of metal either solid or liquid into the material neutr￭ on radiation causes emb￭ rit￭ t￭ lement of some materials neutr￭ on induced sw￭ elling and buil￭ dup of wi￭ gn￭ er energy this is a process especially important for neutr￭ on moder￭ ators and nuclear reactor vessels see duc￭ ti￭ lity the primary emb￭ rit￭ t￭ lement mechanism of plastics is gradual loss of plas￭ tic￭ iz￭ ers usually by overheating or aging the primary emb￭ rit￭ t￭ lement mechanism of asp￭ halt is by oxid￭ ation which is most severe in warmer clim￭ ates asp￭ halt pav￭ ement emb￭ rit￭ t￭ lement can lead to various forms of cracking patterns including longit￭ ud￭ inal trans￭ verse and block hex￭ ag￭ onal asp￭ halt oxid￭ ation is related to poly￭ mer degradation as these materials bear similarities in their chemical composition
embryo quality is the ability of an embryo to perform successfully in terms of conferring a high pregnancy rate and or resulting in a healthy person embryo profiling is the estimation of embryo quality by qualification and or quantification of various parameters estim￭ ations of embryo quality guides the choice in embryo selection in in vitro fertili￭ zation in general embryo profiling for prediction of pregnancy rates focuses mainly on visual profiles and short term biom￭ ar￭ kers including expression of r￭ na and proteins preferably in the surroundings of embryos to avoid any damage to them on the other hand embryo profiling for health prediction puts more focus on the genome and where there is a risk of a genetic disorder it more often involves cell sampling from the embryo for pre￭ implan￭ tation genetic diagnosis
embry￭ o￭ car￭ dia is a condition in which the two heart sounds s 1 and s 2 that produce the typical lu￭ bb du￭ bb sound of the heart becomes in￭ distingu￭ ishable and equally spac￭ ed thus the normal lu￭ bb du￭ bb rhythm of the heart becomes a tic to￭ c rhythm resembling the heart sounds of a fe￭ tus this condition is observed in my￭ o￭ cardi￭ tis
embry￭ onal carcin￭ oma is a relatively un￭ common type of germ cell tum￭ our that occurs in the ov￭ aries and test￭ es
embry￭ onal r￭ hab￭ dom￭ y￭ os￭ ar￭ coma er￭ ms is a rare his￭ to￭ logical form of cancer of connec￭ tive tissue where￭ in the mes￭ en￭ ch￭ ym￭ ally derived m￭ align￭ ant cells resemble the primitive developing sk￭ el￭ etal muscle of the embryo it is the most common soft tissue sar￭ coma occurring in children
emergence deli￭ ri￭ um sometimes referred to as ag￭ itated emergence emergence ag￭ itation emergence excitement or po￭ stan￭ esthetic excitement is a condition in which emergence from general an￭ esthesia is accompanied by psy￭ ch￭ om￭ o￭ tor ag￭ itation some see a relation to pav￭ or no￭ c￭ turn￭ us while other see a relation to the excitement stage of an￭ esthesia
an emergency exit in a structure is a special exit for emergencies such as a fire the combined use of regular and special exits allows for faster evacuation while it also provides an alternative if the route to the regular exit is blocked by fire etc it is usually a strategically located e g in a st￭ air￭ well hall￭ way or other likely place outward opening door with a crash bar on it and with exit signs leading to it the name is a reference to when they are frequently used however a fire exit can also be a main door￭ way in or out a fire escape is a special kind of emergency exit mounted to the outside of a building
emergency r￭ ations are items of food and drink that a person stores and relies on in case of an emergency emergency food supplies can be purchased for camping trips or wilderness adventures these supplies are meant to last for several days many people also purchase long shelf life emergency food in case of natural disasters or other emergency situations the food can come in the form of a powder freeze dried smoked or sal￭ ted the r￭ ations are to help people survive until help arrives and are often carried while hill walking or mountain￭ eering because of the risk of being stranded by an accident in some organised events such as ten tors it is obligatory to carry emergency r￭ ations emergency r￭ ations are often carried by camping enthusiasts especially back pack camp￭ ers who are more likely to be far from food supplies emergency foodstuffs are usually high in cal￭ or￭ ic content and sometimes also in nutritional content typical emergency foodstuffs are high cal￭ orie foods such as candy bars nutritional bars energy or sports bars hard bread or biscu￭ it dried meat such as jer￭ ky and dried fruit if water is available r￭ ations with little water content are lighter to carry emergency r￭ ations are generally carried on the person by people on foot in case of becoming lost or separated from normal food supplies water or other drinks are carried if water is not readily available from the environment
an emerging infectious disease eid is an infectious disease whose incidence has increased in the past 20 years and could increase in the near future emerging infections account for at least 12 of all human pathogens ei￭ ds are caused by newly identified species or strains e g severe acute respiratory syndrome hiv aids that may have evolved from a known infection e g influenza or spread to a new population e g west nile fever or to an area undergoing eco￭ logic transformation e g ly￭ me disease or be re￭ emerging infections like drug resistant tuberculosis no￭ so￭ com￭ ial hospital acquired infections such as meth￭ ic￭ ill￭ in resistant stap￭ hy￭ lo￭ co￭ cc￭ us au￭ re￭ us are emerging in hospitals and extremely problematic in that they are resistant to many antibiotics of growing concern are adverse syner￭ g￭ istic interactions between emerging diseases and other infectious and non infectious conditions leading to the development of novel syn￭ dem￭ ics many emerging diseases are zoonotic an animal reservoir incub￭ ates the organism with only occasional transmission into human populations
the emer￭ son effect is the increase in the rate of photo￭ synthesis after chlor￭ op￭ lasts are exposed to light of wa￭ vel￭ eng￭ th 670 nm red light and 700 nm far red light when simultaneously exposed to light of both wa￭ vel￭ eng￭ ths the rate of photo￭ synthesis is far higher than the sum of the red light and far red light photo￭ synthesis rates the effect was early evidence that two photo￭ systems processing different wa￭ vel￭ eng￭ ths cooperate in photo￭ synthesis
emer￭ y – dre￭ if￭ uss muscular dy￭ stro￭ phy is a condition that mainly affects muscles used for movement such as sk￭ el￭ etal muscles and also affects the cardiac muscle it is named after alan eg￭ lin h emer￭ y and fr￭ itz e dre￭ if￭ uss
emigration from colombia is a migratory phenomenon that has been taking place in colombia since the early 20 th century
emigration from mexico is a migratory phenomenon that has been taking place in mexico since the early 20 th century
emigration from moldova is a mass phenomenon having a significant impact on the country s demographics and economy
emigration from uruguay is a migratory phenomenon that has been taking place in uruguay since the early 20 th century
emigration from the united states is a complex demographic phenomenon existing for decades and having a number of reasons the process is the reverse of the immigration to the united states for the first centuries of its existence the us benefited from its low population density and had attracted large masses of immigrants and it continues to be a net immigration country the united states does not keep track of emigration and counts of americans abroad are thus only available courtesy of statistics kept by the destination countries
the emission spectrum of a chemical element or chemical compound is the spectrum of frequencies of electromagnetic radiation emitted due to an atom or mol￭ ecu￭ le making a transition from a high energy state to a lower energy state the pho￭ ton energy of the emitted pho￭ ton is equal to the energy difference between the two states there are many possible electr￭ on transitions for each atom and each transition has a specific energy difference this collection of different transitions leading to different radi￭ ated wa￭ vel￭ eng￭ ths make up an emission spectrum each element s emission spectrum is unique therefore spec￭ tro￭ sco￭ py can be used to identify the elements in matter of unknown composition similarly the emission spec￭ tra of molecules can be used in chemical analysis of substances
“ … a condition exhi￭ biting one or more of the following characteristics over a long period of time and to a marked degree that adversely affects a child ’ s educational performance the classification is often given to students that need individu￭ alized behavior supports to receive a free and appropriate public education but would not be eligible for an individu￭ alized education program under another disability category of the individuals with disabilities education act idea
emotional conflict is the presence of different and opposing emotions relating to a situation that has recently taken place or is in the process of being unfol￭ ded they may be accompanied at times by a physical discomfort especially when a functional disturbance has become associated with an emotional conflict in childhood and in particular by tension headaches expressing a state of inner tension or caused by an unconscious conflict for c g jung emotional conflicts and the intervention of the unconscious are the classical features of medical psychology equally fre￭ ud s concept of emotional conflict as amplified by anna fre￭ ud erik￭ son and others is central in contemporary theories of mental disorder in children particularly with respect to the development of psy￭ ch￭ on￭ euro￭ sis
emotional gran￭ ul￭ arity is an individual s ability to differentiate between the specificity of their emotions an individual with high emotional gran￭ ul￭ arity would be able to discriminate between their emotions that all fall within the same level of val￭ ence and ar￭ ous￭ al lab￭ eling their experiences with dis￭ crete emotion words someone with low emotional gran￭ ul￭ arity would report their emotions in global terms usually of pleasure or displeasure it is unknown whether these differences of gran￭ ul￭ arity among individuals stem from an inability of some to verb￭ ally label the dis￭ crete emotions they feel inside or whether some people are simply unaware of the distinctions between specific emotions
emotional self regulation it can also be defined as extr￭ ins￭ ic and intrinsic processes responsible for monitoring evaluating and modifying emotional reactions emotion self regulation belongs to the broader set of emotion regulation processes which includes the regulation of one s own feelings and the regulation of other people s feelings emotional regulation is a complex process that involves initiating inhi￭ biting or mod￭ ulating one s state or behavior in a given situation – for example the subjective experience feelings cognitive responses thoughts emotion related physiological responses for example heart rate or hormonal activity and emotion related behavior bodily actions or expressions func￭ tionally emotional regulation can also refer to processes such as the tendency to focus one s attention to a task and the ability to suppress inappropriate behavior under instruction emotional regulation is a highly significant function in human life every day people are continually exposed to a wide variety of potentially ar￭ ous￭ ing stimul￭ i inappropriate extreme or unchecked emotional reactions to such stimul￭ i could impede functional fit within society therefore people must engage in some form of emotion regulation almost all of the time generally speaking emotional dys￭ regulation has been defined as difficulties in controlling the influence of emotional ar￭ ous￭ al on the organization and quality of thoughts actions and interactions individuals who are emotionally dys￭ regulated exhibit patterns of responding in which there is a mis￭ match between their goals responses and or modes of expression and the demands of the social environment for example there is a significant association between emotion dys￭ regulation and symptoms of depression anxiety eating path￭ ology and substance abuse higher levels of emotion regulation are likely to be related to both high levels of social competence and the expression of socially appropriate emotions
emp￭ athy in chickens is the reaction of a mother hen in response to her observation of adverse conditions imposed upon her chicks the biotechnology and biological research council s animal welfare initiative defines and recognizes that hens possess a fundamental capacity to emp￭ ath￭ ise these emp￭ athetic responses in animals are well documented and are usually discussed along with issues related to cogn￭ ition the difference between animal cogn￭ ition and animal emotion is recognized by eth￭ ic￭ ists the specific emotional attribute of emp￭ athy in chickens has not been only investigated in terms of its existence but it has applications that have resulted in the designed reduction of stress in farm raised poultry
in medicine em￭ peri￭ pol￭ esis is the presence of an intact cell within the cy￭ top￭ las￭ m of another cell it is derived from greek em is inside peri is around polem￭ ai is w￭ ander about em￭ peri￭ pol￭ esis is an un￭ common biological process and can be physiological or pathological it is related to peri￭ pol￭ esis which is the attachment of one cell to another em￭ peri￭ pol￭ esis is unlike p￭ ha￭ go￭ cy￭ to￭ sis in which the engul￭ fed cell is killed by the ly￭ so￭ som￭ al enzymes of the macro￭ p￭ ha￭ ge instead the engul￭ fed cell remains viable within the other and can exit at any time without causing structural or functional ab￭ norm￭ alities in either cell
in telecommunications emphasis is the intentional alteration of the am￭ pl￭ itude vs frequency characteristics of the signal to reduce adverse effects of noise in a communication system or recording system typically prior to some process such as transmission over cable or recording to phono￭ graph record or tape the input frequency range most susceptible to noise is boosted this is referred to as pre emphasis pre the process the signal will undergo later when the signal is received or retri￭ eved from recording the reverse transformation is applied de emphasis so that the output accurately re￭ produces the original input any noise added by transmission or record play￭ back to the frequency range previously boosted is now attenu￭ ated in the de emphasis stage the whole system of pre emphasis and de emphasis is called emphasis the high frequency signal components are emphasized to produce a more equal modulation index for the transmitted frequency spectrum and therefore a better signal to noise ratio for the entire frequency range emphasis is commonly used in l￭ p records and f￭ m broadcasting
symptoms of emph￭ ys￭ em￭ at￭ ous cy￭ sti￭ tis include air in the blad￭ der wall altered mental status severe ab￭ domin￭ al pain weakness dark urine dy￭ sur￭ ia fever leth￭ ar￭ gy v￭ om￭ iting as well as white blood cells and bacteria in the urine mc￭ ca￭ be where some patients may be as￭ ymp￭ tomatic others may present with se￭ ptic shock de ba￭ ets ba￭ ert symptoms can vary greatly from patient to patient which makes the disease difficult to diagnose in some cases of emph￭ ys￭ em￭ at￭ ous cy￭ sti￭ tis patients don ’ t even claim to have any ur￭ inary symptoms mo￭ kab￭ ber￭ i ur￭ inary symptoms can include blood in the urine increased ur￭ inary frequency urgency occasional in￭ contin￭ ence difficulty vo￭ i￭ ding and burning sensation emph￭ ys￭ em￭ at￭ ous cy￭ sti￭ tis is often indicated in patients who display pneu￭ matur￭ ia bo￭ b￭ ba in some cases emph￭ ys￭ em￭ at￭ ous cy￭ sti￭ tis can cause thick￭ ening of the blad￭ der wall we￭ er￭ ak￭ ko￭ dy clinical sub￭ cu￭ taneous emph￭ ys￭ ema is a rare complic￭ ation of emph￭ ys￭ em￭ at￭ ous cy￭ sti￭ tis that has a poor prog￭ no￭ sis ahmed ram￭ ad￭ an bla￭ ke
in statistics an empirical distribution function is the distribution function associated with the empirical measure of a sample this cumulative distribution function is a step function that jumps up by 1 n at each of the n data points the empirical distribution function estimates the cumulative distribution function underlying of the points in the sample and conver￭ ges with probability 1 according to the gli￭ ven￭ ko – can￭ t￭ elli theore￭ m a number of results exist to quantify the rate of convergence of the empirical distribution function to the underlying cumulative distribution function
empty nose syndrome ens is a rare clinical syndrome in which people who have clear nas￭ al passages experience a range of symptoms most commonly feelings of nas￭ al obstruction nas￭ al dr￭ y￭ ness and cru￭ sting and a sensation of being unable to breathe people who experience ens have usually undergone a tur￭ bin￭ ec￭ tomy removal or reduction of tur￭ bin￭ ates structures inside the nose or other surgical procedures that interfere with tur￭ bin￭ ates the overall incidence is unknown but it appears to occur in a small percentage of those who undergo nas￭ o￭ sin￭ al procedures it appears to be a health care caused condition but its existence as a medical condition cause diagnosis and management are controversial no one disputes that people with the symptoms suffer a great deal
empty sel￭ la syndrome abbreviated ess is where the pit￭ u￭ itary g￭ land shrin￭ ks or becomes fl￭ att￭ ened filling the sel￭ la tur￭ c￭ ica or turkish saddle with cere￭ bro￭ spinal fluid on imaging instead of the normal pit￭ u￭ itary ess can be found in the radiological work￭ up of pit￭ u￭ itary disorders or as an incidental finding when imaging the brain
en￭ am￭ el hypo￭ pl￭ asia is a defect of the teeth in which the en￭ am￭ el is hard but thin and deficient in amount caused by defective en￭ am￭ el matrix formation with a deficiency of vitamin d in the body usually the condition involves part of the tooth having a pit in it in some cases the natural en￭ am￭ el crown has a hole in it and in extreme cases the tooth has no en￭ am￭ el which doesn t mean the tooth doesn t exist because denti￭ n is also a component of teeth
an en￭ am￭ el pearl is a condition of teeth where en￭ am￭ el is found on locations where en￭ am￭ el is not supposed to be such as on a root surface they are found usually in the area between roots which is called a fur￭ c￭ ation of mol￭ ars en￭ am￭ el pear￭ ls are not common in teeth with a single root the most common location of en￭ am￭ el pearl is the fur￭ c￭ ation areas of the max￭ ill￭ ary and man￭ di￭ bul￭ ar third mol￭ ar roots the en￭ am￭ el pear￭ ls are formed essentially from the her￭ t￭ wig s epi￭ the￭ li￭ al root she￭ ath after the initiation of the formation of denti￭ n in the root area of the tooth the root she￭ ath dis￭ integrates and moves away from the root surface so that the cells of the dental s￭ ac can come in contact of pre￭ denti￭ n to differentiate into cem￭ ent￭ obl￭ asts and start de￭ position of cem￭ ent￭ um however if the cells of epi￭ the￭ li￭ al root she￭ ath remain adher￭ ent to pre￭ denti￭ n they may differentiate into fully functional am￭ elo￭ bl￭ asts and deposit en￭ am￭ el such dro￭ ple￭ ts of en￭ am￭ el are called en￭ am￭ el pear￭ ls
en￭ anthem or en￭ an￭ them￭ a is a rash small spots on the mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ ran￭ es it is characteristic of patients with small￭ pox meas￭ les chicken pox and ro￭ se￭ ola inf￭ an￭ tum it can also indicate hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity en￭ an￭ them￭ a can present with viral ex￭ an￭ them￭ a
en￭ anti￭ ost￭ asis is the ability of an open system especially a living organism to maintain and conserve its metabol￭ ic and physiological functions in response to variations in an unstable environment estu￭ ar￭ ine organisms typically undergo en￭ anti￭ ost￭ asis in order to survive with constantly changing salt concentrations the australian n￭ sw board of studies defines the term in its biology sy￭ ll￭ ab￭ us as the maintenance of metabol￭ ic and physiological functions in response to variations in the environment en￭ anti￭ ost￭ asis is not a form of classical home￭ ost￭ asis meaning standing at a similar level which focused on maintenance of internal body conditions such as ph oxygen levels and ion concentrations rather than maintaining home￭ o￭ static stable ideal conditions en￭ anti￭ ost￭ asis involves maintaining only functionality in spite of external fluctuations however it can be considered a type of home￭ ost￭ asis in a broader context because functions are kept relatively consistent the term en￭ anti￭ ost￭ asis was proposed by man￭ gum and tow￭ le it is derived from the greek ἐ￭ ν￭ αν￭ τ￭ ί￭ ος en￭ anti￭ o opposite opposing over against and στ￭ ά￭ σ￭ ις st￭ asis to stand posture an example of an organism which under￭ goes en￭ anti￭ ost￭ asis in an estu￭ ary environment includes the oxygen binding effectiveness of hem￭ oc￭ yan￭ in in the blue crab call￭ in￭ ec￭ tes sap￭ i￭ dus varies according to the concentration of two factors calcium ion concentration and hydrogen ion concentration when these concentrations are varied in the same direction they have a counter￭ balancing effect to stabilize oxygen binding at low ion￭ ic concentrations the crab increases its internal ph decreasing the hydrogen ion concentration to allow the hem￭ oc￭ yan￭ in to continue to function efficiently
en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis is a sudden onset infl￭ amm￭ ation of the brain en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis with men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis is known as men￭ in￭ go￭ en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis symptoms include headache fever confusion drow￭ sin￭ ess and fatigue further symptoms include seizures or con￭ vul￭ sions tre￭ mors halluc￭ inations stroke and memory problems in 2013 en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis was estimated to have resulted in 77 000 deaths down from 92 000 in 1990 the word is from ancient greek ἐ￭ γ￭ κ￭ έ￭ φα￭ λο￭ ς enk￭ é￭ p￭ hal￭ os brain composed of ἐ￭ ν en in and κ￭ ε￭ φα￭ λ￭ ή ke￭ p￭ hal￭ é head and the medical suff￭ ix i￭ tis infl￭ amm￭ ation
en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis leth￭ arg￭ ica or von econom￭ o disease is an atypical form of en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis also known as sleepy sickness distinct from t￭ set￭ se fly transmitted sleeping sickness it was first described in 1917 by the neuro￭ logist constan￭ tin von econom￭ o￭ and the patho￭ logist jean ren￭ é cru￭ chet the disease attacks the brain leaving some victims in a statue like condition spe￭ ech￭ less and mo￭ tion￭ less between 1915 and 19￭ 26 an epidemic of en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis leth￭ arg￭ ica spread around the world nearly five million people were affected a third of whom died in the acute stages many of those who survived never returned to their pre existing ali￭ veness they would be conscious and aware yet not fully awake they would sit mo￭ tion￭ less and spe￭ ech￭ less all day in their chairs totally lacking energy impetus initiative motive appetite affect or desire they registered what went on about them without active attention and with profound indifference they neither conveyed nor felt the feeling of life they were as in￭ substantial as ghosts and as passive as zom￭ bies awak￭ enings oliver sacks p 14 no recurrence of the epidemic has since been reported though isolated cases continue to occur
encephal￭ oce￭ le sometimes known as cran￭ ium bi￭ fi￭ dum is a ne￭ ural tube defect characterized by s￭ ac like pro￭ tru￭ sions of the brain and the memb￭ ran￭ es that cover it through openings in the skull these defects are caused by failure of the ne￭ ural tube to close completely during fe￭ tal development encephal￭ oc￭ el￭ es cause a gro￭ ove down the middle of the skull or between the fore￭ head and nose or on the back side of the skull the severity of encephal￭ oce￭ le varies depending on its location
encephalopathy ɛ￭ n￭ ˌ￭ s￭ ɛ￭ f￭ ə￭ ˈ￭ l￭ ɒ￭ p￭ ə￭ θ￭ i means disorder or disease of the brain in modern usage encephalopathy does not refer to a single disease but rather to a syndrome of overall brain dysfunction this syndrome can have many different organic and in￭ organic causes
an en￭ ch￭ on￭ dro￭ ma is a car￭ til￭ age cyst found in the bone marrow typically en￭ ch￭ on￭ dro￭ ma is discovered on an x ray scan en￭ ch￭ on￭ dro￭ mas have a characteristic appearance on magnetic resonance imaging m￭ ri as well they have also been reported to cause increased uptake on pet examination
en￭ ch￭ on￭ dro￭ mat￭ osis is a form of o￭ ste￭ och￭ on￭ dro￭ dys￭ pl￭ asia characterized by a proliferation of en￭ ch￭ on￭ dro￭ mas ol￭ lier disease can be considered a synon￭ ym for en￭ ch￭ on￭ dro￭ mat￭ osis ma￭ ff￭ ucci syndrome is en￭ ch￭ on￭ dro￭ mat￭ osis with hem￭ an￭ gi￭ om￭ at￭ osis
en￭ co￭ pres￭ is from the ancient greek ἐ￭ γ￭ κ￭ ό￭ πρ￭ η￭ σ￭ ις eg￭ k￭ ó￭ pr￭ ē￭ sis also known as paradoxical diarr￭ hea is voluntary or involuntary f￭ ec￭ al so￭ iling in children who have usually already been toilet trained persons with en￭ co￭ pres￭ is often leak sto￭ ol into their under￭ garments this term is usually applied to children and where the symptom is present in adults it is more commonly known as f￭ ec￭ al leakage fl f￭ ec￭ al so￭ iling or f￭ ec￭ al se￭ ep￭ age
in computing end of file commonly abbreviated e￭ of is a condition in a computer operating system where no more data can be read from a data source the data source is usually called a file or stream in general the e￭ of is either determined when the reader returns null as seen in j￭ ava s buff￭ ere￭ dread￭ er or sometimes people will manu￭ ally insert an e￭ of character of their choosing to signal when the file has ended in the c standard library the character reading functions such as get￭ ch￭ ar return a value equal to the symbolic value macro e￭ of to indicate that an end of file condition has occurred the actual value of e￭ of is system dependent but is commonly 1 such as in gli￭ bc and is unequal to any valid character code block reading functions return the number of by￭ tes read and if this is fewer than asked for then the end of file was reached or an error occurred checking of err￭ no or dedicated function such as fer￭ ror is often required to determine which
end￭ a￭ ural phenomena are sounds that are heard without any external acous￭ tic stimulation end￭ a￭ ural means in the ear phenomena include transi￭ ent ringing in the ears that sound like sine tones white noise like sounds and subjective tin￭ nit￭ us end￭ a￭ ural phenomena need to be distinguished from o￭ to￭ acous￭ tic emissions in which a person s ear emits sounds the em￭ itter typically cannot hear the sounds made by his or her ear end￭ a￭ ural phenomena also need to be distinguished from aud￭ itory halluc￭ inations which are sometimes associated with psycho￭ sis
endemic go￭ itre is a type of go￭ itre that is associated with dietary i￭ od￭ ine deficiency some inland areas where soil and water lacks in i￭ od￭ ine compounds and consumption of marine foods is low are known for higher incidence of go￭ itre in such areas go￭ itre is said to be endemic this type of go￭ itre is easily preventable in most developed countries regulations have been put into force by health policy institutions requiring salt flour or water to be fortified with i￭ od￭ ine treatment of endemic go￭ itre is medical with i￭ od￭ ine and thyro￭ x￭ ine preparations surgery is only necessary in cases where complicated by significant compression of nearby structures
the enders sam￭ p ramp hydra￭ zone al￭ k￭ yl￭ ation reaction is an asymmetric carbon carbon bond formation reaction facilitated by py￭ r￭ ro￭ li￭ dine chir￭ al auxili￭ aries it was pione￭ ered by e j co￭ rey and d enders in 1976 and was further developed by d enders and his group this method is usually a three step sequence the first step is to form the hydra￭ zone between s 1 amino 2 meth￭ oxy￭ meth￭ yl￭ py￭ r￭ ro￭ li￭ dine sam￭ p or r 1 amino 2 meth￭ oxy￭ meth￭ yl￭ py￭ r￭ ro￭ li￭ dine ramp and a ke￭ tone or alde￭ hyde afterwards the hydra￭ zone is de￭ pro￭ ton￭ ated by lith￭ ium di￭ iso￭ prop￭ yl￭ amide lda to form an az￭ a￭ en￭ ol￭ ate which reacts with al￭ ky￭ l hali￭ des or other suitable electro￭ ph￭ iles to give al￭ k￭ yl￭ ated hydra￭ zone species with the simultaneous generation of a new chir￭ al center finally the al￭ k￭ yl￭ ated ke￭ tone or alde￭ hyde can be regener￭ ated by oz￭ on￭ ol￭ ysis or hydro￭ lysis enders sam￭ p ramp hydra￭ zone al￭ k￭ yl￭ ation reaction this reaction is a useful technique for asymmetric α al￭ k￭ yl￭ ation of ke￭ tones and alde￭ hy￭ des which are common synthetic intermedi￭ ates for medic￭ in￭ ally interesting natural products and other related organic compounds these natural products include c 10 dem￭ ethyl ar￭ te￭ annu￭ in b the structural analo￭ g of anti￭ mal￭ arial art￭ emis￭ in￭ in the poly￭ pro￭ pion￭ ate metabol￭ ite den￭ ticul￭ atin a and b isolated from si￭ ph￭ on￭ aria den￭ ticul￭ ata zar￭ ago￭ z￭ ic acid a a potent inhi￭ bit￭ or of sterol synthesis and epo￭ th￭ il￭ one a and b which have been proven to be very effective antic￭ an￭ cer drugs
ending inventory is the amount of inventory a company has in stock at the end of its fiscal year it is closely related with ending inventory cost which is the amount of money spent to get these goods in stock it should be calculated at the lower of cost or market
endo￭ cap￭ ill￭ ary prolifer￭ ative glo￭ mer￭ ul￭ on￭ eph￭ ri￭ tis is a form of glo￭ mer￭ ul￭ on￭ eph￭ ri￭ tis that can be associated with ne￭ ph￭ ri￭ tis it may be associated with par￭ vo￭ virus b 19
endo￭ cardi￭ al fi￭ bro￭ el￭ ast￭ osis efe is a rare heart disorder usually occurring in children two years old and younger it may also be considered a reaction to stress not necessarily a specific disease it should not be confused with end￭ om￭ yo￭ cardi￭ al fi￭ bro￭ sis
endo￭ cardi￭ tis is an infl￭ amm￭ ation of the inner layer of the heart the endo￭ cardi￭ um it usually involves the heart valves other structures that may be involved include the interven￭ tric￭ ular sep￭ tum the ch￭ ord￭ ae tend￭ ine￭ ae the m￭ ural endo￭ cardi￭ um or the surfaces of in￭ trac￭ ardi￭ ac devices endo￭ cardi￭ tis is characterized by le￭ sions known as vege￭ tations which is a mass of plat￭ el￭ ets fi￭ br￭ in micro￭ colonies of micro￭ organisms and scant in￭ fl￭ am￭ matory cells in the sub￭ acute form of infec￭ tive endo￭ cardi￭ tis the vegetation may also include a center of gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ ous tissue which may fi￭ bro￭ se or calci￭ fy there are several ways to classify endo￭ cardi￭ tis the simplest classification is based on cause either infec￭ tive or non infec￭ tive depending on whether a micro￭ organism is the source of the infl￭ amm￭ ation or not regardless the diagnosis of endo￭ cardi￭ tis is based on clinical features investigations such as an echo￭ cardi￭ o￭ gram and blood cultures demonstrating the presence of endo￭ cardi￭ tis causing micro￭ organisms signs and symptoms include fever ch￭ ills swe￭ ating malaise weakness an￭ ore￭ x￭ ia weight loss splen￭ om￭ eg￭ al￭ y flu like feeling cardiac mur￭ m￭ ur heart failure pe￭ tec￭ hia of an￭ terior trunk jan￭ e￭ way s le￭ sions etc
an endocrine bone disease is a bone disease associated with a disorder of the endocrine system an example is ost￭ ei￭ tis fi￭ bro￭ sa c￭ ys￭ tica
endocrine diseases are disorders of the endocrine system the branch of medicine associated with endocrine disorders is known as endocr￭ in￭ ology
an endocrine g￭ land ne￭ op￭ las￭ m is a ne￭ op￭ las￭ m affecting one or more g￭ lands of the endocrine system examples include adren￭ al tumor pit￭ u￭ itary aden￭ oma the most common form is thyro￭ id cancer condition such as pan￭ cre￭ atic cancer or o￭ vari￭ an cancer can be considered endocrine tumors or classified under other systems pine￭ al￭ oma is often grouped with brain tumors because of its location
endo￭ der￭ mal sin￭ us tumor est also known as y￭ ol￭ k s￭ ac tumor y￭ st is a member of the germ cell tumor group of cancers it is the most common tes￭ tic￭ ular tumor in children under 3 and is also known as inf￭ anti￭ le embry￭ onal carcin￭ oma this age group has a very good prog￭ no￭ sis in contrast to the pure form typical of infants adult endo￭ der￭ mal sin￭ us tumors are often found in combination with other kinds of germ cell tumor particularly ter￭ atom￭ a and embry￭ onal carcin￭ oma while pure ter￭ atom￭ a is usually benign endo￭ der￭ mal sin￭ us tumor is m￭ align￭ ant
endo￭ genous regeneration in the brain is the ability of cells to engage in the repair and regeneration process while the brain has a limited capacity for regeneration endo￭ genous ne￭ ural stem cells as well as numerous pro regener￭ ative molecules can participate in replacing and repairing damaged or dise￭ ased neurons and gli￭ al cells another benefit that can be achieved by using endo￭ genous regeneration could be avoiding an immune response from the host
end￭ olymp￭ h￭ atic hydro￭ ps is a disorder of the inner ear it consists of an excessive build up of the end￭ olymp￭ h fluid which fills the hearing and balance structures of the inner ear end￭ olymp￭ h fluid which is partly regulated by the end￭ olymp￭ h s￭ ac flows through the inner ear and is critical to the function of all sensory cells in the inner ear in addition to water end￭ olymp￭ h fluid contains salts such as sodium potassium chloride and other electro￭ ly￭ tes if the inner ear is damaged by disease or injury the volume and composition of the end￭ olymp￭ h fluid can change causing the symptoms of end￭ olymp￭ h￭ atic hydro￭ ps
end￭ ome￭ trial cancer is a cancer that arises from the end￭ ome￭ tri￭ um the lining of the uter￭ us or wom￭ b it is the result of the abnormal growth of cells that have the ability to invade or spread to other parts of the body the first sign is most often vag￭ inal bleeding not associated with a men￭ str￭ ual period other symptoms include pain with ur￭ ination or sexual inter￭ course or pel￭ vic pain end￭ ome￭ trial cancer occurs most commonly after men￭ op￭ ause approximately 40 of cases are related to obesity end￭ ome￭ trial cancer is also associated with excessive estro￭ gen exposure high blood pressure and diabetes whereas taking estro￭ gen alone increases the risk of end￭ ome￭ trial cancer taking both estro￭ gen and prog￭ est￭ er￭ one in combination as in most birth control pills decreases the risk between two and five percent of cases are related to genes inherited from the parents end￭ ome￭ trial cancer is sometimes loosely referred to as uter￭ ine cancer although it is distinct from other forms of uter￭ ine cancer such as cer￭ vic￭ al cancer uter￭ ine sar￭ coma and tro￭ pho￭ bl￭ astic disease the most frequent type of end￭ ome￭ trial cancer is end￭ ome￭ tri￭ o￭ id carcin￭ oma which accounts for more than 80 of cases end￭ ome￭ trial cancer is commonly diagnosed by end￭ ome￭ trial biopsy or by taking samples during a procedure known as dil￭ ation and cu￭ re￭ tt￭ age a p￭ ap sme￭ ar is not typically sufficient to show end￭ ome￭ trial cancer regular screening in those at normal risk is not called for the leading treatment option for end￭ ome￭ trial cancer is ab￭ domin￭ al hyster￭ ec￭ tomy the total removal by surgery of the uter￭ us together with removal of the fall￭ op￭ ian tubes and ov￭ aries on both sides called a bilateral sal￭ p￭ ingo o￭ opho￭ rec￭ tomy in more advanced cases radiation therapy chem￭ otherapy or hormone therapy may also be recommended if the disease is diagnosed at an early stage the outcome is favorable and the overall five year survival rate in the united states is greater than 80 in 2012 end￭ ome￭ trial cancers occurred in 320 000 women and caused 76 000 deaths this makes it the third most common cause of death in cancers which only affect women behind o￭ vari￭ an and cer￭ vic￭ al cancer it is more common in the developed world and is the most common cancer of the female reproductive tract in developed countries rates of end￭ ome￭ trial cancer have risen in a number of countries between the 1980 s and 2010 this is believed to be due to the increasing number of elderly people and increasing rates of obesity
end￭ ome￭ trial hyper￭ pl￭ asia is a condition of excessive proliferation of the cells of the end￭ ome￭ tri￭ um or inner lining of the uter￭ us most cases of end￭ ome￭ trial hyper￭ pl￭ asia result from high levels of est￭ rog￭ ens combined with insufficient levels of the prog￭ est￭ er￭ one like hormones which ordinarily counteract estro￭ gen s prolifer￭ ative effects on this tissue this may occur in a number of settings including obesity poly￭ c￭ ys￭ tic o￭ vary syndrome estro￭ gen producing tum￭ ours e g gran￭ ul￭ osa cell tum￭ our and certain formulations of estro￭ gen replacement therapy end￭ ome￭ trial hyper￭ pl￭ asia is a significant risk factor for the development or even co existence of end￭ ome￭ trial cancer so careful monitoring and treatment of women with this disorder is essential
end￭ ome￭ trial intra￭ epi￭ the￭ li￭ al ne￭ op￭ la￭ sia ein is a pre￭ m￭ align￭ ant le￭ sion of the uter￭ ine lining that pre￭ dis￭ poses to end￭ ome￭ tri￭ o￭ id end￭ ome￭ trial aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma it is composed of a collection of abnormal end￭ ome￭ trial cells arising from the g￭ lands that line the uter￭ us which have a tendency over time to progress to the most common form of uter￭ ine cancer — end￭ ome￭ trial aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma end￭ ome￭ tri￭ o￭ id type
an end￭ ome￭ trial poly￭ p or uter￭ ine poly￭ p is a mass in the inner lining of the uter￭ us they may have a large flat base ses￭ sile or be attached to the uter￭ us by an el￭ ong￭ ated pe￭ dic￭ le pe￭ dun￭ cul￭ ated pe￭ dun￭ cul￭ ated poly￭ ps are more common than ses￭ sile ones they range in size from a few milli￭ meters to several centi￭ meters if pe￭ dun￭ cul￭ ated they can pro￭ tru￭ de through the cer￭ vi￭ x into the vag￭ ina small blood vessels may be present particularly in large poly￭ ps
an end￭ ome￭ trial st￭ rom￭ al no￭ dule is a non￭ infiltr￭ ative circum￭ scri￭ bed proliferation of end￭ ome￭ trial st￭ rom￭ al cells and is a benign subtype of end￭ ome￭ trial st￭ rom￭ al tumor the appearance of the cells is identical to normal end￭ ome￭ trial st￭ rom￭ al cells this can only be differentiated from low grade end￭ ome￭ trial st￭ rom￭ al sar￭ coma by confirming lack of infiltr￭ ation the differential includes cellular lei￭ om￭ y￭ oma diagnosis may be aided by immun￭ o￭ stain￭ ing end￭ ome￭ trial st￭ rom￭ al no￭ d￭ ules are positive for cd 10 lei￭ om￭ y￭ om￭ as are positive for cal￭ des￭ mon and des￭ min and sometimes cd 10
end￭ ome￭ trial st￭ rom￭ al sar￭ coma is a m￭ align￭ ant subtype of end￭ ome￭ trial st￭ rom￭ al tumor arising from the st￭ roma connec￭ tive tissue of the end￭ ome￭ tri￭ um rather than the g￭ lands there are three grades for end￭ ome￭ trial st￭ rom￭ al tumors as follows it was previously known as end￭ olymp￭ h￭ atic st￭ rom￭ al my￭ osis because of diffuse infiltr￭ ation of my￭ ome￭ trial tissue or the invasion of lymp￭ h￭ atic channels
end￭ ome￭ trial st￭ rom￭ al tumors are a group of st￭ rom￭ al tumors of the uter￭ us of low to high grade of m￭ align￭ ity
end￭ ome￭ tri￭ o￭ id tumors are a class of tumor characterized by a resemblance to end￭ ome￭ tri￭ um end￭ ome￭ trial carcin￭ oma and over a third of cases have focal squ￭ am￭ ous differentiation
end￭ ome￭ tri￭ osis is a disease in which tissue that normally grows inside the uter￭ us grows outside it the main symptoms are pel￭ vic pain and in￭ fertility nearly half of those affected have chronic pel￭ vic pain while in 70 pain occurs during men￭ str￭ uation pain during sex is also common in￭ fertility occurs in up to half of women affected less common symptoms include ur￭ inary or bo￭ wel symptoms about 25 of women have no symptoms end￭ ome￭ tri￭ osis can have both social and psychological effects the cause is not entirely clear risk factors include having a family history of the condition most often the ov￭ aries fall￭ op￭ ian tubes and tissue around the uter￭ us and ov￭ aries are affected however in rare cases it may also occur in other parts of the body the areas of end￭ ome￭ tri￭ osis bleed each month resulting in infl￭ amm￭ ation and scar￭ ring the grow￭ ths due to end￭ ome￭ tri￭ osis are not cancer diagnosis is usually based on symptoms in combination with medical imaging biopsy is the most sure method of diagnosis other causes of similar symptoms include pel￭ vic infl￭ am￭ matory disease irrit￭ able bo￭ wel syndrome inter￭ sti￭ tial cy￭ sti￭ tis and fi￭ bro￭ my￭ al￭ gia tentative evidence suggests that the use of combined oral contrac￭ ep￭ tives reduces the risk of end￭ ome￭ tri￭ osis exercise and avoiding large amounts of alcohol may also be preventative there is no cure for end￭ ome￭ tri￭ osis but a number of treatments may improve symptoms this may include pain medication hormonal treatments or surgery the recommended pain medication is usually an n￭ said such as na￭ pro￭ x￭ en taking the active component of the birth control pill continuously or using an in￭ trau￭ ter￭ ine device with prog￭ est￭ o￭ gen may also be useful gon￭ ad￭ o￭ tro￭ pin releasing hormone agon￭ ist may improve the ability of those who are in￭ fertile to get pregnant surgical removal of end￭ ome￭ tri￭ osis may be used to treat those whose symptoms are not manageable with other treatments end￭ ome￭ tri￭ osis is estimated to occur in roughly 6 – 10 of women it is most common in those in their thir￭ ties and for￭ ties however can begin in girls as early as 8 years old it results in few deaths with this being estimated at 200 globally in 2013 end￭ ome￭ tri￭ osis was first determined to be a separate condition in the 1920 s before that time end￭ ome￭ tri￭ osis and aden￭ om￭ y￭ osis were considered together it is unclear who first described the disease
an end￭ ome￭ tri￭ oma end￭ ome￭ tri￭ o￭ id cyst end￭ ome￭ trial cyst or chocolate cyst of o￭ vary is a condition related to end￭ ome￭ tri￭ osis
end￭ ome￭ tri￭ tis is infl￭ amm￭ ation of the end￭ ome￭ tri￭ um the inner lining of the uter￭ us patho￭ logists have traditionally classified end￭ ome￭ tri￭ tis as either acute or chronic acute end￭ ome￭ tri￭ tis is characterized by the presence of micro￭ abs￭ c￭ esses or neu￭ troph￭ ils within the end￭ ome￭ trial g￭ lands while chronic end￭ ome￭ tri￭ tis is distinguished by variable numbers of plasma cells within the end￭ ome￭ trial st￭ roma the most common cause of end￭ ome￭ tri￭ tis is infection symptoms include lower ab￭ domin￭ al pain fever and abnormal vag￭ inal bleeding or discharge ca￭ es￭ are￭ an section prolonged rupture of memb￭ ran￭ es and long labor with multiple vag￭ inal examinations are important risk factors treatment is usually with broad spectrum antibiotics the term end￭ om￭ y￭ ome￭ tri￭ tis is sometimes used to specify infl￭ amm￭ ation of the end￭ ome￭ tri￭ um and the my￭ ome￭ tri￭ um
end￭ ome￭ tro￭ sis from greek ἔ￭ ν￭ δ￭ ον endo￭ s inside ancient greek μέτρ￭ α me￭ tra wom￭ b und ancient greek ω￭ σ￭ ις osis disease is a chronic degenerative disease of the end￭ ome￭ tri￭ um in domestic species that is clin￭ ically and economically important because of limits in fertility end￭ ome￭ tro￭ sis can be confirmed only by his￭ to￭ logical examination after end￭ ome￭ trial biopsy the disease may occur in female pets of all ages but is more frequently in older age the causes and patho￭ genesis of end￭ ome￭ tro￭ sis are widely unknown affected horses tend to mis￭ carri￭ ages underdeveloped fo￭ al and me￭ tri￭ tis the changes in the end￭ ome￭ tri￭ um are widely irreversible an effective treatment is not known there is no relationship between end￭ ome￭ tro￭ sis and the human disease end￭ ome￭ tri￭ osis
end￭ oph￭ thal￭ miti￭ s is an infl￭ amm￭ ation of the internal coats of the eye it is a possible complic￭ ation of all intra￭ oc￭ ular sur￭ ger￭ ies particularly cat￭ ar￭ act surgery with possible loss of vision and the eye itself infectious ae￭ ti￭ ology is the most common and various bacteria and fun￭ gi have been isolated as the cause of the end￭ oph￭ thal￭ miti￭ s other causes include penetr￭ ating trauma allergic reaction and retained intra￭ oc￭ ular foreign bodies intr￭ av￭ it￭ real injections expose patients to the risk of end￭ oph￭ thal￭ miti￭ s but with an incidence rate usually less than 05
in gy￭ ne￭ co￭ logy endo￭ sal￭ p￭ ing￭ i￭ osis is a condition in which fall￭ op￭ ian tube like epi￭ the￭ lium is found outside the fall￭ op￭ ian tube it is unknown what causes this condition it is generally accepted that the condition develops from transformation of coel￭ om￭ ic tissue it is often an incidental finding and is not usually associated with any path￭ ology
endo￭ the￭ li￭ i￭ tis is an immune response within the endo￭ the￭ lium in blood vessels in which they become infl￭ amed the condition can cause oe￭ dem￭ a of the surrounding tissue including the st￭ roma and can cause i￭ ri￭ tis and pain if it is within the cor￭ ne￭ a it can result in permanent loss of vision the condition can be caused by a number of factors such as mum￭ ps and cy￭ tom￭ eg￭ alo￭ virus under certain circumstances
an endo￭ type is a subtype of a condition which is defined by a distinct functional or path￭ obi￭ ological mechanism this is distinct from a phen￭ o￭ type which is any observ￭ able characteristic or trait of a disease such as mor￭ pho￭ logy development bio￭ chemical or physiological properties or behavior without any implication of a mechanism it is envisaged that patients with a specific endo￭ type present themselves within phen￭ o￭ typ￭ ic clusters of diseases one example is asthma which is considered to be a syndrome consisting of a series of endo￭ types this is related to the concept of disease entity
end￭ ur￭ ance also related to suffer￭ ance resilience constitution for￭ titude and har￭ din￭ ess is the ability of an organism to exert itself and remain active for a long period of time as well as its ability to resist withstand recover from and have immunity to trauma wounds or fatigue it is usually used in aer￭ ob￭ ic or an￭ aer￭ ob￭ ic exercise the definition of long varies according to the type of exer￭ tion – minutes for high intensity an￭ aer￭ ob￭ ic exercise hours or days for low intensity aer￭ ob￭ ic exercise training for end￭ ur￭ ance can have a negative impact on the ability to exert strength unless an individual also undertakes resistance training to counteract this effect when a person is able to accomplish or withstand a higher amount of effort than their original capabilities their end￭ ur￭ ance is increasing which to many personnel indicates progress in looking to improve ones end￭ ur￭ ance they may slowly increase the amount of repeti￭ tions or time spent if higher repeti￭ tions are taken rapidly muscle strength improves while less end￭ ur￭ ance is gained increasing end￭ ur￭ ance has been proven to release endor￭ ph￭ ins resulting in a positive mind the act of gaining end￭ ur￭ ance through physical activity has been shown to decrease anxiety depression and stress or any chronic disease in total although a greater end￭ ur￭ ance can assist the cardiovascular system it does not imply that any cardiovascular disease can be guaranteed to improve the major metabol￭ ic consequences of the adaptations of muscle to end￭ ur￭ ance exercise are a slower utilization of muscle gly￭ co￭ gen and blood glucose a greater reliance on fat oxid￭ ation and less lact￭ ate production during exercise of a given intensity the term stam￭ ina is sometimes used synonym￭ ously and inter￭ change￭ ably with end￭ ur￭ ance end￭ ur￭ ance may also refer to an ability to keep going through a tough situation involving hardship stress etc see patience
the ene reaction also known as the al￭ der ene reaction is a chemical reaction between an al￭ k￭ ene with an all￭ yl￭ ic hydrogen the ene and a compound containing a multiple bond the en￭ ophi￭ le in order to form a new σ bond with migration of the ene double bond and 1 5 hydrogen shift the product is a substituted al￭ k￭ ene with the double bond shifted to the all￭ yl￭ ic position this transformation is a group transfer peric￭ ycl￭ ic reaction and therefore usually requires highly activated sub￭ str￭ ates and or high temperatures nonetheless the reaction is compatible with a wide variety of functional groups that can be appended to the ene and en￭ ophi￭ le mo￭ i￭ eties also many useful lewis acid cataly￭ zed ene reactions have been developed which can afford high yields and selec￭ tivities at significantly lower temperatures making the ene reaction a useful c – c forming tool for the synthesis of complex molecules and natural products
in relati￭ vis￭ tic classical field theories of grav￭ itation particularly general rel￭ ativity an energy condition is one of various alternative conditions which can be applied to the matter content of the theory when it is either not possible or desirable to specify this content explicitly the hope is then that any reasonable matter theory will satisfy this condition or at least will preserve the condition if it is satisfied by the starting conditions in general rel￭ ativity energy conditions are often used and required in proofs of various important theore￭ ms about black holes such as the no hair theore￭ m or the laws of black hole thermo￭ dynamics
energy density is the amount of energy stored in a given system or region of space per unit volume or mass though the latter is more accurately termed specific energy often only the useful or ex￭ tractable energy is measured which is to say that chemically inaccessible energy such as rest mass energy is ignored in cosmo￭ logical and other general relati￭ vis￭ tic contexts however the energy den￭ sities considered are those that correspond to the elements of the stress – energy t￭ ens￭ or and therefore do include mass energy as well as energy den￭ sities associated with the pressures described in the next paragraph energy per unit volume has the same physical units as pressure and in many circumstances is a synon￭ ym for example the energy density of a magnetic field may be expressed as and behaves as a physical pressure and the energy required to com￭ press a compressed gas a little more may be determined by multiplying the difference between the gas pressure and the external pressure by the change in volume in short pressure is a measure of the en￭ th￭ alp￭ y per unit volume of a system a pressure gr￭ adi￭ ent has a potential to perform work on the surroundings by converting en￭ th￭ alp￭ y until equilibrium is reached
energy in zimbabwe is a serious problem for the country mainly extensive use of fire￭ wood leads to deforestation and the electricity production capacity is too low for the current level of consumption
energy poverty is lack of access to modern energy services it refers to the situation of large numbers of people in developing countries whose well being is negatively affected by very low consumption of energy use of dirty or polluting fuels and excessive time spent collecting fuel to meet basic needs it is inver￭ sely related to access to modern energy services although improving access is only one factor in efforts to reduce energy poverty energy poverty is distinct from fuel poverty which focuses solely on the issue of affordability according to the energy poverty action initiative of the world economic forum access to energy is fundamental to improving quality of life and is a key imperative for economic development in the developing world energy poverty is still rife nearly 1 6 billion people still have no access to electricity according to the international energy agency i￭ ea as a result of this situation a new un initiative has been launched to coincide with the designation of 2012 as the international year for sustainable energy for all which has a major focus on reducing energy poverty duke university has launched a research project on household energy and health where work on energy poverty in india is listed
energy rate density is the amount of energy per unit time per unit mass in c￭ gs metric units erg s g in m￭ ks units jou￭ le s kg it is termin￭ o￭ logically but not always numer￭ ically equivalent to power density when measured in si units of w kg regardless of the units used energy rate density describes the flow of energy through any system of given mass and has been proposed as a measure of system complexity energy rate density is actually a general term that is equivalent to more specialized terms used by many different disciplinary scientists for example in astro￭ no￭ my it is called the lumin￭ osity to mass ratio the in￭ verse of the mass lumin￭ osity ratio in physics the power density in geo￭ logy the specific radiant flux where “ specific ” den￭ o￭ tes per unit mass in biology the specific metabol￭ ic rate and in engineering the power to weight ratio inter￭ disciplinary researchers prefer to use the general term energy rate density not only to stress the intu￭ itive notion of energy flow in contrast to more col￭ lo￭ qu￭ ial conno￭ tations of the word power but also to unify its potential application among all the natural sciences as in the cosmo￭ logy of co￭ sm￭ ic evolution this term has in recent years gained many diverse applications in various disciplines including history cosmo￭ logy economics philosophy and behavioral biology
the energy value of coal or the fuel content is the amount of potential energy in coal that can be converted into actual heating ability the value can be calculated and compared with different grades of coal or even other materials materials of different grades will produce differing amounts of heat for a given mass while chemistry provides methods of calculating the heating value of a certain amount of a substance there is a difference between this theoretical value and its application to real coal the grade of a sample of coal does not precisely define its chemical composition so calculating the actual usefulness of coal as a fuel requires determining its proxim￭ ate and ultimate analysis see chemical composition below
in conventional classical music theory the english cad￭ ence is a distinctive contr￭ ap￭ un￭ tal pattern particular to the authentic or perfect cad￭ ence described as archaic or old fashioned sounding this pattern is so named because of its use primarily by english compos￭ ers of the high renaissance and restoration periods the hallmark of this device is the dis￭ son￭ ant aug￭ mented octa￭ ve compound aug￭ mented unison produced by a false relation between the split seventh scale degree popular with english compos￭ ers in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries but named in the twentieth century the english cad￭ ence is a type of full close featuring the blue seventh against the dominant ch￭ ord which in c would be b ♭ and g – b ♮ – d
large vesti￭ bul￭ ar aqu￭ educ￭ t also known as enlarged vesti￭ bul￭ ar aqu￭ educ￭ t syndrome is a syndro￭ mic form of hearing loss caused by enlargement of the vesti￭ bul￭ ar aqu￭ educ￭ t in the inner ear it is one of the most common inner ear de￭ form￭ ities which results in hearing loss during childhood
en￭ ol￭ ase deficiency is a rare genetic disorder of glucose metabol￭ ism partial deficiencies have been observed in several caucasian families the deficiency is transmitted through an auto￭ som￭ al dominant inheritance pattern the gene for en￭ ol￭ ase 1 has been loc￭ alized to chro￭ mo￭ some 1 in humans en￭ ol￭ ase deficiency like other gly￭ col￭ y￭ tic enzyme defici￭ ences usually manifests in red blood cells as they rely entirely on an￭ aer￭ ob￭ ic gly￭ col￭ ysis en￭ ol￭ ase deficiency is associated with a spher￭ oc￭ y￭ tic phen￭ o￭ type and can result in hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic an￭ emia which is responsible for the clinical signs of en￭ ol￭ ase deficiency
en￭ oph￭ thal￭ mos is the poster￭ ior displacement of the eye￭ ball within the orbit due to changes in the volume of the orbit bone relative to its contents the eye￭ ball and orb￭ ital fat or loss of function of the orb￭ ital￭ is muscle it should not be confused with its opposite ex￭ oph￭ thal￭ mos which is the an￭ terior displacement of the eye it may be a con￭ genital anomaly or be acquired as a result of trauma such as in a blow￭ out frac￭ ture of the orbit hor￭ ner s syndrome apparent en￭ oph￭ thal￭ mos due to pto￭ sis mar￭ fan syndrome du￭ ane s syndrome silent sin￭ us syndrome or ph￭ th￭ is￭ is bul￭ bi
in statistical mechanics the ens￭ emb￭ le average is defined as the mean of a quantity that is a function of the micro￭ state of a system the ens￭ emb￭ le of possible states according to the distribution of the system on its micro states in this ens￭ emb￭ le since the ens￭ emb￭ le average is dependent on the ens￭ emb￭ le chosen its mathematical expression varies from ens￭ emb￭ le to ens￭ emb￭ le however the mean obtained for a given physical quantity doesn t depend on the ens￭ emb￭ le chosen at the thermo￭ dynamic limit grand can￭ on￭ ical ens￭ emb￭ le is an example of open system
enter￭ ic duplication cy￭ sts sometimes simply called duplication cy￭ sts are rare con￭ genital mal￭ formations of the gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract they most frequently occur in the small intest￭ ine particularly the i￭ leum but can occur anywhere along the gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract they may be c￭ ys￭ tic or tu￭ bul￭ ar in conform￭ ation the condition of having duplication cy￭ sts has been called intest￭ inal duplication
enter￭ ic neuro￭ pa￭ thy is a degenerative neuro￭ muscular condition of the dig￭ estive system in simple terms the gut stops functioning due to degradation of the nerves and muscles the condition affects all parts of the dig￭ estive tract there is no known cure or treatment for enter￭ ic neuro￭ pa￭ thy at this time it is only possible to work on symptom management the name enter￭ ic neuro￭ pa￭ thy only seems to be used for diagnosis within the uk the most common name worldwide for this condition is intest￭ inal pseu￭ do￭ obstruction
enter￭ ic red￭ mouth disease or simply red￭ mouth disease is a bacterial infection of freshwater and marine fish caused by the pathogen y￭ er￭ sin￭ ia r￭ uc￭ ker￭ i it is primarily found in rain￭ bow trou￭ t on￭ cor￭ hy￭ n￭ ch￭ us my￭ kiss and other cul￭ tured salmon￭ ids the disease is characterized by sub￭ cu￭ taneous hemorrha￭ ging of the mouth fins and eyes it is most commonly seen in fish farms with poor water quality red￭ mouth disease was first discovered in id￭ ah￭ o rain￭ bow trou￭ t in the 1950 s the disease does not infect humans
enter￭ i￭ tis is infl￭ amm￭ ation of the small intest￭ ine it is most commonly caused by food or drink contaminated with pathogenic microbes but may have other causes such as n￭ s￭ aids cocaine radiation therapy as well as auto￭ immune conditions like cro￭ hn s disease and co￭ eli￭ ac disease symptoms include ab￭ domin￭ al pain cram￭ ping diarr￭ ho￭ ea dehydr￭ ation and fever related diseases include infl￭ amm￭ ation of the stomach gast￭ ri￭ tis and large intest￭ ine co￭ li￭ tis du￭ o￭ deni￭ tis je￭ juni￭ tis and i￭ lei￭ tis are sub￭ types of enter￭ i￭ tis which are only loc￭ alised to a specific part of the small intest￭ ine infl￭ amm￭ ation of both the stomach and small intest￭ ine is referred to as gastro￭ enter￭ i￭ tis infl￭ amm￭ ation of related organs of the gastro￭ intest￭ inal system are gast￭ ri￭ tis￭ stomach gastro￭ enter￭ i￭ tis￭ stomach and small intest￭ ine co￭ li￭ tis￭ large intest￭ ine enter￭ o￭ co￭ li￭ tis￭ large and small intest￭ ine
an enter￭ oce￭ le or enter￭ o￭ co￭ ele is a pro￭ tru￭ sion of the small intest￭ ines and per￭ it￭ on￭ eu￭ m into the vag￭ inal canal it may be treated trans￭ vag￭ in￭ ally or by l￭ apar￭ o￭ sco￭ py an enter￭ oce￭ le may also obstruct the rec￭ tum leading to symptoms of obstructed defec￭ ation
enter￭ o￭ co￭ li￭ tis or colo￭ enter￭ i￭ tis is an infl￭ amm￭ ation of the dig￭ estive tract involving enter￭ i￭ tis of the small intest￭ ine and co￭ li￭ tis of the col￭ on it may be caused by various infections with bacteria viruses fun￭ gi parasites or other causes common clinical manifestations of enter￭ o￭ co￭ li￭ tis are frequent diarr￭ heal defec￭ ations with or without naus￭ ea v￭ om￭ iting ab￭ domin￭ al pain fever ch￭ ills alteration of general condition general manifestations are given by the dissemination of the infectious agent or its toxins throughout the body or – most frequently – by significant losses of water and minerals the consequence of diarr￭ hea and v￭ om￭ iting among the eti￭ o￭ logic agents of acute enter￭ o￭ co￭ li￭ tis are bacteria salmonella shi￭ g￭ ella es￭ cher￭ ic￭ hia coli camp￭ y￭ lob￭ ac￭ ter etc viruses enter￭ o￭ viruses ro￭ ta￭ viruses nor￭ walk virus aden￭ o￭ viruses fun￭ gi candi￭ di￭ asis especially in immun￭ o￭ suppressed patients or who have previously received prolonged antibiotic treatment parasites gi￭ ar￭ dia lam￭ b￭ lia with high frequency of inf￭ est￭ ation in the population but not always with clinical manifestations bal￭ anti￭ dium coli bl￭ ast￭ oc￭ y￭ stis hom￭ nis cry￭ pto￭ spor￭ idi￭ um diarr￭ hea in people with immun￭ o￭ suppression ent￭ am￭ oe￭ ba hist￭ ol￭ y￭ tica produces the ame￭ bian dy￭ sen￭ tery common in tropical areas
enter￭ o￭ enter￭ ic circulation is the secre￭ tion back into the intest￭ ines of substances previously taken up from it it occurs when there is a negative relative concentration of substance in the￭ intest￭ ines making it passively diffuse from the mes￭ enter￭ ic circulation into the intest￭ inal lum￭ en and is trapped examples of toxins that exhibit enter￭ o￭ enter￭ ic circulation include the￭ op￭ hy￭ ll￭ ine phen￭ ob￭ ar￭ b￭ ital and phen￭ y￭ to￭ in administration of activated char￭ coal inhi￭ bits the enter￭ o￭ enter￭ ic circulation of such substances and is therefore useful in over￭ dose or in￭ tox￭ ication
enter￭ o￭ invasive es￭ cher￭ ic￭ hia coli ei￭ ec is a type of pathogenic bacteria whose infection causes a syndrome that is identical to shi￭ gel￭ losis with prof￭ use diarr￭ hea and high fever ei￭ ec are highly invasive and they use ad￭ hes￭ in proteins to bind to and enter intest￭ inal cells they produce no toxins but severely damage the intest￭ inal wall through mechanical cell destruction it is closely related to shi￭ g￭ ella after the e coli strain penetr￭ ates through the epi￭ the￭ li￭ al wall the endo￭ cy￭ to￭ sis vacu￭ ole gets ly￭ sed the strain multip￭ lies using the host cell machinery and extends to the adjacent epi￭ the￭ li￭ al cell in addition the plas￭ mid of the strain carries genes for a type iii secre￭ tion system that is used as the virulent factor although it is an invasive disease the invasion usually does not pass the sub￭ mu￭ cos￭ al layer the similar path￭ ology to shi￭ gel￭ losis may be because both strains of bacteria share some virulent factors the invasion of the cells can trigger a mild form of diarr￭ hea or dy￭ sen￭ tery often mistaken for dy￭ sen￭ tery caused by shi￭ g￭ ella species the illness is characterized by the appearance of blood and m￭ uc￭ us in the sto￭ ols of infected individuals or a condition called co￭ li￭ tis dy￭ sen￭ tery caused by ei￭ ec usually occurs within 12 to 72 hours following the ing￭ estion of contaminated food the illness is characterized by ab￭ domin￭ al cram￭ ps diarr￭ hea v￭ om￭ iting fever ch￭ ills and a generalized malaise dy￭ sen￭ tery caused by this organism is generally self limiting with no known complications enter￭ o￭ virulent classes of e coli are referred to as the eec group enter￭ o￭ virulent e coli 1 enter￭ o￭ invasive e coli ei￭ ec inv￭ ades passes into the intest￭ inal wall to produce severe diarr￭ hea 2 enter￭ o￭ hemorrha￭ gic e coli eh￭ ec a type of eh￭ ec e coli 0￭ 157 h 7 can cause bloody diarr￭ hea and hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic u￭ rem￭ ic syndrome an￭ emia and kidney failure 3 enter￭ o￭ toxi￭ genic e coli et￭ ec produces a toxin that acts on the intest￭ inal lining and is the most common cause of travel￭ er s diarr￭ hea 4 enter￭ opath￭ ogenic e coli ep￭ ec can cause diarr￭ hea outbreaks in new￭ born nurseries 5 enter￭ o￭ aggreg￭ ative e coli e￭ agg￭ ec can cause acute and chronic long lasting diarr￭ hea in children it is currently unknown what foods may harbor ei￭ ec but any food contaminated with human f￭ ec￭ es from an ill individual either directly or via contaminated water could cause disease in others outbreaks have been associated with ham￭ burger meat and un￭ past￭ eur￭ ized milk
an enter￭ oli￭ th is a mineral concre￭ tion or calcul￭ us formed anywhere in the gastro￭ intest￭ inal system enter￭ oli￭ ths are un￭ common and usually incidental findings but once found they require at a minimum watchful waiting if there is evidence of complications they must be removed an enter￭ oli￭ th may form around a ni￭ dus a small foreign object such as a seed pe￭ bble or piece of tw￭ ine that serves as an irrit￭ ant in this respect an enter￭ oli￭ th forms by a process similar to the creation of a pearl an enter￭ oli￭ th is not to be confused with a gastro￭ li￭ th which helps dig￭ estion
enter￭ opathy refers to any path￭ ology of the intest￭ ine although enter￭ i￭ tis specifically refers to an infl￭ amm￭ ation of the intest￭ ine and is thus a more specific term than enter￭ opathy the two phrases are sometimes used inter￭ change￭ ably
enter￭ opathy associated t cell lymp￭ homa e￭ at￭ l also enter￭ opathy type t cell lymp￭ homa ett￭ l is a type of t cell lymp￭ homa that affects the small intest￭ ine it is the most common primary gastro￭ intest￭ inal t cell lymp￭ homa arising from the t cells that are found between the cells that line the small intest￭ inal brush border cells or small intest￭ inal epi￭ the￭ li￭ al cells these can￭ cer￭ ous t cells are a possible consequence of refrac￭ tory cases of co￭ eli￭ ac disease or in chronic untreated cases in genetically susceptible individuals
enter￭ o￭ tox￭ emia is an infection by clo￭ stri￭ dium per￭ fr￭ ing￭ ens which affects several types of domes￭ ticated animals but is not known to affect humans it is also known as over￭ eating disease and can kill the animals within two hours the disease is far more frequent in sheep than in any other animal species it caused enormous economical losses before vaccination programs were implemented it is sometimes known as pul￭ py kidney enlarged g￭ all blad￭ der sheep infl￭ amed intest￭ inal lymp￭ h no￭ des sheep
enter￭ o￭ toxi￭ genic es￭ cher￭ ic￭ hia coli et￭ ec is a type of es￭ cher￭ ic￭ hia coli and one of the leading bacterial causes of diarr￭ hea in the developing world as well as the most common cause of travel￭ ers diarr￭ hea insufficient data exist but conservative estimates suggest that each year about 157 000 deaths occur mostly in children from et￭ ec a number of pathogenic isol￭ ates are termed et￭ ec but the main hall￭ marks of this type of bacteria are expression of one or more enter￭ o￭ toxins and presence of f￭ im￭ bri￭ ae used for attachment to host intest￭ inal cells
enterprise information integration ei￭ i is the ability to support a unified view of data and information for an entire organization in a data virtu￭ alization application of ei￭ i a process of information integration using data abstr￭ action to provide a unified interface known as uniform data access for viewing all the data within an organization and a single set of structures and naming conventions known as uniform information representation to represent this data the goal of ei￭ i is to get a large set of heterogeneous data sources to appear to a user or system as a single homogeneous data source
enterprise interoperability is the ability of an enterprise — a company or other large organization — to func￭ tionally link activities such as product design supply chains manufacturing in an efficient and competitive way the research in interoperability of enterprise practised in is various domains itself enterprise modelling on￭ to￭ logies information systems architec￭ tures and platforms which it is a question of positioning
in the domain of the service orientation design paradigm the enterprise inventory is a design pattern by thomas er￭ l that answers the question how can services be delivered to maximize re￭ composition the application of this pattern results in a standardized enterprise wide service inventory that fosters repeated service composition
en￭ the￭ si￭ tis is infl￭ amm￭ ation of the en￭ theses the sites where tend￭ ons or lig￭ aments insert into the bone it is also called en￭ thes￭ opathy or any patho￭ logic condition involving the en￭ theses the en￭ theses are any point of attachment of sk￭ el￭ etal muscles to the bone where recurring stress or infl￭ am￭ matory auto￭ immune disease can cause infl￭ amm￭ ation or occasionally fi￭ bro￭ sis and calci￭ fication one of the primary en￭ theses involved in infl￭ am￭ matory auto￭ immune disease is at the heel particularly the achilles tend￭ on it is associated with h￭ la b 27 ar￭ thro￭ path￭ ies like an￭ ky￭ losing spon￭ dy￭ li￭ tis ps￭ ori￭ atic ar￭ thri￭ tis and reactive ar￭ thri￭ tis symptoms include multiple points of tender￭ ness at the heel ti￭ bial tuber￭ osity ili￭ ac c￭ rest and other tend￭ on insertion sites
in medicine an en￭ thes￭ opathy refers to a disorder involving the attachment of a tend￭ on or lig￭ ament to a bone this site of attachment is known as the en￭ theses if the condition is known to be infl￭ am￭ matory it can more precisely be called an en￭ the￭ si￭ tis
in complex analysis an entire function also called an integral function is a complex valued function that is holo￭ morph￭ ic over the whole complex plane typical examples of entire functions are poly￭ no￭ mi￭ als and the exponential function and any sums products and com￭ positions of these such as the tri￭ gon￭ ome￭ tric functions sine and cos￭ ine and their hyper￭ bol￭ ic counterparts sin￭ h and cos￭ h as well as derivatives and integr￭ als of entire functions such as the error function if an entire function f z has a root at w then f z z − w is an entire function on the other hand neither the natural log￭ arith￭ m nor the square root is an entire function nor can they be continued analy￭ tically to an entire function a transc￭ end￭ ental entire function is an entire function that is not a poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al
entity abstr￭ action is a design pattern applied within the service orientation design paradigm which provides guidelines for designing re￭ usable services whose functional contexts are based on business entities
entity component system ecs is an architectural pattern that is mostly used in game development an ecs follows the composition over inheritance principle that allows greater flexibility in defining entities where every object in a game s scene is an entity e g enemies bullets vehicles etc every entity consists of one or more components which add additional behavior or functionality therefore the behavior of an entity can be changed at run￭ time by adding or removing components this eliminates the ambiguity problems of deep and wide inheritance hierarch￭ ies that are difficult to understand maintain and extend common ecs approaches are highly compatible and often combined with data oriented design techniques
ent￭ om￭ oph￭ thor￭ amy￭ co￭ sis or ent￭ om￭ oph￭ thor￭ om￭ y￭ co￭ sis is a my￭ co￭ sis caused by ent￭ om￭ oph￭ thor￭ ales examples include basi￭ dio￭ bo￭ lo￭ my￭ co￭ sis and con￭ idio￭ bo￭ lo￭ my￭ co￭ sis
de￭ train￭ ment is the opposite effect when the air from a conv￭ ective cloud usually at its top is injected in the environment
ent￭ ro￭ p￭ ia is pain of salvation s first studio album it is a concept album concerning the story of a family in a fic￭ tional society that is torn apart by a war the title is a port￭ man￭ teau of ent￭ ro￭ py from thermo￭ dynamics the measure of disorder present in a system and utopia the ideal society this is the only album to feature daniel mag￭ d￭ ic on guitar
ent￭ ro￭ p￭ ion is a medical condition in which the eye￭ lid usually the lower lid fol￭ ds inward it is very uncomfortable as the e￭ yel￭ ashes constantly rub against the cor￭ ne￭ a and irrit￭ ate it ent￭ ro￭ p￭ ion is usually caused by genetic factors this is different from when an extra fold of skin on the lower eye￭ lid causes l￭ ashes to turn in towards the eye epi￭ ble￭ phar￭ on in epi￭ ble￭ phar￭ ons the eye￭ lid margin itself is in the correct position but the extra fold of skin causes the l￭ ashes to be mis￭ directed ent￭ ro￭ p￭ ion can also create secondary pain of the eye leading to self trauma scar￭ ring of the eye￭ lid or nerve damage the upper or lower eye￭ lid can be involved and one or both eyes may be affected when ent￭ ro￭ p￭ ion occurs in both eyes this is known as bilateral ent￭ ro￭ p￭ ion repeated cases of tr￭ ach￭ oma infection may cause scar￭ ring of the inner eye￭ lid which may cause ent￭ ro￭ p￭ ion in human cases this condition is most common to people over 60 years of age
in thermo￭ dynamics the ent￭ ro￭ py of mixing is the increase in the total ent￭ ro￭ py when several initially separate systems of different composition each in a thermo￭ dynamic state of internal equilibrium are mixed without chemical reaction by the thermo￭ dynamic operation of removal of imper￭ me￭ able partition s between them followed by a time for establishment of a new thermo￭ dynamic state of internal equilibrium in the new un￭ parti￭ tioned closed system in general the mixing may be constrained to occur under various prescribed conditions in the custom￭ arily prescribed conditions the materials are each initially at a common temperature and pressure and the new system may change its volume while being maintained at that same constant temperature pressure and chemical component masses the volume available for each material to explore is increased from that of its initially separate compartment to the total common final volume the final volume need not be the sum of the initially separate volumes so that work can be done on or by the new closed system during the process of mixing as well as heat being transferred to or from the surroundings because of the maintenance of constant pressure and temperature the internal energy of the new closed system is equal to the sum of the internal energies of the initially separate systems the reference values for the internal energies should be specified in a way that is constrained to make this so maintaining also that the internal energies are respectively proportional to the masses of the systems for conc￭ ision in this article the term ideal material is used to refer to an ideal gas mixture or an ideal solution in a process of mixing of ideal materials the final common volume is the sum of the initial separate compartment volumes there is no heat transfer and no work is done the ent￭ ro￭ py of mixing is entirely accounted for by the diff￭ u￭ sive expansion of each material into a final volume not initially accessible to it on the mixing of non ideal materials the total final common volume may be different from the sum of the separate initial volumes and there may occur transfer of work or heat to or from the surroundings also there may be a departure of the ent￭ ro￭ py of mixing from that of the corresponding ideal case that departure is the main reason for interest in ent￭ ro￭ py of mixing these energy and ent￭ ro￭ py variables and their temperature depend￭ ences provide valuable information about the properties of the materials on a molecular level the ent￭ ro￭ py of mixing is of interest because it is a macro￭ scopic variable that provides information about constitu￭ tive molecular properties in ideal materials inter￭ molecular forces are the same between every pair of molecular kinds so that a mol￭ ecu￭ le feels no difference between other molecules of its own kind and of those of the other kind in non ideal materials there may be differences of inter￭ molecular forces or specific molecular effects between different species even though they are chemically non reacting the ent￭ ro￭ py of mixing provides information about constitu￭ tive differences of inter￭ molecular forces or specific molecular effects in the materials the statistical concept of random￭ ness is used for statistical mechanical explanation of the ent￭ ro￭ py of mixing mixing of ideal materials is regarded as random at a molecular level and correspondingly mixing of non ideal materials may be non random
en￭ u￭ res￭ is from the ancient greek ἐ￭ ν￭ ού￭ ρ￭ η￭ σ￭ ις en￭ o￭ ú￭ r￭ ē￭ sis is a repeated inability to control ur￭ ination use of the term is usually limited to describing individuals old enough to be expected to exercise such control involuntary ur￭ ination is also known as ur￭ inary in￭ contin￭ ence
environmental degradation is the deterioration of the environment through depletion of resources such as air water and soil the destruction of ecosystems and the extinction of wildlife it is defined as any change or disturbance to the environment perceived to be dele￭ ter￭ ious or undesirable as indicated by the i pat equation environmental impact i or degradation is caused by the combination of an already very large and increasing human population p continually increasing economic growth or per capita afflu￭ ence a and the application of resource depleting and polluting technology t environmental degradation is one of the ten threats officially cau￭ tioned by the high level panel on threats challenges and change of the united nations the united nations international strategy for disaster reduction defines environmental degradation as the reduction of the capacity of the environment to meet social and ecological objectives and needs environmental degradation is of many types when natural habitats are destroyed or natural resources are depleted the environment is degraded efforts to counteract this problem include environmental protection and environmental resources management
environmental dependency syndrome is a syndrome where the affected individual relies on environmental cu￭ es in order to accomplish goals or tasks it is a disorder in personal autonomy that is influenced by individual psychological traits and can be helped through the intervention of other people for example adults diagnosed with attention deficit hyper￭ activity disorder have relied on special coaches to provide cu￭ es at appropriate times helping them to make decisions about how to prioritize and order tasks
in epidemiology environmental diseases are diseases that can be directly attributed to environmental factors as distinct from genetic factors or infection apart from the true mono￭ genic genetic disorders environmental diseases may determine the development of disease in those genetically pre￭ disposed to a particular condition stress physical and mental abuse diet exposure to toxins pathogens radiation and chemicals found in almost all personal care products and household cleaners are possible causes of a large segment of non hereditary disease if a disease process is concluded to be the result of a combination of genetic and environmental factor influences its eti￭ ological origin can be referred to as having a multi￭ fac￭ torial pattern there are many different types of environmental disease including lifestyle disease such as cardiovascular disease diseases caused by substance abuse such as alcoholism and smoking related disease disease caused by physical factors in the environment such as skin cancer caused by excessive exposure to ultra￭ violet radiation in sunlight disease caused by exposure to toxic or irrit￭ ant chemicals in the environment such as toxic metals
environmental enter￭ opathy also known as tropical enter￭ opathy or environmental enter￭ ic dysfunction e￭ ed is a condition or sub￭ clinical disorder believed to be due to frequent intest￭ inal infections there are often minimal acute symptoms there may be chronic problems with absorbing nutrients which may result in malnutrition and growth stun￭ ting in children it may be the chronic form of tropical sp￭ rue which is usually brief and presents with diarr￭ hea environmental enter￭ opathy results in a number of changes in the intest￭ ines including smaller vill￭ i larger cry￭ p￭ ts called cry￭ pt hyper￭ pl￭ asia increased perme￭ ability and infl￭ am￭ matory cell build up within the intest￭ ines these changes result in poor absorption of food vitamins and minerals – or modest mal￭ absorption
an environmental error is an error in calculations that are being a part of observations due to environment any experiment performing anywhere in the universe has its surroundings from which we cannot eliminate our system the study of environmental effects has primary advantage of being able us to justify the fact that environment has impact on experiments and feasible environment will not only rectify our result but also amplify it
environmental factor or ecological factor or eco￭ factor is any factor abi￭ otic or bio￭ tic that influences living organisms abi￭ otic factors include ambient temperature amount of sunlight and ph of the water soil in which an organism lives bio￭ tic factors would include the availability of food organisms and the presence of con￭ specifics competitors predators and parasites
the concept of environmental space is the amount of any particul￭ ar￭ resource that can be consumed by a country without threatening the continu￭ ed￭ availability of that resource assuming that everyone in the world is￭ entitled to an equal share the weakness of the concept is that it requi￭ res￭ calculating the maximum sustainable consumption rate of each differ￭ ent￭ resource globally this rate could be set by either the maximum sustain￭ ab￭ le￭ yield say for forests or fisheries or the assimil￭ ative capacity of the￭ environment e g for co 2 or chlorine but both quantities are very difficult to determine so the environmental space has rather large error limits and is therefore hard to defend in policy discussions a further difficulty is￭ that there is a different environmental space for each kind of resource and as they each necessarily have different units of measure they cannot be￭ added to get an overall environmental space for all the resources consumed by a country the￭ idea of environmental space was promoted quite strongly by friends of the earth europe in them￭ id 1990 s but it is rarely used now because of the aforementioned difficulties and has essentially been superseded by ecological footprint the advantage of the ecological footprint is that every kind of resource use is converted to a land area basis so that they can be added to produce an overall figure fora country allowing comparisons to be made
an en￭ y￭ ne me￭ ta￭ thesis is an organic reaction taking place between an al￭ ky￭ ne and an al￭ k￭ ene with a metal car￭ bene catalyst forming a but￭ adi￭ ene this reaction is a variation of ole￭ fin me￭ ta￭ thesis the general scheme is given by scheme 1 scheme 1 en￭ y￭ ne me￭ ta￭ thesis when the reaction is intr￭ am￭ ol￭ ec￭ ular in an en￭ y￭ ne it is called ring closing en￭ y￭ ne me￭ ta￭ thesis or r￭ ce￭ ym scheme 2 scheme 2 ring closing en￭ y￭ ne me￭ ta￭ thesis with y representing oxygen or nitrogen and n an inte￭ ger the reaction was first described in 1985 with the conversion of bi￭ phen￭ yl 3 1 to a phen￭ anth￭ rene in scheme 3 scheme 3 en￭ y￭ ne me￭ ta￭ thesis 1985 the car￭ bene is a tungsten carbon￭ yl when used in sto￭ ic￭ hi￭ ome￭ tric amounts 1 equivalent yields 41 of the phen￭ anth￭ rene 3 2 and when used in catalytic amounts phen￭ anth￭ rene 3 3 the stereo￭ selectivity of this reaction is large with the metal atom exclusively adding to one of the al￭ ky￭ ne carbon atoms in the initial reaction step
enz￭ ym￭ atic interest￭ eri￭ fication ei￭ e is the catalytic reaction that occurs when an enzyme is introduced into oil and re￭ arrang￭ es the fatty acids on the gly￭ cer￭ ol backbone of a tri￭ gly￭ cer￭ ide tri￭ gly￭ cer￭ ides are either liquid or solid at room temperature the re￭ arrangement of the fatty acids that occurs with enz￭ ym￭ atic interest￭ eri￭ fication provides structure and functionality to tri￭ gly￭ cer￭ ides at room temperature this process adju￭ sts the melting properties increasing functionality and plas￭ tic￭ ity in food production applications one of five different ways of altering melting property profiles enz￭ ym￭ atic interest￭ eri￭ fication is unlike the more widely used partial hydro￭ gen￭ ation method in that it produces no trans fatty acids and lowers saturated fat content
enzyme catal￭ ysis is the increase in the rate of a chemical reaction by the active site of a protein the protein catalyst enzyme may be part of a multi sub￭ unit complex and or may transi￭ ently or permanently associate with a co￭ factor e g aden￭ os￭ ine tri￭ phosphate catal￭ ysis of bio￭ chemical reactions in the cell is vital due to the very low reaction rates of the un￭ cataly￭ sed reactions at room temperature and pressure a key driver of protein evolution is the optimi￭ zation of such catalytic activities via protein dynamics the mechanism of enzyme catal￭ ysis is similar in principle to other types of chemical catal￭ ysis by providing an alternative reaction route the enzyme reduces the energy required to reach the highest energy transition state of the reaction the reduction of activation energy ea increases the amount of re￭ ac￭ tant molecules that achieve a sufficient level of energy such that they reach the activation energy and form the product as with other cataly￭ sts the enzyme is not consumed during the reaction as a sub￭ str￭ ate is but is recycled such that a single enzyme performs many rounds of catal￭ ysis
enzyme promis￭ cu￭ ity is the ability of an enzyme to cataly￭ se a for￭ tu￭ itous side reaction in addition to its main reaction although enzymes are remarkably specific cataly￭ sts they can often perform side reactions in addition to their main native catalytic activity these promis￭ cu￭ ous activities are usually slow relative to the main activity and are under neutral selection despite ordinarily being physi￭ o￭ logically irrelevant under new selective pressures these activities may confer a fitness benefit therefore prompting the evolution of the formerly promis￭ cu￭ ous activity to become the new main activity an example of this is the at￭ raz￭ ine chloro￭ hydro￭ l￭ ase at￭ za en￭ coded from pseu￭ dom￭ onas sp ad￭ p which evolved from mel￭ amine de￭ amin￭ ase tri￭ a en￭ coded which has very small promis￭ cu￭ ous activity towards at￭ raz￭ ine a man made chemical
an e￭ oli￭ th from greek e￭ os dawn and lith￭ os stone is a chip￭ ped flint no￭ dule e￭ oli￭ ths were once thought to have been arti￭ facts the earliest stone tools but are now believed to be naturally produced by geological processes such as glaci￭ ation the first e￭ oli￭ ths were collected in kent by benjamin harrison an amateur natur￭ alist and archae￭ o￭ logist in 18￭ 85 though the name e￭ oli￭ th wasn t coined until 18￭ 92 by j allen bro￭ wn￭ e harrison s discoveries were published by sir joseph pre￭ st￭ wich in 18￭ 91 and e￭ oli￭ ths were generally accepted to have been cru￭ dely made tools dating from the p￭ li￭ oc￭ ene further discoveries of e￭ oli￭ ths in the early 20 th century – in east ang￭ lia by j re￭ id mo￭ ir and in continental europe by aim￭ é louis ru￭ tot and h kla￭ at￭ sch – were taken to be evidence of human hab￭ itation of those areas before the oldest known fossi￭ ls indeed the english finds helped to secure acceptance of the ho￭ ax remains of pil￭ t￭ down man because e￭ oli￭ ths were so crude concern began to be raised that they were in￭ distingu￭ ishable from the natural processes of erosion marcell￭ in bou￭ le a french archae￭ o￭ logist published an argument against the arti￭ factual status of e￭ oli￭ ths in 1905 and samuel haz￭ z￭ le￭ dine warren provided confirmation of bou￭ le s view after carrying out experiments on fl￭ in￭ ts although the debate continued for about three decades more and more evidence was discovered that suggested a purely natural origin for e￭ oli￭ ths this together with the discovery of genuine early lower ple￭ is￭ to￭ cen￭ e ol￭ do￭ wan tools in east africa made support for the arti￭ fact theory difficult to sustain
e￭ o￭ sin￭ open￭ ia is a form of ag￭ ran￭ ul￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis where the number of e￭ o￭ sin￭ ophi￭ l gran￭ ul￭ oc￭ y￭ tes is lower than expected leuk￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis with e￭ o￭ sin￭ open￭ ia can be a predic￭ tor of bacterial infection it can be induced by stress reactions cu￭ shing s syndrome or the use of ster￭ oids pathological causes include burns and acute infections
e￭ o￭ sin￭ ophi￭ lia is a condition in which the e￭ o￭ sin￭ ophi￭ l count in the peripheral blood exceeds 4 5 × 108 l 450 µ￭ l e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ ils usually account for less than 7 of the circulating leuk￭ oc￭ y￭ tes a marked increase in non blood tissue e￭ o￭ sin￭ ophi￭ l count noticed upon hist￭ opath￭ o￭ logic examination is diagnostic for tissue e￭ o￭ sin￭ ophi￭ lia several causes are known with the most common being some form of allergic reaction or par￭ asi￭ tic infection diagnosis of e￭ o￭ sin￭ ophi￭ lia is via a complete blood count c￭ bc but diagnostic procedures directed at the underlying cause vary depending on the suspected condition s an absolute e￭ o￭ sin￭ ophi￭ l count is not generally needed if the c￭ bc shows marked e￭ o￭ sin￭ ophi￭ lia the location of the causal factor can be used to classify e￭ o￭ sin￭ ophi￭ lia into two general types extr￭ ins￭ ic in which the factor lies outside of the e￭ o￭ sin￭ ophi￭ l cell line￭ age and intrinsic e￭ o￭ sin￭ ophi￭ lia which den￭ o￭ tes eti￭ o￭ logies within the e￭ o￭ sin￭ ip￭ hi￭ l cell line specific treatments are dictated by the caus￭ ative condition though in idi￭ opathic e￭ o￭ sin￭ ophi￭ lia the disease may be controlled with cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ster￭ oids e￭ o￭ sin￭ ophi￭ lia is not a disorder rather only a sign unless it is idi￭ opathic
e￭ o￭ sin￭ ophi￭ lia – my￭ al￭ gia syndrome ems is an incur￭ able and sometimes fatal flu like neuro￭ logical condition linked to the ing￭ estion of the dietary supplement l try￭ pt￭ oph￭ an the risk of developing ems increases with larger doses of try￭ pt￭ oph￭ an and increasing age some research suggests that certain genetic poly￭ morph￭ isms may be related to the development of ems the presence of e￭ o￭ sin￭ ophi￭ lia is a core feature of ems along with unusually severe my￭ al￭ gia muscle pain
e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic bron￭ chi￭ tis is a type of air￭ way infl￭ amm￭ ation due to excessive m￭ ast cell recruitment and activation in the superficial airways as opposed to the smooth muscles of the airways as seen in asthma it often results in a chronic cough lung function tests are usually normal inhal￭ ed cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ster￭ oids are often an effective treatment
e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic cell￭ u￭ li￭ tis also known as wells syndrome from george cr￭ ich￭ ton wells who first described it is a skin condition characterized by pl￭ aqu￭ es that resemble cell￭ u￭ li￭ tis e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic cell￭ u￭ li￭ tis is of unknown eti￭ ology though it is suspected to have an allergic and or auto￭ immune component there are documented cases of it being caused by fle￭ a and other insect bites and it has been seen in conjunction with chur￭ g strauss disease though many cases are considered idi￭ opathic in addition it has also been reported in a case of ig￭ g 4 related disease it is included in the ra￭ re￭ disease org database typical treatment is with pred￭ nis￭ one
e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic cy￭ sti￭ tis is a rare condition where e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ iles are present in the blad￭ der wall signs and symptoms are similar to a blad￭ der infection its cause is not entirely clear however may be linked to food allergies infections and medications among others
e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic es￭ op￭ ha￭ gi￭ tis e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic o￭ es￭ op￭ ha￭ gi￭ tis also known as allergic o￭ es￭ op￭ ha￭ gi￭ tis is an allergic infl￭ am￭ matory condition of the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus that involves e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ ils a type of white blood cell symptoms are sw￭ allowing difficulty food imp￭ action and heart￭ burn e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic es￭ op￭ ha￭ gi￭ tis e￭ oe was first described in children but also occurs in adults the condition is not well understood but food allergy may play a significant role the treatment may consist of removal of known or suspected triggers and medication to suppress the immune response in severe cases it may be necessary to stretch the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus with an endo￭ sco￭ py procedure
e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic fas￭ ci￭ i￭ tis ˌ￭ i￭ ː￭ ə￭ ˌ￭ s￭ ɪ￭ n￭ ə￭ ˈ￭ f￭ ɪ￭ l￭ ɪ￭ k ˌ￭ f￭ æ￭ ʃ￭ i￭ ˈ￭ a￭ ɪ￭ t￭ ᵻ￭ s ˌ￭ i￭ ː￭ o￭ ʊ ˌ￭ f￭ æ￭ si also known as sh￭ ul￭ man s syndrome is a form of fas￭ ci￭ i￭ tis the infl￭ am￭ matory diseases that affect the fas￭ cia the connec￭ tive tissues surrounding muscles blood vessels and nerves unlike other diseases in that category it is limited to the arms and legs and usually resol￭ ves itself although some cases require cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ster￭ oids and some cases are associated with ap￭ l￭ astic an￭ emia the presentation of e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic fas￭ ci￭ i￭ tis is similar to s￭ cl￭ ero￭ der￭ ma or systemic sclerosis however unlike s￭ cl￭ ero￭ der￭ ma it affects the fas￭ cia not the skin der￭ mis the characteristic and severe effects of s￭ cl￭ ero￭ der￭ ma and systemic sclerosis such as ray￭ n￭ aud s syndrome involvement of the extre￭ mi￭ ties prominent small blood vessels tel￭ an￭ gi￭ ec￭ ta￭ sia and vis￭ cer￭ al changes such as sw￭ allowing problems are absent it was first characterized in 1974 and it is not yet known whether it is actually a distinct condition or just a different presentation however it remains used for diagnostic purposes several cases have been reported after stren￭ uous exercise
e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic fol￭ lic￭ u￭ li￭ tis also known as e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic pu￭ st￭ ular fol￭ lic￭ u￭ li￭ tis and sterile e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic pu￭ st￭ ul￭ osis is an it￭ chy rash with an unknown cause that is most common among individuals with hiv though it can occur in hiv negative individuals where it is known by the ep￭ on￭ ym o￭ fu￭ ji disease ef consists of it￭ chy red bu￭ mps pap￭ ules centered on hair fol￭ lic￭ les and typically found on the upper body spar￭ ing the ab￭ dom￭ en and legs the name e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic fol￭ lic￭ u￭ li￭ tis refers to the predominant immune cells associated with the disease e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ ils and the involvement of the hair fol￭ lic￭ les
e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic gastro￭ enter￭ i￭ tis eg is a rare and heterogeneous condition characterized by pat￭ chy or diffuse e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic infiltr￭ ation of gastro￭ intest￭ inal gi tissue first described by k￭ ai￭ j￭ ser in 19￭ 37 presentation may vary depending on location as well as depth and extent of bo￭ wel wall involvement and usually runs a chronic relap￭ sing course it can be classified into mu￭ cos￭ al muscular and ser￭ os￭ al types based on the depth of involvement any part of the gi tract can be affected and isolated bi￭ li￭ ary tract involvement has also been reported the stomach is the organ most commonly affected followed by the small intest￭ ine and the col￭ on
e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ osis with pol￭ yan￭ gi￭ i￭ tis eg￭ pa also known as chur￭ g strauss syndrome c￭ ss or allergic gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ osis is a rare auto￭ immune condition that causes infl￭ amm￭ ation of small and medium sized blood vessels vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis in persons with a history of air￭ way allergic hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity at￭ op￭ y it usually manifests in three stages the early pro￭ dro￭ mal stage is marked by air￭ way infl￭ amm￭ ation almost all patients experience asthma and or allergic rh￭ initi￭ s the second stage is characterized by abnormally high numbers of e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ ils hyper￭ e￭ o￭ sin￭ ophi￭ lia which causes tissue damage most commonly to the lungs and the dig￭ estive tract the third stage consists of vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis which can eventually lead to cell death and can be life threatening this condition is now called e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ osis with pol￭ yan￭ gi￭ i￭ tis to remove all ep￭ ony￭ ms from the vas￭ cu￭ liti￭ des to facilitate the transition it was referred to as e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ osis with pol￭ yan￭ gi￭ i￭ tis chur￭ g strauss for a period of time starting in 2012 prior to this it was known as chur￭ g strauss syndrome named after drs jacob chur￭ g and lotte strauss who in 1951 first published about the syndrome using the term allergic gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ osis to describe it it is a type of systemic necro￭ tizing vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis effective treatment of eg￭ pa requires suppression of the immune system with medication this is typically glu￭ co￭ cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ids followed by other agents such as cycl￭ op￭ hosp￭ ham￭ ide or az￭ ath￭ iop￭ rine
e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic pneumonia ep is a disease in which an e￭ o￭ sin￭ ophi￭ l a type of white blood cell accumul￭ ates in the lung these cells cause disruption of the normal air spaces al￭ ve￭ oli where oxygen is extracted from the atmosphere several different kinds of e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic pneumonia exist and can occur in any age group the most common symptoms include cough fever difficulty breathing and swe￭ ating at night ep is diagnosed by a combination of characteristic symptoms findings on a physical examination by a health provider and the results of blood tests and x rays prog￭ no￭ sis is excellent once most ep is recognized and treatment with cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ster￭ oids is begun
e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic pu￭ st￭ ular fol￭ lic￭ u￭ li￭ tis of infancy also known as e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic pu￭ st￭ ular fol￭ lic￭ u￭ li￭ tis in infancy inf￭ anti￭ le e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic pu￭ st￭ ular fol￭ lic￭ u￭ li￭ tis and ne￭ on￭ atal e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic pu￭ st￭ ular fol￭ lic￭ u￭ li￭ tis is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by recurrent pr￭ uri￭ tic crops of fol￭ lic￭ ular ves￭ icul￭ op￭ ust￭ ular le￭ sions
e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic ul￭ cer of the oral mu￭ co￭ sa also known as e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic ul￭ cer of the tongue riga – fe￭ de disease and traumatic e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic gran￭ ul￭ oma is a condition characterized by an ul￭ cer with an ind￭ ur￭ ated and elevated border the le￭ sion might be tender fast growing and the patient often not be aware of any trauma in the area
e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by an infl￭ amm￭ ation of blood vessels and the presence of e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ ils
e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ur￭ ia is the abnormal presence of e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ ils in the urine it can be measured by detecting levels of e￭ o￭ sin￭ ophi￭ l c￭ ation￭ ic protein
e￭ par￭ cha￭ ean un￭ conformity is located in and￭ h￭ ra prad￭ es￭ he￭ par￭ cha￭ ean un￭ conform￭ it￭ ye￭ par￭ cha￭ ean un￭ conform￭ it￭ ye￭ par￭ cha￭ ean un￭ conformity is located in indi￭ ae￭ par￭ cha￭ ean un￭ conform￭ it￭ ye￭ par￭ cha￭ ean un￭ conformity e￭ par￭ cha￭ ean un￭ conformity ti￭ ru￭ pati hills is a major dis￭ continuity of str￭ ati￭ graphic significance that represents a period of remarkable seren￭ ity in the geological history of the earth it is seen at the steep natural slop￭ es road scars and rav￭ ines in the ti￭ ru￭ pati – ti￭ rum￭ ala gh￭ at road in chit￭ to￭ or district of and￭ h￭ ra pradesh india in 2001 the geological survey of india g￭ si declared the un￭ conformity to be one of the 26 “ geological monuments of india ” g￭ si s commemoration document published on the occasion of the 150 years anniversary celebration provides an insight into the formation of the sub￭ continent the oro￭ gen￭ y the pal￭ e￭ o￭ environment and the exotic collection of pal￭ eo flora and fauna the details provided for the e￭ par￭ cha￭ ean un￭ conformity monument indicate that this feature forms the boundary surface between pro￭ ter￭ o￭ zo￭ ic nag￭ ari quar￭ tz￭ ites and archa￭ ean gran￭ ite the time gap between the formation of the two units is at least 500 ma at this location the boundary is between se￭ dim￭ entary rocks of the cu￭ d￭ app￭ ah super￭ group 1600 million years in age and archa￭ ean rocks comprising gran￭ ites g￭ ne￭ is￭ ses and d￭ oler￭ ite dy￭ kes that are more than 2100 million years old this un￭ conformity gives an indication of the enormous time gap in the creation of the earth ’ s cr￭ ust
an ep￭ end￭ ym￭ al tumor is a type of brain tumor that begins in cells lining the spinal cord central canal fluid filled space down the center or the ven￭ tric￭ les fluid filled spaces of the brain ep￭ end￭ ym￭ al tumors may also form in the chor￭ o￭ id plex￭ us tissue in the ven￭ tric￭ les that makes cere￭ bro￭ spinal fluid also called ep￭ end￭ y￭ mom￭ a
ep￭ end￭ y￭ mom￭ a is a tumor that arises from the ep￭ end￭ y￭ ma a tissue of the central nervous system usually in pedi￭ atric cases the location is in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial while in adults it is spinal the common location of in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial ep￭ end￭ y￭ mom￭ a is the fourth ven￭ tric￭ le rarely ep￭ end￭ y￭ mom￭ a can occur in the pel￭ vic cav￭ ity syr￭ ing￭ om￭ ye￭ lia can be caused by an ep￭ end￭ y￭ mom￭ a ep￭ end￭ y￭ mom￭ as are also seen with neuro￭ fi￭ bro￭ mat￭ osis type ii
eph￭ emer￭ alization a term coined by r buck￭ minster fuller is the ability of technological advancement to do more and more with less and less until eventually you can do everything with nothing that is an accelerating increase in the efficiency of achieving the same or more output products services information etc while requiring less input effort time resources etc fuller s vision was that eph￭ emer￭ alization will result in ever increasing standards of living for an ever growing population despite finite resources the concept has been embraced by those who argue against mal￭ thu￭ sian philosophy fuller uses henry ford s assembly line as an example of how eph￭ emer￭ alization can continuously lead to better products at lower cost with no upper bound on productivity fuller saw eph￭ emer￭ alization as an inevitable trend in human development the progression was from compression to tension to visual to abstract electrical i e nonsens￭ orial radiation such as radio waves x rays etc length measurement technologies in human development for example started with a com￭ pres￭ sive measure such as a ruler the com￭ pres￭ sive technique reached an upper limit with a rod for longer measures a ten￭ sive measure such as a string or rope was used this reached an upper limit with sag￭ ging of the string next was a surve￭ y￭ or ’ s teles￭ cope visual this reached an upper limit with cur￭ v￭ ature of the earth next was radio tri￭ ang￭ ulation abstract electrical the technological progression is a continuing increase in length measuring ability per pound of instrument with no apparent upper limit according to fuller
ep￭ hi￭ al￭ tes lit jumping on you is an anxiety disorder identified as such by john bond in 17￭ 53 along with other authors of those times in his tre￭ ati￭ se in￭ cu￭ bus the famous greek physician gal￭ en in the 2 nd century ad had already named nightmares ep￭ hi￭ al￭ tes the idea of an in￭ cu￭ bus as a caus￭ ative factor in nightmares stemmed from the belief that some spirit or gho￭ stly person cre￭ pt in during the night and lay upon the sle￭ eper so as to con￭ strict the chest and breathing — leading to a sense of suffoc￭ ation side by side with a terrifying dream of being either crushed or in the case of a woman sexually violated by the male in￭ cu￭ bus or ep￭ hi￭ al￭ tes sleep￭ ers thus set upon feel they are about to die — but as bond who was himself prone to nightmares stated as soon as they shake off that vast oppression they are affected with a strong pal￭ p￭ itation great anxiety langu￭ our and un￭ eas￭ iness – which symptoms gradually ab￭ ate and are succeeded by the pleasing reflection of having escaped such imminent danger p 3
epi￭ ble￭ phar￭ on is characterised by a con￭ genital horizontal fold of skin near the margin of the upper or lower eye￭ lid caused by the abnormal insertion of muscle fibres this extra fold of skin re￭ directs the l￭ ashes into a vertical position where they may contact the globe this is found most commonly in asian individuals especially children
epi￭ con￭ dy￭ li￭ tis is a type of mus￭ cul￭ osk￭ el￭ etal disorder that refers to an infl￭ amm￭ ation of an epi￭ con￭ dy￭ le types include lateral epi￭ con￭ dy￭ li￭ tis also known as tennis el￭ bow medi￭ al epi￭ con￭ dy￭ li￭ tis also known as gol￭ fer s el￭ bow also thro￭ wer s el￭ bow
epidemic dro￭ psy is a form of e￭ dem￭ a of extre￭ mi￭ ties due to poisoning by arg￭ em￭ one mexic￭ ana mexican pr￭ ick￭ ly poppy epidemic dro￭ psy is a clinical state resulting from use of edible oils adulter￭ ated with arg￭ em￭ one mexic￭ ana seed oil san￭ guin￭ ar￭ ine and di￭ hydro￭ san￭ guin￭ ar￭ ine are two major toxic al￭ k￭ alo￭ ids of arg￭ em￭ one oil which cause widespread cap￭ ill￭ ary di￭ lat￭ ation proliferation and increased cap￭ ill￭ ary perme￭ ability when mustard oil is adulter￭ ated deliberately as in most cases or accidentally with arg￭ em￭ one oil prote￭ in￭ ur￭ ia specifically loss of albumin occurs with a resultant e￭ dem￭ a as would occur in ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ tic syndrome other major symptoms are bilateral pit￭ ting e￭ dem￭ a of extre￭ mi￭ ties headache naus￭ ea loose bo￭ wels er￭ y￭ them￭ a gl￭ au￭ coma and breath￭ lessness leakage of the protein rich plasma component into the ex￭ trac￭ ell￭ ular compartment leads to the formation of e￭ dem￭ a the ha￭ em￭ od￭ y￭ nam￭ ic consequences of this vascular di￭ lat￭ ation and perme￭ ability lead to a state of relative hypo￭ vol￭ emia with a constant stimulus for fluid and salt conservation by the kidneys illness begins with gastro￭ enter￭ ic symptoms followed by cu￭ taneous er￭ y￭ them￭ a and pi￭ gm￭ entation respiratory symptoms such as cough short￭ ness of breath and orth￭ op￭ no￭ ea progressing to frank right sided cong￭ estive cardiac failure are seen mild to moderate ana￭ emia hypo￭ prote￭ in￭ aemia mild to moderate ren￭ al az￭ o￭ tem￭ ia re￭ tin￭ al haemorrha￭ ges and gl￭ au￭ coma are common manifestations there is no specific therapy removal of the adulter￭ ated oil and symptomatic treatment of cong￭ estive cardiac failure and respiratory symptoms along with administration of antioxid￭ ants and multi￭ vitamins remain the main￭ stay of treatment epidemic dro￭ psy occurs as an epidemic in places where use of mustard oil from the seeds of brassica jun￭ ce￭ a commonly known as indian mustard as cooking medium is common
epidemic poly￭ ar￭ thri￭ tis is an outdated term that was formerly used to refer to poly￭ ar￭ thri￭ tis caused by two mosquito borne viruses endemic to austr￭ al￭ asia bar￭ ma￭ h forest virus which causes bar￭ ma￭ h forest fever ross river virus r￭ r￭ v which causes ross river fever
epidemic ty￭ ph￭ us also called camp fever jail fever hospital fever ship fever famine fever pu￭ tri￭ d fever pe￭ tec￭ hi￭ al fever epidemic lou￭ se borne ty￭ ph￭ us and lou￭ se borne ty￭ ph￭ us is a form of ty￭ ph￭ us so named because the disease often causes epidemics following wars and natural disasters the caus￭ ative organism is ric￭ ke￭ tt￭ sia pro￭ wa￭ ze￭ k￭ ii transmitted by the human body lou￭ se pe￭ dic￭ ul￭ us human￭ us human￭ us
the epidemiology of depression has been studied across the world depression is a major cause of morbi￭ dity worldwide as the epidemiology has shown lifetime prevalence varies widely from 3 in japan to 17 in the us in most countries the number of people who would suffer from depression during their lives falls within an 8 – 12 range in north america the probability of having a major depres￭ sive episode within any year long period is 3 – 5 for males and 8 – 10 for females
pneumonia is a common illness affecting approximately 450 million people a year and occurring in all parts of the world it is a major cause of death among all age groups resulting in 4 million deaths 7 of the worlds yearly total rates are greatest in children less than five and adults older than 75 years of age it occurs about five times more frequently in the developing world versus the developed world viral pneumonia accounts for about 200 million cases
ep￭ id￭ er￭ mod￭ ys￭ pl￭ asia ver￭ ru￭ ci￭ form￭ is ev also called lewan￭ dow￭ sky lu￭ tz dys￭ pl￭ asia col￭ lo￭ qu￭ ially known as tree man illness is an extremely rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive genetic hereditary skin disorder associated with a high risk of carcin￭ oma of the skin it is characterized by abnormal suscep￭ tibility to human pap￭ il￭ lo￭ ma￭ viruses h￭ p￭ vs of the skin the resulting uncontrolled h￭ p￭ v infections result in the growth of scal￭ y mac￭ ules and pap￭ ules particularly on the hands and feet it is typically associated with h￭ p￭ v types 5 and 8 which are found in about 80 of the normal population as as￭ ymp￭ tomatic infections although other types may also contribute the condition usually has an onset of between the ages of one and 20 but can occasionally present in middle age it is named after the physicians who first documented it felix lewan￭ dow￭ sky and wil￭ helm lu￭ tz
an ep￭ id￭ er￭ mo￭ id cyst is a benign cyst usually found on the skin the cyst develops out of ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal tissue his￭ to￭ logically it is made of a thin layer of squ￭ am￭ ous epi￭ the￭ lium
ep￭ id￭ er￭ mol￭ ysis bul￭ los￭ a eb is a group of inherited connec￭ tive tissue diseases that cause bl￭ is￭ ters in the skin and mu￭ cos￭ al memb￭ ran￭ es with an incidence of 20 per million new￭ bor￭ ns in the united states it is a result of a defect in anch￭ oring between the ep￭ id￭ er￭ mis and der￭ mis resulting in friction and skin fragility its severity ranges from mild to lethal the condition was brought to public attention in 2004 in the uk through the channel 4 documentary the boy whose skin fell off ch￭ ron￭ ic￭ ling the life and death of j￭ onny kennedy an english￭ man with eb in the united states the same could be said of the h￭ bo documentary my flesh and blood from 2003 butter￭ fly children is a term often used to describe younger patients because the skin is said to be as fragile as a butter￭ fly ’ s wings cotton wool babies or in south america as crystal skin children
ep￭ id￭ er￭ mol￭ ysis bul￭ los￭ a acquis￭ ita is a chronic su￭ be￭ pid￭ er￭ mal bl￭ is￭ tering disease associated with auto￭ immunity to type vii coll￭ agen within anch￭ oring fi￭ bri￭ l structures that are located at the der￭ mo￭ ep￭ id￭ er￭ mal junction
ep￭ id￭ er￭ mol￭ ysis bul￭ los￭ a dy￭ stro￭ ph￭ ica or dy￭ stro￭ ph￭ ic eb deb is an inherited disease affecting the skin and other organs butter￭ fly children is the term given to those born with the disease as their skin is seen to be as delicate and fragile as that of a butter￭ fly
ep￭ id￭ er￭ mol￭ ysis bul￭ los￭ a simpl￭ ex e￭ bs is a disorder resulting from mutations in the genes en￭ coding ker￭ atin 5 or ker￭ atin 14 bl￭ ister formation of e￭ bs occurs at the der￭ mo￭ ep￭ id￭ er￭ mal junction sometimes e￭ bs is called ep￭ id￭ er￭ mol￭ y￭ tic
ep￭ id￭ er￭ mol￭ y￭ tic ac￭ an￭ thomas are a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by dis￭ crete ker￭ ato￭ tic pap￭ ules in adults
ep￭ id￭ er￭ mol￭ y￭ tic hyper￭ ker￭ at￭ osis also known as bull￭ ous con￭ genital ich￭ th￭ yo￭ si￭ form er￭ y￭ thro￭ der￭ ma bull￭ ous ich￭ th￭ yo￭ si￭ form er￭ y￭ thro￭ der￭ ma or bull￭ ous con￭ genital ich￭ th￭ yo￭ si￭ form er￭ y￭ thro￭ der￭ ma bro￭ c￭ q is a rare ich￭ thy￭ osis skin disease affecting around 1 in 250 000 people it involves the clum￭ ping of ker￭ atin fil￭ aments
epi￭ di￭ dy￭ miti￭ s is a medical condition characterized by discomfort or pain of the epi￭ di￭ dy￭ mis a cur￭ ved structure at the back of the tes￭ tic￭ le in which sperm mat￭ ures and is stored epi￭ di￭ dy￭ miti￭ s is usually characterized as either acute or chronic if acute the onset of tes￭ tic￭ ular pain is often accompanied by infl￭ amm￭ ation red￭ ness and warmth in the scro￭ tum if chronic pain may be the only symptom in either form tes￭ tic￭ ular pain in one or both test￭ es can vary from mild to severe and one or both epi￭ di￭ dy￭ mi￭ des may notic￭ e￭ ably swell infl￭ ame and or har￭ den ind￭ urate the pain is often cyclical and may last from less than an hour to several days epi￭ di￭ dy￭ miti￭ s is the most frequent cause of acute onset scro￭ tal pain in adults in contrast with men who have tes￭ tic￭ ular tor￭ sion the cre￭ master￭ ic reflex elev￭ ation of the tes￭ tic￭ le in response to stro￭ king the upper inner thi￭ gh is not altered if the diagnosis is not entirely clear from the patient s history and physical examination a dop￭ pl￭ er ul￭ tras￭ ound scan can confirm increased flow of blood to the affected epi￭ di￭ dy￭ mis whereas tor￭ sion is characterized by is￭ chem￭ ia if the infl￭ amm￭ ation spreads to the tes￭ tic￭ le the condition may be reclassi￭ fied as epi￭ di￭ dy￭ mo or￭ chi￭ tis or or￭ chi￭ epi￭ di￭ dy￭ miti￭ s the sw￭ elling from epi￭ di￭ dy￭ miti￭ s may stretch along the ingu￭ inal canal and may appear similar to that of a her￭ nia particularly an ingu￭ inal her￭ nia it may be distinguished from these however in that with the exception of an incarcer￭ ated indirect ingu￭ inal her￭ nia ingu￭ inal her￭ ni￭ as generally are not painful and the sw￭ elling they produce often disappears upon lying down neither is the case with epi￭ di￭ dy￭ miti￭ s also her￭ ni￭ as are not ep￭ is￭ od￭ ic whereas epi￭ di￭ dy￭ miti￭ s frequently is
ep￭ id￭ ural or extrad￭ ural hem￭ atom￭ a ha￭ em￭ atom￭ a also known as an ep￭ id￭ ural hemorrha￭ ge is a type of traumatic brain injury t￭ bi in which a buil￭ dup of blood occurs between the dur￭ a mat￭ er the tough outer memb￭ rane of the central nervous system and the skull the spinal cord is also covered by a layer of dur￭ a mat￭ er so ep￭ id￭ ural ble￭ eds may also occur in the spinal column often due to trauma the condition is potentially deadly because the buil￭ dup of blood may increase pressure in the in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial space com￭ press delicate brain tissue and cause brain shift the condition is present in one to three percent of head injuries around 15 20 of ep￭ id￭ ural hem￭ atom￭ as are fatal
an epi￭ ga￭ str￭ ic her￭ nia is a type of her￭ nia which may develop in the ep￭ ig￭ ast￭ ri￭ um upper central part of the ab￭ dom￭ en epi￭ ga￭ str￭ ic her￭ ni￭ as usually appear in adults unlike the benign di￭ ast￭ asis rec￭ ti epi￭ ga￭ str￭ ic her￭ nia may trap fat and other tissues inside the opening of the her￭ nia causing pain and tissue damage
in the last few years chemical alterations in the genome have become more evident and these alterations can be critical in the development of m￭ align￭ ancy this alteration process is referred to as epi￭ genetics pat￭ ino et al 2008 epi￭ genetics is the term used to refer to stable changes in dna that affect gene expression but do not involve changes in the underlying nucle￭ o￭ tide sequence of the organism pat￭ ino et al 2008 the mechanisms by which epi￭ genetics occur involve hy￭ po and hyper￭ meth￭ yl￭ ation of dna hist￭ one modifications by ace￭ ty￭ l￭ ation meth￭ yl￭ ation and phosphor￭ yl￭ ation and post￭ transl￭ ational modifications which include r￭ na sil￭ encing these modifications can cause different expression patterns to occur which can result in alterations to cells some of these alterations could result in the formation of can￭ cer￭ ous cells or various other dangerous changes in cell function among many other outcomes when p￭ aired together can￭ cer￭ ous cells are not formed from just one change
depression is a serious behavioral disorder causing long lasting feelings of sadness and loss of interest one form of depression is major depres￭ sive disorder m￭ dd in which symptoms of depression are present most days a week for 2 weeks or longer depression affects a large aspect of day to day activities such as thought process sleep and appetite it can be accompanied by anxiety and decreased energy according to the world health organization depression affects about 350 million people worldwide and is the major cause of disability depression can be caused by the interaction of environmental and genetic factors these factors include epi￭ genetic modification of the genome in which there is a persistent change in gene expression without a change in the actual dna sequence
ep￭ ig￭ lot￭ ti￭ tis is infl￭ amm￭ ation of the ep￭ ig￭ lot￭ tis — the fl￭ ap at the base of the tongue that keeps food from going into the trac￭ hea wind￭ pipe symptoms are usually rapid in onset and include trouble sw￭ allowing which can result in dro￭ oling changes to the voice fever and an increased breathing rate as the ep￭ ig￭ lot￭ tis is in the upper air￭ way sw￭ elling can interfere with breathing people may lean forward in an effort to open the air￭ way as the condition wor￭ sens stri￭ dor and blu￭ ish skin may occur ep￭ ig￭ lot￭ ti￭ tis was historically mostly caused by infection by h influ￭ enz￭ ae type b with vaccination it is now more often caused by other bacteria other possible causes include burns and trauma to the area the most accurate way to make the diagnosis is to look directly at the ep￭ ig￭ lot￭ tis x rays of the neck from the side may show a th￭ umb￭ print sign but the lack of this sign does not mean the condition is absent an effective vaccine the hi￭ b vaccine has been available since the 1980 s the antibiotic ri￭ fam￭ pin may also be used to prevent the disease among those who have been exposed to the disease and are at high risk the most important part of treatment involves securing the air￭ way which is often done by endo￭ trac￭ heal intu￭ b￭ ation intra￭ ven￭ ous antibiotics such as ce￭ f￭ tri￭ ax￭ one and possibly van￭ com￭ y￭ cin or clin￭ dam￭ y￭ cin is then given cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ster￭ oids are also typically used with appropriate treatment the risk of death among children with the condition is about one percent and among adults is seven percent with the use of the hi￭ b vaccine the number of cases of ep￭ ig￭ lot￭ ti￭ tis has decreased by more than 95 while historically young children were mostly affected it is now more common among older children and adults in the united states it affects about 1 3 per 100 000 children a year in adults between 1 and 4 per 100 000 are affected a year it occurs more commonly in the developing world
epi￭ le￭ p￭ sia parti￭ alis continu￭ a also called ko￭ j￭ ev￭ ni￭ kov s or ko￭ zhe￭ v￭ ni￭ kov s epi￭ le￭ p￭ sia is a rare type of brain disorder in which a patient experiences recurrent motor epi￭ le￭ ptic seizures that are focal hands and face and recur every few seconds or minutes for extended periods days or years
epi￭ le￭ psy is a group of neuro￭ logical diseases characterized by epi￭ le￭ ptic seizures epi￭ le￭ ptic seizures are episodes that can vary from brief and nearly un￭ detec￭ table to long periods of vigorous shaking these episodes can result in physical injuries including occasionally broken bones in epi￭ le￭ psy seizures tend to recur and have no immediate underlying cause isolated seizures that are provoked by a specific cause such as poisoning are not deemed to represent epi￭ le￭ psy people with epi￭ le￭ psy in some areas of the world experience stigma due to the condition the cause of most cases of epi￭ le￭ psy is unknown although some people develop epi￭ le￭ psy as the result of brain injury stroke brain tumors infections of the brain and birth defects known genetic mutations are directly linked to a small proportion of cases epi￭ le￭ ptic seizures are the result of excessive and abnormal nerve cell activity in the cor￭ tex of the brain the diagnosis involves ruling out other conditions that might cause similar symptoms such as fain￭ ting and determining if another cause of seizures is present such as alcohol withdrawal or electro￭ ly￭ te problems this may be partly done by imaging the brain and performing blood tests epi￭ le￭ psy can often be confirmed with an electro￭ encephal￭ o￭ gram eeg but a normal test does not rule out the condition epi￭ le￭ psy that occurs as a result of other issues may be preventable seizures are controllable with medication in about 70 of cases inexpensive options are often available in those whose seizures do not respond to medication then surgery neuro￭ stimulation or dietary changes may be considered not all cases of epi￭ le￭ psy are lifelong and many people improve to the point that treatment is no longer needed as of 2013 about 22 million people have epi￭ le￭ psy nearly 80 of cases occur in the developing world in 2013 it resulted in 116 000 deaths up from 112 000 deaths in 1990 epi￭ le￭ psy is more common in older people in the developed world onset of new cases occurs most frequently in babies and the elderly in the developing world onset is more common in older children and young adults due to differences in the frequency of the underlying causes about 5 – 10 of people will have an un￭ provoked seizure by the age of 80 and the chance of experiencing a second seizure is between 40 and 50 in many areas of the world those with epi￭ le￭ psy either have restrictions placed on their ability to drive or are not permitted to drive until they are free of seizures for a specific length of time the word epi￭ le￭ psy is from ancient greek ἐ￭ επι￭ λα￭ μ￭ βά￭ ν￭ ει￭ ν to seize possess or afflic￭ t
epi￭ le￭ psy intellectual disability in females also known as p￭ cd￭ h 19 gene related epi￭ le￭ psy or epi￭ le￭ ptic encephalopathy early inf￭ anti￭ le 9 ei￭ ee 9 is a rare type of epi￭ le￭ psy that affects predomin￭ ately females and is characterized by clusters of brief seizures which start in infancy or early childhood and is occasionally accompanied by varying degrees of cognitive impairment the striking pattern of onset seizures at a young age genetic testing and laboratory results potential developmental delays or developmental regression and associated disorders e￭ ases diagnosis the national institutes of health office and rare disease research characterizes p￭ cd￭ h 19 gene related epi￭ le￭ psy as a rare disorder although formal epidem￭ io￭ logic data is not available results from diagnostic scre￭ enings indicate that approximately 1 out of 10 girls who have seizure onset before five years of age may have p￭ cd￭ h 19 mutations
an epi￭ le￭ ptic seizure col￭ lo￭ qu￭ ially a fit is a brief episode of signs or symptoms due to abnormal excessive or synchron￭ ous neuro￭ nal activity in the brain the outward effect can vary from uncontrolled jer￭ king movement tonic cl￭ onic seizure to as subtle as a mom￭ entary loss of awareness absence seizure diseases of the brain characterized by an enduring pre￭ disposition to generate epi￭ le￭ ptic seizures are collectively called epi￭ le￭ psy seizures can also occur in people who do not have epi￭ le￭ psy for various reasons including brain trauma drug use elevated body temperature hypo￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia low blood sugar levels and hypo￭ x￭ ia low levels of oxygen to the brain additionally there are a number of conditions that look like epi￭ le￭ ptic seizures but are not a first seizure generally does not require long term treatment with anti seizure medications unless there is a specific problem on either electro￭ encephal￭ o￭ gram or brain imaging 5 – 10 of people who live to 80 years old have at least one epi￭ le￭ ptic seizure and the chance of experiencing a second seizure is between 40 and 50 about 50 of patients with an un￭ provoked apparent first seizure have had other minor seizures so their diagnosis is epi￭ le￭ psy epi￭ le￭ psy affects about 1 of the population currently and affected about 4 of the population at some point in time most of those affected — nearly 80 — live in developing countries
epi￭ le￭ ptic sp￭ as￭ ms inf￭ anti￭ le sp￭ as￭ ms juvenile sp￭ as￭ ms or west syndrome is an un￭ common to rare epi￭ le￭ ptic disorder in infants children and adults it is named after the english physician william james west 17￭ 93 – 18￭ 48 who first described it in an article published in the lan￭ cet in 18￭ 41 the original case actually described his own son james ed￭ win west 18￭ 40 – 18￭ 60 other names for it are generalized fl￭ ex￭ ion epi￭ le￭ psy inf￭ anti￭ le epi￭ le￭ ptic encephalopathy inf￭ anti￭ le my￭ o￭ cl￭ onic encephalopathy jack￭ knife con￭ vul￭ sions massive my￭ o￭ cl￭ onia and sal￭ a￭ am sp￭ as￭ ms the term inf￭ anti￭ le sp￭ as￭ ms can be used to describe the specific seizure manifestation in the syndrome but is also used as a synon￭ ym for the syndrome itself west syndrome in modern usage is the tri￭ ad of inf￭ anti￭ le sp￭ as￭ ms a path￭ og￭ no￭ mon￭ ic eeg pattern called hy￭ ps￭ arr￭ hy￭ th￭ mia and developmental regression although the international definition requires only two out of these three elements the syndrome is age related generally occurring between the third and the twelfth month generally manifest￭ ing around the fifth month there are various causes pol￭ ye￭ ti￭ ology the syndrome is often caused by an organic brain dysfunction whose origins may be pre￭ natal per￭ in￭ atal caused during birth or post￭ natal
an ep￭ ip￭ hen￭ omen￭ on plural ep￭ ip￭ hen￭ omen￭ a is a secondary phenomenon that occurs alongside or in parallel to a primary phenomenon the word has two senses one that con￭ notes known causation and one that con￭ notes absence of causation or reservation of judgment about it
ep￭ ip￭ lo￭ ic append￭ ag￭ i￭ tis ea is an un￭ common benign non surgical self limiting infl￭ am￭ matory process of the ep￭ ip￭ lo￭ ic appendices other older terms for the process include append￭ ic￭ i￭ tis ep￭ ip￭ lo￭ ica and append￭ ag￭ i￭ tis but these terms are used less now in order to avoid confusion with acute append￭ ic￭ i￭ tis ep￭ ip￭ lo￭ ic appendices are small fat filled sac￭ s or finger like projections along the surface of the upper and lower col￭ on and rec￭ tum they may become acutely infl￭ amed as a result of tor￭ sion tw￭ isting or ven￭ ous thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis the infl￭ amm￭ ation causes pain often described as sharp or stab￭ bing located on the left right or central regions of the ab￭ dom￭ en there is sometimes naus￭ ea and v￭ om￭ iting the symptoms may mim￭ ic those of acute append￭ ic￭ i￭ tis diver￭ tic￭ u￭ li￭ tis or chol￭ ec￭ y￭ sti￭ tis the pain is characteris￭ tically intense during after defec￭ ation or mic￭ tur￭ ition esp￭ ec in the seg￭ mo￭ id type due to the effect of traction on the pe￭ dic￭ le of the le￭ sion caused by str￭ aining and emp￭ tying of the bo￭ wel and blad￭ der initial lab studies are usually normal ea is usually diagnosed incidentally on ct scan which is performed to exclude more serious conditions although it is self limiting ep￭ ip￭ lo￭ ic append￭ ag￭ i￭ tis can cause severe pain and discomfort it is usually thought to be best treated with an anti infl￭ am￭ matory and a moderate to severe pain medication depending on the case as needed surgery is not recommended in nearly all cases sand and colleagues however recommend l￭ apar￭ as￭ cop￭ ic surgery to excise the infl￭ amed append￭ age in most cases in order to prevent recurrence
epi￭ re￭ tin￭ al memb￭ rane is a disease of the eye in response to changes in the vit￭ re￭ ous humor or more rarely diabetes it is also called mac￭ ular pu￭ cker sometimes as a result of immune system response to protect the re￭ tina cells converge in the mac￭ ular area as the vit￭ re￭ ous ages and pulls away in poster￭ ior vit￭ re￭ ous det￭ achment pv￭ d pv￭ d can create minor damage to the re￭ tina stimulating exu￭ date infl￭ amm￭ ation and leu￭ co￭ cy￭ te response these cells can form a transparent layer gradually and like all scar tissue tighten to create tension on the re￭ tina which may bul￭ ge and pu￭ cker e g mac￭ ular pu￭ cker or even cause sw￭ elling or mac￭ ular e￭ dem￭ a often this results in distortions of vision that are clearly visible as bo￭ wing ← → when looking at lines on chart paper or an am￭ sl￭ er grid within the mac￭ ular area or central 1 0 degree of visual arc usually it occurs in one eye first and may cause bin￭ oc￭ ular di￭ pl￭ op￭ ia or double vision if the image from one eye is too different from the image of the other eye the distortions can make objects look different in size usually larger macro￭ p￭ sia especially in the central portion of the visual field creating a loc￭ alized or field dependent anis￭ ei￭ k￭ onia that cannot be fully corrected op￭ tically with glasses partial correction often improves the bin￭ oc￭ ular vision considerably though in the young under 50 years of age these cells occasionally pull free and dis￭ integrate on their own but in the majority of sufferers over 60 years of age the condition is permanent the underlying photo￭ recep￭ tor cells rod cells and cone cells are usually not damaged unless the memb￭ rane becomes quite thick and hard so usually there is no mac￭ ular de￭ generation
ep￭ is￭ cl￭ eri￭ tis is a benign self limiting infl￭ am￭ matory disease affecting part of the eye called the ep￭ is￭ cl￭ era the ep￭ is￭ cl￭ era is a thin layer of tissue that lies between the con￭ junc￭ tiva and the connec￭ tive tissue layer that forms the white of the eye s￭ cl￭ era ep￭ is￭ cl￭ eri￭ tis is a common condition and is characterized by the abrupt onset of mild eye pain and red￭ ness there are two types of ep￭ is￭ cl￭ eri￭ tis one where the ep￭ is￭ cl￭ era is diff￭ us￭ ely affected diffuse ep￭ is￭ cl￭ eri￭ tis and the other where no￭ d￭ ules are present in the ep￭ is￭ cl￭ era no￭ d￭ ular ep￭ is￭ cl￭ eri￭ tis most cases have no identifiable cause although a small fraction of cases are associated with various systemic diseases often people with ep￭ is￭ cl￭ eri￭ tis experience it recur￭ ren￭ tly treatment focuses on decreasing discomfort and includes lubric￭ ating eye drops more severe cases may be treated with topical cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ster￭ oids or oral anti infl￭ am￭ matory medications n￭ s￭ aids
ep￭ is￭ od￭ ic at￭ ax￭ ia ea is an auto￭ som￭ al dominant disorder characterized by spor￭ adic b￭ outs of at￭ ax￭ ia severe dis￭ coordination with or without my￭ ok￭ y￭ mia continuous muscle movement there are seven types recognised but the majority are due to two recognized entities at￭ ax￭ ia can be provoked by stress star￭ tle or heavy exer￭ tion such as exercise symptoms can first appear in infancy there are at least 6 loc￭ i for ea of which 4 are known genes some patients with ea also have migr￭ aine or progressive cere￭ bell￭ ar degenerative disorders symptomatic of either famili￭ al hem￭ ip￭ leg￭ ic migr￭ aine or spin￭ oc￭ ere￭ bell￭ ar at￭ ax￭ ia some patients respond to ace￭ ta￭ z￭ ol￭ amide though others do not
ep￭ is￭ od￭ ic dys￭ control syndrome eds or sometimes just dys￭ control is a pattern of abnormal ep￭ is￭ od￭ ic and frequently violent and uncontrollable social behavior in the absence of significant provocation it can result from lim￭ bic system diseases disorders of the temporal lo￭ be or abuse of alcohol or other psychoactive substances eds may affect children or adults
ep￭ is￭ od￭ ic trem￭ or and slip ets is a seis￭ mo￭ logical phenomenon observed in some sub￭ duc￭ tion zones these events are characterized by non earthquake seis￭ mic rum￭ bling or trem￭ or and slow slip along the plate interface slow slip events are distinguished from earthquakes by their propagation speed and focus in slow slip events there is an apparent reversal of cru￭ st￭ al motion although the fault motion remains consistent with the direction of sub￭ duc￭ tion ets events themselves are imper￭ cep￭ tible to human beings and do not cause damage
an ep￭ is￭ p￭ adi￭ as is a rare type of mal￭ formation of the penis in which the u￭ re￭ th￭ ra ends in an opening on the upper aspect the dor￭ sum of the penis it can also develop in females when the u￭ re￭ th￭ ra develops too far an￭ ter￭ ior￭ ly it occurs in around 1 in 120 000 male and 1 in 500 000 female births
ep￭ ist￭ asis is the phenomenon of the effect of one gene being dependent on the presence of one or more modi￭ fier genes the genetic background thus ep￭ ist￭ atic mutations have different effects in combination than individually it was originally a concept from genetics but is now used in bio￭ chemistry compu￭ tational biology and evolutionary biology it arises due to interactions either between genes or within them leading to non additive effects ep￭ ist￭ asis has a large influence on the shape of evolutionary landscap￭ es which leads to profound consequences for evolution and evol￭ v￭ ability of phen￭ o￭ type traits
ep￭ ist￭ emic modal logic is a sub￭ field of modal logic that is concerned with reasoning about knowledge while ep￭ ist￭ em￭ ology has a long philosophical tradition dating back to ancient greece ep￭ ist￭ emic logic is a much more recent development with applications in many fields including philosophy theoretical computer science artificial intelligence economics and lingu￭ is￭ tics while philosophers since aristo￭ tle have discussed modal logic and medieval philosophers such as oc￭ kh￭ am and dun￭ s scot￭ us developed many of their observations it was c i lewis who created the first symbolic and systematic approach to the topic in 19￭ 12 it continued to mature as a field reaching its modern form in 1963 with the work of kri￭ p￭ ke
epi￭ the￭ li￭ al my￭ o￭ epi￭ the￭ li￭ al carcin￭ oma abbreviated em￭ ca is a rare m￭ align￭ ant tum￭ our that typically arises in a sali￭ vary g￭ land and consists of both an epi￭ the￭ li￭ al and my￭ o￭ epi￭ the￭ li￭ al component they are predominantly found in the par￭ o￭ ti￭ d g￭ land￭ and represent approximately 1 of sali￭ vary g￭ land tum￭ ours
epi￭ the￭ li￭ al basement memb￭ rane dy￭ stro￭ phy eb￭ md also known as map dot fingerprint dy￭ stro￭ phy and co￭ g￭ ans s micro￭ c￭ ys￭ tic dy￭ stro￭ phy is a disorder of the eye that can cause pain and dr￭ y￭ ness it is sometimes included in the group of cor￭ ne￭ al dy￭ stro￭ ph￭ ies it diver￭ ges from the formal definition of cor￭ ne￭ al dy￭ stro￭ phy in being in most cases non famili￭ al it also has a fluctu￭ ating course while for a typical cor￭ ne￭ al dy￭ stro￭ phy the course is progressive when it is considered part of this group it is the most common type of cor￭ ne￭ al dy￭ stro￭ phy
epi￭ the￭ li￭ al dys￭ pl￭ asia a term becoming increasingly referred to as intra￭ epi￭ the￭ li￭ al ne￭ op￭ la￭ sia is the sum of various disturbances of epi￭ the￭ li￭ al proliferation and differentiation as seen micro￭ sco￭ p￭ ically individual cellular features of dys￭ pl￭ asia are called epi￭ the￭ li￭ al aty￭ p￭ ia
the her￭ t￭ wig epi￭ the￭ li￭ al root she￭ ath hers or epi￭ the￭ li￭ al root she￭ ath is a proliferation of epi￭ the￭ li￭ al cells located at the cer￭ vic￭ al loop of the en￭ am￭ el organ in a developing tooth her￭ t￭ wig epi￭ the￭ li￭ al root she￭ ath initiates the formation of denti￭ n in the root of a tooth by causing the differentiation of od￭ on￭ to￭ bl￭ asts from the dental pap￭ illa the root she￭ ath eventually dis￭ integrates with the period￭ on￭ tal lig￭ ament but residual pieces that do not completely disappear are seen as epi￭ the￭ li￭ al cell rests of mal￭ as￭ se￭ z erm these rests can become c￭ ys￭ tic presenting future period￭ on￭ tal infections
epi￭ the￭ li￭ o￭ id cell his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ tom￭ a is a rare skin condition that is considered to be a variant of a der￭ mato￭ fi￭ bro￭ ma
epi￭ the￭ li￭ o￭ id hem￭ an￭ gi￭ o￭ endo￭ the￭ li￭ oma e￭ ha￭ e is a rare tumor first characterized by sharon we￭ iss and franz enz￭ inger that both clin￭ ically and his￭ to￭ logically is intermediate between an￭ gi￭ os￭ ar￭ coma and hem￭ an￭ gi￭ oma however a distinct disease defining genetic alteration recently described for e￭ he indicates that it is an entirely separate entity from both an￭ gi￭ os￭ ar￭ coma and hem￭ an￭ gi￭ oma e￭ he is a soft tissue sar￭ coma and is generally considered a vascular cancer insofar as the ‘ le￭ sional ’ cells have surface mark￭ ers typical of endo￭ the￭ li￭ al cells cells lining the interior of blood vessels e￭ he was originally described as occurring most commonly in the ve￭ ins of the extre￭ mi￭ ties arms and legs and two organs the liver and lungs it has since been described in organs throughout the body in addition to liver and lungs bones and skin have been the most frequent organs before the initial description of we￭ iss the tumor had been reported under a variety of other names including his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ id hem￭ an￭ gi￭ o￭ endo￭ the￭ li￭ oma intr￭ av￭ ascular bron￭ cho￭ al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar tumor in the lung and s￭ cl￭ ero￭ sing chol￭ an￭ gi￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma in the lung and liver common sites of me￭ ta￭ static tumor it was most likely to be confused with carcin￭ oma a far more common type of tumor e￭ he typically occurs in the 20 40 age range although the overall age range involved is much broader and a modest pre￭ dil￭ ection for females over males it often has an ind￭ ol￭ ent course and many affected people have survived for decades with multi organ disease 1 601 the extent and number of organs involved apparently has little effect on longevity
epi￭ the￭ li￭ o￭ id sar￭ coma is a rare soft tissue sar￭ coma arising from mes￭ en￭ ch￭ ym￭ al tissue and characterized by epi￭ the￭ li￭ o￭ id like features it accounts for less than 1 of all soft tissue sar￭ com￭ as it was first clearly characterized by f m enz￭ inger in 1970 it commonly presents itself in the dis￭ tal limbs fingers hands fore￭ arms or feet of young adults as a small soft mass or a series of bu￭ mps a proxim￭ al version has also been described frequently occurring in the upper extre￭ mi￭ ties rare cases have been reported in the pel￭ vis vul￭ va penis and sp￭ ine his￭ to￭ logically epi￭ the￭ li￭ o￭ id sar￭ coma forms no￭ d￭ ules with central necro￭ sis surrounded by bl￭ and poly￭ g￭ onal cells with e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic cy￭ top￭ las￭ m and peripheral sp￭ ind￭ ling epi￭ the￭ li￭ o￭ id sar￭ com￭ as typically express v￭ im￭ entin cy￭ to￭ ker￭ at￭ ins epi￭ the￭ li￭ al memb￭ rane antigen and cd 34 whereas they are usually negative for s 100 des￭ min and fl￭ i 1 they typically stain positive for ca 125 epi￭ the￭ li￭ o￭ id sar￭ coma most commonly strikes young adults yet no age group is immune the disease has a tendency to develop local recur￭ ren￭ ces and me￭ tast￭ asis thereafter to regional lymp￭ h no￭ des lung bone brain and other locations including the scal￭ p generally speaking epi￭ the￭ li￭ o￭ id sar￭ coma has a high rate of relap￭ se after initial treatment and tends to recur locally at or near the original tumor site epi￭ the￭ li￭ o￭ id sar￭ coma also demonstrates lymp￭ h￭ atic spread in 22 48 of cases and me￭ tast￭ asis in 21 63 of cases these events as well as advanced stage progression and grade aggres￭ siveness are predic￭ tive of an overall worse outcome the overall five year survival rate for epi￭ the￭ li￭ o￭ id sar￭ coma is anywhere from 25 to 78 importantly the 10 year and 15 year survival rate drops off significantly associated with a more positive outcome are younger age female vs male sex dis￭ tal vs proxim￭ al location smaller tumor size and negative margins upon tumor res￭ ection
epi￭ the￭ li￭ oma is an abnormal growth of the epi￭ the￭ lium which is the layer of tissue that covers the surfaces of organs and other structures of the body
epi￭ the￭ li￭ oma cun￭ icul￭ at￭ um also known as carcin￭ oma cun￭ icul￭ at￭ um and ack￭ erman tumor is a skin le￭ sion a type of ver￭ ru￭ co￭ us carcin￭ oma that may occur on the sole of the foot
epizootic hemorrha￭ gic disease e￭ hd is a hemorrha￭ gic disease of white ta￭ iled deer odo￭ co￭ i￭ le￭ us vir￭ g￭ ini￭ an￭ us caused by an infection of a virus from the genus or￭ bi￭ virus shop￭ e et al 1960 ho￭ war￭ th et al 2001 it is an infectious and sometimes fatal virus that is characterized by extensive hemorrha￭ ges and is found throughout the united states it is important for deer hunters farmers farm property owners and livestock owners to have knowledge about e￭ hd because of the seriousness of this disease its ability to cause large scale outbreaks in wild ruminants and its ability to affect livestock and the production industry e￭ hd in white ta￭ iled deer michigan wildlife disease manual epizootic hemorrha￭ gic disease has been found in some domestic ruminants and many species of deer including white ta￭ iled deer mule deer and pron￭ gh￭ orn an￭ tel￭ ope cf￭ sp￭ h 2006 sero￭ positive black ta￭ iled deer f￭ allow deer red deer w￭ ap￭ i￭ ti and roe deer have also been found which essentially means that they were exposed to the disease at some time in the past but may not be involved in transmission outbreaks of e￭ hd have been reported in cattle although it is rare for them to develop disease or die sheep may develop clinical signs however this is also rare ho￭ war￭ th et al 2001 epizootic hemorrha￭ gic disease is often called bluetongue however this is incorrect bluetongue virus is closely related to e￭ hd and has similar clinical signs but it is a different disease bluetongue is a serious disease in cattle as well as other ruminants and can have a significant effect on international trade testing at animal health laboratories is necessary to distinguish between the viruses that cause bluetongue and e￭ hd
epizootic lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ tis is a contagious lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ tis disease of horses and mul￭ es caused by the fun￭ gus hist￭ op￭ las￭ ma far￭ ci￭ min￭ o￭ sum cattle are also susceptible but more resistant to the disease than equi￭ ds see also glan￭ ders and equine lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ tis
epizootic ul￭ cer￭ ative syndrome eus is a disease caused by the water m￭ ould ap￭ han￭ om￭ y￭ ces inv￭ ad￭ ans it inf￭ ects many freshwater and br￭ ack￭ ish fish species in the asia pacific region and australia the disease is most commonly seen when there are low temperature and heavy rainfall in tropical and sub tropical waters it may also be referred to as my￭ co￭ tic gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ osis mg and red spot disease r￭ s￭ d
in econom￭ etr￭ ics and time series analysis the ep￭ ps effect named after t w ep￭ ps is the phenomenon that the empirical correlation between the returns of two different stocks decreases as the sampling frequency of data increases the phenomenon is caused by non synchron￭ ous as￭ yn￭ ch￭ ron￭ ous trading and discre￭ tization effects however a current study shows that the effect originates in investors herd behaviour
ep￭ stein – bar￭ r virus positive dl￭ b￭ cl of the elderly is a type of large b cell lymp￭ homa recognized in the who 2008 classification it is usually cd 20 positive and has cl￭ onal immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ulin gene re￭ arrangement
there are several forms of ep￭ stein – bar￭ r virus infection infectious mon￭ on￭ uc￭ le￭ osis nas￭ op￭ har￭ yn￭ ge￭ al carcin￭ oma and bur￭ kit￭ t s lymp￭ homa can all be caused by the ep￭ stein – bar￭ r virus
ep￭ ul￭ is plural e￭ pu￭ li￭ des is any tumor like enlargement i e lump situated on the g￭ ing￭ i￭ val or al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar mu￭ co￭ sa the word literally means on the g￭ ing￭ iva and describes only the location of the mass and has no further implications on the nature of the le￭ sion there are three types fi￭ bro￭ mat￭ ous os￭ si￭ fying and ac￭ an￭ thom￭ at￭ ous the related term par￭ ul￭ is commonly called a g￭ um￭ boil refers to a mass of infl￭ amed gran￭ ulation tissue at the opening of a draining sin￭ us on the al￭ ve￭ ol￭ us over or near to the root of an infected tooth another closely related term is g￭ ing￭ i￭ val enlargement which tends to be used where the enlargement is more generalized over the whole g￭ ing￭ iva rather than a loc￭ alized mass
ep￭ ul￭ is fis￭ sur￭ at￭ um also termed infl￭ am￭ matory fi￭ bro￭ us hyper￭ pl￭ asia d￭ ent￭ ure induced fi￭ bro￭ us infl￭ am￭ matory hyper￭ pl￭ asia d￭ ent￭ ure injury tumor d￭ ent￭ ure ep￭ ul￭ is d￭ ent￭ ure induced gran￭ ul￭ oma and gran￭ ul￭ oma fis￭ sur￭ at￭ um is a benign hyper￭ pl￭ asia of fi￭ bro￭ us connec￭ tive tissue which develops as a reactive le￭ sion to chronic mechanical irritation produced by the fl￭ ange of a poorly fitting d￭ ent￭ ure more simply ep￭ ul￭ is fis￭ sur￭ at￭ um is where excess fol￭ ds of firm tissue form inside the mouth as a result of rub￭ bing on the edge of d￭ ent￭ ures that do not fit well it is a harmless condition and does not represent oral cancer treatment is by simple surgical removal of the le￭ sion and also by adjustment of the d￭ ent￭ ure or provision of a new d￭ ent￭ ure it is a closely related condition to infl￭ am￭ matory pap￭ ill￭ ary hyper￭ pl￭ asia but the appearance and location differs
in two body ke￭ pl￭ er￭ ian orb￭ ital mechanics the equation of the center is the ang￭ ular difference between the actual position of a body in its el￭ lip￭ tical orbit and the position it would occupy if its motion were uniform in a circular orbit of the same period it is defined as the difference true anomaly ν minus mean anomaly m and is typically expressed a function of mean anomaly m and orb￭ ital ec￭ centr￭ icity e
equatorial plasma bubbles are an ion￭ o￭ spheric phenomenon near the earth s ge￭ om￭ ag￭ ne￭ tic equ￭ ator at night time they affect radio waves by causing varying delays they de￭ grade the performance of gps different times of the year and location have different frequencies of occurrence in northern australia the most common times are february to april and august to october when a plasma bubble is expected every night plasma bubbles have dimensions around 100 km plasma bubbles form after dark when the sun stops ionising the ion￭ o￭ sphere the ions re￭ combine forming a lower density layer this layer can rise through the more ion￭ ised layers above via conv￭ ection which makes a plasma bubble the bubbles are turbulent with irregular edges an equatorial plasma bubble could have affected the battle of shah i ko￭ t by disab￭ ling communications from a communications satellite to a helicopter
equ￭ est￭ rian per￭ ni￭ osis is a skin condition that presents on the lateral thi￭ ghs of women equ￭ est￭ ri￭ ans who ride on cold dam￭ p days
equilibrium isot￭ ope fr￭ action￭ ation is the partial separation of isotop￭ es between two or more substances in chemical equilibrium equilibrium fr￭ action￭ ation is strongest at low temperatures and along with k￭ ine￭ tic isot￭ ope effects forms the basis of the most widely used isotop￭ ic pal￭ e￭ other￭ mom￭ eters or climate pro￭ x￭ ies d h and 18 o 16 o records from ice co￭ res and 18 o 16 o records from calcium carbon￭ ate it is thus important for the construction of geo￭ logic temperature records isotop￭ ic fr￭ action￭ ations attributed to equilibrium processes have been observed in many elements from hydrogen d h to uranium 238 u 235 u in general the light elements especially hydrogen bor￭ on carbon nitrogen oxygen and sul￭ fur are most susceptible to fr￭ action￭ ation and their isotop￭ es tend to be separated to a greater degree than heavier elements
equine atypical my￭ opathy also known as atypical my￭ o￭ glob￭ in￭ ur￭ ia or e￭ am is a mortal disease of horses equidae characterized by acute r￭ hab￭ dom￭ y￭ ol￭ ysis it is believed to be caused by the ing￭ estion of the seeds or young shoots of ac￭ er pseu￭ dop￭ lat￭ an￭ us in europe and ac￭ er neg￭ undo in america e￭ am has a high mortality rate and numerous fatalities have occurred
equine exer￭ tional r￭ hab￭ dom￭ y￭ ol￭ ysis er also known as tying up az￭ o￭ tur￭ ia or monday morning disease is a syndrome that damages the muscle tissue in horses it is usually due to over￭ feeding a horse carbo￭ hydr￭ ates and appears to have a genetic link
equine ga￭ str￭ ic ul￭ cer syndrome eg￭ us is a common cause of col￭ ic and decreased performance in horses horses form ul￭ cers in the mu￭ co￭ sa of the stomach leading to pain decreased appetite weight loss and behavioral changes treatment generally involves reducing acid production of the stomach and dietary management unlike some animals however stomach rupture is rare and the main goal of treating is to reduce pain and improve performance of animals used for showing or racing
equine infectious an￭ emia or equine infectious ana￭ emia eia also known by hor￭ semen as swamp fever is a horse disease caused by a retro￭ virus and transmitted by blood￭ sucking insects the virus ei￭ av is endemic in the americas parts of europe the middle and far east russia and south africa the virus is a l￭ enti￭ virus like human immun￭ o￭ deficiency virus hiv like hiv eia can be transmitted through blood milk and body secre￭ tions transmission is primarily through biting flies such as the horse fly and deer fly the virus survives up to 4 hours in the carrier contaminated surgical equipment and recycled needles and syr￭ inges and bits can transmit the disease mares can transmit the disease to their fo￭ als via the plac￭ enta the risk of transmitting the disease is greatest when an infected horse is ill as the blood levels of the virus are then highest
equine influenza horse flu is the disease caused by strains of influenza a that are enzootic in horse species equine influenza occurs globally previously caused by two main strains of virus equine 1 h 7 n 7 and equine 2 h 3 n 8 the oie now considers h 7 n 7 strains likely to be extinct since these stain￭ s have not been isolated for over 20 years predominant international circulating h 3 n 8 strains are florida su￭ bl￭ ine￭ age of the american line￭ age cl￭ ade 1 predomin￭ ates in the americas and cl￭ ade 2 in europe el￭ ton and cul￭ lin￭ ane 2013 p￭ ail￭ lot 2014 s￭ later et al 2013 the disease has a nearly 100 infection rate in an un￭ vaccinated horse population with no prior exposure to the virus while equine influenza is historically not known to affect humans impacts of past outbreaks have been devastating due to the economic reliance on horses for communication postal service military cav￭ al￭ ry and general transportation in modern times though the ramifications of equine influenza are most clear in the horse racing industry
equine lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ tis is an infl￭ amm￭ ation or sw￭ elling associated with impairment of the lymp￭ h￭ atic system particularly in a limb in horses it is most commonly a bacterial infection although bacterial culture may be negative often referred to as fat big leg disease it is sometimes known as weed or monday morning disease not to be confused with the more common usage of m￭ md referring to exer￭ tional r￭ hab￭ dom￭ y￭ ol￭ ysis or az￭ o￭ tur￭ ia this article refers mainly to spor￭ adic lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ tis ul￭ cer￭ ative lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ tis is referred to in passing as it is managed in a similar manner epizootic lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ tis is similar to glan￭ ders but caused by the fun￭ gus hist￭ op￭ las￭ ma far￭ ci￭ min￭ o￭ sum
equine multin￭ od￭ ular pul￭ mon￭ ary fi￭ bro￭ sis is a chronic lung disease of horses there is evidence that the disease is caused by infection with a gam￭ ma￭ her￭ pes￭ virus equine her￭ pes￭ virus 5 the disease affects adult usually older horses causing weight loss and reduced ability to exercise as a result of the formation of no￭ d￭ ular le￭ sions in the lungs
equine pol￭ ys￭ ac￭ ch￭ ari￭ de storage my￭ opathy ep￭ sm ps￭ sm ep￭ s￭ sm is an inher￭ itable gly￭ co￭ gen storage disease of horses that causes exer￭ tional r￭ hab￭ dom￭ y￭ ol￭ ysis it is most commonly associated with heavy horse breeds and the american quarter horse while incur￭ able ps￭ sm can be managed with appropriate diet and exercise there are currently 2 sub￭ types known as type 1 ps￭ sm and type 2 ps￭ sm
equine proto￭ zo￭ al my￭ elo￭ en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis ep￭ m is a disease caused by the ap￭ i￭ complex￭ an parasite sar￭ co￭ cy￭ stis neuro￭ na that affects the central nervous system of horses
proxim￭ al enter￭ i￭ tis also known as an￭ terior enter￭ i￭ tis or du￭ o￭ deni￭ tis proxim￭ al je￭ juni￭ tis dpj is infl￭ amm￭ ation of the du￭ o￭ den￭ um and upper je￭ jun￭ um it produces a functional st￭ asis of the affected intest￭ ine i￭ le￭ us and hyper￭ secre￭ tion of fluid into the lum￭ en of that intest￭ ine this leads to large volumes of ga￭ str￭ ic ref￭ lux dehydr￭ ation low blood pressure and potentially shock although the exact cause is not yet definitively known proxim￭ al enter￭ i￭ tis requires considerable supportive care
equine recurrent periodic u￭ ve￭ i￭ tis moon blindness recurrent i￭ ri￭ do￭ cy￭ cli￭ tis is an acute non￭ gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ ous infl￭ amm￭ ation of the u￭ veal tract of the eye occurring commonly in horses of all breeds worldwide the caus￭ ative factor is not known but several patho￭ gen￭ es￭ es have been suggested it is the most common cause of blindness in horses in some breeds a genetic factor may be involved
shi￭ vers or equine shi￭ vering is a rare progressive neuro￭ muscular disorder of horses it is characterized by muscle tre￭ mors difficulty holding up the h￭ ind limbs and an unusual ga￭ it when the horse is asked to move backwards shi￭ vers is poorly understood and no effective treatment is available at this time
equine viral arter￭ i￭ tis eva is a disease of horses caused by an r￭ na virus of the genus arter￭ i￭ virus the virus which causes eva was first isolated from horses in ohio in 1953 but the disease has afflicted equine animals worldwide for centuries it has been more common in some breeds of horses in the united states but there is no breed “ immunity ” in the uk it is a notifiable disease there is no known human hazard
an equ￭ ino￭ val￭ gus is a de￭ form￭ ity of the human foot it may be a flexible de￭ form￭ ity or a fixed de￭ form￭ ity equ￭ ino means plan￭ tar￭ fl￭ ex￭ ed as in standing on one s toes and val￭ gus means that the base of the heel is rot￭ ated away from the mid￭ line of the foot ever￭ sion and abduction of foot this means that the patient is placing his her weight on the medi￭ al border of the foot and the arch of the foot is absent which distorts the foot s normal shape mainly occurs due to ti￭ ght￭ ness of plan￭ tar fl￭ ex￭ ors calf muscles and per￭ on￭ eus group of muscles
the equi￭ osci￭ ll￭ ation theore￭ m concerns the approximation of continuous functions using poly￭ no￭ mi￭ als when the merit function is the maximum difference uniform norm its discovery is attributed to che￭ by￭ sh￭ ev
in accounting and finance equity is the difference between the value of the assets and the cost of the liabilities of something owned for example if someone owns a car worth 15 000 but owes 5 000 on a loan against that car the car represents 10 000 equity equity can be negative if liability exceeds assets in an accounting context shareholders equity or stock￭ holders equity shareholders funds shareholders capital or similar terms represents the equity of a company as divided among shareholders of common or preferred stock negative shareholders equity is often referred to as a shareholders deficit for purposes of liquidation during bankruptcy ownership equity is the equity which remains after all liabilities have been paid
equity of condition in tax law and governmental spending is the economic condition often arbitrary that political leaders believe a person should be in after governmental social engineering and redistribution of wealth the award or redistribution of wealth to the recipients over￭ ri￭ des substantially any natural right of the producers of the wealth to keep the fruits of their labor the award of wealth in a socialist economy may be extensive with a pro￭ scri￭ bed level of benefits for food housing health education recreation welfare etcetera — and have little or no relation to the citizen ’ s productivity e g before tax income the result however is that economic productivity and the standard of living can be less￭ ened in a socialist economy due to dis￭ incentive to production equity of condition in a mixed economy such as the united states can be ne￭ bul￭ ous and ever changing governmental subsidies and tax deductions may be extended for political reasons and a political leader may never provide comprehensive economic rationale for his particular fiscal policy actions the cost of the benefits is merely shifted to a discriminated portion of the tax base benefits may also be illusory to recipients because further political manipulation of the tax code by political leaders can nul￭ lify the recipients ’ original gains
in telecommunication equivalent pulse code modulation noise p￭ cm is the amount of thermal noise power on a frequency division multi￭ plex￭ ing f￭ dm or wire channel necessary to approximate the same judgment of speech quality created by quan￭ tizing noise in a p￭ cm channel note 1 the speech quality judgment is based on comparative tests note 2 generally 33 5 d￭ br￭ nc ± 2 5 db is considered the approximate equivalent p￭ cm noise of a 7 bit p￭ cm system
in al￭ ge￭ bra￭ ic number theory an equi￭ variant ar￭ tin l function is a function associated to a finite g￭ alo￭ is extension of global fields created by packaging together the various ar￭ tin l functions associated with the extension each extension has many traditional ar￭ tin l functions associated with it corresponding to the characters of representations of the g￭ alo￭ is group by contrast each extension has a unique corresponding equi￭ variant l function equi￭ variant l functions have become increasingly important as a wide range of con￭ jec￭ tures and theore￭ ms in number theory have been developed around them among these are the br￭ um￭ er – stark con￭ jec￭ ture the co￭ ates sin￭ not￭ t con￭ jec￭ ture and a recently developed equi￭ variant version of the main con￭ jec￭ ture in i￭ was￭ awa theory
in mathematics more specifically in topo￭ logy the equi￭ variant stable hom￭ ot￭ op￭ y theory is a sub￭ field of equi￭ variant topo￭ logy that studies a spectrum with group action instead of a space with group action as in stable hom￭ ot￭ op￭ y theory the field has become more active recently because of its connection to al￭ ge￭ bra￭ ic k theory
er￭ b s pal￭ sy or er￭ b – du￭ chen￭ ne pal￭ sy is a paralysis of the arm caused by injury to the upper group of the arm s main nerves specifically the sever￭ ing of the upper trunk c 5 – c 6 nerves these form part of the br￭ achi￭ al plex￭ us comprising the ven￭ tr￭ al r￭ ami of spinal nerves c 5 – c 8 and thor￭ ac￭ ic nerve t 1 these injuries arise most commonly but not exclusively from shoulder dy￭ sto￭ cia during a difficult birth depending on the nature of the damage the paralysis can either resolve on its own over a period of months necessitate rehabil￭ itative therapy or require surgery
er￭ d￭ heim – chester disease also known as er￭ d￭ heim – chester syndrome or poly￭ o￭ sto￭ tic s￭ cl￭ ero￭ sing his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis is a rare disease characterized by the abnormal multiplication of a specific type of white blood cells called his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ tes or tissue macro￭ p￭ ha￭ ges technically this disease is termed a non lang￭ er￭ hans cell his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis usually onset is in middle age the disease involves an infiltr￭ ation of lip￭ id laden macro￭ p￭ ha￭ ges multin￭ uc￭ le￭ ated giant cells an infl￭ am￭ matory infiltr￭ ate of lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tes and his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ tes in the bone marrow and a generalized sclerosis of the long bones
in mathematics the er￭ d￭ ő￭ s – bur￭ r con￭ jec￭ ture is a problem concerning the ram￭ sey number of spar￭ se graphs the con￭ jec￭ ture is named after paul er￭ d￭ ő￭ s and stefan bur￭ r and is one of many con￭ jec￭ tures named after er￭ d￭ ő￭ s it states that the ram￭ sey number of graphs in any spar￭ se family of graphs should grow lin￭ early in the number of ver￭ tices of the graph in 2015 a proof of the con￭ jec￭ ture was announced by cho￭ ong￭ bum lee
in graph theory the er￭ d￭ ő￭ s – fab￭ er – lo￭ vá￭ s￭ z con￭ jec￭ ture is an unsolved problem about graph col￭ oring named after paul er￭ d￭ ő￭ s vance fab￭ er and l￭ á￭ sz￭ l￭ ó lo￭ vá￭ s￭ z who formulated it in 1972 it says if k complete graphs each having exactly k ver￭ tices have the property that every pair of complete graphs has at most one shared ver￭ tex then the union of the graphs can be colored with k colors
in the mathematical discipline of graph theory the er￭ d￭ ő￭ s – p￭ ó￭ sa theore￭ m named after paul er￭ d￭ ő￭ s and la￭ jos p￭ ó￭ sa states that there is a function f k such that for each positive inte￭ ger k every graph either contains k ver￭ tex dis￭ joint circuits or it has a feedback ver￭ tex set of f k ver￭ tices that inter￭ sec￭ ts every circuit furthermore f k o k log k in the sense of big o no￭ tation because of this theore￭ m circuits are said to have the er￭ d￭ ő￭ s – p￭ ó￭ sa property the theore￭ m claims that for any finite number k there is an appropriate least value f k with the property that every graph with no k ver￭ tex dis￭ joint circuits all circuits can be covered by f k ver￭ tices this generalized an un￭ published result of bé￭ la bol￭ lob￭ ás which states that f 2 3 obtained the bounds c 1 k log k f k c 2 k log k for the general case the result suggests that although there are infinitely many different graphs with no k dis￭ joint circuits they split into fin￭ itely many simply descri￭ bable classes for the case k 2 gave a complete characterization proved f 3 6 and 9 ≤ f 4 ≤ 12
er￭ ec￭ tile dysfunction ed or impotence is sexual dysfunction characterized by the inability to develop or maintain an er￭ ection of the penis during sexual activity in humans a pen￭ ile er￭ ection is the hydraulic effect of blood entering and being retained in spon￭ ge like bodies within the penis the process is most often initiated as a result of sexual ar￭ ous￭ al when signals are transmitted from the brain to nerves in the penis the most important organic causes of impotence are cardiovascular disease and diabetes neuro￭ logical problems for example trauma from pro￭ stat￭ ec￭ tomy surgery hormonal in￭ suffici￭ encies hypo￭ gon￭ ad￭ ism and drug side effects psychological impotence is where er￭ ection or penetration fails due to thoughts or feelings psychological reasons rather than physical impossibility this is somewhat less frequent but can often be helped notably in psychological impotence there is a strong response to plac￭ e￭ bo treatment er￭ ec￭ tile dysfunction can have severe psychological consequences as it can be tied to relationship difficulties and mascul￭ ine self image besides treating the underlying causes such as potassium deficiency or arsenic contamination of drinking water the first line treatment of er￭ ec￭ tile dysfunction consists of a trial of p￭ de 5 inhi￭ bit￭ or drugs the first of which was sil￭ den￭ a￭ fil or vi￭ ag￭ ra in some cases treatment can involve pro￭ stag￭ land￭ in tablets in the u￭ re￭ th￭ ra injections into the penis a pen￭ ile pro￭ s￭ thesis a penis pump or vascular re￭ constructive surgery
an er￭ ection clin￭ ically pen￭ ile er￭ ection or pen￭ ile tum￭ es￭ cence is a physiological phenomenon in which the penis becomes firmer eng￭ org￭ ed and enlarged pen￭ ile er￭ ection is the result of a complex interaction of psychological ne￭ ural vascular and endocrine factors and is often associated with sexual ar￭ ous￭ al or sexual attraction although er￭ ections can also be spontaneous the shape angle and direction of an er￭ ection varies considerably in humans physi￭ o￭ logically er￭ ection is triggered by the paras￭ ymp￭ athetic division of the autonom￭ ic nervous system ans causing nit￭ ric oxide a vas￭ o￭ di￭ lat￭ or levels to rise in the tr￭ ab￭ ec￭ ular arter￭ ies and smooth muscle of the penis the arter￭ ies di￭ late causing the corpor￭ a ca￭ ver￭ no￭ sa of the penis and to a lesser extent the corpor￭ a spongi￭ o￭ sum to fill with blood simultaneously the is￭ chi￭ oc￭ aver￭ no￭ sus and bul￭ bo￭ spongi￭ o￭ sus muscles com￭ press the ve￭ ins of the corpor￭ a ca￭ ver￭ no￭ sa restricting the eg￭ ress and circulation of this blood er￭ ection sub￭ sides when paras￭ ymp￭ athetic activity reduces to baseline as an autonom￭ ic nervous system response an er￭ ection may result from a variety of stimul￭ i including sexual stimulation and sexual ar￭ ous￭ al and is therefore not entirely under conscious control er￭ ections during sleep or upon waking up are known as no￭ c￭ tur￭ nal pen￭ ile tum￭ es￭ cence npt absence of no￭ c￭ tur￭ nal er￭ ection is commonly used to distinguish between physical and psychological causes of er￭ ec￭ tile dysfunction and impotence a penis which is partly but not fully er￭ ect is sometimes known as a semi er￭ ection clin￭ ically partial tum￭ es￭ cence a penis which is not er￭ ect is typically referred to as being fl￭ acci￭ d or soft
ere￭ th￭ ism or ere￭ th￭ ism mercur￭ i￭ alis is a neuro￭ logical disorder which affects the whole central nervous system as well as a symptom complex derived from mercury poisoning this is also sometimes known as the mad hat￭ ter disease historically this was common among old england felt hat￭ makers who used mercury to stabilize the wool in a process called fel￭ ting where hair was cut from a pel￭ t of an animal such as a rabbit the industrial workers were exposed to the mercury vap￭ ors giving rise to the expression “ mad as a hat￭ ter ” some believe that the character the mad hat￭ ter in lewis car￭ roll s alice in wonder￭ land is an example of someone suffering from ere￭ th￭ ism but the origin of this account is unclear the character was almost certainly based on the￭ oph￭ il￭ us carter an ec￭ centric furniture dealer who was well known to car￭ roll it is commonly characterized through behavioral changes such as irrit￭ ability low self confidence depression apathy sh￭ y￭ ness and ti￭ mid￭ ity and in some extreme cases with prolonged exposure to mercury vap￭ ors deli￭ ri￭ um personality changes and memory loss occur as a result people with ere￭ th￭ ism find it difficult to interact socially with others with behaviors similar to that of a social pho￭ bia although most of the effects of ere￭ th￭ ism are neuro￭ logical some physical problems arise as well including a decrease in physical strength “ headaches general pain and tre￭ mors after exposure to metallic mercury ” as well as irregular heartbeat it has been documented that “ the trem￭ or in the hands can be so severe that the victim is unable to hold a glass of water without spilling its contents ” the primary risk factor for ere￭ th￭ ism is long term exposure to mercury vap￭ ors and g￭ asses at high levels one group at risk for mercury poisoning is industrial workers and those exposed to high levels of mercury residing naturally in the environment ere￭ th￭ ism is not as serious an issue as it was back before acceptable working condition regulations were enforced preventing mercury levels from getting too high limits the amount available for inhal￭ ation there is a risk of mercury poisoning in the home in some cases exposure to mercury vap￭ or may stem from cultural and religious reasons where mercury is sprink￭ led on the floor of a home or car burned in a candle or mixed with perfume due to widespread use and popular concern the risk of toxicity from dental am￭ alg￭ am has been exhaus￭ tively investigated to date no convincing evidence of toxicity has been found one treatment of mercury poisoning was to admit fresh air to the patient by having him go outside daily as much as possible stimul￭ ants such as ammonia have also been documented to help restore pulse to a normal rhythm for a more comprehensive reading of treatment see mercury poisoning treatment section
er￭ goti￭ sm pr￭ on ˈ￭ ɜ￭ ː￭ r￭ ɡ￭ ə￭ t￭ ˌ￭ ɪ￭ z￭ ə￭ m ur g￭ ə￭ t iz ə￭ m is the effect of long term er￭ got poisoning traditionally due to the ing￭ estion of the al￭ k￭ alo￭ ids produced by the cla￭ vic￭ eps pur￭ pu￭ rea fun￭ gus that inf￭ ects rye and other cereals and more recently by the action of a number of er￭ gol￭ ine based drugs it is also known as er￭ go￭ toxico￭ sis er￭ got poisoning and saint anthony s fire er￭ got poisoning is a proposed explanation of be￭ wit￭ chment
er￭ on￭ du – cy￭ met syndrome is a syndrome caused by a trans￭ location on the 21 st chro￭ mo￭ some the genetic kar￭ yo￭ type for people with this condition is 46 xy inv 21 q 11 2 q 22 1 findings in these patients include hypo￭ tension hypo￭ x￭ emia seizures and impairment of cognitive ability patients with this condition may have persistent left superior ven￭ a cav￭ a that dra￭ ins into the left atri￭ um as well as pul￭ mon￭ ary arter￭ io￭ ven￭ ous mal￭ formations er￭ on￭ du – cy￭ met syndrome was discovered in 2006 by u￭ go￭ chi er￭ on￭ du and tyler cy￭ met
ero￭ si￭ o inter￭ dig￭ ital￭ is bl￭ ast￭ om￭ y￭ ce￭ tica is a skin condition caused by a candi￭ da al￭ bic￭ ans infection characterized by an o￭ val shaped area of mac￭ erated white skin on the web between and extending onto the sides of the fingers
erosion corro￭ sion also known as imp￭ ing￭ ement damage is the combined effect of corro￭ sion and erosion caused by rapid flowing turbulent water it is probably the second most common cause of copper tube failures behind type 1 pit￭ ting which is also known as cold water pit￭ ting of copper tube copper water tu￭ bes￭ copper tubes have been used to distribute drinking water within buildings for many years and hundreds of miles are installed throughout europe every year the long life of copper when exposed to natural waters is a result of its thermo￭ dynamic stability its high resistance to reacting with the environment and the formation of in￭ soluble corro￭ sion products that ins￭ ulate the metal from the environment the corro￭ sion rate of copper in most drin￭ k￭ able waters is less than 2 5 µ￭ m year at this rate a 15 mm tube with a wall thickness of 0 7 mm would last for about 280 years in some soft waters the general corro￭ sion rate may increase to 12 5 µ￭ m year but even at this rate it would take over 50 years to per￭ for￭ ate the same tube
erotic as￭ phy￭ xi￭ ation or breath control play is the intentional restriction of oxygen to the brain for the purposes of sexual ar￭ ous￭ al this sexual practice is vari￭ ously called as￭ phy￭ x￭ iop￭ hi￭ lia auto￭ erotic as￭ phy￭ x￭ ia hypo￭ xy￭ phi￭ lia the term auto￭ erotic as￭ phy￭ xi￭ ation is used when the act is done by a person to themselves col￭ lo￭ qu￭ ially a person engaging in the activity is sometimes called a gas￭ per the erotic interest in as￭ phy￭ xi￭ ation is classified as a par￭ ap￭ hi￭ lia in the diagnostic and statistical manual of the american psychiatric association
ero￭ tom￭ ania is a type of delu￭ sional disorder where the affected person believes that another person is in love with him or her this belief is usually applied to someone with higher status or a famous person but can also be applied to a complete stranger ero￭ tom￭ anic delu￭ sions often occur in patients with schizophrenia and other psychotic disorders but can also occur during a man￭ ic episode in the context of bipolar i disorder during an ero￭ tom￭ anic delusion the patient believes that a secret admir￭ er is declaring his or her affection for the patient often by special glan￭ ces signals telep￭ athy or messages through the media usually the patient then returns the perceived affection by means of letters phone calls gifts and visits to the un￭ wit￭ ting recipient even though these advances are unexpected and often unwanted any denial of affection by the object of this delu￭ sional love is dismissed by the patient as a plo￭ y to conceal the forbidden love from the rest of the world ero￭ tom￭ ania is also called de cl￭ é￭ ram￭ ba￭ ult s syndrome after the french psychiatrist ga￭ ë￭ tan g￭ ati￭ an de cl￭ é￭ ram￭ ba￭ ult 18￭ 72 – 19￭ 34 who published a comprehensive review paper on the subject les psycho￭ ses passion￭ elles in 19￭ 21 the term ero￭ tom￭ ania is often mistakenly confused with obs￭ essive love obsession with un￭ requ￭ ited love or hy￭ pers￭ ex￭ uality
er￭ ot￭ ophi￭ lia is a personality trait which assesses an individual s disposition to respond to sexual cu￭ es in either a positive or negative manner it is measured on a continuous scale ranging from er￭ ot￭ opho￭ bia to er￭ ot￭ ophi￭ lia er￭ ot￭ opho￭ bes tend to score higher on authoritarianism and need for achievement have more traditional sex roles experience more sex guilt and have more negative reactions to ma￭ st￭ urb￭ ation and homosexuality than er￭ ot￭ oph￭ iles er￭ ot￭ oph￭ il￭ ic individuals tend to ma￭ st￭ urb￭ ate and fanta￭ size more frequently think about sex more often have sexual inter￭ course for the first time at an earlier age have more past sexual experiences and have a greater number of inter￭ course partners than er￭ ot￭ opho￭ bic individuals er￭ ot￭ oph￭ iles are also more likely to engage in breast self examinations schedule regular gy￭ ne￭ co￭ logical visits and engage in preventative behaviors regarding sexually transmitted diseases e g more frequent con￭ dom use
the error floor is a phenomenon encountered in modern iter￭ ated spar￭ se graph based error correcting codes like ld￭ pc codes and tur￭ bo codes when the bit error ratio ber is plo￭ tted for conventional codes like reed – solomon codes under al￭ ge￭ bra￭ ic de￭ coding or for con￭ volu￭ tional codes under v￭ iter￭ bi de￭ coding the ber steadily decreases in the form of a curve as the sn￭ r condition becomes better for ld￭ pc codes and tur￭ bo codes there is a point after which the curve does not fall as quickly as before in other words there is a region in which performance fl￭ att￭ ens this region is called the error floor region the region just before the sudden drop in performance is called the water￭ fall region error floors are usually attributed to low weight co￭ de￭ words in the case of tur￭ bo codes and trapping sets or near co￭ de￭ words in the case of ld￭ pc codes
erup￭ tive hypo￭ mel￭ an￭ osis is a novel par￭ avi￭ ral ex￭ anthem suspected to be related to viral infections most patients are young children aged two to ten most children develop pro￭ dro￭ mal symptoms similar to common cold or influenza small mon￭ om￭ orph￭ ous and hypo￭ pi￭ gm￭ ented mac￭ ules then erup￭ t there could be systemic manifestations like phar￭ yn￭ gi￭ tis or enlargement of lymp￭ h no￭ des most children with erup￭ tive hypo￭ mel￭ an￭ osis develop no complications the epidemiology ae￭ ti￭ ology clinical manifestations complic￭ ation infec￭ tivity and management of erup￭ tive hypo￭ mel￭ an￭ osis leave much space to be investigated
erup￭ tive pseu￭ do￭ an￭ gi￭ om￭ at￭ osis is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by the sudden appearance of 2 to 4 mm blan￭ cha￭ ble red pap￭ ules it can appear in children or adults the pap￭ ules appear similar to hem￭ an￭ gi￭ om￭ as hence the name viruses found in patients include echo￭ virus 25 and 32 co￭ x￭ s￭ ack￭ ie b ep￭ stein bar￭ r virus and cy￭ tom￭ eg￭ alo￭ virus
erup￭ tive vel￭ lus hair cy￭ sts or ev￭ hc are small le￭ sions that occur most often in the chest wall ab￭ dom￭ en and extre￭ mi￭ ties often with a cru￭ sted surface ev￭ hc may occur randomly or it can be inherited as an auto￭ som￭ al dominant trait the condition affects males and females equally and spor￭ adic cases usually appear at 4 – 18 years of age the cy￭ sts appear similar clin￭ ically to ste￭ at￭ oc￭ y￭ stom￭ a multi￭ pl￭ ex as well as ac￭ nei￭ form erup￭ tions and mi￭ lia therapeutic techniques that are safe and effective are rare with inc￭ ision and drainage being the primary form of treatment when spor￭ adic regression does not occur
er￭ y￭ si￭ pel￭ as ɛ￭ r￭ ᵻ￭ ˈ￭ s￭ ɪ￭ p￭ ə￭ l￭ ə￭ s greek ἐ￭ ρ￭ υ￭ σ￭ ί￭ π￭ ελ￭ ας red skin also known as ign￭ is sac￭ er holy fire and st anthony s fire in some countries is an acute infection typically with a skin rash usually on any of the legs and toes face arms and fingers it is an infection of the upper der￭ mis and superficial lymp￭ h￭ atics usually caused by beta hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic group a st￭ rep￭ to￭ co￭ cc￭ us bacteria on scrat￭ ches or otherwise infected areas er￭ y￭ si￭ pel￭ as is more superficial than cell￭ u￭ li￭ tis and is typically more raised and demarc￭ ated
in humans er￭ y￭ si￭ pel￭ o￭ thri￭ x r￭ hu￭ si￭ opath￭ i￭ ae infections most commonly present in a mild cu￭ taneous form known as er￭ y￭ si￭ pel￭ o￭ id or fish poisoning e r￭ hu￭ si￭ opath￭ i￭ ae can cause an ind￭ ol￭ ent cell￭ u￭ li￭ tis more commonly in individuals who handle fish and raw meat it gains entry typically by abra￭ sions in the hand bacter￭ emia and endo￭ cardi￭ tis are un￭ common but serious sequ￭ el￭ ae due to the r￭ arity of reported human cases e r￭ hu￭ si￭ opath￭ i￭ ae infections are frequently mis￭ identified at presentation
er￭ y￭ si￭ pel￭ o￭ id of ro￭ sen￭ bach is a cu￭ taneous condition most frequently characterized by a pur￭ pl￭ ish margin￭ ated sw￭ elling on the hands
er￭ y￭ them￭ a from the greek er￭ y￭ thro￭ s meaning red is red￭ ness of the skin or mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ ran￭ es caused by hyper￭ emia increased blood flow in superficial cap￭ il￭ lar￭ ies it occurs with any skin injury infection or infl￭ amm￭ ation examples of er￭ y￭ them￭ a not associated with path￭ ology include nervous blu￭ shes
er￭ y￭ them￭ a ab ign￭ e e￭ ai also known as hot water bottle rash fire stain￭ s lap￭ top thi￭ gh granny s tar￭ tan and to￭ asted skin syndrome is a skin condition caused by long term exposure to heat infra￭ red radiation prolonged thermal radiation exposure to the skin can lead to the development of retic￭ ulated er￭ y￭ them￭ a hyper￭ pi￭ gm￭ entation scaling and tel￭ an￭ gi￭ ec￭ ta￭ si￭ as in the affected area some people may complain of mild it￭ chin￭ ess and a burning sensation but often unless a change in pi￭ gm￭ entation is seen it can go unnoticed
er￭ y￭ them￭ a an￭ ul￭ are centrifu￭ gum e￭ ac also known as deep gy￭ rate er￭ y￭ them￭ a er￭ y￭ them￭ a per￭ st￭ ans palpable migr￭ ating er￭ y￭ them￭ a and superficial gy￭ rate er￭ y￭ them￭ a is a descriptive term for a class of skin le￭ sion presenting red￭ ness er￭ y￭ them￭ a in a ring form an￭ ul￭ are that spreads from a center centrifu￭ gum it was first described by d￭ ari￭ er in 19￭ 16 many different terms have been used to classify these types of le￭ sions and it is still controversial on what exactly defines e￭ ac some of the types include ann￭ ular er￭ y￭ them￭ a deep and superficial er￭ y￭ them￭ a per￭ st￭ ans er￭ y￭ them￭ a gy￭ rat￭ um per￭ st￭ ans er￭ y￭ them￭ a gy￭ rat￭ um rep￭ ens d￭ ari￭ er er￭ y￭ them￭ a deep gy￭ rate er￭ y￭ them￭ a and er￭ y￭ them￭ a figur￭ at￭ um per￭ st￭ ans
er￭ y￭ them￭ a ch￭ ron￭ ic￭ um migr￭ ans new latin literally chronic migr￭ ating red￭ ness refers to the rash often though not always seen in the early stage of ly￭ me disease it can appear anywhere from one day to one month after a tick bite this rash does not represent an allergic reaction to the bite but rather an actual skin infection with the ly￭ me bacteria bor￭ reli￭ a burg￭ dor￭ fer￭ i sen￭ su la￭ to er￭ y￭ them￭ a migr￭ ans is the only manifestation of ly￭ me disease in the united states that is sufficiently distinctive to allow clinical diagnosis in the absence of laboratory confirmation it is a path￭ og￭ no￭ mon￭ ic sign a physician identified rash warrants an instant diagnosis of ly￭ me disease and immediate treatment without further testing even by the strict criteria of the centers for disease control and prevention such target le￭ sions bull s eye r￭ ashes are characteristic of bor￭ reli￭ a infections and no other pathogens are known that cause this form of rash a similar condition called southern tick associated rash illness star￭ i produces a similar rash pattern although it develops more quickly and is smaller the associated infectious agent has not been determined antibiotic treatment resol￭ ves the illness quickly this er￭ y￭ them￭ a is also sometimes called er￭ y￭ them￭ a migr￭ ans or em however a less common meaning of the term er￭ y￭ them￭ a migr￭ ans is a mu￭ cos￭ al condition of the tongue also called geographic tongue
er￭ y￭ them￭ a dy￭ schro￭ mic￭ um per￭ st￭ ans also known as ash￭ y der￭ mat￭ osis and der￭ mat￭ osis cin￭ ec￭ i￭ enta is a skin condition with age of onset almost always before 40 years old characterized by skin le￭ sions that are usually symmetr￭ ical and generalized
er￭ y￭ them￭ a elev￭ at￭ um di￭ u￭ tin￭ um is a form of vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis it has been described as a par￭ ane￭ op￭ l￭ astic syndrome
er￭ y￭ them￭ a gy￭ rat￭ um rep￭ ens also known as gam￭ mel s disease is a fig￭ urate er￭ y￭ them￭ a that is rapidly moving and usually a marker of underlying cancer usually from the lung
baz￭ in disease or er￭ y￭ them￭ a ind￭ ur￭ at￭ um is a pann￭ ic￭ u￭ li￭ tis on the back of the calves it was formerly thought to be a reaction to the tubercul￭ um bac￭ ill￭ us it is now considered a pann￭ ic￭ u￭ li￭ tis that is not associated with a single defined pathogen it occurs mainly in women but is very rare now
er￭ y￭ them￭ a margin￭ at￭ um is a type of er￭ y￭ them￭ a red￭ ness of the skin or mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ ran￭ es involving pink rings on the tor￭ so and inner surfaces of the limbs which come and go for as long as several months it is found primarily on ext￭ ens￭ or surfaces an association with brad￭ y￭ kin￭ in has been proposed in the case of hereditary an￭ gi￭ oe￭ dem￭ a
er￭ y￭ them￭ a multi￭ forme is a skin condition of unknown cause it is a type of er￭ y￭ them￭ a possibly medi￭ ated by de￭ position of immune complex￭ es mostly ig￭ m bound complex￭ es in the superficial micro￭ vas￭ cul￭ ature of the skin and oral mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ rane that usually follows an infection or drug exposure it is an un￭ common disorder with peak incidence in the second and third decades of life the disorder has various forms or presentations which its name reflects multi￭ forme multi￭ form from multi form￭ is target le￭ sions are a typical manifestation two types one mild to moderate and one severe are recognized er￭ y￭ them￭ a multi￭ forme minor and er￭ y￭ them￭ a multi￭ forme major
er￭ y￭ them￭ a multi￭ forme major also known as er￭ y￭ them￭ a multi￭ forme maj￭ us is a form of rash with skin loss or ep￭ id￭ er￭ mal det￭ achment the term er￭ y￭ them￭ a multi￭ forme maj￭ us is sometimes used to imply a bull￭ ous bl￭ is￭ tering presentation according to some sources there are two conditions included on a spectrum of this same disease process stevens – johnson syndrome s￭ j￭ s toxic ep￭ id￭ er￭ mal nec￭ rol￭ ysis ten which described by alan ly￭ ell and previously called ly￭ ell syndrome 5 in this view em major s￭ j￭ s and ten are considered a single condition distinguished by degree of ep￭ id￭ er￭ mal det￭ achment however a consensus classification separates er￭ y￭ them￭ a multi￭ forme minor er￭ y￭ them￭ a multi￭ forme major and s￭ j￭ s ten as three separate entities
er￭ y￭ them￭ a red￭ ness multi￭ forme em is usually a reaction of the skin and mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ ran￭ es that occurs suddenly it appears as a symmetr￭ ical rash and may include the mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ rane le￭ sions this means that the body is sensitive to something that causes the skin and mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ ran￭ es to react the more common mild form is refer to as em minor it consists of a skin rash that involve no more than one mu￭ cos￭ al surface the sudden onset will progress rapidly as symmetr￭ ical le￭ sions with circular color changes in some or all of the le￭ sions rash will spread towards center or trunk of the body evenly distributed bu￭ mps on the skin become classic iris or target le￭ sions they have bright red borders and small white bu￭ mps in the center the cause of em appears to be a highly sensitive reaction that can be triggered by a variety of causes the causes can include bacterial viral or chemical products such as antibiotics specifically pen￭ ic￭ illin￭ s or cephal￭ os￭ por￭ ins this reaction is an allergic reaction and is in no way contagious er￭ y￭ them￭ a multi￭ forme minus is sometimes divided into pap￭ ular and ve￭ si￭ ul￭ ob￭ ul￭ lous forms
er￭ y￭ them￭ a no￭ do￭ sum en is an infl￭ am￭ matory condition characterised by infl￭ amm￭ ation of the fat cells under the skin resulting in tender red no￭ d￭ ules or lum￭ ps that are usually seen on both sh￭ ins it can be caused by a variety of conditions and typically resol￭ ves spontaneously within 30 days it is common in young people between 12 – 20 years of age
er￭ y￭ them￭ a tox￭ ic￭ um ne￭ on￭ at￭ orum also known as er￭ y￭ them￭ a tox￭ ic￭ um ur￭ tic￭ aria ne￭ on￭ at￭ orum and toxic er￭ y￭ them￭ a of the new￭ born is a common rash in ne￭ on￭ ates it appears in up to half of new￭ bor￭ ns carried to term usually between day 2 – 5 after birth it does not occur outside the ne￭ on￭ atal period er￭ y￭ them￭ a tox￭ ic￭ um is characterized by blo￭ t￭ chy red spots on the skin with over￭ lying white or yellow pap￭ ules or pu￭ st￭ ules these le￭ sions may be few or numerous the eruption typically resol￭ ves within first two weeks of life and frequently individual le￭ sions will appear and disappear within minutes or hours it is a benign condition thought to cause no discomfort to the baby
er￭ y￭ thr￭ as￭ ma is a skin disease that causes brown scal￭ y skin pat￭ ches it is caused by the gram positive bacter￭ ium cor￭ y￭ ne￭ bacter￭ ium minu￭ tis￭ sim￭ um it is prevalent among diabe￭ tics and the ob￭ ese and in warm clim￭ ates it is worsened by wearing oc￭ clu￭ sive clothing
er￭ y￭ thro￭ cyan￭ osis cr￭ ur￭ um is a skin condition a variant of acro￭ cyan￭ osis caused by chronic exposure to cold
er￭ y￭ thro￭ cy￭ te ro￭ setting or e ro￭ setting is a phenomenon seen through a micro￭ scope where red blood cells er￭ y￭ thro￭ cy￭ tes are arranged around a central cell to form a cluster that looks like a flower the red blood cells surrounding the cell form the pe￭ tal while the central cell forms the stigma of the flower shape this formation occurs due to an immun￭ ological reaction between an epit￭ ope on the central cells surface and a recep￭ tor or anti￭ body on a red blood cell the presence of e ro￭ setting can be used as a test for t cells although more modern tests such as immun￭ o￭ his￭ to￭ chemistry are available may be caused by plas￭ modi￭ um in malaria
er￭ y￭ thro￭ der￭ ma also known as ex￭ foli￭ ative der￭ mati￭ tis der￭ mati￭ tis ex￭ foli￭ ativa is an infl￭ am￭ matory skin disease with er￭ y￭ them￭ a and scaling that affects nearly the entire cu￭ taneous surface in ic￭ d 10 a distinction is made between ex￭ foli￭ ative der￭ mati￭ tis at l 26 and er￭ y￭ thro￭ der￭ ma at l 53 9
er￭ y￭ thro￭ id dys￭ pl￭ asia is a condition in which immature red blood cells er￭ y￭ thro￭ id cells in the bone marrow are abnormal in size shape organization and or number er￭ y￭ thro￭ id dys￭ pl￭ asia may be caused by vitamin deficiency or chem￭ otherapy or it may be a sign of refrac￭ tory an￭ emia which is a my￭ el￭ odys￭ plastic syndrome also called er￭ y￭ thro￭ dys￭ pl￭ asia
er￭ y￭ thro￭ ker￭ ato￭ der￭ mia vari￭ abil￭ is also known as er￭ y￭ thro￭ ker￭ ato￭ der￭ mia figur￭ ata vari￭ abil￭ is ker￭ at￭ osis extre￭ mit￭ at￭ um pro￭ gre￭ di￭ ens ker￭ at￭ osis pal￭ mop￭ lan￭ tar￭ is trans￭ gre￭ di￭ ens et pro￭ gre￭ di￭ ens mend￭ es da costa syndrome mend￭ es da costa type er￭ y￭ thro￭ ker￭ ato￭ der￭ mia and progressive sym￭ metric er￭ y￭ thro￭ ker￭ ato￭ der￭ ma is a rare auto￭ som￭ al dominant disorder that usually presents at birth or during the first year of life to date it is thought to be caused by mutations in genes en￭ coding for conn￭ ex￭ in channels proteins in the ep￭ id￭ er￭ mis leading to the mis￭ regulation of home￭ ost￭ asis in ker￭ at￭ in￭ oc￭ y￭ tes one type is characterized by generalized persistent brown hyper￭ ker￭ at￭ osis with accentu￭ ated skin markings while a second type is loc￭ alized with involvement that is limited in extent and characterized by sharply demarc￭ ated hyper￭ ker￭ ato￭ tic pl￭ aqu￭ es it can be associated with g￭ j￭ b 3 and g￭ j￭ b 4 it was characterized in 19￭ 25
er￭ y￭ thro￭ ker￭ ato￭ der￭ mia with at￭ ax￭ ia also known as gi￭ rou￭ x – bar￭ beau syndrome is a condition characterized by er￭ y￭ them￭ at￭ ous hyper￭ ker￭ ato￭ tic pl￭ aqu￭ es with fine white attached scales distributed almost symmetr￭ ically on the extre￭ mi￭ ties
er￭ y￭ thro￭ mel￭ al￭ gia formerly known as mitchell s disease after sil￭ as we￭ ir mitchell acro￭ mel￭ al￭ gia red ne￭ ur￭ al￭ gia or er￭ y￭ ther￭ mal￭ gia is a rare vascular peripheral pain disorder in which blood vessels usually in the lower extre￭ mi￭ ties or hands are episo￭ dic￭ ally blocked frequently on and off daily then become hyper￭ emic and infl￭ amed there is severe burning pain in the small fiber sensory nerves and skin red￭ ness the attacks are periodic and are commonly triggered by heat pressure mild activity exer￭ tion in￭ som￭ nia or stress er￭ y￭ thro￭ mel￭ al￭ gia may occur either as a primary or secondary disorder i e a disorder in and of itself or a symptom of another condition secondary er￭ y￭ thro￭ mel￭ al￭ gia can result from small fiber peripheral neuro￭ pa￭ thy of any cause poly￭ cy￭ them￭ ia vera essential thro￭ m￭ bo￭ cy￭ to￭ sis hyper￭ cho￭ le￭ ster￭ ol￭ emia mush￭ room or mercury poisoning and some auto￭ immune disorders primary er￭ y￭ thro￭ mel￭ al￭ gia is caused by mutation of the voltage gated sodium channel α sub￭ unit gene s￭ cn 9 a in 2004 er￭ y￭ thro￭ mel￭ al￭ gia became the first human disorder in which it has been possible to associate an ion channel mutation with chronic neuro￭ path￭ ic pain when its path￭ op￭ hy￭ si￭ ology was initially published in the journal of medical genetics conversely in december 2006 a university of cambridge team reported an s￭ cn 9 a mutation that resulted in a complete lack of pain sensation in a pakistani street performer and some of his family members he felt no pain walked on hot co￭ als and stabbed himself to entertain crowds
er￭ y￭ thro￭ mel￭ an￭ osis fol￭ lic￭ ul￭ aris fac￭ ie￭ i et coll￭ i is an er￭ y￭ them￭ at￭ ous pi￭ gm￭ entary disease involving the fol￭ lic￭ les characterized by a red￭ dish brown sharply demarc￭ ated symmetr￭ ical dis￭ color￭ ation involving the pre￭ aur￭ icular and max￭ ill￭ ary regions
er￭ y￭ thro￭ pl￭ ak￭ ia or er￭ y￭ thro￭ pl￭ asia is a clinical term to describe any er￭ y￭ them￭ at￭ ous red area on a mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ rane that cannot be attributed to any other path￭ ology the term er￭ y￭ thro￭ pl￭ asia was coined by louis qu￭ ey￭ rat to describe a pre￭ can￭ cer￭ ous red le￭ sion of the penis this gave rise to the term er￭ y￭ th￭ op￭ la￭ sia of qu￭ ey￭ rat depending upon the context this term may refer specifically to carcin￭ oma in situ of the gl￭ ans penis or vul￭ va appearing as a red patch or may be used as a synon￭ ym of er￭ y￭ thro￭ pl￭ asia on other mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ rane or transitional sites it mainly effects the gl￭ ans penis the head of the penis although un￭ commonly it may present on the mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ ran￭ es of the lar￭ yn￭ x and rarely the mouth or the an￭ us er￭ y￭ thro￭ pl￭ ak￭ ia is analogous to the term leuk￭ op￭ la￭ k￭ ia which describes white pat￭ ches together these are the 2 traditionally accepted types of pre￭ m￭ align￭ ant le￭ sion in the mouth when a le￭ sion contains both red and white areas the term spec￭ k￭ led leuk￭ op￭ la￭ k￭ ia or ey￭ r￭ thro￭ leuk￭ op￭ la￭ k￭ ia is used although er￭ y￭ thro￭ pl￭ ak￭ ia is much less common than leuk￭ op￭ la￭ k￭ ia er￭ y￭ thro￭ pl￭ ak￭ ia carries a significantly higher risk of containing dys￭ pl￭ asia or carcin￭ oma in situ and of eventually transforming into invasive squ￭ am￭ ous cell carcin￭ oma a type of oral cancer
er￭ y￭ thro￭ pl￭ asia of qu￭ ey￭ rat is a squ￭ am￭ ous cell carcin￭ oma in situ of the gl￭ ans penis head of the penis or inner pre￭ pu￭ ce fores￭ kin in males and the vul￭ v￭ ae in females it mainly occurs in un￭ circum￭ c￭ ised males over the age of 40 er￭ y￭ thro￭ pl￭ asia of qu￭ ey￭ rat may also occur on the anal mu￭ co￭ sa or the oral mu￭ co￭ sa some sources state that this condition is synonymous with bow￭ en s disease however generally speaking bow￭ en s disease refers to carcin￭ oma in situ of any location on the skin such as the lower leg like bow￭ en s disease er￭ y￭ thro￭ pl￭ asia of qu￭ ey￭ rat is associated with human pap￭ il￭ lo￭ ma￭ virus 16 and is a precursor for invasive squ￭ am￭ ous cell carcin￭ oma it is named for french der￭ mato￭ logist louis qu￭ ey￭ rat 18￭ 56 1933 who was head of the der￭ mat￭ ology service of l h￭ ô￭ p￭ ital ric￭ ord a ven￭ ere￭ al hospital in paris now h￭ ô￭ p￭ ital co￭ chin
er￭ y￭ thro￭ po￭ ie￭ tic por￭ phy￭ ria is a type of por￭ phy￭ ria associated with er￭ y￭ thro￭ po￭ ie￭ tic cells in er￭ y￭ thro￭ po￭ ie￭ tic por￭ phy￭ ri￭ as the enzyme deficiency occurs in the red blood cells there are three types x linked sid￭ ero￭ bl￭ astic an￭ emia or x linked dominant er￭ y￭ thro￭ po￭ ie￭ tic prot￭ op￭ or￭ phy￭ ria associated with alas 2 amin￭ ole￭ vul￭ in￭ ic acid syn￭ th￭ ase has also been described x linked dominant er￭ y￭ thro￭ po￭ ie￭ tic prot￭ op￭ or￭ phy￭ ria x￭ dep￭ p is caused by a gain of function mutation in the alas 2 5 amin￭ ole￭ vul￭ inate syn￭ th￭ ase gene the very first enzyme in the hem￭ e bio￭ synthetic path￭ way the mutation is caused by a fr￭ am￭ es￭ hi￭ ft mutation caused by one of two dele￭ tions in the alas 2 ex￭ on 11 either c 1706 17￭ 09 del￭ ag￭ t￭ g or c 16￭ 99 1700 del￭ at this al￭ ters the 19 th and 20 th residues of the c terminal domain thereby altering the 2 ° structure of the enzyme the del￭ at mutation only occurred in one family studied whereas the del￭ ag￭ t￭ g mutation occurred in several genetically distinct families the del￭ ag￭ t￭ g causes a loss of an a heli￭ x which is replaced by a ß sheet previously known mutations in the alas 2 resulted in a loss of function mutation causing x linked sid￭ ero￭ bl￭ astic an￭ emia er￭ y￭ thro￭ po￭ ie￭ tic prot￭ op￭ or￭ phy￭ ria epp has similar symptoms as x linked dominant er￭ y￭ thro￭ po￭ ie￭ tic prot￭ op￭ or￭ phy￭ ria but the mutation occurs as a loss of function in the f￭ ech fer￭ ro￭ chel￭ at￭ ase enzyme the very last enzyme in the path￭ way all individuals studied presented symptoms without mutations in the f￭ ech enzyme the patterns of inheritance led the researchers to conclude the mutation must come from an enzyme on the x chro￭ mo￭ some with alas 2 being the most likely candidate x linked dominant er￭ y￭ thro￭ po￭ ie￭ tic prot￭ op￭ or￭ phy￭ ria is distinct from epp in that there is no overload of fe 2 ions additionally unlike the other condition the arises out of a mutation of the alas 2 gene there is no an￭ emia x￭ dep￭ p is characterized by a buil￭ dup of prot￭ op￭ or￭ phy￭ rin ix caused by in increased level of function in the alas 2 enzyme because there is a buil￭ dup of propor￭ phy￭ rin ix with no mal￭ function of the f￭ ech enzyme all the available fe 2 is used in the production of hem￭ e causing the f￭ ech enzyme to use z￭ n 2 in its place causing a buil￭ dup of zinc prot￭ op￭ or￭ phy￭ rin ix x linked dominant er￭ y￭ thro￭ po￭ ie￭ tic prot￭ op￭ or￭ phy￭ ria is a relatively mild version of por￭ phy￭ ria with the pre￭ dominate symptom being extreme photo sensitivity causing severe it￭ ching and burning of the skin due to the buil￭ dup of prot￭ op￭ or￭ phy￭ rin ix one possible treatment was discovered when treating an individual with supplem￭ ental iron for a ga￭ str￭ ic ul￭ cer levels of free prot￭ op￭ or￭ phy￭ rin decreased significantly as there was iron available for the f￭ ech to produce hem￭ e levels of z￭ n prot￭ op￭ or￭ phy￭ rin however did not decrease
er￭ y￭ thro￭ po￭ ie￭ tic prot￭ op￭ or￭ phy￭ ria epp is a form of por￭ phy￭ ria which varies in severity and can be very painful it arises from a deficiency in the enzyme fer￭ ro￭ chel￭ at￭ ase leading to abnormally high levels of prot￭ op￭ or￭ phy￭ rin in the er￭ y￭ thro￭ cy￭ tes plasma skin and liver the severity varies significantly from individual to individual a clin￭ ically similar form of por￭ phy￭ ria known as x linked dominant prot￭ op￭ or￭ phy￭ ria was identified in 2008
er￭ y￭ thro￭ tel￭ an￭ gi￭ ec￭ t￭ atic ro￭ sac￭ ea also known as er￭ y￭ them￭ ato￭ tel￭ an￭ gi￭ ec￭ t￭ atic ro￭ sac￭ ea and vascular ro￭ sac￭ ea is characterized by prominent history of prolonged over ten minutes flu￭ shing reaction to various stimul￭ i such as emotional stress hot drinks alcohol sp￭ icy foods exercise cold or hot weather or hot ba￭ ths and sho￭ wers
es￭ ca is a grape disease of mature gra￭ pe￭ vines it is a type of gra￭ pe￭ vine trunk disease the fun￭ gi p￭ ha￭ e￭ o￭ ac￭ re￭ mon￭ ium ale￭ oph￭ il￭ um p￭ ha￭ e￭ om￭ oni￭ ella ch￭ lam￭ y￭ do￭ spor￭ a and fom￭ i￭ ti￭ por￭ ia mediterran￭ ea are associated with the disease
escape reflex a kind of escape response is a simple refl￭ ec￭ tory reaction in response to stimul￭ i indicative of danger that initiates an escape motion of an animal escape refl￭ exes control the seemingly chaotic motion of a cock￭ ro￭ ach running from under the foot when one tries to squ￭ ash it in higher animals examples of escape reflex include the withdrawal reflex e g the withdrawal of a hand in response to a pain stimulus sensory recep￭ tors in the stimulated body part send signals to the spinal cord along a sensory ne￭ uron within the sp￭ ine a reflex arc switches the signals straight back to the muscles of the arm effec￭ tors via an intermediate ne￭ uron inter￭ ne￭ uron and then a motor ne￭ uron the muscle contracts there often is an opposite response of the opposite limb because this occurs automatically and independently in the spinal cord not the brain the brain only becomes aware of the response after it has taken place escape reflex ar￭ cs have a high survival value enabling organisms to take rapid action to avoid potential danger various animals may have specialized escape reflex circuits
escape response escape reaction or escape behaviour is a possible reaction in response to stimul￭ i indicative of danger in particular it initiates an escape motion of an animal in the cases of refl￭ ec￭ tory reactions the escape response may also be called escape reflex the term is also used in a more general setting avoiding of unpleasant or dangerous situations studying escape reactions has a number of practical applications fish breeding insect rep￭ ell￭ ent design preventing aircraft bird collis￭ ions etc
an es￭ ch￭ ar ˈ￭ ɛ￭ sk￭ ɑ￭ ː￭ r greek es￭ char￭ a is a sl￭ ough or piece of dead tissue that is cast off from the surface of the skin particularly after a burn injury but also seen in gang￭ rene ul￭ cer fun￭ gal infections necro￭ tizing spider bite wounds spotted fe￭ vers and exposure to cu￭ taneous anthrax the term es￭ ch￭ ar is not interchangeable with sc￭ ab an es￭ ch￭ ar contains necro￭ tic tissue whereas a sc￭ ab is composed of dried blood and exu￭ date black es￭ ch￭ ars are most commonly attributed to anthrax which may be contracted through herd animal exposure but can also be obtained from past￭ eu￭ rella mul￭ to￭ ci￭ da exposure in cats and rabbits a newly identified human ric￭ ke￭ tt￭ si￭ al infection r par￭ ker￭ i ric￭ ke￭ tt￭ si￭ osis can be differentiated from rocky mountain spotted fever by the presence of an es￭ ch￭ ar at the site of in￭ oc￭ ulation es￭ ch￭ ar is sometimes called a black wound because the wound is covered with thick dry black necro￭ tic tissue es￭ ch￭ ar may be allowed to sl￭ ough off naturally or it may require surgical removal debri￭ d￭ ement to prevent infection especially in immun￭ o￭ compromised patients e g if a skin graft is to be conducted if es￭ ch￭ ar is on a limb it is important to assess peripheral pul￭ ses of the affected limb to make sure blood and lymp￭ h￭ atic circulation is not compromised if circulation is compromised an es￭ char￭ o￭ tomy or surgical inc￭ ision through the es￭ ch￭ ar may be indicated an es￭ char￭ otic is a substance that causes tissue to die and sl￭ ough off examples include acids al￭ kal￭ is carbon dioxide metallic salts and san￭ guin￭ ar￭ ine as well as certain medicines like im￭ i￭ qu￭ im￭ od es￭ char￭ o￭ tics known as black sal￭ ves containing ingredients such as zinc chloride and san￭ guin￭ ar￭ ine containing bloo￭ dro￭ ot extracts were traditionally used in herbal medicine as topical treatments for loc￭ alised skin cancers but often cause scar￭ ring and can potentially cause serious injury and dis￭ figu￭ rement consequently es￭ char￭ otic sal￭ ves are very strictly regulated in most western countries and while some prescription medicines are available with this effect unauthorized sales are illegal some prosecutions have been pursued over un￭ licensed sales of es￭ char￭ otic products such as can￭ sem￭ a
the es￭ chen￭ mo￭ ser fragmentation first published in 1967 is the chemical reaction of α β epo￭ xy￭ ke￭ tones 1 with ar￭ yl sul￭ fon￭ yl￭ hydra￭ z￭ ines 2 to give al￭ ky￭ nes 3 and carbon￭ yl compounds 4 this reaction is named after the swiss chem￭ ist albert es￭ chen￭ mo￭ ser who devised it in collaboration with an industrial research group around gün￭ ther oh￭ lo￭ ff in fir￭ men￭ ich for the production of mus￭ cone and related macro￭ cyclic mus￭ ks hence the reaction is also known as es￭ chen￭ mo￭ ser – oh￭ lo￭ ff fragmentation in the same year i e 1967 mas￭ ato tan￭ abe et al of sri international published an article detailing the reaction and thus some also refer to it as the es￭ chen￭ mo￭ ser – tan￭ abe fragmentation the es￭ chen￭ mo￭ ser fragmentation several examples exist in the literature and the reaction is also carried out on industrial scale
the es￭ chen￭ mo￭ ser sul￭ fide contraction is an organic reaction first described by albert es￭ chen￭ mo￭ ser for the synthesis of 1 3 dic￭ ar￭ bon￭ yl compounds from a thi￭ o￭ ester the method requires a base and a tertiary phosp￭ h￭ ine the method is of some relevance to organic chemistry and has been notably applied in the vitamin b 12 total synthesis es￭ chen￭ mo￭ ser sul￭ fur contraction sv￭ g a base abstr￭ acts the lab￭ ile hydrogen atom in the thi￭ o￭ ester a sul￭ fide an￭ ion is formed through an ep￭ is￭ ul￭ fide intermediate which is removed by the phosp￭ h￭ ine es￭ chen￭ mo￭ ser sul￭ fur contraction mechanism
es￭ cher￭ ic￭ hia coli o 157 h 7 is a sero￭ type of the bacterial species es￭ cher￭ ic￭ hia coli and is one of the shi￭ ga toxin – producing types of e coli it is a cause of disease typically food￭ borne illness of the colon￭ ic es￭ cher￭ ic￭ hi￭ osis type through consumption of contaminated and raw food including raw milk infection with this type of pathogenic bacteria may lead to hemorrha￭ gic diarr￭ hea and to kidney failure these have been reported to cause the deaths of children younger than five years of age of elderly patients and of patients whose immun￭ o￭ logies are otherwise compromised transmission is via the f￭ ec￭ al – oral route and raw milk from goats sheep and cattle and most illness has been through distribution of contaminated raw leaf green vegetables under￭ cooked meat and raw milk
the es￭ ch￭ weiler – clarke reaction also called the es￭ ch￭ weiler – clarke meth￭ yl￭ ation is a chemical reaction whereby a primary or secondary amine is meth￭ yl￭ ated using excess form￭ ic acid and form￭ alde￭ hyde reduc￭ tive am￭ ination reactions such as this one will not produce qu￭ ater￭ n￭ ary ammonium salts but instead will stop at the tertiary amine stage it is named for the german chem￭ ist wil￭ helm es￭ ch￭ weiler 18￭ 60 – 1936 and the british chem￭ ist hans th￭ acher clarke 18￭ 87 1972 the es￭ ch￭ weiler – clark reaction
es￭ o￭ ci￭ d lymp￭ ho￭ sar￭ coma is a tumor found in northern pi￭ ke and mus￭ k￭ ell￭ un￭ ge in north america and europe it is described as an infectious disease of probable viral origin external signs of tumors include pro￭ tru￭ ding grow￭ ths on the flank fins and head that are several centi￭ meters in diameter and have irregular surfaces tumors can also occur on internal organs including muscle kidney liver and heart the color of the tumor can be whi￭ tish gray red or pink the tumors are very soft and upon maturity can rupture and appear as dead tissue
es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al at￭ re￭ sia or o￭ es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al at￭ re￭ sia is a con￭ genital medical condition birth defect which affects the alim￭ entary tract it causes the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus to end in a blind ended p￭ ouch rather than connecting normally to the stomach it comprises a variety of con￭ genital an￭ atomic defects that are caused by an abnormal embry￭ ological development of the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus it is characterized anatom￭ ically by a con￭ genital obstruction of the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus with interruption of the continuity of the es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al wall
es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al cancer or o￭ es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al cancer is cancer arising from the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus — the food pipe that runs between the throat and the stomach symptoms often include difficulty in sw￭ allowing and weight loss other symptoms may include pain when sw￭ allowing a ho￭ arse voice enlarged lymp￭ h no￭ des g￭ lands around the col￭ lar￭ bone a dry cough and possibly cou￭ gh￭ ing up or v￭ om￭ iting blood the two main sub types of the disease are es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al squ￭ am￭ ous cell carcin￭ oma often abbreviated to es￭ cc which is more common in the developing world and es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma e￭ ac which is more common in the developed world a number of less common types also occur squ￭ am￭ ous cell carcin￭ oma arises from the epi￭ the￭ li￭ al cells that line the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma arises from g￭ land￭ ular cells present in the lower third of the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus often where they have already transformed to intest￭ inal cell type a condition known as bar￭ rett s es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus causes of the squ￭ am￭ ous cell type include tobacco alcohol very hot drinks poor diet and chewing be￭ tel nut the most common causes of the aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma type are smoking tobacco obesity and acid ref￭ lux the disease is diagnosed by biopsy done by an endo￭ scope a fi￭ ber￭ op￭ tic camera prevention includes stopping smoking and eating a healthy diet treatment is based on the cancer s stage and location together with the person s general condition and individual preferences small loc￭ alized squ￭ am￭ ous cell cancers may be treated with surgery alone with the hope of a cure in most other cases chem￭ otherapy with or without radiation therapy is used along with surgery larger tumors may have their growth slowed with chem￭ otherapy and radiation therapy in the presence of extensive disease or if the affected person is not fit enough to undergo surgery palliative care is often recommended outcomes are related to the extent of the disease and other medical conditions but generally tend to be fairly poor as diagnosis is often late five year survival rates are around 13 to 18 as of 2012 es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al cancer is the eighth most common cancer globally with 456 000 new cases during the year it caused about 400 000 deaths that year up from 345 000 in 1990 rates vary widely among countries with about half of all cases occurring in china it is around three times more common in men than in women
es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al candi￭ di￭ asis is an opportunistic infection of the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus by candi￭ da al￭ bic￭ ans the disease usually occurs in patients in immun￭ o￭ compromised states including post chem￭ otherapy and in aids however it can also occur in patients with no pre￭ disposing risk factors and is more likely to be as￭ ymp￭ tomatic in those patients it is also known as candi￭ dal es￭ op￭ ha￭ gi￭ tis or mon￭ ili￭ al es￭ op￭ ha￭ gi￭ tis
es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al diseases can derive from con￭ genital conditions or they can be acquired later in life many people experience a burning sensation in their chest occasionally caused by stomach acids ref￭ lux￭ ing into the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus normally called heart￭ burn extended exposure to heart￭ burn may erode the lining of the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus leading potentially to bar￭ rett s es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus which is associated with an increased risk of aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma most commonly found in the dis￭ tal one third of the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus some people also experience a sensation known as glo￭ bus es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus where it feels as if a ball is lodged in the lower part of the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus the following are additional diseases and conditions that affect the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus acute es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al necro￭ sis ac￭ hal￭ asia bar￭ rett s es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus cha￭ gas disease caus￭ tic injury to the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al at￭ re￭ sia and trac￭ he￭ o￭ es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al f￭ ist￭ ula es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al cancer es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al var￭ ices es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al web es￭ op￭ ha￭ gi￭ tis ger￭ d hi￭ atus her￭ nia kil￭ lian – jam￭ ies￭ on diver￭ ticul￭ um mall￭ ory we￭ iss syndrome neuro￭ genic dy￭ sp￭ ha￭ gia sch￭ at￭ z￭ ki s ring zen￭ ker s diver￭ ticul￭ um bo￭ er￭ ha￭ ave syndrome diffuse es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al sp￭ asm es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al dy￭ sp￭ ha￭ gia
an es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al food bol￭ us obstruction or ste￭ ak￭ house syndrome is a medical emergency caused by the obstruction of the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus by an ing￭ ested foreign body it is usually associated with diseases that narrow the lum￭ en of the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus such as e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic es￭ op￭ ha￭ gi￭ tis sch￭ at￭ z￭ ki rings pe￭ ptic stric￭ tures we￭ bs or cancers of the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus rarely it can be seen in disorders of the movement of the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus such as nut￭ cracker es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus while some es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al food bol￭ i can pass by themselves or with the assistance of medications some require the use of endo￭ sco￭ py to push the obstructing food into the stomach or remove it from the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus
es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al intr￭ am￭ u￭ cos￭ al pseu￭ do￭ diver￭ ticul￭ osis is a rare condition where￭ in the wall of the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus develops numerous small out￭ pou￭ ch￭ ings pseu￭ do￭ diver￭ ticul￭ ae individuals with the condition typically develop difficulty sw￭ allowing the out￭ pou￭ ch￭ ings represent the duc￭ ts of sub￭ mu￭ cos￭ al g￭ lands of the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus it typically affects individuals in their sixth and seventh decades of life while it is associated with certain chronic conditions particularly alcoholism diabetes and gastro￭ es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al ref￭ lux disease the cause of the condition is unknown treatment involves medications to treat concomitant conditions such as ref￭ lux such as prot￭ on pump inhi￭ bit￭ ors and es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al sp￭ asm and dil￭ ation of stric￭ tures in the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus
an es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al mo￭ ti￭ lity disorder is any medical disorder causing difficulty in sw￭ allowing reg￭ urg￭ itation of food and a sp￭ asm type pain which can be brought on by an allergic reaction to certain foods the most prominent one is dy￭ sp￭ ha￭ gia it is a part of c￭ rest syndrome refers to the five main features cal￭ cin￭ osis ray￭ n￭ aud s phenomenon es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al dys￭ mo￭ ti￭ lity s￭ cler￭ od￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly and tel￭ an￭ gi￭ ec￭ ta￭ sia
es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al sp￭ asm or o￭ es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al sp￭ asm is a disorder of es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al mo￭ ti￭ lity the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus is an organ in vertebr￭ ates which consists of a fi￭ bro￭ muscular tube through which food passes aided by per￭ ist￭ al￭ sis contr￭ actions from the upper es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al sp￭ h￭ inc￭ ter to the stomach through waves of co ordinated muscle contraction or per￭ ist￭ al￭ sis there are two types of es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al sp￭ asm diffuse es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al sp￭ asm des where there is un￭ co ordinated es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al contr￭ actions where several sections of the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus can contract at once nut￭ cracker es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus ne also known as hyper￭ ten￭ sive per￭ ist￭ al￭ sis where the contr￭ actions are co ordinated but with an excessive am￭ pl￭ itude both conditions can be linked with gastro￭ es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al ref￭ lux disease when the co ordinated muscle contraction are irregular or uncoordinated this condition may be called diffuse es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al sp￭ asm these sp￭ as￭ ms can prevent food from reaching the stomach where food gets stuck in the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus at other times the co ordinated muscle contraction is very powerful which is called nut￭ cracker es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus these contr￭ actions move food through the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus but can cause severe pain
an es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al st￭ ent is a st￭ ent tube placed in the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus to keep a blocked area open so the patient can swallow soft food and liquids es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al st￭ ents may be self exp￭ and￭ able metallic st￭ ents or made of plastic or sili￭ cone and may be used in the treatment of es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al cancer a 2007 study showed no difference in the quality of palli￭ ation between plastic and metal st￭ ents but a novel polyester mesh st￭ ent caused more complications especially migration as of 2009 covered self expanding metal st￭ ents were the only f￭ da approved to be placed permanently occasionally these st￭ ents may be placed as part of a clinical trial or as off label use to repair es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al leaks or f￭ ist￭ ul￭ ae they are placed using the guidance of fluoro￭ sco￭ py x ray and endo￭ sco￭ py usually they are left in for less than four weeks
a benign es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al stric￭ ture or pe￭ ptic stric￭ ture is a narrowing or tightening of the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus that causes sw￭ allowing difficulties
in medicine gastro￭ enter￭ ology es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al var￭ ices or o￭ es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al var￭ ices are extremely dil￭ ated sub mu￭ cos￭ al ve￭ ins in the lower third of the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus they are most often a consequence of portal hyper￭ tension commonly due to cir￭ rho￭ sis patients with es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al var￭ ices have a strong tendency to develop bleeding es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al var￭ ices are diagnosed with endo￭ sco￭ py
es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al we￭ bs are thin memb￭ ran￭ es located in the middle or upper es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus
es￭ op￭ ha￭ gi￭ tis or o￭ es￭ op￭ ha￭ gi￭ tis is infl￭ amm￭ ation of the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus it may be acute or chronic acute es￭ op￭ ha￭ gi￭ tis can be cat￭ arr￭ hal or ph￭ leg￭ mon￭ ous whereas chronic es￭ op￭ ha￭ gi￭ tis may be hyper￭ troph￭ ic or atro￭ ph￭ ic
es￭ oph￭ oria is a condition characterised by inward deviation of the eye usually due to extra oc￭ ular muscle imbalance causes include ref￭ r￭ active errors divergence in￭ sufficiency convergence excess this can be due to nerve muscle con￭ genital or mechanical anomalies unlike es￭ o￭ tro￭ p￭ ia fusion is possible and therefore di￭ pl￭ op￭ ia is un￭ common
es￭ o￭ tro￭ p￭ ia is a form of str￭ ab￭ is￭ mus in which one or both eyes turns inward the condition can be constantly present or occur inter￭ mit￭ tently and can give the affected individual a cross eyed appearance it is the opposite of exo￭ tro￭ p￭ ia es￭ o￭ tro￭ p￭ ia is sometimes errone￭ ously called “ lazy eye ” which describes the condition of am￭ bl￭ y￭ op￭ ia — a reduction in vision of one or both eyes that is not the result of any path￭ ology of the eye and cannot be resolved by the use of corrective l￭ enses am￭ bl￭ y￭ op￭ ia can however arise as a result of es￭ o￭ tro￭ p￭ ia occurring in childhood in order to relieve symptoms of di￭ pl￭ op￭ ia or double vision the child s brain will ignore or “ suppress ” the image from the es￭ o￭ tropic eye which when allowed to continue untreated will lead to the development of am￭ bl￭ y￭ op￭ ia treatment options for es￭ o￭ tro￭ p￭ ia include glasses to correct ref￭ r￭ active errors see accommod￭ ative es￭ o￭ tro￭ p￭ ia below the use of pris￭ ms and or orth￭ op￭ tic exercises and or eye muscle surgery the term is from greek eso meaning inward and tro￭ pe meaning a turning
essential der￭ mati￭ tis is an idi￭ opathic infl￭ amm￭ ation of the skin that does not fit the picture of other well defined conditions such as at￭ op￭ ic or contact der￭ mati￭ tis and is a diagnosis of exclusion
essential thro￭ m￭ bo￭ cy￭ to￭ sis et also known as essential thro￭ m￭ bo￭ cy￭ them￭ ia essential thro￭ m￭ bo￭ cy￭ th￭ aemia primary thro￭ m￭ bo￭ cy￭ to￭ sis is a rare chronic blood disorder characterised by the overproduction of plat￭ el￭ ets by meg￭ ak￭ ar￭ y￭ oc￭ y￭ tes in the bone marrow it may albeit rarely develop into acute my￭ elo￭ id leuk￭ aemia or my￭ elo￭ fi￭ bro￭ sis it is one of four my￭ elo￭ prolifer￭ ative disorders disorders characterised by increased production of a particular line of blood cell
essential trem￭ or et also referred to as benign trem￭ or famili￭ al trem￭ or or idi￭ opathic trem￭ or is the most common movement disorder its cause is unknown it typically involves a trem￭ or of the arms hands or fingers but sometimes involving the head vocal cords or other body parts during voluntary movements such as eating and writing it is distinct from par￭ kinson s disease — and often mis￭ diagnosed as such — although some individuals have both conditions essential trem￭ or is commonly described as an action trem￭ or i e it intensi￭ fies when one tries to use the affected muscles or post￭ ural trem￭ or i e present with sustained muscle tone rather than a resting trem￭ or such as is seen in par￭ kinson ’ s which is usually not included among its symptoms
the ess￭ ex lop￭ res￭ ti frac￭ ture is a frac￭ ture of the rad￭ ial head with concomitant dis￭ location of the dis￭ tal radio ul￭ nar joint and disruption of the inter￭ osse￭ ous memb￭ rane the injury is named after peter ess￭ ex lop￭ res￭ ti who described it in 1951
ester pyro￭ lysis in organic chemistry is a vacuum pyro￭ lysis reaction converting esters containing a β hydrogen atom into the corresponding car￭ box￭ yl￭ ic acid and the al￭ k￭ ene the reaction is an ei elimination examples are the synthesis of ac￭ r￭ yl￭ ic acid from ethyl ac￭ ry￭ late at 590 ° c the synthesis of 1 4 pent￭ adi￭ ene from 1 5 pent￭ an￭ edi￭ ol di￭ acetate at 575 ° c or the construction of a cyclo￭ bu￭ ten￭ e framework at 700 ° c an example of ester pyro￭ losis ethyl ac￭ ry￭ late de￭ com￭ poses into ac￭ r￭ yl￭ ic acid and eth￭ ene ethylene gas at 590 ° c
esthe￭ sion￭ euro￭ bl￭ ast￭ oma is a rare form of cancer involving the nas￭ al cav￭ ity it can cause loss of vision and taste it is often considered synonymous with ol￭ factory neuro￭ bl￭ ast￭ oma and is believed to arise from the ol￭ factory epi￭ the￭ lium but the exact tissue of origin is not yet well characterized it is associated with tr￭ is￭ omy 8 it was first characterized in 19￭ 24
an estro￭ gen dependent condition disease disorder or syndrome is a medical condition that is in part or full dependent on or is sensitive to the presence of estro￭ genic activity in the body known estro￭ gen dependent conditions include ma￭ st￭ od￭ y￭ nia breast pain tender￭ ness breast fi￭ bro￭ ids mamm￭ op￭ la￭ sia macro￭ mas￭ tia breast hyper￭ tro￭ phy gy￭ ne￭ com￭ as￭ tia breast cancer pre￭ co￭ cious pu￭ ber￭ ty in girls mel￭ as￭ ma men￭ or￭ rha￭ gia end￭ ome￭ tri￭ osis end￭ ome￭ trial hyper￭ pl￭ asia aden￭ om￭ y￭ osis uter￭ ine fi￭ bro￭ ids uter￭ ine cancers e g end￭ ome￭ trial cancer o￭ vari￭ an cancer and hyper￭ estro￭ gen￭ ism in males such as in certain conditions like cir￭ rho￭ sis and k￭ lin￭ ef￭ el￭ ter s syndrome such conditions may be treated with drugs with anti￭ estro￭ gen actions including selective estro￭ gen recep￭ tor mod￭ ulators ser￭ ms such as tam￭ ox￭ if￭ en and clo￭ mi￭ f￭ ene estro￭ gen recep￭ tor antagon￭ ists such as ful￭ ve￭ str￭ ant arom￭ at￭ ase inhi￭ bit￭ ors such as an￭ astro￭ zo￭ le and ex￭ em￭ est￭ ane gon￭ ad￭ o￭ tro￭ pin releasing hormone gn￭ r￭ h analo￭ gues such as leu￭ proli￭ de and ce￭ tro￭ reli￭ x and or other anti￭ gon￭ ad￭ o￭ tro￭ pins such as dan￭ az￭ ol ge￭ str￭ in￭ one me￭ gest￭ rol acetate and med￭ ro￭ xy￭ prog￭ est￭ er￭ one acetate
estro￭ gen in￭ sensitivity syndrome e￭ is or estro￭ gen resistance is a form of con￭ genital estro￭ gen deficiency caused by a defective estro￭ gen recep￭ tor er specifically er￭ α thus est￭ rog￭ ens cannot be recognized and initiate their biological action con￭ genital estro￭ gen deficiency can also be caused by a defect in the arom￭ at￭ ase enzyme in humans the condition is very rare and only two cases have been described one male and one female
estu￭ ar￭ ine acidification is a decrease in the ph of coastal marine ecosystems specifically those of estu￭ aries ph change in estu￭ aries is more complicated than in the open ocean due to direct impacts from land run off and coastal current dynamics ocean acidification is the ongoing decrease in the ph of the earth s oceans caused by the absorption of carbon dioxide co 2 from the atmosphere 0 1 units over the last century the ocean absor￭ bs 30 40 of all co 2 emitted to the atmosphere this increase in aqu￭ eous carbon dioxide causes a decline in the ph of the ocean surface as carbon dioxide combines with water it releases prot￭ ons hydrogen ions based on the following equation co 2 h 2 o ↔ h 2 co 3 ↔ h￭ co 3 h ↔ co 3 2 h
in the dun￭ geons drag￭ ons fantasy role playing game the e￭ there￭ al fil￭ cher is a bizarre aberr￭ ation
eth￭ mo￭ cephal￭ y is a type of cephal￭ ic disorder caused by holo￭ pro￭ sen￭ cephal￭ y eth￭ mo￭ cephal￭ y is the least common facial anomaly it consists of a pro￭ bo￭ sc￭ is separating narrow set eyes with an absent nose and micro￭ phthal￭ mia abnormal small￭ ness of one or both eyes ce￭ bo￭ cephal￭ y another facial anomaly is characterized by a small fl￭ att￭ ened nose with a single no￭ stri￭ l situated below incomplete or underdeveloped closely set eyes the least severe in the spectrum of facial anomalies is the median cle￭ ft lip also called pre￭ max￭ ill￭ ary agen￭ esis although the causes of most cases of holo￭ pro￭ sen￭ cephal￭ y remain unknown some may be due to dominant or chro￭ mo￭ some causes such chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al anomalies as tr￭ is￭ omy 13 and tr￭ is￭ omy 18 have been found in association with holo￭ pro￭ sen￭ cephal￭ y or other ne￭ ural tube defects genetic counsel￭ ing and genetic testing such as am￭ ni￭ oc￭ ent￭ esis is usually offered during a pregnancy if holo￭ pro￭ sen￭ cephal￭ y is detected the recurrence risk depends on the underlying cause if no cause is identified and the fe￭ tal chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es are normal the chance to have another pregnancy affected with holo￭ pro￭ sen￭ cephal￭ y is about 6 there is no treatment for holo￭ pro￭ sen￭ cephal￭ y and the prog￭ no￭ sis for individuals with the disorder is poor most of those who survive show no significant developmental gains for children who survive treatment is symptomatic it is possible that improved management of diabe￭ tic pregnancies may help prevent holo￭ pro￭ sen￭ cephal￭ y however there is no means of primary prevention
eth￭ ox￭ yl￭ ation is a chemical reaction in which ethylene oxide adds to alcohol￭ s and phen￭ ols the process conver￭ ts the group ro￭ h into r oc 2 h 4 no￭ h where n ranges from 1 to as high as 10 such compounds are called alcohol eth￭ ox￭ yl￭ ates alcohol eth￭ ox￭ l￭ ates are often converted to related species called eth￭ ox￭ ys￭ ul￭ fates alcohol eth￭ ox￭ yl￭ ates and eth￭ ox￭ ys￭ ul￭ fates are sur￭ fac￭ tants used widely in cosmetic and other commercial products the process is of great industrial significance with more than 2 000 000 metric tons various eth￭ ox￭ yl￭ ates produced worldwide 1994
ethylene gly￭ col poisoning is poisoning caused by drinking ethylene gly￭ col early symptoms include in￭ tox￭ ication v￭ om￭ iting and ab￭ domin￭ al pain later symptoms may include a decreased level of consciousness headache and seizures long term outcomes may include kidney failure and brain damage toxicity and death may occur even after drinking a small amount ethylene gly￭ col is a color￭ less od￭ or￭ less sweet liquid commonly found in anti￭ freeze it may be drank accidental or purpose￭ fully in an attempt to cause death when broken down by the body it results in gly￭ col￭ ic acid and ox￭ al￭ ic acid which cause most of the toxicity the diagnosis may be suspected when calcium ox￭ al￭ ate cryst￭ als are seen in the urine or when aci￭ do￭ sis or an increased os￭ mol gap is present in the blood diagnosis may be confirmed by measuring ethylene gly￭ col levels in the blood however many hospitals do not have the ability to perform this test early treatment increases the chance of a good outcome treatment consists of stabilizing the person followed by the use of an antidote the prefer￭ ed antidote is fom￭ epiz￭ ole with ethanol used if this is not av￭ ali￭ able h￭ emo￭ dial￭ ysis may also be used in those where there is organ damage or a high degree of aci￭ do￭ sis other treatments may include sodium bic￭ ar￭ bon￭ ate thi￭ amine and magnesium more than 5000 cases of poisoning occur in the united states each year those affected are often adults and male deaths from ethylene gly￭ col have been reported as early as 1930 an outbreak of deaths in 19￭ 37 due to a medication mixed in ethylene gly￭ col resulted in the food drug and cosmetic act of 1938 in the united states which mandated evidence of safety before new medications could be sold anti￭ freeze products sometimes have a substance to make it bitter added to discourage drinking by children and other animals but this has not been found to be effective
ethyl￭ mal￭ onic encephalopathy ee is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive in￭ born error of metabol￭ ism patients affected with ee are typically identified shortly after birth with symptoms including diarr￭ hea pe￭ tec￭ hi￭ ae and seizures the genetic defect in ee is thought to involve an impairment in the degradation of sul￭ fide intermedi￭ ates in the body hydrogen sul￭ fide then builds up to toxic levels ee was initially described in 1994 most cases of ee have been described in individuals of mediterranean or arabic origin
the eu￭ cli￭ dean shortest path problem is a problem in compu￭ tational geometry given a set of poly￭ he￭ dr￭ al obstacles in a eu￭ cli￭ dean space and two points find the shortest path between the points that does not inter￭ sect any of the obstacles in two dimensions the problem can be solved in poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al time in a model of compu￭ tation allowing addition and comparisons of real numbers despite theoretical difficulties involving the numerical precision needed to perform such calculations these algori￭ th￭ ms are based on two different principles either performing a shortest path algori￭ thm such as di￭ j￭ k￭ stra s algori￭ thm on a visibility graph derived from the obstacles or in an approach called the continuous di￭ j￭ k￭ stra method propagating a wa￭ ve￭ front from one of the points until it meets the other in three and higher dimensions the problem is n￭ p hard in the general case but there exist efficient approximation algori￭ th￭ ms that run in poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al time based on the idea of finding a suitable sample of points on the obstacle edges and performing a visibility graph calculation using these sample points there are many results on computing shortest paths which stays on a poly￭ he￭ dr￭ al surface given two points s and t say on the sur￭ face￭ of a conv￭ ex poly￭ he￭ dron the problem is to compu￭ te a shortest path that never leaves the surface and connects s with t this is a gener￭ alization of the problem from 2 dimension but it is much easier than the 3 dimensional problem also there are variations of this problem where the obstacles are weighted i e one can go through an obstacle but it incur￭ san extra cost to go through an obstacle the standard problem is the special case where the obstacles have infinite weight this is￭ termed as the weighted region problem in the literature
eu￭ l y￭ ong ta han￭ gul 을￭ 용￭ 타 han￭ ja 乙￭ 容￭ 打 is a south korean internet phenomenon used to describe the incident when south korean foot￭ ball￭ er lee eu￭ l y￭ ong slapped chinese forward li yi in the back of his head in a match against china in december 2003 or to describe the slap itself the incident led to over 200 par￭ o￭ dies in south korea eu￭ l y￭ ong ta derives its name from lee eu￭ l y￭ ong who was car￭ ded for sl￭ apping li yi in the head and ta 打 which means strike or blow in han￭ ja the term would roughly translate as eu￭ l y￭ ong strike or eu￭ l y￭ ong smash in english
in number theory eul￭ er s to￭ ti￭ ent function counts the positive inte￭ gers up to a given inte￭ ger n that are relatively prime to n it is written using the greek letter ph￭ i as φ n or ϕ n and may also be called eul￭ er s ph￭ i function it can be defined more formally as the number of inte￭ gers k in the range 1 ≤ k ≤ n for which the greatest common divis￭ or g￭ cd n k 1 the inte￭ gers k of this form are sometimes referred to as tot￭ atives of n for example the tot￭ atives of n 9 are the six numbers 1 2 4 5 7 and 8 they are all relatively prime to 9 but the other three numbers in this range 3 6 and 9 are not because g￭ cd 9 3 g￭ cd 9 6 3 and g￭ cd 9 9 9 therefore φ 9 6 as another example φ 1 1 since for n 1 the only inte￭ ger in the range from 1 to n is 1 itself and g￭ cd 1 1 1 eul￭ er s to￭ ti￭ ent function is a multiplic￭ ative function meaning that if two numbers m and n are relatively prime then φ mn φ m φ n this function gives the order of the multiplic￭ ative group of inte￭ gers mod￭ ul￭ o n the group of units of the ring z n￭ z it also plays a key role in the definition of the r￭ sa encryption system
eu￭ my￭ ce￭ tom￭ a is a chronic gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ ous fun￭ gal disease of humans affecting mainly the limbs and sometimes the ab￭ domin￭ al and chest walls or the head my￭ ce￭ tom￭ a ped￭ is my￭ ce￭ tom￭ a of the foot the most common form of my￭ ce￭ tom￭ a is known widely as the mad￭ ura foot the infection is endemic in africa india and the central and south americas
euro￭ currency is deposits in banks that are located outside the borders of the country that issue the currency the deposit is denominated in for example a deposit denominated in japanese yen held in a brazilian bank is a euro￭ currency deposit likewise a deposit denominated in us dollars held in a singapore bank is a euro￭ currency deposit or more specifically or more clearly a euro￭ dollar deposit euro￭ currency is the currency of any country held on deposit in europe outside its home market used as a source of short or medium term finance especially in international trade because of easy convertibility euro￭ currency does not have to involve either the euro currency or the eurozone today the euro￭ currency and euro￭ bond markets are active because they avoid domestic interest rate regulations reserve requirements and other barriers to the free flow of capital
euro￭ dollars are time deposits denominated in u s dollars at banks outside the united states and thus are not under the jurisdiction of the federal reserve consequently such deposits are subject to much less regulation than similar deposits within the u s the term was originally coined for u s dollars in european banks but it expanded over the years to its present definition — a u s dollar denominated deposit in tokyo or beijing would be likewise deemed a euro￭ dollar deposit there is no connection with the euro currency or the eurozone more generally the euro pre￭ fix can be used to indicate any currency held in a country where it is not the official currency for example euro￭ yen or even euro￭ euro
the european public hearing on european conscience and crimes of totalitarian communism 20 years after was a european public hearing organised by the czech presidency of the european union in the european parliament on 18 march 2009 the hearing was described by the presidency as the third step towards the establishment of a european platform of memory and conscience to support the activities of institutions engaged in reconciling with totalitarian regimes in europe the hearing was hosted by the deputy prime minister for european affairs alex￭ and￭ r von￭ dra and the permanent representative of the czech republic to the european union mil￭ ena vic￭ en￭ ov￭ á on behalf of the czech presidency of the council of the european union in cooperation with meps supporting the prague declaration the first session chaired by tun￭ ne kel￭ am mep included speeches by pa￭ vel ž￭ á￭ č￭ ek director institute for the study of totalitarian regimes em￭ manuel cr￭ ab￭ it european commission directorate general of justice freedom and security eman￭ u￭ el￭ is z￭ ing￭ er￭ is chairman international commission for the evaluation of the crimes of the nazi and soviet occupation regimes in lithuania mari￭ us op￭ rea institute for the investigation of communist crimes in romania hans al￭ tend￭ or￭ f office of the federal commissioner for the st￭ asi records v￭ asi￭ l kad￭ rin￭ ov hannah aren￭ dt center nicolas wer￭ th institute for contemporary history cn￭ rs and cam￭ illa andersson institute for information on the crimes of communism the second session chaired by jana hy￭ b￭ á￭ š￭ kov￭ á mep included speeches by alex￭ and￭ r von￭ dra deputy prime minister for european affairs of the czech republic j￭ án fi￭ ge￭ ľ european commissioner for education ale￭ jo vidal quadras mep vice president of the european parliament jan zah￭ rad￭ il mep l￭ á￭ sz￭ l￭ ó t￭ ö￭ k￭ és mep and sandra kal￭ nie￭ te former european commissioner the conclusions called for the establishment of the platform of european memory and conscience and supported the proclamation of the european day of remembrance for victims of stalinism and nazism the hearing was followed by a resolution of the european parliament on european conscience and totalitarianism of 2 april 2009
the euro￭ pi￭ um anomaly is the phenomenon whereby the euro￭ pi￭ um eu concentration in a mineral is either enriched or depleted relative to some standard commonly a ch￭ on￭ dr￭ ite or mid ocean ridge bas￭ alt mor￭ b in geo￭ chemistry a euro￭ pi￭ um anomaly is said to be positive if the eu concentration in the mineral is enriched relative to the other rare earth elements rees and is said to be negative if eu is depleted relative to the other rees while all lan￭ than￭ ides form relatively large tri￭ val￭ ent 3 ions eu and cer￭ ium ce have additional val￭ ences euro￭ pi￭ um forms 2 ions and ce forms 4 ions leading to chemical reaction differences in how these ions can partition versus the 3 rees in the case of eu its reduced di￭ val￭ ent 2 c￭ ations are similar in size and carry the same charge as ca 2 an ion found in pl￭ ag￭ io￭ cl￭ ase and other minerals while eu is an incompatible element in its tri￭ val￭ ent form eu 3 in an ox￭ idi￭ zing mag￭ ma it is prefer￭ entially incorporated into pl￭ ag￭ io￭ cl￭ ase in its di￭ val￭ ent form eu 2 in a reducing mag￭ ma where it substitutes for calcium ca 2 enrichment or depletion is generally attributed to euro￭ pi￭ um s tendency to be incorporated into pl￭ ag￭ io￭ cl￭ ase prefer￭ entially over other minerals if a mag￭ ma crystal￭ li￭ zes stable pl￭ ag￭ io￭ cl￭ ase most of the eu will be incorporated into this mineral causing a higher than expected concentration of eu in the mineral versus other ree in that mineral a positive anomaly the rest of the mag￭ ma will then be relatively depleted in eu with a concentration of eu lower than expected versus the concentrations of other rees in that mag￭ ma if the eu depleted mag￭ ma is then separated from its pl￭ ag￭ io￭ cl￭ ase cryst￭ als and subsequently soli￭ di￭ fies its chemical composition will display a negative eu anomaly because the eu is locked up in the pl￭ ag￭ io￭ cl￭ ase left in the mag￭ ma chamber conversely if a mag￭ ma accumul￭ ates pl￭ ag￭ io￭ cl￭ ase cryst￭ als before soli￭ di￭ fication its rock composition will display a relatively positive eu anomaly a well known example of the eu anomaly is seen on the moon ree analyses of the moon s light colored lun￭ ar highlands show a large positive eu anomaly due to the pl￭ ag￭ io￭ cl￭ ase rich an￭ orth￭ os￭ ite comprising the highlands the darker lun￭ ar mare consisting mainly of bas￭ alt shows a large negative eu anomaly this has led geo￭ logists to speculate as to the genetic relationship between the lun￭ ar highlands and mare it is possible that much of the moon s eu was incorporated into the earlier pl￭ ag￭ io￭ cl￭ ase rich highlands leaving the later bas￭ al￭ tic mare strongly depleted in eu
eu￭ stron￭ gy￭ li￭ do￭ sis is a par￭ asi￭ tic disease that mainly affects w￭ ading birds worldwide however the parasite ’ s complex indirect life cycle involves other species such as aquatic worms and fish moreover this disease is zoonotic which means the parasite can transmit disease from animals to humans eu￭ stron￭ gy￭ li￭ do￭ sis is named after the caus￭ ative agent eu￭ stron￭ gy￭ li￭ des and typically occurs in eu￭ troph￭ ic￭ ated waters where concentrations of nutrients and minerals are high enough to provide ideal conditions for the parasite to thrive and persist because eu￭ troph￭ ication has become a common issue due to agricultural run￭ off and urban development cases of eu￭ stron￭ gy￭ li￭ do￭ sis are becoming prevalent and hard to control eu￭ stron￭ gy￭ li￭ do￭ sis can be diagnosed before or after death by observing behavior clinical signs and performing f￭ ec￭ al flo￭ tations and necro￭ p￭ sies methods to control eu￭ stron￭ gy￭ li￭ do￭ sis include preventing eu￭ troph￭ ication and providing hosts with un￭ infected food sources in aquaculture farms parasites are known to be indicators of environmental health and stability and should therefore be studied further to better understand the parasite ’ s life cycle and how it affects predat￭ or prey interactions and improve conservation efforts
the op￭ is￭ th￭ ob￭ ran￭ ch￭ ia represent one of the more prominent gastro￭ pod line￭ ages that have undergone eu￭ thy￭ ne￭ ury
eu￭ thyro￭ id sick syndrome ess sick eu￭ thyro￭ id syndrome ses thyro￭ id allo￭ st￭ asis in critical illness tum￭ ours u￭ re￭ mia and starvation tac￭ it￭ us non thyro￭ idal illness syndrome n￭ tis or low t 3 low t 4 syndrome is a state of adaptation or dys￭ regulation of thyro￭ tropic feedback control where the levels of t 3 and or t 4 are at unusual levels but the thyro￭ id g￭ land does not appear to be dysfunctional this condition is often seen in starvation critical illness or patients in intensive care unit the most common hormone pattern in sick eu￭ thyro￭ id syndrome is a low total and un￭ bound t 3 levels with normal t 4 and ts￭ h levels
eu￭ typ￭ ella can￭ ker is a plant disease caused by the fun￭ gal pathogen eu￭ typ￭ ella par￭ asi￭ tica this disease is capable of inf￭ ecting many species of map￭ le trees and produces a large distingu￭ ishable can￭ ker on the main trunk of the tree infection and spread of the disease is accomplished with the release of as￭ co￭ spo￭ res from peri￭ th￭ ec￭ ia therefore the best way to manage the eu￭ typ￭ ella can￭ ker is to remove trees that have been infected if infected it can decrease the quality of wood cut for lum￭ ber and can thus have a negative economic impact
in some programming languages eval is a function which evalu￭ ates a string as though it were an expression and returns a result in others it execu￭ tes multiple lines of code as though they had been included instead of the line including the eval the input to eval is not necessarily a string it may be structured representation of code such as an abstract syn￭ tax tree like lis￭ p forms or of special type such as code as in py￭ th￭ on the analo￭ g for a statement is ex￭ ec which execu￭ tes a string or code in other format as if it were a statement in some languages such as py￭ th￭ on both are present while in other languages only one of either eval or ex￭ ec is eval and apply are instances of me￭ ta circular evalu￭ ators interpreters of a language that can be invoked within the language itself
an evaluation function also known as a he￭ ur￭ istic evaluation function or static evaluation function is a function used by game playing programs to estimate the value or goodness of a position in the minim￭ ax and related algori￭ th￭ ms the evaluation function is typically designed to prioritize speed over accuracy the function looks only at the current position and does not explore possible moves therefore static
evans syndrome is an auto￭ immune disease in which an individual s antibodies attack their own red blood cells and plat￭ el￭ ets both of these events may occur simultaneously or one may follow on from the other its overall path￭ ology resembles a combination of auto￭ immune hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic an￭ emia and immune thro￭ m￭ bo￭ cy￭ top￭ en￭ ic pur￭ pur￭ a auto￭ immune hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic an￭ emia is a condition in which the red blood cells that normally carry oxygen and carbon dioxide are destroyed by an auto￭ immune process immune thro￭ m￭ bo￭ cy￭ top￭ en￭ ic pur￭ pur￭ a is a condition in which plat￭ el￭ ets are destroyed by an auto￭ immune process plat￭ el￭ ets are a component of blood that contribute to the formation of blood clo￭ ts in the body to prevent bleeding the syndrome was first described in 1951 by r s evans and colleagues
in mathematics an ev￭ asive boo￭ lean function ƒ of n variables is a boo￭ lean function for which every decision tree algori￭ thm has running time of exactly n consequently every decision tree algori￭ thm that represents the function has at worst case a running time of n
the event driven messaging is a design pattern applied within the service orientation design paradigm in order to enable the service consumers which are interested in events that occur within the periphery of a service provider to get notifications about these events as and when they occur without resorting to the traditional inefficient polling based mechanism
event driven architecture eda also known as message driven architecture is a software architecture pattern promoting the production detection consumption of and reaction to events an event can be defined as a significant change in state for example when a consumer purchases a car the car s state changes from for sale to sold a car dealer s system architecture may treat this state change as an event whose occurrence can be made known to other applications within the architecture from a formal perspective what is produced published propag￭ ated detected or consumed is a typically as￭ yn￭ ch￭ ron￭ ous message called the event notification and not the event itself which is the state change that triggered the message emission events do not travel they just occur however the term event is often used me￭ ton￭ ym￭ ically to den￭ ote the notification message itself which may lead to some confusion this architectural pattern may be applied by the design and implementation of applications and systems which transmit events among loosely coupled software components and services an event driven system typically consists of event emitters or agents event consumers or sinks and event channels emitters have the responsibility to detect gather and transfer events an event em￭ itter does not know the consumers of the event it does not even know if a consumer exists and in case it exists it does not know how the event is used or further processed sinks have the responsibility of applying a reaction as soon as an event is presented the reaction might or might not be completely provided by the sink itself for instance the sink might just have the responsibility to filter transform and forward the event to another component or it might provide a self contained reaction to such event event channels are condu￭ its in which events are transmitted from event emitters to event consumers the knowledge of the correct distribution of events is exclusively present within the event channel the physical implementation of event channels can be based on traditional components such as message oriented mid￭ d￭ le￭ ware or point to point communication which might require a more appropriate trans￭ ac￭ tional executive framework building applications and systems around an event driven architecture allows these applications and systems to be constructed in a manner that facilitates more responsiveness because event driven systems are by design more norm￭ alized to unpredictable and as￭ yn￭ ch￭ ron￭ ous environments event driven architecture can complement service oriented architecture so￭ a because services can be activated by triggers fired on incoming events this paradigm is particularly useful whenever the sink does not provide any self contained executive so￭ a 2 0 evol￭ ves the implications so￭ a and eda architec￭ tures provide to a richer more robust level by leveraging previously unknown causal relationships to form a new event pattern this new business intelligence pattern triggers further autonomous human or automated processing that adds exponential value to the enterprise by injecting value added information into the recognized pattern which could not have been achieved previously
everyday a￭ esthe￭ tics is a recent sub￭ field of philosophical a￭ esthe￭ tics focusing on everyday events settings and activities in which the faculty of sen￭ sibility is sali￭ ently at stake alexander bau￭ m￭ gar￭ ten established a￭ esthe￭ tics as a discipline and defined it as scienti￭ a cogn￭ i￭ tion￭ is sensi￭ tiv￭ ae the science of sensory knowledge in his found￭ ational work a￭ esthe￭ tica 17￭ 50 this field has been dedicated since then to the clarification of fine arts beauty and taste only marginally referring to the a￭ esthe￭ tics in design crafts urban environments and social practice until the emergence of everyday a￭ esthe￭ tics during the ‘ 90 s as other sub￭ fields like environmental a￭ esthe￭ tics or the a￭ esthe￭ tics of nature everyday a￭ esthe￭ tics also attempts to counterv￭ ail a￭ esthe￭ tics almost exclusive focus on the philosophy of art
evolutionary biology is the sub￭ field of biology that studies the evolutionary processes that produced the diversity of life on earth starting from a single origin of life these processes include the descent of species and the origin of new species the discipline emerged through what julian hu￭ x￭ ley called the modern evolutionary synthesis of the 1930 s of understanding from several previously unrelated fields of biological research including genetics ecology system￭ atics and pal￭ ae￭ on￭ to￭ logy current research has widened to cover the genetic architecture of adaptation molecular evolution and the different forces that contribute to evolution including not only natural selection but sexual selection genetic drift and bio￭ geography the newer field of evolutionary developmental biology evo de￭ vo investig￭ ates how embryonic development is controlled thus creating a wider synthesis that integrates developmental biology with the fields covered by the earlier evolutionary synthesis
in computer science evolutionary compu￭ tation is a sub￭ field of artificial intelligence more particularly soft computing that can be defined by the type of algori￭ th￭ ms it is concerned with these algori￭ th￭ ms called evolutionary algori￭ th￭ ms are based on adopting dar￭ w￭ inian principles hence the name technically they belong to the family of trial and error problem sol￭ vers and can be considered global optimi￭ zation methods with a me￭ ta￭ he￭ ur￭ istic or sto￭ ch￭ astic optimi￭ zation character distinguished by the use of a population of candidate solutions rather than just iter￭ ating over one point in the search space the application of re￭ combination and evolutionary strategies makes them less prone to get stuck in local optim￭ a than alternative methods evolutionary compu￭ tation uses iter￭ ative progress such as growth or development in a population this population is then selected in a guided random search using parallel processing to achieve the desired end such processes are often inspired by biological mechanisms of evolution as evolution can produce highly optimis￭ ed processes and networks it has many applications in computer science
evolutionary inform￭ atics is a sub￭ field of inform￭ atics addressing the practice of information processing in and the engineering of information systems for the study of biological evolution as well as the study of information in evolutionary systems natural and artificial
evolutionary mu￭ si￭ co￭ logy is a sub￭ field of biom￭ u￭ si￭ co￭ logy that grounds the psychological mechanisms of music perception and production in evolutionary theory it covers vocal communication in non human animal species theories of the evolution of human music and cross cultural human univers￭ als in musical ability and processing
an evolutionary radiation is an increase in tax￭ on￭ om￭ ic diversity or mor￭ pho￭ logical disparity due to adap￭ tive change or the opening of eco￭ space radi￭ ations may affect one cl￭ ade or many and be rapid or gradual where they are rapid and driven by a single line￭ age s adaptation to their environment they are termed adap￭ tive radi￭ ations caribbean an￭ oline li￭ z￭ ards are a particularly interesting example of an adap￭ tive radiation
evolutionary suicide is an evolutionary phenomenon in which the process of adaptation causes the population to become extinct for example individuals might be selected to switch from eating mature plants to se￭ ed￭ lings and thereby deplete their food plant s population selection on individuals can theoretically produce adaptations that threaten the survival of the population much of the research on evolutionary suicide has used the mathematical model￭ ing technique adap￭ tive dynamics in which genetic changes are studied together with population dynamics this allows the model to predict how population density will change as a given trait inv￭ ades the population evolutionary suicide has also been referred to as dar￭ w￭ inian extinction runaway selection to self extinction or evolutionary collapse the idea is similar in concept to the tragedy of the commons or the tendency of the rate of profit to fall many adaptations have apparently negative effects on population dynamics for example inf￭ antic￭ ide by male lions or the production of toxins by bacteria however empir￭ ically establishing that an extinction event was unambiguously caused by the process of adaptation is not a trivial task
e￭ wing s sar￭ coma or e￭ wing sar￭ coma ˈ￭ ju￭ ː￭ ɪ￭ ŋ is a m￭ align￭ ant small round blue cell tumor it is a rare disease in which cancer cells are found in the bone or in soft tissue the most common areas in which it occurs are the pel￭ vis the fem￭ ur the hum￭ er￭ us the ribs and cla￭ vic￭ le collar bone since a common genetic loc￭ us is responsible for a large percentage of e￭ wing s sar￭ coma and primitive neuro￭ ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal tumors these are sometimes grouped together in a category known as the e￭ wing family of tumors the diseases are however considered to be different peripheral primitive neuro￭ ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal tum￭ ours are generally not associated with bones while e￭ wing sar￭ com￭ as are most commonly related to bone e￭ wing s sar￭ coma occurs most frequently in teenagers and young adults with a male female ratio of 1 6 1 although usually classified as a bone tum￭ our e￭ wing s sar￭ coma can have characteristics of both mes￭ o￭ der￭ mal and ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal origin making it difficult to classify james e￭ wing 18￭ 66 – 19￭ 43 first described the tum￭ our establishing that the disease was separate from lymp￭ homa and other types of cancer known at that time
the ex￭ ab￭ it is a multiple of the unit bit for digital information or computer storage the pre￭ fix ex￭ a symbol e is defined in the international system of units si as a multiplier of 10￭ 18 1 qu￭ inti￭ l￭ lion short scale and therefore 1 ex￭ ab￭ it 10￭ 18 bits 100￭ 00￭ 00￭ 00￭ 00￭ 00￭ 000000 bits 1000 pe￭ tab￭ its the ex￭ ab￭ it has the unit symbol e￭ bit or eb the ex￭ ab￭ it is closely related to the ex￭ bi￭ bit a unit multiple derived from the b￭ inary pre￭ fix ex￭ bi of the same order of magnitude which is equal to 260 bits 115￭ 29￭ 215￭ 04￭ 60￭ 68￭ 46￭ 9￭ 76 bits or approximately 15 larger than the ex￭ ab￭ it
the ex￭ aby￭ te is a multiple of the unit by￭ te for digital information the pre￭ fix ex￭ a indicates multiplication by the sixth power of 1000 10￭ 18 in the international system of units si therefore one ex￭ aby￭ te is one qu￭ inti￭ l￭ lion by￭ tes short scale the symbol for the ex￭ aby￭ te is eb 1 eb 100￭ 06 by￭ tes 10￭ 18 by￭ tes 100￭ 00￭ 00￭ 00￭ 00￭ 00￭ 000000 b 1000 pe￭ tab￭ y￭ tes 1 million￭ ter￭ aby￭ tes 1 billion￭ gi￭ gab￭ y￭ tes a related unit the ex￭ bi￭ by￭ te using a b￭ inary pre￭ fix is equal to 10￭ 246 260 by￭ tes about 15 larger
an ex￭ anthem or ex￭ an￭ them￭ a from greek ἐ￭ ξ￭ άν￭ θη￭ μα ex￭ án￭ th￭ ē￭ ma a breaking out is a widespread rash usually occurring in children an ex￭ anthem can be caused by toxins drugs or micro￭ organisms or can result from auto￭ immune disease it can be contr￭ asted with an en￭ anthem
ex￭ an￭ thematic pu￭ st￭ ular ps￭ ori￭ asis is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by an acute eruption of small pu￭ st￭ ules abruptly appearing and disappearing in a few days it usually follows an infection or may occur as a result of administration of specific medications
the ex￭ bi￭ bit is a multiple of the bit a unit of digital information storage pre￭ fixed by the standards based multiplier ex￭ bi symbol ei a b￭ inary pre￭ fix meaning 260 the unit symbol of the ex￭ bi￭ bit is ei￭ bit 1 ex￭ bi￭ bit 260 bits 115￭ 29￭ 215￭ 04￭ 60￭ 68￭ 46￭ 9￭ 76 bits 10￭ 24 pe￭ bi￭ bits the ex￭ bi￭ bit is closely related to the ex￭ ab￭ it the corresponding unit using the metric pre￭ fix ex￭ a which is 10￭ 18 bits 100￭ 00￭ 00￭ 00￭ 00￭ 00￭ 000000 bits
the ex￭ bi￭ by￭ te is a multiple of the unit by￭ te for digital information it is a member of the set of units with b￭ inary pre￭ fixes defined by the international electro￭ technical commission iec its unit symbol is eib the pre￭ fix ex￭ bi symbol ei represents multiplication by 260 therefore 1 ex￭ bi￭ by￭ te 260 by￭ tes 115￭ 29￭ 215￭ 04￭ 60￭ 68￭ 46￭ 9￭ 76 by￭ tes 10￭ 24 pe￭ bi￭ by￭ tes the ex￭ bi￭ by￭ te is closely related to the ex￭ aby￭ te eb the corresponding unit in the decimal system of multi￭ ples which is defined as 10￭ 18 by￭ tes 100￭ 00￭ 00￭ 00￭ 00￭ 00￭ 000000 by￭ tes it follows that one ex￭ bi￭ by￭ te 1 eib is approximately equal to 1 15 eb
exceptional circumstances are the conditions required to grant additional powers to a government or government leader so as to alleviate or mitigate unforeseen or unconventional hardship the term is most commonly used in australia where it has been applied in various contexts most recogn￭ is￭ ably in relation to special consideration policies for students and drought relief payments for farmers known as exceptional circumstances relief payments or ec￭ r￭ p
excep￭ tion￭ alism is the perception that a country society institution movement individual or time period is exceptional i e unusual or extraordinary in some way although the idea appears to have developed with respect to an era today the term is particularly applied to national or regional excep￭ tion￭ alism other uses are r￭ arer in the present day
in micro￭ economics an excess demand function is a function expressing excess demand for a product — the excess of quantity demanded over quantity supplied — in terms of the product s price and possibly other determin￭ ants it is the product s demand function minus its supply function in a pure exchange economy the excess demand is the sum of all agents demands minus the sum of all agents initial endow￭ ments a product s excess supply function is the negative of the excess demand function — it is the product s supply function minus its demand function in most cases the first derivative of excess demand with respect to price is negative meaning that a higher price leads to lower excess demand the price of the product is said to be the equilibrium price if it is such that the value of the excess demand function is zero that is when the market is in equilibrium meaning that the quantity supplied equals the quantity demanded in this situation it is said that the market clears if the price is higher than the equ￭ il￭ bri￭ um price excess demand will normally be negative meaning that there is a surplus positive excess supply of the product and not all of it being offered to the marketplace is being sold if the price is lower than the equ￭ il￭ bri￭ um price excess demand will normally be positive meaning that there is a shortage wal￭ ras law implies that for every price vector the price – weighted total excess demand is 0 whether or not the economy is in general equilibrium this implies that if there is excess demand for one commodity there must be excess supply for another commodity
excess o￭ vari￭ an and￭ ro￭ gen release syndrome also known as o￭ vari￭ an sa￭ ha syndrome is a cu￭ taneous condition usually seen in young women between the ages of 16 and 20
excessive day￭ time sleep￭ iness eds is characterized by persistent sleep￭ iness and often a general lack of energy even during the day after apparently adequate or even prolonged night￭ time sleep eds can be considered as a broad condition encompassing several sleep disorders where increased sleep is a symptom or as a symptom of another underlying disorder like narco￭ le￭ psy sleep ap￭ ne￭ a or a cir￭ c￭ adi￭ an rhythm disorder some persons with eds including those with hyper￭ som￭ ni￭ as like narco￭ le￭ psy and idi￭ opathic hyper￭ som￭ nia are compelled to nap repeatedly during the day fighting off increasingly strong urges to sleep during inappropriate times such as while driving while at work during a meal or in conversations as the compulsion to sleep intensi￭ fies the ability to complete tasks sharply diminishes often mim￭ ic￭ king the appearance of in￭ tox￭ ication during occasional unique and or stimulating circumstances a person with eds can sometimes remain animated awake and alert for brief or extended periods of time eds can affect the ability to function in family social occupational or other settings a proper diagnosis of the underlying cause and ultimately treatment of symptoms and or the underlying cause can help mitigate such complications
in physics the exchange interaction with an exchange energy and exchange term is a quantum mechanical effect that only occurs between identical particles despite sometimes being called an exchange force in analogy to classical force it is not a true force as it lacks a force carrier the effect is due to the wave function of in￭ distingu￭ ishable particles being subject to exchange sym￭ metry that is either remaining unchanged sym￭ metric or changing its sign anti￭ sym￭ metric when two particles are exchanged both bos￭ ons and fer￭ m￭ ions can experience the exchange interaction for fer￭ m￭ ions it is sometimes called paul￭ i re￭ pulsion and related to the paul￭ i exclusion principle for bos￭ ons the exchange interaction takes the form of an effective attraction that causes identical particles to be found closer together as in bo￭ se – einstein condens￭ ation the exchange interaction al￭ ters the expectation value of the distance when the wave functions of two or more in￭ distingu￭ ishable particles overlap it increases for fer￭ m￭ ions or decreases for bos￭ ons the expectation value of the distance between identical particles as compared to distingu￭ ishable particles among other consequences the exchange interaction is responsible for fer￭ ro￭ magne￭ tism and for the volume of matter it has no classical analogue exchange interaction effects were discovered independently by physicists wer￭ ner he￭ isenberg and paul di￭ rac in 19￭ 26
excited deli￭ ri￭ um is a controversial proposed condition that manifests as a combination of deli￭ ri￭ um psy￭ ch￭ om￭ o￭ tor ag￭ itation anxiety halluc￭ inations speech disturbances dis￭ orientation violent and bizarre behaviour in￭ sensitivity to pain elevated body temperature and super￭ human strength excited deli￭ ri￭ um is sometimes called excited deli￭ ri￭ um syndrome if it results in sudden death usually via cardiac or respiratory arrest an outcome that is sometimes associated with the use of physical control measures including police restraint
exc￭ ori￭ ated ac￭ ne also known as pick￭ er s ac￭ ne or ac￭ ne exc￭ ori￭ ée des je￭ un￭ es fil￭ les is a mild ac￭ ne accompanied by extensive exc￭ ori￭ ations
exc￭ ori￭ ation disorder also known as der￭ mati￭ l￭ lo￭ mania skin picking disorder neuro￭ tic exc￭ ori￭ ation ac￭ ne exc￭ ori￭ ee patho￭ logic skin picking p￭ sp compul￭ sive skin picking c￭ sp or psycho￭ genic exc￭ ori￭ ation is a mental disorder characterized by the repeated urge to pick at one s own skin often to the extent that damage is caused research has suggested that the urge to pick is similar to a body focused repeti￭ tive behavior but others have argued that for some the condition is more akin to a substance abuse disorder the two main strategies for treating this condition are pharmaco￭ logical and behavioral intervention
software execution patterns or execution models are software patterns that address issues related to lower level support of application execution including strategies for executing streams of tasks and for the definition of building blocks to support task synchron￭ ization as such execution pattern is an umbrella term for work￭ flow patterns and or con￭ currency patterns to a certain extent also distributed design patterns belong to this class
in psychology and neuro￭ science executive dysfunction or executive function deficit is a disruption to the efficacy of the executive functions which is a group of cognitive processes that regulate control and manage other cognitive processes executive dysfunction can refer to both neuro￭ cognitive deficits and behavi￭ our￭ al symptoms it is implicated in numerous psychop￭ ath￭ o￭ logies and mental disorders as well as short term and long term changes in non clinical executive control executive dysfunction is not the same as dys￭ executive syndrome a term coined by alan bad￭ dele￭ y to describe a common pattern of dysfunction in executive functions such as deficiencies in planning abstract thinking flexibility and behavi￭ our￭ al control this group of symptoms usually resulting from brain damage tend to occur together however the existence of dys￭ executive syndrome is controversial
ex￭ encephal￭ y is a type of cephal￭ ic disorder where￭ in the brain is located outside of the skull this condition is usually found in embryos as an early stage of an￭ encephal￭ y as an ex￭ encephal￭ ic pregnancy progres￭ ses the ne￭ ural tissue gradually de￭ generates the prog￭ no￭ sis for infants born with ex￭ encephal￭ y is extremely poor it is rare to find an infant born with ex￭ encephal￭ y as most cases that are not early stages of an￭ encephal￭ y are usually still￭ born those infants who are born with the condition usually die within hours or minutes
exercise associated hy￭ pon￭ at￭ re￭ mia or e￭ ah is a fluid electro￭ ly￭ te disorder caused by a decrease in sodium levels hy￭ pon￭ at￭ re￭ mia during or up to 24 hours after prolonged physical activity this disorder can develop when marathon run￭ ners or end￭ ur￭ ance event athletes drink more fluid usually water or sports drinks than their kidneys can ex￭ crete this excess water can severely dilute the level of sodium in the blood needed for organs especially the brain to function properly the incidence of e￭ ah in athletes has increased in recent years especially in the united states as marathon races and end￭ ur￭ ance events have become more popular a recent study showed 13 of the boston 2002 marathon run￭ ners experienced e￭ ah most cases were mild eight deaths from e￭ ah have been documented since 1985
exercise induced asthma or e i a occurs when the airways narrow as a result of exercise the preferred term for this condition is exercise induced bron￭ cho￭ con￭ stric￭ tion eib exercise does not cause asthma but is frequently an asthma trigger
exercise induced collapse e￭ ic is a genetic syndrome predominantly occurring in mixed breed dogs related to several retri￭ ever breeds as well as pu￭ reb￭ red lab￭ rador retri￭ evers but also seen in ches￭ a￭ pe￭ a￭ ke bay retri￭ evers and cur￭ ly co￭ ated retri￭ evers boy￭ kin spani￭ els coc￭ ker spani￭ els german wire ha￭ ired pointers old english sheep￭ dogs bou￭ vier des flanders p￭ embro￭ ke welsh c￭ org￭ is and clum￭ ber spani￭ els verified 2015 by lab￭ ok￭ lin in the uk the syndrome was first positively identified by dna in boy￭ kin spani￭ els in 2010 it is believed before this many owners had mis￭ diagnosed e￭ ic episodes as heat stroke affected dogs show signs of muscle weakness loss of coordination severe marked increase in body temperature and life threatening collapse when participating in stren￭ uous exercise or activity affected dogs can tolerate mild to moderate exercise but just 5 to 20 minutes of stren￭ uous activity or even extreme excitement such as that seen in field trials or hunt tests can induce weakness or collapse dogs affected with e￭ ic usually cannot continue with intense retri￭ ever training but can live normal lives as house pets as noted by the umn a few affected dogs have died during exercise or while resting immediately after an episode of exercise induced collapse so an affected dog s exercise should always be stopped at the first hint of in￭ coordination or wob￭ bl￭ iness e￭ ic is being observed with increasing frequency either from the genetics becoming more widespread or from previously mis￭ diagnosed cases being correctly identified now that there is evidence in the form of a dna test dogs that have e￭ ic are prone to mild to severe collapse that can range from dragging of the h￭ ind legs to complete collapse most affected dogs have been from field trial bre￭ edings signs become apparent in young dogs as they enter heavy training which is usually between 5 months and 7 years of age as stated in the initial umn study in 2007 dogs of either sex can be affected dogs with this condition are always normal at rest and are usually described as being extremely fit prime athle￭ tic specimens of their breed nervous system cardiovascular and mus￭ cul￭ osk￭ el￭ etal examinations are un￭ remarkable as is routine blood analysis at rest and during an episode of collapse through grants from the ak￭ c chf a patented dna test was developed by the university of mn of￭ a www off￭ a org provides a public database for those dogs that are dna tested the umn v￭ bs genetics lab is also investigating cases of atypical collapse and also border col￭ lie collapse where the dog is a carrier or clear of the disease on the dna test but continues to exhibit signs of the e￭ ic disease
exercise intolerance is a condition of inability or decreased ability to perform physical exercise at the expected level or duration of someone with a specific physical condition it also includes experiences of unusually severe post exercise pain fatigue naus￭ ea v￭ om￭ iting or other negative effects exercise intolerance is not a disease or syndrome in and of itself but a primary symptom of chronic di￭ ast￭ ol￭ ic heart failure since there are many possible specific reasons why exercise could be inhi￭ bited this is a rather slippery term for instance the patient may experience unusual breath￭ lessness dy￭ sp￭ ne￭ a muscle pain my￭ al￭ gia t￭ ach￭ y￭ p￭ no￭ ea abnormally rapid breathing t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia having a heart rate that exceeds the normal range or increasing muscle weakness while exercising or may after exercise experience severe headache naus￭ ea di￭ zz￭ iness occasional muscle cram￭ ps or extreme fatigue in most cases the specific reason that exercise is not tolerated is of considerable significance when trying to isolate the cause down to a specific disease dys￭ functions involving the pul￭ mon￭ ary cardiovascular or neuro￭ muscular systems have been frequently found to be associated with exercise intolerance with behavi￭ our￭ al causes also playing a part in it
exo￭ cr￭ ine cancer is a disease in which m￭ align￭ ant cancer cells are found in the tissues of the pan￭ cre￭ as also called pan￭ cre￭ atic cancer
exo￭ cr￭ ine pan￭ cre￭ atic in￭ sufficiency ep￭ i is the inability to properly dig￭ est food due to a lack of dig￭ estive enzymes made by the pan￭ cre￭ as ep￭ i is found in humans afflicted with c￭ ys￭ tic fi￭ bro￭ sis and sh￭ wach￭ man diamond syndrome and is common in dogs ep￭ i is caused by a progressive loss of the pan￭ cre￭ atic cells that make dig￭ estive enzymes loss of dig￭ estive enzymes leads to mal￭ dig￭ estion and mal￭ absorption of nutrients from normal dig￭ estive processes chronic pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis is the most common cause of ep￭ i in humans and cats in dogs the most common cause is by pan￭ cre￭ atic ac￭ in￭ ar atro￭ phy arising as a result of genetic conditions a blocked pan￭ cre￭ atic duc￭ t or prior infection
exon￭ um￭ ia are num￭ is￭ matic items such as to￭ k￭ ens medals or scri￭ p other than coins and paper money this includes good for to￭ k￭ ens bad￭ ges counter￭ stamped coins el￭ ong￭ ated coins en￭ c￭ ased coins sou￭ ven￭ ir med￭ al￭ lions tags wooden nick￭ els and other similar items it is related to num￭ is￭ m￭ atics concerned with coins which have been legal tender and many coin collectors are also exon￭ um￭ ists besides the above strict definition others extend it to include non coins which may or may not be legal tenders such as cheques credit cards and similar paper these can also be considered not￭ ap￭ hi￭ ly or scri￭ po￭ phi￭ ly
ex￭ oph￭ oria is a form of heter￭ oph￭ oria in which there is a tendency of the eyes to deviate outward during examination when the eyes are dissoci￭ ated the visual axes will appear to diverge away from one another
ex￭ oph￭ thal￭ mos also called ex￭ oph￭ thal￭ mus ex￭ oph￭ thal￭ mia prop￭ to￭ sis or exor￭ bi￭ tism is a bul￭ ging of the eye an￭ ter￭ ior￭ ly out of the orbit ex￭ oph￭ thal￭ mos can be either bilateral as is often seen in graves disease or unilateral as is often seen in an orb￭ ital tumor complete or partial dis￭ location from the orbit is also possible from trauma or sw￭ elling of surrounding tissue resulting from trauma in the case of graves disease the displacement of the eye is due to abnormal connec￭ tive tissue de￭ position in the orbit and extra￭ oc￭ ular muscles which can be vis￭ u￭ alized by ct or m￭ ri if left untreated ex￭ oph￭ thal￭ mos can cause the eye￭ li￭ ds to fail to close during sleep leading to cor￭ ne￭ al dr￭ y￭ ness and damage another possible complic￭ ation would be a form of red￭ ness or irritation called superior lim￭ bic ker￭ ato￭ con￭ junc￭ ti￭ vi￭ tis where the area above the cor￭ ne￭ a becomes infl￭ amed as a result of increased friction when blin￭ king the process that is causing the displacement of the eye may also com￭ press the op￭ tic nerve or oph￭ thal￭ mic artery leading to blindness
an exo￭ sto￭ sis plural exo￭ sto￭ ses is the formation of new bone on the surface of a bone exo￭ sto￭ ses can cause chronic pain ranging from mild to deb￭ il￭ it￭ at￭ ingly severe depending on the shape size and location of the le￭ sion it is most commonly found in places like the ribs where small bone grow￭ ths form but sometimes larger grow￭ ths can grow on places like the an￭ kles knees shoulders el￭ bows and hips very rarely are they on the skull they normally form on the bones of joints and can grow upwards for example if an extra bone formed on the an￭ kle it might grow up to the shin when used in the phrases car￭ ti￭ lag￭ inous exo￭ sto￭ sis or o￭ ste￭ o￭ car￭ ti￭ lag￭ inous exo￭ sto￭ sis it is considered synonymous with o￭ ste￭ och￭ on￭ dro￭ ma some sources consider the terms to mean the same thing even without quali￭ fiers but this interpretation is not universal
an ex￭ other￭ mic reaction is a chemical reaction that releases energy by light or heat it is the opposite of an endo￭ ther￭ mic reaction expressed in a chemical equation re￭ ac￭ tants → products energy
exotic un￭ gul￭ ate encephalopathy is a transmissible spongiform encephalopathy tse or pri￭ on disease identified in infected organs of zoo animals this sub￭ group of the tses in captive animals was identified in zoo animals in great britain including species of greater ku￭ du ny￭ ala gem￭ s￭ bo￭ k the common eland arabian and sci￭ mit￭ ar or￭ y￭ x an an￭ ko￭ le wat￭ u￭ si cow and an american b￭ ison studies indicate that transmission likely occurred via the consumption of feed supplemented with meat and bone meal although some animals died after the british ban on ground offal in animal feed all animals died during the 1990 s with the last death occurring in 1998
exo￭ tro￭ p￭ ia is a form of str￭ ab￭ is￭ mus where the eyes are devi￭ ated outward it is the opposite of es￭ o￭ tro￭ p￭ ia people with exo￭ tro￭ p￭ ia often experience crossed di￭ pl￭ op￭ ia inter￭ mit￭ tent exo￭ tro￭ p￭ ia is a fairly common condition sensory exo￭ tro￭ p￭ ia occurs in the presence of poor vision inf￭ anti￭ le exo￭ tro￭ p￭ ia sometimes called con￭ genital exo￭ tro￭ p￭ ia is seen during the first year of life and is less common than essential exo￭ tro￭ p￭ ia which usually becomes apparent several years later the brain s ability to see three dimensional objects depends on proper alignment of the eyes when both eyes are properly aligned and aimed at the same target the visual portion of the brain fuses the forms into a single image when one eye turns inward outward upward or downward two different pictures are sent to the brain this causes loss of depth perception and bin￭ oc￭ ular vision there have also been some reports of people that can control their afflicted eye the term is from greek ex￭ o meaning outward and tro￭ pe meaning a turning
exp￭ and￭ able water toys or grow in water toys often called grow monsters are novelty items made from a super￭ absor￭ bent poly￭ mer they are toys that expand up to 500 of their original mass or volume after putting them into water for several days also it shrin￭ ks with sal￭ tw￭ ater they are made from pol￭ ym￭ ers that can absorb and retain extremely large amounts of a liquid relative to their own mass
in decision theory and quantitative policy analysis the expected value of including uncertainty evi￭ u is the expected difference in the value of a decision based on a prob￭ abil￭ istic analysis versus a decision based on an analysis that ignores uncertainty
in decision theory the expected value of sample information ev￭ si is the expected increase in utility that a decision maker could obtain from gaining access to a sample of additional observations before making a decision the additional information obtained from the sample may allow them to make a more informed and thus better decision thus resulting in an increase in expected utility ev￭ si attempts to estimate what this improvement would be before seeing actual sample data hence ev￭ si is a form of what is known as pre￭ poster￭ ior analysis
expenditure incidence is the effect of government expenditure upon the distribution of private incomes this is commonly contr￭ asted with benefit incidence as an approach to planning and measuring the effect of a government spending programme a pioneering analysis of this was made by the economist richard mus￭ grave in his major work the theory of public finance establishing the differential effect of expenditure in this way is difficult because the effect of differing policies upon taxation and overall expenditure must be norm￭ alised and it is hard to model and measure the flows of money which result an analysis will commonly be structured in three stages 1 definition of the government programmes or budgetary expenditures and the corresponding database of monetary values 2 determining the measures of income the size of economic unit such as the individual family or community the timescale of analysis such as annual or lifetime the well being and externalities which arise from the expenditure 3 the resulting effects upon income distribution as a result of the expenditure are then calculated these will typically be presented graphically as a lo￭ ren￭ z curve or in the form of an index such as the gin￭ i coefficient
expir￭ atory ap￭ ne￭ a is a voluntary condition performed by a patient during a doctor s examination by breathing out and then holding one s breath it gets easier for the doctor to perform an aus￭ cul￭ tation of the heart with a st￭ eth￭ o￭ scope
an explan￭ an￭ dum a latin term is a sentence describing a phenomenon that is to be explained and the explan￭ ans is the sentences ad￭ duc￭ ed as explanations of that phenomenon for example one person may pose an explan￭ an￭ dum by asking why is there smoke and another may provide an explan￭ ans by responding because there is a fire in this example smoke is the explan￭ an￭ dum and fire is the explan￭ ans
explanation modules used in expert systems is a function that enables the knowledge worker to understand why the information explained and concluded by the domain expert is viable while consulting the information provided by the expert system the explanation module elu￭ ci￭ dates why the expert system reached its conclusion explanation modules are mostly used in training seminars as audiences are interested in learning how problems in the expert system are solved
explanatory power is the ability of a hypothesis or theory to effectively explain the subject matter it per￭ tains to the opposite of explanatory power is explanatory impotence in the past various criteria or measures for explanatory power have been proposed in particular one hypothesis theory or explanation can be said to have more explanatory power than another about the same subject matter if more facts or observations are accounted for if it changes more surprising facts into a matter of course following pe￭ ir￭ ce if more details of causal relations are provided leading to a high accuracy and precision of the description if it offers greater predic￭ tive power i e if it offers more details about what we should expect to see and what we should not if it depends less on authorities and more on observations if it makes fewer assumptions if it is more falsi￭ fiable i e more te￭ stable by observation or experiment following po￭ pper recently david deut￭ sch proposed that the correct hypothesis or theory the one that stands out among all possible explanations is that specific explanation that is hard to vary by this expression he intends to state that the correct theory i e the true explanation provides specific details which fit together so tightly that it is impossible to change any one detail without affecting the whole theory
exploding head syndrome e￭ hs is a benign condition in which a person hears loud imagined noises such as a bomb exploding a gunshot or a cy￭ m￭ bal crash or experiences an explosive feeling when falling asleep or waking up these noises have a sudden onset are typically brief in duration and are often j￭ arr￭ ing for the suffer￭ er exploding head syndrome is classified as a paras￭ om￭ nia and a sleep related dissoci￭ ative disorder by the 2005 international classification of sleep disorders and is an unusual type of aud￭ itory halluc￭ ination in that it occurs in people who are not fully awake neither the cause nor the mechanism of exploding head syndrome is known as of 2015 there had not been sufficient studies conducted to make conclusive statements about prevalence nor who tends to suffer e￭ hs it was previously thought that e￭ hs was a rare syndrome occurring primarily in older i e 50 years individuals females and those suffering from sleep paralysis however a study in 2015 has shown that e￭ hs affects more younger people than thought reporting that nearly one in five interviewed college students had experienced e￭ hs at least once statistics from the study did not show that e￭ hs was more frequent in females but instead found that more than one third of those who had e￭ hs also experienced isolated sleep paralysis furthermore the study found that some subjects experienced exploding head syndrome to such a degree that it significantly imp￭ acted their lives case reports of e￭ hs have been published since at least 18￭ 76 which sil￭ as we￭ ir mitchell described as sensory discharges in a patient the phrase exploding head syndrome was coined in a 1920 report by the welsh physician and psychiatrist robert armstrong jones a detailed description of the syndrome was given by british neuro￭ logist john m s pear￭ ce in 1989
an explosion is a rapid increase in volume and release of energy in an extreme manner usually with the generation of high temperatures and the release of gases su￭ person￭ ic explosions created by high explosives are known as deton￭ ations and travel via su￭ person￭ ic shock waves subs￭ onic explosions are created by low explosives through a slower burning process known as defl￭ agr￭ ation when caused by a man made device such as an exploding rocket or fire￭ work the audible component of an explosion is referred to as its report which can also be used as a ver￭ b e g the rocket reported loudly upon impact
an expon￭ ent is a ph￭ on￭ ological manifestation of a mor￭ pho￭ syn￭ tactic property in non technical language it is the expression of one or more gr￭ amm￭ atical properties by sound there are several kinds of expon￭ ents identity affi￭ x￭ ation re￭ duplication internal modification sub￭ traction
in mathematics the exponential integral ei is a special function on the complex plane it is defined as one particular definite integral of the ratio between an exponential function and its argument
in photo￭ graphy exposure is the amount of light per unit area the image plane illumin￭ ance times the exposure time reaching a photo￭ graphic film or electronic image sensor as determined by shut￭ ter speed lens aper￭ ture and scene lumin￭ ance exposure is measured in lux seconds and can be compu￭ ted from exposure value ev and scene lumin￭ ance in a specified region in photo￭ graphic jargon an exposure generally refers to a single shut￭ ter cycle for example a long exposure refers to a single protracted shut￭ ter cycle to capture enough low intensity light whereas a multiple exposure involves a series of relatively brief shut￭ ter cycles effectively lay￭ ering a series of photographs in one image for the same film speed the accumulated pho￭ tom￭ etr￭ ic exposure h￭ v should be similar in both cases
exposure latitude is the extent to which a light sensitive material can be over￭ exposed or under￭ exposed and still achieve an acceptable result this measure is used for digital and analogue processes i e optical micro￭ lith￭ o￭ graphy or photo￭ graphy
expres￭ sive ap￭ ha￭ sia non flu￭ ent ap￭ ha￭ sia is characterized by the loss of the ability to produce language spoken or written a person with expres￭ sive ap￭ ha￭ sia will exhibit effor￭ tful speech speech may only include important content words and leave out insignificant words like the this is known as tele￭ graphic speech the person may still be understood but sentences will not be gr￭ amm￭ atical in very severe forms of expres￭ sive ap￭ ha￭ sia a person may only speak using single word ut￭ ter￭ ances it is one sub￭ set of a larger family of disorders known collectively as ap￭ ha￭ sia expres￭ sive ap￭ ha￭ sia differs from dys￭ ar￭ thri￭ a which is ty￭ pi￭ fied by a patient s inability to properly move the muscles of the tongue and mouth to produce speech expres￭ sive ap￭ ha￭ sia also differs from ap￭ ra￭ x￭ ia of speech which is a motor disorder characterized by an inability to create and sequence motor plans for speech comprehension is typically only mildly to moderately impaired in expres￭ sive ap￭ ha￭ sia due to difficulty understanding complex gr￭ ammar this contrasts with receptive ap￭ ha￭ sia which is distinguished by a patient s inability to comprehend language or speak with appropriately meaningful words expres￭ sive ap￭ ha￭ sia is also known as bro￭ ca s ap￭ ha￭ sia in clinical neuro￭ psychology and ag￭ ram￭ matic ap￭ ha￭ sia in cognitive neuro￭ psychology and is caused by acquired damage to the an￭ terior regions of the brain including but not limited to the left poster￭ ior inferior frontal gy￭ rus or inferior frontal oper￭ cul￭ um also described as bro￭ ca s area bro￭ d￭ mann area 44 and bro￭ d￭ mann area 45 expres￭ sive ap￭ ha￭ sia is also a symptom of some migr￭ aine attacks
expres￭ sive language disorder is a communication disorder in which there are difficulties with verbal and written expression it is a specific language impairment characterized by an ability to use expres￭ sive spoken language that is markedly below the appropriate level for the mental age but with a language comprehension that is within normal limits there can be problems with vocabulary producing complex sentences and remembering words and there may or may not be ab￭ norm￭ alities in artic￭ ulation as well as present speech production very often someone will have difficulty remembering things this memory problem is only disturbing for speech non verbal or non lingu￭ is￭ tically based memory will be un￭ impaired an example of a child with expres￭ sive language disorder can be seen here expres￭ sive language disorder affects work and schooling in many ways it is usually treated by specific speech therapy and usually cannot be expected to go away on its own expres￭ sive language disorder can be further classified into two groups developmental expres￭ sive language disorder and acquired expres￭ sive language disorder developmental expres￭ sive language disorder currently has no known cause is first observed when a child is learning to talk is more common in boys than girls and is much more common than the acquired form of the disorder acquired expres￭ sive language disorder is caused by specific damage to the brain by a stroke traumatic brain injury or seizures care must be taken to distinguish expres￭ sive language disorder from other communication disorders sensory motor disturbances intellectual disability and or environmental deprivation see dsm iv tr criterion d these factors affect a person s speech and writing to certain predictable ext￭ ents and with certain differences careful diagnosis is also important because atypical language development can be a secondary characteristic of other physical and developmental problems that may first manifest as language problems
extended female sexuality is where the female of a species mates when in￭ fertile in most species the female only engages in co￭ pul￭ ation when she is fertile however extended sexuality has been documented in old world pri￭ mates pair bon￭ ded birds and some insects such as carri￭ on be￭ et￭ les extended sexuality is most prominent in human females who exhibit no change in co￭ pul￭ ation rate across the o￭ vari￭ an cycle although this behaviour incur￭ s costs to females such as energy and time many researchers have proposed reasons for its existence these hypo￭ theses include the male assistance hypothesis which proposes that females gain non genetic benefits such as food and shelter in exchange for sexual access a sub hypothesis of this is hr￭ dy s proposing extended female sexuality as an adap￭ tive process aiming to creating paternity confusion in males alternative hypo￭ theses classified as male driven claim that extended female sexuality occurs due to male adaptations resulting from an inability to detect fertility status in females or to dampen immune responses against sperm finally sp￭ u￭ hler s hypothesis suggests that the behaviour may have arisen as an incidental effect of larger adren￭ al g￭ lands in humans
external bacterial infection is a condition found in fish
external compression headache is caused by any type of head￭ wear this includes head￭ wear that places pressure on the head — including tight hats helmets head￭ bands head￭ phones and go￭ ggles it is not known why some people are more sensitive than others to this type of pressure external compression headaches can affect anyone who uses head￭ wear the headaches are more common among people who have migr￭ ain￭ es it is believed to affect about four percent of the population it is also referred to as swim go￭ ggle headache these headaches can be brought on by such inno￭ cu￭ ous sources as wearing a hal￭ ter top presses against the neck ear￭ plu￭ gs presses against the jaw and inner ear or wearing even a tiny hair cli￭ p com￭ presses the scal￭ p there is no known preventative treatment except to avoid the offending trigger however once symptoms arise and the trigger is removed tri￭ pt￭ an type migr￭ aine treatment is effective
the external debt is the amount of debt a country owes to foreign or international creditors the debtors can be the government corporations or citizens of that country the estimated philippines foreign debt under the aqu￭ ino administration in early 2016 was 70 us 70 billion external debt was a￭ pro￭ x 70 billion in early 2016 the public debt is the total amount of debt a central government or country owes it is also known as national debt the debtors can be the government corporations or citizens of that country the estimated philippines public debt under the aqu￭ ino administration in 2016 was 163 9￭ 34 9￭ 72 6￭ 78 public debt was 163 9￭ 34 9￭ 72 6￭ 78 in early 2016 public debt per person 1 515 28 population 109 805 464 public debt as gdp 45 8 total annual debt change 8 4
external inhi￭ bi￭ tion is the observed decrease of the response of a conditioned reaction when an external dis￭ tracting stimulus that was not part of the original conditioned response set is introduced this effect was first observed in pav￭ lov ’ s classical conditioning studies where the dogs would sali￭ v￭ ate less conditioned response when presented with the sound of the tuning fork conditioned stimulus in the dis￭ tracting context of a passing truck external stimulus external inhi￭ bi￭ tion is important for its main principle in classical conditioning where a conditioned response may decrease in magnitude after the external stimulus is introduced this is especially advantageous for when trying to dis￭ associate conditioned stimulus and responses a practical example is where students who become anxious conditioned response upon standing in front of the class to give a presentation conditioned stimulus may feel less anxiety if their friends were sitting in front of the student presenting external stimulus the positive association of speaking to friends may distract the student from associating speaking to the entire class with anxiety
extern￭ alizing disorders are mental disorders characterized by extern￭ alizing behaviors mal￭ adap￭ tive behaviors directed toward an individual s environment which cause impairment or interference in life functioning in contrast to individuals with intern￭ alizing disorders who intern￭ alize keep inside their mal￭ adap￭ tive emotions and cogn￭ itions such feelings and thoughts are extern￭ alized manifested outside in behavior in individuals with extern￭ alizing disorders extern￭ alizing disorders are often specifically referred to as disruptive behavior disorders attention deficit hyper￭ activity disorder op￭ posi￭ tional defi￭ ant disorder and conduct disorder or conduct problems which occur in childhood extern￭ alizing disorders however are also manifested in adul￭ thood for example alcohol and substance related disorders and anti￭ social personality disorder are adult extern￭ alizing disorders extern￭ alizing psychop￭ ath￭ ology is associated with anti￭ social behavior which is different from and often confused for as￭ o￭ ci￭ ality
extinction is a neuro￭ logical disorder that imp￭ airs the ability to perceive multiple stimul￭ i of the same type simultaneously extinction is usually caused by damage resulting in le￭ sions on one side of the brain those who are affected by extinction have a lack of awareness in the contr￭ ale￭ sional side of space towards the left side space following a right le￭ sion and a loss of exploratory search and other actions normally directed toward that side
the extinction cross is an optical phenomenon that is seen when trying to extingu￭ ish a laser beam or non plan￭ ar white light using crossed pol￭ ari￭ zers ideally crossed 90 ° rot￭ ated pol￭ ari￭ zers block all light since light which is pol￭ arized along the polarization axis of the first pol￭ ari￭ zer is per￭ pend￭ icular to the polarization axis of the second when the beam is not perfectly col￭ lim￭ ated however a characteristic fr￭ inging pattern is produced
an extinction event also known as a mass extinction or bio￭ tic crisis is a widespread and rapid decrease in the biodiversity on earth such an event is identified by a sharp change in the diversity and abundance of mul￭ tic￭ ell￭ ular organisms it occurs when the rate of extinction increases with respect to the rate of speci￭ ation because the majority of diversity and biomass on earth is micro￭ bial and thus difficult to measure recorded extinction events affect the easily observed bio￭ logically complex component of the bio￭ sphere rather than the total diversity and abundance of life extinction occurs at an uneven rate based on the fossil record the background rate of extinc￭ tions on earth is about two to five tax￭ on￭ om￭ ic families of marine animals every million years marine fossi￭ ls are mostly used to measure extinction rates because of their superior fossil record and str￭ ati￭ graphic range compared to land organisms the great oxy￭ gen￭ ation event was probably the first major extinction event since the cam￭ brian explosion five further major mass extinc￭ tions have significantly exceeded the background extinction rate the most recent and deb￭ at￭ ably best known the cre￭ tac￭ eous – pal￭ e￭ o￭ gene extinction event which occurred approximately 66 million years ago ma was a large scale mass extinction of animal and plant species in a geo￭ logically short period of time in addition to the five major mass extinc￭ tions there are numerous minor ones as well and the ongoing mass extinction caused by human activity is sometimes called the sixth extinction mass extinc￭ tions seem to be a mainly phan￭ ero￭ zo￭ ic phenomenon with extinction rates low before large complex organisms arose estimates of the number of major mass extinc￭ tions in the last 540 million years range from as few as five to more than twenty these differences stem from the threshold chosen for describing an extinction event as major and the data chosen to measure past diversity
an ex￭ trac￭ ap￭ s￭ ular frac￭ ture is a bone frac￭ ture near a joint but still located outside the joint cap￭ su￭ le examples of ex￭ trac￭ ap￭ s￭ ular fractu￭ res are inter￭ tro￭ chan￭ ter￭ ic and sub￭ tro￭ chan￭ ter￭ ic hip fractu￭ res
extr￭ am￭ am￭ mary pag￭ et ’ s disease emp￭ d also extr￭ am￭ am￭ mary pag￭ et disease is a rare slow growing usually non￭ invasive intra￭ epi￭ the￭ li￭ al in the skin aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma outside the mam￭ mary g￭ land and includes pag￭ et s disease of the vul￭ va and the extremely rare pag￭ et s disease of the penis
ex￭ tran￭ od￭ al nk t cell lymp￭ homa nas￭ al type which was known as an￭ gi￭ oc￭ entr￭ ic lymp￭ homa in the real classification and also as nas￭ al type nk lymp￭ homa nk t cell lymp￭ homa and poly￭ morph￭ ic m￭ align￭ ant mid￭ line re￭ ticul￭ osis is a cu￭ taneous condition which in korea is reported to be the most common form of cu￭ taneous lymp￭ homa after my￭ co￭ sis fun￭ go￭ ides ex￭ tran￭ od￭ al nk t cell lymp￭ homa is a type of lymp￭ homa it is called ex￭ tran￭ od￭ al to emphasize that the location is typically not in the lymp￭ h no￭ de and is sometimes further qualified as nas￭ al type the nas￭ al cav￭ ity nas￭ op￭ har￭ yn￭ x and upper aero￭ dig￭ estive tract are often involved although ex￭ tran￭ as￭ al presentations do occur skin gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract eye testi￭ s lung soft tissue there is a strong association with ep￭ stein – bar￭ r virus the nc￭ cn guidelines recommend either high dose radi￭ otherapy alone for stage i without high risk features or con￭ current chem￭ or￭ adi￭ otherapy for stage i and ii with either of two regim￭ ens l asparag￭ in￭ ase containing regim￭ ens have been used in advanced stage disease
extraordinary magne￭ to￭ resistance em￭ r is a geome￭ tr￭ ical magne￭ to￭ resistance effect discovered in 2000 where the change in electrical resistance upon the application of a large magnetic field can be greater than 1 000 000 at room temperature orders of magnitude greater than other magne￭ to￭ resistance effects such as g￭ mr and cmr the effect occurs in semiconductor metal hybrid systems when a trans￭ verse magnetic field is applied without a magnetic field the system is in a low resistance state with most of the current flow directed through the metallic region upon the application of a large magnetic field the system switches to a state of much higher electrical resistance due to the hall angle approaching 90 ° with the current flow inside the metallic region dramatically reduced the effect is influenced greatly by the system geometry with an enhancement of over four orders of magnitude shown to be possible with an alternative bran￭ ched geometry since the em￭ r effect occurs at room temperature and does not rely on magnetic materials it has many possible benefits for applications including in the read heads of future hard disk drives
extraordinary optical transmission e￭ ot is the phenomenon of greatly enhanced transmission of light through a sub￭ wa￭ vel￭ eng￭ th aper￭ ture in an otherwise opaque metallic film which has been patter￭ ned with a regularly repeating periodic structure generally when light of a certain wa￭ vel￭ eng￭ th falls on a sub￭ wa￭ vel￭ eng￭ th aper￭ ture it is diff￭ rac￭ ted iso￭ tro￭ p￭ ically in all directions evenly with minimal far field transmission this is the understanding from classical aper￭ ture theory as described by be￭ the in e￭ ot however the regularly repeating structure enables much higher transmission efficiency to occur up to several orders of magnitude greater than that predicted by classical aper￭ ture theory it was first described in 1998 this phenomenon that was fully analyzed with a micro￭ scopic scat￭ tering model is partly attributed to the presence of surface plas￭ mon reson￭ ances and constructive interference a surface plas￭ mon sp is a collective exc￭ itation of the electron￭ s at the junction between a conductor and an insul￭ ator and is one of a series of interactions between light and a metal surface called plas￭ mon￭ ics currently there is experimental evidence of e￭ ot out of the optical range analytical approaches also predict e￭ ot on per￭ for￭ ated plates with a perfect conductor model holes can somewhat emulate plas￭ mons at other regions of the electromagnetic spectrum where they do not exist then the plas￭ mon￭ ic contribution is a very particular peculi￭ arity of the e￭ ot resonance and should not be taken as the main contribution to the phenomenon more recent work has shown a strong contribution from overlapping ev￭ an￭ es￭ cent wave coupling which explains why surface plas￭ mon resonance enhances the e￭ ot effect on both sides of a metallic film at optical frequencies but accounts for the ter￭ a￭ her￭ tz range transmission simple analytical explanations of this phenomenon have been elaborated emphasizing the similarity between arr￭ ays of particles and arr￭ ays of holes and establishing that the phenomenon is dominated by diff￭ r￭ action
between the inner surface of the general layer of the fas￭ cia which lines the interior of the ab￭ domin￭ al and pel￭ vic ca￭ vities and the per￭ it￭ on￭ eu￭ m there is a considerable amount of connec￭ tive tissue termed the extr￭ ap￭ erit￭ one￭ al fat or sub￭ per￭ it￭ one￭ al connec￭ tive tissue
extr￭ ap￭ ul￭ mon￭ ary restriction is a type of restrictive lung disease indicated by decreased al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar ventilation with accompanying hyper￭ cap￭ nia it is characterized as an inhi￭ bi￭ tion to the drive to breathe or an ineffective restoration of the drive to breathe extr￭ ap￭ ul￭ mon￭ ary restriction can be caused by central and peripheral nervous system dys￭ functions over se￭ dation or trauma such as a broken ri￭ b
extr￭ ap￭ y￭ ram￭ idal symptoms eps also known as extr￭ ap￭ y￭ ram￭ idal side effects ep￭ se are drug induced movement disorders that include acute and tar￭ dive symptoms these symptoms include dy￭ st￭ onia continuous sp￭ as￭ ms and muscle contr￭ actions ak￭ ath￭ is￭ ia motor rest￭ lessness par￭ k￭ ins￭ on￭ ism characteristic symptoms such as rigidity brad￭ y￭ k￭ ine￭ sia slowness of movement and trem￭ or and tar￭ dive dy￭ sk￭ ine￭ sia irregular jer￭ ky movements anti￭ psycho￭ tics are often discontinued due to ine￭ ffic￭ acy and intolerable side effects such as extr￭ ap￭ y￭ ram￭ idal symptoms since it is difficult to measure extr￭ ap￭ y￭ ram￭ idal symptoms rating scales are commonly used to assess the severity of movement disorders the simpson ang￭ us scale sas bar￭ nes ak￭ ath￭ is￭ ia rating scale bars abnormal involuntary movement scale aims and extr￭ ap￭ y￭ ram￭ idal symptom rating scale es￭ rs are rating scales frequently used for such assessment and are not weighted for diagnostic purposes
extr￭ as￭ kel￭ etal ch￭ on￭ dro￭ ma also known as ch￭ on￭ dro￭ ma of soft parts is a cu￭ taneous condition a rare benign tumor of mature car￭ til￭ age
extraterritorial income exclusion under the u s internal revenue code is the amount excluded from a taxpayer s gross income for certain transactions that generate foreign trading gross receipts in general foreign trading gross receipts include gross receipts from the sale exchange lease rental or other disposition of qualifying foreign trade property foreign trading gross receipts also include receipts from certain services provided in connection with such property as well as engineering and architectural services for construction projects outside the united states extraterritorial income is the gross income of the taxpayer attributable to foreign trading gross receipts the taxpayer reports all of its extraterritorial income on its tax return the taxpayer uses form 88￭ 73 to calculate its exclusion from income that is qualifying foreign trade income
extraterritorial jurisdiction et￭ j is the legal ability of a government to exercise authority beyond its normal boundaries any authority can claim et￭ j over any external territory they wish however for the claim to be effective in the external territory except by the exercise of force it must be agreed either with the legal authority in the external territory or with a legal authority which covers both territories when unqualified et￭ j usually refers to such an agreed jurisdiction or it will be called something like claimed et￭ j the phrase may also refer to a country s laws extending beyond its boundaries in the sense that they may authorise the courts of that country to enforce their jurisdiction against parties appearing before them in respect of things that they did outside that country this does not depend on the co operation of other countries since the affected people are within the relevant country or their case is being heard by a court of that country for example many countries have laws which give their criminal courts jurisdiction to try prosecutions for piracy or terrorism committed outside their national boundaries sometimes such laws only apply to nationals of that country and sometimes they may apply to anyone
extr￭ atro￭ pical cycl￭ ones sometimes called mid latitude cycl￭ ones or wave cycl￭ ones are low pressure areas which along with the antic￭ ycl￭ ones of high pressure areas drive the weather over much of the earth extr￭ atro￭ pical cycl￭ ones are capable of producing anything from clou￭ din￭ ess and mild sho￭ wers to heavy gal￭ es thunder￭ storms bli￭ zz￭ ards and tor￭ nad￭ oes these types of cycl￭ ones are defined as large scale sy￭ no￭ ptic low pressure weather systems that occur in the middle lati￭ tudes of the earth in contrast with tropical cycl￭ ones they produce rapid changes in temperature and de￭ w point along broad lines about the center of the cyclone called weather fronts
extr￭ av￭ as￭ ation is the leakage of intra￭ ven￭ ously iv inf￭ used potentially damaging medications into the extr￭ av￭ ascular tissue around the site of in￭ fusion the leakage can occur through brit￭ tle ve￭ ins in the elderly through previous ven￭ ip￭ unc￭ ture access or through direct leakage from wrongly positioned ven￭ ous access devices when the leakage is not of harmful consequence it is known as infiltr￭ ation extr￭ av￭ as￭ ation of medication during intra￭ ven￭ ous therapy is an adverse event related to therapy that depending on the medication amount of exposure and location can potentially cause serious injury and permanent harm such as tissue necro￭ sis mil￭ der consequences of extr￭ av￭ as￭ ation include irritation characterized by symptoms of pain and infl￭ amm￭ ation with the clinical signs of warmth er￭ y￭ them￭ a or tender￭ ness
according to br￭ att￭ on and kac￭ mar s article the dark side of impression management extreme care￭ er￭ ism is the propensity to pursue career advancement power and prestige through any positive or negative non performance based activity that is deemed necessary these non performance based activities are activities in which an employee can easily manipulate the people whom he is trying to impress extreme care￭ er￭ ism has become increasingly common in the business and organisational world in the 1990 s and 2000 s in the united states seventeen additional work￭ days have been added to the calendar since 1994
ex￭ ud￭ ative hy￭ pon￭ y￭ ch￭ ial der￭ mati￭ tis is a nail toxicity common during chem￭ otherapy for breast cancer especially if do￭ ce￭ tax￭ el is the chem￭ other￭ apeu￭ tic regim￭ en
eye ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms can affect all parts of the eye and can be a benign tumor or a m￭ align￭ ant tumor cancer eye cancers can be primary starts within the eye or me￭ ta￭ static cancer spread to the eye from another organ the two most common cancers that spread to the eye from another organ are breast cancer and lung cancer other less common sites of origin include the pro￭ state kidney thyro￭ id skin col￭ on and blood or bone marrow
eye strain also known as asth￭ en￭ op￭ ia is an eye condition that manifests itself through non￭ specific symptoms such as fatigue pain in or around the eyes blurred vision headache and occasional double vision symptoms often occur after reading computer work or other close activities that involve tedious visual tasks when concentrating on a vis￭ ually intense task such as continuously focusing on a book or computer monitor the ci￭ li￭ ary muscle ti￭ ghtens this can cause the eyes to get irritated and uncomfortable giving the eyes a chance to focus on a distant object at least once an hour usually allevi￭ ates the problem a cr￭ t computer monitor with a low ref￭ resh rate 70 h￭ z or a cr￭ t television can cause similar problems because the image has a visible f￭ lic￭ ker aging cr￭ ts also often go slightly out of focus and this can cause eye strain l￭ cds do not go out of focus but are also susceptible to f￭ lic￭ ker if the back￭ light for the l￭ cd uses p￭ w￭ m for dim￭ ming this causes the back￭ light to turn on and off for shorter intervals as the display becomes dim￭ mer creating noticeable f￭ lic￭ kering which causes eye fatigue a page or photograph with the same image twice slightly displaced from a printing mis￭ ha￭ p or a camera moving during the shot as in this image can cause eye strain by the brain mis￭ interpreting the image fault as di￭ pl￭ op￭ ia and trying in vain to adjust the side￭ ways movements of the two eye￭ balls to fuse the two images into one the word is from greek as￭ then op￭ ia ασ￭ θ￭ εν ω￭ π￭ ία
eye￭ lid der￭ mati￭ tis is commonly related to at￭ op￭ ic der￭ mati￭ tis or allergic contact der￭ mati￭ tis volatile substances to￭ sy￭ lam￭ ide epo￭ xy har￭ den￭ ers insect spr￭ ays and lemon peel oil may be implicated with many cases of eye￭ lid contact der￭ mati￭ tis being caused by substances transferred by the hands to the eye￭ li￭ ds
ey￭ es￭ pot is an important fun￭ gal disease of wheat caused by the necro￭ troph￭ ic fun￭ gus ta￭ pe￭ sia y￭ all￭ und￭ ae syn pseu￭ do￭ cer￭ co￭ spo￭ rella her￭ po￭ tric￭ ho￭ ides w type an￭ amor￭ ph o￭ cu￭ lim￭ ac￭ ula y￭ all￭ und￭ ae and ta￭ pe￭ sia acu￭ form￭ is syn pseu￭ do￭ cer￭ co￭ spo￭ rella her￭ po￭ tric￭ ho￭ ides r type an￭ amor￭ ph o￭ cu￭ lim￭ ac￭ ula acu￭ form￭ is it is also called straw￭ breaker ey￭ es￭ pot is more severe where wheat is grown continuously and when the weather is cool and mo￭ ist treating crops against ey￭ es￭ pot with fun￭ g￭ icide costs millions to farmers and is complicated by the pathogen becoming resistant to the more commonly used fun￭ g￭ ic￭ ides severe cases of the disease can reduce yield by up to 40 it is most common in temper￭ ate regions such as north and south america europe australia new zealand and africa
in anatomy an e￭ yest￭ al￭ k sometimes spelled as eye stal￭ k or known as an om￭ mat￭ op￭ hor￭ e is a pro￭ tru￭ sion that extends the eye away from the body giving the eye a better field of vision it is a common feature in nature and frequently appears in fiction
ey￭ pe mouth is a natural break in a line of sea cli￭ ffs on the jur￭ ass￭ ic coast world heritage site in west dor￭ set on the south coast of england the small river ey￭ pe dra￭ ins into the sea at this point ey￭ pe means a steep place in old english the village of ey￭ pe divided into the settlements lower and higher ey￭ pe lies just upstream of the river￭ mouth which is reached by a single narrow lane which runs down through lower ey￭ pe to a sh￭ ing￭ le beach with car park the coast to the west of the river￭ mouth is a noted site for rare be￭ et￭ les two species found here are unknown elsewhere in britain sp￭ ha￭ eri￭ us ac￭ ar￭ o￭ ides lives in mud and at plant roots at the edge of standing freshwater pools on the site this species is particularly noteworthy in that it is the only british representative of the sub￭ order my￭ x￭ op￭ ha￭ ga the we￭ evil sit￭ ona gem￭ ell￭ atus occurs on the site being found at the roots of le￭ gu￭ minous plants although this species has been recorded in similar habitat at sid￭ mouth dev￭ on it has not been recorded from there recently other rare be￭ et￭ les found at this site include the tiger bee￭ tle cic￭ in￭ del￭ a ger￭ man￭ ica the ground bee￭ tle dr￭ y￭ pta d￭ ent￭ ata and the we￭ evil bar￭ is anal￭ is
faces syndrome is a syndrome of unique facial features an￭ ore￭ x￭ ia c￭ ach￭ ex￭ ia eye and skin anomalies
f￭ g syndrome f￭ gs also known as op￭ itz – ka￭ ve￭ g￭ gia syndrome is a rare genetic syndrome caused by one or more rec￭ essive genes located on the x chro￭ mo￭ some and causing physical anomalies and developmental delays first reported by op￭ itz and ka￭ ve￭ g￭ gia in 1974 its major clinical features include intellectual disability hyper￭ activity hy￭ pot￭ onia low muscle tone and a characteristic facial appearance including macro￭ cephal￭ y an abnormally large head
the fab￭ ella sign is displacement of the fab￭ ella that is seen in cases of sy￭ no￭ vi￭ al eff￭ usion and po￭ pl￭ ite￭ al fo￭ ssa masses the fab￭ ella is a ses￭ am￭ o￭ id bone located inside the gastro￭ cn￭ emi￭ us lateral head tend￭ on on the poster￭ ior side of the knee in about 25 of people it can thus serve as a sur￭ rogate radio opaque marker of the poster￭ ior border of the knee s sy￭ no￭ vi￭ um on a lateral radio￭ graph of the knee an increase in the distance from the fab￭ ella to the fem￭ ur or to the ti￭ bia can be sugges￭ tive of fluid or of a mass within the sy￭ no￭ vi￭ al fo￭ ssa this is of particular use in radio￭ graphic detection of knee eff￭ u￭ sions as the cause for the eff￭ usion may obscure the sub￭ cu￭ taneous planes on x ray that can also be used to determine presence of eff￭ usion or eff￭ usion size
fab￭ ry disease ˈ￭ f￭ ɑ￭ ː￭ br￭ i also known as fab￭ ry s disease anderson fab￭ ry disease an￭ gi￭ ok￭ er￭ atom￭ a corpor￭ is diff￭ usu￭ m and alpha galac￭ to￭ sid￭ ase a deficiency is a rare genetic ly￭ so￭ som￭ al storage disease inherited in an x linked manner fab￭ ry disease can cause a wide range of systemic symptoms it is a form of sp￭ hin￭ go￭ li￭ pi￭ do￭ sis as it involves dysfunctional metabol￭ ism of sp￭ hin￭ go￭ li￭ pi￭ ds the disease is named after one of its discover￭ ers johann￭ es fab￭ ry june 1 18￭ 60 – june 29 1930
the fac￭ ade pattern or faç￭ ade pattern is a software design pattern commonly used with object oriented programming the name is by analogy to an architectural fac￭ ade a fac￭ ade is an object that provides a simplified interface to a larger body of code such as a class library a fac￭ ade can make a software library easier to use understand and test since the fac￭ ade has convenient methods for common tasks make the library more readable for the same reason reduce depend￭ encies of outside code on the inner workings of a library since most code uses the fac￭ ade thus allowing more flexibility in developing the system wrap a poorly designed collection of ap￭ is with a single well designed api the fac￭ ade design pattern is often used when a system is very complex or difficult to understand because the system has a large number of interdependent classes or its source code is unavailable this pattern hides the complexities of the larger system and provides a simpler interface to the client it typically involves a single wrap￭ per class which contains a set of members required by client these members access the system on behalf of the fac￭ ade client and hide the implementation details
face validity is the extent to which a test is subjec￭ tively viewed as covering the concept it pur￭ ports to measure it refers to the transparency or relevance of a test as it appears to test participants in other words a test can be said to have face validity if it looks like it is going to measure what it is supposed to measure for instance if a test is prepared to measure whether students can perform multiplication and the people to whom it is shown all agree that it looks like a good test of multiplication ability this demonstrates face validity of the test face validity is often contr￭ asted with content validity and construct validity some people use the term face validity to refer only to the validity of a test to observers who are not expert in testing methodologies for instance if a test is designed to measure whether children are good sp￭ ell￭ ers and parents are asked whether the test is a good test this measures the face validity of the test if an expert is asked instead some people would argue that this does not measure face validity this distinction seems too careful for most applications generally face validity means that the test looks like it will work as opposed to has been shown to work
fac￭ et cyst or post￭ operative sy￭ no￭ vi￭ al fac￭ et cy￭ sts is the cyst of lum￭ bar intr￭ asp￭ inal sy￭ no￭ vi￭ al joint and gang￭ lion the cause of fac￭ et cy￭ sts is not well known
fac￭ et joint ar￭ thro￭ sis is an inter￭ vertebr￭ al dis￭ c disorder the fac￭ et joints or zy￭ ga￭ po￭ phy￭ seal joints are sy￭ no￭ vi￭ al car￭ til￭ age covered joints that limit the movement of the sp￭ ine and preserve seg￭ mental stability in the event of hyper￭ tro￭ phy of the verte￭ bra￭ e painful ar￭ thro￭ sis can occur the lum￭ bar fac￭ et ar￭ thro￭ sis syndrome was described in a 1987 article by s m eisen￭ stein and c r par￭ ry of wit￭ water￭ sr￭ and university
fac￭ et syndrome is a syndrome in which the fac￭ et joints sy￭ no￭ vi￭ al di￭ ar￭ thro￭ ses from c 2 to s 1 cause back pain
facial ecz￭ ema fe is a disease that mainly affects ruminants such as cattle sheep deer goats and south american c￭ ame￭ li￭ ds alp￭ aca ll￭ am￭ as it is caused by the fun￭ gus pi￭ thom￭ y￭ ces char￭ tar￭ um that under favorable conditions can rapidly disseminate in past￭ ures the fun￭ gus requires warm hum￭ id weather with night time temperatures of over 13 ° c 55 ° f for several days and litter at the bottom of the s￭ ward pi￭ thom￭ y￭ ces char￭ tar￭ um occurs worldwide but is a problem predominantly where farm animals are intensively graz￭ ed especially in new zealand the spo￭ res of the fun￭ gus release the my￭ co￭ toxin spor￭ id￭ es￭ min in the gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract causing a block￭ age in the bile duc￭ ts that leads to injury of the liver bile chlor￭ op￭ hy￭ ll and other waste products consequently build up in the blood￭ stream causing photo sensitivity of the skin especially that exposed to direct sunlight this in turn causes severe skin irritation that the animal attempts to relieve by rub￭ bing its head against available objects resulting in pe￭ eling of the skin the large family of fun￭ gi that produce my￭ co￭ toxins of which spor￭ id￭ es￭ min is one live mainly on r￭ ye￭ gr￭ asses and can cause significant problems in grazing animals spor￭ id￭ es￭ min can lower an animals immunity and affect total production in farm animals and when taken in larger quantities can result in death the clinical symptoms of fe are distressing rest￭ lessness frequent ur￭ ination shaking persistent rub￭ bing of the head against objects e g fences trees etc dro￭ oping and red￭ dened ears sw￭ oll￭ en eyes and avoidance of sunlight by seeking shade exposed areas of skin develop we￭ eping der￭ mati￭ tis and s￭ cab￭ s that can become infected and attractive to blow fly causing my￭ i￭ asis
facial nerve paralysis is a common problem that involves the paralysis of any structures in￭ nerv￭ ated by the facial nerve the path￭ way of the facial nerve is long and relatively con￭ volu￭ ted and so there are a number of causes that may result in facial nerve paralysis the most common is bell s pal￭ sy an idi￭ opathic disease that may only be diagnosed by exclusion
facial trauma also called max￭ il￭ lo￭ facial trauma is any physical trauma to the face facial trauma can involve soft tissue injuries such as burns lac￭ er￭ ations and bru￭ ises or fractu￭ res of the facial bones such as nas￭ al fractu￭ res and fractu￭ res of the jaw as well as trauma such as eye injuries symptoms are specific to the type of injury for example fractu￭ res may involve pain sw￭ elling loss of function or changes in the shape of facial structures facial injuries have the potential to cause dis￭ figu￭ rement and loss of function for example blindness or difficulty moving the jaw can result although it is seldom life threatening facial trauma can also be deadly because it can cause severe bleeding or interference with the air￭ way thus a primary concern in treatment is ensuring that the air￭ way is open and not threatened so that the patient can breathe depending on the type of facial injury treatment may include band￭ aging and su￭ turing of open wounds administration of ice antibiotics and pain killers moving bones back into place and surgery when fractu￭ res are suspected radio￭ graphy is used for diagnosis treatment may also be necessary for other injuries such as traumatic brain injury which commonly accompany severe facial trauma in developed countries the leading cause of facial trauma used to be motor vehicle accidents but this mechanism has been replaced by inter￭ personal violence however auto accidents still pre￭ dominate as the cause in developing countries and are still a major cause elsewhere thus prevention efforts include awareness campaigns to educate the public about safety measures such as seat belts and motorcycle helmets and laws to prevent drunk and unsafe driving other causes of facial trauma include falls industrial accidents and sports injuries
facility management or facilities management or f￭ m is a management discipline concerned with the integration of processes within an organization to maintain and develop agreed services which support and improve the effectiveness of its primary activities
fac￭ i￭ os￭ cap￭ ul￭ o￭ hum￭ eral muscular dy￭ stro￭ phy f￭ sh￭ md f￭ sh￭ d or f￭ sh — originally named lan￭ dou￭ zy de￭ jer￭ ine — is a usually auto￭ som￭ al dominant inherited form of muscular dy￭ stro￭ phy md that initially affects the sk￭ el￭ etal muscles of the face fac￭ io s￭ cap￭ ula s￭ cap￭ ul￭ o and upper arms hum￭ eral f￭ sh￭ d is the third most common genetic disease of sk￭ el￭ etal muscle orph￭ a net lists the prevalence as 4 100 000 while a 2014 population based study in the netherlands reported a significantly higher prevalence of 12 in 100 000 symptoms may develop in early childhood and are usually noticeable in the teenage years with 95 of affected individuals manifest￭ ing disease by age 20 years a progressive sk￭ el￭ etal muscle weakness usually develops in other areas of the body as well often the weakness is asymmetrical life expectancy can be threatened by respiratory in￭ sufficiency and up to 20 of affected individuals become severely disabled requiring use of a wheel chair or mobility scoo￭ ter in a dutch study approximately 1 of patients required no￭ c￭ tur￭ nal or di￭ ur￭ nal venti￭ lat￭ ory support non muscular symptoms frequently associated with f￭ sh￭ d include sub￭ clinical sens￭ or￭ in￭ eur￭ al hearing loss and re￭ tin￭ al tel￭ an￭ gi￭ ec￭ ta￭ sia in more than 95 of known cases the disease is associated with contraction of the d 4 z 4 repeat in the 4 q 35 sub￭ tel￭ om￭ eric region of chro￭ mo￭ some 4 sem￭ inal research published in august 2010 now shows the disease requires a second mechanism which for the first time provides for its underlying genetics the second mechanism is a toxic gain of function of the du￭ x 4 gene which is the first time in genetic research that a dead gene has been found to wake up and cause disease building on the 2010 unified theory of f￭ sh￭ d researchers in 2014 published the first proposed path￭ op￭ hy￭ si￭ ology definition of the disease and four viable therapeutic targets for possible intervention points
fac￭ ti￭ tial lymp￭ he￭ dem￭ a also known as hysterical e￭ dem￭ a is a skin condition produced by wrapping an elastic band￭ age cord or shirt around an extre￭ mity and or holding the extre￭ mity in a dependent and im￭ mobile state
fac￭ ti￭ tious der￭ mati￭ tis also known as der￭ mati￭ tis ar￭ te￭ fac￭ ta is a form of fac￭ ti￭ tious disorder in which patients will intentionally fe￭ i￭ gn symptoms and produce signs of disease in an attempt to assume the patient role it is also self inflicted skin damage most commonly from prolonged deliberate scrat￭ ching but sometimes by means of sharp instruments or another agency
fac￭ ti￭ tious diarr￭ hea is a condition in which a person deliberately produces diarr￭ hea most commonly by surrepti￭ tious lax￭ ative abuse these people tend to have persistent and un￭ explained wat￭ ery diarr￭ hea that is high in volume and frequency and despite extensive evaluation the cause may remain unknown many cases may mim￭ ic infl￭ am￭ matory bo￭ wel disease or mal￭ absorption syndro￭ mes bo￭ wel movements are generally about 10 to 20 a day and may be especially associated with no￭ c￭ tur￭ nal movements fac￭ ti￭ tious diarr￭ hea is most often seen in men and sometimes women of high socioeconomic status and many are employed in the medical field mel￭ an￭ osis coli is a frequent find in long standing fac￭ ti￭ tious diarr￭ hea it demonstrates hyper￭ pi￭ gm￭ entation of the col￭ on with white lymp￭ h no￭ des showing through on colon￭ o￭ sco￭ py an alternative means of diagnosis is by detecting pig￭ ment in macro￭ p￭ ha￭ ges of the lam￭ ina propri￭ a
a fac￭ ti￭ tious disorder is a condition in which a person acts as if they have an illness by deliberately producing fe￭ ign￭ ing or exagger￭ ating symptoms fac￭ ti￭ tious disorder imposed on another is a condition in which a person deliberately produces fe￭ ign￭ s or exagger￭ ates the symptoms of someone in his or her care mün￭ cha￭ usen syndrome a severe form of fac￭ ti￭ tious disorder was the first kind identified and was for a period the umbrella term for all such disorders people with this condition may produce symptoms by contam￭ inating urine samples taking halluc￭ in￭ ogens injecting themselves with f￭ ec￭ al material to produce an abs￭ c￭ ess and other similar behaviour they might be motivated to perpetr￭ ate fac￭ ti￭ tious disorders either as a patient or by proxy as a ca￭ reg￭ i￭ ver to gain any variety of benefits including attention nurturing sympathy and leniency that are seen as not obtainable any other way in contrast som￭ atic symptom disorders though also diagnoses of exclusion are characterized by multiple som￭ atic complaints that are not produced intentionally
factor i deficiency also known as fi￭ br￭ ino￭ gen deficiency is a rare inherited bleeding disorder related to fi￭ br￭ ino￭ gen function in the blood co￭ ag￭ ulation cas￭ c￭ ade it is typically sub￭ classified into three distinct disorders a￭ fi￭ br￭ ino￭ gen￭ emia hypo￭ fi￭ br￭ ino￭ gen￭ emia or dys￭ fi￭ br￭ ino￭ gen￭ emia a￭ fi￭ br￭ ino￭ gen￭ emia is defined as a lack of fi￭ br￭ ino￭ gen in the blood clin￭ ically 20 mg dec￭ il￭ iter of plasma the frequency of this disorder is estimated at between 0 5 and 2 per million hypo￭ fi￭ br￭ ino￭ gen￭ emia is defined as a partial deficiency of fi￭ br￭ ino￭ gen clin￭ ically 20 – 80 mg dec￭ il￭ iter of plasma estimated frequency varies from 0 5 to 3 per million dys￭ fi￭ br￭ ino￭ gen￭ emia is defined as malfunctioning or non functioning fi￭ br￭ ino￭ gen in the blood albeit at normal concentrations 200 – 400 mg dec￭ il￭ iter of plasma hypo￭ dys￭ fi￭ br￭ ino￭ gen￭ emia is a partial deficiency of fi￭ br￭ ino￭ gen that is also malfunctioning estimated frequency varies from 1 to 3 per million within the united states a￭ fi￭ br￭ ino￭ gen￭ emia accounts for 24 of all inherited ab￭ norm￭ alities of fi￭ br￭ ino￭ gen while hypo￭ fi￭ br￭ ino￭ gen￭ emia and dys￭ fi￭ br￭ ino￭ gen￭ emia account for 38 each
factor v le￭ iden thro￭ m￭ b￭ ophi￭ lia is a genetic disorder of blood clo￭ tting factor v le￭ iden is a variant mut￭ ated form of human factor v one of several substances that helps blood clo￭ t that causes an increase in blood clo￭ tting hyper￭ co￭ ag￭ ul￭ ability with this mutation the anti￭ co￭ ag￭ ul￭ ant protein secre￭ ted that stops factor v from causing inappropriate clo￭ tting is inhi￭ bited leading to an increased tendency to form dangerous abnormal blood clo￭ ts factor v le￭ iden is the most common hereditary hyper￭ co￭ ag￭ ul￭ ability prone to clo￭ tting disorder amongst ethnic europeans it is named after the dutch city le￭ iden where it was first identified in 1994 by pr￭ of r ber￭ tina et al
factor xiii deficiency occurs exceedingly rarely causing a severe bleeding tendency the incidence is one in a million to one in five million people with higher incidence in areas with cons￭ an￭ guine￭ ous marriage such as iran that has the highest global incidence of the disorder most are due to mutations in the a sub￭ unit gene located on chro￭ mo￭ some 6 p 25 p 24 this mutation is inherited in an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive fashion deficiency of factor xiii leads to defective cross linking of fi￭ br￭ in and vulnerability to late re ble￭ eds when the primary h￭ emo￭ static plug is overwhelmed bleeding tendencies similar to hem￭ ophi￭ li￭ acs develop such as hem￭ ar￭ thro￭ ses and deep tissue bleeding as factor xiii is composed of two sub￭ unit protein a and b for which the genes are located on different chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es administration of re￭ combin￭ ant a sub￭ unit improves clo￭ t stability and is becoming a therapeutic option for patients with this condition
the aging of natural and artificial poly￭ mer￭ ic materials is a natural phenomenon in metals glass minerals and other in￭ organic materials the main environmental parameters influencing the degradation of poly￭ mer￭ ic materials is daylight combined with the effects of temperature moisture and oxygen these act as the main parameters of stress for outdoor wea￭ thering
in object oriented programming o￭ op a factory is an object for creating other objects – formally a factory is a function or method that returns objects of a varying prototype or class from some method call which is assumed to be new more broadly a sub￭ routine that returns a new object may be referred to as a factory as in factory method or factory function this is a basic concept in o￭ op and forms the basis for a number of related software design patterns
in class based programming the factory method pattern is a cre￭ ational pattern that uses factory methods to deal with the problem of creating objects without having to specify the exact class of the object that will be created this is done by creating objects by calling a factory method — either specified in an interface and implemented by child classes or implemented in a base class and op￭ tionally over￭ ridden by derived classes — rather than by calling a construc￭ tor
factory seconds also known as factory rejects or simply seconds are retail items which through minor fault of manufacture are sold to the public for a reduced rate rather than being discarded such goods are often res￭ old at this lower rate after failing the factory s quality inspection being returned to the manufacturer s factory by the original retailer or less frequently being returned to the retailer or wholesal￭ er by the customer the amount of damage or fault in the manufacture which may constitute an item being res￭ old as a second varies widely in clothing for example it may simply refer to a single pulled thread or mis se￭ wn se￭ am whereas in a set of items such as cro￭ ck￭ ery it may mean there is one piece missing from the set generally an item listed as a factory second will have failed quality inspection for cosmetic rather than functional reasons such items are often heavily discounted but may not have as all encompassing a warr￭ an￭ ty or guarantee as a full quality item for example the product may be non re￭ turn￭ able discount stores often rely on the sale of factory seconds as a major part of their trade
in audio engineering a fade is a gradual increase or decrease in the level of an audio signal the term can also be used for film cinemato￭ graphy or theatre lighting in much the same way see fade film￭ making and fade lighting a recorded song may be gradually reduced to silence at its end fade out or may gradually increase from silence at the beginning fade in fading out can serve as a recording solution for pieces of music that contain no obvious ending both f￭ ades and cross f￭ ades are very valuable since they allow the engineer to quickly and easily make sure that the beginning and the end of any audio region is smooth in order to not have any prominent g￭ lit￭ ches it is necessary that there is a clear section of silence prior to the audio fade ins and out can also be used to change the characteristics of a sound for example a fade in is used to soften the attack especially in voc￭ als where very plo￭ sive ‘ b ’ ‘ d ’ and ‘ p ’ sounds can occur it can also be used to soften up the attack of the drum and or per￭ cus￭ sion instruments a cross fade can be manipulated through its rates and coefficients in order to create different styles of fading almost every fade is different this means that the fade parameters must be adjusted according to the individual needs of the mix though relatively rare songs can fade out then fade back in some examples of this are hel￭ ter sk￭ el￭ ter and strawberry fields forever by the beat￭ les suspicious minds by el￭ vis pres￭ ley ram￭ bling on by pro￭ col har￭ um some girls are bigger than others by the smi￭ ths thank you by led z￭ ep￭ pel￭ in it s only money pt 2 by arg￭ ent and future by param￭ ore
in stage lighting a fade is a gradual increase or decrease of the intensity of light projected onto the stage the term fade in refers to gradually changing the lighting level from complete darkness to a predetermined lighting level a fade out also known as fade to black refers to gradually decreasing the intensity of light until none is shining on the stage a cross￭ fade is when lighting levels are gradually altered from one setting to another a fade in is sometimes called a build and where this terminology is used a fade is understood to be a fade out increasing lighting intensi￭ ties that are not black is referred to as a fade up similarly decreasing lighting intensi￭ ties to a level above black is referred to as a fade down cross f￭ ades are accomplished by executing fade ups and or fade downs in nearly all theat￭ r￭ ical lighting designs multiple lighting instruments are used to illumin￭ ate the stage at any one time a cue refers to the recorded state of illumin￭ ation for the entire stage at that time the intensity of the lighting instruments are often altered with a single cross￭ fade altering the lighting state of the stage the lighting instruments are altered from a dim￭ mer board or lighting control panel operated by a lighting techn￭ ician the dim￭ mer board now referred to as the lighting con￭ sole especially with newer digital control systems like d￭ m￭ x uses a serial data stream to control multiple groups called univer￭ ses of 512 d￭ m￭ x addresses to control compatible fix￭ tures including dim￭ mers via different methods leading to a single twisted pair of wires connected to the fix￭ tures d￭ m￭ x cons￭ oles are largely computerized thus allowing digital process control from multiple input devices and synchron￭ ization via mid￭ i s￭ mp￭ te etc the terms fade in fade out and fade to black were borrowed by hollywood and are used in the formal structure of scre￭ en￭ plays
the fading affect bias more commonly known as f￭ ab is a psychological phenomenon in which information regarding negative emotions tends to be forgotten more quickly than that associated with pleasant emotions although there have been some contradictory findings regarding the presence of f￭ ab it has been largely found to be real
idi￭ opathic bas￭ al gang￭ lia calci￭ fication also known as fa￭ hr disease is a rare genetically dominant inherited neuro￭ logical disorder characterized by abnormal deposits of calcium in areas of the brain that control movement through the use of ct sc￭ ans calci￭ fications are seen primarily in the bas￭ al gang￭ lia and in other areas such as the cere￭ br￭ al cor￭ tex
failed back syndrome or post lam￭ in￭ ec￭ tomy syndrome is a condition characterized by persistent pain following back sur￭ ger￭ ies failed back syndrome f￭ bs also called failed back surgery syndrome f￭ b￭ ss refers to chronic back and or leg pain that occurs after back spinal surgery usually after lam￭ in￭ ec￭ tomy it is characterized as a chronic pain syndrome multiple factors can contribute to the onset or development of f￭ bs contributing factors include but are not limited to residual or recurrent spinal dis￭ c her￭ ni￭ ation persistent post operative pressure on a spinal nerve altered joint mobility joint hyper￭ mobility with instability scar tissue fi￭ bro￭ sis depression anxiety sle￭ epl￭ essness and spinal muscular de￭ conditioning an individual may be pre￭ disposed to the development of f￭ bs due to systemic disorders such as diabetes auto￭ immune disease and peripheral blood vessels vascular disease common symptoms associated with f￭ bs include diffuse dull and aching pain involving the back and or legs abnormal sen￭ sibility may include sharp pric￭ king and stab￭ bing pain in the extre￭ mi￭ ties the term post lam￭ in￭ ec￭ tomy syndrome is used by some doctors to indicate the same condition as failed back syndrome the treatments of post lam￭ in￭ ec￭ tomy syndrome include physical therapy low force specific chi￭ ro￭ prac￭ tic care micro￭ current electrical neuro￭ muscular stimul￭ ator minor nerve blocks trans￭ cu￭ taneous electrical nerve stimulation tens behavioral medicine non ster￭ o￭ idal anti infl￭ am￭ matory n￭ said medications memb￭ rane stabilizers anti￭ depres￭ s￭ ants spinal cord stimulation and intra￭ th￭ ec￭ al morphine pump use of ep￭ id￭ ural ster￭ o￭ id injections may be minim￭ ally helpful in some cases the targeted an￭ atomic use of a potent anti infl￭ am￭ matory anti tn￭ f therapeu￭ tics is being investigated the number of spinal sur￭ ger￭ ies varies around the world the united states and the netherlands report the highest number of spinal sur￭ ger￭ ies while the united kingdom and sweden report the fe￭ west recently there have been calls for more aggressive surgical treatment in europe see infr￭ a success rates of spinal surgery vary for many reasons
fair division is the problem of dividing a set of goods or resources between several people who have an entitlement to them such that each person receives his her due share this problem arises in various real world settings auctions divorce settlements electronic spectrum and frequency allocation airport traffic management or exploitation of earth observation satellites this is an active research area in mathematics economics especially social choice theory game theory dispute resolution and more the central ten￭ et of fair division is that such a division should be performed by the players themselves maybe using a mediator but certainly not an arbit￭ er as only the players really know how they value the goods there are many different kinds of fair division problems depending on the nature of goods to divide the criteria for fairness the nature of the players and their preferences and other criteria for evaluating the quality of the division the mathematical fair division problem is an ide￭ alization of those real life problems the theory of fair division provides explicit criteria for various different types of fairness its aim is to provide procedures algori￭ th￭ ms to achieve a fair division or prove their impossibility and study the properties of such divisions both in theory and in real life
a fall line or fall zone is the ge￭ om￭ or￭ pho￭ logic break that demarc￭ ates the border between an u￭ pl￭ and region of relatively hard cryst￭ alline basement rock and a coastal plain of sof￭ ter se￭ dim￭ entary rock a fall line is typically prominent when crossed by a river for there will often be rap￭ ids or water￭ falls many times a fall line will rece￭ de upstream as the river cuts out the up￭ hill dense material often forming “ c ” shaped water￭ falls because of these features river￭ boats typically cannot travel any farther inland without port￭ aging unless locks are built there on the other hand the rapid change in elev￭ ation of the water and the resulting energy release makes the fall line a good location for water mills gr￭ ist mills and saw￭ mills because of the need for a river port leading to the ocean and a ready supply of water power settlements often develop where rivers cross a fall line
falling out is a culture bound syndrome primarily reported in the southern united states and the caribbean it is described as a con￭ stric￭ ted consciousness as a psychological response to anxiety and specific stres￭ sors sudden collapse characterizes episodes of falling out whether without warning or preceded by di￭ zz￭ iness and a spinning sensation the individual suffering from symptoms of falling out can usually hear and understand what is going on around them falling out is not treated as an illness unless it becomes disab￭ ling it is often seen as a normal response to stressful situations fun￭ er￭ als or when a person receives shocking information
falling is the second leading cause of accidental death worldwide and is a major cause of personal injury especially for the elderly falls in older adults are an important class of preventable injuries builders electr￭ icians min￭ ers and pa￭ inters are occupations with high rates of fall injuries about 155 million new cases of a significant fall occurred in 2013 these un￭ intentional falls resulted in 556 000 deaths up from 341 000 deaths in 1990
the falling cat problem is a problem that consists of explaining the underlying physics behind the observation of the cat righ￭ ting reflex that is how a free falling body cat can change its orientation such that it is able to right itself as it falls to land on its feet irrespective of its initial orientation and without violating the law of conservation of ang￭ ular momentum although amusing and trivial to pose the solution of the problem is not as straightforward as its statement would suggest the apparent contradiction with the law of conservation of ang￭ ular momentum is resolved because the cat is not a rigid body but instead is permitted to change its shape during the fall owing to the cat s flexible backbone and non functional collar bone the behavior of the cat is thus typical of the mechanics of de￭ form￭ able bodies
a falling scream is a sound effect used mostly in anim￭ ation and live action movies when an object falls down with great speed it is generally described as a long continuous whistle from the dropping point which gets louder in mid flight then dies out at the point of impact it often demonstrates the dop￭ pl￭ er effect
primary fall￭ op￭ ian tube cancer p￭ f￭ tc often just tu￭ bal cancer is a m￭ align￭ ant ne￭ op￭ las￭ m that originates from the fall￭ op￭ ian tube
fall￭ op￭ ian tube obstruction is a major cause of female in￭ fertility blocked fall￭ op￭ ian tubes are unable to let the ov￭ um and the sperm converge thus making fertili￭ zation impossible fall￭ op￭ ian tubes are also known as ovi￭ duc￭ ts uter￭ ine tubes and sal￭ p￭ inges singular sal￭ pin￭ x
falls in older adults are a significant cause of morbi￭ dity and mortality and are an important class of preventable injuries the cause of falling in old age is often multi￭ fac￭ torial and may require a multidisciplinary approach both to treat any injuries sustained and to prevent future falls falls include dropping from a standing position or from exposed positions such as those on l￭ adders or ste￭ pl￭ adders the severity of injury is generally related to the height of the fall the state of the ground surface onto which the victim falls is also important harder surfaces causing more severe injury falls can be prevented by ensuring that car￭ pets are tac￭ ked down that objects like electric cords are not in one s path that hearing and vision are optimi￭ zed di￭ zz￭ iness is minimized alcohol intake is moder￭ ated and that shoes have low heels or rubber sol￭ es
false brin￭ elling is damage caused by fre￭ tting with or without corro￭ sion that causes im￭ prints that look similar to brin￭ elling but are caused by a different mechanism brin￭ ell damage is characterized by permanent material de￭ formation without loss of material and occurs during one load event whereas false brin￭ elling is characterized by material wear or removal and occurs over an extended time from vibration and light loads the basic cause of false brin￭ elling is that the design of the bearing does not have a method for redistribution of lubric￭ ant without large rot￭ ational movement of all bearing surfaces in the rac￭ e￭ way lubric￭ ant is pushed out of a loaded region during small osci￭ ll￭ atory movements and vibration where the bearings surfaces repeatedly do not move very far without lubric￭ ant wear is increased when the small osci￭ ll￭ atory movements occur again it is possible for the resulting wear debris to ox￭ idi￭ ze and form an abra￭ sive compound which further acceler￭ ates wear
false diffusion is a type of error observed when the up￭ wind scheme is used to approximate the conv￭ ection term in conv￭ ection – diffusion equations the more accurate central difference scheme can be used for the conv￭ ection term but for grids with cell pec￭ let number more than 2 the central difference scheme is unstable and the simpler up￭ wind scheme is often used the resulting error from the up￭ wind differ￭ encing scheme has a diffusion like appearance in two or three dimensional co ordinate systems and is referred as false diffusion false diffusion errors in numerical solutions of conv￭ ection diffusion problems in two and three dimensions arise from the numerical approxim￭ ations of the conv￭ ection term in the conservation equations over the past 20 years many numerical techniques have been developed to solve conv￭ ection diffusion equations and none are problem free but false diffusion is one of the most serious problems and a major topic of controversy and confusion among numerical analysts
false loose smu￭ t is a fun￭ gal disease of barley caused by us￭ til￭ ago ni￭ gra this fun￭ gus is very similar to u nu￭ da the cause of loose smu￭ t and was first distinguished from it in 19￭ 32
false memory is the psychological phenomenon in which a person recalls a memory that did not actually occur false memory is often considered in legal cases regarding childhood sexual abuse this phenomenon was initially investigated by psychological pioneers pierre janet and sigmund fre￭ ud fre￭ ud wrote the ae￭ ti￭ ology of hysteria where he discussed repressed memories of childhood sexual trauma in their relation to hysteria elizabeth lo￭ f￭ tus has since her de￭ bu￭ ting research project in 1974 been a lead researcher in memory recovery and false memories false memory syndrome recognizes false memory as a prevalent part of one s life in which it affects the person s mentality and day to day life false memory syndrome differs from false memory in that the syndrome is heavily influential in the orientation of a person s life while false memory can occur without this significant effect the syndrome takes effect because the person believes the influential memory to be true however its research is controversial and the syndrome is excluded from identification as a mental disorder and therefore is also excluded from the diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders false memory is an important part of psychological research because of the ties it has to a large number of mental disorders such as pt￭ s￭ d
in medical statistics false posi￭ tives and false neg￭ atives are concepts analogous to type i and type ii errors in statistical hypothesis testing where a positive result corresponds to rejecting the null hypothesis and a negative result corresponds to not rejecting the null hypothesis the terms are often used inter￭ change￭ ably but there are differences in detail and interpretation
false pregnancy phantom pregnancy or hysterical pregnancy — officially called pseu￭ do￭ cy￭ esis in humans and pseu￭ dop￭ reg￭ nancy in other mammals — is the appearance of clinical or sub￭ clinical signs and symptoms associated with pregnancy when the organism is not actually pregnant clin￭ ically false pregnancy is most common in veterinary medicine particularly in dogs and mice false pregnancy in humans is less common and may sometimes be purely psychological it is generally believed that false pregnancy is caused by changes in the endocrine system of the body leading to the secre￭ tion of hormones that cause physical changes similar to those during pregnancy some men experience the same illnesses as a woman would experience while pregnant when their partner is pregnant see cou￭ v￭ ade syndrome possibly caused by ph￭ er￭ om￭ ones that increase estro￭ gen pro￭ l￭ acti￭ n and cor￭ ti￭ sol levels
in computer science false sharing is a performance degrading usage pattern that can arise in systems with distributed coherent c￭ aches at the size of the smallest resource block managed by the c￭ aching mechanism when a system participant attempts to periodically access data that will never be altered by another party but that data shares a c￭ ache block with data that is altered the c￭ aching protocol may force the first participant to re￭ load the whole unit despite a lack of logical necessity the c￭ aching system is unaware of activity within this block and forces the first participant to bear the c￭ aching system overhead required by true shared access of a resource by far the most common usage of this term is in modern multi￭ processor c￭ pu c￭ aches where memory is c￭ ached in lines of some small power of two word size e g 64 aligned con￭ ti￭ gu￭ ous by￭ tes if two processors operate on independent data in the same memory address region stor￭ able in a single line the c￭ ache coher￭ ency mechanisms in the system may force the whole line across the bus or inter￭ connect with every data write forcing memory st￭ alls in addition to wasting system band￭ width false sharing is an inherent arti￭ fact of automatically synchron￭ ized c￭ ache protocols and can also exist in environments such as distributed file system or databases but current prevalence is limited to ram c￭ aches
false vivi￭ par￭ y is an abnormal condition found in many types of plants in which a plan￭ t￭ let is produced where the flower should appear it is not a completely understood topic but some say it could be caused by a hormonal mistake the plan￭ t￭ let which appears can be rooted and grown like normal plants this abnormal behavior can occasionally be seen in many types of carni￭ vor￭ ous plants
famili￭ al mediterranean fever f￭ m￭ f also known as armenian disease is a hereditary infl￭ am￭ matory disorder f￭ m￭ f is an auto￭ infl￭ am￭ matory disease caused by mutations in me￭ f￭ v a gene which en￭ codes a 7￭ 81 – amino acid protein den￭ oted py￭ rin while all ethnic groups are susceptible to f￭ m￭ f it usually occurs in people of mediterranean origin — including se￭ phar￭ d￭ ic jews armenians arabs greeks and italians the disorder has been given various names including famili￭ al par￭ oxy￭ sm￭ al poly￭ ser￭ osi￭ tis periodic per￭ it￭ oni￭ tis recurrent poly￭ ser￭ osi￭ tis benign par￭ oxy￭ sm￭ al per￭ it￭ oni￭ tis periodic disease or periodic fever reim￭ ann periodic disease or reim￭ ann s syndrome si￭ eg￭ al c￭ att￭ an mam￭ ou disease and wol￭ ff periodic disease note that periodic fever can also refer to any of the periodic fever syndro￭ mes
famili￭ al aden￭ om￭ at￭ ous poly￭ pos￭ is f￭ ap is an inherited condition in which numerous aden￭ om￭ at￭ ous poly￭ ps form mainly in the epi￭ the￭ lium of the large intest￭ ine while these poly￭ ps start out benign m￭ align￭ ant transformation into col￭ on cancer occurs when they are left untreated three variants are known to exist f￭ ap and attenu￭ ated f￭ ap originally called hereditary flat aden￭ oma syndrome are caused by ap￭ c gene defects on chro￭ mo￭ some 5 while auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive f￭ ap or my￭ h associated poly￭ pos￭ is is caused by defects in the mu￭ ty￭ h gene on chro￭ mo￭ some 1 of the three f￭ ap itself is the most severe and most common although for all three the resulting colon￭ ic poly￭ ps and cancers are confined to the col￭ on wall and removal can greatly reduce the spread of cancer the root cause of f￭ ap is understood to be a genetic mutation — a flaw in the body s tum￭ our sup￭ pres￭ sor genes that prevent development of tum￭ ours the flaw allows numerous cells of the intest￭ inal wall to develop into potentially can￭ cer￭ ous poly￭ ps when they would usually reach the end of their life inevitably one or more will eventually progress and give rise to cancer 7 risk by age 21 rising to 87 by age 45 and 93 by age 50 the flawed genes do not trigger cancer but rather they reduce the body s ability to protect against the risk of aged cells becoming can￭ cer￭ ous even with the flawed gene it may still take time before a cell actually does develop that is can￭ cer￭ ous as a result and the gene may in some cases still partially operate to control tum￭ ours therefore cancer from f￭ ap takes many years to develop and is almost always an adult onset disease the second form of f￭ ap known as attenu￭ ated famili￭ al aden￭ om￭ at￭ ous poly￭ pos￭ is has the ap￭ c gene functional but slightly impaired it is therefore somewhat able to operate as usual attenu￭ ated f￭ ap still presents a high 70 lifetime risk of cancer as estimated but typically presents with far fewer poly￭ ps typically 30 rather than the hundreds or thousands usually found in f￭ ap and arises at an age when f￭ ap is usually no longer considered likely — typically between 40 and 70 years old average 55 rather than the more usual 30 s upward because it has far fewer poly￭ ps options for management may be different the third variant auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive famili￭ al aden￭ om￭ at￭ ous poly￭ pos￭ is or my￭ h associated poly￭ pos￭ is is also mil￭ der and as its name suggests requires both parents to be carriers to manifest the condition in some cases f￭ ap can manifest higher in the col￭ on than usual for example the asc￭ ending col￭ on or proxim￭ al to the splen￭ ic fl￭ ex￭ ure or in the ga￭ str￭ ic or du￭ o￭ den￭ al tracts where they show no symptoms until cancer is present and greatly advanced ap￭ c mutations have been linked to certain other cancers such as thyro￭ id cancer as the mutation causing f￭ ap is genetic it can be inherited here￭ dit￭ arily from either parent and passed to children a genetic blood test of the ap￭ c gene exists that can determine whether it is deficient and therefore can predict the possibility of f￭ ap individuals at risk due to family links or genetic testing are usually offered routine monitoring of the intest￭ inal tract every 1 – 5 years for life from early adul￭ thood to detect the slow forming poly￭ ps and act if found before they can pose a threat international poly￭ pos￭ is registries exists that track known cases of f￭ ap or ap￭ c gene defects for research and clinical purposes mutation of ap￭ c also occurs commonly in incident cases of colo￭ rec￭ tal carcin￭ oma emphasizing its importance in this form of cancer
the famili￭ al amy￭ loid neuro￭ path￭ ies or famili￭ al amy￭ lo￭ ido￭ tic neuro￭ path￭ ies neuro￭ path￭ ic here￭ do￭ famili￭ al amy￭ lo￭ ido￭ sis famili￭ al amy￭ loid pol￭ yn￭ euro￭ pa￭ thy are a rare group of auto￭ som￭ al dominant diseases where￭ in the autonom￭ ic nervous system and or other nerves are compromised by protein aggregation and or amy￭ loid fi￭ bri￭ l formation
famili￭ al atri￭ al fi￭ bri￭ ll￭ ation is an auto￭ som￭ al dominant heart condition that causes disruptions in the heart s normal rhythm this condition is characterized by uncoordinated electrical activity in the heart s upper chambers the atri￭ a which causes the heartbeat to become fast and irregular
famili￭ al cir￭ rho￭ sis is a form of cir￭ rho￭ sis that is a ker￭ atin disease this particular type of cir￭ rho￭ sis is inherited and the liver scar￭ ring is not caused by any obvious disease process damage progres￭ ses until function becomes impaired current cir￭ rho￭ sis treatment is aimed at managing complications as well as chronic poor health related to liver damage treatments include ab￭ stin￭ ence from alcohol nutritional supplement identification of any identifiable disease process management of portal hyper￭ tension and liver transplantation it is associated with kr￭ t 8 and kr￭ t 18
famili￭ al dys￭ autonom￭ ia fd sometimes called ri￭ ley – day syndrome and hereditary sensory and autonom￭ ic neuro￭ pa￭ thy type iii h￭ san iii is a disorder of the autonom￭ ic nervous system which affects the development and survival of sensory sympathetic and some paras￭ ymp￭ athetic neurons in the autonom￭ ic and sensory nervous system resulting in variable symptoms including in￭ sensitivity to pain inability to produce tears poor growth and lab￭ ile blood pressure ep￭ is￭ od￭ ic hyper￭ tension and post￭ ural hypo￭ tension people with fd have frequent v￭ om￭ iting crises pneumonia problems with speech and movement difficulty sw￭ allowing inappropriate perception of heat pain and taste as well as unstable blood pressure and gastro￭ intest￭ inal dys￭ mo￭ ti￭ lity fd does not affect intelligence originally reported by con￭ rad milton ri￭ ley and richard lawrence day in 1949 fd is one example of a group of disorders known as hereditary sensory and autonom￭ ic neuro￭ path￭ ies h￭ san all h￭ san are characterized by widespread sensory dysfunction and variable autonom￭ ic dysfunction caused by incomplete development of sensory and autonom￭ ic neurons the disorders are believed to be genetically distinct from each other
famili￭ al dys￭ bet￭ ali￭ po￭ prote￭ in￭ emia or type iii hyper￭ li￭ po￭ prote￭ in￭ emia also known as rem￭ nant hyper￭ li￭ pi￭ dem￭ ia rem￭ nant hyper￭ li￭ po￭ prote￭ in￭ aemia broad beta disease and rem￭ nant removal disease is a condition characterized by increased total cho￭ le￭ sterol and tri￭ gly￭ cer￭ ide levels and decreased h￭ dl levels
famili￭ al encephalopathy with neuro￭ ser￭ pin inclusion bodies f￭ eni￭ b is a progressive disorder of the nervous system that is characterized by a loss of intellectual functioning dementia and seizures at first affected individuals may have difficulty sustaining attention and concentrating their judgment insight and memory become impaired as the condition progres￭ ses over time they lose the ability to perform the activities of daily living and most people with this condition eventually require comprehensive care the signs and symptoms of famili￭ al encephalopathy with neuro￭ ser￭ pin inclusion bodies vary in their severity and age of onset in severe cases the condition causes seizures and episodes of sudden involuntary muscle jer￭ king or tw￭ it￭ ching my￭ o￭ cl￭ onus in addition to dementia these signs can appear as early as a person s teens less severe cases are characterized by a progressive decline in intellectual functioning beginning in a person s for￭ ties or fif￭ ties mutations in the ser￭ pin￭ i 1 gene cause famili￭ al encephalopathy with neuro￭ ser￭ pin inclusion bodies the ser￭ pin￭ i 1 gene provides instructions for making a protein called neuro￭ ser￭ pin this protein is found in nerve cells where it plays a role in the development and function of the nervous system neuro￭ ser￭ pin helps control the growth of nerve cells and their connections with one another which suggests that this protein may be important for learning and memory mutations in the gene result in the production of an abnormally shaped unstable version of neuro￭ ser￭ pin abnormal neuro￭ ser￭ pin proteins can attach to one another and form clum￭ ps called neuro￭ ser￭ pin inclusion bodies or collins bodies within nerve cells these clum￭ ps disrupt the cells normal functioning and ultimately lead to cell death progressive dementia results from this gradual loss of nerve cells in certain parts of the brain researchers believe that a buil￭ dup of related potentially toxic substances in nerve cells may also contribute to the signs and symptoms of this condition this condition is inherited in an auto￭ som￭ al dominant pattern which means one copy of the altered gene in each cell is sufficient to cause the disorder in many cases an affected person has a parent with the condition
famili￭ al ex￭ ud￭ ative vit￭ re￭ ore￭ tin￭ opathy f￭ ev￭ r pronounced fever is a genetic eye disorder affecting the growth and development of blood vessels in the re￭ tina of the eye this disease can lead to visual impairment and sometimes complete blindness in one or both eyes f￭ ev￭ r is characterized by ex￭ ud￭ ative leakage and hemorrha￭ ge of the blood vessels in the re￭ tina along with incomplete vas￭ cul￭ arization of the peripheral re￭ tina and can easily be confused with re￭ tin￭ opathy of pre￭ maturity in premature infants the disease process often leads to re￭ tin￭ al fol￭ ds tears and det￭ ach￭ ments although f￭ ev￭ r is a genetic condition it does not affect other parts of the body types include
famili￭ al hem￭ ip￭ leg￭ ic migr￭ aine f￭ hm is an auto￭ som￭ al dominant classical migr￭ aine subtype that typically includes weakness of half the body which can last for hours days or weeks it can be accompanied by other symptoms such as at￭ ax￭ ia coma and paralysis there is clinical overlap in some f￭ hm patients with ep￭ is￭ od￭ ic at￭ ax￭ ia type 2 and spin￭ oc￭ ere￭ bell￭ ar at￭ ax￭ ia type 6 benign famili￭ al inf￭ anti￭ le epi￭ le￭ psy and altern￭ ating hem￭ ip￭ legi￭ a of childhood there are 3 known loc￭ i for f￭ hm f￭ hm 1 which accounts for approximately 50 of f￭ hm patients is caused by mutations in a gene coding for the p q type calcium channel α sub￭ unit cac￭ na 1 a f￭ hm 1 is also associated with cere￭ bell￭ ar de￭ generation f￭ hm 2 which accounts for 25 of f￭ hm cases is caused by mutations in the na k at￭ p￭ ase gene at￭ p 1 a 2 f￭ hm 3 is a rare subtype of f￭ hm and is caused by mutations in a sodium channel α sub￭ unit coding gene s￭ cn 1 a these three sub￭ types do not account for all cases of f￭ hm suggesting the existence of at least one other loc￭ us f￭ hm 4 many of the non famili￭ al cases of hem￭ ip￭ leg￭ ic migr￭ aine spor￭ adic hem￭ ip￭ leg￭ ic migr￭ aine are also caused by mutations at these loc￭ i a fourth gene that has been associated with this condition is the pro￭ line rich trans￭ memb￭ rane protein 2 pr￭ rt 2 an ax￭ onal protein associated with the ex￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis complex a fifth gene associated with this condition is sl￭ c 4 a 4 which en￭ codes the electro￭ genic nah￭ co 3 co￭ transporter nb￭ ce 1
famili￭ al hyper￭ al￭ do￭ ster￭ on￭ ism is a group of inherited conditions in which the adren￭ al g￭ lands which are small g￭ lands located on top of each kidney produce too much of the hormone al￭ do￭ ster￭ one excess al￭ do￭ ster￭ one causes the kidneys to retain more salt than normal which in turn increases the body s fluid levels and causes high blood pressure people with famili￭ al hyper￭ al￭ do￭ ster￭ on￭ ism may develop severe high blood pressure often early in life without treatment hyper￭ tension increases the risk of stro￭ kes heart attacks and kidney failure there are other forms of hyper￭ al￭ do￭ ster￭ on￭ ism that are not inherited famili￭ al hyper￭ al￭ do￭ ster￭ on￭ ism is categ￭ orized into three types distinguished by their clinical features and genetic causes in famili￭ al hyper￭ al￭ do￭ ster￭ on￭ ism type i hyper￭ tension generally appears in childhood to early adul￭ thood and can range from mild to severe this type can be treated with ster￭ o￭ id medications called glu￭ co￭ cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ids so it is also known as glu￭ co￭ cor￭ ti￭ co￭ id remedi￭ able al￭ do￭ ster￭ on￭ ism gra in famili￭ al hyper￭ al￭ do￭ ster￭ on￭ ism type ii hyper￭ tension usually appears in early to middle adul￭ thood and does not improve with glu￭ co￭ cor￭ ti￭ co￭ id treatment in most individuals with famili￭ al hyper￭ al￭ do￭ ster￭ on￭ ism type iii the adren￭ al g￭ lands are enlarged up to six times their normal size these affected individuals have severe hyper￭ tension that starts in childhood the hyper￭ tension is difficult to treat and often results in damage to organs such as the heart and kidneys rarely individuals with type iii have mil￭ der symptoms with treat￭ able hyper￭ tension and no adren￭ al g￭ land enlargement this condition is inherited in an auto￭ som￭ al dominant pattern which means one copy of the altered gene in each cell is sufficient to cause the disorder the various types of famili￭ al hyper￭ al￭ do￭ ster￭ on￭ ism have different genetic causes it is unclear how common these diseases are all together they appear to make up less than 1 of cases of hyper￭ al￭ do￭ ster￭ on￭ ism
famili￭ al hyper￭ cho￭ le￭ ster￭ ol￭ emia abbreviated f￭ h also spelled famili￭ al hyper￭ cho￭ le￭ ster￭ ol￭ aemia is a genetic disorder characterized by high cho￭ le￭ sterol levels specifically very high levels of low density li￭ po￭ protein ld￭ l bad cho￭ le￭ sterol in the blood and early cardiovascular disease since individuals with f￭ h underlying body bio￭ chemistry is slightly different their high cho￭ le￭ sterol levels are less responsive to the kinds of cho￭ le￭ sterol control methods which are usually more effective in people without f￭ h such as dietary modification and stati￭ n tablets nevertheless treatment including higher stati￭ n doses is usually effective many people have mutations in the ld￭ lr gene that en￭ codes the ld￭ l recep￭ tor protein which normally removes ld￭ l from the circulation or a￭ poli￭ po￭ protein b apo￭ b which is the part of ld￭ l that binds with the recep￭ tor mutations in other genes are rare people who have one abnormal copy are hetero￭ zy￭ g￭ ous of the ld￭ lr gene may develop cardiovascular disease prematurely at the age of 30 to 40 having two abnormal copies being homo￭ zy￭ g￭ ous may cause severe cardiovascular disease in childhood hetero￭ zy￭ g￭ ous f￭ h is a common genetic disorder inherited in an auto￭ som￭ al dominant pattern occurring in 1 500 people in most countries homo￭ zy￭ g￭ ous f￭ h is much r￭ arer occurring in 1 in a million births hetero￭ zy￭ g￭ ous f￭ h is normally treated with stat￭ ins bile acid sequestr￭ ants or other lip￭ id lowering agents that lower cho￭ le￭ sterol levels new cases are generally offered genetic counsel￭ ing homo￭ zy￭ g￭ ous f￭ h often does not respond to medical therapy and may require other treatments including ld￭ l ap￭ her￭ esis removal of ld￭ l in a method similar to dial￭ ysis and occasionally liver transplantation
famili￭ al hyper￭ tri￭ gly￭ cer￭ i￭ dem￭ ia is an auto￭ som￭ al dominant condition occurring in approximately 1 of the population tri￭ gly￭ cer￭ ide levels but not cho￭ le￭ sterol are elevated as a result of excess he￭ p￭ atic production of v￭ ld￭ l or hetero￭ zy￭ g￭ ous l￭ pl deficiency the condition is associated with premature coron￭ ary disease though treatment sometimes differs from hyper￭ cho￭ le￭ ster￭ ol￭ emia affected individuals are at risk for ch￭ y￭ lo￭ mic￭ ron￭ emia syndrome characterized by elevated ch￭ y￭ lo￭ mic￭ ron￭ s in the blood they are also at risk of pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis especially when tri￭ gly￭ cer￭ ide levels exceed 1000 mg dl
famili￭ al hypo￭ calci￭ ur￭ ic hyper￭ cal￭ cem￭ ia is a condition that can cause hyper￭ cal￭ cem￭ ia a serum calcium level typically above 10 2 mg dl it is also known as famili￭ al benign hypo￭ calci￭ ur￭ ic hyper￭ cal￭ cem￭ ia f￭ b￭ hh where there is usually a family history of hyper￭ cal￭ cem￭ ia which is mild a urine calcium to cre￭ at￭ in￭ ine ratio 0 01 and urine calcium 200 mg day
famili￭ al isolated vitamin e deficiency is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive neuro￭ degenerative disease symptoms are similar to those of fried￭ reich at￭ ax￭ ia
famili￭ al male limited pre￭ co￭ cious pu￭ ber￭ ty often abbreviated as f￭ mp￭ p also known as famili￭ al sexual pre￭ co￭ city or gon￭ ad￭ o￭ tro￭ pin independent te￭ sto￭ toxico￭ sis is a form of gon￭ ad￭ o￭ tro￭ pin independent pre￭ co￭ cious pu￭ ber￭ ty in which boys experience early onset and progression of pu￭ ber￭ ty signs of pu￭ ber￭ ty can develop as early as an age of 1 year the spinal length in boys may be short due to a rapid advance in ep￭ ip￭ hy￭ seal matur￭ ation it is an auto￭ som￭ al dominant condition with a mutation of the lu￭ te￭ ini￭ zing hormone l￭ h recep￭ tor treatment is with drugs that suppress gon￭ ad￭ al ster￭ o￭ ido￭ genesis such as cy￭ pro￭ ter￭ one acetate ke￭ to￭ con￭ azole spi￭ ro￭ no￭ lac￭ tone and te￭ stol￭ ac￭ tone alternatively the combination of the and￭ ro￭ gen recep￭ tor antagon￭ ist bic￭ al￭ ut￭ amide and the arom￭ at￭ ase inhi￭ bit￭ or an￭ astro￭ zo￭ le may be used
famili￭ al multiple intest￭ inal at￭ re￭ sia is an inherited disorder where at￭ re￭ sia occurs at multiple locations throughout the small and large intest￭ ines it presents at birth and the prog￭ no￭ sis is very poor with almost all those diagnosed with this condition dying with one month it may be associated with combined immun￭ o￭ deficiency
famili￭ al partial li￭ po￭ dy￭ stro￭ phy also known as kö￭ b￭ ber￭ ling – dun￭ ni￭ gan syndrome is an auto￭ som￭ al dominant skin condition characterized by the loss of sub￭ cu￭ taneous fat famili￭ al partial li￭ po￭ dy￭ stro￭ phy also refers to a rare condition in which there is a loss of sub￭ cu￭ taneous fat in the upper section of the body face to trunk however the lower half of the body remains unaffected type 1 is believed to be under￭ diagnosed
famili￭ al progressive hyper￭ pi￭ gm￭ entation is characterized by pat￭ ches of hyper￭ pi￭ gm￭ entation present at birth which increase in size and number with age this is a genetic disease however the gene that accounts for this spot￭ ty dark￭ ening of the skin has yet to be discovered although rare the con￭ genital disease is most prevalent among populations originating from china
famili￭ al ren￭ al amy￭ lo￭ ido￭ sis or famili￭ al vis￭ cer￭ al amy￭ lo￭ ido￭ sis or hereditary amy￭ loid ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ pa￭ thy is a form of amy￭ lo￭ ido￭ sis primarily presenting in the kidney it is associated with fi￭ br￭ ino￭ gen alpha chain a￭ poli￭ po￭ protein a 1 and ly￭ so￭ zy￭ me it is also known as o￭ ster￭ tag type after b o￭ ster￭ tag who characterized it in 19￭ 32 and 1950
famili￭ al ren￭ al disease is an un￭ common cause of ren￭ al failure kidney failure in dogs and cats most causes are breed related famili￭ al and some are inherited some are con￭ genital present at birth ren￭ al dys￭ pl￭ asia is a type of famili￭ al ren￭ al disease characterized by abnormal cellular differentiation of ren￭ al tissue dogs and cats with ren￭ al disease caused by these diseases have the typical symptoms of ren￭ al failure including weight loss loss of appetite depression and increased water consumption and ur￭ ination a list of famili￭ al ren￭ al diseases by dog and cat breeds is found below
famili￭ al thor￭ ac￭ ic a￭ or￭ tic an￭ eur￭ ys￭ m also referred to as famili￭ al a￭ or￭ tic dis￭ section or c￭ ys￭ tic medi￭ al necro￭ sis of a￭ or￭ ta is an auto￭ som￭ al dominant disorder of large arter￭ ies there is an association between famili￭ al thor￭ ac￭ ic a￭ or￭ tic an￭ eur￭ ys￭ m mar￭ fan syndrome and massive bac￭ lo￭ fen over￭ dose as well as other hereditary connec￭ tive tissue disorders
photo￭ graphical manipulation is the alteration of a photograph the u s national press photograph￭ ers association n￭ p￭ pa digital manipulation code of ethics states “ as journalists we believe the guiding principle of our profession is accuracy therefore we believe it is wrong to alter the content of a photograph in any way that decei￭ ves the public as photo￭ journalists we have the responsibility to document society and to preserve its images as a matter of historical record it is clear that the emerging electronic technologies provide new challenges to the integrity of photo￭ graphic images in light of this we the national press photograph￭ ers association reaffirm the basis of our ethics accurate representation is the benchmark of our profession we believe photo￭ journ￭ alistic guidelines for fair and accurate reporting should be the criteria for judging what may be done electronically to a photograph altering the editorial content is a breach of the ethical standards recognized by the n￭ p￭ pa ”
in message oriented mid￭ d￭ le￭ ware solutions fan out is a messaging pattern used to model an information exchange that implies the delivery or spreading of a message to one or multiple destinations possibly in parallel and not halting the process that execu￭ tes the messaging to wait for any response to that message also fan out in software construction means the number of classes used by a certain class or the number of methods called by a certain method
the fan effect is a psychological phenomenon under the branch of cognitive psychology where recognition times or error rate for a particular concept increases as more information about the concept is acquired the word fan refers to the number of associations correlated with the concept
fan￭ coni ana￭ emia fa is a rare genetic disease among those affected the majority develop cancer most often acute my￭ elo￭ genous leuk￭ emia and 90 develop bone marrow failure the inability to produce blood cells by age 40 about 60 – 75 of people have con￭ genital defects commonly short stature ab￭ norm￭ alities of the skin arms head eyes kidneys and ears and developmental disabilities around 75 of people have some form of endocrine problem with varying degrees of severity fa is the result of a genetic defect in a cluster of proteins responsible for dna repair treatment with and￭ rog￭ ens and hem￭ ato￭ po￭ ie￭ tic blood cell growth factors can help bone marrow failure temporarily but the long term treatment is bone marrow transplant if a donor is available because of the genetic defect in dna repair cells from people with fa are sensitive to drugs that treat cancer by dna cross￭ linking such as mit￭ om￭ y￭ cin c the typical age of death was 30 years in 2000 fa occurs in about 1 per 130 000 births with a slightly higher frequency in ash￭ ken￭ az￭ i jews in israel and af￭ ri￭ kan￭ ers in south africa the disease is named after the swiss pedi￭ at￭ ric￭ ian who originally described this disorder guido fan￭ coni it should not be confused with fan￭ coni syndrome a kidney disorder also named after fan￭ coni
fan￭ coni syndrome or fan￭ coni s syndrome english f￭ ɑ￭ ː￭ n￭ ˈ￭ ko￭ ʊ￭ ni f￭ æ￭ n is a syndrome of inadequate re￭ absorption in the proxim￭ al ren￭ al tu￭ bul￭ es of the kidney the syndrome can be caused by various underlying con￭ genital or acquired diseases by toxicity for example from toxic heavy metals or by adverse drug reactions it results in various small molecules of metabol￭ ism being passed into the urine instead of being re￭ absorbed from the tu￭ bul￭ ar fluid for example glucose amino acids ur￭ ic acid phosphate and bic￭ ar￭ bon￭ ate fan￭ coni syndrome affects the proxim￭ al tu￭ bul￭ es namely the proxim￭ al con￭ volu￭ ted tu￭ bu￭ le pc￭ t which is the first part of the tu￭ bu￭ le to process fluid after it is filtered through the glo￭ mer￭ ul￭ us and the proxim￭ al straight tu￭ bu￭ le par￭ s rec￭ ta which leads to the descending limb of the loop of hen￭ le different forms of fan￭ coni syndrome can affect different functions of the proxim￭ al tu￭ bu￭ le and result in different complications the loss of bic￭ ar￭ bon￭ ate results in type 2 or proxim￭ al ren￭ al tu￭ bul￭ ar aci￭ do￭ sis the loss of phosphate results in the bone diseases ric￭ kets and o￭ ste￭ om￭ al￭ ac￭ ia even with adequate vitamin d and calcium levels because phosphate is necessary for bone development in children and even for ongoing bone metabol￭ ism in adults
in physics a f￭ ano resonance is a type of reson￭ ant scat￭ tering phenomenon that gives rise to an asymmetric line shape interference between a background and a reson￭ ant scat￭ tering process produces the asymmetric line shape it is named after italian american physic￭ ist u￭ go f￭ ano who gave a theoretical explanation for the scat￭ tering line shape of in￭ elastic scat￭ tering of electron￭ s from heli￭ um however et￭ tore maj￭ or￭ ana was the first to discover this phenomenon because it is a general wave phenomenon examples can be found across many areas of physics and engineering
far sightedness also known as hyper￭ op￭ ia is a condition of the eye where light focuses behind instead of on the re￭ tina this causes close objects to be blur￭ ry while far objects may appear normal as the disease wor￭ sens objects at all distances may be blur￭ ry other symptoms may include headaches and eye strain people with hyper￭ op￭ ia can also experience accommod￭ ative dysfunction bin￭ oc￭ ular dysfunction am￭ bl￭ y￭ op￭ ia and str￭ ab￭ is￭ mus the cause is an im￭ perfection in the eye often when the eye￭ ball is too short or the lens cannot become round enough causing the eye to not have enough power to see close or nearby objects it is a type of ref￭ r￭ active error correction is usually achieved by the use of conv￭ ex corrective l￭ enses for near objects the eye has to accommodate even more depending on the amount of hyper￭ op￭ ia and the age of the person which directly relates to the eye s accommod￭ ative ability the symptoms can be different far sightedness primarily affects young children with rates of 8 at 6 years and 1 at 15 years
far east scar￭ let like fever or scar￭ lat￭ ino￭ id fever is an infectious disease caused by the gram negative bac￭ ill￭ us y￭ er￭ sin￭ ia pseu￭ do￭ tuberculosis in japan it is called izumi fever
far￭ ber disease also known as far￭ ber s li￭ po￭ gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ osis cer￭ amid￭ ase deficiency fi￭ bro￭ cy￭ tic dys￭ mu￭ co￭ pol￭ ys￭ ac￭ ch￭ ari￭ do￭ sis and li￭ po￭ gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ osis is an extremely rare 80 cases reported worldwide to this day auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive ly￭ so￭ som￭ al storage disease marked by a deficiency in the enzyme cer￭ amid￭ ase that causes an accumulation of fatty material sp￭ hin￭ go￭ li￭ pi￭ ds leading to ab￭ norm￭ alities in the joints liver throat tissues and central nervous system normally the enzyme cer￭ amid￭ ase breaks down fatty material in the body ’ s cells in far￭ ber disease the gene responsible for making this enzyme is mut￭ ated hence the fatty material is never broken down and instead accumul￭ ates in various parts of the body leading to the signs and symptoms of this disorder
the farm to retail price spread is the difference between the farm price and the retail price of food reflecting charges for processing shipping and re￭ tailing farm goods sometimes called the marketing spread the current spread accounts for about three four￭ ths of the retail price for a market basket of foods according to us￭ da the farm value varies for each type of food for example in 2004 it accounted for about 35 of the retail cost of eggs compared to about 19 for fresh fruit and vegetables and about 6 for cereal and bak￭ ery products
farmer s lung not to be confused with si￭ lo f￭ iller s disease is a hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity pneu￭ mon￭ i￭ tis induced by the inhal￭ ation of bio￭ logic du￭ sts coming from hay dust or mold spo￭ res or other agricultural products it results in a type iii hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity infl￭ am￭ matory response and can progress to become a chronic condition which is considered potentially dangerous while inhal￭ ed aller￭ gens often provoke the creation of i￭ ge antibodies that circulate in the blood￭ stream these types of immune response are most often initiated by exposure to ther￭ m￭ oph￭ il￭ ic ac￭ tin￭ om￭ y￭ ce￭ tes most commonly sac￭ char￭ o￭ pol￭ ys￭ pora recti￭ vir￭ gul￭ a which generates ig￭ g type antibodies following a subsequent exposure ig￭ g antibodies combine with the inhal￭ ed aller￭ gen to form immune complex￭ es in the walls of the al￭ ve￭ oli in the lungs this causes fluid protein and cells to accumulate in the al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar wall which slows blood gas interchange and compromises the function of the lung
in medicine fas￭ ci￭ i￭ tis ˌ￭ f￭ æ￭ ʃ￭ i￭ ˈ￭ a￭ ɪ￭ t￭ ɪ￭ s is an infl￭ amm￭ ation of the fas￭ cia which is the connec￭ tive tissue surrounding muscles blood vessels and nerves in particular it often involves one of the following diseases necro￭ tizing fas￭ ci￭ i￭ tis plan￭ tar fas￭ ci￭ i￭ tis e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic fas￭ ci￭ i￭ tis par￭ ane￭ op￭ l￭ astic fas￭ ci￭ i￭ tis
fas￭ ci￭ ol￭ op￭ si￭ asis results from an infection by the tre￭ mato￭ de fas￭ ci￭ ol￭ op￭ sis bus￭ ki the largest intest￭ inal flu￭ ke of humans up to 7 5 cm in length
fas￭ ci￭ o￭ losis also known as fas￭ ci￭ oli￭ asis fas￭ ci￭ ol￭ asis dis￭ tom￭ at￭ osis and liver rot is a par￭ asi￭ tic worm infection caused by the common liver flu￭ ke fas￭ ci￭ ola he￭ p￭ atica as well as by fas￭ ci￭ ola gig￭ antic￭ a the disease is a plant borne tre￭ mato￭ de zoon￭ osis and is classified as a neglected tropical disease n￭ td it affects humans but its main host is ruminants such as cattle and sheep the disease progres￭ ses through four distinct phases an initial incub￭ ation phase of between a few days up to three months with little or no symptoms an invasive or acute phase which may manifest with fever malaise ab￭ domin￭ al pain gastro￭ intest￭ inal symptoms ur￭ tic￭ aria an￭ emia ja￭ und￭ ice and respiratory symptoms the disease later progres￭ ses to a latent phase with less symptoms and ultimately into a chronic or obstruc￭ tive phase months to years later in the chronic state the disease causes infl￭ amm￭ ation of the bile duc￭ ts g￭ all blad￭ der and may cause g￭ all stones as well as fi￭ bro￭ sis while chronic infl￭ amm￭ ation is connected to increased cancer rates it is unclear whether fas￭ ci￭ o￭ losis is associated with increased cancer risk up to half of those infected display no symptoms and diagnosis is difficult because the worm eggs are often missed in f￭ ec￭ al examination the methods of detection are through f￭ ec￭ al examination parasite specific anti￭ body detection or radiological diagnosis as well as l￭ apar￭ o￭ tomy in case of a suspected outbreak it may be useful to keep track of dietary history which is also useful for exclusion of differential diagnoses f￭ ec￭ al examination is generally not helpful because the worm eggs can seldom be detected in the chronic phase of the infection eggs appear in the f￭ ec￭ es first between 9 – 11 weeks post infection the cause of this is unknown and it is also difficult to distinguish between the different species of fas￭ ci￭ ola as well distinguishing them from echino￭ stom￭ es and fas￭ ci￭ ol￭ op￭ sis most immun￭ o￭ diagnostic tests detect infection with very high sensitivity and as concentration drops after treatment it is a very good diagnostic method clin￭ ically it is not possible to differentiate from other liver and bile diseases radiological methods can detect le￭ sions in both acute and chronic infection while l￭ apar￭ o￭ tomy will detect le￭ sions and also occasionally eggs and live worms because of the size of the parasite as adult f he￭ p￭ atica 20 – 30 × 13 mm 0 79 – 1 18 × 0 51 inches or adult f gig￭ antic￭ a 25 – 75 × 12 mm fas￭ ci￭ o￭ losis is a big concern the amount of symptoms depend on how many worms and what stage the infection is in the death rate is significant in both sheep and cattle but generally low among humans treatment with tric￭ lab￭ end￭ azole has been highly effective against the adult worms as well as various developing stages pr￭ azi￭ quan￭ tel is not effective and older drugs such as bi￭ th￭ ion￭ ol are moderately effective but also cause more side effects secondary bacterial infection causing chol￭ an￭ gi￭ tis has also been a concern and can be treated with antibiotics and tox￭ aemia may be treated with pred￭ n￭ isol￭ one humans are infected by eating water￭ grown plants primarily wild grown water￭ c￭ ress in europe or morning glory in asia infection may also occur by drinking contaminated water with floating young fas￭ ci￭ ola or when using u￭ ten￭ si￭ ls washed with contaminated water cultivated plants do not spread the disease in the same capacity human infection is rare even if the infection rate is high among animals especially high rates of human infection have been found in bolivia peru and egypt and this may be due to consumption of certain foods no vaccine is available to protect people against fas￭ ci￭ ola infection preventative measures are primarily treating and immun￭ ization of the livestock which are required to host the live cycle of the worms veterinary vaccines are in development and their use is being considered by a number of countries on account of the risk to human health and economic losses resulting from livestock infection other methods include using mollus￭ cic￭ ides to decrease the number of sn￭ ails that act as vectors but it is not practical educational methods to decrease consumption of wild water￭ c￭ ress and other water￭ plants has been shown to work in areas with a high disease burden in some areas of the world where fas￭ ci￭ oli￭ asis has been found endemic special control programs are in place or have been planned the types of control measures depend on the setting such as epidem￭ io￭ logic eco￭ logic and cultural factors strict control of the growth and sale of water￭ c￭ ress and other edible water plants is important individual people can protect themselves by not eating raw water￭ c￭ ress and other water plants especially from endemic grazing areas travel￭ ers to areas with poor sanitation should avoid food and water that might be contaminated tainted vegetables grown in fields that might have been irrig￭ ated with polluted water should be thoroughly cooked as should vis￭ cer￭ a from potentially infected animals fas￭ ci￭ oli￭ asis occurs in europe africa the americas as well as oce￭ ania recently worldwide losses in animal productivity due to fas￭ ci￭ o￭ losis were conserv￭ atively estimated at over us 3 2 billion per annum fas￭ ci￭ o￭ losis is now recognized as an emerging human disease the world health organization who has estimated that 2 4 million people are infected with fas￭ ci￭ ola and a further 180 million are at risk of infection
as there were many different manifestations of fascism especially during the inter￭ war years there were also many different symbols of fascist movements fascist symbolism typically involved nationalist imag￭ ery
western style fast food in china is a recent phenomenon dating back only to october 1987 when k￭ ent￭ ucky fried chicken still the most popular fast food chain in china established its first outlet in beijing k￭ fc was later followed by mc￭ don￭ al￭ ds which remains china s number two foreign fast food option in addition to american style fast food china has many local options including a sle￭ w of restaurants that attempt to imitate fast food particularly k￭ fc
a fast radio burst fr￭ b is a high energy astro￭ physical phenomenon manifested as a transi￭ ent radio pulse lasting only a few mil￭ lis￭ econ￭ ds these are bright unresolved broadband mil￭ lis￭ econ￭ d fl￭ ashes found in parts of the sky outside the mil￭ ky way the component frequencies of each burst are delayed by different amounts of time depending on the wa￭ vel￭ eng￭ th this delay is described by a value referred to as a dispersion measure fast radio bursts have dispersion measures which are much larger than expected for a source inside the mil￭ ky way and consistent with propagation through an ion￭ ized plasma the origin of fast radio bursts is not known it is con￭ jec￭ tured to be ex￭ trag￭ al￭ actic because of the anomal￭ ously high value of pulse dispersion observed some have spec￭ ulated that these signals might be signs of extrater￭ restri￭ al intelligence fast radio bursts are named by the date the signal was recorded as y￭ ym￭ m￭ dd for example one on 26 june 2011 would be called fr￭ b 110￭ 626 the first fr￭ b found was fr￭ b 010￭ 621 on 19 january 2015 astro￭ no￭ mers at australia s national science agency c￭ si￭ ro reported from par￭ kes that a fast radio burst had been observed for the first time live
a fat finger error is a key￭ board input error in the financial markets such as the stock market or foreign exchange market whereby an order to buy or sell is placed of far greater size than intended for the wrong stock or contract at the wrong price or with any number of other input errors automated systems within trading houses may catch fat finger errors before they reach the market or such orders may be cancelled before they can be fulfilled the larger the order the more likely it is to be cancelled as it may be an order larger than the amount of stock available in the market fat finger errors are a product of the electronic processing of orders which requires details to be input using key￭ boards before trading was computerised erroneous orders were known as out trades which could be cancelled before proceeding erroneous orders placed using computers may be harder or impossible to cancel
a fat embol￭ ism is a type of embol￭ ism that is often caused by physical trauma such as frac￭ ture of long bones soft tissue trauma and burns
fat necro￭ sis is a form of necro￭ sis characterized by the action upon fat by dig￭ estive enzymes in fat necro￭ sis the enzyme lip￭ ase releases fatty acids from tri￭ gly￭ cer￭ ides the fatty acids then complex with calcium to form so￭ aps these so￭ aps appear as white chal￭ ky deposits it is usually associated with trauma of the pan￭ cre￭ as or acute pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis it can also occur in the breast the sali￭ vary g￭ lands and ne￭ on￭ ates after a traumatic delivery
in computing a fatal error or fatal exception error is an error that causes a program to abor￭ t and may therefore return the user to the operating system when this happens data that the program was processing may be lost a fatal error is usually distinguished from a fatal system error col￭ lo￭ qu￭ ially referred to in the ms windows operating systems by the error message it produces as a blue screen of death a fatal error occurs typically in any of the following cases an illegal instruction has been attempted invalid data or code has been accessed an operation is not allowed in the current ring or c￭ pu mode a program attempts to divide by zero only for inte￭ gers with the i￭ ee￭ e floating point standard this creates an infin￭ ity instead in some systems such as mac os x and microsoft windows a fatal error causes the operating system to create a log entry or to save an image core dump of the process
fatal famili￭ al in￭ som￭ nia ff￭ i is an extremely rare auto￭ som￭ al dominant inherited pri￭ on disease of the brain it is almost always caused by a mutation to the protein pr￭ pc but can also develop spontaneously in patients with a non inherited mutation variant called spor￭ adic fatal in￭ som￭ nia s￭ fi ff￭ i has no known cure and involves progressively worsening in￭ som￭ nia which leads to halluc￭ inations deli￭ ri￭ um and confu￭ sional states like that of dementia the average survival span for patients diagnosed with ff￭ i after the onset of symptoms is 18 months the mut￭ ated protein called pr￭ psc has been found in just 40 families worldwide affecting about 100 people if only one parent has the gene the offspring have a 50 risk of inher￭ iting it and developing the disease with onset usually around middle age it is essential that a potential patient be tested if they wish to avoid passing ff￭ i on to their children the first recorded case was an italian man who died in venice in 17￭ 65
a fat￭ berg is a con￭ ge￭ aled lump of fat sanitary items wet wi￭ pes and similar items found in se￭ wer systems which do not break down like toilet paper such deposits are officially referred to by this term by authorities at th￭ ames water in london uk while fat￭ ber￭ gs are problematic clo￭ gs in city se￭ wer systems they have also been identified as a source of fuel specifically biogas this was also discussed on the first episode of the television show kevin mc￭ cloud s man made home on 23 september 2012 where mc￭ cloud is seen making bio￭ diesel for a lamp out of london city se￭ wer fat￭ ber￭ gs
a broad classification for genetic disorders that result from an inability of the body to produce or utili￭ ze one enzyme that is required to ox￭ idi￭ ze fatty acids the enzyme can be missing or improperly constructed resulting in it not working this leaves the body unable to produce energy within the liver and muscles from fatty acid sources the body s primary source of energy is glucose however when all the glucose in the body has been exp￭ ended a normal body dig￭ ests fats individuals with a fatty acid metabol￭ ism disorder are unable to met￭ abo￭ li￭ ze this fat source for energy halting bodily processes most individuals with a fatty acid metabol￭ ism disorder are able to live a normal active life with simple adjustments to diet and medications if left un￭ diagnosed many complications can arise when in need of glucose the body of a person with a fatty acid metabol￭ ism disorder will still send fats to the liver the fats are broken down to fatty acids the fatty acids are then transported to the target cells but are unable to be broken down resulting in a build up of fatty acids in the liver and other internal organs fatty acid metabol￭ ism disorders are sometimes classified with the lip￭ id metabol￭ ism disorders but in other contexts they are considered a distinct category
fatty liver also known as fatty liver disease f￭ ld or he￭ p￭ atic ste￭ at￭ osis is a reversible condition where￭ in large vacu￭ oles of tri￭ gly￭ cer￭ ide fat accumulate in liver cells via the process of ste￭ at￭ osis i e abnormal retention of li￭ pi￭ ds within a cell despite having multiple causes fatty liver can be considered a single disease that occurs worldwide in those with excessive alcohol intake and the ob￭ ese with or without effects of insulin resistance the condition is also associated with other diseases that influence fat metabol￭ ism when this process of fat metabol￭ ism is disrupted the fat can accumulate in the liver in excessive amounts thus resulting in a fatty liver it is difficult to distinguish alcoholic f￭ ld from non￭ alcoholic f￭ ld and both show micro￭ vesicular and macro￭ vesicular fatty changes at different stages accumulation of fat may also be accompanied by a progressive infl￭ amm￭ ation of the liver hepatitis called ste￭ ato￭ hepatitis by considering the contribution by alcohol fatty liver may be termed alcoholic ste￭ at￭ osis or non￭ alcoholic fatty liver disease naf￭ ld and the more severe forms as alcoholic ste￭ ato￭ hepatitis part of alcoholic liver disease and non alcoholic ste￭ ato￭ hepatitis n￭ ash
fault tolerant messaging or fai￭ lover abstr￭ action is the ability to transparently “ fai￭ lover ” a call or request from one service transport protocol to another upon failure with no changes to the functional code or business logic implementation in elem￭ en￭ ope this ability to “ fai￭ lover ” is achieved via dispat￭ cher fai￭ lover d￭ fo configuration the elem￭ en￭ ope framework has the ability to confi￭ g￭ ure multiple ne￭ sted fai￭ lover chains a typical use of the d￭ fo functionality is the fai￭ lover from a synchron￭ ous service transport protocol to an as￭ yn￭ ch￭ ron￭ ous service transport protocol for instance when an x￭ ml r￭ pc service is down the messages may be failed over to an as￭ yn￭ ch￭ ron￭ ous j￭ ms queue implementation for processing when the service is available
in geo￭ logy a fault is a plan￭ ar frac￭ ture or dis￭ continuity in a volume of rock across which there has been significant displacement as a result of rock mass movement large faults within the earth s cr￭ ust result from the action of plate tec￭ tonic forces with the largest forming the boundaries between the plates such as sub￭ duc￭ tion zones or transform faults energy release associated with rapid movement on active faults is the cause of most earthquakes a fault plane is the plane that represents the frac￭ ture surface of a fault a fault trace or fault line is the inter￭ section of a fault plane with the ground surface a fault trace is also the line commonly plo￭ tted on geo￭ logic maps to represent a fault since faults do not usually consist of a single clean frac￭ ture geo￭ logists use the term fault zone when referring to the zone of complex de￭ formation associated with the fault plane the two sides of a non vertical fault are known as the hanging wall and fo￭ o￭ tw￭ all by definition the hanging wall occurs above the fault plane and the fo￭ o￭ tw￭ all occurs below the fault this terminology comes from mining when working a tab￭ ular ore body the min￭ er stood with the fo￭ o￭ tw￭ all under his feet and with the hanging wall hanging above him
fault detection isolation and recovery f￭ di￭ r is a sub￭ field of control engineering which concerns itself with monitoring a system identifying when a fault has occurred and pin￭ pointing the type of fault and its location two approaches can be distinguished a direct pattern recognition of sensor readings that indicate a fault and an analysis of the discrepancy between the sensor readings and expected values derived from some model in the latter case it is typical that a fault is said to be detected if the discrepancy or residual goes above a certain threshold it is then the task of fault isolation to categ￭ ori￭ ze the type of fault and its location in the machinery fault detection and isolation fdi techniques can be broadly classified into two categories these include model based fdi and signal processing based fdi
the f￭ au￭ n latin fa￭ un￭ us ancient greek φα￭ ῦ￭ νο￭ ς p￭ ha￭ un￭ os pronounced p￭ ʰ￭ ay￭ nos is a myth￭ ological half human – half goat from the head to the wa￭ ist being human but with the addition of goat horns manifestation of forest and animal spirits that would help or hinder humans at wh￭ im they are often associated with the sat￭ y￭ rs of greek myth￭ ology
fa￭ vi￭ d of fav￭ us latin for honey￭ comb is a disease usually affecting the scal￭ p but occurring occasionally on any part of the skin and even at times on mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ ran￭ es the word “ fa￭ vi￭ d ” is more used than french word “ fav￭ us ” which is close to the latin e￭ ty￭ mo￭ logy
in gambling and economics the favourite long￭ shot bias is an observed phenomenon where on average bet￭ tors tend to over￭ value long shots and under￭ value favour￭ ites that is in a horse race where one horse is given odds of 2 to 1 and another 100 to 1 the true odds might for example be 1 5 to 1 and 300 to 1 respectively betting on the long shot is therefore a much worse proposition than betting on the favourite in the long run losing 5 by betting on the favourite but losing 40 on long￭ shots is not un￭ common various theories exist to explain why people willingly bet on such losing pro￭ positions such as risk loving behavior risk aver￭ se behavior or simply inaccurate estimation as presented by so￭ bel and ra￭ ines
fav￭ re – ra￭ cou￭ cho￭ t syndrome also known as fav￭ re – ra￭ cou￭ cho￭ t disease and no￭ d￭ ular cu￭ taneous el￭ ast￭ osis with cy￭ sts and com￭ ed￭ ones is a disorder consisting of multiple open com￭ ed￭ ones that occurs in skin damaged by sunlight especially under and lateral of the eyes the com￭ ed￭ ones are widened openings for hair fol￭ lic￭ les and se￭ bac￭ eous g￭ lands filled with material
faz￭ io – lon￭ de disease f￭ ld also called progressive bul￭ bar pal￭ sy of childhood is an very rare inherited motor ne￭ uron disease of children and young adults and is characterized by progressive paralysis of muscles in￭ nerv￭ ated by cran￭ ial nerves
fear potenti￭ ated star￭ tle f￭ ps is a refl￭ exi￭ ve physiological reaction to a presented stimulus and is an indicator of the fear reaction in an organism the f￭ ps response can be elicited in the face of any threatening stimulus e g any object person or situation that would cause someone to experience feelings of fear but it can also be elicited by a neutral stimulus as a result of fear conditioning a process that occurs when a benign stimulus comes to ev￭ oke fear and anxiety upon being p￭ aired with a traumatic or fear provoking event the stimulus in question is usually of aud￭ itory e g loud noise or visual e g bright light nature and star￭ tle response measures include eye￭ blink rates and pulse heart rate the negative impact of heightened f￭ ps in the face of neutral stimul￭ i can be treated pharmacologically using psychotropic medications that are typically used to reduce anxiety in humans recent literature moreover has implicated increased f￭ ps responses as a cor￭ relate in post￭ traumatic stress disorder pt￭ s￭ d and other anxiety disorders
fea￭ ther pluc￭ king sometimes termed fea￭ ther picking fea￭ ther damaging behaviour or p￭ ter￭ o￭ til￭ lo￭ mania is a mal￭ adap￭ tive behavi￭ our￭ al disorder commonly seen in captive birds which chew bite or pl￭ uck their own feathers with their be￭ ak resulting in damage to the feathers and occasionally the skin it is especially common among p￭ sit￭ tac￭ i￭ form￭ es with an estimated 10 of captive par￭ rots exhi￭ biting the disorder the areas of the body that are mainly pec￭ ked or plucked are the more accessible regions such as the neck chest flank inner thi￭ gh and ven￭ tr￭ al wing area cont￭ our and down feathers are generally identified as the main target although in some cases tail and flight feathers are affected although fea￭ ther pluc￭ king shares characteristics with fea￭ ther pec￭ king commonly seen in commercial poultry the two behavi￭ ours are currently considered to be distinct as in the latter the birds pec￭ k at and pull out the feathers of other individuals fea￭ ther pluc￭ king has characteristics that are similar to tric￭ ho￭ til￭ lo￭ mania an impulse control disorder in humans and hair pulling which has been reported in mice guinea pigs rabbits sheep and mus￭ ko￭ x dogs and cats leading to suggestions for a comparative psychology approach to alleviating these problems
fea￭ ther pec￭ king is a behavi￭ our￭ al problem that occurs most frequently amongst domestic hens reared for egg production although it does occur in other poultry such as p￭ he￭ as￭ ants turkeys ducks and is sometimes seen in farmed o￭ stric￭ hes fea￭ ther pec￭ king occurs when one bird repeatedly pec￭ ks at the feathers of another two levels of severity are recognised gentle and severe gentle fea￭ ther pec￭ king is considered to be normal investig￭ atory behaviour where the feathers of the recipient are hardly disturbed and therefore does not represent a problem in severe fea￭ ther pec￭ king however the feathers of the recipient are grasped pulled at and sometimes removed this is painful for the receiving bird and can lead to trauma of the skin or bleeding which in turn can lead to canni￭ b￭ alism and death fea￭ ther pec￭ king is one of the major problems facing the egg industry in non c￭ ag￭ es￭ y￭ stems and is set to become an even greater issue with the eu legislation council directive 1999 74 ec ban on the keeping of laying hens in bar￭ ren battery cages which came into force in 2012 and the prospect of a ban on be￭ ak trim￭ ming see below reducing fea￭ ther pec￭ king without resorting to be￭ ak trim￭ ming is an important goal for the poultry industry
fea￭ ther pillow der￭ mati￭ tis is a rash caused by bites of the p￭ sor￭ op￭ ti￭ da￭ e species of m￭ ite
sweet s syndrome ss or acute fe￭ bri￭ le neu￭ tro￭ phil￭ ic der￭ mat￭ osis is a skin disease characterized by the sudden onset of fever an elevated white blood cell count and tender red well demarc￭ ated pap￭ ules and pl￭ aqu￭ es that show dense infiltr￭ ates by neu￭ tro￭ phil gran￭ ul￭ oc￭ y￭ tes on his￭ to￭ logic examination the syndrome was first described in 1964 by robert douglas sweet it was also known as gom￭ m button disease in honour of the first two patients sweet diagnosed with the condition
fe￭ bri￭ le non hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic transfusion reaction is a type of transfusion reaction that is associated with fever but not directly with hem￭ ol￭ ysis it is most commonly caused by antibodies directed against donor leuk￭ oc￭ y￭ tes and h￭ la antigens this is in contrast to transfusion associated acute lung injury in which the donor plasma has antibodies directed against the recipient h￭ la antigens mediating the characteristic lung damage alternatively f￭ n￭ h￭ tr can be medi￭ ated by pre formed cy￭ to￭ k￭ ines in the donor plasma as a consequence of white blood cell breakdown it is abbreviated f￭ n￭ h￭ tr acet￭ amin￭ oph￭ en has been used in treatment and leuko￭ reduction of future trans￭ fu￭ sions is sometimes performed
a fe￭ bri￭ le seizure also known as a fever fit or fe￭ bri￭ le con￭ vul￭ sion is a seizure associated with a high body temperature but without any serious underlying health issue they most commonly occur in children between the ages of 6 months and 5 years most seizures are less than five minutes in duration and the child is completely back to normal within sixty minutes of the event fe￭ bri￭ le seizures may run in families the diagnosis involves verifying that there is not an infection of the brain there are no metabol￭ ic problems and there have not been prior seizures that have occurred without a fever there are two types of fe￭ bri￭ le seizures simple fe￭ bri￭ le seizures and complex fe￭ bri￭ le seizures simple fe￭ bri￭ le seizures involve an otherwise healthy child who has at most one tonic cl￭ onic seizure lasting less than 15 minutes in a 24 hour period blood testing imaging of the brain or an electro￭ encephal￭ o￭ gram eeg is typically not needed for the diagnosis examination to determine the source of the fever is recommended in otherwise healthy looking children a lum￭ bar punc￭ ture is not necessarily required neither anti seizure medication nor anti fever medication are recommended in an effort to prevent further simple fe￭ bri￭ le seizures in the few cases that last greater than five minutes a benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ine such as lor￭ az￭ ep￭ am or mid￭ az￭ ol￭ am may be used outcomes are generally excellent with similar academic achievements to other children and no change in the risk of death for those with simple seizures there is tentative evidence that children have a slight increased risk of epi￭ le￭ psy at 2 fe￭ bri￭ le seizures affect two to ten percent of children before the age of five they are more common in boys than girls after a single fe￭ bri￭ le seizure there is a 15 to 70 chance of another one
the february 13 1979 wind￭ storm is a natural phenomenon that took place on february 13 1979 in pacific canada and the united states during the early morning of february 13 1979 an intense wave cyclone moved across southern van￭ cou￭ ver island british columbia south of the low center a strong atmospheric pressure gr￭ adi￭ ent was carried across washington with associated high winds with a cold air￭ flow moving toward the northeast inter￭ acting with the high terrain of the olympic mountains a lee low developed east of the olympics the mes￭ o￭ scale low caused a particularly intense pressure gr￭ adi￭ ent to develop across the kit￭ sap peninsula region
a f￭ ec￭ al imp￭ action is a solid im￭ mobile bulk of human f￭ ec￭ es that can develop in the rec￭ tum as a result of chronic con￭ sti￭ p￭ ation a related term is f￭ ec￭ al loading which refers to a large volume of sto￭ ol in the rec￭ tum of any consistency
f￭ ec￭ al in￭ contin￭ ence fi also called fa￭ ec￭ al in￭ contin￭ ence bo￭ wel in￭ contin￭ ence anal in￭ contin￭ ence accidental bo￭ wel leakage or in some forms en￭ co￭ pres￭ is is a lack of control over defec￭ ation leading to involuntary loss of bo￭ wel contents — including fl￭ atus gas liquid sto￭ ol elements and m￭ uc￭ us or solid f￭ ec￭ es fi is a sign or a symptom not a diagnosis in￭ contin￭ ence can result from different causes and might occur with either con￭ sti￭ p￭ ation or diarr￭ hea contin￭ ence is maintained by several inter related factors and usually there is more than one deficiency of these mechanisms for in￭ contin￭ ence to develop the most common causes are thought to be immediate or delayed damage from childbirth complications from prior ano￭ rec￭ tal surgery especially involving the anal sp￭ h￭ inc￭ ters or hemor￭ rho￭ idal vascular cush￭ ions and altered bo￭ wel habits e g caused by irrit￭ able bo￭ wel syndrome cro￭ hn s disease ul￭ cer￭ ative co￭ li￭ tis food intolerance or con￭ sti￭ p￭ ation with over￭ flow in￭ contin￭ ence an estimated 2 2 of community dwelling adults are affected f￭ ec￭ al in￭ contin￭ ence has three main consequences local reactions of the peri￭ anal skin and ur￭ inary tract including mac￭ eration sof￭ tening and whit￭ ening of skin due to continuous moisture ur￭ inary tract infections or dec￭ u￭ bit￭ us ul￭ cers pressure so￭ res a financial expense for individuals due to cost of medication and in￭ contin￭ ence products and loss of productivity employers days off and medical insurers and society generally health care costs unemployment and an associated decrease in quality of life there is often reduced self esteem shame humiliation depression a need to organize life around easy access to bathroom and avoidance of enjo￭ y￭ able activities fi is an example of a stigmati￭ zed medical condition which creates barriers to successful management people may be too embarrassed to seek medical help and attempt to self manage the symptom in secrecy from others fi is one of the most psychologically and socially deb￭ il￭ itating conditions in an otherwise healthy individual but it is generally treat￭ able management may be achieved through an individu￭ alized mix of dietary pharmaco￭ logic and surgical measures health care professionals are often poorly informed about treatment options and may fail to recognize the effect of fi
f￭ ec￭ al oc￭ cult blood f￭ ob refers to blood in the f￭ ec￭ es that is not visibly apparent unlike other types of blood in sto￭ ol such as mel￭ ena or hem￭ ato￭ che￭ zia a f￭ ec￭ al oc￭ cult blood test f￭ ob￭ t checks for hidden oc￭ cult blood in the sto￭ ol f￭ ec￭ es newer tests look for glob￭ in dna or other blood factors including transfer￭ rin while conventional sto￭ ol gu￭ ai￭ ac tests look for hem￭ e
f￭ ec￭ al v￭ om￭ iting also called f￭ ec￭ ul￭ ent v￭ om￭ iting and ster￭ cor￭ ac￭ eous v￭ om￭ iting is a kind of v￭ om￭ iting where￭ in the material v￭ om￭ ited is of f￭ ec￭ al origin it is a common symptom of gastro￭ je￭ jun￭ o￭ col￭ ic f￭ ist￭ ula and intest￭ inal obstruction in the i￭ leum f￭ ec￭ al v￭ om￭ iting is often accompanied by an od￭ or of f￭ ec￭ es on the breath and other gastro￭ intest￭ inal symptoms including ab￭ domin￭ al pain ab￭ domin￭ al dis￭ tension dehydr￭ ation and diarr￭ hea in severe cases of bo￭ wel obstruction or con￭ sti￭ p￭ ation such as those related to clo￭ zap￭ ine treatment f￭ ec￭ al v￭ om￭ iting has been identified as a cause of death f￭ ec￭ al v￭ om￭ iting occurs when the bo￭ wel is obstructed for some reason and intest￭ inal contents cannot move normally per￭ ist￭ al￭ tic waves occur in an attempt to de￭ com￭ press the intest￭ ine and the strong contr￭ actions of the intest￭ inal muscles push the contents backwards through the p￭ yl￭ or￭ ic sp￭ h￭ inc￭ ter into the stomach where they are then v￭ om￭ ited f￭ ec￭ al v￭ om￭ iting can also occur in cats
f￭ ec￭ al￭ ur￭ ia is the presence of f￭ ec￭ es in the urine
fe￭ co￭ li￭ th also called a f￭ ec￭ al￭ oma or fa￭ ec￭ al￭ oma is an extreme form of f￭ ec￭ al imp￭ action often characterized by calci￭ fication the term f￭ ec￭ ali￭ th literally means a stone made of f￭ ec￭ es li￭ th stone it is a hard￭ ening of f￭ ec￭ es into lum￭ ps of varying size and may occur anywhere in the intest￭ inal tract but is typically found in the col￭ on it is also called appendi￭ co￭ li￭ th when it occurs in the appendix and is sometimes concomitant with append￭ ic￭ i￭ tis they can also obstruct diver￭ ticul￭ i
feder￭ ated architecture fa is a pattern in enterprise architecture that allows interoperability and information sharing between semi autonomous de centrally organized lines of business lob￭ s information technology systems and applications architecture areas of concern organisational architecture business architecture process architecture information architecture this is an approach to the coordinated sharing and exchange of information which is organized by models which are describing common concepts and behavior the pattern emphasizes a controlled sharing and exchange of information among autonomous components by communication via messages highest possible autonomy shall be given to the different cooperating components in return they are expected to adhere to common models by using defined interfaces
a feed additive is a food supplements for farm animals that cannot get enough nutrients from regular meals that the farmers provide and include vitamins amino acids fatty acids and minerals in some cases if an animal does not have some specific nutrition in its diet it may not grow properly the nutritional values of animal feeds are influenced not only by their nutrient content but also by many other factors these include feed presentation hygiene dig￭ esti￭ bility and effect on intest￭ inal health even with all of the benefits of higher quality feed most of a farm animal s diet still consists of maize wheat and so￭ y￭ bean meal because of the higher costs of quality feed
fe￭ in￭ gold syndrome also called oc￭ ul￭ o￭ dig￭ ito￭ es￭ op￭ ha￭ go￭ du￭ o￭ den￭ al syndrome is a rare auto￭ som￭ al dominant hereditary disorder it is named after murray fe￭ in￭ gold an american physician who first described the syndrome in 1975 until 2003 at least 79 patients have been reported worldwide
the fe￭ ist – ben￭ ary synthesis is an organic reaction between α halo￭ gen ke￭ tones and β dic￭ ar￭ bon￭ yl compounds to produce substituted fur￭ an compounds this condens￭ ation reaction is cataly￭ zed by am￭ ines such as ammonia and py￭ ri￭ dine the first step in the ring synthesis is related to the kno￭ ev￭ en￭ ag￭ el condens￭ ation in the second step the en￭ ol￭ ate dis￭ places an al￭ ky￭ l halo￭ gen in a nucle￭ oph￭ il￭ ic ali￭ ph￭ atic substitution fe￭ ist ben￭ ary synthesis a recent modification is the en￭ anti￭ o￭ selective interrupted fe￭ ist ben￭ ary reaction with a chir￭ al auxiliary based on the cin￭ ch￭ ona al￭ k￭ alo￭ id quin￭ ine based in the presence of prot￭ on spon￭ ge to the hydroxy￭ di￭ hydro￭ fur￭ an this type of al￭ k￭ alo￭ ids is also used in asymmetric synthesis in the ad mix the al￭ k￭ alo￭ id is pro￭ ton￭ ated throughout the reaction and transfers its chir￭ ality by interaction of the ac￭ id￭ ic ammonium hydrogen with the dic￭ ar￭ bon￭ yl group of ethyl bro￭ mop￭ y￭ ru￭ v￭ ate in a 5 memb￭ ered transition state interrupted fe￭ ist ben￭ ary reaction
in ancient roman culture fel￭ ic￭ itas from the latin ad￭ jec￭ tive felix fruitful blessed happy lucky is a condition of di￭ vin￭ ely inspired productivity bl￭ es￭ se￭ dness or happiness fel￭ ic￭ itas could encompass both a woman s fertility and a general s luck or good fortune the divine person￭ ification of fel￭ ic￭ itas was cultivated as a goddess although fel￭ ic￭ itas may be translated as good luck and the goddess fel￭ ic￭ itas shares some characteristics and attributes with fortun￭ a the two were distinguished in roman religion fortun￭ a was unpredictable and her effects could be negative as the existence of an altar to mal￭ a fortun￭ a bad luck acknowledges fel￭ ic￭ itas however always had a positive significance she appears with that focus on aspects of her divine power fel￭ ic￭ itas had a temple in rome as early as the mid 2 nd century bc and during the republican era was honored at two official festi￭ vals of roman state religion on july 1 in conjunction with jun￭ o and october 9 as f￭ au￭ sta fel￭ ic￭ itas fel￭ ic￭ itas continued to play an important role in imperial cult and was frequently portrayed on coins as a symbol of the wealth and prosperity of the roman empire her primary attributes are the cad￭ uc￭ eus and cor￭ nu￭ cop￭ ia the english word fel￭ icity derives from fel￭ ic￭ itas
the fel￭ icity effect is an effect observed during acous￭ tic emission in a structure undergoing repeated mechanical loading it neg￭ ates the effect of emission silence in the structure that is often observed from the related ka￭ iser effect at high loads a material demonstrating the fel￭ icity effect gives off acous￭ tic emission at a lower load than one previously reached in an increasing load cycle regime
fel￭ ine ac￭ ne is a problem seen in cats primarily involving the formation of black￭ heads accompanied by infl￭ amm￭ ation on the cat s chin and surrounding areas in many cases symptoms are mild and the disease does not require treatment more severe cases however may respond slowly to treatment and seriously detract from the health and appearance of the cat fel￭ ine ac￭ ne can affect cats of any age sex or breed se￭ bac￭ eous g￭ lands are mostly found in the skin of the chin base of the tail eye￭ li￭ ds lips pre￭ pu￭ ce and scro￭ tum they are connected to the hair fol￭ lic￭ les in ac￭ ne the fol￭ lic￭ les become clo￭ gged with black se￭ bac￭ eous material forming com￭ ed￭ ones also known as black￭ heads these com￭ ed￭ ones can become irritated sw￭ oll￭ en and infected leading to pu￭ st￭ ules the cats may experience it￭ ching and discomfort due to sw￭ elling and bacterial growth inside infected g￭ lands secondary fun￭ gal infections species mal￭ as￭ se￭ zia may also occur other conditions that can cause similar appearing conditions include skin mit￭ es ring￭ worm ye￭ ast infection or auto immune diseases such as e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic gran￭ ul￭ oma complex ro￭ dent ul￭ cers
fel￭ ine asthma is a common allergic respiratory disease in cats affecting at least one percent of all adult cats worldwide it is a chronic progressive disease for which there is no cure common symptoms include whe￭ e￭ zing cou￭ gh￭ ing lab￭ ored breathing and potentially life threatening bron￭ cho￭ con￭ stric￭ tion there is con￭ jec￭ ture that the disease is becoming more common due to increased exposure to industrial pollutants
fel￭ ine hyper￭ esthesia syndrome also known as rolling skin disease is a rare illness in domestic cats that causes episodes of ag￭ itation self mutilation and a characteristic rip￭ pling of the skin when touched it is often described as a seizure disorder but the cause is unknown
fel￭ ine infectious an￭ emia fia is an infectious disease found in fel￭ ines causing an￭ emia and other symptoms the disease is caused by a variety of infectious agents most commonly my￭ co￭ plasma ha￭ em￭ of￭ el￭ is which used to be called ha￭ em￭ ob￭ ar￭ ton￭ ella ha￭ em￭ ob￭ ar￭ ton￭ ella and e￭ per￭ y￭ thro￭ zo￭ on species were reclassi￭ fied as my￭ co￭ plas￭ mas co￭ infection often occurs with other infectious agents including fel￭ ine leuk￭ emia virus fel￭ v fel￭ ine immun￭ o￭ deficiency virus fi￭ v e￭ hr￭ lic￭ hia species an￭ ap￭ las￭ ma p￭ ha￭ go￭ cy￭ top￭ hil￭ um and candidat￭ us my￭ co￭ plasma ha￭ em￭ omin￭ u￭ tum
fel￭ ine infectious per￭ it￭ oni￭ tis fi￭ p is a fatal incur￭ able disease that affects cats it is caused by fel￭ ine infectious per￭ it￭ oni￭ tis virus fi￭ p￭ v which is a mutation of fel￭ ine enter￭ ic coron￭ avi￭ rus f￭ ec￭ v fel￭ ine coron￭ avi￭ rus f￭ co￭ v experts do not agree on the specifics of genetic changes that produce the fi￭ p￭ v the mut￭ ated virus has the ability to invade and grow in certain white blood cells namely macro￭ p￭ ha￭ ges the immune system s response causes an intense infl￭ am￭ matory reaction in the containing tissues this disease is generally fatal however its incidence rate is roughly 1 in 5 000 for households with one or two cats a nas￭ ally administered vaccine for fi￭ p is available but controversial and it is not proven to be highly effective an experimental poly￭ pren￭ yl immun￭ o￭ stimul￭ ant is being manufactured by s￭ ass and s￭ ass and tested by dr al legend￭ re who described survival over 1 year in three cats diagnosed with fi￭ p and treated with the medicine in one case study a female cat diagnosed with dry fi￭ p has survived 26 months from the date of definitive diagnosis
fel￭ ine tooth resor￭ ption tr is a syndrome in cats characterized by resor￭ ption of the tooth by od￭ on￭ to￭ cl￭ asts cells similar to o￭ ste￭ o￭ cl￭ asts tr has also been called fel￭ ine od￭ on￭ to￭ cl￭ astic resor￭ ption le￭ sion for￭ l neck le￭ sion cer￭ vic￭ al neck le￭ sion cer￭ vic￭ al line erosion fel￭ ine sub￭ g￭ ing￭ i￭ val resor￭ ptive le￭ sion fel￭ ine car￭ ies or fel￭ ine cav￭ ity it is one of the most common diseases of domestic cats affecting up to two thirds tr￭ s have been seen more recently in the history of fel￭ ine medicine due to the advancing ages of cats but 800 year old cat skelet￭ ons have shown evidence of this disease pu￭ reb￭ red cats especially si￭ am￭ ese and per￭ sians may be more susceptible tr￭ s clin￭ ically appear as ero￭ sions of the surface of the tooth at the g￭ ing￭ i￭ val border they are often covered with calcul￭ us or g￭ ing￭ i￭ val tissue it is a progressive disease usually starting with loss of cem￭ ent￭ um and denti￭ n and leading to penetration of the pulp cav￭ ity resor￭ ption continues up the d￭ ent￭ inal tu￭ bul￭ es into the tooth crown the en￭ am￭ el is also resor￭ bed or undermined to the point of tooth frac￭ ture resor￭ bed cem￭ ent￭ um and denti￭ n is replaced with bone like tissue
fel￭ ine pan￭ leuk￭ open￭ ia virus fp￭ v also known as fel￭ ine infectious enter￭ i￭ tis fel￭ ine par￭ vo￭ viral enter￭ i￭ tis fel￭ ine at￭ ax￭ ia fel￭ ine dist￭ emp￭ er or cat plague is a viral infection affecting cats both domes￭ ticated and wild fel￭ ine species it is caused by fel￭ ine par￭ vo￭ virus a close relative of both type 2 can￭ ine par￭ vo￭ virus and min￭ k enter￭ i￭ tis once contracted it is highly contagious and can be fatal to the affected cat the name pan￭ leuk￭ open￭ ia comes from the low white blood cell count leu￭ co￭ cy￭ tes exhi￭ bited by affected animals
fel￭ ine spongiform encephalopathy is a disease that affects the brains of fel￭ ines it is caused by proteins called pri￭ ons
fel￭ ine viral rhin￭ o￭ trac￭ hei￭ tis f￭ v￭ r is an upper respiratory or pul￭ mon￭ ary infection of cats caused by fel￭ ine her￭ pes￭ virus 1 of the family her￭ pes￭ vi￭ ri￭ da￭ e it is also commonly referred to as fel￭ ine influenza fel￭ ine cor￭ y￭ za and fel￭ ine pneumonia but as these terms describe other very distinct collections of respiratory symptoms they are mis￭ no￭ mers for the condition viral respiratory diseases in cats can be serious especially in cat￭ ter￭ ies and ken￭ n￭ els causing one half of the respiratory diseases in cats f￭ v￭ r is the most important of these diseases and is found worldwide the other important cause of fel￭ ine respiratory disease is fel￭ ine cal￭ ic￭ i￭ virus f￭ v￭ r is very contagious and can cause severe disease including death from pneumonia in young kit￭ tens it can cause flat ch￭ ested kit￭ ten syndrome but most evidence for this is anec￭ do￭ tal all members of the feli￭ da￭ e family are susceptible to f￭ v￭ r in fact f￭ h￭ v 1 has caused a fatal en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis in lions in germany
fel￭ ty s syndrome also called fel￭ ty syndrome is characterized by the combination of r￭ heu￭ mato￭ id ar￭ thri￭ tis splen￭ om￭ eg￭ al￭ y and neu￭ tro￭ pen￭ ia the condition is more common in those aged 50 – 70 years and is more prevalent in females than males and more in cauca￭ sians than those of african descent it is a de￭ forming but inactive disease and sero￭ positive for r￭ f
female artist s novel is a literary subtype of kun￭ st￭ ler￭ roman which can be defined as a literary procedure which deals with the main female protagon￭ ist ’ s growing to maturity and gaining experience and independence as an artist namely a writer based on the major assumptions of kun￭ st￭ ler￭ roman female artist ’ s novel works as a portr￭ ayal of a woman ’ s artistic struggle as she acquires artistic freedom and masters the artistic craft of being a writer and gaining literary d￭ exter￭ ity the scope of the gen￭ re is deeply rooted in the main assumptions of kun￭ st￭ ler￭ roman where the growth of the character is displayed from one s youth to adul￭ thood and deals with one s emotional and personal development on the way to artistic ful￭ fill￭ ment as opposed to kun￭ st￭ ler￭ roman female artist s novel focuses only on a female writer who besides being a capable artist and creator of her own reality is often to perform many social roles simultaneously e g the role of a wife a mother home guardian etc to meet expectations the society imposes on her the gen￭ re itself is more g￭ end￭ ered due to its focus on a female position
female athlete tri￭ ad is a syndrome in which eating disorders or low energy availability amen￭ or￭ rho￭ ea olig￭ omen￭ or￭ rho￭ ea and decreased bone mineral density o￭ ste￭ op￭ or￭ osis and o￭ ste￭ open￭ ia are present also known simply as the tri￭ ad this condition is seen in females participating in sports that emphasize le￭ ann￭ ess or low body weight the tri￭ ad is a serious illness with lifelong health consequences and can potentially be fatal
a female genital disease is a condition that affects the female reproductive system
female genital pro￭ lapse or vag￭ inal pro￭ lapse or pel￭ vic organ pro￭ lapse is characterized by a portion of the vag￭ inal canal pro￭ tru￭ ding pro￭ lap￭ sing from the opening of the vag￭ ina the condition usually occurs when the pel￭ vic floor collapses as a result of childbirth or heavy lifting which can tear soft tissues i e her￭ ni￭ ating fas￭ cia memb￭ ran￭ es so that the vag￭ inal wall collapses resulting in cy￭ sto￭ ce￭ le rec￭ to￭ ce￭ le or both remedi￭ ation typically involves dietary and lifestyle changes physical therapy or surgery
female hysteria was a once common medical diagnosis reserved exclusively for women which is today no longer recognized by medical authorities as a medical disorder its diagnosis and treatment were routine for many hundreds of years in western europe hysteria of both g￭ enders was widely discussed in the medical literature of the nineteenth century women considered to have it exhi￭ bited a wide array of symptoms including fain￭ tness nerv￭ ousness sexual desire in￭ som￭ nia fluid retention heav￭ iness in the ab￭ dom￭ en short￭ ness of breath irrit￭ ability loss of appetite for food or sex and a tendency to cause trouble in extreme cases the woman might be forced to enter an insane asylum or to undergo surgical hyster￭ ec￭ tomy
female in￭ fertility refers to in￭ fertility in female humans it affects an estimated 48 million women with the highest prevalence of in￭ fertility affecting people in south asia sub saharan africa north africa middle east and central eastern europe and central asia in￭ fertility is caused by many sources including nutrition diseases and other mal￭ formations of the uter￭ us in￭ fertility affects women from around the world and the cultural and social stigma surrounding it varies
female sexual ar￭ ous￭ al disorder f￭ sad is a disorder characterized by a persistent or recurrent inability to attain sexual ar￭ ous￭ al or to maintain ar￭ ous￭ al until the completion of a sexual activity the diagnosis can also refer to an inadequate lubric￭ ation sw￭ elling response normally present during ar￭ ous￭ al and sexual activity the condition should be distinguished from a general loss of interest in sexual activity and from other sexual dys￭ functions such as the org￭ as￭ mic disorder an￭ org￭ as￭ mia and hypo￭ active sexual desire disorder which is characterized as a lack or absence of sexual fantasies and desire for sexual activity for some period of time although female sexual dysfunction is currently a contested diagnostic it has become more common in recent years to use te￭ sto￭ ster￭ one off label based drugs to treat f￭ sad while drug companies are technically not allowed to market these drugs for off label uses sharing the information with doctors at c￭ me conferences has proved to be an effective way to navigate around the f￭ da approval process
feminist political theory is a diverse sub￭ field of feminist theory working towards three main goals 1 to understand and critique the role of gender in how political theory is conventi￭ onally construed 2 to re frame and re articulate conventional political theory in light of feminist issues especially gender equality and 3 to support political science presum￭ ing and pursuing gender equality feminist political theory encompasses a broad scope of approaches it overlaps with related areas including feminist jurisprudence feminist legal theory feminist political philosophy female centered empirical research in political science and feminist research methods feminist method for use in political science the social sciences indeed one scholar notes that insofar as almost all versions of feminism involve demonstrating the ways in which politics understood as power relations is present in our everyday lives one could reasonably describe feminist theory as a whole as a kind of political philosophy what frequently distinguishes feminist political theory from feminism broadly is the specific examination of the state and its role in the reproduction or redres￭ sing of gender inequality in addition to being broad and multidisciplinary the field is relatively new inherently innovative and still expanding the stanford en￭ cyclo￭ pedia of philosophy explains that feminist political philosophy serves as a field for developing new ideals practices and justifications for how political institutions and practices should be organized and re￭ constructed
a fem￭ oral frac￭ ture is a bone frac￭ ture that involves the fem￭ ur
a her￭ nia is caused by the pro￭ tru￭ sion of a vis￭ cus in the case of gro￭ in her￭ ni￭ as an intra￭ ab￭ domin￭ al organ through a weakness in the containing wall this weakness may be inherent as in the case of ingu￭ inal fem￭ oral and um￭ bil￭ ical her￭ ni￭ as on the other hand the weakness may be caused by surgical inc￭ ision through the muscles of the ab￭ domin￭ al thor￭ ac￭ ic wall her￭ ni￭ as occurring through these are called incis￭ ional her￭ ni￭ as fem￭ oral her￭ ni￭ as occur just below the ingu￭ inal lig￭ ament when ab￭ domin￭ al contents pass through a naturally occurring weakness called the fem￭ oral canal fem￭ oral her￭ ni￭ as are a relatively un￭ common type accounting for only 3 of all her￭ ni￭ as while fem￭ oral her￭ ni￭ as can occur in both males and females almost all of them develop in women because of the wider bone structure of the female pel￭ vis fem￭ oral her￭ ni￭ as are more common in adults than in children those that do occur in children are more likely to be associated with a connec￭ tive tissue disorder or with conditions that increase intra ab￭ domin￭ al pressure seventy percent of pedi￭ atric cases of fem￭ oral her￭ ni￭ as occur in infants under the age of one a redu￭ ci￭ ble fem￭ oral her￭ nia occurs when a fem￭ oral her￭ nia can be pushed back into the ab￭ dom￭ en either spontaneously or with manipulation but most likely spontaneously this is the most common type of fem￭ oral her￭ nia and is usually pain￭ less an irre￭ du￭ ci￭ ble fem￭ oral her￭ nia occurs when a fem￭ oral her￭ nia becomes stuck in the fem￭ oral canal this can cause pain and a feeling of illness an obstructed fem￭ oral her￭ nia occurs when a part of the intest￭ ine becomes intertwined with the her￭ nia causing an intest￭ inal obstruction the obstruction may grow and the her￭ nia can become increasingly painful v￭ om￭ iting may also result a strang￭ ulated fem￭ oral her￭ nia occurs when a fem￭ oral her￭ nia blocks blood supply to part of the bo￭ wel the loop of bo￭ wel loses its blood supply strang￭ ulation can happen in all her￭ ni￭ as but is more common in fem￭ oral and ingu￭ inal her￭ ni￭ as due to their narrow necks naus￭ ea v￭ om￭ iting and severe ab￭ domin￭ al pain may occur with a strang￭ ulated her￭ nia this is a medical emergency a strang￭ ulated intest￭ ine can result in necro￭ sis tissue death followed by gang￭ rene tissue decay this is a life threatening condition requiring immediate surgery a fem￭ oral her￭ nia may be either redu￭ ci￭ ble or irre￭ du￭ ci￭ ble and each type can also present as either or both obstructed or strang￭ ulated the term incarcer￭ ated fem￭ oral her￭ nia is sometimes used but may have different meanings to different authors and physicians for example sometimes the her￭ nia can get stuck in the canal and is called an irre￭ du￭ ci￭ ble or incarcer￭ ated fem￭ oral her￭ nia the term incarcer￭ ated is sometimes used to describe an obstructed her￭ nia that is irre￭ du￭ ci￭ ble but not strang￭ ulated thus an irre￭ du￭ ci￭ ble obstructed her￭ nia can also be called an incarcer￭ ated one incarcer￭ ated her￭ nia a her￭ nia that cannot be reduced may lead to bo￭ wel obstruction but is not associated with vascular compromise however the term incarcer￭ ated seems to always imply that the fem￭ oral her￭ nia is at least irre￭ du￭ ci￭ ble
fem￭ ur fi￭ bul￭ a ul￭ na syndrome ff￭ u syndrome or fem￭ ur fi￭ bul￭ a ul￭ na complex is a very rare syndrome characterized by ab￭ norm￭ alities of the fem￭ ur thi￭ gh bone fi￭ bul￭ a calf bone and the ul￭ na fore￭ arm bone there have been suggestions that ff￭ u complex may be the same as proxim￭ al fem￭ oral focal deficiency p￭ ff￭ d although authors are currently in disagreement over whether or not the disorders are in fact separate the breadth of the ab￭ normality and number of limbs involved is considered spor￭ adic although upper limbs are more affected than lower limbs and right side mal￭ formation is more prevalent than the left the condition was first noted by len￭ z and fel￭ d￭ man in 1977
fen￭ bend￭ azole ho￭ ech￭ st brand names pan￭ ac￭ ur and safe guard inter￭ vet pan￭ ac￭ ur and pan￭ ac￭ ur rabbit is a broad spectrum ben￭ zim￭ id￭ azole anth￭ el￭ min￭ tic used against gastro￭ intest￭ inal parasites including gi￭ ar￭ dia round￭ worms hook￭ worms whip￭ worms the ta￭ enia genus of ta￭ pe￭ worms but not effective against di￭ py￭ li￭ dium can￭ inum a common dog ta￭ pe￭ worm pin￭ worms a￭ elu￭ ro￭ stron￭ g￭ yl￭ us parag￭ on￭ im￭ i￭ asis stron￭ gy￭ les and stron￭ gy￭ lo￭ ides and can be administered to sheep cattle horses fish dogs cats rabbits and seals drug interactions may occur if sal￭ ic￭ y￭ lan￭ ili￭ des like di￭ bro￭ m￭ sal￭ an and nic￭ lo￭ sam￭ ide are co administered abortions in cattle and death in sheep have been reported
fen￭ ite is a met￭ as￭ om￭ atic alteration associated particularly with carbon￭ ati￭ te intru￭ sions and created very rarely by advanced carbon dioxide alteration carbon￭ ation of fel￭ sic and ma￭ fic rocks fen￭ ite alteration is known but restricted in distribution around high temperature met￭ am￭ orph￭ ic tal￭ c carbon￭ ates generally in the form of an au￭ re￭ ole around ul￭ tram￭ af￭ ic rocks such examples include bio￭ ti￭ te rich zones am￭ phi￭ bol￭ ite cal￭ cite sca￭ polite alteration and other unusual skar￭ n assemb￭ l￭ ages the process is called f￭ eni￭ tization the type loc￭ ality for fen￭ ite is the fen complex norwegian f￭ ens￭ fel￭ tet in no￭ me telem￭ ark norway
in the field of unconventional super￭ conduc￭ tivity a fer￭ mi arc is a phenomenon visible in the pseu￭ do￭ gap state of a super￭ conductor seen in momentum space part of the space exhi￭ bits a gap in the density of states like in a super￭ conductor this starts at the an￭ tin￭ od￭ al points and spreads through momentum space when lowering the temperature until everywhere is g￭ apped and the sample is super￭ conducting the area in momentum space that remains ung￭ apped is called the fer￭ mi arc
in physics or engineering education a fer￭ mi problem fer￭ mi qu￭ iz fer￭ mi question fer￭ mi estimate or order estimation is an estimation problem designed to teach dimensional analysis approximation and such a problem is usually a back of the envelope calculation the estimation technique is named after physic￭ ist en￭ rico fer￭ mi as he was known for his ability to make good approximate calculations with little or no actual data fer￭ mi problems typically involve making justified gu￭ esses about quantities and their variance or lower and upper bounds
the fer￭ m￭ ion doubling problem is a problem that is encountered when nai￭ vely trying to put fer￭ mi￭ onic fields on a lat￭ tice it consists in the appearance of sp￭ urious states such that one ends up having 2 d fer￭ mi￭ onic particles with d the number of discre￭ tized dimensions for each original fer￭ m￭ ion in order to solve this problem several strategies are in use such as wilson fer￭ m￭ ions and staggered fer￭ m￭ ions
the fernan￭ dez reaction is a reaction that occurs to signal a positive result in the lepro￭ min skin test for leprosy the reaction occurs in the skin at the site of injection if the body possesses antibodies to the d￭ harm￭ end￭ ra antigen one of the antigens found in my￭ co￭ bacter￭ ium le￭ pra￭ e the bacteria that causes leprosy the reaction occurs via a delayed type hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity mechanism this reaction occurs within 48 hours of injection of lepro￭ min and is seen in both lepro￭ mat￭ ous and tubercul￭ o￭ id forms of leprosy in contrast the mit￭ su￭ da reaction occurs 5 – 6 weeks after injection of lepro￭ min and is only seen in patients with the tubercul￭ o￭ id form of leprosy not the lepro￭ mat￭ ous form in which the body does not mount a strong response against the bacter￭ ium in terms of mechanism of action and appearance the reaction is similar to the tubercul￭ in reaction of a positive man￭ tou￭ x test for tuberculosis
in electrical engineering the ferr￭ anti effect is an increase in voltage occurring at the receiving end of a long transmission line above the voltage at the sending end this occurs when the line is energi￭ zed but there is a very light load or the load is disconnected the capac￭ itive line charging current produces a voltage drop across the line induc￭ tance that is in phase with the sending end voltages considering the line resistance as negligible therefore both line induc￭ tance and capac￭ it￭ ance are responsible for this phenomenon the ferr￭ anti effect will be more pronounced the longer the line and the higher the voltage applied the relative voltage rise is proportional to the square of the line length the ferr￭ anti effect is much more pronounced in underground cables even in short lengths because of their high capac￭ it￭ ance it was first observed during the installation of underground cables in sebastian zi￭ ani de ferr￭ anti s 10 000 vol￭ t distribution system in 18￭ 87 in general practice we know that for all electrical systems current flows from the region of higher potential to the region of lower potential to compensate for the electrical potential difference that exists in the system in all practical cases the sending end voltage is higher than the receiving end so current flows from the source or the supply end to the load but sir s z ferr￭ anti in the year 1890 came up with an astonishing theory about medium distance transmission line or long distance transmission lines suggesting that in case of light loading or no load operation of transmission system the receiving end voltage often increases beyond the sending end voltage leading to a phenomena known as ferr￭ anti effect in power system
the fer￭ rier carbo￭ cy￭ cli￭ zation or fer￭ rier ii reaction is an organic reaction that was first reported by the carbo￭ hydrate chem￭ ist robert j fer￭ rier in 1979 it is a metal medi￭ ated re￭ arrangement of en￭ ol e￭ ther py￭ r￭ ans to cyclo￭ hex￭ an￭ ones typically this reaction is cataly￭ zed by mercury salts specifically mercury ii chloride several reviews have been published
the fer￭ rier re￭ arrangement is an organic reaction that involves a nucle￭ oph￭ il￭ ic substitution reaction combined with an all￭ yl￭ ic shift in a gly￭ cal a 2 3 un￭ saturated gly￭ co￭ side it was discovered by the carbo￭ hydrate chem￭ ist robert j fer￭ rier a typical fer￭ rier re￭ arrangement
fer￭ ro￭ el￭ as￭ tic￭ ity is a phenomenon in which a material may exhibit a spontaneous strain in fer￭ ro￭ ics fer￭ ro￭ el￭ as￭ tic￭ ity is the mechanical equivalent of fer￭ ro￭ electricity and fer￭ ro￭ magne￭ tism when stress is applied to a fer￭ ro￭ elastic material a phase change will occur in the material from one phase to an equally stable phase either of different crystal structure e g cubic to te￭ trag￭ onal or of different orientation a twin phase this stress induced phase change results in a spontaneous strain in the material the shape memory effect and super￭ el￭ as￭ tic￭ ity are manifestations of fer￭ ro￭ el￭ as￭ tic￭ ity nit￭ in￭ ol nickel titanium a common fer￭ ro￭ elastic alloy can display either super￭ el￭ as￭ tic￭ ity or the shape memory effect at room temperature depending on the nickel titanium ratio
a dy pl fer￭ ru￭ gin￭ ous bodies is a hist￭ opath￭ o￭ logic finding in inter￭ sti￭ tial lung disease sugges￭ tive of significant asbestos exposure as￭ besto￭ sis asbestos exposure is associated with occupations such as shipbuilding roof￭ ing plumbing and construction they appear as small brown no￭ d￭ ules in the sep￭ tum of the al￭ ve￭ ol￭ us fer￭ ru￭ gin￭ ous bodies are typically indicative of asbestos inhal￭ ation when the presence of asbestos is verified they are called asbestos bodies in this case they are fi￭ bers of asbestos co￭ ated with an iron rich material derived from proteins such as fer￭ ri￭ tin and h￭ emo￭ sid￭ erin fer￭ ru￭ gin￭ ous bodies are believed to be formed by macro￭ p￭ ha￭ ges that have p￭ ha￭ go￭ cy￭ to￭ sed and attempted to dig￭ est the fi￭ bers
the fertile e￭ un￭ u￭ ch syndrome is a cause of hypo￭ gon￭ ad￭ o￭ tropic hypo￭ gon￭ ad￭ ism caused by a lu￭ the￭ ini￭ zing hormone deficiency it is characterized by hypo￭ gon￭ ad￭ ism with sper￭ mato￭ genesis pas￭ qual￭ ini and bur published the first case of e￭ un￭ u￭ cho￭ i￭ dis￭ m with preserved sper￭ mato￭ genesis in 1950 in la revis￭ ta de la as￭ o￭ ci￭ ación mé￭ dic￭ a argentina the hypo￭ and￭ ro￭ gen￭ ism with sper￭ mato￭ genesis syndrome included a e￭ un￭ u￭ cho￭ i￭ dis￭ m b testi￭ s with normal sper￭ mato￭ genesis and full volume with mature sper￭ mato￭ zo￭ ids in a high proportion of sem￭ ini￭ fer￭ ous tubes and un￭ differentiated and immature ley￭ dig cells c full functional compensation through the administration of ch￭ ori￭ onic gon￭ ad￭ o￭ tro￭ pin hormone while h￭ c￭ g is administered d total ur￭ inary gon￭ ad￭ o￭ troph￭ ins within normal limits e this definition implies the normal activity of the pit￭ u￭ itary and the absence of con￭ genital mal￭ formations in general in describing five other similar cases in 1953 mc cul￭ lag￭ h al coined the term fertile e￭ un￭ u￭ ch introducing it in the english literature unfortunately this term is incorrect and should not be employed indeed these patients are not really e￭ un￭ uch￭ s moreover as it will be explained later they are not usually fertile if not treated a first step in the understanding of the physi￭ opath￭ ology of pas￭ qual￭ ini syndrome was the absence of lu￭ the￭ ini￭ zing hormone l￭ h in plasma and urine of patients the second breakthrough was the functional and genetic studies that validated the hypothesis of a functional deficit of l￭ h in these men in￭ activating l￭ h mutations will then also be described in some women different groups demonstrated in these cases a l￭ h with varying degrees of immun￭ ological activity but bio￭ logically inactive in most of the patients due to one or more in￭ activating mutations in the l￭ h￭ b gene finally the full comprehension of pas￭ qual￭ ini syndrome allowed to reverse the hypo￭ and￭ ro￭ genic phen￭ o￭ type and to restore fertility in these patients through the use of ch￭ ori￭ onic gon￭ ad￭ o￭ tro￭ pin and the modern in vitro fertility techniques
fo￭ etal maternal haemorrha￭ ge is the loss of fe￭ tal blood cells into the maternal circulation it takes place in normal pregnancies as well as when there are ob￭ ste￭ tric or trauma related complications to pregnancy normally the maternal circulation and the fo￭ etal circulation are kept from direct contact with each other with gas and nutrient exchange taking place across a memb￭ rane in the plac￭ enta made of two layers the syn￭ cy￭ ti￭ o￭ tro￭ pho￭ blast and the cy￭ to￭ tro￭ pho￭ blast fo￭ etal maternal haemorrha￭ ge occurs when this memb￭ rane ceases to function as a barrier and fo￭ etal cells may come in contact with and enter the maternal vessels in the deci￭ du￭ a end￭ ome￭ tri￭ um
fe￭ tal aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma fa of the lung is a rare subtype of pul￭ mon￭ ary aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma that exhi￭ bits tissue architecture and cell characteristics that resemble fe￭ tal lung tissue upon micro￭ scopic examination it is currently considered a variant of solid aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma with m￭ uc￭ in production
fe￭ tal alcohol spectrum disorders fas￭ ds are a group of conditions that can occur in a person whose mother drank alcohol during pregnancy problems may include an abnormal appearance short height low body weight small head size poor coordination low intelligence behavior problems and problems with hearing or seeing those affected are more likely to have trouble in school legal problems participate in high risk behaviors and have trouble with alcohol or other drugs the most severe form of the condition is known as fe￭ tal alcohol syndrome f￭ as other types include partial fe￭ tal alcohol syndrome p￭ f￭ as alcohol related neuro￭ developmental disorder ar￭ nd and alcohol related birth defects ar￭ b￭ d fe￭ tal alcohol spectrum disorders are caused by drinking alcohol during pregnancy surveys from the united states have found about 10 of pregnant women have drunk alcohol in the last month and 20 to 30 drank at some point during the pregnancy about 4 7 of north american women who are pregnant have alcoholism the risk of problems depends on the amount consumed and the frequency of consumption as well as when during pregnancy the alcohol is consumed other risk factors include an older mother smoking and poor diet there is no known safe amount or safe time to drink during pregnancy while drinking small amounts of alcohol does not cause ab￭ norm￭ alities in the face it may cause behavioral issues alcohol crosses the blood brain barrier and both directly and indirectly affects a developing baby diagnosis is based on signs and symptoms in the person fe￭ tal alcohol spectrum disorders are preventable by avoiding alcohol medical organizations recommend no alcohol during pregnancy for this reason while the condition is permanent treatment can improve outcomes interventions may include parent child interaction therapy efforts to modify child behavior and possibly medications fas￭ d is estimated to affect between 2 and 5 of people in the united states and western europe f￭ as is believed to occur in between 0 2 and 9 per 1000 live births in the united states in south africa some populations have rates as high as 9 the negative effects of alcohol have been described since ancient times the lifetime cost per child with f￭ as was 2 000 000 in 2002 the term fe￭ tal alcohol syndrome was first used in 1973
fe￭ tal a￭ or￭ tic sten￭ osis is a disorder that occurs when the fe￭ tus ’ a￭ or￭ tic valve does not fully open during development the a￭ or￭ tic valve is a one way valve that is located between the left ven￭ tric￭ le and the a￭ or￭ ta keeping blood from le￭ aking back into the ven￭ tric￭ le it has three leaf￭ lets that separate when the ven￭ tric￭ le contracts to allow blood to move from the ven￭ tric￭ le to the a￭ or￭ ta these leaf￭ lets come together when the ven￭ tric￭ le relax￭ es since the valve does not open properly in a￭ or￭ tic sten￭ osis there is a decrease in the forward movement of blood into the a￭ or￭ ta fe￭ tal a￭ or￭ tic sten￭ osis imp￭ airs left ven￭ tric￭ ular development which can lead to hypo￭ plastic left heart syndrome if untreated hl￭ hs is lethal as a result of the inability of the left heart to pump enough blood to sustain normal organ function in fe￭ tal life this is condition is manageable because the duc￭ tus arter￭ io￭ sus acts as a bypass and supports the delivery of oxy￭ genated blood to the systemic circulation however the duc￭ tus arter￭ io￭ sus closes during the first few days of life resulting in systemic circulation failure in babies born with a￭ or￭ tic valve sten￭ osis
fe￭ tal disease refers to disorders originating in uter￭ o examples include hydro￭ ps fe￭ tal￭ is and ch￭ ori￭ o￭ am￭ ni￭ oni￭ tis
in medicine ob￭ ste￭ trics the term fe￭ tal distress refers to the presence of signs in a pregnant woman — before or during childbirth — that suggest that the fe￭ tus may not be well because of its lack of precision the term is es￭ chewed in modern american ob￭ ste￭ trics
fe￭ tal hy￭ dan￭ to￭ in syndrome also called fe￭ tal dil￭ anti￭ n syndrome is a group of defects caused to the developing fe￭ tus by exposure to the ter￭ ato￭ genic effects of phen￭ y￭ to￭ in or carb￭ amaz￭ ep￭ ine dil￭ anti￭ n is the brand name of the drug phen￭ y￭ to￭ in sodium in the united states commonly used in the treatment of epi￭ le￭ psy it may also be called con￭ genital hy￭ dan￭ to￭ in syndrome fe￭ tal hy￭ dan￭ to￭ in syndrome dil￭ anti￭ n embry￭ opathy or phen￭ y￭ to￭ in embry￭ opathy association with eph￭ x 1 has been suggested
r￭ hab￭ dom￭ y￭ oma is a benign mes￭ en￭ ch￭ ym￭ al tumor of sk￭ el￭ etal muscle separated into two major categories based on site cardiac and ex￭ trac￭ ardi￭ ac they are further separated by his￭ to￭ logy fe￭ tal my￭ x￭ o￭ id and cellular juvenile intermediate and adult types genital types are recognized but are often part of either the fe￭ tal or juvenile types the fe￭ tal type is thought to recapit￭ ulate immature sk￭ el￭ etal muscle at about week six to ten of gest￭ ational development
fe￭ tal thro￭ m￭ bo￭ tic vas￭ cul￭ opathy is a chronic disorder characterized by thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis in the fe￭ tus leading to vascular obliter￭ ation and hypo￭ per￭ fusion it is associated with cere￭ br￭ al pal￭ sy and still￭ birth
fe￭ tal viability or fo￭ etal viability is the ability of a fe￭ tus to survive outside the uter￭ us
fe￭ tal war￭ far￭ in syndrome dys￭ morph￭ ism due to war￭ far￭ in war￭ far￭ in embry￭ opathy is a condition associated with administration of war￭ far￭ in during pregnancy associated conditions include hypo￭ pl￭ asia of nas￭ al bridge lar￭ yn￭ gom￭ al￭ ac￭ ia pec￭ tus car￭ in￭ at￭ um con￭ genital heart defects ven￭ tric￭ ul￭ om￭ eg￭ al￭ y agen￭ esis of the corpus cal￭ lo￭ sum sti￭ p￭ pled ep￭ ip￭ hy￭ ses tele￭ br￭ ach￭ y￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly and growth retar￭ dation it is also known as dis￭ ai￭ a syndrome the symptoms are nas￭ al hypo￭ pl￭ asia depressed nas￭ al bridge deep gro￭ ove between no￭ stri￭ l and nas￭ al tip sti￭ p￭ pling of un￭ calci￭ fied ep￭ ip￭ hy￭ ses during first year mild hypo￭ pl￭ asia of nails shortened fingers low birth weight significant intellectual disability seizures reduced muscle tone widely spac￭ ed nip￭ ples deaf￭ ness and feeding difficulty
generally a foul or unpleasant od￭ or in medical contexts fe￭ tor refers to an unpleasant od￭ or emanating from an individual specific types include fe￭ tor or￭ is another term for hal￭ it￭ osis fe￭ tor he￭ p￭ atic￭ us u￭ rem￭ ic fe￭ tor body od￭ or rec￭ tal fe￭ tor
fe￭ tor he￭ p￭ atic￭ us or fo￭ e￭ tor he￭ p￭ atic￭ us see spelling differences also known as breath of the dead or he￭ p￭ atic fo￭ e￭ tor is a condition seen in portal hyper￭ tension where por￭ to￭ systemic sh￭ unting allows thi￭ ols to pass directly into the lungs it is a late sign in liver failure and is one of the clinical features of he￭ p￭ atic encephalopathy other possible causes are the presence of ammonia and ke￭ tones in the breath the breath has a sweet f￭ ec￭ al smell to it the compound di￭ methyl sul￭ fide has been associated with it raising the possibility of an objective non￭ invasive measure of liver failure furthermore the volatile di￭ methyl sul￭ fide is thought by some researchers to be the main contributor to the od￭ or of fe￭ tor he￭ p￭ atic￭ us a secondary form of trim￭ ethyl￭ amin￭ ur￭ ia is also associated with liver failure and it has been suggested that that trim￭ ethyl￭ amine is also a contributor to the od￭ or of fe￭ tor he￭ p￭ atic￭ us fo￭ e￭ tor he￭ p￭ atic￭ us is sometimes often associated with an acid base disorder such as diabe￭ tic ke￭ to￭ aci￭ do￭ sis or iso￭ prop￭ yl alcohol in￭ tox￭ ication
fe￭ tus in fe￭ tu or fo￭ etus in fo￭ e￭ tu is a developmental ab￭ normality in which a mass of tissue resembling a fe￭ tus forms inside the body there are two theories of origin concerning fe￭ tus in fe￭ tu one theory is that the mass begins as a normal fe￭ tus but becomes envelop￭ ed inside its twin the other theory is that the mass is a highly developed ter￭ atom￭ a fe￭ tus in fe￭ tu is estimated to occur in 1 in 500 000 live births
fever of unknown origin fu￭ o py￭ re￭ x￭ ia of unknown origin pu￭ o or fe￭ bris e ca￭ usa igno￭ ta fe￭ bris e c i refers to a condition in which the patient has an elevated temperature fever but despite investigations by a physician no explanation has been found if the cause is found it is usually a diagnosis of exclusion that is by eliminating all possibilities until only one explanation remains and taking this as the correct one
in lis￭ p programming languages a f￭ exp￭ r is a function whose oper￭ ands are passed to it without being evaluated when a f￭ exp￭ r is called only the body of the f￭ exp￭ r is evaluated no other evaluations take place except when explicitly initiated by the f￭ exp￭ r in contrast when an ordinary lis￭ p function is called the oper￭ ands are evaluated automatically and only the results of these evaluations are provided to the function and when a traditional lis￭ p macro is called the oper￭ ands are passed in un￭ evaluated but whatever result the macro function returns is automatically evaluated
the upper and lower fe￭ z￭ ou￭ ata formations of morocco are burg￭ ess shale type deposits dating to the lower or￭ do￭ vic￭ ian filling an important preserv￭ ational window between the common cam￭ brian lag￭ erst￭ ät￭ ten and the late or￭ do￭ vic￭ ian so￭ om shale in the fossi￭ lized fauna were numerous organisms previously thought to have died out after the mid cam￭ brian
in chess the fi￭ anch￭ et￭ to italian fi￭ a￭ ŋ￭ ˈ￭ k￭ ɛ￭ tto little flank is a pattern of development where￭ in a bishop is developed to the second rank of the adjacent knight file the knight pawn having been moved one or two squares forward the fi￭ anch￭ et￭ to is a staple of many hyper￭ modern openings whose philosophy is to delay direct occupation of the center with the plan of undermining and destroying the opponent s central out￭ post it also regularly occurs in indian defences the fi￭ anch￭ et￭ to is less common in open games 1 e 4 e 5 but the king s bishop is sometimes fi￭ anch￭ et￭ to￭ ed by black in the spanish game or by white in an un￭ common variation of the vienna game one of the major benefits of the fi￭ anch￭ et￭ to is that it often allows the fi￭ anch￭ et￭ to￭ ed bishop to become more active because the bishop is placed on one of the two longest diag￭ on￭ als either h 1 a 8 or a 1 h 8 it controls the maximum possible number of squares and can become a powerful offensive weapon however a fi￭ anch￭ et￭ to￭ ed position also presents some opportunities for the opposing player if the fi￭ anch￭ et￭ to￭ ed bishop can be exchanged the squares the bishop was formerly protecting will become weak see hole and can form the basis of an attack particularly if the fi￭ anch￭ et￭ to was performed on the king￭ side therefore exchanging the fi￭ anch￭ et￭ to￭ ed bishop should not be done lightly especially if the enemy bishop of the same colour is still on the board
a fi￭ br￭ in ring gran￭ ul￭ oma also known as dough￭ nut gran￭ ul￭ oma is a hist￭ opath￭ ological finding that is characteristic of q fever on hem￭ at￭ ox￭ yl￭ in e￭ os￭ in stain￭ ing the fi￭ br￭ in ring gran￭ ul￭ oma consists of a central lip￭ id vacu￭ ole usually washed out during fixing and stain￭ ing leaving only an empty hole surrounded by a dense red fi￭ br￭ in ring and epi￭ the￭ li￭ o￭ id macro￭ p￭ ha￭ ges fi￭ br￭ in ring gran￭ ul￭ om￭ as may also be seen in ho￭ dg￭ kin s disease and infectious mon￭ on￭ uc￭ le￭ osis
primary fi￭ br￭ ino￭ gen￭ ol￭ ysis is a medical condition that appears with abnormal production of fi￭ br￭ ino￭ gen fi￭ br￭ in degradation products f￭ dp degradation of co￭ ag￭ ulation factors v viii ix xi and or degradation of the fi￭ br￭ in present in any pre existing loc￭ alized thro￭ m￭ bi and h￭ emo￭ static clo￭ ts
fi￭ brin￭ ol￭ ysis syndrome also known as defi￭ br￭ inating syndrome is characterized by an acute hemorrha￭ gic state brought about by inability of the blood to clo￭ t with massive hemorrha￭ ges into the skin producing black￭ ish pur￭ pl￭ ish sw￭ ell￭ ings and sl￭ ough￭ ing
fi￭ broad￭ en￭ om￭ as of the breast are benign tumors characterized by an ad￭ mixture of st￭ rom￭ al and epi￭ the￭ li￭ al tissue since both fi￭ broad￭ en￭ om￭ as and breast cancer can appear as similar lum￭ ps it is currently recommended to perform ul￭ tras￭ ound analyses and possibly tissue sampling with subsequent hist￭ opath￭ o￭ logic analysis in order to perform diagnosis unlike typical lum￭ ps from breast cancer fi￭ broad￭ en￭ om￭ as are easy to move with clearly defined edges fi￭ broad￭ en￭ om￭ as are sometimes called breast mice or a breast mouse owing to their high mobility in the breast
fi￭ bro￭ car￭ ti￭ lag￭ inous mes￭ en￭ ch￭ y￭ mom￭ a of bone is f￭ c￭ mb is an extremely rare tumor first described in 1984 fewer than 20 cases have been reported with patient ages sp￭ anning from 9 to 25 years though a case in a male infant aged 1 year and 7 months has been reported quick growth and bul￭ ky size are remarkable features of this tumor
fi￭ broch￭ on￭ dro￭ genesis is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive form of o￭ ste￭ och￭ on￭ dro￭ dys￭ pl￭ asia causing abnormal fi￭ bro￭ us development of car￭ til￭ age and related tissues it is a lethal r￭ hi￭ zom￭ el￭ ic mal￭ formations which result in short underdeveloped limbs form of dwar￭ f￭ ism exhi￭ biting both sk￭ el￭ etal dys￭ pl￭ asia mal￭ formations of bone and fi￭ bro￭ bl￭ astic dys￭ pl￭ asia abnormal development of fi￭ bro￭ bl￭ asts specialized cells that make up fi￭ bro￭ us connec￭ tive tissue which plays a role in the formation of cellular structure and promotes healing of damaged tissues death caused by complications of fi￭ broch￭ on￭ dro￭ genesis occurs in infancy
fi￭ bro￭ c￭ ys￭ tic breasts or fi￭ bro￭ c￭ ys￭ tic breast disease or fi￭ bro￭ c￭ ys￭ tic breast condition commonly referred to as f￭ bc is a condition of breast tissue affecting an estimated 30 60 of women and at least 50 of women of child￭ bearing age some studies indicate that the lifetime prevalence of f￭ bc may be as high as 70 to 90 it is characterized by non￭ can￭ cer￭ ous breast lum￭ ps which can sometimes cause discomfort often periodically related to hormonal influences from the men￭ str￭ ual cycle
fi￭ bro￭ dys￭ pl￭ asia os￭ si￭ fic￭ ans progres￭ si￭ va f￭ op is an extremely rare connec￭ tive tissue disease the disease is caused by a mutation of the body s repair mechanism which causes fi￭ bro￭ us tissue including muscle tend￭ on and lig￭ ament to be os￭ si￭ fied spontaneously or when damaged in many cases injuries can cause joints to become permanently frozen in place surgical removal of the extra bone grow￭ ths has been shown to cause the body to repair the affected area with even more bone
fi￭ bro￭ epi￭ the￭ li￭ al ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms or tumors are bi￭ ph￭ as￭ ic tumors this means they consist of epi￭ the￭ li￭ al tissue and st￭ rom￭ al or mes￭ en￭ ch￭ ym￭ al tissue they may be benign or m￭ align￭ ant examples include brenner tumor of the o￭ vary fi￭ broad￭ en￭ oma of the breast ph￭ yl￭ lo￭ des tumor of the breast
fi￭ bro￭ lam￭ ell￭ ar he￭ pat￭ oc￭ ell￭ ular carcin￭ oma f￭ h￭ cc is a rare form of he￭ pat￭ oc￭ ell￭ ular carcin￭ oma h￭ cc that typically affects young adults and is characterized under the micro￭ scope by lam￭ inated fi￭ bro￭ us layers inter￭ s￭ pers￭ ed between the tum￭ our cells approximately 200 new cases are diagnosed worldwide each year
fi￭ bro￭ mas or fi￭ bro￭ id tumors or fi￭ bro￭ ids are benign tumors that are composed of fi￭ bro￭ us or connec￭ tive tissue they can grow in all organs arising from mes￭ en￭ ch￭ y￭ me tissue the term fi￭ bro￭ bl￭ astic or fi￭ bro￭ mat￭ ous is used to describe tumors of the fi￭ bro￭ us connec￭ tive tissue when the term fi￭ bro￭ ma is used without modi￭ fier it is usually considered benign with the term fi￭ bro￭ sar￭ coma reserved for m￭ align￭ ant tumors
fi￭ bro￭ ma of tend￭ on she￭ ath is a benign tumor that presents as a small sub￭ cu￭ taneous no￭ dule that slowly increases in size the tumors often have a multin￭ od￭ ular growth pattern with individual no￭ d￭ ules being composed of bl￭ and sl￭ ender spin￭ dle shaped cells my￭ o￭ fi￭ bro￭ bl￭ asts in a dense fi￭ bro￭ us matrix ” a common micro￭ scopic finding is the presence of el￭ ong￭ ated sli￭ t like blood vessels the le￭ sions nearly always arise in the dis￭ tal portions of the extre￭ mi￭ ties they often occur on the fingers hands toes or feet although they are benign they may recur in up to 40 of cases although they may be regarded as a tumor of the skin the le￭ sions arise from tend￭ ons and ap￭ on￭ euro￭ ses in superficial sites and are therefore properly classified as in the category soft tissue tumor the biological nature of fi￭ bro￭ ma of tend￭ on she￭ ath is not known but the category appears to comprise a number of different patho￭ logic processes it is considered that about one third of the le￭ sions in this category may be ac￭ ral variants of the entity no￭ d￭ ular fas￭ ci￭ i￭ tis
the term fi￭ bro￭ mat￭ osis refers to a group of benign soft tissue tumors which have certain characteristics in common including absence of cy￭ to￭ logic and clinical m￭ align￭ ant features a his￭ to￭ logy consistent with proliferation of well differentiated fi￭ bro￭ bl￭ asts an infiltr￭ ative growth pattern and aggressive clinical behavior with frequent local recurrence
fi￭ bro￭ mat￭ osis coll￭ i also known as ster￭ no￭ ma￭ sto￭ id tumor of infancy is a benign proliferation of fi￭ bro￭ us tissue infiltr￭ ating the lower third of the ster￭ no￭ cle￭ id￭ om￭ ast￭ o￭ id sc￭ m and is the most common cause of ne￭ on￭ atal tor￭ ti￭ coll￭ is the mass also known as a hem￭ atom￭ a of the ster￭ no￭ cle￭ id￭ om￭ ast￭ o￭ id is firm and hard on pal￭ p￭ ation but is neither tender nor infl￭ amed the mass is easily diagnosed using ul￭ tras￭ ound where it is found within the sc￭ m and enlar￭ ges the muscle the le￭ sion is self limiting and benign usually resolving with time and physical therapy rarely does it need to be removed sur￭ g￭ ically surgery is performed on patients in whom tor￭ ti￭ coll￭ is persists for 1 year
fi￭ bro￭ muscular dys￭ pl￭ asia fmd is a non a￭ ther￭ os￭ cl￭ erotic non infl￭ am￭ matory disease of the blood vessels that causes abnormal growth within the wall of an artery fmd has been found in nearly every arter￭ ial bed in the body however the most common arter￭ ies affected are the ren￭ al and caro￭ ti￭ d arter￭ ies there are various types of fmd with multi focal fi￭ bro￭ pl￭ asia being the most common focal previously known as intim￭ al and adventi￭ tial are less common forms of the disease fmd predominantly affects middle aged women but has been found in men and people of all ages pedi￭ atric cases of fmd are vastly different from that of the adult population the prevalence of fmd is not known although the disease was initially thought to be rare recent studies have suggested that fmd may be under￭ diagnosed
fi￭ bro￭ my￭ al￭ gia f￭ m is a medical condition characterised by chronic widespread pain and a heightened pain response to pressure other symptoms include feeling tired to a degree that normal activities are affected sleep problems and troubles with memory some people also report rest￭ less legs syndrome bo￭ wel or blad￭ der problems num￭ b￭ ness and ting￭ ling and sensitivity to noise lights or temperature fi￭ bro￭ my￭ al￭ gia is frequently associated with depression anxiety and post￭ traumatic stress disorder other types of chronic pain are also frequently present the cause of fi￭ bro￭ my￭ al￭ gia is unknown but believed to involve a combination of genetic and environmental factors with half the risk attributed to each the condition runs in families and many genes are believed to be involved environmental factors may include psychological stress trauma and certain infections the pain appears to result from processes in the central nervous system and the condition is referred to as a central sensi￭ tization syndrome fi￭ bro￭ my￭ al￭ gia is recognized as a disorder by the us national institutes of health and the american college of r￭ heu￭ mat￭ ology there is no specific diagnostic test diagnosis involves first ruling out other potential causes and verifying that a set number of symptoms are present the treatment of fi￭ bro￭ my￭ al￭ gia can be difficult recommendations often include getting enough sleep exercising regularly and eating a healthy diet cognitive behavioral therapy may also be helpful the medications dul￭ ox￭ et￭ ine mil￭ n￭ aci￭ pr￭ an or preg￭ ab￭ al￭ in may be used use of op￭ io￭ id pain medication is controversial with some stating their use is poorly supported by evidence and others saying that weak op￭ io￭ ids may be reasonable if other medications are not effective dietary supplements also lack evidence to support their use while fi￭ bro￭ my￭ al￭ gia can last a long time it does not result in death or tissue damage fi￭ bro￭ my￭ al￭ gia is estimated to affect 2 – 8 of the population females are affected about twice as often as males rates appear similar in different areas of the world and among different cultures fi￭ bro￭ my￭ al￭ gia was first defined in 1990 with updated criteria in 2011 there is controversy about the classification diagnosis and treatment of fi￭ bro￭ my￭ al￭ gia while some feel the diagnosis of fi￭ bro￭ my￭ al￭ gia may negatively affect a person other research finds it to be beneficial the term fi￭ bro￭ my￭ al￭ gia is from new latin fi￭ bro meaning fi￭ bro￭ us tissues greek μ￭ υ￭ ώ my￭ o muscle and greek ά￭ λ￭ γ￭ ος al￭ gos pain thus the term literally means muscle and connec￭ tive tissue pain
fi￭ bro￭ pap￭ il￭ lo￭ mat￭ osis fp is a disease specific to sea tur￭ tles the condition is characterized by benign epi￭ the￭ li￭ al tum￭ ours on the surface of biological tissues a her￭ pes￭ virus is believed to be the caus￭ ative agent of the disease while turtle le￭ eches are suspected mechanical vectors transmitting the disease to other individuals the disease is thought to have a multi￭ fac￭ torial eti￭ ology including a tum￭ our promoting phase that is possibly caused by bio￭ toxins or contaminants fp exists all over the world but it is most prominent in warmer clim￭ ates affecting up to 50 70 of some populations
fi￭ bro￭ sar￭ coma fi￭ bro￭ bl￭ astic sar￭ coma is a m￭ align￭ ant mes￭ en￭ ch￭ ym￭ al tum￭ our derived from fi￭ bro￭ us connec￭ tive tissue and characterized by the presence of immature prolifer￭ ating fi￭ bro￭ bl￭ asts or un￭ differentiated an￭ ap￭ l￭ astic spin￭ dle cells in a st￭ ori￭ form pattern it is usually found in males aged 30 to 40 it originates in fi￭ bro￭ us tissues of the bone and inv￭ ades long or flat bones such as fem￭ ur ti￭ bia and man￭ di￭ ble it also involves perio￭ steu￭ m and over￭ lying muscle
fi￭ bro￭ sclerosis of the breast is most frequently used to mean s￭ cl￭ ero￭ sing lob￭ ular aden￭ osis of the breast it is not well known if it is related to non s￭ cl￭ ero￭ sing aden￭ osis of the breast which is normally classified as fi￭ bro￭ c￭ ys￭ tic breast changes and unlike this it is believed to be correlated with an elevated risk of breast cancer
fi￭ bro￭ sing colon￭ opathy is a disease that arises in patients with c￭ ys￭ tic fi￭ bro￭ sis treated with enter￭ ic co￭ ated pan￭ cre￭ atic enzyme supplements the disease is associated with high dose of these supplements the clinical presentation of fi￭ bro￭ sing colon￭ opathy is non specific ab￭ domin￭ al pain dis￭ tension v￭ om￭ iting and con￭ sti￭ p￭ ation are frequ￭ ent￭ features and have led initially to confusion with dis￭ tal intest￭ inal obstruction syndrome in some instances the clinical and radiological features were sugges￭ tive of cro￭ hn s disease or infl￭ am￭ matory co￭ li￭ tis
fi￭ bro￭ sis is the formation of excess fi￭ bro￭ us connec￭ tive tissue in an organ or tissue in a repar￭ ative or reactive process this can be a reactive benign or pathological state in response to injury this is called scar￭ ring and if fi￭ bro￭ sis arises from a single cell line this is called a fi￭ bro￭ ma physi￭ o￭ logically fi￭ bro￭ sis acts to deposit connec￭ tive tissue which can obliter￭ ate the architecture and function of the underlying organ or tissue fi￭ bro￭ sis can be used to describe the pathological state of excess de￭ position of fi￭ bro￭ us tissue as well as the process of connec￭ tive tissue de￭ position in healing defined by the pathological accumulation of ex￭ trac￭ ell￭ ular matrix ec￭ m proteins fi￭ bro￭ sis results in scar￭ ring and thick￭ ening of the affected tissue it is in essence an exaggerated wound healing response which interferes with normal organ function
fi￭ bro￭ thor￭ ax is diffuse fi￭ bro￭ sis of the ple￭ ural space surrounding the lungs it can have several causes including h￭ emo￭ thor￭ ax ple￭ ural eff￭ usion and tuberculosis it may also be induced by exposure to certain substances as with asbestos induced diffuse ple￭ ural fi￭ bro￭ sis idi￭ opathic fi￭ bro￭ thor￭ ax may also occur in fi￭ bro￭ thor￭ ax scar tissue is formed around the vis￭ cer￭ al ple￭ ura following infl￭ amm￭ ation due to ple￭ ural eff￭ usion or other path￭ ology the scar tissue lies in a sheet between the ple￭ ura then fuses with the par￭ ie￭ tal ple￭ ura and the chest wall over time generally the course of years the fi￭ bro￭ tic scar tissue slowly ti￭ ghtens which results in the contraction of the entire hem￭ i￭ thor￭ ax and leaves the ribs im￭ mobilized within the chest the lung is compressed and unable to expand making it vulnerable to collapse at the micro￭ scopic level the scar tissue is composed of coll￭ agen fi￭ bers deposited in a basket we￭ ave pattern the treatment for fi￭ bro￭ thor￭ ax is decor￭ tication the surgical removal of the fi￭ bro￭ us layer of scar tissue however since many of the diseases and conditions resulting in fi￭ bro￭ thor￭ ax are treat￭ able prevention remains the preferred method of managing fi￭ bro￭ thor￭ ax ple￭ ural fi￭ bro￭ sis calci￭ fication dense ple￭ ural fi￭ bro￭ sis with focal calci￭ fication seen here is the end result of organization of intr￭ ap￭ le￭ ural infl￭ am￭ matory exu￭ date emp￭ y￭ ema most likely accompanying a remote episode of pneumonia
fi￭ bro￭ us an￭ ky￭ losis is a fi￭ bro￭ us connec￭ tive tissue process which results in decreased range of motion symptoms present as bon￭ y an￭ ky￭ losis in which osse￭ ous tissue fuses two bones together reducing mobility which is why fi￭ bro￭ us an￭ ky￭ losis is also known as false an￭ ky￭ losis path￭ ology may be the result of trauma disease chronic infl￭ amm￭ ation or surgery some research suggests fi￭ bro￭ us an￭ ky￭ losis may precede the development of bon￭ y an￭ ky￭ losis
fi￭ bro￭ us dys￭ pl￭ asia is a disorder where normal bone and marrow is replaced with fi￭ bro￭ us tissue resulting in formation of bone that is weak and prone to expansion as a result most complications result from frac￭ ture de￭ form￭ ity functional impairment and pain disease occurs along a broad clinical spectrum ranging from as￭ ymp￭ tomatic incidental le￭ sions to severe disab￭ ling disease disease can affect one bone mono￭ sto￭ tic or multiple poly￭ o￭ sto￭ tic and may occur in isolation or in combination with cafe au la￭ it skin mac￭ ules and hyper￭ functioning endocr￭ in￭ opath￭ ies termed mc￭ c￭ une al￭ bright syndrome more rarely fi￭ bro￭ us dys￭ pl￭ asia may be associated with intr￭ amus￭ cular my￭ x￭ om￭ as termed ma￭ zab￭ r￭ aud s syndrome fi￭ bro￭ us dys￭ pl￭ asia is very rare and there is no known cure fi￭ bro￭ us dys￭ pl￭ asia is not a form of cancer
a fi￭ bro￭ us tissue ne￭ op￭ las￭ m is a tumor derived primarily from fi￭ bro￭ us connec￭ tive tissue an example is fi￭ bro￭ ma
fi￭ bul￭ ar hem￭ im￭ eli￭ a or longit￭ ud￭ inal fi￭ bul￭ ar deficiency is the con￭ genital absence of the fi￭ bul￭ a and it is the most common con￭ genital absence of long bone of the extre￭ mi￭ ties it is the shortening of the fi￭ bul￭ a at birth or the complete lack thereof in humans the disorder can be noted by ul￭ tras￭ ound in uter￭ o to prepare for ampu￭ tation after birth or complex bone leng￭ th￭ ening surgery the ampu￭ tation usually takes place at six months with removal of portions of the legs to prepare them for pro￭ s￭ thetic use the other treatments which include repeated corrective o￭ ste￭ o￭ tom￭ ies and leg leng￭ th￭ ening surgery are costly and associated with residual de￭ form￭ ity
fi￭ dd￭ ler s neck sometimes referred to as a viol￭ in hic￭ key is an occupational disease that affects viol￭ in and viol￭ a players it is a cu￭ taneous condition usually characterized by red￭ ness thick￭ ening and infl￭ amm￭ ation on the left side of the neck below the angle of the jaw where the instrument is held ac￭ ne like le￭ sions and cy￭ sts may form at the site due to foreign body reactions and infections may also occur due to poor hygiene the primary causes of fi￭ dd￭ ler s neck are constant friction and local pressure it is well known among professional orchestra musicians but is not well recognized by der￭ mato￭ logists and a red mark on the left side of the neck under the jaw functions as an identifying sign of a viol￭ in￭ ist or viol￭ ist in public without seeing the instrument although the presence of fi￭ dd￭ ler s neck is sometimes used as an indicator of a viol￭ in￭ ist s skill or battle scars from constant practice many viol￭ in￭ ists never develop fi￭ dd￭ ler s neck due to differences in skin sensitivity playing habits and the materials used in the construction of the instrument an accomplished professional player could practice hard their whole life and never develop fi￭ dd￭ ler s neck
field capacity is the amount of soil moisture or water content held in the soil after excess water has drained away and the rate of downward movement has decreased this usually takes place 2 – 3 days after rain or irrigation in per￭ vious soils of uniform structure and tex￭ ture the physical definition of field capacity expressed symbolically as θ￭ fc is the bulk water content retained in soil at − 33 j kg or − 0 33 bar of hydraulic head or suc￭ tion pressure the term originated from israel￭ son and west and frank ve￭ ih￭ me￭ yer and arthur hend￭ ric￭ k￭ son ve￭ ih￭ me￭ yer and hend￭ ric￭ k￭ son realized the limitation in this measurement and commented that it is affected by so many factors that precisely it is not a constant for a particular soil yet it does serve as a practical measure of soil water holding capacity field capacity improves on the concept of moisture equivalent by ly￭ man bri￭ ggs ve￭ ih￭ me￭ yer hend￭ ric￭ k￭ son proposed this concept as an attempt to improve water use efficiency for farmers in california during 1949 field capacity is characterized by measuring water content after we￭ tting a soil profile covering it to prevent evapor￭ ation and monitoring the change soil moisture in the profile water content when the rate of change is relatively small is indicative of when drainage ceases and is called field capacity it is also termed drained upper limit du￭ l lo￭ ren￭ zo a rich￭ ards and wea￭ ver found that water content held by soil at a potential of − 33 k￭ pa or − 0 33 bar cor￭ relate closely with field capacity − 10 k￭ pa for sandy soils
the field of view is the extent of the observ￭ able world that is seen at any given moment in case of optical instruments or sensors it is a solid angle through which a detec￭ tor is sensitive to electromagnetic radiation
in first person video games the field of view or field of vision abbreviated fo￭ v is the extent of the observ￭ able game world that is seen on the display at any given moment it is typically measured as an angle although whether this angle is the horizontal vertical or diag￭ onal component of the field of view varies from game to game the fo￭ v in a video game may change depending on the aspect ratio of the rendering resolution in computer games and modern game cons￭ oles the fo￭ v normally increases with a wider aspect ratio of the rendering resolution
in mathematics the field trace is a particular function defined with respect to a finite field extension l k which is a k linear map from l onto k
er￭ y￭ them￭ a infec￭ ti￭ o￭ sum or fifth disease is one of several possible manifestations of infection by par￭ vo￭ virus b 19 the disease is also referred to as slapped cheek syndrome sl￭ ap￭ cheek slap face or slapped face the name fifth disease comes from its place on the standard list of rash causing childhood diseases which also includes meas￭ les 1 st scar￭ let fever 2 nd rub￭ ella 3 rd and du￭ kes disease 4 th though the last is no longer widely accepted as distinct
the fight or flight response also called hyper￭ ar￭ ous￭ al or the acute stress response is a physiological reaction that occurs in response to a perceived harmful event attack or threat to survival it was first described by walter brad￭ ford cannon his theory states that animals react to threats with a general discharge of the sympathetic nervous system preparing the animal for fighting or fleeing more specifically the adren￭ al med￭ ul￭ la produces a hormonal cas￭ c￭ ade that results in the secre￭ tion of cat￭ ec￭ hol￭ am￭ ines especially no￭ rep￭ in￭ eph￭ rine and ep￭ in￭ eph￭ rine the hormones estro￭ gen te￭ sto￭ ster￭ one and cor￭ ti￭ sol as well as the neuro￭ transmitters dop￭ amine and sero￭ ton￭ in also affect how organisms react to stress this response is recognized as the first stage of the general adaptation syndrome that regulates stress responses among vertebr￭ ates and other organisms
fig￭ urate er￭ y￭ them￭ a is a form of er￭ y￭ them￭ a that presents in a ring or an arc shape an example is er￭ y￭ them￭ a margin￭ at￭ um
fil￭ am￭ entation is the anom￭ alous growth of certain bacteria such as e coli in which cells continue to el￭ ong￭ ate but do not divide no sep￭ ta formation the cells that result from el￭ on￭ gation without division have multiple chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al copies bacterial fil￭ am￭ entation is often observed as a result of bacteria responding to various stresses including dna damage or inhi￭ bi￭ tion of replic￭ ation this may happen for example while responding to extensive dna damage through the sos response system nutritional changes may also cause bacterial fil￭ am￭ entation some of the key genes involved in fil￭ am￭ entation in e coli include sul￭ a and min￭ cd the following genes have been connected to virul￭ ence using the g mell￭ on￭ ella infection model b￭ cr 1 fl￭ o 8 k￭ em 1 su￭ v 3 and tec 1 these genes are required for bi￭ of￭ il￭ m development from fil￭ am￭ entation fil￭ am￭ entation properties are argued to be necessary in virul￭ ence the bi￭ of￭ il￭ m of bacteria is also connected to the organism ’ s virul￭ ence fil￭ am￭ entation is a survival strategy that protects bacteria from stres￭ sors such as host effec￭ tors and pro￭ tist predators the strategy of fil￭ am￭ entation is known to protect bacteria from antibiotic medicines taken by the host
fil￭ ari￭ asis or phil￭ ari￭ asis is a par￭ asi￭ tic disease caused by an infection with round￭ worms of the fil￭ ari￭ o￭ idea type these are spread by blood feeding black flies and mosquitoes this disease belongs to the group of diseases called hel￭ min￭ thi￭ ases eight known fil￭ arial nemato￭ des use humans as their definitive hosts these are divided into three groups according to the niche within the body they occupy lymp￭ h￭ atic fil￭ ari￭ asis is caused by the worms wu￭ cher￭ er￭ ia ban￭ cro￭ f￭ ti bru￭ gia malay￭ i and bru￭ gia ti￭ mor￭ i these worms occupy the lymp￭ h￭ atic system including the lymp￭ h no￭ des in chronic cases these worms lead to the syndrome of eleph￭ anti￭ asis sub￭ cu￭ taneous fil￭ ari￭ asis is caused by lo￭ a lo￭ a the eye worm man￭ son￭ ella st￭ rep￭ to￭ cer￭ ca and on￭ cho￭ cer￭ ca vol￭ vul￭ us these worms occupy the sub￭ cu￭ taneous layer of the skin in the fat layer l lo￭ a causes lo￭ a lo￭ a fil￭ ari￭ asis while o vol￭ vul￭ us causes river blindness ser￭ ous cav￭ ity fil￭ ari￭ asis is caused by the worms man￭ son￭ ella per￭ st￭ ans and man￭ son￭ ella o￭ zz￭ ardi which occupy the ser￭ ous cav￭ ity of the ab￭ dom￭ en the adult worms which usually stay in one tissue release early lar￭ val forms known as micro￭ fil￭ ari￭ ae into the host s blood￭ stream these circulating micro￭ fil￭ ari￭ ae can be taken up with a blood meal by the ar￭ thro￭ pod vector in the vector they develop into infec￭ tive lar￭ v￭ ae that can be transmitted to a new host individuals infected by fil￭ arial worms may be described as either micro￭ fil￭ ar￭ a￭ emic or am￭ ic￭ ro￭ fil￭ ar￭ a￭ emic depending on whether micro￭ fil￭ ari￭ ae can be found in their peripheral blood fil￭ ari￭ asis is diagnosed in micro￭ fil￭ ar￭ a￭ emic cases primarily through direct observation of micro￭ fil￭ ari￭ ae in the peripheral blood oc￭ cult fil￭ ari￭ asis is diagnosed in am￭ ic￭ ro￭ fil￭ ar￭ a￭ emic cases based on clinical observations and in some cases by finding a circulating antigen in the blood
file sp￭ anning is the ability to package a single file or data stream into separate files of a specified size this task implies the ability to re combine the package files back into the original file or data stream this is useful when saving large files onto smaller volumes or breaking large files up into smaller files for network messages of limited size email news￭ groups it also allows the creation of parity files such as parity archive par to verify and restore missing or corrupted package files another advantage with this is coping with fi￭ le￭ size limits on some file systems of remo￭ vable media or coping with volume size limits of things like fl￭ op￭ py disks sometimes the file sp￭ anning process is hidden as a secondary operation such as with file archi￭ vers in this case many smaller files are first packaged into a data stream and then re￭ packaged into a multi file archive
fili￭ col￭ losis is a par￭ asi￭ tic disease of ducks geese and other water￭ birds caused by fili￭ coll￭ is an￭ atis a species of ac￭ anth￭ o￭ cephal￭ a of the poly￭ mor￭ phi￭ da￭ e family the disease is endemic in europe and asia
the fil￭ mo￭ graphy on immigration in italy is a phenomenon started with the arrival of the first migratory flows in italy since the 1990 s
in functional programming filter is a higher order function that processes a data structure usually a list in some order to produce a new data structure containing exactly those elements of the original data structure for which a given predic￭ ate returns the boo￭ lean value true
fin rot is a symptom of disease or the actual disease in fish this is a disease which is most often observed in aqu￭ aria and aquaculture but can also occur in natural populations fin rot can be the result of a bacterial infection pseu￭ dom￭ onas fluores￭ c￭ ens which causes a rag￭ ged ro￭ tting of the fin or as a fun￭ gal infection which rots the fin more evenly and is more likely to produce a white edge sometimes both types of infection are seen together infection is commonly brought on by bad water conditions injury poor diet stress or as a secondary infection in a fish which is already stressed by other disease fin rot starts at the edge of the fins and destroys more and more tissue until it reaches the fin base if it does reach the fin base the fish will never be able to regener￭ ate the lost tissue at this point the disease may begin to attack the fish s body this is called advanced fin and body rot fin rot is common in bet￭ tas due to poor water conditions in pet stores
financial integration is a phenomenon in which financial markets in neighboring regional and or global economies are closely linked together various forms of actual financial integration include information sharing among financial institutions sharing of best practices among financial institutions sharing of cutting edge technologies through licensing among financial institutions firms borrow and raise funds directly in the international capital markets investors directly invest in the international capital markets newly engineered financial products are domestically innov￭ ated and originated then sold and bought in the international capital markets rapid adap￭ tion copy￭ cat of newly engineered financial products among financial institutions in different economies cross border capital flows and foreign participation in the domestic financial markets because of financial market imperfections financial integration in neighboring regional and or global economies is therefore imperfect for example the imperfect financial integration can stem from the inequality of the marginal rate of substitu￭ tions of different agents in addition to financial market imperfections legal restrictions can also hinder financial integration therefore financial integration can also be achieved from the elimination of restrictions pertaining to cross border financial operations to allow a financial institutions to operate freely b permit businesses to directly raise funds or borrow and c equity and bond investors to invest across the state line with fewer or without imposing any restrictions however it is important to note that many of the legal restrictions exist because of the market imperfections that hinder financial integration legal restrictions are sometimes second best devices for dealing with the market imperfections that limit financial integration consequently removing the legal restrictions can make the world economy become worse off in addition financial integration of neighboring regional and or global economies can take place through a formal international treaty which the governing bodies of these economies agree to cooperate to address regional and or global financial disturbances through regulatory and policy responses the extent to which financial integration is measured includes gross capital flows stocks of foreign assets and liabilities degree of co movement of stock returns degree of dispersion of world wide real interest rates and financial openness
financial literacy is the ability to understand how money works in the world how someone manages to earn or make it how that person manages it how he she invests it turn it into more and how that person don￭ ates it to help others more specifically it refers to the set of skills and knowledge that allows an individual to make informed and effective decisions with all of their financial resources raising interest in personal finance is now a focus of state run programs in countries including australia canada japan the united states and the uk the organization for economic co operation and development oecd started an inter governmental project in 2003 with the objective of providing ways to improve financial education and literacy standards through the development of common financial literacy principles in march 2008 the oecd launched the international gateway for financial education which aims to serve as a clear￭ ingh￭ ouse for financial education programs information and research worldwide in the uk the alternative term financial capability is used by the state and its agencies the financial services authority fsa in the uk started a national strategy on financial capability in 2003 the us government also established its financial literacy and education commission in 2003
the financial result is the difference between earnings before interest and taxes and earnings before taxes it is determined by the earning or the loss which results from financial affairs
fin￭ ching is a colour pattern of cattle occurring in many unrelated breeds cattle with fin￭ ching are said to be fin￭ ched or finch backed fin￭ ching consists of a white or pale stri￭ pe along the sp￭ ine it may join to a white head as in here￭ ford cattle continue over the tail as in gl￭ ou￭ c￭ ester and pin￭ z￭ gau cattle or it may form part of another colour sided pattern for example in line￭ back english lon￭ gh￭ orn texas lon￭ gh￭ orn spec￭ kle park and irish mo￭ iled cattle in some breeds such as jersey cattle and heck cattle fin￭ ching occurs mainly in bulls forming a cream or white stri￭ pe along the sp￭ ine of a black brown animal – this is thought to have been the colour pattern of the bulls of the wild anc￭ est￭ or of domes￭ ticated cattle the au￭ ro￭ ch￭ s
finger agno￭ sia first defined in 19￭ 24 by jose￭ f ger￭ st￭ mann is the loss in the ability to distinguish name or recognize the fingers not only with the patient s own fingers but also the fingers of others and drawing and other representations of fingers it is one of a tetr￭ ad of symptoms in ger￭ st￭ mann syndrome although it is also possible for finger agno￭ sia to exist on its own without any other disorders usually le￭ sions to the left ang￭ ular gy￭ rus and poster￭ ior par￭ ie￭ tal areas can lead to finger agno￭ sia
the fin￭ kel￭ stein reaction named after the german chem￭ ist hans fin￭ kel￭ stein is an s￭ n 2 reaction substitution nucle￭ oph￭ il￭ ic b￭ im￭ ol￭ ec￭ ular reaction that involves the exchange of one halo￭ gen atom for another hali￭ de exchange is an equilibrium reaction but the reaction can be driven to completion by exploiting the differential solu￭ bility of hali￭ de salts or by using a large excess of the hali￭ de salt r x x ′ − ⇌ r x ′ x − the classic fin￭ kel￭ stein reaction entails the conversion of an al￭ ky￭ l chloride or an al￭ ky￭ l bromide to an al￭ ky￭ l io￭ di￭ de by treatment with a solution of sodium io￭ di￭ de in acet￭ one sodium io￭ di￭ de is soluble in acet￭ one and sodium chloride and sodium bromide are not the reaction is driven toward products by mass action due to the precip￭ itation of the in￭ soluble salt for example bromo￭ ethane can be converted to i￭ odo￭ ethane ch 3 ch 2 br acet￭ one na￭ i acet￭ one → ch 3 ch 2 i acet￭ one nab￭ r s al￭ ky￭ l hali￭ des differ greatly in the ease with which they undergo the fin￭ kel￭ stein reaction the reaction works well for primary except for ne￭ op￭ ent￭ yl hali￭ des and exceptionally well for all￭ yl ben￭ zy￭ l and α carbon￭ yl hali￭ des secondary hali￭ des are far less reactive vinyl ar￭ yl and tertiary al￭ ky￭ l hali￭ des are un￭ reactive below some relative rates of reaction na￭ i in acet￭ one at 60 ° in modern usage the definition of the reaction has been expanded to include the conversion of alcohol￭ s to al￭ ky￭ l hali￭ des by first converting the alcohol to a sul￭ fon￭ ate ester to￭ syl￭ ates or mes￭ yl￭ ates are usually used and then performing the substitution the example below is from a synthesis of ch￭ ry￭ so￭ ch￭ lam￭ ic acid
a finnish heritage disease is a genetic disease or disorder that is significantly more common in people whose ancestors were ethnic finns natives of finland and sweden me￭ än￭ ma￭ a and russia kare￭ lia and ing￭ ria about 40 rare diseases are regarded as finnish heritage diseases the diseases are not restricted to finns they are genetic diseases with far wider distribution in the world but due to founder effects and genetic isolation they are more common in finns within finland these diseases are more common in the east and north consistent with their higher association with ethnic finns than with ethnic swedes the finnish disease heritage does not extend to other ethnic groups in the region the sá￭ mi and kare￭ li￭ ans other than finnish kare￭ li￭ ans it is attributed to a population bottlenec￭ k among ancestors of modern finns estimated to have occurred about 4000 years ago presumably when populations practicing agriculture and animal husbandry arrived in finland in finland about one in five persons carries a gene defect associated with at least one finnish heritage disease and about one in 500 children born is affected most of the gene defects are auto￭ som￭ al reces￭ sives so that if both the mother and father carry the same defect the chance that their child will have the associated disease is 1 in 4 the molecular genetics of many of these diseases have been determined enabling genetic testing pre￭ natal testing and counsel￭ ing this has raised questions of bio￭ ethics and eu￭ gen￭ ics
fire b￭ light also written fire￭ b￭ light is a contagious disease affecting apples pears and some other members of the family ro￭ sac￭ e￭ ae it is a serious concern to apple and pear producers under optimal conditions it can destroy an entire orch￭ ard in a single growing season the causal pathogen is er￭ win￭ ia amy￭ lo￭ vor￭ a a gram negative bacter￭ ium in the family enter￭ ob￭ ac￭ ter￭ i￭ ace￭ ae pears are the most susceptible but apples lo￭ qu￭ at cr￭ ab￭ apples quin￭ ces haw￭ thorn coton￭ easter py￭ rac￭ antha rasp￭ berry and some other ro￭ sac￭ eous plants are also vulnerable the disease is believed to be indigenous to north america from where it spread to most of the rest of the world fire b￭ light is not believed to be present in australia though it might possibly exist there it has been a major reason for a long standing embargo on the importation of new zealand apples to australia japan was likewise believed to be without the disease but it was discovered in pears grown in northern japan japanese authorities are however still denying its existence and the japanese scientist who discovered it is believed to have committed suicide after his name was leaked to affected farmers in europe it is listed as a quarantine disease and has been spreading along haw￭ thorn cr￭ at￭ aeg￭ us he￭ dges planted alongside railways motorways and main roads
fire brea￭ ther s pneumonia also known as fire brea￭ ther s lung or fire e￭ ater s lung is a distinct type of exo￭ genous — that is originating outside the body — li￭ po￭ id pneumonia chemical pneu￭ mon￭ i￭ tis that results from inhal￭ ation or aspiration of hydrocarbons of different types such as lamp oil accidental inhal￭ ation of hydrocarbon fuels can occur during fire breathing fire eating or other fire performance and may lead to pneu￭ mon￭ i￭ tis symptoms can vary significantly among individuals ranging from as￭ ymp￭ tomatic to a severe life threatening disease onset usually occurs within hours though symptoms may not appear for several days li￭ po￭ id pneumonia is a rare condition but is an occupational hazard of fire performers
fire prevention is a function of many fire departments the goal of fire prevention is to educate the public to take precautions to prevent potentially harmful fires and be educated about surviving them it is a proactive method of reducing emergencies and the damage caused by them many fire departments have a fire prevention officer in the general sense of preventing harmful fires many aspects are discussed in the articles fire protection and fire safety national work on best practices is in the vision 2020 program
a fire regime is the pattern frequency and intensity of the bush￭ fires and wild￭ fires that prevail in an area it is an integral part of fire ecology and renewal for certain types of ecosystems if fires are too frequent plants may be killed before they have matured or before they have set sufficient seed to ensure population recovery if fires are too inf￭ requ￭ ent plants may mature sen￭ es￭ ce and die without ever releasing their seed
fire￭ stop pil￭ lows are passive fire protection items used for fire￭ stopping holes in wall or floor assemblies required to have a fire resistance rating the products must be used in accordance with a valid certification listing subject to listing and approval use and compliance
a black hole fire￭ wall is a hypothetical phenomenon where an observer that falls into an old black hole encounters high energy quan￭ ta at or near the event horizon the fire￭ wall phenomenon was proposed in 2012 by ahmed al￭ m￭ he￭ iri donald mar￭ ol￭ f joseph pol￭ chin￭ ski and james s￭ ully as a possible solution to an apparent inconsistency in black hole complementarity the proposal is sometimes referred to as the am￭ ps fire￭ wall an acron￭ ym for the names of the authors of the 2012 paper the use of a fire￭ wall to resolve this inconsistency remains controversial as of 2013 with high energy physicists divided as to the solution to the paradox
the firing squad synchron￭ ization problem is a problem in computer science and cellular autom￭ ata in which the goal is to design a cellular autom￭ aton that starting with a single active cell eventually reaches a state in which all cells are simultaneously active it was first proposed by john my￭ hill in 1957 and published with a solution in 1962 by edward moore
first degree atri￭ o￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular block av block or pr prolongation is a disease of the electrical conduc￭ tion system of the heart in which the pr interval is leng￭ th￭ ened beyond 0 20 seconds in first degree av block the impulse conducting from atri￭ a to ven￭ tric￭ les through the atri￭ o￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular no￭ de av no￭ de is delayed and travels slower than normal it has a prevalence in the normal young adult population of 0 65 1 1 and the incidence is 0 13 per 1000 persons
the first pass effect also known as first pass metabol￭ ism or pres￭ y￭ stem￭ ic metabol￭ ism is a phenomenon of drug metabol￭ ism whereby the concentration of a drug is greatly reduced before it reaches the systemic circulation it is the fraction of drug lost during the process of absorption which is generally related to the liver and gut wall notable drugs that experience a significant first pass effect are im￭ i￭ pr￭ amine morphine pro￭ pr￭ ano￭ lo￭ l bu￭ pre￭ nor￭ ph￭ ine di￭ az￭ ep￭ am mid￭ az￭ ol￭ am pe￭ th￭ id￭ ine ci￭ me￭ ti￭ dine li￭ doc￭ aine and nitro￭ gly￭ cer￭ in after a drug is swallowed it is absorbed by the dig￭ estive system and enters the he￭ p￭ atic portal system it is carried through the portal vein into the liver before it reaches the rest of the body the liver met￭ abo￭ li￭ zes many drugs sometimes to such an extent that only a small amount of active drug emerges from the liver to the rest of the circul￭ atory system this first pass through the liver thus greatly reduces the bio￭ availability of the drug the four primary systems that affect the first pass effect of a drug are the enzymes of the gastro￭ intest￭ inal lum￭ en gut wall enzymes bacterial enzymes and he￭ p￭ atic enzymes in drug design drug candidates may have good dru￭ gli￭ ken￭ ess but fail on first pass metabol￭ ism because it is bio￭ chemically selective alternative routes of administration like sup￭ pos￭ itory intra￭ ven￭ ous intr￭ amus￭ cular inhal￭ ational aerosol trans￭ der￭ mal and su￭ bl￭ ing￭ ual avoid the first pass effect because they allow drugs to be absorbed directly into the systemic circulation drugs with high first pass effect have a considerably higher oral dose than su￭ bl￭ ing￭ ual or paren￭ ter￭ al dose there is marked individual variation in the oral dose due to differences in the extent of first pass metabol￭ ism oral bio￭ availability is apparently increased in patients with severe liver diseases like cir￭ rho￭ sis it is also increased if another drug competing with it in first pass metabol￭ ism given con￭ currently eg pro￭ pr￭ ano￭ lo￭ l and chlor￭ pro￭ ma￭ zine
f￭ is phenomenon is a phenomenon of child language acquisition that demonstrates that perception of ph￭ on￭ em￭ es occurs earlier than the ability of the child to produce those ph￭ on￭ em￭ es it is also illustr￭ ative of a larger theme in child language acquisition that skills in linguistic comprehension generally precede corresponding skills in linguistic production the name comes from an incident reported in 1960 by j ber￭ ko and r brown a child referred to his infl￭ atable plastic fish as a f￭ is however when adults asked him is this your f￭ is he rejected the statement when he was asked is this your fish he responded yes my f￭ is this shows that although the child could not produce the ph￭ on￭ em￭ e ʃ he could perceive it as being different from the ph￭ on￭ em￭ e s in some cases the sounds produced by the child are actually acous￭ tically different but not significantly enough for others to distinguish since the language in question does not make such contrasts
fiscal sustainability or public finance sustainability is the ability of a government to sustain its current spending tax and other policies in the long run without threatening government solvency or defa￭ ulting on some of its liabilities or promised expenditures there is no consensus among economists on a precise operational definition for fiscal sustainability rather different studies use their own often similar definitions many countries and research institutes have published reports which assess the sustainability of fiscal policies based on long run projections of country s public finances see for example and these assessments attempt to determine whether an adjustment to current fiscal policies that is required to reconcile projected revenues with projected expenditures the size of the required adjustment is given with measures such as the fiscal gap
the fischer – he￭ pp re￭ arrangement is a re￭ arrangement reaction in which an aromatic n nitro￭ so or nitro￭ sam￭ ine conver￭ ts to a carbon nitro￭ so compound fischer he￭ pp re￭ arrangement this organic reaction was first described by the german chem￭ ist otto phili￭ pp fischer 18￭ 52 – 19￭ 32 and edu￭ ard he￭ pp june 11 18￭ 51 – june 18 1917 in 18￭ 86 and is of importance because para no secondary an￭ il￭ ines cannot be prepared in a direct reaction the re￭ arrangement reaction takes place by reacting the nitro￭ sam￭ ine precursor with hydro￭ chlor￭ ic acid the chemical yield is generally good under these conditions but often much poorer if a different acid is used the exact reaction mechanism is unknown but there is evidence suggesting an intr￭ am￭ ol￭ ec￭ ular reaction
fish eye disease is a genetic disorder involving a deficiency in lec￭ i￭ thin — cho￭ le￭ sterol ac￭ yl￭ transfer￭ ase l￭ cat metabol￭ ism while l￭ cat metabol￭ ism in famili￭ al l￭ cat deficiency is fully inactive patients with fish eye disease only have a partial deficiency of l￭ cat carl￭ son and phili￭ pson found that the disease was named so because the cor￭ ne￭ a of the eye was so opaque or clou￭ dy with do￭ ts of cho￭ le￭ sterol that it resemb￭ led a boiled fish the disorder is inherited in an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive manner therefore both copies of the gene in each cell must have a mutation if an individual only carry one copy of the mut￭ ated gene they typically do not show symptoms fish eye disease is characterized by ab￭ norm￭ alities like visual impairment pl￭ aqu￭ es of fatty material and dense op￭ aci￭ fication it is uncertain if l￭ cat deficiencies are linked to coron￭ ary artery disease
fish acute toxicity syndrome fats is a set of common chemical and functional responses in fish resulting from a short term acute exposure to a lethal concentration of a tox￭ ic￭ ant a chemical or material that can produce an un￭ favorable effect in a living organism by definition modes of action are characterized by fats because the combination of common responses that represent each fish acute toxicity syndrome characterize an adverse biological effect therefore tox￭ ic￭ ants that have the same mode of action elic￭ it similar sets of responses in the organism and can be classified by the same fish acute toxicity syndrome
dro￭ psy is the buil￭ dup of fluid inside the body cav￭ ity or tissues of a fish as a symptom rather than a disease it can indicate a number of underlying diseases including bacterial infections par￭ asi￭ tic infections or liver dysfunction
in statistical classification the fisher ker￭ nel named after ronald fisher is a function that measures the similarity of two objects on the basis of sets of measurements for each object and a statistical model in a classification procedure the class for a new object whose real class is unknown can be estimated by minimising across classes an average of the fisher ker￭ nel distance from the new object to each known member of the given class the fisher ker￭ nel was introduced in 1998 it combines the advantages of gener￭ ative statistical models like the hidden markov model and those of discrimin￭ ative methods like support vector machines gener￭ ative models can process data of variable length adding or removing data is well supported discrimin￭ ative methods can have flexible criteria and yield better results
a fishing we￭ ir fish we￭ ir fish￭ gar￭ th or kid￭ dle is an obstruction placed in tidal waters or wholly or partially across a river to direct the passage of fish a we￭ ir may be used to trap fish such as salmon as they attempt to swim upstream or eels as they migrate downstream alternatively fish we￭ irs can be used to channel fish to a particular location such as to a fish ladder we￭ irs were traditionally built from wood or stones the use of fishing we￭ irs as fish traps dates back prior to the emergence of modern humans and have since been used by many societies across the world
fis￭ sure of the nip￭ ple also known as jo￭ gger s nip￭ ple is a condition that can be caused by friction that can result in so￭ reness dr￭ y￭ ness or irritation to or bleeding of one or both nip￭ ples during or following running or other physical exercise this condition is also experienced by women who breast￭ feed and by sur￭ f￭ ers who do not wear rash guards
f￭ issu￭ red tongue also known as scro￭ tal tongue lingu￭ a plic￭ ata plic￭ ated tongue and fur￭ ro￭ wed tongue is a benign condition characterized by deep gro￭ o￭ ves f￭ issu￭ res in the dor￭ sum of the tongue although these gro￭ o￭ ves may look unsettling the condition is usually pain￭ less some individuals may complain of an associated burning sensation it is a relatively common condition with a prevalence of between 6 8 and 11 found amongst children the prevalence of the condition increases significantly with age occurring in 40 of the population after the age of 40
a f￭ ist￭ ula is an abnormal anast￭ om￭ osis that is an abnormal connection between two hollow spaces technically two epi￭ the￭ li￭ alized surfaces such as blood vessels intest￭ ines or other hollow organs f￭ ist￭ ul￭ as are usually caused by injury or surgery but they can also result from an infection or infl￭ amm￭ ation f￭ ist￭ ul￭ as are generally a disease condition but they may be sur￭ g￭ ically created for therapeutic reasons in bot￭ any the term is most common in its ad￭ jec￭ ti￭ val forms where it is used in bin￭ om￭ ial names to refer to species that are distinguished by hollow or tu￭ bul￭ ar structures mon￭ ar￭ da f￭ ist￭ ul￭ osa for example has tu￭ bul￭ ar flowers eu￭ tro￭ chi￭ um f￭ ist￭ ul￭ o￭ sum has a tu￭ bul￭ ar stem and allium f￭ ist￭ ul￭ o￭ sum has hollow or tu￭ bul￭ ar leaves
fitness culture is a soci￭ oc￭ ul￭ tural phenomenon which refers to the culture surrounding physical exercises it is usually associated with gym culture as doing physical exercises in locations such as gy￭ ms well￭ ness centres and health clubs is a popular activity an international survey found that more than 27 of world total adult population att￭ ends fitness centres and that 61 of regular exerc￭ isers are currently doing gym type activities
fit￭ z hugh – curtis syndrome is a rare complic￭ ation of pel￭ vic infl￭ am￭ matory disease pid named after the two physicians thomas fit￭ z hugh jr and arthur hal￭ e curtis who first reported this condition in 19￭ 34 and 1930 respectively it involves liver cap￭ su￭ le infl￭ amm￭ ation leading to the creation of adhe￭ sions
fitz￭ sim￭ mons – guil￭ bert syndrome is an extremely rare genetic disease characterized by a slowly progressive sp￭ astic par￭ ap￭ legi￭ a sk￭ el￭ etal anomalies of the hands and feet with br￭ ach￭ y￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly type e cone shaped ep￭ ip￭ hy￭ ses abnormal met￭ ap￭ hy￭ seal – p￭ hal￭ ange￭ al pattern profile ster￭ nal anomaly pec￭ tus car￭ in￭ at￭ um or exc￭ av￭ at￭ um dys￭ ar￭ thri￭ a and mild intellectual deficit
fixed drug reactions are common and so named because they recur at the same site with each exposure to a particular medication medications inducing fixed drug erup￭ tions are usually those taken inter￭ mit￭ tently drugs causing fixed drug erup￭ tions 1 flu￭ con￭ azole 2 ci￭ prof￭ lo￭ x￭ ac￭ in 3 do￭ xy￭ cycl￭ ine 4 clari￭ thro￭ my￭ cin 5 n￭ s￭ aids 6 trim￭ eth￭ op￭ rim 7 co￭ trim￭ ox￭ azole 8 phen￭ y￭ to￭ in 9 ce￭ ti￭ ri￭ zine 10 pseu￭ do￭ ep￭ he￭ dr￭ ine
fl￭ acci￭ d dys￭ ar￭ thri￭ a is a motor speech disorder resulting from damage to peripheral nervous system cran￭ ial or spinal nerves or lower motor ne￭ uron system the damage affects the respiratory ph￭ on￭ atory reson￭ atory and artic￭ ul￭ atory components of speech and causes weakness hy￭ pot￭ onia and diminished refl￭ exes causes fl￭ acci￭ d dys￭ ar￭ thri￭ a is caused when damage occurs to the motor unit one or more cran￭ ial or spinal nerves processes that can cause this include con￭ genital disorders dem￭ yel￭ inating disorders infectious infl￭ am￭ matory degenerative disorders metabol￭ ic ne￭ op￭ l￭ astic traumatic vascular diseases fl￭ acci￭ d paralysis
fl￭ acci￭ d paralysis ˈ￭ fl￭ æ￭ ks￭ ɪ￭ d p￭ ə￭ ˈ￭ r￭ æ￭ l￭ ə￭ s￭ ɪ￭ s is a clinical manifestation characterized by weakness or paralysis and reduced muscle tone without other obvious cause e g trauma this abnormal condition may be caused by disease or by trauma affecting the nerves associated with the involved muscles for example if the som￭ atic nerves to a sk￭ el￭ etal muscle are severed then the muscle will exhibit fl￭ acci￭ d paralysis when muscles enter this state they become lim￭ p and cannot contract this condition can become fatal if it affects the respiratory muscles posing the threat of suffoc￭ ation
fl￭ ach￭ erie literally fl￭ acci￭ dness is a disease of silk￭ worms caused by silk￭ worms eating infected or contaminated mul￭ berry leaves fl￭ ach￭ erie infected silk￭ worms look weak and can die from this disease silk￭ worm lar￭ v￭ ae that are about to die from fl￭ ach￭ erie are a dark brown there are two kinds of fl￭ ach￭ erie essentially infectious viral fl￭ ach￭ erie and non￭ infectious tou￭ ff￭ ee fl￭ ach￭ erie both are technically a lethal diarr￭ hea bou￭ ff￭ ée fl￭ ach￭ erie is caused by heat waves bou￭ ff￭ ée means sudden heat spell in french viral fl￭ ach￭ erie is ultimately caused by infection with bom￭ by￭ x mor￭ i infectious fl￭ ach￭ erie virus b￭ mi￭ f￭ v i￭ fla￭ vi￭ ri￭ da￭ e bom￭ by￭ x mor￭ i den￭ so￭ virus b￭ m￭ d￭ nv par￭ vo￭ vi￭ ri￭ da￭ e or bom￭ by￭ x mor￭ i cy￭ po￭ virus 1 b￭ mc￭ p￭ v 1 re￭ ovi￭ ri￭ da￭ e this either alone or in combination with bacterial infection destroys the gut tissue bacterial pathogens contributing to infectious fl￭ ac￭ cher￭ ie are ser￭ rati￭ a mar￭ ces￭ c￭ ens and species of st￭ rep￭ to￭ co￭ cc￭ us and stap￭ hy￭ lo￭ co￭ cc￭ us in the form known as that￭ te ro￭ ga louis past￭ eur who began his studies on silk￭ worm diseases in 18￭ 65 was the first one able to recognize that mortality due to viral fl￭ ach￭ erie was caused by infection priority however was claimed by an￭ to￭ ine bé￭ champ richard gordon described the discovery the french silk industry was meanwhile plummeting from a 130 million to an 8 million francs annual income because the silk￭ worms had all caught pé￭ br￭ ine black pepper disease … he past￭ eur went south from paris to al￭ ais and rewarded them by discovering the silk￭ worm epidemic to be inflicted by some sort of living micro￭ be … past￭ eur threw in another disease fl￭ â￭ cher￭ ie silk￭ worm diarr￭ ho￭ ea the cures for both were culling the insects which showed the pe￭ ppery spots — the peasants bott￭ led the silk￭ worm mo￭ ths in brandy for display to the experts — and rigorous hygiene of the mul￭ berry leaf
fl￭ ail chest is a life threatening medical condition that occurs when a segment of the ri￭ b cage breaks due to trauma and becomes detached from the rest of the chest wall two of the symptoms of fl￭ ail chest are chest pain and short￭ ness of breath it occurs when multiple adjacent ribs are broken in multiple places separating a segment so a part of the chest wall moves independently the number of ribs that must be broken varies by differing definitions some sources say at least two adjacent ribs are broken in at least two places some require three or more ribs in two or more places the fl￭ ail segment moves in the opposite direction to the rest of the chest wall because of the ambient pressure in comparison to the pressure inside the lungs it goes in while the rest of the chest is moving out and vice versa this so called paradoxical breathing is painful and increases the work involved in breathing fl￭ ail chest is usually accompanied by a pul￭ mon￭ ary con￭ tu￭ sion a bru￭ ise of the lung tissue that can interfere with blood oxy￭ gen￭ ation often it is the con￭ tu￭ sion not the fl￭ ail segment that is the main cause of respiratory problems in people with both injuries surgery to fix the fractu￭ res appears to result in better outcomes
flame cutting is a destructive phenomenon that occurs in some firearms usually revol￭ vers as a result of hot gases under high pressure the most common manifestation is on the under￭ side of a revol￭ ver top strap where the hot high velocity gases released when a round is fired begin to cut through just above and in front of the cylinder in most cases this is self limiting eventually the depth of the cut will place the und￭ am￭ aged material far enough away that the heat and pressure of the gas will have dissip￭ ated to harmless levels this limiting tends to occur before structural integrity is compromised
flame lift off in oil fired pressure jet burners is an unwanted condition in which the flame and burner become separated this condition is most commonly created by excessive combustion air and often results in the loss of flame as the photo electric cell fails to register the light of the flame this in turn results in a safety lock￭ out of the control box
flame rectification is a phenomenon in which a flame can act as an electrical recti￭ fier the effect is commonly described as being caused by the greater mobility of electron￭ s relative to that of positive ions within the flame and the asymmetric nature of the electro￭ des used to detect the phenomenon this effect is used by rectification flame sensors to detect the presence of flame the rectifying effect of the flame on an ac voltage allows the presence of flame to be distinguished from a resis￭ tive leakage path one experimental study has suggested that the effect is caused by the ion￭ ization process occurring mostly at the base of the flame making it more difficult for the electro￭ de further from the base of the flame to attract positive ions from the burner yet leaving the electr￭ on current largely unchanged with distance because of the greater mobility of the electr￭ on charge carriers
flamm￭ ability is the ability of a substance to burn or ignite causing fire or combustion the degree of difficulty required to cause the combustion of a substance is quantified through fire testing internationally a variety of test protocols exist to quantify flamm￭ ability the ratings achieved are used in building codes insurance requirements fire codes and other regulations governing the use of building materials as well as the storage and handling of highly flammable substances inside and outside of structures and in surface and air transportation for instance changing an occu￭ pan￭ cy by altering the flamm￭ ability of the contents requires the owner of a building to apply for a building permit to make sure that the overall fire protection design basis of the facility can take the change into account
fl￭ anging ˈ￭ fl￭ æn￭ d￭ ʒ￭ ɪ￭ ŋ is an audio effect produced by mixing two identical signals together one signal delayed by a small and gradually changing period usually smaller than 20 mil￭ lis￭ econ￭ ds this produces a swept comb filter effect peaks and not￭ ches are produced in the resulting frequency spectrum related to each other in a linear harmon￭ ic series varying the time delay causes these to sweep up and down the frequency spectrum a fl￭ anger is an effects unit that creates this effect in some cases the two signals will become so close that it almost f￭ ades away to obli￭ vi￭ on called sucking air it has also been called the dar￭ th v￭ ader effect part of the output signal is usually fed back to the input a re circulating delay line producing a resonance effect which further enhances the intensity of the peaks and trou￭ ghs the phase of the fed back signal is sometimes inver￭ ted producing another variation on the fl￭ anging sound
fl￭ ap back or blow￭ back is a phenomenon affecting the ro￭ tor of a helicopter as it over￭ comes dis￭ sym￭ metry of lift through fl￭ apping in forward flight ro￭ tor bl￭ ades experience more lift as they rot￭ ate forward this increased lift is a result of an increased relative speed causing the blade to fl￭ ap up and decrease its angle of attack as the blade continues to rot￭ ate it achieves its maximum up￭ fl￭ apping displacement over the nose of the aircraft and maximum down￭ fl￭ apping displacement over the tail this results in the ro￭ tor disk being til￭ ted to the rear and is referred to as fl￭ ap back as if the ro￭ tor disk had fl￭ apped or til￭ ted back or as if it had been blown back by the relative wind the effect is more pronounced at higher air￭ speeds but more easily recognized as the aircraft acceler￭ ates to transl￭ ational lift air￭ speeds from a ho￭ ver fl￭ ap back results in a slowing of the aircraft and the pilot coun￭ ters the effect by applying forward input to the cyclic control
fl￭ as￭ er beds are a se￭ dim￭ entary bi direc￭ tional bed￭ ding pattern created when a se￭ diment is exposed to inter￭ mit￭ tent flows leading to altern￭ ating sand and mud layers while fl￭ as￭ er beds typically form in tidal environments they can rarely form in flu￭ vi￭ al conditions on point bars or in eph￭ emer￭ al streams individual sand rip￭ ples are created which are later inf￭ il￭ led by mud during quie￭ ter flow periods these mud d￭ rapes are typically a minor constituent of the deposit they can consolidate within three hours protecting the underlying layer from erosion fl￭ as￭ er bed￭ ding typically forms in high energy environments
flash blindness is visual impairment during and following exposure to a light flash of extremely high intensity it may last for a few seconds to a few minutes for example in everyday life the subject of a flash photograph can be temporarily flash blinded the bright light overwhel￭ ms the eye and only gradually f￭ ades a bright spot or spots may be seen for many minutes this phenomenon is leveraged in non lethal weapons such as flash gren￭ ades and laser daz￭ z￭ lers
flash burn is any burn injury caused by intense fl￭ ashes of light high voltage electric current or strong thermal radiation these may originate from for example a sufficiently large ble￭ ve a thermo￭ bar￭ ic weapon explosion or a nuclear blast of sufficient magnitude damage to the eye s caused by ultra￭ violet rays is known as photo￭ ker￭ ati￭ tis
flash suppression is a phenomenon of visual perception in which an image presented to one eye is suppressed by a flash of another image presented to the other eye to observe flash suppression a small image is first presented to one eye for about a second while a blank field is presented to the other eye then a different small image is abruptly shown fl￭ ashed to the other second eye at the location corresponding to the image to the first eye the image to the first eye disappears even though it is still presented and only the new image is perceived the new image to the second eye sup￭ presses perception of the image to the first for example if a vehicle is shown to the left eye for 1 second and then a face is abruptly fl￭ ashed to the right eye the observer consciously sees first a vehicle and then a face note that the face is seen while the picture of the car is still present if the order of presentation is reversed the order of percep￭ t is reversed the phenomenon of flash suppression seemed to have been known since the 19 th century the phenomena was described by mc￭ dou￭ g￭ all in 19￭ 01 p 598 and utilized for an eeg experiment by lan￭ sing in 1964 in 1984 jeremy wol￭ fe characterized flash suppression in a systematic psy￭ ch￭ oph￭ ys￭ ics study flash suppression is an example of percep￭ tual illusions that render a highly visible image invisible and that are used to study the mechanisms of conscious and non conscious visual processing ko￭ ch 2004 related percep￭ tual illusions include backward mas￭ king bin￭ oc￭ ular rivalry motion induced blindness and motion induced inter￭ oc￭ ular suppression the brain basis of flash suppression has been studied using micro￭ electro￭ de recordings in the visual brain of the mac￭ a￭ que monkey lo￭ go￭ the￭ tis 1998 and in the human medi￭ al temporal lo￭ be k￭ reim￭ an ko￭ ch fried 2002
a flash￭ back or involuntary recurrent memory is a psychological phenomenon in which an individual has a sudden usually powerful re experiencing of a past experience or elements of a past experience these experiences can be happy sad exciting or any other emotion one can consider the term is used particularly when the memory is recalled involun￭ tarily and or when it is so intense that the person reli￭ ves the experience unable to fully recognize it as memory and not something that is happening in real time
flat ch￭ ested kit￭ ten syndrome f￭ c￭ ks is a disorder in cats where￭ in kit￭ tens develop a compression of the thor￭ ax chest rib￭ cage caused by vertebr￭ al mal￭ formation in mild cases the under￭ side of the chest becomes fl￭ att￭ ened hence the name of the condition in extreme cases the entire thor￭ ax is fl￭ att￭ ened looking as if the kit￭ ten has been stepped on the kit￭ ten will appear to go from normal to flat in the space of about 2 – 3 hours and will usually then stabilise f￭ c￭ ks is most frequently caused by collapsed lungs and not as formerly believed by a muscle sp￭ asm in the inter￭ cost￭ al muscles there are numerous causes for lung collapse and therefore numerous causes for f￭ c￭ ks one possible cause for flat ch￭ est￭ ed￭ ness that develops soon after birth is at￭ elect￭ asis causes of at￭ elect￭ asis include insufficient attempts at respir￭ ation by the new￭ born bron￭ ch￭ ial obstruction or absence of sur￭ fac￭ tant a substance secre￭ ted by al￭ ve￭ oli that coats the lungs and prevents the surfaces from sticking together lack of sur￭ fac￭ tant reduces the surface area available for effective gas exchange causing lung collapse if severe there can be many reasons for at￭ elect￭ asis in kit￭ tens but probably the common￭ est cause is pre￭ maturity new￭ born at￭ elect￭ asis would not be unusual in a very large litter of kit￭ tens such as 10 where the size of the litter may lead all the kit￭ tens to be small and mildly underdeveloped unlike human babies kit￭ tens are born very immature blind deaf the intest￭ inal tract not fully developed etc so even slight pre￭ maturity may tip them over the edge from being viable to non viable many f￭ c￭ ks kit￭ tens may have fallen just the wrong side of this boundary in their development at the time of birth further if a kit￭ ten does not scream or open its lungs well enough at birth even if it is fully mature and has sufficient sur￭ fac￭ tant it may end up with at￭ elect￭ asis pat￭ ches of at￭ elect￭ asis in the lungs mean that part of a lung is not operating properly if the kit￭ ten goes to sleep and its respiratory rate drops the pat￭ ches of at￭ elect￭ asis can slowly expand until large areas of the lung collapse and cannot be re￭ inflated good advice to any breeder therefore would be to ensure that kit￭ tens cry loudly when they are born to make sure that the airways are clear but also that the lungs expand as fully as possible this was the reason new￭ born babies were always held upside down immediately after birth so that any residual fluid dra￭ ins downwards and sm￭ acked to make them cry strongly some kit￭ tens suffer from con￭ genital secondary at￭ elect￭ asis which presents shortly after birth there have been no reports of kit￭ tens born flat primary at￭ elect￭ asis hy￭ al￭ ine memb￭ rane disease is a type of respiratory distress syndrome of the new￭ born in which there is formation of a hy￭ al￭ ine like memb￭ rane lining the terminal respiratory passages and this may also be a r￭ arer cause of f￭ c￭ ks pressure from outside the lung from fluid or air can cause at￭ elect￭ asis as well as obstruction of lung air passages by m￭ uc￭ us resulting from various infections and lung diseases – which may explain the development of f￭ c￭ ks in older kit￭ tens e g 10 days old who are not strong enough to breathe through even a light m￭ uc￭ us or who may have inhal￭ ed milk during suc￭ kling tumors and inhal￭ ed objects possible if bed￭ ding contains loose flu￭ ff can also cause obstruction or irritation of the air￭ way leading to lung collapse and secondary at￭ elect￭ asis in an older cat the inter￭ cost￭ al muscles are so well developed and the ribs rigid enough that the rib￭ cage will not fl￭ atten if the lung collapses in kit￭ tens the bones are much more flexible and the tend￭ ons and muscles more fl￭ acci￭ d allowing movement of the thor￭ ax into abnormal positions other causes of lung collapse can include di￭ aphr￭ agm￭ atic her￭ nia or di￭ aphr￭ agm￭ atic sp￭ asm breeders report the position of the gut and thor￭ ax as appearing to be like a stalled hic￭ cup di￭ aphr￭ agm￭ atic sp￭ asm is easily checked by pin￭ ching the ph￭ ren￭ ic nerve in the neck between the finger￭ tips kit￭ tens with this type of f￭ c￭ ks will improve almost immediately but may require repeated pin￭ ching to prevent the sp￭ asm from recurring
flat feet also called pes plan￭ us or fallen ar￭ ches is a post￭ ural de￭ form￭ ity in which the ar￭ ches of the foot collapse with the entire sole of the foot coming into complete or near complete contact with the ground some individuals an estimated 20 – 30 of the general population have an arch that simply never develops in one foot unilaterally or both feet bilaterally there is a functional relationship between the structure of the arch of the foot and the biom￭ ec￭ han￭ ics of the lower leg the arch provides an elastic spring￭ y connection between the fo￭ ref￭ oot and the h￭ ind foot this association safeguards so that a majority of the forces incurred during weight bearing of the foot can be dissip￭ ated before the force reaches the long bones of the leg and thi￭ gh in pes plan￭ us the head of the tal￭ us bone is displaced medi￭ ally and dis￭ tal from the na￭ vic￭ ular as a result the spring lig￭ ament and the tend￭ on of the ti￭ bi￭ alis poster￭ ior muscle are stretched so much so that the individual with pes plan￭ us loses the function of the medi￭ al longit￭ ud￭ inal arch m￭ la if the m￭ la is absent or non￭ functional in both the seated and standing positions the individual has “ rigid ” flat￭ foot if the m￭ la is present and functional while the individual is sitting or standing up on their toes but this arch disappears when assuming a foot flat stance the individual has “ sup￭ ple ” flat￭ foot this latter condition can be correc￭ table with well fitting arch supports three studies see c￭ itations below in military section of military recruits have shown no evidence of later increased injury or foot problems due to flat feet in a population of people who reach military service age without prior foot problems however these studies cannot be used to judge possible future damage from this condition when diagnosed at younger ages they also cannot be applied to persons whose flat feet are associated with foot symptoms or certain symptoms in other parts of the body such as the leg or back possibly refer￭ able to the foot
in manufacturing and mechanical engineering flat￭ ness is an important geome￭ tric condition for work￭ pieces and tools in the manufacture of precision parts and assemblies especially where parts will be required to be connected across a surface area in an air tight or liquid tight manner flat￭ ness is a critical quality of the manufactured surfaces such surfaces are usually mach￭ ined or ground to achieve the required degree of flat￭ ness high definition metro￭ logy such as digital holo￭ graphic interfer￭ ome￭ try of such a surface to confirm and ensure that the required degree of flat￭ ness has been achieved is a key step in such manufacturing processes flat￭ ness may be defined in terms of least squares fit to a plane statistical flat￭ ness worst case or overall flat￭ ness the distance between the two closest parallel planes within two parts that are flat to about 1 heli￭ um light band h￭ lb can be w￭ rung together which means they will cling to each other when placed in contact this phenomenon is commonly used with g￭ age blocks geome￭ tric dimen￭ sion￭ ing and toler￭ ancing has provided geome￭ tr￭ ically defined quantitative ways of defining flat￭ ness oper￭ ationally
the flat￭ ness problem also known as the ol￭ dness problem is a cosmo￭ logical fine tuning problem within the big bang model of the universe such problems arise from the observation that some of the initial conditions of the universe appear to be fine tuned to very special values and that small deviations from these values would have extreme effects on the appearance of the universe at the current time in the case of the flat￭ ness problem the parameter which appears fine tuned is the density of matter and energy in the universe this value affects the cur￭ v￭ ature of space time with a very specific critical value being required for a flat universe the current density of the universe is observed to be very close to this critical value since the total density de￭ parts rapidly from the critical value over co￭ sm￭ ic time the early universe must have had a density even closer to the critical density departing from it by one part in 10￭ 62 or less this leads cosmo￭ logists to question how the initial density came to be so closely fine tuned to this special value the problem was first mentioned by robert dic￭ ke in 1969 the most commonly accepted solution among cosmo￭ logists is co￭ sm￭ ic inflation the idea that the universe went through a brief period of extremely rapid expansion in the first fraction of a second after the big bang along with the monopo￭ le problem and the horizon problem the flat￭ ness problem is one of the three primary motivations for inflationary theory
fla￭ ves￭ cence dor￭ ée from french fla￭ ves￭ cence yel￭ lowing and dor￭ ée golden is a bacterial disease of the vine with the potential to threaten vineyards the bacterial agent has recently been named candidat￭ us phy￭ top￭ las￭ ma vi￭ tis and its vector is the leaf￭ hop￭ per s￭ cap￭ ho￭ ide￭ us titan￭ us infection may kill young vines and greatly reduce the productivity of old vines it is classified as a phy￭ top￭ las￭ ma disease belonging to the group gener￭ ically termed gra￭ pe￭ vine yel￭ lows occurrences are in spor￭ adic epidemics and varieties vary in their sensitivity to it there is no cure for the moment and the way to manage its spread is by upro￭ oting of infected plants
fle￭ a borne spotted fever is a condition characterized by a rash of mac￭ ul￭ op￭ ap￭ ules or fur￭ un￭ cles it is caused by ric￭ ke￭ tt￭ sia fel￭ is
the diagnosis of fle￭ a allergy der￭ mati￭ tis is complicated by the gro￭ oming habits of pets cats in particular are very efficient at gro￭ oming out fle￭ as often removing any evidence of inf￭ est￭ ation fle￭ as begin biting within 5 minutes of finding a host and there are no fle￭ a treatments that kill fle￭ as before biting occurs pets that develop f￭ ad have an allergic response to fle￭ a sali￭ va injected during fle￭ a feeding the itch associated with just one fle￭ a bite persists long after that fle￭ a is gone and leads to significant self trauma the approach with a fle￭ a allergic pet is to reduce fle￭ a numbers in the environment and on the affected pet environmental fle￭ a control includes using fle￭ a fo￭ ggers or bombs vacu￭ um￭ ing and treating pet bed￭ ding by washing on a hot cycle over 60 degrees celsius in the washing machine the current on pet treatment recommended by veterinary der￭ mato￭ logists is spin￭ os￭ ad comfor￭ tis monthly and nit￭ en￭ py￭ ram cap￭ star or gener￭ ics every 48 hours until improvement in some cases secondary bacterial or ye￭ ast infections will also need treatment before the it￭ ching sub￭ sides many pets who have f￭ ad may also have other allergies such as allergies to food contact allergies and at￭ op￭ ic der￭ mati￭ tis
fle￭ is￭ cher s syndrome is an extremely rare con￭ genital anomaly characterized by displacement of the nip￭ ples occasional poly￭ mas￭ tia and hypo￭ pl￭ asia of both kidneys
fle￭ is￭ cher rings are pi￭ gm￭ ented rings in the peripheral cor￭ ne￭ a resulting from iron de￭ position in bas￭ al epi￭ the￭ li￭ al cells in the form of h￭ emo￭ sid￭ erin they are usually yel￭ low￭ ish to dark brown and may be complete or broken they are named for bruno fle￭ is￭ cher fle￭ is￭ cher rings are indicative of ker￭ ato￭ con￭ us a degenerative cor￭ ne￭ al condition that causes the cor￭ ne￭ a to thin and change to a con￭ ic shape
flemish immigration to wall￭ onia was an important phenomenon in the history of belgium kas deprez wrote flanders was poor and backward in the 19 th century it hardly took part in the first industrial revolution flem￭ ings migrated to wall￭ onia amongst other areas to escape from the poverty at home y￭ ves qu￭ ai￭ ri￭ aux published the figures of the census from 18￭ 66 to 19￭ 10 which allow to understand the importance of this phenomenon
flesh fly is a popular fly pattern used by rain￭ bow trou￭ t ang￭ lers in western alaska this particular fly fishing pattern is designed to mim￭ ic a chunk of rotten salmon flesh washing down stream the pattern is usually tied using white or off white rabbit hair
flexible product development is the ability to make changes in the product being developed or in how it is developed even relatively late in development without being too disruptive consequently the later one can make changes the more flexible the process is the less disruptive the change is the greater the flexibility flexibility is important because the development of a new product naturally involves change from what came before it change can be expected in what the customer wants and how the customer might use the product in how competitors might respond and in the new technologies being applied in the product or in its manufacturing process the more innovative a new product is the more likely it is that the development team will have to make changes during development flexible development counter￭ acts the tendencies of many contemporary management approaches to plan a project completely at its outset and discourage change thereafter these include six sig￭ ma which aims to drive variation out of a process lean which acts to drive out waste and traditional project management and phased development systems including the popular phase – gate model which encourage up￭ front planning and following the plan although these methodologies have strengths their side effect is encouraging rigidity in a process that needs flexibility to be effective especially for truly innovative products for more mature product categories flexibility techniques are not only overly expensive but often unwise consequently flexibility techniques must be used with discretion for instance only in the portions of a product likely to undergo change when applied to the development of software products these methods are commonly known as ag￭ ile software development however ag￭ ile software methods generally rely on special characteristics of the software medium especially object technologies which are not available to non software products consequently flexible product development draws from some of the roots of ag￭ ile software development but tends to use other tools and approaches that apply beyond the software medium flexible development uses several techniques to keep the cost of change low and to make decisions at the last responsible moment these techniques include mod￭ ular architec￭ tures to en￭ capsul￭ ate change experimentation and iter￭ ation to sample results and check them out with the customer frequently set based design to build and maintain options and emerg￭ ent processes that develop during a project in response to its needs
a fl￭ ex￭ ion te￭ ar￭ drop frac￭ ture is a frac￭ ture of the an￭ ter￭ o￭ inferior aspect of a cer￭ vic￭ al vertebr￭ al body due to fl￭ ex￭ ion of the sp￭ ine along with vertical ax￭ ial compression a te￭ ar￭ drop frac￭ ture is usually associated with a spinal cord injury often a result of displacement of the poster￭ ior portion of the vertebr￭ al body into the spinal canal
a flight to liquidity is a financial market phenomenon occurring when investors sell what they perceive to be less liquid or higher risk investments and purchase more liquid investments instead such as us treasuries usually flight to liquidity quickly results in panic leading to a crisis for example after the russian government defa￭ ulted on its government bonds g￭ kos in 1998 many investors sold european and japanese government bonds and purchased on the run us treasuries instead the most recently issued treasuries known as “ on the run ” have larger trading volumes that is more liquidity than treasury issues that have been superseded known as “ off the run ” this widened the spread between off the run and on the run us treasuries which ultimately led to the 1998 collapse of the long term capital management hedge fund
a flight to quality is a financial market phenomenon occurring when investors sell what they perceive to be higher risk investments and purchase safer investments such as us treasuries or gold this is considered a sign of fear in the marketplace as investors seek less risk in exchange for lower profits flight to quality is usually accompanied by an increase in demand for assets that are government backed and a decline in demand for assets backed by private agents
the flight end￭ ur￭ ance record is the longest amount of time an aircraft of a particular category spent in flight without landing it can be a solo event or multiple people can take turns pilo￭ ting the aircraft as long as all pilots remain in the aircraft the limit initially was the amount of fuel that could be stored for the flight but aerial refu￭ eling extended that parameter due to safety concerns the fé￭ dé￭ ration a￭ é￭ ron￭ au￭ tique internation￭ ale fa￭ i no longer recognizes new records for the duration of manned airplane or gli￭ der flights and has never recognized any duration records for helicopters
in aviation and aviation meteor￭ ology a flight level fl is defined as a vertical altitude at standard pressure nomin￭ ally expressed in hundreds of feet the pressure is compu￭ ted assuming an international standard sea level pressure dat￭ um of 10￭ 13 25 h￭ pa 29 92 in￭ h￭ g and therefore is not necessarily the same as the aircraft s actual altitude either above mean sea level or above ground level
fl￭ inch was a ver￭ ti￭ go com￭ ics horror anth￭ ology it ran 16 issues from june 1999 until january 2001 and featured the talents of jim lee bill will￭ in￭ gham frank qu￭ itely and many others rumors of being canceled seemed to plague the book throughout its printing tim trum￭ an said of the series the best art i ve done in any single com￭ ics story is on the br￭ er ho￭ odo￭ o short story i did with joe for ver￭ ti￭ go s fl￭ inch anth￭ ology issue 11 won a horror writers association br￭ am st￭ ok￭ er award for red romance by joe r lan￭ s￭ dale
fl￭ in￭ ders island spotted fever is a condition characterized by a rash in approximately 85 of cases it is associated with ric￭ ke￭ tt￭ sia hon￭ ei
flint fields german feu￭ er￭ ste￭ infel￭ der are large natural deposits of flint they are found in numerous jur￭ ass￭ ic and cre￭ tac￭ eous beds across the whole of europe such deposits may be found in a￭ ach￭ en l￭ ous￭ berg kle￭ ink￭ ems sch￭ ern￭ feld o￭ ster￭ berg bei p￭ fü￭ n￭ z bai￭ er￭ s￭ dorf ab￭ ens￭ berg ar￭ n￭ ho￭ fen and leng￭ feld as well as the german island of rü￭ gen
a flip page effect is a software gu￭ i effect that vis￭ ually shows a representation of a newspaper book or leaflet as virtual paper pages that can be turned manu￭ ally this effect was originally introduced as a fli￭ pping book effect in macro￭ media flash applications in the late 1990 s but has been evolving rapidly ever since flash applications or shoc￭ k￭ wave flash files have the sw￭ f file extension which is commonly pronounced swi￭ f hence the alternate name swif￭ let using the swi￭ f and the let from leaf book￭ let in combination flip page effects can be used both online and off￭ line and are usually created automatically from text files such as microsoft word documents or ad￭ o￭ be pdf format there are many solutions that help create flip page effects automatically some offer only the online version of the effects such as 3 d issue issu￭ u and ep￭ age￭ view and ep￭ aper￭ flip or both versions online and off￭ line such as pres￭ sm￭ o and fli￭ pp￭ ing￭ book
in project management float or slack is the amount of time that a task in a project network can be delayed without causing a delay to subsequent tasks free float project completion date total float total float is associated with the path if a project network chart diag￭ ram has 4 non critical paths then that project would have 4 total float values the total float of a path is the combined free float values of all activities in a path the total float represents the schedule flexibility and can also be measured by sub￭ tracting early start dates from late start dates of path completion float is core to critical path method with the total flo￭ ats of non￭ critical activities key to computing the critical path drag of an activity i e the amount of time it is adding to the project s duration
flo￭ at￭ ers are deposits of various size shape consistency ref￭ r￭ active index and mo￭ ti￭ lity within the eye s vit￭ re￭ ous humour which is normally transparent at a young age the vit￭ re￭ ous is￭ transparent but as one ages imperfections gradually develop the common type of flo￭ ater which is present in most persons eyes is due to degenerative changes of the vit￭ re￭ ous humour the perception of flo￭ at￭ ers is known as my￭ o￭ des￭ op￭ sia or less commonly as my￭ od￭ ae￭ op￭ sia my￭ io￭ de￭ op￭ sia or my￭ io￭ des￭ op￭ sia they are also called mus￭ ca￭ e vol￭ it￭ antes latin flying flies or mou￭ ches vol￭ antes from the french flo￭ at￭ ers are visible because of the shadows they cast on the re￭ tina or ref￭ r￭ action of the light that passes through them and can appear alone or together with several others in one s visual field they may appear as spots th￭ reads or fragments of cob￭ we￭ bs which float slowly before the observer s eyes as these objects exist within the eye itself they are not optical illusions but are ent￭ op￭ tic phenomena they are not to be confused with visual snow although these two conditions may co exist
the floating body effect is the effect of dependence of the body potential of a trans￭ is￭ tor realized by the silicon on insul￭ ator so￭ i technology on the history of its bi￭ asing and the carrier re￭ combination processes the trans￭ is￭ tor s body forms a capac￭ itor against the insulated sub￭ str￭ ate the charge accumul￭ ates on this capac￭ itor and may cause adverse effects for example opening of par￭ asi￭ tic trans￭ is￭ tors in the structure and causing off state leak￭ ages resulting in higher current consumption and in case of dram in loss of information from the memory cells it also causes the history effect the dependence of the threshold voltage of the trans￭ is￭ tor on its previous states in analo￭ g devices the floating body effect is known as the kin￭ k effect one counter￭ measure to floating body effect involves use of fully depleted devices the insul￭ ator layer in fd devices is significantly thin￭ ner than the channel depletion width the charge and thus also the body potential of the trans￭ is￭ tors is therefore fixed however the short channel effect is worsened in the fd devices the body may still charge up if both source and drain are high and the architecture is unsuitable for some analo￭ g devices that require contact with the body hybrid tren￭ ch isolation is another approach while floating body effect presents a problem in so￭ i dram chips it is exploited as the underlying principle for z ram and t ram technologies for this reason the effect is sometimes called the cin￭ der￭ ella effect in the context of these technologies because it trans￭ forms a disadvantage into an advantage am￭ d and hy￭ ni￭ x licensed z ram but as of 2008 had not put it into production another similar technology and z ram competitor developed at to￭ shi￭ ba and refined at intel is floating body cell f￭ bc
the floating match on card is a classic close up magic effect
floating – harbor syndrome also known as pel￭ le￭ tier – leis￭ ti syndrome is a rare disease with fewer than 50 cases described in the literature it is usually diagnosed in early childhood and is characterized by the tri￭ ad of proportionate short stature with delayed bone age characteristic facial appearance and delayed speech development although its cause is unknown it is thought to result from genetic mutation and diagnosis is established by the presence of a hetero￭ zy￭ g￭ ous sr￭ cap mutation in those with clinical findings of f￭ hs
flock worker s lung is an occupational lung disease caused by exposure to flock small fi￭ bers that are glu￭ ed to a backing in order to create a specific tex￭ ture people who work in f￭ locking are at risk of inhal￭ ing the small fi￭ bers which causes inter￭ sti￭ tial lung disease the disease was initially described in 1998 when a group of workers at a f￭ locking plant developed inter￭ sti￭ tial lung disease of unknown eti￭ ology
a floor limit is the amount of money above which credit card transactions must be authorized the limit can vary from store to store floor limits have become less significant as credit cards started being processed electronically and all transactions are typically authorized
a floor loan refers to the minimum amount of money that a lender is willing to lend in order to enable the buil￭ der to begin the construction of a building that is to be occupied by tenants the term is thus closely associated with mortgage and property loans the rest of the loan s balance is given to the buil￭ der upon the achievement of certain milestones related to the sale or lease of its residential space for example a bank may advance 80 of the balance of a property loan to the buil￭ der and release the remaining 20 upon the successful construction lease or sale of the building s residential units
fl￭ op￭ py eye￭ lid syndrome is a disease whose most prominent features often include fl￭ op￭ py upper eye￭ li￭ ds that can be easily ever￭ ted as well as pap￭ ill￭ ary con￭ junc￭ ti￭ vi￭ tis it is often associated with patients with high body mass index and obstruc￭ tive sleep ap￭ ne￭ a fl￭ op￭ py eye￭ lid syndrome is thought to revol￭ ve around the up￭ regulation of el￭ as￭ tin degrading enzymes as well as mechanical factors these can cause instability of the eye￭ lid sc￭ aff￭ old resulting in the mal￭ position of the eye￭ lid
fl￭ op￭ py trunk syndrome abbreviated f￭ ts also known as fl￭ acci￭ d trunk paralysis is a condition that causes trunk paralysis in african bush elephants initially observed in 1989 the syndrome primarily affected bull elephants in several select regions in zimbabwe afflicted elephants exhibit paralysis in their trunk often having to adapt to feed the loss of their trun￭ ks prehen￭ sile abilities results in malnutrition and possibly death the condition is a result of de￭ generation of nerves in the trunk and is suggested to be a result of either heavy metals or toxins there is debate over whether the condition is reversible
flori￭ d cu￭ taneous pap￭ il￭ lo￭ mat￭ osis also known as the schwar￭ tz burg￭ ess syndrome is an oblig￭ ate par￭ ane￭ op￭ l￭ astic syndrome f￭ cp begins as the sudden onset of numerous cu￭ taneous pap￭ il￭ lom￭ as that are clin￭ ically in￭ distingu￭ ishable from viral war￭ ts the pap￭ il￭ lom￭ as range from 1 to 3 mm in diameter may spread to involve the entire body including the face pr￭ ur￭ it￭ us which may sometimes precede the onset of f￭ cp is evident in the affected regions in about half of patients evaluation of a skin biopsy clearly distinguishes f￭ cp from viral war￭ ts f￭ cp is associated with underlying cancer of the breast blad￭ der o￭ vary uter￭ us pro￭ state and lung other associated underlying m￭ align￭ ancies include squ￭ am￭ ous cell carcin￭ om￭ as and lymp￭ hom￭ as such as non ho￭ dg￭ kin s lymp￭ homa f￭ cp is sometimes seen together with other signs of internal cancer especially m￭ align￭ ant ac￭ anth￭ osis ni￭ gr￭ ic￭ ans tri￭ pe pal￭ ms les￭ er – tr￭ é￭ l￭ at sign and hyper￭ tric￭ ho￭ sis lan￭ u￭ gin￭ osa acquis￭ ita f￭ cp tends to improve in association with surgical or chem￭ other￭ apeu￭ tic therapy of the underlying internal cancer a recurrence or exacerb￭ ation of f￭ cp may be linked with tumor reg￭ row￭ th or me￭ ta￭ static spread
florida ker￭ at￭ opathy florida spots is an eye condition characterized by the presence of multiple spots within both cor￭ ne￭ as it is most commonly seen in dogs and cats but is also rarely seen in horses and birds in the united states florida ker￭ at￭ opathy is found in animals in the sou￭ the￭ astern part of the country in other parts of the world it is confined to tro￭ p￭ ics and sub￭ tro￭ p￭ ics and it is known as tropical ker￭ at￭ opathy florida ker￭ at￭ opathy appears as multiple clou￭ dy op￭ ac￭ ities in the st￭ rom￭ al layer of the cor￭ ne￭ a the spots appear concentrated at the center and become more diffuse at the periphery they can range in size from one to eight milli￭ meters there are no other symptoms and there is no response to treatment with either anti infl￭ am￭ matory or antimicro￭ bial drugs his￭ to￭ logical analysis of affected cor￭ ne￭ as has found acid fast stain￭ ing organisms suggesting florida ker￭ at￭ opathy may be caused by a type of my￭ co￭ bacter￭ ium there is a strong suspicion that it is induced by repeated st￭ ings of was￭ mann￭ ia au￭ ro￭ pun￭ ct￭ ata to the eyes the little fire ant an invasive species
flo￭ tation of flexible objects is a phenomenon in which the b￭ ending of a flexible material allows an object to dis￭ place a greater amount of fluid than if it were completely rigid this ability to dis￭ place more fluid translates directly into an ability to support greater loads giving the flexible structure an advantage over a similarly rigid one inspiration to study the effects of el￭ as￭ tic￭ ity are taken from nature where plants and animals living at the water surface have evolved to take advantage of the load bearing benefits el￭ as￭ tic￭ ity im￭ parts
flow shop scheduling problems are a class of scheduling problems with a workshop or group shop in which the flow control shall enable an appropriate sequ￭ encing for each job and for processing on a set of machines or with other resources 1 2 m in compliance with given processing orders especially the maintaining of a continuous flow of processing tasks is desired with a minimum of idle time and a minimum of waiting time flow shop scheduling is a special case of job shop scheduling where there is strict order of all operations to be performed on all jobs flow shop scheduling may apply as well to production facilities as to computing designs a special type of flow shop scheduling problem is the per￭ mutation flow shop scheduling problem in which the processing order of the jobs on the resources is the same for each subsequent step of processing
the flowering desert spanish desi￭ er￭ to flori￭ do is a climatic phenomenon that occurs in the at￭ ac￭ ama desert chile the phenomenon consists of the blos￭ som￭ ing of a wide variety of flowers between the months of september and november in years when rainfall is unusually high normally the region receives less than 12 mm 0 47 in of rain a year the blos￭ som￭ ing occurs when the unusual level of rainfall reach the seeds and bulbs that have been in a latent or dormant state and causes them to germin￭ ate and flower in early spring it is accompanied by the proliferation of insects birds and small species of li￭ z￭ ard at its height the phenomenon can be seen from just south of the city of vall￭ en￭ ar to just north of the city of co￭ pi￭ ap￭ ó throughout the coastal valleys and chilean coast range from september to november clim￭ atically the event is related to the el ni￭ ño phenomenon a band of anomal￭ ously warm ocean water temperatures that occasionally develops off the western coast of south america which can lead to an increase in evapor￭ ation and therefore precip￭ itation the flowering desert is a popular tourist attraction with tourists visiting the phenomenon from various points around the southern at￭ ac￭ ama including hu￭ asco vall￭ en￭ ar la serena co￭ pi￭ ap￭ ó and calder￭ a
in united states federal milk marketing orders the fluid differential or class i differential is the amount added to the base price of milk to determine a region ’ s minimum price for milk used for fluid drinking purposes
fluid pipes are a phenomenon driven by surface tension when a pure water jet imp￭ inges on a reservoir cap￭ ill￭ ary waves are excited and propag￭ ate up the jet at the same speed that the jet falls
fluores￭ cence anis￭ o￭ tro￭ py is the phenomenon where the light emitted by a fluor￭ op￭ hor￭ e has unequal intensi￭ ties along different axes of polarization early pioneers in the field include al￭ ek￭ san￭ der jab￭ lon￭ ski greg￭ ori￭ o weber and andreas al￭ bre￭ cht the principles of fluores￭ cence polarization and some applications of the method are presented in la￭ ko￭ wic￭ z s book
fluores￭ cence inter￭ mit￭ t￭ ency or blin￭ king is the phenomenon of random switching between on bright and off dark states of the em￭ itter under its continuous exc￭ itation it is a common property of the nano￭ scale emitters molecular fluor￭ opho￭ res col￭ lo￭ idal quantum do￭ ts related to the competition between the radi￭ ative and non radi￭ ative relaxation pathways the peculiar feature of such blin￭ king in most cases is the power law in contrast to exponential statistics of the on and off time distribu￭ tions meaning that the measurements of the time averaged intensity of a single em￭ itter is not re￭ produ￭ ci￭ ble in different experiments and implying a complex dynamics of the involved process in other words in one experiment the em￭ itter can blink frequently while in another it may stay on or off for almost entire length of the experiment even for extremely long measurement times
blin￭ king col￭ lo￭ idal nano￭ cryst￭ als is a phenomenon observed during studies of single col￭ lo￭ idal nano￭ cryst￭ als that show that they randomly turn their pho￭ t￭ olu￭ min￭ es￭ cence on and off even under continuous light illumin￭ ation this has also been described as lumin￭ es￭ cence inter￭ mit￭ t￭ ency similar behavior has been observed in cryst￭ als made of other materials for example por￭ ous silicon also exhi￭ bits this affect
although safe and good for dental health at low concentrations sustained consumption of large amounts of soluble flu￭ oride salts is dangerous referring to a common salt of flu￭ oride sodium flu￭ oride na￭ f the lethal dose for most adult humans is estimated at 5 to 10 g which is equivalent to 32 to 64 mg kg elem￭ ental flu￭ oride kg body weight ing￭ estion of flu￭ oride can produce gastro￭ intest￭ inal discomfort at doses at least 15 to 20 times lower 0 2 – 0 3 mg kg or 10 to 15 mg for a 50 kg person than lethal doses although helpful for dental health in low do￭ sage chronic exposure to flu￭ oride in large amounts interferes with bone formation in this way the most widespread examples of flu￭ oride poisoning arise from consumption of ground water that is abnormally flu￭ oride rich
fluor￭ ination with amin￭ os￭ ul￭ fur￭ anes is a chemical reaction that trans￭ forms ox￭ idi￭ zed organic compounds into organ￭ o￭ fluor￭ ine compounds amin￭ os￭ ul￭ fur￭ anes selectively exchange hydrox￭ yl groups for fluor￭ ine but are also capable of converting carbon￭ yl groups hali￭ des sil￭ yl e￭ thers and other functionality into organ￭ o￭ flu￭ ori￭ des
flu￭ oride or fluor￭ ine deficiency is a disorder which may cause increased dental car￭ ies or tooth decay is the breakdown of dental tissues by the ac￭ id￭ ic products released by the bacterial fermentation of dietary carbo￭ hydr￭ ates and possibly o￭ ste￭ op￭ or￭ osis a bone disorder which leads to a decrease in bone mass and an increase in bone fragility due to a lack of flu￭ oride in the diet however there are anti o￭ ste￭ op￭ or￭ otic functional food ingredients that can help decrease the risk of o￭ ste￭ op￭ or￭ osis fractu￭ res in terms of dietary sources fish and tea are considered natural sources of flu￭ oride as well as tap water that has been flu￭ ori￭ dated the extent to which the condition truly exists and its relationship to flu￭ oride poisoning has given rise to some controversy fluor￭ ine is not considered to be an essential nutrient but the importance of flu￭ ori￭ des for preventing tooth decay is well recognized although the effect is predominantly topical prior to 1981 the effect of flu￭ ori￭ des was thought to be largely systemic and pre￭ erup￭ tive requiring ing￭ estion flu￭ oride is considered essential in the development and maintenance of teeth by the american dental hygien￭ ists association flu￭ oride is also essential as it incorporates into the teeth to form and har￭ den teeth en￭ am￭ els so that the teeth are more acid resistant as well as more resistant to cav￭ ity forming bacteria car￭ ies inhi￭ biting effects of flu￭ oride were first seen in 19￭ 02 when flu￭ oride in high concentrations was found to stain teeth and prevent tooth decay flu￭ oride salts particularly sodium flu￭ oride na￭ f are used in the treatment and prevention of o￭ ste￭ op￭ or￭ osis symptoms such as fractu￭ red hips in the elderly or brit￭ tle and weak bones are caused due to fluor￭ ine deficiency in the body flu￭ oride stimulates bone formation and increases bone density however bone with excess flu￭ oride content has an abnormal structure resulting in increased fragility thus flu￭ oride therapy results in large increases in bone mineral density but the effect on frac￭ ture rates while positive is small disputes over the ess￭ enti￭ ality of fluor￭ ine date back to the 19 th century when fluor￭ ine was observed in teeth and bones in 1973 a trial found reduced reproduction in mice fed fluor￭ ine deficient di￭ ets but a subsequent investigation determined that this was due to reduced iron absorption
flu￭ o￭ sol is an artificial blood which is mil￭ ky in color its main ingredients are per￭ fluoro￭ dec￭ al￭ in or per￭ fluoro￭ tribu￭ ty￭ lam￭ ine in flu￭ o￭ sol da and flu￭ o￭ sol 43 respectively per￭ fluoro￭ chemicals suspended in an albumin emul￭ sion it was developed in japan and first tested in the united states in nov 1979 its recipients being individuals who refused blood trans￭ fu￭ sions on religious grounds flu￭ o￭ sol serves as a dis￭ solving medium for oxygen in order to load sufficient amounts of oxygen into it patients must breathe pure oxygen by mask or must be in a hyper￭ bar￭ ic chamber while initially promising for therapy of heart attack carbon monoxide poisoning and sick￭ le cell an￭ emia research also indicates that flu￭ o￭ sol may de￭ press the patient s immune system given its low vis￭ cos￭ ity it could be used in cases of sten￭ osis flu￭ o￭ sol is the only blood substitute approved to date by the u s food and drug administration f￭ da for medical use in the circul￭ atory system new drug application n 8￭ 609￭ 09 1989 the f￭ da and eight other countries approved flu￭ o￭ sol not for the use of reducing the amount of al￭ log￭ en￭ ic blood units transf￭ used but for use during cardiac an￭ gi￭ op￭ la￭ sty this procedure was noted to reduce the my￭ co￭ ardi￭ al oxy￭ gen￭ ation leading to st segment elev￭ ation on ec￭ gs ang￭ ina and reduced e￭ jec￭ tion fraction use of flu￭ o￭ sol reduced these symptoms and allowed for longer cardiac anti￭ pl￭ ast￭ y times from 1989 to 1992 flu￭ o￭ sol was used in more than 40 000 human subjects due to difficulty with the emul￭ sion storage of flu￭ o￭ sol use frozen storage and re￭ warming its popularity declined and its production ended flu￭ o￭ sol is associated with a reduction in is￭ chem￭ ic complications and with an increase in pul￭ mon￭ ary e￭ dem￭ a and cong￭ estive heart failure
flux pin￭ ning is the phenomenon where a super￭ conductor is pin￭ ned in space above a magnet the super￭ conductor must be a type ii super￭ conductor because type i super￭ conductors cannot be penetrated by magnetic fields the act of magnetic penetration is what makes flux pin￭ ning possible at higher magnetic fields above hc 1 and below hc 2 the super￭ conductor allows magnetic flux to enter in quan￭ tized packets surrounded by a super￭ conducting current vor￭ tex see quantum vor￭ tex these sites of penetration are known as flux tubes the number of flux tubes per unit area is proportional to the magnetic field with a constant of proportionality equal to the magnetic flux quantum on a simple 76 milli￭ meter diameter 1 micro￭ meter thick disk next to a magnetic field of 350 oe there are approximately 100 billion flux tubes that hold 70 000 times the super￭ conductor s weight at lower temperatures the flux tubes are pin￭ ned in place and cannot move this pin￭ ning is what holds the super￭ conductor in place thereby allowing it to le￭ vit￭ ate this phenomenon is closely related to the me￭ iss￭ ner effect though with one crucial difference — the me￭ iss￭ ner effect shields the super￭ conductor from all magnetic fields causing re￭ pulsion unlike the pin￭ ned state of the super￭ conductor disk which pins flux and the super￭ conductor in place
a fly route also called a stre￭ ak route or go route is a pattern run by a receiver in american football where the receiver runs straight up￭ field towards the end￭ zone the goal of the pattern is to ou￭ tru￭ n any defensive backs and get behind them catching an un￭ defended pass while running untouched for a touch￭ down generally the fastest receiver on the team or any receiver faster than the man covering him would be the one to run these routes when run down the sidelines a fly can be called a fade route fly patterns can also be used to clear out space for other receivers generally a fly pattern will draw the attention of both the corner￭ back assigned to the receiver as well as over the top help from a safety this can create a large gap in coverage allowing another receiver to run a shorter route but then gain many yards after the catch because the safety committed to the deep man the fam￭ ed hail mary play generally involves between three and five receivers all running fly routes in order to have the most chance of one of them catching the ball and scoring or at least gaining significant yard￭ age
the fl￭ y￭ by anomaly is an unexpected energy increase during earth fl￭ y￭ b￭ ys of spacecraft this anomaly has been observed as shifts in the s band and x band dop￭ pl￭ er and ranging tel￭ eme￭ try taken together it causes a significant un￭ accounted velocity increase of up to 13 mm s during fl￭ y￭ b￭ ys numer￭ ically larger discrepancies 400 – 1000 m have been observed at least in one fl￭ y￭ by near against space surveillance network ss￭ n rad￭ ars
flying squir￭ rel ty￭ ph￭ us is a condition characterized by a rash of early mac￭ ules and later mac￭ ul￭ op￭ ap￭ ules the flying squir￭ rel gl￭ au￭ com￭ ys vol￭ ans can transmit epidemic ty￭ ph￭ us apart from humans flying squir￭ rels are the only currently known reservoir for ric￭ ke￭ tt￭ sia pro￭ wa￭ ze￭ k￭ ii
the flynn effect is the substantial and long sustained increase in both fluid and crystal￭ lized intelligence test scores measured in many parts of the world from roughly 1930 to the present day when intelligence quo￭ ti￭ ent i￭ q tests are initially standardized using a sample of test takers by convention the average of the test results is set to 100 and their standard deviation is set to 15 or 16 i￭ q points when i￭ q tests are revised they are again standardized using a new sample of test takers usually born more recently than the first again the average result is set to 100 however when the new test subjects take the older tests in almost every case their average scores are significantly above 100 test score increases have been continuous and approximately linear from the earliest years of testing to the present for the ra￭ ven s progressive mat￭ ric￭ es test subjects born over a 100 year period were compared in des mo￭ ines united states and separately in dum￭ fries scotland improvements were remarkably consistent across the whole period in both countries this effect of an apparent increase in i￭ q has also been observed in various other parts of the world though the rates of increase vary there are numerous proposed explanations of the flynn effect as well as some skepticism about its implications similar improvements have been reported for other cogn￭ itions such as sem￭ an￭ tic and ep￭ is￭ od￭ ic memory recent research suggests that the flynn effect may have ended in at least a few developed nations possibly allowing national differences in i￭ q scores to determine if the flynn effect continues in nations with lower average national i￭ q￭ s
flynn – air￭ d syndrome is a rare hereditary neuro￭ logical disease that is inherited in an auto￭ som￭ al dominant fashion the syndrome involves defects in the nervous aud￭ itory sk￭ el￭ etal visual and endocrine systems and encompasses numerous symptoms bearing striking similarity to other known syndro￭ mes of neuro￭ ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal nature such as wer￭ ner syndrome cock￭ ay￭ ne syndrome and ref￭ sum syndrome the onset of flynn – air￭ d syndrome typically occurs between ten and twenty years of age however the earliest case was diagnosed at age seven as the syndrome progres￭ ses initial symptoms tend to intensify and new symptoms become apparent unlike related syndro￭ mes and despite the intensity of symptoms in the disease progression flynn – air￭ d syndrome does not appear to shorten life expectancy the disease is characterized by early onset dementia at￭ ax￭ ia muscle wasting skin atro￭ phy and eye ab￭ norm￭ alities in addition patients have the potential of developing a number of other related symptoms such as cat￭ ar￭ acts ret￭ initi￭ s pi￭ gm￭ ent￭ osa myop￭ ia near￭ sightedness dental car￭ ies peripheral neuro￭ pa￭ thy peripheral nerve damage deaf￭ ness and c￭ ys￭ tic bone changes this syndrome was first discovered in the early 1950 s by american neuro￭ logists p flynn and robert b air￭ d who analyzed one family line￭ age inheritance pattern of this disease
in computer programming fl￭ y￭ weight is a software design pattern a fl￭ y￭ weight is an object that minim￭ izes memory use by sharing as much data as possible with other similar objects it is a way to use objects in large numbers when a simple repeated representation would use an unacceptable amount of memory often some parts of the object state can be shared and it is common practice to hold them in external data structures and pass them to the fl￭ y￭ weight objects temporarily when they are used a classic example usage of the fl￭ y￭ weight pattern is the data structures for graphical representation of characters in a word processor it might be desirable to have for each character in a document a gly￭ ph object containing its fon￭ t outline fon￭ t metr￭ ics and other form￭ at￭ ting data but this would amount to hundreds or thousands of by￭ tes for each character instead for every character there might be a reference to a fl￭ y￭ weight gly￭ ph object shared by every instance of the same character in the document only the position of each character in the document and or the page would need to be stored internally another example is string inter￭ ning in other contexts the idea of sharing identical data structures is called has￭ h cons￭ ing
foam lines are accumul￭ ations of foam with trapped insects exu￭ via etc found on the surface of freshwater water courses or bodies lines appear as individual islands of foam that accumulate against obstruc￭ tions sho￭ rel￭ ines etc foam lines have some characteristics in common with sea foam from the marine environment which may form lines of sp￭ u￭ me as the ti￭ des rise and fall
the fo￭ amy bark can￭ ker is a disease affecting oak trees in california caused by the fun￭ gus geo￭ smi￭ thia palli￭ da and spread by the western oak bark bee￭ tle pseu￭ dop￭ it￭ y￭ op￭ thor￭ us pu￭ bi￭ pen￭ nis this disease is only seen through the symbio￭ sis of the bark be￭ et￭ les and the fun￭ gal pathogen the bark be￭ et￭ les target oak trees and bore holes through the peri￭ der￭ mal tissues making tunnels within the ph￭ lo￭ em the fun￭ gal spo￭ res are brought into these tunnels by the be￭ et￭ les and begin to colon￭ ize the damaged cells inside the tunnels symptoms of the developing fun￭ gus include wet dis￭ color￭ ation se￭ eping from the bee￭ tle entry holes as the fun￭ gus begins to consume ph￭ lo￭ em and likely other tissues if bark is removed necro￭ sis of the ph￭ lo￭ em can be observed surrounding the entry hole s as the disease progres￭ ses a red￭ dish sap and fo￭ amy liquid oo￭ zes from entry holes thus giving the disease the name fo￭ amy bark can￭ ker eventually after the disease has progressed the tree dies this disease is important because of its detrimental effects on oak trees and its ability to spread to several new califor￭ ni￭ an counties in just a couple years
focal and diffuse brain injury are ways to classify brain injury focal injury occurs in a specific location while diffuse injury occurs over a more widespread area it is common for both focal and diffuse damage to occur as the result of the same event many traumatic brain injuries have aspects of both focal and diffuse injury focal injuries are commonly associated with an injury in which the head strikes or is struck by an object diffuse injuries are more often found in acceleration dec￭ el￭ eration injuries in which the head does not necessarily contact anything but brain tissue is damaged because tissue types with varying den￭ sities accelerate at different rates in addition to physical trauma other types of brain injury such as stroke can also produce focal and diffuse injuries there may be primary and secondary brain injury processes
focal der￭ mal hypo￭ pl￭ asia also known as gol￭ tz syndrome is a form of ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal dys￭ pl￭ asia it is a multi￭ system disorder characterized primarily by skin manifestations to the atro￭ ph￭ ic and hypo￭ plastic areas of skin which are present at birth these defects manifest as yellow pink bu￭ mps on the skin and pi￭ gm￭ entation changes the disorder is also associated with short￭ ness of stature and some evidence suggests that it can cause epi￭ le￭ psy
focal dy￭ st￭ onia is a neuro￭ logical condition that affects a muscle or group of muscles in a specific part of the body causing involuntary muscular contr￭ actions and abnormal post￭ ures for example in focal hand dy￭ st￭ onia the fingers either cur￭ l into the palm or extend outward without control in musicians the condition is referred to as mus￭ ician s focal dy￭ st￭ onia or simply mus￭ ician s dy￭ st￭ onia in sports it is commonly referred to as the y￭ ip￭ s
focal facial der￭ mal dys￭ pl￭ asia ff￭ dd is a rare genetically heterogeneous group of disorders that are characterized by con￭ genital bilateral scar like facial le￭ sions with or without associated facial anomalies it is characterized by hair￭ less le￭ sions with fingerprint like pu￭ ck￭ ering of the skin especially at the tem￭ ples due to altern￭ ating bands of der￭ mal and ep￭ id￭ er￭ mal atro￭ phy this condition is also known as br￭ auer syndrome hereditary symmetr￭ ical ap￭ l￭ astic ne￭ vi of tem￭ ples bit￭ em￭ por￭ al ap￭ la￭ sia cu￭ tis con￭ gen￭ ita bit￭ em￭ por￭ al ap￭ la￭ sia cu￭ tis con￭ gen￭ ita om￭ im 136￭ 500 and set￭ le￭ is syndrome facial ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal dys￭ pl￭ asia om￭ im 227￭ 260
focal hyper￭ hi￭ dro￭ sis is a condition characterized by excessive or prof￭ use swe￭ ating in certain body regions it is also referred to as primary hyper￭ hi￭ dro￭ sis unlike its counterpart that is generalized or secondary hyper￭ hi￭ dro￭ sis it is idi￭ opathic in nature or is not associated with an underlying condition typical regions of excessive swe￭ ating include the under￭ arms pal￭ ms sol￭ es gro￭ in and cran￭ io￭ facial face scal￭ p areas swe￭ ating patterns are typically bilateral or sym￭ metric and rarely occur in just one palm or one under￭ arm night swe￭ ats or swe￭ ating while sleeping is also rare the onset of focal hyper￭ hi￭ dro￭ sis is usually before the age of 25 years this is in contrast to generalized hyper￭ hi￭ dro￭ sis which tends to occur in an older age group evidence demonstrates that a positive family history is also present the condition occurs in approximately 3 of the general population prevalence among men and woman is relatively the same prof￭ use swe￭ ating is present mostly in the under￭ arms followed by the feet pal￭ ms and facial region focal hyper￭ hi￭ dro￭ sis can have a significant impact on quality of life individuals can be affected from a social psychological emotional and professional perspective the condition has been referred to as the silent handicap for this reason the canadian hyper￭ hi￭ dro￭ sis advisory committee has published a comprehensive set of guidelines which outlines key aspects of treatment related to this condition topical hyper￭ hi￭ dro￭ sis g￭ els containing aluminum chloride hex￭ a￭ hydrate are usually first choice treatments for this condition in addition to topical anti￭ per￭ spir￭ ants main active ingredients usually being aluminum or z￭ ir￭ con￭ ium salts treatment options include ion￭ top￭ ho￭ res￭ is hands feet on￭ abo￭ tul￭ in￭ um￭ tox￭ ina bo￭ to￭ x injections under￭ arms hands feet and other loc￭ alized areas electromagnetic microwave energy ther￭ mol￭ ysis of under￭ arm sweat g￭ lands laser assisted removal of the sweat g￭ lands under￭ arms other local procedures such as li￭ po￭ suc￭ tion and cu￭ re￭ tt￭ age of the sweat g￭ lands under￭ arms oral prescription medications antic￭ hol￭ iner￭ g￭ ics and endo￭ scopic thor￭ ac￭ ic sympath￭ ec￭ tomy surgery hands
focal no￭ d￭ ular hyper￭ pl￭ asia f￭ n￭ h is a benign tumor of the liver he￭ p￭ atic tumor which is the second most prevalent tumor of the liver the first is he￭ p￭ atic hem￭ an￭ gi￭ oma it is usually as￭ ymp￭ tomatic rarely grows or ble￭ eds and has no m￭ align￭ ant potential this tum￭ our was once often res￭ ected because it was difficult to distinguish from he￭ p￭ atic aden￭ oma but with modern multi￭ phase imaging is usually now diagnosed by strict imaging criteria and not res￭ ected
focal pal￭ mop￭ lan￭ tar and g￭ ing￭ i￭ val ker￭ at￭ osis is a rare auto￭ som￭ al dominant disease whose clinical features and in particular patho￭ logic alterations and molecular eti￭ ology remain to be well defined
focal prolifer￭ ative ne￭ ph￭ ri￭ tis is a type of glo￭ mer￭ ul￭ on￭ eph￭ ri￭ tis seen in 20 to 35 of cases of lup￭ us ne￭ ph￭ ri￭ tis classified as type iii as the name suggests le￭ sions are seen in less than half of the glo￭ mer￭ uli typically one or two foc￭ i within an otherwise normal glo￭ mer￭ ul￭ us show sw￭ elling and proliferation of endo￭ the￭ li￭ al and mes￭ an￭ gi￭ al cells infiltr￭ ation by neu￭ troph￭ ils and or fi￭ br￭ ino￭ id deposits with cap￭ ill￭ ary thro￭ m￭ bi focal glo￭ mer￭ ul￭ on￭ eph￭ ri￭ tis is usually associated with only mild micro￭ scopic hem￭ atur￭ ia and prote￭ in￭ ur￭ ia a transition to a more diffuse form of ren￭ al involvement is associated with more severe disease
focal seg￭ mental glo￭ mer￭ ul￭ os￭ clerosis f￭ s￭ gs is a cause of ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ tic syndrome in children and adolescents as well as a leading cause of kidney failure in adults it is also known as focal glo￭ mer￭ ular sclerosis or focal no￭ d￭ ular glo￭ mer￭ ul￭ os￭ clerosis it accounts for about a sixth of the cases of ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ tic syndrome minimal change disease mc￭ d is by far the most common cause of ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ tic syndrome in children mc￭ d and primary f￭ s￭ gs may have a similar cause
focus recovery from a de￭ focused image is an ill posed problem since it loses the component of high frequency most of the methods for focus recovery are based on depth estimation theory the linear can￭ on￭ ical transform l￭ ct gives a scal￭ able ker￭ nel to fit many well known optical effects using l￭ c￭ ts to approximate an optical system for imaging and inver￭ ting this system theoretically permits recovery of a de￭ focused image
in computing focus stealing is a mode error produced when a program not in focus e g minimized or operating in background places a window in the foreground and re￭ directs all key￭ board input to that window this is considered to be an anno￭ yance or hazard to some users because the program may steal the focus while their attention is not on the computer screen such as when typing while reading copy to the side this will cause everything ty￭ ped after the window appeared to be lost or worse the ty￭ ped input may cause an unintended effect in the newly focused window on slow computers users are sometimes not even alerted to this behavior in time because the associated window is only actually displayed several seconds after the actual focus change happened
fog is a visible mass consisting of cloud water dro￭ ple￭ ts or ice cryst￭ als suspended in the air at or near the earth s surface fog can be considered a type of low lying cloud and is heavily influenced by nearby bodies of water topo￭ graphy and wind conditions in turn fog has affected many human activities such as shipping travel and warfare
a fog bow is a similar phenomenon to a rain￭ bow however as its name suggests it appears as a bow in fog rather than rain because of the very small size of water dro￭ ple￭ ts that cause fog — smaller than 0 05 milli￭ meters 0 00￭ 20 in — the fog bow has only very weak colors with a red outer edge and blu￭ ish inner edge in many cases when the dro￭ ple￭ ts are very small fog bows appear white and are therefore sometimes called white rain￭ bows this lack of color is a feature of a fog bow which distinguishes it from a glory which has multiple pale colored rings caused by diff￭ r￭ action when the dro￭ ple￭ ts forming it are almost all of the same size the fog bow can have multiple inner rings or super￭ numer￭ aries that are more strongly colored than the main bow according to nasa the fo￭ g￭ bow s lack of colors is caused by the smaller water drops so small that the wa￭ vel￭ eng￭ th of light becomes important diff￭ r￭ action sme￭ ars out colors that would be created by larger rain￭ bow water drops a fog bow seen in clouds typically from an aircraft looking downwards is called a cloud bow marin￭ ers sometimes call fog bows sea dogs
fo￭ gging in photo￭ graphy is the deterioration in the quality of the image caused either by ex￭ tran￭ eous light or the effects of a processing chemical
fo￭ ix – al￭ aj￭ ou￭ an￭ ine syndrome is a disorder caused by an arter￭ io￭ ven￭ ous mal￭ formation of the spinal cord the patients present with symptoms indicating spinal cord involvement paralysis of arms and legs num￭ b￭ ness and loss of sensation and sp￭ h￭ inc￭ ter dysfunction and pathological examination reveals disseminated nerve cell death in the spinal cord and abnormally dil￭ ated and tor￭ tuous vessels situated on the surface of the spinal cord surgical treatment can be tried in some cases if surgical intervention is contr￭ ain￭ dic￭ ated cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ster￭ oids may be used the condition is named after charles fo￭ ix and th￭ é￭ ophi￭ le al￭ aj￭ ou￭ an￭ ine
fo￭ ix – cha￭ v￭ any – marie syndrome also known as bilateral an￭ terior oper￭ cular syndrome is a partial paralysis of the face phar￭ yn￭ x and jaw caused by bilateral damage to a specific region of the brain the oper￭ cul￭ um it is named for those who in 19￭ 26 first described the condition — charles fo￭ ix jean alfred é￭ mile cha￭ v￭ any and juli￭ en marie — in a paper published in the rev￭ ue neuro￭ logi￭ que as a characteristic there is no paralysis of upper or lower limbs and those affected can still make involuntary movement like smiling eating or blin￭ king eyes
fol￭ ate deficiency is a low level of fol￭ ic acid in the body also known as vitamin b 9 it is involved in aden￭ os￭ ine gu￭ an￭ ine and thy￭ mid￭ ine synthesis part of dna synthesis signs of fol￭ ate deficiency are often subtle an￭ emia is a late finding in fol￭ ate deficiency and fol￭ ate deficiency an￭ emia is the term given for this medical condition characterized by the appearance of large sized abnormal red blood cells meg￭ alo￭ bl￭ asts which form when there are inadequate stores of fol￭ ic acid within the body
fo￭ lie à de￭ ux f￭ ɒ￭ ˈ￭ li ə ˈ￭ du￭ ː french pron￭ unciation ​ f￭ ɔ￭ li a d￭ ø french for madness of two or shared psycho￭ sis is a psychiatric syndrome in which symptoms of a delu￭ sional belief and halluc￭ inations are transmitted from one individual to another the same syndrome shared by more than two people may be called fo￭ lie à tro￭ is fo￭ lie à qu￭ at￭ re fo￭ lie en fam￭ ille or even fo￭ lie à plu￭ si￭ eurs madness of many recent psychiatric classifications refer to the syndrome as shared psychotic disorder dsm iv 297 3 and induced delu￭ sional disorder f 24 in the ic￭ d 10 although the research literature largely uses the original name this disorder is not in the current dsm dsm v the disorder was first concep￭ tu￭ alized in 19 th century french psychiatry by charles las￭ è￭ gue and jean pierre fal￭ ret and so also known as las￭ è￭ gue fal￭ ret syndrome
fol￭ lic￭ le stimulating hormone f￭ sh in￭ sensitivity or o￭ vari￭ an in￭ sensitivity to f￭ sh in females also refer￭ able to as o￭ vari￭ an fol￭ lic￭ le hypo￭ pl￭ asia or gran￭ ul￭ osa cell hypo￭ pl￭ asia in females is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive genetic and endocrine syndrome affecting both females and males with the former presenting with much greater severity of symp￭ tom￭ at￭ ology it is characterized by a resistance or complete in￭ sensitivity to the effects of fol￭ lic￭ le stimulating hormone f￭ sh a gon￭ ad￭ o￭ tro￭ pin which is normally responsible for the stimulation of estro￭ gen production by the ov￭ aries in females and maintenance of fertility in both sexes the condition manifests itself as hyper￭ gon￭ ad￭ o￭ tropic hypo￭ gon￭ ad￭ ism decreased or lack of production of sex ster￭ oids by the gon￭ ads despite high circulating levels of gon￭ ad￭ o￭ tro￭ pins reduced or absent pu￭ ber￭ ty lack of development of secondary sexual characteristics resulting in sexual inf￭ anti￭ lis￭ m if left untreated amen￭ or￭ rhe￭ a lack of men￭ str￭ uation and in￭ fertility in females whereas males present merely with varying degrees of in￭ fertility and associated symptoms e g decreased sperm production a related condition is lu￭ te￭ ini￭ zing hormone l￭ h in￭ sensitivity termed ley￭ dig cell hypo￭ pl￭ asia when it occurs in males which presents with similar symptoms to those of f￭ sh in￭ sensitivity but with the symptoms in the respective sexes reversed i e hypo￭ gon￭ ad￭ ism and sexual inf￭ anti￭ lis￭ m in males and merely problems with fertility in females however males also present with fem￭ ini￭ zed or ambiguous gen￭ italia also known as pseu￭ do￭ her￭ m￭ aph￭ ro￭ di￭ tism whereas ambiguous gen￭ italia does not occur in females with f￭ sh in￭ sensitivity despite their similar causes l￭ h in￭ sensitivity is considerably more common in comparison to f￭ sh in￭ sensitivity
fol￭ lic￭ ular atro￭ pho￭ der￭ ma is a skin condition consisting of fol￭ lic￭ ular ind￭ ent￭ ations without ha￭ irs notably occurring on ext￭ ens￭ or surfaces of the hands legs and arms
the fol￭ lic￭ ular cyst of o￭ vary or gra￭ a￭ fi￭ an fol￭ lic￭ le cyst or fol￭ lic￭ ular cyst is a type of functional simple cyst and is the most common type of o￭ vari￭ an cyst
fol￭ lic￭ ular hybrid cyst also known as a hybrid cyst is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by a cyst composed of several ad￭ n￭ ex￭ al components
fol￭ lic￭ ular hyper￭ pl￭ asia or reactive fol￭ lic￭ ular hyper￭ pl￭ asia or lymp￭ ho￭ id no￭ d￭ ular hyper￭ pl￭ asia is a type of lymp￭ ho￭ id hyper￭ pl￭ asia it is caused by a stimulation of the b cell compartment it is caused by an abnormal proliferation of secondary fol￭ lic￭ les and occurs principally in the cor￭ tex without bro￭ aching the lymp￭ h no￭ de cap￭ su￭ le the fol￭ lic￭ les are cy￭ to￭ logically poly￭ morph￭ ous are often pol￭ arized and vary in size and shape fol￭ lic￭ ular hyper￭ pl￭ asia must be distinguished from fol￭ lic￭ ular lymp￭ homa b￭ cl 2 protein is expressed in ne￭ op￭ l￭ astic fol￭ lic￭ les but not reactive fol￭ lic￭ les
fol￭ lic￭ ular lymp￭ homa is a type of blood cancer it is the most common of the ind￭ ol￭ ent slow growing non ho￭ dg￭ kin s lymp￭ hom￭ as and the second most common form of non ho￭ dg￭ kin s lymp￭ hom￭ as overall it is defined as a lymp￭ homa of fol￭ lic￭ le center b cells cent￭ ro￭ cy￭ tes and cent￭ ro￭ bl￭ asts which has at least a partially fol￭ lic￭ ular pattern it is positive for the b cell mark￭ ers cd 10 cd 19 cd 22 and usually cd 20 but almost always negative for cd 5 there are several synonymous and obsolete terms for this disease such as cb cc lymp￭ homa cent￭ ro￭ bl￭ astic and cent￭ ro￭ cy￭ tic lymp￭ homa no￭ d￭ ular lymp￭ homa and bri￭ ll sym￭ mers disease
fol￭ lic￭ ular thyro￭ id cancer or fol￭ lic￭ ular thyro￭ id carcin￭ oma accounts for 15 of thyro￭ id cancer and occurs more commonly in women over 50 years of age thyro￭ glob￭ ulin t￭ g can be used as a tumor marker for well differentiated fol￭ lic￭ ular thyro￭ id cancer fol￭ lic￭ ular cells are the thyro￭ id cells responsible for the production and secre￭ tion of thyro￭ id hormones
fol￭ lic￭ u￭ li￭ tis is the infection and infl￭ amm￭ ation of one or more hair fol￭ lic￭ les the condition may occur anywhere on the skin with the exception of the pal￭ ms of the hands and sol￭ es of the feet the rash may appear as p￭ impl￭ es that come to white tips on the face chest back arms legs and head
fol￭ lic￭ u￭ li￭ tis dec￭ al￭ vans is an infl￭ amm￭ ation of the hair fol￭ lic￭ le that leads to bo￭ g￭ gin￭ ess or ind￭ ur￭ ation of involved parts of the scal￭ p along with pu￭ st￭ ules ero￭ sions cru￭ sts and scale it begins at a central point and spreads outward leaving scar￭ ring so￭ res and due to the infl￭ amm￭ ation hair loss in its wake no permanent cure has been found for this condition but there is promise in a regim￭ en of dual therapy with ri￭ fam￭ pin 300 mg twice daily and clin￭ dam￭ y￭ cin 300 mg twice daily this new treatment can be used to control the condition and tests have indicated that after 3 to 5 months long uninterrupted courses of treatment many patients have seen limited to no recurrence
a fol￭ lic￭ ul￭ o￭ se￭ bac￭ eous apo￭ cr￭ ine ham￭ ar￭ tom￭ a also known as fol￭ lic￭ ular apo￭ cr￭ ine ham￭ ar￭ tom￭ a is a benign proliferation of the fol￭ lic￭ ul￭ o￭ se￭ bac￭ eous apo￭ cr￭ ine unit
in a marching band follow the leader is a visual effect in which one band member follows the next the move can be from side to side front to back or diag￭ onal advanced follow the leader movements may have bé￭ zi￭ er cur￭ ves follow the leader can also refer to a children s game where one child plays the leader and leads others around a play￭ ground or an area making repeti￭ tive actions that the others subsequently follow
a food allergy is an abnormal immune response to food the signs and symptoms may range from mild to severe they may include it￭ chin￭ ess sw￭ elling of the tongue v￭ om￭ iting diarr￭ hea hi￭ ves trouble breathing or low blood pressure this typically occurs within minutes to several hours of exposure when the symptoms are severe it is known as an￭ ap￭ hy￭ lax￭ is food intolerance and food poisoning are separate conditions common foods involved include cow s milk peanuts eggs shellfish tree nuts wheat rice and fruit the common allergies in a region vary depending on the country risk factors include a family history of allergies vitamin d deficiency obesity and high levels of clean￭ liness allergies occur when immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ulin e i￭ ge part of the body s immune system binds to food molecules it is usually a protein in the food that is the problem this triggers the release of infl￭ am￭ matory chemicals such as hist￭ amine diagnosis is usually based on a medical history elimination diet skin prick test blood tests for food specific i￭ ge antibodies or oral food challenge early exposure to potential aller￭ gens may be protective management primarily involves avoiding the food in question and having a plan if exposure occurs this plan may include giving adren￭ al￭ ine ep￭ in￭ eph￭ rine and wearing medical alert jewelry the benefits of aller￭ gen immun￭ otherapy for food allergies is unclear and thus not recommended as of 2015 some types of food allergies among children resolve with age including that to milk eggs and so￭ y while others such as to nuts and shellfish typically do not in the developed world about 4 to 8 of people have at least one food allergy they are more common in children than adults and appear to be increasing in frequency male children appear to be more commonly affected than females some allergies more commonly develop early in life while others typically develop in later life in developed countries a large proportion of people believe they have food allergies when they actually do not have them
a food cr￭ aving also called selective hunger is an intense desire to consume a specific food and is different from normal hunger it may or may not be related to specific hunger the drive to consume particular nutrients that is well studied in animals in studies of food cr￭ av￭ ings chocolate and chocolate conf￭ ection￭ eries almost always top the list of foods people say they cr￭ ave this cr￭ aving is referred to as cho￭ co￭ hol￭ ism
food intolerance or non allergic food hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity is a detrimental reaction often delayed to a food bever￭ age food additive or compound found in foods that produces symptoms in one or more body organs and systems but generally refers to reactions other than food allergy food allergies are immune reactions involving m￭ ast cells in which food triggers release of m￭ ast cell mediators such as hist￭ amine when the food aller￭ gen binds to pre formed i￭ ge antibodies already bound to the m￭ ast cell this mechanism causes allergies to typically give immediate reaction a few minutes to a few hours to foods there are numerous causes for other types of food sensitivities most of which in contrast to food allergies cause delayed hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity reactions to the food food intoler￭ ances can be classified according to their mechanism intolerance can result from the absence of specific chemicals or enzymes needed to dig￭ est a food substance as in hereditary fructose intolerance it may be a result of an ab￭ normality in the body s ability to absorb nutrients as occurs in fructose mal￭ absorption food intolerance reactions can occur to naturally occurring chemicals in foods as in sal￭ ic￭ y￭ late sensitivity drugs sour￭ ced from plants such as aspir￭ in can also cause these kinds of reactions finally it may be the result of non i￭ ge medi￭ ated immune responses
food security is a condition related to the supply of food and individuals access to it concerns over food security have existed throughout history there is evidence of gran￭ aries being in use over 10 000 years ago with central authorities in civilizations including ancient china and ancient egypt being known to release food from storage in times of famine at the 1974 world food conference the term food security was defined with an emphasis on supply food security they said is the availability at all times of adequate world food supplies of basic foodstuffs to sustain a steady expansion of food consumption and to offset fluctuations in production and prices later definitions added demand and access issues to the definition the final report of the 1996 world food summit states that food security exists when all people at all times have physical and economic access to sufficient safe and nutri￭ tious food to meet their dietary needs and food preferences for an active and healthy life household food security does not exists when all members at all times have access to plentiful food for an active healthy life individuals who are food secure do not live in hunger or fear of starvation food insecurity on the other hand is a situation of limited or uncertain availability of nutri￭ tionally adequate and safe foods or limited or uncertain ability to acquire acceptable foods in socially acceptable ways according to the united states department of agriculture us￭ da food security incorporates a measure of resilience to future disruption or un￭ availability of critical food supply due to various risk factors including droughts shipping disruptions fuel shortages economic instability and wars in the years 2011 2013 an estimated 842 million people were suffering from chronic hunger the food and agriculture organization of the united nations or fao identified the four pillars of food security as availability access utilization and stability the united nations un recognized the right to food in the declaration of human rights in 1948 and has since noted that it is vital for the enjoyment of all other rights the 1996 world summit on food security declared that food should not be used as an instrument for political and economic pressure according to the international centre for trade and sustainable development failed agriculture market regulation and the lack of anti dumping mechanisms cause much of the world s food scarcity and malnutrition
fool s growth is a problem in macro economical econom￭ etr￭ ic models based on gdp when these assume economic growth measured in marked trade prices while the output value to citizens drop this problem introduces a substantial error in political choice theory and can easily lead to failures by assumption as some good is taken for granted while ignoring the costs elsewhere the essential problem is that the commercial profit is measured and included in the concept of growth whereas the value to the end consumer is not therefore these models are biased towards policies that favor commercial profit over creating overall value the consequences of a fool s growth mistake are policies that for instance promote anti competitive e g monopolies lock in e g bad standards that prevent innovation or value destructive political investments
fool￭ ishness is the lack or failure of wisdom and of making proper careful choices in this sense it differs from stupidity which is the lack of intelligence an act of fool￭ ishness is called folly foolish talk is called st￭ ulti￭ lo￭ qu￭ ence fool￭ ishness and wisdom are contr￭ asted in paul s letter to the cor￭ in￭ th￭ ians he condemns intellectual arrogance and advocates a humble attitude of fool￭ ishness in which it is then possible to learn plato likewise said he is the wis￭ est man who knows himself to be ill equipped for the study of wisdom but paul makes a distinction between wisdom and the reason of the greeks
foot and mouth disease or ho￭ of and mouth disease aph￭ th￭ ae epizoo￭ tic￭ ae is an infectious and sometimes fatal viral disease that affects clo￭ ven hoof￭ ed animals including domestic and wild bo￭ vi￭ ds the virus causes a high fever for approximately two to six days followed by bl￭ is￭ ters inside the mouth and on the feet that may rupture and cause lam￭ eness foot and mouth disease fmd has severe implications for animal farming since it is highly infectious and can be spread by infected animals through aero￭ sol￭ s through contact with contaminated farming equipment vehicles clothing or feed and by domestic and wild predators its containment demands considerable efforts in vaccination strict monitoring trade restrictions and quar￭ ant￭ ines and occasionally the killing of animals susceptible animals include cattle water buffalo sheep goats pigs an￭ tel￭ ope deer and b￭ ison it has also been known to infect he￭ dge￭ ho￭ gs and elephants ll￭ am￭ as and alp￭ ac￭ as may develop mild symptoms but are resistant to the disease and do not pass it on to others of the same species in laboratory experiments mice rats and chickens have been successfully infected by artificial means but they are not believed to contract the disease under natural conditions humans are very rarely infected the virus responsible for the disease is a pic￭ or￭ navi￭ rus the proto￭ typ￭ ic member of the genus aph￭ th￭ o￭ virus infection occurs when the virus particle is taken into a cell of the host the cell is then forced to manufacture thousands of copies of the virus and eventually bursts releasing the new particles in the blood the virus is genetically highly variable which limits the effectiveness of vaccination
a foot de￭ form￭ ity is a disorder of the foot that can be con￭ genital or acquired such de￭ form￭ ities can include hammer toe club foot flat feet pes cav￭ us etc
foot drop is a ga￭ it ab￭ normality in which the dropping of the fo￭ ref￭ oot happens due to weakness irritation or damage to the common fi￭ bul￭ ar nerve including the sci￭ atic nerve or paralysis of the muscles in the an￭ terior portion of the lower leg it is usually a symptom of a greater problem not a disease in itself it is characterized by inability or impaired ability to raise the toes or raise the foot from the an￭ kle dor￭ si￭ fl￭ ex￭ ion foot drop may be temporary or permanent depending on the extent of muscle weakness or paralysis and it can occur in one or both feet in walking the raised leg is slightly bent at the knee to prevent the foot from dragging along the ground foot drop can be caused by nerve damage alone or by muscle or spinal cord trauma abnormal anatomy toxins or disease toxins include organ￭ op￭ hosp￭ hor￭ us compounds which have been used as pesticides and as a chemical agent in warfare the poison can lead to further damage to the body such as a neuro￭ degenerative disorder called organ￭ op￭ hosp￭ hor￭ us induced delayed pol￭ yn￭ euro￭ pa￭ thy this disorder causes loss of function of the motor and sensory neuro￭ pathways in this case foot drop could be the result of paralysis due to neuro￭ logical dysfunction diseases that can cause foot drop include direct hit to poster￭ ol￭ ateral neck of fi￭ bul￭ a stroke am￭ yo￭ troph￭ ic lateral sclerosis als or lou ge￭ h￭ rig s disease muscular dy￭ stro￭ phy char￭ cot marie tooth disease multiple sclerosis cere￭ br￭ al pal￭ sy hereditary sp￭ astic par￭ ap￭ legi￭ a guil￭ lain – bar￭ r￭ é syndrome and fried￭ reich s at￭ ax￭ ia it may also occur as a result of hip replacement surgery or knee lig￭ ament reconstruction surgery
foot rot or infectious po￭ do￭ der￭ mati￭ tis is a ho￭ of infection commonly found in sheep goats and cattle as the name suggests it rots away the foot of the animal more specifically the area between the two toes of the affected animal it is extremely painful and contagious it can be treated with a series of medications but if not treated the whole herd can become infected the cause of the infection in cattle are two species of an￭ aer￭ ob￭ ic bacteria bacteria that can grow without oxygen fus￭ ob￭ ac￭ ter￭ ium necro￭ ph￭ orum and bacter￭ o￭ ides mel￭ an￭ ino￭ gen￭ ic￭ us both bacteria are common to the environment in which cattle live and fus￭ ob￭ ac￭ ter￭ ium is present in the rum￭ en and f￭ ec￭ al matter of the cattle in sheep the fus￭ ob￭ ac￭ ter￭ ium necro￭ ph￭ orum first inv￭ ades the inter￭ digital skin following damage to the skin and causes inter￭ digital le￭ sions and slight infl￭ amm￭ ation the second stage of the disease is marked by the invasion of the foot by the foot rot bacter￭ ium dic￭ hel￭ ob￭ ac￭ ter no￭ do￭ sus a gram negative an￭ aero￭ be usually there is an injury to the skin between the hoo￭ ves that allows the bacteria to infect the animal another cause of foot rot may be high temperatures or hum￭ idity causing the skin between the hoo￭ ves to crack and let the bacteria infect the foot this is one of the reasons foot rot is such a major problem in the summer foot rot is easily identifiable by its appearance and foul od￭ or treatment is usually with an antibiotic medication and preventing injury to the feet is the best way to prevent foot rot the disease is different in cattle and sheep and cross infection is not thought to occur
foot voting is the ability of people to vote with their feet by leaving situations they do not like or going to situations they believe to be more beneficial it has been described as a tool for enhancing political freedom the ability of the people to choose the political regime under which they wish to live
a for￭ bush decrease is a rapid decrease in the observed gal￭ actic co￭ sm￭ ic ray intensity following a cor￭ onal mass e￭ jec￭ tion c￭ me it occurs due to the magnetic field of the plasma solar wind sweeping some of the gal￭ actic co￭ sm￭ ic rays away from earth the term for￭ bush decrease was named after the american physic￭ ist scott e for￭ bush who studied co￭ sm￭ ic rays in the 1930 s and 1940 s
in neuro￭ psychiatry a forced normalization is a specific phenomenon land￭ ol￭ t concluded that forced normalization f￭ n is “ the phenomenon characterized by the fact that with the occurrence of psychotic states the electro￭ encephal￭ o￭ graphy becomes more normal or entirely normal as compared with previous and subsequent eeg findings ” f￭ n as described by land￭ ol￭ t was therefore an electro￭ physiological phenomenon with the eeg at its helm tell￭ en￭ bach ’ s description of “ alternative psycho￭ sis ” or the reciprocal relationship between abnormal mental states and seizures differ￭ ed from land￭ ol￭ t ’ s in its clinical rather than eeg description subsequently this concept was refined by wolf who suggested that the term “ paradoxical normalization ” was more appropriate and closer to what land￭ ol￭ t intended where￭ in both epi￭ le￭ ptic processes – sub￭ cor￭ tical and restricted – and inhi￭ bit￭ ory processes are active at the same time
in electrical engineering forced out￭ age is the shutdown condition of a power station transmission line or distribution line when the generating unit is unavailable to produce power due to unexpected breakdown forced out￭ age can be caused by equipment failures disruption in the power plant fuel supply chain operator error etc
in a system of differential equations used to describe a time dependent process a forcing function is a function that appears in the equations and is only a function of time not of any of the other variables in effect it is a constant for each value of t in the more general case any non￭ homogeneous source function in any variable can be described as a forcing function and the resulting solution can often be determined using a super￭ position of linear combinations of the homogeneous solutions and the forcing term
in geo￭ logy a fore￭ bul￭ ge is a fl￭ ex￭ ural bul￭ ge in front of a load on the lith￭ o￭ sphere this load causes the lith￭ o￭ sphere to flex by depressing the plate beneath it because of the fl￭ ex￭ ural rigidity of the lith￭ o￭ sphere the area around the load is up￭ lifted by a height that is 4 of that of the depression under the load this load and resulting fl￭ ex￭ ure place stress on the man￭ tle causing it to flow into the area around the loaded area the subsid￭ ence of the area under the load and the up￭ lift of the fore￭ bul￭ ge continue until the load is in iso￭ static equilibrium a process which takes on the order of ten to twenty thousand years because of the coupling with the man￭ tle the rate of fore￭ bul￭ ge formation and collapse is controlled by man￭ tle vis￭ cos￭ ity
in statistics a forecast error is the difference between the actual or real and the predicted or forecast value of a time series or any other phenomenon of interest since the forecast error is derived from the same scale of data comparisons between the forecast errors of different series can only be made when the series are on the same scale in simple cases a forecast is compared with an outcome at a single time point and a summary of forecast errors is constructed over a collection of such time points here the forecast may be assessed using the difference or using a proportional error by convention the error is defined using the value of the outcome minus the value of the forecast in other cases a forecast may consist of predicted values over a number of lead times in this case an assessment of forecast error may need to consider more general ways of assessing the match between the time profiles of the forecast and the outcome if a main application of the forecast is to predict when certain thresholds will be crossed one possible way of assessing the forecast is to use the timing error — the difference in time between when the outcome crosses the threshold and when the forecast does so when there is interest in the maximum value being reached assessment of forecasts can be done using any of the difference of times of the peaks the difference in the peak values in the forecast and outcome the difference between the peak value of the outcome and the value forecast for that time point forecast error can be a calendar forecast error or a cross sectional forecast error when we want to summar￭ ize the forecast error over a group of units if we observe the average forecast error for a time series of forecasts for the same product or phenomenon then we call this a calendar forecast error or time series forecast error if we observe this for multiple products for the same period then this is a cross sectional performance error reference class forecasting has been developed to reduce forecast error combining forecasts has also been shown to reduce forecast error
forecast verification is a sub￭ field of the climate atmospheric and ocean sciences dealing with vali￭ dating verifying as well as determining the predic￭ tive power of prog￭ no￭ s￭ tic model forecasts because of the complexity of these models forecast verification goes a good deal beyond simple measures of statistical association or mean error calculations
foreign accent syndrome is a rare medical condition in which patients develop speech patterns that are perceived as a foreign accent that is different from their native accent without having acquired it in the perceived accent s place of origin foreign accent syndrome usually results from a stroke but can also develop from head trauma migr￭ ain￭ es or developmental problems the condition was first reported in 1907 and between 1941 and 2009 there were sixty two recorded cases its symptoms result from distorted artic￭ ul￭ atory planning and coordination processes and although popular news articles commonly attempt to identify the closest regional accent speakers suffering from foreign accent syndrome acquire neither a specific foreign accent nor any additional flu￭ ency in a foreign language despite an un￭ confirmed news report in 2010 that a croatian speaker had gained the ability to speak flu￭ ent german after emergence from a coma there has been no verified case where a patient s foreign language skills have improved after a brain injury there have been a few reported cases of children and si￭ bl￭ ings picking up the new accent from someone with foreign accent syndrome
there is a significant amount of foreign aid to sudan including a large amount of relief aid from international organizations to alleviate the effects of civil wars in the south and in darfur amounts vary according to the intensity of the conflicts and rainfall patterns both of which affect food production much aid is chann￭ eled through the united nations which sought to raise us 225 million for its programs in 2003 – 04
a foreign body or sometimes known as f￭ b latin corpus alien￭ um is any object originating outside the body in machinery it can mean any unwanted intru￭ ding object most references to foreign bodies involve propulsion through natural ori￭ fic￭ es into hollow organs foreign bodies can be inert or irritating if they irrit￭ ate they will cause infl￭ amm￭ ation and scar￭ ring they can bring infection into the body or acquire infectious agents and protect them from the body s immune defenses they can obstruct pass￭ age￭ ways either by their size or by the scar￭ ring they cause some can be toxic with sufficient force as in firing of bullets a foreign body can become lodged into nearly any tissue
foreign body aspiration is when a foreign body to enter the airways and causes choking a foreign body in the bron￭ chi usually causes a cough
the foreign body gran￭ ul￭ oma is a response of biological tissue to any foreign material in the tissue tissue en￭ cap￭ s￭ ulation of an impl￭ ant is part of this an infection around a spl￭ inter is part of this too the presence of the impl￭ ant changes the healing response and this is called the foreign body reaction f￭ br f￭ br consists of protein ad￭ sor￭ ption macro￭ p￭ ha￭ ges multin￭ uc￭ le￭ ated foreign body giant cells macro￭ p￭ ha￭ ge fusion fi￭ bro￭ bl￭ asts and an￭ gi￭ o￭ genesis it can be caused by ber￭ yl￭ lium
one of the most common locations for a foreign body is the alim￭ entary tract it is possible for foreign bodies to enter the tract from the mouth or from the rec￭ tum the objects most commonly swallowed by children are coins meat imp￭ action is more common in adults swallowed objects are more likely to lodge in the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus or stomach than in the phar￭ yn￭ x or du￭ o￭ den￭ um
foresight is the ability to predict or the action of predicting what will happen or what is needed in the future studies suggest that much of human daily thought is directed towards potential future events because of this and its role in human control on the planet the nature and evolution of foresight is an important topic in psychology recent neuro￭ scientific developmental and cognitive studies have identified many common￭ alities to the human ability to recall past episodes science magazine selected new evidence for such common￭ alities one of the top ten scientific breakthroughs of 2007 however there are fundamental differences between mentally travelling through time into the future i e foresight versus mentally travelling through time into the past i e ep￭ is￭ od￭ ic memory
the forest vegetation simul￭ ator f￭ vs is a forest growth and yield model developed by the united states forest service and is used by natural resource managers and researchers f￭ vs is calibr￭ ated for specific geographic areas and uses a host of simulation models to forecast forest composition and structure f￭ vs uses current forest inventory data to describe initial stand conditions and requires a description of the inventory design stand attributes and a list of individual tree information extensions to f￭ vs are available to assess the effects of forest insects and diseases fire and forest carbon
forest die￭ back also wal￭ d￭ ster￭ ben a german loan word is a condition in trees or woody plants in which peripheral parts are killed either by pathogens parasites or due to conditions like acid rain and drought two of the nine tipping points for major climate changes forecast for the next century are directly related to forest die￭ backs ph￭ om￭ op￭ sis az￭ ad￭ ir￭ ach￭ ta￭ e is a fun￭ gus of the ph￭ om￭ op￭ sis genus that has been identified as the fun￭ gus responsible for die￭ back of az￭ ad￭ ir￭ ach￭ ta indic￭ a ne￭ em in india
a form constant is one of several geome￭ tric patterns which are recur￭ r￭ ingly observed during halluc￭ inations and altered states of consciousness
in elementary particle physics and mathematical physics in particular in effective field theory a form factor is a function that en￭ capsul￭ ates the properties of a certain particle interaction without including all of the underlying physics but instead providing the momentum dependence of suitable matrix elements it is further measured experim￭ entally in confirmation or specification of a theory — see experimental particle physics
form￭ ability is the ability of a given metal work￭ piece to undergo plastic de￭ formation without being damaged the plastic de￭ formation capacity of metallic materials however is limited to a certain extent at which point the material could experience tearing or frac￭ ture break￭ age processes affected by the form￭ ability of a material include rolling ex￭ tru￭ sion forging roll￭ forming stamping and hydro￭ forming
in philosophy a formal fall￭ acy also called deduc￭ tive fall￭ acy is a pattern of reasoning rendered invalid by a flaw in its logical structure that can neatly be expressed in a standard logic system for example pro￭ posi￭ tional logic an argument that is formally fall￭ acious is always considered wrong a formal fall￭ acy is contr￭ asted with an informal fall￭ acy which may have a valid logical form and yet be un￭ sound because one or more premises are false the presence of a formal fall￭ acy in a deduc￭ tive argument does not imply anything about the argument s premises or its conclusion both may actually be true or even more probable as a result of the argument but the deduc￭ tive argument is still invalid because the conclusion does not follow from the premises in the manner described by extension an argument can contain a formal fall￭ acy even if the argument is not a deduc￭ tive one for instance an induc￭ tive argument that incorrectly applies principles of probability or caus￭ ality can be said to commit a formal fall￭ acy fall￭ acious arguments usually have the deceptive appearance of being good arguments recognizing fall￭ acies in everyday arguments may be difficult since arguments are often embedded in rhetorical patterns that obscure the logical connections between statements informal fall￭ acies may also exploit the emotional intellectual or psychological weaknesses of the audience having the capability to recognize fall￭ acies in arguments is one way to reduce the likelihood of such occurrences arg￭ um￭ entation theory provides a different approach to understanding and classifying fall￭ acies in this approach an argument is regarded as an interactive protocol between individuals that attempts to resolve their disagreements the protocol is regulated by certain rules of interaction and violations of these rules are fall￭ acies such fall￭ acies are used in many forms of modern communications where the intention is to influence behavior and change beliefs examples in the mass media today include but are not limited to propaganda advertisements politics newspaper editori￭ als and opinion based “ news ” shows
format is a function in common lis￭ p that can produce form￭ at￭ ted text using a format string similar to the pr￭ int￭ f format string it provides more functionality than pr￭ int￭ f allowing the user to output numbers in english apply certain format speci￭ fiers only under certain conditions iter￭ ate over data structures and output in a tab￭ ular format this func￭ tionally originates in mit s lis￭ p machine lis￭ p where it was based on mul￭ tics io￭ a
in medicine a forme fru￭ ste french “ crude or unfinished form ” pl form￭ es fru￭ st￭ es is an atypical or attenu￭ ated manifestation of a disease or syndrome with the implications of in￭ completeness partial presence or abor￭ ted state the context is usually one of a well defined clinical or pathological entity which the case at hand almost — but not quite — fits an opposite term in medicine forme ple￭ ine — seldom used by english speaking physicians — means the complete or full blown form of a disease
fort dar￭ net like fort hoo was built on the recommendations of the 1859 royal commission on an island covering the inner navig￭ able channel of the river med￭ way kent originally designed for two tiers of guns mounted in a circle with a boom str￭ ung between them there were many problems with subsid￭ ence and after extensive cost over￭ runs the for￭ ts were completed in 18￭ 71 with one tier and 11 guns a mixture of 9 inch and 7 inch ri￭ fled mu￭ zzle lo￭ aders and no boom the for￭ ts were never used in anger and were dis￭ armed before the first world war in the second world war the fort was used as observation posts with platforms and pill￭ boxes built on top the fort is still in fair condition however the magazine level seems to have been deliberately flooded to minimise access and vand￭ alism the island can be freely visited by boat though the landing is mu￭ ddy
foster – kennedy syndrome also known as go￭ wers – pat￭ on – kennedy syndrome kennedy s phenomenon or kennedy s syndrome refers to a con￭ stell￭ ation of findings associated with tumors of the frontal lo￭ be although foster – kennedy syndrome is equ￭ ated with kennedy syndrome it should not be confused with kennedy disease which is named for william r kennedy pseudo foster – kennedy syndrome is defined as one sided op￭ tic atro￭ phy with pap￭ il￭ le￭ dem￭ a in the other eye but with the absence of a mass
fou￭ ling is the accumulation of unwanted material on solid surfaces to the detriment of function the fou￭ ling materials can consist of either living organisms bi￭ of￭ ou￭ ling or a non living substance in￭ organic or organic fou￭ ling is usually distinguished from other surface growth phenomena in that it occurs on a surface of a component system or plant performing a defined and useful function and that the fou￭ ling process impedes or interferes with this function other terms used in the literature to describe fou￭ ling include deposit formation en￭ cru￭ station cru￭ dding de￭ position scaling scale formation sl￭ agging and sludge formation the last six terms have a more narrow meaning than fou￭ ling within the scope of the fou￭ ling science and technology and they also have meanings outside of this scope therefore they should be used with caution fou￭ ling phenomena are common and diverse ranging from fou￭ ling of ship hul￭ ls natural surfaces in the marine environment marine fou￭ ling fou￭ ling of heat transfer components through ingredients contained in the cooling water or gases and even the development of pla￭ que or calcul￭ us on teeth or deposits on solar panels on mars among other examples this article is primarily devoted to the fou￭ ling of industrial heat ex￭ chan￭ gers although the same theory is generally applicable to other varieties of fou￭ ling in the cooling technology and other technical fields a distinction is made between macro fou￭ ling and micro fou￭ ling of the two micro fou￭ ling is the one which is usually more difficult to prevent and therefore more important
foundation is a skin coloured makeup applied to the face to create an even uniform colour to the complex￭ ion to cover flaws and sometimes to change the natural sk￭ int￭ one some foundations also function as a mois￭ tur￭ iz￭ er sun￭ screen a￭ stringent or base layer for more complex cosmetics foundation applied to the body is generally referred to as body painting
in population genetics the founder effect is the loss of genetic variation that occurs when a new population is established by a very small number of individuals from a larger population it was first fully outlined by ern￭ st may￭ r in 19￭ 42 using existing theoretical work by those such as se￭ wall w￭ right as a result of the loss of genetic variation the new population may be distinc￭ tively different both geno￭ typically and phen￭ o￭ typically from the parent population from which it is derived in extreme cases the founder effect is thought to lead to the speci￭ ation and subsequent evolution of new species in the figure shown the original population has nearly equal numbers of blue and red individuals the three smaller founder populations show that one or the other color may pre￭ dominate founder effect due to random sampling of the original population a population bottlenec￭ k may also cause a founder effect though it is not strictly a new population the founder effect occurs when a small group of migrants that is not genetically representative of the population from which they came establish in a new area in addition to founder effects the new population is often a very small population so shows increased sensitivity to genetic drift an increase in in￭ breeding and relatively low genetic variation this can be observed in the limited gene pools of iceland￭ ers ash￭ ken￭ az￭ i jews faroe isl￭ anders easter isl￭ anders and those native to pit￭ cair￭ n island another example is the remarkably high deaf population of martha s vineyard which resulted in the development of martha s vineyard sign language
the foun￭ tain is a ju￭ ggling pattern that is the method most often used for ju￭ ggling an even number of objects in a foun￭ tain each hand ju￭ ggles separately and the objects are not thrown between the hands to illustrate this it can be seen that in the most common foun￭ tain pattern where four balls are ju￭ gg￭ led each hand ju￭ ggles two balls independently as c￭ reg￭ o states in the foun￭ tain pattern each hand throws balls straight up into the air and each ball is caught in the same hand that throws it a foun￭ tain can be synchron￭ ous or as￭ yn￭ ch￭ ron￭ ous in a synchron￭ ous foun￭ tain both hands throw at the same time while in an as￭ yn￭ ch￭ ron￭ ous foun￭ tain the hands alternate throws the foun￭ tain pattern can be st￭ ably performed in two ways one can perform the foun￭ tain with different frequencies for the two hands but that coordination is difficult because of the tendency of the limbs to synchron￭ ize the foun￭ tain is ju￭ gg￭ led in either a circular fashion or in columns the circular method means that the balls ju￭ gg￭ led travel in a circle like motion with the ju￭ gg￭ lers hands throwing the ball from a point close to their body centre line and catching the ball further away from their body centre line this circle motion is called outside circles and is the foun￭ tain pattern shown in the anim￭ ation this circle method can be reversed to create an inside circle pattern whereby throws are from a position away from the body mid￭ line and catches are closer to the body mid￭ line in the columns method the balls all travel vertically up and down in their own column and are caught from where they are thrown the foun￭ tain is used for ju￭ ggling even numbers of objects because other patterns which alternate between hands such as the cas￭ c￭ ade do not work well for even numbers of objects
foun￭ tain syndrome is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive con￭ genital disorder characterized by mental retar￭ dation deaf￭ ness sk￭ el￭ etal ab￭ norm￭ alities and a co￭ arse face with full lips the abnormal sw￭ elling of the cheeks and lips are due to the excessive accumulation of body fluids under the skin the deaf￭ ness is due to mal￭ formation of the co￭ ch￭ lea structure within the inner ear
four stro￭ king is an operating condition of two stroke engines where they instead begin to fire every four stro￭ kes or more rather than every two stro￭ kes this firing is uneven noisy and may even in cases where it doesn t occur normally damage the engine if allowed to continue unabated however in some circumstances four stro￭ king is normal when id￭ ling most two stroke engines will four stroke as well as when letting off the thro￭ ttle four stro￭ king will also occur in a correctly adjusted two stroke engine at full thro￭ ttle without load in the latter case this happens because the air fuel mixture becomes overly rich and prevents the engine from running faster the engine is intentionally constructed by the manufacturer for this to happen as a too lean mixture will cause the engine to over rev as well as over￭ heat and in engines running on premi￭ xed fuel a too lean mixture will cause poor lubric￭ ation running the engine at full thro￭ ttle without load is not normally done in most applications but in a chain saw the full thro￭ ttle mixture is actually adjusted for the engine to four stroke at a given r￭ pm set by the manufacturer this is done by adjusting the high r￭ pm screw on the car￭ bu￭ re￭ tor while the engine runs at full thro￭ ttle until the correct r￭ pm level can be read on a t￭ ach￭ ome￭ ter
four wave mixing f￭ w￭ m is an inter￭ modulation phenomenon in non linear op￭ tics whereby interactions between two or three wa￭ vel￭ eng￭ ths produce two or one new wa￭ vel￭ eng￭ ths it is similar to the third order intercept point in electrical systems four wave mixing can be compared to the inter￭ modulation distortion in standard electrical systems it is a parame￭ tric non￭ linear process in that the energy of the incoming pho￭ tons is con￭ served f￭ w￭ m is a phase sensitive process in that the efficiency of the process is strongly affected by phase matching conditions
in the myth￭ ological cycle of early irish literature the four treasures or jewels of the tu￭ ath￭ a d￭ é dan￭ ann are four magical items which the myth￭ ological tu￭ ath￭ a d￭ é dan￭ ann are supposed to have brought with them from the four island cities mur￭ ias f￭ ali￭ as g￭ ori￭ as and fin￭ di￭ as when they arrived in ireland
four on the floor or four to the floor is a rhythm pattern used in dis￭ co and electronic dance music it is a steady uniformly acc￭ ented beat in 4 4 time in which the bass drum is hit on every beat 1 2 3 4 in common time this was popul￭ arized in the dis￭ co music of the 1970 sand the term four on the floor was widely used in that era it originated with the pe￭ dal operated drum kit bass drum many styles of electronic dance music particularly those that are derived from house and tech￭ no use this beat as an important part of the rhy￭ th￭ mic structure sometimes the term is used to refer to a 4 4 uniform drum￭ ming pattern for any drum a form of four on the floor is also used in jazz drum￭ ming instead of hitting the bass drum in a pronounced and therefore easily audible fashion it is usually struck very lightly referred to as fea￭ thering so that the sound of the drum is felt instead of heard by the lis￭ tener typically this is combined with a ride cy￭ m￭ bal and hi hat in syn￭ cop￭ ation when a string instrument makes the rhythm rhythm guitar ban￭ jo all four beats of the measure are played by identical down￭ stro￭ kes in reg￭ ga￭ e drum￭ ming the bass drum usually hits on the third beat but sometimes drum￭ mers play four on the floor sly dun￭ bar from sly rob￭ bie was one of the reg￭ ga￭ e drum￭ mers that played mostly in this style also carl￭ ton bar￭ rett from bob mar￭ ley the w￭ ail￭ ers played four on the floor on several hits by the w￭ ail￭ ers like is this love and exodus in reg￭ ga￭ e four on the floor usually goes by the hand with a low end and powerful b￭ ass￭ line four on the floor can be found in more modern reg￭ ga￭ e derivative styles like dan￭ ce￭ hall while it is less common to find it in roots reg￭ ga￭ e
four￭ nier gang￭ rene is a type of necro￭ tizing fas￭ ci￭ i￭ tis or gang￭ rene affecting the per￭ in￭ eu￭ m it commonly occurs in elderly men but it￭ can also occur in women and children it is more likely to occur in those with diabetes alcohol￭ ics or those who are immune compromised it was first described by ba￭ uri￭ enne in 17￭ 64 and is named after a french ven￭ ere￭ o￭ logist jean alfred four￭ nier following five cases he presented in clinical lectures in 1883
in the fic￭ tional world of middle earth the fourth age and the ages that preceded it are time periods from j r r tol￭ ki￭ en s universe of middle earth described in his fantasy writ￭ ings because most of his fiction concerning middle earth deals with earlier ages there is relatively little material on the ages that followed the third age the fourth age followed the defeat of sa￭ uron and the destruction of his one ring but did not officially begin until after the be￭ arers of the three rings left middle earth for val￭ in￭ or the ut￭ ter￭ most west some events of the first centuries of the fourth age can be gle￭ aned from the appendices in the lord of the rings and follow below
the fourth heart sound or s 4 is a rare extra heart sound that occurs immediately before the normal two lub du￭ b heart sounds s 1 and s 2 it occurs just after atri￭ al contraction and immediately before the syst￭ ol￭ ic s 1 and is caused by the atri￭ a contracting forcefully in an effort to overcome an abnormally stiff or hyper￭ troph￭ ic ven￭ tric￭ le this produces a rhythm class￭ ically compared to the cad￭ ence of the word ten￭ nes￭ see one can also use the phrase a stiff wall to help with the cad￭ ence a s 4 stiff s 1 wall s 2 as well as the path￭ ology of the s 4 sound
fourth cran￭ ial nerve pal￭ sy also known as tro￭ ch￭ lear nerve pal￭ sy is a condition affecting cran￭ ial nerve 4 iv the tro￭ ch￭ lear nerve which is one of the cran￭ ial cran￭ ial nerves that causes weakness or paralysis to the superior obli￭ que muscle superior obli￭ que muscle that it in￭ nerv￭ ates this condition often causes vertical or near vertical double vision as the weakened muscle prevents the eyes from moving in the same direction together because the fourth cran￭ ial nerve is the thin￭ nest and has the longest in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial course of the cran￭ ial nerves it is particularly vulnerable to traumatic injury to compensate for the double vision resulting from the weakness of the superior obli￭ que patients characteris￭ tically tilt their head down and to the side opposite the affected muscle when present at birth it is known as con￭ genital fourth nerve pal￭ sy
fo￭ ville s syndrome is caused by the block￭ age of the per￭ for￭ ating branches of the basi￭ l￭ ar artery in the region of the bra￭ inst￭ em known as the p￭ ons structures affected by the inf￭ arc￭ t are the p￭ pr￭ f nucle￭ i of cran￭ ial nerves vi and vii cor￭ ti￭ co￭ spinal tract medi￭ al lem￭ nis￭ cus and the medi￭ al longit￭ ud￭ inal fasc￭ icul￭ us
fow￭ ler no￭ ll vo is a non cry￭ pto￭ graphic has￭ h function created by glenn fow￭ ler lan￭ don cur￭ t no￭ ll and ki￭ em ph￭ ong vo the basis of the f￭ nv has￭ h algori￭ thm was taken from an idea sent as re￭ vie￭ wer comments to the i￭ ee￭ e posi￭ x p 100￭ 3 2 committee by glenn fow￭ ler and ph￭ ong vo in 1991 in a subsequent ballot round lan￭ don cur￭ t no￭ ll improved on their algori￭ thm in an email message to lan￭ don they named it the fow￭ ler no￭ ll vo or f￭ nv has￭ h
fow￭ l￭ pox is the worldwide disease of poultry caused by viruses of the family po￭ x￭ vi￭ ri￭ da￭ e and the genus avi￭ po￭ x￭ virus the viruses causing fow￭ l￭ pox are distinct from one another but anti￭ gen￭ ically similar possible hosts including chickens turkeys qu￭ ail canaries pigeons and many other species of birds there are two forms of the disease the first is spread by biting insects especially mosquitoes and wound contamination and causes le￭ sions on the comb w￭ att￭ les and be￭ ak birds affected by this form usually recover within a few weeks the second form is spread by inhal￭ ation of the virus and causes a di￭ ph￭ ther￭ i￭ tic memb￭ rane to form in the mouth phar￭ yn￭ x lar￭ yn￭ x and sometimes the trac￭ hea the prog￭ no￭ sis for this form is poor
fox – for￭ dy￭ ce disease or apo￭ cr￭ ine mili￭ aria is a chronic block￭ age of the sweat g￭ land duc￭ ts with a secondary non bacterial infl￭ am￭ matory response to the secre￭ tions and cellular debris in the cy￭ sts hi￭ dr￭ ad￭ eni￭ tis is very similar but tends to have a secondary bacterial infection so that p￭ us draining sin￭ uses are formed it is a very devastating skin disease that does not have universally cur￭ ative treatments many that have this disease avoid sweat inducing activities and prefer swimming as their mode of exercise
a frac￭ tal is a natural phenomenon or a mathematical set that exhi￭ bits a repeating pattern that displays at every scale it is also known as expanding sym￭ metry or evolving sym￭ metry if the replic￭ ation is exactly the same at every scale it is called a self similar pattern an example of this is the m￭ enger spon￭ ge frac￭ t￭ als can also be nearly the same at different levels this latter pattern is illustrated in the frac￭ t￭ als also include the idea of a detailed pattern that repeats itself frac￭ t￭ als are different from other geome￭ tric figures because of the way in which they scale doubling the edge lengths of a poly￭ gon multip￭ lies its area by four which is two the ratio of the new to the old side length raised to the power of two the dimension of the space the poly￭ gon resides in likewise if the radius of a sphere is doubled its volume scales by eight which is two the ratio of the new to the old radius to the power of three the dimension that the sphere resides in but if a frac￭ tal s one dimensional lengths are all doubled the spatial content of the frac￭ tal scales by a power that is not necessarily an inte￭ ger this power is called the frac￭ tal dimension of the frac￭ tal and it usually exceeds the frac￭ tal s topo￭ logical dimension as mathematical equations frac￭ t￭ als are usually nowhere differenti￭ able an infinite frac￭ tal curve can be conceived of as winding through space differently from an ordinary line still being a 1 dimensional line yet having a frac￭ tal dimension indicating it also resembles a surface the mathematical of frac￭ t￭ als have been traced throughout the years as a formal path of published works starting in the 17 th century with notions of recur￭ sion then moving through increasingly rigorous mathematical treatment of the concept to the study of continuous but not differenti￭ able functions in the 19 th century by the sem￭ inal work of bernard bol￭ zano bern￭ hard ri￭ emann and karl wei￭ er￭ str￭ ass and on to the co￭ ining of the word frac￭ tal in the 20 th century with a subsequent burgeoning of interest in frac￭ t￭ als and computer based modelling in the 20 th century the term frac￭ tal was first used by mathem￭ ati￭ cian ben￭ o￭ î￭ t mandel￭ bro￭ t in 1975 mandel￭ bro￭ t based it on the latin fr￭ ā￭ c￭ tus meaning broken or fractu￭ red and used it to extend the concept of theoretical frac￭ tional dimensions to geome￭ tric patterns in nature there is some disagreement amongst authorities about how the concept of a frac￭ tal should be formally defined mandel￭ bro￭ t himself summarized it as beautiful damn hard increasingly un￭ useful that s frac￭ t￭ als the general consensus is that theoretical frac￭ t￭ als are infinitely self similar iter￭ ated and detailed mathematical construc￭ ts having frac￭ tal dimensions of which many examples have been formulated and studied in great depth frac￭ t￭ als are not limited to geome￭ tric patterns but can also describe processes in time frac￭ tal patterns with various degrees of self similarity have been rendered or studied in images structures and sounds and found in and frac￭ t￭ als are of particular relevance in the field of chaos theory since the graphs of most chaotic processes are frac￭ tal frac￭ t￭ als are also observed from space here
frac￭ tional distillation is the separation of a mixture into its component parts or fractions separating chemical compounds by their boiling point by heating them to a temperature at which one or more fractions of the compound will vap￭ ori￭ ze it uses distillation to fr￭ action￭ ate generally the component parts have boiling points that differ by less than 25 ° c from each other under a pressure of one atmosphere if the difference in boiling points is greater than 25 ° c a simple distillation is typically used
in physics fr￭ action￭ alization is the phenomenon whereby the qu￭ asi￭ particles of a system cannot be constructed as combinations of its elementary constituents one of the earliest and most prominent examples is the frac￭ tional quantum hall effect where the constituent particles are electron￭ s but the qu￭ asi￭ particles carry fractions of the electr￭ on charge fr￭ action￭ alization can be understood as de￭ confinement of qu￭ asi￭ particles that together are viewed as comprising the elementary constituents in the case of spin – charge separation for example the electr￭ on can be viewed as a bound state of a spin￭ on and a char￭ gon which under certain conditions can become free to move separately
a frac￭ ture is the separation of an object or material into two or more pieces under the action of stress the frac￭ ture of a solid usually occurs due to the development of certain displacement dis￭ continuity surfaces within the solid if a displacement develops per￭ pend￭ icular to the surface of displacement it is called a normal ten￭ sile crack or simply a crack if a displacement develops tang￭ entially to the surface of displacement it is called a she￭ ar crack slip band or dis￭ location frac￭ ture strength or breaking strength is the stress when a specimen fails or fractu￭ res the word frac￭ ture is often applied to bones of living creatures i e a bone frac￭ ture or to cryst￭ alline materi￭ al￭ ss such as gem￭ stones or metal sometimes individual cryst￭ als frac￭ ture without the structure actually separating into two or more pieces depending on the substance a frac￭ ture reduces strength most substances or inhi￭ bits transmission of waves such as light optical cryst￭ als a detailed understanding of how frac￭ ture occurs in materials may be assisted by the study of frac￭ ture mechanics
frac￭ ture bl￭ is￭ ters occur on skin over￭ lying a fractu￭ red bone and fractu￭ res complicated by the development of over￭ lying bl￭ is￭ ters remain a clinical dilemma in orth￭ o￭ pe￭ dic￭ s frac￭ ture bl￭ is￭ ters are tense ves￭ ic￭ les or bul￭ la￭ e that arise on markedly sw￭ oll￭ en skin directly over￭ lying a frac￭ ture frac￭ ture bl￭ is￭ ters pop up in trauma patients occasionally a frac￭ ture bl￭ ister typically occurs near fractu￭ res where the skin has little sub￭ cu￭ taneous tissue between it and bone these include el￭ bows knees an￭ kles and w￭ rists they tend to complicate frac￭ ture management because they interfere with spl￭ in￭ ting casting and inc￭ ision planning for open reduction procedures they can appear anytime within a few hours of injury to 2 – 3 weeks later these bl￭ is￭ ters are thought to be caused by sh￭ ear￭ ing forces applied at the time of injury there are two types described based on their color clear fluid and hemorrha￭ gic the difference lies in the level of the she￭ ar clear fluid bl￭ is￭ ters have separated within the ep￭ id￭ er￭ mis and hemorrha￭ gic bl￭ is￭ ters separate at the der￭ mal ep￭ id￭ er￭ mal junction the clinical difference is healing time clear bl￭ is￭ ters take about 12 days and hemorrha￭ gic bl￭ is￭ ters heal in about 16 days the decision to pop the bl￭ is￭ ters in order to treat the frac￭ ture or wait for them to heal first usually hinges on the preferences of the orth￭ opa￭ ed￭ ic surgeon as there is a lack of data on what treatment is ideal waiting delays care an average of 7 days and longer for ti￭ bial pl￭ ate￭ au and cal￭ can￭ e￭ al fractu￭ res operating immediately anec￭ do￭ tally increases wound infection rates
fragile x associated trem￭ or at￭ ax￭ ia syndrome f￭ x￭ tas is a late onset neuro￭ degenerative disorder associated with problems of movement memory and the autonom￭ ic nervous system it is related to the disease fragile x syndrome although f￭ x￭ tas is a clin￭ ically distinct syndrome in fragile x syndrome f￭ xs the fragile x mental retar￭ dation 1 gene f￭ mr 1 is silenced in f￭ x￭ tas f￭ mr 1 is over￭ expressed and interferes with brain function both f￭ xs and f￭ x￭ tas are caused by a trin￭ uc￭ le￭ o￭ tide repeat expansion in f￭ mr 1 this c￭ gg repeat expansion is smaller in f￭ x￭ tas the disease only occurs in individuals with a fragile x pre￭ mutation it most often occurs in men but can present in women there is no cure for f￭ x￭ tas but several of the symptoms can be managed with medication
fragile x syndrome f￭ xs is a genetic disorder symptoms often include mild to moderate intellectual disability physical features may include a long and narrow face large ears flexible fingers and large tes￭ tic￭ les about a third of people have features of au￭ tism such as problems with social interactions and delayed speech hyper￭ activity is common and seizures occur in about 10 males are usually more affected than females fragile x syndrome is typically due to the expansion of the c￭ gg tri￭ p￭ let repeat within the fragile x mental retar￭ dation 1 f￭ mr 1 gene on the x chro￭ mo￭ some this results in a failure to express the fragile x mental retar￭ dation protein f￭ mr￭ p which is required for normal ne￭ ural development depending on the length of the c￭ gg repeat an alle￭ le may be classified as normal unaffected by the syndrome a pre￭ mutation at risk of fragile x associated disorders or full mutation usually affected by the syndrome a diagnosis of fragile x syndrome is made through genetic testing to determine the number of c￭ gg repeats testing for pre￭ mutation carriers may allow for genetic counsel￭ ing there is no medication that has a benefit specifically for fragile x syndrome medications are commonly used to treat symptoms of attention deficit and hyper￭ activity anxiety and aggression supportive management is important in optimi￭ zing functioning in individuals with fragile x syndrome and may involve speech therapy occupational therapy and individu￭ alized educational and behavioral programs fragile x syndrome occurs in about 1 in 4 000 males and 1 in 8 000 females the first complete dna sequence of the repeat expansion in someone with the full mutation was generated by scientists in 2012 using sm￭ rt sequ￭ encing
the fragile base class problem is a fundamental architectural problem of object oriented programming systems where base classes super￭ classes are considered fragile because seemingly safe modifications to a base class when inherited by the derived classes may cause the derived classes to mal￭ function the program￭ mer cannot determine whether a base class change is safe simply by examining in isolation the methods of the base class one possible solution is to make instance variables private to their defining class and force sub￭ classes to use acc￭ essors to modify super￭ class states a language could also make it so that sub￭ classes can control which inherited methods are exposed publicly these changes prevent sub￭ classes from relying on implementation details of super￭ classes and allow sub￭ classes to expose only those super￭ class methods that are applicable to themselves another alternative solution could be to have an interface instead of super￭ class the fragile base class problem has been blamed on open recur￭ sion dynamic dispatch of methods on a h￭ re￭ f medi￭ a￭ wi￭ ki index php title this computer programming title this computer programming this a with the suggestion that invoking methods on this default to closed recur￭ sion static dispatch early binding rather than open recur￭ sion dynamic dispatch late binding only using open recur￭ sion when it is specifically requested external calls not using this would be dynam￭ ically dispatched as usual
in computer storage fragmentation is a phenomenon in which storage space is used in￭ efficiently reducing capacity or performance and often both the exact consequences of fragmentation depend on the specific system of storage allocation in use and the particular form of fragmentation in many cases fragmentation leads to storage space being wasted and in that case the term also refers to the wasted space itself for other systems e g the fat file system the space used to store given data e g files is the same regardless of the degree of fragmentation from none to extreme there are three different but related forms of fragmentation external fragmentation internal fragmentation and data fragmentation which can be present in isolation or conjunction fragmentation is often accepted in return for improvements in speed or simplicity occur for other resources such as processors see below
in physics a fragmentation function is a probability function it is used to find the probability density or distribution of fragmented mes￭ ons in had￭ ron had￭ ron collis￭ ions it is important in the physics of deep in￭ elastic scat￭ tering
fragmentation of memory is a memory disorder in which the patient is unable to attach memories to specific locations or times the impaired person can remember events but cannot pin￭ point when the events happened either absolutely or in relation to other events this can occur even for relatively recent events the impaired person usually suffers from physical damage to or underdevelopment of the hippo￭ campus this may be due to a genetic disorder or be the result of trauma such as post traumatic stress disorder brain dysfunction often has other related consequences such as over￭ sensitivity to some stimul￭ i impul￭ siveness lack of direction in life occasional aggres￭ siveness a distorted perception of oneself and impaired ability to emp￭ ath￭ ize with others which is usually masked there is frequently a link between dissoci￭ ative disorders and memory fragmentation fragmentation of memory is common in two dissoci￭ ative disorders dissoci￭ ative or psycho￭ genic amnesia is not to be confused with general amnesia in which the suffer￭ er is unable to recall whole periods of time perhaps of several years duration in the dissoci￭ ative version there is failure to recall specific events usually involving memories pertaining to the trauma itself in particular the disorder also relates to the emotional state of the mind upon experiencing trauma so that at times while the person will be able to remember the specifics of the events date time location people involved etc the strong emotional ties to the experience become fragmented in the creation of the memory dissoci￭ ative fu￭ gue normally revolves around a specific journey taken by the person suffering from the disorder they can travel great distances and have no reco￭ ll￭ ection of having done so these un￭ remembered trips are usually the result of the individual trying to escape an unbearable situation and many times while traveling the person un￭ knowingly suffers some degree of identity distortion or even assumes a completely new identity one of the unique characteristics of this disorder is that upon completing the trip the suffer￭ er normally remembers it and all the details associated with it but while the events are happening s he has no reco￭ ll￭ ection of time passing or where s he physically is
f￭ rail￭ ty is a common ger￭ i￭ atric syndrome that embodies an elevated risk of catastrophic declines in health and function among older adults f￭ rail￭ ty is a condition associated with ageing and it has been recognized for centuries as described by shakespeare in as you like it the sixth age shifts into the lean and sli￭ pper ’ d pan￭ tal￭ oon with spectac￭ les on nose and p￭ ouch on side his youthful hose well sav ’ d a world too wide for his shrunk sh￭ ank … the shrunk sh￭ ank is a result of loss of muscle with aging it is also a marker of a more widespread syndrome of f￭ rail￭ ty with associated weakness slowing decreased energy lower activity and when severe unintended weight loss as a population ages a central focus of ger￭ i￭ at￭ ric￭ ians and public health practitioners is to understand and then benefic￭ ially intervene on the factors and processes that put elders at such risk especially the increased vulnerability to stres￭ sors e g extremes of heat and cold infection injury or even changes in medication that characterizes many older adults
fr￭ al￭ ey syndrome is a condition where the superior in￭ fun￭ di￭ bul￭ um of the upper caly￭ x of the kidney is obstructed by the crossing ren￭ al upper or middle section artery branch causing dis￭ tension and di￭ lat￭ ation of the caly￭ x and presenting clin￭ ically as ha￭ em￭ atur￭ ia and ne￭ phr￭ al￭ gia ip￭ si￭ lateral flank pain the condition was first described by u￭ ro￭ logist el￭ win e fr￭ al￭ ey in 1966 and can be treated sur￭ g￭ ically which might be necessary in symptomatic disease another possible cause for similar hydro￭ ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ sis is meg￭ ac￭ ali￭ co￭ sis for which surgery is considered inappropriate
in the reception of framed data a frame slip is the loss of synchron￭ ization between a received frame and the receiver clock signal causing a frame mis￭ alignment event and resulting in the loss of the data contained in the received frame a frame slip should not be confused with a dropped frame where synchron￭ ization is not lost as in the case of buffer over￭ flow for example
franc￭ es￭ ch￭ et￭ ti – kle￭ in syndrome also known as man￭ di￭ bul￭ o￭ facial dy￭ so￭ sto￭ sis is a syndrome that includes pal￭ pe￭ br￭ al anti￭ mongo￭ loid f￭ issu￭ res hypo￭ pl￭ asia of the facial bones macro￭ stom￭ ia va￭ ulted pal￭ ate mal￭ formations of both the external and internal ear buc￭ cal aur￭ icular f￭ ist￭ ula abnormal development of the neck with stretching of the cheeks accessory facial f￭ issu￭ res and sk￭ el￭ etal de￭ form￭ ities it is sometimes equ￭ ated with tre￭ acher collins syndrome
francis 1 st is an american sterling silver tab￭ le￭ ware pattern introduced in 1906 named after king francis i of france
frank s sign or frank sign is a diag￭ onal ear lo￭ be cre￭ ase el￭ c extending diag￭ onally from the trag￭ us across the lo￭ bu￭ le to the rear edge of the aur￭ ic￭ le the sign is named after dr sanders t frank it has been hypo￭ thes￭ ised that frank s sign is indicative of cardiovascular disease and or diabetes some studies have described frank s sign as a marker of cardiovascular disease but not linked to the severity of the condition in contrast other studies have re￭ but￭ ted any association between frank s sign and coron￭ ary artery disease in diabe￭ tics there have also been reported cases of frank s sign assisting in the diagnosis of cere￭ br￭ al inf￭ arc￭ tions a link between frank s sign and premature aging and the loss of der￭ mal and vascular fi￭ bers has also been hypothe￭ sized however researchers do agree that these cre￭ ases have no predic￭ tive value in native american indian and asian patients some studies have focused upon bilateral el￭ c
the frank – car￭ o process also called cyan￭ amide process is the nitrogen fixation reaction of calcium carbide with nitrogen gas in a reactor vessel at about 1 000 ° c the reaction is ex￭ other￭ mic and self sustaining once the reaction temperature is reached originally the reaction took place in large steel cylin￭ ders with an electrical resistance element providing initial heat to start the reaction modern production uses rotating ovens the synthesis produces a solid mixture of calcium cyan￭ amide cac￭ n 2 and carbon c￭ ac 2 n 2 → cac￭ n 2 c
frank ter ha￭ ar syndrome f￭ ths also known as ter ha￭ ar syndrome is a rare disease characterized by ab￭ norm￭ alities that affect bone heart and eye development children born with the disease usually die very young
fr￭ as￭ er syndrome also known as me￭ yer sch￭ wick￭ er￭ ath s syndrome fr￭ as￭ er françois syndrome or ul￭ l￭ rich fe￭ ich￭ tiger syndrome is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive con￭ genital disorder fr￭ as￭ er syndrome is named for the gene￭ tic￭ ist george r fr￭ as￭ er who first described the syndrome in 1962
fra￭ si￭ er syndrome is a u￭ ro￭ genital anomaly associated with the w￭ t 1 wil￭ ms tumor 1 gene gene it was first characterized in 1964
f￭ reck￭ les sometimes called ep￭ heli￭ des singular ep￭ hel￭ is are clusters of concentrated mel￭ an￭ ini￭ zed cells which are most easily visible on people with a fair complex￭ ion f￭ reck￭ les do not have an increased number of the mel￭ an￭ in producing cells mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tes but instead have mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tes that over￭ produce mel￭ an￭ in gran￭ ules mel￭ ano￭ som￭ es changing the color￭ ation of the outer skin cells called ker￭ at￭ in￭ oc￭ y￭ tes as such f￭ reck￭ les are different from l￭ enti￭ gin￭ es and mol￭ es
in mathematics the fred￭ holm determinant is a complex valued function which gener￭ alizes the determinant of a matrix it is defined for bounded operators on a hil￭ bert space which differ from the identity operator by a trace class operator the function is named after the mathem￭ ati￭ cian eri￭ k iv￭ ar fred￭ holm fred￭ holm determin￭ ants have had many applications in mathematical physics the most celebrated example being gá￭ bor sz￭ eg￭ ő s limit formula proved in response to a question raised by lars on￭ s￭ ager and c n yang on the spontaneous magne￭ tization of the ising model
free living am￭ oe￭ ba￭ e or fl￭ a in the am￭ oe￭ bo￭ zo￭ a group are important causes of disease in humans and animals na￭ eg￭ ler￭ ia fow￭ l￭ eri is sometimes included in the group free living am￭ oe￭ ba￭ e and it causes a condition traditionally called primary am￭ oe￭ bic men￭ in￭ go￭ en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis however na￭ eg￭ ler￭ ia is now considered part of the exc￭ av￭ ata not the am￭ oe￭ bo￭ zo￭ a and is considered to be much more closely related to le￭ ish￭ mania and try￭ pan￭ o￭ som￭ a
free radical addition is an addition reaction in organic chemistry involving free radicals the addition may occur between a radical and a non radical or between two radicals the basic steps with examples of the free radical addition also known as radical chain mechanism are initiation by a radical initi￭ ator a radical is created from a non radical precursor chain propagation a radical reacts with a non radical to produce a new radical species chain termination two radicals react with each other to create a non radical species free radical reactions depend on a re￭ agent having a relatively weak bond allowing it to hom￭ ol￭ y￭ se to form radicals often with heat or light reagents without such a weak bond would likely proceed via a different mechanism an example of an addition reaction involving ar￭ yl radicals is the me￭ er￭ we￭ in ar￭ yl￭ ation
free running sleep is a sleep pattern that is not adjusted entr￭ ained to the 24 hour cycle in nature nor to any artificial cycle it occurs as the sleep disorder non 24 hour sleep wake disorder or artificially as part of experiments used in the study of cir￭ c￭ adi￭ an and other rhy￭ th￭ ms in biology study subjects are shiel￭ ded from all time cu￭ es often by a constant light protocol by a constant dark protocol or by the use of light dark conditions to which the organism cannot entr￭ ain such as the ultr￭ ash￭ or￭ t protocol of one hour dark and two hours light also limited amounts of food may be made available at short intervals so as to avoid entr￭ ain￭ ment to me￭ al￭ times subjects are thus forced to live by their internal cir￭ c￭ adi￭ an c￭ locks
in telecommunication free space path loss f￭ sp￭ l is the loss in signal strength of an electromagnetic wave that would result from a line of sight path through free space usually air with no obstacles nearby to cause reflection or diff￭ r￭ action it is defined in standard definitions of terms for anten￭ nas i￭ ee￭ e st￭ d 145 1983 as the loss between two iso￭ tropic radi￭ ators in free space expressed as a power ratio usually it is expressed in db although the i￭ ee￭ e standard does not say that so it assumes that the antenna gain is a power ratio of 1 0 or 0 db it does not include any loss associated with hardware imperfections or the effects of any antenna gains a discussion of these losses may be found in the article on link budget the f￭ sp￭ l is rarely used stand￭ alone but rather as a part of the fri￭ is transmission equation which includes the gain of anten￭ nas
in economics free entry is a condition in which firms can freely enter the market for an economic good by establishing production and beginning to sell the product in most markets this condition is present only in the long run free entry is part of the perfect competition assumption that there are an unlimited number of buyers and sellers in a market in conditions in which there is not a natural monopoly caused by unlimited economies of scale free entry prevents any existing firm from maintaining a monopoly which would restrict output and charge a higher price than a multi firm market would free entry is usually accompanied by free exit under which condition firms that are incurring losses such as would happen if there are too many firms producing the product so that each is producing too little to be at its minimum efficient scale can readily leave the market however ex￭ iting a market may involve abandonment costs
free variation in lingu￭ is￭ tics is the phenomenon of two or more sounds or forms appearing in the same environment without a change in meaning and without being considered incorrect by native speakers
free will is the ability to choose between different possible courses of action it is closely linked to the concepts of responsibility praise guilt sin and other judgments which apply only to actions that are freely chosen it is also connected with the concepts of advice persuasion deliberation and prohibition traditionally only actions that are freely will￭ ed are seen as deserving credit or blame there are numerous different concerns about threats to the possibility of free will varying by how exactly it is conceived which is a matter of some debate some conceive free will to be the capacity to make choices in which the outcome has not been determined by past events deter￭ minis￭ m suggests that only one course of events is possible which is inconsistent with the existence of such free will this problem has been identified in ancient greek philosophy and remains a major focus of philosophical debate this view that concei￭ ves free will to be incompatible with deter￭ minis￭ m is called incompati￭ bil￭ ism and encompasses both metaph￭ ys￭ ical liber￭ tari￭ anism the claim that deter￭ minis￭ m is false and thus free will is at least possible and hard deter￭ minis￭ m the claim that deter￭ minis￭ m is true and thus free will is not possible it also encompasses hard incompati￭ bil￭ ism which holds not only deter￭ minis￭ m but also its ne￭ gation to be incompatible with free will and thus free will to be impossible whatever the case may be regarding deter￭ minis￭ m in contrast compati￭ bil￭ ists hold that free will is compatible with deter￭ minis￭ m some compati￭ bil￭ ists even hold that deter￭ minis￭ m is necessary for free will arguing that choice involves preference for one course of action over another requiring a sense of how choices will turn out compati￭ bil￭ ists thus consider the debate between liber￭ tari￭ ans and hard deter￭ minis￭ ts over free will vs deter￭ minis￭ m a false dilemma different compati￭ bil￭ ists offer very different definitions of what free will even means and consequently find different types of constraints to be relevant to the issue classical compati￭ bl￭ ists considered free will nothing more than freedom of action considering one free of will simply if had one counter￭ factually wanted to do otherwise one could have done otherwise without physical impediment contemporary compati￭ bil￭ ists instead identify free will as a psychological capacity such as to direct one s behavior in a way responsive to reason and there are still further different conceptions of free will each with their own concerns sharing only the common feature of not finding the possibility of deter￭ minis￭ m a threat to the possibility of free will
fre￭ eman – sheldon syndrome f￭ ss also termed dis￭ tal ar￭ thro￭ gry￭ pos￭ is type 2 a da 2 a cran￭ io￭ car￭ po￭ tar￭ sal dys￭ pl￭ asia or dy￭ stro￭ phy cran￭ io car￭ po tar￭ sal syndrome wind￭ mill v￭ ane hand syndrome or whist￭ ling face syndrome was originally described by fre￭ eman and sheldon in 1938 fre￭ eman – sheldon syndrome is a rare form of multiple con￭ genital contrac￭ ture mc￭ c syndro￭ mes ar￭ thro￭ gry￭ poses and is the most severe form of dis￭ tal ar￭ thro￭ gry￭ pos￭ is da
freezer burn is a condition that occurs when frozen food has been damaged by dehydr￭ ation and oxid￭ ation due to air reaching the food it is generally caused by food not being securely wrapped in air tight packaging freezer burn appears as gray￭ ish brown lea￭ ther￭ y spots on frozen food and occurs when air reaches the food s surface and dri￭ es the product color changes result from chemical changes in the food s pig￭ ment freezer burn does not make the food unsafe it merely causes dry spots in foods provided that the freezer burns are removed before cooking the food remains usable and edible
freezing behavior or the freeze response is a reaction to specific stimul￭ i most commonly observed in prey animals when a prey animal has been caught and completely overcome by the predat￭ or it may still be possible for the prey to escape by fe￭ ign￭ ing death so that the predat￭ or stops the attack studies typically assess a conditioned freezing behavior response to stimul￭ i that typically or in￭ n￭ ately do not cause fear such as a tone or shock freezing behavior is most easily characterized by changes in blood pressure and lengths of time in c￭ rou￭ ching position but it also is known to cause changes such as short￭ ness of breath increased heart rate swe￭ ating or choking sensation however since it is difficult to measure these sympathetic responses to fear stimul￭ i studies are typically confined to simple c￭ rou￭ ching times a response to stimul￭ i typically is said to be a fight or flight but is more completely described as fight flight or freeze in addition freezing is observed to occur before or after a fight or flight response
the f￭ regol￭ i delusion or the delusion of dou￭ bles is a rare disorder in which a person holds a delu￭ sional belief that different people are in fact a single person who changes appearance or is in disguise the syndrome may be related to a brain le￭ sion and is often of a paranoid nature with the delu￭ sional person believing themselves persecuted by the person they believe is in disguise a person with the f￭ regol￭ i delusion can also in￭ accurately recall places objects and events this disorder can be explained by associ￭ ative no￭ des the associ￭ ative no￭ des serve as a biological link of information about other people with a particular familiar face to the patient this means that for any face that is similar to a recogniz￭ able face to the patient the patient will recall that face as the person they know the f￭ regol￭ i delusion is classed both as a mono￭ thematic delusion since it only encompasses one delu￭ sional topic and as a delu￭ sional mis￭ identification syndrome d￭ ms a class of delu￭ sional beliefs that involves mis￭ identifying people places or objects like cap￭ gr￭ as delusion psychiat￭ rists believe it is related to a breakdown in normal face perception
fre￭ i￭ berg disease also known as a fre￭ i￭ berg infr￭ action is a form of av￭ ascular necro￭ sis in the met￭ at￭ ar￭ sal it generally develops in the second met￭ at￭ ar￭ sal but can occur in any met￭ at￭ ar￭ sal physical stress causes repeated micro￭ fractu￭ res where the middle of the met￭ at￭ ar￭ sal meets the growth plate these restrict circulation to the end of the met￭ at￭ ar￭ sal causing the necro￭ sis it is an un￭ common condition occurring most often in young women athletes and those with abnormally long met￭ at￭ ar￭ s￭ als approximately 80 of those diagnosed are women initial treatment is generally 4 – 6 weeks of limited activity often with cru￭ tches or orth￭ o￭ tics in rare cases surgery is necessary to reduce the bone mass of the met￭ at￭ ar￭ sal the condition was first described by dr alfred h fre￭ i￭ berg in 1914 he initially thought the condition was caused by acute physical trauma which is why it was initially called an infr￭ action
fre￭ mit￭ us is a vibration transmitted through the body in common medical usage it usually refers to assessment of the lungs by either the vibration intensity felt on the chest wall t￭ acti￭ le fre￭ mit￭ us and or heard by a st￭ eth￭ o￭ scope on the chest wall with certain spoken words vocal fre￭ mit￭ us although there are several other types
french migration to the united kingdom is a phenomenon that has occurred at various points in history the norman conquest of england by william the conqu￭ er￭ or in 10￭ 66 resulted in the arrival of french aristo￭ cracy while in the 16 th and 17 th centuries protestant hu￭ gu￭ en￭ ots fled religious persecution to east london other waves but less likely to have put down permanent roots are associated with mon￭ as￭ ticism particularly post conquest bene￭ dict￭ ines and cis￭ ter￭ ci￭ ans aristo￭ cracy fleeing the french revolution expulsion of religious orders by third republic france and current economic migrants seeking employment opportunities not necessarily open to their british counterparts in france the 2011 uk census recorded 137 8￭ 62 french born people living in the uk almost half of these were resident in the capital london many more british people have french ance￭ stry french remains the foreign language most learned by brit￭ ons it has traditionally been spoken as a second language by the country s educated classes and its popularity is reinforced by the close geographical proximity between great britain and france
french school holidays are the periods when schools in france and all the pupils in them have a holiday the dates are fixed nationally by the ministry of education for a period of three years holiday dates are given as a saturday date after classes as some schools have lessons on saturday mor￭ nings and return on a monday morning the fixed dates can lead to over crowding in tourist resor￭ ts such as the mediterranean coast and the ski resor￭ ts and price increases and availability problems in travel and accommod￭ ations to alleviate this problem holiday schedules for the winter and spring holidays in february and april respectively are staggered by dividing the country into three zones nevertheless the synchron￭ ized school holiday schedules still cause some crowding effects as families head to popular holiday locations especially in the summer at the beginning and end of the months in july and august when the traffic jams are a regular feature of the news bullet￭ ins
a fren￭ kel defect is a type of defect in cryst￭ alline soli￭ ds where￭ in an atom is displaced from its lat￭ tice position to an inter￭ sti￭ tial site creating a vacancy at the original site and an inter￭ sti￭ tial defect at the new location within the same element without any changes in chemical properties
fren￭ ul￭ ec￭ tomy of the penis is a surgical procedure for cutting and removal of the fren￭ ul￭ um of pre￭ pu￭ ce of penis to correct a condition known as fren￭ ul￭ um bre￭ ve this condition prevents the full re￭ traction of the fores￭ kin with or without an er￭ ection it is a simple and normally pain￭ less procedure that is performed in a u￭ ro￭ logist s office first the physician applies a local an￭ esthetic such as li￭ doc￭ aine pri￭ loc￭ aine cream on the fren￭ ul￭ um and surrounding area in half hour he checks to see if the patient has any feeling there if not he proceeds with the procedure otherwise he may recommend that it be performed in a hospital with stronger an￭ esthesia once the fren￭ ul￭ um is cut the physician applies sti￭ tches to close the wound the patient is given a prescription for pain killers to take in case there is pain afterwards but usually the only discomfort is from the pric￭ king of the sti￭ tches on the fores￭ kin once the sti￭ tches are removed in about a week normal sexual activity can resume
fren￭ ul￭ op￭ la￭ sty is the surgical alteration of a fren￭ ul￭ um when its presence restricts range of motion between interconnected tissues two of the common sites for a fren￭ ul￭ op￭ la￭ sty are fren￭ ul￭ op￭ la￭ sty of tongue fren￭ ul￭ op￭ la￭ sty of pre￭ pu￭ ce of penis
fren￭ ul￭ um bre￭ ve or short fren￭ ul￭ um is a condition in which the fren￭ ul￭ um of the penis which is an elastic band of tissue under the gl￭ ans penis that connects to the fores￭ kin and helps contract it over the gl￭ ans is too short and thus restricts the movement of the fores￭ kin the fren￭ ul￭ um should normally be sufficiently long and sup￭ ple to allow for the full re￭ traction of the fores￭ kin so that it lies smoothly back on the shaft of the er￭ ect penis the pen￭ ile fren￭ ul￭ um is comparable to the tongue s fren￭ ul￭ um between the tongue s lower surface and the lower jaw or the fren￭ ul￭ um between the upper lip and the outside of the upper gum
frequency ag￭ ility is the ability of a radar system to quickly shift its operating frequency to account for atmospheric effects jam￭ ming mutual interference with friendly sources or to make it more difficult to locate the radar broadcaster through radio direction finding the term can also be applied to other fields including las￭ ers or traditional radio trans￭ ce￭ i￭ vers using frequency division multi￭ plex￭ ing but it remains most closely associated with the radar field and these other roles generally use the more generic term frequency hopping
in computer science frequent sub￭ tree mining is the problem of finding all patterns in a given database whose support a metric related to its number of occurrences in other sub￭ trees is over a given threshold it is a more general form of the maximum agreement sub￭ tree problem
a fre￭ u￭ dian slip also called par￭ ap￭ ra￭ x￭ is is an error in speech memory or physical action that is interpreted as occurring due to the interference of an unconscious subdu￭ ed wish or internal train of thought the concept is part of classical psycho￭ analysis classical examples of par￭ ap￭ ra￭ xes involve slips of the tongue and of the pen but psycho￭ analy￭ tic theory also embraces mis￭ readings mis￭ hearings temporary for￭ ge￭ tt￭ ings and the mis￭ laying and losing of objects
fre￭ y s syndrome also known as bail￭ larger ’ s syndrome du￭ puy ’ s syndrome aur￭ icul￭ o￭ temporal syndrome or fre￭ y bail￭ larger syndrome is a rare neuro￭ logical disorder resulting from damage to or near the par￭ o￭ ti￭ d g￭ lands responsible for making sali￭ va and from damage to the aur￭ icul￭ o￭ temporal nerve often from surgery the symptoms of fre￭ y s syndrome are red￭ ness and swe￭ ating on the cheek area adjacent to the ear see focal hyper￭ hi￭ dro￭ sis they can appear when the affected person eats sees dreams thinks about or talks about certain kinds of food which produce strong sali￭ vation observing swe￭ ating in the region after eating a lemon wedge may be diagnostic
friction bl￭ is￭ ters are a skin condition that may occur at sites of combined pressure and friction and may be enhanced by heat moisture or cotton socks friction bl￭ is￭ ters are characterized by ves￭ ic￭ les or bul￭ la￭ e
in fluid flow friction loss or skin friction is the loss of pressure or “ head ” that occurs in pipe or duc￭ t flow due to the effect of the fluid s vis￭ cos￭ ity near the surface of the pipe or duc￭ t in mechanical systems such as internal combustion engines the term refers to the power lost in overcoming the friction between two moving surfaces a different phenomenon
the fried￭ länder synthesis is a chemical reaction of 2 amin￭ ob￭ en￭ zal￭ de￭ hy￭ des with ke￭ tones to form quin￭ oline derivatives it is named after german chem￭ ist paul fried￭ länder 18￭ 57 – 19￭ 23 the fried￭ länder synthesis this reaction has been cataly￭ zed by tri￭ fluoro￭ acetic acid t￭ olu￭ en￭ es￭ ul￭ fon￭ ic acid i￭ od￭ ine and lewis acids several reviews have been published
the friedman – savage utility function is the utility function post￭ ulated in the theory that milton friedman and leonard j savage put forth in their 1948 paper they argued that the cur￭ v￭ ature of an individual s utility function differs based upon the amount of wealth the individual has this vari￭ ably cur￭ ving utility function would thereby explain why an individual is risk loving when he has more wealth e g by playing the lottery and risk aver￭ se when he is poorer e g by buying insurance the function has been used widely including in the field of economic history to explain why social gambling did not necessarily mean that society had gone gambling mad
fried￭ reich s at￭ ax￭ ia is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive inherited disease that causes progressive damage to the nervous system it manifests in initial symptoms of poor coordination such as ga￭ it disturbance it can also lead to sco￭ li￭ osis heart disease and diabetes but does not affect cognitive function the disease progres￭ ses until a wheelchair is required for mobility its incidence in the general population is roughly 1 in 50 000 the particular genetic mutation expansion of an int￭ ronic ga￭ a tri￭ p￭ let repeat in the f￭ x￭ n gene leads to reduced expression of the mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al protein fr￭ at￭ ax￭ in over time this deficiency causes the aforementioned damage as well as frequent fatigue due to effects on cellular metabol￭ ism the at￭ ax￭ ia of fried￭ reich s at￭ ax￭ ia results from the de￭ generation of nervous tissue in the spinal cord in particular sensory neurons essential through connections with the cere￭ bell￭ um for directing muscle movement of the arms and legs the spinal cord becomes thin￭ ner and nerve cells lose some of their my￭ elin she￭ ath the insulating covering on some nerve cells that helps conduct nerve impul￭ ses the condition is named after the german physician nikol￭ aus fried￭ reich who first described it in the 18￭ 60 s
the friendship paradox is the phenomenon first observed by the socio￭ logist scott l feld in 1991 that most people have fewer friends than their friends have on average it can be explained as a form of sampling bias in which people with greater numbers of friends have an increased likelihood of being observed among one s own friends in contradiction to this most people believe that they have more friends than their friends have the same observation can be applied more generally to social networks defined by other relations than friendship for instance most people s sexual partners have had on the average a greater number of sexual partners than they have
the fries re￭ arrangement named for the german chem￭ ist karl the￭ ophi￭ l fries is a re￭ arrangement reaction of a phen￭ ol￭ ic ester to a hydro￭ xy ar￭ yl ke￭ tone by catal￭ ysis of lewis acids it involves migration of an ac￭ yl group of phen￭ ol￭ ic ester to benzene ring the reaction is orth￭ o and para selective and one of the two products can be favoured by changing reaction conditions such as temperature and solvent
fri￭ ese freedom or freedom of the fris￭ ians fris￭ ian fr￭ ys￭ ke fri￭ j￭ heid dutch fri￭ ese v￭ rij￭ heid was the absence of feu￭ d￭ alism and ser￭ f￭ dom in fris￭ ia the area that was originally inhabited by the fris￭ ians historical fris￭ ia included the modern provinces of fri￭ es￭ land and gro￭ ningen and the area of west fri￭ es￭ land in the netherlands and east fri￭ es￭ land in germany during the period of fris￭ ian freedom the area did not have a sovereign lord who owned and administered the land the freedom of the fris￭ ians developed in the context of ongoing disputes over the rights of local no￭ bility
fris￭ son french for shi￭ ver is a sensation somewhat like shi￭ vering usually caused by stimul￭ i it is typically expressed as an overwhelming emotional response combined with pilo￭ er￭ ection goo￭ se￭ bu￭ mps stimul￭ i that produce a response are specific to the individual fris￭ son is of short duration usually no more than 4 – 5 seconds usually pleas￭ urable typical stimul￭ i include loud passages of music and passages that violate some level of musical expectation it has been shown that during fris￭ son the skin of the lower back fl￭ exes and shi￭ vers rise upward and inward from the shoulders up the neck and may extend to the cheeks and scal￭ p the face may become flush hair fol￭ lic￭ les experience pilo￭ er￭ ection this frequently occurs in a series of waves moving up the back in rapid succession the fr￭ iss￭ oner usually feels the experience as involuntary it has been shown that some experiencing musical fris￭ son report reduced excitement when under administration of n￭ alo￭ x￭ one an op￭ io￭ id recep￭ tor antagon￭ ist suggesting musical fris￭ son gives rise to endo￭ genous op￭ io￭ id pep￭ ti￭ des similar to other pleas￭ urable experiences fris￭ son may be enhanced by the am￭ pl￭ itude of the music and the temperature of the environment cool listening rooms and movie theat￭ ers may enhance the experience
the fr￭ it￭ sch – but￭ ten￭ berg – wi￭ ech￭ ell re￭ arrangement named for paul ern￭ st mor￭ itz fr￭ it￭ sch 1859 – 19￭ 13 wil￭ helm paul but￭ ten￭ berg and hein￭ rich g wi￭ ech￭ ell is a chemical reaction whereby a 1 1 di￭ ar￭ yl 2 bro￭ mo al￭ k￭ ene re￭ arrang￭ es to a 1 2 di￭ ar￭ yl al￭ ky￭ ne by reaction with a strong base such as an al￭ ko￭ x￭ ide the fr￭ it￭ sch but￭ ten￭ berg wi￭ ech￭ ell re￭ arrangement this re￭ arrangement is also possible with al￭ ky￭ l substitu￭ ents
frog skin is a battle￭ dress cam￭ ou￭ fl￭ age pattern with mo￭ ttle and disruptive color￭ ation to blend into the environment similar to a frog s cry￭ p￭ sis skin
in the dun￭ geons drag￭ ons fantasy role playing game the fro￭ gh￭ emo￭ th is a type of aberr￭ ation
fro￭ in s syndrome – coexistence of x￭ anth￭ och￭ ro￭ mia high protein level and marked co￭ ag￭ ulation of cere￭ bro￭ spinal fluid c￭ sf it is caused by men￭ ing￭ e￭ al irritation e g during spinal men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis and c￭ sf flow block￭ age by tum￭ our mass or abs￭ c￭ ess stagnation of the c￭ sf within the th￭ ec￭ al s￭ ac facilitates ex￭ ud￭ ation from the tum￭ our itself and activation of co￭ ag￭ ulation factors clinical test formerly used for evaluation of spinal sten￭ osis was quec￭ ken￭ stedt s maneuver nowadays an magnetic resonance imaging is applied it often shows the prolongation of t 1 and t 2 signal in c￭ sf c￭ aud￭ al to a level of block phenomenon named after georg￭ es fro￭ in 18￭ 74 – 19￭ 32 a french physician who first described it
frontal lo￭ be disorder is an impairment of the frontal lo￭ be that occurs due to disease or head trauma the frontal lo￭ be of the brain plays a key role in higher mental functions such as motivation planning social behaviour and speech production a frontal lo￭ be syndrome can be caused by a range of conditions including head trauma tum￭ ours degenerative diseases neuro￭ surgery and cere￭ bro￭ vascular disease frontal lo￭ be impairment can be detected by recognition of typical clinical signs use of simple screening tests and specialist neuro￭ logical testing
frontal lo￭ be epi￭ le￭ psy or f￭ le is a neuro￭ logical disorder that is characterized by brief recurring seizures that arise in the frontal lob￭ es of the brain often while the patient is sleeping it is the second most common type of epi￭ le￭ psy after temporal lo￭ be epi￭ le￭ psy tle and is related to the temporal form by the fact that both forms are characterized by the occurrence of partial focal seizures partial seizures occurring in the frontal lob￭ es can occur in one of two different forms either simple partial seizures that do not affect awareness or memory or complex partial seizures that affect awareness or memory either before during or after a seizure the symptoms and clinical manifestations of frontal lo￭ be epi￭ le￭ psy can differ depending on which specific area of the frontal lo￭ be is affected the onset of a seizure may be hard to detect since the frontal lob￭ es contain and regulate many structures and functions about which relatively little is known due to the lack of knowledge surrounding the functions associated with the frontal lob￭ es seizures occurring in these regions of the brain may produce unusual symptoms which can often be mis￭ diagnosed as a psychiatric disorder non epi￭ le￭ ptic seizure or a sleep disorder during the onset of a seizure the patient may exhibit abnormal body posturing sens￭ or￭ im￭ o￭ tor tics or other ab￭ norm￭ alities in motor skills in some cases uncontrollable laughing or crying may occur during a seizure afflicted persons may or may not be aware that they are behaving in an abnormal manner depending on the patient and type of seizure a brief period of confusion known as a pos￭ tic￭ tal state may sometimes follow a seizure occurring in the frontal lob￭ es however these pos￭ tic￭ tal states are often un￭ detec￭ table and generally do not last as long as the periods of confusion following seizures that occur in the temporal lob￭ es there are many different causes of frontal lo￭ be epi￭ le￭ psy ranging from genetics to head trauma that result in le￭ sions in the frontal lob￭ es although frontal lo￭ be epi￭ le￭ psy is often mis￭ diagnosed tests such as prolonged eeg monitoring and or a m￭ ri scan of the frontal lob￭ es can be administered in order to reveal the presence of a tumor or vascular mal￭ formation unlike most epi￭ le￭ ptic ee￭ gs the ab￭ norm￭ alities in f￭ le ee￭ gs precede the physical onset of the seizure and aid in loc￭ alization of the seizure s origin medications such as anti epi￭ le￭ ptic drugs can typically control the onset of seizures however if medications are ineffective the patient may undergo surgery to have focal areas of the frontal lo￭ be removed
fron￭ ton￭ as￭ al dys￭ pl￭ asia f￭ nd also known as median cle￭ ft face syndrome fron￭ ton￭ as￭ al dy￭ so￭ sto￭ sis fron￭ ton￭ as￭ al mal￭ formation or tes￭ si￭ er cle￭ ft number 0 14 is a con￭ genital mal￭ formation of the mid￭ face for the diagnosis of f￭ nd a patient should present at least two of the following characteristics hyper￭ tel￭ or￭ ism an increased distance between the eyes a wide nas￭ al root vertical mid￭ line cle￭ ft of the nose and or upper lip cle￭ ft of the wings of the nose mal￭ formed nas￭ al tip encephal￭ oce￭ le an opening of the skull with pro￭ tru￭ sion of the brain or v shaped hair pattern on the fore￭ head the cause of f￭ nd remains unknown f￭ nd seems to be spor￭ adic random and multiple environmental factors are suggested as possible causes for the syndrome however in some families multiple cases of f￭ nd were reported which suggests a genetic cause of f￭ nd
fron￭ to￭ temporal dementia ft￭ d is the clinical presentation of fron￭ to￭ temporal lob￭ ar de￭ generation which is characterized by progressive neuro￭ nal loss predominantly involving the frontal and or temporal lob￭ es and typical loss of over 70 of spin￭ dle neurons while other ne￭ uron types remain intact it was first described by arnold pick in 18￭ 92 and was originally called pick s disease a term now reserved for pick disease one specific type of fron￭ to￭ temporal dementia second only to alzheimer s disease ad in prevalence ft￭ d accounts for 20 of young onset dementia cases signs and symptoms typically manifest in late adul￭ thood more commonly between the ages of 55 and 65 approximately equally affecting men and women common signs and symptoms include significant changes in social and personal behavior apathy bl￭ unting of emotions and deficits in both expres￭ sive and receptive language currently there is no cure for ft￭ d but there are treatments that help alleviate symptoms
fron￭ to￭ temporal dementia and par￭ k￭ ins￭ on￭ ism linked to chro￭ mo￭ some 17 ft￭ dp 17 is an auto￭ som￭ al dominant neuro￭ degenerative disorder and par￭ kinson plus syndrome which has three cardinal features behavioral and personality changes cognitive impairment and motor symptoms ft￭ dp 17 was defined during the international consensus conference in ann ar￭ bor michigan in 1996
fron￭ to￭ temporal lob￭ ar de￭ generation ft￭ ld is a pathological process that occurs in fron￭ to￭ temporal dementia it is characterized by atro￭ phy in the frontal lo￭ be and temporal lo￭ be of the brain with spar￭ ing of the par￭ ie￭ tal and oc￭ ci￭ p￭ ital lob￭ es common prote￭ in￭ opath￭ ies that are found in ft￭ ld include the accumulation of ta￭ u proteins and tar￭ d￭ b￭ ps mutations in the c 9 or￭ f 72 gene have been established as a major genetic contribution of ft￭ ld although defects in the gr￭ n and map￭ t genes are also associated with it
fro￭ st￭ bite or cold burn is the medical condition in which loc￭ alized damage is caused to skin and other tissues due to freezing fro￭ st￭ bite is most likely to happen in body parts far￭ thest from the heart and those with large exposed areas the initial stages of fro￭ st￭ bite are sometimes called fro￭ st￭ nip
fro￭ sting is a decorative effect named after its resemblance to the appearance of frost it involves making very small marks in a surface so that it appears matt rather than polis￭ hed and in glass opaque rather than op￭ tically transparent it is often used for glass for ba￭ thro￭ oms and toi￭ lets but may be used on many materials and created by many processes
in fructose bis￭ phosp￭ hat￭ ase deficiency there is not enough fructose bis￭ phosp￭ hat￭ ase for glu￭ con￭ e￭ o￭ genesis to occur correctly gly￭ col￭ ysis the breakdown of glucose will still work as it does not use this enzyme
fructose mal￭ absorption formerly named dietary fructose intolerance d￭ fi is a dig￭ estive disorder in which absorption of fructose is impaired by deficient fructose carriers in the small intest￭ ine s enter￭ oc￭ y￭ tes this results in an increased concentration of fructose in the entire intest￭ ine occurrence in patients identified to be suffering symptoms of irrit￭ able bo￭ wel syndrome is not higher than occurrence in the normal population however due to the similarity in symptoms patients with fructose mal￭ absorption often fit the profile of those with irrit￭ able bo￭ wel syndrome in some cases fructose mal￭ absorption may be caused by several diseases which cause an intest￭ inal damage such as ce￭ li￭ ac disease fructose mal￭ absorption is not to be confused with hereditary fructose intolerance a potentially fatal condition in which the liver enzymes that break up fructose are deficient
a fruit allergy is a food allergy fruit allergies make up about ten percent of all food related allergies
the fru￭ ta del nor￭ te deposit is the largest gold deposits in ecuador and a world class discovery the deposit is located in the south east of the country in zam￭ ora chin￭ chi￭ pe province details of the deposit can be found at originally named by bart wilson who worked with a regional team led by hend￭ rik sch￭ lo￭ emann and initiated by keith bar￭ ron of au￭ reli￭ an resources f￭ dn was one of many anomalies that resulted from this regional program steve le￭ ary au￭ reli￭ an project manager later looked at the work done and was responsible for drilling the first successful hole on the target au￭ reli￭ an experienced a stock explosion once the preliminary findings were announced the company was taken over by kin￭ ross all exploration in the country was soon halted by ecu￭ ad￭ orian presidential decree kin￭ ross negotiated un￭ successfully for a number of years with the government and in 2014 sold the project to lund￭ in gold inc
fr￭ y￭ ns syndrome is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive multiple con￭ genital anomaly syndrome that is usually lethal in the ne￭ on￭ atal period fr￭ y￭ ns 1987 reviewed the syndrome
fu￭ ch￭ s dy￭ stro￭ phy pronounced fo￭ oks dis tr￭ ə fe also known as fu￭ ch￭ s cor￭ ne￭ al endo￭ the￭ li￭ al dy￭ stro￭ phy or f￭ ced is a slowly progressing cor￭ ne￭ al dy￭ stro￭ phy that usually affects both eyes and is slightly more common in women than in men although doctors can often see early signs of fu￭ ch￭ s dy￭ stro￭ phy in people in their 30 s and 40 s the disease rarely affects vision until people reach their 50 s and 60 s the condition was first described by austrian oph￭ thal￭ mo￭ logist ern￭ st fu￭ ch￭ s 18￭ 51 – 1930 after whom it is named in 19￭ 10 fu￭ ch￭ s first reported 13 cases of central cor￭ ne￭ al clou￭ ding loss of cor￭ ne￭ al sensation and the formation of epi￭ the￭ li￭ al bul￭ la￭ e which he labeled ‘ dy￭ stro￭ phia epi￭ the￭ li￭ alis cor￭ ne￭ ae ’ it was characterized by late onset slow progression decreased visual acu￭ ity in the morning lack of infl￭ amm￭ ation diffuse cor￭ ne￭ al op￭ acity intense centrally and rough￭ ened epi￭ the￭ lium with ves￭ ic￭ le like features a shift to the understanding of fu￭ ch￭ s ’ cor￭ ne￭ al endo￭ the￭ li￭ al dy￭ stro￭ phy f￭ ced as primarily a disease of the cor￭ ne￭ al endo￭ the￭ lium resulted after a number of observations in the 1920 s crystal like features of the endo￭ the￭ lium were noted by kr￭ au￭ pa in 1920 who suggested that the epi￭ the￭ li￭ al changes were dependent on the endo￭ the￭ lium using a sli￭ t lamp vo￭ gt described the exc￭ res￭ c￭ ences associated with f￭ cd as drop like in appearance in 19￭ 21 in 19￭ 24 graves then provided an extremely detailed explanation of the endo￭ the￭ li￭ al elev￭ ations visible with sli￭ t lamp biom￭ ic￭ ro￭ sco￭ py a patient with unilateral epi￭ the￭ li￭ al dy￭ stro￭ phy and bilateral endo￭ the￭ li￭ al changes was described by the fried￭ en￭ wal￭ ds in 19￭ 25 subsequent involvement of the second eye led them to emphasize that endo￭ the￭ li￭ al changes preceded epi￭ the￭ li￭ al changes as only a sub￭ set of patients with endo￭ the￭ li￭ al changes proceeded to epi￭ the￭ li￭ al involvement graves stated on 19 october 19￭ 25 to the new york academy of medicine that “ fu￭ ch￭ s ’ epi￭ the￭ li￭ al dy￭ stro￭ phy may be a very late sequ￭ el to sever￭ er cases of the deeper affection ”
the fu￭ ch￭ s spot or sometimes for￭ ster fu￭ ch￭ s re￭ tin￭ al spot is a de￭ generation of the mac￭ ula in case of high myop￭ ia it is named after the two persons who first described it ern￭ st fu￭ ch￭ s who described a pi￭ gm￭ ented le￭ sion in 19￭ 01 and for￭ ster who described sub￭ re￭ tin￭ al ne￭ ov￭ as￭ cul￭ arisation in 18￭ 62 the size of the spots are proportionate to the severity of the pathological myop￭ ia
fu￭ co￭ sid￭ osis is a rare ly￭ so￭ som￭ al storage disorder in which the fuc￭ a 1 gene experiences mutations that severely reduce or stop the activity of the alpha l fu￭ co￭ sid￭ ase enzyme the result is a buil￭ dup of complex sugars in parts of the body which leads to death fu￭ co￭ sid￭ osis is one of nine identified gly￭ co￭ protein storage diseases the gene en￭ coding the alpha fu￭ co￭ sid￭ ase fuc￭ a 1 was found to be located to the short arm of chro￭ mo￭ some 1 p 36 p 34 by carr￭ it and co workers in 1982
a fuel element failure is a rupture in a nuclear reactor s fuel cl￭ adding that allows the nuclear fuel or fis￭ sion products either in the form of dissolved radio￭ isotop￭ es or hot particles to enter the reactor cool￭ ant or storage water the de facto standard nuclear fuel is uranium dioxide or a mixed uranium plutonium dioxide this has a higher melting point than the ac￭ tini￭ de metals uranium dioxide res￭ ists corro￭ sion in water and provides a stable matrix for many of the fis￭ sion products however to prevent fis￭ sion products such as the noble gases from leaving the uranium dioxide matrix and entering the cool￭ ant the pel￭ lets of fuel are normally en￭ c￭ ased in tubes of a corro￭ sion resistant metal alloy normally z￭ ir￭ cal￭ oy for water cool￭ ed reactors those elements are then assembled into bund￭ les to allow good handling and cooling as the fuel fis￭ sions the radioactive fis￭ sion products are also contained by the cl￭ adding and the entire fuel element can then be disposed of as nuclear waste when the reactor is refu￭ eled if however the cl￭ adding is damaged those fis￭ sion products which are not im￭ mobile in the uranium dioxide matrix can enter the reactor cool￭ ant or storage water and can be carried out of the core into the rest of the primary cooling circuit increasing contamination levels there in the eu some work has been done in which fuel is over￭ heated in a special research reactor named p￭ he￭ bus during these experiments the emissions of radioactivity from the fuel are measured and afterwards the fuel is subjected to post irradiation examination pie to discover more about what happened to it it can be seen that the fuel has failed mechanically and has formed a pool near the bottom of the bundle the bottom of the bundle did not melt
fuel starvation and fuel exhaustion sometimes referred to as fuel depletion are problems that can affect internal combustion engines fuelled by either diesel kerosene petroleum or any other combustible liquid or gas if no fuel is available for an engine to burn it cannot function all modes of transport powered by such engines can be affected by this problem but the consequences are most significant when it occurs to aircraft in flight
fu￭ gue is a cry￭ pto￭ graphic has￭ h function submitted by ibm to the n￭ ist has￭ h function competition it was designed by sha￭ i hal￭ ev￭ i william e hall and char￭ anj￭ it s ju￭ t￭ la fu￭ gue takes an arbitrary length message and com￭ presses it down to a fixed bit length either 224 256 384 or 512 bits the has￭ h functions for the different output lengths are called fu￭ gue 224 fu￭ gue 256 fu￭ gue 384 and fu￭ gue 512 the authors also describe a parame￭ tri￭ zed version of fu￭ gue a weak version of fu￭ gue 256 is also described using this parame￭ ter￭ ized version the selling point of fu￭ gue is the authors claimed proof that a wide range of current attack strategies based on differential cry￭ pt￭ analysis cannot be efficient against fu￭ gue it is also claimed to be competitive with the n￭ ist has￭ h function sha 256 in both software and hardware efficiency achieving up to 36 2 cycles per by￭ te on an intel family 6 model 15 x￭ e￭ on 5￭ 150 and up to 25 cycles per by￭ te on an intel core 2 processor t 7￭ 700 on 45 nm core 2 processors e g t 9￭ 400 fu￭ gue 256 runs at 16 cycles per by￭ te using s￭ se 4 1 instructions on the newer west￭ mere architec￭ tures 32 nm e g core i 5 fu￭ gue 256 runs at 14 cycles by￭ te fu￭ gue s design starts from the has￭ h function gr￭ ind￭ ah￭ l and like gr￭ ind￭ ah￭ l uses the s box from aes but it replaces the 4 × 4 column mixing matrix with a 16 × 16 super mix operation which greatly improves diffusion the super mix operation is however only slightly more compu￭ t￭ ationally expensive to implement than the aes mixing strategy
dissoci￭ ative fu￭ gue formerly fu￭ gue state or psycho￭ genic fu￭ gue is a dsm 5 dissoci￭ ative disorder it is a rare psychiatric disorder characterized by reversible amnesia for personal identity including the memories personality and other identifying characteristics of individu￭ ality the state is usually short lived ranging from hours to days but can last months or longer dissoci￭ ative fu￭ gue usually involves un￭ planned travel or wandering and is sometimes accompanied by the establishment of a new identity it is no longer its own classification or diagnosis as it was in the dsm iv but is now a fac￭ et of dissoci￭ ative amnesia according to the dsm 5 after recovery from fu￭ gue previous memories usually return intact because of this there is not normally any treatment necessary for people who have been in fu￭ gue states additionally an episode of fu￭ gue is not characterized as attributable to a psychiatric disorder if it can be related to the ing￭ estion of psychotropic substances to physical trauma to a general medical condition or to other psychiatric conditions such as dissoci￭ ative identity disorder deli￭ ri￭ um or dementia fu￭ gues are usually precipit￭ ated by a stressful episode and upon recovery there may be amnesia for the original stres￭ sor dissoci￭ ative amnesia
the fujim￭ oto – bel￭ le￭ au reaction is a chemical reaction that forms cyclic α substituted α β un￭ saturated ke￭ tones from en￭ ol lac￭ tones the reaction is named after the two chem￭ ists george i fujim￭ oto and bernard bel￭ le￭ au the fujim￭ oto bel￭ le￭ au reaction the reaction is a gri￭ gn￭ ard reaction followed by a h shift an en￭ ol ke￭ to tau￭ tom￭ er￭ isation and an al￭ do￭ l addition reaction the last step is an elimination al￭ do￭ l condens￭ ation reaction with an e 1 cb mechanism mechanism of the reaction
in mathematics fu￭ j￭ ita s con￭ jec￭ ture is a problem in the theories of al￭ ge￭ bra￭ ic geometry and complex mani￭ fol￭ ds unsolved as of 2013 it is named after tak￭ ao fu￭ j￭ ita who formulated it in 1985 in complex mani￭ fold theory the con￭ jec￭ ture states that for a positive holo￭ morph￭ ic line bundle l on a compact complex mani￭ fold m with can￭ on￭ ical line bundle k then lm￭ k is sp￭ ann￭ ed by sections when m ≥ n 1 and is very ample when m ≥ n 2 where n is the complex dimension of m
in taiwan fu￭ kan chinese 副￭ 刊 pin￭ yin f￭ ù￭ k￭ ā￭ n pe￭ ̍￭ h ō￭ e j￭ ī h￭ ù khan are literary supplements in newspapers
in compu￭ tational chemistry the fuku￭ i function or frontier function is a function that describes the electr￭ on density in a frontier orb￭ ital as a result of a small change in the total number of electron￭ s the condens￭ ed fuku￭ i function or condens￭ ed re￭ activity indicator is the same idea but applied to an atom within a mol￭ ecu￭ le rather than a point in three dimensional space the fuku￭ i function allows one to predict using density functional theory where the most electro￭ phil￭ ic and nucle￭ oph￭ il￭ ic sites of a mol￭ ecu￭ le are
fuku￭ y￭ ama con￭ genital muscular dy￭ stro￭ phy f￭ c￭ md is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive form of muscular dy￭ stro￭ phy weakness and breakdown of muscular tissue mainly described in japan but also identified in turkish and ash￭ ken￭ az￭ i jewish patients fifteen cases were first described on 1960 by fuku￭ y￭ ama f￭ c￭ md mainly affects the brain eyes and muscles in particular the disorder affects development of the sk￭ el￭ etal muscles leading to weakness and de￭ formed appearances and brain development is bl￭ unted affecting cognitive functioning as well as social skills in 1995 the disorder was linked to mutations in a gene coding for the protein fuku￭ tin the f￭ c￭ md gene fuku￭ y￭ ama con￭ genital muscular dy￭ stro￭ phy is the second most prevalent form of muscular dy￭ stro￭ phy in japan one out of every 90 people in japan is a hetero￭ zy￭ g￭ ous carrier
the fuku￭ y￭ ama coupling is a coupling reaction taking place between a thi￭ o￭ ester and an organ￭ oz￭ inc hali￭ de in the presence of a p￭ all￭ adi￭ um catalyst the reaction product is a ke￭ tone this reaction was discovered by to￭ h￭ ru fuku￭ y￭ ama et al in 1998 advantages are high chem￭ o￭ selectivity mild reaction conditions and the use of less toxic reagents fuku￭ y￭ ama coupling one advantage of this method is that the reaction stops at the ke￭ tone and does not proceed to a tertiary alcohol in addition the protocol is compatible with functional groups such as ke￭ tones acet￭ ates sul￭ fi￭ des aromatic bromi￭ des chl￭ ori￭ des and alde￭ hy￭ des original fuku￭ y￭ ama 1998 reaction the reaction interrupted has been used in the synthesis of bio￭ tin bio￭ tin total synthesis this reaction was preceded by the concep￭ tually related fuku￭ y￭ ama reduction
the fuku￭ y￭ ama in￭ do￭ le synthesis is a vers￭ ati￭ le tin medi￭ ated chemical reaction that results in the formation of 2 3 dis￭ u￭ b￭ stitu￭ ted ind￭ oles a practical one pot reaction that can be useful for the creation of dis￭ u￭ b￭ stitu￭ ted ind￭ oles most commonly tribu￭ ty￭ l￭ tin hy￭ dri￭ de is utilized as the reducing agent with az￭ ob￭ is￭ iso￭ bu￭ ty￭ ron￭ it￭ ri￭ le ai￭ bn as a radical initi￭ ator tri￭ ethyl￭ bor￭ ane can also be used as a radical initi￭ ator the reaction can begin with either an o is￭ oc￭ yan￭ o￭ sty￭ rene or a 2 al￭ ken￭ yl￭ thi￭ o￭ an￭ ili￭ de derivative both forming the in￭ do￭ le through radical cy￭ cli￭ zation via an alpha stan￭ no￭ im￭ ido￭ yl radical the r group can be a range of both basic and ac￭ id￭ ic sensitive functional groups such as esters th￭ p e￭ thers and beta lact￭ ams in addition the reaction is not stere￭ o specific in that both the cis and trans iso￭ form can be used to obtain the desired product fuku￭ y￭ ama in￭ do￭ le synthesis with either starting material
the fuku￭ y￭ ama reduction is an organic reaction and an organic reduction in which a thi￭ o￭ ester is reduced to an alde￭ hyde by a sil￭ yl hy￭ dri￭ de in presence of a catalytic amount of p￭ all￭ adi￭ um this reaction was invented in 1990 by to￭ h￭ ru fuku￭ y￭ ama in the original scope of the reaction the sil￭ yl hy￭ dri￭ de was tri￭ ethyl￭ si￭ lane and the catalyst p￭ all￭ adi￭ um on carbon the fuku￭ y￭ ama reduction fuku￭ y￭ ama reductions are used for the conversion of car￭ box￭ yl￭ ic acids as thi￭ o￭ ester precursor to alde￭ hy￭ des which is considered a difficult procedure because of the ease of secondary reduction to an alcohol
full spectrum light is light that covers the electromagnetic spectrum from infra￭ red to near ultra￭ violet or all wa￭ vel￭ eng￭ ths that are useful to plant or animal life in particular sunlight is considered full spectrum even though the solar spectr￭ al distribution reaching earth changes with time of day latitude and atmospheric conditions full spectrum is not a technical term when applied to an electrical light bul￭ b but rather a marketing term implying that the product emul￭ ates natural light products marketed as full spectrum may produce light throughout the entire spectrum but actually do not produce an even spectr￭ al distribution and may not even differ substantially from lights not marketed as full spectrum
fu￭ mar￭ ase deficiency or fu￭ mar￭ ic ac￭ id￭ ur￭ ia also known as poly￭ gam￭ ist down s is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive metabol￭ ic disorder characterized by a deficiency of the enzyme fu￭ mar￭ ate hydr￭ at￭ ase which is indicated by a buil￭ dup of fu￭ mar￭ ic acid in the urine
in mathematical analysis and applications in geometry applied mathematics engineering and natural sciences a function of a real variable is a function whose domain is the real numbers ℝ more specifically the sub￭ set of ℝ for which the function is defined the output also called the value of the function could be anything simple examples include a single real number or a vector of real numbers the function is vector valued vector valued functions of a single real variable occur widely in applied mathematics and physics particularly in classical mechanics of particles as well as phase paths of dynam￭ ical systems but we could also have a matrix of real numbers as the output the function is matrix valued and so on the output could also be other number fields such as complex numbers qu￭ ater￭ n￭ ions or even more exotic hyper￭ complex numbers
in mathematical analysis and applications in geometry applied mathematics engineering natural sciences and economics a function of several real variables or real multi￭ vari￭ ate function is a function with more than one argument with all arguments being real variables this concept extends the idea of a function of a real variable to several variables the input variables take real values while the output also called the value of the function may be real or complex however the study of the complex valued functions may be easily reduced to the study of the real valued functions by considering the real and imaginary parts of the complex function therefore unless explicitly specified only real valued functions will be considered in this article the domain of a function of several variables is the sub￭ set of ℝ￭ n for which the function is defined as usual the domain of a function of several real variables is supposed to contain an open sub￭ set of ℝ￭ n
in some programming languages function over￭ loading or method over￭ loading is the ability to create multiple methods of the same name with different implement￭ ations calls to an overloaded function will run a specific implementation of that function appropriate to the context of the call allowing one function call to perform different tasks depending on context for example do￭ task and do￭ task object o are overloaded methods to call the latter an object must be passed as a parameter whereas the former does not require a parameter and is called with an empty parameter field a common error would be to assign a default value to the object in the second method which would result in an ambiguous call error as the comp￭ iler wouldn t know which of the two methods to use another appropriate example would be a print object o method in this case one might like the method to be different when printing for example text or pictures the two different methods may be overloaded as print text object t print image object p if we write the overloaded print methods for all objects our program will print we never have to worry about the type of the object and the correct function call again the call is always print something
in compu￭ tational complexity theory a function problem is a compu￭ tational problem where a single output of a total function is expected for every input but the output is more complex than that of a decision problem that is it isn t just yes or no
functional dis￭ connection is the dis￭ integrated function in the brain in the absence of anatom￭ ical damage in distinction to physical dis￭ connection of the cere￭ br￭ al hemis￭ ph￭ er￭ es by surgical res￭ ection trauma or le￭ sion the concept was first coined by ger￭ ry leis￭ man and s￭ ro￭ ka sol￭ si and bor￭ n￭ stein applications have included alex￭ ia without ag￭ rap￭ hia dys￭ l￭ ex￭ ia persistent vegetative state and minim￭ ally conscious state as well as au￭ tis￭ tic spectrum disorders functional dis￭ connection is not a medic￭ ally recognized condition
a functional disorder is a medical condition that imp￭ airs the normal function of a bodily process but where every part of the body looks completely normal under examination dis￭ section or even under a micro￭ scope this stands in contrast to a structural disorder in which some part of the body can be seen to be abnormal or a psycho￭ som￭ atic disorder in which symptoms are caused by psychological or psychiatric illness definitions vary somewhat between fields of medicine generally the mechanism that causes a functional disorder is unknown poorly understood or occasionally unimportant for treatment purposes the brain or nerves are often believed to be involved it is common that a person with one functional disorder will have others
functional gastro￭ intest￭ inal disorders f￭ gi￭ d include a number of separate idi￭ opathic disorders which affect different parts of the gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract and involve vis￭ cer￭ al hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity and impaired gastro￭ intest￭ inal mo￭ ti￭ lity heightened m￭ ast cell activation is a common factor among all f￭ gi￭ ds that contributes to vis￭ cer￭ al hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity as well as epi￭ the￭ li￭ al neuro￭ muscular and mo￭ ti￭ lity dysfunction
functional neuro￭ logical symptom disorder f￭ n￭ s￭ d is a condition in which patients experience neuro￭ logical symptoms such as weakness movement disorders sensory symptoms and black￭ outs the brain of a patient with functional neuro￭ logical symptom disorder is structurally normal but functions incorrectly in broad terms there is a problem with the patient s central nervous system which is not sending and receiving signals correctly other terms for functional neuro￭ logical symptom disorder represent changing ideas and attitudes to these disorders and include functional neuro￭ logical disorder f￭ nd conversion disorder and psycho￭ genic movement disorder non epi￭ le￭ ptic seizures the cause of functional neuro￭ logical disorders is considered to be multi￭ fac￭ torial which means many different factors can contribute to the development of the disorder with greater understanding of the brain most diseases including functional neuro￭ logical disorders should be thought of as having biological psychological and social components the biop￭ sy￭ cho￭ social disease model functional neuro￭ logical disorders are common in neuro￭ logical services accounting for up to one third of out￭ patient neuro￭ logy clinic attend￭ ances and associated with as much physical disability and distress as other neuro￭ logical disorders the diagnosis is made based on positive signs and symptoms in the history and examination during consultation of a neuro￭ logist see below assessment demonstrates that normal function of the nervous system is possible the best evidence for treatment for functional neuro￭ logical disorders from recent studies suggest that physi￭ otherapy and or psychological therapy can both be helpful depending on the individual patient physi￭ otherapy is particularly helpful for patients with motor symptoms weakness ga￭ it disorders movement disorders and tailored cognitive behavi￭ our￭ al therapy has the best evidence in patients with dissoci￭ ative non epi￭ le￭ ptic attacks
a functional symptom is a medical symptom in an individual which is very broadly conceived as arising from a problem in nervous system functioning and not due to a structural or patho￭ logically defined disease cause functional symptoms are increasingly viewed within a framework in which psychological physiological and biological factors should be considered to be relevant historically there has often been fierce debate about whether certain problems are predominantly related to an ab￭ normality of structure disease or function abnormal nervous system functioning and what are at one stage pos￭ ited to be functional symptoms are sometimes later reclassi￭ fied as organic as investigative techniques improve thus on finding itself unable to discover effective treatments or physiological causes for symptoms the medical profession in explaining to itself these limitations of its own power over nature is of course subject to a temptation to minimize the explanatory role played by the many gaps in its own current scientific understanding and instead to gro￭ pe for theories of psycho￭ som￭ atic ae￭ ti￭ ology to account for the physical symptoms that it cannot otherwise explain and cannot cure to caricature this reasoning i can t cure you you must be mad it is well established that psycho￭ som￭ atic symptoms are a real phenomenon so this potential explanation is often plausible not always easily refu￭ table and can be reassuring at least for the doctor sometimes it is correct for example symptoms associated with migr￭ aine epi￭ le￭ psy schizophrenia multiple sclerosis stomach ul￭ cers chronic fatigue syndrome ly￭ me disease and many other conditions have all tended historically at first to be explained largely as physical manifestations of the suffer￭ er s psychological state of mind until such time as new physiological knowledge is eventually gained at this point a part of the earlier reliance on psychological explanations often evapor￭ ates taking a long historical view doctors being human there seems little reason to suppose that this historical pattern of eventual cor￭ re￭ loc￭ tion of earlier psychological mis￭ attribution of symptoms is yet become a thing of the past another specific example is functional con￭ sti￭ p￭ ation which may have psychological or psychiatric causes however one type of apparently functional con￭ sti￭ p￭ ation anis￭ mus may have a neuro￭ logical physical basis whilst mis￭ diagnosis of functional symptoms does occur in neuro￭ logy for example this appears to occur no more frequently than of other neuro￭ logical or psychiatric syndro￭ mes although in order to be quantified mis￭ diagnosis has to be recognized as such which can be problematic in such a challenging field as medicine a common trend is to see functional symptoms and syndro￭ mes such as fi￭ bro￭ my￭ al￭ gia irrit￭ able bo￭ wel syndrome and functional neuro￭ logical symptoms such as functional weakness as symptoms in which both biological and psychological factors are relevant without one necessarily being dominant
functional weakness is weakness of an arm or leg due to the nervous system not working properly it is not caused by damage or disease of the nervous system patients with functional weakness experience symptoms of limb weakness which can be disab￭ ling and frightening such as problems walking or a ‘ heav￭ iness ’ down one side dropping things or a feeling that a limb just doesn ’ t feel normal or ‘ part of them ’ functional weakness may also be described as dissoci￭ ative motor disorder and less help￭ fully as conversion disorder to the patient and the doctor it often looks as if there has been a stroke or have symptoms of multiple sclerosis however unlike these conditions with functional weakness there is no permanent damage to the nervous system which means that it can get better or even go away completely the diagnosis should usually be made by a consultant neuro￭ logist so that other neuro￭ logical causes can be excluded the diagnosis should be made on the basis of positive features in the history and the examination such as ho￭ over s sign it is dangerous to make the diagnosis simply because tests are normal neuro￭ logists usually diagnose wrongly about 5 of the time which is the same for many other conditions many patients with functional weakness suffer from not being believed although psychological factors can be important they are not exclusively so and the problem is not made up or imagined patients with functional weakness are as disabled and distressed by their symptoms as patients with multiple sclerosis treatment involves understanding and believing the diagnosis and gradually restoring nervous system function with graded exercise learning how to manage symptoms of fatigue and pain when present and treatment of associated symptoms of worry or low mood if present hypno￭ sis may also be useful
a functioning tumor is a tumor that is found in endocrine tissue and makes hormones chemicals that travel in the blood￭ stream and control the actions of other cells or organs
fund￭ ic g￭ land poly￭ pos￭ is is a medical syndrome where the fun￭ dus and the body of the stomach develop many poly￭ ps the condition has been described both in patients with famili￭ al aden￭ om￭ at￭ ous poly￭ pos￭ is f￭ ap and attenu￭ ated variants af￭ ap and in patients in whom it occurs spor￭ ad￭ ically
fun￭ gal fol￭ lic￭ u￭ li￭ tis also known as maj￭ oc￭ chi gran￭ ul￭ oma is a skin condition characterized by a deep pu￭ st￭ ular type of tin￭ ea cir￭ cin￭ ata resembling a car￭ bun￭ cle or ker￭ ion
a fun￭ gal ker￭ ati￭ tis is an infl￭ amm￭ ation of the eye s cor￭ ne￭ a called ker￭ ati￭ tis that results from infection by a fun￭ gal organism ker￭ atom￭ y￭ co￭ sis is the greek terminology equivalent of fun￭ gal ker￭ ati￭ tis it is the fun￭ gal infection of the cor￭ ne￭ a the an￭ terior part of the eye which covers the pupil those experiencing these symptoms are typically advised to immediately visit the appropriate ey￭ ec￭ are professional
fun￭ gal men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis refers to men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis caused by a fun￭ gal infection one form of fun￭ gal men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis is cry￭ pto￭ coc￭ cal men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis patients treated for cancer or chronic illnesses where treatments and or the disease itself compromise the patient s immune system are particularly vulnerable most common in aids patients cry￭ pto￭ coc￭ cal fun￭ gal men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis cases have increased globally during the past decade national health data estimates the incidence to be approximately 1 500 cases annually in the u s
fun￭ gal pneumonia is an infection of the lungs by fun￭ gi it can be caused by either endemic or opportunistic fun￭ gi or a combination of both case mortality in fun￭ gal pneu￭ mon￭ ias can be as high as 90 in immun￭ o￭ compromised patients though immun￭ o￭ competent patients generally respond well to anti fun￭ gal therapy
fun￭ gal sin￭ u￭ si￭ tis is the infl￭ amm￭ ation of the lining mu￭ co￭ sa of the par￭ an￭ as￭ al sin￭ uses it occurs in people with reduced immunity the max￭ ill￭ ary sin￭ us is the most commonly involved fun￭ gus responsible are asper￭ gill￭ us fum￭ ig￭ atus 90 asper￭ gill￭ us flav￭ us and asper￭ gill￭ us niger fun￭ gal sin￭ u￭ si￭ tis occurs most commonly in middle aged populations diabetes mell￭ it￭ us is the most common risk factor involved
a fun￭ gating le￭ sion is a skin le￭ sion that fun￭ gates that is becomes like a fun￭ gus in its appearance or growth rate it is marked by ul￭ cer￭ ations breaks on the skin or surface of an organ and necro￭ sis death of living tissue and that usually has a bad smell this kind of le￭ sion may occur in many types of cancer including breast cancer mel￭ anom￭ a and squ￭ am￭ ous cell carcin￭ oma and especially in advanced disease the characteristic mal￭ od￭ or￭ ous smell is caused by di￭ methyl tr￭ is￭ ul￭ fide it is usually not literally a fun￭ gal infection but rather a ne￭ op￭ l￭ astic growth with necro￭ sing portions
fun￭ gem￭ ia or fun￭ ga￭ emia is the presence of fun￭ gi or ye￭ asts in the blood the most common type also known as candi￭ dem￭ ia can￭ de￭ dem￭ ia or systemic candi￭ di￭ asis is caused by candi￭ da species but infections by other fun￭ gi including sac￭ char￭ om￭ y￭ ces asper￭ gill￭ us and cry￭ pto￭ co￭ cc￭ us are also called fun￭ gem￭ ia it is most commonly seen in immun￭ o￭ suppressed or immun￭ o￭ compromised patients with severe neu￭ tro￭ pen￭ ia cancer patients or in patients with intra￭ ven￭ ous cathe￭ ters it has been suggested the otherwise immun￭ o￭ competent patients taking inf￭ li￭ xim￭ ab may be at a higher risk for fun￭ gem￭ ia diagnosis is difficult as routine blood cultures have poor sensitivity
fun￭ isi￭ tis is infl￭ amm￭ ation of the connec￭ tive tissue of the um￭ bil￭ ical cord which may cause abortion it is typically preceded by vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis of the um￭ bil￭ ical artery or ve￭ ins and may be the result of ch￭ ori￭ o￭ am￭ ni￭ oni￭ tis
in dentistry a fur￭ c￭ ation defect is bone loss usually a result of period￭ on￭ tal disease affecting the base of the root trunk of a tooth where two or more roots meet bi￭ fur￭ c￭ ation or tri￭ fur￭ c￭ ation the extent and configuration of the defect are factors in both diagnosis and treatment planning a tooth with a fur￭ c￭ ation defect typically possessed a more diminished prog￭ no￭ sis owing to the difficulty of rendering the fur￭ c￭ ation area free from period￭ on￭ tal pathogens for this reason surgical period￭ on￭ tal treatment may be considered to either close the fur￭ c￭ ation defect with graf￭ ting procedures or allow greater access to the fur￭ c￭ ation defect for improved oral hygiene
a furn￭ ace roller can be used in many applications for example in steel manufacturing one common problem is heat loss due to water cooling of roller i e cooling of furn￭ ace higher power needed new technology has open up an opportunity to save money and down time usage of material that can withstand high temperature oxid￭ ation
fus￭ ari￭ osis is an infection seen in neu￭ tro￭ pen￭ ic patients and is a significant opportunistic pathogen in patients with hem￭ ato￭ logic m￭ align￭ ancy it is associated with infections with fus￭ arium species such as fus￭ arium prolifer￭ at￭ um
fus￭ arium ear b￭ light also called fe￭ b fus￭ arium head b￭ light f￭ h￭ b or sc￭ ab is a fun￭ gal disease in plants it is responsible for the most common damaging disease that affects golf course grass
fus￭ arium patch is a disease in turf grass settings called pink snow mold micro￭ do￭ chi￭ um patch or fus￭ arium patch micro￭ do￭ chi￭ um ni￭ val￭ e is the pathogen that causes this disease in many cool season turf grass species in north america the white pink my￭ ce￭ lium on infected leaf bl￭ ades is a distinguishing characteristic of the micro￭ do￭ chi￭ um ni￭ val￭ e pathogen fus￭ arium patch is considered economically important in the turf grass industry because of its tendency to cause significant injury to golf greens thereby decreasing putting surface quality dis￭ similar from other snow mol￭ ds such as gray snow mold micro￭ do￭ chi￭ um ni￭ val￭ e does not need snow cover to cause widespread infection
fus￭ arium wil￭ t is a common vascular wil￭ t fun￭ gal disease exhi￭ biting symptoms similar to ver￭ tic￭ il￭ lium wil￭ t the pathogen that causes fus￭ arium wil￭ t is fus￭ arium ox￭ ys￭ por￭ um f ox￭ ys￭ por￭ um the species is further divided into forma speci￭ alis based on host plant
fus￭ e￭ box funk is a powerhouse 6 piece funk hip hop phenomenon ha￭ iling from jack￭ son￭ ville fl fus￭ e￭ box funk has thrilled tens of thousands of fans at clubs and festi￭ vals across the country since their de￭ but in 2001 featuring a full horn section 3 voc￭ alists and one of the tigh￭ test rhythm sections in the region fus￭ e￭ box funk is guaranteed to be a stand￭ out at any venue or festival and can appeal to any type of audience the group features a plethora of talent including gold record artist j dash on keys and voc￭ als
the f￭ used grid is a street network pattern first proposed in 2002 and subsequently applied in cal￭ gary alber￭ ta 2006 and strat￭ ford on￭ tari￭ o 2004 it represents a synthesis of two well known and extensively used network concepts the grid and the rad￭ burn pattern derivatives of which are found in most city suburbs both concepts were self conscious attempts to organize urban space for hab￭ itation the grid was conceived and applied in the pre automotive era of cities starting cir￭ ca 2000 bc and prevailed until about 1900 ad the rad￭ burn pattern emerged in 1929 about thirty years following the invention of the internal combustion engine powered automobile and in anticipation of its eventual dominance as a means for mobility and transport both these patterns appear throughout north america f￭ used refers to a systematic re￭ combination of the essential characteristics of each of these two network patterns
the f￭ å￭ hr￭ æ￭ us effect is the decrease in average concentration of red blood cells in human blood as the diameter of the glass tube in which it is flowing decreases in other words in blood vessels with diame￭ ters less than 500 micro￭ meters the hem￭ ato￭ cr￭ it decreases with decreasing cap￭ ill￭ ary diameter the f￭ å￭ hr￭ æ￭ us effect definitely influences the f￭ å￭ hr￭ æ￭ us – lind￭ qvist effect which describes the dependence of apparent vis￭ cos￭ ity of blood on the cap￭ ill￭ ary size but the former is not the only cause of the latter
g￭ apo syndrome is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive disorder that causes severe growth retar￭ dation and has been observed fewer than 30 times before 2011 g￭ apo is an acron￭ ym that encompasses the predominant traits of the disorder growth retar￭ dation al￭ op￭ ec￭ ia pseu￭ do￭ an￭ od￭ on￭ tia teeth failing to emerge from the g￭ ums and worsening op￭ tic atro￭ phy in some subjects other common symptoms include premature aging large prominent fore￭ heads and delayed bone aging g￭ apo syndrome typically results in premature death around age 30 40 due to inter￭ sti￭ tial fi￭ bro￭ sis and a￭ ther￭ os￭ clerosis
in molecular biology a g￭ c box is a distinct pattern of nucle￭ o￭ ti￭ des found in the promoter region of some eu￭ kar￭ y￭ otic genes upstream of the t￭ ata box and approximately 110 bases upstream from the trans￭ cription initiation site it has a consensus sequence gg￭ g￭ c￭ gg which is position dependent and orientation independent the g￭ c elements are bound by trans￭ cription factors and have similar functions to enhan￭ cers
the gm 1 gang￭ li￭ o￭ sid￭ o￭ ses are caused by a deficiency of beta galac￭ to￭ sid￭ ase with resulting abnormal storage of ac￭ id￭ ic lip￭ id materials in cells of the central and peripheral nervous systems but particularly in the nerve cells
gm 2 gang￭ li￭ o￭ sid￭ osis ab variant is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive metabol￭ ic disorder that causes progressive destruction of nerve cells in the brain and spinal cord it has a similar path￭ ology to sand￭ hoff disease and t￭ ay sachs disease the three diseases are classified together as the gm 2 gang￭ li￭ o￭ sid￭ o￭ ses because each disease represents a distinct molecular point of failure in the activation of the same enzyme beta hex￭ o￭ sam￭ in￭ id￭ ase ab variant is caused by a failure in the gene that makes an enzyme co￭ factor for beta hex￭ o￭ sam￭ in￭ id￭ ase called the gm 2 activ￭ ator
the gm 2 gang￭ li￭ o￭ sid￭ o￭ ses are a group of three related genetic disorders that result from a deficiency of the enzyme beta hex￭ o￭ sam￭ in￭ id￭ ase this enzyme cataly￭ zes the bio￭ degradation of fatty acid derivatives known as gang￭ li￭ o￭ sides the diseases are better known by their individual names beta hex￭ o￭ sam￭ in￭ id￭ ase is a vital hydro￭ ly￭ tic enzyme found in the ly￭ so￭ som￭ es that breaks down li￭ pi￭ ds when beta hex￭ o￭ sam￭ in￭ id￭ ase is no longer functioning properly the li￭ pi￭ ds accumulate in the nervous tissue of the brain and cause problems gang￭ li￭ o￭ sides are made and biodegrad￭ ed rapidly in early life as the brain develops except in some rare late onset forms the gm 2 gang￭ li￭ o￭ sid￭ o￭ ses are fatal all three disorders are rare in the general population t￭ ay sachs disease has become famous as a public health model because an enzyme ass￭ ay test for ts￭ d was discovered and developed in the late 1960 s and early 1970 s providing one of the first mass screening tools in medical genetics it became a research and public health model for understanding and preventing all auto￭ som￭ al genetic disorders t￭ ay sachs disease ab variant and sand￭ hoff disease might easily have been defined together as a single disease because the three disorders are associated with failure of the same metabol￭ ic path￭ way and have the same outcome classification and naming for many genetic disorders reflects history because most diseases were first observed and classified based on bio￭ chemistry and path￭ op￭ hy￭ si￭ ology before genetic diagnosis was available however the three gm 2 gang￭ li￭ o￭ sid￭ o￭ ses were discovered and named separately each represents a distinct molecular point of failure in a sub￭ unit that is required for activation of the enzyme
g￭ ms syndrome is a syndrome characterised by g￭ oni￭ odys￭ genesis intellectual disability and short stature
grac￭ ile syndrome is a very rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive genetic disorder one of the finnish heritage diseases it is caused by mutation in b￭ cs 1 l gene that occurs in 1 out of 1 500 000 live births grac￭ ile is an acron￭ ym for growth retar￭ dation amino ac￭ id￭ ur￭ ia amino acids in the urine cho￭ le￭ st￭ asis iron overload lac￭ tic aci￭ do￭ sis and early death other names for this syndrome include finnish lethal ne￭ on￭ atal metabol￭ ic syndrome fl￭ n￭ ms lac￭ tic aci￭ do￭ sis finnish with he￭ p￭ atic h￭ emo￭ sid￭ er￭ osis and fell￭ man syndrome
gri￭ k 4 glu￭ tam￭ ate recep￭ tor ion￭ o￭ tropic k￭ ain￭ ate 4 is a k￭ ain￭ ate recep￭ tor subtype belonging to the family of lig￭ and gated ion channels which is en￭ coded by the gri￭ k 4 gene
the gabriel synthesis is a chemical reaction that trans￭ forms primary al￭ ky￭ l hali￭ des into primary am￭ ines traditionally the reaction uses potassium phthal￭ im￭ ide the reaction is named after the german chem￭ ist si￭ eg￭ m￭ und gabriel the gabriel reaction has been generalized to include the al￭ k￭ yl￭ ation of sul￭ fon￭ am￭ ides and im￭ ides followed by de￭ protection to obtain am￭ ines see alternative gabriel reagents the al￭ k￭ yl￭ ation of ammonia is often an un￭ selective and inefficient route to am￭ ines in the gabriel method phthal￭ im￭ ide an￭ ion is employed as a sur￭ rogate of h 2 n −
the gabriel – col￭ man re￭ arrangement is the chemical reaction of a sac￭ char￭ in or phthal￭ im￭ ido ester with a strong base such as an al￭ ko￭ x￭ ide to form substituted iso￭ quin￭ ol￭ ines this re￭ arrangement a ring expansion is seen to be general if there is an en￭ oli￭ z￭ able hydrogen on the group attached to the nitrogen since it is necessary for the nitrogen to abstract a hydrogen to form the car￭ ban￭ ion that will close the ring as shown in the case of the general example below x is either co or so 2 gabriel col￭ man re￭ arrangement overall reaction
g￭ aff￭ ka￭ emia g￭ aff￭ k￭ emia in american english is a bacterial disease of lob￭ sters caused by the gram positive lac￭ tic acid bacter￭ ium aero￭ co￭ cc￭ us vi￭ ri￭ dans var hom￭ ari
in financial accounting a gain is the increase in owner s equity resulting from something other than the day to day earnings from recurrent operations and are not associated with investments or withdrawals typical gains refer to non￭ typical and non￭ recurring transactions for instance gain on sale of land change in a stock ’ s market price a gift or a chance discovery
ga￭ it is the pattern of movement of the limbs of animals including humans during locomo￭ tion over a solid sub￭ str￭ ate most animals use a variety of ga￭ its selecting ga￭ it based on speed terrain the need to maneuver and energetic efficiency different animal species may use different ga￭ its due to differences in anatomy that prevent use of certain ga￭ its or simply due to evolved in￭ nate preferences as a result of habitat differences while various ga￭ its are given specific names the complexity of biological systems and inter￭ acting with the environment make these distinctions fu￭ zzy at best ga￭ its are typically classified according to foot￭ fall patterns but recent studies often prefer definitions based on mechanics the term typically does not refer to limb based propulsion through fluid medi￭ ums such as water or air but rather to propulsion across a solid sub￭ str￭ ate by generating reactive forces against it which can apply to walking while underwater as well as on land due to the rap￭ idity of animal movement simple direct observation is rarely sufficient to give any insight into the pattern of limb movement in spite of early attempts to classify ga￭ its based on foot￭ prints or the sound of foot￭ falls it wasn t until e￭ ad￭ we￭ ard mu￭ y￭ bridge and é￭ ti￭ enne jules ma￭ rey began taking rapid series of photographs that proper scientific examination of ga￭ its could begin
a galac￭ to￭ ce￭ le also lac￭ teal cyst or milk cyst is a retention cyst containing milk or a mil￭ ky substance that is usually located in the mam￭ mary g￭ lands it is caused by a protein plug that blocks off the outlet it is seen in lactating women on cessation of lac￭ tation once lac￭ tation has ended the cyst should resolve on its own without intervention a galac￭ to￭ ce￭ le does not cause infection as the milk within is sterile and has no outlet for which to become contaminated attempts to drain the cyst are unsuccessful because the protein plug remains intact and milk production continues it presents as a large soft fluctu￭ ating lump in the lower part of breast it is not usually painful treatment is by aspiration of the contents or by exc￭ ision of the cyst antibiotics are given to prevent infection galac￭ to￭ ce￭ le may be associated with oral contrac￭ eptive use
galac￭ to￭ kin￭ ase deficiency also known as galac￭ to￭ sem￭ ia type 2 or gal￭ k deficiency is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive metabol￭ ic disorder marked by an accumulation of galac￭ tose and gal￭ acti￭ tol secondary to the decreased conversion of galac￭ tose to galac￭ tose 1 phosphate by galac￭ to￭ kin￭ ase the disorder is caused by mutations in the gal￭ k 1 gene located on chro￭ mo￭ some 17 q 24 galac￭ to￭ kin￭ ase cataly￭ zes the first step of galac￭ tose phosphor￭ yl￭ ation in the l￭ elo￭ ir path￭ way of intermediate metabol￭ ism galac￭ to￭ kin￭ ase deficiency is one of the three in￭ born errors of metabol￭ ism that lead to hyper￭ galac￭ to￭ sem￭ ia the disorder is inherited as an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive trait unlike classic galac￭ to￭ sem￭ ia which is caused by deficiency of galac￭ tose 1 phosphate ur￭ id￭ yl￭ transfer￭ ase galac￭ to￭ kin￭ ase deficiency does not present with severe manifestations in early infancy its major clinical symptom is the development of cat￭ ar￭ acts during the first weeks or months of life as a result of the accumulation in the lens of gal￭ acti￭ tol a product of an alternative route of galac￭ tose utilization the development of early cat￭ ar￭ acts in homo￭ zy￭ g￭ ous affected infants is fully preventable through early diagnosis and treatment with a galac￭ tose restricted diet some studies have suggested that depending on milk consumption later in life hetero￭ zy￭ g￭ ous carriers of galac￭ to￭ kin￭ ase deficiency may be prone to pres￭ en￭ ile cat￭ ar￭ acts at 20 – 50 years of age
galac￭ tor￭ rhe￭ a also spelled galac￭ tor￭ rho￭ ea galac￭ to r￭ rhe￭ a or lac￭ tor￭ rhe￭ a lac￭ to r￭ rhe￭ a is the spontaneous flow of milk from the breast un￭ associated with childbirth or nursing galac￭ tor￭ rhe￭ a is reported to occur in 5 – 32 of women much of the difference in reported incidence can be attributed to different definitions of galac￭ tor￭ rhe￭ a although frequently benign it may be caused by serious underlying conditions and should be properly investigated galac￭ tor￭ rhe￭ a also occurs in males new￭ born infants and adolescents of both sexes
galac￭ tose 1 phosphate ur￭ id￭ yl￭ yl￭ transfer￭ ase deficiency also called galac￭ to￭ sem￭ ia type 1 classic galac￭ to￭ sem￭ ia or gal￭ t deficiency is the most common type of galac￭ to￭ sem￭ ia an in￭ born error of galac￭ tose metabol￭ ism caused by a deficiency of the enzyme galac￭ tose 1 phosphate ur￭ id￭ yl￭ yl￭ transfer￭ ase it is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive metabol￭ ic disorder that can cause liver disease and death if untreated treatment of galac￭ to￭ sem￭ ia is most successful if initiated early and includes dietary restriction of lac￭ tose intake because early intervention is key galac￭ to￭ sem￭ ia is included in new￭ born screening programs in many areas on initial screening which often involves measuring the concentration of galac￭ tose in blood classic galac￭ to￭ sem￭ ia may be in￭ distingu￭ ishable from other in￭ born errors of galac￭ tose metabol￭ ism including galac￭ to￭ kin￭ ase deficiency and galac￭ tose ep￭ im￭ erase deficiency further analysis of metabol￭ ites and enzyme activities are needed to identify the specific metabol￭ ic error
galac￭ tose ep￭ im￭ erase deficiency also known as g￭ ale deficiency galac￭ to￭ sem￭ ia iii and u￭ dp galac￭ tose 4 ep￭ im￭ erase deficiency is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive form of galac￭ to￭ sem￭ ia associated with a deficiency of the enzyme galac￭ tose ep￭ im￭ erase
galac￭ to￭ sem￭ ia british galac￭ to￭ sa￭ emia is a rare genetic metabol￭ ic disorder that affects an individual s ability to met￭ abo￭ li￭ ze the sugar galac￭ tose properly galac￭ to￭ sem￭ ia follows an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive mode of inheritance that confers a deficiency in an enzyme responsible for adequate galac￭ tose degradation friedrich g￭ op￭ pert 1870 – 19￭ 27 a german physician first described the disease in 1917 with its cause as a defect in galac￭ tose metabol￭ ism being identified by a group led by herman kal￭ ck￭ ar in 1956 its incidence is about 1 per 60 000 births for people of european ance￭ stry in other populations the incidence rate differs galac￭ to￭ sa￭ emia is about one hundred times more common 1 480 births within the irish traveller population
a galac￭ to￭ sem￭ ic cat￭ ar￭ act is cat￭ ar￭ act which is associated with the consequences of galac￭ to￭ sem￭ ia
galac￭ to￭ si￭ ali￭ do￭ sis is a ly￭ so￭ som￭ al storage disease this condition is rare and most cases have been in the juvenile adult group of patients an inf￭ anti￭ le form has been described
the gale￭ az￭ zi frac￭ ture is a frac￭ ture of the radius with dis￭ location of the dis￭ tal radi￭ oul￭ nar joint it class￭ ically involves an isolated frac￭ ture of the junction of the dis￭ tal third and middle third of the radius with associated su￭ blu￭ x￭ ation or dis￭ location of the dis￭ tal radio ul￭ nar joint the injury disrup￭ ts the fore￭ arm axis joint
gal￭ en partners is a leading growth equity late stage venture capital firm that invests in high growth healthcare firms already generating revenue and focuses on healthcare technology enabled services medical devices and specialty pharmaceutical companies founded in 1990 by the late william r grant gal￭ en has raised nearly 1 billion through five funds and has invested in more than 70 companies since inception in 2006 the company relocated its headquarters from new york city ’ s rocke￭ f￭ eller center to stam￭ ford connec￭ tic￭ ut
the culture of galicia is the patterns of human activity and symbolism associated with the galicia region of spain and the galician people
gall￭ blad￭ der cancer is a relatively un￭ common cancer it has peculiar geographical distribution being common in central and south america central and eastern europe japan and northern india it is also common in certain ethnic groups e g native american indians and his￭ panics if it is diagnosed early enough it can be cured by removing the gall￭ blad￭ der part of the liver and associated lymp￭ h no￭ des most often it is found after symptoms such as ab￭ domin￭ al pain ja￭ und￭ ice and v￭ om￭ iting occur and it has spread to other organs such as the liver it is a rare cancer that is thought to be related to gall￭ stones building up which also can lead to calci￭ fication of the gall￭ blad￭ der a condition known as por￭ cel￭ ain gall￭ blad￭ der por￭ cel￭ ain gall￭ blad￭ der is also rare some studies indicate that people with por￭ cel￭ ain gall￭ blad￭ der have a high risk of developing gall￭ blad￭ der cancer but other studies question this the outlook is poor for recovery if the cancer is found after symptoms have started to occur with a 5 year survival rate close to 3
gall￭ blad￭ der diseases are diseases involving the gall￭ blad￭ der gall￭ stones may develop in the gall￭ blad￭ der as well as elsewhere in the bi￭ li￭ ary tract if gall￭ stones in the gall￭ blad￭ der are symptomatic surgical removal of the gall￭ blad￭ der known as chol￭ ec￭ y￭ stec￭ tomy may be indicated gall￭ stones form when the ten￭ uous balance of solu￭ bility of bi￭ li￭ ary li￭ pi￭ ds tips in favor of precip￭ itation of cho￭ le￭ sterol un￭ con￭ ju￭ gated bi￭ li￭ rubin or bacterial degradation products of bi￭ li￭ ary li￭ pi￭ ds for cho￭ le￭ sterol gall￭ stones metabol￭ ic alterations in he￭ p￭ atic cho￭ le￭ sterol secre￭ tion combine with changes in gall￭ blad￭ der mo￭ ti￭ lity and intest￭ inal bacterial degradation of bile salts to destabilize cho￭ le￭ sterol carriers in bile and produce cho￭ le￭ sterol cryst￭ als for black pig￭ ment gall￭ stones changes in hem￭ e metabol￭ ism or bi￭ li￭ rubin absorption lead to increased bi￭ li￭ rubin concentrations and precip￭ itation of calcium bi￭ li￭ ru￭ bin￭ ate in contrast mechanical obstruction of the bi￭ li￭ ary tract is the major factor leading to bacterial degradation and precip￭ itation of bi￭ li￭ ary li￭ pi￭ ds in brown pig￭ ment stones about 104 million new cases of gall￭ blad￭ der and bi￭ li￭ ary disease occurred in 2013
gall￭ blad￭ der poly￭ ps are grow￭ ths or le￭ sions resembling grow￭ ths poly￭ po￭ id le￭ sions in the wall of the gall￭ blad￭ der true poly￭ ps are abnormal accumul￭ ations of mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ rane tissue that would normally be shed by the body the main types of poly￭ po￭ id grow￭ ths of the gall￭ blad￭ der include cho￭ le￭ sterol poly￭ p cho￭ le￭ ster￭ osis cho￭ le￭ ster￭ osis with fi￭ bro￭ us dys￭ pl￭ asia of gall￭ blad￭ der aden￭ om￭ y￭ om￭ at￭ osis hyper￭ plastic chol￭ ec￭ y￭ sto￭ sis and aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma
gall￭ i – gall￭ i disease is a rare inherited condition that has close resemblance clin￭ ically to dow￭ ling de￭ gos disease but is his￭ to￭ logically distinct characterized by skin le￭ sions that are 1 to 2 mm slightly ker￭ ato￭ tic red to dark brown pap￭ ules which are foc￭ ally con￭ flu￭ ent in a retic￭ ulate pattern the disease is also characterized by slowly progressive and dis￭ figuring retic￭ ulate hyper￭ pi￭ gm￭ entation of the fl￭ ex￭ ures clin￭ ically and hist￭ opath￭ o￭ logically diagnostic for dow￭ ling de￭ gos disease but also associated with supr￭ ab￭ as￭ al non￭ dy￭ sk￭ er￭ ato￭ tic ac￭ anth￭ ol￭ ysis
a gall￭ op rhythm refers to a usually abnormal rhythm of the heart on aus￭ cul￭ tation it includes three or four sounds thus resembling the sounds of a gall￭ op the normal heart rhythm contains two audible heart sounds called s 1 and s 2 that give the well known lub du￭ b rhythm they are caused by the closing of valves in the heart a gall￭ op rhythm contains another sound called s 3 or s 4 dependent upon where in the cycle this added sound comes it can also contain both of these sounds forming a quadru￭ ple gall￭ op and in situations of very fast heart rate can produce a sum￭ mation gall￭ op where s 3 and s 4 occur so close as to be in￭ distingu￭ ishable
g￭ allow￭ ay mo￭ w￭ at syndrome is a very rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive genetic disorder consisting of a variety of features including hi￭ atal her￭ nia micro￭ cephal￭ y and ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ tic syndrome
a gall￭ stone is a stone formed within the gall￭ blad￭ der out of bile components the term cho￭ le￭ li￭ thi￭ asis may refer to the presence of stones in the gall￭ blad￭ der or to the diseases caused by gall￭ stones most people with gall￭ stones about 80 never have symptoms in 1 – 4 of those with gall￭ stones a cr￭ amp￭ y pain in the right upper part of the ab￭ dom￭ en known as bi￭ li￭ ary col￭ ic occurs each year complications of gall￭ stones include infl￭ amm￭ ation of the gall￭ blad￭ der infl￭ amm￭ ation of the pan￭ cre￭ as and liver infl￭ amm￭ ation symptoms of these complications may include pain of more than five hours duration fever yel￭ low￭ ish skin v￭ om￭ iting or tea color urine risk factors for gall￭ stones include birth control pills pregnancy a family history of gall￭ stones obesity diabetes liver disease or rapid weight loss gall￭ stones are formed in the gall￭ blad￭ der typically from either cho￭ le￭ sterol or bi￭ li￭ rubin gall￭ stones may be suspected based on symptoms diagnosis is then typically confirmed by ul￭ tras￭ ound complications may be detected on blood tests prevention is by maintaining a healthy weight and eating a proper diet if there are no symptoms treatment is usually not needed in those who are having gall￭ blad￭ der attacks surgery to remove the gall￭ blad￭ der is typically recommended this can be either done through several small incis￭ ions or through a single larger inc￭ ision surgery is typically done under general an￭ esthesia in those who are unable to have surgery medication to try to dissolve the stones or shock wave lith￭ o￭ tri￭ psy may be tried in the developed world 10 – 15 of adults have gall￭ stones rates in many parts of africa however are as low as 3 gall￭ blad￭ der and bi￭ li￭ ary related diseases occurred in about 104 million people 1 6 in 2013 and they resulted in 106 000 deaths women more commonly have stones than men and they occur more commonly after the age of 40 certain ethnic groups have gall￭ stones more often than others for example 48 of american indians have gall￭ stones once the gall￭ blad￭ der is removed outcomes are generally good
the proposed gal￭ ore creek mine is one of the largest un￭ developed gold deposits in canada and in the world the deposit is located in the north west of the country in british columbia the mine has estimated reserves of 10 7 million oz of gold and 183 1 million oz of silver
gal￭ ton s problem named after sir francis gal￭ ton is the problem of drawing infer￭ ences from cross cultural data due to the statistical phenomenon now called auto￭ correlation the problem is now recognized as a general one that applies to all non￭ experimental studies and to experimental design as well it is most simply described as the problem of external depend￭ encies in making statistical estimates when the elements sampled are not statistically independent asking two people in the same household whether they watch tv for example does not give you statistically independent answers the sample size n for independent observations in this case is one not two once proper adjustments are made that deal with external depend￭ encies then the ax￭ i￭ oms of probability theory concerning statistical independence will apply these ax￭ i￭ oms are important for deriving measures of variance for example or tests of statistical significance
galvan￭ i potential also called galvan￭ i potential difference or inner potential difference δ￭ φ delta ph￭ i in electro￭ chemistry is the electric potential difference between two points in the bulk of two phases these phases can be two different soli￭ ds e g two metals joined together or a solid and a liquid e g a metal electro￭ de sub￭ merged in an electro￭ ly￭ te generally the galvan￭ i potential difference is measurable only when the two phases have identical chemical composition the galvan￭ i potential is named after lu￭ igi galvan￭ i
galvan￭ ic ur￭ tic￭ aria has been described after exposure to a galvan￭ ic electrical device used to treat hyper￭ hi￭ dro￭ sis
gam￭ as￭ o￭ ido￭ sis is a cu￭ taneous condition that occurs after contact with canaries pigeons and poultry caused by two genera of mit￭ es including or￭ ni￭ th￭ on￭ ys￭ sus and der￭ man￭ ys￭ sus
in the dun￭ geons drag￭ ons fantasy role playing game the gam￭ b￭ ado is a type of aberr￭ ation
game￭ keeper s thumb also known as sk￭ ier s thumb or uc￭ l tear is a type of injury to the ul￭ nar collateral lig￭ ament uc￭ l of the thumb the uc￭ l is torn at or in some cases even av￭ ul￭ sed from its insertion site into the proxim￭ al p￭ hal￭ an￭ x of the thumb in the vast majority approximately 90 of cases this condition is commonly observed among game￭ keepers and scottish fowl hunters as well as athletes such as vol￭ ley￭ ball￭ ers it also occurs among people who sustain a fall onto an out￭ stretched hand
a gam￭ ma wave is a pattern of ne￭ ural osci￭ ll￭ ation in humans with a frequency between 25 and 100 h￭ z though 40 h￭ z is typical according to a popular theory gam￭ ma waves may be implicated in creating the unity of conscious perception the binding problem however there is no agreement on the theory as a researcher suggests whether or not gam￭ ma wave activity is related to subjective awareness is a very difficult question which cannot be answered with certainty at the present time
a gam￭ ow bag pronounced g￭ am off is an infl￭ atable pressure bag large enough to accommodate a person inside a patient can be placed inside the bag which is sealed and inflated with a foot pump within minutes the effective altitude can be decreased by 1000 to as much as 3000 meters 32￭ 81 to 97￭ 43 feet depending on the elev￭ ation the bag is pressur￭ ized to 105 220 mm pressure gr￭ adi￭ ent is regulated by pop off valves set to the target pressure it is primarily used for treating severe cases of altitude sickness high altitude cere￭ br￭ al e￭ dem￭ a and high altitude pul￭ mon￭ ary e￭ dem￭ a like office based hyper￭ bar￭ ic medicine the gam￭ ow bag uses increased partial pressure of oxygen for therapy of hypo￭ bar￭ ic injury but it has the advantage of being portable for field use patients typically are treated in 1 hour incre￭ ments and then are re￭ evaluated the gam￭ ow bag was named after its invent￭ or dr ig￭ or gam￭ ow son of george gam￭ ow dr gam￭ ow originally designed a predecessor to the gam￭ ow bag called the bubble to study the effect of high altitude on stam￭ ina and performance in athletes dr gam￭ ow later re designed the bubble into a bag that could be used in the high altitude wilderness
gang presence in the united states military is a phenomenon in which members of american street gangs such as the cri￭ ps latin kings ar￭ yan brotherhood and many others either join the united states armed forces or are recruited to join the gangs while already in the military
a gang￭ li￭ oc￭ y￭ tic parag￭ ang￭ li￭ oma abbreviated g￭ p is a rare tum￭ our that is typically found in the du￭ o￭ den￭ um and consists of three components 1 gang￭ lion cells 2 epi￭ the￭ li￭ o￭ id cells parag￭ ang￭ li￭ oma like and 3 spin￭ dle cells sch￭ wan￭ no￭ ma like
gang￭ li￭ og￭ li￭ oma is a rare slow growing primary central nervous system cns tumor which most frequently occurs in the temporal lob￭ es of children and young adults
a gang￭ lion cyst is a soft tissue lump that may occur in any joint but most often occurs on around or near joints and tend￭ ons in the hands or feet these cy￭ sts are caused by leakage of fluid from the joint into the surrounding tissue
gang￭ lion￭ euro￭ bl￭ ast￭ oma is a variant of neuro￭ bl￭ ast￭ oma that is surrounded by gang￭ lion cells it can be difficult to diagnose no￭ d￭ ular gang￭ lion￭ euro￭ bl￭ ast￭ oma can be divided by prog￭ no￭ sis
gang￭ lion￭ euro￭ ma is a rare and benign tumor of the autonom￭ ic nerve fi￭ bers arising from ne￭ ural c￭ rest sympath￭ og￭ onia which are completely un￭ differentiated cells of the sympathetic nervous system however gang￭ lion￭ euro￭ mas themselves are fully differentiated neuro￭ nal tumors that do not contain immature elements gang￭ lion￭ euro￭ mas most frequently occur in the ab￭ dom￭ en however these tumors can grow anywhere sympathetic nervous tissue is found other common locations include the adren￭ al g￭ land par￭ asp￭ inal retro￭ per￭ it￭ on￭ eu￭ m poster￭ ior medi￭ ast￭ inum head and neck
gang￭ li￭ o￭ sid￭ osis is a sub category of sp￭ hin￭ go￭ li￭ pi￭ do￭ sis that contains two different types of lip￭ id storage disorders caused by the accumulation of li￭ pi￭ ds known as gang￭ li￭ o￭ sides there are two distinct genetic causes of the disease both are auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive and affect males and females equally
gang￭ rene or gang￭ ren￭ ous necro￭ sis is a type of necro￭ sis caused by a critically insufficient blood supply this potentially life threatening condition may occur after an injury or infection or in people suffering from any chronic health problem affecting blood circulation the primary cause of gang￭ rene is reduced blood supply to the affected tissues which results in cell death diabetes and long term smoking increase the risk of suffering from gang￭ rene gang￭ rene is not a communicable disease it does not spread from person to person the types of gang￭ rene differ in symptoms and include dry gang￭ rene wet gang￭ rene gas gang￭ rene internal gang￭ rene and necro￭ tizing fas￭ ci￭ i￭ tis treatment depends on the underlying cause and can include res￭ ection debri￭ d￭ ement or in severe cases ampu￭ tation of the affected body parts antibiotics rev￭ as￭ cul￭ arization via a vascular bypass or an￭ gi￭ op￭ la￭ sty or hyper￭ bar￭ ic oxygen therapy it can rarely include medical therapy to stop vascular sp￭ asm or the production of cold induced vascular obstruction by cold precipit￭ ated cry￭ o￭ glob￭ ul￭ ins
gang￭ ur￭ u is an out growth to vi￭ j￭ ay￭ aw￭ ada in kr￭ ish￭ na district of the indian state of and￭ h￭ ra pradesh it forms a part of vi￭ j￭ ay￭ aw￭ ada urban agglomer￭ ation and is located in pen￭ amal￭ ur￭ u man￭ dal of vi￭ j￭ ay￭ aw￭ ada revenue division
gan￭ ser syndrome is a rare dissoci￭ ative disorder previously classified as a fac￭ ti￭ tious disorder it is characterized by nonsensical or wrong answers to questions or doing things incorrectly other dissoci￭ ative symptoms such as fu￭ gue amnesia or conversion disorder often with visual pseu￭ do￭ halluc￭ inations and a decreased state of consciousness it is also sometimes called nonsense syndrome bal￭ der￭ dash syndrome syndrome of approximate answers pseu￭ do￭ dementia hysterical pseu￭ do￭ dementia or prison psycho￭ sis this last name prison psycho￭ sis is sometimes used because the syndrome occurs most frequently in prison inmates where it may represent an attempt to gain leniency from prison or court officials gan￭ ser is an extremely rare variation of dissoci￭ ative disorder it is a reaction to extreme stress and the patient thereby suffers from approximation or giving absurd answers to simple questions the syndrome can sometimes be diagnosed as merely mal￭ ing￭ ering but it is more often defined as dissoci￭ ative disorder symptoms include a clou￭ ding of consciousness som￭ atic conversion symptoms confusion stress loss of personal identity ec￭ hol￭ alia and ec￭ hop￭ ra￭ x￭ ia the psychological symptoms generally resemble the patient s sense of mental illness rather than any recognized category individuals also give approximate answers to simple questions for example how many legs are on a cat to which the subject may respond three the syndrome may occur in persons with other mental disorders such as schizophrenia depres￭ sive disorders toxic states pa￭ res￭ is alcohol use disorders and fac￭ ti￭ tious disorders eeg data does not suggest any specific organic cause
the gan￭ z￭ feld effect from german for “ complete field ” or percep￭ tual deprivation is a phenomenon of perception caused by exposure to an un￭ structured uniform stimulation field the effect is the result of the brain amp￭ lif￭ ying ne￭ ural noise in order to look for the missing visual signals the noise is interpreted in the higher visual cor￭ tex and gives rise to halluc￭ inations it has been most studied with vision by staring at an un￭ differentiated and uniform field of colour the visual effect is described as the loss of vision as the brain cuts off the un￭ changing signal from the eyes the result is seeing black an apparent sense of blindness a f￭ lic￭ kering gan￭ z￭ feld causes geome￭ tr￭ ical patterns and colors to appear and this is the working principle for mind machines and the dream￭ ach￭ ine the gan￭ z￭ feld effect can also elic￭ it halluc￭ in￭ atory percep￭ ts in many people in addition to an altered state of consciousness gan￭ z￭ feld induc￭ tion in multiple senses is called multi modal gan￭ z￭ feld this is usually done by wearing gan￭ z￭ feld go￭ ggles in addition to head￭ phones with a uniform stimulus a related effect is sensory deprivation although in this case a stimulus is minimized rather than un￭ structured halluc￭ inations that appear under prolonged sensory deprivation are similar to elementary percep￭ ts caused by lumin￭ ous gan￭ z￭ feld and include transi￭ ent sens￭ ations of light fl￭ ashes or colours halluc￭ inations caused by sensory deprivation can like gan￭ z￭ feld induced halluc￭ inations turn into complex scenes the effect is a component of a gan￭ z￭ feld experiment a technique used in the field of par￭ ap￭ sy￭ cho￭ logy
in the dun￭ geons drag￭ ons fantasy role playing game the gar￭ bug is a type of aberr￭ ation
the garden house riot was a civil disturbance at the garden house hotel in cambridge on friday 13 february 1970 it was the only serious disturbance in cambridge in the period around the widespread 1968 student protests the event has been described as a marking a watershed in student protest in the uk
gar￭ dner syndrome also known as gar￭ dner s syndrome or famili￭ al colo￭ rec￭ tal poly￭ pos￭ is is an auto￭ som￭ al dominant form of poly￭ pos￭ is characterized by the presence of multiple poly￭ ps in the col￭ on together with tumors outside the col￭ on the extra￭ colon￭ ic tumors may include o￭ ste￭ om￭ as of the skull thyro￭ id cancer ep￭ id￭ er￭ mo￭ id cy￭ sts fi￭ bro￭ mas as well as the occurrence of des￭ mo￭ id tumors in approximately 15 of affected individuals des￭ mo￭ id tumors are fi￭ bro￭ us tumors which usually occur in the tissue covering the intest￭ ines and may be provoked by surgery to remove the col￭ on the countless poly￭ ps in the col￭ on pre￭ dispose to the development of col￭ on cancer if the col￭ on is not removed the chance of col￭ on cancer is considered to be very significant poly￭ ps may also grow in the stomach du￭ o￭ den￭ um sp￭ leen kidneys liver mes￭ enter￭ y and small bo￭ wel in a small number of cases poly￭ ps have also appeared in the cere￭ bell￭ um cancers related to gar￭ dner syndrome commonly appear in the thyro￭ id liver and kidneys the number of poly￭ ps increases with age and hundreds to thousands of poly￭ ps can develop in the col￭ on the syndrome was first described in 1951 there is no cure at this time and in its more advanced forms it is considered a terminal diagnosis with a life expectancy of 35 – 45 years treatments are surgery and palliative care although some chem￭ otherapy has been tried with limited success
garlic allergy or allergic contact der￭ mati￭ tis to garlic is a common infl￭ am￭ matory skin condition caused by contact with garlic oil or dust it mostly affects people who cut and handle fresh garlic such as ch￭ efs and presents on the tips of the thumb index and middle fingers of the non dominant hand which typically hold garlic bulbs during the cutting the affected finger￭ tips show an asymmetrical pattern of fis￭ sure as well as thick￭ ening and shedding of the outer skin layers which may progress to second or third degree burn of injured skin garlic der￭ mati￭ tis is similar to the tu￭ lip der￭ mati￭ tis and is induced by a combined mechanical and chemical action whereas the former mechanism acts via skin rub￭ bing which progres￭ ses into damage the major cause of the latter is the chemical di￭ all￭ yl dis￭ ul￭ fide d￭ ads together with related compounds all￭ yl prop￭ yl dis￭ ul￭ fide and al￭ lic￭ in these chemicals occur in oils of plants of the genus allium including garlic on￭ ion and le￭ ek garlic allergy has been known since at least 1950 it is not limited to hand contact but can also be induced with different symptoms by inhal￭ ing garlic dust or ing￭ est￭ ing raw garlic though the latter cases are relatively rare d￭ ads penetr￭ ates through most types of commercial gloves and thus wearing gloves while handling garlic has proven inefficient against the allergy treatment includes avoiding any contact with garlic oil or vap￭ ors as well as medication such as administering ac￭ it￭ re￭ tin 25 mg day orally or applying p￭ sor￭ al￭ en and ultra￭ violet light to the affected skin area over a period of 12 weeks pu￭ va therapy
gar￭ re s s￭ cl￭ ero￭ sing o￭ ste￭ om￭ ye￭ li￭ tis is a type of chronic o￭ ste￭ om￭ ye￭ li￭ tis also called prolifer￭ ative perio￭ sti￭ tis perio￭ sti￭ tis os￭ si￭ fic￭ ans and g￭ arr￭ é s s￭ cl￭ ero￭ sing o￭ ste￭ om￭ ye￭ li￭ tis it is a rare disease it mainly affects children and young adults it is associated with a low grade infection which may be due to dental car￭ ies ca￭ vities in the teeth the body of the man￭ di￭ ble may show irregular luc￭ ent opaque changes with sub￭ perio￭ steal opaque lay￭ ering along inferior border it is a chronic o￭ ste￭ om￭ ye￭ li￭ tis with sub￭ perio￭ steal bone and coll￭ agen de￭ position it was first described by the swiss surgeon carl g￭ arr￭ é
gar￭ rod s p￭ ads also known as viol￭ in￭ ist s p￭ ads are a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by call￭ uses on the dor￭ sal aspect of the inter￭ p￭ hal￭ ange￭ al joints i e the back side of the finger joints they are often seen in viol￭ in viol￭ a and cell￭ o players along with fi￭ dd￭ ler s neck and other der￭ mato￭ logic conditions peculiar to string musicians although gar￭ rod ’ s p￭ ads are conventi￭ onally described as appearing on the proxim￭ al inter￭ p￭ hal￭ ange￭ al joint ri￭ m￭ mer sp￭ iel￭ vo￭ gel document an instance on the dis￭ tal inter￭ p￭ hal￭ ange￭ al joint of a cel￭ list gar￭ rod s p￭ ads are named after archi￭ bald gar￭ rod who first documented them in 19￭ 04 in association with du￭ pu￭ y￭ tre￭ n s contrac￭ ture h a bird described them as an incidental finding in a professional viol￭ in￭ ist and proposed that they arise in such cases due to repeated extreme tension of the ext￭ ens￭ or tend￭ ons over the inter￭ p￭ hal￭ ange￭ al joints bird noted that viol￭ in players use the left hand for a markedly different task than the right hand with the ext￭ ens￭ or tend￭ ons in the left hand subjected to considerable tension and that gar￭ rod ’ s p￭ ads only arise on the left hand in such cases this unilateral finding differenti￭ ates the occupational hazard of gar￭ rod ’ s p￭ ads from more significant disorders among viol￭ in￭ ists and viol￭ ists gar￭ rod ’ s p￭ ads apparently arise as a protective mechanism for the skin and sub￭ cu￭ taneous tissues above the tend￭ ons bird notes that they do not protect against external trauma unlike most call￭ uses patients with du￭ pu￭ y￭ tre￭ n s contrac￭ ture are four times more likely to have co￭ existing gar￭ rod s p￭ ads
in medicine gar￭ rod s tetr￭ ad is a term named for british physician archi￭ bald gar￭ rod who introduced the phrase in￭ born errors of metabol￭ ism in a lecture in 19￭ 08 the tetr￭ ad comprises four inherited metabol￭ ic diseases al￭ bin￭ ism al￭ kap￭ ton￭ ur￭ ia cy￭ stin￭ ur￭ ia and pent￭ o￭ sur￭ ia
the gar￭ shel￭ is effect is the effect where￭ in a circum￭ fer￭ entially magne￭ tized rod of fer￭ ro￭ magnetic magne￭ to￭ stric￭ tive material generates a net ax￭ ial magnetic field in response to an applied tor￭ que
a gar￭ t￭ ner s duc￭ t cyst sometimes incorrectly referred to as vag￭ inal inclusion cyst is a benign vag￭ inal c￭ ys￭ tic le￭ sion that arises from the vesti￭ gi￭ al rem￭ nant of a mes￭ on￭ eph￭ ric duc￭ t wol￭ ff￭ ian duc￭ t or gar￭ t￭ ner s duc￭ t they are typically small as￭ ymp￭ tomatic cy￭ sts that occur along the lateral walls of the vag￭ ina following the course of the duc￭ t they can however enlarge to substantial proportions and be mistaken for u￭ re￭ th￭ ral diver￭ ticul￭ um or other structures there is a small association between gar￭ t￭ ner s duc￭ t cy￭ sts and me￭ tan￭ eph￭ ric ur￭ inary anomalies such as ec￭ topic u￭ re￭ ter ip￭ si￭ lateral ren￭ al hypo￭ pl￭ asia
gas sto￭ kers strike of 18￭ 73 was a serious political disturbance in the industrial south eastern districts of victori￭ an london involving trade unionists striking to assert their rights the reaction of the radical liberal ministry and the court case that preceded it proved a landmark in british industrial relations law the shifting sands of the constitution and changing rights of workers informed the passage a decade later of third reform act enfranch￭ ising working men for the first time even the most enlightened manchester liberal capitalists were hostile to trade unionists during the downturn of the early 1870 s cabinet ministers william har￭ court for￭ ster hughes and a j mund￭ ella were major participants in legislation to reform trade union￭ ism laws in 18￭ 73 in 18￭ 72 henry james the employment minister drafted a new piece of trade union law
gas depletion is the decline in natural gas production of a well gas field or geographic area
a gas evolution reaction is a chemical reaction in which one of the end products is a gas such as oxygen or carbon dioxide is produced see also oxygen evolution acid base reactions are a specific type of gas evolution reaction there are also gas evolution reactions that are formed by the mixing of two aqu￭ eous solutions these reactions are a sub type of double replacement or double displacement reactions most of gas evolution reactions are done in a fume chamber because some of the gases are very poisonous when inhal￭ ed while other gases are explosive
gas gang￭ rene also known as clo￭ stri￭ dial my￭ on￭ ec￭ ro￭ sis and my￭ on￭ ec￭ ro￭ sis is a bacterial infection that produces gas in tissues in gang￭ rene this deadly form of gang￭ rene usually is caused by clo￭ stri￭ dium per￭ fr￭ ing￭ ens bacteria it is a medical emergency about 1000 cases of gas gang￭ rene occur yearly in the united states my￭ on￭ ec￭ ro￭ sis is a condition of necro￭ tic damage specific to muscle tissue it is often seen in infections with c per￭ fr￭ ing￭ ens or any of myriad soil borne an￭ aer￭ ob￭ ic bacteria bacteria cause my￭ on￭ ec￭ ro￭ sis by specific exo￭ toxins these micro￭ organisms are opportunistic and in general enter the body through significant skin break￭ age gang￭ ren￭ ous infection by soil borne bacteria was common in the combat injuries of soldiers well into the 20 th century because of non￭ sterile field surgery and the basic nature of care for severe projec￭ tile wounds other causes of my￭ on￭ ec￭ ro￭ sis include en￭ ven￭ om￭ ation by snakes of the bo￭ thro￭ ps genus family vi￭ peri￭ da￭ e is￭ chem￭ ic necro￭ sis caused by vascular block￭ age e g diabetes type ii tum￭ ours that block or ho￭ ard blood supply and disseminated intr￭ av￭ ascular co￭ ag￭ ulation or other thro￭ m￭ bo￭ ses
gas volume correc￭ tor device for calculating sum￭ ming and determining incre￭ ments of gas volume measured by gas meter if it were operating base conditions for this purpose uses as input the gas volume measured by the gas meter and other parameters such as gas pressure and temperature it is used for the settlement of trade wholesale gas there are two types of gas volume correc￭ tors type 1 gas volume correc￭ tor with specific types of trans￭ duc￭ ers for pressure and temperature or temperature only this type of gas volume correc￭ tor is powered by battery type 2 a device that conver￭ ts separate transmitters with external temperature and pressure or temperature only and for separate calcul￭ ator which may be approved separately this type of gas volume correc￭ tor is powered by main￭ s
in sailing gas￭ kets are lengths of rope or fabric used to hold a sto￭ wed sail in place in modern use the term is usually restricted to square rigged ships the equivalent items on y￭ ach￭ ts being referred to by the more pro￭ saic sail ties on most ships gas￭ kets are made of rope they are attached to the top of the yard and left loose would hang behind the sail gas￭ kets should never be left dang￭ ling however so when the sail is set they are brought around underneath the yard and up the back of it and then tied to the jack￭ stay metal rod where they originated alternatively longer gas￭ kets particularly the cle￭ w gas￭ kets described below can be secured using a gas￭ ket co￭ il when the sail is to be sto￭ wed it is first fol￭ ded and bag￭ ged neatly within itself pulled onto the top of the yard and then the gas￭ kets are brought round over it and secured to the jack￭ stay to hold it in place gas￭ kets should be tied with a slippery hit￭ ch to enable them to be let off quickly though if the yard is large there may only be enough rope to form a clo￭ ve hit￭ ch when the gas￭ ket is brought round it most ships are equipped with cle￭ w gas￭ kets at the outer ends of the yards these do not pass around the sail but through a shack￭ le or ring on the blocks of the sheet pulled tight and secured to the jack￭ stay or the yard s lift this takes the load off the cle￭ w￭ line and sail and should allow the blocks to be lifted higher dragging the sail down less and enabling a ne￭ ater sto￭ w
gasoline gallon equivalent gge or gasoline equivalent gallon ge￭ g is the amount of alternative fuel it takes to equal the energy content of one liquid gallon of gasoline gge allows consumers to compare the energy content of competing fuels against a commonly known fuel — gasoline gge also compares gasoline to fuels sold as a gas natural gas pro￭ pan￭ e hydrogen and electricity in 1994 the us national institute of standards and technology n￭ ist defined gasoline gallon equivalent gge means 5 660 pounds of natural gas compressed natural gas c￭ ng for example is a gas rather than a liquid it can be measured by its volume in standard cubic feet ft ³ volume at atmospheric conditions by its weight in pounds lb or by its energy content in jou￭ les j or british thermal units b￭ tu or kilowatt hours kw · h it is difficult to compare the cost of gasoline with other fuels if they are sold in different units gge solves this one gge of c￭ ng and one gge of electricity have exactly the same energy content as one gallon of gasoline c￭ ng sold at filling stations is priced in dollars per gge using gge to compare fuels for use in an internal combustion engine is only the first part of the equation whose bottom line is useful work in the context of gge a real world kind of useful work is miles per gallon mp￭ g as advertised by motor vehicle manufacturers substitu￭ ting one fuel for another in a given engine may start and may do useful work however getting optimum efficiency from each fuel – engine combination requires adjusting the mix of air and fuel this can be a manual adjustment using tools and test instruments or done automatically in computer controlled fuel injected and multi fuel vehicles fine tuning of the optimum fuel – air mix may be facilitated by using a super￭ char￭ ger or tur￭ bo￭ char￭ ger in battery or electric vehicles calculating efficiency of useful work begins with the charge – discharge rate of the battery pack generally 80 to 90 next is the conversion of potential energy b￭ tu of the charge to distance traveled under power see table below translating retail electricity costs for a gge in b￭ tu note that throughout this article gallon refers to the us gallon of approximately 3 8 litres as opposed to the imperial gallon of approximately 4 5 litres
ga￭ str￭ ic an￭ tr￭ al vascular ec￭ ta￭ sia gave is an un￭ common cause of chronic gastro￭ intest￭ inal bleeding or iron deficiency an￭ emia the condition is associated with dil￭ ated small blood vessels in the an￭ tr￭ um or the last part of the stomach the dil￭ ated vessels result in intest￭ inal bleeding it is also called water￭ mel￭ on stomach because stre￭ aky long red areas that are present in the stomach may resemble the markings on water￭ mel￭ on the condition was first discovered in 1952 and reported in the literature in 1953 water￭ mel￭ on disease was first diagnosed by wheel￭ er et al in 1979 and definitively described in four living patients by jab￭ bari et al only in 1984 as of 2011 the cause and patho￭ genesis are still not known however there are several competing hypo￭ theses as to various causes
ga￭ str￭ ic di￭ lat￭ ation vol￭ vul￭ us also known as twisted stomach ga￭ str￭ ic tor￭ sion and gd￭ v is a medical condition in which the stomach becomes over￭ stretched and rot￭ ated by excessive gas content the word blo￭ at is often used as a general term to cover gas dis￭ tension without tw￭ isting and is often a normal change after eating or with aerop￭ ha￭ gia it is sometimes used incorrectly to indicate ga￭ str￭ ic tor￭ sion ga￭ str￭ ic di￭ lat￭ ation vol￭ vul￭ us always involves the tw￭ isting of the stomach and is a life threatening condition that requires prompt treatment the condition occurs commonly in domes￭ ticated animals especially certain dog breeds deep ch￭ ested breeds are especially at risk mortality rates in dogs range from 10 to 60 percent even with treatment with surgery the mortality rate is 15 to 33 percent
ga￭ str￭ ic dumping syndrome or rapid ga￭ str￭ ic emp￭ tying is a condition where ing￭ ested foods pass through the stomach very rapidly and enter the small intest￭ ine largely un￭ dig￭ ested it happens when the small intest￭ ine expands too quickly due to the presence of hyper￭ o￭ sm￭ ol￭ ar having increased o￭ sm￭ ol￭ arity contents from the stomach this causes symptoms due to the fluid shift into the gut lum￭ en with plasma volume contraction and acute intest￭ inal dist￭ ention early dumping begins con￭ currently within 15 to 30 minutes from ing￭ estion of a meal symptoms of early dumping include naus￭ ea v￭ om￭ iting blo￭ ating cram￭ ping diarr￭ hea di￭ zz￭ iness and fatigue late dumping happens one to three hours after eating symptoms of late dumping include weakness swe￭ ating and di￭ zz￭ iness many people have both types the syndrome is most often associated with ga￭ str￭ ic bypass rou￭ x en y surgery rapid loading of the small intest￭ ine with hyper￭ tonic stomach contents can lead to rapid entry of water into the intest￭ inal lum￭ en os￭ mo￭ tic diarr￭ hea dis￭ tension of the small bo￭ wel leading to cr￭ amp￭ y ab￭ domin￭ al pain and hypo￭ vol￭ emia can result in addition people with this syndrome often suffer from low blood sugar or hypo￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia because the rapid dumping of food triggers the pan￭ cre￭ as to release excessive amounts of insulin into the blood￭ stream this type of hypo￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia is referred to as alim￭ entary hypo￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia
primary ga￭ str￭ ic lymp￭ homa lymp￭ homa that originates in the stomach itself is an un￭ common condition accounting for less than 15 of ga￭ str￭ ic m￭ align￭ ancies and about 2 of all lymp￭ hom￭ as however the stomach is a very common ex￭ tran￭ od￭ al site for lymp￭ hom￭ as lymp￭ hom￭ as originating somewhere else with me￭ tast￭ asis to stomach it is also the most common source of lymp￭ hom￭ as in the gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract
ga￭ str￭ ic mu￭ cos￭ al restitution is an alteration in the mor￭ pho￭ logy organization of cells in response to ga￭ str￭ ic damage it contributes to the re￭ formation of the ga￭ str￭ ic mu￭ cos￭ al barrier
ga￭ str￭ ic outlet obstruction often abbreviated as go￭ o is a medical condition where there is an obstruction at the level of the p￭ yl￭ or￭ us which is the outlet of the stomach individuals with ga￭ str￭ ic outlet obstruction will often have recurrent v￭ om￭ iting of food that has accumulated in the stomach but which cannot pass into the small intest￭ ine due to the obstruction the stomach often dil￭ ates to accommodate food intake and secre￭ tions causes of ga￭ str￭ ic outlet obstruction include both benign causes such as pe￭ ptic ul￭ cer disease affecting the area around the p￭ yl￭ or￭ us as well as m￭ align￭ ant causes such as ga￭ str￭ ic cancer causation related to ul￭ cers may involve severe pain which the patient may interpret as a heart condition attack treatment of the condition depends upon the underlying cause it can involve antibiotic treatment when h p￭ yl￭ ori is related to an ul￭ cer endo￭ scopic therapies such as dil￭ ation of the obstruction with ballo￭ ons or the placement of self exp￭ and￭ able metallic st￭ ents other medical therapies or surgery to resolve the obstruction
ga￭ str￭ ic var￭ ices are dil￭ ated sub￭ mu￭ cos￭ al ve￭ ins in the stomach which can be a life threatening cause of bleeding in the upper gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract they are most commonly found in patients with portal hyper￭ tension or elevated pressure in the portal vein system which may be a complic￭ ation of cir￭ rho￭ sis ga￭ str￭ ic var￭ ices may also be found in patients with thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis of the splen￭ ic vein into which the short ga￭ str￭ ic ve￭ ins which drain the fun￭ dus of the stomach flow the latter may be a complic￭ ation of acute pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis pan￭ cre￭ atic cancer or other ab￭ domin￭ al tum￭ ours as well as hepatitis c ga￭ str￭ ic var￭ ices and associated bleeding are a potential complic￭ ation of sch￭ is￭ to￭ som￭ i￭ asis resulting from portal hyper￭ tension patients with bleeding ga￭ str￭ ic var￭ ices can present with bloody v￭ om￭ iting hem￭ at￭ em￭ esis dark tar￭ ry sto￭ ols mel￭ ena or rec￭ tal bleeding the bleeding may be br￭ isk and patients may soon develop shock treatment of ga￭ str￭ ic var￭ ices can include injection of the var￭ ices with cy￭ ano￭ ac￭ ry￭ late glue or a radiological procedure to decrease the pressure in the portal vein termed trans￭ ju￭ g￭ ular intra￭ he￭ p￭ atic por￭ to￭ systemic sh￭ unt or tips treatment with intra￭ ven￭ ous oc￭ tre￭ o￭ tide is also useful to sh￭ unt blood flow away from the stomach s circulation more aggressive treatment including splen￭ ec￭ tomy or surgical removal of the sp￭ leen or liver transplantation may be required in some cases
ga￭ str￭ ic vol￭ vul￭ us or vol￭ vul￭ us of stomach is a tw￭ isting of all or part of the stomach by more than 180 degrees with obstruction of the flow of material through the stomach variable loss of blood supply and possible tissue death the tw￭ isting can occur around the long axis of the stomach this is called organ￭ o￭ ax￭ ial or around the axis per￭ pend￭ icular to this called mes￭ enter￭ o￭ ax￭ ial obstruction is more likely in organ￭ o￭ ax￭ ial tw￭ isting than with mes￭ enter￭ o￭ ax￭ ial while the latter is more associated with is￭ chem￭ ia about one third of the cases are associated with a hi￭ atus her￭ nia treatment is surgical the classic tri￭ ad bor￭ char￭ dt s tri￭ ad of ga￭ str￭ ic vol￭ vul￭ us described by bor￭ char￭ dt in 19￭ 04 consists of severe epi￭ ga￭ str￭ ic pain ret￭ ching without v￭ om￭ iting inability to pass a nas￭ o￭ ga￭ str￭ ic tube and reportedly occurs in 70 of cases sometimes severe pain at the top of left shoulder this may be due to internal bleeding irritating the di￭ aphr￭ ag￭ m upon respir￭ ation
a ga￭ str￭ in￭ oma is a tumor in the pan￭ cre￭ as or du￭ o￭ den￭ um that secre￭ tes excess of ga￭ str￭ in leading to ul￭ cer￭ ation in the du￭ o￭ den￭ um stomach and the small intest￭ ine there is hyper￭ secre￭ tion of the h￭ cl acid into the du￭ o￭ den￭ um which causes the ul￭ cers excessive h￭ cl acid production also causes hyper￭ per￭ ist￭ al￭ sis and inhi￭ bits the activity of lip￭ ase causing severe diarr￭ hea it is frequently the source of the ga￭ str￭ in in zoll￭ inger el￭ lis￭ on syndrome it is usually found in the du￭ o￭ den￭ um although it may arise in the stomach or pan￭ cre￭ as those occurring in the pan￭ cre￭ as have a greater potential for m￭ align￭ ancy most ga￭ str￭ in￭ om￭ as are found in the ga￭ str￭ in￭ oma triangle this is bound by the junction of c￭ ys￭ tic and common bile duc￭ ts junction of the second and third parts of the du￭ o￭ den￭ um and the junction of the neck and body of the pan￭ cre￭ as
gast￭ ri￭ tis is infl￭ amm￭ ation of the lining of the stomach it may occur as a short episode or may be of a long duration the most common symptom is upper ab￭ domin￭ al pain other symptoms include naus￭ ea and v￭ om￭ iting blo￭ ating loss of appetite and heart￭ burn others may have no symptoms complications may include bleeding stomach ul￭ cers and stomach tumors when due to auto￭ immune problems low red blood cells due to not enough vitamin b 12 may occur a condition known as pernicious an￭ emia common causes include infection with heli￭ co￭ bac￭ ter p￭ yl￭ ori and use of n￭ s￭ aids less common causes include alcohol smoking cocaine severe illness auto￭ immune problems radiation therapy and cro￭ hn disease among others endo￭ sco￭ py a type of x ray known as an upper gastro￭ intest￭ inal series blood tests and sto￭ ol tests may help with diagnosis the symptoms of gast￭ ri￭ tis may be a presentation of a my￭ o￭ cardi￭ al inf￭ arc￭ tion other conditions with similar symptoms include infl￭ amm￭ ation of the pan￭ cre￭ as gall￭ blad￭ der problems and pe￭ ptic ul￭ cer disease prevention is by avoiding things that cause the disease treatment includes medications such as an￭ tac￭ ids h 2 bloc￭ kers or prot￭ on pump inhi￭ bit￭ ors during an acute attack drinking vis￭ co￭ us li￭ doc￭ aine may help if gast￭ ri￭ tis is due to n￭ s￭ aids these may be stopped if h p￭ yl￭ ori is present it may be treated with a combination of antibiotics such as am￭ ox￭ ic￭ ill￭ in and clari￭ thro￭ my￭ cin for those with pernicious an￭ emia vitamin b 12 supplements are recommended either by mouth or by injection people are usually advised to avoid foods that bother them gast￭ ri￭ tis is believed to affect about half of people in 2013 there were approximately 90 million new cases of the disease as people get older the disease becomes more common it along with a similar condition in the first part of the intest￭ ines known as du￭ o￭ deni￭ tis resulted in 60 000 deaths in 2013 h p￭ yl￭ ori was first discovered in 1981 by barry marshall and robin warren
gastro￭ cu￭ taneous syndrome is a rare auto￭ som￭ al dominant cu￭ taneous condition characterized by multiple l￭ enti￭ gin￭ es
gastro￭ enter￭ i￭ tis also known as infectious diarr￭ hea is infl￭ amm￭ ation of the gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract that involves the stomach and small intest￭ ine signs and symptoms include some combination of diarr￭ hea v￭ om￭ iting and ab￭ domin￭ al pain fever lack of energy and dehydr￭ ation may also occur this typically lasts less than two weeks it is unrelated to influenza though it has been called the stomach flu gastro￭ enter￭ i￭ tis can be due to infections by viruses bacteria parasites and fun￭ gus the most common cause is viruses in children ro￭ ta￭ virus is the most common cause of severe disease in adults nor￭ o￭ virus and camp￭ y￭ lob￭ ac￭ ter are common transmission may occur due to eating improperly prepared foods drinking contaminated water or through close contact with an individual who is infected testing to confirm the diagnosis is typically not needed prevention includes hand washing with soap drinking clean water proper disposal of human waste and breastfeeding babies instead of using formula the ro￭ ta￭ virus vaccine is recommended in children treatment involves getting enough fluids for mild or moderate cases this can typically be achieved by drinking oral re￭ hydr￭ ation solution a combination of water salts and sugar in those who are breast fed continued breastfeeding is recommended for more severe cases intra￭ ven￭ ous fluids may be needed fluids may also be given by a nas￭ o￭ ga￭ str￭ ic tube zinc supplem￭ entation is recommended in children antibiotics are generally not needed it is estimated that three to five billion cases of gastro￭ enter￭ i￭ tis resulting in 1 4 million deaths occur globally each year children and those in the developing world are most commonly affected as of 2011 in those below age five there were about 1 7 billion cases resulting in 0 7 million deaths in the developing world children less than two years of age frequently get six or more infections a year it is less common in adults partly due to the development of immunity
gastro￭ enter￭ o￭ co￭ li￭ tis is a condition characterized by infl￭ amm￭ ation of the stomach small intest￭ ines and col￭ on
gastro￭ es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al ref￭ lux disease ger￭ d also known as acid ref￭ lux is a long term condition where stomach contents come back up into the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus resulting in either symptoms or complications symptoms include the taste of acid in the back of the mouth heart￭ burn bad breath chest pain v￭ om￭ iting breathing problems and wearing away of the teeth complications include es￭ op￭ ha￭ gi￭ tis es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al stric￭ tures and bar￭ rett s es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus risk factors include obesity pregnancy smoking hi￭ atus her￭ nia and taking certain medicines medications involved include anti￭ hist￭ am￭ ines calcium channel bloc￭ kers anti￭ depres￭ s￭ ants and sleeping medication it is due to poor closure of the lower es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al sp￭ h￭ inc￭ ter the junction between the stomach and the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus diagnosis among those who do not improve with simply measures may involve gastro￭ sco￭ py upper gi series es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al ph monitoring or es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al man￭ ome￭ try treatment is typically via lifestyle changes medications and sometimes surgery lifestyle changes include not lying down for three hours after eating losing weight avoiding certain foods and stopping smoking medications include an￭ tac￭ id h 2 recep￭ tor bloc￭ kers prot￭ on pump inhi￭ bit￭ ors and pro￭ k￭ ine￭ tics surgery may be an option in those who do not improve with other measures in the western world between 10 and 20 of the population are affected by ger￭ d gastro￭ es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al ref￭ lux ger once in a￭ while without significant symptoms or complications is more common the condition was first described in 19￭ 35 by as￭ her win￭ kel￭ stein the classic symptoms had been described earlier in 19￭ 25
gastro￭ intest￭ inal bleeding gi bleed also known as gastro￭ intest￭ inal hemorrha￭ ge is all forms of bleeding in the gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract from the mouth to the rec￭ tum when there is significant blood loss over a short time symptoms may include v￭ om￭ iting red blood v￭ om￭ iting black blood bloody sto￭ ol or black sto￭ ol small amounts of bleeding over a long time may cause iron deficiency an￭ emia resulting in feeling tired or heart related chest pain other symptoms may include ab￭ domin￭ al pain short￭ ness of breath pale skin or passing out sometimes in those with small amounts of bleeding no symptoms may be present bleeding is typically divided into two main types upper gastro￭ intest￭ inal bleeding and lower gastro￭ intest￭ inal bleeding causes of upper gi ble￭ eds include pe￭ ptic ul￭ cer disease es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al var￭ ices due to liver cir￭ rho￭ sis and cancer among others causes of lower gi ble￭ eds include hemor￭ rho￭ ids cancer and infl￭ am￭ matory bo￭ wel disease among others diagnosis typically begins with a medical history and physical examination along with blood tests small amounts of bleeding may be detected by f￭ ec￭ al oc￭ cult blood test endo￭ sco￭ py of the lower and upper gastro￭ intest￭ inal track may locate the area of bleeding medical imaging may be useful in cases that are not clear initial treatment focuses on resusc￭ itation which may include intra￭ ven￭ ous fluids and blood trans￭ fu￭ sions often blood trans￭ fu￭ sions are not recommended unless the h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in is less than 70 or 80 g l treatment with prot￭ on pump inhi￭ bit￭ ors oc￭ tre￭ o￭ tide and antibiotics may be considered in certain cases if other measures are not effective an es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al balloon may be attempted in those with per￭ sum￭ ed es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al var￭ ices endo￭ sco￭ py of the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus stomach and du￭ o￭ den￭ um or endo￭ sco￭ py of the large bo￭ wel are generally recommended within 24 hours and may allow treatment as well as diagnosis an upper gi bleed is more common than lower gi bleed an upper gi bleed occurs in 50 to 150 per 100 000 adults per year a lower gi bleed is estimated to occur in 20 to 30 per 100 000 per year it results in about 300 000 hospital ad￭ missions a year in the united states risk of death from a gi bleed is between 5 and 30 risk of bleeding is more common in males and increases with age
gastro￭ intest￭ inal cancer refers to m￭ align￭ ant conditions of the gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract gi tract and accessory organs of dig￭ estion including the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus stomach bi￭ li￭ ary system pan￭ cre￭ as small intest￭ ine large intest￭ ine rec￭ tum and an￭ us the symptoms relate to the organ affected and can include obstruction leading to difficulty sw￭ allowing or defec￭ ating abnormal bleeding or other associated problems the diagnosis often requires endo￭ sco￭ py followed by biopsy of suspicious tissue the treatment depends on the location of the tumor as well as the type of cancer cell and whether it has invaded other tissues or spread elsewhere these factors also determine the prog￭ no￭ sis overall the gi tract and the accessory organs of dig￭ estion pan￭ cre￭ as liver g￭ all blad￭ der are responsible for more cancers and more deaths from cancer than any other system in the body there is significant geographic variation in the rates of different gastro￭ intest￭ inal cancers
gastro￭ intest￭ inal diseases refer to diseases involving the gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract namely the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus stomach small intest￭ ine large intest￭ ine and rec￭ tum and the accessory organs of dig￭ estion the liver gall￭ blad￭ der and pan￭ cre￭ as
gastro￭ intest￭ inal intra￭ epi￭ the￭ li￭ al ne￭ op￭ la￭ sia gin or gi￭ in also known as dig￭ estive epi￭ the￭ li￭ al dys￭ pl￭ asia is abnormal growth cellular dys￭ pl￭ asia of dig￭ estive epi￭ the￭ li￭ al cells in the dig￭ estive mu￭ co￭ sa gastro￭ intest￭ inal intra￭ epi￭ the￭ li￭ al ne￭ op￭ la￭ sia is the potentially pre￭ m￭ align￭ ant transformation since 2000 they are classified according to the vienna classification
a gastro￭ intest￭ inal neuro￭ ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal tumor is a neuro￭ ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal tumor that appears in the gastro￭ intest￭ inal system
gastro￭ intest￭ inal per￭ for￭ ation also known as rup￭ tured bo￭ wel is a hole in the wall of part of the gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract the gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract includes the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus stomach small intest￭ ine and large intest￭ ine symptoms include severe ab￭ domin￭ al pain and tender￭ ness when the hole is in the stomach or early part of the small intest￭ ine the onset of pain is typically sudden while with a hole in the large intest￭ ine onset may be more gradual the pain is usually constant in nature sep￭ sis with an increased heart rate increased breathing rate fever and confusion may occur the cause can include trauma such as from a knife wound eating a sharp object or a medical procedure such as colon￭ o￭ sco￭ py bo￭ wel obstruction such as from a vol￭ vul￭ us col￭ on cancer or diver￭ tic￭ u￭ li￭ tis stomach ul￭ cers is￭ chem￭ ic bo￭ wel and a number of infections including c di￭ ffici￭ le a hole allows intest￭ inal contents to enter the ab￭ domin￭ al cav￭ ity the entry of bacteria results in a condition known as per￭ it￭ oni￭ tis or in the formation of an abs￭ c￭ ess a hole in the stomach can also lead to a chemical per￭ it￭ oni￭ tis due to ga￭ str￭ ic acid a ct scan is typically the preferred method of diagnosis however free air from a per￭ for￭ ation can often be seen on plain x ray per￭ for￭ ation anywhere along the gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract typically requires emergency surgery in the form of an exploratory l￭ apar￭ o￭ tomy this is usually carried out along with intra￭ ven￭ ous fluids and antibiotics a number of different antibiotics may be used such as pi￭ per￭ ac￭ ill￭ in ta￭ z￭ ob￭ ac￭ t￭ am or the combination of ci￭ prof￭ lo￭ x￭ ac￭ in and met￭ ron￭ id￭ azole occasionally the hole can be se￭ wn closed while other times a bo￭ wel res￭ ection is required even with maximum treatment the risk of death can be as high as 50 a hole from a stomach ul￭ cer occurs in about 1 per 10 000 people per year while one from diver￭ tic￭ u￭ li￭ tis occurs in about 0 4 per 10 000 people per year
gastro￭ intest￭ inal st￭ rom￭ al tumors g￭ ists are the most common mes￭ en￭ ch￭ ym￭ al ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms of the gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract g￭ ists arise in the smooth muscle pac￭ emaker inter￭ sti￭ tial cell of ca￭ j￭ al or similar cells they are defined as tumors whose behavior is driven by mutations in the kit gene 85 p￭ dg￭ fra gene 10 or bra￭ f kin￭ ase rare 95 of g￭ ists stain positively for kit cd 117 most 66 occur in the stomach and ga￭ str￭ ic g￭ ists have a lower m￭ align￭ ant potential than tumors found elsewhere in the gi tract
a gastro￭ je￭ jun￭ o￭ col￭ ic f￭ ist￭ ula is a disorder of the human gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract it may form between the trans￭ verse col￭ on and the upper je￭ jun￭ um after a bill￭ roth ii surgical procedure the bill￭ roth procedure attaches the je￭ jun￭ um to the remainder of the stomach f￭ ec￭ al matter thereby passes improperly from the col￭ on to the stomach and causes hal￭ it￭ osis
gastro￭ pa￭ res￭ is g￭ p ga￭ stro from ancient greek γ￭ α￭ στ￭ ή￭ ρ g￭ aster stomach and π￭ άρ￭ ε￭ σ￭ ις pa￭ res￭ is partial paralysis also called delayed ga￭ str￭ ic emp￭ tying is a medical condition consisting of a pa￭ res￭ is partial paralysis of the stomach resulting in food remaining in the stomach for an abnormally long time normally the stomach contracts to move food down into the small intest￭ ine for additional dig￭ estion the vag￭ us nerve controls these contr￭ actions gastro￭ pa￭ res￭ is may occur when the vag￭ us nerve is damaged and the muscles of the stomach and intest￭ ines do not properly function food then moves slowly or stops moving through the dig￭ estive tract
in medicine gastro￭ pto￭ sis is the abnormal downward displacement of the stomach it is not a life threatening condition the condition frequently causes dig￭ estive symptoms and con￭ sti￭ p￭ ation and is much more prominent in women than men
gastro￭ sch￭ is￭ is represents a con￭ genital defect characterised by a defect in the an￭ terior ab￭ domin￭ al wall through which the ab￭ domin￭ al contents freely pro￭ tru￭ de there is no over￭ lying s￭ ac or per￭ it￭ on￭ eu￭ m and the size of the defect is usually less than 4 centi￭ metres 1 6 in the ab￭ domin￭ al wall defect is located at the junction of the um￭ bil￭ ic￭ us and normal skin and is almost always to the right of the um￭ bil￭ ic￭ us the defect occurs 5 – 8 weeks after conception most likely due to a disruption of the blood￭ supply to the developing ab￭ domin￭ al wall widespread use of anten￭ atal ul￭ tras￭ ound examination and maternal serum alpha fe￭ to￭ protein m￭ saf￭ p screening has made the detection of gastro￭ sch￭ is￭ is possible in the second trim￭ ester of pregnancy om￭ p￭ hal￭ oce￭ le is another con￭ genital birth defect but it involves the um￭ bil￭ ical cord itself and the organs remain enclosed in vis￭ cer￭ al per￭ it￭ on￭ eu￭ m with om￭ p￭ hal￭ oce￭ le the defect is usually much larger than in gastro￭ sch￭ is￭ is
the gat￭ ter￭ mann reaction also known as the gat￭ ter￭ mann alde￭ hyde synthesis is a chemical reaction in which aromatic compounds are form￭ yl￭ ated by hydrogen cyanide in the presence of a frie￭ del – crafts catalyst e g al￭ cl 3 it is named for the german chem￭ ist lud￭ wig gat￭ ter￭ mann and is similar to the frie￭ del crafts reaction the reaction can be simplified by replacing the h￭ cn al￭ cl 3 combination with zinc cyanide although it is also highly toxic z￭ n cn 2 is a solid making it safer to work with than gaseous h￭ cn additionally because the reaction uses h￭ cl z￭ n cn 2 also supplies the reaction with z￭ nc￭ l 2 in situ where it acts as a lewis acid catalyst examples of z￭ n cn 2 being used in this way include the synthesis of 2 hydro￭ xy 1 naf￭ thal￭ de￭ hyde and mes￭ ital￭ de￭ hyde
gau￭ cher s disease or gau￭ cher disease ɡ￭ o￭ ʊ￭ ˈ￭ ʃ￭ e￭ ɪ g￭ d is a genetic disorder in which glu￭ co￭ cere￭ bro￭ side a sp￭ hin￭ go￭ lip￭ id also known as glu￭ co￭ syl￭ ceram￭ ide accumul￭ ates in cells and certain organs the disorder is characterized by bru￭ ising fatigue an￭ emia low blood plat￭ elet count and enlargement of the liver and sp￭ leen and is caused by a hereditary deficiency of the enzyme glu￭ co￭ cere￭ bro￭ sid￭ ase also known as glu￭ co￭ syl￭ cer￭ amid￭ ase which acts on glu￭ co￭ cere￭ bro￭ side when the enzyme is defective glu￭ co￭ cere￭ bro￭ side accumul￭ ates particularly in white blood cells and especially in macro￭ p￭ ha￭ ges mon￭ on￭ uc￭ lear leuk￭ oc￭ y￭ tes glu￭ co￭ cere￭ bro￭ side can collect in the sp￭ leen liver kidneys lungs brain and bone marrow manifestations may include enlarged sp￭ leen and liver liver mal￭ function sk￭ el￭ etal disorders or bone le￭ sions that may be painful severe neuro￭ logical complications sw￭ elling of lymp￭ h no￭ des and occasionally adjacent joints dist￭ ended ab￭ dom￭ en a bro￭ wn￭ ish tin￭ t to the skin an￭ emia low blood plat￭ elet count and yellow fatty deposits on the white of the eye s￭ cl￭ era persons seriously affected may also be more susceptible to infection some forms of gau￭ cher s disease may be treated with enzyme replacement therapy the disease is caused by a rec￭ essive mutation in the g￭ ba gene located on chro￭ mo￭ some 1 and affects both males and females about one in 100 people in the united states are carriers of the most common type of gau￭ cher disease the carrier rate among ash￭ ken￭ az￭ i jews is 8 9 while the birth incidence is one in 450 gau￭ cher s disease is the most common of the ly￭ so￭ som￭ al storage diseases it is a form of sp￭ hin￭ go￭ li￭ pi￭ do￭ sis a sub￭ group of ly￭ so￭ som￭ al storage diseases as it involves dysfunctional metabol￭ ism of sp￭ hin￭ go￭ li￭ pi￭ ds the disease is named after the french physician philippe gau￭ cher who originally described it in 1882
in al￭ ge￭ bra in the theory of poly￭ no￭ mi￭ als a sub￭ field of ring theory ga￭ uss s lem￭ ma is either of two related statements about poly￭ no￭ mi￭ als with inte￭ ger coefficients the first result states that the product of two primitive poly￭ no￭ mi￭ als is primitive a poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al with inte￭ ger coefficients is called primitive if the greatest common divis￭ or of its coefficients is 1 the second result states that if a non constant poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al with inte￭ ger coefficients is irre￭ du￭ ci￭ ble over the inte￭ gers then it is also irre￭ du￭ ci￭ ble if it is considered as a poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al over the ration￭ als this second statement is a consequence of the first see proof below the first statement and proof of the lem￭ ma is in article 42 of carl friedrich ga￭ uss s dis￭ qu￭ isi￭ tion￭ es arithme￭ tic￭ ae 18￭ 01 this statements have several gener￭ alizations described below
in mathematics the ga￭ uss circle problem is the problem of determining how many inte￭ ger lat￭ tice points there are in a circle centred at the origin and with radius r the first progress on a solution was made by carl friedrich ga￭ uss hence its name
gem￭ inal hali￭ de hydro￭ lysis is an organic reaction the re￭ ac￭ tants are gem￭ inal di￭ hali￭ des with a water mol￭ ecu￭ le or a hydrox￭ ide ion the reaction yields ke￭ tones from secondary hali￭ des or alde￭ hy￭ des from primary hali￭ des
gender h￭ ci is a sub￭ field of human computer interaction that focuses on the design and evaluation of interactive systems for humans with emphasis on differences in how males and females interact with computers
gender and jud￭ a￭ ism is an emerging sub￭ field at the inter￭ section of gender studies and jewish studies gender studies centers on inter￭ disciplinary research on the phenomenon of gender it focuses on cultural representations of gender and people s lived experience jewish studies is a field that looks at jews and jud￭ a￭ ism through such disciplines as history anthropo￭ logy literary studies lingu￭ is￭ tics and soci￭ ology
gender and security sector reform is an emerging sub￭ field of security sector reform s￭ sr that is both practical and conceptual s￭ sr generally is a comprehensive framework within which all or part of a state s security sector under￭ goes a process of transformation in order to bring it more into line with principles such as democratic oversight good governance and the rule of law the overall objectives of s￭ sr programmes – as defined both by the state in question and any international donors supporting the process – tend to include improving service delivery enhancing local ownership and ensuring the sustainability of security sector institutions as gender specific approaches take into account the specific needs of men women boys and girls through gender mainstreaming and by promoting the equal participation of people of all g￭ enders in decision making processes states and international organisations increasingly consider them to be a necessary component of s￭ sr programmes
health is the general condition of a person s mind and body usually indicating the state of being free from illness injury or pain the world health organization who has defined health as a state of complete physical mental and social well being and not merely the absence of disease or in￭ firm￭ ity identified by the 2012 world development report as one of two key human capital endow￭ ments health can influence an individual ’ s ability to reach his or her full potential in society yet while gender equality has made the most progress in areas such as education and labor force participation health inequality between men and women continues to plague many societies today while both males and females face health disparities girls and women experience a majority of health disparities this comes from the fact that many cultural ideologies and practices have structured society in a way whereby women are more vulnerable to abuse and mistreatment making them more prone to illnesses and early death women are also restricted from receiving many opportunities such as education and paid labor that can help improve their accessibility to better health care resources
gender dy￭ sp￭ h￭ oria or gender identity disorder gi￭ d is the dy￭ sp￭ h￭ oria distress a person experiences as a result of the sex and gender they were assigned at birth there is evidence suggesting that people who identify with a gender different from the one they were assigned at birth may do so not just due to psychological or behavioral causes but also biological ones related to their genetics or exposure to hormones before birth estimates of the prevalence of gender dy￭ sp￭ h￭ oria or gi￭ d range from a lower bound of 1 2000 or about 0 05 in the netherlands and belgium to 0 5 of massachusetts adults to 1 2 of new zealand high school students these numbers are based on those who identify as trans￭ gender it is estimated that about 0 005 to 0 0￭ 14 of males and 0 002 to 0 003 of females would be diagnosed with gender dy￭ sp￭ h￭ oria based on current diagnostic criteria research indicates people who transition in adul￭ thood are up to three times more likely to be male assigned at birth but that among people transi￭ tioning in childhood the sex ratio is close to 1 1 gi￭ d is classified as a disorder by the ic￭ d 10 cm and dsm 5 called gender dy￭ sp￭ h￭ oria some trans￭ gender people and researchers support decl￭ assi￭ fication of gi￭ d because they say the diagnosis patho￭ logi￭ zes gender variance reinforces the b￭ inary model of gender and can result in stigmati￭ zation of trans￭ gender individuals the official reclassi￭ fication as gender dy￭ sp￭ h￭ oria in the dsm 5 may help resolve some of these issues because the term gender dy￭ sp￭ h￭ oria applies only to the discontent experienced by some persons resulting from gender identity issues the american psychiatric association publish￭ er of the dsm 5 states that gender non￭ conformity is not in itself a mental disorder the critical element of gender dy￭ sp￭ h￭ oria is the presence of clin￭ ically significant distress associated with the condition the current main psychiatric approaches to treatment for persons diagnosed with gi￭ d are psycho￭ therapy or to support the individual s preferred gender through hormone therapy gender expression and role or surgery
gender dy￭ sp￭ h￭ oria in children or gender identity disorder in children gi￭ dc is a formal diagnosis used by psychologists and physicians to describe children who experience significant discontent gender dy￭ sp￭ h￭ oria with their biological sex assigned gender or both gi￭ dc was form￭ alized in the third revision of the diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders dsm iii in 1980 and primarily referenced gender non conforming behaviors gi￭ dc remained in the dsm from 1980 to 2013 when it was replaced with the diagnosis of gender dy￭ sp￭ h￭ oria in the fifth revision dsm 5 in an effort to diminish the stigma attached to gender variance while maintaining a diagnostic route to gender affirming medical interventions such as hormone therapy and surgery controversy surrounding the patho￭ logi￭ zation and treatment of cross gender identity and behaviors particularly in children has been evident in the literature since the 1980 s proponents of more widespread gi￭ dc diagnoses argue that therapeutic intervention helps children be more comfortable in their bodies and can prevent adult gender identity disorder opponents say that the equivalent therapeutic interventions with g￭ ays and les￭ bians tit￭ led conversion or repar￭ ative therapy have been strongly questioned or declared un￭ ethical by the american psychological association american psychiatric association american association of social workers and american academy of pedi￭ at￭ rics the world professional association for trans￭ gender health w￭ path states that treatment aimed at trying to change a person s gender identity and expression to become more con￭ gru￭ ent with sex assigned at birth is no longer considered ethical critics also argue that the gi￭ dc diagnosis and associated therapeutic interventions rely on the assumption that an adult trans￭ sexual identity is undesirable challenging this assumption along with the lack of clinical data to support outcomes and efficacy gender identity disorder in children is more heavily linked with adult homosexuality than adult trans￭ sex￭ u￭ alism according to limited studies the majority of children diagnosed with gi￭ d cease to desire to be the other sex by pu￭ ber￭ ty with most growing up to identify as gay or lesbian with or without therapeutic intervention
the gender paradox is a soci￭ ol￭ ingu￭ istic phenomenon first observed by william lab￭ ov in which women conform more closely than men to soci￭ ol￭ ingu￭ istic norms that are over￭ tly prescribed but conform less than men when they are not specifically the paradox arises from soci￭ ol￭ ingu￭ istic data showing that women are more likely to use prestige forms and avoid stigmati￭ zed variants than men for a majority of linguistic variables but that they are also more likely to lead language change by using innovative forms of variables
the european commission defines the gender pay gap as the average difference between men s and women s aggregate hourly earnings the wage gap is due to a variety of causes such as differences in education choices differences in preferred job and industry differences in the types of positions held by men and women differences in the type of jobs men typically go into as opposed to women especially highly paid high risk jobs differences in amount of work experience difference in length of the work week and breaks in employment these factors resolve 60 to 75 of the pay gap depending on the source various explanations for the remaining 25 to 40 have been suggested including women s lower willingness and ability to negotiate salaries or else due to discrimination according to the european commission direct discrimination only explains a small part of gender wage differences in the united states the average female s un￭ adjusted annual salary has been cited as 78 of that of the average male however multiple studies from oecd a￭ au￭ w and the us department of labor have found that pay rates between males and females varied by 5 – 6 6 or females earning 94 cents to every dollar earned by their male counterparts when wages were adjusted to different individual choices made by male and female workers in college major occupation working hours and maternal pater￭ nal leave the remaining 6 of the gap has been spec￭ ulated to originate from deficiency in salary negotiating skills and sexual discrimination in the uk the aggregate gender pay gap has continued to close and as of 2012 the gap officially dropped below 10 for full time workers the aggregate gender pay gap can also be viewed as a generational sliding scale with females between 55 – 65 with the largest disparity 18 and females between the ages of 25 – 35 with the smallest disparity 6
australia has a persistent gender pay gap since 1990 the gender pay gap remained within a narrow range of between 15 and 18 in november 2015 the australian gender pay gap was 17 21 however it has been noted that some of this gap could be down to differing career choices between the g￭ enders as this is an aggregate figure with some sources citing an actual pay gap for equal work of below 3
the gender pay gap in new zealand is the difference in the average hourly wages of men and women in new zealand it is calculated using the median hourly wage paid to full time male and female workers an economic indicator of gender inequality a gender pay gap suggests a failure to ensure the principles of pay equality and equal pay for equal work
cancer is a disease characterized by uncontrolled cell growth and proliferation for cancer to develop genes regulating cell growth and differentiation must be altered these mutations are then maintained through subsequent cell divisions and are thus present in all can￭ cer￭ ous cells gene expression profiling is a technique used in molecular biology to qu￭ ery the expression of thousands of genes simultaneously in the context of cancer gene expression profiling has been used to more accurately classify tumors the information derived from gene expression profiling often helps in predicting the patient ’ s clinical outcome
gene gating is a phenomenon by which trans￭ crip￭ tionally active genes are brought next to nuclear por￭ e complex￭ es n￭ pcs so that nascent trans￭ cripts can quickly form mature mr￭ na associated with export factors gene gating was first hypo￭ thes￭ ised by gün￭ ter blo￭ bel in 1985 it has been shown to occur in sac￭ char￭ om￭ y￭ ces cere￭ visi￭ ae ca￭ en￭ or￭ hab￭ di￭ tis eleg￭ ans dro￭ s￭ oph￭ ila mel￭ an￭ og￭ aster as well as mammalian model systems the proteins that con￭ situ￭ te the n￭ pcs known as nucle￭ op￭ or￭ ins have been shown to play a role in dna binding and mr￭ na transport making gene gating possible in addition gene gating is orchestrated by two protein complex￭ es sp￭ t ada g￭ cn 5 ace￭ ty￭ l￭ transfer￭ ase saga and trans￭ cription – export complex 2 tre￭ x 2 complex saga is a ch￭ rom￭ atin remo￭ deling complex responsible for activating the trans￭ cription of certain indu￭ ci￭ ble genes the saga complex binds to gene promoters and also inter￭ acts with the tre￭ x 2 complex in turn the tre￭ x 2 complex inter￭ acts with the n￭ pc thus favouring the relocation of actively trans￭ cri￭ bed genes to the periphery of the cell nucleus in contrast the rest of the periphery i e those parts not associated with n￭ pcs is trans￭ crip￭ tionally silent heter￭ och￭ rom￭ atin
the gene￭ alo￭ gy of musical gen￭ res is the pattern of musical gen￭ res that have contributed to the development of new gen￭ res gene￭ alo￭ gical charts or family trees of musical gen￭ res show how new gen￭ res have emerged from existing gen￭ res and how multiple gen￭ res have contributed to a new gen￭ re since music can be endlessly broken down into smaller and smaller categories a gene￭ alo￭ gical chart will usually focus on one major gen￭ re and its different strains for instance jazz is considered to be a gen￭ re with many sub￭ gen￭ res including new orleans jazz rag￭ time swing be￭ b￭ op free jazz and latin jazz how these developed out of one another is shown in a gene￭ alo￭ gical chart often with major figures or innovators of each sub￭ gen￭ re a gene￭ alo￭ gy of gen￭ res may also incorporate several major gen￭ res such as jazz rock and roll and folk music the image accompanying this article shows how numerous cuban musical styles have developed out of many other gen￭ res including some from europe africa the us latin america and other caribbean countries while focusing on cuban music the image also shows the gene￭ alo￭ gy of many popular music gen￭ res since the 18 th century the family tree of music can also be explored by starting at the article for your favourite gen￭ re and clic￭ king on the items in the sty￭ listic origins sub￭ gen￭ res derivative forms and fusion gen￭ res sections of the gen￭ re in￭ fo￭ box
gener￭ ación de la rup￭ tura breakaway generation was a reaction of the post world war ii generation of mexican artists against the established mexican school of painting more commonly called mexican mur￭ alism it began with the criticisms of josé luis cu￭ ev￭ as in the early 1950 s followed by others who thought the established art had become dogmatic formul￭ a￭ ic and nationalistic and the artists too defer￭ ential to the government this new generation of artists was not bound by a particular artistic style but was more interested in personal rather than social issues and influenced by a number of international trends in art such as abstract expres￭ sion￭ ism early reaction to them was strong and negative but by the end of the 1950 s they had succeeded in having their art shown in the major venues of mexico the gener￭ ación de la rup￭ tura had influence on other arts in mexico such as literature but it did not end the production of mur￭ als in mexico with social and nationalist purposes
the general group problem solving gg￭ ps model is a problem solving methodology in which a group of individuals will define the desired outcome identify the gap between the current state and the target and generate ideas for closing the gap by bra￭ inst￭ or￭ ming the end result is list of actions needed to achieve the desired results
general pa￭ res￭ is also known as general paralysis of the insane or paraly￭ tic dementia is a severe neuro￭ psychiatric disorder classified as an organic mental disorder and caused by the chronic men￭ in￭ go￭ en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis that leads to cere￭ br￭ al atro￭ phy in late stage sy￭ phil￭ is degenerative changes are associated primarily with the frontal and temporal lob￭ ar cor￭ tex the disease affects approximately 7 of infected individuals it prevails among men g￭ pi was originally considered to be a type of madness due to a dis￭ solu￭ te character when first identified in the 18 th century then the cause effect connection with sy￭ phil￭ is was discovered in the late 18￭ 80 s subsequently the discovery of pen￭ ic￭ ill￭ in and its use in the treatment of sy￭ phil￭ is rendered pa￭ res￭ is cur￭ able and avoidable prior to that pa￭ res￭ is was inevitably fatal unless another terminating illness intervened and accounted for as much as 25 of the primary diagnosis for residents in public psychiatric hospitals
generalized epi￭ le￭ psy also known as primary generalized epi￭ le￭ psy or idi￭ opathic epi￭ le￭ psy is a form of epi￭ le￭ psy characterised by generalised seizures with no apparent cause generalized seizures as opposed to partial seizures are a type of seizure that imp￭ airs consciousness and distorts the electrical activity of the whole or a larger portion of the brain which can be seen for example on electro￭ encephal￭ o￭ graphy eeg generalized epi￭ le￭ psy is primary because the epi￭ le￭ psy is the originally diagnosed condition itself as opposed to secondary epi￭ le￭ psy which occurs as a symptom of a diagnosed condition
tonic – cl￭ onic seizures formerly known as grand mal seizures are a type of generalized seizure that affects the entire brain tonic – cl￭ onic seizures are the seizure type most commonly associated with epi￭ le￭ psy and seizures in general though it is a misconception that they are the only type tonic – cl￭ onic seizures can be induced deliberately in electro￭ con￭ vul￭ sive therapy
generalized anxiety disorder g￭ ad is an anxiety disorder characterized by excessive uncontrollable and often irrational worry that is apprehen￭ sive expectation about events or activities this excessive worry often interferes with daily functioning as individuals with g￭ ad typically anticipate disaster and are overly concerned about everyday matters such as health issues money death family problems friendship problems inter￭ personal relationship problems or work difficulties individuals often exhibit a variety of physical symptoms including fatigue fi￭ dge￭ ting headaches naus￭ ea num￭ b￭ ness in hands and feet muscle tension muscle aches difficulty sw￭ allowing excessive stomach acid buil￭ dup stomach pain v￭ om￭ iting diarr￭ hea b￭ outs of breathing difficulty difficulty concentrating trem￭ bling tw￭ it￭ ching irrit￭ ability ag￭ itation swe￭ ating rest￭ lessness in￭ som￭ nia hot fl￭ ashes r￭ ashes and inability to fully control the anxiety ic￭ d 10 these symptoms must be consistent and ongoing persisting at least six months for a formal diagnosis of g￭ ad standardized rating scales such as g￭ ad 7 can be used to assess severity of g￭ ad symptoms g￭ ad is the most common cause of disability in the workplace in the united states in a given year approximately two percent of american adults and european adults experience g￭ ad globally about 4 are affected at some point in their life g￭ ad is seen in women twice as much as men g￭ ad is also common in individuals with a history of substance abuse and a family history of the disorder once g￭ ad develops it may become chronic but can be managed or eliminated with proper treatment
in applied mathematics the maximum generalized assignment problem is a problem in combin￭ atorial optimi￭ zation this problem is a gener￭ alization of the assignment problem in which both tasks and agents have a size moreover the size of each task might vary from one agent to the other this problem in its most general form is as follows there are a number of agents and a number of tasks any agent can be assigned to perform any task incurring some cost and profit that may vary depending on the agent task assignment moreover each agent has a budget and the sum of the costs of tasks assigned to it cannot exceed this budget it is required to find an assignment in which all agents do not exceed their budget and total profit of the assignment is maxim￭ ized
generalized epi￭ le￭ psy with fe￭ bri￭ le seizures plus ge￭ fs is a syndro￭ mic auto￭ som￭ al dominant disorder where afflicted individuals can exhibit numerous epi￭ le￭ psy phen￭ o￭ types ge￭ fs can persist beyond early childhood i e 6 years of age ge￭ fs is also now believed to encompass three other epi￭ le￭ psy disorders severe my￭ o￭ cl￭ onic epi￭ le￭ psy of infancy sme￭ i which is also known as dra￭ vet s syndrome borderline sme￭ i sme￭ b and intractable epi￭ le￭ psy of childhood iec there are at least six types of ge￭ fs deline￭ ated by their caus￭ ative gene known caus￭ ative genes are the sodium channel α sub￭ unit genes s￭ cn 1 a an associated β sub￭ unit s￭ cn 1 b and a gab￭ aa recep￭ tor γ sub￭ unit gene gab￭ r￭ g 2 and there is another gene related with calcium channel the p￭ cd￭ h 19 which is also known as epi￭ le￭ psy female with mental retar￭ dation penetr￭ ance for this disorder is estimated at approximately 60
generalized erup￭ tive his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ tom￭ a also known as erup￭ tive his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ tom￭ a and generalized erup￭ tive his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis is a rare cu￭ taneous condition characterized by widespread er￭ y￭ them￭ at￭ ous essentially symmetr￭ ical pap￭ ules particularly involving the trunk and proxim￭ al extre￭ mi￭ ties
generalized er￭ y￭ them￭ a is a skin condition that may be caused by medications bacterial toxins or viral infections
in compu￭ tational complexity theory generalized geography is a well known p￭ space complete problem
generalized gran￭ ul￭ oma annul￭ are is a skin condition of unknown cause tending to affect women in the fifth and sixth decades presenting as a diffuse but symmetr￭ ical pap￭ ular or ann￭ ular eruption of more than ten skin le￭ sions and often hundreds
generalized hyper￭ hi￭ dro￭ sis is excessive swe￭ ating that may be induced by fe￭ bri￭ le diseases vigorous exercise or a hot hum￭ id environment such as a tropical mili￭ eu
generalized l￭ enti￭ gin￭ osis is a cu￭ taneous condition that will occasionally present without other associated ab￭ norm￭ alities it may be caused by car￭ ney complex le￭ op￭ ard syndrome or pe￭ ut￭ z – je￭ gh￭ ers syndrome
lymp￭ h no￭ des or g￭ lands or no￭ des or lymp￭ ho￭ id tissue are no￭ d￭ ular bodies located throughout the body but clu￭ stering in certain areas such as the ar￭ mp￭ it back of the neck and the gro￭ in they are part of the lymp￭ h￭ atic system the lymp￭ h￭ atic system is part of the body s immune surveillance system blood contains fluid and blood cells the fluid which may contain suspended foreign material such as bacteria and viruses se￭ eps through blood vessel walls into the tissues where it ba￭ thes the body cells and exchanges substances with them some of this fluid is then taken up by lymp￭ h￭ atic vessels and passed back to the heart where it is again mixed with the blood on its way the fluid passes through the lymp￭ h no￭ des if no￭ des detect something foreign passing through them such as a bacter￭ ium or a cancer cell they will swell up this is called lymp￭ had￭ en￭ opathy or sw￭ oll￭ en g￭ lands usually this is loc￭ alised for example an infected spot on the scal￭ p will cause lymp￭ h no￭ des in the neck on that same side to swell up but when it is in two or more regions it is called generalized lymp￭ had￭ en￭ opathy usually this is in response to a body wide infectious disease such as influenza and will go away once the person has recovered but sometimes it can persist long term even when there is no obvious cause of disease this is then called persistent generalized lymp￭ had￭ en￭ opathy p￭ g￭ l
generalized pu￭ st￭ ular ps￭ ori￭ asis g￭ pp is an extremely rare type of ps￭ ori￭ asis that can present in a variety of forms unlike the most general and common forms of ps￭ ori￭ asis g￭ pp usually covers the entire body and with p￭ us filled bl￭ is￭ ters rather than pl￭ aqu￭ es g￭ pp can present at any age but is r￭ arer in young children it can appear with or without previous ps￭ ori￭ asis conditions or history and can re￭ occur in periodic episodes
in mathematics a semi infinite programming si￭ p problem is an optimi￭ zation problem with a finite number of variables and an infinite number of constraints the constraints are typically parame￭ ter￭ ized in a generalized semi infinite programming g￭ si￭ p problem the feasible set of the parameters depends on the variables
generalized vacc￭ in￭ ia is a cu￭ taneous condition that occurs 6 – 9 days after vaccination characterized by a generalized eruption of skin le￭ sions and caused by the vacc￭ in￭ ia virus
the generation effect is a phenomenon where information is better remembered if it is generated from one s own mind rather than simply read researchers have struggled to account for why generated information is better recalled than read information but no single explanation has been sufficient
a generation gap or generational gap is a difference of opinions between one generation and another regarding beliefs politics or values in today s usage generation gap often refers to a perceived gap between younger people and their parents and or grandparents
generation gap is a software design pattern documented by john v￭ lis￭ sides that treats automatically generated code differently than code that was written by a develop￭ er modifications should not be made to generated code as they would be over￭ written if the code generation process was ever re run such as during re￭ compilation v￭ lis￭ sides proposed creating a sub￭ class of the generated code which contains the desired modification
generation loss is the loss of quality between subsequent copies or trans￭ codes of data anything that reduces the quality of the representation when copying and would cause further reduction in quality on making a copy of the copy can be considered a form of generation loss file size increases are a common result of generation loss as the introduction of arti￭ facts may actually increase the ent￭ ro￭ py of the data through each generation
generic case complexity is a sub￭ field of compu￭ tational complexity theory that studies the complexity of compu￭ tational problems on most inputs generic case complexity is a way of measuring the complexity of a compu￭ tational problem by neglecting a small set o￭ fun￭ representative inputs and considering worst case complexity on the rest small is defined in terms of as￭ ymp￭ to￭ tic density the apparent efficacy of generic case complexity is because for a wide variety of concrete compu￭ tational problems the most difficult instances seem to be rare typical instances are relatively easy this approach to complexity originated in combin￭ atorial group theory which has a compu￭ tational tradition going back to the beginning of the last century the notion of generic complexity was introduced in a 2003 paper where authors showed that for a large class of fin￭ itely generated groups the generic time complexity of some classical decision problems from combin￭ atorial group theory namely the word problem con￭ ju￭ g￭ acy problem and membership problem are linear a detailed introduction of generic case complexity can be found in the surveys
a genetic disorder is a genetic problem caused by one or more ab￭ norm￭ alities in the genome especially a condition that is present from birth con￭ genital most genetic disorders are quite rare and affect one person in every several thousands or millions genetic disorders may be hereditary passed down from the parents genes in other genetic disorders defects may be caused by new mutations or changes to the dna in such cases the defect will only be passed down if it occurs in the germ line the same disease such as some forms of cancer may be caused by an inherited genetic condition in some people by new mutations in other people and mainly by environmental causes in other people whether when and to what extent a person with the genetic defect or ab￭ normality will actually suffer from the disease is almost always affected by the environmental factors and events in the person s development some types of rec￭ essive gene disorders confer an advantage in certain environments when only one copy of the gene is present
genetic gain is the amount of increase in performance that is achieved through artificial genetic improvement programs this is usually used to refer to the increase after one generation has passed
genetic hetero￭ geneity is a phenomenon in which a single phen￭ o￭ type or genetic disorder may be caused by any one of a multiple number of all￭ el￭ es or non alle￭ le loc￭ us mutations this is in contrast to ple￭ io￭ tro￭ py where a single gene may cause multiple phen￭ o￭ typ￭ ic expressions or disorders genetic hetero￭ geneity describes genetic variation from the normal population clin￭ ically genetic hetero￭ geneity refers to diseases that result from multiple gene ab￭ norm￭ alities multiple gene ab￭ norm￭ alities are seen in disorders such as au￭ tism c￭ ys￭ tic fi￭ bro￭ sis and ret￭ initi￭ s pi￭ gm￭ ent￭ osa
genetic load is the difference between the fitness of an average geno￭ type in a population and the fitness of some reference geno￭ type which may be either the best present in a population or may be the theoretically optimal geno￭ type the average individual taken from a population with a low genetic load will generally when grown in the same conditions have more surviving offspring genetic load can also be seen as reduced fitness at the population level compared to what the population would have if all individuals had the reference high fitness geno￭ type high genetic load may put a population in danger of extinction
genetic vari￭ ability vary liable to or capable of change is the ability i e capability of a biological system – individual and population – that is changing over time the base of the genetic vari￭ ability is genetic variation of different biological systems in space genetic vari￭ ability is a measure of the tendency of individual geno￭ types in a population to vary from one another also vari￭ ability is different from genetic diversity which is the amount of variation seen in a particular population the vari￭ ability of a trait describes how much that trait tends to vary in response to environmental and genetic influences genetic vari￭ ability in a population is important for biodiversity because without vari￭ ability it becomes difficult for a population to adapt to environmental changes and therefore makes it more prone to extinction vari￭ ability is an important factor in evolution as it affects an individual s response to environmental stress and thus can lead to differential survival of organisms within a population due to natural selection of the most fit variants genetic vari￭ ability also underlies the differential suscep￭ tibility of organisms to diseases and sensitivity to toxins or drugs — a fact that has driven increased interest in person￭ alized medicine given the rise of the human genome project and efforts to map the extent of human genetic variation such as the hap￭ map project
down syndrome is a chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al ab￭ normality characterized by the presence of an extra copy of genetic material on the 21 st chro￭ mo￭ some either in whole tr￭ is￭ omy 21 or part such as due to trans￭ locations the effects of the extra copy varies greatly from individual to individual depending on the extent of the extra copy genetic background environmental factors and random chance down syndrome can occur in all human populations and analogous effects have been found in other species such as chimp￭ an￭ ze￭ es and mice recently researchers have been able to create trans￭ genic mice with most of human chro￭ mo￭ some 21 in addition to their normal chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es a typical human kar￭ yo￭ type is shown here every chro￭ mo￭ some has two copies in the bottom right there are chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al differences between males xy and females xx which do not concern us a typical human kar￭ yo￭ type is designated as 46 xx or 46 xy indicating 46 chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es with an xx arrangement for females and 46 chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es with an xy arrangement for males for this section we will use females for the kar￭ yo￭ type designation 46 xx
cancer is a genetic disorder in which the normal control of cell growth is lost cancer genetics is now one of the fastest expanding medical speci￭ alties at the molecular level cancer is caused by mutation s in dna which result in aberr￭ ant cell proliferation most of these mutations are acquired and occur in som￭ atic cells however some people inherit mutation s in the ger￭ m￭ line the mutation s occur in two classes of cellular genes on￭ co￭ genes and tumor sup￭ pres￭ sor genes transformation of pro￭ to on￭ co￭ gene to on￭ co￭ gene is the result of gain in function through over expression of the gene or duplication such as amp￭ lification to produce increased on￭ co protein activation or formation of fusion gene by trans￭ location alteration of the gene product to produce transforming proteins
gen￭ ic￭ ulate gang￭ li￭ oni￭ tis or gen￭ ic￭ ulate ne￭ ur￭ al￭ gia gn also called nerv￭ us intermedi￭ us ne￭ ur￭ al￭ gia is a rare disorder that involves severe pain deep in the ear that may spread to the ear canal outer ear ma￭ sto￭ id or eye regions gn may also occur in combination with tri￭ gem￭ inal or glos￭ sop￭ har￭ yn￭ ge￭ al ne￭ ur￭ al￭ gia the pain of gn is sharp shooting or burning and can last for hours painful attacks can be triggered by cold noise sw￭ allowing or touch but triggers are usually unique to the suffer￭ er other related symptoms that may be experienced include increased sali￭ vation bitter taste tin￭ nit￭ us and ver￭ ti￭ go this disorder usually occurs in young to middle aged adults and more commonly in women gen￭ ic￭ ulate ne￭ ur￭ al￭ gia may be caused by compression of som￭ atic sensory branch of cran￭ ial nerve vii which goes through the nerv￭ us intermedi￭ us in sufferers of gn signals sent along these nerves are altered and interpreted by the gen￭ ic￭ ulate gang￭ lion a structure in the brain as gn pain gn may also develop following her￭ pes zo￭ ster o￭ tic￭ us ram￭ say hunt syndrome where cold so￭ res occur on the ear drum or ear this may also be associated with facial pa￭ res￭ is weakness tin￭ nit￭ us ver￭ ti￭ go and deaf￭ ness
gen￭ io￭ sp￭ asm is movement disorder of the ment￭ alis muscle it is a benign genetic disorder linked to chro￭ mo￭ some 9 q 13 q 21 where there are ep￭ is￭ od￭ ic involuntary up and down movements of the chin and lower lip the movements consist of rapid fl￭ ut￭ tering or trem￭ bling at about 8 h￭ z super￭ imposed onto a once per three seconds movement of higher am￭ pl￭ itude and occur symmetr￭ ically in the v shaped muscle the tongue and buc￭ cal floor muscles may also be affected but to a much lesser degree the movements are always present but extreme episodes may be precipit￭ ated by stress concentration or emotion and commence in early childhood the condition is extremely rare and in a study in 1999 only 23 families in the world were known to be affected although it may be under reported inheritance is aggressively auto￭ som￭ al dominant in at least two studies the condition appeared spontaneously in the families the condition responds very well to regular bot￭ ul￭ in￭ us toxin injections into the ment￭ alis muscle which paraly￭ se the muscle but cause no impairment of facial expression or speech
genital her￭ pes is a genital infection caused by the her￭ pes simpl￭ ex virus h￭ sv most individuals carrying her￭ pes are unaware they have been infected and many will never suffer an outbreak which involves bl￭ is￭ ters similar to cold so￭ res while there is no cure for her￭ pes over time symptoms are increasingly mild and outbreaks are decreas￭ ingly frequent when symptomatic the typical manifestation of a primary infection is clusters of genital so￭ res consisting of infl￭ amed pap￭ ules and ves￭ ic￭ les on the outer surface of the gen￭ itals resembling cold so￭ res these usually appear 4 – 7 days after sexual exposure to h￭ sv for the first time genital h￭ sv 1 infection rec￭ urs at rate of about one sixth of that of genital h￭ sv 2 h￭ sv has been classified into two distinct categories h￭ sv 1 and h￭ sv 2 although genital her￭ pes was previously caused primarily by h￭ sv 2 genital h￭ sv 1 infections are increasing and now cause up to 80 of infections in 2013 about 1 1 billion people 15 9 had as￭ ymp￭ tomatic genital her￭ pes and 47 million new cases of genital her￭ pes occurred a 1998 study indicated it was the most common sexually transmitted infection by the number of cases
genital war￭ ts are symptoms of a contagious sexually transmitted disease caused by some types of human pap￭ il￭ lo￭ ma￭ virus h￭ p￭ v war￭ ts are the most easily recognized symptom of genital h￭ p￭ v infection about 90 of those who contract h￭ p￭ v will not develop genital war￭ ts and the remaining 10 who are infected can transmit the virus h￭ p￭ v types 6 and 11 are most frequently the cause of genital war￭ ts it is spread through direct skin to skin contact usually during oral genital or anal sex with an infected partner while some types of h￭ p￭ v cause cer￭ vic￭ al cancer and anal cancers these are not the same types of h￭ p￭ v that cause genital war￭ ts the some h￭ p￭ v vaccines includes coverage for types 6 and 11 and therefore can prevent genital war￭ ts it is also possible to be infected with different types of h￭ p￭ v either at the same or different times although estimates of the number of new cases a year vary h￭ p￭ v is so common that nearly all sexually active people will get it at some point in their lives a con￭ dy￭ lo￭ ma acu￭ min￭ at￭ um is a single genital wart and con￭ dy￭ lo￭ mata acu￭ min￭ ata are multiple genital war￭ ts the word roots mean pointed wart from greek κ￭ όν￭ δ￭ υ￭ λο￭ ς knuc￭ kle greek ω￭ μα oma disease and latin acu￭ min￭ at￭ um pointed although similarly named it is not the same as con￭ dy￭ lo￭ ma lat￭ um which is a complic￭ ation of secondary sy￭ phil￭ is
in 2012 it was shown that mutations in the gene kat 6 b cause the syndrome
gen￭ it￭ our￭ inary am￭ oe￭ bi￭ asis or ren￭ al am￭ oe￭ bi￭ asis is a rare complic￭ ation to am￭ oe￭ bic liver abs￭ c￭ ess which in turn is a complic￭ ation of am￭ oe￭ bi￭ asis it is believed to result from liver abs￭ c￭ esses breaking open wh￭ er￭ eu￭ pon the am￭ oe￭ bas spread through the blood to the new loc￭ ale genital involvement is thought to result from f￭ ist￭ ula formation from the liver or through rec￭ to￭ co￭ li￭ tis the involvement causes le￭ sions which ex￭ ude a high degree of p￭ us
geno￭ copy is a trait that is a phen￭ o￭ typ￭ ic copy of a genetic trait but is caused by a different geno￭ type a geno￭ type at one loc￭ us that produces a phen￭ o￭ type that at some levels of resolution is in￭ distingu￭ ishable from that produced by another geno￭ type two types of el￭ lip￭ to￭ cy￭ to￭ sis that are geno￭ copies of each other but are distinguished by the fact that one is linked to the r￭ h blood group loc￭ us and the other is not the way to distinguish a rec￭ essive geno￭ copy from a phen￭ o￭ type caused by a different alle￭ le would be by carrying out a test cross breeding the two together if they f 1 hybrid segreg￭ ates 1 2 1 then we can determine that it was a geno￭ copy
geno￭ der￭ mato￭ ses are inherited genetic skin conditions often grouped into three categories chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al single gene and poly￭ genetic
genome size is the total amount of dna contained within one copy of a single genome it is typically measured in terms of mass in pi￭ co￭ grams tril￭ lion￭ ths 10 − 12 of a gram abbreviated pg or less frequently in dal￭ tons or as the total number of nucle￭ o￭ tide base pairs typically in me￭ gab￭ ases millions of base pairs abbreviated mb or m￭ bp one pi￭ co￭ gram equals 9￭ 78 me￭ gab￭ ases in diplo￭ id organisms genome size is used inter￭ change￭ ably with the term c value an organism s complexity is not directly proportional to its genome size some single cell organisms have much more dna than humans see junk dna and c value en￭ ig￭ ma
genom￭ ic im￭ printing is the epi￭ genetic phenomenon by which certain genes are expressed in a parent of origin specific manner if the alle￭ le inherited from the father is im￭ printed it is thereby silenced and only the alle￭ le from the mother is expressed if the alle￭ le from the mother is im￭ printed then only the alle￭ le from the father is expressed forms of genom￭ ic im￭ printing have been demonstrated in fun￭ gi plants and animals as of 2014 there are about 150 im￭ printed genes known in the mouse and about half that in humans genom￭ ic im￭ printing is an inheritance process independent of the classical men￭ deli￭ an inheritance it is an epi￭ genetic process that involves dna meth￭ yl￭ ation and hist￭ one meth￭ yl￭ ation without altering the genetic sequence these epi￭ genetic marks are established im￭ printed in the ger￭ m￭ line sperm or egg cells of the parents and are maintained through mit￭ otic cell divisions in the som￭ atic cells of an organism appropriate im￭ printing of certain genes is important for normal development human diseases involving genom￭ ic im￭ printing include angel￭ man syndrome and pr￭ ader – will￭ i syndrome
gen￭ u recur￭ vat￭ um is a de￭ form￭ ity in the knee joint so that the knee ben￭ ds backwards in this de￭ form￭ ity excessive extension occurs in the ti￭ bi￭ of￭ em￭ oral joint gen￭ u recur￭ vat￭ um is also called knee hyper￭ extension and back knee this de￭ form￭ ity is more common in women and people with famili￭ al lig￭ am￭ ent￭ ous lax￭ ity hyper￭ extension of the knee may be mild moderate or severe the normal range of motion rom of the knee joint is from 0 to 135 degrees in an adult full knee extension should be no more than 10 degrees in gen￭ u recur￭ vat￭ um back knee normal extension is increased the development of gen￭ u recur￭ vat￭ um may lead to knee pain and knee o￭ ste￭ o￭ ar￭ thri￭ tis
gen￭ u val￭ gum commonly called knock knee is a condition in which the knees angle in and touch one another when the legs are strai￭ ghtened individuals with severe val￭ gus de￭ form￭ ities are typically unable to touch their feet together while simultaneously strai￭ ghtening the legs the term originates from the latin gen￭ u knee and val￭ gus which actually means bent outw￭ ards but in this case it is used to describe the dis￭ tal portion of the knee joint which ben￭ ds outw￭ ards and thus the proxim￭ al portion seems to be bent in￭ wards for c￭ itation and more information on uses of the words val￭ gus and var￭ us please visit the internal link to var￭ us mild gen￭ u val￭ gum is diagnosed when a person standing u￭ pri￭ ght with the feet touching also shows the knees touching it can be seen in children from ages 2 to 5 and is often corrected naturally as children grow however the condition may continue or worsen with age particularly when it is the result of a disease such as ric￭ kets or obesity idi￭ opathic gen￭ u val￭ gum is a form that is either con￭ genital or has no known cause other systemic conditions may be associated such as sch￭ ny￭ der cryst￭ alline cor￭ ne￭ al dy￭ stro￭ phy an auto￭ som￭ al dominant condition frequently reported with hyper￭ li￭ pi￭ dem￭ ia
gen￭ u var￭ um also called bow leg￭ ge￭ dness ban￭ din￭ ess ban￭ dy leg and ti￭ bia var￭ a is a physical de￭ form￭ ity marked by outward bo￭ wing of the lower leg in relation to the thi￭ gh giving the appearance of an archer s bow usually medi￭ al ang￭ ulation of both fem￭ ur and ti￭ bia is involved
in mathematics — specifically in differential geometry — a geo￭ des￭ ic map or geo￭ des￭ ic mapping or geo￭ des￭ ic diff￭ e￭ om￭ orph￭ ism is a function that preserves geo￭ des￭ ics more precisely given two pseudo ri￭ em￭ ann￭ ian mani￭ fol￭ ds m g and n h a function φ m → n is said to be a geo￭ des￭ ic map if φ is a diff￭ e￭ om￭ orph￭ ism of m onto n and the image under φ of any geo￭ des￭ ic arc in m is a geo￭ des￭ ic arc in n and the image under the in￭ verse function φ − 1 of any geo￭ des￭ ic arc in n is a geo￭ des￭ ic arc in m
ge￭ od￭ y￭ nam￭ ics is a sub￭ field of ge￭ oph￭ ys￭ ics dealing with dynamics of the earth it applies physics chemistry and mathematics to the understanding of how man￭ tle conv￭ ection leads to plate tec￭ ton￭ ics and geo￭ logic phenomena such as seaf￭ lo￭ or spreading mountain building volcan￭ oes earthquakes fa￭ ulting and so on it also attempts to probe the internal activity by measuring magnetic fields gravity and seis￭ mic waves as well as the miner￭ alo￭ gy of rocks and their isotop￭ ic composition methods of ge￭ od￭ y￭ nam￭ ics are also applied to exploration of other planets
geographic tongue also known by several other terms is an infl￭ am￭ matory condition of the mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ rane of the tongue usually on the dor￭ sal surface it is a common condition affecting approximately 2 – 3 of the general population it is characterized by areas of smooth red de￭ pap￭ ill￭ ation loss of lingual pap￭ il￭ la￭ e which migrate over time the name comes from the map like appearance of the tongue with the pat￭ ches resembling the islands of an archipelago the cause is unknown but the condition is entirely benign importantly it does not represent oral cancer and there is no cur￭ ative treatment un￭ commonly geographic tongue may cause a burning sensation on the tongue for which various treatments have been described with little formal evidence of efficacy
the geo￭ logy of british columbia is a function of its location on the leading edge of the north american continent the mountainous physi￭ o￭ graphy and the diversity of rock types and ages hint at the complex geo￭ logy which is still undergoing revision despite a century of exploration and mapping the country s most prominent geological features are mountain ranges including the north american cor￭ dill￭ era which stretches from southern mexico to alaska
a ge￭ om￭ ag￭ ne￭ tic storm is a temporary disturbance of the earth s magne￭ to￭ sphere caused by a solar wind shock wave and or cloud of magnetic field that inter￭ acts with the earth s magnetic field the increase in the solar wind pressure initially com￭ presses the magne￭ to￭ sphere the solar wind s magnetic field inter￭ acts with the earth ’ s magnetic field and transfers an increased energy into the magne￭ to￭ sphere both interactions cause an increase in plasma movement through the magne￭ to￭ sphere driven by increased electric fields inside the magne￭ to￭ sphere and an increase in electric current in the magne￭ to￭ sphere and ion￭ o￭ sphere during the main phase of a ge￭ om￭ ag￭ ne￭ tic storm electric current in the magne￭ to￭ sphere creates a magnetic force that pushes out the boundary between the magne￭ to￭ sphere and the solar wind the disturbance in the inter￭ plan￭ e￭ tary medium that drives the storm may be due to a solar cor￭ onal mass e￭ jec￭ tion c￭ me or a high speed stream co rotating interaction region or ci￭ r of the solar wind originating from a region of weak magnetic field on the sun ’ s surface the frequency of ge￭ om￭ ag￭ ne￭ tic storms increases and decreases with the sun￭ spot cycle c￭ me driven storms are more common during the maximum of the solar cycle while ci￭ r driven storms are more common during the minimum of the solar cycle several space weather phenomena tend to be associated with or are caused by a ge￭ om￭ ag￭ ne￭ tic storm these include solar energetic particle se￭ p events ge￭ om￭ ag￭ ne￭ tically induced currents gic ion￭ o￭ spheric disturbances that cause radio and radar sc￭ in￭ till￭ ation disruption of navigation by magnetic compass and aur￭ oral displays at much lower lati￭ tudes than normal in 1989 a ge￭ om￭ ag￭ ne￭ tic storm energi￭ zed ground induced currents that disrupted electric power distribution throughout most of the province of qu￭ eb￭ ec and caused aur￭ or￭ ae as far south as texas
ge￭ om￭ ag￭ ne￭ tically induced currents gic affecting the normal operation of long electrical conductor systems are a manifestation at ground level of space weather during space weather events electric currents in the magne￭ to￭ sphere and ion￭ o￭ sphere experience large variations which manifest also in the earth s magnetic field these variations induce currents gic in conductors operated on the surface of earth electric transmission grids and buried pipelines are common examples of such conductor systems gic can cause problems such as increased corro￭ sion of pipeline steel and damaged high voltage power transformers gic are one possible consequence of ge￭ om￭ ag￭ ne￭ tic storms which may also affect ge￭ oph￭ ys￭ ical exploration surveys and oil and gas drilling operations
ge￭ om￭ el￭ op￭ ha￭ gia is an unusual pic￭ a medical eating disorder in iron deficiency an￭ emia and is characterized by abnormal ing￭ estion of raw potatoes
in classical and quantum mechanics the geome￭ tric phase pan￭ char￭ at￭ nam – berry phase named after s pan￭ char￭ at￭ nam and sir michael berry pan￭ char￭ at￭ nam phase or most commonly berry phase is a phase difference acquired over￭ the course of a cycle when a system is subjected to cyclic adi￭ ab￭ atic processes which results from the geome￭ tr￭ ical properties of the parameter space of the hamil￭ ton￭ ian the phenomenon was first discovered in 1956 and re￭ discovered in 1984 it can be seen in the a￭ har￭ on￭ ov – bo￭ hm effect and in the con￭ ical inter￭ section of potential energy surfaces in the case of the a￭ har￭ on￭ ov – bo￭ hm effect the adi￭ ab￭ atic parameter is the magnetic field enclosed by two interference paths and it is cyclic in the sense that these two paths form a loop in the case of the con￭ ical inter￭ section the adi￭ ab￭ atic parameters are the molecular coordinates apart from quantum mechanics it arises in a variety of other wave systems such as classical op￭ tics as a rule of thumb it can occur whenever there are at least two parameters character￭ izing a wave in the vicinity of some sort of sing￭ ul￭ arity or hole in the topo￭ logy two parameters are required because either the set of non￭ singular states will not be simply connected or there will be non￭ zero hol￭ on￭ omy waves are characterized by am￭ pl￭ itude and phase and both may vary as a function of those parameters the geome￭ tric phase occurs when both parameters are changed simultaneously but very slowly adi￭ ab￭ atically and eventually brought back to the initial configuration in quantum mechanics this could involve ro￭ tations but also translations of particles which are apparently undone at the end one might expect that the waves in the system return to the initial state as characterized by the am￭ pl￭ it￭ u￭ des and phases and accounting for the passage of time however if the parameter ex￭ cur￭ sions correspond to a loop instead of a self re￭ tracing back and forth variation then it is possible that the initial and final states differ in their phases this phase difference is the geome￭ tric phase and its occurrence typically indicates that the system s parameter dependence is singular its state is un￭ defined for some combination of parameters to measure the geome￭ tric phase in a wave system an interference experiment is required the fou￭ ca￭ ult pendulum is an example from classical mechanics that is sometimes used to illustrate the geome￭ tric phase this mechanics analogue of the geome￭ tric phase is known as the h￭ ann￭ ay angle
ge￭ opho￭ to￭ graphy also geo photo￭ graphy or geological photo￭ graphy is a sub￭ field of geo￭ logy that involves the use of photo￭ graphy or other imaging techniques in the visible or near visible e g ultra￭ violet infra￭ red spectrum to realistically record objects features and processes of geological significance ultimately ge￭ opho￭ to￭ graphy is motivated by a scientific comprehension or question and serves to accomplish a specific useful goal in furthering the understanding of the aspect of geo￭ logy that it addresses however cros￭ so￭ ver does occur from documentary to more artistic styles as geo￭ logy is broadly the study of the earth and often entails the study of large scale features such as mountains and mountain belts there is significant overlap between ge￭ opho￭ to￭ graphy and landscape photo￭ graphy especially
geo￭ potential function is a function that at each point is equal to a constant minus the energy that would be acquired by a unit mass in falling from rest at infin￭ ity to the point in question the gr￭ adi￭ ent of the geo￭ potential function which can be obtained by vector calcul￭ us yields the earth s grav￭ it￭ ational field
george van￭ den b￭ emp￭ de earlier john￭ stone 29 may 17￭ 20 – 29 april 17￭ 92 3 rd mar￭ qu￭ ess of ann￭ and￭ ale succeeded james john￭ stone 2 nd mar￭ qu￭ ess of ann￭ and￭ ale on his death in 17￭ 30 but in practice from 17￭ 33 and enjoyed that title from then to his own death wh￭ er￭ eu￭ pon the title became extinct his change of sur￭ name from john￭ stone to van￭ den b￭ emp￭ de was a condition of receiving an inheritance from john van￭ den b￭ emp￭ de and was confirmed by an act of parliament of 17￭ 44
geo￭ tric￭ ho￭ sis is a my￭ co￭ sis caused by geo￭ tric￭ h￭ um candi￭ dum the lungs are the primary organ affected but other systems can be involved
ge￭ phy￭ ro￭ pho￭ bia is the anxiety disorder or specific pho￭ bia characterized by the fear of bridges as a result sufferers of ge￭ phy￭ ro￭ pho￭ bia may avoid routes that will take them over bridges some possible explanations of ge￭ phy￭ ro￭ pho￭ bia may be the fear of the structural integrity of the bridges itself or the fear that the bridge will collapse if they try to cross it dr michael lie￭ bo￭ witz founder of the anxiety disorders clinic at the new york state psychiatric institute says it s not an isolated pho￭ bia but usually part of a larger con￭ stell￭ ation it s people who get panic attacks you get light headed dizzy your heart races you become afraid that you ll feel trapped the new york state thru￭ way authority will lead ge￭ phy￭ ro￭ pho￭ bi￭ acs over the t￭ app￭ an ze￭ e bridge a driver can call the authority in advance and arrange for someone to drive the car over the bridge for them the authority performs the service about six times a year the mary￭ land transportation authority offers a similar service for crossing the ches￭ a￭ pe￭ a￭ ke bay bridge the mack￭ in￭ ac bridge authority which over￭ sees the mack￭ in￭ ac bridge which connects michigan ’ s upper and lower pen￭ insul￭ as will drive one s car across its span for any needy ge￭ phy￭ ro￭ pho￭ bi￭ acs some thousand drivers take advantage of this free program each year the term ge￭ phy￭ ro￭ pho￭ bia comes from greek γ￭ έ￭ φ￭ υ￭ ρ￭ α ge￭ ph￭ ura meaning bridge and φ￭ ό￭ β￭ ος pho￭ bos fear
ger￭ i￭ atric trauma refers to a traumatic injury that occurs to an elderly person the three prevailing causes of traumatic death in the elderly are falls which account for 40 of traumatic death in this age group traffic collis￭ ions and burns
a germ cell tumor g￭ ct is a ne￭ op￭ las￭ m derived from germ cells germ cell tumors can be can￭ cer￭ ous or non can￭ cer￭ ous tumors germ cells normally occur inside the gon￭ ads o￭ vary and testi￭ s germ cell tumors that originate outside the gon￭ ads may be birth defects resulting from errors during development of the embryo
the letter monopoly german brief￭ mono￭ pol was a condition created after the german post￭ gesetz law was changed in 2005 — 2007 to allow an exclusive license to the german post office deutsche post for the transport of letters and catalo￭ g deliveries of up to 50 grams from the previous 100 grams this limit only applied to a portion of the postal market in a service industry of some 1 000 providers but it created a monopoly the letter monopoly was often justified by the provision of universal service by the state but some german cities wanted it to be abolished
germin￭ al matrix hemorrha￭ ge is a bleeding into the su￭ be￭ pend￭ ym￭ al germin￭ al matrix with or without subsequent rupture into the lateral ven￭ tric￭ le
a germin￭ oma is a type of germ cell tumor which is not differentiated upon examination it may be benign or m￭ align￭ ant
ger￭ m￭ line mo￭ sa￭ ic￭ ism also called gon￭ ad￭ al mo￭ sa￭ ic￭ ism is a type of genetic mo￭ sa￭ ic￭ ism where more than one set of genetic information is found specifically within the game￭ te cells som￭ atic mo￭ sa￭ ic￭ ism a type of genetic mo￭ sa￭ ic￭ ism found in som￭ atic cells and ger￭ m￭ line mo￭ sa￭ ic￭ ism can be present at the same time or individually depending on when the conditions occur when the mo￭ sa￭ ic￭ ism is only found in the game￭ tes and not in any som￭ atic cells it is referred to as pure ger￭ m￭ line mo￭ sa￭ ic￭ ism ger￭ m￭ line mo￭ sa￭ ic￭ ism can be caused either by a mutation that occurs after conception or by epi￭ genetic regulation alterations to dna such as meth￭ yl￭ ation that do not involve changes in the dna coding sequence a mutation in an alle￭ le acquired by a som￭ atic cell early in it s development can be passed on to its daughter cells including those that later speci￭ alize to game￭ tes it can also be caused by a spor￭ adic mutation in a game￭ te cell if the ger￭ m￭ line mo￭ sa￭ ic￭ ism causing mutation occurs in the som￭ atic cell it never results in pure ger￭ m￭ line mo￭ sa￭ ic￭ ism because it will be present in som￭ atic cells as well
ger￭ o￭ der￭ mia o￭ ste￭ odys￭ plas￭ tica go also called ger￭ o￭ der￭ ma o￭ ste￭ odys￭ plas￭ tic￭ um and walt dis￭ ney dwar￭ f￭ ism is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive connec￭ tive tissue disorder included in the spectrum of cu￭ tis la￭ xa syndro￭ mes usage of the name walt dis￭ ney dwar￭ f￭ ism is attributed to the first known case of the disorder documented in a 1950 journal report in which the authors described five affected members from a swiss family as having the physical appearance of dwar￭ ves from a walt dis￭ ney film the terms ger￭ o￭ der￭ ma or ger￭ o￭ der￭ mia can be used inter￭ change￭ ably with o￭ ste￭ odys￭ plas￭ tica or o￭ ste￭ odys￭ plas￭ tic￭ um with the term here￭ dit￭ aria sometimes appearing at the end
ger￭ st￭ mann syndrome is a neuro￭ psychological disorder that is characterized by a con￭ stell￭ ation of symptoms that suggests the presence of a le￭ sion in a particular area of the brain it should not be confused with ger￭ st￭ mann str￭ ä￭ us￭ sl￭ er sche￭ in￭ ker syndrome which is a transmissible spongiform encephalopathy destruction to the inferior par￭ ie￭ tal lo￭ bu￭ le of the dominant hemisphere results in ger￭ st￭ mann s syndrome it is named for jose￭ f ger￭ st￭ mann
ger￭ st￭ mann – str￭ ä￭ us￭ sl￭ er – sche￭ in￭ ker syndrome g￭ ss is a very rare usually famili￭ al fatal neuro￭ degenerative disease that affects patients from 20 to 60 years in age though exclusively her￭ itable this extremely rare disease is classified with the transmissible spongiform encephalopathies tse due to the caus￭ ative role played by pr￭ n￭ p the human pri￭ on protein the exact incidence of g￭ ss is unknown but is estimated to be between 1 and 10 per 100 million famili￭ al cases are associated with auto￭ som￭ al dominant inheritance ger￭ st￭ mann – str￭ ä￭ us￭ sl￭ er – sche￭ in￭ ker disease g￭ ss is an extremely rare neuro￭ genetic brain disorder it is always inherited and is found in only a few families all over the world nin￭ ds ¶ 1 the trait is an auto￭ som￭ al dominant trait caused by a gene mutation it is also in a group of hereditary pri￭ on protein diseases or also known as tses many symptoms are associated with g￭ ss such as progressive at￭ ax￭ ia pyram￭ idal signs and even adult onset dementia they progress more as the disease progres￭ ses far￭ low et al nov 1989
gest￭ alt￭ zer￭ fall german for shape de￭ composition refers to a type of visual agno￭ sia and is psychological phenomenon where delays in recognition are observed when a complex shape is st￭ ared at for a while as the shape seems to de￭ com￭ pose into its constituting parts with regards to kan￭ ji a study has shown that delays are most significant when the characters are of the same size when characters to recognize are of different sizes delays are observed only when they are of different patterns the phenomenon was first described and named by c fa￭ ust in 1947 as a symptom of the bilateral region of the par￭ ie￭ to oc￭ ci￭ p￭ ital sul￭ cus after a through and through bullet wound of this region afterwards when the concerned person st￭ ared at a truck for a while the truck seemed to de￭ com￭ pose into its motor ch￭ ass￭ is driver cab and the person could only focus on one of these parts until he shortly closed his eyes or looked away which reset the shape to the complete truck again the characteristics of orth￭ o￭ graphic sati￭ ation as opposed to sem￭ an￭ tic sati￭ ation is that meaning remains intact it was suggested that this is different from sem￭ an￭ tic sati￭ ation and from stimulus famili￭ arization effect because orth￭ o￭ graphic sati￭ ation occurs after the percei￭ vers have access to the l￭ ex￭ ical meaning
gest￭ ational ch￭ ori￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma is a m￭ align￭ ant tro￭ pho￭ bl￭ astic tum￭ our arising from any gest￭ ational event during pregnancy in the reproductive female women with gest￭ ational ch￭ ori￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma may present with abnormal vag￭ inal bleeding persistent markedly elevated β￭ h￭ c￭ g or a history of prior pregnancy most patients develop gest￭ ational ch￭ ori￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma shortly after gest￭ ational anomalies but path￭ ology may occur after a long lat￭ ency of years it may occur during pregnancy often it happens after a growth of some sort in the wom￭ b pregnancy tumor mole cyst
gest￭ ational diabetes also known as gest￭ ational diabetes mell￭ it￭ us g￭ dm is when a woman without diabetes develops high blood sugar levels during pregnancy gest￭ ational diabetes generally results in few symptoms however it does increase the risk of pre ec￭ lam￭ p￭ sia depression and requiring a ca￭ es￭ are￭ an section babies born to mothers with poorly treated gest￭ ational diabetes are at increased risk of being too large having low blood sugar after birth and ja￭ und￭ ice if untreated it can also result in a still￭ birth long term children are at higher risk of being overweight and developing type 2 diabetes gest￭ ational diabetes is caused by not enough insulin in the setting of insulin resistance risk factors include being overweight previously having gest￭ ational diabetes a family history of type 2 diabetes and having poly￭ c￭ ys￭ tic o￭ vari￭ an syndrome diagnosis is by blood tests for those at normal risk screening is recommended between 24 and 28 weeks gest￭ ation for those at high risk testing may occur at the first pre￭ natal visit prevention is by maintaining a healthy weight and exercising before pregnancy gest￭ ational diabetes is a treated with a diabe￭ tic diet exercise and possibly insulin injections most women are able to manage their blood sugar with a diet and exercise blood sugar testing among those who are affected is often recommended four times a day breastfeeding is recommended as soon as possible after birth gest￭ ational diabetes affects 3 – 9 of pregnancies depending on the population studied it is especially common during the last third of pregnancy it affects 1 of those under the age of 20 and 13 of those over the age of 44 a number of ethnic groups including asians american indians indigenous austr￭ ali￭ ans and pacific isl￭ anders are at higher risk in 90 of people gest￭ ational diabetes will resolve after the baby is born women however are at an increased risk of developing type 2 diabetes
gest￭ ational hyper￭ tension or pregnancy induced hyper￭ tension pi￭ h is the development of new hyper￭ tension in a pregnant woman after 20 weeks gest￭ ation without the presence of protein in the urine or other signs of pre￭ ec￭ lam￭ p￭ sia hyper￭ tension is defined as having a blood pressure greater than 140 90 mm h￭ g
gest￭ ational p￭ emp￭ hi￭ go￭ id or p￭ emp￭ hi￭ go￭ id gest￭ ation￭ is pg is a der￭ mat￭ osis of pregnancy being an auto￭ immune bl￭ is￭ tering skin disease that occurs during pregnancy typically in the second or third trim￭ ester and or immediately following pregnancy it was originally called her￭ pes gest￭ ation￭ is because of the bl￭ is￭ tering appearance although it is not associated with the her￭ pes virus
gest￭ ational incidental thro￭ m￭ bo￭ cy￭ top￭ enia is a condition that commonly affects pregnant women thro￭ m￭ bo￭ cy￭ top￭ enia is defined as the drop in plat￭ elet count from the normal range of 150 000 – 400 000 μ￭ l to a count lower than 150 000 μ￭ l there is still ongoing research to determine the reason for the lowering of plat￭ elet count in women with a normal pregnancy some researchers speculate the cause to be dependent on dilution decreased production of plat￭ el￭ ets or an increased turnover event although women with normal pregnancy experience a low plat￭ elet count women experiencing a continuous drop in plat￭ elet will be diagnosed with thro￭ m￭ bo￭ cy￭ top￭ enia and women with levels greater than 70 000 µ￭ l will be diagnosed with gest￭ ational thro￭ m￭ bo￭ cy￭ top￭ enia thro￭ m￭ bo￭ cy￭ top￭ enia affects approximately 7 10 of pregnant women and of the 7 10 within that population approximately 70 80 have gest￭ ational thro￭ m￭ bo￭ cy￭ top￭ enia gest￭ ational thro￭ m￭ bo￭ cy￭ top￭ enia is a disorder similar to immune thro￭ m￭ bo￭ cy￭ top￭ enia it￭ p and is difficult to differentiate between the two disorders therefore a medical history is conducted to because a diagnostic test is unavailable
gest￭ ational tro￭ pho￭ bl￭ astic disease g￭ td is a term used for a group of pregnancy related tum￭ ours these tum￭ ours are rare and they appear when cells in the wom￭ b start to prolifer￭ ate un￭ controll￭ ably the cells that form gest￭ ational tro￭ pho￭ bl￭ astic tum￭ ours are called tro￭ pho￭ bl￭ asts and come from tissue that grows to form the plac￭ enta during pregnancy there are several different types of g￭ td hy￭ d￭ ati￭ di￭ form mol￭ es are benign in most cases but sometimes may develop into invasive mol￭ es or in rare cases into ch￭ ori￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma which is likely to spread quickly but which is very sensitive to chem￭ otherapy and has a very good prog￭ no￭ sis gest￭ ational tro￭ pho￭ bl￭ asts are of particular interest to cell biologists because like cancer these cells invade tissue the uter￭ us but unlike cancer they sometimes know when to stop g￭ td can simul￭ ate pregnancy because the uter￭ us may contain fe￭ tal tissue albeit abnormal this tissue may grow at the same rate as a normal pregnancy and produces ch￭ ori￭ onic gon￭ ad￭ o￭ tro￭ pin a hormone which is measured to monitor fe￭ tal well being while g￭ td overwhelmingly affects women of child bearing age it may rarely occur in post￭ men￭ opa￭ usal women
ge￭ top￭ t is a c library function used to par￭ se command line options it is also the name of a uni￭ x program for par￭ sing command line arguments in shell s￭ cripts
the ge￭ wald reaction is an organic reaction involving the condens￭ ation of a ke￭ tone or alde￭ hyde when r 2 h with a α cy￭ ano￭ ester in the presence of elem￭ ental sul￭ fur and base to give a poly substituted 2 amino thi￭ op￭ hen￭ e the ge￭ wald reaction the reaction is named after the german chem￭ ist karl ge￭ wald born 1930
gh￭ on s complex is a le￭ sion seen in the lung that is caused by tuberculosis the le￭ sions consist of a calci￭ fied focus of infection and an associated lymp￭ h no￭ de these le￭ sions are particularly common in children and can retain viable bacteria so are sources of long term infection and may be involved in re￭ activation of the disease in later life in countries where cow milk infected with my￭ co￭ bacter￭ ium bo￭ vis has been eliminated due to culling of infected cows and past￭ eur￭ ization primary tuberculosis is usually caused by my￭ co￭ bacter￭ ium tuberculosis and almost always begins in the lungs typically the inhal￭ ed bac￭ ill￭ i impl￭ ant in the dis￭ tal air￭ spaces of the lower part of the upper lo￭ be or the upper part of the lower lo￭ be usually close to the ple￭ ura as sensi￭ tization develops a 1 to 1 5 cm area of gray white infl￭ amm￭ ation with consolidation emerges known as the gh￭ on focus in most cases the center of this focus under￭ goes cas￭ eous necro￭ sis tuber￭ cle bac￭ ill￭ i either free or within p￭ ha￭ go￭ cy￭ tes drain to the regional no￭ des which also often cas￭ e￭ ate this combination of paren￭ ch￭ ym￭ al lung le￭ sion and no￭ dal involvement is referred to as the gh￭ on complex during the first few weeks there is also lymp￭ h￭ atic and hem￭ ato￭ genous dissemination to other parts of the body in approximately 95 of cases development of cell medi￭ ated immunity controls the infection
a gh￭ on focus is a primary le￭ sion usually sub￭ ple￭ ural often in the mid to lower zones caused by my￭ co￭ bacter￭ ium bac￭ ill￭ i tuberculosis developed in the lung of a non￭ immune host usually a child it is named for anton gh￭ on 18￭ 66 – 1936 an austrian patho￭ logist it is a small area of gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ ous infl￭ amm￭ ation only detec￭ table by chest x ray if it calci￭ fies or grows substantially see tuberculosis radi￭ ology typically these will heal but in some cases especially in immun￭ o￭ suppressed patients it will progress to mili￭ ary tuberculosis so named due to the gran￭ ul￭ om￭ as resembling mil￭ let seeds on a chest x ray the classical location for primary infection is surrounding the lob￭ ar f￭ issu￭ res either in the upper part of the lower lo￭ be or lower part of the upper lo￭ be if the gh￭ on focus also involves infection of adjacent lymp￭ h￭ atics and hil￭ ar lymp￭ h no￭ des it is known as the gh￭ on s complex or primary complex when a gh￭ on s complex under￭ goes fi￭ bro￭ sis and calci￭ fication it is called a ran￭ ke complex
gh￭ os￭ al hem￭ ato￭ di￭ ap￭ hy￭ seal dys￭ pl￭ asia is a metabol￭ ic disorder it is associated with di￭ ap￭ hy￭ seal dys￭ pl￭ asia and refrac￭ tory an￭ emia it is associated with a deficiency of thro￭ m￭ box￭ ane a syn￭ th￭ ase which produces thro￭ m￭ box￭ ane a 2 it was characterized in 1988
gian￭ otti – cro￭ sti syndrome english d￭ ʒ￭ ə￭ ˈ￭ n￭ ɒ￭ ti ˈ￭ kr￭ ɔ￭ ː￭ sti also known as inf￭ anti￭ le pap￭ ular acro￭ der￭ mati￭ tis pap￭ ular acro￭ der￭ mati￭ tis of childhood and pap￭ ul￭ o￭ vesicular acro￭ located syndrome is a reaction of the skin to a viral infection hepatitis b virus and ep￭ stein – bar￭ r virus are the most frequently reported pathogens other incrimin￭ ated viruses are hepatitis a virus hepatitis c virus cy￭ tom￭ eg￭ alo￭ virus co￭ x￭ s￭ ack￭ i￭ evi￭ rus aden￭ o￭ virus enter￭ o￭ virus ro￭ ta￭ virus rub￭ ella virus hiv and par￭ ain￭ flu￭ enza virus it is named for fer￭ din￭ ando gian￭ otti and ago￭ st￭ ino cro￭ sti
giant cell arter￭ i￭ tis g￭ ca also called temporal arter￭ i￭ tis cran￭ ial arter￭ i￭ tis or hor￭ ton disease is an infl￭ am￭ matory disease of blood vessels most commonly involving large and medium arter￭ ies of the head predominantly the branches of the external caro￭ ti￭ d artery the most serious complic￭ ation is oc￭ clu￭ sion of the oph￭ thal￭ mic artery which is a branch of the internal caro￭ ti￭ d it can create a medical emergency which can cause irreversible is￭ chem￭ ia and blindness if not treated promptly g￭ ca is treated with glu￭ co￭ cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ids ster￭ oids which reduce the infl￭ amm￭ ation and prevent oc￭ clu￭ sion no other drugs are effective or contribute to the effect of glu￭ co￭ cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ids g￭ ca is a form of vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis it typically causes infl￭ amm￭ ation of the network of small vessels v￭ asa vas￭ orum that supplies the larger arter￭ ies g￭ ca affects arter￭ ies of the head and neck including the three arter￭ ies that branch out from the arch of the asc￭ ending a￭ or￭ ta and their branches — the thor￭ ac￭ ic a￭ or￭ ta the ax￭ ill￭ ary arter￭ ies the vertebr￭ al arter￭ ies and further on in the head in the oph￭ thal￭ mic and external caro￭ ti￭ d arter￭ ies the temporal and oc￭ ci￭ p￭ ital arter￭ ies it can cause oc￭ clu￭ sion of the arter￭ ies and is￭ chem￭ ia g￭ ca is diagnosed with biopsy of the temporal artery while the clinical presentation patient characteristics and blood test mark￭ ers of infl￭ amm￭ ation can raise suspicion only a temporal artery biopsy can give definite diagnosis some cases may not involve the temporal artery and distinguishing between a false negative and the absence of g￭ ca is difficult the terms giant cell arter￭ i￭ tis and temporal arter￭ i￭ tis are sometimes used inter￭ change￭ ably because of the frequent involvement of the temporal artery however it can involve other large vessels such as the a￭ or￭ ta in giant cell a￭ or￭ ti￭ tis giant cell arter￭ i￭ tis of the temporal artery is referred to as temporal arter￭ i￭ tis and is also known as cran￭ ial arter￭ i￭ tis and hor￭ ton s disease the name giant cell arter￭ i￭ tis reflects the type of infl￭ am￭ matory cell involved as seen on a biopsy
giant cell carcin￭ oma of the lung g￭ cc￭ l is a rare his￭ to￭ logical form of large cell lung carcin￭ oma a subtype of un￭ differentiated lung cancer traditionally classified within the non small cell lung carcin￭ om￭ as n￭ s￭ cl￭ c the characteristic feature of this highly lethal m￭ align￭ ancy is the distinctive light micro￭ scopic appearance of its extremely large cells which are bizarre and highly ple￭ om￭ orph￭ ic and which often contain more than one huge mis￭ shap￭ en ple￭ om￭ orph￭ ic nucleus syn￭ cy￭ tia which result from cell fusion although it is common in the lung cancer literature to refer to his￭ to￭ logically mixed tumors containing significant numbers of m￭ align￭ ant giant cells as giant cell carcin￭ om￭ as technically a diagnosis of giant cell carcin￭ oma should be limited strictly to ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms containing only m￭ align￭ ant giant cells i e pure giant cell carcin￭ oma aside from the great hetero￭ geneity seen in lung cancers especially those occurring among tobacco smokers the considerable vari￭ ability in diagnostic and sampling techniques used in medical practice the high relative proportion of individuals with suspected g￭ cc￭ l who do not undergo complete surgical res￭ ection and the near universal lack of complete sec￭ tioning and pathological examination of res￭ ected tumor specimens prevent high levels of quantitative accuracy
giant cell fi￭ bro￭ ma is a type of fi￭ bro￭ ma not associated with trauma or irritation it can occur at any age and on a mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ rane surface the most common oral locations are on the g￭ ing￭ iva of the man￭ di￭ ble tongue and pal￭ ate it is a loc￭ alized reactive proliferation of fi￭ bro￭ us connec￭ tive tissue giant cell fi￭ bro￭ ma g￭ cf is a benign non ne￭ op￭ l￭ astic le￭ sion first described by wea￭ thers and cal￭ li￭ han 1974 it occurs in the first three decades of life and predomin￭ ates in females houston 1982 bak￭ os 1992 clin￭ ically the g￭ cf presents as an as￭ ymp￭ tomatic pap￭ ill￭ ary and pe￭ dun￭ cul￭ ated le￭ sion the most predominant location is the man￭ di￭ bul￭ ar g￭ ing￭ iva houston 1982 bak￭ os 1992 his￭ to￭ logically the g￭ cf is distinctive consisting of fi￭ bro￭ us connec￭ tive tissue without infl￭ amm￭ ation and covered with str￭ ati￭ fied squ￭ am￭ ous hyper￭ plastic epi￭ the￭ lium the most characteristic his￭ to￭ logical feature is the presence of large spin￭ dle shaped and stell￭ ate shaped mon￭ on￭ uc￭ lear cells and multin￭ uc￭ le￭ ated cells these cells occur in a variety of le￭ sions such as the fi￭ bro￭ us pap￭ ule of the nose un￭ gu￭ al fi￭ bro￭ ma ac￭ ral fi￭ bro￭ ker￭ atom￭ a ac￭ ral an￭ gi￭ o￭ fi￭ bro￭ ma and des￭ mop￭ l￭ astic fi￭ bro￭ bl￭ ast￭ oma swan 1988 pit￭ t et al 1993 karab￭ ela bou￭ ro￭ poul￭ ou et al 1999 jan￭ g et al 1999 despite many studies the nature of the stell￭ ated multin￭ uc￭ le￭ ate and mon￭ on￭ uc￭ lear cell is not clear wea￭ thers and campbell 1974 reg￭ e￭ zi et al 1987 od￭ ell et al 1994 magn￭ us￭ son and ras￭ mus￭ son 1995
giant cell re￭ ticul￭ o￭ his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ tom￭ a also known as solitary re￭ ticul￭ o￭ his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ tom￭ a and solitary re￭ ticul￭ o￭ his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by a solitary skin le￭ sion
giant cell tumor of the bone g￭ c￭ to￭ b is a relatively un￭ common tumor of the bone it is characterized by the presence of multin￭ uc￭ le￭ ated giant cells o￭ ste￭ o￭ cl￭ ast like cells m￭ align￭ ancy in giant cell tumor is un￭ common and occurs in about 2 of all cases however if m￭ align￭ ant de￭ generation does occur it is likely to me￭ tast￭ asi￭ ze to the lungs giant cell tumors are normally benign with unpredictable behavior it is a heterogeneous tumor composed of three different cell populations the giant cell tum￭ our st￭ rom￭ al cells g￭ c￭ ts￭ c constitute the ne￭ op￭ l￭ astic cells which are from an o￭ ste￭ obl￭ astic origin and are classified based on expression of o￭ ste￭ o￭ blast cell mark￭ ers such as al￭ kal￭ ine phosp￭ hat￭ ase and o￭ ste￭ oc￭ al￭ cin in contrast the mon￭ on￭ uc￭ lear his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ tic cells m￭ n￭ hc and multin￭ uc￭ le￭ ated giant cell m￭ ng￭ c fractions are secon￭ d￭ arily recruited and comprise the non ne￭ op￭ l￭ astic cell population they are derived from an o￭ ste￭ o￭ cl￭ ast mon￭ oc￭ y￭ te line￭ age determined primarily by expression of cd 68 a marker for mon￭ oc￭ y￭ tic precursor cells in most patients the tumors are slow to develop but may recur locally in as many as 50 of cases
giant cell tumor of the tend￭ on she￭ ath also known as giant cell sy￭ no￭ vi￭ oma and loc￭ alized no￭ d￭ ular ten￭ o￭ sy￭ no￭ vi￭ tis is a firm le￭ sion measuring 1 to 3 cm in diameter and is most commonly attached to the tend￭ ons of the fingers hands and w￭ rists with a pre￭ dil￭ ection for the fl￭ ex￭ or surfaces giant cell tumor of tend￭ on she￭ aths most often affect the wrist and fingers of males and females from the ages of 20 50 these tumors are typically pain￭ less and can cause cor￭ tical erosion surgery to remove the tumor is a common treatment though the tumors tend to recur
giant ax￭ onal neuro￭ pa￭ thy is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive neuro￭ logical disorder that causes dis￭ organization of neuro￭ fil￭ aments neuro￭ fil￭ aments form a structural framework that helps to define the shape and size of neurons and are essential for normal nerve function
giant ax￭ onal neuro￭ pa￭ thy with cur￭ ly hair is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive condition due to mutations in gi￭ ga￭ x￭ on￭ in
giant cell lic￭ hen￭ o￭ id der￭ mati￭ tis is a cu￭ taneous condition usually drug associated entity characterized by a lic￭ hen￭ o￭ id der￭ mati￭ tis with a gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ ous infiltr￭ ate composed of his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ tes and multin￭ uc￭ le￭ ated giant cells
giant con￭ dy￭ lo￭ ma acu￭ min￭ at￭ um also known as a bus￭ ch￭ ke – l￭ ö￭ wen￭ stein tumor and giant con￭ dy￭ lo￭ ma of bus￭ ch￭ ke – l￭ ö￭ wen￭ stein tumor is a rare cu￭ taneous condition characterized by an aggressive wart like growth that is a ver￭ ru￭ co￭ us carcin￭ oma it is attributed to human pap￭ il￭ lo￭ ma￭ virus
giant magne￭ to￭ resistance g￭ mr is a quantum mechanical magne￭ to￭ resistance effect observed in thin film structures composed of altern￭ ating fer￭ ro￭ magnetic and non magnetic conduc￭ tive layers the 2007 nobel prize in physics was awarded to albert fer￭ t and peter gr￭ ün￭ berg for the discovery of g￭ mr the effect is observed as a significant change in the electrical resistance depending on whether the magne￭ tization of adjacent fer￭ ro￭ magnetic layers are in a parallel or an anti￭ parallel alignment the overall resistance is relatively low for parallel alignment and relatively high for anti￭ parallel alignment the magne￭ tization direction can be controlled for example by applying an external magnetic field the effect is based on the dependence of electr￭ on scat￭ tering on the spin orientation the main application of g￭ mr is magnetic field sensors which are used to read data in hard disk drives bio￭ sensors micro￭ electro￭ mechanical systems m￭ ems and other devices g￭ mr multi￭ layer structures are also used in magne￭ to￭ resis￭ tive random access memory mr￭ am as cells that store one bit of information in literature the term giant magne￭ to￭ resistance is sometimes confused with colossal magne￭ to￭ resistance of fer￭ ro￭ magnetic and anti￭ fer￭ ro￭ magnetic semi￭ conductors which is not related to the multi￭ layer structure
giant plat￭ elet disorders are rare disorders featuring abnormally large plat￭ el￭ ets thro￭ m￭ bo￭ cy￭ top￭ enia and a tendency to bleeding giant plat￭ el￭ ets cannot stick adequately to an injured blood vessel walls resulting in abnormal bleeding when injured giant plat￭ elet disorder occurs for inherited diseases like bernard sou￭ lier syndrome gray plat￭ elet syndrome and may he￭ gg￭ lin anomaly
a giant solitary tric￭ ho￭ epi￭ the￭ li￭ oma is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by a skin le￭ sion that may be up to several centi￭ meters in diameter
gi￭ ardi￭ asis popul￭ arly known as be￭ aver fever is a zoonotic par￭ asi￭ tic disease caused by the flag￭ ell￭ ate proto￭ zo￭ an gi￭ ar￭ dia lam￭ b￭ lia also sometimes called gi￭ ar￭ dia inte￭ stin￭ alis and gi￭ ar￭ dia du￭ o￭ den￭ alis the gi￭ ar￭ dia organism in￭ habits the dig￭ estive tract of a wide variety of domestic and wild animal species as well as humans it is one of the most common pathogenic par￭ asi￭ tic infections in humans worldwide in 2013 there were about 280 million people worldwide with symptomatic gi￭ ardi￭ asis
in the dun￭ geons drag￭ ons fantasy role playing game a gib￭ bering mou￭ ther is a horrific aberr￭ ation which feeds on the bodily fluids and san￭ ity of its victims it resembles a w￭ ri￭ thing mass of grey flesh covered with dozens of randomly placed eyes and mouths of different sizes and shapes
the gi￭ bi￭ bit is a multiple of the bit a unit of information pre￭ fixed by the standards based multiplier gi￭ bi symbol gi a b￭ inary pre￭ fix meaning 230 the unit symbol of the gi￭ bi￭ bit is gi￭ bit 1 gi￭ bi￭ bit 230 bits 107￭ 37￭ 4￭ 18￭ 24 bits 1 0￭ 24 me￭ bi￭ bits the gi￭ bi￭ bit is closely related to the gi￭ gab￭ it the corresponding unit using the metric pre￭ fix gi￭ ga which is 109 bits
the gi￭ bi￭ by￭ te is a multiple of the unit by￭ te for digital information the b￭ inary pre￭ fix gi￭ bi means 230 therefore one gi￭ bi￭ by￭ te is equal to 107￭ 37￭ 4￭ 18￭ 24 by￭ tes 10￭ 24 me￭ bi￭ by￭ tes the unit symbol for the gi￭ bi￭ by￭ te is gi￭ b it is a member of the set of units with b￭ inary pre￭ fixes defined by the international electro￭ technical commission iec the gi￭ bi￭ by￭ te is very closely related to the gi￭ gab￭ y￭ te gb the gb is defined by the iec as 109 by￭ tes 100￭ 0000000 by￭ tes 1 gi￭ b ≈ 1 0￭ 74 gb 10￭ 24 gi￭ bi￭ by￭ tes are equal to one te￭ bi￭ by￭ te in the context of computer memory gi￭ gab￭ y￭ te and gb are custom￭ arily used to mean 10￭ 243 230 by￭ tes although not in the context of data transmission and not necessarily in the context of hard drive size the word gi￭ bi￭ by￭ te was coined in 1998 b￭ inary pre￭ fixes are increasingly used in technical literature and open source software and are a component of the international system of quantities
the gi￭ gab￭ it is a multiple of the unit bit for digital information or computer storage the pre￭ fix gi￭ ga symbol g is defined in the international system of units si as a multiplier of 109 1 billion short scale and therefore 1 gi￭ gab￭ it 109 bits 100￭ 0000000 bits the gi￭ gab￭ it has the unit symbol g￭ bit or gb using the common by￭ te size of 8 bits 1 g￭ bit is equal to 125 me￭ gab￭ y￭ tes mb or approximately 119 me￭ bi￭ by￭ tes mi￭ b the gi￭ gab￭ it is closely related to the gi￭ bi￭ bit a unit multiple derived from the b￭ inary pre￭ fix gi￭ bi symbol gi of the same order of magnitude which is equal to 230 bits 107￭ 37￭ 4￭ 18￭ 24 bits or approximately 7 larger than the gi￭ gab￭ it
the gi￭ gab￭ y￭ te ˈ￭ ɡ￭ ɪ￭ ɡ￭ ə￭ ba￭ ɪ￭ t gig ə by￭ t or ˈ￭ d￭ ʒ￭ ɪ￭ ɡ￭ ə￭ ba￭ ɪ￭ t is a multiple of the unit by￭ te for digital information the pre￭ fix gi￭ ga means 109 in the international system of units si therefore one gi￭ gab￭ y￭ te is 100￭ 0000000 by￭ tes the unit symbol for the gi￭ gab￭ y￭ te is gb this definition is used in all contexts of science engineering business and many areas of computing including hard drive solid state drive and tape capacities as well as data transmission speeds however the term is also used in some fields of computer science and information technology to den￭ ote 107￭ 37￭ 4￭ 18￭ 24 10￭ 243 or 230 by￭ tes particularly for sizes of ram the use of gi￭ gab￭ y￭ te is thus ambiguous for semiconductor ram the gi￭ gab￭ y￭ te den￭ o￭ tes 107￭ 37￭ 4￭ 18￭ 24 by￭ tes for hard drive capacities as described and marketed by the drive manufacturers the gi￭ gab￭ y￭ te den￭ o￭ tes 100￭ 0000000 by￭ tes but when a 500 gb drive s capacity is displayed by for example microsoft windows it is reported as 465 gb where gb then means 107￭ 37￭ 4￭ 18￭ 24 by￭ tes to address this ambiguity the b￭ inary pre￭ fixes are standardized in the international system of quantities each b￭ inary pre￭ fix den￭ oting an inte￭ ger power of 10￭ 24 with these pre￭ fixes a memory module that is labeled as having the size 1 gb is designated as 1 gi￭ b one gi￭ bi￭ by￭ te
gig￭ anti￭ sm also known as gi￭ anti￭ sm from greek γ￭ ί￭ γ￭ ας gi￭ gas giant plural γ￭ ί￭ γ￭ αν￭ τ￭ ες gigan￭ tes is a condition characterized by excessive growth and height significantly above average in humans this condition is caused by over production of growth hormone in childhood resulting in people between 7 feet 2 13 m and 9 feet 2 75 m in height
the phenomenon is important in the biology of ec￭ to￭ ther￭ mic meg￭ af￭ a￭ una such as large tur￭ tles and aquatic repti￭ les like ich￭ th￭ yo￭ sa￭ urs and mos￭ as￭ a￭ urs gigan￭ to￭ ther￭ ms though almost always ec￭ to￭ ther￭ mic generally have a body temperature similar to that of endo￭ ther￭ ms it has been suggested that the larger dinosaurs would have been gigan￭ to￭ ther￭ mic rendering them virtually home￭ other￭ mic
gil￭ bert s syndrome gs is a common genetic liver disorder found in 3 12 of the population it produces elevated levels of un￭ con￭ ju￭ gated bi￭ li￭ rubin in the blood￭ stream hyper￭ bi￭ li￭ ru￭ bin￭ emia but this normally has no serious consequences although mild ja￭ und￭ ice may appear under conditions of exer￭ tion or stress the cause of this hyper￭ bi￭ li￭ ru￭ bin￭ emia is the reduced activity of the enzyme gl￭ uc￭ u￭ ron￭ yl￭ transfer￭ ase which con￭ ju￭ gates bi￭ li￭ rubin and a few other li￭ po￭ phil￭ ic molecules con￭ ju￭ gation renders the bi￭ li￭ rubin water soluble after which it is ex￭ cre￭ ted in bile into the du￭ o￭ den￭ um there are a number of variants of the gene for the enzyme so the genetic basis of the condition is complex
gill￭ es￭ pie syndrome also called ani￭ ri￭ dia cere￭ bell￭ ar at￭ ax￭ ia and mental deficiency is a rare genetic disorder the disorder is characterized by partial ani￭ ri￭ dia meaning that part of the iris is missing at￭ ax￭ ia motor and coordination problems and in most cases intellectual disability it is heterogeneous inherited in either an auto￭ som￭ al dominant or auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive manner gill￭ es￭ pie syndrome was first described by american oph￭ thal￭ mo￭ logist fred￭ rick gill￭ es￭ pie in 1965
gil￭ let￭ te syndrome is the social disruption that can occur in a community due to rapid population growth such disruptions usually include increased crime degraded mental health weakened social and community bonds abnormally high costs of living and other social problems gil￭ let￭ te syndrome is most relevant to boom￭ towns that are growing rapidly due to nearby natural resource extraction such as coal mining or natural gas drilling psycho￭ logist el￭ dean koh￭ rs coined the term gil￭ let￭ te syndrome in an attempt to describe the social impacts of rapid coal mining development on the boom￭ town of gil￭ let￭ te wy￭ oming
gim￭ bal lock is the loss of one degree of freedom in a three dimensional three gim￭ bal mechanism that occurs when the axes of two of the three gim￭ b￭ als are driven into a parallel configuration locking the system into rotation in a degenerate two dimensional space the word lock is misleading no gim￭ bal is restrained all three gim￭ b￭ als can still rot￭ ate freely about their respective axes of suspension nevertheless because of the parallel orientation of two of the gim￭ b￭ als axes there is no gim￭ bal available to accommodate rotation along one axis
the g￭ ing￭ i￭ val cyst of the adult is a cyst of the od￭ on￭ to￭ genic epi￭ the￭ lium which arises from the rest cells of the dental lam￭ ina it is most common in the man￭ di￭ ble near the can￭ ines and pre￭ mol￭ ars middle aged adults are more likely to be affected it appears as a sw￭ elling on attached g￭ ing￭ iva or inter￭ dental pap￭ illa g￭ ing￭ i￭ val cyst of the adult is the soft tissue counterpart of the developmental lateral period￭ on￭ tal cyst
the g￭ ing￭ i￭ val cyst of the new￭ born is a cyst that arises from the rest cells of the dental lam￭ ina it usually presents as a white pap￭ ule 1 2 mm in diameter on the max￭ ill￭ ary upper al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar ridge of new￭ bor￭ ns no treatment is necessary
a g￭ ing￭ i￭ val disease is a disorder primarily affecting the g￭ ing￭ iva an example is g￭ ing￭ i￭ vi￭ tis
g￭ ing￭ i￭ val enlargement also termed g￭ ing￭ i￭ val over￭ growth hyper￭ troph￭ ic g￭ ing￭ i￭ vi￭ tis g￭ ing￭ i￭ val hyper￭ pl￭ asia or g￭ ing￭ i￭ val hyper￭ tro￭ phy and sometimes abbreviated to go is an increase in the size of the g￭ ing￭ iva g￭ ums it is a common feature of g￭ ing￭ i￭ val disease g￭ ing￭ i￭ val enlargement can be caused by a number of factors including infl￭ am￭ matory conditions and the side effects of certain medications the treatment is based on the cause a closely related term is ep￭ ul￭ is den￭ oting a loc￭ alized tumor i e lump on the g￭ ing￭ iva
g￭ ing￭ i￭ val fi￭ bro￭ ma is a cu￭ taneous condition that may be observed with another condition tuber￭ ous sclerosis
g￭ ing￭ i￭ val fi￭ bro￭ mat￭ osis with hyper￭ tric￭ ho￭ sis is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by dark terminal ha￭ irs on the peripheral face central back and extre￭ mi￭ ties it is a ras￭ opathy
g￭ ing￭ i￭ vi￭ tis infl￭ amm￭ ation of the gum tissue is a non destructive disease that occurs around the teeth the most common form of g￭ ing￭ i￭ vi￭ tis and the most common form of period￭ on￭ tal disease overall is in response to bacterial bi￭ of￭ il￭ ms also called pla￭ que that is attached to tooth surfaces termed pla￭ que induced g￭ ing￭ i￭ vi￭ tis while some cases of g￭ ing￭ i￭ vi￭ tis never progress to period￭ on￭ ti￭ tis data indicate that period￭ on￭ ti￭ tis is always preceded by g￭ ing￭ i￭ vi￭ tis g￭ ing￭ i￭ vi￭ tis is reversible with good oral hygiene however in the absence of treatment or if not controlled g￭ ing￭ i￭ vi￭ tis can progress to period￭ on￭ ti￭ tis where the infl￭ amm￭ ation results in tissue destruction and al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar bone resor￭ ption which can ultimately lead to tooth loss
git￭ el￭ man syndrome is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive kidney disorder characterized by hypo￭ kal￭ emic metabol￭ ic al￭ k￭ alo￭ sis with hypo￭ calci￭ ur￭ ia and hypo￭ mag￭ nes￭ emia it is caused by loss of function mutations of the thi￭ az￭ ide sensitive sodium chloride sym￭ porter also known as nc￭ c nc￭ ct or ts￭ c located in the dis￭ tal con￭ volu￭ ted tu￭ bu￭ le git￭ el￭ man syndrome was formerly considered a sub￭ set of bar￭ tter syndrome until the distinct genetic and molecular bases of these disorders were identified bar￭ tter syndrome is also an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive hypo￭ kal￭ emic metabol￭ ic al￭ k￭ alo￭ sis but it derives from a mutation to the n￭ k￭ cc 2 found in the thick asc￭ ending limb of the loop of hen￭ le
the g￭ lab￭ ella in humans is the skin between the eyebro￭ ws and above the nose it also refers to the underlying bone which is slightly depressed and joins the two super￭ ci￭ li￭ ary ri￭ dges it is a cephal￭ ome￭ tric landmark that is just superior to the na￭ sion
a gl￭ ac￭ ial stream is a chan￭ ne￭ lized accumulation of liquid water which flow in a channel formed by a glaci￭ er depending on where they flow they can be classified into supr￭ ag￭ lac￭ ial eng￭ lac￭ ial and sub￭ gl￭ ac￭ ial streams
se￭ di￭ ments deposited into lakes that have come from glaciers are called glaci￭ ol￭ acu￭ str￭ ine deposits these lakes include ice margin lakes or other types formed from gl￭ ac￭ ial erosion or de￭ position se￭ di￭ ments in the bed￭ load and suspended load are carried into lakes and deposited the bed￭ load is deposited at the lake margin while the suspended load is deposited all over the lake bed
glan￭ ders from middle english g￭ laund￭ res or old french g￭ land￭ res both meaning g￭ lands latin mal￭ le￭ us german rot￭ z also known as equ￭ in￭ ia far￭ cy and mal￭ le￭ us is an infectious disease that occurs primarily in horses mul￭ es and don￭ keys it can be contracted by other animals such as dogs cats goats and humans it is caused by infection with the bacter￭ ium burk￭ hol￭ der￭ ia mal￭ le￭ i usually by ing￭ estion of contaminated feed or water signs of glan￭ ders include the formation of no￭ d￭ ular le￭ sions in the lungs and ul￭ cer￭ ation of the mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ ran￭ es in the upper respiratory tract the acute form results in cou￭ gh￭ ing fever and the release of an infectious nas￭ al discharge followed by sep￭ tic￭ aemia and death within days in the chronic form nas￭ al and sub￭ cu￭ taneous no￭ d￭ ules develop eventually ul￭ cer￭ ating death can occur within months while survivors act as carriers glan￭ ders is endemic in africa asia the middle east and central and south america it has been eradicated from north america australia and most of europe through surveillance and destruction of affected animals and import restrictions b mal￭ le￭ i is able to infect humans so is classed as a zoonotic agent transmission occurs by direct contact with infected animals and entry is through skin abra￭ sions nas￭ al and oral mu￭ cos￭ al surfaces or by inhal￭ ation the mal￭ le￭ in test is a sensitive and specific clinical test for glan￭ ders mal￭ le￭ in at￭ c￭ vet code q￭ i 05 ar 01 who a protein fraction of the glan￭ ders organism b mal￭ le￭ i is injected in￭ trad￭ er￭ mop￭ al￭ pe￭ br￭ ally or given by eye drop in infected animals the eye￭ lid sw￭ ells markedly in 1 to 2 days glan￭ ders has not been reported in the united states since 1945 except in 2000 when an american lab researcher suffered from accidental exposure it is a notifiable disease in the uk although it has not been reported there since 19￭ 28
the g￭ land￭ ular od￭ on￭ to￭ genic cyst is a rare od￭ on￭ to￭ genic cyst in 85 of cases it is found in the man￭ di￭ ble especially in an￭ terior areas it is more common in adults in their fifth and sixth decades on radio￭ graphs it can appear as a uni￭ loc￭ ular or multi￭ loc￭ ular radi￭ ol￭ uc￭ ency dark area since the g￭ land￭ ular od￭ on￭ to￭ genic cyst can range in size treatment can be as simple as en￭ uc￭ le￭ ation and cu￭ re￭ tt￭ age to en bloc res￭ ection of the affected jaw
in g￭ land￭ ular ro￭ sac￭ ea men with thick se￭ bac￭ eous skin pre￭ dominate a disease in which the pap￭ ules are e￭ dem￭ at￭ ous the pu￭ st￭ ules often 0 5 to 1 0 cm in size with no￭ dul￭ oc￭ ys￭ tic le￭ sions often present
glan￭ z￭ mann s thro￭ m￭ bas￭ th￭ enia is an ab￭ normality of the plat￭ el￭ ets it is an extremely rare co￭ ag￭ ul￭ opathy bleeding disorder due to a blood ab￭ normality in which the plat￭ el￭ ets contain defective or low levels of gly￭ co￭ protein iib iiia g￭ pi￭ ib iiia which is a recep￭ tor for fi￭ br￭ ino￭ gen as a result no fi￭ br￭ ino￭ gen bridging of plat￭ el￭ ets to other plat￭ el￭ ets can occur and the bleeding time is significantly prolonged
gl￭ are is difficulty seeing in the presence of bright light such as direct or reflected sunlight or artificial light such as car headlamps at night because of this some cars include mirrors with automatic anti gl￭ are functions gl￭ are is caused by a significant ratio of lumin￭ ance between the task that which is being looked at and the gl￭ are source factors such as the angle between the task and the gl￭ are source and eye adaptation have significant impacts on the experience of gl￭ are
the glas￭ er coupling is a type of coupling reaction it is by far the oldest ace￭ ty￭ len￭ ic coupling and is based on cu￭ pro￭ us salts like copper i chloride or copper i bromide and an additional oxid￭ ant like oxygen the base in its original scope is ammonia the solvent is water or an alcohol the reaction was first reported by carl andreas glas￭ er in 18￭ 69
the glass delusion is an external manifestation of a psychiatric disorder recorded in europe mainly in the late middle ages and early modern period 15 th to 17 th centuries people feared that they were made of glass “ and therefore likely to shat￭ ter into pieces ” one famous early suffer￭ er was king charles vi of france who refused to allow people to touch him and wore reinforced clothing to protect himself from accidental “ shattering ”
the glass house effect or gh￭ e is the resulting phenomenon brought on by an awareness that one is subject to ubiquitous surveillance in corporate environments the transparency is considered a good idea as it is believed this discourages corporate crime and other mis￭ fe￭ as￭ ance the glass house effect can induce an overwhelming sense of hopelessness brought on those subject to such uncontrolled observation in such circumstances sol￭ itude is conspic￭ uously absent and privacy is considered a thought￭ crime the messages conveyed to the subject in such an environment usually involve some variation on the notion of catch 22 such as 1 there is no place to hide nor should you want to 2 any exhi￭ bited avoidance behavior is considered a threat and an invitation for additional scrutiny
gl￭ assy cell carcin￭ oma of the cer￭ vi￭ x also gl￭ assy cell carcin￭ oma is a rare aggressive m￭ align￭ ant tum￭ our of the uter￭ ine cer￭ vi￭ x the tum￭ our gets its name from its micro￭ scopic appearance its cy￭ top￭ las￭ m has a glass like appearance
gl￭ au￭ coma is a group of eye diseases which result in damage to the op￭ tic nerve and vision loss the most common type is open angle gl￭ au￭ coma with less common types including closed angle gl￭ au￭ coma and normal tension gl￭ au￭ coma open angle gl￭ au￭ coma develops slowly over time and there is no pain side vision may begin to decrease followed by central vision resulting in blindness if not treated closed angle gl￭ au￭ coma can present gradually or suddenly the sudden presentation may involve severe eye pain blurred vision mid dil￭ ated pupil red￭ ness of the eye and naus￭ ea vision loss from gl￭ au￭ coma once it has occurred is permanent risk factors for gl￭ au￭ coma include increased pressure in the eye a family history of the condition migr￭ ain￭ es high blood pressure and obesity for eye pressures a value of greater than 21 m￭ mh￭ g or 2 8 k￭ pa is often used with higher pressures leading to a greater risk however some may have high eye pressure for years and never develop damage conversely op￭ tic nerve damage may occur with normal pressure known as normal tension gl￭ au￭ coma the mechanism of open angle gl￭ au￭ coma is believed to be slow exit of aqu￭ eous humor through the tr￭ ab￭ ec￭ ular mes￭ h￭ work while in closed angle gl￭ au￭ coma the iris blocks the tr￭ ab￭ ec￭ ular mes￭ h￭ work diagnosis is by a dil￭ ated eye examination often the op￭ tic nerve shows an abnormal amount of cu￭ pping if treated early it is possible to slow or stop the progression of disease with medication laser treatment or surgery the goal of these treatments is to decrease eye pressure a number of different classes of gl￭ au￭ coma medication are available laser treatments may be effective in both open angle and closed angle gl￭ au￭ coma a number of types of gl￭ au￭ coma sur￭ ger￭ ies may be used in people who do not respond sufficiently to other measures treatment of closed angle gl￭ au￭ coma is a medical emergency about eleven to sixty seven million people have gl￭ au￭ coma globally the disease affects about two million people in the united states it occurs more commonly among older people closed angle gl￭ au￭ coma is more common in women gl￭ au￭ coma has been called the silent thief of sight because the loss of vision usually occurs slowly over a long period of time worldwide gl￭ au￭ coma is the second leading cause of blindness after cat￭ ar￭ acts the word gl￭ au￭ coma is from ancient greek gl￭ au￭ kos which means blue green or gray in english the word was used as early as 15￭ 87 but did not become commonly used until after 18￭ 50 when the development of the oph￭ thal￭ mo￭ scope allowed people to see the op￭ tic nerve damage
gle￭ ich s syndrome or ep￭ is￭ od￭ ic an￭ gi￭ oe￭ dem￭ a with e￭ o￭ sin￭ ophi￭ lia is a rare disease in which the body sw￭ ells up episo￭ dic￭ ally an￭ gi￭ oe￭ dem￭ a associated with raised antibodies of the ig￭ m type and increased numbers of e￭ o￭ sin￭ ophi￭ l gran￭ ul￭ oc￭ y￭ tes a type of white blood cells in the blood e￭ o￭ sin￭ ophi￭ lia it was first described in 1984 its cause is unknown but it is unrelated to cap￭ ill￭ ary leak syndrome which may cause similar sw￭ elling episodes and e￭ o￭ sin￭ ophi￭ lia my￭ al￭ gia syndrome which features e￭ o￭ sin￭ ophi￭ lia but alternative symptoms moreover it is not a form of hyper￭ e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic syndrome as there is no evidence that it leads to organ damage some studies have shown that e￭ dem￭ a attacks are associated with de￭ gran￭ ulation release of enzymes and mediators from e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ ils and others have demonstrated antibodies against endo￭ the￭ lium cells lining blood vessels in the condition gle￭ ich syndrome has a good prog￭ no￭ sis attack severity may improve with ster￭ o￭ id treatment
the gli￭ der is a pattern that travels across the board in con￭ way s game of life it was first discovered by richard k guy in 1970 while john con￭ way s group was attempting to track the evolution of the r pent￭ om￭ ino gli￭ ders are the smallest spac￭ es￭ hips and they travel diag￭ onally at a speed of c 4 the gli￭ der is often produced from randomly generated starting configur￭ ations john con￭ way has remarked that he wishes he hadn t called it the gli￭ der the game was developed before computers and after seeing it animated he feels the gli￭ der looks more like an ant walking across the plane
gli￭ obl￭ ast￭ oma multi￭ forme g￭ bm also known as gli￭ obl￭ ast￭ oma and grade iv astro￭ cy￭ tom￭ a is the most common and most aggressive cancer that begins within the brain signs and symptoms are initially non specific they may include headaches personality changes naus￭ ea and symptoms similar to those of a stroke worsening of symptoms is often rapid this can progress to un￭ consciousness the cause of most cases is unclear un￭ common risk factors include genetic disorders such as neuro￭ fi￭ bro￭ mat￭ osis and li frau￭ men￭ i syndrome and previous radiation therapy gli￭ obl￭ ast￭ om￭ as represent 15 of brain tumors they can either start from normal brain cells or develop from an already existing low grade astro￭ cy￭ tom￭ a the diagnosis is typically made by a combination of ct scan m￭ ri scan and tissue biopsy there is no clear way to prevent the disease typically treatment involves surgery after which chem￭ otherapy and radiation therapy are used the medication tem￭ o￭ zo￭ lo￭ mi￭ de is frequently used as part of chem￭ otherapy high dose ster￭ oids may be used to help reduce sw￭ elling and decrease symptoms it is unclear whether trying to remove all or simply most of the cancer is better despite maximum treatment the cancer usually rec￭ urs the most common length of survival following diagnosis is 12 to 15 months with less than 3 to 5 of people surviving longer than five years without treatment survival is typically 3 months about 3 per 100 000 people develop the disease a year it most often begins around 64 years of age and occurs more commonly in males than females immun￭ otherapy is being studied in gli￭ obl￭ ast￭ oma with promising results
a gli￭ oma is a type of tumor that starts in the brain or sp￭ ine it is called a gli￭ oma because it arises from gli￭ al cells the most common site of gli￭ om￭ as is the brain gli￭ om￭ as make up about 30 of all brain and central nervous system tumors and 80 of all m￭ align￭ ant brain tumors
gli￭ om￭ at￭ osis cere￭ br￭ i infiltr￭ ative diffuse astro￭ cy￭ to￭ sis is a rare primary brain tumor it is commonly characterized by diffuse infiltr￭ ation of the brain with ne￭ op￭ l￭ astic gli￭ al cells that affect various areas of the cere￭ br￭ al lob￭ es these m￭ align￭ ancies consist of infiltr￭ ative th￭ reads that spread quickly and deeply into the surrounding brain tissue or into multiple parts of the brain simultaneously making them very difficult to remove with surgery or treat with radiation gli￭ om￭ at￭ osis cere￭ bi behaves like a m￭ align￭ ant tumor that is very similar to gli￭ obl￭ ast￭ oma while gli￭ om￭ at￭ osis cere￭ br￭ i can occur at any age it is generally found in the third and fourth decades of life
gli￭ os￭ ar￭ coma is a rare type of gli￭ oma a cancer of the brain that comes from gli￭ al or supportive brain cells as opposed to the ne￭ ural brain cells gli￭ os￭ ar￭ coma is a m￭ align￭ ant cancer and is defined as a gli￭ obl￭ ast￭ oma consisting of gli￭ om￭ at￭ ous and sar￭ com￭ at￭ ous components it is estimated that approximately 2 1 of all gli￭ obl￭ ast￭ om￭ as are gli￭ os￭ ar￭ com￭ as although most gli￭ om￭ as rarely show me￭ tast￭ ases outside the cere￭ bru￭ m gli￭ os￭ ar￭ com￭ as have a propensity to do so most commonly spreading through the blood to the lungs and also liver and lymp￭ h no￭ des gli￭ os￭ ar￭ com￭ as have an epidemiology similar to that of gli￭ obl￭ ast￭ om￭ as with the average age of onset being 54 years and males being affected twice as often as females they are most commonly present in the temporal lo￭ be
a g￭ lit￭ ch is a sudden increase up to 1 part in 106 in the rot￭ ational frequency of a rotation powered pul￭ sar which usually decreases steadily due to braking provided by the emission of radiation and high energy particles it is unknown whether they are related to the timing noise which all pul￭ sars exhibit following a g￭ lit￭ ch is a period of gradual recovery where the observed periodic￭ ity slows to a period close to that observed before the g￭ lit￭ ch these gradual recovery periods have been observed to last from days to years currently only multiple g￭ lit￭ ches of the crab and vel￭ a pul￭ sars have been observed and studied extensively
the general signs and or symptoms of global ap￭ ha￭ sia include the inability to comprehend speech the inability to form speech and the inability to repeat the speech one has heard also reading and writing are very difficult for individuals with global ap￭ ha￭ sia global ap￭ ha￭ sia can be more severe in some patients than others while one patient may not be able to speak at all another patient may be able to make a few small ut￭ ter￭ ances it is most common for the onset of global ap￭ ha￭ sia to occur after a stroke
global labor arbitr￭ age is an economic phenomenon where as a result of the removal of or disintegration of barriers to international trade jobs move to nations where labor and the cost of doing business such as environmental regulations is inexpensive and or impoverished labor moves to nations with higher paying jobs two common barriers to international trade are tariffs politically imposed and the costs of transporting goods across oceans with the advent of the internet the decrease of the costs of telecommunications and the possibility of near instan￭ taneous document transfer the barriers to the trade of intellectual work product which is essentially any kind of work that can be performed on a computer such as computer programming or that makes use of a college education have been greatly reduced often a prosperous nation such as the united states will remove its barriers to international trade integrating its labor market with those of nations with a lower cost of labor such as india china and mexico resulting in a shifting of jobs from the prosperous nation to the developing one the end result is an increase in the supply of labor relative to the demand for labor which means a decrease in costs
in mathematical physics global hyper￭ bol￭ icity is a certain condition on the causal structure of a spac￭ e￭ time mani￭ fold that is a lo￭ ren￭ tz￭ ian mani￭ fold this is relevant to einstein s theory of general rel￭ ativity and potentially to other metric grav￭ it￭ ational theories
the globe effect sometimes called the rolling ball effect or the spinning globe effect is an optical phenomenon that occurs with visual optical instruments in particular bin￭ oc￭ ul￭ ars and teles￭ cop￭ es that are designed to be free of distortion when these instruments are pann￭ ed the moving image appears to roll over a cur￭ ved conv￭ ex surface in 1949 horst ko￭ e￭ hler at ze￭ iss j￭ ena suggested adding some pin￭ cushion distortion to the optical design to eliminate the globe effect august son￭ ne￭ feld conducted experiments with volunteers which supported the claim that a supplementary distortion could improve the imaging of visual optical instruments since that time most bin￭ oc￭ ular manufacturers have followed ze￭ iss s example and added pin￭ cushion distortion to their optical design the origin of the globe effect initially remained unclear after its discovery in the first half of the past century ko￭ e￭ hler spec￭ ulated about an unnatural perspective generated by the bin￭ oc￭ ular while p￭ anning over a three dimensional sc￭ ener￭ y thereby ignoring the fact that the globe effect was observ￭ able at the night sky as well where perspective distortions were absent recently the globe effect has been linked to the peculiar properties of human visual perception which adds a certain amount of barrel distortion to the visual field the amount of barrel distortion is subject to individual differences which explains the fact that the perceived intensity of the globe effect varies significantly between different observers an alternative approach for explaining the globe effect comes from the technical journalist and op￭ tics specialist walter e sch￭ ö￭ n he states that the observed effect is in fact not that of a rolling globe but that of a vertically rotating cylinder the globe shape of the illusion seen by most observers is only because the field of view through the optical device is circular this illusion of a rotating cylinder during p￭ anning is caused by the horizontal movement of the image being due to the ang￭ ular magni￭ fication of the device faster and more uniform with less paral￭ lax compared to the naked eye and also not corresponding to the felt rot￭ ational speed of the observer s head when the brain tries to integrate these conflicting signals it creates the perception that the image is moving slower at the left and right edges than in the middle giving the illusion of a rotating cylinder
globe rupture is an oph￭ thal￭ mo￭ logic condition when the integrity of the outer memb￭ ran￭ es of the eye are disrupted by blunt or penetr￭ ating trauma usually resulting from a full thickness injury to the cor￭ ne￭ a or s￭ cl￭ era it may also result from damage caused by chemicals such as strong acids hydro￭ chlor￭ ic acid sul￭ fur￭ ic acid hydro￭ fluor￭ ic acid etc or industrial chemicals such as le￭ wis￭ ite during a globe rupture the outer memb￭ ran￭ es of the eye are completely or partially compromised and the vit￭ re￭ ous and or aqu￭ eous humour drain through the site of the rupture causing the eye to defl￭ ate if not treated swiftly destruction of the affected eye usually results in many cases globe rup￭ tures are un￭ treat￭ able without en￭ uc￭ le￭ ating the affected eye socket and replacing the eye with an oc￭ ular pro￭ s￭ thesis
the glob￭ ul￭ om￭ ax￭ ill￭ ary cyst is a cyst that appears between a max￭ ill￭ ary lateral incis￭ or and the adjacent can￭ ine it exhi￭ bits as an inver￭ ted pear shaped radi￭ ol￭ uc￭ ency on radio￭ graphs or x ray films the glob￭ ul￭ om￭ ax￭ ill￭ ary cyst often causes the roots of adjacent teeth to diverge this cyst should not be confused with a nas￭ op￭ al￭ at￭ ine cyst the developmental origin has been disputed today most literature agree based on overwhelming evidence that the cyst is predominantly of tooth origin od￭ on￭ to￭ genic demonstrating findings consistent with peri￭ ap￭ ical cy￭ sts od￭ on￭ to￭ genic ker￭ at￭ oc￭ y￭ sts or lateral period￭ on￭ tal cy￭ sts
glo￭ bus phar￭ yn￭ gis also known as glo￭ bus sensation glo￭ bus or somewhat out￭ d￭ atedly glo￭ bus hyster￭ ic￭ us commonly referred to as having a lump in one s throat is the persistent sensation of having ph￭ leg￭ m a pill or some other sort of obstruction in the throat when there is none sw￭ allowing can be performed normally so it is not a true case of dy￭ sp￭ ha￭ gia but it can become quite irritating one may also feel mild chest pain or even severe pain with a clic￭ king sensation when sw￭ allowing
glo￭ man￭ gi￭ os￭ ar￭ coma is a low grade tumor of the soft tissue they rarely me￭ tast￭ asi￭ ze but me￭ tast￭ ases are possible it is also known as m￭ align￭ ant g￭ lom￭ us tumor positive stain￭ ing for v￭ im￭ entin has been reported
glo￭ mer￭ ul￭ oc￭ ys￭ tic kidney disease g￭ ck￭ d is a c￭ ys￭ tic disorder of the kidneys g￭ ck￭ d involves c￭ ys￭ tic dil￭ ation of bowman s cap￭ su￭ le it can occur with or without con￭ genital ab￭ normality
glo￭ mer￭ ul￭ o￭ id hem￭ an￭ gi￭ oma is a distinctive vascular ne￭ op￭ las￭ m first described in 1990 when found to be associated with crow fu￭ k￭ ase syndrome and cast￭ lem￭ an s disease
glo￭ mer￭ ul￭ on￭ eph￭ ri￭ tis gn also known as glo￭ mer￭ ular ne￭ ph￭ ri￭ tis is a term used to refer to several kidney diseases usually affecting both kidneys many of the diseases are characterised by infl￭ amm￭ ation either of the glo￭ mer￭ uli or of the small blood vessels in the kidneys hence the name but not all diseases necessarily have an infl￭ am￭ matory component as it is not strictly a single disease its presentation depends on the specific disease entity it may present with isolated hem￭ atur￭ ia and or prote￭ in￭ ur￭ ia blood or protein in the urine or as a ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ tic syndrome a ne￭ ph￭ ri￭ tic syndrome acute kidney injury or chronic kidney disease they are categ￭ orized into several different pathological patterns which are broadly grouped into non prolifer￭ ative or prolifer￭ ative types diagno￭ sing the pattern of gn is important because the outcome and treatment differs in different types primary causes are intrinsic to the kidney secondary causes are associated with certain infections bacterial viral or par￭ asi￭ tic pathogens drugs systemic disorders s￭ le vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis or diabetes
glo￭ mer￭ ul￭ on￭ eph￭ ro￭ sis is a non infl￭ am￭ matory disease of the kidney ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ sis presenting primarily in the glo￭ mer￭ ul￭ us a glo￭ mer￭ ul￭ opathy it can be contr￭ asted to glo￭ mer￭ ul￭ on￭ eph￭ ri￭ tis which implies infl￭ amm￭ ation it can be caused by di￭ ethyl￭ nitro￭ sam￭ ine
a g￭ lom￭ us tumor also known as a solitary g￭ lom￭ us tumor solid g￭ lom￭ us tumor or glo￭ man￭ gi￭ oma is a rare benign ne￭ op￭ las￭ m arising from the g￭ lom￭ us body and mainly found under the nail on the finger￭ tip or in the foot they account for less than 2 of all soft tissue tumors g￭ lom￭ us tumors were first described by ho￭ yer in 18￭ 77 while the first complete clinical description was given by mass￭ on in 19￭ 24 his￭ to￭ logically g￭ lom￭ us tumors are made up of an a￭ ffer￭ ent arter￭ io￭ le anast￭ om￭ otic vessel and collecting ven￭ ule g￭ lom￭ us tumors are modified smooth muscle cells that control the thermo￭ regulatory function of der￭ mal g￭ lom￭ us bodies as stated above these le￭ sions should not be confused with parag￭ ang￭ li￭ om￭ as which were formerly also called g￭ lom￭ us tumors in now antiquated clinical usage g￭ lom￭ us tumors do not arise from g￭ lom￭ us cells but parag￭ ang￭ li￭ om￭ as do famili￭ al glo￭ man￭ gi￭ om￭ as have been associated with a variety of dele￭ tions in the gl￭ mn glo￭ mul￭ in gene and are inherited in an auto￭ som￭ al dominant manner with incomplete penetr￭ ance
a glory is an optical phenomenon that resembles an icon￭ ic saint s hal￭ o about the shadow of the observer s head caused by light of the sun or more rarely the moon inter￭ acting with the tiny water dro￭ ple￭ ts that make up mist or clouds the glory consists of one or more concentr￭ ic successively dim￭ mer rings each of which is red on the outside and blu￭ ish towards the centre due to its appearance the phenomenon is sometimes mistaken for a circular rain￭ bow but the latter has a much larger diameter and is caused by different physical processes the cause of the glory remains a matter of schol￭ arly debate
glos￭ si￭ tis can mean so￭ reness of the tongue or more usually infl￭ amm￭ ation with de￭ pap￭ ill￭ ation of the dor￭ sal surface of the tongue loss of the lingual pap￭ il￭ la￭ e leaving a smooth and er￭ y￭ them￭ at￭ ous red￭ dened surface sometimes specifically termed atro￭ ph￭ ic glos￭ si￭ tis in a wider sense glos￭ si￭ tis can mean infl￭ amm￭ ation of the tongue generally glos￭ si￭ tis is often caused by nutritional deficiencies and may be pain￭ less or cause discomfort glos￭ si￭ tis usually responds well to treatment if the cause is identified and corrected tongue so￭ reness caused by glos￭ si￭ tis is differentiated from burning mouth syndrome where there is no identifiable change in the appearance of the tongue and there are no identifiable causes
glos￭ sop￭ to￭ sis is a medical condition and ab￭ normality which refers to the downward displacement or re￭ traction of the tongue it may cause non fusion of hard pal￭ ate causing cle￭ ft pal￭ ate it is one of the features of pierre robin sequence and down syndrome
in operations research the glove problem also known as the con￭ dom problem is an optimi￭ zation problem used as an example that the cheapest capital cost often leads to dramatic increase in operational time but that the shortest operational time need not be given by the most expensive capital cost
a gl￭ uc￭ agon￭ oma is a rare tumor of the alpha cells of the pan￭ cre￭ as that results in the overproduction of the hormone gl￭ uc￭ agon alpha cell tumors are commonly associated with gl￭ uc￭ agon￭ oma syndrome though similar symptoms are present in cases of pseu￭ do￭ gl￭ uc￭ agon￭ oma syndrome in the absence of a gl￭ uc￭ agon secre￭ ting tumor
glu￭ co￭ cor￭ ti￭ co￭ id remedi￭ able al￭ do￭ ster￭ on￭ ism gra also descri￭ bable as al￭ do￭ ster￭ one syn￭ th￭ ase hyper￭ activity is an auto￭ som￭ al dominant disorder in which the increase in al￭ do￭ ster￭ one secre￭ tion produced by ac￭ th is no longer transi￭ ent it is a cause of primary hyper￭ al￭ do￭ ster￭ on￭ ism
glucose 6 phosphate de￭ hydro￭ gen￭ ase deficiency g 6 pd deficiency also known as fa￭ vism after the fava bean is an x linked rec￭ essive in￭ born error of metabol￭ ism that pre￭ dis￭ poses to hem￭ ol￭ ysis spontaneous destruction of red blood cells and resultant ja￭ und￭ ice in response to a number of triggers such as certain foods illness or medication it is particularly common in people of mediterranean and african origin the condition is characterized by abnormally low levels of glucose 6 phosphate de￭ hydro￭ gen￭ ase an enzyme involved in the pent￭ ose phosphate path￭ way that is especially important in the red blood cell g 6 pd deficiency is the most common human enzyme defect there is no specific treatment other than avoiding known triggers in the united states no genetic screening of prospective parents is recommended as the symptoms only show in part of the carriers and when that is the case they can be prevented or controlled and as a result the disease generally has no impact on the lifespan of those affected however globally g 6 pd deficiency has resulted in 4 100 deaths in 2013 and 3 400 deaths in 1990 carriers of the g 6 pd alle￭ le appear to be protected to some extent against malaria and in some cases affected males have shown complete immunity to the disease this accounts for the persistence of the alle￭ le in certain populations in that it confers a selective advantage
glucose galac￭ tose mal￭ absorption is a condition in which the cells lining the intest￭ ine cannot take in the sugars glucose and galac￭ tose which prevents proper dig￭ estion of these molecules and larger molecules made from them glucose and galac￭ tose are called simple sugars or mon￭ os￭ ac￭ ch￭ ari￭ des sucrose and lac￭ tose are called dis￭ ac￭ ch￭ ari￭ des because they are made from two simple sugars and are broken down into these simple sugars during dig￭ estion sucrose is broken down into glucose and another simple sugar called fructose and lac￭ tose is broken down into glucose and galac￭ tose as a result lac￭ tose sucrose and other compounds made from carbo￭ hydr￭ ates cannot be dig￭ ested by individuals with glucose galac￭ tose mal￭ absorption
glu￭ taric aci￭ dem￭ ia type 2 is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive metabol￭ ic disorder that is characterised by defects in the ability of the body to use proteins and fats for energy in￭ completely processed proteins and fats can build up leading to a dangerous chemical imbalance called aci￭ do￭ sis
glu￭ taric aci￭ dem￭ ia type 1 or glu￭ taric ac￭ id￭ ur￭ ia ga 1 or gat 1 is an inherited disorder in which the body is unable to break down completely the amino acids lys￭ ine hydrox￭ yl￭ ys￭ ine and try￭ pt￭ oph￭ an excessive levels of their intermediate breakdown products glu￭ taric acid glu￭ tar￭ yl co￭ a 3 hydroxy￭ glu￭ taric acid glu￭ ta￭ con￭ ic acid can accumulate and cause damage to the brain and also other organs but particularly the bas￭ al gang￭ lia which are regions that help regulate movement ga 1 causes secondary car￭ nit￭ ine deficiency as glu￭ taric acid like other organic acids is de￭ tox￭ ified by car￭ nit￭ ine mental retar￭ dation may also occur
glu￭ ta￭ th￭ ione synthe￭ t￭ ase deficiency is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive metabol￭ ic disorder that prevents the production of glu￭ ta￭ th￭ ione glu￭ ta￭ th￭ ione helps prevent damage to cells by neutr￭ alizing harmful molecules generated during energy production glu￭ ta￭ th￭ ione also plays a role in processing medications and cancer causing compounds carcinogens and building dna proteins and other important cellular components
glu￭ ta￭ th￭ ion￭ ur￭ ia is the presence of glu￭ ta￭ th￭ ione in the urine and is a rare in￭ born error of metabol￭ ism the condition has been identified in five patients
the gly￭ c￭ emic response to a food or meal is the effect that food or meal has on blood sugar glucose levels after consumption it is normal for blood glucose and insulin levels to rise after eating and then return again to fast￭ ing levels over a short period of time this is particularly so after consumption of meals rich in certain carbo￭ hydr￭ ates gly￭ c￭ emic management refers to the selection of foods to manage your blood sugar levels several tools have been developed to help quantify and communicate the effect of food on gly￭ c￭ emic response these include gly￭ c￭ emic index gi gly￭ c￭ emic load g￭ l and gly￭ c￭ emic glucose equivalents gge a comparative gly￭ c￭ emic response can also be determined which compares the impact on blood glucose of one food to another based upon their total carbo￭ hydrate or total quantity in 1981 the idea of classifying carbo￭ hydr￭ ates according to their gly￭ c￭ emic index was first published since then many studies have been undertaken to determine the impact of altering the blood glucose raising potential gly￭ c￭ emic challenge of the diet on a wide range of short and long term health outcomes however evaluating the impact of a single dietary change on health is notoriously complex and opinions on the relevance of gi g￭ l and gge have been divided there are many different ways of lowering gly￭ c￭ emic response gi or g￭ l not all of which have the same effects on health il￭ si europe published a mono￭ graph in november 2011 tit￭ led food gly￭ ca￭ emic response and health which concluded that it is becoming evident that modifying the gly￭ c￭ emic response of the diet should not be seen as a stand alone strategy but rather as an element of an overall balanced diet and lifestyle a low gly￭ c￭ emic food will release glucose more slowly and steadily which leads to lower post￭ pr￭ an￭ dial after meal blood glucose readings a high gly￭ c￭ emic food causes a more rapid rise in blood glucose levels after meals high gly￭ c￭ emic foods are ideal for energy recovery after exercise or for a person experiencing hypo￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia the gly￭ c￭ emic effect of foods depends on a number of factors such as the type of starch amy￭ lose versus am￭ yl￭ op￭ ec￭ tin physical entr￭ ap￭ ment of the starch molecules within the food fat and protein content of the food and organic acids or their salts in the meal — adding vin￭ eg￭ ar for example will lower the gl￭ cy￭ emic response the presence of fat or soluble dietary fiber can slow the ga￭ str￭ ic emp￭ tying rate thus lowering the gly￭ c￭ emic response in general foods with higher amounts of fiber and or resistant starch have a lower gly￭ c￭ emic response while adding fat or protein will lower the gly￭ c￭ emic response to a meal the relative differences remain that is with or without additions there is still a higher blood glucose curve after a high gly￭ c￭ emic white bread than after a low gy￭ c￭ emic bread such as pum￭ per￭ nickel un￭ refined wild plant foods like those available to contemporary for￭ agers typically exhibit low gly￭ c￭ emic indices
gly￭ cer￭ ol kin￭ ase deficiency g￭ k￭ d is an x linked rec￭ essive enzyme defect that is hetero￭ zy￭ g￭ ous in nature three clin￭ ically distinct forms of this deficiency have been proposed namely inf￭ anti￭ le juvenile and adult national institutes of health and its office of rare diseases research ord￭ r branch classi￭ fies g￭ k￭ d as a rare disease known to affect less than 200 000 individuals in the united states the responsible gene lies in a region containing genes in which dele￭ tions can cause du￭ chen￭ ne muscular dy￭ stro￭ phy and adren￭ al hypo￭ pl￭ asia con￭ gen￭ ita combinations of these three genetic defects including g￭ k￭ d are addressed medic￭ ally as complex g￭ k￭ d
gly￭ cine encephalopathy also known as non ke￭ to￭ tic hyper￭ gly￭ cin￭ emia or n￭ kh is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive disorder of gly￭ cine metabol￭ ism after phen￭ yl￭ ke￭ ton￭ ur￭ ia gly￭ cine encephalopathy is the second most common disorder of amino acid metabol￭ ism the disease is caused by defects in the gly￭ cine cle￭ av￭ age system an enzyme responsible for gly￭ cine cat￭ abol￭ ism there are several forms of the disease with varying severity of symptoms and time of onset the symptoms are exclusively neuro￭ logical in nature and clin￭ ically this disorder is characterized by abnormally high levels of the amino acid gly￭ cine in bodily fluids and tissues especially the cere￭ br￭ al spinal fluid gly￭ cine encephalopathy is sometimes referred to as non￭ ke￭ to￭ tic hyper￭ gly￭ cin￭ emia n￭ kh as a reference to the bio￭ chemical findings seen in patients with the disorder and to distinguish it from the disorders that cause ke￭ to￭ tic hyper￭ gly￭ cin￭ emia seen in pro￭ pi￭ onic aci￭ dem￭ ia and several other inherited metabol￭ ic disorders to avoid confusion the term gly￭ cine encephalopathy is often used as this term more accurately describes the clinical symptoms of the disorder
gly￭ co￭ gen bran￭ ching enzyme deficiency g￭ bed is an inher￭ itable gly￭ co￭ gen storage disease affecting american quarter horses and american paint horses it leads to abortion still￭ births or early death of affected animals
gly￭ co￭ gen storage disease gs￭ d also gly￭ co￭ gen￭ osis and d￭ extr￭ in￭ osis is the result of defects in the processing of gly￭ co￭ gen synthesis or breakdown within muscles liver and other cell types gs￭ d has two classes of cause genetic and acquired genetic gs￭ d is caused by any in￭ born error of metabol￭ ism genetically defective enzymes involved in these processes in livestock acquired gs￭ d is caused by in￭ tox￭ ication with the al￭ k￭ alo￭ id ca￭ stan￭ os￭ per￭ mine
gly￭ co￭ gen storage disease type 0 is a disease characterized by a deficiency in the gly￭ co￭ gen syn￭ th￭ ase enzyme although gly￭ co￭ gen syn￭ th￭ ase deficiency does not result in storage of extra gly￭ co￭ gen in the liver it is often classified with the gly￭ co￭ gen storage diseases because it is another defect of gly￭ co￭ gen storage and can cause similar problems mutations in the liver iso￭ form g￭ ys 2 causes fast￭ ing hypo￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia high blood ke￭ tones increased free fatty acids and low levels of alan￭ ine and lact￭ ate conversely feeding in these patients results in hyper￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia and hyper￭ lac￭ tat￭ emia there are two versions the muscle version involves g￭ ys 1 and the liver version involves g￭ ys 2
gly￭ co￭ gen storage disease type i gs￭ d i or von gi￭ er￭ ke s disease is the most common of the gly￭ co￭ gen storage diseases this genetic disease results from deficiency of the enzyme glucose 6 phosp￭ hat￭ ase and has an incidence in the american population of approximately 1 in 50 000 to 100 000 births the deficiency imp￭ airs the ability of the liver to produce free glucose from gly￭ co￭ gen and from glu￭ con￭ e￭ o￭ genesis since these are the two principal metabol￭ ic mechanisms by which the liver supplies glucose to the rest of the body during periods of fast￭ ing it causes severe hypo￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia and results in increased gly￭ co￭ gen storage in liver and kidneys both organs function normally in childhood but are susceptible to a variety of problems in adult years other metabol￭ ic der￭ ang￭ ements include lac￭ tic aci￭ do￭ sis and hyper￭ li￭ pi￭ dem￭ ia frequent or continuous fe￭ edings of corn￭ starch or other carbo￭ hydr￭ ates are the principal treatment other therapeutic measures may be needed for associated problems the disease was named after german doctor edgar von gi￭ er￭ ke
gly￭ co￭ gen storage disease type ii also called pom￭ pe disease ˈ￭ p￭ ɒ￭ mp￭ ə or acid mal￭ t￭ ase deficiency is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive metabol￭ ic disorder which damages muscle and nerve cells throughout the body it is caused by an accumulation of gly￭ co￭ gen in the ly￭ so￭ some due to deficiency of the ly￭ so￭ som￭ al acid alpha glu￭ co￭ sid￭ ase enzyme it is the only gly￭ co￭ gen storage disease with a defect in ly￭ so￭ som￭ al metabol￭ ism and the first gly￭ co￭ gen storage disease to be identified in 19￭ 32 by the dutch patho￭ logist j c pom￭ pe the build up of gly￭ co￭ gen causes progressive muscle weakness my￭ opathy throughout the body and affects various body tissues particularly in the heart sk￭ el￭ etal muscles liver and the nervous system
gly￭ co￭ gen storage disease type iii is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive metabol￭ ic disorder and in￭ born error of metabol￭ ism characterized by a deficiency in gly￭ co￭ gen deb￭ ran￭ ching enzymes it is also known as cor￭ i s disease in honor of the 1947 nobel laureates carl cor￭ i and ger￭ ty cor￭ i other names include for￭ bes disease in honor of clin￭ ician gil￭ bert bur￭ nett for￭ bes 1915 2003 an american physician who further described the features of the disorder or limit d￭ extr￭ in￭ osis due to the limit d￭ extr￭ in like structures in cy￭ to￭ sol limit d￭ extr￭ in is the remaining poly￭ mer produced after hydro￭ lysis of gly￭ co￭ gen without gly￭ co￭ gen deb￭ ran￭ ching enzymes to further convert these bran￭ ched gly￭ co￭ gen pol￭ ym￭ ers to glucose limit d￭ extr￭ in￭ osis abnormally accumul￭ ates in the cy￭ top￭ las￭ m gly￭ co￭ gen is a mol￭ ecu￭ le the body uses to store carbo￭ hydrate energy symptoms of gs￭ d iii are caused by a deficiency of the enzyme am￭ yl￭ o 1 6 glu￭ co￭ sid￭ ase or deb￭ ran￭ cher enzyme this causes excess amounts of an abnormal gly￭ co￭ gen to be deposited in the liver muscles and in some cases the heart
gly￭ co￭ gen storage disease type iv is a rare hereditary metabol￭ ic disorder it is the result of a mutation in g￭ be 1 gene which causes a defect in the gly￭ co￭ gen bran￭ ching enzyme therefore gly￭ co￭ gen is not made properly and abnormal gly￭ co￭ gen molecules accumulate in cells most severely in cardiac and muscle cells the severity of this disease varies on the amount of enzyme produced gly￭ co￭ gen storage disease type iv is auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive which means each parent has a mut￭ ant copy of the gene but show no symptoms of the disease it affects 1 in 800 000 individuals worldwide with 3 of all gly￭ co￭ gen storage diseases being type iv
gly￭ co￭ gen storage disease type ix is a hereditary deficiency of gly￭ co￭ gen phosphor￭ yl￭ ase kin￭ ase b that affects the liver and or muscle it is inherited in an x linked or auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive manner
gly￭ co￭ gen storage disease type v gs￭ d v is a metabol￭ ic disorder more specifically a gly￭ co￭ gen storage disease caused by a deficiency of myop￭ hosp￭ hor￭ yl￭ ase its incidence is reported as 1 in 100 000 approximately the same as gly￭ co￭ gen storage disease type i gs￭ d type v is also known as m￭ car￭ dle disease or muscle phosphor￭ yl￭ ase myop￭ hosp￭ hor￭ yl￭ ase deficiency the disease was first reported in 1951 by dr brian m￭ car￭ dle of guy s hospital london
gly￭ co￭ gen storage disease type vi gs￭ d vi is a type of gly￭ co￭ gen storage disease caused by a deficiency in liver gly￭ co￭ gen phosphor￭ yl￭ ase or other components of the associated phosphor￭ yl￭ ase cas￭ c￭ ade system it is also known as hers disease after henri g hers who characterized it in 1959 the scope of gs￭ d vi now also includes gly￭ co￭ gen storage disease type viii ix caused by phosphor￭ yl￭ ase b kin￭ ase deficiency and x deficiency protein kin￭ ase a the incidence of gs￭ d vi is approximately 1 case per 65 000 – 85 000 births representing approximately 30 all cases of gly￭ co￭ gen storage disease approximately 75 of these gs￭ d vi cases result from the x linked rec￭ essive forms of phosphor￭ yl￭ ase kin￭ ase deficiency all other forms are auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive
gly￭ co￭ gen storage disease type xi is a form of gly￭ co￭ gen storage disease it is also known as fan￭ coni – bic￭ kel syndrome for guido fan￭ coni and horst bic￭ kel who first described it in 1949 it is associated with glut 2 a glucose transport protein which when functioning normally allows glucose to exit several tissues including the liver ne￭ ph￭ ron￭ s and enter￭ oc￭ y￭ tes of the intest￭ ines and enter the blood the syndrome results in he￭ pat￭ om￭ eg￭ al￭ y secondary to gly￭ co￭ gen accumulation glucose and galac￭ tose intolerance fast￭ ing hypo￭ gly￭ ca￭ emia a characteristic proxim￭ al tu￭ bul￭ ar ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ pa￭ thy and severe short stature
gly￭ co￭ genic ac￭ anth￭ osis is a no￭ d￭ ular appearance of the mu￭ co￭ sa of the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus it is seen incidentally in 3 5 of gastro￭ sco￭ pies it is also a common finding during fluoro￭ scopic studies of the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus
gly￭ co￭ prote￭ in￭ osis are ly￭ so￭ som￭ al storage diseases affecting gly￭ co￭ proteins resulting from defects in ly￭ so￭ som￭ al function the term is sometimes reserved for conditions involving degradation of gly￭ co￭ proteins
gly￭ co￭ sp￭ hin￭ go￭ li￭ pi￭ ds are a subtype of gly￭ co￭ li￭ pi￭ ds containing the amino alcohol sp￭ hin￭ go￭ sine alternatively they may be considered as sp￭ hin￭ go￭ li￭ pi￭ ds with a carbo￭ hydrate attached they include cere￭ bro￭ sides gang￭ li￭ o￭ sides glo￭ bo￭ sides
gly￭ co￭ syl￭ ation see also chemical gly￭ co￭ syl￭ ation is the reaction in which a carbo￭ hydrate i e a gly￭ co￭ sy￭ l donor is attached to a hydrox￭ yl or other functional group of another mol￭ ecu￭ le a gly￭ co￭ sy￭ l accep￭ tor in biology gly￭ co￭ syl￭ ation mainly refers in particular to the enz￭ ym￭ atic process that attaches gly￭ cans to proteins li￭ pi￭ ds or other organic molecules this enz￭ ym￭ atic process produces one of the fundamental bio￭ pol￭ ym￭ ers found in cells along with dna r￭ na and proteins gly￭ co￭ syl￭ ation is a form of co transl￭ ational and post transl￭ ational modification gly￭ cans serve a variety of structural and functional roles in memb￭ rane and secre￭ ted proteins the majority of proteins synthe￭ sized in the rough er undergo gly￭ co￭ syl￭ ation it is an enzyme directed site specific process as opposed to the non enz￭ ym￭ atic chemical reaction of gly￭ c￭ ation gly￭ co￭ syl￭ ation is also present in the cy￭ top￭ las￭ m and nucleus as the o gl￭ cn￭ ac modification ag￭ ly￭ co￭ syl￭ ation is a feature of engineered antibodies to bypass gly￭ co￭ syl￭ ation five classes of gly￭ cans are produced n linked gly￭ cans attached to a nitrogen of asparag￭ ine or ar￭ gin￭ ine side chains n linked gly￭ co￭ syl￭ ation requires participation of a special lip￭ id called dol￭ ic￭ hol phosphate o linked gly￭ cans attached to the hydrox￭ yl oxygen of ser￭ ine thre￭ on￭ ine ty￭ ros￭ ine hydrox￭ yl￭ ys￭ ine or hydroxy￭ pro￭ line side chains or to oxy￭ gens on li￭ pi￭ ds such as ceram￭ ide phosp￭ ho gly￭ cans linked through the phosphate of a phosp￭ ho ser￭ ine c linked gly￭ cans a rare form of gly￭ co￭ syl￭ ation where a sugar is added to a carbon on a try￭ pt￭ oph￭ an side chain gly￭ pi￭ ation which is the addition of a g￭ pi anchor that links proteins to li￭ pi￭ ds through gly￭ can linkages
gn￭ ath￭ i￭ tis is jaw infl￭ amm￭ ation
gn￭ ath￭ op￭ hy￭ ma involves sw￭ elling of the chin it is a type of le￭ sion associated with ro￭ sac￭ ea a common chronic infl￭ am￭ matory skin disorder of the se￭ bac￭ eous o￭ ily and fatty g￭ lands characterized by red￭ ness sw￭ elling and ac￭ ne like pu￭ st￭ ules other le￭ sions associated with ro￭ sac￭ ea which affects about 10 percent of fair skin￭ ned people normally between the ages of 30 and 50 include rhin￭ op￭ hy￭ ma enlarged nose me￭ top￭ hy￭ ma enlarged cushion like sw￭ elling of the fore￭ head ble￭ phar￭ op￭ hy￭ ma sw￭ elling of the eye￭ li￭ ds ot￭ op￭ hy￭ ma a cau￭ lif￭ lower like sw￭ elling of the ear￭ lob￭ es treatment for mild to moderate cases includes an oral antibiotic or topical gel or cream
gn￭ ath￭ o￭ stom￭ i￭ asis also known as lar￭ va migr￭ ans pro￭ fun￭ dus is the human infection caused by the nemato￭ de round￭ worm gn￭ ath￭ o￭ stom￭ a sp￭ ini￭ ger￭ um and or gn￭ ath￭ o￭ stom￭ a his￭ pi￭ dum which inf￭ ects vertebr￭ ates
g￭ no￭ to￭ bio￭ sis from greek roots g￭ no￭ st￭ os known and bi￭ os life is a condition in which all the forms of life present within an organism can be accounted for typically g￭ no￭ to￭ bio￭ tic organisms are germ free or g￭ not￭ op￭ hor￭ ic having only one contamin￭ ant
in retail terms go backs are items of merchandise which must be placed back on the store shelves they usually accumulate during the store s open hours and comprise a combination of returned items items customers have decided not to purchase and items store employees may have found left lying on the wrong shelf go backs can often accumulate over several days because businesses especially larger department stores tend to have other priorities at the time and not enough employment to put the go backs away go backs are sometimes referred to as re shop put backs misplaced shop backs returns aband￭ ons left beh￭ in￭ ds loose stock or shop downs
in computing goal seeking is the ability to calculate backward to obtain an input that would result in a given output this can also be called what if analysis or back solving it can either be attempted through trial and improvement or more logical means basic goal seeking functionality is built into most modern spre￭ ad￭ sheet packages such as microsoft exce￭ l according to o bri￭ en and mar￭ ak￭ as optimi￭ zation analysis is a more complex extension of goal seeking analysis instead of setting a specific target value for a variable the goal is to find the optimum value for one or more target variables given certain constraints then one or more other variables are changed repeatedly subject to the specified constraints until you discover the best values for the target variables
the gob￭ let cell carcin￭ o￭ id abbreviated gcc and also known as cry￭ pt cell carcin￭ oma and neuro￭ endocrine tum￭ our with gob￭ let cell differentiation is a rare bi￭ ph￭ as￭ ic gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract tum￭ our that consists of a neuro￭ endocrine component and a conventional carcin￭ oma his￭ to￭ logically arising from pan￭ eth cells
a god￭ spot is an effect used in stage lighting for the theatre the effect is created using a powerful spotlight usually a beam projec￭ tor fres￭ nel or ers placed directly above the stage at an angle of less than 10 degrees from vertical i e almost straight down the light has no color gel and is usually directed downwards to hit a single actor or a hu￭ ddled group of actors with a bright white light the effect is meant to ev￭ oke an understanding that god is present and directly watching the scenes proceeding below use of the god￭ spot in this fashion often fore￭ shadows a deus ex mach￭ ina ending the god￭ spot can also used at times to suggest an angel￭ ic nature of a particular character sometimes this effect is used to simul￭ ate an alien abduction this is used in the science fiction tv shows stargate sg 1 and stargate at￭ l￭ anti￭ s as part of the as￭ g￭ ard transporter effect
a go￭ itre british english or go￭ iter american english from the latin gu￭ t￭ ter￭ ia str￭ uma is a sw￭ elling of the neck or lar￭ yn￭ x resulting from enlargement of the thyro￭ id g￭ land thyro￭ me￭ gal￭ y associated with a thyro￭ id g￭ land that is not functioning properly worldwide over 90 cases of go￭ itre are caused by i￭ od￭ ine deficiency
the gold effect is the phenomenon in which a scientific idea particularly in medicine is developed to the status of an accepted position within a professional body or association by the social process itself of scientific conferences committees and consensus building despite not being supported by conclusive evidence the effect was described by professor t gold in 1979 the effect was reviewed by drs pe￭ tr sk￭ r￭ aban￭ ek and james mc￭ cor￭ mick in their book fol￭ lies and fall￭ acies in medicine the gold effect is used to analyze errors in public health policy and practice such as the widespread use of cho￭ le￭ sterol screening in the prevention of cardiovascular disease in their book sk￭ r￭ aban￭ ek and mc￭ cor￭ mick describe the gold effect as at the beginning a few people arrive at a state of near belief in some idea a meeting is held to discuss the pros and cons of the idea more people favouring the idea than those dis￭ interested will be present a representative committee will be nominated to prepare a collective volume to propag￭ ate and foster interest in the idea the tot￭ ality of resulting articles based on the idea will appear to show an increasing consensus a specialised journal will be launched only orthodox or near orthodox articles will pass the ref￭ ere￭ es and the editor
a gold gram is the amount of value represented by exactly one gram of gold it is a unit of account frequently used for digital gold currencies it is sometimes den￭ oted by the symbol gg au￭ g or gau a milli￭ gram of gold is sometimes referred to as a mi￭ l or m￭ gg therefore 1 au￭ g 1 gg 1000 m￭ gg 1000 mi￭ l and 1 mi￭ l 1 m￭ gg 0 001 gg 0 001 au￭ g this allows gold holdings and transfers to take place in tiny fractions of a gram equivalent to a few cents a possible source of confusion is that gold is often priced on the open market in the more traditional troy ounce one troy ounce is exactly 31 10￭ 34￭ 768 grams which is larger than the avo￭ ir￭ du￭ po￭ is ounce generally in use in the united states and has a mass of 28 35 grams kilogram gold prices are commonly used by the zur￭ ich gold pool where 1 000 kilograms one metric tonne
gold￭ bach s con￭ jec￭ ture is one of the oldest and best known unsolved problems in number theory and all of mathematics it states every even inte￭ ger greater than 2 can be expressed as the sum of two pri￭ mes the con￭ jec￭ ture has been shown to hold up through 4 × 10￭ 18 but remains un￭ proven despite considerable effort
gold￭ berg – sh￭ pr￭ int￭ zen is a condition associated with mutations in ki￭ aa 1279 gene which en￭ codes k￭ if binding protein k￭ bp a protein that may interact with micro￭ tu￭ bul￭ es and acti￭ n filament k￭ bp may play a key role in cy￭ to￭ skelet￭ on formation and ne￭ ur￭ ite growth hir￭ sch￭ sp￭ rung s disease may be part of the presentation individuals with the syndrome exhibit oc￭ ular pto￭ sis hyper￭ op￭ ia or me￭ gal￭ oc￭ or￭ ne￭ a cardiac u￭ ro￭ genital ve￭ si￭ cou￭ re￭ ter￭ al ref￭ lux mul￭ tic￭ ys￭ tic ren￭ al dys￭ pl￭ asia and sk￭ el￭ etal oligo￭ don￭ tia sco￭ li￭ osis high ar￭ ched pal￭ ate developmental ab￭ norm￭ alities
gold￭ bl￭ att kidney is a condition of the kidney in which a con￭ stric￭ tion of the ren￭ al artery causes ren￭ al is￭ chem￭ ia and the release of ren￭ in which would cause hyper￭ tension
gol￭ den￭ har syndrome also known as oc￭ ul￭ o aur￭ icul￭ o vertebr￭ al o￭ av syndrome is a rare con￭ genital defect characterized by incomplete development of the ear nose soft pal￭ ate lip and man￭ di￭ ble it is associated with anom￭ alous development of the first bran￭ ch￭ ial arch and second bran￭ ch￭ ial arch common clinical manifestations include lim￭ bal der￭ mo￭ ids pre￭ aur￭ icular skin tags and str￭ ab￭ is￭ mus the term is sometimes used inter￭ change￭ ably with hem￭ i￭ facial micro￭ som￭ ia although this definition is usually reserved for cases without internal organ verte￭ bra￭ e disruption it affects between 1 3 500 to 1 26 000 live births with a male female ratio of 3 2
the gol￭ em effect is a psychological phenomenon in which lower expectations placed upon individuals either by supervisors or the individual themselves lead to poorer performance by the individual this effect is mostly seen and studied in educational and organizational environments it is a form of self fulfilling prophecy
gol￭ fer s el￭ bow or medi￭ al epi￭ con￭ dy￭ li￭ tis is tend￭ in￭ osis of the medi￭ al epi￭ con￭ dy￭ le of the el￭ bow it is in some ways similar to tennis el￭ bow the an￭ terior fore￭ arm contains several muscles that are involved with fl￭ ex￭ ing the digits of the hand and fl￭ ex￭ ing and pron￭ ating the wrist the tend￭ ons of these muscles come together in a common tend￭ inous she￭ ath which originates from the medi￭ al epi￭ con￭ dy￭ le of the hum￭ er￭ us at the el￭ bow joint in response to minor injury or sometimes for no obvious reason at all this point of insertion becomes infl￭ amed
gom￭ ath￭ i am￭ man tamil க￭ ோ￭ ம￭ த￭ ி அ￭ ம￭ ்￭ ம￭ ன￭ ் is one of the manifestation of ad￭ hi shak￭ th￭ i the temple is popul￭ arly known as san￭ kar￭ an￭ ay￭ in￭ ar￭ ko￭ il or san￭ kar￭ an￭ ko￭ vi￭ l and she is the consor￭ t of van￭ mi￭ kan￭ ath￭ ar and seen along with san￭ kar￭ an￭ ar￭ ay￭ an￭ ar the unification of shi￭ va and vis￭ hn￭ u this temple is 900 years old and was built by uk￭ k￭ ira pan￭ dian tamil உ￭ க￭ ்￭ க￭ ி￭ ர ப￭ ா￭ ண￭ ்￭ ட￭ ி￭ ய￭ ன￭ ் a king from pan￭ di￭ ya dynasty adi th￭ ab￭ as￭ u is very famous festival celebrated there every year
the gom￭ berg – b￭ ach￭ mann reaction named for the ukrainian american chem￭ ist moses gom￭ berg and the american chem￭ ist wer￭ ner em￭ manuel b￭ ach￭ mann is an ar￭ yl ar￭ yl coupling reaction via a di￭ az￭ on￭ ium salt gom￭ berg b￭ ach￭ mann reaction the aren￭ e compound 1 here benzene is coupled with base with the di￭ az￭ on￭ ium salt 2 to the bi￭ ar￭ yl 3 through an intermediate ar￭ yl radical for example p bro￭ mobi￭ phen￭ yl may be prepared from 4 bromo￭ an￭ il￭ ine and benzene br￭ c 6 h 4 n￭ h 2 c 6 h 6 → br￭ c 6 h 4 − c 6 h 5 the reaction offers a wide scope for both di￭ az￭ on￭ ium component and aren￭ e component but yields are generally low following the original procedure less than 40 given the many side reactions of di￭ az￭ on￭ ium salts several improvements have been suggested one possibility is to employ di￭ az￭ on￭ ium tetr￭ af￭ lu￭ or￭ ob￭ or￭ ates in aren￭ e solvent together with a phase transfer catalyst another is to use 1 ar￭ yl 3 3 dial￭ k￭ yl￭ tri￭ az￭ en￭ es
g￭ ome￭ z lo￭ pez her￭ nan￭ dez syndrome gl￭ h or cere￭ bel￭ lo￭ tri￭ gem￭ inal der￭ mal dys￭ pl￭ asia is a rare neuro￭ cu￭ taneous p￭ ha￭ kom￭ at￭ osis disorder affecting the tri￭ gem￭ inal nerve and causing several other ne￭ ural and physical ab￭ norm￭ alities g￭ ome￭ z lo￭ pez her￭ nan￭ dez syndrome has been diagnosed in only 34 people cases of g￭ ome￭ z lo￭ pez her￭ nan￭ dez syndrome may be under reported as other diseases share the characteristics of cere￭ bell￭ ar mal￭ formation shown in g￭ ome￭ z lo￭ pez her￭ nan￭ dez syndrome g￭ ome￭ z lo￭ pez her￭ nan￭ dez syndrome was first characterized in 1979
gon￭ ad￭ al dys￭ genesis is any con￭ genital developmental disorder of the reproductive system characterized by a progressive loss of germ cells on the developing gon￭ ads of an embryo this loss leads to extremely hypo￭ plastic underdeveloped and dys￭ functioning gon￭ ads mainly composed of fi￭ bro￭ us tissue hence the name stre￭ ak gon￭ ads — i e a form of ap￭ la￭ sia in which the o￭ vary is replaced by func￭ tion￭ less tissue the accompanying hormonal failure also prevents the development of secondary sex characteristics in either sex resulting in a sexually inf￭ anti￭ le female appearance and in￭ fertility the first type of gon￭ ad￭ al dys￭ genesis discovered was turner syndrome
a gon￭ ad￭ al tissue ne￭ op￭ las￭ m is a tumor having any his￭ to￭ logy characteristic of cells or tissues giving rise to the gon￭ ads these tissues arise from the sex cord and st￭ rom￭ al cells the tumor may be derived from these tissues or produce them although the tumor is composed of gon￭ ad￭ al tissue it is not necessarily located in an o￭ vary or tes￭ tic￭ le a gon￭ ad￭ al tissue ne￭ op￭ las￭ m should not be confused with a u￭ ro￭ genital ne￭ op￭ las￭ m though the two topics are often studied together the embry￭ ology of the gon￭ ads is only indirectly related to the embry￭ ology of the external gen￭ itals and ur￭ inary system
a gon￭ ad￭ obl￭ ast￭ oma is a complex ne￭ op￭ las￭ m composed of a mixture of gon￭ ad￭ al elements such as large pri￭ mor￭ dial germ cells immature ser￭ tol￭ i cells or gran￭ ul￭ osa cells of the sex cord and gon￭ ad￭ al st￭ rom￭ al cells most gon￭ ad￭ obl￭ ast￭ om￭ as are benign
gon￭ ad￭ o￭ tro￭ pin releasing hormone gn￭ r￭ h in￭ sensitivity is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive genetic and endocrine syndrome which is characterized by in￭ activating mutations of the gon￭ ad￭ o￭ tro￭ pin releasing hormone recep￭ tor gn￭ r￭ hr and thus an in￭ sensitivity of the recep￭ tor to gon￭ ad￭ o￭ tro￭ pin releasing hormone gn￭ r￭ h resulting in a partial or complete loss of the ability of the gon￭ ads to synthe￭ size the sex hormones the condition manifests itself as isolated hypo￭ gon￭ ad￭ o￭ tropic hypo￭ gon￭ ad￭ ism i￭ hh presenting with symptoms such as delayed reduced or absent pu￭ ber￭ ty low or complete lack of li￭ bi￭ do and in￭ fertility and is the predominant cause of i￭ hh when it does not present alongside an￭ os￭ mia
resistant o￭ vary syndrome previously known as savage syndrome is a cause of o￭ vari￭ an failure that can lead to secondary amen￭ or￭ rhe￭ a resistant ov￭ aries result from a functional disturbance of the gon￭ ad￭ o￭ tro￭ pin recep￭ tors in the o￭ vari￭ an fol￭ lic￭ les it may be a cause of primary or secondary amen￭ or￭ rhe￭ a and is resistant to exo￭ genous gon￭ ad￭ o￭ tro￭ pin stimulation diagnosis of this condition requires that the patient has a normal 46 xx kar￭ yo￭ type normal secondary sexual characteristics elevated plasma fol￭ lic￭ le stimulating hormone and lu￭ te￭ ini￭ zing hormone – in the men￭ opa￭ usal range – and that normal multiple fol￭ lic￭ les are seen on o￭ vari￭ an biopsy spontaneous reversal of the recep￭ tor resistance may occur
gon￭ o￭ co￭ cc￭ emia also known as ar￭ thri￭ tis – der￭ mat￭ osis syndrome and disseminated gon￭ o￭ coc￭ cal infection is a condition characterized by a hemorrha￭ gic ves￭ icul￭ op￭ ust￭ ular eruption b￭ outs of fever and ar￭ thr￭ al￭ gia or actual ar￭ thri￭ tis of one or several joints
gon￭ or￭ rhe￭ a also spelled gon￭ or￭ rho￭ ea is a sexually transmitted infection caused by the bacter￭ ium ne￭ is￭ ser￭ ia gon￭ or￭ rho￭ e￭ ae many people have no symptoms men may have burning with ur￭ ination discharge from the penis or tes￭ tic￭ ular pain women may have burning with ur￭ ination vag￭ inal discharge vag￭ inal bleeding between periods or pel￭ vic pain complications in women include pel￭ vic infl￭ am￭ matory disease and in men include infl￭ amm￭ ation of the epi￭ di￭ dy￭ mis if untreated gon￭ or￭ rhe￭ a can occasionally spread to affect joints or heart valves gon￭ or￭ rhe￭ a is spread through sexual contact with an infected person this includes oral anal and vag￭ inal sex it can also spread from a mother to a child during birth diagnosis is by testing the urine u￭ re￭ th￭ ra in males or cer￭ vi￭ x in females testing all women who are sexually active and less than 25 years of age each year as well as those with new sexual partners is recommended this same recommendation applies in men who have sex with men gon￭ or￭ rhe￭ a can be prevented with the use of condoms having sex with only one person who is un￭ infected and by not having sex treatment is usually with ce￭ f￭ tri￭ ax￭ one by injection and azi￭ thro￭ my￭ cin by mouth resistance has developed to many previously used antibiotics and higher doses of ce￭ f￭ tri￭ ax￭ one are occasionally required re￭ testing is recommended three months after treatment sexual partners from the last 2 months should also be treated gon￭ or￭ rhe￭ a affects about 0 8 of women and 0 6 of men an estimated 33 to 106 million new cases occur each year out of the 4￭ 98 million new cases of cur￭ able sti – which also includes sy￭ phil￭ is ch￭ lam￭ y￭ dia and tric￭ hom￭ oni￭ asis infections in women most commonly occur when they are young adults in 2013 it caused about 3 200 deaths up from 2 300 in 1990 descriptions of the disease date as far back as the old testament
good￭ pasture syndrome gps also known as good￭ pasture ’ s disease anti￭ glo￭ mer￭ ular basement anti￭ body disease or anti g￭ bm disease is a rare auto￭ immune disease in which antibodies attack the basement memb￭ rane in lungs and kidneys leading to bleeding from the lungs and kidney failure it is thought to attack the alpha 3 sub￭ unit of type iv coll￭ agen which has therefore been referred to as good￭ pasture s antigen good￭ pasture syndrome may quickly result in permanent lung and kidney damage often leading to death it is treated with immun￭ o￭ sup￭ pres￭ sant drugs such as cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ster￭ oids and cycl￭ op￭ hosp￭ ham￭ ide and with plas￭ map￭ her￭ esis in which the antibodies are removed from the blood famous sufferers include vince earl an actor on the british soap opera brook￭ side who underwent a successful kidney transplant in 2012 the disease was first described by an american patho￭ logist ern￭ est good￭ pasture of van￭ der￭ bil￭ t university in 19￭ 19 and was later named in his honor
google do￭ od￭ les re￭ directs here for a list of google do￭ od￭ les see lists of google do￭ od￭ les a google do￭ odle is a special temporary alteration of the logo on google s hom￭ ep￭ age that is intended to celebrate holidays events achievements and people the first google do￭ odle was in honor of the burning man festival of 1998 and was designed by larry page and serge￭ y br￭ in to notify users of their absence in case the ser￭ vers crashed subsequent google do￭ od￭ les were designed by an outside contractor until page and br￭ in asked inter￭ n dennis h￭ wang to design a logo for bas￭ til￭ le day in 2000 from that point onward do￭ od￭ les have been organized and published by a team of employees termed do￭ od￭ lers initially do￭ od￭ les were neither animated nor hyper￭ linked do￭ od￭ les increased in both frequency and complexity by the beginning of the 2010 s and in january 2010 the first animated do￭ odle was posted hon￭ oring isa￭ ac newton the first interactive do￭ odle appeared shortly thereafter celebrating pac man and hyper￭ links also began to be added to do￭ od￭ les usually linking to a search results page for the subject of the do￭ odle by 2014 google had published over 2 000 regional and international do￭ od￭ les throughout its hom￭ ep￭ ages often featuring guest artists musicians and personalities google do￭ od￭ les violate the long accepted ten￭ et of brand management that a logo should be respected and used correctly and consistently at all times a constantly changing logo was thought to reduce brand equity while this may be true of many brands google has successfully de￭ fied the orthodoxy the google logo has been noted for the constant interactive engagement that attracts the attention of the press and general public
gordon syndrome gs or dis￭ tal ar￭ thro￭ gry￭ pos￭ is type 3 is a rare auto￭ som￭ al dominant disorder characterized by cle￭ ft pal￭ ate and con￭ genital contr￭ actu￭ res of the hands and feet
gor￭ ham s disease pronounced g￭ or am￭ z also known as gor￭ ham van￭ ishing bone disease and phantom bone disease is a very rare sk￭ el￭ etal condition of unknown cause characterized by the uncontrolled proliferation of dist￭ ended thin w￭ alled vascular or lymp￭ h￭ atic channels within bone which leads to resor￭ ption and replacement of bone with an￭ gi￭ om￭ as and or fi￭ bro￭ sis current treatments are experimental only
in medicine gor￭ lin sign is the ability to touch the tip of the nose with the tongue approximately ten percent of the general population can perform this act whereas fifty percent of people with the inherited connec￭ tive tissue disorder eh￭ lers dan￭ los syndrome can not to be confused with gor￭ lin syndrome it is named for robert j gor￭ lin
gou￭ ger￭ ot – bl￭ um syndrome also known as pi￭ gm￭ ented pur￭ pur￭ ic lic￭ hen￭ o￭ id der￭ mati￭ tis and pi￭ gm￭ ented pur￭ pur￭ ic lic￭ hen￭ o￭ id der￭ mati￭ tis of gou￭ ger￭ ot and bl￭ um is a variant of pi￭ gm￭ ented pur￭ pur￭ ic der￭ mati￭ tis a skin condition characterized by minute r￭ ust colored to viol￭ ac￭ eous lic￭ hen￭ o￭ id pap￭ ules that tend to fuse into pl￭ aqu￭ es of various h￭ ues relative to other variants it is characterized clin￭ ically by a male predominance pr￭ ur￭ it￭ us with a pre￭ dil￭ ection for the legs and his￭ to￭ logically it features a densely cellular lic￭ hen￭ o￭ id infiltr￭ ate it was characterized in 19￭ 25
g￭ our￭ mand syndrome is a rare benign condition that sometimes occurs in people who sustain injuries to the right frontal lo￭ be these people develop a new post injury passion for g￭ our￭ met food it was first described by regard and land￭ is in the journal neuro￭ logy it is characterized by a right hemisphere brain le￭ sion and a obs￭ essive focus on eating thinking talking and writing about fine foods however it is not associated with an increase in appetite the most famous case of g￭ our￭ mand syndrome developed in a swiss stroke patient after his release from the hospital he immediately quit his job as a political journalist and took up the profession of food cri￭ ti￭ qu￭ ing
grad￭ eni￭ go s syndrome also called grad￭ eni￭ go lanno￭ is syndrome and petro￭ us ap￭ ic￭ i￭ tis is a complic￭ ation of o￭ ti￭ tis media and ma￭ sto￭ idi￭ tis involving the ap￭ ex of the petro￭ us temporal bone it was first described by gius￭ ep￭ pe grad￭ eni￭ go in 19￭ 04 when he reported a tri￭ ad of symptoms consisting of peri￭ orb￭ ital unilateral pain related to tri￭ gem￭ inal nerve involvement di￭ pl￭ op￭ ia due to sixth nerve pal￭ sy and persistent o￭ tor￭ rhe￭ a associated with bacterial o￭ ti￭ tis media with ap￭ ex involvement of the petro￭ us part of the temporal bone petro￭ si￭ tis the classical syndrome related to o￭ ti￭ tis media has become very rare after the antibiotic era
gr￭ adi￭ ent well for￭ med￭ ness is a problem that arises in the analysis of data in gener￭ ative lingu￭ is￭ tics in which a linguistic entity is neither completely gr￭ amm￭ atical nor completely un￭ gr￭ amm￭ atical a native speaker may judge a word phrase or pron￭ unciation as not quite right or almost there rather than dismissing it as completely unacceptable or fully accepting it as well formed thus the acceptability of the given entity lies on a gr￭ adi￭ ent between well for￭ med￭ ness and ill for￭ med￭ ness some gener￭ ative lingu￭ ists think that ill for￭ med￭ ness might be strictly additive thus trying to figure out universal constraints by acquiring scal￭ ar gr￭ amm￭ atic￭ ality judgements from inform￭ ants generally however gr￭ adi￭ ent well for￭ med￭ ness is considered an unsolved problem in gener￭ ative lingu￭ is￭ tics
in russia gr￭ affi￭ ti or street art is an ambiguous phenomenon i e considered to be des￭ ec￭ ration by some and art by others it is done for a variety of reasons including expressing oneself through an art form or protesting against a corporation or ideology
graft versus host disease g￭ v￭ hd is a medical complic￭ ation following the receipt of trans￭ planted tissue from a genetically different person g￭ v￭ hd is commonly associated with stem cell or bone marrow transplant but the term also applies to other forms of tissue graft immune cells white blood cells in the donated tissue the graft recognize the recipient the host as foreign the trans￭ planted immune cells then attack the host s body cells g￭ v￭ hd can also occur after a blood transfusion if the blood products used have not been irradiated or treated with an approved pathogen reduction system
graham little syndrome is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by lichen plan￭ us like skin le￭ sions
grain growth is the increase in size of grains cryst￭ all￭ ites in a material at high temperature this occurs when recovery and rec￭ ry￭ stal￭ lis￭ ation are complete and further reduction in the internal energy can only be achieved by reducing the total area of grain boundary the term is commonly used in metall￭ ur￭ gy but is also used in reference to ceram￭ ics and minerals
grain itch also known as barley itch mat￭ tress itch pr￭ ai￭ rie itch and straw itch is a cu￭ taneous condition caused by several types of mit￭ es and characterized by intense pr￭ ur￭ it￭ us
gram negative bacterial infection refers to a disease caused by gram negative bacteria one example is e coli it is important to recognize that this class is defined mor￭ pho￭ logically by the presence of a bacterial outer memb￭ rane and not his￭ to￭ logically by a pink appearance when stained though the two usually coincide one reason for this division is that the outer memb￭ rane is of major clinical significance it can play a role in the reduced effectiveness of certain antibiotics and it is the source of endo￭ toxin the gram status of some organisms is complex or disputed my￭ co￭ plasma are sometimes considered gram negative but because of its lack of a cell wall and unusual memb￭ rane composition it is sometimes considered separately from other gram negative bacteria gar￭ d￭ ner￭ ella is often considered gram negative but it is classified in mesh as both gram positive and gram negative it has some traits of gram positive bacteria but has a gram negative appearance it has been described as a gram variable rod
gram negative fol￭ lic￭ u￭ li￭ tis occurs in patients who have had moderately infl￭ am￭ matory ac￭ ne for long periods and have been treated with long term antibiotics mainly te￭ trac￭ ycl￭ ines a disease in which cultures of le￭ sions usually reveals a species of kle￭ b￭ si￭ ella es￭ cher￭ ic￭ hia coli enter￭ ob￭ ac￭ ter or from the deep c￭ ys￭ tic le￭ sions prot￭ eus
gram negative ro￭ sac￭ ea is a cu￭ taneous condition that clin￭ ically looks like stage ii or iii ro￭ sac￭ ea
gram negative toe web infection is a cu￭ taneous condition that often begins with der￭ mat￭ op￭ hy￭ to￭ sis
grande bar￭ o￭ que is a sterling silver tab￭ le￭ ware pattern
grande s￭ onn￭ erie french meaning grand strike is a complic￭ ation in a mechanical watch or clock which combines a quarter striking mechanism with a repe￭ ater on every quarter hour it strikes the number of quarter hours audi￭ bly on a gong and then the number of hours since the last hour on a second gong for instance in a 3 weight vienna wall clock at 6 15 it would strike once on a high pitched gong then strike six times on a lower pitched gong at 6 30 it would strike twice on the high pitched gong then six times on the lower pitched gong 6 45 three times on the high pitched gong then six times on the lower pitched gong and at 7 00 it would strike four times on the high pitched gong then seven times on the lower pitched gong you will always know the time at any or every fifteen minutes by just listening to the striking these types of striking c￭ locks are mostly found as carriage c￭ locks or 3 weight vienna regulators in addition it can strike the hours on demand at the push of a button the term is sometimes used errone￭ ously for a mere quarter striking mechanism it is more complex than the peti￭ te s￭ onn￭ erie which merely strikes the hours on the hour and the quarter hours on the quarter with no repe￭ ater function
grandiose delu￭ sions g￭ d or delu￭ sions of gran￭ de￭ ur are a subtype of delusion that occur in patients suffering from a wide range of psychiatric diseases including two thirds of patients in man￭ ic state of bipolar disorder half of those with schizophrenia patients with the grandiose subtype of delu￭ sional disorder and a substantial portion of those with substance abuse disorders g￭ ds are characterized by fant￭ as￭ tical beliefs that one is famous omni￭ potent wealthy or otherwise very powerful the delu￭ sions are generally fantastic and typically have a religious science fic￭ tional or super￭ natural theme there is a relative lack of research into g￭ d in contrast to persecu￭ tory delu￭ sions and aud￭ itory halluc￭ inations about 10 of healthy people experience grandiose thoughts but do not meet full criteria for a diagnosis of g￭ d
gran￭ ular cell tumor is a tumor that can develop on any skin or mu￭ cos￭ al surface but occurs on the tongue 40 of the time it is also known as ab￭ ri￭ ko￭ s￭ so￭ ff s tumor gran￭ ular cell my￭ obl￭ ast￭ oma gran￭ ular cell nerve she￭ ath tumor and gran￭ ular cell sch￭ wan￭ no￭ ma
gran￭ ular conv￭ ection is a phenomenon where gran￭ ular material subjected to shaking or vibration will exhibit circulation patterns similar to types of fluid conv￭ ection it is sometimes described as the brazil nut effect when the largest particles end up on the surface of a gran￭ ular material containing a mixture of vari￭ ously sized objects this derives from the example of a typical container of mixed nuts where the largest will be brazil nuts the phenomenon is also known as the mu￭ es￭ li effect since it is seen in packets of breakfast cereal containing particles of different sizes but similar density such as mu￭ es￭ li mix under experimental conditions gran￭ ular conv￭ ection of vari￭ ously sized particles has been observed forming conv￭ ection cells similar to fluid motion the conv￭ ection of gran￭ ular flows is becoming a well understood phenomenon
gran￭ ular par￭ ak￭ er￭ at￭ osis also known as ax￭ ill￭ ary gran￭ ular par￭ ak￭ er￭ at￭ osis inter￭ tri￭ gin￭ ous gran￭ ular par￭ ak￭ er￭ at￭ osis and more recently zom￭ bie patch is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by bro￭ wn￭ ish red ker￭ ato￭ tic pap￭ ules that can coal￭ es￭ ce into pl￭ aqu￭ es
gran￭ ul￭ arity also called gr￭ ain￭ iness the quality of being gr￭ ain￭ y is the extent to which a material or system is composed of distingu￭ ishable pieces or grains it can either refer to the extent to which a larger entity is subdivided or the extent to which groups of smaller in￭ distingu￭ ishable entities have joined together to become larger distingu￭ ishable entities for example a kilo￭ meter broken into centi￭ meters has fin￭ er gran￭ ul￭ arity than a kilo￭ meter broken into meters in contrast molecules of photo￭ graphic emul￭ sion may cl￭ ump together to form distinct noticeable gran￭ ules reflecting co￭ ar￭ ser gran￭ ul￭ arity co￭ arse gr￭ ained materials or systems have fewer larger dis￭ crete components than fine gr￭ ained materials or systems a co￭ arse gr￭ ained description of a system regards large sub￭ components while a fine gr￭ ained description regards smaller components of which the larger ones are composed the concepts gran￭ ul￭ arity co￭ arsen￭ ess and fin￭ eness are relative used when comparing systems or descriptions of systems an example of increasingly fine gran￭ ul￭ arity a list of nations in the united nations a list of all states provinces in those nations a list of all cities in those states etc the terms fine and co￭ arse are used consistently across fields but the term gran￭ ul￭ arity itself is not for example in investing more gran￭ ul￭ arity refers to more positions of smaller size while photo￭ graphic film that is more gran￭ ular has fewer and larger chemical grains similarly sugar that is more gran￭ ular has fewer and larger grains
in medicine gran￭ ul￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis is the presence in peripheral blood of an increased number of gran￭ ul￭ oc￭ y￭ tes a category of white blood cells often the word refers to an increased neu￭ tro￭ phil gran￭ ul￭ oc￭ y￭ te count as neu￭ troph￭ ils are the main gran￭ ul￭ oc￭ y￭ tes
gran￭ ul￭ oma is an infl￭ amm￭ ation found in many diseases it is a collection of immune cells known as his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ tes macro￭ p￭ ha￭ ges gran￭ ul￭ om￭ as form when the immune system attempts to wall off substances it percei￭ ves as foreign but is unable to eliminate such substances include infectious organisms including bacteria and fun￭ gi as well as other materials such as ker￭ atin and su￭ ture fragments
gran￭ ul￭ oma annul￭ are is a fairly rare chronic der￭ mat￭ ological condition which presents as red￭ dish bu￭ mps on the skin arranged in a circle or ring it can initially occur at any age and is significantly more common in females 80 20 ratio
gran￭ ul￭ oma annul￭ are in hiv disease is a skin condition characterized typically by pap￭ ular and generalized skin le￭ sions
gran￭ ul￭ oma fac￭ i￭ ale g￭ f is an un￭ common benign chronic skin disease of unknown origin characterized by single or multiple cu￭ taneous no￭ d￭ ules usually occurring over the face occasionally extr￭ af￭ ac￭ ial involvement is noted most often on sun exposed areas
gran￭ ul￭ oma glu￭ te￭ ale inf￭ an￭ tum is a cu￭ taneous condition that appears in the ano￭ genital region of infants as a complic￭ ation of di￭ aper der￭ mati￭ tis according to some no gran￭ ul￭ om￭ as are found
gran￭ ul￭ oma ingu￭ in￭ ale also known as don￭ o￭ van￭ osis is a bacterial disease caused by kle￭ b￭ si￭ ella gran￭ ul￭ om￭ atis formerly known as cal￭ ym￭ mat￭ ob￭ ac￭ ter￭ ium gran￭ ul￭ om￭ atis characterized by ul￭ cer￭ ative genital le￭ sions it is endemic in many less developed regions it is also known as don￭ o￭ van￭ osis gran￭ ul￭ oma gen￭ ito￭ ingu￭ in￭ ale gran￭ ul￭ oma ingu￭ in￭ ale tro￭ pic￭ um gran￭ ul￭ oma v￭ ener￭ eu￭ m gran￭ ul￭ oma v￭ ener￭ eu￭ m gen￭ ito￭ ingu￭ in￭ ale lu￭ po￭ id form of gro￭ in ul￭ cer￭ ation ser￭ pi￭ gin￭ ous ul￭ cer￭ ation of the gro￭ in ul￭ cer￭ ating gran￭ ul￭ oma of the pu￭ den￭ dum and ul￭ cer￭ ating s￭ cl￭ ero￭ sing gran￭ ul￭ oma the disease often goes untreated because of the scarcity of medical treatment in the countries in which it is found in addition the pain￭ less genital ul￭ cers can be mistaken for sy￭ phil￭ is the ul￭ cers ultimately progress to destruction of internal and external tissue with extensive leakage of m￭ uc￭ us and blood from the highly vascular le￭ sions the destructive nature of don￭ o￭ van￭ osis also increases the risk of super￭ infection by other pathogenic microbes
gran￭ ul￭ oma multi￭ forme also known as m￭ kar disease and gran￭ ul￭ oma multi￭ forme lei￭ ker is a cu￭ taneous condition most commonly seen in central africa and rarely elsewhere characterized by skin le￭ sions that are on the upper trunk and arms in sun exposed areas it may be confused with tubercul￭ o￭ id leprosy with which it has clinical similarities the condition was first noted by go￭ s￭ set in the 1940 s but it was not until 1964 that lei￭ ker coined the term to describe a disease resembling leprosy in his study in nigeria
gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ osis with pol￭ yan￭ gi￭ i￭ tis g￭ pa previously known as we￭ gen￭ er s gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ osis w￭ g is a systemic disorder that involves both gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ osis and pol￭ yan￭ gi￭ i￭ tis it is a form of vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis infl￭ amm￭ ation of blood vessels that affects small and medium size vessels in many organs damage to the lungs and kidneys can be fatal it requires long term immun￭ o￭ suppression the condition was originally named for friedrich we￭ gen￭ er who described the disease in 1936 as a response to we￭ gen￭ er s association with the german nazi party professional bodies and journals have replaced his name with a descriptive name however the older name is still often seen gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ osis with pol￭ yan￭ gi￭ i￭ tis is part of a larger group of vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tic syndro￭ mes called systemic vas￭ cu￭ liti￭ des or necro￭ tizing vas￭ cul￭ opath￭ ies all of which feature an auto￭ immune attack by an abnormal type of circulating anti￭ body termed an￭ cas an￭ tin￭ eu￭ tro￭ phil cy￭ top￭ las￭ mic antibodies against small and medium size blood vessels apart from g￭ pa this category includes e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ osis with pol￭ yan￭ gi￭ i￭ tis eg￭ pa and micro￭ scopic pol￭ yan￭ gi￭ i￭ tis although g￭ pa affects small and medium size vessels it is formally classified as one of the small vessel vas￭ cu￭ liti￭ des in the cha￭ pel hill system
gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ ous am￭ oe￭ bic en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis ga￭ e is a central nervous system disease caused by certain species of free living am￭ oe￭ ba￭ e especially species of ac￭ anth￭ am￭ oe￭ ba and bal￭ am￭ u￭ thia man￭ dri￭ l￭ lar￭ is the term is most commonly used with ac￭ anth￭ am￭ oe￭ ba in more modern references the term bal￭ am￭ u￭ thia am￭ oe￭ bic en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis ba￭ e is commonly used when bal￭ am￭ u￭ thia man￭ dri￭ l￭ lar￭ is is the cause
gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ ous facial der￭ mati￭ tis is found in patients with persistent facial er￭ y￭ them￭ a involving one or more conv￭ ex surfaces of the face with le￭ sions that show gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ ous reaction his￭ to￭ logically
gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ ous mas￭ ti￭ tis can be divided into idi￭ opathic gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ ous mas￭ ti￭ tis also known as gran￭ ular lob￭ ular mas￭ ti￭ tis and gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ ous mas￭ ti￭ tis occurring as a rare secondary complic￭ ation of a great variety of other conditions such as tuberculosis and other infections sar￭ co￭ ido￭ sis and gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ osis with pol￭ yan￭ gi￭ i￭ tis special forms of gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ ous mas￭ ti￭ tis occur as complic￭ ation of diabetes some cases are due to sili￭ cone injection sili￭ cone induced gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ ous infl￭ amm￭ ation or other foreign body reactions primary presentation of any of these conditions as mas￭ ti￭ tis is very rare and in many cases probably pre￭ disposed by other breast or systemic conditions although gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ ous mas￭ ti￭ tis is easily confused with cancer it is a completely benign non can￭ cer￭ ous condition treatment is radically different for idi￭ opathic gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ ous mas￭ ti￭ tis and other gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ ous le￭ sions of the breast the precise diagnosis is therefore very important
gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ ous men￭ in￭ go￭ en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis g￭ me is an infl￭ am￭ matory disease of the central nervous system cns of dogs and rarely cats it is a form of men￭ in￭ go￭ en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis g￭ me is likely second only to en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis caused by can￭ ine dist￭ emp￭ er virus as the most common cause of infl￭ am￭ matory disease of the can￭ ine cns the disease is more common in female toy dogs of young and middle age it has a rapid onset the le￭ sions of g￭ me exist mainly in the white matter of the cere￭ bru￭ m bra￭ inst￭ em cere￭ bell￭ um and spinal cord the cause is only known to be non￭ infectious and is considered at this time to be idi￭ opathic because le￭ sions resemble those seen in allergic men￭ in￭ go￭ en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis g￭ me is thought to have an immune medi￭ ated cause but it is also thought that the disease may be based on an abnormal response to an infectious agent one study searched for viral dna from can￭ ine her￭ pes￭ virus can￭ ine aden￭ o￭ virus and can￭ ine par￭ vo￭ virus in brain tissue from dogs with g￭ me necro￭ tizing men￭ in￭ go￭ en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis and necro￭ tizing leuko￭ en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis see below for the latter two conditions but failed to find any
gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ ous pro￭ stati￭ tis is an un￭ common disease of the pro￭ state an exo￭ cr￭ ine g￭ land of the male reproductive system it is a form of pro￭ stati￭ tis i e infl￭ amm￭ ation of the pro￭ state resulting from infection bacterial viral or fun￭ gal the b￭ c￭ g therapy mala￭ co￭ pl￭ ak￭ ia or systemic gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ ous diseases which involve the pro￭ state
gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ ous slack skin g￭ ss is a rare cu￭ taneous condition a variant of lymp￭ homa that typically presents in middle aged adults it is a form of cu￭ taneous t cell lymp￭ homa it is a variant of my￭ co￭ sis fun￭ go￭ ides
gran￭ ul￭ osa cell tum￭ ours or gran￭ ul￭ osa th￭ eca cell tum￭ ours are tum￭ ours that arise from gran￭ ul￭ osa cells these tum￭ ours are part of the sex cord gon￭ ad￭ al st￭ rom￭ al tum￭ our or non epi￭ the￭ li￭ al group of tum￭ ours although gran￭ ul￭ osa cells normally occur only in the o￭ vary gran￭ ul￭ osa cell tum￭ ours occur in both ov￭ aries and tes￭ tic￭ les see o￭ vari￭ an cancer and tes￭ tic￭ ular cancer these tum￭ ours should be considered m￭ align￭ ant and treated in the same way as other m￭ align￭ ant tum￭ ours of o￭ vary the o￭ vari￭ an disease has two forms juvenile and adult both characterized by ind￭ ol￭ ent growth and therefore has high recovery rates the staging system for these tum￭ ours is the same as for epi￭ the￭ li￭ al tum￭ ours and most present as stage i the peak age at which they occur is 50 – 55 years but they may occur at any age juvenile gran￭ ul￭ osa cell tum￭ our is a similar but distinct rare tum￭ our it too occurs in both the o￭ vary and testi￭ s in the testi￭ s it is extremely rare and has not been reported to be m￭ align￭ ant although this tum￭ our usually occurs in children hence its name it has been reported in adults
gran￭ ul￭ osis ru￭ bra na￭ si is a rare famili￭ al disease of children occurring on the nose cheeks and chin characterized by diffuse red￭ ness persistent hyper￭ hi￭ dro￭ sis and small dark red pap￭ ules that disappear on dias￭ cop￭ ic pressure
gra￭ pe￭ vine yel￭ lows gy are diseases associated to phy￭ top￭ las￭ mas that occur in many grape growing areas worldwide and are of still increasing significance almost identical symptoms of the gy syndrome are caused by different phy￭ top￭ las￭ mas and appear on leaves shoots and clusters of gra￭ pe￭ vine typical symptoms include dis￭ color￭ ation and necro￭ sis of leaf ve￭ ins and leaf bl￭ ades downward cur￭ ling of leaves lack or incomplete lign￭ ification of shoots stun￭ ting and necro￭ sis of shoots abortion of inf￭ lo￭ res￭ c￭ ences and shri￭ vel￭ ling of berries those symptoms are related to cal￭ lose de￭ position at the si￭ eve plates and subsequent de￭ generation of the ph￭ lo￭ em although no resistant cultiv￭ ars of vi￭ tis v￭ ini￭ fera or ro￭ ot￭ stocks are known so far the various grape varieties differ considerably as far as symptom severity is concerned it ranges from fast decline and death in highly susceptible cultiv￭ ars to tolerant ro￭ ot￭ stocks as symp￭ tom￭ less carriers of the pathogen the main vi￭ ticul￭ tural production areas in the republic of macedonia were surveyed in 2006 2007 2008 for the presence of gra￭ pe￭ vine yel￭ lows p￭ cr and r￭ fl￭ p analyses were used to detect and identify phy￭ top￭ las￭ mas inf￭ ecting gra￭ pe￭ vines only phy￭ top￭ las￭ mas associated with “ bo￭ is no￭ ir ” disease ri￭ bo￭ som￭ al sub￭ group 16 sr￭ xii a or stol￭ bur were detected molecular analyses showed that all phy￭ top￭ las￭ mas identified belonged to tu￭ f type ii v￭ k￭ ii
in graph theory a branch of mathematics graph can￭ on￭ ization is the problem finding a can￭ on￭ ical form of a given graph g a can￭ on￭ ical form is a labeled graph can￭ on g that is isom￭ orph￭ ic to g such that every graph that is isom￭ orph￭ ic to g has the same can￭ on￭ ical form as g thus from a solution to the graph can￭ on￭ ization problem one could also solve the problem of graph isom￭ orph￭ ism to test whether two graphs g and h are isom￭ orph￭ ic compu￭ te their can￭ on￭ ical forms can￭ on g and can￭ on h and test whether these two can￭ on￭ ical forms are identical the can￭ on￭ ical form of a graph is an example of a complete graph invari￭ ant every two isom￭ orph￭ ic graphs have the same can￭ on￭ ical form and every two non isom￭ orph￭ ic graphs have different can￭ on￭ ical forms conversely every complete invari￭ ant of graphs may be used to construct a can￭ on￭ ical form the ver￭ tex set of an n ver￭ tex graph may be identified with the inte￭ gers from 1 to n and using such an identification a can￭ on￭ ical form of a graph may also be described as a per￭ mutation of its ver￭ tices can￭ on￭ ical forms of a graph are also called can￭ on￭ ical lab￭ el￭ ings and graph can￭ on￭ ization is also sometimes known as graph can￭ on￭ ic￭ alization
the graph isom￭ orph￭ ism problem is the compu￭ tational problem of determining whether two finite graphs are isom￭ orph￭ ic the problem is neither known to be sol￭ vable in poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al time nor n￭ p complete and therefore may be in the compu￭ tational complexity class n￭ p intermediate it is known that the graph isom￭ orph￭ ism problem is in the low hierarchy of class n￭ p which implies that it is not n￭ p complete unless the poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al time hierarchy collapses to its second level at the same time isom￭ orph￭ ism for many special classes of graphs can be solved in poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al time and in practice graph isom￭ orph￭ ism can often be solved efficiently this problem is a special case of the sub￭ graph isom￭ orph￭ ism problem which is known to be n￭ p complete it is also known to be a special case of the non ab￭ eli￭ an hidden sub￭ group problem over the sym￭ metric group
in structure mining a domain of learning on structured data objects in machine learning a graph ker￭ nel is a ker￭ nel function that compu￭ tes an inner product on graphs graph ker￭ n￭ els can be intu￭ i￭ tively understood as functions measuring the similarity of pairs of graphs they allow ker￭ ne￭ lized learning algori￭ th￭ ms such as support vector machines to work directly on graphs without having to do feature extraction to transform them to fixed length real valued feature vectors they find applications in bio￭ inform￭ atics in chem￭ o￭ inform￭ atics as a type of mol￭ ecu￭ le ker￭ n￭ els and in social network analysis graph ker￭ n￭ els were first described in 2002 by r i kon￭ dor and john la￭ ffer￭ ty￭ as ker￭ n￭ els on graphs i e similarity functions between the no￭ des of a single graph with the world wide web hyper￭ link graph as a suggested application vis￭ h￭ wan￭ athan et al instead defined ker￭ n￭ els between graphs an example of a ker￭ nel between graphs is the random walk ker￭ nel which concep￭ tually performs random walks on two graphs simultaneously then counts the number of paths that were produced by both walks this is equivalent to doing random walks on the direct product of the pair of graphs and from this a ker￭ nel can be derived that can be efficiently compu￭ ted
graph literacy is the ability to understand information presented graphically including general knowledge about how to extract information and make infer￭ ences from different graphical formats although related graph literacy is distinct from other forms of literacy e g general health literacy or numer￭ acy in the sense that it relates more specifically to one ’ s ability to obtain meaning from information presented graphically it can include the storage of mental representations in long term memory knowledge about the properties of different types of formats and procedures to interpret them however similar to other types of literacy higher graph literacy is associated with higher education levels and suggests that developing the skills required to interpret graphical information requires knowledge that is acquired through formal education and experience graph literacy is important in everyday life graphs appear throughout the published media in newspapers and magazines on tv and on the internet and are used to provide information for many important decisions including medical nutritional financial and political choices yet many people can have difficulty understanding even the simplest graphs up to one third of the general population lacks the skills needed to understand basic numerical formats e g percentages or ratios and basic graphic displays such as bar or pie charts line graphs or icon arr￭ ays while graphical displays can improve understanding and comprehension of quantitative information such as the risks and benefits of medical treatments they may not be helpful for everyone visual displays may be of greater help to people with low numer￭ acy whereas numbers may be better for people who have poor graph literacy determining what type of information displays lead to better comprehension of information and for whom is an ongoing topic of research particularly within the area of risk communication
in graph theory and computer science the graph sandwich problem is a problem of finding a graph that belongs to a particular family of graphs and is sand￭ w￭ ich￭ ed between two other graphs one of which must be a sub￭ graph and the other of which must be a super￭ graph of the desired graph graph sandwich problems gener￭ alize the problem of testing whether a given graph belongs to a family of graphs and have attracted attention because of the￭ ir￭ applications and as a natural gener￭ alization of recognition problems
graph￭ esthesia is the ability to recognize writing on the skin purely by the sensation of touch its name derives from greek graph￭ ē writing and ais￭ th￭ ē￭ sis perception graph￭ esthesia tests combined cor￭ tical sensation therefore it is necessary that primary sensation be intact during medical or neuro￭ logical examination graph￭ esthesia is tested in order to test for certain neuro￭ logical conditions such as le￭ sions in bra￭ inst￭ em spinal cord sensory cor￭ tex or thal￭ am￭ us an examiner writes single numbers or simple letters on the skin usually the palm with something that will provide a clear stimulus such as a broken tongue depres￭ sor pen cap etc prior to the start of testing an agreement may be reached between the examiner and the patient as to the orientation of the letters although this is often unnecessary since orientation and size of the figures are rarely an issue the crucial aspect of testing graph￭ esthesia as with any sensory testing is to establish that the patient understands the test hence the test is commenced in the hem￭ ip￭ leg￭ ic patient on the normal intact hand this also allows the examiner to establish the patient s numer￭ acy since semi numer￭ ate patients may have difficulties performing the task the patient provides a verbal response identifying the figure that was drawn if the patient has a speech or language impairment that prevents them from verb￭ alizing an answer the answer can be selected from a series of images shown to them loss of graph￭ esthesia indicates either par￭ ie￭ tal lo￭ be damage on the side opposite the hand tested or damage to the dor￭ sal columns path￭ way at any point between the tested point and the contr￭ al￭ ateral par￭ ie￭ tal lo￭ be the major clinical utility of the test in the 21 st century is in the condition cor￭ tico bas￭ al gang￭ li￭ onic de￭ generation where in addition to evidence of bas￭ al gang￭ lia dysfunction the presence of cor￭ tical sensory loss is likely to have reasonably high specificity for the diagnosis testing graph￭ esthesia can be substituted for stere￭ og￭ no￭ sis if a patient is unable to grasp an object
in psychology graph￭ or￭ rhe￭ a is a communication disorder expressed by excessive wor￭ din￭ ess with minor or sometimes incoherent ram￭ bling specifically in written work graph￭ or￭ rhe￭ a is sometimes classified as a mental illness resulting in a variety of psychiatric and neuro￭ logical disorders including ap￭ ha￭ sia loc￭ alized cor￭ tical le￭ sions in the thal￭ am￭ us mania or most typically in cat￭ at￭ onic schizophrenia some ram￭ bl￭ ings may follow all any gr￭ amm￭ atical rule s but still leave the reader confused and unsure about what the piece is about
grap￭ ing is a phenomenon marked by the appearance of un￭ ref￭ lowed sol￭ der particles on top of the sol￭ der mass the sol￭ der that is partially coal￭ es￭ ced looks like a cluster of grapes which is where the phenomenon ’ s name is derived
grass tet￭ any or hypo￭ mag￭ nes￭ emic tet￭ any also known as grass st￭ agg￭ ers and winter tet￭ any is a metabol￭ ic disease involving magnesium deficiency which can occur in such ruminant livestock as beef cattle dairy cattle and sheep usually after grazing on past￭ ures of rapidly growing grass especially in early spring
grass￭ land degradation also called vegetation or step￭ pe degradation is a bio￭ tic disturbance in which grass struggles to grow or can no longer exist on a piece of land due to causes such as over￭ grazing bur￭ rowing of small mammals and climate change since the 1970 s it has been noticed to affects plains and pl￭ ate￭ aus of alpine mead￭ ows or grass￭ lands most notably being in the philippines and in the tibetan and inner mongo￭ lian region of china where 24￭ 60 km 2 of grass￭ land is degraded each year across the globe it is estimated that 23 of the land is degraded it takes years and sometimes even decades depending on what is happening to that piece of land for a grass￭ land to become degraded the process is slow and gradual but at the same time so is restoring degraded grass￭ land initially only pat￭ ches of grass appear to die and appear brown in nature but the degradation process if not addressed can spread to decim￭ ate many acres of land which in the most severe cases is merely bare black soil bere￭ ft of any usefulness as a result the frequency of land￭ slides and dust storms increases the degraded land ’ s less fertile ground cannot yield any produce nor can animals gra￭ ze in these fields any longer a dramatic decrease in plant diversity in this ecosystem and more carbon and nitrogen are released into the atmosphere these results can have serious effects on humans such as dis￭ placing her￭ ders from their community a decrease in vegetables fruit and meat that are regularly acquired from these fields and a cataly￭ zing effect on global warming
grati￭ fication is the pleas￭ urable emotional reaction of happiness in response to a ful￭ fill￭ ment of a desire or goal grati￭ fication like all emotions is a motiv￭ ator of behavior and thus plays a role in the entire range of human social systems
grave goods in archae￭ ology and anthropo￭ logy are the items buried along with the body they are usually personal possessions supplies to smooth the deceased s journey into the after￭ life or offer￭ ings to the gods grave goods may be classed as a type of vo￭ tive deposit most grave goods recovered by archae￭ o￭ logists consist of in￭ organic objects such as pot￭ tery and stone and metal tools but organic objects that have since dec￭ ayed were also placed in ancient tom￭ bs fun￭ er￭ ary art is a broad term but generally means art￭ works made specifically to decor￭ ate a burial place such as miniature models of possessions including slaves or servants for use in the after￭ life where grave goods appear grave robbery is a potential problem etr￭ us￭ cans would scratch the word ś￭ u￭ θ￭ ina etr￭ us￭ can for from a tomb on grave goods buried with the dead to discourage their reuse by the living the tomb of pharaoh tu￭ tan￭ kham￭ un is famous because it was one of the few egyptian tom￭ bs that was not thoroughly loo￭ ted in ancient times grave goods can be regarded as a sacrifice intended for the benefit of the deceased in the after￭ life closely related are customs of anc￭ est￭ or worship and offer￭ ings to the dead in modern western culture related to all souls day day of the dead in east asia the hell bank note and related customs also closely related is the custom of re￭ tain￭ er sacrifice where servants or wives of a deceased chief￭ tain are inter￭ red with the body as the inclusion of expensive grave goods and of slaves or re￭ tain￭ ers became a sign of high status in the bron￭ ze age the prohibitive cost led to the development of fake grave goods where art￭ work meant to depic￭ t grave goods or re￭ tain￭ ers is produced for the burial and deposited in the grave in place of the actual sacrifice
graves disease also known as toxic diffuse go￭ iter is an auto￭ immune disease that affects the thyro￭ id it frequently results in and is the most common cause of hyper￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m it also often results in an enlarged thyro￭ id signs and symptoms of hyper￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m may include irrit￭ ability muscle weakness sleeping problems a fast heartbeat poor tolerance of heat diarr￭ hea and weight loss other symptoms may include thick￭ ening of the skin on the sh￭ ins known as pre￭ ti￭ bial my￭ x￭ e￭ dem￭ a and eye bul￭ ging a condition caused by graves oph￭ thal￭ mop￭ athy about 25 to 80 of people with the condition develop eye problems the exact cause is unclear however it is believed to involve a combination of genetic and environmental factors a person is more likely to be affected if they have a family member with the disease if one twin is affected there is a 30 chance the other twin will also have the disease the onset of disease may be triggered by stress infection or giving birth those with other auto￭ immune diseases such as type 1 diabetes and r￭ heu￭ mato￭ id ar￭ thri￭ tis are more likely to be affected smoking increases the risk of disease and may worsen eye problems the disorder results from an anti￭ body called thyro￭ id stimulating immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ulin tsi that has a similar effect to thyro￭ id stimulating hormone ts￭ h these tsi antibodies cause the thyro￭ id g￭ land to produce excess thyro￭ id hormone the diagnosis may be suspected based on symptoms and confirmed with blood tests and radio￭ i￭ od￭ ine uptake typically blood tests show a raised t 3 and t 4 low ts￭ h increased radio￭ i￭ od￭ ine uptake in all areas of the thyro￭ id and tsi antibodies there are three treatment options radio￭ i￭ od￭ ine therapy medications and thyro￭ id surgery radio￭ i￭ od￭ ine therapy involves taking i￭ od￭ ine 131 by mouth which is then concentrated in and destroys the thyro￭ id over weeks to months the resulting hypo￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m is treated with synthetic thyro￭ id hormone medications such as beta bloc￭ kers may control some of the symptoms and anti thyro￭ id medications such as meth￭ im￭ azole may temporarily help people while other treatments are having effect surgery to remove the thyro￭ id is another option eye problems may require additional treatments graves disease will develop in about 0 5 of males and 3 of females it occurs about 7 5 times more often in women than men often it starts between the ages of 40 and 60 but can begin at any age it is the most common cause of hyper￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m in the united states about 50 to 80 of cases the condition is named after robert graves who described it in 18￭ 35 a number of prior descriptions also exist
graves oph￭ thal￭ mop￭ athy also known as thyro￭ id eye disease ted dys￭ thyro￭ id thyro￭ id associated or￭ bit￭ opathy tao graves or￭ bit￭ opathy is an auto￭ immune infl￭ am￭ matory disorder affecting the orbit around the eye characterized by upper eye￭ lid re￭ traction lid lag sw￭ elling red￭ ness er￭ y￭ them￭ a con￭ junc￭ ti￭ vi￭ tis and bul￭ ging eyes ex￭ op￭ thal￭ mos it is part of a systemic process with variable expression in the eyes thyro￭ id and skin caused by auto￭ antibodies that bind to tissues in those organs and in general occurs with hyper￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m the most common form of hyper￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m is graves disease about 10 of cases do not have graves disease but do have auto￭ antibodies the auto￭ antibodies target the fi￭ bro￭ bl￭ asts in the eye muscles and those fi￭ bro￭ bl￭ asts can differentiate into fat cells adi￭ po￭ cy￭ tes fat cells and muscles expand and become infl￭ amed ve￭ ins become compressed and are unable to drain fluid causing e￭ dem￭ a annual incidence is 16 100 000 in women 3 100 000 in men about 3 5 have severe disease with intense pain and sight threatening cor￭ ne￭ al ul￭ cer￭ ation or compression of the op￭ tic nerve cigarette smoking which is associated with many auto￭ immune diseases raises the incidence 7 7 fold mild disease will often resolve and merely requires measures to reduce discomfort and dr￭ y￭ ness such as artificial tears and smoking cessation if possible severe cases are a medical emergency and are treated with glu￭ co￭ cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ids ster￭ oids and sometimes cic￭ los￭ por￭ in many anti infl￭ am￭ matory biological mediators such as inf￭ li￭ xim￭ ab et￭ an￭ er￭ cep￭ t and an￭ ak￭ in￭ ra are being tried but there are no random￭ ized controlled trials demonstrating effectiveness
grav￭ it￭ ational compression is a phenomenon in which gravity acting on the mass of an object com￭ presses it reducing its size and increasing the object s density at the center of a planet or star grav￭ it￭ ational compression produces heat by the kel￭ vin – hel￭ m￭ hol￭ tz mechanism this is the mechanism that explains how jupiter continues to radi￭ ate heat produced by its grav￭ it￭ ational compression the most common reference to grav￭ it￭ ational compression is with respect to stell￭ ar evolution the sun and other main sequence stars are produced by the initial grav￭ it￭ ational collapse of a molecular cloud assuming the mass of the material is large enough grav￭ it￭ ational compression reduces the size of the core increasing its temperature until hydrogen fusion can begin this hydrogen to heli￭ um fusion reaction releases energy that balances the inward grav￭ it￭ ational pressure and the star becomes stable for millions of years no further grav￭ it￭ ational compression occurs until the hydrogen is nearly used up reducing the thermal pressure of the fusion reaction at the end of the sun s life grav￭ it￭ ational compression will turn it into a white dwarf at the other end of the scale are massive stars which burn their fuel very quickly ending their lives as super￭ nov￭ ae after which further grav￭ it￭ ational compression will produce either a neutr￭ on star or a black hole from the remnants for planets and mo￭ ons equilibrium is reached when the compression due to gravity is balanced by a pressure gr￭ adi￭ ent in the opposite direction due to the strength of the material at which point grav￭ it￭ ational compression ceases
grav￭ it￭ ational micro￭ l￭ ens￭ ing is an astro￭ nom￭ ical phenomenon due to the grav￭ it￭ ational lens effect it can be used to detect objects that range from the mass of a planet to the mass of a star regardless of the light they emit typically astro￭ no￭ mers can only detect bright objects that emit much light stars or large objects that block background light clouds of gas and dust these objects make up only a tiny portion of the mass of a galaxy micro￭ l￭ ens￭ ing allows the study of objects that emit little or no light when a distant star or qu￭ as￭ ar gets sufficiently aligned with a massive compact foreground object the b￭ ending of light due to its grav￭ it￭ ational field as discussed by einstein in 1915 leads to two distorted unresolved images resulting in an observ￭ able magni￭ fication the time scale of the transi￭ ent bri￭ ghtening depends on the mass of the foreground object as well as on the relative proper motion between the background source and the foreground lens object since micro￭ l￭ ens￭ ing observations do not rely on radiation received from the lens object this effect therefore allows astro￭ no￭ mers to study massive objects no matter how faint it is thus an ideal technique to study the gal￭ actic population of such faint or dark objects as brown dwar￭ fs red dwar￭ fs planets white dwar￭ fs neutr￭ on stars black holes and￭ massive compact hal￭ o objects moreover the micro￭ l￭ ens￭ ing effect is wa￭ vel￭ eng￭ th independent allowing study of source objects that emit any kind of electromagnetic radiation micro￭ l￭ ens￭ ing by an isolated object was first detected in 1989 since then micro￭ l￭ ens￭ ing has been used to constrain the nature of the dark matter detect ex￭ op￭ lan￭ ets study limb dark￭ ening in distant stars constrain the b￭ inary star population and constrain the structure of the mil￭ ky way s disk micro￭ l￭ ens￭ ing has also been proposed as a means to find dark objects like brown dwar￭ fs and black holes study star￭ spots measure stell￭ ar rotation and probe qu￭ as￭ ars including their acc￭ re￭ tion disks
a grav￭ it￭ ational mir￭ age or co￭ sm￭ ic mir￭ age is an optical phenomenon affecting the appearance of a distant star or galaxy seen only through a teles￭ cope it can take the form of a ring or rings partially or completely surrounding the object a duplicate image adjacent to the object or multiple duplicate images surrounding the object sometimes the direct view of the original object itself is dim￭ med or absent the illusion is caused by a grav￭ it￭ ational lens in space between the object and the observer s teles￭ cope which ben￭ ds light as it travels the effect is analogous to the atmospheric mir￭ age which has been observed since antiqu￭ ity in circumstances where the air temperature varies strongly with height over the ground or sea the rapidly changing ref￭ r￭ active index ben￭ ds light producing inver￭ ted and or multiple images floating in the air ring shaped grav￭ it￭ ational mir￭ ages are referred to as einstein rings and one multiple image grav￭ it￭ ational mir￭ age is named the einstein cross as tribute for einstein s predictions regarding grav￭ it￭ ational l￭ ens￭ ing
gravity or grav￭ itation is a natural phenomenon by which all things with mass are brought toward or grav￭ itate toward one another including planets stars and galax￭ ies since energy and mass are equivalent all forms of energy including light also cause grav￭ itation and are under the influence of it on earth gravity gives weight to physical objects and causes the ocean ti￭ des the grav￭ it￭ ational attraction of the original gaseous matter present in the universe caused it to begin coal￭ es￭ cing forming stars — and the stars to group together into galax￭ ies — so gravity is responsible for many of the large scale structures in the universe gravity has an infinite range although its effects become increasingly weaker on farther objects gravity is most accurately described by the general theory of rel￭ ativity proposed by albert einstein in 1915 which describes gravity not as a force but as a consequence of the cur￭ v￭ ature of spac￭ e￭ time caused by the uneven distribution of mass energy the most extreme example of this cur￭ v￭ ature of spac￭ e￭ time is a black hole from which nothing can escape once past its event horizon not even light more gravity results in grav￭ it￭ ational time dil￭ ation where time lapses more slowly at a lower stronger grav￭ it￭ ational potential however for most applications gravity is well approxim￭ ated by newton s law of universal grav￭ itation which post￭ ul￭ ates that gravity causes a force where two bodies of mass are directly drawn or attracted to each other according to a mathematical relationship where the attractive force is directly proportional to the product of their masses and inver￭ sely proportional to the square of the distance between them gravity is the weakest of the four fundamental interactions of nature the grav￭ it￭ ational attraction is approximately 10￭ 38 times weaker than the strong force 10￭ 36 times weaker than the electromagnetic force and 10￭ 29 times weaker than the weak force as a consequence gravity has a negligible influence on the behavior of sub￭ atomic particles and plays no role in determining the internal properties of everyday matter but see quantum gravity on the other hand gravity is the dominant interaction at the macro￭ scopic scale and is the cause of the formation shape and trajectory orbit of astro￭ nom￭ ical bodies it is responsible for various phenomena observed on earth and throughout the universe for example it causes the earth and the other planets to orbit the sun the moon to orbit the earth the formation of ti￭ des the formation and evolution of the solar system stars and galax￭ ies the earliest instance of gravity in the universe possibly in the form of quantum gravity super￭ gravity or a grav￭ it￭ ational sing￭ ul￭ arity along with ordinary space and time developed during the plan￭ ck epo￭ ch up to 10 − 43 seconds after the birth of the universe possibly from a pri￭ me￭ val state such as a false vacuum quantum vacuum or virtual particle in a currently unknown manner for this reason in part pursuit of a theory of everything the merging of the general theory of rel￭ ativity and quantum mechanics or quantum field theory into quantum gravity has become an area of research
a gravity anomaly is the difference between the observed acceleration of a planet s reaction to gravity and a value predicted from a model a location with a positive anomaly exhi￭ bits more gravity than predicted while a negative anomaly exhi￭ bits a lower value than predicted the anomaly is the body or effect that causes the deviation from the ideal gravity model many data corrections must be made to the measured gravity value in order to extract the response of the local anomaly or local geo￭ logy which is typically the goal of applied ge￭ oph￭ ys￭ ics
gravity spreading is the phenomenon in which a geological body lat￭ er￭ ally extends and vertically contracts in order to reduce its grav￭ it￭ ational potential energy it has been observed on many different scales and at numerous locations on earth from rhy￭ ol￭ ite lava flows to passive margins additionally gravity spreading is thought to have occurred on both mars and venus
gray baby syndrome also termed gray or grey syndrome is a rare but serious side effect that occurs in new￭ born infants especially premature babies following the accumulation of antimicro￭ bial chlor￭ am￭ phen￭ i￭ col
the gray ceiling is a business societal phenomenon where the existing workforce of those born during the baby boom era prevents the slightly younger generation x￭ ers from advancing or being promoted at their jobs
the development of the brain in the human fe￭ tus is extraordinarily complex and is still not fully understood ne￭ ural matter originates in the outer ec￭ to￭ der￭ mic layer of the ga￭ str￭ ula thus it originates from the cell layer primarily responsible for skin hair nails etc rather than from the layers that develop into other internal organs the nervous system originates as a tiny simple open tube called the ne￭ ural tube the front of this tube develops into the brain and re￭ tin￭ as of the eye while the spinal cord develops from the very back end neurons begin to form early but most of them become structural rather than active nerve cells the brain generally forms from the inside out especially in the case of the ne￭ oc￭ or￭ tex the difficulties arising from this are readily apparent as each successive layer of cells must travel through the previous layer to reach its destination therefore nervous tissue develops l￭ adders made of rad￭ ial gli￭ al cells that neurons climb through the previous layers to reach their proper destination some destinations such as the cere￭ br￭ al cor￭ tex even have plac￭ e￭ holder neurons that travel up the ladder to form a structure when the final neurons germin￭ ate they find a correct plac￭ e￭ holder and then the plac￭ e￭ holder cell dies
gray plat￭ elet syndrome gps or plat￭ elet alpha gran￭ ule deficiency is a rare con￭ genital auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive bleeding disorder caused by a reduction or absence of alpha gran￭ ules in blood plat￭ el￭ ets and the release of proteins normally contained in these gran￭ ules into the marrow causing my￭ elo￭ fi￭ bro￭ sis gps is primarily inherited in an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive manner and the gene that is mut￭ ated in gps has recently been mapped to chro￭ mo￭ some 3 p and identified as n￭ be￭ al 2 n￭ be￭ al 2 en￭ codes a protein containing a beach domain that is predicted to be involved in vesicular trafficking it is expressed in plat￭ el￭ ets and meg￭ ak￭ ar￭ y￭ oc￭ y￭ tes and is required for the development of plat￭ elet alpha gran￭ ules n￭ be￭ al 2 expression is also required for the development of thro￭ m￭ bo￭ cy￭ tes in ze￭ br￭ af￭ ish gps is characterized by thro￭ m￭ bo￭ cy￭ top￭ enia and abnormally large ag￭ ran￭ ular plat￭ el￭ ets in peripheral blood sme￭ ars the defect in gps is the failure of meg￭ ak￭ ar￭ y￭ oc￭ y￭ tes to package secre￭ tory proteins into alpha gran￭ ules patients with the gps are affected by mild to moderate bleeding tendencies
gray zone lymp￭ homa often presenting as large tumors in the medi￭ ast￭ inum is a type of lymp￭ homa that is characterized by having cellular features of both classic ho￭ dg￭ kin s lymp￭ hom￭ as ch￭ l and large b cell lymp￭ hom￭ as
graz￭ iel￭ a pre￭ iser is a pattern and textile designer who is well known in germany for her 1970 s designs born in germany she was educated at the wer￭ k￭ kun￭ st￭ sch￭ ule han￭ nover now called ak￭ adem￭ ie der bil￭ d￭ enden k￭ ün￭ ste for the majority of her career she worked as a creative director graphic designer and illustr￭ ator alongside her work for several lifestyle magazines she is best known for her print and textile designs of the 1970 s she gained an international audience through exposure in the magazine brig￭ it￭ te by 1973 the name graz￭ iel￭ a had become synonymous with her style typical of her cre￭ ations are cheer￭ ful colours and a clear tim￭ eless graphic design which was hugely popular in the 1970 s in 2008 she founded the company by￭ graz￭ iel￭ a to relaunch her 1970 s designs
grazing pressure is the stress on plant populations due to the grazing of animals plants may be lost either directly as a result of animals grazing upon them or indirectly as a result of damage to the vegetation or ecosystem by animals moving through the area usually the term refers to introduced past￭ oral animals such as cattle and sheep but in some contexts it may mean introduced feral animals or even native animals
gre￭ asy hair is a hair condition which is common in humans one of four main four types of hair conditioning — normal gre￭ asy dry and gre￭ asy dry it is primarily caused by build up of the natural secre￭ tion from the se￭ bac￭ eous g￭ lands in the scal￭ p and is characterised by the continuous development of natural grease on the scal￭ p a chronic condition of gre￭ asy hair may often accompany chronic gre￭ asy skin conditions on the face and body and o￭ ily skin and ac￭ ne excessive carbo￭ hydrate fat and starch consumption can increase the likelihood of developing gre￭ asy hair and also poor personal hygiene and not washing the hair for a long duration will lead to a buil￭ dup of se￭ bum in the hair fol￭ lic￭ les hair condi￭ tioners can decrease the likelihood of developing gre￭ asy hair after sham￭ poo￭ ing some cosmetics companies produce sham￭ poos and condi￭ tioners specifically to deal with gre￭ asy hair and for o￭ ily or dry hair problems mass￭ aging the scal￭ p and exposure to the sun can reduce the problem of gre￭ asy hair in some men a gre￭ ased back wet hair look is considered desirable and numerous hair g￭ els and wa￭ xes speci￭ alize in giving a wet look appearance
the great disappointment in the mil￭ ler￭ ite movement was the reaction that followed bap￭ tist preacher william miller s proclam￭ ations that jesus christ would return to the earth in 18￭ 44 what he called the advent his study of the daniel 8 prophecy during the second great awakening led him to the conclusion that daniel ’ s “ cleansing of the sanctuary ” was cleansing of the earth from sin when christ would come and he and many others prepared but october 22 18￭ 44 came and they were disappointed however it paved the way for the adventi￭ sts who formed the seventh day adventi￭ st church who came to the understanding that what had happened on oct 22 was not of jesus ’ return as miller had thought but the start of jesus ’ final work of at￭ on￭ ement the cleansing in the heaven￭ ly sanctuary leading up to the second coming
the great male renunciation is the historical phenomenon at the end of the 18 th century for m￭ ens￭ wear to stop using brilliant or refined forms which were left to women s clothing coined by psycho￭ analyst john fl￭ ü￭ gel in 1930 it is considered a major turning point in the history of clothing in which the men relinquish their claim to ador￭ n￭ ment and beauty the great renunciation encouraged the establishment of the suit s monopoly on male dress codes at the beginning of 19 th century
greater india is the historical extent of indian culture beyond the indian sub￭ continent this particularly concerns the spread of hindu￭ ism and buddh￭ ism from india to southeast asia central asia and china by the silk road during the early centuries of the common era and the spread of the indian writing systems like the pal￭ lava script of the south indian pal￭ lava dynasty to southeast asia and sid￭ d￭ ha￭ ṃ script to east asia through gu￭ pta empire by the travellers and maritime traders of the 5 th to 15 th centuries it also describes the establishment of indi￭ anis￭ ed king￭ doms in southeast asia and the spread of the indian script architecture and administration to the west greater india overlaps with greater per￭ sia in the hindu k￭ ush and pam￭ ir mountains the term is tied to the geographic uncertainties surrounding the indi￭ es during the age of exploration
greater kam￭ r￭ up was the historical extent of the political boundaries and culture of kam￭ r￭ up beyond the current cultural sphere this particularly concerns the spread of political boundaries of kam￭ r￭ up kingdom through expansion and conquest but may also refer to the spread of kam￭ rup￭ i culture to the east and south￭ wards during the early centuries of the common era to the west expansion of political boundaries towards north beng￭ al and eastern bi￭ har and expansion towards south east to beng￭ al and north o￭ dis￭ ha the term is tied to the geographic uncertainties surrounding the kam￭ r￭ up during the first millennium and early second millennium
greater tro￭ chan￭ ter￭ ic pain syndrome g￭ t￭ ps also known as tro￭ chan￭ ter￭ ic bur￭ si￭ tis is infl￭ amm￭ ation of the tro￭ chan￭ ter￭ ic bur￭ sa a part of the hip this bur￭ sa is at the top outer side of the fem￭ ur between the insertion of the glu￭ t￭ eus medi￭ us and glu￭ t￭ eus minim￭ us muscles into the greater tro￭ chan￭ ter of the fem￭ ur and the fem￭ oral shaft it has the function in common with other bur￭ sa￭ e of working as a shock absor￭ ber and as a lubric￭ ant for the movement of the muscles adjacent to it occasionally this bur￭ sa can become infl￭ amed and clin￭ ically painful and tender this condition can be a manifestation of an injury often resulting from a tw￭ isting motion or from over￭ use but sometimes arises for no obviously defin￭ able cause the symptoms are pain in the hip region on walking and tender￭ ness over the upper part of the fem￭ ur which may result in the inability to lie in comfort on the affected side more often the lateral hip pain is caused by disease of the glu￭ teal tend￭ ons that secon￭ d￭ arily infl￭ ames the bur￭ sa this is most common in middle aged women and is associated with a chronic and deb￭ il￭ itating pain which does not respond to conservative treatment other causes of tro￭ chan￭ ter￭ ic bur￭ si￭ tis include uneven leg length ili￭ o￭ ti￭ bial band syndrome and weakness of the hip abduc￭ tor muscles greater tro￭ chan￭ ter￭ ic pain syndrome can remain incorrectly diagnosed for years because it shares the same pattern of pain with many other mus￭ cul￭ osk￭ el￭ etal conditions thus people with this condition may be labeled mal￭ ing￭ er￭ ers or may undergo many ineffective treatments due to mis￭ diagnosis it may also coexist with low back pain ar￭ thri￭ tis and obesity
grec￭ o buddhist art is the artistic manifestation of grec￭ o buddh￭ ism a cultural syn￭ cre￭ tism between the classical greek culture and buddh￭ ism which developed over a period of close to 1000 years in central asia between the conqu￭ ests of alexander the great in the 4 th century bc and the islamic conqu￭ ests of the 7 th century ad grec￭ o buddhist art is characterized by the strong idealistic realism and sen￭ su￭ ous description of hellen￭ istic art and the first representations of the buddha in human form which have helped define the artistic and particularly sculp￭ tural can￭ on for buddhist art throughout the asian continent up to the present it is also a strong example of cultural syn￭ cre￭ tism between eastern and western traditions the origins of grec￭ o buddhist art are to be found in the hellen￭ istic grec￭ o bac￭ tri￭ an kingdom 250 bc 130 bc located in today ’ s afghanistan from which hellen￭ istic culture radi￭ ated into the indian sub￭ continent with the establishment of the in￭ do greek kingdom 180 bc 10 bc under the in￭ do greeks and then the ku￭ sh￭ ans the interaction of greek and buddhist culture flour￭ ished in the area of gand￭ hara in today ’ s northern pakistan before spreading further into india influencing the art of ma￭ thur￭ a and then the hindu art of the gu￭ pta empire which was to extend to the rest of south east asia the influence of grec￭ o buddhist art also spread north￭ ward towards central asia strongly affecting the art of the tari￭ m basin and ultimately the arts of china korea and japan
the greek withdrawal from the eurozone is the potential exit of greece from the eurozone monetary union in the 2010 s primarily for the country to deal with its government debt crisis the controversial and much discussed possible exit is often referred to as gre￭ x￭ it a port￭ man￭ teau combining the english words greek and exit the term was coined by the ci￭ ti￭ group economist e￭ brahim rah￭ bari and was introduced by rah￭ bari and ci￭ ti￭ group s global chief economist will￭ em h bu￭ iter on 6 february 2012 proponents of the proposal argue that leaving the euro and re￭ introducing the dr￭ ach￭ ma would dramatically boost exports and tourism and encourage the local economy while discouraging expensive imports opponents argue that the proposal would impose excessive hardship on the greek people cause civil unrest destabilize and harm the reputation of the eurozone and could cause greece to align more with non eu states on 27 january 2015 two days after an early election of the greek parliament alex￭ is t￭ si￭ pr￭ as leader of the new syri￭ za coalition of the radical left party formed a new government he appointed yan￭ is var￭ ou￭ f￭ akis as minister of finance a particularly important post in view of the government debt crisis since then the chance of a gre￭ x￭ it or even a gr￭ accident accidental gre￭ x￭ it in the near future has been widely discussed after the announcement of the bailout referendum on 27 june 2015 speculation rose that day bbc news reported that default appears inevitable though it later removed the online statement on 29 june 2015 it was announced that greek banks would remain closed all week cash withdrawals from banks would be limited to € 60 per day and international money transfers would be limited to urgent pre approved commercial transfers
green tobacco sickness g￭ ts is a type of nicotine poisoning caused by the der￭ mal absorption of nicotine from the surface of wet tobacco plants tobacco harvest￭ ers whose clothing becomes saturated from tobacco wet with rain or morning de￭ w are at high risk of developing g￭ ts workers can avoid getting this sickness by waiting to harvest until the tobacco leaves are dry or by wearing a rain suit wet clothing that has come in contact with tobacco leaves should be removed immediately and the skin washed with warm so￭ ap￭ y water nicotine from other sources including nicotine gum a nicotine patch or electronic cigarette or other tobacco products like cigarettes or smo￭ k￭ eless tobacco appears to reduce the risk of g￭ ts due to the body adapting to the intake of nicotine symptoms of g￭ ts include naus￭ ea v￭ om￭ iting headache di￭ zz￭ iness and severe weakness these symptoms may be accompanied by fluctuations in blood pressure or heart rate ab￭ domin￭ al cram￭ ping ch￭ ills increased swe￭ ating sali￭ vation and difficulty breathing are also common the illness will resolve on its own within one to two days but symptoms may be so severe as to require emergency medical treatment in the united states where tobacco is increasingly being farmed on large farms seasonal or migrant farm￭ workers are disproportionately affected by this condition worldwide there are an estimated 33 million tobacco farm workers with a substantial proportion living in developing countries a recent international review reported that between 8 89 of tobacco harvest￭ ers may be affected in the course of a season this wide variation probably being due to differences between study methodologies as well as a range of working conditions the long term health outcomes for individuals exposed to nicotine trans￭ der￭ m￭ ally for extended periods of time are not known
green nail syndrome also known as chlor￭ ony￭ ch￭ ia is a par￭ ony￭ ch￭ ial infection caused due to pseu￭ dom￭ onas aer￭ u￭ gin￭ osa that can develop in individuals whose hands are frequently sub￭ merged in water it may also occur as trans￭ verse green stri￭ pes that are ascri￭ bed to inter￭ mit￭ tent episodes of infection
a gre￭ ens￭ tick frac￭ ture is a frac￭ ture in a young soft bone in which the bone ben￭ ds and breaks gre￭ ens￭ tick fractu￭ res usually occur most often during infancy and childhood when bones are soft the name is by analogy with green i e fresh wood which similarly breaks on the outside when bent it was discovered by british american orth￭ o￭ pe￭ dis￭ t john ins￭ all and polish american orth￭ o￭ pe￭ dis￭ t michael sl￭ up￭ ec￭ ki
gre￭ ig cephal￭ o￭ poly￭ syn￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly syndrome is a disorder that affects development of the limbs head and face the features of this syndrome are highly variable ranging from very mild to severe people with this condition typically have one or more extra fingers or toes poly￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly or an abnormally wide thumb or big toe hall￭ ux the skin between the fingers and toes may be f￭ used cu￭ taneous syn￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly this disorder is also characterized by widely spac￭ ed eyes oc￭ ular hyper￭ tel￭ or￭ ism an abnormally large head size macro￭ cephal￭ y and a high prominent fore￭ head rarely affected individuals may have more serious medical problems including seizures mental retar￭ dation and developmental delay
in the dun￭ geons drag￭ ons fantasy role playing game the gre￭ ll is an aberr￭ ation
a gre￭ yout us english gra￭ yout is a transi￭ ent loss of vision characterized by a perceived dim￭ ming of light and color sometimes accompanied by a loss of peripheral vision it is a precursor to fain￭ ting or a blackout and is caused by hypo￭ x￭ ia low brain oxygen level often due to a loss of blood pressure gre￭ youts have a variety of possible causes shock such as hypo￭ vol￭ emia even in mild form such as when drawing blood suddenly standing up see orth￭ o￭ static hypo￭ tension especially if sick hun￭ go￭ ver or suffering from low blood pressure positive g forces as experienced by pilots or roller coast￭ er riders paradoxically hyper￭ ventilation self induced hypo￭ cap￭ nia such as in the fain￭ ting game or in shallow water blackout over￭ exer￭ tion panic attack usually recovery is rapid and a gre￭ yout can be readily reversed by lying down this way the cardiovascular system does not need to work against gravity for blood to reach the brain a grey out may be experienced by aircraft pilots pulling high positive g forces as when pulling up into a loop or a tight turn forcing blood to the lower extre￭ mi￭ ties of the body and lowering blood pressure in the brain this is the reverse of a red￭ out or a red￭ dening of the vision which is the result of negative g forces caused by performing an outside loop that is by pushing the nose of the aircraft down re￭ douts are potentially dangerous and can cause re￭ tin￭ al damage and hemorrha￭ gic stroke pilots of high performance aircraft can increase their resistance to gre￭ yout by using a g suit which controls the pooling of blood in the lower limbs but there is no suit yet capable of controlling a red￭ out in both cases symptoms may be remedied immediately by easing pressure on the flight controls continued or heavy g force will rapidly progress to g lo￭ c g force induced loss of consciousness surprisingly even during a heavy grey out where the visual system is severely impaired pilots can still hear feel and speak in other words complete grey out and loss of consciousness are separate events another common occurrence of gre￭ youts are in roller coast￭ er riders many roller coast￭ ers put riders through positive g forces particularly in vertical lo￭ ops and hel￭ ices roller coast￭ ers rarely have high enough negative g forces to induce re￭ douts as most low g elements are designed to simul￭ ate wei￭ ght￭ lessness
in the dun￭ geons and drag￭ ons fantasy role playing game the gr￭ ick is an aberr￭ ation a gr￭ ick resembles a large roughly 8 feet long dark￭ ly colored worm or snake like creature its be￭ ak is ring￭ ed by four bar￭ bed tent￭ acles which are its main weapons
in politics gridlock or deadlock or political stalemate refers to a situation when there is difficulty passing laws that satisfy the needs of the people a government is grid￭ locked when the ratio between bills passed and the agenda of the legislature decreases think of laws as the supply and the legislative agenda as demand gridlock can occur when two legislative houses or the executive branch and the legislature are controlled by different political parties or otherwise cannot agree
the gri￭ eco elimination is an organic reaction describing the elimination reaction of an ali￭ ph￭ atic primary alcohol through a sel￭ en￭ ide to a terminal al￭ k￭ ene it is named for paul gri￭ eco the alcohol first reacts with o nitro￭ phen￭ yl￭ sel￭ en￭ oc￭ yan￭ ate and tribu￭ ty￭ l￭ phosp￭ h￭ ine to form a sel￭ en￭ ide via a nucle￭ oph￭ il￭ ic substitution on the electr￭ on deficient sel￭ en￭ ium in the second step the sel￭ en￭ ide is ox￭ idi￭ zed with hydrogen per￭ oxide to give a sel￭ en￭ oxide this structure de￭ com￭ poses to form an al￭ k￭ ene by an ei elimination mechanism with expulsion of a sel￭ en￭ ol in a fashion similar to that of the cope elimination this reaction takes part in the synthesis of ring c of the d￭ anis￭ he￭ f￭ sky tax￭ ol synthesis
the gri￭ eco three component condens￭ ation is an organic chemistry reaction that produces nitrogen containing six member heter￭ oc￭ ycles via a multi component reaction of an alde￭ hyde an an￭ il￭ ine and an electr￭ on rich al￭ k￭ ene the reaction is cataly￭ zed by tri￭ fluoro￭ acetic acid or lewis acids such as y￭ t￭ ter￭ bi￭ um tri￭ fluor￭ ome￭ than￭ es￭ ul￭ fon￭ ate y￭ b ot￭ f 3 the reaction is named for paul gri￭ eco who first reported it in 1985 the reaction process involves the formation of an ar￭ yl im￭ mon￭ ium ion intermediate followed by an aza di￭ els al￭ der reaction with an al￭ k￭ ene im￭ ines are electr￭ on poor and thus usually function as the dien￭ ophi￭ le here however the al￭ k￭ ene is electr￭ on rich so it reacts well with the im￭ mon￭ ium di￭ ene in an in￭ verse electr￭ on demand di￭ els – al￭ der reaction researchers have extended the gri￭ eco three component reaction to re￭ ac￭ tants or cataly￭ sts im￭ mobilized on solid support which greatly expands the application of this reaction to various combin￭ atorial chemistry settings ki￭ ely￭ ov and armstrong were the first to report a solid supported version of this reaction they found that this reaction works well for each re￭ ac￭ tants im￭ mobilized on solid support kob￭ ay￭ ashi and co workers show that a poly￭ mer supported s￭ candi￭ um catalyst cataly￭ ze the gri￭ eco reaction with high efficiency given the effectiveness of the reaction and the commercial availability of various gri￭ eco partners the gri￭ eco three component coupling is very useful for preparing quin￭ oline libraries for drug discovery
a griev￭ ance is a complaint raised by an employee which may be resolved by procedures provided for in a collective agreement an employment contract or by other mechanisms established by an employer such a griev￭ ance may arise from a violation of a collective bargaining agreement the terms of a contract the treatment by others in the workplace or violations of the law such as workplace safety regulations under uk employment law all employees have a legal right to raise a griev￭ ance and there is a statutory ac￭ as code of practice for handling grievances typically everyone involved with a griev￭ ance has strict time lines which must be met in the processing of this formal complaint until it is resolved employers cannot legally treat an employee any differently whether he or she has filed a griev￭ ance or not a collective griev￭ ance is a complaint raised by two or more employees in a union￭ ized workplace under some jurisdictions it may also be known as a collective or labor dispute the difference between a griev￭ ance and a complaint in the union￭ ized workplace is whether the subject matter relates to the collective bargaining agreement if the dispute cannot be resolved through discussion and negotiation between labor and management mediation arbitration or legal remedies may be employed where a collective dispute cannot be resolved it may lead to a strike action
the gri￭ gn￭ ard reaction pronounced ɡ￭ ri￭ ɲ￭ ar is an organ￭ om￭ et￭ all￭ ic chemical reaction in which al￭ ky￭ l vinyl or ar￭ yl magnesium hali￭ des gri￭ gn￭ ard reagents add to a carbon￭ yl group in an alde￭ hyde or ke￭ tone this reaction is an important tool for the formation of carbon – carbon bonds the reaction of an organic hali￭ de with magnesium is not a gri￭ gn￭ ard reaction but provides a gri￭ gn￭ ard re￭ agent an example of a gri￭ gn￭ ard reaction gri￭ gn￭ ard reactions and reagents were discovered by and are named after the french chem￭ ist françois au￭ gu￭ ste victor gri￭ gn￭ ard university of nancy france who was awarded the 19￭ 12 nobel prize in chemistry for this work gri￭ gn￭ ard reagents are similar to organ￭ oli￭ th￭ ium reagents because both are strong nucle￭ oph￭ iles that can form new carbon – carbon bonds
a gri￭ ll on a postage stamp is an emb￭ os￭ sed pattern of small ind￭ ent￭ ations intended to discourage postage stamp reuse they were supposed to work by allowing the ink of the cancellation to be absorbed more readily by the fibres of the stamp paper making it harder to wash off the cancellation
in graph theory grin￭ berg s theore￭ m is a necessary condition for a plan￭ ar graph to contain a hamil￭ ton￭ ian cycle based on the lengths of its face cycles the result has been widely used to construct non hamil￭ ton￭ ian plan￭ ar graphs with further properties such as to give new counter￭ examples to ta￭ it s con￭ jec￭ ture originally dis￭ proved by w t tu￭ tte in 1946 this theore￭ m was proved by latvian mathem￭ ati￭ cian eman￭ u￭ el grin￭ berg in 1968
grin￭ ker s my￭ el￭ in￭ opathy also known as an￭ ox￭ ic leuko￭ encephalopathy and delayed post hypo￭ x￭ ic leuko￭ encephalopathy d￭ ph￭ l is a rare disease of the central nervous system grin￭ ker s my￭ el￭ in￭ opathy was originally characterized by roy r grin￭ ker in 19￭ 25 or 19￭ 26 depending on the source the disease is characterized by a delayed leuko￭ encephalopathy after an hypo￭ x￭ ic episode it is typically though not necessarily related to carbon monoxide poisoning or heroin over￭ dose it occurs in roughly 2 8 of those who experience an acute hypo￭ x￭ ic an￭ ox￭ ic episode because of the wide range of symptoms and the delay in onset it is often mis￭ diagnosed as other neuro￭ patho￭ logies
gr￭ insp￭ an syndrome is a syndrome characterized by presence of the tri￭ ad essential hyper￭ tension diabetes mell￭ it￭ us and oral lichen plan￭ us oral lichen plan￭ us is thought to be a result of the drugs used for treatment of hyper￭ tension and diabetes mell￭ it￭ us but this is not confirmed
gr￭ is￭ cell￭ i syndrome is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive disorder characterized by al￭ bin￭ ism hypo￭ pi￭ gm￭ entation with immun￭ o￭ deficiency that usually causes death by early childhood
gr￭ is￭ cell￭ i syndrome type 2 also known as partial al￭ bin￭ ism with immun￭ o￭ deficiency is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive syndrome characterized by variable pi￭ gm￭ entary dilution hair with sil￭ very metallic she￭ en frequent py￭ ogenic infections neu￭ tro￭ pen￭ ia and thro￭ m￭ bo￭ cy￭ top￭ enia
gr￭ is￭ cell￭ i syndrome type 3 is a disorder of mel￭ ano￭ some transport presenting initially with hypo￭ pi￭ gm￭ entation
gr￭ isi si￭ k￭ nis in mis￭ ki￭ to language from the english means crazy sickness is a contagious culture bound syndrome that occurs predominantly among the mis￭ ki￭ to people of eastern central america and affects mainly young women it is also known as gr￭ isi mun￭ ai￭ a chip￭ il si￭ k￭ nis and nil si￭ k￭ nis more recently cases occurring amongst people of spanish descent have also been reported
gr￭ it in psychology is a positive non cognitive trait based on an individual s passion for a particular long term goal or end state coupled with a powerful motivation to achieve their respective objective this perseverance of effort promotes the overcoming of obstacles or challenges that lie within a gr￭ it￭ ty individual s path to accomplishment and serves as a driving force in achievement realization commonly associated concepts within the field of psychology include perseverance har￭ din￭ ess resilience ambition need for achievement and consci￭ enti￭ ousness these construc￭ ts can be concep￭ tu￭ alized as individual differences related to the accomplishment of work rather than latent ability this distinction was brought into focus in 1907 when william james challenged the field to further investigate how certain individuals are capable of accessing richer trait reservoirs enabling them to accomplish more than the average person but the construct dates back at least to gal￭ ton and the ideals of persistence and tenacity have been understood as a virtue at least since aristo￭ tle
in chemistry a gro￭ b fragmentation is an elimination reaction that breaks a neutral ali￭ ph￭ atic chain into three fragments a positive ion sp￭ anning atoms 1 and 2 the electro￭ fu￭ ge an un￭ saturated neutral frag￭ ment sp￭ anning positions 3 and 4 and a negative ion the nucle￭ o￭ fu￭ ge comprising the rest of the chain for example the positive ion may be a car￭ ben￭ ium carbon￭ ium or ac￭ y￭ lium ion the neutral frag￭ ment could be an al￭ k￭ ene al￭ ky￭ ne or im￭ ine and the negative frag￭ ment could be a to￭ sy￭ l or hydrox￭ yl ion gro￭ b fragmentation the reaction is named for the swiss chem￭ ist cy￭ ril a gro￭ b
gro￭ cer s itch is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by a pr￭ uri￭ tic der￭ mati￭ tis that occurs from coming into contact with mit￭ es such as car￭ po￭ gly￭ ph￭ us pass￭ ul￭ ar￭ um a fruit m￭ ite or gly￭ ci￭ p￭ ha￭ gus domes￭ tic￭ us a common house m￭ ite contact usually occurs when handling food with mit￭ es in it such as figs dates prunes grain cheese or other dried foods
the gro￭ n￭ chi rosa is a rare italian postage stamp design error it was part of a 1961 issue for the voyage of president giov￭ anni gro￭ n￭ chi to three south american countries the 205 li￭ ras rosa was intended for the sto￭ po￭ ver in peru the artist made a mistake with the boundaries between peru and ecuador the rose colored stamp was quickly replaced by a grey version with corrected boundaries but some phil￭ at￭ el￭ ic sou￭ ven￭ irs using the gro￭ n￭ chi rosa already existed a forgery of this stamp is known to exist
groom kidnapping col￭ lo￭ qu￭ ially known as pak￭ ar￭ u￭ ah sha￭ adi or jab￭ aria sha￭ adi is a phenomenon common in the western parts of bi￭ har and eastern u￭ tt￭ ar pradesh states in india where￭ in eligible bachel￭ ors are abducted by the bride s family and later forcefully married to avoid heavy dow￭ ry costs considering the traditional regard for the marriage sac￭ ram￭ ent most such marriages are not annulled additionally the groom may suffer criminal charges under indian dow￭ ry law and end up fighting lengthy legal battles the practice started becoming noticeable towards the late 20 th century as dow￭ ry costs became prohibitive and organized gangs came forward to carry out the abduc￭ tions in 2009 12￭ 24 kidnappings for marriage were reported in bi￭ har carried out on behalf of the families of the bri￭ des
gross le￭ as￭ able area gl￭ a is the amount of floor space available to be rented in a commercial property specifically gross le￭ as￭ able area is the total floor area designed for tenant occu￭ pan￭ cy and exclusive use including any bas￭ ements me￭ zz￭ an￭ ines or upper floors it is typically expressed in square metres although in some places such as the united states canada and the united kingdom the square foot is used it is measured from the center line of joint parti￭ tions and from outside wall faces that is gross le￭ as￭ able area is the area for which tenants pay rent and thus the area that produces income for the property owner for a property with only one tenant the measurements gross floor area g￭ fa and gross le￭ as￭ able area gl￭ a are essentially equal the building owners and managers association has established a standard with american national standards institute an￭ si bom￭ a z 65 1 1996 for measuring floor area and calculating gross le￭ as￭ able area and loss factor
gross loan is the total amount of issued credits given to banks during the accounting period liquidity of the bank can be judged upon the amount of its gross loans liquidity of the credit institutions is directly related to the refinancing needs gross loan is the total amount of loans re￭ financed by credit institutions subject to the central bank the central bank as the lender of last resort provides loans credits to commercial banks and other credit institutions when the banks themselves have completely depleted their internal resources and are unable to maintain their solvency through other means the central bank gives loans to commercial banks at the refinancing interest rate which is minimal and may vary depending on the type of services the given bank provides
gross margin is the difference between revenue and cost of goods sold or co￭ gs divided by revenue expressed as a percentage generally it is calculated as the selling price of an item less the cost of goods sold production or acquisition costs essentially gross margin is often used inter￭ change￭ ably with gross profit but the terms are different when speaking about a dollar amount it is technically correct to use the term gross profit when referring to a percentage or ratio it is correct to use gross margin in other words gross margin is a value while gross profit is a value gross margin is a type of profit margin specifically a form of profit divided by net revenue for example gross profit margin operating profit margin net profit margin etc
in accounting gross profit sales profit or credit sales is the difference between revenue and the cost of making a product or providing a service before deduc￭ ting over￭ heads payroll taxation and interest payments this is different from operating profit earnings before interest and taxes gross margin is the term normally used in the u s while gross profit is the more common usage in the uk and australia the various deductions and their corresponding metr￭ ics leading from net sales to net income are as follows net sales gross sales – customer discounts returns allowances gross profit net sales – cost of goods sol￭ d￭ gross profit percentage net sales – cost of goods sold net sales × 100 operating profit gross profit – total operating exp￭ ens￭ es￭ net income or net profit operating profit – taxes – interest note cost of goods sold is calculated differently for a merchandis￭ ing business than for a manufacturer
in chess a grotesque is a problem or endgame study which features a particularly unlikely initial position especially one in which white fights with a very small force against a much larger black army grotes￭ ques are generally intended to be humor￭ ous
in radi￭ ology ground glass op￭ acity g￭ go is a non￭ specific finding on compu￭ ted tom￭ o￭ graphy ct sc￭ ans that indicates a partial filling of air spaces in the lungs by exu￭ date or tran￭ su￭ date as well as inter￭ sti￭ tial thick￭ ening or partial collapse of lung al￭ ve￭ oli the similarity of shadows to a real ground glass is obvious
in electronic engineering ground bounce is a phenomenon associated with trans￭ is￭ tor switching where the gate voltage can appear to be less than the local ground potential causing the unstable operation of a logic gate
ground pressure is the pressure exerted on the ground by the tires or tracks of a mo￭ tori￭ zed vehicle and is one measure of its potential mobility especially over soft ground it also applies to the feet of a walking person or machine ground pressure is measured in pas￭ c￭ als pa which corresponds to the united states customary units unit of pounds per square inch p￭ si average ground pressure can be calculated using the standard formula for average pressure p f a in an ide￭ alized case i e a static uniform net force normal to level ground at earth sea level this is simply the object s weight divided by contact area the ground pressure of mo￭ tori￭ zed vehicles is often compared to the ground pressure of a human foot which can be 60 80 k￭ pa while walking or as much as 13 mp￭ a for a person in spike heels increasing the size of the contact area on the ground the footprint in relation to the weight decreases the ground pressure ground pressure of 14 k￭ pa 2 p￭ si or less is recommended for fragile ecosystems like marsh￭ es decreasing the ground pressure increases the flo￭ tation allowing easier passage of the body over soft terrain this is often observed in activities like snow￭ sho￭ eing
ground vibration boom is a phenomenon of very large increase in ground vibrations generated by high speed railway trains travelling at speeds higher than the velocity of ray￭ le￭ igh surface waves in the supporting ground
a group a st￭ rep￭ to￭ coc￭ cal infection is an infection with group a st￭ rep￭ to￭ co￭ cc￭ us gas st￭ rep￭ to￭ co￭ cc￭ us py￭ o￭ genes comprises the vast majority of the lan￭ ce￭ field group a st￭ rep￭ to￭ coc￭ ci and is often used as a synon￭ ym for gas however s dys￭ gal￭ acti￭ ae can also be group a s py￭ o￭ genes is a beta hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic species of gram positive bacteria that is responsible for a wide range of both invasive and non￭ invasive infections infection of gas may spread through direct contact with m￭ uc￭ us or so￭ res on the skin gas infections can cause 500 000 deaths per year despite the emergence of antibiotics as a treatment for group a β hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic st￭ rep￭ to￭ co￭ cc￭ us infection of gas is an increasing problem particularly on the continent of africa there are many other types of st￭ rep￭ to￭ coc￭ ci species of st￭ rep￭ to￭ co￭ cc￭ us including group b st￭ rep￭ to￭ co￭ cc￭ us st￭ rep￭ to￭ co￭ cc￭ us ag￭ al￭ acti￭ ae and st￭ rep￭ to￭ co￭ cc￭ us pneu￭ mon￭ i￭ ae which cause other types of infections and should not be confused with group a stre￭ p several virul￭ ence factors contribute to the patho￭ genesis of gas such as m protein hem￭ ol￭ y￭ sins and ex￭ trac￭ ell￭ ular enzymes
group b st￭ rep￭ to￭ co￭ cc￭ us infection is the infection caused by the bacter￭ ium st￭ rep￭ to￭ co￭ cc￭ us ag￭ al￭ acti￭ ae s ag￭ al￭ acti￭ ae also known as group b st￭ rep￭ to￭ co￭ cc￭ us or g￭ bs group b st￭ rep￭ to￭ coc￭ cal infection can cause serious illness and sometimes death especially in new￭ bor￭ ns the elderly and people with compromised immune systems g￭ bs was recognized as a pathogen in cattle by ed￭ mond no￭ card and moll￭ ere￭ au in the late 18￭ 80 s but its significance as a human pathogen was not discovered before 1938 when fr￭ y￭ described three fatal cases of puer￭ per￭ al infections caused by g￭ bs in the early 1960 s g￭ bs was recognized as a main cause of ne￭ on￭ atal infections in general g￭ bs is a harmless commens￭ al bacter￭ ium being part of the human micro￭ bio￭ ta colon￭ izing the gastro￭ intest￭ inal and gen￭ it￭ our￭ inary tracts of up to 30 of healthy human adults as￭ ymp￭ tomatic carriers s ag￭ al￭ acti￭ ae is also a common veterinary pathogen because it can cause bovine mas￭ ti￭ tis infl￭ amm￭ ation of the u￭ dder in dairy cows the species name ag￭ al￭ acti￭ ae meaning no milk allu￭ des to this s ag￭ al￭ acti￭ ae is a gram positive co￭ cc￭ us spher￭ ical bacter￭ ium with a tendency to form chains st￭ rep￭ to￭ co￭ cc￭ us beta ha￭ emol￭ y￭ tic catal￭ ase negative and fac￭ ul￭ tative an￭ aero￭ be s ag￭ al￭ acti￭ ae is the species designation for st￭ rep￭ to￭ coc￭ ci belonging to the group b of the rebecca lan￭ ce￭ field classification of st￭ rep￭ to￭ coc￭ ci lan￭ ce￭ field grouping g￭ bs is surrounded by a bacterial cap￭ su￭ le composed of pol￭ ys￭ ac￭ ch￭ ari￭ des exo￭ pol￭ ys￭ ac￭ ch￭ ari￭ des g￭ bs are sub￭ classified into 10 sero￭ types ia ib ii – ix depending on the immun￭ o￭ logic re￭ activity of their pol￭ ys￭ ac￭ ch￭ ari￭ de cap￭ su￭ le as other virulent bacteria g￭ bs harb￭ ours an important number of virul￭ ence factors the most important are the cap￭ s￭ ular pol￭ ys￭ ac￭ ch￭ ari￭ de rich in si￭ al￭ ic acid and a por￭ e forming toxin β ha￭ emol￭ ys￭ in the g￭ bs cap￭ su￭ le is probably the key virul￭ ence factor because it helps g￭ bs escape from the host defence mechanisms interfering with p￭ ha￭ go￭ cy￭ tic killing of g￭ bs by human p￭ ha￭ go￭ cy￭ tes the g￭ bs β ha￭ emol￭ ys￭ in is considered identical to the g￭ bs pig￭ ment
group dating is a modern pattern for dating where a group of single men and a group of single women organise a night out with the hope of forming romantic partnerships it is most popular in japan where it is known as g￭ ō￭ kon in other cultures group dating is becoming more popular as a safe alternative to single dating especially blind dating also helping to ease tension because both parties will feel more comfortable having the company of their friends group dating is often recommended by paren￭ ting experts as more age appropriate form of dating for pre￭ teens than one on one dating
in abstract al￭ ge￭ bra a group isom￭ orph￭ ism is a function between two groups that sets up a one to one correspondence between the elements of the groups in a way that respects the given group operations if there exists an isom￭ orph￭ ism between two groups then the groups are called isom￭ orph￭ ic from the standpoint of group theory isom￭ orph￭ ic groups have the same properties and need not be distinguished
in abstract al￭ ge￭ bra the group isom￭ orph￭ ism problem is the decision problem of determining whether two given finite group presentations present isom￭ orph￭ ic groups the isom￭ orph￭ ism problem was identified by max de￭ hn in 19￭ 11 as one of three fundamental decision problems in group theory the other two being the word problem and the con￭ ju￭ g￭ acy problem all three problems are undec￭ id￭ able there does not exist a computer algori￭ thm that correctly solves every instance of the isom￭ orph￭ ism problem or of the other two problems regardless of how much time is allowed for the algori￭ thm to run
group￭ shift is a phenomenon in which the initial positions of individual members of a group are exaggerated toward a more extreme position when people are in groups they make decisions about risk differently from when they are alone in the group they are likely to make ris￭ kier decisions as the shared risk makes the individual risk less
group￭ think is a psychological phenomenon that occurs within a group of people in which the desire for harmony or conformity in the group results in an irrational or dysfunctional decision making outcome group members try to minimize conflict and reach a consensus decision without critical evaluation of alternative viewpoints by actively suppressing diss￭ enting viewpoints and by isolating themselves from outside influences group￭ think requires individuals to avoid raising controversial issues or alternative solutions and there is loss of individual creativity uniqueness and independent thinking the dysfunctional group dynamics of the ing￭ ro￭ up produces an illusion of inv￭ ul￭ ner￭ ability an inflated certainty that the right decision has been made thus the ing￭ ro￭ up significantly over￭ rates its own abilities in decision making and significantly under￭ rates the abilities of its opponents the out￭ group furthermore group￭ think can produce de￭ human￭ izing actions against the out￭ group an￭ tec￭ ed￭ ent factors such as group cohe￭ siveness faulty group structure and situ￭ ational context e g community panic play into the likelihood of whether or not group￭ think will impact the decision making process group￭ think is a construct of social psychology but has an extensive reach and influences literature in the fields of communication studies political science management and organizational theory as well as important aspects of devi￭ ant religious cult behaviour group￭ think is sometimes stated to occur more broadly within natural groups within the community for example to explain the lifelong different mind￭ sets of conservatives versus liberals or the solitary nature of intro￭ verts however this conformity of viewpoints within a group does not mainly involve deliberate group decision making and might be better explained by the collective confirmation bias of the individual members of the group most of the initial research on group￭ think was conducted by ir￭ ving jan￭ is a research psycho￭ logist from yale university jan￭ is published an influential book in 1972 which was revised in 1982 jan￭ is used the bay of pigs disaster the failed invasion of castro s cuba in 1961 and the japanese attack on pearl harbor in 1941 as his two prime case studies have evaluated and re￭ formulated his group￭ think model
growing pains are pain symptoms relatively common in children ages 3 – 12 typically they are located in the muscles rather than the joints of the leg and less commonly the arm they are usually felt on both sides and appear late in the day or at night waking the child with pain varying from mild to very severe pain is absent by the morning and there are no objective clinical signs of infl￭ amm￭ ation pain can recur nigh￭ tly or be absent for days to months growing pain is not associated with other serious disease and usually resol￭ ves by late childhood but frequent episodes are capable of having a substantial effect on the life of the child growing pains were first described as such in 18￭ 23 by a french doctor
growing ter￭ atom￭ a syndrome is a rare complic￭ ation of ter￭ atom￭ a that can occur when an immature o￭ vari￭ an germ cell ter￭ atom￭ a is treated by chem￭ otherapy
the growth and under￭ investment ar￭ che￭ type is one of the common system ar￭ che￭ type patterns defined as part of the system dynamics discipline system dynamics is an approach which strives to understand describe and optimi￭ ze non￭ linear behaviors of complex systems over time using tools such as feedback lo￭ ops in order to find a leverage point of the system as part of this discipline several commonly found patterns of system behavior were found named and described in detail the growth and under￭ investment ar￭ che￭ type is one of such patterns
growth hormone deficiency gh￭ d is a medical condition caused by problems arising in the pit￭ u￭ itary g￭ land in which the body does not produce enough growth hormone gh growth hormone also called som￭ atro￭ pin is a poly￭ pep￭ tide hormone which stimulates growth and cell reproduction growth hormone deficiency has a variety of different negative effects at different ages for example in new￭ born infants the primary manifestations may be hypo￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia or micro￭ penis while in later infancy and childhood growth failure is more likely deficiency in adults is rare but may feature diminished lean body mass poor bone density and a number of physical and psychological symptoms psychological symptoms include poor memory social withdrawal and depression while physical symptoms may include loss of strength stam￭ ina and mus￭ cul￭ ature other hormonal or g￭ land￭ ular disorders frequently coincide with diminished growth hormone production the most common cause of gh￭ d representing two thirds of cases are pit￭ u￭ itary and paras￭ ell￭ ar tumors the origin of adult gh￭ d may be con￭ genital or acquired of those adult gh￭ d that are acquired roughly 15 are idi￭ opathic 50 are from pit￭ u￭ itary tumors 20 from extr￭ ap￭ it￭ u￭ itary tumors and 5 from infiltr￭ ative or infl￭ am￭ matory le￭ sions gh deficiency can be treated through growth hormone replacement injections of growth hormone or radiation or surgical treatment of tumors
the term growth recession indicates a situation were growth is slow but not low enough to be a technical recession yet unemployment increases since more jobs are lost than created the term was created by dr solomon fabric￭ ant new york university national bureau of economic research and is recognized and cited more recently by business economists note that the term also has slightly different secondary meanings including a more general one that growth is below potential however the more specific meaning indicates the growth is weak and insufficient to provide jobs for those entering the labor market see the ho￭ is￭ ington and hunt reference there may also be a third meaning referring to growth in which more jobs are actually being destroyed than created in all cases the term indicates real gdp is expanding slowly but with job contraction so the economy behaves or feels in many ways like a recession a former group managing director at global insight who is now at the bureau of economic analysis uses the phrase in this quote my feeling at the time 2002 2003 was we had a recession followed by a growth recession till 03 that ’ s what i showed on those global insight recession growth recession charts mike nem￭ eira chief economist international council of shopping centers a better expert than i am and i debated this he thought there was an argument for a quick full recovery then a lapse into a growth recession there is no agreed standard for growth recession but i would say while it looked stronger for a couple quarters it wasn ’ t real strong soft landings tend to also be growth recessions but not always if economic growth in the economy is slowing to such a point that establishment payroll growth contracts then the soft landing is so soft it has crossed over into a growth recession both soft landings in the mid 1980 s and 1990 s qualify as for several months employment did contract two months in 1995 and one month in 1986 jobless recovery is another similar term all jobless recoveries are by definition also growth recessions however not all growth recessions are jobless recoveries because a growth recession can occur at any point in an economic cycle and a jobless recovery only refers to the period immediately after a recession ends
the grund￭ mann alde￭ hyde synthesis is a chemical reaction that produces an alde￭ hyde from an ac￭ yl hali￭ de the grund￭ mann alde￭ hyde synthesis because of the ro￭ sen￭ m￭ und reduction and di￭ bal h accomplish similar transformations this reaction sequence is not practiced much currently
gr￭ us is an accumulation of ang￭ ular co￭ arse gr￭ ained fragments particles of sand and gra￭ vel resulting from the gran￭ ular disintegration by the processes of chemical and mechanical wea￭ thering of cryst￭ alline rocks most notably gran￭ ito￭ ids generally in an arid or semi￭ arid region gr￭ us sand when cem￭ ented into a sand￭ stone will form an ark￭ ose
gr￭ yn￭ fel￭ tt les￭ shaft her￭ nia is a her￭ ni￭ ation of ab￭ domin￭ al contents through the back specifically through the superior lum￭ bar triangle which is defined by the quad￭ r￭ atus lum￭ bor￭ um muscle twelfth ri￭ b and internal obli￭ que muscle
gr￭ ø￭ st￭ l is a cry￭ pto￭ graphic has￭ h function submitted to the n￭ ist has￭ h function competition by pra￭ ve￭ en ga￭ ur￭ av￭ ar￭ am lars k￭ nu￭ d￭ sen kry￭ sti￭ an mat￭ u￭ sie￭ wic￭ z flori￭ an men￭ del christian rech￭ berger martin sch￭ lä￭ ffer and sø￭ ren s thom￭ sen gr￭ ø￭ st￭ l was chosen as one of the five fin￭ alists of the competition it uses the same s box as aes in a custom construction the authors claim speeds of up to 21 4 cycles per by￭ te on an intel core 2 du￭ o according to the submission document the name gr￭ ø￭ st￭ l is a multilingual play on words referring to an austrian dish that is very similar to has￭ h food like other has￭ h functions in the md 5 sha family gr￭ ø￭ st￭ l divides the input into blocks and iter￭ atively compu￭ tes hi f hi − 1 mi however gr￭ ø￭ st￭ l maintains a has￭ h state at least twice the size of the final output 512 or 10￭ 24 bits which is only tr￭ unc￭ ated at the end of has￭ h compu￭ tation the compression function f is based on a pair of 256 or 512 bit per￭ mutation functions p and q and is defined as f h m p h ⊕ m ⊕ q m ⊕ h the per￭ mutation functions p and q are heavily based on the rij￭ n￭ da￭ el aes block ci￭ p￭ her but operate on 8 × 8 or 8 × 16 arr￭ ays of by￭ tes rather than 4 × 4 like aes each round consists of four operations 1 add￭ round￭ key the gr￭ ø￭ st￭ l round keys are fixed but differ between p and q 2 sub￭ by￭ tes this uses the rij￭ n￭ da￭ el s box allowing sharing with aes implement￭ ations 3 shif￭ t￭ by￭ tes expanded compared to aes this also differs between p and q and 512 and 10￭ 24 bit versions 4 mix￭ columns using an 8 × 8 matrix rather than rij￭ n￭ da￭ el s 4 × 4 unlike rij￭ n￭ da￭ el all rounds are identical and there is no final add￭ round￭ key operation 10 rounds are recommended for the 512 bit per￭ mutation and 14 rounds for the 10￭ 24 bit version the final double width has￭ h receives a final output transformation of ω h h ⊕ p h and is then tr￭ unc￭ ated to the desired width this is equivalent to applying a final iter￭ ation of the compression function using an all zero message block m followed by a cry￭ pto￭ graphically insignificant exclusive or with the fixed constant q 0
gu￭ an￭ id￭ ino￭ acetate meth￭ yl￭ transfer￭ ase deficiency also called gam￭ t deficiency is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive metabol￭ ic disorder that primarily affects the nervous system and muscles it is the first observed disorder of cre￭ at￭ ine metabol￭ ism
in con￭ current programming guarded suspension is a software design pattern for managing operations that require both a lock to be acquired and a precondition to be satisfied before the operation can be executed the guarded suspension pattern is typically applied to method calls in object oriented programs and involves suspending the method call and the calling thread until the precondition acting as a guard is satisfied
the guardian australia is the sydney based australian online presence of the british print newspaper the guardian it launched in 2013 led by kath￭ ar￭ ine vin￭ er the australian site followed the earlier guardian us service which started in 2011 as of november 2014 it is in the top ten australian news media websites with a read￭ ership of just over 2 million austr￭ ali￭ ans per month contr￭ asted to fair￭ fax media s sydney morning herald website and the news ltd website news com au with read￭ ership of 3 8 and 3 7 million respectively
guardian us is the new york city based american online presence of the british print newspaper the guardian it launched in september 2011 led by editor in chief jan￭ ine gib￭ son and followed the earlier guardian america service which was wound up in 2009 guardian us is only available online although guardian weekly an international version of the guardian is available in print and online kath￭ ar￭ ine vin￭ er is editor in chief of guardian us
a gu￭ el￭ ta or q￭ alta or gal￭ ta or ag￭ el￭ m￭ am from arabic ق￭ ل￭ ت￭ ة which means a lower level of height in ground between rocks which holds water is a pocket of water that forms in drainage can￭ als or w￭ ad￭ is in the sahara the size and duration will depend on the location and conditions it may last year round through the dry season if fed by a source such as a spring when rivers w￭ ad￭ is dry up there may remain pockets of water along its course c f ox bow lake in western sahara gu￭ el￭ tas correspond with o￭ ases some examples include gu￭ el￭ ta d ar￭ che￭ i in chad and timi￭ a in niger
the guer￭ bet reaction named after mar￭ cel guer￭ bet 18￭ 61 – 1938 is an organic reaction converting a primary ali￭ ph￭ atic alcohol into its β al￭ k￭ yl￭ ated di￭ mer alcohol with loss of one equivalent of water this reaction requires a catalyst and elevated temperatures guer￭ bet reaction the original 18￭ 99 publication concerned the conversion of n bu￭ tan￭ ol to 2 ethyl￭ hex￭ an￭ ol the alcohol￭ s derived from this reaction are called guer￭ bet alcohol￭ s application of long cha￭ ined ali￭ ph￭ atic alcohol￭ s gives access to sur￭ fac￭ tants the reaction requires alkali metal hydrox￭ ides or al￭ ko￭ x￭ ides and hydro￭ gen￭ ation cataly￭ sts such as ran￭ ey nickel at higher temperature 220 ° c and pressure
guided mode resonance or wa￭ ve￭ guide mode resonance is a phenomenon where￭ in the guided modes of an optical wa￭ ve￭ guide can be excited and simultaneously extracted by the introduction of a phase matching element such as a diff￭ r￭ action gr￭ ating or pr￭ ism such guided modes are also called leak￭ y modes as they do not remain guided and have been observed in one and two dimensional pho￭ tonic crystal s￭ labs
guil￭ lain – bar￭ r￭ é syndrome g￭ bs is a rapid onset muscle weakness caused by the immune system damaging the peripheral nervous system the initial symptoms are typically changes in sensation or pain along with muscle weakness beginning in the feet and hands this often spreads to the arms and upper body with both sides being involved the symptoms develop over hours to a few weeks during the acute phase the disorder can be life threatening with about 15 developing weakness of the breathing muscles requiring mechanical ventilation some are affected by changes in the function of the autonom￭ ic nervous system which can lead to dangerous ab￭ norm￭ alities in heart rate and blood pressure the cause is unknown the underlying mechanism involves an auto￭ immune disorder in which the body s immune system mistakenly attacks the peripheral nerves and damages their my￭ elin insulation sometimes this immune dysfunction is triggered by an infection or less commonly surgery or vaccination the diagnosis is usually made based on the signs and symptoms through the exclusion of alternative causes and supported by tests such as nerve conduc￭ tion studies and examination of the cere￭ bro￭ spinal fluid there are a number of sub￭ types based on the areas of weakness results of nerve conduc￭ tion studies and the presence of certain antibio￭ dies it is classified as an acute pol￭ yn￭ euro￭ pa￭ thy in those with severe weakness prompt treatment with intra￭ ven￭ ous immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ul￭ ins or plas￭ map￭ her￭ esis together with supportive care will lead to good recovery in the majority recovery may take weeks to years about a third have some permanent weakness globally death occurs in about 7 5 of those affected guil￭ lain – bar￭ r￭ é syndrome is rare at one or two cases per 100 000 people every year both sexes and all parts of the world have similar rates of disease the syndrome is named after the french neuro￭ logists georg￭ es guil￭ lain and jean alex￭ andre bar￭ r￭ é who described it with andré stro￭ hl in 19￭ 16
the guil￭ lo￭ tine problem is a problem in combin￭ atorial geometry and in printing closely related to packing problems and specifically to cutting stock and bin packing problems it is the question of how to get the maximum number of sheets of one rec￭ tang￭ ular size out of a larger sheet only orth￭ og￭ onal cuts that bis￭ ect one component of the sheet are allowed as on a paper cutting guil￭ lo￭ tine the gui￭ lo￭ tt￭ ine problem is important in glass mach￭ ining glass sheets are scored along horizontal and vertical lines and then broken along these lines to obtain smaller panels like the cutting stock problem it is n￭ p hard but various approximate and exact solutions have been devised
a gu￭ ini￭ er – pre￭ ston zone or g￭ p zone is a fine scale metallurgical phenomenon involving early stage precip￭ itation g￭ p zones are associated with the phenomenon of age hard￭ ening whereby room temperature reactions continue to occur within a material through time resulting in changing physical properties in particular this occurs in several aluminium series such as the 6000 and 7000 series allo￭ ys physically g￭ p zones are extremely fine scaled on the order of 3 – 10 nm in size solu￭ te enriched regions of the material which offer physical obstruc￭ tions to the motion of dis￭ locations above that of the solid solution strengthening of the solu￭ te components in 70￭ 75 aluminium for example z￭ n – mg clusters precede the formation of equilibrium m￭ g￭ z￭ n 2 precipit￭ ates
gulf war syndrome g￭ ws also known as gulf war illnesses g￭ wi is a chronic multi￭ symptom disorder affecting returning military veterans and civilian workers of the 1990 – 91 gulf war a wide range of acute and chronic symptoms have been linked to it including fatigue muscle pain cognitive problems r￭ ashes and diarr￭ hea approximately 250 000 of the 697 000 u s veterans who served in the 1991 gulf war are afflicted with enduring chronic multi symptom illness a condition with serious consequences from 1995 to 2005 the health of combat veterans worsened in comparison with non￭ deployed veterans with the onset of more new chronic diseases functional impairment repeated clinic visits and hosp￭ itali￭ zations chronic fatigue syndrome like illness post￭ traumatic stress disorder and greater persistence of adverse health incidents according to a report by the iraq and afghanistan veterans of america veterans of iraq and afghanistan may also suffer from the syndrome suggested causes have included depleted uranium sar￭ in gas smoke from burning oil wells vaccinations combat stress and psychological factors the u s department of veterans affairs va refers to the condition as gulf war veterans ’ medic￭ ally un￭ explained illnesses the va states we prefer not to use the term gulf war syndrome when referring to medic￭ ally un￭ explained symptoms reported by gulf war veterans why because symptoms vary widely
a g￭ um￭ ma is a soft non can￭ cer￭ ous growth resulting from the tertiary stage of sy￭ phil￭ is it is a form of gran￭ ul￭ oma g￭ um￭ mas are most commonly found in the liver g￭ um￭ ma hepati￭ s but can also be found in brain heart skin bone testi￭ s and other tissues leading to a variety of potential problems including neuro￭ logical disorders or heart valve disease
g￭ um￭ my stem b￭ light is a cuc￭ ur￭ bit rot disease caused by the fun￭ gal plant pathogen di￭ dy￭ m￭ ella bry￭ oni￭ ae an￭ amor￭ ph ph￭ oma cuc￭ ur￭ bit￭ ac￭ ear￭ um g￭ um￭ my stem b￭ light can affect a host at any stage of growth in its development and affects all parts of the host including leaves stems and fruits symptoms generally consist of circular dark tan le￭ sions that b￭ light the leaf water so￭ aked leaves stem can￭ kers and g￭ um￭ my brown oo￭ ze that exu￭ des from can￭ kers giving it the name g￭ um￭ my stem b￭ light g￭ um￭ my stem b￭ light reduces yields of edible cuc￭ ur￭ bits by devastating the vines and leaves and ro￭ tting the fruits there are various methods to control g￭ um￭ my stem b￭ light including use of treated seed crop rotation using preventative fun￭ g￭ ic￭ ides eradication of dise￭ ased material and deep p￭ lowing previous debris
in a cellular autom￭ aton a gun is a pattern with a main part that repeats periodically like an osci￭ ll￭ ator and that also periodically emits spac￭ es￭ hips there are then two periods that may be considered the period of the spaceship output and the period of the gun itself which is necessarily a multiple of the spaceship output s period a gun whose period is larger than the period of the output is a pseu￭ d￭ oper￭ i￭ od gun in the game of life for every p greater than or equal to 14 it is possible to construct a gli￭ der gun in which the gli￭ ders are emitted with period p since guns continually emit spac￭ es￭ hips the existence of guns in life means that initial patterns with finite numbers of cells can eventually lead to configur￭ ations with limit￭ less numbers of cells something that john con￭ way himself originally con￭ jec￭ tured to be impossible however according to con￭ way s later testimony this con￭ jec￭ ture was explicitly intended to encourage someone to dis￭ prove it i e con￭ way hoped that infinite growth patterns did exist bill go￭ sp￭ er discovered the first gli￭ der gun in 1970 earning 50 from con￭ way the discovery of the gli￭ der gun eventually led to the proof that con￭ way s game of life could function as a turing machine for many years this gli￭ der gun was the smallest one known in life although other rules had smaller guns however in 2015 a period 120 gun in life with fewer live cells but a larger boun￭ ding box was discovered
gun￭ ther disease also known as con￭ genital er￭ y￭ thro￭ po￭ ie￭ tic por￭ phy￭ ria ce￭ p u￭ ro￭ por￭ phy￭ rin￭ o￭ gen iii syn￭ th￭ ase deficiency and u￭ ros deficiency is a con￭ genital form of er￭ y￭ thro￭ po￭ ie￭ tic por￭ phy￭ ria the word por￭ phy￭ ria originated from the greek word por￭ ph￭ ura por￭ ph￭ ura actually means “ purple pig￭ ment ” which in suggestion the color that the body fluid changes when a person has gun￭ ther ’ s disease it is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive metabol￭ ic disorder affecting hem￭ e caused by deficiency of the enzyme u￭ ro￭ por￭ phy￭ rin￭ o￭ gen co￭ synthe￭ t￭ ase it is extremely rare with a prevalence estimated at 1 in 1 000 000 or less there have been times that prior to birth of a fe￭ tus gun￭ ther s disease has been shown to lead to an￭ emia in mil￭ der cases patients have not presented any symptoms until they have reached adul￭ thood in gun￭ ther s disease por￭ phy￭ r￭ ins are accumulated in the teeth and bones and an increased amount are seen in the plasma bone marrow f￭ ec￭ es red blood cells and urine
the gun￭ z has￭ l￭ ach inter￭ gl￭ ac￭ ial german gün￭ z has￭ l￭ ach inter￭ gla￭ z￭ ial also gun￭ z has￭ l￭ ach warm period gün￭ z has￭ l￭ ach warm￭ ze￭ it is one of the warm periods of the ple￭ is￭ to￭ cen￭ e in the alpine region it lies between the gun￭ z and has￭ l￭ ach glaci￭ ations
gu￭ o jin min tu￭ i 国￭ 进￭ 民￭ 退 is a phenomenon in the chinese economy meaning the state advances the private sector re￭ treats despite being less profitable the average return on equity is 4 state owned enterprises have easier access to funding than purely private enterprises the government has encouraged state owned enterprises to consolidate favoured them in regulation and awarded them contracts and subsidies this crowds out other competitors both domestic and foreign undermining the economy this contrasts with an earlier phase of economic liberalisation in china where the private sector was seen as flourishing and generating growth in the late 1990 s z￭ hu ron￭ g￭ ji wee￭ ded out some of the weaker state owned enterprises however in some contexts gu￭ o jin min tu￭ i has been contr￭ asted with gu￭ o jin min ye jin meaning the state and the market develop together six years ago the central government invited private investors to enter the business by 2006 eight private carriers had sp￭ rung up to challenge the three state controlled maj￭ ors air china china southern and china eastern the state airlines immediately began a price war the state owned monopoly that provided jet fuel refused to service private carriers on the same generous terms given the big three china ’ s only computerized reservation system — currently one third owned by the three state airlines — refused to book flights for private competitors and when mismanagement and the 2008 economic crisis drove the three maj￭ ors into financial straits the central government bought stock to bail them out
for alternative use see som￭ er￭ set g￭ urg￭ le g￭ urg￭ le com is a british pregnancy and paren￭ ting website owned by high street paren￭ ting store mother￭ care founded by tom w￭ right g￭ urg￭ le launched as a joint venture between mother￭ care and flem￭ ing media a family backed investment company in october 2007 mother￭ care bought flem￭ ing media out to become outright owner of g￭ urg￭ le in september 2009 since 2008 the site has been run by pet￭ tr￭ ina ke￭ o￭ gh who joined the company from telegraph media group
gu￭ stat￭ ory hyper￭ hi￭ dro￭ sis is excessive swe￭ ating that certain individuals regularly experience on the fore￭ head scal￭ p upper lip peri￭ oral region or ster￭ num a few moments after eating sp￭ icy foods tomato sauce chocolate coffee tea or hot sou￭ ps this type of swe￭ ating is classified under focal hyper￭ hi￭ dro￭ sis that is it is restricted to certain regions of the body a common cause is the result of trauma or damage of the nerve that passes through the par￭ o￭ ti￭ d g￭ land this type of swe￭ ating is known as fre￭ y s syndrome in which case the damage to the nerve is due to surgery of the par￭ o￭ ti￭ d g￭ land par￭ o￭ ti￭ dec￭ tomy it has been observed in diabe￭ tics with autonom￭ ic neuro￭ pa￭ thy and a variant of this disorder has been reported following surgical sympath￭ ec￭ tomy one of the more effective treatments is oral or top￭ ically applied gly￭ copy￭ r￭ ro￭ late
gu￭ tt￭ ate ps￭ ori￭ asis also known as erup￭ tive ps￭ ori￭ asis is a type of ps￭ ori￭ asis that presents as small 0 5 – 1 5 cm in diameter le￭ sions over the upper trunk and proxim￭ al extre￭ mi￭ ties it is found frequently in young adults gu￭ tt￭ ate ps￭ ori￭ asis is class￭ ically triggered by a bacterial infection usually an upper respiratory tract infection for some people it starts as a throat infection or stre￭ p throat after the throat infection has cleared up the person can feel fine for several weeks before noticing the appearance of red spots they appear small at first like a dry red spot which is slightly it￭ chy when scrat￭ ched or picked the top layer of dry skin is removed leaving dry red skin beneath with white dry areas marking where flakes of dry skin stop and start in the weeks that follow the spots can grow to as much as an inch in diameter some of the larger ones may form a pale area in the center which is slightly yellow treatment is often a mild ster￭ o￭ id such as hydro￭ cor￭ tis￭ one but this is not always effective other treatment include exposing the affected area of the skin to sunlight while avoiding sun￭ burn the condition often but not always clears up on its own the gu￭ tt￭ ate ps￭ ori￭ asis can occur on any part of the body particularly the legs arms tor￭ so eye￭ li￭ ds back bottom bi￭ kin￭ i line and neck generally the parts of the body most affected are seen on the arms legs back and tor￭ so enthusiastic ex￭ foli￭ ation can lead to bleeding so care and mois￭ tur￭ ization are important to keep the affected skin healthy note it is commonly mistaken for meas￭ les
in common par￭ lance gu￭ t￭ tural r is the phenomenon whereby a rho￭ tic cons￭ on￭ ant an r like sound is produced in the back of the vocal tract usually with the u￭ vul￭ a rather than in the front portion thereof and thus as a gu￭ t￭ tural cons￭ on￭ ant speakers of languages with gu￭ t￭ tural r typically regard gu￭ t￭ tural and cor￭ onal rho￭ tics to be alternative pron￭ unci￭ ations of the same ph￭ on￭ em￭ e despite artic￭ ul￭ atory differences similar cons￭ on￭ ants are found in other parts of the world but they often have little to no cultural association or inter￭ change￭ ability with cor￭ onal rho￭ tics such as r ɾ and ɹ and gu￭ t￭ tural realization of a lone rho￭ tic cons￭ on￭ ant is typical in most of what is now france french speaking belgium germany denmark and the sou￭ ther￭ n￭ most parts of sweden and south western parts of norway it is also frequent in the netherlands dutch speaking belgium and switzerland it also occurs as the normal pron￭ unciation of one of two rho￭ tic ph￭ on￭ em￭ es usually replacing an older al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar tr￭ ill in most of portugal various parts of brazil and among minorities of other portuguese speaking regions
gy￭ c￭ kel j￭ y￭ c￭ kel also known as sp￭ ex on some university fac￭ ul￭ ties not to be confused with the theatre form sp￭ ex is short theat￭ r￭ ical appearance performed at a g￭ ask a gy￭ c￭ kel often involves a group of students singing a song or playing a play lasting no more than a few minutes there are several un￭ written rules the most important one is that the j￭ y￭ c￭ kel must be written by the performers and be presented for the first time at the g￭ ask the gy￭ c￭ kel should also be sar￭ cas￭ tic s￭ exis￭ tic or humor￭ istic at a g￭ ask with members from different fac￭ ul￭ ties it is usually expected that each faculty perform its own gy￭ c￭ kel others may also report that they will be performing a gy￭ c￭ kel to the to￭ ast￭ master the to￭ ast￭ master announced when the time has come for a certain group to perform their gy￭ c￭ kel
gy￭ ne￭ com￭ as￭ tia is a common disorder of the endocrine system in which there is a non can￭ cer￭ ous increase in the size of male breast tissue most adoles￭ cent boys up to 70 have some breast development during pu￭ ber￭ ty new￭ born and adoles￭ cent males often experience temporary gy￭ ne￭ com￭ as￭ tia due to the influence of maternal hormones and hormonal changes during pu￭ ber￭ ty respectively the development of gy￭ ne￭ com￭ as￭ tia is usually associated with benign pu￭ ber￭ tal changes in adoles￭ cent boys the condition is often a source of psychological distress however 75 of pu￭ ber￭ tal gy￭ ne￭ com￭ as￭ tia cases resolve within two years of onset without treatment in rare cases gy￭ ne￭ com￭ as￭ tia has been known to occur in association with certain disease states gy￭ ne￭ com￭ as￭ tia may be seen in individuals with k￭ lin￭ ef￭ el￭ ter syndrome or certain cancers with disorders involving the endocrine system or metabol￭ ic dysfunction with the use of certain medications or in older males due to a natural decline in te￭ sto￭ ster￭ one production disturbances in the endocrine system that lead to an increase in the ratio of est￭ rog￭ ens and￭ rog￭ ens are thought to be responsible for the development of gy￭ ne￭ com￭ as￭ tia this may occur even if the levels of est￭ rog￭ ens and and￭ rog￭ ens are both appropriate but the ratio is altered the disorder is usually diagnosed by a physician after a detailed history and physical examination conservative management of gy￭ ne￭ com￭ as￭ tia is often appropriate as the condition commonly resol￭ ves on its own medical treatment of gy￭ ne￭ com￭ as￭ tia that has persisted beyond two years is often ineffective medications such as arom￭ at￭ ase inhi￭ bit￭ ors have been found to be effective in rare cases of gy￭ ne￭ com￭ as￭ tia from disorders such as arom￭ at￭ ase excess syndrome or pe￭ ut￭ z – je￭ gh￭ ers syndrome but surgical removal of the excess tissue is usually required
in mathematical logic gö￭ del s β function is a function used to permit quantification over finite sequences of natural numbers in formal theories of arithmetic the β function is used in particular in showing that the class of arithme￭ tically defin￭ able functions is closed under primitive recur￭ sion and therefore includes all primitive recur￭ sive functions
in mathematical logic a gö￭ del numbering is a function that as￭ signs to each symbol and well formed formula of some formal language a unique natural number called its gö￭ del number the concept was used by kurt gö￭ del for the proof of his in￭ completeness theore￭ ms a gö￭ del numbering can be interpreted as an en￭ coding in which a number is assigned to each symbol of a mathematical no￭ tation after which a sequence of natural numbers can then represent a sequence of symbols these sequences of natural numbers can again be represented by single natural numbers facilitating their manipulation in formal theories of arithmetic since the publishing of gö￭ del s paper in 1931 the term gö￭ del numbering or gö￭ del code has been used to refer to more general assignments of natural numbers to mathematical objects
the h reflex or hoff￭ mann s reflex is a refl￭ ec￭ tory reaction of muscles after electrical stimulation of sensory fi￭ bers ia a￭ ffer￭ ents stemming from muscle sp￭ ind￭ les in their in￭ nerv￭ ating nerves for example those located behind the knee the h reflex test is performed using an electric stimul￭ ator which gives usually a square wave current of short duration and small am￭ pl￭ itude higher stimul￭ ations might involve alpha fi￭ bers causing an f wave compromising the results and an em￭ g set to record the muscle response that response is usually a clear wave called h wave 28 35 ms after the stimulus not to be confused with an f wave an m wave an early response occurs 3 6 ms after the onset of stimulation the h and f waves are later responses as the stimulus increases the am￭ pl￭ itude of the f wave increases only slightly and the h wave decreases and at supr￭ am￭ a￭ xim￭ al stimulus the h wave will disappear the m wave does the opposite of the h wave as the stimulus increases the m wave increases there is a point of minimal stimulus where the m wave is absent and the h wave is maxim￭ al h reflex is analogous to the mechanically induced spinal stretch reflex for example knee jerk reflex the primary difference between the h reflex and the spinal stretch reflex is that the h reflex by￭ passes the muscle spin￭ dle and therefore is a valuable tool in assessing modulation of mono￭ syn￭ ap￭ tic reflex activity in the spinal cord although stretch reflex gives just qualitative information about muscle sp￭ ind￭ les and reflex arch activity if the purpose of the test to compare performances from different subjects h reflex should be used in that case in fact lat￭ encies ms and am￭ pl￭ it￭ u￭ des mv of h wave can be compared h reflex am￭ pl￭ it￭ u￭ des measured by em￭ g are shown to decrease significantly with applied pressure such as massage and tapping to the cited muscle the amount of decrease seems to be dependent on the force of the pressure with higher pressures resulting in lower h reflex am￭ pl￭ it￭ u￭ des h reflex levels return to baseline immediately after pressure is released except in high pressure cases which had baseline levels returned within the first 10 seconds after about 5 days in zero gravity for instance in orbit around earth the h reflex diminishes significantly it is generally assumed that this is due to a marked reduction in the exc￭ itability of the spinal cord in zero gravity once back on earth a marked recovery occurs during the first day but it can take up to 10 days to return to normal the h reflex was the first medical experiment completed on the international space station
hair an syndrome consists of hyper￭ and￭ ro￭ gen￭ ism ha insulin resistance ir and ac￭ anth￭ osis ni￭ gr￭ ic￭ ans an although it is a rare sub￭ set of poly￭ c￭ ys￭ tic o￭ vary syndrome studies on patients with hair an played a key role in elu￭ ci￭ dating the patho￭ genesis of the former in particular although hair an results from two very different types of ab￭ norm￭ alities blocking antibodies against the insulin recep￭ tor or genetically absent reduced insulin recep￭ tor number function patients with both types have high levels of and￭ rog￭ ens male hormones research on the two types of hair an demonstrated that patients with both forms of hair an had very high levels of insulin and critically that it was the high insulin that caused the elev￭ ation in and￭ rog￭ ens in other words regardless of how it comes about high levels of insulin lead to high levels of and￭ rog￭ ens this insight had important implications for the understanding of the more common form of poly￭ c￭ ys￭ tic o￭ vari￭ an syndrome and ultimately led to new treatments for it such as met￭ form￭ in
has 160 is a cry￭ pto￭ graphic has￭ h function designed for use with the korean k￭ cd￭ sa digital signature algori￭ thm it is derived from sha 1 with ass￭ or￭ ted changes intended to increase its security it produces a 160 bit output has 160 is used in the same way as sha 1 first it divides input in blocks of 512 bits each and p￭ ads the final block a dig￭ est function updates the intermediate has￭ h value by processing the input blocks in turn the message dig￭ est algori￭ thm consists of 80 rounds
has v is a cry￭ pto￭ graphic has￭ h function with a variable output length has v is a has￭ h function based on a block ci￭ p￭ her the has￭ h function can produce has￭ h values with lengths from 16 to 40 by￭ tes
ha￭ val is a cry￭ pto￭ graphic has￭ h function unlike md 5 but like most modern cry￭ pto￭ graphic has￭ h functions ha￭ val can produce h￭ ashes of different lengths ha￭ val can produce h￭ ashes in lengths of 128 bits 160 bits 192 bits 224 bits and 256 bits ha￭ val also allows users to specify the number of rounds 3 4 or 5 to be used to generate the has￭ h ha￭ val was invented by yu￭ li￭ ang zhen￭ g jose￭ f pie￭ przy￭ k and jennifer se￭ berry in 1992
h￭ ec syndrome is a syndrome characterized by hydro￭ cephal￭ us endo￭ cardi￭ al fi￭ bro￭ el￭ ast￭ osis and cat￭ ar￭ acts
hel￭ l￭ p syndrome is a life threatening ob￭ ste￭ tric complic￭ ation usually considered to be a variant or complic￭ ation of pre ec￭ lam￭ p￭ sia both conditions usually occur during the later stages of pregnancy or sometimes after childbirth hel￭ l￭ p is an abbreviation of the three main features of the syndrome hem￭ ol￭ ysis elevated liver enzymes low plat￭ elet count
ha￭ emo￭ chro￭ mat￭ osis or h￭ emo￭ chro￭ mat￭ osis type 1 also h￭ fe hereditary ha￭ emo￭ chro￭ mat￭ osis or h￭ fe related hereditary ha￭ emo￭ chro￭ mat￭ osis is a hereditary disease characterized by excessive intest￭ inal absorption of dietary iron resulting in a pathological increase in total body iron stores humans like most animals have no means to ex￭ crete excess iron excess iron accumul￭ ates in tissues and organs disrupting their normal function the most susceptible organs include the liver adren￭ al g￭ lands heart skin gon￭ ads joints and the pan￭ cre￭ as patients can present with cir￭ rho￭ sis poly￭ ar￭ thro￭ pa￭ thy adren￭ al in￭ sufficiency heart failure or diabetes the hereditary form of the disease is most common among those of northern european ance￭ stry in particular those of cel￭ tic descent the disease is inherited in an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive pattern which means both copies of the gene in each cell have mutations most often the parents of an individual with an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive condition each carry one copy of the mut￭ ated gene but do not show signs and symptoms of the condition
hiv associated li￭ po￭ dy￭ stro￭ phy is a condition characterized by loss of sub￭ cu￭ taneous fat associated with infection with hiv
hiv associated ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ pa￭ thy hi￭ van refers to kidney disease developing in association with hiv infection the most common or classical type of hiv associated ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ pa￭ thy is a collapsing focal seg￭ mental glo￭ mer￭ ul￭ os￭ clerosis f￭ s￭ gs though other forms of kidney disease may also occur with hiv regardless of the underlying his￭ to￭ logy ren￭ al disease in hiv positive patients is associated with an increased risk of death hi￭ van may be caused by direct infection of the ren￭ al cells with the hiv 1 virus with resulting ren￭ al damage through the viral gene products it could also be caused by changes in the release of cy￭ to￭ k￭ ines during hiv infection usually occurs only in advanced disease and approximately 80 of patients with hi￭ van have a cd 4 count of less than 200 hi￭ van presents with ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ tic syndrome and progressive kidney failure despite being a cause of chronic kidney failure kidney sizes are usually normal or large
hiv associated neuro￭ cognitive disorders hand are neuro￭ logical disorders associated with hiv infection and aids hand may include neuro￭ logical disorders of various severity such as aids dementia complex ad￭ c also known as hiv dementia and hiv associated dementia had hiv encephalopathy and mild neuro￭ cognitive disorder m￭ nd hiv associated neuro￭ cognitive disorders are associated with a metabol￭ ic encephalopathy induced by hiv infection and fueled by immune activation of macro￭ p￭ ha￭ ges and micro￭ glia these cells are actively infected with hiv and secre￭ te neuro￭ toxins of both host and viral origin the essential features of ad￭ c are disab￭ ling cognitive impairment accompanied by motor dysfunction speech problems and behavioral change cognitive impairment is characterised by mental slowness trouble with memory and poor concentration motor symptoms include a loss of fine motor control leading to clum￭ sin￭ ess poor balance and tre￭ mors behavioral changes may include apathy leth￭ ar￭ gy and diminished emotional responses and spontane￭ ity hist￭ opath￭ o￭ logically it is identified by the infiltr￭ ation of mon￭ oc￭ y￭ tes and macro￭ p￭ ha￭ ges into the central nervous system cns gli￭ osis p￭ all￭ or of my￭ elin she￭ aths ab￭ norm￭ alities of d￭ end￭ ri￭ tic processes and neuro￭ nal loss ad￭ c typically occurs after years of hiv infection and is associated with low cd 4 t cell levels and high plasma viral loads it is sometimes seen as the first sign of the onset of aids prevalence is between 10 24 in western countries and has only been seen in 1 2 of india based infections with the advent of highly active anti￭ retro￭ viral therapy ha￭ art the incidence of ad￭ c has declined in developed countries although its prevalence is increasing ha￭ art may prevent or delay the onset of ad￭ c in people with hiv infection and may also improve mental function in people who already have ad￭ c dementia only exists when neuro￭ cognitive impairment in the patient is severe enough to interfere markedly with day to day function that is the patient is typically unable to work and may not be able to take care of him or herself before this the patient is said to have a mild neuro￭ cognitive disorder
hiv associated pr￭ ur￭ it￭ us is a cu￭ taneous condition an it￭ chin￭ ess of the skin that occurs in up to 30 of hiv infected people occurs when the t cell count drops below 400 per cubic mm
human immun￭ o￭ deficiency virus infection and acquired immune deficiency syndrome hiv aids is a spectrum of conditions caused by infection with the human immun￭ o￭ deficiency virus hiv following initial infection a person may not notice any symptoms or may experience a brief period of influenza like illness typically this is followed by a prolonged period with no symptoms as the infection progres￭ ses it interferes more with the immune system increasing the risk of common infections like tuberculosis as well as other opportunistic infections and tumors that rarely affect people who have working immune systems these late symptoms of infection are referred to as aids this stage is often also associated with weight loss hiv is spread primarily by unprotected sex including anal and oral sex contaminated blood trans￭ fu￭ sions hypo￭ der￭ mic needles and from mother to child during pregnancy delivery or breastfeeding some bodily fluids such as sali￭ va and tears do not transmit hiv methods of prevention include safe sex needle exchange programs treating those who are infected and male circumcision disease in a baby can often be prevented by giving both the mother and child anti￭ retro￭ viral medication there is no cure or vaccine however anti￭ retro￭ viral treatment can slow the course of the disease and may lead to a near normal life expectancy treatment is recommended as soon as the diagnosis is made without treatment the average survival time after infection is 11 years in 2015 about 36 7 million people were living with hiv and it resulted in 1 1 million deaths most of those infected live in sub saharan africa between its discovery and 2014 aids has caused an estimated 39 million deaths worldwide hiv aids is considered a pandemic — a disease outbreak which is present over a large area and is actively spreading hiv is believed to have originated in west central africa during the late 19 th or early 20 th century aids was first recognized by the united states centers for disease control and prevention c￭ dc in 1981 and its cause — hiv infection — was identified in the early part of the decade hiv aids has had a great impact on society both as an illness and as a source of discrimination the disease also has large economic impacts there are many mis￭ conceptions about hiv aids such as the belief that it can be transmitted by casual non sexual contact the disease has become subject to many controversies involving religion including the catholic church s decision not to support con￭ dom use as prevention it has attracted international medical and political attention as well as large scale funding since it was identified in the 1980 s
human immun￭ o￭ deficiency virus infection and acquired immune deficiency syndrome hiv aids is a disease spectrum of the human immune system caused by infection with human immun￭ o￭ deficiency virus hiv as the infection progres￭ ses it interferes more and more with the immune system making the person much more susceptible to common infections like tuberculosis as well as opportunistic infections and tumors that do not usually affect people who have working immune systems the late symptoms of the infection are referred to as aids this stage is often complicated by an infection of the lung known as pneu￭ mo￭ cy￭ stis pneumonia severe weight loss a type of cancer known as ka￭ posi s sar￭ coma or other aids defining conditions genetic research indicates that hiv originated in west central africa during the late nineteenth or early twentieth century aids was first recognized by the united states centers for disease control and prevention c￭ dc in 1981 and its cause — hiv infection — was identified in the early part of the decade since its discovery aids has caused an estimated 36 million deaths worldwide as of 2012 as of 2012 approximately 35 3 million people are living with hiv globally a team at the university of oxford united kingdom and the university of leu￭ ven in belgium tried to reconstruct hiv s family tree and find out where its oldest ancestors came from their 2014 study indicated that hiv aids pandemic originated in the democratic republic of congo as a result of social circumstances and the migration of workers
hiv disease related drug reactions present in hiv infected patients especially those with hel￭ per t cell counts between 25 and 200 immun￭ o￭ suppression that increases the risk for the development of adverse reactions to medications
hiv super￭ infection also called hiv re￭ infection is a condition in which a person with established human immun￭ o￭ deficiency virus infection acquires a second strain of the virus the hiv super￭ infection strain a re￭ combin￭ ant strain appears when a person becomes infected by two different strains allowing dna to fuse and create a new one the second strain co exists with the first and may cause more rapid disease progression or carry resistance to certain hiv medication people with hiv risk super￭ infection by the same actions that would place a non infected person at risk of acquiring hiv these include sharing needles and for￭ going condoms with hiv positive sexual partners for many years super￭ infection was thought to occur mainly in high risk populations research from uganda published in 2012 indicates that hiv super￭ infection among hiv infected individuals within a general population remains unknown further research from the journal of infectious diseases indicates that there have been 16 documented cases of super￭ infection since 2002
h￭ ms beat￭ rice was a 98 ton displacement scho￭ oner launched in 18￭ 60 at ne￭ wh￭ av￭ en she was acquired by the royal navy and the colony of south australia on 27 september 18￭ 62 and served on the australia station and was used as a survey ship and in this role she surveyed areas of the north coast of australia assisted the 18￭ 66 expedi￭ tion of john mc￭ kin￭ lay in the northern territory and surveyed the south australian coast in 18￭ 80 she was purchased outright by the colony of south australia where she was converted into a hul￭ k in 18￭ 81 as a mo￭ oring marker for the mail steam￭ ers at glen￭ el￭ g later she was moved in 18￭ 88 to sem￭ aphor￭ e as a light￭ ship she was sold in 1890 to private owners re rigged she was stranded near port lincoln on 4 february 18￭ 97 and after being ref￭ lo￭ ating was rebuilt on a voyage to new owners on 14 july 1917 at ho￭ bart she encountered heavy weather and became stranded at tam￭ ar heads tas￭ mania while transporting a load of timber from ho￭ bart for melbourne she was wrecked off the south eastern side of water￭ house island in bass strait on 9 april 19￭ 21 her crew was saved and her gear salv￭ aged beat￭ rice is￭ lets in ne￭ pe￭ an bay on kang￭ ar￭ oo island are named after h￭ ms beat￭ rice
h￭ ms el￭ k was a 482 ton displacement 16 gun ac￭ orn class bri￭ g slo￭ op of the royal navy launched on 29 september 18￭ 47 from the cha￭ th￭ am doc￭ ky￭ ard she was sent to the east indi￭ es station and china station and participated during the second opium war until being assigned to the australia station in 1859 she searched for h￭ ms s￭ app￭ ho with h￭ m￭ vs victoria after s￭ app￭ ho disappeared in bass strait in february 1858 in 18￭ 60 she participated during the first tar￭ an￭ aki war she left the australia station in march 18￭ 60 and upon arriving in england was paid off she was transferred to her majesty s coastguard in 18￭ 63 and was ren￭ amed w￭ v 13 and she was later ren￭ amed w￭ v 28 she was sold in may 18￭ 93
h￭ ms pel￭ or￭ us was a 2 330 ton displacement 21 gun cor￭ ve￭ tte launched on 5 february 18￭ 57 from the dev￭ on￭ port doc￭ ky￭ ard it was cap￭ tained at first by frederick beau￭ champ pag￭ et se￭ ym￭ our then by henry boys and later william henry has￭ well she participated as part of a squ￭ ad￭ ron after the indian rebellion of 18￭ 57 then she was sent to the china station during the second opium war until may 1859 when she s￭ ailed for australian station in june 18￭ 60 as flagship of the australian squ￭ ad￭ ron under captain frederick se￭ ym￭ our she participated in the attack on pu￭ ke￭ tak￭ au￭ ere p￭ ā during the first tar￭ an￭ aki war later that year the crew landed at k￭ air￭ au to support british troops under attack from ma￭ ori and in january 18￭ 61 a gun crew from the ship helped defend the british re￭ doubt at hu￭ ir￭ ang￭ i against the ma￭ ori she left the australia station in july 18￭ 62 for pl￭ y￭ mouth the future admiral cypri￭ an bridge served on pel￭ or￭ us in the east indi￭ es as a mid￭ ship￭ man she was decommissioned in 1868 and was broken up for scrap in 18￭ 69
human pap￭ il￭ lo￭ ma￭ virus h￭ p￭ v positive or￭ op￭ har￭ yn￭ ge￭ al cancer op￭ c also known as h￭ p￭ v 16 or￭ op￭ har￭ yn￭ ge￭ al cancer or h￭ p￭ v op￭ c is a recognized subtype of or￭ op￭ har￭ yn￭ ge￭ al squ￭ am￭ ous cell carcin￭ om￭ as os￭ cc associated with the h￭ p￭ v type 16 virus
ha￭ ber syndrome is a cu￭ taneous disorder of hyper￭ pi￭ gm￭ entation characterized by retic￭ ulated pi￭ gm￭ entation of the person s skin a rare geno￭ der￭ mat￭ osis its key features include ro￭ sac￭ ea like facial eruption retic￭ ulated hyper￭ pi￭ gm￭ entation of major fl￭ ex￭ ures com￭ ed￭ ones on the back and neck and pit￭ ted facial scars
had￭ ron spec￭ tro￭ sco￭ py is the sub￭ field of particle physics that studies the masses and dec￭ ays of had￭ ron￭ s had￭ ron spec￭ tro￭ sco￭ py is also an important part of the new nuclear physics the properties of had￭ ron￭ s are a consequence of a theory called quantum chro￭ mo￭ dynamics q￭ cd q￭ cd predicts that quar￭ ks and anti￭ quar￭ ks bind into particles called mes￭ ons another type of had￭ ron is called a bar￭ yon that is made of three quar￭ ks there is good experimental evidence for both mes￭ ons and bar￭ y￭ ons potentially q￭ cd also has bound states of just glu￭ ons called glu￭ eb￭ alls one of the goals of the field of had￭ ronic spec￭ tro￭ sco￭ py is to find experimental evidence for exotic mes￭ ons te￭ tra￭ quar￭ ks molecules of had￭ ron￭ s and glu￭ eb￭ alls an important part of the field of had￭ ronic spec￭ tro￭ sco￭ py are the attempts to solve q￭ cd the properties of had￭ ron￭ s require the solution of q￭ cd in the strong coupling regime where per￭ turb￭ ative techniques based on fe￭ yn￭ man diag￭ r￭ ams do not work there are several approaches to trying to solve q￭ cd to compu￭ te the masses of had￭ ron￭ s quar￭ k models lat￭ tice q￭ cd effective field theory sum rules
ha￭ em￭ ob￭ ilia is a medical condition of bleeding into the bi￭ li￭ ary tree ha￭ em￭ ob￭ ilia occurs when there is a f￭ ist￭ ula between a vessel of the s￭ plan￭ ch￭ nic circulation and the intra￭ he￭ p￭ atic or extra￭ he￭ p￭ atic bi￭ li￭ ary system it can present as acute upper gastro￭ intest￭ inal ug￭ i bleeding it should be considered in upper ab￭ domin￭ al pain presenting with ug￭ i bleeding especially when there is a history of liver injury or instrum￭ entation first recorded in 16￭ 54 by francis g￭ lis￭ son a cambridge professor
ha￭ emo￭ chro￭ mat￭ osis type 3 is a type of iron overload disorder associated with deficiencies in transfer￭ rin recep￭ tor 2 it exhi￭ bits an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive inheritance pattern
ha￭ emo￭ dial￭ ysis associated amy￭ lo￭ ido￭ sis is a form of amy￭ lo￭ ido￭ sis associated with chronic kidney failure
ha￭ emol￭ ac￭ ria is a physical condition that causes a person to produce tears that are partially composed of blood it can manifest as tears that are anything from merely red ting￭ ed to appearing to be entirely made of blood ha￭ emol￭ ac￭ ria is a symptom of a number of diseases and may also be indicative of a tumor in the lac￭ ri￭ mal apparatus it is most often provoked by local factors such as bacterial con￭ junc￭ ti￭ vi￭ tis environmental damage or injuries acute ha￭ emol￭ ac￭ ria can occur in fertile women and seems to be induced by hormones similarly to what happens in end￭ ome￭ tri￭ osis
ha￭ em￭ ophi￭ lia also spelled hem￭ ophi￭ lia is a mostly inherited genetic disorder that imp￭ airs the body s ability to make blood clo￭ ts a process needed to stop bleeding this results in people bleeding longer after an injury easy bru￭ ising and an increased risk of bleeding inside joints or the brain those with mild disease may only have symptoms after an accident or during surgery bleeding into a joint can result in permanent damage while bleeding in the brain can result in long term headaches seizures or a decreased level of consciousness there are two main types of ha￭ em￭ ophi￭ lia ha￭ em￭ ophi￭ lia a which occurs due to not enough clo￭ tting factor viii and ha￭ em￭ ophi￭ lia b which occurs due to not enough clo￭ tting factor ix they are typically inher￭ iting from one s parents an x chro￭ mo￭ some with a non￭ functional gene rarely a new mutation may occur during early development or ha￭ em￭ ophi￭ lia may develop later in life due to antibodies forming against a clo￭ tting factor other types include ha￭ em￭ ophi￭ lia c which occurs due to not enough factor xi and par￭ a￭ ha￭ em￭ ophi￭ lia which occurs due to not enough factor v acquired ha￭ em￭ ophi￭ lia is associated with cancers auto￭ immune disorders and pregnancy diagnosis is by testing the blood for its ability to clo￭ t and its levels of clo￭ tting factors prevention may occur by removing a woman s egg fertili￭ zing it and testing the embryo before putting it in the uter￭ us treatment is by replacing the missing blood clo￭ tting factors this may be done on a regular basis or during bleeding episodes replacement may take place at home or in hospital the clo￭ tting factors are made either from human blood or by re￭ combin￭ ant methods by up to 20 of people develop antibodies to the clo￭ tting factors which makes treatment more difficult the medication des￭ mop￭ res￭ sin may be used in those with mild ha￭ em￭ ophi￭ lia a studies of gene therapy are in early human trials ha￭ em￭ ophi￭ lia a affects about 1 in 5 000 – 10 000 while ha￭ em￭ ophi￭ lia b affects about 1 in 40 000 males at birth as ha￭ em￭ ophi￭ lia a and b are x linked rec￭ essive disorders females are very rarely severely affected some females with a non￭ functional gene on one of the x chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es may be mildly symptomatic ha￭ em￭ ophi￭ lia c occurs equally in both sexes and is mostly found in ash￭ ken￭ az￭ i jews in the 1800 s ha￭ em￭ ophi￭ lia was common within the royal families of europe the difference between ha￭ em￭ ophi￭ lia a and b was determined in 1952 the word is from the greek ha￭ ima α￭ ἷ￭ μα meaning blood and phi￭ lia φ￭ ι￭ λ￭ ία meaning love
ha￭ em￭ ophi￭ lia a is a genetic deficiency in clo￭ tting factor viii which causes increased bleeding and usually affects males in the majority of cases it is inherited as an x linked rec￭ essive trait though there are cases which arise from spontaneous mutations
ha￭ em￭ ophi￭ lia b or hem￭ ophi￭ lia b is a blood clo￭ tting disorder caused by a mutation of the factor ix gene leading to a deficiency of factor ix it is the second most common form of ha￭ em￭ ophi￭ lia r￭ arer than ha￭ em￭ ophi￭ lia a ha￭ em￭ ophi￭ lia b was first recognized as a different kind of ha￭ em￭ ophi￭ lia in 1952 it is sometimes called christmas disease named after stephen christmas the first patient described with this disease in addition the first report of its identification was published in the christmas edition of the british medical journal
ha￭ em￭ ophi￭ lia c also known as plasma thro￭ m￭ b￭ op￭ las￭ tin an￭ tec￭ ed￭ ent pta deficiency or ro￭ sen￭ th￭ al syndrome is a mild form of ha￭ em￭ ophi￭ lia affecting both sexes due to factor xi deficiency however it predominantly occurs in jewish people of ash￭ ken￭ az￭ i descent it is the fourth most common co￭ ag￭ ulation disorder after von wil￭ le￭ brand s disease and ha￭ em￭ ophi￭ lia a and b in the united states it is thought to affect 1 in 100 000 of the adult population making it 10 as common as ha￭ em￭ ophi￭ lia a
ha￭ em￭ oph￭ il￭ us influ￭ enz￭ ae cell￭ u￭ li￭ tis is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by a distinctive blu￭ ish or pur￭ pl￭ ish red cell￭ u￭ li￭ tis of the face
ha￭ em￭ oph￭ il￭ us men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis is a form of bacterial men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis caused by the ha￭ em￭ oph￭ il￭ us influ￭ enz￭ ae bacteria it is usually but not always associated with ha￭ em￭ oph￭ il￭ us influ￭ enz￭ ae type b men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis involves the infl￭ amm￭ ation of the protective memb￭ ran￭ es that cover the brain and spinal cord ha￭ em￭ oph￭ il￭ us men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis is characterized by symptoms including fever naus￭ ea sensitivity to light headaches stiff neck an￭ ore￭ x￭ ia and seizures ha￭ em￭ oph￭ il￭ us men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis can be deadly but antibiotics are effective in treating the infection especially when cases are caught early enough that the infl￭ amm￭ ation has not done a great deal of damage before the introduction of the hi￭ b vaccine in 1985 ha￭ em￭ oph￭ il￭ us men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis was the leading cause of bacterial men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis in children under the age of five however since the creation of the hi￭ b vaccine only two in every 100 000 children contract this type of men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis five to ten percent of cases can be fatal although the average mortality rate in developing nations is seventeen percent mostly due to lack of access to vaccination as well as lack of access to medical care needed to combat the men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis
haemorrha￭ gic disease of the new￭ born also known as vitamin k deficiency bleeding v￭ k￭ db is a co￭ ag￭ ulation disturbance in new￭ born infants due to vitamin k deficiency as a consequence of vitamin k deficiency there is an impaired production of co￭ ag￭ ulation factors ii vii ix x protein c and protein s by the liver resulting in excessive bleeding hemorrha￭ ge
ha￭ ff disease german ha￭ ff￭ k￭ ran￭ k￭ heit is the development of r￭ hab￭ dom￭ y￭ ol￭ ysis sw￭ elling and breakdown of sk￭ el￭ etal muscle with a risk of acute kidney failure within 24 hours of ing￭ est￭ ing fish
ha￭ gem￭ os￭ er – we￭ instein – bres￭ nick syndrome is an auto￭ som￭ al dominant genetic disorder first described by ha￭ gem￭ os￭ er et al in 1989 it is characterized by op￭ tic atro￭ phy followed shortly by loss of hearing and peripheral neuro￭ pa￭ thy onset of the disease occurred in early childhood as opposed to the later onset of similar diseases op￭ tic atro￭ phy occurs in the first year and the following symptoms show up before thirteen years a possible auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive form of this disease was described in 1970 by i￭ wash￭ ita et al
ha￭ gl￭ und ’ s de￭ form￭ ity aka the mul￭ hul￭ land de￭ form￭ ity is a bon￭ y enlargement on the back of the heel that most often leads to painful bur￭ si￭ tis which is an infl￭ amm￭ ation of the bur￭ sa a fluid filled s￭ ac between the tend￭ on and bone in ha￭ gl￭ und ’ s de￭ form￭ ity the soft tissue near the achilles tend￭ on becomes irritated when the bon￭ y enlargement ru￭ bs against shoes ha￭ gl￭ und ’ s de￭ form￭ ity is often called “ pump bump ” because the rigid backs of pump style shoes can create pressure that aggrav￭ ates the enlargement when walking
ha￭ id￭ inger s brush is an ent￭ op￭ tic phenomenon first described by austri￭ an￭ physic￭ ist wil￭ helm karl von ha￭ id￭ inger in 18￭ 44 many people are able to perceive polarization of light it may be seen as a yel￭ low￭ ish horizontal bar or bow tie shape with fu￭ zzy ends hence the name brush visible in the center of the visual field against the blue sky viewed while facing away from the sun or on any bright background it typically occupies roughly 3 – 5 degrees of vision about twice or three times the width of one s thumb held at arm s length the direction of light polarization is per￭ pend￭ icular to the yellow bar i e vertical if the bar is horizontal fain￭ ter blu￭ ish or pur￭ pl￭ ish areas may be visible between the yellow bru￭ shes see illustration ha￭ id￭ inger s brush may also be seen by looking at a white area on many l￭ cd flat panel computer screens due to the polarization effect of the display in which case it is often diag￭ onal
hai￭ ley – hai￭ ley disease or famili￭ al benign chronic p￭ emp￭ hi￭ gus or famili￭ al benign p￭ emp￭ hi￭ gus was originally described by the hai￭ ley brothers hugh edward and william howard in 1939 it is a genetic disorder that causes bl￭ is￭ ters to form on the skin
ha￭ im – mun￭ k syndrome also known as pal￭ mop￭ lan￭ tar ker￭ ato￭ der￭ ma with period￭ on￭ ti￭ tis and ar￭ ach￭ no￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly and ac￭ ro o￭ ste￭ ol￭ ysis is a cu￭ taneous condition caused by a mutation in the cathe￭ p￭ sin c gene it was named after dr sali￭ m ha￭ im and dr mun￭ k l
hair diseases are disorders primarily associated with the fol￭ lic￭ les of the hair an example is hyper￭ tric￭ ho￭ sis many hair diseases can be associated with distinct underlying disorders pie￭ dra are fun￭ gal diseases hair disease may refer to excessive shedding or bal￭ dness or both bal￭ ding can be loc￭ alised or diffuse scar￭ ring or non scar￭ ring increased hair can be due to hormonal factors hir￭ su￭ tism or non hormonal hyper￭ tric￭ ho￭ sis scal￭ p disorders may or may not be associated with hair loss
hair fol￭ lic￭ le nev￭ us also known as a vel￭ lus ham￭ ar￭ tom￭ a is a cu￭ taneous condition that presents as a small pap￭ ule from which fine ha￭ irs pro￭ tru￭ de evenly from the surface
hair loss also known as al￭ op￭ ec￭ ia or bal￭ dness refers to a loss of hair from part of the head or body typically at least the head is involved the severity of hair loss can vary from a small area to the entire body typically infl￭ amm￭ ation or scar￭ ring is not present hair loss in some people causes psychological distress common types include male pattern hair loss female pattern hair loss al￭ op￭ ec￭ ia are￭ ata and a thin￭ ning of hair known as tel￭ o￭ gen efflu￭ vi￭ um the cause of male pattern hair loss is a combination of genetics and male hormones the cause of female pattern hair loss is unclear the cause of al￭ op￭ ec￭ ia are￭ ata is auto￭ immune and the cause of is tel￭ o￭ gen efflu￭ vi￭ um is typically a physically or psychologically stressful event tel￭ o￭ gen efflu￭ vi￭ um is very common following pregnancy less common causes of hair loss without infl￭ amm￭ ation or scar￭ ring include the pulling out of hair certain medications including chem￭ otherapy hiv aids hypo￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m and malnutrition including iron deficiency causes of hair loss that occurs with scar￭ ring or infl￭ amm￭ ation include fun￭ gal infection lup￭ us er￭ y￭ them￭ ato￭ sus radiation therapy and sar￭ co￭ ido￭ sis diagnosis of hair loss is partly based on the areas affected treatment of pattern hair loss may simply involve accepting the condition intervention that can be tried include the medications min￭ ox￭ idi￭ l or fin￭ aster￭ ide and hair transplant surgery al￭ op￭ ec￭ ia are￭ ata may be treated by ster￭ o￭ id injections in the affected area but these need to be frequently repeated to be aff￭ ective hair loss is a common problem pattern hair loss by age 50 affects about half of males and a quarter of females about 2 of people develop al￭ op￭ ec￭ ia are￭ ata at some point in time
hair tour￭ ni￭ quet is a medical condition where￭ in a hair or other thread becomes tied around a toe or finger tightly so as to put the digit at risk of damage occasionally this is known as toe tour￭ ni￭ quet the problem usually arises in babies and small children when ha￭ irs and thread are lost loosely inside socks they can become spontaneously tied round a toe and will tend to tighten with w￭ ri￭ ggling natural hair is much more likely to undergo this phenomenon than sp￭ un thread incidents similar to this can also occur during sleep usually under du￭ ve￭ ts or sheets which have loose th￭ reads which can con￭ strict the toes
in finance a haircut is the difference between the market value of an asset used as loan collateral and the amount of the loan the amount of the haircut reflects the lender s perceived risk of loss from the asset falling in value or being sold in a fire sale the lender will however still hold a lien for the entire value of the asset in the event the collateral is sold to repay the loan the lender will have a higher chance of being made whole expressed as a percentage of the collateral s market value the haircut is the complement of the loan to value ratio together they equal 100 of the value for example united states treasury bills which are seen as fairly safe might have a haircut of 10 while for stock options which are seen as highly risky the haircut might be as high as 30 in other words a 1000 treasury bill will be accepted as collateral for a 900 loan while a 1000 stock option might only allow a 700 loan lower hair￭ cuts allow for more leverage haircut plays an important role in many kinds of trades such as re￭ purchase agreements referred to in debt instrument finance as rep￭ o but not to be confused with the concept of re￭ possession den￭ oted by that term in consumer finance and reverse re￭ purchase agreements reverse rep￭ o in debt instrument finance in popular media haircut has been used to den￭ ote a financial loss on an investment as in to take a haircut to accept or receive less than is owed especially following the financial crisis of 2008 the term was popular in political debates surrounding the propri￭ ety of various government actions in response to the crisis
ha￭ iry cell leuk￭ emia is an un￭ common hem￭ at￭ ological m￭ align￭ ancy characterized by an accumulation of abnormal b lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tes it is usually classified as a sub type of chronic lymp￭ ho￭ id leuk￭ emia ha￭ iry cell leuk￭ emia makes up approximately 2 of all leuk￭ emi￭ as with fewer than 2 000 new cases diagnosed annually in north america and western europe combined ha￭ iry cell leuk￭ emia was originally described as his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ tic leuk￭ emia m￭ align￭ ant re￭ ticul￭ osis or lymp￭ ho￭ id my￭ elo￭ fi￭ bro￭ sis in publications dating back to the 1920 s the disease was formally named leuk￭ emic re￭ ticul￭ o￭ endo￭ the￭ li￭ osis and its characterization significantly advanced by ber￭ tha bou￭ ron￭ cle and colleagues at the ohio state university college of medicine in 1958 its common name which was coined in 1966 is derived from the ha￭ iry appearance of the m￭ align￭ ant b cells under a micro￭ scope
ha￭ iry leuk￭ op￭ la￭ k￭ ia also known as oral ha￭ iry leuk￭ op￭ la￭ k￭ ia o￭ hl or hiv associated ha￭ iry leuk￭ op￭ la￭ k￭ ia is a white patch on the side of the tongue with a corru￭ gated or ha￭ iry appearance it is caused by ep￭ stein bar￭ r virus eb￭ v and occurs usually in persons who are immun￭ o￭ compromised especially those with human immun￭ o￭ deficiency virus infection acquired immun￭ o￭ deficiency syndrome hiv aids this white le￭ sion cannot be scrap￭ ed off the le￭ sion itself is benign and does not require any treatment although its appearance may have diagnostic and prog￭ no￭ s￭ tic implications for the underlying condition depending upon what definition of leuk￭ op￭ la￭ k￭ ia is used ha￭ iry leuk￭ op￭ la￭ k￭ ia is sometimes considered a subtype of leuk￭ op￭ la￭ k￭ ia or a distinct diagnosis
ha￭ j￭ du – cheney syndrome also called acro￭ o￭ ste￭ ol￭ ysis with o￭ ste￭ op￭ or￭ osis and changes in skull and man￭ di￭ ble ar￭ thro￭ d￭ ent￭ oo￭ ste￭ odys￭ pl￭ asia and cheney syndrome is an extremely rare auto￭ som￭ al dominant con￭ genital disorder of the connec￭ tive tissue characterized by severe and excessive bone resor￭ ption leading to o￭ ste￭ op￭ or￭ osis and a wide range of other possible symptoms mutations in the not￭ ch 2 gene identified in 2011 cause h￭ cs h￭ cs is so rare that only about 70 cases have been reported worldwide since the discovery of the syndrome in 1948
the ha￭ jos – par￭ r￭ ish – eder – s￭ auer – wiec￭ her￭ t reaction in organic chemistry is a pro￭ line cataly￭ sed asymmetric al￭ do￭ l reaction the reaction is named after its principal investigators z￭ ol￭ tan ha￭ jos others from hoff￭ mann la roche and sch￭ ering ag discovered in the 1970 s the original ha￭ jos par￭ r￭ ish catalytic procedure shown in the reaction equation leading to the op￭ tically active bic￭ ycl￭ ic ke￭ tol as well as the eder s￭ auer wiec￭ her￭ t modification leading to the op￭ tically active en￭ edi￭ one through the loss of water from the ke￭ tol paved the way of asymmetric organ￭ oc￭ at￭ al￭ ysis it has been used extensively as a tool in the synthesis of ster￭ oids and other en￭ anti￭ om￭ er￭ ically pure molecules figure 1 in the original reaction shown in figure 1 naturally occurring chir￭ al pro￭ line is the chir￭ al catalyst in an al￭ do￭ l reaction the starting material is an ach￭ ir￭ al tri￭ ke￭ tone and it requires just 3 of pro￭ line to obtain the reaction product a ke￭ tol in 93 en￭ anti￭ om￭ eric excess as shown above ha￭ jos and par￭ r￭ ish worked at ambient temperature in di￭ meth￭ yl￭ form￭ amide d￭ m￭ f solvent using a catalytic amount 3 mol￭ ar equi￭ v of s − pro￭ line enabling them to isolate the op￭ tically active intermediate bic￭ ycl￭ ic ke￭ tol thus they described the first use of pro￭ line in a catalytic asymmetric al￭ do￭ l reaction the sch￭ ering group worked under non biological conditions using s pro￭ line 47 mol 1 n per￭ chlor￭ ic acid in ace￭ ton￭ it￭ ri￭ le at 80 ° c hence they could not isolate the ha￭ jos par￭ r￭ ish intermediate bic￭ ycl￭ ic ke￭ tol but instead the condens￭ ation product 7 as 7 a methyl 2 3 6 7 te￭ tra￭ h￭ dro￭ in￭ do￭ l 1 5 di￭ one through the loss of water thirty seven years later a new group at sch￭ ering ag published the continuation of the earlier sch￭ ering work 3 instead of the aforementioned non biological conditions the new group used the ha￭ jos par￭ r￭ ish catalytic procedure thus they could isolate the op￭ tically active 6 5 bic￭ ycl￭ ic ke￭ tol described so far only in the ha￭ jos par￭ r￭ ish publications 1 2 ha￭ jos and par￭ r￭ ish investigated further the exact configuration of the above cis f￭ used 7 a methyl 6 5 bic￭ ycl￭ ic ke￭ tol by circular dic￭ h￭ ro￭ ism and these results were confirmed by a single crystal x ray diff￭ r￭ action study the centro symmetr￭ ical crystal of the corresponding rac￭ emic ke￭ tol without a heavy atom label has been obtained by the use of rac￭ emic pro￭ line it showed by x ray diff￭ r￭ action an ax￭ ial orientation of the ang￭ ular methyl group and an equatorial orientation of the hydrox￭ yl group in the chair con￭ former of the six memb￭ ered ring this is in good agreement with the crystal structure of the cd ring of dig￭ it￭ ox￭ i￭ gen￭ in the structure of this ke￭ tol and its ethyl homo￭ logue are shown as follows ha￭ jos par￭ r￭ ish ket￭ ols similar studies of the 7 a ethyl homo￭ logue showed that the ethyl bic￭ y￭ c￭ ic ke￭ tol existed in a cis conform￭ ation in which the 7 a ethyl group is equ￭ atori￭ ally oriented and the hydrox￭ yl group is ax￭ ially oriented in the chair form of the six memb￭ ered ring as shown above the reason for a preference for this conform￭ ation could be enhanced 1 3 di￭ ax￭ ial interaction in the other cis con￭ former between the ang￭ ular ethyl group and the ax￭ ial hydro￭ gens at c 4 and c 6 in the six memb￭ ered ring in a 2000 study the bar￭ bas group found that inter￭ molecular al￭ do￭ l additions those between ke￭ tones and alde￭ hy￭ des are also possible albeit with use of considerably more pro￭ line al￭ do￭ l bar￭ bas 2000 the authors noted the similarity of pro￭ line the al￭ dol￭ ase antibodies they had created and natural al￭ dol￭ ase enzymes al￭ dol￭ ase a all of which operate through an en￭ amine intermediate in this reaction the large concentration of acet￭ one one of the two re￭ ac￭ tants sup￭ presses various possible side reactions reaction of the ke￭ tone with pro￭ line to an ox￭ az￭ oli￭ din￭ one and reaction of the alde￭ hyde with pro￭ line to an az￭ om￭ eth￭ ine y￭ li￭ de not￭ z and list went on to expand the utility of this reaction to the synthesis of 1 2 di￭ ols synthesis of di￭ ols not￭ z 2000 in their full account of their 2000 communication the group revealed that pro￭ line together with the thi￭ az￭ oli￭ um salt 5 5 di￭ methyl thi￭ az￭ oli￭ d￭ ini￭ um 4 car￭ box￭ y￭ late were found to be the most effective cataly￭ sts among a large group of am￭ ines while catal￭ ysis with s 1 2 py￭ r￭ ro￭ li￭ din￭ yl￭ methyl py￭ r￭ ro￭ li￭ dine salts formed the basis for the development of diam￭ ine organ￭ oc￭ at￭ aly￭ sts that have proven effective in a wide variety or organ￭ oc￭ at￭ aly￭ tic reactions the asymmetric synthesis of the wi￭ eland mi￭ es￭ cher ke￭ tone 1985 is another intr￭ am￭ ol￭ ec￭ ular reaction also based on pro￭ line that was explored by the bar￭ bas group in 2000 in this study the bar￭ bas group demonstrated for the first time that pro￭ line can cataly￭ ze the cas￭ c￭ ade michael al￭ do￭ l reaction through combined im￭ ini￭ um en￭ amine catal￭ ysis this work is significant because despite the 30 year history and application of the ha￭ jos par￭ r￭ ish reaction in industry the tri￭ ke￭ tone sub￭ str￭ ate for this reaction had always been synthe￭ sized in a dis￭ crete independent step demonstrating that there was a fundamental lack of understanding of the chemical mechanism of this reaction the bar￭ bas group had reported the al￭ dol￭ ase anti￭ body cataly￭ zed im￭ ini￭ um en￭ amine robinson ann￭ ulation in their 1997 study that marked the beginning of their studies in the area now called organ￭ oc￭ at￭ al￭ ysis in a report published in 2002 carlos f bar￭ bas iii said work in the 1970 s on pro￭ line cataly￭ zed intr￭ am￭ ol￭ ec￭ ular al￭ do￭ l addition reactions by synthetic organic chem￭ ists z￭ ol￭ tan g ha￭ jos and david r par￭ r￭ ish of the chemical research department at hoff￭ mann la roche nut￭ ley n j inspired us to look more closely at parallels between small mol￭ ecu￭ le cataly￭ sts and enzymes in 2002 the mac￭ millan group was the first to demonstrate the pro￭ line cataly￭ zed al￭ do￭ l reaction between different alde￭ hy￭ des this reaction is unusual because in general alde￭ hy￭ des will self con￭ dense al￭ do￭ l mac￭ millan 2002 the organ￭ oc￭ at￭ aly￭ tic inter￭ molecular al￭ do￭ l reaction is now known as the bar￭ bas list al￭ do￭ l reaction
hal￭ al syndrome is a rare disorder characterised by micro￭ cephal￭ y cle￭ ft pal￭ ate and variable other anomalies
the half life of knowledge is the amount of time that has to elapse before half of the knowledge in a particular area is superseded or shown to be untrue the concept is attributed to fr￭ itz mach￭ l￭ up 1962 for example donald he￭ bb estimated the half life of psychology to be five years the half life of knowledge differs from the concept of half life in physics in that there is no guarantee that the truth of knowledge in a particular area of study is declining exponentially it is unclear that there is any way to establish what constitutes knowledge in a particular area as opposed to mere opinion or theory this is similar to the concept of a half life of facts coined by samuel ar￭ bes￭ man a harvard mathem￭ ati￭ cian and scholar at the kaufmann foundation because scientific knowledge is growing by a factor of ten every 50 years this means that half of what scientists may have known about a particular subject will be wrong or obsolete in 45 years
hal￭ it￭ osis col￭ lo￭ qu￭ ially called bad breath or fe￭ tor or￭ is is a symptom in which a notic￭ e￭ ably unpleasant od￭ or is present on the ex￭ hal￭ ed breath concern about hal￭ it￭ osis is estimated to be the third most frequent reason for people to seek dental care following tooth decay and gum disease and about 20 of the general population are reported to suffer from it to some degree not all who think they have hal￭ it￭ osis have a genuine problem of those who feel they have hal￭ it￭ osis significant percentages 5 – 72 have been reported to have no genuine hal￭ it￭ osis when professionally examined of those who have genuine hal￭ it￭ osis often the od￭ or is caused by bacteria present below the g￭ um￭ line and on the back of the tongue the remaining 10 is accounted for by many conditions including disorders in the nas￭ al cav￭ ity sin￭ uses throat lungs es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus stomach or elsewhere see the related article on ton￭ sil￭ lo￭ li￭ ths for another possible cause of hal￭ it￭ osis very rarely hal￭ it￭ osis can be one of many symptoms of a serious underlying medical condition such as liver failure but in the vast majority of cases the cause is minor and can often be reduced by adjustments to oral hygiene including bru￭ shing or gently scrap￭ ing the back of the tongue and improving the health of the g￭ ums by using dental flo￭ ss occasionally however especially if the origin of the od￭ or is not in the mouth hal￭ it￭ osis can be more difficult to diagnose and to manage successfully bad breath is a social taboo and as a result perceived or genuine hal￭ it￭ osis can sometimes trigger social anxiety
hall￭ er￭ mann – stre￭ i￭ ff syndrome also known as oc￭ ul￭ om￭ andi￭ bul￭ o￭ facial syndrome françois dys￭ cephal￭ ic syndrome hall￭ er￭ mann – stre￭ i￭ ff – françois syndrome oc￭ ul￭ om￭ andi￭ bul￭ odys￭ cephal￭ y with hypo￭ tric￭ ho￭ sis au￭ br￭ y syndrome and ul￭ l￭ rich fre￭ mer￭ y do￭ h￭ na syndrome is a con￭ genital disorder that affects growth cran￭ ial development hair growth and dental development there are fewer than 200 people with the syndrome worldwide an organization supporting people with the hall￭ er￭ mann – stre￭ i￭ ff syndrome is the germany based sch￭ atten￭ kin￭ der e v
a halluc￭ ination is a perception in the absence of external stimulus that has qualities of real perception halluc￭ inations are vivid substantial and are perceived to be located in external objective space they are distingu￭ ishable from these related phenomena dreaming which does not involve wa￭ ke￭ fulness illusion which involves distorted or misinterpreted real perception imag￭ ery which does not mim￭ ic real perception and is under voluntary control and pseu￭ do￭ halluc￭ ination which does not mim￭ ic real perception but is not under voluntary control halluc￭ inations also differ from delu￭ sional perceptions in which a correctly sensed and interpreted stimulus i e a real perception is given some additional and typically absurd significance halluc￭ inations can occur in any sensory modality — visual aud￭ itory ol￭ factory gu￭ stat￭ ory t￭ acti￭ le propri￭ o￭ cep￭ tive equilibri￭ o￭ cep￭ tive no￭ cic￭ eptive thermo￭ cep￭ tive and chrono￭ cep￭ tive a mild form of halluc￭ ination is known as a disturbance and can occur in most of the senses above these may be things like seeing movement in peripheral vision or hearing faint noises and or voices aud￭ itory halluc￭ inations are very common in schizophrenia they may be benevolent telling the subject good things about themselves or malicious cur￭ sing the subject etc aud￭ itory halluc￭ inations of the malicious type are frequently heard for example people talking about the subject behind his her back like aud￭ itory halluc￭ inations the source of the visual counterpart can also be behind the subject s back their visual counterpart is the feeling of being looked or st￭ ared at usually with malicious intent frequently aud￭ itory halluc￭ inations and their visual counterpart are experienced by the subject together hyp￭ nag￭ og￭ ic halluc￭ inations and hypno￭ pomp￭ ic halluc￭ inations are considered normal phenomena hyp￭ nag￭ og￭ ic halluc￭ inations can occur as one is falling asleep and hypno￭ pomp￭ ic halluc￭ inations occur when one is waking up halluc￭ inations can be associated with drug use particularly deli￭ ri￭ ants sleep deprivation psycho￭ sis neuro￭ logical disorders and deli￭ ri￭ um trem￭ ens the word halluc￭ ination itself was introduced into the english language by the 17 th century physician sir thomas bro￭ wn￭ e in 16￭ 46 from the deri￭ vation of the latin word al￭ uc￭ in￭ ari meaning to w￭ ander in the mind
halluc￭ in￭ atory pal￭ in￭ op￭ sia greek palin for again and op￭ sia for seeing is a subtype of pal￭ in￭ op￭ sia a visual disturbance defined as the persistent or recurrence of a visual image after the stimulus has been removed pal￭ in￭ op￭ sia is a broad term describing a heterogeneous group of symptoms which is divided into halluc￭ in￭ atory pal￭ in￭ op￭ sia and illusory pal￭ in￭ op￭ sia halluc￭ in￭ atory pal￭ in￭ op￭ sia refers to the projection of an already en￭ coded visual memory and is similar to a complex visual halluc￭ ination the creation of a formed visual image where none exists halluc￭ in￭ atory pal￭ in￭ op￭ sia usually arises from poster￭ ior cor￭ tical le￭ sions or seizures and can be the presenting symptom of a serious neuro￭ logical disease halluc￭ in￭ atory pal￭ in￭ op￭ sia describes after￭ images or scenes that are formed long lasting high resolution and iso￭ ch￭ rom￭ atic the pal￭ in￭ op￭ tic images are not typically reliant on environmental parameters and often present with hom￭ onym￭ ous visual field deficits halluc￭ in￭ atory pal￭ in￭ op￭ sia occurs un￭ predictably and the persistent images can appear anywhere in the visual field regardless of the location of the original stimulus a patient will often have only a few episodes of halluc￭ in￭ atory pal￭ in￭ op￭ sia visual per￭ sever￭ ation is synonymous with pal￭ in￭ op￭ sia
halluc￭ ino￭ gen persisting perception disorder h￭ pp￭ d is a disorder characterized by a continual presence of sensory disturbances most commonly visual that are reminiscent of those generated by the use of halluc￭ in￭ ogenic substances previous use of halluc￭ in￭ ogens by the person is necessary but not sufficient for diagnosis of h￭ pp￭ d for an individual to be diagnosed with h￭ pp￭ d the symptoms cannot be due to another medical condition h￭ pp￭ d is distinct from flash￭ backs by reason of its relative perman￭ ence while flash￭ backs are transi￭ ent h￭ pp￭ d is persistent h￭ pp￭ d is a dsm iv diagnosis with diagnostic code 292 89
hall￭ ux rigi￭ dus or stiff big toe is degenerative ar￭ thri￭ tis and sti￭ ff￭ ness due to bone sp￭ urs that affects the mt￭ p joint at the base of the hall￭ ux big toe hall￭ ux fl￭ exus was initially described by davies colle￭ y in 18￭ 87 as a plan￭ tar fl￭ ex￭ ed posture of p￭ hal￭ an￭ x relative to the met￭ at￭ ar￭ sal head about the same time co￭ t￭ ter￭ ill first used the term hall￭ ux rigi￭ dus
hall￭ ux var￭ us is a de￭ form￭ ity of the great toe joint where the hall￭ ux is devi￭ ated medi￭ ally towards the mid￭ line of the body away from the first met￭ at￭ ar￭ sal bone the hall￭ ux usually moves in the trans￭ verse plane unlike hall￭ ux val￭ gus hall￭ ux var￭ us is un￭ common in the west but it is common in cultures where the population remains un￭ shod
hal￭ o from greek ἅ￭ λ￭ ως hal￭ ō￭ s is the name for a family of optical phenomena produced by light inter￭ acting with ice cryst￭ als suspended in the atmosphere hal￭ os can have many forms ranging from colored or white rings to ar￭ cs and spots in the sky many of these are near the sun or moon but others occur elsewhere or even in the opposite part of the sky among the best known hal￭ o types are the circular hal￭ o properly called the 22 ° hal￭ o light pillars and sun dogs but there are many more some of them fairly common others extremely rare the ice cryst￭ als responsible for hal￭ os are typically suspended in cir￭ rus or cir￭ ro￭ str￭ atus clouds high 5 – 10 km or 3 – 6 miles in the upper tro￭ po￭ sphere but in cold weather they can also float near the ground in which case they are referred to as diamond dust the particular shape and orientation of the cryst￭ als are responsible for the type of hal￭ o observed light is reflected and refrac￭ ted by the ice cryst￭ als and may split up into colors because of dispersion the cryst￭ als behave like pris￭ ms and mirrors ref￭ r￭ acting and reflecting light between their faces sending sh￭ af￭ ts of light in particular directions atmospheric phenomena such as hal￭ os were used as part of weather l￭ ore as an empirical means of weather forecasting before meteor￭ ology was developed they often do mean that rain is going to fall within the next 24 hours as the cir￭ ro￭ str￭ atus clouds that cause them can signify an approaching frontal system other common optical phenomena involving water dro￭ ple￭ ts rather than ice cryst￭ als include the￭ glory and the rain￭ bow
hal￭ o b￭ light of bean is a bacterial disease caused by pseu￭ dom￭ onas syr￭ ing￭ ae p￭ v ph￭ ase￭ oli￭ cola hal￭ o b￭ light ’ s pathogen is a gram negative aer￭ ob￭ ic polar flag￭ ell￭ ated and non spor￭ e forming bacteria this bacterial disease was first discovered in the early 1920 s and rapidly became the major disease of beans throughout the world the disease favors the places where temperatures are moderate and plentiful in￭ oc￭ ul￭ um is available
hal￭ o nev￭ us also known as leuko￭ der￭ ma acquis￭ it￭ um centrifu￭ gum per￭ inev￭ o￭ id viti￭ li￭ go and su￭ tton nev￭ us is a mole that is surrounded by a de￭ pi￭ gm￭ ented ring or hal￭ o
in radi￭ ology the hal￭ o sign is a finding of a dark hal￭ o around the arter￭ ial lum￭ en on ul￭ tras￭ ound that suggests the diagnosis of temporal arter￭ i￭ tis the standard diagnostic test for temporal arter￭ i￭ tis is biopsy however ul￭ tras￭ ound and m￭ ri show promise for replacing it the hal￭ o sign of temporal arter￭ i￭ tis should not be confused with de￭ u￭ el s hal￭ o sign which is a sign of fe￭ tal death the hal￭ o sign is also understood as a region of ground glass atten￭ uation surrounding a pul￭ mon￭ ary no￭ dule on an x ray compu￭ ted tom￭ o￭ graphy ct scan of the chest it can be associated with hemorrha￭ gic no￭ d￭ ules tumors or infl￭ am￭ matory processes but is most commonly known as an early radio￭ graphic sign of invasive pul￭ mon￭ ary infection by the fun￭ gus species asper￭ gill￭ us in nursing the hal￭ o sign is the result of a test to see if drainage from a head injury contains cere￭ bro￭ spinal fluid when a d￭ ext￭ ro￭ sti￭ x or tes tape test gives a positive reading for glucose the drainage must be further tested because glucose is also found in the blood to perform the test the le￭ aking fluid is dri￭ pped onto a 4 x 4 gau￭ ze or towel the blood should coal￭ es￭ ce into the center leaving a ring if cere￭ bro￭ spinal fluid is present
in oce￭ ano￭ graphy a halo￭ cl￭ ine from greek h￭ als hal￭ o ‘ salt ’ and k￭ lin￭ ein ‘ to slope ’ is a subtype of chem￭ o￭ cl￭ ine caused by a strong vertical sal￭ inity gr￭ adi￭ ent within a body of water because sal￭ inity in concert with temperature affects the density of se￭ aw￭ ater it can play a role in its vertical str￭ ati￭ fication increasing sal￭ inity by one kg m 3 results in an increase of se￭ aw￭ ater density of around 0 7 kg m 3 in the mid￭ lati￭ tudes an excess of evapor￭ ation over precip￭ itation leads to surface waters being sal￭ tier than deep waters in such regions the vertical str￭ ati￭ fication is due to surface waters being warmer than deep waters and the halo￭ cl￭ ine is destabilizing such regions may be prone to salt finger￭ ing a process which results in the preferential mixing of sal￭ inity in certain high latitude regions such as the arctic ocean bering sea and the southern ocean the surface waters are actually col￭ der than the deep waters and the halo￭ cl￭ ine is responsible for maintaining water column stability isolating the surface waters from the deep waters in these regions the halo￭ cl￭ ine is important in allowing for the formation of sea ice and limiting the escape of carbon dioxide to the atmosphere halo￭ cl￭ ines are also found in f￭ j￭ ords and poorly mixed estu￭ aries where fresh water is deposited at the ocean surface
the halo￭ form reaction is a chemical reaction where a halo￭ form ch￭ x 3 where x is a halo￭ gen is produced by the exhaustive halo￭ gen￭ ation of a methyl ke￭ tone a mol￭ ecu￭ le containing the r – co – ch 3 group in the presence of a base r may be al￭ ky￭ l or ar￭ yl the reaction can be used to produce chloro￭ form ch￭ cl 3 bromo￭ form ch￭ br 3 or i￭ odo￭ form chi 3 halo￭ form reaction scheme
halo￭ gen ac￭ ne is caused by io￭ di￭ des bromi￭ des and flu￭ ori￭ des hal￭ ogens that induce an ac￭ nei￭ form eruption similar to that observed with ster￭ oids
a halo￭ gen addition reaction is a simple organic reaction where a halo￭ gen mol￭ ecu￭ le is added to the carbon – carbon double bond of an al￭ k￭ ene functional group the general chemical formula of the halo￭ gen addition reaction is c c x 2 → x − c − c − x x represents the hal￭ ogens bro￭ mine or chlorine and in this case a solvent could be ch 2 cl 2 or cc￭ l 4 the product is a vic￭ inal di￭ hali￭ de this type of reaction is a halo￭ gen￭ ation and an electro￭ phil￭ ic addition
the halo￭ gen dance re￭ arrangement is an organic reaction in which a halo￭ gen substitu￭ ent moves to a new position on an aromatic ring system the reaction belongs to a class of organic reactions called 1 2 re￭ arrangements the original halo￭ gen dance is the base cataly￭ sed re￭ arrangement of 1 2 4 tri￭ bromo￭ benzene to 1 3 5 tri￭ bromo￭ benzene in liquid ammonia with the an￭ il￭ ine potassium base system the intermediate in this reaction is an ar￭ yl car￭ ban￭ ion the halo￭ gen dance concept can be extended from benzene derivatives to other aromatic systems as well for instance fur￭ an and thi￭ op￭ hen￭ e￭ compounds the halo￭ gen dance re￭ arrangement of i￭ odo￭ ox￭ az￭ oles was studied by the stam￭ bul￭ i group
halo￭ gen￭ ation is a chemical reaction that involves the addition of one or more hal￭ ogens to a compound or material de￭ halo￭ gen￭ ation is the reverse of halo￭ gen￭ ation and results in the removal of a halo￭ gen from a mol￭ ecu￭ le the path￭ way and sto￭ ic￭ hi￭ ome￭ try of halo￭ gen￭ ation depends on the structural features and functional groups of the organic sub￭ str￭ ate as well as on the specific halo￭ gen in￭ organic compounds such as metals also undergo halo￭ gen￭ ation
halo￭ geno￭ der￭ mas are skin erup￭ tions that result after exposure to halo￭ gen containing drugs or substances this may last several weeks after drug use is discontinued this is because of the slow elimination rate of io￭ di￭ des and bromi￭ des fluoro￭ der￭ ma is a particular type of halo￭ geno￭ der￭ ma which is caused by flu￭ oride flu￭ oride is present in oral hygiene products such as tooth￭ past￭ es and mouth wash￭ es hence this type of ac￭ ne is seen mostly around the mouth and j￭ aw￭ line acute fluoro￭ der￭ ma has been observed in patients exposed to ana￭ esthe￭ tics containing flu￭ oride such as se￭ vo￭ fl￭ ur￭ ane
in compu￭ tability theory the halting problem is the problem of determining from a description of an arbitrary computer program and an input whether the program will finish running or continue to run forever alan turing proved in 1936 that a general algori￭ thm to solve the halting problem for all possible program input pairs cannot exist a key part of the proof was a mathematical definition of a computer and program which became known as a turing machine the halting problem is undec￭ id￭ able over turing machines it is one of the first examples of a decision problem jack cop￭ eland 2004 attributes the term halting problem to martin davis
hal￭ t￭ los is a german word which means drifting aim￭ less irresponsible
a ham￭ arti￭ a is a focal mal￭ formation consisting of dis￭ organized arrangement of tissue types that are normally present in the anatom￭ ical area a ham￭ arti￭ a is not considered to be a tumor and is distinct from a ham￭ ar￭ tom￭ a which describes a benign ne￭ op￭ las￭ m characterized by tissue mis￭ arrangement similar to a ham￭ arti￭ a i e tissue types that are typical of the area but arranged in an atypical manner
a ham￭ ar￭ tom￭ a is a benign focal mal￭ formation that resembles a ne￭ op￭ las￭ m in the tissue of its origin this is not a m￭ align￭ ant tumor and it grows at the same rate as the surrounding tissues it is composed of tissue elements normally found at that site but which are growing in a dis￭ organized mass they occur in many different parts of the body and are most often as￭ ymp￭ tomatic and un￭ detected unless seen on an image taken for another reason incid￭ ent￭ al￭ oma additionally the definition of ham￭ ar￭ tom￭ a versus benign ne￭ op￭ las￭ m is often unclear since both le￭ sions can be cl￭ onal le￭ sions such as hem￭ an￭ gi￭ om￭ as lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ om￭ as r￭ hab￭ dom￭ y￭ om￭ as aden￭ om￭ as and developmental cy￭ sts within the kidneys lungs or pan￭ cre￭ as are interpreted by some experts as ham￭ ar￭ tom￭ as while others consider them true ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms moreover even though ham￭ ar￭ tom￭ as show a benign his￭ to￭ logy it does not eliminate some rare but life threatening clinical issues such as those found in tuber￭ ous sclerosis and neuro￭ fi￭ bro￭ mat￭ osis type i chor￭ ist￭ om￭ as forms of heter￭ ot￭ op￭ ia are closely related benign tumors found in abnormal locations the two can be differentiated as follows a ham￭ ar￭ tom￭ a is an excess of normal tissue in a normal situation e g a birth￭ mark on the skin while a chor￭ ist￭ oma is an excess of tissue in an abnormal situation e g pan￭ cre￭ atic tissue in the du￭ o￭ den￭ um
in the mathematical field of graph theory the hamil￭ ton￭ ian path problem and the hamil￭ ton￭ ian cycle problem are problems of determining whether a hamil￭ ton￭ ian path a path in an un￭ directed or directed graph that visits each ver￭ tex exactly once or a hamil￭ ton￭ ian cycle exists in a given graph whether directed or un￭ directed both problems are n￭ p complete there is a simple relation between the problems of finding a hamil￭ ton￭ ian path and a hamil￭ ton￭ ian cycle in one direction the hamil￭ ton￭ ian path problem for graph g is equivalent to the hamil￭ ton￭ ian cycle problem in a graph h obtained from g by adding a new ver￭ tex and connecting it to all ver￭ tices of g thus finding a hamil￭ ton￭ ian path cannot be significantly slower in the worst case as a function of the number of ver￭ tices than finding a hamil￭ ton￭ ian cycle in the other direction the hamil￭ ton￭ ian cycle problem for a graph g is equivalent to the hamil￭ ton￭ ian path problem in the graph h obtained by copying one ver￭ tex v of g v that is letting v have the same neighbourhood as v and by adding two dummy ver￭ tices of degree one and connecting them with v and v respectively the hamil￭ ton￭ ian cycle problem is also a special case of the travelling salesman problem obtained by setting the distance between two cities to one if they are adjacent and two otherwise and verifying that the total distance travelled is equal to n if so the route is a hamil￭ ton￭ ian circuit if there is no hamil￭ ton￭ ian circuit then the shortest route will be longer
ham￭ man s syndrome also known as mack￭ lin s syndrome is a syndrome of spontaneous sub￭ cu￭ taneous emph￭ ys￭ ema air in the sub￭ cu￭ taneous tissues of the skin and pneu￭ mom￭ edi￭ ast￭ inum air in the medi￭ ast￭ inum the center of the chest cav￭ ity sometimes associated with pain and less commonly dy￭ sp￭ ne￭ a difficulty breathing dy￭ sp￭ hon￭ ia and a low grade fever ham￭ man s syndrome can cause ham￭ man s sign an unusual combination of sounds that can be heard with a st￭ eth￭ o￭ scope
a hammer is a type of bul￭ lish reversal can￭ d￭ les￭ tick pattern made up of just one candle found in price charts of financial assets the candle looks like a hammer as it has a long lower wick and a short body at the top of the can￭ d￭ les￭ tick with little or no upper wick in order for a candle to be a valid hammer most traders say the lower wick must be two times greater than the size of the body portion of the candle and the body of the candle must be at the upper end of the trading range when you see the hammer form in a down￭ trend this is a sign of a potential reversal in the market as the long lower wick represents a period of trading where the sellers were initially in control but the buyers were able to reverse that control and drive prices back up to close near the high for the day thus the short body at the top of the candle after seeing this chart pattern form in the market most traders will wait for the next period to open higher than the close of the previous period to confirm that the buyers are actually in control two additional things that traders will look for to place more significance on the pattern are a long lower wick and an increase in volume for the time period that formed the hammer
a hammer toe or contracted toe is a de￭ form￭ ity of the proxim￭ al inter￭ p￭ hal￭ ange￭ al joint of the second third or fourth toe causing it to be permanently bent resembling a hammer mal￭ let toe is a similar condition affecting the dis￭ tal inter￭ p￭ hal￭ ange￭ al joint cla￭ w toe is another similar condition with dor￭ si￭ fl￭ ex￭ ion of the proxim￭ al p￭ hal￭ an￭ x on the lesser met￭ at￭ ar￭ sop￭ hal￭ ange￭ al joint combined with fl￭ ex￭ ion of both the proxim￭ al and dis￭ tal inter￭ p￭ hal￭ ange￭ al joints cla￭ w toe can affect the second third fourth or fifth toes
the hammer￭ smith ghost murder case of 18￭ 04 set a legal precedent in the uk regarding self defence whether someone could be held liable for their actions even if they were the consequence of a mistaken belief near the end of 18￭ 03 a number of people claimed to have seen and even been attacked by a ghost in the hammer￭ smith area of london a ghost believed by locals to be the spirit of a suicide victim on 3 january 18￭ 04 a member of one of the armed patrols set up in the wake of the reports shot and killed a pl￭ aster￭ er thomas mill￭ wood mis￭ taking the white clothes of mill￭ wood s trade for a gho￭ stly appar￭ ition the culprit a 29 year old excise officer named francis smith was found guilty of murder and sentenced to death commu￭ ted to one year s hard labour the issues surrounding the case were not settled for 180 years until a court of appeal decision in 1984
the ham￭ mick reaction named after dal￭ zi￭ el ham￭ mick is a chemical reaction in which the thermal dec￭ ar￭ box￭ yl￭ ation of α pi￭ co￭ lin￭ ic or related acids in the presence of carbon￭ yl compounds forms 2 py￭ ri￭ dy￭ l car￭ bin￭ ols the ham￭ mick reaction using p cy￭ men￭ e as solvent has been shown to increase yields
in sword￭ smi￭ thing ham￭ on 刃￭ 文 ham￭ on from japanese literally blade pattern is a visual effect created on the blade by the hard￭ ening process the ham￭ on is the outline of the hardened zone yak￭ i￭ ba which contains the cutting edge ha bl￭ ades made in this manner are known as differ￭ entially hardened with a harder cutting edge than sp￭ ine or mun￭ e for example mun￭ e 40 hr￭ c vs ha 58 hr￭ c this difference in hard￭ ness results from clay being applied on the blade prior to the cooling process qu￭ en￭ ching less or no clay allows the ha to cool faster making it harder but more brit￭ tle while more clay allows the mun￭ e to cool slower and retain its resilience the ham￭ on outlines the transition between the region of harder mar￭ ten￭ si￭ tic steel at the blade s edge and the sof￭ ter pear￭ li￭ tic steel at the center and back of the sword this difference in hard￭ ness is the objective of the process the appearance is purely a side effect however the aesthetic qualities of the ham￭ on are quite valuable — not only as proof of the differential hard￭ ening treatment but also in its artistic value — and the patterns can be quite complex many modern re￭ productions do not have natural ham￭ on because they are thoroughly hardened mono￭ steel the appearance of a ham￭ on is reproduced via various processes such as acid et￭ ching sand￭ bl￭ asting or more crude ones such as wire bru￭ shing some modern re￭ productions with natural ham￭ on are also subjected to acid et￭ ching to enhance that ham￭ on s prominence a true ham￭ on can be easily discer￭ ned by the presence of a ni￭ oi which is a bright spec￭ k￭ led line a few milli￭ meters wide following the length of the ham￭ on the ni￭ oi is typically best viewed at long angles and cannot be fa￭ ked with et￭ ching or other methods when viewed through a magni￭ fying lens the ni￭ oi appears as a spar￭ kly line being made up of many bright mart￭ ens￭ ite grains which are surrounded by darker sof￭ ter pear￭ lite
hand foot and mouth disease h￭ fmd is a common infection caused by a group of viruses it typically begins with a fever and feeling generally un￭ well this is followed a day or two later by flat dis￭ colored spots or bu￭ mps that may bl￭ ister on the hands feet and mouth and occasionally but￭ toc￭ ks and gro￭ in signs and symptoms normally appear 3 – 6 days after exposure to the virus the rash generally goes away on its own in about a week finger￭ nail and to￭ en￭ ail loss may occur a few weeks later and these then reg￭ row the viruses that cause h￭ fmd are spread through close personal contact through the air from cou￭ gh￭ ing and the f￭ ec￭ es of an infected person contaminated objects can also spread the disease co￭ x￭ s￭ ack￭ i￭ evi￭ rus a 16 is the most common cause and enter￭ o￭ virus 71 is the second most common cause other strains of co￭ x￭ s￭ ack￭ i￭ evi￭ rus and enter￭ o￭ virus can also be responsible some people may carry and pass on the virus despite having no symptoms of disease other animals are not involved diagnosis can often be made based on symptoms occasionally throat or sto￭ ol sample may be tested for the virus hand￭ washing may prevent spread and those infected should not go to work day￭ care or school no anti￭ viral medication or vaccine is available but development efforts are underway most cases require no specific treatment simple pain medication such as i￭ bu￭ prof￭ en or num￭ bing mouth gel may be used occasionally intra￭ ven￭ ous fluids are given to children who are unable to drink enough rarely viral men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis or en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis may complicate the disease h￭ fmd occurs in all areas of the world it often occurs in small outbreaks in nursery schools or kinder￭ gar￭ tens large outbreaks have been occurring in asia since 1997 it usually occurs during the spring summer and fall months typically it occurs in children less than five years old but can occasionally occur in adults h￭ fmd should not be confused with foot and mouth disease also known as ho￭ of and mouth disease which mostly affects livestock
hand foot genital syndrome h￭ f￭ gs is characterized by limb mal￭ formations and u￭ ro￭ genital defects mild bilateral shortening of the thum￭ bs and great toes caused primarily by shortening of the dis￭ tal p￭ hal￭ an￭ x and or the first me￭ tac￭ ar￭ pal or met￭ at￭ ar￭ sal is the most common limb mal￭ formation and results in impaired d￭ exter￭ ity or ap￭ position of the thum￭ bs u￭ ro￭ genital ab￭ norm￭ alities include ab￭ norm￭ alities of the u￭ re￭ ters and u￭ re￭ th￭ ra and various degrees of incomplete mü￭ ll￭ er￭ ian fusion in females and hypo￭ sp￭ adi￭ as of variable severity with or without chor￭ dee in males ve￭ si￭ cou￭ re￭ ter￭ al ref￭ lux recurrent ur￭ inary tract infections and chronic p￭ yel￭ on￭ eph￭ ri￭ tis are common fertility is normal
a hand de￭ form￭ ity is a disorder of the hand that can be con￭ genital or acquired an example is mad￭ el￭ ung s de￭ form￭ ity
hand ecz￭ ema presents on the pal￭ ms and sol￭ es and may sometimes be difficult or impossible to differentiate from at￭ op￭ ic der￭ mati￭ tis allergic contact der￭ mati￭ tis and ps￭ ori￭ asis which also commonly involve the hands even a biopsy of all these conditions may not result in a definitive diagnosis as all three conditions may demonstrate spongi￭ osis and cru￭ sting on the hands non communicable infl￭ amm￭ ation of the skin of the hands is referred to as hand ecz￭ ema hand ecz￭ ema is widely prevalent and as it is a very visible condition associated with severe it￭ ching or pain has serious consequences for the affected person including a high psychological impact different disease patterns can be identified according to the course of the illness appearance of symptoms degree of severity or cataly￭ sts prog￭ no￭ sis is hard to predict for individual cases of chronic hand ecz￭ ema and usually differs from patient to patient successful treatment depends on determining the causes of the condition obtaining an accurate diagnosis sustainable hand protection procedures and an early extensive and where appropriate internal treatment
the hand is a very complex organ with multiple joints different types of lig￭ ament tend￭ ons and nerves with constant use it is no wonder that hand disease injuries are common in society hand injuries can result from excessive use degenerative disorders or trauma trauma to the finger or the hand is quite common in society in some particular cases the entire finger may be subject to ampu￭ tation the majority of traumatic injuries are work related today skilled hand surgeons can sometimes re￭ attach the finger or thumb using micro￭ surgery sometimes traumatic injuries may result in loss of skin and plastic surgeons may place skin and muscle graf￭ ts
the hand of bene￭ diction results from prolonged compression or injury of the median nerve or the ul￭ nar nerve at the fore￭ arm or el￭ bow with median nerve compression the bene￭ diction sign only appears when the patient attempts to make a fist but is not present with the hand open with ul￭ nar nerve compression the bene￭ diction sign only appears when the patient attempts to extend all fingers but is not present with the hand closed the term hand of bene￭ diction more frequently refers to damage of the median nerve however median nerve injury prevents the ability to flex the 2 nd and 3 rd digit me￭ tac￭ ar￭ pop￭ hal￭ ange￭ al joint this is due to the loss of in￭ ner￭ vation of the lateral 2 l￭ umb￭ ric￭ als of the hand and the lateral half of the fl￭ ex￭ or dig￭ it￭ orum pro￭ fun￭ dus the ext￭ ens￭ or dig￭ it￭ orum is left un￭ opposed and the me￭ tac￭ ar￭ pop￭ hal￭ ange￭ al joints of the 2 nd and 3 rd digits remain extended while attempting to make a fist ul￭ nar nerve injury prevents the ability to extend the 4 th and 5 th digits by imp￭ airing the 3 rd and 4 th l￭ umb￭ ric￭ als which results in the inability to extend the proxim￭ al and dis￭ tal inter￭ p￭ hal￭ ange￭ al joints the name arises from the inv￭ oc￭ ation of a blessing used in christian circles see bene￭ diction
a hand pay or hand￭ pay is a condition where a slot machine cannot pay the patron in the typical manner requiring the casino staff such as the floor attendant or cas￭ hi￭ er to pay the customer out manu￭ ally i e by hand in casinos which use coin in coin out systems a hand pay may be caused by a coin jam inadequate supply of coins in the machine s hop￭ per to pay the requested amount or other problem with the coin out mechanism a hand pay can also be triggered when the win is large enough that the number of coins required to pay out the win would be excessive in casinos that use ticket in ticket out cash￭ less systems a hand pay can be caused by communication or other issues with the ticket printer more frequently it is caused by communication problems with the server which tracks and as￭ signs ticket serial numbers hand pays also occur whenever the amount of the win is over the minimum taxable win amount for the jurisdiction that the machine is in this allows the floor attendant to collect the patron s identification and tax id numbers such as the social security number in the united states and other pertinent information such as the winning combination the patron is then provided with the applicable tax forms in the united states a hand pay will normally occur for all wins over 1 200 which is the amount above which win￭ nings must be reported to the irs some states may have lower thresholds where the taxes must be reported to the state revenue office citizens of the united states winning in that country will receive a w 2 g tax form and often a w 9 form to validate that the social security number they provided is correct to perform a hand pay a floor attendant may complete a form which the patron presents to the cash cage to be paid out in other casinos the floor attendant will retri￭ eve the funds and pay the patron directly the latter is typical for hand pays resulting from taxable wins most casinos will require an electronic record of the hand pay to be made through the slot accounting system
field hand￭ ball at the 1936 summer olympics was the first appearance of the sport at the olympics it was contested by six teams the six teams were split into two groups of three each team played the other two teams in its group once the top two teams in each group advanced to the final round while the third ranked teams played each other for fifth and sixth places in the final round each team played all three other teams once final rankings were based on the records of each team in those three games
hand￭ ball at the 1972 summer olympics was the second appearance of the sport at the olympics returning to the olympic program after a 36 year absence it was contested by sixteen teams the teams were split into four groups of four teams each each team played every other team in its group the lowest team in group a played the lowest in group b while the lowest in groups c and d played each other the winners of those games played each other for 13 th and 14 th places while the losers played each other for 15 th and 16 th the third ranked teams in groups a and b also played each as did those in groups c and d again the winners of those games played each other this time for 9 th and 10 th places the losers played for 11 th and 12 th places the top two teams in each group advanced to the main round those from groups a and b became group i while those from groups c and d became group ii another round robin was played within those groups with the results from the preliminary round carrying over the fourth ranked teams in each of the two main round groups played each other for 7 th and 8 th place the third ranked teams played against each other for 5 th and 6 th place the second ranked teams played for the bron￭ ze medal and 4 th place the top teams in group i and group ii played each other for the gold and silver medals
han￭ di￭ go￭ du syndrome is a rare and painful o￭ ste￭ o￭ ar￭ thri￭ tic disorder endemic to the mal￭ n￭ ad region in the state of kar￭ nat￭ aka india also known as han￭ di￭ go￭ du joint disease it derives its name from the village of han￭ di￭ go￭ du in the sag￭ ara tal￭ uk of the shim￭ og￭ a district of kar￭ nat￭ aka where it was first noticed this disease currently has no cure scientifically it is termed as endemic famili￭ al ar￭ thri￭ tis of mal￭ n￭ ad since the day it was discovered it has claimed over 1000 lives and has left many people crippled apart from sag￭ ara tal￭ uk the disease has also been reported from the kop￭ pa nar￭ asi￭ m￭ har￭ a￭ jap￭ ura and s￭ ring￭ eri tal￭ u￭ ks of chi￭ k￭ kam￭ ag￭ al￭ ur￭ u district
handwriting recognition or h￭ w￭ r is the ability of a computer to receive and interpret intelligible hand￭ written input from sources such as paper documents photographs touch screens and other devices the image of the written text may be sensed off line from a piece of paper by optical scanning optical character recognition or intelligent word recognition alternatively the movements of the pen tip may be sensed on line for example by a pen based computer screen surface a generally easier task as there are more clues available handwriting recognition principally entails optical character recognition however a complete handwriting recognition system also handles form￭ at￭ ting performs correct segm￭ entation into characters and finds the most plausible words
hand – sch￭ ü￭ ller – christian disease is associated with multi￭ focal lang￭ er￭ hans cell his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis it is associated with a tri￭ ad of ex￭ oph￭ thal￭ mos ly￭ tic bone le￭ sions often in the skull and diabetes insi￭ pi￭ dus from pit￭ u￭ itary stal￭ k infiltr￭ ation it is named for alfred hand ar￭ tur sch￭ ü￭ ller and henry as￭ bury christian
a hanging man is a type of bear￭ ish reversal pattern made up of just one candle found in an up￭ trend of price charts of financial assets it has a long lower wick and a short body at the top of the can￭ d￭ les￭ tick with little or no upper wick in order for a candle to be a valid hanging man most traders say the lower wick must be two times greater than the size of the body portion of the candle and the body of the candle must be at the upper end of the trading range
hanging miniature is an in camera special effect similar to a mat￭ te shot where a model rather than a painting is placed in foreground and the action takes place in the background it is thus a specific form of forced perspective
hang￭ man s frac￭ ture is the col￭ lo￭ qu￭ ial name given to a frac￭ ture of both pe￭ dic￭ les or par￭ s inter￭ artic￭ ul￭ aris of the axis verte￭ bra c 2 or ep￭ ist￭ ro￭ ph￭ eus
a hangover is the experience of various unpleasant physiological and psychological effects following the consumption of ethanol as found in wine beer and distilled spirits hango￭ vers can last for several hours or for more than 24 hours typical symptoms of a hangover may include headache drow￭ sin￭ ess concentration problems dry mouth di￭ zz￭ iness fatigue gastro￭ intest￭ inal distress e g v￭ om￭ iting absence of hunger swe￭ ating naus￭ ea hyper exc￭ itability and anxiety while the causes of a hangover are still poorly understood several factors are known to be involved including ace￭ tal￭ de￭ hyde accumulation changes in the immune system and glucose metabol￭ ism dehydr￭ ation metabol￭ ic aci￭ do￭ sis disturbed pro￭ stag￭ land￭ in synthesis increased cardiac output vas￭ o￭ dil￭ ation sleep deprivation and malnutrition bever￭ age specific effects of additives or by products such as con￭ gen￭ ers in alcoholic beverages also play an important role the symptoms occur typically after the in￭ tox￭ ic￭ ating effect of the alcohol begins to wear off generally the morning after a night of heavy drinking though many possible remedies and folk cures have been suggested there is no compelling evidence to suggest that any are effective for preventing or treating alcohol hangover avoiding alcohol or drinking in moderation are the most effective ways to avoid a hangover the socioeconomic consequences and health risks of alcohol hangover include workplace ab￭ sent￭ ee￭ ism impaired job performance reduced productivity and poor academic achievement a hangover may also compromise potentially dangerous daily activities such as driving a car or operating heavy machinery
han￭ hart syndrome is a con￭ genital disorder that causes an un￭ developed tongue and mal￭ formed extre￭ mi￭ ties and fingers
hansen s problem is a problem in plan￭ ar surve￭ ying named after the astro￭ no￭ mer peter andreas hansen 17￭ 95 – 18￭ 74 who worked on the geo￭ de￭ tic survey of denmark there are two known points a and b and two unknown points p 1 and p 2 from p 1 and p 2 an observer measures the angles made by the lines of sight to each of the other three points the problem is to find the positions of p 1 and p 2 see figure the angles measured are α 1 β 1 α 2 β 2 since it involves observations of angles made at unknown points the problem is an example of res￭ ection as opposed to inter￭ section
han￭ ta￭ viruses are single stranded envelop￭ ed negative sense r￭ na viruses in the bun￭ y￭ avi￭ ri￭ da￭ e family which can kill humans they normally infect ro￭ dents and do not cause disease in these hosts humans may become infected with han￭ ta￭ viruses through contact with ro￭ dent urine sali￭ va or f￭ ec￭ es some strains of han￭ ta￭ viruses cause potentially fatal diseases in humans such as han￭ ta￭ virus hemorrha￭ gic fever with ren￭ al syndrome h￭ frs and han￭ ta￭ virus pul￭ mon￭ ary syndrome h￭ ps — also known as han￭ ta￭ virus cardi￭ op￭ ul￭ mon￭ ary syndrome h￭ c￭ ps — while others have not been associated with known human disease h￭ ps h￭ c￭ ps is a rare respiratory illness associated with the inhal￭ ation of aero￭ soli￭ zed ro￭ dent ex￭ cre￭ ta urine and f￭ ec￭ es contaminated by han￭ ta￭ virus particles human infections of han￭ ta￭ viruses have almost entirely been linked to human contact with ro￭ dent ex￭ cre￭ ment but recent human to human transmission has been reported with the an￭ des virus in south america han￭ ta￭ virus is named for the han￭ tan river area in south korea where an early outbreak was observed the virus was isolated in the late 1970 s by karl m johnson and ho wang lee
the han￭ tz￭ sch py￭ ri￭ dine synthesis or han￭ tz￭ sch di￭ hydro￭ py￭ ri￭ dine synthesis is a multi component organic reaction between an alde￭ hyde such as form￭ alde￭ hyde 2 equivalents of a β ke￭ to ester such as ethyl ace￭ to￭ acetate and a nitrogen donor such as ammonium acetate or ammonia the initial reaction product is a di￭ hydro￭ py￭ ri￭ dine which can be ox￭ idi￭ zed in a subsequent step to a py￭ ri￭ dine the driving force for this second reaction step is aromati￭ zation this reaction was reported in 18￭ 81 by arthur ru￭ dol￭ f han￭ tz￭ sch a 1 4 di￭ hydro￭ py￭ ri￭ dine dic￭ ar￭ box￭ y￭ late is also called a 1 4 d￭ h￭ p compound or a han￭ tz￭ sch compound these compounds are an important class of calcium channel bloc￭ kers and as such commerci￭ alized in for instance ni￭ fe￭ di￭ pine am￭ lo￭ di￭ pine or nim￭ o￭ di￭ pine the reaction has been demonstrated to proceed in water as reaction solvent and with direct aromati￭ zation by fer￭ ric chloride man￭ g￭ anese dioxide or potassium perman￭ gan￭ ate in a one pot synthesis han￭ tz￭ sch reaction with ammonium acetate ethyl ace￭ to￭ acetate form￭ alde￭ hyde and fer￭ ric chloride the han￭ tz￭ sch di￭ hydro￭ py￭ ri￭ dine synthesis is found to benefit from microwave chemistry
the han￭ tz￭ sch py￭ r￭ role synthesis named for arthur ru￭ dol￭ f han￭ tz￭ sch is the chemical reaction of β ke￭ to￭ esters 1 with ammonia or primary am￭ ines and α halo￭ ke￭ tones 2 to give substituted py￭ r￭ roles 3 py￭ r￭ roles are found in a variety of natural products with biological activity so the synthesis of substituted py￭ r￭ roles has important applications in medicinal chemistry alternative methods for synthe￭ sizing py￭ r￭ roles exist such as the k￭ nor￭ r py￭ r￭ role synthesis and pa￭ al k￭ nor￭ r synthesis the han￭ tz￭ ch py￭ r￭ role synthesis
hap￭ al￭ ony￭ ch￭ ia also known as egg shell nail is a condition in which the top of a toe or finger nail becomes soft and thin causing it to bend or break this condition can manifest as a result of genetic discrepancy and may also occur due to malnutrition and deb￭ ility nails are often a representation of the internal nutritional of health although overall well being is not typically determined by nail health f￭ issu￭ res breaks and calcium spots are minor indications of inner health hap￭ al￭ ony￭ ch￭ ia may also be attributed to my￭ x￭ e￭ dem￭ a r￭ heu￭ mato￭ id ar￭ thri￭ tis an￭ ore￭ x￭ ia bu￭ li￭ mia hansen s disease ray￭ n￭ aud phenomenon oral re￭ tin￭ o￭ id therapy or radio￭ der￭ mati￭ tis
hap￭ nes bom￭ an ske￭ ie syndrome is a rare genetic disorder first described by s￭ vel￭ n hap￭ nes et al in 1980 it is characterized by sub￭ cu￭ taneous an￭ gi￭ oli￭ po￭ mas around the w￭ rists knees and an￭ kles it is also known as anom￭ alous insertion of ext￭ ens￭ or tend￭ ons of fingers a name derived from the condition that the tend￭ ons of the fingers are attached in such a way that the fingers cannot open or close normally though the tumors extend deeply into the muscle tissue joints and tend￭ ons the tumors did not invade these structures
har￭ am￭ aki japanese 腹￭ 巻 lit bell￭ y￭ band are items of japanese clothing that cover the stomach they are worn for health and fashion reasons
the hard problem of consciousness is the problem of explaining how and why we have quali￭ a or phenomen￭ al experiences — how sens￭ ations acquire characteristics such as colors and tastes the philosopher david chal￭ mers who introduced the term hard problem of consciousness contrasts this with the easy problems of explaining the ability to discriminate integrate information report mental states focus attention etc easy problems are easy because all that is required for their solution is to specify a mechanism that can perform the function that is their proposed solutions regardless of how complex or poorly understood they may be can be entirely consistent with the modern materi￭ alistic conception of natural phenomena chal￭ mers claims that the problem of experience is distinct from this set and he argues that the problem of experience will persist even when the performance of all the relevant functions is explained the existence of a hard problem is controversial and has been disputed by philosophers such as daniel den￭ nett and cognitive neuro￭ scientists such as stan￭ isl￭ as dehaene clinical neuro￭ logist and skep￭ tic steven novel￭ la has dismissed it as the hard non problem
har￭ der￭ op￭ or￭ phy￭ ria is a rare disorder of hem￭ e bio￭ synthesis inherited in an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive manner caused by specific mutations in the c￭ pox gene mutations in c￭ pox usually cause hereditary co￭ propor￭ phy￭ ria an acute he￭ p￭ atic por￭ phy￭ ria however the k 404 e mutation in a homo￭ zy￭ g￭ ous or compound hetero￭ zy￭ g￭ ous state with a null alle￭ le cause the more severe har￭ der￭ op￭ or￭ phy￭ ria har￭ der￭ op￭ or￭ phy￭ ria is the first known metabol￭ ic disorder where the disease phen￭ o￭ type depended on the type and location of the mutations in a gene associated with multiple disorders in contrast with other por￭ phy￭ ri￭ as which typically present with either cu￭ taneous le￭ sions after exposure to sunlight or acute neuro￭ vis￭ cer￭ al attack at any age most commonly in adul￭ thood har￭ der￭ op￭ or￭ phy￭ ria is characterized by ja￭ und￭ ice an￭ emia enlarged liver and sp￭ leen often presenting in the ne￭ on￭ atal period later in life these individuals may present with photo￭ sensitivity similar to that found in cu￭ taneous por￭ phy￭ ri￭ as bio￭ chemically har￭ der￭ op￭ or￭ phy￭ ria presents with a distinct pattern of increased har￭ der￭ op￭ or￭ phy￭ rin 2 vinyl 4 6 7 tri￭ pro￭ pi￭ onic acid por￭ phy￭ rin in urine and particularly in f￭ ec￭ es a metabol￭ ite that is not seen in significant quantities in any other por￭ phy￭ ria enzyme tests show markedly reduced activity of co￭ propor￭ phy￭ rin￭ o￭ gen oxid￭ ase compared to both unaffected individuals and those affected with hereditary co￭ propor￭ phy￭ ria consistent with rec￭ essive inheritance har￭ der￭ op￭ or￭ phy￭ ria is a rare condition with less than 10 cases reported worldwide it may be under￭ diagnosed as it does not have the typical presentation associated with a por￭ phy￭ ria it was identified as a variant type of co￭ propor￭ phy￭ ria in 1983 in a family with three children identified at birth with ja￭ und￭ ice and hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic an￭ emia there is no standard treatment for har￭ der￭ op￭ or￭ phy￭ ria care is mainly focused on the management of symptoms
harding at￭ ax￭ ia also known as early onset cere￭ bell￭ ar at￭ ax￭ ia with retained refl￭ exes e￭ o￭ car￭ r is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive cere￭ bell￭ ar at￭ ax￭ ia originally described by harding in 1981 this form of cere￭ bell￭ ar at￭ ax￭ ia is similar to fried￭ reich at￭ ax￭ ia including that it results in poor refl￭ exes and balance but differs in several ways including the absence of diabetes mell￭ it￭ us op￭ tic atro￭ phy cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy sk￭ el￭ etal ab￭ norm￭ alities and the fact that tend￭ on refl￭ exes in the arms and knees remain intact this form of at￭ ax￭ ia is characterized by onset in the first 20 years and is less severe than fried￭ reich at￭ ax￭ ia additional cases were diagnosed in 1989 1990 1991 and 1998
in mathematics har￭ ish chan￭ dra s c function is a function related to the intertw￭ ining operator between two principal series representations that appears in the plan￭ ch￭ erel measure for s￭ emis￭ im￭ ple lie groups har￭ ish chan￭ dra introduced a special case of it defined in terms of the as￭ ymp￭ to￭ tic behavior of a z￭ onal spher￭ ical function of a lie group and har￭ ish chan￭ dra introduced a more general c function called har￭ ish chan￭ dra s generalized c function g￭ indi￭ kin and kar￭ p￭ elev￭ ich introduced the g￭ indi￭ kin – kar￭ p￭ elev￭ ich formula a product formula for har￭ ish chan￭ dra s c function
in mathematical harmon￭ ic analysis har￭ ish chan￭ dra s ξ function is a special spher￭ ical function on a s￭ emis￭ im￭ ple lie group studied by har￭ ish chan￭ dra section 16 har￭ ish chan￭ dra used it to define har￭ ish chan￭ dra s schwar￭ tz space 4 5 gives a detailed description of the properties of ξ
har￭ le￭ quin type ich￭ thy￭ osis is a very rare severe genetic disease which causes thick￭ ening of the skin at birth the child ’ s whole body is en￭ c￭ ased in an armour of thick white plates of skin separated with deep cracks in addition the eyes ears penis and limbs may be abnormally contracted because of resultant cracked skin in locations where normal skin would fold it is easily preg￭ n￭ able by bacteria and other contaminants which can result in serious risk of fatal infection it is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive con￭ genital ich￭ thy￭ osis which is a group of non￭ syndro￭ mic disorders of ker￭ at￭ ini￭ zation it is associated with a mutation in the gene for the protein ab￭ ca 12 the disease can be diagnosed in the uter￭ us by way of fe￭ tal skin biopsy or by analysis of am￭ ni￭ otic fluid cells obtained by am￭ ni￭ oc￭ ent￭ esis common features of the disease can be recognized through ul￭ tras￭ ound and follow up with 3 d ul￭ tras￭ ound to diagnose the condition ul￭ tras￭ ound can reveal abnormal facial features with ec￭ tro￭ p￭ ion ec￭ lab￭ ium short foot length incur￭ ved toes cl￭ en￭ ched f￭ ists poor deline￭ ation of no￭ stri￭ ls and poly￭ hy￭ dram￭ ni￭ os constant care is required to mois￭ tur￭ ise and protect the skin the overall rate of har￭ le￭ quin ich￭ thy￭ osis is 1 in 300 000 births the har￭ le￭ quin type designation comes from the diamond shape of the scales at birth resembling the costume of ar￭ lec￭ chin￭ o
har￭ le￭ quin color change is a cu￭ taneous condition seen in new￭ born babies characterized by mom￭ entary red color changes of half the child sharply demarc￭ ated at the body s mid￭ line this transi￭ ent change occurs in approximately 10 of healthy new￭ bor￭ ns it is seen usually between two and five days of birth the condition lasts from 30 seconds to 20 minutes and then f￭ ades it may recur when the infant is placed on his or her side as the intensity of color has been shown to be gravity dependent and considerably variable from one infant to another the dark red color skin of the new￭ born with har￭ le￭ quin signs indicates poly￭ cy￭ them￭ ia poly￭ cy￭ them￭ ia is common in pre￭ term infants because of the presence of fe￭ tal red blood cells r￭ b￭ cs the condition is also often seen in healthy new￭ bor￭ ns although associations like with pre￭ maturity low birth weight hypo￭ x￭ ia systemic use of pro￭ stag￭ land￭ in e 1 or in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial injury men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis and even an￭ esthesia has been mentioned in the literature probable differential diagnosis are port wine stain and nascent hem￭ an￭ gi￭ oma of infancy but these can be differentiated due to transi￭ ent nature of this condition hypothe￭ sized patho￭ genesis involves temporary imbalance in the tone of cu￭ taneous blood vessels secondary to hypo￭ thal￭ am￭ ic im￭ maturity this condition was first described by ne￭ lig￭ an and str￭ ang in 1952 and was named so
har￭ le￭ quin syndrome is a condition characterized by asymmetric swe￭ ating and flu￭ shing on the upper thor￭ ac￭ ic region of the chest the neck and the face it is caused by sustaining an injury to the sympathetic nervous system listed as a rare disease har￭ le￭ quin syndrome affects fewer than 200 000 people in the united states it can also be the outcome of a unilateral endo￭ scopic thor￭ ac￭ ic sympath￭ ec￭ tomy ets or endo￭ scopic sympathetic blockade es￭ b surgery see endo￭ scopic thor￭ ac￭ ic sympath￭ ec￭ tomy
in psychology harm avoidance ha is a personality trait characterized by excessive worrying pessimism sh￭ y￭ ness and being fearful doubtful and easily fati￭ gu￭ ed in m￭ ri studies ha was correlated with reduced grey matter volume in the or￭ bi￭ to frontal oc￭ ci￭ p￭ ital and par￭ ie￭ tal regions harm avoidance is a temper￭ ament assessed in the temper￭ ament and character inventory t￭ ci its revised version t￭ ci r and the tri￭ dimensional personality questionnaire t￭ p￭ q and is positively related to the trait neuro￭ ticism and inver￭ sely to extra￭ version in the revised neo personality inventory and the ey￭ sen￭ ck personality questionnaire researchers have cont￭ ended that harm avoidance represents a composite personality dimension with neuro￭ tic intro￭ version at one end of the spectrum and stable extra￭ version at the other end harm avoidance has also been found to have moderate in￭ verse relationships with consci￭ enti￭ ousness and openness to experience in the five factor model the ha of t￭ p￭ q and t￭ ci r has four sub￭ scales 1 anticip￭ atory worry ha 1 2 fear of uncertainty ha 2 3 sh￭ y￭ ness sh￭ y￭ ness with strangers ha 3 4 fati￭ g￭ ability fati￭ g￭ ability and asth￭ enia ha 4 it has been suggested that ha is related to high sero￭ ton￭ er￭ gic activity and much research has gone into investigating the link between ha and components of the sero￭ ton￭ in system e g genetic variation in 5 h￭ tt￭ l￭ pr in the sero￭ ton￭ in transporter gene
in mathematics a weak ma￭ ass form is a smooth function f on the upper half plane transforming like a mod￭ ular form under the action of the mod￭ ular group being an ei￭ gen￭ function of the corresponding hyper￭ bol￭ ic lap￭ l￭ ace operator and having at most linear exponential growth at the cus￭ ps if the ei￭ gen￭ value of f under the lap￭ lac￭ ian is zero then f is called a harmon￭ ic weak ma￭ ass form or briefly a harmon￭ ic ma￭ ass form a weak ma￭ ass form which has actually moderate growth at the cus￭ ps is a classical ma￭ ass wave form the fou￭ rier expan￭ sions of harmon￭ ic ma￭ ass forms often en￭ code interesting combin￭ atorial arithmetic or geome￭ tric generating functions regul￭ arized the￭ ta lifts of harmon￭ ic ma￭ ass forms can be used to construct ar￭ ak￭ el￭ ov green functions for special divis￭ ors on orth￭ og￭ onal shim￭ ura varieties
the harmon￭ ic seventh ch￭ ord is a major tri￭ ad plus the harmon￭ ic seventh interval ratio of 7 4 about 9￭ 68 8￭ 26 cents this interval is somewhat narrower about 48 77 cents a sep￭ tim￭ al quarter tone and is swee￭ ter in quality than an ordinary minor seventh which has a just int￭ on￭ ation ratio of 9 5 1017 596 cents or an equal temper￭ ament ratio of 1000 cents 25 6 1 frequent use of this ch￭ ord is one of the defining characteristics of blues and bar￭ ber￭ shop harmony bar￭ ber￭ shop￭ pers refer to it as the bar￭ ber￭ shop seventh since bar￭ ber￭ shop music tends to be sung in just int￭ on￭ ation the bar￭ ber￭ shop seventh ch￭ ord may be accurately termed a harmon￭ ic seventh ch￭ ord the harmon￭ ic seventh ch￭ ord is also widely used in blues fla￭ vored music as guit￭ ars pi￭ anos and other equal temper￭ ament instruments cannot play this ch￭ ord it is frequently approxim￭ ated by a dominant seventh ch￭ ord as a result it is often called a dominant seventh ch￭ ord and written with the same symbols such as the blues progression i 7 v 7 iv 7 a frequently encountered example of the harmon￭ ic seventh ch￭ ord is the last word of the and many more modern addition to the song happy birthday to you when sung by professional sing￭ ers the harmony on the word more typically takes the form of a harmon￭ ic seventh ch￭ ord the alpha scale has excellent harmon￭ ic seventh ch￭ ords using the in￭ version of 7 4 i e 8 7 it is suggested that the harmon￭ ic seventh on the dominant not be used as a suspension since this would create a mis￭ tuned fourth over the tonic the harmon￭ ic seventh of g f 7 is lower than the perfect fourth over c f ♮ by arch￭ y￭ tas comma 27 25 cents 22 equal temper￭ ament avoids this problem because it temp￭ ers out this comma while still offering a reasonably good approximation of the harmon￭ ic seventh ch￭ ord
har￭ p￭ ist s fingers are a cu￭ taneous condition caused by the repeti￭ tive playing of the har￭ p
harrison syndrome is a type of chronic g￭ out associated with presence of top￭ hi
har￭ tn￭ up disease also known as p￭ ell￭ ag￭ ra like der￭ mat￭ osis and har￭ tn￭ up disorder is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive metabol￭ ic disorder affecting the absorption of non￭ polar amino acids particularly try￭ pt￭ oph￭ an that can be in turn converted into sero￭ ton￭ in mel￭ at￭ on￭ in and ni￭ ac￭ in ni￭ ac￭ in is a precursor to nico￭ tin￭ amide a necessary component of n￭ ad the caus￭ ative gene sl￭ c 6 a 19 is located on chro￭ mo￭ some 5
hash￭ im￭ oto s encephalopathy also known as ster￭ o￭ id responsive encephalopathy associated with auto￭ immune thyro￭ idi￭ tis s￭ re￭ at is a ne￭ ou￭ ro￭ logical condition characterized by encephalopathy thyro￭ id auto￭ immunity and good clinical response to ster￭ oids it is associated with hash￭ im￭ oto s thyro￭ idi￭ tis it was first described in 1966 it is sometimes referred to as a neuro￭ endocrine disorder although the condition s relationship to the endocrine system is widely disputed it is recognized as a rare disease by the nih genetic and rare diseases information center up to 2005 there were almost 200 published case reports of this disease between 1990 and 2000 43 cases were published since that time research has expanded and numerous cases are being reported by scientists around the world suggesting that this rare condition is likely to have been significantly un￭ diagnosed in the past over 100 scientific articles on hash￭ im￭ oto s encephalopathy were published between 2000 and 2013
hash￭ im￭ oto s thyro￭ idi￭ tis also known as chronic lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tic thyro￭ idi￭ tis is an auto￭ immune disease in which the thyro￭ id g￭ land is gradually destroyed early on there may be no symptoms over time the thyro￭ id may enlarge forming a pain￭ less go￭ itre some people eventually develop hypo￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m with its accompanying weight gain feeling tired con￭ sti￭ p￭ ation depression and general pains after many years the thyro￭ id typically shrin￭ ks in size potential complications include thyro￭ id lymp￭ homa hash￭ im￭ oto s thyro￭ idi￭ tis is thought to be due to a combination of genetic and environmental factors risk factors include a family history of the condition and having another auto￭ immune diseases diagnosis is confirmed with blood tests for ts￭ h t 4 and anti￭ thyro￭ id antibodies other conditions that can produce similar symptoms include graves ’ disease and non￭ toxic no￭ d￭ ular go￭ iter hash￭ im￭ oto s thyro￭ idi￭ tis regardless of whether or not hypo￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m is present can be treated with le￭ vo￭ thyro￭ x￭ ine if hypo￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m is not present some may recommend no treatment while others may treat to try to reduce the size of the go￭ itre those affected should avoid eating large amounts of i￭ od￭ ine however sufficient i￭ od￭ ine is required especially during pregnancy surgery is rarely required to treat the go￭ itre hash￭ im￭ oto s thyro￭ idi￭ tis affects about 5 of the population at some point in their life it typically begins between the ages of 30 and 50 and is much more common in women than men rates of disease appear to be increasing it was first described by the japanese physician ha￭ kar￭ u hash￭ im￭ oto in 19￭ 12 in 1957 it was recognized as an auto￭ immune disorder
hat puzz￭ les are logic problems that date back to as early as 1961 a number of players at least three are each wearing a hat which may be of various specified colours players can see the colours of at least some other players hats but not that of their own with highly restricted communication or none some of the players must guess the colour of their hat the problem is to find a strategy for the players to determine the colours of their hats based on the hats they see and what the other players do in some versions they compete to be the first to guess correctly in others they can work out a strategy beforehand to cooperate and maximize the probability of correct gu￭ esses another version is the white hat black hat version there are three men sitting around a round table there are five hats on the table two black three white all three men are then blind￭ fol￭ ded hats are placed on their heads the other hats are then removed these men are supposed to figure out the colour of their hat by only looking at the other men s hats the first man removes his blind￭ fold after looking at the other men s hats he says that he cannot figure out the colour of his hat and gives up the second man then removes his blind￭ fold looking at the other men and cannot figure out the colour of his hat and gives up but the third man without removing his blind￭ fold says the colour of his hat correctly what colour hat is the third man wearing and how did he figure it solution the third man was wearing a white hat￭ the first man takes off his blind￭ fold if the other two men were wearing a black hat he would have known he was wearing a white hat therefore not possible so one or none of the other men were wearing a black hat the second man took off his blind￭ fold while looking at the third man he realised that if the third man was wearing a black hat that he could not so he would have to be wearing a white hat cause he was unsure of his own hat colour therefore guaranteeing the third man having a white hat one variation received some new publicity as a result of todd e￭ bert s 1998 ph d thesis at the university of california santa barbara it is a strategy question about a cooperative game which has connections to al￭ ge￭ bra￭ ic coding theory
hat￭ ch￭ ings are distinctive and systematic patterns of lines and do￭ ts used for designating heral￭ d￭ ic t￭ inc￭ tures or other colours on un￭ coloured surfaces such as wood￭ cuts or en￭ grav￭ ings seals and coins several systems of hat￭ ch￭ ings were developed during the renaissance as an alternative to tric￭ king the earlier method of indicating heral￭ d￭ ic t￭ inc￭ tures by use of written abbrevi￭ ations the present day hatching system was developed during the 16￭ 30 s by sil￭ vest￭ er pe￭ tra sanc￭ ta and marcus vul￭ son de la colom￭ bi￭ ère some earlier hatching methods were also developed but did not come into wide use
ha￭ ver￭ hill fever or epidemic ar￭ thri￭ tic er￭ y￭ them￭ a is a form of rat bite fever caused by the bacter￭ ium st￭ rep￭ tob￭ ac￭ ill￭ us mon￭ ili￭ form￭ is an organism common in rats and mice symptoms begin to appear two to ten days after a rat bite injury the illness resembles a severe influenza with a moderate fever 38 40 ° c or 101 104 ° f ch￭ ills joint pain and a diffuse red rash located mostly on the hands and feet the caus￭ ative organism can be isolated by blood culture and pen￭ ic￭ ill￭ in is the most common treatment treatment is usually quite successful although the body can clear the infection by itself in most cases complications are rare but can include endo￭ cardi￭ tis and men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis despite its name it can present without being bit￭ ten by a rat the disease was recognized from an outbreak which occurred in ha￭ ver￭ hill massachusetts in january 19￭ 26 the organism s mon￭ ili￭ form￭ is was isolated from the patients epidemiology implicated infection via consumption of milk from one particular dairy
a hawai￭ ian eruption is a type of volcanic eruption where lava flows from the vent in a relatively gentle low level eruption it is so named because it is characteristic of hawai￭ ian volcan￭ oes typically they are eff￭ u￭ sive erup￭ tions with bas￭ al￭ tic mag￭ mas of low vis￭ cos￭ ity low content of gases and high temperature at the vent very little amounts of volcanic ash are produced this type of eruption occurs most often at hot￭ spot volcan￭ oes such as k￭ ī￭ lau￭ ea and iceland though it can occur near sub￭ duc￭ tion zones e g medicine lake volcano in california united states and rift zones another example of hawai￭ ian erup￭ tions occurred on sur￭ t￭ sey from 1964 to 1967 when mol￭ ten lava flow￭ ed from the cr￭ ater to the sea hawai￭ ian erup￭ tions may occur along fis￭ sure v￭ ents such as during the eruption of ma￭ una lo￭ a volcano in 1950 or at a central vent such as during the 1959 eruption in k￭ ī￭ lau￭ ea i￭ ki cr￭ ater which created a lava foun￭ tain 580 meters 1 900 ft high and formed a 38 meter cone named pu￭ ʻ￭ u pu￭ a￭ ʻ￭ i in fis￭ sure type erup￭ tions lava spur￭ ts from a fis￭ sure on the volcano s rift zone and feeds lava streams that flow down￭ slope in central vent erup￭ tions a foun￭ tain of lava can spur￭ t to a height of 300 meters or more heights of 1600 meters were reported for the 1986 eruption of mount mi￭ hara on iz￭ u ō￭ shima japan hawai￭ ian erup￭ tions usually start by the formation of a crack in the ground from which a curtain of incan￭ descent mag￭ ma or several closely spac￭ ed mag￭ ma foun￭ tains appear the lava can over￭ flow the fis￭ sure and form ʻ￭ a￭ ʻ￭ ā or p￭ ā￭ ho￭ e￭ ho￭ e style of flows when such an eruption from a central cone is protracted it can form lightly slop￭ ed shield volcan￭ oes for example ma￭ una lo￭ a or sk￭ jal￭ d￭ bre￭ i￭ ð￭ ur in iceland
haw￭ kin￭ sin￭ ur￭ ia also called 4 alpha hydroxy￭ phen￭ yl￭ py￭ ru￭ v￭ ate hydrox￭ yl￭ ase deficiency is an auto￭ som￭ al dominant metabol￭ ic disorder affecting the metabol￭ ism of ty￭ ros￭ ine normally the breakdown of the amino acid ty￭ ros￭ ine involves the conversion of 4 hydroxy￭ phen￭ yl￭ py￭ ru￭ v￭ ate to hom￭ og￭ enti￭ sate by 4 hydroxy￭ phen￭ yl￭ py￭ ru￭ v￭ ate diox￭ y￭ gen￭ ase complete deficiency of this enzyme would lead to ty￭ ro￭ sin￭ emia iii in rare cases however the enzyme is still able to produce the reactive intermediate 1 2 epo￭ xy￭ phen￭ yl acetic acid but is unable to convert this intermediate to hom￭ og￭ enti￭ sate the intermediate then spontaneously reacts with glu￭ ta￭ th￭ ione to form 2 l cy￭ stein s yl 1 4 di￭ hydro￭ xy cyclo￭ h￭ ex 5 en 1 yl acetic acid haw￭ k￭ ins￭ in patients present with metabol￭ ic aci￭ do￭ sis during the first year of life which should be treated by a phen￭ yl￭ alan￭ ine and ty￭ ros￭ ine restricted diet the tolerance toward these amino acids norm￭ alizes as the patients get older then only a chlorine like smell of the urine indicates the presence of the condition patients have a normal life and do not require treatment or a special diet the production of haw￭ k￭ ins￭ in is the result of a gain of function mutation inheritance of haw￭ kin￭ sin￭ ur￭ ia is therefore auto￭ som￭ al dominant presence of a single mut￭ ated copy of the gene causes the condition most other in￭ born errors of metabol￭ ism are caused by loss of function mutations and hence have rec￭ essive inheritance condition occurs only if both copies are mut￭ ated
the hay￭ ashi re￭ arrangement is the chemical reaction of orth￭ o benzo￭ yl￭ benzo￭ ic acids cataly￭ zed by sul￭ fur￭ ic acid or phosphorus pent￭ oxide the hay￭ ashi re￭ arrangement this reaction proceeds through electro￭ phil￭ ic ac￭ y￭ lium ion attack with a spir￭ o intermediate hay￭ ashi mechanism
a hay￭ ra￭ ke table is a distinct pattern of table produced as part of the english arts and crafts movement in the early part of the twentieth century its distinctive feature is the arrangement of the lower stret￭ cher between the legs as a double ended y shape the shape of each end and their join￭ ery was based on traditional english craft wood￭ working and the construction of wooden hay ra￭ kes the stret￭ cher is not merely a simple y shape but its junction is brac￭ ed by a t shaped joint as was needed for the work of a ra￭ ke some modern re￭ productions simplify this to a plain y abandoning the design s original roots these tables are best known as the work of ern￭ est gim￭ son and his associates the bar￭ n￭ sley brothers and peter wa￭ als at their dan￭ e￭ way workshops in sap￭ per￭ ton gl￭ ou￭ c￭ est￭ er￭ shire other arts and crafts designers of the period also produced them particularly those in the co￭ t￭ sw￭ olds such as gordon russell timber used in their construction was as for other arts and crafts work locally grown english hard￭ woods most were produced in oak although some like the original hay ra￭ kes were made in ash the design varies between makers mostly in its details gim￭ son s tables are considered the finest and the can￭ on￭ ical example of the design their edges are heavily cham￭ fer￭ ed a typically gim￭ son feature which is derived from the finishing of the original agricultural tools this cham￭ fer also has the practical benefit for a table stret￭ cher of reduced wear from feet on an otherwise sharp edge gim￭ son s distinctive use of gentle stopped cham￭ f￭ ers ev￭ okes the framing of gl￭ ou￭ c￭ est￭ er￭ shire wagons gim￭ son s tables also have their edges finished with bands of chip car￭ ving or sometimes with in￭ laid bands of light holly and dark bo￭ g oak peter wa￭ als produced the tables for some time after the death of gim￭ son and as with many of his pieces updated their arts and crafts detailing to follow the post war fashi￭ ons of modern￭ ism and art dec￭ o although less well known than some other icon￭ ic arts and crafts pieces the hay￭ ra￭ ke table remains a popular design to this day they are produced both commercially and as plans for hob￭ by￭ ists
hay – wells syndrome also known as a￭ ec syndrome see is one of at least 150 known types of ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal dys￭ pl￭ asia these disorders affect tissues that arise from the ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal germ layer such as skin hair and nails
in the domain of central processing unit c￭ pu design hazards are problems with the instruction pipeline in c￭ pu micro￭ architec￭ tures when the next instruction cannot execute in the following clock cycle and can potentially lead to incorrect compu￭ tation results three common types of hazards are data hazards structural hazards and control flow hazards bran￭ ching hazards there are several methods used to deal with hazards including pipeline st￭ alls pipeline bub￭ bling and in the case of out of order execution the score￭ boarding method and the tom￭ as￭ ul￭ o algori￭ thm
in digital logic a hazard in a system is an undesirable effect caused by either a deficiency in the system or external influences logic hazards are manifestations of a problem in which changes in the input variables do not change the output correctly due to some form of delay caused by logic elements not and or gates etc this results in the logic not performing its function properly the three different most common kinds of hazards are usually referred to as static dynamic and function hazards hazards are a temporary problem as the logic circuit will eventually settle to the desired function therefore in synchron￭ ous designs it is standard practice to register the output of a circuit before it is being used in a different clock domain or rou￭ ted out of the system so that hazards do not cause any problems if that is not the case however it is imperative that hazards be eliminated as they can have an effect on other connected systems
head of line blocking hol blocking in computer networking is a performance limiting phenomenon that occurs when a line of packets is held up by the first packet examples include input bu￭ ffered network switches out of order delivery and multiple requests in http pipel￭ ining
head and lateral line erosion hl￭ le or hole in the head hi￭ th is a disease in fish chronic ul￭ cer￭ ative der￭ mat￭ opathy or chronic ero￭ sive der￭ mat￭ opathy are symptoms of similar conditions with different eti￭ ology
head and neck cancer is a group of cancers that starts within the mouth nose throat lar￭ yn￭ x sin￭ uses or sali￭ vary g￭ lands symptoms may include a lump or sore that does not heal a sore throat that does not go away trouble sw￭ allowing or a change in the voice there may also be unusual bleeding facial sw￭ elling or trouble breathing about 80 of head and neck cancer is due to the use of alcohol or tobacco other risk factors include be￭ tel quid certain types of human pap￭ il￭ lo￭ ma￭ virus radiation exposure certain workplace exposures and ep￭ stein bar￭ r virus head and neck cancers are most commonly of the squ￭ am￭ ous cell carcin￭ oma type the diagnosis is confirmed by tissue biopsy the degree of spread may be determined by medical imaging and blood tests prevention is by not using tobacco or alcohol while screening in the general population does not appear to be useful screening high risk groups by examination the throat might be useful often head and neck cancer is cur￭ able if detected early however outcomes are typically poor if detected late treatment may include a combination of surgery radiation therapy chem￭ otherapy and targeted therapy following treatment of one head and neck cancer people are at higher risk of a second cancer in 2013 head and neck cancers globally affected more than 4 6 million people mouth 2 4 million throat 1 3 million lar￭ yn￭ x 0 9 million and resulted in more than 362 000 deaths mouth 135 000 throat 139 000 lar￭ yn￭ x 88 000 together they are the seventh most frequent cancer and the ninth most frequent cause of death from cancer in the united states about one percent of people are affected at some point in their life and males are affected twice as often as females the usually age at diagnosis is between 55 and 65 years the average 5 year survival following diagnosis in the developed world is 42 to 64
head and neck cancers are m￭ align￭ ant ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms that arise in the head and region which comprises nas￭ al cav￭ ity par￭ an￭ as￭ al sin￭ uses oral cav￭ ity sali￭ vary g￭ lands phar￭ yn￭ x and lar￭ yn￭ x the majority of head and neck cancers his￭ to￭ logically belong to squ￭ am￭ ous cell type and hence they are categ￭ orized as head and neck squ￭ am￭ ous cell carcin￭ oma abbreviated as hn￭ sc￭ c for￭ as￭ ti￭ ere aa 2003 hn￭ sc￭ c is the sixth most common type of cancer world wide and account for 5 of all m￭ align￭ ancies world wide fer￭ lay j 2010 and 3 of all m￭ align￭ ancies in the united states sie￭ gel r 2014 risk factors include tobacco consumption chewing or smoking alcohol consumption human pap￭ il￭ lo￭ ma virus h￭ p￭ v infections es￭ p h￭ p￭ v 16 18 be￭ tel nut chewing wood dust exposures and others n￭ ci fac￭ t￭ sheet 2013 symptoms include lump or sore sore throat ho￭ arse of voice difficulty in sw￭ allowing etc n￭ ci fac￭ t￭ sheet 2013 treatment for hn￭ sc￭ c is based on the stage of the disease standard of care for hn￭ sc￭ c includes one or combination of the following surgery radiation chem￭ other￭ apeu￭ tic agents such as cis￭ pl￭ atin 5 flu￭ ro￭ ur￭ ac￭ il 5 fu etc molec￭ ularly targeted therapies were developed since the discovery of role of ep￭ id￭ er￭ mal growth factor recep￭ tor eg￭ fr sign￭ aling in hn￭ sc￭ c development progression and prog￭ no￭ sis these targeted therapies include mono￭ cl￭ onal antibodies such as ce￭ tu￭ xim￭ ab pan￭ it￭ um￭ um￭ ab etc and ty￭ ros￭ ine kin￭ ase inhi￭ bit￭ ors such as er￭ lot￭ ini￭ b ge￭ fit￭ ini￭ b etc among these eg￭ fr targeting agents only ce￭ tu￭ xim￭ ab has been approved by f￭ da in 2006 for hn￭ sc￭ c treatment ninety percent of cases of head and neck cancer cancer of the mouth nas￭ al cav￭ ity nas￭ op￭ har￭ yn￭ x throat and associated structures are due to squ￭ am￭ ous cell carcin￭ oma symptoms may include a poorly healing mouth ul￭ cer a ho￭ arse voice or other persistent problems in the area treatment is usually with surgery which may be extensive and radi￭ otherapy risk factors include smoking alcohol consumption and hem￭ ato￭ po￭ ie￭ tic stem cell transplantation in addition recent studies show that about 25 of mouth and 35 of throat cancers are associated with h￭ p￭ v the 5 year disease free survival rate for h￭ p￭ v positive cancer is significantly higher when appropriately treated with surgery radiation and chem￭ otherapy as compared to non h￭ p￭ v positive cancer substantiated by multiple studies including research conducted by maur￭ a gil￭ lis￭ on et al of joh￭ ns hop￭ kins sid￭ ney kim￭ mel cancer center
any injury that results in trauma to the skull or brain can be classified as a head injury the terms traumatic brain injury and head injury are often used inter￭ change￭ ably in the medical literature this broad classification includes neuro￭ nal injuries hemorrha￭ ges vascular injuries cran￭ ial nerve injuries and sub￭ d￭ ural hy￭ gro￭ mas among many others these classifications can be further categ￭ orized as open penetr￭ ating or closed head injuries this depends on if the skull was broken or not because head injuries cover such a broad scope of injuries there are many causes — including accidents falls physical assault or traffic accidents — that can cause head injuries many of these are minor but some can be severe enough to require hosp￭ itali￭ zation the incidence number of new cases of head injury is 1 7 million people in the united states alone each year with about 3 of these incidents leading to death adults suffer head injuries more frequently than any age group resulting from falls motor vehicle cr￭ ashes colli￭ ding or being struck by an object or assaults children however may experience head injuries from accidental falls or intentional causes such as being struck or shaken leading to hosp￭ itali￭ zation unlike a broken bone where trauma to the body is obvious head trauma can sometimes be conspicuous or in￭ conspicuous in the case of an open head injury the skull is cracked and broken by an object that makes contact with the brain this leads to bleeding other obvious symptoms can be neuro￭ logical in nature the person may become sleepy behave abnormally lose consciousness v￭ omit develop a severe headache have mis￭ matched pupil sizes and or be unable to move certain parts of the body while these symptoms happen right after head injury occurs many problems can develop later in life alzheimer ’ s disease for example is much more likely to develop in a person who has experienced a head injury
head lic￭ e inf￭ est￭ ation also known as pe￭ dic￭ ul￭ osis cap￭ i￭ tis n￭ its or coo￭ ties is the infection of the head hair and scal￭ p by the head lou￭ se pe￭ dic￭ ul￭ us human￭ us cap￭ i￭ tis it￭ ching from lic￭ e bites is common during a person s first infection the itch may not develop for up to six weeks if a person is infected again symptoms may begin much more quickly the itch may cause problems with sleeping generally however it is not a serious condition while head lic￭ e appear to spread some other diseases in africa they do not appear to do so in europe or north america head lic￭ e are spread by direct contact with the hair of someone who is infected the cause of head lic￭ e inf￭ est￭ ations are not related to clean￭ liness other animals such as cats and dogs do not play a role in transmission head lic￭ e feed only on human blood and are only able to survive on human head hair when adults they are about 2 to 3 mm long when not attached to a human they are unable to live beyond three days humans can also become infected with two other lic￭ e – the body lou￭ se and the crab lou￭ se to make the diagnosis live lic￭ e must be found using a comb can help with detection empty e￭ gg￭ shells known as n￭ its are not sufficient for the diagnosis possible treatments include comb￭ ing the hair frequently with a fine tooth comb or sha￭ ving the head completely a number of topical medications are also effective including mal￭ ath￭ ion i￭ ver￭ mec￭ tin and di￭ meth￭ i￭ cone di￭ meth￭ i￭ cone which is a sili￭ cone oil is often preferred due to the low risk of side effects py￭ re￭ thro￭ ids such as per￭ meth￭ rin have been commonly used however have become less effective due to increasing pesticide resistance there is little evidence for alternative medicines head lic￭ e inf￭ est￭ ations are common especially in children in europe they infect between 1 and 20 of different groups of people in the united states between 6 and 12 million children are infected a year they occur more often in girls than boys it has been suggested that historically head lic￭ e infection were beneficial as they protected against the more dangerous body lou￭ se inf￭ est￭ ations may cause stigmati￭ zation of the infected individual
head pressing is a veterinary condition characterized by standing close to a wall or corner face first without moving this condition is seen in pets such as dogs and cats and also other animals such as cows horses and goats head pressing is usually a sign of a neuro￭ logical disorder especially of the fore￭ brain e g pro￭ sen￭ cephal￭ on disease or of toxicity due to liver damage such as por￭ to￭ systemic sh￭ unt and he￭ p￭ atic encephalopathy it should be distinguished from bun￭ ting which is a normal behavior found in healthy animals
headache is the symptom of pain anywhere in the region of the head or neck it occurs in migr￭ ain￭ es tension type headaches and cluster headaches frequent headaches can affect relationships and employment there is also an increased risk of depression in those with severe headaches headaches can occur as a result of many conditions whether serious or not there are a number of different classification systems for headaches the most well recognized is that of the international headache society causes of headaches may include fatigue sleep deprivation stress the effects of medications the effects of recreational drugs viral infections common col￭ ds head injury rapid ing￭ estion of a very cold food or bever￭ age and dental or sin￭ us issues treatment of a headache depends on the underlying cause but commonly involves pain medication some form of headache is one of the most commonly experienced of all physical dis￭ comfor￭ ts about half of adults have a headache in a given year tension headaches are the most common affecting about 1 6 billion people 21 8 of the population followed by migr￭ aine headaches which affect about 848 million 11 7
these headaches have been further sub classified by the ic￭ hd 2 into headaches induced by acute substance use or exposure medication over￭ use headaches mo￭ h headaches attributed to chronic medication use headaches attributed to substance withdrawal
head￭ shaking is a condition where the horse or pony sh￭ akes its head continuously often while being ridden originally considered a bad habit it is now thought that some horses are allergic to certain poll￭ ens which causes them to head￭ shake however horses also normally react to flies and head￭ shaking may be a fly defence over￭ reaction even if flies are not present sometime the hal￭ ter or bri￭ dle is mal￭ adjusted or irritating the animal as the rider is using rein commands the use of nose nets is thought to improve the problem nose nets are not allowed in all competitions however british dres￭ sage has approved of the use of some mu￭ zzle nets
the head – body pattern is a common x￭ ml design pattern used for example in the soap protocol this pattern is useful when a message or parcel of data requires considerable metad￭ ata while mixing the me￭ ta data with the data could be done it makes the whole confusing in this pattern the me￭ ta data or me￭ ta information are structured as the head￭ er sometimes known as the envelope the ordinary data or information are structured as the body sometimes known as the pay￭ load x￭ ml is employed for both head and body see also x￭ ml protocol
a healing factor is the ability of some characters in fiction to recover from bodily injuries or disease at a super￭ human rate since the introduction of wol￭ ver￭ ine by mar￭ vel com￭ ics in 1974 and inspired by the immense popularity of the character super￭ human healing has become a fairly common power featured in comic books novel￭ s television film and other medi￭ ums the overall efficiency of a character s healing factor often fluctu￭ ates due to various writers applying a very broad degree of artistic license weapon x has been established on multiple accounts for having the fastest healing factor over all mut￭ ants with the exception of external factors as a result especially concerning characters depicted in comic books it has become a very common source of debate among fans over the years it has also become common for healing factors to have an umbrella effect serving as a partial source for multiple super￭ human abilities various powers thus demonstrated include super￭ human strength speed stam￭ ina ag￭ ility refl￭ exes durability and or senses to name the most common the source of a character s healing factor depending upon the medium usually ranges from natural genetic mutation accidental exposure to radioactive materials artificially induced genetic enhancement cyber￭ ne￭ tic aug￭ mentation magic or even a combination of different factors despite the ability to quickly recover from wounds characters with a healing factor are still capable of feeling pain
health effects of pesticides may be acute or delayed in those who are exposed a 2007 systematic review found that most studies on non ho￭ dg￭ kin lymp￭ homa and leuk￭ emia showed positive associations with pesticide exposure and thus concluded that cosmetic use of pesticides should be decreased strong evidence also exists for other negative outcomes from pesticide exposure including neuro￭ logical problems birth defects fe￭ tal death and neuro￭ developmental disorder according to the stockholm convention on persistent organic pollutants 9 of the 12 most dangerous and persistent chemicals are pesticides
the health effects of salt are the conditions associated with the consumption of either too much or too little salt salt is a mineral composed primarily of sodium chloride nac￭ l and is used in food for both preservation and flavor sodium ions are needed in small quantities by most living things as are chloride ions salt is involved in regulating the water content fluid balance of the body the sodium ion itself is used for electrical sign￭ aling in the nervous system salt consumption has increased during modern times scientists have become aware of health risks associated with high salt intake including high blood pressure in sensitive individuals therefore health authorities recommend limitations on dietary sodium the united states department of health and human services recommends that individuals consume no more than 1500 – 2300 mg of sodium 37￭ 50 – 57￭ 50 mg of salt per day depending on age as an essential nutrient sodium is involved in numerous cellular and organ functions salt intake that is too low may also increase risk for cardiovascular disease and early death
the phrase health hal￭ o or health hal￭ o effect den￭ o￭ tes a phenomenon in which there is a hal￭ o effect on certain foods or brands causing them to be perceived as healthy the health hal￭ o of￭ t￭ enti￭ mes results in increased consumption of the product in the hal￭ o the health hal￭ o has had increased media attention as increased healthy options are being marketed
cardiovascular disease is the principal cause of death in the u￭ ae constituting 28 percent of total deaths other major causes are accidents and injuries m￭ align￭ ancies and con￭ genital anomalies
health literacy is the ability to obtain read understand and use healthcare information to make appropriate health decisions and follow instructions for treatment there are multiple definitions of health literacy in part because health literacy involves both the context or setting in which health literacy demands are made e g health care media internet or fitness facility and the skills that people bring to that situation ru￭ dd mo￭ ey￭ k￭ ens col￭ ton 1999 studies reveal that only 12 percent of the adults in the u s have profic￭ ient health literacy this means 77 million adults have basic or below basic health literacy these individuals have difficulty with common health tasks including reading the label of a prescribed drug low health literacy reduces the success of treatment and increases the risk of medical error health literacy is essential to promote healthy individuals and communities various interventions such as simplified information and illustr￭ ations avoiding jargon teach back methods and encouraging patients questions have improved health behaviors in persons with low health literacy health literacy is of continued and increasing concern for health professionals as it is a primary factor behind health disparities the proportion of adults aged 18 and over in the u s in the year 2010 who reported that their health care providers always explained things so they could understand them was about 60 6 this number increased 1 from 2007 to 2010 the healthy people 2020 initiative of the united states department of health and human services has included it as a pressing new topic with objectives for addressing it in the decade to come society as a whole is responsible for improving health literacy but most importantly the healthcare public health professionals and the public health systems
hearing aud￭ itory perception or audition is the ability to perceive sound by detecting vibrations changes in the pressure of the surrounding medium through time through an organ such as the ear
hearing loss also known as hearing impairment is a partial or total inability to hear a deaf person has little to no hearing hearing loss may occur in one or both ears in children hearing problems can affect the ability to learn language and in adults it can cause work related difficulties in some people particularly older people hearing loss can result in lon￭ eliness hearing loss can be temporary or permanent hearing loss may be caused by a number of factors including genetics ageing exposure to noise some infections birth complications trauma to the ear and certain medications or toxins a common condition that results in hearing loss is chronic ear infections certain infections during pregnancy such as sy￭ phil￭ is and rub￭ ella may also cause hearing loss hearing loss is diagnosed when hearing testing finds that a person is unable to hear 25 deci￭ bels in at least one ear testing for poor hearing is recommended for all new￭ bor￭ ns hearing loss can be categor￭ ised as mild moderate moderate severe severe or profound half of hearing loss is preventable this includes by immun￭ isation proper care around pregnancy avoiding loud noise and avoiding certain medications the world health organization recommends that young people limit the use of personal audio players to an hour a day in an effort to limit exposure to noise early identification and support are particularly important in children for many hearing aids sign language co￭ ch￭ lear implants and subtitles are useful lip reading is another useful skill some develop access to hearing aids however is limited in many areas of the world as of 2013 hearing loss affects about 1 1 billion people to some degree it causes disability in 5 360 to 538 million and moderate to severe disability in 124 million people of those with moderate to severe disability 108 million live in low and middle income countries of those with hearing loss it began in 65 million during childhood those who use sign language and are members of deaf culture see themselves as having a difference rather than an illness most members of deaf culture oppose attempts to cure deaf￭ ness and some within this community view co￭ ch￭ lear implants with concern as they have the potential to eliminate their culture the term hearing impairment is often viewed negatively as it emphasises what people cannot do
heart hand syndro￭ mes are a group of rare diseases that manifest with both heart and limb de￭ form￭ ities as of july 2013 known heart hand syndro￭ mes include hol￭ t – or￭ am syndrome ber￭ k – tab￭ at￭ z￭ nik syndrome heart hand syndrome type 3 br￭ ach￭ y￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly long thumb syndrome patent duc￭ tus arter￭ io￭ sus bic￭ us￭ pid a￭ or￭ tic valve syndrome and heart hand syndrome slovenian type
heart block is a disease or inherited condition that causes a fault within the heart s natural pac￭ emaker due to some kind of obstruction or block in the electrical conduc￭ tion system of the heart despite the severe sounding name heart block may often cause no symptoms at all in some cases or occasional missed heart￭ beats in other cases which can cause ligh￭ the￭ ad￭ ed￭ ness syn￭ cope fain￭ ting and pal￭ p￭ itations or may require an artificial pac￭ emaker to be impl￭ anted depending upon exactly where in the heart conduc￭ tion is being impaired and how significantly it is affected in severe cases where the heart s ability to control and trigger heart￭ beats may be completely ineffective or unreliable heart block can usually be treated by inserting an artificial pac￭ emaker a medical device that provides correct electrical impul￭ ses to trigger heart beats compensating for the natural pac￭ emaker s un￭ reliability therefore heart block frequently has no effects or mild and occasional effects and is not life threatening in the vast majority of cases and is usually treat￭ able in more serious cases the human heart uses electrical signals to maintain and initiate the regular heart beat in a living person incorrect conduc￭ tion can lead to mild or serious symptoms depending upon the location of the block￭ age and how severely conduc￭ tion is being blocked conduc￭ tion is initiated by the sin￭ o￭ atri￭ al no￭ de sin￭ us no￭ de or sa no￭ de and then travels to the atri￭ o￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular no￭ de av no￭ de which also contains a secondary pac￭ emaker that acts as a backup for the sa no￭ des then to the bundle of his and then via the bundle branches to the point of the ap￭ ex of the fasc￭ icular branches shown in the diag￭ ram on the right block￭ ages are therefore classified based on where the block￭ age occurs namely the sa no￭ de sin￭ o￭ atri￭ al block av no￭ de av block or av￭ b and at or below the bundle of his intra his￭ ian or infr￭ a his￭ ian block respectively infr￭ a his￭ ian blocks may occur at the left or right bundle branches bundle branch block or the fasc￭ ic￭ les of the left bundle branch fasc￭ icular block or hem￭ i￭ block sa and av no￭ de blocks are each divided into three degrees with second degree blocks being divided into two types written either type i or ii or type 1 or 2 the term wen￭ c￭ ke￭ bach block is also used for second degree type 1 blocks of either the sa or av no￭ de in addition second degree blocks type 1 and 2 are also sometimes known as mo￭ bit￭ z 1 and mo￭ bit￭ z 2 clin￭ ically speaking the blocks tend to have more serious potential the closer they are to the end of the electrical path the muscles of the heart regulated by the heartbeat and less serious effects the closer they are to the start at the sa no￭ de because the potential disruption becomes greater as more of the path is blocked from its end point therefore most of the important heart blocks are av no￭ dal blocks and infr￭ a his￭ ian blocks sa blocks are usually of lesser clinical significance since in the event of sa block the av no￭ de contains a secondary pac￭ emaker which would still maintain a heart rate of around 40 60 beats per minute sufficient for consciousness and much of daily life in the majority of individuals
heart cancer is an extremely rare form of cancer that is divided into primary tumors of the heart and secondary tumors of the heart
according to the australian heart disease statistics heart disease is a major cause of death in australia nichol￭ s 2014 heart disease is an overall term used for any type of heart disorder that affects the heart reducing blood supply to the heart it is also often referred as cardiac disease and coron￭ ary heart disease it is generally a lifelong condition where damage to the artery and blood vessel cannot be cured bishop 2010
heart failure hf often referred to as cong￭ estive heart failure chf occurs when the heart is unable to pump sufficiently to maintain blood flow to meet the body s needs signs and symptoms commonly include short￭ ness of breath excessive ti￭ red￭ ness and leg sw￭ elling the short￭ ness of breath is usually worse with exercise while lying down and may wake the person at night a limited ability to exercise is also a common feature chest pain including ang￭ ina does not typically occur due to heart failure common causes of heart failure include coron￭ ary artery disease including a previous my￭ o￭ cardi￭ al inf￭ arc￭ tion heart attack high blood pressure atri￭ al fi￭ bri￭ ll￭ ation val￭ vul￭ ar heart disease excess alcohol use infection and cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy of an unknown cause these cause heart failure by changing either the structure or the functioning of the heart there are two main types of heart failure heart failure due to left ven￭ tric￭ ular dysfunction and heart failure with normal e￭ jec￭ tion fraction depending on whether the ability of the left ven￭ tric￭ le to contract is affected or the heart s ability to relax the severity of disease is usually graded by the degree of problems with exercise heart failure is not the same as my￭ o￭ cardi￭ al inf￭ arc￭ tion in which part of the heart muscle dies or cardiac arrest in which blood flow stops altogether other diseases that may have symptoms similar to heart failure include obesity kidney failure liver problems an￭ emia and thyro￭ id disease the condition is diagnosed based on the history of the symptoms and a physical examination with confirmation by echo￭ cardi￭ o￭ graphy blood tests electro￭ cardi￭ o￭ graphy and chest radio￭ graphy may be useful to determine the underlying cause treatment depends on the severity and cause of the disease in people with chronic stable mild heart failure treatment commonly consists of lifestyle modifications such as stopping smoking physical exercise and dietary changes as well as medications in those with heart failure due to left ven￭ tric￭ ular dysfunction an￭ gi￭ ot￭ ens￭ in converting enzyme inhi￭ bit￭ ors or an￭ gi￭ ot￭ ens￭ in recep￭ tor bloc￭ kers along with beta bloc￭ kers are recommended for those with severe disease al￭ do￭ ster￭ one antagon￭ ists or hydr￭ al￭ az￭ ine with a nitrate may be used di￭ u￭ re￭ tics are useful for preventing fluid retention sometimes depending on the cause an impl￭ anted device such as a pac￭ emaker or an implan￭ table cardiac defi￭ bri￭ ll￭ ator may be recommended in some moderate or severe cases cardiac res￭ yn￭ ch￭ ron￭ ization therapy cr￭ t may be suggested or cardiac contr￭ acti￭ lity modulation may be of benefit a ven￭ tric￭ ular assist device or occasionally a heart transplant may be recommended in those with severe disease despite all other measures heart failure is a common costly and potentially fatal condition in developed countries around 2 of adults have heart failure and in those over the age of 65 this increases to 6 – 10 in the year after diagnosis the risk of death is about 35 after which it decreases to below 10 each year this is similar to the risks with a number of types of cancer in the united kingdom the disease is the reason for 5 of emergency hospital ad￭ missions heart failure has been known since ancient times with the e￭ bers pap￭ y￭ rus commenting on it around 15￭ 50 b￭ ce
heart rate vari￭ ability hr￭ v is the physiological phenomenon of variation in the time interval between heart￭ beats it is measured by the variation in the beat to beat interval other terms used include cycle length vari￭ ability r￭ r vari￭ ability where r is a point corresponding to the peak of the q￭ rs complex of the ec￭ g wave and r￭ r is the interval between successive rs and heart period vari￭ ability see also heart rate turbulence sin￭ us rhythm methods used to detect beats include ec￭ g blood pressure bal￭ lis￭ to￭ cardi￭ o￭ grams and the pulse wave signal derived from a pho￭ top￭ leth￭ ys￭ mo￭ graph pp￭ g ec￭ g is considered superior because it provides a clear wa￭ ve￭ form which makes it easier to exclude heart￭ beats not originating in the sin￭ o￭ atri￭ al no￭ de the term nn is used in place of r￭ r to emphasize the fact that the processed beats are normal beats
in trees heart rot is a fun￭ gal disease that causes the decay of wood at the center of the trunk and branches fun￭ gi enter the tree through wounds in the bark and decay the hear￭ tw￭ ood the dise￭ ased hear￭ tw￭ ood sof￭ tens resulting in trees being structurally weaker and prone to break￭ age heart rot is a major factor in the economics of logging and the natural growth dynamic of many older forests heart rot is prevalent throughout the world affecting all hard￭ wood trees and can be very difficult to prevent a good indication of heart rot is the presence of mushrooms or fun￭ gus con￭ ks on the tree
heart valve dys￭ pl￭ asia is a con￭ genital heart defect which affects the a￭ or￭ tic pul￭ mon￭ ary mit￭ ral and tric￭ us￭ pid heart valves pul￭ mon￭ ary valve sten￭ osis and a￭ or￭ tic valve sten￭ osis are discussed separately dys￭ pl￭ asia of the mit￭ ral and tric￭ us￭ pid valves can cause leakage of blood or sten￭ osis dys￭ pl￭ asia of the mit￭ ral and tric￭ us￭ pid valves also known as the atri￭ o￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular av valves can appear as thick￭ ened shortened or not￭ ched valves the ch￭ ord￭ ae tend￭ in￭ ae can be f￭ used or thick￭ ened the pap￭ ill￭ ary muscles can be enlarged or atro￭ phi￭ ed the cause is unknown but genetics play a large role dogs and cats with tric￭ us￭ pid valve dys￭ pl￭ asia often also have an open for￭ amen o￭ val￭ e an atri￭ al sep￭ tal defect or infl￭ amm￭ ation of the right atri￭ al epic￭ ardi￭ um in dogs tric￭ us￭ pid valve dys￭ pl￭ asia can be similar to eb￭ stein s anomaly in humans mit￭ ral valve sten￭ osis is one of the most common con￭ genital heart defects in cats in dogs it is most commonly found in great danes german shepherd dogs bull terri￭ ers golden retri￭ evers new￭ found￭ lands and mas￭ ti￭ ffs tric￭ us￭ pid valve dys￭ pl￭ asia is most common in the old english sheep￭ dog german shepherd dog we￭ im￭ ar￭ an￭ er lab￭ rador retri￭ ever great pyrenees and sometimes the pap￭ illon it is inherited in the lab￭ rador retri￭ ever the disease and symptoms are similar to progression of acquired valve disease in older dogs valve leakage leads to heart enlargement arr￭ hy￭ th￭ mi￭ as and cong￭ estive heart failure heart valve dys￭ pl￭ asia can be tolerated for years or progress to heart failure in the first year of life diagnosis is with an echo￭ cardi￭ o￭ gram the prog￭ no￭ sis is poor with significant heart enlargement
heart￭ burn also known as acid indi￭ ges￭ tion is a burning sensation in the central chest or upper central ab￭ dom￭ en the pain often rises in the chest and may radi￭ ate to the neck throat or angle of the jaw heart￭ burn is usually due to reg￭ urg￭ itation of ga￭ str￭ ic acid ga￭ str￭ ic ref￭ lux into the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus and is the major symptom of gastro￭ es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al ref￭ lux disease ger￭ d in about 0 6 of cases it is a symptom of is￭ chem￭ ic heart disease
in meteor￭ ology a heat burst is a rare atmospheric phenomenon characterized by gu￭ sty winds and a rapid increase in temperature and decrease in de￭ w point moisture heat bursts typically occur during night time and are associated with dec￭ aying thunder￭ storms although this phenomenon is not fully understood it is the￭ orized that the event is caused when rain evapor￭ ates vir￭ ga into a parcel of cold dry air high in the atmosphere making the air d￭ ens￭ er than its surroundings the parcel desc￭ ends rapidly warming due to compression over￭ shoots its equilibrium level and reaches the surface similar to a down￭ burst recorded temperatures during heat bursts have reached well above 38 ° c 100 ° f sometimes rising by 11 ° c 20 ° f or more within only a few minutes more extreme events have also been documented where temperatures have been reported to exceed 120 ° f 49 ° c however such extreme events have never been officially verified heat bursts are also characterized by extremely dry air and are sometimes associated with very strong even damaging winds
heat e￭ dem￭ a is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by dependent e￭ dem￭ a from vas￭ o￭ di￭ lat￭ ory pooling heat causes the blood vessels to expand di￭ late so body fluid moves into the hands or legs by gravity the balance of salt in the body is also a risk factor for heat e￭ dem￭ a if salt loss is less than normal the increased salt level draws fluid into the hands and legs older adults have an increased risk of heat e￭ dem￭ a especially if they have other medical conditions that affect their circulation people visiting hot clim￭ ates from col￭ der clim￭ ates may also have an increased risk of heat e￭ dem￭ a
heat illness or heat related illness is a spectrum of disorders due to environmental exposure to heat it includes minor conditions such as heat cram￭ ps heat syn￭ cope and heat exhaustion as well as the more severe condition known as heat stroke
heat intolerance is a symptom reported by people who feel uncomfortable in hot environments typically the person feels un￭ comfortably hot and swe￭ ats excessively compared to heat illnesses like heat￭ stroke heat intolerance is usually a symptom of endocrine disorders drugs or other medical conditions rather than the result of too much exercise or hot hum￭ id weather
in bio￭ chemistry heat shock is the effect of subjecting a cell to a higher temperature than that of the ideal body temperature of the organism from which the cell line was derived
heat￭ stroke and heat￭ stro￭ kes redirect here for other uses see heat￭ stroke dis￭ ambigu￭ ation heat stroke also known as sun stroke is a severe heat illness defined as hyper￭ ther￭ mia with a body temperature greater than 40 6 ° c 105 1 ° f because of environmental heat exposure with lack of thermo￭ regulation this is distinct from a fever where there is a physiological increase in the temperature set point of the body the term stroke in heat stroke is a mis￭ no￭ mer in that it does not involve a block￭ age or hemorrha￭ ge of blood flow to the brain preventive measures include drinking plenty of cool liquids and avoiding excessive heat and hum￭ idity especially in un￭ ventil￭ ated spaces such as parked cars that can over￭ heat quickly treatment requires rapid physical cooling of the body
heat syn￭ cope is fain￭ ting or di￭ zz￭ iness as a result of overheating syn￭ cope is the medical term for fain￭ ting it is a type of heat illness the basic symptom of heat syn￭ cope is fain￭ ting with or without mental confusion heat syn￭ cope is caused by peripheral vessel dil￭ ation resulting in diminished blood flow to the heart and dehydr￭ ation
heat ur￭ tic￭ aria presents within five minutes after the skin has been exposed to heat above 43 degrees celsius 109 4 degrees fah￭ ren￭ heit with the exposed area becoming burned st￭ inging and turning red sw￭ oll￭ en and ind￭ ur￭ ated
heat￭ work is the combined effect of temperature and time it is important to several industries ceram￭ ics glass and metal an￭ ne￭ aling metal heat treating pyro￭ metric devices can be used to gauge heat work as they de￭ form or contract due to heat￭ work to produce temperature equivalents within tolerances firing can be undertaken at lower temperatures for a longer period to achieve comparable results when the amount of heat￭ work of two fir￭ ings is the same the pieces may look identical but there may be differences not visible such as mechanical strength and micro￭ structure heat￭ work is taught in material science courses but is not a precise measurement or a valid scientific concept
the hea￭ vis￭ ide condition named for oliver hea￭ vis￭ ide 18￭ 50 – 19￭ 25 is the condition an electrical transmission line must meet in order for there to be no distortion of a transmitted signal also known as the distor￭ tion￭ less condition it can be used to improve the performance of a transmission line by adding loading to the cable
heavy n￭ p shift is a particular manifestation of shifting where a heavy nou￭ n phrase n￭ p appears in a position to the right of its can￭ on￭ ical position under certain circumstances although the term is coined according to the tradition of transform￭ ational gr￭ ammar which describes the process to be done by movement of the n￭ p the term is also used by lingu￭ ists who do not believe in transform￭ ational gr￭ ammar heav￭ iness is determined by the gr￭ amm￭ atical complexity ross 1967 may have been the first to look at heavy n￭ p shift in some detail
heavy chain disease is a form of par￭ a￭ prote￭ in￭ emia with a proliferation of cells producing immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ulin heavy chains this disease is characterized by an excessive production of heavy chains that are short and tr￭ unc￭ ated these heavy chain disease proteins have various dele￭ tions mainly in their amino terminal part which causes the heavy chains to lose the ability to form dis￭ ul￭ fide bonds with the light chains the defect in the immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ul￭ ins presumably arises during som￭ atic hyper￭ mutation deletion of the n terminal part of the heavy chain disease protein leads to aggregation and sign￭ aling of the b cell recep￭ tor presumably due to the loss of the anti aggreg￭ ating properties of the light chain
heavy legs french jam￭ bes l￭ our￭ des is an alleged medical condition described as an unpleasant sensation of pain and heav￭ iness in the lower limbs it is of french origin but is occasionally seen elsewhere due to the limited recognition it has received and because of its proliferation in the media and by the alternative health community many medical practitioners believe it is a sign of hypo￭ ch￭ on￭ dri￭ asis the cause may be ven￭ ous in￭ sufficiency or peripheral arter￭ ial disease it was described by bbc reporter emma jane kir￭ by as a curiously french complaint the illness you can only get in health conscious france
heck s disease also known as focal or multi￭ focal epi￭ the￭ li￭ al hyper￭ pl￭ asia is an as￭ ymp￭ tomatic benign ne￭ op￭ l￭ astic condition characterized by multiple white to pin￭ k￭ ish pap￭ ules that occur diff￭ us￭ ely in the oral cav￭ ity can present with slightly pale smooth or rough￭ ened surface mor￭ pho￭ logy it is caused by the human pap￭ il￭ lo￭ ma virus types 13 and 32 it exhi￭ bits surface cells with vacu￭ ol￭ ated cy￭ top￭ las￭ m around irregular py￭ kno￭ tic nucle￭ i and occasional cells with mit￭ osis like changes within otherwise mature and well differentiated epi￭ the￭ lium a distinguishing his￭ to￭ logic feature is el￭ ong￭ ated re￭ te ri￭ dges resembling bron￭ ze age axe with mit￭ oso￭ id bodies present it was first identified in the ab￭ original population over time they will spontaneously reg￭ ress without treatment possible treatment may be exc￭ is￭ ional biopsy for le￭ sions of functional or aesthetic concern
the heck reaction also called the mi￭ zor￭ ok￭ i heck reaction is the chemical reaction of an un￭ saturated hali￭ de or tri￭ fl￭ ate with an al￭ k￭ ene in the presence of a base and a p￭ all￭ adi￭ um catalyst or p￭ all￭ adi￭ um nanomater￭ ial based catalyst to form a substituted al￭ k￭ ene it is named after tsu￭ tom￭ u mi￭ zor￭ ok￭ i and richard f heck heck was awarded the 2010 nobel prize in chemistry which he shared with ei ichi neg￭ ish￭ i and ak￭ ira suz￭ uki for the discovery and development of this reaction this reaction was the first example of a carbon carbon bond forming reaction that followed a pd 0 pd ii catalytic cycle the same catalytic cycle that is seen in other pd 0 cataly￭ zed cross coupling reactions the heck reaction is of great importance as it allows one to do substitution reactions on plan￭ ar sp 2 hybri￭ di￭ zed carbon atoms the reaction is performed in the presence of an organ￭ op￭ all￭ adi￭ um catalyst the hali￭ de br cl or tri￭ fl￭ ate is an ar￭ yl ben￭ zy￭ l or vinyl compound and the al￭ k￭ ene contains at least one hydrogen and is often electr￭ on deficient such as ac￭ ry￭ late ester or an ac￭ ry￭ lon￭ it￭ ri￭ le the catalyst can be tetr￭ akis tri￭ phen￭ yl￭ phosp￭ h￭ ine p￭ all￭ adi￭ um 0 p￭ all￭ adi￭ um chloride or p￭ all￭ adi￭ um ii acetate the lig￭ and is tri￭ phen￭ yl￭ phosp￭ h￭ ine pho￭ x or bin￭ ap the base is tri￭ ethyl￭ amine potassium carbon￭ ate or sodium acetate several reviews have been published
the heck mat￭ su￭ da hm reaction is an organic reaction and a type of p￭ all￭ adi￭ um cataly￭ sed ar￭ yl￭ ation of ole￭ fins that uses are￭ ne￭ di￭ az￭ on￭ ium salts as an alternative to ar￭ yl hali￭ des and tri￭ fl￭ ates the use of are￭ ne￭ di￭ az￭ on￭ ium salts presents some advantages over traditional ar￭ yl hali￭ de electro￭ ph￭ iles for example the use of phosp￭ h￭ ines as lig￭ and are not required and thus neg￭ ating the requirement for an￭ aer￭ ob￭ ic conditions which makes the reaction more practical and easier to handle additionally the reaction can be performed with or without a base and is often faster than traditional heck protocols hm faster than heck all￭ yl￭ ic alcohol￭ s con￭ ju￭ gated al￭ ken￭ es un￭ saturated heter￭ oc￭ ycles and un￭ activated al￭ ken￭ es are capable of being ar￭ yl￭ ated with are￭ ne￭ di￭ az￭ on￭ ium salts using simple cataly￭ sts such as p￭ all￭ adi￭ um acetate pd o￭ ac 2 or tr￭ is di￭ ben￭ zy￭ li￭ den￭ e￭ acet￭ one di￭ p￭ all￭ adi￭ um 0 pd 2 d￭ ba 3 at room temperature in air and in benign and conventional solvents ole￭ fins in hm reaction in addition to the inter￭ molecular variant of the hm reaction intr￭ am￭ ol￭ ec￭ ular cy￭ cli￭ zation processes have also been developed for the construction of a range of oxygen and nitrogen heter￭ oc￭ ycles intr￭ am￭ ol￭ ec￭ ular hm the catalytic cycle for the heck mat￭ su￭ da ar￭ yl￭ ation reaction has four main steps oxid￭ ative addition migratory insertion or carb￭ op￭ all￭ ad￭ ation syn β elimination and reduc￭ tive elimination the proposed heck catalytic cycle involving c￭ ation￭ ic p￭ all￭ adi￭ um with di￭ az￭ on￭ ium salts was reinforced by studies with mass spec￭ tro￭ metry e￭ si by cor￭ re￭ ia and co workers these results also show the complex interactions that occur in the coordination sphere of p￭ all￭ adi￭ um during the heck reaction with are￭ ne￭ di￭ az￭ on￭ ium salt hm mechanism
heel pad syndrome also known as heel fat pad syndrome heel pad atro￭ phy and heel fat pad atro￭ phy is a pain that occurs in the center of the heel it is typically due to atro￭ phy of the fat pad which makes up the heel risk factors include obesity other conditions with similar symptoms include plan￭ tar fas￭ ci￭ i￭ tis treatment includes rest pain medication and heel cups it becomes more common with age
heel stick wounds are a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by a break in the skin caused by ne￭ on￭ atal heel prick
he￭ er￭ for￭ dt s syndrome also referred to as u￭ ve￭ op￭ ar￭ o￭ ti￭ d fever he￭ er￭ for￭ dt – my￭ li￭ us syndrome he￭ er￭ for￭ dt – wal￭ den￭ ström syndrome and wal￭ den￭ ström ’ s u￭ ve￭ op￭ ar￭ o￭ ti￭ tis is a rare manifestation of sar￭ co￭ ido￭ sis the symptoms include infl￭ amm￭ ation of the eye u￭ ve￭ i￭ tis sw￭ elling of the par￭ o￭ ti￭ d g￭ land chronic fever and in some cases pal￭ sy of the facial nerves
in dis￭ crete geometry and discrepancy theory the he￭ il￭ bron￭ n triangle problem is a problem of placing points within a region in the plane in order to avoid tri￭ angles of small area it is named after hans he￭ il￭ bron￭ n who con￭ jec￭ tured prior to 1950 that this smallest triangle area is necessarily at most inver￭ sely proportional to the square of the number of points he￭ il￭ bron￭ n s con￭ jec￭ ture was proven false but the as￭ ymp￭ to￭ tic growth rate of the minimum triangle area remains unknown
hei￭ lig￭ ens￭ che￭ in german for ‘ hal￭ o ’ or ‘ au￭ re￭ ola ’ literally ‘ holy or sain￭ tly appearance ’ pronounced ˈ￭ ha￭ ɪ￭ l￭ ɪ￭ ɡ￭ ə￭ n￭ ˌ￭ ʃ￭ a￭ ɪ￭ n see also the article for hal￭ o the optical phenomenon is an optical phenomenon which creates a bright spot around the shadow of the vie￭ wer s head in photo￭ gram￭ metry and remote sensing it is more commonly known as the hot￭ spot and is due to the reduction in the proportion of shadows viewed at angles close to the back￭ scat￭ ter direction it may also be created when the surface on which the shadow falls has special optical characteristics both dry du￭ sty surfaces and de￭ wy grass are known to exhibit these characteristics nearly spher￭ ical de￭ w dro￭ ple￭ ts act as l￭ enses to focus the light on the surface beneath them some of this light back￭ scat￭ ters in the direction of the sunlight as it passes back through the de￭ w dro￭ p￭ let this makes the anti￭ solar point appear the brightest the glory creates a similar hal￭ o effect by a different mechanism
in mathematics the he￭ ine – can￭ tor theore￭ m named after edu￭ ard he￭ ine and georg can￭ tor states that if f m → n is a continuous function between two metric spaces and m is compact then f is uniformly continuous an important special case is that every continuous function from a bounded closed interval to the real numbers is uniformly continuous
a hein￭ rich event is a natural phenomenon in which large arm￭ adas of ice￭ ber￭ gs break off from glaciers and tra￭ verse the north atlantic first described by marine geo￭ logist har￭ t￭ mut hein￭ rich they occurred during the past gl￭ ac￭ ial periods or ice ages and are particularly well documented for the last gl￭ ac￭ ial period the ice￭ ber￭ gs contained rock mass which has been eroded by the glaciers and as they melted this matter was dropped onto the sea floor as ice raf￭ ted debris abbreviated to ir￭ d the ice￭ ber￭ gs melting caused pro￭ digi￭ ous amounts of fresh water to be added to the north atlantic such inputs of cold and fresh water may well have altered the density driven thermo￭ hal￭ ine circulation patterns of the ocean and often coincide with indications of global climate fluctuations various mechanisms have been proposed to explain the cause of hein￭ rich events most of which implies instability of the massive lau￭ ren￭ tide ice sheet a continental glaci￭ er covering north america during the last gl￭ ac￭ ial period other northern hemisphere ice sheets were potentially involved as well scandinavia iceland greenland however the initial cause of this instability is still debated
heli￭ co￭ bac￭ ter cell￭ u￭ li￭ tis is a cu￭ taneous condition caused by heli￭ co￭ bac￭ ter cin￭ a￭ ed￭ i h cin￭ a￭ ed￭ i can cause cell￭ u￭ li￭ tis and bacter￭ emia in immun￭ o￭ compromised people
heli￭ co￭ bac￭ ter p￭ yl￭ ori previously camp￭ y￭ lob￭ ac￭ ter p￭ yl￭ ori is a gram negative micro￭ aer￭ oph￭ il￭ ic bacter￭ ium found usually in the stomach it was identified in 1982 by australian scientists barry marshall and robin warren who found that it was present in a person with chronic gast￭ ri￭ tis and ga￭ str￭ ic ul￭ cers conditions not previously believed to have a micro￭ bial cause it is also linked to the development of du￭ o￭ den￭ al ul￭ cers and stomach cancer however over 80 of individuals infected with the bacter￭ ium are as￭ ymp￭ tomatic and it may play an important role in the natural stomach ecology more than 50 of the world s population harbor h p￭ yl￭ ori in their upper gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract infection is more prevalent in developing countries and incidence is decreasing in western countries h p￭ yl￭ ori s hel￭ ical shape from which the genus name is derived is thought to have evolved to penetrate the mu￭ co￭ id lining of the stomach
hel￭ ls gate is an abrupt narrowing of british columbia s fr￭ as￭ er river located immediately downstream of boston bar in the southern fr￭ as￭ er canyon the tow￭ ering rock walls of the fr￭ as￭ er river plunge toward each other forcing the waters through a passage only 35 metres 115 ft wide it is also the name of the rural loc￭ ality at the same location for centuries the narrow passage has been a popular fishing ground for ab￭ original communities in the area european settlers also began to cong￭ reg￭ ate there in the summer months to fish eventually the fr￭ as￭ er canyon became a route used by gold rush min￭ ers wishing to access the upper fr￭ as￭ er gold bearing bars and the upper country beyond up the fr￭ as￭ er and the thompson in the 18￭ 80 s the canadian pacific railway c￭ pr built a trans￭ continental railroad that passed along the bank at hel￭ ls gate and in 19￭ 11 the canadian northern railway c￭ nr began constructing a second track in 1914 a large roc￭ k￭ slide triggered by c￭ nr construction fell into the river at hel￭ ls gate obstructing the passage of pacific salmon needing to swim upstream to spa￭ wn salmon had difficulty passing through the now swif￭ ter water and were appearing in increased numbers downstream below the hel￭ ls gate passage and in tribu￭ tary rivers and streams that they had not inhabited before in the winter of 1914 debris removal began and in 1915 the river was pronounced clear however many biologists claim that the river was permanently altered and the salmon migration would forever remain disturbed by the slide a decrease in fr￭ as￭ er salmon cataly￭ zed tension between the government of canada and the ab￭ original peoples of the area not only did the debris clearing operation impede their access to the river but the government imposed new fishing restrictions such as a four day per week limit in an attempt to preserve the salmon population ultimately the slide and subsequent restrictions proved very damaging for the ab￭ original fishing economy the canadian and united states governments formed the pacific salmon convention psc of 19￭ 37 which created the international pacific salmon fisheries commission ip￭ s￭ fc now the pacific salmon commission the ip￭ s￭ fc carried out extensive research and as based on their findings they recommended that fish￭ ways be constructed to help migr￭ ating salmon pass through hel￭ ls gate building of the fish￭ ways began in 1944 this decision sparked a major controversy in the pacific fisheries and research community which became divided along national lines american william thompson head researcher for the ip￭ s￭ fc was criticized by canadian zoo￭ logist william ric￭ ker who claimed that the ip￭ s￭ fc research was unreliable and that fish￭ ways were not a means to preserving fr￭ as￭ er salmon ric￭ ker believed that hel￭ ls gate posed no threat to migr￭ ating salmon and that commercial over fishing did he held that stringent regulations should be placed on fishing for fr￭ as￭ er salmon the fish￭ ways at hel￭ ls gate became a tourist attraction in the 1970 s among the attr￭ actions for tourists are the air￭ tr￭ am food outlets observation dec￭ ks and an educational fisheries exhibit
hel￭ m￭ hol￭ tz resonance or wind thro￭ b is the phenomenon of air resonance in a cav￭ ity such as when one blows across the top of an empty bottle the name comes from a device created in the 18￭ 50 s by her￭ mann von hel￭ m￭ hol￭ tz the hel￭ m￭ hol￭ tz reson￭ ator which he used to identify the various frequencies or musical pit￭ ches present in music and other complex sounds
the hel￭ m￭ hol￭ tz – ko￭ hl￭ ra￭ us￭ ch effect after her￭ mann von hel￭ m￭ hol￭ tz and ru￭ dol￭ f ko￭ hl￭ ra￭ us￭ ch is an ent￭ op￭ tic phenomenon where￭ in the intense satur￭ ation of spectr￭ al h￭ ue is perceived as part of the color s lumin￭ ance this bri￭ ght￭ ness increase by satur￭ ation which grows stronger as satur￭ ation increases might better be called ch￭ rom￭ atic lumin￭ ance since white or ach￭ rom￭ atic lumin￭ ance is the standard of comparison it appears in both self lumin￭ ous and surface colors although it is most pronounced in spectr￭ al lights
hel￭ min￭ thi￭ asis plural hel￭ min￭ thi￭ ases also known as worm infection is any macro￭ par￭ asi￭ tic disease of humans and other animals in which a part of the body is infected with par￭ asi￭ tic worms known as hel￭ min￭ ths there are numerous species of these parasites which are broadly classified into ta￭ pe￭ worms flu￭ kes and round￭ worms they often live in the gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract of their hosts but they may also bur￭ row into other organs where they induce physiological damage soil transmitted hel￭ min￭ thi￭ asis and sch￭ is￭ to￭ som￭ i￭ asis are the most important hel￭ min￭ thi￭ ases and are among the neglected tropical diseases this group of hel￭ mi￭ an￭ thi￭ ases have been targeted under the joint action of the world s leading pharmaceutical companies and non governmental organizations through a project launched in 2012 called the london declaration on neglected tropical diseases which aims to control or eradicate certain neglected tropical diseases by 2020 hel￭ min￭ thi￭ asis has been found to result in poor birth outcome poor cognitive development poor school and work performance poor socioeconomic development and poverty chronic illness malnutrition and an￭ emia are further examples of secondary effects soil transmitted hel￭ min￭ thi￭ ases are responsible for par￭ asi￭ tic infections in as much as a quarter of the human population worldwide one well known example of soil transmitted hel￭ min￭ thi￭ ases is as￭ cari￭ asis
silver s￭ cur￭ f is a plant disease that is caused by the plant pathogen hel￭ min￭ th￭ os￭ por￭ ium sol￭ ani this pathogen is a fun￭ gus which is specific to inf￭ ecting only potato tubers silver s￭ cur￭ f is a bl￭ em￭ ish disease meaning the effect it has on tubers is mostly cosmetic and affects “ fresh market processing and seed tu￭ ber potatoes there are some reports of it affecting development meaning growth and tu￭ ber yield this is caused by light brown le￭ sions which in turn change the perme￭ ability of tu￭ ber skin and then it causes tu￭ ber shr￭ ink￭ age and water loss which finally causes weight loss the disease has become economically important because silver s￭ cur￭ f affected potatoes for processing and direct consumption have been rejected by the industry the disease cycle can be divided into two stages field and storage it is mainly a seed borne disease and the primary source of in￭ oc￭ ul￭ um is mainly infected potato seed tubers symptoms develop and worsen in storage because the conditions are conducive to spor￭ ulation the ideal conditions for the spread of this disease are high temperatures and high hum￭ idity there are also many cultural practices that favor spread and development luckily there are multiple ways to help control the disease
a help￭ mate is a type of chess problem in which both sides cooperate in order to achieve the goal of check￭ m￭ ating black in a help￭ mate in n moves black moves first then white each side moving n times to culminate in white s n￭ th move check￭ m￭ ating black in a help￭ mate in two for example sometimes abbreviated h 2 the solution consists of a black move a white move a second black move then a second white move giving check￭ mate although the two sides cooperate all moves must be legal according to the rules of chess the example problem to the right is a help￭ mate in eight or h 8 by z mas￭ l￭ ar published in die sch￭ wal￭ be in 1981 the solution is recall that in help￭ mate solutions black s move is given first 1 k￭ f 3 k￭ d 3 2 bb 3 k￭ c 3 3 ke 4 k￭ d 2 4 k￭ d 4 ke 2 5 k￭ c 3 nb 4 6 k￭ b 2 k￭ d 2 7 ka 1 k￭ c 1 8 ba 2 nc 2
hem￭ an￭ gi￭ obl￭ ast￭ om￭ as or ha￭ eman￭ gi￭ obl￭ ast￭ om￭ as see spelling differences cap￭ il￭ li￭ ary hem￭ an￭ gi￭ obl￭ ast￭ om￭ as are tumors of the central nervous system that originate from the vascular system usually during middle age sometimes these tumors occur in other sites such as the spinal cord and re￭ tina they may be associated with other diseases such as poly￭ cy￭ them￭ ia increased blood cell count pan￭ cre￭ atic cy￭ sts and von hip￭ pel lind￭ au syndrome v￭ hl syndrome hem￭ an￭ gi￭ obl￭ ast￭ om￭ as are most commonly composed of st￭ rom￭ al cells in small blood vessels and usually occur in the cere￭ bell￭ um brain stem or spinal cord they are classed as grade one tumors under the world health organization s classification system
hem￭ an￭ gi￭ o￭ endo￭ the￭ li￭ oma is used to describe a group of vascular ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms that may be considered benign as well as m￭ align￭ ant depending on the specific group member s activity
an inf￭ anti￭ le hem￭ an￭ gi￭ oma i￭ h is one of the most common benign tumors of infancy and occurs in approximately 5 – 10 of infants the word hem￭ an￭ gi￭ oma comes from the greek ha￭ ema α￭ ί￭ μα blood ange￭ io αγ￭ γ￭ εί￭ ο vessel oma ω￭ μα tumor inf￭ anti￭ le hem￭ an￭ gi￭ om￭ as are benign vascular tumors composed of an increased number of unique endo￭ the￭ li￭ al cells that line blood vessels they occur more frequently in female premature and low birth weight infants inf￭ anti￭ le hem￭ an￭ gi￭ om￭ as usually appear within the first weeks of life and grow most rapidly during the first three to six months of life for most hem￭ an￭ gi￭ om￭ as 80 of inf￭ anti￭ le hem￭ an￭ gi￭ oma size is generally reached by 3 months of age usually growth and proliferation is complete and inv￭ olution commences by twelve months of age however inv￭ olution occurs slowly over many years with a majority of inf￭ anti￭ le hem￭ an￭ gi￭ oma regression occurring by five years of age although inf￭ anti￭ le hem￭ an￭ gi￭ om￭ as spontaneously reg￭ ress over time some may leave residual redundant fi￭ bro￭ fatty tissue scar residual tel￭ an￭ gi￭ ec￭ ta￭ sia or pi￭ gm￭ entary changes
a hem￭ an￭ gi￭ oper￭ ic￭ y￭ tom￭ a h￭ pc is a type of soft tissue sar￭ coma that originates in the peric￭ y￭ tes in the walls of cap￭ il￭ lar￭ ies when inside the nervous system although not strictly a men￭ ing￭ i￭ oma tumor it is a men￭ ing￭ e￭ al tumor with a special aggressive behavior it was first characterized in 19￭ 42
hem￭ an￭ gi￭ os￭ ar￭ coma is a rapidly growing highly invasive variety of cancer occurring almost exclusively in dogs and rarely in cats it is a sar￭ coma arising from the lining of blood vessels that is blood filled channels and spaces are commonly observed micro￭ sco￭ p￭ ically a frequent cause of death is the rup￭ turing of this tumor causing the patient to rapidly bleed to death the term an￭ gi￭ os￭ ar￭ coma when used without modi￭ fier usually refers to hem￭ an￭ gi￭ os￭ ar￭ coma however glo￭ man￭ gi￭ os￭ ar￭ coma 87￭ 10 3 and lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ os￭ ar￭ coma 9￭ 170 3 are distinct conditions hem￭ an￭ gi￭ os￭ ar￭ com￭ as are commonly associated with toxic exposure to th￭ orium dioxide thor￭ o￭ tr￭ ast vinyl chloride and arsenic
hem￭ ar￭ thro￭ sis or ha￭ em￭ ar￭ thro￭ sis plural h a em￭ ar￭ thro￭ ses is a bleeding into joint spaces it is a common feature of hem￭ ophi￭ lia the presence of it excludes the idi￭ opathic thro￭ m￭ bo￭ cy￭ top￭ en￭ ic pur￭ pur￭ a it￭ p
hem￭ at￭ em￭ esis or ha￭ em￭ at￭ em￭ esis is the v￭ om￭ iting of blood the source is generally the upper gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract typically above the susp￭ ens￭ ory muscle of du￭ o￭ den￭ um patients can easily confuse it with hem￭ op￭ ty￭ sis cou￭ gh￭ ing up blood although the latter is more common hem￭ at￭ em￭ esis is always an important sign
hem￭ ati￭ dro￭ sis also cal￭ led￭ blood sweat is a very rare condition in which a human swe￭ ats blood the term is from greek ha￭ ima ha￭ im￭ at￭ os α￭ ἷ￭ μα α￭ ἵ￭ ματ￭ ος meaning blood and hi￭ dr￭ ō￭ s ἱ￭ δρ￭ ώς meaning sweat
a hem￭ ato￭ ce￭ le is a collection of blood in a body cav￭ ity the term most commonly refers to the collection of blood in the tun￭ ica vag￭ in￭ alis around the tes￭ tic￭ le hem￭ at￭ oc￭ el￭ es can also occur in the ab￭ domin￭ al cav￭ ity and other body ca￭ vities
ha￭ emato￭ che￭ zia or hem￭ ato￭ che￭ zia from greek α￭ ἷ￭ μα blood and χ￭ έ￭ ζ￭ ει￭ ν to defa￭ ec￭ ate is the passage of fresh blood through the an￭ us usually in or with sto￭ ols contrast with mel￭ ena ha￭ emato￭ che￭ zia is commonly associated with lower gastro￭ intest￭ inal bleeding but may also occur from a br￭ isk upper gastro￭ intest￭ inal bleed the difference between hem￭ ato￭ che￭ zia and rec￭ tor￭ rha￭ gia is that in the latter rec￭ tal bleeding is not associated with defec￭ ation instead it is associated with expulsion of fresh bright red blood without sto￭ ols the phrase bright red blood per rec￭ tum br￭ b￭ pr is associated with hem￭ ato￭ che￭ zia and rec￭ tor￭ rha￭ gia it is also important to differentiate from hem￭ at￭ op￭ ap￭ y￭ rus blood on the toilet paper noticed when wiping
hem￭ ato￭ col￭ pos is a medical condition in which the vag￭ ina fills with men￭ str￭ ual blood it is often caused by the combination of men￭ str￭ uation with an imper￭ for￭ ate hy￭ men it is sometimes seen in ro￭ bin￭ ow syndrome uter￭ us di￭ del￭ ph￭ ys or other con￭ genital conditions a related disorder is hem￭ atom￭ e￭ tra where the uter￭ us fills with men￭ str￭ ual blood it presents after pu￭ ber￭ ty as primary amen￭ or￭ rho￭ ea recurrent pel￭ vic pain with a pel￭ vic mass this can be caused by a con￭ genital sten￭ osis of the cer￭ vi￭ x or by a complic￭ ation of a surgical treatment
hem￭ ato￭ logic diseases are disorders which primarily affect the blood hem￭ at￭ ology includes the study of these disorders
a hem￭ atom￭ a is a loc￭ alized collection of blood outside the blood vessels usually in liquid form within the tissue an ec￭ ch￭ y￭ mo￭ sis commonly although errone￭ ously called a bru￭ ise is a hem￭ atom￭ a of the skin larger than 10 mm it is not to be confused with hem￭ an￭ gi￭ oma which is an abnormal buil￭ dup of blood vessels in the skin or internal organs
hem￭ atom￭ e￭ tra or hem￭ ome￭ tra is a medical condition involving collection or retention of blood in the uter￭ us it is most commonly caused by an imper￭ for￭ ate hy￭ men or a trans￭ verse vag￭ inal sep￭ tum
hem￭ ato￭ po￭ ie￭ tic ul￭ cers are those occurring with sick￭ le cell an￭ emia con￭ genital hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic an￭ emia poly￭ cy￭ them￭ ia vera thro￭ m￭ bo￭ cy￭ top￭ en￭ ic pur￭ pur￭ a macro￭ glob￭ ul￭ in￭ emia and cry￭ o￭ glob￭ ul￭ in￭ emia
hem￭ ato￭ sal￭ pin￭ x sometimes also h￭ emo￭ sal￭ pin￭ x is a medical condition involving bleeding into the fall￭ op￭ ian tubes
hem￭ at￭ os￭ per￭ mia the presence of blood in semen is most often a benign symptom among men age 40 or older hem￭ at￭ os￭ per￭ mia is a slight predic￭ tor of cancer typically pro￭ state cancer no specific cause is found in up to 70 of cases
in medicine hem￭ atur￭ ia or ha￭ em￭ atur￭ ia is the presence of red blood cells er￭ y￭ thro￭ cy￭ tes in the urine it may be idi￭ opathic and or benign or it can be a sign that there is a kidney stone or a tumor in the ur￭ inary tract kidneys u￭ re￭ ters ur￭ inary blad￭ der pro￭ state and u￭ re￭ th￭ ra ranging from trivial to lethal if white blood cells are found in addition to red blood cells then it is a signal of ur￭ inary tract infection occasionally h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in￭ ur￭ ia is used synonym￭ ously although more precisely it refers only to h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in in the urine
h￭ emer￭ al￭ op￭ ia from greek η￭ μέ￭ ρ￭ α h￭ emer￭ a day and α￭ λα￭ ός al￭ a￭ os blindness is the inability to see clearly in bright light and is the exact opposite of ny￭ c￭ tal￭ op￭ ia night blindness h￭ emer￭ a was the greek goddess of day and ny￭ x was the goddess of night however it has been used in an opposite sense by many non english speaking doctors it can be described as insufficient adaptation to bright light it is also called heli￭ opho￭ bia and day blindness in h￭ emer￭ al￭ op￭ ia day￭ time vision gets worse characterised by photo￭ aversion dislike avoidance of light rather than pho￭ top￭ ho￭ bia eye discomfort pain in light which is typical of infl￭ amm￭ ations of eye night￭ time vision largely remains unchanged due to the use of rods as opposed to con￭ es during the day which are affected by h￭ emer￭ al￭ op￭ ia and in turn de￭ grade the day￭ time optical response hence many patients feel they see better at dus￭ k than in day￭ time
the hem￭ et￭ s￭ berger in￭ do￭ le synthesis also called the hem￭ et￭ s￭ berger – k￭ nit￭ tel synthesis is a chemical reaction that ther￭ m￭ ally de￭ com￭ poses a 3 ar￭ yl 2 azi￭ do pro￭ pen￭ o￭ ic ester into an in￭ do￭ le 2 car￭ box￭ yl￭ ic ester the hem￭ et￭ s￭ berger in￭ do￭ le synthesis yields are typically above 70 however this is not a popular reaction due to the lack of stability and difficulty in synthe￭ sizing the starting material
hem￭ i￭ an￭ op￭ sia or hem￭ i￭ an￭ op￭ ia is a decreased vision or blindness an￭ op￭ sia in half the visual field usually on one side of the vertical mid￭ line the most common causes of this damage are stroke brain tumor and trauma this article deals only with permanent hem￭ i￭ an￭ op￭ ia and not with transitory temporary hem￭ i￭ an￭ op￭ ia as identified by william wol￭ la￭ ston pr￭ s in 18￭ 24 gan￭ zz￭ an￭ ig￭ a iv￭ ry and man￭ gun cognitive neuro￭ science the biology of the mind w w nor￭ ton and company new york and london p 9
bal￭ lis￭ mus or bal￭ lis￭ m called hem￭ i￭ bal￭ lis￭ mus or hem￭ i￭ bal￭ lis￭ m in its unilateral form is a very rare movement disorder it is a type of cho￭ rea caused in most cases by a decrease in activity of the sub￭ thal￭ am￭ ic nucleus of the bas￭ al gang￭ lia resulting in the appearance of fla￭ iling ballistic un￭ desired movements of the limbs it can also appear rarely due to certain metabol￭ ic ab￭ norm￭ alities it is a rare movement disorder being 500 times r￭ arer than par￭ kinson s disease hem￭ i￭ bal￭ lis￭ mus can cause significant disability symptoms can decrease during sleep
hemic￭ ran￭ ia continu￭ a hc is a persistent unilateral headache that responds to in￭ dom￭ eth￭ ac￭ in it is usually unre￭ mitting but rare cases of remission have been documented hemic￭ ran￭ ia continu￭ a is considered a primary headache disorder meaning that it is not caused by another condition
hem￭ i￭ facial hyper￭ tro￭ phy also termed facial hem￭ i￭ hyper￭ tro￭ phy facial hem￭ i￭ hyper￭ pl￭ asia or fried￭ reich s disease abbreviated as h￭ f￭ h is rare con￭ genital disease characterized by unilateral enlargement of the head and teeth it is classified as true h￭ f￭ h th￭ f￭ h with unilateral enlargement of the vis￭ cer￭ o￭ cran￭ ium and partial h￭ f￭ h ph￭ f￭ h in which not all structures are enlarged hem￭ i￭ facial hyper￭ tro￭ phy can cause a wide spectrum of defects or may involve only muscle or bone it is usually treated sur￭ g￭ ically it is believed to be a minor form of hem￭ i￭ hyper￭ tro￭ phy
hem￭ i￭ facial micro￭ som￭ ia is a con￭ genital disorder that affects the development of the lower half of the face most commonly the ears the mouth and the man￭ di￭ ble it can occur on one side of the face or both if severe it can lead to difficulties in breathing obstructing the trac￭ hea and requiring a trac￭ he￭ o￭ tomy it is the second most common facial birth defect after cle￭ f￭ ts with an incidence in the range of 1 in 3500 to 4500 hem￭ i￭ facial micro￭ som￭ ia shares many similarities with tre￭ acher collins syndrome
hem￭ i￭ facial sp￭ asm h￭ fs is a rare neuro￭ muscular disease characterized by irregular involuntary muscle contr￭ actions sp￭ as￭ ms on one side hem￭ i of the face facial the facial muscles are controlled by the facial nerve seventh cran￭ ial nerve which originates at the bra￭ inst￭ em and exits the skull below the ear where it separates into five main branches this disease takes two forms typical and atypical in typical form the tw￭ it￭ ching usually starts in the lower eye￭ lid in or￭ bic￭ ul￭ aris oc￭ uli muscle as time progres￭ ses it spreads to the whole lid then to the or￭ bic￭ ul￭ aris or￭ is muscle around the lips and buc￭ cin￭ ator muscle in the chee￭ k￭ bone area the reverse process of tw￭ it￭ ching occurs in atypical hem￭ i￭ facial sp￭ asm tw￭ it￭ ching starts in or￭ bic￭ ul￭ aris or￭ is muscle around the lips and buc￭ cin￭ ator muscle in the chee￭ k￭ bone area in the lower face then progres￭ ses up to the or￭ bic￭ ul￭ aris oc￭ uli muscle in the eye￭ lid as time progres￭ ses the most common form is the typical form and atypical form is only seen in about 2 – 3 of patients with hem￭ i￭ facial sp￭ asm the incidence of hem￭ i￭ facial sp￭ asm is approximately 0 8 per 100 000 persons this disorder occurs in both men and women although it affects middle aged or elderly women more frequently hem￭ i￭ facial sp￭ asm is much more common in some asian populations it may be caused by a facial nerve injury a tumor or it may have no apparent cause individuals with sp￭ asm on both sides of the face are very rare
hem￭ i￭ hydr￭ an￭ encephal￭ y is a severe cephal￭ ic disorder characterized by complete or almost complete absence of the cere￭ br￭ al cor￭ tex with preservation of men￭ inges bas￭ al gang￭ lia p￭ ons med￭ ul￭ la cere￭ bell￭ um and fal￭ x it is a special type of hydr￭ an￭ encephal￭ y it is a very rare disease as it stands only 7 cases have been reported
hem￭ i￭ hyper￭ pl￭ asia – multiple li￭ po￭ mat￭ osis syndrome is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by multiple li￭ po￭ mas in association with asymmetric but non progressive and non distorting over￭ growth cu￭ taneous cap￭ ill￭ ary mal￭ formations and thick￭ ened plan￭ tar skin with prominent cre￭ ases
hem￭ i￭ hyper￭ tro￭ phy now more commonly referred to as hem￭ i￭ hyper￭ pl￭ asia in the medical literature is a condition in which one side of the body or a part of one side of the body is larger than the other to an extent considered greater than the normal variation as it is difficult to establish a set clinical criteria for diagnosis of hem￭ i￭ hyper￭ pl￭ asia the dic￭ tum is often used that the clin￭ ician should be able to see the asymmetry from the end of the bed hem￭ i￭ hyper￭ pl￭ asia is a con￭ genital over￭ growth disorder and the asymmetry can range from mild to severe it is important to establish a diagnosis because hem￭ i￭ hyper￭ pl￭ asia is associated with an increased risk for embry￭ onal tumors mainly wil￭ ms tumor and he￭ pat￭ obl￭ ast￭ oma due to the heightened tumor risk there is a tumor screening protocol that is recommended for all children with isolated hem￭ i￭ hyper￭ pl￭ asia and bec￭ k￭ with wi￭ e￭ deman￭ n syndrome some of the other syndro￭ mes associated with hem￭ i￭ hyper￭ pl￭ asia may also follow this tumor surveillance protocol the recommended tumor surveillance protocol is 1 any child with suspected isolated hem￭ i￭ hyper￭ pl￭ asia should be referred to a clinical gene￭ tic￭ ist for evaluation 2 ab￭ domin￭ al ul￭ tras￭ ound every 3 months until 7 years 3 serum alpha fe￭ to￭ protein measurement every 3 months until 4 years 4 daily caretaker ab￭ domin￭ al examination at the discretion of the provider parent children with hem￭ i￭ hyper￭ tro￭ phy may also develop sco￭ li￭ osis a cur￭ v￭ ature of the sp￭ ine there are two main surgical options for the treatment of hem￭ i￭ hyper￭ tro￭ phy shortening and leng￭ th￭ ening ep￭ ip￭ hy￭ sio￭ des￭ is which involves removing part of the growth plate of the longer leg allowing the shorter leg to catch up is performed on patients still able to grow bone res￭ ection is performed on patients who have no growth left and involves removing part of the bone leg leng￭ th￭ ening procedures are more painful involving the insertion of pins to be turned moving parts of the bone apart ili￭ zar￭ ov s method this process is reserved mainly for patients with a discrepancy greater than 4 cm although some leg leng￭ th￭ ening procedures are now done cosme￭ tically non surgical options include attachment of a lift to the shoe allowing the patient to walk normally hem￭ i￭ facial hyper￭ pl￭ asia is believed to be a minor form of hem￭ i￭ hyper￭ tro￭ phy
hem￭ im￭ o￭ tor neglect or simply motor neglect is a neuro￭ psychological condition that occurs after damage to one hemisphere of the brain characterized by a failure of spontaneous use of upper and lower limbs on one side of body it occurs in the absence of paralysis pyram￭ idal syndro￭ mes extr￭ ap￭ y￭ ram￭ idal symptoms strength and primary sensory deficit
hem￭ ip￭ a￭ res￭ is is unilateral pa￭ res￭ is that is weakness of the entire left or right side of the body hem￭ i means half hem￭ ip￭ legi￭ a is in its most severe form complete paralysis of half of the body hem￭ ip￭ a￭ res￭ is and hem￭ ip￭ legi￭ a can be caused by different medical conditions including con￭ genital causes trauma tumors or stroke
hemis￭ pati￭ al neglect also called hem￭ i￭ agno￭ sia hem￭ in￭ eg￭ l￭ ect unilateral neglect spatial neglect contr￭ al￭ ateral neglect unilateral visual in￭ attention hem￭ i in￭ attention neglect syndrome or contr￭ al￭ ateral hemis￭ pati￭ al￭ agno￭ sia is a neuro￭ psychological condition in which after damage to one hemisphere of the brain is sustained a deficit in attention to and awareness of one side of space is observed it is defined by the inability of a person to process and perceive stimul￭ i on one side of the body or environment where that inability is not due to a lack of sensation hemis￭ pati￭ al neglect is very commonly contr￭ al￭ ateral to the damaged hemisphere but instances of ip￭ si￭ le￭ sional neglect on the same side as the le￭ sion have been reported
h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in c abbreviated as h￭ b c or h￭ bc is an abnormal h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in in which substitution of a glu￭ tam￭ ic acid residue with a lys￭ ine residue at the 6 th position of the β glob￭ in chain has occurred e 6 k substitution
h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in d pun￭ jab is one of the sub variants of h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in d a variant of h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in found in human blood it is so named because of its higher prevalence in the pun￭ jab region of india and pakistan it is also the most frequent abnormal h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in variant in xinjiang uygh￭ ur autonomous region of china studies indicate that h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in d pun￭ jab accounts for over 55 of the total h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in variants there h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in d pun￭ jab was first discovered in the early 1950 s in a mixed british and american family of indian origin from the los angeles area hence it is also sometimes called “ d los angeles ” h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in d is the 4 th most common h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in variant it developed as a response to the selective pressures of malaria in these regions of asia
the β￭ e mutation affects β gene expression creating an alternate s￭ plic￭ ing site in the mr￭ na at co￭ d￭ ons 25 27 of the β glob￭ in gene through this mechanism there is a mild deficiency in normal β mr￭ na and production of small amounts of anom￭ alous β mr￭ na the reduced synthesis of β chain may cause β thal￭ ass￭ emia also this h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in variant has a weak union between α and β glob￭ in causing instability when there is a high amount of oxid￭ ant
h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in h disease is a type of alpha thal￭ ass￭ emia caused by impaired production of three of the four alpha glob￭ ins coded by genes h￭ ba 1 and h￭ ba 2
h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in￭ emia british ha￭ emo￭ glob￭ in￭ aemia is a medical condition in which there is an excess of h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in in the blood plasma this is an effect of intr￭ av￭ ascular hem￭ ol￭ ysis in which h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in separates from red blood cells a form of an￭ emia h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in￭ emia can be caused by intr￭ in￭ is￭ ic or extr￭ ins￭ ic factors when h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in￭ emia is internally caused it is a result of rec￭ essive genetic defects that cause the red blood cells to ly￭ se letting the h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in spill out of the cell into the blood plasma in externally caused h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in￭ emia an outside att￭ acker acts as an anti￭ body against the red blood cells this can cause the cells to be destroyed and their h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in released
in medicine h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in￭ ur￭ ia or ha￭ emo￭ glob￭ in￭ ur￭ ia is a condition in which the oxygen transport protein h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in is found in abnormally high concentrations in the urine the condition is often associated with hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic an￭ emia in which red blood cells r￭ b￭ cs are destroyed thereby increasing levels of free plasma h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in excess h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in is filtered by the kidneys which ex￭ crete it into the urine giving urine a purple color
hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic u￭ rem￭ ic syndrome or ha￭ emol￭ y￭ tic ur￭ a￭ emic syndrome abbreviated hus is a disease characterized by hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic an￭ emia an￭ emia caused by destruction of red blood cells acute kidney failure u￭ re￭ mia and a low plat￭ elet count thro￭ m￭ bo￭ cy￭ top￭ enia it predominantly but not exclusively affects children most cases are preceded by an episode of infectious sometimes bloody diarr￭ hea acquired as a food￭ borne illness or from a contaminated water supply caused by e coli o 157 h 7 other non o 157 h 7 e coli sero￭ types shi￭ g￭ ella and camp￭ y￭ lob￭ ac￭ ter a variety of viruses have also been implicated as a caus￭ ative agent it is now the most common cause of acquired acute ren￭ al failure in childhood it is a medical emergency and carries a 5 – 10 mortality rate of the remainder the majority recover without major consequences but a small proportion develop chronic kidney disease meaning at some point they will likely become reliant on ren￭ al replacement therapy dial￭ ysis or transplantation the primary target appears to be the vascular endo￭ the￭ li￭ al cell this may explain the patho￭ genesis of hus in which a characteristic ren￭ al le￭ sion is cap￭ ill￭ ary micro￭ an￭ gi￭ opathy hus was first defined as a syndrome in 1955 the more common form of the disease shi￭ ga like toxin producing e coli hus st￭ ec hus is triggered by the infectious agent e coli o 157 h 7 and several other non o 157 h 7 e coli sero￭ types certain shi￭ ga toxin secre￭ ting strains of shi￭ g￭ ella dy￭ sen￭ ter￭ i￭ ae can also cause hus approximately 5 of cases are classified as pneu￭ mo￭ coc￭ cal hus which results from infection by st￭ rep￭ to￭ co￭ cc￭ us pneu￭ mon￭ i￭ ae the agent that causes traditional lob￭ ar pneumonia there is also a rare chronic and severe form known as atypical hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic u￭ rem￭ ic syndrome ah￭ us which is caused by genetic defects resulting in chronic uncontrolled complement activation both st￭ ec hus and ah￭ us cause endo￭ the￭ li￭ al damage leuk￭ oc￭ y￭ te activation plat￭ elet activation and widespread infl￭ amm￭ ation and multiple thro￭ m￭ bo￭ ses in the small blood vessels a condition known as systemic thro￭ m￭ bo￭ tic micro￭ an￭ gi￭ opathy t￭ ma which leads to thro￭ m￭ bo￭ tic events as well as organ damage failure and death
hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic an￭ emia or ha￭ emol￭ y￭ tic ana￭ emia is a form of an￭ emia due to hem￭ ol￭ ysis the abnormal breakdown of red blood cells r￭ b￭ cs either in the blood vessels intr￭ av￭ ascular hem￭ ol￭ ysis or elsewhere in the human body extr￭ av￭ ascular it has numerous possible consequences ranging from relatively harmless to life threatening the general classification of hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic an￭ emia is either inherited or acquired treatment depends on the cause and nature of the breakdown symptoms of hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic an￭ emia are similar to other forms of an￭ emia fatigue and short￭ ness of breath but in addition the breakdown of red cells leads to ja￭ und￭ ice and increases the risk of particular long term complications such as gall￭ stones and pul￭ mon￭ ary hyper￭ tension
hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic disease of the new￭ born also known as hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic disease of the fe￭ tus and new￭ born h￭ dn h￭ d￭ f￭ n or er￭ y￭ thro￭ bl￭ ast￭ osis fe￭ tal￭ is is an allo￭ immune condition that develops in a fe￭ tus when the ig￭ g molecules one of the five main types of antibodies produced by the mother pass through the plac￭ enta among these antibodies are some which attack antigens on the red blood cells in the fe￭ tal circulation breaking down and destroying the cells hem￭ ol￭ ysis the fe￭ tus can develop re￭ ticul￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis and an￭ emia this fe￭ tal disease ranges from mild to very severe and fe￭ tal death from heart failure hydro￭ ps fe￭ tal￭ is can occur when the disease is moderate or severe many er￭ y￭ thro￭ bl￭ asts immature red blood cells are present in the fe￭ tal blood and so these forms of the disease can be called er￭ y￭ thro￭ bl￭ ast￭ osis fe￭ tal￭ is or er￭ y￭ thro￭ bl￭ ast￭ osis fo￭ e￭ tal￭ is h￭ d￭ f￭ n represents a breach of immune privilege for the fe￭ tus or some other form of impairment of the immune tolerance of pregnancy various types of h￭ d￭ f￭ n are classified by which allo￭ antigen provo￭ kes the response in order of incidence the types include abo anti rh￭ d anti r￭ he anti rh￭ c anti r￭ he anti rh￭ c multi￭ antigen combinations and anti k￭ ell
in abo hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic disease of the new￭ born also known as abo h￭ dn maternal ig￭ g antibodies with specificity for the abo blood group system pass through the plac￭ enta to the fe￭ tal circulation where they can cause hem￭ ol￭ ysis of fe￭ tal red blood cells which can lead to fe￭ tal an￭ emia and h￭ dn in contrast to r￭ h disease about half of the cases of abo h￭ dn occur in a fir￭ st￭ born baby and abo h￭ dn does not become more severe after further pregnancies the abo blood group system is the best known surface antigen system expressed on a wide variety of human cells for caucasian populations about one fifth of all pregnancies have abo incompatibility between the fe￭ tus and the mother but only a very small minority develop symptomatic abo h￭ dn the latter typically only occurs in mothers of blood group o because they can produce enough ig￭ g antibodies to cause hem￭ ol￭ ysis although very un￭ common cases of abo h￭ dn have been reported in infants born to mothers with blood groups a and b
hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic disease of the new￭ born anti k￭ ell 1 is the third most common cause of severe hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic disease of the new￭ born h￭ dn after r￭ h disease and abo incompatibility anti k￭ ell 1 is becoming relatively more important as prevention of r￭ h disease is also becoming more effective hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic disease of the new￭ born anti k￭ ell 1 is caused by a mis￭ match between the k￭ ell antigens of the mother and fe￭ tus about 91 of the population are k￭ ell 1 negative and about 9 are k￭ ell 1 positive a fraction of a percentage are homo￭ zy￭ g￭ ous for k￭ ell 1 therefore about 4 5 of babies born to a k￭ ell 1 negative mother are k￭ ell 1 positive the disease results when maternal antibodies to k￭ ell 1 are transferred to the fe￭ tus across the plac￭ ental barrier breaching immune privilege these antibodies can cause severe an￭ emia by interfering with the early proliferation of red blood cells as well as causing allo￭ immune hem￭ ol￭ ysis very severe disease can occur as early as 20 weeks gest￭ ation hydro￭ ps fe￭ tal￭ is can also occur early the finding of anti k￭ ell antibodies in an anten￭ atal screening blood test indirect co￭ om￭ bs test is an indication for early referral to a specialist service for assessment management and treatment
hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic disease of the new￭ born anti r￭ he is caused by the anti r￭ he anti￭ body of the r￭ h blood group system the anti r￭ he anti￭ body can be naturally occurring or arise following immune sensi￭ tization after a blood transfusion or pregnancy the anti r￭ he anti￭ body is quite common especially in the r￭ h geno￭ type c￭ de c￭ de it usually only causes a mild hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic disease but very rarely can cause a severe condition in the new￭ born it can occur with other antibodies usually the anti rh￭ c anti￭ body which can also cause a severe hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic disease
hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic disease of the new￭ born anti rh￭ c can range from a mild to a severe disease it is the third most common cause of severe h￭ dn r￭ h disease is the most common and hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic disease of the new￭ born anti k￭ ell is the second most common cause of severe h￭ dn it occurs more commonly in women who are r￭ h d negative
hem￭ oper￭ ic￭ ardi￭ um refers to blood in the peric￭ ardi￭ al s￭ ac of the heart it is clin￭ ically similar to a peric￭ ardi￭ al eff￭ usion and depending on the volume and rap￭ idity with which it develops may cause cardiac tam￭ pon￭ ade the condition can be caused by full thickness necro￭ sis death of the my￭ o￭ cardi￭ um heart muscle after my￭ o￭ cardi￭ al inf￭ arc￭ tion chest trauma and by over prescription of anti￭ co￭ ag￭ ul￭ ants other causes include rup￭ tured an￭ eur￭ ys￭ m of sin￭ us of val￭ sal￭ va and other an￭ eur￭ ys￭ ms of the a￭ or￭ tic arch hem￭ oper￭ ic￭ ardi￭ um can be diagnosed with a chest x ray or a chest ul￭ tras￭ ound and is most commonly treated with peric￭ ardi￭ oc￭ ent￭ esis while hem￭ oper￭ ic￭ ardi￭ um itself is not deadly it can lead to cardiac tam￭ pon￭ ade a condition that is fatal if left untreated
hem￭ oper￭ it￭ on￭ eu￭ m sometimes also hem￭ at￭ oper￭ it￭ on￭ eu￭ m is the presence of blood in the per￭ it￭ one￭ al cav￭ ity the blood accumul￭ ates in the space between the inner lining of the ab￭ domin￭ al wall and the internal ab￭ domin￭ al organs hem￭ oper￭ it￭ on￭ eu￭ m is generally classified as a surgical emergency in most cases urgent l￭ apar￭ o￭ tomy is needed to identify and control the source of the bleeding in selected cases careful observation may be permissible the ab￭ domin￭ al cav￭ ity is highly dis￭ ten￭ sible and may easily hold greater than five lit￭ ers of blood or more than the entire circulating blood volume for an average sized individual therefore large scale or rapid blood loss into the ab￭ dom￭ en will reliably induce hemorrha￭ gic shock and if untreated may rapidly lead to death
hem￭ op￭ ha￭ go￭ cy￭ tic lymp￭ ho￭ his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis hl￭ h also known as ha￭ em￭ op￭ ha￭ go￭ cy￭ tic lymp￭ ho￭ his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis british spelling and hem￭ op￭ ha￭ go￭ cy￭ tic or ha￭ em￭ op￭ ha￭ go￭ cy￭ tic syndrome is an un￭ common hem￭ ato￭ logic disorder it is a life threatening disease of severe hyper￭ infl￭ amm￭ ation caused by uncontrolled proliferation of activated lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tes and macro￭ p￭ ha￭ ges characterised by proliferation of mor￭ pho￭ logically benign lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tes and macro￭ p￭ ha￭ ges that secre￭ te high amounts of infl￭ am￭ matory cy￭ to￭ k￭ ines it is classified as one of the cy￭ to￭ k￭ ine storm syndro￭ mes
hem￭ op￭ neu￭ mo￭ thor￭ ax or ha￭ em￭ op￭ neu￭ mo￭ thor￭ ax is a medical term describing the combination of two conditions pneu￭ mo￭ thor￭ ax or air in the chest cav￭ ity and h￭ emo￭ thor￭ ax also called h￭ æ￭ mo￭ thor￭ ax or blood in the chest cav￭ ity a h￭ emo￭ thor￭ ax pneu￭ mo￭ thor￭ ax or both can occur if the chest wall is punc￭ tured to understand the ramifications of this it is important to have an understanding of the role of the ple￭ ural space the ple￭ ural space is located anatom￭ ically between the vis￭ cer￭ al memb￭ rane which is firmly attached to the lungs and the par￭ ie￭ tal memb￭ rane which is firmly attached to the chest wall aka rib￭ cage and inter￭ cost￭ al muscles muscles between the ribs the ple￭ ural space contains ple￭ ural fluid this fluid holds the two memb￭ ran￭ es together by surface tension as much as a drop of water between two sheets of glass prevents them from separating because of this when the inter￭ cost￭ al muscles move the rib￭ cage outward the lungs are pulled out as well dropping the pressure in the lungs and pulling air into the bron￭ chi when we breathe in the ple￭ ural space is maintained in a constant state of negative pressure in comparison to atmospheric pressure if the chest wall and thus the ple￭ ural space is punc￭ tured blood air or both can enter the ple￭ ural space air blood ru￭ shes into the space in order to equ￭ alise the pressure with that of the atmosphere as a result the fluid is disrupted and the two memb￭ ran￭ es no longer adhere to each other when the ri￭ b cage moves out it no longer pulls the lungs with it thus the lungs cannot expand the pressure in the lungs never drops and no air is pulled into the bron￭ chi respir￭ ation is not possible the affected lung which has a great deal of elastic tissue shri￭ vel￭ s in what is referred to as a collapsed lung
hemorrha￭ gic gastro￭ enter￭ i￭ tis h￭ ge is a disease of dogs characterized by sudden v￭ om￭ iting and bloody diarr￭ hea the symptoms are usually severe and h￭ ge can be fatal if not treated h￭ ge is most common in young adult dogs of any breed but especially small dogs such as the toy po￭ odle and miniature schn￭ au￭ zer it is not contagious
hemorrha￭ gic inf￭ arc￭ ts are inf￭ arc￭ ts commonly caused by oc￭ clu￭ sion of ve￭ ins with red blood cells entering the area of the inf￭ arc￭ t or an artery oc￭ clu￭ sion of an organ with collater￭ als or dual circulation this is commonly seen in brain lungs liver and the gi tract areas referred to as having loose tissue or dual circulation loose tex￭ tured tissue allows red blood cells released from damaged vess￭ les to diffuse through the necro￭ tic tissue white inf￭ arc￭ ts can become hemorrha￭ gic with reper￭ fusion compare to anemic inf￭ arc￭ t hemorrha￭ gic inf￭ arc￭ tion is also associated with tes￭ tic￭ ular tor￭ sion
hemorrha￭ gic small￭ pox sometimes called bloody pox ful￭ min￭ ant small￭ pox and black￭ pox is a severe and rare form of small￭ pox and is usually fatal like all forms of small￭ pox it is caused by the vari￭ ola virus it is characterized by an incub￭ ation period of 7 to 14 days it has two stages the first begins with fever headache ch￭ ills naus￭ ea v￭ om￭ iting and severe muscle aches the skin flu￭ shes in a deep purple uneven pattern across the face the early stage is often mistaken for meas￭ les the late stage is characterized by the appearance of small bl￭ is￭ ters resembling a severe form of chick￭ en￭ pox these small bl￭ is￭ ters then fl￭ atten until they are even with the skin and change into red￭ dish le￭ sions similar to those seen in meas￭ les the skin then turns a deep purple le￭ sions appear inside the mouth and active bleeding from oral and nas￭ al mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ ran￭ es is common this is followed by active bleeding in the gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract and blood appears in the sto￭ ol and urine blood studies resemble the clinical values of disseminated intr￭ av￭ ascular co￭ ag￭ ulation
hemor￭ rho￭ ids also spelled ha￭ emor￭ rho￭ ids are vascular structures in the anal canal in their normal state they are cush￭ ions that help with sto￭ ol control they become a disease when sw￭ oll￭ en or infl￭ amed the unqualified term hemor￭ rho￭ id is often used to mean the disease the signs and symptoms of hemor￭ rho￭ ids depend on the type present internal hemor￭ rho￭ ids usually present with pain￭ less bright red rec￭ tal bleeding when defec￭ ating external hemor￭ rho￭ ids often result in pain and sw￭ elling in the area of the an￭ us if bleeding occurs it is usually darker symptoms frequently get better after a few days a skin tag may remain after the healing of an external hemor￭ rho￭ id while the exact cause of hemor￭ rho￭ ids remains unknown a number of factors which increase pressure in the ab￭ dom￭ en are believed to be involved this may include con￭ sti￭ p￭ ation diarr￭ hea and sitting on the toilet for a long time hemor￭ rho￭ ids are also more common during pregnancy diagnosis is made by looking at the area many people incorrectly refer to any symptom occurring around the anal area as hemor￭ rho￭ ids and serious causes of the symptoms should be ruled out colon￭ o￭ sco￭ py or sig￭ mo￭ ido￭ sco￭ py is reasonable to confirm the diagnosis and rule out more serious causes often no specific treatment is needed initial measures consists of increasing fiber intake drinking fluids to maintain hydr￭ ation n￭ s￭ aids to help with pain and rest medicated cre￭ ams applied to the area are poorly supported by evidence a number of minor procedures may be performed if symptoms are severe or do not improve with conservative management surgery is reserved for those who fail to improve following these measures half to two thirds of people have problems with hemor￭ rho￭ ids at some point in their lives males and females are affected about equally commonly hemor￭ rho￭ ids affect people most often between 45 and 65 years of age it is more common among the wealthy outcomes are usually good the first known mention of the disease is from a 1700 bc egyptian pap￭ y￭ rus
hem￭ os￭ cro￭ tum or ha￭ em￭ os￭ cro￭ tum in british english is a condition in which blood accumul￭ ates inside the scro￭ tum hem￭ os￭ cro￭ tum can follow trauma such as a stradd￭ le injury or can be a complic￭ ation of surgery it is often accompanied by tes￭ tic￭ ular pain it has been reported in patients with hem￭ ophi￭ lia and following cathe￭ ter￭ ization of the fem￭ oral artery if the diagnosis is not clin￭ ically evident transi￭ ll￭ u￭ min￭ ation with a pen￭ light against the scro￭ tum will show a non trans￭ luc￭ ent fluid inside the scro￭ tum ul￭ tras￭ ound imaging may also be useful in confirming the diagnosis in severe or non resolving cases surgical inc￭ ision and drainage may be required to prevent recurrence following surgical drainage a drain may be left at the surgical site
h￭ emo￭ sid￭ erin hyper￭ pi￭ gm￭ entation is pi￭ gm￭ entation due to deposits of h￭ emo￭ sid￭ erin and occurs in pur￭ pur￭ a h￭ emo￭ chro￭ mo￭ to￭ sis hemorrha￭ gic diseases and st￭ asis der￭ mati￭ tis
h￭ emo￭ sid￭ er￭ osis ame or ha￭ emo￭ sid￭ er￭ osis bre is a form of iron overload disorder resulting in the accumulation of h￭ emo￭ sid￭ erin types include transfusion h￭ emo￭ sid￭ er￭ osis idi￭ opathic pul￭ mon￭ ary h￭ emo￭ sid￭ er￭ osis trans￭ fu￭ sional diabetes h￭ emo￭ sid￭ erin de￭ position in the lungs is often seen after diffuse al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar hemorrha￭ ge which occurs in diseases such as good￭ pasture s syndrome gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ osis with pol￭ yan￭ gi￭ i￭ tis and idi￭ opathic pul￭ mon￭ ary h￭ emo￭ sid￭ er￭ osis mit￭ ral sten￭ osis can also lead to pul￭ mon￭ ary h￭ emo￭ sid￭ er￭ osis h￭ emo￭ sid￭ erin collects throughout the body in h￭ emo￭ chro￭ mat￭ osis h￭ emo￭ sid￭ erin de￭ position in the liver is a common feature of h￭ emo￭ chro￭ mat￭ osis and is the cause of liver failure in the disease selective iron de￭ position in the beta cells of pan￭ cre￭ atic is￭ lets leads to diabetes due to distribution of transfer￭ rin recep￭ tor on the beta cells of is￭ lets and in the skin leads to hyper￭ pi￭ gm￭ entation h￭ emo￭ sid￭ erin de￭ position in the brain is seen after ble￭ eds from any source including chronic sub￭ d￭ ural hemorrha￭ ge cere￭ br￭ al arter￭ io￭ ven￭ ous mal￭ formations ca￭ vern￭ ous hem￭ an￭ gi￭ om￭ ata h￭ emo￭ sid￭ erin collects in the skin and is slowly removed after bru￭ ising h￭ emo￭ sid￭ erin may remain in some conditions such as st￭ asis der￭ mati￭ tis h￭ emo￭ sid￭ erin in the kidneys has been associated with marked hem￭ ol￭ ysis and a rare blood disorder called par￭ oxy￭ sm￭ al no￭ c￭ tur￭ nal h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in￭ ur￭ ia h￭ emo￭ sid￭ erin may deposit in diseases associated with iron overload these diseases are typically diseases in which chronic blood loss requires frequent blood trans￭ fu￭ sions such as sick￭ le cell an￭ emia and thal￭ ass￭ emia though beta thal￭ ass￭ emia minor has been associated with h￭ emo￭ sid￭ erin deposits in the liver in those with non alcoholic fatty liver disease independent of any trans￭ fu￭ sions
h￭ emo￭ succ￭ us pan￭ cre￭ atic￭ us also known as pseu￭ do￭ hem￭ at￭ ob￭ ilia or wir￭ sun￭ gor￭ rha￭ ge is a rare cause of hemorrha￭ ge in the gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract it is caused by a bleeding source in the pan￭ cre￭ as pan￭ cre￭ atic duc￭ t or structures adjacent to the pan￭ cre￭ as such as the splen￭ ic artery that bleed into the pan￭ cre￭ atic duc￭ t which is connected with the bo￭ wel at the du￭ o￭ den￭ um the first part of the small intest￭ ine patients with h￭ emo￭ succ￭ us may develop symptoms of gastro￭ intest￭ inal hemorrha￭ ge such as blood in the sto￭ ols mar￭ oon sto￭ ols or mel￭ ena which is a dark tar￭ ry sto￭ ol caused by dig￭ estion of red blood cells they may also develop ab￭ domin￭ al pain it is associated with pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis pan￭ cre￭ atic cancer and an￭ eur￭ ys￭ ms of the splen￭ ic artery h￭ emo￭ succ￭ us may be identified with endo￭ sco￭ py es￭ op￭ ha￭ go￭ gastro￭ du￭ o￭ den￭ o￭ sco￭ py where fresh blood may be seen from the pan￭ cre￭ atic duc￭ t alternatively an￭ gi￭ o￭ graphy may be used to inject the ce￭ li￭ ac axis to determine the blood vessel that is bleeding this may also be used to treat h￭ emo￭ succ￭ us as emb￭ oli￭ zation of the end vessel may terminate the hemorrha￭ ge however a dis￭ tal pan￭ cre￭ at￭ ec￭ tomy — surgery to removal of the tail of the pan￭ cre￭ as — may be required to stop the hemorrha￭ ge
a h￭ emo￭ thor￭ ax hem￭ o thor￭ ax or ha￭ emo￭ thor￭ ax or haemorrha￭ gic ple￭ ural eff￭ usion is a type of ple￭ ural eff￭ usion in which blood accumul￭ ates in the ple￭ ural cav￭ ity this excess fluid can interfere with normal breathing by limiting the expansion of the lungs
hen￭ ne￭ k￭ am syndrome also known as hen￭ ne￭ k￭ am lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ ec￭ ta￭ sia – lymp￭ he￭ dem￭ a syndrome and intest￭ inal lymp￭ ha￭ gi￭ ec￭ ta￭ sia – lymp￭ he￭ dem￭ a – mental retar￭ dation syndrome is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive disorder consisting of intest￭ inal lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ ec￭ ta￭ sia facial anomalies peripheral lymp￭ he￭ dem￭ a and mild to moderate levels of growth and intellectual disability it is also known as lymp￭ he￭ dem￭ a lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ ec￭ ta￭ sia mental retar￭ dation syndrome in a sub￭ set of patients it is associated with cc￭ be 1 according research published by its nam￭ es￭ a￭ ke ra￭ oul hen￭ ne￭ k￭ am other causal mutations were found in the fat 4 gene previously mutations in the fat 4 gene had been only associated with van mal￭ der￭ gem syndrome the molecular eti￭ ology of the lymp￭ he￭ dem￭ a phen￭ o￭ type in cc￭ be 1 associated cases was identified as a diminished ability of the mut￭ ated cc￭ be 1 to accelerate and focus the activation of the primary lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ ogenic growth factor ve￭ g￭ f c
hen￭ och – sch￭ ön￭ le￭ in pur￭ pur￭ a h￭ sp also known as ig￭ a vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis an￭ ap￭ hy￭ lac￭ to￭ id pur￭ pur￭ a pur￭ pur￭ a r￭ heu￭ m￭ atica and sch￭ ön￭ le￭ in – hen￭ och pur￭ pur￭ a is a disease of the skin mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ ran￭ es and sometimes other organs that most commonly affects children in the skin the disease causes palpable pur￭ pur￭ a small hemorrha￭ ges often with joint pain and ab￭ domin￭ al pain with kidney involvement there may be a loss of small amounts of blood and protein in the urine hem￭ atur￭ ia and prote￭ in￭ ur￭ ia but this usually goes unnoticed in a small proportion of cases the kidney involvement proceeds to chronic kidney disease h￭ sp is often preceded by an infection such as a throat infection h￭ sp is a systemic vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis infl￭ amm￭ ation of blood vessels and is characterized by de￭ position of immune complex￭ es containing the anti￭ body immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ulin a ig￭ a the exact cause for this phenomenon is unknown it usually resol￭ ves within several weeks and requires no treatment apart from symptom control but may relap￭ se in a third of cases and cause irreversible kidney damage in about one in a hundred cases
he￭ par￭ in induced thro￭ m￭ bo￭ cy￭ top￭ enia hit is the development of thro￭ m￭ bo￭ cy￭ top￭ enia a low plat￭ elet count due to the administration of various forms of he￭ par￭ in an anti￭ co￭ ag￭ ul￭ ant hit pre￭ dis￭ poses to thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis the abnormal formation of blood clo￭ ts inside a blood vessel and when thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis is identified the condition is called he￭ par￭ in induced thro￭ m￭ bo￭ cy￭ top￭ enia and thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis hit￭ t hit is caused by the formation of abnormal antibodies that activate plat￭ el￭ ets if someone receiving he￭ par￭ in develops new or worsening thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis or if the plat￭ elet count falls hit can be confirmed with specific blood tests the treatment of hit requires both protection from thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis and choice of an agent that will not reduce the plat￭ elet count further several alternatives are available for this purpose and mainly used are dan￭ apar￭ o￭ id fon￭ d￭ apar￭ in￭ ux arg￭ atro￭ ban and bi￭ val￭ ir￭ ud￭ in while he￭ par￭ in was discovered in the 1930 s hit was not reported until the 1960 s
he￭ par￭ in necro￭ sis is a cu￭ taneous condition and usually occurs between days 5 and 10 of he￭ par￭ in therapy
he￭ p￭ atic encephalopathy he is the occurrence of confusion altered level of consciousness and coma as a result of liver failure in the advanced stages it is called he￭ p￭ atic coma or coma hepati￭ cu￭ m it may ultimately lead to death it is caused by accumulation in the blood￭ stream of toxic substances that are normally removed by the liver the diagnosis of he￭ p￭ atic encephalopathy requires the presence of impaired liver function and the exclusion of an alternative explanation for the symptoms blood tests ammonia levels may assist in the diagnosis attacks are often caused by another problem such as infection or con￭ sti￭ p￭ ation he￭ p￭ atic encephalopathy is reversible with treatment this relies on suppressing the production of the toxic substances in the intest￭ ine and is most commonly done with the lax￭ ative lac￭ tul￭ ose or with non absor￭ bable antibiotics in addition the treatment of any underlying condition may improve the symptoms in particular settings such as acute liver failure the onset of encephalopathy may indicate the need for a liver transplant
he￭ p￭ atic micro￭ vascular dys￭ pl￭ asia h￭ md or m￭ vd or portal at￭ re￭ sia is a disorder where mixing of ven￭ ous blood and arter￭ ial blood in the liver occurs at the micro￭ scopic level it occurs most commonly in certain dog breeds such as the cair￭ n and yorkshire terri￭ ers although any dog breed may be at risk
he￭ p￭ atic por￭ phy￭ ri￭ as is a form of por￭ phy￭ ria in which the enzyme deficiency occurs in the liver examples include in order of synthesis path￭ way acute inter￭ mit￭ tent por￭ phy￭ ria por￭ phy￭ ria cu￭ tane￭ a tar￭ da and he￭ pat￭ o￭ er￭ y￭ thro￭ po￭ ie￭ tic por￭ phy￭ ria hereditary co￭ propor￭ phy￭ ria vari￭ eg￭ ate por￭ phy￭ ria
he￭ p￭ atic ven￭ o oc￭ clu￭ sive disease or ven￭ o oc￭ clu￭ sive disease v￭ od is a condition in which some of the small ve￭ ins in the liver are obstructed it is a complic￭ ation of high dose chem￭ otherapy given before a bone marrow transplant b￭ mt and is marked by weight gain due to fluid retention increased liver size and raised levels of bi￭ li￭ rubin in the blood the name sin￭ us￭ o￭ idal obstruction syndrome is now preferred if v￭ od happens as a result of chem￭ otherapy or bone marrow transplantation apart from chem￭ otherapy v￭ od may also occur after ing￭ estion of certain plant al￭ k￭ alo￭ ids such as py￭ r￭ ro￭ li￭ zid￭ ine al￭ k￭ alo￭ ids in some herbal te￭ as and has been described as part of a rare hereditary disease called he￭ p￭ atic ven￭ o￭ oc￭ clu￭ sive disease with immun￭ o￭ deficiency which results from mutations in the gene coding for a protein called sp 110
hepatitis is a disease of the liver characterized by the presence of infl￭ amm￭ ation hepatitis may occur without symptoms but can lead to ja￭ und￭ ice a yellow dis￭ color￭ ation of the skin mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ ran￭ es and con￭ junc￭ tiva of the eyes poor appetite and fatigue depending on the cause hepatitis can manifest either as an acute or as a chronic disease acute hepatitis can be self limiting resolving on its own can progress to chronic hepatitis or can cause acute liver failure in rare instances chronic hepatitis may have no symptoms or may progress over time to cir￭ rho￭ sis scar￭ ring of the liver fi￭ bro￭ sis the formation of extra fi￭ bro￭ us connec￭ tive tissue and chronic liver failure cir￭ rho￭ sis of the liver increases the risk of developing he￭ pat￭ oc￭ ell￭ ular carcin￭ oma a form of liver cancer worldwide viral hepatitis is the most common cause followed closely by alcoholic liver disease and non alcoholic liver disease naf￭ ld other less common causes of hepatitis include auto￭ immune diseases ing￭ estion of toxic substances certain medications such as par￭ acet￭ am￭ ol some industrial organic solvents and plants the word is derived from the greek h￭ ê￭ par ἧ￭ παρ meaning liver and the suff￭ ix i￭ tis ῖ￭ τις meaning infl￭ amm￭ ation c 17￭ 27
hepatitis a formerly known as infectious hepatitis is an acute infectious disease of the liver caused by the hepatitis a virus ha￭ v many cases have few or no symptoms especially in the young the time between infection and symptoms in those who develop them is between two and six weeks when symptoms occur they typically last eight weeks and may include naus￭ ea v￭ om￭ iting diarr￭ hea ja￭ und￭ ice fever and ab￭ domin￭ al pain around 10 – 15 of people experience a recurrence of symptoms during the six months after the initial infection acute liver failure may rarely occur with this being more common in the elderly it is usually spread by eating or drinking food or water contaminated with infected f￭ ec￭ es shellfish which have not been sufficiently cooked are a relatively common source it may also be spread through close contact with an infectious person while children often do not have symptoms when infected they are still able to infect others after a single infection a person is immune for the rest of his or her life diagnosis requires blood testing as the symptoms are similar to those of a number of other diseases it is one of five known hepatitis viruses a b c d and e the hepatitis a vaccine is effective for prevention some countries recommend it routinely for children and those at higher risk who have not previously been vaccinated it appears to be effective for life other preventive measures include hand washing and properly cooking food no specific treatment is available with rest and medications for naus￭ ea or diarr￭ hea recommended on an as needed basis infections usually resolve completely and without ongoing liver disease treatment of acute liver failure if it occurs is with liver transplantation globally around 1 4 million symptomatic cases occur each year and about 102 million infections symptomatic and as￭ ymp￭ tomatic it is more common in regions of the world with poor sanitation and not enough safe water in the developing world about 90 of children have been infected by age 10 and thus are immune by adul￭ thood it often occurs in outbreaks in moderately developed countries where children are not exposed when young and vaccination is not widespread acute hepatitis a resulted in 102 000 deaths in 2010 world hepatitis day occurs each year on july 28 to bring awareness to viral hepatitis
hepatitis b is an infectious disease caused by the hepatitis b virus h￭ bv which affects the liver it can cause both acute and chronic infections many people have no symptoms during the initial infection some develop a rapid onset of sickness with v￭ om￭ iting yel￭ low￭ ish skin ti￭ red￭ ness dark urine and ab￭ domin￭ al pain often these symptoms last a few weeks and rarely does the initial infection result in death it may take 30 to 180 days for symptoms to begin in those who get infected around the time of birth 90 develop chronic hepatitis b while less than 10 of those infected after the age of five do most of those with chronic disease have no symptoms however cir￭ rho￭ sis and liver cancer may eventually develop these complications result in the death of 15 to 25 of those with chronic disease the virus is transmitted by exposure to infectious blood or body fluids infection around the time of birth or from contact with other people s blood during childhood is the most frequent method by which hepatitis b is acquired in areas where the disease is common in areas where the disease is rare intra￭ ven￭ ous drug use and sexual inter￭ course are the most frequent routes of infection other risk factors include working in healthcare blood trans￭ fu￭ sions dial￭ ysis living with an infected person travel in countries where the infection rate is high and living in an institution tat￭ too￭ ing and acupuncture led to a significant number of cases in the 1980 s however this has become less common with improved ster￭ ility the hepatitis b viruses cannot be spread by holding hands sharing eating u￭ ten￭ si￭ ls kissing hu￭ gging cou￭ gh￭ ing snee￭ zing or breastfeeding the infection can be diagnosed 30 to 60 days after exposure diagnosis is typically by testing the blood for parts of the virus and for antibodies against the virus it is one of five known hepatitis viruses a b c d and e the infection has been preventable by vaccination since 1982 vaccination is recommended by the world health organization in the first day of life if possible two or three more doses are required at a later time for full effect this vaccine works about 95 of the time about 180 countries gave the vaccine as part of national programs as of 2006 it is also recommended that all blood be tested for hepatitis b before transfusion and condoms be used to prevent infection during an initial infection care is based on the symptoms that a person has in those who develop chronic disease anti￭ viral medication such as ten￭ o￭ fo￭ vi￭ r or interfer￭ on may be useful however these drugs are expensive liver transplantation is sometimes used for cir￭ rho￭ sis about a third of the world population has been infected at one point in their lives including 240 million to 350 million who have chronic infections another 129 million new infections occurred in 2013 over 750 000 people die of hepatitis b each year about 300 000 of these are due to liver cancer the disease is now only common in east asia and sub saharan africa where between 5 and 10 of adults are chronically infected rates in europe and north america are less than 1 it was originally known as serum hepatitis research is looking to create foods that contain h￭ bv vaccine the disease may affect other great apes as well
hepatitis c is an infectious disease caused by the hepatitis c virus h￭ c￭ v that primarily affects the liver during the initial infection people often have mild or no symptoms occasionally a fever dark urine ab￭ domin￭ al pain and yellow ting￭ ed skin occurs the virus persists in the liver in about 75 to 85 of those initially infected early on chronic infection typically has no symptoms over many years however it often leads to liver disease and occasionally cir￭ rho￭ sis in some cases those with cir￭ rho￭ sis will develop complications such as liver failure liver cancer or es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al and ga￭ str￭ ic var￭ ices h￭ c￭ v is spread primarily by blood to blood contact associated with intra￭ ven￭ ous drug use poorly sterilized medical equipment need￭ les￭ tick injuries in healthcare and trans￭ fu￭ sions with blood screening the risk from a transfusion is less than one per two million it may also be spread from an infected mother to her baby during birth it is not spread by superficial contact it is one of five known hepatitis viruses a b c d and e diagnosis is by blood testing to look for either antibodies to the virus or its r￭ na testing is recommended in all people who are at risk there is no vaccine against hepatitis c prevention includes harm reduction efforts among people who use intra￭ ven￭ ous drugs and testing donated blood chronic infection can be cured about 90 of the time with treatments that include the medications so￭ fo￭ s￭ bu￭ vi￭ r or si￭ me￭ pre￭ vi￭ r previous to this a combination of pe￭ g￭ interfer￭ on and rib￭ avi￭ rin was used which had a cure rate around 50 and greater side effects getting access to the newer treatments however can be expensive those who develop cir￭ rho￭ sis or liver cancer may require a liver transplant hepatitis c is the leading reason for liver transplantation though the virus usually rec￭ urs after transplantation an estimated 130 – 200 million people worldwide are infected with hepatitis c in 2013 about 11 million new cases occurred it occurs most commonly in africa and central and east asia about 343 000 deaths due to liver cancer and 358 000 deaths due to cir￭ rho￭ sis occurred in 2013 due to hepatitis c the existence of hepatitis c – originally identifiable only as a type of non a non b hepatitis – was suggested in the 1970 s and proven in 1989 hepatitis c inf￭ ects only humans and chimp￭ an￭ ze￭ es
hepatitis d hepatitis delta is a disease caused by the hepatitis d virus h￭ d￭ v a small spher￭ ical envelop￭ ed r￭ na virus this is one of five known hepatitis viruses a b c d and e h￭ d￭ v is considered to be a sub￭ viral satellite because it can propag￭ ate only in the presence of the hepatitis b virus h￭ bv transmission of h￭ d￭ v can occur either via simultaneous infection with h￭ bv co￭ infection or super￭ imposed on chronic hepatitis b or hepatitis b carrier state super￭ infection both super￭ infection and co￭ infection with h￭ d￭ v results in more severe complications compared to infection with h￭ bv alone these complications include a greater likelihood of experiencing liver failure in acute infections and a rapid progression to liver cir￭ rho￭ sis with an increased risk of developing liver cancer in chronic infections in combination with hepatitis b virus hepatitis d has the highest fat￭ ality rate of all the hepatitis infections at 20
hepatitis e is a viral hepatitis liver infl￭ amm￭ ation caused by infection with a virus called hepatitis e virus it is one of five known human hepatitis viruses a b c d and e hev is a positive sense single stranded non envelop￭ ed r￭ na i￭ co￭ sa￭ he￭ dr￭ al virus hev has a f￭ ec￭ al oral transmission route infection with this virus was first documented in 1955 during an outbreak in new delhi india a preventative vaccine hev 239 is approved for use in china although hepatitis e often causes an acute and self limiting infection the virus usually resol￭ ves itself and the individual recovers with low mortality rates in the western world it bears a high risk of developing chronic hepatitis in immun￭ o￭ compromised patients with substantial mortality rates organ transplant recipients who receive immun￭ o￭ sup￭ pres￭ sive medication to prevent rejection are thought to be the main population at risk for chronic hepatitis e furthermore in healthy individuals during the duration of the infection the disease severely imp￭ airs a person ’ s ability to work care for family members and other daily activities hepatitis e occasionally develops into an acute severe liver disease and is fatal in about 2 of all cases clin￭ ically it is comparable to hepatitis a but in pregnant women the disease is more often severe and is associated with a clinical syndrome called ful￭ min￭ ant liver failure pregnant women especially those in the third trim￭ ester suffer an elevated mortality rate from the disease of around 20 hepatitis e newly affected about 28 million people in 2013
he￭ pat￭ obl￭ ast￭ oma is an un￭ common m￭ align￭ ant liver cancer occurring in infants and children and composed of tissue resembling fe￭ tal liver cells mature liver cells or bile duc￭ t cells they usually present with an ab￭ domin￭ al mass the disease is most commonly diagnosed during a child s first three years of life alpha fe￭ to￭ protein af￭ p levels are commonly elevated but when af￭ p is not elevated at diagnosis the prog￭ no￭ sis is poor
he￭ pat￭ oc￭ ell￭ ular aden￭ oma also he￭ p￭ atic aden￭ oma or rarely he￭ pad￭ en￭ oma is an un￭ common benign liver tumor which is associated with the use of hormonal contraception with a high estro￭ gen content patients of advanced age or taking higher potency hormones or patients with prolonged duration of use have a significantly increased risk of developing he￭ pat￭ oc￭ ell￭ ular aden￭ om￭ as
he￭ pat￭ oc￭ ell￭ ular carcin￭ oma h￭ cc also called m￭ align￭ ant he￭ pat￭ oma is the most common type of liver cancer most cases of h￭ cc are as a result of either a viral hepatitis infection hepatitis b or c metabol￭ ic toxins such as alcohol or aflatoxin conditions like h￭ emo￭ chro￭ mat￭ osis and alpha 1 anti￭ try￭ p￭ sin deficiency or n￭ ash treatment options for h￭ cc and prog￭ no￭ sis are dependent on many factors but especially on tum￭ our size staging and extent of liver injury tum￭ our grade is also important high grade tumors will have a poor prog￭ no￭ sis while low grade tumors may go unnoticed for many years as is the case in many other organs h￭ cc is relatively un￭ common in the united states and many other developed countries it occurs most commonly in countries where hepatitis b infections are common
he￭ pat￭ oc￭ y￭ te growth factor scat￭ ter factor hg￭ f sf is a par￭ ac￭ rine cellular growth mo￭ ti￭ lity and mor￭ pho￭ genic factor it is secre￭ ted by mes￭ en￭ ch￭ ym￭ al cells and targets and acts primarily upon epi￭ the￭ li￭ al cells and endo￭ the￭ li￭ al cells but also acts on ha￭ emo￭ po￭ ie￭ tic prog￭ en￭ itor cells and t cells it has been shown to have a major role in embryonic organ development specifically in my￭ o￭ genesis in adult organ regeneration and in wound healing
he￭ pat￭ o￭ er￭ y￭ thro￭ po￭ ie￭ tic por￭ phy￭ ria is a very rare form of he￭ p￭ atic por￭ phy￭ ria caused by a disorder in both genes which code u￭ ro￭ por￭ phy￭ rin￭ o￭ gen iii dec￭ ar￭ box￭ yl￭ ase u￭ rod it has a similar presentation to por￭ phy￭ ria cu￭ tane￭ a tar￭ da pc￭ t but with earlier onset in classifications which define pc￭ t type 1 as spor￭ adic and pc￭ t type 2 as famili￭ al he￭ pat￭ o￭ er￭ y￭ thro￭ po￭ ie￭ tic por￭ phy￭ ria is more similar to type 2
he￭ pat￭ oli￭ thi￭ asis is the presence of gall￭ stones in the bi￭ li￭ ary duc￭ ts of the liver treatment is usually surgical it is rare in western countries but prevalent in east asia the gall￭ stones are normally found proxim￭ al to the left and right he￭ p￭ atic duc￭ ts the causes of the disease are poorly understood but it is suspected that genetics di￭ ets and environmental causes may contribute it is more common in those of low socioeconomic status who suffer from malnutrition typically is strikes between 50 and 70 years old with neither men nor women more likely to acquire it the prevalence in east asia ranges is as high as 30 50 while in the west it is rare however immigration has increased its prevalence in the west countries that have seen more economic development have also seen a reduction in the rates of the disease some patients have these gall￭ stones with no symptoms and the disease is only detected through ab￭ domin￭ al imaging for those with symptoms common ones are ab￭ domin￭ al pain ja￭ und￭ ice and fever the gall￭ stones can cause more serious conditions like fi￭ brin￭ ol￭ ys disorder or gall￭ stone pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis
he￭ pat￭ om￭ eg￭ al￭ y is the condition of having an enlarged liver it is a non specific medical sign having many causes which can broadly be broken down into infection he￭ p￭ atic tum￭ ours or metabol￭ ic disorder often he￭ pat￭ om￭ eg￭ al￭ y will present as an ab￭ domin￭ al mass depending on the cause it may sometimes present along with ja￭ und￭ ice
he￭ pat￭ o￭ protection or anti￭ he￭ pat￭ o￭ toxicity is the ability to prevent damage to the liver this damage is known as he￭ pat￭ o￭ toxicity
in medicine he￭ pat￭ op￭ ul￭ mon￭ ary syndrome is a syndrome of short￭ ness of breath and hypo￭ x￭ emia low oxygen levels in the blood of the arter￭ ies caused by vas￭ o￭ dil￭ ation broadening of the blood vessels in the lungs of patients with liver disease dy￭ sp￭ ne￭ a and hypo￭ x￭ emia are worse in the u￭ pri￭ ght position which is called plat￭ y￭ p￭ ne￭ a and orth￭ o￭ de￭ ox￭ ia respectively
he￭ pat￭ o￭ ren￭ al syndrome often abbreviated h￭ rs is a life threatening medical condition that consists of rapid deterioration in kidney function in individuals with cir￭ rho￭ sis or ful￭ min￭ ant liver failure h￭ rs is usually fatal unless a liver transplant is performed although various treatments such as dial￭ ysis can prevent advancement of the condition h￭ rs can affect individuals with cir￭ rho￭ sis severe alcoholic hepatitis or liver failure and usually occurs when liver function deterior￭ ates rapidly because of a sudden insult such as an infection bleeding in the gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract or over￭ use of di￭ u￭ re￭ tic medications h￭ rs is a relatively common complic￭ ation of cir￭ rho￭ sis occurring in 18 of people within one year of their diagnosis and in 39 within five years of their diagnosis deteriorating liver function is believed to cause changes in the circulation that supplies the intest￭ ines altering blood flow and blood vessel tone in the kidneys the kidney failure of h￭ rs is a consequence of these changes in blood flow rather than direct damage to the kidney the diagnosis of he￭ pat￭ o￭ ren￭ al syndrome is based on laboratory tests of individuals susceptible to the condition two forms of he￭ pat￭ o￭ ren￭ al syndrome have been defined type 1 h￭ rs entails a rapidly progressive decline in kidney function while type 2 h￭ rs is associated with as￭ cites fluid accumulation in the ab￭ dom￭ en that does not improve with standard di￭ u￭ re￭ tic medications the risk of death in he￭ pat￭ o￭ ren￭ al syndrome is very high the mortality of individuals with type 1 h￭ rs is over 50 over the short term as determined by historical case series the only long term treatment option for the condition is liver transplantation while awaiting transplantation people with h￭ rs often receive other treatments that improve the ab￭ norm￭ alities in blood vessel tone including supportive care with medications or the insertion of a trans￭ ju￭ g￭ ular intra￭ he￭ p￭ atic por￭ to￭ systemic sh￭ unt tips which is a small sh￭ unt placed to reduce blood pressure in the portal vein some patients may require h￭ emo￭ dial￭ ysis to support kidney function or a newer technique called liver dial￭ ysis which uses a dial￭ ysis circuit with albumin bound memb￭ ran￭ es to bind and remove toxins normally cleared by the liver providing a means of ex￭ trac￭ or￭ po￭ real liver support until transplantation can be performed
he￭ pat￭ os￭ plen￭ ic t cell lymp￭ homa is a rare and generally incur￭ able form of lymp￭ homa
he￭ pat￭ os￭ plen￭ om￭ eg￭ al￭ y commonly abbreviated h￭ sm is the simultaneous enlargement of both the liver he￭ pat￭ om￭ eg￭ al￭ y and the sp￭ leen splen￭ om￭ eg￭ al￭ y he￭ pat￭ os￭ plen￭ om￭ eg￭ al￭ y can occur as the result of acute viral hepatitis infectious mon￭ on￭ uc￭ le￭ osis and hist￭ op￭ las￭ mo￭ sis or it can be the sign of a serious and life threatening ly￭ so￭ som￭ al storage disease systemic ven￭ ous hyper￭ tension can also increase the risk for developing he￭ pat￭ os￭ plen￭ om￭ eg￭ al￭ y which may be seen in those patients with right sided heart failure
he￭ pat￭ o￭ toxicity from he￭ p￭ atic toxicity implies chemical driven liver damage drug induced liver injury is a cause of acute and chronic liver disease the liver plays a central role in transforming and clearing chemicals and is susceptible to the toxicity from these agents certain medicinal agents when taken in over￭ doses and sometimes even when introduced within therapeutic ranges may inj￭ ure the organ other chemical agents such as those used in laboratories and industries natural chemicals e g micro￭ cy￭ st￭ ins and herbal remedies can also induce he￭ pat￭ o￭ toxicity chemicals that cause liver injury are called he￭ pat￭ o￭ toxins more than 900 drugs have been implicated in causing liver injury and it is the most common reason for a drug to be withdrawn from the market he￭ pat￭ o￭ toxicity and drug induced liver injury also account for a substantial number of compound failures highlighting the need for drug screening ass￭ ays such as stem cell derived he￭ pat￭ oc￭ y￭ te like cells that are capable of detecting toxicity early in the drug development process chemicals often cause sub￭ clinical injury to the liver which manifests only as abnormal liver enzyme tests drug induced liver injury is responsible for 5 of all hospital ad￭ missions and 50 of all acute liver failures
he￭ pat￭ y￭ ri￭ x is a combined hepatitis a and typ￭ ho￭ id vaccination a combination of in￭ activated hepatitis a virus and vi pol￭ ys￭ ac￭ ch￭ ari￭ de of salmonella ty￭ ph￭ i bacteria manufactured by gla￭ x￭ os￭ mi￭ th￭ k￭ line
herbal magic is a canadian weight loss and nutrition company based in toronto on￭ tari￭ o operating through a network of approximately 150 weight loss and nutrition centres across canada herbal magic is canada s largest commercial weight loss company the program includes one on one personal co￭ aching natural health products including vitamin support and grocer￭ y store bought food
a hereditary cns dem￭ yel￭ inating disease is a dem￭ yel￭ inating central nervous system disease that is primarily due to an inherited genetic condition this is in contrast to auto￭ immune dem￭ yel￭ inating conditions such as multiple sclerosis or conditions such as central pon￭ tine my￭ el￭ in￭ ol￭ ysis that are associated with acute acquired insult examples include alexander disease can￭ av￭ an disease kr￭ ab￭ be disease leuko￭ encephalopathy with van￭ ishing white matter me￭ gal￭ encephal￭ ic leuko￭ encephalopathy with sub￭ cor￭ tical cy￭ sts met￭ ach￭ rom￭ atic leuko￭ dy￭ stro￭ phy x linked ad￭ re￭ no￭ leuko￭ dy￭ stro￭ phy
hereditary an￭ gi￭ oe￭ dem￭ a ha￭ e is a rare auto￭ som￭ al domin￭ antly inherited blood disorder that causes ep￭ is￭ od￭ ic attacks of sw￭ elling that may affect the face extre￭ mi￭ ties gen￭ itals gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract and upper airways in this form of an￭ gi￭ oe￭ dem￭ a sw￭ ell￭ ings of the intest￭ inal mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ rane may lead to v￭ om￭ iting and painful col￭ ic like intest￭ inal sp￭ as￭ ms that may mim￭ ic intest￭ inal obstruction air￭ way e￭ dem￭ a may be life threatening episodes may be triggered by trauma surgery dental work men￭ str￭ uation some medications viral illness and stress however this is not always readily determined this disorder affects approximately one in 10 000 – 50 000 people the underlying cause of most ha￭ e is auto￭ som￭ al dominant inheritance of mutations in the c 1 inhi￭ bit￭ or gene c 1 in￭ h gene or ser￭ ping 1 gene which is mapped to chro￭ mo￭ some 11 11 q 12 q 13 1 to date there are over 300 known genetic mutations that result in a deficiency of functional c 1 inhi￭ bit￭ or protein the majority of ha￭ e patients have a family history however 25 are the result of new mutations the low level of c 1 inhi￭ bit￭ or in the plasma leads to increased activation of pathways that release brad￭ y￭ kin￭ in the chemical responsible for the an￭ gi￭ oe￭ dem￭ a due to increased vascular perme￭ ability and the pain seen in individuals with ha￭ e the most common form of the disorder is ha￭ e type i which is the result of abnormally low amounts low serum levels of c 1 inhi￭ bit￭ ors which are responsible for maintaining proper balance home￭ ost￭ asis in the complement system specifically keeping the c 1 part of the classical complement path￭ way from being over￭ active this inhi￭ bi￭ tion helps to regulate various body functions e g flow of body fluids in and out of cells ha￭ e type ii is a more un￭ common form of the disorder it occurs as the result of the production of c 1 inhi￭ bit￭ or that is normal in amount but does not work well abnormal structure and function type ii accounts for about 15 20 of ha￭ e type iii is a very rare recently documented form it predominantly affects females and it is influenced by exposure to est￭ rog￭ ens or hormone replacement therapy e g oral contrac￭ ep￭ tives and pregnancy and is not associated with c 1 in￭ h deficiency ha￭ e type iii is not due to c 1 in￭ h deficiency it is linked to an increase in kin￭ ino￭ gen￭ ase activity leading to elevated levels of brad￭ y￭ kin￭ in some patients with type iii ha￭ e have a mutation in the f 12 gene which produces a protein involved in blood clo￭ tting
hereditary benign intra￭ epi￭ the￭ li￭ al dy￭ sk￭ er￭ at￭ osis is a rare auto￭ som￭ al dominant disease of the con￭ junc￭ tiva and the oral mu￭ co￭ sa caused by a duplication of chro￭ mo￭ some 4 q 35 in the mouth it appears similar to white spon￭ ge nev￭ us with pain￭ less diffuse fol￭ ded and spon￭ gy white pl￭ aqu￭ es in the eye it appears as gelat￭ inous pl￭ aqu￭ es on bul￭ bar peri￭ lim￭ bal con￭ junc￭ tiva
hereditary breast – o￭ vari￭ an cancer syndro￭ mes h￭ bo￭ c are cancer syndro￭ mes that produce higher than normal levels of breast cancer and o￭ vari￭ an cancer in genetically related families either one individual had both or several individuals in the pedigree had one or the other disease the hereditary factors may be proven or suspected to cause the pattern of breast and o￭ vari￭ an cancer occurrences in the family
hereditary co￭ propor￭ phy￭ ria h￭ cp is a disorder of hem￭ e bio￭ synthesis classified as an acute he￭ p￭ atic por￭ phy￭ ria h￭ cp is caused by a deficiency of the enzyme co￭ propor￭ phy￭ rin￭ o￭ gen oxid￭ ase coded for by the c￭ pox gene and is inherited in an auto￭ som￭ al dominant fashion although homo￭ zy￭ g￭ ous individuals have been identified unlike acute inter￭ mit￭ tent por￭ phy￭ ria individuals with h￭ cp can present with cu￭ taneous findings similar to those found in por￭ phy￭ ria cu￭ tane￭ a tar￭ da in addition to the acute attacks of ab￭ domin￭ al pain v￭ om￭ iting and neuro￭ logical dysfunction characteristic of acute por￭ phy￭ ri￭ as like other por￭ phy￭ ri￭ as attacks of h￭ cp can be induced by certain drugs environmental stres￭ sors or diet changes bio￭ chemical and molecular testing can be used to narrow down the diagnosis of a por￭ phy￭ ria and identify the specific genetic defect overall por￭ phy￭ ri￭ as are rare diseases the combined incidence for all forms of the disease has been estimated at 1 20 000 the exact incidence of h￭ cp is difficult to determine due to its reduced penetr￭ ance
hereditary cy￭ stati￭ n c amy￭ loid an￭ gi￭ opathy h￭ c￭ ca￭ a is a rare fatal amy￭ loid disease in young people in iceland caused by a mutation in cy￭ stati￭ n c most of the families with the defect gene can be traced to a region in the northwest of iceland around bre￭ i￭ ð￭ af￭ jör￭ ð￭ ur mutations in the cy￭ stati￭ n 3 gene are responsible for the icelandic type of hereditary cere￭ br￭ al amy￭ loid an￭ gi￭ opathy a condition pre￭ disposing to in￭ trac￭ ere￭ br￭ al haemorrha￭ ge stroke and dementia the condition is inherited in a dominant fashion
hereditary diffuse ga￭ str￭ ic cancer is an inherited genetic syndrome caused by a change in the e cad￭ her￭ in gene it often results in stomach cancer such that it is recommended that those who carry the gene have their stomach removed
hereditary diffuse leuko￭ encephalopathy with spher￭ oids h￭ d￭ ls is a rare adult onset auto￭ som￭ al dominant disorder characterized by cere￭ br￭ al white matter de￭ generation with dem￭ yel￭ ination and ax￭ onal spher￭ oids leading to progressive cognitive and motor dysfunction spher￭ oids are ax￭ onal sw￭ ell￭ ings with dis￭ continuous or absence of my￭ elin she￭ aths it is believed that the disease arises from primary micro￭ gli￭ al dysfunction that leads to secondary disruption of ax￭ onal integrity neuro￭ ax￭ onal damage and focal ax￭ onal spher￭ oids leading to dem￭ yel￭ ination spher￭ oids in h￭ d￭ ls resemble to some extent those produced by she￭ ar stress in a closed head injury with damage to ax￭ ons causing them to swell due to block￭ age of ax￭ op￭ las￭ mic transport in addition to trauma ax￭ onal spher￭ oids can be found in aged brain stroke and in other degenerative diseases in h￭ d￭ ls it is uncertain whether dem￭ yel￭ ination occurs prior to the ax￭ onal spher￭ oids or what triggers neuro￭ de￭ generation after apparently normal brain and white matter development although genetic deficits suggest that dem￭ yel￭ ination and ax￭ onal path￭ ology may be secondary to micro￭ gli￭ al dysfunction the clinical syndrome in patients with h￭ d￭ ls is not specific and it can be mistaken for alzheimer s disease fron￭ to￭ temporal dementia atypical par￭ k￭ ins￭ on￭ ism multiple sclerosis or cor￭ ti￭ co￭ bas￭ al de￭ generation
hereditary el￭ lip￭ to￭ cy￭ to￭ sis also known as o￭ val￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis is an inherited blood disorder in which an abnormally large number of the patient s er￭ y￭ thro￭ cy￭ tes i e red blood cells are el￭ lip￭ tical rather than the typical bi￭ con￭ cave dis￭ c shape such mor￭ pho￭ logically distinctive er￭ y￭ thro￭ cy￭ tes are sometimes referred to as el￭ lip￭ to￭ cy￭ tes or o￭ val￭ oc￭ y￭ tes it is one of many red cell memb￭ rane defects in its severe forms this disorder pre￭ dis￭ poses to ha￭ emol￭ y￭ tic ana￭ emia although pathological in humans el￭ lip￭ to￭ cy￭ to￭ sis is normal in c￭ ame￭ li￭ ds
hereditary fol￭ ate mal￭ absorption h￭ f￭ m om￭ im 2￭ 290￭ 50 is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive disorder caused by caused by loss of function mutations in the prot￭ on coupled fol￭ ate transporter pc￭ ft gene resulting in systemic fol￭ ate deficiency and impaired delivery of fol￭ ate to the brain
hereditary fructose intolerance h￭ fi is an in￭ born error of fructose metabol￭ ism caused by a deficiency of the enzyme al￭ dol￭ ase b individuals affected with h￭ fi are as￭ ymp￭ tomatic until they ing￭ est fructose sucrose or sor￭ bit￭ ol if fructose is ing￭ ested the enz￭ ym￭ atic block at al￭ dol￭ ase b causes an accumulation of fructose 1 phosphate this accumulation has downstream effects on glu￭ con￭ e￭ o￭ genesis and regeneration of aden￭ os￭ ine tri￭ phosphate at￭ p symptoms of h￭ fi include v￭ om￭ iting hypo￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia ja￭ und￭ ice hemorrha￭ ge he￭ pat￭ om￭ eg￭ al￭ y hyper￭ ur￭ ic￭ emia and potentially kidney failure while h￭ fi is not clin￭ ically a devastating condition there are reported deaths in infants and children as a result of the metabol￭ ic consequences of h￭ fi death in h￭ fi is always associated with problems in diagnosis h￭ fi is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive condition caused by mutations in the al￭ do￭ b gene located at 9 q 22 3 h￭ fi is typically suspected based on dietary history especially in infants who become symptomatic after breast feeding this suspicion is typically confirmed by molecular analysis treatment of h￭ fi involves strict avoidance of fructose in the diet older patients with h￭ fi typically self select a diet low in fructose even before being diagnosed
hereditary gel￭ sol￭ in amy￭ lo￭ ido￭ sis is a cu￭ taneous condition inherited in an auto￭ som￭ al dominant fashion the condition was first described in 1969 by the finnish oph￭ thal￭ mo￭ logist jou￭ ko mere￭ to￭ ja and is also known as famili￭ al amy￭ loid neuro￭ pa￭ thy type iv mere￭ to￭ ja syndrome hereditary amy￭ lo￭ ido￭ sis finnish type the disorder primarily associated with eye skin and cran￭ ial nerve symptoms it is a form of amy￭ lo￭ ido￭ sis where the amy￭ loid complex￭ es are formed from fragments of the protein gel￭ sol￭ in in the plasma due to an mutation in the gs￭ n gene c 654 g a or c 654 g t
hereditary g￭ ing￭ i￭ val fi￭ bro￭ mat￭ osis hg￭ f also known as idi￭ opathic g￭ ing￭ i￭ val hyper￭ pl￭ asia is a rare condition of g￭ ing￭ i￭ val over￭ growth hg￭ f is characterized as a benign slowly progressive non￭ hemorrha￭ gic fi￭ bro￭ us enlargement of ker￭ at￭ ini￭ zed g￭ ing￭ iva it can cover teeth in various degrees and can lead to aesthetic dis￭ figu￭ rement fi￭ bro￭ us enlargement is most common in areas of max￭ ill￭ ary and man￭ di￭ bul￭ ar tissues of both ar￭ ches in the mouth phen￭ o￭ type and geno￭ type frequency of hg￭ f is 1 175 000 where males and females are equally affected but the cause is not entirely known it mainly exists as an isolated ab￭ normality but can also be associated with a multi system syndrome
hereditary hemorrha￭ gic tel￭ an￭ gi￭ ec￭ ta￭ sia h￭ ht also known as o￭ sl￭ er – weber – ren￭ du disease and o￭ sl￭ er – weber – ren￭ du syndrome is an auto￭ som￭ al dominant genetic disorder that leads to abnormal blood vessel formation in the skin mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ ran￭ es and often in organs such as the lungs liver and brain it may lead to no￭ se￭ ble￭ eds acute and chronic dig￭ estive tract bleeding and various problems due to the involvement of other organs treatment focuses on reducing bleeding from blood vessel le￭ sions and sometimes surgery or other targeted interventions to remove arter￭ io￭ ven￭ ous mal￭ formations in organs chronic bleeding often requires iron supplements and sometimes blood trans￭ fu￭ sions h￭ ht is transmitted in an auto￭ som￭ al dominant fashion and occurs in one in 5 000 people the disease carries the names of sir william o￭ sl￭ er henri jules louis marie ren￭ du and frederick par￭ kes weber who described it in the late 19 th and early 20 th centuries
hereditary hyper￭ bi￭ li￭ ru￭ bin￭ emia refers to the condition where levels of bi￭ li￭ rubin are elevated for reasons that can be attributed to a metabol￭ ic disorder an example is cri￭ gl￭ er naj￭ jar syndrome
reed ’ s syndrome or famili￭ al lei￭ om￭ y￭ om￭ at￭ osis cu￭ tis et uter￭ i is a rare inherited condition characterised by multiple cu￭ taneous lei￭ om￭ y￭ om￭ as and in women uter￭ ine lei￭ om￭ y￭ om￭ as it pre￭ dis￭ poses for ren￭ al cell cancer an association denominated hereditary lei￭ om￭ y￭ om￭ at￭ osis and ren￭ al cell cancer and it is also associated with increased risk of uter￭ ine lei￭ om￭ y￭ os￭ ar￭ coma the syndrome is caused by a mutation in the fu￭ mar￭ ate hydr￭ at￭ ase gene which leads to an accumulation of fu￭ mar￭ ate the inheritance pattern is auto￭ som￭ al dominant
hybrid on￭ co￭ cy￭ tom￭ a ch￭ rom￭ opho￭ be ren￭ al cell carcin￭ oma is rare subtype of ren￭ al cell carcin￭ oma
hereditary motor and sensory neuro￭ path￭ ies h￭ ms￭ n is a name sometimes given to a group of different neuro￭ path￭ ies which are all characterized by their impact upon both a￭ ffer￭ ent and eff￭ er￭ ent ne￭ ural communication h￭ ms￭ n are characterised by atypical ne￭ ural development and degradation of ne￭ ural tissue the two common forms of h￭ ms￭ n are either hyper￭ troph￭ ic dem￭ yel￭ inated nerves or complete atro￭ phy of ne￭ ural tissue hyper￭ troph￭ ic condition causes ne￭ ural sti￭ ff￭ ness and a dem￭ yel￭ ination of nerves in the peripheral nervous system and atro￭ phy causes the breakdown of ax￭ ons and ne￭ ural cell bodies in these disorders a patient experiences progressive muscle atro￭ phy and sensory neuro￭ pa￭ thy of the extre￭ mi￭ ties the term hereditary motor and sensory neuro￭ pa￭ thy was used mostly historically to den￭ ote the more common forms char￭ cot – marie – tooth disease c￭ mt with the identification of a wide number of genetically and phen￭ o￭ typically distinct forms of c￭ mt the term h￭ ms￭ n is now used less frequently
hereditary motor and sensory neuro￭ pa￭ thy with proxim￭ al dominance h￭ ms￭ n p is an auto￭ som￭ al dominant neuro￭ degenerative disorder that is defined by extensive involuntary and spontaneous muscle contr￭ actions asth￭ enia and atro￭ phy with dis￭ tal sensory involvement following the disease starts presenting typically in the 40 s and is succeeded by a slow and continuous onslaught muscle sp￭ as￭ ms and muscle contr￭ actions large in number are noted especially in the earliest stages the presentation of h￭ ms￭ n p is quite similar to am￭ yo￭ troph￭ ic lateral sclerosis and has common neuro￭ pathological findings sensory loss happens as the disease progres￭ ses but the amount of sensation lost varies from case to case there have been other symptoms of h￭ ms￭ n p reported such as ur￭ inary disturbances and a dry cough two large families in japan have been identified with the disease loc￭ us to chro￭ mo￭ some 3 q from descendants of japan h￭ ms￭ n p was brought to brazil from there it is a pretty isolated disease through clinical studies researchers identified that t￭ f￭ g mutations on chro￭ mo￭ some 3 q 13 2 causes h￭ ms￭ n p the presence of t￭ f￭ g ubi￭ qui￭ tin and or t￭ dp 43 immun￭ o￭ positive cy￭ top￭ las￭ mic inclu￭ sions in motor neurons and cy￭ to￭ sol￭ ic aggregation composed of t￭ dp 43 in cul￭ tured cells expressing mut￭ ant t￭ f￭ g indicate a novel path￭ way of motor ne￭ uron death
hereditary mu￭ co￭ epi￭ the￭ li￭ al dys￭ pl￭ asia h￭ md or simply mu￭ co￭ epi￭ the￭ li￭ al dys￭ pl￭ asia is a rare auto￭ som￭ al dominant multi￭ epi￭ the￭ li￭ al disorder causing systemic mal￭ development of the epi￭ the￭ lia and mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ ran￭ es that line the surface of tissues and structures throughout the body particularly affecting systems affiliated with mu￭ co￭ sa which includes the respiratory dig￭ estive ur￭ inary reproductive and immune systems the disorder is attributed to improper formation of des￭ mo￭ som￭ es and gap junc￭ tions which prevents proper cor￭ ni￭ fication of the epi￭ the￭ li￭ al layer of the skin
hereditary multiple exo￭ sto￭ ses h￭ me or m￭ he also known as di￭ ap￭ hy￭ seal ac￭ las￭ is is a rare medical condition in which multiple bon￭ y sp￭ urs or lum￭ ps also known as exo￭ sto￭ ses or o￭ ste￭ och￭ on￭ dro￭ mas develop on the bones of a child h￭ me is synonymous with multiple hereditary exo￭ sto￭ ses and multiple o￭ ste￭ och￭ on￭ dro￭ mat￭ osis which is the preferred term used by the world health organization
hereditary ne￭ ur￭ al￭ gic am￭ yo￭ tro￭ phy h￭ na is a ne￭ ur￭ al￭ gic disorder that is characterized by nerve damage and muscle atro￭ phy preceded by severe pain it is caused by a mutation in the se￭ pt 9 gene 17 q 25 while not much is known about this disorder it has been characterized to be similar to par￭ son￭ age turner syndrome in prog￭ no￭ sis for a comprehensive overview of hereditary and idi￭ opathic ne￭ ur￭ al￭ gic am￭ yo￭ tro￭ phy and its consequences for patients please see the pdf file link at the bottom of this page
hereditary neuro￭ pa￭ thy with liability to pressure pal￭ sy hn￭ pp is a peripheral neuro￭ pa￭ thy a disorder of the nerves hn￭ pp is a nerve disorder that affects the peripheral nerves — pressure on the nerves can cause ting￭ ling sens￭ ations num￭ b￭ ness pain weakness muscle atro￭ phy and even paraly￭ zation of affected area in normal individuals these symptoms disappear quickly but in sufferers of hn￭ pp even a short period of pressure can cause the symptoms to occur pal￭ sies can last from minutes days to weeks or even months the symptoms may vary — some individuals report minor problems whilst others experience severe discomfort and disability in many cases the symptoms are mild enough to go unnoticed the time period between episodes is known to vary between individuals hn￭ pp has not been found to alter the lifespan although in some cases a decline in quality of life is noticed some sufferers 10 15 report various pains growing in severity with progression of the disease the nerves most commonly affected are the per￭ one￭ al nerve at the fi￭ bul￭ ar head leg and feet the ul￭ nar nerve at the el￭ bow arm and the median nerve at the wrist palm thum￭ bs and fingers but any peripheral nerve can be affected hn￭ pp is part of the group of hereditary motor and sensory neuro￭ pa￭ thy h￭ ms￭ n disorders and is linked to char￭ cot – marie – tooth disease c￭ mt
lyn￭ ch syndrome hn￭ p￭ cc or hereditary non￭ poly￭ pos￭ is colo￭ rec￭ tal cancer is an auto￭ som￭ al dominant genetic condition that has a high risk of col￭ on cancer as well as other cancers including end￭ ome￭ trial cancer second most common o￭ vary stomach small intest￭ ine he￭ pat￭ ob￭ ili￭ ary tract upper ur￭ inary tract brain and skin the increased risk for these cancers is due to inherited mutations that impair dna mis￭ match repair it is a type of cancer syndrome
hereditary pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis h￭ p is an infl￭ amm￭ ation of the pan￭ cre￭ as attributed to genetic causes it was first described in 1952 by comfort and stein￭ berg but it was not until 1996 that whit￭ comb et al isolated the first responsible mutation in the try￭ p￭ sin￭ o￭ gen gene pr￭ ss 1 on the long arm of chro￭ mo￭ some seven 7 q 35 the term hereditary pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis is used when a genetic biom￭ ar￭ ker is identified and famili￭ al pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis otherwise
hereditary persistence of fe￭ tal h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in h￭ p￭ f￭ h bre hereditary persistence of fo￭ etal ha￭ emo￭ glob￭ in is a benign condition in which significant fe￭ tal h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in f production continues well into adul￭ thood disregarding the normal shu￭ to￭ ff point after which only adult type h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in should be produced
hereditary progressive m￭ uc￭ inous his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis is a very rare benign non lang￭ er￭ hans cell his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis an auto￭ som￭ al dominant or x linked hereditary disease described on the skin it has been found almost exclusively in women one case of the disease in a male patient has been reported
hereditary pyro￭ po￭ i￭ ki￭ loc￭ y￭ to￭ sis h￭ pp is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive form of hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic an￭ emia characterized by an abnormal sensitivity of red blood cells to heat and er￭ y￭ thro￭ cy￭ te mor￭ pho￭ logy similar to that seen in thermal burns patients with h￭ pp tend to experience severe ha￭ emol￭ ysis and ana￭ emia in infancy that gradually improves evolving toward typical el￭ lip￭ to￭ cy￭ to￭ sis later in life however the hem￭ ol￭ ysis can lead to rapid sequestr￭ ation and destruction of red cells splen￭ ec￭ tomy is cur￭ ative when this occurs h￭ pp has been associated with a defect of the er￭ y￭ thro￭ cy￭ te memb￭ rane protein spectr￭ in and with spectr￭ in deficiency it was characterized in 1975 it is considered a severe form of hereditary el￭ lip￭ to￭ cy￭ to￭ sis
hereditary s￭ cl￭ ero￭ sing po￭ i￭ kilo￭ der￭ ma is an auto￭ som￭ al dominant conditions with skin changes consisting of generalized po￭ i￭ kilo￭ der￭ ma appearing in childhood
hereditary sensory and autonom￭ ic neuro￭ pa￭ thy h￭ san or hereditary sensory neuro￭ pa￭ thy h￭ s￭ n is a condition used to describe any of the types of this disease which inhibit sensation they are less common than char￭ cot marie tooth disease
hereditary sensory and autonom￭ ic neuro￭ pa￭ thy type i h￭ san i or hereditary sensory neuro￭ pa￭ thy type i h￭ s￭ n i is a group of auto￭ som￭ al dominant inherited neuro￭ logical diseases that affect the peripheral nervous system particularly on the sensory and autonom￭ ic functions the hallmark of the disease is the marked loss of pain and temperature sensation in the dis￭ tal parts of the lower limbs the autonom￭ ic disturbances if present manifest as swe￭ ating ab￭ norm￭ alities the beginning of the disease varies between adoles￭ cence and adul￭ thood since affected individuals cannot feel pain minor wounds or bl￭ is￭ ters in the pain￭ less area may not be immediately recognized and can develop into extensive and deep foot ul￭ cer￭ ations once infection occurs the complications such as infl￭ amm￭ ation and progressive destruction of the underlying bones may follow and may require ampu￭ tation of the surrounding area h￭ san i is the most common type among the five types of h￭ san as a heterogeneous group of diseases h￭ san i can be divided into five sub￭ types h￭ san ia e most of the genes associated with the diseases have been identified however the molecular pathways leading to the manifestation of the diseases are not fully understood therefore the potential targets for therapeutic interventions are not known moreover gene based therapies for patients with the diseases are not available to date hence supportive care is the only treatment available for the patients
hereditary sp￭ astic par￭ ap￭ legi￭ a h￭ sp also known as hereditary sp￭ astic par￭ ap￭ a￭ res￭ is famili￭ al sp￭ astic par￭ ap￭ legi￭ as french settlement disease or str￭ ump￭ ell lor￭ rain disease is a group of inherited diseases whose main feature is progressive sti￭ ff￭ ness and contraction sp￭ as￭ tic￭ ity in the lower limbs as a result of damage to or dysfunction of the nerves h￭ sp is not a form of cere￭ br￭ al pal￭ sy even though it physically may appear and behave much the same as for example sp￭ astic di￭ ple￭ gia the origins of h￭ sp are entirely separate phenomena from cere￭ br￭ al pal￭ sy despite this some of the same anti sp￭ as￭ tic￭ ity medications used in sp￭ astic cere￭ br￭ al pal￭ sy are sometimes used to try to treat h￭ sp symp￭ tom￭ at￭ ology the condition sometimes also affects the op￭ tic nerve and re￭ tina of the eye causes cat￭ ar￭ acts at￭ ax￭ ia lack of muscle coordination epi￭ le￭ psy cognitive impairment peripheral neuro￭ pa￭ thy and deaf￭ ness h￭ sp is caused by defects in the mechanisms that transport proteins and other substances through the cell long nerves are affected because they have to transport cellular material through long distances and are particularly sensitive to defects of cellular transport hereditary sp￭ astic par￭ ap￭ legi￭ a was first described in 1883 by adol￭ ph str￭ ü￭ mp￭ ell a german neuro￭ logist and was later described more extensively in 18￭ 88 by maurice lor￭ rain a french physician
hereditary spher￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis also known as min￭ kowski – chau￭ ff￭ ard syndrome is an auto￭ som￭ al dominant ab￭ normality of er￭ y￭ thro￭ cy￭ tes the disorder is caused by mutations in genes relating to memb￭ rane proteins that allow for the er￭ y￭ thro￭ cy￭ tes to change shape the abnormal er￭ y￭ thro￭ cy￭ tes are sphere shaped spher￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis rather than the normal bi￭ con￭ cave disk shaped dysfunctional memb￭ rane proteins interfere with the cell s ability to be flexible to travel from the arter￭ ies to the smaller cap￭ il￭ lar￭ ies this difference in shape also makes the red blood cells more prone to rupture cells with these dysfunctional proteins are taken for degradation at the sp￭ leen this shortage of er￭ y￭ thro￭ cy￭ tes results in hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic an￭ emia it was first described in 18￭ 71 and is the most common cause of inherited hem￭ ol￭ ysis in europe and north america within the caucasian population with an incidence of 1 in 5000 births the clinical severity of hs varies from symptom fre￭ ec￭ arri￭ er to severe ha￭ emol￭ ysis because the disorder exhi￭ bits incomplete penetr￭ ance in its expression symptoms include an￭ emia ja￭ und￭ ice splen￭ om￭ eg￭ al￭ y and fatigue on a blood sme￭ ar ho￭ well jolly bodies may be seen within red blood cells primary treatment for patients with symptomatic hs has been total splen￭ ec￭ tomy which eliminates the hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic process allowing normal h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in re￭ ticul￭ oc￭ y￭ te and bi￭ li￭ rubin levels
hereditary stom￭ at￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis describes a number of inherited auto￭ som￭ al dominant human conditions which affect the red blood cell in which the memb￭ rane or outer coating of the cell leaks sodium and potassium ions
here￭ do￭ famili￭ al amy￭ lo￭ ido￭ sis is an inherited condition that may be characterized by systemic or loc￭ alized de￭ position of amy￭ loid in body tissues
herman￭ sky – pu￭ d￭ la￭ k syndrome h￭ ps is an extremely rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive disorder which results in oc￭ ul￭ o￭ cu￭ taneous al￭ bin￭ ism decreased pi￭ gm￭ entation bleeding problems due to a plat￭ elet ab￭ normality plat￭ elet storage pool defect and storage of an abnormal fat protein compound ly￭ so￭ som￭ al accumulation of cer￭ o￭ id li￭ po￭ fus￭ cin it is considered to affect around 1 in 500 000 people worldwide with a significantly higher occurrence in puerto ric￭ ans with a prevalence of 1 in 1800 many of the clinical research studies on the disease have been conducted in puerto rico there are eight classic forms of the disorder based on the genetic mutation from which the disorder stems a ninth type has also been described this last type is due to a mutation in the gene palli￭ din pl￭ dn
her￭ m￭ ite s problem is an open problem in mathematics posed by charles her￭ m￭ ite in 18￭ 48 he asked for a way of expressing real numbers as sequences of natural numbers such that the sequence is eventually periodic precisely when the original number is a cubic irrational
a her￭ nia is the exit of an organ such as the bo￭ wel through the wall of the cav￭ ity in which it normally resides her￭ ni￭ as come in a number of different types most commonly they involve the ab￭ dom￭ en specifically the gro￭ in gro￭ in her￭ ni￭ as are most common of the ingu￭ inal type but may also be fem￭ oral other her￭ ni￭ as include hi￭ atus incis￭ ional and um￭ bil￭ ical her￭ ni￭ as for gro￭ in her￭ ni￭ as symptoms are present in about 66 of people this may include pain or discomfort especially with cou￭ gh￭ ing exercise or going to the toilet often it gets worse throughout the day and improves when lying down a bul￭ ging area may occur that becomes larger when bearing down gro￭ in her￭ ni￭ as occur more often on the right than left side the main concern is strang￭ ulation where the blood supply to part of the bo￭ wel is blocked this usually produces severe pain and tender￭ ness of the area hi￭ atus or hi￭ atal her￭ ni￭ as often result in heart￭ burn but may also cause chest pain or pain with eating risk factors for the development of a her￭ nia include smoking chronic obstruc￭ tive pul￭ mon￭ ary disease obesity pregnancy per￭ it￭ one￭ al dial￭ ysis coll￭ agen vascular disease and previous open append￭ ec￭ tomy among others her￭ ni￭ as are partly genetic and occur more often in certain families it is unclear if gro￭ in her￭ ni￭ as are associated with heavy lifting her￭ ni￭ as can often be diagnosed based on signs and symptoms occasionally medical imaging is used to confirm the diagnosis or rule out other possible causes the diagnosis of hi￭ atus her￭ ni￭ as is often by endo￭ sco￭ py gro￭ in her￭ ni￭ as that do not cause symptoms in males do not need to be repaired repair however is generally recommended in women due to the higher rate of fem￭ oral her￭ ni￭ as which have more complications if strang￭ ulation occurs immediate surgery is required repair may be done by open surgery or by l￭ apar￭ o￭ scopic surgery open surgery has the benefit of possibly being done under local an￭ esthesia rather than general an￭ esthesia l￭ apar￭ o￭ scopic surgery generally has less pain following the procedure a hi￭ atus her￭ nia may be treated with lifestyle changes such as raising the head of the bed weight loss and adjusting eating habits the medications h 2 bloc￭ kers or prot￭ on pump inhi￭ bit￭ ors may help if the symptoms do not improve with medications the surgery known as l￭ apar￭ o￭ scopic fund￭ op￭ lic￭ ation may be an option about 27 of males and 3 of females develop a gro￭ in her￭ nia at some time in their life gro￭ in her￭ ni￭ as occur most often before the age of one and after the age of fifty ingu￭ inal fem￭ oral and ab￭ domin￭ al her￭ ni￭ as resulted in 32 500 deaths in 2013 and 50 500 in 1990 it is not known how commonly hi￭ atus her￭ ni￭ as occur with estimates in north america varying from 10 to 80 the first known description of a her￭ nia dates back to at least 15￭ 50 bc in the e￭ bers pap￭ y￭ rus from egypt
the hero syndrome is a phenomenon affecting people who seek hero￭ ism or recognition usually by creating a desperate situation which they can resolve this can include unlawful acts such as arson the phenomenon has been noted to affect civil servants such as firefighters nurses police officers and security guards acts linked with the hero syndrome should not be confused with acts of mal￭ ice for example a punished fire￭ fighter ex￭ acting revenge or an ins￭ ati￭ able level of excitement as was found in a federal study of more than 75 fire￭ fighter ar￭ son￭ ists however acts of the hero syndrome have been linked to previously failed hero￭ ism the hero syndrome may also be a more general yearning for self worth people with hero syndrome will usually cause an accident and pretend to help
her￭ p￭ ang￭ ina also called mouth bl￭ is￭ ters is the name of a painful mouth infection caused by co￭ x￭ s￭ ack￭ i￭ evi￭ ruses usually her￭ p￭ ang￭ ina is produced by one particular strain of co￭ x￭ s￭ ack￭ ie virus a and the term her￭ p￭ ang￭ ina virus refers to co￭ x￭ s￭ ack￭ i￭ evi￭ rus a but it can also be caused by co￭ x￭ s￭ ack￭ i￭ evi￭ rus b or echo￭ viruses most cases of her￭ p￭ ang￭ ina occur in the summer affecting mostly children however it occasionally occurs in adolescents and adults it was first characterized in 1920
her￭ pes es￭ op￭ ha￭ gi￭ tis is a viral infection of the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus caused by her￭ pes simpl￭ ex virus h￭ sv while the disease most often occurs in immun￭ o￭ compromised patients including post chem￭ otherapy immun￭ o￭ suppression with organ transplants and in aids her￭ pes es￭ op￭ ha￭ gi￭ tis can also occur in immun￭ o￭ competent individuals
her￭ pes lab￭ i￭ alis also called cold so￭ res among other names is a type of her￭ pes simpl￭ ex occurring on the lip i e an infection caused by her￭ pes simpl￭ ex virus h￭ sv an outbreak typically causes small bl￭ is￭ ters or so￭ res on or around the mouth the so￭ res typically heal within 2 – 3 weeks but the her￭ pes virus remains dormant in the facial nerve branches following oro￭ facial infection periodically re￭ activating in symptomatic people to create so￭ res in the same area of the mouth or face at the site of the original infection cold sore has a frequency that varies from rare episodes to 12 or more recur￭ ren￭ ces per year people with the condition typically experience one to three attacks each year the frequency and severity of outbreaks generally decreases over time
her￭ pes simpl￭ ex greek ἕ￭ ρ￭ π￭ ης her￭ p￭ ē￭ s creeping or latent is a viral disease caused by the her￭ pes simpl￭ ex virus infections are categ￭ orized based on the part of the body infected oral her￭ pes involves the face or mouth it may result in small bl￭ is￭ ters in groups often called cold so￭ res or fever bl￭ is￭ ters or may just cause a sore throat genital her￭ pes often simply known as her￭ pes may have minimal symptoms or form bl￭ is￭ ters that break open and result in small ul￭ cers these typically heal over two to four weeks ting￭ ling or shooting pains may occur before the bl￭ is￭ ters appear her￭ pes cycles between periods of active disease followed by periods without symptoms the first episode is often more severe and may be associated with fever muscle pains sw￭ oll￭ en lymp￭ h no￭ des and headaches over time episodes of active disease decrease in frequency and severity other disorders caused by her￭ pes simpl￭ ex include her￭ pe￭ tic whit￭ low when it involves the fingers her￭ pes of the eye her￭ pes infection of the brain and ne￭ on￭ atal her￭ pes when it affects a new￭ born among others there are two types of her￭ pes simpl￭ ex virus type 1 h￭ sv 1 and type 2 h￭ sv 2 h￭ sv 1 more commonly causes oral infections while h￭ sv 2 more commonly causes genital infections they are transmitted by direct contact with body fluids or le￭ sions of an infected individual transmission may still occur when symptoms are not present genital her￭ pes is classified as a sexually transmitted infection it may be spread to an infant during childbirth after infection the viruses are transported along sensory nerves to the nerve cell bodies where they reside lifelong causes of recurrence may include decreased immune function stress and sunlight exposure oral and genital her￭ pes is usually diagnosed based on the presenting symptoms the diagnosis may be confirmed by viral culture or detecting her￭ pes dna in fluid from bl￭ is￭ ters testing the blood for antibodies against the virus can confirm a previous infection but will be negative in new infections the most effective method of avoiding genital infections is by avoiding vag￭ inal oral and anal sex con￭ dom use decreases the risk somewhat daily anti￭ viral medication taken by someone who has the infection can also reduce spread there is no available vaccine and once infected there is no cure par￭ acet￭ am￭ ol acet￭ amin￭ oph￭ en and topical li￭ doc￭ aine may be used to help with the symptoms treatments with anti￭ viral medication such as ac￭ ic￭ lo￭ vi￭ r or val￭ ac￭ ic￭ lo￭ vi￭ r can lessen the severity of symptomatic episodes worldwide rates of either h￭ sv 1 or h￭ sv 2 are between 60 and 95 in adults h￭ sv 1 is usually acquired during childhood rates of both increase as people age rates of h￭ sv 1 are between 70 and 80 in populations of low socioeconomic status and 40 to 60 in populations of improved socioeconomic status an estimated 536 million people worldwide 16 of the population were infected with h￭ sv 2 as of 2003 with greater rates among women and those in the developing world most people with h￭ sv 2 do not realize that they are infected
her￭ pe￭ tic simpl￭ ex ker￭ ati￭ tis also known as her￭ pe￭ tic ker￭ ato￭ con￭ junc￭ ti￭ vi￭ tis and her￭ pes￭ viral ker￭ ati￭ tis is a form of ker￭ ati￭ tis caused by recurrent her￭ pes simpl￭ ex virus h￭ sv infection in the cor￭ ne￭ a it begins with infection of epi￭ the￭ li￭ al cells on the surface of the eye and retrograde infection of nerves serving the cor￭ ne￭ a primary infection typically presents as sw￭ elling of the con￭ junc￭ tiva and eye￭ li￭ ds ble￭ phar￭ o￭ con￭ junc￭ ti￭ vi￭ tis accompanied by small white it￭ chy le￭ sions on the cor￭ ne￭ al surface the effect of the le￭ sions varies from minor damage to the epi￭ the￭ lium superficial pun￭ ct￭ ate ker￭ ati￭ tis to more serious consequences such as the formation of d￭ end￭ ri￭ tic ul￭ cers infection is unilateral affecting one eye at a time additional symptoms include dull pain deep inside the eye mild to acute dr￭ y￭ ness and sin￭ u￭ si￭ tis most primary infections resolve spontaneously in a few weeks healing can be aided by the use of oral and topical anti￭ vir￭ als subsequent recur￭ ren￭ ces may be more severe with infected epi￭ the￭ li￭ al cells showing larger d￭ end￭ ri￭ tic ul￭ cer￭ ation and le￭ sions forming white pl￭ aqu￭ es the epi￭ the￭ li￭ al layer is sl￭ ough￭ ed off as the d￭ end￭ ri￭ tic ul￭ cer grows and mild infl￭ amm￭ ation i￭ ri￭ tis may occur in the underlying st￭ roma of iris sensation loss occurs in le￭ sional areas producing generalised cor￭ ne￭ al ana￭ esthesia with repeated recur￭ ren￭ ces recurrence can be accompanied by chronic dry eye low grade inter￭ mit￭ tent con￭ junc￭ ti￭ vi￭ tis or chronic un￭ explained sin￭ u￭ si￭ tis following persistent infection the concentration of viral dna reaches a critical limit anti￭ body responses against the viral antigen expression in the st￭ roma can trigger a massive auto￭ immune response in the eye the response may result in the destruction of the cor￭ ne￭ al st￭ roma resulting in loss of vision due to op￭ aci￭ fication of the cor￭ ne￭ a this is known as immune medi￭ ated st￭ rom￭ al ker￭ ati￭ tis h￭ sv infection is very common in humans it has been estimated that one third of the world population have recurrent infection ker￭ ati￭ tis caused by h￭ sv is the most common cause of cor￭ ne￭ a derived blindness in developed nations therefore h￭ sv infections are a large and worldwide public health problem the global incidence rate of new disease of her￭ pes ker￭ ati￭ tis is roughly 1 5 million including 40 000 new cases of severe mon￭ oc￭ ular visual impairment or blindness each year
her￭ pes zo￭ ster oph￭ thal￭ mic￭ us h￭ zo and also known as oph￭ thal￭ mic zo￭ ster is a disease characterised by re￭ activation of dormant var￭ ic￭ ella zo￭ ster virus residing within the oph￭ thal￭ mic nerve the first division of the tri￭ gem￭ inal nerve this condition is an important subtype of sh￭ ing￭ les representing 15 of all cases her￭ pes zo￭ ster oph￭ thal￭ mic￭ us is transmitted via direct contact or dro￭ ple￭ ts var￭ ic￭ ella zo￭ ster virus is a dna virus which produces ac￭ id￭ oph￭ il￭ ic in￭ tran￭ uc￭ lear inclusion bodies the virus is neuro￭ troph￭ ic in nature the frontal nerve is more commonly affected than the nas￭ o￭ ci￭ li￭ ary nerve or lac￭ ri￭ mal nerve
her￭ pes￭ viral en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis is en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis due to her￭ pes simpl￭ ex virus her￭ pes simpl￭ ex en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis h￭ se is a viral infection of the human central nervous system it is estimated to affect at least 1 in 500 000 individuals per year and some studies suggest an incidence rate of 5 9 cases per 100 000 live births the majority of cases of her￭ pes en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis are caused by her￭ pes simpl￭ ex virus 1 h￭ sv 1 the same virus that causes cold so￭ res 57 of american adults are infected with h￭ sv 1 which is spread through dro￭ ple￭ ts casual contact and sometimes sexual contact though most infected people never have cold so￭ res about 10 of cases of her￭ pes en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis are due to h￭ sv 2 which is typically spread through sexual contact about 1 in 3 cases of h￭ se result from primary h￭ sv 1 infection predominantly occurring in individuals under the age of 18 2 in 3 cases occur in sero￭ positive persons few of whom have history of recurrent oro￭ facial her￭ pes approximately 50 of individuals that develop h￭ se are over 50 years of age
her￭ pes￭ viral men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis is men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis associated with her￭ pes simpl￭ ex virus h￭ sv h￭ sv 2 is the most common cause of mol￭ la￭ ret s men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis a type of recurrent viral men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis this condition was first described in 1944 by french neuro￭ logist pierre mol￭ la￭ ret recur￭ ren￭ ces usually last a few days or a few weeks and resolve without treatment they may recur weekly or monthly for approximately 5 years following primary infection
g￭ ing￭ ivo￭ stom￭ ati￭ tis also known as primary her￭ pe￭ tic g￭ ing￭ ivo￭ stom￭ ati￭ tis or or￭ ol￭ ab￭ ial her￭ pes is a combination of g￭ ing￭ i￭ vi￭ tis and stom￭ ati￭ tis or an infl￭ amm￭ ation of the oral mu￭ co￭ sa and g￭ ing￭ iva her￭ pe￭ tic g￭ ing￭ ivo￭ stom￭ ati￭ tis is often the initial presentation during the first primary her￭ pes simpl￭ ex infection it is of greater severity than her￭ pes lab￭ i￭ alis cold so￭ res which is often the subsequent presentations primary her￭ pe￭ tic g￭ ing￭ ivo￭ stom￭ ati￭ tis is the most common viral infection of the mouth primary her￭ pe￭ tic g￭ ing￭ ivo￭ stom￭ ati￭ tis ph￭ gs represents the clin￭ ically apparent pattern of primary her￭ pes simpl￭ ex virus h￭ sv infection since the vast majority of other primary infections are symp￭ tom￭ less ph￭ gs is caused predominantly by h￭ sv 1 and affects mainly children pro￭ dro￭ mal symptoms such as fever an￭ ore￭ x￭ ia irrit￭ ability malaise and headache may occur in advance of disease the disease presents as numerous pin head ves￭ ic￭ les which rupture rapidly to form painful irregular ul￭ cer￭ ations covered by yellow – grey memb￭ ran￭ es sub man￭ di￭ bul￭ ar lymp￭ had￭ eni￭ tis hal￭ it￭ osis and refusal to drink are usual concomitant findings
a her￭ pe￭ tic whit￭ low is a le￭ sion whit￭ low on a finger or thumb caused by the her￭ pes simpl￭ ex virus it is a painful infection that typically affects the fingers or thum￭ bs occasionally infection occurs on the toes or on the nail cu￭ tic￭ le her￭ pes whit￭ low can be caused by infection by h￭ sv 1 or h￭ sv 2 h￭ sv 1 whit￭ low is often contracted by health care workers that come in contact with the virus it is most commonly contracted by dental workers and medical workers exposed to oral secre￭ tions it is also often observed in thumb sucking children with primary h￭ sv 1 oral infection auto￭ in￭ oc￭ ulation prior to sero￭ conversion and in adults aged 20 to 30 following contact with h￭ sv 2 infected gen￭ itals symptoms of her￭ pe￭ tic whit￭ low include sw￭ elling red￭ dening and tender￭ ness of the skin of infected finger this may be accompanied by fever and sw￭ oll￭ en lymp￭ h no￭ des small clear ves￭ ic￭ les initially form individually then merge and become clou￭ dy associated pain often seems large relative to the physical symptoms the her￭ pes whit￭ low le￭ sion usually he￭ als in two to three weeks it may reside in ax￭ ill￭ ary sensory gang￭ lia to cause recurrent her￭ pe￭ tic le￭ sions on that arm or digits
in anatomy heter￭ och￭ ro￭ mia ancient greek ἕ￭ τε￭ ρο￭ ς hé￭ ter￭ os different χρ￭ ώ￭ μα chr￭ ó￭ ma color is a difference in color￭ ation usually of the iris but also of hair or skin heter￭ och￭ ro￭ mia is a result of the relative excess or lack of mel￭ an￭ in a pig￭ ment it may be inherited or caused by genetic mo￭ sa￭ ic￭ ism chim￭ er￭ ism disease or injury heter￭ och￭ ro￭ mia of the eye heter￭ och￭ ro￭ mia i￭ ri￭ dis or heter￭ och￭ ro￭ mia i￭ ri￭ dum is of three kinds in complete heter￭ och￭ ro￭ mia one iris is a different color from the other in sectoral heter￭ och￭ ro￭ mia part of one iris is a different color from its remainder and finally in central heter￭ och￭ ro￭ mia there are spi￭ kes of different colours radi￭ ating from the pupil though multiple causes have been pos￭ ited the scientific consensus is that a lack of genetic diversity is the primary reason behind heter￭ och￭ ro￭ mia this is due to a mutation of the genes that determine mel￭ an￭ in distribution at the 8 ht￭ p path￭ way which usually only become corrupted due to chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al homo￭ geneity eye color specifically the color of the ir￭ ises is determined primarily by the concentration and distribution of mel￭ an￭ in the affected eye may be hyper￭ pi￭ gm￭ ented hyper￭ ch￭ rom￭ ic or hypo￭ pi￭ gm￭ ented hypo￭ ch￭ rom￭ ic in humans usually an excess of mel￭ an￭ in indicates hyper￭ pl￭ asia of the iris tissues whereas a lack of mel￭ an￭ in indicates hypo￭ pl￭ asia
heterogeneous water oxid￭ ation water oxid￭ ation is one of the half reactions of water splitting 2 h 2 o → o 2 4 h 4 e − oxid￭ ation generation of diox￭ y￭ gen 4 h 4 e − → 2 h 2 reduction generation of di￭ hydrogen 2 h 2 o → 2 h 2 o 2 total reaction of the two half reactions the oxid￭ ation step is the most demanding because it requires the coupling of 4 electr￭ on and prot￭ on transfers and the formation of an oxygen oxygen bond this process occurs naturally in plants photo￭ system ii to provide prot￭ ons and electron￭ s for the photo￭ synthesis process and release oxygen to the atmosphere since hydrogen can be used as an alternative clean burning fuel there has been a need to split water efficiently however there are known materials that can mediate the reduction step efficiently therefore much of the current research is aimed at the oxid￭ ation half reaction also known as the oxygen evolution reaction o￭ er current research focuses on understanding the mechanism of o￭ er and development of new materials that cataly￭ ze the process
heter￭ oph￭ oria is an eye condition in which the directions that the eyes are pointing at rest position when not performing bin￭ oc￭ ular fusion are not the same as each other or not straight there can be es￭ oph￭ oria where the eyes tend to cross inward in the absence of fusion ex￭ oph￭ oria in which they diverge or hyper￭ ph￭ oria in which one eye points up or down relative to the other ph￭ ori￭ as are known as latent squ￭ int because the tendency of the eyes to deviate is kept latent by fusion a person with two normal eyes has single vision usually because of the combined use of the sensory and motor systems the motor system acts to point both eyes at the target of interest any offset is detected vis￭ ually and the motor system correc￭ ts it heter￭ oph￭ oria only occurs during dissoci￭ ation of the left eye and right eye when fusion of the eyes is absent if you cover one eye e g with your hand you remove the sensory information about the eye s position in the orbit without this there is no stimulus to bin￭ oc￭ ular fusion and the eye will move to a position of rest the difference between this position and where it would be were the eye uncovered is the heter￭ oph￭ oria the opposite of heter￭ oph￭ oria where the eyes are straight when relaxed and not f￭ using does not have an accepted term but might be called home￭ oph￭ oria or simply normal in contrast fixation disparity is a very small deviation of the pointing directions of the eyes that is present while performing bin￭ oc￭ ular fusion heter￭ oph￭ oria is usually as￭ ymp￭ tomatic this is when it is said to be compensated when fu￭ sional reserve is used to compensate for heter￭ oph￭ oria it is known as compensating ver￭ gence in severe cases when the heter￭ oph￭ oria is not overcome by fu￭ sional ver￭ gence sign and symptoms appear this is called de￭ compensated heter￭ oph￭ oria heter￭ oph￭ oria may lead to squ￭ int or also known as str￭ ab￭ is￭ mus
heter￭ op￭ las￭ my is the presence of more than one type of organ￭ ell￭ ar genome mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al dna or plas￭ ti￭ d dna within a cell or individual it is an important factor in considering the severity of mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al diseases because most eu￭ kar￭ y￭ otic cells contain many hundreds of mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ a with hundreds of copies of mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al dna it is common for mutations to affect only some mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ a leaving most unaffected although detrimental scenarios are well studied heter￭ op￭ las￭ my can also be beneficial for example cent￭ en￭ arians show a higher than average degree of heter￭ op￭ las￭ my micro￭ heter￭ op￭ las￭ my is present in most individuals this refers to hundreds of independent mutations in one organism with each mutation found in about 1 – 2 of all mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al genom￭ es
heter￭ ot￭ op￭ ic os￭ sification ho is the process by which bone tissue forms outside of the skelet￭ on
a heter￭ ot￭ op￭ ic pregnancy is a rare complic￭ ation of pregnancy in which both extra uter￭ ine ec￭ topic pregnancy and in￭ trau￭ ter￭ ine pregnancy occur simultaneously it may also be referred to as a combined ec￭ topic pregnancy multiple ‑ s￭ ited pregnancy or coinci￭ dent pregnancy
in organic chemistry the hex￭ ad￭ e￭ hydro di￭ els al￭ der h￭ d￭ da reaction is an organic chemical reaction between a di￭ y￭ ne 2 al￭ ky￭ ne functional groups arranged in a con￭ ju￭ gated system and an al￭ ky￭ ne to form a reactive ben￭ zy￭ ne species via a 4 2 cyclo￭ addition reaction this ben￭ zy￭ ne intermediate then reacts with a suitable trapping agent to form a substituted aromatic product this reaction is a derivative of the established di￭ els al￭ der reaction and proceeds via a similar 4 2 cyclo￭ addition mechanism the h￭ d￭ da reaction is particularly effective for forming heavily func￭ tion￭ alized aromatic systems and multiple ring systems in one synthetic step h￭ d￭ da figure generalized 2
hex￭ okin￭ ase deficiency is an an￭ emia causing condition associated with inadequate hex￭ okin￭ ase specifically the h￭ k 1 iso￭ zy￭ me is involved
he￭ yde s syndrome is a syndrome of gastro￭ intest￭ inal bleeding from an￭ gi￭ odys￭ pl￭ asia in the presence of a￭ or￭ tic sten￭ osis it is named after edward c he￭ yde md who first noted the association in 1958 it is caused by the induc￭ tion of von wil￭ le￭ brand disease type iia v￭ wd 2 a by a depletion of von wil￭ le￭ brand factor v￭ w￭ f in blood flowing through the narrowed val￭ vul￭ ar sten￭ osis
a hi￭ atus of a television series is a break of at least several weeks in the normal schedule of broadcast programming it can occur during a season of a television program which is called a mid season break or can be between television seasons usually starting in june and ending in september on the northern hemisphere when shooting starts for the next season
a hi￭ atus her￭ nia or hi￭ atal her￭ nia is the pro￭ tru￭ sion or her￭ ni￭ ation of the upper part of the stomach into the chest cav￭ ity through the es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al hi￭ atus because of a tear or weakness in the di￭ aphr￭ ag￭ m the most common cause is obesity the diagnosis is often by endo￭ sco￭ py or medical imaging a hi￭ atus her￭ nia may be treated with lifestyle changes such as raising the head of the bed weight loss and adjusting eating habits medications such as h 2 bloc￭ kers or prot￭ on pump inhi￭ bit￭ ors may help if the symptoms do not improve with medications the surgery known as l￭ apar￭ o￭ scopic fund￭ op￭ lic￭ ation may be an option
a hi￭ ber￭ no￭ ma is a benign ne￭ op￭ las￭ m of vesti￭ gi￭ al brown fat the term was originally used by gery in 1914
a hic￭ key is a bru￭ ise or bru￭ ise like mark caused by the kissing or sucking of the skin usually on the neck or arm while biting might be part of giving a hic￭ key sucking is sufficient to burst small superficial blood vessels under the skin hic￭ keys typically last from 5 to 12 days and may be treated in the same way as other bru￭ ises ways to reduce the appearance of hic￭ keys include icing recent hic￭ keys to reduce sw￭ elling rub￭ bing them with a chilled spoon to remove the bru￭ ise and applying a warm com￭ press to older hic￭ keys to di￭ late vessels and promote blood flow they can be covered with a conce￭ al￭ er or powder corresponding to the suffer￭ er s skin tone or a fake tan alternatively articles of clothing such as scar￭ ves sno￭ ods turtle necks or sle￭ eves may be used to conceal hic￭ keys
a hidden curriculum is a side effect of an education lessons which are learned but not openly intended such as the transmission of norms values and beliefs conveyed in the classroom and the social environment any learning experience may teach unintended lessons hidden curriculum often refers to knowledge gained in primary and secondary school settings usually with a negative conno￭ tation where the school strives for equal intellectual development as a positive aim in this sense a hidden curriculum reinforces existing social inequalities by educating students according to their class and social status the unequal distribution of cultural capital in a society mirrors a corresponding distribution of knowledge among its students
a hide or skin is an animal skin treated for human use common commercial hides include leather from cattle and other livestock animals buck￭ skin al￭ lig￭ ator skin and snake skin all are used for shoes clothes and other fashion accessories leather is also used in up￭ hol￭ ster￭ y interior decor￭ ating horse tack and har￭ nesses such skins are sometimes still gathered from hunting and processed at a domestic or artisanal level but most leather making is now industrialized and large scale various tann￭ ins are used for this purpose the term hide is sometimes expanded to include fur￭ s which are harvested from various species including cats must￭ eli￭ ds and bears
hi￭ dr￭ ad￭ eni￭ tis is any disease in which the his￭ to￭ logic ab￭ normality is primarily an infl￭ am￭ matory infiltr￭ ate around the ec￭ cr￭ ine g￭ lands this group includes neu￭ tro￭ phil￭ ic ec￭ cr￭ ine hi￭ dr￭ ad￭ eni￭ tis and recurrent pal￭ mop￭ lan￭ tar hi￭ dr￭ ad￭ eni￭ tis it can also be defined more generally as an infl￭ amm￭ ation of sweat g￭ lands hi￭ dr￭ ad￭ eni￭ tis sup￭ pur￭ ativa is a chronic cu￭ taneous condition originally thought to be primarily characterized by sup￭ pur￭ ative infl￭ amm￭ ation of the apo￭ cr￭ ine sweat g￭ lands however recent evidence supports that the primary event is fol￭ lic￭ ular hyper￭ ker￭ at￭ osis and obstruction
hi￭ dr￭ ad￭ eni￭ tis sup￭ pur￭ ativa hs also known as ac￭ ne in￭ versa is a chronic skin disease characterized by clusters of abs￭ c￭ esses or sub￭ cu￭ taneous boil like infections of￭ t￭ enti￭ mes free of actual bacteria that most commonly affects the under￭ arms under the breasts inner thi￭ ghs gro￭ in and but￭ toc￭ ks outbreaks are painful and may persist for years with inter￭ s￭ pers￭ ed periods of infl￭ amm￭ ation often culminating in sudden drainage of p￭ us this process often forms open wounds that will not heal and frequently leads to significant scar￭ ring persistent le￭ sions may lead to the formation of sin￭ us tracts or tunnels connecting the abs￭ c￭ esses or infections under the skin at this stage complete healing is usually not possible and progression is variable with some experiencing remission for months to years at a time while others may worsen and require multiple sur￭ ger￭ ies bacterial infections and cell￭ u￭ li￭ tis deep tissue infl￭ amm￭ ation are other common complications of hs depression and pain are often seen with hs and can be difficult to manage hs often goes un￭ diagnosed for years due to embarrassment causing delay in seeking treatment hs fla￭ res may be triggered by emotional erotic stress swe￭ ating hormonal changes heat and hum￭ idity and the condition is exacerbated by friction from clothing the disease is not contagious there are indications that it is hereditary among certain ethnic groups and auto￭ immune in nature onset is most common in the late teens and early 20 s for unknown reasons people with hs develop plu￭ gging of their apo￭ cr￭ ine g￭ lands there is currently no known cure nor any consistently effective treatment inc￭ ision and drainage procedures may provide symptomatic relief carbon dioxide laser surgery may be an effective treatment with a low chance of recurrence lu￭ ke￭ warm sit￭ z ba￭ ths can provide relief gentle anti￭ se￭ ptic skin clean￭ s￭ ers and hydrogen per￭ oxide assist in keeping affected areas free of bacteria the number of people affected is not well established but has been estimated as being between 1 24 4 1 and 1 600 0 2
hi￭ dr￭ aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma also known as m￭ align￭ ant hi￭ dr￭ aden￭ oma m￭ align￭ ant acro￭ spi￭ roma clear cell ec￭ cr￭ ine carcin￭ oma or primary mu￭ co￭ ep￭ id￭ er￭ mo￭ id cu￭ taneous carcin￭ oma is a m￭ align￭ ant ad￭ n￭ ex￭ al tumor of the sweat g￭ land it is the m￭ align￭ ant variant of the benign hi￭ dr￭ aden￭ oma it may develop de novo or in association with an existent hi￭ dr￭ aden￭ oma this type of tumor typically develops in older individuals after age 40
hi￭ dr￭ aden￭ oma also known as acro￭ spi￭ roma from ak￭ ral peripheral spi￭ roma epi￭ the￭ li￭ al tumor of sweat g￭ land refers to a benign ad￭ n￭ ex￭ al tumor of the ap￭ ical sweat g￭ land another name for hi￭ dr￭ aden￭ oma is cy￭ stad￭ en￭ oma and hydro￭ cy￭ stad￭ en￭ om￭ as these are 1 – 3 cm trans￭ luc￭ ent blue c￭ ys￭ tic no￭ d￭ ules it usually presents as a single small skin colored le￭ sion and is considered distinct from the closely related por￭ oma hi￭ dr￭ aden￭ om￭ as are often sub classified based on subtle his￭ to￭ logic differences for example clear cell hi￭ dr￭ aden￭ oma or acro￭ spi￭ roma no￭ d￭ ular hi￭ dr￭ aden￭ oma or acro￭ spi￭ roma solid c￭ ys￭ tic hi￭ dr￭ aden￭ oma discussion of sweat g￭ land tumors can be difficult and confusing due to the complex classification and redundant terminology used to describe the same tumors for example acro￭ spi￭ roma and hi￭ dr￭ aden￭ oma are synonymous and sometimes the term acro￭ spi￭ roma is used to generally describe benign sweat g￭ land tumors in addition a single le￭ sion may contain a mixture of cell types there has also been a change in understanding about how tumors that were previously believed to strictly derive from specific sweat g￭ land types may in fact derive from both ec￭ cr￭ ine or apo￭ cr￭ ine g￭ lands hi￭ dr￭ aden￭ om￭ as are by definition benign with m￭ align￭ ant transformation very rare when tumors show m￭ align￭ ant characteristics they are known as hi￭ dr￭ aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma surgical exc￭ ision is usually cur￭ ative and local recur￭ ren￭ ces are rare although m￭ align￭ ant tumors may me￭ tast￭ asi￭ ze
hi￭ dro￭ cy￭ stom￭ a also known as cy￭ stad￭ en￭ oma a mo￭ ll s g￭ land cyst and a sud￭ ori￭ fer￭ ous cyst is an aden￭ oma of the sweat g￭ lands hi￭ dro￭ cy￭ stom￭ as are cy￭ sts of sweat duc￭ ts usually on the eye￭ li￭ ds they are not tum￭ ours a similar sounding le￭ sion called hi￭ dro￭ aden￭ oma is a benign tum￭ our there are three types of sweat g￭ lands true sweat g￭ lands or ec￭ cr￭ ine g￭ lands se￭ bac￭ eous g￭ lands which have an o￭ ily secre￭ tion around hair fol￭ lic￭ les and apo￭ cr￭ ine g￭ lands which have more o￭ ily product than ec￭ cr￭ ine g￭ lands and are found on the face ar￭ mp￭ it and gro￭ in hi￭ dro￭ cy￭ stom￭ as usually arise from apo￭ cr￭ ine g￭ lands they are also called cy￭ sts of mo￭ ll or sud￭ ori￭ fer￭ ous cy￭ sts there may be a type of hi￭ dro￭ aden￭ oma that arises from ec￭ cr￭ ine g￭ lands but these are un￭ common other related conditions on the eye￭ li￭ ds include chal￭ az￭ ion a gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ ous reaction to se￭ bac￭ eous g￭ lands on the eye￭ lid lac￭ ri￭ mal duc￭ t cy￭ sts cy￭ sts related to tear duc￭ ts and nas￭ ol￭ ac￭ ri￭ mal duc￭ t cy￭ sts the nas￭ ol￭ ac￭ ri￭ mal duc￭ t dra￭ ins tears into the nose via a punc￭ tum on the lower eye￭ lid
hierarchical model – view – controller h￭ m￭ v￭ c is a software architectural pattern a variation of model – view – controller m￭ v￭ c similar to presentation – abstr￭ action – control pac that was published in 2000 in an article in jav￭ a￭ world magazine the authors apparently unaware of pac which was published 13 years earlier the controller has some oversight the controller sel￭ ects the model and then sel￭ ects the view so there is an approval mechanism by the controller the model prevents the view from accessing the data source directly
high altitude cere￭ br￭ al e￭ dem￭ a h￭ ace is a medical condition in which the brain sw￭ ells with fluid because of the physiological effects of traveling to a high altitude it generally appears in patients who have acute mountain sickness and involves dis￭ orientation leth￭ ar￭ gy and naus￭ ea among other symptoms it occurs when the body fails to acc￭ lim￭ ati￭ ze while asc￭ ending to a high altitude it appears to be a vas￭ ogenic e￭ dem￭ a fluid penetration of the blood – brain barrier although cy￭ to￭ toxic e￭ dem￭ a cellular retention of fluids may play a role as well individuals with the condition must immediately descend to a lower altitude or coma and death can occur patients are usually given supplem￭ ental oxygen and d￭ exam￭ eth￭ as￭ one as well h￭ ace can be prevented by asc￭ ending to heights slowly to allow the body more time to acc￭ lim￭ ati￭ ze ace￭ ta￭ z￭ ol￭ amide also helps prevent the condition untreated patients usually die within 48 hours those who receive treatment may take weeks to fully recover it is a rare condition occurring in less than one percent of people who asc￭ end to 4 000 metres 13 000 ft first described in 19￭ 13 little was known about the eti￭ ology of the condition until m￭ ri studies were performed in the 1990 s
high altitude fl￭ atus expulsion ha￭ fe is a gastro￭ intest￭ inal syndrome which involves the spontaneous passage of increased quantities of rec￭ tal gases at high al￭ titu￭ des first described by joseph hamel in c 18￭ 20 and occasionally described after￭ ward a landmark study of this phenomenon was published in 1981 by paul au￭ erb￭ ach and york miller the phenomenon is based on the differential in atmospheric pressure directly correlated with the observer s frequency of and level of experience in high altitude metabol￭ ism as the external pressure decreases the difference in pressure between the gas within the body and the atmosphere outside is higher and the urge to expel gas to relieve the pressure is greater consistent with bo￭ yle s law controlling for dietary variance the amount of gas produced is constant in mass but the volume increases as the external pressure decreases the feeling of ful￭ l￭ ness or need to expel brought on by this differential in atmospheric pressure has been verified by studies involving military pilots subjected to pressure changes simul￭ ating flight
high altitude pul￭ mon￭ ary e￭ dem￭ a ha￭ pe hap￭ o spelled oe￭ dem￭ a in british english is a life threatening form of non cardi￭ ogenic pul￭ mon￭ ary e￭ dem￭ a fluid accumulation in the lungs that occurs in otherwise healthy mountain￭ e￭ ers at al￭ titu￭ des typically above 2 500 meters 8 200 ft however cases have also been reported at lower al￭ titu￭ des between 1 500 – 2 500 metres or 4 900 – 8 200 feet in highly vulnerable subjects though what makes some people susceptible to ha￭ pe is currently unknown ha￭ pe remains the major cause of death related to high altitude exposure with a high mortality rate in the absence of adequate emergency treatment
a high ar￭ ched pal￭ ate also termed high va￭ ulted pal￭ ate is where the pal￭ ate is unusually high and narrow it is usually a developmental feature that may occur in isolation or in association with a number of conditions it may also be an acquired condition caused by chronic thumb sucking high ar￭ ched pal￭ ate may cause narrowed air￭ way and sleep dis￭ ordered breathing example conditions which may be associated with high ar￭ ched pal￭ ate include c￭ rou￭ z￭ on syndrome down syndrome ap￭ ert syndrome tre￭ acher collins syndrome mar￭ fan syndrome in￭ contin￭ entia pi￭ gm￭ enti
in u￭ ro￭ logic path￭ ology high grade pro￭ static intra￭ epi￭ the￭ li￭ al ne￭ op￭ la￭ sia abbreviated hg￭ pin is an ab￭ normality of pro￭ static g￭ lands and believed to precede the development of pro￭ state aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma the most common form of pro￭ state cancer it may be referred to simply as pro￭ static intra￭ epi￭ the￭ li￭ al ne￭ op￭ la￭ sia abbreviated as pin it is considered to be a pre m￭ align￭ ancy or carcin￭ oma in situ of the pro￭ static g￭ lands
high output heart failure is a heart condition that occurs when the cardiac output is higher than normal there is a circul￭ atory overload which may develop pul￭ mon￭ ary e￭ dem￭ a secondary to an elevated di￭ ast￭ ol￭ ic pressure in left ven￭ tric￭ le these individuals usually have a normal syst￭ ol￭ ic function but symptoms are those of a heart failure with time this overload causes syst￭ ol￭ ic failure ultimately cardiac output can be reduced to very low levels it may occur in situations with an increased blood volume from excess of water and salt kidney path￭ ology excess of fluid or blood administration treatment with retaining water ster￭ oids chronic and severe an￭ emia large arter￭ io￭ ven￭ ous f￭ ist￭ ula or multiple small arter￭ io￭ ven￭ ous sh￭ unts as in h￭ ht or pag￭ et s disease of bone some forms of severe liver or kidney disorders hyper￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m and wet ber￭ iber￭ i and acutely in se￭ ptic shock especially caused by gram negative bacteria
high pressure nervous syndrome h￭ p￭ ns – also known as high pressure neuro￭ logical syndrome is a neuro￭ logical and physiological diving disorder that results when a di￭ ver desc￭ ends below about 500 feet 150 m using a breathing gas containing heli￭ um the effects experienced and the severity of those effects depend on the rate of descent the depth and percentage of heli￭ um heli￭ um tre￭ mors were first widely described in 1965 by royal navy physi￭ o￭ logist peter b ben￭ nett who also founded the di￭ vers alert network russian scientist g l z￭ al ts￭ man also reported on heli￭ um tre￭ mors in his experiments from 1961 however these reports were not available in the west until 1967 the term high pressure nervous syndrome was first used by br￭ auer in 1968 to describe the combined symptoms of trem￭ or electro￭ encephal￭ o￭ graphy eeg changes and som￭ no￭ l￭ ence that appeared during a 1 189 foot 362 m chamber dive in marseille
high rise syndrome is the phenomenon of cats falling from higher than two stories 7 – 9 m 23 – 30 ft this is generally from high rise buildings or sk￭ ys￭ cr￭ ap￭ ers and is also used to refer to the injuries sustained by a cat falling from a great height
a high resistance connection hr￭ c is a problem that results from loose or poor connections in traditional electrical accessories and switchgear which can cause heat to develop capable of starting a fire safety devices such as fuses and residual current devices r￭ cds are unable to detect thermal rise and dis￭ connect the electrical supply because they cannot sense hr￭ c a safety device to prevent hr￭ c operates by effectively monitoring for abnormal thermal rise and will prevent ignition smoke or burning od￭ our of the electrical accessory or electrical installation an example extract from the national union of teachers nut fire safety brief electrical equipment should be regularly maintained by competent people machines should not be allowed to over￭ heat care should be taken not to cover machines while they are switched on as this is particularly likely to cause overheating tr￭ ailing cables should be regularly checked for damage loose or poor connections in traditional electrical accessories and switchgear can cause heat to develop capable of starting a fire this problem is known as high resistance connection hr￭ c and safety devices such as fuses and residual circuit devices r￭ cds are unable to dis￭ connect the electrical supply because they cannot sense hr￭ c consideration should be given to the installation of a preventative system designed to stop electrical connections and accessories from reaching a temperature which would result in a fire such a device operates by effectively closing a switch at a pre set temperature to prevent ignition smoke or burning od￭ our thermal monitoring of the connection and providing a hr￭ c device close to the probable location where a fault may develop is key to providing early warning or isolation to reduce the risk of fire
high speed pursuit syndrome is a condition that police officers may suffer from during a high speed chase when a police officer gets into a high speed chase they may get so angry and pumped up with energy that the adren￭ al￭ ine rush could cause them to become violent this could ultimately lead them to carry out deadly force on a suspect at the end of or during a police pursuit
high an￭ ion gap metabol￭ ic aci￭ do￭ sis is a form of metabol￭ ic aci￭ do￭ sis characterized by a high an￭ ion gap a medical value based on the concentrations of ions in a patient s serum an an￭ ion gap is usually considered to be high if it is over 11 me￭ q l high an￭ ion gap metabol￭ ic aci￭ do￭ sis is caused generally by the body producing too much acid or not producing enough bic￭ ar￭ bon￭ ate this is often due to an increase in lac￭ tic acid or ke￭ to￭ acids or it may be a sign of kidney failure more rarely high an￭ ion gap metabol￭ ic aci￭ do￭ sis may be caused by ing￭ est￭ ing meth￭ an￭ ol or over￭ do￭ sing on aspir￭ in the delta ratio is a formula that can be used to assess elevated an￭ ion gap metabol￭ ic aci￭ do￭ sis and to evaluate whether mixed acid base disorder metabol￭ ic aci￭ do￭ sis is present the list of agents that cause high an￭ ion gap metabol￭ ic aci￭ do￭ sis is similar to but broader than the list of agents that cause a serum o￭ sm￭ ol￭ al gap
high energy density physics he￭ dp is a new sub￭ field of physics inter￭ sec￭ ting nuclear physics astro￭ physics and plasma physics it has been defined as the physics of matter and radiation at energy den￭ sities in excess of about 100 g￭ j m 3
high plains disease is a viral disease afflicting wheat and maize it is caused by the negative sense s￭ sr￭ na virus wheat mo￭ saic virus symptoms are similar to wheat stre￭ ak mo￭ saic virus with leaf ve￭ ins showing yellow fl￭ ec￭ ks and stre￭ aks followed by leaf margin pur￭ pling in maize depending on the timing of infection stun￭ ting and death occur plants can be doubly infected with high plains virus and wheat stre￭ ak mo￭ saic virus
a grease gun injury or injection injury is an injury caused by high pressure injection of oil grease solvents water or even air into the body the most common causes are accidents with grease guns paint spr￭ ay￭ ers and pressure wash￭ ers but pin￭ hole leaks in pressur￭ ized hydraulic lines occasionally cause this injury additionally there is at least one known case of deliberate self injection with a grease gun although the initial wound often seems minor the unseen internal damage can be severe with hydraulic fluids paint and detergents these injuries are extremely serious as most hydraulic fluids and organic solvents are highly toxic delay in surgical treatment often leads to ampu￭ tations or death but even with pure water or air these injuries cause compartment syndrome which leads to cell death if surgical intervention is delayed
the high￭ gate vampire was a media sensation surrounding reports of supposed super￭ natural activity at high￭ gate cemetery in london in the 1970 s
the high￭ land clear￭ ances scottish ga￭ el￭ ic fu￭ ad￭ ach nan g￭ à￭ id￭ heal the evic￭ tion of the ga￭ el was the forced displacement during the 18 th and 19 th centuries of a significant number of people from traditional land ten￭ ancies in the scottish highlands where they had practised small scale agriculture it resulted from en￭ closures of common lands and a change from farming to sheep raising an agricultural revolution largely carried out by hereditary aristo￭ cratic landowners the clear￭ ances were a complex series of events occurring over more than a hundred years a high￭ land clearance has been defined as an enforced simultaneous evic￭ tion of all families living in a given area such as an entire gl￭ en the clear￭ ances are particularly notorious as a result of the brutality of many evic￭ tions at short notice year by year tenants had almost no protection under scots law and the abru￭ pt￭ ness of the change from the traditional clan system in which reciprocal obligations between the population and their leaders were well recognised the cumulative effect of the clear￭ ances and the large scale voluntary emigr￭ ations over the same period devastated the cultural landscape of scotland in a way that did not happen in other areas of britain the effect of the clear￭ ances was to destroy much of the ga￭ el￭ ic culture the clear￭ ances resulted in significant emigration of high￭ lan￭ ders to the coast the scottish low￭ lands and further a￭ field to north america and austr￭ al￭ asia in the early 21 st century many times more descendants of high￭ lan￭ ders are found in these diaspora destinations than in scotland
the high￭ land towers collapse was an apartment building collapse that occurred on 11 december 1993 in tam￭ an hill￭ view ul￭ u k￭ lang sel￭ ang￭ or malaysia the collapse of block one of the apartments caused the deaths of 48 people and led to the complete evacuation of the remaining two blocks due to safety concerns on 11 december 2010 coinci￭ ding with the seventeenth anniversary of the incident a￭ et￭ n s history channel showed an hour long documentary on the tragedy with accounts from the victims their families and former residents
hi￭ gou￭ m￭ én￭ akis sign is a unilateral enlargement of the ster￭ no￭ cla￭ vic￭ ular portion of the cla￭ vic￭ le seen in con￭ genital sy￭ phil￭ is it is an end result of ne￭ on￭ atal perio￭ sti￭ tis this sign was first described by george hi￭ gou￭ men￭ akis in 19￭ 27 in the greek periodical proceedings of the medical society of athens πρ￭ ακ￭ τικά ι￭ ατ￭ ρ￭ ικής ε￭ τα￭ ι￭ ρ￭ εί￭ ας α￭ θη￭ ν￭ ών he subsequently published the description of the sign in a german article making the sign more known among der￭ mato￭ logists thus the sign was named after george hi￭ gou￭ men￭ akis
the hij￭ ab protests in azerbaijan are a consequence of recent changes in the formal and social aspects of azerbaijan with the banning of the hij￭ ab in schools and universities the hij￭ ab ban lead to protests by some religious activists and to their subsequent arrests due to their opposition to the new laws
the hi￭ k￭ ka￭ ke pattern or hi￭ k￭ ka￭ ke is a technical analysis pattern used for determining market turning points and continu￭ ations it is a simple pattern that can be observed in market price data using traditional bar charts point and figure charts or japanese can￭ d￭ les￭ tick charts the pattern does not belong to the collection of traditional can￭ d￭ les￭ tick chart patterns though some have referred to the hi￭ k￭ ka￭ ke pattern as an inside day false break￭ out or a fa￭ key pattern these are deviations from the original name given to the pattern by daniel l ches￭ ler c￭ mt and are not popul￭ arly used to describe the pattern for example the name hi￭ k￭ ka￭ ke pattern has been chosen over inside day false break￭ out or fa￭ key pattern by the majority of book authors who have covered the subject including technical analysis the complete resource for financial market technicians by charles d kirk￭ patrick and julie r dah￭ l￭ qu￭ ist and long short market dynamics trading strategies for today s markets by c￭ live m cor￭ cor￭ an and diary of a professional commodity trader by peter l brand￭ t
hil￭ bert s eighteenth problem is one of the 23 hil￭ bert problems set out in a celebrated list compiled in 1900 by mathem￭ ati￭ cian david hil￭ bert it asks three separate questions about lat￭ tices and sphere packing in eu￭ cli￭ dean space
hil￭ bert s fifteenth problem is one of the 23 hil￭ bert problems set out in a celebrated list compiled in 1900 by david hil￭ bert the problem is to put sch￭ u￭ bert s enum￭ er￭ ative calcul￭ us on a rigorous foundation
hil￭ bert s fifth problem is the fifth mathematical problem from the problem list publicized in 1900 by mathem￭ ati￭ cian david hil￭ bert and concerns the characterization of lie groups the theory of lie groups describes continuous sym￭ metry in mathematics its importance there and in theoretical physics for example quar￭ k theory grew steadily in the twentieth century in rough terms lie group theory is the common ground of group theory and the theory of topo￭ logical mani￭ fol￭ ds the question hil￭ bert asked was an acute one of making this precise is there any difference if a restriction to smooth mani￭ fol￭ ds is imposed the expected answer was in the negative the classical groups the most central examples in lie group theory are smooth mani￭ fol￭ ds this was eventually confirmed in the early 1950 s since the precise notion of mani￭ fold was not available to hil￭ bert there is room for some debate about the formulation of the problem in contemporary mathematical language
hil￭ bert s nineteenth problem is one of the 23 hil￭ bert problems set out in a list compiled in 1900 by david hil￭ bert it asks whether the solutions of regular problems in the calcul￭ us of variations are always analy￭ tic informally and perhaps less directly since hil￭ bert s concept of a regular vari￭ ational problem identifies precisely a vari￭ ational problem whose eul￭ er – lag￭ range equation is an elli￭ ptic partial differential equation with analy￭ tic coefficients hil￭ bert s nineteenth problem despite its seemingly technical statement simply asks whether in this class of partial differential equations any solution function inher￭ its the relatively simple and well understood structure from the solved equation
hil￭ bert s seventeenth problem is one of the 23 hil￭ bert problems set out in a celebrated list compiled in 1900 by david hil￭ bert it concerns the expression of positive definite rational functions as sums of quo￭ ti￭ ents of squares the original question may be re￭ formulated as given a multi￭ vari￭ ate poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al that takes only non negative values over the re￭ als can it be represented as a sum of squares of rational functions
hil￭ bert s thir￭ teenth problem is one of the 23 hil￭ bert problems set out in a celebrated list compiled in 1900 by david hil￭ bert it entails proving whether a solution exists for all 7 th degree equations using al￭ ge￭ bra￭ ic variant continuous functions of two arguments it was first presented in the context of no￭ mo￭ graphy and in particular no￭ mo￭ graphic construction — a process whereby a function of several variables is constructed using functions of two variables hil￭ bert s con￭ jec￭ ture that it is not always possible to find such a solution was dis￭ proven in 1957
hil￭ bert s twentieth problem is one of the 23 hil￭ bert problems set out in a celebrated list compiled in 1900 by david hil￭ bert it asks whether all boundary value problems can be solved that is do vari￭ ational problems with certain boundary conditions have solutions
hil￭ bert s twenty fourth problem is a mathematical problem that was not published as part of the list of twenty three problems known as hil￭ bert s problems but was included in david hil￭ bert s original notes the problem asks for a criterion of simplicity in mathematical proofs and the development of a proof theory with the power to prove that a given proof is the simplest possible the 24 th problem was re￭ discovered by german historian rü￭ di￭ ger thi￭ ele in 2000 noting that hil￭ bert did not include the 24 th problem in the lecture presenting hil￭ bert s problems or any published texts hil￭ bert s friends and fellow mathem￭ ati￭ ci￭ ans adol￭ f hur￭ witz and her￭ mann min￭ kowski were closely involved in the project but did not have any knowledge of this problem this is the full text from hil￭ bert s notes given in rü￭ di￭ ger thi￭ ele s paper the section was translated by rü￭ di￭ ger thi￭ ele the 24 th problem in my paris lecture was to be criteria of simplicity or proof of the greatest simplicity of certain proofs develop a theory of the method of proof in mathematics in general under a given set of conditions there can be but one simplest proof quite generally if there are two proofs for a theore￭ m you must keep going until you have derived each from the other or until it becomes quite evident what variant conditions and aids have been used in the two proofs given two routes it is not right to take either of these two or to look for a third it is necessary to investigate the area lying between the two routes attempts at judging the simplicity of a proof are in my examination of sy￭ zy￭ gies and sy￭ zy￭ gies hil￭ bert mis￭ spelled the word sy￭ zy￭ gies between sy￭ zy￭ gies see hil￭ bert 42 lectures xx￭ xii – xx￭ x￭ ix the use or the knowledge of a sy￭ zy￭ gy simpli￭ fi￭ es in an essential way a proof that a certain identity is true because any process of addition is an application of the comm￭ ut￭ ative law of addition etc and because this always corresponds to geome￭ tric theore￭ ms or logical conclusions one can count these processes and for instance in proving certain theore￭ ms of elementary geometry the py￭ th￭ ag￭ or￭ as theore￭ m theore￭ ms on remarkable points of tri￭ angles one can very well decide which of the proofs is the simplest author s note part of the last sentence is not only barely legible in hil￭ bert s note￭ book but also gr￭ amm￭ atically incorrect corrections and inser￭ tions that hil￭ bert made in this entry show that he wrote down the problem in haste — david hil￭ bert hil￭ bert ’ s twenty fourth problem rü￭ di￭ ger thi￭ ele american mathematical monthly january 2003
in mathematics the hil￭ bert symbol or norm residue symbol is a function – – from k × × k × to the group of n￭ th roots of unity in a local field k such as the fields of re￭ als or p adic numbers it is related to reciprocity laws and can be defined in terms of the ar￭ tin symbol of local class field theory the hil￭ bert symbol was introduced by david hil￭ bert sections 64 131 english translation in his zah￭ l￭ ber￭ ic￭ ht with the slight difference that he defined it for elements of global fields rather than for the larger local fields the hil￭ bert symbol has been generalized to higher local fields
hill￭ climbing is a problem faced by railway systems when a load must be carried up an incl￭ ine while railways have a great ability to haul very heavy loads this advantage is only significant when the tracks are fairly level as soon as the gr￭ adi￭ ents sti￭ ff￭ en the tonnage that can be haul￭ ed is greatly diminished
in population genetics the hill – rober￭ t￭ son effect or hill – rober￭ t￭ son interference is a phenomenon first identified by bill hill and alan rober￭ t￭ son in 1966 it provides an explanation as to why there may be an evolutionary advantage to genetic re￭ combination
a hill – sachs le￭ sion or hill – sachs frac￭ ture is a cor￭ tical depression in the poster￭ ol￭ ateral head of the hum￭ er￭ us it results from forceful imp￭ action of the hum￭ eral head against the an￭ ter￭ o￭ inferior glen￭ o￭ id rim when the shoulder is dis￭ located an￭ ter￭ ior￭ ly
the hil￭ um over￭ lay sign is an imaging appearance on chest radio￭ graphs in which the outline of the hil￭ um can be seen at the level of a mass or collection in the mid chest it implies that the mass is not in the middle medi￭ ast￭ inum and usually is from the poster￭ ior medi￭ ast￭ inum
the hin￭ denburg omen is a technical analysis pattern that is said to port￭ end a stock market crash it is named after the hin￭ denburg disaster of may 6 19￭ 37 in which the z￭ ep￭ pel￭ in air￭ ship hin￭ denburg crashed and burned
the hindu milk miracle was a phenomenon considered by many hindus as a miracle which started on 21 september 1995 in which stat￭ ues of the hindu de￭ ity gan￭ es￭ ha allegedly drank milk offer￭ ings it attracted great attention from people and the media particularly in india the scientific explanation for the incident attested by indian academics was that the material was pulled up from the offering bow￭ ls by cap￭ ill￭ ary action
hindu￭ ism is a recent phenomenon in togo the religion was introduced by indigenous africans based in acc￭ ra ghana and a branch of the hindu monastery of africa has been established in lomé
hip dys￭ pl￭ asia developmental dys￭ pl￭ asia of the hip dd￭ h or con￭ genital dys￭ pl￭ asia of the hip cd￭ h is a con￭ genital or developmental de￭ formation or mis￭ alignment of the hip joint
a hip frac￭ ture is a serious fem￭ oral frac￭ ture that occurs in the proxim￭ al end of the fem￭ ur the long bone running through the thi￭ gh near the hip the term hip frac￭ ture is commonly used to refer to four different frac￭ ture patterns and is often due to o￭ ste￭ op￭ or￭ osis in the vast majority of cases a hip frac￭ ture is a fragility frac￭ ture due to a fall or minor trauma in someone with weakened o￭ ste￭ op￭ or￭ otic bone most hip fractu￭ res in people with normal bone are the result of high energy trauma such as car accidents falling from heights or sports injuries in the uk the mortality following a fractu￭ red neck of fem￭ ur is between 20 and 35 within one year in people aged 82 ± 7 years of whom 80 were women
hippo￭ camp￭ al re￭ play is a phenomenon observed in rats mice cats rabbits s￭ ong￭ birds and monkeys during sleep or awake rest re￭ play refers to the re occurrence of a sequence of cell acti￭ vations that also occurred during activity but the re￭ play has a much faster time scale it may be in the same order or in reverse cases were also found where a sequence of acti￭ vations occurs before the actual activity but it is still the same sequence this is called pre￭ play the phenomenon has mostly been observed in the hippo￭ campus a brain region associated with memory and spatial navigation specifically the cells that exhibit this behavior are place cells characterized by reliably increasing their activity when the animal is in a certain location in space during navigation the place cells fire in a sequence according to the path of the animal in a re￭ play instance the cells are activated as if in response to the same spatial path but at a much faster rate than the animal actually moved in
hippo￭ camp￭ al sclerosis hs is a neuro￭ pathological condition with severe neuro￭ nal cell loss and gli￭ osis in the hippo￭ campus specifically in the ca 1 corn￭ u ammon￭ is area 1 and sub￭ icul￭ um of the hippo￭ campus it was first described in 18￭ 80 by wil￭ helm sommer hippo￭ camp￭ al sclerosis is a frequent patho￭ logic finding in community based dementia hippo￭ camp￭ al sclerosis can be detected with autopsy or m￭ ri individuals with hippo￭ camp￭ al sclerosis have similar initial symptoms and rates of dementia progression to those with alzheimer s disease ad and therefore are frequently mis￭ classified as having alzheimer s disease but clinical and patho￭ logic findings suggest that hippo￭ camp￭ al sclerosis has characteristics of a progressive disorder although the underlying cause remains elusive a diagnosis of hippo￭ camp￭ al sclerosis has a significant effect on the life of patients because of the notable mortality morbi￭ dity and social impact related to epi￭ le￭ psy as well as side effects associated with anti￭ epi￭ le￭ ptic treatments
hir￭ sch￭ sp￭ rung s disease hd is a form of me￭ ga￭ col￭ on that occurs when part or all of the large intest￭ ine or an￭ tec￭ ed￭ ent parts of the gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract have no gang￭ lion cells and therefore cannot function during normal pre￭ natal development cells from the ne￭ ural c￭ rest migrate into the large intest￭ ine col￭ on to form the networks of nerves called the my￭ enter￭ ic plex￭ us au￭ erb￭ ach plex￭ us between the smooth muscle layers of the gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract wall and the sub￭ mu￭ cos￭ al plex￭ us me￭ iss￭ ner plex￭ us within the sub￭ mu￭ co￭ sa of the gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract wall in hir￭ sch￭ sp￭ rung s disease the migration is not complete and part of the col￭ on lacks these nerve bodies that regulate the activity of the col￭ on the affected segment of the col￭ on cannot relax and pass sto￭ ol through the col￭ on creating an obstruction in most affected people the disorder affects the part of the col￭ on that is nearest the an￭ us in rare cases the lack of nerve bodies involves more of the col￭ on in five percent of cases the entire col￭ on is affected stomach and es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus may be affected too hir￭ sch￭ sp￭ rung s disease occurs in about one in 5 000 of live births it is usually diagnosed in children and affects boys more often than girls about 10 of cases are famili￭ al
hir￭ su￭ ties is the growth in a woman of co￭ arse terminal hair in a male distribution
hir￭ su￭ ties coron￭ ae g￭ land￭ is also known as hir￭ su￭ to￭ id pap￭ il￭ lom￭ as and pe￭ arly pen￭ ile pap￭ ules are small pro￭ tuber￭ ances that may form on the ridge of the gl￭ ans of the human penis they are a harmless anatom￭ ical variation though sometimes confused with h￭ p￭ v infection the pap￭ ules are not a sexually transmitted infection and are not contagious the pap￭ ules appear as one or several rows of small pe￭ arly or flesh colored smooth dom￭ e top￭ ped bu￭ mps situated circum￭ fer￭ entially around the cor￭ ona or sul￭ cus of the gl￭ ans they may range in size from less than 1 mm to 3 mm as of 1999 different studies have produced estimates of incidence ranging from 8 to 48 percent of all men studies suggest that it occurs more often on younger men and those who have not been circum￭ c￭ ised one study found them in 33 3 of males who had not been circum￭ c￭ ised and in 7 1 of circum￭ c￭ ised males hir￭ su￭ ties coron￭ ae g￭ land￭ is are sometimes described as vesti￭ gi￭ al remnants of pen￭ ile sp￭ ines sensitive features found in the same location in other pri￭ mates in species which retain the full expression of pen￭ ile sp￭ ines the sp￭ ines contribute to sexual pleasure and quicker org￭ as￭ ms a similar expression vesti￭ bul￭ ar pap￭ il￭ lo￭ mat￭ osis of the vul￭ va or hir￭ su￭ ties pap￭ il￭ lar￭ is vul￭ v￭ ae occurs in females and similarly can be misinterpreted as an outbreak of the h￭ p￭ v infection like hir￭ su￭ ties pap￭ il￭ lar￭ is gen￭ ital￭ is it is a normal variation on human anatomy
hir￭ su￭ tism is excessive body hair in women on parts of the body where hair is normally absent or minimal such as on the chin or chest it refers to a male pattern of hair growth that may be a sign of a more serious medical condition especially if it develops well after pu￭ ber￭ ty it can be caused by increased levels of and￭ ro￭ gen hormones the amount and location of the hair is measured by a fer￭ ri￭ man gall￭ we￭ y score it is different than hyper￭ tric￭ ho￭ sis which is excessive hair growth anywhere on the body
his￭ ti￭ din￭ emia also referred to as his￭ ti￭ din￭ ur￭ ia is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive metabol￭ ic disorder caused by a deficiency of the enzyme his￭ ti￭ d￭ ase his￭ ti￭ d￭ ase is needed for the metabol￭ ism of the amino acid his￭ ti￭ dine although originally thought to be linked to multiple developmental disorders his￭ ti￭ din￭ emia is now accepted as a relatively benign disorder leading to a reduction in the prevalence of ne￭ on￭ atal screening procedures
his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ tic sar￭ coma is a tumor derived from his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ tes the tumor is often positive for cd 163 and can appear in the thyro￭ id however in some cases it can also appear in the brain
a his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ tom￭ a is a tum￭ our consisting of his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ tes his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ tes are cells that are a part of the mon￭ on￭ uc￭ lear p￭ ha￭ go￭ cy￭ tic system a part of the body s immune system that consists of p￭ ha￭ go￭ cy￭ tic cells which are responsible for engul￭ fing solid particles by the cell memb￭ rane to form an internal p￭ ha￭ go￭ some by p￭ ha￭ go￭ cy￭ tes and pro￭ tists types include my￭ x￭ o￭ fi￭ bro￭ sar￭ coma benign fi￭ bro￭ us his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ tom￭ a m￭ align￭ ant fi￭ bro￭ us his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ tom￭ a his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ tom￭ a dog
a his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ tom￭ a in the dog is a benign tumor it is an abnormal growth in the skin of his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ tes his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis a cell that is part of the immune system a similar disease in humans hash￭ im￭ oto pr￭ it￭ z￭ ker disease is also a lang￭ er￭ hans cell his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis dog breeds that may be more at risk for this tumor include bull￭ dogs american pit bull terri￭ ers american staf￭ for￭ d￭ shire terri￭ ers scottish terri￭ ers gre￭ yh￭ ounds box￭ ers and boston terri￭ ers they also rarely occur in goats and cattle
in medicine his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis refers to an excessive number of his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ tes tissue macro￭ p￭ ha￭ ges and is typically used to refer to a group of rare diseases which share this as a characteristic occasionally and conf￭ us￭ ingly the term his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis is sometimes used to refer to individual diseases according to the his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis association of america 1 in 200 000 children in the united states are born with his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis each year ha￭ a also states that most of the people diagnosed with his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis are children under the age of 10 although the disease can afflic￭ t adults the university of california san francisco states that the disease usually occurs from birth to age 15 his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis and m￭ align￭ ant his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis are both important in veterinary as well as human path￭ ology
his￭ to￭ id leprosy is a skin condition a rare form of multi￭ bac￭ ill￭ ary leprosy
hist￭ om￭ oni￭ asis or hist￭ om￭ on￭ osis is a disease of birds particularly of chickens and turkeys due to par￭ asi￭ tic infection of a proto￭ zo￭ an hist￭ om￭ onas mel￭ eag￭ ri￭ dis it is a form of black￭ head disease in poultry the parasite specifically inf￭ ects the cec￭ um and liver symptoms of the infection include depression reduced appetite poor growth increased thirst sulphur yellow diarr￭ ho￭ ea lis￭ t￭ lessness and dry ru￭ ff￭ led feathers the head may become cyan￭ otic blu￭ ish in colour hence the common name of the disease black￭ head thus the name black￭ head is in all possibility a mis￭ no￭ mer for dis￭ color￭ ation it is particularly highly fatal in poultry and less in other birds currently no prescription drug is available to treat this disease
hist￭ op￭ las￭ mo￭ sis also known as cave disease darling s disease ohio valley disease re￭ ticul￭ o￭ endo￭ the￭ li￭ osis sp￭ el￭ un￭ ker ’ s lung and ca￭ ver s disease is a disease caused by the fun￭ gus hist￭ op￭ las￭ ma capsul￭ at￭ um symptoms of this infection vary greatly but the disease affects primarily the lungs occasionally other organs are affected this is called disseminated hist￭ op￭ las￭ mo￭ sis and it can be fatal if left untreated hist￭ op￭ las￭ mo￭ sis is common among aids patients because of their suppressed immunity in immun￭ o￭ competent individuals past infection results in partial protection against ill effects if re￭ infected hist￭ op￭ las￭ ma capsul￭ at￭ um is found in soil often associated with dec￭ aying bat gu￭ ano or bird dro￭ pp￭ ings disruption of soil from exc￭ av￭ ation or construction can release infectious elements that are inhal￭ ed and settle into the lung
historically puer￭ per￭ al fever was a devastating disease it affected women within the first three days after childbirth and progressed rapidly causing acute symptoms of severe ab￭ domin￭ al pain fever and deb￭ ility the most common infection causing puer￭ per￭ al fever is genital tract sep￭ sis caused by contaminated medical equipment or un￭ hygienic medical staff who contam￭ inate the mother s genital tract during the delivery other types of infection that can lead to sep￭ sis after childbirth include ur￭ inary tract infection breast infection mas￭ ti￭ tis and respiratory tract infection more common after ana￭ esthesia due to le￭ sions in the trac￭ hea puer￭ per￭ al fever is now rare in the west due to improved hygiene during delivery and the few infections that do occur are usually treat￭ able with antibiotics
there were five important periods in the history of canadian newspapers responsible for the eventual development of the modern newspaper these are the transplant period from 17￭ 50 – 1800 when printing and newspapers initially came to canada as publications of government news and proclam￭ ations followed by the partisan period from 1800 – 18￭ 50 when individual pr￭ inters and editors played a growing role in politics the nation building period from 18￭ 50 – 1900 when canadian editors began the work of establishing a common nationalistic view of canadian society the modern period from 1900 to 1980 s saw the profession￭ alization of the industry and the growth of chains current history since the 1990 s saw outside interests take over the chains as they faced new competition from the internet
the city of san antonio is one of the oldest spanish colonization of the european settlements in texas and was for decades its largest city before spanish colonization the site was occupied for thousands of years by varying cultures of indigenous peoples the historic pay￭ aya indians were likely those who encountered the first europeans development of the spanish colonial city followed construction of a fort in 17￭ 17 a catholic mission and trading post were also established and the town developed as the capital of te￭ jas a province of colonial spain it was the nor￭ ther￭ n￭ most settlement associated with the his￭ panic culture of the valley of mexico after mexico achieved independence in 18￭ 21 anglo american settlers entered the region from the united states in 18￭ 49 anglo americans gained control of san antonio in the fighting that gained independence for the republic of texas in 18￭ 45 texas was annexed by the united states of america and became a state
the ep￭ on￭ ym was bestowed by jean martin char￭ cot 18￭ 25 – 93 on behalf of his resident georg￭ es albert é￭ dou￭ ard bru￭ tus gil￭ les de la tou￭ ret￭ te 1859 – 19￭ 04 a french physician and neuro￭ logist who published an account of nine patients with tou￭ ret￭ te s in 18￭ 85 the possibility that movement disorders including tou￭ ret￭ te syndrome might have an organic origin was raised when an en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis epidemic from 1918 – 19￭ 26 led to a subsequent epidemic of tic disorders research in 1972 advanced the argument that tou￭ ret￭ te s is a neuro￭ logical rather than psychological disorder since the 1990 s a more neutral view of tou￭ ret￭ te s has emerged in which biological vulnerability and adverse environmental events are seen to interact findings since 1999 have advanced ts science in the areas of genetics neuro￭ imaging neuro￭ physi￭ ology and neuro￭ path￭ ology questions remain regarding how best to classify tou￭ ret￭ te syndrome and how closely tou￭ ret￭ te s is related to other movement disorders or psychiatric disorders good epidem￭ io￭ logic data is still lacking and available treatments are not risk free and not always well tolerated
athe￭ ism derived from the ancient greek ἄ￭ θε￭ ος athe￭ os meaning without gods go￭ dless secular denying or disd￭ aining the gods especially officially sanctioned gods is the absence or rejection of the belief that de￭ ities exist the english term was used at least as early as the sixteenth century and athe￭ istic ideas and their influence have a longer history over the centuries athe￭ ists have supported their lack of belief in gods through a variety of avenues including scientific philosophical and ideological notions philosophical athe￭ ist thought began to appear in europe and asia in the sixth or fifth century b￭ ce will dur￭ ant in his the story of civilization explained that certain py￭ g￭ my tribes found in africa were observed to have no identifiable cul￭ ts or rit￭ es there were no tot￭ ems no de￭ ities and no spirits their dead were buried without special ceremon￭ ies or accompanying items and received no further attention they even appeared to lack simple supersti￭ tions according to travel￭ ers reports the ve￭ das of ce￭ ylon admitted only the possibility that de￭ ities might exist but went no further neither prayers nor sacrifices were suggested in any way
diabetes is one of the first diseases described with an egyptian man￭ us￭ cript from c 1500 b￭ ce mentioning “ too great emp￭ tying of the urine ” the first described cases are believed to be of type 1 diabetes indian physicians around the same time identified the disease and classified it as mad￭ hu￭ me￭ ha or honey urine noting that the urine would attract ants the term diabetes or to pass through was first used in 250 b￭ ce by the greek apoll￭ oni￭ us of m￭ emp￭ his type 1 and type 2 diabetes were identified as separate conditions for the first time by the indian physicians su￭ sh￭ ru￭ ta and char￭ aka in 400 500 ce with type 1 associated with youth and type 2 with obesity the term mell￭ it￭ us or from honey was added by thomas will￭ is in the late 1600 s to separate the condition from diabetes insi￭ pi￭ dus which is also associated with frequent ur￭ ination
the history of in vitro fertilisation goes back more than half a century there was a transi￭ ent bio￭ chemical pregnancy reported by australian fo￭ x￭ ton school researchers in 1953 john rock was the first to extract an intact fertilis￭ ed egg in 1959 min chu￭ eh chang at the wor￭ c￭ ester foundation proved fertilisation in vitro was capable of proceeding to a birth of a live rabbit chang s discovery was sem￭ inal as it clearly demonstrated that o￭ oc￭ y￭ tes fertilis￭ ed in vitro were capable of developing if transferred into the uter￭ us and thereby produce live young the first pregnancy achieved through in vitro human fertilisation of a human o￭ oc￭ y￭ te was reported in the lan￭ cet from the mon￭ ash university team of carl wood john le￭ et￭ on and alan tro￭ un￭ son in 1973 although it lasted only a few days and would today be called a bio￭ chemical pregnancy lan￭ drum she￭ tt￭ les attempted to perform an iv￭ f in 1973 but his departmental chairman inter￭ dic￭ ted the procedure at the last moment there was also an ec￭ topic pregnancy reported by patrick step￭ toe and robert ed￭ wards in 1976 in 1977 step￭ toe and ed￭ wards successfully carried out a pioneering conception which resulted in the birth of the world s first baby to be conceived by iv￭ f louise brown on 25 july 1978 in ol￭ d￭ ham general hospital greater manchester uk in october 1978 it was reported that sub￭ ash mu￭ k￭ hop￭ ad￭ y￭ ay a relatively unknown physician from kol￭ k￭ ata india was performing experiments on his own with primitive instruments and a household refrigerator and this resulted in a test tube baby later named as d￭ urg￭ a ali￭ as kan￭ u￭ pri￭ ya agar￭ wal who was born on 3 october 1978 however state authorities prevented him from presenting his work at scientific conferences and in the absence of scientific evidence his work is not recognised by the international scientific community these days however mu￭ k￭ hop￭ ad￭ hy￭ ay s contribution is acknowledged in works dealing with the subject step￭ toe and ed￭ wards were responsible for the world ’ s first confirmed boy conceived by iv￭ f al￭ ast￭ air mac￭ donald born on 14 january 1979 in glasgow a team led by ian johnston and alex lop￭ ata were responsible for australia s first baby conceived by iv￭ f can￭ dice reed born on 23 june 1980 in melbourne it was the subsequent use of stimulated cycles with clo￭ mi￭ phen￭ e cit￭ rate and the use of human ch￭ ori￭ onic gon￭ ad￭ o￭ troph￭ in h￭ c￭ g to control and time o￭ oc￭ y￭ te matur￭ ation thus controlling the time of collection that converted iv￭ f from a research tool to a clinical treatment this was followed by a total of 14 pregnancies resulting in nine births in 1981 with the mon￭ ash university team howard w jones and geor￭ ge￭ anna see￭ gar jones at the eastern virginia medical school in nor￭ folk virginia further improved stimulated cycles by incorporating the use of a fol￭ lic￭ le stimulating hormone u￭ h￭ mg this then became known as controlled o￭ vari￭ an hyper￭ stimulation co￭ h another step forward was the use of gon￭ ad￭ o￭ troph￭ in releasing hormone agon￭ ists gn￭ r￭ ha thus decreasing the need for monitoring by preventing premature ov￭ ulation and more recently gon￭ ad￭ o￭ troph￭ in releasing hormone antagon￭ ists gn￭ r￭ h ant which have a similar function the additional use of the oral contrac￭ eptive pill has allowed the scheduling of iv￭ f cycles which has made the treatment far more convenient for both staff and patients the ability to freeze and subsequently th￭ aw and transfer embryos has significantly improved the feasibility of iv￭ f use the other very significant milestone in iv￭ f was the development of the in￭ trac￭ y￭ top￭ las￭ mic sperm injection ic￭ si of single sper￭ ms by gian￭ pi￭ ero d palermo et al in brussels u￭ z brussel 1992 this has enabled men with minimal sperm production to achieve pregnancies ic￭ si is sometimes used in conjunction with sperm recovery using a tes￭ tic￭ ular fine needle or open tes￭ tic￭ ular biopsy using this method some men with k￭ lin￭ ef￭ el￭ ter s syndrome and so would be otherwise in￭ fertile have occasionally been able to achieve pregnancy thus iv￭ f has become the final solution for most fertility problems moving from tu￭ bal disease to male factor idi￭ opathic sub￭ fertility end￭ ome￭ tri￭ osis advanced maternal age and an￭ ov￭ ulation not responding to ov￭ ulation induc￭ tion robert ed￭ wards was awarded the 2010 nobel prize in physi￭ ology or medicine for the development of in vitro fertili￭ zation carl wood was dubbed the father of iv￭ f in vitro fertilisation for having pione￭ ered the use of frozen embryos in the us art cycles started in 2006 resulted in 41 343 births 54 656 infants which is slightly more than 1 of total us births
les￭ bi￭ anism is the sexual and romantic desire between females there are far fewer historical mentions of les￭ bi￭ anism than male homosexuality possibly due to many historical writ￭ ings and records focusing primarily on men
during the colonial era the indian slavery in al￭ ab￭ ama soon became surpassed by industrial scale plantation slavery following the patenting of the cotton gin in 17￭ 93 the war of 18￭ 12 and the defeat and expulsion of the creek nation european american settlement in al￭ ab￭ ama was intensified as was the presence of slavery on newly established plantations in the territory like its neighbors the al￭ ab￭ ama territory was fertile ground for the sur￭ ging cotton crop and soon became one of the major destinations for african american slaves who were being shipped to the extreme sou￭ the￭ astern united states most of the settlers came from the nearby states of north carol￭ ina south carol￭ ina and georgia attracted by the prospect of fertile planting of cotton in the ten￭ nes￭ see valley and black belt the plantation system was soli￭ di￭ fied throughout the first half of the 19 th century and al￭ ab￭ ama was one of the first seven states to withdraw from the union prior to the american civil war however by the eve of the civil war only a minute portion of the population continued to own slaves as the state had experienced a slave labor decline slavery was officially abolished by the thir￭ teenth amendment which took effect on december 18 18￭ 65 slavery had been theoretically abolished by president abraham lincoln s emancipation proclamation which proclaimed in 18￭ 63 that only slaves located in territories that were in rebellion from the united states were free since the u s government was not in effective control of many of these territories until later in the war many of these slaves proclaimed to be free by the emancipation proclamation were still held in serv￭ itude until those areas came back under union control
super￭ conduc￭ tivity is the phenomenon of certain materials exhi￭ biting zero electrical resistance and the expulsion of magnetic fields below a characteristic temperature the history of super￭ conduc￭ tivity began with dutch physic￭ ist hei￭ ke k￭ amer￭ ling￭ h onn￭ es s discovery of super￭ conduc￭ tivity in mercury in 19￭ 11 since then many other super￭ conducting materials have been discovered and the theory of super￭ conduc￭ tivity has been developed these subjects remain active areas of study in the field of condens￭ ed matter physics
syn￭ esthesia is a neuro￭ logical condition in which two or more bodily senses are coupled for example in a form of syn￭ esthesia known as graph￭ em￭ e color syn￭ esthesia letters or numbers may be perceived as inherently colored historically the most commonly described form of syn￭ esthesia or syn￭ esthesia like m￭ app￭ ings has been between sound and vision e g the hearing of colors in music
the arab – israeli conflict is a modern phenomenon which has its roots in the end of the 19 th century the conflict became a major international issue with the birth of israel in 1948 the arab – israeli conflict has resulted in at least five major wars and a number of minor conflicts it has also been the source of two major palestinian uprisings inti￭ f￭ adas
there was a jewish presence in oman for many centuries however the jewish community of the country is no longer existent
there was a small jewish presence of eight families in 18￭ 85 when the rebel leader muhammad el mah￭ di seized control of sudan from its ottoman egyptian rulers the origins of these families and how they settled in sudan is largely unknown in 18￭ 85 they were forcibly converted to islam in september 1898 general kit￭ chen￭ er and 20 000 anglo egyptian troops including a young winston churchill entered om￭ dur￭ man and regained control of the sudan the country became an anglo egyptian con￭ dom￭ ini￭ um and with this new political status it began to economically flourish the railway line built by the british from cairo to khartoum originally for the military campaign became particularly important for opening up a previously long and difficult route for traders including many jews after anglo egyptian rule had been established six of the formerly jewish families chose to revert to jud￭ a￭ ism they were quickly joined by many more jewish families who saw the economic opportunities of the developing country from 1900 jews from all over the middle east and north africa began to arrive in sudan via cairo and settle along the nile in the four towns of khartoum khartoum north om￭ dur￭ man and w￭ ad med￭ ani predominantly small time merchants of textiles sil￭ ks and gum their businesses soon began to flourish by 19￭ 26 the small syn￭ ago￭ gue they had quickly erected had been replaced by a brand new self funded building and several of its members owned large successful business despite the fact that the jewish community as a whole was split over several towns it was incredibly tight kn￭ it a single mo￭ hel and sho￭ chet served the entire community and at the centre of the social scene was the bu￭ st￭ ling jewish social club sometimes referred to as the jewish recreational club at its peak between 1930 and 1950 the jewish community in sudan numbered between 500 and 1000 people in 1956 sudan gained independence and hostility towards the jewish community began to grow from 1957 many members of the community began to leave sudan for israel via greece america and other european countries primarily britain and switzerland by 1970 almost all of the jewish community had left sudan in 1977 a large scale air transfer of many human remains from the jewish cemetery in khartoum was organised by several prominent members of the community and re￭ burial was arranged in jerusalem as of 2005 there were at least 15 jewish graves left in the jewish cemetery at khartoum however in recent years even these have been des￭ ec￭ rated and the site is now used as a dumping ground for used car parts the site of the much older jewish cemetery in om￭ dur￭ man is unknown the syn￭ ago￭ gue was sold and demol￭ ished in 1986 and a bank now occupies the site
his￭ to￭ toxic hypo￭ x￭ ia also called his￭ toxic hypo￭ x￭ ia is the inability of cells to take up or utili￭ ze oxygen from the blood￭ stream despite physi￭ o￭ logically normal delivery of oxygen to such cells and tissues his￭ to￭ toxic hypo￭ x￭ ia results from tissue poisoning such as that caused by cyanide which acts by inhi￭ biting cy￭ to￭ ch￭ rome oxid￭ ase and certain other pois￭ ons like hydrogen sul￭ fide by￭ product of sewage and used in leather tann￭ ing his￭ to￭ toxic hypo￭ x￭ ia refers to a reduction in at￭ p production by the mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ a due to a defect in the cellular usage of oxygen an example of his￭ to￭ toxic hypo￭ x￭ ia is cyanide poisoning there is a profound drop in tissue oxygen consumption since the reaction of oxygen with cy￭ to￭ ch￭ rome c oxid￭ ase is blocked by the presence of cyanide there are other chemicals that interrupt the mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al electr￭ on transport chain e g ro￭ ten￭ one anti￭ my￭ cin a and produce effects on tissue oxy￭ gen￭ ation similar to that of cyanide oxygen extraction decreases in parallel with the lower oxygen consumption with a resulting increase in ven￭ ous oxygen content and p￭ vo 2 although cyanide stimulates the peripheral respiratory chem￭ o￭ recep￭ tors increasing the inspired oxygen fraction is not helpful since there is already an adequate amount of oxygen which the poisoned cells cannot use
his￭ tri￭ onic personality disorder h￭ pd is defined by the american psychiatric association as a personality disorder characterized by a pattern of excessive attention seeking emotions usually beginning in early adul￭ thood including in￭ appropriately seduc￭ tive behavior and an excessive need for approval his￭ tri￭ onic people are lively dramatic vi￭ vac￭ ious enthusiastic and fli￭ rt￭ ati￭ ous h￭ pd affects four times as many women as men it has a prevalence of 2 – 3 in the general population and 10 – 15 in in￭ patient and out￭ patient mental health institutions h￭ pd lies in the dramatic cluster of personality disorders people with h￭ pd have a high need for attention make loud and inappropriate appearances exaggerate their behaviors and emotions and cr￭ ave stimulation they may exhibit sexually provocative behavior express strong emotions with an impres￭ sion￭ istic style and can be easily influenced by others associated features include ego￭ centr￭ ism self indulgence continuous longing for appreciation and persistent manipulative behavior to achieve their own needs
hi￭ ves also known as ur￭ tic￭ aria is a kind of skin rash with red raised it￭ chy bu￭ mps they may also burn or sting often the pat￭ ches of rash move around typically they last a few days and do not leave any long lasting skin changes fewer than 5 of cases last for more than six weeks the condition frequently rec￭ urs hi￭ ves frequently occur following an infection or as a result of an allergic reaction such as to medication insect bites or food psychological stress cold temperature or vibration may also be a trigger in half of cases the cause remains unknown risk factors include having conditions such as hay fever or asthma diagnosis is typically based on the appearance patch testing may be useful to determine the allergy prevention is by avoiding whatever it is that causes the condition treatment is typically with anti￭ hist￭ am￭ ines such as di￭ phen￭ hy￭ dram￭ ine and ran￭ i￭ ti￭ dine in severe cases cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ster￭ oids or leuko￭ tri￭ ene inhi￭ bit￭ ors may also be used keeping the environmental temperature cool is also useful for cases that last more than six weeks immun￭ o￭ sup￭ pres￭ s￭ ants such as cic￭ los￭ por￭ in may be used about 20 of people are affected cases of short duration occur equally in males and females while cases of long duration are more common in females cases of short duration are more common among children while cases of long duration are more common among those who are middle aged hi￭ ves have been described at least since the time of hippo￭ crates the term ur￭ tic￭ aria is from the latin ur￭ tica meaning net￭ tle
the hi￭ y￭ ama coupling is a p￭ all￭ adi￭ um cataly￭ zed cross coupling reaction of organ￭ osi￭ lanes with organic hali￭ des used in organic chemistry to form carbon – carbon bonds c c bonds this reaction was discovered in 1988 by t￭ ame￭ j￭ iro hi￭ y￭ ama and yas￭ u￭ o hat￭ an￭ aka as a method to form carbon carbon bonds synthe￭ tically with chem￭ o and reg￭ io￭ selectivity this reaction has been applied to the synthesis of various natural products ar￭ yl al￭ ken￭ yl or al￭ ky￭ n￭ yl ar￭ yl al￭ ken￭ yl al￭ ky￭ n￭ yl or al￭ ky￭ l cl f or al￭ ky￭ l cl br i or ot￭ f
in mathematics the ho￭ dge con￭ jec￭ ture is a major unsolved problem in the field of al￭ ge￭ bra￭ ic geometry that relates the al￭ ge￭ bra￭ ic topo￭ logy of a non singular complex al￭ ge￭ bra￭ ic variety and the sub￭ varieties of that variety more specifically the con￭ jec￭ ture says that certain de rh￭ am co￭ hom￭ ology classes are al￭ ge￭ bra￭ ic that is they are sums of poin￭ car￭ é du￭ als of the hom￭ ology classes of sub￭ varieties it was formulated by the scottish mathem￭ ati￭ cian william vall￭ ance douglas ho￭ dge as a result of a work in between 1930 and 1940 to enrich the description of de rh￭ am co￭ hom￭ ology to include extra structure that is present in the case of complex al￭ ge￭ bra￭ ic varieties it received little attention before ho￭ dge presented it in an address during the 1950 international congress of mathem￭ ati￭ ci￭ ans held in cambridge massachusetts u s the ho￭ dge con￭ jec￭ ture is one of the clay mathematics institute s millennium prize problems with a prize of 1 000 000 for whoever can prove or dis￭ prove the ho￭ dge con￭ jec￭ ture
ho￭ dg￭ kin s lymp￭ homa hl is a type of lymp￭ homa which is generally believed to result from white blood cells of the lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ te kind symptoms may include fever night swe￭ ats and weight loss often there will be non painful enlarged lymp￭ h no￭ des in the neck under the arm or in the gro￭ in those affected may feel tired or be it￭ chy about half of cases of ho￭ dg￭ kin s lymp￭ homa are due to ep￭ stein – bar￭ r virus eb￭ v other risk factors include a family history of the condition and having hiv aids there are two major types of ho￭ dg￭ kin lymp￭ homa classical ho￭ dg￭ kin lymp￭ homa and no￭ d￭ ular lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ te predominant ho￭ dg￭ kin lymp￭ homa diagnosis is by finding ho￭ dg￭ kin s cells such as multin￭ uc￭ le￭ ated reed – ster￭ n￭ berg cells rs cells in lymp￭ h no￭ des ho￭ dg￭ kin lymp￭ homa may be treated with chem￭ otherapy radiation therapy and stem cell transplant the choice of treatment often depends on how advanced the cancer is and whether or not it has favorable features in early disease a cure is often possible the percentage of people who survive five years in the united states is 86 for those under the age of 20 rates of survival are 97 radiation and some chem￭ otherapy drugs however increase the risk of other cancers heart disease or lung disease over the subsequent decades in 2013 about 725 000 people had ho￭ dg￭ kin s lymp￭ homa and 24 000 died in the united states 0 2 of people are affected at some point in their life the most common age of diagnosis is between 20 and 40 years old it was named after the english physician thomas ho￭ dg￭ kin who first described the condition in 18￭ 32
the ho￭ es￭ ch reaction or hou￭ ben – ho￭ es￭ ch reaction is an organic reaction in which a nit￭ ri￭ le reacts with an aren￭ e compound to form an ar￭ yl ke￭ tone the reaction is a type of frie￭ del crafts ac￭ yl￭ ation with hydrogen chloride and a lewis acid catalyst an example is the synthesis of 1 2 4 6 tri￭ hydroxy￭ phen￭ yl ethan￭ one from ph￭ lor￭ o￭ gl￭ uc￭ in￭ ol a ke￭ ti￭ mine is isolated as an intermediate reaction product the attacking electro￭ phi￭ le is possibly a species of the type r c n￭ h￭ cl − the aren￭ e must be electr￭ on rich i e phen￭ ol or an￭ il￭ ine type a related reaction is the gat￭ ter￭ mann reaction in which hydro￭ cyan￭ ic acid not a nit￭ ri￭ le is used the reaction is named after kurt ho￭ es￭ ch and jose￭ f hou￭ ben who reported about this new reaction type in respectively 1915 and 19￭ 26
a hoff￭ a frac￭ ture is an intra artic￭ ular su￭ pra￭ cond￭ yl￭ ar dis￭ tal fem￭ oral frac￭ ture characterized by a frac￭ ture in the cor￭ onal plane it is named for albert hoff￭ a
the ho￭ f￭ mann re￭ arrangement is the organic reaction of a primary amide to a primary amine with one fewer carbon atoms the reaction is named after its discover￭ er august wil￭ helm von ho￭ f￭ mann this reaction is also sometimes called the ho￭ f￭ mann degradation or the harm￭ on process and should not be confused with the ho￭ f￭ mann elimination
the ho￭ f￭ mann – l￭ ö￭ ff￭ ler reaction also referred to as ho￭ f￭ mann – l￭ ö￭ ff￭ ler – fre￭ y￭ tag reaction l￭ ö￭ ff￭ ler – fre￭ y￭ tag reaction l￭ ö￭ ff￭ ler – ho￭ f￭ mann reaction as well as l￭ ö￭ ff￭ ler s method is an organic reaction in which a cyclic amine 2 py￭ r￭ ro￭ li￭ dine or in some cases pi￭ peri￭ dine is generated by thermal or photo￭ chemical de￭ composition of n halogenated amine 1 in the presence of a strong acid concentrated sul￭ fur￭ ic acid or concentrated cf 3 co 2 h the ho￭ f￭ mann – l￭ ö￭ ff￭ ler – fre￭ y￭ tag reaction proceeds via an intr￭ am￭ ol￭ ec￭ ular hydrogen atom transfer to a nitrogen centered radical and is an example of a remote intr￭ am￭ ol￭ ec￭ ular free radical c – h func￭ tion￭ alization file general scheme g￭ if
the ho￭ f￭ mann – mar￭ tius re￭ arrangement in organic chemistry is a re￭ arrangement reaction converting an n al￭ k￭ yl￭ ated an￭ il￭ ine to the corresponding orth￭ o and or para ar￭ yl al￭ k￭ yl￭ ated an￭ il￭ ine the reaction requires heat and the catalyst is an acid like hydro￭ chlor￭ ic acid the ho￭ f￭ mann – mar￭ tius re￭ arrangement when the catalyst is a metal hali￭ de the reaction is also called the re￭ illy – hic￭ kin￭ bottom re￭ arrangement the reaction is also known to work for ar￭ yl e￭ thers and two concep￭ tually related reactions are the fries re￭ arrangement and the fischer – he￭ pp re￭ arrangement its reaction mechanism centers around dissoci￭ ation of the re￭ ac￭ tant with the positively charged organic residue r attacking the an￭ il￭ ine ring in a frie￭ del – crafts al￭ k￭ yl￭ ation in one study this re￭ arrangement was applied to a 3 n ch 3 c 6 h 5 2 ox￭ in￭ do￭ le ho￭ f￭ mann – mar￭ tius re￭ arrangement of 3 n ar￭ yl 2 ox￭ ind￭ oles
hog ma￭ w is the stomach of a pig more specifically it is the exter￭ ior muscular wall of the stomach organ with interior lining mu￭ co￭ sa removed which contains no fat if cleaned properly it can be found in soul food chinese pennsylvania dutch mexican portuguese and italian dishes in addition it can be prepared in various ways including ste￭ wed fried baked and bro￭ iled
in medicine the hol￭ ds￭ worth frac￭ ture is an unstable frac￭ ture dis￭ location of the thor￭ aco lum￭ bar junction of the sp￭ ine the injury comprises a frac￭ ture through a vertebr￭ al body rupture of the poster￭ ior spinal lig￭ aments and fractu￭ res of the fac￭ et joints the injury was described by frank wild hol￭ ds￭ worth in 1963 he described the mechanism of this injury as a fl￭ ex￭ ion rotation injury and said that the unstable frac￭ ture dis￭ location should be treated by fusion of the two affected verte￭ bra￭ e
holiday heart syndrome is an irregular heartbeat pattern presented in individuals who are otherwise healthy coined in 1978 the term is defined as abnormal heart rhy￭ th￭ ms sometimes following excessive alcohol consumption usually temporary holiday heart syndrome can be the result of stress dehydr￭ ation and drinking alcohol it is sometimes associated with binge drinking common during the holiday season the condition can also occur when individuals consume only moderate amounts of alcohol irregular heart￭ beats can be serious if pal￭ p￭ itations continue for longer than a few hours patients should seek medical attention atri￭ al fi￭ bri￭ ll￭ ation is the most common arr￭ hy￭ th￭ mia in holiday heart syndrome symptoms usually resolve themselves within 24 hours
a hol￭ len￭ horst pla￭ que aka e￭ ick￭ en￭ horst pla￭ que is a cho￭ le￭ sterol embol￭ us that is seen in a blood vessel of the re￭ tina
holmes heart is a rare con￭ genital heart disease with absence of the inflow tract of the mor￭ pho￭ logically right ven￭ tric￭ le r￭ v and hence a single left ven￭ tric￭ le lv the great vessels are normally related with the pul￭ mon￭ ary artery arising from the small in￭ fun￭ di￭ bul￭ ar outlet chamber and the a￭ or￭ ta arising from the single left ven￭ tric￭ le the holmes heart is named after dr andrew f holmes who first described an autopsy specimen of this con￭ genital heart defect in 18￭ 24 dr holmes later became the first dean of the medical faculty at mc￭ gill university in canada
holo￭ car￭ box￭ yl￭ ase synthe￭ t￭ ase deficiency is an inherited metabol￭ ic disorder in which the body is unable to use the vitamin bio￭ tin effectively this disorder is classified as a multiple car￭ box￭ yl￭ ase deficiency a group of disorders characterized by impaired activity of certain enzymes that depend on bio￭ tin symptoms are very similar to bio￭ tin￭ id￭ ase deficiency and treatment – large doses of bio￭ tin – is also the same
in mathematics and more specifically in analysis a hol￭ on￭ om￭ ic function is a smooth function in several variables that is a solution of a system of linear homogeneous differential equations with poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al coefficients and satisfies a suitable dimension condition in terms of d modules theory more precisely a hol￭ on￭ om￭ ic function is an element of a hol￭ on￭ om￭ ic module of smooth functions hol￭ on￭ om￭ ic functions can also be described as differenti￭ ably finite functions also known as d finite functions when a power series in the variables is the taylor expansion of a hol￭ on￭ om￭ ic function the sequence of its coefficients in one or several indices is also called hol￭ on￭ om￭ ic hol￭ on￭ om￭ ic sequences are also called p recur￭ sive sequences they are defined recur￭ sively by multi￭ vari￭ ate recur￭ ren￭ ces satisfied by the whole sequence and by suitable speci￭ alizations of it the situation simplifies in the uni￭ vari￭ ate case any uni￭ vari￭ ate sequence that satisfies a linear homogeneous recurrence relation with poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al coefficients or equival￭ ently a linear homogeneous difference equation with poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al coefficients is hol￭ on￭ om￭ ic
in differential geometry the hol￭ on￭ omy of a connection on a smooth mani￭ fold is a general geome￭ tr￭ ical consequence of the cur￭ v￭ ature of the connection measuring the extent to which parallel transport around closed lo￭ ops fails to preserve the geome￭ tr￭ ical data being transported for flat connections the associated hol￭ on￭ omy is a type of mon￭ od￭ ro￭ my and is an inherently global notion for cur￭ ved connections hol￭ on￭ omy has non￭ trivial local and global features any kind of connection on a mani￭ fold gives rise through its parallel transport maps to some notion of hol￭ on￭ omy the most common forms of hol￭ on￭ omy are for connections possessing some kind of sym￭ metry important examples include hol￭ on￭ omy of the levi ci￭ vit￭ a connection in ri￭ em￭ ann￭ ian geometry called ri￭ em￭ ann￭ ian hol￭ on￭ omy hol￭ on￭ omy of connections in vector bund￭ les hol￭ on￭ omy of car￭ tan connections and hol￭ on￭ omy of connections in principal bund￭ les in each of these cases the hol￭ on￭ omy of the connection can be identified with a lie group the hol￭ on￭ omy group the hol￭ on￭ omy of a connection is closely related to the cur￭ v￭ ature of the connection via the the study of ri￭ em￭ ann￭ ian hol￭ on￭ omy has led to a number of important developments the hol￭ on￭ omy was introduced by in order to study and classify sym￭ metric spaces it was not until much later that hol￭ on￭ omy groups would be used to study ri￭ em￭ ann￭ ian geometry in a more general setting in 1952 georg￭ es de rh￭ am proved the de rh￭ am de￭ composition theore￭ m a principle for splitting a ri￭ em￭ ann￭ ian mani￭ fold into a car￭ te￭ sian product of ri￭ em￭ ann￭ ian mani￭ fol￭ ds by splitting the tang￭ ent bundle into irre￭ du￭ ci￭ ble spaces under the action of the local hol￭ on￭ omy groups later in 1953 m berger classified the possible irre￭ du￭ ci￭ ble hol￭ on￭ om￭ ies the de￭ composition and classification of ri￭ em￭ ann￭ ian hol￭ on￭ omy has applications to physics and to string theory
holo￭ pro￭ sen￭ cephal￭ y h￭ pe once known as ar￭ hin￭ encephal￭ y is a cephal￭ ic disorder in which the pro￭ sen￭ cephal￭ on the fore￭ brain of the embryo fails to develop into two hemis￭ ph￭ er￭ es normally the fore￭ brain is formed and the face begins to develop in the fifth and sixth weeks of human pregnancy the condition also occurs in other species the condition can be mild or severe according to the national institute of neuro￭ logical disorders and stroke nin￭ ds in most cases of holo￭ pro￭ sen￭ cephal￭ y the mal￭ formations are so severe that babies die before birth when the embryo s fore￭ brain does not divide to form bilateral cere￭ br￭ al hemis￭ ph￭ er￭ es the left and right hal￭ ves of the brain it causes defects in the development of the face and in brain structure and function in less severe cases babies are born with normal or near normal brain development and facial de￭ form￭ ities that may affect the eyes nose and upper lip
a holstein – lewis frac￭ ture is a frac￭ ture of the dis￭ tal third of the hum￭ er￭ us resulting in entr￭ ap￭ ment of the rad￭ ial nerve
the hol￭ tz￭ man effect is a fic￭ tional scientific phenomenon in the d￭ une universe created by frank herbert beginning with the 1965 novel d￭ une the effect is never explained in detail but it makes among other things defensive force shields and instan￭ taneous space travel possible frank herbert was inconsistent with the spelling of hol￭ tz￭ man resulting in the variant sp￭ ell￭ ings hol￭ tz￭ mann 1976 s children of d￭ une and hol￭ z￭ mann 1985 s chap￭ ter￭ house d￭ une this may be intentional as herbert mut￭ ated other words and names over the several millennia the d￭ une series sp￭ ans such as the change of ar￭ rak￭ is to rak￭ is and cal￭ ad￭ an to dan beginning with here￭ tics of d￭ une 1984 according to the leg￭ ends of d￭ une pre￭ quel tri￭ logy by brian herbert and kevin j anderson 2002 – 2004 the hol￭ tz￭ man effect is named after the scientist who discovered it though for many of its applications hol￭ tz￭ man in fact takes credit for the mathematical theories of his assistant norma cen￭ va
hol￭ t – or￭ am syndrome is an auto￭ som￭ al dominant disorder that affects bones in the arms and hands the upper limbs and may also cause heart problems the syndrome includes an absent rad￭ ial bone in the arms an atri￭ al sep￭ tal defect and a first degree heart block hol￭ t – or￭ am syndrome is considered to be a phen￭ o￭ copy of th￭ ali￭ dom￭ ide since both the genetic disorder and the ter￭ ato￭ genic effects have similar presentations in individuals
home accessories are furniture items which are easy to replace and easy to move and include almost any items that aren t strictly func￭ tionally necessary in the decor￭ ated space these accessories include such items as curtains sof￭ a sets cush￭ ions tab￭ lec￭ lo￭ ths and decorative craft products decorative wrought iron and so on these items are commonly used in indoor furn￭ ish￭ ings and layout and can include cloth items paintings and plants
hom￭ elessness is the condition of people without a permanent dwelling such as a house or apartment people who are homeless are most often unable to acquire and maintain regular safe secure and adequate housing the legal definition of homeless varies from country to country or among different jurisdictions in the same country or region the term homeless may also include people whose primary night time residence is in a homeless shelter a warming center a domestic violence shelter long term residence in a motel a vehicle including recreational vehicles and camp￭ ers squ￭ at￭ ting card￭ board boxes a tent city tar￭ paul￭ ins shan￭ ty town structures made of discarded building materials or other ad hoc housing situations according to the uk hom￭ elessness charity crisis a home is not just a physical space it also provides roots identity security a sense of belonging and a place of emotional wellbeing american government homeless enum￭ eration studies also include people who sleep in a public or private place not designed for use as a regular sleeping accommodation for human beings there are a number of organizations who provide help for the homeless in 2005 an estimated 100 million 1 in 65 people worldwide were homeless and as many as 1 billion people live as squ￭ at￭ ters refugees or in temporary shelter all lacking adequate housing in western countries the large majority of homeless are men 75 – 80 with single males particularly over￭ represented most countries provide a variety of services to assist homeless people these services often provide food shelter beds and clothing and may be organized and run by community organizations often with the help of volunteers or by government departments or agencies these programs may be supported by the government charities churches and individual donors many cities also have street newspapers which are publications designed to provide employment opportunity to homeless people while some homeless have jobs some must seek other methods to make a living begging or pan￭ handling is one option but is becoming increasingly illegal in many cities people who are homeless may have additional conditions such as physical or mental health issues or substance addiction these issues make resolving hom￭ elessness a challenging policy issue
in the mathematical field of topo￭ logy a home￭ om￭ orph￭ ism or topo￭ logical isom￭ orph￭ ism or bi continuous function is a continuous function between topo￭ logical spaces that has a continuous in￭ verse function home￭ om￭ orph￭ isms are the isom￭ orph￭ isms in the category of topo￭ logical spaces — that is they are the m￭ app￭ ings that preserve all the topo￭ logical properties of a given space two spaces with a home￭ om￭ orph￭ ism between them are called home￭ om￭ orph￭ ic and from a topo￭ logical viewpoint they are the same the word home￭ om￭ orph￭ ism comes from the greek words ὅ￭ μο￭ ι￭ ος homo￭ i￭ os similar and μ￭ ορ￭ φ￭ ή morph￭ ē shape form roughly speaking a topo￭ logical space is a geome￭ tric object and the home￭ om￭ orph￭ ism is a continuous stretching and b￭ ending of the object into a new shape thus a square and a circle are home￭ om￭ orph￭ ic to each other but a sphere and a tor￭ us are not an often repeated mathematical joke is that topo￭ logists can t tell the difference between a coffee cup and a don￭ ut since a sufficiently p￭ liable don￭ ut could be re￭ shaped to the form of a coffee cup by creating a dim￭ ple and progressively enlarging it while preserving the don￭ ut hole in a cup s handle
a home￭ o￭ static emotion pri￭ mor￭ dial emotion or pri￭ mor￭ dial feeling is an attention demanding sensation and motivation e g thirst pain fatigue itch ev￭ oked by an internal body state that drives behavior drinking withdrawing resting and scrat￭ ching in these examples aimed at maintaining the body s internal mili￭ eu in its ideal state derek d￭ ent￭ on defines pri￭ mor￭ dial emotion as the subjective element of the instincts which are the genetically programmed behaviour patterns which con￭ tri￭ ve home￭ ost￭ asis they include thirst hunger for air hunger for food pain hunger for specific minerals etc there are two constituents of a pri￭ mor￭ dial emotion the specific sensation which when severe may be imperi￭ ous and the compelling intention for grati￭ fication by a consum￭ matory act bud craig argues that humans and anthropo￭ id pri￭ mates form an image of all of the body s unique home￭ o￭ static sens￭ ations in the brain s primary inter￭ o￭ cep￭ tive cor￭ tex located in the dor￭ sal poster￭ ior ins￭ ula this image is mir￭ ro￭ red re represented in the mid and an￭ terior ins￭ ula and the an￭ terior ins￭ ula s image mod￭ ulated by input from cognitive aff￭ ective and reward related circuits embodies conscious awareness of the whole body s home￭ o￭ static state a sensation re represented in the an￭ terior ins￭ ula and that sensation s related motivation hosted in the an￭ terior c￭ ing￭ ulate cor￭ tex form a home￭ o￭ static emotion antonio dam￭ asi￭ o uses pri￭ mor￭ dial feeling to den￭ ote this class of sens￭ ations motivations in his 2010 book self comes to mind constructing the conscious brain
in game theory the hom￭ ic￭ idal chau￭ ff￭ eur problem is a mathematical pursuit problem which pits a hypothetical runner who can only move slowly but is highly maneu￭ ver￭ able against the driver of a motor vehicle which is much faster but far less maneu￭ ver￭ able who is attempting to run him down both runner and driver are assumed to never tire the question to be solved is under what circumstances and with what strategy can the driver of the car guarantee that he can always catch the pedestrian or the pedestrian guarantee that he can indefinitely el￭ ude the car the problem was proposed by rufus isa￭ acs in a 1951 report for the rand corporation and in the book differential games the hom￭ ic￭ idal chau￭ ff￭ eur problem is a classic example of a differential game played in continuous time in a continuous state space the calcul￭ us of variations and level set methods can be used as a mathematical framework for investigating solutions of the problem although the problem is phr￭ ased as a recreational problem it is an important model problem for mathematics used in a number of real world applications a dis￭ crete version of the problem was described by martin gar￭ dner in his book mathematical carnival chapter 16 where a squad car of speed 2 ch￭ ases a crook of speed 1 on a rec￭ tang￭ ular grid where the squad car but not the crook is constrained not to make left hand turns or u turns
hom￭ ic￭ idal ide￭ ation is a common medical term for thoughts about homicide there is a range of hom￭ ic￭ idal thoughts which sp￭ ans from vague ideas of revenge to detailed and fully formulated plans without the act itself many people who have hom￭ ic￭ idal ide￭ ation do not commit homicide 50 91 of people surveyed on university grounds in various places in the usa admit to having had a hom￭ ic￭ idal fantasy hom￭ ic￭ idal ide￭ ation is common accounting for 10 17 of patient presentations to psychiatric facilities in the usa hom￭ ic￭ idal ide￭ ation is not a disease itself but may result from other illnesses such as deli￭ ri￭ um and psycho￭ sis psycho￭ sis which accounts for 89 of ad￭ missions with hom￭ ic￭ idal ide￭ ation in one us study includes substance induced psycho￭ sis e g amp￭ he￭ tam￭ ine psycho￭ sis and the psycho￭ ses related to schizophren￭ i￭ form disorder and schizophrenia deli￭ ri￭ um is often drug induced or secondary to general medical illness es see ic￭ d 10 chapter v mental and behavi￭ our￭ al disorders f 05 it may arise in association with personality disorders or it may occur in people who do not have any detec￭ table illness in fact surveys have shown that the majority of people have had hom￭ ic￭ idal fantasies at some stage in their life many theories have been proposed to explain this
hom￭ ing is the inherent ability of an animal to navigate towards an original location through unfamiliar areas this location may be either a home territory or a breeding spot
hom￭ ing is the phenomenon whereby cells migrate to the organ of their origin by hom￭ ing trans￭ planted hem￭ ato￭ po￭ ie￭ tic cells are able to travel to and en￭ graft or establish residence in the bone marrow various chem￭ ok￭ ines and recep￭ tors are involved in the hom￭ ing of hem￭ ato￭ po￭ ie￭ tic stem cells
classical hom￭ oc￭ y￭ stin￭ ur￭ ia also known as cy￭ sta￭ th￭ ion￭ ine beta syn￭ th￭ ase deficiency or c￭ bs deficiency is an inherited disorder of the metabol￭ ism of the amino acid meth￭ ion￭ ine often involving cy￭ sta￭ th￭ ion￭ ine beta syn￭ th￭ ase it is an inherited auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive trait which means a child needs to inherit a copy of the defective gene from both parents to be affected
homogeneous broadening is a type of emission spectrum broadening in which all atoms radi￭ ating from a specific level under consideration radi￭ ate with equal opportunity if an optical em￭ itter e g an atom shows homogeneous broadening its spectr￭ al line￭ width is its natural line￭ width with a lo￭ ren￭ tz￭ ian profile
mobility can be difficult for people with hom￭ onym￭ ous hem￭ i￭ an￭ op￭ sia “ patients frequently complain of bump￭ ing into obstacles on the side of the field loss thereby bru￭ ising their arms and legs ” 3 people with hom￭ onym￭ ous hem￭ i￭ an￭ op￭ sia often experience discomfort in crowds “ a patient with this condition may be unaware of what he or she cannot see and frequently bu￭ mps into walls trips over objects or walks into people on the side where the visual field is missing ” 5 a related phenomenon is hemis￭ pati￭ al neglect the possible neglect of the right or left the patient is not conscious of its existence the right side of the face is not sh￭ av￭ en make up is applied to one side of the face only and only half of a plate of food is eaten this however is not necessarily due to a sensory ab￭ normality and is therefore distinct from hem￭ i￭ an￭ op￭ sia
in mathematics in particular in hom￭ ot￭ op￭ y theory within al￭ ge￭ bra￭ ic topo￭ logy the hom￭ ot￭ op￭ y lifting property also known as the right lifting property or the covering hom￭ ot￭ op￭ y ax￭ i￭ om is a technical condition on a continuous function from a topo￭ logical space e to another one b it is designed to support the picture of e above b by allowing a hom￭ ot￭ op￭ y taking place in b to be moved upstairs to e for example a covering map has a property of unique local lifting of paths to a given sheet the uniqueness is because the fi￭ bers of a covering map are dis￭ crete spaces the hom￭ ot￭ op￭ y lifting property will hold in many situations such as the projection in a vector bundle fiber bundle or fi￭ br￭ ation where there need be no unique way of lifting
the hon￭ da point disaster was the largest peacetime loss of u s navy ships on the evening of september 8 19￭ 23 seven destro￭ yers while traveling at 20 kno￭ ts 37 km h ran ag￭ round at hon￭ da point a few miles from the northern side of the santa barbara channel off point argu￭ ello on the coast in santa barbara county california two other ships grounded but were able to maneuver free of the rocks twenty three sailors died in the disaster
honey￭ comb￭ ing or honey￭ comb lung is the radiological appearance seen with widespread fi￭ bro￭ sis and is defined by the presence of small c￭ ys￭ tic spaces with ir￭ regularly thick￭ ened walls composed of fi￭ bro￭ us tissue dil￭ ated and thick￭ ened terminal and respiratory bron￭ chi￭ oles produce c￭ ys￭ tic air￭ spaces giving honey￭ comb appearance on chest x ray honey￭ comb cy￭ sts often pre￭ dominate in the peripheral and ple￭ ural sub￭ ple￭ ural lung regions regardless of their cause sub￭ ple￭ ural honey￭ comb cy￭ sts typically occur in several con￭ ti￭ gu￭ ous layers this finding can allow honey￭ comb￭ ing to be distinguished from paras￭ ep￭ tal emph￭ ys￭ ema in which sub￭ ple￭ ural cy￭ sts usually occur in a single layer
honeymoon rh￭ initi￭ s is a condition in which the suffer￭ er experiences nas￭ al congestion during sexual inter￭ course the condition appears to be genetically determined and caused by the presence in the nose of er￭ ec￭ tile tissue which may become eng￭ org￭ ed during sexual ar￭ ous￭ al as a side effect of the signals from the autonom￭ ic nervous system that trigger changes in the gen￭ itals of both men and women a related condition called sexually induced snee￭ zing also exists where people snee￭ ze sometimes un￭ controll￭ ably when engaging in or even thinking about sexual activity a phenomenon presumably related to honeymoon rh￭ initi￭ s is the occurrence of nas￭ al congestion as a reported side effect of vi￭ ag￭ ra use
the hong – ou – man￭ del effect is a two pho￭ ton interference effect in quantum op￭ tics which was demonstrated by three physicists ch￭ ung ki hong z￭ he yu ou and leonard man￭ del in 1987 from the university of ro￭ chester the effect occurs when two identical single pho￭ ton waves enter a 50 50 beam spl￭ itter one in each input port when both pho￭ tons are identical they will extingu￭ ish each other if they become more distingu￭ ishable the probability of detection will increase in this way the interfer￭ ome￭ ter can measure accurately band￭ width path lengths and timing
ho￭ of wall separation disease h￭ w￭ s￭ d is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive genetic ho￭ of disease in horses research is being carried out at among others uc davis school of veterinary medicine in davis in california the disease has been found in conn￭ em￭ ara pon￭ ies and was earlier referred to as ho￭ of wall separation syndrome h￭ w￭ ss
hook￭ worm infection also known as hook￭ worm disease is an infection by a par￭ asi￭ tic blood￭ sucking round￭ worm hook￭ worm infections include an￭ cy￭ lo￭ stom￭ i￭ asis and nec￭ atori￭ asis these worms live in the small intest￭ ine of their host which may be a bird or a mamm￭ al such as a dog cat or human hook￭ worm infection in pregnancy can cause retar￭ ded growth of the fe￭ tus premature birth and a low birth weight hook￭ worms in children can cause intellectual cognitive and growth problems two species of hook￭ worms commonly infect humans an￭ cy￭ lo￭ stom￭ a du￭ o￭ den￭ ale and nec￭ ator americ￭ an￭ us a du￭ o￭ den￭ ale predomin￭ ates in the middle east north africa india and formerly in southern europe while n americ￭ an￭ us predomin￭ ates in the americas sub saharan africa southeast asia china and indonesia a tu￭ ba￭ e￭ forme inf￭ ects cats a can￭ inum inf￭ ects dogs and a braz￭ ili￭ ense and un￭ cin￭ aria sten￭ o￭ cephal￭ a infect both cats and dogs hook￭ worms are much smaller than the giant round￭ worms as￭ car￭ is lum￭ bri￭ co￭ ides and so cause less tissue damage and obstruction the most significant risk of hook￭ worm infection is an￭ emia secondary to loss of iron and protein in the gut the worms suck blood vor￭ aci￭ ously and damage the mu￭ co￭ sa however the blood loss in the sto￭ ols is not visibly apparent hook￭ worm infection affects over half a billion people globally it is a leading cause of maternal and child morbi￭ dity in the developing countries of the tro￭ p￭ ics and sub￭ tro￭ p￭ ics in developed countries hook￭ worm infection is rarely fatal but an￭ emia can be significant in a heavily infected individual hook￭ worm infection is a soil transmitted hel￭ min￭ thi￭ asis and therefore classified as a neglected tropical disease an￭ cy￭ lo￭ stom￭ i￭ asis is the disease caused when an￭ cy￭ lo￭ stom￭ a du￭ o￭ den￭ ale hook￭ worms present in large numbers produce an iron deficiency an￭ emia by sucking blood from the host s intest￭ inal walls
ho￭ ose is a disease of sheep cattle goats and swine caused by the presence of various species of nemato￭ des of the genera dic￭ ty￭ oc￭ a￭ ul￭ us me￭ ta￭ stron￭ g￭ yl￭ us and proto￭ stron￭ g￭ yl￭ us in the bron￭ ch￭ ial tubes or in the lungs it is marked by cough dy￭ sp￭ ne￭ a an￭ ore￭ x￭ ia and con￭ sti￭ p￭ ation also called ver￭ minous bron￭ chi￭ tis ho￭ ose is essentially an inf￭ anti￭ le disease almost always afflicting animals under one year of age
hop￭ kins syndrome is a neuro￭ logical disorder its cause has not been established but its association with asthma exacerb￭ ations usually with a respiratory infection as a trigger has led to suspicion that the initial viral insult that causes the respiratory infection is also implicated in the subsequent paralysis her￭ pes simpl￭ ex virus type i dna has been found in the cere￭ bro￭ spinal fluid of at least one patient diagnosed with hop￭ kins syndrome in several cases anti viral anti￭ body ti￭ ters for echo￭ virus enter￭ o￭ virus co￭ x￭ s￭ ack￭ i￭ evi￭ rus and poli￭ o￭ virus types 1 2 and 3 were specifically sought all were negative there is one reported case in which my￭ co￭ plasma pneu￭ mon￭ i￭ ae infection was found in the patient the syndrome appears to involve the spinal cord specifically the an￭ terior horn cells sub￭ serving the affected muscles are often damaged the evidence for an￭ terior horn cell involvement comes from radiological and electro￭ my￭ o￭ graphical studies in one case a biopsy of an affected muscle revealed scattered atro￭ ph￭ ic fi￭ bers indicating le￭ sions in the an￭ terior horn cells of the spinal cord as the illness is rare no treatments have been subjected to a random￭ ized controlled trial ac￭ y￭ clo￭ vi￭ r ster￭ oids and therapeutic plasma exchange have been tried one report suggests that the latter is more effective than ster￭ o￭ idal therapy the prog￭ no￭ sis for recovery of function of the affected limbs is generally considered to be poor
hor￭ i s nev￭ us also known as acquired bilateral nev￭ us of ota like mac￭ ules is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by multiple brown – gray to brown – blue mac￭ ules primarily in the mal￭ ar region of the face
the horizon effect also known as the horizon problem is a problem in artificial intelligence where in many games the number of possible states or positions is immense and computers can only fe￭ asi￭ bly search a small portion of it typically a few p￭ lies down the game tree thus for a computer searching only five p￭ lies there is a possibility that it will make a detrimental move but the effect is not visible because the computer does not search to the depth of the error i e beyond its horizon when evaluating a large game tree using techniques such as minim￭ ax or alpha beta prun￭ ing search depth is limited for feasibility reasons however evaluating a partial tree may give a misleading result when a significant change exists just over the horizon of the search depth the compu￭ tational device falls victim to the horizon effect the horizon effect can be mitigated by extending the search algori￭ thm with a qui￭ es￭ cence search this gives the search algori￭ thm ability to look beyond its horizon for a certain class of moves of major importance to the game state such as captures in chess re￭ writing the evaluation function for leaf no￭ des and or analy￭ zing more no￭ des will solve many horizon effect problems
the horizon problem sometimes called the homo￭ geneity problem is a problem with the standard cosmo￭ logical model of the big bang which was identified in the late 1960 s primarily by charles mis￭ ner it points out that different regions of the universe have not contacted each other because of the great distances between them but nevertheless they have the same temperature and other physical properties this should not be possible given that the transfer of information or energy heat etc can occur at most at the speed of light two theories that attempt to solve the horizon problem are the theory of co￭ sm￭ ic inflation and variable speed of light
a gaze pal￭ sy is the pa￭ res￭ is of con￭ ju￭ gate eye movements horizontal gaze pal￭ sy may be caused by le￭ sions in the cere￭ br￭ al hemis￭ ph￭ er￭ es which cause pa￭ res￭ is of gaze away from the side of the le￭ sion or from brain stem le￭ sions which if they occur below the crossing of the fi￭ bers from the frontal eye fields in the c￭ aud￭ al mid￭ brain will cause weakness of gaze toward the side of the le￭ sion another way to remember this is that patients with hemisphere le￭ sions look toward their le￭ sion while patients with pon￭ tine gaze pal￭ sies look away from their le￭ sions note that patients with gaze pal￭ sy still have con￭ ju￭ gate eye movements and therefore do not complain of di￭ pl￭ op￭ ia the human rob￭ o gene acts as a recep￭ tor for a mid￭ line repul￭ sive cue when rob￭ o is mut￭ ated the longit￭ ud￭ inal tract formation is disrupted and therefore normal neuro￭ nal connections cannot form this leads to the reduced hind￭ brain volume and sco￭ li￭ osis which are common symptoms of horizontal gaze pal￭ sy
hormonal im￭ printing hi is a phenomenon which takes place at the first encounter between a hormone and its developing recep￭ tor in the critical periods of life in unic￭ ell￭ ul￭ ars during the whole life and determines the later signal trans￭ duc￭ tion capacity of the cell the most important period in mammals is the per￭ in￭ atal one however this system can be im￭ printed at we￭ aning at pu￭ ber￭ ty and in case of continuously dividing cells during the whole life faulty im￭ printing is caused by drugs environmental pollutants and other hormone like molecules present in excess at the critical periods with lifelong recep￭ torial mor￭ pho￭ logical bio￭ chemical and behavioral consequences hi is transmitted to the hundreds of prog￭ eny generations in unic￭ ell￭ ul￭ ars and as proved to a few generations also in mammals
a hormone recep￭ tor positive tumor is a tumor which consists of cells that express recep￭ tors for certain hormones the term most commonly refers to estro￭ gen recep￭ tor positive tumors i e tumors that contain estro￭ gen recep￭ tor positive cells but can also include prog￭ est￭ er￭ one recep￭ tor positive tumors estro￭ gen recep￭ tor positive tumors depend on the presence of estro￭ gen for ongoing proliferation
hormone replacement therapy hrt in men￭ op￭ ause is medical treatment in sur￭ g￭ ically men￭ opa￭ usal perim￭ en￭ opa￭ usal and post￭ men￭ opa￭ usal women its goal is to mitigate discomfort caused by diminished circulating estro￭ gen and prog￭ est￭ er￭ one hormones in men￭ op￭ ause combination hrt is often recommended as it decreases the amount of end￭ ome￭ trial hyper￭ pl￭ asia and cancer associated with un￭ opposed estro￭ gen therapy the main hormones involved are estro￭ gen prog￭ est￭ er￭ one and prog￭ esti￭ n some recent therapies include the use of and￭ rog￭ ens as well the 2002 women s health initiative of the national institutes of health found disparate results for all cause mortality with hormone replacement finding it to be lower when hrt was begun earlier between age 50 59 but higher when begun after age 60 in older patients there was an increased incidence of breast cancer heart attacks and stroke although a reduced incidence of colo￭ rec￭ tal cancer and bone frac￭ ture some of the wh￭ i findings were again found in a larger national study done in the uk known as the million women study as a result of these findings the number of women taking hormone treatment dropped precipit￭ ously the women s health initiative recommended that women with non surgical men￭ op￭ ause take the lowest feasible dose of hrt for the shortest possible time to minimize associated risks the current indications for use from the u s food and drug administration include short term treatment of men￭ opa￭ usal symptoms such as vas￭ om￭ o￭ tor hot fl￭ ashes or u￭ ro￭ genital atro￭ phy and prevention of o￭ ste￭ op￭ or￭ osis in 2012 the united states preventive task force concluded that the harmful effects of combined estro￭ gen and prog￭ esti￭ n are likely to exceed the chronic disease prevention benefits in most women a consensus expert opinion published by the endocrine society stated that when taken during perim￭ en￭ op￭ ause or the initial years of men￭ op￭ ause hormonal therapy carries significantly fewer risks than previously published and reduces all cause mortality in most patient scenarios the american association of clinical endocr￭ in￭ ology also released a position statement in 2009 that approved of hrt in appropriate clinical scenarios
hor￭ ner s syndrome is a combination of symptoms that arises when a group of nerves known as the sympathetic trunk is damaged the signs and symptoms occur on the same side as the le￭ sion of the sympathetic trunk it is characterized by mi￭ osis a con￭ stric￭ ted pupil pto￭ sis a weak dro￭ op￭ y eye￭ lid apparent an￭ hi￭ dro￭ sis decreased swe￭ ating with or without en￭ oph￭ thal￭ mos in￭ set eye￭ ball the nerves of the sympathetic trunk arise from the spinal cord in the chest and from there asc￭ end to the neck and face the nerves are part of the sympathetic nervous system a part of the autonom￭ ic or involuntary nervous system once the syndrome has been recognized medical imaging and response to particular eye drops may be required to identify the location of the problem and the underlying cause
the hor￭ ner – w￭ ad￭ s￭ worth – em￭ mons reaction or h￭ we reaction is a chemical reaction used in organic chemistry of stabilized phosp￭ hon￭ ate car￭ ban￭ ions with alde￭ hy￭ des or ke￭ tones to produce predominantly e al￭ ken￭ es the hor￭ ner – w￭ ad￭ s￭ worth – em￭ mons reaction in 1958 le￭ o￭ po￭ ld hor￭ ner published a modified wit￭ ti￭ g reaction using phosp￭ hon￭ ate stabilized car￭ ban￭ ions william s w￭ ad￭ s￭ worth and william d em￭ mons further defined the reaction in contrast to phosp￭ hon￭ ium y￭ li￭ des used in the wit￭ ti￭ g reaction phosp￭ hon￭ ate stabilized car￭ ban￭ ions are more nucle￭ oph￭ il￭ ic but less basic likewise phosp￭ hon￭ ate stabilized car￭ ban￭ ions can be al￭ k￭ yl￭ ated unlike phosp￭ hon￭ ium y￭ li￭ des the dial￭ k￭ yl￭ phosphate salt by￭ product is easily removed by aqu￭ eous extraction several reviews have been published
the hor￭ n￭ s￭ let wind turb￭ ine collapse was a spectacular collapse of a wind turb￭ ine on february 22 2008 it is one of only a few structural collapses that have been captured on film
in oph￭ thal￭ mo￭ logy horror fu￭ sion￭ is is a condition in which the eyes have an un￭ steady deviation with the extra￭ oc￭ ular muscles performing sp￭ asm like movements that continuously shift the eyes away from the position in which they would be directed to the same point in space giving rise to di￭ pl￭ op￭ ia even when the double vision images are made to nearly overlap using optical means such as pris￭ ms the irregular movements prevent bin￭ oc￭ ular fusion the name horror fu￭ sion￭ is latin phrase literally meaning fear of fusion arises from the notion that the brain is or at least appears to be actively preventing bin￭ oc￭ ular fusion the condition is an extreme type of bin￭ oc￭ ular fusion deficiency
horse ri￭ pping or horse sl￭ ashing is an animal cruelty phenomenon involving serious injuries in horses often involving mutilation of their gen￭ italia and sl￭ ashing of the flank or neck it has not been established however how often these injuries are caused by human cruelty horse ri￭ pping is not an entirely neutral term since it implies there is always a human act behind the mutil￭ ations
hor￭ ses￭ ho￭ e kidney also known as ren ar￭ cu￭ atus in latin ren￭ al fusion or super kidney is a con￭ genital disorder affecting about 1 in 600 people more common in men in this disorder the patient s kidneys fuse together to form a hor￭ ses￭ ho￭ e shape during development in the wom￭ b the f￭ used part is the is￭ th￭ mus of the hor￭ ses￭ ho￭ e kidney fusion ab￭ norm￭ alities of the kidney can be categ￭ orized into two groups hor￭ ses￭ ho￭ e kidney and crossed f￭ used ec￭ top￭ ia the hor￭ ses￭ ho￭ e kidney is the most common ren￭ al fusion anomaly
the ho￭ s￭ ford yield criterion is a function that is used to determine whether a material has undergone plastic yielding under the action of stress
hospital acquired infection hai — also known as no￭ so￭ com￭ ial infection — is an infection that is contracted from the environment or staff of a healthcare facility it can be spread in the hospital environment nursing home environment rehabilitation facility clinic or other clinical settings infection is spread to the susceptible patient in the clinical setting by a number of means health care staff can spread infection in addition to contaminated equipment bed lin￭ ens or air dro￭ ple￭ ts the infection can originate from the outside environment another infected patient staff that may be infected or in some cases the source of the infection cannot be determined in some cases the micro￭ organism originates from the patient s own skin micro￭ bio￭ ta becoming opportunistic after surgery or other procedures that compromise the protective skin barrier though the patient may have contracted the infection from their own skin the infection is still considered no￭ so￭ com￭ ial since it develops in the health care setting in the united states the centers for disease control and prevention estimated roughly 1 7 million hospital associated infections from all types of micro￭ organisms including bacteria and fun￭ gi combined cause or contribute to 99 000 deaths each year in europe where hospital surveys have been conducted the category of gram negative infections are estimated to account for two thirds of the 25 000 deaths each year no￭ so￭ com￭ ial infections can cause severe pneumonia and infections of the ur￭ inary tract blood￭ stream and other parts of the body many types are difficult to treat with antibiotics in addition antibiotic resistance can complicate treatment
hospital fur￭ un￭ cul￭ osis is a cu￭ taneous condition that can be epidemic in the hospital setting characterized hist￭ opath￭ o￭ logically by a deep abs￭ c￭ ess with both lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tes and neu￭ troph￭ ils
hospit￭ alism or an￭ ac￭ li￭ tic depression in its sub￭ lethal form was a pedi￭ atric diagnosis used in the 1930 s to describe infants who wasted away while in hospital the symptoms could include retar￭ ded physical development and disruption of percep￭ tual motor skills and language it is now understood that this wasting disease was mostly caused by a lack of social contact between the infant and its ca￭ reg￭ i￭ vers infants in poorer hospitals were less subject to this disease since those hospitals could not afford incubators which meant that the hospital staff regularly held the infants the term was used by the psycho￭ therapist ren￭ é sp￭ itz in 1945 but its origins are older than this it occurs in an editorial in archives on pedi￭ at￭ rics as early as 18￭ 97 it appears under adjustment disorders at f 43 2 in the world health organization s classification of diseases ic￭ d 10
hot carrier injection h￭ ci is a phenomenon in solid state electronic devices where an electr￭ on or a “ hole ” gains sufficient k￭ ine￭ tic energy to overcome a potential barrier necessary to break an interface state the term hot refers to the effective temperature used to model carrier density not to the overall temperature of the device since the charge carriers can become trapped in the gate di￭ electric of a mos trans￭ is￭ tor the switching characteristics of the trans￭ is￭ tor can be permanently changed hot carrier injection is one of the mechanisms that adversely affects the reliability of semi￭ conductors of solid state devices
in aviation hot and high is a condition of low air density due to high ambient temperature and high airport elev￭ ation air density decreases with increasing temperature and altitude at any given true air￭ speed lower air density reduces the amount of lift generated by the wings or the ro￭ tors of an aircraft which may hamper an aircraft s performance and hence its ability to operate safely the reduced density also reduces the performance of the aircraft s engine comp￭ ounding the effect avi￭ ators gauge air density by calculating the density altitude hot and high do not have to be mutually inclusive of one another though this tends to be the exception if an airport is especially hot or high the other condition need not be present temperatures can change from one hour to the next while the elev￭ ation of an airport always remains constant the fact that temperatures decrease at higher elev￭ ations miti￭ gates the hot and high effect to a certain extent
the hot chocolate effect also known as the all￭ ass￭ onic effect is a phenomenon of wave mechanics first documented in 1982 by frank craw￭ ford where the pitch heard from tapping a cup of hot liquid rises after the addition of a soluble powder it was first observed in the making of hot chocolate or instant coffee but also occurs in other situations such as adding salt to su￭ pers￭ atur￭ ated hot water or cold beer recent research has found many more substances which create the effect even in initially non su￭ pers￭ atur￭ ated liquids it can be observed by pouring hot milk into a mu￭ g stirring in chocolate powder and tapping the bottom of the mu￭ g with a spoon while the milk is still in motion the pitch of the t￭ aps will increase progressively with no relation to the speed or force of tapping subsequent stirring of the same solution without adding more chocolate powder will gradually decrease the pitch again followed by another increase this process can be repeated a number of times until equilibrium has been reached upon initial stirring entr￭ ained gas bubbles reduce the speed of sound in the liquid lowering the frequency as the bubbles clear sound travels faster in the liquid and the frequency increases
in the study of financial markets hot equity periods or hot issue periods are periods of time in which many firms perform initial public offering ip￭ o of their equity firms in modern economies often finance themselves by the issuance in public markets of shares also called equity it turns out that these initial public offer￭ ings tend to cluster in time so that one year many firms might be doing an ip￭ o while next year very few firms do it these periods in which many firms perform an ip￭ o are called hot equity periods
a hot quad￭ rate sign is an imaging appearance of increased enhancement in ct sc￭ ans or m￭ ri or radio￭ trac￭ er accumulation in nuclear medicine in which there is enhancement of the quad￭ rate lo￭ be of the liver the appearance is an indirect reflection of the collater￭ alized flow of sv￭ c syndrome in which oc￭ clu￭ sion of the superior ven￭ a cav￭ a leads to preferential flow to the quad￭ rate the sign is similar in mechanism but distinct in significance from the hot cau￭ date sign in which the cau￭ date lo￭ be of the liver shows preferential enhancement or radio￭ trac￭ er accumulation with he￭ p￭ atic vein oc￭ clu￭ sion in bud￭ d chi￭ ari syndrome in the latter the cau￭ date shows preferential flow because its direct drainage into the inferior ven￭ a cav￭ a remains un￭ obstructed as opposed to the rem￭ nant liver which dra￭ ins into the he￭ p￭ atic vein
in veterinary medicine a hot spot or acute py￭ o￭ der￭ ma acute mo￭ ist py￭ o￭ traumatic der￭ mati￭ tis amp￭ d is one of the many names for a raw painful irritated skin le￭ sion that results in and wor￭ sens from a pet such as a dog or a cat constantly biting scrat￭ ching chewing and lic￭ king an area of its skin that is irritated or it￭ chy if it is covered by the dog s hair the hair holds in the moisture and further irrit￭ ates it py￭ o￭ traumatic der￭ mati￭ tis is an acute rapidly developing surface bacterial skin infection that occurs as a result of self inflicted trauma these le￭ sions are created when the animal lic￭ ks che￭ ws scrat￭ ches and ru￭ bs a focal area of skin in response to an it￭ chy pr￭ uri￭ tic painful stimulus as the le￭ sion grows secondary infection from opportunistic bacteria can occur causing more discomfort and leading the pet to scratch and chew even more other names include wet ecz￭ ema mo￭ ist ecz￭ ema summer so￭ res acute mo￭ ist al￭ derman acute mo￭ ist der￭ mati￭ tis py￭ o traumatic der￭ mati￭ tis or acute py￭ o traumatic der￭ mati￭ tis as the nickname summer so￭ res suggests hot spots are more common in the summer however the ail￭ ment can occur at any time of the year many pets that develop them have allergies they are particularly common in pets with fle￭ a allergies however any sort of irritation to the skin can result in a hot spot
there are two very different definitions of hot start commonly used in aviation one for turb￭ ine based engines and one for reciproc￭ ating fuel injected engines
hot tub fol￭ lic￭ u￭ li￭ tis also known as pseu￭ dom￭ onas aer￭ u￭ gin￭ osa fol￭ lic￭ u￭ li￭ tis is a common type of fol￭ lic￭ u￭ li￭ tis a condition which causes infl￭ amm￭ ation of hair fol￭ lic￭ les this condition is caused by an infection of hair fol￭ lic￭ les due to the bacter￭ ium pseu￭ dom￭ onas aer￭ u￭ gin￭ osa the bacter￭ ium is commonly found in hot tu￭ bs water slides and such places children are more prone to this because they usually stay in the water longer than adults hot tub fol￭ lic￭ u￭ li￭ tis appears on the skin in the form of a rash roughly resembling chicken pox and then develops further to appear as a pim￭ ple hot tub fol￭ lic￭ u￭ li￭ tis can be extremely painful and or it￭ chy and left alone without scrat￭ ching will go away much more quickly if the rash is aggravated it can stay worsen and spread lasting for months by that time it is much more difficult to treat the do￭ ts usually go away after about 7 to 10 days but the condition leaves a hyper￭ pi￭ gm￭ ented le￭ sion that goes away after a few months normally the rash does not need specific treatment and will go away on its own antibiotics may be prescribed in some cases if the rash continues to appear longer than the 7 to 10 day time period a physician should be consulted fol￭ lic￭ u￭ li￭ tis that is not treated properly could worsen and cause abs￭ c￭ esses
h￭ oun￭ d￭ sto￭ o￭ th h￭ ounds tooth check or h￭ ound s tooth and similar sp￭ ell￭ ings also known as dog￭ sto￭ o￭ th dog￭ tooth dog s tooth or pied de pou￭ le is a du￭ ot￭ one textile pattern characterized by broken checks or abstract four pointed shapes often in black and white although other colours are used the classic h￭ oun￭ d￭ sto￭ o￭ th pattern is an example of a t￭ ess￭ ell￭ ation a smaller scale version of the pattern can be referred to as pu￭ pp￭ y￭ tooth
housing inequality is the difference in the quality of housing that exists within a given society it can have negative implications for the options available to an individual or family the term may apply regionally across a geographic space tempor￭ ally between one generation and the next or culturally between groups of varying racial or social backgrounds housing inequality is directly related to concepts of racial inequality social inequality income inequality and wealth inequality in addition it is the result of a number of different factors including natural market forces housing discrimination and housing segregation housing inequality is also often linked to discussions of poverty because it can be seen as both a cause and an effect of poverty residential inequality is especially relevant to discussions of poverty when considering amar￭ ty￭ a sen ’ s definition of poverty as “ the deprivation of basic capabilities ”
howe￭ l – evans syndrome is an extremely rare condition involving thick￭ ening of the skin in the pal￭ ms of the hands and the sol￭ es of the feet hyper￭ ker￭ at￭ osis this famili￭ al disease is associated with a high lifetime risk of es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al cancer for this reason it is sometimes known as ty￭ losis with o￭ es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al cancer to￭ c the condition is inherited in an auto￭ som￭ al dominant manner and it has been linked to a mutation in the rh￭ b￭ df 2 gene it was first described in 1958
ho￭ y￭ er￭ aal h￭ re￭ id￭ ar￭ sson syndrome h￭ hs is a very rare multi￭ system x linked rec￭ essive disorder characterized by excessively short tel￭ om￭ er￭ es and is considered a severe form of dy￭ sk￭ er￭ at￭ osis con￭ gen￭ ita being an x linked disorder h￭ hs primarily affects males patients with h￭ hs typically present in early childhood with cere￭ bell￭ ar hypo￭ pl￭ asia immun￭ o￭ deficiency progressive bone marrow failure and in￭ trau￭ ter￭ ine growth retar￭ dation the primary cause of death in h￭ hs is bone marrow failure but mortality from cancer and pul￭ mon￭ ary fi￭ bro￭ sis is also significant
ho – kauf￭ man – mc￭ alis￭ ter syndrome also known as the chen kung ho – kauf￭ man – mc￭ alis￭ ter syndrome is a rare con￭ genital mal￭ formation syndrome where infants are born with a cle￭ ft pal￭ ate micro￭ gn￭ ath￭ ia wor￭ mi￭ an bones con￭ genital heart disease dis￭ located hips bo￭ wed fi￭ bul￭ ae pre￭ ax￭ ial poly￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly of the feet abnormal skin patterns and most prominently missing ti￭ bia the eti￭ ology is unknown ho – kauf￭ man – mc￭ alis￭ ter syndrome is named after chen kung ho r l kauf￭ man and w h mc￭ alis￭ ter who first described the syndrome in 1975 at washington university in st louis it is considered a rare disease by the office of rare diseases ord of the national institutes of health nih
in statistics the huber loss is a loss function used in robust regression that is less sensitive to out￭ liers in data than the squ￭ ared error loss a variant for classification is also sometimes used
hughes sto￭ vin syndrome is a rare auto￭ immune disorder of unknown cause that is characterized by the combination of multiple pul￭ mon￭ ary artery an￭ eur￭ ys￭ ms and deep vein thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis it is named after the two british physicians john patter￭ son hughes and peter george ing￭ le sto￭ vin who first described it in 1959 it is a rare variant of beh￭ ç￭ et s disease which entails more general problems with the circul￭ atory system most patients are young adult males between the age of 20 40 common clinical presentations include fever cough dy￭ sp￭ ne￭ a and hem￭ op￭ ty￭ sis radiological features are similar to those of beh￭ ç￭ et s disease there is no satisfactory treatment for this disease
human behaviour genetics is a sub￭ field of the field of behaviour genetics that studies the role of genetic and environmental influences on human behaviour class￭ ically human behavi￭ our￭ al gene￭ tic￭ ists have studied the inheritance of behavi￭ our￭ al traits the field was originally focused on testing whether genetic influences were important in human behavior e g do genes influence human behavior it has evolved to address more complex questions such as how important are genetic and or environmental influences on various human behavioral traits to what extent do the same genetic and or environmental influences impact the overlap between human behavioral traits how do genetic and or environmental influences on behavior change across development and what environmental factors moderate the importance of genetic effects on human behavior gene environment interaction the field is inter￭ disciplinary and draws from genetics psychology and statistics most recently the field has moved into the area of statistical genetics with many behavioral gene￭ tic￭ ists also involved in efforts to identify the specific genes involved in human behavior and to understand how the effects associated with these genes changes across time and in conjunction with the environment
human cy￭ tom￭ eg￭ alo￭ virus is a species of the cy￭ tom￭ eg￭ alo￭ virus genus of viruses which in turn is a member of the viral family known as her￭ pes￭ vi￭ ri￭ da￭ e or her￭ pes￭ viruses it is typically abbreviated as h￭ c￭ mv or commonly but more ambiguously as c￭ mv it is also known as human her￭ pes￭ virus 5 h￭ h￭ v 5 within her￭ pes￭ vi￭ ri￭ da￭ e h￭ c￭ mv belongs to the be￭ ta￭ her￭ pes￭ vir￭ in￭ ae sub￭ family which also includes cy￭ tom￭ eg￭ alo￭ viruses from other mammals although they may be found throughout the body h￭ c￭ mv infections are frequently associated with the sali￭ vary g￭ lands h￭ c￭ mv infection is typically unnoticed in healthy people but can be life threatening for the immun￭ o￭ compromised such as hiv infected persons organ transplant recipients or new￭ born infants con￭ genital cy￭ tom￭ eg￭ alo￭ virus infection can lead to significant morbi￭ dity and even death after infection h￭ c￭ mv remains latent within the body throughout life and can be re￭ activated at any time eventually it may cause mu￭ co￭ ep￭ id￭ er￭ mo￭ id carcin￭ oma and possibly other m￭ align￭ ancies such as pro￭ state cancer h￭ c￭ mv is found throughout all geographic locations and socioeconomic groups and inf￭ ects between 60 and 70 of adults in industrialized countries and almost 100 in emerging countries of all her￭ pes viruses h￭ c￭ mv harb￭ ors the most genes dedicated to altering evading in￭ nate and adap￭ tive immunity in the host and represents a lifelong burden of anti￭ genic t cell surveillance and immune dysfunction commonly it is indicated by the presence of antibodies in the general population ser￭ op￭ re￭ val￭ ence is age dependent 58 9 of individuals aged 6 and older are infected with c￭ mv while 90 8 of individuals aged 80 and older are positive for h￭ c￭ mv h￭ c￭ mv is also the virus most frequently transmitted to a developing fe￭ tus h￭ c￭ mv infection is more widespread in developing countries and in communities with lower socioeconomic status and represents the most significant viral cause of birth defects in industrialized countries con￭ genital h￭ c￭ mv is the leading infectious cause of deaf￭ ness learning disabilities and intellectual disability in child￭ ren￭ c￭ mv also seems to have a large impact on immune parameters in later life and may contribute to increased morbi￭ dity and eventual mortality
human echo￭ location is the ability of humans to detect objects in their environment by sensing echoes from those objects by actively creating sounds – for example by tapping their can￭ es lightly stom￭ ping their foot sn￭ apping their fingers or making clic￭ king noises with their mouths – people trained to orient by echo￭ location can interpret the sound waves reflected by nearby objects accurately identifying their location and size this ability is used by some blind people for acous￭ tic way￭ finding or navi￭ gating within their environment using aud￭ itory rather than visual cu￭ es it is similar in principle to active son￭ ar and to animal echo￭ location which is employed by bats dolphins and tooth￭ ed whales to find prey
human gran￭ ul￭ oc￭ y￭ tic an￭ ap￭ las￭ mo￭ sis h￭ ga is a tick borne infectious disease caused by an￭ ap￭ las￭ ma p￭ ha￭ go￭ cy￭ top￭ hil￭ um an oblig￭ ate in￭ trac￭ ell￭ ular bacter￭ ium that is typically transmitted to humans by tic￭ ks of the i￭ x￭ o￭ des ric￭ in￭ us species complex including i￭ x￭ o￭ des s￭ cap￭ ul￭ aris and i￭ x￭ o￭ des pac￭ ific￭ us in north america these tic￭ ks also transmit ly￭ me disease and other tick borne diseases the bacteria infect white blood cells called neu￭ troph￭ ils causing changes in gene expression that prolong the life of these otherwise short lived cells
hair color is the pi￭ gm￭ entation of hair fol￭ lic￭ les due to two types of mel￭ an￭ in eu￭ mel￭ an￭ in and p￭ he￭ om￭ el￭ an￭ in generally if more eu￭ mel￭ an￭ in is present the color of the hair is darker if less eu￭ mel￭ an￭ in is present the hair is lighter the darker a person s natural hair color is the more individual hair fol￭ lic￭ les they have on their scal￭ p levels of mel￭ an￭ in can vary over time causing a person s hair color to change and it is possible to have hair fol￭ lic￭ les of more than one color on the same person particular hair colors are associated with ethnic groups gray or white hair is associated with age the fischer – s￭ all￭ er scale named after eu￭ gen fischer and s￭ all￭ er is used in physical anthropo￭ logy and medicine to determine the shades of hair color the scale uses the following designations a very light blond b to e light blond f to l blond m to o dark blond p to t light brown to brown u to y dark brown black and roman numer￭ als i to iv red and v to vi red blond
human her￭ pes￭ virus 7 h￭ h￭ v 7 is one of nine known members of the her￭ pes￭ vi￭ ri￭ da￭ e family that inf￭ ects humans h￭ h￭ v 7 is a member of be￭ ta￭ her￭ pes￭ vi￭ ri￭ da￭ e a sub￭ family of the her￭ pes￭ vi￭ ri￭ da￭ e that also includes h￭ h￭ v 6 and cy￭ tom￭ eg￭ alo￭ virus h￭ h￭ v 5 or h￭ c￭ mv h￭ h￭ v 7 often acts together with h￭ h￭ v 6 and the viruses together are sometimes referred to by their genus ro￭ se￭ olo￭ virus h￭ h￭ v 7 was first isolated in 1990 from cd 4 t cells taken from peripheral blood lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tes
human mon￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ tropic e￭ hr￭ lic￭ hi￭ osis h￭ me is a form of e￭ hr￭ lic￭ hi￭ osis associated with e￭ hr￭ lic￭ hia cha￭ ff￭ e￭ ensis this bacteria is an oblig￭ ate in￭ trac￭ ell￭ ular pathogen affecting mon￭ oc￭ y￭ tes and macro￭ p￭ ha￭ ges
human pap￭ il￭ lo￭ ma￭ virus infection is an infection by human pap￭ il￭ lo￭ ma￭ virus h￭ p￭ v most h￭ p￭ v infections cause no symptoms and resolve spontaneously in some they persist and result in war￭ ts or pre￭ can￭ cer￭ ous le￭ sions the pre￭ can￭ cer￭ ous le￭ sions increase the risk of cancer of the cer￭ vi￭ x vul￭ va vag￭ ina penis an￭ us mouth or throat nearly all cer￭ vic￭ al cancer is due to h￭ p￭ v with two types h￭ p￭ v 16 and h￭ p￭ v 18 accounting for 70 of cases between 60 and 90 of the other cancers are also linked to h￭ p￭ v h￭ p￭ v 6 and h￭ p￭ v 11 are common causes of genital war￭ ts and respiratory pap￭ il￭ lo￭ mat￭ osis h￭ p￭ v infection is caused by a human pap￭ il￭ lo￭ ma￭ virus a dna virus from the pap￭ il￭ lo￭ ma￭ virus family of which over 150 types are known more than 40 types are transmitted through sexual contact and infect the an￭ us and gen￭ itals risk factors for persistent h￭ p￭ v infections include early age of first sexual inter￭ course multiple partners smoking and poor immune function h￭ p￭ v is typically spread by sustained direct skin to skin contact with vag￭ inal and anal sex being the most common methods occasionally it can spread from a mother to her baby during pregnancy it does not spread via common items like toilet seats people can become infected with more than one type of h￭ p￭ v h￭ p￭ v only affects humans h￭ p￭ v vaccines can prevent the most common types of infection to be effective they must be used before an infection occurs and are therefore recommended between the ages of nine and 13 cer￭ vic￭ al cancer screening such as with the pap￭ ani￭ co￭ la￭ ou test p￭ ap or looking at the cer￭ vi￭ x after using acetic acid can detect early cancer or abnormal cells that may develop into cancer this allows for early treatment which results in better outcomes screening has reduced both the number and deaths from cer￭ vic￭ al cancer in the developed world war￭ ts can be removed by freezing h￭ p￭ v is the most common sexually transmitted infection globally most people are infected at some point in their lives in 2012 about 528 000 new cases and 266 000 deaths occurred from cer￭ vic￭ al cancer worldwide around 85 of these occurred in the developing world in the united states about 27 000 cases of cancer due to h￭ p￭ v occur each year about 1 of sexually active adults have genital war￭ ts while cases of war￭ ts have been described since the time of ancient greece their viral nature was discovered in 1907
human resource management hr￭ m or simply hr is the management of human resources it is a function in organizations designed to maximize employee performance in service of an employer s strategic objectives hr is primarily concerned with the management of people within organizations focusing on policies and on systems hr departments and units in organizations typically undertake a number of activities including employee benefits design employee recruitment training and development performance appraisal and rewarding e g managing pay and benefit systems hr also concerns itself with organizational change and industrial relations that is the balancing of organizational practices with requirements arising from collective bargaining and from governmental laws hr is a product of the human relations movement of the early 20 th century when researchers began docum￭ enting ways of creating business value through the strategic management of the workforce the function was initially dominated by trans￭ ac￭ tional work such as payroll and benefits administration but due to globalization company consolidation technological advances and further research hr as of 2015 focuses on strategic initiatives like mergers and acquisitions talent management succession planning industrial and labor relations and diversity and inclusion human resources is a business field focused on maximizing employee productivity human resources professionals manage the human capital of an organization and focus on implementing policies and processes they can be specialists focusing in on recruiting training employee relations or benefits recruiting specialists are in charge of finding and hiring top talent training and development professionals ensure that employees are trained and have continuous development this is done through training programs performance evaluations and reward programs employee relations deals with concerns of employees when policies are broken such as harassment or discrimination someone in benefits develops compensation structures family leave programs discounts and other benefits that employees can get on the other side of the field are human resources gener￭ alists or business partners these human resources professionals could work in all areas or be labor relations representatives working with union￭ ized employees in start￭ up companies trained professionals may perform hr duties in larger companies an entire functional group is typically dedicated to the discipline with staff speci￭ alizing in various hr tasks and functional leadership engaging in strategic decision making across the business to train practitioners for the profession institutions of higher education professional associations and companies themselves have established programs of study dedicated explicitly to the duties of the function academic and practitioner organizations likewise seek to engage and further the field of hr as evidenced by several field specific publications hr is also a field of research study that is popular within the fields of management and industrial organizational psychology with research articles appearing in a number of academic journals including those mentioned later in this article businesses are moving globally and forming more diverse teams it is the role of human resources to make sure that these teams can function and people are able to communicate cross culturally and across borders due to changes in business current topics in human resources are diversity and inclusion as well as using technology to advance employee engagement in the current global work environment most companies focus on lowering employee turnover and on retaining the talent and knowledge held by their workforce new hiring not only entails a high cost but also increases the risk of a newcom￭ er not being able to replace the person who worked in a position before hr departments strive to offer benefits that will appeal to workers thus reducing the risk of losing corporate knowledge
human rights in armenia tend to be better than those in most former soviet republics and have drawn closer to acceptable standards especially economically still there are several considerable problems overall the country is classified partly free by freedom house which gives it a score of 46 falling two points below bangladesh and one point above honduras
human rights in austria are generally respected by the government however there were problems in some areas there were some reports of police abuse and use of unjustified force against prisoners anti semitic incidents including physical attacks name calling property damage and threatening letters telephone calls and internet post￭ ings occurred during the year there was some governmental and societal discrimination against fathers muslims and members of un￭ recognized religious groups particularly those considered sec￭ ts there were incidents of neo national socialist activity righ￭ tw￭ ing extremism and xenophobia trafficking in women and children for prostitution and labor also remained a problem
human trafficking in brazil is an ongoing problem brazil is a source country for men women girls and boys subjected to human trafficking specifically forced prostitution within the country and abroad as well as a source country for men and boys in forced labor within the country in 2012 there was a soap opera made about human trafficking named sal￭ ve jorge
human trafficking in europe is a regional manifestation of the wider practice of trade in humans for the purposes of various forms of coercive exploitation human trafficking has existed for centuries all over the world and follows from the earlier practice of slavery which differ￭ ed from human trafficking in that it was legally recognized and accepted it has become an increasing concern for countries in europe since the fall of communism the transition to a market economy in some countries has led to both opportunity and a loss of security for citizens of these countries economic hardship and promises of prosperity have left many people vulnerable to trafficking within their countries and to destinations in other parts of europe and the world unique to the balkans are some of the situations that support trafficking such as organized crime and the recruitment strategies that perpetuate it while some gener￭ alizations can be made the countries within this region face different challenges and are at varying stages of compliance with the rules that govern trafficking in persons
according to the us department of state human trafficking in the netherlands is a problem which affects particularly women and girls who are forced to work in the sex industry in the year of 2009 there were 9￭ 09 registered victims of human trafficking according to the us department of state the netherlands is primarily a source and destination country for men women and children subjected to trafficking in persons specifically forced prostitution and forced labor though to a lesser extent it is a transit country for such trafficking accord￭ int to the us department of state the top five countries of origin for victims are the netherlands china nigeria hungary and sierra leone
human try￭ pan￭ o￭ som￭ i￭ asis is a cu￭ taneous condition caused by several species of try￭ pan￭ o￭ som￭ es with skin manifestations usually being observed in the earlier stages of the disease as ev￭ an￭ es￭ cent er￭ y￭ them￭ a er￭ y￭ them￭ a multi￭ forme and e￭ dem￭ a especially an￭ gi￭ oe￭ dem￭ a
viruses are a major cause of human water￭ borne and water related diseases water￭ borne diseases are caused by water that is contaminated by human and animal urine and f￭ ec￭ es that contain pathogenic micro￭ organisms a subject can get infected through contact with or consumption of the contaminated water viruses affect all living organisms from single cellular plants bacteria and animal to the highest forms of plants and animals including human beings viruses can interact with their host through several methods and mechanisms some viruses can be host specific hiv and some can be less host specific influenza viruses different viruses can have different routes of transmission for example hiv is directly transferred by contaminated body fluids from an infected host into the tissue or blood￭ stream of a new host while influenza is airborne and transmitted through inhal￭ ation of contaminated air containing viral particles by a new host enter￭ ic viruses primarily infect the intest￭ inal tract through ing￭ estion of food and water contaminated with viruses of f￭ ec￭ al origin some viruses can be transmitted through all three routes of transmission water viro￭ logy started about half a century ago when scientists attempted to detect the polio virus in water samples since then other pathogenic viruses that are responsible for gastro￭ enter￭ i￭ tis hepatitis and many other virus strains have replaced enter￭ o￭ viruses as the main aim for detection in the water environment
humanis￭ tic economics is a distinct pattern of economic thought with old historical roots that have been more recently invigor￭ ated by e f schum￭ acher s small is beautiful economics as if people mattered 1973 proponents argue for persons first economic theories as opposed to mainstream economic theories which are understood as often emphasizing financial gain over human well being in particular the overly abstract human image implicit in mainstream economics is critically analyzed and instead it attempts a re￭ thinking of economic principles policies and institutions based on a richer and more balanced view of human nature according to schum￭ acher call a thing immoral or ugly soul destroying or a degradation of man a peril to the peace of the world or to the well being of future generations as long as you have not shown it to be un￭ economic you have not really questioned its right to exist grow and prosper
the hume frac￭ ture is an injury of the el￭ bow comprising a frac￭ ture of the ol￭ ec￭ ran￭ on with an associated an￭ terior dis￭ location of the rad￭ ial head which occurs in children it was originally described as an undis￭ placed ol￭ ec￭ ran￭ on frac￭ ture but more recently includes displaced fractu￭ res and can be considered a variant of the monte￭ g￭ gia frac￭ ture the injury was described in 1957 by a c hume of the orth￭ opa￭ ed￭ ic surgery department of st bar￭ th￭ olo￭ me￭ w s hospital ro￭ chester
a hum￭ er￭ us frac￭ ture is a bone frac￭ ture of the bone of the upper arm the hum￭ er￭ us fractu￭ res of the hum￭ er￭ us may be classified by the location of the frac￭ ture and divided into fractu￭ res of the proxim￭ al region which is near the shoulder the middle region which is the shaft of the hum￭ er￭ us and the dis￭ tal region which is near the el￭ bow these locations can further be divided based on the extent of the frac￭ ture and the specific areas of each of the three regions affected hum￭ er￭ us fractu￭ res usually occur after physical trauma falls excess physical stress or pathological conditions falls are the most common cause of proxim￭ al and shaft fractu￭ res and those who experience a frac￭ ture from a fall usually have an underlying risk factor for bone frac￭ ture dis￭ tal fractu￭ res occur most frequently in children who experience physical trauma to the el￭ bow area symptoms of frac￭ ture are pain sw￭ elling and dis￭ color￭ ation of the skin at the site of the frac￭ ture bru￭ ising appears a few days after the frac￭ ture the neuro￭ vascular bundle of the arm may be affected in severe cases which will cause loss of nerve function and diminished blood supply beneath the frac￭ ture proxim￭ al and dis￭ tal fractu￭ res will often cause a loss of shoulder or el￭ bow function displaced shaft and dis￭ tal fractu￭ res may cause de￭ form￭ ity and such shaft fractu￭ res will often shorten the length of the upper arm most hum￭ er￭ us fractu￭ res are non￭ displaced and will heal within a few weeks if the arm is im￭ mobilized severe displaced hum￭ er￭ us fractu￭ res and complications often require surgical intervention in most cases normal function to the arm returns after the frac￭ ture is healed in severe cases however function of the arm may be diminished after recovery
hum￭ idity is the amount of water vap￭ or in the air water vap￭ or is the gaseous state of water and is invisible hum￭ idity indicates the likelihood of precip￭ itation de￭ w or fog higher hum￭ idity reduces the effectiveness of swe￭ ating in cooling the body by reducing the rate of evapor￭ ation of moisture from the skin this effect is calculated in a heat index table or hum￭ id￭ ex the amount of water vap￭ or that is needed to achieve satur￭ ation increases as the temperature increases as the temperature of a parcel of air becomes lower it will eventually reach the point of satur￭ ation without adding or losing water mass the differences in the amount of water vap￭ or in a parcel of air can be quite large for example a parcel of air that is near satur￭ ation may contain 28 grams of water per cubic meter of air at 30 ° c but only 8 grams of water per cubic meter of air at 8 ° c there are three main measurements of hum￭ idity absolute relative and specific absolute hum￭ idity is the water content of air at a given temperature expressed in gram per cubic meter relative hum￭ idity expressed as a percent measures the current absolute hum￭ idity relative to the maximum highest point for that temperature specific hum￭ idity is a ratio of the water vap￭ or content of the mixture to the total air content on a mass basis
hu￭ moral immune deficiencies are conditions which cause impairment of hu￭ moral immunity which can lead to immun￭ o￭ deficiency it can be medi￭ ated by insufficient number or function of b cells the plasma cells they differentiate into with these two potentially being caused by b cell lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ top￭ enia or the anti￭ body secre￭ ted by the plasma cells they are associated with increased vulnerability to infection but can be difficult to detect or as￭ ymp￭ tomatic in the absence of infection they can be associated with increased risk of ga￭ str￭ ic cancer
hun￭ an hand syndrome also known as chili burn is a cu￭ taneous condition and commonly among those who remove the skins from large batches of roasted chili pe￭ ppers
the hundred dollar hundred digit challenge problems are 10 problems in numerical mathematics published in 2002 by nick t￭ ref￭ e￭ then a 100 prize was offered to whoever produced the most accurate solutions measured up to 10 significant digits the deadline for the contest was may 20 2002 in the end 20 teams solved all of the problems perfectly within the required precision and an anonymous donor aided in producing the required prize monies the challenge and its solutions were described in detail in the book fol￭ k￭ mar bor￭ nem￭ ann dir￭ k laur￭ ie stan wagon et al
the hund￭ red￭ th monkey effect is a hypothetical phenomenon in which a new behavior or idea is claimed to spread rapidly by un￭ explained means from one group to all related groups once a critical number of members of one group exhibit the new behavior or acknowledge the new idea one of the primary factors in the promul￭ gation of the story is that many authors quote secondary tertiary or post tertiary sources which have themselves mis￭ represented the original observations
in politics humanitarian aid and social science hunger is a condition in which a person for a sustained period is unable to eat sufficient food to meet basic nutritional needs throughout history portions of the world s population have often experienced sustained periods of hunger in many cases this resulted from food supply disruptions caused by war pl￭ agues or adverse weather for the first few decades after world war ii technological progress and enhanced political cooperation suggested it might be possible to substantially reduce the number of people suffering from hunger while progress was uneven by 2000 the threat of extreme hunger subsid￭ ed for many of the world s people according to the w￭ fp some statistics are that some 795 million people in the world do not have enough food to lead a healthy active life that s about one in nine people on earth the vast majority of the world s hungry people live in developing countries where 12 9 percent of the population is under￭ nourished until 2006 the average international price of food had been largely stable for several decades in the closing months of 2006 however prices began to rise rapidly by 2008 rice had tripled in price in some regions and this severely affected developing countries food prices fell in early 2009 but rose to another record high in 2011 and have since decreased slightly the 2008 worldwide financial crisis further increased the number of people suffering from hunger including dramatic increases even in advanced economies such as great britain the eurozone and the united states the millennium development goals included a commitment to a further 50 reduction in the proportion of the world s population who suffer from extreme hunger by 2015 as of 2012 this target appeared difficult to achieve due in part to persistent inflation in food prices however in late 2012 the un s food and agriculture organization fao stated it is still possible to hit the target with sufficient effort in 2013 the fao estimated that 842 million people are under￭ nourished 12 of the global population malnutrition is a cause of death for more than 3 1 million children under 5 every year unicef estimates 300 million children go to bed hungry each night and that 8000 children under the age of 5 are estimated to die of malnutrition every day
the hun￭ s￭ di￭ ec￭ ker reaction also called the bor￭ od￭ in reaction after alexander bor￭ od￭ in is the organic reaction of silver salts of car￭ box￭ yl￭ ic acids with hal￭ ogens to give organic hali￭ des it is an example of a halo￭ gen￭ ation reaction the reaction is named after heinz hun￭ s￭ di￭ ec￭ ker and cl￭ ä￭ re hun￭ s￭ di￭ ec￭ ker but was first noted by bor￭ od￭ in in 18￭ 61 when he prepared methyl bromide from silver acetate the hun￭ s￭ di￭ ec￭ ker reaction several reviews have been published mercur￭ ic oxide will also effect this transformation
the hunter valley cannabis inf￭ est￭ ation was an inf￭ est￭ ation of the marijuana plant cannabis sativa in the hunter valley in new south wales australia at its peak the inf￭ est￭ ation covered about 30 square kilometres 12 s￭ q mi it took nine years for the new south wales government to eradicate it
hunter syndrome or mu￭ co￭ pol￭ ys￭ ac￭ ch￭ ari￭ do￭ sis ii mps ii is a ly￭ so￭ som￭ al storage disease caused by a deficient or absent enzyme i￭ du￭ ron￭ ate 2 sul￭ fat￭ ase i 2 s the accumulated sub￭ str￭ ates in hunter syndrome are he￭ par￭ an sul￭ fate and der￭ mat￭ an sul￭ fate the syndrome has x linked rec￭ essive inheritance
hun￭ t￭ ington s disease hd also known as hun￭ t￭ ington s cho￭ rea is an inherited disorder that results in death of brain cells the earliest symptoms are often subtle problems with mood or mental abilities a general lack of coordination and an un￭ steady ga￭ it often follow as the disease advances uncoordinated jer￭ ky body movements become more apparent physical abilities gradually worsen until coordinated movement becomes difficult and the person is unable to talk mental abilities generally decline into dementia the specific symptoms vary somewhat between people symptoms usually begin between 30 and 50 years of age but can start at any age the disease may develop earlier in life in each successive generation about 8 of cases start before the age of 20 years and typically present with symptoms more similar to par￭ kinson s disease people with hd often underestimate the degree of their problems hd is typically inherited from a person s parents with 10 of cases due to a new mutation the disease is caused by an auto￭ som￭ al dominant mutation in either of an individual s two copies of a gene called hun￭ ting￭ tin this means a child of an affected person typically has a 50 chance of inher￭ iting the disease the hun￭ ting￭ tin gene provides the genetic information for a protein that is also called hun￭ ting￭ tin expansion of ca￭ g cy￭ to￭ sine aden￭ ine gu￭ an￭ ine tri￭ p￭ let repeats in the gene coding for the hun￭ ting￭ tin protein results in an abnormal protein which gradually damages cells in the brain through mechanisms that are not fully understood diagnosis is by genetic testing which can occur at any point in time regardless of whether or not symptoms are present this fact raises several ethical debates the age at which an individual is considered mature enough to choose testing whether parents have the right to have their children tested and managing confidentiality and disclosure of test results there is no cure for hd full time care is required in the later stages of the disease treatments can relieve some symptoms and in some improve quality of life the best evidence for treatment of the movement problems is with tetr￭ ab￭ en￭ az￭ ine hd affects about 4 to 15 in 100 000 people of european descent it is rare among japanese and occurs at an unknown rate in africa the disease affects men and women equally complications such as pneumonia heart disease and physical injury from falls reduce life expectancy suicide is the cause of death in about 9 of cases death typically occurs fifteen to twenty years from when the disease was first detected the first likely description of the disease was in 18￭ 41 by charles oscar waters the condition was described in further detail in 18￭ 72 by george hun￭ t￭ ington after whom it is named the genetic basis was discovered in 1993 by an international collaborative effort led by the hereditary disease foundation research and support organizations began forming in the late 1960 s to increase public awareness to provide support for individuals and their families and to promote research current research directions include determining the exact mechanism of the disease improving animal models to aid with research testing of medications to treat symptoms or slow the progression of the disease and studying procedures such as stem cell therapy with the goal of repairing damage caused by the disease
the hun￭ t￭ ington s disease like syndro￭ mes often abbreviated as hd like or h￭ dl syndro￭ mes are a family of inherited neuro￭ degenerative diseases that closely resemble hun￭ t￭ ington s disease hd in that they typically produce a combination of cho￭ rea cognitive decline or dementia and behavi￭ our￭ al or psychiatric problems
hur￭ ler syndrome also known as mu￭ co￭ pol￭ ys￭ ac￭ ch￭ ari￭ do￭ sis type i mps i hur￭ ler s disease also gar￭ go￭ y￭ lis￭ m is a genetic disorder that results in the buil￭ dup of gly￭ co￭ sam￭ ino￭ gly￭ cans formerly known as mu￭ co￭ pol￭ ys￭ ac￭ ch￭ ari￭ des due to a deficiency of alpha l i￭ du￭ ron￭ id￭ ase an enzyme responsible for the degradation of mu￭ co￭ pol￭ ys￭ ac￭ ch￭ ari￭ des in ly￭ so￭ som￭ es without this enzyme a buil￭ dup of he￭ par￭ an sul￭ fate and der￭ mat￭ an sul￭ fate occurs in the body symptoms appear during childhood and early death can occur due to organ damage mps i is divided into three sub￭ types based on severity of symptoms all three types result from an absence of or insufficient levels of the enzyme α l i￭ du￭ ron￭ id￭ ase mps i h or hur￭ ler syndrome is the most severe of the mps i sub￭ types the other two types are mps i s or sch￭ ei￭ e syndrome and mps i h s or hur￭ ler sch￭ ei￭ e syndrome hur￭ ler syndrome is often classified as a ly￭ so￭ som￭ al storage disease and is clin￭ ically related to hunter syndrome hunter syndrome is x linked while hur￭ ler syndrome is auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive it is named for ger￭ tru￭ d hur￭ ler 18￭ 89 – 1965 a german pedi￭ at￭ ric￭ ian
hur￭ ler – sch￭ ei￭ e syndrome also known as mu￭ co￭ pol￭ ys￭ ac￭ ch￭ ari￭ do￭ sis type i h s is a cu￭ taneous condition also characterized by mild mental retar￭ dation and cor￭ ne￭ al clou￭ ding
a h￭ ür￭ th￭ le cell is a cell in the thyro￭ id that is often associated with hash￭ im￭ oto s thyro￭ idi￭ tis as well as fol￭ lic￭ ular thyro￭ id cancer h￭ ür￭ th￭ le cell cancer is considered a variant of fol￭ lic￭ ular thyro￭ id cancer this version is a relatively rare form of differentiated thyro￭ id cancer accounting for only 3 10 of all differentiated thyro￭ id cancers on￭ co￭ cy￭ tes in the thyro￭ id are often called h￭ ür￭ th￭ le cells although the terms on￭ co￭ cy￭ te oxy￭ phil￭ ic cell and h￭ ür￭ th￭ le cell are used inter￭ change￭ ably h￭ ür￭ th￭ le cell is used only to indicate cells of thyro￭ id fol￭ lic￭ ular origin
in mathematics the hut￭ chin￭ son metric is a function which measures the discrepancy between two images for use in frac￭ tal image processing and can also be applied to describe the similarity between dna sequences expressed as real or complex genom￭ ic signals
hu￭ zz￭ as also referred to as hu￭ zz￭ aw￭ ou￭ ie hu￭ zz￭ as is the name of a surf break off grac￭ e￭ town western australia it is in proximity to a number of other surf breaks that are located near to cowar￭ am￭ up bay and grac￭ e￭ town
h￭ w￭ ab￭ ye￭ ong or h￭ w￭ aby￭ ung is a korean som￭ ati￭ zation disorder a mental illness which arises when people are unable to confront their anger as a result of conditions which they perceive to be unfair h￭ w￭ aby￭ ung is loosely used as the name of the disease as it is actually more of a name regarding the cause h￭ w￭ aby￭ ung is known as a culture bound syndrome the word h￭ w￭ aby￭ ung is composed of h￭ wa meaning fire angry and by￭ ung meaning syndrome or illness in south korea it is also called ul￭ h￭ w￭ ab￭ ye￭ ong 鬱￭ 火￭ 病 depression anger illness in a survey 4 1 of the general population in a rural area in korea were reported as having h￭ w￭ aby￭ ung another survey shows that about 35 of korean employees begin to suffer from this disease at some point
hy￭ al￭ ini￭ zing clear cell carcin￭ oma abbreviated h￭ ccc is a rare m￭ align￭ ant sali￭ vary g￭ land tum￭ our with a good prog￭ no￭ sis that is usually found on the tongue or pal￭ ate
hy￭ al￭ ini￭ zing tr￭ ab￭ ec￭ ular aden￭ oma or hy￭ al￭ ini￭ zing tr￭ ab￭ ec￭ ular aden￭ oma is a subtype of thyro￭ id aden￭ oma
hy￭ alu￭ ron￭ id￭ ase deficiency also known as mu￭ co￭ pol￭ ys￭ ac￭ ch￭ ari￭ do￭ sis type ix is a condition caused by mutations in hy￭ al 1 and characterized by multiple soft tissue masses
hybrid on￭ co￭ cy￭ tom￭ a ch￭ rom￭ opho￭ be ren￭ al cell carcin￭ oma is rare subtype of ren￭ al cell carcin￭ oma it arises from inter￭ cal￭ ated cells of cor￭ tical collecting duc￭ ts of the kidney it is associated with extreme hypo￭ diplo￭ id￭ y with multiple losses of entire chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es 1 2 6 10 13 17 21 and y
hydr￭ a vi￭ ri￭ dis￭ si￭ ma also known as hydr￭ a vi￭ ri￭ dis and chloro￭ hydr￭ a vi￭ ri￭ dis￭ si￭ ma or the green hydr￭ a is a species of freshwater hydro￭ id poly￭ p in the genus hydr￭ a found widely dispersed in the northern temper￭ ate zone it is a common organism found in still waters from early spring to late autumn the characteristic green colour comes from cells of the unic￭ ell￭ ular al￭ ga chlo￭ rella within the cells of the gastro￭ der￭ mis because of this h vi￭ ri￭ dis￭ si￭ ma are generally less pred￭ acious than a￭ pos￭ ym￭ bio￭ tic hydr￭ a species it is most commonly found attached to the stems of water plants and the under￭ sides of leaves including duc￭ k￭ weed when disturbed it re￭ tracts to a small green blo￭ b which is easily overlooked gently sweeping through a clean wee￭ dy pond and allowing the collected water and leaves to stand in a jar will often reveal h vi￭ ri￭ dis￭ si￭ ma emerging after only a few minutes h vi￭ ri￭ dis￭ si￭ ma in captivity will tend to cong￭ reg￭ ate towards the light when in feeding mode the extended tent￭ acles are generally only as long as or shorter than the body it lives in water and resembles a fine delicate sea￭ weed h vi￭ ri￭ dis￭ si￭ ma h vi￭ ri￭ dis￭ si￭ ma
hydr￭ an￭ encephal￭ y or hydr￭ an￭ cephal￭ y is a condition in which the brain s cere￭ br￭ al hemis￭ ph￭ er￭ es are absent to varying degrees and the remaining cran￭ ial cav￭ ity is filled with cere￭ bro￭ spinal fluid hydr￭ an￭ encephal￭ y or hydr￭ an￭ cephal￭ y is a type of cephal￭ ic disorder these disorders are con￭ genital conditions that derive from either damage to or abnormal development of the fe￭ tal nervous system in the earliest stages of development in uter￭ o cephal￭ ic is the medical term for “ head ” or “ head end of body ” these conditions do not have any definitive identifiable cause factor instead generally attributed to a variety of hereditary or genetic conditions but also by environmental factors such as maternal infection pharmaceutical intake or even exposure to high levels of radiation this should not be confused with hydro￭ cephal￭ us which is an accumulation of excess cere￭ bro￭ spinal fluid in the ven￭ tric￭ les of the brain in hem￭ i￭ hydr￭ an￭ encephal￭ y only half of the cran￭ ial cav￭ ity is filled with fluid
hydr￭ ation energy also hydr￭ ation en￭ th￭ alp￭ y is the amount of energy released when one mole of ions undergo hydr￭ ation which is a special case of sol￭ vation it is a special case of dissolution energy with the solvent being water for example upon dis￭ solving a salt in water the outermost ions those at the edge of the lat￭ tice move away from the lat￭ tice and become covered with the neighboring water molecules if the hydr￭ ation energy is equal to or greater than the lat￭ tice energy then the salt is water soluble in salts for which the hydr￭ ation energy is higher than the lat￭ tice energy sol￭ vation occurs with a release of energy in the form of heat for instance cac￭ l 2 an￭ hydro￭ us calcium chloride he￭ ats the water when dis￭ solving however the hex￭ a￭ hydrate cac￭ l 2 · 6 h 2 o co￭ ols the water upon dissolution the latter happens because the hydr￭ ation energy does not completely over come the lat￭ tice energy and the remainder has to be taken from the water in order to compensate the energy loss
in chemistry a hydr￭ ation reaction is a chemical reaction in which a substance combines with water in organic chemistry water is added to an un￭ saturated sub￭ str￭ ate which is usually an al￭ k￭ ene or an al￭ ky￭ ne this type of reaction is employed industri￭ ally to produce ethanol iso￭ pro￭ pan￭ ol and 2 bu￭ tan￭ ol
a hydraulic jump is a phenomenon in the science of hydraul￭ ics which is frequently observed in open channel flow such as rivers and sp￭ ill￭ ways when liquid at high velocity discharges into a zone of lower velocity a rather abrupt rise occurs in the liquid surface the rapidly flowing liquid is abruptly slowed and increases in height converting some of the flow s initial k￭ ine￭ tic energy into an increase in potential energy with some energy irre￭ versi￭ bly lost through turbulence to heat in an open channel flow this manifests as the fast flow rapidly slowing and piling up on top of itself similar to how a shoc￭ k￭ wave forms the phenomenon is dependent upon the initial fluid speed if the initial speed of the fluid is below the critical speed then no jump is possible for initial flow speeds which are not significantly above the critical speed the transition appears as an und￭ ulating wave as the initial flow speed increases further the transition becomes more abrupt until at high enough speeds the transition front will break and cur￭ l back upon itself when this happens the jump can be accompanied by violent turbulence ed￭ dying air entr￭ ain￭ ment and surface und￭ ul￭ ations or waves there are two main manifestations of hydraulic jumps and historically different terminology has been used for each however the mechanisms behind them are similar because they are simply variations of each other seen from different frames of reference and so the physics and analysis techniques can be used for both types the different manifestations are the stationary hydraulic jump – rapidly flowing water transitions in a stationary jump to slowly moving water as shown in figures 1 and 2 the tidal bore – a wall or und￭ ulating wave of water moves upstream against water flowing downstream as shown in figures 3 and 4 if considered from a frame of reference which moves with the wave front you can see that this case is physically similar to a stationary jump a related case is a cas￭ c￭ ade – a wall or und￭ ulating wave of water moves downstream over￭ taking a sh￭ allow￭ er downstream flow of water as shown in figure 5 if considered from a frame of reference which moves with the wave front this is amenable to the same analysis as a stationary jump these phenomena are addressed in an extensive literature from a number of technical viewpoints
hydraulic jump in a rec￭ tang￭ ular channel also known as classical jump is a natural phenomenon that occurs whenever flow changes from super￭ critical to sub￭ critical flow in this transition the water surface rises abruptly surface roll￭ ers are formed intense mixing occurs air is entr￭ ained and often a large amount of energy is dissip￭ ated in other words a hydraulic jump happens when a higher velocity v 1 super￭ critical flow upstream is met by a sub￭ critical downstream flow with a decreased velocity v 2 and sufficient depth num￭ eric models created using the standard step method or h￭ ec ras are used to track super￭ critical and sub￭ critical flows to determine where in a specific reach a hydraulic jump will form there are common hydraulic jumps that occur in everyday situations such as during the use of a household sink there are also man made hydraulic jumps created by devices like we￭ irs or sluice gates in general a hydraulic jump may be used to dissip￭ ate energy to mix chemicals or to act as an a￭ eration device to produce equations describing the jump since there is an unknown energy loss there is a need to apply conservation of momentum to develop this equation a general situation in which there may or may not be an energy loss between upstream and downstream and there may or may not be some obstacle on which there is a drag force pf is considered however for a simple or classic hydraulic jump the force per unit width pf equals 0 from there the momentum equation and the con￭ ju￭ gate depths equation can be derived
hydra￭ zone i￭ od￭ ination is an organic reaction in which a hydra￭ zone is converted into a vinyl io￭ di￭ de by reaction of i￭ od￭ ine and a non nucle￭ oph￭ il￭ ic base such as d￭ bu first published by d h r bar￭ ton in 1962 the reaction is sometimes referred to as the bar￭ ton reaction although there are many different bar￭ ton reactions or more descri￭ p￭ tively as the bar￭ ton vinyl i￭ od￭ ine procedure the reaction has earlier roots with the 19￭ 11 discovery by wi￭ eland and ro￭ se￭ eu that the reaction of hydra￭ zones with i￭ od￭ ine alone without base results in the az￭ ine di￭ mer structure 2 in scheme 1 i￭ od￭ ination of hydra￭ zones in the original bar￭ ton publication the reaction was optimi￭ zed by using a strong gu￭ an￭ id￭ ine base the in￭ verse addition of the hydra￭ zone to an i￭ od￭ ine solution and by exclusion of water bar￭ ton vinyl io￭ di￭ de synthesis when i￭ od￭ ine as an electro￭ phi￭ le is replaced by aromatic sel￭ en￭ yl bromi￭ des the corresponding vinyl sel￭ en￭ ides are obtained vinyl sel￭ en￭ ide synthesis
hydro￭ a vacc￭ ini￭ forme h￭ v is a very rare chronic photo￭ der￭ mati￭ tis type skin condition with usual onset in childhood it was first described in 18￭ 62 by baz￭ in it is sometimes called baz￭ in s hydro￭ a vacc￭ ini￭ forme a study published in scotland in 2000 reviewed the cases of 17 patients and estimated a prevalence of 0 34 cases per 100 000 population in this study they reported an average age of onset of 7 9 years frequently the rash first appeared in the spring or summer months and involved sun exposed skin the rash starts as a vesicular eruption later becoming um￭ bil￭ ic￭ ated and resulted in vacc￭ ini￭ form scar￭ ring it is most frequently found on the nose cheeks ears dor￭ sum of the hand and arms places that are most exposed to light
hydro￭ ac￭ yl￭ ation is a type of organic reaction in which an alde￭ hyde is added over an al￭ k￭ ene or al￭ ky￭ ne bond the reaction product is a ke￭ tone the reaction requires a metal catalyst often rho￭ dium it is almost invariably practice as an intr￭ am￭ ol￭ ec￭ ular reaction with an al￭ ky￭ ne in place of al￭ ken￭ es the reaction product is an α β un￭ saturated ke￭ tone hydro￭ ac￭ yl￭ ation general the reaction was discovered as part of a synthetic route to certain pro￭ stano￭ ids the reaction required tin tetr￭ ach￭ l￭ oride and a sto￭ ic￭ hi￭ ome￭ tric amount of wil￭ kinson s catalyst an equal amount of a cyclo￭ pro￭ pan￭ e was formed as the result of dec￭ ar￭ bon￭ yl￭ ation hydro￭ ac￭ yl￭ ation sak￭ ai 1972 the first catalytic application was reported by miller in 1976 in their reaction treatment of 4 pent￭ en￭ al with wil￭ kinson s catalyst gave cycl￭ op￭ ent￭ an￭ one in this reaction the solvent was saturated with ethylene cycl￭ op￭ ent￭ an￭ one synthesis miller another suitable catalyst is the salt r￭ h d￭ ppe 2 cl￭ o 4
hydro￭ al￭ ko￭ x￭ yl￭ ation is a chemical reaction that combines alcohol￭ s with al￭ ken￭ es or al￭ ky￭ nes the process affords e￭ thers the reaction conver￭ ts al￭ ken￭ es to dial￭ ky￭ l or ar￭ yl al￭ ky￭ l e￭ thers r oh r￭ ch ch 2 → r och r ch 3 similarly ak￭ ynes are converted to vinyl e￭ thers r oh rc ≡ ch → r oc r ch 2 as shown the reaction follows the mark￭ ov￭ ni￭ kov rule the process exhi￭ bits good atom economy in the sense that no by￭ products are produced the reaction is cataly￭ zed by bases and also by transition metal complex￭ es usually symmetr￭ ical e￭ thers are prepared by dehydr￭ ation of alcohol￭ s and un￭ symmetr￭ ical e￭ thers by the william￭ son e￭ ther synthesis from al￭ ky￭ l hali￭ des and alkali metal al￭ ko￭ x￭ ides
in organic chemistry the hydro￭ bor￭ ation – oxid￭ ation reaction is a two step organic reaction that conver￭ ts an al￭ k￭ ene into a neutral alcohol by the net addition of water across the double bond the hydrogen and hydrox￭ yl group are added in a syn addition leading to cis stere￭ och￭ emis￭ try hydro￭ bor￭ ation – oxid￭ ation is an anti mark￭ ov￭ ni￭ kov reaction with the hydrox￭ yl group attaching to the less substituted carbon the reaction was first reported by herbert c brown in the late 1950 s and it was recognized in his receiving the nobel prize in chemistry in 1979 the general form of the reaction is as follows te￭ tra￭ hydro￭ fur￭ an th￭ f is the ar￭ che￭ typ￭ al solvent used for hydro￭ bor￭ ations
a hydrocarbon ker￭ at￭ osis also known as pitch ker￭ at￭ osis tar ker￭ at￭ osis and tar wart is a pre￭ can￭ cer￭ ous ker￭ ato￭ tic skin le￭ sion that occurs in people who have been occup￭ ationally exposed to polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons
a hydro￭ ce￭ le br english hydro￭ co￭ ele den￭ o￭ tes a pathological accumulation of ser￭ ous fluid in a body cav￭ ity a hydro￭ ce￭ le testi￭ s the accumulation of fluids around a tes￭ tic￭ le is fairly common it is often caused by fluid secre￭ ted from a rem￭ nant piece of per￭ it￭ on￭ eu￭ m wrapped around the tes￭ tic￭ le called the tun￭ ica vag￭ in￭ alis provided there is no her￭ nia present hydro￭ coel￭ es below the age of 1 year usually resolve spontaneously primary hydro￭ coel￭ es may develop in adul￭ thood particularly in the elderly and in hot countries by slow accumulation of ser￭ ous fluid presumably caused by impaired re￭ absorption which appears to be the explanation for most primary hydro￭ cel￭ es although the reason remains obscure a hydro￭ ce￭ le can also be the result of a plu￭ gged ingu￭ inal lymp￭ h￭ atic system caused by repeated chronic infection of wu￭ cher￭ er￭ ia ban￭ cro￭ f￭ ti or bru￭ gia malay￭ i two mosquito borne parasites of africa and southeast asia respectively as such the condition would be a part of more diffuse sequ￭ el￭ ae commonly referred to as eleph￭ anti￭ asis which also affects the lymp￭ h￭ atic system in other parts of the body
a hydro￭ ce￭ le testi￭ s is an accumulation of clear fluid in the tun￭ ica vag￭ in￭ alis the most internal of memb￭ ran￭ es containing a tes￭ tic￭ le a primary hydro￭ ce￭ le causes a pain￭ less enlargement in the scro￭ tum on the affected side and is thought to be due to the defective absorption of fluid secre￭ ted between the two layers of the tun￭ ica vag￭ in￭ alis investing memb￭ rane a secondary hydro￭ ce￭ le is secondary to either infl￭ amm￭ ation or a ne￭ op￭ las￭ m in the testi￭ s a hydro￭ ce￭ le usually occurs on one side but can also affect both sides the accumulation can be a marker of physical trauma infection tumor or vari￭ co￭ ce￭ le surgery but the cause is generally unknown indirect ingu￭ inal her￭ nia indicates increased risk of hydro￭ ce￭ le hydro￭ ce￭ le is normally seen in infant boys as enlarged scro￭ tum in infant girls it appears as enlarged lab￭ ia however hydro￭ ce￭ le is more common in boys than girls
hydro￭ cephal￭ us is a condition in which there is an abnormal accumulation of cere￭ bro￭ spinal fluid c￭ sf within the brain this typically causes increased pressure inside the skull older people may have headaches double vision poor balance ur￭ inary in￭ contin￭ ence personality changes or mental impairment in babies there may be a rapid increase in head size other symptoms may include v￭ om￭ iting sleep￭ iness seizures and downward pointing of the eyes hydro￭ cephal￭ us can occur due to birth defects or be acquired later in life associated birth defects include ne￭ ural tube defects and those that result in aqu￭ educ￭ tal sten￭ osis other causes include men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis brain tumors traumatic brain injury intra￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular hemorrha￭ ge and sub￭ ar￭ ach￭ no￭ id hemorrha￭ ge there are four types of hydro￭ cephal￭ us communicating non communicating ex vacu￭ o and normal pressure diagnosis is typically by examination and medical imaging hydro￭ cephal￭ us is typically treated by the surgical placement of a sh￭ unt system a procedure called a third ven￭ tric￭ ul￭ o￭ stom￭ y may be an option in a few people complications from sh￭ unts may include over￭ drainage under￭ drainage mechanical failure infection or obstruction this may require replacement outcomes are variable however many live normal lives without treatment death may occur about one to two per 1 000 new￭ bor￭ ns have hydro￭ cephal￭ us rates in the developing world may be more normal pressure hydro￭ cephal￭ us is estimated to affect about 5 per 100 000 people with rates increasing with age description of hydro￭ cephal￭ us by hippo￭ crates date back more than 2000 years the word hydro￭ cephal￭ us is from from greek hydro meaning water and ke￭ p￭ hal￭ os meaning head
hydro￭ deal￭ k￭ yl￭ ation is a chemical reaction that often involves reacting an aromatic hydrocarbon such as t￭ olu￭ ene in the presence of hydrogen gas to form a simpler aromatic hydrocarbon devoid of functional groups an example is the conversion of 1 2 4 trim￭ ethyl￭ benzene to x￭ ylene this chemical process usually occurs at high temperature at high pressure or in the presence of a catalyst these are predominantly transition metals such as chromium or mol￭ y￭ b￭ den￭ um
hydro￭ de￭ fluor￭ ination h￭ df is a type of organic reaction in which in a sub￭ str￭ ate a carbon – fluor￭ ine bond is replaced by a carbon – hydrogen bond the topic is of some interest to scientific research in one general strategy for the synthesis of fluorinated compounds with a specific substitution pattern the sub￭ str￭ ate is a cheaply available per￭ fluorinated hydrocarbon an example is the conversion of hex￭ af￭ lu￭ or￭ ob￭ enz￭ ene c 6 f 6 to pen￭ ta￭ fluor￭ ob￭ enz￭ ene c 6 f 5 h by certain z￭ ir￭ con￭ oc￭ ene hy￭ dri￭ do complex￭ es in this type of reaction the thermo￭ dynamic driving force is the formation of a metal fluor￭ ine bond that can offset the cle￭ av￭ age of the very stable c f bond other sub￭ str￭ ates that have been investigated are fluorinated al￭ ken￭ es another reaction type is oxid￭ ative addition of a metal into a c f bond followed by a reduc￭ tive elimination step in presence of a hydrogen source for example per￭ fluor￭ on￭ ated py￭ ri￭ dine reacts with bis cyclo￭ oc￭ t￭ adi￭ ene nickel 0 and tri￭ ethyl￭ phosp￭ h￭ ine to the oxid￭ ative addition product and then with h￭ cl to the orth￭ o hydro￭ de￭ fluorinated product in reduc￭ tive hydro￭ de￭ fluor￭ ination the fluoro￭ carbon is reduced in a series of single electr￭ on transfer steps through the radical an￭ ion the radical and the an￭ ion with ultimate loss of a fluor￭ ine an￭ ion an example is the conversion of pen￭ ta￭ fluor￭ ob￭ enzo￭ ic acid to 3 4 5 tetr￭ af￭ lu￭ or￭ ob￭ enzo￭ ic acid in a reaction of zinc dust in aqu￭ eous ammonia specific systems that have been reported for fluoro￭ al￭ ky￭ l group h￭ df are tri￭ ethyl￭ si￭ lane car￭ bor￭ ane acid and nic￭ l 2 p￭ cy 3 2 li￭ al o t bu 3 h
hydrogen atom abstr￭ action or hydrogen atom transfer hat in chemistry is any chemical reaction in which a hydrogen free radical is abstr￭ acted from a sub￭ str￭ ate according to the general equation x h y x h y examples of hat reactions are oxid￭ ative reactions in general hydrocarbon combustion and reactions involving cy￭ to￭ ch￭ rome p 450 containing an iron v ox￭ o unit the abstr￭ actor is usually a radical species itself an example of a closed shell abstr￭ actor is chro￭ my￭ l chloride hat can take place through prot￭ on coupled electr￭ on transfer
a hydrogen od￭ or￭ ant in any form is a minute amount of od￭ or￭ ant such as ethyl iso￭ bu￭ ty￭ rate with a ro￭ tting cab￭ bage like smell that is added to the otherwise color￭ less and almost od￭ or￭ less hydrogen gas so that leaks can be detected before a fire or explosion occurs od￭ or￭ ants are considered non toxic in the extremely low concentrations occurring in hydrogen gas delivered to the end user the approach is not new for the same safety reasons the od￭ or￭ ant ter￭ t bu￭ ty￭ l mer￭ cap￭ tan is used in natural gas
hydro￭ gen￭ ation – to treat with hydrogen – is a chemical reaction between molecular hydrogen h 2 and another compound or element usually in the presence of a catalyst such as nickel p￭ all￭ adi￭ um or plat￭ inum the process is commonly employed to reduce or satur￭ ate organic compounds hydro￭ gen￭ ation typically constitutes the addition of pairs of hydrogen atoms to a mol￭ ecu￭ le often an al￭ k￭ ene cataly￭ sts are required for the reaction to be usable non catalytic hydro￭ gen￭ ation takes place only at very high temperatures hydro￭ gen￭ ation reduces double and triple bonds in hydrocarbons
hydro￭ gen￭ ol￭ ysis is a chemical reaction whereby a carbon – carbon or carbon – hetero￭ atom single bond is cle￭ a￭ ved or under￭ goes lysis breakdown by hydrogen the hetero￭ atom may vary but it usually is oxygen nitrogen or sul￭ fur a related reaction is hydro￭ gen￭ ation where hydrogen is added to the mol￭ ecu￭ le without cle￭ aving bonds usually hydro￭ gen￭ ol￭ ysis is conducted cataly￭ tically using hydrogen gas
hydrogen – de￭ uter￭ ium exchange also called h – d or h d exchange is a chemical reaction in which a co￭ val￭ ently bon￭ ded hydrogen atom is replaced by a de￭ uter￭ ium atom or vice versa it can be applied most easily to ex￭ changeable prot￭ ons and de￭ uter￭ ons where such a transformation occurs in the presence of a suitable de￭ uter￭ ium source without any catalyst the use of acid base or metal cataly￭ sts coupled with conditions of increased temperature and pressure can facilitate the exchange of non ex￭ changeable hydrogen atoms so long as the sub￭ str￭ ate is robust to the conditions and reagents employed this often results in per￭ de￭ uter￭ ation hydrogen de￭ uter￭ ium exchange of all non ex￭ changeable hydrogen atoms in a mol￭ ecu￭ le an example of ex￭ changeable prot￭ ons which are commonly examined in this way are the prot￭ ons of the am￭ ides in the backbone of a protein the method gives information about the solvent accessibility of various parts of the mol￭ ecu￭ le and thus the tertiary structure of the protein hydrogen exchange was first shown and explored by ka￭ j ul￭ rik lin￭ der￭ str￭ ø￭ m lang
hydro￭ id der￭ mati￭ tis is a cu￭ taneous condition that occurs after contact with the small marine hydro￭ id hal￭ ec￭ ium
hydro￭ le￭ thal￭ us syndrome less commonly referred to as sal￭ on￭ en her￭ va n￭ ori￭ o syndrome is a rare genetic disorder that causes improper fe￭ tal development resulting in birth defects and often still￭ birth it is associated with hy￭ ls 1 mutations
hydro￭ lock a shor￭ th￭ and no￭ tation for hydro￭ static lock is an abnormal condition of any device which is designed to com￭ press a gas by mechanically restraining it most commonly the reciproc￭ ating internal combustion engine the case this article refers to unless otherwise noted hydro￭ lock occurs when a volume of liquid greater than the volume of the cylinder at its minimum end of the pist￭ on s stroke enters the cylinder since liquids are nearly in￭ com￭ pres￭ sible the pist￭ on cannot complete its travel either the engine must stop rotating or a mechanical failure must occur
hydro￭ metal￭ ation hydro￭ metall￭ ation is a type of chemical reaction in organ￭ om￭ et￭ all￭ ic chemistry in which a chemical compound with a hydrogen to metal bond m h metal hy￭ dri￭ de adds to compounds with an un￭ saturated bond like an al￭ k￭ ene rc cr forming a new compound with a carbon to metal bond rh￭ c cr￭ m the metal is less electro￭ negative than hydrogen the reverse reaction is beta hy￭ dri￭ de elimination the reaction is structurally related to car￭ bom￭ e￭ tal￭ ation when the sub￭ str￭ ate is an al￭ ky￭ ne the reaction product is a vin￭ yl￭ organ￭ om￭ et￭ all￭ ic hydro￭ metal￭ ation of an al￭ k￭ ene examples are hydro￭ bor￭ ation hydro￭ alumin￭ ation hydro￭ sil￭ yl￭ ation and hydro￭ z￭ ir￭ con￭ ation
hydro￭ ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ sis — literally water inside the kidney — refers to dis￭ tension and dil￭ ation of the ren￭ al pel￭ vis and caly￭ ces usually caused by obstruction of the free flow of urine from the kidney untreated it leads to progressive atro￭ phy of the kidney one or both kidneys may be affected in cases of hy￭ drou￭ re￭ ter￭ on￭ eph￭ ro￭ sis there is dist￭ ention of both the u￭ re￭ ter and the ren￭ al pel￭ vis and cal￭ ices
hydro￭ pho￭ bic mis￭ match is the difference between the hydro￭ pho￭ bic length of the integral proteins and the hydro￭ pho￭ bic thickness of the memb￭ rane they span under the consideration of energy requirement in order to avoid un￭ favorable exposure of hydro￭ pho￭ bic surfaces to a hydro￭ phil￭ ic environment the hydro￭ pho￭ bic length of the integral proteins is supposed to be approximately equal to the hydro￭ pho￭ bic bil￭ ay￭ er thickness
hydro￭ phthal￭ mos is a con￭ genital form of gl￭ au￭ coma
hydro￭ pneu￭ mo￭ thor￭ ax is defined as the presence of both air and fluid within the ple￭ ural space surrounding the lung an u￭ pri￭ ght chest x ray will show air fluid levels the horizontal fluid level is usually well defined and extends across the whole length of hem￭ i￭ thor￭ ax
hydro￭ ps ec￭ topic calci￭ fication mo￭ th eaten sk￭ el￭ etal dys￭ pl￭ asia is a defect in cho￭ le￭ sterol bio￭ synthesis it is also known as green￭ berg dys￭ pl￭ asia green￭ berg characterized the condition in 1988 it has been associated with the lam￭ in b recep￭ tor
hydro￭ ps fe￭ tal￭ is is a condition in the fe￭ tus characterized by an accumulation of fluid or e￭ dem￭ a in at least two fe￭ tal compart￭ ments by comparison hydro￭ ps all￭ an￭ to￭ is or hydro￭ ps am￭ n￭ ion is an accumulation of excessive fluid in the all￭ an￭ to￭ ic or am￭ ni￭ otic space respectively
a hydro￭ sal￭ pin￭ x is a dist￭ ally blocked fall￭ op￭ ian tube filled with ser￭ ous or clear fluid the blocked tube may become substantially dist￭ ended giving the tube a characteristic sausage like or re￭ tor￭ t like shape the condition is often bilateral and the affected tubes may reach several centi￭ meters in diameter the blocked tubes cause in￭ fertility a fall￭ op￭ ian tube filled with blood is a hem￭ ato￭ sal￭ pin￭ x and with p￭ us a py￭ o￭ sal￭ pin￭ x hydro￭ sal￭ pin￭ x is a composite of the greek words ὕ￭ δ￭ ω￭ ρ hy￭ d￭ ō￭ r water and σ￭ ά￭ λ￭ π￭ ι￭ γ￭ ξ sá￭ l￭ pin￭ x trum￭ pet its plural is hydro￭ sal￭ p￭ inges
hydro￭ thor￭ ax is a type of ple￭ ural eff￭ usion in which ser￭ ous fluid accumul￭ ates in the ple￭ ural cav￭ ity this condition is most likely to develop secondary to cong￭ estive heart failure but may rarely develop in patients with cir￭ rho￭ sis or as￭ cites he￭ p￭ atic hydro￭ thor￭ ax is often difficult to manage in end stage liver failure and often fails to respond to therapy in similar ple￭ ural eff￭ u￭ sions the fluid is blood in h￭ emo￭ thor￭ ax as in major chest injuries p￭ us in py￭ o￭ thor￭ ax resulting from chest infections and lymp￭ h in ch￭ y￭ lo￭ thor￭ ax resulting from rupture of the thor￭ ac￭ ic duc￭ t
hydrox￭ yeth￭ yl starch induced pr￭ ur￭ it￭ us is an intense it￭ ching lasting for as long as one year occurring following hydrox￭ yeth￭ yl starch intra￭ ven￭ ous in￭ fusion for vascular in￭ sufficiency there is no treatment for the itch an updated clinical review on storage in different tissues describes a pattern of storage in the re￭ ticul￭ o￭ endo￭ the￭ li￭ al system and also the skin wi￭ e￭ der￭ mann differential storage described via immun￭ electron￭ ical micro￭ sco￭ py see st￭ än￭ der 2001 below
hydrox￭ yu￭ rea der￭ mop￭ athy is caused by chronic use of hydrox￭ yu￭ rea for chronic my￭ elo￭ genous leuk￭ emia thro￭ m￭ bo￭ cy￭ to￭ sis or ps￭ ori￭ asis and presents with skin le￭ sions characteristic of der￭ mat￭ om￭ yo￭ si￭ tis
hy￭ ena butter is a secre￭ tion from the anal g￭ land of hy￭ en￭ as used to mark territory and to identify individuals by od￭ or the goo￭ ey substance is spread onto objects within the territory of the hy￭ ena by rub￭ bing their poster￭ ior against the object they mark african leg￭ ends state that wit￭ ches would ride hy￭ en￭ as and use a g￭ our￭ d full of hy￭ ena butter as fuel for the tor￭ ches they carried through the night
hy￭ gro￭ sco￭ py is the phenomenon of attracting and holding water molecules from the surrounding usually at normal or room temperature environment this is achieved through either absorption or ad￭ sor￭ ption with the absorbing or ad￭ sor￭ bing substance becoming physically changed somewhat this could be by an increase in volume boiling point vis￭ cos￭ ity or other physical characteristic and properties of the substance as water molecules can become suspended between the substance s molecules in the process hy￭ gro￭ scopic substances include cellulose fi￭ bers such as cotton and paper sugar car￭ am￭ el honey gly￭ cer￭ ol ethanol meth￭ an￭ ol sul￭ fur￭ ic acid many fertilizer chemicals many salts including table salt and a wide variety of other substances zinc chloride and calcium chloride as well as potassium hydrox￭ ide and sodium hydrox￭ ide and many different salts are so hy￭ gro￭ scopic that they readily dissolve in the water they absorb this property is called deli￭ ques￭ cence not only is sul￭ fur￭ ic acid hy￭ gro￭ scopic in concentrated form but its solutions are hy￭ gro￭ scopic down to concentrations of 10 vol or below a hy￭ gro￭ scopic material will tend to become dam￭ p and ca￭ key when exposed to mo￭ ist air such as the salt inside salt shak￭ ers during hum￭ id weather because of their aff￭ inity for atmospheric moisture hy￭ gro￭ scopic materials might require storage in sealed containers when added to foods or other materials for the express purpose of maintaining moisture content such substances are known as hum￭ ec￭ tants materials and compounds exhibit different hy￭ gro￭ scopic properties and this difference can lead to detrimental effects such as stress concentration in composite materials the volume of a particular material or compound is affected by ambient moisture and may be considered its coefficient of hy￭ gro￭ scopic expansion che also referred to as c￭ me or coefficient of moisture expansion or coefficient of hy￭ gro￭ scopic contraction ch￭ c — the difference between the two terms being a difference in sign convention differences in hy￭ gro￭ sco￭ py can be observed in plastic lam￭ inated paper￭ back book covers — often in a suddenly mo￭ ist environment the book cover will cur￭ l away from the rest of the book the un￭ lam￭ inated side of the cover absor￭ bs more moisture than the lam￭ inated side and increases in area causing a stress that cur￭ ls the cover toward the lam￭ inated side this is similar to the function of a thermo￭ stat s bi metallic strip inexpensive dial type hy￭ gro￭ meters make use of this principle using a co￭ iled strip deli￭ ques￭ cence the process by which a substance absor￭ bs moisture from the atmosphere until it dis￭ solves in the absorbed water and forms a solution deli￭ ques￭ cence occurs when the vapour pressure of the solution that is formed is less than the partial pressure of water vapour in the air while some similar forces are at work here it is different from cap￭ ill￭ ary attraction a process where glass or other solid substances attract water but are not changed in the process e g water molecules do not become suspended between the glass molecules the similar sounding but unrelated word hydro￭ scopic is sometimes used in error for hy￭ gro￭ scopic a hydro￭ scope is an optical device used for making observations deep under water
in computer science and in particular functional programming a hy￭ lo￭ morph￭ ism is a recur￭ sive function corresponding to the composition of an an￭ am￭ orph￭ ism which first builds a set of results also known as unfolding followed by a cat￭ am￭ orph￭ ism which then fol￭ ds these results into a final return value fusion of these two recur￭ sive compu￭ tations into a single recur￭ sive pattern then avoids building the intermediate data structure this is an example of deforestation a program optimi￭ zation strategy a related type of function is a met￭ am￭ orph￭ ism which is a cat￭ am￭ orph￭ ism followed by an an￭ am￭ orph￭ ism
hy￭ l￭ opho￭ bia also known as x￭ yl￭ opho￭ bia yl￭ opho￭ bia and d￭ end￭ ro￭ pho￭ bia is a psychological disorder defined by an irrational fear of wood forest or trees it is a type of specific pho￭ bia
hy￭ men￭ ole￭ pi￭ asis is inf￭ est￭ ation by one of two species of ta￭ pe￭ worm hy￭ men￭ ole￭ p￭ is n￭ ana or h di￭ minu￭ ta alternative names are dwarf ta￭ pe￭ worm infection and rat ta￭ pe￭ worm infection the disease is a type of hel￭ min￭ thi￭ asis which is classified as a neglected tropical disease
hy￭ o￭ id bone frac￭ ture is a very rare frac￭ ture of the hy￭ o￭ id bone accounting for 0 002 of all fractu￭ res it is commonly associated with strang￭ ulation and rarely occurs in isolation the frac￭ ture may be associated with gunshot injury car accidents or induced v￭ om￭ iting in 50 of strang￭ ul￭ ations and 27 of hang￭ ings hy￭ o￭ id fractu￭ res occur
hyper￭ immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ul￭ in￭ emia d with recurrent fever hi￭ ds is a periodic fever syndrome originally described in 1984 by the intern￭ ist jos van der me￭ er then at le￭ iden university medical centre no more than 300 cases have been described worldwide
hyper ig￭ m syndrome type 1 hi￭ gm 1 is the x linked variant of the hyper ig￭ m syndrome the affected individuals are virtually always male because males only have one x chro￭ mo￭ some received from their mothers their mothers are not symptomatic even though they are carriers of the alle￭ le because the trait is rec￭ essive male offspring of these women have a 50 chance of inher￭ iting their mother s mut￭ ant alle￭ le
in medicine hyper ig￭ m syndrome type 2 is a rare disease unlike other hyper ig￭ m syndro￭ mes the type 2 patients identified thus far did not present with a history of opportunistic infections one would expect opportunistic infections in any immun￭ o￭ deficiency syndrome the pu￭ tative genetic le￭ sion is in the a￭ ic￭ da gene found at 12 p 13 the patients have three common findings the absence of immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ulin class switch re￭ combination the lack of immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ulin som￭ atic hyper￭ mutations and lymp￭ h no￭ de hyper￭ pl￭ asia caused by the presence of giant germin￭ al centers
hyper ig￭ m syndrome type 3 is a form of hyper ig￭ m syndrome characterized by mutations of the cd 40 gene in this type immature b cells cannot receive signal 2 from hel￭ per t cells which is necessary to mature into mature b cells
hyper ig￭ m syndrome type 4 is a form of hyper ig￭ m syndrome which is a defect in class switch re￭ combination downstream of the a￭ ic￭ da gene that does not impair som￭ atic hyper￭ mutation
hyper ig￭ m syndro￭ mes is a group of primary immune deficiency disorders characterized by defective cd 40 sign￭ aling by b cells affecting class switch re￭ combination and som￭ atic hyper￭ mutation immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ulin ig class switch re￭ combination deficiencies csr ds which were previously named dys￭ gam￭ mag￭ lob￭ ul￭ in￭ emia and then hyper ig￭ m syndro￭ mes are characterized by elevated or sometimes normal serum immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ulin m ig￭ m levels and a considerable decrease in or the absence of immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ulin g ig￭ g immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ulin a ig￭ a and immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ulin e i￭ ge – suggesting defective csr as a consequence patients with hi￭ gm have decreased concentrations of serum ig￭ g and ig￭ a and normal or elevated ig￭ m leading to increased suscep￭ tibility to infections the most common hi￭ gm syndrome is x linked and due to mutations of cd 40 lig￭ and cd 40 l expressed by activated cd 4 t lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tes
hyper￭ ac￭ us￭ is also spelled hyper￭ acous￭ is is a health condition characterized by an increased sensitivity to certain frequency and volume ranges of sound a collapsed tolerance to usual environmental sound a person with severe hyper￭ ac￭ us￭ is has difficulty tolerating everyday sounds some of which may seem un￭ pleas￭ antly or painfully loud to that person but not to others it can be acquired as a result of damage sustained to the hearing apparatus or inner ear there is speculation that the eff￭ er￭ ent portion of the aud￭ itory nerve oli￭ vo￭ co￭ ch￭ lear bundle has been affected eff￭ er￭ ent meaning fi￭ bers that originate in the brain which serve to regulate hearing this theory suggests that the eff￭ er￭ ent fi￭ bers of the aud￭ itory nerve are selectively damaged while the hair cells that allow the hearing of pure tones in an audi￭ ome￭ tric evaluation remain intact in cases not involving a￭ ural trauma to the inner ear hyper￭ ac￭ us￭ is can also be acquired as a result of damage to the brain or the neuro￭ logical system in these cases hyper￭ ac￭ us￭ is can be defined as a cere￭ br￭ al processing problem specific to how the brain percei￭ ves sound in rare cases hyper￭ ac￭ us￭ is may be caused by a vesti￭ bul￭ ar disorder this type of hyper￭ ac￭ us￭ is called vesti￭ bul￭ ar hyper￭ ac￭ us￭ is is caused by the brain percei￭ ving certain sounds as motion input as well as aud￭ itory input although severe hyper￭ ac￭ us￭ is is rare a lesser form of hyper￭ ac￭ us￭ is affects musicians making it difficult for them to play in the very loud environment of a rock band or orchestra which previously gave them no problems it also makes attendance at loud dis￭ cos or live events difficult for a portion of the population given that sound levels at such events usually exceed recommended safe levels of exposure this is a problem which may be caused by genetic differences stress or ill health or by abnormal responses in the t￭ ens￭ or ty￭ mp￭ ani and sta￭ pedi￭ us muscles which function in the normal acous￭ tic reflex response that protects the inner ear from loud sounds 25 of people with tin￭ nit￭ us report mild hyper￭ ac￭ us￭ is
hyper￭ aemia or hyper￭ emia is the increase of blood flow to different tissues in the body it can have medical implications but is also a regulatory response allowing change in blood supply to different tissues through vas￭ o￭ dil￭ ation clin￭ ically hyper￭ aemia in tissues manifest as er￭ y￭ them￭ a because of the eng￭ org￭ ement of vessels with oxy￭ genated blood hyper￭ aemia can also occur due to a fall in atmospheric pressure outside the body
hyper￭ al￭ do￭ ster￭ on￭ ism also al￭ do￭ ster￭ on￭ ism is a medical condition where￭ in too much al￭ do￭ ster￭ one is produced by the adren￭ al g￭ lands which can lead to lowered levels of potassium in the blood hypo￭ kal￭ emia and increased hydrogen ion ex￭ cre￭ tion al￭ k￭ alo￭ sis most common cause of miner￭ al￭ oc￭ or￭ ti￭ co￭ id excess is primary hyper￭ al￭ do￭ ster￭ on￭ ism reflecting excess production of al￭ do￭ ster￭ one by adren￭ al zona glo￭ mer￭ ul￭ osa bilateral micro￭ no￭ d￭ ular hyper￭ pl￭ asia is more common than unilateral adren￭ al aden￭ oma
hyper￭ al￭ ge￭ sia ˌ￭ ha￭ ɪ￭ p￭ ə￭ r￭ æ￭ l￭ ˈ￭ d￭ ʒ￭ iz￭ i￭ ə or si￭ ə hyper from greek ὑ￭ π￭ έρ h￭ up￭ er “ over ” al￭ ge￭ sia from greek al￭ gos ἄ￭ λ￭ γ￭ ος pain is an increased sensitivity to pain which may be caused by damage to no￭ cic￭ ep￭ tors or peripheral nerves temporary increased sensitivity to pain also occurs as part of sickness behavior the evolved response to infection
hyper￭ ammon￭ emia or hyper￭ ammon￭ aemia is a metabol￭ ic disturbance characterised by an excess of ammonia in the blood it is a dangerous condition that may lead to encephalopathy and death it may be primary or secondary ammonia is a substance that contains nitrogen it is a product of the cat￭ abol￭ ism of protein it is converted to the less toxic substance urea prior to ex￭ cre￭ tion in urine by the kidneys the metabol￭ ic pathways that synthe￭ size urea involve reactions that start in the mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ a and then move into the cy￭ to￭ sol the process is known as the urea cycle which comprises several enzymes acting in sequence
hyper￭ and￭ ro￭ gen￭ ism or and￭ ro￭ gen excess is a medical condition characterized by excessive levels of and￭ rog￭ ens in the body and the associated effects of these excessive levels of and￭ rog￭ ens hyper￭ and￭ ro￭ gen￭ ism is one of the primary symptoms of poly￭ c￭ ys￭ tic o￭ vary syndrome p￭ cos in such cases it presents with symptoms such as ac￭ ne and se￭ bor￭ rhe￭ a is frequent in adoles￭ cent girls and is often associated with irregular men￭ str￭ ual cycles in most instances these symptoms are transi￭ ent and reflect only the im￭ maturity of the hypo￭ thal￭ am￭ ic pit￭ u￭ itary o￭ vari￭ an axis during the first years following men￭ arch￭ e approximately three quarters of patients with p￭ cos by the diagnostic criteria of nih nic￭ hd 1990 have evidence of hyper￭ and￭ ro￭ gen￭ ism with free te￭ sto￭ ster￭ one being the single most predic￭ tive marker with 60 of patients demonstrating supran￭ orm￭ al levels hyper￭ and￭ ro￭ gen￭ ism can also be the result of excessive production of adren￭ al or gon￭ ad￭ al and￭ rog￭ ens by adren￭ al aden￭ om￭ as carcin￭ om￭ as or hyper￭ pl￭ asia ley￭ dig cell tumors in men and arr￭ hen￭ obl￭ ast￭ om￭ as in women in women signs and symptoms of hyper￭ and￭ ro￭ gen￭ ism frequently include ac￭ ne scal￭ p hair loss and￭ ro￭ genic al￭ op￭ ec￭ ia excessive facial and body hair hir￭ su￭ tism aty￭ p￭ ically high li￭ bi￭ do breast atro￭ phy and others collectively these symptoms are described as vi￭ ri￭ li￭ zation management of hyper￭ and￭ ro￭ gen￭ ism symptoms like and￭ ro￭ genic al￭ op￭ ec￭ ia include the use of anti￭ and￭ rog￭ ens such as cy￭ pro￭ ter￭ one acetate spi￭ ro￭ no￭ lac￭ tone and fl￭ ut￭ amide
hyper￭ cal￭ ca￭ emia also spelled hyper￭ cal￭ cem￭ ia is a high calcium ca 2 level in the blood serum the normal range is 2 1 – 2 6 m￭ mol l 8 8 – 10 7 mg dl 4 3 – 5 2 me￭ q l with levels greater than 2 6 m￭ mol l defined as hyper￭ cal￭ cem￭ ia those with a mild increase that has developed slowly typically have no symptoms in those with greater levels or rapid onset symptoms may include ab￭ domin￭ al pain bone pain confusion depression weakness kidney stones or an abnormal heart rhythm including cardiac arrest most cases are due to primary hyper￭ par￭ ath￭ yro￭ i￭ dis￭ m or cancer other causes include sar￭ co￭ ido￭ sis tuberculosis pag￭ et disease multiple endocrine ne￭ op￭ la￭ sia men vitamin d toxicity famili￭ al hypo￭ calci￭ ur￭ ic hyper￭ cal￭ ca￭ emia and certain medications such as lith￭ ium and hydro￭ chloro￭ thi￭ az￭ ide diagnosis should generally include either a corrected calcium or ion￭ ized calcium level and be confirmed after a week specific changes may be seen on an electro￭ cardi￭ o￭ gram ec￭ g treatment may include intra￭ ven￭ ous fluids fu￭ ro￭ sem￭ ide cal￭ cit￭ on￭ in or pam￭ id￭ ron￭ ate in addition to treating the underlying cause the evidence for fu￭ ro￭ sem￭ ide however is poor in those with very high levels hosp￭ itali￭ zation may be required h￭ emo￭ dial￭ ysis may be used in those who do not respond to other treatments in those with vitamin d toxicity ster￭ oids may be useful hyper￭ cal￭ cem￭ ia is relatively common primary hyper￭ par￭ ath￭ yro￭ i￭ dis￭ m occurs in between one and seven per thousand people and hyper￭ cal￭ cem￭ ia occurs in about 2 7 of those with cancer
hyper￭ calci￭ ur￭ ia or hyper￭ cal￭ cin￭ ur￭ ia is the condition of elevated calcium in the urine chronic hyper￭ cal￭ cin￭ ur￭ ia may lead to impairment of ren￭ al function ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ cal￭ cin￭ osis and ren￭ al in￭ sufficiency patients with hyper￭ calci￭ ur￭ ia have kidneys that put out higher levels of calcium than normal calcium may come from one of two paths through the gut where higher than normal levels of calcium are absorbed by the body or from the bones a bone density scan ds￭ x may be performed to determine if calcium is obtained from the bones hyper￭ calci￭ ur￭ ia in patients can be due to genetic causes it is managed by increasing fluid intake reducing sodium intake and adding cit￭ rate cit￭ rate can be added by drinking orange juice or by taking a potassium cit￭ rate supplement reducing dietary intake of calcium may be beneficial but severe restriction has not proved beneficial and may even be harmful
hyper￭ cap￭ nia also known as hyper￭ car￭ bia and co 2 retention is a condition of abnormally elevated carbon dioxide co 2 levels in the blood carbon dioxide is a gaseous product of the body s metabol￭ ism and is normally expelled through the lungs hyper￭ cap￭ nia normally triggers a reflex which increases breathing and access to oxygen o such as ar￭ ous￭ al and turning the head during sleep a failure of this reflex can be fatal for example as a contributory factor in sudden infant death syndrome hyper￭ cap￭ nia is the opposite of hypo￭ cap￭ nia the state of having abnormally reduced levels of carbon dioxide in the blood the word is from the greek hyper above or too much and kap￭ nos smoke
hyper￭ cem￭ ent￭ osis is an idi￭ opathic non ne￭ op￭ l￭ astic condition characterized by the excessive buil￭ dup of normal cem￭ ent￭ um calci￭ fied tissue on the roots of one or more teeth a thick￭ er layer of cem￭ ent￭ um can give the tooth an enlarged appearance which mainly occurs at the ap￭ ex or ap￭ ices of the tooth
hyper￭ chlo￭ re￭ mia is an electro￭ ly￭ te disturbance in which there is an abnormally elevated level of the chloride ion in the blood the normal serum range for chloride is 97 to 107 me￭ q l hyper￭ chlo￭ re￭ mia is defined as a chloride concentration exceeding this level hyper￭ chlo￭ re￭ mia can affect oxygen transport
hyper￭ chlo￭ rem￭ ic aci￭ do￭ sis is a form of metabol￭ ic aci￭ do￭ sis associated with a normal an￭ ion gap a decrease in plasma bic￭ ar￭ bon￭ ate concentration and an increase in plasma chloride concentration see an￭ ion gap for a fuller explanation although plasma an￭ ion gap is normal this condition is often associated with an increased urine an￭ ion gap due to the kidney s inability to secre￭ te ammonia
hyper￭ chlor￭ hy￭ dri￭ a sometimes called chlor￭ hy￭ dri￭ a refers to the state in the stomach where ga￭ str￭ ic acid levels are higher than the reference range the combining forms of the name chl￭ or hy￭ dr referring to chlorine and hydrogen are the same as those in the name of hydro￭ chlor￭ ic acid which is the active constituent of ga￭ str￭ ic acid in humans the normal ph is around 1 to 3 which varies throughout the day the highest bas￭ al secre￭ tion levels are in the late evening around 12 a m to 3 a m hyper￭ chlor￭ hy￭ dri￭ a is usually defined as having a ph less than 2 it has no negative consequences unless other conditions are also present such as gastro￭ es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al ref￭ lux disease ger￭ d
hyper￭ cho￭ le￭ ster￭ ol￭ emia also called dys￭ li￭ pi￭ dem￭ ia is the presence of high levels of cho￭ le￭ sterol in the blood it is a form of high blood li￭ pi￭ ds and hyper￭ li￭ po￭ prote￭ in￭ emia elevated levels of li￭ po￭ proteins in the blood elevated levels of non h￭ dl cho￭ le￭ sterol and ld￭ l in the blood may be a consequence of diet obesity inherited genetic diseases such as ld￭ l recep￭ tor mutations in famili￭ al hyper￭ cho￭ le￭ ster￭ ol￭ emia or the presence of other diseases such as diabetes and an under￭ active thyro￭ id cho￭ le￭ sterol is one of three major classes of li￭ pi￭ ds which all animal cells use to construct their memb￭ ran￭ es and is thus manufactured by all animal cells plant cells do not manufacture cho￭ le￭ sterol it is also the precursor of the ster￭ o￭ id hormones and bile acids since cho￭ le￭ sterol is in￭ soluble in water it is transported in the blood plasma within protein particles li￭ po￭ proteins li￭ po￭ proteins are classified by their density very low density li￭ po￭ protein v￭ ld￭ l low density li￭ po￭ protein ld￭ l intermediate density li￭ po￭ protein id￭ l and high density li￭ po￭ protein h￭ dl all the li￭ po￭ proteins carry cho￭ le￭ sterol but elevated levels of the li￭ po￭ proteins other than h￭ dl termed non h￭ dl cho￭ le￭ sterol particularly ld￭ l cho￭ le￭ sterol are associated with an increased risk of a￭ ther￭ os￭ clerosis and coron￭ ary heart disease in contrast higher levels of h￭ dl cho￭ le￭ sterol are protective avoiding trans fats and replacing saturated fats in adult di￭ ets with poly￭ un￭ saturated fats are recommended dietary measures to reduce total blood cho￭ le￭ sterol and ld￭ l in adults in people with very high cho￭ le￭ sterol e g famili￭ al hyper￭ cho￭ le￭ ster￭ ol￭ emia diet is often not sufficient to achieve the desired lowering of ld￭ l and lip￭ id lowering medications are usually required if necessary other treatments such as ld￭ l ap￭ her￭ esis or even surgery for particularly severe sub￭ types of famili￭ al hyper￭ cho￭ le￭ ster￭ ol￭ emia are performed about 34 million adults in the united states have high blood cho￭ le￭ sterol
hyper￭ chro￭ mic￭ ity is the increase of absor￭ b￭ ance optical density of a material the most famous example is the hyper￭ chro￭ mic￭ ity of dna that occurs when the dna du￭ pl￭ ex is denatured the u￭ v absorption is increased when the two single dna strands are being separated either by heat or by addition of den￭ atur￭ ant or by increasing the ph level the opposite a decrease of absor￭ b￭ ance is called hypo￭ chro￭ mic￭ ity heat den￭ atur￭ ation of dna also called melting causes the double heli￭ x structure to un￭ wind to form single stranded dna when dna in solution is heated above its melting temperature usually more than 80 ° c the double stranded dna un￭ winds to form single stranded dna the bases become un￭ stac￭ ked and can thus absorb more light in their native state the bases of dna absorb light in the 260 nm wa￭ vel￭ eng￭ th region when the bases become un￭ stac￭ ked the wa￭ vel￭ eng￭ th of maximum absor￭ b￭ ance does not change but the amount absorbed increases by 37 a double strand dna dissoci￭ ating to single strands produces a sharp cooperative transition hyper￭ chro￭ mic￭ ity can be used to track the condition of dna as temperature changes the transition melting temperature t￭ m is the temperature where the absor￭ b￭ ance of u￭ v light is 50 between the maximum and minimum i e where 50 of the dna is denatured the hyper￭ ch￭ rom￭ ic effect is the striking increase in absor￭ b￭ ance of dna upon den￭ atur￭ ation the two strands of dna are bound together mainly by the stac￭ king interactions hydrogen bonds and hydro￭ pho￭ bic effect between the complementary bases the hydrogen bond limits the resonance of the aromatic ring so the absor￭ b￭ ance of the sample is limited as well when the dna double heli￭ x is treated with denatured agents the interaction force holding the double hel￭ ical structure is disrupted the double heli￭ x then separates into two single strands which are in the random co￭ iled conform￭ ation at this time the base base interaction will be reduced increasing the u￭ v absor￭ b￭ ance of dna solution because many bases are in free form and do not form hydrogen bonds with complementary bases as a result the absor￭ b￭ ance for single stranded dna will be 37 higher than that for double stranded dna at the same concentration
hyper￭ co￭ ag￭ ul￭ ability in pregnancy is the propensity of pregnant women to develop thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis blood clo￭ ts pregnancy itself is a factor of hyper￭ co￭ ag￭ ul￭ ability pregnancy induced hyper￭ co￭ ag￭ ul￭ ability as a physi￭ o￭ logically adap￭ tive mechanism to prevent post par￭ tum bleeding however when combined with an additional underlying hyper￭ co￭ ag￭ ul￭ able states the risk of thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis or embol￭ ism may become substantial
hyper￭ don￭ tia is the condition of having super￭ numer￭ ary teeth or teeth that appear in addition to the regular number of teeth they can appear in any area of the dental arch and can affect any dental organ one of the most well know cases is john￭ cr￭ is carl qu￭ ir￭ ante of bar￭ ang￭ ay loo￭ c du￭ man￭ ju￭ g ce￭ bu who has 300 teeth
hyper￭ dynamic pre￭ cor￭ dium is a condition where the pre￭ cor￭ dium the area of the chest over the heart moves too much is hyper dynamic due to some path￭ ology of the heart this problem can be hyper￭ tro￭ phy of the ven￭ tric￭ les t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia or some other heart problem hyper￭ dynamic pre￭ cor￭ dium can also be due to hyper￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m and thus indicates an increased cardiac contr￭ acti￭ lity with syst￭ ol￭ ic hyper￭ tension it may also be due to a￭ or￭ tic co￭ arc￭ tation and most other con￭ genital heart mal￭ formations pal￭ p￭ ation of the chest wall can be done to assess volume changes within the heart a hyper￭ dynamic pre￭ cor￭ dium reflects a large volume change
hyper￭ ek￭ plex￭ ia exaggerated surprise is a neuro￭ logic disorder class￭ ically characterised by pronounced star￭ tle responses to t￭ acti￭ le or acous￭ tic stimul￭ i and hyper￭ ton￭ ia the hyper￭ ton￭ ia may be predominantly trun￭ cal attenu￭ ated during sleep and less prominent after a year of age classic hyper￭ ek￭ plex￭ ia is caused by genetic mutations in a number of different genes all of which play an important role in gly￭ cine neuro￭ transmission gly￭ cine is used by the central nervous system as an inhi￭ bit￭ ory neuro￭ transmitter hyper￭ ek￭ plex￭ ia is generally classified as a genetic disease but some disorders can mim￭ ic the exaggerated star￭ tle of hyper￭ ek￭ plex￭ ia
hyper￭ em￭ esis gr￭ avi￭ dar￭ um h￭ g is a complic￭ ation of pregnancy that is characterized by severe naus￭ ea and v￭ om￭ iting such that weight loss and dehydr￭ ation occur signs and symptoms may include v￭ om￭ iting several times a day and feeling faint it is more severe than morning sickness often symptoms get better after the 20 th week of pregnancy but may last the entire pregnancy the exact cause of hyper￭ em￭ esis gr￭ avi￭ dar￭ um is not known risk factors include the first pregnancy multiple pregnancy obesity prior or family history of hyper￭ em￭ esis gr￭ avi￭ dar￭ um tro￭ pho￭ bl￭ astic disorder and a history of an eating disorder the diagnosis is usually made based on the signs and symptoms it has been technically defined as more than three episodes of v￭ om￭ iting per day such that weight loss of 5 or three kilograms has occurred and ke￭ tones are present in the urine other potential causes of the symptoms should be excluded including ur￭ inary tract infection and high thyro￭ id levels treatment includes drinking fluids and a bl￭ and diet recommendations may include electro￭ ly￭ te replacement drinks thi￭ amine and a higher protein diet some women require intra￭ ven￭ ous fluids with respect to medications py￭ ri￭ do￭ x￭ ine or me￭ to￭ cl￭ op￭ ram￭ ide are preferred pro￭ chlor￭ per￭ az￭ ine dimen￭ hy￭ drin￭ ate or on￭ dan￭ se￭ tr￭ on may be used if these are not effective hosp￭ itali￭ zation may be required psycho￭ therapy may improve outcomes evidence for acu￭ pressure is poor while v￭ om￭ iting in pregnancy has been described as early as 2 000 bc the first clear medic￭ ally description of hyper￭ em￭ esis gr￭ avi￭ dar￭ um was in 18￭ 52 by an￭ to￭ ine du￭ bo￭ is hyper￭ em￭ esis gr￭ avi￭ dar￭ um is estimated to affect 0 3 – 2 0 of pregnant women while previously a common cause of death in pregnancy with proper treatment this is now very rare those affected have a low risk of mis￭ carriage but a higher risk of premature birth some women opt to have an abortion because of the symptoms
hyper￭ e￭ o￭ sin￭ ophi￭ lia or hyper￭ e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic syndrome is a disease characterised by a marked increase in the e￭ o￭ sin￭ ophi￭ l count in the blood￭ stream the e￭ o￭ sin￭ ophi￭ l count in human blood is normally 0 4 × 109 l 0 1 0 6 and results from a balance between production of e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ ils and emigration through post cap￭ ill￭ ary ven￭ ules yam￭ agu￭ chi et al 1991 e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ ils are only a small minority of peripheral blood leu￭ co￭ cy￭ tes and in normal subjects most are found in the tissues of the lung and ga￭ stro intest￭ inal tract be￭ eken et al 1987 blood e￭ o￭ sin￭ ophi￭ l counts are arbitrarily classified as mild between 0 6 to 1 5 × 109 l moderate between 1 5 to 5 × 109 l and severe when greater than 5 × 109 l an elevated blood e￭ o￭ sin￭ ophi￭ l count may be associated with a number of reactive conditions and with cl￭ onal disorders of the bone marrow however when the blood e￭ o￭ sin￭ ophi￭ l count is persistently greater than 1 5 × 109 l for a period of more than six months damage to end organs such as the heart lungs skin joints and nervous system can be demonstrated and in the absence of any cl￭ onal or reactive cause the term idi￭ opathic hyper￭ e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic syndrome hes is used the three defining criteria of hes are therefore 1 e￭ o￭ sin￭ ophi￭ l count persistently greater than 1 5 × 109 l 2 damage to end organs 3 no ascertain￭ able cause for the e￭ o￭ sin￭ ophi￭ lia and no evidence of cl￭ on￭ ality there are three categories of blood e￭ o￭ sin￭ ophi￭ lia reactive non cl￭ onal e￭ o￭ sin￭ ophi￭ lia infections par￭ asi￭ tic inf￭ est￭ ations asthma and allergies respiratory diseases cy￭ to￭ k￭ ine in￭ fu￭ sions vas￭ cu￭ liti￭ des non ha￭ em￭ at￭ ological m￭ align￭ ant diseases drug reactions and connec￭ tive tissue diseases ho￭ dg￭ kin s and non ho￭ dg￭ kin s lymp￭ hom￭ as are included here as the e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ ils have not been shown to be cl￭ onal cl￭ onal disorders of the bone marrow associated with e￭ o￭ sin￭ ophi￭ lia acute and chronic e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic leuk￭ aemia chronic my￭ elo￭ id leuk￭ aemia poly￭ cy￭ th￭ aemia ru￭ bra vera essential thro￭ m￭ bo￭ cy￭ th￭ aemia acute my￭ elo￭ id leuk￭ aemia chro￭ mo￭ some 16 variants the 8 p 11 my￭ elo￭ prolifer￭ ative syndrome ems and t lymp￭ ho￭ bl￭ astic lymp￭ homa with e￭ o￭ sin￭ ophi￭ lia acute lymp￭ ho￭ bl￭ astic leuk￭ aemia my￭ el￭ odys￭ plastic disorders m￭ ds with e￭ o￭ sin￭ ophi￭ lia systemic ma￭ stoc￭ y￭ to￭ sis and acute lymp￭ ho￭ bl￭ astic leuk￭ aemia b￭ ain 1996 hes after exclusion of the above two categories cases of persistent un￭ explained e￭ o￭ sin￭ ophi￭ lia fall into the category of hes
the hyper￭ e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic syndrome hes is a disease characterized by a persistently elevated e￭ o￭ sin￭ ophi￭ l count ≥ 1500 e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ ils mm ³ in the blood for at least six months without any recogniz￭ able cause with involvement of either the heart nervous system or bone marrow hes is a diagnosis of exclusion after cl￭ onal e￭ o￭ sin￭ ophi￭ lia such as leuk￭ emia and reactive e￭ o￭ sin￭ ophi￭ lia in response to infection auto￭ immune disease at￭ op￭ y hypo￭ adren￭ alism tropical e￭ o￭ sin￭ ophi￭ lia or cancer have been ruled out there are some associations with chronic e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic leuk￭ emia as it shows similar characteristics and genetic defects if left untreated hes is progressively fatal it is treated with glu￭ co￭ cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ids such as pred￭ nis￭ one the addition of the mono￭ cl￭ onal anti￭ body me￭ poli￭ z￭ um￭ ab may reduce the dose of glu￭ co￭ cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ids
hyper￭ esthesia or hyper￭ a￭ esthesia is a condition that involves an abnormal increase in sensitivity to stimul￭ i of the sense when a non noxious stimulus causes the sensation of pain the area will be termed hyper￭ aesthetic stimul￭ i of the senses can include sound that one hears foods that one tastes tex￭ tures that one feels and so forth increased touch sensitivity is referred to as t￭ acti￭ le hyper￭ esthesia and increased sound sensitivity is called aud￭ itory hyper￭ esthesia t￭ acti￭ le hyper￭ esthesia may be a common symptom of many neuro￭ logic disorders such as her￭ pes zo￭ ster peripheral neuro￭ pa￭ thy and radic￭ ul￭ opath￭ ies in 1979 and then in 1994 mer￭ s￭ key bo￭ g￭ du￭ k no￭ ord￭ en￭ bos dev￭ or and others a subcommittee of international association for the study of pain proposed instead of hyper￭ a￭ esthe￭ ia the concept of allo￭ dy￭ nia meaning other pain defined as a pain resulting from a stimulus that does not normally provoke pain in psychology je￭ anne si￭ aud fac￭ chin uses the term by defining it as an exacerb￭ ation des sens that characterizes gifted children and adults for them the sensory information reaches the brain much faster than the average and the information is processed in a significantly shorter time
hyper￭ estro￭ gen￭ ism hyper￭ estro￭ genic state or estro￭ gen excess is a medical condition characterized by an excessive amount of estro￭ genic activity in the body
hyper￭ gam￭ mag￭ lob￭ ul￭ in￭ emia is a medical condition with elevated levels of gam￭ ma glob￭ ulin it is a type of immun￭ o￭ prolifer￭ ative disorder
in mathematics the ga￭ us￭ sian or ordinary hyper￭ geome￭ tric function 2 f 1 a b c z is a special function represented by the hyper￭ geome￭ tric series that includes many other special functions as specific or limiting cases it is a solution of a second order linear ordinary differential equation ode every second order linear ode with three regular singular points can be transformed into this equation for systematic lists of some of the many thousands of published identities involving the hyper￭ geome￭ tric function see the reference works by and there is no known system for organizing all of the identities indeed there is no known algori￭ thm that can generate all identities a number of different algori￭ th￭ ms are known that generate different series of identities the theory of the algori￭ th￭ mic discovery of identities remains an active research topic
hyper￭ g￭ eu￭ sia is a taste disorder where the sense is abnormally heightened it can be associated with a le￭ sion of the poster￭ ior fo￭ ssa and ad￭ dison s disease where a patient will cr￭ ave for sal￭ ty and sour taste due to the abnormal loss of ions with urine
hyper￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia or high blood sugar also spelled hyper￭ gly￭ ca￭ emia or hyper￭ gly￭ c￭ æ￭ mia is a condition in which an excessive amount of glucose circul￭ ates in the blood plasma this is generally a blood sugar level higher than 11 1 m￭ mol l 200 mg dl but symptoms may not start to become noticeable until even higher values such as 15 – 20 m￭ mol l 250 – 300 mg dl a subject with a consistent range between 5 6 and 7 m￭ mol l 100 – 126 mg dl american diabetes association guidelines is considered hyper￭ gly￭ c￭ emic while above 7 m￭ mol l 126 mg dl is generally held to have diabetes chronic levels exceeding 7 m￭ mol l 125 mg dl can produce organ damage
hyper￭ gly￭ cer￭ ol￭ emia also known as gly￭ cer￭ ol kin￭ ase deficiency g￭ k￭ d is a genetic disorder where the enzyme gly￭ cer￭ ol kin￭ ase is deficient resulting in a build up of gly￭ cer￭ ol in the body gly￭ cer￭ ol kin￭ ase is responsible for synthe￭ sizing tri￭ gly￭ cer￭ ides and gly￭ cer￭ op￭ hosp￭ holi￭ pi￭ ds in the body excess amounts of gly￭ cer￭ ol can be found in the blood and or urine hyper￭ gly￭ cer￭ ol￭ mia occurs more frequently in males hyper￭ gly￭ cer￭ ol￭ emia is listed as a “ rare disease ” by the office of rare diseases ord of the national institutes of health nih which means it affects less than 200 000 people in the us population u s department of health human services
hyper￭ gon￭ ad￭ ism is a condition where there is a hyper￭ function of the gon￭ ads it can manifest as pre￭ co￭ cious pu￭ ber￭ ty and is caused by abnormally high levels of te￭ sto￭ ster￭ one or estro￭ gen crucial hormones for sexual development in some cases it may be caused by a tumor which can be m￭ align￭ ant but mostly benign an￭ abol￭ ic ster￭ oids may also be a major cause of high and￭ ro￭ gen and or estro￭ gen functional activity symptoms of the condition may include pre￭ co￭ cious pu￭ ber￭ ty rapid growth in adolescents high li￭ bi￭ do ac￭ ne excessive hair￭ iness and others
hyper￭ gon￭ ad￭ o￭ tropic hypo￭ gon￭ ad￭ ism hh also known as primary or peripheral gon￭ ad￭ al hypo￭ gon￭ ad￭ ism is a condition which is characterized by hypo￭ gon￭ ad￭ ism due to an impaired response of the gon￭ ads to the gon￭ ad￭ o￭ tro￭ pins fol￭ lic￭ le stimulating hormone f￭ sh and lu￭ te￭ ini￭ zing hormone l￭ h and in turn a lack of sex ster￭ o￭ id production and elevated gon￭ ad￭ o￭ tro￭ pin levels as an attempt of compensation by the body hh may present as either con￭ genital or acquired but the majority of cases are of the former nature
hyper￭ grap￭ hia is a behavioral condition characterized by the intense desire to write forms of hyper￭ grap￭ hia can vary in writing style and content it is a symptom associated with temporal lo￭ be changes in epi￭ le￭ psy which is the cause of the ges￭ ch￭ wind syndrome a mental disorder structures that may have an effect on hyper￭ grap￭ hia when damaged due to temporal lo￭ be epi￭ le￭ psy are the hippo￭ campus and wer￭ nic￭ ke s area aside from temporal lo￭ be epi￭ le￭ psy chemical causes may be responsible for inducing hyper￭ grap￭ hia
an￭ ore￭ x￭ ia athle￭ tica is used to refer to a disorder for athletes who engage in at least one unhealthy method of weight control unlike an￭ ore￭ x￭ ia ner￭ vo￭ sa an￭ ore￭ x￭ ia athle￭ tica does not have as much to do with body image as it does with performance athletes usually begin by eating more healthy foods as well as increasing their training but when people feel like that is not enough and start working out excessively and cutting back their cal￭ or￭ ic intake until it becomes a psychological disorder hyper￭ g￭ ym￭ na￭ sia and an￭ ore￭ x￭ ia athle￭ tica are not recognized as mental disorders in any of the medical manu￭ als such as the ic￭ d 10 or the dsm iv nor is it part of the proposed revision of this manual the dsm 5 if this was the case there would be a 10 15 increase in mental disorders in sports a study at the an￭ ore￭ x￭ ia centre at hu￭ dd￭ inge hospital in stockholm sweden showed that sports an￭ ore￭ x￭ ia can result in mental disorders the anxiety stress and pressure people with sports an￭ ore￭ x￭ ia put on themselves as well as the pressure parents and coaches can put on the athlete can cause mental disorders
hyper￭ hi￭ dro￭ sis is a condition characterized by abnormally increased swe￭ ating in excess of that required for regulation of body temperature hyper￭ hi￭ dro￭ sis can be associated with a quality of life burden from a psychological emotional and social perspective it has been called by some the silent handicap both the words di￭ ap￭ ho￭ res￭ is and hi￭ dro￭ sis can mean either per￭ spir￭ ation in which sense they are synonymous with swe￭ ating or excessive per￭ spir￭ ation in which case they refer to a specific narrowly defined clinical disorder
hyper￭ hom￭ oc￭ y￭ stein￭ emia or hyper￭ hom￭ oc￭ y￭ stein￭ aemia is a medical condition characterized by an abnormally high level of hom￭ oc￭ y￭ ste￭ ine in the blood conventi￭ onally described as above 15 µ￭ mol l as a consequence of the bio￭ chemical reactions in which hom￭ oc￭ y￭ ste￭ ine is involved deficiencies of vitamin b 6 fol￭ ic acid vitamin b 9 and vitamin b 12 can lead to high hom￭ oc￭ y￭ ste￭ ine levels hyper￭ hom￭ oc￭ y￭ stein￭ emia is typically managed with vitamin b 6 vitamin b 9 and vitamin b 12 supplem￭ entation in individuals with genetic m￭ th￭ fr deficiencies the meth￭ yl￭ ated version of those 3 vitamins must be used or supplem￭ entation can make the condition worse ta￭ urine supplem￭ entation also has been found to reduce hom￭ oc￭ y￭ ste￭ ine levels
hyper￭ hy￭ d￭ ric￭ ity previously known as vit￭ ri￭ fication is a physiological mal￭ formation that results in excessive hydr￭ ation low lign￭ ification impaired stom￭ atal function and reduced mechanical strength of tissue culture generated plants the consequence is poor regeneration of such plants without intensive greenhouse acc￭ lim￭ ation for outdoor growth additionally it may also lead to leaf tip and bud necro￭ sis in some cases which often leads to loss of ap￭ ical dominance in the shoots in general the main symptom of hyper￭ hy￭ d￭ ric￭ ity is trans￭ luc￭ ent characteristics sign￭ ified by a shortage of chlor￭ op￭ hy￭ ll and high water content specifically the presence of a thin or absent cu￭ tic￭ ular layer reduced number of p￭ alis￭ ade cells irregular stom￭ ata less developed cell wall and large in￭ trac￭ ell￭ ular spaces in the mes￭ op￭ hy￭ ll cell layer have been described as some of the an￭ atomic changes associated with hyper￭ hy￭ d￭ ric￭ ity
hyper￭ immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ul￭ in￭ emia e syndrome h￭ ies of which the auto￭ som￭ al dominant form is called job s syndrome or buck￭ ley syndrome is a heterogeneous group of immune disorders
hyper￭ insul￭ in￭ emia or hyper￭ insul￭ in￭ aemia is a condition in which there are excess levels of insulin circulating in the blood relative to the level of glucose while it is often mistaken for diabetes or hyper￭ gly￭ ca￭ emia hyper￭ insul￭ in￭ emia can result from a variety of metabol￭ ic diseases and conditions while hyper￭ insul￭ in￭ emia is often seen in people with early stage type 2 diabetes mell￭ it￭ us it is not the cause of the condition and is only one symptom of the disease type 1 diabetes only occurs when pan￭ cre￭ atic beta cell function is impaired hyper￭ insul￭ in￭ emia can be seen in a variety of conditions including diabetes mell￭ it￭ us type 2 in ne￭ on￭ ates and in drug induced hyper￭ insul￭ in￭ emia it can also occur in con￭ genital hyper￭ insul￭ ism including ne￭ si￭ dio￭ bl￭ ast￭ osis hyper￭ insul￭ in￭ emia is associated with hyper￭ tension obesity dys￭ li￭ pi￭ dem￭ ia and glucose intolerance these conditions are collectively known as metabol￭ ic syndrome this close association between hyper￭ insul￭ in￭ emia and conditions of metabol￭ ic syndrome suggest related or common mechanisms of patho￭ gen￭ icity hyper￭ insul￭ in￭ emia has been shown to play a role in ob￭ ese hyper￭ tension by increasing ren￭ al sodium retention in type 2 diabetes the cells of the body become resistant to the effects of insulin as the recep￭ tors which bind to the hormone become less sensitive to insulin concentrations resulting in hyper￭ insul￭ in￭ emia and disturbances in insulin release with a reduced response to insulin the beta cells of the pan￭ cre￭ as secre￭ te increasing amounts of insulin in response to the continued high blood glucose levels resulting in hyper￭ insul￭ in￭ emia in insulin resistant tissues a threshold concentration of insulin is reached causing the cells to uptake glucose and therefore decreases blood glucose levels studies have shown that the high levels of insulin resulting from insulin resistance might enhance insulin resistance studies on mice with genetically reduced circulating insulin suggest that hyper￭ insul￭ in￭ emia plays a causal role in high fat diet induced obesity in this study mice with reduced insulin levels exp￭ ended more energy and had fat cells that were re￭ programmed to burn some energy as heat hyper￭ insul￭ in￭ emia in ne￭ on￭ ates can be the result of a variety of environmental and genetic factors if the mother of the infant is a diabe￭ tic and does not properly control her blood glucose levels the hyper￭ gly￭ c￭ emic maternal blood can create a hyper￭ gly￭ c￭ emic environment in the fe￭ tus to compensate for the increased blood glucose levels fe￭ tal pan￭ cre￭ atic beta cells can undergo hyper￭ pl￭ asia the rapid division of beta cells results in increased levels of insulin being secre￭ ted to compensate for the high blood glucose levels following birth the hyper￭ gly￭ c￭ emic maternal blood is no longer accessible to the ne￭ on￭ ate resulting in a rapid drop in the new￭ born ’ s blood glucose levels as insulin levels are still elevated this results in hyper￭ insul￭ in￭ emia to treat the condition high concentration doses of glucose are given to the ne￭ on￭ ate as required maintaining normal blood glucose levels the hyper￭ insul￭ in￭ emia condition sub￭ sides after one to two days
hyper￭ insul￭ in￭ ism refers to an above normal level of insulin in the blood of a person or animal normal insulin secre￭ tion and blood levels are closely related to the level of glucose in the blood so that a given level of insulin can be normal for one blood glucose level but low or high for another hyper￭ insul￭ in￭ ism can be associated with several types of medical problems which can be roughly divided into two broad and largely non overlapping categories those tending toward reduced sensitivity to insulin and high blood glucose levels hyper￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia and those tending toward excessive insulin secre￭ tion and low glucose levels hypo￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia
hyper￭ kal￭ emia also spelled hyper￭ kal￭ aemia is an elevated level of potassium k in the blood serum normal potassium levels are between 3 5 and 5 0 m￭ mol l 3 5 and 5 0 me￭ q l with levels above 5 5 m￭ mol l defined as hyper￭ kal￭ emia typically this results in no symptoms occasionally when severe it results in pal￭ p￭ itations muscle pain muscle weakness or num￭ b￭ ness an abnormal heart rate can occur which can result in cardiac arrest and death common causes include ren￭ al failure hypo￭ al￭ do￭ ster￭ on￭ ism and r￭ hab￭ dom￭ y￭ ol￭ ysis a number of medications can also cause high blood potassium including spi￭ ro￭ no￭ lac￭ tone n￭ s￭ aids and an￭ gi￭ ot￭ ens￭ in converting enzyme inhi￭ bit￭ ors the severity is divided into mild 5 5 5 9 m￭ mol l moderate 6 0 6 4 m￭ mol l and severe 6 5 m￭ mol l high levels can also be detected on an electro￭ cardi￭ o￭ gram ec￭ g pseu￭ do￭ hyper￭ kal￭ emia due to breakdown of cells during or after taking the blood sample should be ruled out initial treatment in those with ec￭ g changes is calcium glu￭ con￭ ate medications that might worsen the condition should be stopped and a low potassium diet should be recommended other medications used include d￭ ext￭ rose with insulin sal￭ but￭ am￭ ol and sodium bic￭ ar￭ bon￭ ate measures to remove potassium from the body include fu￭ ro￭ sem￭ ide poly￭ sty￭ rene sul￭ fon￭ ate and h￭ emo￭ dial￭ ysis h￭ emo￭ dial￭ ysis is the most effective method the use of poly￭ sty￭ rene sul￭ fon￭ ate while common is poorly supported by evidence hyper￭ kal￭ emia is rare among those who are otherwise healthy among those who are in hospital rates are between 1 and 2 5 it increases the overall risk of death by at least ten times the word hyper￭ kal￭ emia is from hyper meaning high k￭ ali￭ um meaning potassium and emia meaning in the blood
hyper￭ kal￭ emic periodic paralysis hy￭ pp hyper￭ k￭ pp is a genetic disorder it occurs in humans horses where it is also known as impressive syndrome after an index case in a horse named impressive or possibly one of his ancestors and perhaps other animals it is an inherited auto￭ som￭ al dominant disorder that affects sodium channels in muscle cells and the ability to regulate potassium levels in the blood it is most commonly associated with horses but occurs in humans where it may be called gam￭ stor￭ p ep￭ is￭ od￭ ic ad￭ y￭ nam￭ y it is characterized by muscle hyper￭ exc￭ itability or weakness which exacerbated by potassium heat or cold can lead to uncontrolled shaking followed by paralysis onset in humans usually occurs in early childhood but still occurs with adults the mutation which causes this disorder is dominant on s￭ cn 4 a with linkage to the sodium channel expressed in muscle the mutation causes single amino acid changes in parts of the channel which are important for in￭ activation in the presence of high potassium levels including those induced by diet sodium channels fail to in￭ activate properly equine hyper￭ kal￭ emic periodic paralysis occurs in 1 in 50 quarter horses and can be traced to a single anc￭ est￭ or a stal￭ lion named impressive
hyper￭ ker￭ at￭ ini￭ zation american english or hyper￭ ker￭ at￭ in￭ isation in english language is a disorder of the cells lining the inside of a hair fol￭ lic￭ le it is the normal function of these cells to det￭ ach or sl￭ ough off des￭ qu￭ am￭ ate from the skin lining at normal intervals the dead cells are then forced out of the fol￭ lic￭ le primarily by the growing hair however in hyper￭ ker￭ at￭ ini￭ zation this process is interrupted and a number of these dead skin cells do not leave the fol￭ lic￭ le because of an excess of ker￭ atin a natural protein found in the skin this excess of ker￭ atin which is influenced by genetics results in an increased adherence bon￭ ding of dead skin cells together this cohesion of cells will block or cap the hair fol￭ lic￭ le leading to ker￭ at￭ osis pil￭ aris or clo￭ g the se￭ bac￭ eous oil duc￭ t leading to ac￭ ne pathogens may also play a role in causing perpetuating or simply taking advantage of this phenomenon such as virulent sub strains of pro￭ pi￭ oni￭ bacter￭ ium ac￭ nes and irregular migration of stap￭ hy￭ lo￭ co￭ cc￭ us ep￭ id￭ er￭ mid￭ is from the outer surface of the skin into the fol￭ lic￭ le where commens￭ al strains of p ac￭ nes exclusively habit￭ ate it it￭ ches mildly at times and strongly at others very often it cannot be felt at all
hyper￭ ker￭ at￭ osis is thick￭ ening of the strat￭ um cor￭ neu￭ m the outermost layer of the ep￭ id￭ er￭ mis often associated with the presence of an abnormal quantity of ker￭ atin and also usually accompanied by an increase in the gran￭ ular layer as the cor￭ neu￭ m layer normally varies greatly in thickness in different sites some experience is needed to assess minor degrees of hyper￭ ker￭ at￭ osis it can be caused by vitamin a deficiency or chronic exposure to arsenic hyper￭ ker￭ at￭ osis can also be caused by b raf inhi￭ bit￭ or drugs such as vem￭ ur￭ af￭ eni￭ b and d￭ ab￭ raf￭ eni￭ b it can be treated with urea containing cre￭ ams which dissolve the inter￭ cellular matrix of the cells of the strat￭ um cor￭ neu￭ m promoting des￭ qu￭ am￭ ation of scal￭ y skin eventually resulting in sof￭ tening of hyper￭ ker￭ ato￭ tic areas
hyper￭ ker￭ ato￭ tic cu￭ taneous cap￭ ill￭ ary ven￭ ous mal￭ formation is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized also by inherited cere￭ br￭ al cap￭ ill￭ ary mal￭ formations
hyper￭ ker￭ ato￭ tic hand der￭ mati￭ tis presents with hyper￭ ker￭ ato￭ tic fis￭ sure prone er￭ y￭ them￭ at￭ ous areas of the middle or proxim￭ al palm and the vol￭ ar surfaces of the fingers may also be involved
hyper￭ k￭ ine￭ tic disorder is a psychiatric syndrome emerging in early childhood that features an enduring pattern of severe develop￭ mentally inappropriate in￭ attention hyper￭ activity and impul￭ sivity across different settings e g home and school that significantly impair academic social and work performance hyper￭ k￭ ine￭ tic children display dis￭ organized poorly controlled and excessive activity they lack perseverance in tasks involving thought and attention and tend to move from one activity to the next without completing any they are frequently accident prone reckless and impul￭ sive and may thought￭ lessly rather than defi￭ antly break rules while they are commonly inc￭ au￭ tious and unreserved with adults they may be isolated and unpopular with other children cognitive impairment and delayed language and motor development are more common in this group than in the general population and they may experience low self esteem and engage in dis￭ social behavior as a consequence of the disorder
hyper￭ l￭ ex￭ ia is a syndrome characterized by a child s pre￭ co￭ cious ability to read combined with difficulty in understanding and using verbal language and problems with social interactions it was initially identified by norman e sil￭ ber￭ berg and margaret c sil￭ ber￭ berg 1967 who defined it as the pre￭ co￭ cious ability to read words without prior training in learning to read typically before the age of 5 they indicated that children with hyper￭ l￭ ex￭ ia have a significantly higher word de￭ coding ability than their reading comprehension levels hyper￭ l￭ ex￭ ic children are characterized by having average or above average i￭ q￭ s and word reading ability well above what would be expected given their age first named and scientifically described in 1967 sil￭ ver￭ berg and sil￭ ver￭ berg it can be viewed as a super￭ ability in which word recognition ability goes far above expected levels of skill some hyper￭ l￭ ex￭ ics however have trouble understanding speech some experts believe that most or perhaps all children with hyper￭ l￭ ex￭ ia lie on the au￭ tism spectrum however one expert dar￭ old tre￭ ffer￭ t proposes that hyper￭ l￭ ex￭ ia has sub￭ types only some of which overlap with au￭ tism between 5 and 10 percent of children with au￭ tism have been estimated to be hyper￭ l￭ ex￭ ic hyper￭ l￭ ex￭ ic children are often fascinated by letters or numbers they are extremely good at de￭ coding language and thus often become very early readers some hyper￭ l￭ ex￭ ic children learn to spell long words such as elephant before they are two years old and learn to read whole sentences before they turn three an f￭ m￭ ri study of a single child showed that hyper￭ l￭ ex￭ ia may be the neuro￭ logical opposite of dys￭ l￭ ex￭ ia
hyper￭ li￭ pi￭ dem￭ ia is abnormally elevated levels of any or all li￭ pi￭ ds and or li￭ po￭ proteins in the blood it is the most common form of dys￭ li￭ pi￭ dem￭ ia which includes any abnormal lip￭ id levels li￭ pi￭ ds water in￭ soluble molecules are transported in a protein cap￭ su￭ le the size of that cap￭ su￭ le or li￭ po￭ protein determines its density the li￭ po￭ protein density and type of a￭ poli￭ po￭ proteins it contains determines the fate of the particle and its influence on metabol￭ ism hyper￭ li￭ pi￭ dem￭ ias are divided into primary and secondary sub￭ types primary hyper￭ li￭ pi￭ dem￭ ia is usually due to genetic causes such as a mutation in a recep￭ tor protein while secondary hyper￭ li￭ pi￭ dem￭ ia arises due to other underlying causes such as diabetes lip￭ id and li￭ po￭ protein ab￭ norm￭ alities are common in the general population and are regarded as a modi￭ fiable risk factor for cardiovascular disease due to their influence on a￭ ther￭ os￭ clerosis in addition some forms may pre￭ dispose to acute pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis
hyper￭ ly￭ sin￭ emia is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive metabol￭ ic disorder characterized by an abnormal increase of lys￭ ine in the blood but appears to be benign it is caused by mutations in a￭ ass which en￭ codes α am￭ ino￭ ad￭ ip￭ ic semi￭ alde￭ hyde syn￭ th￭ ase hyper￭ ly￭ sin￭ emia is associated with ec￭ top￭ ia l￭ enti￭ s a displacement or mal￭ position of the eye s cryst￭ alline lens in humans
hyper￭ mag￭ nes￭ emia is an electro￭ ly￭ te disturbance in which there is a high level of magnesium in the blood it is defined as a level greater than 1 1 m￭ mol l symptoms include weakness confusion decreased breathing rate and cardiac arrest hyper￭ mag￭ nes￭ emia can occur in kidney failure and those who are given magnesium salts or who take drugs that contain magnesium e g some an￭ tac￭ ids and lax￭ atives it is usually con￭ current with other electro￭ ly￭ te disturbances such as a low blood calcium and or high blood potassium level specific electro￭ cardi￭ o￭ gram ec￭ g changes may be present treatment when levels are very high include calcium chloride intra￭ ven￭ ous normal sal￭ ine with fu￭ ro￭ sem￭ ide and h￭ emo￭ dial￭ ysis hyper￭ mag￭ nes￭ emia occurs rarely because the kidney is very effective in ex￭ cre￭ ting excess magnesium
hyper￭ mobility describes joints that stretch further than normal for example some hyper￭ mobile people can bend their thum￭ bs backwards to their w￭ rists bend their knee joints backwards put their leg behind the head or perform other cont￭ or￭ tionist tricks it can affect one or more joints throughout the body when present in the hands it is col￭ lo￭ qu￭ ially referred to as double jo￭ inte￭ dness
hyper￭ mor￭ pho￭ sis is a biological phenomenon related to the development time and rate of an organism hyper￭ mor￭ pho￭ sis is a hetero￭ chronic process i e a change in the timing or rate of development in an organism in hyper￭ mor￭ pho￭ sis the rate of development of an organism is not altered but the time of offset of the change in question is extended for example it is common knowledge that major physical changes in the human body are completed by the time someone is 18 years of age in cases of hyper￭ mor￭ pho￭ sis however the changes continue to take place after the normal time frame hyper￭ mor￭ pho￭ sis may serve to explain evolution in certain cases for instance the occurrence of this phenomenon with respect to cognitive functions in apes may have resulted in a gradual increase in intelligence the end result being intelligent human beings
hyper￭ nas￭ al speech also hyper￭ rhin￭ ol￭ alia or open nas￭ ality medic￭ ally known as rhin￭ ol￭ alia aper￭ ta from latin rhin￭ ol￭ alia nas￭ al speech and aper￭ ta open is a disorder that causes abnormal resonance in a human s voice due to increased air￭ flow through the nose during speech it is caused by an open nas￭ al cav￭ ity resulting from an incomplete closure of the soft pal￭ ate and or velop￭ har￭ yn￭ ge￭ al sp￭ h￭ inc￭ ter in normal speech nas￭ ality is referred to as nas￭ alization and is a linguistic category that can apply to vo￭ wels or cons￭ on￭ ants in a specific language the primary underlying physical variable determining the degree of nas￭ ality in normal speech is the opening and closing of a velop￭ har￭ yn￭ ge￭ al pass￭ age￭ way between the oral vocal tract and the nas￭ al vocal tract in the normal vocal tract anatomy this opening is controlled by lowering and raising the vel￭ um or soft pal￭ ate to open or close respectively the velop￭ har￭ yn￭ ge￭ al pass￭ age￭ way
hyper￭ nat￭ re￭ mia also spelled hyper￭ nat￭ ra￭ emia is a high sodium level in the blood early symptoms may include a strong feeling of thirst weakness naus￭ ea and loss of appetite severe symptoms include confusion muscle tw￭ it￭ ching and bleeding in or around the brain normal serum sodium levels are 135 145 m￭ mol l 135 145 me￭ q l hyper￭ nat￭ re￭ mia is generally defined as a serum sodium level of more than 145 m￭ mol l severe symptoms typically only occur when levels are above 160 m￭ mol l the cause of hyper￭ nat￭ re￭ mia is typically classified by a person s fluid status into low volume normal volume and high volume low volume hyper￭ nat￭ re￭ mia can occur from swe￭ ating v￭ om￭ iting diarr￭ hea di￭ u￭ re￭ tic medication or kidney disease normal volume hyper￭ nat￭ re￭ mia can be due to fever in￭ appropriately decreased thirst a prolonged increased breath rate and diabetes insi￭ pi￭ dus from lith￭ ium among other causes high volume hyper￭ nat￭ re￭ mia can be due to hyper￭ al￭ do￭ ster￭ on￭ ism be health care caused such as when too much intra￭ ven￭ ous 3 normal sal￭ ine or sodium bic￭ ar￭ b is given or rarely be from eating too much salt low blood protein levels can result in a fal￭ sely high sodium measurement the cause can usually be determined by the history of events testing the urine can help if the cause is unclear if the onset of hyper￭ nat￭ re￭ mia was over a few hours than it can be corrected relatively quickly using intra￭ ven￭ ous normal sal￭ ine and 5 d￭ ext￭ rose otherwise correction should occur slowly with for those unable to drink water half normal sal￭ ine hyper￭ nat￭ re￭ mia due to diabetes insi￭ pi￭ dus as a result of a brain disorder may be treated with the medication des￭ mop￭ res￭ sin if the diabetes insi￭ pi￭ dus is due to kidney problems the medication which is causing it may need to be stopped hyper￭ nat￭ re￭ mia affects 0 3 1 of people in hospital it most often occurs in babies those with impaired mental status and those who are old hyper￭ nat￭ re￭ mia is associated with an increases the risk of death but it is unclear if it is the cause
hyper￭ os￭ mia is an increased ol￭ factory acu￭ ity heightened sense of smell usually caused by a lower threshold for od￭ or this percep￭ tual disorder arises when there is an abnormally increased signal at any point between the ol￭ factory recep￭ tors and the ol￭ factory cor￭ tex the causes of hyper￭ os￭ mia may be genetic environmental or the result of benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ine withdrawal syndrome when od￭ or￭ ants enter the nas￭ al cav￭ ity they bind to od￭ or￭ ant recep￭ tors at the base of the ol￭ factory epi￭ the￭ lium these recep￭ tors are bipolar neurons that connect to the glo￭ mer￭ ular layer of the ol￭ factory bul￭ b traveling through the cri￭ bri￭ form plate at the glo￭ mer￭ ular layer ax￭ ons from the ol￭ factory recep￭ tor neurons inter￭ min￭ gle with d￭ end￭ rit￭ es from intrinsic ol￭ factory bul￭ b neurons mit￭ ri￭ al tu￭ f￭ ted cells and dop￭ am￭ iner￭ gic peri￭ glo￭ mer￭ ular cells from the ol￭ factory bul￭ b mit￭ ral tu￭ f￭ ted cells send ax￭ ons via the lateral ol￭ factory tract the cran￭ ial nerve i to the ol￭ factory cor￭ tex which includes the pi￭ ri￭ form cor￭ tex ent￭ or￭ h￭ inal cor￭ tex and parts of the amy￭ gd￭ ala from the ent￭ or￭ h￭ inal cor￭ tex ax￭ ons extend to the medi￭ al dor￭ sal nucleus of the thal￭ am￭ us which then proceed to the or￭ bit￭ o￭ frontal cor￭ tex
hyper￭ o￭ sm￭ ol￭ ar hyper￭ gly￭ c￭ emic state h￭ hs is a complic￭ ation of diabetes mell￭ it￭ us predominantly type 2 in which high blood sugars cause severe dehydr￭ ation increases in o￭ sm￭ ol￭ arity relative concentration of solu￭ te and a high risk of complications coma and death it is diagnosed with blood tests it is related to diabe￭ tic ke￭ to￭ aci￭ do￭ sis d￭ ka another complic￭ ation of diabetes more often but not exclusively encountered in people with type 1 diabetes they are differentiated with measurement of ke￭ tone bodies organic molecules that are the underlying driver for d￭ ka but are usually not detec￭ table in h￭ hs the treatment of h￭ hs consists of correction of the dehydr￭ ation with intra￭ ven￭ ous fluids reduction of the blood sugar levels with insulin and management of any underlying conditions that might have precipit￭ ated the illness such as an acute infection older names for h￭ hs are hyper￭ o￭ sm￭ ol￭ ar hyper￭ gly￭ c￭ emic non￭ ke￭ to￭ tic coma h￭ hn￭ c hyper￭ o￭ sm￭ ol￭ ar non ke￭ to￭ tic coma hon￭ k non￭ ke￭ to￭ tic hyper￭ o￭ sm￭ ol￭ ar coma hyper￭ o￭ sm￭ ol￭ ar hyper￭ gly￭ c￭ emic non￭ ke￭ to￭ tic syndrome h￭ h￭ ns favoured by the american diabetes association
hyper￭ o￭ sm￭ ol￭ ar syndrome or diabe￭ tic hyper￭ o￭ sm￭ ol￭ ar syndrome is a medical emergency caused by a very high blood glucose level the pre￭ fix hyper means high and o￭ sm￭ ol￭ arity is a measure of the concentration of active particles in a solution so the name of the syndrome simply refers to the high concentration of glucose in the blood
hyper￭ o￭ sto￭ sis is an excessive growth of bone it may lead to exo￭ sto￭ sis it occurs in many mus￭ cul￭ osk￭ el￭ etal disorders
hyper￭ o￭ sto￭ sis fron￭ tal￭ is inter￭ na is a common benign thick￭ ening of the inner side of the frontal bone of the skull it is found predominantly in women after men￭ op￭ ause and is usually as￭ ymp￭ tomatic mostly frequently it is found as an incidental finding discovered during an x ray or ct scan of the skull
in the context of machine learning hyper￭ parameter optimi￭ zation or model selection is the problem of choosing a set of hyper￭ parameters for a learning algori￭ thm usually with the goal of optimi￭ zing a measure of the algori￭ thm s performance on an independent data set often cross validation is used to estimate this gener￭ alization performance hyper￭ parameter optimi￭ zation contrasts with actual learning problems which are also often cast as optimi￭ zation problems but optimi￭ ze a loss function on the training set alone in effect learning algori￭ th￭ ms learn parameters that model reconstruct their inputs well while hyper￭ parameter optimi￭ zation is to ensure the model does not over￭ fit its data by tuning e g regul￭ arization
hyper￭ par￭ ath￭ yro￭ i￭ dis￭ m is an increased par￭ ath￭ yro￭ id hormone p￭ th levels in the blood this occurs either from the par￭ ath￭ yro￭ id g￭ lands in￭ appropriately making too much p￭ th primarily hyper￭ par￭ ath￭ yro￭ i￭ dis￭ m or other events triggering increased production by the par￭ ath￭ yro￭ id g￭ lands secondary hyper￭ par￭ ath￭ yro￭ i￭ dis￭ m most people with primary disease have no symptoms at the time of diagnosis in those with symptoms the most common is kidney stones with other potential symptoms including weakness depression bone pains confusion and increased ur￭ ination both types increase the risk of weak bones primary hyper￭ par￭ ath￭ yro￭ i￭ dis￭ m in 80 of cases is due to a single benign tumor known as a par￭ ath￭ yro￭ id aden￭ oma with most of the rest of the cases due to a multiple benign tumors rarely it may be due to par￭ ath￭ yro￭ id cancer secondary hyper￭ par￭ ath￭ yro￭ i￭ dis￭ m typically occurs due to vitamin d deficiency chronic kidney disease or other causes of low blood calcium diagnosis of primary disease is by finding a high blood calcium and high p￭ th levels primary hyper￭ par￭ ath￭ yro￭ i￭ dis￭ m may be cured by removing the aden￭ oma or over￭ active par￭ ath￭ yro￭ id g￭ lands in those without symptoms mildly increased blood calcium levels normal kidneys and normal bone density monitoring may be all that is required the medication cin￭ ac￭ al￭ cet may also be used to decrease p￭ th levels in those with very high blood calcium levels treatment may include large amounts of intra￭ ven￭ ous normal sal￭ ine low vitamin d levels should be corrected primary hyper￭ par￭ ath￭ yro￭ i￭ dis￭ m is the most common form in the developed world between one and four per thousand people are affected it occurs three times more often in women than men and is typically diagnosed between the ages of 50 and 60 the disease was first described in the 1700 s and in the late 1800 s was determined to be related to the par￭ ath￭ yro￭ id surgery as a treatment was first carried out in 19￭ 25
hyper￭ path￭ ia is a clinical symptom of certain neuro￭ logical disorders where￭ in no￭ cic￭ eptive stimul￭ i ev￭ oke exaggerated levels of pain this should not be confused with allo￭ dy￭ nia where normally non painful stimul￭ i ev￭ oke pain
hyper￭ phen￭ yl￭ alan￭ in￭ emia is a medical condition characterized by mildly or strongly elevated concentrations of the amino acid phen￭ yl￭ alan￭ ine in the blood phen￭ yl￭ ke￭ ton￭ ur￭ ia p￭ ku can result in severe hyper￭ phen￭ yl￭ alan￭ in￭ emia phen￭ yl￭ alan￭ ine concentrations phe are routinely scre￭ ened in new￭ bor￭ ns by the ne￭ on￭ atal heel prick gu￭ thri￭ e test which takes a few drops of blood from the heel of the infant standard phe concentrations in unaffected persons are about 60 µ￭ m phe concentrations in persons with untreated phen￭ yl￭ ke￭ ton￭ ur￭ ia may be many times that 600 µ￭ m to 2400 µ￭ m which indicate that the child is at risk for severe intellectual disability phen￭ yl￭ ke￭ ton￭ ur￭ ia is classed as an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive condition in hetero￭ zy￭ g￭ ous form phe shows a moderate elev￭ ation perhaps two fold over that of unaffected homo￭ zy￭ go￭ tes which is classified as hyper￭ phen￭ yl￭ alan￭ in￭ emia hyper phen￭ yl￭ alan￭ ine emia high phe in blood persons with the geno￭ type for p￭ ku are unaffected in uter￭ o because maternal circulation prevents buil￭ dup of phe after birth p￭ ku in new￭ bor￭ ns is treated by a special diet with highly restricted phen￭ yl￭ alan￭ ine content persons with genetic pre￭ disposition to p￭ ku have normal mental development on this diet previously it was thought safe to withdraw from the diet in the late teens or early tw￭ en￭ ties after the central nervous system was fully developed recent studies suggest some degree of relap￭ se and a continued phen￭ yl￭ alan￭ ine restricted diet is now recommended p￭ ku or hyper￭ phen￭ yl￭ alan￭ in￭ emia may also occur in persons without the p￭ ku geno￭ type if the mother has the p￭ ku geno￭ type but has been treated so as to be as￭ ymp￭ tomatic high levels of phe in the maternal blood circulation may affect the non p￭ ku fe￭ tus during gest￭ ation mothers successfully treated for p￭ ku are advised to return to the phe restricted diet during pregnancy a small sub￭ set of patients with hyper￭ phen￭ yl￭ alan￭ in￭ emia shows an appropriate reduction in plasma phen￭ yl￭ alan￭ ine levels with dietary restriction of this amino acid however these patients still develop progressive neuro￭ logic symptoms and seizures and usually die within the first 2 years of life m￭ align￭ ant hyper￭ phen￭ yl￭ alan￭ in￭ emia these infants exhibit normal phen￭ yl￭ alan￭ ine hydrox￭ yl￭ ase p￭ ah enz￭ ym￭ atic activity but have a deficiency in di￭ hydro￭ p￭ ter￭ id￭ ine reduc￭ t￭ ase d￭ h￭ pr an enzyme required for the regeneration of te￭ tra￭ hydro￭ biop￭ ter￭ in thb a co￭ factor of p￭ ah less frequently d￭ h￭ pr activity is normal but a defect in the bio￭ synthesis of thb exists in either case dietary therapy correc￭ ts the hyper￭ phen￭ yl￭ alan￭ in￭ emia however thb is also a co￭ factor for two other hydrox￭ yl￭ ation reactions required in the syn￭ theses of neuro￭ transmitters in the brain the hydrox￭ yl￭ ation of try￭ pt￭ oph￭ an to 5 hydroxy￭ try￭ pt￭ oph￭ an and of ty￭ ros￭ ine to l dop￭ a it has been suggested that the resulting deficit in the cns neuro￭ transmitter activity is at least in part responsible for the neuro￭ logic manifestations and eventual death of these patients
hyper￭ phosp￭ hat￭ asia with mental retar￭ dation syndrome h￭ p￭ mrs also known as m￭ ab￭ ry syndrome has been described in patients recruited on four continents world wide m￭ ab￭ ry syndrome was confirmed to represent an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive syndrome characterized by severe mental retar￭ dation considerably elevated serum levels of al￭ kal￭ ine phosp￭ hat￭ ase hypo￭ plastic terminal p￭ hal￭ anges and distinct facial features that include hyper￭ tel￭ or￭ ism a broad nas￭ al bridge and a rec￭ tang￭ ular face
hyper￭ phosp￭ hat￭ emia is an electro￭ ly￭ te disturbance in which there is an abnormally elevated level of phosphate in the blood often calcium levels are lowered hypo￭ cal￭ cem￭ ia due to precip￭ itation of phosphate with the calcium in tissues average phosphorus levels should be between 0 81 m￭ mol l and 1 45 m￭ mol l
hyper￭ pit￭ uit￭ arism is a condition due to the primary hyper￭ secre￭ tion of pit￭ u￭ itary hormones it typically results from a pit￭ u￭ itary aden￭ oma children with hyper￭ pit￭ uit￭ arism is rare disruption of growth regulation either because of hormone hyper￭ secre￭ tion or because of manifestations caused by local compression of the aden￭ oma can occur
hyper￭ pl￭ asia from ancient greek ὑ￭ π￭ έρ h￭ up￭ er over π￭ λ￭ ά￭ σ￭ ις plas￭ is formation or hyper￭ genesis is an increase in the amount of organic tissue that results from cell proliferation it may lead to the gross enlargement of an organ and the term is sometimes confused with benign ne￭ op￭ la￭ sia or benign tumor hyper￭ pl￭ asia is a common pre￭ ne￭ op￭ l￭ astic response to stimulus micro￭ sco￭ p￭ ically cells resemble normal cells but are increased in numbers sometimes cells may also be increased in size hyper￭ tro￭ phy hyper￭ pl￭ asia is different from hyper￭ tro￭ phy in that the adap￭ tive cell change in hyper￭ tro￭ phy is an increase in the size of cells whereas hyper￭ pl￭ asia involves an increase in the number of cells
hyper￭ pro￭ insul￭ in￭ emia is a disease where insulin is not sufficiently processed before secre￭ tion and immature forms of insulin make up the majority of circulating insulin immun￭ ore￭ activity in both fast￭ ing and glucose stimulated conditions insulin immun￭ ore￭ activity refers to all molecules detec￭ table by an insulin anti￭ body i e insulin pro￭ insulin and pro￭ insulin like material the term is composed of hyper high pro￭ insulin immature insulin mol￭ ecu￭ le and emia blood condition hyper￭ pro￭ insul￭ in￭ emia is more frequent in type 2 diabetes it has been attributed to either a direct β cells defect or an indirect effect of cell dys￭ regulation under sustained elevated blood glucose hyper￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia some all￭ el￭ es of insulin can cause hyper￭ pro￭ insul￭ in￭ emia see table 2 mono￭ genic forms of type 1 diabetes ins insulin for a more detailed descriptions of the insulin gene variations leading to hyper￭ pro￭ insul￭ in￭ emia see nc￭ bi s om￭ im 17￭ 67￭ 30
hyper￭ pro￭ lac￭ tin￭ aemia or hyper￭ pro￭ lac￭ tin￭ emia is the presence of abnormally high levels of pro￭ l￭ acti￭ n in the blood normal levels are less than 500 mi￭ u l 20 ng ml or µ￭ g l for women and less than 450 mi￭ u l for men pro￭ l￭ acti￭ n is a pep￭ tide hormone produced by the an￭ terior pit￭ u￭ itary g￭ land that is primarily associated with lac￭ tation and plays a vital role in breast development during pregnancy hyper￭ pro￭ lac￭ tin￭ aemia may cause galac￭ tor￭ rhe￭ a production and spontaneous flow of breast milk and disruptions in the normal men￭ str￭ ual period in women and hypo￭ gon￭ ad￭ ism in￭ fertility and er￭ ec￭ tile dysfunction in men hyper￭ pro￭ lac￭ tin￭ aemia can be a part of normal body changes during pregnancy and breastfeeding it can also be caused by diseases affecting the hypo￭ thal￭ am￭ us and pit￭ u￭ itary g￭ land it can also be caused by disruption of the normal regulation of pro￭ l￭ acti￭ n levels by drugs medicinal herbs and heavy metals hyper￭ pro￭ lac￭ tin￭ aemia may also be the result of disease of other organs such as the liver kidneys ov￭ aries and thyro￭ id
hyper￭ pro￭ lac￭ tin￭ emic sa￭ ha syndrome is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by lateral hair￭ iness olig￭ omen￭ or￭ rhe￭ a and sometimes ac￭ ne se￭ bor￭ rhe￭ a f￭ aga i and even galac￭ tor￭ rhe￭ a
hyper￭ pro￭ lin￭ emia also referred to as pro￭ lin￭ emia or pro￭ lin￭ ur￭ ia is a condition which occurs when the amino acid pro￭ line is not broken down properly by the enzymes pro￭ line oxid￭ ase or py￭ r￭ ro￭ line 5 car￭ box￭ y￭ late de￭ hydro￭ gen￭ ase causing a buil￭ dup of pro￭ line in the body
hyper￭ prote￭ in￭ emia is the state of having overly high levels of protein in the blood this can occur due to mono￭ cl￭ onal gam￭ m￭ opath￭ ies such as multiple my￭ el￭ oma and after intra￭ ven￭ ous immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ulin has been given it can result in a fal￭ sely low appearing sodium level hy￭ pon￭ at￭ re￭ mia
hy￭ pers￭ ali￭ vation also called p￭ ty￭ alism or si￭ al￭ or￭ rhe￭ a is excessive production of sali￭ va it has also been defined as increased amount of sali￭ va in the mouth which may also be caused by decreased clearance of sali￭ va hy￭ pers￭ ali￭ vation can contribute to dro￭ oling if there is an inability to keep the mouth closed or in difficulty in sw￭ allowing the excess sali￭ va dy￭ sp￭ ha￭ gia hy￭ pers￭ ali￭ vation also often prece￭ des em￭ esis v￭ om￭ iting where it accompanies naus￭ ea a feeling of needing to v￭ omit
in computing hy￭ pers￭ cal￭ e is the ability of an architecture to scale appropriately as increased demand is added to the system this typically involves the ability to seam￭ lessly provision and add compu￭ te memory networking and storage resources to a given no￭ de or set of no￭ des that make up a larger computing distributed computing or grid computing environment hy￭ pers￭ cal￭ e computing is necessary in order to build a robust and scal￭ able cloud big data map reduce or distributed storage system and is often associated with the infrastructure required to run large distributed sites such as facebook google microsoft or amazon companies like er￭ ic￭ sson and intel provide hy￭ pers￭ cal￭ e infrastructure kits to any it service provider wanting to modernise their infrastructure and adopt hy￭ pers￭ cal￭ e
a hyper￭ segm￭ ented neu￭ tro￭ phil is a clinical laboratory finding it is vis￭ u￭ alized by drawing blood from a patient and viewing the blood sme￭ ared on a slide under a micro￭ scope normally the number of segments in the nucleus of a neu￭ tro￭ phil increases as it mat￭ ures and ages after the neu￭ tro￭ phil is released into the blood from the bone marrow although normal neu￭ troph￭ ils only contain three or four nuclear lob￭ es the segments hyper￭ segm￭ ented neu￭ troph￭ ils contain six or more lob￭ es hyper￭ segm￭ ented neu￭ troph￭ ils have class￭ ically been thought to be path￭ og￭ no￭ mon￭ ic of the class of an￭ emi￭ as called meg￭ alo￭ bl￭ astic an￭ emi￭ as an￭ emi￭ as caused by failure of bone marrow blood forming cells to make dna often caused by vitamin b 12 or fol￭ ate deficiencies or dna replic￭ ation pois￭ ons however in seeming contradiction to this several studies have strongly associated neu￭ tro￭ phil hyper￭ segm￭ entation with iron deficiency an￭ emia in one study 81 of children with iron deficiency had hyper￭ segm￭ ented neu￭ troph￭ ils vs 9 of controls the mechanism for hyper￭ segm￭ entation in iron deficiency is not yet clear but has been suggested to be con￭ current iron and vitamin deficiency one of the earliest notable changes in the peripheral blood in meg￭ alo￭ bl￭ astic processes is the appearance of hyper￭ segm￭ ented neu￭ troph￭ ils because of the short life span of neu￭ troph￭ ils these abnormal hyper￭ segm￭ ented neu￭ troph￭ ils characteris￭ tically appear even before the onset of an￭ emia in meg￭ alo￭ bl￭ astic processes such neu￭ troph￭ ils are less often seen in the other classes of an￭ emia which together are far more common than meg￭ alo￭ bl￭ astic types of an￭ emia however as noted the use of hyper￭ segm￭ ented neu￭ troph￭ ils to diagnose type of an￭ emia is limited by the fact that different types of nutrient deficiency an￭ emia may coexist note that pernicious an￭ emia is a type of meg￭ alo￭ bl￭ astic an￭ emia and as such is expected to show hyper￭ segm￭ ented neu￭ troph￭ ils
hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity also called hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity reaction or intolerance is a set of undesirable reactions produced by the normal immune system including allergies and auto￭ immunity they are usually referred to as an over reaction of the immune system and these reactions may be damaging uncomfortable or occasionally fatal hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity reactions require a pre sensi￭ tized immune state of the host they are classified in four groups after the proposal of p g h g￭ ell and robin co￭ om￭ bs in 1963
hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity pneu￭ mon￭ i￭ tis h￭ p also called allergic al￭ ve￭ oli￭ tis or extr￭ ins￭ ic allergic al￭ ve￭ oli￭ tis e￭ aa is an infl￭ amm￭ ation of the al￭ ve￭ oli within the lung caused by hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity to inhal￭ ed organic du￭ sts sufferers are commonly exposed to the dust by their occupation or hob￭ bies
hy￭ pers￭ ex￭ uality is a clinical diagnosis used by mental healthcare researchers and providers to describe extremely frequent or suddenly increased sexual urges or sexual activity the terms n￭ ymp￭ hom￭ ania and sat￭ y￭ ri￭ asis were once used to describe the condition in women and men respectively but are no longer in general medical use although the former is still used col￭ lo￭ qu￭ ially
in the 5 th edition of the diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders published in may 2013 hyper￭ som￭ nia appears under sleep wake disorders as hyper￭ som￭ no￭ l￭ ence of which there are several sub￭ types
hy￭ pers￭ th￭ en￭ ur￭ ia is a condition where the o￭ sm￭ ol￭ ality of the urine is elevated it can be associated with diabetes mell￭ it￭ us and is determined by a urine specific gravity of greater than 1 010
hyper￭ tel￭ or￭ ism is an abnormally increased distance between two organs or bodily parts usually referring to an increased distance between the or￭ bits eyes or orb￭ ital hyper￭ tel￭ or￭ ism in this condition the distance between the inner eye corners as well as the distance between the pupils is greater than normal hyper￭ tel￭ or￭ ism should not be confused with t￭ elec￭ an￭ thus in which the distance between the inner eye corners is increased but that of the outer eye corners remains unchanged therefore the distance between the pupils is normal hyper￭ tel￭ or￭ ism is a symptom in a variety of syndro￭ mes including ed￭ wards syndrome tr￭ is￭ omy 18 1 q 21 1 duplication syndrome bas￭ al cell nev￭ us syndrome di￭ george syndrome and lo￭ e￭ ys di￭ etz syndrome hyper￭ tel￭ or￭ ism can also be seen in ap￭ ert syndrome cran￭ io￭ fron￭ ton￭ as￭ al dys￭ pl￭ asia no￭ on￭ an syndrome neuro￭ fi￭ bro￭ mat￭ osis le￭ op￭ ard syndrome c￭ rou￭ z￭ on syndrome wolf hir￭ sch￭ horn syndrome ander￭ sen – ta￭ wi￭ l syndrome waar￭ denburg syndrome and cr￭ i du chat syndrome along with pie￭ bal￭ dis￭ m prominent inner third of the eyebro￭ ws ir￭ ises of different color spon￭ dy￭ lo￭ ep￭ ip￭ hy￭ seal dys￭ pl￭ asia mu￭ co￭ pol￭ ys￭ ac￭ ch￭ ari￭ de metabol￭ ism disorders mor￭ qui￭ o syndrome hur￭ ler s syndrome deaf￭ ness and also in hypo￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m some links have been found between hyper￭ tel￭ or￭ ism and attention deficit hyper￭ activity disorder
hyper￭ tension ht￭ n or ht also known as high blood pressure h￭ bp is a long term medical condition in which the blood pressure in the arter￭ ies is persistently elevated high blood pressure usually does not cause symptoms long term high blood pressure however is a major risk factor for coron￭ ary artery disease stroke heart failure peripheral vascular disease vision loss and chronic kidney disease high blood pressure is classified as either primary essential high blood pressure or secondary high blood pressure about 90 – 95 of cases are primary defined as high blood pressure due to non￭ specific lifestyle and genetic factors lifestyle factors that increase the risk include excess salt excess body weight smoking and alcohol the remaining 5 – 10 of cases are categ￭ orized as secondary high blood pressure defined as high blood pressure due to an identifiable cause such as chronic kidney disease narrowing of the kidney arter￭ ies an endocrine disorder or the use of birth control pills blood pressure is expressed by two measurements the syst￭ ol￭ ic and di￭ ast￭ ol￭ ic pressures which are the maximum and minimum pressures respectively normal blood pressure at rest is within the range of 100 – 140 milli￭ meters mercury m￭ mh￭ g syst￭ ol￭ ic and 60 – 90 m￭ mh￭ g di￭ ast￭ ol￭ ic high blood pressure is present if the resting blood pressure is persistently at or above 140 90 m￭ mh￭ g for most adults different numbers apply to children ambul￭ atory blood pressure monitoring over a 24 hour period appears more accurate than office best blood pressure measurement lifestyle changes and medications can lower blood pressure and decrease the risk of health complications lifestyle changes include weight loss decreased salt intake physical exercise and a healthy diet if lifestyle changes are not sufficient then blood pressure medications are used up to three medications can control blood pressure in 90 of people the treatment of moderately high arter￭ ial blood pressure defined as 160 100 m￭ mh￭ g with medications is associated with an improved life expectancy the effect of treatment of blood pressure between 140 90 m￭ mh￭ g and 160 100 m￭ mh￭ g is less clear with some reviews finding benefit and others not finding benefit high blood pressure affects between 16 and 37 of the population globally in 2010 hyper￭ tension was believed to have been a factor in 18 9 4 million deaths
a hyper￭ ten￭ sive emergency syst￭ ol￭ ic over 180 or di￭ ast￭ ol￭ ic over 120 formerly called m￭ align￭ ant hyper￭ tension is hyper￭ tension high blood pressure with acute impairment of one or more organ systems especially the central nervous system cardiovascular system and or the ren￭ al system that can result in irreversible organ damage in a hyper￭ ten￭ sive emergency the blood pressure should be slowly lowered over a period of minutes to hours with an anti￭ hyper￭ ten￭ sive agent
hyper￭ ten￭ sive encephalopathy is a neuro￭ logical dysfunction induced by m￭ align￭ ant hyper￭ tension the term hyper￭ ten￭ sive encephalopathy was introduced to describe this type of encephalopathy by op￭ pen￭ he￭ imer and fish￭ berg in 19￭ 28 it describes cere￭ br￭ al conditions typically reversible caused by sudden and sustained severe elev￭ ation of blood pressure hyper￭ ten￭ sive encephalopathy occurs in ec￭ lam￭ p￭ sia acute ne￭ ph￭ ri￭ tis and crises in essential hyper￭ tension symptoms of hyper￭ ten￭ sive encephalopathy include headache rest￭ lessness naus￭ ea disturbances of consciousness seizures bleeding in the re￭ tina and pap￭ il￭ le￭ dem￭ a focal brain le￭ sions may be associated with specific neuro￭ logical symptoms these neuro￭ logical impair￭ ments may culminate in a coma the condition is treated by drugs that decrease blood pressure
hyper￭ ten￭ sive heart disease includes a number of complications of high blood pressure that affect the heart while there are several definitions of hyper￭ ten￭ sive heart disease in the medical literature the term is most widely used in the context of the international classification of diseases ic￭ d coding categories the definition includes heart failure and other cardiac complications of hyper￭ tension when a causal relationship between the heart disease and hyper￭ tension is stated or implied on the death certificate in 2013 hyper￭ ten￭ sive heart disease resulted in 1 07 million deaths as compared with 630 000 deaths in 1990 according to ic￭ d 10 hyper￭ ten￭ sive heart disease i 11 and its sub￭ categories hyper￭ ten￭ sive heart disease with heart failure i 11 0 and hyper￭ ten￭ sive heart disease without heart failure i 11 9 are distinguished from chronic r￭ heu￭ matic heart diseases i 05 i 09 other forms of heart disease i 30 i 52 and is￭ chem￭ ic heart diseases i 20 i 25 however since high blood pressure is a risk factor for a￭ ther￭ os￭ clerosis and is￭ chem￭ ic heart disease death rates from hyper￭ ten￭ sive heart disease provide an incomplete measure of the burden of disease due to high blood pressure
hyper￭ ten￭ sive leuko￭ encephalopathy refers to a de￭ generation of the white matter of the brain following a sudden increase in blood pressure
hyper￭ ten￭ sive ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ pa￭ thy or hyper￭ ten￭ sive ne￭ ph￭ ros￭ clerosis or hyper￭ ten￭ sive kidney disease is a medical condition referring to damage to the kidney due to chronic high blood pressure it should be distinguished from renov￭ ascular hyper￭ tension i 15 0 which is a form of secondary hyper￭ tension in the kidneys as a result of benign arter￭ ial hyper￭ tension hy￭ al￭ ine pink am￭ orph￭ ous homogeneous material accumul￭ ates in the wall of small arter￭ ies and arter￭ i￭ oles producing the thick￭ ening of their walls and the narrowing of the lumin￭ a — arter￭ io￭ los￭ clerosis consequent is￭ chem￭ ia will produce tu￭ bul￭ ar atro￭ phy inter￭ sti￭ tial fi￭ bro￭ sis glo￭ mer￭ ular alterations smaller glo￭ mer￭ uli with different degrees of hy￭ al￭ ini￭ zation from mild to sclerosis of glo￭ mer￭ uli and peri￭ glo￭ mer￭ ular fi￭ bro￭ sis in advanced stages kidney failure will occur functional ne￭ ph￭ ron￭ s have dil￭ ated tu￭ bul￭ es often with hy￭ al￭ ine casts in the lum￭ ens additional complications often associated with hyper￭ ten￭ sive ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ pa￭ thy include glo￭ mer￭ ular damage resulting in protein and blood in the urine
hyper￭ ten￭ sive re￭ tin￭ opathy is damage to the re￭ tina and re￭ tin￭ al circulation due to high blood pressure i e hyper￭ tension
hyper￭ the￭ co￭ sis is hyper￭ pl￭ asia of the th￭ eca inter￭ na of the o￭ vary it is when an area of lu￭ te￭ ini￭ zation occurs along with st￭ rom￭ al hyper￭ pl￭ asia the lu￭ te￭ ini￭ zed cells produce and￭ rog￭ ens which may lead to hir￭ su￭ tism and vi￭ ri￭ li￭ zation or mascul￭ ini￭ zation
hyper￭ thy￭ me￭ sia is the condition of possessing an extremely detailed auto￭ bio￭ graphical memory people with hyper￭ thy￭ me￭ sia remember an abnormally vast number of their life experiences american neuro￭ biologists elizabeth parker larry ca￭ hill and james mc￭ gau￭ gh 2006 identified two defining characteristics of hyper￭ thy￭ me￭ sia spending an excessive amount of time thinking about one s past and displaying an extraordinary ability to recall specific events from one s past the word hyper￭ thy￭ me￭ sia derives from ancient greek hyper excessive and th￭ ym￭ esis remembering
hyper￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m is the condition that occurs due to excessive production of thyro￭ id hormone by the thyro￭ id g￭ land thyro￭ toxico￭ sis is the condition that occurs due to excessive thyro￭ id hormone of any cause and therefore includes hyper￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m some however use the terms inter￭ change￭ ably signs and symptoms vary between people and may include irrit￭ ability muscle weakness sleeping problems a fast heartbeat heat intolerance diarr￭ hea enlargement of the thyro￭ id and weight loss symptoms are typically less in the old and during pregnancy an un￭ common complic￭ ation is thyro￭ id storm in which an event such as an infection results in worsening symptoms such as confusion and a high temperature and often results in death the opposite is hypo￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m when the thyro￭ id g￭ land does not make enough thyro￭ id hormone graves disease is the cause of about 50 to 80 of the cases of hyper￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m in the united states other causes include multin￭ od￭ ular go￭ iter toxic aden￭ oma infl￭ amm￭ ation of the thyro￭ id eating too much i￭ od￭ ine and too much synthetic thyro￭ id hormone a less common cause is a pit￭ u￭ itary aden￭ oma the diagnosis may be suspected based on signs and symptoms and then confirmed with blood tests typically blood tests show a low thyro￭ id stimulating hormone ts￭ h and raised t 3 or t 4 radio￭ i￭ od￭ ine uptake by the thyro￭ id thyro￭ id scan and tsi antibodies may help determine the cause treatment depends partly on the cause and severity of disease there are three main treatment options radio￭ i￭ od￭ ine therapy medications and thyro￭ id surgery radio￭ i￭ od￭ ine therapy involves taking i￭ od￭ ine 131 by mouth which is then concentrated in and destroys the thyro￭ id over weeks to months the resulting hypo￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m is treated with synthetic thyro￭ id hormone medications such as beta bloc￭ kers may control the symptoms and anti thyro￭ id medications such as meth￭ im￭ azole may temporarily help people while other treatments are having effect surgery to remove the thyro￭ id is another option this may be used in those with very large thyro￭ ids or when cancer is a concern in the united states hyper￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m affects about 1 2 of the population it occurs between two and ten times more often in women onset is commonly between 20 and 50 years of age overall the disease is more common in those over the age of 60 years
hyper￭ thyro￭ x￭ in￭ emia or hyper￭ thyro￭ x￭ in￭ aemia is a thyro￭ id disease where the serum levels of thyro￭ x￭ ine are higher than expected the term is sometimes used to refer to hyper￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m but hyper￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m is a more general term types include famili￭ al dy￭ sal￭ bu￭ min￭ emic hyper￭ thyro￭ x￭ in￭ emia famili￭ al eu￭ thyro￭ id hyper￭ thyro￭ x￭ in￭ emia thyro￭ id hormone resistance syndrome
hyper￭ ton￭ ia is a term sometimes used synonym￭ ously with sp￭ as￭ tic￭ ity in the literature surrounding damage to the central nervous system namely upper motor ne￭ uron le￭ sions impaired ability of damaged motor neurons to regulate descending pathways gives rise to dis￭ ordered spinal refl￭ exes increased exc￭ itability of muscle sp￭ ind￭ les and decreased syn￭ ap￭ tic inhi￭ bi￭ tion these consequences result in abnormally increased muscle tone of symptomatic muscles some authors suggest that the current definition for sp￭ as￭ tic￭ ity the velocity dependent over activity of the stretch reflex is not sufficient as it fails to take into account patients exhi￭ biting increased muscle tone in the absence of stretch reflex over activity they instead suggest that “ reversible hyper￭ ton￭ ia ” is more appropriate and represents a treat￭ able condition that is responsive to various therapy modalities like drug and or physical therapy symptoms associated with central nervous systems disorders are classified into positive and negative categories positive symptoms include those that increase muscle activity through hyper exc￭ itability of the stretch reflex i e rigidity and sp￭ as￭ tic￭ ity where negative symptoms include those of insufficient muscle activity i e weakness and reduced motor function often the two classifications are thought to be separate entities of a disorder however some authors propose that they may be closely related
a hyper￭ transc￭ end￭ ental function or transc￭ end￭ entally transc￭ end￭ ental function is an analy￭ tic function which is not the solution of an al￭ ge￭ bra￭ ic differential equation with coefficients in z the inte￭ gers and with al￭ ge￭ bra￭ ic initial conditions all hyper￭ transc￭ end￭ ental functions are transc￭ end￭ ental functions
hyper￭ tric￭ ho￭ sis also called am￭ br￭ as syndrome is an abnormal amount of hair growth over the body extensive cases of hyper￭ tric￭ ho￭ sis have informally been called were￭ wolf syndrome because the appearance is similar to the myth￭ ical were￭ wolf the two distinct types of hyper￭ tric￭ ho￭ sis are generalized hyper￭ tric￭ ho￭ sis which occurs over the entire body and loc￭ alized hyper￭ tric￭ ho￭ sis which is restricted to a certain area hyper￭ tric￭ ho￭ sis can be either con￭ genital present at birth or acquired later in life the excess growth of hair occurs in areas of the skin with the exception of and￭ ro￭ gen dependent hair of the pu￭ bic area face and ax￭ ill￭ ary regions several circus sid￭ es￭ how performers in the 19 th and early 20 th centuries such as julia pastr￭ ana had hyper￭ tric￭ ho￭ sis many of them worked as freaks and were promoted as having distinct human and animal traits
hyper￭ tric￭ ho￭ sis cu￭ bi￭ ti also known as ha￭ iry el￭ bow syndrome is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by multiple terminal ha￭ irs on both el￭ bows in children
hyper￭ tric￭ ho￭ sis simpl￭ ex of the scal￭ p is a cu￭ taneous condition caused by defects in the cor￭ neo￭ des￭ mo￭ sin protein
hyper￭ tri￭ gly￭ cer￭ i￭ dem￭ ia den￭ o￭ tes high hyper blood levels emia of tri￭ gly￭ cer￭ ides the most abundant fatty mol￭ ecu￭ le in most organisms elevated levels of tri￭ gly￭ cer￭ ides are associated with a￭ ther￭ os￭ clerosis even in the absence of hyper￭ cho￭ le￭ ster￭ ol￭ emia high cho￭ le￭ sterol levels and pre￭ dispose to cardiovascular disease very high tri￭ gly￭ cer￭ ide levels also increase the risk of acute pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis hyper￭ tri￭ gly￭ cer￭ i￭ dem￭ ia itself is usually symp￭ tom￭ less although high levels may be associated with skin le￭ sions known as x￭ an￭ thomas the diagnosis is made on blood tests often performed as part of screening once diagnosed other blood tests are usually required to determine whether the raised tri￭ gly￭ cer￭ ide level is caused by other underlying disorders secondary hyper￭ tri￭ gly￭ cer￭ i￭ dem￭ ia or whether no such underlying cause exists primary hyper￭ tri￭ gly￭ cer￭ id￭ aemia there is a hereditary pre￭ disposition to both primary and secondary hyper￭ tri￭ gly￭ cer￭ i￭ dem￭ ia weight loss and dietary modification may improve hyper￭ tri￭ gly￭ cer￭ i￭ dem￭ ia the decision to treat hyper￭ tri￭ gly￭ cer￭ i￭ dem￭ ia with medication depends on the levels and on the presence of other risk factors for cardiovascular disease very high levels that would increase the risk of pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis is treated with a drug from the fi￭ br￭ ate class ni￭ ac￭ in and om￭ ega 3 fatty acids as well as drugs from the stati￭ n class may be used in conjunction with stat￭ ins being the main drug treatment for moderate hyper￭ tri￭ gly￭ cer￭ i￭ dem￭ ia where reduction of cardiovascular risk is required
hyper￭ troph￭ ic cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy h￭ cm is a disease in which a portion of the my￭ o￭ cardi￭ um heart muscle is enlarged without any obvious cause creating functional impairment of the heart it is the leading cause of sudden death in young athletes the occurrence of hyper￭ troph￭ ic cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy is a significant cause of sudden cardiac death in any age group and a cause of disab￭ ling cardiac symptoms h￭ cm is frequently as￭ ymp￭ tomatic until sudden cardiac death and for this reason some suggest routinely screening certain populations for this disease a cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy is a disease that affects the muscle of the heart with h￭ cm the my￭ oc￭ y￭ tes cardiac contr￭ acti￭ le cells in the heart increase in size which results in the thick￭ ening of the heart muscle in addition the normal alignment of muscle cells is disrupted a phenomenon known as my￭ o￭ cardi￭ al disarray h￭ cm also causes disruptions of the electrical functions of the heart h￭ cm is most commonly due to a mutation in one of nine sar￭ com￭ eric genes that results in a mut￭ ated protein in the sar￭ com￭ ere the primary component of the my￭ oc￭ y￭ te the muscle cell of the heart these are predominantly single point mis￭ sense mutations in the genes for beta my￭ os￭ in heavy chain mh￭ c my￭ os￭ in binding protein c cardiac tro￭ pon￭ int or tro￭ po￭ my￭ os￭ in these mutations cause my￭ o￭ fi￭ bri￭ l and my￭ oc￭ y￭ te structural ab￭ norm￭ alities and possible deficiencies in force generation while most literature so far focuses on european american and japanese populations h￭ cm appears in all ethnic groups the prevalence of h￭ cm is about 0 2 to 0 5 of the general population
hyper￭ troph￭ ic cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy or h￭ cm is the leading cause of sudden cardiac death sc￭ d in young athletes h￭ cm is frequently as￭ ymp￭ tomatic until sc￭ d and thus its prevention requires screening screening by medical history and physical exam are ineffective indicating heart ab￭ norm￭ alities in only 3 of patients who subsequently suffered sc￭ d however h￭ cm can be detected with 80 accuracy by echo￭ cardi￭ o￭ grams which may be combined with pre screening by electro￭ cardi￭ o￭ grams ec￭ gs routine cardiac screening of athletes has been implemented in italy since the 1970 s and has resulted in an 89 drop in cases of sc￭ d among scre￭ ened athletes in the united states citing cost concerns the american heart association has consistently opposed such routine screening for rare conditions like h￭ cm the rate of false positive testing is also a significant concern however certain chapters of the american college of cardi￭ ology are backing screening models provided by private entities and non￭ profit organizations
hyper￭ troph￭ ic o￭ ste￭ o￭ ar￭ thro￭ pa￭ thy also known as hyper￭ troph￭ ic pul￭ mon￭ ary o￭ ste￭ o￭ ar￭ thro￭ pa￭ thy bam￭ berger marie syndrome or o￭ ste￭ o￭ ar￭ thro￭ path￭ ia hyper￭ troph￭ ic￭ ans is a medical condition combining clu￭ bbing and perio￭ sti￭ tis of the small hand joints especially the dis￭ tal inter￭ p￭ hal￭ ange￭ al joints dis￭ tal expansion of the long bones as well as painful sw￭ oll￭ en joints and sy￭ no￭ vi￭ al vill￭ ous proliferation are often seen the condition may occur alone primary or it may be secondary to diseases like lung cancer it is especially associated with non small cell lung carcin￭ oma these patients often get clu￭ bbing and increased bone de￭ position on long bones their presenting symptoms are sometimes only clu￭ bbing and painful an￭ kles hyper￭ troph￭ ic o￭ ste￭ o￭ ar￭ thro￭ pa￭ thy is one of many distant effect disorders due to cancer with lung cancer being the most common cause but also occurring with o￭ vari￭ an or adren￭ al m￭ align￭ ancies a distant effect disorder or a par￭ ane￭ op￭ l￭ astic syndrome affects distant areas and thus is not related to local compression or obstruction effects from the tumor other par￭ ane￭ op￭ l￭ astic syndro￭ mes include hyper￭ cal￭ cem￭ ia si￭ adh cu￭ shing s syndrome and a variety of neuro￭ logical disorders
hyper￭ troph￭ ic o￭ ste￭ od￭ y￭ stro￭ phy ho￭ d is a bone disease that occurs in fast growing large and giant breed dogs the disorder is sometimes referred to as met￭ ap￭ hy￭ seal o￭ ste￭ opathy and typically first presents between the ages of 2 and 7 months ho￭ d is characterized by decreased blood flow to the metaph￭ ysis the part of the bone adjacent to the joint leading to a failure of os￭ sification bone formation and necro￭ sis and infl￭ amm￭ ation of cancell￭ ous bone the disease is usually bilateral in the limb bones especially the dis￭ tal radius ul￭ na and ti￭ bia the we￭ im￭ ar￭ an￭ er irish set￭ ter box￭ er german shepherd and great dane breeds are heavily represented in case reports of ho￭ d in the veterinary literature but the severity of symptoms and possible eti￭ ology may be different across the breeds for example famili￭ al clu￭ stering of the disease has been documented in the we￭ im￭ ar￭ an￭ er but not in other breeds the disease in the we￭ im￭ ar￭ an￭ er and irish set￭ ter can be particularly severe with significant mortality observed in untreated dogs the classical age of onset is typically 8 to 16 weeks of age with males and females equally affected
hyper￭ troph￭ ic o￭ ste￭ opathy is a bone disease secondary to cancer in the lungs
a hyper￭ troph￭ ic scar is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by deposits of excessive amounts of coll￭ agen which gives rise to a raised scar but not to the degree observed with kel￭ oids like kel￭ oids they form most often at the sites of p￭ impl￭ es body pier￭ c￭ ings cuts and burns they often contain nerves and blood vessels they generally develop after thermal or traumatic injury that involves the deep layers of the der￭ mis and express high levels of tg￭ f β also mechanical tension on a wound has been identified as a leading cause for hyper￭ troph￭ ic scar formation when a normal wound he￭ als the body produces new coll￭ agen fi￭ bers at a rate which balances the breakdown of old coll￭ agen hyper￭ troph￭ ic scars are red and thick and may be it￭ chy or painful they do not extend beyond the boundary of the original wound but may continue to thick￭ en for up to six months they usually improve over one or two years but may cause distress due to their appearance or the intensity of the it￭ ching they can also restrict movement if they are located close to a joint some people have an inherited tendency to this type of scar￭ ring for example those with eh￭ lers dan￭ los syndrome classic type it is not possible to completely prevent hyper￭ troph￭ ic scars so those with a history them should inform their doctor or surgeon if they need surgery scar therapies may speed up the process of change from a hyper￭ troph￭ ic scar to a flat￭ ter pal￭ er one
hyper￭ tro￭ phy ip￭ a ha￭ ɪ￭ ˈ￭ p￭ ɝ￭ ː￭ tr￭ ə￭ fi from greek ὑ￭ π￭ έρ excess τρο￭ φ￭ ή nour￭ ishment is the increase in the volume of an organ or tissue due to the enlargement of its component cells it is distinguished from hyper￭ pl￭ asia in which the cells remain approximately the same size but increase in number although hyper￭ tro￭ phy and hyper￭ pl￭ asia are two distinct processes they frequently occur together such as in the case of the hormon￭ ally induced proliferation and enlargement of the cells of the uter￭ us during pregnancy ec￭ centric hyper￭ tro￭ phy is a type of hyper￭ tro￭ phy where the walls and chamber of a hollow organ undergo growth in which the overall size and volume are enlarged it is applied especially to the left ven￭ tric￭ le of heart sar￭ comer￭ es are added in series as for example in dil￭ ated cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy in contrast to hyper￭ troph￭ ic cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy a type of concentr￭ ic hyper￭ tro￭ phy where sar￭ comer￭ es are added in parallel
hyper￭ tro￭ p￭ ia is a condition of mis￭ alignment of the eyes str￭ ab￭ is￭ mus whereby the visual axis of one eye is higher than the fellow fix￭ ating eye hy￭ pot￭ ro￭ p￭ ia is the similar condition focus being on the eye with the visual axis lower than the fellow fix￭ ating eye dissoci￭ ated vertical deviation is a special type of hyper￭ tro￭ p￭ ia leading to slow upward drift of one or rarely both eyes usually when the patient is in￭ attentive
hyper￭ try￭ pt￭ op￭ han￭ emia also called famili￭ al hyper￭ try￭ pt￭ op￭ han￭ emia is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive metabol￭ ic disorder that results in a massive buil￭ dup of the amino acid try￭ pt￭ oph￭ an in the blood with associated symptoms and try￭ pt￭ op￭ han￭ ur￭ ia ur￭ ia den￭ o￭ tes in the urine elevated levels of try￭ pt￭ oph￭ an are also seen in har￭ tn￭ up disease a disorder of amino acid transport however the increase of try￭ pt￭ oph￭ an in that disorder is negligible when compared to that of hyper￭ try￭ pt￭ op￭ han￭ emia
hyper￭ ur￭ ic￭ emia is an abnormally high level of ur￭ ic acid in the blood in the ph conditions of body fluid ur￭ ic acid exists largely as urate the ion form the amount of urate in the body depends on the balance between the amount of pur￭ ines eaten in food the amount of urate syn￭ thes￭ ised within the body e g through cell turnover and the amount of urate that is ex￭ cre￭ ted in urine or through the gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract in humans the upper end of the normal range is 360 µ￭ mol l 6 mg dl for women and 400 µ￭ mol l 6 8 mg dl for men
hyper￭ uri￭ co￭ sur￭ ia is a medical term referring to the presence of excessive amounts of ur￭ ic acid in the urine for men this is at a rate greater than 800 mg day and for women 750 mg day notable direct causes of hyper￭ uri￭ co￭ sur￭ ia are dissolution of ur￭ ic acid cryst￭ als in the kidneys or ur￭ inary blad￭ der and hyper￭ ur￭ ic￭ emia notable indirect causes include uri￭ co￭ sur￭ ic drugs rapid breakdown of bodily tissues containing large quantities of dna and r￭ na and a diet high in pur￭ ine drugs that may contribute to the cure or amelior￭ ation￭ of hyper￭ uri￭ co￭ sur￭ ia include all￭ op￭ ur￭ in￭ ol and ur￭ ic￭ ase hyper￭ uri￭ co￭ sur￭ ia may be a medical sign of g￭ out very common kidney stones of ur￭ ic acid ur￭ ic acid ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ li￭ thi￭ asis acute ur￭ ic acid ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ pa￭ thy acute ren￭ al failure tumor lysis syndrome fan￭ coni syndrome dent s disease very rare
hyper￭ val￭ in￭ emia also called val￭ in￭ emia or val￭ ine trans￭ amin￭ ase deficiency is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive metabol￭ ic disorder in which ur￭ inary and serum levels of the bran￭ ched chain amino acid val￭ ine are elevated without related elev￭ ation of the bran￭ ched chain amino acids le￭ uc￭ ine and iso￭ le￭ uc￭ ine it is caused by a deficiency of the enzyme val￭ ine trans￭ amin￭ ase
hyper￭ ventilation syndrome h￭ vs also chronic hyper￭ ventilation syndrome ch￭ vs and dysfunctional breathing hyper￭ ventilation syndrome is a respiratory disorder psychologically or physi￭ o￭ logically based involving breathing too deeply or too rapidly hyper￭ ventilation h￭ vs may present with chest pain and a ting￭ ling sensation in the finger￭ tips and around the mouth pa￭ res￭ the￭ sia and may accompany a panic attack people with h￭ vs may feel that they cannot get enough air in reality they have about the same oxy￭ gen￭ ation in the arter￭ ial blood normal values are about 98 for h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in satur￭ ation and too little carbon dioxide hypo￭ cap￭ nia in their blood and other tissues while oxygen is abundant in the blood￭ stream h￭ vs reduces effective delivery of that oxygen to vital organs due to low co 2 induced vas￭ o￭ con￭ stric￭ tion and the suppressed bo￭ hr effect the hyper￭ ventilation is self promul￭ gating as rapid breathing causes carbon dioxide levels to fall below healthy levels and respiratory al￭ k￭ alo￭ sis high blood ph develops this makes the symptoms worse which causes the person to try breathing even faster which further exacerbates the problem the respiratory al￭ k￭ alo￭ sis leads to changes in the way the nervous system fires and leads to the pa￭ res￭ the￭ sia di￭ zz￭ iness and percep￭ tual changes that often accompany this condition other mechanisms may also be at work and some people are physi￭ o￭ logically more susceptible to this phenomenon than others
hyper￭ vis￭ cos￭ ity syndrome is a group of symptoms triggered by increase in the vis￭ cos￭ ity of the blood symptoms of high blood vis￭ cos￭ ity include spontaneous bleeding from mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ ran￭ es visual disturbances due to re￭ tin￭ opathy and neuro￭ logic symptoms ranging from headache and ver￭ ti￭ go to seizures and coma hyper￭ vis￭ cos￭ ity occurs from patho￭ logic changes of either cellular or protein fractions of the blood such as is found in poly￭ cy￭ them￭ ias multiple my￭ el￭ oma particularly ig￭ a and ig￭ g 3 leuk￭ emia mono￭ cl￭ onal gam￭ m￭ opath￭ ies such as wal￭ den￭ ström macro￭ glob￭ ul￭ in￭ emia sick￭ le cell an￭ emia and sep￭ sis types of hyper￭ vis￭ cos￭ ity syndro￭ mes vary by path￭ ology including serum hyper￭ vis￭ cos￭ ity which may cause neuro￭ logic or oc￭ ular disorders poly￭ cy￭ them￭ ic hyper￭ vis￭ cos￭ ity which results in reduced blood flow or cap￭ ill￭ ary per￭ fusion and increased organ congestion and syndro￭ mes of hyper￭ vis￭ cos￭ ity caused by reduced de￭ form￭ ability of red blood cells often evident in sick￭ le cell an￭ emia
hyper￭ vitam￭ in￭ osis refers to a condition of abnormally high storage levels of vitamins which can lead to toxic symptoms the medical names of the different conditions are derived from the vitamin involved an excess of vitamin a for example is called hyper￭ vitam￭ in￭ osis a hyper￭ vitam￭ in￭ osis primarily affects the fat soluble vitamins as these are stored by the body for longer period than the water soluble vitamins however avoiding excesses of both classes of vitamins can make the condition hard to get generally toxic levels of vitamins stem from high supplement intake and not from dietary sources tox￭ ic￭ ities of fat soluble vitamins can also be caused by a large intake of highly fortified foods but foods rarely deliver dangerous levels of fat soluble vitamins the dietary reference intake recommendations from the united states department of agriculture define a tolerable upper intake level for most vitamins high do￭ sage vitamin a high do￭ sage slow release vitamin b 3 and very high do￭ sage vitamin b 6 alone i e without vitamin b complex are sometimes associated with vitamin side effects that usually rapidly cease with supplement reduction or cessation
hyper￭ vitam￭ in￭ osis a refers to the toxic effects of ing￭ est￭ ing too much pre￭ formed vitamin a symptoms arise as a result of altered bone metabol￭ ism and altered metabol￭ ism of other fat soluble vitamins hyper￭ vitam￭ in￭ osis a is believed to have occurred in early humans and the problem has persisted throughout human history toxicity results from ing￭ est￭ ing too much pre￭ formed vitamin a from foods such as fish or animal liver supplements or prescription medications and can be prevented by ing￭ est￭ ing no more than the recommended daily amount diagnosis can be difficult as serum re￭ tin￭ ol is not sensitive to toxic levels of vitamin a but there are effective tests available hyper￭ vitam￭ in￭ osis a is usually treated by stopping intake of the offending food s supplement s or medication most people make a full recovery high intake of pro￭ vitamin caro￭ ten￭ oids such as beta caro￭ ten￭ e from vegetables and fruits does not cause hyper￭ vitam￭ in￭ osis a as conversion from caro￭ ten￭ oids to the active form of vitamin a is regulated by the body to maintain an optimum level of the vitamin caro￭ ten￭ oids themselves cannot produce toxicity
hyper￭ vitam￭ in￭ osis d is a state of vitamin d toxicity the normal range for blood concentration is 30 0 to 74 0 nano￭ grams per milli￭ lit￭ er ng ml
hyper￭ vitam￭ in￭ osis e is a state of vitamin e toxicity since vitamin e can act as an anti￭ co￭ ag￭ ul￭ ant and may increase the risk of bleeding problems many agencies have set a tolerable upper intake levels ul for vitamin e at 1 000 mg 1 500 i￭ u per day this ul was established due to an increased incidence of hemorrha￭ ging with higher doses of supplem￭ ental vitamin e doses of vitamin e above the ul can also magni￭ fy the anti￭ plat￭ elet effects of certain drugs such as anti co￭ ag￭ ul￭ ant medications and aspir￭ in which can cause life threatening symptoms in ill patients hyper￭ vitam￭ in￭ osis e may also counteract vitamin k leading to a vitamin k deficiency
hyper￭ vol￭ emia or fluid overload is the medical condition where there is too much fluid in the blood the opposite condition is hypo￭ vol￭ emia which is too little fluid volume in the blood fluid volume excess in the intr￭ av￭ ascular compartment occurs due to an increase in total body sodium content and a consequent increase in ex￭ trac￭ ell￭ ular body water the mechanism usually stems from compromised regulatory mechanisms for sodium handling as seen in cong￭ estive heart failure chf kidney failure and liver failure it may also be caused by excessive intake of sodium from foods intra￭ ven￭ ous iv solutions and blood trans￭ fu￭ sions medications or diagnostic contrast d￭ yes treatment typically includes administration of di￭ u￭ re￭ tics and restriction of the intake of water fluids sodium and salt
hy￭ ph￭ ema or hyp￭ ha￭ ema see spelling differences is blood in the front an￭ terior chamber of the eye it may appear as a red￭ dish t￭ inge or it may appear as a small pool of blood at the bottom of the iris or in the cor￭ ne￭ a
hyp￭ nic headaches are benign primary headaches that affect the elderly with the average age of onset being 63 ± 11 years they are moderate th￭ robbing bilateral or unilateral headaches that wake the suffer￭ er from sleep once or multiple times a night they typically begin a few hours after sleep begins and can last from 15 – 180 min there is normally no naus￭ ea pho￭ top￭ ho￭ bia ph￭ on￭ opho￭ bia or autonom￭ ic symptoms associated with the headache they commonly occur at the same time every night possibly linking the headaches with cir￭ c￭ adi￭ an rhythm but poly￭ som￭ no￭ graphy has recently revealed that the onset of hyp￭ nic headaches may be associated with rem sleep lith￭ ium carbon￭ ate 200 – 600 mg at bed￭ time is an effective treatment for most patients but for those that can not tolerate lith￭ ium ver￭ ap￭ am￭ il in￭ dom￭ eth￭ ac￭ in or meth￭ yl￭ ser￭ gi￭ li￭ de may be tried two patients have also responded to fl￭ un￭ ari￭ zine 5 mg it has also been shown that 1 – 2 cups of coffee or 100 – 200 mg of caff￭ eine before bed can prevent hyp￭ nic headaches for diagnosis of hyp￭ nic headache syndrome headaches should occur at least 15 times per month for at least one month included in the differential diagnosis of a new onset night￭ time headaches in the elderly is drug withdrawal temporal arter￭ i￭ tis sleep ap￭ ne￭ a oxygen des￭ atur￭ ated p￭ he￭ och￭ ro￭ mo￭ cy￭ tom￭ a in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial causes primary and secondary ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms communicating hydro￭ cephal￭ us sub￭ d￭ ural hem￭ atom￭ a vascular le￭ sions migr￭ ain￭ es cluster headaches chronic par￭ oxy￭ sm￭ al hemic￭ ran￭ ia and hyp￭ nic headache all other causes must be ruled out before the diagnosis of hyp￭ nic headache can be made
a hypno￭ zy￭ go￭ te is a resting cyst resulting from sexual fusion it is commonly thick w￭ alled a synon￭ ym of zy￭ go￭ tic cyst
hypo￭ active sexual desire disorder h￭ s￭ dd or inhi￭ bited sexual desire is￭ d is considered a sexual dysfunction and is characterized as a lack or absence of sexual fantasies and desire for sexual activity as judged by a clin￭ ician for this to be regarded as a disorder it must cause marked distress or inter￭ personal difficulties and not be better accounted for by another mental disorder a drug legal or illegal or some other medical condition a person with is￭ d will not start or respond to their partner s desire for sexual activity other terms used to describe the phenomenon include sexual aversion and sexual apathy h￭ s￭ dd was listed under the sexual and gender identity disorders of the dsm iv in the dsm 5 it was split into male hypo￭ active sexual desire disorder and female sexual interest ar￭ ous￭ al disorder it was first included in the dsm iii under the name inhi￭ bited sexual desire disorder but the name was changed in the dsm iii r there are various sub￭ types h￭ s￭ dd can be general general lack of sexual desire or situ￭ ational still has sexual desire but lacks sexual desire for current partner and it can be acquired h￭ s￭ dd started after a period of normal sexual functioning or lifelong the person has always had no low sexual desire h￭ s￭ dd has gar￭ n￭ ered much criticism primarily by as￭ ex￭ ual activists they point out that h￭ s￭ dd puts as￭ ex￭ uality in the same position homosexuality was from 1974 1987 back then the dsm recognised ego dy￭ st￭ onic homosexuality as a disorder defined as having sexual interest in the same sex and it causing distress despite the dsm itself officially recognizing this as unnecessarily patho￭ logi￭ zing homosexuality and removing it as a disorder in 1987
hypo￭ albu￭ min￭ emia or hypo￭ albu￭ min￭ aemia is a medical sign in which the level of albumin in the blood is abnormally low it is a type of hypo￭ prote￭ in￭ emia albumin is a major protein in the human body making up about 55 60 of total human plasma protein by mass many hormones drugs and other molecules are mostly bound to albumin in the blood￭ stream and must be released before becoming bio￭ logically active for example calcium binds to albumin and hypo￭ albu￭ min￭ emia leads to an increase in free ion￭ ized calcium albumin is synthe￭ sized in the liver and low serum albumin may be indicative of liver failure or diseases such as cir￭ rho￭ sis or chronic hepatitis hypo￭ albu￭ min￭ emia can also present as part of the ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ tic syndrome in which protein is lost in the urine due to kidney damage low albumin levels can be an indicator of chronic malnutrition or protein losing enter￭ opathy hypo￭ albu￭ min￭ emia may cause generalized e￭ dem￭ a sw￭ elling via a decrease in on￭ co￭ tic pressure the serum albumin level is part of a standard panel of liver function tests levels below 3 5 grams per dec￭ il￭ iter are generally considered low a low serum an￭ ion gap is frequently caused by hypo￭ albu￭ min￭ emia
in medicine endocr￭ in￭ ology hypo￭ al￭ do￭ ster￭ on￭ ism refers to decreased levels of the hormone al￭ do￭ ster￭ one isolated hypo￭ al￭ do￭ ster￭ on￭ ism is the condition of having lowered al￭ do￭ ster￭ one without corresponding changes in cor￭ ti￭ sol the two hormones are both produced by the adren￭ als
hypo￭ alph￭ ali￭ po￭ prote￭ in￭ emia is a high density li￭ po￭ protein deficiency inherited in an auto￭ som￭ al dominant manner it can be associated with ld￭ l recep￭ tor associated regions and genes include ni￭ ac￭ in is sometimes prescribed to raise h￭ dl levels
hypo￭ bet￭ ali￭ po￭ prote￭ in￭ emia is a disorder consisting of low levels of ld￭ l cho￭ le￭ sterol or a￭ poli￭ po￭ protein b below the 5 th per￭ centi￭ le the patient can have hypo￭ bet￭ ali￭ po￭ prote￭ in￭ emia and simultaneously have high levels of h￭ dl cho￭ le￭ sterol notably in people who do not have the genetic disorder hypo￭ bet￭ ali￭ po￭ prote￭ in￭ emia a low cho￭ le￭ sterol level may be a marker for poor nutrition wasting disease cancer hyper￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m and liver disease
hypo￭ cal￭ ca￭ emia also spelled hypo￭ cal￭ cem￭ ia is low calcium levels in the blood serum the normal range is 2 1 – 2 6 m￭ mol l 8 8 – 10 7 mg dl 4 3 – 5 2 me￭ q l with levels less than 2 1 m￭ mol l defined as hypo￭ cal￭ cem￭ ia mildly low levels that develop slowly often have no symptoms otherwise symptoms may include num￭ b￭ ness muscle sp￭ as￭ ms seizures confusion or cardiac arrest common causes include hypo￭ par￭ ath￭ yro￭ i￭ dis￭ m and vitamin d deficiency others causes include kidney failure pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis calcium channel bloc￭ ker over￭ dose r￭ hab￭ dom￭ y￭ ol￭ ysis tumor lysis syndrome and medications such as bis￭ phosp￭ hon￭ ates diagnosis should generally be confirmed with a corrected calcium or ion￭ ized calcium level specific changes may be seen on an electro￭ cardi￭ o￭ gram ec￭ g initial treatment for severe disease is with intra￭ ven￭ ous calcium chloride and possibly magnesium sul￭ fate other treatments may include vitamin d magnesium and calcium supplements if due to hypo￭ par￭ ath￭ yro￭ i￭ dis￭ m hydro￭ chloro￭ thi￭ az￭ ide phosphate bin￭ ders and a low salt diet may also be recommended about 18 of people who are in hospital have hypo￭ cal￭ cem￭ ia
hypo￭ cap￭ nia or hypo￭ cap￭ ne￭ a also known as hypo￭ car￭ bia sometimes incorrectly called ac￭ ap￭ nia is a state of reduced carbon dioxide in the blood hypo￭ cap￭ nia usually results from deep or rapid breathing known as hyper￭ ventilation hypo￭ cap￭ nia is the opposite of hyper￭ cap￭ nia
hypo￭ cem￭ ent￭ osis is a reduction in the amount of cem￭ ent￭ um on a tooth root it is a feature of conditions such as cle￭ ido￭ cran￭ ial dys￭ pl￭ asia and hypo￭ phosp￭ hat￭ asia
hypo￭ chlo￭ re￭ mia or hypo￭ chlor￭ aemia is an electro￭ ly￭ te disturbance in which there is an abnormally low level of the chloride ion in the blood the normal serum range for chloride is 97 to 107 me￭ q l it rarely occurs in the absence of other ab￭ norm￭ alities its sometimes associated with hypo￭ ventilation it can be associated with chronic respiratory aci￭ do￭ sis if it occurs together with metabol￭ ic al￭ k￭ alo￭ sis decreased blood acidity it is often due to v￭ om￭ iting it is usually the result of hy￭ pon￭ at￭ re￭ mia or elevated bic￭ ar￭ bon￭ ate concentration it occurs in c￭ ys￭ tic fi￭ bro￭ sis
hypo￭ cho￭ le￭ ster￭ ol￭ emia is the presence of abnormally low hy￭ po levels of cho￭ le￭ sterol in the blood emia although the presence of high total cho￭ le￭ sterol hyper cho￭ le￭ ster￭ ol￭ emia cor￭ relates with cardiovascular disease a defect in the body s production of cho￭ le￭ sterol can lead to adverse consequences as well cho￭ le￭ sterol is an essential component of mammalian cell memb￭ ran￭ es and is required to establish proper memb￭ rane perme￭ ability and flu￭ idity it is not clear if a lower than average cho￭ le￭ sterol level is directly harmful it is often encountered in particular illnesses
hypo￭ ch￭ on￭ dri￭ asis also known as hypo￭ ch￭ on￭ dri￭ a health anxiety or illness anxiety disorder refers to worry about having a serious illness this deb￭ il￭ itating condition is the result of an inaccurate perception of the condition of body or mind despite the absence of an actual medical condition an individual suffering from hypo￭ ch￭ on￭ dri￭ asis is known as a hypo￭ ch￭ on￭ dri￭ ac hypo￭ ch￭ on￭ dri￭ acs become unduly alarmed about any physical or psychological symptoms they detect no matter how minor the symptom may be and are convinced that they have or are about to be diagnosed with a serious illness often hypo￭ ch￭ on￭ dri￭ a persists even after a physician has evaluated a person and reassured them that their concerns about symptoms do not have an underlying medical basis or if there is a medical illness their concerns are far in excess of what is appropriate for the level of disease many hypo￭ ch￭ on￭ dri￭ acs focus on a particular symptom as the catalyst of their worrying such as ga￭ stro intest￭ inal problems pal￭ p￭ itations or muscle fatigue to qualify for the diagnosis of hypo￭ ch￭ on￭ dri￭ a the symptoms must have been experienced for at least 6 months the dsm iv tr defines this disorder hypo￭ ch￭ on￭ dri￭ asis as a som￭ ato￭ form disorder and one study has shown it to affect about 3 of the visitors to primary care settings the newly published dsm 5 replaces the diagnosis of hypo￭ ch￭ on￭ dri￭ asis with the diagnoses of som￭ atic symptom disorder and illness anxiety disorder hypo￭ ch￭ on￭ dri￭ a is often characterized by fears that minor bodily or mental symptoms may indicate a serious illness constant self examination and self diagnosis and a preoccupation with one s body many individuals with hypo￭ ch￭ on￭ dri￭ asis express doubt and dis￭ belief in the doctors diagnosis and report that doctors ’ reassurance about an absence of a serious medical condition is un￭ convincing or short lasting additionally many hypo￭ ch￭ on￭ dri￭ acs experience elevated blood pressure stress and anxiety in the presence of doctors or while occupying a medical facility a condition known as white coat syndrome many hypo￭ ch￭ on￭ dri￭ acs require constant reassurance either from doctors family or friends and the disorder can become a disab￭ ling tor￭ ment for the individual with hypo￭ ch￭ on￭ dri￭ asis as well as his or her family and friends some hypo￭ ch￭ on￭ dri￭ ac￭ al individuals completely avoid any reminder of illness whereas others frequently visit medical facilities sometimes obs￭ essively other victims of this disease will never speak about it
hypo￭ ch￭ on￭ dro￭ genesis is a severe genetic disorder causing mal￭ formations of bone growth the condition is characterized by a short body and limbs and abnormal bone formation in the sp￭ ine and pel￭ vis hypo￭ ch￭ on￭ dro￭ genesis is a subtype of coll￭ agen￭ opathy types ii and xi and is similar to another sk￭ el￭ etal disorder ach￭ on￭ dro￭ genesis type 2 although the spinal changes seen in hypo￭ ch￭ on￭ dro￭ genesis tend to be somewhat mil￭ der
hypo￭ ch￭ on￭ dro￭ pl￭ asia is a developmental disorder caused by an auto￭ som￭ al dominant genetic defect in the fi￭ bro￭ blast growth factor recep￭ tor 3 gene f￭ g￭ fr 3 that results in a disproportionately short stature micro￭ me￭ lia and a head that appears large when compared with the underdeveloped portions of the body it is classified as short lim￭ bed dwar￭ f￭ ism
in mathematics a hypo￭ continuous is a condition on bil￭ ine￭ ar maps of topo￭ logical vector spaces that is weaker than continuity but stronger than separate continuity
hypo￭ correction is a linguistic phenomenon which involves the purposeful addition of s￭ lang in an attempt to appear less intelligible or soften the description it contrasts with hesitation and modulation because rather than not having the right words to say or choosing to avoid them the speaker uses hypo￭ correction as a strategy
hypo￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ lia is the absence or partial absence of the fingers and or toes from birth onward
hypo￭ der￭ my￭ asis is a par￭ asi￭ tic infection by the lar￭ v￭ ae of war￭ ble flies most notably hypo￭ der￭ ma line￭ at￭ um and hypo￭ der￭ ma bo￭ vis these flies mostly infect cattle in the warmer areas of the northern hemisphere humans become hosts when they inadvertently swallow the eggs of those flies
in dentistry hypo￭ don￭ tia is the condition at which the patient has missing teeth as a result of the failure of those teeth to develop also called tooth agen￭ esis hypo￭ don￭ tia describes a situation where the patient is missing up to five permanent teeth excluding the 3 rd mol￭ ars missing third mol￭ ars occur in 9 30 of studied populations in primary denti￭ tion the max￭ illa is more affected with the condition usually involving the max￭ ill￭ ary lateral incis￭ or the condition of missing over five six or more permanent teeth excluding 3 rd mol￭ ars or wisdom teeth has been called oligo￭ don￭ tia the condition for missing all teeth either primary and or permanent is called an￭ od￭ on￭ tia a similar condition is hyper￭ don￭ tia in which there are more than the usual number of teeth more commonly called super￭ numer￭ ary teeth many other terms to describe a reduction in number of teeth appear in the literature ap￭ la￭ sia of teeth con￭ gen￭ it￭ ally missing teeth absence of teeth agen￭ esis of teeth and lack of teeth
hypo￭ estro￭ gen￭ ism or estro￭ gen deficiency refers to a lower than normal level of estro￭ gen the primary sex hormone in women in general lower levels of estro￭ gen may cause differences in the breasts gen￭ itals ur￭ inary tract and skin hypo￭ estro￭ gen￭ ism is most commonly found in women who are post￭ men￭ opa￭ usal have premature o￭ vari￭ an failure or are suffering from amen￭ or￭ rhe￭ a however it is also associated with hyper￭ pro￭ lac￭ tin￭ emia and the use of gon￭ ad￭ o￭ tro￭ pin releasing hormone gn￭ r￭ h analo￭ gues in treatment of end￭ ome￭ tri￭ osis it has also been linked to sco￭ li￭ osis and young women with type 1 diabetes mell￭ it￭ us
hypo￭ gam￭ mag￭ lob￭ ul￭ in￭ emia is a characteristic of common variable immun￭ o￭ deficiency
hypo￭ g￭ eu￭ sia is a reduced ability to taste things to taste sweet sour bitter or sal￭ ty substances the complete lack of taste is referred to as ag￭ eu￭ sia causes of hypo￭ g￭ eu￭ sia include the chem￭ otherapy drug ble￭ om￭ y￭ cin an anti￭ tumor antibiotic as well as zinc deficiency
hypo￭ glos￭ sia is a short in￭ completely developed tongue it can occur either as an isolated mal￭ formation or in association with other de￭ form￭ ities particularly limb defects in a syndrome known as or￭ om￭ andi￭ bul￭ ar limb hypo￭ genesis syndrome
hypo￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia also known as low blood sugar is when blood sugar decreases to below normal levels this may result in a variety of symptoms including clum￭ sin￭ ess trouble talking confusion loss of consciousness seizures or death a feeling of hunger swe￭ ating shak￭ iness and weakness may also be present symptoms typically come on quickly the most common cause of hypo￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia is medications used to treat diabetes mell￭ it￭ us such as insulin and sul￭ fon￭ y￭ lu￭ re￭ as risk is greater in diabe￭ tics who have eaten less than usual exercised more than usual or have drunk alcohol other causes of hypo￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia include kidney failure certain tumors such as insul￭ in￭ oma liver disease hypo￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m starvation in￭ born error of metabol￭ ism severe infections reactive hypo￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia and a number of drugs including alcohol low blood sugar may occur in babies who are otherwise healthy who have not eaten for a few hours the glucose level that defines hypo￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia is variable in people with diabetes levels below 3 9 m￭ mol l 70 mg dl is diagnostic in adults without diabetes symptoms related to low blood sugar low blood sugar at the time of symptoms and improvement when blood sugar is restored to normal confirm the diagnosis otherwise a level below 2 8 m￭ mol l 50 mg dl after not eating or following exercise may be used in new￭ bor￭ ns a level below 2 2 m￭ mol l 40 mg dl or less than 3 3 m￭ mol l 60 mg dl if symptoms are present indicates hypo￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia other tests that may be useful in determining the cause include insulin and c pep￭ tide levels in the blood hyper￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia high blood sugar is the opposite condition among people with diabetes prevention is by matching the foods eaten with the amount of exercise and the medications used when people feel their blood sugar is low testing with a glucose monitor is recommended some people have few initial symptoms of low blood sugar and frequent routine testing in this group is recommended treatment of hypo￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia is by eating foods high in simple sugars or taking d￭ ext￭ rose if a person is not able to take food by mouth an injection of gl￭ uc￭ agon may help the treatment of hypo￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia unrelated to diabetes include treating the underlying problem as well and a healthy diet the term hypo￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia is sometimes incorrectly used to refer to idi￭ opathic post￭ pr￭ an￭ dial syndrome a controversial condition with similar symptoms that occur following eating but with normal blood sugar levels
hypo￭ gon￭ ad￭ ism means diminished functional activity of the gon￭ ads — the test￭ es in males or the ov￭ aries in females — that may result in diminished sex hormone bio￭ synthesis in lay￭ man s terms it is sometimes called interrupted stage 1 pu￭ ber￭ ty low and￭ ro￭ gen e g te￭ sto￭ ster￭ one levels are referred to as hypo￭ and￭ ro￭ gen￭ ism and low estro￭ gen e g estr￭ adi￭ ol as hypo￭ estro￭ gen￭ ism and may occur as symptoms of hypo￭ gon￭ ad￭ ism in both sexes but are generally only diagnosed in males and females respectively other hormones produced by the gon￭ ads that hypo￭ gon￭ ad￭ ism can decrease include prog￭ est￭ er￭ one d￭ hea anti mü￭ ll￭ er￭ ian hormone activ￭ in and inhi￭ bin sper￭ mato￭ genesis in males and ov￭ ulation in females may be impaired by hypo￭ gon￭ ad￭ ism which depending on the degree of severity may result in partial or complete in￭ fertility
hypo￭ gon￭ ad￭ o￭ tropic hypo￭ gon￭ ad￭ ism hh also known as secondary or central hypo￭ gon￭ ad￭ ism as well as gon￭ ad￭ o￭ tro￭ pin releasing hormone deficiency or gon￭ ad￭ o￭ tro￭ pin deficiency g￭ d is a condition which is characterized by hypo￭ gon￭ ad￭ ism due to an impaired secre￭ tion of gon￭ ad￭ o￭ tro￭ pins including fol￭ lic￭ le stimulating hormone f￭ sh and lu￭ te￭ ini￭ zing hormone l￭ h by the pit￭ u￭ itary g￭ land in the brain and in turn decreased gon￭ ad￭ o￭ tro￭ pin levels and a resultant lack of sex ster￭ o￭ id production
hypo￭ hi￭ dro￭ sis is diminished swe￭ ating in response to appropriate stimul￭ i while hyper￭ hi￭ dro￭ sis is a socially troubling but benign condition hypo￭ hi￭ dro￭ sis can lead to hyper￭ ther￭ mia heat exhaustion heat stroke and potentially death an extreme case of hypo￭ hydro￭ sis in which there is a complete absence of swe￭ ating and the skin is dry is termed an￭ hi￭ dro￭ sis
hypo￭ hi￭ dro￭ tic ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal dys￭ pl￭ asia also known as an￭ hi￭ dro￭ tic ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal dys￭ pl￭ asia and christ siemens tou￭ raine syndrome is one of about 150 types of ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal dys￭ pl￭ asia in humans before birth these disorders result in the abnormal development of structures including the skin hair nails teeth and sweat g￭ lands
hypo￭ kal￭ emia also spelled hypo￭ kal￭ aemia is a low level of potassium k in the blood serum normal potassium levels are between 3 5 and 5 0 m￭ mol l 3 5 and 5 0 me￭ q l with levels below 3 5 m￭ mol l defined as hypo￭ kal￭ emia mildly low levels do not typically cause symptoms symptoms may include feeling tired leg cram￭ ps weakness and con￭ sti￭ p￭ ation it increases the risk of an abnormal heart rhythm such as brad￭ y￭ car￭ dia and cardiac arrest causes of hypo￭ kal￭ emia include diarr￭ hea medications like fu￭ ro￭ sem￭ ide and ster￭ oids dial￭ ysis diabetes insi￭ pi￭ dus hyper￭ al￭ do￭ ster￭ on￭ ism hypo￭ mag￭ nes￭ emia and not enough intake in the diet it is classified as severe when levels are less than 2 5 m￭ mol l low levels can also be detected on an electro￭ cardi￭ o￭ gram ec￭ g hyper￭ kal￭ emia refers to a high level of potassium in the blood serum the speed at which potassium should be replaced depends on whether or not there are symptoms or ec￭ g changes mildly low levels can be managed with changes in the diet potassium supplements can be either taken by mouth or intra￭ ven￭ ously if given by intra￭ ven￭ ous generally less than 20 m￭ mol are given over an hour high concentration solutions 40 m￭ mol l should be given in a central line if possible magnesium replacement may also require replacement hypo￭ kal￭ emia is one of the most common water – electro￭ ly￭ te imbalances it affects about 20 of people admitted to hospital the word hypo￭ kal￭ emia is from hy￭ po means under k￭ ali￭ um meaning potassium and emia means condition of the blood
hypo￭ kal￭ emic aci￭ do￭ sis is a normal an￭ ion gap metabol￭ ic aci￭ do￭ sis that has various direct and associated symptoms symptoms are associated with hypo￭ kal￭ emia instead of hyper￭ kal￭ emia
hypo￭ kal￭ emic periodic paralysis hypo￭ k￭ pp is a rare auto￭ som￭ al dominant chann￭ el￭ opathy characterized by muscle weakness or paralysis with a matching fall in potassium levels in the blood primarily due to defect in a voltage gated calcium channel in individuals with this mutation attacks often begin in adoles￭ cence and most commonly occur on awakening or after sleep or rest following stren￭ uous exercise attacks during exercise are rare high carbo￭ hydrate meals meals with high sodium content sudden changes in temperature and even excitement noise fl￭ ashing lights and induced by cold temperatures weakness may be mild and limited to certain muscle groups or more severe full body paralysis attacks may last for a few hours or persist for several days recovery is usually sudden when it occurs due to release of potassium from sw￭ oll￭ en muscles as they recover some patients may fall into an abor￭ tive attack or develop chronic muscle weakness later in life to differentiate it from guil￭ lain – bar￭ r￭ é syndrome deep tend￭ on refl￭ exes are normal and 7 th cran￭ ial nerve is spared during an attack refl￭ exes may be decreased or absent some people only develop symptoms of periodic paralysis due to hyper￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m over￭ active thyro￭ id this entity is distinguished with thyro￭ id function tests and the diagnosis is instead called thyro￭ toxic periodic paralysis
hypo￭ k￭ ine￭ sia refers to decreased bodily movement one of the two categories of movement disorders hypo￭ k￭ ine￭ sia is characterized by a partial or complete loss of muscle movement due to a disruption in the bas￭ al gang￭ lia patients with hypo￭ k￭ ine￭ tic disorders like par￭ kinson s disease experience muscle rigidity and an inability to produce movement it is also associated with mental health disorders and prolonged inactivity due to illness amongst other diseases the other category of movement disorder resulting from damage to the bas￭ al gang￭ lia hyper￭ k￭ ine￭ sia features an exaggeration of unwanted motion like tw￭ it￭ ching or w￭ ri￭ thing in hun￭ t￭ ington s disease or tou￭ ret￭ te syndrome
hy￭ poli￭ po￭ prote￭ in￭ emia hy￭ poli￭ pi￭ dem￭ ia or hy￭ poli￭ pid￭ aemia british english is a form of dys￭ li￭ pi￭ dem￭ ia that is defined by abnormally lowered levels of any or all li￭ pi￭ ds and or li￭ po￭ proteins in the blood it occurs through genetic disease namely hypo￭ alph￭ ali￭ po￭ prote￭ in￭ emia and hypo￭ bet￭ ali￭ po￭ prote￭ in￭ emia malnutrition mal￭ absorption wasting disease cancer hyper￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m and liver disease
hypo￭ mag￭ nes￭ emia also spelled hypo￭ mag￭ nes￭ aemia is an electro￭ ly￭ te disturbance in which there is a low level of magnesium in the blood normal magnesium levels are between 1 7 – 2 2 mg dl with levels less than 1 7 mg dl 0 7 m￭ mol l defining hypo￭ mag￭ nes￭ emia symptoms include trem￭ or ny￭ stag￭ mus seizures and cardiac arrest including tor￭ s￭ ade de point￭ es causes include alcoholism starvation diarr￭ hea increased ur￭ inary loss and poor absorption from the intest￭ ines hypo￭ mag￭ nes￭ emia is not necessarily magnesium deficiency hypo￭ mag￭ nes￭ emia can be present without magnesium deficiency and vice versa specific electro￭ cardi￭ o￭ gram ec￭ g changes may be seen for those with severe disease intra￭ ven￭ ous magnesium sul￭ fate may be used the pre￭ fix hy￭ po means under contrast with hyper meaning over the root mag￭ nes refers to magnesium the suff￭ ix of the word emia means in the blood
hypo￭ mag￭ nes￭ emia with secondary hypo￭ cal￭ cem￭ ia h￭ sh is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive genetic disorder affecting intest￭ inal magnesium absorption decreased intest￭ inal magnesium re￭ absorption and the resulting decrease in serum magnesium levels is believed to cause lowered par￭ ath￭ yro￭ id hormone p￭ th output by the par￭ ath￭ yro￭ id g￭ land this results in decreased p￭ th and decreased serum calcium levels hypo￭ cal￭ cem￭ ia this manifests in con￭ vul￭ sions and sp￭ as￭ ms in early infancy which if left untreated can lead to mental retar￭ dation or death h￭ sh is caused by mutations in the tr￭ pm 6 gene
hypo￭ mania literally under mania or less than mania is a mood state characterized by persistent dis￭ inhi￭ bi￭ tion and pervasive elevated euph￭ or￭ ic with or without irrit￭ able mood but generally less severe than full mania characteristic behaviors are extremely energetic tal￭ k￭ ative and confident commonly exhi￭ bited with a flight of creative ideas while hypo￭ man￭ ic behavior often generates productivity and excitement it can become troublesome if the subject engages in risky or otherwise in￭ advisable behaviors when man￭ ic episodes are staged according to symptomatic severity and associated features hypo￭ mania constitutes the first stage or stage i of the syndrome where￭ in the cardinal features euphoria or heightened irrit￭ ability pressure of speech and activity increased energy and decreased need for sleep and flight of ideas are most plainly evident
hy￭ pon￭ at￭ re￭ mia also spelled hy￭ pon￭ at￭ ra￭ emia is a low sodium level in the blood symptoms can vary from none to severe mild symptoms include a decreased ability to think headaches naus￭ ea and poor balance severe symptoms include confusion seizures and coma normal serum sodium levels are 135 145 m￭ mol l 135 145 me￭ q l hy￭ pon￭ at￭ re￭ mia is generally defined as a serum sodium level of less than 135 m￭ mol l and is considered severe when the level is below 120 m￭ mol l the cause of hy￭ pon￭ at￭ re￭ mia is typically classified by a person s fluid status into low volume normal volume and high volume low volume hy￭ pon￭ at￭ re￭ mia can occur from diarr￭ hea v￭ om￭ iting di￭ u￭ re￭ tics and swe￭ ating normal volume hy￭ pon￭ at￭ re￭ mia is divided into cases with dilute urine and concentrated urine cases in which the urine is dilute include adren￭ al in￭ sufficiency hypo￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m and drinking too much water or too much beer cases in which the urine is concentrated include syndrome of inappropriate anti￭ di￭ u￭ re￭ tic hormone secre￭ tion si￭ adh high volume hy￭ pon￭ at￭ re￭ mia can occur from heart failure liver failure and kidney failure conditions that can lead to fal￭ sely low sodium measurements include high protein levels such as in multiple my￭ el￭ oma high blood fat levels and high blood sugar treatment is based on the underlying cause correcting hy￭ pon￭ at￭ re￭ mia too quickly can lead to complications rapid partial correction with 3 normal sal￭ ine is only recommended in those with significant symptoms and occasionally those in whom the condition was of rapid onset low volume hy￭ pon￭ at￭ re￭ mia is typically treated with intra￭ ven￭ ous normal sal￭ ine si￭ adh is typically treated with fluid restriction while high volume hy￭ pon￭ at￭ re￭ mia is typically treated with both fluid restriction and a diet low in salt correction in those in whom the low levels have been present for more than two days should generally be gradual hy￭ pon￭ at￭ re￭ mia is one of the most commonly seen water – electro￭ ly￭ te imbalances it occurs in about 20 of those admitted to hospital and 10 of people during or after an end￭ ur￭ ance sporting event among those in hospital hy￭ pon￭ at￭ re￭ mia is associated with an increased risk of death the economic costs of hy￭ pon￭ at￭ re￭ mia are estimated at 2 6 billion in the united states
hypo￭ par￭ ath￭ yro￭ i￭ dis￭ m is decreased function of the par￭ ath￭ yro￭ id g￭ lands with under￭ production of par￭ ath￭ yro￭ id hormone this can lead to low levels of calcium in the blood often causing cram￭ ping and tw￭ it￭ ching of muscles or tet￭ any involuntary muscle contraction and several other symptoms the condition can be inherited but it is also encountered after thyro￭ id or par￭ ath￭ yro￭ id g￭ land surgery and it can be caused by immune system related damage as well as a number of r￭ arer causes the diagnosis is made with blood tests and other investigations such as genetic testing depending on the results the treatment of hypo￭ par￭ ath￭ yro￭ i￭ dis￭ m is limited by the fact that there is no artificial form of the hormone that can be administered as replacement calcium replacement or vitamin d can amelior￭ ate the symptoms but can increase the risk of kidney stones and chronic kidney disease
hypo￭ p￭ hal￭ ang￭ ism is a con￭ genital absence of one or more p￭ hal￭ anges bones of the fingers and toes
hypo￭ phar￭ yn￭ ge￭ al cancer is a disease in which m￭ align￭ ant cells grow in the hypo￭ phar￭ yn￭ x the area where the lar￭ yn￭ x and es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus meet it first forms in the outer layer epi￭ the￭ lium of the hypo￭ phar￭ yn￭ x last part of the phar￭ yn￭ x which is split into three areas progression of the disease is defined by the spread of cancer into one or more areas and into deeper tissues this type of cancer is rare only about 2 500 cases are seen in the us each year because of this hypo￭ phar￭ yn￭ ge￭ al cancer is difficult to catch in its earliest stages and has one of the highest mortality rates of any head and neck cancer
hypo￭ phosp￭ hat￭ asia is a rare and sometimes fatal metabol￭ ic bone disease clinical symptoms are heterogeneous ranging from the rapidly fatal per￭ in￭ atal variant with profound sk￭ el￭ etal hypo￭ miner￭ alization and respiratory compromise to a mil￭ der progressive o￭ ste￭ om￭ al￭ ac￭ ia later in life tissue non specific al￭ kal￭ ine phosp￭ hat￭ ase tn￭ sal￭ p deficiency in o￭ ste￭ obl￭ asts and ch￭ on￭ dro￭ cy￭ tes imp￭ airs bone miner￭ alization leading to ric￭ kets or o￭ ste￭ om￭ al￭ ac￭ ia the path￭ og￭ no￭ mon￭ ic finding is sub￭ normal serum activity of the tn￭ sal￭ p enzyme which is caused by one of 200 genetic mutations identified to date in the gene en￭ coding tn￭ sal￭ p genetic inheritance is auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive for the per￭ in￭ atal and inf￭ anti￭ le forms but either auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive or auto￭ som￭ al dominant in the mil￭ der forms the prevalence of hypo￭ phosp￭ hat￭ asia is not known one study estimated the live birth incidence of severe forms to be 1 100 000
hypo￭ phosp￭ hat￭ emia is an electro￭ ly￭ te disturbance in which there is an abnormally low level of phosphate in the blood the condition has many causes but is most commonly seen when mal￭ nourished patients especially chronic alcohol￭ ics are given large amounts of carbo￭ hydr￭ ates which creates a high phosphorus demand by cells removing phosphate from the blood ref￭ ee￭ ding syndrome because a decrease in phosphate in the blood is sometimes associated with an increase in phosphate in the urine the terms hypo￭ phosp￭ hat￭ emia and phosp￭ hat￭ ur￭ ia are occasionally used inter￭ change￭ ably however this is improper since there exist many causes of hypo￭ phosp￭ hat￭ emia besides over￭ ex￭ cre￭ tion and phosp￭ hat￭ ur￭ ia and in fact the most common causes of hypo￭ phosp￭ hat￭ emia are not associated with phosp￭ hat￭ ur￭ ia
hypo￭ pi￭ gm￭ entation is the loss of skin color it is caused by mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ te or mel￭ an￭ in depletion or a decrease in the amino acid ty￭ ros￭ ine which is used by mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tes to make mel￭ an￭ in
hypo￭ pit￭ uit￭ arism is the decreased hy￭ po secre￭ tion of one or more of the eight hormones normally produced by the pit￭ u￭ itary g￭ land at the base of the brain if there is decreased secre￭ tion of most pit￭ u￭ itary hormones the term pan￭ hypo￭ pit￭ uit￭ arism pan meaning all is used the signs and symptoms of hypo￭ pit￭ uit￭ arism vary depending on which hormones are under￭ secre￭ ted and on the underlying cause of the ab￭ normality the diagnosis of hypo￭ pit￭ uit￭ arism is made by blood tests but often specific sc￭ ans and other investigations are needed to find the underlying cause such as tumors of the pit￭ u￭ itary and the ideal treatment most hormones controlled by the secre￭ tions of the pit￭ u￭ itary can be replaced by tablets or injections hypo￭ pit￭ uit￭ arism is a rare disease but may be significantly under￭ diagnosed in people with previous traumatic brain injury the first description of the condition was made in 1914 by the german physician dr morris sim￭ mon￭ ds
hypo￭ pl￭ asia from ancient greek ὑ￭ π￭ o hy￭ po under π￭ λ￭ ά￭ σ￭ ις plas￭ is formation ad￭ jec￭ tive form hypo￭ plastic is underdevelopment or incomplete development of a tissue or organ although the term is not always used precisely it properly refers to an inadequate or below normal number of cells hypo￭ pl￭ asia is similar to ap￭ la￭ sia but less severe it is technically not the opposite of hyper￭ pl￭ asia too many cells hypo￭ pl￭ asia is a con￭ genital condition while hyper￭ pl￭ asia generally refers to excessive cell growth later in life atro￭ phy the wasting away of already existing cells is technically the direct opposite of both hyper￭ pl￭ asia and hyper￭ tro￭ phy hypo￭ pl￭ asia can be present in any tissue or organ it is descriptive of many medical conditions including underdevelopment of organs such as breasts during pu￭ ber￭ ty test￭ es in k￭ lin￭ ef￭ el￭ ter s syndrome ov￭ aries in fan￭ coni an￭ emia gon￭ ad￭ al dys￭ genesis tr￭ is￭ omy x th￭ ym￭ us in di￭ george syndrome lab￭ ia maj￭ ora in po￭ pl￭ ite￭ al p￭ ter￭ y￭ gi￭ um syndrome corpus cal￭ lo￭ sum connecting the two sides of the brain in agen￭ esis of the corpus cal￭ lo￭ sum cere￭ bell￭ um caused by mutation in the re￭ elin gene tooth caused by oral path￭ ology such as turner s hypo￭ pl￭ asia chambers of the heart in hypo￭ plastic left heart syndrome and hypo￭ plastic right heart syndrome op￭ tic nerve in op￭ tic nerve hypo￭ pl￭ asia sac￭ rum in sac￭ ral agen￭ esis facial muscle in asymmetric crying fac￭ ies thumb from birth lungs often as a result of oligo￭ hy￭ dram￭ ni￭ os during gest￭ ation or the existence of con￭ genital di￭ aphr￭ agm￭ atic her￭ nia small bo￭ wel in co￭ eli￭ ac disease fingers and ears in har￭ le￭ quin type ich￭ thy￭ osis man￭ di￭ ble in con￭ genital hypo￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m
hypo￭ pl￭ asia of dens is a con￭ genital non formation of the pivo￭ t point of the second cer￭ vic￭ al verte￭ bra which leads to spinal cord damage onset of the condition may occur at any age producing signs ranging from neck pain to quad￭ ri￭ ple￭ gia hypo￭ pl￭ asia of dens affects dogs it is more commonly seen in certain breeds including the chi￭ hu￭ a￭ hua the pap￭ illon the poin￭ ter and the yorkshire terri￭ er
hypo￭ plastic left heart syndrome hl￭ hs is a rare con￭ genital heart defect in which the left heart is severely underdeveloped the international working group for mapping and coding of nomencl￭ atures for paediatric and con￭ genital heart disease defined hl￭ hs as a spectrum of cardiac mal￭ formations with normally aligned great arter￭ ies without a common atri￭ o￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular junction characterized by underdevelopment of the left heart with significant hypo￭ pl￭ asia of the left ven￭ tric￭ le including at￭ re￭ sia sten￭ osis or hypo￭ pl￭ asia of the a￭ or￭ tic or mit￭ ral valve or both valves and hypo￭ pl￭ asia of the asc￭ ending a￭ or￭ ta and a￭ or￭ tic arch — t￭ cher￭ ven￭ kov et al p 344
hypo￭ plastic max￭ illa is the name given to the dysfunctional structural condition around which the oral disruption literally pi￭ voted it is associated with c￭ rou￭ z￭ on syndrome
hypo￭ plastic right heart syndrome is a con￭ genital heart defect in which the right atri￭ um and right ven￭ tric￭ le are underdeveloped this defect causes inadequate blood flow to the lungs and thus a blue or cyan￭ otic infant 3
hypo￭ pro￭ lac￭ tin￭ emia is a medical condition characterized by a deficiency in the serum levels of the hypo￭ thal￭ am￭ ic pit￭ u￭ itary hormone pro￭ l￭ acti￭ n
hypo￭ prote￭ in￭ emia or hypo￭ prote￭ in￭ aemia is a condition where there is an abnormally low level of protein in the blood there are several causes and all result in e￭ dem￭ a once serum protein levels fall below a certain threshold
hypo￭ pro￭ thro￭ m￭ bin￭ emia is a blood disorder in which a deficiency of pro￭ thro￭ m￭ bin factor ii results in impaired blood clo￭ tting leading to an increased physiological risk for bleeding especially in the gastro￭ intest￭ inal system cran￭ ial vault and superficial inte￭ g￭ um￭ entary system
hypo￭ refl￭ ex￭ ia is the condition of below normal or absent refl￭ exes a￭ refl￭ ex￭ ia it can be tested for by using a reflex hammer it is the opposite of a condition called hyper￭ refl￭ ex￭ ia hypo￭ refl￭ ex￭ ia is generally associated with a lower motor ne￭ uron deficit at the alpha motor neurons from the spinal cord to muscle whereas hyper￭ refl￭ ex￭ ia is often attributed to upper motor ne￭ uron le￭ sions along the long motor tracts from the brain the upper motor neurons are thought to be inhi￭ bit￭ ory of the reflex arc which is formed by sensory neurons from intr￭ af￭ usal fi￭ bers of muscles lower motor neurons including alpha and gam￭ ma motor fi￭ bers and app￭ ur￭ tenant inter￭ neurons therefore damage to lower motor neurons will subsequently lead to hypo￭ refl￭ ex￭ ia and or a￭ refl￭ ex￭ ia note that in spinal shock which is commonly seen in tran￭ section of the spinal cord spinal cord injury a￭ refl￭ ex￭ ia can occur transi￭ ently below the level of the le￭ sion and after a period of time become hyper￭ refl￭ ex￭ ic hypo￭ refl￭ ex￭ ia may have other causes including hypo￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m electro￭ ly￭ te imbalance including excess magnesium drug induced e g the symptoms of benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ine in￭ tox￭ ication include confusion sl￭ ur￭ red speech at￭ ax￭ ia drow￭ sin￭ ess dy￭ sp￭ ne￭ a and hypo￭ refl￭ ex￭ ia
hy￭ pos￭ mia is a reduced ability to smell and to detect od￭ ors a related condition is an￭ os￭ mia in which no od￭ ors can be detected some of the causes of ol￭ faction problems are allergies nas￭ al poly￭ ps viral infections and head trauma it is estimated that up to 4 million people in the united states have hy￭ pos￭ mia or the related an￭ os￭ mia hy￭ pos￭ mia might be a very early sign of par￭ kinson s disease hy￭ pos￭ mia is also an early and almost universal finding in alzheimer s disease and dementia with lew￭ y bodies lifelong hy￭ pos￭ mia could be caused by k￭ all￭ mann syndrome
hypo￭ sp￭ adi￭ as ha￭ ɪ￭ po￭ ʊ￭ ˈ￭ spe￭ ɪ￭ d￭ ɪ￭ ə￭ s is a birth defect of the u￭ re￭ th￭ ra where the ur￭ inary opening is not at the usual location on the head of the penis it is the second most common birth ab￭ normality of the male reproductive system affecting approximately 1 of every 250 in approximately 90 of cases the opening me￭ atus is on or near the head of the penis gl￭ ans referred to as dis￭ tal hypo￭ sp￭ adi￭ as while the remainder have proxim￭ al hypo￭ sp￭ adi￭ as with a me￭ atus near or within the scro￭ tum shiny tissue seen extending from the me￭ atus to the tip of the gl￭ ans which would have made the ur￭ inary channel is referred to as the u￭ re￭ th￭ ral plate in most cases the fores￭ kin is also underdeveloped and does not wrap completely around the penis leaving the under￭ side of the gl￭ ans penis uncovered there may also be downward b￭ ending of the penis commonly referred to as chor￭ dee this is found in 10 of dis￭ tal hypo￭ sp￭ adi￭ as and 50 of proxim￭ al hypo￭ sp￭ adi￭ as at the time of surgery the scro￭ tum may be higher than usual to either side of the penis called pen￭ os￭ cro￭ tal transposition adding to the abnormal overall appearance hypo￭ sp￭ adi￭ as is thought to result from failure of the ur￭ inary channel to completely tu￭ bul￭ arize to the end of the penis the cause of hypo￭ sp￭ adi￭ as is not known most often it is the only abnormal finding although in about 10 of cases hypo￭ sp￭ adi￭ as may be part of a syndrome with multiple ab￭ norm￭ alities the most common associated defect is an und￭ es￭ c￭ ended tes￭ tic￭ le which has been reported in approximately 3 of infants with dis￭ tal hypo￭ sp￭ adi￭ as and 10 of those having proxim￭ al hypo￭ sp￭ adi￭ as the combination of hypo￭ sp￭ adi￭ as and an und￭ es￭ c￭ ended tes￭ tic￭ le sometimes indicates a disorder of sexual differentiation and so additional testing may be recommended otherwise no blood tests or x rays are routinely needed in new￭ bor￭ ns with hypo￭ sp￭ adi￭ as
normal e￭ jac￭ ulate when a man is not drained from prior sex and is suitably aroused is around 1 5 6 ml although this varies greatly with mood physical condition and sexual activity of this around 1 by volume is sperm cells hy￭ pos￭ per￭ mia would only usually be a factor in in￭ fertility if the two conditions hy￭ pos￭ per￭ mia and oligo￭ sper￭ mia are combined the u s based national institutes of health defines hy￭ pos￭ per￭ mia as a semen volume lower than 2 ml on at least two semen analyses the presence of high levels of fructose a sugar is normal in the semen and this comes almost entirely from the sem￭ inal ves￭ ic￭ le the sem￭ inal ves￭ ic￭ les major contributors to e￭ jac￭ ulate volume render semen ph basic thus low fructose may indicate problems in the pro￭ static path￭ way while low semen ph may indicate problems related to the sem￭ inal ves￭ ic￭ les obstruction of the sem￭ inal ves￭ ic￭ les result in low semen volumes since they normally produce 70 of the sem￭ inal plasma
hypo￭ t is a mathematical function defined to calculate the length of the hypo￭ ten￭ use of a right angle triangle it was designed to avoid errors arising due to limited precision calculations performed on computers
hy￭ pot￭ el￭ or￭ ism is a medical condition pertaining to eyes that have an abnormally small distance between them
hypo￭ tension is low blood pressure especially in the arter￭ ies of the systemic circulation blood pressure is the force of blood pushing against the walls of the arter￭ ies as the heart pumps out blood hypo￭ tension is generally considered if syst￭ ol￭ ic blood pressure less than 90 milli￭ meters of mercury mm h￭ g or di￭ ast￭ ol￭ ic less than 60 mm h￭ g however in practice blood pressure is considered too low only if noticeable symptoms are present hypo￭ tension is the opposite of hyper￭ tension which is high blood pressure it is best understood as a physiological state rather than a disease severely low blood pressure can deprive the brain and other vital organs of oxygen and nutrients leading to a life threatening condition called shock though often associated with shock hypo￭ tension is not necessarily indicative of it for some people who exercise and are in top physical condition low blood pressure is a sign of good health and fitness for many people excessively low blood pressure can cause di￭ zz￭ iness and fain￭ ting or indicate serious heart endocrine or neuro￭ logical disorders
a hypo￭ ten￭ sive transfusion reaction or h￭ tr is a rare condition that presents with low blood pressure associated with administration of blood products the low blood pressure quickly resol￭ ves when the transfusion is stopped h￭ tr￭ s are caused by the production of brad￭ y￭ kin￭ in produced through factor xii activation by negatively charged surfaces such as filters when mechanisms for the degradation of brad￭ y￭ kin￭ in are impaired the pep￭ tide builds up and causes hypo￭ tension an￭ gi￭ ot￭ ens￭ in converting enzyme ace is primarily responsible for its degradation 75 but can be inhi￭ bited by administration of blood pressure medications called ace inhi￭ bit￭ ors poly￭ morph￭ isms in ace or am￭ ino￭ pep￭ ti￭ d￭ ase p ap￭ p another enzyme responsible for brad￭ y￭ kin￭ in degradation 20 may also contribute to h￭ tr￭ s
hypo￭ thal￭ am￭ ic disease is a disorder presenting primarily in the hypo￭ thal￭ am￭ us which may be caused by damage resulting from malnutrition including an￭ ore￭ x￭ ia and bu￭ li￭ mia eating disorders genetic disorders radiation surgery head trauma le￭ sion tum￭ our or other physical injury to the hypo￭ thal￭ am￭ us the hypo￭ thal￭ am￭ us is the control center for several endocrine functions endocrine systems controlled by the hypo￭ thal￭ am￭ us are regulated by anti di￭ u￭ re￭ tic hormone adh cor￭ ti￭ co￭ tro￭ pin releasing hormone gon￭ ad￭ o￭ tro￭ pin releasing hormone growth hormone releasing hormone oxy￭ to￭ cin all of which are secre￭ ted by the hypo￭ thal￭ am￭ us damage to the hypo￭ thal￭ am￭ us may impact any of these hormones and the related endocrine systems many of these hypo￭ thal￭ am￭ ic hormones act on the pit￭ u￭ itary g￭ land hypo￭ thal￭ am￭ ic disease therefore affects the functioning of the pit￭ u￭ itary and the target organs controlled by the pit￭ u￭ itary including the adren￭ al g￭ lands ov￭ aries and test￭ es and the thyro￭ id g￭ land numerous dys￭ functions manifest as a result of hypo￭ thal￭ am￭ ic disease damage to the hypo￭ thal￭ am￭ us may cause disruptions in body temperature regulation growth weight sodium and water balance milk production emotions and sleep cycles hypo￭ pit￭ uit￭ arism neuro￭ genic diabetes insi￭ pi￭ dus tertiary hypo￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m and developmental disorders are examples of precipit￭ ating conditions caused by hypo￭ thal￭ am￭ ic disease
hypo￭ ther￭ mia is defined as a body core temperature below 35 0 ° c 95 0 ° f symptoms depend on the temperature in mild hypo￭ ther￭ mia there is shi￭ vering and mental confusion in moderate hypo￭ ther￭ mia shi￭ vering stops and confusion increases in severe hypo￭ ther￭ mia there may be in which a person removes his or her clothing as well as an increased risk of the heart stopping hypo￭ ther￭ mia has two main types of causes it class￭ ically occurs from exposure to extreme cold it may also occur from any condition that decreases heat production or increases heat loss commonly this includes alcohol in￭ tox￭ ication but may also include low blood sugar an￭ ore￭ x￭ ia and advanced age among others body temperature is usually maintained near a constant level of 36 5 – 37 5 ° c 97 7 – 99 5 ° f through thermo￭ regulation efforts to increase body temperature involve shi￭ vering increased voluntary activity and putting on warmer clothing hypo￭ ther￭ mia may be diagnosed based on either a person s symptoms in the presence of risk factors or by measuring a person s core temperature the treatment of mild hypo￭ ther￭ mia involves warm drinks warm clothing and physical activity in those with moderate hypo￭ ther￭ mia heating blankets and warm￭ ed intra￭ ven￭ ous fluids are recommended people with moderate or severe hypo￭ ther￭ mia should be moved gently in severe hypo￭ ther￭ mia ex￭ trac￭ or￭ po￭ real memb￭ rane oxy￭ gen￭ ation ec￭ mo or cardi￭ op￭ ul￭ mon￭ ary bypass may be useful in those without a pulse cardi￭ op￭ ul￭ mon￭ ary resusc￭ itation c￭ pr is indicated along with the above measures re￭ warming is typically continued until a person s temperature is greater than 32 ° c 90 ° f if there is no improvement at this point or the blood potassium level is greater than 12 m￭ mol lit￭ er at any time resusc￭ itation may be discontinued hypo￭ ther￭ mia is the cause of at least 1500 deaths a year in the united states it is more common in older people and males one of the lowest documented body temperatures from which someone with accidental hypo￭ ther￭ mia has survived is 13 0 ° c 55 4 ° f in a near drowning of a 7 year old girl in sweden survival after more than six hours of c￭ pr has been described in those in whom ec￭ mo or bypass is used survival is around 50 deaths due to hypo￭ ther￭ mia have played an important role in many wars hyper￭ ther￭ mia is the opposite of hypo￭ ther￭ mia being an increased body temperature due to failed thermo￭ regulation the term is from greek ὑ￭ π￭ ο meaning under and θ￭ ερ￭ μ￭ ία meaning heat
hypo￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m also called under￭ active thyro￭ id or low thyro￭ id is a common disorder of the endocrine system in which the thyro￭ id g￭ land does not produce enough thyro￭ id hormone it can cause a number of symptoms such as poor ability to tolerate cold a feeling of ti￭ red￭ ness con￭ sti￭ p￭ ation depression and weight gain occasionally there may be sw￭ elling of the front part of the neck due to go￭ itre untreated hypo￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m during pregnancy can lead to delays in growth and intellectual development in the baby which is called cre￭ tin￭ ism worldwide too little i￭ od￭ ine in the diet is the most common cause of hypo￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m in countries with enough i￭ od￭ ine in the diet the most common cause of hypo￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m is the auto￭ immune condition hash￭ im￭ oto s thyro￭ idi￭ tis less common causes include previous treatment with radioactive i￭ od￭ ine injury to the hypo￭ thal￭ am￭ us or the an￭ terior pit￭ u￭ itary g￭ land certain medications a lack of a functioning thyro￭ id at birth or previous thyro￭ id surgery the diagnosis of hypo￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m when suspected can be confirmed with blood tests measuring thyro￭ id stimulating hormone ts￭ h and thyro￭ x￭ ine levels prevention at the population level has been with the universal salt io￭ di￭ zation hypo￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m can be treated with le￭ vo￭ thyro￭ x￭ ine the dose is adjusted according to symptoms and normalization of the thyro￭ x￭ ine and ts￭ h levels thyro￭ id medication is safe in pregnancy while a certain amount of dietary i￭ od￭ ine is important excessive amounts can worsen certain types of hypo￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m worldwide about one billion people are estimated to be i￭ od￭ ine deficient however it is unknown how often this results in hypo￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m in the united states hypo￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m occurs in 0 3 – 0 4 of people sub￭ clinical hypo￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m a mil￭ der form of hypo￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m characterized by normal thyro￭ x￭ ine levels and an elevated ts￭ h level is thought to occur in 4 3 – 8 5 of people in the united states hypo￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m is more common in women than men people over the age of 60 are more commonly affected dogs are also known to develop hypo￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m and in rare cases cats and horses can also have the disorder the word hypo￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m is from greek hy￭ po meaning reduced thy￭ re￭ os for shield and ei￭ dos for form
hy￭ poo￭ sm￭ ol￭ ar hy￭ pon￭ at￭ re￭ mia is a condition where hy￭ pon￭ at￭ re￭ mia associated with a low plasma o￭ sm￭ ol￭ ality the term hy￭ pot￭ onic hy￭ pon￭ at￭ re￭ mia is also sometimes used when the plasma o￭ sm￭ ol￭ arity is low the ex￭ trac￭ ell￭ ular fluid volume status may be in one of three states low volume normal volume or high volume
hypo￭ tric￭ ho￭ sis hy￭ po tric￭ ho osis is a condition of abnormal hair patterns predominantly loss or reduction it occurs most frequently by the growth of vel￭ lus hair in areas of the body that normally produce terminal hair typically the individual s hair growth is normal after birth but shortly thereafter the hair is shed and replaced with spar￭ se abnormal hair growth the new hair is typically fine short and brit￭ tle and may lack pi￭ gm￭ entation bal￭ dness may be present by the time the subject is 25 years old hypo￭ tric￭ ho￭ sis is a common feature of hall￭ er￭ mann – stre￭ i￭ ff syndrome as well as others it can also be used to describe the lack of hair growth due to chem￭ otherapy the opposite of hypo￭ tric￭ ho￭ sis is hyper￭ tric￭ ho￭ sis where terminal hair thick grows in areas that would otherwise normally have vel￭ lus hair thin for example abnormally thick facial hair growth in women
hypo￭ tric￭ ho￭ sis with juvenile mac￭ ular dy￭ stro￭ phy h￭ j￭ md or cd￭ h 3 is an extremely rare con￭ genital disease characterized by spar￭ se hair growth hypo￭ tric￭ ho￭ sis from birth and progressive mac￭ ular cor￭ ne￭ al dy￭ stro￭ phy
hypo￭ tric￭ ho￭ sis – ac￭ ro o￭ ste￭ ol￭ ysis – ony￭ cho￭ gry￭ pho￭ sis – pal￭ mop￭ lan￭ tar ker￭ ato￭ der￭ ma – period￭ on￭ ti￭ tis syndrome also known as hop￭ p syndrome is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by a prominent pal￭ mop￭ lan￭ tar ker￭ ato￭ der￭ ma
hypo￭ tric￭ ho￭ sis – lymp￭ he￭ dem￭ a – tel￭ an￭ gi￭ ec￭ ta￭ sia syndrome is a con￭ genital syndrome characterized by lymp￭ he￭ dem￭ a sw￭ elling of tissue due to mal￭ formation or mal￭ function of lymp￭ h￭ atics the presence of tele￭ gi￭ ec￭ ta￭ si￭ as small dil￭ ated vessels near the surface of the skin and hypo￭ tric￭ ho￭ sis or al￭ op￭ ec￭ ia hair loss lymp￭ he￭ dem￭ a usually develops in the lower extre￭ mi￭ ties during pu￭ ber￭ ty hair is normal at birth but usually lost during infancy tel￭ an￭ gi￭ ec￭ ta￭ si￭ as may present on the pal￭ ms and sol￭ es more commonly than on the scal￭ p legs and gen￭ italia the syndrome has been reported in association with both auto￭ som￭ al dominant and auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive inheritance patterns it is associated with a rare mutation of the trans￭ cription factor gene so￭ x 18
hyp￭ our￭ ic￭ emia is a level of ur￭ ic acid in blood serum that is below normal in humans the normal range of this blood component has a lower threshold set vari￭ ously in the range of 2 mg dl to 4 mg dl while the upper threshold is 530 micro￭ mol l 6 mg dl for women and 619 micro￭ mol l 7 mg dl for men hyp￭ our￭ ic￭ emia usually is benign and sometimes is a sign of a medical condition
hypo￭ vol￭ emia also hypo￭ vol￭ aemia or olig￭ emia is a state of decreased blood volume more specifically decrease in volume of blood plasma it is thus the intr￭ av￭ ascular component of volume contraction or loss of blood volume due to things such as bleeding or dehydr￭ ation but as it also is the most essential one hypo￭ vol￭ emia and volume contraction are sometimes used synonym￭ ously hypo￭ vol￭ emia is characterized by sodium salt depletion and thus differs from dehydr￭ ation which is defined as excessive loss of body water
hypo￭ x￭ emia or hypo￭ x￭ aemia in british english is an abnormally low level of oxygen in the blood more specifically it is oxygen deficiency in arter￭ ial blood hypo￭ x￭ emia has many causes often respiratory disorders and can cause tissue hypo￭ x￭ ia as the blood is not supplying enough oxygen to the body
hypo￭ x￭ ia is a condition in which the body or a region of the body is deprived of adequate oxygen supply at the tissue level hypo￭ x￭ ia may be classified as either generalized affecting the whole body or local affecting a region of the body although hypo￭ x￭ ia is often a pathological condition variations in arter￭ ial oxygen concentrations can be part of the normal physi￭ ology for example during hypo￭ ventilation training or stren￭ uous physical exercise hypo￭ x￭ ia differs from hypo￭ x￭ emia and an￭ ox￭ emia in that hypo￭ x￭ ia refers to a state in which oxygen supply is insufficient whereas hypo￭ x￭ emia and an￭ ox￭ emia refer specifically to states that have low or zero arter￭ ial oxygen supply hypo￭ x￭ ia in which there is complete deprivation of oxygen supply is referred to as an￭ ox￭ ia generalized hypo￭ x￭ ia occurs in healthy people when they asc￭ end to high altitude where it causes altitude sickness leading to potentially fatal complications high altitude pul￭ mon￭ ary e￭ dem￭ a ha￭ pe and high altitude cere￭ br￭ al e￭ dem￭ a h￭ ace hypo￭ x￭ ia also occurs in healthy individuals when breathing mixtures of gases with a low oxygen content e g while diving underwater especially when using closed circuit re￭ brea￭ ther systems that control the amount of oxygen in the supplied air a mild and non damaging inter￭ mit￭ tent hypo￭ x￭ ia is used intentionally during altitude train￭ ings to develop an athle￭ tic performance adaptation at both the systemic and cellular level hypo￭ x￭ ia is also a serious consequence of pre￭ term birth in the ne￭ on￭ ate the main cause for this is that the lungs of the human fe￭ tus are among the last organs to develop during pregnancy to assist the lungs to distribute oxy￭ genated blood throughout the body infants at risk of hypo￭ x￭ ia are often placed inside an incub￭ ator capable of providing continuous positive air￭ way pressure also known as a hum￭ i￭ dic￭ ri￭ b
hypo￭ x￭ ic pul￭ mon￭ ary vas￭ o￭ con￭ stric￭ tion is a physiological phenomenon in which pul￭ mon￭ ary arter￭ ies con￭ strict in the presence of hypo￭ x￭ ia low oxygen levels without hyper￭ cap￭ nia high carbon dioxide levels re￭ directing blood flow to al￭ ve￭ oli with a higher oxygen content the process might at first seem illogical as low oxygen levels should theoretically lead to increased blood flow to the lungs to receive increased gaseous exchange however it is explained by the fact that con￭ stric￭ tion leads to redistribution of blood￭ flow to better ventil￭ ated areas of the lung which increases the total area involved in gaseous exchange this improves ventilation per￭ fusion ratio and arter￭ ial oxy￭ gen￭ ation but is less helpful in the case of long term whole body hypo￭ x￭ ia this is seen in cop￭ d at altitude and in heart failure several factors inhibit this process including increased cardiac output hypo￭ cap￭ nia hypo￭ ther￭ mia aci￭ do￭ sis al￭ k￭ alo￭ sis increased pul￭ mon￭ ary vascular resistance inhal￭ ed an￭ esthe￭ tics calcium channel bloc￭ kers positive end expir￭ atory pressure pe￭ ep high frequency ventilation h￭ f￭ v iso￭ pro￭ ter￭ en￭ ol nit￭ ric oxide and vas￭ o￭ di￭ lators
hypo￭ x￭ ic venti￭ lat￭ ory response h￭ v￭ r is the increase in ventilation induced by hypo￭ x￭ ia it is initially elevated in low￭ land people who go to high altitude although it reduces significantly over time as people acc￭ lim￭ ati￭ ze hypo￭ x￭ ic venti￭ lat￭ ory response h￭ v￭ r is a term used in the study of anthropo￭ logy pertaining to human adaptation and stresses of high altitude
hy￭ ps￭ arr￭ hy￭ th￭ mia is an abnormal inter￭ ic￭ tal pattern consisting of high am￭ pl￭ itude and irregular waves and spi￭ kes in a background of chaotic and dis￭ organized activity seen on electro￭ encephal￭ o￭ gram eeg and frequently encountered in an infant diagnosed with inf￭ anti￭ le sp￭ as￭ ms although it can be found in other conditions in simpler terms it is very chaotic and dis￭ organized brain electrical activity with no recogniz￭ able pattern whereas a normal eeg shows clear separation between each signal and visible pattern gibbs and gibbs described hyp￭ sar￭ hy￭ th￭ mia originally spelled with one r in 1952 as random high voltage waves and spi￭ kes these spi￭ kes vary from moment to moment both in time and in location at time they appear to be focal and a few seconds later they seem to originate from multiple foc￭ i occasionally the spike discharge becomes generalized but it never appears as a rhy￭ th￭ m￭ ically repeti￭ tive and highly organized pattern that could be confused with a discharge of the peti￭ t mal or peti￭ t mal variant type in most cases of inf￭ anti￭ le sp￭ as￭ ms hy￭ ps￭ arr￭ hy￭ th￭ mia either disappears or improves during a cluster of sp￭ as￭ ms and or rem sleep hy￭ ps￭ arr￭ hy￭ th￭ mia rarely persists beyond the age of 24 months
hyp￭ so￭ dont is a pattern of denti￭ tion with high crowned teeth and en￭ am￭ el extending past the gum line providing extra material for wear and tear some examples of animals with hyp￭ so￭ dont denti￭ tion are cows and horses all animals that feed on gr￭ it￭ ty fi￭ bro￭ us material the opposite condition is called br￭ ach￭ y￭ dont
a hyp￭ some￭ tric curve is a his￭ to￭ gram or cumulative distribution function of elev￭ ations in a geographical area differences in hyp￭ some￭ tric cur￭ ves between landscap￭ es arise because the ge￭ om￭ orph￭ ic processes that shape the landscape may be different when drawn as a 2 dimensional his￭ to￭ gram a hyp￭ some￭ tric curve displays the elev￭ ation on the vertical y axis and area above the corresponding elev￭ ation on the horizontal or x axis the curve can also be shown in non dimensional or standardized form by scaling elev￭ ation and area by the maximum values the non dimensional hyp￭ some￭ tric curve provides an hydro￭ logist or a ge￭ om￭ or￭ pho￭ logist with a way to assess the similarity of water￭ sheds — and is one of several characteristics used for doing so
hy￭ stri￭ x like ich￭ thy￭ osis – deaf￭ ness syndrome also known as hid syndrome is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by a ker￭ ato￭ der￭ ma
h￭ ür￭ th￭ le cell aden￭ oma is a rare condition often seen in women between the ages of seventy and eighty years old this aden￭ oma is often characterized by a mass of h￭ ür￭ th￭ le cells this mass is mostly benign but may be m￭ align￭ ant if the mass is m￭ align￭ ant the mass is referred as a fol￭ lic￭ ular thyro￭ id cancer or a h￭ ür￭ th￭ le cell carcin￭ oma
the i 40 bridge disaster was a bridge collapse that occurred southeast of web￭ bers falls ok￭ la￭ homa at 7 45 a m on may 26 2002 joe de￭ d￭ mon captain of the tow￭ boat robert y love experienced a fain￭ ting spell and lost control of the tow this in turn caused the bar￭ ges he was controlling to colli￭ de with a bridge pier the result was a 580 foot 176 78 m section of the interstate 40 bridge plunging into robert s ker￭ r reservoir on the ar￭ kansas river fourteen people died and eleven others were injured when several automobiles and tractor trailers fell from the bridge
inclusion cell i cell disease also referred to as mu￭ co￭ li￭ pi￭ do￭ sis ii ml ii is part of the ly￭ so￭ som￭ al storage disease family and results from a defective phosp￭ ho￭ transfer￭ ase an enzyme of the gol￭ gi apparatus this enzyme transfers phosphate to man￭ nose residues on specific proteins and serves as a marker for them to be targeted to ly￭ so￭ som￭ es within the cell without this marker the proteins are instead ex￭ cre￭ ted outside the cell — the default path￭ way for proteins moving through the gol￭ gi apparatus ly￭ so￭ som￭ es cannot function without these proteins which function as cat￭ abol￭ ic enzymes for the normal breakdown of substances e g oligo￭ sac￭ ch￭ ari￭ des li￭ pi￭ ds and gly￭ co￭ sam￭ ino￭ gly￭ cans in various tissues throughout the body i e fi￭ bro￭ bl￭ asts as a result a buil￭ dup of these substances occurs within ly￭ so￭ som￭ es because they cannot be degraded resulting in the characteristic i cells or inclusion cells these cells can be identified under the micro￭ scope in addition the defective ly￭ so￭ som￭ al enzymes normally found only within ly￭ so￭ som￭ es are instead found in high concentrations in the blood
in the mathematical sub￭ field of numerical analysis an i spl￭ ine is a mon￭ ot￭ one spl￭ ine function
the inter￭ pol￭ ated spread or i spread or is￭ pr￭ d of a bond is the difference between its yield to maturity and the lin￭ early inter￭ pol￭ ated yield for the same maturity on an appropriate reference yield curve if the bond is expected to repay some principal before its final maturity then the inter￭ pol￭ ation may be based on the weighted average life rather than the maturity
in computing i￭ if an abbreviation for immediate if is a function in several edi￭ tions of the visual basic programming language and col￭ d￭ fusion mark￭ up language cf￭ ml and on spre￭ ad￭ sheets that returns the second or third parameter based on the evaluation of the first parameter it is an example of a conditional expression which is similar to a conditional statement
the l￭ bm file extension is an image file in interchange file format i￭ ff structure to store image or pal￭ ette data most commonly you can find these files in inter￭ lea￭ ved bit￭ map il￭ bm format but some games are using a similar but simpler to use plan￭ ar bit￭ map p￭ bm format both formats commonly exist under the l￭ bm file extension occasionally appearing also as b￭ bm extension il￭ bm and p￭ bm formats are used by games from late 80 s and early 90 s that either originated from am￭ ig￭ a platform or had their assets such as graphics done on am￭ ig￭ a
ip￭ ex immun￭ odys￭ regulation poly￭ endocr￭ in￭ opathy enter￭ opathy x linked syndrome is a rare disease linked to the dysfunction of the trans￭ cription factor fo￭ x￭ p 3 widely considered to be the master regulator of the regulatory t cell line￭ age it leads to the dysfunction of regulatory t cells and the subsequent auto￭ immunity the disorder manifests with auto￭ immune enter￭ opathy ps￭ ori￭ asi￭ form or ec￭ zem￭ at￭ ous der￭ mati￭ tis nail dy￭ stro￭ phy auto￭ immune endocr￭ in￭ opath￭ ies overlapping with those seen in ap￭ ec￭ ed syndrome and auto￭ immune skin conditions such as al￭ op￭ ec￭ ia univer￭ sal￭ is and bull￭ ous p￭ emp￭ hi￭ go￭ id this auto￭ immunity is called ip￭ ex and it is the attack from the body s own immune system against the body s own tissues and organs early age onset of this disease in males causes severe enlargement of the secondary lymp￭ ho￭ id organs insulin dependent diabetes ecz￭ ema food allergies and infections there has been limited success in treating the syndrome by bone marrow transplantation
ip￭ o under￭ pricing is the increase in stock value from the initial offering price to the first day closing price many believe that under￭ priced i￭ pos leave money on the table for corporations but some believe that under￭ pricing is inevitable investors state that under￭ pricing signals high interest to the market which increases the demand on the other hand over￭ priced stocks will drop long term as the price stabili￭ zes so under￭ pricing may keep the issuers safe from investor litigation
in compu￭ tational complexity theory the class ip which stands for interactive poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al time is the class of problems sol￭ vable by an interactive proof system the concept of an interactive proof system was first introduced by sh￭ afi gold￭ w￭ asser silvio mic￭ ali and charles r￭ ack￭ off in 1985 an interactive proof system consists of two machines a pro￭ ver p which presents a proof that a given string n is a member of some language and a veri￭ fier v that checks that the presented proof is correct the pro￭ ver is assumed to be infinite in compu￭ tation and storage while the veri￭ fier is a prob￭ abil￭ istic poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al time machine with access to a random bit string whose length is poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al on the size of n these two machines exchange a poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al number p n of messages and once the interaction is completed the veri￭ fier must decide whether or not n is in the language with only a 1 3 chance of error so any language in b￭ pp is in ip since then the veri￭ fier could simply ignore the pro￭ ver and make the decision on its own
ip shuff￭ ling is the ability to set up a call path between two ip end￭ points by r￭ er￭ ou￭ ting the voice channel away from the usual t￭ dm bus connection and creating a direct ip to ip connection ip shuff￭ ling saves resources like t￭ dm bus time slots and media channels and improve voice quality by eliminating unnecessary co￭ dec conversions to enable ip shuff￭ ling there must be at least one common co￭ dec between the two point to point ip end￭ points ip shuff￭ ling can take place not only inside of a system but also between multiple systems this ability is particularly useful in a multi site call center environment where customer calls can be transferred from one person to another multiple times within the same transaction ip shuff￭ ling will tear down each call leg and re establish a point to point connection with the new calling party each time the call gets transferred saving valuable system resources
i￭ q classification is the practice by i￭ q test publishers of lab￭ eling i￭ q score ranges with category names such as superior or average there are several publishers of tests of cognitive abilities no two publishers use exactly the same classification labels which have changed from time to time since the beginning of intelligence testing in the early twentieth century i￭ q scores have been derived by two different methods since the advent of cognitive ability tests the first method historically was the ratio i￭ q based on estimating a mental age of the test taker rounded to a specified number of years and months which was then divided by the test taker s chronological age rounded to a specified number of years and months for example a mental age score of thirteen years and zero months for a test taker with the chronological age ten years and zero months results in a quo￭ ti￭ ent of 1 3 after doing the division the division result was then multiplied by 100 so that scores could be reported without decimal points thus the score in the example would be reported as i￭ q 130 the current scoring method for all i￭ q tests is the deviation i￭ q in this method an i￭ q score of 100 means that the test taker s performance on the test is at the median level of performance in the sample of test takers of about the same age used to norm the test an i￭ q score of 115 means performance one standard deviation above the median a score of 85 performance one standard deviation below the median and so on lewis ter￭ man and other early developers of i￭ q tests noticed that most child i￭ q scores come out to approximately the same number by either procedure deviation i￭ q￭ s are now used for standard scoring of all i￭ q tests in large part because they allow a consistent definition of i￭ q for both children and adults by the current deviation i￭ q definition of i￭ q test standard scores about two thirds of all test takers obtain scores from 85 to 115 and about 5 percent of the population scores above 125 historically even before i￭ q tests were invented there were attempts to classify people into intelligence categories by observing their behavior in daily life those other forms of behavioral observation are still important for vali￭ dating classifications based primarily on i￭ q test scores both intelligence classification by observation of behavior outside the testing room and classification by i￭ q testing depend on the definition of intelligence used in a particular case and on the reliability and error of estimation in the classification procedure all i￭ q tests show variation in scores even when the same person takes the same test over and over again i￭ q scores also differ for a test taker taking tests from more than one publish￭ er at the same age the various test publishers do not use uniform names or definitions for i￭ q score classifications all these issues must be kept in mind when interpreting an individual s i￭ q scores because they all can result in different i￭ q classifications for the same person at different times
i￭ atro￭ genic cal￭ cin￭ osis cu￭ tis is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by calci￭ fication of the skin resulting from the de￭ position of calcium and phosphorus introduced by a medical procedure either inadvertently or as a specific therapy
ice ice is a disease condition of sea￭ weed ice ice is caused when changes in sal￭ inity ocean temperature and light intensity cause stress to sea￭ weeds making them produce a mo￭ ist organic substance that attracts bacteria in the water and induc￭ es the characteristic whit￭ ening and hard￭ ening of the sea￭ weed s tissues bacteria involved include those in the vi￭ bri￭ o aer￭ om￭ onas and cy￭ top￭ ha￭ ga flav￭ ob￭ ac￭ ter￭ ia complex￭ es the bacteria ly￭ se ep￭ id￭ er￭ mal cells and chlor￭ op￭ lasts turning the sea￭ weed tissue white the disease is known from sea￭ weeds including k￭ app￭ ap￭ hy￭ cus al￭ v￭ are￭ z￭ ii and eu￭ ch￭ eu￭ ma den￭ ticul￭ at￭ um economically important sources of carr￭ age￭ en￭ an in countries where sea￭ weed is harvested as a crop ice ice can wre￭ ak havoc on yields zam￭ bo￭ ang￭ a philippines had an outbreak of ice ice in 2004 and bali indonesia experienced an outbreak in 2009 a rise in surface sea temperatures of 2 3 degrees celsius can trigger ice ice outbreaks
an ice dis￭ c ice circle or ice pan is a natural phenomenon that occurs in slow moving water in cold clim￭ ates ice circles are thin and circular s￭ labs of ice that rot￭ ate slowly in the water it is believed that they form in ed￭ dy currents ice dis￭ cs have most frequently been observed in scandinavia and north america but they are occasionally recorded as far south as england and wales an ice dis￭ c was observed in wales in december 2008 and another was reported in england in january 2009 an ice dis￭ c was observed on the she￭ y￭ enne river in north dak￭ ota in december 2013 an ice circle of approximately 50 ft in diameter was observed and photograph￭ ed in lake kat￭ rine new york on the es￭ op￭ us creek around january 23 2014 in id￭ ah￭ o extreme weather led to a rare sigh￭ ting of an ice disk on the snake river on january 22 2014 an unusual natural phenomenon ice disks occur in slow moving water in cold clim￭ ates and can vary in size with circles more than 15 metres 49 ft in diameter observed
a brain freeze also known as ice cream headache cold stimulus headache tri￭ gem￭ inal headache or its given scientific name sp￭ hen￭ op￭ al￭ at￭ ine gang￭ lion￭ eur￭ al￭ gia meaning nerve pain of the sp￭ hen￭ op￭ al￭ at￭ ine gang￭ lion is a form of brief pain or headache commonly associated with consumption particularly quick consumption of cold beverages or foods such as ice cream and ice pops it is caused by having something cold touch the roof of the mouth pal￭ ate and is believed to result from a nerve response causing rapid con￭ stric￭ tion and sw￭ elling of blood vessels or a referring of pain from the roof of the mouth to the head the rate of intake for cold foods has been studied as a contributing factor ice cream headache is distinct from denti￭ n hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity a type of pain that can occur under similar circumstances the term ice cream headache has been in use since at least 31 january 19￭ 37 contained in a journal entry by rebecca tim￭ b￭ res published in the 1939 book we didn t ask utopia a qu￭ aker family in soviet russia
ice diving is a type of penetration diving where the dive takes place under ice because diving under ice places the di￭ ver in an overhead environment typically with only a single entry exit point it is considered an advanced type of diving requiring special training although whether it constitutes technical diving is part of a wider debate within the diving community ice di￭ vers are generally te￭ thered for safety this means that the di￭ ver wears a special harness under the s￭ cuba unit a line is secured to this harness and the other end of the line is secured above the surface by one of a number of methods the di￭ ver also can use a weight harness integrated weight buo￭ yan￭ cy control device or a weight belt with two buck￭ les on it so the weights can not be accidentally released which would cause a run away as￭ cent into the ice sheet ice diving is a team diving activity because the di￭ vers line requires a line tender this person is responsible for paying out and taking in line so that the di￭ ver does not get tang￭ led communication to the di￭ ver or to the surface is accomplished by pulling on the line each series of tu￭ gs means a different thing there is a di￭ ver suited up and ready to enter the water at a moment s notice this di￭ ver is a safety di￭ ver and has his own tender his purpose is to assist the primary di￭ ver in the event of a problem di￭ vers who do not use a te￭ ther require extra training and full redundant s￭ cuba systems polar diving experience has shown that buo￭ yan￭ cy control is the critical skill affecting safety
ice segregation is the geological phenomenon produced by the formation of ice l￭ enses which induce erosion when moisture diff￭ used within soil or rock accumul￭ ates in a loc￭ alized zone the ice initially accumul￭ ates within small col￭ located po￭ res or pre existing cracks and as long as the conditions remain favorable continues to collect in the ice layer or ice lens wed￭ ging the soil or rock apart ice l￭ enses grow parallel to the surface and several centi￭ meters to several decim￭ eters inches to feet deep in the soil or rock studies between 1990 and present have demonstrated that rock frac￭ ture by ice segregation i e the frac￭ ture of intact rock by ice l￭ enses that grow by drawing water from their surroundings during periods of sustained sub￭ freezing temperatures is a more effective wea￭ thering process than the freeze th￭ aw process which older texts proposed ice l￭ enses play the key role in frac￭ ture of bedrock and frost induced he￭ aving of soils which are fundamental to wea￭ thering in cold regions frost he￭ aving creates debris and dramatically shapes landscap￭ es into complex patterns rock frac￭ ture in peri￭ gl￭ ac￭ ial regions alpine sub￭ polar and polar has often been attributed to the freezing and volu￭ metric expansion of water trapped within po￭ res and cracks however the majority of frost he￭ aving and of bedrock frac￭ ture results instead from ice segregation in ice l￭ enses in the near surface frozen regions ice segregation results in rock frac￭ ture and frost he￭ ave
ic￭ ep￭ hob￭ icity from ice and greek φ￭ ό￭ β￭ ος pho￭ bos fear is the ability of a solid surface to repe￭ l ice or prevent ice formation due to a certain topo￭ graphical structure of the surface the word “ ic￭ ep￭ ho￭ bic ” was used for the first time at least in 1950 however the progress in micro￭ patter￭ ned surfaces resulted in growing interest towards the ic￭ ep￭ ho￭ bic￭ ty since the 2000 s as a key￭ word the term “ ic￭ ep￭ ho￭ bic ” was used for the first time in scientific literature by kul￭ in￭ ich far￭ zan￭ eh in 2004 as well as in some industrial reports and by nasa
ich￭ thy￭ oph￭ thi￭ ri￭ us multi￭ fili￭ is commonly known as freshwater white spot disease freshwater ich or freshwater ick is a common disease of freshwater fish it is caused by the proto￭ zo￭ an ich￭ thy￭ op￭ thi￭ ri￭ us ich is one of the most common and persistent diseases in fish the proto￭ zo￭ an is an ec￭ top￭ ar￭ as￭ ite white no￭ d￭ ules that look like white grains of salt or sugar of up to 1 mm appear on the body fins and g￭ ills each white spot is an en￭ cy￭ sted parasite it is easily introduced into a fish pond or home aqu￭ arium by new fish or equipment which has been moved from one fish holding unit to another when the organism gets into a large fish culture facility it is difficult to control due to its fast reproductive cycle and its unique life stages if not controlled there is a 100 mortality rate of fish with careful treatment the disease can be controlled but the cost is high in terms of lost fish labor and cost of chemicals whit￭ es￭ pot is very damaging to the g￭ ills and skin in heavily infected fish it can cause a rapid deterioration of condition considerable distress and death infected fish have small white spots on the skin and g￭ ills fig 2 and fig 3 and produce excess m￭ uc￭ us due to irritation whit￭ es￭ pot causes most damage when entering and leaving the tissues of the fish this can lead to the loss of skin and ul￭ cers these wounds can harm the ability of a fish to control the movement of water into its body damage caused to the gill tissue of an infected fish can also reduce respiratory efficiency this means it is more difficult for the fish to obtain oxygen from the water and becomes less tolerant to low levels of dissolved oxygen
ich￭ thy￭ osis plural ich￭ th￭ yo￭ ses is a heterogeneous family of at least 28 generalized mostly genetic skin disorders all types of ich￭ thy￭ osis have dry thick￭ ened scal￭ y or fla￭ ky skin in many types there is cracked skin which is said to resemble the scales on a fish the word ich￭ thy￭ osis comes from the ancient greek ἰ￭ χ￭ θ￭ ύ￭ ς ich￭ th￭ ys meaning fish the severity of symptoms can vary enormously from the mil￭ dest most common type such as ich￭ thy￭ osis vul￭ gar￭ is which may be mistaken for normal dry skin up to life threatening conditions such as har￭ le￭ quin type ich￭ thy￭ osis ich￭ thy￭ osis vul￭ gar￭ is accounts for more than 95 of cases
ich￭ thy￭ osis acquis￭ ita or acquired ich￭ thy￭ osis is a disorder clin￭ ically and his￭ to￭ logically similar to ich￭ thy￭ osis vul￭ gar￭ is
ich￭ thy￭ osis bul￭ los￭ a of siemens is a type of famili￭ al auto￭ som￭ al dominant ich￭ thy￭ osis a rare skin disorder it is also known as bull￭ ous con￭ genital ich￭ th￭ yo￭ si￭ form er￭ y￭ thro￭ der￭ ma of siemens or ich￭ thy￭ osis ex￭ foli￭ ativa it is a genetic disorder with no known cure which is estimated to affect about 1 in 500 000 people
ich￭ thy￭ osis hy￭ stri￭ x is a group of rare skin disorders in the ich￭ thy￭ osis family of skin disorders characterized by massive hyper￭ ker￭ at￭ osis with an appearance like spin￭ y scales this term is also used to refer to a type of ep￭ id￭ er￭ mal ne￭ vi with extensive bilateral distribution
ich￭ thy￭ osis lin￭ ear￭ is circum￭ fl￭ ex￭ a is a distinctive skin condition of generalized hyper￭ ker￭ at￭ osis and polycyclic and ser￭ pi￭ gin￭ ous er￭ y￭ them￭ at￭ ous pl￭ aqu￭ es with a characteristic migratory double ed￭ ged scale at the margins and is the typical cu￭ taneous manifestation of nether￭ ton s syndrome
ich￭ thy￭ osis pre￭ maturity syndrome ip￭ s is a der￭ mat￭ ological disease with known genetic causes this syndrome is a rare sub￭ category of auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive con￭ genital ich￭ thy￭ osis ar￭ ci it is associated with complications in the mid trim￭ ester of a pregnancy leading to premature births although most prevalent in individuals of scandinavian origin there have also been scattered cases in people of japanese italian and indian ethnicity this disorder is also referred to as ich￭ thy￭ osis con￭ genital type iv
ich￭ thy￭ osis vul￭ gar￭ is also known as auto￭ som￭ al dominant ich￭ thy￭ osis and ich￭ thy￭ osis simpl￭ ex is a skin disorder causing dry scal￭ y skin it is the most common form of ich￭ thy￭ osis affecting around 1 in 250 people for this reason it is known as common ich￭ thy￭ osis it is usually an auto￭ som￭ al dominant inherited disease often associated with fil￭ ag￭ gr￭ in although a rare non her￭ itable version called acquired ich￭ thy￭ osis exists
ich￭ thy￭ osis en con￭ fe￭ tti also known as ich￭ thy￭ osis with con￭ fe￭ tti con￭ genital retic￭ ular ich￭ th￭ yo￭ si￭ form er￭ y￭ thro￭ der￭ ma cri￭ e and ich￭ thy￭ osis vari￭ eg￭ ata is a very rare form of con￭ genital ich￭ thy￭ osis in which healthy pat￭ ches of normal skin co exist within the abnormal skin areas the condition is caused by a fr￭ am￭ es￭ hi￭ ft mutation in the ker￭ atin 10 gene kr￭ t 10 mut￭ ant ker￭ atin 10 accumul￭ ates in the nucle￭ ol￭ us a sub nuclear structure rather than within cellular inter￭ med￭ ite fil￭ aments like the wild type protein children with the condition exhibit red fla￭ ky skin however for reasons not yet totally clear wild type cl￭ onal pat￭ ches of skin start to appear in place of the red fla￭ ky skin due to the cl￭ onal nature of the growth of the normal skin cells it appears the patient is covered with con￭ fe￭ tti hence the name of the condition it has been hypothe￭ sized that this is the result of a combination of mit￭ otic re￭ combination and natural selection within the skin
ic￭ tal brad￭ y￭ car￭ dia is a diagnosis in which people that have temporal lo￭ be epi￭ le￭ psy experience brad￭ y￭ car￭ dia and is also accompanied by seizures epi￭ le￭ ptic discharges brad￭ y￭ car￭ dia is defined by a slower than normal heart rate less than 60 b￭ pm normal range is 60 100 b￭ pm ic￭ tal epi￭ le￭ ptic discharges can effect changes in cardiac rhythm an increase in heart rhythm is common during seizures this type of epi￭ le￭ ptic seizure is known as ic￭ tal t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia in which the subject s heart rate increase of more than 10 beats per minute of above the baseline in comparison ic￭ tal brad￭ y￭ car￭ dia causes epi￭ le￭ ptic discharges that disrupt the normal cardiac rhythm in a negative fashion slowing the heart beat down by more than 10 beats per minute below the average baseline ic￭ tal brad￭ y￭ car￭ dia is a potential cause or reason for ic￭ tal as￭ y￭ stole to occur and is believed to help explain the phenomenon of sudden unexpected death in epi￭ le￭ psy su￭ de￭ p through the simultaneous use of electro￭ encephal￭ o￭ graph eeg and electro￭ cardi￭ o￭ grams ec￭ g researchers can monitor and record a patient going through ic￭ tal brad￭ y￭ car￭ dia seizures and most importantly provide treatment with both anti￭ epi￭ le￭ ptic drugs and cardiac pace as deemed necessary for the patient although there is limited amount of information about ic￭ tal brad￭ y￭ car￭ dia as it is a relatively new discovery and is considered to be rare condition researchers suggest that early diagnosis and treatment of ic￭ tal brad￭ y￭ car￭ dia can eliminate the chances of sudden unexpected death in epi￭ le￭ psy
ic￭ tal headaches are headaches associated with seizure activity they may occur either before pre ic￭ tal or after post ic￭ tal a seizure and in rare circumstances during a seizure many cases of ic￭ tal headache may be mis￭ diagnosed as migr￭ aine with a￭ ura or even cluster headache however while these conditions usually involve just one side of the head are unilateral an ic￭ tal headache may be centrally situated or cover the entirety of the head
id reactions also known as disseminated ecz￭ ema and generalized ecz￭ ema present with a variety of infectious disorders often occurring in response to an infl￭ am￭ matory tin￭ ea of the feet resulting in an ec￭ zem￭ at￭ ous der￭ mati￭ tis the infl￭ amm￭ ation is in the absence of a locally visible cause
ide￭ ational ap￭ ra￭ x￭ ia ia is a neuro￭ logical disorder which explains the loss of ability to concep￭ tu￭ alize plan and execute the complex sequences of motor actions involved in the use of tools or otherwise inter￭ acting with objects in everyday life ide￭ ational ap￭ ra￭ x￭ ia is a condition in which an individual is unable to plan movements related to interaction with objects because he has lost the perception of the object s purpose characteristics of this disorder include a disturbance in the concept of the sequ￭ ential organization of voluntary actions the patient appears to have lost the knowledge or thought of what an object represents this disorder was first seen 100 years ago by doctor arnold pick who described a patient who appeared to have lost their ability to use objects the patient would make errors such as comb￭ ing their hair with the wrong side of the comb or placing a pistol in his mouth from that point on several other researchers and doctors have stum￭ bled upon this unique disorder ia has been described under several names such as agno￭ sia of utilization conceptual ap￭ ra￭ x￭ ia or loss of knowledge about the use of tools or sem￭ an￭ tic amnesia of tool usage the term ap￭ ra￭ x￭ ia was first created by stein￭ th￭ al in 18￭ 71 and was then applied by go￭ go￭ l k￭ us￭ ma￭ ul star and pick to patients who failed to pan￭ tom￭ im￭ e the use of tools it was not until the 1900 s when li￭ ep￭ mann refined the definition that it specifically described disorders that involved motor planning rather than disturbances in the patient ’ s visual perception language or symbolism
identity assurance in the context of feder￭ ated identity management is the ability for a party to determine with some level of certainty that an electronic cred￭ ential representing an entity human or a machine with which it inter￭ acts to effect a transaction can be trusted to actually belong to the entity in the case where the entity is a person identity assurance is the level at which the cred￭ ential being presented can be trusted to be a proxy for the individual to whom it was issued and not someone else assurance levels als or lo￭ as are the levels of trust associated with a cred￭ ential as measured by the associated technology processes and policy and practice statements
in mathematics an identity function also called an identity relation or identity map or identity transformation is a function that always returns the same value that was used as its argument in equations the function is given by f x x
in the design of database management systems the identity map pattern is a database access design pattern used to improve performance by providing a context specific in memory c￭ ache to prevent duplicate retri￭ eval of the same object data from the database if the requested data has already been loaded from the database the identity map returns the same instance of the already instan￭ ti￭ ated object but if it has not been loaded yet it loads it and stores the new object in the map in this way it follows a similar principle to lazy loading there are four types of identity map explicit generic session class
ide￭ om￭ o￭ tor ap￭ ra￭ x￭ ia often ima is a neuro￭ logical disorder characterized by the inability to correctly imitate hand gestures and voluntarily mim￭ e tool use e g pretend to brush one s hair the ability to spontaneously use tools such as bru￭ shing one s hair in the morning without being instructed to do so may remain intact but is often lost the general concept of ap￭ ra￭ x￭ ia and the classification of ide￭ om￭ o￭ tor ap￭ ra￭ x￭ ia were developed in germany in the late 19 th and early 20 th centuries by the work of hugo li￭ ep￭ mann adol￭ ph k￭ us￭ s￭ ma￭ ul arnold pick paul fl￭ ech￭ si￭ g her￭ mann mun￭ k carl no￭ th￭ nag￭ el theod￭ or me￭ y￭ ner￭ t and lingu￭ ist he￭ y￭ mann stein￭ th￭ al among others ide￭ om￭ o￭ tor ap￭ ra￭ x￭ ia was classified as ide￭ o k￭ ine￭ tic ap￭ ra￭ x￭ ia by li￭ ep￭ mann due to the apparent dissoci￭ ation of the idea of the action with its execution the classifications of the various sub￭ types are not well defined at present however owing to issues of diagnosis and path￭ op￭ hy￭ si￭ ology ide￭ om￭ o￭ tor ap￭ ra￭ x￭ ia is hypothe￭ sized to result from a disruption of the system that relates stored tool use and gesture information with the state of the body to produce the proper motor output this system is thought to be related to the areas of the brain most often seen to be damaged when ide￭ om￭ o￭ tor ap￭ ra￭ x￭ ia is present the left par￭ ie￭ tal lo￭ be and the pre￭ motor cor￭ tex little can be done at present to reverse the motor deficit seen in ide￭ om￭ o￭ tor ap￭ ra￭ x￭ ia although the extent of dysfunction it induc￭ es is not entirely clear
ide￭ om￭ o￭ tor phenomenon is a psychological phenomenon where￭ in a subject makes motions un￭ consciously the ide￭ om￭ o￭ tor response or ide￭ om￭ o￭ tor reflex often abbreviated to im￭ r is a concept in hypno￭ sis and psychological research it is derived from the terms ide￭ o idea or mental representation and motor muscular action the phrase is most commonly used in reference to the process whereby a thought or mental image brings about a seemingly refl￭ exi￭ ve or automatic muscular reaction often of min￭ us￭ cule degree and potentially outside of the awareness of the subject as in refl￭ exi￭ ve responses to pain the body sometimes reacts refl￭ exi￭ vely with an ide￭ om￭ o￭ tor effect to ideas alone without the person consciously deciding to take action the effects of automatic writing dow￭ sing facilitated communication and ou￭ ija boards have been attributed to the phenomenon mys￭ tics have often attributed these effects to par￭ an￭ orm￭ al or super￭ natural force many subjects are un￭ convinced that their actions are originating solely from within themselves the associated term ide￭ o dynamic response or reflex applies to a wider domain and extends to the description of all bodily reactions including ide￭ o motor and ide￭ o sensory responses caused in a similar manner by certain ideas e g the sali￭ vation often caused by imagining sucking a lemon which is a secre￭ tory response the notion of an ide￭ o dynamic response contributed to james br￭ aid s first ne￭ uro psychological explanation of the principle through which suggestion operated in hyp￭ noti￭ sm
idi￭ opathic cd 4 lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ top￭ enia ic￭ l is a very rare medical syndrome in which the body has too few cd 4 t lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tes which are a kind of white blood cell ic￭ l is sometimes characterized as hiv negative aids by aids deni￭ alists though in fact its clinical presentation differs from that seen with hiv aids people with ic￭ l have a weakened immune system and are susceptible to opportunistic infections although the rate of infections is lower than in people with aids
idi￭ opathic cran￭ io￭ facial er￭ y￭ them￭ a is a medical condition characterised by severe uncontrollable and frequently un￭ provoked facial blu￭ shing blu￭ shing can occur at any time and is frequently triggered by even mund￭ ane events such as talking to friends paying for goods in a shop asking for directions or even simply making eye contact with another person for many years the cause of the condition was thought to be an anxiety problem caused by a mental health disorder however in recent years experts in the field of the disorder believe it to be caused by an over￭ active sympathetic nervous system an automatic response which sufferers have no mental control over it is related to focal hyper￭ hi￭ dro￭ sis more commonly known as excessive swe￭ ating as it is caused by the same over￭ active nerves which cause excessive swe￭ ating sufferers of severe facial blu￭ shing commonly experience focal hyper￭ hi￭ dro￭ sis studies have also shown that patients with severe facial blu￭ shing or focal hyper￭ hi￭ dro￭ sis commonly have family members with one or both of the related disorders
idi￭ opathic erup￭ tive mac￭ ular pi￭ gm￭ entation is a skin condition developing in young persons with an average age of 11 characterized by as￭ ymp￭ tomatic widespread brown to gray mac￭ ules of up to several centi￭ meters in diameter on the neck trunk and proxim￭ al extre￭ mi￭ ties
idi￭ opathic facial as￭ ep￭ tic gran￭ ul￭ oma is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by a chronic pain￭ less solitary no￭ dule reminiscent of an ac￭ ne no￭ dule appearing on the cheeks of young children it has a prolonged course but spontaneously he￭ als
idi￭ opathic giant cell my￭ o￭ cardi￭ tis ig￭ cm is a cardiovascular disease the condition is rare however it is often fatal and there is no proven cure because of the unknown nature of the disorder ig￭ cm frequently leads to death with a high rate of about 70 in first year a patient with ig￭ cm typically presents with symptoms of heart failure although some may present initially with ven￭ tric￭ ular arr￭ hy￭ th￭ mia or heart block median age from the time the disease is diagnosed to the time of death is approximately 6 months 90 of patients are either deceased by the end of 1 year or have received a heart transplant diagnosis is made by end￭ om￭ yo￭ cardi￭ al biopsy during heart cathe￭ ter￭ ization biopsy shows multin￭ uc￭ le￭ ated giant cells and thus the name there is no treatment except for heart transplantation the trans￭ planted heart has a high chance of disease recurrence compared to lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tic presumed viral my￭ o￭ cardi￭ tis giant cell my￭ o￭ cardi￭ tis is much more severe with much more rapid progression it is suggested to be caused by t lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tes
idi￭ opathic gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ ous hepatitis is a rare medical condition characterised by gran￭ ul￭ om￭ as in the liver recurrent fever my￭ al￭ gia and fatigue the condition is not a true hepatitis and some experts believe it is a variant of sar￭ co￭ ido￭ sis
idi￭ opathic gu￭ tt￭ ate hypo￭ mel￭ an￭ osis also known as leuk￭ opath￭ ia sym￭ me￭ tric￭ a progres￭ si￭ va is a very common acquired disorder that affects women more frequently than men presenting with skin le￭ sions that occur chiefly on sun exposed regions of the skin suggesting sun exposure may play a role
idi￭ opathic hyper￭ som￭ nia is a condition thought to be a neuro￭ logical disorder which is characterized primarily by excessive day￭ time sleep￭ iness eds it has historically been rarely diagnosed and is often very difficult to diagnose at an early stage it is usually a lifelong chronic disease which is often deb￭ il￭ itating there is a very low level of public awareness of idi￭ opathic hyper￭ som￭ nia which often leads to stigma for those who suffer from it there is currently no cure but there are several off label treatments which are primarily f￭ da approved narco￭ le￭ psy medications research funding for its study is scarce in the medical literature idi￭ opathic hyper￭ som￭ nia may also be referred to as i￭ h i￭ hs primary hyper￭ som￭ nia central hyper￭ som￭ nia or hyper￭ som￭ nia of brain origin the diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders fourth edition dsm iv defines idi￭ opathic hyper￭ som￭ nia as eds without narco￭ le￭ psy or the associated features of other sleep disorders it occurs in the absence of medical problems that can cause secondary hyper￭ som￭ nia and it occurs despite normal quality and quantity of night time sleep and sometimes despite exceptionally long periods of night time sleep primary hyper￭ som￭ nia is thought to arise from problems with the brain ’ s systems that regulate sleep and wake
idi￭ opathic inter￭ sti￭ tial pneumonia i￭ ip or non￭ infectious pneumonia are a class of diffuse lung diseases these diseases typically affect the pul￭ mon￭ ary inter￭ sti￭ tium although some also have a component affecting the airways for instance cry￭ pto￭ genic organizing pneu￭ mon￭ i￭ tis there are seven recognized distinct sub￭ types of i￭ ip
idi￭ opathic in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial hyper￭ tension ii￭ h sometimes called by the older names benign in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial hyper￭ tension bih or pseu￭ do￭ tumor cere￭ br￭ i pt￭ c is a neuro￭ logical disorder that is characterized by increased in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial pressure pressure around the brain in the absence of a tumor or other diseases the main symptoms are stroke like headache naus￭ ea and v￭ om￭ iting as well as pul￭ sati￭ le tin￭ nit￭ us sounds perceived in the ears with the sound occurring in the same rhythm as the pulse double vision and other visual symptoms if untreated it may lead to sw￭ elling of the op￭ tic dis￭ c in the eye which can progress to vision loss ii￭ h is diagnosed with a brain scan to rule out other causes and a lum￭ bar punc￭ ture lum￭ bar punc￭ ture may also provide temporary and sometimes permanent relief from the symptoms some respond to medication with the drug ace￭ ta￭ z￭ ol￭ amide top￭ ir￭ am￭ ate fu￭ ro￭ sem￭ ide others or a combination but others require surgery to relieve the pressure the condition may occur in all age groups but is most common in women aged 20 – 40
idi￭ opathic o￭ ste￭ os￭ clerosis is a condition which may be found around the roots of a tooth it is usually pain￭ less and found during routine radio￭ graphs it appears as a radi￭ opaque light area around a tooth usually a pre￭ mol￭ ar or mol￭ ar there is no sign of infl￭ amm￭ ation of the tooth
idi￭ opathic pul￭ mon￭ ary fi￭ bro￭ sis ip￭ f is a chronic and ultimately fatal disease characterized by a progressive decline in lung function the term pul￭ mon￭ ary fi￭ bro￭ sis means scar￭ ring of lung tissue and is the cause of worsening dy￭ sp￭ ne￭ a short￭ ness of breath fi￭ bro￭ sis is usually associated with a poor prog￭ no￭ sis ip￭ f belongs to a large group of more than 200 lung diseases known as inter￭ sti￭ tial lung diseases il￭ ds characterized by the involvement of lung inter￭ sti￭ tium the inter￭ sti￭ tium the tissue between the air sac￭ s in the lung is the primary site of injury in il￭ ds however these disorders frequently affect not only the inter￭ sti￭ tium but also the air￭ spaces peripheral airways and vessels lung tissue from people with ip￭ f shows a characteristic hist￭ opath￭ o￭ logic pattern known as usual inter￭ sti￭ tial pneumonia u￭ ip u￭ ip is therefore the patho￭ logic counterpart of ip￭ f the term idi￭ opathic is used because the cause of pul￭ mon￭ ary fi￭ bro￭ sis is still unknown ip￭ f usually occurs in adult individuals of between 50 and 70 years of age particularly those with a history of cigarette smoking and affects more men than women the diagnosis of ip￭ f requires exclusion of other known causes of il￭ ds and the presence of a typical radiological pattern identified through high resolution compu￭ ted tom￭ o￭ graphy hr￭ ct in the right clinical setting it is possible to make the diagnosis of ip￭ f by hr￭ ct alone obvi￭ ating the need for surgical lung biopsy treatment may include n￭ inte￭ dani￭ b or pir￭ fen￭ id￭ one
idi￭ opathic pul￭ mon￭ ary ha￭ emo￭ sid￭ er￭ osis or idi￭ opathic pul￭ mon￭ ary h￭ emo￭ sid￭ er￭ osis ip￭ h is a lung disease of unknown cause that is characterized by al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar cap￭ ill￭ ary bleeding and accumulation of ha￭ emo￭ sid￭ erin in the lungs it is rare with an incidence between 0 24 and 1 23 cases per million people
idi￭ opathic s￭ cl￭ ero￭ sing mes￭ enter￭ i￭ tis ism or mes￭ enter￭ ic pann￭ icul￭ it￭ us is a rare disease of the small intest￭ ine characterized by chronic infl￭ amm￭ ation and eventual fi￭ bro￭ sis of the mes￭ enter￭ y it has also been called mes￭ enter￭ ic li￭ po￭ dy￭ stro￭ phy or re￭ tr￭ acti￭ le mes￭ enter￭ i￭ tis
idi￭ opathic scro￭ tal cal￭ cin￭ osis also known as idi￭ opathic calci￭ fied no￭ d￭ ules of the scro￭ tum is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by calci￭ fication of the skin resulting from the de￭ position of calcium and phosphorus occurring on the scro￭ tum however the levels of calcium and phosphate in the blood are normal idi￭ opathic scro￭ tal cal￭ cin￭ osis typically affects young males with an onset between adoles￭ cence and early adul￭ thood the scro￭ tal cal￭ cin￭ osis appears without any symptoms as yel￭ low￭ ish no￭ d￭ ules that range in size from 1 mm to several centi￭ meters
idi￭ opathic short stature iss refers to extreme short stature that does not have a diagnostic explanation idi￭ opathic design￭ ates a condition that is un￭ explained or not understood after an ordinary growth evaluation the term has been in use since at least 1975 without a precise per￭ centi￭ le or statistical definition of extreme
idio￭ syn￭ cratic drug reactions also known as type b reactions are drug reactions that occur rarely and un￭ predictably amongst the population this is not to be mistaken with idi￭ opathic which implies that the cause is not known they frequently occur with exposure to new drugs as they have not been fully tested and the full range of possible side effects have not been discovered they may also be listed as an adverse drug reaction with a drug but are extremely rare some patients have multiple drug intolerance patients who have multiple idi￭ opathic effects that are non￭ specific are more likely to have anxiety and depression idio￭ syn￭ cratic drug reactions appear to not be concentration dependent a minimal amount of drug will cause an immune response but it is suspected that at a low enough concentration a drug will be less likely to initiate an immune response
ig￭ a ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ pa￭ thy i￭ gan also known as ig￭ a ne￭ ph￭ ri￭ tis berger disease b￭ ɛ￭ ə￭ r￭ ˈ￭ ʒ￭ e￭ ɪ and variations or syn￭ phar￭ yn￭ gi￭ tic glo￭ mer￭ ul￭ on￭ eph￭ ri￭ tis is a disease of the kidney or ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ pa￭ thy specifically it is a form of glo￭ mer￭ ul￭ on￭ eph￭ ri￭ tis or an infl￭ amm￭ ation of the glo￭ mer￭ uli of the kidney ig￭ a ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ pa￭ thy is the most common glo￭ mer￭ ul￭ on￭ eph￭ ri￭ tis worldwide primary ig￭ a ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ pa￭ thy is characterized by de￭ position of the ig￭ a anti￭ body in the glo￭ mer￭ ul￭ us there are other diseases associated with glo￭ mer￭ ular ig￭ a deposits the most common being ig￭ a vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis formerly known as hen￭ och – sch￭ ön￭ le￭ in pur￭ pur￭ a h￭ sp which is considered by many to be a systemic form of ig￭ a ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ pa￭ thy h￭ sp presents with a characteristic pur￭ pur￭ ic skin rash ar￭ thri￭ tis and ab￭ domin￭ al pain and occurs more commonly in young adults 16 – 35 years old h￭ sp is associated with a more benign prog￭ no￭ sis than ig￭ a ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ pa￭ thy in ig￭ a ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ pa￭ thy there is a slow progression to chronic kidney failure in 25 – 30 of cases during a period of 20 years
ig￭ a p￭ emp￭ hi￭ gus is a subtype of p￭ emp￭ hi￭ gus with two distinct forms sub￭ cor￭ ne￭ al pu￭ st￭ ular der￭ mat￭ osis also known as sne￭ d￭ don – wil￭ kinson disease distinct from and not to be confused with sub￭ cor￭ ne￭ al pu￭ st￭ ular der￭ mat￭ osis type of ig￭ a p￭ emp￭ hi￭ gus is skin condition that is a rare chronic recurrent pu￭ st￭ ular eruption characterized hist￭ opath￭ o￭ logically by sub￭ cor￭ ne￭ al pu￭ st￭ ules that contain abundant neu￭ troph￭ ils intra￭ ep￭ id￭ er￭ mal neu￭ tro￭ phil￭ ic ig￭ a der￭ mat￭ osis is characterized his￭ to￭ logically by intra￭ ep￭ id￭ er￭ mal bul￭ la￭ e with neu￭ troph￭ ils some e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ ils and ac￭ anth￭ ol￭ ysis
ig￭ a vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by infl￭ am￭ matory reti￭ form pur￭ pur￭ a
ig￭ g 4 related disease ig￭ g 4 rd is a chronic infl￭ am￭ matory condition characterised by tissue infiltr￭ ation with lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tes and ig￭ g 4 secre￭ ting plasma cells various degrees of fi￭ bro￭ sis scar￭ ring and a prompt response usually to oral ster￭ oids it is a relap￭ sing – re￭ mitting disease associated with a tendency to mass forming tissue destructive le￭ sions in multiple sites with a characteristic hist￭ opath￭ ological appearance in whichever site is involved the disease which was formerly also known as ig￭ g 4 related systemic disease is so named because plasma cells producing the anti￭ body subtype ig￭ g 4 are present in large amounts on tissue samples from involved organs and because serum ig￭ g 4 concentrations are elevated in approximately 60 – 70 of people during an acute phase infl￭ amm￭ ation resulting in fi￭ bro￭ sis the de￭ position of connec￭ tive tissue in affected anatom￭ ical sites can lead to organ dysfunction or even organ failure if not treated early detection is important to avoid organ damage and potentially serious complications treatment is recommended in all symptomatic cases of ig￭ g 4 rd and also in as￭ ymp￭ tomatic ig￭ g 4 rd involving certain anatom￭ ical sites
ig￭ g 4 related oph￭ thal￭ mic disease ig￭ g 4 rod is the recommended term to describe orb￭ ital eye socket manifestations of the systemic condition ig￭ g 4 related disease which is characterised by infiltr￭ ation of lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tes and plasma cells and subsequent fi￭ bro￭ sis in involved structures it can involve one or more of the orb￭ ital structures frequently involved structures include the lac￭ ri￭ mal g￭ lands extra￭ oc￭ ular muscles infra￭ orb￭ ital nerve su￭ pra￭ orb￭ ital nerve and eye￭ li￭ ds it has also been spec￭ ulated that lig￭ ne￭ ous con￭ junc￭ ti￭ vi￭ tis may be a manifestation of ig￭ g 4 related disease ig￭ g 4 rd as is the case with other manifestations of ig￭ g 4 related disease a prompt response to ster￭ o￭ id therapy is a characteristic feature of ig￭ g 4 rod in most cases unless significant fi￭ bro￭ sis has already occurred
ig￭ g 4 related pro￭ stati￭ tis is the term used to describe pro￭ state involvement in men with ig￭ g 4 related disease ig￭ g 4 rd which is an emerging fi￭ bro￭ infl￭ am￭ matory disease entity which is characterised i by a tendency to tu￭ me￭ fac￭ tive or mass forming le￭ sions in multiple sites of the body and ii by usually a prompt response to ster￭ o￭ id therapy men with ig￭ g 4 related pro￭ stati￭ tis may present synchron￭ ously or met￭ achron￭ ously with manifestations of ig￭ g 4 rd at other sites anywhere in the body
ig￭ g 4 related skin disease is the recommended name for skin manifestations in ig￭ g 4 related disease ig￭ g 4 rd multiple different skin manifestations have been described
ig￭ g deficiency selective deficiency of immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ulin g is a form of dys￭ gam￭ mag￭ lob￭ ul￭ in￭ emia where the proportional levels of the ig￭ g iso￭ type are reduced relative to other immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ulin iso￭ types ig￭ g deficiency is often found in children as transi￭ ent hypo￭ gam￭ mag￭ lob￭ ul￭ in￭ emia of infancy th￭ i which may occur with or without additional decreases in ig￭ a or ig￭ m ig￭ g has four sub￭ classes ig￭ g 1 ig￭ g 2 ig￭ g 3 and ig￭ g 4 it is possible to have either a global ig￭ g deficiency or a deficiency of one or more specific sub￭ classes of ig￭ g the main clin￭ ically relevant form of ig￭ g deficiency is ig￭ g 2 ig￭ g 3 deficiency is not usually encountered without other concomitant immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ulin deficiencies and ig￭ g 4 deficiency is very common but usually as￭ ymp￭ tomatic ig￭ g 1 is present in the blood￭ stream at a percentage of about 60 70 ig￭ g 2 20 30 ig￭ g 3 about 5 8 and ig￭ g 4 1 3 ig￭ g sub￭ class deficiencies affect only ig￭ g sub￭ classes usually ig￭ g 2 or ig￭ g 3 with normal total ig￭ g and ig￭ m immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ul￭ ins and other components of the immune system being at normal levels these deficiencies can affect only one sub￭ class or involve an association of two sub￭ classes such as ig￭ g 2 and ig￭ g 4 ig￭ g deficiencies are usually not diagnosed until the age of 10 some of the ig￭ g levels in the blood are un￭ detec￭ table and have a low percentage such as ig￭ g 4 which makes it hard to der￭ termin￭ e if a deficiency is actually present ig￭ g sub￭ class deficiencies are sometimes correlated with bad responses to pneu￭ moc￭ cal pol￭ ys￭ cac￭ ch￭ ari￭ des especially ig￭ g 2 and or ig￭ g 4 deficiency some of these deficiencies are also involved with pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis and have been linked to ig￭ g 4 levels
in mathematics an ig￭ usa ze￭ ta function is a type of generating function counting the number of solutions of an equation mod￭ ul￭ o p p 2 p 3 and so on
in mathematics the i￭ hara ze￭ ta function is a ze￭ ta function associated with a finite graph it closely resembles the sel￭ berg ze￭ ta function and is used to relate closed paths to the spectrum of the adjac￭ ency matrix the i￭ hara ze￭ ta function was first defined by yas￭ u￭ tak￭ a i￭ hara in the 1960 s in the context of dis￭ crete sub￭ groups of the two by two p adic special linear group jean pierre ser￭ re suggested in his book trees that i￭ hara s original definition can be re￭ interpreted graph theoretically it was to￭ shi￭ kaz￭ u sun￭ ada who put this suggestion into practice 1985 as observed by sun￭ ada a regular graph is a ram￭ anu￭ jan graph if and only if its i￭ hara ze￭ ta function satisfies an analogue of the ri￭ emann hypothesis
i￭ ich aa nav￭ a￭ jo i￭ ich￭ ʼ￭ ą￭ h is a culture specific syndrome in the nav￭ a￭ jo culture it causes behavior similar to am￭ ok a syndrome found in other cultures
ila pr e la is a birth￭ mark found amongst sam￭ o￭ an infants up until the last seventy years it was initially described in richard par￭ kinson s classic text thirty years in the south seas the mark is circular in shape about 10 cm across and lies just above the but￭ toc￭ ks of infants up to the age of six months it has a faint dark blue color the birth￭ mark is apparently homo￭ zy￭ g￭ ous rec￭ essive nearly all sam￭ o￭ an infants were born with this mark but any ance￭ stry outside of samoa however slight results in the infant not showing the mark the birth￭ mark is now very rare in samoa and can only be found occasionally on remote islands to the west
i￭ lei￭ tis is an infl￭ amm￭ ation of the i￭ leum a portion of the small intest￭ ine cro￭ hn s i￭ lei￭ tis is a type of cro￭ hn s disease affecting the i￭ leum i￭ lei￭ tis is caused by the bacter￭ ium law￭ s￭ onia in￭ trac￭ ell￭ ul￭ aris infl￭ am￭ matory bo￭ wel disease does not associate with law￭ s￭ onia in￭ trac￭ ell￭ ul￭ aris infection
an i￭ le￭ o￭ sig￭ mo￭ id knot is a form of vol￭ vul￭ us in which i￭ leum wrap￭ s around the base of the sig￭ mo￭ id and passes beneath itself forming a knot the exact cause of this condition is not known patients usually present with clinical features of colon￭ ic obstruction v￭ om￭ oting ab￭ domin￭ al dis￭ tension ab￭ domin￭ al pain blood stained sto￭ ols are frequent symptoms it is difficult to diagnose this condition before surgery ra￭ ve￭ en￭ thir￭ an described a tri￭ ad which may be useful in pre￭ operative diagnosis the tri￭ ad includes 1 clinical features sugges￭ tive of small bo￭ wel obstruction 2 radiological features sugges￭ tive of large bo￭ wel obstruction 3 inability to negotiate sig￭ mo￭ ido￭ scope or a fl￭ atus tube this is a surgical emergency that requires urgent res￭ ection of gang￭ ren￭ ous bo￭ wel and un￭ tw￭ isting of the vol￭ vul￭ us
i￭ le￭ us is a disruption of the normal pro￭ pul￭ sive ability of the gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract although i￭ le￭ us originally referred to any lack of dig￭ estive propulsion including bo￭ wel obstruction up to date medical usage restricts its meaning to those disruptions caused by the failure of per￭ ist￭ al￭ sis rather than by mechanical obstruction although certain older terms such as gall￭ stone i￭ le￭ us and me￭ con￭ ium i￭ le￭ us persist in usage they are now mis￭ no￭ mers which does not mean that they are incorrect or obsolete but rather that they are known to not sound like what they really are the word i￭ le￭ us is from greek ε￭ ἰ￭ λ￭ ε￭ ός ei￭ le￭ ós intest￭ inal obstruction
ili￭ op￭ so￭ as bur￭ si￭ tis is infl￭ amm￭ ation of a bur￭ sa sy￭ no￭ vi￭ al s￭ ac lying between ili￭ op￭ so￭ as muscle and hip joint lateral to fem￭ oral vessels pain is experienced over the same area and made worse by extension of hip joint
ili￭ o￭ ti￭ bial band syndrome it￭ bs or it￭ b￭ fs for ili￭ o￭ ti￭ bial band friction syndrome is a common injury to the knee generally associated with running cycling hi￭ king or weight lifting especially squ￭ ats
illegal immigration in chile is a growing phenomenon as many illegal immigrants from peru this illegal immigration phenomenon is due to chile growing economy
illegal immigration in china is a major problem particularly with north korean refugees and defec￭ tors fleeing their country the chinese government actively discourages this type of behavior out of fears that it may cause instability in the region and encourage more illegal immigration the government has been criticized for its aggressive approach to illegal immigration china is building a security barrier along its border with north korea to prevent the defec￭ tors or refugees from north korea also many immigrants from mongolia have tried to make it to china there might be as many as 100 000 africans and arabs in guang￭ zhou mostly illegal over￭ st￭ ay￭ ers to encourage people to report foreigners living illegally in china the police are giving a 100 yuan reward to whist￭ le￭ blow￭ ers whose information successfully leads to an expulsion
illegal immigration in nigeria is a serious problem and the border has become quite por￭ ous according to the government there are 1 497 illegal migration points to enter the country the government is investing millions to secure the border people from niger are biggest group of illegal immigrants
the illumin￭ ation problem is a resolved mathematical problem first posed by ern￭ st str￭ aus in the 1950 s str￭ aus asked if a room with mir￭ ro￭ red walls can always be illumin￭ ated by a single point light source allowing for repeated reflection of light off the mir￭ ro￭ red walls alternatively the question can be stated as asking that if a bil￭ li￭ ard table can be constructed in any required shape is there a shape possible such that there is a point where it is impossible to pot the bil￭ li￭ ard ball in a pocket at another point assuming the ball is point like and continues infinitely rather than stopping due to friction the problem was first solved in 1958 by roger pen￭ rose using el￭ lip￭ ses to form the pen￭ rose un￭ illumin￭ able room he showed there exists a room with cur￭ ved walls that must always have dark regions if lit only by a single point source this problem was also solved for poly￭ g￭ onal rooms by george to￭ kar￭ sky in 1995 for 2 dimensions which showed there exists an un￭ illumin￭ able poly￭ g￭ onal 26 sided room with a dark spot which is not illumin￭ ated from another point in the room even allowing for repeated reflections this was a borderline case however since a finite number of dark points rather than regions are un￭ illumin￭ able from any given position of the point source an improved solution was put forward by d castro in 1997 with a 24 sided room with the same properties
illusory correlation is the phenomenon of percei￭ ving a relationship between variables typically people events or behaviors even when no such relationship exists a common example of this phenomenon is the formation of a false association between membership in a statistical minority group e g african americans and a rare typically negative behavior e g drug abuse this false association is formed because rare or novel occurrences are more salient and therefore tend to capture one s attention this is one way stereotypes form and endure found that stereotypes can lead people to expect certain groups and traits to fit together and then to overestimate the frequency with which these cor￭ relations actually occur
illusory pal￭ in￭ op￭ sia greek palin for again and op￭ sia for seeing is a subtype of pal￭ in￭ op￭ sia a visual disturbance defined as the persistent or recurrence of a visual image after the stimulus has been removed pal￭ in￭ op￭ sia is a broad term describing a heterogeneous group of symptoms which is divided into halluc￭ in￭ atory pal￭ in￭ op￭ sia and illusory pal￭ in￭ op￭ sia illusory pal￭ in￭ op￭ sia is likely due to sustained awareness of a stimulus and is similar to a visual illusion the distorted perception of a real external stimulus illusory pal￭ in￭ op￭ sia is caused by migr￭ ain￭ es halluc￭ ino￭ gen persisting perception disorder h￭ pp￭ d prescription drugs and head trauma but is also sometimes idi￭ opathic illusory pal￭ in￭ op￭ sia consists of after￭ images that are short lived or un￭ formed occur at the same location in the visual field as the original stimulus and are often exposed or exacerbated based on environmental parameters such as stimulus intensity background contrast fixation and movement illusory pal￭ in￭ op￭ sia symptoms occur continuously or predictably based on environmental conditions
imaginary friends also known as pretend friends or invisible friends are a psychological and social phenomenon where a friendship or other inter￭ personal relationship takes place in the imagination rather than external physical reality although they may seem very real to their creators children usually understand that their imaginary friends are not real the first studies focusing on imaginary friends are believed to have been conducted during the 1890 s there is little information about the development and the appearance of imaginary friends in children however kla￭ usen pass￭ man 2007 report that imaginary compan￭ ions were originally described as being super￭ natural creatures and spirits that were thought to connect people with their past lives adults in early historic times had entities such as household gods and guardian angels and m￭ uses that func￭ tioned as imaginary compan￭ ions to provide comfort guidance and inspiration for creative work eventually the phenomenon of imaginary compan￭ ions passed on to children the era when children began having imaginary friends is unknown but it is possible the phenomenon appeared in the mid – 20 th century when childhood was emphasized as an important time to play and imagine
imagination also called the faculty of imagining is the creative ability to form images ideas and sens￭ ations in the mind without direct input from the senses such as seeing or hearing imagination helps make knowledge applicable in solving problems and is fundamental to integrating experience and the learning process a basic training for imagination is listening to stor￭ y￭ telling narrative in which the exac￭ tness of the chosen words is the fundamental factor to ev￭ oke worlds it is accepted as the in￭ nate ability and process of inventing partial or complete personal real￭ ms within the mind from elements derived from sense perceptions of the shared world the term is technically used in psychology for the process of reviving in the mind percep￭ ts of objects formerly given in sense perception since this use of the term conflicts with that of ordinary language some psychologists have preferred to describe this process as imaging or imag￭ ery or to speak of it as reproductive as opposed to productive or constructive imagination imagined images are seen with the mind s eye imagination can also be expressed through stories such as fairy tales or fantasies children often use such narratives and pretend play in order to exercise their imag￭ inations when children develop fantasy they play at two levels first they use role playing to act out what they have developed with their imagination and at the second level they play again with their make believe situation by acting as if what they have developed is an actual reality
the im￭ bert – fi￭ od￭ ar￭ a￭ ŭ effect named after fi￭ od￭ ar ivan￭ avi￭ č fi￭ od￭ ar￭ a￭ ŭ 19￭ 11 – 1994 and christian im￭ bert 19￭ 37 – 1998 is an optical phenomenon in which circul￭ arly or el￭ lip￭ tically pol￭ arized light under￭ goes a small phase shift when totally internally reflected the phase shift is per￭ pend￭ icular to the plane containing the incident and reflected be￭ ams this effect is the circular polarization analo￭ g of the go￭ os – hän￭ chen effect
im￭ bric￭ ation is a phenomenon occurring in many ban￭ tu languages in which morph￭ em￭ es inter￭ we￭ ave in certain mor￭ p￭ hop￭ hon￭ ological conditions for example consider the set￭ sw￭ ana ver￭ b root rek a buy the passive voice is formed by adding the extension w to produce rek w a the perfect is formed by adding the morph￭ em￭ e ile to produce rek ile but when these are combined to produce the perfect form of the passive voice the ver￭ b becomes rek il w e with the perfect morph￭ em￭ e split into two pieces rather than the expected rek w ile
im￭ ino￭ gly￭ cin￭ ur￭ ia sometimes called famili￭ al im￭ ino￭ gly￭ cin￭ ur￭ ia is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive disorder of ren￭ al tu￭ bul￭ ar transport affecting re￭ absorption of the amino acid gly￭ cine and the im￭ ino acids pro￭ line and hydroxy￭ pro￭ line this results in excess ur￭ inary ex￭ cre￭ tion of all three acids ur￭ ia den￭ o￭ tes in the urine im￭ ino￭ gly￭ cin￭ ur￭ ia is a rare and complex disorder associated with a number of genetic mutations that cause defects in both ren￭ al and intest￭ inal transport systems of gly￭ cine and im￭ ino acids im￭ ino acids typically contain an im￭ ine functional group instead of the amino group found in amino acids pro￭ line is considered and usually referred to as an amino acid but unlike others it has a secondary amine this feature unique to pro￭ line identifies pro￭ line also as an im￭ ino acid hydroxy￭ pro￭ line is another im￭ ino acid made from the naturally occurring hydrox￭ yl￭ ation of pro￭ line
an immature ter￭ atom￭ a is a rare type of m￭ align￭ ant can￭ cer￭ ous germ cell tumor type of tumor that begins in the cells that give rise to sperm or eggs like a mature ter￭ atom￭ a it contains several different types of tissue such as hair muscle and bone unlike a mature ter￭ atom￭ a it contains primitive neuro￭ epi￭ the￭ lium
an immediately invoked function expression or iife pronounced i￭ ffy is a jav￭ as￭ cript programming language idi￭ om which produces a l￭ ex￭ ical scope using jav￭ as￭ cript s function sco￭ ping immediately invoked function expressions can be used to avoid variable ho￭ isting from within blocks protect against polluting the global environment and simultaneously allow public access to methods while retaining privacy for variables defined within the function this concept has been referred to as a self executing anonymous function but ben al￭ man introduced the term iife as a more sem￭ an￭ tically accurate term for the idi￭ om shortly after its discussion arose on comp lang jav￭ as￭ cript
immer￭ sion into virtual reality is a perception of being physically present in a non physical world the perception is created by surrounding the user of the v￭ r system in images sound or other stimul￭ i that provide an en￭ gros￭ sing total environment the name is a met￭ aphor￭ ic use of the experience of sub￭ mer￭ sion applied to representation fiction or simulation immer￭ sion can also be defined as the state of consciousness where a visitor maurice ben￭ a￭ you￭ n or immer￭ sant ch￭ ar davies s awareness of physical self is transformed by being surrounded in an artificial environment used for describing partial or complete suspension of dis￭ belief enabling action or reaction to stimul￭ ations encountered in a virtual or artistic environment the degree to which the virtual or artistic environment faithfully re￭ produces reality determines the degree of suspension of dis￭ belief the greater the suspension of dis￭ belief the greater the degree of presence achieved
immer￭ sion foot syndro￭ mes include tren￭ ch foot tropical immer￭ sion foot and warm water immer￭ sion foot
immigration to the united states is a complex demographic phenomenon that has been a major source of population growth and cultural change throughout much of the history of the united states the economic social and political aspects of immigration have caused controversy regarding ethnicity economic benefits jobs for non immigrants settlement patterns impact on upward social mobility crime and voting behavior in 2005 the united states per capita ranked 34 th out of 179 world nations in the number of immigrants allowed into the country prior to 1965 policies such as the national origins formula limited immigration and natur￭ alization opportunities for people from areas outside western europe exclusion laws enacted as early as the 18￭ 80 s generally prohibited or severely restricted immigration from asia and quota laws enacted in the 1920 s curtailed eastern european immigration the civil rights movement of the 1960 s led to the replacement of these ethnic quotas with per country limits since then the number of first generation immigrants living in the united states has quadru￭ pled from 9 6 million in 1970 to about 38 million in 2007 nearly 14 million immigrants entered the united states from 2000 to 2010 and over one million persons were natur￭ alized as u s citizens in 2008 the per country limit applies the same maximum on the number of visas to all countries regardless of their population and has therefore had the effect of significantly restricting immigration of persons born in populous nations such as mexico china india and the philippines – the leading countries of origin for legally admitted immigrants to the united states in 2013 nevertheless china india and mexico were the leading countries of origin for immigrants overall to the united states in 2013 regardless of legal status according to a u s census bureau study as of 2009 66 of legal immigrants were admitted on the basis of family ties along with 13 admitted for their employment skills and 17 for humanitarian reasons for those who enter the us illegally across the mexico – united states border and elsewhere migration is difficult expensive and dangerous virtually all undocumented immigrants have no avenues for legal entry to the united states due the restrictive legal limits on green cards and lack of immigrant visas for low skilled workers participants in debates on immigration in the early twenty first century called for increasing enforcement of existing laws governing illegal immigration to the united states building a barrier along some or all of the 2 000 mile 3 200 km mexico u s border or creating a new guest worker program through much of 2006 the country and congress was immer￭ sed in a debate about these proposals as of april 2010 few of these proposals had become law though a partial border fence had been approved and subsequently canceled
im￭ mortality is eternal life the ability to live forever natural selection has developed potential biological im￭ mortality in at least one species tur￭ rit￭ op￭ sis do￭ hr￭ n￭ ii certain scientists fu￭ tur￭ ists and philosophers have the￭ orized about the im￭ mortality of the human body either through an immortal cell line researched or else deeper contex￭ tual understanding in advanced fields that have certain scope in the proposed long term reality that can be attained such as per mentioned in the reading of an article or scientific documentation of such a proposed idea would lead to and advocate that human im￭ mortality is achievable in the first few decades of the 21 st century whereas other advocates believe that life extension is a more achievable goal in the short term with im￭ mortality awaiting further research breakthroughs into an indefinite future the absence of aging would provide humans with biological im￭ mortality but not inv￭ ul￭ ner￭ ability to death by physical trauma although mind up￭ loading could solve that issue if it proved possible whether the process of internal endo￭ im￭ mortality would be delivered within the upcoming years depends chiefly on research and in ne￭ uron research in the case of endo￭ im￭ mortality through an im￭ mort￭ alized cell line in the former view and perhaps is an awaited goal in the latter case in religious contexts im￭ mortality is often stated to be one of the promises of god or other de￭ ities to human beings who show goodness or else follow divine law what form an un￭ ending human life would take or whether an im￭ material soul exists and possesses im￭ mortality has been a major point of focus of religion as well as the subject of speculation fantasy and debate
an immune disorder is a dysfunction of the immune system these disorders can be characterized in several different ways by the component s of the immune system affected by whether the immune system is over￭ active or under￭ active by whether the condition is con￭ genital or acquired according to the international union of immun￭ ological societies more than 150 primary immun￭ o￭ deficiency diseases pi￭ ds have been characterized however the number of acquired immun￭ o￭ deficiencies exceeds the number of pi￭ ds it has been suggested that most people have at least one primary immun￭ o￭ deficiency due to redundancies in the immune system though many of these are never detected
immune re￭ constitution infl￭ am￭ matory syndrome iris also known as immune recovery syndrome is a condition seen in some cases of aids or immun￭ o￭ suppression in which the immune system begins to recover but then responds to a previously acquired opportunistic infection with an overwhelming infl￭ am￭ matory response that paradoxically makes the symptoms of infection worse
immune thro￭ m￭ bo￭ cy￭ top￭ enia it￭ p is a type of thro￭ m￭ bo￭ cy￭ top￭ en￭ ic pur￭ pur￭ a defined as isolated low plat￭ elet count thro￭ m￭ bo￭ cy￭ top￭ enia with normal bone marrow and the absence of other causes of thro￭ m￭ bo￭ cy￭ top￭ enia it causes a characteristic pur￭ pur￭ ic rash and an increased tendency to bleed two distinct clinical syndro￭ mes manifest as an acute condition in children and a chronic condition in adults the acute form often follows an infection and has a spontaneous resolution within two months chronic immune thro￭ m￭ bo￭ cy￭ top￭ enia persists longer than six months with a specific cause being unknown it￭ p is an auto￭ immune disease with antibodies detec￭ table against several plat￭ elet surface antigens it￭ p is diagnosed by a low plat￭ elet count in a complete blood count a common blood test however since the diagnosis depends on the exclusion of other causes of a low plat￭ elet count additional investigations such as a bone marrow biopsy may be necessary in some cases in mild cases only careful observation may be required but very low counts or significant bleeding may prompt treatment with cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ster￭ oids intra￭ ven￭ ous immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ulin anti d immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ulin or immun￭ o￭ sup￭ pres￭ sive drugs refrac￭ tory it￭ p not responsive to conventional treatment may require splen￭ ec￭ tomy the surgical removal of the sp￭ leen plat￭ elet trans￭ fu￭ sions may be used in severe bleeding together with a very low count sometimes the body may compensate by making abnormally large plat￭ el￭ ets
immune tolerance in pregnancy or gest￭ ational maternal immune tolerance is the absence of a maternal immune response against in other words immune tolerance towards the fe￭ tus and plac￭ enta during pregnancy which thus may be viewed as unusually successful allo￭ graf￭ ts since they genetically differ from the mother in the same way many cases of spontaneous abortion may be described in the same way as maternal transplant rejection it is studied within the field of reproductive immun￭ ology
immun￭ o￭ competence is the ability of the body to produce a normal immune response following exposure to an antigen immun￭ o￭ competence is the opposite of immun￭ o￭ deficiency or immun￭ o incompetent or immun￭ o compromised examples include a new￭ born who does not yet have a fully functioning immune system but may have mater￭ nally transmitted antibodies immun￭ o￭ deficient a late stage aids patient with a failed or failing immune system immun￭ o incompetent or a transplant recipient taking medication so their body will not reject the donated organ immun￭ o￭ compromised there may be cases of overlap but these terms all describe immune system not fully functioning the us centers for disease control and prevention c￭ dc recommends that household and other close contacts of persons with altered immun￭ o￭ competence receive the m￭ mr var￭ ic￭ ella and ro￭ ta￭ virus vaccines according to the standard schedule of vaccines as well as receiving an annual flu shot all other vaccines may be administered to contacts without alteration to the vaccine schedule with the exception of the small￭ pox vaccine persons with altered immun￭ o￭ competence should not receive live attenu￭ ated vaccines viral or bacterial and may not receive the full benefit of in￭ activated vaccines in reference to lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tes immun￭ o￭ competence means that a b cell or t cell is mature and can recognize antigens and allow a person to mount an immune response
immun￭ o￭ deficiency or immune deficiency is a state in which the immune system s ability to fight infectious disease is compromised or entirely absent most cases of immun￭ o￭ deficiency are acquired secondary due to extr￭ ins￭ ic factors that affect the patient s immune system examples of these extr￭ ins￭ ic factors include infections such as by human immun￭ o￭ deficiency virus hiv extremes of age and environmental factors such as nutrition in the clinical setting the immun￭ o suppression quality of some drugs such as ster￭ oids can be utilised examples of such use is in transplant surgery as an anti rejection measure and in patients suffering from an over active immune system some people are born with defects in their immune system or primary immun￭ o￭ deficiency a person who has an immun￭ o￭ deficiency of any kind is said to be immun￭ o￭ compromised an immun￭ o￭ compromised person may be particularly vulnerable to opportunistic infections in addition to normal infections that could affect everyone immun￭ o￭ deficiency may also decrease cancer immun￭ o￭ surveillance
immun￭ o￭ deficiency with hyper￭ immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ulin m is a rare disorder characterized by recurrent infections low or absent ig￭ g i￭ ge and ig￭ a levels and normal or elevated levels of ig￭ m and ig￭ d
ic￭ f syndrome or immun￭ o￭ deficiency cent￭ ro￭ mere instability and facial anomalies syndrome is a very rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive immune disorder
immun￭ o￭ dominance is the immun￭ ological phenomenon in which immune responses are mounted against only a few of the anti￭ genic pep￭ ti￭ des out of the many produced that is despite multiple all￭ el￭ ic variations of mh￭ c molecules and multiple pep￭ ti￭ des presented on antigen presenting cells the immune response is skewed to only specific combinations of the two immun￭ o￭ dominance is evident for both anti￭ body medi￭ ated immunity and cell medi￭ ated immunity epit￭ op￭ es that are not targeted or targeted to a lower degree during an immune response are known as sub￭ dominant epit￭ op￭ es the impact of immun￭ o￭ dominance is immun￭ o￭ domination where immun￭ o￭ dominant epit￭ op￭ es will curtail immune responses against non dominant epit￭ op￭ es antigen presenting cells such as d￭ end￭ ri￭ tic cells can have up to six different types of mh￭ c molecules for antigen presentation there is a potential for generation of hundreds to thousands of different pep￭ ti￭ des from the proteins of pathogens yet the effec￭ tor cell population that is reactive against the pathogen is dominated by cells that recognize only a certain class of mh￭ c bound to only certain pathogen derived pep￭ ti￭ des presented by that mh￭ c class antigens from a particular pathogen can be of variable immun￭ o￭ gen￭ icity with the antigen that stimulates the strongest response being the immun￭ o￭ dominant one the different levels of immun￭ o￭ gen￭ icity amongst antigens forms what is known as dominance hierarchy
immun￭ o￭ gen￭ icity is the ability of a particular substance such as an antigen or epit￭ ope to provoke an immune response in the body of a human or animal in other words immun￭ o￭ gen￭ icity is the ability to induce a hu￭ moral and or cell medi￭ ated immune responses differentiation has to be made between wanted and unwanted immun￭ o￭ gen￭ icity wanted immun￭ o￭ gen￭ icity is typically related with vaccines where the injection of an antigen the vaccine provo￭ kes an immune response against the pathogen virus bacteria aiming at protecting the organism vaccine development is a complex multi￭ step process immun￭ o￭ gen￭ icity being at the center of the vaccine efficiency unwanted immun￭ o￭ gen￭ icity is an immune response by an organism against a therapeutic antigen ex re￭ combin￭ ant protein or mono￭ cl￭ onal anti￭ body this reaction leads to production of anti drug antibodies adas in￭ activating the therapeutic effects of the treatment and in rare cases inducing adverse effects the prediction of the immun￭ ogenic potential of novel protein therapeu￭ tics is thus a challenge in bio￭ therapy
immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ulin y abbreviated as i￭ gy is a type of immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ulin which is the major anti￭ body in bird rep￭ tile and lun￭ g￭ fish blood it is also found in high concentrations in chicken egg y￭ ol￭ k as with the other immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ul￭ ins i￭ gy is a class of proteins which are formed by the immune system in reaction to certain foreign substances and specifically recognize them i￭ gy is often mis￭ labelled as immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ulin g ig￭ g in older literature and sometimes even in commercial product catalogues due to its functional similarity to mammalian ig￭ g and immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ulin e i￭ ge however this older nomenclature is obsolete since i￭ gy differs both structurally and func￭ tionally from mammalian ig￭ g and does not cross react with antibodies raised against mammalian ig￭ g since chickens can lay eggs almost every day and the y￭ ol￭ k of an immun￭ ised hen s egg contains a high concentration of i￭ gy chickens are gradually becoming popular as a source of custom￭ ised antibodies for research usually mammals such as rabbits or goats are injected with the antigen of interest by the researcher or a contract laboratory ducks produce a tr￭ unc￭ ated form of i￭ gy which is missing part of the fc region as a result it cannot bind complement or be picked up by macro￭ p￭ ha￭ ges this may be one reason ducks are less easily killed by avian influenza compared to chickens but can still become infected and spread the virus easily i￭ gy has also been analyzed in the chinese soft sh￭ elled turtle pel￭ o￭ dis￭ cus sin￭ ensis
immun￭ o￭ prolifer￭ ative disorders also known as immun￭ o￭ prolifer￭ ative diseases or immun￭ o￭ prolifer￭ ative ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms are disorders of the immune system that are characterized by the abnormal proliferation of the primary cells of the immune system which includes b cells t cells and natural killer nk cells or by the excessive production of immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ul￭ ins also known as antibodies
in object oriented programming im￭ mu￭ table interface is a pattern for designing an im￭ mu￭ table object the im￭ mu￭ table interface pattern involves defining a type which does not provide any methods which mut￭ ate state objects which are referenced by that type are not seen to have any mu￭ table state and appear im￭ mu￭ table
imp￭ acted wisdom teeth or imp￭ acted third mol￭ ars are wisdom teeth which do not fully erup￭ t into the mouth because of block￭ age from other teeth imp￭ action if the wisdom teeth do not have an open connection to the mouth pain can develop with the onset of infl￭ amm￭ ation or infection or damage to the adjacent teeth wisdom teeth likely become imp￭ acted because of a mis￭ match between the size of the teeth and the size of the jaw imp￭ acted wisdom teeth are classified by their direction of imp￭ action their depth compared to the biting surface of adjacent teeth and the amount of the tooth s crown that extends through gum tissue or bone imp￭ acted wisdom teeth can also be classified by the presence or absence of symptoms and disease screening for the presence of wisdom teeth often begins in late adoles￭ cence when a partially developed tooth may become imp￭ acted screening commonly includes clinical examination as well as x rays such as pan￭ or￭ am￭ ic radio￭ graphs infection resulting from imp￭ acted wisdom teeth can be initially treated with antibiotics local debri￭ d￭ ement or soft tissue surgery of the gum tissue over￭ lying the tooth over time most of these treatments tend to fail and patients develop recurrent symptoms the most common treatment is wisdom tooth removal the risks of wisdom tooth removal are roughly proportional to the difficulty of the extraction sometimes when there is a high risk to the inferior al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar nerve only the crown of the tooth will be removed intentionally leaving the roots in a procedure called a coron￭ ec￭ tomy the long term risk of coron￭ ec￭ tomy is that chronic infection can persist from the tooth remnants the prog￭ no￭ sis for the second mol￭ ar is good following the wisdom teeth removal with the likelihood of bone loss after surgery increased when the extr￭ actions are completed in people who are 25 years of age or older a treatment controversy exists about the need for and timing of the removal of disease free imp￭ acted wisdom teeth that are not causing problems supporters of early removal cite the increasing risks for extraction over time and the costs of monitoring the wisdom teeth that are not removed supporters for retaining wisdom teeth cite the risk and cost of unnecessary surgery this condition affects up to 72 of the swedish population wisdom teeth have been described in the ancient texts of plato and hippo￭ crates the works of darwin and in the earliest manu￭ als of operative dentistry it was the meeting of sterile technique radi￭ ology and ana￭ esthesia in the late 19 th and early 20 th centuries that allowed the more routine management of imp￭ acted wisdom teeth
imp￭ action is bo￭ wel obstruction that can occur in various kinds of animals when they consume something that they cannot dig￭ est for example in repti￭ les common causes of imp￭ action are rocks and sand which might be accidentally consumed when the rep￭ tile attacks its prey in livestock rough fodder such as straw can risk imp￭ action once the substance is ing￭ ested it will block the dig￭ estive tract and if untreated cause death
impaired fast￭ ing glucose if￭ g is a type of pre￭ diabetes in which the blood sugar level during fast￭ ing is consistently higher than what are considered normal levels however the level is not high enough to be diagnosed as diabetes mell￭ it￭ us this pre diabe￭ tic state is associated with insulin resistance and increased risk of cardiovascular path￭ ology although of lesser risk than impaired glucose tolerance ig￭ t if￭ g can progress to type 2 diabetes mell￭ it￭ us if lifestyle changes are not made there is a 50 risk over 10 years of progressing to over￭ t diabetes a recent study cited the average time for progression as less than three years fast￭ ing blood glucose levels are in a continu￭ um within a given population with higher fast￭ ing glucose levels corresponding to a higher risk for complications caused by the high glucose levels impaired fast￭ ing glucose is defined as a fast￭ ing glucose that is higher than the upper limit of normal but not high enough to be classified as diabetes mell￭ it￭ us some patients with impaired fast￭ ing glucose can also be diagnosed with impaired glucose tolerance but many have normal responses to a glucose tolerance test
impaired glucose tolerance ig￭ t is a pre diabe￭ tic state of hyper￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia that is associated with insulin resistance and increased risk of cardiovascular path￭ ology ig￭ t may precede type 2 diabetes mell￭ it￭ us by many years ig￭ t is also a risk factor for mortality
the imp￭ ak￭ t festival is a yearly manifestation on media art founded in 1988 in the city of u￭ tre￭ cht netherlands it show￭ cases films video art performances music conferences and other special events with works from international artists dealing with questions about society digital culture and media the festival aims to tackle pressing questions from an inter￭ disciplinary perspective
imp￭ al￭ ement as a method of execution is the penetration of a human by an object such as a stake pole spe￭ ar or hook often by complete or partial per￭ for￭ ation of the tor￭ so it was used particularly in response to crimes against the state and regarded across a number of cultures as a very harsh form of capital punishment and recorded in myth and art imp￭ al￭ ement was also used during wartime to suppress rebellion punish tra￭ itors or collaborators and as a punishment for breaches of military discipline off￭ enses where imp￭ al￭ ement was occasionally employed include contempt for the state s responsibility for safe roads and trade routes by committing highway robbery or grave robbery violating state policies or monopolies or subver￭ ting standards for trade offenders have also been imp￭ aled for a variety of cultural sexual and religious reasons references to imp￭ al￭ ement in baby￭ lon￭ ia and the neo assy￭ rian empire are found as early as the 18 th century bc within the ottoman empire this form of execution continued into the 20 th century
impec￭ c￭ ability is the absence of sin christianity teaches this to be an attribute of god logically god cannot sin it would mean that he would act against his own will and nature and therefore it is also commonly but not un￭ controversi￭ ally attributed to christ
an imper￭ for￭ ate an￭ us or ano￭ rec￭ tal mal￭ formations arms are birth defects in which the rec￭ tum is mal￭ formed arms are a spectrum of different con￭ genital anomalies in males and females that varies from fairly minor le￭ sions to complex anomalies the cause of arms is unknown the genetic basis of these anomalies is very complex because of their anatom￭ ical vari￭ ability in 8 of patients genetic factors are clearly associated with arms ano￭ rec￭ tal mal￭ formation in cur￭ r￭ ar￭ ino syndrome represents the only association for which the gene hl￭ xb 9 has been identified
an imper￭ for￭ ate hy￭ men is a con￭ genital disorder where a hy￭ men without an opening completely obstruc￭ ts the vag￭ ina it is caused by a failure of the hy￭ men to per￭ for￭ ate during fe￭ tal development it is most often diagnosed in adoles￭ cent girls when men￭ str￭ ual blood accumul￭ ates in the vag￭ ina and sometimes also in the uter￭ us it is treated by surgical inc￭ ision of the hy￭ men
an imper￭ for￭ ate lac￭ ri￭ mal punc￭ tum is a con￭ genital disorder of dogs involving the lack of an opening to the nas￭ ol￭ ac￭ ri￭ mal duc￭ t tear duc￭ t in the con￭ junc￭ tiva dogs normally have two lac￭ ri￭ mal punc￭ ta the superior and inferior this condition can affect either or both symptoms include excessive tearing and tear stain￭ ing of the hair around the eye affected breeds include the american coc￭ ker spani￭ el bed￭ l￭ ington terri￭ er golden retri￭ ever po￭ odle and sam￭ o￭ yed imper￭ for￭ ate lac￭ ri￭ mal punc￭ ta can be corrected by surgical opening of the punc￭ tum
impe￭ ti￭ go is a bacterial infection that involves the superficial skin the most common presentation is yel￭ low￭ ish cr￭ ust on the face arms or legs less commonly there may be large bl￭ is￭ ters which affect the gro￭ in or ar￭ mp￭ its the le￭ sions may be painful or it￭ chy fever is un￭ common it is typically due to either stap￭ hy￭ lo￭ co￭ cc￭ us au￭ re￭ us or st￭ rep￭ to￭ co￭ cc￭ us py￭ o￭ genes risk factors include attending day￭ care crowding poor nutrition diabetes contact sports and breaks in the skin such as from mosquito bites ecz￭ ema or s￭ cab￭ ies with contact it can spread around or between people diagnosis is typically based on the symptoms prevention is by hand￭ washing avoiding people who are infected and cleaning injuries treatment is typically with antibiotic cre￭ ams such as mu￭ pi￭ roc￭ in or fu￭ sid￭ ic acid antibiotics by mouth such as cephal￭ ex￭ in may be used if large areas are affected antibiotic resistant forms have been found impe￭ ti￭ go affected about 140 million people 2 of the population in 2010 it is most common in young children but can occur at any age without treatment people typically get better within three weeks complications may include cell￭ u￭ li￭ tis or post￭ st￭ rep￭ to￭ coc￭ cal glo￭ mer￭ ul￭ on￭ eph￭ ri￭ tis the name is from the latin impe￭ ter￭ e meaning attack
impe￭ ti￭ go her￭ peti￭ form￭ is is a form of severe pu￭ st￭ ular ps￭ ori￭ asis occurring in pregnancy which may occur during any trim￭ ester it is the only well known pu￭ st￭ ular ps￭ ori￭ asis which is treated with ster￭ oids
im￭ pi￭ ety is a perceived lack of proper respect for something considered sacred im￭ pi￭ ety is often closely associated with sac￭ ri￭ lege though it is not necessarily a physical action im￭ pi￭ ety cannot be associated with a cult as it implies a larger belief system was dis￭ respected one of the p￭ agan objections to christianity was that unlike other mystery religions early christians refused to cast a pinch of inc￭ ense before the images of the gods an im￭ pious act in their eyes im￭ pi￭ ety in ancient civilizations was a civic concern rather than religious it was believed that im￭ pious actions such as disrespect towards sacred objects or priests could bring down the wrath of the gods im￭ pi￭ ety was often used to prosecute athe￭ ists
shoulder imp￭ ing￭ ement syndrome also called sub￭ acro￭ mi￭ al imp￭ ing￭ ement painful arc syndrome supr￭ asp￭ in￭ atus syndrome swim￭ mer s shoulder and thro￭ wer s shoulder is a clinical syndrome which occurs when the tend￭ ons of the rot￭ ator cuff muscles become irritated and infl￭ amed as they pass through the sub￭ acro￭ mi￭ al space the passage beneath the acro￭ m￭ ion this can result in pain weakness and loss of movement at the shoulder
in financial markets implementation shortfall is the difference between the decision price and the final execution price including commissions taxes etc for a trade this is also known as the sli￭ pp￭ age agency trading is largely concerned with minim￭ izing implementation shortfall and finding liquidity
implicit di￭ vesti￭ ture is the ability of the supreme court of the united states to solely determine the extent of an indian nation s sovereignty an approach of recent decades to federal indian policy which is contradictory to u s constitutional protections of native american sovereignty the issue of indigenous sovereignty rights and their protections under federal trust in the united states was asserted in the 19 th century through supreme court cases called the marshall tri￭ logy of johnson v mc￭ in￭ to￭ sh ch￭ ero￭ kee nation v georgia and wor￭ c￭ ester v georgia as indian law writer andrew fletcher terms it the “ colonial tri￭ logy ” of oli￭ ph￭ ant v su￭ qu￭ am￭ ish indian tribe montana v united states and nevada v hic￭ ks undermined tribal sovereignty through their introduction of “ implicit di￭ vesti￭ ture ” its application in respect to the united nations declaration on the rights of indigenous peoples is yet to be tested
an importation right is the legal ability to import a product into a certain country importation means sending goods from one country to another right means in accord with law
im￭ pos￭ ex is a disorder in sea sn￭ ails caused by the toxic effects of certain marine pollutants these pollutants cause female sea sn￭ ails marine gastro￭ pod molluscs to develop male sex organs such as a penis and a vas defer￭ ens
improvis￭ ed sit￭ coms are a recent television phenomenon in which there is no definite script for the actors and ac￭ tresses rather the actors ac￭ tresses use the process of retro￭ s￭ crip￭ ting in which there are rough outlines of themes and stories but the dialogue is up for the actors ac￭ tresses to improvis￭ e because of the improvis￭ ed fashion these sit￭ coms are usually shot by hand￭ held camera in a documentary type style usually these shows have no laugh tracks predetermined entran￭ ces or pun￭ ch￭ lines such improvis￭ ed sit￭ coms include curb your enthusiasm home movies and re￭ no 911 in addition to these there are many s￭ crip￭ ted shows that will after getting principal photo￭ graphy let the actors do a couple of impro￭ v takes and often some of the best jokes that make it on the show will come from these takes notable examples of this would be the us version the office or parks and recreation and the british show the thick of it this method of television production has largely been welcomed by the established academ￭ ies of the medium examples would include em￭ my and golden globe nominations for a show and the actors involved as well as strong support from publications and critics due to the amount of improvis￭ ation involved with fil￭ ming many of the actors or ac￭ tresses have experience in or were trained for stand up comedy and or impro￭ v comedy trou￭ pes
impulse control disorder ic￭ d is a class of psychiatric disorders characterized by impul￭ sivity – failure to resist a temptation urge or impulse that may harm oneself or others many psychiatric disorders feature impul￭ sivity including substance related disorders attention deficit hyper￭ activity disorder anti￭ social personality disorder borderline personality disorder conduct disorder and mood disorders the fifth edition of the american psychiatric association s diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders dsm 5 that was published in 2013 includes a new chapter not in dsm iv tr on disruptive impulse control and conduct disorders covering disorders characterized by problems in emotional and behavioral self control it also includes impulse control disorders not elsewhere classified which encompasses inter￭ mit￭ tent explosive disorder py￭ romania and kle￭ p￭ tom￭ ania five behavi￭ our￭ al stages characterize impul￭ sivity an impulse growing tension pleasure on acting relief from the urge and finally guilt which may or may not arise
in group fav￭ ori￭ tism sometimes known as in group – out group bias in group bias or intergroup bias is a pattern of favoring members of one s in group over out group members this can be expressed in evaluation of others in allocation of resources and in many other ways this interaction has been researched by many psychologists and linked to many theories related to group conflict and prejudice the phenomenon is primarily viewed from a social psychology standpoint two prominent theoretical approaches to the phenomenon of in group fav￭ ori￭ tism are realistic conflict theory and social identity theory realistic conflict theory proposes that intergroup competition and sometimes intergroup conflict arises when two groups have opposing claims to scarce resources in contrast social identity theory pos￭ its a psychological drive for positively distinct social identities as the general root cause of in group favoring behavior
in place matrix transposition also called in situ matrix transposition is the problem of transposing an n × m matrix in place in computer memory ideally with o 1 bounded additional storage or at most with additional storage much less than nm typically the matrix is assumed to be stored in row major order or column major order i e con￭ ti￭ gu￭ ous rows or columns respectively arranged consecu￭ tively performing an in place transpose in situ transpose is most difficult when n ≠ m i e for a non square rec￭ tang￭ ular matrix where it involves a complicated per￭ mutation of the data elements with many cycles of length greater than 2 in contrast for a square matrix n m all of the cycles are of length 1 or 2 and the transpose can be achieved by a simple loop to swap the upper triangle of the matrix with the lower triangle further complications arise if one wishes to maximize memory loc￭ ality in order to improve c￭ ache line utilization or to operate out of core where the matrix does not fit into main memory since trans￭ poses inherently involve non consecutive memory acc￭ esses the problem of non square in place transposition has been studied since at least the late 1950 s and several algori￭ th￭ ms are known including several which attempt to optimi￭ ze loc￭ ality for c￭ ache out of core or similar memory related contexts
in system programming is￭ p also called in circuit serial programming ic￭ sp is the ability of some programmable logic devices micro￭ controllers and other embedded devices to be programmed while installed in a complete system rather than requiring the chip to be programmed prior to installing it into the system there are several incompatible in system programming protocols for programming micro￭ controller devices such as pic micro￭ controllers av￭ rs and the paral￭ lax prop￭ eller ic￭ sp has been primarily implemented by micro￭ chip technology for programming pic and d￭ sp￭ ic devices the primary advantage of this feature is that it allows manufacturers of electronic devices to integrate programming and testing into a single production phase and save money rather than requiring a separate programming stage prior to assemb￭ ling the system this may allow manufacturers to program the chips in their own system s production line instead of buying pre￭ programmed chips from a manufacturer or distributor making it feasible to apply code or design changes in the middle of a production run micro￭ controllers are typically sol￭ dered directly to a printed circuit board and usually do not have the circu￭ it￭ ry or space for a large external programming cable to another computer typically chips supporting is￭ p have internal circu￭ it￭ ry to generate any necessary programming voltage from the system s normal supply voltage and communicate with the program￭ mer via a serial protocol most programmable logic devices use a variant of the j￭ tag protocol for is￭ p in order to facilitate easier integration with automated testing procedures other devices usually use proprietary protocols or protocols defined by older standards in systems complex enough to require moderately large glue logic designers may implement a j￭ tag controlled programming subsystem for non j￭ tag devices such as flash memory and micro￭ controllers allowing the entire programming and test procedure to be accomplished under the control of a single protocol an example of devices using is￭ p is the av￭ r line of micro controllers by at￭ mel such as the at￭ mega series
in￭ attenti￭ onal blindness also known as percep￭ tual blindness is a psychological lack of attention that is not associated with any vision defects or deficits it may be further defined as the event in which an individual fails to recognize an unexpected stimulus that is in plain sight when it simply becomes impossible for one to attend to all the stimul￭ i in a given situation a temporary blindness effect can take place as a result that is individuals fail to see objects or stimul￭ i that are unexpected and quite often salient the term was coined by ari￭ en m￭ ack and ir￭ vin rock in 1992 and was used as the title of their book of the same name published by mit press in 1998 in which they describe the discovery of the phenomenon and include a collection of procedures used in describing it a famous study that demonstrated in￭ attenti￭ onal blindness asked participants whether or not they noticed a gor￭ illa walking through the scene of a visual task they had been given research on in￭ attenti￭ onal blindness suggests that the phenomenon can occur in any individual independent of cognitive deficits however recent evidence shows that patients with ad￭ hd performed better attenti￭ onally when engaging in in￭ attenti￭ onal blindness tasks than control patients did suggesting that some mental deficits may decrease the effects of this phenomenon recent studies have also looked at age differences and in￭ attenti￭ onal blindness scores and results show that the effect increases as humans age research also reveals an evolutionary component to in￭ attenti￭ onal blindness in that we can detect threatening unexpected stimul￭ i more easily than non￭ threatening ones numerous experiments have demonstrated that in￭ attenti￭ onal blindness also has an effect on people s perception
numerous genetic disorders are caused by errors in fatty acid metabol￭ ism these disorders may be described as fatty oxid￭ ation disorders or as a lip￭ id storage disorders and are any one of several in￭ born errors of metabol￭ ism that result from enzyme defects affecting the ability of the body to ox￭ idi￭ ze fatty acids in order to produce energy within muscles liver and other cell types some of the more common fatty acid metabol￭ ism disorders are
in￭ born errors of metabol￭ ism form a large class of genetic diseases involving con￭ genital disorders of metabol￭ ism the majority are due to defects of single genes that code for enzymes that facilitate conversion of various substances sub￭ str￭ ates into others products in most of the disorders problems arise due to accumulation of substances which are toxic or interfere with normal function or to the effects of reduced ability to synthe￭ size essential compounds in￭ born errors of metabol￭ ism are now often referred to as con￭ genital metabol￭ ic diseases or inherited metabol￭ ic diseases the term in￭ born error of metabol￭ ism was coined by a british physician archi￭ bald gar￭ rod 18￭ 57 – 1936 in 19￭ 08 he is known for work that pre￭ figured the one gene one enzyme hypothesis based on his studies on the nature and inheritance of al￭ kap￭ ton￭ ur￭ ia his sem￭ inal text in￭ born errors of metabol￭ ism was published in 19￭ 23
in￭ born errors of carbo￭ hydrate metabol￭ ism are in￭ born error of metabol￭ ism that affect the cat￭ abol￭ ism and an￭ abol￭ ism of carbo￭ hydr￭ ates an example is lac￭ tose intolerance carbo￭ hydr￭ ates account for a major portion of the human diet and are met￭ abo￭ lized into three principal mon￭ os￭ ac￭ ch￭ ari￭ des galac￭ tose fructose and glucose the failure to effectively use these molecules accounts for the majority of the in￭ born errors of human carbo￭ hydr￭ ates metabol￭ ism
in￭ born errors of pur￭ ine – py￭ ri￭ mid￭ ine metabol￭ ism are a class of in￭ born error of metabol￭ ism disorders specifically affecting pur￭ ine metabol￭ ism and py￭ ri￭ mid￭ ine metabol￭ ism an example is les￭ ch – ny￭ han syndrome urine tests may be of use in identifying some of these disorders
in￭ born errors of ren￭ al tu￭ bul￭ ar transport are metabol￭ ic disorders which lead to impairment in the ability of solu￭ tes such as salts or amino acids to be transported across the brush border of the ren￭ al tu￭ bu￭ le this results in disruptions of ren￭ al re￭ absorption examples of these disorders include im￭ ino￭ gly￭ cin￭ ur￭ ia ren￭ al tu￭ bul￭ ar aci￭ do￭ sis and git￭ el￭ man syndrome
an in￭ born error of ster￭ o￭ id metabol￭ ism is an in￭ born error of metabol￭ ism due to defects in ster￭ o￭ id metabol￭ ism a variety of conditions of abnormal ster￭ o￭ ido￭ genesis exist due to genetic mutations in the enzymes involved in the process of which include 18 20 des￭ mol￭ ase p 450 sc￭ c deficiency blocks production of all ster￭ o￭ id hormones from cho￭ le￭ sterol 3 β hydroxy￭ ster￭ o￭ id de￭ hydro￭ gen￭ ase type 2 deficiency imp￭ airs prog￭ est￭ o￭ gen and and￭ ro￭ gen metabol￭ ism prevents the synthesis of est￭ rog￭ ens glu￭ co￭ cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ids and miner￭ al￭ oc￭ or￭ ti￭ co￭ ids causes and￭ ro￭ gen deficiency in males and and￭ ro￭ gen excess in females combined 17 α hydrox￭ yl￭ ase 17 20 ly￭ ase deficiency imp￭ airs prog￭ est￭ o￭ gen metabol￭ ism prevents and￭ ro￭ gen estro￭ gen and glu￭ co￭ cor￭ ti￭ co￭ id synthesis causes miner￭ al￭ oc￭ or￭ ti￭ co￭ id excess isolated 17 20 ly￭ ase deficiency prevents and￭ ro￭ gen and estro￭ gen synthesis 21 hydrox￭ yl￭ ase deficiency prevents glu￭ co￭ cor￭ ti￭ co￭ id and miner￭ al￭ oc￭ or￭ ti￭ co￭ id synthesis causes and￭ ro￭ gen excess in females 11 β hydrox￭ yl￭ ase type 1 deficiency imp￭ airs glu￭ co￭ cor￭ ti￭ co￭ id and miner￭ al￭ oc￭ or￭ ti￭ co￭ id metabol￭ ism causes glu￭ co￭ cor￭ ti￭ co￭ id deficiency and miner￭ al￭ oc￭ or￭ ti￭ co￭ id excess as well as and￭ ro￭ gen excess in females 11 β hydrox￭ yl￭ ase type 2 deficiency imp￭ airs cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ster￭ o￭ id metabol￭ ism results in excessive miner￭ al￭ oc￭ or￭ ti￭ co￭ id activity 18 hydrox￭ yl￭ ase deficiency imp￭ airs miner￭ al￭ oc￭ or￭ ti￭ co￭ id metabol￭ ism results in miner￭ al￭ oc￭ or￭ ti￭ co￭ id deficiency 18 hydrox￭ yl￭ ase over￭ activity imp￭ airs miner￭ al￭ oc￭ or￭ ti￭ co￭ id metabol￭ ism results in miner￭ al￭ oc￭ or￭ ti￭ co￭ id excess 17 β hydroxy￭ ster￭ o￭ id de￭ hydro￭ gen￭ ase deficiency imp￭ airs and￭ ro￭ gen and estro￭ gen metabol￭ ism results in and￭ ro￭ gen deficiency in males and and￭ ro￭ gen excess and estro￭ gen deficiency in females 5 α reduc￭ t￭ ase type 2 deficiency prevents the conversion of te￭ sto￭ ster￭ one to di￭ hydro￭ te￭ sto￭ ster￭ one causes and￭ ro￭ gen deficiency in males arom￭ at￭ ase deficiency prevents estro￭ gen synthesis causes and￭ ro￭ gen excess in females arom￭ at￭ ase excess causes excessive conversion of and￭ rog￭ ens to est￭ rog￭ ens results in estro￭ gen excess in both sexes and and￭ ro￭ gen deficiency in males in addition several conditions of abnormal ster￭ o￭ ido￭ genesis due to genetic mutations in recep￭ tors as opposed to enzymes also exist including gon￭ ad￭ o￭ tro￭ pin releasing hormone gn￭ r￭ h in￭ sensitivity prevents synthesis of sex ster￭ oids by the gon￭ ads in both sexes fol￭ lic￭ le stimulating f￭ sh hormone in￭ sensitivity prevents synthesis of sex ster￭ oids by the gon￭ ads in females merely causes problems with fertility in males lu￭ te￭ ini￭ zing hormone l￭ h in￭ sensitivity prevents synthesis of sex ster￭ oids by the gon￭ ads in males merely causes problems with fertility in females lu￭ te￭ ini￭ zing hormone l￭ h over￭ sensitivity causes and￭ ro￭ gen excess in males resulting in pre￭ co￭ cious pu￭ ber￭ ty females are as￭ ymp￭ tomatic no activating mutations of the gn￭ r￭ h recep￭ tor in humans have been described in the medical literature and only one of the f￭ sh recep￭ tor has been described which presented as as￭ ymp￭ tomatic
incapac￭ itation in the context of sentencing philosophy is the effect of a sentence in positively preventing rather than merely de￭ terr￭ ing future offending
incident stress is a condition caused by acute stress which overwhel￭ ms a staff person trained to deal with critical incidents such as within the line of duty for first respon￭ ders em￭ ts and other similar personnel if not recognized and treated at onset incident stress can lead to more serious effects of post￭ traumatic stress disorder
in medicine an incid￭ ent￭ al￭ oma is a tumor oma found by coincidence incidentally without clinical symptoms or suspicion like other types of incidental findings it is found during the course of examination and imaging for other reasons it is a common occurrence up to 7 of all patients over 60 may harbor a benign growth often of the adren￭ al g￭ land which is detected when diagnostic imaging is used for the analysis of unrelated symptoms with the increase of whole body ct scanning as part of health screening programs the chance of finding incid￭ ent￭ al￭ om￭ as is expected to increase 37 of patients receiving whole body ct sc￭ ans have abnormal findings that may need further evaluation since many incidentally found le￭ sions may never cause disease there is a risk of over￭ diagnosis when faced with an unexpected finding on diagnostic imaging the clin￭ ician faces the challenge to prove that the le￭ sion is indeed harmless often some other tests are required to determine the exact nature of an incid￭ ent￭ al￭ oma
an incis￭ ional her￭ nia is a type of her￭ nia caused by an in￭ completely healed surgical wound since median incis￭ ions in the ab￭ dom￭ en are frequent for ab￭ domin￭ al exploratory surgery ven￭ tr￭ al incis￭ ional her￭ ni￭ as are often also classified as ven￭ tr￭ al her￭ ni￭ as due to their location not all ven￭ tr￭ al her￭ ni￭ as are from incis￭ ions as some may be caused by other trauma or con￭ genital problems
inclusion body my￭ osi￭ tis ibm is an infl￭ am￭ matory muscle disease characterized by slowly progressive weakness and wasting of both dis￭ tal and proxim￭ al muscles most apparent in the muscles of the arms and legs there are two types spor￭ adic inclusion body my￭ osi￭ tis si￭ bm which is more common and hereditary inclusion body my￭ opathy hi￭ bm in spor￭ adic inclusion body my￭ osi￭ tis my oh si￭ gh tis two processes one auto￭ immune and the other degenerative appear to occur in the muscle cells in parallel the infl￭ amm￭ ation aspect is characterized by the cloning of t cells that appear to be driven by specific antigens to invade muscle fi￭ bers the de￭ generation aspect is characterized by the appearance of holes in the muscle cell vacu￭ oles deposits of abnormal proteins within the cells and in fil￭ am￭ ent￭ ous inclu￭ sions hence the name inclusion body my￭ osi￭ tis weakness comes on slowly over months or years and progres￭ ses steadily and usually leads to severe weakness and wasting of arm and leg muscles it is more common in men than women patients may become unable to perform activities of daily living and most require ass￭ is￭ tive devices within 5 to 10 years of symptom onset si￭ bm is not considered a fatal disorder but the risk of serious injury due to falls is increased one common and potentially fatal complic￭ ation is dy￭ sp￭ ha￭ gia there is no effective treatment for the disease si￭ bm is a rare yet increasingly prevalent disease and is the most common cause of infl￭ am￭ matory my￭ opathy in people over age 50 recent research from australia indicates that the incidence of ibm varies in different populations and ethnic groups the authors found that the current prevalence was 14 9 per million in the overall population with a prevalence of 51 3 per million population in people over 50 years of age as seen in these numbers si￭ bm is an age related disease – its incidence increases with age and symptoms usually begin after 50 years of age it is the most common acquired muscle disorder seen in people over 50 although about 20 of cases display symptoms before the age of 50
inclusion body rh￭ initi￭ s also known as i￭ br or cy￭ tom￭ eg￭ al￭ ic inclusion disease is a pig disease caused by porcine cy￭ tom￭ eg￭ alo￭ virus which is a member of the her￭ pes￭ virus family it is a notifiable disease that is found worldwide it is spread both vertically and horizon￭ tally and prevalence is high it is not a zoon￭ osis but the risk to humans that receive pig organ transplants is currently under investigation
inclusive management is a pattern of practices by public managers that facilitate the inclusion of public employees experts the public and politicians in collabor￭ atively addressing public problems or concerns of public interest
incoherent scat￭ tering is a type of scat￭ tering phenomenon in physics the term is most commonly used when referring to the scat￭ tering of an electromagnetic wave usually light or radio frequency by random fluctuations in a gas of particles most often electron￭ s the most well known practical application is known as incoherent scat￭ ter radar theory a ground based technique for studying the earth s ion￭ o￭ sphere first proposed by professor bill gordon in 1958 a radar beam scat￭ tering off electron￭ s in the ion￭ o￭ spheric plasma creates an incoherent scat￭ ter return the distribution function of the ion￭ o￭ spheric electron￭ s is modified by the much slower and more massive positive ions — electr￭ on density fluctuations relate to ion temperature mass distribution and motion the incoherent scat￭ ter signal allows measurement of electr￭ on density ion temperature and electr￭ on temperatures ion composition and plasma velocity
in u s business and financial accounting the income is generally defined by ga￭ ap and the financial accounting standards board as revenues expenses however many people use it as shor￭ th￭ and for net income which is the amount of money that a company earns after covering all of its costs as well as taxes net income is also called net profit it is calculated as follows 1 the gross income or revenue is tab￭ ulated 2 where applicable the cost of goods sold or cost of operations figure is sub￭ tracted from the gross income to yield the gross profit 3 all expenses other than the co￭ gs or co￭ o are subsequently sub￭ tracted from the gross profit to yield the profit or income or if a negative number the net loss usually written in paren￭ theses more commonly this is reported on the income statement as income or loss before taxes 4 taxes are then sub￭ tracted from the pre tax income to give a final net income or net profit or net loss figure 5 the patented bl￭ att double check is then fac￭ tored in net income or net profit which is not exp￭ ended to shareholders in the form of dividends becomes part of retained earnings all public companies are required to provide financial statements on a quarterly basis and the income statement of income is one of the most important of these some companies also provide a more rosy financial report of their income with pro forma reporting or e￭ bit￭ da reporting pro forma income is an estimate of how much the company would have earned without including the negative effect of exceptional one time events supposedly in order to show investors how much money the company would have made under normal circumstances if these exceptional one time events had not occurred critics charge that in most cases the one time events are normal business events such as an acquisition of another company or a write off of a cancelled project or division and that pro forma reporting is an attempt to mislead investors by painting a rosy financial picture besides that when discussing results with analysts and shareholders ceos and c￭ fos have a tendency to do even more hypothetical accounting e￭ bit￭ da stands for earnings before interest taxes depreciation and amor￭ tisation and is also criticised for being an attempt to mislead investors warren buff￭ ett has criticised e￭ bit￭ da reporting famously asking does management think the tooth fairy pays for capital expenditures it is common for some other companies such as real estate investment trusts to present reports using a standard called ff￭ o or funds from operations like e￭ bit￭ da reporting ff￭ o ignores depreciation and amor￭ tization this is widely accepted in the industry as real estate values tend to increase rather than decrease over time and many data sites report earnings per share data using ff￭ o
income deficit is the difference between a single person or family s income and its poverty threshold or poverty line when the former is exceeded by the latter data on the income deficits of various members of a population allow for the construction of one type of measurement of income inequality in that population individuals or families that fall below the line are considered to be in poverty whereas families that fall above are not the income deficit is one of two measures that are used to determine a person or family s income distance from the poverty threshold the other being a ratio rather than a difference
cri￭ ti￭ ques of income inequality often refer to a casual chain linking unequal growth to a less￭ ened economy unequal growth concentrates wealth in a small amount on consumers who can only buy so many things as a result the vast majority of people are left with little extra cash for goods and services thus less things are bought and the economy generates less capital than it otherwise might proponents of income inequality often reject the idea of increased government intervention in the markets which is inevitable if income inequality is to be fixed among the most notable arguments for income inequality are those concerning the natural effects of capitalism and the free markets these arguments point out the fact that unequal rewards are natural in a system that is structured for inequality furthermore an opinion that the amount of money earned in a free market system are to be kept by the ear￭ ner
income inequality is the extent at which household income is un￭ evenly distributed amongst a population in other words it also refers to the gap in income between who can be considered the rich of the population as opposed to the income of those who can be considered the poor of a population income inequality in the philippines is the extent to which income most commonly measured by household or individual is distributed in an uneven manner in the philippines the difference of income between the rich and the poor could cause tension in society and political instability
in￭ contin￭ entia pi￭ gm￭ enti ip also known as bloch – siemens syndrome bloch – sul￭ z￭ berger disease bloch – sul￭ z￭ berger syndrome mel￭ ano￭ bl￭ ast￭ osis cu￭ tis and nev￭ us pi￭ gm￭ ent￭ o￭ sus system￭ atic￭ us is a genetic disorder that affects the skin hair teeth nails and central nervous system it is named due to its micro￭ scopic appearance
in￭ contin￭ entia pi￭ gm￭ enti ach￭ ro￭ mi￭ ans also known as hypo￭ mel￭ an￭ osis of ito is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by various patterns of bilateral or unilateral hypo￭ pi￭ gm￭ entation following the lines of blas￭ ch￭ ko though the consistency of the skin findings have led to the term hypo￭ mel￭ an￭ osis of ito it actually refers to a group of disorders with various genetic causes including poly￭ plo￭ i￭ dies and an￭ eu￭ plo￭ i￭ dies based upon the specifics of the genetic defect the skin findings can be accompanied by a great range of systemic findings these include central nervous system oc￭ ular and mus￭ cul￭ osk￭ el￭ etal defects nonetheless the vast majority of cases are limited to the skin as opposed to in￭ contin￭ entia pi￭ gm￭ enti hypo￭ mel￭ an￭ osis of ito affects both g￭ enders equally
incorporation is a phenomenon by which a gr￭ amm￭ atical category such as a ver￭ b forms a compound with its direct object object incorporation or adver￭ bial modi￭ fier while retaining its original syn￭ tactic function incorporation is central to many poly￭ synthetic languages such as those found in north america siberia and northern australia however poly￭ synthesis does not necessarily imply incorporation mi￭ th￭ un 2009 neither does the presence of incorporation in a language imply that that language is poly￭ synthetic
incremental operating margin is the increase or decrease of income from continuing operations before stock based compensation interest expense and income tax expense between two periods divided by the increase or decrease in revenue between the same two periods
in insurance incurred but not reported i￭ b￭ nr claims is the amount owed by an insurer to all valid claim￭ ants who have had a covered loss but have not yet reported it since the insurer knows neither how many of these losses have occurred nor the severity of each loss i￭ b￭ nr is necessarily an estimate the sum of i￭ b￭ nr losses plus reported losses yields an estimate of the total eventual liabilities the insurer will cover known as ultimate losses
independence is a condition of a nation country or state in which its residents and population or some portion thereof exercise self government and usually sovereignty over the territory the opposite of independence is a dependent territory independence does not necessarily mean freedom
inde￭ terminate cell his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis is a cu￭ taneous condition felt to be caused by der￭ mal precursors of lang￭ er￭ hans cells
a farmers s cries for help have been ignored as the damaging effects from the absence of credit loans tic￭ kles down the population apart from the healthcare of a farmer the lack of access to credit also highly important as almost 80 the farmers own less than a hectare of land the availability of credit allows farmers to be protected from the inflated costs faced in agriculture and also improve the quality of fertilizers and hence the output should the distribution of credit loans improve the indian government would also find it easy to meet production targets and have a better control over prices of grains due to the critical shortage of agricultural output india has to resort to banning grain exports and instead drive up its import bills from wheat coming into the country there has been so much attention focused on the industrial and services sector that the agricultural side has been largely neglected the lack of credit loans coupled with improper government intervention had resulted in the livelihood of the farmers to go down￭ hill as commercial banks are not present in remote locations of india where agriculture is supposed to thrive it becomes an important limitation as the rural population has a strong dependence on it co operative banks which have been set up previously were also doomed to fail as a result of bad loans and a lack of funds these commercial banks have their own set of worries as defaults and crop failures are common in the sector as such they prefer lending out to areas where each farmer owns a much larger proportion of land and also have better irrigation systems however that does not solve the problem as the smaller farmers ’ which forms a majority issues remains un￭ addressed there should be better banking systems established that is accessible and affordable to every person it is obvious that the benefits of economic growth have not been equally shared among all as the access to credit is not granted to all economic opportunities ought to be created for the marginalized groups to help in poverty reduction and inequality problems further attempts made by the government to expand credit loans have ironically resulted in more cases of poverty than ever the lack of access to formal credit thus places many constraints on agricultural output and also the standards of living for the rural population thereby hindering their path to further economic and social development
indian childhood cir￭ rho￭ sis is a chronic liver disease of childhood characterised by cir￭ rho￭ sis of liver due to de￭ position of copper in the liver it primarily affects children of 1 – 3 years of age and has a genetic pre￭ disposition it had a very high case fat￭ ality in the past but has eventually become preventable treat￭ able and is now rare
paid news is a phenomenon in indian media that refers to the systematic engagement of mainstream media outlets in publishing favorable articles in exchange for payment this type of news is typically sponsored by politicians businessmen and cel￭ e￭ bri￭ ties in order to improve their public image or accomplish political goals
although italy and india have maintained important relations since ancient times significant indian migration to italy is a recent phenomenon many indians began immigr￭ ating to italy in the early 1990 s when the italian government offered amnesty to illegal migrants following a worker shortage and the numbers have been growing progressively since most came from the pun￭ jab and tend to work on dairy farms and in agriculture others have become entrepreneurs and are active in the restaurant and retail fields associated with italy s large tourism industry about half of the total indian migrant population in italy live in the agricultural areas of the central and northern regions of the country especially in the areas around rome and milan most indians have integrated successfully into italian life and local authorities and people are impressed with their contributions to the local economy they have been found to be generally very industri￭ ous hard working and law abiding most indians have retained their religious practices namely hindu￭ ism and si￭ kh￭ ism there are numerous tem￭ ples and gur￭ dwar￭ as as well as is￭ k￭ con centres
in mathematics an indicator function or a characteristic function is a function defined on a set x that indicates membership of an element in a sub￭ set a of x having the value 1 for all elements of a and the value 0 for all elements of x not in a it is usually den￭ oted by a symbol 1 or i sometimes in bol￭ d￭ face or black￭ board bol￭ d￭ face with a subscri￭ pt describing the set
indi￭ ges￭ tion also known as dy￭ spe￭ p￭ sia is a condition of impaired dig￭ estion symptoms may include upper ab￭ domin￭ al ful￭ l￭ ness heart￭ burn naus￭ ea bel￭ ching or upper ab￭ domin￭ al pain people may also experience feeling full earlier than expected when eating dy￭ spe￭ p￭ sia is a common problem and is frequently caused by gastro￭ es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al ref￭ lux disease ger￭ d or gast￭ ri￭ tis in a small minority it may be the first symptom of pe￭ ptic ul￭ cer disease an ul￭ cer of the stomach or du￭ o￭ den￭ um and occasionally cancer hence un￭ explained newly onset dy￭ spe￭ p￭ sia in people over 55 or the presence of other alarming symptoms may require further investigations functional indi￭ ges￭ tion previously called non￭ ul￭ cer dy￭ spe￭ p￭ sia is indi￭ ges￭ tion without evidence of an organic disease that is likely to explain the symptoms functional indi￭ ges￭ tion is estimated to affect about 15 of the general population in western countries
indi￭ um medi￭ ated all￭ yl￭ ations im￭ as are important chemical reactions for the formation of carbon – carbon bonds this reaction has two steps first indi￭ um inser￭ ts itself between the carbon – halo￭ gen bond of an all￭ yl hali￭ de becoming the organ￭ o￭ indi￭ um intermediate second this all￭ yl indi￭ de intermediate reacts with an electro￭ phi￭ le to synthe￭ size one of a wide range of compounds such as carbo￭ hydr￭ ates and anti￭ hel￭ min￭ th￭ ic drugs this reaction is depicted in the scheme below two steps of the ima reaction mechanism although this reaction occurs in two steps it is commonly done as a bar￭ bi￭ er reaction where the indi￭ um all￭ yl hali￭ de and electro￭ phi￭ le are all mixed together in a one pot process ima illustrated as a bar￭ bi￭ er reaction indi￭ um reacts more readily than other metals such as mg pb bi or z￭ n and does not require a promoter or flammable organic solvent to drive the reaction im￭ as have advantages over other carbon bond forming reactions because of their ability to be carried out in water which is cheap and environmentally friendly therefore these reactions represent green chemistry providing a safer alternative to the very common gri￭ gn￭ ard reaction performed with mg reactions yield high stere￭ o and regio selectivity with few by products making it easy to pur￭ i￭ fy the desired product
indi￭ um lung is a rare occupational lung disease caused by exposure to respir￭ able indi￭ um in the form of indi￭ um tin oxide it is classified as an inter￭ sti￭ tial lung disease diffuse paren￭ ch￭ ym￭ al lung disease
individual communication services and tariffs is the regulatory protected ability for an identified user to obtain from a communication service provider by a bilateral specific contract a combination of the service and related content at a specific price called a tariff chosen by the user corresponding to a user request specified with a service demand profile and some duration individual service is then the communication service supplied in the way stated above with a request and specification by the user individual tariff is then the price paid by the user for such an individual service
a feature common to all in￭ do european languages is the presence of a ver￭ b corresponding to the english ver￭ b to be though in some languages it is vesti￭ gi￭ al it is present nonetheless in atro￭ phi￭ ed forms or derivatives
induced demand or latent demand is the phenomenon that after supply increases more of a good is consumed this is entirely consistent with the economic theory of supply and demand however this idea has become important in the debate over the expansion of transportation systems and is often used as an argument against widening roads such as major commu￭ ter roads this phenomenon called induced traffic is considered by some to be a contributing factor to urban spra￭ w￭ l
in complexity theory and graph theory induced sub￭ graph isom￭ orph￭ ism is an n￭ p complete decision problem that involves finding a given graph as an induced sub￭ graph of a larger graph
induc￭ tive logic programming il￭ p is a sub￭ field of machine learning which uses logic programming as a uniform representation for examples background knowledge and hypo￭ theses given an en￭ coding of the known background knowledge and a set of examples represented as a logical database of facts an il￭ p system will derive a hypo￭ thes￭ ised logic program which entails all the positive and none of the negative examples schem￭ a positive examples negative examples background knowledge ⇒ hypothesis induc￭ tive logic programming is particularly useful in bio￭ inform￭ atics and natural language processing gordon plo￭ t￭ kin and ehud shap￭ iro laid the initial theoretical foundation for induc￭ tive machine learning in a logical setting shap￭ iro built its first implementation model infer￭ ence system in 1981 a pro￭ log program that induc￭ tively infer￭ red logic programs from positive and negative examples the term induc￭ tive logic programming was first introduced in a paper by stephen mu￭ gg￭ leton in 1991 mu￭ gg￭ leton also founded the annual international conference on induc￭ tive logic programming introduced the theoretical ideas of predic￭ ate invention in￭ verse resolution and in￭ verse enta￭ il￭ ment mu￭ gg￭ leton implemented in￭ verse enta￭ il￭ ment first in the pro￭ go￭ l system the term induc￭ tive here refers to philosophical i e suggesting a theory to explain observed facts rather than mathematical i e proving a property for all members of a well ordered set induc￭ tion
induc￭ tive transfer or transfer learning is a research problem in machine learning that focuses on storing knowledge gained while solving one problem and applying it to a different but related problem for example the abilities acquired while learning to walk presumably apply when one learns to run and knowledge gained while learning to recognize cars could apply when recognizing trucks this area of research bears some relation to the long history of psychological literature on transfer of learning although formal ties between the two fields are limited the earliest cited work on transfer in machine learning is attributed to l￭ ori￭ en pr￭ att who formulated the discrimin￭ ability based transfer d￭ bt algori￭ thm in 1993 in 1997 the journal machine learning published a special issue devoted to induc￭ tive transfer and by 1998 the field had advanced to include multi task learning along with a more formal analysis of its theoretical foundations learning to learn ed￭ ited by sebastian th￭ run and pr￭ att is a comprehensive overview of the state of the art of induc￭ tive transfer at the time of its publication induc￭ tive transfer has also been applied in cognitive science with the journal connection sci￭ en￭ ce￭ publishing a special issue on reuse of ne￭ ural networks through transfer in 1996 notably scientists have developed algori￭ th￭ ms for induc￭ tive transfer in markov logic networks and ba￭ ye￭ sian networks furthermore researchers have applied techniques for transfer to problems in text classification and spam filtering
industrie und gl￭ ü￭ ck german for industry and luck is a pattern of french suited playing cards used to play tar￭ ock the name originates from an ins￭ cription found on the second trump card this deck was developed during the nineteenth century in the austr￭ o hungarian empire after the collapse of the empire in world war i it remained the most widely used tar￭ ot deck in central europe and can be found throughout the former parts of the empire though not designed for car￭ tom￭ ancy these cards were used in argentine fortune telling dec￭ ks in the mid 20 th century
inertia is a problem associated with anxiety and au￭ tism people who experience inertia often experience feeling paralyzed when they are faced with stressful tasks
iner￭ tial response is a function of large synchron￭ ous generators which are large synchron￭ ous rotating masses and which acts to balance supply and demand for electric power systems typically the electrical grid if there is a power imbalance between electricity supply and demand the rot￭ ational frequency of the sy￭ ch￭ ron￭ ous generators either speeds up low supply or slows down low demand to instantly rebalance the system this speed up or slow down in sy￭ ch￭ ron￭ ous generator speed results in a change in ac frequency ideally within the allowable frequency range of that system i e a 50 h￭ z system may allow a ± 0 5 h￭ z deviation in ac power
in ancient roman culture in￭ fam￭ ia in not and fam￭ a reputation was a loss of legal or social standing as a technical term of roman law in￭ fam￭ ia was an official exclusion from the legal protections enjoyed by a roman citizen as imposed by a cens￭ or or pra￭ e￭ tor more generally especially during the republic and princip￭ ate in￭ fam￭ ia was informal damage to one s esteem or reputation a person who suffered in￭ fam￭ ia was an in￭ fam￭ is plural in￭ fam￭ es in￭ fam￭ ia was an inescapable consequence for certain professionals including prostitutes and p￭ imp￭ s enter￭ tain￭ ers such as actors and dan￭ cers and glad￭ i￭ ators in￭ fam￭ es could not for instance provide testimony in a court of law they were liable to corporal punishment which was usually reserved for slaves the in￭ fam￭ ia of enter￭ tain￭ ers did not exclude them from soci￭ alizing among the roman elite and enter￭ tain￭ ers who were stars both men and women sometimes became the lovers of such high profile figures as the dictator sul￭ la and mark an￭ tony a passive homosexual who was ou￭ ted might also be subject to social in￭ fam￭ ia though if he was a citizen he might retain his legal standing the modern roman catholic church has a similar concept of in￭ fam￭ y
infant respiratory distress syndrome ir￭ ds also called ne￭ on￭ atal respiratory distress syndrome respiratory distress syndrome of new￭ born or increasingly sur￭ fac￭ tant deficiency disorder s￭ dd and previously called hy￭ al￭ ine memb￭ rane disease h￭ md is a syndrome in premature infants caused by developmental in￭ sufficiency of pul￭ mon￭ ary sur￭ fac￭ tant production and structural im￭ maturity in the lungs it can also be a consequence of ne￭ on￭ atal infection it can also result from a genetic problem with the production of sur￭ fac￭ tant associated proteins ir￭ ds affects about 1 of new￭ born infants and is the leading cause of death in pre￭ term infants the incidence decreases with advancing gest￭ ational age from about 50 in babies born at 26 – 28 weeks to about 25 at 30 – 31 weeks the syndrome is more frequent in infants of diabe￭ tic mothers and in the second born of premature twins ir￭ ds is distinct from pul￭ mon￭ ary hypo￭ pl￭ asia another leading cause of ne￭ on￭ atal death that involves respiratory distress
infant swimming is the phenomenon of human babies and to￭ dd￭ lers controlling their breath and moving themselves through water this is called the brad￭ y￭ card￭ ic response it is not true that babies are born with the ability to swim though they have refl￭ exes that make it look like they are babies aren t old enough to hold their breath intentionally or strong enough to keep their head above water most infants though not all will refl￭ exi￭ vely hold their breath when sub￭ merged to protect their air￭ way and are able to survive immer￭ sion in water for short periods of time infants can also be taken to swimming lessons although this may be done to reduce their risk of drowning the effects on drowning risk are not reliable it is extremely important to note that while babies can imitate swimming motions and refl￭ exes they are not yet physically capable of swimming
inf￭ anti￭ le ref￭ sum disease ir￭ d also called inf￭ anti￭ le phy￭ tan￭ ic acid storage disease is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive con￭ genital per￭ ox￭ isom￭ al bio￭ genesis disorder within the z￭ ell￭ we￭ ger spectrum these are disorders of the per￭ ox￭ isom￭ es that are clin￭ ically similar to z￭ ell￭ we￭ ger syndrome and associated with mutations in the p￭ ex family of genes ir￭ d is associated with deficient phy￭ tan￭ ic acid cat￭ abol￭ ism as is adult ref￭ sum disease but they are different disorders that should not be confused
inf￭ anti￭ le ac￭ ne is a cu￭ taneous condition that presents at 3 to 6 months of age
inf￭ anti￭ le acro￭ pu￭ st￭ ul￭ osis also known as acro￭ pu￭ st￭ ul￭ osis of infancy is an intensely it￭ chy ve￭ si￭ co￭ pu￭ st￭ ular eruption of the hands and feet involvement of s￭ cab￭ ies has been suggested inf￭ anti￭ le acro￭ pu￭ st￭ ul￭ osis is characterized by it￭ chy pap￭ ules and ves￭ ic￭ les that are similar to those found in s￭ cab￭ ies mosquito like bites but there is absence of the typical bur￭ rowing with s like bur￭ rows on the skin and can occur in small babies as opposed to s￭ cab￭ ies mostly found on children and young adults
inf￭ anti￭ le ap￭ ne￭ a is a rare disease that is characterized by cessation of breathing in an infant it may be related to some cases of sudden infant death syndrome si￭ ds and can cause cyan￭ osis and brad￭ y￭ car￭ dia inf￭ anti￭ le ap￭ ne￭ a can be caused by neuro￭ logical problems or a physical problem in the air￭ way in premature infants it may be treated with caff￭ eine
inf￭ anti￭ le con￭ vul￭ sions and cho￭ re￭ o￭ athe￭ to￭ sis ic￭ ca syndrome is a neuro￭ logical genetic disorder with an auto￭ som￭ al dominant mode of inheritance it is characterized by the association of benign famili￭ al inf￭ anti￭ le epi￭ le￭ psy bi￭ fe at age 3 – 12 months and later in life with par￭ oxy￭ sm￭ al k￭ ine￭ si￭ genic cho￭ re￭ o￭ athe￭ to￭ sis the ic￭ ca syndrome was first reported in 1997 in four french families from north western france and provided the first genetic evidence for common mechanisms shared by benign inf￭ anti￭ le seizures and par￭ oxy￭ sm￭ al dy￭ sk￭ ine￭ sia the epi￭ le￭ ptic origin of p￭ k￭ c has long been a matter of debates and pd have been classified as reflex epi￭ le￭ p￭ sies indeed attacks of p￭ k￭ c and epi￭ le￭ ptic seizures have several characteristics in common they both are par￭ oxy￭ sm￭ al in presentation with a tendency to spontaneous remission and a sub￭ set of p￭ k￭ c responds well to anti￭ con￭ vul￭ s￭ ants this genetic disease has been mapped to chro￭ mo￭ some 16 p q 12 more than 30 families with the clinical characteristics of ic￭ ca syndrome have been described worldwide so far
inf￭ anti￭ le cor￭ tical hyper￭ o￭ sto￭ sis is a self limited infl￭ am￭ matory disorder of infants that causes bone changes soft tissue sw￭ elling and irrit￭ ability the disease may be present at birth or occur shortly thereafter the cause is unknown both famili￭ al and spor￭ adic forms occur it is also known as caff￭ ey disease or caff￭ ey s disease
inf￭ anti￭ le es￭ o￭ tro￭ p￭ ia is an oc￭ ular condition of early onset in which one or either eye turns inward it is a specific sub type of es￭ o￭ tro￭ p￭ ia and has been a subject of much debate amongst oph￭ thal￭ mo￭ logists with regard to its naming diagnostic features and treatment
inf￭ anti￭ le free si￭ al￭ ic acid storage disease iss￭ d is a ly￭ so￭ som￭ al storage disease caused when si￭ al￭ ic acid a kind of charged sugar is unable to be transported out of the ly￭ so￭ som￭ al memb￭ rane and instead accumul￭ ates in the tissue and free si￭ al￭ ic acid is ex￭ cre￭ ted in the urine mutations in the sl￭ c 17 a 5 solu￭ te carrier family 17 an￭ ion sugar transporter member 50 gene cause all forms of si￭ al￭ ic acid storage disease the sl￭ c 17 a 5 gene is located on the long q arm of chro￭ mo￭ some 6 between positions 14 and 15 this gene provides instructions for producing a protein called si￭ al￭ in that is located mainly on the memb￭ ran￭ es of ly￭ so￭ som￭ es compart￭ ments in the cell that dig￭ est and recycle materials iss￭ d is the most severe form of the si￭ al￭ ic acid storage diseases babies with this condition have severe developmental delay weak muscle tone hy￭ pot￭ onia and failure to gain weight and grow at the expected rate failure to thrive they may have unusual facial features that are often described as co￭ arse seizures bone mal￭ formations enlarged liver and sp￭ leen he￭ pat￭ os￭ plen￭ om￭ eg￭ al￭ y and an enlarged heart cardi￭ om￭ eg￭ al￭ y iss￭ d is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive disorder and affects 1 in 528 000 live births worldwide
inf￭ anti￭ le hem￭ an￭ gi￭ oper￭ ic￭ y￭ tom￭ a also known as con￭ genital hem￭ an￭ gi￭ oper￭ ic￭ y￭ tom￭ a is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by single or multiple der￭ mal and sub￭ cu￭ taneous no￭ d￭ ules that may be alarmingly large at birth or grow rapidly
inf￭ anti￭ le neuro￭ ax￭ onal dy￭ stro￭ phy is a rare pervasive developmental disorder that primarily affects the nervous system individuals with inf￭ anti￭ le neuro￭ ax￭ onal dy￭ stro￭ phy typically do not have any symptoms at birth but between the ages of about 6 and 18 months they begin to experience delays in acquiring new motor and intellectual skills such as crawling or beginning to speak eventually they lose previously acquired skills
inf￭ anti￭ le neuro￭ nal cer￭ o￭ id li￭ po￭ fus￭ cin￭ o￭ ses inc￭ l or san￭ ta￭ vu￭ ori disease is a form of nc￭ l and inherited as a rec￭ essive auto￭ som￭ al genetic trait the disorder is progressive degenerative and fatal extremely rare worldwide – with approximately 60 official cases reported by 1982 perhaps 100 sufferers in total today – but relatively common in finland due to the local founder effect
inf￭ anti￭ le speech pe￭ dol￭ alia baby talk inf￭ anti￭ le per￭ sever￭ ation or inf￭ anti￭ lis￭ m is a speech disorder persistence of early speech development stage beyond the age when it is normally expected it is characterized by the omission of some sounds and the substitution of standard speech sounds observed in children in early developmental stages despite that people who don t have con￭ genital inf￭ anti￭ le speech can learn to sing or talk in such manner
inf￭ anti￭ le systemic hy￭ al￭ in￭ osis or juvenile systemic hy￭ al￭ in￭ osis is an all￭ el￭ ic auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive condition characterized by multiple skin no￭ d￭ ules hy￭ al￭ ine de￭ position g￭ ing￭ i￭ val hyper￭ tro￭ phy o￭ ste￭ ol￭ y￭ tic bone le￭ sions and joint contr￭ actu￭ res
inf￭ arc￭ tion is tissue death necro￭ sis caused by a reduction stop￭ page in blood flow due to artery block￭ ages mechanical compression rupture or vas￭ o￭ con￭ stric￭ tion there may be is￭ chem￭ ia a slowing of blood flow or hemorrha￭ ge a rupture of an artery causing bleeding the resulting le￭ sion is referred to as an inf￭ arc￭ t from the latin inf￭ arc￭ tus stuffed into my￭ o￭ cardi￭ al inf￭ arc￭ tion is the partial death of heart tissue commonly known as heart attack
infection is the invasion of an organism s body tissues by disease causing agents their multiplication and the reaction of host tissues to these organisms and the toxins they produce infectious disease also known as transmissible disease or communicable disease is illness resulting from an infection infections are caused by infectious agents including viruses viro￭ ids pri￭ ons bacteria nemato￭ des such as par￭ asi￭ tic round￭ worms and pin￭ worms ar￭ thro￭ pods such as tic￭ ks mit￭ es fle￭ as and lic￭ e fun￭ gi such as ring￭ worm and other macro￭ parasites such as ta￭ pe￭ worms and other hel￭ min￭ ths hosts can fight infections using their immune system mammalian hosts react to infections with an in￭ nate response often involving infl￭ amm￭ ation followed by an adap￭ tive response specific medications used to treat infections include antibiotics anti￭ vir￭ als anti￭ fun￭ g￭ als anti￭ proto￭ zo￭ als and anti￭ hel￭ min￭ th￭ ics infectious diseases resulted in 9 2 million deaths in 2013 about 17 of all deaths the branch of medicine that focuses on infections is referred to as infectious disease
an infectious bone disease is a bone disease primarily associated with an infection an example is o￭ ste￭ om￭ ye￭ li￭ tis
infectious bovine ker￭ ato￭ con￭ junc￭ ti￭ vi￭ tis or i￭ b￭ k is a veterinary infection of cattle caused by mor￭ ax￭ ella bo￭ vis a gram negative β ha￭ emol￭ y￭ tic aer￭ ob￭ ic rod shaped bacter￭ ium it is spread by direct contact or by flies serving as vectors it is the most common oc￭ ular disease of cattle mostly beef i￭ b￭ k is similar to human pink eye and causes severe infection of the con￭ junc￭ tiva e￭ dem￭ a cor￭ ne￭ al op￭ acity and ul￭ cer￭ ation this disease is highly contagious and occurs worldwide younger animals are more susceptible but recovery with minimal damage is usual if they are treated early the disease is also known as pin￭ ke￭ ye new forest eye or b￭ light
infectious can￭ ine hepatitis is an acute liver infection in dogs caused by can￭ ine aden￭ o￭ virus type 1 c￭ av 1 c￭ av 1 also causes disease in wolves co￭ yo￭ tes and bears and en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis in fo￭ xes the virus is spread in the fa￭ ec￭ es urine blood sali￭ va and nas￭ al discharge of infected dogs it is contracted through the mouth or nose where it replic￭ ates in the ton￭ si￭ ls the virus then inf￭ ects the liver and kidneys the incub￭ ation period is 4 to 7 days symptoms include fever depression loss of appetite cou￭ gh￭ ing and a tender ab￭ dom￭ en cor￭ ne￭ al e￭ dem￭ a and signs of liver disease such as ja￭ und￭ ice v￭ om￭ iting and he￭ p￭ atic encephalopathy may also occur severe cases will develop bleeding disorders which can cause hem￭ atom￭ as to form in the mouth death can occur secondary to this or the liver disease however most dogs recover after a brief illness although chronic cor￭ ne￭ al e￭ dem￭ a and kidney le￭ sions may persist diagnosis is made by recognizing the combination of symptoms and abnormal blood tests that occur in infectious can￭ ine hepatitis a rising anti￭ body ti￭ ter to c￭ av 1 is also seen the disease can be confused with can￭ ine par￭ vo￭ virus because both will cause a low white blood cell count and bloody diarr￭ hea in young un￭ vaccinated dogs treatment is symptomatic most dogs recover spontaneously without treatment prevention is through vaccination at￭ c￭ vet code q￭ i 07 aa 05 who and various combination vaccines most combination vaccines for dogs contain a modified can￭ ine aden￭ o￭ virus type 2 c￭ av 2 is one of the causes of respiratory infections in dogs but it is similar enough to c￭ av 1 that vaccine for one creates immunity for both c￭ av 2 vaccine is much less likely to cause side effects than c￭ av 1 vaccine one study has shown the vaccine to have a duration of immunity of at least four years c￭ av 1 is destroyed in the environment by steam cleaning and qu￭ ater￭ n￭ ary ammonium compounds otherwise the virus can survive in the environment for months in the right conditions it can also be released in the urine of a recovered dog for up to a year
infectious dose id is the amount of pathogen measured in number of micro￭ organisms required to cause an infection in the host usually it varies according to the pathogenic agent and the consumer s age and overall health
infectious hypo￭ der￭ mal and hem￭ ato￭ po￭ ie￭ tic necro￭ sis ih￭ hn is a viral disease of pen￭ a￭ eid shrimp that causes mass mortality up to 90 among the western blue shrimp pen￭ a￭ eus sty￭ li￭ ro￭ str￭ is and severe de￭ formations in the pacific white shrimp p v￭ ann￭ ame￭ i it occurs in pacific farmed and wild shrimp but not in wild shrimp on the atlantic coast of the americas the shrimp farming industry has developed several bro￭ od￭ stocks of both p sty￭ li￭ ro￭ str￭ is and p v￭ ann￭ ame￭ i that are resistant against ih￭ hn infection the disease is caused by a single stranded dna virus simply called ih￭ hn virus the smallest of the known pen￭ a￭ eid shrimp viruses 22 nm
an infectious in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial an￭ eur￭ ys￭ m iia also called my￭ co￭ tic an￭ eur￭ ys￭ m is a cere￭ br￭ al an￭ eur￭ ys￭ m that is caused by infection of the cere￭ br￭ al arter￭ ial wall
infectious mon￭ on￭ uc￭ le￭ osis im also known as mon￭ o or g￭ land￭ ular fever is an infection commonly caused by the ep￭ stein – bar￭ r virus eb￭ v most people are infected by the virus as children when the disease produces little or no symptoms in young adults the disease often results in fever sore throat enlarged lymp￭ h no￭ des in the neck and feeling tired most people get better in two to four weeks however feeling tired may last for months the liver or sp￭ leen may also become sw￭ oll￭ en in less than one percent of cases splen￭ ic rupture may occur infectious mon￭ on￭ uc￭ le￭ osis is usually caused by ep￭ stein – bar￭ r virus eb￭ v also known as human her￭ pes￭ virus 4 which is a member of the her￭ pes virus family a few other viruses may also cause the disease it is primarily spread through sali￭ va but can rarely be spread through semen or blood spread may occur by objects such as drinking glasses or tooth￭ bru￭ shes those who are infected can spread the disease weeks before symptoms develop mon￭ o is primarily diagnosed based on the symptoms and can be confirmed with blood tests for specific antibodies another typical finding is increased blood lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tes of which more than 10 are atypical the mono￭ spot test is not very useful there is no vaccine for eb￭ v prevention is by not sharing personal items or kissing those infected mon￭ o generally gets better on its own recommendations include drinking enough fluids getting sufficient rest and taking pain medications such as par￭ acet￭ am￭ ol acet￭ amin￭ oph￭ en and i￭ bu￭ prof￭ en mon￭ o most commonly affects those between the ages of 15 to 24 years in the developed world in the developing world people are more often infected in early childhood when the symptoms are less in those between 16 and 20 it is the cause of about 8 of sore throats about 45 out of 100 000 people develop mon￭ o each year in the united states nearly 95 of people have been infected by the time they are adults the disease occurs equally at all times of the year mon￭ on￭ uc￭ le￭ osis was first described in the 1920 s and is col￭ lo￭ qu￭ ially known as the kissing disease
infectious necro￭ tic hepatitis is a disease of large animals especially sheep caused by clo￭ stri￭ dium nov￭ yi infection the primary infection is intest￭ inal and transferred by the fa￭ ec￭ al oral route spo￭ res of c nov￭ yi escape from the gut and lodge in the liver where they remain dormant until some injury creates an￭ aer￭ ob￭ ic conditions for them to germin￭ ate causing local necro￭ sis and widespread damage to the micro￭ vascular system resulting in sub￭ cu￭ taneous bleeding and black￭ ening of the skin hence the common name black disease
infectious pan￭ cre￭ atic necro￭ sis ip￭ n is a severe viral disease of salmon￭ id fish it is caused by infectious pan￭ cre￭ atic necro￭ sis virus which is a member of the bir￭ navi￭ ri￭ da￭ e family this disease mainly affects young salmon￭ ids such as trou￭ t or salmon of less than six months although adult fish may carry the virus without showing symptoms resistance to infection develops more rapidly in warmer water it is highly contagious and found worldwide but some regions have managed to eradicate or greatly reduce the incidence of disease the disease is normally spread horizon￭ tally via infected water but spread also occurs vertically it is not a zoon￭ osis
infectious salmon an￭ emia or ana￭ emia isa is a viral disease of atlantic salmon sal￭ mo sal￭ ar that affects fish farms in canada norway scotland and chile causing severe losses to infected farms the disease is listed as a non exotic disease of the eu and is therefore watched closely by the european community reference laboratory for fish diseases
infec￭ tive endo￭ cardi￭ tis is a form of endo￭ cardi￭ tis it is an infl￭ amm￭ ation of the inner tissues of the heart the endo￭ cardi￭ um usually of the valves it is caused by infectious agents or pathogens which are largely bacterial but a few other organisms can also be responsible before the age of modern antibiotics it was almost universally fatal the valves of the heart do not receive any dedicated blood supply as a result defensive immune system mechanisms such as white blood cells cannot directly reach the valves via the blood￭ stream if an organism such as bacteria attaches to a valve surface and forms a vegetation the host s immune response is bl￭ unted the lack of blood supply to the valves also has implications for treatment since drugs also have difficulty reaching the infected area normally blood flows smoothly through these valves if they have been damaged — from r￭ heu￭ matic fever for example — the risk of bacterial attachment is increased
in epidemiology infec￭ tivity is the ability of a pathogen to establish an infection more specifically infec￭ tivity is a pathogen s capacity for horizontal transmission that is how frequently it spreads among hosts that are not in a parent child relationship the measure of infec￭ tivity in a population is called incidence infec￭ tivity has been shown to positively cor￭ relate with virul￭ ence this means that as a pathogen s ability to infect a greater number of hosts increases so does the level of harm it brings to the host a pathogen s infec￭ tivity is sub￭ tly but importantly different from its trans￭ missibility which refers to a pathogen s capacity to pass from parent to child
inferior ven￭ a cav￭ a syndrome iv￭ cs is a result of obstruction of the inferior ven￭ a cav￭ a it can be caused by invasion or compression by a pathological process or by thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis in the vein itself it can also occur during pregnancy pregnancy can lead to problems with blood return due to high ven￭ ous pressure in the lower limbs failure of blood return to the heart decreased cardiac output due to obstruc￭ tions in inferior ven￭ a cav￭ a sudden rise in ven￭ ous pressure which can lead to plac￭ ental separation and a decrease in ren￭ al function all of these issues can arise from lying in the sup￭ ine position during late pregnancy which can cause compression of the inferior ven￭ a cav￭ a symptoms of late pregnancy inferior ven￭ a cav￭ a syndrome consist of intense pain in the right hand side muscle tw￭ it￭ ching drop of blood pressure and fluid retention
an infer￭ iority complex is a lack of self worth a doubt and uncertainty and feelings of not measuring up to standards it is often sub￭ conscious and is thought to drive afflicted individuals to over￭ compensate resulting either in spectacular achievement or extreme as￭ o￭ cial behavior in modern literature the preferred terminology is lack of covert self esteem for many it is developed through a combination of genetic personality characteristics and personal experiences
in￭ fertility is the inability of a person animal or plant to reproduce by natural means it is usually not the natural state of a healthy adult organism except notably among certain eus￭ o￭ cial species mostly hap￭ lo￭ diplo￭ id insects in humans in￭ fertility may describe a woman who is unable to conceive as well as being unable to carry a pregnancy to full term there are many biological and other causes of in￭ fertility including some that medical intervention can treat estimates from 1997 suggest that worldwide between three and seven per cent of all couples or women have an unresolved problem of in￭ fertility many more couples however experience involuntary child￭ lessness for at least one year estimates range from 12 to 28 20 30 of in￭ fertility cases are due to male in￭ fertility 20 35 are due to female in￭ fertility and 25 40 are due to combined problems in both parts in 10 20 of cases no cause is found the most common cause of female in￭ fertility is o￭ vul￭ atory problems which generally manifest themselves by spar￭ se or absent men￭ str￭ ual periods male in￭ fertility is most commonly due to deficiencies in the semen and semen quality is used as a sur￭ rogate measure of male f￭ ec￭ und￭ ity women who are fertile experience a natural period of fertility before and during ov￭ ulation and they are naturally in￭ fertile during the rest of the men￭ str￭ ual cycle fertility awareness methods are used to discern when these changes occur by tracking changes in cer￭ vic￭ al m￭ uc￭ us or bas￭ al body temperature
inf￭ est￭ ation is the state of being invaded or overrun by pests or parasites it can also refer to the actual organisms living on or within a host
infiltr￭ ation anal￭ ge￭ sia is de￭ position of an anal￭ ges￭ ic drug close to the ap￭ ex of a tooth so that it can diffuse to reach the nerve entering the ap￭ ical for￭ am￭ ina
the infinite bo￭ bs is an effect used in demo￭ s that show a lot of simple sp￭ rit￭ es moving on the screen at the same time usually on computers like am￭ ig￭ a at￭ ari st or commod￭ ore 64 which featured a limited number of sp￭ rit￭ es the effect is achieved thanks to multiple bu￭ ffers actually only one spr￭ ite is used and it is rendered only once per frame but unlike most of software spr￭ ite engine nothing is done to preserve the background or to erase the spr￭ ite from the old position so moving a spr￭ ite leaves a trail behind it video bu￭ ffers are rot￭ ated and each frame use a different buffer from previous so the spr￭ ite will be drawn in a slightly different position in all bu￭ ffers when all bu￭ ffers have been used the first one is used a second time without cleaning it so the spr￭ ite is rendered on a buffer that already contain the spr￭ ite image but since some other frames have been rendered in the meantime the two pictures don t overlap by fli￭ pping all the bu￭ ffers all instances of the sp￭ rit￭ es appear like they are moving with that trick there is no limit to the number of sp￭ rit￭ es that can be rendered since only one spr￭ ite needs to be moved animated and rendered the speed does not change when the screen is empty or when thousands of sp￭ rit￭ es are already moving of course all the sp￭ rit￭ es need to follow the same path mim￭ ic￭ king the first one the only one that is actually moved by the program so that trick cannot be used in particle systems or in shoot em ups where each spr￭ ite needs its own vector
infl￭ am￭ matory a￭ or￭ tic an￭ eur￭ ys￭ m ia￭ a also known as infl￭ am￭ matory ab￭ domin￭ al a￭ or￭ tic an￭ eur￭ ys￭ m ia￭ aa is a type of ab￭ domin￭ al a￭ or￭ tic an￭ eur￭ ys￭ m aaa where the walls of the an￭ eur￭ ys￭ m become thick and infl￭ amed similar to aaa ia￭ a occurs in the ab￭ domin￭ al region ia￭ a is closely associated and believed to be a response to and extensive peri anu￭ er￭ y￭ sm￭ al fi￭ bro￭ sis which is the formation of excess fi￭ bro￭ us connec￭ tive tissue in an organ or tissue in a repar￭ ative or reactive process ia￭ a accounts for 5 10 of a￭ or￭ tic an￭ eur￭ ys￭ ms ia￭ a is occurs mainly in a population that is on average younger by 10 years than most aaa patients some common symptoms of ia￭ a may include back pain ab￭ domin￭ al tender￭ ness fe￭ vers weight loss or elevated er￭ y￭ thro￭ cy￭ te se￭ di￭ mentation rate es￭ r levels cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ster￭ oids and other immun￭ o￭ sup￭ pres￭ sive drugs have been found to decrease symptoms and the degree of peri a￭ or￭ tic infl￭ amm￭ ation and fi￭ bro￭ sis
infl￭ am￭ matory bo￭ wel disease i￭ b￭ d is a group of infl￭ am￭ matory conditions of the col￭ on and small intest￭ ine cro￭ hn s disease and ul￭ cer￭ ative co￭ li￭ tis are the principal types of infl￭ am￭ matory bo￭ wel disease it is important to note that not only does cro￭ hn s disease affect the small intest￭ ine and large intest￭ ine it can also affect the mouth es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus stomach and the an￭ us whereas ul￭ cer￭ ative co￭ li￭ tis primarily affects the col￭ on and the rec￭ tum
infl￭ am￭ matory breast cancer is one of the most aggressive types of breast cancer that can occur in women of any age and extremely rarely in men it is called infl￭ am￭ matory because it frequently presents with symptoms resembling an infl￭ amm￭ ation despite the name whether infl￭ amm￭ ation contributes to the development of infl￭ am￭ matory breast cancer remains an area of ongoing research however it can present with very variable signs and symptoms frequently without detec￭ table tumors and therefore is often not detected by mammo￭ graphy or ul￭ tras￭ ound typical presentation is rapid sw￭ elling sometimes associated by skin changes pe￭ au d orange and nip￭ ple re￭ traction other symptoms include rapid increase in breast size red￭ ness persistent it￭ ching skin hot to touch i￭ bc often initially resembles mas￭ ti￭ tis only about 50 75 cases have the typical presentation symptoms can be completely atypical such as acute central ven￭ ous thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis as the sole presenting symptom i￭ bc makes up only a small percentage of breast cancer cases 1 6 in the usa i￭ bc is often diagnosed in younger women although average age of presentation does not differ much from other kinds of breast cancer average age 57 years african americans are usually diagnosed at younger ages than caucasian women and also have a higher risk of getting i￭ bc recent advances in therapy have improved the prog￭ no￭ sis considerably and at least one third of women will survive the diagnosis by 10 years or longer
infl￭ am￭ matory fi￭ bro￭ id poly￭ p abbreviated if￭ p is a benign abnormal growth of tissue projec￭ ting into the lum￭ en of the gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract
infl￭ am￭ matory linear ver￭ ru￭ co￭ us ep￭ id￭ er￭ mal nev￭ us il￭ ven is a rare disease of the skin that presents as multiple dis￭ crete red pap￭ ules that tend to coal￭ es￭ ce into linear pl￭ aqu￭ es that follow the lines of blas￭ ch￭ ko the pl￭ aqu￭ es can be slightly war￭ ty ps￭ ori￭ a￭ form or scal￭ y ecz￭ ema like il￭ ven is caused by som￭ atic mutations that result in genetic mo￭ sa￭ ic￭ ism there is no cure but different medical treatments can alleviate the symptoms
infl￭ am￭ matory my￭ elo￭ bl￭ astic tumor imt also known as an infl￭ am￭ matory pseu￭ do￭ tumor is a rare benign tumor occurring in the liver and or bile duc￭ ts
infl￭ am￭ matory my￭ o￭ fi￭ bro￭ bl￭ astic tum￭ our is a le￭ sional pattern of infl￭ am￭ matory pseu￭ do￭ tum￭ our as plasma cell gran￭ ul￭ oma it is abbreviated imt
infl￭ am￭ matory my￭ opathy infl￭ am￭ matory muscle disease or my￭ osi￭ tis is disease featuring weakness and infl￭ amm￭ ation of muscles and in some types muscle pain the cause of much infl￭ am￭ matory my￭ opathy is unknown idi￭ opathic and such cases are classified according to their symptoms and signs and electro￭ my￭ o￭ graphy m￭ ri and laboratory findings it can also be associated with underlying cancer the main classes of idi￭ opathic infl￭ am￭ matory my￭ opathy are poly￭ my￭ osi￭ tis pm der￭ mat￭ om￭ yo￭ si￭ tis dm and inclusion body my￭ osi￭ tis ibm
infl￭ am￭ matory pap￭ ill￭ ary hyper￭ pl￭ asia also termed pal￭ atal pap￭ il￭ lo￭ mat￭ osis pal￭ atal epi￭ the￭ li￭ al hyper￭ pl￭ asia and d￭ ent￭ ure pap￭ il￭ lo￭ mat￭ osis is a hyper￭ pl￭ asia over￭ growth of soft tissue usually beneath a d￭ ent￭ ure it is associated with poor d￭ ent￭ ure hygiene d￭ ent￭ ure over￭ use and ill fitting d￭ ent￭ ures it is a closely related condition to infl￭ am￭ matory fi￭ bro￭ us hyper￭ pl￭ asia ep￭ ul￭ is fis￭ sur￭ at￭ um but the appearance and location differs
in economics inflation is a sustained increase in the general price level of goods and services in an economy over a period of time when the price level rises each unit of currency buys fewer goods and services consequently inflation reflects a reduction in the purchasing power per unit of money – a loss of real value in the medium of exchange and unit of account within the economy a chief measure of price inflation is the inflation rate the annu￭ alized percentage change in a general price index usually the consumer price index over time the opposite of inflation is deflation inflation affects economies in various positive and negative ways the negative effects of inflation include an increase in the opportunity cost of holding money uncertainty over future inflation which may discourage investment and savings and if inflation were rapid enough shortages of goods as consumers begin ho￭ ar￭ ding out of concern that prices will increase in the future positive effects include reducing the real burden of public and private debt keeping nominal interest rates above zero so that central banks can adjust interest rates to stabilize the economy and reducing unemployment due to nominal wage rigidity economists generally believe that high rates of inflation and hyper￭ inflation are caused by an excessive growth of the money supply however money supply growth does not necessarily cause inflation some economists maintain that under the conditions of a liquidity trap large monetary injections are like pushing on a string views on which factors determine low to moderate rates of inflation are more varied low or moderate inflation may be attributed to fluctuations in real demand for goods and services or changes in available supplies such as during scar￭ cities however the consensus view is that a long sustained period of inflation is caused by money supply growing faster than the rate of economic growth today most economists favor a low and steady rate of inflation low as opposed to zero or negative inflation reduces the severity of economic recessions by enabling the labor market to adjust more quickly in a downturn and reduces the risk that a liquidity trap prevents monetary policy from stabilizing the economy the task of keeping the rate of inflation low and stable is usually given to monetary authorities generally these monetary authorities are the central banks that control monetary policy through the setting of interest rates through open market operations and through the setting of banking reserve requirements
an inflationary gap in economics is the amount by which the actual gross domestic product exceeds potential full employment gdp it is one type of output gap the other being a recessionary gap
inflicted insight is a possible consequence for subjects participating in certain kinds of research it occurs when the subject is given insight into his flaws through his or her participation in an experiment often unexpectedly or causing emotional pain it is especially likely in social and psychological research and especially when that research involves deception of the subject by the researcher the mil￭ gram experiment is a well known example of an experiment with a very high potential for inflicted insight through their participation in the experiment many subjects realized that they were capable of committing acts of extreme violence on other human beings after having this realization many subjects experienced prolonged symptoms of anxiety however 84 percent of former participants surveyed later said they were glad or very glad to have participated deceptive debri￭ ef￭ ing is one method for avoiding inflicted insight in psychological experiments although it is considered ethically questionable in and of itself the american psychological association s guidelines for ethical experimentation strongly discourage experiments where deceptive debri￭ ef￭ ing is the only alternative to inflicted insight however such experiments may be deemed ethically acceptable if they are counter￭ balanced by other ethical concerns
flu and gri￭ ppe redirect here for other uses see flu dis￭ ambigu￭ ation and gri￭ ppe dis￭ ambigu￭ ation influenza commonly known as the flu is an infectious disease caused by an influenza virus symptoms can be mild to severe the most common symptoms include a high fever run￭ ny nose sore throat muscle pains headache cou￭ gh￭ ing and feeling tired these symptoms typically begin two days after exposure to the virus and most last less than a week the cough however may last for more than two weeks in children there may be naus￭ ea and v￭ om￭ iting but these are not common in adults naus￭ ea and v￭ om￭ iting occur more commonly in the unrelated infection gastro￭ enter￭ i￭ tis which is sometimes in￭ accurately referred to as stomach flu or 24 hour flu complications of influenza may include viral pneumonia secondary bacterial pneumonia sin￭ us infections and worsening of previous health problems such as asthma or heart failure three types of influenza viruses affect people called type a type b and type c usually the virus is spread through the air from cou￭ ghs or snee￭ zes this is believed to occur mostly over relatively short distances it can also be spread by touching surfaces contaminated by the virus and then touching the mouth or eyes a person may be infectious to others both before and during the time they are showing symptoms the infection may be confirmed by testing the throat sp￭ u￭ tum or nose for the virus a number of rapid tests are available however people may still have the infection if the results are negative a type of poly￭ mer￭ ase chain reaction that detec￭ ts the virus s r￭ na is more accurate frequent hand washing reduces the risk of infection because the virus is in￭ activated by soap wearing a surgical mask is also useful yearly vaccinations against influenza are recommended by the world health organization for those at high risk the vaccine is usually effective against three or four types of influenza it is usually well tolerated a vaccine made for one year may not be useful in the following year since the virus evol￭ ves rapidly anti￭ viral drugs such as the ne￭ ur￭ amin￭ id￭ ase inhi￭ bit￭ or o￭ sel￭ tam￭ i￭ vi￭ r among others have been used to treat influenza their benefits in those who are otherwise healthy do not appear to be greater than their risks no benefit has been found in those with other health problems influenza spreads around the world in a yearly outbreak resulting in about three to five million cases of severe illness and about 250 000 to 500 000 deaths in the northern and southern parts of the world outbreaks occur mainly in winter while in areas around the equ￭ ator outbreaks may occur at any time of the year death occurs mostly in the young the old and those with other health problems larger outbreaks known as pandemics are less frequent in the 20 th century three influenza pandemics occurred spanish influenza in 1918 asian influenza in 1958 and hong kong influenza in 1968 each resulting in more than a million deaths the world health organization declared an outbreak of a new type of influenza a h 1 n 1 to be a pandemic in june 2009 influenza may also affect other animals including pigs horses and birds
influenza like illness il￭ i also known as acute respiratory infection ari and flu like syndrome symptoms is a medical diagnosis of possible influenza or other illness causing a set of common symptoms symptoms commonly include fever shi￭ vering ch￭ ills malaise dry cough loss of appetite body aches and naus￭ ea typically in connection with a sudden onset of illness in most cases the symptoms are caused by cy￭ to￭ k￭ ines released by immune system activation and are thus relatively non specific common causes of il￭ i include the common cold and influenza which tends to be less common but more severe than the common cold less common causes include side effects of many drugs and manifestations of many other diseases
h 10 n 7 is a subtype of the species influenza a virus sometimes called bird flu virus in 2004 in egypt h 10 n 7 was reported for the first time in humans it caused illness in two one year old infants residents of is￭ mail￭ lia egypt one child ’ s father a poultry merchant the first reported h 10 n 7 outbreak in the us occurred in min￭ nes￭ ota on two turkey farms in 1979 and on a third in 1980 the clinical signs rang￭ ed from severe with a mortality rate as high as 31 to sub￭ clinical anti￭ gen￭ ically in￭ distingu￭ ishable viruses were isolated from healthy mall￭ ards on a pond adjacent to the turkey farms
influenza a h 1 n 1 virus is the subtype of influenza a virus that was the most common cause of human influenza flu in 2009 and is associated with the 1918 outbreak known as the spanish flu it is an or￭ thom￭ y￭ x￭ o￭ virus that contains the gly￭ co￭ proteins ha￭ em￭ agg￭ lu￭ tin￭ in and ne￭ ur￭ amin￭ id￭ ase for this reason they are described as h 1 n 1 h 1 n 2 etc depending on the type of h or n antigens they express with metabol￭ ic synergy ha￭ em￭ agg￭ lu￭ tin￭ in causes red blood cells to cl￭ ump together and binds the virus to the infected cell ne￭ ur￭ amin￭ id￭ ase are a type of gly￭ co￭ side hydro￭ l￭ ase enzyme which help to move the virus particles through the infected cell and assist in bud￭ ding from the host cells some strains of h 1 n 1 are endemic in humans and cause a small fraction of all influenza like illness and a small fraction of all seasonal influenza h 1 n 1 strains caused a small percentage of all human flu infections in 2004 – 2005 other strains of h 1 n 1 are endemic in pigs swine influenza and in birds avian influenza in june 2009 the world health organization who declared the new strain of swine origin h 1 n 1 as a pandemic this strain is often called swine flu by the public media this novel virus spread worldwide and had caused about 17 000 deaths by the start of 2010 on august 10 2010 the world health organization declared the h 1 n 1 influenza pandemic over saying worldwide flu activity had returned to typical seasonal patterns
h 1 n 2 is a subtype of the species influenza a virus sometimes called bird flu virus it is currently endemic in both human and pig populations h 1 n 1 h 1 n 2 and h 3 n 2 are the only known influenza a virus sub￭ types currently circulating among humans the virus does not cause more severe illness than other influenza viruses and no unusual increases in influenza activity have been associated with it
h 2 n 2 is a subtype of the influenza a virus h 2 n 2 has mut￭ ated into various strains including the asian flu strain now extinct in the wild h 3 n 2 and various strains found in birds it is also suspected of causing a human pandemic in 18￭ 89 the geographic spreading of the 18￭ 89 russian flu have been studied and published
h 2 n 3 is a subtype of the influenza a virus its name derives from the forms of the two kinds of proteins on the surface of its coat hem￭ agg￭ lu￭ tin￭ in h and ne￭ ur￭ amin￭ id￭ ase n h 2 n 3 viruses can infect birds and mam￭ mal￭ sit is also known as the common cold
h 3 n 1 is a subtype of the species influenza a virus mostly affecting pigs the known sub￭ types of influenza a virus that create influenza in pigs and are endemic in pigs are h 1 n 1 h 1 n 2 h 3 n 1 and h 3 n 2
influenza a virus subtype h 3 n 2 a h 3 n 2 is a subtype of viruses that causes influenza flu h 3 n 2 viruses can infect birds and mammals in birds humans and pigs the virus has mut￭ ated into many strains h 3 n 2 is increasingly abundant in seasonal influenza which kills an estimated 36 000 people in the united states each year
h 3 n 8 is a subtype of the species influenza a virus that is endemic in birds horses and dogs in 2011 it was reported to have been found in seals cats have been experim￭ entally infected with the virus leading to clinical signs shedding of the virus and infection of other cats
influenza a virus subtype h 5 n 1 also known as a h 5 n 1 or simply h 5 n 1 is a subtype of the influenza a virus which can cause illness in humans and many other animal species a bird adapted strain of h 5 n 1 called hpai a h 5 n 1 for highly pathogenic avian influenza virus of type a of subtype h 5 n 1 is the highly pathogenic caus￭ ative agent of h 5 n 1 flu commonly known as avian influenza bird flu it is enzootic maintained in the population in many bird populations especially in southeast asia one strain of hpai a h 5 n 1 is spreading globally after first appearing in asia it is epizootic an epidemic in non￭ humans and pan￭ zo￭ otic affecting animals of many species especially over a wide area killing tens of millions of birds and spur￭ ring the culling of hundreds of millions of others to stem its spread many references to bird flu and h 5 n 1 in the popular media refer to this strain according to the world health organization and united nations food and agriculture organization h 5 n 1 patho￭ gen￭ icity is gradually continuing to rise in endemic areas but the avian influenza disease situation in farmed birds is being held in check by vaccination and so far there is no evidence of sustained human to human transmission of the virus eleven outbreaks of h 5 n 1 were reported worldwide in june 2008 in five countries china egypt indonesia pakistan and vietnam compared to 65 outbreaks in june 2006 and 55 in june 2007 the global hpai situation significantly improved in the first half of 2008 but the fao reports that imperfect disease surveillance systems mean that occurrence of the virus remains underestimated and under￭ reported in july 2013 the who announced a total of 630 confirmed human cases which resulted in the deaths of 375 people since 2003 several h 5 n 1 vaccines have been developed and approved and stockp￭ iled by a number of countries including the united states in its national stockpile britain france canada and australia for use in an emergency research has shown that a highly contagious strain of h 5 n 1 one that might allow airborne transmission between mammals can be reached in only a few mutations raising concerns about a pandemic and bio￭ terrorism
h 5 n 2 is a subtype of the species influ￭ enz￭ avi￭ rus a avian influenza virus or bird flu virus the subtype inf￭ ects a wide variety of birds including chickens ducks turkeys fal￭ cons and o￭ stric￭ hes affected birds usually do not appear ill and the disease is often mild as avian influenza viral sub￭ types go some variants of the subtype are much more pathogenic than others and outbreaks of high path h 5 n 2 result in the culling of thousands of birds in poultry farms from time to time it appears that people who work with birds can be infected by the virus but suffer hardly any noticeable health effects even people exposed to the highly pathogenic h 5 n 2 variety that killed ostr￭ ich chicks in south africa only seem to have developed con￭ junc￭ ti￭ vi￭ tis or a perhaps a mild respiratory illness there is no evidence of human to human spread of h 5 n 2
h 5 n 3 is a subtype of the species influenza a virus sometimes called bird flu virus h 5 n 3 was identified in qu￭ eb￭ ec in august 2005 and in sweden in october 2005 2009 h 5 n 3 virus was identified at a la gar￭ n￭ ache farm in france in late january 90 birds were found dead between 29 january 2009 and 31 january 2009 the remaining stock of 4 9￭ 32 birds was cul￭ led on 1 february 2009 germany 102 o￭ stric￭ hes and 28 chickens in a farm bl￭ um￭ berg must be slaughtered suspicion of avian influenza the samples have shown that it is an h 5 n 3 virus an influenza a virus
h 5 n 6 is a subtype of the species influenza a virus sometimes called bird flu virus four known cases three fatal have occurred in humans as of july 12 2015
h 5 n 8 is a subtype of the influenza a virus sometimes called bird flu virus although h 5 n 8 is considered one of the lower pathogenic sub￭ types it is beginning to become more so many times h 5 n 8 is used as an incub￭ ator for the highly pathogenic h 1 n 1
h 5 n 9 is a subtype of the species influenza a virus sometimes called bird flu virus a highly pathogenic strain of h 5 n 9 caused a minor flu outbreak in 1966 in on￭ tari￭ o and man￭ it￭ ob￭ a canada in turkeys
influenza a virus subtype h 6 n 1 also known as h 6 n 1 is a subtype of the influenza a virus it has only infected one person a woman in taiwan who recovered known to infect eurasian teal it is closely related to subtype h 5 n 1
h 7 n 1 is a subtype of the species influenza a virus sometimes called bird flu virus a highly pathogenic strain of it caused a flu outbreak with significant spread to numerous farms resulting in great economic losses in 1999 in italy in turkeys
h 7 n 2 is a subtype of the species influenza a virus this subtype is one of several sometimes called bird flu virus a c￭ dc study following outbreaks of h 7 n 2 in commercial poultry farms in western virginia in 2002 concluded an important factor contributing to rapid early spread of ai virus infection among commercial poultry farms during this outbreak was disposal of dead birds via rendering off farm because of the highly infectious nature of ai virus and the devastating economic impact of outbreaks poultry farmers should consider carcass disposal techniques that do not require off farm movement such as burial com￭ posting or incineration one person in virginia united states in 2002 and one person in new york united states in 2003 were found to have sero￭ logic evidence of infection from h 7 n 2 both fully recovered an analysis of the new york 2003 case concluded that the h 7 n 2 virus responsible could be evolving toward the same strong sugar binding properties of the three worldwide viral pandemics in 1918 1957 and 1968 human fl￭ us and bird fl￭ us differ in the molecules they are good at binding with because mammals and birds differ in the molecules on the cell surface to be bound with humans have very few cells with the bird sugar on its cell surface a study with ferre￭ ts showed that this h 7 n 2 strain could be passed from mamm￭ al to mamm￭ al in february 2004 an outbreak of low pathogenic avian influenza lpai a h 7 n 2 was reported on 2 chicken farms in del￭ aware and in four live bird markets in new jersey supplied by the same farms in march 2004 surveillance samples from a flock of chickens in mary￭ land tested positive for lpai h 7 n 2 it is likely that this was the same strain on 24 may 2007 an outbreak of h 7 n 2 was confirmed at a poultry farm near cor￭ wen in wales from tests on chickens that died from h 7 n 2 the owners of the con￭ wy farm bought 15 rho￭ de island red chickens two weeks prior but all died from h 7 n 2 the 32 other poultry at the site were slaughtered a one kilo￭ meter exclusion zone was put in force around the property in which birds and bird products cannot be moved and bird gathering can only take place under licence nine people who were associated with the infected or dead poultry and reported flu like symptoms were tested four tested positive for evidence of infection from h 7 n 2 and were successfully treated for mild flu in early june it was discovered that the virus had spread to a poultry farm 70 miles 113 km away near st hel￭ ens in north west england all the poultry at the farm were slaughtered and a 1 km exclusion zone imposed
h 7 n 3 is a subtype of the species influenza a virus sometimes called bird flu virus in north america the presence of h 7 n 3 was confirmed at several poultry farms in british columbia in february 2004 flocks were cul￭ led to halt the spread of the virus two humans both poultry workers were infected and had symptoms including con￭ junc￭ ti￭ vi￭ tis and mild influenza like illness both fully recovered and were treated with o￭ sel￭ tam￭ i￭ vi￭ r in 1963 h 7 n 3 was first found in britain in turkeys for the first time since 1979 h 7 n 3 was found in the uk in april 2006 it infected birds and one poultry worker whose only symptom was con￭ junc￭ ti￭ vi￭ tis in a nor￭ folk england wit￭ ford lodge farm o￭ sel￭ tam￭ i￭ vi￭ r was used for prevention and 35 000 chickens were cul￭ led in 2005 h 7 n 3 was detected in migratory bird dro￭ pp￭ ings in taiwan on september 27 2007 another outbreak of h 7 n 3 was detected in a poultry operation in sas￭ kat￭ che￭ wan canada the canadian food inspection agency has announced the euthan￭ ization of the flock and the disinfection of all building materials and equipment in contact with the birds or their dro￭ pp￭ ings in june 2012 an outbreak was found on about 10 farms in j￭ alis￭ co mexico of the over 6 million birds checked 1 7 million were found to be sick the area primarily produces layers and supplies eggs the virus is not transmitted from hens to their eggs
h 7 n 4 is a subtype of the species influenza a virus sometimes called bird flu virus a highly pathogenic strain of it caused a minor flu outbreak in 1997 in new south wales australia in chicken
h 7 n 7 is a subtype of influenza a virus a genus of or￭ thom￭ y￭ x￭ o￭ virus the viruses responsible for influenza highly pathogenic strains hpai and low pathogenic strains lpai exist h 7 n 7 can infect humans birds pigs seals and horses in the wild and has infected mice in laboratory studies this unusual zoonotic potential represents a pandemic threat in 2003 89 people in the netherlands were confirmed to have been infected by h 7 n 7 following an outbreak in poultry on approximately 255 farms one death was recorded a veterinarian who had been testing chickens for the virus and all infected flocks were cul￭ led most affected people had mild symptoms including con￭ junc￭ ti￭ vi￭ tis antibodies were found in over half of 500 people tested according to the final official report by the dutch government as at least 50 of the people exposed to infected poultry had h 7 antibodies detec￭ table with the modified ass￭ ay it was estimated that avian influenza a h 7 n 7 virus infection occurred in at least 1000 and perhaps as many as 2000 people the ser￭ op￭ re￭ val￭ ence of h 7 antibodies in people without contact with infected poultry but with close household contact to an infected poultry worker was 59 this suggests that the population at risk for avian influenza was not limited to those with direct contact to infected poultry and that person to person transmission may have occurred on a large scale final analysis of dutch avian influenza outbreaks reveals much higher levels of transmission to humans than previously thought in august 2006 low pathogenic l￭ p h 7 n 7 was found during routine testing at a poultry farm in voor￭ thu￭ iz￭ en in the central netherlands as a precautionary measure 25 000 chickens were cul￭ led from voor￭ thu￭ iz￭ en and surrounding farms in june 2008 high pathogenic h￭ p h 7 n 7 was confirmed on a 25 000 bird laying unit at shen￭ ington england probably derived from a pre existing low pathogenic variety farmers guardian reported a 2 5 per cent increased mortality in one shed and a reduction in egg production recorded two weeks before a large number of deaths on 2 june that led to the diagnosis of h￭ p h 7 n 7 on 4 june in october 2009 high pathogenic h￭ p h 7 n 7 was confirmed on a farm in al￭ mo￭ gu￭ era gu￭ ad￭ al￭ aj￭ ara spain hong kong announced that it would suspend the import of poultry from spain in august 2013 high pathogenic h￭ p h 7 n 7 was found in markets in wen￭ zhou zhejiang province in china when testing for h 7 n 9 in july 2015 high pathogenic h￭ p h 7 n 7 was confirmed on a poultry farm in lan￭ cash￭ ire england
h 9 n 2 is a subtype of the species influenza a virus bird flu virus over the years the h 9 n 2 influenza strain caused illness in several children aged nine months to 5 years in hong kong with the latest occurring in december 2009
information excellence is the ability of an organization to use information in an optimal way to achieve their own competitive advantages looking at the supply of information as a customer oriented process in terms of business performance excellence means the ability of an information provider broadcaster the interests of its customer information to know best and their related requirements to satisfy optim￭ ally from the perspective of the customer information information excellence pursued the objective of enabling the customer to develop its information needs specifically and consistently under selection to satisfy any information provider
the information explosion is the rapid increase in the amount of published information or data and the effects of this abundance as the amount of available data grows the problem of managing the information becomes more difficult which can lead to information overload the online oxford english dic￭ tionary indicates use of the phrase in a march 1964 new statesman article the new york times first used the phrase in its editorial content in an article by walter sullivan on june 7 1964 in which he described the phrase as much discussed pe 11 the earliest use of the phrase seems to have been in an ibm advertising supplement to the new york times published on april 30 1961 and by frank fre￭ mont smith director of the american institute of biological sciences inter￭ disciplinary conference program in an april 1961 article in the ai￭ bs bulletin p 18 techniques to gather knowledge from an over￭ abundance of electronic information e g data fusion may help in data mining have existed since the 1970 s
information hypothesis of conditioned reinforcement ber￭ ly￭ ne 1960 blo￭ om￭ field 1972 r￭ ach￭ lin 1976 states that the conditioned reinforcing strength of a stimulus is a function of its inform￭ ativeness about the availability of primary reinforcement in other words the more uncertainty about the reinforcement the stimulus reduces the more effective a conditioned reinfor￭ cer it will be hence this hypothesis has also been called the uncertainty reduction hypothesis
an important factor to be considered with old age is cognitive decline thus information processing technologies need to be centered on factors that define cogn￭ ition this article highlights some of the important conceptual models and theories that govern design of such systems the main focus is to look at the different information processing technologies that are presently used for enabling better functional performance as the nation ’ s baby boom￭ ers grow older there exists a growing demand for a good support system that can ease their burden technology is ubiquitous in most social contexts in the united states and other industrialized countries and has become an important part of everyday life as an integral component of most activities the advent of technology has shown promising results in various fields such as the delivery of care and in vehicle driving technology by focusing on the needs of older adults and placing them at the center of this transformation such systems would work in favor of improving and empowering not just the elderly but also their families while reducing some of the burden on them and increasing independence yet there continues to exist a digital divide amongst the elderly population with less use of technology causing them to become disenfranch￭ ised and disadvantaged
inf￭ rap￭ at￭ ell￭ ar bur￭ si￭ tis is the infl￭ amm￭ ation of one or both of the inf￭ rap￭ at￭ ell￭ ar bur￭ sa which are located just below the kne￭ ec￭ ap symptoms of bur￭ si￭ tis commonly include sw￭ elling and knee pain bur￭ si￭ tis often develops gradually over a period of days to even months but may develop more rapidly especially in the event of trauma or infection bur￭ si￭ tis affecting the superficial inf￭ rap￭ at￭ ell￭ ar bur￭ sa is an occupational hazard of persons whose work involves kne￭ eling on hard surfaces depending on the occupation affected it is known by a variety nick￭ names most commonly floor layers knee but also plum￭ bers knee cler￭ gy￭ man s knee or house￭ wife s knee pre￭ pat￭ ell￭ ar bur￭ si￭ tis the deep inf￭ rap￭ at￭ ell￭ ar bur￭ sa occasionally also become infl￭ amed sw￭ oll￭ en and painful bur￭ si￭ tis in the deep inf￭ rap￭ at￭ ell￭ ar bur￭ sa usually develops from chronic over￭ use of the knee ext￭ ens￭ or tend￭ on pat￭ ell￭ ar tend￭ on as can occur with repeti￭ tive fl￭ ex￭ ing of the knee under pressure in work duties or exercise examples might include climbing stairs jumping or deep knee ben￭ ds
ing￭ ro￭ wn hair is a condition where hair cur￭ ls back or grows side￭ ways into the skin the condition is most prevalent among people who have co￭ arse or cur￭ ly hair it may or may not be accompanied by an infection of the hair fol￭ lic￭ le fol￭ lic￭ u￭ li￭ tis or razor bu￭ mps pseu￭ do￭ fol￭ lic￭ u￭ li￭ tis bar￭ ba￭ e which vary in size while ing￭ ro￭ wn hair most commonly appears in areas where the skin is sha￭ ved or wa￭ xed beard legs pu￭ bic region it can appear anywhere anything which causes the hair to be broken off un￭ evenly with a sharp tip can cause ing￭ ro￭ wn ha￭ irs sha￭ ving is the leading cause followed by wa￭ xing and tight clothing
ony￭ cho￭ cry￭ pto￭ sis from greek ὄ￭ ν￭ υ￭ ξ ony￭ x nail κρ￭ υπ￭ τ￭ ός kry￭ p￭ tos hidden also known as an ing￭ ro￭ wn to￭ en￭ ail or un￭ gu￭ is incar￭ n￭ ates is a common form of nail disease it is an often painful condition in which the nail grows so that it cuts into one or both sides of the par￭ ony￭ chi￭ um or nail bed the common opinion is that the nail enters inside the par￭ ony￭ chi￭ um but an ing￭ ro￭ wn to￭ en￭ ail can simply be over￭ grown toe skin the condition starts from a micro￭ bial infl￭ amm￭ ation of the par￭ ony￭ chi￭ um then a gran￭ ul￭ oma which results in a nail buried inside of the gran￭ ul￭ oma while ing￭ ro￭ wn nails can occur in the nails of both the hands and the feet they occur most commonly with the to￭ en￭ ails a true ing￭ ro￭ wn to￭ en￭ ail or ony￭ cho￭ cry￭ pto￭ sis is caused by the actual penetration of flesh by a sli￭ ver of nail
an ingu￭ inal her￭ nia is a pro￭ tru￭ sion of ab￭ domin￭ al cav￭ ity contents through the ingu￭ inal canal symptoms are present in about 66 of affected people this may include pain or discomfort especially with cou￭ gh￭ ing exercise or bo￭ wel movements often it gets worse throughout the day and improves when lying down a bul￭ ging area may occur that becomes larger when bearing down ingu￭ inal her￭ ni￭ as occur more often on the right than left side the main concern is strang￭ ulation where the blood supply to part of the intest￭ ine is blocked this usually produces severe pain and tender￭ ness of the area risk factors for the development of a her￭ nia include smoking chronic obstruc￭ tive pul￭ mon￭ ary disease obesity pregnancy per￭ it￭ one￭ al dial￭ ysis coll￭ agen vascular disease and previous open append￭ ec￭ tomy among others her￭ ni￭ as are partly genetic and occur more often in certain families it is unclear if ingu￭ inal her￭ ni￭ as are associated with heavy lifting her￭ ni￭ as can often be diagnosed based on signs and symptoms occasionally medical imaging is used to confirm the diagnosis or rule out other possible causes gro￭ in her￭ ni￭ as that do not cause symptoms in males do not need to be repaired repair however is generally recommended in females due to the higher rate of fem￭ oral her￭ ni￭ as which have more complications if strang￭ ulation occurs immediate surgery is required repair may be done by open surgery or by l￭ apar￭ o￭ scopic surgery open surgery has the benefit of possibly being done under local an￭ esthesia rather than general an￭ esthesia l￭ apar￭ o￭ scopic surgery generally has less pain following the procedure about 27 of males and 3 of females develop a gro￭ in her￭ nia at some time in their life gro￭ in her￭ ni￭ as occur most often before the age of one and after the age of fifty ingu￭ inal fem￭ oral and ab￭ domin￭ al her￭ ni￭ as resulted in 51 000 deaths in 2013 and 55 000 in 1990
inhal￭ ants are a broad range of in￭ tox￭ ic￭ ative drugs whose gases or volatile vap￭ ors are breath￭ ed in via the nose or mouth they are taken by room temperature volati￭ li￭ zation or from a pressur￭ ized container e g nit￭ rous oxide and do not include drugs that are sni￭ ffed after burning or heating for example am￭ yl nit￭ r￭ ite and t￭ olu￭ ene – the solvent used in contact cement and model airplane glue – are considered inhal￭ ants but tobacco cannabis and crack are not even though the latter are also inhal￭ ed as smoke while some inhal￭ ant drugs are prescribed by medical professionals and used for medical purposes as in the case of nit￭ rous oxide a dental anxi￭ ol￭ y￭ tic and pain relief agent this article focuses on inhal￭ ant use of household and industrial chemicals in a manner not intended by the manufacturer to produce in￭ tox￭ ication or other psychoactive effects these products are used as recreational drugs for their in￭ tox￭ ic￭ ating effect according to a 1995 report by the national institute on drug abuse the most serious inhal￭ ant abuse occurs among homeless children and teens who live on the streets completely without family ties inhal￭ ant users inhal￭ e vap￭ or or aerosol propell￭ ant gases using plastic bags held over the mouth or by breathing from a solvent so￭ aked rag or an open container the practices are known col￭ lo￭ qu￭ ially as sni￭ ffing hu￭ ffing or bag￭ ging the effects of inhal￭ ants range from an alcohol like in￭ tox￭ ication and intense euphoria to vivid halluc￭ inations depending on the substance and the dose some inhal￭ ant users are injured due to the harmful effects of the solvents or gases or due to other chemicals used in the products that they are inhal￭ ing as with any recreational drug users can be injured due to dangerous behavior while they are in￭ tox￭ ic￭ ated such as driving under the influence in some cases users have died from hypo￭ x￭ ia lack of oxygen pneumonia cardiac failure or arrest or aspiration of v￭ omit brain damage is typically seen with chronic long term use as opposed to short term exposure even though many inhal￭ ants are legal there have been legal actions taken in some jurisdictions to limit access by minors while solvent glue is normally a legal product a scottish court has ruled that supplying glue to children is illegal if the store knows the children intend to abuse the glue in the us thirty eight of 50 states have enacted laws making various inhal￭ ants unavailable to those under the age of 18 or making inhal￭ ant use illegal
in genetic algori￭ th￭ ms inheritance is the ability of model￭ ed objects to mate mut￭ ate similar to biological mutation and propag￭ ate their problem solving genes to the next generation in order to produce an evolved solution to a particular problem the selection of objects that will be inherited from in each successive generation is determined by a fitness function which varies depending upon the problem being addressed the traits of these objects are passed on through chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es by a means similar to biological reproduction these chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es are generally represented by a series of genes which in turn are usually represented using b￭ inary numbers this propagation of traits between generations is similar to the inheritance of traits between generations of biological organisms this process can also be viewed as a form of reinforcement learning because the evolution of the objects is driven by the passing of traits from successful objects which can be viewed as a reward for their success thereby promoting beneficial traits
inherited disorders of trafficking id￭ t are a family of disorders that involve vesicular delivery of proteins they were characterized in 1975
inherited patter￭ ned l￭ enti￭ gin￭ osis in black people is a cu￭ taneous condition inherited in an auto￭ som￭ al dominant fashion presenting in infancy or early childhood
ini￭ encephal￭ y a term derived from the greek word in￭ ion for n￭ ape of the neck is a rare type of cephal￭ ic disorder that was first described by é￭ ti￭ enne ge￭ off￭ roy saint hil￭ aire in 18￭ 36 those afflicted with the disorder all share 3 common characteristics a defect to the oc￭ ci￭ p￭ ital bone sp￭ ina bi￭ fi￭ da of the cer￭ vic￭ al verte￭ bra￭ e and retro￭ fl￭ ex￭ ion backward b￭ ending of the head on the cer￭ vic￭ al sp￭ ine still￭ birth is the most common outcome with a few rare examples of live birth after which death almost invariably occurs within a short time
in astro￭ no￭ my the initial mass function imf is an empirical function that describes the distribution of initial masses for a population of stars the imf is often given as a probability distribution function pdf for the mass at which a star enters the main sequence begins hydrogen fusion the distribution function can then be used to construct the mass distribution the his￭ to￭ gram of stell￭ ar masses of a population of stars the properties and evolution of a star are closely related to its mass so the imf is an important diagnostic tool for astro￭ no￭ mers studying large quantities of stars for example the initial mass of a star is the primary factor determining its colour lumin￭ osity and lifetime the imf is relatively invari￭ ant from one group of stars to another though some observations suggest that the imf is different in different environments
injection fi￭ bro￭ sis is a complic￭ ation of intr￭ amus￭ cular injection occurring especially often in infants and children injections are often delivered to the quad￭ ric￭ eps tric￭ eps and glu￭ teal muscles and thus the complic￭ ation often manifests itself in those muscles patients are unable to fully flex the affected muscle the condition is pain￭ less but progressively wor￭ sens over time orth￭ o￭ ped￭ ic surgery is the typical treatment
injection site reactions are allergic reactions that result in cu￭ taneous necro￭ sis that may occur at sites of medication injection typically presenting in one of two forms 1 those associated with intra￭ ven￭ ous in￭ fusion or 2 those related to intr￭ amus￭ cular injection intra muscular injections may produce a syndrome called live￭ do der￭ mati￭ tis
in mathematics an injec￭ tive function or injection or one to one function is a function that preserves distinc￭ tness it never maps distinct elements of its domain to the same element of its co￭ domain in other words every element of the function s co￭ domain is the image of at most one element of its domain the term one to one function must not be confused with one to one correspondence aka bi￭ jec￭ tive function which uniquely maps all elements in both domain and co￭ domain to each other see figures occasionally an injec￭ tive function from x to y is den￭ oted f x ↣ y using an arrow with a bar￭ bed tail u 21 a 3 ↣ righ￭ tw￭ ards arrow with tail the set of injec￭ tive functions from x to y may be den￭ oted y￭ x using a no￭ tation derived from that used for falling fac￭ torial powers since if x and y are finite sets with respectively m and n elements the number of injections from x to y is nm see the twel￭ ve￭ fold way a function f that is not injec￭ tive is sometimes called many to one however the injec￭ tive terminology is also sometimes used to mean single valued i e each argument is mapped to at most one value a mon￭ om￭ orph￭ ism is a gener￭ alization of an injec￭ tive function in category theory
for the legal sense of the term see legal injury injury is damage to the body this may be caused by accidents falls hits weapons and other causes major trauma is injury that has the potential to cause prolonged disability or death in 2013 4 8 million people died from injuries up from 4 3 million in 1990 more than 30 of these deaths were transport related injuries in 2013 367 000 children less than five died from injuries down from 766 000 in 1990 injuries are the cause of 9 of all death and are the sixth leading cause of death in the world
injury of ax￭ ill￭ ary nerve ax￭ ill￭ ary neuro￭ pa￭ thy is a condition that can be associated with a surgical neck of the hum￭ er￭ us frac￭ ture it can also be associated with a dis￭ located shoulder or with traction injury to the nerve which may be caused by over aggressive stretching or blunt trauma that does not result in frac￭ ture or dis￭ location one form of this injury is referred to as ax￭ ill￭ ary nerve pal￭ sy injury most commonly occurs proxim￭ al to the quad￭ ri￭ lateral space injury in this nerve causes paralysis as always to the muscles in￭ nerv￭ ated by it most importantly del￭ to￭ id muscle this muscle is the main abduc￭ tor of the shoulder joint from 18 to 90 degrees from 0 to 18 by supr￭ asp￭ in￭ atus injury can result in a reduction in shoulder abduction so a test can be applied to a patient with injury of ax￭ ill￭ ary nerve by trying to abduc￭ t the injured shoulder against resistance the pain from ax￭ ill￭ ary neuro￭ pa￭ thy is usually dull and aching rather than sharp and increases with increasing range of motion many people notice only mild pain but considerable weakness when they try to use the affected shoulder
ink spot l￭ enti￭ go also known as sun￭ burn l￭ enti￭ go is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by skin le￭ sions commonly occurring on the shoulders
in abstract al￭ ge￭ bra an inner au￭ tomor￭ ph￭ ism is a certain type of au￭ tomor￭ ph￭ ism of a group defined in terms of a fixed element of the group called the con￭ ju￭ gating element formally if g is a group and a is an element of g then the inner au￭ tomor￭ ph￭ ism defined by a is the map f from g to itself defined for all x in g by the formula f x a − 1 xa here we use the convention that group elements act on the right the operation x a − 1 xa is called con￭ ju￭ gation see also con￭ ju￭ g￭ acy class and it is often of interest to distinguish the cases where con￭ ju￭ gation by one element leaves another element unchanged from cases where con￭ ju￭ gation generates a new element in fact saying that con￭ ju￭ gation of x by a leaves x unchanged is equivalent to saying that a and x comm￭ ute a − 1 xa x ⇔ ax xa therefore the existence and number of inner au￭ tomor￭ ph￭ isms that are not the identity mapping is a kind of measure of the failure of the comm￭ ut￭ ative law in the group an au￭ tomor￭ ph￭ ism of a group g is inner if and only if it extends to every group containing g
in mathematics in particular in measure theory an inner measure is a function on the set of all sub￭ sets of a given set with values in the extended real numbers satisfying some technical conditions intu￭ i￭ tively the inner measure of a set is a lower bound of the size of that set
inner sphere or bon￭ ded electr￭ on transfer is a re￭ do￭ x chemical reaction that proceeds via a co￭ val￭ ent linkage — a strong electronic interaction — between the oxid￭ ant and the reduc￭ tant re￭ ac￭ tants in inner sphere is electr￭ on transfer et a lig￭ and bridges the two metal re￭ do￭ x centers during the electr￭ on transfer event inner sphere reactions are inhi￭ bited by large lig￭ ands which prevent the formation of the crucial bri￭ dged intermediate thus is et is rare in biological systems where re￭ do￭ x sites are often shiel￭ ded by bul￭ ky proteins inner sphere et is usually used to describe reactions involving transition metal complex￭ es and most of this article is written from this perspective however re￭ do￭ x centers can consist of organic groups rather than metal centers the bridging lig￭ and could be virtually any entity that can convey electron￭ s typically such a lig￭ and has more than one lone electr￭ on pair such that it can serve as an electr￭ on donor to both the reduc￭ tant and the oxid￭ ant common bridging lig￭ ands include the hali￭ des and the pseu￭ do￭ hali￭ des such as hydrox￭ ide and thi￭ oc￭ yan￭ ate more complex bridging lig￭ ands are also well known including ox￭ al￭ ate mal￭ on￭ ate and py￭ raz￭ ine prior to et the bri￭ dged complex must form and such processes are often highly reversible electr￭ on transfer occurs through the bridge once it is established in some cases the stable bri￭ dged structure may exist in the ground state in other cases the bri￭ dged structure may be a transi￭ ently formed intermediate or else as a transition state during the reaction the alternative to inner sphere electr￭ on transfer is outer sphere electr￭ on transfer in any transition metal re￭ do￭ x process the mechanism can be assumed to be outer sphere unless the conditions of the inner sphere are met inner sphere electr￭ on transfer is generally en￭ th￭ alp￭ ically more favorable than outer sphere electr￭ on transfer due to a larger degree of interaction between the metal centers involved however inner sphere electr￭ on transfer is usually ent￭ ro￭ p￭ ically less favorable since the two sites involved must become more ordered come together via a bridge than in outer sphere electr￭ on transfer
in￭ ner￭ most station is cause effect s third release contains nine intro￭ spec￭ tive tracks including the single world is ours soon after the recording of in￭ ner￭ most station was completed drum￭ mer richard shepherd am￭ ic￭ ably left the band to pursue personal interests released in 1997 under the lique￭ faction label the album was re released in 1999
the innocent prisoner s dilemma or parole deal is a detrimental effect of a legal system in which admission of guilt can result in reduced sentences or early parole when an innocent person is wrongly convicted of a crime legal systems which need the individual to admit guilt for example as a prerequisite step leading to parole punish an innocent person for his integrity and reward a person lacking in integrity there have been many cases where innocent prisoners were given the choice between freedom in exchange for claiming guilt and remaining imprisoned and telling the truth individuals have died in prison rather than admit to crimes which they did not commit it has been demonstrated in britain that prisoners who freely admit their guilt are more likely to re offend than prisoners who maintain their innocence yet parole officers perceive prisoners claiming innocence to be more likely to re offend other research however has found no clear link between denial of guilt and reci￭ divis￭ m united states law professor daniel med￭ wed says convic￭ ts who go before a parole board maintaining their innocence are caught in a catch 22 which he calls the innocent prisoner ’ s dilemma a false admission of guilt and re￭ morse by an innocent person at a parole hearing may prevent a later investigation proving their innocence
in time series analysis or forecasting — as conducted in statistics signal processing and many other fields — the innovation is the difference between the observed value of a variable at time t and the optimal forecast of that value based on information available prior to time t if the forecasting method is working correctly successive innovations are un￭ correlated with each other i e constitute a white noise time series thus it can be said that the innovation time series is obtained from the measurement time series by a process of whit￭ ening or removing the predictable component the use of the term innovation in the sense described here is due to hend￭ rik bode and claude shannon 1950 in their discussion of the wi￭ ener filter problem although the notion was already implicit in the work of kol￭ mo￭ gor￭ ov
the innovations vector or residual vector is the difference between the measurement vector and the predicted measurement vector each difference represents the deviation of the observed random variable from the predicted response the innovation vector is often used to check the validity of a model
in￭ os￭ cul￭ ation is a natural phenomenon in which trun￭ ks branches or roots of two trees grow together it is bio￭ logically very similar to graf￭ ting it is most common for branches of two trees of the same species to grow together though in￭ os￭ cul￭ ation may be noted across related species the branches first grow separately in proximity to each other until they touch at this point the bark on the touching surfaces is gradually ab￭ rad￭ ed away as the trees move in the wind once the cam￭ bi￭ um of two trees touches they sometimes self graft and grow together as they expand in diameter in￭ os￭ cul￭ ation custom￭ arily results when tree limbs are br￭ aided or ple￭ ached the term in￭ os￭ cul￭ ation is also used in the context of plastic surgery as one of the three mechanisms by which skin graf￭ ts take at the host site blood vessels from the recipient site are believed to connect with those of the graft in order to restore vas￭ cul￭ arity
insan￭ ity craz￭ iness or madness is a spectrum of behaviors characterized by certain abnormal mental or behavioral patterns insan￭ ity may manifest as violations of societal norms including a person becoming a danger to themselves or others though not all such acts are considered insan￭ ity likewise not all acts showing indifference toward societal norms are acts of insan￭ ity in modern usage insan￭ ity is most commonly encountered as an informal un￭ scientific term den￭ oting mental instability or in the narrow legal context of the insan￭ ity defense in the medical profession the term is now avoided in favor of diagnoses of specific psychiatric diseases the presence of delu￭ sions or halluc￭ inations is broadly referred to as psycho￭ sis when discussing psychiatric illness in general terms psychop￭ ath￭ ology is considered a preferred descri￭ p￭ tor in english the word san￭ e derives from the latin ad￭ jec￭ tive san￭ us meaning healthy juven￭ al s phrase m￭ ens san￭ a in corpor￭ e san￭ o is often translated to mean a healthy mind in a healthy body from this perspective insan￭ ity can be considered as poor health of the mind not necessarily of the brain as an organ although that can affect mental health but rather refers to defective function of mental processes such as reasoning another latin phrase related to our current concept of san￭ ity is com￭ pos menti￭ s lit sound of mind and a euph￭ emis￭ tic term for insan￭ ity is non com￭ pos menti￭ s in law m￭ ens rea means having had criminal intent or a guilty mind when the act ac￭ tus re￭ us was committed a more informal use of the term insan￭ ity is to den￭ ote something considered highly unique passionate or extreme including in a positive sense the term may also be used as an attempt to discredit or criticise particular ideas beliefs principles desires personal feelings attitudes or their proponents such as in politics and religion
insect bites and st￭ ings occur when an insect is ag￭ itated and seeks to defend itself through its natural defense mechanisms or when an insect seeks to feed off the bit￭ ten person some insects inject form￭ ic acid which can cause an immediate skin reaction often resulting in red￭ ness and sw￭ elling in the injured area st￭ ings from fire ants bees was￭ ps and hor￭ nets are usually painful and may stimulate a dangerous allergic reaction called an￭ ap￭ hy￭ lax￭ is for at risk patients and some was￭ ps can also have a powerful bite along with a sting bites from mosquitoes and fle￭ as are more likely to cause it￭ ching than pain the skin reaction to insect bites and st￭ ings usually lasts for up to a few days however in some cases the local reaction can last for up to two years these bites are sometimes mis￭ diagnosed as other types of benign or can￭ cer￭ ous le￭ sions
an insertion reaction is a chemical reaction where one chemical entity a mol￭ ecu￭ le or molecular frag￭ ment inter￭ poses itself into an existing bond of typically a second chemical entity e g a b – c → b – a – c the term only refers to the result of the reaction and does not suggest a mechanism insertion reactions are observed in organic in￭ organic and organ￭ om￭ et￭ all￭ ic chemistry in cases where a metal lig￭ and bond in a coordination complex is involved these reactions are typically organ￭ om￭ et￭ all￭ ic in nature and involve a bond between a transition metal and a carbon or hydrogen it is usually reserved for the case where the coordination number and oxid￭ ation state of the metal remain unchanged when these reactions are reversible the removal of the small mol￭ ecu￭ le from the metal lig￭ and bond is called ex￭ tru￭ sion or elimination there are two common insertion geome￭ tries — 1 1 and 1 2 pic￭ tured above additionally the inserting mol￭ ecu￭ le can act either as a nucle￭ ophi￭ le or as an electro￭ phi￭ le to the metal complex these behaviors will be discussed in more detail for co nucle￭ oph￭ il￭ ic behavior and so 2 electro￭ phil￭ ic behavior
in economics the inside lag or inside recognition and decision lag is the amount of time it takes for a government or a central bank to respond to a shock in the economy it is the delay in implementation of a fiscal policy or monetary policy its conver￭ se is the outside lag the amount of time before an action by a government or a central bank affects an economy the inside lag comprises the recognition lag the time taken to recognize the shock and the decision lag the time taken to decide on and pursue a response the inside lag is generally a more severe problem for fiscal policy government spending and taxation policy than for monetary policy monetary policy is conducted by a central bank that is devoted substantially to monitoring and responding to economic shocks whereas fiscal policy is conducted by a law making body that has many other issues to confront as well as a highly deliber￭ ative process with which to confront them nevertheless a central bank may often experience a substantial recognition lag prior to its becoming clear just what the latest economic figures imply for policy needs indeed even after a central bank implements a policy response its critics may still argue that it recognized the situation incorrectly
in￭ som￭ nia also known as sle￭ epl￭ essness is a sleep disorder where people have trouble sleeping they may have difficulty falling asleep or staying asleep as long as desired in￭ som￭ nia is typically followed by day￭ time sleep￭ iness low energy irrit￭ ability and a depressed mood it may result in an increased risk of motor vehicle collis￭ ions as well as problems focusing and learning in￭ som￭ nia can be short term lasting for days or weeks or long term lasting more than a month in￭ som￭ nia can occur independently or as a result of another problem conditions that can result in in￭ som￭ nia include psychological stress chronic pain heart failure hyper￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m heart￭ burn rest￭ less leg syndrome men￭ op￭ ause certain medications and drugs such as caff￭ eine nicotine and alcohol other risk factors include working night shifts and sleep ap￭ ne￭ a diagnosis is based on sleep habits and an examination to look for underlying causes a sleep study may be done to look for underlying sleep disorders screening may be done with two questions do you experience difficulty sleeping and do you have difficulty falling or staying asleep sleep hygiene and lifestyle changes are typically the first treatment for in￭ som￭ nia sleep hygiene includes a consistent bed￭ time exposure to sunlight a quiet and dark room and regular exercise cognitive behavioral therapy may be added to this while sleeping pills may help they are associated with injuries dementia and addiction medications are not recommended for more than four or five weeks the effectiveness and safety of alternative medicine is unclear between 10 and 30 of adults have in￭ som￭ nia at any given point in time and up to half of people have in￭ som￭ nia in a given year about 6 of people have in￭ som￭ nia that is not due to another problem and lasts for more than a month people over the age of 65 are affected more often than younger people females are more often affected than males descriptions of in￭ som￭ nia occur at least as far back as ancient greece
in computers instant on is the ability to boot nearly instantly thus allowing to go online or to use a specific application without waiting for a pc s traditional operating system to launch instant on technology is today mostly used on lap￭ tops net￭ books and net￭ tops because the user can boot up one program instead of waiting for the pc s entire operating system to boot for instance a user may want to just launch a movie playing program or launch an internet brow￭ ser without needing the whole operating system there are and were true instant on machines such as the at￭ ari st as described in the boo￭ ting article these machines had complete operating systems resident in rom similar to the way in which the bi￭ os function is conventi￭ onally provided on current computer architec￭ tures the instant on concept as used here results from loading an os such as a legacy system dos with a small hard drive footprint lat￭ ency inherent to mechanical drive performance can also be eliminated by using live us￭ b or live s￭ d flash memory to load systems at electronic speeds which are orders of magnitude faster
insufficient justification insufficient punishment is a phenomenon under the realm of social psychology it synthe￭ sizes theories of cognitive dis￭ son￭ ance and internal vs external justification essentially insufficient justification is when an individual utili￭ zes internal motivation to justify a behavior it is most commonly seen in insufficient punishment which is the dis￭ son￭ ance experienced when individuals lack sufficient external justification for having resisted a desired activity or object usually resulting in individuals ’ de￭ valuing the forbidden activity or object that is when an individual can ’ t come up with an external reason as to why they resisted doing something they wanted to he or she decides to derogate the activity mild punishment will cause a more lasting behavioral change than severe punishment because internal justification is stronger than external justification
insulin resistance ir is a pathological condition in which cells fail to respond normally to the hormone insulin the body produces insulin when glucose starts to be released into the blood￭ stream from the dig￭ estion of carbo￭ hydr￭ ates in the diet normally this insulin response triggers glucose being taken into body cells to be used for energy and inhi￭ bits the body from using fat for energy the level of glucose in the blood decreases as a result staying within the normal range even when a large amount of carbo￭ hydr￭ ates is consumed this reflects the healthy amount of insulin sensitivity in contrast when the body produces insulin under conditions of insulin resistance the cells are resistant to the insulin and are unable to use it as effectively leading to high blood sugar beta cells in the pan￭ cre￭ as subsequently increase their production of insulin further contributing to a high blood insulin level this often remains un￭ detected and can contribute to a diagnosis of type 2 diabetes or latent auto￭ immune diabetes of adults although this type of chronic insulin resistance is harmful during acute illness it is actually a well evolved protective mechanism recent investigations have revealed that insulin resistance helps to conserve the brain s glucose supply by preventing muscles from taking up excessive glucose insulin resistance should even be strengthened under harsh metabol￭ ic conditions such as pregnancy during which the expanding fe￭ tal brain demands more glucose people who develop type 2 diabetes usually pass through earlier stages of insulin resistance and pre￭ diabetes although those often go un￭ diagnosed insulin resistance syndrome is a syndrome a set of signs and symptoms resulting from insulin resistance it is also called metabol￭ ic syndrome
an insul￭ in￭ oma is a tumor of the pan￭ cre￭ as that is derived from beta cells and secre￭ tes insulin it is a rare form of a neuro￭ endocrine tumor most insul￭ in￭ om￭ as are benign in that they grow exclusively at their origin within the pan￭ cre￭ as but a minority me￭ tast￭ asi￭ ze insul￭ in￭ om￭ as are one of the functional pan￭ net group functional because it increases production of insulin pan￭ net as an abbreviation of pan￭ cre￭ atic neuro￭ endocrine tumor in the medical subject headings classification insul￭ in￭ oma is the only sub type of is￭ let cell aden￭ oma beta cells secre￭ te insulin in response to increases in blood glucose the resulting increase in insulin acts to lower blood glucose back to normal levels at which point further secre￭ tion of insulin is stopped in contrast the secre￭ tion of insulin by insul￭ in￭ om￭ as is not properly regulated by glucose and the tumors will continue to secre￭ te insulin causing glucose levels to fall further than normal as a result patients present symptoms of low blood glucose hypo￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia which are improved by eating the diagnosis of an insul￭ in￭ oma is usually made bio￭ chemically with low blood glucose elevated insulin pro￭ insulin and c pep￭ tide levels and confirmed by loc￭ alizing the tumor with medical imaging or an￭ gi￭ o￭ graphy the definitive treatment is surgery
in￭ su￭ li￭ tis is an infl￭ amm￭ ation of the is￭ lets of lang￭ er￭ hans a collection of endocrine tissue located in the pan￭ cre￭ as the is￭ lets containing the pan￭ cre￭ atic β cells and in some cases the exo￭ cr￭ ine tissues become infiltr￭ ated by t and b lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tes macro￭ p￭ ha￭ ges and d￭ end￭ ri￭ tic cells this in￭ nate immune cell and lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ te infiltr￭ ation can result in destruction of the insulin producing beta cells of the is￭ lets and clinical diabetes in￭ su￭ li￭ tis is often studied in the multiple low dose st￭ rep￭ to￭ zo￭ to￭ cin m￭ lds mouse model or the nod mouse model of type 1 diabetes the chem￭ ok￭ ine family of proteins may play a key role in promoting leuk￭ oc￭ y￭ tic infiltr￭ ation into the pan￭ cre￭ as prior to pan￭ cre￭ atic beta cell destruction
in medical terms an insult is the cause of some kind of physical or mental injury for example a burn on the skin the injury may be the result of a thermal chemical radioactive or electrical event the insult likewise sep￭ sis and trauma are examples of foreign insults and en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis multiple sclerosis and brain tumors are examples of insults to the brain insults may also be categ￭ orized as either genetic or environmental
in mathematics an inte￭ ger valued function is a function whose values are inte￭ gers in other words it is a function that as￭ signs an inte￭ ger to each member of its domain floor and ceiling functions are examples of an inte￭ ger valued function of a real variable but on real numbers and generally on non disconnected topo￭ logical spaces inte￭ ger valued functions are not especially useful any such function on a connected space either has dis￭ continu￭ ities or is constant on the other hand on dis￭ crete and other totally disconnected spaces inte￭ ger valued functions have roughly the same importance as real valued functions have on non dis￭ crete spaces any function with natural or non negative inte￭ ger values is a partial case of inte￭ ger valued function
in computer science inte￭ ger sorting is the algori￭ th￭ mic problem of sorting a collection of data values by num￭ eric keys each of which is an inte￭ ger algori￭ th￭ ms designed for inte￭ ger sorting may also often be applied to sorting problems in which the keys are floating point numbers rational numbers or text strings the ability to perform inte￭ ger arithmetic on the keys allows inte￭ ger sorting algori￭ th￭ ms to be faster than comparison sorting algori￭ th￭ ms in many cases depending on the details of which operations are allowed in the model of computing and how large the inte￭ gers to be sorted are inte￭ ger sorting algori￭ th￭ ms including pi￭ ge￭ on￭ hole sort counting sort and radi￭ x sort are widely used and practical other inte￭ ger sorting algori￭ th￭ ms with smaller worst case time bounds are not believed to be practical for computer architec￭ tures with 64 or fewer bits per word many such algori￭ th￭ ms are known with performance depending on a combination of the number of items to be sorted number of bits per key and number of bits per word of the computer performing the sorting algori￭ thm
in mathematics an integrating factor is a function that is chosen to facilitate the solving of a given equation involving differentials it is commonly used to solve ordinary differential equations but is also used within multi￭ variable calcul￭ us when multiplying through by an integrating factor allows an in￭ exact differential to be made into an exact differential which can then be integrated to give a scal￭ ar field this is especially useful in thermo￭ dynamics where temperature becomes the integrating factor that makes ent￭ ro￭ py an exact differential
the integration competency center icc sometimes referred to as an integration center of excellence co￭ e is a shared service function within an organization particularly large corporate enterprises as well as public sector institutions for performing meth￭ od￭ ical data integration system integration or enterprise application integration data integration allows companies to access their enterprise data and functions fragmented across disparate systems in order to create a combined accurate and consistent view of their core information as well as process assets and leverage them across the enterprise to drive business decisions and operations system integration is the bringing together of component subsystems into one system and ensuring that they function together effectively enterprise application integration enables efficient information exchanges and business process autom￭ ation across separate computer applications in a cohesive fashion
intellectual disability id also known as general learning disability and mental retar￭ dation mr is a generalized neuro￭ developmental disorder characterized by significantly impaired intellectual and adap￭ tive functioning it is defined by an i￭ q score under 70 in addition to deficits in two or more adap￭ tive behaviors that affect everyday general living once focused almost entirely on cogn￭ ition the definition now includes both a component relating to mental functioning and one relating to individuals functional skills in their environments as a result of this focus on the person s abilities in practice a person with an unusually low i￭ q may not be considered intellectually disabled intellectual disability is subdivided into syndro￭ mic intellectual disability in which intellectual deficits associated with other medical and behavioral signs and symptoms are present and non syndro￭ mic intellectual disability in which intellectual deficits appear without other ab￭ norm￭ alities down syndrome and fragile x syndrome are examples of syndro￭ mic intellectual disabilities intellectual disability affects about 2 – 3 of the general population seventy five to ninety percent of the affected people have mild intellectual disability non syndro￭ mic or idi￭ opathic cases account for 30 – 50 of cases about a quarter of cases are caused by a genetic disorder and about 5 of cases are inherited from a person s parents cases of unknown cause affect about 95 million people as of 2013 the terms used for this condition are subject to a process called the euph￭ em￭ ism tre￭ ad￭ mill this means that whatever term is chosen for this condition it eventually becomes perceived as an insult the terms mental retar￭ dation and mentally retar￭ ded were invented in the middle of the 20 th century to replace the previous set of terms which were deemed to have become offensive by the end of the 20 th century these terms themselves have come to be widely seen as dis￭ parag￭ ing politically incorrect and in need of replacement the term intellectual disability is now preferred by most advocates and researchers in most english speaking countries as of 2015 the term mental retar￭ dation is still used by the world health organization in the ic￭ d 10 codes which have a section tit￭ led mental retar￭ dation codes f 70 – f 79 in the next revision the ic￭ d 11 is expected to replace the term mental retar￭ dation with either intellectual disability or intellectual developmental disorder which the dsm 5 already uses because of its specificity and lack of confusion with other conditions the term mental retar￭ dation is still sometimes used in professional medical settings around the world such as formal scientific research and health insurance paperwork
intellectual gif￭ tedness is an intellectual ability significantly higher than average it is a characteristic of children vari￭ ously defined that motiv￭ ates differences in school programming it is thought to persist as a trait into adult life with various consequences studied in longit￭ ud￭ inal studies of gif￭ tedness over the last century there is no generally agreed definition of gif￭ tedness for either children or adults but most school placement decisions and most longit￭ ud￭ inal studies over the course of individual lives have been based on i￭ q in the top 2 percent of the population that is above i￭ q 130 the various definitions of intellectual gif￭ tedness include either general high ability or specific abilities for example by some definitions an intellectually gifted person may have a striking talent for mathematics without equally strong language skills in particular the relationship between artistic ability or musical ability and the high academic ability usually associated with high i￭ q scores is still being explored with some authors referring to all of those forms of high ability as gif￭ tedness while other authors distinguish gif￭ tedness from talent there is still much controversy and much research on the topic of how adult performance unfol￭ ds from trait differences in childhood and what educational and other supports best help the development of adult gif￭ tedness
in data mining intention mining or intent mining is the problem of determining a user s intention from logs of their behavior in interaction with a computer system such as a search engine this notion is introduced for the first time in the paper of dr g￭ haz￭ al￭ eh kho￭ d￭ aban￭ del￭ ou some authors model the intentions as an intentional process model in order to have a better understanding of the human way of thinking
intention trem￭ or also known as cere￭ bell￭ ar trem￭ or is a dy￭ sk￭ ine￭ tic disorder characterized by a broad co￭ arse and low frequency below 5 h￭ z trem￭ or the am￭ pl￭ itude of an intention trem￭ or increases as an extre￭ mity approaches the end￭ point of deliberate and vis￭ ually guided movement hence the name intention trem￭ or an intention trem￭ or is usually per￭ pend￭ icular to the direction of movement when experiencing an intention trem￭ or one often over￭ shoots or under￭ shoots their target a condition known as dys￭ me￭ tri￭ a intention trem￭ or is the result of dysfunction of the cere￭ bell￭ um particularly on the same side as the trem￭ or in the lateral zone which controls vis￭ ually guided movements depending on the location of cere￭ bell￭ ar damage these tre￭ mors can be either unilateral or bilateral a variety of causes have been discovered to date including damage or degradation of the cere￭ bell￭ um due to neuro￭ degenerative diseases trauma tumor stroke or toxicity there is currently no established pharmaco￭ logical treatment however some success has been seen using treatments designed for essential tre￭ mors
the inter￭ a￭ ural time difference or it￭ d when concerning humans or animals is the difference in arrival time of a sound between two ears it is important in the loc￭ alization of sounds as it provides a cue to the direction or angle of the sound source from the head if a signal arrives at the head from one side the signal has further to travel to reach the far ear than the near ear this path￭ length difference results in a time difference between the sound s arrivals at the ears which is detected and aids the process of identifying the direction of sound source when a signal is produced in the horizontal plane its angle in relation to the head is referred to as its az￭ im￭ u￭ th with 0 degrees 0 ° az￭ im￭ u￭ th being directly in front of the lis￭ tener 90 ° to the right and 180 ° being directly behind
an inter￭ cal￭ ated seizure is an epi￭ le￭ ptic seizure that occurs during the a￭ ura stage of a migr￭ aine it has been found in some cases that this type of seizure is instigated by the migr￭ aine preceding it co￭ ining the term migr￭ aine triggered seizure in order to be considered such the victim must have already had certified migr￭ ain￭ es with a￭ ura and a seizure must occur within one hour after the beginning of the a￭ ura the neuro￭ logical condition that combines migr￭ ain￭ es with epi￭ le￭ ptic seizures is known as migr￭ al￭ ep￭ sy
intercep￭ ting filter is a jav￭ a￭ ee pattern which creates plu￭ gg￭ able filters to process common services in a standard manner without requiring changes to core request processing code the filters intercept incoming requests and outgoing responses allowing pre￭ processing and post processing and these filters can be added or removed un￭ ob￭ stru￭ sively without changing existing code this pattern applies re￭ usable processing transparently before and after the actual request execution by the front and page controllers
in the field of software development an intercep￭ tor pattern is a software design pattern that is used when software systems or frameworks want to offer a way to change or aug￭ ment their usual processing cycle for example a simplified typical processing sequence for a web server is to receive a uri from the brow￭ ser map it to a file on disk open the file and send its contents to the brow￭ ser any of these steps could be replaced or changed e g by replacing the way ur￭ is are mapped to fil￭ en￭ ames or by inserting a new step which processes the files contents key aspects of the pattern are that the change is transparent and used automatically in essence the rest of the system does not have to know something has been added or changed and can keep working as before to facilitate this a pre￭ defined interface for extension has to be implemented some kind of dispatching mechanism is required where intercep￭ tors are registered this may be dynamic at run￭ time or static e g through configuration files and context objects are provided which allow access to the framework s internal state
the ch￭ alco￭ gens react with each other to form inter￭ ch￭ alco￭ gen compounds although no ch￭ alco￭ gen is extremely electro￭ positive nor quite as electro￭ negative as the halo￭ gen fluor￭ ine the most electro￭ negative element there is a large difference in electro￭ neg￭ ativity between the top oxygen 3 44 and bottom po￭ lon￭ ium 2 0 of the group combined with the fact that there is a significant trend towards increasing metallic behaviour while descending the group oxygen is a gaseous non￭ metal while po￭ lon￭ ium is a sil￭ very post transition metal this causes the inter￭ ch￭ alco￭ gens to display many different kinds of bon￭ ding co￭ val￭ ent ion￭ ic metallic and sem￭ im￭ et￭ all￭ ic
in computer science inter￭ change￭ ability is an ability that an object can be replaced by another object without affecting code using the object that chance usually requires two objects share an interface that is either same strictly or compatible in particular case see en￭ cap￭ s￭ ulation article for detail
the inter￭ cond￭ yl￭ ar area is the separation between the medi￭ al and lateral con￭ dy￭ le on the upper extre￭ mity of the ti￭ bia the an￭ terior and poster￭ ior cruci￭ ate lig￭ aments and the men￭ is￭ ci attach to the inter￭ cond￭ yl￭ ar area the inter￭ con￭ dy￭ loid eminence is composed of the medi￭ al and lateral inter￭ cond￭ yl￭ ar tuber￭ cles and divides the inter￭ cond￭ yl￭ ar area into an an￭ terior and a poster￭ ior area
intercultural competence is the ability to communicate effectively and appropriately with people of other cultures appropriately valued rules norms and expectations of the relationship are not violated significantly effectively valued goals or rewards relative to costs and alternatives are accomplished in interactions with people from foreign cultures a person who is inter￭ culturally competent understands the culture specific concepts of perception thinking feeling and acting intercultural competence is also called cross cultural competence 3 c
an inter￭ current or con￭ current concomitant or in most cases pre existing disease in pregnancy is a disease that is not directly caused by the pregnancy in contrast to a complic￭ ation of pregnancy but which may become worse or be a potential risk to the pregnancy such as causing pregnancy complications a major component of this risk can result from necessary use of drugs in pregnancy to manage the disease in such circumstances women who wish to continue with a pregnancy require extra medical care often from an inter￭ disciplinary team such a team might include besides an ob￭ ste￭ tric￭ ian a specialist in the disorder and other practitioners for example maternal fe￭ tal specialists or ob￭ ste￭ tric physicians die￭ tic￭ ians etc
in statistics the inter￭ dec￭ ile range is the difference between the first and the ninth dec￭ iles 10 and 90 the inter￭ dec￭ ile range is a measure of statistical dispersion of the values in a set of data similar to the range and the inter￭ quar￭ tile range and can be compu￭ ted from the non parame￭ tric seven number summary despite its simplicity for estimating the standard deviation of a normal distribution the scaled inter￭ dec￭ ile range gives a reasonably efficient esti￭ mat￭ or more precisely a more efficient esti￭ mat￭ or is given by instead taking the 7 trim￭ med range the difference between the 7 th and 93 rd per￭ centi￭ les and dividing by 3 corresponding to 86 of the data of a normal distribution falling within 1 5 standard deviations of the mean yields an estimate of about 65 efficiency analogous measures of location are given by the median mid￭ h￭ inge and trim￭ ean or statistics based on nearby points
the study of interdependent networks is a sub￭ field of network science dealing with phenomena caused by the interactions between complex networks though there may be a wide variety of interactions between networks dependency focuses on the scenario in which the no￭ des in one network require support from no￭ des in another network
inter￭ digital web￭ bing is the presence of memb￭ ran￭ es of skin between the digits normally in mammals web￭ bing is present in the embryo but resor￭ bed later in development but in various mamm￭ al species it occasionally persists in adul￭ thood in humans it can be found in those suffering from le￭ op￭ ard syndrome and from aar￭ s￭ ko￭ g scott syndrome web￭ bing between the digits of the hind￭ foot is also present in several mammals that spend part of their time in the water web￭ bing accommod￭ ates movement in the water inter￭ digital web￭ bing is not to be confused with syn￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly which is a f￭ using of digits and occurs rarely in humans syn￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly specifically affecting feet occurs in birds such as ducks am￭ phi￭ bians such as fro￭ gs and mammals such as the kang￭ ar￭ oo
inter￭ dig￭ itating d￭ end￭ ri￭ tic cell sar￭ coma is a form of m￭ align￭ ant his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis affecting d￭ end￭ ri￭ tic cells it can present in the sp￭ leen it can also present in the du￭ o￭ den￭ um
interest rate parity is a no arbitr￭ age condition representing an equilibrium state under which investors will be indifferent to interest rates available on bank deposits in two countries the fact that this condition does not always hold allows for potential opportunities to earn ris￭ k￭ less profits from covered interest arbitr￭ age two assumptions central to interest rate parity are capital mobility and perfect substitu￭ tability of domestic and foreign assets given foreign exchange market equilibrium the interest rate parity condition implies that the expected return on domestic assets will equal the exchange rate adjusted expected return on foreign currency assets investors then cannot earn arbitr￭ age profits by borrowing in a country with a lower interest rate exchanging for foreign currency and investing in a foreign country with a higher interest rate due to gains or losses from exchanging back to their domestic currency at maturity interest rate parity takes on two distinctive forms uncovered interest rate parity refers to the parity condition in which exposure to foreign exchange risk un￭ anticipated changes in exchange rates is un￭ inhi￭ bited whereas covered interest rate parity refers to the condition in which a forward contract has been used to cover eliminate exposure to exchange rate risk each form of the parity condition demonstrates a unique relationship with implications for the forecasting of future exchange rates the forward exchange rate and the future spot exchange rate economists have found empirical evidence that covered interest rate parity generally holds though not with precision due to the effects of various risks costs taxation and ultimate differences in liquidity when both covered and uncovered interest rate parity hold they expose a relationship suggesting that the forward rate is an un￭ biased predic￭ tor of the future spot rate this relationship can be employed to test whether uncovered interest rate parity holds for which economists have found mixed results when uncovered interest rate parity and purchasing power parity hold together they illumin￭ ate a relationship named real interest rate parity which suggests that expected real interest rates represent expected adjustments in the real exchange rate this relationship generally holds strongly over longer terms and among emerging market countries
interface based programming also known as interface based architecture is an architectural pattern for implementing mod￭ ular programming at the component level in an object oriented programming language which does not have a module system an example of such a language is j￭ ava which as of 2015 does not have a module system at the level of components j￭ ava has a package system but j￭ ava software components typically consist of multiple j￭ ava packages – and in any case interface programming can provide advantages over merely using j￭ ava packages even if a component only consists of a single j￭ ava package interface based programming defines the application as a collection of components in which application programming interface api calls between components may only be made through abstract interfaces not concrete classes instances of classes will generally be obtained through other interfaces using techniques such as the factory pattern this is claimed to increase the mod￭ ul￭ arity of the application and hence its main￭ tain￭ ability however some caution is warranted – merely splitting an application into arbitrary components communicating via interfaces does not in itself guarantee low coupling or high cohesion two other attributes that are commonly regarded as key for main￭ tain￭ ability an interface based architecture can be used when third parties – or indeed separate teams within the same organisation – develop additional components or plu￭ gins for an established system the co￭ deb￭ ase of the ec￭ li￭ pse ide is an example of interface based programming ec￭ li￭ pse plu￭ gin vendors just have to develop components that satisfy the interface specified by the parent application vendor the ec￭ li￭ pse foundation indeed in ec￭ li￭ pse even the original components such as the j￭ ava development tools are themselves plu￭ gins this is somewhat like a mobile phone manufacturer specifying a mobile char￭ ger interface pin arrangement expected direct current voltage etc and both the manufacturer and third parties making their own mobile phone char￭ gers that comply with this standard interface specification
for interference in radio communications see interference communication interference pattern re￭ directs here for mo￭ ir￭ é patterns see mo￭ ir￭ é pattern in physics interference is a phenomenon in which two waves super￭ pose to form a resultant wave of greater lower or the same am￭ pl￭ itude interference usually refers to the interaction of waves that are correlated or coherent with each other either because they come from the same source or because they have the same or nearly the same frequency interference effects can be observed with all types of waves for example light radio acous￭ tic surface water waves or matter waves
the interference of the fo￭ o￭ tings is a phenomenon that is observed when two fo￭ o￭ tings are closely spac￭ ed the buildings when are to be constructed nearby to each other the architectural requirements or the less availability of space for the construction forces the engineers to place the foundation fo￭ o￭ tings close to each other and when foundations are placed close to each other with similar soil conditions the ultimate bearing capacity of each foundation may change due to the interference effect of the failure surface in the soil
an inter￭ gran￭ ular frac￭ ture is a frac￭ ture that follows the grains of the material where cracks that take place along the grain boundary in a wall of bricks it would correspond to a frac￭ ture that takes place in the mortar that keep together bricks in metals with multiple lat￭ tice organizations when one lat￭ tice ends and another begins the frac￭ ture changes direction to follow the new grain this results in a fairly j￭ ag￭ ged looking frac￭ ture with straight edges of the grain and shiny surface may be seen in ceram￭ ics inter￭ gan￭ ular fractu￭ res propag￭ ate through grain boundaries producing smooth bumpy surfaces where grains can be easily identified there are several processes that can lead to inter￭ gran￭ ular frac￭ ture micro￭ void nucle￭ ation and coal￭ es￭ cence at inclu￭ sions or second phase particles located along grain boundaries grain boundary crack and cav￭ ity formation associated with elevated temperature stress rupture condition de￭ cohesion between con￭ ti￭ gu￭ ous grain due to presence of im￭ purity at grain boundaries and in the presence of hydrogen and liquid metals stress corro￭ sion cracking associated with chemical dissolution along grain boundaries cyclic loading when the material insufficient number of independent slip systems to accommodate plastic de￭ formation between con￭ ti￭ gu￭ ous grain leading to grain boundaries think of several wooden jig￭ saw puzzle pieces with the grains showing but with each piece having grains running in a different direction an inter￭ gran￭ ular frac￭ ture follows the edges of the puzzle pieces ignoring the grains in the wood this is opposed to a trans￭ gran￭ ular frac￭ ture
intergroup anxiety is the social phenomenon identified by walter and cookie step￭ han in 1985 that describes the ambiguous feelings of discomfort or anxiety when inter￭ acting with members of other groups such emotions also constitute intergroup anxiety when one is merely anticipating interaction with members of an out￭ group expectations that interactions with foreign members of out￭ groups will result in an aver￭ sive experience is believed to be the cause of intergroup anxiety with an affected individual being anxious or unsure about a number of issues methods of reducing intergroup anxiety stress facilitating positive intergroup contact
inter￭ ic￭ tal dy￭ sp￭ hor￭ ic disorder id￭ d is a mood disorder sometimes found in patients with epi￭ le￭ psy at a prevalence rate of approximately 17 the most common symptom of id￭ d is inter￭ mit￭ tent dy￭ sp￭ hor￭ ic mood in between seizures inter￭ ic￭ tal dy￭ sp￭ hor￭ ic disorder can often be treated with a combination of anti￭ depres￭ sant and anti￭ con￭ vul￭ sant medication
inter￭ language fossi￭ li￭ zation is a phenomenon of second language acquisition sla in which second language lear￭ ners develop and retain a linguistic system or inter￭ language that is self contained and different from both the lear￭ ner ’ s first language and the target language this linguistic system has been vari￭ ously called inter￭ language approxim￭ ative system idio￭ syn￭ cratic dial￭ ects or transitional dial￭ ects
intermediate tro￭ pho￭ blast is a distinct subtype of tro￭ pho￭ bl￭ astic tissue that arises from the cy￭ to￭ tro￭ pho￭ blast it is sub categ￭ orized by location vill￭ ous intermediate tro￭ pho￭ blast at anch￭ oring vill￭ i of tro￭ pho￭ bl￭ astic column implan￭ tation site intermediate tro￭ pho￭ blast at implan￭ tation site or bas￭ al plate differentiated from vill￭ ous intermediate tro￭ pho￭ blast ch￭ ori￭ onic type intermediate tro￭ pho￭ blast at ch￭ ori￭ onic la￭ eve of fe￭ tal memb￭ rane differentiated from vill￭ ous intermediate tro￭ pho￭ blast
inter￭ met￭ amor￭ pho￭ sis is a delu￭ sional mis￭ identification syndrome related to agno￭ sia the main symptoms consist of patients believing that they can see others change into someone else in both external appearance and internal personality the disorder is usually com￭ or￭ bid with neuro￭ logical disorders or mental disorders an example from medical literature is a man who was diagnosed with alzheimer s disease after some time he mis￭ took his wife for his deceased mother and later for his sister as an explanation he stated that he had never been married or that his wife had left him later he mis￭ took his son for his brother and his daughter for another sister visual agno￭ sia or pro￭ sop￭ agno￭ sia were not diagnosed as the mis￭ identification also took place during phone calls on several occasions he mis￭ took the hospital for the church he used to go to the disorder was first described in 19￭ 32 by p cour￭ bon and j tus￭ ques illusions d inter￭ m￭ ét￭ amor￭ pho￭ se et de la char￭ me in the journal ann￭ ales medic￭ o psycho￭ logi￭ ques issue 14 page 401 406
inter￭ mit￭ tent clau￭ dic￭ ation latin clau￭ dic￭ ati￭ o inter￭ mit￭ tens is a symptom that describes muscle pain ache cr￭ amp num￭ b￭ ness or sense of fatigue class￭ ically in the calf muscle which occurs during exercise such as walking and is relieved by a short period of rest it is class￭ ically associated with early stage peripheral artery disease and can progress to critical limb is￭ chem￭ ia unless treated or risk factors are modified clau￭ dic￭ ation derives from the latin ver￭ b clau￭ dic￭ are to lim￭ p
inter￭ mit￭ tent explosive disorder sometimes abbreviated as ied is a behavioral disorder characterized by explosive out￭ bursts of anger and violence often to the point of rage that are disproportionate to the situation at hand e g impul￭ sive screaming triggered by relatively in￭ consequential events impul￭ sive aggression is un￭ pre￭ med￭ itated and is defined by a disproportionate reaction to any provocation real or perceived some individuals have reported aff￭ ective changes prior to an out￭ burst e g tension mood changes energy changes etc the disorder is currently categ￭ orized in the diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders dsm 5 under the disruptive impulse control and conduct disorders category the disorder itself is not easily characterized and often exhi￭ bits com￭ or￭ bi￭ dity with other mood disorders particularly bipolar disorder individuals diagnosed with ied report their out￭ bursts as being brief lasting less than an hour with a variety of bodily symptoms swe￭ ating stu￭ t￭ tering chest ti￭ ght￭ ness tw￭ it￭ ching pal￭ p￭ itations reported by a third of one sample aggressive acts are frequently reported accompanied by a sensation of relief and in some cases pleasure but often followed by later re￭ morse
an inter￭ mit￭ tent fault often called simply an inter￭ mit￭ tent is a mal￭ function of a device or system that occurs at intervals usually irregular in a device or system that functions normally at other times inter￭ mit￭ tent faults are common to all branches of technology including computer software an inter￭ mit￭ tent fault is caused by several contributing factors some of which may be effectively random which occur simultaneously the more complex the system or mechanism involved the greater the likelihood of an inter￭ mit￭ tent fault a simple example of an effectively random cause in a physical system is a borderline electrical connection in the wiring or a component of a circuit where cause 1 the cause that must be identified and rectified two conductors may touch subject to cause 2 which need not be identified a minor change in temperature vibration orientation voltage etc sometimes this is described as an inter￭ mit￭ tent connection rather than fault in computer software a program may cause 1 fail to initi￭ alise a variable which is required to be initially zero if the program is run in circumstances such that memory is almost always clear before it starts it will mal￭ function on the rare occasions that cause 2 the memory where the variable is stored happens to be non zero beforehand inter￭ mit￭ tent faults are notoriously difficult to identify and repair troubl￭ es￭ ho￭ ot because each individual factor does not create the problem alone so the factors can only be identified while the mal￭ function is actually occurring the person capable of identifying and solving the problem is seldom the usual operator because the timing of the mal￭ function is unpredictable and both device or system down￭ time and engineers time incur cost the fault is often simply tolerated if not too frequent unless it causes unacceptable problems or dangers for example some inter￭ mit￭ tent faults in critical equipment such as medical life support equipment could result in killing a patient or in aeronautics causes a flight to be abor￭ ted or in some cases crash if an inter￭ mit￭ tent fault occurs for long enough during troubl￭ es￭ ho￭ oting it can be identified and resolved in the usual way some techniques to resolve inter￭ mit￭ tent faults are automatic logging of relevant parameters over a long enough time for the fault to manifest can help parameter values at the time of the fault may identify the cause so that appropriate remedial action can be taken changing operating circumstances while the fault is present to see if the fault temporarily clears or changes for example tapping components cooling them with freezer spray heating them striking the cabinet may temporarily clear the fault a database of similar faults which have been resolved in identical or similar equipment precautionary changes without attempting to pin￭ point the fault for example electro￭ ly￭ tic capacitors subject to high rip￭ ple currents can be changed as a routine measure without bothering to troubl￭ es￭ ho￭ ot the fault at all connectors can be disconnected and rese￭ ated this is sometimes a measure of desperation things are changed until the fault stops happening and it is hoped that it is actually resolved rather than dormant in electrical systems and cable systems time domain refl￭ ec￭ tom￭ e￭ try techniques can be used pul￭ ses are sent down electric wiring and the pul￭ ses reflected back are examined for anomalies for example inter￭ mit￭ tent leakage during the stresses of aircraft operation this can only be done for one test channel at time and is generally limited to inter￭ mit￭ tent faults 100 mil￭ lis￭ econ￭ ds in complex multiple channel systems where the fault s might be in an interconnection the ideal method of finding an inter￭ mit￭ tent fault is to be able to monitor detect and isolate all channels or electrical paths continuously and simultaneously this methodology allows the system under test to benefit from continuous and complete test coverage while any environmental stressing of the system is performed this type cannot be performed by scanning testing technology but needs to have some form of electronic ne￭ ural network which can perform these test without the need for any scanning and or digital averaging this testing regime is covered by the do￭ d s mi￭ l pr￭ f 325￭ 16 published in march 2015 and it calls for testing technology to operate in the class 1 category in order to combat inter￭ mit￭ tent faults effectively
inter￭ mit￭ tent hair – fol￭ lic￭ le dy￭ stro￭ phy is a disorder of the hair fol￭ lic￭ le leading to increased fragility of the shaft with no identifiable bio￭ chemical disturbance also with an unknown prevalence
inter￭ mit￭ tent hydr￭ ar￭ thro￭ sis i￭ h also known as periodic sy￭ no￭ vi￭ osis periodic benign sy￭ no￭ vi￭ tis or periodic hydr￭ ar￭ thri￭ tis is a chronic condition of unknown cause characterized by recurring temporary episodes of fluid accumulation in the knee while the knee is mainly involved occasionally other joints such as the el￭ bow or an￭ kle can additionally be affected fluid accumulation in the joint can be extensive causing discomfort and imp￭ airing movement although affected joints are not usually very painful while the condition is chronic it does not appear to progress to more destructive damage of the joint it seems to affect slightly more women than men episodes of sw￭ elling last several days or longer can occur with regular or semi regular frequency typically one or two episodes per month between periods of eff￭ usion knee sw￭ elling reduces dramatically providing largely symp￭ tom￭ less intervals unlike some other r￭ heu￭ mat￭ ological conditions such as r￭ heu￭ mato￭ id ar￭ thri￭ tis laboratory findings are usually within normal ranges or limits clear treatment options have yet to be established n￭ s￭ aids and cox 2 inhi￭ bit￭ ors are generally not effective where this condition has been correctly diagnosed various anti r￭ heu￭ matic drugs as well as col￭ chic￭ ine may be tri￭ alled to find the most effective option more aggressive intra artic￭ ular treatment such chemical or radio active sy￭ nov￭ ec￭ tomy can also be helpful although benefits beyond 1 year have not been reported in literature
inter￭ mit￭ tent rhy￭ th￭ mic delta activity ir￭ da is a type of brain wave ab￭ normality found in electro￭ encephal￭ o￭ grams eeg it is found in the frontal fir￭ da or oc￭ ci￭ p￭ ital o￭ ir￭ da areas of the brain and can be caused by a number of different reasons some benign unknown reasons but also are commonly associated with le￭ sions tumors and encephalopathies
intermodal mapping is the ability in￭ born according to research to recognize stimul￭ i using a sense different from the one it was originally presented to this implies that stimul￭ i are represented universally in the brain and available to all senses and need not be learned by p￭ airing classical conditioning
inter￭ molecular metal cataly￭ zed car￭ ben￭ o￭ id cyclo￭ pro￭ pan￭ ations are organic reactions that result in the formation of a cyclo￭ pro￭ pan￭ e ring from a metal car￭ ben￭ o￭ id species and an al￭ k￭ ene in the sim￭ mons – smith reaction the metal involved is zinc
internal bleeding also called internal hemorrha￭ ge is a loss of blood that occurs from the vascular system into a body cav￭ ity or space it is a serious medical emergency and the extent of severity depends on bleeding rate and location of the bleeding e g heart brain stomach lungs it can cause death and cardiac arrest if proper medical treatment is not received quickly
internal communications ic is the function responsible for effective communications among participants within an organization the scope of the function varies by organization and practitioner from producing and delivering messages and campaigns on behalf of management to facilitating two way dialogue and developing the communication skills of the organization s participants modern understanding of internal communications is a field of its own and draws on the theory and practice of related professions not least journalism knowledge management public relations e g media relations marketing and human resources as well as wider organizational studies communication theory social psychology soci￭ ology and political science
internal her￭ ni￭ as occur when there is pro￭ tru￭ sion of an internal organ into a retro￭ per￭ it￭ one￭ al fo￭ ssa or a for￭ amen con￭ genital or acquired in the ab￭ domin￭ al cav￭ ity if a loop of bo￭ wel passes through the mes￭ enter￭ ic defect that loop is at risk for incarceration strang￭ ulation or for becoming the lead point of a small bo￭ wel obstruction internal her￭ ni￭ as can also trap adi￭ pose tissue fat and nerves unlike more common forms of her￭ ni￭ as the trapped tissue pro￭ tru￭ des inward rather than outward mes￭ enter￭ ic defects commonly occur in trauma such as gunshot wounds to the ab￭ dom￭ en in trauma victims the defect is usually closed sometimes with res￭ ection of the associated bo￭ wel which may have lost its blood supply also mes￭ enter￭ ic defects are intentionally created in the rou￭ x en y ga￭ str￭ ic bypass procedure being class￭ ically known as a petersen s her￭ nia the mes￭ enter￭ ic defect in such cases called petersen s defect is located between the trans￭ verse col￭ on and the mes￭ enter￭ y of the alim￭ entary limb the segment of the je￭ jun￭ um from the je￭ jun￭ o￭ je￭ jun￭ o￭ stom￭ y until the connection with the proxim￭ al segment of the stomach at the level of the je￭ jun￭ o￭ je￭ jun￭ o￭ stom￭ y internal her￭ ni￭ as are difficult to identify in women and mis￭ diagnosis with end￭ ome￭ tri￭ osis or idi￭ opathic chronic pel￭ vic pain is very common one cause of mis￭ diagnosis that when the woman lies down flat on an examination table all of the medical signs of the her￭ nia disappear the her￭ nia can typically only be detected when symptoms are present so diagnosis requires positioning the woman s body in a way that provo￭ kes symptoms both internal her￭ ni￭ as and um￭ bil￭ ical her￭ ni￭ as are more common in women than men
the international classification of sleep disorders ic￭ s￭ d is a primary diagnostic epidemiological and coding resource for clin￭ icians and researchers in the field of sleep and sleep medicine the international classification of sleep disorders ic￭ s￭ d was produced by the american academy of sleep medicine a￭ asm in association with the european sleep research society the japanese society of sleep research and the latin american sleep society the classification was developed as a revision and update of the diagnostic classification of sleep and ar￭ ous￭ al disorders d￭ c￭ sad that was produced by both the association of sleep disorders centers as￭ dc and the association for the psychop￭ hy￭ si￭ ological study of sleep and was published in the journal sleep in 1979 a second edition called ic￭ s￭ d 2 was published in 2005 the third edition ic￭ s￭ d 3 was released in 2014
the ic￭ eid or international conference on emerging infectious diseases is a conference for public health professionals on the subject of emerging infectious diseases from c￭ dc page for ic￭ eid the international conference on emerging infectious diseases was first convened in 1998 ic￭ eid 2006 marks its fifth occurrence the conference brings together public health professional to encourage the exchange of scientific and public health information on global emerging infectious disease issues the program will include plenary and panel sessions with invited speakers as well as oral and poster presentations on emerging infections major topics include current work on surveillance epidemiology research communication and training bio￭ terrorism and preven￭ tions and control of emerging infectious diseases both in the united states and abroad
the international policy forum ip￭ f is a fully student run think tank based at car￭ leton university in ottawa canada emerging from the realization that there was an absence of student perspective in pressing policy issues participants in the ip￭ f strive to add their voice to public debate each year approximately sixteen students are chosen to develop policy recommendations for a global issue pertinent to canada through involvement with the ip￭ f members gain practical political experience and contribute to the understanding of public affairs from a new and often innovative perspective since its inception the ip￭ f has addressed a diverse range of topics these have included subjects such as canada us relations humanitarian intervention and arctic transformation the ip￭ f also operates the car￭ leton review of international affairs cri￭ a an annual publication highlighting the work of under￭ graduate students relating to any topic of global interest currently the directors of the ip￭ f are say￭ an bas￭ u ray and patrick sal￭ oni￭ us the ip￭ f is funded by the un society a student organization at car￭ leton university
the following are international reactions to the south sudanese civil war
below are the foreign reactions to the euro￭ ma￭ idan euro￭ ma￭ idan was a wave of demonstrations and civil unrest in ukraine that began on the night of 21 november 2013 after the ukrainian government suspended preparations for signing an association agreement and deep and comprehensive free trade agreement with the european union
internet based self services iss are a subtype of services driven by self service technologies which provide technological interfaces allowing customers to use services independently of the involvement of direct service employee self ticket purchas￭ ing￭ and self check in for a flight using the internet are exam￭ pl￭ es￭ of internet based self services
internet censorship circumvention describes various processes used by internet users to bypass the technical aspects of internet filtering and gain access to otherwise censored material circumvention is an inherent problem for those wishing to cens￭ or the internet because filtering and blocking do not remove content from the internet and as long as there is at least one publicly accessible un￭ censored system it will often be possible to gain access to otherwise censored material however circumvention may not be very useful to non tech sav￭ vy users and so blocking and filtering remain effective means of cens￭ oring the internet for many users different techniques and resources are used to bypass internet censorship including c￭ ached web pages web mirrors and archive sites alternate d￭ ns ser￭ vers proxy websites virtual private networks sne￭ ak￭ er￭ nets and circumvention software tools solutions have differing ease of use speed security and risks most however rely on gaining access to an internet connection that is not subject to filtering often in a different jurisdiction not subject to the same censorship laws according to glob￭ al￭ web￭ index over 400 million people use virtual private networks to circumvent censorship or for increased level of privacy there are risks to using circumvention software or other methods to bypass internet censorship in some countries individuals that gain access to otherwise restricted content may be violating the law and if caught can be expelled from school fired from jobs jailed or subject to other punishments and loss of access
internet vigil￭ anti￭ sm is the phenomenon of vigil￭ ante acts taken through the internet the communication network or its service providers or carried out using applications world wide web e mail that depend on the internet the term encompasses vigil￭ anti￭ sm against scam￭ s crimes and non internet related behavior it was termed ne￭ til￭ anti￭ sm or dig￭ il￭ anti￭ sm in the wake of the boston marathon bombing some have suggested that the internet s lack of central control has prompted a tendency towards vigil￭ ante reactions against certain behaviors in the same way that they have prompted those behaviors to occur in the first place
inter￭ nuclear oph￭ thal￭ mop￭ legi￭ a ino is a disorder of con￭ ju￭ gate lateral gaze in which the affected eye shows impairment of ad￭ duc￭ tion when an attempt is made to gaze contr￭ al￭ ater￭ ally relative to the affected eye the affected eye ad￭ duc￭ ts minim￭ ally if at all the contr￭ al￭ ateral eye abduc￭ ts however with ny￭ stag￭ mus additionally the divergence of the eyes leads to horizontal di￭ pl￭ op￭ ia that is if the right eye is affected the patient will see double when looking to the left seeing two images side by side convergence is generally preserved
an inter￭ object is a phenomenon of dreams in which there is a perception of something that is between two objects the term was coined by bl￭ ech￭ ner in his book the dream frontier inter￭ objects differ from typical dream condens￭ ations in which two objects are f￭ used into one instead the condens￭ ation is incomplete some examples from the literature on dreams include a piece of hardware something like the lock of a door or perhaps a pair of paint frozen hinges and something between a record player and a balance scale inter￭ objects are new cre￭ ations derived from partially f￭ used bl￭ ends of other objects inter￭ objects like dis￭ junc￭ tive cogn￭ itions would sound bizarre or psychotic as perceptions in waking life but are accepted by most people as commonplace in dreams they have implications for both the theory of dreaming and the theory of categ￭ ori￭ zation inter￭ objects show the dreaming mind grouping items together whose connection may not be apparent to the waking mind something between an aqu￭ educ￭ t or a swimming pool reveals the category of large man made architectural objects that contain water something between a cell￭ phone and a baby reveals a category combining a relatively new piece of technology and a live infant both make noise when you don t expect it both are held close to your body and both can give you a feeling of connec￭ tedness scientists do not know if inter￭ objects occur only in dream￭ life or may occur as unconscious categ￭ oriz￭ ations during waking life fre￭ ud called inter￭ objects intermediate and composite structures he thought they were inferior mental construc￭ tions and were scrupulously avoided in waking life most adults tend to regul￭ arize inter￭ objects when discussing them in waking life children are better able to sustain inter￭ objects in their original form a child told his father a dream in which he was in trouble at sea and a seal sw￭ am up to them they thought it was just a seal but then they looked and under the water it was a whole boat it was huge so they climbed onto the seal boat and it brought them to the shore of the mainland when the boy told his father the dream in the morning the father speaking like an adult who cannot tolerate contradictions said to him so really it was a boat a big safe boat the child holding fast to the integrity of his dream said it was a boat but it was still a big friendly seal this child had not yet learned to regul￭ arize his perceptions to fit the way the world works adults may learn to reject inter￭ objects in waking life but still retain them in their dreams inter￭ objects may have an elementary function in human thought by transgres￭ sing the normal mental categories described by ele￭ anor ro￭ sch inter￭ objects may be the origin of new ideas that would be harder to come by using only fully formed secondary process formations they may be one example of one￭ ir￭ ic dar￭ win￭ ism in which new thought mutations are created during dream life and rejected or retained in waking life depending on their usefulness jung held that if the dream￭ er walked about and acted like a person awake we would have the clinical picture of schizophrenia hob￭ son concluded that dreams are more like deli￭ ri￭ um than schizophrenia both jung and hob￭ son focus on how dreams are defective forms of normal waking life but in dreams our minds are in some ways able to function better than in waking life inter￭ objects show the ability of the dreaming mind to notice how things that are very different nevertheless have features in common the mind then creates a new category which we might never have noticed in our waking life the woman who dreamed of a cell￭ phone baby was creating a new category small objects that are held close to the body and that make noise at surprising and embarrassing times inter￭ objects have been used cre￭ atively in advertising a set of rules known as a replacement tem￭ plate enabled a computer to create inter￭ objects given a product p with a trait t the subject is asked to come up with a creative idea for an ad that conveys the message that p has t in a visual format an object s symbol which is universally identified with t is replaced with p the effect is enhanced if s is placed in a situation in which t is essential moreover the replacement operation can be iter￭ ated rather than p one can use parts of it or aspects of it or objects associated with it to replace the corresponding elements associated with s when asked to produce an ad for the world tennis cup tournament in jerusalem the computer generated a mosque with a dom￭ e that had a tennis ball tex￭ ture in advertising on time performance for an airline the computer generated a cuc￭ ko￭ o clock in which a jum￭ bo jet pops out of the clock instead of a cuc￭ ko￭ o both of these cre￭ ations – the mosque tennis ball and the jum￭ bo jet cuc￭ ko￭ o clock – are inter￭ objects
an interpre￭ tant in sem￭ io￭ tics is the effect of a sign on someone who reads or compreh￭ ends it the concept of interpre￭ tant is part of charles sanders pe￭ ir￭ ce s tri￭ adic theory of the sign for pe￭ ir￭ ce the interpre￭ tant is an element that allows taking a represent￭ amen for the sign of an object and is also the effect of the process of sem￭ ei￭ osis or sign￭ ification pe￭ ir￭ ce deline￭ ates three types of interpre￭ tants the immediate the dynam￭ ical and the final or normal
in computer programming the interpreter pattern is a design pattern that specifies how to evaluate sentences in a language the basic idea is to have a class for each symbol terminal or non￭ terminal in a specialized computer language the syn￭ tax tree of a sentence in the language is an instance of the composite pattern and is used to evaluate interpret the sentence for a client see also composite pattern
in computer systems programming an interrupt hand￭ ler also known as an interrupt service routine or is￭ r is a call￭ back function in micro￭ controller firm￭ ware an operating system or a device driver whose execution is triggered by the reception of an interrupt in general interrup￭ ts and their hand￭ lers are used to handle high priority conditions that require the interruption of the current code the processor is executing interrupt hand￭ lers have a multitude of functions which vary based on what triggered the interrupt and the speed at which the interrupt hand￭ ler comple￭ tes its task for example pressing a key on a computer key￭ board or moving the mouse triggers interrup￭ ts that call interrupt hand￭ lers which read the key or the mouse s position and copy the associated information into the computer s memory an interrupt hand￭ ler is a low level counterpart of event hand￭ lers interrupt hand￭ lers are initiated by either hardware interrup￭ ts or software interrupt instructions and are used for servicing hardware devices and transitions between protected modes of operation such as system calls
interrupted a￭ or￭ tic arch is a very rare heart defect affecting 3 per million live births in which the a￭ or￭ ta is not completely developed there is a gap between the asc￭ ending and descending thor￭ ac￭ ic a￭ or￭ ta in a sense it is the complete form of a co￭ arc￭ tation of the a￭ or￭ ta almost all patients also have other cardiac anomalies including a ven￭ tric￭ ular sep￭ tal defect v￭ s￭ d a￭ or￭ to pul￭ mon￭ ary window and trun￭ cus arter￭ io￭ sus interrupted a￭ or￭ tic arch is often associated with di￭ george syndrome
inter￭ section syndrome is a painful condition that affects the thumb side of the fore￭ arm when infl￭ amm￭ ation occurs at the inter￭ section of the muscle bel￭ lies of the abduc￭ tor pol￭ lic￭ is long￭ us and ext￭ ens￭ or pol￭ lic￭ is bre￭ vis cross over the ext￭ ens￭ or car￭ pi radi￭ alis long￭ us and the ext￭ ens￭ or car￭ pi radi￭ alis bre￭ vis these 1 st and 2 nd dor￭ sal muscle compart￭ ments inter￭ sect at this location hence the name the mechanism of injury is usually repeti￭ tive resisted extension as with rowing weight lifting or pulling inter￭ section syndrome is often confused with another condition called de￭ quer￭ vain s syndrome which is an irritation of the thumb sided set of tend￭ ons at the wrist called the first dor￭ sal compartment
inter￭ session is a short break or mini term between the traditional standard academic terms an inter￭ session may be a period of a few weeks between sem￭ esters or quarters during which students can take short accelerated classes or complete other academic work
inter￭ specific pregnancy literally pregnancy between species also called inter￭ species pregnancy or xen￭ op￭ reg￭ nancy is the pregnancy involving an embryo or fe￭ tus belonging to another species than the carrier strictly it excludes the situation where the fe￭ tus is a hybrid of the carrier and another species thereby excluding the possibility that the carrier is the biological mother of the offspring strictly inter￭ specific pregnancy is also distinguished from end￭ op￭ ar￭ asi￭ tism where parasite offspring grow inside the organism of another species not necessarily in the wom￭ b it has no known natural occurrence but can be achieved artificially by transfer of embryos of one species into the wom￭ b of the female of another
inter￭ sti￭ tial cy￭ sti￭ tis ic also known as blad￭ der pain syndrome b￭ ps is a type of chronic pain that affects the blad￭ der symptoms include feeling the need to ur￭ inate right away needing to ur￭ inate often and pain with sex ic b￭ ps is associated with depression and lower quality of life many of those affected also have irrit￭ able bo￭ wel syndrome and fi￭ bro￭ my￭ al￭ gia the cause of ic b￭ ps is unknown while it can it does not typically run in a family the diagnosis is usually based on the symptoms after ruling out other conditions typically the urine culture is negative ul￭ cer￭ ation or infl￭ amm￭ ation maybe seen on cy￭ sto￭ sco￭ py other conditions which can produce similar symptoms include ur￭ inary tract infection u￭ ti over￭ active blad￭ der sexually transmitted infections end￭ ome￭ tri￭ osis blad￭ der cancer and pro￭ stati￭ tis there is no cure for inter￭ sti￭ tial cy￭ sti￭ tis treatments that may improve symptoms include lifestyle changes medications or procedures lifestyle changes may include stopping smoking and reducing stress medications may include i￭ bu￭ prof￭ en pent￭ os￭ an pol￭ ys￭ ul￭ fate or am￭ it￭ rip￭ ty￭ line procedures may include blad￭ der dist￭ ention nerve stimulation or surgery pel￭ vic floor exercises and long term antibiotics are not recommended in the united states and europe it is estimated that around 0 5 of people are affected women are affected about five times as often as men onset is typically in middle age the term inter￭ sti￭ tial cy￭ sti￭ tis first came into use in 18￭ 87
inter￭ sti￭ tial gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ ous der￭ mati￭ tis with ar￭ thri￭ tis is a condition that most commonly presents with symmetr￭ ical round to o￭ val er￭ y￭ them￭ at￭ ous or viol￭ ac￭ eous pl￭ aqu￭ es on the flan￭ ks ax￭ il￭ la￭ e inner thi￭ ghs and lower ab￭ dom￭ en
inter￭ sti￭ tial gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ ous drug reaction is an un￭ common yet under recognized pattern of adverse reactions to medication
inter￭ sti￭ tial lung disease ild or diffuse paren￭ ch￭ ym￭ al lung disease dp￭ ld is a group of lung diseases affecting the inter￭ sti￭ tium the tissue and space around the air sac￭ s of the lungs it concerns al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar epi￭ the￭ lium pul￭ mon￭ ary cap￭ ill￭ ary endo￭ the￭ lium basement memb￭ rane peri￭ vascular and peril￭ ymp￭ h￭ atic tissues it may occur when an injury to the lungs triggers an abnormal healing response ordinarily the body generates just the right amount of tissue to repair damage but in inter￭ sti￭ tial lung disease the repair process goes aw￭ ry and the tissue around the air sac￭ s al￭ ve￭ oli becomes scar￭ red and thick￭ ened this makes it more difficult for oxygen to pass into the blood￭ stream the term ild is used to distinguish these diseases from obstruc￭ tive airways diseases prolonged ild may result in pul￭ mon￭ ary fi￭ bro￭ sis but this is not always the case idi￭ opathic pul￭ mon￭ ary fi￭ bro￭ sis is inter￭ sti￭ tial lung disease for which no obvious cause can be identified idi￭ opathic and is associated with typical radio￭ graphic bas￭ al and ple￭ ural based fi￭ bro￭ sis with honey￭ comb￭ ing and patho￭ logic tempor￭ ally and spati￭ ally heterogeneous fi￭ bro￭ sis hist￭ opath￭ o￭ logic honey￭ comb￭ ing and fi￭ bro￭ bl￭ astic foc￭ i findings in 2013 inter￭ sti￭ tial lung disease affected 595 000 people globally this resulted in 471 000 deaths
inter￭ sti￭ tial ne￭ ph￭ ri￭ tis or tu￭ bul￭ o inter￭ sti￭ tial ne￭ ph￭ ri￭ tis is a form of ne￭ ph￭ ri￭ tis affecting the inter￭ sti￭ tium of the kidneys surrounding the tu￭ bul￭ es this disease can be either acute meaning it occurs suddenly or chronic meaning it is ongoing and eventually ends in kidney failure
an inter￭ sti￭ tial pregnancy is a uter￭ ine but ec￭ topic pregnancy the pregnancy is located outside of the uter￭ ine cav￭ ity in that part of the fall￭ op￭ ian tube that penetr￭ ates the muscular layer of the uter￭ us the term corn￭ ual pregnancy is sometimes used as a synon￭ ym but remains ambiguous as it is also applied to indicate the presence of a pregnancy located within the cav￭ ity in one of the two upper horns of a bic￭ or￭ nu￭ ate uter￭ us inter￭ sti￭ tial pregnancies have a higher mortality than ec￭ topics in general
in cognitive psychology inter￭ trial pri￭ ming is an accumulation of the pri￭ ming effect over multiple trials where pri￭ ming is the effect of the exposure to one stimulus on subsequently presented stimul￭ i inter￭ trial pri￭ ming occurs when a target feature the characteristic that distinguishes targets from non targets is repeated from one trial to the next and typically results in speeded response times to the target a target is the stimulus participants are required to search for for example inter￭ trial pri￭ ming occurs when the task is to respond to either a red or a green target and the response time to a red target is faster if the preceding trial also has a red target
an inter￭ tri￭ go is an infl￭ amm￭ ation rash of the body fol￭ ds adjacent areas of skin the term inter￭ tri￭ go commonly refers to a bacterial fun￭ gal or viral infection that has developed at the site of broken skin due to such infl￭ amm￭ ation a frequent manifestation is candi￭ dal inter￭ tri￭ go an inter￭ tri￭ go usually develops from the chaf￭ ing of warm mo￭ ist skin in the areas of the inner thi￭ ghs and gen￭ italia the ar￭ mp￭ its under the breasts the under￭ side of the belly behind the ears and the web spaces between the toes and fingers an inter￭ tri￭ go usually appears red and raw looking and may also itch oo￭ ze and be sore inter￭ tri￭ gos occur more often among overweight individuals those with diabetes those restricted to bed rest or di￭ aper use and those who use medical devices like artificial limbs that trap moisture against the skin also there are several skin diseases that can cause an inter￭ tri￭ go to develop such as der￭ mati￭ tis or in￭ verse ps￭ ori￭ asis
in music theory an interval is the difference between two pit￭ ches an interval may be described as horizontal linear or mel￭ od￭ ic if it refers to successively sounding tones such as two adjacent pit￭ ches in a melody and vertical or harmon￭ ic if it per￭ tains to simultaneously sounding tones such as in a ch￭ ord in western music intervals are most commonly differences between notes of a di￭ at￭ onic scale the smallest of these intervals is a sem￭ it￭ one intervals smaller than a sem￭ it￭ one are called micro￭ tones they can be formed using the notes of various kinds of non di￭ at￭ onic scales some of the very smallest ones are called comm￭ as and describe small discrepancies observed in some tuning systems between en￭ harmon￭ ically equivalent notes such as c ♯ and d ♭ intervals can be arbitrarily small and even imper￭ cep￭ tible to the human ear in physical terms an interval is the ratio between two son￭ ic frequencies for example any two notes an octa￭ ve apart have a frequency ratio of 2 1 this means that successive incre￭ ments of pitch by the same interval result in an exponential increase of frequency even though the human ear percei￭ ves this as a linear increase in pitch for this reason intervals are often measured in cents a unit derived from the log￭ arith￭ m of the frequency ratio in western music theory the most common naming scheme for intervals describes two properties of the interval the quality perfect major minor aug￭ mented diminished and number unison second third etc examples include the minor third or perfect fifth these names describe not only the difference in sem￭ it￭ ones between the upper and lower notes but also how the interval is spelled the importance of spelling stems from the historical practice of differentiating the frequency ratios of en￭ harmon￭ ic intervals such as g – g ♯ and g – a ♭
in numerical mathematics interval propagation or interval constraint propagation is the problem of contracting interval domains associated to variables of r without removing any value that is consistent with a set of constraints i e equations or inequalities it can be used to propag￭ ate uncertainties in the situation where errors are represented by intervals interval propagation considers an estimation problem as a constraint satisfaction problem
interval scheduling is a class of problems in computer science particularly in the area of algori￭ thm design the problems consider a set of tasks each task is represented by an interval describing the time in which it needs to be executed for instance task a might run from 2 00 to 5 00 task b might run from 4 00 to 10 00 and task c might run from 9 00 to 11 00 a sub￭ set of intervals is compatible if no two intervals overlap for example the sub￭ set a c is compatible as is the sub￭ set b but neither a b nor b c are compatible sub￭ sets because the corresponding intervals within each sub￭ set overlap the interval scheduling maxim￭ ization problem is￭ mp is to find a largest compatible set a set of non overlapping intervals of maximum size the goal here is to execute as many tasks as possible in an upgraded version of the problem the intervals are parti￭ tioned into groups a sub￭ set of intervals is compatible if no two intervals overlap and moreover no two intervals belong to the same group i e the sub￭ set contains at most a single representative interval of each group the group interval scheduling decision problem gis￭ dp is to decide whether there exists a compatible set in which all groups are represented the goal here is to execute a single representative task from each group gis￭ dp￭ k is a restricted version of gis￭ dp in which the number of intervals in each group is at most k the group interval scheduling maxim￭ ization problem gis￭ mp is to find a largest compatible set a set of non overlapping representatives of maximum size the goal here is to execute a representative task from as many groups as possible gis￭ mp￭ k is a restricted version of gis￭ mp in which the number of intervals in each group is at most k this problem is often called j￭ is￭ p￭ k where j stands for job gis￭ mp is the most general problem the other two problems can be seen as special cases of it is￭ mp is the special case in which each task belongs to its own group i e it is equal to gis￭ mp 1 gis￭ dp is the problem of deciding whether the maximum is exactly equal to the number of groups
a inter￭ vertebr￭ al dis￭ c disorder is a condition that involves deterioration her￭ ni￭ ation or other dysfunction of an inter￭ vertebr￭ al dis￭ c as people age the nucleus pul￭ po￭ sus begins to dehydr￭ ate which limits its ability to transfer and distribute loads between the verte￭ bra￭ e these loads are instead transferred non uniformly through the an￭ ul￭ us fi￭ bro￭ sus which under￭ goes progressive structural deterioration while this may not cause pain in some people in others one or both of these may cause chronic pain pain due to the inability of the dehydr￭ ating nucleus pul￭ po￭ sus to absorb shock is called ax￭ ial pain or dis￭ c space pain one generally refers to the gradual dehydr￭ ation of the nucleus pul￭ po￭ sus as degenerative dis￭ c disease when the an￭ ul￭ us fi￭ bro￭ sus tears due to an injury or the aging process the nucleus pul￭ po￭ sus can begin to ex￭ tru￭ de through the tear this is called dis￭ c her￭ ni￭ ation near the poster￭ ior side of each dis￭ c all along the sp￭ ine major spinal nerves extend out to different organs tissues extre￭ mi￭ ties etc it is very common for the her￭ ni￭ ated dis￭ c to press against these nerves pin￭ ched nerve causing radi￭ ating pain num￭ b￭ ness ting￭ ling and diminished strength and or range of motion in addition the contact of the inner nuclear gel with a nerve can also cause significant pain nerve related pain is called radic￭ ular pain her￭ ni￭ ated dis￭ cs go by many names and these can mean different things to different medical professionals a slipped dis￭ c rup￭ tured dis￭ c or a bul￭ ging dis￭ c can all refer to the same medical condition pro￭ tru￭ sions of the dis￭ c into the adjacent verte￭ bra are known as sch￭ mor￭ l s no￭ des
intest￭ acy is the condition of the estate of a person who dies without having made a valid will or other binding declaration alternatively this may also apply where a will or declaration has been made but only applies to part of the estate the remaining estate forms the inte￭ state estate intest￭ acy law also referred to as the law of descent and distribution refers to the body of law statutory and case law that determines who is entitled to the property from the estate under the rules of inheritance
intest￭ inal at￭ re￭ sia is a mal￭ formation where there is a narrowing or absence of a portion of the intest￭ ine this defect can either occur in the small or large intest￭ ine
cap￭ ill￭ ari￭ asis is a disease in the group of hel￭ min￭ thi￭ asis diseases caused by the nemato￭ de cap￭ ill￭ aria philipp￭ in￭ ensis
intest￭ inal mal￭ rotation is a con￭ genital anomaly of rotation of the mid￭ gut embry￭ o￭ logically the gut under￭ goes a complex rotation outside the ab￭ dom￭ en as a result the small bo￭ wel is found predominantly on the right side of the ab￭ dom￭ en the cec￭ um is displaced from its usual position in the right lower quad￭ rant into the ep￭ ig￭ ast￭ ri￭ um right hypo￭ ch￭ on￭ dri￭ um the lig￭ ament of tre￭ itz is displaced infer￭ ior￭ ly and righ￭ tw￭ ard fi￭ bro￭ us bands of lad￭ d course over the vertical portion of the du￭ o￭ den￭ um di￭ i causing intest￭ inal obstruction the small intest￭ ine has an unusually narrow base and therefore the mid￭ gut is prone to vol￭ vul￭ us a tw￭ isting that can obstruct the mes￭ enter￭ ic blood vessels and cause intest￭ inal is￭ chem￭ ia
intest￭ inal neuro￭ nal dys￭ pl￭ asia or neuro￭ nal intest￭ inal dys￭ pl￭ asia or ni￭ d is an inherited disease of the intest￭ ine that affects one in 3000 children and adults the intest￭ ine uses per￭ ist￭ al￭ sis to push its contents toward the an￭ us ind sufferers have a problem with the motor neurons that lead to the intest￭ ine inhi￭ biting this process and thus preventing dig￭ estion it can often be confused for hir￭ sch￭ sp￭ rung s disease as both have similar symptoms it can be grouped into ni￭ d a and ni￭ d b with the a form affecting the sympathetic in￭ ner￭ vation and the b version affecting the paras￭ ymp￭ athetic in￭ ner￭ vation in 2002 mar￭ tuc￭ ci￭ ello g et al published the first analysis of associated anomalies in ind population is an important clinical approach to investigate possible patho￭ genetic cor￭ relations two rec￭ essive syndro￭ mes were identified 3 families the first was characterized by ni￭ d b intest￭ inal mal￭ rotation and con￭ genital short bo￭ wel the second by ni￭ d b short stature mental retar￭ dation and facial dys￭ morph￭ ism in this study gastro￭ intest￭ inal anomalies accounted for 67 4 of all associated disorders these data suggest a strong correlation between ind and intest￭ inal development
intest￭ inal parasites are parasites that can infect the ga￭ stro intest￭ inal tract of humans and other animals they can live throughout the body but most prefer the intest￭ inal wall means of exposure include ing￭ estion of under￭ cooked meat drinking infected water and skin absorption the two main types of intest￭ inal parasites are those hel￭ min￭ ths and proto￭ zo￭ a that reside in the intest￭ ines not all hel￭ min￭ ths and proto￭ zo￭ a are intest￭ inal parasites an intest￭ inal parasite can damage or sick￭ en its host via an infection which is called hel￭ min￭ thi￭ asis in the case of hel￭ min￭ ths
intest￭ inal perme￭ ability is a term describing the control of material passing from inside the gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract through the cells lining the gut wall into the rest of the body the intest￭ ine normally exhi￭ bits some perme￭ ability which allows nutrients to pass through the gut while also maintaining a barrier function to keep potentially harmful substances such as antigens from leaving the intest￭ ine and migr￭ ating to the body more widely in a healthy human intest￭ ine small particles 4 å in radius can migrate through tight junction cl￭ aud￭ in por￭ e pathways and particles up to 10 15 å 3 5 k￭ da can transit through the par￭ ac￭ ell￭ ular space uptake route
intest￭ inal pseudo obstruction is a clinical syndrome caused by severe impairment in the ability of the intest￭ ines to push food through it is characterized by the signs and symptoms of intest￭ inal obstruction without any le￭ sion in the intest￭ inal lum￭ en clinical features can include ab￭ domin￭ al pain naus￭ ea severe dis￭ tension v￭ om￭ iting dy￭ sp￭ ha￭ gia diarr￭ hea and con￭ sti￭ p￭ ation depending upon the part of the gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract involved the condition can begin at any age and it can be a primary condition idi￭ opathic or inherited or caused by another disease secondary it can be chronic or acute
intest￭ inal spi￭ ro￭ che￭ to￭ sis also intest￭ inal spi￭ ro￭ che￭ tes colon￭ ic spi￭ ro￭ che￭ to￭ sis and colon￭ ic spi￭ ro￭ che￭ tes is an infection of the colon￭ ic type mu￭ co￭ sa with spi￭ ro￭ che￭ te micro￭ organisms
intim￭ al hyper￭ pl￭ asia is the thick￭ ening of the tun￭ ica intim￭ a of a blood vessel as a complic￭ ation of a reconstruction procedure or end￭ arter￭ ec￭ tomy intim￭ al hyper￭ pl￭ asia is the universal response of a vessel to injury and is an important reason of late bypass graft failure particularly in vein and synthetic vascular graf￭ ts
an intra￭ artic￭ ular frac￭ ture is a bone frac￭ ture in which the break crosses into the surface of a joint this always result in some damage to the car￭ til￭ age
an in￭ trac￭ ap￭ s￭ ular frac￭ ture is a bone frac￭ ture located within the joint cap￭ su￭ le examples of in￭ trac￭ ap￭ s￭ ular fractu￭ res includes in the hip fractu￭ res of the fem￭ oral head and fem￭ oral neck
in￭ trac￭ ere￭ br￭ al hemorrha￭ ge ich also known as cere￭ br￭ al bleed is a type of in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial bleed that occurs within the brain tissue or ven￭ tric￭ les symptoms can include headache one sided weakness v￭ om￭ iting seizures decreased level of consciousness and neck sti￭ ff￭ ness often symptoms get worse over time fever is also common in many cases bleeding is present in both the brain tissue and the ven￭ tric￭ les causes include brain trauma an￭ eur￭ ys￭ ms arter￭ io￭ ven￭ ous mal￭ formations and brain tumors the largest risk factors for spontaneous bleeding are high blood pressure and amy￭ lo￭ ido￭ sis other risk factors include alcoholism low cho￭ le￭ sterol blood thin￭ ners and cocaine diagnosis is typically by ct scan other conditions that may present similarly include is￭ chem￭ ic stroke treatment should typically be carried out in an intensive care unit guidelines recommended decreasing the blood pressure to a syst￭ ol￭ ic of less than 140 m￭ mh￭ g blood thin￭ ners should be reversed if possible and blood sugar kept in the normal range surgery to place a ven￭ tric￭ ular drain may be used to treat hydro￭ cephal￭ us but cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ster￭ oids should not be used surgery to remove the blood is useful in certain cases cere￭ br￭ al bleeding affects about 2 5 per 10 000 people each year it occurs more often in males and older people about 44 of those affected die within a month a good outcome occurs in about 20 of those affected stro￭ kes were first divided into their two major types bleeding and insufficient blood flow in 18￭ 23
an in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial an￭ eur￭ ys￭ m also called cere￭ br￭ al or brain an￭ eur￭ ys￭ m is a cere￭ bro￭ vascular disorder in which weakness in the wall of a cere￭ br￭ al artery or vein causes a loc￭ alized dil￭ ation or ballo￭ oning of the blood vessel an￭ eur￭ ys￭ ms in the poster￭ ior circulation basi￭ l￭ ar artery vertebr￭ al arter￭ ies and poster￭ ior communicating artery have a higher risk of rupture basi￭ l￭ ar artery an￭ eur￭ ys￭ ms represent only 3 5 of all in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial an￭ eur￭ ys￭ ms but are the most common an￭ eur￭ ys￭ ms in the poster￭ ior circulation
in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial hemorrha￭ ge ich also known as in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial bleed is bleeding within the skull it includes in￭ trac￭ ere￭ br￭ al ble￭ eds intra￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular ble￭ eds and intr￭ ap￭ aren￭ ch￭ ym￭ al ble￭ eds sub￭ ar￭ ach￭ no￭ id ble￭ eds ep￭ id￭ ural ble￭ eds and sub￭ d￭ ural ble￭ eds in￭ trac￭ ere￭ br￭ al bleeding affects 2 5 per 10 000 people each year
in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial pressure ic￭ p is the pressure inside the skull and thus in the brain tissue and cere￭ bro￭ spinal fluid c￭ sf ic￭ p is measured in milli￭ meters of mercury m￭ mh￭ g and at rest is normally 7 – 15 m￭ mh￭ g for a sup￭ ine adult the body has various mechanisms by which it keeps the ic￭ p stable with c￭ sf pressures varying by about 1 m￭ mh￭ g in normal adults through shifts in production and absorption of c￭ sf changes in ic￭ p are attributed to volume changes in one or more of the constituents contained in the cran￭ ium c￭ sf pressure has been shown to be influenced by abrupt changes in intra￭ thor￭ ac￭ ic pressure during cou￭ gh￭ ing intra￭ ab￭ domin￭ al pressure val￭ sal￭ va maneuver and communication with the vas￭ cul￭ ature ven￭ ous and arter￭ ial systems in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial hyper￭ tension commonly abbreviated i￭ h i￭ ic￭ p or raised ic￭ p is elev￭ ation of the pressure in the cran￭ ium ic￭ p is normally 7 – 15 mm h￭ g at 20 – 25 mm h￭ g the upper limit of normal treatment to reduce ic￭ p may be needed
intractable pain also known as intractable pain disease or ip is a severe constant pain that is not cur￭ able by any known means and which causes a bed or house bound state and early death if not adequately treated usually with op￭ io￭ ids and or interventi￭ onal procedures it is not relieved by ordinary medical surgical nursing or pharmaceutical measures unlike the more common chronic pain it causes adverse bio￭ logic effects on the body s cardiovascular hormone and neuro￭ logic systems patients experience changes in te￭ sto￭ ster￭ one estro￭ gen cor￭ ti￭ sol thyro￭ id hormones and or pit￭ u￭ itary hormones both men and women require te￭ sto￭ ster￭ one however many doctors neglect to test women for low te￭ sto￭ ster￭ one untreated intractable pain can cause death
an in￭ trac￭ ule is a quantum mechanical mathematical function for the two electr￭ on density which depends not upon the absolute values of position or momentum but rather upon their relative values its use is leading to new methods in physics and compu￭ tational chemistry to investigate the electronic structure of molecules and soli￭ ds these methods are a development of density functional theory d￭ ft but with the two electr￭ on density replacing the one electr￭ on density
in￭ trad￭ uc￭ tal pap￭ ill￭ ary m￭ uc￭ inous ne￭ op￭ las￭ m ip￭ mn is a type of tumor ne￭ op￭ las￭ m that grows within the pan￭ cre￭ atic duc￭ ts in￭ trad￭ uc￭ tal and is characterized by the production of thick fluid by the tumor cells m￭ uc￭ inous in￭ trad￭ uc￭ tal pap￭ ill￭ ary m￭ uc￭ inous ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms are important because if they are left untreated some of them progress to invasive cancer transform from a benign tumor to a m￭ align￭ ant tumor just as col￭ on poly￭ ps can develop into col￭ on cancer if left untreated so too do some in￭ trad￭ uc￭ tal pap￭ ill￭ ary m￭ uc￭ inous ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms progress into an invasive pan￭ cre￭ atic cancer in￭ trad￭ uc￭ tal pap￭ ill￭ ary m￭ uc￭ inous ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms can present an opportunity to treat a pan￭ cre￭ atic tumor before it develops into an aggressive hard to treat cancer
in￭ trad￭ uc￭ tal pap￭ ill￭ ary ne￭ op￭ las￭ m of the bile duc￭ t also known as in￭ trad￭ uc￭ tal pap￭ ill￭ ary bi￭ li￭ ary ne￭ op￭ las￭ m is a rare type of liver cancer
in￭ trad￭ uc￭ tal pap￭ il￭ lom￭ as of the breast are benign le￭ sions with an incidence of approximately 2 3 in humans two types of in￭ trad￭ uc￭ tal pap￭ il￭ lom￭ as are generally distinguished the central type develops near the nip￭ ple they are usually solitary and often arise in the period nearing men￭ op￭ ause on the other hand the peripheral type are often multiple pap￭ il￭ lom￭ as arising at the peripheral breasts and are usually found in younger women the peripheral type are associated with a higher risk of m￭ align￭ ancy they are the most common cause of bloody nip￭ ple discharge in women age 20 40 and generally do not show up on mammo￭ graphy due to their small size so the next step in treatment would be a galac￭ to￭ gram to guide the subsequent biopsy the masses are often too small to be pal￭ p￭ ated or felt a galac￭ to￭ gram is therefore necessary to rule out the le￭ sion exc￭ ision is sometimes performed micro￭ do￭ chec￭ tomy micro￭ do￭ cho￭ tomy removal of a breast duc￭ t is the treatment of choice
intra￭ he￭ p￭ atic cho￭ le￭ st￭ asis of pregnancy ic￭ p also known as ob￭ ste￭ tric cho￭ le￭ st￭ asis cho￭ le￭ st￭ asis of pregnancy ja￭ und￭ ice of pregnancy and pr￭ uri￭ go gr￭ avi￭ dar￭ um is a medical condition in which cho￭ le￭ st￭ asis occurs during pregnancy it typically presents with troublesome it￭ ching and can lead to complications for both mother and fe￭ tus pr￭ uri￭ tis it￭ ching has long been considered to be a common symptom of pregnancy the vast majority of times it￭ ching is a minor anno￭ yance caused by changes to the skin especially that of the ab￭ dom￭ en however there are instances when it￭ ching is a symptom of ic￭ p this is usually most intense on the pal￭ ms of the hands and the sol￭ es of the feet but can be widespread ic￭ p occurs most commonly in the third trim￭ ester but can begin at any time during the pregnancy
in organic chemistry an intr￭ am￭ ol￭ ec￭ ular di￭ els al￭ der cyclo￭ addition is a di￭ els – al￭ der reaction in which the di￭ ene and a dien￭ ophi￭ le are both part of the same mol￭ ecu￭ le the reaction leads to the formation of the same cyclo￭ hex￭ ene like structure as usual for a di￭ els – al￭ der reaction but as part of a more complex f￭ used or bri￭ dged cyclic ring system
an in￭ tran￭ eur￭ al per￭ in￭ eur￭ i￭ oma is a rare benign tumor within the she￭ ath of a single nerve that grows but typically does not recur or me￭ tast￭ asi￭ ze these le￭ sions are only composed of per￭ in￭ eur￭ ial cells cloned from a single cell they are distinct from sch￭ wan￭ no￭ ma and neuro￭ fi￭ bro￭ ma in￭ tran￭ eur￭ al per￭ in￭ eur￭ i￭ oma is a ne￭ op￭ l￭ astic proliferation of per￭ in￭ eur￭ ial cells with unique immun￭ o￭ his￭ to￭ chemistry and ultra￭ structural features and it is distinct from other on￭ ion bul￭ b schw￭ ann cell derived entities despite harb￭ oring molecular ab￭ norm￭ alities of the long arm of chro￭ mo￭ some 22 in￭ tran￭ eur￭ al per￭ in￭ eur￭ i￭ oma has not been associated with neuro￭ fi￭ bro￭ mat￭ osis
in￭ tran￭ od￭ al p￭ alis￭ aded my￭ o￭ fi￭ bro￭ bl￭ ast￭ oma abbreviated ip￭ m is a rare primary tum￭ our of lymp￭ h no￭ des that class￭ ically presents as an ingu￭ inal mass it afflic￭ ts predominantly males of middle age
intra￭ oc￭ ular hemorrha￭ ge sometimes hem￭ oph￭ thal￭ mos or hem￭ oph￭ thal￭ mia is bleeding hemorrha￭ ge into the eye￭ ball oc￭ ul￭ us in latin it may be the result of physical trauma direct injury to the eye or medical illness severe hemorrha￭ ge particularly when leading to rising pressure inside the eye may lead to blindness
intra￭ oc￭ ular pressure i￭ op is the fluid pressure inside the eye ton￭ ome￭ try is the method eye care professionals use to determine this i￭ op is an important aspect in the evaluation of patients at risk from gl￭ au￭ coma most ton￭ ome￭ ters are calibr￭ ated to measure pressure in milli￭ meters of mercury m￭ mh￭ g
intra￭ operative fl￭ op￭ py iris syndrome ifis is a complic￭ ation that may occur during cat￭ ar￭ act extraction in certain patients this syndrome is characterized by a fl￭ acci￭ d iris which bil￭ lows in response to ordinary intra￭ oc￭ ular fluid currents a propensity for this fl￭ op￭ py iris to pro￭ lapse towards the area of cat￭ ar￭ act extraction during surgery and progressive intra￭ operative pupil con￭ stric￭ tion despite standard procedures to prevent this ifis has been associated with flo￭ max tam￭ sul￭ os￭ in a medication widely prescribed for ur￭ inary symptoms associated with benign pro￭ static hyper￭ pl￭ asia tam￭ sul￭ os￭ in is a selective alpha bloc￭ ker that works by relaxing the blad￭ der and pro￭ static smooth muscle as such it also relax￭ es the iris di￭ lat￭ or muscle by binding to its post￭ syn￭ ap￭ tic nerve end￭ ings even if a patient has only taken tam￭ sul￭ os￭ in once in their life that dose is enough to cause ifis during cat￭ ar￭ act extraction indefinitely ifis is also associated with fin￭ aster￭ ide a medication typically used as first line therapy for benign pro￭ static hyper￭ pl￭ asia and and￭ ro￭ genic al￭ op￭ ec￭ ia the medication is also associated with cat￭ ar￭ act formation ifis may also be associated with other causes of small pupil like sy￭ nec￭ hi￭ ae pseu￭ do￭ ex￭ foli￭ ation and other medications used for conditions such as gl￭ au￭ coma diabetes and high blood pressure ifis does not usually cause significant changes in post￭ operative outcomes patients may experience more pain a longer recovery period and less improvement in visual acu￭ ity than a patient with an un￭ complicated cat￭ ar￭ act removal the severity of the condition is not linked to the duration of tam￭ sul￭ os￭ in intake
intra￭ oral dental sin￭ us also termed a par￭ ul￭ is and commonly a g￭ um￭ boil is an oral le￭ sion characterized by a soft er￭ y￭ them￭ at￭ ous pap￭ ule red spot that develops on the al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar process in association with a non vital tooth and accompanying dental abs￭ c￭ ess a par￭ ul￭ is is made up of infl￭ amed gran￭ ulation tissue less commonly dental infections drain onto the surface of the skin forming a cu￭ taneous sin￭ us of dental origin
intr￭ ap￭ aren￭ ch￭ ym￭ al hemorrha￭ ge ip￭ h is one form of in￭ trac￭ ere￭ br￭ al bleeding in which there is bleeding within brain paren￭ ch￭ y￭ ma the other form is intra￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular hemorrha￭ ge iv￭ h intr￭ ap￭ aren￭ ch￭ ym￭ al hemorrha￭ ge accounts for appro￭ x 8 13 of all stro￭ kes and results from a wide spectrum of disorders it is more likely to result in death or major disability than is￭ chem￭ ic stroke or sub￭ ar￭ ach￭ no￭ id hemorrha￭ ge and therefore constitutes an immediate medical emergency in￭ trac￭ ere￭ br￭ al hemorrha￭ ges and accompanying e￭ dem￭ a may disrupt or com￭ press adjacent brain tissue leading to neuro￭ logical dysfunction substantial displacement of brain paren￭ ch￭ y￭ ma may cause elev￭ ation of in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial pressure ic￭ p and potentially fatal her￭ ni￭ ation syndro￭ mes
intr￭ are￭ tin￭ al micro￭ vascular ab￭ norm￭ alities ir￭ ma are ab￭ norm￭ alities of the blood vessels that supply the re￭ tina of the eye a sign of diabe￭ tic re￭ tin￭ opathy ir￭ ma can be difficult to distinguish from and is likely a precursor to re￭ tin￭ al ne￭ ov￭ as￭ cul￭ arization one way to distinguish ir￭ ma from re￭ tin￭ al ne￭ ov￭ as￭ cul￭ arization is to perform fluores￭ ce￭ in an￭ gi￭ o￭ graphy since ir￭ ma blood vessels are patent unlike ne￭ ov￭ ascular vessels they do not leak and therefore exhibit hypo￭ fluores￭ cence on fluores￭ ce￭ in an￭ gi￭ o￭ graphy ir￭ ma is deeper in the re￭ tina than ne￭ ov￭ as￭ cul￭ arization has blur￭ rier edges is more of a bur￭ gan￭ dy color as opposed to a red color does not appear on the op￭ tic dis￭ c and is usually seen after a shorter period of poorly controlled diabetes than ne￭ ov￭ as￭ cul￭ arization
intr￭ at￭ u￭ bul￭ ar germ cell ne￭ op￭ la￭ sia abbreviated it￭ g￭ cn or ig￭ cn and also known as tes￭ tic￭ ular intr￭ at￭ u￭ bul￭ ar germ cell ne￭ op￭ la￭ sia and intr￭ at￭ u￭ bul￭ ar germ cell ne￭ op￭ la￭ sia of the testi￭ s is considered a precursor le￭ sion for many types of tes￭ tic￭ ular germ cell tumors the common unspecified variant of the entity was once considered to be a carcin￭ oma in situ although the term carcin￭ oma in situ is no longer preferred for it￭ g￭ cn unspecified type it￭ g￭ cn￭ u le￭ sions because they are not epi￭ the￭ li￭ al le￭ sions the entity will be known as germ cell ne￭ op￭ la￭ sia in situ g￭ c￭ nis in the next who classification which is likely to be published in 2016
in￭ trau￭ ter￭ ine ep￭ id￭ er￭ mal necro￭ sis is a cu￭ taneous condition that is rapidly fatal characterized by skin ero￭ sions and ul￭ cer￭ ations only
in￭ trau￭ ter￭ ine growth retar￭ dation also known as in￭ trau￭ ter￭ ine growth restriction i￭ ug￭ r refers to poor growth of a fe￭ tus while in the mother s wom￭ b during pregnancy the causes can be many but most often involve poor maternal nutrition or lack of adequate oxygen supply to the fe￭ tus at least 60 of the 4 million ne￭ on￭ atal deaths that occur worldwide every year are associated with low birth weight l￭ b￭ w caused by in￭ trau￭ ter￭ ine growth restriction i￭ ug￭ r pre￭ term delivery and genetic chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al ab￭ norm￭ alities demonstrating that under nutrition is already a leading health problem at birth in￭ trau￭ ter￭ ine growth restriction can result in a baby being small for gest￭ ational age s￭ ga which is most commonly defined as a weight below the 10 th per￭ centi￭ le for the gest￭ ational age at the end of pregnancy it can result in a low birth weight
in￭ trau￭ ter￭ ine hypo￭ x￭ ia occurs when the fe￭ tus is deprived of an adequate supply of oxygen it may be due to a variety of reasons such as pro￭ lapse or oc￭ clu￭ sion of the um￭ bil￭ ical cord plac￭ ental inf￭ arc￭ tion and maternal smoking in￭ trau￭ ter￭ ine growth restriction i￭ ug￭ r may cause or be the result of hypo￭ x￭ ia in￭ trau￭ ter￭ ine hypo￭ x￭ ia can cause cellular damage that occurs within the central nervous system the brain and spinal cord this results in an increased mortality rate including an increased risk of sudden infant death syndrome si￭ ds oxygen deprivation in the fe￭ tus and ne￭ on￭ ate have been implicated as either a primary or as a contributing risk factor in numerous neuro￭ logical and neuro￭ psychiatric disorders such as epi￭ le￭ psy ad￭ hd eating disorders and cere￭ br￭ al pal￭ sy
intr￭ av￭ ascular large b cell lymp￭ homa il￭ b￭ cl also referred to as an￭ gi￭ o￭ tropic large cell lymp￭ homa an￭ gi￭ o￭ tropic large cell lymp￭ homa intr￭ al￭ ymp￭ h￭ atic lymp￭ hom￭ at￭ osis intr￭ av￭ ascular lymp￭ hom￭ at￭ osis and less specifically intr￭ av￭ ascular lymp￭ homa and m￭ align￭ ant an￭ gi￭ o￭ endo￭ the￭ li￭ om￭ at￭ osis is a rare form of lymp￭ homa
intr￭ av￭ ascular pap￭ ill￭ ary endo￭ the￭ li￭ al hyper￭ pl￭ asia also known as mass￭ on s hem￭ an￭ gio endo￭ the￭ li￭ ome vege￭ tant intr￭ av￭ as￭ cul￭ aire mass￭ on s le￭ sion mass￭ on s pseu￭ do￭ an￭ gi￭ os￭ ar￭ coma mass￭ on s tumor and pap￭ ill￭ ary endo￭ the￭ li￭ al hyper￭ pl￭ asia may mim￭ ic an￭ gi￭ os￭ ar￭ coma with le￭ sions that are red or pur￭ pl￭ ish 5 mm to 5 cm pap￭ ules and deep no￭ d￭ ules on the head neck or upper extre￭ mi￭ ties
intra￭ ven￭ ous lei￭ om￭ y￭ om￭ at￭ osis is a rare condition seen exclusively in women in which lei￭ om￭ y￭ om￭ ata benign smooth muscle tumors are found in ve￭ ins the masses are benign appearing but can spread throughout the ven￭ ous system leaving the uter￭ us and even cause death when growing into the heart from the iv￭ c while the possibility that these arose de novo from the smooth muscle in the blood vessel wall was considered chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al analysis suggests a uter￭ ine origin intra￭ ven￭ ous lei￭ om￭ y￭ om￭ ata are usually but not always associated with uter￭ ine fi￭ bro￭ ids and tend to recur this condition is related to benign me￭ tast￭ asi￭ zing lei￭ om￭ y￭ oma in which the masses appear in more distant locations such as the lung and lymp￭ h no￭ des
intra￭ ven￭ ous marijuana syndrome is a distinct short term clinical syndrome related to the intra￭ ven￭ ous injection of boiled cannabis bro￭ th which had been filtered through a cotton cloth the syndrome has at least 25 known cases in the english language literature but all of them prior to 1983 it is post￭ ulated that contamination perhaps from the cotton used to strain the liquid of the bro￭ th or from particulate plant matter getting through the str￭ aining method could be cause for the cases of illnesses
intra￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular hemorrha￭ ge iv￭ h also known as intra￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular bleeding is a bleeding into the brain s ven￭ tric￭ ular system where the cere￭ bro￭ spinal fluid is produced and circul￭ ates through towards the sub￭ ar￭ ach￭ no￭ id space it can result from physical trauma or from hemorrha￭ ging in stroke 30 of intra￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular hemorrha￭ ge iv￭ h are primary confined to the ven￭ tric￭ ular system and typically caused by intra￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular trauma an￭ eur￭ ys￭ m vascular mal￭ formations or tumors particularly of the chor￭ o￭ id plex￭ us however 70 of iv￭ h are secondary in nature resulting from an expansion of an existing intr￭ ap￭ aren￭ ch￭ ym￭ al or sub￭ ar￭ ach￭ no￭ id hemorrha￭ ges intra￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular hemorrha￭ ge has been found to occur in 35 of moderate to severe traumatic brain injuries thus the hemorrha￭ ge usually does not occur without extensive associated damage and so the outcome is rarely good
in comp￭ iler theory an intrinsic function is a function available for use in a given programming language whose implementation is handled specially by the comp￭ iler typically it substitutes a sequence of automatically generated instructions for the original function call similar to an in￭ line function unlike an in￭ line function though the comp￭ iler has an intimate knowledge of the intrinsic function and can therefore better integrate it and optimi￭ ze it for the situation this is also called buil￭ tin function in many languages compil￭ ers that implement intrinsic functions generally enable them only when the user has requested optimi￭ zation falling back to a default implementation provided by the language run￭ time environment otherwise intrinsic functions are often used to explicitly implement vec￭ tori￭ zation and par￭ alle￭ li￭ zation in languages which do not address such construc￭ ts al￭ tiv￭ ec and open￭ mp are examples of ap￭ is which use intrinsic functions to declare respectively vec￭ t￭ oriz￭ able and multi￭ processor aware operations during compilation the comp￭ iler par￭ ses the intrinsic functions and conver￭ ts them into vector math or multi￭ processing object code appropriate for the target platform
intr￭ on medi￭ ated enhancement im￭ e is the ability of an intr￭ on sequence to enhance the expression of a gene containing that intr￭ on in particular the intr￭ on must be present in the trans￭ cri￭ bed region of the gene for enhancement to occur differentiating im￭ e from the action of typical trans￭ crip￭ tional enhan￭ cers descriptions of this phenomenon were first published in cul￭ tured maize cells in 1987 and the term intr￭ on medi￭ ated enhancement was subsequently coined in 1990 a number of publications have demonstrated that this phenomenon is con￭ served across eu￭ kar￭ yo￭ tes including humans mice arab￭ id￭ op￭ sis rice and c eleg￭ ans however the mechanism s by which im￭ e works are still not completely understood when testing to see whether any given intr￭ on enhances the expression of a gene it is typical to compare the expression of two construc￭ ts one containing the intr￭ on and one without it and to express the difference between the two results as a fold increase in enhancement further experiments can specifically point to im￭ e as the cause of expression enhancement one of the most common is to move the intr￭ on upstream of the trans￭ cription start site removing it from the transcript if the intr￭ on can no longer enhance expression then inclusion of the intr￭ on in the transcript is important and the intr￭ on probably causes im￭ e not all int￭ ron￭ s enhance gene expression but those that do can enhance expression between 2 – and 1 000 – fold relative to an int￭ ron￭ less control in arab￭ id￭ op￭ sis and other plant species the im￭ eter has been developed to calculate the likelihood that an intr￭ on sequence will enhance gene expression it does this by calculating a score based on the patterns of nucle￭ o￭ tide sequences within the target sequence the position of an intr￭ on within the transcript is also important the closer an intr￭ on is to the start 5 end of a transcript the greater its enhancement of gene expression
an int￭ us￭ suscep￭ tion is a medical condition in which a part of the intest￭ ine inv￭ ag￭ in￭ ates fol￭ ds into into another section of intest￭ ine similar to the way the parts of a collap￭ sible teles￭ cope re￭ tract into one another this can often result in an obstruction the part that pro￭ lapses into the other is called the int￭ us￭ suscep￭ tum and the part that receives it is called the int￭ us￭ suscep￭ i￭ ens int￭ us￭ suscep￭ tion is a medical emergency and a patient should be seen immediately to reduce risk
in computer science an invari￭ ant is a condition that can be relied upon to be true during execution of a program or during some portion of it it is a logical assertion that is held to always be true during a certain phase of execution for example a loop invari￭ ant is a condition that is true at the beginning and end of every execution of a loop
invasive carcin￭ oma of no special type n￭ st also known as invasive duc￭ tal carcin￭ oma or duc￭ tal nos and previously known as invasive duc￭ tal carcin￭ oma not otherwise specified nos is a group of breast cancers that do not have the specific differentiating features those that have these features belong to other types in this group are ple￭ om￭ orph￭ ic carcin￭ oma carcin￭ oma with o￭ ste￭ o￭ cl￭ ast like st￭ rom￭ al giant cells carcin￭ oma with ch￭ ori￭ o￭ carcin￭ om￭ at￭ ous features and carcin￭ oma with mel￭ an￭ otic features it is a diagnosis of exclusion which means that for the diagnosis to be made all the other specific types must be ruled out
invasive lob￭ ular carcin￭ oma accounts for 5 10 of invasive breast cancer the his￭ to￭ logic patterns include overall the five year survival rate of invasive lob￭ ular carcin￭ oma was approximately 85 in 2003 loss of e cad￭ her￭ in is common in lob￭ ular carcin￭ oma but is also seen in other breast cancers treatment includes surgery and adju￭ v￭ ant therapy
invasive u￭ ro￭ the￭ li￭ al carcin￭ oma is a type of transitional cell carcin￭ oma t￭ cc also u￭ ro￭ the￭ li￭ al cell carcin￭ oma or uc￭ c and is a type of cancer that develops in the ur￭ inary system the kidney ur￭ inary blad￭ der and accessory organs it is the most common type of blad￭ der cancer and cancer of the u￭ re￭ ter u￭ re￭ th￭ ra and ur￭ ach￭ us invasive u￭ ro￭ the￭ li￭ al carcin￭ oma originates from tissue lining the inner surface of these hollow organs transitional epi￭ the￭ lium it can extend from the kidney collecting system to the blad￭ der generally speaking invasive u￭ ro￭ ther￭ li￭ al carcin￭ oma is a cancer of the u￭ ro￭ the￭ lium that develops from epi￭ the￭ li￭ al cells lining the lum￭ ens of ur￭ inary system organs the term carcin￭ oma from the greek kar￭ kin￭ os or crab and oma growth is a type of cancer a carcin￭ oma is a cancer that begins in a tissue that lines the inner or outer surfaces of the body and that generally arises from cells originating in the endo￭ der￭ mal or ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal germ layer during embry￭ o￭ genesis is a form of cancer of one type of u￭ ro￭ the￭ li￭ al le￭ sion and a form of pap￭ ill￭ ary u￭ ro￭ the￭ li￭ al le￭ sions u￭ ro￭ the￭ lium or u￭ ro￭ epi￭ the￭ lium is an example of transitional epi￭ the￭ lium it is the type of epi￭ the￭ lium that lines much of the ur￭ inary tract including the ren￭ al pel￭ vis the u￭ re￭ ters the blad￭ der and parts of the u￭ re￭ th￭ ra
the invent￭ or s paradox is a phenomenon that occurs in seeking a solution to a given problem instead of solving a specific type of problem which would seem intu￭ i￭ tively easier it can be easier to solve a more general problem which covers the specifics of the sought after solution the invent￭ or s paradox has been used to describe phenomena in mathematics programming and logic as well as other areas that involve critical thinking
in economics an in￭ verse demand function p f − 1 q is a function that maps the quantity of output demanded to the market price dependent variable for that output quantity demanded q is a function of price the in￭ verse demand function treats price as a function of quantity demanded and is also called the price function note that the in￭ verse demand function is not the reciprocal of the demand function — the word in￭ verse refers to the mathematical concept of an in￭ verse function
in￭ verse dynamics is an in￭ verse problem it commonly refers to either in￭ verse rigid body dynamics or in￭ verse structural dynamics in￭ verse rigid body dynamics is a method for computing forces and or moments of force tor￭ ques based on the kin￭ em￭ atics motion of a body and the body s iner￭ tial properties mass and moment of inertia typically it uses link segment models to represent the mechanical behaviour of interconnected segments such as the limbs of humans animals or robots where given the kin￭ em￭ atics of the various parts in￭ verse dynamics derives the minimum forces and moments responsible for the individual movements in practice in￭ verse dynamics compu￭ tes these internal moments and forces from measurements of the motion of limbs and external forces such as ground reaction forces under a special set of assumptions
the in￭ verse electr￭ on demand di￭ els – al￭ der reaction or d￭ ain￭ v or i￭ ed￭ da is an organic chemical reaction in which two new chemical bonds and a six memb￭ ered ring are formed it is related to the di￭ els – al￭ der reaction but unlike the di￭ els – al￭ der or da reaction the d￭ ain￭ v is a cyclo￭ addition between an electr￭ on rich dien￭ ophi￭ le and an electr￭ on poor di￭ ene during a d￭ ain￭ v reaction three pi bonds are broken and two sig￭ ma bonds and one new pi bond are formed a proto￭ typical d￭ ain￭ v reaction is shown on the right d￭ ain￭ v reactions often involve hetero￭ atoms and can be used to form heter￭ oc￭ ycl￭ ic compounds this makes the d￭ ain￭ v reaction particularly useful in natural product syn￭ theses where the target compounds often contain heter￭ oc￭ ycles recently the d￭ ain￭ v reaction has been used to synthe￭ size a drug transport system which targets pro￭ state cancer
in mathematics an in￭ verse function is a function that rever￭ ses another function if the function f applied to an input x gives a result of y then applying its in￭ verse function g to y gives the result x and vice versa i e f x y if and only if g y x as a simple example consider the real valued function of a real variable given by f x 5 x − 7 thinking of this as a step by step procedure namely take a number x multiply it by 5 then sub￭ tract 7 from the result to reverse this and get x back from some output value say y we should undo each step in reverse order in this case that means that we should add 7 to y and then divide the result by 5 in functional no￭ tation this in￭ verse function would be given by with y 5 x − 7 we have that f x y and g y x not all functions have in￭ verse functions in order for a function f x → y to have an in￭ verse it must have the property that for every y in y there must be one and only one x in x so that f x y this property ensures that a function g y → x will exist having the necessary relationship with f
in mathematics the in￭ verse problem for lag￭ ran￭ gian mechanics is the problem of determining whether a given system of ordinary differential equations can arise as the eul￭ er – lag￭ range equations for some lag￭ ran￭ gian function there has been a great deal of activity in the study of this problem since the early 20 th century a notable advance in this field was a 1941 paper by the american mathem￭ ati￭ cian jesse douglas in which he provided necessary and sufficient conditions for the problem to have a solution these conditions are now known as the hel￭ m￭ hol￭ tz conditions after the german physic￭ ist her￭ mann von hel￭ m￭ hol￭ tz
in￭ verse ps￭ ori￭ asis or fl￭ ex￭ ural ps￭ ori￭ asis is a form of ps￭ ori￭ asis that selectively and often exclusively involves the fol￭ ds rec￭ esses and fl￭ ex￭ or surfaces such as the ears ax￭ il￭ la￭ e gro￭ ins infr￭ am￭ am￭ mary fol￭ ds na￭ vel inter￭ glu￭ teal cre￭ ase penis lips and web￭ spaces
in mathematics and physics the in￭ verse scat￭ tering problem is the problem of determining characteristics of an object based on data of how it scat￭ ters incoming radiation or particles it is the in￭ verse problem to the direct scat￭ tering problem which is to determine how radiation or particles are scattered based on the properties of the scat￭ ter￭ er sol￭ it￭ on equations are a class of partial differential equations which can be studied and solved by a method called the in￭ verse scat￭ tering transform which reduces the non￭ linear p￭ des to a linear in￭ verse scat￭ tering problem the non￭ linear schrö￭ d￭ inger equation the kor￭ te￭ weg – de vries equation and the k￭ p equation are examples of sol￭ it￭ on equations in one space dimension the in￭ verse scat￭ tering problem is equivalent to a ri￭ emann hil￭ bert problem since its early statement for radio￭ location many applications have been found for in￭ verse scat￭ tering techniques including echo￭ location ge￭ oph￭ ys￭ ical survey non￭ destructive testing medical imaging quantum field theory
inver￭ ted fol￭ lic￭ ular ker￭ at￭ osis is a skin condition characterized by as￭ ymp￭ tomatic firm white – tan to pink pap￭ ules and considered as a subtype of se￭ bor￭ rhe￭ ic ker￭ at￭ osis
the inver￭ ted hammer is a type of can￭ d￭ les￭ tick pattern found after a down￭ trend and is usually taken to be a trend reversal signal the inver￭ ted hammer looks like an upside down version of the hammer can￭ d￭ les￭ tick pattern and when it appears in an up￭ trend is called a shooting star the pattern is made up of a candle with a small lower body and a long upper wick which is at least two times as large as the short lower body the body of the candle should be at the low end of the trading range and there should be little or no lower wick in the candle the long upper wick of the can￭ d￭ les￭ tick pattern indicates that the buyers drove prices up at some point during the period in which the candle was formed but encountered selling pressure which drove prices back down to close near to where they opened when encountering an inver￭ ted hammer traders often check for a higher open and close on the next period to validate it as a bul￭ lish signal
an inver￭ ted nip￭ ple occasionally inv￭ ag￭ inated nip￭ ple is a condition where the nip￭ ple instead of pointing outward is re￭ tracted into the breast in some cases the nip￭ ple will be temporarily pro￭ tru￭ ded if stimulated women and men can have inver￭ ted nip￭ ples
an inver￭ ted pap￭ il￭ lo￭ ma is a type of tumor in which surface epi￭ the￭ li￭ al cells grow downward into the underlying supportive tissue it may occur in the nose and or sin￭ uses or in the ur￭ inary tract blad￭ der ren￭ al pel￭ vis u￭ re￭ ter u￭ re￭ th￭ ra when it occurs in the nose or sin￭ uses it may cause symptoms similar to those caused by sin￭ u￭ si￭ tis such as nas￭ al congestion when it occurs in the ur￭ inary tract it may cause blood in the urine
in macro￭ economics investment is the amount purchased per unit time of goods which are not consumed at the present time types of investment include residential investment in housing that will provide a flow of housing services over an extended time non residential fixed investment in things such as new machinery or factories human capital investment in workforce education and inventory investment the accumulation intentional or un￭ intentional of goods inventories in measures of national income and output gross investment represented by the variable i is a component of gross domestic product gdp given in the formula gdp c i g n￭ x where c is consumption g is government spending and n￭ x is net exports given by the difference between the exports and imports x − m thus investment is everything that remains of total expenditure after consumption government spending and net exports are sub￭ tracted i e i gdp − c − g − n￭ x net investment deduc￭ ts depreciation from gross investment net fixed investment is the value of the net increase in the capital stock per year fixed investment as expenditure over a period of time e g per year is not capital but rather leads to changes in the amount of capital the time dimension of investment makes it a flow by contrast capital is a stock — that is accumulated net investment up to a point in time investment is often model￭ ed as a function of income and interest rates given by the relation i f y r an increase in income encourages higher investment whereas a higher interest rate may discourage investment as it becomes more costly to borrow money even if a firm chooses to use its own funds in an investment the interest rate represents an opportunity cost of investing those funds rather than lending out that amount of money for interest
investment control or investment controlling is a monitoring function within the asset management portfolio management or investment management it is concerned with independently supervising and monitoring the quality of asset management accounts with the aim of ensuring performance and quality in order to provide the required benefit for the asset management client dependent on setup investment controlling not only encompasses controlling activities but also can include areas from compliance to performance review investment controlling aspects can also be taken into consideration by asset management clients or investment advisers consultants and consequently it is likely that these stakeholders also run certain investment controlling activities
invisible lost time il￭ t related to routine rig drilling operations is the difference between actual operational duration and a best practice target it is invisible as it does not appear on any conventional morning reports the measurement of invisible lost time starts by analy￭ zing each individual key performance indicator k￭ pi that can be produced by a particular crew drilling crew cas￭ ing crew etc or by a machine automated operation or a combination of both the measurement of invisible lost time was first developed and used by stat￭ oil and t￭ de bo￭ bt the time needed when drilling and producing the hole flat time the necessary time needed for constructing a well besides the bo￭ bt b￭ ha handling tri￭ pping running cas￭ ing b￭ op work drilling connections etc lt – the deviation from plan problem time due to unexpected un￭ planned events like hole problems tool failures rig repair etc
inv￭ olu￭ tional li￭ po￭ atro￭ phy is a cu￭ taneous condition and is an idi￭ opathic li￭ po￭ atro￭ phy characterized clin￭ ically by non infl￭ am￭ matory focal loss of fat idi￭ opathic loc￭ alized inv￭ olu￭ tional li￭ po￭ atro￭ phy ili￭ l is a rare and no￭ so￭ logically imprecise condition characterized by a focal loss of sub￭ cu￭ taneous tissue on one or several sites occurring without any significant triggering factor or auto immune background and regres￭ sing spontaneously within a few months
i￭ od￭ ine deficiency is a lack of the trace element i￭ od￭ ine an essential nutrient in the diet it may result in a go￭ iter sometimes as an endemic go￭ iter as well as cre￭ tin￭ ism due to untreated con￭ genital hypo￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m which results in developmental delays and other health problems i￭ od￭ ine deficiency is an important public health issue as it is a preventable cause of intellectual disability i￭ od￭ ine is an essential dietary mineral the thyro￭ id hormones thyro￭ x￭ ine and tri￭ i￭ odo￭ thy￭ ron￭ ine contain i￭ od￭ ine in areas where there is little i￭ od￭ ine in the diet typically remote in￭ land￭ areas where no marine foods are eaten i￭ od￭ ine deficiency is common it is also common in mountainous regions of the world where food is grown in i￭ od￭ ine poor soil prevention includes adding small amounts of i￭ od￭ ine to table salt a product known as io￭ di￭ zed salt i￭ od￭ ine compounds have also been added to other foodstuffs such as flour water and milk in areas of deficiency seaf￭ ood is also a well known source of i￭ od￭ ine i￭ od￭ ine deficiency resulting in go￭ iter occurs in 187 million people globally as of 2010 2 7 of the population it resulted in 2700 deaths in 2013 up from 2100 deaths in 1990
i￭ od￭ ine deficiency is a widespread problem in western southern and eastern parts of china as their io￭ di￭ zed salt intake level is much lower than the average national level i￭ od￭ ine deficiency is a range of disorders that affect many different populations it is estimated that id￭ ds affect between 800 million and 2 billion people worldwide countries have spent millions of dollars in implementing io￭ di￭ zed salt as a means to counteract the i￭ od￭ ine deficiencies prevalent today with china accounting for 40 of the total population it bears a large portion of those who are i￭ od￭ ine deficient i￭ od￭ ine is a mic￭ ron￭ u￭ tri￭ ent the body needs to properly produce thyro￭ id hormones the human body is not able to produce it and i￭ od￭ ine is an essential nutrient i￭ od￭ ine is not readily available in many foods thus making it difficult for many people to obtain it one particular source found in great supply is ocean water although it is not an effective dietary source i￭ od￭ ine deficiency diseases id￭ ds are able to develop before birth so it is crucial for all populations to have sufficient levels of the mic￭ ron￭ u￭ tri￭ ent and prevent such diseases from developing early on
i￭ odo￭ der￭ mas are caused by io￭ di￭ des with the most common sources of exposure being oral and intra￭ ven￭ ous contrast materials used to treat thyro￭ id disease the most common type of eruption is an ac￭ nei￭ form eruption with numerous acutely infl￭ amed fol￭ lic￭ ular pu￭ st￭ ules each surrounded by a ring of hyper￭ emia
i￭ od￭ ol￭ ac￭ ton￭ ization or more generally hal￭ ol￭ ac￭ ton￭ ization is an organic reaction that forms a ring the lac￭ tone by the addition of an oxygen and i￭ od￭ ine across a carbon carbon double bond the reaction was first reported by m j bou￭ gal￭ t in 19￭ 04 and has since become one of the most effective ways to synthe￭ size lac￭ tones strengths of the reaction include the mild conditions and incorporation of the vers￭ ati￭ le i￭ od￭ ine atom into the product i￭ od￭ ol￭ ac￭ ton￭ iz￭ ation￭ introduction i￭ od￭ ol￭ ac￭ ton￭ ization has been used in the synthesis of many natural products including those with medicinal applications such as ver￭ no￭ ple￭ pin and ver￭ nomen￭ in two compounds used in tumor growth inhi￭ bi￭ tion and vibr￭ al￭ ac￭ tone a pan￭ cre￭ atic lip￭ ase inhi￭ bit￭ or that has been used in the treatment of obesity i￭ od￭ ol￭ ac￭ ton￭ ization has also been used by e j co￭ rey to synthe￭ size numerous pro￭ stag￭ land￭ ins
in chemistry ion association is a chemical reaction whereby ions of opposite electrical charge come together in solution to form a distinct chemical entity ion associates are classified according to the number of ions that associate with each other as ion pairs ion tri￭ ple￭ ts etc ion pairs are also classified according to the nature of the interaction as contact solvent shared or solvent separated the most important factor to determine the extent of ion association is the di￭ electric constant of the solvent ion associates have been characterized by means of vibr￭ ational spec￭ tro￭ sco￭ py
ion cyclo￭ tr￭ on resonance is a phenomenon related to the movement of ions in a magnetic field it is used for accelerating ions in a cyclo￭ tr￭ on and for measuring the masses of an ion￭ ized analy￭ te in mass spec￭ tro￭ metry particularly with fou￭ rier transform ion cyclo￭ tr￭ on resonance mass spec￭ tro￭ meters it can also be used to follow the k￭ ine￭ tics of chemical reactions in a dilute gas mixture provided these involve charged species
the ireland – cla￭ is￭ en re￭ arrangement is a chemical reaction of an all￭ yl￭ ic ester with strong base to give an γ δ un￭ saturated car￭ box￭ yl￭ ic acid the ireland cla￭ is￭ en re￭ arrangement several reviews have been published
i￭ ri￭ do￭ cor￭ ne￭ al endo￭ the￭ li￭ al syndro￭ mes i￭ ri￭ do￭ cor￭ ne￭ al endo￭ the￭ li￭ al ice syndro￭ mes are a spectrum of diseases character￭ ie￭ zed by slowly progressive ab￭ norm￭ alities of the cor￭ ne￭ al endo￭ the￭ lium and features including cor￭ ne￭ al e￭ dem￭ a iris distortion and secondary angle closure gl￭ au￭ coma 1 2 4 ice syndro￭ mes are predominantly unilateral and non￭ hereditary 1 2 4 the condition occurs in predominantly middle aged women 1 3 4 mechanism the exact mechanism is unknown however there appears to be a component of abnormal cor￭ ne￭ al endo￭ the￭ lium that prolifer￭ ates onto the iris forming a memb￭ rane that then obstruc￭ ts the tr￭ ab￭ ec￭ ular mes￭ h￭ work leading to iris distortion 1 2 no￭ dule formation can also occur when the abnormal cor￭ ne￭ al endo￭ the￭ lium causes contr￭ actions around the iris st￭ roma 1 her￭ pes￭ virus dna has been identified in some patients following ker￭ at￭ op￭ la￭ sty suggesting the possibility that her￭ pes simpl￭ ex virus may induce the abnormal endo￭ the￭ li￭ az￭ ation in the an￭ terior chamber angle and on the surface of the iris 2 3 5 signs and symptoms many cases are as￭ ymp￭ tomatic however patients many have decreased vision gl￭ are mon￭ oc￭ ular di￭ pl￭ op￭ ia or poly￭ op￭ ia and notic￭ able iris changes 2 6 on exam patients have normal to decreased visual acu￭ ity and a “ beaten metal appearance ” of the cor￭ ne￭ al endo￭ the￭ lium cor￭ ne￭ al e￭ dem￭ a increased intra￭ oc￭ ular pressure peripheral an￭ terior sy￭ nec￭ hi￭ ae and iris changes 1 2 6 variations the chandler variant of ice is characterized by path￭ ology on the inner surface of the cor￭ ne￭ a leading to abnormal endo￭ the￭ li￭ al pump function 2 6 other features include possible mild iris changes cor￭ ne￭ al e￭ dem￭ a and normal to slight elev￭ ations in intra￭ oc￭ ular pressure 1 6 co￭ gan re￭ ese variant is characterized by multiple pi￭ gm￭ ented iris no￭ d￭ ules 2 6 this variant is most commonly unilateral and seen in middle aged females 2 treatment penetr￭ ating kar￭ at￭ op￭ la￭ sty and endo￭ the￭ li￭ al ker￭ at￭ op￭ la￭ sty can be used as treatments for severe cases of ice 2 8 because gl￭ au￭ coma and elevated intra￭ oc￭ ular pressure are often present in ice patients long term follow up may be needed to ensure adequate intra￭ oc￭ ular pressures are maintained 2 7 prog￭ no￭ sis the disease is chronic and often progres￭ ses slowly prog￭ no￭ sis is generally poor when associated with gl￭ au￭ coma 1 2
i￭ ri￭ do￭ dial￭ ysis sometimes known as a co￭ redi￭ al￭ ysis is a loc￭ alized separation or tearing away of the iris from its attachment to the ci￭ li￭ ary body
i￭ ri￭ dog￭ oni￭ odys￭ genesis dominant type type 1 i￭ rid 1 refers to a spectrum of diseases characterized by mal￭ formations of the i￭ ri￭ do cor￭ ne￭ al angle of the an￭ terior chamber of the eye i￭ ri￭ dog￭ oni￭ odys￭ genesis is the result of abnormal migration or terminal induc￭ tion of ne￭ ural c￭ rest cells these cells lead to formation of most of the an￭ terior segment structures of the eye cor￭ ne￭ al st￭ roma endo￭ the￭ lium iris st￭ roma tr￭ ab￭ ec￭ ul￭ um symptoms iris hypo￭ plas￭ is g￭ oni￭ odys￭ genesis and juvenile gl￭ au￭ coma gl￭ au￭ coma phen￭ o￭ type that maps to 6 p 25 results from mutations in the for￭ k￭ head trans￭ cription factor gene fo￭ x￭ c 1 transmission auto￭ som￭ al dominant pattern with complete penetr￭ ance and variable expres￭ sivity first reported by berg 19￭ 32 treatment of gl￭ au￭ coma in i￭ ri￭ dog￭ oni￭ odys￭ genesis is primarily surgical it is listed as a rare disease by the office of rare diseases ord this means that i￭ ri￭ dog￭ oni￭ odys￭ genesis dominant type or a subtype of i￭ ri￭ dog￭ oni￭ odys￭ genesis dominant type affects less than 200 000 people in the us population
i￭ ri￭ dop￭ legi￭ a is the paralysis of the sp￭ h￭ inc￭ ter of the iris it can occur in due to direct orb￭ ital injury which may result in short lived blurred vision
ir￭ len syndrome occasionally referred to as sco￭ topic sensitivity syndrome s￭ ss or me￭ ares ir￭ len syndrome very rarely as as￭ fe￭ dia and recently also as visual stress is a proposed disorder of vision it is not recognised by any scientific or medical body
iron deficiency an￭ emia also spelled iron deficiency ana￭ emia is an￭ emia caused by a lack of iron an￭ emia is defined as a decrease in the amount of red blood cells r￭ b￭ cs or h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in in the blood when an￭ emia comes on slowly the symptoms are often vague and may include feeling tired weakness short￭ ness of breath or poor ability to exercise an￭ emia that comes on quickly often has greater symptoms which may include confusion feeling like one is going to pass out and increased thirst there needs to be significant an￭ emia before a person becomes notic￭ e￭ ably pale there may be additional symptoms depending on the underlying cause it is caused by insufficient dietary intake and absorption of iron or iron loss from bleeding bleeding can be from a range of sources such as the intest￭ inal uter￭ ine or ur￭ inary tract the most common cause of iron deficiency an￭ emia in children in developing countries is par￭ asi￭ tic worms worms cause intest￭ inal bleeding which is not always noticeable in f￭ ec￭ es and is especially damaging to children malaria hook￭ worms and vitamin a deficiency contribute to an￭ emia during pregnancy in most underdeveloped countries in women over 50 years old the most common cause of iron deficiency an￭ emia is chronic gastro￭ intest￭ inal bleeding from non￭ par￭ asi￭ tic causes such as ga￭ str￭ ic ul￭ cers du￭ o￭ den￭ al ul￭ cers or gastro￭ intest￭ inal cancer iron deficiency causes approximately half of all an￭ emia cases worldwide and affects women more often than men iron deficiency an￭ emia affected 1 2 billion people in 2013 in 2013 an￭ emia due to iron deficiency resulted in about 183 000 deaths – down from 213 000 deaths in 1990
iron deficiency is the most common nutritional deficiency in the world iron is present in all cells in the human body and has several vital functions such as carrying oxygen to the tissues from the lungs as a key component of the h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in protein acting as a transport medium for electron￭ s within the cells in the form of cy￭ to￭ chro￭ mes facilitating oxygen use and storage in the muscles as a component of my￭ o￭ glob￭ in and as an integral part of enzyme reactions in various tissues too little iron can interfere with these vital functions and lead to morbi￭ dity and death total body iron averages approximately 3 8 g in men and 2 3 g in women in blood plasma iron is carried tightly bound to the protein transfer￭ rin there are several mechanisms that control human iron metabol￭ ism and safeguard against iron deficiency the main regulatory mechanism is situated in the gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract when loss of iron is not sufficiently compensated by adequate intake of iron from the diet a state of iron deficiency develops over time when this state is un￭ corrected it leads to iron deficiency an￭ emia before an￭ emia occurs the medical condition of iron deficiency without an￭ emia is called latent iron deficiency lid or iron deficient er￭ y￭ thro￭ po￭ ies￭ is ide untreated iron deficiency can lead to iron deficiency an￭ emia — a common type of an￭ emia an￭ emia is a condition characterized by inadequate red blood cells er￭ y￭ thro￭ cy￭ tes or h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in iron deficiency an￭ emia occurs when the body lacks sufficient amounts of iron resulting in reduced production of the protein h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in binds to oxygen thus enabling red blood cells to supply oxy￭ genated blood throughout the body children pre men￭ opa￭ usal women women of child bearing age and people with poor diet are most susceptible to the disease most cases of iron deficiency an￭ emia are mild but if not treated can cause problems like fast or irregular heartbeat complications during pregnancy and delayed growth in infants and children
iron fe deficiency is a plant disorder also known as lime induced chlor￭ osis it can be confused with man￭ g￭ anese deficiency a deficiency in the soil is rare but iron can be unavailable for absorption if soil ph is not between about 5 and 6 5 a common problem is excessive al￭ kal￭ inity of the soil the ph is above 6 5 also iron deficiency can develop if the soil is too water￭ logged or has been over￭ fertilis￭ ed elements like calcium zinc man￭ g￭ anese phosphorus or copper can tie up iron if they are present in high amounts iron is needed to produce chlor￭ op￭ hy￭ ll hence its deficiency causes chlor￭ osis for example iron is used in the active site of glu￭ tam￭ yl tr￭ na reduc￭ t￭ ase an enzyme needed for the formation of 5 amin￭ ole￭ vul￭ in￭ ic acid which is a precursor of hem￭ e and chlor￭ op￭ hy￭ ll
genes involved in iron metabol￭ ism disorders include h￭ fe and t￭ fr 2 he￭ p￭ ci￭ din is the master regulator of iron metabol￭ ism and therefore most genetic forms of iron overload can be thought of as relative he￭ p￭ ci￭ din deficiency in one way or another for instance a severe form of iron overload juvenile h￭ emo￭ chro￭ mat￭ osis is a result of severe he￭ p￭ ci￭ din deficiency the majority of cases are caused by mutations in the h￭ emo￭ ju￭ vel￭ in gene h￭ jv or r￭ gm￭ c repul￭ sive guidance mol￭ ecu￭ le c the exceptions people who have mutations in the gene for fer￭ ro￭ por￭ tin prove the rule these people have plenty of he￭ p￭ ci￭ din but their cells lack the proper response to it so in people with fer￭ ro￭ por￭ tin proteins that transport iron out of cells without responding to he￭ p￭ ci￭ din s signals to stop they have a deficiency in the action of he￭ p￭ ci￭ din if not in he￭ p￭ ci￭ din itself but the exact mechanisms of most of the various forms of adult h￭ emo￭ chro￭ mat￭ osis which make up most of the genetic iron overload disorders remain unsolved so while researchers have been able to identify genetic mutations causing several adult variants of h￭ emo￭ chro￭ mat￭ osis they now must turn their attention to the normal function of these mut￭ ated genes these genes represent multiple steps along the path￭ way of iron regulation from the body s ability to sense iron to the body s ability to regulate uptake and storage working out the functions of each gene in this path￭ way will be an important tool for finding new methods of treating genetic disorders as well as for understanding the basic workings of the path￭ way so though many mysteries of iron metabol￭ ism remain the discovery of he￭ p￭ ci￭ din already allows a much better understanding of the nature of iron regulation and makes researchers optimistic that many more breakthroughs in this field are soon to come
iron metallic dis￭ color￭ ation occurred more frequently in the past when soluble iron compounds were used in the treatment of allergic contact and other der￭ mati￭ tis and in eroded areas iron was sometimes deposited in the skin like a tattoo
iron rings are heavy metal rings used in martial arts for various training purposes metal rings have a long history of being used in y￭ au kung mu￭ n hung gar and other styles for weight training to har￭ den the muscle skin or bone or strengthen the arms and f￭ ists
iron supplements are dietary supplements containing iron that can be prescribed by a doctor for a medical reason or purchased from a vitamin shop drug store etc they are primarily used to treat an￭ emia or other iron deficiencies there are three ways that it can be delivered orally intra￭ ven￭ ously or intr￭ amus￭ cul￭ arly the first iron pills were commonly known as bl￭ aud s pills which were named after p bl￭ aud of beau￭ c￭ aire the french physician who introduced and started the use of these medications as a treatment for patients with an￭ emia
irregular men￭ str￭ uation is a men￭ str￭ ual disorder whose manifestations include irregular cycle lengths as well as metr￭ or￭ rha￭ gia vag￭ inal bleeding between expected periods
irregular sleep – wake rhythm is a rare form of cir￭ c￭ adi￭ an rhythm sleep disorder it is characterized by numerous n￭ aps throughout the 24 hour period no main night￭ time sleep episode and irregularity from day to day sufferers have no pattern of when they are awake or asleep may have poor quality sleep and often may be very sleepy while they are awake the total time asleep per 24 hours is normal for the person s age the disorder is serious — an invisible disability it can create social famili￭ al and work problems making it hard for a person to maintain relationships and responsibilities and may make a person home bound and isolated
ir￭ religion ad￭ jec￭ tive form non religious or ir￭ religious is the absence indifference rejection of or hostility towards religion when characterized as the rejection of religious belief it encompasses athe￭ ism agno￭ stic￭ ism de￭ ism religious dissid￭ ence and secular hum￭ anism when characterized as the absence of religious belief it may also include spiritual but not religious pan￭ de￭ ism igno￭ stic￭ ism non￭ the￭ ism pan￭ the￭ ism pan￭ en￭ the￭ ism and free￭ thought when characterized as indifference to religion it is known as ap￭ athe￭ ism when characterized as hostility towards religion it encompasses anti￭ the￭ ism anti￭ religion and mis￭ o￭ the￭ ism ir￭ religion may include some forms of the￭ ism depending on the religious context it is defined against for example in 18 th century europe the epit￭ ome of ir￭ religion was de￭ ism according to pe￭ w research center projections the non￭ religious though temporarily increasing will ultimately decline significantly by 2050 because of lower reproductive rates and ageing
ir￭ religion in brazil is a new but increasing phenomenon the official brazilian census gives since 1970 sem religi￭ ão portuguese no religion as an option of self description for people who do not consider themselves members of any specific religion including non affiliated the￭ ists and de￭ ists according to the 2000 census there were 12 5 million ir￭ religious people in the country 7 3 of the total population as of 2010 there were 15 3 million ir￭ religious people 8 of the population the constitution of brazil as￭ signs secularism as the default position of the law and government in relation to religious matters art 19 i and grants freedom of religion and thought to its citizens art 5 vi non profit organization brazilian association of athe￭ ists and agno￭ s￭ tics actively tries to promote secularism and help ir￭ religious people victims of prejudice
irrit￭ able bo￭ wel syndrome i￭ bs is a group of symptoms — including ab￭ domin￭ al pain and changes in the pattern of bo￭ wel movements without any evidence of underlying damage these symptoms occur over a long time often years it has been classified into four main types depending on if diarr￭ hea is common con￭ sti￭ p￭ ation is common both are common or neither occurs very often i￭ bs d i￭ bs c i￭ bs m or i￭ bs u respectively i￭ bs negatively affects quality of life and may result in missed school or work disorders such as anxiety major depression and chronic fatigue syndrome are common among people with i￭ bs the causes of i￭ bs are not clear theories include gut – brain axis problems small intest￭ inal bacterial over￭ growth genetic factors food sensitivity and gut mo￭ ti￭ lity problems onset may be triggered by an intest￭ inal infection or stressful life event i￭ bs is a functional gastro￭ intest￭ inal disorder diagnosis is based on signs and symptoms in the absence of worrisome features worrisome features include onset at greater than 50 years of age weight loss blood in the sto￭ ol or a family history of infl￭ am￭ matory bo￭ wel disease other conditions that may present similarly include ce￭ li￭ ac disease micro￭ scopic co￭ li￭ tis infl￭ am￭ matory bo￭ wel disease bile acid mal￭ absorption and col￭ on cancer there is no cure for i￭ bs treatment is carried out to improve symptoms this may including dietary changes medication pro￭ bio￭ tics and counselling dietary measures include increasing soluble fiber intake a glu￭ ten free diet or a diet low in fer￭ ment￭ able oligo￭ sac￭ ch￭ ari￭ des dis￭ ac￭ ch￭ ari￭ des mon￭ os￭ ac￭ ch￭ ari￭ des and poly￭ ols fo￭ d￭ map the medication l￭ oper￭ amide may be used to help with diarr￭ hea while lax￭ atives may be used to help with con￭ sti￭ p￭ ation anti￭ depres￭ s￭ ants may improve overall symptoms and pain patient education and a good doctor – patient relationship are an important part of care about 10 to 15 of people in the developed world are believed to be affected by i￭ bs it is more common in south america and less common in southeast asia it is twice as common in women as men and typically occurs before age 45 the condition appears to become less common with age i￭ bs does not affect life expectancy or lead to other serious diseases the first description of the condition was in 18￭ 20 while the current term irrit￭ able bo￭ wel syndrome came into use in 1944
irrit￭ ant contact der￭ mati￭ tis is a form of contact der￭ mati￭ tis that can be divided into forms caused by chemical irrit￭ ants and those caused by physical irrit￭ ants
irrit￭ ant di￭ aper der￭ mati￭ tis is a generic term applied to skin r￭ ashes in the di￭ aper area that are caused by various skin disorders and or irrit￭ ants generic rash or irrit￭ ant di￭ aper der￭ mati￭ tis id￭ d is characterized by joined pat￭ ches of er￭ y￭ them￭ a and scaling mainly seen on the conv￭ ex surfaces with the skin fol￭ ds spared di￭ aper der￭ mati￭ tis with secondary bacterial or fun￭ gal involvement tends to spread to con￭ cave surfaces i e skin fol￭ ds as well as conv￭ ex surfaces and often exhi￭ bits a central red be￭ ef￭ y er￭ y￭ them￭ a with satellite pu￭ st￭ ules around the border it is usually considered a form of irrit￭ ant contact der￭ mati￭ tis despite the word di￭ aper in the name the der￭ mati￭ tis is not due to the di￭ aper itself but to the materials trapped by the di￭ aper usually f￭ ec￭ es allergic contact der￭ mati￭ tis has also been suggested but there is little evidence for this eti￭ ology the term di￭ aper candi￭ di￭ asis is used when a fun￭ gal origin is identified the distinction is critical because the treatment anti￭ fun￭ g￭ als is completely different
irrit￭ ant fol￭ lic￭ u￭ li￭ tis is a cu￭ taneous condition and usually occurs following the application of topical medications
irritated se￭ bor￭ rhe￭ ic ker￭ at￭ osis also known as bas￭ os￭ qu￭ am￭ ous cell ac￭ an￭ thom￭ a and infl￭ amed se￭ bor￭ rhe￭ ic ker￭ at￭ osis is a common benign cu￭ taneous condition characterized by a skin le￭ sion with a dull or l￭ ack￭ lu￭ ster surface
ir￭ rup￭ tive growth sometimes called mal￭ thu￭ sian growth is a growth pattern over time defined by population explosions and subsequent sharp population cr￭ ashes or die￭ backs it is an extension of the mal￭ thu￭ sian growth model specifically the growth pattern that causes a mal￭ thu￭ sian catastrophe and can occur when populations over￭ shoot their carrying capacity a phenomenon typically associated with r strateg￭ ists populations which exhibit ir￭ rup￭ tive growth do not stabilize around their carrying capacity a feature of logistic growth ir￭ rup￭ tive growth occurs when a species re￭ produces more rapidly than the environment is capable of supporting with the available resources ir￭ rup￭ tive growth is studied in population ecology an ir￭ ruption is any sudden change in the population density of an organism
ir￭ uk￭ and￭ ji syndrome is a condition induced by ven￭ om￭ ization by the sting of car￭ uk￭ ia bar￭ ne￭ si a species of ir￭ uk￭ and￭ ji jell￭ y￭ fish and certain other box jell￭ y￭ fish unless immediate medical action is taken victims can go into cardiac arrest and die the syndrome was given its name in 1952 by hugo fl￭ ec￭ ker after the ab￭ original ir￭ uk￭ and￭ ji people who live in palm co￭ ve north of cair￭ ns que￭ ens￭ land australia where st￭ ings are common
ir￭ vine g￭ ass syndrome pseu￭ dop￭ ha￭ k￭ ic cy￭ sto￭ id mac￭ ular e￭ dem￭ a or post￭ cat￭ ar￭ act c￭ me is one of the most common causes of visual loss after cat￭ ar￭ act surgery the syndrome is named in honor of s rod￭ man ir￭ vine and j donald m g￭ ass the incidence is more common in older types of cat￭ ar￭ act surgery where post￭ cat￭ ar￭ act c￭ me could occur in 20 60 of patients but with modern cat￭ ar￭ act surgery incidence of ir￭ vine g￭ ass syndrome have reduced significantly
the is￭ ay reaction is an organic reaction in which certain diam￭ in￭ op￭ y￭ ri￭ mid￭ ines are transformed into p￭ ter￭ ins by condens￭ ation with a 1 2 dic￭ ar￭ bon￭ yl compound such as 2 3 bu￭ tane￭ di￭ one the reaction is named after otto is￭ ay
is￭ chem￭ ia is a restriction in blood supply to tissues causing a shortage of oxygen and glucose needed for cellular metabol￭ ism to keep tissue alive is￭ chem￭ ia is generally caused by problems with blood vessels with resultant damage to or dysfunction of tissue it also means local an￭ emia in a given part of a body sometimes resulting from congestion such as vas￭ o￭ con￭ stric￭ tion thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis or embol￭ ism is￭ chem￭ ia comprises not only in￭ sufficiency of oxygen but also reduced availability of nutrients and inadequate removal of metabol￭ ites the word is from greek ἴ￭ σχ￭ α￭ ι￭ μο￭ ς is￭ k￭ ha￭ im￭ os staun￭ ching blood from ἴ￭ σχ￭ ω is￭ kh￭ ο keep back restrain and α￭ ἷ￭ μα ha￭ ima blood
is￭ chem￭ ic cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy is a type of cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy caused by a narrowing of the coron￭ ary arter￭ ies which supply blood to the heart typically patients with is￭ chem￭ ic cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy have a history of acute my￭ o￭ cardi￭ al inf￭ arc￭ tion however it may occur in patients with coron￭ ary artery disease but without a past history of acute my￭ o￭ cardi￭ al inf￭ arc￭ tion this cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy is one of the leading causes of sudden cardiac death
is￭ chem￭ ic co￭ li￭ tis also spelled is￭ cha￭ emic co￭ li￭ tis is a medical condition in which infl￭ amm￭ ation and injury of the large intest￭ ine result from inadequate blood supply although un￭ common in the general population is￭ chem￭ ic co￭ li￭ tis occurs with greater frequency in the elderly and is the most common form of bo￭ wel is￭ chem￭ ia causes of the reduced blood flow can include changes in the systemic circulation e g low blood pressure or local factors such as con￭ stric￭ tion of blood vessels or a blood clo￭ t in most cases no specific cause can be identified is￭ chem￭ ic co￭ li￭ tis is usually suspected on the basis of the clinical setting physical examination and laboratory test results the diagnosis can be confirmed via endo￭ sco￭ py or by using sig￭ mo￭ id or endo￭ scopic placement of a visible light spec￭ tro￭ scopic cathe￭ ter see is￭ chem￭ ic co￭ li￭ tis can span a wide spectrum of severity most patients are treated suppor￭ tively and recover fully while a minority with very severe is￭ chem￭ ia may develop sep￭ sis and become critically sometimes fat￭ ally ill patients with mild to moderate is￭ chem￭ ic co￭ li￭ tis are usually treated with iv fluids anal￭ ge￭ sia and bo￭ wel rest that is no food or water by mouth until the symptoms resolve those with severe is￭ chem￭ ia who develop complications such as sep￭ sis intest￭ inal gang￭ rene or bo￭ wel per￭ for￭ ation may require more aggressive interventions such as surgery and intensive care most patients make a full recovery occasionally after severe is￭ chem￭ ia patients may develop long term complications such as a stric￭ ture or chronic co￭ li￭ tis
is￭ chem￭ ic hepatitis also known as shock liver is a condition defined as an acute liver injury caused by insufficient blood flow and consequently insufficient oxygen delivery to the liver the decreased blood flow per￭ fusion to the liver is usually due to shock or low blood pressure however local causes involving the he￭ p￭ atic artery that supplies oxygen to the liver such as a blood clo￭ t in the he￭ p￭ atic artery can also cause is￭ chem￭ ic hepatitis
is￭ chem￭ ic op￭ tic neuro￭ pa￭ thy ion is the loss of structure and function of a portion of the op￭ tic nerve due to obstruction of blood flow to the nerve i e is￭ chem￭ ia ion is typically classified as either an￭ terior is￭ chem￭ ic op￭ tic neuro￭ pa￭ thy or poster￭ ior is￭ chem￭ ic op￭ tic neuro￭ pa￭ thy according to the part of the op￭ tic nerve that is affected people affected will often complain of a loss of visual acu￭ ity and a visual field the latter of which is usually in the superior or inferior field when ion occurs in patients below the age of 50 years old other eti￭ o￭ logies should be considered such as juvenile diabetes mell￭ it￭ us anti￭ phosp￭ holi￭ pid anti￭ body associated clo￭ tting disorders coll￭ agen vascular disease and migr￭ ain￭ es rarely complications of intra￭ oc￭ ular surgery or acute blood loss may cause an is￭ chem￭ ic event in the op￭ tic nerve an￭ terior ion presents with sudden pain￭ less visual loss developing over hours to days examination findings usually include decreased visual acu￭ ity a visual field defect color vision loss a relative a￭ ffer￭ ent pu￭ pill￭ ary defect and a sw￭ oll￭ en op￭ tic nerve head poster￭ ior ion occurs arter￭ i￭ tic non￭ arter￭ i￭ tic and surgical settings it is characterized by acute vision loss without initial dis￭ c e￭ dem￭ a but with subsequent op￭ tic dis￭ c atro￭ phy although there is no recognized treatment that can reverse the visual loss upon recent reports op￭ tic nerve health de￭ compression may be beneficial for a select group of patients with a gradual decline in vision due to ion
is￭ ch￭ ial bur￭ si￭ tis also known as wea￭ ver s bottom is infl￭ amm￭ ation of the sy￭ no￭ vi￭ al bur￭ sa located between glu￭ t￭ eus maximus muscle and is￭ ch￭ ial tuber￭ osity it is usually caused by prolonged sitting on a hard surface
ish￭ in￭ agen￭ jo japanese 石￭ 投￭ げ￭ ん￭ じ￭ ょ stone throwing gen￭ jo is a fol￭ k￭ lor￭ ic phenomenon which is documented to occur in the n￭ ish￭ is￭ on￭ og￭ i district of the n￭ agas￭ aki pref￭ ecture the waters of en￭ o￭ shima and the city of to￭ su in the saga pref￭ ecture in the month of may the rainy season a group of fishermen are working at night in the midst of a thick fog suddenly comes the sound of a huge rock crashing into the ocean a tremendous spl￭ ash and crack that sends the boat roc￭ king and the sailors panic￭ king however there is no rock to be seen even by the break of day in the japanese fol￭ kl￭ ore institute s book comprehensive l￭ exic￭ on of japanese fol￭ kl￭ ore the phenomenon is explained as being the doing of a sea monster or y￭ ō￭ kai japanese 妖￭ 怪 vari￭ ously translated as spectr￭ e monster go￭ blin known as the iso woman or some other related sea witch this explanation is echoed in k￭ uni￭ o yan￭ ag￭ ita s book y￭ ō￭ kai lectures in which yan￭ ag￭ ita concur￭ s that the phenomenon is best explained by some oce￭ anic y￭ ō￭ kai because of this association many experts have hypo￭ thes￭ ised that the jo written in hir￭ ag￭ ana as じ￭ ょ actually means woman represented by the kan￭ ji 女 which is the rendering used by fol￭ k￭ lor￭ ist sak￭ ur￭ ada kat￭ sun￭ ori in her paper ghost ships and drowning people written thus ish￭ in￭ agen￭ jo 石￭ 投￭ 女 translates literally to stone throwing woman the ko￭ ji￭ en on the other hand renders じ￭ ょ as 尉 meaning captain or old man the stone throwing old man 石￭ 投￭ 尉 is lik￭ ened in the text of the ko￭ ji￭ en to an old man idly throwing stones into the sea however y￭ ō￭ kai expert mur￭ ak￭ ami ken￭ ji has expressed doubts regarding the existence of any documentary evidence to vis￭ ually identify the creature responsible for the phenomenon described indeed the ko￭ ji￭ en notes that it is assumed that fishermen only imagine seeing a monster but that ultimately the experience as a whole is merely an illusion
anal sex or so￭ dom￭ y in islam is anal inter￭ course between individuals of the opposite or same sex
island gig￭ anti￭ sm or ins￭ ular gig￭ anti￭ sm is a biological phenomenon in which the size of animals isolated on an island increases dramatically in comparison to their mainland relatives island gig￭ anti￭ sm is one aspect of the more general island rule which pos￭ its that when mainland animals colon￭ ize islands small species tend to evolve larger bodies and large species tend to evolve smaller bodies with the arrival of humans and associated predators dogs cats rats pigs many giant as well as other island end￭ em￭ ics have become extinct
in stock trading and technical analysis an island reversal is a can￭ d￭ les￭ tick pattern with compact trading activity within a range of prices separated from the move preceding it this separation is said to be caused by an exhaustion gap and the subsequent move in the opposite direction occurs as a result of a breakaway gap
an island wake is a ge￭ oph￭ ys￭ ical phenomenon which results from the interaction between the island topo￭ graphy and the incoming atmospheric and oce￭ anic flows
in physi￭ ology is￭ ob￭ ar￭ ic counter￭ diffusion ic￭ d is the diffusion of different gases into and out of tissues while under a constant ambient pressure and the physiological effects of this phenomenon the term inert gas counter￭ diffusion is sometimes used as a synon￭ ym but can also be applied to situations where the ambient pressure changes it has relevance in mixed gas diving and an￭ esthe￭ si￭ ology
iso￭ bu￭ ty￭ ry￭ l co￭ enzyme a de￭ hydro￭ gen￭ ase deficiency commonly known as i￭ b￭ d deficiency is a rare metabol￭ ic disorder in which the body is unable to process certain amino acids properly people with this disorder have inadequate levels of an enzyme that helps break down the amino acid val￭ ine resulting in a build up of val￭ ine in the urine a symptom called val￭ in￭ ur￭ ia
an iso￭ chro￭ mo￭ some is an unbalanced structural ab￭ normality in which the arms of the chro￭ mo￭ some are mirror images of each other the chro￭ mo￭ some consists of two copies of either the long q arm or the short p arm because iso￭ chro￭ mo￭ some formation is equivalent to a simultaneous duplication and deletion of genetic material consequently there is partial tr￭ is￭ omy of the genes present in the iso￭ chro￭ mo￭ some and partial mono￭ som￭ y of the genes in the lost arm
an iso￭ des￭ mic reaction is a chemical reaction in which the type of chemical bonds broken in the re￭ ac￭ tant are the same as the type of bonds formed in the reaction product this type of reaction is often used as a hypothetical reaction in thermo￭ chemistry an example of an iso￭ des￭ mic reaction is ch 3 − ch 3 x → ch 4 ch 2 x − 1 x f cl br i equation 1 describes the de￭ pro￭ ton￭ ation of a methyl hali￭ de by a methyl an￭ ion the energy change associated with this ex￭ other￭ mic reaction which can be calculated in silic￭ o increases going from fluor￭ ine to chlorine to bro￭ mine and i￭ od￭ ine making the ch 2 i − an￭ ion the most stable and least basic of all the hali￭ des although this reaction is iso￭ des￭ mic the energy change in this example also depends on the difference in bond energy of the c x bond in the base and con￭ ju￭ gate acid in other cases the difference may be due to ster￭ ic strain this difference is small in fluor￭ ine but large in i￭ od￭ ine in favor of the an￭ ion and therefore the energy trend is as described despite the fact that c f bonds are stronger than c i bonds the related term homo￭ des￭ mo￭ tic reaction also takes into account orb￭ ital hybri￭ di￭ zation and in addition there is no change in the number of carbon to hydrogen bonds
in nuclear physics and radioactivity iso￭ di￭ aph￭ ers refers to nuc￭ li￭ des which have different atomic numbers and mass numbers but the same neutr￭ on excess which is the difference between numbers of neu￭ tron￭ s and prot￭ ons in the nucleus for example for both 23￭ 490 th and 23￭ 8￭ 92 u the difference between the neutr￭ on number n and prot￭ on number z is n − z 54 one large family of iso￭ di￭ aph￭ ers has zero neutr￭ on excess n z it contains many pri￭ mor￭ dial isotop￭ es of elements up to calcium it includes ubiquitous 126 c 168 o and 147 n the daughter nuc￭ li￭ de of an alpha decay is an iso￭ di￭ ap￭ her of the original nucleus similarly beta dec￭ ays and other weak force involving dec￭ ays produce is￭ ob￭ ars
iso￭ dic￭ entr￭ ic 15 also called id￭ ic 15 partial te￭ tras￭ omy 15 q or inver￭ ted duplication 15 inv dup 15 is a chro￭ mo￭ some ab￭ normality in which a child is born with extra genetic material from chro￭ mo￭ some 15 people with id￭ ic 15 are typically born with 47 chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es in their body cells instead of the normal 46 the extra chro￭ mo￭ some is made up of a piece of chro￭ mo￭ some 15 that has been duplic￭ ated end to end like a mirror image it is the presence of this extra genetic material that is thought to account for the symptoms seen in some people with id￭ ic 15 individuals with id￭ ic 15 have a total of four copies of this chro￭ mo￭ some 15 region instead of the usual two copies 1 copy each on the maternal and pater￭ nal chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es the syndrome is also often referred to as chro￭ mo￭ some 15 q 11 2 13 1 duplication syndrome shortened to dup 15 q a name that is supported and actively promoted by the us based support organization dup 15 q alliance the extra chro￭ mo￭ some is occasionally found in the mo￭ saic state i e some of the cells carry the marker chro￭ mo￭ some however mostly because of the marker s instability and tendency to be lost during cell division mit￭ osis some cells are completely normal with 46 chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es occasionally cells may have more than one id￭ ic 15 resulting in 48 or 49 chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es in all or some of their cells a similar clinical picture albeit to a mil￭ der degree could be expected in individuals that have the extra chro￭ mo￭ some 15 material as an inter￭ sti￭ tial duplication when the extra piece of chro￭ mo￭ some 15 is included within the long arm of one of the two copies of chro￭ mo￭ some 15 rather than as a small extra marker chro￭ mo￭ some often abbreviated to int dup 15 the individual thus having 46 chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es
the iso￭ hydr￭ ic principle is the phenomenon whereby multiple acid base pairs in solution will be in equilibrium with one another tied together by their common re￭ agent the hydrogen ion and hence the ph of solution that is when several bu￭ ffers are present together in the same solution they are all exposed to the same hydrogen ion activity hence the p￭ k of each buffer will dictate the ratio of the concentrations of its base and weak acid forms at the given ph in accordance with the henderson hass￭ el￭ bal￭ ch equation any condition that changes the balance of one of the buffer systems also changes the balance of all the others because the buffer systems actually buffer one another by shifting hydrogen ions back and forth from one to the other the iso￭ hydr￭ ic principle has special relevance to in vi￭ vo bio￭ chemistry where multiple acid base pairs are in solution
isolated con￭ genital as￭ plen￭ ia ic￭ as is a rare disease in humans that can cause life threatening bacterial infections in children due to primary immun￭ o￭ deficiency the infections can include pneu￭ mo￭ co￭ cal sep￭ sis and men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis ic￭ as is a ri￭ bo￭ som￭ opathy due to auto￭ som￭ al dominant mutation of the r￭ p￭ sa gene on chro￭ mo￭ some 3 p 21 unlike hetero￭ tax￭ y syndrome the absent sp￭ leen is not associated with other structural developmental defects
isolated hypo￭ gon￭ ad￭ o￭ tropic hypo￭ gon￭ ad￭ ism i￭ hh also called idi￭ opathic or con￭ genital hypo￭ gon￭ ad￭ o￭ tropic hypo￭ gon￭ ad￭ ism ch￭ h as well as isolated or con￭ genital gon￭ ad￭ o￭ tro￭ pin releasing hormone deficiency ig￭ d is a condition that results in a small sub￭ set of cases of hypo￭ gon￭ ad￭ o￭ tropic hypo￭ gon￭ ad￭ ism hh due to deficiency in or in￭ sensitivity to gon￭ ad￭ o￭ tro￭ pin releasing hormone gn￭ r￭ h where the function and anatomy of the an￭ terior pit￭ u￭ itary is otherwise normal and secondary causes of hh are not present it presents as hypo￭ gon￭ ad￭ ism e g reduced or absent pu￭ ber￭ ty re￭ f 1 low li￭ bi￭ do in￭ fertility etc due to an impaired release of the gon￭ ad￭ o￭ tro￭ pins fol￭ lic￭ le stimulating hormone f￭ sh and lu￭ te￭ ini￭ zing hormone l￭ h and a resultant lack of sex ster￭ o￭ id and pep￭ ti￭ des production by the gon￭ ads re￭ f 2 and re￭ f 3 in addition an￭ os￭ mia loss of the sense of smell occurs in instances of i￭ hh that are the result of k￭ all￭ mann syndrome which is responsible for approximately 50 of all cases of the condition other causes of i￭ hh include gn￭ r￭ h in￭ sensitivity which is the second most common cause of i￭ hh and is thought to be responsible for up to 20 of cases and a minority less than 5 10 due to in￭ activating mutations in a variety of other genes which positively regulate gn￭ r￭ h secre￭ tion such as ch￭ d 7 kiss 1 r and tac￭ r 3 the causes of approximately 25 of all cases of i￭ hh are still unknown
isolated primary immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ulin m deficiency or selective ig￭ m immun￭ o￭ deficiency sigm￭ d is a poorly defined dys￭ gam￭ mag￭ lob￭ ul￭ in￭ emia characterized by decreased levels of ig￭ m while levels of other immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ul￭ ins are normal the immun￭ o￭ deficiency has been associated with some clinical disorders including recurrent infections at￭ op￭ y bloom s syndrome ce￭ li￭ ac disease systemic lup￭ us er￭ y￭ them￭ ato￭ sus and m￭ align￭ ancy but surprisingly sigm￭ d seems to also occur in as￭ ymp￭ tomatic individuals high incid￭ ences of recurrent upper respiratory tract infections 77 asthma 47 and allergic rh￭ initi￭ s 36 have also been reported sigm￭ d seems to be a particularly rare anti￭ body deficiency with a reported prevalence between 0 03 general population and 0 1 hosp￭ itali￭ zed patients the eti￭ ology of selective ig￭ m deficiency remains unclear although various mechanisms have been proposed such as an increase in regulatory t cell functions defective t hel￭ per cell functions and impaired terminal differentiation of b lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tes into ig￭ m secre￭ ting cells among others it is however puzzling that class switching seems to happen normally serum levels of other antibodies are normal while dys￭ functioning of ig￭ m synthesis is expected to occur together with ab￭ norm￭ alities in other immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ul￭ ins notwithstanding a clear patho￭ genesis and commonly accepted definition a cu￭ to￭ ff for sigm￭ d could be the lower limit of the serum ig￭ m reference range such as 43 mg dl in adults or even 20 mg dl
in differential geometry an is￭ op￭ ar￭ ame￭ tric function is a function on a ri￭ em￭ ann￭ ian mani￭ fold whose level surfaces are parallel and of constant mean cur￭ v￭ atures they were introduced by car￭ tan
is￭ os￭ por￭ i￭ asis is a human intest￭ inal disease caused by the parasite is￭ os￭ pora b￭ elli it is found worldwide especially in tropical and sub￭ tropical areas infection often occurs in immun￭ o compromised individuals notably aids patients and outbreaks have been reported in institutionalized groups in the united states the first documented case was in 1915 it is usually spread indirectly normally through contaminated food or water c￭ dc gov
iso￭ tonic hy￭ pon￭ at￭ re￭ mia is a form of hy￭ pon￭ at￭ re￭ mia with mo￭ sm measured between 280 and 295 it can be associated with pseu￭ do￭ hy￭ pon￭ at￭ re￭ mia or with iso￭ tonic in￭ fusion of glucose or mann￭ it￭ ol
iso￭ val￭ eric aci￭ dem￭ ia also called iso￭ val￭ eric ac￭ id￭ ur￭ ia or iso￭ val￭ eric acid co￭ a de￭ hydro￭ gen￭ ase deficiency is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive metabol￭ ic disorder which disrup￭ ts or prevents normal metabol￭ ism of the bran￭ ched chain amino acid le￭ uc￭ ine it is a classical type of organic aci￭ dem￭ ia
is￭ th￭ mi￭ coma also known as in￭ fun￭ di￭ bul￭ oma and tumor of the fol￭ lic￭ ular in￭ fun￭ di￭ bul￭ um are a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by flat ker￭ ato￭ tic pap￭ ules of the head and neck skin le￭ sions that are usually solitary
the italian renaissance italian rin￭ as￭ ci￭ men￭ to rin￭ a￭ ʃ￭ ʃ￭ i￭ ˈ￭ men￭ to was the earliest manifestation of the general european renaissance a period of great cultural change and achievement that began in italy during the 14 th century and lasted until the 16 th century marking the transition between medieval and early modern europe the term renaissance is in essence a modern one that came into currency in the 19 th century in the work of historians such as jules michel￭ et and jacob bur￭ ck￭ hardt although the origins of a movement that was confined largely to the liter￭ ate culture of intellectual endeav￭ or and patronage can be traced to the earlier part of the 14 th century many aspects of italian culture and society remained largely medieval the renaissance did not come into full swing until the end of the century the french word renaissance rin￭ as￭ ci￭ men￭ to in italian means re￭ birth and the era is best known for the renewed interest in the culture of classical antiqu￭ ity after the period that renaissance humanis￭ ts labeled the dark ages though today perhaps best known for italian renaissance art and architecture the period saw major achievements in literature music philosophy and other arts as well as science italy became the recognized european leader in all these areas by the late 15 th century and to varying degrees retained this lead until about 1600 this was despite a turbulent and generally disastrous period in italian politics in the course of which most of italy was carved up by the major european powers the european renaissance began in tuscany central italy and centred in the city of florence it later spread to venice where the remains of ancient greek culture were brought together providing humanist scholars with new texts the renaissance later had a significant effect on rome which was ornam￭ ented with some structures in the new all antic￭ o mode then was largely rebuilt by humanist sixteenth century po￭ pes the italian renaissance peaked in the mid 16 th century as foreign inv￭ asions plunged the region into the turmoil of the italian wars however the ideas and ideals of the renaissance endured and spread into the rest of europe setting off the northern renaissance and the english renaissance the italian renaissance is best known for its cultural achievements accounts of renaissance literature usually begin with pe￭ tr￭ arch best known for the eleg￭ antly polis￭ hed vern￭ ac￭ ular son￭ net sequence of the can￭ z￭ oni￭ ere and for the cr￭ a￭ ze for book collecting that he initiated and his friend and contemporary bo￭ cc￭ acci￭ o author of the dec￭ amer￭ on famous vern￭ ac￭ ular po￭ ets of the 15 th century include the renaissance epic authors lu￭ igi pul￭ ci author of mor￭ g￭ ante mat￭ te￭ o maria bo￭ i￭ ardo orlando in￭ nam￭ or￭ ato and lu￭ do￭ vic￭ o ari￭ os￭ to orlando fur￭ io￭ so 15 th century writers such as the poet poli￭ zi￭ ano and the plat￭ on￭ ist philosopher mar￭ si￭ lio fic￭ ino made extensive translations from both latin and greek in the early 16 th century cas￭ tiglione the book of the cour￭ tier laid out his vision of the ideal gentleman and lady while m￭ achi￭ avel￭ li cast a ja￭ und￭ iced eye on la ver￭ ità eff￭ et￭ tu￭ ale della co￭ sa — the actual truth of things — in the prince composed in humanis￭ tic style chiefly of parallel ancient and modern examples of vir￭ t￭ ù italian renaissance painting exercised a dominant influence on subsequent european painting see western painting for centuries afterwards with artists such as gi￭ otto di bon￭ done mas￭ acci￭ o fra angel￭ ico pi￭ ero della franc￭ es￭ ca dom￭ en￭ ico gh￭ ir￭ land￭ ai￭ o peru￭ gin￭ o michel￭ angel￭ o rap￭ hael bot￭ tic￭ elli leonardo da vinci and ti￭ tian the same is true for architecture as practiced by brun￭ ell￭ es￭ chi leon bat￭ ti￭ sta alber￭ ti andrea p￭ all￭ adi￭ o and br￭ am￭ ante their works include florence cathedral st peter s basi￭ lic￭ a in rome and the temp￭ io mal￭ at￭ esti￭ ano in ri￭ mini to name only a few not to mention many splendid private resid￭ ences see renaissance architecture finally the al￭ dine press founded by the printer aldo manu￭ zio active in venice developed ital￭ ic type and the small relatively portable and inexpensive printed book that could be carried in one s pocket as well as being the first to publish edi￭ tions of books in ancient greek yet cultural contributions notwithstanding some present day historians also see the era as one of the beginning of economic regression for italy there were some economic downturns due to the opening up of the atlantic trade routes and repeated foreign inv￭ asions and interference by both france and the spanish empire
the italian city states were a political phenomenon of small independent states mostly in the central and northern italian peninsula between the 9 th and 15 th centuries after the fall of the western roman empire urban settlements in italy generally enjoyed a greater continuity than in the rest of western europe many of these towns were survivors of earlier etr￭ us￭ can um￭ brian and roman towns which had existed within the roman empire the republican institutions of rome had also survived some feu￭ dal lords existed with a servi￭ le labour force and huge tracts of land but by the 11 th century many cities including venice milan florence genoa pisa luc￭ ca cre￭ mona si￭ ena peru￭ gia spo￭ le￭ to to￭ di terni and many others had become large trading metro￭ poles able to obtain independence from their formal sovereigns
itch also known as pr￭ ur￭ it￭ us is a sensation that causes the desire or reflex to scratch itch has resisted many attempts to classify it as any one type of sensory experience modern science has shown that itch has many similarities to pain and while both are unpleasant sensory experiences their behavioral response patterns are different pain creates a withdrawal reflex whereas itch leads to a scratch reflex un￭ my￭ el￭ inated nerve fi￭ bers for itch and pain both originate in the skin however information for them is conveyed centrally in two distinct systems that both use the same nerve bundle and spin￭ o￭ thal￭ am￭ ic tract
it￭ chy red bump disease also known as pap￭ ular der￭ mati￭ tis is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by a red rash that may be treated with pu￭ va therapy
in object oriented programming the iter￭ ator pattern is a design pattern in which an iter￭ ator is used to tra￭ verse a container and access the container s elements the iter￭ ator pattern de￭ couples algori￭ th￭ ms from containers in some cases algori￭ th￭ ms are necessarily container specific and thus cannot be decoupled for example the hypothetical algori￭ thm se￭ arch￭ fo￭ rel￭ ement can be implemented generally using a specified type of iter￭ ator rather than implementing it as a container specific algori￭ thm this allows se￭ arch￭ fo￭ rel￭ ement to be used on any container that supports the required type of iter￭ ator
the ivan￭ ov reaction is the chemical reaction of the di￭ an￭ ions endi￭ ol￭ ates of ar￭ yl acetic acids ivan￭ ov reagents with electro￭ ph￭ iles primarily carbon￭ yl compounds or is￭ oc￭ yan￭ ates the reaction was named after the bulgarian organic chem￭ ist academ￭ ician dimit￭ ar ivan￭ ov who discovered it the ivan￭ ov reaction ivan￭ ov reagents di￭ an￭ ions of ar￭ yl acetic acids react with many electro￭ ph￭ iles including alde￭ hy￭ des ke￭ tones is￭ oc￭ yan￭ ates and al￭ ky￭ l hali￭ des the product does not usually spontaneously dec￭ ar￭ box￭ y￭ late but it is possible with some reagents the ivan￭ ov reaction is known to proceed through the zim￭ mer￭ man tra￭ x￭ ler model transition state toul￭ ec et al have investigated the reaction rates and k￭ ine￭ tics
j￭ h is a cry￭ pto￭ graphic has￭ h function submitted to the n￭ ist has￭ h function competition by hon￭ g￭ jun wu though chosen as one of the five fin￭ alists of the competition j￭ h ultimately lost to n￭ ist has￭ h candidate k￭ ec￭ ca￭ k j￭ h has a 10￭ 24 bit state and works on 512 bit input blocks processing an input block consists of three steps 1 x￭ or the input block into the left half of the state 2 apply a 42 round un￭ ke￭ yed per￭ mutation encryption function to the state this consists of 42 repeti￭ tions of 3 1 break the input into 256 4 bit blocks and map each through one of two 4 bit s boxes the choice being made by a 256 bit round dependent key schedule equival￭ ently combine each input block with a key bit and map the result through a 5 → 4 bit s box 4 2 mix adjacent 4 bit blocks using a maximum distance separ￭ able code over g￭ f 24 5 3 per￭ mu￭ te 4 bit blocks so that they will be adjacent to different blocks in following rounds 6 x￭ or the input block into the right half of the state the resulting dig￭ est is the first 224 256 384 or 512 bits from the 10￭ 24 bit final value it is well suited to a bit slic￭ ing implementation using the s￭ se 2 instruction set giving speeds of 16 8 cycles per by￭ te
j￭ sp model 2 is a complex design pattern used in the design of j￭ ava web applications which separates the display of content from the logic used to obtain and manipulate the content since model 2 drives a separation between logic and display it is usually associated with the model – view – controller m￭ v￭ c paradigm while the exact form of the m￭ v￭ c model was never specified by the model 2 design a number of publications recommend a form￭ alized layer to contain m￭ v￭ c model code the j￭ ava blue￭ prints for example originally recommended using ej￭ bs to en￭ capsul￭ ate the m￭ v￭ c model in a model 2 application requests from the client brow￭ ser are passed to the controller the controller performs any logic necessary to obtain the correct content for display it then places the content in the request commonly in the form of a jav￭ ab￭ ean or po￭ jo and decides which view it will pass the request to the view then renders the content passed by the controller model 2 is recommended for medium and large sized applications
ja￭ ag￭ si￭ ek￭ te is a chronic and contagious disease of the lungs in sheep and goats first described in 18￭ 65 its name derives from af￭ ri￭ ka￭ ans and means chasing sickness such that animals afflicted with the disease are in respiratory distress as if they are out of breath from being chased it is also referred to as ovine pul￭ mon￭ ary aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma op￭ a during end stage disease animals ex￭ ude a fo￭ amy white fluid from the nose which is thought to be the mode of transmission between animals dis￭ sec￭ ted lungs from afflicted sheep are inter￭ s￭ pers￭ ed with multi￭ focal tumors some of these are small dis￭ crete no￭ d￭ ules and others will involve the entire half of a lung lo￭ bu￭ le the disease is caused by a retro￭ virus called the ja￭ ag￭ si￭ ek￭ te sheep retro￭ virus j￭ sr￭ v that acutely trans￭ forms the lung epi￭ the￭ lia into can￭ cer￭ ous cells specifically type 2 pneu￭ mo￭ cy￭ tes and club cells of the lung are the likely target for j￭ sr￭ v transformation the tumors formed there exhibit the over￭ active secre￭ tory functions which are a hallmark of op￭ a op￭ a is an infectious disease of sheep and recently has been used as an animal model for human lung cancer it is common in the uk and in south africa the disease has a long incub￭ ation period and is not seen until sheep reach at least 2 years of age clinical symptoms include weight loss loss of appetite and respiratory difficulty which is associated with obvious movement of the ab￭ dom￭ en and high pitched noises fluid accumul￭ ates in the respiratory tract and the disease ultimately causes death the retro￭ viral antigen levels of j￭ sr￭ v are very high in op￭ a tumors and can be detected in the lung secre￭ tions of infected sheep a common field assessment for ja￭ ag￭ si￭ ek￭ te is the wheel￭ bar￭ row test where one lifts the h￭ ind legs of the animal above the head to observe lung exu￭ date flow out the nose and mouth this fluid contains infectious j￭ sr￭ v it is thought that infected animals secre￭ te the virus before showing clinical symptoms and the virus is therefore easily spread within flocks the disease is his￭ to￭ logically similar to human bron￭ chi￭ o￭ al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar carcin￭ oma which accounts for approximately 25 of all diagnosed human lung cancers dol￭ ly the sheep the first mamm￭ al successfully cloned from an adult som￭ atic cell was euthan￭ ized after it was confirmed that she had ja￭ ag￭ si￭ ek￭ te
jac￭ cou￭ d ar￭ thro￭ pa￭ thy ja jac￭ cou￭ d de￭ form￭ ity or jac￭ cou￭ d s arth￭ opathy is a chronic non ero￭ sive reversible joint disorder that may occur after repeated b￭ outs of ar￭ thri￭ tis it is caused by infl￭ amm￭ ation of the joint cap￭ su￭ le and subsequent fi￭ bro￭ tic re￭ traction causing ul￭ nar deviation of the fingers through me￭ tac￭ ar￭ pop￭ hal￭ age￭ al joint mc￭ p su￭ blu￭ x￭ ation primarily of the ring and little finger joints in the feet knees and shoulders may also get affected it is commonly associated with systemic lup￭ us er￭ y￭ them￭ ato￭ sus s￭ le and occurs in roughly 5 of all cases when associated with r￭ heu￭ matic fever it is also called chronic post – r￭ f ar￭ thro￭ pa￭ thy originally thought to be associated only with r￭ heu￭ matic fever it has since been shown to occur also in s￭ le sjö￭ gre￭ n syndrome s￭ cl￭ ero￭ der￭ ma der￭ mat￭ om￭ yo￭ si￭ tis ps￭ ori￭ atic ar￭ thri￭ tis vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis an￭ ky￭ losing spon￭ dy￭ li￭ tis mixed connec￭ tive tissue disease and pyro￭ phosphate de￭ position disease it is distinct from bone erosion which is commonly associated with r￭ heu￭ matic ar￭ thri￭ tis and also distinct from mild de￭ forming ar￭ thro￭ pa￭ thy which is associated with s￭ le there have also been cases of non r￭ heu￭ matic ja associated with ly￭ me disease hiv infection and a number of other conditions treatment focuses toward alleviating pain and in maintaining functionality of the affected joints through use of non￭ ster￭ o￭ idal anti infl￭ am￭ matory drugs cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ster￭ oids anti￭ mal￭ arial drugs and physi￭ otherapy surgery is also a possibility with o￭ ste￭ o￭ tomy or stabilization with kir￭ sch￭ ner intr￭ ame￭ dul￭ l￭ ary wire tend￭ on relocation however has been shown to only work in 30 of cases the condition is named after the french 19 th century physician sig￭ is￭ mond jac￭ cou￭ d
jackson – we￭ iss syndrome j￭ ws is a genetic disorder characterized by foot ab￭ norm￭ alities and the premature fusion of certain bones of the skull cran￭ io￭ sy￭ no￭ sto￭ sis which prevents further growth of the skull and affects the shape of the head and face it can also sometimes cause intellectual disability and crossed eyes as well it was characterized in 1976
in mathematics the jaco￭ bian con￭ jec￭ ture is a celebrated problem on poly￭ no￭ mi￭ als in several variables it was first posed in 1939 by ott hein￭ rich keller it was widely publicized by shre￭ er￭ am ab￭ hy￭ an￭ kar as an example of a question in the area of al￭ ge￭ bra￭ ic geometry that requires little beyond a knowledge of calcul￭ us to state the jaco￭ bian con￭ jec￭ ture is notorious for the large number of attempted proofs that turned out to contain subtle errors as of 2016 there are no plausible claims to have proved it even the two variable case has resisted all efforts there are no known compelling reasons for believing it to be true and according to there are some suspicions that the con￭ jec￭ ture is in fact false for large numbers of variables the jaco￭ bian con￭ jec￭ ture is number 16 in stephen sm￭ ale s 1998 list of mathematical problems for the next century
the jaco￭ b￭ sen epo￭ x￭ id￭ ation sometimes also referred to as jaco￭ b￭ sen kat￭ su￭ ki epo￭ x￭ id￭ ation is a chemical reaction which allows en￭ anti￭ o￭ selective epo￭ x￭ id￭ ation of un￭ func￭ tion￭ alized al￭ ky￭ l and ar￭ yl substituted ole￭ fins it is complementary to the shar￭ pl￭ ess epo￭ x￭ id￭ ation used to form epo￭ x￭ ides from the double bond in all￭ yl￭ ic alcohol￭ s the jaco￭ b￭ sen epo￭ x￭ id￭ ation gains its stereo￭ selectivity from a c 2 sym￭ metric man￭ g￭ anese iii sal￭ en like lig￭ and which is used in catalytic amounts the man￭ g￭ anese atom transfers an oxygen atom from chlorine ble￭ ach or similar oxid￭ ant the reaction is named after its invent￭ or eric jaco￭ b￭ sen and sometimes also including tsu￭ tom￭ u kat￭ su￭ ki chir￭ al directing cataly￭ sts are useful to organic chem￭ ists trying to control the stere￭ och￭ emis￭ try of bio￭ logically active compounds and develop en￭ anti￭ op￭ ure drugs several improved procedures have been developed a general reaction scheme follows
the jaco￭ b￭ sen re￭ arrangement is a chemical reaction commonly described as the migration of an al￭ ky￭ l group in a sul￭ fon￭ ic acid derived from a poly￭ al￭ ky￭ l or poly￭ hal￭ ob￭ enz￭ ene jaco￭ b￭ sen re￭ arrangement the exact reaction mechanism is not completely clear but evidence indicates that the re￭ arrangement occurs inter￭ molec￭ ularly and that the migr￭ ating group is transferred to a poly￭ al￭ k￭ yl￭ benzene not to the sul￭ fon￭ ic acid sul￭ fon￭ ation only takes place after migration the inter￭ molecular mechanism is partially illustrated by the side products found in the following example jaco￭ b￭ sen re￭ arrangement furthermore the reaction is limited to benzene rings with at least four substitu￭ ents al￭ ky￭ l and or halo￭ gen groups the sul￭ fo group is easily removed so the jaco￭ b￭ sen re￭ arrangement can also be considered as a re￭ arrangement of poly￭ al￭ k￭ yl￭ ben￭ zen￭ es it was her￭ zi￭ g who described this type of re￭ arrangement for the first time in 18￭ 81 using poly￭ halogenated ben￭ zen￭ es￭ ul￭ fon￭ ic acids but the reaction took the name of the german chem￭ ist oscar jaco￭ b￭ sen who described the re￭ arrangement of poly￭ al￭ k￭ yl￭ benzene derivatives in 18￭ 86
jaco￭ b￭ sen syndrome also known as 11 q deletion disorder is a rare con￭ genital disorder resulting from deletion of a terminal region of chro￭ mo￭ some 11 that includes band 11 q 24 1 it can cause intellectual disabilities a distinctive facial appearance and a variety of physical problems including heart defects and a bleeding disorder the syndrome was first identified by danish physician pe￭ tra jaco￭ b￭ sen and is believed to occur in approximately 1 out of every 100 000 births
in abstract al￭ ge￭ bra jaco￭ b￭ son s con￭ jec￭ ture is an open problem in ring theory concerning the inter￭ section of powers of the jaco￭ b￭ son radical of a no￭ e￭ ther￭ ian ring it has only been proven for special types of no￭ e￭ ther￭ ian rings so far examples exist to show that the con￭ jec￭ ture can fail when the ring is not no￭ e￭ ther￭ ian on a side so it is absolutely necessary for the ring to be two sided no￭ e￭ ther￭ ian the con￭ jec￭ ture is named for the al￭ ge￭ bra￭ ist nathan jaco￭ b￭ son who posed the first version of the con￭ jec￭ ture
jaff￭ e – camp￭ an￭ acc￭ i syndrome is one of the disorders associated with café au la￭ it mac￭ ules cal￭ ms presentations may include intellectual disability disseminated non os￭ si￭ fying fi￭ bro￭ mas of the long bones and jaw hypo￭ gon￭ ad￭ ism or cry￭ p￭ tor￭ chi￭ dis￭ m or giant cell gran￭ ul￭ om￭ as of the jaw it was characterized in 1958 and 1983
jal￭ il￭ i syndrome is a genetic disorder characterized by the combination of cone rod dy￭ stro￭ phy of the re￭ tina and am￭ elo￭ genesis im￭ perfec￭ ta it was characterized in 1988 by dr i k jal￭ il￭ i and dr n j d smith following the examination of 29 members of an in￭ bred arab family living within the gaza strip
jama￭ ican v￭ om￭ iting sickness is an acute illness caused by the toxin hypo￭ gly￭ cin a which is present in un￭ ripen￭ ed fruit of the ac￭ kee tree hypo￭ gly￭ cin a is present in the un￭ ripe ar￭ ill￭ i at levels of over 1000 ppm which falls to less than 0 1 ppm in the fully ripen￭ ed ar￭ ill￭ i hypo￭ gly￭ cin b found only in the ine￭ di￭ ble seed is believed to be a derivative of hypo￭ gly￭ cin a its concentration rises from 0 4 mg g to 3 3 mg g as the fruit rip￭ ens
in psychology jam￭ ais vu ˈ￭ ʒ￭ æ￭ me￭ ɪ ˈ￭ vu￭ ː french pron￭ unciation ​ ʒ￭ a m￭ ɛ vy from french meaning never seen is the phenomenon of experiencing a situation that one recognizes in some fashion but that nonetheless seems very unfamiliar often described as the opposite of déjà vu jam￭ ais vu involves a sense of eer￭ iness and the observer s impression of seeing the situation for the first time despite rationally knowing that he or she has been in the situation before jam￭ ais vu is sometimes associated with certain types of ap￭ ha￭ sia amnesia and epi￭ le￭ psy jam￭ ais vu is most commonly experienced when a person moment￭ arily does not recognise a word or less commonly a person or place that she or he knows this can be achieved by anyone by repeatedly writing or saying a specific word out loud after a few seconds one will often despite knowing that it is a real word feel as if there s no way it is an actual word the phenomenon is often grouped with déjà vu and pres￭ que vu or tip of the tongue theoretically as seen below a jam￭ ais vu feeling in a suffer￭ er of a deli￭ ri￭ ous disorder or in￭ tox￭ ication could result in a deli￭ ri￭ ous explanation of it such as in cap￭ gr￭ as delusion in which the patient takes a person known by him or her for a false double or im￭ post￭ or if the im￭ post￭ or is himself the clinical setting would be the same as the one described as de￭ person￭ alisation hence jam￭ ais v￭ us of oneself or of the very reality of reality are termed de￭ person￭ alization and dere￭ alization respectively a study by chris moul￭ in of le￭ eds university asked 92 volunteers to write out door 30 times in 60 seconds in july 2006 at the 4 th international conference on memory in sydney he reported that 68 percent of volunteers showed symptoms of jam￭ ais vu such as beginning to doubt that door was a real word dr moul￭ in believes that a similar brain fatigue underlies a phenomenon observed in some schizophrenia patients that a familiar person has been replaced by an im￭ post￭ or dr moul￭ in suggests they could be suffering from chronic jam￭ ais vu jam￭ ais vu can be caused by epi￭ le￭ ptic seizures
the term jammed finger refers to finger joint pain and sw￭ elling from an impact injury this injury tends to be very painful and immediate treatment will usually help heal the joint faster most jammed fingers heal relatively quickly if no frac￭ ture occurs if there is a frac￭ ture however the healing process will take longer anywhere from one or two weeks to several months and the methods of healing will become more in depth toes can become jammed as well but not as often as fingers
the jam￭ mu kashmir liberation front yas￭ in mali￭ k is a break away faction of the jam￭ mu kashmir liberation front led by yas￭ in mali￭ k it is a separatist movement demanding a united kashmir independent from both pakistan and india although previously a militant organization since 1995 it has renounced all violence and called for strictly peaceful methods to achieve its aims however it has questionable support even in kashmir valley and has never contested any democratic elections it has on several occasions been accused of stirring up anti india and anti indian army ag￭ itations including several violent stone pel￭ ting incidents
jan￭ e￭ way le￭ sions are non tender small er￭ y￭ them￭ at￭ ous or haemorrha￭ gic mac￭ ular or no￭ d￭ ular le￭ sions on the pal￭ ms or sol￭ es only a few milli￭ meters in diameter that are indicative of infec￭ tive endo￭ cardi￭ tis patho￭ logically the le￭ sion is described to be a micro￭ abs￭ c￭ ess of the der￭ mis with marked necro￭ sis and infl￭ am￭ matory infiltr￭ ate not involving the ep￭ id￭ er￭ mis they are caused by se￭ ptic emb￭ oli which deposit bacteria forming micro￭ abs￭ c￭ esses jan￭ e￭ way le￭ sions are dis￭ tal flat ec￭ ch￭ y￭ mo￭ tic and pain￭ less o￭ sl￭ er s no￭ des and jan￭ e￭ way le￭ sions are similar but o￭ sl￭ er s no￭ des present with tender￭ ness and are of immun￭ o￭ logic origin
jan￭ sen s met￭ ap￭ hy￭ seal ch￭ on￭ dro￭ dys￭ pl￭ asia or j￭ mc is a disease that results from lig￭ and independent activation of the type 1 of the par￭ ath￭ yro￭ id hormone recep￭ tor p￭ th￭ r 1 due to one of three reported mutations activating mutation j￭ mc is extremely rare and as of 2007 there are fewer than 20 reported cases worldwide
jan￭ sky – bi￭ el￭ scho￭ w￭ sky disease is an extremely rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive genetic disorder that is part of the neuro￭ nal cer￭ o￭ id li￭ po￭ fus￭ cin￭ osis nc￭ l family of neuro￭ degenerative disorders it is caused by the accumulation of li￭ po￭ pig￭ ments in the body due to a deficiency in tri￭ pep￭ ti￭ dy￭ l pep￭ ti￭ d￭ ase i as a result of a mutation in the t￭ pp 1 gene symptoms appear between ages 2 and 4 and consist of typical neuro￭ degenerative complications loss of muscle function at￭ ax￭ ia drug resistant seizures epi￭ le￭ psy ap￭ ra￭ x￭ ia development of muscle tw￭ it￭ ches my￭ o￭ cl￭ onus and vision impairment this late inf￭ anti￭ le form of the disease progres￭ ses rapidly once symptoms are onset and ends in death between age 8 and teens the prevalence of jan￭ sky – bi￭ el￭ scho￭ w￭ sky disease is unknown however nc￭ l collectively affects an estimated 1 in 100 00 individuals worldwide jan￭ sky – bi￭ el￭ scho￭ w￭ sky disease is also known as late inf￭ anti￭ le b￭ atten disease lin￭ cl or neuro￭ nal cer￭ o￭ id li￭ po￭ fus￭ cin￭ osis
jan￭ us kin￭ ase 3 deficiency or jak 3 deficiency is a defect in the body s cy￭ to￭ k￭ ine recep￭ tors and their sign￭ aling jak 3 en￭ codes jan￭ us kin￭ ase 3 a ty￭ ros￭ ine kin￭ ase that belongs to the jan￭ us family jak 3 functions in signal trans￭ duc￭ tion and inter￭ acts with members of the stat signal trans￭ duc￭ tion and activ￭ ators of trans￭ cription family the cause of jak 3 deficiency the deficiency causes the near absence of t lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tes and natural killer cells and normal or elevated b lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tes due to an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive variant of severe combined immun￭ o￭ deficiency sci￭ d
japan foreign marriage is a phenomenon occurring in rural japan in recent years rural japanese men have begun taking foreign bri￭ des as a way of countering the reduced number of women who are of marri￭ age￭ able child￭ bearing age that are willing to marry rural japanese men the phenomenon has created a new industry of foreign marriage brokering that uses both local governments and private organizations to facilitate the immigration of foreign bri￭ des this is largely a result of an aging population in japan where approximately 20 of the population is over the age of 65 which is exceptionally high a fertility rate of only 1 3 and increased opportunities for women and increased costs in child care
in japanese mah￭ jong yak￭ u japanese 役 is a condition that determines the value of the player s hand it is essential to know the yak￭ u for game strategy although the knowledge is not mandatory a player must have a minimum of one yak￭ u in their hand in order to legally win a hand each yak￭ u has a specific han value yak￭ u conditions may be combined to produce hands of greater value the game also features dora that allow a hand to add han value but that cannot count as yak￭ u altogether a hand s points value increases exponentially with every han a hand contains
japanese en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis je formerly known as japanese b en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis to distinguish it from econom￭ o s a en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis — is a disease caused by the mosquito borne japanese en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis virus j￭ ev the japanese en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis virus j￭ ev itself is a virus from the family fla￭ vivi￭ ri￭ da￭ e part of the japanese en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis sero￭ complex of 9 genetically and anti￭ gen￭ ically related viruses some which are particularly severe in horses and four known to infect humans including west nile virus domestic pigs and wild birds especially her￭ ons are reservoirs of the virus transmission to humans may cause severe symptoms amongst the most important vectors of this disease are the mosquitoes cul￭ ex tr￭ it￭ a￭ en￭ ior￭ hy￭ n￭ ch￭ us and cul￭ ex vis￭ h￭ nu￭ i this disease is most prevalent in southeast asia and east asia
japanese oak wil￭ t also called mortality of oak trees in japan is a fun￭ gal disease caused by raff￭ ael￭ ea quer￭ ci￭ vor￭ a fun￭ gus affecting by oak trees in 1998 japanese plant patho￭ logists group was isolation in￭ oc￭ ulation and re￭ isolation the dead tree it s the first disease known that raff￭ a￭ ela fun￭ gus cause plant disease
japanese spotted fever or ori￭ ental spotted fever is a condition characterized by a rash that has early mac￭ ules and later in some patients pe￭ tec￭ hi￭ ae it is caused by ric￭ ke￭ tt￭ sia jap￭ onica
the jap￭ p – kl￭ ing￭ emann reaction is a chemical reaction used to synthe￭ size hydra￭ zones from β ke￭ to acids or β ke￭ to esters and ar￭ yl di￭ az￭ on￭ ium salts the reaction is named after the chem￭ ists francis robert jap￭ p and felix kl￭ ing￭ emann the jap￭ p kl￭ ing￭ emann reaction the hydra￭ zone products of the jap￭ p – kl￭ ing￭ emann reaction are most often used as intermedi￭ ates in syn￭ theses of more complex organic molecules for example a phen￭ yl￭ hydra￭ zone product can be heated in the presence of strong acid to produce an in￭ do￭ le via the fischer in￭ do￭ le synthesis the jap￭ p kl￭ ing￭ emann reaction used to synthe￭ size ind￭ oles
the jap￭ p – ma￭ it￭ land condens￭ ation is an organic reaction and a type of al￭ do￭ l reaction and a tandem reaction in a reaction between the ke￭ tone 2 pent￭ an￭ one and the alde￭ hyde benz￭ alde￭ hyde cataly￭ zed by base the bis al￭ do￭ l ad￭ duc￭ t is formed first the second step is a ring closing reaction when one hydrox￭ yl group dis￭ places the other in a nucle￭ oph￭ il￭ ic substitution forming an ox￭ o te￭ tra￭ hydro￭ py￭ ran jap￭ p ma￭ it￭ land condens￭ ation the reaction was first described by francis robert jap￭ p and william ma￭ it￭ land in 19￭ 04 the jap￭ p – ma￭ it￭ land reaction is of some importance to synthetic organic chemistry for example as part of the synthesis of biom￭ ol￭ ecu￭ le cent￭ ro￭ lob￭ ine jap￭ p – ma￭ it￭ land condens￭ ation in cent￭ ro￭ lob￭ ine synthesis
jargon ap￭ ha￭ sia is a type of flu￭ ent ap￭ ha￭ sia in which an individual s speech is incomprehensible but appears to make sense to the individual persons experiencing this condition will either replace a desired word with another that sounds or looks like the original one or has some other connection to it or they will replace it with random sounds accordingly persons with jargon ap￭ ha￭ sia often use neo￭ logis￭ ms and may per￭ sever￭ ate if they try to replace the words they can t find with sounds
the j￭ aris￭ ch – her￭ x￭ he￭ imer reaction is a reaction to endo￭ toxin like products released by the death of harmful micro￭ organisms within the body during antibiotic treatment
ja￭ und￭ ice also known as ic￭ ter￭ us is a yel￭ low￭ ish or green￭ ish pi￭ gm￭ entation of the skin and whites of the eyes due to high bi￭ li￭ rubin levels it is commonly associated with it￭ chin￭ ess the f￭ ec￭ es may be pale and the urine dark ja￭ und￭ ice in babies occurs in over half in the first week following birth and in most is not a problem if bi￭ li￭ rubin levels in babies are very high for too long a type of brain damage known as ker￭ nic￭ ter￭ us may occur causes of ja￭ und￭ ice vary from non serious to potentially fatal levels of bi￭ li￭ rubin in blood are normally below 1 0 mg dl 17 µ￭ mol l and levels over 2 3 mg dl 34 51 µ￭ mol l typically results in ja￭ und￭ ice high bi￭ li￭ rubin is divided into two types un￭ con￭ ju￭ gated indirect and con￭ ju￭ gated direct con￭ ju￭ gated bi￭ li￭ rubin can be confirmed by finding bi￭ li￭ rubin in the urine other conditions that can cause yel￭ low￭ ish skin but are not ja￭ und￭ ice include caro￭ ten￭ emia from eating large amounts of certain foods and medications like ri￭ fam￭ pin high un￭ con￭ ju￭ gated bi￭ li￭ rubin may be due to excess red blood cell breakdown large bru￭ ises genetic conditions such as gil￭ bert s syndrome no eating for a prolonged period of time new￭ born ja￭ und￭ ice or thyro￭ id problems high con￭ ju￭ gated bi￭ li￭ rubin may be due to liver diseases such as cir￭ rho￭ sis or hepatitis infections medications or block￭ age of the bile duc￭ t in the developed world the cause is more often block￭ age of the bile duc￭ t or medications while in the developing world it is more often infections such as viral hepatitis le￭ pto￭ spi￭ ro￭ sis sch￭ is￭ to￭ som￭ i￭ asis or malaria block￭ age of the bile duc￭ t may occur due to gall￭ stones cancer or pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis medical imaging such as ul￭ tras￭ ound is useful for detecting bile duc￭ t block￭ age treatment of ja￭ und￭ ice is typically determined by the underlying cause if a bile duc￭ t block￭ age is present surgery is typically required otherwise management is medical medical management may involve treating infectious causes and stopping medication that could be contributing among new￭ bor￭ ns depending on age and pre￭ maturity a bi￭ li￭ rubin greater than 4 21 mg dl 68 360 µ￭ mol l may be treated with photo￭ therapy or exchanged transfusion the it￭ chin￭ ess may be helped by draining the gall￭ blad￭ der or ur￭ so￭ de￭ oxy￭ chol￭ ic acid the word ja￭ und￭ ice is from the french ja￭ un￭ isse meaning yellow disease
a jaw ab￭ normality is disorder in the formation or shape of the jaw it can involve mal￭ oc￭ clu￭ sion types include micro￭ gn￭ ath￭ ism pro￭ gn￭ ath￭ ism retro￭ gn￭ ath￭ ism pierre robin syndrome
jaw clau￭ dic￭ ation is pain in the jaw associated with chewing it is a classic symptom of giant cell arter￭ i￭ tis but can be confused with symptoms of tempor￭ om￭ andi￭ bul￭ ar joint disease r￭ heu￭ mato￭ id ar￭ thri￭ tis of the tempor￭ om￭ andi￭ bul￭ ar joint my￭ asth￭ enia grav￭ is tumors of the par￭ o￭ ti￭ d g￭ land or oc￭ clu￭ sion or sten￭ osis of the external caro￭ ti￭ d artery the term is derived by analogy from clau￭ dic￭ ation of the leg where pain is caused by arter￭ ial in￭ sufficiency
je￭ av￭ ons syndrome is a type of epi￭ le￭ psy it is one of the most distinctive reflex syndro￭ mes of idi￭ opathic generalized epi￭ le￭ psy characterized by the tri￭ ad of eye￭ lid my￭ o￭ cl￭ onia with and without abs￭ ences eye closure induced seizures eeg par￭ ox￭ ys￭ ms or both and photo￭ sensitivity eye￭ lid my￭ o￭ cl￭ onia with or without abs￭ ences is a form of epi￭ le￭ ptic seizure manifest￭ ing with my￭ o￭ cl￭ onic jer￭ ks of the eye￭ li￭ ds with or without a brief absence these are mainly precipit￭ ated by closing of the eyes and lights eye￭ lid my￭ o￭ cl￭ onia is the defining seizure type of je￭ av￭ ons syndrome
the je￭ ep problem desert crossing problem or exploration problem is a mathematics problem in which a je￭ ep must maximise the distance it can travel into a desert with a given quantity of fuel the je￭ ep can only carry a fixed and limited amount of fuel but it can leave fuel and collect fuel at fuel dumps anywhere in the desert the problem was solved by n j fine in 1947
a jefferson frac￭ ture is a bone frac￭ ture of the an￭ terior and poster￭ ior ar￭ ches of the c 1 verte￭ bra though it may also appear as a three or two part frac￭ ture the frac￭ ture may result from an ax￭ ial load on the back of the head or hyper￭ extension of the neck e g caused by diving causing a poster￭ ior break and may be accompanied by a break in other parts of the cer￭ vic￭ al sp￭ ine it is named after the british neuro￭ logist and neuro￭ surgeon sir ge￭ off￭ rey jefferson who reported four cases of the frac￭ ture in 1920 in addition to reviewing cases that had been reported previously
jeffrey p nad￭ ler born 27 february 1950 in brooklyn new york is a jewish american infectious diseases and hiv aids expert his most recent position has been as acting director and assistant director of the therapeu￭ tics research program division of aids d￭ aids national institute of allergy and infectious diseases ni￭ aid where he over￭ saw nih ni￭ aid sponsored national and international hiv aids research he is well known for his service as an expert hiv consultant to the association of physicians of india api as a facilit￭ ator to the creation of the first guidelines for use of anti￭ retro￭ viral therapy in india and for training countless indian physicians in the treatment of hiv aids through the ngo chart india his reputation as physician advent￭ ur￭ er is also of note he treated clim￭ bers while asc￭ ending mount ever￭ est sailors while racing around the world and indigenous peoples while back￭ packing along the amazon river in brazil and while h￭ acking his way through the jun￭ g￭ les of peru on a map￭ making expedi￭ tion a master hiv clin￭ ician of international repute he has treated patients with hiv and aids in brazil the czech republic hungary india russia and the united states
je￭ j￭ em￭ on tag￭ alo￭ g pron￭ unciation ˈ￭ d￭ ʒ￭ ɛ￭ d￭ ʒ￭ ɛ￭ mon is a pop culture phenomenon in the philippines according to urban dic￭ tionary a je￭ j￭ em￭ on is a person who has managed to sub￭ vert the english language to the point of in￭ comprehen￭ sibility the philippine daily inqu￭ ir￭ er describes je￭ j￭ em￭ ons as a new breed of hip￭ ster who have sic developed not only their own language and written text but also their own sub￭ culture and fashion
jell￭ y￭ fish der￭ mati￭ tis is a cu￭ taneous condition caused by st￭ ings from a jell￭ y￭ fish
j￭ emb￭ ran￭ a disease is an acute viral disease of cattle while it produces relatively mild symptoms in ta￭ urine cattle the j￭ emb￭ ran￭ a virus is particularly severe in bali cattle where it has a fat￭ ality rate of approximately seventeen percent its first documented outbreak occurred in 1964 in the j￭ emb￭ ran￭ a district of bali indonesia within two years of its appearance the disease had killed an estimated 26 000 of the approximately 300 000 cattle on bali island the virus belongs to the l￭ enti￭ virus genus which include immun￭ o￭ deficiency viruses such as hiv instead of the chronic disease produced by most l￭ enti￭ v￭ ruses j￭ emb￭ ran￭ a disease produces acute effects after an incub￭ ation period of 5 – 12 days the disease produces symptoms including in￭ appe￭ t￭ ence fever leth￭ ar￭ gy enlargement of the lymp￭ h no￭ des and diarr￭ ho￭ ea there is at least one strain that has been sequ￭ enced
the jersey finger is a finger related tend￭ on injury that is common in athle￭ tics and can result in permanent loss of fl￭ ex￭ ion of the end of the finger if not sur￭ g￭ ically repaired this injury often occurs in american football when a player grab￭ s another player s jersey with the tips of one or more fingers while that player is pulling or running away
jer￭ vel￭ l and lange ni￭ el￭ sen syndrome j￭ l￭ ns is a type of long q￭ t syndrome associated with severe bilateral sens￭ or￭ in￭ eur￭ al hearing loss long q￭ t syndrome causes the cardiac muscle to take longer than usual to re￭ charge between beats if untreated the irregular heart￭ beats called arr￭ hy￭ th￭ mi￭ as can lead to fain￭ ting seizures or sudden death it was first described by anton jer￭ vel￭ l and fred lange ni￭ el￭ sen in 1957
jesse roth md born august 5 19￭ 34 is a diabetes and diabetes related researcher at the fe￭ instein institute for medical research he received his ba in 1955 from columbia university and his md in 1959 from albert einstein college of medicine he was a recipient of the 1980 g￭ air￭ dner foundation international award and in 1982 he received the american diabetes association s ban￭ ting medal for scientific achievement
j￭ ester s privilege is the ability and right of a j￭ ester to talk and mock freely without being punished for nothing he says seems to matter martin luther used jest in many of his criticisms against the catholic church in the introduction to to the christian no￭ bility of the german nation he calls himself a court j￭ ester and later in text he explicitly inv￭ okes the j￭ ester s privilege when saying that monks should break their chas￭ ti￭ ty vo￭ ws
jet blast is the phenomenon of rapid air movement produced by the jet engines of aircraft particularly on or before take￭ off a large jet eng￭ ined aircraft can produce winds of up to 100 kno￭ ts 190 km h 120 mp￭ h as far away as 60 metres 200 ft behind it at 40 maximum rated power jet blast can be a hazard to people or other un￭ secured objects behind the aircraft and is capable of fl￭ att￭ ening buildings and destroying vehicles despite the power and potentially destructive nature of jet blast there are relatively few jet blast incidents due to the invisible nature of jet blast and the aerod￭ y￭ nam￭ ic properties of light aircraft light aircraft moving about airports are particularly vulnerable pilots of light aircraft frequently stay off to the side of the run￭ way rather than follow in the centre to neg￭ ate the effect of the blast prop￭ eller planes are also capable of generating significant re￭ ar￭ wards winds known as prop wash some airports have installed jet blast defl￭ ec￭ tors in areas where roads or people may be in the path of the jet blast on take off
jet lag medic￭ ally referred to as des￭ yn￭ chrono￭ sis and rarely as cir￭ c￭ adi￭ an dys￭ rhy￭ th￭ mia is a physiological condition which results from alterations to the body s cir￭ c￭ adi￭ an rhy￭ th￭ ms resulting from rapid long distance trans mer￭ idi￭ an east – west or west – east travel on high speed aircraft for example someone travelling from new york to london feels as if the time were five hours earlier than local time jet lag was previously classified as one of the cir￭ c￭ adi￭ an rhythm sleep disorders the condition of jet lag may last several days before the traveller is fully adjusted to the new time zone a recovery period of one day per time zone crossed is a suggested guideline jet lag is especially an issue for airline pilots crew and frequent travellers airlines have regulations aimed at combating pilot fatigue caused by jet lag the term jet lag is used because before the arrival of passenger jet aircraft it was un￭ common to travel far and fast enough to cause jet lag travel by prop￭ eller driven aircraft by ship or by train were slower and of more limited distance than jet flights and thus did not contribute widely to the problem
in high energy physics jet qu￭ en￭ ching is a phenomenon that can occur in the collision of ultra high energy particles in general the collision of high energy particles can produce jets of elementary particles that emerge from these collis￭ ions collis￭ ions of ultra relati￭ vis￭ tic heavy ion particle be￭ ams create a hot and dense medium comparable to the conditions in the early universe and then these jets interact strongly with the medium leading to a marked reduction of their energy this energy reduction is called jet qu￭ en￭ ching
job control is a person s ability to influence what happens in his or her work environment in particular to influence matters that are relevant to his or her personal goals job control may include control over work tasks control over the work pace and physical movement control over the social and technical environment and freedom from supervision workplace autonomy has been seen as a specialized form of the more general concept of control workplace autonomy is the freedom of a person to determine what he or she does at work and how
job creep is a phenomenon in which employers continually require increasing amounts of work relative to the normal requirements of their operations
job shop scheduling or job shop problem is an optimi￭ zation problem in computer science and operations research in which ideal jobs are assigned to resources at particular times the most basic version is as follows we are given n jobs j 1 j 2 jn of varying processing times which need to be scheduled on m machines with varying processing power while trying to minimize the ma￭ kes￭ pan the ma￭ kes￭ pan is the total length of the schedule that is when all the jobs have finished processing in most practical settings the problem is presented as an online problem dynamic scheduling that is the decision of scheduling a job can only be made online when the job is presented to the algori￭ thm this problem is one of the best known combin￭ atorial optimi￭ zation problems and was the first problem for which competitive analysis was presented by graham in 1966 best problem instances for basic model with ma￭ kes￭ pan objective are due to ta￭ ill￭ ard
a jobless recovery or jobless growth is an economic phenomenon in which a macro￭ economy experiences growth while maintaining or decreasing its level of employment the term has been coined by the economist nick per￭ na in the early 1990 s
in psycho￭ analy￭ tic analysis the joc￭ asta complex is the inc￭ est￭ uous sexual desire of a mother towards her son raymond de saus￭ sure introduced the term in 1920 by way of analogy to its logical conver￭ se in psycho￭ analysis the o￭ edi￭ p￭ us complex and it may be used to cover different degrees of attachment including dom￭ ine￭ ering but as￭ ex￭ ual mother love – something perhaps particularly prevalent with an intelligent son and an absent weak father figure
jo￭ han￭ son – bli￭ zz￭ ard syndrome j￭ bs is a rare sometimes fatal auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive multi￭ system con￭ genital disorder featuring abnormal development of the pan￭ cre￭ as nose and scal￭ p with mental retar￭ dation hearing loss and growth failure it is sometimes described as a form of ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal dys￭ pl￭ asia the disorder is especially noted for causing profound developmental errors and exo￭ cr￭ ine dysfunction of the pan￭ cre￭ as and it is considered to be an inherited pan￭ cre￭ atic disease
john temp￭ leton bow￭ en 18￭ 57 – 1940 was an american der￭ mato￭ logist bow￭ en s disease and bow￭ en￭ o￭ id pap￭ ul￭ osis are named for him
the johnson – co￭ rey – cha￭ y￭ kovsky reaction sometimes referred to as the co￭ rey – cha￭ y￭ kovsky reaction or cc￭ r is a chemical reaction used in organic chemistry for the synthesis of epo￭ x￭ ides azi￭ rid￭ ines and cyclo￭ pro￭ pan￭ es it was discovered in 1961 by a william johnson and developed significantly by e j co￭ rey and michael cha￭ y￭ kovsky the reaction involves addition of a sul￭ fur y￭ li￭ de to a ke￭ tone alde￭ hyde im￭ ine or en￭ one to produce the corresponding 3 memb￭ ered ring the reaction is di￭ ast￭ ere￭ o￭ selective favoring trans substitution in the product regardless of the initial stere￭ och￭ emis￭ try the synthesis of epo￭ x￭ ides via this method serves as an important retro￭ synthetic alternative to the traditional epo￭ x￭ id￭ ation reactions of ole￭ fins johnson – co￭ rey – cha￭ y￭ kovsky reaction the reaction is most often employed for epo￭ x￭ id￭ ation via meth￭ ylene transfer and to this end has been used in several notable total syn￭ theses see below additionally detailed below are the history mechanism scope and en￭ anti￭ o￭ selective variants of the reaction several reviews have been published
johnson – mc￭ mil￭ lin syndrome is a neuro￭ ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal syndrome that consist of conduc￭ tive hearing loss and micro￭ tia
ap￭ hal￭ an￭ gy hem￭ i￭ verte￭ bra￭ e and u￭ ro￭ genital intest￭ inal dys￭ genesis is an extremely rare syndrome described only in three si￭ bl￭ ings it associates hypo￭ pl￭ asia or ap￭ la￭ sia of p￭ hal￭ anges of hands and feet hem￭ i￭ verte￭ bra￭ e and various u￭ ro￭ genital and or intest￭ inal ab￭ norm￭ alities intr￭ af￭ am￭ ili￭ al vari￭ ability is important as one sister had lethal ab￭ norm￭ alities pot￭ ter sequence and pul￭ mon￭ ary hypo￭ pl￭ asia while her affected brother was in good health with normal psy￭ ch￭ om￭ o￭ tor development at 6 months of age prog￭ no￭ sis seems to depend mainly on the severity of vis￭ cer￭ al mal￭ formations eti￭ ology and inheritance remain unknown
a joint is a break frac￭ ture of natural origin in the continuity of either a layer or body of rock that lacks any visible or measurable movement parallel to the surface plane of the frac￭ ture although they can occur sing￭ ly they most frequently occur as joint sets and systems a joint set is a family of parallel evenly spac￭ ed joints that can be identified through mapping and analysis of the orientations spac￭ ing and physical properties a joint system consists of two or more inter￭ sec￭ ting joint sets the distinction between joints and faults hinges on the terms visible or measurable which depends on the scale of observation faults differ from joints in that they exhibit visible or measurable lateral movement between the opposite surfaces of the frac￭ ture as a result a joint may have been created by either strict movement of a rock layer or body per￭ pend￭ icular to the frac￭ ture or by varying degrees of lateral displacement parallel to the surface plane of the frac￭ ture that remains “ invisible ” at the scale of observation joints are among the most universal geo￭ logic structures as they are found in most every exposure of rock they vary greatly in appearance dimensions and arrangement and occur in quite different tec￭ tonic environments often the specific origin of the stresses that created certain joints and associated joint sets can be quite ambiguous unclear and sometimes controversial the most prominent joints occur in the most well consolidated li￭ thi￭ fied and highly competent rocks such as sand￭ stone lime￭ stone quar￭ tz￭ ite and gran￭ ite joints may be open fractu￭ res or filled by various materials joints which are inf￭ il￭ led by precipit￭ ated minerals are called ve￭ ins and joints filled by soli￭ di￭ fied mag￭ ma are called di￭ kes
a joint dis￭ location also called lux￭ ation occurs when there is an abnormal separation in the joint where two or more bones meet a partial dis￭ location is referred to as a su￭ blu￭ x￭ ation dis￭ locations are often caused by sudden trauma on the joint like an impact or fall a joint dis￭ location can cause damage to the surrounding lig￭ aments tend￭ ons muscles and nerves dis￭ locations can occur in any joint major shoulder knees etc or minor toes fingers etc the most common joint dis￭ location is a shoulder dis￭ location treatment for joint dis￭ location is usually by closed reduction that is skilled manipulation to return the bones to their normal position reduction should be done only by trained people because it can cause injury
a joint eff￭ usion is the presence of increased intra artic￭ ular fluid it may affect any joint commonly it involves the knee
joint locking or locked joint is the term used to describe the pain that is caused when the joint is extended beyond a certain angle as a result the patient may be forced to restrict the joint extension from movement limited to just 10 to 30 degrees any further extension beyond the restricted angle can cause severe intractable joint pain limitation in achieving a normal extension can create many challenges for a normal movement joint locking is most commonly caused due to men￭ is￭ cus tear or similar injuries o￭ ste￭ o￭ ar￭ thri￭ tis and con￭ genital defects in a few cases
in micro￭ economics joint product pricing is the firm s problem of choosing prices for joint products which are two or more products produced from the same process or operation each considered to be of value pricing for joint products is more complex than pricing for a single product to begin with there are two demand cur￭ ves the characteristics of each could be different demand for one product could be greater than for the other consumers of one product could be more price elastic than consumers of the other and therefore more sensitive to changes in the product s price to complicate things further both products because they are produced jointly share a common marginal cost curve there are also complexities in the production function their production could be linked in the sense that they are bi products referred to as complements in production or in the sense that they can be produced by the same inputs referred to as substitutes in production further production of the joint product could be in fixed proportions or in variable proportions when setting prices in such a complex situation micro￭ economic marginal analysis is helpful in a simple case of a single product the price is set at that quantity demanded where the marginal cost equals the marginal revenue this is what is done when joint products are produced in variable proportions each product is treated separately it might even be possible to construct separate cost functions in the diag￭ ram below to determine optimal pricing for joint products produced in variable proportions one finds the inter￭ section point of marginal revenue product a with the joint marginal cost curve that quantity is then extended up to the demand curve for product a which yields the profit maximizing price for product a point pa in the diag￭ ram the same is done for product b yielding price point pb 1 alt text￭ pricing of joint products if the products are produced in fixed proportions e g cow hides and cow ste￭ aks then one of the products will likely be produced in quantities different from the profit maximizing amount considered separately in fact the profit maximizing quantity and price of the second half of the joint product will be different from the profit maximizing amount considered separately in the diag￭ ram product b is produced in greater amounts than the profit maximizing amount considered separately and sold at a lower price point pb 2 than the profit maximizing price considered separately point pb 1 although the price is lower and the output is higher the marginal cost is also higher yet this is a profit maximizing solution to this situation the quantity of product b supplied is increased to the point where marginal revenue becomes zero i e where the marginal revenue curve inter￭ sec￭ ts the horizontal axis
joint sti￭ ff￭ ness may be either the symptom of pain on moving a joint the symptom of loss of range of motion or the physical sign of reduced range of motion pain on movement is commonly caused by o￭ ste￭ o￭ ar￭ thri￭ tis often in quite minor degrees and other forms of ar￭ thri￭ tis it may also be caused by injury or over￭ use and rarely by more complex causes of pain such as infection or ne￭ op￭ las￭ m the range of motion may be normal or limited by pain morning sti￭ ff￭ ness pain which e￭ ases up after the joint has been used is characteristic of r￭ heu￭ mato￭ id ar￭ thri￭ tis loss of motion symptom the patient notices that the joint or many joints do not move as far as they used to or need to loss of motion is a feature of more advanced stages of ar￭ thri￭ tis including o￭ ste￭ o￭ ar￭ thri￭ tis r￭ heu￭ mato￭ id ar￭ thri￭ tis and an￭ ky￭ losing spon￭ dy￭ li￭ tis loss of range of motion sign the examining medical professional notes that the range of motion of the joint is less than normal routine examination by an orth￭ opa￭ ed￭ ic surgeon or r￭ heu￭ mato￭ logist will often pay particular attention to this the range of motion may be measured and compared to the other side and to normal ranges this sign is associated with the same causes as the symptom in extreme cases when the joint does not move at all it is said to be an￭ ky￭ lo￭ sed
a jones frac￭ ture is a frac￭ ture in the me￭ ta di￭ ap￭ hy￭ seal junction of the fifth met￭ at￭ ar￭ sal of the foot the proxim￭ al end of the met￭ at￭ ar￭ sal where the jones frac￭ ture occurs is near the mid￭ portion of the foot on the fifth ray of which the 5 th toe belongs those who sustain a jones frac￭ ture have pain over this area sw￭ elling and difficulty walking the frac￭ ture was first described by orth￭ o￭ ped￭ ic surgeon sir robert jones who sustained this injury himself while dancing and reported it in the ann￭ als of surgery in 19￭ 02
the jones oxid￭ ation is an organic reaction for the oxid￭ ation of primary and secondary alcohol￭ s to car￭ box￭ yl￭ ic acids and ke￭ tones respectively it is named after its discover￭ er sir ew￭ art jones the jones oxid￭ ation jones re￭ agent is a solution of chromium tri￭ oxide in dilute sul￭ fur￭ ic acid and acet￭ one a mixture of potassium dic￭ h￭ rom￭ ate and dilute sul￭ fur￭ ic acid can also be used the solvent acet￭ one markedly affects the properties of the ch￭ rom￭ ic acid the oxid￭ ation is very rapid quite ex￭ other￭ mic and the yields are typically high the re￭ agent rarely ox￭ idi￭ zes un￭ saturated bonds
the jose￭ ph￭ son effect is the phenomenon of super￭ current — i e a current that flows indefinitely long without any voltage applied — across a device known as a jose￭ ph￭ son junction j￭ j which consists of two super￭ conductors coupled by a weak link the weak link can consist of a thin insulating barrier known as a super￭ conductor – insul￭ ator – super￭ conductor junction or s i s a short section of non super￭ conducting metal s n s or a physical con￭ stric￭ tion that weakens the super￭ conduc￭ tivity at the point of contact s s s the jose￭ ph￭ son effect is an example of a macro￭ scopic quantum phenomenon it is named after the british physic￭ ist brian david jose￭ ph￭ son who predicted in 1962 the mathematical relationships for the current and voltage across the weak link the dc jose￭ ph￭ son effect had been seen in experiments prior to 1962 but had been attributed to super shorts or breaches in the insulating barrier leading to the direct conduc￭ tion of electron￭ s between the super￭ conductors the first paper to claim the discovery of jose￭ ph￭ son s effect and to make the requisite experimental checks was that of philip anderson and john ro￭ well these authors were awarded patents on the effects that were never enforced but never challenged before jose￭ ph￭ son s prediction it was only known that normal i e non super￭ conducting electron￭ s can flow through an insulating barrier by means of quantum tunn￭ eling jose￭ ph￭ son was the first to predict the tunn￭ eling of super￭ conducting cooper pairs for this work jose￭ ph￭ son received the nobel prize in physics in 1973 jose￭ ph￭ son junc￭ tions have important applications in quantum mechanical circuits such as squ￭ ids super￭ conducting qu￭ bits and r￭ s￭ f￭ q digital electronics the n￭ ist standard for one vol￭ t is achieved by an array of 19 000 jose￭ ph￭ son junc￭ tions in series
in computer science and mathematics the jose￭ ph￭ us problem or jose￭ ph￭ us per￭ mutation is a theoretical problem related to a certain counting out game people are standing in a circle waiting to be executed counting begins at a specified point in the circle and proceeds around the circle in a specified direction after a specified number of people are skip￭ ped the next person is executed the procedure is repeated with the remaining people starting with the next person going in the same direction and skip￭ ping the same number of people until only one person remains and is freed the problem — given the number of people starting point direction and number to be skip￭ ped — is to choose the position in the initial circle to avoid execution
jou￭ bert syndrome is a rare genetic disorder that affects the cere￭ bell￭ um an area of the brain that controls balance and coordination
the jo￭ vian – pluton￭ ian grav￭ it￭ ational effect is a ho￭ ax phenomenon stated to cause a noticeable short term reduction in gravity on earth that was invented for april fools day by the english astro￭ no￭ mer patrick moore and broadcast on bbc radio 2 on 1 april 1976
juan j dom￭ ingu￭ ez march 11 1957 is a personal injury and consumer rights attorney based in los angeles california
in the united states judicial review is the ability of a court to examine and decide if a statute treaty or administrative regulation contradicts or violates the provisions of existing law a state constitution or ultimately the united states constitution while the u s constitution does not explicitly define a power of judicial review the authority for judicial review in the united states has been infer￭ red from the structure provisions and history of the constitution two landmark decisions by the u s supreme court served to confirm the infer￭ red constitutional authority for judicial review in the united states in 17￭ 96 hy￭ l￭ ton v united states was the first case decided by the supreme court involving a direct challenge to the constitu￭ tionality of an act of congress the carriage act of 17￭ 94 which imposed a carriage tax the court engaged in the process of judicial review by examining the plainti￭ ff s claim that the carriage tax was unconstitutional after review the supreme court decided the carriage act was constitutional in 18￭ 03 mar￭ bury v madison was the first supreme court case where the court asserted its authority for judicial review to strike down a law as unconstitutional at the end of his opinion in this decision chief justice john marshall maintained that the supreme court s responsibility to overturn unconstitutional legislation was a necessary consequence of their sworn oath of office to uphold the constitution as instructed in article six of the constitution as of 2014 the united states supreme court has held 176 acts of the u s congress unconstitutional
ju￭ g￭ ular vein ec￭ ta￭ sia is a ven￭ ous anomaly that commonly presents itself as a unilateral neck sw￭ elling in children and adults it is rare to have bilateral neck sw￭ elling due to internal ju￭ g￭ ular vein ec￭ ta￭ sia
the julia ole￭ fin￭ ation also known as the julia – ly￭ th￭ go￭ e ole￭ fin￭ ation is the chemical reaction used in organic chemistry of phen￭ yl sul￭ f￭ ones 1 with alde￭ hy￭ des or ke￭ tones to give al￭ ken￭ es 3 after alcohol func￭ tion￭ alization and reduc￭ tive elimination using sodium am￭ alg￭ am or sm￭ i 2 the reaction is named after the french chem￭ ist marc julia julia ole￭ fin￭ ation revised scheme the utility of this connec￭ tive ole￭ fin￭ ation reaction arises from its vers￭ ati￭ lity its wide functional group tolerance and the mild reaction conditions under which the reaction proceeds all four steps can be carried out in a single reaction vessel and use of r 3 x is optional however purification of the sul￭ f￭ one intermediate 2 leads to higher yield and purity most often r 3 is ace￭ ty￭ l or benzo￭ yl with acetic an￭ hy￭ dri￭ de or benzo￭ yl chloride used in the preparation of 2
the july effect sometimes referred to as the july phenomenon is a perceived increase in the risk of medical errors and surgical complications that occurs in association with the time of year in which united states medical school graduates begin resid￭ encies a similar period in the united kingdom is known as the killing season
jum￭ ble ice is a phenomenon that occurs when ice at￭ op a river or other flowing body of water fractu￭ res due to the different flow rates beneath the ice on a lake pond or other stationary body of water ice forms undis￭ tur￭ bed and generally does not move as long as the entire surface of the body of water is frozen when a river free￭ zes water flow typically continues beneath the ice exerting pressure on it if the ice fractu￭ res pieces of ice torn free by the river s current will colli￭ de with stationary or slower moving pieces after becoming stuck in place the loosen￭ ed pieces of ice refre￭ e￭ ze ir￭ regularly causing a rough or jum￭ bled surface in general the faster a body of water flows beneath ice the more likely it is to develop jum￭ ble ice temperatures near the freezing point also tend to cause jum￭ ble ice as the higher temperatures weaken the ice structure allowing for more pieces to be torn free before refre￭ e￭ zing the y￭ uk￭ on river in alaska often exhi￭ bits jum￭ ble ice during the winter jum￭ ble ice is a hazard for winter travel￭ ers as the broken ground formed by the jum￭ ble ice can cause snow￭ machine accidents or injuries to s￭ led dogs
jump rings are usually metal rings used to make chains jewelry and cha￭ in￭ ma￭ ille they are made by wrapping wire round a man￭ dre￭ l to make a co￭ il and then cutting the co￭ il with wire cut￭ ters to make individual rings the rings can be assembled one by one into chains ear￭ rings objects such as bow￭ ls or ornam￭ ents and chain mail clothing the making of items from jump rings is called chain ma￭ ille ma￭ ille is french for mesh jump rings can be described by the following qualities
the jumping fren￭ chmen of ma￭ ine were a group of 19 th century lum￭ ber￭ j￭ acks who exhi￭ bited a rare disorder of unknown origin the syndrome entails an exaggerated star￭ tle reflex which may be described as an uncontrollable jump individuals with this condition can exhibit sudden movements in all parts of the body jumping fren￭ chmen syndrome shares symptoms with other star￭ tle disorders individuals with this condition were first found in the northern regions of ma￭ ine and were first described by george miller beard in 18￭ 78
junc￭ tional ec￭ topic t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia jet is a rare syndrome of the heart that manifests in patients recovering from heart surgery it is characterized by cardiac arr￭ hy￭ th￭ mia or irregular beating of the heart caused by abnormal conduc￭ tion from or through the atri￭ o￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular no￭ de av no￭ de in new￭ bor￭ ns and infants up to 6 weeks old the disease may also be referred to as his bundle t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia
junc￭ tional ep￭ id￭ er￭ mol￭ ysis bul￭ los￭ a is a skin condition characterized by bl￭ ister formation within the lam￭ ina luci￭ da of the basement memb￭ rane zone
junc￭ tional ep￭ id￭ er￭ mol￭ ysis bul￭ los￭ a je￭ b is an inherited disorder that is also known as red foot disease or hair￭ less fo￭ al syndrome je￭ b is the result of a genetic mutation that inhi￭ bits protein production that is essential for skin adhe￭ sion therefore tissues such as skin and mouth epi￭ the￭ lia are affected as a result bl￭ is￭ ters form over the entire body causing pain and discomfort also the open so￭ res leave the new￭ born fo￭ al highly susceptible to secondary infection the condition can be categ￭ orized into two types of mutations je￭ b 1 and je￭ b 2 je￭ b 1 is found in belgian draft horses as well as other related draft breeds in contrast je￭ b 2 is found in american sadd￭ le￭ bred horses
junc￭ tional t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia is a form of su￭ pra￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia characterized by involvement of the av no￭ de it can be contr￭ asted to atri￭ al t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia it is a t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia associated with the generation of impul￭ ses in a focus in the region of the atri￭ o￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular no￭ de due to an a v dis￭ association in general the av junction s intrinsic rate is 40 60 b￭ pm so junc￭ tional t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia implies a rate 60 b￭ pm
ju￭ ro￭ som￭ atic illness is a som￭ atic illness brought on by a pending lawsuit a segment of john sto￭ s￭ sel s show on lawsuit abuse aired june 14 2012 was devoted to reporting on this illness senator john bar￭ ras￭ so r wy￭ o an orth￭ o￭ ped￭ ic surgeon by education who was interviewed by sto￭ s￭ sel for the episode stated that this is an illness that he had studied in medical school he described it as a syndrome arising from a legitimate injury and legitimate pain and suffering which dr￭ ags out for the duration of the lawsuit brought on by the stress and anxiety of the continuing lawsuit as well as anger and fixation on the injury associated with it sto￭ s￭ sel had also quoted a british psychiatrist theod￭ ore dal￭ ry￭ m￭ ple as saying if you pay people to suffer they will suffer injuries that would be self limiting become permanently crippling the liti￭ g￭ ant for￭ mely healthy rapidly succum￭ bs to every kind of un￭ pro￭ vable ail￭ ment headache loss of concentration di￭ zz￭ iness depression when a man says his whole life has been ruined by some accident i know without having to ask i am in the presence of litigation it turns hypo￭ ch￭ on￭ dri￭ asis into a way of life
a juvenile active os￭ si￭ fying fi￭ bro￭ ma is a benign fi￭ bro osse￭ ous ne￭ op￭ las￭ m composed of mixture of st￭ roma and bone characterized by rapid and destructive growth
juvenile cell￭ u￭ li￭ tis also known as puppy head g￭ land disease puppy strang￭ les and juvenile py￭ o￭ der￭ ma is a disease of dogs symptoms include der￭ mati￭ tis leth￭ ar￭ gy depression and lam￭ eness when pu￭ ppies are first presented with what appears to be stap￭ hy￭ lo￭ coc￭ cal py￭ o￭ der￭ ma juvenile cell￭ u￭ li￭ tis a relatively rare condition may not be considered
juvenile der￭ mat￭ om￭ yo￭ si￭ tis j￭ dm is an idi￭ opathic infl￭ am￭ matory my￭ opathy im￭ m of presumed auto￭ immune dysfunction resulting in muscle weakness among other complications it manifests itself in children it is the pedi￭ atric counterpart of der￭ mat￭ om￭ yo￭ si￭ tis in j￭ dm the body s immune system attacks blood vessels throughout the body causing infl￭ amm￭ ation called vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis in the united states the incidence rate of jd￭ ms is approximately 2 3 cases per million children per year the uk incidence is believed to be between 2 3 per million children per year with some difference between ethnic groups the sex ratio female male is approximately 2 1 other idi￭ opathic infl￭ am￭ matory my￭ opath￭ ies include juvenile poly￭ my￭ osi￭ tis pm which is rare and not as common in children as in adults
juvenile h￭ emo￭ chro￭ mat￭ osis or h￭ emo￭ chro￭ mat￭ osis type 2 is as its name indicates a form of h￭ emo￭ chro￭ mat￭ osis which emerges during youth there are two forms h￭ fe 2 a is associated with h￭ emo￭ ju￭ vel￭ in h￭ fe 2 b is associated with he￭ p￭ ci￭ din antimicro￭ bial pep￭ tide some sources only specifically include h￭ emo￭ ju￭ vel￭ in as a cause of juvenile h￭ emo￭ chro￭ mat￭ osis
juvenile idi￭ opathic ar￭ thri￭ tis j￭ ia also known as juvenile r￭ heu￭ mato￭ id ar￭ thri￭ tis j￭ ra is the most common form of ar￭ thri￭ tis in children and adolescents juvenile in this context refers to an onset before age 16 idi￭ opathic refers to a condition with no defined cause and ar￭ thri￭ tis is the infl￭ amm￭ ation of the sy￭ no￭ vi￭ um of a joint j￭ ia is an auto￭ immune non infec￭ tive infl￭ am￭ matory joint disease of more than 6 weeks duration in children less than 16 years of age the disease commonly occurs in children from the ages of 7 to 12 but it may occur in adolescents as old as 15 years of age as well as in infants it is a sub￭ set of ar￭ thri￭ tis seen in childhood which may be transi￭ ent and self limited or chronic it differs significantly from ar￭ thri￭ tis commonly seen in adults o￭ ste￭ o￭ ar￭ thri￭ tis r￭ heu￭ mato￭ id ar￭ thri￭ tis and other types of ar￭ thri￭ tis that can present in childhood which are chronic conditions e g ps￭ ori￭ atic ar￭ thri￭ tis and an￭ ky￭ losing spon￭ dy￭ li￭ tis ae￭ ti￭ opath￭ ology is similar to r￭ heu￭ mato￭ id ar￭ thri￭ tis but with less marked car￭ til￭ age erosion and joint instability and absent r￭ heu￭ mato￭ id factor j￭ ia affects approximately 1 in 1 000 children in any given year with about 1 in 10 000 having a more severe form
juvenile meg￭ alo￭ bl￭ astic ana￭ emia 1 im￭ er￭ sl￭ und gras￭ beck syndrome is a disease caused by selective co￭ bal￭ am￭ in mal￭ absorption and in￭ constant prote￭ in￭ ur￭ ia it is caused by mutations in the cu￭ bil￭ in cub￭ n or am￭ ni￭ on￭ less am￭ n genes
juvenile my￭ el￭ om￭ on￭ oc￭ y￭ tic leuk￭ emia j￭ m￭ ml is a serious chronic leuk￭ emia cancer of the blood that affects children mostly aged 4 and younger the name j￭ m￭ ml now encompasses all diagnoses formerly referred to as juvenile chronic my￭ elo￭ id leuk￭ emia j￭ c￭ ml chronic my￭ el￭ om￭ on￭ oc￭ y￭ tic leuk￭ emia of infancy and inf￭ anti￭ le mono￭ som￭ y 7 syndrome the average age of patients at diagnosis is 2 years old the world health organization has included j￭ m￭ ml in the category of my￭ el￭ odys￭ plastic and my￭ elo￭ prolifer￭ ative disorders
juvenile my￭ o￭ cl￭ onic epi￭ le￭ psy j￭ me also known as jan￭ z syndrome is a fairly common form of idi￭ opathic generalized epi￭ le￭ psy representing 5 10 of all epi￭ le￭ psy cases this disorder typically first manifests itself between the ages of 12 and 18 with brief episodes of involuntary muscle tw￭ it￭ ching occurring early in the morning most patients also have generalized seizures that affect the entire brain and many also have absence seizures genetic studies have demonstrated at least 6 loc￭ i for j￭ me 4 with known caus￭ ative genes most of these genes are ion channels with the one non ion channel gene having been shown to affect ion channel currents
juvenile plan￭ tar der￭ mat￭ osis also known as at￭ op￭ ic winter feet der￭ mati￭ tis plan￭ tar￭ is sic￭ ca fo￭ ref￭ oot der￭ mati￭ tis moon boot foot syndrome and sweat￭ y so￭ ck der￭ mati￭ tis is a condition usually seen in children between the ages of 3 and 14 and involves the cracking and pe￭ eling of weight bearing areas of the sol￭ es of the feet
juvenile poly￭ pos￭ is syndrome is a syndrome characterized by the appearance of multiple juvenile poly￭ ps in the gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract poly￭ ps are abnormal grow￭ ths arising from a mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ rane these usually begin appearing before age 20 but the term juvenile refers to the type of poly￭ p not to the age of the affected person while the majority of the poly￭ ps found in juvenile poly￭ pos￭ is syndrome are non ne￭ op￭ l￭ astic ham￭ ar￭ tom￭ at￭ ous self limiting and benign there is an increased risk of aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma solitary juvenile poly￭ ps most commonly occur in the rec￭ tum and present with rec￭ tal bleeding the world health organization criteria for diagnosis of juvenile poly￭ pos￭ is syndrome are one of either 1 more than five juvenile poly￭ ps in the col￭ on or rec￭ tum or 2 juvenile poly￭ ps throughout the gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract or 3 any number of juvenile poly￭ ps in a person with a family history of juvenile poly￭ pos￭ is
juvenile primary lateral sclerosis j￭ pl￭ s also known as primary lateral s￭ cl￭ ero￭ is pl￭ s￭ j is a rare genetic disorder with a small number of reported cases characterized by progressive weakness and sti￭ ff￭ ness of muscles in the arms legs and face the disorder damages motor neurons which are specialized nerve cells in the brain and spinal cord that control muscle movement
juvenile x￭ anth￭ o￭ gran￭ ul￭ oma is a form of his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis classified as non lang￭ er￭ hans cell his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis or more specifically type 2 juvenile x￭ anth￭ o￭ gran￭ ul￭ oma j￭ x￭ g is a rare der￭ mat￭ ological disorder that primarily affects infants under one year of age but can also be found in older children and adults it was first described in 1905 by adam￭ son in 5 to 17 of patients the disorder is present at birth but the median age of onset is two years j￭ x￭ g is a benign idi￭ opathic cu￭ taneous gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ ous tumor and the most common form of non lang￭ er￭ hans cell his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis non l￭ hc the le￭ sions appear as orange red mac￭ ules or pap￭ ules and are usually located on the face neck and upper trunk they may also appear at the gro￭ in scro￭ tum penis cl￭ it￭ or￭ is to￭ en￭ ail pal￭ ms sol￭ es lips lungs bone heart and gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract more rarely j￭ x￭ g usually manifests with multiple le￭ sions on the head and neck in cases with children under six months of age the condition usually resol￭ ves spontaneously over one to five years a biopsy of the le￭ sion is critical to confirm the diagnosis oc￭ ular j￭ x￭ g manifests in up to 10 of people with j￭ x￭ g and may affect their vision the presence of j￭ x￭ g in the eye can cause spontaneous hy￭ ph￭ ema secondary gl￭ au￭ coma or even blindness it is most often seen in the iris but may be found on the eye￭ lid cor￭ ne￭ os￭ cl￭ eral lim￭ bus con￭ junc￭ tiva orbit re￭ tina chor￭ o￭ id dis￭ c or op￭ tic nerve of patients with oc￭ ular j￭ x￭ g 92 are younger than the age of two although cu￭ taneous j￭ x￭ g usually disappear spontaneously oc￭ ular le￭ sions rarely improve spontaneously and require treatment treatments that have been used include surgical exc￭ ision intr￭ ale￭ sional ster￭ o￭ id injection cry￭ otherapy and low dose radi￭ otherapy in the case of a resistant or re￭ occurring le￭ sion chem￭ otherapy has been used as a treatment oc￭ ular j￭ x￭ g is usually unilateral and presents with a tumor a red eye with signs of u￭ ve￭ i￭ tis unilateral gl￭ au￭ coma spontaneous hy￭ ph￭ ema or heter￭ och￭ ro￭ mia i￭ ri￭ dis diagno￭ sing and treating the patient as early as possible contributes to the most positive visual outcome his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ tic disorders like j￭ x￭ g are identified by the cells that make them up immun￭ o￭ his￭ to￭ chemical analysis is used to discern the immun￭ ore￭ activity to certain antibodies in these analyses j￭ x￭ g is a non l￭ hc disorder which is a varied group of disorders defined by the accumulation of his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ tes that do not meet criteria to be diagnosed as lang￭ er￭ hans cells j￭ x￭ g is not me￭ ta￭ static and may be present with lip￭ id deposits j￭ x￭ g is often accompanied with other disorders such as neuro￭ fi￭ bro￭ mat￭ osis type one and juvenile chronic my￭ elo￭ genous leuk￭ emia juvenile variety x￭ an￭ to￭ gran￭ ul￭ oma can be distinguished from x￭ an￭ thom￭ a by the spread of the le￭ sion and the lack of lip￭ id ab￭ norm￭ alities other similar diagnoses include mollus￭ cu￭ m contag￭ io￭ sum hem￭ an￭ gi￭ oma and neuro￭ fi￭ bro￭ ma
the k server problem is a problem of theoretical computer science in the category of online algori￭ th￭ ms one of two abstract problems on metric spaces that are central to the theory of competitive analysis the other being metr￭ ical task systems in this problem an online algori￭ thm must control the movement of a set of k ser￭ vers represented as points in a metric space and handle requests that are also in the form of points in the space as each request arrives the algori￭ thm must determine which server to move to the requested point the goal of the algori￭ thm is to keep the total distance all ser￭ vers move small relative to the total distance the ser￭ vers could have moved by an optimal adversary who knows in advance the entire sequence of requests the problem was first posed by mark man￭ asse l￭ yle a mc￭ geo￭ ch and daniel sle￭ ator 1990 the most prominent open question concerning the k server problem is the so called k server con￭ jec￭ ture also posed by man￭ asse et al this con￭ jec￭ ture states that there is an algori￭ thm for solving the k server problem in an arbitrary metric space and for any number k of ser￭ vers that has competitive ratio at least k man￭ asse et al were able to prove their con￭ jec￭ ture when k 2 and for more general values of k when the metric space is restricted to have exactly k 1 points ch￭ rob￭ ak and lar￭ more 1991 proved the con￭ jec￭ ture for tree metr￭ ics the special case of metr￭ ics in which all distances are equal is called the p￭ aging problem because it models the problem of page replacement algori￭ th￭ ms in memory c￭ aches and was also already known to have a k competitive algori￭ thm sle￭ ator and tar￭ jan 1985 fi￭ at et al 1990 first proved that there exists an algori￭ thm with finite competitive ratio for any constant k and any metric space and finally k￭ out￭ sou￭ pi￭ as and pap￭ adim￭ it￭ ri￭ ou 1995 proved that work function algori￭ thm w￭ fa has competitive ratio 2 k 1 however despite the efforts of many other researchers reducing the competitive ratio to k or providing an improved lower bound remains open as of 2014 the most common believed scenario is that the work function algori￭ thm is k competitive to this direction in 2000 bar￭ tal and k￭ out￭ sou￭ pi￭ as showed that this is true for some special cases if the metric space is a line a weighted star or any metric of k 2 points in 2011 a random￭ ized algori￭ thm with competitive bound õ log 2 k log 3 n was found
the α ke￭ to￭ acid hydrox￭ yl￭ amine ka￭ ha amide forming lig￭ ation is a chemical reaction that is used to join two unprotected fragments in pep￭ tide synthesis it is an alternative to the native chemical lig￭ ation nc￭ l
kn￭ m er 18￭ 13 is a skull of the species homo ha￭ bil￭ is it was discovered in ko￭ ob￭ i fora kenya by kam￭ o￭ ya kim￭ eu in 1973 and is estimated to be 1 9 million years old its characteristics include an overall smaller size than other homo ha￭ bil￭ is finds but with a fully adult and typical h ha￭ bil￭ is mor￭ pho￭ logy it is an adult the third mol￭ ars were completely erupted and showed signs of wear with an estimated cran￭ ial capacity of only 510 cc the designation indicates specimen 18￭ 13 collected from the east shore of lake ru￭ dol￭ f now lake turk￭ ana for the kenya national museums
kn￭ m w￭ t 17000 aka the black skull is a fossi￭ lized skull of the species par￭ anthro￭ p￭ us a￭ ethiop￭ ic￭ us it was discovered in west turk￭ ana kenya by alan walker in 1985 it is estimated to be 2 5 million years old it is an adult with an estimated cran￭ ial capacity of 410 cc its characteristics include a robust build with a prominent sag￭ it￭ tal c￭ rest its color￭ ation is due to the high man￭ g￭ anese content of the material it was embedded in
the kab￭ ach￭ nik – fields reaction is an organic reaction forming an α amino phosp￭ hon￭ ate from an amine a carbon￭ yl compound and a dial￭ ky￭ l phosp￭ hon￭ ate amin￭ op￭ hosp￭ hon￭ ates are synthetic targets of some importance as phosphorus analo￭ gues of α amino acids a bio￭ iso￭ ster￭ ic this multi￭ component reaction was independently discovered by martin iz￭ rai￭ lev￭ ich kab￭ ach￭ nik and ellis k fields in 1952 kab￭ ach￭ nik fields reaction the first step in this reaction is the formation of an im￭ ine followed by an addition reaction of the phosp￭ hon￭ ate p h bond into the c n double bond a pu￭ do￭ vi￭ k reaction a related reaction is the mann￭ ich reaction the reaction is accelerated with a combination of dehydr￭ ating re￭ agent and lewis acid the carbon￭ yl component in the reaction is usually an alde￭ hyde and sometimes a ke￭ tone
kab￭ uki syndrome also previously known as kab￭ uki makeup syndrome k￭ ms or ni￭ ik￭ awa – ku￭ ro￭ ki syndrome is a pedi￭ atric con￭ genital disorder of suspected genetic origin with multiple con￭ genital anomalies and intellectual disabilities it is quite rare affecting roughly one in 32 000 births it was identified and described in 1981 by two japanese groups led by the scientists n￭ ori￭ o ni￭ ik￭ awa and yo￭ shi￭ kaz￭ u ku￭ ro￭ ki it is named kab￭ uki syndrome because of the facial resemblance of affected individuals to stage makeup used in kab￭ uki a japanese traditional theat￭ r￭ ical form
the kad￭ en￭ acy effect is an effect of pressure waves in gases it is named after michel kad￭ en￭ acy who obtained a french patent for an engine utili￭ zing the effect in 1933 there are also european and us patents in simple terms the momentum of the exhaust gas leaving the cylinder of an internal combustion engine creates a pressure drop in the cylinder which assists the flow of a fresh charge of air or fuel air mixture into the cylinder the effect can be maxim￭ ized by careful design of the in￭ let and exhaust passages
in mathematics the kad￭ ison – singer problem posed in 1959 was a problem in functional analysis about whether certain extensions of certain linear func￭ tion￭ als on certain c al￭ ge￭ br￭ as were unique the statement was proven in 2013 the statement arose from work on the foundations of quantum mechanics done by paul di￭ rac in the 1940 s and was form￭ alized in 1959 by richard kad￭ ison and is￭ ad￭ ore singer the problem was subsequently shown to be equivalent to numerous open problems in pure mathematics applied mathematics engineering and computer science kad￭ ison singer and most later authors believed the statement to be false but in 2013 it was proven true by adam marcus daniel sp￭ iel￭ man and nik￭ hi￭ l s￭ ri￭ vast￭ ava who received the 2014 p￭ ól￭ ya prize for the achievement the solution was made possible by a reform￭ ulation provided by jo￭ el anderson who showed in 1979 that his paving con￭ jec￭ ture which only involves operators on finite dimensional hil￭ bert spaces is equivalent to the kad￭ ison – singer problem nik wea￭ ver provided another reform￭ ulation in a finite dimensional setting and this version was proved true using random poly￭ no￭ mi￭ als
k￭ air￭ o cancer is a cu￭ taneous condition that may develop due to hydrocarbon fueled heat exposure from coal fired clothing warm￭ ers
k￭ ai￭ ro￭ sis is the literary effect of ful￭ fill￭ ment in time this effect is normally associated with the epic novel gen￭ re of literature and can be understood by the analogy as cath￭ ar￭ sis is to the dramatic so ken￭ osis is to the ly￭ ric so k￭ ai￭ ro￭ sis is to the epic novel it is derived from ker￭ mode s usage of k￭ ai￭ ros in literary a￭ esthe￭ tics and is part of an ongoing debate within literary a￭ esthe￭ tics about the limitations of the rhetorical use of the term k￭ ai￭ ros k￭ ai￭ ro￭ sis is the feeling of integration experienced by the reader of the novel or epic form it is experienced by the reader as the central protagon￭ ist s character and characterisation faces crisis and resol￭ ves itself into an explored and integrated personality this typically occurs by challenging unique and interesting characters with typical and stereo￭ ty￭ ped actions that are generally applicable to all people in the novel emma k￭ ai￭ ro￭ sis is developed when an individu￭ alistic young woman attempts to play mat￭ ch￭ maker to the world as her personality is challenged by the stereo￭ typical activity of cour￭ t￭ ship and mat￭ ch￭ making in a young woman s life she experiences a crisis in her character as contradictions within her personality become increasingly antagon￭ istic when emma integrates these conflicts by performing the stereo￭ ty￭ ped action of completing a successful match the reader experiences k￭ ai￭ ro￭ sis as emma s character reaches a moment of synthesis that embodies the previous dial￭ ec￭ tical contradictions emma s problem was not to gain a social status of marriage we are always aware that she will be married by the end of the novel and there is no cath￭ ar￭ sis experienced as an unexpected clim￭ actic action rather we do not know if emma is worth marrying this kind of moral psychological question is at the heart of au￭ sten s work and the modern novel k￭ ai￭ ro￭ sis is experienced by the reader of the modern novel when the character reaches a moment of psychological integration in time k￭ ai￭ ro￭ sis has been used as part of an attempt in role playing game r￭ pg theory to grapple with the issue of immer￭ sion
ka￭ iser effect is an absence of acous￭ tic emission at loads not exceeding the previous maximum load level when material under￭ goes repeti￭ tive loading patterns the ka￭ iser effect results from dis￭ continu￭ ities created in material during previous steps do not moving or expanding until the former stress is exceeded
kak￭ ute are rings made of iron or steel that were sometimes worn by the n￭ inj￭ a and favored by the kun￭ o￭ ichi having one to four metal spi￭ kes pro￭ tru￭ ding from it the spi￭ kes were sometimes di￭ pped in poison kak￭ ute were usually worn on the middle finger with the spi￭ kes hidden inside the hand and then used to attack when the enemy least expected the spi￭ kes were also excellent for holding onto an opponent striking across the face choking and sometimes climbing as well some kak￭ ute had a tab with a hole that was used for ho￭ jo￭ ju￭ t￭ su techniques in this sense the ho￭ jo rope could not be easily pulled away from the hands of the n￭ inj￭ a or kun￭ o￭ ichi since it was tied to the kak￭ ute ring on their finger
the kal￭ la￭ k iron deposit is one of the largest un￭ exploited iron ore deposits in sweden it is located between the villages of b￭ jör￭ k￭ hol￭ men and ran￭ di￭ ja￭ ur in the municipality of jo￭ k￭ k￭ mo￭ kk in the province of nor￭ r￭ bot￭ ten in northern sweden the site is on the ance￭ str￭ al lands of the indigenous sam￭ i people and forms part of the re￭ inde￭ er winter grazing lands of the sam￭ i village of sir￭ ges the name kal￭ la￭ k is the swedish form of gá￭ l￭ lo￭ k which is the original name of the place in the sa￭ ami language the kal￭ la￭ k north and kal￭ la￭ k south prospects were identified by the geological survey of sweden in the 1940 s in the late 1960 s the s￭ gu identified kal￭ la￭ k north as containing 92 million tonnes of ore and kal￭ la￭ k south as containing 29 million tonnes of ore at a grade of roughly 35 be￭ ow￭ ul￭ f mining acquired the kal￭ la￭ k north licence in 2006 and a drill program conducted in 2010 has found at least 175 mt of iron at an average grade of 30 be￭ ow￭ ul￭ f acquired the kal￭ la￭ k south licence from tas￭ man metals limited in mid 2010 an ongoing drill program has shown kal￭ la￭ k south to contain at least 400 million tonnes of iron at an average grade of 30 the combined kal￭ la￭ k deposit contains at least 600 million tonnes of iron and it is believed that the north and south deposits are connected at depth to give a single iron deposit with a strike length of over 4 kilometers in mid 2010 an independent conceptual study performed by the raw materials group showed that the kal￭ la￭ k north deposit which at the time was thought to contain 150 million tonnes of iron at 30 grading was commercially viable given the significant increase in tonnage at kal￭ la￭ k an updated conceptual study is anticipated in 2011 the plans to establish a mine at the site has met resistance from the indigenous sa￭ ami people as well as other local inhabitants on july 1 2013 protesters set up a road blockade in order to prevent test drilling on july 30 the blockade was dismantled by the police but on the next day the blockade was set up again in 2014 nor￭ r￭ bot￭ ten county said no to further mining in kal￭ la￭ k the case would be closed if the swedish governmental geo￭ logy decision making body ber￭ gs￭ stat￭ en had agreed with nor￭ r￭ bot￭ ten county however ber￭ gs￭ stat￭ en over￭ ruled the county and it is now up to the government of sweden to give a final answer to the question
k￭ all￭ mann syndrome is a rare genetic condition that is characterized by a failure to start or a failure to complete pu￭ ber￭ ty it is also accompanied by a lack of sense of smell an￭ os￭ mia or a highly reduced sense of smell hy￭ pos￭ mia the condition can occur in both males and females but is more commonly diagnosed in males left untreated patients with k￭ all￭ mann syndrome will almost invariably be in￭ fertile k￭ all￭ mann syndrome occurs due to a failure of the hypo￭ thal￭ am￭ us to release gn￭ r￭ h at the appropriate time as a result of the gn￭ r￭ h releasing neuro￭ nes not migr￭ ating into the correct location during embryonic development k￭ all￭ mann syndrome is a form of hypo￭ gon￭ ad￭ o￭ tropic hypo￭ gon￭ ad￭ ism hh approximately 50 of hh cases occur with no sense of smell and are classified as k￭ all￭ mann syndrome apart from the sense of smell there is no difference in the diagnosis or treatment between a case of hh or a case of k￭ all￭ mann syndrome the terminology used when describing cases of hh can vary the term con￭ genital hypo￭ gon￭ ad￭ o￭ tropic hypo￭ gon￭ ad￭ ism ch￭ h is now often used other terms used include idi￭ opathic isolated hypo￭ gon￭ ad￭ o￭ tropic hypo￭ gon￭ ad￭ ism i￭ hh nor￭ mo￭ sm￭ ic hypo￭ gon￭ ad￭ o￭ tropic hypo￭ gon￭ ad￭ ism n￭ hh or hypo￭ thal￭ am￭ ic hypo￭ gon￭ ad￭ ism the term hh can be used to cover all cases including k￭ all￭ mann syndrome the term isolated gn￭ r￭ h deficiency ig￭ d has increasingly been used to describe this group of conditions as it highlights the primary cause of these conditions and distinguishes them from other conditions such as k￭ lin￭ ef￭ el￭ ter syndrome or turner syndrome which share some similar symptoms but have a totally different eti￭ ology the term hypo￭ gon￭ ad￭ ism describes a low level of circulating sex hormones te￭ sto￭ ster￭ one in males and estro￭ gen and prog￭ est￭ er￭ one in females hypo￭ gon￭ ad￭ ism can occur through a number of different methods the use of the term hypo￭ gon￭ ad￭ o￭ tropic relates to the fact that the hypo￭ gon￭ ad￭ ism found in hh is caused by a disruption in the production of the gon￭ ad￭ o￭ tro￭ pin hormones normally released by the an￭ terior pit￭ u￭ itary g￭ land known as lu￭ te￭ in￭ ising hormone l￭ h and fol￭ lic￭ le stimulating hormone f￭ sh l￭ h and f￭ sh have a direct action on the ov￭ aries in women and test￭ es in men the absence of l￭ h and f￭ sh means that initially pu￭ ber￭ ty will not commence at the correct time and subsequently the ov￭ aries and test￭ es will not perform their normal fertility function with the matur￭ ation and release of eggs in women and the production of sperm in men alongside their role in producing the sex hormones the underlying cause of the failure in production of l￭ h and f￭ sh is the impairment of the hypo￭ thal￭ am￭ us to release the hormone gn￭ r￭ h which in normal circumstances induc￭ es the production of l￭ h and f￭ sh without the correct release of gn￭ r￭ h the pit￭ u￭ itary g￭ land is unable to release l￭ h and f￭ sh which in turn prevents the ov￭ aries and test￭ es from functioning correctly this failure in gn￭ r￭ h production can either be due to the absence of the gn￭ r￭ h releasing neuro￭ nes inside the hypo￭ thal￭ am￭ us or the inability of the hypo￭ thal￭ am￭ us to release gn￭ r￭ h in the correct pul￭ sati￭ le manner to ensure l￭ h and f￭ sh release from the pit￭ u￭ itary hh can occur as an isolated condition with just the l￭ h and f￭ sh production being affected or it can occur in combined pit￭ u￭ itary deficiency conditions such as charge syndrome to date at least twenty five different genes have so far been implicated in causing k￭ all￭ mann syndrome or other forms of hh through a disruption in the production or activity of gn￭ r￭ h the genes involved cover all forms of inheritance and no one gene defect has been shown to be common to all cases which makes genetic testing and inheritance prediction very problematic k￭ all￭ mann syndrome was described in a paper published in 1944 by franz jose￭ f k￭ all￭ mann a german american gene￭ tic￭ ist the link between an￭ os￭ mia and hypo￭ gon￭ ad￭ ism had already been noted however in particular by the spanish doctor au￭ reli￭ ano ma￭ estr￭ e de san juan in 18￭ 56 the condition is sometimes known by his name in spanish speaking countries the condition has a low prevalence estimated as being between 1 in 4 000 and 1 in 10 000 for male hh cases overall and 1 in 50 000 for k￭ all￭ mann syndrome it is three to five times more common in males than females though whether this is a true sex imbalance or a reflection on how difficult ks hh is to diagnose correctly especially in females has yet to be fully established a more recent paper published in 2011 gave the incidence in the finnish population at 1 in 48 000 with a sex distinction of 1 in 30 000 for males and 1 in 125 000 for females
k￭ ang cancer is a cu￭ taneous condition that may develop due to hydrocarbon fueled heat exposure from sleeping on coal fire heated bricks
a kang￭ ar￭ oo pocket is a type of pocket usually featured on hoo￭ dies and sweat￭ shirts that is large enough to fit both hands into the pocket is open on either side other names for it include mu￭ ff pocket and hoo￭ die pocket the pocket sits on the lower front section of the shirt it is usually large enough to contain some personal bel￭ ong￭ ings the kang￭ ar￭ oo pocket is most associated with casual clothing such as the hoo￭ die or sweat￭ shirt
kan￭ gr￭ i cancer is a type of squ￭ am￭ ous cell carcin￭ oma of the skin it is found only in kashmir in the northwest of the indian sub￭ continent it occurs on the lower ab￭ dom￭ en and inner thi￭ ghs and is due to the use of a kan￭ gr￭ i a baked clay pot covered in wick￭ er work used as a source for warmth by people in kashmir during cold weather the condition was described in 18￭ 81 by surgeons at the kashmir mission hospital and its cause was recognized in the early 20 th century as described by arthur ne￭ ve despite current knowledge of the cause of this condition cases are still being reported other conditions associated with prolonged use of the kan￭ gr￭ i in this fashion include er￭ y￭ them￭ a ab ign￭ e a retic￭ ulate hyper￭ mel￭ an￭ osis with er￭ y￭ them￭ a
kan￭ gr￭ i ul￭ cers are a cu￭ taneous condition prevalent among the poorer classes of kashmir and a consequence of wearing warm emb￭ ers it is unique to this area and may progress to kan￭ gr￭ i cancer
the kapit￭ za – di￭ rac effect is a quantum mechanical effect consisting of the diff￭ r￭ action of matter by a standing wave of light the effect was first predicted as the diff￭ r￭ action of electron￭ s from a standing wave of light by paul adri￭ en maurice di￭ rac and py￭ o￭ tr kapit￭ sa or peter kapit￭ za in 1933 the effect relies on the wave – particle du￭ ality of matter as stated by the de bro￭ g￭ lie hypothesis in 19￭ 24
ka￭ posi sar￭ coma ˈ￭ k￭ æ￭ p￭ ə￭ ʃ￭ i s￭ ɑ￭ ː￭ r￭ ˈ￭ ko￭ ʊ￭ m￭ ə ks is a tumor caused by infection with human her￭ pes￭ virus 8 h￭ h￭ v 8 also known as ka￭ posi sar￭ coma associated her￭ pes￭ virus k￭ sh￭ v or ks agent it was originally described by mor￭ itz ka￭ posi a hungarian der￭ mato￭ logist practicing at the university of vienna in 18￭ 72 it became more widely known as one of the aids defining illnesses in the 1980 s the viral cause for this cancer was discovered in 1994 although ks is now well established to be caused by a viral infection there is widespread lack of awareness of this even among persons at risk for k￭ sh￭ v h￭ h￭ v 8 infection ka￭ posi sar￭ coma ks is a systemic disease that can present with cu￭ taneous le￭ sions with or without internal involvement four sub￭ types have been described classic ks affecting middle aged men of mediterranean descent african endemic ks ks in i￭ atro￭ gen￭ ically immun￭ o￭ suppressed patients and aids related ks the er￭ y￭ them￭ at￭ ous to viol￭ ac￭ eous cu￭ taneous le￭ sions seen in ks have several mor￭ pho￭ logies mac￭ ular patch pla￭ que no￭ d￭ ular and ex￭ op￭ hy￭ tic the cu￭ taneous le￭ sions can be solitary loc￭ alized or disseminated ks can involve the oral cav￭ ity lymp￭ h no￭ des and vis￭ cer￭ a classic ks tends to be ind￭ ol￭ ent presenting with er￭ y￭ them￭ at￭ ous or viol￭ ac￭ eous pat￭ ches on the lower extre￭ mi￭ ties african endemic ks and aids related ks tend to be more aggressive the aids related ks le￭ sions often rapidly progress to pl￭ aqu￭ es and no￭ d￭ ules affecting the upper trunk face and oral mu￭ co￭ sa the diagnosis can be made with a tissue biopsy and if clin￭ ically indicated internal imaging should be done once the diagnosis of ks has been made treatment is based on the subtype and the presence of loc￭ alized versus systemic disease loc￭ alized cu￭ taneous disease can be treated with cry￭ otherapy intr￭ ale￭ sional injections of vin￭ bl￭ ast￭ ine alit￭ re￭ tin￭ o￭ in gel radi￭ otherapy topical immun￭ otherapy im￭ i￭ qu￭ im￭ od or surgical exc￭ ision extensive cu￭ taneous disease and or internal disease may require intra￭ ven￭ ous chem￭ otherapy and immun￭ otherapy dis￭ continuation or reduction of immun￭ o￭ sup￭ pres￭ sive therapy is recommended when ks arises in the setting of i￭ atro￭ genic immun￭ o￭ suppression however with aids related ks highly active anti￭ retro￭ viral therapy ha￭ art has been shown to prevent or induce regression of ks some aids patients have complete resolution of the le￭ sions and prolonged remission while continuing the therapy therefore ha￭ art should be considered first line treatment for these patients though they may require other treatments at the same time
kap￭ ur – tori￭ ello syndrome is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive genetic disorder the defining feature of kap￭ ur – tori￭ ello syndrome is abnormal mor￭ pho￭ logy of the colum￭ ella which extends below the margin of the na￭ res
kar￭ ak syndrome is a novel degenerative disorder it is a neuro￭ logical disease involving excess cere￭ br￭ al iron accumulation the family who the disease was discovered in their si￭ bl￭ ings lived in kar￭ ak a town in southern jordan it is characterized by at￭ ax￭ ia inver￭ ted feet cal￭ can￭ e￭ o￭ var￭ us dys￭ arth￭ ric scanning speech with dy￭ st￭ onic features dy￭ st￭ onic movement of the tongue and facial muscles and cho￭ rei￭ form movement was present in both upper and lower limbs being more marked in the lower limbs along with dy￭ st￭ onic posture of the dis￭ tal feet brad￭ y￭ k￭ ine￭ si￭ ap￭ resent in both upper and lower limbs dys￭ me￭ tri￭ a dys￭ di￭ ad￭ o￭ cho￭ k￭ ine￭ sia and intentional trem￭ or were bilateral and symmetr￭ ical
in islamic mys￭ ticism kar￭ am￭ at arabic ک￭ ر￭ ا￭ م￭ ت ‎ ‎ kar￭ ā￭ m￭ at also ک￭ ر￭ ا￭ م￭ ا￭ ت kar￭ ā￭ m￭ ā￭ t is the ability to perform super￭ natural wonders by muslim s￭ aints it is a th￭ au￭ mat￭ urg￭ ic gift akin to miracles su￭ f￭ is and al￭ ev￭ is believe that whereas miracles can only be performed by prophe￭ ts when allah creates the miracle in support to his prophe￭ ts and are a testament to their prophe￭ thood kar￭ am￭ at are extraordinary things performed by aw￭ li￭ ya who are not prophe￭ ts but are friends of allah i e muslims who have reached a high rank of pi￭ ety through proper knowledge of and practice of islam and most important through the constant zi￭ k￭ r that is remembrance of allah allah creates kar￭ am￭ aat to support the w￭ ali￭ y￭ y it is also believed that attribute of kar￭ am￭ at is not only for muslim s￭ aints and is not parameter of sain￭ thood holy personalities in all religions can perform kar￭ am￭ at with some differences stories of compan￭ ions of muhammad performing miraculous acts are already there in the h￭ adi￭ th and miracles performed by various s￭ aints are ingrained throughout the entire history of islamic mys￭ ticism specifically in the su￭ fi mys￭ ticism
kare￭ li￭ anism was a late 19 th century cultural phenomenon in the grand duchy of finland and involved writers pa￭ inters po￭ ets and sculp￭ tors since the publishing of the finnish national epic kal￭ eval￭ a in 18￭ 35 compiled from kare￭ lian folk l￭ ore culture spheres in finland became increasingly curious about kare￭ lian heritage and landscape by the end of the 19 th century kare￭ li￭ anism had become a major trend for many works of art and literature in finland in the movement kare￭ lia was seen as a sort of refuge for the essence of fin￭ n￭ ishness that had maintained its authenticity across centuries the phenomenon can be interpreted as a finnish version of european national roman￭ ticism the pa￭ inters ak￭ sel￭ i gall￭ en k￭ all￭ ela and louis spar￭ re are usually mentioned as the founders of the movement they were soon joined by the sculp￭ tor em￭ il wi￭ k￭ ström the writers ju￭ han￭ i ah￭ o e￭ ino le￭ ino and il￭ mari ki￭ an￭ to the compos￭ ers jean si￭ beli￭ us and p j h￭ anni￭ k￭ ainen the architects y￭ r￭ j￭ ö blo￭ m￭ stedt and victor suc￭ ks￭ dor￭ ff and many others later towards the second world war some of the ideas of kare￭ li￭ anism were taken over by an ir￭ red￭ enti￭ st movement aspiring to create a larger finland thus some of the ideas put forward by kare￭ li￭ anism were used as a motivation to the proposal of a greater finland a single state encompassing many fin￭ nic peoples
the kar￭ gil war order of battle k￭ wor￭ bat is a de￭ position and systematic combat￭ ant structure of the indian army troops and the unified pakistan armed forces combat commands active in the region in 1999 the indian army or￭ bat is based on the publications provided by the indian military authors news media and official sources the pakistan or￭ bat is based on the intelligence information provided by the pakistani media both electronic and print media military authors and pakistani docum￭ ent￭ aries made after the conflict the pakistan or￭ bat does not include the separatist fighters who claimed by india to be also involved in fighting at￭ op the peaks of kar￭ gil however this claim has been strongly dismissed by the senior military commanders of pakistan armed forces command quoting that all soldiers were the active duty personnel of the pakistan armed forces
the kar￭ l￭ qvist gap or kar￭ l￭ qvist field is an electromagnetic phenomenon discovered in 1953 by the swedish engineer ol￭ le kar￭ l￭ qvist 19￭ 22 1976 which is important in magnetic storage for computers kar￭ l￭ qvist discovered the phenomenon while designing a fer￭ ro￭ magnetic surface layer to the magnetic drum memory for the bes￭ k computer when designing a magnetic memory store the fer￭ ro￭ magnetic layer must be studied to determine the variation of the magnetic field with perme￭ ability air gap layer thickness and other influencing factors the problem is non linear and extremely difficult to solve kar￭ l￭ qvist s gap discovery shows that the non linear problem could be approxim￭ ated by a linear boundary value for the two dimensional static field and the one dimensional transi￭ ent field this linear calculation gives a first approximation kar￭ l￭ qvist published his discovery in the 1954 paper calculation of the magnetic field in fer￭ ro￭ magnetic layer of a magnetic drum at royal institute of technology k￭ th
the barbara ann kar￭ man￭ os cancer institute is one of 45 national cancer institute designated comprehensive cancer treatment and research centers in the united states located in detroit michigan affiliated to wayne state university school of medicine the institute has 1 200 staff members including 300 doctors and 100 researchers the staff treats approximately 12 000 patients each year and operates with a budget of 260 million it conducts 800 cancer specific scientific investigations programs and clinical trials each year the institute has a phase 1 program one of 14 national cancer institute n￭ ci funded phase 1 programs in the united states ger￭ old be￭ pl￭ er is president and chief executive officer
kar￭ nal bun￭ t also known as partial bun￭ t is a fun￭ gal disease of wheat durum wheat and tritic￭ ale the smu￭ t fun￭ gus til￭ le￭ tia indic￭ a a basi￭ di￭ om￭ y￭ ce￭ te inv￭ ades the ker￭ n￭ els and obtains nutrients from the endo￭ sperm leaving behind waste products with a dis￭ agreeable od￭ or that makes bun￭ ted ker￭ n￭ els too un￭ palatable for use in flour or pasta while kar￭ nal bun￭ t generally does not lead to devastating crop losses it has the potential to dramatically decrease yield and poses additional economic concerns through quar￭ ant￭ ines which limit the export of suspected infectious wheat products from certain areas including the u s several chemical control methods exist for kar￭ nal bun￭ t of wheat but much work remains to be done in identifying resistant host varieties
in mathematical optimi￭ zation the kar￭ ush – ku￭ hn – tucker k￭ kt conditions also known as the ku￭ hn – tucker conditions are first order necessary conditions for a solution in non￭ linear programming to be optimal provided that some are satisfied allowing inequality constraints the k￭ kt approach to non￭ linear programming gener￭ alizes the method of lag￭ range multip￭ liers which allows only equality constraints the system of equations corresponding to the k￭ kt conditions is usually not solved directly except in the few special cases where a closed form solution can be derived analy￭ tically in general many optimi￭ zation algori￭ th￭ ms can be interpreted as methods for numer￭ ically solving the k￭ kt system of equations the k￭ kt conditions were originally named after harold w ku￭ hn and albert w tucker who first published the conditions in 1951 later scholars discovered that the necessary conditions for this problem had been stated by william kar￭ ush in his master s thesis in 1939
kas￭ ab￭ ach – mer￭ rit￭ t syndrome k￭ ms also known as hem￭ an￭ gi￭ oma with thro￭ m￭ bo￭ cy￭ top￭ enia is a rare disease usually of infants in which a vascular tumor leads to decreased plat￭ elet counts and sometimes other bleeding problems which can be life threatening it is also known as hem￭ an￭ gi￭ oma thro￭ m￭ bo￭ cy￭ top￭ enia syndrome it is named after hai￭ g ha￭ ig￭ oun￭ i kas￭ ab￭ ach and kath￭ ar￭ ine kro￭ m mer￭ rit￭ t the two pedi￭ at￭ ric￭ ians who first described the condition in 1940
kash￭ in – beck disease k￭ b￭ d is a chronic endemic type of o￭ ste￭ och￭ on￭ dro￭ pa￭ thy disease of the bone that is mainly distributed from nor￭ the￭ astern to south￭ western china involving 15 provinces tibet currently has the highest incidence rate of k￭ b￭ d in china southeast siberia and north korea are other affected areas k￭ b￭ d usually involves children ages 5 – 15 to date more than a million individuals have suffered from k￭ b￭ d the symptoms of k￭ b￭ d include joint pain morning sti￭ ff￭ ness in the joints disturbances of fl￭ ex￭ ion and extension in the el￭ bows enlarged inter p￭ hal￭ ange￭ al joints and limited motion in many joints of the body death of car￭ til￭ age cells in the growth plate and artic￭ ular surface is the basic patho￭ logic feature this can result in growth retar￭ dation and secondary o￭ ste￭ o￭ ar￭ thro￭ sis his￭ to￭ logical diagnosis of k￭ b￭ d is particularly difficult clinical and radiological examinations have proved to be the best means for identifying k￭ b￭ d little is known about the early stages of k￭ b￭ d before the visible appearance of the disease becomes evident in the destruction of the joints this disease has been recognized for over 150 years but its eti￭ ology has not yet been completely defined currently the accepted potential causes of k￭ b￭ d include my￭ co￭ toxins present in grain trace mineral deficiency in nutrition and high levels of ful￭ vic acid in drinking water sel￭ en￭ ium and i￭ od￭ ine have been considered the most important deficiencies associated with k￭ b￭ d my￭ co￭ toxins produced by fun￭ gi can contam￭ inate grain which may cause k￭ b￭ d because my￭ co￭ toxins cause the production of free radicals t 2 is the my￭ co￭ toxin implicated with k￭ b￭ d produced by members of several fun￭ gal genera t 2 toxin can cause le￭ sions in hem￭ ato￭ po￭ ie￭ tic lymp￭ ho￭ id gastro￭ intest￭ inal and car￭ til￭ age tissues especially in phy￭ seal car￭ til￭ age ful￭ vic acid present in drinking water damages car￭ til￭ age cells sel￭ en￭ ium supplem￭ entation in sel￭ en￭ ium deficient areas has been shown to prevent this disease however sel￭ en￭ ium supplem￭ entation in some areas showed no significant effect proving that deficiency of sel￭ en￭ ium may not be the dominant cause in k￭ b￭ d recently a significant association between sn￭ p rs 69￭ 10￭ 140 of col 9 a 1 and kash￭ in – beck disease was discovered genetically suggesting a role of col 9 a 1 in the development of kash￭ in – beck disease
k￭ ata 型 or 形 literally form a japanese word are detailed cho￭ re￭ o￭ graph￭ ed patterns of movements practised either solo or in pairs the term form is used for the corresponding concept in non japanese martial arts in general k￭ ata are used in many traditional japanese arts such as theatre forms like kab￭ uki and schools of tea ceremony ch￭ ado but are most commonly known for the presence in the martial arts k￭ ata are used by most japanese and okin￭ aw￭ an martial arts such as ai￭ ki￭ do ju￭ do kend￭ o and kar￭ ate
the kate mid￭ d￭ leton effect also the kate effect the du￭ chess of cambridge effect or the du￭ chess effect is the trend effect that catherine du￭ chess of cambridge is reported to have had on others for example in sales of coral coloured jeans although mid￭ d￭ leton was in the public eye for many years as the girlfriend of prince william the effect began after the announcement of the couple s engagement in november 2010 which spawned a media frenzy according to new￭ swe￭ ek the kate effect may be worth £ 1 billion to the uk fashion industry while tony di￭ mas￭ so l k ben￭ nett ’ s us president stated in 2012 when she does wear something it always seems to go on a waiting list her wedding dress was put on display at buc￭ kin￭ gham palace in the summer of 2011 the display helped to raise approximately £ 8 million for the royal collection as well as the charitable fund of the duke and du￭ chess and was reported to have drawn a record number of visitors this charitable contribution was enhanced in 2012 when the du￭ chess gave her first public speech for her patronage each east ang￭ lia s children s hosp￭ ices and was seen wearing one of their charity brac￭ el￭ ets the brac￭ elet then went on to sell out rapidly although the number of available units beforehand was not known in august 2013 the kate effect was pur￭ portedly felt by the maternity brand ser￭ aph￭ ine maternity when the du￭ chess wore one of the brand s dresses in their first official por￭ traits with prince george reportedly increasing turnover by 50 however the kate effect may be exaggerated because of her pen￭ chant for wearing styles that have long sold out and that habit of choosing last season s designs meant that those wishing to emulate her look had already missed out a designer who worked with kate was reported to say that business was more likely to be boosted by us reality television stars the ceo of whist￭ les agreed re￭ marking we do short runs by the time you see pictures of kate we ve probably sold out anyway the ceo also described the du￭ chess as a great adver￭ t but no more than that
k￭ ato s con￭ jec￭ ture is a mathematical problem named after mathem￭ ati￭ cian to￭ si￭ o k￭ ato of the university of california berkeley k￭ ato initially posed the problem in 1953 k￭ ato asked whether the square root of certain elli￭ ptic operators defined via functional calcul￭ us are analy￭ tic the problem remained unresolved for nearly a half century until it was jointly solved in 2001 by pascal aus￭ cher steve ho￭ f￭ mann michael lac￭ ey alan mc￭ in￭ to￭ sh and philippe t￭ cham￭ it￭ chi￭ an
katrina cough is a pu￭ tative respiratory illness thought to be linked to exposure to mold and dust after the 2005 hurricane katrina in the united states first described by doctors treating patients in the metro new orleans area symptoms include cough sin￭ us headache congestion run￭ ny nose and sore throat and pink eye this condition may make immun￭ o￭ compromised individuals more susceptible to bacterial bron￭ chi￭ tis and sin￭ u￭ si￭ tis most patients are treated with anti￭ hist￭ am￭ ines nas￭ al spr￭ ays and or antibiotics the louisiana office of public health conducted a case control study of emergency room visits in new orleans in the aftermath of hurricane katrina the op￭ h distributed a questionnaire to patients seeking treatment for cough sin￭ us drip snee￭ zing whe￭ e￭ zing chest congestion sw￭ oll￭ en red and pu￭ ffy eye s and sore throat according to the study state epidem￭ io￭ logists found no increase in the rate of new orleans area respiratory illnesses although rates were found to be no different in comparison to state and country rates the study showed that people with chronic sin￭ us or respiratory symptoms were more affected by the hurricane state epidem￭ io￭ logist dr ra￭ oul￭ t rat￭ ard disputed the existence of any disease cluster associated with the hurricane in 2006 there is no such thing as a single condition such as ‘ katrina cough ’ that would be different from the bacterial and viral respiratory conditions we would expect to see at that time of year no such outbreak occurred because of hurricane katrina starting in 2008 henry g￭ lind￭ me￭ yer researcher and professor of pul￭ mon￭ ary critical care and environmental medicine at the tul￭ ane university school of medicine is conducting a five year study to determine if workers in new orleans face risks from inhal￭ ant exposure to minute particles such as mold fun￭ gi or bacteria the study is funded by the national institute for occupational safety and health an agency of the centers for disease control and prevention which is providing 1 86 million
kat￭ z syndrome is a rare con￭ genital disorder presenting as a poly￭ mal￭ form￭ ative syndrome characterized by enlarged vis￭ cer￭ a he￭ pat￭ om￭ eg￭ al￭ y diabetes and sk￭ el￭ etal anomalies that result in a short stature cran￭ ial hyper￭ o￭ sto￭ sis and typical facial features it is probably a variant of the auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive type of cr￭ ani￭ om￭ et￭ ap￭ hy￭ seal dys￭ pl￭ asia
the kau￭ ff￭ mann ole￭ fin￭ ation is a chemical reaction to convert alde￭ hy￭ des and ke￭ tones to ole￭ fins with a terminal meth￭ ylene group this reaction was discovered by the german chem￭ ist thomas kau￭ ff￭ mann and is related to the better known te￭ b￭ be ole￭ fin￭ ation or wit￭ ti￭ g reaction
kauf￭ man oc￭ ul￭ oc￭ ere￭ bro￭ facial syndrome is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive con￭ genital disorder characterized by mental retar￭ dation micro￭ br￭ ach￭ y￭ cephal￭ y long narrow face up￭ s￭ lan￭ ting pal￭ pe￭ br￭ al f￭ issu￭ res eye ab￭ norm￭ alities highly ar￭ ched pal￭ ate pre￭ aur￭ icular skin tags and small man￭ di￭ ble it was characterized in 1971 eight cases had been identified as of 1995
k￭ aut￭ sky effect also named fluores￭ cence transi￭ ent fluores￭ cence induc￭ tion or fluores￭ cence decay is a phenomenon consisting on a typical variation on the behavior of a plant fluores￭ cence when is exposed to light it was discovered in 1931 by h k￭ aut￭ sky and a hir￭ sch when dark adapted photo￭ syn￭ thes￭ ising cells are illumin￭ ated with continuous light chlor￭ op￭ hy￭ ll fluores￭ cence displays characteristic changes in intensity accompanying the induc￭ tion of photo￭ synthetic activity
k￭ aw￭ as￭ aki disease is a disease in which blood vessels throughout the body become infl￭ amed the most common symptoms include a fever that lasts for more than five days and is not controlled by usual medications large lymp￭ h no￭ des in the neck a rash in the genital area and red eyes lips pal￭ ms or bott￭ oms of the feet other symptoms include sore throat and diarr￭ hea within three weeks of the onset of symptoms the skin from the hands and feet may peel recovery then typically occurs in some children coron￭ ary artery an￭ eur￭ ys￭ ms may form in the heart the cause is unknown it may be due to an infection triggering an auto￭ immune response in those who are genetically pre￭ disposed it is not spread between people diagnosis is usually based on a person s signs and symptoms other tests such as an ul￭ tras￭ ound of the heart and blood tests may support the diagnosis other conditions that may present similarly include scar￭ let fever and juvenile r￭ heu￭ mato￭ id ar￭ thri￭ tis initially treatment is typically with high doses of aspir￭ in and immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ulin usually with treatment fever resol￭ ves within 24 hours and there is a full recovery if the coron￭ ary arter￭ ies are involved ongoing treatment or surgery may occasionally be required without treatment coron￭ ary artery problems occur in up to 25 and about 1 die with treatment the risk of death is 0 17 k￭ aw￭ as￭ aki disease is rare it affects between 8 and 67 per 100 000 people under the age of five except in japan where it affects 124 per 100 000 it is much less common after the age of five boys are more commonly affected than girls the disorder was first described in 1967 by tom￭ is￭ ak￭ u k￭ aw￭ as￭ aki in japan
kay￭ ser – fle￭ is￭ cher rings k￭ f rings are dark rings that appear to en￭ circle the iris of the eye they are due to copper de￭ position in part of the cor￭ ne￭ a desc￭ em￭ et s memb￭ rane as a result of particular liver diseases they are named after dr bern￭ hard kay￭ ser and dr bruno fle￭ is￭ cher the german doctors who first described them in 19￭ 02 and 19￭ 03 initially thought to be due to the accumulation of silver they were first demonstrated to contain copper in 19￭ 34
ke￭ ar￭ ns – say￭ re syndrome abbreviated k￭ ss also known as oc￭ ul￭ o￭ cran￭ io￭ som￭ atic disorder or oc￭ ul￭ o￭ cran￭ io￭ som￭ atic neuro￭ muscular disorder with rag￭ ged red fi￭ bers is a mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al my￭ opathy with a typical onset before 20 years of age k￭ ss is a more severe syndro￭ mic variant of chronic progressive external oph￭ thal￭ mop￭ legi￭ a abbreviated c￭ pe￭ o a syndrome that is characterized by isolated involvement of the muscles controlling movement of the eye￭ lid lev￭ ator pal￭ pe￭ bra￭ e or￭ bic￭ ul￭ aris oc￭ uli and eye extra oc￭ ular muscles this results in pto￭ sis and oph￭ thal￭ mop￭ legi￭ a respectively k￭ ss involves a combination of the already described c￭ pe￭ o as well as bilateral pi￭ gm￭ entary re￭ tin￭ opathy and cardiac conduc￭ tion ab￭ norm￭ alities other symptoms may include cere￭ bell￭ ar at￭ ax￭ ia proxim￭ al muscle weakness deaf￭ ness diabetes mell￭ it￭ us growth hormone deficiency hypo￭ par￭ ath￭ yro￭ i￭ dis￭ m and other endocr￭ in￭ opath￭ ies in both of these diseases muscle involvement may begin unilaterally but always develops into a bilateral deficit and the course is progressive this discussion is limited specifically to the more severe and systemically involved variant
ked itch is a cu￭ taneous condition caused by sheep ked mel￭ op￭ ha￭ gus o￭ vin￭ us which feed by thru￭ sting its sharp mouth parts into the skin and sucking blood
the ke￭ ide￭ l vacuum tube was a type of blood collecting device first manufactured by hy￭ n￭ son wes￭ cott and dun￭ ning in around 19￭ 22 this vacuum was one of the first evacuated systems pre￭ dating the more well known vacu￭ tain￭ er its primary use was to test for sy￭ phil￭ is and typ￭ ho￭ id fever
kel￭ o￭ id also kel￭ o￭ idal scar is the formation of a type of scar which depending on its maturity is composed mainly of either type iii early or type i late coll￭ agen it is a result of an over￭ growth of gran￭ ulation tissue coll￭ agen type 3 at the site of a healed skin injury which is then slowly replaced by coll￭ agen type 1 kel￭ oids are firm rub￭ bery le￭ sions or shiny fi￭ bro￭ us no￭ d￭ ules and can vary from pink to the colour of the patient s flesh or red to dark brown in color a kel￭ o￭ id scar is benign and not contagious but sometimes accompanied by severe it￭ chin￭ ess pain and changes in tex￭ ture in severe cases it can affect movement of skin kel￭ o￭ id scars are seen 15 times more frequently in people of african descent than in people of european descent kel￭ oids should not be confused with hyper￭ troph￭ ic scars which are raised scars that do not grow beyond the boundaries of the original wound
kel￭ o￭ id disorder results in very hard to treat fi￭ bro prolifer￭ ative cu￭ taneous connec￭ tive tissue secondary to dys￭ regulation in various skin repair and healing processes in individuals who are genetically pre￭ disposed to this disorder although reported in individuals from almost all ethnic backgrounds the disorder is more common among two distinct and genetically distant populations africans african americans and asians the only groups of individuals who may be spared from developing kel￭ oids are al￭ bin￭ os making the case for a relationship between mel￭ an￭ in production and suscep￭ tibility to kel￭ o￭ id formation at least among dark skin￭ ned individuals kel￭ o￭ id disorder has a very diverse phen￭ o￭ type and can present itself either as a single small spot on the skin of the affected individual or often involving several areas of the skin in some patients kel￭ o￭ id le￭ sions can grow and form a large size skin tumor from the onset of development each kel￭ o￭ id le￭ sion follows its own particular clinical course some patients develop only one kel￭ o￭ id le￭ sion which only grows to a particular size and it stops growing thereafter some patients can develop multiple le￭ sions on multiple sites of the body lack of understanding of the disorder even reflects itself in terminology used to describe this illness terms such as kel￭ o￭ id scar￭ ring or kel￭ o￭ id scars that are commonly used even by those who treat kel￭ o￭ id patients these terms do not properly describe this disorder and errone￭ ously apply a lesser importance to this genetic skin disorder a genetic condition that results in formation of large skin tumors or it￭ ching pain and burning sensation a condition that disab￭ les certain patients and covers 20 30 of their skin a condition that some treat it with radiation therapy is not a condition of “ skin scar￭ ring ” it is indeed a true skin disorder the national institute of health web￭ page on kel￭ o￭ id states that “ kel￭ oids often do not need treatment ”
k￭ emer￭ o￭ vo tic￭ k￭ borne viral fever is an apar￭ aly￭ tic fe￭ bri￭ le illness accompanied by men￭ ing￭ ism following tick bite the caus￭ ative agent is a zoonotic or￭ bi￭ virus first described in 1963 in western siberia by mikhail chu￭ ma￭ kov and co￭ workers the virus has some 23 sero￭ types and can occur in co￭ infections with other or￭ bi￭ viruses and tick transmitted en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis viruses complicating the course of illness ro￭ dents and birds are the primary vertebr￭ ate hosts of the virus i￭ x￭ o￭ des pers￭ ul￭ cat￭ us tic￭ ks are a vector of the virus k￭ emer￭ o￭ vo and related viruses may be trans￭ located distances in the environment by migratory birds
in telecommunications the kend￭ all effect is a sp￭ urious pattern or other distortion in a fac￭ si￭ mile it is caused by unwanted modulation products which arise from the transmission of the carrier signal and appear in the form of a rectified base￭ band that interferes with the lower si￭ deb￭ and of the carrier the kend￭ all effect occurs principally when the single si￭ deb￭ and width is greater than half of the fac￭ si￭ mile carrier frequency
kend￭ o k￭ ata are fixed patterns that teach ken￭ do￭ ka kend￭ o practitioners the basic elements of swor￭ ds￭ manship there are two roles uch￭ id￭ achi 打￭ 太￭ 刀 the teacher and sh￭ id￭ achi 仕￭ 太￭ 刀 the student
ken￭ nel cough also known as can￭ ine infectious trac￭ he￭ ob￭ ron￭ chi￭ tis is an upper respiratory infection affecting dogs there are multiple caus￭ ative agents the most common being the bacter￭ ium bor￭ det￭ ella bron￭ chis￭ ep￭ tica found in 78 7 of cases in southern germany followed by can￭ ine par￭ ain￭ flu￭ enza virus 37 7 of cases and to a lesser extent can￭ ine coron￭ avi￭ rus 9 8 of cases it is highly contagious however adult dogs may display immunity to re￭ infection even under constant exposure ken￭ nel cough is so named because the infection can spread quickly among dogs in the close quarters of a ken￭ nel or animal shelter viral and bacterial causes of can￭ ine cough are spread through airborne dro￭ ple￭ ts produced by snee￭ zing and cou￭ gh￭ ing these agents also spread through contact with contaminated surfaces symptoms begin after a several day incub￭ ation period post exposure and in most cases will clear up on their own however in young pu￭ ppies or immun￭ o￭ compromised animals mixed or secondary infections can progress to lower respiratory infections such as pneumonia
ke￭ pp￭ en – lu￭ bin￭ sky syndrome is an extremely rare con￭ genital disorder the minimal clinical criteria for the ke￭ pp￭ en – lu￭ bin￭ sky syndrome are as follows normal growth parameters at birth post￭ natal growth failure peculiar facial appearance with skin tightly adher￭ ent to facial bones generalized li￭ po￭ dy￭ stro￭ phy and development delay
a ker￭ atin disease or ker￭ at￭ in￭ opathy is a genetic disorder of one of the ker￭ atin genes an example is mon￭ i￭ le￭ thri￭ x the first to be identified was ep￭ id￭ er￭ mol￭ ysis bul￭ los￭ a simpl￭ ex examples include
ker￭ atin implan￭ tation cy￭ sts are cy￭ sts lined by an ep￭ id￭ er￭ mal s￭ ac and filled with a form of ker￭ atin they are a primarily cu￭ taneous condition but they are occasionally observed under the nail anatomy of a finger or toe
ker￭ at￭ ini￭ zing met￭ ap￭ la￭ sia is a condition affecting the epi￭ the￭ li￭ al surfaces of the body it is caused by a dietary deficiency of vitamin a a fat soluble vitamin that is most often found in fats milk and some leaf￭ y vegetables
ker￭ ati￭ tis is a condition in which the eye s cor￭ ne￭ a the front part of the eye becomes infl￭ amed the condition is often marked by moderate to intense pain and usually involves any of the following symptoms pain impaired eye￭ sight pho￭ top￭ ho￭ bia red eye and a gr￭ it￭ ty sensation
ker￭ ati￭ tis – ich￭ thy￭ osis – deaf￭ ness syndrome also known as er￭ y￭ thro￭ ker￭ ato￭ der￭ mia progres￭ si￭ va burns ich￭ th￭ yo￭ si￭ form er￭ y￭ thro￭ der￭ ma cor￭ ne￭ al involvement and deaf￭ ness and kid syndrome presents at birth infancy and is characterized by preg￭ res￭ sive cor￭ ne￭ al op￭ aci￭ fication either mild generalized hyper￭ ker￭ at￭ osis or dis￭ crete er￭ y￭ them￭ at￭ ous pl￭ aqu￭ es and neuro￭ sensory deaf￭ ness it is caused by a mutation in conn￭ ex￭ in 26
ker￭ ato￭ ac￭ an￭ thom￭ a ka is a common low grade unlikely to me￭ tast￭ asi￭ ze or invade skin tum￭ our that is believed to originate from the neck of the hair fol￭ lic￭ le the defining characteristic of ka is that it is dom￭ e shaped symmetr￭ ical surrounded by a smooth wall of infl￭ amed skin and capped with ker￭ atin scales and debris it grows rapidly reaching a large size within days or weeks and if untreated for months will almost always starve itself of nour￭ ishment nec￭ rose die sl￭ ough and heal with scar￭ ring ka is commonly found on sun exposed skin often face fore￭ arms and hands under the micro￭ scope ker￭ ato￭ ac￭ an￭ thom￭ a very closely resembles squ￭ am￭ ous cell carcin￭ oma in order to differentiate between the two almost the entire structure needs to be removed and examined while some patho￭ logists classify ka as a distinct entity and not a m￭ align￭ ancy about 6 of clinical and his￭ to￭ logical ker￭ ato￭ ac￭ an￭ thomas do progress to invasive and aggressive squ￭ am￭ ous cell cancers some patho￭ logists may label ka as well differentiated squ￭ am￭ ous cell carcin￭ oma ker￭ ato￭ ac￭ an￭ thom￭ a variant and prompt definitive surgery may be recommended
ker￭ ato￭ con￭ junc￭ ti￭ vi￭ tis is infl￭ amm￭ ation i￭ tis of the cor￭ ne￭ a and con￭ junc￭ tiva when only the cor￭ ne￭ a is infl￭ amed it is called ker￭ ati￭ tis when only the con￭ junc￭ tiva is infl￭ amed it is called con￭ junc￭ ti￭ vi￭ tis there are several potential causes of the infl￭ amm￭ ation ker￭ ato￭ con￭ junc￭ ti￭ vi￭ tis sic￭ ca is used when the infl￭ amm￭ ation is due to dr￭ y￭ ness sic￭ ca means dr￭ y￭ ness in medical contexts it occurs with 20 of r￭ heu￭ mato￭ id ar￭ thri￭ tis patients the term vern￭ al ker￭ ato￭ con￭ junc￭ ti￭ vi￭ tis v￭ k￭ c is used to refer to ker￭ ato￭ con￭ junc￭ ti￭ vi￭ tis occurring in spring and is usually considered to be due to aller￭ gens at￭ op￭ ic ker￭ ato￭ con￭ junc￭ ti￭ vi￭ tis is one manifestation of at￭ op￭ y epidemic ker￭ ato￭ con￭ junc￭ ti￭ vi￭ tis is caused by an aden￭ o￭ virus infection infectious bovine ker￭ ato￭ con￭ junc￭ ti￭ vi￭ tis i￭ b￭ k is a disease affecting cattle caused by the bacteria mor￭ ax￭ ella bo￭ vis pink eye in sheep and goat is another infectious ker￭ ato￭ con￭ junc￭ ti￭ vi￭ tis of veterinary concern mostly caused by ch￭ lam￭ y￭ d￭ oph￭ ila pec￭ orum superior lim￭ bic ker￭ ato￭ con￭ junc￭ ti￭ vi￭ tis is thought to be caused by mechanical trauma ker￭ ato￭ con￭ junc￭ ti￭ vi￭ tis photo￭ electr￭ ica arc eye means infl￭ amm￭ ation caused by photo￭ electric u￭ v light it is a type of ultra￭ violet ker￭ ati￭ tis such u￭ v exposure can be caused by arc welding without wearing protective eye glass or by high altitude exposure from sunlight reflected from snow snow blindness the infl￭ amm￭ ation will only appear after about 6 to 12 hours it can be treated by rest as the infl￭ amm￭ ation usually he￭ als after 24 – 48 hours proper eye protection should be worn to prevent ker￭ ato￭ con￭ junc￭ ti￭ vi￭ tis photo￭ electr￭ ica
ker￭ ato￭ con￭ us k￭ c k￭ cn kt￭ cn is a degenerative disorder of the eye in which structural changes within the cor￭ ne￭ a cause it to thin and change to a more con￭ ical shape than the more normal gradual curve ker￭ ato￭ con￭ us can cause substantial distortion of vision with multiple images stre￭ aking and sensitivity to light all often reported by the person it is typically diagnosed in the person s adoles￭ cent years if both eyes are significantly affected the deterioration in vision can affect the person s ability to drive a car or read normal print in most cases corrective l￭ enses fitted by a specialist are effective enough to allow the person to continue to drive legally and likewise function normally further progression of the disease may require surgery for which several options are available including intr￭ astro￭ mal cor￭ ne￭ al ring segments cor￭ ne￭ al coll￭ agen cross linking mini asymmetric rad￭ ial ker￭ ato￭ tomy cor￭ ne￭ al intr￭ astro￭ mal implan￭ tation system cis￭ is topo￭ graphy guided photo￭ ref￭ r￭ active ker￭ at￭ ec￭ tomy pr￭ k topo￭ graphy guided conduc￭ tive ker￭ at￭ op￭ la￭ sty p￭ ha￭ k￭ ic intra￭ oc￭ ular l￭ enses and in 25 of cases cor￭ ne￭ al transplantation estimates of the rates for ker￭ ato￭ con￭ us range from 1 in 500 to 1 in 2000 people but difficulties with differential diagnosis cause uncertainty it seems to occur in populations throughout the world although it is observed more frequently in certain ethnic groups such as south asians environmental and genetic factors are considered possible causes but the exact cause is uncertain it has been associated with detrimental enzyme activity within the cor￭ ne￭ a the word is from greek k￭ ér￭ as horn cor￭ ne￭ a and latin c￭ ō￭ nus cone
a ker￭ at￭ oc￭ y￭ st is a type of cu￭ taneous cyst they appear similar to ep￭ id￭ er￭ mo￭ id cy￭ sts however are not limited to a specified location on the body ker￭ at￭ oc￭ y￭ st are most often reported in persons with ne￭ void bas￭ al cell carcin￭ oma syndrome
a ker￭ at￭ oc￭ ys￭ tic od￭ on￭ to￭ genic tum￭ our also ker￭ at￭ oc￭ ys￭ tic od￭ on￭ to￭ genic tumor k￭ cot is a rare and benign but locally aggressive developmental c￭ ys￭ tic ne￭ op￭ las￭ m it most often affects the poster￭ ior man￭ di￭ ble it used to be called od￭ on￭ to￭ genic ker￭ at￭ oc￭ y￭ st ok￭ c
ker￭ ato￭ der￭ ma is a hor￭ n￭ like skin condition
ker￭ ato￭ der￭ ma bl￭ en￭ nor￭ rha￭ g￭ ic￭ um e￭ ty￭ mo￭ logically meaning ker￭ at￭ ini￭ zed ker￭ ato skin der￭ ma mu￭ cous￭ y bl￭ en￭ no discharge r￭ rha￭ gia also called ker￭ ato￭ der￭ ma bl￭ en￭ nor￭ rha￭ g￭ ica are skin le￭ sions commonly found on the pal￭ ms and sol￭ es but which may spread to the scro￭ tum scal￭ p and trunk the le￭ sions may resemble ps￭ ori￭ asis ker￭ ato￭ der￭ ma bl￭ en￭ nor￭ rha￭ g￭ ic￭ um is commonly seen as an additional feature of reactive ar￭ thri￭ tis in almost 15 of male patients the appearance is usually of a ves￭ ico pu￭ st￭ ular wa￭ xy le￭ sion with a yellow brown colour these le￭ sions may join together to form larger cru￭ sty pl￭ aqu￭ es with des￭ qu￭ am￭ ating edges
ker￭ ato￭ der￭ ma clim￭ ac￭ ter￭ ic￭ um also known as clim￭ ac￭ ter￭ ic ker￭ ato￭ der￭ ma ha￭ x￭ th￭ aus￭ en s disease and acquired plan￭ tar ker￭ ato￭ der￭ ma is a skin condition characterized by hyper￭ ker￭ at￭ osis of the pal￭ ms and sol￭ es beginning at about the time of men￭ op￭ ause
ker￭ at￭ og￭ lo￭ bus from greek ker￭ ato horn cor￭ ne￭ a and latin glo￭ bus round is a degenerative non infl￭ am￭ matory disorder of the eye in which structural changes within the cor￭ ne￭ a cause it to become extremely thin and change to a more glob￭ ular shape than its normal gradual curve it causes cor￭ ne￭ al thin￭ ning primarily at the margins resulting in a spher￭ ical slightly enlarged eye it is sometimes equ￭ ated with me￭ gal￭ oc￭ or￭ ne￭ a
ker￭ atol￭ y￭ tic winter er￭ y￭ them￭ a k￭ we also known as er￭ y￭ thro￭ ker￭ atol￭ ysis hi￭ em￭ alis ou￭ d￭ t￭ sho￭ orn disease and ou￭ d￭ t￭ sho￭ orn skin is a rare auto￭ som￭ al dominant skin disease of unknown eti￭ ology which causes er￭ y￭ them￭ a red￭ ness and ker￭ atol￭ ysis pe￭ eling of the skin on the pal￭ ms and sol￭ es onset increased prominence and severity usually occurs during winter it is a type of geno￭ der￭ mat￭ osis the name ou￭ d￭ t￭ sho￭ orn skin derives from the town of ou￭ d￭ t￭ sho￭ orn in the western cape province of south africa where the disorder was first described it is one of several genetic disorders known to be highly prevalent among the af￭ ri￭ kan￭ er population
ker￭ atom￭ al￭ ac￭ ia is an eye disorder that results from vitamin a deficiency vitamin a is required to maintain specialized epi￭ the￭ lia such as in the cor￭ ne￭ a and con￭ junc￭ tiva the precise mechanism is still not known but vitamin a is necessary for the maintenance of the specialized epi￭ the￭ li￭ al surfaces of the body a lack of vitamin a leads to atro￭ ph￭ ic changes in the normal mu￭ cos￭ al surface with loss of gob￭ let cells and replacement of the normal epi￭ the￭ lium by an inappropriate ker￭ at￭ ini￭ zed str￭ ati￭ fied squ￭ am￭ ous epi￭ the￭ lium in addition the substan￭ tia propri￭ a of the cor￭ ne￭ a breaks down and liqu￭ ef￭ ies resulting in ker￭ atom￭ al￭ ac￭ ia the resulting cor￭ ne￭ a becomes totally opaque which is one of the most common reasons for blindness around the world particularly in developing countries
ker￭ at￭ osis from ker￭ at￭ in￭ oc￭ y￭ te the prominent cell type in the ep￭ id￭ er￭ mis and osis abnormal is a growth of ker￭ atin on the skin or on mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ ran￭ es more specifically it can refer to ac￭ tin￭ ic ker￭ at￭ osis also known as solar ker￭ at￭ osis hydrocarbon ker￭ at￭ osis ker￭ at￭ osis pil￭ aris k￭ p also known as fol￭ lic￭ ular ker￭ at￭ osis se￭ bor￭ rhe￭ ic ker￭ at￭ osis ac￭ tin￭ ic ker￭ ato￭ ses are pre m￭ align￭ ant grow￭ ths se￭ bor￭ rhe￭ ic ker￭ ato￭ ses are not pre m￭ align￭ ant
ker￭ at￭ osis fol￭ lic￭ ul￭ aris spin￭ ul￭ osa dec￭ al￭ vans also known as siemens 1 syndrome is a rare x linked disorder described by siemens in 19￭ 26 a disease that begins in infancy with ker￭ at￭ osis pil￭ aris loc￭ alized on the face then evol￭ ves to more diffuse involvement an association with sat 1 has been suggested
ker￭ at￭ osis lin￭ ear￭ is with ich￭ thy￭ osis con￭ genital and s￭ cl￭ ero￭ sing ker￭ ato￭ der￭ ma syndrome also known as k￭ lick syndrome is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by ich￭ thy￭ osis and ker￭ ato￭ der￭ ma it is associated with po￭ mp
ker￭ at￭ osis phar￭ yn￭ gis is a medical condition where ker￭ atin grows on the surface of the phar￭ yn￭ x that is the part of the throat at the back of the mouth ker￭ atin is a protein that normally occurs as the main constituent of hair and nails it is characterized by the presence of whi￭ tish yellow do￭ ts on the phar￭ yn￭ ge￭ al wall ton￭ si￭ ls or lingual ton￭ si￭ ls they are firmly adher￭ ent and cannot be wiped off the surrounding region does not show any sign or infl￭ amm￭ ation or any other constitutional signs the disease usually shows spontaneous regression one patient who was diagnosed with ker￭ at￭ osis phar￭ yn￭ gis had white spots on the base of the tongue and on the phar￭ yn￭ x and hurt a little when sw￭ allowing no treatment was found to help but the condition went away by itself eventually
ker￭ at￭ osis pil￭ aris k￭ p also fol￭ lic￭ ular ker￭ at￭ osis lichen pil￭ aris or col￭ lo￭ qu￭ ially chicken skin is a common auto￭ som￭ al dominant genetic fol￭ lic￭ ular condition characterized by the appearance of rough slightly red bu￭ mps on light skin and brown bu￭ mps on darker skin it most often appears on the back outer sides of the upper arm though the fore￭ arm can also be affected face thi￭ ghs and but￭ toc￭ ks k￭ p can also occur on the hands and tops of legs sides or any body part except g￭ lab￭ rous skin like the pal￭ ms or sol￭ es of feet often the le￭ sions will appear on the face which may be mistaken for ac￭ ne
ker￭ at￭ osis pil￭ aris atro￭ ph￭ ic￭ ans fac￭ ie￭ i also known as fol￭ lic￭ u￭ li￭ tis ru￭ bra ker￭ at￭ osis pil￭ aris ru￭ bra atro￭ ph￭ ic￭ ans fac￭ ie￭ i lichen pil￭ are lichen pil￭ aire ou x￭ ero￭ der￭ mie pil￭ aire sy￭ me￭ tri￭ que de la face ul￭ er￭ y￭ them￭ a oph￭ ry￭ o￭ genes and x￭ ero￭ der￭ mie pil￭ aire sy￭ me￭ tri￭ que de la face begins in infancy as fol￭ lic￭ ular pap￭ ules with peri￭ fol￭ lic￭ ular er￭ y￭ them￭ a initially the le￭ sions are restricted to the lateral eyebro￭ ws but with time spread to involve the cheeks and fore￭ head and may also be associated with ker￭ at￭ osis pil￭ aris on the extre￭ mi￭ ties and but￭ toc￭ ks
ker￭ at￭ osis pun￭ ct￭ ata of the pal￭ mar cre￭ ases also known as hyper￭ ker￭ at￭ osis pen￭ e￭ trans hyper￭ ker￭ at￭ osis pun￭ ct￭ ata ker￭ ato￭ der￭ mia pun￭ ct￭ ata ker￭ at￭ osis pun￭ ct￭ ata ker￭ ato￭ tic pits of the pal￭ mar cre￭ ases len￭ tic￭ ular atro￭ phia of the pal￭ mar cre￭ ases and pun￭ ct￭ ate ker￭ at￭ osis of the pal￭ mar cre￭ ases is a common skin disorder that occurs most often in black patients with skin le￭ sions that are 1 to 5 mm depres￭ sions filled with a com￭ edo like ker￭ at￭ inous plug treatment with e￭ tre￭ tin￭ ate has been described
ker￭ ion is the result of the host s response to a fun￭ gal ring￭ worm infection of the hair fol￭ lic￭ les of the scal￭ p occasionally the beard that can be accompanied by secondary bacterial infection s it usually appears as raised spon￭ gy le￭ sions and typically occurs in children this honey￭ comb is a painful infl￭ am￭ matory reaction with deep sup￭ pur￭ ative le￭ sions on the scal￭ p fol￭ lic￭ les may be seen discharging p￭ us there may be sin￭ us formation and rarely my￭ ce￭ tom￭ a like grains are produced it is usually caused by der￭ mat￭ op￭ hy￭ tes fun￭ gal infections of the skin affecting humans and animals such as tric￭ hop￭ hy￭ ton ver￭ ru￭ co￭ sum t ment￭ agro￭ phy￭ tes and micro￭ spor￭ um can￭ is treatment with oral gr￭ ise￭ o￭ ful￭ vin common
ker￭ nic￭ ter￭ us is a bi￭ li￭ rubin induced brain dysfunction bi￭ li￭ rubin is a highly neuro￭ toxic substance that may become elevated in the serum a condition known as hyper￭ bi￭ li￭ ru￭ bin￭ emia hyper￭ bi￭ li￭ ru￭ bin￭ emia may cause bi￭ li￭ rubin to accumulate in the gray matter of the central nervous system potentially causing irreversible neuro￭ logical damage depending on the level of exposure the effects range from clin￭ ically un￭ noticeable to severe brain damage and even death new￭ bor￭ ns are especially vulnerable to hyper￭ bi￭ li￭ ru￭ bin￭ emia induced neuro￭ logical damage and therefore must be carefully monitored for alterations in their serum bi￭ li￭ rubin levels
kes￭ han disease is a cong￭ estive cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy caused by a combination of dietary deficiency of sel￭ en￭ ium and the presence of a mut￭ ated strain of co￭ x￭ s￭ ack￭ i￭ evi￭ rus named after kes￭ han county of he￭ il￭ ong￭ jiang province northeast china where symptoms were first noted these symptoms were later found prevalent in a wide belt extending from northeast to southwest china all due to sel￭ en￭ ium deficient soil the disease peaked in 1960 – 1970 claiming thousands of lives often fatal the disease afflic￭ ts children and women of child bearing age characterized by heart failure and pul￭ mon￭ ary e￭ dem￭ a over decades supplem￭ entation with sel￭ en￭ ium reduced this afflic￭ tion it had been linked to the co￭ x￭ s￭ ack￭ ie b virus current research suggests that the lack of sel￭ en￭ ium results in a more virulent strain of the co￭ x￭ s￭ ack￭ i￭ evi￭ rus becoming the dominant viral species present in the population of virus but the mechanism of this selection event is unclear the disease got its name from the province in which it was discovered kes￭ han china since its discovery it can also be found in new zealand and finland kes￭ han disease results from a sel￭ en￭ ium deficiency which is a nutrient we receive in our diet from eating foods that were grown in sel￭ en￭ ium enriched soils because of that factor kes￭ han deficiency can be found anywhere that the level of sel￭ en￭ ium present in the soil is low an individual with kes￭ han disease will have an abnormally large heart kes￭ han disease can also lead to higher rates of cancer cardiovascular disease hyper￭ tension and stro￭ kes in addition an individual can experience ecz￭ ema ps￭ ori￭ asis ar￭ thri￭ tis cat￭ ar￭ acts alcoholism and infections
ke￭ ten￭ e cyclo￭ additions are the reactions of the pi system of ke￭ ten￭ es with un￭ saturated compounds to provide four memb￭ ered or larger rings 2 2 3 2 and 4 2 variants of the reaction are known
ke￭ to￭ aci￭ do￭ sis is a metabol￭ ic state associated with high concentrations of ke￭ tone bodies formed by the breakdown of fatty acids and the de￭ am￭ ination of amino acids the two common ke￭ tones produced in humans are ace￭ to￭ acetic acid and β hydroxy￭ bu￭ ty￭ rate ke￭ to￭ aci￭ do￭ sis is a pathological metabol￭ ic state marked by extreme and uncontrolled ke￭ to￭ sis in ke￭ to￭ aci￭ do￭ sis the body fails to adequately regulate ke￭ tone production causing such a severe accumulation of ke￭ to acids that the ph of the blood is substantially decreased in extreme cases ke￭ to￭ aci￭ do￭ sis can be fatal ke￭ to￭ aci￭ do￭ sis is most common in untreated type 1 diabetes mell￭ it￭ us when the liver breaks down fat and proteins in response to a perceived need for respiratory sub￭ str￭ ate prolonged alcoholism may lead to alcoholic ke￭ to￭ aci￭ do￭ sis ke￭ to￭ aci￭ do￭ sis can be sm￭ elled on a person s breath this is due to acet￭ one a direct by product of the spontaneous de￭ composition of ace￭ to￭ acetic acid it is often described as sm￭ elling like fruit or nail polish remo￭ ver ke￭ to￭ sis may also smell but the od￭ or is usually more subtle due to lower concentrations of acet￭ one treatment consists most simply of correcting blood sugar and insulin levels which will halt ke￭ tone production if the severity of the case warrants more aggressive measures intra￭ ven￭ ous sodium bic￭ ar￭ bon￭ ate in￭ fusion can be given to raise blood ph back to an acceptable range however serious caution must be exercised with iv sodium bic￭ ar￭ bon￭ ate to avoid the risk of equally life threatening hyper￭ nat￭ re￭ mia
ke￭ tonic dec￭ ar￭ box￭ yl￭ ation also known as ke￭ ton￭ ization is a type of organic reaction and a dec￭ ar￭ box￭ yl￭ ation converting two equivalents of a car￭ box￭ yl￭ ic acid to a sym￭ metric ke￭ tone by the application of heat with expulsion of one equivalent of water and one equivalent of carbon dioxide bases promote this reaction the reaction mechanism likely involves nucle￭ oph￭ il￭ ic attack of the alpha carbon of one acid group on the other acid group s carbon￭ yl possibly as a concerted reaction with the dec￭ ar￭ box￭ yl￭ ation the initial formation of an intermediate car￭ ban￭ ion with dec￭ ar￭ box￭ yl￭ ation from one acid group prior to the nucle￭ oph￭ il￭ ic attack has been proposed but is unlikely since the by￭ product resulting from the car￭ ban￭ ion s pro￭ ton￭ ation by the acid has never been reported this reaction is different from oxid￭ ative dec￭ ar￭ box￭ yl￭ ation which proceeds through a radical mechanism and is characterised by a different product distribution in isotop￭ ic lab￭ eling experiments with two different car￭ box￭ yl￭ ic acids with two different car￭ box￭ yl￭ ic acids the reaction behaves poorly because of poor selectivity except when one of the acids for example a small volatile one is used in large excess
ke￭ ton￭ ur￭ ia is a medical condition in which ke￭ tone bodies are present in the urine it is seen in conditions in which the body produces excess ke￭ tones as an indication that it is using an alternative source of energy it is seen during starvation or more commonly in type i diabetes mell￭ it￭ us production of ke￭ tone bodies is a normal response to a shortage of glucose meant to provide an alternate source of fuel from fatty acids
ke￭ to￭ sis is a metabol￭ ic state in which some of the body s energy supply comes from ke￭ tone bodies in the blood in contrast to a state of gly￭ col￭ ysis in which blood glucose provides most of the energy ke￭ to￭ sis is a nutritional process characterised by serum concentrations of ke￭ tone bodies over 0 5 mm with low and stable levels of insulin and blood glucose it is almost always generalized with hyper￭ ke￭ ton￭ emia that is an elevated level of ke￭ tone bodies in the blood throughout the body ke￭ tone bodies are formed by ke￭ to￭ genesis when liver gly￭ co￭ gen stores are depleted or from metabol￭ ising medium chain tri￭ gly￭ cer￭ ides the main ke￭ tone bodies used for energy are ace￭ to￭ acetate and β hydroxy￭ bu￭ ty￭ rate and the levels of ke￭ tone bodies are regulated mainly by insulin and gl￭ uc￭ agon most cells in the body can use both glucose and ke￭ tone bodies for fuel and during ke￭ to￭ sis free fatty acids and glucose synthesis glu￭ con￭ e￭ o￭ genesis fuel the remainder longer term ke￭ to￭ sis may result from fast￭ ing or staying on a low carbo￭ hydrate diet and deliberately induced ke￭ to￭ sis serves as a medical intervention for various conditions such as intractable epi￭ le￭ psy and the various types of diabetes in gly￭ col￭ ysis higher levels of insulin promote storage of body fat and block release of fat from adi￭ pose tissues while in ke￭ to￭ sis fat reserves are readily released and consumed for this reason ke￭ to￭ sis is sometimes referred to as the body s fat burning mode
k￭ eu￭ tel syndrome ks is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive genetic disorder characterized by abnormal diffuse car￭ til￭ age calci￭ fication hypo￭ pl￭ asia of the mid face peripheral pul￭ mon￭ ary sten￭ osis hearing loss short dis￭ tal p￭ hal￭ anges tips of the fingers and mild mental retar￭ dation individuals with ks often present with peripheral pul￭ mon￭ ary sten￭ osis br￭ ach￭ y￭ telep￭ hal￭ ang￭ ism slop￭ ing fore￭ head mid￭ face hypo￭ pl￭ asia and rec￭ eding chin it is associated with ab￭ norm￭ alities in the gene coding for matrix gl￭ a protein m￭ g￭ p being an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive disorder it may be inherited from two unaffected abnormal m￭ g￭ p carrying parents thus people who inherit two affected m￭ g￭ p genes will likely inherit ks it was first identified in 1972 as a novel rare genetic disorder sharing similar symptoms with ch￭ on￭ dro￭ dys￭ pl￭ asia pun￭ ct￭ ata multiple forms of ch￭ on￭ dro￭ dys￭ pl￭ asia pun￭ ct￭ ata share symptoms consistent with ks including abnormal car￭ til￭ age calci￭ fication forceful respir￭ ation br￭ ach￭ y￭ telep￭ hal￭ ang￭ ism hy￭ pot￭ onia psy￭ ch￭ om￭ o￭ tor delay and conduc￭ tive deaf￭ ness yet peripheral pul￭ mon￭ ary sten￭ osis remains unique to ks no chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al ab￭ norm￭ alities are reported in affected individuals suggesting that famili￭ al cons￭ angu￭ inity relates to the auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive mode of inheritance also despite largely abnormal calci￭ fication of regions including the lar￭ yn￭ x trac￭ he￭ ob￭ ron￭ ch￭ ial tree nose pin￭ na anatomy and ep￭ ig￭ lot￭ tis patients exhibit normal serum calcium and phosphate levels
in evolutionary biology a key innovation also known as an adap￭ tive breakthrough or key adaptation is a novel phen￭ o￭ typ￭ ic trait that allows subsequent radiation and success of a tax￭ on￭ om￭ ic group typically they bring new abilities that allows the tax￭ a to rapidly diversify and invade nic￭ hes that were not previously available the phenomenon helps to explain how some tax￭ a are much more diverse and have many more species than their sister tax￭ a the term was first used in 1949 by al￭ den h miller who defined it as key adjustments in the mor￭ pho￭ logical and physiological mechanism which are essential to the origin of new major groups although a broader contemporary definition holds that a key innovation is an evolutionary change in individual traits that is caus￭ ally linked to an increased diversification rate in the resulting cl￭ ade the theory of key innovations has come under attack because it is hard to test in a scientific manner but there is evidence to support the idea
no two copies of keys are exactly the same even if they were both made from key blan￭ ks that are struck from the same m￭ ould or cut from the same duplic￭ ating mil￭ ling machine with no changes to the bit￭ ting settings in between even under these favorable circumstances there will be minute differences between the two key shapes though their key relevance is extremely high in all mach￭ ining work there are measurable amounts of difference between the design specification of an object and its actual manufactured size in lock￭ smi￭ thing the allowable tolerance is decided by the range of minute differences between a key s size and shape in comparison to the size and shape required to turn the tum￭ bl￭ ers within the lock key relevance is the measure of similarity between the key and the optimal size needed to fit the lock or it is the similarity between a duplicate key and the original it is seeking to replic￭ ate key relevance cannot be deduc￭ ed from a key code since the key code merely refers to a central authoritative source for designed shapes and sizes of keys typical modern keys require a key relevance of approximately 0 03 millimetres 0 00￭ 12 in to 0 07 millimetres 0 00￭ 28 in accuracy within 0 75 to 1 75 in order to operate
key￭ board ma￭ e￭ stro is a closed source commercial mac os x based application that allows autom￭ ation of routine functions such as navi￭ gating running applications opening documents typing text expanding abbrevi￭ ations and controlling web applications by means of a visual programming language with support for variables sty￭ led cli￭ p￭ boards functions and text to￭ k￭ ens if then else logic lo￭ ops and other functions features include recording and designing macro￭ s cli￭ p￭ board history saved cli￭ p￭ boards and navigation through applications and windows macro￭ s are organised into groups which can be limited to operate within certain applications key￭ board ma￭ e￭ stro was created and first released in 2002 by michael kam￭ pr￭ ath and purchased by st￭ airways software in 2004 and has been in continuous development since then
the keynes effect is the effect that changes in the price level have upon goods market spending via changes in interest rates as prices fall a given nominal money supply will be associated with a larger real money supply causing interest rates to fall and in turn causing investment spending on physical capital to increase this implies that insufficient demand in the product market cannot exist forever because insufficient demand will cause a lower price level resulting in increased demand there are two cases in which the keynes effect does not occur in the liquidity trap when the l￭ m curve is horizontal and thus changes in the real money supply do not affect interest rates and when expenditure is in￭ elastic with respect to un￭ responsive to interest rates when the is curve is vertical the pat￭ in￭ kin pig￭ ou real balance effect suggests that due to wealth effects of changes in the price level upon spending itself insufficient demand cannot persist even in the two cases in which the keynes effect does not operate
key￭ word spo￭ tting is a sub￭ field of speech recognition that deals with the identification of key￭ words in ut￭ ter￭ ances there are several types of key￭ word spo￭ tting key￭ word spo￭ tting in un￭ constrained speech key￭ word spo￭ tting in isolated word recognition key￭ word spo￭ tting in un￭ constrained speech appears when key￭ words may not be separated from other words and no gr￭ ammar is enforced on the sentence containing them some algori￭ th￭ ms used for this task are sliding window and garbage model k best hypothesis iter￭ ative v￭ iter￭ bi de￭ coding key￭ word spo￭ tting in isolated word recognition appears when the key￭ words are separated from other texts by sil￭ ences the main technique that applied in such problems is dynamic time war￭ ping
the khar￭ as￭ ch addition is an organic reaction and a metal cataly￭ sed free radical addition of c￭ x￭ cl 3 compounds x cl br h to al￭ ken￭ es the reaction was discovered by morris s khar￭ as￭ ch in the 1940 s the basic reaction scheme runs as follows r 2 c ch 2 r x → r 2 c￭ x ch 2 r and proceeds through the c￭ x￭ cl 2 free radical examples of organ￭ o￭ hali￭ des are carbon tetr￭ ach￭ l￭ oride and chloro￭ form the addition is an anti mark￭ ov￭ ni￭ kov addition early work linked the addition to ole￭ fin poly￭ mer￭ ization and is therefore considered a first step into what was to become atom transfer radical poly￭ mer￭ ization an example of kar￭ as￭ ch addition is the synthesis of 1 1 3 trichlor￭ o n non￭ ane from 1 oc￭ ten￭ e chloro￭ form and fer￭ ric chloride
in chemical synthesis the khar￭ as￭ ch – so￭ s￭ nov￭ sky reaction is a catalytic reaction in which asymmetric all￭ yl￭ ic oxid￭ ation and benz￭ yl￭ ic oxid￭ ation strategies are used for constructing chir￭ al c – o bonds via c – h bond activation
a kho￭ d￭ ad￭ ou￭ st line or chronic focal transplant reaction is a medical sign that indicates a complic￭ ation of cor￭ ne￭ al graft surgery on the eye this method is called kho￭ d￭ ad￭ ou￭ st line because of many years research about this by professor ali as￭ gh￭ ar kho￭ d￭ ad￭ ou￭ st this medical condition is similar to organ rejection after an organ transplant except that it involves immun￭ ological rejection of a trans￭ planted cor￭ ne￭ a rather than an internal organ a kho￭ d￭ ad￭ ou￭ st line is made up of mon￭ on￭ uc￭ lear cells white blood cells these cells appear at the vas￭ cul￭ arized edge of the recently trans￭ planted cor￭ ne￭ a if untreated the line of white blood cells will move across and damage the endo￭ the￭ li￭ al cells of the cor￭ ne￭ a over the space of several days
the ki￭ bi￭ bit is a multiple of the bit a unit of digital information storage pre￭ fixed by the standards based multiplier ki￭ bi symbol ki a b￭ inary pre￭ fix meaning 210 the unit symbol of the ki￭ bi￭ bit is ki￭ bit 1 ki￭ bi￭ bit 210 bits 1 0￭ 24 bits the ki￭ bi￭ bit has existed since 1998 and is closely related to the ki￭ lob￭ it which is equal to 103 bits 1 000 bits however a ki￭ lob￭ y￭ te is 1 0￭ 24 by￭ tes the b￭ inary pre￭ fixes form part of the international system of quantities is￭ q
the ki￭ bi￭ by￭ te is a multiple of the unit by￭ te for quantities of digital information the b￭ inary pre￭ fix ki￭ bi means 210 or 10￭ 24 therefore 1 ki￭ bi￭ by￭ te is 10￭ 24 by￭ tes the unit symbol for the ki￭ bi￭ by￭ te is ki￭ b the unit was established by the international electro￭ technical commission iec in 1998 has been accepted for use by all major standards organizations and is part of the international system of quantities the ki￭ bi￭ by￭ te was designed to replace the ki￭ lob￭ y￭ te in those computer science contexts in which the term ki￭ lob￭ y￭ te is used to mean 10￭ 24 by￭ tes the interpretation of the older term ki￭ lob￭ y￭ te to den￭ ote 10￭ 24 by￭ tes conflicting with the si definition of the pre￭ fix kilo 1000 is still common mostly in informal computer science contexts
the attempted kidnapping of kal￭ ani￭ ʻ￭ ō￭ pu￭ ʻ￭ u by captain james cook and the decision to hold the ruling chief of the island of hawaii in exchange for their stolen long boat life￭ boat was a fatal error on the part of the british navig￭ ator and the main cause of his death his arrival in hawaii was followed by mass migr￭ ations of europeans and americans to the islands that ended with the overthrow of the kingdom of hawaii the original native monarchy of the islands
kidney cancer also known as ren￭ al cancer is a type of cancer that starts in the cells in the kidney the two most common types of kidney cancer are ren￭ al cell carcin￭ oma r￭ cc and transitional cell carcin￭ oma t￭ cc also known as u￭ ro￭ the￭ li￭ al cell carcin￭ oma of the ren￭ al pel￭ vis these names reflect the type of cell from which the cancer developed the different types of kidney cancer such as r￭ cc and uc￭ c develop in different ways meaning that the diseases have different long term outcomes and need to be staged and treated in different ways r￭ cc is responsible for approximately 80 of primary ren￭ al cancers and uc￭ c accounts the majority of the remainder overall five year survival rate in the united states is 73 for cancers that are confined to the kidney the five year survival rate is 92 if it has spread to the surrounding lymp￭ h no￭ des it is 65 and if has me￭ tast￭ asi￭ zed it is 12
kidney disease also known as ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ pa￭ thy or ren￭ al disease is damage to or disease of a kidney ne￭ ph￭ ri￭ tis is infl￭ am￭ matory kidney disease ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ sis is non￭ infl￭ am￭ matory ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ pa￭ thy kidney disease usually causes kidney failure ren￭ al failure to more or less degree with the amount depending on the type of disease in precise usage disease den￭ o￭ tes the structural and eti￭ o￭ logic disease entity whereas failure den￭ o￭ tes the dysfunction lack of working well that is impaired ren￭ al function but in common usage these meanings overlap for example the terms chronic kidney disease and chronic ren￭ al failure are usually considered synonymous acute kidney disease has often been called acute ren￭ al failure although ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ logists now often tend to call it acute kidney injury about 1 in 8 americans suffer from chronic kidney disease
kidney failure also known as ren￭ al failure or ren￭ al in￭ sufficiency is a medical condition of impaired kidney function in which the kidneys fail to adequately filter metabol￭ ic wastes from the blood the two main forms are acute kidney injury which is often reversible with adequate treatment and chronic kidney disease which is often not reversible in both cases there is usually an underlying cause kidney failure is mainly determined by a decrease in glo￭ mer￭ ular fil￭ tration rate which is the rate at which blood is filtered in the glo￭ mer￭ uli of the kidney the condition is detected by a decrease in or absence of urine production or determination of waste products cre￭ at￭ in￭ ine or urea in the blood depending on the cause hem￭ atur￭ ia blood loss in the urine and prote￭ in￭ ur￭ ia protein loss in the urine may be noted in kidney failure there may be problems with increased fluid in the body leading to sw￭ elling increased acid levels raised levels of potassium decreased levels of calcium increased levels of phosphate and in later stages an￭ emia bone health may also be affected long term kidney problems are associated with an increased risk of cardiovascular disease
kidney stone disease also known as u￭ ro￭ li￭ thi￭ asis is when a solid piece of material kidney stone occurs in the ur￭ inary tract kidney stones typically form in the kidney and leave the body in the urine stream a small stone may pass without causing symptoms if a stone grows to more than 5 milli￭ meters 0 2 in it can cause block￭ age of the u￭ re￭ ter resulting in severe pain in the lower back or ab￭ dom￭ en a stone may also result in blood in the urine v￭ om￭ iting or painful ur￭ ination about half of people will have another stone within ten years most stones form due to a combination of genetics and environmental factors risk factors include high urine calcium levels obesity certain foods some medications calcium supplements hyper￭ par￭ ath￭ yro￭ i￭ dis￭ m g￭ out and not drinking enough fluids stones form in the kidney when minerals in urine are at high concentration the diagnosis is usually based on symptoms urine testing and medical imaging blood tests may also be useful stones are typically classified by their location ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ li￭ thi￭ asis in the kidney u￭ re￭ ter￭ oli￭ thi￭ asis in the u￭ re￭ ter cy￭ sto￭ li￭ thi￭ asis in the blad￭ der or by what they are made of calcium ur￭ ic acid stru￭ v￭ ite cy￭ st￭ ine in those who have had stones prevention is by drinking fluids such that more than two lit￭ ers of urine is produced per day if this is not effective enough thi￭ az￭ ide di￭ u￭ re￭ tic cit￭ rate or all￭ op￭ ur￭ in￭ ol may be taken it is recommended that soft drinks containing phosphor￭ ic acid typically col￭ as be avoided when a stone causes no symptoms no treatment is needed otherwise pain control is usually the first measure using medications such as non￭ ster￭ o￭ idal anti infl￭ am￭ matory drugs or op￭ io￭ ids larger stones may require procedures such as ex￭ trac￭ or￭ po￭ real shock wave lith￭ o￭ tri￭ psy u￭ re￭ ter￭ o￭ sco￭ py or per￭ cu￭ taneous ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ lith￭ o￭ tomy between 1 and 15 of people globally are affected by kidney stones at some point in their life in 2013 49 million cases occurred resulting in about 15 000 deaths they have become more common in the western world since the 1970 s generally more men are affected than women kidney stones have affected humans throughout history with descriptions of surgery to remove them dating from as early as 600 bc
kidney transplantation or ren￭ al transplantation is the organ transplant of a kidney into a patient with end stage ren￭ al disease kidney transplantation is typically classified as deceased donor formerly known as cad￭ aver￭ ic or living donor transplantation depending on the source of the donor organ living donor ren￭ al transplants are further characterized as genetically related living related or non related living unrelated transplants depending on whether a biological relationship exists between the donor and recipient exchanges and chains are a novel approach to expand the living donor pool in february 2012 this novel approach to expand the living donor pool was featured on the front page of the new york times in a story covering the largest chain in the world involving 60 participants organized by the national kidney registry in 2014 the record for the largest chain was broken again by a swap involving 70 participants covered by abc news
kidney tum￭ ours or kidney tumors also known as ren￭ al tum￭ ours are tum￭ ours or grow￭ ths on or in the kidney these grow￭ ths can be benign or m￭ align￭ ant can￭ cer￭ ous they may be discovered on medical imaging incidentally i e an incid￭ ent￭ al￭ oma or may be present in patients as an ab￭ domin￭ al mass hem￭ atur￭ ia ab￭ domin￭ al pain or manifest first in a par￭ ane￭ op￭ l￭ astic syndrome that seems unrelated to the kidney
ki￭ en￭ bö￭ ck s disease is a disorder of the wrist it is named for dr robert ki￭ en￭ bö￭ ck a radio￭ logist in vienna austria who described o￭ ste￭ om￭ al￭ ac￭ ia of the lun￭ ate in 19￭ 10 it is breakdown of the lun￭ ate bone a car￭ pal bone in the wrist that artic￭ ul￭ ates with the radius in the fore￭ arm specifically ki￭ en￭ bö￭ ck s disease is another name for av￭ ascular necro￭ sis death and frac￭ ture of bone tissue due to interruption of blood supply with fragmentation and collapse of the lun￭ ate this has class￭ ically been attributed to arter￭ ial disruption but may also occur after events that produce ven￭ ous congestion with elevated inter￭ osse￭ ous pressure
ki￭ ku￭ chi disease or ki￭ ku￭ chi fujim￭ oto disease was described in 1972 in japan it is also known as his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ tic necro￭ tizing lymp￭ had￭ eni￭ tis ki￭ ku￭ chi necro￭ tizing lymp￭ had￭ eni￭ tis p￭ ha￭ go￭ cy￭ tic necro￭ tizing lymp￭ had￭ eni￭ tis sub￭ acute necro￭ tizing lymp￭ had￭ eni￭ tis and necro￭ tizing lymp￭ had￭ eni￭ tis it was first described by dr mas￭ ah￭ iro ki￭ ku￭ chi 19￭ 35 – 2012 in 1972 and independently by y fujim￭ oto
kil￭ la￭ for￭ nia is first blood s first full length release it was released in 2006 by trust￭ kill records
a kil￭ lian – jam￭ ies￭ on diver￭ ticul￭ um is an out￭ pou￭ ching of the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus just below the upper es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al sp￭ h￭ inc￭ ter the physicians that first discovered the diver￭ ticul￭ um were gust￭ av kil￭ lian and james jam￭ ies￭ on diver￭ tic￭ ula are seldom larger than 1 5 cm and are less frequent than the similar zen￭ ker s diver￭ tic￭ ula as opposed to a zen￭ ker s which is typically a poster￭ ior and inferior out￭ pou￭ ching from the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus a kil￭ lian – jam￭ ies￭ on diver￭ ticul￭ um is typically an an￭ ter￭ ol￭ ateral out￭ pou￭ ching at the level of the c 5 c 6 vertebr￭ al bodies due to a con￭ genital weakness in the cer￭ vic￭ al es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus just below the cri￭ cop￭ har￭ yn￭ ge￭ al muscle it is usually smaller in size than a zen￭ ker s diver￭ ticul￭ um and typically as￭ ymp￭ tomatic although con￭ genital it is more commonly seen in elderly patients
the ki￭ lob￭ it is a multiple of the unit bit for digital information or computer storage the pre￭ fix kilo symbol k is defined in the international system of units si as a multiplier of 103 1 thousand and therefore 1 ki￭ lob￭ it 103 bits 1000 bits the ki￭ lob￭ it has the unit symbol k￭ bit or k￭ b using the common by￭ te size of 8 bits 1 k￭ bit is equal to 125 by￭ tes the ki￭ lob￭ it is most commonly used in the expression of data rates of digital communication circuits as ki￭ lob￭ its per second k￭ bit s or k￭ b s or abbreviated as k￭ b￭ ps as in for example a 56 k￭ b￭ ps p￭ st￭ n circuit or a 512 k￭ bit s broadband internet connection the unit symbol k￭ b is ty￭ po￭ graphically similar to unit symbols of the ki￭ lob￭ y￭ te i e k￭ b with an upper case b the international electro￭ technical commission iec therefore recommends the symbol bit instead of b the pre￭ fix kilo is often used in fields of computer science and information technology with a meaning of multiplication by 10￭ 24 instead of 1000 contrary to international standards in conjunction with the base unit by￭ te and bit in which case it is to be written as ki with a capital letter k e g 1 ki￭ bit 10￭ 24 bits the decimal si definition 1 k￭ bit s 1000 bit s is used uniformly in the context of telecommunication transmission speeds the ki￭ lob￭ it is closely related to the much less used ki￭ bi￭ bit a unit multiple derived from the b￭ inary pre￭ fix ki￭ bi symbol ki of the same order of magnitude which is equal to 210 bits 10￭ 24 bits or approximately 2 larger than the ki￭ lob￭ it despite the definitions of these new pre￭ fixes meant for b￭ inary based quantities of storage only not data rates by international standards organizations memory semiconductor chips are still marketed using the metric pre￭ fix names to designate b￭ inary multi￭ ples
the ki￭ lob￭ y￭ te is a multiple of the unit by￭ te for digital information the international system of units si defines the pre￭ fix kilo as 1000 103 therefore one ki￭ lob￭ y￭ te is 1000 by￭ tes the unit symbol for the ki￭ lob￭ y￭ te is k￭ b in information technology particularly in reference to main memory capacity ki￭ lob￭ y￭ te is traditionally used to den￭ ote 10￭ 24 210 by￭ tes this arises from the powers of two sizing common to such memory in digital circu￭ it￭ ry in this context the symbols k and k￭ b are often used when 10￭ 24 by￭ tes is meant
kim￭ ura s disease is a benign rare chronic infl￭ am￭ matory disorder its primary symptoms are sub￭ der￭ mal le￭ sions in the head or neck or pain￭ less unilateral infl￭ amm￭ ation of cer￭ vic￭ al lymp￭ h no￭ des
kind￭ ler syndrome also known as bull￭ ous acro￭ ker￭ ato￭ tic po￭ i￭ kilo￭ der￭ ma of kind￭ ler and weary con￭ genital po￭ i￭ kilo￭ der￭ ma with bl￭ is￭ ters and ker￭ ato￭ ses con￭ genital po￭ i￭ kilo￭ der￭ ma with bul￭ la￭ e and progressive cu￭ taneous atro￭ phy hereditary acro￭ ker￭ ato￭ tic po￭ i￭ kilo￭ der￭ ma hyper￭ ker￭ at￭ osis – hyper￭ pi￭ gm￭ entation syndrome acro￭ ker￭ ato￭ tic po￭ i￭ kilo￭ der￭ ma and weary – kind￭ ler syndrome is a rare con￭ genital disease of the skin caused by a mutation in the kind 1 gene
kindness pri￭ ming is an affect dependent cognitive effect in which subjects will display a positive affect following exposure to kindness
k￭ ine￭ sia paradox￭ a is a phenomenon most often seen in people with par￭ kinson s disease where individuals who typically experience severe difficulties with the simple movements may perform complex movements easily specifically k￭ ine￭ sia paradox￭ a focuses on walking referring to the sudden ability to demonstrate smooth fluid movements in people that previously had problems with walking easily this new discovery does not just happen to an individual randomly but must be stimulated using various types of visual or aud￭ itory cu￭ es this phenomenon is generally stimulated to help improve the mobility of people with ak￭ ine￭ sia ak￭ ine￭ sia consists of changes in walking pattern freezing of ga￭ it fog and losses of balance lob￭ s fog occurs in the middle of stri￭ de cutting off walking and making it fairly difficult for a person to re initiate a movement k￭ ine￭ sia paradox￭ a can be used as a management strategy to overcome this lob￭ s are when a person has difficulty maintaining an u￭ pri￭ ght position and lose their balance eventually leading to them falling since par￭ kinson ’ s disease is a progressive disease patient ’ s symptoms continue to worsen with time and they often develop visible differences in their walking that greatly affects their quality of life these differences include shuff￭ ling of steps decreased stri￭ de length and decrease in overall movement k￭ ine￭ sia paradox￭ a is not able to be stimulated in everyone with movement disorders persons who can stimulate this phenomenon demonstrate visible improvements in mobility including increased stri￭ de length more flu￭ idity in strides less fo￭ gs incidents less lob￭ s and those that appeared to be completely frozen previously can regain their movement more recently k￭ ine￭ sia paradox￭ a is also being used to treat children with asper￭ ger s syndrome children with asper￭ ger s demonstrate excellent skills in drawing model￭ ing building and computer games but often struggle with everyday motor tasks such as walking or catching a ball k￭ ine￭ sia paradox￭ a is currently being explored to help aid these individuals in focusing their attention and improving their efficiency in these simple motor tasks
k￭ ine￭ tic induc￭ tance is the manifestation of the iner￭ tial mass of mobile charge carriers in altern￭ ating electric fields as an equivalent series induc￭ tance k￭ ine￭ tic induc￭ tance is observed in high carrier mobility conductors e g super￭ conductors and at very high frequencies
kin￭ king hair also known as acquired progressive kin￭ king is a condition primarily re￭ posted in post￭ pu￭ bes￭ cent males with and￭ ro￭ genetic al￭ op￭ ec￭ ia presenting with gradual cur￭ ling and dark￭ ening of the frontal temporal aur￭ icular and ver￭ tex ha￭ irs which under the micro￭ scope show kin￭ ks and tw￭ ists with or without longit￭ ud￭ inal gro￭ o￭ ving
in robo￭ tics and motion planning kin￭ od￭ y￭ nam￭ ic planning is a class of problems for which velocity acceleration and force tor￭ que bounds must be satisfied together with kin￭ ematic constraints such as avoiding obstacles the term was coined by bruce donald pat x￭ avi￭ er john c￭ anny and john re￭ if donald et al developed the first poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al time approximation schemes pt￭ as for the problem by providing a prov￭ ably poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al time ε approximation algori￭ thm they resolved a long standing open problem in optimal control their first paper considered time optimal control fastest path of a point mass under new￭ ton￭ ian dynamics amidst poly￭ g￭ onal 2 d or poly￭ he￭ dr￭ al 3 d obstacles subject to state bounds on position velocity and acceleration later they extended the technique to many other cases for example to 3 d open chain kin￭ ematic robots under full lag￭ ran￭ gian dynamics more recently many practical he￭ ur￭ istic algori￭ th￭ ms based on sto￭ ch￭ astic optimi￭ zation and iter￭ ative sampling were developed by a wide range of authors to address the kin￭ od￭ y￭ nam￭ ic planning problem these techniques for kin￭ od￭ y￭ nam￭ ic planning have been shown to work well in practice however none of these he￭ ur￭ istic techniques can guarantee the optim￭ ality of the compu￭ ted solution i e they have no performance guarantees and none can be mathem￭ atically proven to be faster than the original pt￭ as algori￭ th￭ ms i e none have a prov￭ ably lower compu￭ tational complexity
kir￭ kman s school￭ girl problem is a problem in combin￭ at￭ or￭ ics proposed by rev thomas pen￭ yn￭ g￭ ton kir￭ kman in 18￭ 50 as qu￭ ery vi in the lady s and gentleman s diary pg 48 the problem states fifteen young ladies in a school walk out three abre￭ ast for seven days in succession it is required to arrange them daily so that no two shall walk twice abre￭ ast
ki￭ wi￭ ana are certain items and i￭ cons from new zealand s heritage especially from around the middle of the 20 th century that are seen as representing icon￭ ic ki￭ wi elements these qu￭ ir￭ ky things that contribute to a sense of nation￭ hood include both genuine cultural i￭ cons and kit￭ sch
dominant op￭ tic atro￭ phy or dominant op￭ tic atro￭ phy kj￭ er s type is an auto￭ som￭ ally inherited disease that affects the op￭ tic nerves causing reduced visual acu￭ ity and blindness beginning in childhood this condition is due to mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al dysfunction mediating the death of op￭ tic nerve fi￭ bers dominant op￭ tic atro￭ phy was first described clin￭ ically by b￭ atten in 18￭ 96 and named kj￭ er ’ s op￭ tic neuro￭ pa￭ thy in 1959 after danish oph￭ thal￭ mo￭ logist p￭ oul kj￭ er who studied 19 families with the disease although dominant op￭ tic atro￭ phy is the most common auto￭ som￭ ally inherited op￭ tic neuro￭ pa￭ thy i e disease of the op￭ tic nerves aside from gl￭ au￭ coma it is often mis￭ diagnosed
a k￭ lat￭ skin tumor or hil￭ ar chol￭ an￭ gi￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma is a chol￭ an￭ gi￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma cancer of the bi￭ li￭ ary tree occurring at the con￭ flu￭ ence of the right and left he￭ p￭ atic bile duc￭ ts it is named after dr gerald k￭ lat￭ skin
kle￭ b￭ si￭ ella pneumonia is a form of bacterial pneumonia associated with kle￭ b￭ si￭ ella pneu￭ mon￭ i￭ ae it is typically due to aspiration by alcohol￭ ics though it is more commonly implicated in hospital acquired ur￭ inary tract and wound infections particularly in immun￭ o￭ compromised individuals and diabe￭ tics
in compu￭ tational geometry k￭ lee s measure problem is the problem of determining how efficiently the measure of a union of multi￭ dimensional rec￭ tang￭ ular ranges can be compu￭ ted here a d dimensional rec￭ tang￭ ular range is defined to be a car￭ te￭ sian product of d intervals of real numbers which is a sub￭ set of rd the problem is named after victor k￭ lee who gave an algori￭ thm for computing the length of a union of intervals the case d 1 which was later shown to be optim￭ ally efficient in the sense of compu￭ tational complexity theory the compu￭ tational complexity of computing the area of a union of 2 dimensional rec￭ tang￭ ular ranges is now also known but the case d ≥ 3 remains an open problem
kle￭ ine – le￭ vin syndrome k￭ ls also known as sleeping beauty syndrome is a rare sleep disorder characterized by persistent ep￭ is￭ od￭ ic hyper￭ som￭ nia and cognitive or mood changes many patients also experience hyper￭ p￭ ha￭ gia hy￭ pers￭ ex￭ uality and other symptoms patients generally experience recurrent episodes of the condition for more than a decade individual episodes generally last more than a week but less than a month the condition greatly affects the personal professional and social lives of sufferers but symptoms spontaneously resolve and seldom cause permanent issues the severity of symptoms and the course of the syndrome vary between sufferers patients commonly have about 20 episodes over about a decade several months generally elapse between episodes the onset of the condition usually follows a viral infection several different viruses have been observed to trigger k￭ ls it is generally only diagnosed after similar conditions have been excluded m￭ ri ct sc￭ ans lum￭ bar punc￭ ture and toxico￭ logy tests are used to rule out other possibilities the syndrome s mechanism is not known but the thal￭ am￭ us is thought to possibly play a role tom￭ o￭ graphy has shown hypo￭ per￭ fusion in the brains of patients during episodes k￭ ls is very rare occurring at a rate of one in a million which limits research into genetic factors the condition primarily affects adoles￭ cent males although also patients are female and the age of onset varies there is no known cure and there is little evidence supporting drug treatment lith￭ ium has been reported to have limited effects in case reports decreasing the length of episodes and duration between them in some patients stimul￭ ants have been shown to promote wa￭ ke￭ fulness during episodes but they do not counteract cognitive symptoms or decrease the duration of episodes the condition is named after will￭ i kle￭ ine and max le￭ vin who described cases of the disease in the early 20 th century it was added to the international classification of sleep disorders in 1990
kle￭ p￭ tom￭ ania or kl￭ op￭ em￭ ania is the inability to refrain from the urge to steal items and is done for reasons other than personal use or financial gain first described in 18￭ 16 kle￭ p￭ tom￭ ania is classified in psychiatry as an impulse control disorder alternatively some of the main characteristics of the disorder which consist of recurring intrusion feelings an inability to resist the urge to steal and a release of pressure following the theft suggest that kle￭ p￭ tom￭ ania could be an obs￭ essive compul￭ sive spectrum disorder although this is disputed the disorder is frequently under diagnosed and is regularly associated with other psychiatric disorders particularly anxiety and eating disorders and alcohol and substance abuse patients with kle￭ p￭ tom￭ ania are typically treated with therapies in other areas due to the com￭ or￭ bid grievances rather than issues directly related to kle￭ p￭ tom￭ ania over the last 100 years a shift from psycho￭ therapeutic to psychop￭ har￭ maco￭ logical interventions for kle￭ p￭ tom￭ ania has occurred pharmaco￭ logical treatments using selective sero￭ ton￭ in re￭ uptake inhi￭ bit￭ ors ss￭ ris mood stabilizers and op￭ io￭ id recep￭ tor antagon￭ ists and other anti￭ depres￭ s￭ ants along with cognitive behavioral therapy have yielded positive results
kle￭ pt￭ op￭ la￭ sty or kle￭ pt￭ op￭ las￭ ti￭ dy is a symbio￭ tic phenomenon whereby plas￭ ti￭ ds notably chlor￭ op￭ lasts from al￭ ga￭ e are sequ￭ est￭ ered by host organisms the word is derived from kle￭ p￭ tes κ￭ λέ￭ π￭ της which is greek for thief the al￭ ga is eaten normally and partially dig￭ ested leaving the plas￭ ti￭ d intact the plas￭ ti￭ ds are maintained within the host temporarily continuing photo￭ synthesis and benefiting the predat￭ or the term was coined in 1990 to describe chlor￭ op￭ last symbio￭ sis
k￭ lin￭ ef￭ el￭ ter syndrome ks also known as 47 xx￭ y or xx￭ y is the set of symptoms that result from two or more x chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es in males the primary feature is ster￭ ility often symptoms may be subtle and many people do not realize they are affected sometimes symptoms are more prominent and may include weaker muscles greater height poor coordination less body hair smaller gen￭ itals breast growth and less interest in sex often it is only at pu￭ ber￭ ty that these symptoms are noticed intelligence is usually normal however reading difficulties and problems with speech are more common symptoms are typically more severe if three or more x chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es are present k￭ lin￭ ef￭ el￭ ter syndrome usually occurs randomly an older mother might increase the risk slightly the condition is not inherited from one s parents the underlying mechanisms involves at least one extra x chro￭ mo￭ some in addition to a y chro￭ mo￭ some such that there is a total of 47 or more chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es rather than usual 46 ks is diagnosed by the genetic test known as a kar￭ yo￭ type while there is no cure a number of treatments may help physical therapy speech and language therapy counselling and adjustments of teaching methods may be useful te￭ sto￭ ster￭ one replacement may be used in those who have significantly low levels enlarged breasts may be removed by surgery about half of males affected with the help of assisted reproductive technology have a chance of having children however this is expensive and carries risks males appear to have a higher risk of breast cancer than typical but still lower than that of females the condition has a nearly normal life expectancy k￭ lin￭ ef￭ el￭ ter syndrome is one of the most common chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al disorders occurring in 1 500 to 1 1000 live male births it is named after harry k￭ lin￭ ef￭ el￭ ter who identified the condition in the 1940 s 1956 saw the identification of the extra x chro￭ mo￭ some mice can also have the xx￭ y syndrome making them a useful research model
k￭ lip￭ pel – fe￭ il syndrome is a rare disease initially reported in 18￭ 84 by maurice k￭ lip￭ pel and andré fe￭ il from france characterized by the con￭ genital fusion of any two of the seven cer￭ vic￭ al verte￭ bra￭ e the syndrome occurs in a heterogeneous group of patients unified only by the presence of a con￭ genital defect in the formation or segm￭ entation of the cer￭ vic￭ al sp￭ ine k￭ lip￭ pel fe￭ il results in limited movement of the neck k￭ lip￭ pel – fe￭ il syndrome is sometimes identified by short￭ ness of the neck but not all people with this disorder have a visibly shortened neck some people with the syndrome have a very low hair￭ line in 19￭ 19 andré fe￭ il in his ph￭ d thesis suggested another classification of the syndrome encompassing not only de￭ formation of the cer￭ vic￭ al sp￭ ine but also de￭ formation of the lum￭ bar and thor￭ ac￭ ic sp￭ ine
k￭ lip￭ pel – tr￭ é￭ na￭ un￭ ay syndrome k￭ ts or kt formerly k￭ lip￭ pel – tr￭ é￭ na￭ un￭ ay – weber syndrome and sometimes an￭ gi￭ oo￭ ste￭ o￭ hyper￭ tro￭ phy syndrome and hem￭ an￭ gi￭ ec￭ t￭ atic hyper￭ tro￭ phy is a rare con￭ genital medical condition in which blood vessels and or lymp￭ h vessels fail to form properly the three main features are nev￭ us flamm￭ eus port wine stain ven￭ ous and lymp￭ h￭ atic mal￭ formations and soft tissue hyper￭ tro￭ phy of the affected limb it is similar to though distinctly separate from the less common par￭ kes weber syndrome
kl￭ ump￭ ke s paralysis or kl￭ ump￭ ke s pal￭ sy or de￭ jer￭ ine – kl￭ ump￭ ke pal￭ sy is a variety of partial pal￭ sy of the lower roots of the br￭ achi￭ al plex￭ us the br￭ achi￭ al plex￭ us is a network of spinal nerves that originates in the back of the neck extends through the ax￭ illa ar￭ mp￭ it and gives rise to nerves to the upper limb see picture click to enlarge it is named after au￭ gu￭ sta dé￭ jer￭ ine kl￭ ump￭ ke
kl￭ ü￭ ver – bu￭ cy syndrome is a syndrome resulting from bilateral le￭ sions of the medi￭ al temporal lo￭ be including amy￭ gd￭ alo￭ id nucleus kl￭ ü￭ ver – bu￭ cy syndrome may present with hyper￭ p￭ ha￭ gia hy￭ pers￭ ex￭ uality hyper￭ or￭ ality visual agno￭ sia and do￭ ci￭ lity
the k￭ nap￭ sack problem or r￭ uc￭ k￭ sack problem is a problem in combin￭ atorial optimi￭ zation given a set of items each with a weight and a value determine the number of each item to include in a collection so that the total weight is less than or equal to a given limit and the total value is as large as possible it derives its name from the problem faced by someone who is constrained by a fixed size k￭ nap￭ sack and must fill it with the most valuable items the problem often arises in resource allocation where there are financial constraints and is studied in fields such as combin￭ at￭ or￭ ics computer science complexity theory cry￭ pto￭ graphy applied mathematics and daily fantasy sports the k￭ nap￭ sack problem has been studied for more than a century with early works dating as far back as 18￭ 97 the name k￭ nap￭ sack problem dates back to the early works of mathem￭ ati￭ cian to￭ bias dan￭ t￭ zi￭ g 18￭ 84 – 1956 and refers to the commonplace problem of packing your most valuable or useful items without over￭ loading your luggage
ar￭ thri￭ tis is infl￭ amm￭ ation in the joints or area of the body where two bones come together joints are responsible for the movement of body parts it is a condition that can be experienced all over the body or in a specific area the types range from those related to wear and tear of car￭ til￭ age such as o￭ ste￭ o￭ ar￭ thri￭ tis to those associated with infl￭ amm￭ ation resulting from an over￭ active immune system such as r￭ heu￭ mato￭ id ar￭ thri￭ tis the one part of the body that is most affected by ar￭ thri￭ tis is the knee and it can suffer from both r￭ heu￭ mato￭ id or o￭ ste￭ o￭ ar￭ thri￭ tis
knee pain is a common complaint for many people there are several factors that can cause knee pain awareness and knowledge of the causes of knee pain lead to a more accurate diagnosis management of knee pain is in the accurate diagnosis and effective treatment for that diagnosis knee pain can be either referred pain or related to the knee joint itself
kno￭ bloch syndrome is a rare genetic disorder presenting severe eye￭ sight problems and often a defect in the skull a usual occurrence is a de￭ generation of the vit￭ re￭ ous humour and the re￭ tina two components of the eye this breakdown often results in the separation of the re￭ tina the light sensitive tissue at the back of the eye from the eye called re￭ tin￭ al det￭ achment which can be recurrent extreme myop￭ ia near sightedness is a common feature kno￭ bloch syndrome is caused by mutations in an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive inherited gene these mutations have been found in the col 18 a 1 gene that instructs for the formation of a protein that builds coll￭ agen xviii this type of coll￭ agen is found in the basement memb￭ ran￭ es of various body tissues its deficiency in the eye is thought to be responsible for affecting normal eye development there are three types of kno￭ bloch syndrome when caused by mutations in the col 18 a 1 gene it is called kno￭ bloch syndrome type 1 the genes causing types ii and iii have yet to be identified kno￭ bloch syndrome is also characterised by cat￭ ar￭ acts dis￭ located lens with skull defects such as oc￭ ci￭ p￭ ital encephal￭ oce￭ le and oc￭ ci￭ p￭ ital ap￭ la￭ sia encephal￭ oce￭ le is a ne￭ ural tube defect where the skull has not completely closed and s￭ ac like pro￭ tru￭ sions of the brain can push through the skull it can also result from other causes in kno￭ bloch ’ s syndrome this is usually seen in the oc￭ ci￭ p￭ ital region and ap￭ la￭ sia is the underdevelopment of tissue again in this reference in the oc￭ ci￭ p￭ ital area it is named after kno￭ bloch who first described the syndrome in 1971
the kno￭ ev￭ en￭ ag￭ el condens￭ ation reaction is an organic reaction named after em￭ il kno￭ ev￭ en￭ ag￭ el it is a modification of the al￭ do￭ l condens￭ ation a kno￭ ev￭ en￭ ag￭ el condens￭ ation is a nucle￭ oph￭ il￭ ic addition of an active hydrogen compound to a carbon￭ yl group followed by a dehydr￭ ation reaction in which a mol￭ ecu￭ le of water is eliminated hence condens￭ ation the product is often an α￭ β un￭ saturated ke￭ tone a con￭ ju￭ gated en￭ one general kno￭ ev￭ en￭ ag￭ el layout in this reaction the carbon￭ yl group is an alde￭ hyde or a ke￭ tone the catalyst is usually a weak￭ ly basic amine the active hydrogen component has the form z – ch 2 z or z – ch￭ r – z for instance di￭ ethyl mal￭ on￭ ate mel￭ drum s acid ethyl ace￭ to￭ acetate or mal￭ onic acid or cy￭ ano￭ acetic acid z – ch￭ r 1 r 2 for instance nitro￭ methane where z is an electr￭ on withdrawing functional group z must be powerful enough to facilitate de￭ pro￭ ton￭ ation to the en￭ ol￭ ate ion even with a mild base using a strong base in this reaction would induce self condens￭ ation of the alde￭ hyde or ke￭ tone the han￭ tz￭ sch py￭ ri￭ dine synthesis the ge￭ wald reaction and the fe￭ ist – ben￭ ary fur￭ an synthesis all contain a kno￭ ev￭ en￭ ag￭ el reaction step the reaction also led to the discovery of cs gas
the k￭ nor￭ r quin￭ oline synthesis is an intr￭ am￭ ol￭ ec￭ ular organic reaction converting a β ke￭ to￭ an￭ ili￭ de to a 2 hydroxy￭ quin￭ oline using sul￭ fur￭ ic acid this reaction was first described by lud￭ wig k￭ nor￭ r 1859 – 19￭ 21 in 18￭ 86 k￭ nor￭ r quin￭ oline synthesis the reaction is a type of electro￭ phil￭ ic aromatic substitution accompanied by elimination of water a 1964 study found that with certain reaction conditions formation of a 4 hydroxy￭ quin￭ oline is a competing reaction for instance the compound benzo￭ yl￭ acet￭ an￭ ili￭ de 1 forms the 2 hydroxy￭ quin￭ oline 2 in a large excess of poly￭ phosphor￭ ic acid p￭ pa but 4 hydroxy￭ quin￭ oline 3 when the amount of p￭ pa is small a reaction mechanism identified a n o dic￭ ation￭ ic intermediate a with excess acid capable of ring closing and a mon￭ oc￭ ation￭ ic intermediate b which fragments to an￭ il￭ ine and ultimately to acet￭ op￭ hen￭ one an￭ il￭ ine reacts with another equivalent of benzo￭ yl￭ acet￭ an￭ ili￭ de before forming the 4 hydroxy￭ quin￭ oline st￭ as￭ kun 1964 k￭ nor￭ r cy￭ cli￭ zation reaction mechanism a 2007 study revised the reaction mechanism and based on n￭ mr spec￭ tro￭ sco￭ py and theoretical calculations favors an o o dic￭ ation￭ ic intermediate a super￭ electro￭ phi￭ le over the n o dic￭ ation￭ ic intermediate for prepar￭ ative purposes tri￭ fl￭ ic acid is recommended k￭ nor￭ r cy￭ cli￭ zation with tri￭ fl￭ ic acid sa￭ i 2007
knowledge of human nature is the ability to correctly assess the behavior or character of people based on a first impression and to gauge how they think and predict how they will act life experience intu￭ ition intelligence and wisdom are the decisive factors which contribute to this ability knowledge of human nature is not in￭ nate but is acquired through frequent contact with people and experience with many different people knowledge of human nature can be used to judge people correctly to motivate them to give other people good advice to deepen relationships etc however it can also be used to exploit people to one s own advantage for example if one wants to persuade people to se￭ duce them or to sell them something there are numerous models for the theoretical acquisition of knowledge of human nature such as the my￭ ers bri￭ ggs type indicator or the en￭ ne￭ agr￭ am
in organizational theory knowledge transfer is the practical problem of transferring knowledge from one part of the organization to another like knowledge management knowledge transfer seeks to organize create capture or distribute knowledge and ensure its availability for future users it is considered to be more than just a communication problem if it were merely that then a memorandum an e mail or a meeting would accomplish the knowledge transfer knowledge transfer is more complex because knowledge resides in organizational members tools tasks and their sub￭ networks and much knowledge in organizations is tacit or hard to articulate the subject has been taken up under the title of knowledge management since the 1990 s
knuc￭ kle p￭ ads also known as hel￭ o￭ der￭ ma meaning similar to the skin of the gil￭ a monster li￭ z￭ ard for which it is named are circum￭ scri￭ bed ker￭ ato￭ tic fi￭ bro￭ us grow￭ ths over the dor￭ sa of the inter￭ p￭ hal￭ ange￭ al joints knuc￭ kle p￭ ads are well defined round pla￭ que like fi￭ bro￭ us thick￭ ening that may develop at any age and grow to be 10 to 15 mm in diameter in the course of a few weeks or months then go away over time knuc￭ kle p￭ ads are sometimes associated with du￭ pu￭ y￭ tre￭ n s contrac￭ ture and camp￭ to￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly and his￭ to￭ logically the le￭ sions are fi￭ bro￭ mas knuc￭ kle p￭ ads are generally non responsive to treatment including cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ster￭ oids and tend to recur after surgery however there has been some effectiveness with intr￭ ale￭ sional fluor￭ our￭ ac￭ il
the ko￭ ch reaction is an organic reaction for the synthesis of tertiary car￭ box￭ yl￭ ic acids from alcohol￭ s or al￭ ken￭ es the reaction is a strongly acid cataly￭ zed carbon￭ yl￭ ation using carbon monoxide and typically occurs at high pressures ranging from 50 to 5 000 k￭ pa often requiring temperatures several hundred degrees higher than room temperature generally the reaction is conducted with strong mineral acids such as sul￭ fur￭ ic acid hf or b￭ f 3 large scale operations for the fine chemical industry produce almost 150 000 tonnes of ko￭ ch acids and their derivatives annually but also generate a great deal of waste motivating ongoing attempts to use metal solid acid and other novel cataly￭ sts to enable the use of mil￭ der reaction conditions form￭ ic acid which readily de￭ com￭ poses to carbon monoxide in the presence of acids or relatively low heat is often used instead of carbon monoxide directly this procedure was developed shortly after the ko￭ ch reaction and is more commonly referred to as the ko￭ ch ha￭ af reaction and allows for reactions at nearly standard room temperature and pressure some commonly industri￭ ally produced ko￭ ch acids include pi￭ val￭ ic acid 2 2 di￭ meth￭ yl￭ bu￭ ty￭ ric acid and 2 2 di￭ meth￭ yl￭ pent￭ ano￭ ic acid the ko￭ ch reaction
the ko￭ chi reaction is an organic reaction for the dec￭ ar￭ box￭ yl￭ ation of car￭ box￭ yl￭ ic acids to al￭ ky￭ l hali￭ des with lead te￭ tra￭ acetate and a lith￭ ium chloride or other lith￭ ium salts the reaction is a variation of the hun￭ s￭ di￭ ec￭ ker reaction
ko￭ enen s tumor also known as ko￭ enen s peri￭ un￭ gu￭ al fi￭ bro￭ ma and peri￭ un￭ gu￭ al fi￭ bro￭ ma is a cu￭ taneous condition that results in fifty percent of tuber￭ ous sclerosis cases it can be sub￭ un￭ gu￭ al too
in mathematics the ko￭ eni￭ gs function is a function arising in complex analysis and dynam￭ ical systems introduced in 18￭ 84 by the french mathem￭ ati￭ cian gabriel ko￭ eni￭ gs it gives a can￭ on￭ ical representation as dil￭ ations of a uni￭ val￭ ent holo￭ morph￭ ic mapping or a semi￭ group of m￭ app￭ ings of the unit disk in the complex numbers into itself
the ko￭ eni￭ gs – k￭ nor￭ r reaction in organic chemistry is the substitution reaction of a gly￭ co￭ sy￭ l hali￭ de with an alcohol to give a gly￭ co￭ side it is one of the oldest and simplest gly￭ co￭ syl￭ ation reactions it is named after wil￭ helm ko￭ eni￭ gs 18￭ 51 – 1906 student of von bayer and fellow student with her￭ mann em￭ il fischer and edward k￭ nor￭ r student of ko￭ eni￭ gs ko￭ eni￭ gs k￭ nor￭ r synthesis in its original form ko￭ eni￭ gs and k￭ nor￭ r treated ace￭ to￭ bromo￭ glucose with alcohol￭ s in the presence of silver carbon￭ ate shortly afterwards fischer and armstrong reported very similar findings in the above example the stereo￭ chemical outcome is determined by the presence of the neighboring group at c 2 that lends anch￭ im￭ eric assistance resulting in the formation of a 1 2 trans stereo￭ chemical arrangement esters e g ace￭ ty￭ l benzo￭ yl pi￭ val￭ yl generally provide good anch￭ im￭ eric assistance whereas e￭ thers e g ben￭ zy￭ l methyl etc do not leading to mixtures of stereo￭ isom￭ ers generally the ko￭ eni￭ gs – k￭ nor￭ r reaction refers to the use of gly￭ co￭ sy￭ l chl￭ ori￭ des bromi￭ des and more recently io￭ di￭ des as gly￭ co￭ sy￭ l donors the ko￭ eni￭ gs – k￭ nor￭ r reaction can be performed with alternative promoters such as various heavy metal salts including mercur￭ ic bromide mercur￭ ic oxide mercur￭ ic cyanide and silver tri￭ fl￭ ate when mercury salts are used the reaction is normally called the hel￭ fer￭ ich method other gly￭ co￭ sid￭ ation methods are fischer gly￭ co￭ sid￭ ation use of gly￭ co￭ sy￭ l acet￭ ates thi￭ o￭ gly￭ co￭ sides gly￭ co￭ sy￭ l trichlor￭ o￭ ace￭ ti￭ mid￭ ates gly￭ co￭ sy￭ l flu￭ ori￭ des or n pent￭ en￭ yl gly￭ co￭ sides as gly￭ co￭ sy￭ l donors or intr￭ am￭ ol￭ ec￭ ular ag￭ ly￭ con delivery the mechanism for this reaction proceeds through release of a silver hali￭ de and is displayed on the german page in full detail
ko￭ hl￭ sch￭ ü￭ tter t￭ ön￭ z syndrome k￭ ts also called am￭ elo cere￭ bro hypo￭ hi￭ dro￭ tic syndrome is a rare inherited syndrome characterized by epi￭ le￭ psy dementia intellectual disability and yellow teeth caused by am￭ elo￭ genesis im￭ perfec￭ ta abnormal formation of tooth en￭ am￭ el it is a type a ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal dys￭ pl￭ asia it is auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive and symptoms appear in early childhood the syndrome was first described in 1974 by al￭ fried ko￭ hl￭ sch￭ ü￭ tter and colleagues only 24 affected individuals are known as of 2012 the disease has not been connected to any other known epi￭ le￭ ptic syndro￭ mes some but not all cases are associated with mutations in a gene called rog￭ di another gene that has been associated with this condition is the sc￭ l 13 a 5 gene diagnoses of this syndrome have occurred in switzerland sicily the northern israel dru￭ ze community as well as some other parts of western europe
ko￭ il￭ ony￭ ch￭ ia from the greek ko￭ i￭ los hollow on￭ ik￭ h nail also known as spoon nails is a nail disease that can be a sign of hypo￭ ch￭ rom￭ ic an￭ emia especially iron deficiency an￭ emia it refers to abnormally thin nails usually of the hand which have lost their con￭ vex￭ ity becoming flat or even con￭ cave in shape in a sense ko￭ il￭ ony￭ ch￭ ia is the opposite of nail clu￭ bbing in early stages nails may be brit￭ tle and chip or brea￭ ke￭ asi￭ ly ko￭ il￭ ony￭ ch￭ ia is associated with plum￭ mer vin￭ son syndrome and iron deficiency an￭ emia
the kol￭ be electro￭ lysis or kol￭ be reaction is an organic reaction named after her￭ mann kol￭ be the kol￭ be reaction is formally a dec￭ ar￭ box￭ yl￭ ative di￭ mer￭ isation of two car￭ box￭ yl￭ ic acids or car￭ box￭ y￭ late ions the overall general reaction is file electr￭ ó￭ lis￭ is de kol￭ be p￭ ng if a mixture of two different car￭ box￭ yl￭ ates are used all combinations of them are generally seen as the organic product structures 3 r 1 co￭ o − 3 r 2 co￭ o − → r 1 − r 1 r 1 − r 2 r 2 − r 2 6 co 2 6 e − the reaction mechanism involves a two stage radical process electro￭ chemical dec￭ ar￭ box￭ yl￭ ation gives a radical intermediate then two such intermedi￭ ates combine to form a co￭ val￭ ent bond as an example electro￭ lysis of acetic acid yields ethane and carbon dioxide ch 3 co￭ oh → ch 3 co￭ o − → ch 3 co￭ o · → ch 3 · co 2 2 ch 3 · → ch 3 ch 3 another example is the synthesis of 2 7 di￭ methyl 2 7 din￭ it￭ ro￭ oc￭ tane from 4 methyl 4 nitro￭ val￭ eric acid kol￭ be electro￭ lysis synthesis of 2 7 di￭ methyl 2 7 din￭ it￭ ro￭ oc￭ tane
the kol￭ be – schmitt reaction or kol￭ be process named after her￭ mann kol￭ be and ru￭ dol￭ f schmitt is a car￭ box￭ yl￭ ation chemical reaction that proceeds by heating sodium phen￭ oxide the sodium salt of phen￭ ol with carbon dioxide under pressure 100 atm 125 ° c then treating the product with sul￭ fur￭ ic acid the final product is an aromatic hydro￭ xy acid which is also known as sal￭ ic￭ yl￭ ic acid the precursor to aspir￭ in the kol￭ be – schmitt reaction by using potassium hydrox￭ ide 4 hydroxy￭ benzo￭ ic acid is accessible an important precursor for the vers￭ ati￭ le par￭ ab￭ en class of bioci￭ des used e g in personal care products
kon￭ gh￭ an￭ zhen￭ g simplified chinese 恐￭ 韩￭ 症 traditional chinese 恐￭ 韓￭ 症 pin￭ yin k￭ ǒ￭ ng h￭ án zh￭ è￭ ng korean 공￭ 한￭ 증 or kore￭ ap￭ ho￭ bia a term coined by chinese football fans was a chinese persistent phenomenon where the china pr national football team has played 28 matches against the korea republic national football team since 1978 but never been able to beat them until the stre￭ ak ended on 10 february 2010 when korea was beaten 3 – 0 in the 2010 east asian football championship final competition
chu￭ tes k￭ ong￭ ou also called the k￭ oun￭ g￭ ou falls is a massive cat￭ ar￭ act about 3 2 kilometres wide and up to 56 m tall located in i￭ vin￭ do national park in eastern gabon it is located on the i￭ vin￭ do river and is one of the strongest flowing water￭ falls in the world with an average flow of 900 cubic metres per second it is repu￭ ted to be the most beautiful water￭ fall in central africa this part of the i￭ vin￭ do river is a major centre of fish biodiversity the falls are within i￭ vin￭ do national park created in 2002 to protect among other things this beautiful and bio￭ logically diverse stretch of river on 14 september 2007 president omar bon￭ go on￭ dim￭ ba of gabon confirmed that a dam would be built at the falls to provide electricity to a large iron mining project in bel￭ ing￭ a further north the iron mine is essentially for gabon s economic development but the dam will inund￭ ate a large part of the national park and have a serious impact on local livelihoods old studies indicate that there are other sites on the river where a dam would be easier to build and the environmental and social impacts would be much less than at k￭ ong￭ ou but no environmental impact assessment was done before the decision was made the decision put into question the president s strategy of developing eco￭ tourism in gabon and may well deter investors and tourists alike it is claimed that the construction of the dam with no prior environmental impact study or proper consultation was a sign of the growing power of the minister of mines and petrol at a time when president bon￭ go s power was declining due to opposition from the gabonese people this project has been stopped
kon￭ zo is an epidemic paraly￭ tic disease occurring in outbreaks in remote rural areas of low income african countries the people of these regions have been associated with several weeks of almost exclusive consumption of insufficiently processed bitter high cyanide cass￭ ava mani￭ hot es￭ cul￭ enta — a per￭ ennial crop native to amaz￭ onia in south america but widely cultivated in tropical regions worldwide it is the third most important food source in the tro￭ p￭ ics after rice and maize and is the staple food of tropical africa cass￭ ava yields well in poor soils is drought resistant and the roots give food security during droughts and famine nutri￭ tionally the star￭ chy roots are complemented by consumption of cass￭ ava leaves which are rich in proteins and vitamins kon￭ zo was first described by giov￭ anni tro￭ lli in 1938 who compiled the observations from eight doctors working in the k￭ wan￭ go area of the belgian congo now democratic republic of the congo
the kor￭ n￭ bl￭ um oxid￭ ation named after nathan kor￭ n￭ bl￭ um is a chemical reaction of a primary hali￭ de with di￭ methyl sul￭ fo￭ x￭ ide d￭ m￭ so to form an alde￭ hyde the kor￭ n￭ bl￭ um oxid￭ ation
the kor￭ n￭ bl￭ um – del￭ am￭ are re￭ arrangement is a re￭ arrangement reaction in organic chemistry in which a primary or secondary organic per￭ oxide is converted to the corresponding ke￭ tone and alcohol under base catal￭ ysis the reaction is relevant as a tool in organic synthesis and is a key step in the bio￭ synthesis of pro￭ stag￭ land￭ ins kor￭ n￭ bl￭ um – del￭ am￭ are re￭ arrangement overview the base can be a hydrox￭ ide such as potassium hydrox￭ ide or an amine such as tri￭ ethyl￭ amine
kor￭ o is a culture specific syndrome delu￭ sional disorder in which an individual has an over￭ powering belief that one s gen￭ italia are re￭ tracting and will disappear despite the lack of any true longstanding changes to the gen￭ itals kor￭ o is also known as shrinking penis and it is listed in the diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders the syndrome occurs worldwide and mass hysteria of genital shr￭ ink￭ age anxiety has a history in africa asia and europe in the united states and europe the syndrome is commonly known as genital re￭ traction syndrome the condition can be diagnosed through psychological assessment along with physical examination to rule out genuine disorders of the gen￭ italia that could be causing true re￭ traction
kor￭ sak￭ off s syndrome is a manifestation of wer￭ nic￭ ke s encephalopathy also called wer￭ nic￭ ke s disease it happens in wer￭ nic￭ ke s disease in almost all alcohol ab￭ users it is rare among the other patients but for example some cases have been observed after b￭ ari￭ atric sur￭ ger￭ ies when deficiency was not prevented by use of nutritional supplements this neuro￭ logical disorder is caused by a lack of thi￭ amine vitamin b 1 in the brain and is also often exacerbated by the neuro￭ toxic effects of alcohol when wer￭ nic￭ ke s encephalopathy accompanies kor￭ sak￭ off s syndrome the combination is called the wer￭ nic￭ ke – kor￭ sak￭ off syndrome kor￭ sak￭ off s is a continu￭ um of wer￭ nic￭ ke s encephalopathy or disease though a recognized episode of wer￭ nic￭ ke s is not always obvious the syndrome is named after sergei kor￭ sak￭ off a russian neuro￭ psychiatrist who discovered the syndrome during the late 19 th century
kost￭ mann syndrome is a group of diseases that affect my￭ elo￭ po￭ ies￭ is causing a con￭ genital form of neu￭ tro￭ pen￭ ia severe con￭ genital neu￭ tro￭ pen￭ ia s￭ cn usually without other physical mal￭ formations s￭ cn manifests in infancy with life threatening bacterial infections most cases of s￭ cn responds to treatment with gran￭ ul￭ oc￭ y￭ te colony stimulating factor fil￭ gras￭ tim which increases the neu￭ tro￭ phil count and decreases the severity and frequency of infections although this treatment has significantly improved survival people with s￭ cn are at risk of long term complications such as hem￭ ato￭ po￭ ie￭ tic cl￭ onal disorders my￭ el￭ odys￭ plastic syndrome acute my￭ elo￭ id leuk￭ emia kost￭ mann disease s￭ cn 3 the initial subtype recognized was clin￭ ically described in 1956 this type has an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive inheritance pattern whereas the most common subtype of kost￭ mann syndrome s￭ cn 1 shows auto￭ som￭ al dominant inheritance
the ko￭ wal￭ ski ester homo￭ log￭ ation is a chemical reaction for the homo￭ log￭ ation of esters the ko￭ wal￭ ski ester homo￭ log￭ ation this reaction was designed as a safer alternative to the ar￭ n￭ dt – eis￭ ter￭ t synthesis avoiding the need for di￭ az￭ omethane the ko￭ wal￭ ski reaction is named after its invent￭ or con￭ rad j ko￭ wal￭ ski
kr￭ ab￭ be disease also known as glo￭ bo￭ id cell leuko￭ dy￭ stro￭ phy or galac￭ to￭ syl￭ ceram￭ ide li￭ pi￭ do￭ sis is a rare often fatal degenerative disorder that affects the my￭ elin she￭ ath of the nervous system it is a form of sp￭ hin￭ go￭ li￭ pi￭ do￭ sis as it involves dysfunctional metabol￭ ism of sp￭ hin￭ go￭ li￭ pi￭ ds this condition is inherited in an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive pattern the disease is named after the danish neuro￭ logist k￭ nu￭ d kr￭ ab￭ be 18￭ 85 – 1965 illinois k￭ ent￭ ucky and pennsylvania have laws to test for kr￭ ab￭ be and other diseases at birth there is a movement in ma￭ ine and other states to adopt such regulations
the k￭ rap￭ cho dec￭ ar￭ box￭ yl￭ ation is the chemical reaction of esters with hali￭ de an￭ ions the ester must contain an electr￭ on withdrawing group in the beta position such as β ke￭ to￭ esters mal￭ onic esters α cy￭ ano￭ esters or α sul￭ fon￭ y￭ le￭ sters it works best with methyl esters since it is an s￭ n 2 reaction at carbon it is driven by the ent￭ ro￭ py of the overall reaction as the by￭ products chlor￭ omethane and co 2 are lost as gases the reaction is a useful synthetic procedure to hydro￭ ly￭ ze and dec￭ ar￭ box￭ y￭ late mal￭ onic esters because it only cle￭ a￭ ves one of the ester groups the alternative way e g basic hydro￭ lysis destroys both of the ester groups and a subsequent reaction is usually used to regener￭ ate the al￭ k￭ yl￭ ated ester
kr￭ au￭ ro￭ sis vul￭ v￭ ae is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by atro￭ phy and shr￭ ink￭ age of the skin of the vag￭ ina and vul￭ va often accompanied by a chronic infl￭ am￭ matory reaction in the deeper tissues
kru￭ ken￭ berg s spin￭ dle is the name given to the pattern formed on the inner surface of the cor￭ ne￭ a by pi￭ gm￭ ented iris cells which are deposited as a result of the currents of the aqu￭ eous humor the sign was described in 18￭ 99 by friedrich ern￭ st kru￭ ken￭ berg 18￭ 71 1946 who was a german patho￭ logist specialising in oph￭ thal￭ mo￭ logy
a kru￭ ken￭ berg tumor refers to a m￭ align￭ ancy in the o￭ vary that me￭ tast￭ asi￭ zed from a primary site class￭ ically the gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract although it can arise in other tissues such as the breast ga￭ str￭ ic aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma especially at the p￭ yl￭ or￭ us is the most common source kru￭ ken￭ berg tumors are often over 80 found in both ov￭ aries consistent with its me￭ ta￭ static nature
kr￭ zy￭ ze￭ w￭ ski￭ ville or k ville for short is a phenomenon that occurs before major men s basketball games at duke university in simplest terms it is the line for under￭ graduate students wishing to gain access to the designated t￭ enting games it is often mistakenly referred to as a ticket line however there are no student tickets students are admitted from the line an hour and a half before each game kr￭ zy￭ ze￭ w￭ ski￭ ville is named for mike kr￭ zy￭ ze￭ wski often called coach k the much loved coach who has helped make duke s basketball program one of the best in the nation he has been known to buy pizza for the k ville residents from time to time and has held open forum team meetings with the cameron craz￭ ies before games against their arch rival the north carol￭ ina tar heels graduate and professional students do not participate in kr￭ zy￭ ze￭ w￭ ski￭ ville as duke s graduate and professional student council operates a separate weekend long camp￭ out each september followed by a lottery for a small number of graduate and professional student season tickets
the kr￭ ö￭ hn￭ ke py￭ ri￭ dine synthesis is reaction in organic synthesis between α py￭ rid￭ ini￭ um methyl ke￭ tone salts and α β un￭ saturated carbon￭ yl compounds used to generate highly func￭ tion￭ alized py￭ rid￭ ines py￭ rid￭ ines occur widely in natural and synthetic products so there is wide interest in routes for their synthesis the method is named after dr fr￭ itz kr￭ ö￭ hn￭ ke
ku￭ for – ra￭ ke￭ b syndrome is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive disorder it can be associated with at￭ p 13 a 2
ku￭ fs disease is one of many diseases categ￭ orized under a disorder known as neuro￭ nal cer￭ o￭ id li￭ po￭ fus￭ cin￭ osis n￭ cl￭ s n￭ cl￭ s are broadly described to create problems with vision movement and cognitive function among all n￭ cl￭ s diseases ku￭ fs is the only one that does not affect vision and although this is a distinguishing factor of ku￭ fs n￭ cl￭ s are typically differentiated by the age at which they appear in a patient
in organic chemistry the kum￭ ada coupling is a type of cross coupling reaction useful for generating carbon – carbon bonds by the reaction of a gri￭ gn￭ ard re￭ agent and an organic hali￭ de the procedure uses transition metal cataly￭ sts typically nickel or p￭ all￭ adi￭ um to couple a combination of two al￭ ky￭ l ar￭ yl or vinyl groups the groups of robert corri￭ u and ma￭ ko￭ to kum￭ ada reported the reaction independently in 1972 the reaction is notable for being among the first reported catalytic cross coupling methods despite the subsequent development of alternative reactions suz￭ uki son￭ og￭ ash￭ ira sti￭ lle hi￭ y￭ ama neg￭ ish￭ i the kum￭ ada coupling continues to be employed in many synthetic applications including the industrial scale production of alis￭ ki￭ ren a hyper￭ tension medication and poly￭ thi￭ op￭ hen￭ es useful in organic electronic devices
kun￭ bur￭ ud￭ hoo d￭ hi￭ ve￭ hi ކ￭ ު￭ ނ￭ ބ￭ ު￭ ރ￭ ު￭ ދ￭ ޫ is a formerly inhabited island of the ha￭ a d￭ ha￭ al￭ u ato￭ ll administrative division and geographically part of th￭ il￭ ad￭ hum￭ math￭ i ato￭ ll in the north of the maldives the island is suffering severe land loss to the sea due to coastal erosion during the mon￭ soon the sand is being eroded at a greater rate than it is acc￭ re￭ ted plans are underway to construct a qu￭ ay￭ side and artificial re￭ ef to protect the island preliminary results from the 2014 population and housing census report that the island of kun￭ bur￭ ud￭ hoo is no longer inhabited due in part to the threat of rising sea levels the same publication the revised version of which was released by the national bureau of statistics in march 2015 shows a total of 85 mal￭ divi￭ an people living on the island in 2006 since the government s consolidation program launched in 2009 the people of kun￭ bur￭ ud￭ hoo have been relocated to h dh no￭ l￭ hi￭ var￭ an￭ far￭ u with the people of ma￭ av￭ aid￭ hoo and f￭ ari￭ d￭ hoo of the same ato￭ ll
k￭ up￭ y￭ na is a cry￭ pto￭ graphic has￭ h function defined in the ukrainian national standard d￭ stu 75￭ 64 2014 it was created to replace an obsolete go￭ st has￭ h function defined in the old standard go￭ st 34 11 95 similar to stre￭ e￭ bo￭ g has￭ h function standardized in russia in addition to the has￭ h function the standard also describes message authentication code generation using k￭ up￭ y￭ na with dig￭ est sizes 256 384 and 512 bits
the kur￭ i￭ š￭ kov￭ á uranium deposit is one of the largest uranium deposits in slovakia the deposit is located in close neighborhoods 6 km of the city of ko￭ š￭ ice in ko￭ š￭ ice region in the area known as ja￭ hod￭ ná since 2006 the deposit has been explored by european uranium resources formerly known as tour￭ ni￭ gan energy through its local daughter company lu￭ do￭ vi￭ ka energy with a prospect of future uranium mining however the activity was greeted with resistance of local people the resistance of local inhabitants against uranium mining near ko￭ š￭ ice even led to slovakia s biggest ever environmental petition supported by greenpeace which has been signed by more than 113 000 people and 41 towns and cities all over the country according to lu￭ do￭ vi￭ ka energy kur￭ i￭ š￭ kov￭ á has an estimated annual production capacity of over 1 8 million pounds of ore reserves amounting to 32 55 million pounds of ore grading 0 38￭ 65 uranium thus resulting 56 98 tonnes of uranium
in mathematics the ku￭ ro￭ sh problem is one general problem and several more special questions in ring theory the general problem is known to have a negative solution since one of the special cases has been shown to have counter￭ examples these matters were brought up by al￭ ek￭ sand￭ r gen￭ n￭ adi￭ evich ku￭ ro￭ sh as analo￭ gues of the bur￭ n￭ side problem in group theory ku￭ ro￭ sh asked whether there can be a fin￭ itely generated infinite dimensional al￭ ge￭ bra￭ ic al￭ ge￭ bra the problem being to show this cannot happen a special case is whether or not every nil al￭ ge￭ bra is locally n￭ il￭ potent for pi al￭ ge￭ br￭ as the ku￭ ro￭ sh problem has a positive solution go￭ lo￭ d showed a counter￭ example to that case as an application of the go￭ lo￭ d – sh￭ af￭ are￭ v￭ ich theore￭ m the ku￭ ro￭ sh problem on group al￭ ge￭ br￭ as concerns the aug￭ mentation ideal i if i is a nil ideal is the group al￭ ge￭ bra locally n￭ il￭ potent
kur￭ u is an incur￭ able degenerative neuro￭ logical disorder endemic to tribal regions of papua new guinea it is a type of transmissible spongiform encephalopathy caused by a pri￭ on found in humans the term kur￭ u derives from the fore word kur￭ ia or gur￭ ia to shake a reference to the body tre￭ mors that are a classic symptom of the disease it is also known among the fore as the laughing sickness due to the patho￭ logic bursts of laughter people would display when afflicted with the disease it is now widely accepted that kur￭ u was transmitted among members of the fore tribe of papua new guinea via fun￭ er￭ ary canni￭ b￭ alism
k￭ us￭ s￭ ma￭ ul breathing is a deep and lab￭ ored breathing pattern often associated with severe metabol￭ ic aci￭ do￭ sis particularly diabe￭ tic ke￭ to￭ aci￭ do￭ sis d￭ ka but also kidney failure it is a form of hyper￭ ventilation which is any breathing pattern that reduces carbon dioxide in the blood due to increased rate or depth of respir￭ ation in metabol￭ ic aci￭ do￭ sis breathing is first rapid and shallow but as aci￭ do￭ sis wor￭ sens breathing gradually becomes deep lab￭ ored and gasping it is this latter type of breathing pattern that is referred to as k￭ us￭ s￭ ma￭ ul breathing
k￭ was￭ hi￭ or￭ k￭ or k￭ w￭ ɑ￭ ː￭ ʃ￭ i￭ ˈ￭ ɔ￭ ː￭ r￭ k￭ ə￭ r is a form of severe protein – energy malnutrition characterized by e￭ dem￭ a irrit￭ ability ul￭ cer￭ ating der￭ mato￭ ses and an enlarged liver with fatty infiltr￭ ates sufficient cal￭ orie intake but with insufficient protein consumption distinguishes it from mar￭ as￭ mus k￭ was￭ hi￭ or￭ k￭ or cases occur in areas of famine or poor food supply cases in the developed world are rare jama￭ ican pedi￭ at￭ ric￭ ian cic￭ ely williams introduced the name into the medical community in a 19￭ 35 lan￭ cet article two years after she published the disease s first formal description in the western medical literature the name is derived from the ga language of coastal ghana translated as the sickness the baby gets when the new baby comes or the disease of the de￭ posed child and reflecting the development of the condition in an older child who has been we￭ aned from the breast when a younger si￭ bling comes breast milk contains proteins and amino acids vital to a child s growth in at risk populations k￭ was￭ hi￭ or￭ k￭ or may develop after a mother we￭ ans her child from breast milk replacing it with a diet high in carbo￭ hydr￭ ates especially sugar
ky￭ asan￭ ur forest disease k￭ fd is a tick borne viral hemorrha￭ gic fever endemic to south asia the disease is caused by a virus belonging to the family fla￭ vivi￭ ri￭ da￭ e which also includes yellow fever and den￭ gue fever
ky￭ pho￭ sco￭ li￭ osis describes an abnormal cur￭ v￭ ature of the sp￭ ine in both a cor￭ onal and sag￭ it￭ tal plane it is a combination of ky￭ pho￭ sis and sco￭ li￭ osis this mus￭ cul￭ osk￭ el￭ etal disorder often leads to other issues in patients such as under ventilation of lungs pul￭ mon￭ ary hyper￭ tension difficulty in performing day to day activities psychological issues emanating from anxiety about acceptance among peers especially in young patients it can also be seen in syr￭ ing￭ om￭ ye￭ lia fried￭ reich s at￭ ax￭ ia sp￭ ina bi￭ fi￭ da and du￭ chen￭ ne muscular dy￭ stro￭ phy due to asymmetric weakening of the par￭ asp￭ inal muscles
ky￭ pho￭ sis from greek κ￭ υ￭ φ￭ ός ky￭ pho￭ s a hum￭ p refers to the abnormally excessive conv￭ ex ky￭ pho￭ tic cur￭ v￭ ature of the sp￭ ine as it occurs in the cer￭ vic￭ al thor￭ ac￭ ic and sac￭ ral regions normal inward con￭ cave cur￭ ving of the cer￭ vic￭ al and lum￭ bar regions of the sp￭ ine is called lor￭ do￭ sis ky￭ pho￭ sis can be called round￭ back or kel￭ so s hun￭ ch￭ back it can result from degenerative diseases such as ar￭ thri￭ tis developmental problems most commonly sch￭ eu￭ er￭ mann s disease o￭ ste￭ op￭ or￭ osis with compression fractu￭ res of the verte￭ bra multiple my￭ el￭ oma or trauma a normal thor￭ ac￭ ic sp￭ ine extends from the 1 st to the 12 th verte￭ bra and should have a slight ky￭ pho￭ tic angle ranging from 20 ° to 45 ° when the round￭ ness of the upper sp￭ ine increases past 45 ° it is called ky￭ pho￭ sis or hyper￭ ky￭ pho￭ sis sch￭ eu￭ er￭ mann s ky￭ pho￭ sis is the most classic form of hyper￭ ky￭ pho￭ sis and is the result of we￭ dged verte￭ bra￭ e that develop during adoles￭ cence the cause is not currently known and the condition appears to be multi￭ fac￭ torial and is seen more frequently in males than females in the sense of a de￭ form￭ ity it is the pathological cur￭ ving of the sp￭ ine where parts of the spinal column lose some or all of their lor￭ do￭ tic profile this causes a bo￭ wing of the back seen as a sl￭ ou￭ ching posture while most cases of ky￭ pho￭ sis are mild and only require routine monitoring serious cases can be deb￭ il￭ itating high degrees of ky￭ pho￭ sis can cause severe pain and discomfort breathing and dig￭ estion difficulties cardiovascular irregularities neuro￭ logical compromise and in the more severe cases significantly shortened life sp￭ ans these types of high end cur￭ ves typically do not respond well to conservative treatment and almost always warrant spinal fusion surgery which can restore the body s natural degree of cur￭ v￭ ature the co￭ bb angle is the preferred method of measuring ky￭ pho￭ sis
kyr￭ le disease or hyper￭ ker￭ at￭ osis fol￭ lic￭ ul￭ aris et par￭ af￭ ol￭ lic￭ ul￭ aris in cut￭ em pen￭ e￭ trans is identified as a form of an acquired per￭ for￭ ating disease other major per￭ for￭ ating diseases are el￭ ast￭ osis per￭ for￭ ans ser￭ pi￭ gin￭ osa and reactive per￭ for￭ ating coll￭ agen￭ osis recently however there is a controversy on categ￭ ori￭ zing kyr￭ le disease with per￭ for￭ ating der￭ mat￭ osis or a subtype of acquired per￭ for￭ ating coll￭ agen￭ osis kyr￭ le disease was first described by jose￭ f kyr￭ le in 19￭ 16 when a diabe￭ tic woman presented generalized hyper￭ ker￭ ato￭ tic no￭ d￭ ules the disease is distinguished by large pap￭ ules with central ker￭ atin plus on the skin usually on the legs of the patient and is often in conjunction with he￭ p￭ atic ren￭ al or diabe￭ tic disorders it can affect both females and males with a 6 1 ratio the pap￭ ules usually show up on the patient with an average age of 30 years kyr￭ le disease is a rare disease unless there is a high count of patients with chronic ren￭ al failure the disease seems to be more prevalent in african americans which can be correlated to the high incidence of diabetes mell￭ it￭ us and ren￭ al failure in the population
in fluid dynamics a k￭ ár￭ m￭ án vor￭ tex street or a von k￭ ár￭ m￭ án vor￭ tex sheet is a repeating pattern of swi￭ r￭ ling vor￭ tices caused by the un￭ steady separation of flow of a fluid around blunt bodies it is named after the engineer and fluid dynam￭ ic￭ ist theod￭ ore von k￭ ár￭ m￭ án and is responsible for such phenomena as the singing of suspended telephone or power lines and the vibration of a car antenna at certain speeds
kö￭ hler disease also spelled ko￭ hler and referred to in some texts as ko￭ hler disease ii is a rare bone disorder of the foot found in children between six and nine years of age the disease typically affects boys but it can also affect girls it was first described in 19￭ 08 by al￭ ban kö￭ hler 18￭ 74 – 1947 a german radio￭ logist it is caused when the na￭ vic￭ ular bone temporarily loses its blood supply as a result tissue in the bone dies and the bone collapses when treated it causes no long term problems in most cases although rarely can return in adults as the na￭ vic￭ ular bone gets back to normal symptoms typically ab￭ ate in february 2010 the journal of the american medical association reported that the 19 year old king tu￭ tan￭ kham￭ un may well have died of complications from malaria combined with kö￭ hler disease ii
kö￭ ni￭ g s syndrome synon￭ ym i￭ le￭ oc￭ a￭ ec￭ al valve syndrome is a syndrome of ab￭ domin￭ al pain in relation to meals con￭ sti￭ p￭ ation altern￭ ated with diarr￭ hea meteor￭ ism g￭ urg￭ ling sounds hyper per￭ ist￭ al￭ sis on aus￭ cul￭ tation especially in the right ili￭ ac fo￭ ssa and ab￭ domin￭ al dis￭ tension it is caused by an incomplete obstruction of the small intest￭ ine and especially of the i￭ le￭ oc￭ ec￭ al valve e g in cro￭ hn s disease or in rare cases of cancer of the small intest￭ ine it is named after the german surgeon franz kö￭ ni￭ g 18￭ 32 – 19￭ 10 and should not be confused with kö￭ ni￭ g s disease also named after him
in mathematics the kö￭ the con￭ jec￭ ture is a problem in ring theory open as of 2010 it is formulated in various ways suppose that r is a ring one way to state the con￭ jec￭ ture is that if r has no nil ideal other than 0 then it has no nil one sided ideal other than 0 this question was posed in 1930 by go￭ tt￭ fried kö￭ the 1905 – 1989 the kö￭ the con￭ jec￭ ture has been shown to be true for various classes of rings such as poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al identity rings and right no￭ e￭ ther￭ ian rings but a general solution remains elusive
the k￭ ü￭ str￭ in pu￭ ts￭ ch also known as the bu￭ chr￭ uc￭ ker pu￭ ts￭ ch was a reaction to the september 26 19￭ 23 qu￭ elling of resistance by the german government to the occupation of the ru￭ hr region led by bruno ern￭ st bu￭ chr￭ uc￭ ker groups of the black re￭ ich￭ swe￭ hr wanted to bring down the reich government of chancellor gust￭ av stres￭ emann and replace the parliamentarian democratic republic with a national dictatorship another motive for the pu￭ ts￭ ch was the re￭ ich￭ swe￭ hr s decision to dis￭ band work details causing many of their members to lose their livelihood the attempt to occupy k￭ ü￭ str￭ in a garrison city was prevented by units of the re￭ ich￭ swe￭ hr bu￭ chr￭ uc￭ ker and other officers were arrested and sentenced for high treason to imprisonment in a fortress or prison the bulk of the rebels were soon released and were not punished for a short time the pu￭ ts￭ ch controlled the cit￭ ad￭ el and fort ha￭ h￭ ne￭ berg but were then forced to surrender to the re￭ ich￭ swe￭ hr
in mathematics an l function is a mer￭ om￭ orph￭ ic function on the complex plane associated to one out of several categories of mathematical objects an l series is a di￭ rich￭ let series usually conver￭ gent on a half plane that may give rise to an l function via analy￭ tic continuation the theory of l functions has become a very substantial and still largely con￭ jec￭ tural part of contemporary analy￭ tic number theory in it broad gener￭ alisations of the ri￭ emann ze￭ ta function and the l series for a di￭ rich￭ let character are constructed and their general properties in most cases still out of reach of proof are set out in a systematic way
l￭ cd cros￭ stal￭ k is a visual defect in an l￭ cd screen which occurs because of interference between adjacent pi￭ x￭ els owing to the way rows and columns in the display are addressed and charge is pushed around the data on one part of the display has the potential to influence what is displayed elsewhere this is generally known as cross talk and in matrix displays typically occurs in the horizontal and vertical directions cross talk used to be a serious problem in the old passive matrix st￭ n displays but is rarely discer￭ n￭ able in modern active matrix t￭ ft displays a fortunate side effect of in￭ version see above is that for most display material what little cross talk there is largely cancelled out for most practical purposes the level of cros￭ stal￭ k in modern l￭ cds is negligible certain patterns particularly those involving fine do￭ ts can interact with the in￭ version and reveal visible cross talk if you try moving a small window in front of the in￭ version pattern above which makes your screen f￭ lic￭ ker the most you may well see cross talk in the surrounding pattern different patterns are required to reveal cross talk on different displays depending on their in￭ version scheme the following patterns may show cross talk on your screen
lg￭ bt cru￭ ises are a rising phenomenon in lg￭ bt culture and a growing trend in the lg￭ bt tourism industry
the establishment of lg￭ bt rights in the u s state of connec￭ tic￭ ut is a recent phenomenon with most advances in lg￭ bt rights taking place in the 21 st century in regard to very liberal lg￭ bt rights connec￭ tic￭ ut was the second us state to enact two major pieces of pro lg￭ bt legislation the repeal of the so￭ dom￭ y law in 1971 and the leg￭ alization of same sex marriage in 2008
the establishment of lg￭ bt rights in the u s state of iowa is a recent phenomenon with most advances in lg￭ bt rights taking place since 2007 iowa began issuing marriage licenses to same sex couples on april 27 2009 following a ruling by the iowa supreme court making iowa the fourth u s state to leg￭ alize same sex marriage
the expansion of lg￭ bt rights in the u s state of mary￭ land is a recent phenomenon with most advances in lg￭ bt rights occurring in the 1990 s 2000 s and 2010 s mary￭ land has state￭ wide protections against discrimination based on an individual s sexual orientation since 2001 and gender identity since 2014 legislation to leg￭ alize same sex marriage in mary￭ land was approved by voters on november 6 2012 and went into effect on january 1 2013
the establishment of lg￭ bt rights in the u s state of massachusetts is a recent phenomenon with most advances in lg￭ bt rights taking place since 1992 in 2004 it became the first u s state to grant marriage licenses to same sex couples after the decision in goo￭ dri￭ dge v department of public health
lig 4 syndrome also known as lig￭ ase iv syndrome is an extremely rare condition caused by mutations in the dna lig￭ ase iv lig 4 gene some mutations in this gene are associated with a resistance against multiple my￭ el￭ oma and severe combined immun￭ o￭ deficiency severity of symptoms depends on the degree of reduced enz￭ ym￭ atic activity of lig￭ ase iv or gene expression as dna lig￭ ase iv is essential in v d j re￭ combination the mechanism by which immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ul￭ ins b cell and t cell recep￭ tors are formed patients with lig 4 syndrome may suffer from less effective or defective v d j re￭ combination some patients have a severe immun￭ o￭ deficiency characterized by pan￭ cy￭ top￭ enia causing chronic respiratory infections and sin￭ u￭ si￭ tis clinical features also include sec￭ kel syndrome like facial ab￭ norm￭ alities and micro￭ cephal￭ y patients also suffer from growth retar￭ dation and skin conditions including photo￭ sensitivity ps￭ ori￭ asis and tel￭ an￭ gi￭ ec￭ ta￭ sia although not present in all patients may also present with hypo￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m and type ii diabetes and possibly m￭ align￭ ancies such as acute t cell leuk￭ emia the clinical phen￭ o￭ type of lig 4 syndrome closely resembles that of ni￭ j￭ me￭ gen break￭ age syndrome n￭ bs
in the study of algori￭ th￭ ms an l￭ p type problem also called a generalized linear program is an optimi￭ zation problem that shares certain properties with low dimensional linear programs and that may be solved by similar algori￭ th￭ ms l￭ p type problems include many important optimi￭ zation problems that are not themselves linear programs such as the problem of finding the smallest circle containing a given set of plan￭ ar points they may be solved by a combination of random￭ ized algori￭ th￭ ms in an amount of time that is linear in the number of elements defining the problem and sub￭ exponential in the dimension of the problem
l￭ r￭ ba deficiency is a rare genetic disorder of the immune system this disorder is caused by a mutation in the gene l￭ r￭ ba l￭ r￭ ba stands for “ li￭ po￭ pol￭ ys￭ ac￭ ch￭ ari￭ de l￭ ps responsive ves￭ ic￭ le trafficking beach and anchor containing ” gene this condition is characterized by auto￭ immunity lymp￭ ho￭ proliferation and immune deficiency it was first described by gabri￭ ela lo￭ pez her￭ r￭ era from university college london in 2012 investigators in the laboratory of dr michael len￭ ardo at national institute of allergy and infectious diseases the national institutes of health and dr michael jordan at c￭ incin￭ nati children ’ s hospital medical center later described this condition and therapy in 2015
la cros￭ se en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis is an en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis caused by an ar￭ bo￭ virus the la cros￭ se virus which has a mosquito vector och￭ ler￭ ot￭ atus tr￭ is￭ eri￭ atus synon￭ ym a￭ edes tr￭ is￭ eri￭ atus la cros￭ se en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis virus lac￭ v is one of a group of mosquito transmitted viruses that can cause en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis or infl￭ amm￭ ation of the brain l￭ ac en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis is rare in the united states about 80 – 100 lac￭ v disease cases are reported each year although it is believed to be under reported due to minimal symptoms experienced by many of those affected
la ni￭ ña l￭ ɑ￭ ː￭ ˈ￭ ni￭ ː￭ n￭ j￭ ə spanish pron￭ unciation la ˈ￭ ni￭ ɲ￭ a is a coupled ocean atmosphere phenomenon that is the counterpart of el ni￭ ño as part of the broader el ni￭ ño – southern osci￭ ll￭ ation climate pattern the name la ni￭ ña originates from spanish meaning the girl analogous to el ni￭ ño meaning the boy it has also in the past been called anti el ni￭ ño and el vie￭ jo meaning the old man during a period of la ni￭ ña the sea surface temperature across the equatorial eastern central pacific ocean will be lower than normal by 3 – 5 ° c in the united states an appearance of la ni￭ ña happens for at least five months of la ni￭ ña conditions it has extensive effects on the weather in north america even affecting the atlantic hurricane season a la ni￭ ña often though not always follows an el ni￭ ño
lab￭ ial fusion is a medical condition of the female genital anatomy where the lab￭ ia min￭ ora become f￭ used together it is generally a pedi￭ atric condition the condition is known by a number of names including lab￭ ial fusion lab￭ ial adhe￭ sion lab￭ ial sy￭ nec￭ hi￭ ae lab￭ ial agg￭ lu￭ t￭ ination lab￭ ial adherence gy￭ nat￭ re￭ sia vul￭ var fusion and vul￭ var sy￭ nec￭ hi￭ ae
laboratory animal allergy la￭ a is an occupational disease of laboratory animal technicians and scientists it manifests as an allergic response to animal urine specifically the major ur￭ inary proteins mu￭ ps of ro￭ dents and can lead to the development of asthma a study of 56￭ 41 workers in japan who were exposed to laboratory animals found 23 1 had one or more allergic symptoms globally the prevalence among at risk workers is estimated between 11 and 30 according to the national institutes of health prevention of animal allergy depends on the control of aller￭ gens in the work environment this involves a combination of measures to eliminate or control aller￭ gen exposure including engineering administrative controls and personal protective equipment the protein product of the mouse m￭ up 17 gene known as mus m 1 ag 1 or ma 1 accounts for much of the aller￭ genic properties of mouse urine similarly the product of the rat m￭ up 13 gene rat n 1 is also a potent human aller￭ gen one study found that two thirds of laboratory workers who had developed asth￭ matic reactions to animals had antibodies to rat n 1
a labyrin￭ th￭ ine f￭ ist￭ ula is an abnormal opening in the bon￭ y cap￭ su￭ le of the inner ear resulting in leakage of the peril￭ ymp￭ h from the sem￭ ic￭ ir￭ cular can￭ als into the middle ear this includes specifically a peril￭ ymp￭ h f￭ ist￭ ula pl￭ f an abnormal connection between the fluid of the inner ear and the air filled middle ear this connection is caused by a rupture of the o￭ val window or round window that separate the inner and middle ear another type of l f is a sem￭ ic￭ ir￭ cular canal de￭ his￭ cence which allows the inner ear to be influenced by the in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial pressure directly
labyrin￭ thi￭ tis also known as vesti￭ bul￭ ar ne￭ uri￭ tis is infl￭ amm￭ ation of the inner ear it results in ver￭ ti￭ go and also possible hearing loss or ringing in the ears it can occur as a single attack a series of attacks or a persistent condition that diminishes over three to six weeks it may be associated with naus￭ ea v￭ om￭ iting vesti￭ bul￭ ar neuro￭ ni￭ tis may also be associated with eye ny￭ stag￭ mus the cause is often not clear it may be due to a virus but it can also arise from bacterial infection head injury extreme stress an allergy or as a reaction to medication 30 of affected people had a common cold prior to developing the disease either bacterial or viral labyrin￭ thi￭ tis can cause permanent hearing loss in rare cases this appears to result from an imbalance of neuro￭ nal input between the left and right inner ears vesti￭ bul￭ ar ne￭ uri￭ tis affects approximately 3 5 per 100 000 people per year the typical age of onset is between 30 and 60 years and the age distribution pl￭ ate￭ au is between 40 and 50 years there is no significant gender difference it derives its name from the labyrin￭ ths that house the vesti￭ bul￭ ar system which senses changes in head position
l￭ ac is the scar￭ let res￭ inous secre￭ tion of a number of species of l￭ ac insects of which the most commonly cultivated species is ker￭ ria l￭ acc￭ a cultivation begins when a farmer gets a stick bro￭ od￭ l￭ ac that contains eggs ready to hatch and ties it to the tree to be infested thousands of l￭ ac insects colon￭ ize the branches of the host trees and secre￭ te the res￭ inous pig￭ ment the co￭ ated branches of the host trees are cut and harvested as stic￭ kl￭ ac the harvested stic￭ kl￭ ac is crushed and si￭ eved to remove impurities the si￭ eved material is then repeatedly washed to remove insect parts and other soluble material the resulting product is known as se￭ ed￭ l￭ ac the pre￭ fix seed refers to its pel￭ let shape se￭ ed￭ l￭ ac which still contains 3 – 5 impurities is processed into shell￭ ac by heat treatment or solvent extraction the leading producer of l￭ ac is j￭ har￭ k￭ hand followed by the ch￭ hat￭ tis￭ gar￭ h west beng￭ al and ma￭ har￭ ash￭ tra states of india l￭ ac production is also found in bangladesh myanmar thailand laos vietnam parts of china and mexico
l￭ achi￭ ew￭ ic￭ z – si￭ b￭ ley syndrome is a rare auto￭ som￭ al dominant disorder characterized by pre￭ aur￭ icular pits and ren￭ al disease persons with this disease may have hypo￭ plas￭ ic kidneys or prote￭ in￭ ur￭ ia this disease was first described in a caucasian family of british and irish descent that emigr￭ ated to ohio in the 19 th century before settling in ne￭ br￭ aska many of the members of this family still live in ne￭ br￭ aska although the relatives are now scattered throughout the country unlike bran￭ chio oto ren￭ al bor syndrome l￭ achi￭ ew￭ ic￭ z – si￭ b￭ ley syndrome is characterized by only pre￭ aur￭ icular pit￭ ting and ren￭ al disease persons with bor syndrome also present with hearing loss bran￭ ch￭ ial f￭ ist￭ ul￭ as or cy￭ sts mal￭ formed ears and lac￭ ri￭ mal sten￭ osis other anomalies in bor syndrome may include a long narrow face a deep over￭ bite and facial paralysis it was characterized in 1985
l￭ acqu￭ er der￭ mati￭ tis also known as l￭ acqu￭ er sensitivity is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by a contact der￭ mati￭ tis to various l￭ acqu￭ ers
the lac￭ ri￭ mal car￭ uncle or car￭ un￭ cul￭ a lac￭ ri￭ mal￭ is is the small pink glob￭ ular no￭ dule at the inner corner the medi￭ al can￭ thus of the eye it is made of skin covering se￭ bac￭ eous and sweat g￭ lands with oc￭ ular allergies the lac￭ ri￭ mal car￭ uncle and the plic￭ a sem￭ il￭ un￭ aris of the con￭ junc￭ tiva may be infl￭ amed and pr￭ uri￭ tic it￭ chy due to hist￭ amine release in the tissue and tear film
lac￭ tation failure or deficiency also known as ag￭ al￭ acti￭ a or ag￭ al￭ ac￭ tor￭ rhe￭ a as well as hypo￭ gal￭ acti￭ a or hypo￭ galac￭ tor￭ rhe￭ a is a medical condition in which lac￭ tation is insufficient or fails completely due to an inadequacy of breast milk production and or a failure of the milk let down reflex in response to suc￭ kling following childbirth resulting in an inability to properly breast￭ feed
lact￭ ational amen￭ or￭ rhe￭ a is the temporary post￭ natal in￭ fertility that occurs when a woman is amen￭ or￭ rhe￭ ic not men￭ stru￭ ating and fully breastfeeding
lac￭ tic aci￭ do￭ sis is a medical condition characterized by the buil￭ dup of lact￭ ate especially l lact￭ ate in the body with as a result an excessively low ph it is a subtype of metabol￭ ic aci￭ do￭ sis where there is excessive acid due to a problem with the body s metabol￭ ism lac￭ tic aci￭ do￭ sis is typically the result of an underlying acute or chronic medical condition medication or poisoning the symptoms are generally attributable to these underlying causes but may include naus￭ ea v￭ om￭ iting rapid deep breathing and generalised weakness the diagnosis is made on bio￭ chemical analysis of blood often initially on arter￭ ial blood gas samples and once confirmed there is generally a need to establish the underlying cause to treat the aci￭ do￭ sis in some situations hem￭ of￭ iltr￭ ation purification of the blood is temporarily required in rare chronic forms of lac￭ tic aci￭ do￭ sis caused by mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al disease a specific diet or dic￭ hlor￭ o￭ acetate may be used the prog￭ no￭ sis of lac￭ tic aci￭ do￭ sis depends largely on the underlying cause in some situations such as severe infections it indicates an increased risk of death
lac￭ tose intolerance is the inability of adults and children to dig￭ est lac￭ tose a sugar found in milk and to a lesser extent dairy products causing side effects it is due to a lact￭ ase deficiency or hy￭ pol￭ ac￭ ta￭ sia in extremely rare cases mainly limited to finland individuals have con￭ genital al￭ ac￭ ta￭ sia a total absence of lact￭ ase caused by a genetic defect which prevents them from being able to dig￭ est lac￭ tose from infancy including breast milk lac￭ tose intolerant individuals have insufficient levels of lact￭ ase an enzyme that cataly￭ zes the hydro￭ lysis of lac￭ tose into glucose and galac￭ tose in their dig￭ estive system in most cases this causes symptoms which may include ab￭ domin￭ al blo￭ ating and cram￭ ps flat￭ ul￭ ence diarr￭ hea naus￭ ea bor￭ bor￭ y￭ gm￭ i rum￭ bling stomach or v￭ om￭ iting after consuming significant amounts of lac￭ tose it is common for patients with infl￭ am￭ matory bo￭ wel disease to experience gastro￭ intest￭ inal symptoms after lac￭ tose ing￭ estion although the prevalence of lact￭ ase deficiency in this population has not been well studied most mammals normally cease to produce lact￭ ase lact￭ ase non￭ persistence becoming lac￭ tose intolerant after we￭ aning but some human populations have developed lact￭ ase persistence in which lact￭ ase production continues into adul￭ thood which likely developed as a response to growing benefits of being able to dig￭ est the milk of farm animals such as cattle research reveals intolerance to be more common globally than lact￭ ase persistence and that the variation has been tied to genetics but that the largest source of variation has been shown to be based on exposure e g cultures that consume dairy the frequency of lac￭ tose intolerance ranges from 5 in northern european to more than 90 in some african and asian countries some have argued that this links intolerance to natural selection favoring lact￭ ase persistent individuals but it is also consistent with a physiological response to decrease lact￭ ase production when it is not needed in cultures in which dairy products are not an available food source although populations in europe india arabia and africa were first thought to have high frequencies of lact￭ ase persistence because of a single mutation lact￭ ase persistence has been traced to a number of mutations that occurred independently healthy people with lact￭ ase non￭ persistence are able to consume at least one cup of milk without developing symptoms and this tolerance is improved by consuming the milk with a meal preferably lac￭ tose reduced milk adding lact￭ ase supplements or replacing milk by yog￭ ur￭ t or hard cheeses
lac￭ un￭ ar amnesia is the loss of memory about one specific event it is a type of amnesia that leaves a lac￭ una a gap in the record of memory
lac￭ un￭ ar stroke or lac￭ un￭ ar inf￭ arc￭ t lac￭ i is a type of stroke that results from oc￭ clu￭ sion of one of the penetr￭ ating arter￭ ies that provides blood to the brain s deep structures patients who present with symptoms of a lac￭ un￭ ar stroke but who have not yet had diagnostic imaging performed may be described as suffering from lac￭ un￭ ar stroke syndrome lac￭ s much of the current knowledge of lac￭ un￭ ar stro￭ kes comes from c miller fisher s cad￭ aver dis￭ sections of post mortem stroke patients he observed lac￭ un￭ ae latin for empty space in the deep brain structures after oc￭ clu￭ sion of 200 800 μ￭ m penetr￭ ating arter￭ ies and connected them with 5 classic syndro￭ mes these syndro￭ mes are still noted today though lac￭ un￭ ar inf￭ arc￭ ts are diagnosed based on clinical judgment and radio￭ logic imaging
in analysis a lac￭ un￭ ary function also known as a lac￭ un￭ ary series is an analy￭ tic function that cannot be analy￭ tically continued anywhere outside the radius of convergence within which it is defined by a power series the word lac￭ un￭ ary is derived from lac￭ una pl lac￭ un￭ ae meaning gap or vacancy the first known examples of lac￭ un￭ ary functions involved taylor series with large gaps or lac￭ un￭ ae between the non zero coefficients of their expan￭ sions more recent investigations have also focused attention on fou￭ rier series with similar gaps between non zero coefficients there is a slight ambiguity in the modern usage of the term lac￭ un￭ ary series which may be used to refer to either taylor series or fou￭ rier series
the lady mac￭ beth effect or mac￭ beth effect is a pri￭ ming effect that occurs when response to a cleaning cue is increased after having been induced by a feeling of shame the effect is named after the lady mac￭ beth character in the shakespeare play mac￭ beth she imagined blood￭ stain￭ s on her hands after committing murder in one experiment different groups of participants were asked to recall a good or bad past deed after which they were asked to fill in the letters of three incomplete words w h sh er and s p those who had been asked to recall a bad deed were about 60 more likely to respond with cleansing related words like wash shower and soap instead of alternatives such as wish shak￭ er or stop in another experiment experim￭ enters were able to reduce choice supportive bias by having subjects engage in forms of self cleaning the effect is apparently loc￭ alized enough that those who had been asked to lie verb￭ ally preferred an oral cleaning product and those asked to lie in writing preferred a hand cleaning product over the other kind of clean￭ ser and other control items however other researchers have been unable to replic￭ ate the basic effect using larger samples very concerning replic￭ ation difficulties have emerged for three out of four of z￭ hong and li￭ l￭ jen￭ qu￭ ist s original studies i e study 2 study 3 and study 4
la￭ en￭ n￭ ec s cir￭ rho￭ sis also known as portal cir￭ rho￭ sis alcoholic cir￭ rho￭ sis fatty cir￭ rho￭ sis or atro￭ ph￭ ic cir￭ rho￭ sis is named after ren￭ é la￭ en￭ n￭ ec a french physician and the invent￭ or of the st￭ eth￭ o￭ scope it is a disease of the liver in which the normal lob￭ ular architecture is lost with fi￭ bro￭ sis scar￭ ring and later no￭ d￭ ular regeneration la￭ en￭ n￭ ec s cir￭ rho￭ sis can be associated with infl￭ am￭ matory poly￭ ar￭ thri￭ tis most commonly affecting the shoulders el￭ bows and knees o￭ ste￭ op￭ or￭ osis soft tissue sw￭ elling in peripheral joints and sometimes calci￭ fic peri￭ ath￭ ri￭ tis are seen in the developed world la￭ en￭ n￭ ec s cir￭ rho￭ sis most commonly affects middle aged males typically ages 40 – 60 this is the most common form of cir￭ rho￭ sis in the u s chronic alcoholism can cause la￭ en￭ n￭ ec s cir￭ rho￭ sis in areas of the world afflicted with chronic starvation africa and asia the children are most commonly afflicted
la￭ fora disease also called la￭ fora progressive my￭ o￭ cl￭ onic epi￭ le￭ psy or mel￭ f is a fatal auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive genetic disorder characterized by the presence of inclusion bodies known as la￭ fora bodies within the cy￭ top￭ las￭ m of the cells of the heart liver muscle and skin in a later study la￭ fora disease has been and is now viewed as a neuro￭ degenerative disease since prior to the actual formation of la￭ fora bodies there has been seen to be an impairment in the development of cere￭ br￭ al cor￭ tical neurons it was further concluded that la￭ fora disease is a complex neuro￭ degenerative disease and also a gly￭ co￭ gen metabol￭ ism disorder most patients with this disease do not live past the age of twenty five and death within ten years of symptoms is usually inevitable at present there is no cure or treatment for this disease
a lag deposit is the de￭ position of material win￭ no￭ wed by physical action ae￭ oli￭ an processes flu￭ vi￭ al processes and tidal processes can remove the fin￭ er portion of a se￭ dim￭ entary deposit leaving the co￭ ar￭ ser material behind lag deposits are found in processes such as central island formation in streams and rivers one theory of desert pav￭ ement formation is that they are an ae￭ oli￭ an lag deposit ar￭ mored beaches and in￭ lets can be composed in part by lag deposits of shells or cob￭ bles created when tidal forces strip away the fin￭ er sand and sil￭ t
lag￭ en￭ idi￭ osis is a type of infectious disease the best known species of lag￭ en￭ idi￭ um is lag￭ en￭ idi￭ um gig￭ ant￭ eu￭ m a parasite of mosquito lar￭ v￭ ae used in biological control of mosquitoes the disease lag￭ en￭ idi￭ osis in dogs is caused by a new species of lag￭ en￭ idi￭ um that has not yet been properly named lag￭ en￭ idi￭ osis is found in the sou￭ the￭ astern united states in lakes and pon￭ ds it causes progressive skin and sub￭ cu￭ taneous le￭ sions in the legs gro￭ in trunk and near the tail the le￭ sions are firm no￭ d￭ ules or ul￭ cer￭ ated regions with draining tracts regional lymp￭ h no￭ des are usually sw￭ oll￭ en spread of the disease to distant lymp￭ h no￭ des large blood vessels and the lungs may occur an an￭ eur￭ ys￭ m of a great vessel can rupture and cause sudden death
lag￭ oph￭ thal￭ mos is defined as the inability to close the eye￭ li￭ ds completely blin￭ king covers the eye with a thin layer of tear fluid thereby promoting a mo￭ ist environment necessary for the cells of the exter￭ ior part of the eye the tears also flush out foreign bodies and wash them away this is crucial to maintain lubric￭ ation and proper eye health if this process is impaired as in lag￭ oph￭ thal￭ mos the eye can suffer abra￭ sions and infections lag￭ op￭ thal￭ mos leads to cor￭ ne￭ al drying and ul￭ cer￭ ation
lag￭ range point colonization is the colonization of the five equilibrium points in the orbit of a planet or its primary moon called lag￭ ran￭ gian points the most obvious such points for colonization are those in the earth – moon and in the sun – earth systems although it would generally take days or even weeks to reach the latter with current technology it would be possible to generate energy from sunlight at them nearly continuously since they would due to their considerable distance from earth be shad￭ ed from the sun only seldom and then only shortly
la￭ ha￭ ina noon is a tropical solar phenomenon where the sun passes exactly overhead at solar noon the sub￭ solar point the term la￭ ha￭ ina noon was coined by the bishop museum in hawaii and is only used locally
a lake burst old irish lo￭ ch￭ thom￭ ad￭ mand is a phenomenon referred to in irish myth￭ ology in which a previously non existent lake comes into being often when a grave is being dug
lake str￭ ati￭ fication is the separation of lakes into three layers 1 epi￭ lim￭ n￭ ion top of the lake 2 metal￭ im￭ n￭ ion or thermo￭ cl￭ ine middle layer that may change depth throughout the day 3 hy￭ poli￭ m￭ n￭ ion the bottom layer the thermal str￭ ati￭ fication of lakes refers to a change in the temperature at different depths in the lake and is due to the change in water s density with temperature cold water is d￭ ens￭ er than warm water and the epi￭ lim￭ n￭ ion generally consists of water that is not as dense as the water in the hy￭ poli￭ m￭ n￭ ion however the temperature of maximum density for freshwater is 4 ° c in temper￭ ate regions where lake water war￭ ms up and co￭ ols through the seasons a cyclical pattern of overturn occurs that is repeated from year to year as the cold dense water at the top of the lake sinks for example in di￭ mic￭ tic lakes the lake water turns over during the spring and the fall this process occurs more slowly in deeper water and as a result a thermal bar may form if the str￭ ati￭ fication of water lasts for extended periods the lake is mer￭ om￭ ic￭ tic conversely for most of the time the relatively sh￭ allow￭ er mer￭ es are un￭ str￭ ati￭ fied that is the mere is considered all epi￭ lim￭ n￭ ion the accumulation of dissolved carbon dioxide in three mer￭ om￭ ic￭ tic lakes in africa lake ny￭ os and lake mon￭ oun in cameroon and lake kivu in rwanda is potentially dangerous because if one of these lakes is triggered into lim￭ nic eruption a very large quantity of carbon dioxide can quickly leave the lake and dis￭ place the oxygen needed for life by people and animals in the surrounding area natural resource and environmental managers are often challenged by problems caused by lake and pond thermal str￭ ati￭ fication fish die offs have been directly associated with thermal gr￭ adi￭ ents stagnation and ice cover excessive growth of plan￭ k￭ ton may limit the recreational use of lakes and the commercial use of lake water with severe thermal str￭ ati￭ fication in a lake the quality of drinking water also can be adversely affected for fisheries managers the spatial distribution of fish within a lake is often adversely affected by thermal str￭ ati￭ fication and in some cases may indirectly cause large die offs of recre￭ ationally important fish one commonly used tool to reduce the severity of these lake management problems is to eliminate or lesson thermal str￭ ati￭ fication through a￭ eration many types of a￭ eration equipment have been used to ther￭ m￭ ally de￭ str￭ ati￭ fy lakes a￭ eration has met with some success although it has rarely proved to be a panacea
la￭ k￭ sh￭ mi nar￭ ay￭ an or la￭ k￭ sh￭ mi nar￭ ay￭ ana san￭ sk￭ r￭ it ल￭ क￭ ्￭ ष￭ ्￭ म￭ ी न￭ ा￭ र￭ ा￭ य￭ ण iast la￭ k￭ ṣ￭ m￭ ī￭ n￭ ā￭ r￭ ā￭ ya￭ ṇ￭ a also sometimes spelled la￭ k￭ sh￭ min￭ ar￭ ay￭ an la￭ k￭ sh￭ min￭ ar￭ ay￭ ana lax￭ min￭ ar￭ ay￭ ana is a manifestation of vis￭ hn￭ u in the hindu religion it is usually referring to vis￭ hn￭ u also known as nar￭ ay￭ an when he is with his consor￭ t la￭ k￭ sh￭ mi in his abo￭ de v￭ ai￭ kun￭ tha la￭ k￭ sh￭ mi is depicted as standing next to a dark skin￭ ned vis￭ hn￭ u who is holding a con￭ ch m￭ ace lo￭ tus and the su￭ dar￭ sh￭ ana cha￭ k￭ ra another depic￭ tion of la￭ k￭ sh￭ min￭ ar￭ ay￭ an portr￭ ays la￭ k￭ sh￭ mi in the service of nar￭ ay￭ an who is rec￭ lining on the co￭ sm￭ ic ser￭ p￭ ent ses￭ ha floating in k￭ sh￭ ī￭ r￭ sag￭ ā￭ r the ocean of milk
in physics the lamb shift named after will￭ is lamb 19￭ 13 – 2008 is a difference in energy between two energy levels 2 s 1 2 and 2 p 1 2 in term symbol no￭ tation of the hydrogen atom which was not predicted by the di￭ rac equation according to which these states should have the same energy interaction between vacuum energy fluctuations and the hydrogen electr￭ on in these different or￭ bit￭ als is the cause of the lamb shift as was shown subsequent to its discovery the lamb shift has since played a significant role through its validation of vacuum energy fluctuations in the discovery of haw￭ king radiation from black holes this effect was first measured in 1947 in the lamb – re￭ ther￭ ford experiment on the hydrogen microwave spectrum and this measurement provided the stimulus for ren￭ orm￭ alization theory to handle the divergences it was the harb￭ inger of modern quantum electro￭ dynamics developed by julian schw￭ inger richard fe￭ yn￭ man ern￭ st stu￭ ec￭ kel￭ berg sin i￭ ti￭ ro tom￭ on￭ aga and fre￭ eman dys￭ on lamb won the nobel prize in physics in 1955 for his discoveries related to the lamb shift
lam￭ b￭ d￭ ac￭ ism from the greek letter lam￭ b￭ da is a medical condition or speech impediment related to the pron￭ unciation of l or related ph￭ on￭ em￭ es a common form of lam￭ b￭ d￭ ac￭ ism is l￭ all￭ ation the substitution of l for ɹ in pron￭ unciation it is a common feature of japanese and korean pron￭ unciation of english it occurs to a lesser extent in mandar￭ in chinese and other languages substitution of l for n at the beginning of a word or sy￭ ll￭ able or the reverse at the end is also a feature in certain east asian languages such as can￭ ton￭ ese and thai
lambert – e￭ aton my￭ asth￭ en￭ ic syndrome l￭ ems also lambert – e￭ aton syndrome or e￭ aton – lambert syndrome is a rare auto￭ immune disorder that is characterized by muscle weakness of the limbs it is the result of an auto￭ immune reaction in which antibodies are formed against pres￭ yn￭ ap￭ tic voltage gated calcium channels and likely other nerve terminal proteins in the neuro￭ muscular junction the connection between nerves and the muscle that they supply the prevalence is 3 4 cases per million around 60 of those with l￭ ems have an underlying m￭ align￭ ancy most commonly small cell lung cancer it is therefore regarded as a par￭ ane￭ op￭ l￭ astic syndrome a condition that arises as a result of cancer elsewhere in the body l￭ ems usually occurs in people over 40 years of age but it may occur any age the diagnosis is usually confirmed with electro￭ my￭ o￭ graphy and blood tests these also distinguish it from my￭ asth￭ enia grav￭ is mg a related auto￭ immune neuro￭ muscular disease if the disease is associated with cancer direct treatment of the cancer often reliev￭ es the symptoms of l￭ ems other treatments often used are ster￭ oids az￭ ath￭ iop￭ rine which suppress the immune system intra￭ ven￭ ous immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ulin which out￭ compe￭ tes auto￭ reactive anti￭ body from fc recep￭ tors and py￭ ri￭ do￭ stig￭ mine and 3 4 diam￭ in￭ op￭ y￭ ri￭ dine which enhance the neuro￭ muscular transmission occasionally plasma exchange is required to remove the antibodies
in domain name systems a lame delegation also known as a lame response is a type of error that results when a name server is designated as the authoritative server for a domain name for which it does not have authoritative data american registry for internet numbers ar￭ in has a draft policies and proposals concerning lame delegations policy 2002 1 lame delegations in in add￭ r ar￭ pa see
lam￭ ell￭ ar ich￭ thy￭ osis also known as ich￭ thy￭ osis lam￭ el￭ lar￭ is and non￭ bull￭ ous con￭ genital ich￭ thy￭ osis is a rare inherited skin disorder affecting around 1 in 600 000 people
lam￭ initi￭ s is a disease that affects the feet of hoo￭ ved animals un￭ gul￭ ates and it is found mostly in horses and cattle clinical signs include foot tender￭ ness progressing to inability to walk increased digital pul￭ ses and increased temperature in the hoo￭ ves severe cases with outw￭ ar￭ dly visible clinical signs are known by the col￭ lo￭ qu￭ ial term and progression of the disease may lead to per￭ for￭ ation of the coffin bone through the sole of the ho￭ of requiring aggressive treatment or euthanasia
land footprint is the real amount of land wherever it is in the world that is needed to produce a product or used by an organisation or by a nation
in physics land￭ au dam￭ ping named after its discover￭ er the eminent soviet physic￭ ist lev land￭ au 19￭ 08 68 is the effect of dam￭ ping exponential decrease as a function of time of longit￭ ud￭ inal space charge waves in plasma or a similar environment this phenomenon prevents an instability from developing and creates a region of stability in the parameter space it was later argued by donald lyn￭ den bell that a similar phenomenon was occurring in gal￭ actic dynamics where the gas of electron￭ s inter￭ acting by electro￭ static forces is replaced by a gas of stars inter￭ acting by grav￭ itation forces land￭ au dam￭ ping can be manipulated exactly in numerical simul￭ ations such as particle in cell simulation
land￭ au – kle￭ ff￭ ner syndrome l￭ ks — also called inf￭ anti￭ le acquired ap￭ ha￭ sia acquired epi￭ le￭ ptic ap￭ ha￭ sia or ap￭ ha￭ sia with con￭ vul￭ sive disorder — is a rare childhood neuro￭ logical syndrome it is named after william land￭ au and frank kle￭ ff￭ ner who characterized it in 1957 with a diagnosis of six children
a landslide also known as a land￭ slip is a form of mass wasting that includes a wide range of ground movements such as roc￭ k￭ falls deep failure of slop￭ es and shallow debris flows land￭ slides can occur in underwater called a submarine landslide coastal and on￭ shore environments although the action of gravity is the primary driving force for a landslide to occur there are other contributing factors affecting the original slope stability typically pre conditional factors build up specific sub surface conditions that make the area slope prone to failure whereas the actual landslide often requires a trigger before being released land￭ slides should not be confused with mud flows a form of mass wasting involving very to extremely rapid flow of debris that has become partially or fully liquefied by the addition of significant amounts of water to the source material
lane is a cry￭ pto￭ graphic has￭ h function submitted to the n￭ ist has￭ h function competition it was designed by sebas￭ ti￭ aan inde￭ st￭ ee￭ ge with contributions by elena andre￭ eva christophe de canni￭ ère or￭ r dun￭ kel￭ man emilia kä￭ sp￭ er s￭ ve￭ t￭ la niko￭ va bart pre￭ ne￭ el and elmar ti￭ sch￭ ha￭ user it re uses many components from aes in a custom construction the authors claim performance of up to 25 66 cycles per by￭ te on an intel core 2 du￭ o
l￭ anger mes￭ om￭ el￭ ic dys￭ pl￭ asia l￭ md is a rare con￭ genital disorder characterized by an altered bone formation that causes a severe short and disproportionate stature
lang￭ er￭ hans cell his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis l￭ ch is a rare disease involving cl￭ onal proliferation of lang￭ er￭ hans cells abnormal cells deriving from bone marrow and capable of migr￭ ating from skin to lymp￭ h no￭ des clin￭ ically its manifestations range from isolated bone le￭ sions to multi￭ system disease l￭ ch is part of a group of clinical syndro￭ mes called his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ ses which are characterized by an abnormal proliferation of his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ tes an archaic term for activated d￭ end￭ ri￭ tic cells and macro￭ p￭ ha￭ ges these diseases are related to other forms of abnormal proliferation of white blood cells such as leuk￭ emi￭ as and lymp￭ hom￭ as the disease has gone by several names including hand – sch￭ ü￭ ller – christian disease ab￭ t let￭ ter￭ er si￭ we disease and his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis x until it was ren￭ amed in 1985 by the his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ te society
lang￭ er￭ hans cell sar￭ coma is a form of m￭ align￭ ant his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis it should not be confused with lang￭ er￭ hans cell his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis which is cy￭ to￭ logically benign lang￭ er￭ hans cell sar￭ coma is known to transform into leuk￭ emia it can present in the lung but such cases are rare
l￭ anger gi￭ edi￭ on syndrome l￭ gs also called tric￭ hor￭ hin￭ op￭ hal￭ ange￭ al syndrome type ii tr￭ ps 2 or lg￭ cr for l￭ anger gi￭ edi￭ on chro￭ mo￭ some region is a very un￭ common auto￭ som￭ al dominant genetic disorder caused by a deletion of chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al material it is named after the two doctors who undertook the main research into the condition in the 1960 s diagnosis is usually made at birth or in early childhood
in mathematics the lang￭ lands – deli￭ gne local constant or local ar￭ tin root number up to an elementary function of s is an elementary function associated with a representation of the weil group of a local field the functional equation l ρ s ε ρ s l ρ ∨ 1 − s of an ar￭ tin l function has an elementary function ε ρ s appearing in it equal to a constant called the ar￭ tin root number times an elementary real function of s and lang￭ lands discovered that ε ρ s can be written in a can￭ on￭ ical way as a product ε ρ s π ε ρ￭ v s ψ￭ v of local constan￭ ts ε ρ￭ v s ψ￭ v associated to pri￭ mes v t￭ ate proved the existence of the local constan￭ ts in the case that ρ is 1 dimensional in t￭ ate s thesis proved the existence of the local constant ε ρ￭ v s ψ￭ v up to sign the original proof of the existence of the local constan￭ ts by used local methods and was rather long and complicated and never published later discovered a simpler proof using global methods
lang￭ ley ’ s adventitious angles is a mathematical problem posed by edward mann lang￭ ley in the mathematical gazette in 19￭ 22
language is the ability to acquire and use complex systems of communication particularly the human ability to do so and a language is any specific example of such a system the scientific study of language is called lingu￭ is￭ tics questions concerning the philosophy of language such as whether words can represent experience have been debated since gor￭ gi￭ as and plato in ancient greece thinkers such as rous￭ seau have argued that language originated from emotions while others like kant have held that it originated from rational and logical thought 20 th century philosophers such as wit￭ t￭ gen￭ stein argued that philosophy is really the study of language major figures in lingu￭ is￭ tics include fer￭ din￭ and de saus￭ sure and no￭ am ch￭ om￭ sky estimates of the number of languages in the world vary between 5 000 and 7 000 however any precise estimate depends on a partly arbitrary distinction between languages and dial￭ ects natural languages are spoken or signed but any language can be en￭ coded into secondary media using aud￭ itory visual or t￭ acti￭ le stimul￭ i – for example in whist￭ ling signed or bra￭ ille this is because human language is modality independent depending on philosophical perspectives regarding the definition of language and meaning when used as a general concept language may refer to the cognitive ability to learn and use systems of complex communication or to describe the set of rules that makes up these systems or the set of ut￭ ter￭ ances that can be produced from those rules all languages rely on the process of semi￭ osis to relate signs to particular meanings oral and sign languages contain a ph￭ on￭ ological system that governs how symbols are used to form sequences known as words or morph￭ em￭ es and a syn￭ tactic system that governs how words and morph￭ em￭ es are combined to form phrases and ut￭ ter￭ ances human language has the properties of productivity recur￭ sivity and displacement and relies entirely on social convention and learning its complex structure affords a much wider range of expressions than any known system of animal communication language is thought to have originated when early hom￭ in￭ ins started gradually changing their pri￭ mate communication systems acquiring the ability to form a theory of other minds and a shared intenti￭ on￭ ality this development is sometimes thought to have coincided with an increase in brain volume and many lingu￭ ists see the structures of language as having evolved to serve specific communic￭ ative and social functions language is processed in many different locations in the human brain but especially in bro￭ ca s and wer￭ nic￭ ke s areas humans acquire language through social interaction in early childhood and children generally speak flu￭ ently when they are approximately three years old the use of language is deeply entrenched in human culture therefore in addition to its strictly communic￭ ative uses language also has many social and cultural uses such as signi￭ fying group identity social str￭ ati￭ fication as well as social gro￭ oming and entertainment languages evolve and diversify over time and the history of their evolution can be re￭ constructed by comparing modern languages to determine which traits their ance￭ str￭ al languages must have had in order for the later developmental stages to occur a group of languages that descend from a common anc￭ est￭ or is known as a language family the in￭ do european family is the most widely spoken and includes languages such as english russian and hind￭ i the sino tibetan family which includes mandar￭ in and the other chinese languages and tibetan the af￭ ro asi￭ atic family which includes arabic somali and hebrew the ban￭ tu languages which include swa￭ hil￭ i and zul￭ u and hundreds of other languages spoken throughout africa and the malay￭ o poly￭ ne￭ sian languages which include indonesian malay tag￭ alo￭ g and hundreds of other languages spoken throughout the pacific the languages of the dra￭ vi￭ dian family that are spoken mostly in southern india include tamil and tel￭ ugu academic consensus holds that between 50 and 90 of languages spoken at the beginning of the 21 st century will probably have become extinct by the year 2100
in microsoft terminology a language interface pack lip is a skin for loc￭ alizing a windows operating system in languages such as lithuanian serbian hind￭ i mar￭ ath￭ i k￭ ann￭ ada tamil and thai based on multilingual user interface mu￭ i technology a lip also requires the software to have a base installed language and provides users with an approximately 80 percent loc￭ alized user experience by translating a reduced set of user interface elements unlike mu￭ i packs which are available only to microsoft volume license customers and for specific sk￭ us of windows vis￭ ta a language interface pack is available for free and can be installed on a licensed copy of microsoft windows or office and a fixed base language in other words if the desired additional language has incomplete loc￭ alization users may add it for free while if the language has complete loc￭ alization the user must pay for it by licensing a premium version of windows in windows vis￭ ta and windows 7 only the enterprise and ultimate edi￭ tions are multilingual typically a language interface pack is designed for regional markets that do not have full mu￭ i packs or fully loc￭ alized versions of a product it is an intermediate loc￭ alized solution that enables computer users to adapt their software to display many commonly used features in their native language each new language interface pack is built using the glos￭ s￭ ary created by the community glos￭ s￭ ary project in cooperation with the local government academia and local linguistic experts
language disorders or language impair￭ ments are disorders that involve the processing of linguistic information problems that may be experienced can involve gr￭ ammar syn￭ tax and or mor￭ pho￭ logy sem￭ an￭ tics meaning or other aspects of language these problems may be receptive involving impaired language comprehension expres￭ sive involving language production or a combination of both examples include specific language impairment and ap￭ ha￭ sia among others language disorders can affect both spoken and written language and can also affect sign language typically all forms of language will be impaired current data indicates that 7 of young children display language disorder with boys being diagnosed twice as much as girls preliminary research on potential risk factors have suggested biological components such as low birth weight pre￭ maturity general birth complications and male gender as well as family history and low parental education can increase the chance of developing language disorders for children with ph￭ on￭ ological and expres￭ sive language difficulties there is evidence supporting speech and language therapy however the same therapy is shown to be much less effective for receptive language difficulties these results are consistent with the poorer prog￭ no￭ sis for receptive language impair￭ ments that are generally accompanied with problems in reading comprehension note that these are distinct from speech disorders which involve difficulty with the act of speech production but not with language
in natural language processing language identification or language guessing is the problem of determining which natural language given content is in compu￭ tational approaches to this problem view it as a special case of text categ￭ ori￭ zation solved with various statistical methods
language proficiency or linguistic proficiency is the ability of an individual to speak or perform in an acquired language as theories among ped￭ ago￭ gues as to what constitutes proficiency go there is little consistency as to how different organizations classify it additionally flu￭ ency and language competence are generally recognized as being related but separate controversial subjects in predominant frameworks in the united states profic￭ ient speakers demonstrate both accuracy and flu￭ ency and use a variety of discourse strategies thus native speakers of a language can be flu￭ ent without being considered profic￭ ient native level flu￭ ency is estimated to be between 20 000 – 40 000 words but basic convers￭ ational flu￭ ency might only require as little as 3 000 words
large cell ac￭ an￭ thomas are a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by small skin colored hyper or hypo￭ pi￭ gm￭ ented pap￭ ules or pl￭ aqu￭ es
large cell carcin￭ oma l￭ cc is a heterogeneous group of un￭ differentiated m￭ align￭ ant ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms that lack the cy￭ to￭ logic and architectural features of small cell carcin￭ oma and g￭ land￭ ular or squ￭ am￭ ous differentiation l￭ cc is categ￭ orized as a type of n￭ s￭ cl￭ c non small cell carcin￭ oma which originates from epi￭ the￭ li￭ al cells of the lung 1
large cell lung carcin￭ oma with r￭ hab￭ do￭ id phen￭ o￭ type l￭ cl￭ c r￭ p is a rare his￭ to￭ logical form of lung cancer currently classified as a variant of large cell lung carcin￭ oma l￭ cl￭ c in order for a l￭ cl￭ c to be sub￭ classified as the r￭ hab￭ do￭ id phen￭ o￭ type variant at least 10 of the m￭ align￭ ant tumor cells must contain distinctive structures composed of tang￭ led intermediate fil￭ aments that dis￭ place the cell nucleus outward toward the cell memb￭ rane the wh￭ or￭ led e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic inclu￭ sions in l￭ cl￭ c r￭ p cells give it a micro￭ scopic resemblance to m￭ align￭ ant cells found in r￭ hab￭ dom￭ y￭ os￭ ar￭ coma r￭ ms a rare ne￭ op￭ las￭ m arising from transformed sk￭ el￭ etal muscle despite their micro￭ scopic similarities l￭ cl￭ c r￭ p is not associated with r￭ hab￭ dom￭ y￭ os￭ ar￭ coma although r￭ hab￭ do￭ id variants of l￭ cl￭ c are sometimes referred to as r￭ hab￭ do￭ id carcin￭ om￭ as this particular term should be reserved for examples of pure r￭ hab￭ do￭ id ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms i e those that do not contain cells containing other his￭ to￭ logical variants
one classification system for lymp￭ hom￭ as divides the diseases according to the size of the white blood cells that has turned can￭ cer￭ ous the large cell lymp￭ hom￭ as have large cells a large cell in this context has a diameter of 17 to 20 µ￭ m other groups of lymp￭ hom￭ as in this system are the small cell lymp￭ hom￭ as and mixed cell lymp￭ hom￭ as
large b cell lymp￭ homa arising in h￭ h￭ v 8 associated mul￭ tic￭ entr￭ ic cast￭ lem￭ an s disease is a type of large b cell lymp￭ homa recognized in the who 2008 classification it is sometimes called the plas￭ m￭ ab￭ l￭ astic form of mul￭ tic￭ entr￭ ic cast￭ lem￭ an disease it has sometimes been confused with plas￭ m￭ ab￭ l￭ astic lymp￭ homa in the literature although that is a dis￭ similar specific entity it has variable cd 20 expression and un￭ mut￭ ated immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ulin variable region genes
large for gest￭ ational age l￭ ga is an indication of high pre￭ natal growth rate l￭ ga is often defined as a weight length or head circum￭ fer￭ ence that lies above the 90 th per￭ centi￭ le for that gest￭ ational age however it has been suggested that the definition be restricted to infants with birth weights greater than the 97 th per￭ centi￭ le 2 standard deviations above the mean as this more accurately describes infants who are at greatest risk for per￭ in￭ atal morbi￭ dity and mortality macro￭ som￭ ia which literally means big body is sometimes confused with l￭ ga some experts consider a baby to be big when it weighs more than 8 pounds 13 oun￭ ces 4 000 g at birth and others say a baby is big if it weighs more than 9 pounds 15 oun￭ ces 4 500 g a baby is also called “ large for gest￭ ational age ” if its weight is greater than the 90 th per￭ centi￭ le at birth
large gran￭ ular lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tic lg￭ l leuk￭ emia is a chronic lymp￭ ho￭ prolifer￭ ative disorder that exhi￭ bits an un￭ explained chronic 6 months elev￭ ation in large gran￭ ular lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tes lg￭ ls in the peripheral blood it is divided in two main categories t cell lg￭ l t lg￭ l leuk￭ emia and natural killer nk cell lg￭ l nk lg￭ l leuk￭ emia as the name suggests t cell large gran￭ ular lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ te leuk￭ emia is characterized by involvement of cy￭ to￭ toxic t cells it is also known by the following terms proliferation of large gran￭ ular lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tes lg￭ ls lg￭ l leuk￭ emia t￭ γ lymp￭ ho￭ prolifer￭ ative disorder and in common with other t cell leuk￭ emi￭ as such as t cell pro￭ lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tic leuk￭ emia t cell chronic lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tic leuk￭ emia
large pla￭ que par￭ ap￭ s￭ ori￭ asis also known as par￭ ap￭ s￭ ori￭ asis en pl￭ aqu￭ es are skin le￭ sions that may be included in the modern scheme of cu￭ taneous conditions described as par￭ ap￭ s￭ ori￭ asis these le￭ sions called pl￭ aqu￭ es may be ir￭ regularly round shaped to o￭ val and are 10 cm 3 9 in or larger in diameter they can be very thin pl￭ aqu￭ es that are symptomatic or mildly pr￭ uri￭ tic large pla￭ que par￭ ap￭ s￭ ori￭ asis is a common associate of reti￭ form par￭ ap￭ s￭ ori￭ asis can be accompanied by po￭ i￭ kilo￭ der￭ ma vas￭ cul￭ are atro￭ ph￭ ic￭ ans and can in rare occasions be a precursor to cu￭ taneous t cell lymp￭ homa
in compu￭ tational geometry the largest empty rec￭ t￭ angle problem maxim￭ al empty rec￭ t￭ angle problem or maximum empty rec￭ t￭ angle problem is the problem of finding a rec￭ t￭ angle of maxim￭ al size to be placed among obstacles in the plane there are a number of variants of the problem depending on the particularities of this generic formulation in particular depending on the measure of the size domain type of obstacles and the orientation of the rec￭ t￭ angle the problems of this kind arise e g in electronic design autom￭ ation in design and verification of physical layout of integrated circuits a maxim￭ al empty rec￭ t￭ angle mer is a rec￭ t￭ angle which is not contained in another empty rec￭ t￭ angle each side of a mer ab￭ uts an obstacle otherwise the side may be shifted outw￭ ards increasing the empty rec￭ t￭ angle an application of this kind is enum￭ eration of maxim￭ al white rec￭ tang￭ les in image segm￭ entation r d of image processing and pattern recognition in the contexts of many algori￭ th￭ ms for largest empty rec￭ tang￭ les maxim￭ al empty rec￭ tang￭ les are candidate solutions to be considered by the algori￭ thm since it is easily proven that e g a maximum area empty rec￭ t￭ angle is a maxim￭ al empty rec￭ t￭ angle
in compu￭ tational geometry the largest empty sphere problem is the problem of finding a hyper￭ sphere of largest radius in d dimensional space whose interior does not overlap with any given obstacles
the lar￭ ock in￭ do￭ le synthesis is a hetero￭ ann￭ ulation reaction that uses p￭ all￭ adi￭ um as a catalyst to synthe￭ size ind￭ oles from an orth￭ o i￭ odo￭ an￭ il￭ ine and a dis￭ u￭ b￭ stitu￭ ted al￭ ky￭ ne it is also known as lar￭ ock hetero￭ ann￭ ulation the reaction is extremely vers￭ ati￭ le and can be used to produce varying types of ind￭ oles lar￭ ock in￭ do￭ le synthesis was first proposed by richard c lar￭ ock in 1991 at iowa state university
lar￭ on s syndrome or lar￭ on type dwar￭ f￭ ism is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive disorder characterized by an in￭ sensitivity to growth hormone gh usually caused by a mut￭ ant growth hormone recep￭ tor it causes short stature and an increased sensitivity to insulin which means that they are less likely to develop diabetes mell￭ it￭ us type 2 and possibly cancer as well it can be treated with injections of re￭ combin￭ ant ig￭ f 1
lar￭ sen syndrome ls is a con￭ genital disorder discovered in 1950 by lar￭ sen and associates when they observed dis￭ location of the large joints and face anomalies in six of their patients patients suffering from lar￭ sen syndrome normally present with a variety of symptoms including con￭ genital an￭ terior dis￭ location of the knees dis￭ location of the hips and el￭ bows fl￭ att￭ ened facial appearance prominent fore￭ heads and depressed nas￭ al bridges lar￭ sen syndrome can also cause a variety of cardiovascular and orth￭ o￭ ped￭ ic ab￭ norm￭ alities this rare disorder is caused by a genetic defect in the gene en￭ coding fil￭ am￭ in b a cy￭ top￭ las￭ mic protein that is important in regulating the structure and activity of the cy￭ to￭ skelet￭ on the gene that influences the emergence of lar￭ sen syndrome is found in chro￭ mo￭ some region 3 p 21 1 14 1 a region containing human type vii coll￭ agen gene lar￭ sen syndrome has recently been described as a mes￭ en￭ ch￭ y￭ me disorder that affects the connec￭ tive tissue of an individual auto￭ som￭ al dominant and rec￭ essive forms of the disorder have been reported although most cases are auto￭ som￭ al dominant reports have found that in western societies lar￭ sen syndrome can be found in one in every 100 000 births but this is most likely an underestimate because the disorder is frequently un￭ recognized or mis￭ diagnosed
lar￭ val hem￭ olymp￭ h feeding is a behaviour trait found in the queens of some species of ant this is found mainly in the ants of the sub￭ family am￭ bl￭ y￭ op￭ on￭ in￭ ae and give them the other name of dr￭ ac￭ ula ant in colonies of the am￭ bl￭ y￭ op￭ one sil￭ vest￭ ri￭ i the queens feed on the hem￭ olymp￭ h or insect blood also spelt ha￭ em￭ olymp￭ h of their lar￭ v￭ ae when food is not available this is said to be a precursor to tro￭ p￭ hal￭ lax￭ is in other ant families the lar￭ v￭ ae themselves are not killed by this process this behaviour is also seen in pro￭ cer￭ ati￭ um and in le￭ pt￭ an￭ illa the lar￭ v￭ ae have special organs that ex￭ ude the ha￭ em￭ olymp￭ h are exclusively dependent on the hem￭ olymp￭ h of their own lar￭ v￭ ae as a nutrient even when prey feeding is possible on the other hand the found￭ resses suppress lar￭ val hem￭ olymp￭ h feeding l￭ hf when prey is available allowing them to rear the first workers more swiftly the non￭ destructive form of canni￭ b￭ alism can be regarded as a nutri￭ tive adaptation related to 1 the lack of social food transfer in this species and 2 its specialized pre￭ dation on large spor￭ adic prey centi￭ pe￭ des l￭ hf similar to that in am￭ bl￭ y￭ op￭ one was found in pro￭ cer￭ ati￭ um and another type of l￭ hf with a lar￭ val specialized exu￭ datory organ in le￭ pt￭ an￭ illa
lar￭ vi￭ form female is biological phenomenon occurring in some species where the females in the adult stage of met￭ amor￭ pho￭ sis resemble the lar￭ v￭ ae to various degrees typically the female is wing￭ less and generally larger than the male lar￭ vi￭ form females occur in many insect groups including many bee￭ tle species
lar￭ yn￭ ge￭ al cancer also known as cancer of the lar￭ yn￭ x or lar￭ yn￭ ge￭ al carcin￭ oma are mostly squ￭ am￭ ous cell carcin￭ om￭ as reflecting their origin from the skin of the lar￭ yn￭ x cancer can develop in any part of the lar￭ yn￭ x but the cure rate is affected by the location of the tum￭ our for the purposes of tum￭ our staging the lar￭ yn￭ x is divided into three anatom￭ ical regions the glo￭ t￭ tis true vocal cords an￭ terior and poster￭ ior commis￭ sures the supr￭ ag￭ lot￭ tis ep￭ ig￭ lot￭ tis ar￭ y￭ ten￭ oids and ar￭ ye￭ pi￭ glo￭ t￭ tic fol￭ ds and false cords and the sub￭ glo￭ t￭ tis most lar￭ yn￭ ge￭ al cancers originate in the glo￭ t￭ tis supr￭ ag￭ lot￭ tic cancers are less common and sub￭ glo￭ t￭ tic tum￭ ours are least frequent lar￭ yn￭ ge￭ al cancer may spread by direct extension to adjacent structures by me￭ tast￭ asis to regional cer￭ vic￭ al lymp￭ h no￭ des or more dist￭ antly through the blood stream distant me￭ tast￭ ases to the lung are most common in 2013 it resulted in 88 000 deaths up from 76 000 deaths in 1990 five year survival rates in the united states are 60
a lar￭ yn￭ ge￭ al cle￭ ft or lar￭ yn￭ go￭ trac￭ he￭ o￭ es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al cle￭ ft is a rare con￭ genital ab￭ normality in the poster￭ ior lar￭ yn￭ go trac￭ heal wall it occurs in approximately 1 in 10 000 to 20 000 births it means there is a gap between the o￭ es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus and trac￭ hea which allows food or fluid to pass into the air￭ way
lar￭ yn￭ ge￭ al cy￭ sts are cy￭ sts involving the lar￭ yn￭ x or more frequently supr￭ ag￭ lot￭ tic locations such as ep￭ ig￭ lot￭ tis and vall￭ ec￭ ula usually they do not extend to the thyro￭ id car￭ til￭ age they may be present con￭ gen￭ it￭ ally or may develop eventually due to degenerative cause they often interfere with ph￭ on￭ ation
lar￭ yn￭ ge￭ al pap￭ il￭ lo￭ mat￭ osis also known as recurrent respiratory pap￭ il￭ lo￭ mat￭ osis or glo￭ t￭ tal pap￭ il￭ lo￭ mat￭ osis or associated with con￭ dy￭ lo￭ ma acu￭ min￭ ata is a rare medical condition 2 per 100 000 adults and 4 5 per 100 000 children caused by an h￭ p￭ v infection of the throat lar￭ yn￭ ge￭ al pap￭ il￭ lo￭ mat￭ osis causes ass￭ or￭ ted tumors or pap￭ il￭ lom￭ as to develop over a period of time without treatment it is potentially fatal as uncontrolled grow￭ ths could obstruct the air￭ way lar￭ yn￭ ge￭ al pap￭ il￭ lo￭ mat￭ osis is caused by h￭ p￭ v types 6 and 11 in which benign tumors form on the lar￭ yn￭ x or other areas of the respiratory tract these tumors can recur frequently may require repeti￭ tive surgery and may interfere with breathing the disease can be treated with surgery and anti￭ vir￭ als in addition anti￭ an￭ gi￭ ogenic therapy shows promising results
lar￭ yn￭ ge￭ al paralysis in animals is a condition in which the nerves and muscles that control the movements of one or both ar￭ y￭ ten￭ o￭ id car￭ til￭ ages of the lar￭ yn￭ x cease to function and instead of opening during inspiration and closing during sw￭ allowing the ar￭ y￭ ten￭ oids remain stationary in a somewhat neutral position specifically the muscle that causes abduction of the ar￭ y￭ ten￭ o￭ id car￭ til￭ age the cri￭ co￭ ar￭ y￭ ten￭ o￭ ide￭ us dor￭ sal￭ is muscle ceases to function this leads to inadequate ventilation during exercise and during thermo￭ regulatory p￭ anting as well as incomplete protection of the air￭ way during sw￭ allowing one of the common￭ est forms of lar￭ yn￭ ge￭ al paralysis develops in ger￭ i￭ atric medium to large breed dogs in particular the lab￭ rador retri￭ ever but also some other breeds this had been traditionally known as idi￭ opathic larg￭ yn￭ ge￭ al paralysis il￭ p idi￭ opathic means of unknown cause and was believed to be a result of a condition affecting the nerves of the lar￭ yn￭ x bilateral mon￭ on￭ euro￭ pa￭ thy of the recurrent lar￭ yn￭ ge￭ al nerves however investigations into il￭ p by two groups in michigan and ten￭ nes￭ see between 2005 2013 showed that the condition was not limited to or specifically a result of dysfunction of the lar￭ yn￭ ge￭ al nerves instead it was the most visible symptom of a slowly progressing pol￭ yn￭ euro￭ pa￭ thy of old age which also affected other nerves in the body this finding now generally believed correct following further research has led to the proposed ren￭ aming of this type of lar￭ yn￭ ge￭ al paralysis from idi￭ opathic lar￭ yn￭ ge￭ al paralysis il￭ p to ger￭ i￭ atric onset lar￭ yn￭ ge￭ al paralysis pol￭ yn￭ euro￭ pa￭ thy gol￭ pp animals affected by lar￭ yn￭ ge￭ al paralysis have reduced tolerance for exercise and heat and an increased risk of aspiration pneumonia the condition is not generally regarded as causing pain other than physical distress and anxiety caused by any difficulty in breathing or emotional distress from any difficulty with physical movement where lar￭ yn￭ ge￭ al paralysis is related to a general progressive pol￭ yn￭ euro￭ pa￭ thy as in gol￭ pp the nervous system will gradually degenerate causing increasing difficulty in management of the limbs especially rear limbs sw￭ allowing and breathing and eventually in most cases euthanasia lar￭ yn￭ ge￭ al paralysis is fairly common in large breed and ger￭ i￭ atric dogs particularly in the lab￭ rador retri￭ ever is rarely found in cats and can also occur in horses where it is referred to as ro￭ aring ro￭ arer s syndrome or medic￭ ally as lar￭ yn￭ ge￭ al hem￭ ip￭ legi￭ a or recurrent lar￭ yn￭ ge￭ al neuro￭ pa￭ thy r￭ ln lar￭ yn￭ ge￭ al paralysis can be unilateral or bilateral depending upon dysfunction of one or both ar￭ y￭ ten￭ o￭ id car￭ til￭ ages
lar￭ yn￭ gi￭ tis is an infl￭ amm￭ ation of the lar￭ yn￭ x it causes ho￭ arse voice or temporary loss of the voice due to irritation of the vocal fol￭ ds vocal cords lar￭ yn￭ gi￭ tis is one possible cause of dy￭ sp￭ hon￭ ia the medical term for a vocal disorder lar￭ yn￭ gi￭ tis is categor￭ ised as acute if it lasts less than three weeks and chronic if it lasts over three weeks the chronic form occurs mostly in middle age and is much more common in men than women antibiotics do not appear to be very useful in the acute form
lar￭ yn￭ gom￭ al￭ ac￭ ia literally soft lar￭ yn￭ x is the most common cause of stri￭ dor in infancy in which the soft immature car￭ til￭ age of the upper lar￭ yn￭ x collapses inward during inhal￭ ation causing air￭ way obstruction it can also be seen in older patients especially those with neuro￭ muscular conditions resulting in weakness of the muscles of the throat however the inf￭ anti￭ le form is much more common lar￭ yn￭ gom￭ al￭ ac￭ ia is one of the most common lar￭ yn￭ ge￭ al con￭ genital disease in infancy and public education about the signs and symptoms of the disease is lacking
sh￭ ab￭ b￭ ir syndrome also known as lar￭ yn￭ go – ony￭ cho – cu￭ taneous syndrome is a cu￭ taneous condition inherited in an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive fashion it was characterized by sh￭ ab￭ b￭ ir in 1986 it may be associated with lama 3
in medicine lar￭ yn￭ go￭ sp￭ asm is an uncontrolled involuntary muscular contraction sp￭ asm of the vocal fol￭ ds the condition typically lasts less than 60 seconds but in some cases can last 20 30 minutes and causes a partial blocking of breathing in while breathing out remains easier it may be triggered when the vocal cords or the area of the trac￭ hea below the vocal fol￭ ds detec￭ ts the entry of water m￭ uc￭ us blood or other substance it is characterized by stri￭ dor and or re￭ tr￭ actions some people suffer from frequent lar￭ yn￭ go￭ sp￭ as￭ ms whether awake or asleep in an ear nose and throat practice it is typically seen in people who have silent ref￭ lux disease it is also a well known inf￭ requ￭ ent but serious peri￭ operative complic￭ ation
lar￭ yn￭ go￭ trac￭ heal sten￭ osis refers to abnormal narrowing of the central air pass￭ age￭ ways this can occur at the level of the lar￭ yn￭ x trac￭ hea car￭ ina or main bron￭ chi in a small number of patients narrowing may be present in more than one anatom￭ ical location
the las pal￭ mas complex is an archae￭ ological pattern recognized primarily on the basis of mor￭ tu￭ ary customs in the cape region of ba￭ ja california sur mexico the complex is focused on the occurrence in ca￭ ves or roc￭ k￭ shelters of secondary human bur￭ ials containing bones painted with red och￭ re the skul￭ ls in such bur￭ ials tend to be extremely long headed hyper￭ dol￭ ic￭ ho￭ cephal￭ ic leading to suggestions that makers of the las pal￭ mas complex identified with the historically known peric￭ ú might represent either a genetically isolated rem￭ nant of a very early wave of immigrants into the americas or later trans pacific migrants other elements in the material inventory of the las pal￭ mas complex include stone grinding basins at￭ lat￭ ls lar￭ k s head netting co￭ iled bas￭ ke￭ try and se￭ wn palm bark containers the distinctive burial pattern was recognized in the late nineteenth century by herman ten kate and lé￭ on di￭ gu￭ et archae￭ o￭ logist william c mas￭ sey investigated and described the las pal￭ mas complex in detail
l￭ assa fever or l￭ assa hemorrha￭ gic fever l￭ hf is an acute viral hemorrha￭ gic fever caused by the l￭ assa virus and first described in 1969 in the town of l￭ assa in bor￭ no state nigeria l￭ assa virus is a member of the aren￭ avi￭ ri￭ da￭ e virus family similar to e￭ bol￭ a clinical cases of l￭ assa fever had been known for over a decade but had not been connected with a viral pathogen the primary animal host of the l￭ assa virus is the natal mul￭ tim￭ amm￭ ate mouse ma￭ stom￭ ys nat￭ al￭ ensis an animal found in most of sub saharan africa the virus is probably transmitted by contact with the f￭ ec￭ es or urine of animals accessing grain stores in resid￭ ences given its high rate of incidence l￭ assa fever is a major problem in affected countries l￭ assa fever occurs commonly in west africa it results in 300 000 to 500 000 cases annually and causes about 5 000 deaths each year outbreaks of the disease have been observed in nigeria liberia sierra leone guinea and the central african republic
lat￭ ah from southeast asia is a condition in which abnormal behaviors result from a person experiencing a sudden shock when surprised the affected person typically engages in such behaviors as screaming cur￭ sing dancing type movements and uncontrollable laughter and will typically mim￭ ic the words or actions of those around them physical symptoms include an increased heart rate and prof￭ use swe￭ ating but no clear physiological source has been identified lat￭ ah is considered a culture specific star￭ tle disorder that was historically regarded as personal difference rather than an illness similar conditions have been recorded within other cultures and locations for example there are the so called jumping fren￭ chmen of ma￭ ine the women of the ain￭ u people of japan im￭ u the siber￭ ian mir￭ y￭ ach￭ it and the fili￭ pino and thai peoples however the connection among these syndro￭ mes is controversial
in ger￭ on￭ to￭ logy late life mortality dec￭ el￭ eration is the phenomenon of hazard rate increasing at a decreasing rate in late life – rather than increasing exponentially as in the gom￭ per￭ tz law – and in some cases pl￭ ate￭ au￭ ing as￭ ymp￭ to￭ ting at a constant rate graphically on a log linear semi log plot linear in the x axis of age log￭ arith￭ mic in the y axis of hazard rate an exponential function becomes linear and the gom￭ per￭ tz law amounts to the hazard rate increasing lin￭ early with age late life mortality dec￭ el￭ eration corresponds to hazard rate increasing more slowly than lin￭ early on a log linear graph instead cur￭ ving and possibly pl￭ ate￭ au￭ ing late life mortality dec￭ el￭ eration is a well established phenomenon in insects who often spend much of their life in a constant hazard rate region but it is much more controversial in mammals ro￭ dent studies have found varying conclusions with some finding short term periods of mortality dec￭ el￭ eration in mice others not finding such and b￭ abo￭ on studies show no mortality dec￭ el￭ eration an analogous dec￭ el￭ eration occurs in failure rate of manufactured products this analogy is elaborated in the reliability theory of aging and longevity late life mortality dec￭ el￭ eration was first proposed as occurring in human aging in which also introduced the gom￭ per￭ tz law and observed as occurring in humans in and has since become one of the pillars of the bio￭ demography of human longevity – see here late life is typically after 85 years of age however a recent paper concludes that mortality dec￭ el￭ eration is negligible up to the age of 106 in the population studied beyond this point reliable data were unavailable and that the gom￭ per￭ tz law is a good fit with previous observations of dec￭ el￭ eration being sp￭ urious with various causes including bad data and methodological problems – see the primary reference for this article is which provides a detailed historical overview and discussion together with current criticism
late con￭ genital sy￭ phili￭ tic oc￭ ul￭ opathy is a disease of the eye a manifestation of late con￭ genital sy￭ phil￭ is it can appear as inter￭ sti￭ tial ker￭ ati￭ tis – this commonly appears between ages 6 and 12 symptoms include lac￭ ri￭ mation and pho￭ top￭ ho￭ bia pathological vas￭ cul￭ arization of the cor￭ ne￭ a cause it to turn pink or salmon colored 90 of cases affect both eyes ep￭ is￭ cl￭ eri￭ tis or s￭ cl￭ eri￭ tis – no￭ d￭ ules appear in or over￭ lying the s￭ cl￭ era white of eye i￭ ri￭ tis or iris pap￭ ules – vascular infiltr￭ ation of the iris causes rosy color change and yellow red no￭ d￭ ules ch￭ ori￭ ore￭ t￭ initi￭ s pap￭ il￭ li￭ tis re￭ tin￭ al vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis – re￭ tin￭ al changes can resemble ret￭ initi￭ s pi￭ gm￭ ent￭ osa ex￭ ud￭ ative re￭ tin￭ al det￭ achment con￭ genital sy￭ phil￭ is is categ￭ orized by the age of the child early con￭ genital sy￭ phil￭ is occurs in children under 2 years old and late con￭ genital sy￭ phil￭ is in children at or greater than 2 years old manifestations of late con￭ genital sy￭ phil￭ is are similar to those of secondary sy￭ phil￭ is and tertiary sy￭ phil￭ is in adults
in medicine a late effect is a condition that appears after the acute phase of an earlier causal condition has run its course a late effect can be caused directly by the earlier condition or indirectly by the treatment for the earlier condition some late effects can occur decades later historically late effects have been very difficult to connect with their causes but as surviv￭ orship and life span has increased and follow up has become standard practice these connections are becoming established a period often very long of health unaffected by both the initial and the late effect conditions distinguishes a late effect from a sequ￭ ela or a complic￭ ation
a latent human error is a human error which is likely to be made due to systems or rou￭ tines that are formed in such a way that humans are disposed to making these errors latent human error is a term used in safety work and accident prevention especially in aviation by gathering data about errors made then coll￭ ating grouping and analy￭ zing them it can be determined whether a disproportionate amount of similar errors are being made if this is the case a contributing factor may be dis￭ harmony between the respective systems rou￭ tines and human nature or pro￭ pen￭ sities the rou￭ tines or systems can then be analyzed potential problems identified and amendments made if necessary in order to prevent future errors incidents or accidents
latent iron deficiency lid also called iron deficient er￭ y￭ thro￭ po￭ ies￭ is is a medical condition in which there is evidence of iron deficiency without an￭ emia normal h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in level it is important to assess this condition because it is accepted that individuals with latent iron deficiency will develop iron deficiency an￭ emia in the weeks or months following diagnoses of lid if they are not treated with iron supplem￭ entation in addition there is some evidence of a decrease in vitality and an increase in fatigue among individuals that have lid the clinical features of lid are in discussion some studies have not shown a clear difference between individuals with lid and control a group of the same age gender and origin without lid but may be it is not wrong to say that the persons with lid have a mild decrease in vitality and increase of fatigue what seems important for preventive healthcare is to detect this medical condition because it will avoid the patient probably developing an iron deficiency an￭ emia
a diagnosis of latent tuberculosis lt￭ b also called latent tuberculosis infection lt￭ bi means a patient is infected with my￭ co￭ bacter￭ ium tuberculosis but the patient does not have active tuberculosis active tuberculosis can be contagious while latent tuberculosis is not and it is therefore not possible to get tb from someone with latent tuberculosis the main risk is that approximately 10 of these patients 5 in the first two years after infection and 0 1 per year thereafter will go on to develop active tuberculosis this is particularly true and there is added risk in particular situations such as medication that sup￭ presses the immune system or advancing age the identification and treatment of people with latent tb is an important part of controlling this disease various treatment regim￭ ens are in use to treat latent tuberculosis which generally need to be taken for several months
lateral earth pressure is the pressure that soil exer￭ ts in the horizontal direction the lateral earth pressure is important because it affects the consolidation behavior and strength of the soil and because it is considered in the design of geo￭ technical engineering structures such as retaining walls bas￭ ements tunnels deep foundations and brac￭ ed exc￭ av￭ ations the coefficient of lateral earth pressure k is defined as the ratio of the horizontal effective stress σ ’ h to the vertical effective stress σ ’ v the effective stress is the inter￭ gran￭ ular stress calculated by sub￭ tracting the por￭ e pressure from the total stress as described in soil mechanics k for a particular soil deposit is a function of the soil properties and the stress history the minimum stable value of k is called the active earth pressure coefficient ka the active earth pressure is obtained for example when a retaining wall moves away from the soil the maximum stable value of k is called the passive earth pressure coefficient k￭ p the passive earth pressure would develop for example against a vertical p￭ low that is pushing soil horizon￭ tally for a level ground deposit with zero lateral strain in the soil the at rest coefficient of lateral earth pressure k 0 is obtained there are many theories for predicting lateral earth pressure some are empir￭ ically based and some are analy￭ tically derived
a lateral eruption also called a flank eruption or lateral blast if explosive is a volcanic eruption that takes place on the flan￭ ks of a volcano instead of at the summit lateral erup￭ tions are typical at rift zones where a volcano is breaking apart since it is easier for mol￭ ten rock to flow lat￭ er￭ ally out the sides of weak flan￭ ks the flank gives way before mag￭ ma is pushed up through a conduit that feeds mag￭ ma to the summit these features are commonly found at shield volcan￭ oes and produce bas￭ al￭ tic lava flows and cin￭ der con￭ es lateral bl￭ asts are understood to be created by immediate de￭ compression of a mag￭ ma chamber lying not far below the flan￭ ks of a volcano similar to what occurred during the 1980 eruption of mount st hel￭ ens in the u s state of washington or along the base or flan￭ ks of a lava dom￭ e similar to what happened during the 19￭ 02 eruption of mount pel￭ é￭ e￭ on the northern tip of the french overseas department of martinique in the lesser antilles island arc of the caribbean
lateral expansion in economics is the growth of a business enterprise through the acquisition of similar companies in the hope of achieving economies of scale or economies of scope unchecked lateral expansion can lead to powerful conglomerates or monopolies related is vertical expansion which is the growth of a business enterprise through the acquisition of companies that produce the intermediate goods needed by the business or help market and distribute its final goods any such value chain activities can be acquired through vertical expansion
lateral mas￭ king is a problem for the human visual perception of identical or similar entities in close proximity this can be illustrated by the difficulty of counting the vertical bars of a bar￭ code in lingu￭ is￭ tics lateral mas￭ king refers to the interference a letter has on its neighbor this is a problem readers encounter when reading a word the identity of a letter in the middle of a word is obscured by the presence of its neighboring letters lateral mas￭ king may also a problem in orth￭ o￭ graphy design a readable orth￭ o￭ graphy will avoid situations in which a reader is faced with severe lateral mas￭ king
lateral med￭ ul￭ l￭ ary syndrome also called wall￭ en￭ berg syndrome and poster￭ ior inferior cere￭ bell￭ ar artery syndrome is a disorder in which the patient has a con￭ stell￭ ation of neuro￭ logic symptoms due to injury to the lateral part of the med￭ ul￭ la in the brain resulting in tissue is￭ chem￭ ia and necro￭ sis
the lateral men￭ in￭ go￭ ce￭ le syndrome is a very rare sk￭ el￭ etal disorder with facial anomalies hy￭ pot￭ onia and men￭ in￭ go￭ ce￭ le related neuro￭ logic dysfunction
the lateral period￭ on￭ tal cyst is a cyst that arises from the epi￭ the￭ li￭ al post functional dental lam￭ ina which is a rem￭ nant from od￭ on￭ to￭ genesis it is more common in middle aged adult males usually there is no pain associated with it and it usually appears as a uni￭ loc￭ ular radi￭ ol￭ uc￭ ency dark area on the side of a can￭ ine or pre￭ mol￭ ar root commonly seen in man￭ di￭ bul￭ ar bic￭ us￭ pid area micro￭ sco￭ p￭ ically the lateral period￭ on￭ tal cyst appears the same as the g￭ ing￭ i￭ val cyst of the adult the involved tooth is usually vital and has no indication for root canal treatment unless the signs of non vital or necro￭ tic pul￭ pal tissue were confirmed treated by surgical en￭ uc￭ le￭ ation
a lateral pon￭ tine syndrome is a le￭ sion which is similar to the lateral med￭ ul￭ l￭ ary syndrome but because it occurs in the p￭ ons it also involves the cran￭ ial nerve nucle￭ i of the p￭ ons
lateral thinking is solving problems through an indirect and creative approach using reasoning that is not immediately obvious and involving ideas that may not be obtainable by using only traditional step by step logic the term was coined in 1967 by edward de bono according to de bono lateral thinking deliberately distances itself from standard perceptions of creativity as either vertical logic the classic method for problem solving working out the solution step by step from the given data or horizontal imagination having many ideas but being un￭ concerned with the detailed implementation of them
in neuro￭ science the lat￭ er￭ alized readiness potential l￭ r￭ p is an event related brain potential or increase in electrical activity at the surface of the brain that is thought to reflect the preparation of motor activity on a certain side of the body in other words it is a spike in the electrical activity of the brain that happens when a person gets ready to move one arm leg or foot it is a special form of bere￭ it￭ scha￭ f￭ ts￭ potential a general pre motor potential l￭ r￭ ps are recorded using electro￭ encephal￭ o￭ graphy eeg and have numerous applications in cognitive neuro￭ science
lat￭ ex allergy is a medical term encompassing a range of allergic reactions to the proteins present in natural rubber lat￭ ex lat￭ ex allergy generally develops after repeated exposure to products containing natural rubber lat￭ ex when lat￭ ex containing medical devices or supplies come in contact with mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ ran￭ es the memb￭ ran￭ es may absorb lat￭ ex proteins the immune system of some susceptible individuals produces antibodies that react immun￭ o￭ logically with these anti￭ genic proteins as many items contain or are made from natural rubber including shoe sol￭ es elastic bands rubber gloves condoms baby bottle nip￭ ples and ballo￭ ons there are many possible routes of exposure that may trigger a reaction people with lat￭ ex allergies may also have or develop allergic reactions to some fruits such as bananas
la￭ th￭ o￭ ster￭ o￭ losis is a defect in cho￭ le￭ sterol bio￭ synthesis
la￭ thy￭ ris￭ m or neuro￭ la￭ thy￭ ris￭ m is a neuro￭ logical disease of humans and domestic animals caused by eating certain leg￭ umes of the genus la￭ thy￭ rus this problem is mainly associated with la￭ thy￭ rus sati￭ v￭ us also known as grass pea kes￭ ari dal k￭ hes￭ ari dal or al￭ mor￭ ta and to a lesser degree with la￭ thy￭ rus cic￭ era la￭ thy￭ rus o￭ chr￭ us and la￭ thy￭ rus cl￭ y￭ men￭ um containing the toxin od￭ ap the la￭ thy￭ ris￭ m resulting from the ing￭ estion of la￭ thy￭ rus od￭ or￭ atus seeds sweet peas is often referred to as od￭ or￭ atism or o￭ ste￭ ol￭ ath￭ y￭ ris￭ m which is caused by a different toxin beta am￭ ino￭ pro￭ pion￭ it￭ ri￭ le that affects the linking of coll￭ agen a protein of connec￭ tive tissues
lat￭ ro￭ dec￭ tism is the illness caused by the bite of lat￭ ro￭ dec￭ tus sp￭ id￭ ers the black widow spider and related species pain muscle rigidity v￭ om￭ iting and swe￭ ating are the hall￭ marks of lat￭ ro￭ dec￭ tism contrary to popular conception lat￭ ro￭ dec￭ tism is very rarely fatal to people domestic cats have been known to die with con￭ vul￭ sion and paralysis there are several spider species all named black widow southern black widow spider l mac￭ t￭ ans the european black widow l tre￭ decim￭ gu￭ tt￭ atus western black widow spider l hes￭ per￭ us northern black widow spider l vari￭ ol￭ us other lat￭ ro￭ dec￭ tus that cause lat￭ ro￭ dec￭ tism are the australian red￭ back spider l hass￭ el￭ ti and the kati￭ po spider l kati￭ po several other members of lat￭ ro￭ dec￭ tus genus are not commonly associated with lat￭ ro￭ dec￭ tism including the cosmopolitan brown widow l geome￭ tric￭ us
lat￭ tice cor￭ ne￭ al dy￭ stro￭ phy type also known as bi￭ ber ha￭ ab dim￭ mer dy￭ stro￭ phy is a rare form of cor￭ ne￭ al dy￭ stro￭ phy it has no systemic manifestations unlike the other type of the dy￭ stro￭ phy lat￭ tice cor￭ ne￭ al dy￭ stro￭ phy type ii lat￭ tice cor￭ ne￭ al dy￭ stro￭ phy was first described by swiss oph￭ thal￭ mo￭ logist hugo bi￭ ber in 1890 lat￭ tice dy￭ stro￭ phy gets its name from an accumulation of amy￭ loid deposits or abnormal protein fi￭ bers throughout the middle and an￭ terior st￭ roma
lat￭ tice de￭ generation is a disease of the human eye where￭ in the peripheral re￭ tina becomes atro￭ ph￭ ic in a lat￭ tice pattern and may develop tears breaks or holes which may further progress to re￭ tin￭ al det￭ achment it is an important cause of re￭ tin￭ al det￭ achment in young myop￭ ic individuals the cause is unknown but path￭ ology reveals inadequate blood flow resulting in is￭ chem￭ ia and fi￭ bro￭ sis lat￭ tice de￭ generation occurs in approximately 6 8 of the general population and in approximately 30 of p￭ ha￭ k￭ ic re￭ tin￭ al det￭ ach￭ ments similar le￭ sions are seen in patients with eh￭ lers dan￭ los syndrome mar￭ fan syndrome and stic￭ kler syndrome all of which are associated with an increased risk of re￭ tin￭ al det￭ achment risk of developing lat￭ tice de￭ generation in one eye is also increased if lat￭ tice de￭ generation is already present in the other eye
laughter is a physical reaction in humans and some other species of pri￭ mate consisting typically of rhy￭ th￭ m￭ ical often audible contr￭ actions of the di￭ aphr￭ ag￭ m and other parts of the respiratory system it is a response to certain external or internal stimul￭ i laughter can arise from such activities as being tic￭ k￭ led or from humor￭ ous stories or thoughts most commonly it is considered a visual expression of a number of positive emotional states such as joy mir￭ th happiness relief etc on some occasions however it may be caused by contrary emotional states such as embarrassment apology or confusion such as nervous laughter or courtesy laugh age gender education language and culture are all factors as to whether a person will experience laughter in a given situation laughter is a part of human behavior regulated by the brain helping humans clarify their intentions in social interaction and providing an emotional context to conversations laughter is used as a signal for being part of a group — it signals acceptance and positive interactions with others laughter is sometimes seen as contagious and the laughter of one person can itself provoke laughter from others as a positive feedback this may account in part for the popularity of laugh tracks in situation comedy television shows the study of humor and laughter and its psychological and physiological effects on the human body is called gel￭ o￭ to￭ logy
lau￭ gi￭ er – hun￭ zi￭ ker syndrome english ˈ￭ lo￭ ʊ￭ ʒ￭ ie￭ ɪ ˈ￭ h￭ ʊ￭ n￭ ts￭ ᵻ￭ ɡ￭ ə￭ r is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by hyper￭ pi￭ gm￭ entation of the oral mu￭ co￭ sa longit￭ ud￭ inal mel￭ an￭ ony￭ ch￭ ia and genital mel￭ an￭ osis
lau￭ rel wil￭ t also called lau￭ rel wil￭ t disease is a vascular disease caused by the fun￭ gus raff￭ ael￭ ea la￭ uri￭ cola which is transmitted by the invasive red￭ bay am￭ bro￭ sia bee￭ tle xy￭ le￭ bor￭ us g￭ lab￭ r￭ atus the disease affects and kills members of the lau￭ rel family the avo￭ c￭ ado is perhaps the most commercially valuable plant affected by lau￭ rel wil￭ t
lau￭ rence – moon syndrome l￭ ms is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive genetic disorder associated with ret￭ initi￭ s pi￭ gm￭ ent￭ osa extra digits sp￭ astic par￭ ap￭ legi￭ a hypo￭ gon￭ ad￭ ism and mental disabilities
in computer programming jargon lava flow is a problem in which computer code written under sub optimal conditions is put into production and added to while still in a developmental state often putting the system into production results in a need to maintain backward compatibility as many additional components now depend on it with the original incomplete design changes in the development team working on a project often exacerbate lava flows as workers cycle in and out of the project knowledge of the purpose of aspects of the system can be lost rather than clean up these pieces subsequent workers work around them increasing the complexity and mess of the system lava flow is considered an anti pattern a commonly encountered phenomenon leading to poor design
in set theory a la￭ ver function or la￭ ver diamond named after its invent￭ or richard la￭ ver is a function connected with super￭ compact car￭ din￭ als
the law of repetition is a phenomenon that occurs when after having spoken on any theme one hears about this issue again soon after for example a person is talking about the characteristics of a dolphin and the next day another person speaks on the same subject who will not have known it had been discussed the day before
a layer is the de￭ position of molecules on a sub￭ str￭ ate or base glass ceramic semiconductor or plastic biop￭ l￭ astic high temperature sub￭ str￭ ates includes stainless steel and poly￭ im￭ ide film expensive and pet cheap a depth of less than one micro￭ metre is generally called a thin film while a depth greater than one micro￭ metre is called a coating a web is a flexible sub￭ str￭ ate
in commercial shipping lay￭ time is the amount of time allowed in hours or days in a voyage charter for the loading and unloading of cargo if the lay￭ time is exceeded dem￭ ur￭ rage is incurred if the whole period of lay￭ time is not needed des￭ patch may be payable by the shipow￭ ner to the charter￭ er depending on the terms of the charter party des￭ patch does not apply to tanker char￭ ters lay￭ time and lay￭ days are often confused as referring to the same idea lay￭ days refers to the time when a ship must present itself to the charter￭ er if the ship arrives before the lay￭ days specified the charter￭ er does not have to take control or start loading depending on the type of charter if the ship arrives after the lay￭ days then the contract can be cancelled – hence lay￭ days are often presented as the term lay￭ days and cancelling and can be shortened to lay￭ can the point when lay￭ time commences is determined by a notice of readiness nor which the master or agent of the ship must give to the charter￭ er when the ship has arrived at the port of loading or discharge the nor informs the charter￭ er that the ship has arrived at the port and is ready in all respects to load or discharge
a la￭ zar￭ us pit is a fic￭ tional natural phenomenon appearing in american comic books published by dc com￭ ics la￭ zar￭ us pits are primarily found in the batman titles and are commonly used by ra s al gh￭ ul for their restor￭ ative powers
la￭ zar￭ us syndrome also known as auto￭ resusc￭ itation after failed cardi￭ op￭ ul￭ mon￭ ary resusc￭ itation is the spontaneous return of circulation after failed attempts at resusc￭ itation its occurrence has been noted in medical literature at least 38 times since 1982 it takes its name from la￭ zar￭ us who in the new testament of the bible was raised from the dead by jesus occurrences of the syndrome are extremely rare and the causes are not well understood one hypothesis for the phenomenon is that a chief factor though not the only one is the buil￭ dup of pressure in the chest as a result of cardi￭ op￭ ul￭ mon￭ ary resusc￭ itation c￭ pr the relaxation of pressure after resusc￭ itation efforts have ended is thought to allow the heart to expand triggering the heart s electrical impul￭ ses and re￭ starting the heartbeat other possible factors are hyper￭ kal￭ emia or high doses of ep￭ in￭ eph￭ rine
lazy inheritance is a design pattern used in jav￭ as￭ cript computer programming it design￭ ates a postponed linking of an object with its prototype class until it is needed if used properly such approach may increase efficiency simplicity and flexibility of o￭ op based code written using jav￭ as￭ cript since lazy inheritance called only once at the moment of first object instance creation it seems logical to combine process of class prototype creation with resolving necessary depend￭ encies of that class the instances of objects in lazy inheritance are created in mixed mode — on first inv￭ oc￭ ation a factory is used to modify class prototype which is later is used for subsequent object instances creation in other words the process of prototype construction also allows loading s￭ cripts if ones were not loaded before which particular class depends on such approach to inheritance support has the following benefits lazy inheritance has the same benefits as classical jav￭ as￭ cript prototype features it is not necessary to maintain proper order of script files declaration in most cases html page which contains jav￭ as￭ cript is loaded faster since there are no objects created during page initi￭ alization and since some s￭ cripts could be loaded only at the moment in which they are actually necessary they are necessary if the call￭ er code during its execution really creates instances of corresponding classes depend￭ encies are declared in more explicit way and class depends only on concrete s￭ cripts moreover it s not necessary to artificially group particular s￭ cripts into modules and define depend￭ encies between such modules if lazy mode of s￭ cripts loading is used only necessary s￭ cripts which are actually required for application functionality will be loaded if for example some html page may operate in different modes like read write and read only for every mode required s￭ cripts will be loaded and this will be performed automatically without manual script loading optimi￭ zation
lazy loading is a design pattern commonly used in computer programming to defer initi￭ alization of an object until the point at which it is needed it can contribute to efficiency in the program s operation if properly and appropriately used the opposite of lazy loading is eager loading
french secul￭ arity french la￭ ï￭ cit￭ é la isite is the absence of religious involvement in government affairs especially the prohibition of religious influence in the determination of state policies it is also the absence of government involvement in religious affairs especially the prohibition of government influence in the determination of religion dic￭ tion￭ aries ordinarily translate la￭ ï￭ cit￭ é as secul￭ arity or secularism the latter being the political system although it is sometimes rendered in english as la￭ icity or la￭ ic￭ ism by its opponents while the term was first used with this meaning in 18￭ 71 in the dispute over the removal of religious teachers and instruction from elementary schools the word la￭ ï￭ cit￭ é dates to 18￭ 42 in its strict and official acceptance it is the principle of separation of church or religion and state e￭ ty￭ mo￭ logically la￭ ï￭ cit￭ é is a nou￭ n formed by adding the suff￭ ix ité english ity latin it￭ ā￭ s to the latin ad￭ jec￭ tive l￭ ā￭ ic￭ us lo￭ an￭ word from the greek λ￭ ᾱ￭ ϊ￭ κ￭ ός l￭ ā￭ ï￭ k￭ ós of the people lay￭ man the ad￭ jec￭ tive from λ￭ ᾱ￭ ός l￭ ā￭ ós people french secularism has a long history but the current regime is based on the 1905 french law on the separation of the churches and the state
a le fort frac￭ ture of the skull is a classic trans￭ facial frac￭ ture of the mid￭ face involving the max￭ ill￭ ary bone and surrounding structures in either a horizontal pyram￭ idal or trans￭ verse direction the hallmark of le￭ fort fractu￭ res is traumatic p￭ ter￭ y￭ gom￭ ax￭ ill￭ ary separation which signifies fractu￭ res between the p￭ ter￭ y￭ go￭ id plates hor￭ ses￭ ho￭ e shaped bon￭ y pro￭ tuber￭ ances which extend from the inferior margin of the max￭ illa and the max￭ ill￭ ary sin￭ uses continuity of this structure is a key￭ stone for stability of the mid￭ face involvement of which impacts surgical management of trauma victims as it requires fixation to a horizontal bar of the frontal bone the p￭ ter￭ y￭ go￭ id plates lie poster￭ ior to the upper dental row or al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar ridge when viewing the face from an an￭ terior view the fractu￭ res are named after french surgeon ren￭ é le fort 18￭ 69 – 1951 who discovered the frac￭ ture patterns by examining crush injuries in cad￭ avers
in pe￭ do￭ logy le￭ aching is the loss of mineral and organic solu￭ tes due to very heavy rainfall high temperature and per￭ col￭ ation it is a mechanism of soil formation distinct from the soil forming process of elu￭ vi￭ ation which is the loss of mineral and organic col￭ lo￭ ids le￭ ached and ell￭ u￭ vi￭ ated materials tend to be lost from top￭ soil and deposited in sub￭ soil a soil horizon accumulating le￭ ached and elu￭ vi￭ ated materials is referred to as a zone of illu￭ vi￭ ation lat￭ er￭ ite soil which develops in regions with high temperature and heavy rainfall is an example of this process in action
a lead ˈ￭ li￭ ː￭ d is a large frac￭ ture within an expan￭ se of sea ice defining a linear area of open water that can be used for navigation purposes leads vary in width from meters to hundreds of meters as is the case for pol￭ yn￭ y￭ as another sea ice feature involving open water leads allow the direct interaction between the atmosphere and the ocean and are important for arctic sea ice ecology additionally it has been lately found that ice leads contribute significantly to the amount of mercury deposited onto surface and leaked into the ocean if the air is cold enough typically in the winter the water within a lead quickly refre￭ e￭ zes such that in many cases leads are partly or entirely covered by a thin layer of new ice
lead poisoning is a type of metal poisoning caused by lead in the body the brain is the most sensitive symptoms may include ab￭ domin￭ al pain con￭ sti￭ p￭ ation headaches irrit￭ ability memory problems inability to have children and ting￭ ling in the hands and feet it causes almost 10 of intellectual disability of otherwise unknown cause and can result in behavioral problems some of the effects are permanent in severe cases an￭ emia seizures coma or death may occur exposure to lead can occur by contaminated air water dust food or consumer products children are at greater risk as they are more likely to put objects in their mouth such as those that contain lead paint and absorb a greater proportion of the lead that they do eat exposure at work is a common cause of lead poisoning in adults with certain occupations at particular risk diagnosis is typically by measurement of the blood lead level the centers for disease control us has set the upper limit for blood lead for adults at 10 µ￭ g dl 10 µ￭ g 100 g and for children at 5 µ￭ g dl elevated lead may also be detected by changes in red blood cells or dense lines in the bones of children as seen on x ray lead poisoning is preventable this includes by individual efforts such as removing lead containing items from the home workplace efforts such as improved ventilation and monitoring and nationwide policies such as laws that ban lead in products such as paint and gasoline reduce allowable levels in water or soil and provide for clean￭ up of contaminated soil the major treatments are removal of the source of lead and the use of medications that bind lead so it can be eliminated from the body known as chel￭ ation therapy chel￭ ation therapy in children is recommended when blood levels are greater than 40 45 u￭ g dl medications used include di￭ mer￭ ca￭ pro￭ l e￭ det￭ ate calcium dis￭ o￭ dium and suc￭ ci￭ mer in 2013 lead is believed to have resulted in 853 000 deaths it occurs most commonly in the developing world those who are poor are at greater risk lead is believed to result in 0 6 of the world s disease burden people have been mining and using lead for thousands of years descriptions of lead poisoning date to at least 2000 bc while efforts to limit leads use date back to at least the 1500 s concerns for low levels of exposure begin in the 1970 s with there being no safe threshold for lead exposure
leaf cur￭ l is a plant disease characterized by cur￭ ling of leaves and caused by a fun￭ gus genus tap￭ hr￭ ina or virus especially genus be￭ gom￭ o￭ virus of the family gem￭ ini￭ vi￭ ri￭ da￭ e one of the most notable types is peach leaf cur￭ l caused by the fun￭ gus tap￭ hr￭ ina de￭ form￭ ans which inf￭ ects peach nec￭ tar￭ ine and al￭ mond trees tap￭ hr￭ ina de￭ form￭ ans is found in america europe asia africa australia and new zealand it was first introduced in america in 18￭ 52 and has now spread all over the country
leaf r￭ ust is a fun￭ gal disease of barley caused by pu￭ c￭ cin￭ ia hor￭ dei it is also known as brown r￭ ust and it is the most important r￭ ust disease on barley
leak￭ y gut syndrome is a hypothetical medic￭ ally un￭ recognized condition while increased intest￭ inal perme￭ ability leak￭ y gut is a phenomenon recognized by mainstream science claims for the existence of leak￭ y gut syndrome as a distinct medical condition are mostly made by nutri￭ tion￭ ists and practitioners of alternative medicine proponents claim that a leak￭ y gut causes chronic infl￭ amm￭ ation throughout the body that results in a wide range of conditions including chronic fatigue syndrome r￭ heu￭ mato￭ id ar￭ thri￭ tis lup￭ us migr￭ ain￭ es multiple sclerosis and au￭ tism as of 2016 there is little evidence to support the hypothesis that leak￭ y gut syndrome directly causes this wide array of diseases although research is ongoing stephen bar￭ rett has described leak￭ y gut syndrome as a f￭ ad diagnosis and says that its proponents use the alleged condition as an opportunity to promote a number of alternative health remedies including di￭ ets herbal preparations and dietary supplements in 2009 seth kal￭ ich￭ man wrote that some pseu￭ do￭ scientists claim that the passage of proteins through a leak￭ y gut is the cause of au￭ tism the belief that a leak￭ y gut might actually cause au￭ tism is widespread among the public but the evidence is weak and what evidence there is is conflicting various treatments are touted for leak￭ y gut syndrome such as dietary supplements pro￭ bio￭ tics herbal remedies glu￭ ten free foods and low fo￭ d￭ map low sugar or anti￭ fun￭ gal di￭ ets but there is little evidence that the treatments offered are of benefit none have been adequately tested to determine if they are safe and effective for this purpose the national institute for health and care excellence nice does not recommend the use of special di￭ ets to manage the main symptoms of au￭ tism
the leap year bug also known as the leap year problem is a problem for both digital computer related and non digital documentation and data storage situations which results from the wrong calculation of which years are leap years
learned non use of a limb is a learning phenomenon whereby movement is suppressed initially due to adverse reactions and failure of any activity attempted with the affected limb which then results in the suppression of behavior continuation of this response results in persisting tendency and consequently the individual never learns that the limb may have become potentially useful by constr￭ aining the less affected limb there is a change in motivation which over￭ comes the learned non￭ use of the more affected limb the principles of constraint induced movement therapy ci￭ mt used in stroke patients are based on the idea of the reversal of learned non use ci￭ mt uses constrained movement of the less affected limb and intensive training of the p￭ are￭ tic arm to counter condition the non￭ use of the more affected arm learned in the acute and early sub acute periods more recently clinical versions of ci￭ mt called modified constraint induced movement therapy mc￭ it have been produced that are administered over a longer time period than ci￭ mt usually 10 weeks while offering the same effectiveness and cor￭ tical changes as ci￭ mt these versions are better tolerated and can be integrated into traditional therapy clinics and reimbursement parameters
learning disability is a classification that includes several areas of functioning in which a person has difficulty learning in a typical manner usually caused by an unknown factor or factors given the difficulty learning in a typical manner this does not exclude the ability to learn in a different manner therefore some people can be more accurately described as having a learning difference thus avoiding any misconception of being disabled with a lack of ability to learn and possible negative stereo￭ typing while learning disability learning disorder and learning difficulty are often used inter￭ change￭ ably they differ in many ways disorder refers to significant learning problems in an academic area these problems however are not enough to warrant an official diagnosis learning disability on the other hand is an official clinical diagnosis whereby the individual meets certain criteria as determined by a professional psycho￭ logist pedi￭ at￭ ric￭ ian etc the difference is in degree frequency and intensity of reported symptoms and problems and thus the two should not be confused when the term learning disorder is used it describes a group of disorders characterized by inadequate development of specific academic language and speech skills types of learning disorders include reading dys￭ l￭ ex￭ ia mathematics dys￭ cal￭ cu￭ lia and writing dys￭ grap￭ hia the unknown factor is the disorder that affects the brain s ability to receive and process information this disorder can make it problematic for a person to learn as quickly or in the same way as someone who is not affected by a learning disability people with a learning disability have trouble performing specific types of skills or completing tasks if left to figure things out by themselves or if taught in conventional ways individuals with learning disabilities can face unique challenges that are often pervasive throughout the lifespan depending on the type and severity of the disability interventions and current technologies may be used to help the individual learn strategies that will foster future success some interventions can be quite simplistic while others are intricate and complex current technologies may require student training to be effective classroom supports teachers parents and schools can create plans together that tailor intervention and accommod￭ ations to aid the individuals in successfully becoming independent lear￭ ners school psychologists and other qualified professionals quite often help design the intervention and coordinate the execution of the intervention with teachers and parents social support may improve the learning for students with learning disabilities
in pot￭ tery leather hard is the condition of a clay or clay body when it has been partially dried to the point where all shr￭ ink￭ age has been completed and it has a consistency similar to leather of the same thickness as the clay at this stage the clay object has approximately 15 moisture content the clay is still visibly dam￭ p normally a dark￭ ish grey if it began white￭ ish but has dried enough to be able to be handled without de￭ formation the body is able to be gou￭ ged or inc￭ ised without breaking at this stage details such as handles and sp￭ outs are often attached to the main body and many forms of decor￭ ation including painting may be applied
le￭ ber s con￭ genital am￭ au￭ ro￭ sis l￭ ca is a rare inherited eye disease that appears at birth or in the first few months of life and affects around 1 in 80 000 of the population one form of l￭ ca became well known in the scientific community following its successful treatment with gene therapy in 2008 l￭ ca was first described by theod￭ or le￭ ber in the 19 th century it should not be confused with le￭ ber s hereditary op￭ tic neuro￭ pa￭ thy which is a different disease also described by theod￭ or le￭ ber
le￭ ber ’ s hereditary op￭ tic neuro￭ pa￭ thy l￭ hon or le￭ ber op￭ tic atro￭ phy is a mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ ally inherited transmitted from mother to offspring de￭ generation of re￭ tin￭ al gang￭ lion cells r￭ g￭ cs and their ax￭ ons that leads to an acute or sub￭ acute loss of central vision this affects predominantly young adult males l￭ hon is only transmitted through the mother as it is primarily due to mutations in the mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al not nuclear genome and only the egg contributes mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ a to the embryo l￭ hon is usually due to one of three pathogenic mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al dna mt￭ dna point mutations these mutations are at nucle￭ o￭ tide positions 117￭ 78 g to a 34￭ 60 g to a and 14￭ 4￭ 84 t to c respectively in the nd 4 nd 1 and nd 6 sub￭ unit genes of complex i of the oxid￭ ative phosphor￭ yl￭ ation chain in mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ a men cannot pass on the disease to their offspring
lec￭ i￭ thin cho￭ le￭ sterol ac￭ yl￭ transfer￭ ase deficiency l￭ cat deficiency is disorder of li￭ po￭ protein metabol￭ ism lec￭ i￭ thin cho￭ le￭ sterol ac￭ yl￭ transfer￭ ase cataly￭ zes the formation of cho￭ le￭ sterol esters in li￭ po￭ proteins
the lec￭ tin path￭ way is a type of cas￭ c￭ ade reaction in the complement system similar in structure to the classical complement path￭ way in that after activation it proceeds through the action of c 4 and c 2 to produce activated complement proteins further down the cas￭ c￭ ade in contrast to the classical complement path￭ way the lec￭ tin path￭ way does not recognize an anti￭ body bound to its target the lec￭ tin path￭ way starts with man￭ nose binding lec￭ tin m￭ bl or fi￭ colin binding to certain sugars in this path￭ way man￭ nose binding lec￭ tin binds to man￭ nose glucose or other sugars with 3 and 4 oh groups placed in the equatorial plane in terminal positions on carbo￭ hydrate or gly￭ co￭ protein components of micro￭ organisms including bacteria such as salmonella lis￭ ter￭ ia and ne￭ is￭ ser￭ ia strains fun￭ gal pathogens such as candi￭ da al￭ bic￭ ans and cry￭ pto￭ co￭ cc￭ us neo￭ form￭ ans as well as some viruses such as hiv 1 and respiratory syn￭ cy￭ tial virus r￭ sv are bound by m￭ bl mann￭ an binding lec￭ tin also called man￭ nose binding protein is a protein belonging to the collec￭ tin family that is produced by the liver and can initiate the complement cas￭ c￭ ade by binding to pathogen surfaces
le￭ ech bites are caused by le￭ eches the class hir￭ ud￭ ine￭ a which may be of marine freshwater or terrestrial types hand removing a le￭ ech is advised since they do not bur￭ row into the skin nor the head in the wound while other texts advice shaking salt onto the body of the le￭ ech or scor￭ ch the le￭ ech with a cigarette or lighter because of the risk of reg￭ urg￭ itation and infection other texts advice against these last techniques
leeway is the amount of drift motion to lee￭ ward of an object floating in the water caused by the component of the wind vector that is per￭ pend￭ icular to the object ’ s forward motion the national search and rescue supplement to the international aeronautical and maritime search and rescue manual defines leeway as the movement of a search object through water caused by winds blowing against exposed surfaces however the resultant total motion of an object is made up of the leeway drift and the movement of the upper layer of the ocean caused by the surface currents tidal currents and ocean currents objects with a greater exposure to each element will experience more leeway drift and overall movement through the water than ones with less exposure a navig￭ ator or pilot on a vessel must adjust the ordered course to compensate for the leeway drift and more important set and drift an all encompassing term for drift that includes the steering error of the vessel failure to make these adjustments during a voyage will yield poor navig￭ ational results bow￭ ditch s american practical navig￭ ator 1995 offers a comprehensive free guide to navigation principles an object can be classified as either an active object like a ship navi￭ gating through a waterway or a passive object like a li￭ fer￭ aft drifting debris or a person in the water pi￭ w figure 3 a passive object will experience the greatest leeway drift and it is this drift that is of utmost importance to those involved in search and rescue sar upon inland waterways and open oceans
the lee – boot effect is a phenomenon concerning the suppression or prolongation of o￭ est￭ rous cycles of mature female mice and other ro￭ dents when females are housed in groups and isolated from males it is caused by the effects of an o￭ estro￭ gen dependent ph￭ er￭ om￭ one released via the urine that acts on the v￭ om￭ er￭ on￭ as￭ al organ of recipients this ph￭ er￭ om￭ one lowers the concentration of lu￭ te￭ ini￭ zing hormone and elev￭ ates pro￭ l￭ acti￭ n levels synchron￭ ising or stopping the recipient ’ s cycle this effect goes some way to explain why spontaneous pseu￭ dop￭ reg￭ nancy can occur in mice the same response is invoked from isolated females when brought into contact with urine so￭ aked bed￭ ding from other females ’ cages removing the v￭ om￭ er￭ on￭ as￭ al organ of recipients causes an ineffective response – indicating that the cu￭ es are not medi￭ ated by the v￭ om￭ er￭ on￭ as￭ al system
left an￭ terior fasc￭ icular block laf￭ b is an abnormal condition of the left ven￭ tric￭ le of the heart related to but distinguished from left bundle branch block l￭ b￭ bb it is caused by only the an￭ terior half of the left bundle branch being defective it is manifested on the ec￭ g by left axis deviation it is much more common than left poster￭ ior fasc￭ icular block
in electro￭ cardi￭ o￭ graphy left axis deviation lad is a condition where￭ in the mean electrical axis of ven￭ tric￭ ular contraction of the heart lies in a frontal plane direction between − 30 ° and − 90 ° this is reflected by a q￭ rs complex positive in lead i and negative in leads av￭ f and ii
left bundle branch block l￭ b￭ bb is a cardiac conduc￭ tion ab￭ normality seen on the electro￭ cardi￭ o￭ gram ec￭ g in this condition activation of the left ven￭ tric￭ le of the heart is delayed which causes the left ven￭ tric￭ le to contract later than the right ven￭ tric￭ le
a left poster￭ ior fasc￭ icular block l￭ p￭ f￭ b is a condition where the left poster￭ ior fasc￭ ic￭ le which travels to the inferior and poster￭ ior portion of the left ven￭ tric￭ le does not conduct the electrical impul￭ ses from the atri￭ o￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular no￭ de the wave front instead moves more quickly through the left an￭ terior fasc￭ ic￭ le and right bundle branch leading to a right axis deviation seen on the ec￭ g the american heart association has defined a l￭ p￭ f￭ b as frontal plane axis between 90 ° and 180 ° in adults rs pattern in leads i and av￭ l q￭ r pattern in leads iii and av￭ f q￭ rs duration less than 120 ms the broad nature of the poster￭ ior bundle as well as its dual blood supply makes isolated l￭ p￭ f￭ b rare
left shift or blood shift is an increase in the number of immature leuk￭ oc￭ y￭ tes in the peripheral blood particularly neu￭ tro￭ phil band cells less commonly left shift may also refer to a similar phenomenon in severe er￭ y￭ thro￭ an￭ emia when re￭ ticul￭ oc￭ y￭ tes and immature er￭ y￭ thro￭ cy￭ te precursors appear in the peripheral circulation
left ven￭ tric￭ ular hyper￭ tro￭ phy lv￭ h is thick￭ ening of the heart muscle of the left ven￭ tric￭ le of the heart that is left sided ven￭ tric￭ ular hyper￭ tro￭ phy
left ven￭ tric￭ ular thro￭ m￭ bus is a blood clo￭ t thro￭ m￭ bus in the left ven￭ tric￭ le of the heart lv￭ t is a common complic￭ ation of acute my￭ o￭ cardi￭ al inf￭ arc￭ tion ami typically the clo￭ t is a m￭ ural thro￭ m￭ bus meaning it is on the wall of the ven￭ tric￭ le the primary risk of lv￭ t is the occurrence of cardiac embol￭ ism in which the thro￭ m￭ bus det￭ aches from the ven￭ tric￭ ular wall and travels through the circulation and blocks blood vessels block￭ age can be especially damaging in the heart or brain stroke
in number theory the legend￭ re symbol is a multiplic￭ ative function with values 1 − 1 0 that is a quad￭ r￭ atic character mod￭ ul￭ o a prime number p its value on a non￭ zero quad￭ r￭ atic residue mod p is 1 and on a non quad￭ r￭ atic residue non residue is − 1 its value on zero is 0 the legend￭ re symbol was introduced by adri￭ en marie legend￭ re in 17￭ 98 in the course of his attempts at proving the law of quad￭ r￭ atic reciprocity gener￭ alizations of the symbol include the jaco￭ bi symbol and di￭ rich￭ let characters of higher order the not￭ ational convenience of the legend￭ re symbol inspired introduction of several other symbols used in al￭ ge￭ bra￭ ic number theory such as the hil￭ bert symbol and the ar￭ tin symbol
leg￭ g – cal￭ vé – per￭ thes disease l￭ c￭ pd is a childhood hip disorder initiated by a disruption of blood flow to the ball of the fem￭ ur called the fem￭ oral head due to the lack of blood flow the bone dies o￭ ste￭ on￭ ec￭ ro￭ sis or av￭ ascular necro￭ sis and stops growing over time healing occurs by new blood vessels infiltr￭ ating the dead bone and removing the necro￭ tic bone which leads to a loss of bone mass and a weakening of the fem￭ oral head the bone loss leads to some degree of collapse and de￭ form￭ ity of the fem￭ oral head and sometimes secondary changes to the shape of the hip socket it is also referred to as idi￭ opathic av￭ ascular o￭ ste￭ on￭ ec￭ ro￭ sis of the capital fem￭ oral ep￭ ip￭ h￭ ysis of the fem￭ oral head since the cause of the interruption of the blood supply of the head of the fem￭ ur in the hip joint is unknown the condition is most commonly found in children between the ages of 4 and 8 but it can occur in children between the ages of 2 and 15 the main long term problem with this condition is that it can produce a permanent de￭ form￭ ity of the fem￭ oral head which increases the risk of developing o￭ ste￭ o￭ ar￭ thri￭ tis in adults it is also commonly known as per￭ thes disease or leg￭ g – per￭ thes disease per￭ thes is a form of o￭ ste￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ tis which only affects the hip although other forms of o￭ ste￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ tis can affect el￭ bows knees an￭ kles and feet bilateral per￭ thes which means both hips are affected should always be investigated thoroughly to rule out multiple ep￭ ip￭ hy￭ seal dys￭ pl￭ asia the name originated from arthur leg￭ g 18￭ 74 1939 an american orth￭ o￭ ped￭ ic surgeon jacques cal￭ vé 18￭ 75 1954 french orth￭ o￭ ped￭ ic surgeon and georg per￭ thes german orth￭ o￭ ped￭ ic surgeon the disease name was first described by kare￭ l may￭ dl
legi￭ onn￭ aires disease is a form of atypical pneumonia caused by any type of legi￭ on￭ ella bacteria signs and symptoms include cough short￭ ness of breath high fever muscle pains and headaches naus￭ ea v￭ om￭ iting and diarr￭ hea may also occur this often begins two to ten days after being exposed the bacter￭ ium is found naturally in fresh water it can contam￭ inate hot water tanks hot tu￭ bs and cooling towers of large air condi￭ tioners it is usually spread by breathing in mist that contains the bacteria it can also occur when contaminated water is aspir￭ ated it typically does not spread directly between people and most people who are exposed do not become infected risk factors for infection include older age history of smoking chronic lung disease and poor immune function it is recommended that those with severe pneumonia and those with pneumonia and a recent travel history be tested for the disease diagnosis is by a ur￭ inary antigen test and sp￭ u￭ tum culture there is no vaccine prevention depends on good maintenance of water systems treatment of legi￭ onn￭ aires disease is with antibiotics recommended agents include fluoro￭ quin￭ ol￭ ones azi￭ thro￭ my￭ cin or do￭ xy￭ cycl￭ ine hosp￭ itali￭ zation is often required about 10 of those who are infected die the number of cases that occur globally is not known it is estimated that legi￭ onn￭ aires disease is the cause of between two and nine percent of pneumonia cases that occur in the community there are an estimated 8 000 to 18 000 cases a year in the united states that require hosp￭ itali￭ zation outbreaks of disease account for a minority of cases while it can occur any time of the year it is more common in the summer and fall the disease is named after the outbreak where it was first identified the 1976 american leg￭ ion convention in philadelphia
legi￭ us syndrome ls is an auto￭ som￭ al dominant condition characterized by cafe au la￭ it spots it was first described in 2007 and is often mistaken for neuro￭ fi￭ bro￭ mat￭ osis type i n￭ f 1 it is caused by mutations in the spre￭ d 1 gene it is also known as neuro￭ fi￭ bro￭ mat￭ osis type 1 like syndrome n￭ fl￭ s the syndrome is named after eric legi￭ us professor at the ku leu￭ ven it is a ras￭ opathy
the leh￭ mann dis￭ continuity is an abrupt increase of p wave and s wave vel￭ o￭ cities at the depth of 220 ± 30 km discovered by seis￭ mo￭ logist inge leh￭ mann it appears beneath continents but not usually beneath oceans and does not readily appear in globally averaged studies several explanations have been proposed a lower limit to the p￭ liable asth￭ en￭ o￭ sphere a phase transition and most pl￭ au￭ sibly depth variation in the she￭ ar wave anis￭ o￭ tro￭ py further discussion of the leh￭ mann dis￭ continuity can be found in the book de￭ formation of earth materials by shun ich￭ ir￭ ō kar￭ ato
le￭ iber￭ muster is a six color military cam￭ ou￭ fl￭ age pattern developed by the german military in february 1945 it was the last of a family of german world war ii cam￭ ou￭ fl￭ age patterns known in german as bun￭ t￭ far￭ ben￭ auf￭ dr￭ uck 45 multi colour print pattern 45 for its year of introduction le￭ iber￭ muster named after the brothers lei￭ ber the pattern s creators was issued on a very limited basis to combat units before the war ended it was the first pattern issued to both regular army we￭ hr￭ mach￭ t and waff￭ en ss units the pattern consists of black brown olive pale green white and red reproduction le￭ iber￭ muster uniforms created for collectors and re￭ en￭ actors have become available on the market through european vendors re￭ productions are made in china and turkey
the le￭ iden￭ frost effect is a physical phenomenon in which a liquid in near contact with a mass significantly hotter than the liquid s boiling point produces an insulating vap￭ or layer keeping that liquid from boiling rapidly due to this ‘ repul￭ sive force ’ a dro￭ p￭ let ho￭ vers over the surface rather than making physical contact with it this is most commonly seen when cooking one sprink￭ les drops of water in a pan to gauge its temperature if the pan s temperature is at or above the le￭ iden￭ frost point the water sk￭ itters across the pan and takes longer to evapor￭ ate than in a pan below the temperature of the le￭ iden￭ frost point but still above boiling temperature the effect is also responsible for the ability of liquid nitrogen to sk￭ itter across floors it has also been used in some potentially dangerous demonstrations such as di￭ pping a wet finger in mol￭ ten lead or blowing out a mou￭ thful of liquid nitrogen both enacted without injury to the demonstr￭ ator the latter is potentially lethal particularly should one accidentally swallow the liquid nitrogen it is named after jo￭ han￭ n go￭ tt￭ lo￭ b le￭ iden￭ frost who discussed it in a tract about some qualities of common water in 17￭ 56 jo￭ han￭ n go￭ tt￭ lo￭ b le￭ iden￭ frost was born on november 27 17￭ 15 in ro￭ sper￭ w￭ enda in the county of stol￭ berg stol￭ berg germany his father jo￭ han￭ n hein￭ rich le￭ iden￭ frost was a well known minister little is known of le￭ iden￭ frost s life prior to the start of his academic career
le￭ igh disease is a rare inherited neuro￭ metabol￭ ic disorder that affects the central nervous system it is named after archi￭ bald den￭ is le￭ igh a british neuro￭ psychiatrist who first described the condition in 1951
le￭ iner s disease is a systemic disease a skin disorder and extends to er￭ y￭ thro￭ der￭ ma typically diagnosed in early infancy le￭ iner ’ s disease is characterized by a long lasting se￭ bor￭ rhe￭ a der￭ mati￭ tis associated with increased likelihood to infection other character￭ iz￭ ations found on new￭ bor￭ ns with le￭ iner ’ s disease are a patch or a large patch of red skin normally on the bottom and spreads to the rest of the body this disease is also listed as a rare disease meaning that a small percent of the population less than 200 000 people in the united states will have this disorder
a lei￭ om￭ y￭ oma also known as fi￭ bro￭ ids is a benign smooth muscle tumor that very rarely becomes cancer 0 1 they can occur in any organ but the most common forms occur in the uter￭ us small bo￭ wel and the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus poly￭ cy￭ them￭ ia may occur due to increased er￭ y￭ thro￭ po￭ ie￭ tin production as part of a par￭ ane￭ op￭ l￭ astic syndrome the word is from le￭ io my￭ o oma smooth muscle tumor
lei￭ om￭ y￭ os￭ ar￭ coma gr smooth muscle connec￭ tive tissue tumor also referred to as l￭ ms is a m￭ align￭ ant can￭ cer￭ ous smooth muscle tumor it must not be confused with lei￭ om￭ y￭ oma which is a benign tumor originating from the same tissue it is also important to note that lei￭ om￭ y￭ os￭ ar￭ com￭ as do not arise from lei￭ om￭ y￭ om￭ as lei￭ om￭ y￭ os￭ ar￭ coma is an extremely rare form of cancer and accounts for 5 – 10 of soft tissue sar￭ com￭ as which are in themselves relatively rare lei￭ om￭ y￭ os￭ ar￭ com￭ as can be very unpredictable they can remain dormant for long periods of time and recur after years it is a resistant cancer meaning generally not very responsive to chem￭ otherapy or radiation the best outcomes occur when it can be removed sur￭ g￭ ically with wide margins early while small and still in situ
le￭ ish￭ mani￭ asis also spelled le￭ ish￭ mani￭ osis is a disease caused by proto￭ zo￭ an parasites of the genus le￭ ish￭ mania and spread by the bite of certain types of sand￭ flies the disease can present in three main ways cu￭ taneous mu￭ co￭ cu￭ taneous or vis￭ cer￭ al le￭ ish￭ mani￭ asis the cu￭ taneous form presents with skin ul￭ cers while the mu￭ co￭ cu￭ taneous form presents with ul￭ cers of the skin mouth and nose and the vis￭ cer￭ al form starts with skin ul￭ cers and then later presents with fever low red blood cells and enlarged sp￭ leen and liver infections in humans are caused by more than 20 species of le￭ ish￭ mania risk factors include poverty malnutrition deforestation and urbanization all three types can be diagnosed by seeing the parasites under the micro￭ scope additionally vis￭ cer￭ al disease can be diagnosed by blood tests le￭ ish￭ mani￭ asis can be partly prevented by sleeping under nets treated with insectic￭ ide other measures include spraying insectic￭ ides to kill sand￭ flies and treating people with the disease early to prevent further spread the treatment needed is determined by where the disease is acquired the species of le￭ ish￭ mania and the type of infection some possible medications used for vis￭ cer￭ al disease include li￭ pos￭ om￭ al am￭ pho￭ ter￭ ic￭ in b a combination of pen￭ ta￭ val￭ ent anti￭ mon￭ ials and par￭ om￭ om￭ y￭ cin and mil￭ te￭ fo￭ sine for cu￭ taneous disease par￭ om￭ om￭ y￭ cin flu￭ con￭ azole or pent￭ amid￭ ine may be effective about 12 million people are currently infected in some 98 countries about 2 million new cases and between 20 and 50 thousand deaths occur each year about 200 million people in asia africa south and central america and southern europe live in areas where the disease is common the world health organization has obtained discounts on some medications to treat the disease the disease may occur in a number of other animals including dogs and ro￭ dents
a le￭ ky￭ th￭ ion or lec￭ y￭ th￭ ion in classical greek and latin poetry is a metric pattern col￭ on defined by a sequence of seven altern￭ ating long and short sy￭ ll￭ ables at the end of a verse — ∨ — ⊻ — ∨ — in classical gr￭ amm￭ atical terminology it can be described as a tro￭ cha￭ ic di￭ meter catal￭ ec￭ tic i e a combination of two groups of two tro￭ che￭ es each — ∨ — ⊻ with the second of these groups lacking its final sy￭ ll￭ able or as a tro￭ cha￭ ic he￭ p￭ them￭ imer i e a tro￭ cha￭ ic sequence of seven half feet a le￭ ky￭ th￭ ion can appear in several different metric contexts in different types of poetry either alone as a verse or as the second of two cola following a ca￭ es￭ ura a frequent type of occurrence in greek drama is in lines of i￭ amb￭ ic trim￭ eter the most frequent metre used in spoken dialogue i e lines of the type ⊻ — ∨ — ⊻ — ∨ — ⊻ — ∨ — these lines may have a metric ca￭ es￭ ura after the first five sy￭ ll￭ ables with the remaining line thus resulting in a le￭ ky￭ th￭ ion group
l￭ el￭ is syndrome it is a genetic disorder a rare condition with der￭ mat￭ ological and dental findings characterized by the association of ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal dys￭ pl￭ asia hypo￭ tric￭ ho￭ sis and hypo￭ hi￭ dro￭ sis with ac￭ anth￭ osis ni￭ gr￭ ic￭ ans other clinical features may include pal￭ mop￭ lan￭ tar hyper￭ ker￭ at￭ osis nail dy￭ stro￭ phy intellectual deficit disturbances of skin pi￭ gm￭ entation peri￭ oral and peri￭ orb￭ ital hyper￭ pi￭ gm￭ entation viti￭ li￭ go and per￭ inev￭ ic leuko￭ der￭ ma and hypo￭ don￭ tia transmission is auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive
lem￭ ier￭ re s syndrome or lem￭ ier￭ re s disease also known as po￭ stan￭ gin￭ al shock including sep￭ sis and human nec￭ rob￭ ac￭ il￭ losis refers to thro￭ m￭ b￭ oph￭ le￭ bi￭ tis of the internal ju￭ g￭ ular vein it most often develops as a complic￭ ation of a bacterial sore throat infection in young otherwise healthy adults the thro￭ m￭ b￭ oph￭ le￭ bi￭ tis is a serious condition and may lead to further systemic complications such as bacteria in the blood or se￭ ptic emb￭ oli lem￭ ier￭ re s syndrome occurs most often when a bacterial e g fus￭ ob￭ ac￭ ter￭ ium necro￭ ph￭ orum throat infection progres￭ ses to the formation of a per￭ it￭ on￭ sill￭ ar abs￭ c￭ ess deep in the abs￭ c￭ ess an￭ aer￭ ob￭ ic bacteria can flourish when abs￭ c￭ ess wall rup￭ tures internally the drainage carrying bacteria se￭ eps through the soft tissue and inf￭ ects the nearby structures spread of infection to the nearby ju￭ g￭ ular vein provides a gateway for the spread of bacteria through the blood￭ stream the infl￭ amm￭ ation surrounding the vein and compression of the vein may lead to clo￭ t formation pieces of the potentially infected clo￭ t break off and travel through the right heart onto the lungs as emb￭ oli blocking branches of the pul￭ mon￭ ary artery that carry de￭ oxy￭ genated blood from the heart to the lungs sep￭ sis following from a throat infection was described by scho￭ tt￭ mul￭ ler in 1918 however it was andré lem￭ ier￭ re in 1936 who published a series of 20 cases where throat infections were followed by identified an￭ aer￭ ob￭ ic sep￭ tic￭ emia of whom 18 patients died
the lem￭ i￭ eux – johnson oxid￭ ation is a chemical reaction in which an ole￭ fin under￭ goes oxid￭ ative cle￭ av￭ age to form two alde￭ hyde or ke￭ tone units the reaction is named after its inventors r u lem￭ i￭ eux and w s johnson who published it in 1956 the reaction proceeds in a two step manner beginning with di￭ hydrox￭ yl￭ ation of the al￭ k￭ ene by os￭ mium te￭ tro￭ x￭ ide followed by oxid￭ ative cle￭ av￭ age by perio￭ date excess perio￭ date is used to regener￭ ate the os￭ mium te￭ tro￭ x￭ ide allowing it to be used in catalytic amounts the lem￭ i￭ eux – johnson reaction ceases at the alde￭ hyde stage of oxid￭ ation and therefore produces the same results as oz￭ on￭ ol￭ ysis the classical lem￭ i￭ eux – johnson oxid￭ ation often generates many side products resulting in low reaction yields however the addition of non nucle￭ oph￭ il￭ ic bases such as 2 6 lu￭ ti￭ dine can improve on this o￭ so 4 may be replaced with a number of other os￭ mium compounds perio￭ date may also be replaced with other ox￭ i￭ dis￭ ing agents such as ox￭ one
in mathematics lem￭ o￭ ine s problem is a certain construction problem in elementary plane geometry posed by the french mathem￭ ati￭ cian é￭ mile lem￭ o￭ ine 18￭ 40 – 19￭ 12 in 1868 the problem was published as question 8￭ 64 in nouvel￭ les ann￭ ales de math￭ é￭ mati￭ ques series 2 volume 7 1868 p 191 the chief interest in the problem is that a discussion of the solution of the problem by lud￭ wig ki￭ e￭ pert published in nouvel￭ les ann￭ ales de math￭ é￭ mati￭ ques series 2 volume 8 18￭ 69 pp 40 – 42 contained a description of a hyper￭ bol￭ a which is now known as the ki￭ e￭ pert hyper￭ bol￭ a
in mathematical field of geome￭ tric group theory a length function is a function that as￭ signs a number to each element of a group
len￭ ner￭ t lymp￭ homa also known as lymp￭ ho￭ epi￭ the￭ li￭ o￭ id lymp￭ homa is a systemic t cell lymp￭ homa that presents with cu￭ taneous skin le￭ sions roughly 10 of the time it is also known as lymp￭ ho￭ epi￭ the￭ li￭ o￭ id variant of peripheral t cell lymp￭ homa it was first characterized in 1952
lennox – gast￭ aut syndrome l￭ gs is a difficult to treat form of childhood onset epi￭ le￭ psy that most often appears between the second and sixth year of life l￭ gs is characterized by a tri￭ ad of signs including frequent seizures of multiple types an abnormal eeg pattern of less than 2 5 h￭ z slow spike wave activity and moderate to severe intellectual impairment
lens sa￭ g is a problem that sometimes afflic￭ ts very large ref￭ r￭ acting teles￭ cop￭ es it is the equivalent of mirror sa￭ g in reflecting teles￭ cop￭ es it occurs when the physical weight of the glass causes a distortion in the shape of the lens because the lens can only be supported by the edges a mirror on the other hand can be effectively supported by the entire opposite face making mirror sa￭ g much less of a problem one expensive solution to lens sa￭ g is to place the teles￭ cope in orbit around the earth the technical limit concerning lens sa￭ g was reached at the y￭ er￭ kes refrac￭ tor 18￭ 97 with an aper￭ ture of 40 102 cm where the sag￭ ging already causes small optical distortions the 1890 s therefore mark the end of the great refrac￭ tors era
l￭ enti￭ con￭ us len · ti · co · nus len ″ t￭ ĭ ko ´ nus lens l con￭ us cone is a rare con￭ genital anomaly of the eye characterized by a con￭ ical pro￭ tru￭ sion on the cryst￭ alline lens cap￭ su￭ le and the underlying cor￭ tex it can reach a diameter of 2 to 7 mm the con￭ us may occur an￭ ter￭ ior￭ ly or poster￭ ior￭ ly if the bul￭ ging is spher￭ ical instead of con￭ ical the condition is referred to as l￭ enti￭ glo￭ bus it produces a decrease in visual acu￭ ity and irregular ref￭ r￭ action that cannot be corrected by either spectacle or contact l￭ enses biom￭ ic￭ ro￭ sco￭ p￭ ically l￭ enti￭ con￭ us is characterized by a transparent loc￭ alized sharply demarc￭ ated con￭ ical projection of the lens cap￭ su￭ le and cor￭ tex usually ax￭ ial in loc￭ alization in an early stage re￭ tro illumin￭ ation shows an « oil dro￭ p￭ let » configuration using a narrow sli￭ t the image of a con￭ us is observed in a more advanced stage associated sub￭ cap￭ s￭ ular and cor￭ tical op￭ ac￭ ities appear re￭ tin￭ o￭ sco￭ p￭ ically the oil dro￭ p￭ let produces a path￭ og￭ no￭ mon￭ ic scissors movement of the light reflex this phenomenon is due to the different ref￭ r￭ action in the central and the peripheral area of the lens ul￭ tras￭ ono￭ graphy also can illustrate the existence of a l￭ enti￭ con￭ us a scan ul￭ tras￭ ono￭ graphy may reveal an increased lens thickness and b scan￭ ul￭ tras￭ ono￭ graphy may show her￭ ni￭ ated len￭ tic￭ ular material sugges￭ tive of a l￭ enti￭ con￭ us am￭ bl￭ y￭ op￭ ia cat￭ ar￭ act str￭ ab￭ is￭ mus and loss of central fixation may be observed in association with l￭ enti￭ con￭ us poster￭ ior cat￭ ar￭ act fl￭ ec￭ ked re￭ tin￭ opathy poster￭ ior poly￭ morph￭ ous dy￭ stro￭ phy and cor￭ ne￭ al arc￭ us juven￭ il￭ is may be encountered in association with l￭ enti￭ con￭ us an￭ terior that occurs as a part of the al￭ port syndrome exist two distinct types of l￭ enti￭ con￭ us based on the face of the lens affected
len￭ tic￭ ular bed￭ ding is a se￭ dim￭ entary bed￭ ding pattern displaying altern￭ ating layers of mud and sand formed during periods of slack water mud suspended in the water is deposited on top of small formations of sand once the water s velocity has reached zero len￭ tic￭ ular bed￭ ding is classified by its large quantities of mud relative to sand whereas a fl￭ as￭ er bed consists mostly of sand the sand formations within the bed￭ ding display a lens like shape giving the pattern its respected name they are commonly found in high energy environments such as the inter￭ tidal and supr￭ ati￭ dal zones geo￭ logists use len￭ tic￭ ular bed￭ ding to show evidence of tidal rhythm tidal currents and tidal slack in a particular environment
l￭ enti￭ gin￭ osis refers to the presence of l￭ enti￭ gin￭ es in large numbers or in a distinctive configuration these are spotted areas created by accumulation on the skin due to sun exposure due to a high irregularity any distinction from random￭ ness defines l￭ enti￭ gin￭ osis although l￭ enti￭ gin￭ es are benign they be the signal of an underlying problem such as progressive cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathic l￭ enti￭ gin￭ osis which can cause retar￭ dation in children
a l￭ enti￭ go l￭ ɛ￭ n￭ ˈ￭ ta￭ ɪ￭ ɡ￭ o￭ ʊ plural l￭ enti￭ gin￭ es l￭ ɛ￭ n￭ ˈ￭ t￭ ɪ￭ d￭ ʒ￭ ᵻ￭ n￭ iz is a small pi￭ gm￭ ented spot on the skin with a clearly defined edge surrounded by normal appearing skin it is a harmless benign hyper￭ pl￭ asia of mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tes which is linear in its spread this means the hyper￭ pl￭ asia of mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tes is restricted to the cell layer directly above the basement memb￭ rane of the ep￭ id￭ er￭ mis where mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tes normally reside this is in contrast to the ne￭ sts of multi layer mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tes found in mol￭ es mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tic ne￭ vi because of this characteristic feature the ad￭ jec￭ tive l￭ enti￭ gin￭ ous is used to describe other skin le￭ sions that similarly prolifer￭ ate lin￭ early within the bas￭ al cell layer l￭ enti￭ gin￭ es are distinguished from f￭ reck￭ les ep￭ hel￭ is based on the proliferation of mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tes f￭ reck￭ les have a relatively normal number of mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tes but an increased amount of mel￭ an￭ in a l￭ enti￭ go has an increased number of mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tes f￭ reck￭ les will increase in number and darkness with sunlight exposure whereas l￭ enti￭ gin￭ es will stay stable in their color regardless of sunlight exposure conditions characterized by l￭ enti￭ gin￭ es include l￭ enti￭ go simpl￭ ex solar l￭ enti￭ go liver spots pu￭ va l￭ enti￭ gin￭ es ink spot l￭ enti￭ go le￭ op￭ ard syndrome mu￭ cos￭ al l￭ enti￭ gin￭ es multiple l￭ enti￭ gin￭ es syndrome mo￭ y￭ na￭ han syndrome generalized l￭ enti￭ gin￭ osis cent￭ ro￭ facial l￭ enti￭ gin￭ osis car￭ ney complex inherited patter￭ ned l￭ enti￭ gin￭ osis in black persons partial unilateral l￭ enti￭ gin￭ osis pe￭ ut￭ z je￭ gh￭ ers syndrome l￭ enti￭ go m￭ align￭ a l￭ enti￭ go m￭ align￭ a mel￭ anom￭ a ac￭ ral l￭ enti￭ gin￭ ous mel￭ anom￭ a
l￭ enti￭ go m￭ align￭ a also known as l￭ enti￭ gin￭ ous mel￭ anom￭ a on sun damaged skin is a mel￭ anom￭ a in situ that consists of m￭ align￭ ant cells but does not show invasive growth l￭ enti￭ go m￭ align￭ a is not the same as l￭ enti￭ go m￭ align￭ a mel￭ anom￭ a and should be discussed separately it typically progres￭ ses very slowly and can remain in a non invasive form for years the transition to true mel￭ anom￭ a is marked by the appearance of a bumpy surface itself a marker of vertical growth and invasion at which point it is called l￭ enti￭ go m￭ align￭ a mel￭ anom￭ a it is normally found in the elderly peak incidence in the 9 th decade on skin areas with high levels of sun exposure like the face and fore￭ arms some authors do not consider l￭ enti￭ go m￭ align￭ a to be a mel￭ anom￭ a it is commonly thought of as a mel￭ anom￭ a precursor incidence of evolution to l￭ enti￭ go m￭ align￭ a mel￭ anom￭ a is very low about 2 2 to 5 in elderly patients it is also known as hut￭ chin￭ son s mel￭ an￭ otic f￭ reck￭ le this is named for jonathan hut￭ chin￭ son
l￭ enti￭ go m￭ align￭ a mel￭ anom￭ a is a mel￭ anom￭ a that has evolved from a l￭ enti￭ go m￭ align￭ a they are usually found on chronically sun damaged skin such as the face and the fore￭ arms of the elderly the nomenclature is very confusing to both patients and physicians alike l￭ enti￭ go m￭ align￭ a is the non invasive skin growth that some patho￭ logists consider to be a mel￭ anom￭ a in situ a few patho￭ logists do not consider l￭ enti￭ go m￭ align￭ a to be a mel￭ anom￭ a at all but a precursor to mel￭ anom￭ as once a l￭ enti￭ go m￭ align￭ a becomes a l￭ enti￭ go m￭ align￭ a mel￭ anom￭ a it is treated as if it were an invasive mel￭ anom￭ a
l￭ enti￭ go simpl￭ ex also known as simple l￭ enti￭ go is the most common form of l￭ enti￭ go a single le￭ sion or multiple le￭ sions l￭ enti￭ gin￭ es may be present at birth or more commonly first develop in early childhood l￭ enti￭ go simpl￭ ex is not induced by sun exposure and it is not associated with any medical diseases or conditions it is also referred to as simple l￭ enti￭ go and juvenile l￭ enti￭ go this condition also affects cats those with orange color￭ ation most often and can appear on the nose lips and eyes as the cat ages
len￭ z – maj￭ e￭ wski syndrome is a skin condition characterized by hyper￭ o￭ sto￭ sis cran￭ io￭ di￭ ap￭ hy￭ seal dys￭ pl￭ asia dwar￭ f￭ ism cu￭ tis la￭ xa proxim￭ al symp￭ hal￭ ang￭ ism syn￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly br￭ ach￭ y￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly mental retar￭ dation en￭ am￭ el hypo￭ pl￭ asia and hyper￭ tel￭ or￭ ism in 2013 whole ex￭ ome sequ￭ encing showed that a mis￭ sense mutation resulting in over￭ active phosp￭ h￭ ati￭ dyl￭ ser￭ ine syn￭ th￭ ase 1 was the cause of l￭ ms making it the first known human disease to be caused by disrupted phosp￭ h￭ ati￭ dyl￭ ser￭ ine metabol￭ ism the researchers suggested a link between the condition and bone metabol￭ ism
leo so￭ i￭ le￭ au january 19 19￭ 04 – august 2 1980 was one of the most proli￭ fic ca￭ jun recording artists of the 1930 s and 1940 s recording over 100 songs which was a substantial amount considering the reluctance to record the music during its early stages he is known as the second person to record a ca￭ jun record and the first to record this gen￭ re with a fiddle
leon￭ ti￭ asis os￭ sea also known as leon￭ ti￭ asis lion face or lion face syndrome is a rare medical condition characterized by an over￭ growth of the facial and cran￭ ial bones it is not a disease in itself but a symptom of other diseases including pag￭ et s disease fi￭ bro￭ us dys￭ pl￭ asia hyper￭ par￭ ath￭ yro￭ i￭ dis￭ m and ren￭ al o￭ ste￭ od￭ y￭ stro￭ phy the common form is that in which one or other max￭ illa is affected its size progressively increasing and thus encro￭ aching on the ca￭ vities of the orbit the mouth the nose and its accessory sin￭ uses ex￭ oph￭ thal￭ mos gradually develops going on later to a complete loss of sight due to compression of the op￭ tic nerve by the over￭ growth of bone there may also be interference with the nas￭ al respir￭ ation and with the taking of food in the somewhat less common form of this rare disease the over￭ growth of bone affects all the cran￭ ial bones as well as those of the face the senses being lost one by one and death finally resulting from cere￭ br￭ al pressure there is no treatment other than exposing the over￭ grown bone and chip￭ ping away pieces or exc￭ ising entirely where possible
a le￭ op￭ ard pattern is a spotted color pattern particularly in the hair coat or skin of animals but can also describe spo￭ tting patterns in plants and fabrics the term refers to the black and gold spotted coat of the le￭ op￭ ard cat but is used to describe many color combinations that result in spots scattered randomly across the skin or hair coat of other animals examples of animals with col￭ oring patterns termed le￭ op￭ ard include many great cats in the pan￭ ther￭ a genus the le￭ op￭ ard frog the le￭ op￭ ard spo￭ tting pattern in the app￭ alo￭ osa and kn￭ abstr￭ upper breeds of horses the le￭ op￭ ard seal insects such as the giant le￭ op￭ ard mo￭ th and fish species such as the le￭ op￭ ard dar￭ ter and the le￭ op￭ ard shark examples of plants that use the term include the le￭ op￭ ard lily and the le￭ op￭ ard flower the l￭ p le￭ op￭ ard complex gene is responsible for the le￭ op￭ ard color pattern in horses which not only produces a spotted coat color but also causes mo￭ tt￭ ling of the skin a white s￭ cl￭ era around the eye and stri￭ ped hoo￭ ves horses with the l￭ p gene may be spotted all over or may have concentrations of spots in various patterns
le￭ pid￭ op￭ ter￭ ism is an irrit￭ ant contact der￭ mati￭ tis caused by irritating cat￭ er￭ pillar or mo￭ th ha￭ irs coming into contact with the skin or mu￭ co￭ sa when referring to the cause mo￭ th der￭ mati￭ tis and cat￭ er￭ pillar der￭ mati￭ tis are commonly used cari￭ pi￭ to itch known as pap￭ ill￭ on￭ ite in french is an older name referring to the mo￭ th der￭ mati￭ tis caused by some hy￭ le￭ sia species
lepro￭ mat￭ ous leprosy is a skin condition consisting of pale mac￭ ules it results from the failure of th 1 cell activation which is necessary to eradicate the my￭ co￭ bacteria th 1 response is required to activate macro￭ p￭ ha￭ ges that engul￭ f and contain the disease in lepro￭ mat￭ ous leprosy th 2 response is turned on and because of reciprocal inhi￭ bi￭ tion il 4 il 10 the cell medi￭ ated response th 1 is depressed this deb￭ il￭ itating form of leprosy begins to spread causing the eyebro￭ ws to disappear and spon￭ gy tumor like sw￭ ell￭ ings appear on the face and body the disease attacks the internal organs bones joints and marrow of the body resulting in physical de￭ generation the result is de￭ form￭ ity with loss of feeling in the fingers and toes which eventually fall off contrary to popular belief both forms of leprosy are cur￭ able with the lepro￭ mat￭ ous form class￭ ically treated with antibiotics dap￭ s￭ one ri￭ fam￭ pin and clo￭ faz￭ im￭ ine for as long as 2 – 5 years but if left untreated the person may die up to 20 or 30 years from its inception early detection of the disease is of utmost importance since severe physical and neuro￭ logical damage are irreversible even if cured e g blindness loss of digits limbs sensation early infection is characterized by a well demarc￭ ated usually pale skin le￭ sion which has lost its hair and there may be many of these le￭ sions if the infection is more severe most commonly found on the cool￭ er parts of the body such as the el￭ bows knees fingers or scro￭ tum as the bacteria thrive in cool￭ er environments this early presentation is the same for both tubercul￭ ous and lepro￭ mat￭ ous forms of leprosy as they are a spectrum of the same disease lepro￭ mat￭ ous being the more contagious and severe form in patients with impaired th 1 response disease progression is extremely slow and signs of infection may not appear for years family members and especially children who have family members with the disease are most at risk the disease is believed to be spread through respiratory dro￭ ple￭ ts in close quarters like its relative my￭ co￭ bacter￭ ium tuberculosis and similarly requires extended exposure to an individual in most situations so outsiders and healthcare workers are normally not infected except with the most infec￭ tive individuals such as those in the most progressed lepro￭ mat￭ ous forms as those patients have the highest bacterial loads
leprosy also known as hansen s disease hd is a long term infection caused by the bac￭ ill￭ i my￭ co￭ bacter￭ ium le￭ pra￭ e and my￭ co￭ bacter￭ ium lepro￭ mat￭ osis initially infections are without symptoms and typically remain this way for 5 to 20 years symptoms that develop include gran￭ ul￭ om￭ as of the nerves respiratory tract skin and eyes this may result in a lack of ability to feel pain and thus loss of parts of extre￭ mi￭ ties due to repeated injuries or infection due to unnoticed wounds weakness and poor eye￭ sight may also be present leprosy is spread between people this is believed to occur through a cough or contact with fluid from the nose of an infected person leprosy occurs more commonly among those living in poverty contrary to popular belief it is not highly contagious the two main types of disease are based on the number of bacteria present pau￭ ci￭ bac￭ ill￭ ary and multi￭ bac￭ ill￭ ary the two types are differentiated by the number of poorly pi￭ gm￭ ented num￭ b skin pat￭ ches present with pau￭ ci￭ bac￭ ill￭ ary having five or fewer and multi￭ bac￭ ill￭ ary having more than five the diagnosis is confirmed by finding acid fast bac￭ ill￭ i in a biopsy of the skin or by detecting the dna using poly￭ mer￭ ase chain reaction leprosy is cur￭ able with a treatment known as multi￭ drug therapy treatment for pau￭ ci￭ bac￭ ill￭ ary leprosy is with the medications dap￭ s￭ one and ri￭ fam￭ pic￭ in for six months treatment for multi￭ bac￭ ill￭ ary leprosy consists of ri￭ fam￭ pic￭ in dap￭ s￭ one and clo￭ faz￭ im￭ ine for 12 months a number of other antibiotics may also be used these treatments are provided free of charge by the world health organization globally in 2012 the number of chronic cases of leprosy was 189 000 down from some 5 2 million in the 1980 s the number of new cases was 230 000 most new cases occur in 16 countries with india accounting for more than half in the past 20 years 16 million people worldwide have been cured of leprosy about 200 cases are reported per year in the united states leprosy has affected humanity for thousands of years the disease takes its name from the latin word le￭ pr￭ a which means scal￭ y while the term hansen s disease is named after the physician gerhard ar￭ mau￭ er hansen separating people by placing them in le￭ per colonies still occurs in places such as india china and africa however most colonies have closed since leprosy is not very contagious social stigma has been associated with leprosy for much of history which continues to be a barrier to self reporting and early treatment some consider the word le￭ per offensive preferring the phrase person affected with leprosy world leprosy day was started in 1954 to draw awareness to those affected by leprosy
le￭ p￭ tom￭ en￭ ing￭ e￭ al cancer is a tumor that involves the two in￭ ner￭ most men￭ inges thin layers of tissue that cover and protect the brain and spinal cord
le￭ pto￭ spi￭ ro￭ sis is an infection caused by cor￭ k￭ screw shaped bacteria called le￭ pto￭ spir￭ a signs and symptoms can range from none to mild such as headaches muscle pains and fe￭ vers to severe with bleeding from the lungs or men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis if the infection causes the person to turn yellow have kidney failure and bleeding it is then known as weil s disease if it causes lots of bleeding from the lungs it is known as severe pul￭ mon￭ ary hemorrha￭ ge syndrome up to 13 different genetic types of le￭ pto￭ spir￭ a may cause disease in humans it is transmitted by both wild and domestic animals the most common animals that spread the disease are ro￭ dents it is often transmitted by animal urine or by water or soil containing animal urine coming into contact with breaks in the skin eyes mouth or nose in the developing world the disease most commonly occurs in farmers and poor people who live in cities in the developed world it most commonly occurs in those involved in outdoor activities in warm and wet areas of the world diagnosis is typically by looking for antibodies against the bacter￭ ium or finding its dna in the blood efforts to prevent the disease include protective equipment to prevent contact when working with potentially infected animals washing after this contact and reducing ro￭ dents in areas people live and work the antibiotic do￭ xy￭ cycl￭ ine when used in an effort to prevent infection among travellers is of unclear benefit vaccines for animals exist for certain type of le￭ pto￭ spir￭ a which may decrease the risk of spread to humans treatment if infected is with antibiotics such as do￭ xy￭ cycl￭ ine pen￭ ic￭ ill￭ in or ce￭ f￭ tri￭ ax￭ one weil s disease and severe pul￭ mon￭ ary haemorrha￭ ge syndrome result in death rates greater than 10 and 50 respectively even with treatment it is estimated that seven to ten million people are infected by le￭ pto￭ spi￭ ro￭ sis a year the number of deaths this causes is not clear the disease is most common in tropical areas of the world but may occur anywhere outbreaks may occur in slums of the developing world the disease was first described by physician adol￭ f weil in 18￭ 86 in germany animals which are infected may have no symptoms mild symptoms or severe symptoms symptoms may vary by the type of animal in some animals le￭ pto￭ spir￭ a live in the reproductive tract leading to transmission during m￭ ating
in mathematics the ler￭ ch ze￭ ta function sometimes called the hur￭ witz – ler￭ ch ze￭ ta function is a special function that gener￭ alizes the hur￭ witz ze￭ ta function and the poly￭ log￭ arith￭ m it is named after the czech mathem￭ ati￭ cian mathi￭ as ler￭ ch
l￭ eri s ple￭ ono￭ ste￭ osis is a rare r￭ heu￭ matic condition it was first described by the french physician l￭ eri in 19￭ 21
les￭ ch￭ ke syndrome is a condition characterized by growth retar￭ dation and intellectual disability the syndrome is named after german intern￭ ist er￭ ich les￭ ch￭ ke
les￭ ch – ny￭ han syndrome l￭ ns also known as ny￭ han s syndrome and juvenile g￭ out is a rare inherited disorder caused by a deficiency of the enzyme hypo￭ x￭ anth￭ ine gu￭ an￭ ine phosp￭ h￭ ori￭ bo￭ syl￭ transfer￭ ase hg￭ pr￭ t produced by mutations in the h￭ pr￭ t gene located on the x chro￭ mo￭ some l￭ ns affects about one in 380 000 live births the disorder was first recognized and clin￭ ically characterized by medical student michael les￭ ch and his mentor pedi￭ at￭ ric￭ ian william ny￭ han who published their findings in 1964 the hg￭ pr￭ t deficiency causes a build up of ur￭ ic acid in all body fluids this results in both hyper￭ ur￭ ic￭ emia and hyper￭ uri￭ co￭ sur￭ ia associated with severe g￭ out and kidney problems neuro￭ logical signs include poor muscle control and moderate intellectual disability these complications usually appear in the first year of life beginning in the second year of life a particularly striking feature of l￭ ns is self mutil￭ ating behaviors characterized by lip and finger biting neuro￭ logical symptoms include facial gri￭ mac￭ ing involuntary w￭ ri￭ thing and repeti￭ tive movements of the arms and legs similar to those seen in hun￭ t￭ ington s disease the eti￭ ology of the neuro￭ logical ab￭ norm￭ alities remains unknown because a lack of hg￭ pr￭ t causes the body to poorly utili￭ ze vitamin b 12 some boys may develop meg￭ alo￭ bl￭ astic an￭ emia l￭ ns is an x linked rec￭ essive disease the gene mutation is usually carried by the mother and passed on to her son although one third of all cases arise de novo from new mutations and do not have a family history l￭ ns is present at birth in baby boys most but not all persons with this deficiency have severe mental and physical problems throughout life there are a few rare cases in the world of affected females the symptoms caused by the buil￭ dup of ur￭ ic acid g￭ out and ren￭ al symptoms respond well to treatment with drugs such as all￭ op￭ ur￭ in￭ ol that reduce the levels of ur￭ ic acid in the blood the mental deficits and self mutil￭ ating behavior do not respond well to treatment there is no cure but many patients live to adul￭ thood several new experimental treatments may alleviate symptoms
the les￭ er tr￭ é￭ l￭ at sign is the explosive onset of multiple se￭ bor￭ rhe￭ ic ker￭ ato￭ ses many pi￭ gm￭ ented skin le￭ sions often with an infl￭ am￭ matory base this can be an ominous sign of internal m￭ align￭ ancy as part of a par￭ ane￭ op￭ l￭ astic syndrome in addition to the development of new le￭ sions pre￭ existing ones frequently increase in size and become symptomatic
lethal ac￭ anth￭ ol￭ y￭ tic ep￭ id￭ er￭ mol￭ ysis bul￭ los￭ a is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by generalized ero￭ sions at birth
lethal ar￭ thro￭ gry￭ pos￭ is with an￭ terior horn cell disease la￭ ah￭ d is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive genetic disorder characterized by reduced mobility of the fo￭ etus and early death
lethal con￭ genital contrac￭ ture syndrome 1 l￭ c￭ cs 1 also called multiple contrac￭ ture syndrome finnish type is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive genetic disorder characterized by total im￭ mobility of a fe￭ tus detec￭ table at around the 13 th week of pregnancy l￭ c￭ cs 1 invariably leads to pre￭ natal death before the 32 nd gest￭ ational week l￭ c￭ cs 1 is one of 40 finnish heritage diseases it was first described in 1985 and since then approximately 70 cases have been diagnosed
lethal mid￭ line gran￭ ul￭ oma is a condition affecting the nose and pal￭ ate the preferred modern term is ul￭ cer￭ ating mid￭ line lymp￭ homa as it is by no means always lethal when treated in time it has been suggested that the term is confusing and obsolete it is sometimes considered to be part of a spectrum with gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ osis with pol￭ yan￭ gi￭ i￭ tis it is considered a form of ex￭ tran￭ od￭ al nk t cell lymp￭ homa
lethal white syndrome l￭ ws also called over￭ o lethal white syndrome ol￭ ws lethal white over￭ o l￭ wo and over￭ o lethal white fo￭ al syndrome ol￭ w￭ fs is an auto￭ som￭ al genetic disorder most prevalent in the american paint horse affected fo￭ als are born after the full 11 month gest￭ ation and externally appear normal though they have all white or nearly all white coats and blue eyes however internally these fo￭ als have a non￭ functioning col￭ on within a few hours signs of col￭ ic appear affected fo￭ als die within a few days because the death is often painful such fo￭ als often are human￭ ely euthan￭ ized once identified the disease is particularly devastating because fo￭ als are born seemingly healthy after being carried to full term the disease has a similar eti￭ ology to hir￭ sch￭ sp￭ rung s disease in humans a mutation in the middle of the endo￭ th￭ elin recep￭ tor type b ed￭ n￭ r￭ b gene causes lethal white syndrome when homo￭ zy￭ g￭ ous carriers who are hetero￭ zy￭ g￭ ous — that is have one copy of the mut￭ ated alle￭ le but themselves are healthy — can now be reliably identified with a dna test both parents must be carriers of one copy of the l￭ ws alle￭ le in order for an affected fo￭ al to be born horses that are hetero￭ zy￭ g￭ ous for the gene that causes lethal white syndrome often exhibit a spotted coat color pattern commonly known as frame or frame over￭ o coat color alone does not always indicate the presence of l￭ ws or carrier status however the frame pattern may be minim￭ ally expressed or masked by other spo￭ tting patterns there also are different genetic mechanisms which produce healthy white fo￭ als and have no connection to l￭ ws another reason for genetic testing of potential breeding stock though there is no treatment or cure for l￭ ws fo￭ als a white fo￭ al without l￭ ws that appears ill may have a treat￭ able condition
lethal yel￭ lowing is a phy￭ top￭ las￭ ma disease that attacks many species of pal￭ ms including some commercially important species such as the co￭ con￭ ut and date palm in caribbean it is spread by the plan￭ th￭ op￭ per ha￭ pl￭ ax￭ ius cru￭ dus former name myn￭ dus cru￭ dus which is native to florida parts of the caribbean and central america the only effective cure is prevention i e planting resistant varieties of co￭ con￭ ut palm and preventing a park or golf course like environments which attracts the plan￭ th￭ op￭ per some cultiv￭ ars such as the jamaica tall co￭ con￭ ut cultiv￭ ar nearly died out by lethal yel￭ lowing heavy turf gr￭ asses and similar green ground cover will attract the plan￭ th￭ op￭ per to lay its eggs and the n￭ ymp￭ hs develop at the roots of these gr￭ asses the plan￭ th￭ op￭ pers eggs and n￭ ymp￭ hs may pose a great threat to co￭ con￭ ut growing countries economies into which grass seeds for golf courses and la￭ wns are imported from the americas it is not clearly understood how the disease was spread to east africa as the plan￭ th￭ op￭ per ha￭ pl￭ ax￭ ius cru￭ dus is not native in east africa the only explanation is that it was imported with grass seed from florida that were used to create golf courses and la￭ wns in beach resor￭ ts there is a direct connection between green la￭ wns and the spread of lethal yel￭ lowing in florida even so called resistant cultiv￭ ars such as the malay￭ an dwarf or the may￭ pan hybrid between that dwarf and the panama tall were never claimed to have a 100 immunity the n￭ ymp￭ hs of the plan￭ th￭ op￭ pers develop on roots of gr￭ asses hence the areas of grass in the vicinity of palm trees is connected with the spread of this phy￭ top￭ las￭ ma disease the problem arose as a direct result of using co￭ con￭ ut and date pal￭ ms for ornamental and landscap￭ ing purposes in la￭ wns golf courses and gardens together with these gr￭ asses when these two important food pal￭ ms were grown in traditional ways without gr￭ asses in plantations and along the shores the palm groves weren t notic￭ e￭ ably affected by lethal yel￭ lowing there is no evidence that disease can be spread when instruments used to cut an infected palm are then used to cut or trim a healthy one seed transmission has never been demonstrated although the phy￭ top￭ las￭ ma can be found in co￭ con￭ ut se￭ ed￭ nuts but phytosanitary quarantine procedures that prevent movement of co￭ con￭ ut seed se￭ ed￭ lings and mature pal￭ ms out of an ly epidemic area should be applied to gr￭ asses and other plants that may be carrying infected vectors beside co￭ con￭ ut palm co￭ cus nu￭ ci￭ fera more than 30 palm species have also been reported as susceptible to lethal phy￭ top￭ las￭ mas around the globe in mozambique co￭ con￭ ut lethal yel￭ lowing has recently been associated with african oil palm el￭ ae￭ is guine￭ ensis and fan palm bor￭ as￭ sus a￭ ethiop￭ um
let￭ ter￭ er – si￭ we disease is an old name for lang￭ er￭ hans cell his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis l￭ ch from a time when l￭ ch was thought to be several different diseases let￭ ter￭ er – si￭ we disease hand schul￭ ler christian disease e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic gran￭ ul￭ oma and hash￭ im￭ oto pr￭ it￭ z￭ ker disease later they were all put together under the name his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis x the x was found to be the lang￭ er￭ hans cell a d￭ end￭ ri￭ tic white blood cell l￭ ch is not believed to be genetic even though there have been a few reports of more than one person affected by l￭ ch within the same family still to this day the cause is unknown after researchers have worked very hard on trying to figure it out for decades the old name let￭ ter￭ er si￭ we disease is derived from the names of er￭ ich let￭ ter￭ er and st￭ ure si￭ we
the let￭ ts nit￭ ri￭ le synthesis is a chemical reaction of aromatic car￭ box￭ yl￭ ic acids with metal thi￭ oc￭ yan￭ ates to form nit￭ ri￭ les the reaction includes the loss of carbon dioxide and potassium hydro￭ sul￭ fide the polar basic substitution reaction was discovered in 18￭ 72 by edmund a let￭ ts the let￭ ts nit￭ ri￭ le synthesis
le￭ uc￭ ism ˈ￭ lju￭ ː￭ k￭ ɪ￭ z￭ ə￭ m or ˈ￭ lu￭ ː￭ s￭ ɪ￭ z￭ ə￭ m is a condition in which there is partial loss of pi￭ gm￭ entation in an animal resulting in white pale or pat￭ chy color￭ ation of the skin hair feathers scales or cu￭ tic￭ le but not the eyes unlike al￭ bin￭ ism it is caused by a reduction in multiple types of pig￭ ment not just mel￭ an￭ in
the le￭ uc￭ k￭ art reaction is the chemical reaction that conver￭ ts alde￭ hy￭ des or ke￭ tones to am￭ ines by reduc￭ tive am￭ ination in the presence of heat the reaction named after ru￭ dol￭ f le￭ uc￭ k￭ art proceeds via two mechanisms one using ammonium form￭ ate and the other using form￭ amide as the reducing agent it requires high temperatures usually between 120 and 130 ° c although under the presence of form￭ amide the temperature can be greater than 165 ° c the reaction works best using ammonium form￭ ate and the general reaction can be seen below
leu￭ co￭ sis is a leuk￭ emia like m￭ align￭ ant viral disease that is found in animals particularly poultry and cattle
leu￭ co￭ stom￭ a can￭ ker is a fun￭ gal disease that can kill stone fruit prun￭ us spp the disease is caused by the plant pathogens leu￭ co￭ stom￭ a per￭ so￭ on￭ ii and leu￭ co￭ stom￭ a c￭ inc￭ tum tele￭ om￭ or￭ ph and cy￭ to￭ spor￭ a leu￭ co￭ stom￭ a and cy￭ to￭ spor￭ a c￭ inc￭ ta an￭ am￭ orph￭ s the disease can have a variety of signs and symptoms depending on the part of the tree infected one of the most lethal symptoms of the disease are the leu￭ co￭ stom￭ a can￭ kers the severity of the leu￭ co￭ stom￭ a can￭ kers is dependent on the part of the plant infected the fun￭ gus inf￭ ects through injured dying or dead tissues of the trees disease management can consist of cultural management practices such as prun￭ ing late season fertilizers or chemical management through measures such as insect control leu￭ co￭ stom￭ a can￭ ker of stone fruit can cause significant economic losses due to reduced fruit production or disease management practices it is one of the most important diseases of stone fruit tree all over the world
leuk￭ emia also spelled leuk￭ aemia is a group of cancers that usually begin in the bone marrow and result in high numbers of abnormal white blood cells these white blood cells are not fully developed and are called bl￭ asts or leuk￭ emia cells symptoms may include bleeding and bru￭ ising problems feeling tired fever and an increased risk of infections these symptoms occur due to a lack of normal blood cells diagnosis is typically made by blood tests or bone marrow biopsy the exact cause of leuk￭ emia is unknown different kinds of leuk￭ emia are believed to have different causes both inherited and environmental non inherited factors are believed to be involved risk factors include smoking ionizing radiation some chemicals such as benzene prior chem￭ otherapy and down syndrome people with a family history of leuk￭ emia are also at higher risk there are four main types of leuk￭ emia — acute lymp￭ ho￭ bl￭ astic leuk￭ emia all acute my￭ elo￭ id leuk￭ emia am￭ l chronic lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tic leuk￭ emia c￭ ll and chronic my￭ elo￭ id leuk￭ emia c￭ ml — as well as a number of less common types leuk￭ emi￭ as and lymp￭ hom￭ as both belong to a broader group of tumors that affect the blood bone marrow and lymp￭ ho￭ id system known as tumors of the hem￭ ato￭ po￭ ie￭ tic and lymp￭ ho￭ id tissues treatment may involve some combination of chem￭ otherapy radiation therapy targeted therapy and bone marrow transplant in addition to supportive care and palliative care as needed certain types of leuk￭ emia may be managed with watchful waiting the success of treatment depends on the type of leuk￭ emia and the age of the person outcomes have improved in the developed world the average five year survival rate is 57 in the united states in children under 15 the five year survival rate is greater than 60 to 85 depending on the type of leuk￭ emia in children with acute leuk￭ emia who are cancer free after five years the cancer is unlikely to return in 2012 leuk￭ emia developed in 352 000 people globally and caused 265 000 deaths it is the most common type of cancer in children with three quarters of leuk￭ emia cases in children being the acute lymp￭ ho￭ bl￭ astic type however about 90 of all leuk￭ emi￭ as are diagnosed in adults with am￭ l and c￭ ll being most common in adults it occurs more commonly in the developed world
leuk￭ emia cu￭ tis is the infiltr￭ ation of ne￭ op￭ l￭ astic leuk￭ oc￭ y￭ tes or their precursors into the skin resulting in clin￭ ically identifiable cu￭ taneous le￭ sions this condition may be contr￭ asted with leuk￭ em￭ ids which are skin le￭ sions that occur with leuk￭ emia but which are not related to leuk￭ emic cell infiltr￭ ation leuk￭ emia cu￭ tis can occur in most forms of leuk￭ emia including chronic my￭ elo￭ id leuk￭ emia acute lymp￭ ho￭ bl￭ astic leuk￭ emia chronic lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tic leuk￭ emia acute my￭ elo￭ id leuk￭ emia and pro￭ lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tic leuk￭ emia
leuk￭ em￭ ids also known as non￭ specific cu￭ taneous conditions associated with leuk￭ emia are non￭ specific skin le￭ sions that occur with leuk￭ emia which are not related to leuk￭ emic cell infiltr￭ ation this condition may be contr￭ asted with leuk￭ emia cu￭ tis which is the infiltr￭ ation of ne￭ op￭ l￭ astic leuk￭ oc￭ y￭ tes or their precursors into the skin resulting in clin￭ ically identifiable cu￭ taneous le￭ sions the term dates back to at least 1915
the term leuk￭ emo￭ id reaction describes an increas￭ ed￭ white blood cell count or leuk￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis which is a physiological response to stress or infection as opposed to a primary blood m￭ align￭ ancy such as leuk￭ emia it often describes the presence of immature cells such as my￭ elo￭ bl￭ asts or red blood cells with nucle￭ i in the peripheral blood it may be lymp￭ ho￭ id or my￭ elo￭ id
leuk￭ oc￭ oria also leuko￭ k￭ oria or white pu￭ pill￭ ary reflex is an abnormal white reflection from the re￭ tina of the eye leuk￭ oc￭ oria resembles ey￭ es￭ h￭ ine but leuk￭ oc￭ oria can occur in humans and other animals that lack ey￭ es￭ h￭ ine because their re￭ tina lacks a ta￭ pe￭ tum luci￭ dum leuk￭ oc￭ oria is a medical sign for a number of conditions including coats disease con￭ genital cat￭ ar￭ act cor￭ ne￭ al scar￭ ring mel￭ anom￭ a of the ci￭ li￭ ary body nor￭ rie disease oc￭ ular tox￭ oc￭ ari￭ asis persistence of the tun￭ ica vas￭ cul￭ osa l￭ enti￭ s p￭ f￭ v ph￭ p￭ v re￭ tin￭ obl￭ ast￭ oma and retro￭ l￭ ental fi￭ bro￭ pl￭ asia because of the potentially life threatening nature of re￭ tin￭ obl￭ ast￭ oma a cancer that condition is usually considered in the evaluation of leuk￭ oc￭ oria in some rare cases 1 the leuk￭ oc￭ oria is caused by coats disease le￭ aking re￭ tin￭ al vessels
leuk￭ oc￭ y￭ te adhe￭ sion deficiency lad is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive disorder characterized by immun￭ o￭ deficiency resulting in recurrent infections lad is currently divided into three sub￭ types lad 1 lad 2 and the recently described lad 3 also known as lad 1 variant in lad 3 the immune defects are supplemented by a glan￭ z￭ mann thro￭ m￭ bas￭ th￭ enia like bleeding tendency
leuk￭ oc￭ y￭ te adhe￭ sion deficiency 1 lad 1 is a rare and often fatal genetic disorder in humans
leuk￭ oc￭ y￭ te adhe￭ sion mol￭ ecu￭ le deficiency is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive disorder characterized by recurrent bacterial and fun￭ gal infections and impaired neu￭ tro￭ phil migration
leuk￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis is white cells the leuk￭ oc￭ y￭ te count above the normal range in the blood it is frequently a sign of an infl￭ am￭ matory response most commonly the result of infection but may also occur following certain par￭ asi￭ tic infections or bone tumors it may also occur after stren￭ uous exercise con￭ vul￭ sions such as epi￭ le￭ psy emotional stress pregnancy and labour an￭ esthesia and ep￭ in￭ eph￭ rine administration there are five principal types of leuk￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis 1 neu￭ tro￭ phi￭ lia the most common form 2 lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ to￭ sis 3 mon￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis 4 e￭ o￭ sin￭ ophi￭ lia 5 bas￭ ophi￭ lia this increase in leuk￭ oc￭ y￭ te primarily neu￭ troph￭ ils is usually accompanied by a left shift in the ratio of immature to mature neu￭ troph￭ ils the proportion of immature leuk￭ oc￭ y￭ tes increases due to proliferation and release of gran￭ ul￭ oc￭ y￭ te and mon￭ oc￭ y￭ te precursors in the bone marrow which is stimulated by several products of infl￭ amm￭ ation including c 3 a and g c￭ sf although it may indicate illness leuk￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis is considered a laboratory finding instead of a separate disease this classification is similar to that of fever which is also a test result instead of a disease right shift in the ratio of immature to mature neu￭ troph￭ ils is considered with reduced count or lack of young neu￭ troph￭ ils met￭ am￭ yel￭ oc￭ y￭ tes and band neu￭ troph￭ ils in blood sme￭ ar associated with the presence of giant neu￭ troph￭ ils this fact shows suppression of bone marrow activity as a hem￭ at￭ ological sign specific for pernicious an￭ emia and radiation sickness a leuk￭ oc￭ y￭ te count above 25 to 30 x 109 l is termed a leuk￭ emo￭ id reaction which is the reaction of a healthy bone marrow to extreme stress trauma or infection it is different from leuk￭ emia and from leuko￭ er￭ y￭ thro￭ bl￭ ast￭ osis in which either immature white blood cells acute leuk￭ emia or mature yet non functional white blood cells chronic leuk￭ emia are present in peripheral blood
leuko￭ der￭ ma is a cu￭ taneous condition an acquired condition with loc￭ alized loss of pi￭ gm￭ entation of the skin that may occur after any number of infl￭ am￭ matory skin conditions burns intr￭ ale￭ sional ster￭ o￭ id injections post￭ der￭ m￭ abra￭ sion etc it is largely a cosmetic problem and is neither infectious nor contagious
leuko￭ dy￭ stro￭ phy is one of a group of disorders characterized by de￭ generation of the white matter in the brain the word leuko￭ dy￭ stro￭ phy comes from the greek roots leuk￭ o white d￭ ys lack of and tro￭ ph growth the leuko￭ dy￭ stro￭ ph￭ ies are caused by imperfect growth or development of the my￭ elin she￭ ath the fatty covering that acts as an insul￭ ator around nerve fi￭ bers when damage occurs to white matter immune responses can lead to infl￭ amm￭ ation in the cns along with loss of my￭ elin the de￭ generation of white matter can be seen in a m￭ ri and used to diagnose leuko￭ dy￭ stro￭ phy leuko￭ dy￭ stro￭ phy is characterized by specific symptoms including decreased motor function muscle rigidity and eventually de￭ generation of sight and hearing while the disease is fatal the age of onset is a key factor as infants are given a lifespan of 2 – 8 years sometimes longer while adults typically live more than a decade after onset there is a great lack of treatment although cord blood and hem￭ ato￭ po￭ ie￭ tic stem cell transplantation bone marrow transplant seem to help in certain types while further research is being done the combined incidence of the leuko￭ dy￭ stro￭ ph￭ ies is estimated at 1 7 600 the majority of types involve the inheritance of a rec￭ essive dominant or x linked trait while others although involving a defective gene are the result of spontaneous mutation rather than genetic inheritance
leuko￭ e￭ dem￭ a also spelled leu￭ co￭ e￭ dem￭ a is a blue grey or white appearance of mu￭ co￭ sa￭ e particularly the buc￭ cal mu￭ co￭ sa the inside of the cheeks it may also occur on the mu￭ co￭ sa of the lar￭ yn￭ x or vag￭ ina it is a harmless and very common condition because it is so common it has been argued that it may in fact represent a variation of the normal appearance rather than a disease but empirical evidence suggests that leuko￭ e￭ dem￭ a is an acquired condition caused by local irritation it is found more commonly in black skin￭ ned people and tobacco users the term is derived from the greek words leuk￭ o white and ο￭ ἴ￭ δη￭ μα — o￭ í￭ d￭ ē￭ ma sw￭ elling
leuko￭ encephalopathy with van￭ ishing white matter v￭ w￭ m disease is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive neuro￭ logical disease the cause of the disease are mutations in any of the 5 genes en￭ coding sub￭ units of the translation initiation factor eif 2 b eif 2 b 1 eif 2 b 2 eif 2 b 3 eif 2 b 4 or eif 2 b 5 the disease belongs to a family of conditions called the leuko￭ dy￭ stro￭ ph￭ ies
leuk￭ ony￭ ch￭ ia or leu￭ con￭ y￭ ch￭ ia also known as white nails or milk spots is a medical term for white dis￭ color￭ ation appearing on nails it is derived from the greek words leuk￭ o white and on￭ ux nail the most common cause is injury to the base of the nail the matrix where the nail is formed it is harmless and most commonly caused by minor injuries such as nail biting that occur while the nail is growing i￭ eu￭ kon￭ y￭ ch￭ ia occurs most commonly in healthy individuals unrelated to any known nutritional or physiological deficiency when caused by injury the marks will disappear as the nail grows outw￭ ards however a dietary deficiency will cause recurrent leuk￭ ony￭ ch￭ ia other possible reasons for this problem with nail color can be linked to arsenic poisoning pneumonia heart disease ren￭ al failure ill health hypo￭ albu￭ min￭ emia vitamin deficiency ul￭ cer￭ ative co￭ li￭ tis hypo￭ prote￭ in￭ emia he￭ p￭ atic cir￭ rho￭ sis psycho￭ genic stresses ony￭ chop￭ ha￭ gia occupational trauma lack of zinc lack of protein ps￭ ori￭ asis as well as ecz￭ ema lack of iron
leuk￭ open￭ ia also known as leuk￭ oc￭ y￭ top￭ enia or leu￭ copen￭ ia from greek λ￭ ευ￭ κ￭ ός white and π￭ εν￭ ία deficiency is a decrease in the number of white blood cells leuk￭ oc￭ y￭ tes found in the blood which places individuals at increased risk of infection neu￭ tro￭ pen￭ ia a subtype of leuk￭ open￭ ia refers to a decrease in the number of circulating neu￭ tro￭ phil gran￭ ul￭ oc￭ y￭ tes the most abundant white blood cells the terms leuk￭ open￭ ia and neu￭ tro￭ pen￭ ia may occasionally be used inter￭ change￭ ably as the neu￭ tro￭ phil count is the most important indicator of infection risk this should not be confused with ag￭ ran￭ ul￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis
leuk￭ op￭ la￭ k￭ ia also termed leu￭ co￭ pl￭ ak￭ ia leuko￭ ker￭ at￭ osis leuk￭ op￭ la￭ sia idi￭ opathic leuk￭ op￭ la￭ k￭ ia idi￭ opathic ker￭ at￭ osis or idi￭ opathic white patch normally refers to a condition where areas of ker￭ at￭ osis appear as firmly attached white pat￭ ches on the mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ ran￭ es of the oral cav￭ ity although the term is sometimes used for white pat￭ ches of other gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract mu￭ cos￭ al sites or mu￭ cos￭ al surfaces of the ur￭ inary tract and gen￭ itals leuk￭ op￭ la￭ k￭ ia in the mouth oral leuk￭ op￭ la￭ k￭ ia is defined as a predominantly white le￭ sion of the oral mu￭ co￭ sa that cannot be characterized as any other defin￭ able le￭ sion however this definition is in￭ consistently applied and some refer to any oral white patch as leuk￭ op￭ la￭ k￭ ia leuk￭ op￭ la￭ k￭ ia is a descriptive clinical term that is only correctly used once all other possible causes have been ruled out a diagnosis of exclusion as such leuk￭ op￭ la￭ k￭ ia is not a specific disease entity and the clinical and his￭ to￭ logic appearance are variable i e the term has no specific his￭ to￭ logic implications leuk￭ op￭ la￭ k￭ ia may be confused with other common causes of white pat￭ ches in the mouth such as oral candi￭ di￭ asis or lichen plan￭ us the le￭ sions of leuk￭ op￭ la￭ k￭ ia cannot be rub￭ bed off as would be the case in pseu￭ dom￭ emb￭ ran￭ eous candi￭ di￭ asis oral th￭ rush oral leuk￭ op￭ la￭ k￭ ia more commonly occurs in those who smoke but often the cause is unknown hence the name idi￭ opathic leuk￭ op￭ la￭ k￭ ia chewing tobacco is also associated with this type of le￭ sion leuk￭ op￭ la￭ k￭ ia is a pre￭ m￭ align￭ ant le￭ sion i e a mor￭ pho￭ logically altered tissue in which cancer is more likely to occur than in its apparently normal counterpart the chance of transformation into oral squ￭ am￭ ous cell carcin￭ oma os￭ cc a type of oral cancer varies from almost 0 to about 20 and this may occur over 1 – 30 years the vast majority of oral leuk￭ op￭ la￭ ki￭ as will not turn m￭ align￭ ant however some sub￭ types hold greater risk than others no interventions have been proven to reduce the risk of cancer developing in an area of leuk￭ op￭ la￭ k￭ ia but people are generally advised to stop smoking and limit alcohol consumption to reduce their risk sometimes the white patch will shrink and eventually disappear after stopping smoking but this may take up to a year in many cases areas of leuk￭ op￭ la￭ k￭ ia will slowly expand become more white and thick￭ en if smoking is not stopped management usually involves regular review of the le￭ sion to detect any possible m￭ align￭ ant change early and thereby significantly improve the prog￭ no￭ sis which normally is relatively poor for os￭ cc
leuk￭ op￭ la￭ k￭ ia with ty￭ losis and es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al carcin￭ oma is a rare condition characterized by leuk￭ op￭ la￭ k￭ ia associated with es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al carcin￭ oma
leuk￭ or￭ rhe￭ a or le￭ uc￭ or￭ rho￭ ea british english is a thick whi￭ tish or yel￭ low￭ ish vag￭ inal discharge there are many causes of leuk￭ or￭ rhe￭ a the usual one being estro￭ gen imbalance the amount of discharge may increase due to vag￭ inal infection or st￭ ds and also it may disappear and re￭ appear from time to time this discharge can keep occurring for years in which case it becomes more yellow and foul sm￭ elling it is usually a non pathological symptom secondary to infl￭ am￭ matory conditions of vag￭ ina or cer￭ vi￭ x leuk￭ or￭ rhe￭ a can be confirmed by finding 10 w￭ bc under a micro￭ scope when examining vag￭ inal fluid vag￭ inal discharge is not abnormal and causes of change in discharge include infection m￭ align￭ ancy and hormonal changes it sometimes occurs before a girl has her first period and is considered a sign of pu￭ ber￭ ty
leuko￭ tri￭ ene c 4 syn￭ th￭ ase deficiency is an in￭ born error of metabol￭ ism deficiency of leuko￭ tri￭ ene c 4 syn￭ th￭ ase can lead to a reduction in leuko￭ tri￭ ene c 4
leuko￭ tri￭ ene recep￭ tor antagon￭ ist associated chur￭ g – strauss syndrome may occur in asthma patients being treated with leuko￭ tri￭ ene recep￭ tor antagon￭ ists occurring 2 days to 10 months after the antagon￭ ist has been started with features of the syndrome including peripheral e￭ o￭ sin￭ phi￭ lia pul￭ mon￭ ary infiltr￭ ates and less commonly neuro￭ pa￭ thy sin￭ u￭ si￭ tis and cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy
lev s disease or len￭ egre lev syndrome is an acquired complete heart block due to idi￭ opathic fi￭ bro￭ sis and calci￭ fication of the electrical conduc￭ tion system of the heart lev s disease is most commonly seen in the elderly and is often described as sen￭ ile de￭ generation of the conduc￭ tion system one form has been associated with s￭ cn 5 a
lev￭ am￭ iso￭ le induced necro￭ sis syndrome lines is a complic￭ ation of adulter￭ ated cocaine recognized in 2011 caused by the use of lev￭ am￭ iso￭ le as a cutting agent for cocaine
lev￭ ator ani syndrome is a condition characterized by brief inter￭ mit￭ tent burning pain or ten￭ es￭ mus of the rec￭ tal or per￭ ine￭ al area
in mathematical physics level spac￭ ing is the difference between consecutive elements in some set of real numbers in particular it is the difference between consecutive energy levels or ei￭ gen￭ values of a matrix or linear operator
in graph theory and theoretical computer science the level anc￭ est￭ or problem is the problem of pre￭ processing a given rooted tree t into a data structure that can determine the anc￭ est￭ or of a given no￭ de at a given distance from the root of the tree more precisely let t be a rooted tree with n no￭ des and let v be an arbitrary no￭ de of t the level anc￭ est￭ or qu￭ ery la v d requests the anc￭ est￭ or of no￭ de v at depth d where the depth of a no￭ de v in a tree is the number of edges on the shortest path from the root of the tree to no￭ de v it is possible to solve this problem in constant time per qu￭ ery after a pre￭ processing algori￭ thm that takes o n and that builds a data structure that uses o n storage space
in negotiation leverage is the ability to influence the other side to move closer to one s negotiating position types of leverage include positive leverage negative leverage and normative leverage
le￭ vo transposition of the great arter￭ ies l transposition of the great arter￭ ies le￭ vo t￭ ga or l t￭ ga also commonly referred to as con￭ gen￭ it￭ ally corrected transposition of the great arter￭ ies cc t￭ ga is an ac￭ yan￭ otic con￭ genital heart defect ch￭ d in which the primary arter￭ ies the a￭ or￭ ta and the pul￭ mon￭ ary artery are transposed with the a￭ or￭ ta an￭ terior and to the left of the pul￭ mon￭ ary artery the mor￭ pho￭ logical left and right ven￭ tric￭ les with their corresponding atri￭ o￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular valves are also transposed use of the term corrected has been disputed by many due to the frequent occurrence of other ab￭ norm￭ alities and or acquired disorders in l t￭ ga patients in seg￭ mental analysis this condition is described as atri￭ o￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular dis￭ cord￭ ance ven￭ tric￭ ular in￭ version with ven￭ tric￭ ul￭ o￭ arter￭ ial dis￭ cord￭ ance l t￭ ga is often referred to simply as transposition of the great arter￭ ies t￭ ga however t￭ ga is a more general term which may also refer to d￭ extr￭ o transposition of the great arter￭ ies d t￭ ga another term commonly used to refer to both l t￭ ga and d t￭ ga is transposition of the great vessels tg￭ v although this term can have an even broader meaning than t￭ ga
le￭ vo￭ car￭ dia is a medical condition where the heart is on the correct side of the body the left as op￭ p￭ posed to d￭ ext￭ ro￭ car￭ dia in which the heart is in the right side of the thor￭ ac￭ ic cav￭ ity this can be associated with sit￭ us sol￭ it￭ us where the remainder of the organs are on correct side as well or sit￭ us in￭ versus which implies the vis￭ cer￭ a stomach liver intest￭ ines etc and possibly the lungs are on the wrong side the latter condition may or may not be associated with clin￭ ically relevant ab￭ norm￭ alities
le￭ vo￭ dop￭ a induced dy￭ sk￭ ine￭ sia is a form of dy￭ sk￭ ine￭ sia associated with le￭ vo￭ dop￭ a used to treat par￭ kinson s disease it often involves hyper￭ k￭ ine￭ tic movements including cho￭ rea dy￭ st￭ onia and athe￭ to￭ sis in the context of par￭ kinson s disease pd dy￭ sk￭ ine￭ sia is often the result of long term dop￭ amine therapy these motor fluctuations occur in up to 80 of pd patients after 5 – 10 years of l dop￭ a treatment abstract with the percentage of affected patients increasing over time based on the relationship with le￭ vo￭ dop￭ a do￭ sing dy￭ sk￭ ine￭ sia most commonly occurs at the time of peak l dop￭ a plasma concentrations and is thus referred to as peak dose dy￭ sk￭ ine￭ sia p￭ dd as patients advance they may evidence di￭ ph￭ as￭ ic dy￭ sk￭ ine￭ sia dd which occur when the drug concentration rises or falls if dy￭ sk￭ ine￭ sia becomes too severe or imp￭ airs the patient s quality of life a reduction in l dop￭ a might be necessary however this may be accompanied by a worsening of motor performance therefore once established lid is difficult to treat amongst pharmaco￭ logical treatment n methyl d as￭ part￭ ate n￭ m￭ da antagon￭ ist a glu￭ tam￭ ate recep￭ tor am￭ ant￭ ad￭ ine has been proven to be clin￭ ically effective in a small number of plac￭ e￭ bo controlled random￭ ized controlled trials while many others have only shown promise in animal models attempts to moderate dy￭ sk￭ ine￭ sia by the use of other treatments such as bromo￭ cri￭ pt￭ ine par￭ lo￭ del a dop￭ amine agon￭ ist appears to be ineffective in order to avoid dy￭ sk￭ ine￭ sia patients with the young onset form of the disease or young onset par￭ kinson s disease y￭ op￭ d are often hesitant to commence l dop￭ a therapy until absolutely necessary for fear of suffering severe dy￭ sk￭ ine￭ sia later on alternatives include the use of da agon￭ ists i e ro￭ p￭ ini￭ role or pr￭ am￭ ip￭ ex￭ ole in lieu of early l dop￭ a use which delays the use of l dop￭ a additionally a review shows that highly soluble l dop￭ a pro￭ drugs may be effective in avoiding the in vi￭ vo blood concentration swings that potentially lead to motor fluctuations and dy￭ sk￭ ine￭ sia
lewis lung carcin￭ oma is a tumor discovered by dr margaret r lewis of the w￭ ist￭ ar institute in 1951 this tumor originated spontaneously as a carcin￭ oma of the lung of a c 57 bl mouse the tumor does not appear to be grossly hemorrha￭ gic and the majority of the tumor tissue is a semi￭ firm homogeneous mass it is also called 3 ll and ll￭ c and is used as a trans￭ plan￭ table m￭ align￭ ancy it has been used in many studies in 1975 mun￭ son discovered that cannab￭ ino￭ ids suppress lewis lung carcin￭ oma cell growth the mechanism of this action was shown to be inhi￭ bi￭ tion of dna synthesis cannab￭ ino￭ ids increase the life span of mice carrying lewis lung tumors and decrease primary tumor size there are multiple modes of action
lex parliament￭ aria or a tre￭ ati￭ se of the law and custom of the parliaments of england was a pocket manual for members of the parliament of england it was originally attributed to george pe￭ ty￭ t however an attribution to ir￭ ish￭ man george phili￭ ps seems now to be widely accepted including by the historians sir james ware and walter harris thomas jefferson praised the book in a letter to his son in law opin￭ ing for parliamentary knowledge the lex parliament￭ aria is the best book its american counterparts are jefferson s own 18￭ 01 manual of parliamentary practice and lex parliament￭ aria americ￭ ana by luther st￭ earns cu￭ shing the term lex parliament￭ aria is also sometimes used to describe parliamentary law in general
l￭ ex￭ ical entr￭ ain￭ ment is the phenomenon in convers￭ ational lingu￭ is￭ tics of the process of the subject adopting the reference terms of their interlocutor in practice it acts as a mechanism of the cooperative principle in which both parties to the conversation employ l￭ ex￭ ical entr￭ ain￭ ment as a progressive system to develop conceptual pacts a working temporary convers￭ ational terminology to ensure maximum clarity of reference in the communication between the parties this process is necessary to overcome the ambiguity inherent in the multitude of synon￭ y￭ ms that exist in language l￭ ex￭ ical entr￭ ain￭ ment arises by two cooperative mechanisms embedded corrections a reference to the object implied by the context of the sentence but with no explicit reference to the change in terminology exposed corrections an explicit reference to the change in terminology possibly including a request to assign the refer￭ ent a common term e g by girl do you mean jane
l￭ ex￭ ical sem￭ an￭ tics also known as l￭ exi￭ co￭ sem￭ an￭ tics is a sub￭ field of linguistic sem￭ an￭ tics the units of analysis in l￭ ex￭ ical sem￭ an￭ tics are l￭ ex￭ ical units which include not only words but also sub words or sub units such as affi￭ xes and even compound words and phrases l￭ ex￭ ical units make up the catalogue of words in a language the l￭ exic￭ on l￭ ex￭ ical sem￭ an￭ tics looks at how the meaning of the l￭ ex￭ ical units cor￭ relates with the structure of the language or syn￭ tax this is referred to as syn￭ tax sem￭ an￭ tic interface the study of l￭ ex￭ ical sem￭ an￭ tics looks at the classification and de￭ composition of l￭ ex￭ ical items the differences and similarities in l￭ ex￭ ical sem￭ an￭ tic structure cross lingu￭ is￭ tically the relationship of l￭ ex￭ ical meaning to sentence meaning and syn￭ tax l￭ ex￭ ical units also referred to as syn￭ tactic atoms can stand alone such as in the case of root words or parts of compound words or they necessarily attach to other units such as pre￭ fixes and suff￭ i￭ xes do the former are called free morph￭ em￭ es and the latter bound morph￭ em￭ es they fall into a narrow range of meanings sem￭ an￭ tic fields and can combine with each other to generate new meanings
in computer science the l￭ exi￭ co￭ graphically minimal string rotation or l￭ exi￭ co￭ graphically least circular sub￭ string is the problem of finding the rotation of a string possessing the lowest l￭ exi￭ co￭ graphical order of all such ro￭ tations for example the l￭ exi￭ co￭ graphically minimal rotation of b￭ ba￭ acc￭ a￭ add would be a￭ acc￭ a￭ add￭ bb it is possible for a string to have multiple l￭ exi￭ co￭ graphically minimal ro￭ tations but for most applications this does not matter as the ro￭ tations must be equivalent finding the l￭ exi￭ co￭ graphically minimal rotation is useful as a way of norm￭ alizing strings if the strings represent potentially isom￭ orph￭ ic structures such as graphs norm￭ alizing in this way allows for simple equality checking a common implementation trick when dealing with circular strings is to con￭ cat￭ en￭ ate the string to itself instead of having to perform mod￭ ular arithmetic on the string indices
ley￭ dig cell hypo￭ pl￭ asia or ap￭ la￭ sia l￭ ch also known as ley￭ dig cell agen￭ esis is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive genetic and endocrine syndrome affecting an estimated 1 in 1 000 000 biological males it is characterized by an inability of the body to respond to lu￭ te￭ ini￭ zing hormone l￭ h a gon￭ ad￭ o￭ tro￭ pin which is normally responsible for sign￭ aling ley￭ dig cells of the tes￭ tic￭ les to produce te￭ sto￭ ster￭ one and other and￭ ro￭ gen sex hormones the condition manifests itself as pseu￭ do￭ her￭ m￭ aph￭ ro￭ di￭ tism partially or fully underdeveloped gen￭ italia hyper￭ gon￭ ad￭ o￭ tropic hypo￭ gon￭ ad￭ ism decreased or lack of production of sex ster￭ oids by the gon￭ ads despite high circulating levels of gon￭ ad￭ o￭ tro￭ pins reduced or absent pu￭ ber￭ ty lack of development of secondary sexual characteristics resulting in sexual inf￭ anti￭ lis￭ m if left untreated and in￭ fertility ley￭ dig cell hypo￭ pl￭ asia does not occur in biological females as they do not have either ley￭ dig cells or tes￭ tic￭ les however the cause of the condition in males lu￭ te￭ ini￭ zing hormone in￭ sensitivity does affect females and because l￭ h plays a role in the female reproductive system it can result in primary amen￭ or￭ rhe￭ a or olig￭ omen￭ or￭ rhe￭ a absent or reduced men￭ str￭ uation in￭ fertility due to an￭ ov￭ ulation and o￭ vari￭ an cy￭ sts a related condition is fol￭ lic￭ le stimulating hormone f￭ sh in￭ sensitivity which presents with similar symptoms to those of ley￭ dig cell hypo￭ pl￭ asia but with the symptoms in the respective sexes reversed i e hypo￭ gon￭ ad￭ ism and sexual inf￭ anti￭ lis￭ m in females and merely problems with fertility in males despite their similar causes f￭ sh in￭ sensitivity is considerably less common in comparison to l￭ h in￭ sensitivity
ley￭ dig cell tum￭ our also ley￭ dig cell tumor us spelling tes￭ tic￭ ular inter￭ sti￭ tial cell tum￭ our and tes￭ tic￭ ular inter￭ sti￭ tial cell tumor us spelling is a member of the sex cord st￭ rom￭ al tum￭ our group of o￭ vari￭ an and tes￭ tic￭ ular cancers it arises from ley￭ dig cells while the tum￭ our can occur at any age it occurs most often in young adults a ser￭ tol￭ i ley￭ dig cell tum￭ our is a combination of a ley￭ dig cell tum￭ our and a ser￭ tol￭ i cell tum￭ our from ser￭ tol￭ i cells
l￭ her￭ mit￭ te s phenomenon or the l￭ her￭ mit￭ te phenomenon l￭ ɛ￭ r￭ ˈ￭ mi￭ ː￭ t sometimes called the barber chair phenomenon is an electrical sensation that runs down the back and into the limbs the sensation can feel like it goes up or down the sp￭ ine it is generally considered uncomfortable in many patients it is elicited by b￭ ending the head forward it can also be ev￭ oked when a practitioner pounds on the poster￭ ior cer￭ vic￭ al sp￭ ine while the neck is fl￭ ex￭ ed this is caused by involvement of the poster￭ ior columns it is sometimes called l￭ her￭ mit￭ te s sign though this is technically incorrect as a sign is something that can be observed on examination whereas a symptom is the subjective experience l￭ her￭ mit￭ te s phenomenon is subjective and therefore a symptom l￭ her￭ mit￭ te s phenomenon is named for french neuro￭ logist jean l￭ her￭ mit￭ te
l￭ her￭ mit￭ te – duc￭ los disease ld￭ d english ˌ￭ l￭ ɛ￭ r￭ ˈ￭ mi￭ ː￭ t￭ ˌ￭ du￭ ː￭ ˈ￭ k￭ lo￭ ʊ also called dys￭ plastic gang￭ li￭ oc￭ y￭ tom￭ a of the cere￭ bell￭ um is a rare slowly growing tumor of the cere￭ bell￭ um a gang￭ li￭ oc￭ y￭ tom￭ a sometimes considered to be a ham￭ ar￭ tom￭ a characterized by diffuse hyper￭ tro￭ phy of the gran￭ ular layer of the cere￭ bell￭ um it is often associated with cow￭ den syndrome it was described by jacques jean l￭ her￭ mit￭ te and p duc￭ los in 1920
the library angel is a phenomenon described by arthur ko￭ est￭ ler in which information typically in libraries becomes accessible through chance or coincidence rather than through the use of a catalo￭ gu￭ ing system the library angel can be regarded as a form of synchron￭ icity bernard be￭ it￭ man who conducted research in coincidence studies found that 18 of his respondents had acquired information in an unexpected way
lichen au￭ re￭ us also known as lichen pur￭ pur￭ ic￭ us is a skin condition characterized by the sudden appearance of one or several golden or r￭ ust colored closely packed mac￭ ules or lic￭ hen￭ o￭ id pap￭ ules
lichen my￭ x￭ e￭ dem￭ ato￭ sus is a group of cu￭ taneous disorders considered m￭ uc￭ ino￭ ses conditions included in this group are generalized lichen my￭ x￭ e￭ dem￭ ato￭ sus loc￭ alized lichen my￭ x￭ e￭ dem￭ ato￭ sus dis￭ crete pap￭ ular lichen my￭ x￭ e￭ dem￭ ato￭ sus ac￭ ral persistent pap￭ ular m￭ uc￭ in￭ osis self healing pap￭ ular m￭ uc￭ in￭ osis self healing juvenile cu￭ taneous m￭ uc￭ in￭ osis pap￭ ular m￭ uc￭ in￭ osis of infancy atypical lichen my￭ x￭ e￭ dem￭ ato￭ sus atypical tuber￭ ous my￭ x￭ e￭ dem￭ a
lichen ni￭ ti￭ dus is a chronic infl￭ am￭ matory disease of unknown cause characterized by 1 – 2 mm dis￭ crete and uniform shiny flat top￭ ped pale flesh colored or red￭ dish brown pap￭ ules that may appear as hypo￭ pi￭ gm￭ ented against dark skin occasionally minimal scaling is present or can be induced by rub￭ bing the surface of the pap￭ ules the disease usually affects children and young adults and is pain￭ less and usually non￭ pr￭ uri￭ tic although protracted it￭ ching may occur in some cases it is sometimes referred to by der￭ mato￭ logists as mini lichen plan￭ us
lichen plan￭ us l￭ p is an un￭ common disease of the skin with a prevalence reported between 0 1 – 0 3 in men and women respectively the cause is unknown but it is thought to be the result of an auto￭ immune process with an unknown initial trigger there is no cure but many different medications and procedures have been used in efforts to control the symptoms the term lic￭ hen￭ o￭ id reaction or lic￭ hen￭ o￭ id le￭ sion refers to a le￭ sion of similar or identical hist￭ opath￭ o￭ logic and clinical appearance to lichen plan￭ us i e an area which looks the same as lichen plan￭ us both to the naked eye and under a micro￭ scope sometimes dental materials or certain medications can cause a lic￭ hen￭ o￭ id reaction they can also occur in association with graft versus host disease
wise rein disease lichen ru￭ ber mon￭ ili￭ form￭ is is a rare skin disease named for fred wise and charles r rein it is one of several diseases also known as ka￭ posi s disease based on its characterization in 18￭ 86 by mor￭ itz ka￭ posi it is thought to be a rare variety of lichen plan￭ us it is also known as mor￭ bus mon￭ ili￭ form￭ is lic￭ hen￭ o￭ ides
lichen s￭ cl￭ ero￭ sus ls and also known as lichen s￭ cl￭ ero￭ sus et atro￭ ph￭ ic￭ us l￭ se￭ ta also termed incorrectly lichen sclerosis et atro￭ ph￭ ic￭ us is a disease of unknown cause that results in white pat￭ ches on the skin which may cause scar￭ ring on and around genital or sometimes other skin there is a b￭ im￭ od￭ al age distribution in the incidence of ls it occurs in females with an average age of diagnosis of 7 6 years in girls and 60 years old in women the average age of diagnosis in boys is 9 – 11 years old several risk factors have been proposed including auto￭ immune diseases infections and genetic pre￭ disposition there is evidence that ls can be associated with thyro￭ id disease
lichen scro￭ ful￭ o￭ sor￭ um also known as tuberculosis cu￭ tis lic￭ hen￭ o￭ ides is a rare tuber￭ cu￭ lid that presents as a lic￭ hen￭ o￭ id eruption of minute pap￭ ules in children and adolescents with tuberculosis the le￭ sions are usually as￭ ymp￭ tomatic closely grouped skin colored to red￭ dish brown pap￭ ules often peri￭ fol￭ lic￭ ular and are mainly found on the ab￭ dom￭ en chest back and proxim￭ al parts of the limbs the eruption is usually associated with a strongly positive tubercul￭ in reaction of the three tuber￭ cu￭ li￭ ds the incidence of lichen scro￭ ful￭ o￭ sor￭ um was found to be the lowest 2 in a large study conducted in hong kong this highlights its r￭ arity and significance as an important marker of un￭ detected tuberculosis
lichen simpl￭ ex ch￭ ron￭ ic￭ us also known as neuro￭ der￭ mati￭ tis is a skin disorder characterized by chronic it￭ ching and scrat￭ ching the constant scrat￭ ching causes thick lea￭ ther￭ y bro￭ wn￭ ish skin this condition is more common between ages 30 and 50 and is seen more in women than in men
lichen spin￭ ul￭ o￭ sus also known as ker￭ at￭ osis spin￭ ul￭ osa is a rare skin disorder characterized by fol￭ lic￭ ular ker￭ ato￭ tic pap￭ ules that are grouped into large pat￭ ches it is a variant of ker￭ at￭ osis pil￭ aris
lichen stri￭ atus also known as blas￭ ch￭ ko linear acquired infl￭ am￭ matory skin eruption and linear lic￭ hen￭ o￭ id der￭ mat￭ osis is a rare skin condition that is seen primarily in children most frequently appearing ages 5 – 15 it consists of a self limiting eruption of small scal￭ y pap￭ ules
lichen ver￭ ru￭ co￭ sus et re￭ ticul￭ aris is a cu￭ taneous condition that may be related to ker￭ at￭ osis lic￭ hen￭ o￭ ides ch￭ ron￭ ica
a lic￭ hen￭ o￭ id eruption is a skin disease characterized by damage and infiltr￭ ation between the ep￭ id￭ er￭ mis and der￭ mis examples include lichen plan￭ us lichen s￭ cl￭ ero￭ sus and lichen ni￭ ti￭ dus it can also be associated with abra￭ sion or drug use it has been observed in conjunction with the use of prot￭ on pump inhi￭ bit￭ ors the term lic￭ hen￭ o￭ id derives from a resemblance to a lichen
lic￭ hen￭ o￭ id tri￭ ker￭ at￭ osis is a cu￭ taneous condition that may be related to ker￭ at￭ osis lic￭ hen￭ o￭ ides ch￭ ron￭ ica
a lick gran￭ ul￭ oma also known as ac￭ ral lick der￭ mati￭ tis is a skin disorder in dogs it results typically from the dog s urge to lick the lower portion of one of his or her legs the le￭ sion can initially be red sw￭ oll￭ en irritated and bleeding similar to a hot spot wet ecz￭ ema the dog s inc￭ ess￭ ant lic￭ king of the le￭ sion eventually results in a thick￭ ened firm o￭ val pla￭ que a major cause of lick gran￭ ul￭ oma appears to be psychological related to stress anxiety separation anxiety bore￭ dom or compul￭ siveness lick gran￭ ul￭ om￭ as are especially seen in active dogs left alone for long periods of time one theory is that excessive lic￭ king causes endor￭ ph￭ in release which reduces pain and makes the dog feel euph￭ or￭ ic temporarily that effect then causes an addiction to lic￭ king treatment of the primary cause if known is essential in psycho￭ genic cases psychological factors should be identified and addressed such as being left alone all day being confined and changes in the household
lic￭ or￭ ice is an extract from the gly￭ cy￭ r￭ r￭ hi￭ za g￭ lab￭ ra plant which contains gly￭ cy￭ r￭ r￭ hi￭ z￭ ic acid or g￭ za g￭ za is made of one mol￭ ecu￭ le of gly￭ cy￭ r￭ rhe￭ tic acid and two molecules of gl￭ uc￭ u￭ ronic acid the extracts from the root of the plant can also be referred to as lic￭ or￭ ice sweet root and gly￭ cy￭ r￭ r￭ hi￭ za extract g g￭ lab￭ ra grows in sub￭ tropical clim￭ ates in europe the middle east and western asia when administered orally the product of gly￭ cy￭ r￭ rhe￭ tic acid is found in human urine whereas g￭ za is not this shows that gly￭ cy￭ r￭ rhe￭ tic acid is absorbed and met￭ abo￭ lized in the intest￭ ines in humans g￭ za is hydro￭ ly￭ zed to gly￭ cy￭ r￭ rhe￭ tic acid in the intest￭ ines by bacteria for thousands of years g g￭ lab￭ ra has been used for medicinal purposes including indi￭ ges￭ tion and stomach infl￭ amm￭ ation some other medicinal purposes are cough suppression ul￭ cer treatment and use as a lax￭ ative also salts of g￭ za can be used in many products as sweeteners and aromati￭ zers the major use of lic￭ or￭ ice goes towards the tobacco industry at roughly 90 of usage the rest is split evenly between food and pharmaceu￭ tics at 5 of usage each federal register 1983 lic￭ or￭ ice extract is often found in swe￭ ets and many can￭ dies some drugs and beverages like root beer they can also be used in chewing gum tobacco products like snu￭ ff and tooth￭ paste an increase in intake of lic￭ or￭ ice can cause many toxic effects hyper￭ miner￭ al￭ oc￭ or￭ ti￭ co￭ ster￭ o￭ id syndrome can occur when the body retains sodium loses potassium altering bio￭ chemical and hormonal activities some of these activities include lower al￭ do￭ ster￭ one level decline of the ren￭ in an￭ gi￭ ot￭ ens￭ in system and increased levels of the atri￭ al nat￭ ri￭ u￭ re￭ tic hormone in order to compensate the variations in homo￭ e￭ ost￭ asis some other symptoms of toxicity include electro￭ ly￭ te imbalance oe￭ dem￭ a increased blood pressure weight gain heart problems and weakness individuals will experience certain symptoms based on the severity of toxicity some other complaints include fatigue short￭ ness of breath ren￭ al failure and paralysis many adverse effects of lic￭ or￭ ice poisoning can be seen and most are attributed to the miner￭ al￭ oc￭ or￭ ti￭ co￭ id effects of g￭ za depending on the dose and intake of lic￭ or￭ ice serious problems and even hosp￭ itali￭ zation can arise people with previously existing heart or kidney problems may be more susceptible to g￭ za and lic￭ or￭ ice poisoning it is important to monitor the amount of lic￭ or￭ ice consumed in order to prevent toxicity it is difficult to determine a safe level due to many varying factors from person to person in the most sensitive individuals daily intake of about 100 mg g￭ za can cause problems this is equivalent to 50 g lic￭ or￭ ice swe￭ ets however in most people they can consume up to 400 mg before experiencing symptoms which would be about 200 g lic￭ or￭ ice swe￭ ets a rule of thumb says a normal healthy person can consume 10 mg g￭ za a day
li￭ ddle s syndrome also called li￭ ddle syndrome and pseu￭ do￭ hyper￭ al￭ do￭ ster￭ on￭ ism is a genetic disorder inherited in an auto￭ som￭ al dominant manner that is characterized by early and frequently severe high blood pressure associated with low plasma ren￭ in activity metabol￭ ic al￭ k￭ alo￭ sis low blood potassium and normal to low levels of al￭ do￭ ster￭ one li￭ ddle syndrome involves abnormal kidney function with excess re￭ absorption of sodium and loss of potassium from the ren￭ al tu￭ bu￭ le and is treated with a combination of low sodium diet and potassium spar￭ ing di￭ u￭ re￭ tic drugs e g am￭ il￭ oride it is extremely rare with fewer than 30 pedi￭ gre￭ es or isolated cases having been reported worldwide as of 2008
in the theory of lie groups lie al￭ ge￭ br￭ as and their representation theory a lie al￭ ge￭ bra extension e is an enlargement of a given lie al￭ ge￭ bra g by another lie al￭ ge￭ bra h extensions arise in several ways there is the trivial extension obtained by taking a direct sum of two lie al￭ ge￭ br￭ as other types are the split extension and the central extension extensions may arise naturally for instance when forming a lie al￭ ge￭ bra from projec￭ tive group representations such a lie al￭ ge￭ bra will contain central charges starting with a poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al loop al￭ ge￭ bra over finite dimensional simple lie al￭ ge￭ bra and performing two extensions a central extension and an extension by a deri￭ vation one obtains a lie al￭ ge￭ bra which is isom￭ orph￭ ic with an un￭ twisted aff￭ ine k￭ ac – moody al￭ ge￭ bra using the centrally extended loop al￭ ge￭ bra al￭ ge￭ bra one may construct a current al￭ ge￭ bra in two spac￭ e￭ time dimensions the vir￭ as￭ oro al￭ ge￭ bra is the universal central extension of the witt al￭ ge￭ bra central extensions are needed in physics because the sym￭ metry group of a quan￭ tized system usually is a central extension of the classical sym￭ metry group and in the same way the corresponding sym￭ metry lie al￭ ge￭ bra of the quantum system is in general a central extension of the classical sym￭ metry al￭ ge￭ bra k￭ ac – moody al￭ ge￭ br￭ as have been con￭ jec￭ tured to be a sym￭ metry groups of a unified super￭ string theory the centrally extended lie al￭ ge￭ br￭ as play a dominant role in quantum field theory particularly in conform￭ al field theory string theory and in m theory a large portion towards the end is devoted to background material for applications of lie al￭ ge￭ bra extensions both in mathematics and in physics in areas where they are actually useful a paren￭ the￭ tical link is provided where it might be beneficial
the condition was first described by dr f lie￭ ben￭ berg in 1973 while he followed multiple generations of a south african family but it has since been noticed in other family line￭ ages across the world
the lie￭ bes￭ kind – s￭ rog￭ l coupling reaction is an organic reaction forming a new carbon – carbon bond from a thi￭ o￭ ester and a bor￭ onic acid using a metal catalyst this reaction was invented and named after j￭ iri s￭ rog￭ l from the academy of sciences czech republic and l￭ anny s lie￭ bes￭ kind from em￭ ory university atlanta georgia usa the metal catalyst depicted below uses t￭ fp tr￭ is 2 fur￭ yl phosp￭ h￭ ine as an additional lig￭ and and cut￭ c copper i thi￭ op￭ hen￭ e 2 car￭ box￭ y￭ late as a co metal catalyst the overall reaction scheme is shown below the lie￭ bes￭ kind s￭ rog￭ l coupling reaction
li￭ es￭ eg￭ ang rings ˈ￭ li￭ ː￭ z￭ ə￭ ɡ￭ ɑ￭ ː￭ ŋ are a phenomenon seen in many if not most chemical systems undergoing a precip￭ itation reaction under certain conditions of concentration and in the absence of conv￭ ection
life is pain is a german rock band from for￭ ch￭ heim upper fran￭ con￭ ia
a life debt is a literary phenomenon in which someone whose life is saved or spared by another becomes indebted or in some way connected to their savior a life debt can only be paid off by saving the original savi￭ our s life in return
life is a problem is an album by mar￭ ah released in 2010
a life review is a phenomenon widely reported as occurring during near death experiences in which a person rapidly sees much or the tot￭ ality of their life history in chronological sequence and in extreme detail it is often referred to by people having experienced this phenomenon as having their life flash before their eyes the life review is discussed in some detail by near death experience scholars such as raymond moody kenneth ring and barbara rom￭ mer a reform￭ atory purpose seems commonly implicit in accounts though not necessarily for ear￭ thly purpose since return from a near death experience may reportedly entail individual choice while experi￭ en￭ cers who number up to eight million in the united states sometimes report that reviews took place in the company of other￭ worl￭ dly beings who shared the observation they also say they felt un￭ judged during the process leaving themselves their own strongest critics although rare there are also a few accounts of life reviews or similar experiences without a near death experience such as during the simpler out of body experience or when under circumstances of intense threat or du￭ ress many scientists discount near death experiences themselves and criticize their credibility furthermore there is evidence suggesting cultural differences in the near death experience which is why some believe n￭ des are halluc￭ inary
lifestyle diseases also sometimes called diseases of longevity or diseases of civilization inter￭ change￭ ably are defined as diseases linked with the way people live their life this is commonly caused by alcohol drug and smoking abuse as well as lack of physical activity and unhealthy eating diseases that impact on our lifestyle are heart disease stroke obesity and type ii diabetes the diseases that appear to the increase in frequency as countries become more industrialized and people live longer they can include alzheimer s disease ar￭ thri￭ tis a￭ ther￭ os￭ clerosis asthma cancer chronic liver disease or cir￭ rho￭ sis chronic obstruc￭ tive pul￭ mon￭ ary disease type 2 diabetes heart disease metabol￭ ic syndrome chronic ren￭ al failure o￭ ste￭ op￭ or￭ osis stroke depression and obesity in the u k the death rate is four times higher from respiratory disease caused by an unhealthy lifestyle some comm￭ enters maintain a distinction between diseases of longevity and diseases of civilization certain diseases such as diabetes dental car￭ ies or asthma appear at greater rates in young populations living in the western way their increased incidence is not related to age so the terms cannot accurately be used inter￭ change￭ ably for all diseases
in aerod￭ y￭ nam￭ ics the lift to drag ratio or l d ratio is the amount of lift generated by a wing or vehicle divided by the aerod￭ y￭ nam￭ ic drag it creates by moving through the air a higher or more favorable l d ratio is typically one of the major goals in aircraft design since a particular aircraft s required lift is set by its weight delivering that lift with lower drag leads directly to better fuel economy in aircraft climb performance and gli￭ de ratio the term is calculated for any particular air￭ speed by measuring the lift generated then dividing by the drag at that speed these vary with speed so the results are typically plo￭ tted on a 2 d graph in almost all cases the graph forms a u shape due to the two main components of drag lift to drag ratios can be determined by flight test by calculation or by testing in a wind tunnel
lift is a meteorological phenomenon used as an energy source by soaring aircraft and soaring birds the most common human application of lift is in sport and recreation the three air sports that use soaring flight are gli￭ ding hang gli￭ ding and parag￭ li￭ ding energy can be gained by using rising air from four sources ther￭ m￭ als where air rises due to heat ridge lift where air is forced upwards by a slope wave lift where a mountain produces a standing wave convergence where two air masses meet in dynamic soaring it is also possible to gain energy though this uses differences in wind speeds rather than rising air
the lifted index li is the temperature difference between an air parcel lifted adi￭ ab￭ atically tp p and the environment te p at a given pressure height in the tro￭ po￭ sphere lowest layer where most weather occurs of the atmosphere usually 500 h￭ pa mb when the value is positive the atmosphere at the respective height is stable and when the value is negative the atmosphere is unstable
lig￭ am￭ ent￭ ous lax￭ ity or lig￭ ament lax￭ ity is a term given to describe loose lig￭ aments lig￭ am￭ ent￭ ous lax￭ ity is a cause of chronic body pain characterized by loose lig￭ aments when this condition affects joints in the entire body it is called generalized joint hyper￭ mobility which occurs in about five percent of the population and may be genetic loose lig￭ aments can appear in a variety of ways and levels of severity it also does not always affect the entire body one could have loose lig￭ aments of the feet but not of the arms someone with lig￭ am￭ ent￭ ous lax￭ ity by definition has loose lig￭ aments unlike other more pervasive diseases the diagnosis does not require the presence of loose tend￭ ons muscles or blood vessels hyper￭ lax skin or other connec￭ tive tissue problems in her￭ itable connec￭ tive tissue disorders associated with joint hyper￭ mobility such as mar￭ fan syndrome and eh￭ lers dan￭ los syndrome types i iii vii and xi the joint lax￭ ity usually is apparent before adul￭ thood however age of onset and extent of joint lax￭ ity are variable in mar￭ fan syndrome and joint lax￭ ity may be confined to the hands alone as in eh￭ lers dan￭ los syndrome type iv in most people lig￭ aments which are the tissues that connect bones to each other are naturally tight in such a way that the joints are restricted to normal ranges of motion this creates normal joint stability if muscular control does not compensate for lig￭ am￭ ent￭ ous lax￭ ity joint instability may result the trait is almost certainly hereditary and is usually something the affected person would just be aware of rather than a serious medical condition however if there is widespread lax￭ ity of other connec￭ tive tissue then this may be a sign of eh￭ lers dan￭ los syndrome lig￭ am￭ ent￭ ous lax￭ ity may also result from injury such as a injury or a car accident it can result from whi￭ pl￭ ash and be overlooked for years by doctors who are not looking for it despite the chronic pain that accompanies the resultant spinal instability lig￭ am￭ ent￭ ous lax￭ ity will show up on an u￭ pri￭ ght m￭ ri the only kind of m￭ ri that will show soft tissue damage it can be seen in standing stress radio￭ graphs in fl￭ ex￭ ion extension and neutral views as well and also digital motion x ray or d￭ m￭ x an advantage to having lax lig￭ aments and joints is the ability to withstand pain from hyper￭ extension however this is also a disadvantage as a lack of perceived pain can prevent a person from removing the lig￭ ament from insult leading to lig￭ ament damage people with hyper￭ mobile joints or double join￭ ted people almost by definition have lax lig￭ aments
the light independent reactions of photo￭ synthesis are chemical reactions that convert carbon dioxide and other compounds into glucose these reactions occur in the st￭ roma the fluid filled area of a chlor￭ op￭ last outside of the thy￭ la￭ ko￭ id memb￭ ran￭ es these reactions take the products at￭ p and nad￭ ph of light dependent reactions and perform further chemical processes on them there are three phases to the light independent reactions collectively called the cal￭ vin cycle carbon fixation reduction reactions and ri￭ bul￭ ose 1 5 bis￭ phosphate ru￭ bp regeneration despite its name this process occurs only when light is available plants do not carry out the cal￭ vin cycle during night￭ time they instead release sucrose into the ph￭ lo￭ em from their starch reserves this process happens when light is available independent of the kind of photo￭ synthesis c 3 carbon fixation c 4 carbon fixation and cr￭ ass￭ ul￭ ac￭ ean acid metabol￭ ism cam plants store mal￭ ic acid in their vacu￭ oles every night and release it by day in order to make this process work
light time correction is a displacement in the apparent position of a cel￭ esti￭ al object from its true position or geome￭ tric position caused by the object s motion during the time it takes its light to reach an observer light time correction occurs in principle during the observation of any moving object because the speed of light is finite the magnitude and direction of the displacement in position depends upon the distance of the object from the observer and the motion of the object and is measured at the instant at which the object s light reaches the observer it is independent of the motion of the observer it should be contr￭ asted with the aberr￭ ation of light which depends upon the instan￭ taneous velocity of the observer at the time of observation and is independent of the motion or distance of the object light time correction can be applied to any object whose distance and motion are known in particular it is usually necessary to apply it to the motion of a planet or other solar system object for this reason the combined displacement of the apparent position due to the effects of light time correction and aberr￭ ation is known as plan￭ e￭ tary aberr￭ ation by convention light time correction is not applied to the positions of stars because their motion and distance may not be known accurately
light chain de￭ position disease l￭ c￭ dd is a rare blood cell disease which is characterized by de￭ position of fragments of infection fighting immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ul￭ ins called light chains l￭ cs in the body l￭ cs are normally cleared by the kidneys but in l￭ c￭ dd these light chain deposits damage organs and cause disease the kidneys are almost always affected and this often leads to kidney failure about half of people with light chain de￭ position disease also have multiple my￭ el￭ oma unlike in al amy￭ lo￭ ido￭ sis in which light chains are laid down in characteristic amy￭ loid deposits in l￭ c￭ dd light chains are deposited in non amy￭ loid gran￭ ules
a light echo is a phenomenon observed in astro￭ no￭ my analogous to an echo of sound a light echo is produced when a sudden flash or burst of light such as that observed in nov￭ ae is reflected off a source and arrives at the vie￭ wer after a considerably longer duration than it otherwise would have taken with a direct path because of their geome￭ tries light echoes can produce the illusion of super￭ lumin￭ al speeds
the light field is a vector function that describes the amount of light flowing in every direction through every point in space the direction of each ray is given by the 5 d plen￭ op￭ tic function and the magnitude of each ray is given by the radi￭ ance michael far￭ aday was the first to propose in an 18￭ 46 lecture entitled thoughts on ray vibrations that light should be interpreted as a field much like the magnetic fields on which he had been working for several years the phrase light field was coined by andre￭ y ger￭ shun in a classic paper on the radi￭ ome￭ tric properties of light in three dimensional space 1936
in ecology a light gap is a break in the forest can￭ op￭ y or similar barrier that allows young plants to grow where they would be otherwise inhi￭ bited by the lack of light reaching the se￭ ed￭ bed light gaps form predominantly when a tree falls and thus produces an opening in the forest can￭ op￭ y
a light pillar is an atmospheric optical phenomenon in the form of a vertical band of light which appears to extend above and or below a light source the effect is created by the reflection of light from numerous tiny ice cryst￭ als suspended in the atmosphere or clouds the light can come from the sun usually when it is near or even below the horizon in which case the phenomenon is called a sun pillar or solar pillar it can also come from the moon or from terrestrial sources such as stre￭ et￭ lights
lightning burns are a cu￭ taneous condition a type of electrical burn following a lightning strike on a human they are characterized by a unique pattern of skin le￭ sions alternative names for them include ker￭ a￭ un￭ o￭ graphic markings fea￭ thering fer￭ ning lich￭ ten￭ berg figures lightning flowers or lightning trees according to a bbc article the marks are formed when cap￭ il￭ lar￭ ies beneath the skin rupture due to the electrical discharge and they usually appear within hours of the strike though they tend to disappear within a few days they also generally occur on the upper body
lightning injuries are injuries caused by lightning strikes they result from three factors electrical damage intense heat the mechanical energy which these generate while sudden death is common because of the huge voltage of a lightning strike survivors often fare better than victims of other electrical injuries caused by a more prolonged application of lesser voltage the treatment of lightning injuries is ker￭ a￭ un￭ ome￭ dic￭ ine
ligh￭ tw￭ ood – al￭ bright syndrome is a form of ren￭ al tu￭ bul￭ ar aci￭ do￭ sis it is also known as ligh￭ tw￭ ood syndrome it is named for reg￭ in￭ ald cy￭ ril ligh￭ tw￭ ood and fuller al￭ bright
in the philippines li￭ h￭ í is a condition in which a pregnant woman cr￭ a￭ ves strongly for something usually food such as sour un￭ ripe man￭ go with bag￭ o￭ ong while it is a cultural concept universal to fili￭ pin￭ os it is also understood that expec￭ tant mothers of any race may experience li￭ h￭ í it is still debatable as to whether li￭ h￭ í can be classified as either a biological or psychological condition
in statistics a likelihood function often simply the likelihood is a function of the parameters of a statistical model given data likelihood functions play a key role in statistical infer￭ ence especially methods of estimating a parameter from a set of statistics in informal contexts likelihood is often used as a synon￭ ym for probability in statistics a distinction is made depending on the roles of outcomes vs parameters probability is used before data are available to describe possible future outcomes given a fixed value for the parameter or parameter vector likelihood is used after data are available to describe a function of a parameter or parameter vector for a given outcome
li￭ l￭ ac wit￭ ches ’ bro￭ om l￭ w￭ b is a disease of li￭ lac￭ s caused by the phy￭ top￭ las￭ ma candidat￭ us phy￭ top￭ las￭ ma fra￭ x￭ ini this phy￭ top￭ las￭ ma was first identified as the causal agent of ash yel￭ lows and has since been attributed to both diseases symptoms of the l￭ w￭ b phy￭ top￭ las￭ ma include wit￭ ches bro￭ oms shortened inter￭ no￭ des on new growth t￭ wig die￭ back overall loss of vitality and premature death detection is primarily performed based on physiological symptoms in the host plant although a new identification based on direct gene sequ￭ encing has been confirmed there is no known cure for this disease so management strategies involving culling and proper disposal of infected specimens is encouraged the disease is believed to be spread by means of an insect vector most likely of the order hem￭ ip￭ tera certain cultiv￭ ars of li￭ lac￭ s appear to be more susceptible notably those of the pre￭ ston li￭ l￭ ac series developed at the central experimental farm in ottawa canada recent research performed there suggests heat treatment of sci￭ on material as an effective means of sterilization
limb gir￭ dle muscular dy￭ stro￭ phy l￭ gm￭ d or er￭ b s muscular dy￭ stro￭ phy is a genetically and clin￭ ically heterogeneous group of rare muscular dy￭ stro￭ ph￭ ies it is characterised by progressive muscle wasting which affects predominantly hip and shoulder muscles l￭ gm￭ d has an auto￭ som￭ al pattern of inheritance and currently has no known cure
limb body wall complex l￭ b￭ w￭ c is a rare fe￭ tal mal￭ formation of unknown origins traditionally diagnosis has been based on the van allen et al criteria i e the presence of two out of three of the following anomalies 1 ex￭ encephal￭ y or encephal￭ oce￭ le with facial cle￭ f￭ ts 2 thor￭ aco and or ab￭ domin￭ o￭ sch￭ is￭ is and 3 limb defects l￭ b￭ w￭ c occurs in approximately 0 32 in 100 000 births at this time there is no known cause of limb body wall complex however there have been tentative links made between a diagnosis of l￭ b￭ w￭ c and cocaine use in addition current research has shown that there may be a genetic cause for a small limited number of l￭ b￭ w￭ c cases limb body wall complex is a lethal birth defect there are only anec￭ do￭ tal stories of survivors
limb dark￭ ening is an optical effect seen in stars including the sun where the center part of the disk appears brighter than the edge or limb of the image its understanding offered early solar astro￭ no￭ mers an opportunity to construct models with such gr￭ adi￭ ents this encouraged the development of the theory of radi￭ ative transfer
lim￭ ber tail syndrome or acute c￭ aud￭ al my￭ opathy is a disorder of the muscles in the tail usually affecting working dogs an injury occurring mostly in sporting or working dogs such as english pointers english set￭ ters fo￭ x￭ h￭ ounds be￭ ag￭ les and lab￭ rador retri￭ evers lim￭ ber tail syndrome is also known as swim￭ mer s tail cold water tail broken tail dead tail or broken wa￭ g
lim￭ bic en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis is a form of en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis a disease characterised by infl￭ amm￭ ation of the brain lim￭ bic en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis is caused by auto￭ immunity an abnormal state where the body produces antibodies against itself some cases are associated with cancer and some are not although the disease is known as lim￭ bic en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis it is seldom limited to the lim￭ bic system and post mortem studies usually show involvement of other parts of the brain the disease was first described by bri￭ er￭ ley and others in 1960 as a series of three cases the link to cancer was first noted in 1968 and confirmed by later investigators the majority of cases of lim￭ bic en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis are associated with a tum￭ our diagnosed or un￭ diagnosed in cases caused by tum￭ our cure is only achieved when the tum￭ our is removed completely this is not always possible lim￭ bic en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis is classified according to the auto anti￭ body that causes the disease the most common types are anti hu which is associated with small cell carcin￭ oma of the lungs anti ma 2 associated with germ cell tum￭ ours of the testi￭ s anti n￭ m￭ dar associated with tumors of the ov￭ aries commonly ter￭ atom￭ as since 2002 following a report of case of a 21 year old woman sub￭ acutely developed memory loss subsequent to gastro￭ enter￭ i￭ tis similar cases of non par￭ ane￭ op￭ l￭ astic le its association with auto anti￭ body and response to ster￭ o￭ id has been described lim￭ bic en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis associated with voltage ‐ gated potassium channel antibodies v￭ g￭ k￭ c ‐ abs may frequently be non ‐ par￭ ane￭ op￭ l￭ astic a recent study of 15 cases of lim￭ bic en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis found raised v￭ g￭ k￭ c ‐ abs associated with non ‐ par￭ ane￭ op￭ l￭ astic disorders and remission following immun￭ o￭ sup￭ pres￭ sive treatment
a lim￭ bus verte￭ bra also see vertebr￭ al epo￭ ph￭ ysis is a bone trauma in the vertebr￭ al body bearing a radio￭ graphic similarity to a vertebr￭ al frac￭ ture the an￭ terior superior corner of a single verte￭ bra is the common site for this defect although it can also be seen at the inferior corner as well as the poster￭ ior or an￭ terior margin anatom￭ ically it is assumed to be an intra vertebr￭ al body her￭ ni￭ ation of the dis￭ c material occurring during adoles￭ cent grow￭ t spur￭ t when the ring apo￭ ph￭ ysis has not yet f￭ used it was first described by sch￭ mor￭ l in 19￭ 27 and later in detail by le￭ if s￭ ward and ad￭ ad bar￭ an￭ to viewed in a lateral radio￭ graph it appears as a tri￭ ang￭ ular shaped bone frag￭ ment not unlike an an￭ terior lip frac￭ ture but with sof￭ ter edges lim￭ bus verte￭ bra is not always symptomatic but severe cases may lead to more serious pathological conditions and chronic pain in rare instances a poster￭ ior lim￭ bus verte￭ bra has been described causing radic￭ ul￭ opathy due to nerve root compression
limb – mam￭ mary syndrome is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by p 63 mutations
a lim￭ p is a type of asymmetric ab￭ normality of the ga￭ it lim￭ ping may be caused by pain weakness neuro￭ muscular imbalance or a sk￭ el￭ etal de￭ form￭ ity the most common underlying cause of a painful lim￭ p is physical trauma however in the absence of trauma other serious causes such as se￭ ptic ar￭ thri￭ tis or slipped capital fem￭ oral ep￭ ip￭ h￭ ysis may be present the diagnostic approach involves ruling out potentially serious causes via the use of x rays blood tests and sometimes joint aspiration initial treatment involves pain management a lim￭ p is the presenting problem in about 4 of children who visit hospital emergency departments
lim￭ p w￭ ris￭ ting is a phenomenon commonly encountered by semi￭ automatic pistol shoo￭ ters where the shooter s grip is not firm enough and the wrist is not held firm straight enough to keep the frame of the fire￭ arm from traveling re￭ ar￭ ward while the bolt or slide of the pistol cycles this condition often results in a failure to complete the operating cycle properly termed a mal￭ function but commonly and incorrectly termed a jam rifles and shot￭ guns if fired without the stock in the shoulder may also be prone to lim￭ p w￭ ris￭ ting of the important variables involved in this type of jam bullet and gas momentum slide and barrel mass reco￭ il spring pre load and spring rate and shooting hand and arm mass are much more important than the compliance lim￭ p￭ ness of the wrist
lin￭ burg – com￭ stock syndrome is an abnormal tend￭ inous connection between the fl￭ ex￭ or pol￭ lic￭ is long￭ us and the fl￭ ex￭ or dig￭ it￭ orum pro￭ fun￭ dus of the index the middle finger or both it is an anatom￭ ical variation in human which may be viewed as a path￭ ology if causes symptoms it was recognised as early as the 1800 s but was first described by lin￭ burg and com￭ stock in 1979
in probability theory lin￭ deb￭ erg s condition is a sufficient condition and under certain conditions also a necessary condition for the central limit theore￭ m cl￭ t to hold for a sequence of independent random variables unlike the classical cl￭ t which requires that the random variables in question have finite mean and variance and be both independent and iden￭ tically distributed lin￭ deb￭ erg s cl￭ t only requires that they have finite mean and variance satisfy lin￭ deb￭ erg s condition and be independent it is named after the finnish mathem￭ ati￭ cian jar￭ l wal￭ dem￭ ar lin￭ deb￭ erg
line regulation is the ability to maintain a constant output voltage level on the output channel of a power supply despite changes to the input voltage level
a line￭ al descend￭ ant in legal usage is a blood relative in the direct line of descent the children grandchildren great grandchildren etc of a person in a legal procedure sense line￭ al descent refers to the acquisition of estate by inheritance from grand￭ parent to parent and parent to child whereas collateral descent refers to the acquisition of estate or real property by inheritance from si￭ bling to si￭ bling and cousin to cousin adopted children for whom adoption statutes create the same rights of he￭ ir￭ ship as children of the body come within the meaning of the term line￭ al descendants as used in a statute providing for the non lapse of a devise where the devis￭ ee predec￭ e￭ ases the te￭ stat￭ or but leaves line￭ al descendants among native american tribes in the united states tribal en￭ roll￭ ment can be determined by line￭ al descent as opposed to a minimum blood quantum line￭ al descent means that anyone directly descended from original tribal en￭ rol￭ lees could be eligible for tribal en￭ roll￭ ment regardless of how much native blood they have
linear ig￭ a bull￭ ous der￭ mat￭ osis also known as linear ig￭ a der￭ mat￭ osis is frequently associated with medication exposure especially van￭ com￭ y￭ cin with men and women being equally affected it was first described by t￭ ad￭ eus￭ z chor￭ zel￭ ski in 1979 linear ig￭ a der￭ mat￭ osis is a rare immune medi￭ ated bl￭ is￭ tering skin disease that may be divided into two types adult linear ig￭ a disease is an acquired auto￭ immune bl￭ is￭ tering disease that may present with a clinical pattern of ves￭ ic￭ les in￭ distingu￭ ishable from der￭ mati￭ tis her￭ peti￭ form￭ is or with ves￭ ic￭ les and bul￭ la￭ e in a bull￭ ous p￭ emp￭ hi￭ go￭ id like appearance this disease can often be difficult to treat even with usually effective medications such as rit￭ u￭ xim￭ ab childhood linear ig￭ a disease also known as chronic bull￭ ous disease of childhood is an acquired self limited bull￭ ous disease that may begin by the time the patient is age 2 to 3 and usually re￭ mits by age 13
linear and wh￭ or￭ led ne￭ void hyper￭ mel￭ an￭ osis also known as linear ne￭ void hyper￭ pi￭ gm￭ entation progressive cri￭ bri￭ form and zo￭ ster￭ i￭ form hyper￭ pi￭ gm￭ entation retic￭ ulate and zo￭ ster￭ i￭ form hyper￭ pi￭ gm￭ entation retic￭ ulate hyper￭ pi￭ gm￭ entation of i￭ ij￭ ima and nai￭ to and uy￭ eno ze￭ bra like hyper￭ pi￭ gm￭ entation in wh￭ or￭ ls and stre￭ aks and ze￭ bra line hyper￭ pi￭ gm￭ entation is a disorder of pi￭ gm￭ entation that develops within a few weeks of birth and progres￭ ses for one to two years before stabilizing there is linear and wh￭ or￭ led hyper￭ pi￭ gm￭ entation following the lines of blas￭ ch￭ ko without preceding bul￭ la￭ e or ver￭ ru￭ co￭ us le￭ sions it is important to exclude other pi￭ gm￭ entary disorders following the blas￭ ch￭ ko lines before making a diagnosis of linear and wh￭ or￭ led ne￭ void hyper￭ mel￭ an￭ osis the differential diagnoses include in￭ contin￭ entia pi￭ gm￭ enti linear ep￭ id￭ er￭ mal nev￭ us hypo￭ mel￭ an￭ osis of ito and gol￭ tz syndrome recently a case of linear and wh￭ or￭ led ne￭ void hyper￭ mel￭ an￭ osis was reported in a malaysian chinese girl
linear atro￭ pho￭ der￭ ma of moul￭ in also known as moul￭ in atro￭ pho￭ der￭ ma lin￭ ear￭ is is an acquired unilateral der￭ mati￭ tis loc￭ alized along the blas￭ ch￭ ko lines it affects children or adolescents of both g￭ enders involving the trunk and the limbs it is presumably a rare cu￭ taneous form of mo￭ sa￭ ic￭ ism this disease was first referred to as atro￭ pho￭ der￭ ma of moul￭ in after dr moul￭ in who first reported it in 1992 then was ren￭ amed as linear atro￭ pho￭ der￭ ma of moul￭ in only a few dozen cases have been described for this reason lam is considered to be a very rare disorder
linear focal el￭ ast￭ osis also known as el￭ ast￭ otic stri￭ ae presents with as￭ ymp￭ tomatic palpable or atro￭ ph￭ ic yellow lines of the middle and lower back thi￭ ghs arms and breasts
in calcul￭ us and related areas of mathematics a linear function from the real numbers to the real numbers is a function whose graph in car￭ te￭ sian coordinates with uniform scales is a line in the plane their characteristic property that when the value of the input variable is changed the change in the output is a constant multiple of the change in the input variable linear functions are related to linear equations
linear g￭ ing￭ i￭ val er￭ y￭ them￭ a l￭ ge is a period￭ on￭ tal disorder diagnosed based on distinct clinical characteristics it was originally thought that l￭ ge was directly associated with hiv and it was thus called hiv associated g￭ ing￭ i￭ vi￭ tis hiv g later research confirmed that l￭ ge also occurs in hiv negative immun￭ o￭ compromised patients and it was thus ren￭ amed
in statistics and in machine learning a linear predic￭ tor function is a linear function linear combination of a set of coefficients and explanatory variables independent variables whose value is used to predict the outcome of a dependent variable this sort of function usually comes in linear regression where the coefficients are called regression coefficients however they also occur in various types of linear classi￭ fiers e g logistic regression percep￭ tron￭ s support vector machines and linear discrimin￭ ant analysis as well as in various other models such as principal component analysis and factor analysis in many of these models the coefficients are referred to as weights
the linear range is that range of input or output values for which an electronic amp￭ li￭ fier produces an output signal that is a direct linear function of the input signal that is the output can be represented by the equation output input × gain when operating in the linear range no cli￭ pping occurs if an amp￭ li￭ fier were perfectly linear no distortion harmon￭ ic distortion or inter￭ modulation distortion would occur although random noise may still be introduced vacuum tube amp￭ li￭ fiers tend to exhibit soft cli￭ pping as they approach the maximum possible output value the gain tends to drop rounding the tops of the signal wa￭ ve￭ form trans￭ is￭ tor amp￭ li￭ fiers by comparison tend to produce hard cli￭ pping the gain remains approximately the same until the maximum possible output voltage is reached at that point hard cli￭ pping occurs and the wa￭ ve￭ form never exceeds that value the sharp infl￭ ection points thus produced in the output wa￭ ve￭ form tend to have many more high order harmon￭ ics this is alleged to be the basis of the trans￭ is￭ tor sound that some audi￭ oph￭ iles find offensive although this would not have occurred if they would not have been driving their amp￭ li￭ fiers beyond the linear range in the first place
in compu￭ tational complexity theory the linear search problem is an optimal search problem introduced by richard e bell￭ man independently considered by anato￭ le beck
linear ver￭ ru￭ co￭ us ep￭ id￭ er￭ mal nev￭ us also known as a linear ep￭ id￭ er￭ mal nev￭ us and ver￭ ru￭ co￭ us ep￭ id￭ er￭ mal nev￭ us is a skin le￭ sion characterized by a ver￭ ru￭ co￭ us skin colored dirty gray or brown pap￭ ule generally multiple pap￭ ules present simultaneously and coal￭ es￭ ce to form a ser￭ pi￭ gin￭ ous pla￭ que when this nev￭ us covers a diffuse or extensive portion of the body s surface area it may be referred to as a system￭ ati￭ zed ep￭ id￭ er￭ mal nev￭ us when it involved only one half of the body it is called a nev￭ us uni￭ us lat￭ er￭ is
lingu￭ at￭ ul￭ osis is a condition associated with the organism lingu￭ at￭ ula ser￭ rata the usual final host for lingu￭ at￭ ula ser￭ rata is a carni￭ v￭ ore like a dog or jack￭ al and the species is sometimes known as the dog ton￭ gu￭ e￭ worm for this reason more generally lingu￭ at￭ ul￭ osis can be considered a form of pen￭ ta￭ stom￭ i￭ asis which refers to all diseases caused by pen￭ ta￭ stom￭ ids including por￭ oce￭ ph￭ ali￭ asis this disease is often accidentally identified during autopsy because of its as￭ ymp￭ tomatic effect on the body human inf￭ est￭ ation by lingu￭ at￭ ula was historically more commonplace than is sometimes realised human liver autop￭ sies in berlin from the early part of the 20 th century revealed an infection rate of nearly 12
linguistic philosophy describes the view that philosophical problems are problems which may be solved or dissolved either by reforming language or by understanding more about the language we presently use the former position is that of ideal language philosophy the latter the position of ordinary language philosophy
linguistic pur￭ ism in icelandic is a soci￭ ol￭ ingu￭ istic phenomenon with the aim of substitu￭ ting lo￭ an￭ words with the creation of new words from old icelandic and old nor￭ se roots and preventing new lo￭ an￭ words from entering the language in iceland linguistic pur￭ ism is archa￭ ising trying to resusc￭ itate the language of a golden age of icelandic literature the effort began in the early 19 th century at the dawn of the icelandic national movement aiming at replacing older lo￭ an￭ words especially from danish and it continues today targeting english words it is widely upheld in iceland and it is the dominant language ideology it is fully supported by the icelandic government through the ár￭ ni magn￭ ú￭ sson institute for icelandic studies the icelandic language council the icelandic language fund and an icelandic language day
a linguistic universal is a pattern that occurs systematically across natural languages potentially true for all of them for example all languages have n￭ oun￭ s and ver￭ bs or if a language is spoken it has cons￭ on￭ ants and vo￭ wels research in this area of lingu￭ is￭ tics is closely tied to the study of linguistic ty￭ po￭ logy and intends to reveal gener￭ alizations across languages likely tied to cogn￭ ition perception or other abilities of the mind the field was largely pione￭ ered by the lingu￭ ist joseph green￭ berg who derived a set of forty five basic univers￭ als mostly dealing with syn￭ tax from a study of some thirty languages
l￭ initi￭ s plas￭ tica also known as br￭ inton s disease or leather bottle stomach is a mor￭ pho￭ logical variant of diffuse or infiltr￭ ating stomach cancer causes of l￭ initi￭ s plas￭ tica could be l￭ ye ing￭ estion or me￭ ta￭ static infiltr￭ ation of the stomach particularly breast and lung carcin￭ oma it is not associated with h p￭ yl￭ ori infection or chronic gast￭ ri￭ tis the risk factors are un￭ defined except for rare inherited mutations in e cad￭ her￭ in which are found in about 50 of diffuse type ga￭ str￭ ic carcin￭ om￭ as this cancer and most other stomach cancers is more common in asian countries particularly japan
in a wireless communication system the link margin measured in db is the difference between the receiver s sensitivity i e the received power at which the receiver will stop working and the actual received power a 15 db link margin means that the system could tolerate an additional 15 db of atten￭ uation between the transmitter and the receiver and it would still just barely work it is typical to design a system with at least a few db of link margin to allow for atten￭ uation that is not model￭ ed elsewhere for example a satellite communications system operating in the tens of gi￭ ga￭ her￭ tz might require additional link margin vs the link budget assuming los￭ s￭ less propagation in order to ensure that it still works with the extra losses due to rain fade or other external factors a system with a negative link margin would mean the system is insufficient to transfer data usually this means a better receiver is needed with improved sensitivity
the linkage principle is a finding of auction theory it states that auction houses have an incentive to pre commit to revealing all available information about each lot positive or negative the linkage principle is seen in the art market with the age old tradition of auc￭ tion￭ e￭ ers hiring art experts to examine each lot and pre commit to provide a tru￭ thful estimate of its value the discovery of the linkage principle was most useful in determining optimal strategy for countries in the process of auctioning off drilling rights as well as other natural resources such as logging rights in canada an independent assessment of the land in question is now a standard feature of most auctions even if the seller country may believe that the assessment is likely to lower the value of the land rather than confirm or raise a pre existing valuation failure to reveal information leads to the winning bi￭ dder incurring the discovery costs himself and lowering his maximum bid due to the expenses incurred in acquiring information if he is not able to get an independent assessment then his bids will take into account the possibility of downside risk both scenarios can be shown to lower the expected revenue of the seller the expected sale price is raised by lowering these discovery costs of the winning bi￭ dder and instead providing information to all bi￭ d￭ ders for free
li￭ pe￭ dem￭ a or li￭ poe￭ dem￭ a european spelling is a chronic disorder of adi￭ pose tissue and lymp￭ h￭ atic vessel dysfunction described as a bilateral symmetr￭ ical fl￭ abby sw￭ elling of the legs that arises from de￭ position of adi￭ pose tissue starting at the hips and ending at the an￭ kles like riding bre￭ eches in some cases the upper arms can also accumulate distinct patterns of fatty tissue li￭ pe￭ dem￭ a is little known under recognized and generally mis￭ diagnosed as simple obesity li￭ pe￭ dem￭ a of the legs a syndrome characterized by fat legs and orth￭ o￭ static e￭ dem￭ a despite the fact that it s been named for over 75 years as a fat disorder primarily in women it is only recently that interest and education about li￭ pe￭ dem￭ a is gaining in awareness estimates of the incidence of li￭ pe￭ dem￭ a vary widely and range as high as 11 of the post pu￭ ber￭ tal female population with estimates of 17 million women in the us and 370 million women worldwide affected
li￭ pe￭ dem￭ at￭ ous al￭ op￭ ec￭ ia also known as li￭ pe￭ dem￭ at￭ ous scal￭ p is a disorder characterized by a thick bo￭ ggy scal￭ p and hair loss
lip￭ id pneumonia or li￭ po￭ id pneumonia is a specific form of lung infl￭ amm￭ ation pneumonia that develops when li￭ pi￭ ds enter the bron￭ ch￭ ial tree the disorder is sometimes called cho￭ le￭ sterol pneumonia in cases where that lip￭ id is a factor
poly￭ morph￭ ism in bi￭ oph￭ ys￭ ics is the ability of li￭ pi￭ ds to aggregate in a variety of ways giving rise to structures of different shapes known as phases this can be in the form of spheres of lip￭ id molecules mic￭ elles pairs of layers that face one another lam￭ ell￭ ar phase observed in biological system as a lip￭ id bil￭ ay￭ er a tu￭ bul￭ ar arrangement hex￭ ag￭ onal or various cubic phases fd 3 m im 3 m ia 3 m p￭ n 3 m and pm 3 m being those discovered so far more complicated aggreg￭ ations have also been observed such as r￭ hom￭ bo￭ he￭ dr￭ al te￭ trag￭ onal and or￭ thor￭ hom￭ bic phases it forms an important part of current academic research in the fields of memb￭ rane bi￭ oph￭ ys￭ ics poly￭ morph￭ ism bio￭ chemistry biological impact and organic chemistry synthesis determination of the topo￭ logy of a lip￭ id system is possible by a number of methods the most reliable of which is x ray diff￭ r￭ action this uses a beam of x rays that are scattered by the sample giving a diff￭ r￭ action pattern as a set of rings the ratio of the distances of these rings from the central point indicates which phase s are present the structural phase of the aggregation is influenced by the ratio of li￭ pi￭ ds present temperature hydr￭ ation pressure and ion￭ ic strength and type
lip￭ id storage disorders or li￭ pi￭ doses are a group of inherited metabol￭ ic disorders in which harmful amounts of li￭ pi￭ ds fats accumulate in some of the body ’ s cells and tissues people with these disorders either do not produce enough of one of the enzymes needed to met￭ abo￭ li￭ ze li￭ pi￭ ds or they produce enzymes that do not work properly over time this excessive storage of fats can cause permanent cellular and tissue damage particularly in the brain peripheral nervous system liver sp￭ leen and bone marrow li￭ pi￭ ds are broadly defined as any fat soluble li￭ po￭ phil￭ ic naturally occurring mol￭ ecu￭ le such as fats oils wa￭ xes ster￭ oids such as cho￭ le￭ sterol and estro￭ gen ster￭ ols and others li￭ pi￭ ds are important parts of the memb￭ ran￭ es found within and between each cell and in the my￭ elin she￭ ath that coats and protects the nerves inside the cells ly￭ so￭ som￭ es convert or met￭ abo￭ li￭ ze li￭ pi￭ ds and proteins into smaller components to provide energy for the body
li￭ pid￭ ur￭ ia or li￭ pur￭ ia is the presence of li￭ pi￭ ds in the urine li￭ pid￭ ur￭ ia is most frequently observed in ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ tic syndrome where it is passed as li￭ po￭ proteins along with other proteins it has also been reported as a sign following fat embol￭ ism when li￭ pid￭ ur￭ ia occurs epi￭ the￭ li￭ al cells or macro￭ p￭ ha￭ ges contain endo￭ genous fats when filled with numerous fat dro￭ ple￭ ts such cells are called o￭ val fat bodies o￭ val fat bodies exhibit a maltese cross configuration under pol￭ arized light micro￭ sco￭ py this maltese cross is because of its liquid cryst￭ alline structure giving it a double ref￭ r￭ action bi￭ ref￭ ring￭ ence
li￭ po￭ atro￭ phia annul￭ aris also known as ferreira – marques li￭ po￭ atro￭ phia is a skin condition affecting primarily women characterized by the loss of sub￭ cu￭ taneous fat in the upper extre￭ mity it is a form of li￭ po￭ dy￭ stro￭ phy
li￭ po￭ atro￭ phia sem￭ ic￭ ir￭ cul￭ aris also known as sem￭ ic￭ ir￭ cular li￭ po￭ atro￭ phy is a medical condition in humans commonly known as ri￭ bbed thi￭ ghs it consists of a sem￭ ic￭ ir￭ cular zone of atro￭ phy of the sub￭ cu￭ taneous fatty tissue located mostly on the front of the thi￭ ghs skin and underlying muscles remains intact sem￭ ic￭ ir￭ cular li￭ po￭ atro￭ phy mainly affects office workers the ribs in the thi￭ ghs are typically between 2 and 4 cm high and are typically located at about 72 cm above the ground which is the standard height of office furniture
li￭ po￭ atro￭ ph￭ ic diabetes is a type of diabetes mell￭ it￭ us presenting with severe li￭ po￭ dy￭ stro￭ phy in addition to the traditional signs of diabetes
li￭ po￭ atro￭ phy is the term describing the loc￭ alized loss of fat tissue this may occur as a result of sub￭ cu￭ taneous injections of insulin in the treatment of diabetes from the use of human growth hormone or from sub￭ cu￭ taneous injections of cop￭ ax￭ one used for the treatment of multiple sclerosis in the latter case an injection may produce a small dent at the injection site li￭ po￭ atro￭ phy occurs in hiv associated li￭ po￭ dy￭ stro￭ phy one cause of which is an adverse drug reaction that is associated with some anti￭ retro￭ viral drugs a more general term for an abnormal or degenerative condition of the entire body s adi￭ pose tissue is li￭ po￭ dy￭ stro￭ phy
benign li￭ po￭ bl￭ ast￭ om￭ at￭ osis also known as an embryonic li￭ po￭ ma is a tumor frequently confused with a li￭ pos￭ ar￭ coma affecting exclusively infants and young children with approximately 90 occurring before 3 years of age
li￭ po￭ der￭ mat￭ os￭ clerosis also known as chronic pann￭ ic￭ u￭ li￭ tis with li￭ po￭ memb￭ ran￭ ous changes hypo￭ der￭ miti￭ s s￭ cl￭ ero￭ der￭ mi￭ form￭ is s￭ cl￭ ero￭ sing pann￭ ic￭ u￭ li￭ tis and st￭ asis pann￭ ic￭ u￭ li￭ tis is a skin and connec￭ tive tissue disease it is a form of lower extre￭ mity pann￭ ic￭ u￭ li￭ tis an infl￭ amm￭ ation of the layer of fat under the ep￭ id￭ er￭ mis
li￭ po￭ dy￭ stro￭ phy is a medical condition characterized by abnormal or degenerative conditions of the body s adi￭ pose tissue li￭ po is greek for fat and dy￭ stro￭ phy is greek for abnormal or degenerative condition a more specific term li￭ po￭ atro￭ phy is used when describing the loss of fat from one area usually the face this condition is also characterized by a lack of circulating le￭ p￭ tin which may lead to o￭ ste￭ os￭ clerosis
li￭ po￭ hy￭ al￭ in￭ osis is a small vessel disease in the brain originally defined by fisher as seg￭ mental arter￭ i￭ ol￭ ar wall dis￭ organisation it is characterised by vessel wall thick￭ ening and a resultant reduction in lumin￭ al diameter fisher considered this small vessel disease to be the result of hyper￭ tension induced in the acute stage by fi￭ br￭ ino￭ id necro￭ sis that would lead to oc￭ clu￭ sion and hence lac￭ un￭ ar stroke however recent evidence suggests that endo￭ the￭ li￭ al dysfunction as a result of infl￭ amm￭ ation is a more likely cause for it this may occur subsequent to blood – brain barrier failure and lead to extr￭ av￭ as￭ ation of serum components into the brain that are potentially toxic lac￭ un￭ ar inf￭ arc￭ tion could thus occur in this way and the narrowing – the hallmark feature of li￭ po￭ hy￭ al￭ in￭ osis – may merely be a feature of the sw￭ elling occurring around it that squee￭ zes on the structure hyper￭ tension is a strong caus￭ ative factor so called deep per￭ for￭ ating arter￭ ies – relatively small arter￭ ies bran￭ ching off of relatively large arter￭ ies most commonly the len￭ ticul￭ o￭ stri￭ ate arter￭ ies from the middle cere￭ br￭ al artery – are especially prone uncontrolled hyper￭ tension and diabetes are risk factors for this condition lac￭ un￭ ar inf￭ arc￭ ts are a result of a￭ ther￭ os￭ clerosis micro￭ thro￭ m￭ bi and li￭ po￭ hy￭ al￭ in￭ osis these affect the deep structures of the brain and may leave small 5 mm cav￭ ity le￭ sions chronic famili￭ al li￭ po￭ hy￭ al￭ in￭ osis is a rare inherited variant
li￭ po￭ id con￭ genital adren￭ al hyper￭ pl￭ asia is an endocrine disorder that is an un￭ common and potentially lethal form of con￭ genital adren￭ al hyper￭ pl￭ asia ca￭ h it arises from defects in the earliest stages of ster￭ o￭ id hormone synthesis the transport of cho￭ le￭ sterol into the mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ a and the conversion of cho￭ le￭ sterol to preg￭ n￭ en￭ ol￭ one — the first step in the synthesis of all ster￭ o￭ id hormones li￭ po￭ id ca￭ h causes miner￭ al￭ oc￭ or￭ ti￭ co￭ id deficiency in affected infants and children male infants are severely under￭ vi￭ ri￭ lized causing their external gen￭ italia to look femin￭ ine the adren￭ als are large and filled with lip￭ id glob￭ ules derived from cho￭ le￭ sterol
a li￭ po￭ ma is a benign tumor composed of adi￭ pose tissue body fat it is the most common benign form of soft tissue tumor li￭ po￭ mas are soft to the touch usually movable and are generally pain￭ less many li￭ po￭ mas are small under one centi￭ meter diameter but can enlarge to sizes greater than six centi￭ meters li￭ po￭ mas are commonly found in adults from 40 to 60 years of age but can also be found in younger adults and children some sources claim that m￭ align￭ ant transformation can occur while others say this has yet to be convincingly documented
li￭ po￭ mat￭ osis is believed to be an auto￭ som￭ al dominant condition in which multiple li￭ po￭ mas are present on the body many dis￭ crete en￭ capsul￭ ated li￭ po￭ mas form on the trunk and extre￭ mi￭ ties with relatively few on the head and shoulders in 1993 a genetic poly￭ morph￭ ism within li￭ po￭ mas was loc￭ alized to chro￭ mo￭ some 12 q 15 where the h￭ m￭ gic gene en￭ codes the high mobility group protein iso￭ form i c this is one of the most commonly found mutations in solitary li￭ po￭ mat￭ ous tumors but li￭ po￭ mas often have multiple mutations reciprocal trans￭ locations involving chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es 12 q 13 and 12 q 14 have also been observed within although this condition is benign it can sometimes be very painful depending on location of the li￭ po￭ mas some patients who are concerned with cosmetics seek removal of individual li￭ po￭ mas removal can include simple exc￭ ision endo￭ scopic removal or li￭ po￭ suc￭ tion other entities which are accompanied by multiple li￭ po￭ mas include prot￭ eus syndrome cow￭ den syndrome and related disorders due to p￭ ten gene mutations benign sym￭ metric li￭ po￭ mat￭ osis mad￭ el￭ ung disease der￭ cu￭ m s disease famili￭ al li￭ po￭ dy￭ stro￭ phy hi￭ ber￭ no￭ mas ep￭ id￭ ural ster￭ o￭ id injections with ep￭ id￭ ural li￭ po￭ mat￭ osis and famili￭ al an￭ gi￭ oli￭ po￭ mat￭ osis
li￭ po￭ protein lip￭ ase deficiency also known as famili￭ al ch￭ y￭ lo￭ mic￭ ron￭ emia syndrome ch￭ y￭ lo￭ mic￭ ron￭ emia ch￭ y￭ lo￭ mic￭ ron￭ emia syndrome and hyper￭ li￭ po￭ prote￭ in￭ emia type ia is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive lip￭ id disorder caused by a mutation in the gene which codes li￭ po￭ protein lip￭ ase as a result afflicted individuals lack the ability to produce li￭ po￭ protein lip￭ ase enzymes necessary for effective breakdown of fatty acids
li￭ pos￭ ar￭ coma is a cancer that arises in fat cells in deep soft tissue such as that inside the thi￭ gh or in the retro￭ per￭ it￭ on￭ eu￭ m li￭ pos￭ ar￭ coma is a rare type of cancer that bears a resemblance to fat cells when examined under a micro￭ scope they are typically large bul￭ ky tumors and tend to have multiple smaller satellites that extend beyond the main confines of the tumor li￭ pos￭ ar￭ com￭ as like all sar￭ com￭ as are rare
li￭ po￭ toxicity is a metabol￭ ic syndrome that results from the accumulation of lip￭ id intermedi￭ ates in non adi￭ pose tissue leading to cellular dysfunction and death the tissues normally affected include the kidneys liver heart and sk￭ el￭ etal muscle li￭ po￭ toxicity is believed to have a role in heart failure obesity and diabetes and is estimated to affect approximately 25 of the adult american population
lip￭ sch￭ ü￭ tz ul￭ cer ul￭ cus vul￭ v￭ ae acu￭ tum or reactive non sexually related acute genital ul￭ cers english acute ul￭ cer￭ ation of the vul￭ va is a rare disease characterized by painful genital ul￭ cers fever and lymp￭ had￭ en￭ opathy occurring most commonly but not exclusively in adolescents and young women previously it was described as being more common in virgin￭ s it is not a sexually transmitted disease and is often mis￭ diagnosed sometimes as a symptom of beh￭ ç￭ et s disease lip￭ sch￭ ü￭ tz ul￭ cer is named after benjamin lip￭ sch￭ ü￭ tz who first described it in 19￭ 12 the eti￭ ology is still unknown although it has been associated with several infectious causes including par￭ aty￭ pho￭ id fever cy￭ tom￭ eg￭ alo￭ virus my￭ co￭ plasma pneu￭ mon￭ i￭ ae and ep￭ stein bar￭ r virus infection
lique￭ fac￭ tive necro￭ sis or col￭ liqu￭ ative necro￭ sis is a type of necro￭ sis which results in a transformation of the tissue into a liquid vis￭ co￭ us mass often it is associated with focal bacterial or fun￭ gal infections in lique￭ fac￭ tive necro￭ sis the affected cell is completely dig￭ ested by hydro￭ ly￭ tic enzymes resulting in a soft circum￭ scri￭ bed le￭ sion consisting of p￭ us and the fluid remains of necro￭ tic tissue dead leuk￭ oc￭ y￭ tes will remain as a cre￭ amy yellow p￭ us after the removal of cell debris by white blood cells a fluid filled space is left it is generally associated with abs￭ c￭ ess formation and is commonly found in the central nervous system
liquid metal emb￭ rit￭ t￭ lement also known as liquid metal induced emb￭ rit￭ t￭ lement is a phenomenon of practical importance where certain duc￭ tile metals experience drastic loss in ten￭ sile duc￭ ti￭ lity or undergo brit￭ tle frac￭ ture when exposed to specific liquid metals generally a ten￭ sile stress either externally applied or internally present is needed to induce emb￭ rit￭ t￭ lement exceptions to this rule have been observed as in the case of aluminium in the presence of liquid gal￭ lium this phenomenon has been studied since the beginning of the 20 th century many of its phenomen￭ ological characteristics are known and several mechanisms have been proposed to explain it the practical significance of liquid metal emb￭ rit￭ t￭ lement is revealed by the observation that several ste￭ els experience duc￭ ti￭ lity losses and cracking during hot dip galvan￭ izing or during subsequent fabric￭ ation cracking can occur catastroph￭ ically and very high crack growth rates have been measured similar metal emb￭ rit￭ t￭ lement effects can be observed even in the solid state when one of the metals is brought close to its melting point e g cadmium co￭ ated parts operating at high temperature this phenomenon is known as solid metal emb￭ rit￭ t￭ lement
liquid sky is a popular lighting effect used by clubs and similar venues it consists of a laser scanning in a flat beam above the head of the crowd as with most laser displays for the effect to become apparent the air must be mis￭ ted by a fog machine the fog makes the beam of the laser visible creating a lumin￭ ous trans￭ luc￭ ent ceiling of light air currents and the diffusion of fresh d￭ ens￭ er fog create a swi￭ r￭ ly or mar￭ bled effect liquid sky has several advantages over other laser scanning patterns the most notable one is that the effect can be visible for the entire crowd since you do not need to be inside as you would with a tunnel effect it also avoids the controversial problem of crowd scanning where the laser beam comes into direct contact with the crowd possibly causing temporary blindness and sight loss
lis￭ ch epi￭ the￭ li￭ al cor￭ ne￭ al dy￭ stro￭ phy l￭ ecd also known as band shaped and wh￭ or￭ led micro￭ c￭ ys￭ tic dy￭ stro￭ phy of the cor￭ ne￭ al epi￭ the￭ lium is a rare form of cor￭ ne￭ al dy￭ stro￭ phy first described in 1992 by lis￭ ch et al in one study it was linked to chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al region x￭ p 22 3 with as yet unknown candidate genes the main features of this disease are bilateral or unilateral gray band shaped and fea￭ ther￭ y op￭ ac￭ ities they sometimes take on a form of a whir￭ l￭ pool repeating the known pattern of cor￭ ne￭ al epi￭ the￭ lium renewal abra￭ sion of the epi￭ the￭ lium in 3 patients brought only temporary relief with abnormal epi￭ the￭ lium reg￭ row￭ th in several months epi￭ the￭ li￭ al cells in the zones of op￭ acity were shown to have diffuse cy￭ top￭ las￭ mic vacu￭ oles with as yet un￭ established content
lis￭ franc injury also known as lis￭ franc frac￭ ture is an injury of the foot in which one or more of the met￭ at￭ ar￭ sal bones are displaced from the tar￭ sus the injury is named after jacques lis￭ franc de st martin 2 april 17￭ 90 – 13 may 18￭ 47 a french surgeon and gy￭ ne￭ co￭ logist who described the injury in 18￭ 15 after the war of the sixth coalition
a lis￭ p also known as sigm￭ atism is a speech impediment in which a person mis￭ artic￭ ul￭ ates si￭ bil￭ ants s z ts dz ʃ ʒ t￭ ʃ d￭ ʒ these mis￭ artic￭ ul￭ ations often result in unclear speech
lis￭ sen￭ cephal￭ y which literally means smooth brain is a rare brain formation disorder caused by defective neuro￭ nal migration during the 12 th to 24 th weeks of gest￭ ation resulting in a lack of development of brain fol￭ ds gy￭ ri and gro￭ o￭ ves sul￭ ci it is a form of cephal￭ ic disorder terms such as ag￭ y￭ ria no gy￭ ri or p￭ ach￭ y￭ gy￭ ria broad gy￭ ri are used to describe the appearance of the surface of the brain children with lis￭ sen￭ cephal￭ y generally have significant developmental delays but these vary greatly from child to child depending on the degree of brain mal￭ formation and seizure control life expectancy can be shortened generally due to respiratory problems
throughout this universe of basi￭ lis￭ k there are a moderate amount of characters featured the characters within basi￭ lis￭ k shall now each be noted within an extended article
brazilian inventions and discoveries are items processes techniques or discoveries which owe their existence either partially or entirely to a person born in brazil or to a citizen of brazil brad￭ y￭ kin￭ in by maur￭ ic￭ io ro￭ cha e silva wilson te￭ i￭ x￭ eira ber￭ aldo and gast￭ ão ro￭ sen￭ feld cha￭ gas disease pathogen vector host clinical manifestations and epidemiology discovery by carlos cha￭ gas chest photo￭ fluoro￭ graphy by manuel di￭ as de abre￭ u epidemic ty￭ ph￭ us pathogen discovery by hen￭ rique da ro￭ cha lima p￭ ion by cé￭ sar l￭ att￭ es one of the discover￭ ers j￭ at￭ ene procedure by adi￭ b j￭ at￭ ene
canadian inventions are items processes or techniques which owe their existence either partially or entirely to a person born in canada a citizen of canada or a company or organization based out of canada some of these inventions were funded by the national research council of canada n￭ r￭ cc which has been an important factor in innovation and technological advancement
old ab￭ ing￭ don￭ ians are former pupils of ab￭ ing￭ don school england
a list of notable old car￭ thu￭ sians who are former pupils of charter￭ house school
old nor￭ vic￭ en￭ sians ons are former pupils of nor￭ wich school an independent co educational day school in nor￭ wich england it was established in 10￭ 96 as an ep￭ is￭ cop￭ al school by the first bishop of nor￭ wich herbert de lo￭ sing￭ a and is one of the oldest schools in the united kingdom it was later ref￭ ounded by royal charter in 15￭ 47 by edward vi ons may join the old nor￭ vic￭ en￭ sian club an association for former pupils predecessors include the par￭ rian club a dining society for former pupils of samuel par￭ r s head￭ ship in the late 18 th century and the val￭ pe￭ ian club after edward val￭ py in the early 19 th century in 18￭ 66 the latter was replaced by the nor￭ wich school club which gave rise to the current association for former pupils which emerged at the beginning of the 20 th century this is a dynamic list and may never be able to satisfy particular standards for completeness you can help by expanding it with reliably sour￭ ced entries
list of notable old port￭ mu￭ th￭ ians that is former pupils of the port￭ sm￭ ou￭ th gr￭ ammar school alum￭ ni often join the old port￭ mu￭ th￭ ian club founded in 18￭ 85
president of the polish sco￭ u￭ ting and guiding association polish prze￭ w￭ od￭ nic￭ zą￭ cy związ￭ ku har￭ cer￭ st￭ wa polsk￭ ie￭ go prze￭ w￭ od￭ nic￭ zą￭ cy zh￭ p is the highest function in the polish sco￭ u￭ ting and guiding association zh￭ p wic￭ e￭ prze￭ w￭ od￭ nic￭ zą￭ cy wic￭ e￭ prze￭ w￭ od￭ nic￭ zą￭ ca zh￭ p vice president is his substitute
world series cricket w￭ sc was a break away professional cricket competition staged between 1977 and 1979 formed by australian business man kerry pack￭ er following the refusal of the australian cricket board ac￭ b to accept the bid of pack￭ er s channel nine to gain exclusive television rights to australia s test matches world series cricket involved matches between w￭ sc australia xi w￭ sc world xi and w￭ sc west indi￭ es the teams included leading australian english pakistani south african and west indian players most notably england captain tony gre￭ ig west indi￭ es captain c￭ live lloyd australian captain greg c￭ happ￭ ell and former australian captain ian c￭ happ￭ ell the teams played five day super￭ tests and one day international cup matches in australia and the west indi￭ es the first w￭ sc game a super￭ test between the austr￭ ali￭ ans and the west indians began at v￭ fl park on 2 december 1977 sixteen super￭ test five wick￭ et hauls were by players from all three of the w￭ sc teams the first of these was by greg c￭ happ￭ ell on 1 january 1978 dennis li￭ l￭ lee s seven wic￭ kets for twenty three runs 7 23 was the best bowling figures in world series cricket and li￭ l￭ lee also holds the record for most super￭ test five wick￭ et hauls with four eight international cup five wick￭ et hauls were taken during world series cricket with andy rober￭ ts claiming the first on 3 february 1978 no player took more than one five wick￭ et haul and w￭ sc world xi player gar￭ th le rou￭ x returned the best figures with five wic￭ kets for six runs against w￭ sc australia xi
this is a list of cancer types ordered alphabe￭ tically cancer is a group of diseases that involve abnormal increases in the number of cells with the potential to invade or spread to other parts of the body not all tumors or lum￭ ps are can￭ cer￭ ous benign tumors are not classified as being cancer because they do not spread to other parts of the body there are over 100 different known cancers that affect humans cancers are often described by the body part that they originated in however some body parts contain multiple types of tissue so for greater precision cancers are additionally classified by the type of cell that the tumor cells originated from these types include carcin￭ oma cancers derived from epi￭ the￭ li￭ al cells this group includes many of the most common cancers particularly in older adults nearly all cancers developing in the breast pro￭ state lung pan￭ cre￭ as and col￭ on are carcin￭ om￭ as sar￭ coma cancers arising from connec￭ tive tissue i e bone car￭ til￭ age fat nerve each of which develop from cells originating in mes￭ en￭ ch￭ ym￭ al cells outside the bone marrow lymp￭ homa and leuk￭ emia these two classes of cancer arise from cells that make blood leuk￭ emia is the most common type of cancer in children accounting for about 30 however far more adults develop lymp￭ homa and leuk￭ emia germ cell tumor cancers derived from plur￭ i￭ potent cells most often presenting in the tes￭ tic￭ le or the o￭ vary semin￭ oma and dys￭ germin￭ oma respectively bl￭ ast￭ oma cancers derived from immature precursor cells or embryonic tissue bl￭ ast￭ om￭ as are more common in children than in older adults cancers are usually named using carcin￭ oma sar￭ coma or bl￭ ast￭ oma as a suff￭ ix with the latin or greek word for the organ or tissue of origin as the root for example cancers of the liver paren￭ ch￭ y￭ ma arising from m￭ align￭ ant epi￭ the￭ li￭ al cells is called he￭ pat￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma while a m￭ align￭ ancy arising from primitive liver precursor cells is called a he￭ pat￭ obl￭ ast￭ oma and a cancer arising from fat cells is called a li￭ pos￭ ar￭ coma for some common cancers the english organ name is used for example the most common type of breast cancer is called duc￭ tal carcin￭ oma of the breast here the ad￭ jec￭ tive duc￭ tal refers to the appearance of the cancer under the micro￭ scope which suggests that it has originated in the milk duc￭ ts benign tumors which are not cancers are usually named using oma as a suff￭ ix with the organ name as the root for example a benign tumor of smooth muscle cells is called a lei￭ om￭ y￭ oma the common name of this frequently occurring benign tumor in the uter￭ us is fi￭ bro￭ id conf￭ us￭ ingly some types of cancer use the no￭ ma suff￭ ix examples including mel￭ anom￭ a and semin￭ oma some types of cancer are named for the size and shape of the cells under a micro￭ scope such as giant cell carcin￭ oma spin￭ dle cell carcin￭ oma and small cell carcin￭ oma
this list of chi￭ ro￭ prac￭ tic schools is organized alphabe￭ tically by country in those countries with functioning specialized accred￭ iting agencies the colleges holding recognized or accredited status are deline￭ ated other countries and regions are in the process of developing similar programs of accreditation and in switzerland chi￭ ro￭ prac￭ tic is so fully integrated into the health care system that the existence of a separate accred￭ iting agency is thus obvi￭ ated the course is taught in university on the same basis as human medicine in 2015 nine internationally accredited chi￭ ro￭ prac￭ tic colleges a￭ ec￭ c wi￭ oc if￭ ec paris if￭ ec toulouse s￭ du o￭ dense u￭ z zur￭ ich u￭ j johannesburg dur￭ bin university of technology and m￭ acqu￭ arie university australia made an open statement which included the teaching of the vertebr￭ al su￭ blu￭ x￭ ation complex as a vit￭ alistic construct that claims that it is the cause of disease is un￭ supported by evidence its inclusion in a modern chi￭ ro￭ prac￭ tic curriculum in anything other than an historic context is therefore inappropriate and unnecessary this document is based upon and supports the theme of the world federation of chi￭ ro￭ prac￭ tic educational statement formulated in november 2014 at the miami education conference
there are many conditions of or affecting the human circul￭ atory system — the biological system that includes the pumping and chann￭ eling of blood to and from the body and lungs with heart blood and blood vessels
the cult of personality is a phenomenon that took place in several countries in the world it consists of production and co production components the cult of personality production is usually state driven and involves control over legal basis opposition the media art and everyday life co production component is driven by the population that intern￭ alizes and supports the cult of personality
there are several conditions of or affecting the human inte￭ g￭ um￭ entary system that are associated with an increased risk of developing non￭ mel￭ anom￭ a skin cancer i e squ￭ am￭ ous cell carcin￭ oma and bas￭ al cell carcin￭ oma
there are many skin conditions that may occur which are associated with cancers as well as some benign tumors inside the human body
a drainage basin is an extent of land where water from rain and melting snow or ice dra￭ ins down￭ hill into a body of water such as a river lake reservoir estu￭ ary wet￭ land sea or ocean the drainage basin includes both the streams and rivers that convey the water as well as the land surfaces from which water dra￭ ins into those channels and is separated from adjacent basins by a drainage divide 1 the drainage basin acts like a fun￭ nel collecting all the water within the area covered by the basin and channelling it into a waterway each drainage basin is separated topo￭ graphically from adjacent basins by a geographical barrier such as a ridge hill or mountain which is known as a water divide other terms that are used to describe a drainage basin are catchment catchment area catchment basin drainage area river basin water basin and watershed the drainage basins in south africa do not correspond with the water management areas and have the letters a b c d e f g h j k l m n p q r s t u v w and x where the area a comes close to the same area that the lim￭ po￭ po w￭ ma seems to cover apart from these letters they seem to have no name referring to them what seems to be the case though is that each area refers to some major river systems and their tribu￭ taries a region for each major river system
an ep￭ onym￭ ous disease is a disease named after a person usually the physician who first identified the disease or less commonly a patient who suffered from the disease
sit￭ us in￭ versus also called sit￭ us trans￭ versus or op￭ pos￭ it￭ us is a con￭ genital condition in which the major vis￭ cer￭ al organs are reversed or mir￭ ro￭ red from their normal positions several fic￭ tional characters have reversed organs in the ian flem￭ ing novel dr no juli￭ us no explains to james bond that he once survived a murder attempt because his heart is located on his right side which his would be killers did not know when they stabbed the spot on the left where the heart of a normal human being would be at the dc com￭ ics universe all the inhabitants of earth 3 have their organs in an in￭ verse position and is possible to identify them in this way sou￭ ther from the anim￭ e man￭ ga fist of the north star has d￭ ext￭ ro￭ car￭ dia with sit￭ us in￭ versus total￭ is making him immune to the normal applications of ken￭ shir￭ o s ho￭ ku￭ to shin￭ ken fighting style since sou￭ ther s organs — and thus his pressure points — are reversed from where they would normally be during their final confrontation to￭ ki reveals sou￭ ther s condition when ken￭ shir￭ o learns this secret he uses it to great advantage eventually being able to defeat him in an episode of the television show in plain sight an at￭ f agent survives an attempt on his life because his heart is on the right side of his body in the w￭ b series jack jill simon rex played a young man with sit￭ us in￭ versus fortune from metal gear solid 2 sons of liberty revol￭ ver oc￭ elot points this out when he shoots fortune on the left side of her chest then remembers and states that her heart was on the right side in an er episode entitled freak show romano bent￭ on and cord￭ ay operate on a unique case involving a boy with reversed organs in a story called the trap which h p lo￭ vec￭ raft helped write one of the characters is sucked into an inter￭ dimensional rift by an antique mirror when he returns his organs and in fact his han￭ dedness which hand is dominant are both reversed in margaret mah￭ y s novel the trick￭ sters the character had￭ field is said to be an exact mirror image of his otherwise identical twin felix including having his vital organs in mirror image layout in the lord peter wi￭ m￭ sey short story the image in the mirror by dorothy say￭ ers a character with reversed organs has long been haunted by dreams of a dop￭ pel￭ g￭ än￭ ger and by fears that he himself might be only the reflection of someone else in the a e van vo￭ gt short story the search the unique trait of people who can travel through time is that they have reversed internal organs in the max bro￭ oks novel world war z a character describes operating on a patient who had d￭ ext￭ ro￭ car￭ dia with sit￭ us in￭ versus and transplants a heart from someone with the same condition un￭ be￭ kno￭ wn￭ st to him the transplant heart is infected with the virus sol￭ an￭ um thus turning the patient into a zom￭ bie in the science fiction novel door￭ ways in the sand by roger zel￭ az￭ ny the character fred cas￭ sid￭ y goes through a device that completely rever￭ ses the left right sym￭ metry of his entire body even to the point where he percei￭ ves writing and other images as their mirror image the fact that his heart is on the wrong side ends up saving him from being killed by a bullet wound in the science fiction short story technical error by arthur c clarke character richard nelson is inver￭ ted lat￭ er￭ ally in an industrial accident where his body exists in a fourth spatial dimension due to a short circuit at the power plant where he works which caused a strong but unstable magnetic field doctors find he is unable to dig￭ est food due to the nutrient molecules being incompatible with his reversed enzymes and recep￭ tors efforts to re inver￭ t him prove catastrophic in the hind￭ i movie luck 2009 the character ram has his heart on the right side instead of the left which saves his life in audrey ni￭ ff￭ en￭ eg￭ ger s novel her fearful sym￭ metry the main characters are mirror twins one of whom valent￭ ina has sit￭ us in￭ versus in the movie n￭ inj￭ a assassin a europol agent mi￭ ka gets stabbed where her heart should be everyone thinks her to be dead but then rai￭ zo pro￭ claims that her heart is special meaning on the right side instead of left and she survives also in the beginning of the movie there is an old man a tattoo artist who should have died 57 years ago from a sword to the heart but survived because his heart was located on the right side of the body as well in 2008 horror movie the broken protagon￭ ist gina mc￭ vey a radio￭ logist is seen discussing a patient with d￭ ext￭ ro￭ car￭ dia sit￭ us in￭ versus early in the film in roll call book 3 of the series traces a character called emily wonder has the condition in the man￭ ga black jack the protagon￭ ist has a patient who has sit￭ us in￭ versus total￭ is in which he operates using a mirror that pin￭ oko provided so that he can see the organs normally hel￭ ena from the series orphan black was discovered to have sit￭ us in￭ versus total￭ is after surviving a gunshot wound that would otherwise have pier￭ ced her heart in dop￭ pel￭ g￭ än￭ ger 1969 film also known as journey to the far side of the sun astron￭ auts from earth land on a parallel planet on the other side of the sun where everything is a mirror image of what it is on earth when one of the astron￭ auts dies x rays from his post mortem exam reveal that his internal organs are located on the wrong side of his body de rode ri￭ dder the main character of the ep￭ onym￭ ous flemish comic has sit￭ us in￭ versus after he passed through a magical mirror album 58 which later on saves his life by making a cross￭ bow bolt narrowly miss his heart album 208
a geological phenomenon is a phenomenon which is explained by or sheds light on the science of geo￭ logy examples of geological phenomena are 1 miner￭ alo￭ gic phenomena 2 lith￭ o￭ logic phenomena 3 1 rock types 4 2 1 ig￭ ne￭ ous rock 5 3 2 ig￭ ne￭ ous formation processes 6 4 3 se￭ dim￭ entary rock 7 5 4 se￭ dim￭ entary formation processes se￭ di￭ mentation 8 6 5 quick￭ sand 9 7 6 met￭ am￭ orph￭ ic rock 10 endo￭ genic phenomena 11 1 plate tec￭ ton￭ ics 12 2 1 continental drift 13 3 2 earthquake 14 4 3 oce￭ anic tren￭ ch 15 5 phenomena associated with ig￭ ne￭ ous activity 16 6 1 ge￭ ys￭ ers and hot springs 17 7 2 brad￭ y￭ se￭ ism 18 8 3 volcanic eruption 19 9 earth s magnetic field 20 ex￭ ogenic phenomena 21 1 slope phenomena 22 2 1 slump 23 3 2 landslide 24 4 wea￭ thering phenomena 25 5 1 erosion 26 6 gl￭ ac￭ ial and peri gl￭ ac￭ ial phenomena 27 7 1 glaci￭ ation 28 8 2 mor￭ ain￭ es 29 9 3 hanging valleys 30 10 atmospheric phenomena 31 11 impact phenomena 32 12 1 impact cr￭ ater 33 coupled endo￭ genic ex￭ ogenic phenomena 34 1 oro￭ gen￭ y 35 2 drainage development 36 3 1 stream capture
there are many conditions of or affecting the human hem￭ ato￭ logic system — the biological system that includes plasma plat￭ el￭ ets leuk￭ oc￭ y￭ tes and er￭ y￭ thro￭ cy￭ tes the major components of blood and the bone marrow
there are four main causes of infections of the central nervous system cns bacterial viral fun￭ gal and proto￭ zo￭ al
in the majority of nations including all industrialized nations except the united states advances in employee relations have seen the introduction of statutory agreements for minimum employee leave from work — that is the amount of entitlement to paid vacation and public holidays several companies will offer contr￭ actually more time depending on the sector companies and the law may also differ as to whether public holidays are counted as part of the minimum leave disparities in national minim￭ ums are still subject of debate regarding work life balance and perceived differences between nations these numbers usually refer to full time employment part time workers may get a reduced number of days in most countries public holidays are paid and usually not considered part of the annual leave also in most countries there are additional paid leave benefits such as parental leave and sick leave that are not listed here
a mystery disease is a disease that has not yet been identified reasons for lack of identification of eti￭ ology include lack of professional interest difficult access and lack of resources in addition to being unknown to medicine the following is a list of deadly diseases of which the exact cause is unknown separated into long standing and new
a one hit wonder is a top 40 phenomenon the combination of artist and song that scores big in the music industry with one hit but is unable to repeat the achievement with another hit the term can refer to the artist the song or both together the following were notable one hit wonders in english speaking canada many performers who are commonly labelled as one hit wonders in fact had more than one top 40 hit during their careers they may with time come to be remembered for one particular song but cannot be considered true one hit wonders listed here are generally or entirely songs that originated in canada or within the canadian music industry songs from international artists that were one hit wonders elsewhere have frequently been one hit wonders in the canadian market as well meanwhile songs from canadian artists may be listed as one hit wonders elsewhere where the performer had other hits in canada
a one hit wonder is a top 40 phenomenon the combination of artist and song that scores huge in the music industry with one single but is unable to repeat the achievement the term can refer to the artist the song or both together
in many denominations of christianity the ordination of women is a new phenomenon this is true enough that those so ord￭ ained gain some attention this list deals with that and will include bish￭ ops as well but due to historical differences de￭ a￭ con￭ esses will not be included in pres￭ by￭ ter￭ i￭ anism meth￭ o￭ dis￭ m and a few other denominations the ordination of women pre￭ dates 1900 and is now common enough to be un￭ remarkable hence those denominations are not included
this article is a list of notable people who have been diagnosed with pan￭ cre￭ atic cancer colin me￭ ads former all blacks captain bill hic￭ ks american stand up com￭ edi￭ an social critic sati￭ rist mus￭ ician joseph cardinal ber￭ nar￭ din cardinal archbishop emer￭ it￭ us of chicago william r co￭ tter politician u s congressman from connec￭ tic￭ ut alan ric￭ kman english actor and director sally ride american astronaut first woman astronaut margaret me￭ ad american cultural anthropo￭ logist and author randy pa￭ us￭ ch american professor of computer science human – computer interaction and design at car￭ ne￭ gie mell￭ on university c￭ mu in pittsburgh pennsylvania ruth bad￭ er gin￭ sburg associate justice of the supreme court of the united states willy de￭ ville american mus￭ ician and band member of min￭ k de￭ ville al￭ fre￭ do hal￭ per￭ n brazilian endocr￭ ino￭ logist steve jobs co￭ founder of apple inc j￭ id￭ du kr￭ ish￭ nam￭ ur￭ ti thin￭ ker patrick sw￭ ay￭ ze american actor michael lan￭ don american actor fernando lam￭ as argentine born actor ar￭ lene dah￭ l s second husband and es￭ ther williams s third husband per￭ nell rober￭ ts american actor rex harrison british actor joan craw￭ ford american actress bonnie franklin american actress donna reed american actress web￭ b pierce country music singer ray price mus￭ ician country music singer donna douglas american actress known for playing elly mae clam￭ pe￭ tt on the tv series the bever￭ ly hill￭ bil￭ lies jack benny american radio television and movie actor com￭ edi￭ an alfred g gil￭ man american pharmaco￭ logist and bio￭ chem￭ ist sat￭ o￭ shi kon japanese film director anim￭ ator scre￭ en￭ writer and man￭ ga artist pete post￭ leth￭ wa￭ ite british actor brian len￭ i￭ han j￭ nr irish politician mark tak￭ ai american congressman ron smith radio host american radio talk show host on w￭ bal am in baltimore mary￭ land chi￭ y￭ ono￭ fu￭ ji mit￭ su￭ gu japanese retired sum￭ o wrest￭ ler and stab￭ lem￭ aster of ko￭ kon￭ oe stable
this is a dynamic list and may never be able to satisfy particular standards for completeness you can help by expanding it with reliably sour￭ ced entries a brain tumor is an abnormal growth of cells within the brain or inside the skull and can be can￭ cer￭ ous m￭ align￭ ant or non can￭ cer￭ ous benign just over half of all primary brain tumors are m￭ align￭ ant the rest are benign though they may still be life threatening in the us in 2000 survivors of benign primary brain tumors out￭ numbered those who had can￭ cer￭ ous primary brain tumors by approximately 4 1 me￭ ta￭ static brain cancer is over six times more common than primary brain cancer as it occurs in about 10 – 30 of all people with cancer this is a list of notable people who have had a primary or me￭ ta￭ static brain tumor either benign or m￭ align￭ ant at some time in their lives as confirmed by public information tumor type and survival duration are listed where the information is known blank spaces in these columns appear where precise information has not been released to the public medicine does not designate most long term survivors as cured for primary brain cancer the national cancer institute estimates 22 0￭ 70 new cases and 12 920 deaths in the us for 2009 the age adjusted incidence rate is 6 4 per 100 000 per year and the death rate is 4 3 per 100 000 per year the lifetime risk of developing brain cancer for someone born today is 0 60 only around a third of those diagnosed with brain cancer survive a further five years these high overall mortality rates are a result of the prevalence of aggressive types such as gli￭ obl￭ ast￭ oma multi￭ forme nearly 14 of new brain tumor diagnoses occur in persons under 20 years of age
purification in a chemical context is the physical separation of a chemical substance of interest from foreign or contam￭ inating substances pure results of a successful purification process are termed isolate the following list of chemical purification methods should not be considered exhaustive aff￭ inity purification is used to pur￭ i￭ fy proteins by retaining them on a column through their aff￭ inity to antibodies enzymes or recep￭ tors which have been im￭ mobilised on the column fil￭ tration is a mechanical method to separate soli￭ ds from liquids or gases by passing the feed stream through a por￭ ous sheet such as a cloth or memb￭ rane which retains the soli￭ ds and allows the liquid to pass through centrifu￭ gation is a process in which light particles are revol￭ ved at high speed with the help of an electric motor so that the fine particles which do not settle at bottom would settle down evapor￭ ation is used to remove volatile liquids from non volatile solu￭ tes which cannot be done through fil￭ tration due to the small size of the substances liquid – liquid extraction removes an im￭ purity or recovers a desired product by dis￭ solving the crude material in a solvent in which other components of the feed material are soluble crystal￭ li￭ zation separates a product from a liquid feed stream often in extremely pure form by cooling the feed stream or adding precipit￭ ants which lower the solu￭ bility of the desired product so that it forms cryst￭ als the pure solid cryst￭ als are then separated from the remaining liquor by fil￭ tration or centrifu￭ gation rec￭ ry￭ stal￭ li￭ zation in analytical and synthetic chemistry work purchased reagents of doubtful purity may be rec￭ ry￭ stal￭ lized e g dissolved in a very pure solvent and then crystal￭ lized and the cryst￭ als recovered in order to improve and or verify their purity ad￭ sor￭ ption removes a soluble im￭ purity from a feed stream by trapping it on the surface of a solid material such as activated carbon which forms strong non co￭ val￭ ent chemical bonds with the im￭ purity chro￭ mato￭ graphy employs ad￭ sor￭ ption and des￭ or￭ ption on a packed bed of a solid to pur￭ i￭ fy multiple components of a single feed stream sm￭ el￭ ting is used to produce metals from raw ore and involves adding chemicals to the ore and heating it up to the melting point of the metal refining is used primarily in the petroleum industry whereby crude oil is heated and separated into stages according to the condens￭ ation points of the various elements distillation widely used in petroleum refining and in purification of ethanol separates volatile liquids on the basis of their relative volati￭ lities water purification combines a number of methods to produce potable or drinking water downstream processing refers to purification of chemicals pharmaceuticals and food ingredients produced by fermentation or synthe￭ sized by plant and animal tissues for example antibiotics cit￭ ric acid vitamin e and insulin fr￭ action￭ ation refers to a purification strategy in which some relatively inefficient purification method is repeatedly applied to isolate the desired substance in progressively greater purity electro￭ lysis refers to the breakdown of substances using an electric current this removes impurities in a substance that an electric current is run through sub￭ lim￭ ation is the process of changing of any substance usually on heating from a solid to a gas or from gas to a solid without passing through liquid phase bio￭ le￭ aching is the extraction of metals from their ores through the use of living organisms frac￭ tional distillation is distillation in fractions
there was an extended royal presence in canada through the 18 th 19 th and 20 th centuries either as an official tour a vacation a period of military service or a vic￭ ere￭ gal posting by a member of the royal family originally official t￭ ours were events predominantly for canadi￭ ans to see and possibly meet members of their royal family with the associated patriotic po￭ mp and spectacle however nearing the end of the 20 th century such occasions took on the added dimension of a theme and junior members of the royal family began to undertake unofficial working t￭ ours of canada as well in this method royal figures are invited by provinces municipalities and other organizations to events which the latter fund without assistance from the federal government the prince of wales the princess royal the duke of york and the prince edward have all made several small t￭ ours in this fashion these arrangements then continued on into the 21 st century
the chester city walls surround what was the extent of the english city of chester in the medieval period they started as a defensive structure for the fortress of deva vic￭ tri￭ x during the roman occupation of britain originating between 70 and 90 ad they consisted of earth ram￭ parts sur￭ mounted by wooden p￭ alis￭ ades at intervals there were wooden gates and towers following the arrival of the legi￭ o xx val￭ er￭ ia vic￭ tri￭ x at the end of the 1 st century the walls were re￭ constructed in sand￭ stone and building work continued with interruptions until the roman circuit of the walls was completed over 100 years later during the same period the towers and gates were rebuilt in stone repairs were carried out on the walls throughout the roman occupation chester was re￭ fortified in 907 by æ￭ th￭ el￭ fl￭ æ￭ d but how this affected the walls is not precisely known the north and east roman walls were certainly used in the for￭ tification as they are still in existence today but it is possible that they were extended to the west and south to meet the river dee the full circuit of the walls as they are today was completed by the end of the 12 th century the north and east walls were extended the west and south walls were built and the towers and gates were incorporated only the north and east walls contain towers as the river was thought to be a sufficient defence on the southern and western sides repair of the walls was an ongoing problem during the medieval period and at some time 3 rd century roman alt￭ ars and tom￭ b￭ stones were used as raw materials some of the tom￭ b￭ stones are on display in the gros￭ ven￭ or museum the wall and its towers were damaged during the english civil war particularly in the sie￭ ges of the city between 16￭ 44 and 16￭ 46 further rebuilding and repairs were carried out following the war but it was a constant struggle to cope with the scale of the necessary repairs by the 18 th century the walls had out￭ lived their purpose as a defensive structure and were becoming popular as a pro￭ men￭ ade in 17￭ 07 the city assembly spent £ 1 000 equivalent to £ 150 000 in 2015 to repair the walls and to flag the foot￭ way distinguished visitors who walked the walls around that time included john wes￭ ley and samuel johnson the four major gates were replaced east￭ gate brid￭ ge￭ gate and water￭ gate during the 18 th century and north￭ gate with its associated ga￭ ol in 18￭ 08 – 10 shortly after 18￭ 10 part of the southern section of the walk was demol￭ ished to accommodate the yard for the new ga￭ ol in 18￭ 46 the nor￭ the￭ astern corner of the walls was breached by the chester and hol￭ y￭ head railway new￭ gate was opened in 1938 to bridge a new road built to relieve traffic congestion in the city centre and in 1966 st martin s gate was built across the inner ring road the walls tower gates and poster￭ ns of the city of chester are recognised as a scheduled monument all the towers associated with the walls have been designated as grade i listed buildings as have all the sections of the wall other than that between brid￭ ge￭ gate and the former county hall now used by the university of chester which is listed grade ii the gates are all designated grade i except for old new￭ gate which is grade ii new￭ gate which is grade ii and st martin s gate which is not listed the three grades of listing are defined as follows grade i buildings are of exceptional interest sometimes considered to be internationally important grade ii buildings are particularly important buildings of more than special interest and grade ii buildings are nationally important and of special interest the circuit of the walls extends for 2 miles 3 km rises to a height of 40 feet 12 2 m and is the most complete circuit of roman and medieval defensive town wall in britain the editor of the victoria county history states the walls still in 2000 formed an almost un￭ broken path￭ way and a delight to visitors this list starts in the northwest corner with bon￭ e￭ wal￭ des￭ thor￭ ne s tower and includes the water tower which is outside the circuit of the walls but connected by a spur wall to bon￭ e￭ wal￭ des￭ thor￭ ne s tower it then continues in a c￭ lock￭ wise direction starting with the north wall
severe weather phenomena are weather conditions that are hazardous to human life and property
diving disorders are medical conditions specifically arising from underwater diving the signs and symptoms of these may present during a dive on sur￭ facing or up to several hours after a dive di￭ vers have to breathe a gas which is at the same pressure as their surroundings ambient pressure which can be much greater than on the surface the ambient pressure underwater increases by 1 standard atmosphere 100 k￭ pa for every 10 metres 33 ft of depth the principal conditions are de￭ compression illness which covers de￭ compression sickness and arter￭ ial gas embol￭ ism nitrogen narco￭ sis high pressure nervous syndrome oxygen toxicity and pul￭ mon￭ ary bar￭ o￭ trauma burst lung although some of these may occur in other settings they are of particular concern during diving activities the disorders are caused by breathing gas at the high pressures encountered at depth and di￭ vers will often breathe a gas mixture different from air to mitigate these effects nitro￭ x which contains more oxygen and less nitrogen is commonly used as a breathing gas to reduce the risk of de￭ compression sickness at recreational depths up to about 40 metres 130 ft heli￭ um may be added to reduce the amount of nitrogen and oxygen in the gas mixture when diving deeper to reduce the effects of narco￭ sis and to avoid the risk of oxygen toxicity this is complicated at depths beyond about 150 metres 500 ft because a heli￭ um – oxygen mixture heli￭ ox then causes high pressure nervous syndrome more exotic mixtures such as hy￭ dre￭ li￭ ox a hydrogen – heli￭ um – oxygen mixture are used at extreme depths to counteract this
in the mathematics of probability a sto￭ ch￭ astic process is a random function in practical applications the domain over which the function is defined as a time interval time series or a region of space random field familiar examples of time series include stock market and exchange rate fluctuations signals such as speech audio and video medical data such as a patient s e￭ kg eeg blood pressure or temperature and random movement such as brow￭ ni￭ an motion or random walks examples of random fields include static images random topo￭ graphies landscap￭ es or composition variations of an in￭ homogeneous material
this is a dynamic list and may never be able to satisfy particular standards for completeness you can help by expanding it with reliably sour￭ ced entries stu￭ t￭ tering al￭ alia sy￭ ll￭ ab￭ aris also known as stam￭ mering al￭ alia liter￭ alis or an￭ ar￭ thri￭ a liter￭ alis is a speech disorder in which the flow of speech is disrupted by involuntary repeti￭ tions and pro￭ long￭ ations of sounds sy￭ ll￭ ables words or phrases and involuntary silent pa￭ uses or blocks during which the person who stu￭ t￭ ters is unable to produce sounds the exact eti￭ ology of stu￭ t￭ tering is unknown both genetics and neuro￭ physi￭ ology are thought to contribute there are many treatments and speech language path￭ ology techniques available that may help increase flu￭ ency in some stu￭ t￭ ter￭ ers to the point where an un￭ trained ear cannot identify a problem however there is essentially no cure for the disorder at present people who stu￭ tter include floor boy william po￭ i￭ rier british prime minister winston churchill or￭ ator demo￭ s￭ th￭ en￭ es king george vi actor james earl jones and country singer mel till￭ is churchill whose stu￭ tter was particularly apparent to 1920 s writers was one of the 30 of stu￭ t￭ ter￭ ers who have an associated speech disorder — a lis￭ p in his case — yet led his nation through world war ii demo￭ s￭ th￭ en￭ es stam￭ mer￭ ed and was in￭ articulate as a youth yet through dedicated practice using methods such as placing pe￭ b￭ bles in his mouth became a great or￭ ator of ancient greece king george vi hired speech therapist lionel logue to enable him to speak to his empire and logue effectively helped him accomplish this goal this training and its results are the focus of the 2010 film the king s speech james earl jones has stated he was mu￭ te for many years of his youth yet he became an actor noted for the power of his voice mel till￭ is stu￭ t￭ ters when talking but not when singing many people had their speech impediment only as a child and have overcome their condition
a tidal bar￭ rage is an artificial obstruction at the mouth of a tidal water￭ course in contrast to a normal bar￭ rage along a river s inland course
in compu￭ tability theory an undec￭ id￭ able problem is a type of compu￭ tational problem that requires a yes no answer but where there cannot possibly be any computer program that always gives the correct answer that is any possible program would sometimes give the wrong answer or run forever without giving any answer more formally an undec￭ id￭ able problem is a problem whose language is not a recur￭ sive set see dec￭ id￭ ability there are un￭ coun￭ tably many undec￭ id￭ able problems so the list below is necessarily incomplete though undec￭ id￭ able languages are not recur￭ sive languages they may be sub￭ sets of turing recogniz￭ able languages i e such undec￭ id￭ able languages may be recur￭ sively enum￭ erable many if not most undec￭ id￭ able problems in mathematics can be posed as word problems determining when two distinct strings of symbols en￭ coding some mathematical concept or object represent the same object or not for undec￭ id￭ ability in ax￭ i￭ om￭ atic mathematics see list of statements undec￭ id￭ able in z￭ fc
there are many longstanding unsolved problems in mathematics for which a solution has still not yet been found the unsolved problems in statistics are generally of a different flavor according to john tu￭ key difficulties in identifying problems have delayed statistics far more than difficulties in solving problems a list of one or two open problems in fact 22 of them was given by david cox
voice disorders are medical conditions involving abnormal pitch lou￭ dness or quality of the sound produced by the lar￭ yn￭ x and thereby affecting speech production these include pu￭ ber￭ ph￭ onia chor￭ di￭ tis vocal fold no￭ d￭ ules vocal fold cy￭ sts vocal cord pa￭ res￭ is rein￭ ke s e￭ dem￭ a sp￭ as￭ mod￭ ic dy￭ sp￭ hon￭ ia foreign accent syndrome bo￭ gart – bac￭ all syndrome lar￭ yn￭ ge￭ al pap￭ il￭ lo￭ mat￭ osis lar￭ yn￭ gi￭ tis
lis￭ tener fatigue also known as listening fatigue is a phenomenon that occurs after prolonged exposure to an aud￭ itory stimulus symptoms include ti￭ red￭ ness discomfort pain and loss of sensitivity lis￭ tener fatigue is not a clin￭ ically recognized state but is a term used by many professionals the cause for lis￭ tener fatigue is still not yet fully understood it is thought to be an extension of the quantifiable psychological perception of sound common groups at risk of becoming victim to this phenomenon include avi￭ d lis￭ teners of music and others who listen or work with loud noise on a constant basis such as musicians construction workers and military personnel
lis￭ ter￭ i￭ osis is a bacterial infection most commonly caused by lis￭ ter￭ ia mon￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ genes although l ivan￭ o￭ vii and l gray￭ i have been reported in certain cases lis￭ ter￭ ia primarily causes infections of the central nervous system men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis men￭ in￭ go￭ en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis brain abs￭ c￭ ess cere￭ bri￭ tis and bacter￭ emia in those who are immun￭ o￭ compromised pregnant women and those at the extremes of age new￭ bor￭ ns and the elderly as well as gastro￭ enter￭ i￭ tis in healthy persons who have been severely infected lis￭ ter￭ ia is ubiquitous and is primarily transmitted via the oral route after ing￭ estion of contaminated food products after which the organism penetr￭ ates the intest￭ inal tract to cause systemic infections the diagnosis of lis￭ ter￭ i￭ osis requires the isolation of the organism from the blood and or the cere￭ bro￭ spinal fluid treatment includes prolonged administration of antibiotics primarily am￭ pic￭ ill￭ in and gent￭ am￭ ic￭ in to which the organism is usually susceptible
a lith￭ o￭ pedi￭ on – also spelled lith￭ opa￭ edi￭ on or lith￭ op￭ æ￭ di￭ on – ancient greek λ￭ ί￭ θ￭ ος stone ancient greek πα￭ ι￭ δ￭ ί￭ ον small child infant or stone baby is a rare phenomenon which occurs most commonly when a fe￭ tus dies during an ab￭ domin￭ al pregnancy is too large to be re￭ absorbed by the body and calci￭ fies on the outside as part of a maternal foreign body reaction shiel￭ ding the mother s body from the dead tissue of the fe￭ tus and preventing infection lith￭ o￭ pedia may occur from 14 weeks gest￭ ation to full term it is not unusual for a stone baby to remain un￭ diagnosed for decades and it is often not until a patient is examined for other conditions or a proper examination is conducted that includes an x ray that a stone baby is found the condition was first described in a tre￭ ati￭ se by the physician ab￭ ū al q￭ ā￭ si￭ m abul￭ cas￭ is in the 10 th century but fewer than 300 cases have been noted in 400 years of medical literature the earliest lith￭ o￭ pedi￭ on is one found in an archae￭ ological exc￭ av￭ ation at bering sin￭ k￭ hole on the ed￭ wards pl￭ ate￭ au in ker￭ r county texas dated to 1100 bc another early example was found in a gallo roman archae￭ ological site in co￭ ste￭ belle southern france dating to the 4 th century in 18￭ 80 german physician friedrich k￭ ü￭ chen￭ me￭ ister reviewed 47 cases of lith￭ o￭ pedia from the medical literature and identified three sub￭ groups lith￭ ok￭ ely￭ pho￭ s stone she￭ ath where calci￭ fication occurs on the plac￭ ental memb￭ rane and not the fe￭ tus lith￭ o￭ tec￭ non stone child or true lith￭ o￭ pedi￭ on where the fe￭ tus itself is calci￭ fied after entering the ab￭ domin￭ al cav￭ ity following the rupture of the plac￭ ental and o￭ vari￭ an memb￭ ran￭ es and lith￭ ok￭ ely￭ pho￭ pedi￭ on stone she￭ ath and child where both fe￭ tus and s￭ ac are calci￭ fied lith￭ o￭ pedia can originate both as tu￭ bal or o￭ vari￭ an pregnancies
a lith￭ o￭ spheric drip is a geological phenomenon in which a dense and relatively cold mass of lith￭ o￭ sphere sinks into the more fluid upper man￭ tle the regions of descending material have been detected by seis￭ mic tom￭ o￭ graphy methods and model￭ ed as near vertically oriented cylin￭ dr￭ ical masses within the upper man￭ tle the lith￭ o￭ spheric drip discovered below the great basin in central nevada has dimensions of 100 km diameter by 500 km vertical length another area under￭ lain by a descending cylin￭ dr￭ ical mass of dense lith￭ o￭ sphere has been reported in the south￭ western sierra nevada and portions of the san jo￭ aqu￭ in valley of california here a 100 km by 225 km mass of relatively high density fast p wave velocity has been discovered below an area of anom￭ alous topo￭ graphy
little league el￭ bow is a condition that is caused by repeti￭ tive throwing motions especially in children who play sports that involve an over￭ hand throw little le￭ agu￭ er s el￭ bow was first coined by bro￭ g￭ don and crow in an ep￭ onym￭ ous 1960 article in the american journal of radi￭ ology the name of the condition is derived from the game of baseball it is most often seen in young pit￭ chers under the age of sixteen the pit￭ ching motion causes a val￭ gus stress to be placed on the el￭ bow joint which can cause damage to the structures of the el￭ bow resulting in an av￭ ul￭ sion of the medi￭ al ep￭ ip￭ hy￭ seal plate growth plate the first diagnosis of the injury in 1960 set off a fire￭ storm of controversy regarding how much youth baseball players can and should be asked to pitch the ail￭ ment even appeared in the comic strip peanuts in 1963 when charlie brown received a diagnosis in 2007 in order to protect against over￭ use injuries little league baseball began limiting the number of pit￭ ches a player could throw per day adult pit￭ chers do not experience the same injury because they do not have an open growth plate in the el￭ bow instead in adult athletes a more common injury is to the ul￭ nar collateral lig￭ ament of the el￭ bow an injury that often requires tommy john surgery in order for the athlete to resume high level competitive throwing
little cherry disease or l￭ ch￭ d sometimes referred to as little cherry k s little cherry or sour cherry decline is a viral infectious disease that affects cherry trees most notably sweet cherries prun￭ us avi￭ um and sour cherries prun￭ us cer￭ as￭ us little cherry disease should not be confused with cherry buck￭ skin disease which is caused by phy￭ top￭ las￭ ma note that both diseases are among the diseases referred to as cherry decline
lit￭ toral cell an￭ gi￭ oma abbreviated l￭ ca and formally known as lit￭ toral cell an￭ gi￭ oma of the sp￭ leen is a benign tum￭ our of the sp￭ leen that arises from the cells that line the red pulp
live￭ do rac￭ em￭ osa is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by a skin dis￭ color￭ ation appearing as irregular broken circles
live￭ do re￭ ticul￭ aris is a common skin finding consisting of a mo￭ tt￭ led retic￭ ulated vascular pattern that appears as a l￭ ace like pur￭ pl￭ ish dis￭ color￭ ation of the skin the dis￭ color￭ ation is caused by sw￭ elling of the ven￭ ules owing to obstruction of cap￭ il￭ lar￭ ies by small blood clo￭ ts the blood clo￭ ts in the small blood vessels can be a secondary effect of a condition that increases a person s risk of forming blood clo￭ ts including a wide array of pathological and non￭ pathological conditions examples include hyper￭ li￭ pi￭ dem￭ ia micro￭ vascular hem￭ at￭ ological or an￭ emia states nutritional deficiencies hyper and auto￭ immune diseases and drugs toxins the condition may be normal or related to more severe underlying path￭ ology its differential diagnosis is broadly divided into possible blood diseases auto￭ immune r￭ heu￭ mato￭ logic diseases cardiovascular diseases cancers and endocrine disorders it can usually in 80 of cases be diagnosed by biopsy it may be aggravated by exposure to cold and occurs most often in the lower extre￭ mi￭ ties the condition s name derives from the latin liv￭ ere meaning blu￭ ish and retic￭ ular which refers to the net like appearance
live￭ do￭ id der￭ mati￭ tis also known as embo￭ lia cu￭ tis medic￭ am￭ ent￭ osa and nicol￭ au syndrome is a rare i￭ atro￭ genic cu￭ taneous reaction that occurs immediately after a drug injection it presents as an immediate extreme pain around the injection site with over￭ lying skin rapidly becoming er￭ y￭ them￭ at￭ ous viol￭ ac￭ eous or blan￭ ched is￭ chem￭ ic p￭ all￭ or and sometimes with retic￭ ular pattern the reaction eventually leads to variable degrees of necro￭ sis to the skin and underlying tissue the wound eventually he￭ als can lead to atro￭ ph￭ ic dis￭ figuring scar￭ ring the reaction is associated with a range of both injection sites and drugs it was first reported by fre￭ u￭ den￭ th￭ al in 19￭ 24 following an injection of bis￭ mu￭ th salts for sy￭ phil￭ is although initial reports were following intr￭ amus￭ cular injections the reaction has since also been reported following sub￭ cu￭ taneous intra￭ ven￭ ous and intra￭ artic￭ ular injections live￭ do￭ id der￭ mati￭ tis has been reported to occur with many different drug injections including pen￭ ic￭ illin￭ s local an￭ esthe￭ tics e g li￭ doc￭ aine vaccines e g d￭ tap cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ster￭ oids n￭ s￭ aids and more
live￭ do￭ id vas￭ cul￭ opathy also known as live￭ do￭ id vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis live￭ do re￭ ticul￭ aris with summer winter ul￭ cer￭ ation and seg￭ mental hy￭ al￭ ini￭ zing vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis is a chronic cu￭ taneous disease seen predominantly in young to middle aged women one synon￭ ym used to describe its features is painful pur￭ pur￭ ic ul￭ cers with retic￭ ular pattern of the lower extre￭ mi￭ ties purple it can be divided into a primary or idi￭ opathic form and a secondary form which has been associated with a number of diseases including chronic ven￭ ous hyper￭ tension and vari￭ co￭ sities
a liver abs￭ c￭ ess is a p￭ us filled mass inside the liver common causes are ab￭ domin￭ al infections such as append￭ ic￭ i￭ tis or diver￭ tic￭ u￭ li￭ tis due to ha￭ emato￭ genous spread through the portal vein
liver cancer also known as he￭ p￭ atic cancer and primary he￭ p￭ atic cancer is cancer that starts in the liver cancer which has spread from elsewhere to the liver known as liver me￭ tast￭ asis is more common than that which starts in the liver symptoms of liver cancer may include a lump or pain in the right side below the ri￭ b cage other symptoms includes sw￭ elling of the ab￭ dom￭ en yel￭ low￭ ish skin easy bru￭ ising weight loss and weakness the leading cause of liver cancer is cir￭ rho￭ sis due to either hepatitis b hepatitis c or alcohol other causes include aflatoxin non alcoholic fatty liver disease and liver flu￭ kes the most common types are he￭ pat￭ oc￭ ell￭ ular carcin￭ oma h￭ cc which makes up 80 of cases and chol￭ an￭ gi￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma less common types include m￭ uc￭ inous c￭ ys￭ tic ne￭ op￭ las￭ m and in￭ trad￭ uc￭ tal pap￭ ill￭ ary bi￭ li￭ ary ne￭ op￭ las￭ m the diagnosis may be supported by blood tests and medical imaging with confirmation by tissue biopsy preventive efforts include immun￭ ization against hepatitis b and treating those infected with hepatitis b or c screening is recommended in those with chronic liver disease treatment options may include surgery targeted therapy and radiation therapy in certain cases ab￭ l￭ ation therapy emb￭ oli￭ zation therapy or liver transplantation may be used small lum￭ ps in the liver may be simply closely followed primary liver cancer is globally the sixth most frequent cancer 6 and the second leading cause of death from cancer 9 in 2012 it occurred in 7￭ 82 000 people and resulted in 7￭ 46 000 deaths in 2013 300 000 deaths from liver cancer were due to hepatitis b 343 000 to hepatitis c and 92 000 to alcohol higher rates of liver cancer occur where hepatitis b and c are common including asia and sub saharan africa males are more often affected with h￭ cc than females diagnosis is most frequent among those 55 to 65 years old five year survival rates are 18 in the united states the word he￭ p￭ atic is from the greek h￭ ê￭ par meaning liver
liver disease also called he￭ p￭ atic disease is a type of damage to or disease of the liver
liver failure or he￭ p￭ atic in￭ sufficiency is the inability of the liver to perform its normal synthetic and metabol￭ ic function as part of normal physi￭ ology two forms are recognised acute and chronic recently a third form of liver failure known as acute on chronic liver failure ac￭ lf is increasingly being recognized
a liver injury also known as liver lac￭ eration is some form of trauma sustained to the liver this can occur through either a blunt force such as a car accident or a penetr￭ ating foreign object such as a knife liver injuries constitute 5 of all trau￭ mas making it the most common ab￭ domin￭ al injury generally non￭ operative management and observation is all that is required for a full recovery
liver spots also known as age spot solar l￭ enti￭ go l￭ enti￭ go sen￭ il￭ is old age spot sen￭ ile f￭ reck￭ le are bl￭ em￭ ishes on the skin associated with aging and exposure to ultra￭ violet radiation from the sun they range in color from light brown to red or black and are located in areas most often exposed to the sun particularly the hands face shoulders arms and fore￭ head and the scal￭ p if bald the spots derive their name from the fact that they were once incorrectly believed to be caused by liver problems but they are physi￭ o￭ logically unrelated to the liver save for a similar color from the age of 40 onward the skin is less able to regener￭ ate from sun exposure and liver spots are very common in this age group particularly in those who spend time in the sun in the overwhelming majority of cases liver spots pose no threat and require no treatment though they occasionally have been known to obscure the detection of skin cancer however despite being a benign condition liver spots are sometimes considered un￭ sigh￭ tly and some people choose to have them removed this can be done by electro￭ surgery laser treatment cry￭ otherapy or the use of tre￭ tin￭ o￭ in or alpha hydro￭ xy acids
liver tumors or he￭ p￭ atic tumors are tumors or grow￭ ths on or in the liver medical terms pertaining to the liver often start in he￭ pa￭ to or he￭ p￭ atic from the greek word for liver he￭ par several distinct types of tumors can develop in the liver because the liver is made up of various cell types these grow￭ ths can be benign or m￭ align￭ ant can￭ cer￭ ous they may be discovered on medical imaging even for a different reason than the cancer itself or may be present in patients as an ab￭ domin￭ al mass he￭ pat￭ om￭ eg￭ al￭ y ab￭ domin￭ al pain ja￭ und￭ ice or some other liver dysfunction
livestock source verification is the ability to trace livestock from birth to the consuming public this process usually entails num￭ eric identification at birth and record keeping which details health records feed records and genetic history of individual livestock the record keeping and traceability process continues from slaughter through processing and distribution these records can be accessed by the processor which provides another level of safety to the consumer in terms of recall if necessary unique numbers are usually assigned to all cows with most activities being documented
living torpe￭ does polish ży￭ we torpe￭ dy also str￭ ace￭ ń￭ cy — “ desper￭ ates ” or the lost was a social and military phenomenon which began in the second polish republic in mid 1939 when the threat from nazi germany became real the idea for creating the human torpe￭ do unit was very similar to the famous japanese kam￭ ik￭ a￭ ze pilots — males and females willing to sacrifice their lives to defend their homeland it is a matter of debate among military historians whether there were any real plans for the combat usage of such suicidal units or whether it was purely a matter of propaganda it all started on may 5 1939 when adol￭ f hitler officially demanded the free city of dan￭ zi￭ g and the polish corridor a day after hitler ’ s speech the polish daily il￭ u￭ stro￭ w￭ any kur￭ ier co￭ dzi￭ en￭ ny from k￭ rak￭ ów published a letter written by a man from warsaw named wład￭ ys￭ ław bo￭ ży￭ cz￭ ko and also signed by his relatives the brothers edward and leon lu￭ to￭ sta￭ ński bo￭ ży￭ cz￭ ko together with the lu￭ to￭ sta￭ ński brothers appealed to the poles asking them to sacrifice their lives also as early as spring 19￭ 37 a man from kat￭ ow￭ ice stan￭ is￭ ław cho￭ jec￭ ki had written a letter to edward ry￭ dz ś￭ mi￭ g￭ ły offering a similar ultimate sacrifice the appeal quickly spread all over the country trum￭ pe￭ ted by other newspapers and radio copies of several papers which published it have been preserved to this day in some of them there are names and photographs of some of those who applied the search for volunteers turned into a popular patriotic movement which lasted until the first day of world war ii — september 1 1939 the day the german invasion of poland began it is now difficult to estimate how many people volunte￭ ered most probably there were as many as 47￭ 00 men and some 150 women 3000 names are documented as the polish navy issued special ids for volunteers signed by commod￭ ore eu￭ gen￭ i￭ usz po￭ pl￭ aw￭ ski the first people took their o￭ aths on june 29 1939 it is not exactly known what the polish army was going to use these people for presumably they were supposed to man underwater human torpe￭ does aimed at the destruction of german warships most probably the polish army did not have the necessary equipment but reportedly in the summer of 1939 in gdynia 83 selected volunteers were shown a special short movie about torpe￭ does manned by humans an officer of the navy who was present stated that poland had 16 such torpe￭ does they were eight meters long and weighed 420 kilograms however none of the volunteers ever saw these torpe￭ does some other volunteers were trained as gli￭ der pilots and parach￭ ute jum￭ pers also at that time the polish navy created a bureau of living torpe￭ does which suggests that the idea was treated seriously according to one of the volunteers marian kam￭ i￭ ński from poz￭ na￭ ń who saw the movie navy officers told him to return to gdynia on october 12 1939 for a two month training course the course never started — as germany attacked poland on september 1 1939 — but some of the volunteers had by then been drafted into another special ops unit for sabotage and operations behind enemy lines
li – frau￭ men￭ i syndrome is a rare cancer pre￭ disposition hereditary disorder characterized as auto￭ som￭ al dominant it was named after two american physicians frederick pei li and joseph f frau￭ men￭ i jr who first recognized the syndrome after reviewing the medical records and death certificates of 648 childhood r￭ hab￭ dom￭ y￭ os￭ ar￭ coma patients this syndrome is also known as the sar￭ coma breast leuk￭ aemia and adren￭ al g￭ land s￭ bl￭ a syndrome the syndrome is linked to ger￭ m￭ line mutations of the p 53 tumor sup￭ pres￭ sor gene which en￭ codes a trans￭ cription factor p 53 that normally regulates the cell cycle and prevents genom￭ ic mutations the mutations can be inherited or can arise from de novo mutations early in embry￭ o￭ genesis or in one of the parent s germ cells
ll￭ u￭ via de pec￭ es rain of fish is a phenomenon that has allegedly been occurring yearly for more than a century in yor￭ o honduras it is also known as the agu￭ ac￭ ero de pes￭ c￭ ado
lo￭ a lo￭ a fil￭ ari￭ asis is a skin and eye disease caused by the nemato￭ de worm lo￭ a lo￭ a humans contract this disease through the bite of a deer fly or man￭ go fly chr￭ ys￭ ops spp the vectors for lo￭ a lo￭ a the adult lo￭ a lo￭ a fil￭ arial worm migr￭ ates throughout the sub￭ cu￭ taneous tissues of humans occasionally crossing into sub￭ con￭ junc￭ ti￭ val tissues of the eye where it can be easily observed lo￭ a lo￭ a does not normally affect one s vision but can be painful when moving about the eye￭ ball or across the bridge of the nose the disease can cause red it￭ chy sw￭ ell￭ ings below the skin called calab￭ ar sw￭ ell￭ ings the disease is treated with the drug di￭ ethyl￭ carb￭ amaz￭ ine dec and when appropriate surgical methods may be employed to remove adult worms from the con￭ junc￭ tiva
load rejection in electric power system is the condition in which there is a sudden load trip in the system which cause the generation side to be over frequency a load rejection test is part of commission￭ ing test for power system to see if the system can withstand the sudden loss of load and return to normal operating condition with its governor on the generation side and test its reliability load bank is normally used for the test
loading characteristic in mul￭ tic￭ han￭ nel telephone systems a plot for the busy hour of the equivalent mean power and the peak power as a function of the number of voice channels the equivalent power of a mul￭ tic￭ han￭ nel signal referred to the zero transmission level point is a function of the number of channels and has for its basis a specified voice channel mean power
a loan covenant is a condition in a commercial loan or bond issue that requires the borrower to fulfill certain conditions or which forbids the borrower from undertaking certain actions or which possibly restricts certain activities to circumstances when other conditions are met typically violation of a covenant may result in a default on the loan being declared penalties being applied or the loan being called the legal provision in the loan agreement providing for the loan to be called is the acceleration clause once the buyer defaults all future payments due under the loan are accelerated and deemed to be due and payable immediately coven￭ ants may also be waived either temporarily or permanently usually at the sole discretion of the lender
loan modification is the systematic alteration of mortgage loan agreements that help those having problems making the payments by reducing interest rates monthly payments or principal balances lending institutions could make one or more of these changes to relieve financial pressure on borrowers to prevent the condition of foreclo￭ sure loan modifications have been practiced in the united states since the 1930 s during the great depression loan modification programs took place at the state level in an effort to reduce levels of loan foreclosures during the so called great recession of the early 21 st century loan modification became a matter of national policy with various actions taken to alter mortgage loan terms to prevent further economic destabilization
lob￭ ar pneumonia is a form of pneumonia that affects a large and continuous area of the lo￭ be of a lung it is one of the two an￭ atomic classifications of pneumonia the other being bron￭ chop￭ neu￭ monia
lo￭ bec￭ tomy means surgical exc￭ ision of a lo￭ be this may refer to a lo￭ be of the lung a lo￭ be of the thyro￭ id hem￭ i￭ thyro￭ i￭ dec￭ tomy or a lo￭ be of the brain as in an￭ terior temporal lo￭ bec￭ tomy
lob￭ om￭ y￭ co￭ sis also known as jorge lob￭ o s disease or lac￭ azi￭ osis is a bl￭ ast￭ om￭ y￭ co￭ sis a fun￭ gal infection of the skin caused by lac￭ az￭ ia lo￭ bo￭ i formerly named lo￭ boa lo￭ bo￭ i and discovered by brazilian der￭ mato￭ logist jorge lob￭ o other names which were given to the disease are kel￭ o￭ idal bl￭ ast￭ om￭ y￭ co￭ sis amaz￭ onian bl￭ ast￭ om￭ y￭ co￭ sis bl￭ ast￭ om￭ y￭ co￭ id gran￭ ul￭ oma mir￭ ai￭ p and pir￭ ai￭ p these last two names were given by natives of the amazon and mean that which burns this disease is usually found in humans and bottle no￭ sed dolphins
lob￭ ular carcin￭ oma in situ l￭ cis is a condition caused by unusual cells in the lob￭ ules of the breast many do not consider it cancer and many do but all agree it can indicate an increased risk of future cancer the national database registr￭ ars however consider l￭ cis a m￭ align￭ ancy m￭ align￭ ancy of course is cancer unlike duc￭ tal carcin￭ oma in situ d￭ cis l￭ cis is not associated with calci￭ fication and is typically an incidental finding in a biopsy performed for another reason l￭ cis only accounts for about 15 of the in situ duc￭ tal or lob￭ ular breast cancers
a lob￭ ulation is an appearance resembling lob￭ ules for instance the thyro￭ id g￭ land may become large and lob￭ ulated in hash￭ im￭ oto s thyro￭ idi￭ tis
local extinction or ex￭ tir￭ p￭ ation is the condition of a species or other tax￭ on that ceases to exist in the chosen geographic area of study though it still exists elsewhere local extinc￭ tions are contr￭ asted with global extinc￭ tions local extinc￭ tions may be followed by a replacement of the species taken from other locations wolf reintroduction is an example of this
local gig￭ anti￭ sm or loc￭ alised gig￭ anti￭ sm is a condition in which a certain part of the body acquires larger than normal size due to excessive growth of the anatom￭ ical structures or abnormal accumulation of substances it is more common in fingers and toes where it is termed macro￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly however sometimes an entire limb may be enlarged
a local option is the ability of local political jurisdictions typically counties or municipalities to allow decisions on certain controversial issues based on popular vote within their borders in practice it usually relates to the issue of alcoholic bever￭ age sales as described by an en￭ cyclo￭ pedia in 1907 local option is the license granted to the inhabitants of a district to extingu￭ ish or reduce the sale of in￭ tox￭ ic￭ ants in their midst a 19￭ 11 en￭ cycl￭ op￭ æ￭ dia describes it as specifically used in politics of the power given to the electorate of a particular district to choose whether licences for the sale of in￭ tox￭ ic￭ ating liquor should be granted or not this form of local option has also been termed local veto local option regarding alcohol was first used in the temper￭ ance movement as a means to bring about prohibition gradually in the 18￭ 30 s temper￭ ance activists mobilized to restrict licenses in towns and counties in new england by the 18￭ 40 s temper￭ ance reformers demanded state laws to allow local voters to decide whether any liquor licenses would be issued in their loc￭ alities some 12 states and territories had some form of these early local option laws by the late 18￭ 40 s controversy over the measures gave rise to the first major confrontation in the united states over the propri￭ ety and constitu￭ tionality of ballot box legislation or referendums opponents of local option which included drin￭ kers and liquor dealers many of whom were immigrants argued that local option authorized the tyranny of the majority and infringed upon the rights of the liquor dealing and liquor consuming minority local option as a method of alcohol control made a resurgence after the civil war the anti sal￭ oon league initially decided to use local option as the mechanism to bring about nationwide prohibition its intent was to work across the country at the local level in many instances however it was not the agenda for instance several wards in on￭ tari￭ o canada passed local option but were vehemently against province wide prohibition preferring to isolate alcohol sales rather than ban them altogether that is particularly evident in toronto s junction neighbourhood part of which remained notoriously dry as late as 2000 the last area of on￭ tari￭ o to repeal prohibition following the repeal of national prohibition in the united states in 1933 some states chose to maintain prohibition within their own borders others chose to permit local option on the controversial issue in the remainder of states there was no prohibition over￭ lying the patchwork of prohibition many states known as alcoholic bever￭ age control states decided to establish their own monopolies over the wholes￭ aling and or re￭ tailing of alcoholic beverages mont￭ gom￭ ery county mary￭ land for example has used local option to establish its alcohol control monopoly within its borders
in abstract al￭ ge￭ bra more specifically ring theory local rings are certain rings that are comparatively simple and serve to describe what is called local behaviour in the sense of functions defined on varieties or mani￭ fol￭ ds or of al￭ ge￭ bra￭ ic number fields examined at a particular place or prime local al￭ ge￭ bra is the branch of comm￭ ut￭ ative al￭ ge￭ bra that studies local rings and their modules in practice a comm￭ ut￭ ative local ring often arises as the result of the loc￭ alization of a ring at a prime ideal the concept of local rings was introduced by wolfgang k￭ rul￭ l in 1938 under the name stell￭ en￭ r￭ inge the english term local ring is due to z￭ aris￭ ki
local sleep is a neuro￭ logical phenomenon where brain activity in an organism that is otherwise awake enters a state which closely resembles that of sleep in an electro￭ encephal￭ o￭ gram these patterns generally resemble n￭ rem slow wave sleep and osci￭ ll￭ ate between on and off periods in the same way that would be expected during an actual sleeping state local sleep can be induced by sustained and intense periods of activation of a particular brain region especially when coupled with sleep deprivation a condition col￭ lo￭ qu￭ ially called sleep drunk although certain cor￭ tical regions of mice have been demonstrated to enter local sleep for very brief amounts of time without any immediate trigger unlike micro￭ sleep however these brief periods of local sleep occur while the animal is still entirely conscious and functioning although abilities associated with the specific brain region in local sleep tend to decline substantially for instance local sleep in brain regions associated with movement can lead to lapses in coordination and more generally cognitive functioning seems to be somewhat impaired by local sleep of cor￭ tical regions with mice undergoing cor￭ tical sleep exhi￭ biting far less awareness of their surroundings and having delayed or inappropriate reactions to stimul￭ i while the function of local sleep is not definitively established in at least one study the process has been shown to improve the performance of a task in mice the mechanism behind this is suspected to be shared with the general mechanism driving learning and memory consolidation during sleep
loc￭ alized gran￭ ul￭ oma annul￭ are is a skin condition of unknown cause tending to affect children and young to middle aged adults usually appearing on the lateral or dor￭ sal surfaces of the fingers or hands el￭ bows dor￭ sal feet and an￭ kles
loc￭ alized heat contact ur￭ tic￭ aria is a cu￭ taneous condition one of the ra￭ rest forms of ur￭ tic￭ aria where within minutes of contact with heat from any source it￭ ching and whe￭ aling occur at the precise site of contact lasting up to 1 hour
loc￭ alized lichen my￭ x￭ e￭ dem￭ ato￭ sus is a group of skin condition caused by fi￭ bro￭ bl￭ asts producing abnormally large amounts of mu￭ co￭ pol￭ ys￭ ac￭ ch￭ ari￭ des a disease for which there is no treatment
loc￭ alized li￭ po￭ dy￭ stro￭ phy is a skin condition characterized by the loss sub￭ cu￭ taneous fat loc￭ alized to sites of insulin injection
loc￭ alized pu￭ st￭ ular ps￭ ori￭ asis presents as two distinct conditions that must be considered separate from generalized ps￭ ori￭ asis and without systemic symptoms these two distinct varieties being pu￭ st￭ ul￭ osis pal￭ mar￭ is et plan￭ tar￭ is and acro￭ der￭ mati￭ tis continu￭ a
in mathematics a locally integr￭ able function sometimes also called locally sum￭ m￭ able function is a function which is integr￭ able so its integral is finite on every compact sub￭ set of its domain of definition the importance of such functions lies in the fact that their function space is similar to l￭ p spaces but its members are not required to satisfy any growth restriction on their behavior at infin￭ ity in other words locally integr￭ able functions can grow arbitrarily fast at infin￭ ity but are still manageable in a way similar to ordinary integr￭ able functions
location estimation in wireless sensor networks is the problem of estimating the location of an object from a set of noisy measurements these measurements are acquired in a distribu￭ te￭ d￭ manner by a set of sensors
the treasure of lo￭ ch ark￭ aig sometimes known as the jaco￭ bite gold was a large amount of speci￭ e provided by spain to finance the jaco￭ bite rising in scotland in 17￭ 45 and rum￭ oured still to be hidden at lo￭ ch ark￭ aig in loc￭ ha￭ ber
a lock up period also known as a lock in lock out or locked up period is a predetermined amount of time following an initial public offering where large shareholders such as company executives and investors representing considerable ownership are restricted from selling their shares generally a lock up period is a condition of exercising an employee stock option depending on the company the ip￭ o lock up period typically lasts between 90 – 180 days before these shareholders are allowed the right but not the obligation to exercise the option lock￭ ups are designed to prevent insiders from liquid￭ ating assets too quickly after a company goes public when employees and pre ip￭ o investors initially get their shares or options they sign a contract with the company that typically prohibits trades for the first 90 – 180 days after a future ip￭ o when the company is ready to go public the under￭ writing bank then reaffirms the existing agreements in new contracts this helps to ensure the market will not disproportionately increase the supply which drives prices downward while lock￭ ups used to be simple — usually lasting 180 days for everyone — they ’ ve become increasingly complex usually employees and early investors want shorter lock￭ ups so they can cash out sooner while the under￭ writing banks want longer ones to keep insiders from flooding the market and sinking the share price the company is often somewhere in the middle — wanting to keep employees and investors happy but not wanting it to look like insiders don ’ t have faith in it
in computer science a lock con￭ voy is a performance problem that can occur when using locks for con￭ currency control in a multi￭ th￭ read￭ ed application a lock con￭ voy occurs when multiple th￭ reads of equal priority contend repeatedly for the same lock unlike deadlock and li￭ vel￭ ock situations the th￭ reads in a lock con￭ voy do progress however each time a thread attempts to acquire the lock and fails it relinqu￭ ishes the remainder of its scheduling quantum and forces a context switch the overhead of repeated context switches and under￭ utilization of scheduling quan￭ ta de￭ grade overall performance lock convo￭ ys often occur when con￭ currency control primi￭ tives such as critical sections seri￭ alize access to a commonly used resource such as a memory heap or a thread pool they can sometimes be addressed by using non locking alternatives such as lock free algori￭ th￭ ms or by altering the relative priorities of the contending th￭ reads
lock is a function that locks part of a key￭ board keys into a distinct mode of operation depending on the lock settings selected
locked in syndrome lis is a condition in which a patient is aware but cannot move or communicate verb￭ ally due to complete paralysis of nearly all voluntary muscles in the body except for the eyes total locked in syndrome is a version of locked in syndrome where￭ in the eyes are paralyzed as well fred pl￭ um and jer￭ ome pos￭ ner coined the term for this disorder in 1966 locked in syndrome is also known as cere￭ bro￭ med￭ ul￭ lo￭ spinal dis￭ connection de eff￭ er￭ ented state pseu￭ do￭ coma and ven￭ tr￭ al pon￭ tine syndrome
locked twins is a rare complic￭ ation of multiple pregnancy where two fet￭ uses become inter￭ locked during presentation before birth it occurs in roughly 1 in 1 000 twin deliveries and 1 in 90 000 deliveries overall most often locked twins are delivered via ca￭ es￭ are￭ an section given that the condition has been diagnosed early enough the fe￭ tal mortality rate is high for the twin that presents first with over 50 being still￭ born
loc￭ us hetero￭ geneity is a single disorder trait or pattern of traits caused by mutations in genes at different chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al loc￭ i for example ret￭ initi￭ s pi￭ gm￭ ent￭ osa has auto￭ som￭ al dominant auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive and x linked origins however only one mut￭ ant loc￭ us is needed for the phen￭ o￭ type to manifest other examples are hyper￭ troph￭ ic cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy o￭ ste￭ o￭ genesis im￭ perfec￭ ta famili￭ al hyper￭ cho￭ le￭ ster￭ ol￭ emia
locu￭ tion from latin locu￭ tio on￭ is a speaking lo￭ qui speak is a par￭ an￭ orm￭ al phenomenon or super￭ natural revelation where a religious figure statue or icon speaks usually to a saint phenomena of locu￭ tions are described in the lives of christian s￭ aints such as saint mary of egypt 5 th century who heard the locu￭ tion from the icon of virgin mary at the holy se￭ pul￭ ch￭ re or in case of the saint henry of co￭ quet island d 1￭ 127 who experienced the locu￭ tion from the figure of christ cruci￭ fied
in ireland a lo￭ dg￭ ement is an amount lodged to a bank account or paid in to a bank account via a lo￭ dg￭ ement slip or paying in slip in india a lo￭ dg￭ ement is commonly used for proofs of tax deduction a lo￭ dg￭ ement vendor is one who will verify proofs rental receipts medical receipts to ensure that they are eligible for deduction as per the rules of income tax in india in australia the electronic placing of personal tax returns with the authorities is described as the electronic lo￭ dg￭ ment note alternate spelling of tax returns
lo￭ e￭ ys – di￭ etz syndrome lds is an auto￭ som￭ al dominant genetic connec￭ tive tissue disorder the disorder is marked by an￭ eur￭ ys￭ ms in the a￭ or￭ ta often in children the a￭ or￭ ta may also undergo sudden dis￭ section in the weakened layers of the wall of a￭ or￭ ta an￭ eur￭ ys￭ ms and dis￭ sections also can occur in arter￭ ies other than the a￭ or￭ ta because an￭ eur￭ ys￭ ms in children tend to rupture early children are at greater risk for dying if the syndrome is not identified surgery to repair a￭ or￭ tic an￭ eur￭ ys￭ ms is essential for treatment there are four types of the syndrome labelled types i through iv which are distinguished by their genetic cause type 1 type 2 type 3 and type 4 are caused by mutations in t￭ gf￭ br 1 t￭ gf￭ br 2 s￭ mad 3 and t￭ gf￭ b 2 respectively these four genes en￭ coding transforming growth factors play a role in cell sign￭ aling that promotes growth and development of the body s tissues mutations of these genes cause production of proteins without function although the disorder has an auto￭ som￭ al pattern of inheritance this disorder results from a new gene mutation in 75 of cases and occurs in people with no history of the disorder in their family it has features similar to mar￭ fan syndrome and eh￭ lers dan￭ los syndrome it was identified and characterized by pedi￭ atric gene￭ tic￭ ists bart lo￭ e￭ ys and harry di￭ etz at joh￭ ns hop￭ kins university in 2005
the lo￭ ft jazz scene was a cultural phenomenon that occurred in new york city during the mid 1970 s at venues such as envi￭ ron ali s alley and studio ri￭ v￭ be￭ a all in former industrial lo￭ ft spaces in ny￭ c s so￭ ho district hence lo￭ ft jazz the scene was documented by peter oc￭ chi￭ o￭ gros￭ so gary gi￭ dd￭ ins the late robert palmer author producer and stanley c￭ rou￭ ch many of the musicians featured were from chicago and particularly the association for the advancement of creative musicians a￭ ac￭ m and st louis black artists group bag these included no￭ tables such as the art ens￭ emb￭ le of chicago mu￭ hal richard ab￭ r￭ ams anthony bra￭ x￭ ton dave holland ras￭ hi￭ ed ali charles tyler perry robinson john fischer je￭ anne lee oliver lake joseph bo￭ wie kes￭ ha￭ van mas￭ la￭ k ham￭ i￭ ett blu￭ i￭ ett chic￭ o fre￭ eman olu dar￭ a george lewis air the revolutionary ens￭ emb￭ le and anthony davis others came from southern california such as arthur bl￭ y￭ the and david murray and from texas like sam rivers lo￭ ft jazz was a continuation of the free jazz and av￭ ant gar￭ de jazz traditions inaugur￭ ated by john col￭ tran￭ e or￭ nette col￭ eman albert ay￭ ler phar￭ o￭ ah sanders and sun ra however it didn t follow any one particular style or idi￭ om of jazz few lo￭ ft jazz musicians played continuously at￭ onal or ar￭ hy￭ th￭ mic music in the style of col￭ tran￭ e s legendary albu￭ ms as￭ cen￭ sion and om they often combined conventional mel￭ od￭ ic elements with free jazz used instruments less familiar to jazz such as the bass sax￭ oph￭ one o￭ bo￭ e and cell￭ o and combined instruments in non￭ traditional formats like the world sax￭ oph￭ one quartet whose changing members used a variety of sax￭ op￭ hon￭ es and flu￭ tes usually without any rhythm section
a log jam is an accumulation of large wood commonly defined as pieces of wood more than 10 cm in diameter and more than one metre long also commonly called large woody debris that can span an entire stream or river channel historically in north america large log raf￭ ts were common across the continent prior to european settlement the most famous natural wood raft is the great raft on louisiana s red river which prior to removal in the 18￭ 30 s affected between 390 – 480 km of the main channel it has been suggested that such extensive log raf￭ ts may have been common in europe in pre history
in mathematics the log￭ arith￭ mic integral function or integral log￭ arith￭ m li x is a special function it is relevant in problems of physics and has number theore￭ tic significance occurring in the prime number theore￭ m as an estimate of the number of prime numbers less than a given value
logic centralization is a design pattern applied within the service orientation design paradigm whose application aims to increase the re￭ us￭ ability potential of agno￭ s￭ tic logic by ensuring that services do not contain redundant agno￭ s￭ tic logic and that any re￭ usable logic should only be represented by a service that has the most suitable functional context
in psychology log￭ or￭ rhe￭ a or log￭ or￭ rho￭ ea from ancient greek λόγ￭ ος lo￭ gos word and ῥ￭ έ￭ ω rhe￭ o to flow is a communication disorder expressed by excessive wor￭ din￭ ess with minor or sometimes incoherent tal￭ k￭ ativeness log￭ or￭ rhe￭ a is sometimes classified as a mental illness resulting in a variety of psychiatric and neuro￭ logical disorders including ap￭ ha￭ sia loc￭ alized cor￭ tical le￭ sions in the thal￭ am￭ us mania or most typically in cat￭ at￭ onic schizophrenia examples of log￭ or￭ rhe￭ a might include talking or mum￭ bling mono￭ ton￭ ously either to others or more likely to oneself this may include the repetition of particular words or phrases often in￭ coherently the causes of log￭ or￭ rhe￭ a remain poorly understood but appear to be loc￭ alized to frontal lo￭ be structures known to be associated with language as is the case for example in emotional l￭ ability in a wide variety of neuro￭ logical conditions other symptoms take priority in clinical management and research efforts other symptoms include excessive talking words that avoid any logic or reason words that may offend other people and random words which hear￭ ers may ascri￭ be unintended meaning to log￭ or￭ rhe￭ a should not be confused with pressure of speech which is characterized by the f￭ ligh￭ ty alter￭ nation from topic to topic by ten￭ uous links such as rhy￭ ming or pun￭ ning log￭ or￭ rhe￭ a is a symptom of an underlying illness and should be treated by a medical professional several possible causes of log￭ or￭ rhe￭ a respond well to medication
lo￭ in pain hem￭ atur￭ ia syndrome or l￭ ph￭ s is the combination of deb￭ il￭ itating unilateral or bilateral flank pain and micro￭ scopic or macro￭ scopic amounts of blood in the urine that is otherwise un￭ explained lo￭ in pain hem￭ atur￭ ia syndrome l￭ ph￭ s is a poorly defined disorder characterized by recurrent or persistent lo￭ in flank pain and hem￭ atur￭ ia that appears to represent glo￭ mer￭ ular bleeding most patients present with both manifestations but some present with lo￭ in pain or hem￭ atur￭ ia alone pain episodes are rarely associated with low grade fever and dy￭ sur￭ ia but ur￭ inary tract infection is not present the major causes of flank pain and hem￭ atur￭ ia such as ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ li￭ thi￭ asis and blood clo￭ t are typically not present ren￭ al arter￭ io￭ graphy may suggest foc￭ ally impaired cor￭ tical per￭ fusion while ren￭ al biopsy showed inter￭ sti￭ tial fi￭ bro￭ sis and arter￭ ial sclerosis the pain is typically severe and narcotic therapy is often prescribed as a way to manage chronic pain sleep can be difficult because the sup￭ ine position increases pressure on the flank the onset of pain is often associated with naus￭ ea and v￭ om￭ iting making pain management by oral op￭ i￭ ates complicated
the london moment is a quantum mechanical phenomenon whereby a spinning super￭ conductor generates a magnetic field whose axis lines up exactly with the spin axis the term may also refer to the magnetic moment of any rotation of any super￭ conductor caused by the electron￭ s lagging behind the rotation of the object although the field strength is independent of the charge carrier density in the super￭ conductor
long chain 3 hydroxy￭ ac￭ yl co￭ enzyme a de￭ hydro￭ gen￭ ase deficiency often shortened to l￭ chad deficiency is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive fatty acid oxid￭ ation disorder that prevents the body from converting certain fats into energy this can become life threatening particularly during periods of fast￭ ing
the long term complications of standing are the conditions that may arise after prolonged time in a standing or u￭ pri￭ ght position including standing walking or running many of the complications come from prolonged standing more the 60 of a work day that is repeated several times a week there are many different jobs that require prolonged standing these included retail staff bar￭ ist￭ as bar￭ tenders assembly line workers security staff engineers catering staff library assistants hair sty￭ lists and laboratory technicians corn￭ ell university has calculated that standing requires 20 more energy than sitting
the long term effects of alcohol ethanol consumption range from cardi￭ o￭ protective health benefits for low to moderate alcohol consumption in industrialized societies with higher rates of cardiovascular disease to severe detrimental effects in cases of chronic alcohol abuse health effects associated with alcohol intake in large amounts include an increased risk of alcoholism malnutrition chronic pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis alcoholic liver disease and cancer in addition damage to the central nervous system and peripheral nervous system can occur from chronic alcohol abuse the long term use of alcohol is capable of damaging nearly every organ and system in the body the developing adoles￭ cent brain is particularly vulnerable to the toxic effects of alcohol in addition the developing fe￭ tal brain is also vulnerable and fe￭ tal alcohol spectrum disorders fas￭ ds may result if pregnant mothers consume alcohol the in￭ verse relation in western cultures between alcohol consumption and cardiovascular disease has been known for over 100 years many physicians do not promote alcohol consumption however given the many health concerns associated with it some suggest that alcohol should be regarded as a recreational drug and promote exercise and good nutrition to combat cardiovascular disease others have argued that the benefits of moderate alcohol consumption may be out￭ weighed by other increased risks including those of injuries violence fe￭ tal damage liver disease and certain forms of cancer withdrawal effects and dependence are also almost identical alcohol at moderate levels has some positive and negative effects on health the negative effects include increased risk of liver diseases or￭ op￭ har￭ yn￭ ge￭ al cancer es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al cancer and pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis conversely moderate intake of alcohol may have some beneficial effects on gast￭ ri￭ tis and cho￭ le￭ li￭ thi￭ asis of the total number of deaths and diseases caused by alcohol most happen to the majority of the population who are moderate drin￭ kers rather than the heavy drin￭ ker minority chronic alcohol misuse and abuse has serious effects on physical and mental health chronic excess alcohol intake or alcohol dependence can lead to a wide range of neuro￭ psychiatric or neuro￭ logical impairment cardiovascular disease liver disease and m￭ align￭ ant ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms the psychiatric disorders which are associated with alcoholism include major depression dys￭ thy￭ mia mania hypo￭ mania panic disorder pho￭ bias generalized anxiety disorder personality disorders schizophrenia suicide neuro￭ logic deficits e g impair￭ ments of working memory emotions executive functions vis￭ u￭ o￭ spatial abilities and ga￭ it and balance and brain damage alcohol dependence is associated with hyper￭ tension coron￭ ary heart disease and is￭ chem￭ ic stroke cancer of the respiratory system and also cancers of the dig￭ estive system liver breast and ov￭ aries heavy drinking is associated with liver disease such as cir￭ rho￭ sis excessive alcohol consumption can have a negative impact on aging recent studies have focused on understanding the mechanisms by which moderate alcohol consumption confers cardiovascular benefit
long q￭ t syndrome l￭ q￭ ts is a rare con￭ genital and inherited or acquired heart condition in which delayed re￭ polarization of the heart following a heartbeat increases the risk of episodes of tor￭ s￭ ades de point￭ es t￭ dp a form of irregular heartbeat that originates from the ven￭ tric￭ les these episodes may lead to fain￭ ting and sudden death due to ven￭ tric￭ ular fi￭ bri￭ ll￭ ation episodes may be provoked by various stimul￭ i depending on the subtype of the condition the condition is named for the appearance of the electro￭ cardi￭ o￭ gram ec￭ g e￭ kg on which a prolongation of the q￭ t interval occurs normally the q￭ t interval duration is between 350 and 440 mil￭ lis￭ econ￭ ds in some individuals the q￭ t prolongation occurs after the administration of certain medications which may be dangerous in addition to medications long q￭ t syndrome can be acquired from malnutrition leading to low blood potassium or low blood magnesium as in an￭ ore￭ x￭ ia ner￭ vo￭ sa
long face syndrome also referred to as sk￭ el￭ etal open bite is a condition generally caused by childhood mouth breathing however a decreased air￭ way size due to e￭ dem￭ a an obstruction or genetics are other contributing factors if the cause is mouth breathing it generally occurs when children are unable to breathe through their noses which changes the child s bite while they are still growing the condition s most striking symptom is an excessively long lower face height treatment for the cosmetic effects of long face syndrome after childhood where little potential for growth is possible is surgical the surgery performed is normally a d￭ ent￭ o￭ facial o￭ ste￭ o￭ tomy
long live our noble duke is an alteration traditionally made within the historic county boundaries of lan￭ cash￭ ire to the anthem god save the queen the anthem still uses the same ly￭ rics and instrumental tune but the second line long live our noble queen is changed to long live our noble duke out of respect to the reign￭ ing mon￭ arch in their capacity as the duke of lan￭ cast￭ er the title is always held by the mon￭ arch as head of the royal duchy of lan￭ cast￭ er historically lan￭ cast￭ er being the county town of lan￭ cash￭ ire no matter if the sovereign is male or female they always retain the style of duke therefore the variant second line never changes even if god save the queen changes to god save the king and vice versa an unofficial lan￭ cash￭ ire anthem it is often used at formal din￭ ners in the historical county and in lan￭ cast￭ rian regim￭ ents of the armed forces this version of the anthem is used every sunday at the sa￭ voy cha￭ pel which is governed by the duchy of lan￭ cast￭ er another version recorded to have been used at the sa￭ voy cha￭ pel is god save our duke the king long live or noble duke this being in 1951 when king george vi was mon￭ arch the variant al￭ ters lines 1 and 2 in the original national ly￭ rics
the longest common subsequ￭ ence l￭ cs problem is the problem of finding the longest subsequ￭ ence common to all sequences in a set of sequences often just two sequences it differs from problems of finding common sub￭ strings unlike sub￭ strings subsequ￭ ences are not required to occupy consecutive positions within the original sequences the longest common subsequ￭ ence problem is a classic computer science problem the basis of data comparison programs such as the di￭ ff utility and has applications in bio￭ inform￭ atics it is also widely used by revision control systems such as git for reconciling multiple changes made to a revision controlled collection of files
in computer science the longest pal￭ in￭ dro￭ mic sub￭ string or longest sym￭ metric factor problem is the problem of finding a maximum length con￭ ti￭ gu￭ ous sub￭ string of a given string that is also a pal￭ in￭ dro￭ me for example the longest pal￭ in￭ dro￭ mic sub￭ string of bananas is an￭ ana the longest pal￭ in￭ dro￭ mic sub￭ string is not guaranteed to be unique for example in the string ab￭ rac￭ ad￭ ab￭ ra there is no pal￭ in￭ dro￭ mic sub￭ string with length greater than three but there are two pal￭ in￭ dro￭ mic sub￭ strings with length three namely aca and ada in some applications it may be necessary to return all maxim￭ al pal￭ in￭ dro￭ mic sub￭ strings that is all sub￭ strings that are themselves pal￭ in￭ dro￭ mes and cannot be extended to larger pal￭ in￭ dro￭ mic sub￭ strings rather than returning only one sub￭ string or returning the maximum length of a pal￭ in￭ dro￭ mic sub￭ string found a linear time algori￭ thm for listing all the pal￭ in￭ dro￭ mes that appear at the start of a given string however as observed e g by the same algori￭ thm can also be used to find all maxim￭ al pal￭ in￭ dro￭ mic sub￭ strings anywhere within the input string again in linear time therefore it provides a linear time solution to the longest pal￭ in￭ dro￭ mic sub￭ string problem alternative linear time solutions were provided by and by who described a solution based on suff￭ ix trees efficient parallel algori￭ th￭ ms are also known for the problem the longest pal￭ in￭ dro￭ mic sub￭ string problem should not be confused with the different problem of finding the longest pal￭ in￭ dro￭ mic subsequ￭ ence
in graph theory and theoretical computer science the longest path problem is the problem of finding a simple path of maximum length in a given graph a path is called simple if it does not have any repeated ver￭ tices the length of a path may either be measured by its number of edges or in weighted graphs by the sum of the weights of its edges in contrast to the shortest path problem which can be solved in poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al time in graphs without negative weight cycles the longest path problem is n￭ p hard meaning that it cannot be solved in poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al time for arbitrary graphs unless p n￭ p stronger hard￭ ness results are also known showing that it is difficult to approximate however it has a linear time solution for directed ac￭ ycl￭ ic graphs which has important applications in finding the critical path in scheduling problems
the longest un￭ crossed or non￭ inter￭ sec￭ ting knight s path is a mathematical problem involving a knight on the standard 8 × 8 ch￭ ess￭ board or more generally on a square n × n board the problem is to find the longest path the knight can take on the given board such that the path does not inter￭ sect itself a further distinction can be made between a closed path which ends on the same field as where it begins and an open path which ends on a different field from where it begins
a longit￭ ud￭ inal mode of a reson￭ ant cav￭ ity is a particular standing wave pattern formed by waves confined in the cav￭ ity the longit￭ ud￭ inal modes correspond to the wa￭ vel￭ eng￭ ths of the wave which are reinforced by constructive interference after many reflections from the cav￭ ity s reflecting surfaces all other wa￭ vel￭ eng￭ ths are suppressed by destructive interference a longit￭ ud￭ inal mode pattern has its no￭ des located ax￭ ially along the length of the cav￭ ity trans￭ verse modes with no￭ des located per￭ pend￭ icular to the axis of the cav￭ ity may also exist
the look elsewhere effect is a phenomenon in the statistical analysis of scientific experiments particularly in complex particle physics experiments where an apparently statistically significant observation may have actually arisen by chance because of the size of the parameter space to be searched once the possibility of look elsewhere error in an analysis is acknowledged it can be compensated for by careful application of standard mathematical techniques more generally known in statistics as the problem of multiple comparisons the term gained some media attention in 2011 in the context of the search for the hi￭ ggs bo￭ son at the large had￭ ron colli￭ der
a loop in mathematics in a topo￭ logical space x is a continuous function f from the unit interval i 0 1 to x such that f 0 f 1 in other words it is a path whose initial point is equal to the terminal point a loop may also be seen as a continuous map f from the pointed unit circle s 1 into x because s 1 may be regarded as a quo￭ ti￭ ent of i under the identification of 0 with 1 the set of all lo￭ ops in x forms a space called the loop space of x
loop marks are a cu￭ taneous condition and perhaps the single most characteristic finding in child abuse
loop model￭ ing is a problem in protein structure prediction requiring the prediction of the conform￭ ations of loop regions in proteins with or without the use of a structural tem￭ plate computer programs that solve these problems have been used to research a broad range of scientific topics from ad￭ p to breast cancer because protein function is determined by its shape and the physi￭ o￭ chemical properties of its exposed surface it is important to create an accurate model for protein lig￭ and interaction studies the problem arises often in hom￭ ology model￭ ing where the tertiary structure of an amino acid sequence is predicted based on a sequence alignment to a tem￭ plate or a second sequence whose structure is known because lo￭ ops have highly variable sequences even within a given structural mo￭ tif or protein fold they often correspond to un￭ aligned regions in sequence align￭ ments they also tend to be located at the solvent exposed surface of glob￭ ular proteins and thus are more conform￭ ationally flexible consequently they often cannot be model￭ ed using standard hom￭ ology model￭ ing techniques more constrained versions of loop model￭ ing are also used in the data fitting stages of solving a protein structure by x ray crystal￭ lo￭ graphy because lo￭ ops can correspond to regions of low electr￭ on density and are therefore difficult to resolve regions of a structural model that are predicted by non tem￭ plate based loop model￭ ing tend to be much less accurate than regions that are predicted using tem￭ plate based techniques the extent of the in￭ accuracy increases with the number of amino acids in the loop the loop amino acids side chains di￭ he￭ dr￭ al angles are often approxim￭ ated from a rot￭ am￭ er library but can worsen the in￭ accuracy of side chain packing in the overall model andre￭ j sal￭ i s hom￭ ology model￭ ing suite mod￭ eller includes a facility explicitly designed for loop model￭ ing by a satisfaction of spatial restraints method all methods require an up￭ load of the pdb file and some require the specification of the loop location
in parallel computing loop scheduling is the problem of assigning proper iter￭ ations of par￭ alle￭ li￭ z￭ able lo￭ ops among n processors to achieve load balancing and maintain data loc￭ ality with minimum dispatch overhead typical loop scheduling methods are static even scheduling evenly divide loop iter￭ ation space into n ch￭ un￭ ks and assign each chunk to a processor dynamic scheduling a chunk of loop iter￭ ation is dispatched at run￭ time by an idle processor when the chunk size is 1 iter￭ ation it is also called self scheduling guided scheduling similar to dynamic scheduling but the chunk sizes per dispatch keep shrinking until reaching a pres￭ et value
in computer science a loop variant is a mathematical function defined on the state space of a computer program whose value is mono￭ ton￭ ically decreased with respect to a strict well founded relation by the iter￭ ation of a while loop under some invari￭ ant conditions thereby ensuring its termination a loop variant whose range is restricted to the non negative inte￭ gers is also known as a bound function because in this case it provides a trivial upper bound on the number of iter￭ ations of a loop before it termin￭ ates however a loop variant may be trans￭ finite and thus is not necessarily restricted to inte￭ ger values a well founded relation is characterized by the existence of a minimal element of every non empty sub￭ set of its domain the existence of a variant proves the termination of a while loop in a computer program by well founded descent a basic property of a well founded relation is that it has no infinite descending chains therefore a loop possessing a variant will terminate after a finite number of iter￭ ations as long as its body termin￭ ates each time a while loop or more generally a computer program that may contain while lo￭ ops is said to be totally correct if it is partially correct and it termin￭ ates
the term lor￭ do￭ sis refers to the normal inward lor￭ do￭ tic cur￭ v￭ ature of the lum￭ bar and cer￭ vic￭ al regions of the sp￭ ine excessive cur￭ v￭ ature of the lower back is known as lum￭ bar hyper￭ lor￭ do￭ sis commonly called hollow back or saddle back after a similar condition that affects some horses a major feature of lum￭ bar hyper￭ lor￭ do￭ sis is a forward pel￭ vic tilt resulting in the pel￭ vis resting on top of the thi￭ ghs cur￭ v￭ ature in the opposite conv￭ ex direction in the thor￭ ac￭ ic and sac￭ ral regions is termed ky￭ pho￭ tic when this cur￭ v￭ ature is excessive it is called ky￭ pho￭ sis or hyper￭ ky￭ pho￭ sis
in mathematical optimi￭ zation statistics decision theory and machine learning a loss function or cost function is a function that maps an event or values of one or more variables onto a real number intu￭ i￭ tively representing some cost associated with the event an optimi￭ zation problem seeks to minimize a loss function an objective function is either a loss function or its negative sometimes called a reward function a profit function a utility function a fitness function etc in which case it is to be maxim￭ ized in statistics typically a loss function is used for parameter estimation and the event in question is some function of the difference between estimated and true values for an instance of data the concept as old as lap￭ l￭ ace was reintroduced in statistics by abraham wald in the middle of the 20 th century in the context of economics for example this is usually economic cost or regret in classification it is the penalty for an incorrect classification of an example in actuarial science it is used in an insurance context to model benefits paid over premiums particularly since the works of har￭ ald cram￭ é￭ r in the 1920 s in optimal control the loss is the penalty for failing to achieve a desired value in financial risk management the function is precisely mapped to a monetary loss
loss of significance is an undesirable effect in calculations using finite precision arithmetic it occurs when an operation on two numbers increases relative error substantially more than it increases absolute error for example in sub￭ tracting two nearly equal numbers known as catastrophic cancellation the effect is that the number of significant digits in the result is reduced unacceptably ways to avoid this effect are studied in numerical analysis
lou￭ d￭ speaker acoustics is a sub￭ field of acous￭ tical engineering concerned with the reproduction of sound and the parameters involved in doing so in actual equipment engineers measure the performance of drivers and complete speaker systems to characterize their behavior often in an an￭ echo￭ ic chamber out￭ doors or using time windo￭ wed measurement systems all to avoid including room effects e g rever￭ ber￭ ation in the measurements designers use models from electrical filter theory to predict the performance of drive units in different en￭ closures now almost always based on the work of a n thi￭ ele and richard small important driver characteristics are frequency response off axis response dispersion pattern lob￭ ing sensitivity db sp￭ l for 1 wat￭ t input maximum power handling non linear distortion colour￭ ation i e more or less delayed resonance it is the performance of a lou￭ d￭ speaker listening room combination that really matters as the two interact in multiple ways there are two approaches to high quality reproduction one ensures the listening room be reasonably alive with rever￭ ber￭ ant sound at all frequencies in which case the speakers should ideally have equal dispersion at all frequencies in order to equally exc￭ ite the rever￭ ber￭ ant fields created by reflections off room surfaces the other attempts to arrange the listening room to be dead acous￭ tically leaving indirect sound to the dispersion of the speakers need only be sufficient to cover the listening positions a dead or inert acous￭ tic may be best especially if properly filled with surround reproduction so that the rever￭ ber￭ ant field of the original space is reproduced realistically this is currently quite hard to achieve and so ideal lou￭ d￭ speaker systems for stere￭ o reproduction would have a uniform dispersion at all frequencies listening to sound in an an￭ echo￭ ic dead room is quite different from listening in a conventional room and while revealing about lou￭ d￭ speaker behaviour it has an unnatural son￭ ic character that some lis￭ teners find uncomfortable conventional stere￭ o reproduction is more natural if the listening environment has some acous￭ tically refl￭ ective surfaces it is in large part the direc￭ tional properties of speaker systems which vary with frequency that make them sound different even when they measure similarly well on axis acous￭ tical engineering in this instance is concerned with adapting these variations to each other
louis vi￭ vet also louis vi￭ vé or vi￭ ve was one of the first mental health patients to be diagnosed with dissoci￭ ative identity disorder col￭ lo￭ qu￭ ially known as multiple or split personalities within one year of his diagnosis the term multiple personality appeared in psychological literature in direct reference to vi￭ vet
lou￭ ping ill also known as ovine encephal￭ om￭ ye￭ li￭ tis infectious encephal￭ om￭ ye￭ li￭ tis of sheep trem￭ bling ill is an acute viral disease primarily of sheep that is characterized by a bi￭ ph￭ as￭ ic fever depression at￭ ax￭ ia muscular in￭ coordination tre￭ mors poster￭ ior paralysis coma and death lou￭ ping ill is a tick transmitted disease whose occurrence is closely related to the distribution of the primary vector the sheep tick i￭ x￭ o￭ des ric￭ in￭ us it also causes disease in red gro￭ use and can affect humans the name lou￭ ping ill is derived from an old scottish word describing the effect of the disease in sheep whereby they lou￭ p or spring into the air
in graph theory the lo￭ vá￭ s￭ z con￭ jec￭ ture 1969 is a classical problem on hamil￭ ton￭ ian paths in graphs it says every finite connected ver￭ tex transi￭ tive graph contains a hamil￭ ton￭ ian path originally lo￭ vá￭ s￭ z stated the problem in the opposite way but￭ this version became standard in 1996 bab￭ ai published a con￭ jec￭ ture sharply contradic￭ ting this con￭ jec￭ ture but both con￭ jec￭ tures remain widely open it is not even known if a single counter￭ example would necessarily lead to a series of counter￭ examples
in information theory a low density parity check ld￭ pc code is a linear error correcting code a method of transmitting a message over a noisy transmission channel an ld￭ pc is constructed using a spar￭ se bi￭ partite graph ld￭ pc codes are capacity approaching codes which means that practical construc￭ tions exist that allow the noise threshold to be set very close or even arbitrarily close on the b￭ ec to the theoretical maximum the shannon limit for a sym￭ metric memor￭ y￭ less channel the noise threshold defines an upper bound for the channel noise up to which the probability of lost information can be made as small as desired using iter￭ ative belief propagation techniques ld￭ pc codes can be de￭ coded in time linear to their block length ld￭ pc codes are finding increasing use in applications requiring reliable and highly efficient information transfer over band￭ width or return channel constrained links in the presence of corrup￭ ting noise implementation of ld￭ pc codes has lagged behind that of other codes notably tur￭ bo codes the fundamental patent for tur￭ bo codes expired on august 29 2013 us 54￭ 46￭ 747 ld￭ pc codes are also known as gall￭ ager codes in honor of robert g gall￭ ager who developed the ld￭ pc concept in his doc￭ toral dis￭ ser￭ tation at the massachusetts institute of technology in 1960
low grade fi￭ bro￭ my￭ x￭ o￭ id sar￭ coma lg￭ f￭ ms is a rare type of low grade sar￭ coma first described by harry evans in 1987 it is characterized by a long and ind￭ ol￭ ent clinical course and the possibility of local recurrence or distant me￭ tast￭ ases in a sub￭ set of patients unlike many other types of cancer low grade fi￭ bro￭ my￭ x￭ o￭ id sar￭ coma can me￭ tast￭ asi￭ ze after many years sometimes decades after the initial presentation of the tumor
in mathematics low rank approximation is a minim￭ ization problem in which the cost function measures the fit between a given matrix the data and an approxim￭ ating matrix the optimi￭ zation variable subject to a constraint that the approxim￭ ating matrix has reduced rank the problem is used for mathematical model￭ ing and data compression the rank constraint is related to a constraint on the complexity of a model that fits the data in applications often there are other constraints on the approxim￭ ating matrix apart from the rank constraint e g non neg￭ ativity and han￭ kel structure low rank approximation is closely related to principal component analysis factor analysis total least squares latent sem￭ an￭ tic analysis and orth￭ og￭ onal regression
low set ears are ears with depressed positioning of the pin￭ na two or more standard deviations below the population average it can be associated with conditions such as down s syndrome turner syndrome no￭ on￭ an syndrome pat￭ au syndrome di￭ george syndrome cr￭ i du chat syndrome ed￭ wards syndrome it is usually bilateral but can be unilateral in gol￭ den￭ har syndrome
low back pain l￭ bp is a common disorder involving the muscles nerves and bones of the back pain can vary from a dull constant ache to a sudden sharp feeling low back pain may be classified by duration as acute pain lasting less than 6 weeks sub chronic 6 to 12 weeks or chronic more than 12 weeks the condition may be further classified by the underlying cause as either mechanical non mechanical or referred pain the symptoms of low back pain usually improve within a few weeks from the time they start with 40 90 of people completely better by six weeks in most episodes of low back pain a specific underlying cause is not identified or even looked for with the pain believed to be due to mechanical problems such as muscle or joint strain if the pain does not go away with conservative treatment or if it is accompanied by red flags such as un￭ explained weight loss fever or significant problems with feeling or movement further testing may be needed to look for a serious underlying problem in most cases imaging tools such as x ray compu￭ ted tom￭ o￭ graphy are not useful and carry their own risks despite this the use of imaging in low back pain has increased some low back pain is caused by damaged inter￭ vertebr￭ al dis￭ cs and the straight leg raise test is useful to identify this cause in those with chronic pain the pain processing system may mal￭ function causing large amounts of pain in response to non serious events the treatment of acute non￭ specific low back pain of rapid onset is typically with simple pain medications and the continuation of as much normal activity as the pain allows medications are recommended for the duration that they are helpful with par￭ acet￭ am￭ ol also known as acet￭ amin￭ oph￭ en as the preferred first medication a number of other options are available for those who do not improve with usual treatment op￭ io￭ ids may be useful if simple pain medications are not enough but they are not generally recommended due to side effects surgery may be beneficial for those with dis￭ c related chronic pain and disability or spinal sten￭ osis no clear benefit has been found for other cases of non specific low back pain low back pain often affects mood which may be improved by counsel￭ ing or anti￭ depres￭ s￭ ants additionally there are many alternative medicine therapies including the alexander technique and herbal remedies but there is not enough evidence to recommend them confidently the evidence for chi￭ ro￭ prac￭ tic care and spinal manipulation is mixed approximately 9 to 12 of people 6￭ 32 million have l￭ bp at any given point in time and nearly 25 report having it at some point over any one month period about 40 of people have l￭ bp at some point in their lives with estimates as high as 80 among people in the developed world difficulty most often begins between 20 and 40 years of age men and women are equally affected low back pain is more common among people aged 40 – 80 years with the overall number of individuals affected expected to increase as the population ages
low pressure hydro￭ cephal￭ us l￭ ph is a condition whereby ven￭ tric￭ les are enlarged and the individual experiences severe dementia inability to walk and in￭ contin￭ ence despite very low in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial pressure ic￭ p low pressure hydro￭ cephal￭ us appears to be a more acute form of normal pressure hydro￭ cephal￭ us if not diagnosed in a timely fashion the individual runs the risk of remaining in the low pressure hydro￭ cephal￭ ic state or l￭ ph￭ s sh￭ unt revisions even when they are set to drain at a low ic￭ p are not always effective the pressure in the brain does not get high enough to allow the cere￭ bro￭ spinal fluid to drain in a sh￭ unt system therefore the sh￭ unt is open but malfunctioning in l￭ ph in cases of l￭ ph chronic inf￭ arc￭ ts can also develop along the cor￭ ona radi￭ ata in response to the tension in the brain as the ven￭ tric￭ les increase in size certain causes of l￭ ph include trauma tumor bleeding infl￭ amm￭ ation of the lining of the brain whole brain radiation as well as other brain path￭ ology that affects the compliance of the brain paren￭ ch￭ y￭ ma one treatment for the l￭ ph￭ s is an external ven￭ tric￭ ular drain ev￭ d set at negative pressures according to pan￭ g alt￭ schul￭ er et al a controlled steady negative pressure si￭ ph￭ oning with ev￭ d carefully monitored with partial computer tom￭ o￭ graphy sc￭ ans is a safe and effective way of treating l￭ ph in their experience this approach helps restore the brain man￭ tle they caution against dropping or raising the pressure of the ev￭ d too quickly as it increases risk and also destabili￭ zes the ven￭ tric￭ les getting the ven￭ tric￭ les smaller is the initial step stabilising them is the second step before placing a sh￭ unt – which is the final step in therapy any variation from this formula can lead to an ineffective yet patent sh￭ unt system despite a low pressure setting care should be taken with ev￭ d therapy as mismanagement of the ev￭ d can lead to long term permanent complications and brain injury
lower gastro￭ intest￭ inal bleeding commonly abbreviated l￭ gi￭ b is any form of gastro￭ intest￭ inal bleeding in the lower gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract l￭ gi￭ b is a common ail￭ ment seen at emergency departments it presents less commonly than upper gastro￭ intest￭ inal bleeding u￭ gi￭ b it is estimated that u￭ gi￭ b accounts for 100 – 200 per 100 000 cases versus 20 – 27 per 100 000 cases for l￭ gi￭ b approximately 85 of lower gastro￭ intest￭ inal bleeding involves the col￭ on 10 are from ble￭ eds that are actually upper gastro￭ intest￭ inal ble￭ eds and 3 – 5 involve the small intest￭ ines
a lower motor ne￭ uron le￭ sion is a le￭ sion which affects nerve fi￭ bers traveling from the ven￭ tr￭ al horn or an￭ terior grey column of the spinal cord to the relevant muscle s – the lower motor ne￭ uron one major characteristic used to identify a lower motor ne￭ uron le￭ sion is fl￭ acci￭ d paralysis – paralysis accompanied by loss of muscle tone this is in contrast to an upper motor ne￭ uron le￭ sion which often presents with sp￭ astic paralysis – paralysis accompanied by severe hyper￭ ton￭ ia
lower respiratory tract infection l￭ r￭ ti while often used as a synon￭ ym for pneumonia can also be applied to other types of infection including lung abs￭ c￭ ess and acute bron￭ chi￭ tis symptoms include short￭ ness of breath weakness fever cou￭ gh￭ ing and fatigue there are a number of symptoms that are characteristic of lower respiratory tract infections the two most common are bron￭ chi￭ tis and pneumonia influenza affects both the upper and lower respiratory tracts antibiotics are the first line treatment for pneumonia however they are not effective or indicated for par￭ asi￭ tic or viral infections acute bron￭ chi￭ tis typically resol￭ ves on its own with time in 2013 there were about 150 million l￭ r￭ tis these resulted in 2 7 million deaths down from 3 4 million deaths in 1990 this was 4 8 of all deaths in 2013
in mathematics the lowest common denominator or least common denominator abbreviated l￭ cd is the least common multiple of the denomin￭ ators of a set of fractions it simplifies adding sub￭ tracting and comparing fractions
a low￭ itz arc is an optical phenomenon that occurs in the atmosphere specifically it is a rare type of ice crystal hal￭ o that forms a lumin￭ ous arc which extends in￭ wards from a sun dog par￭ he￭ lion and may continue above or below the sun
lo￭ wn – gan￭ ong – le￭ vine syndrome lg￭ l is a pre exc￭ itation syndrome of the heart due to abnormal electrical communication between the atri￭ a and the ven￭ tric￭ les once thought to involve an accessory conduc￭ tion path￭ way it is grouped with wol￭ ff – par￭ kinson – white syndrome as an atri￭ o￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular re entr￭ ant t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia av￭ rt individuals with lg￭ l syndrome have a short pr interval with normal q￭ rs complex￭ es and par￭ ox￭ ys￭ ms of clin￭ ically significant t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia the syndrome is named after bernard lo￭ wn william francis gan￭ ong jr and samuel a le￭ vine individuals with a short pr interval found incidentally on e￭ kg were once thought to have lg￭ l syndrome however subsequent studies have shown that a short pr interval in the absence of symptomatic t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia is simply a benign e￭ kg variant
low￭ ry – mac￭ lean syndrome is a con￭ genital condition that may be characterized by an ear pit
lo￭ x￭ os￭ cel￭ ism is a condition occasionally produced by the bite of the recl￭ use sp￭ id￭ ers genus lo￭ x￭ os￭ cel￭ es the area becomes dus￭ ky and becomes a deep open sore as the skin around the bite dies necro￭ sis it is the only proven type of necro￭ tic ar￭ ach￭ ni￭ dis￭ m in humans while there is no known therapy effective for lo￭ x￭ os￭ cel￭ ism there has been research on antibiotics surgical timing hyper￭ bar￭ ic oxygen potential anti￭ ven￭ oms and vaccines because of the number of diseases that may mim￭ ic lo￭ x￭ os￭ cel￭ ism it is frequently mis￭ diagnosed by physicians lo￭ x￭ os￭ cel￭ ism was first described in the united states in 18￭ 79 in ten￭ nes￭ see although there are up to 13 different lo￭ x￭ os￭ cel￭ es species in north america 11 native and two non￭ native lo￭ x￭ os￭ cel￭ es recl￭ usa is the species most often involved in serious en￭ ven￭ om￭ ation lo￭ x￭ os￭ cel￭ es recl￭ usa has a limited habitat that includes the southeast united states in south america l la￭ eta l inter￭ media found in brazil and argentina and l gau￭ cho brazil are the three species most often reported to cause necro￭ tic bites
lu￭ ce￭ y – d￭ ris￭ coll syndrome is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive metabol￭ ic disorder affecting enzymes involved in bi￭ li￭ rubin metabol￭ ism it is one of several disorders classified as a transi￭ ent famili￭ al ne￭ on￭ atal un￭ con￭ ju￭ gated hyper￭ bi￭ li￭ ru￭ bin￭ emia
luci￭ o s phenomenon is an unusual reaction seen almost exclusively in patients from the caribbean and mexico with diffuse lepro￭ mat￭ ous leprosy especially in untreated cases it is characterised by recurrent crops of large sharply demarc￭ ated ul￭ cer￭ ative le￭ sions affecting mainly the lower extre￭ mi￭ ties but may gener￭ alise and become fatal as a result of secondary bacterial infection and sep￭ sis luci￭ o s phenomenon was first described by raf￭ a￭ el luci￭ o ná￭ j￭ era and al￭ var￭ ado as a necro￭ tizing skin reaction associated with non no￭ d￭ ular diffuse leprosy in 18￭ 52 this reaction was later named by lat￭ api and zam￭ ora in 1948 as luci￭ o s phenomenon after identification of hist￭ opath￭ ological changes involving multiple acute and necro￭ tizing cu￭ taneous vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis peculiar to pure and primitive diffuse leprosy pp￭ dl
the lucky jack mine formerly known as the mount em￭ mons mol￭ y￭ b￭ den￭ um property is one of the largest mol￭ y￭ b￭ den￭ um deposits in the united states the mine is located west of cre￭ sted but￭ te colorado in gun￭ n￭ ison county colorado the mol￭ y￭ brook mine has reserves amounting to 220 million tonnes of mol￭ y￭ b￭ den￭ um ore grading 0 37 mol￭ y￭ b￭ den￭ um thus resulting 814 000 tonnes of mol￭ y￭ b￭ den￭ um
lud￭ wig s ang￭ ina otherwise known as ang￭ ina lu￭ do￭ vici is a serious potentially life threatening cell￭ u￭ li￭ tis or connec￭ tive tissue infection of the floor of the mouth usually occurring in adults with concomitant dental infections and if left untreated may obstruct the airways necess￭ itating trac￭ he￭ o￭ stom￭ y it is named after the german physician wil￭ helm friedrich von lud￭ wig who first described this condition in 18￭ 36 other names include ang￭ ina m￭ align￭ a and mor￭ bus strang￭ ul￭ aris lud￭ wig s ang￭ ina should not be confused with ang￭ ina pec￭ tor￭ is which is also otherwise commonly known as ang￭ ina the word ang￭ ina comes from the greek word an￭ kh￭ on meaning strang￭ ling so in this case lud￭ wig s ang￭ ina refers to the feeling of strang￭ ling not the feeling of chest pain though there may be chest pain in lud￭ wig s ang￭ ina if the infection spreads into the retro￭ ster￭ nal space the life threatening nature of this condition generally necessitates surgical management with involvement of critical care physicians such as those found in an intensive care unit
lu￭ jan – fr￭ y￭ ns syndrome l￭ fs also referred to as x linked mental retar￭ dation with mar￭ fan￭ o￭ id habit￭ us and lu￭ jan syndrome is an x linked genetic disorder that causes mild to moderate intellectual disability and features described as mar￭ fan￭ o￭ id habit￭ us referring to a group of physical characteristics similar to those found in mar￭ fan syndrome these features include a tall thin stature and long sl￭ ender limbs l￭ fs is also associated with psychop￭ ath￭ ology and behavioral ab￭ norm￭ alities and it exhi￭ bits a number of mal￭ formations affecting the brain and heart the disorder is inherited in an x linked dominant manner and is attributed to a mis￭ sense mutation in the med 12 gene there is currently no treatment or therapy for the underlying med 12 mal￭ function and the exact eti￭ ology of the disorder remains unclear
lum￭ bar spinal sten￭ osis l￭ ss is a medical condition in which the spinal canal narro￭ ws and com￭ presses the spinal cord and nerves at the level of the lum￭ bar verte￭ bra this is usually due to the common occurrence of spinal de￭ generation that occurs with aging it can also sometimes be caused by spinal dis￭ c her￭ ni￭ ation o￭ ste￭ op￭ or￭ osis or a tumor in the cer￭ vic￭ al neck and lum￭ bar low back region it can be a con￭ genital condition to varying degrees it is also a common symptom for those who suffer from various sk￭ el￭ etal dys￭ pl￭ asi￭ as such as with pseu￭ do￭ ach￭ on￭ dro￭ pl￭ asia and ach￭ on￭ dro￭ pl￭ asia at an early age spinal sten￭ osis may affect the cer￭ vic￭ al or thor￭ ac￭ ic region in which case it is known as cer￭ vic￭ al spinal sten￭ osis or thor￭ ac￭ ic spinal sten￭ osis in some cases it may be present in all three places in the same patient lum￭ bar spinal sten￭ osis results in low back pain as well as pain or abnormal sens￭ ations in the legs thi￭ ghs feet or but￭ toc￭ ks or loss of blad￭ der and bo￭ wel control
the lum￭ bo￭ cost￭ al triangle or bo￭ ch￭ dal￭ ek s for￭ amen is a defect in the di￭ aphr￭ ag￭ m normally poster￭ ior lateral it is formed by the incomplete closure of the peric￭ ardi￭ oper￭ it￭ one￭ al can￭ als by the ple￭ u￭ ro￭ per￭ it￭ one￭ al memb￭ rane
in astro￭ no￭ my lumin￭ osity is the total amount of energy emitted by a star galaxy or other astro￭ nom￭ ical object per unit time it is related to the bri￭ ght￭ ness which is the lumin￭ osity of an object in a given spectr￭ al region in si units lumin￭ osity is measured in jou￭ les per second or watts values for lumin￭ osity are often given in the terms of the lumin￭ osity of the sun which has a total power output of 3 8￭ 46 × 10￭ 26 w the symbol for solar lumin￭ osity is l ⊙ lumin￭ osity can also be given in terms of magnitude the absolute bo￭ lo￭ metric magnitude m￭ bo￭ l of an object is a log￭ arith￭ mic measure of its total energy emission
lum￭ py skin disease is a disease caused by a virus of the family po￭ x￭ vi￭ ri￭ da￭ e also known as nee￭ th￭ ling virus it mainly affects cattle and ze￭ bus but has also been seen in gir￭ aff￭ es african buffalo and imp￭ alas lum￭ py skin disease was first seen as an epidemic in zambia in 1929 and since then has affected cattle throughout africa including the countries south africa egypt and sudan and in 1989 an outbreak was confirmed in israel in april 2016 bulgaria contacted the world food organisation for assistance in dealing with an epidemic it is spread by biting insects lum￭ py skin disease has an incub￭ ation period of two to four weeks symptoms include fever discharge from the eyes and nose no￭ d￭ ular necro￭ tic skin le￭ sions e￭ dem￭ a of the limbs and sw￭ oll￭ en lymp￭ h no￭ des morbi￭ dity can be very high but mortality is low the disease can be easily confused in its early stages with pseudo lum￭ py skin disease two vaccines are available one a live attenu￭ ated version of the nee￭ th￭ ling virus the other a live attenu￭ ated version of the sheep￭ pox virus
the lun￭ ar x also known as the wer￭ ner x is a clair obscur effect in which light and shadow creates the appearance of a letter x on the rim of the blan￭ chin￭ us la c￭ ail￭ le and pur￭ bach cr￭ at￭ ers the x is visible only for a few hours before the first quarter slightly below the lun￭ ar termin￭ ator near to the x the lun￭ ar v is also visible formed by uk￭ ert cr￭ ater and several other small cr￭ at￭ ers
lung abs￭ c￭ ess is a type of lique￭ fac￭ tive necro￭ sis of the lung tissue and formation of ca￭ vities more than 2 cm containing necro￭ tic debris or fluid caused by micro￭ bial infection this p￭ us filled cav￭ ity is often caused by aspiration which may occur during an￭ esthesia se￭ dation or un￭ consciousness from injury alcoholism is the most common condition pre￭ disposing to lung abs￭ c￭ esses lung abs￭ c￭ ess is considered primary 60 when it results from existing lung paren￭ ch￭ ym￭ al process and is termed secondary when it complicates another process e g vascular emb￭ oli or follows rupture of extr￭ ap￭ ul￭ mon￭ ary abs￭ c￭ ess into lung
lung cancer also known as lung carcin￭ oma is a m￭ align￭ ant lung tumor characterized by uncontrolled cell growth in tissues of the lung if left untreated this growth can spread beyond the lung by the process of me￭ tast￭ asis into nearby tissue or other parts of the body most cancers that start in the lung known as primary lung cancers are carcin￭ om￭ as the two main types are small cell lung carcin￭ oma s￭ cl￭ c and non small cell lung carcin￭ oma n￭ s￭ cl￭ c the most common symptoms are cou￭ gh￭ ing including cou￭ gh￭ ing up blood weight loss short￭ ness of breath and chest pains the vast majority 85 of cases of lung cancer are due to long term tobacco smoking about 10 – 15 of cases occur in people who have never smoked these cases are often caused by a combination of genetic factors and exposure to rad￭ on gas asbestos second hand smoke or other forms of air pollution lung cancer may be seen on chest radio￭ graphs and compu￭ ted tom￭ o￭ graphy ct sc￭ ans the diagnosis is confirmed by biopsy which is usually performed by bron￭ cho￭ sco￭ py or ct guidance prevention is by avoiding risk factors including smoking and air pollution treatment and long term outcomes depend on the type of cancer the stage degree of spread and the person s overall health most cases are not cur￭ able common treatments include surgery chem￭ otherapy and radi￭ otherapy n￭ s￭ cl￭ c is sometimes treated with surgery whereas s￭ cl￭ c usually responds better to chem￭ otherapy and radi￭ otherapy worldwide in 2012 lung cancer occurred in 1 8 million people and resulted in 1 6 million deaths this makes it the most common cause of cancer related death in men and second most common in women after breast cancer the most common age at diagnosis is 70 years overall 17 4 of people in the united states diagnosed with lung cancer survive five years after the diagnosis while outcomes on average are worse in the developing world
lung inf￭ arc￭ tion also known as pul￭ mon￭ ary inf￭ arc￭ tion occurs when an artery to the lung becomes blocked and part of the lung dies it is most often caused by pul￭ mon￭ ary embol￭ ism
lung tumors are ne￭ op￭ l￭ astic tumors of the lung these include this list is incomplete you can help by expanding it primary tumors of the lung pul￭ mon￭ ary system lung cancer the term commonly used to refer to carcin￭ oma of the lung pul￭ mon￭ ary carcin￭ o￭ id tumor ple￭ u￭ ro￭ pul￭ mon￭ ary bl￭ ast￭ oma neuro￭ endocrine tumors of the lung lymp￭ hom￭ as of the lung sar￭ com￭ as of the lung some rare vascular tumors of the lung non lung tumors which may grow into the lungs medi￭ ast￭ inal tumors ple￭ ural tumors me￭ tast￭ asis or secondary tumors ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms with other origin me￭ tast￭ asis to the lung
lu￭ po￭ id sy￭ co￭ sis is a cu￭ taneous condition that is characterized by a scar￭ ring form of deep fol￭ lic￭ u￭ li￭ tis typically affecting the beard area
lup￭ us anti￭ co￭ ag￭ ul￭ ant also known as lup￭ us anti￭ body la l￭ ac or lup￭ us inhi￭ bit￭ ors is an immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ulin that binds to phosp￭ holi￭ pi￭ ds and proteins associated with the cell memb￭ rane lup￭ us anti￭ co￭ ag￭ ul￭ ant is a mis￭ no￭ mer as it is actually a pro￭ thro￭ m￭ bo￭ tic agent lup￭ us anti￭ co￭ ag￭ ul￭ ant antibodies in living systems cause an increase in inappropriate blood clo￭ tting the name derives from their properties in vitro since in laboratory tests these antibodies increase ap￭ tt investigators speculate that the antibodies interfere with phosp￭ holi￭ pi￭ ds used to induce in vitro co￭ ag￭ ulation in vi￭ vo the antibodies are thought to interact with plat￭ elet memb￭ rane phosp￭ holi￭ pi￭ ds increasing adhe￭ sion and aggregation of plat￭ el￭ ets which accounts for the in vi￭ vo pro￭ thro￭ m￭ bo￭ tic characteristics the condition was first described by hem￭ ato￭ logist c lock￭ ard con￭ ley
lup￭ us er￭ y￭ them￭ ato￭ sus is a name given to a collection of auto￭ immune diseases in which the human immune system becomes hyper￭ active and attacks healthy tissues symptoms of these diseases can affect many different body systems including joints skin kidneys blood cells heart and lungs the most common and severe form is systemic lup￭ us er￭ y￭ them￭ ato￭ sus
lup￭ us er￭ y￭ them￭ ato￭ sus pann￭ ic￭ u￭ li￭ tis also known as lup￭ us er￭ y￭ them￭ ato￭ sus pro￭ fun￭ dus lup￭ us pann￭ ic￭ u￭ li￭ tis lup￭ us pro￭ fun￭ dus and sub￭ cu￭ taneous lup￭ us er￭ y￭ them￭ ato￭ sus presents with sub￭ cu￭ taneous no￭ d￭ ules that are commonly firm sharply defined and non￭ tender
lup￭ us mili￭ aris dissem￭ in￭ atus fac￭ ie￭ i is a disease with a similar appearance to ac￭ ne vul￭ gar￭ is
lup￭ us ne￭ ph￭ ri￭ tis also known as s￭ le ne￭ ph￭ ri￭ tis is an infl￭ amm￭ ation of the kidneys caused by systemic lup￭ us er￭ y￭ them￭ ato￭ sus s￭ le an auto￭ immune disease it is a type of glo￭ mer￭ ul￭ on￭ eph￭ ri￭ tis in which the glo￭ mer￭ uli become infl￭ amed as the result of s￭ le the cause of glo￭ mer￭ ul￭ on￭ eph￭ ri￭ tis is said to be secondary and has a different pattern and outcome from conditions with a primary cause originating in the kidney
lup￭ us per￭ nio is a chronic raised ind￭ ur￭ ated hardened le￭ sion of the skin often pur￭ pl￭ ish in color it is seen on the nose ears cheeks lips and fore￭ head it is path￭ og￭ no￭ mon￭ ic of sar￭ co￭ ido￭ sis the name lup￭ us per￭ nio is a mis￭ no￭ mer as micro￭ sco￭ p￭ ically this disease shows gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ ous infiltr￭ ation and does not have features of either lup￭ us or per￭ nio lup￭ us per￭ nio is associated with poor outcomes and lower rate of resolution
lup￭ us vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis is a complic￭ ation of systemic lup￭ us er￭ y￭ them￭ ato￭ sus in which the auto￭ immune response causes the de￭ position of immune complex￭ es such as r￭ heu￭ mato￭ id factor within the blood vessels it may manifest in as high as 56 of lup￭ us patients throughout their life in contrast to anti￭ phosp￭ holi￭ pid syndrome which has a prevalence of 15 vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis more often affects younger men
lup￭ us vul￭ gar￭ is also known as tuberculosis lu￭ pos￭ a are painful cu￭ taneous tuberculosis skin le￭ sions with no￭ d￭ ular appearance most often on the face around the nose eye￭ li￭ ds lips cheeks ears and neck it is the most common m tuberculosis skin infection the le￭ sions may ultimately develop into dis￭ figuring skin ul￭ cers if left untreated
in the dun￭ geons drag￭ ons fantasy role playing game the lur￭ ker is an aberr￭ ation it is similar to the dark￭ man￭ tle and the pier￭ cer but attacks with suffoc￭ ation instead of imp￭ aling the lur￭ ker resembles a flat grey stin￭ gray with two small eyes at the front they are capable of both creeping along a ceiling and slowly gli￭ ding through the air the dark￭ man￭ tle is said to be the result of cross￭ breeding a lur￭ ker with a pier￭ cer lur￭ kers live underground
in the mathematical field of real analysis lus￭ in s theore￭ m or lu￭ zin s theore￭ m named for nikol￭ ai lu￭ zin states that every measurable function is a continuous function on nearly all its domain in the informal formulation of j e lit￭ t￭ le￭ wood every measurable function is nearly continuous
lu￭ t￭ emb￭ acher s syndrome is a form of con￭ genital heart disease lu￭ t￭ emb￭ acher s syndrome was first described by a french cardi￭ o￭ logist by the name of rene lu￭ t￭ emb￭ acher 18￭ 84 – 1968 of paris france in 19￭ 16 lu￭ t￭ emb￭ acher syndrome is a rare disease that affects one of the chambers of the heart as well as a valve of the heart lu￭ t￭ emb￭ acher s syndrome is known to affect females more often than males lu￭ t￭ emb￭ acher is an extremely rare disease lu￭ t￭ emb￭ acher s can affect children or adults the person can either be born with the disorder or develop it later in life lu￭ t￭ emb￭ acher affects more specifically the atri￭ a of the heart and the mit￭ ral or bic￭ us￭ pid valve the disorder itself is known more specifically as both con￭ genital atri￭ al sep￭ tal defect as￭ d and acquired mit￭ ral sten￭ osis ms con￭ genital at birth atri￭ al sep￭ tal defect refers to a hole being in the sep￭ tum or wall that separates the two atri￭ a this condition is usually seen in fet￭ uses and infants mit￭ ral sten￭ osis refers to mit￭ ral valve leaf￭ lets or valve fl￭ aps sticking to each other making the opening for blood to pass from the atri￭ um to the ven￭ tric￭ les very small with the valve being so small blood has difficulty passing through the left atri￭ um into the left ven￭ tric￭ le there are several types of sep￭ tal defects that may occur with lu￭ t￭ emb￭ acher s syndrome as￭ d osti￭ um sec￭ un￭ dum or as￭ d pri￭ mium osti￭ um sec￭ un￭ dum is the most prevalent lu￭ t￭ emb￭ acher is caused indirectly as the result of heart damage or disorders and not something that is necessarily infectious lu￭ t￭ emb￭ acher s syndrome is caused by either birth defects where the heart fails to close all holes in the walls between the atri￭ a or from an episode of r￭ heu￭ matic fever where damage is done to the heart valves such as the mit￭ ral valve and resultant in an opening of heart wall between atri￭ a with lu￭ t￭ emb￭ acher s syndrome a fe￭ tus or infant is usually seen to have a hole in their heart wall inter￭ atri￭ al separating their right and left atri￭ a normally during fe￭ tal development blood by￭ passes the lungs and is oxy￭ genated from the plac￭ enta blood passes from the um￭ bil￭ ical cord and flows into the left atri￭ um through an opening called the for￭ amen o￭ val￭ e the forma￭ en o￭ val￭ e is a hole between the two atri￭ a once a baby is born and the lungs begin to fill with air and the blood flow of the heart changes a tissue fl￭ ap somewhat like a trap door called the sep￭ tum pri￭ mium closes the for￭ amen o￭ val￭ e or hole between the two atri￭ a and becomes part of the atri￭ al wall the failure of the hole between the two atri￭ a to close after birth leads to a disorder called as￭ d pri￭ mium the most common problems with an opening found in the heart with lu￭ t￭ emb￭ acher s syndrome is osti￭ um sec￭ un￭ dum osti￭ um sec￭ un￭ dum is a hole that is found within the fl￭ ap of tissue sep￭ tum pri￭ mium that will eventually close the hole between the two atri￭ a after birth with either type of as￭ d as￭ d will usually cause the blood flow from the right atri￭ um to skip going to the right ven￭ tric￭ le and instead flow to the left atri￭ um if mit￭ ral sten￭ osis the hard￭ ening of fl￭ ap of tissue known as a valve which opens and closes between the left atri￭ um and ven￭ tric￭ le to control blood flow is also present blood will flow into the right atri￭ um through the hole between the atri￭ a wall instead of flowing into the left ven￭ tric￭ le and systemic circulation eventually this leads to other problems such as the right ven￭ tric￭ le failing and a reduced blood flow to the left ven￭ tric￭ le in addition to the as￭ d acquired ms can be present either from an episode of r￭ heu￭ matic fever the mother has or had r￭ heu￭ matic fever during the pregnancy or the child being born with the disorder con￭ genital ms with the combination of both as￭ d and ms the heart can be under severe strain as it tries to move blood throughout the heart and lungs to correct lu￭ t￭ emb￭ acher s syndrome surgery is often done there are several types of sur￭ ger￭ ies depending on the cause of lu￭ t￭ emb￭ acher s syndrome as￭ d pri￭ mium or as￭ d osti￭ um sec￭ un￭ dum with mit￭ ral sten￭ osis 1 su￭ turing sti￭ t￭ ching or placing a patch of tissue similar to skin graf￭ ting over the hole to completely close the opening 2 re￭ constructing of the mit￭ ral and tric￭ us￭ pid valve while pat￭ ching any holes in the heart 3 device closure of as￭ d e g am￭ plat￭ zer umbrella or cardi￭ o￭ seal to seal the hole 4 per￭ cu￭ taneous trans￭ cathe￭ ter therapy 5 trans￭ cathe￭ ter therapy of balloon val￭ vul￭ op￭ la￭ sty to correct ms
a lu￭ te￭ oma is a tumor that occurs in the ov￭ aries during pregnancy it is associated with an increases of sex hormones primarily prog￭ est￭ er￭ one and te￭ sto￭ ster￭ one the size of the tumor can range from 1 to 25 cm in diameter but is usually 6 to 10 cm in diameter and can grow throughout the duration of the pregnancy however lu￭ te￭ om￭ as are benign and resolve themselves after delivery this type of tumor is rare with only about 200 documented cases many of these cases were detected accidentally so the actual rate of occurrence may be higher the most obvious symptom of a lu￭ te￭ oma is mascul￭ ini￭ zation of the mother and the possible mascul￭ ini￭ zation of the fe￭ tus this occurs because of the release of te￭ sto￭ ster￭ one by the lu￭ te￭ oma te￭ sto￭ ster￭ one is a sex hormone most abundant in men although small amounts are naturally present in women te￭ sto￭ ster￭ one is responsible for the male characteristics such as deepening of the voice growth of dark hair and ac￭ ne while not life threatening the development of male characteristics associated with lu￭ te￭ om￭ as can cause visible changes in the mother and can have drastic effects on the formation of the fe￭ tus lu￭ te￭ om￭ as can cause the fe￭ tus to be born with an ambiguous sex necess￭ itating a sex to be chosen for the fe￭ tus depending on how the parents want to raise the infant lu￭ te￭ om￭ as can be associated with female pseu￭ do￭ her￭ m￭ aph￭ ro￭ di￭ tism
lux￭ ating pat￭ ella or trick knee su￭ blu￭ x￭ ation of pat￭ ella floating pat￭ ella or floating kne￭ ec￭ ap is a condition in which the pat￭ ella or kne￭ ec￭ ap dis￭ loc￭ ates or moves out of its normal location pat￭ ell￭ ar lux￭ ation is a common condition in dogs particularly small and miniature breeds the condition usually becomes evident between the ages of 4 to 6 months it can occur in cats as well especially the domestic shor￭ th￭ air it also occurs in humans where it can be associated with damage to the an￭ terior cruci￭ ate lig￭ ament
in radi￭ oph￭ ys￭ ics the luxemburg – gor￭ ky effect is a phenomenon of cross modulation between two radio waves one of which is strong passing through the same part of a medium especially a conduc￭ tive region of atmosphere or a plasma
the ly￭ coming io 720 engine is a large displacement horizon￭ tally opposed eight cylinder aircraft engine featuring four cylin￭ ders per side manufactured by ly￭ coming engines there is no car￭ bu￭ ret￭ ted version of the engine which would have been designated o 720 and therefore the base model is the io 720 the io 720 and the jab￭ ir￭ u 5￭ 100 are the only flat eight configuration aircraft engines currently in production
ly￭ copen￭ emia is a harmless skin condition caused by excessive ing￭ estion of red foods such as tomatoes be￭ ets chili beans and various fruits and berries which leads to a red￭ dish dis￭ color￭ ation of the skin
ly￭ co￭ per￭ don￭ osis is a respiratory disease caused by the inhal￭ ation of large amounts of spo￭ res from mature pu￭ ff￭ balls it is classified as a hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity pneu￭ mon￭ i￭ tis also called extr￭ ins￭ ic allergic al￭ ve￭ oli￭ tis — an infl￭ amm￭ ation of the al￭ ve￭ oli within the lung caused by hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity to inhal￭ ed natural du￭ sts it is one of several types of hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity pneu￭ mon￭ i￭ tis caused by different agents that have similar clinical features typical progression of the disease includes symptoms of a cold hours after spor￭ e inhal￭ ation followed by naus￭ ea rapid pulse cre￭ pit￭ ant r￭ ales a sound like that made by rub￭ bing ha￭ irs between the fingers heard at the end of inhal￭ ation and dy￭ sp￭ ne￭ a chest radio￭ graphs reveal the presence of no￭ d￭ ules in the lungs the early symptoms presented in combination with pul￭ mon￭ ary ab￭ norm￭ alities apparent on chest radio￭ graphs may lead to mis￭ diagnosis of the disease as tuberculosis his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis or pneumonia caused by pneu￭ mo￭ cy￭ stis car￭ ini￭ i ly￭ co￭ per￭ don￭ osis is generally treated with cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ster￭ oids which decrease the infl￭ am￭ matory response these are sometimes given in conjunction with antimicro￭ bi￭ als the disease was first described in the medical literature in 1967 by r d strand and colleagues in the new england journal of medicine in 1976 a 4 year old was reported developing the disease in norway after pur￭ po￭ sely inhal￭ ing a large quantity of ly￭ co￭ per￭ don spo￭ res to stop a no￭ se￭ bleed ly￭ co￭ per￭ don species are sometimes used in folk medicine in the belief that their spo￭ res have ha￭ emo￭ static properties a 1997 case report discussed several instances of teenagers inhal￭ ing the spo￭ res in one severe case the individual inhal￭ ed enough spo￭ res so as to be able to blow them out of his mouth he underwent bron￭ cho￭ sco￭ py and then had to be on life support before recovering in about four weeks in another instance a teen￭ ager spent 18 days in a coma had portions of his lung removed and suffered severe liver damage in wis￭ cons￭ in eight teenagers who inhal￭ ed spo￭ res at a party presented clinical symptoms such as cough fever short￭ ness of breath my￭ al￭ gia and fatigue within a week five of the eight required hosp￭ itali￭ zation of these two required intu￭ b￭ ation to assist in breathing the disease is rare possibly because of the large quantity of spo￭ res that need to be inhal￭ ed for clinical effects to occur ly￭ co￭ per￭ don￭ osis also occurs in dogs in the few reported cases the animals had been playing or digging in areas known to contain pu￭ ff￭ balls known species of pu￭ ff￭ balls implicated in the eti￭ ology of the published cases include the widespread ly￭ co￭ per￭ don per￭ lat￭ um the devil s snu￭ ff box l gem￭ mat￭ um and cal￭ vati￭ a gigan￭ tea both of the ly￭ co￭ per￭ d￭ ace￭ ae family
the modern ly￭ dian musical scale is a rising pattern of pit￭ ches comprising three whole tones a sem￭ it￭ one two more whole tones and a final sem￭ it￭ one this sequence of pit￭ ches roughly describes the fifth of the eight greg￭ orian church modes known as mode v or the authentic mode on f theoretically using b ♮ but in practice more commonly featuring b ♭ because of the importance of the major scale in modern music the ly￭ dian mode is often described or learned as the scale that begins on the fourth scale degree of the major scale or alternatively as the major scale with the fourth scale degree raised half a step
lying in re￭ pose or public viewing ae is the condition of a deceased person often of high social stature whose body is available for public viewing lying in re￭ pose differs from the more formal honor of lying in state which is generally held at the principal government building of the deceased person s country and often accompanied by an honor guard or guard of honour
ly￭ man￭ tri￭ a dispar mul￭ tic￭ ap￭ sid nuclear poly￭ he￭ dro￭ sis virus or ld￭ m￭ n￭ p￭ v is a well known and spectacular viral infection of gypsy mo￭ ths ly￭ man￭ tri￭ a dispar which causes infected lar￭ v￭ ae to die and dis￭ integrate infected lar￭ v￭ ae climb to the top of the tree during the day and die the lar￭ v￭ ae then melt or dis￭ integrate falling on the foli￭ age below where they infect more lar￭ v￭ ae while it possesses many common and technical names it is often referred to as gyp￭ ch￭ ek gyp￭ ch￭ ek is an insectic￭ ide which uses the virus to control the gypsy mo￭ th population because the virus only inf￭ ects ly￭ man￭ tri￭ a dispar it has proven safe for use with other insects including ants bees and non target le￭ pid￭ op￭ ter￭ an species studies into its safety have found no toxicity or mortality concerns except for some irritation resulting from oc￭ ular doses administered to rabbits the gene responsible for the behavior of infected lar￭ v￭ ae has been found to be eg￭ t codes ec￭ dy￭ ster￭ o￭ id u￭ dp glu￭ co￭ syl￭ transfer￭ ase with protein ty￭ ros￭ ine phosp￭ hat￭ ase pt￭ p playing a role in the infection of brain tissue due to the virus s effect on the infected lar￭ v￭ ae various reports of zom￭ bie cat￭ er￭ pillars popul￭ arized the virus at the time of the discovery of the eg￭ t gene
ly￭ me disease also known as ly￭ me bor￭ reli￭ osis is an infectious disease caused by bacteria of the bor￭ reli￭ a type the most common sign of infection is an expanding area of red￭ ness known as er￭ y￭ them￭ a migr￭ ans that begins at the site of a tick bite about a week after it has occurred the rash is typically neither it￭ chy nor painful approximately 25 – 50 of infected people do not develop a rash other early symptoms may include fever headache and feeling tired if untreated symptoms may include loss of the ability to move one or both sides of the face joint pains severe headaches with neck sti￭ ff￭ ness or heart pal￭ p￭ itations among others months to years later repeated episodes of joint pain and sw￭ elling may occur occasionally people develop shooting pains or ting￭ ling in their arms and legs despite appropriate treatment about 10 to 20 of people develop joint pains memory problems and feel tired for at least six months ly￭ me disease is transmitted to humans by the bite of infected tic￭ ks of the i￭ x￭ o￭ des genus usually the tick must be attached for 36 to 48 hours before the bacteria can spread in north america bor￭ reli￭ a burg￭ dor￭ fer￭ i sen￭ su stric￭ to and bor￭ reli￭ a may￭ on￭ ii are the cause in europe and asia the bacteria bor￭ reli￭ a af￭ z￭ eli￭ i and bor￭ reli￭ a gar￭ ini￭ i are also causes of the disease the disease does not appear to be transmissible between people by other animals or through food diagnosis is based upon a combination of symptoms history of tick exposure and possibly testing for specific antibodies in the blood blood tests are often negative in the early stages of the disease testing of individual tic￭ ks is not typically useful prevention includes efforts to prevent tick bites such as by wearing long pants and using de￭ et using pesticides to reduce tick numbers may also be effective tic￭ ks can be removed using t￭ wee￭ zers if the removed tick was full of blood a single dose of do￭ xy￭ cycl￭ ine may be used to prevent development of infection but is not generally recommended since development of infection is rare if an infection develops a number of antibiotics are effective including do￭ xy￭ cycl￭ ine am￭ ox￭ ic￭ ill￭ in and ce￭ fu￭ ro￭ xim￭ e treatment is usually for two or three weeks some people develop a fever and muscle and joint pains from treatment which may last for one or two days in those who develop persistent symptoms long term antibiotic therapy has not been found to be useful ly￭ me disease is the most common disease spread by tic￭ ks in the northern hemisphere it is estimated to affect 300 000 people a year in the united states and 65 000 people a year in europe infections are most common in the spring and early summer ly￭ me disease was diagnosed as a separate condition for the first time in 1975 in old ly￭ me connec￭ tic￭ ut it was originally mistaken for juvenile r￭ heu￭ mato￭ id ar￭ thri￭ tis the bacter￭ ium involved was first described in 1981 by willy burg￭ dor￭ fer chronic symptoms are well described and are known as post treatment ly￭ me disease syndrome although it is often called chronic ly￭ me disease some healthcare providers claim that it is due to ongoing infection however this is not believed to be true a previous vaccine is no longer available research is ongoing to develop new vaccines
chronic ly￭ me disease is a controversial diagnosis that encompasses a broad array of illnesses or symptom complex￭ es for which there is no re￭ produ￭ ci￭ ble or convincing scientific evidence of any relationship to b burg￭ dor￭ fer￭ i infection there is no clinical evidence that chronic ly￭ me disease is caused by a persistent infection most medical authorities advise against long term antibiotic treatment for ly￭ me disease though they agree that some patients do experience lingering symptoms
lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ ec￭ ta￭ sia is a patho￭ logic dil￭ ation of lymp￭ h vessels when it occurs in the intest￭ ines of dogs and more rarely humans it causes a disease known as intest￭ inal lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ ec￭ ta￭ sia this disease is characterized by lymp￭ h￭ atic vessel dil￭ ation chronic diarr￭ hea and loss of proteins such as serum albumin and glob￭ ulin it is considered to be a chronic form of protein losing enter￭ opathy it is also known as lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ ec￭ tas￭ is
lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ ole￭ i￭ om￭ y￭ om￭ at￭ osis lam is a rare progressive and systemic disease that typically results in c￭ ys￭ tic lung destruction and predominantly affects women especially during child￭ bearing years it occurs in more than 30 of women with tuber￭ ous sclerosis complex ts￭ c lam a her￭ itable syndrome that is associated with seizures cognitive impairment and benign tumors in multiple tissues most lam patients who present for medical evaluation have the spor￭ adic form of the disease s lam however which is not associated with other manifestations of tuber￭ ous sclerosis complex mild c￭ ys￭ tic changes consistent with lam have been described in 10 – 15 of men with ts￭ c but symptomatic lam in males is extremely rare spor￭ adic lam occurs exclusively in women with one published exception to date both ts￭ c lam and s lam are associated with mutations in tuber￭ ous sclerosis genes lung destruction in lam is a consequence of diffuse infiltr￭ ation by ne￭ op￭ l￭ astic smooth muscle like cells which invade all lung structures including the lymp￭ h￭ atics air￭ way walls blood vessels and inter￭ sti￭ tial spaces the consequences of obstruction of the vessels and airways include ch￭ yl￭ ous fluid accumul￭ ations hem￭ op￭ ty￭ sis air￭ flow obstruction and pneu￭ mo￭ thor￭ ax the typical disease course is characterized by progressive dy￭ sp￭ ne￭ a on exer￭ tion punctu￭ ated by recurrent pneu￭ mo￭ thor￭ aces and in some patients ch￭ yl￭ ous ple￭ ural eff￭ u￭ sions or as￭ cites estimates of median survival vary from 10 to 30 years based on whether hospital based or population based cohor￭ ts are studied most patients have dy￭ sp￭ ne￭ a on exer￭ tion with daily activities by 10 years after symptom onset and many will require supplem￭ ental oxygen over that interval an f￭ da approved drug for treatment of lam si￭ ro￭ lim￭ us is now available for stabilization of lung function decline lung transplant remains the option of last resort for patients with advanced disease
lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ om￭ as are mal￭ formations of the lymp￭ h￭ atic system characterized by le￭ sions that are thin w￭ alled cy￭ sts these cy￭ sts can be macro￭ scopic as in a c￭ ys￭ tic hy￭ gro￭ ma or micro￭ scopic the lymp￭ h￭ atic system is the network of vessels responsible for returning to the ven￭ ous system excess fluid from tissues as well as the lymp￭ h no￭ des that filter this fluid for signs of pathogens these mal￭ formations can occur at any age and may involve any part of the body but 90 occur in children less than 2 years of age and involve the head and neck these mal￭ formations are either con￭ genital or acquired con￭ genital lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ om￭ as are often associated with chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al ab￭ norm￭ alities such as turner syndrome although they can also exist in isolation lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ om￭ as are commonly diagnosed before birth using fe￭ tal ul￭ tras￭ ono￭ graphy acquired lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ om￭ as may result from trauma infl￭ amm￭ ation or lymp￭ h￭ atic obstruction most lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ om￭ as are benign le￭ sions that result only in a soft slow growing dough￭ y mass since they have no chance of becoming m￭ align￭ ant lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ om￭ as are usually treated for cosmetic reasons only rarely imp￭ ing￭ ement upon critical organs may result in complications such as respiratory distress when a lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ oma com￭ presses the air￭ way treatment includes aspiration surgical exc￭ ision laser and radi￭ of￭ requ￭ ency ab￭ l￭ ation and s￭ cler￭ otherapy
superficial lymp￭ h￭ atic mal￭ formation also known as lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ oma circum￭ s￭ crip￭ tum is a con￭ genital mal￭ formation of the superficial lymp￭ h￭ atics presenting as groups of deep seated ves￭ ic￭ le like pap￭ ules resembling frog spa￭ wn at birth or shortly thereafter
lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ os￭ ar￭ coma is a rare m￭ align￭ ant tumor which occurs in long standing cases of primary or secondary lymp￭ he￭ dem￭ a it involves either the upper or lower lymp￭ he￭ dem￭ at￭ ous extre￭ mi￭ ties but is most common in upper extre￭ mi￭ ties although its name implies lymp￭ h￭ atic origin it is believed to arise from endo￭ the￭ li￭ al cells and may be more accurately referred to as an￭ gi￭ os￭ ar￭ coma
lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ os￭ clerosis is a hardened lymp￭ h vessel although it can feel like a hardened almost calci￭ fied or fi￭ bro￭ us vein it tends to not share the common blue tin￭ t with a vein however it can be felt as a hardened lump or vein even when the penis is fl￭ acci￭ d and is even more prominent during an er￭ ection it is considered a benign physical condition although it can become uncomfortable during sex or ma￭ st￭ urb￭ ation it is fairly common and can follow a particularly vigorous sexual activity for men and tends to go away if given rest and more gentle care for example by use of lubric￭ ants even without rest or gentle care in some cases it will simply disappear after a few weeks on its own
lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ tis is an infl￭ amm￭ ation or an infection of the lymp￭ h￭ atic channels that occurs as a result of infection at a site dis￭ tal to the channel the most common cause of lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ tis in humans is st￭ rep￭ to￭ co￭ cc￭ us py￭ o￭ genes group a stre￭ p although it can also be caused by the fun￭ gus spor￭ o￭ thri￭ x sch￭ en￭ ck￭ ii lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ tis is sometimes mistakenly called blood poisoning in reality blood poisoning is synonymous with sep￭ sis signs and symptoms include a deep red￭ dening of the skin warmth lymp￭ had￭ eni￭ tis infl￭ amm￭ ation of a lymp￭ h￭ atic g￭ land and a raised border around the affected area the person may also have ch￭ ills and a high fever along with moderate pain and sw￭ elling a person with lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ tis should be hosp￭ itali￭ zed and closely monitored by medical professionals lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ tis is the infl￭ amm￭ ation of the lymp￭ h￭ atic vessels and channels this is characterized by certain infl￭ am￭ matory conditions of the skin caused by bacterial infections thin red lines may be observed running along the course of the lymp￭ h￭ atic vessels in the affected area accompanied by painful enlargement of the nearby lymp￭ h no￭ des when the inferior limbs are affected the red￭ ness of the skin runs over the great sap￭ hen￭ ous vein location and confusion can be made with a thro￭ m￭ b￭ oph￭ le￭ bi￭ tis chronic lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ tis is a cu￭ taneous condition that is the result of recurrent b￭ outs of acute bacterial lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ tis
lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ tis carcin￭ om￭ at￭ osa is infl￭ amm￭ ation of the lymp￭ h vessels lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ tis caused by a m￭ align￭ ancy breast lung stomach pan￭ cre￭ as and pro￭ state cancers are the most common tumors that result in lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ tis lymp￭ hang￭ is￭ tis carcin￭ om￭ at￭ osa may be caused by the following m￭ align￭ ancies as suggested by the m￭ nem￭ onic certain cancers spread by plu￭ gging the lymp￭ h￭ atics c cer￭ vic￭ al cancer cancer col￭ on cancer spread stomach cancer by breast cancer bron￭ chi￭ ogenic carcin￭ oma plu￭ gging pan￭ cre￭ as the thyro￭ id lymp￭ h￭ atics lar￭ yn￭ x lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ tis carcin￭ om￭ at￭ osa was first described by patho￭ logist gabriel andr￭ al in 1829 in a patient with uter￭ ine cancer lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ tis carcin￭ om￭ at￭ osa may show the presence of ker￭ ley b lines on chest x￭ ray lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ tis carcin￭ om￭ at￭ osis most often affects people 40 – 49 years of age
lymp￭ h￭ atic disease is a class of disorders which directly affect the components of the lymp￭ h￭ atic system examples include cast￭ lem￭ an s disease and lymp￭ he￭ dem￭ a diseases and dis￭ ord￭ er￭ ho￭ dg￭ kin s disease ho￭ dg￭ kin s lymp￭ homa this is a type of cancer of the lymp￭ h￭ atic system it can start almost anywhere in the body it is believed to be caused by hiv ep￭ stein bar￭ r syndrome age and family history symptoms include weight loss fever sw￭ oll￭ en lymp￭ h no￭ des night swe￭ ats it￭ chy skin fatigue chest pain cou￭ gh￭ ing or trouble sw￭ allowing non ho￭ dg￭ kin s lymp￭ homa lymp￭ homa is a usually m￭ align￭ ant cancer it is caused by the body producing too many abnormal white blood cells it is not the same as ho￭ dg￭ kin s disease symptoms usually include pain￭ less enlarged lymp￭ h no￭ de or no￭ des in the neck weakness fever weight loss and an￭ emia lymp￭ had￭ eni￭ tis is an infection of the lymp￭ h no￭ des usually caused by a virus bacteria or fun￭ gi symptoms include red￭ ness or sw￭ elling around the lymp￭ h no￭ de lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ tis lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ tis is an infl￭ amm￭ ation of the lymp￭ h vessels symptoms usually include sw￭ elling red￭ ness warmth pain or red stre￭ aking around the affected area lymp￭ he￭ dem￭ a lymp￭ he￭ dem￭ a is the chronic pooling of lymp￭ h fluid in the tissue it usually starts in the feet or lower legs it s also a side effect of some surgical procedures lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ to￭ sis lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ to￭ sis is a high lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ te count it can be caused by an infection blood cancer lymp￭ homa or auto￭ immune disorders that are accompanied by chronic sw￭ elling
lymp￭ h￭ atic fil￭ ari￭ asis also known as eleph￭ anti￭ asis is a human disease caused by par￭ asi￭ tic worms known as fil￭ arial worms most cases of the disease have no symptoms some people however develop a syndrome called eleph￭ anti￭ asis which is marked by severe sw￭ elling in the arms legs or gen￭ itals the skin may also become thick￭ er and pain may occur the changes to the body can cause social and economic problems for the affected person the worms are spread by the bites of infected mosquitoes three types of worms are known to cause the disease wu￭ cher￭ er￭ ia ban￭ cro￭ f￭ ti bru￭ gia malay￭ i and bru￭ gia ti￭ mor￭ i with wu￭ cher￭ er￭ ia ban￭ cro￭ f￭ ti being the most common these worms damage the lymp￭ h￭ atic system the disease is diagnosed by micro￭ scopic examination of blood collected during the night the blood is typically examined as a sme￭ ar after being stained with gi￭ em￭ sa stain testing the blood for antibodies against the disease may also permit diagnosis other round￭ worms from the same family are responsible for river blindness prevention can be achieved by treating entire groups in which the disease exists known as mass de￭ wor￭ ming this is done every year for about six years in an effort to rid a population of the disease entirely medications used include anti￭ par￭ asi￭ tics such as al￭ bend￭ azole with i￭ ver￭ mec￭ tin or al￭ bend￭ azole with di￭ ethyl￭ carb￭ amaz￭ ine the medications do not kill the adult worms but prevent further spread of the disease until the worms die on their own efforts to prevent mosquito bites are also recommended including reducing the number of mosquitoes and promoting the use of bed nets lymp￭ h￭ atic fil￭ ari￭ asis is one of the main neglected tropical diseases and one of the four main worm infections more than 120 million people are infected with lymp￭ h￭ atic fil￭ ari￭ asis and about 1 4 billion people are at risk of the disease in 73 countries it is most common in tropical africa and asia the disease results in economic losses of many billions of dollars a year
lymp￭ he￭ dem￭ a is a condition of loc￭ alized fluid retention and tissue sw￭ elling caused by a compromised lymp￭ h￭ atic system which normally returns inter￭ sti￭ tial fluid to the thor￭ ac￭ ic duc￭ t then the blood￭ stream the condition can be inherited or can be caused by a birth defect though it is frequently caused by cancer treatments and by par￭ asi￭ tic infections though incur￭ able and progressive a number of treatments can amelior￭ ate symptoms tissues with lymp￭ he￭ dem￭ a are at high risk of infection
lymp￭ he￭ dem￭ a pra￭ eco￭ x is a condition characterized by sw￭ elling of the soft tissues in which an excessive amount of lymp￭ h has accumulated and generally develops in females between the ages of nine and twenty five this is the most common form of primary lymp￭ he￭ dem￭ a accounting for about 80 of the patients
lymp￭ he￭ dem￭ a – dis￭ tic￭ hi￭ asis syndrome is a medical condition associated with the fo￭ x￭ c 2 gene
a lymp￭ ho￭ ce￭ le is a collection of lymp￭ h￭ atic fluid within the body not b￭ ordered by epi￭ the￭ li￭ al lining it is usually a surgical complic￭ ation seen after extensive pel￭ vic surgery such as cancer surgery and is most commonly found in the retro￭ per￭ it￭ one￭ al space spontaneous development is rare
lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ stis is a common viral disease of freshwater and sal￭ tw￭ ater fish the viruses that cause this disease belong to the genus lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ sti￭ virus of the family i￭ ri￭ do￭ vi￭ ri￭ da￭ e a￭ quar￭ ists often come across this virus when their fish are stressed such as when put into a new environment and the virus is able to grow the fish starts growing small white pin prick like grow￭ ths on their fins or skin and this is often mistaken for ich ick ich￭ thy￭ oph￭ thi￭ ri￭ us multi￭ fili￭ is in the early stages it soon clum￭ ps together to form a cau￭ lif￭ lower like growth on the skin mouth fins and occasional g￭ ills le￭ sions at the base of the dor￭ sal fin are common among freshwater species of central american origin most notably her￭ ich￭ th￭ ys carp￭ enti￭ s inside the mouth of her￭ ich￭ th￭ ys cy￭ ano￭ gu￭ tt￭ atus ge￭ op￭ ha￭ gus ste￭ ind￭ ach￭ ner￭ i on the tail fin of ko￭ i car￭ ps us native sun￭ fish le￭ pom￭ is sp on the side flan￭ ks of wal￭ le￭ ye sau￭ ger fl￭ oun￭ der on random head and or tail areas of common gold￭ fish and or￭ anda variants this virus appears to present itself as a le￭ sion s at differing locations depending on the species of fish being attacked often complicating initial diagnosis lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ stis does show some host specificity i e each strain or species of lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ stis can infect only its primary host fish or some additional closely related fish there is no known cure for this virus though a privately owned fish research breeding facility near gain￭ es￭ ville florida usa has reportedly been able to suppress the virus into remission using the human anti￭ viral ac￭ y￭ clo￭ vi￭ r at the rate of 200 mg per 10 us gall￭ ons for 2 days otherwise some a￭ quar￭ ists recommend surgery to remove the affected area if it is very serious followed by an antibiotic bath treatment to prevent a secondary bacterial infection of the open wounds eventually the grow￭ ths inhibit the fish s ability to swim breathe or eat and secondary bacterial infections usually kills the fish usually the best cure is to simply give the fish a stress free life a weekly bacteria treatment and the virus will slowly sub￭ side and the fins will repair themselves this can take many months like most viral infections even in humans the first outbreaks are the most serious whilst the immune system learns how to suppress it the outbreaks become less severe over time assuming the organism survives the initial outbreaks
a lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ te is one of the sub￭ types of white blood cell in a vertebr￭ ate s immune system lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tes include natural killer cells nk cells which function in cell medi￭ ated cy￭ to￭ toxic in￭ nate immunity t cells for cell medi￭ ated cy￭ to￭ toxic adap￭ tive immunity and b cells for hu￭ moral anti￭ body driven adap￭ tive immunity they are the main type of cell found in lymp￭ h which prompted the name lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ te
lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tic ch￭ ori￭ omen￭ ing￭ i￭ tis l￭ cm is a ro￭ dent borne viral infectious disease that presents as as￭ ep￭ tic men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis or men￭ in￭ go￭ en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis its caus￭ ative agent is the lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tic ch￭ ori￭ omen￭ ing￭ i￭ tis virus l￭ c￭ mv a member of the family aren￭ avi￭ ri￭ da￭ e the name was coined by charles armstrong in 19￭ 34
lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tic co￭ li￭ tis is a subtype of micro￭ scopic co￭ li￭ tis a condition characterized by chronic non bloody wat￭ ery diarr￭ hea the colon￭ o￭ sco￭ py is normal but his￭ to￭ logy of the mu￭ cos￭ al biopsy reveals an accumulation of lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tes in the colon￭ ic epi￭ the￭ lium and connec￭ tive tissue lam￭ ina propri￭ a coll￭ agen￭ ous co￭ li￭ tis shares this feature but additionally shows a distinctive thick￭ ening of the su￭ be￭ pi￭ the￭ li￭ al coll￭ agen table the peak incidence of lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tic co￭ li￭ tis is in persons over age 50 the disease affects women and men equally lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tic co￭ li￭ tis was first described in 1989
lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tic inter￭ sti￭ tial pneumonia also called lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tic inter￭ sti￭ tial pneu￭ mon￭ i￭ tis or lip is a syndrome secondary to auto￭ immune and other lymp￭ ho￭ prolifer￭ ative disorders symptoms include fever cough and short￭ ness of breath lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tic inter￭ sti￭ tial pneumonia applies to disorders associated with both mono￭ cl￭ onal or pol￭ ycl￭ onal gam￭ mop￭ athy
lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tic ple￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis is an abnormal increase in the amount of lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tes in the cere￭ bro￭ spinal fluid c￭ sf it is usually considered to be a sign of infection or infl￭ amm￭ ation within the nervous system and is encountered in a number of neuro￭ logical diseases such as pseu￭ dom￭ i￭ gr￭ aine su￭ s￭ ac s syndrome and en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis while lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tes make up roughly a quarter of all white blood cells w￭ bc in the body they are generally rare in the c￭ sf under normal conditions there are usually less than 5 white blood cells per µ￭ l of c￭ sf in a ple￭ oc￭ y￭ tic setting the number of lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tes can jump to more than 1 000 cells per mm 3 increases in lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ te count are often accompanied by an increase in cere￭ bro￭ spinal protein concentrations in addition to ple￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis of other types of white blood cells
lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ top￭ enia or lymp￭ hop￭ enia is the condition of having an abnormally low level of lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tes in the blood lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tes are a white blood cell with important functions in the immune system the opposite is lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ to￭ sis which refers to an excessive level of lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tes lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ top￭ enia may be present as part of a pan￭ cy￭ top￭ enia when the total numbers of all types of blood cells are reduced
lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ to￭ sis is an increase in the number of lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tes in the blood in adults lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ to￭ sis is present when the lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ te count is greater than 4000 per micro￭ lit￭ er 4 0 x 10 9 l in older children greater than 7000 per micro￭ lit￭ er and in infants greater than 9000 per micro￭ lit￭ er lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tes normally represent 20 to 40 of circulating white blood cells lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ to￭ sis is usually detected when a complete blood count is obtained if not provided the lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ te count can be calculated by multiplying the total white blood cell w￭ bc count by the percentage of lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tes found in the differential count the lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ te count can also be directly measured by flow cy￭ tom￭ e￭ try
for more information on this topic see nas￭ op￭ har￭ yn￭ ge￭ al carcin￭ oma lymp￭ ho￭ epi￭ the￭ li￭ oma is a type of poorly differentiated nas￭ op￭ har￭ yn￭ ge￭ al carcin￭ oma characterized by prominent infiltr￭ ation of lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tes in the area involved by tumor lymp￭ ho￭ epi￭ the￭ li￭ oma is also known as class iii nas￭ op￭ har￭ yn￭ ge￭ al carcin￭ oma in the who classification system it has a high tendency to me￭ tast￭ asi￭ ze and is responsive to radi￭ otherapy most cases are associated with ep￭ stein bar￭ r virus infection lymp￭ ho￭ epi￭ the￭ li￭ oma may also be referred to as sch￭ min￭ c￭ ke reg￭ aud tumor after the german patho￭ logist alexander sch￭ min￭ ke and french radio￭ logist claude reg￭ aud lymp￭ ho￭ epi￭ the￭ li￭ oma like carcin￭ om￭ as are carcin￭ om￭ as that arise outside of the nas￭ op￭ har￭ yn￭ x but resemble a lymp￭ ho￭ epi￭ the￭ li￭ oma his￭ to￭ logically lymp￭ ho￭ epi￭ the￭ li￭ oma like carcin￭ om￭ as may be found in almost any epi￭ the￭ li￭ al organ including the lung th￭ ym￭ us breast col￭ on end￭ ome￭ tri￭ um pro￭ state and skin as well as ur￭ inary blad￭ der trac￭ hea es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus stomach sali￭ vary g￭ lands vul￭ va
lymp￭ ho￭ epi￭ the￭ li￭ oma like carcin￭ oma l￭ el￭ c is a medical term referring to a his￭ to￭ logical variant of m￭ align￭ ant tumor arising from the uncontrolled mit￭ osis of transformed cells originating in epi￭ the￭ li￭ al tissue or in cells that display epi￭ the￭ li￭ al characteristics that bear micro￭ scopic resemblance to lymp￭ ho￭ epi￭ the￭ li￭ oma nas￭ op￭ har￭ yn￭ ge￭ al carcin￭ oma there is considerable variation in the classification of l￭ el￭ c — while it is perhaps most commonly considered a subtype of squ￭ am￭ ous cell carcin￭ oma it can also be classified as a form of large cell carcin￭ oma i e when occurring in the lung and can be considered as a separate unique entity in most anatom￭ ical sites many cases are associated with the ep￭ stein bar￭ r virus in the breast the macro￭ scopic micro￭ scopic epidem￭ io￭ logic and prog￭ no￭ s￭ tic features of l￭ el￭ c are very similar to med￭ ul￭ l￭ ary carcin￭ oma eb￭ v status is one differenti￭ ator
lymp￭ ho￭ gran￭ ul￭ oma v￭ ener￭ eu￭ m lg￭ v also known as climatic bub￭ o dur￭ and – nicolas – fav￭ re disease por￭ ad￭ eni￭ tis ingu￭ in￭ ale and str￭ um￭ ous bub￭ o is a sexually transmitted disease caused by the invasive ser￭ ov￭ ars l 1 l 2 l 2 a or l 3 of ch￭ lam￭ y￭ dia tr￭ ach￭ om￭ atis lg￭ v is primarily an infection of lymp￭ h￭ atics and lymp￭ h no￭ des ch￭ lam￭ y￭ dia tr￭ ach￭ om￭ atis is the bacter￭ ium responsible for lg￭ v it gains entrance through breaks in the skin or it can cross the epi￭ the￭ li￭ al cell layer of mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ ran￭ es the organism travels from the site of in￭ oc￭ ulation down the lymp￭ h￭ atic channels to multiply within mon￭ on￭ uc￭ lear p￭ ha￭ go￭ cy￭ tes of the lymp￭ h no￭ des it passes in developed nations it was considered rare before 2003 however a recent outbreak in the netherlands among gay men has led to an increase of lg￭ v in europe and the united states a majority of these patients are hiv co infected lg￭ v was first described by wallace in 18￭ 33 and again by dur￭ and nicolas and fav￭ re in 19￭ 13 since the 2004 dutch outbreak many additional cases have been reported leading to greater surveillance soon after the initial dutch report national and international health authorities launched warning initiatives and multiple lg￭ v cases were identified in several more european countries belgium france the uk germany sweden italy and switzerland and the us and canada all cases reported in amsterdam and france and a considerable percentage of lg￭ v infections in the uk and germany were caused by a newly discovered ch￭ lam￭ y￭ dia variant l 2 b a k a the amsterdam variant the l 2 b variant could be traced back and was isolated from anal sw￭ abs of men who have sex with men m￭ sm who visited the sti city clinic of san francisco in 1981 this finding suggests that the recent lg￭ v outbreak among m￭ sm in industrialised countries is a slowly evolving epidemic the l 2 b ser￭ ov￭ ar has also been identified in australia
lymp￭ ho￭ hem￭ an￭ gi￭ oma or lymp￭ ho￭ ha￭ eman￭ gi￭ oma from latin lymp￭ ha meaning water greek α￭ ί￭ μα ha￭ ema meaning blood αγ￭ γ￭ εί￭ ο ange￭ io meaning vessel and – ω￭ μα – oma meaning tumor is a disease characterized by sw￭ elling of the lymp￭ h no￭ des and blood vessels it is vari￭ ously described as a mixture of clear fluid and blood filled cy￭ sts a mass of abnormal sw￭ oll￭ en ve￭ ins and lymp￭ h no￭ des or a tu￭ mor￭ ous growth of lymp￭ h and blood vessels it is also sometimes described as a mis￭ no￭ mer for combined lymp￭ h￭ atic and cap￭ ill￭ ary mal￭ formation lymp￭ ho￭ hem￭ an￭ gi￭ oma commonly appears in and around the eyes and mouth but may also occur in other areas including the pel￭ vis u￭ re￭ th￭ ra blad￭ der and in the limbs ampu￭ tation of extre￭ mi￭ ties may be necessary if the disease renders the extre￭ mity non functional
lymp￭ ho￭ id leukosis is a disease that affects chickens caused by the retro￭ virus avian leukosis virus it is a ne￭ op￭ l￭ astic disease caused by a virus of the leu￭ co￭ sis which may take the form of a tumor of the bur￭ sa of fabric￭ ius and me￭ tast￭ asis to other tissues of the chicken and cause enlargement and sw￭ elling of the ab￭ dom￭ en
lymp￭ ho￭ id hyper￭ pl￭ asia is the rapid growth proliferation of normal cells that resemble lymp￭ h tissue
lymp￭ ho￭ id leuk￭ emi￭ as — also called lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tic lymp￭ ho￭ genous or lymp￭ ho￭ bl￭ astic leuk￭ emi￭ as — are a group of leuk￭ emi￭ as affecting circulating lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tes a type of white blood cells the lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tic leuk￭ emi￭ as are closely related to lymp￭ hom￭ as of the lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tes to the point that some of them are unitary disease entities that can be called by either name for example adult t cell leuk￭ emia lymp￭ homa such diseases are all lymp￭ ho￭ prolifer￭ ative disorders most lymp￭ ho￭ id leuk￭ emi￭ as involve a particular subtype of lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tes the b cells
lymp￭ homa is a group of blood cell tumors that develop from lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tes a type of white blood cell the name often refers to just the can￭ cer￭ ous ones rather than all such tumors signs and symptoms may include enlarged lymp￭ h no￭ des fever d￭ ren￭ ching swe￭ ats unintended weight loss it￭ ching and feeling tired the enlarged lymp￭ h no￭ des are usually pain￭ less the swe￭ ats are most common at night there are dozens of sub￭ types of lymp￭ hom￭ as the two main categories of lymp￭ hom￭ as are ho￭ dg￭ kin s lymp￭ hom￭ as hl and the non ho￭ dg￭ kin lymp￭ hom￭ as n￭ hl the world health organization who includes two other categories as types of lymp￭ homa multiple my￭ el￭ oma and immun￭ o￭ prolifer￭ ative diseases about 90 of lymp￭ hom￭ as are non ho￭ dg￭ kin lymp￭ hom￭ as lymp￭ hom￭ as and leuk￭ emi￭ as are a part of the broader group of tumors of the hem￭ ato￭ po￭ ie￭ tic and lymp￭ ho￭ id tissues risk factors for ho￭ dg￭ kin lymp￭ homa include infection with ep￭ stein – bar￭ r virus and a history of the disease in the family risk factors for common types of non ho￭ dg￭ kin lymp￭ hom￭ as include auto￭ immune diseases hiv aids infection with human t lymp￭ ho￭ tropic virus immun￭ o￭ sup￭ pres￭ sant medications and some pesticides eating large amounts of red meat may also increase the risk diagnosis if enlarged lymp￭ h no￭ des are present is usually by lymp￭ h no￭ de biopsy blood urine and bone marrow testing may also be useful in the diagnosis medical imaging may then be done to determine if and where the cancer has spread lymp￭ homa most often spreads to the lungs liver and or brain treatment may involve one or more of the following chem￭ otherapy radiation therapy targeted therapy and surgery in some non ho￭ dg￭ kin lymp￭ hom￭ as an increased amount of protein produced by the lymp￭ homa cells causes the blood to become so thick that plas￭ map￭ her￭ esis is performed to remove the protein watchful waiting may be appropriate for certain types the outcome depends on the subtype with some being cur￭ able and treatment prolonging survival in most the five year survival rate in the united states for all ho￭ dg￭ kin lymp￭ homa sub￭ types is 85 while that for non ho￭ dg￭ kin lymp￭ hom￭ as is 69 worldwide lymp￭ hom￭ as developed in 566 000 people in 2012 and caused 305 000 deaths they make up 3 – 4 of all cancers making them as a group the seventh most common form in children they are the third most common cancer they occur more often in the developed world than the developing world
lymp￭ homa cu￭ tis is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by a proliferation of lymp￭ ho￭ id tissue
lymp￭ homa ly￭ m￭ pos￭ ar￭ coma in animals is a type of cancer defined by a proliferation of m￭ align￭ ant lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tes within solid organs such as the lymp￭ h no￭ des bone marrow liver and sp￭ leen the disease also may occur in the eye skin and gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract
lymp￭ hom￭ ato￭ id gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ osis ly￭ g or lg is a very rare lymp￭ ho￭ prolifer￭ ative disorder first characterized in 1972 with lymp￭ hom￭ ato￭ id meaning lymp￭ homa like and gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ osis den￭ oting one of its micro￭ scopic characteristics poly￭ morph￭ ic lymp￭ ho￭ id infiltr￭ ates and focal necro￭ sis within it while most commonly found in middle age patients it has been observed in young people with a study identifying 47 cases of patients aged 0 – 18 years in the literature males are found to be affected twice as often as females
lymp￭ hom￭ ato￭ id pap￭ ul￭ osis ly￭ p is a rare skin disorder the overall prevalence rate of lymp￭ hom￭ ato￭ id pap￭ ul￭ osis is estimated at 1 2 to 1 9 cases per 1 000 000 population this rare condition has only been studied in depth since 1968
lymp￭ ho￭ prolifer￭ ative disorders l￭ p￭ ds refer to several conditions in which lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tes are produced in excessive quantities they typically occur in people who have a compromised immune system they are sometimes equ￭ ated with immun￭ o￭ prolifer￭ ative disorders but technically lymp￭ ho￭ prolifer￭ ative disorders are a sub￭ set of immun￭ o￭ prolifer￭ ative disorders along with hyper￭ gam￭ mag￭ lob￭ ul￭ in￭ emia and par￭ a￭ prote￭ in￭ emi￭ as
ly￭ ng￭ stad￭ a￭ as syndrome also known as severe dental aberr￭ ations in famili￭ al ster￭ o￭ id de￭ hydro￭ gen￭ ase deficiency is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive liver disease involving an enzyme ster￭ o￭ id de￭ hydro￭ gen￭ ase deficiency and dental anomalies the disease is named after professor st￭ å￭ le pet￭ ter ly￭ ng￭ stad￭ a￭ as
ly￭ sin￭ ur￭ ic protein intolerance l￭ pi also called hyper￭ di￭ basic am￭ ino￭ ac￭ id￭ ur￭ ia type 2 c￭ ation￭ ic am￭ ino￭ ac￭ id￭ ur￭ ia or famili￭ al protein intolerance is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive metabol￭ ic disorder affecting amino acid transport about 140 patients have been reported almost half of them of finnish origin individuals from japan italy morocco and north africa have also been reported
ly￭ so￭ som￭ al acid lip￭ ase deficiency or l￭ al deficiency or l￭ al d happens when the body does not produce enough active ly￭ so￭ som￭ al acid lip￭ ase l￭ al enzyme this enzyme plays an important role in breaking down fatty material cho￭ le￭ ster￭ yl esters and tri￭ gly￭ cer￭ ides in the body infants children and adults that suffer from l￭ al deficiency experience a range of serious health problems the lack of the l￭ al enzyme can lead to a build up of fatty material in a number of body organs including the liver sp￭ leen gut in the wall of blood vessels and other important organs very low levels of the l￭ al enzyme lead to l￭ al deficiency historically called wol￭ man disease after the physician who first described it l￭ al deficiency typically affects infants in the first year of life the accumulation of fat in the walls of the gut in early onset disease leads to serious dig￭ estive problems including mal￭ absorption a condition in which the gut fails to absorb nutrients and cal￭ ories from food because of these dig￭ estive complications affected infants usually fail to grow and gain weight at the expected rate for their age failure to thrive as the disease progres￭ ses it can cause life threatening liver dysfunction or liver failure until 2015 there was no treatment and very few infants with l￭ al d survived beyond the first year of life in 2015 an enzyme replacement therapy se￭ beli￭ p￭ ase al￭ fa was approved in the us and eu the therapy was additionally approved in japan in 2016
ly￭ so￭ som￭ al storage diseases ls￭ ds ˌ￭ la￭ ɪ￭ s￭ ə￭ ˈ￭ so￭ ʊ￭ m￭ ə￭ l are a group of approximately 50 rare inherited metabol￭ ic disorders that result from defects in ly￭ so￭ som￭ al function ly￭ so￭ som￭ es are sac￭ s of enzymes within cells that dig￭ est large molecules and pass the fragments on to other parts of the cell for recycling this process requires several critical enzymes if one of these enzymes is defective because of a mutation the large molecules accumulate within the cell eventually killing it ly￭ so￭ som￭ al storage disorders are caused by ly￭ so￭ som￭ al dysfunction usually as a consequence of deficiency of a single enzyme required for the metabol￭ ism of li￭ pi￭ ds gly￭ co￭ proteins sugar containing proteins or so called mu￭ co￭ pol￭ ys￭ ac￭ ch￭ ari￭ des individually ls￭ ds occur with incid￭ ences of less than 1 100 000 however as a group the incidence is about 1 5 000 1 10 000 most of these disorders are auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essively inherited such as ni￭ emann pick disease type c however a few are x linked rec￭ essively inherited such as fab￭ ry disease and hunter syndrome mps ii the ly￭ so￭ some is commonly referred to as the cell ’ s recycling center because it processes unwanted material into substances that the cell can utili￭ ze ly￭ so￭ som￭ es break down this unwanted matter via enzymes highly specialized proteins essential for survival ly￭ so￭ som￭ al disorders are usually triggered when a particular enzyme exists in too small an amount or is missing altogether when this happens substances accumulate in the cell in other words when the ly￭ so￭ some does not function normally excess products destined for breakdown and recycling are stored in the cell like other genetic diseases individuals inherit ly￭ so￭ som￭ al storage diseases from their parents although each disorder results from different gene mutations that translate into a deficiency in enzyme activity they all share a common bio￭ chemical characteristic – all ly￭ so￭ som￭ al disorders originate from an abnormal accumulation of substances inside the ly￭ so￭ some ly￭ so￭ som￭ al storage diseases affect mostly children and they often die at a young and unpredictable age many within a few months or years of birth many other children die of this disease following years of suffering from various symptoms of their particular disorder
ly￭ tico bo￭ dig sometimes spelled ly￭ ti￭ go bo￭ dig is the name of a disease in the language of cham￭ or￭ ro it is referred to by neuro￭ scientists as am￭ yo￭ troph￭ ic lateral sclerosis par￭ k￭ ins￭ on￭ ism dementia als p￭ dc a term coined by as￭ ao hir￭ ano and colleagues in 1961 it is a neuro￭ degenerative disease of uncertain eti￭ ology that exists in the united states territory of gu￭ am the disease resembles am￭ yo￭ troph￭ ic lateral sclerosis als par￭ kinson s disease and alzheimer s first reports of the disease sur￭ faced in three death certificates on gu￭ am in 19￭ 04 these death certificates made some mention of paralysis the frequency of cases grew amongst the cham￭ or￭ ro people on gu￭ am until it was the leading cause of adult death between 1945 and 1956 the incidence rate was 200 per 100 000 per year and it was 100 times more prevalent than in the rest of the world neuro￭ logist oliver sacks detailed this disease in his book the island of the color￭ blind sacks and paul alan cox subsequently wrote that a local species of flying fox which is now extinct due to over￭ hunting had been feeding on cy￭ c￭ ads and concentrating β meth￭ yl￭ amino l alan￭ ine b￭ ma￭ a a known neuro￭ toxin in its body fat the hypothesis suggests that consumption of the fruit bat by the cham￭ or￭ ro exposed them to b￭ ma￭ a contributing to or causing their condition decline in consumption of the bats has been linked to a decline in the incidence of the disease
l￭ á￭ bre￭ a fever also known as l￭ á￭ bre￭ a s black fever and l￭ á￭ bre￭ a hepatitis is a lethal tropical viral infection discovered in the 1950 s in the city of l￭ á￭ bre￭ a in the brazilian amazon basin where it occurs mostly in the area south of the amazon river in the states of ac￭ re amaz￭ onas and ron￭ d￭ ô￭ nia the disease has also been diagnosed in colombia and peru the similar form in colombia has been named santa mar￭ ta fever its main manifestation is a ful￭ min￭ ant hepatitis which may kill in less than a week and which characteris￭ tically affects children and young adults and more males than females it is accompanied also by an en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis in many cases the disease is highly lethal in a study carried out in 1986 at bo￭ ca do ac￭ re also in the amazon 39 patients out of 44 died in the acute phase of the disease survivors may develop chronic disease
lé￭ ri – we￭ ill dy￭ sch￭ on￭ dro￭ ste￭ osis or l￭ wd is a rare pseu￭ do￭ auto￭ som￭ al dominant genetic disorder which results in dwar￭ f￭ ism with short fore￭ arms and legs mes￭ om￭ el￭ ic dwar￭ f￭ ism and a bay￭ on￭ et like de￭ form￭ ity of the fore￭ arms mad￭ el￭ ung s de￭ form￭ ity
l￭ ö￭ ff￭ ler s syndrome or lo￭ eff￭ ler s syndrome is a disease in which e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ ils accumulate in the lung in response to a par￭ asi￭ tic infection it was first described in 19￭ 32 by wil￭ helm l￭ ö￭ ff￭ ler in cases of e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic pneumonia caused by the parasites as￭ car￭ is lum￭ bri￭ co￭ ides stron￭ gy￭ lo￭ ides ster￭ cor￭ alis and the hook￭ worms an￭ cy￭ lo￭ stom￭ a du￭ o￭ den￭ ale and nec￭ ator americ￭ an￭ us although l￭ ö￭ ff￭ ler only described e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic pneumonia in the context of infection many authors give the term l￭ ö￭ ff￭ ler s syndrome to any form of acute onset pul￭ mon￭ ary e￭ o￭ sin￭ ophi￭ lia no matter what the underlying cause if the cause is unknown it is specified and called simple pul￭ mon￭ ary e￭ o￭ sin￭ ophi￭ lia cardiac damage caused by the damaging effects of e￭ o￭ sin￭ ophi￭ l gran￭ ule proteins ex major basic protein is known as lo￭ eff￭ ler endo￭ cardi￭ tis and can be caused by idi￭ opathic e￭ o￭ sin￭ ophi￭ lia or e￭ o￭ sin￭ ophi￭ lia in response to par￭ asi￭ tic infection
l￭ ö￭ f￭ gre￭ n syndrome is a type of acute sar￭ co￭ ido￭ sis that is frequent in scandinavian irish african and puerto ric￭ an women it was described in 1953 by s￭ ven hal￭ var l￭ ö￭ f￭ gre￭ n a swedish clin￭ ician some have considered the condition to be im￭ precisely defined
the m nag￭ h￭ ten rule pronounced and sometimes spelled mc￭ n￭ augh￭ ton is any variant of the 18￭ 40 s jury instruction in a criminal case when there is a defense of insan￭ ity that every man is to be presumed to be san￭ e and that to establish a defense on the ground of insan￭ ity it must be clearly proved that at the time of the committing of the act the party accused was lab￭ oring under such a defect of reason from disease of the mind as not to know the nature and quality of the act he was doing or if he did know it that he did not know he was doing what was wrong it emphasizes cogn￭ ition knowledge as compared to the american law institute model penal code test ali test which broadened knowledge to include capacity to appreciate the criminality of conduct and a vo￭ li￭ tional element as to capacity to conform to the law in the 1960 s the ali test mostly replaced the m n￭ augh￭ ten rule in america until the 1980 s when in the aftermath of john h￭ inc￭ k￭ ley shooting president ronald reagan many ali states returned to a variation of m n￭ augh￭ ten the rule was formulated as a reaction to the acqu￭ it￭ tal in 18￭ 43 of daniel m nag￭ h￭ ten on the charge of murdering edward drum￭ mond whom m nag￭ h￭ ten had mistaken for british prime minister robert peel m nag￭ h￭ ten fired a pistol at the back of peel s secretary edward drum￭ mond who died five days later the house of lords asked a panel of judges presided over by sir nicolas con￭ yn￭ gham t￭ ind￭ al chief justice of the common pleas a series of hypothetical questions about the defence of insan￭ ity the principles exp￭ ounded by this panel have come to be known as the m nag￭ h￭ ten rules though they have gained any status only by usage in the common law and m nag￭ h￭ ten himself would have been found guilty if they had been applied at his trial the rules so formulated as m nag￭ h￭ ten s case 18￭ 43 10 c f 200 have been a standard test for criminal liability in relation to mentally dis￭ ordered defendants in common law jurisdictions ever since with some minor adjustments when the tests set out by the rules are satisfied the accused may be adju￭ dged not guilty by reason of insan￭ ity or guilty but insane and the sentence may be a mandatory or discretionary but usually inde￭ terminate period of treatment in a secure hospital facility or otherwise at the discretion of the court depending on the country and the offence charged instead of a punitive disposal the insan￭ ity defence is recognized in australia canada england and wales hong kong india the republic of ireland new zealand norway and most u s states with the exception of id￭ ah￭ o kansas montana u￭ tah and ver￭ mont not all of these jurisdictions still use the m nag￭ h￭ ten rules
in the mathematical sub￭ field of numerical analysis an m spl￭ ine is a non negative spl￭ ine function
the m 74 syndrome is a reproduction disorder of salmon sal￭ mo sal￭ ar feeding in the baltic sea m 74 manifests as offspring mortality during the y￭ ol￭ k s￭ ac fry phase before dying the y￭ ol￭ k s￭ ac fry display typical symptoms thi￭ amine vitamin b 1 deficiency in eggs is the immediate cause of m 74 mortality the deficiency can be prevented by thi￭ amine treatments for the first time bulgarian research team opin￭ es that with m 74 syndrome are affected also male game￭ tes and worsened parameters of the sper￭ mo￭ gr￭ ame the use of bulgarian semen protective media 49￭ 282 49￭ 283 и 49￭ 397 for trou￭ t sperm fertility improving was proposed the thi￭ amine deficiency syndrome m 74 is related to the fat and thi￭ amine content of prey fish the diet of baltic salmon leads to thi￭ amine deficiency in eggs and consequently to the mortality of y￭ ol￭ k s￭ ac fry the main prey species of the baltic salmon are spr￭ at spr￭ att￭ us spr￭ att￭ us and herring clu￭ pea har￭ ang￭ us memb￭ ras average fat content is greater in spr￭ at than in herring the fat content is highest and the thi￭ amine concentration is lowest in the youngest spr￭ at the need for thi￭ amine depends on the amount of fat in the diet thi￭ amine deficiency in eggs results from an unbalanced diet abundant in fatty prey fish such as young spr￭ at from which the supply of thi￭ amine is insufficient in proportion to the supply of energy and un￭ saturated fatty acids for salmon relationships between fish stock changes in the baltic sea and the m 74 syndrome the m 74 syndrome is connected to a weak atlantic cod gad￭ us mor￭ hua stock and strong year classes of spr￭ at in the baltic sea since the collapse heavy fishing mortality as well as pre￭ dation on cod eggs by spr￭ at and food competition between spr￭ at and young of the year cod has inhi￭ bited cod recovery coinci￭ dentally with the decline in the cod stock since 1982 and following the consequent reduction in pre￭ dation pressure the spr￭ at stock increased rapidly and salmon therefore had more food salmon grew faster resulting also in a high cf
the m 84 cam￭ ou￭ fl￭ age pattern danish m 84 ple￭ t￭ sl￭ ø￭ ring is the current cam￭ ou￭ fl￭ age pattern of the danish military the m 84 is a derivative of the fl￭ eck￭ tar￭ n b pattern produced by the german firm mar￭ quar￭ dt schulz using the same shapes and pattern the number of colours was changed from 5 to 3 – choosing olive green light green and black to better match the colour￭ ation of the danish woodland environment the use of spots creates a di￭ thering effect which eliminates hard boundaries between the different colors in much the same way the squares in the newest digital cam￭ ou￭ fl￭ age patterns do the pattern is designed for use in temper￭ ate woodland terrain it has been adapted as desert cam￭ ou￭ fl￭ age by varying the colors it is currently being replaced by m 11
m 90 cam￭ ou￭ fl￭ age is the cam￭ ou￭ fl￭ age pattern used by the swedish armed forces in addition to the standard pattern desert and jungle variants have been developed for the international peace keeping missions in afghanistan and liberia the pattern employs basically a down￭ scaled pattern of what has been used on vehicles since the late 1970 s consisting of hard lined geome￭ tric shapes in order to create a cam￭ ou￭ fl￭ age pattern effective in the temper￭ ate forests and plains of sweden m 90 cam￭ ou￭ fl￭ age comprises four colours dark green medium green dark navy blue and grey navy blue was chosen instead of black because natural shadows generally tend to be in shades of blue to the human eye
malt lymp￭ homa mal￭ tom￭ a is a form of lymp￭ homa involving the mu￭ co￭ sa associated lymp￭ ho￭ id tissue malt frequently of the stomach but virtually any mu￭ cos￭ al site can be afflicted it is a cancer originating from b cells in the marginal zone of the malt and is also called ex￭ tran￭ od￭ al marginal zone b cell lymp￭ homa
mar￭ pat short for marine pattern is a digital cam￭ ou￭ fl￭ age pattern in use with the united states marine corps designed by timothy o neill and introduced with the marine corps combat utility uniform mc￭ cu￭ u which replaced the cam￭ ou￭ fl￭ age utility uniform its design and concept are based on the canadian cad￭ pat pattern the pattern is formed of small rec￭ tang￭ ular pi￭ x￭ els of color in theory it is a far more effective cam￭ ou￭ fl￭ age than standard uniform patterns because it mim￭ ics the d￭ appl￭ ed tex￭ tures and rough boundaries found in natural settings it is also known as the digital pattern or dig￭ i cam￭ m￭ ies because of its micro￭ pattern pi￭ x￭ els rather than the old macro￭ pattern big b￭ lob￭ s the united states government has patented mar￭ pat including specifics of its manufacture by regulation the pattern and items incorporating it such as the mc￭ cu￭ u and il￭ be back￭ pack are to be supplied by authorized manufacturers only and are not for general commercial sale although im￭ itations are available such as digital woodland cam￭ o or digital desert cam￭ o mar￭ pat was also chosen because it distinc￭ tively identifies its we￭ arers as marines to their adversaries while simultaneously helping its we￭ arers remain concealed this was demonstrated by a marine spokesman at the launch of mar￭ pat who stated we want to be instantly recognized as a force to be reckoned with we want them to see us coming a mile away in our new uniforms as such the us marine corps restricts use of the cam￭ ou￭ fl￭ age preventing its use in most other divisions of the united states military
mas￭ a syndrome also called crash syndrome and gare￭ is mason syndrome is a rare x linked rec￭ essive neuro￭ logical disorder
mas￭ h 1 mod￭ ular arithmetic secure has￭ h is a has￭ h function based on mod￭ ular arithmetic
mass phen￭ o￭ type is a medical disorder similar to mar￭ fan syndrome mass stands for mit￭ ral valve pro￭ lapse a￭ or￭ tic root diameter at upper limits of normal for body size stretch marks of the skin and sk￭ el￭ etal conditions similar to mar￭ fan syndrome mass phen￭ o￭ type is a connec￭ tive tissue disorder that is similar to mar￭ fan syndrome it is caused by a similar mutation in the gene called fi￭ bri￭ ll￭ in 1 that tells the body how to make an important protein found in connec￭ tive tissue someone with mass phen￭ o￭ type has a 50 percent chance of passing the gene along to each child people with features of mass phen￭ o￭ type need to see a doctor who knows about connec￭ tive tissue disorders for an accurate diagnosis often this will be a medical gene￭ tic￭ ist it is very important that people with mass phen￭ o￭ type get an early and correct diagnosis so they can get the right treatment mass stands for the mit￭ ral valve myop￭ ia a￭ or￭ ta skin and sk￭ el￭ etal features of the disorder mass phen￭ o￭ type affects different people in different ways in mass phen￭ o￭ type mit￭ ral valve pro￭ lapse may be present this is when the fl￭ aps of one of the heart ’ s valves the mit￭ ral valve which regulates blood flow on the left side of the heart are “ fl￭ op￭ py ” and don ’ t close tightly a￭ or￭ tic root diameter may be at the upper limits of normal for body size but unlike mar￭ fan syndrome there is not progression to an￭ eur￭ ys￭ m or pre￭ disposition to dis￭ section skin may show stretch marks unrelated to weight gain or loss stri￭ ae sk￭ el￭ etal features including cur￭ v￭ ature of the sp￭ ine sco￭ li￭ osis chest wall de￭ form￭ ities and joint hyper￭ mobility may be present people with mass phen￭ o￭ type do not have lens dis￭ location but have myop￭ ia also known as near￭ sightedness mass syndrome and mar￭ fan syndrome are overlapping connec￭ tive tissue disorders both can be caused by mutations in the gene en￭ coding a protein called fi￭ bri￭ ll￭ in these conditions share many of the same signs and symptoms including long limbs and fingers chest wall ab￭ norm￭ alities ind￭ ented chest bone or pro￭ tru￭ ding chest bone flat feet sco￭ li￭ osis mit￭ ral valve pro￭ lapse loose or hyp￭ exten￭ sible joints highly ar￭ ched roof of the mouth and mild di￭ lat￭ ation of the a￭ or￭ tic root individuals with mass syndrome do not have progressive a￭ or￭ tic enlargement or lens dis￭ location while people with mar￭ fan syndrome do skin involvement in mass syndrome is typically limited to stretch marks stri￭ ae dist￭ ens￭ ae also the sk￭ el￭ etal symptoms of mass syndrome are generally mild
max 3 lin e￭ q￭ n is a problem in compu￭ tational complexity theory where the input is a system of linear equations mod￭ ul￭ o 2 each equation contains at most 3 variables the problem is to find an assignment to the variables that satisfies the maximum number of equations this problem is closely related to the max 3 sat problem it is n￭ p hard to approximate max 3 lin e￭ q￭ n with ratio 1 2 δ for any δ 0
max 3 sat is a problem in the compu￭ tational complexity sub￭ field of computer science it gener￭ alises the boo￭ lean satis￭ fi￭ ability problem sat which is a decision problem considered in complexity theory it is defined as given a 3 cn￭ f formula φ i e with at most 3 variables per clause find an assignment that satisfies the largest number of clauses max 3 sat is a can￭ on￭ ical complete problem for the complexity class max￭ sn￭ p shown complete in pap￭ adim￭ it￭ ri￭ ou pg 314
max￭ ek￭ sat is a problem in compu￭ tational complexity theory that is a maxim￭ ization version of the boo￭ lean satis￭ fi￭ ability problem 3 sat in max￭ ek￭ sat each clause has exactly k liter￭ als each with distinct variables and is in con￭ junc￭ tive normal form these formulas are called k cn￭ f formulas the problem is to determine the maximum number of clauses that can be satisfied by a truth assignment to the variables in the clauses we say that an algori￭ thm a provides an α approximation to max￭ ek￭ sat if for some fixed positive α less than or equal to 1 and every k￭ cn￭ f formula φ a can find a truth assignment to the variables of φ that will satisfy at least an α fraction of the maximum number of satis￭ fiable clauses of φ because the n￭ p hard k sat problem for k ≥ 3 is equivalent to determining if the corresponding max￭ ek￭ sat instance has a value equal to the number of clauses max￭ ek￭ sat must also be n￭ p hard meaning that there is no poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al time algori￭ thm unless p n￭ p a natural next question then is that of finding approximate solutions what s the largest real number α 1 such that some explicit p complexity algori￭ thm always finds a solution of size α · opt where opt is the potentially hard to find maximizing assignment
m￭ bl deficiency refers to mann￭ an binding lec￭ tin path￭ way components such as m￭ bl 2 it is thought that 5 10 of the population have an m￭ bl deficiency of some degree there are varying degrees of m￭ bl deficiency some people in a given population will not even know they have the deficiency while others may have such low levels that they experience infections with great frequency babies and young children are most at risk
multi constrained optimal path selection or m￭ cop is a network path selection problem
the md 2 message dig￭ est algori￭ thm is a cry￭ pto￭ graphic has￭ h function developed by ronald ri￭ vest in 1989 the algori￭ thm is optimi￭ zed for 8 bit computers md 2 is specified in although md 2 is no longer considered secure even as of 2014 it remains in use in public key infrastructures as part of certificates generated with md 2 and r￭ sa
the md 4 message dig￭ est algori￭ thm is a cry￭ pto￭ graphic has￭ h function developed by ronald ri￭ vest in 1990 the dig￭ est length is 128 bits the algori￭ thm has influenced later designs such as the md 5 sha 1 and rip￭ em￭ d algori￭ th￭ ms the security of md 4 has been severely compromised the first full collision attack against md 4 was published in 1995 and several newer attacks have been published since then as of 2007 an attack can generate collis￭ ions in less than 2 md 4 has￭ h operations a theoretical pre￭ image attack also exists a variant of md 4 is used in the ed 2 k uri scheme to provide a unique identi￭ fier for a file in the popular ed￭ on￭ key 2000 em￭ ule p 2 p networks md 4 was also used by the r￭ sync protocol prior to version 3 0 0 md 4 is used to compu￭ te n￭ tl￭ m password derived key dig￭ ests on microsoft windows nt x￭ p vis￭ ta 7 8 and 10
the md 6 message dig￭ est algori￭ thm is a cry￭ pto￭ graphic has￭ h function it uses a mer￭ kle tree like structure to allow for immense parallel compu￭ tation of h￭ ashes for very long inputs authors claim a performance of 28 cycles per by￭ te for md 6 256 on an intel core 2 du￭ o and pro￭ vable resistance against differential cry￭ pt￭ analysis the source code of the reference implementation was released under mit license speeds in excess of 1 gb s have been reported to be possible for long messages on 16 core c￭ pu architecture the design of mer￭ kle tree is based on the claims from intel describing the future of hardware processors with tens and thousands of co￭ res instead of the conventional uni core systems with this in mind mer￭ kle tree has￭ h structures exploit full potential of such hardware while being appropriate for current uni dual core architec￭ tures in december 2008 douglas held of forti￭ fy software discovered a buffer over￭ flow in the original md 6 has￭ h algori￭ thm s reference implementation this error was later made public by ron ri￭ vest on 19 february 2009 with a release of a corrected reference implementation in advance of the forti￭ fy report md 6 was submitted to the n￭ ist sha 3 competition however on july 1 2009 ri￭ vest posted a comment at n￭ ist that md 6 is not yet ready to be a candidate for sha 3 because of speed issues a gap in the proof that the submitted version of md 6 is resistant to differential attacks and an inability to supply such a proof for a faster reduced round version although ri￭ vest also stated at the md 6 website that it is not withdrawn formally md 6 did not advance to the second round of the sha 3 competition in september 2011 a paper presenting an improved proof that md 6 and faster reduced round versions are resistant to differential attacks was posted to the md 6 website the algori￭ thm s first known production use was in the con￭ fic￭ ker b worm in december 2008 the worm s authors subsequently updated con￭ fic￭ ker with the corrected implementation once the buffer over￭ flow vulnerability became known
in cry￭ pto￭ graphy mdc 2 modification detection code 2 sometimes called me￭ yer sch￭ illing is a cry￭ pto￭ graphic has￭ h function mdc 2 is a has￭ h function based on a block ci￭ p￭ her with a proof of security in the ideal ci￭ p￭ her model the length of the output has￭ h depends on the underlying block ci￭ p￭ her used
mec￭ p 2 duplication sy￭ dro￭ me m 2 ds is a rare x linked genetic disorder that causes the over expression of mec￭ p 2 protein it largely affects young male individuals the primary symptoms of m 2 ds include inf￭ anti￭ le hy￭ pot￭ onia delayed psy￭ ch￭ om￭ o￭ tor development impaired speech abnormal or absent ga￭ it epi￭ le￭ psy sp￭ as￭ tic￭ ity gastro￭ intest￭ inal mo￭ ti￭ lity problems recurrent infections and early death signs of this disorder are confused with those of au￭ tism spectrum disorders and cere￭ br￭ al pal￭ sy the incidence of m 2 ds is currently unknown but thought to represent 1 of x linked male mental disability cases recent technological breakthroughs in communication have shown that children affected by mec￭ p 2 duplication syndrome understand language but cannot speak in the very recent past a combination of non existent or limited speech with poor motor skills had caused these adoles￭ cent individuals to present with the cognitive abilities of an infant pioneering communication work with mec￭ p 2 duplication syndrome children and ass￭ is￭ tive technology eye gaze communication devices have demonstrated that these children have the ability to communicate requests and feelings the genetic ab￭ normality that causes mec￭ p 2 duplication syndrome is a double dose or duplication of the mec￭ p 2 or methyl cp￭ g binding protein 2 gene the mec￭ p 2 protein plays a pivotal role in regulating brain function too little or too much of the mec￭ p 2 protein results in brain dysfunction and physical impairment mutations in the mec￭ p 2 gene are also commonly associated with rett syndrome in females advances in genetic testing and more widespread use of array c￭ gh comparative genom￭ ic hybri￭ di￭ zation has led to increased diagnosis of mec￭ p 2 duplication syndrome array c￭ gh allows for sub micro￭ scopic cannot be seen under a micro￭ scope detection of missing or additional copies of genetic material and is the best screening test for a child with developmental delay as it will detect a number of genetic disorders including mec￭ p 2 duplication syndrome research into mec￭ p 2 duplication syndrome is in its infancy which means we also do not know the spectrum mil￭ dness to severity preliminary studies suggest that prevalence may be 1 8 per 10 000 live male births 50 of cases do not live beyond 25 years of age mec￭ p 2 duplication syndrome reversal in mice in a nature article published on november 25 2015 it was revealed that researchers at the bay￭ lor college of medicine led by dr hu￭ da y zo￭ gh￭ bi have reversed mec￭ p 2 duplication syndrome in adult symptomatic mice using anti￭ sense olig￭ on￭ uc￭ le￭ o￭ tide as￭ o therapy in this landmark letter to nature mice treated with an experimental as￭ o administered through the central nervous system experienced the reduction of mec￭ p 2 protein to normal levels many impressive results were observed several behavioral tests were conducted and in all cases symptoms of hypo￭ activity anxiety and abnormal social behavior were resolved additionally the seizure activity of the mice and abnormal eeg discharges were abolished lastly initial studies demonstrated that reducing the mec￭ p 2 protein levels to the correct amount also norm￭ alized the expression of the other genes controlled by the mec￭ p 2 protein exc￭ it￭ ingly the as￭ o was also administered to lymp￭ ho￭ bl￭ ast￭ o￭ id cells from mec￭ p 2 duplication syndrome patients and mec￭ p 2 mr￭ na levels were restored to the correct concentration in these cells this ground￭ breaking research shows that as￭ o gene therapy is a promising approach to treat mec￭ p 2 duplication syndrome further scientific studies need to be conducted before this therapeutic approach can be tested on humans but this study is the first hurdle cleared of the many inherent to the drug development process this research was funded by donations to the rett syndrome research trust mec￭ p 2 duplication fund by the friends and families of children affected by mec￭ p 2 duplication syndrome the 401 project the 401 project was established in 2012 to raise funds to cure mec￭ p 2 duplication syndrome in 2012 a concerted parent driven effort was established to raise funds for the initial mec￭ p 2 reversal experiments conducted at the bay￭ lor college of medicine each mec￭ p 2 family pledged to raise 401 00 in funds to cover the research program cost the initiative was a success and the 401 project was born the 401 project name was maintained as it is fundamental to the philosophy the collection of individual efforts produces high impact results the 401 project was established by parents of children affected by mec￭ p 2 duplication syndrome today the 401 project is maintained by a group of parent facilit￭ ators who guide fund￭ raising programs scientist interactions research finding translations and social media activities there are very minimal direct costs associated with running the 401 project and these costs are covered by the parent facilit￭ ators every penny donated to the 401 project goes to research the rett syndrome research trust mec￭ p 2 duplication syndrome fund all funds raised through the 401 project initiative are directly deposited into the rett syndrome research trust mec￭ p 2 duplication syndrome fund the rett syndrome research trust r￭ sr￭ t is a registered non profit organization and all donations are fully tax deductible both rett syndrome and mec￭ p 2 duplication syndrome are caused by mutations in the mec￭ p 2 gene rett syndrome affected individuals do not produce enough mec￭ p 2 protein in their brains while mec￭ p 2 duplication affected individuals produce far too much mec￭ p 2 protein research conducted on the earlier discovered rett syndrome was easily leveraged to initiate promising research to cure mec￭ p 2 duplication syndrome r￭ sr￭ t was founded in 2008 by monica co￭ en￭ ra￭ ads since 1999 monica has led the surge in research for genetic disorders caused by mutations in the mec￭ p 2 gene the mec￭ p 2 duplication community is beyond fortunate that monica has championed mec￭ p 2 duplication syndrome research under the r￭ sr￭ t umbrella under monica s leadership over 40 000 000 has been raised for research on mec￭ p 2 associated genetic disorders r￭ sr￭ t operates by constantly engaging academic scientists clin￭ icians industry investors and affected families these relationships cataly￭ ze the development and execution of a research agenda that neither academia nor industry could achieve alone r￭ sr￭ t identifies solic￭ its evalu￭ ates priori￭ tiz￭ es funds and monitors ambitious research projects that have the greatest likelihood of imp￭ acting the lives of those afflicted with rett syndrome and mec￭ p 2 duplication syndrome
mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al encephal￭ om￭ y￭ opathy lac￭ tic aci￭ do￭ sis and stroke like episodes – abbreviated to mel￭ as – is one of the family of mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al cy￭ top￭ ath￭ ies which also include mer￭ r￭ f and le￭ ber s hereditary op￭ tic neuro￭ pa￭ thy it was first characterized under this name in 1984 a feature of these diseases is that they are caused by defects in the mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al genome which is inherited purely from the female parent however it is important to know that some of the proteins essential to normal mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al function are produced by the nuclear genome and are subsequently transported to the mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ a for use as such mutations in these proteins can result in mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al disorders but can be inherited from both male and female parent in the typical fashion the disease can manifest in both sexes
mer￭ r￭ f syndrome or my￭ o￭ cl￭ onic epi￭ le￭ psy with rag￭ ged red fi￭ bers is a mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al disease it is extremely rare with an estimated prevalence of 1 400 000 in northern europe and has varying degrees of expres￭ sivity owing to heter￭ op￭ las￭ my
m￭ gus pol￭ yn￭ euro￭ pa￭ thy or pol￭ yn￭ euro￭ pa￭ thy associated with an m component is a rare neuro￭ logical disease characterized by infl￭ amm￭ ation of the peripheral nervous system and mono￭ cl￭ onal gam￭ mop￭ athy of un￭ determined significance m￭ gus it was first described in the 1960 s the main symptoms are progressive muscle weakness that is symmetr￭ ical and bilateral at￭ ax￭ ia num￭ b￭ ness and arm trem￭ or treatments include intra￭ ven￭ ous immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ulin which is a short term treatment immun￭ o￭ sup￭ pres￭ s￭ ants though they have not been shown to be effective auto￭ log￭ ous stem cell transplantation and rit￭ u￭ xim￭ ab
mo￭ dy 1 is a form of maturity onset diabetes of the young mo￭ dy 1 is due to a loss of function mutation in the hn￭ f 4 a gene on chro￭ mo￭ some 20 this gene codes for hn￭ f 4 α protein also known as trans￭ cription factor 14 t￭ cf 14 hn￭ f 4 α controls function of hn￭ f 1 α see mo￭ dy 3 hn￭ f 1 a and perhaps hn￭ f 1 β mo￭ dy 5 as well this trans￭ cription network plays a role in the early development of the pan￭ cre￭ as liver and intest￭ ines in the pan￭ cre￭ as these genes influence expression of among others the genes for insulin the principal glucose transporter glut 2 and several proteins involved in glucose and mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al metabol￭ ism although pan￭ cre￭ atic beta cells produce adequate insulin in infancy the capacity for insulin production declines thereafter diabetes persistent hyper￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia typically develops by early adult years but may not appear until later decades the degree of insulin deficiency is slowly progressive many patients with mo￭ dy 1 are treated with sul￭ fon￭ y￭ lu￭ re￭ as for years before insulin is required liver effects are subtle and not clin￭ ically significant many people with this condition have low levels of tri￭ gly￭ cer￭ ides li￭ po￭ protein a a￭ poli￭ po￭ proteins aii and ci￭ ii mutations in the alternative promoter of hn￭ f 4 a are linked to development of type 2 diabetes
mo￭ dy 2 is a form of maturity onset diabetes of the young mo￭ dy 2 is due to any of several mutations in the g￭ ck gene on chro￭ mo￭ some 7 for glu￭ co￭ kin￭ ase glu￭ co￭ kin￭ ase serves as the glucose sensor for the pan￭ cre￭ atic beta cell normal glu￭ co￭ kin￭ ase triggers insulin secre￭ tion as the glucose exceeds about 90 mg dl 5 mm these loss of function mutations result in a glu￭ co￭ kin￭ ase mol￭ ecu￭ le that is less sensitive or less responsive to rising levels of glucose the beta cells in mo￭ dy 2 have a normal ability to make and secre￭ te insulin but do so only above an abnormally high threshold e g 126 – 144 mg dl or 7 8 mm this produces a chronic mild increase in blood sugar which is usually as￭ ymp￭ tomatic it is usually detected by accidental discovery of mildly elevated blood sugar e g during pregnancy screening an oral glucose tolerance test is much less abnormal than would be expected from the impaired elevated fast￭ ing blood sugar since insulin secre￭ tion is usually normal once the glucose has exceeded the threshold for that specific variant of the glu￭ co￭ kin￭ ase enzyme the degree of blood sugar elev￭ ation does not worsen rapidly with age and long term diabe￭ tic complications are rare in healthy children and adults a high blood sugar level can be avoided by a healthy diet and exercise primarily avoiding large amounts of carbo￭ hydr￭ ates however as people who have mo￭ dy 2 enter their 50 s and 60 s even though they continue to eat a healthy diet and exercise they sometimes are unable to control a high blood sugar level with these measures in these cases many medicines for type ii diabetes mell￭ it￭ us are not effective because mo￭ dy 2 does not cause insulin resistance rep￭ ag￭ l￭ ini￭ de pr￭ and￭ in can help the body regulate the amount of glucose in the blood by stimulating the pan￭ cre￭ as to release insulin before meals in some cases the baseline glucose levels are too high as well and insulin is required mo￭ dy 2 is an auto￭ som￭ al dominant condition auto￭ som￭ al dominance refers to a single abnormal gene on one of the first 22 non￭ sex chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es from either parent which can cause an auto￭ som￭ al disorder dominant inheritance means an abnormal gene from one parent is capable of causing disease even though the matching gene from the other parent is normal the abnormal gene dominates the pair of genes if just one parent has a dominant gene defect each child has a 50 chance of inher￭ iting the disorder this type of mo￭ dy demonstrates the common circulation but complex interplay between maternal and fe￭ tal metabol￭ ism and hormone signals in the determination of fe￭ tal size a small number of infants will have a new mutation not present in their mothers if the mother is affected and the fe￭ tus is not the maternal glucose will be somewhat high and the normal pan￭ cre￭ as of the fe￭ tus will make lots of insulin resulting in a large infant if the fe￭ tus is affected but mother is not glu￭ co￭ ses will be normal and fe￭ tal insulin production will be low resulting in in￭ trau￭ ter￭ ine growth retar￭ dation finally if both mother and fe￭ tus have the disease the two defects will offset each other and fe￭ tal size will be unaffected when both g￭ ck genes are affected the diabetes appears earlier and the hyper￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia is more severe a form of permanent ne￭ on￭ atal diabetes has been caused by homo￭ zy￭ g￭ ous mutations in the g￭ ck gene
mo￭ dy 3 is a form of maturity onset diabetes of the young mo￭ dy 3 also known as hn￭ f 1 a mo￭ dy is caused by mutations of the hn￭ f 1 alpha gene a home￭ o￭ box gene on chro￭ mo￭ some 12 this is the most common type of mo￭ dy in populations with european ance￭ stry accounting for about 70 of all cases in europe hn￭ f 1 α is a trans￭ cription factor also known as trans￭ cription factor 1 t￭ cf 1 that is thought to control a regulatory network including among other genes hn￭ f 1 α important for differentiation of beta cells mutations of this gene lead to reduced beta cell mass or impaired function mo￭ dy 1 and mo￭ dy 3 diabetes are clin￭ ically similar about 70 of people develop this type of diabetes by age 25 years but it occurs at much later ages in a few this type of diabetes can often be treated with sul￭ fon￭ y￭ lu￭ re￭ as with excellent results for decades however the loss of insulin secre￭ tory capacity is slowly progressive and most eventually need insulin this is the form of mo￭ dy which can most resemble ordinary type 1 diabetes and one of the incentives for diagno￭ sing it is that insulin may be discontinued or deferred in favor of oral sul￭ fon￭ y￭ lu￭ re￭ as some people treated with insulin for years due to a presumption of type 1 diabetes have been able to switch to pills and discontinue injections long term diabe￭ tic complications can occur if the glucose is not adequately controlled high sensitivity measurements of cr￭ p may help to distinguish between hn￭ f 1 a mo￭ dy and other forms of diabetes
ren￭ al cy￭ sts and diabetes syndrome r￭ cad also known as mo￭ dy 5 is a form of maturity onset diabetes of the young hn￭ f 1 β related mo￭ dy is one of the less common forms of mo￭ dy with some distinctive clinical features including atro￭ phy of the pan￭ cre￭ as and several forms of ren￭ al disease hn￭ f 1 β also known as trans￭ cription factor 2 t￭ cf 2 is involved in early stages of embryonic development of several organs including the pan￭ cre￭ as where it contributes to differentiation of pan￭ cre￭ atic endocrine n￭ gn 3 cell prog￭ en￭ itors from non endocrine embryonic duc￭ t cells the gene is on chro￭ mo￭ some 17 q the degree of insulin deficiency is variable diabetes can develop from infancy through middle adult life and some family members who carry the gene remain free of diabetes into later adult life most of those who develop diabetes show atro￭ phy of the entire pan￭ cre￭ as with mild or sub￭ cl￭ inc￭ al deficiency of exo￭ cr￭ ine as well as endocrine function the non pan￭ cre￭ atic manifestations are even more variable kidney and gen￭ it￭ our￭ inary mal￭ formation and diseases may occur but in￭ consistently even within a family and the specific conditions include a range of apparently unrelated anomalies and processes the most common gen￭ it￭ our￭ inary condition is c￭ ys￭ tic kidney disease but there are many varieties even of this ren￭ al effects begin with structural alterations small kidneys ren￭ al cy￭ sts anomalies of the ren￭ al pel￭ vis and cal￭ ices but a significant number develop slowly progressive ren￭ al failure associated with chronic c￭ ys￭ tic disease of the kidneys in some cases ren￭ al cy￭ sts may be detected in uter￭ o kidney disease may develop before or after hyper￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia and a significant number of people with mo￭ dy 5 are discovered in ren￭ al clinics with or without kidney disease some people with forms of hn￭ f 1 β have had various minor or major anomalies of the reproductive system male defects have included epi￭ di￭ dy￭ mal cy￭ sts agen￭ esis of the vas defer￭ ens or in￭ fertility due to abnormal sper￭ mato￭ zo￭ a affected women have been found to have vag￭ inal agen￭ esis hypo￭ plastic or bic￭ or￭ nu￭ ate uter￭ us liver enzyme elev￭ ations are common but clin￭ ically significant liver disease is not hyper￭ ur￭ ic￭ aemia and early onset g￭ out have occurred
mom￭ o syndrome is an extremely rare genetic disorder which belongs to the over￭ growth syndro￭ mes and has been diagnosed in only six cases around the world and occurs in 1 in 100 million births the name is an acron￭ ym of the four primary aspects of the disorder macro￭ som￭ ia excessive birth weight obesity macro￭ cephal￭ y excessive head size and oc￭ ular ab￭ norm￭ alities it is unknown if it is a life limiting condition mom￭ o syndrome was first diagnosed in 1993 by professor cé￭ lia pris￭ z￭ kul￭ nik ko￭ i￭ ff￭ mann a brazilian researcher in the genetic and clinical studies of neuro￭ developmental disorders this syndrome s acron￭ ym is an intended pu￭ n it refers to the traditionally tall and ob￭ ese king of carni￭ vals mom￭ us — re￭ i mom￭ o in portuguese
mo￭ ose originally an acron￭ ym for man out of space easiest but later changed to the more professional sounding manned orb￭ ital operations safety equipment was a proposed emergency bail out system capable of bringing a single astronaut safely down from earth orbit to the planet s surface the design was proposed by general electric in the early 1960 s the system was quite compact weighing 200 pounds 90 kilograms and fitting inside a suitcase sized container it consisted of a small twin no￭ zzle rocket motor sufficient to de￭ orbit the astronaut a pet film bag six feet 1 8 metres long with a flexible quarter inch thick ab￭ l￭ ative heat shield on the back two pressur￭ ized can￭ is￭ ters to fill it with pol￭ yu￭ re￭ thane foam a parach￭ ute radio equipment and a survival kit the astronaut would leave the vehicle in a space suit climb inside the plastic bag and then fill it with foam the bag had the shape of a blunt cone with the astronaut embedded in its base facing outward the rocket pack would pro￭ tru￭ de from the bag and be used to slow the astronaut s orb￭ ital speed enough so that they would re￭ enter earth s atmosphere and the foam filled bag would act as insulation during the subsequent aer￭ ob￭ ra￭ king finally once the astronaut had descended to 30 000 feet 9 km where the air was sufficiently dense the parach￭ ute would automatically deploy and slow the astronaut s fall to 17 mp￭ h 7 6 metres per second the foam heat shield would serve a final role as cu￭ shi￭ oning when the astronaut touched down and as a flo￭ tation device should they land on water the radio beacon would guide rescu￭ ers general electric performed preliminary testing on some of the components of the mo￭ ose system including flying samples of heat shield material on a mercury mission infl￭ ating a foam filled bag with a human subject embedded inside and test dropping dum￭ m￭ ies in mo￭ ose foam shields short distances u s air force capt joe kit￭ t￭ inger s historic fre￭ ef￭ all from a balloon at 103 000 feet 31 395 meters in august 1960 also helped demonstrate the feasibility of such extreme parachu￭ ting however the mo￭ ose system was nonetheless always intended as an extreme emergency measure when no other option for returning an astronaut to earth existed falling from orbit protected by nothing more than a spac￭ es￭ uit and a bag of foam was unlikely to ever become a particularly safe — or en￭ tic￭ ing — maneuver neither nasa nor the u s air force expressed an interest in the mo￭ ose system and so by the end of the 1960 s the program was quietly shel￭ ved
mor￭ m syndrome is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive con￭ genital disorder this means that the disorder is present from birth and is likely the result of both healthy parents passing on a defective gene associated with mor￭ m syndrome to their offspring the disorder is not dependent on sex of the offspring both male and female offspring are equally likely to inherit the disorder the term mor￭ m is used to describe the characteristics associated with the disorder which include mental retar￭ dation trun￭ cal obesity re￭ tin￭ al dy￭ stro￭ phy and micro￭ penis the disorder shares similar characteristics with bar￭ det bi￭ ed￭ l syndrome and co￭ hen syndrome both of which are auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive genetic disorders mor￭ m syndrome can be distinguished from the above disorders because symptoms appear at a young age the syndrome is caused by a mutation in the in￭ pp 5 e gene which can be located on chro￭ mo￭ some 9 in humans further mapping resulted in the identification of a mor￭ m syndrome loc￭ us on chro￭ mo￭ some 9 q 34 3 between the genetic mark￭ ers d 9 s 158 and d 9 s 9￭ 05
mp￭ x filter is a function found in cas￭ set￭ te dec￭ ks f￭ m stere￭ o broadcasts contain a pilot tone at 19 kh￭ z when stere￭ o information is available at higher frequencies this system was developed jointly by z￭ eni￭ th and general electric the normal mon￭ a￭ ural audio the pilot tone which serves as a phase reference when de￭ coding the stere￭ op￭ hon￭ ic information and the double si￭ deb￭ and stere￭ op￭ hon￭ ic difference information are all mixed and broadcast together the process of en￭ coding the difference signal into the 23 53 kh￭ z band via double si￭ deb￭ and carrier suppressed am￭ pl￭ itude modulation is an instance of multi￭ plex￭ ing residual high frequency components of the signal remaining after de multi￭ plex￭ ing can be problematic when recording to analo￭ g magnetic media while the higher frequencies are unlikely to survive filtering in the recording deck the 19 kh￭ z tone is within the 20 to 20 000 h￭ z frequency range for many tape formats including compact cas￭ set￭ te and typically provides an audible beat difference tone in conjunction with the tape head bias signal used when recording the recording may also be saturated by the pilot tone more importantly the pilot tone interferes with the proper functioning of noise reduction systems such as dol￭ by b c and s because the pilot tone is relatively loud in comparison to the overall lou￭ dness of the f￭ m program typically 20 db the source signal is not correctly processed by the noise reduction system leading to audible ar￭ te￭ facts such as breathing and pumping for this reason many dec￭ ks with defe￭ atable mp￭ x filters have been designed in such a way that the mp￭ x filter can only be enabled when also a noise reduction system is enabled an mp￭ x filter on a tape deck is at least a not￭ ch filter that will block the 19 kh￭ z pilot tone and possibly higher frequencies in the 23 53 kh￭ z and 63 75 kh￭ z bands the difference can be heard when recording from an f￭ m stere￭ o source and engaging and dis￭ engaging the mp￭ x filter switch on a three head deck with monitoring this can be heard while recording the filter should not be engaged when recording from other sources such as compact dis￭ c the setting of the switch has no effect during play￭ back dec￭ ks with no mp￭ x filter switch typically have a non defe￭ atable mp￭ x filter incorporated in their design which limits the overall i e record to play￭ back frequency response to about 15 16 kh￭ z
m￭ v￭ c 4 w￭ pf is an open source exten￭ sible automated code pattern developed at information control corporation for windows presentation foundation w￭ pf development based on the model view controller m￭ v￭ c and presentation abstr￭ action control pac patterns it was released to the general public as an open source project on july 23 2009 it depends on microsoft ’ s net framework 3 5 and visual studio 2008 for functionality the m￭ v￭ c 4 w￭ pf source code for the 0 9 beta is available for download on co￭ depl￭ ex
in mathematics a ma￭ ass wave form or ma￭ ass form is a function on the upper half plane that trans￭ forms like a mod￭ ular form but need not be holo￭ morph￭ ic they were first studied by hans ma￭ ass in
in probability theory the m￭ ab￭ in￭ og￭ ion sheep problem or m￭ ab￭ ino￭ gian ur￭ n is a problem in sto￭ ch￭ astic control introduced by david williams 15 3 who named it after a herd of magic sheep in the welsh epic m￭ ab￭ in￭ og￭ ion
mac call￭ um s pl￭ aqu￭ es is a condition featuring the thick￭ ening of left atri￭ um s wall and its endo￭ cardi￭ al wall above the mit￭ ral valve due to fi￭ bro￭ sis it is one complic￭ ation of chronic r￭ heu￭ matic heart disease other complications of chronic r￭ heu￭ matic heart disease are val￭ vul￭ ar effect sten￭ osis in￭ sufficiency or can be both val￭ vul￭ ar leaf￭ lets become thick￭ ened by fi￭ bro￭ sis frequent val￭ vul￭ ar calci￭ fication cord￭ ae tend￭ in￭ ae become thick￭ ened shortened and f￭ used
m￭ ach reflection is a su￭ person￭ ic fluid dynamics effect named for ern￭ st m￭ ach and is a shock wave reflection pattern involving three shocks
m￭ ach tuck is an aerod￭ y￭ nam￭ ic effect whereby the nose of an aircraft tends to pitch downward as the air￭ flow around the wing reaches su￭ person￭ ic speeds the aircraft will first experience this effect at significantly below m￭ ach 1 this speed is known as the critical m￭ ach number of the wing
mach￭ ado – joseph disease m￭ jd also known as mach￭ ado – joseph az￭ ore￭ an disease or joseph s disease or spin￭ oc￭ ere￭ bell￭ ar at￭ ax￭ ia type 3 s￭ ca 3 is a rare auto￭ som￭ al domin￭ antly inherited neuro￭ degenerative disease that causes progressive cere￭ bell￭ ar at￭ ax￭ ia which results in a lack of muscle control and coordination of the upper and lower extre￭ mi￭ ties the symptoms are caused by a genetic mutation that results in an expansion of abnormal ca￭ g trin￭ uc￭ le￭ o￭ tide repeats in the at￭ x￭ n 3 gene that results in an abnormal form of the protein at￭ ax￭ in which causes de￭ generation of cells in the hind￭ brain some symptoms such as clum￭ sin￭ ess and rigidity make m￭ jd commonly mistaken for drun￭ ken￭ ness or par￭ kinson s disease mach￭ ado – joseph disease is a type of spin￭ oc￭ ere￭ bell￭ ar at￭ ax￭ ia and is the most common cause of auto￭ som￭ al dominant at￭ ax￭ ia m￭ jd causes oph￭ thal￭ mop￭ legi￭ a and mixed sensory and cere￭ bell￭ ar at￭ ax￭ ia
a machine check exception m￭ ce is a type of computer hardware error that occurs when a computer s central processing unit detec￭ ts a hardware problem modern versions of microsoft windows handle machine check exceptions through the windows hardware error architecture when whe￭ a detec￭ ts a machine check exception it displays the error in a blue screen of death with the following parameters which vary but the first parameter is always 0 x 0 for a machine check exception stop 0 x 00￭ 00￭ 0￭ 124 0 x 00￭ 00￭ 00￭ 00￭ 00￭ 000000 0 x 00￭ 00￭ 00￭ 00￭ 00￭ 000000 0 x 00￭ 00￭ 00￭ 00￭ 00￭ 000000 0 x 00￭ 00￭ 00￭ 00￭ 00￭ 000000 on lin￭ ux a process such as k￭ log￭ d writes a message to the ker￭ nel log and or the con￭ sole screen usually only to the con￭ sole when the error is non recoverable and the machine cr￭ ashes as a result c￭ pu 0 machine check exception 00￭ 00￭ 00￭ 00￭ 00￭ 00￭ 00￭ 04 bank 2 f 200￭ 200￭ 00￭ 00￭ 00￭ 863 ker￭ nel panic c￭ pu context corrupt the error usually occurs due to failure or over￭ stressing of hardware components where the error cannot be more specifically identified with a different error message diagno￭ sing the error message can be difficult although intel p￭ enti￭ um processors do generate more specific codes which can be de￭ coded by cont￭ acting the manufacturer most m￭ ces require a restart of the system before users can continue normal operation and indicate a long term problem of a general nature
machine learning is the sub￭ field of computer science that gives computers the ability to learn without being explicitly programmed arthur samuel 1959 evolved from the study of pattern recognition and compu￭ tational learning theory in artificial intelligence machine learning explo￭ res the study and construction of algori￭ th￭ ms that can learn from and make predictions on data – such algori￭ th￭ ms overcome following strictly static program instructions by making data driven predictions or decisions through building a model from sample inputs machine learning is employed in a range of computing tasks where designing and programming explicit algori￭ th￭ ms is un￭ feasible example applications include spam filtering optical character recognition oc￭ r search engines and computer vision machine learning is closely related to and often overlaps with compu￭ tational statistics which also focuses in prediction making through the use of computers it has strong ties to mathematical optimi￭ zation which delivers methods theory and application domains to the field machine learning is sometimes con￭ fl￭ ated with data mining where the latter sub￭ field focuses more on exploratory data analysis and is known as un￭ supervised learning within the field of data analy￭ tics machine learning is a method used to devise complex models and algori￭ th￭ ms that lend themselves to prediction in commercial use this is known as predic￭ tive analy￭ tics these analytical models allow researchers data scientists engineers and analysts to produce reliable repe￭ atable decisions and results and uncover hidden insights through learning from historical relationships and trends in the data
macro￭ cephal￭ y is a condition in which the head is abnormally large this includes the scal￭ p the cran￭ ial bone and the contents of the cran￭ ium
macro￭ cephal￭ y cap￭ ill￭ ary mal￭ formation m cm is a multiple mal￭ formation syndrome causing abnormal body and head over￭ growth and cu￭ taneous vascular neuro￭ logic and limb ab￭ norm￭ alities though not every patient has all features commonly found signs include macro￭ cephal￭ y con￭ genital macro￭ som￭ ia extensive cu￭ taneous cap￭ ill￭ ary mal￭ formation na￭ ev￭ us flamm￭ eus or port wine stain type birth￭ mark over much of the body a cap￭ ill￭ ary mal￭ formation of the upper lip or phil￭ tr￭ um is seen in many patients with this condition body asymmetry also called hem￭ i￭ hyper￭ pl￭ asia or hem￭ i￭ hyper￭ tro￭ phy poly￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly or syn￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly of the hands and feet lax joints dough￭ y skin variable developmental delay and other neuro￭ logic problems such as seizures and low muscle tone
macro￭ ch￭ ei￭ lia is a condition of permanent sw￭ elling of the lip that results from greatly dist￭ ended lymp￭ h￭ atic spaces this causes an abnormal lar￭ gen￭ ess of the lips this is sometimes seen in leprosy patients
macro￭ cy￭ to￭ sis is the enlargement of red blood cells with near constant h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in concentration and is defined by a mean corp￭ us￭ cular volume mc￭ v of greater than 100 fem￭ tol￭ it￭ res the precise criterion varies between laboratories the enlarged er￭ y￭ thro￭ cy￭ tes are called macro￭ cy￭ tes or me￭ gal￭ oc￭ y￭ tes both words have roots meaning big cell
macro￭ don￭ tia or meg￭ ad￭ on￭ tia or me￭ gal￭ od￭ on￭ tia is a type of loc￭ alized gig￭ anti￭ sm in which teeth are larger than normal for the particular type s of teeth involved the three types of macro￭ don￭ tia are true generalized macro￭ don￭ tia relative generalized macro￭ don￭ tia and macro￭ don￭ tia of a single tooth true generalized macro￭ don￭ tia is rare macro￭ don￭ tia of a single tooth is more common some kind of macro￭ don￭ tia in the permanent denti￭ tion occurs in 1 1 of the total population it should not be confused with tau￭ ro￭ don￭ tism bull teeth fusion double tooth or the ja￭ ws being relatively small giving the appearance of macro￭ don￭ tia
macro￭ ecology is the sub￭ field of ecology that deals with the study of relationships between organisms and their environment at large spatial scales to characterise and explain statistical patterns of abundance distribution and diversity the term was coined by james brown of the university of new mexico and brian maur￭ er of michigan state university in a 1989 paper in science macro￭ ecology approaches the idea of studying ecosystems using a top down approach it seeks understanding through the study of the properties of the system as a whole kevin gast￭ on and tim black￭ burn make the analogy to seeing the forest for the trees macro￭ ecology examines how global development in climate change affect wildlife populations classic ecological questions amenable to study through the techniques of macro￭ ecology include questions of species richness lati￭ tu￭ d￭ inal gr￭ adi￭ ents in species diversity the species area curve range size body size and species abundance for example the relationship between abundance and range size why species that maintain large local population sizes tend to be widely distributed while species that are less abundant tend to have restricted ranges has received much attention
macro￭ glob￭ ul￭ in￭ emia is the presence of increased levels of macro￭ glob￭ ul￭ ins in the circulating blood it is a plasma cell dys￭ cr￭ asia resembling leuk￭ emia with cells of lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tic plas￭ mac￭ y￭ tic or intermediate mor￭ pho￭ logy which secre￭ te a mono￭ cl￭ onal immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ulin m component there is diffuse infiltr￭ ation by the m￭ align￭ ant cells of the bone marrow and also in many cases of the sp￭ leen liver or lymp￭ h no￭ des the circulating macro￭ glob￭ ulin can produce symptoms of hyper￭ vis￭ cos￭ ity syndrome weakness fatigue bleeding disorders and visual disturbances peak incidence of macro￭ glob￭ ul￭ in￭ emia is in the sixth and seventh decades of life dor￭ land 28 th ed
macro￭ glos￭ sia is the medical term for an unusually large tongue severe enlargement of the tongue can cause cosmetic and functional difficulties in speaking eating sw￭ allowing and sleeping macro￭ glos￭ sia is un￭ common and usually occurs in children there are many causes treatment is dependent upon the exact cause
macro￭ or￭ chi￭ dis￭ m is a disorder found in males where a subject has abnormally large test￭ es the condition is commonly inherited in connection with fragile x syndrome which is also the second most common genetic cause of mental disabilities the opposite side of the spectrum is called micro￭ or￭ chi￭ dis￭ m which is the condition of abnormally small test￭ es other possible eti￭ o￭ logies of macro￭ or￭ chi￭ dis￭ m are long standing primary hypo￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m adren￭ al remnants in con￭ genital adren￭ al hyper￭ pl￭ asia fol￭ lic￭ le stimulating hormone f￭ sh secre￭ ting pit￭ u￭ itary macro￭ aden￭ om￭ as local tumors lymp￭ hom￭ as and arom￭ at￭ ase deficiency
macro￭ p￭ ha￭ gic my￭ of￭ as￭ ci￭ i￭ tis or m￭ m￭ f is a rare muscle disease identified in 1993 the disease is characterized by micro￭ scopic le￭ sions found in muscle biop￭ sies that show infiltr￭ ation of muscle tissue by pas positive macro￭ p￭ ha￭ ges specific causes of m￭ m￭ f are unknown intr￭ amus￭ cular injections aluminium containing vaccines have been implicated many of those affected with the disease had previously been treated for malaria with chloro￭ qu￭ ine or hydroxy￭ chloro￭ qu￭ ine clinical symptoms include muscle pain joint pain muscle weakness fatigue fever and muscle tender￭ ness a diagnosis can only be identified with an open muscle biopsy of the vaccinated muscle studies at the university of paris have shown that m￭ m￭ f le￭ sions result when the aluminum hydrox￭ ide adju￭ v￭ ant from a vaccine remains embedded in the tissue and causes a steady immune reaction
macro￭ p￭ sia also known as me￭ gal￭ op￭ ia is a neuro￭ logical condition affecting human visual perception in which objects within an affected section of the visual field appear larger than normal causing the person to feel smaller than they actually are macro￭ p￭ sia along with its opposite condition micro￭ p￭ sia can be categ￭ orized under dys￭ metro￭ p￭ sia macro￭ p￭ sia is related to other conditions dealing with visual perception such as anis￭ ei￭ k￭ onia and alice in wonder￭ land syndrome ai￭ ws also known as todd ’ s syndrome macro￭ p￭ sia has a wide range of causes from prescription and illicit drugs to migr￭ ain￭ es and rarely complex partial epi￭ le￭ psy and to different re￭ tin￭ al conditions such as epi￭ re￭ tin￭ al memb￭ rane physi￭ o￭ logically re￭ tin￭ al macro￭ p￭ sia results from the compression of con￭ es in the eye it is the compression of recep￭ tor distribution that results in greater stimulation and thus a larger perceived image of an object
in quantum mechanics macro￭ scopic quantum self trapping is a phenomenon occurring in the state of matter called the bo￭ se – einstein condens￭ ate between two super￭ conductors linked by a non conducting barrier known as a jose￭ ph￭ son junction while the tunn￭ eling of a particle through class￭ ically forbidden barriers can be described by the particle s wave function this merely gives the probability of tunn￭ eling although various factors can increase or decrease the probability of tunn￭ eling one can not be certain whether or not tunn￭ eling will occur when two condens￭ ates are placed in a double potential well and the phase and population differences are such that the system is in equilibrium the population difference will remain fixed this is not to say that tunn￭ eling does not occur — rather in the event that a particle tunnels through the barrier another particle tunnels in the opposite direction because the identity of individual particles is lost in that case no tunn￭ eling can be observed and the system is considered to remain at rest
macro￭ stom￭ ia from the greek pre￭ fix mak￭ ro meaning large and from greek στ￭ ό￭ μα mouth refers to a mouth that is unusually wide macro￭ stom￭ ia is characterized as a physical ab￭ normality that causes cle￭ f￭ ts to form on the face of affected individuals these cle￭ f￭ ts can form on either or both sides of the face but they are most commonly seen on the right cheek and have a higher rate of occurrence in males macro￭ stom￭ ia is very irregular and on average occurs only once in every 150 000 to 300 000 live births it s unusual for macro￭ stom￭ ia to occur on its own and it is included as a symptom for many diseases including cran￭ io￭ facial micro￭ som￭ ia the cle￭ f￭ ts result from improper development and fusion of the man￭ di￭ bul￭ ar and max￭ ill￭ ary processes the cle￭ f￭ ts cause problems with facial muscle development the origin of macro￭ stom￭ ia is not yet fully understood it could have multiple causes
macro￭ tia refers to an ear which is larger than would be expected the normal aur￭ icular axis length is 58 – 62 mm among females and 62 – 66 mm among males in some cases surgery ot￭ op￭ la￭ sty is performed to reduce the size
macro￭ vascular disease is a disease of any large macro blood vessels in the body it is a disease of the large blood vessels including the coron￭ ary arter￭ ies the a￭ or￭ ta and the si￭ z￭ able arter￭ ies in the brain and in the limbs this sometimes occurs when a person has had diabetes for a long time fat and blood clo￭ ts build up in the large blood vessels and stick to the vessel walls three common macro￭ vascular diseases are coron￭ ary disease in the heart cere￭ bro￭ vascular disease in the brain and peripheral vascular disease in the limbs macro￭ vascular disease macro￭ an￭ gi￭ opathy refers to a￭ ther￭ os￭ clerosis a￭ ther￭ os￭ clerosis is a form of arter￭ i￭ os￭ clerosis thick￭ ening and hard￭ ening of arter￭ ial walls characterized by pla￭ que deposits of li￭ pi￭ ds fi￭ bro￭ us connec￭ tive tissue calcium and other blood substances a￭ ther￭ os￭ clerosis by definition affects only medium and large arter￭ ies excluding arter￭ i￭ oles macro￭ vascular disease is associated with the development of coron￭ ary artery disease peripheral vascular disease brain attack stroke and increased risk of infection type 2 diabetes is more closely associated with macro￭ vascular diseases than type 1 diabetes peripheral vascular disease and increased risk of infection have important implications in the care of the acutely ill patient
mac￭ ular cor￭ ne￭ al dy￭ stro￭ phy also known as fe￭ hr cor￭ ne￭ al dy￭ stro￭ phy named for german oph￭ thal￭ mo￭ logist osk￭ ar fe￭ hr 18￭ 71 1959 is a rare pathological condition affecting the st￭ roma of cor￭ ne￭ a the first signs are usually noticed in the first decade of life and progress afterwards with op￭ ac￭ ities developing in the cor￭ ne￭ a and attacks of pain the condition was first described by arthur gro￭ en￭ ou￭ w in 1890
mac￭ ular de￭ generation also known as age related mac￭ ular de￭ generation am￭ d or arm￭ d is a medical condition which may result in blurred or no vision in the center of the visual field early on there are often no symptoms over time however some people experience a gradual worsening of vision that may affect one or both eyes while it does not result in complete blindness loss of central vision can make it hard to recognize faces drive read or perform other activities of daily life visual halluc￭ inations may also occur but these do not represent a mental illness mac￭ ular de￭ generation typically occurs in older people genetic factors and smoking also play a role it is due to damage to the mac￭ ula of the re￭ tina diagnosis is by a complete eye exam the severity is divided into early intermediate and late types the late type is additionally divided into dry and wet forms with the dry form making up 90 of cases prevention includes exercising eating well and not smoking antioxid￭ ant vitamins and minerals do not appear to be useful for prevention there is no cure or treatment that returns vision already lost in the wet form anti ve￭ g￭ f medication injected into the eye or less commonly laser co￭ ag￭ ulation or photo￭ dynamic therapy may slow worsening supplements in those who already have the disease may slow progression in 2010 it affected 23 5 million people globally in 2013 moderate to severe disease affected 13 4 million and it is the fourth most common cause of blindness after cat￭ ar￭ acts pre￭ term birth and gl￭ au￭ coma it most commonly occurs in people over the age of fifty and in the united states is the most common cause of vision loss in this age group about 0 4 of people between 50 and 60 have the disease while it occurs in 0 7 of people 60 to 70 2 3 of those 70 to 80 and nearly 12 of people over 80 years old
mac￭ ular e￭ dem￭ a occurs when fluid and protein deposits collect on or under the mac￭ ula of the eye a yellow central area of the re￭ tina and causes it to thick￭ en and swell e￭ dem￭ a the sw￭ elling may distort a person s central vision because the mac￭ ula holds tightly packed con￭ es that provide sharp clear central vision to enable a person to see detail form and color that is directly in the centre of the field of view
a mac￭ ular hole is a small break in the mac￭ ula located in the center of the eye s light sensitive tissue called the re￭ tina
mac￭ ular hypo￭ pl￭ asia also known as fo￭ veal hypo￭ pl￭ asia is a rare medical condition involving the underdevelopment of the mac￭ ula a small area on the re￭ tina the eye s internal surface responsible for seeing in detail mac￭ ular hypo￭ pl￭ asia is often associated with al￭ bin￭ ism
mac￭ ular tel￭ an￭ gi￭ ec￭ ta￭ sia describes two distinct re￭ tin￭ al diseases affecting the mac￭ ula of the eye mac￭ ular tel￭ an￭ gi￭ ec￭ ta￭ sia type 1 and mac￭ ular tel￭ an￭ gi￭ ec￭ ta￭ sia type 2 mac￭ ular tel￭ an￭ gi￭ ec￭ ta￭ sia mac￭ tel type 1 is a very rare disease typically unilateral and usually affecting male patients mac￭ tel type 2 is more frequent than type 1 and generally affects both eyes bilateral it usually affects both sexes equally both types of mac￭ tel should not be confused with age related mac￭ ular de￭ generation am￭ d from which it can be distinguished by symptoms clinical features patho￭ genesis and disease management however both am￭ d and mac￭ tel eventually lead to photo￭ recep￭ tor atro￭ phy and thus loss of central vision the eti￭ ology of both types of mac￭ tel is still unknown and no treatment has been found to be effective to prevent further progression because lost photo￭ recep￭ tors cannot be recovered early diagnosis and treatment appear to be essential to prevent loss of visual function several centers are currently trying to find new diagnostics and treatments to understand the causes and bio￭ chemical reactions in order to halt or counteract the adverse effects mac￭ tel type 2 contemporary research has shown that mac￭ tel type 2 is likely a neuro￭ degenerative disease with secondary changes of the blood vessels of the mac￭ ula although mac￭ tel type 2 has been previously regarded as a rare disease it is in fact probably much more common than previously thought the very subtle nature of the early findings in mac￭ tel mean the diagnoses are often missed by op￭ tom￭ etr￭ ists and general oph￭ thal￭ mo￭ logists due to increased research activity since 2005 many new insights have been gained into this condition since its first description by dr j donald g￭ ass in 1982
a mac￭ ul￭ op￭ ap￭ ular rash is a type of rash characterized by a flat red area on the skin that is covered with small con￭ flu￭ ent bu￭ mps it may only appear red in lighter skin￭ ned people the term mac￭ ul￭ op￭ ap￭ ular is a compound mac￭ ules are small flat dis￭ colored spots on the surface of the skin and pap￭ ules are small raised bu￭ mps it is also described as er￭ y￭ them￭ at￭ ous or red this type of rash is common in several diseases and medical conditions including scar￭ let fever meas￭ les e￭ bol￭ a virus disease rub￭ ella secondary sy￭ phil￭ is con￭ genital sy￭ phil￭ is which is as￭ ymp￭ tomatic the new￭ born may present this type of rash er￭ y￭ thro￭ virus par￭ vo￭ virus b 19 chi￭ kun￭ gun￭ ya alp￭ ha￭ virus zi￭ ka and heat rash it is also a common manifestation of a skin reaction to the antibiotic am￭ ox￭ ic￭ ill￭ in or chem￭ otherapy drugs cu￭ taneous infiltr￭ ation of leuk￭ emic cells may also have this appearance mac￭ ul￭ op￭ ap￭ ular rash is seen in graft versus host disease g￭ v￭ hd developed after a hem￭ ato￭ po￭ ie￭ tic stem cell transplant bone marrow transplant which can be seen within one week or several weeks after the transplant in the case of g￭ v￭ hd the mac￭ ul￭ op￭ ap￭ ular rash may progress to a condition similar to toxic ep￭ id￭ er￭ mal nec￭ rol￭ ysis in addition this is the type of rash that some patients presenting with e￭ bol￭ a virus hemorrha￭ gic e￭ bo z fever will reveal but can be hard to see on dark skin people it is also seen in patients with mar￭ burg hemorrha￭ gic fever a fi￭ lo￭ virus not unlike e￭ bol￭ a this type of rash can be as a result of large doses of ni￭ ac￭ in or no flush ni￭ ac￭ in 2000 – 2500 mg used for the management of low h￭ dl cho￭ le￭ sterol this type of rash can also be a symptom of sea ba￭ ther s eruption this st￭ inging pr￭ uri￭ tic mac￭ ul￭ op￭ ap￭ ular rash affects swim￭ mers in some atlantic loc￭ ales e g florida caribbean long island it is caused by hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity to st￭ ings from the lar￭ v￭ ae of the sea an￭ em￭ one e g ed￭ war￭ d￭ si￭ ella line￭ ate or the th￭ im￭ ble jell￭ y￭ fish lin￭ u￭ che un￭ gu￭ icul￭ ata the rash appears where the bathing suit contacts the skin this type of rash can also be a symptom of acute arsenic in￭ tox￭ ication appearing 2 weeks later
mad hat￭ ter disease or mad hat￭ ter syndrome was an occupational disease among hat￭ makers caused by chronic mercury poisoning it affected those whose fel￭ ting work involved prolonged exposure to mercury vap￭ ors the neuro￭ toxic effects included trem￭ or and the pathological sh￭ y￭ ness and irrit￭ ability characteristic of ere￭ th￭ ism use of in￭ organic mercury in the form of mercur￭ ic nitrate to treat the fur of small animals for the manufacture of felt hats seems to have begun in 17 th century france and from there spread to england by the end of the century with the hu￭ gu￭ en￭ ots by the victori￭ an era the hat￭ ters condition had become proverbial as reflected in popular expressions like mad as a hat￭ ter and hat￭ ters sh￭ akes similar phenomena had been described in st petersburg russia in 1829 in france the national academy of medicine described the health hazards in 18￭ 69 and in 1898 a law was passed to protect hat￭ makers from the risks of mercury exposure in britain mercury poisoning among hat￭ ters had become a r￭ arity by the turn of the 20 th century in the united states where the occupational illness was thoroughly described in new jersey in 18￭ 60 the practice continued until 1941 mercury poisoning in the hat￭ making industries of dan￭ bury connec￭ tic￭ ut gave rise to the expression dan￭ bury sh￭ akes hat￭ makers in tuscany italy were also affected and exposed workers received financial compensation although lewis car￭ roll s icon￭ ic mad hat￭ ter character in alice s adventures in wonder￭ land has often been linked to the occupational hazards of hat￭ making it is thought that the character was directly inspired by the ec￭ centric furniture dealer the￭ oph￭ il￭ us carter
mad￭ al￭ ine many ad￭ al￭ ine is a three layer input hidden output fully connected feed forward artificial ne￭ ural network architecture for classification that uses ad￭ al￭ ine units in its hidden and output layers i e its activation function is the sign function the three layer network uses m￭ emis￭ tors three different training algori￭ th￭ ms for mad￭ al￭ ine networks which cannot be learned using back￭ propagation because the sign function is not differenti￭ able have been suggested called rule i rule ii and rule iii the first of these dates back to 1962 and cannot adapt the weights of the hidden output connection the second training algori￭ thm improved on rule i and was described in 1988 the third rule applied to a modified network with sig￭ mo￭ id acti￭ vations instead of sign￭ um it was later found to be equivalent to back￭ propagation the rule ii training algori￭ thm is based on a principle called minimal disturbance it proceeds by loop￭ ing over training examples then for each example it finds the hidden layer unit ad￭ al￭ ine classi￭ fier with the lowest confidence in its prediction tent￭ atively f￭ lips the sign of the unit accepts or rejects the change based on whether the network s error is reduced stops when the error is zero additionally when fli￭ pping single units signs does not drive the error to zero for a particular example the training algori￭ thm starts fli￭ pping pairs of units signs then tri￭ ples of units etc
mad￭ ar￭ osis is a condition that results in the loss of e￭ yel￭ ashes sometimes eyebro￭ ws the term mad￭ ar￭ osis is greek for the word mad￭ ao which means to fall off it originally was a disease of only losing e￭ yel￭ ashes but it currently is the loss of both e￭ yel￭ ashes and eyebro￭ ws eyebro￭ ws and e￭ yel￭ ashes are both important in the prevention of bacteria and other foreign objects from entering the eye a majority of patients with mad￭ ar￭ osis have leprosy and it was reported that 76 of patients with varying types of leprosy had mad￭ ar￭ osis
mad￭ el￭ ung s de￭ form￭ ity is usually characterized by mal￭ formed w￭ rists and wrist bones accompanied by short stature and is often associated with lé￭ ri we￭ ill dy￭ sch￭ on￭ dro￭ ste￭ osis it has only been recognized within the past hundred years
the mad￭ el￭ ung synthesis is a chemical reaction that produces substituted or un￭ substituted ind￭ oles by the intr￭ am￭ ol￭ ec￭ ular cy￭ cli￭ zation of n phen￭ yl￭ am￭ ides using strong base at high temperature the mad￭ el￭ ung synthesis was reported in 19￭ 12 by walter mad￭ el￭ ung when he observed that 2 phen￭ y￭ lin￭ do￭ le was synthe￭ sized using n benzo￭ yl o t￭ olu￭ id￭ ine and two equivalents of sodium eth￭ oxide in a heated air￭ less reaction common reaction conditions include use of sodium or potassium al￭ ko￭ x￭ ide as base in hex￭ ane or te￭ tra￭ hydro￭ fur￭ an solvents at temperatures ranging between 200 400 ° c a hydro￭ lysis step is also required in the synthesis the mad￭ el￭ ung synthesis is important because it is one of few known reactions that produce ind￭ oles from a base cataly￭ zed thermal cy￭ cli￭ zation of n ac￭ yl o t￭ olu￭ id￭ ines the overall reaction for the mad￭ el￭ ung synthesis follows
ma￭ ff￭ ucci syndrome is a spor￭ adic disease characterized by the presence of multiple en￭ ch￭ on￭ dro￭ mas associated with multiple hem￭ an￭ gi￭ om￭ as also lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ om￭ as may be apparent
the mag￭ il￭ um boat mag￭ il￭ um from sum￭ er￭ ian ma gi l￭ um a ship of the nether￭ world in sum￭ er￭ ian myth￭ ology was one of the valuable items seized by nin￭ ur￭ ta patron god of lag￭ ash in ancient iraq this spoil was hung on an unknown part of his ch￭ ari￭ ot according to the ancient source lines 55 63
mag￭ nes￭ emia is the presence of magnesium in the blood low levels of magnesium causes cardiac ven￭ tric￭ ular arr￭ hy￭ th￭ mia note also seizures are cns arr￭ hy￭ th￭ mia normal value ranges from 1 5 to 2 me￭ q
magnesium deficiency or hypo￭ magnesia not to be confused with hypo￭ mag￭ nes￭ emia refers to inadequate intake of dietary magnesium or impaired absorption of magnesium which can result in numerous symptoms and diseases it is generally corrected by an increase of magnesium in diet oral supplements and in severe cases intra￭ ven￭ ous supplem￭ entation
magnesium has an important role in photo￭ synthesis because it forms the central atom of chlor￭ op￭ hy￭ ll therefore without sufficient amounts of magnesium plants begin to de￭ grade the chlor￭ op￭ hy￭ ll in the old leaves this causes the main symptom of magnesium deficiency chlor￭ osis or yel￭ lowing between leaf ve￭ ins which stay green giving the leaves a mar￭ bled appearance due to magnesium ’ s mobile nature the plant will first break down chlor￭ op￭ hy￭ ll in older leaves and transport the mg to younger leaves which have greater photo￭ synthetic needs therefore the first sign of magnesium deficiency is the chlor￭ osis of old leaves which progres￭ ses to the young leaves as the deficiency continues magnesium also is a necessary activ￭ ator for many critical enzymes including ri￭ bul￭ os￭ bi￭ phosphate car￭ box￭ yl￭ ase rub￭ isco and phosp￭ ho￭ en￭ ol￭ py￭ ru￭ v￭ ate car￭ box￭ yl￭ ase pe￭ pc both essential enzymes in carbon fixation thus low amounts of mg lead to a decrease in photo￭ synthetic and enz￭ ym￭ atic activity within the plants magnesium is also crucial in stabilizing ri￭ bo￭ some structures hence a lack of magnesium causes de￭ poly￭ mer￭ ization of ri￭ bo￭ som￭ es leading to pre mature aging of the plant after prolonged magnesium deficiency necro￭ sis and dropping of older leaves occurs plants deficient in magnesium also produce smaller woo￭ di￭ er fruits magnesium deficiency may be confused with zinc or chlorine deficiencies viruses or natural ageing since all have similar symptoms adding ep￭ som salts as a solution of 25 grams per lit￭ er or 4 oz per gal or crushed do￭ lo￭ mi￭ tic lime￭ stone to the soil can rectify magnesium deficiencies for a more organic solution applying home made com￭ post mul￭ ch can prevent le￭ aching during excessive rainfall and provide plants with sufficient amounts of nutrients including magnesium
magnetic catal￭ ysis is a physics phenomenon which is defined as an enhancement of dynam￭ ical sym￭ metry breaking by an external magnetic field in quantum field theory used for the description of quantum particles qu￭ asi￭ particles in sub￭ atomic physics as well as in condens￭ ed matter physics the underlying phenomenon is a consequence of the strong tendency of a magnetic field to enhance binding of op￭ pos￭ itely charged particles into bound states the “ cataly￭ zing ” effect comes from a partial restriction dimensional reduction of the motion of charged particles in the directions per￭ pend￭ icular to the direction of the magnetic field commonly the magnetic catal￭ ysis is specifically associated with spontaneous breaking of flavor or chir￭ al sym￭ metry in quantum field theory which is enhanced or triggered by the presence of an external magnetic field
magnetic deviation is the error induced in a compass by local magnetic fields which must be allowed for along with magnetic dec￭ lin￭ ation if accurate bearings are to be calculated more loosely magnetic deviation is used by some to mean the same as magnetic dec￭ lin￭ ation this article is about the former meaning
a magnetic field is the magnetic effect of electric currents and magnetic materials the magnetic field at any given point is specified by both a direction and a magnitude or strength as such it is a vector field the term is used for two distinct but closely related fields den￭ oted by the symbols b and h where h is measured in units of am￭ peres per meter symbol a · m − 1 or a m in the si b is measured in tes￭ las symbol t note that although the symbol is capital t tes￭ la is written in lower case in the si system and new￭ tons per meter per amp￭ ere symbol n · m − 1 · a − 1 or n m · a in the si b is most commonly defined in terms of the lo￭ ren￭ tz force it exer￭ ts on moving electric charges magnetic fields can be produced by moving electric charges and the intrinsic magnetic moments of elementary particles associated with a fundamental quantum property their spin in special rel￭ ativity electric and magnetic fields are two inter￭ related aspects of a single object called the electromagnetic t￭ ens￭ or the split of this t￭ ens￭ or into electric and magnetic fields depends on the relative velocity of the observer and charge in quantum physics the electromagnetic field is quan￭ tized and electromagnetic interactions result from the exchange of pho￭ tons in everyday life magnetic fields are most often encountered as a force created by permanent magne￭ ts which pull on fer￭ ro￭ magnetic materials such as iron co￭ bal￭ t or nickel and attract or repe￭ l other magne￭ ts magnetic fields are widely used throughout modern technology particularly in electrical engineering and electro￭ mechanics the earth produces its own magnetic field which is important in navigation and it shields the earth s atmosphere from solar wind rotating magnetic fields are used in both electric motors and generators magnetic forces give information about the charge carriers in a material through the hall effect the interaction of magnetic fields in electric devices such as transformers is studied in the discipline of magnetic circuits
magnetic resonance imaging burn also known as an m￭ ri burn is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by first second or third degree burns due to metal or wire contact with skin creating a closed loop conduc￭ tion system
in telecommunication magne￭ to ion￭ ic double ref￭ r￭ action is the combined effect of the earth s magnetic field and atmospheric ion￭ ization whereby a lin￭ early pol￭ arized wave entering the ion￭ o￭ sphere is split into two components called the ordinary wave and extraordinary wave the component waves follow different paths experience different attenu￭ ations have different phase vel￭ o￭ cities and in general are el￭ lip￭ tically pol￭ arized in opposite senses the critical frequency of the extraordinary wave is always greater than the critical frequency of the ordinary wave i e the wave in absence of the magnetic field by the amount approximately equal to 5 times of gy￭ ro frequency the am￭ pl￭ itude of extraordinary wave is dependent on the earth magnetic field at that particular point beside splitting the polarization of the incident radio wave is also effected by this phenomena because the electr￭ on that were earlier in simple harmon￭ ic motion only are now in spiral motion too due to the magnetic field
ma￭ ha￭ ga￭ uri dev￭ nag￭ ari म￭ ह￭ ा￭ ग￭ ौ￭ र￭ ी is the eighth manifestation of goddess d￭ urg￭ a and amongst the nav￭ ad￭ urg￭ as ma￭ ha￭ ga￭ uri is wor￭ shipped on the eighth day of nav￭ rat￭ ri according to hindu myth￭ ology goddess ma￭ ha￭ ga￭ uri has the power to fulfill all the desires of her devo￭ tees the one who wor￭ ships the goddess gets relief from all the suffer￭ ings in life ma￭ ha￭ ga￭ uri has four arms her right arm is in the pose of all￭ aying fear and right lower hand holds a tri￭ dent in it she holds a t￭ amb￭ our￭ ine in her left upper arm and the lower one is in the form of a blessing
the ma￭ ill￭ ard reaction ma￭ ɪ￭ ˈ￭ j￭ ɑ￭ ː￭ r my yar french pron￭ unciation ​ maj￭ a￭ ʁ is a chemical reaction between amino acids and reducing sugars that gives brow￭ ned food its desirable flavor se￭ ared ste￭ aks pan fried dum￭ pl￭ ings cookies and other kinds of biscu￭ its b￭ reads to￭ asted marsh￭ m￭ allows and many other foods undergo this reaction it is named after french chem￭ ist louis cam￭ ille ma￭ ill￭ ard who first described it in 19￭ 12 while attempting to reproduce biological protein synthesis the reaction is a form of non enz￭ ym￭ atic brow￭ ning which typically proceeds rapidly from around 140 to 165 ° c 284 to 329 ° f at higher temperatures car￭ ame￭ li￭ zation and subsequently pyro￭ lysis become more pronounced the reactive carbon￭ yl group of the sugar reacts with the nucle￭ oph￭ il￭ ic amino group of the amino acid and forms a complex mixture of poorly characterized molecules responsible for a range of od￭ ors and flav￭ ors this process is accelerated in an al￭ kal￭ ine environment e g l￭ ye applied to dar￭ ken pret￭ z￭ els see l￭ ye roll as the amino groups r￭ n￭ h 3 are de￭ pro￭ ton￭ ated and hence have an increased nucle￭ oph￭ il￭ icity the type of the amino acid determines the resulting flavor this reaction is the basis of the flav￭ oring industry at high temperatures a potential carcin￭ o￭ gen called ac￭ r￭ yl￭ amide can be formed in the process hundreds of different flavor compounds are created these compounds in turn break down to form yet more new flavor compounds and so on each type of food has a very distinctive set of flavor compounds that are formed during the ma￭ ill￭ ard reaction it is these same compounds that flavor scientists have used over the years to make artificial flav￭ ors
in the design of experiments and analysis of variance a main effect is the effect of an independent variable on a dependent variable averaging across the levels of any other independent variables the term is frequently used in the context of fac￭ torial designs and regression models to distinguish main effects from interaction effects relative to a fac￭ torial design under an analysis of variance a main effect test will test the hypo￭ theses expected such as h 0 the null hypothesis running a hypothesis for a main effect will test whether there is evidence of an effect of different treatments however a main effect test is non￭ specific and will not allow for a loc￭ alization of specific mean p￭ air￭ wise comparisons simple effects a main effect test will merely look at whether overall there is something about a particular factor that is making a difference in other words a test examining differences amongst the levels of a single factor averaging over the other factor and or factors main effects are essentially the overall effect of a factor
the ma￭ is￭ onn￭ eu￭ ve frac￭ ture is a spiral frac￭ ture of the proxim￭ al third of the fi￭ bul￭ a associated with a tear of the dis￭ tal ti￭ bio￭ fi￭ bul￭ ar syn￭ des￭ mo￭ sis and the inter￭ osse￭ ous memb￭ rane there is an associated frac￭ ture of the medi￭ al mal￭ le￭ ol￭ us or rupture of the deep del￭ to￭ id lig￭ ament this type of injury can be difficult to detect the ma￭ is￭ onn￭ eu￭ ve frac￭ ture is similar to the gale￭ az￭ zi frac￭ ture in the sense that there is an important lig￭ am￭ ent￭ ous disruption in association with the frac￭ ture the frac￭ ture is named after the surgeon jules ger￭ main françois ma￭ is￭ onn￭ eu￭ ve
maize lethal necro￭ sis disease mln disease ml￭ nd corn lethal necro￭ sis is a disease affecting maize corn chiefly in east africa it s caused by infection with two viruses mc￭ mo￭ v maize chlor￭ otic mo￭ ttle virus and one from the po￭ ty￭ vi￭ ri￭ da￭ e group m￭ d￭ mv maize dwarf mo￭ saic virus w￭ sm￭ v wheat stre￭ ak mo￭ saic virus sc￭ mv su￭ gar￭ cane mo￭ saic virus and the like in late 2014 it was reported that ml￭ nd could cut kenya s maize production by as much as 30 in early march 2015 the middle of the rainy season losses were estimated at 10
maj￭ e￭ ed syndrome is an inherited skin disorder characterized by chronic recurrent multi￭ focal o￭ ste￭ om￭ ye￭ li￭ tis con￭ genital dy￭ ser￭ y￭ thro￭ po￭ ie￭ tic an￭ emia and a neu￭ tro￭ phil￭ ic der￭ mat￭ osis it is classified as an auto￭ infl￭ am￭ matory bone disorder the condition is found in people with two defective copies auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive inheritance of the l￭ pin 2 gene l￭ pin 2 en￭ codes li￭ pin 2 which is involved in lip￭ id metabol￭ ism the patho￭ genesis of this mutation with the clinical manifestations has not been elu￭ ci￭ dated
maj￭ e￭ wski s poly￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly syndrome also known as poly￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly with ne￭ on￭ atal ch￭ on￭ dro￭ dy￭ stro￭ phy type i short ri￭ b poly￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly syndrome type ii and short ri￭ b poly￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly syndrome is a lethal form of ne￭ on￭ atal dwar￭ f￭ ism characterized by o￭ ste￭ och￭ on￭ dro￭ dys￭ pl￭ asia sk￭ el￭ etal ab￭ norm￭ alities in the development of bone and car￭ til￭ age with a narrow thor￭ ax poly￭ syn￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly disproportionately short ti￭ bi￭ ae thor￭ ax dys￭ pl￭ asia hypo￭ plastic lungs and respiratory in￭ sufficiency associated anomalies include pro￭ tru￭ ding ab￭ dom￭ en br￭ ach￭ y￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly peculiar faces hypo￭ plastic ep￭ ig￭ lot￭ tis cardiovascular defects ren￭ al cy￭ sts and also genital anomalies death occurs before or at birth the disease is inherited in an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive pattern it was characterized in 1971
maj￭ oc￭ chi s disease also known as pur￭ pur￭ a annul￭ aris tel￭ an￭ gi￭ ec￭ to￭ des and pur￭ pur￭ a annul￭ aris tel￭ an￭ gi￭ ec￭ to￭ des of maj￭ oc￭ chi is a skin condition characterized by blu￭ ish red 1 to 3 cm ann￭ ular pat￭ ches composed of dark red tel￭ an￭ gi￭ ec￭ t￭ ases with pe￭ tec￭ hi￭ ae
major depres￭ sive disorder m￭ dd also known as simply depression is a mental disorder characterized by at least two weeks of low mood that is present across most situations it is often accompanied by low self esteem loss of interest in normally enjo￭ y￭ able activities low energy and pain without a clear cause people may also occasionally have false beliefs or see or hear things that others cannot some people have periods of depression separated by years in which they are normal while others nearly always have symptoms present major depres￭ sive disorder can negatively affects a person s family work or school life sleeping or eating habits and general health between 2 7 of adults with major depression die by suicide and up to 60 of people who die by suicide had depression or another mood disorder the cause is believed to be a combination of genetic environmental and psychological factors risk factors include a family history of the condition major life changes certain medications chronic health problems and substance abuse about 40 of the risk appears to be related to genetics the diagnosis of major depres￭ sive disorder is based on the person s reported experiences and a mental status examination there is no laboratory test for major depression testing however may be done to rule out physical conditions that can cause similar symptoms major depression should be differentiated from sadness which is a normal part of life and is less severe the united states preventive services task force us￭ p￭ st￭ f recommends screening for depression among those over the age 12 while a prior co￭ ch￭ rane review found insufficient evidence for screening typically people are treated with counselling and anti￭ depres￭ sant medication medication appears to be effective but the effect may only be significant in the most severely depressed it is unclear whether medications affect the risk of suicide types of counselling used include cognitive behavioral therapy c￭ bt and inter￭ personal therapy if other measures are not effective electro￭ con￭ vul￭ sive therapy ect may be tried hosp￭ itali￭ zation may be necessary in cases with a risk of harm to self and may occasionally occur against a person s wishes major depres￭ sive disorder affected approximately 253 million 3 6 of people in 2013 the percentage of people who are affected at one point in their life varies from 7 in japan to 21 in france lifetime rates are higher in the developed world 15 compared to the developing world 11 it causes the second most years lived with disability after low back pain the most common time of onset is in a person in their 20 s and 30 s females are affected about twice as often as males the american psychiatric association added major depres￭ sive disorder to the diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders dsm iii in 1980 it was a split of the previous depres￭ sive neuro￭ sis in the dsm ii which also encomp￭ assed the conditions now known as dys￭ thy￭ mia and adjustment disorder with depressed mood those currently or previously affected may be stigmati￭ zed
a major depres￭ sive episode is a period characterized by the symptoms of major depres￭ sive disorder primarily depressed mood for two weeks or more and a loss of interest or pleasure in everyday activities accompanied by other symptoms such as feelings of emp￭ tin￭ ess hopelessness anxiety worth￭ lessness guilt and or irrit￭ ability changes in appetite problems concentrating remembering details or making decisions and thoughts of or attempts at suicide in￭ som￭ nia or hyper￭ som￭ nia aches pains or dig￭ estive problems that are resistant to treatment may also be present the description has been formalised in psychiatric diagnostic criteria such as the dsm 5 and ic￭ d 10 significant emotional pain and economic costs are associated with depression in the united states and canada the costs associated with major depression are comparable to those related to heart disease diabetes and back problems and are greater than the costs of hyper￭ tension according to the nordic journal of psychiatry there is a direct correlation between major depres￭ sive episode and unemployment treatments for a major depres￭ sive episode include exercise psycho￭ therapy and anti￭ depres￭ s￭ ants although in more serious cases hosp￭ itali￭ zation or intensive out￭ patient treatment may be required there are many theories as to how depression occurs one interpretation is that neuro￭ transmitters in the brain are out of balance and this results in feelings of worth￭ lessness and despair magnetic resonance imaging shows that brains of people who have depression look different than the brains of people not exhi￭ biting signs of depression a family history of depression increases the chance of being diagnosed
major trauma is any injury that has the potential to cause prolonged disability or death there are many causes of major trauma blunt and penetr￭ ating including falls motor vehicle collis￭ ions and stab￭ bing and gunshot wounds depending on the severity of injury quick management and transport to an appropriate medical facility called a trauma center may be necessary to prevent loss of life or limb the initial assessment involves a physical evaluation and can also include the use of imaging tools to accurately determine a type of injury and to formulate a course of treatment various classification scales exist for use with trauma to determine the severity of injuries which is used to determine the resources used and for statistical collection the initial assessment is critical in determining the extent of injuries and what will be needed to manage an injury and treating immediate life threats in 2002 un￭ intentional and intentional injuries were the fifth and seventh leading causes of deaths worldwide accounting for 6 23 and 2 84 of all deaths for research purposes the definition is often based on an injury severity score iss of greater than 15
the majority problem or density classification task is the problem of finding one dimensional cellular autom￭ aton rules that accurately perform majority voting using local transition rules cells cannot know the total count of all the ones in system in order to count the number of ones or by sym￭ metry the number of zer￭ os the system requires a log￭ arith￭ mic number of bits in the total size of the system it also requires the system send messages over a distance linear in the size of the system and for the system to recognize a non regular language thus this problem is an important test case in measuring the compu￭ tational power of cellular autom￭ aton systems
a ma￭ ke￭ over is changing one s appearance often using cosmetics and hair sty￭ ling ma￭ ke￭ overs can range from something as simple as a new haircut to the use of cosmetic surgery to the extreme of the implan￭ tation of dental vene￭ ers eye color changing contact l￭ enses and the use of appearance altering ga￭ str￭ ic bypass sur￭ ger￭ ies providing massive permanent fat loss in ob￭ ese persons and the associated plastic sur￭ ger￭ ies such as ab￭ domin￭ op￭ la￭ sty to eliminate the resulting loose hanging skin fol￭ ds the pann￭ icul￭ us a ma￭ ke￭ under is based on the opposite principle removing artificial enhan￭ cements to a person s appearance to give a more natural look
the theat￭ r￭ ical term entrance is the appearance of a character on screen or stage the term making an entrance commonly refers to entran￭ ces that are particularly prominent or attention grabbing some theat￭ r￭ ical entran￭ ces mark the first appearance of a character others show a character entering a scene for the first time
mal de deb￭ ar￭ qu￭ ement or mal de dé￭ bar￭ qu￭ ement syndrome m￭ d￭ ds or common name dis￭ embark￭ ment syndrome is a rare neuro￭ logical condition usually occurring after a cruise aircraft flight or other sustained motion event the phrase mal de dé￭ bar￭ qu￭ ement is french for sickness from dis￭ embarkation m￭ d￭ ds is typically diagnosed by a neuro￭ logist or an ear nose throat specialist when a person reports a persistent roc￭ king sw￭ aying or bo￭ bbing feeling though they are not necessarily roc￭ king this usually follows a cruise or other motion experience because most vesti￭ bu￭ le testing proves to be negative doctors may be baff￭ led as they attempt to diagnose this rare neuro￭ logical syndrome a major diagnostic indicator is that most patients feel better while driving or riding in a car or while in passive motion the syndrome has recently received increased attention due to the number of people presenting with the condition and more scientific research has commenced now for a number of years to determine what triggers m￭ d￭ ds and how to cure it
mal mor￭ ando is a cu￭ taneous condition caused by on￭ cho￭ cer￭ ci￭ asis characterized by infl￭ amm￭ ation that is accompanied by hyper￭ pi￭ gm￭ entation
mal￭ absorption is a state arising from ab￭ normality in absorption of food nutrients across the gastro￭ intest￭ inal gi tract impairment can be of single or multiple nutrients depending on the ab￭ normality this may lead to malnutrition and a variety of ana￭ emi￭ as normally the human gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract dig￭ ests and absor￭ bs dietary nutrients with remarkable efficiency a typical western diet ing￭ ested by an adult includes approximately 100 g of fat 400 g of carbo￭ hydrate 100 g of protein 2 l of fluid and the required sodium potassium chloride calcium vitamins and other elements sali￭ vary ga￭ str￭ ic intest￭ inal he￭ p￭ atic and pan￭ cre￭ atic secre￭ tions add an additional 7 – 8 l of protein lip￭ id and electro￭ ly￭ te containing fluid to intest￭ inal contents this massive load is reduced by the small and large intest￭ ines to less than 200 g of sto￭ ol that contains less than 8 g of fat 1 – 2 g of nitrogen and less than 20 m￭ mol each of na k cl – h￭ co 3 – ca 2 or mg 2 if there is impairment of any of the many steps involved in the complex process of nutrient dig￭ estion and absorption intest￭ inal mal￭ absorption may ensue if the ab￭ normality involves a single step in the absor￭ ptive process as in primary lact￭ ase deficiency or if the disease process is limited to the very proxim￭ al small intest￭ ine selective mal￭ absorption of only a single nutrient may occur however generalized mal￭ absorption of multiple dietary nutrients develops when the disease process is extensive thus disturbing several dig￭ estive and absor￭ ptive processes as occurs in co￭ eli￭ ac disease with extensive involvement of the small intest￭ ine
a mal￭ adaptation ˌ￭ m￭ æ￭ l￭ æ￭ d￭ æ￭ p￭ ˈ￭ te￭ ɪ￭ ʃ￭ ə￭ n is a trait that is or has become more harmful than helpful in contrast with an adaptation which is more helpful than harmful all organisms from bacteria to humans display mal￭ adap￭ tive and adap￭ tive traits in animals including humans adap￭ tive behaviors contrast with mal￭ adap￭ tive ones like adaptation mal￭ adaptation may be viewed as occurring over geological time or within the lifetime of one individual or a group it can also signify an adaptation that whilst reasonable at the time has become less and less suitable and more of a problem or hindrance in its own right as time goes on this is because it is possible for an adaptation to be poorly selected or become less appropriate or even become on balance more of a dysfunction than a positive adaptation over time note that the concept of mal￭ adaptation as initially discussed in a late 19 th century context is based on a flawed view of evolutionary theory it was believed that an inherent tendency for an organism s adaptations to degenerate would translate into mal￭ adaptations and soon become crippling if not wee￭ ded out see also eu￭ gen￭ ics in reality the advantages conferred by any one adaptation are rarely decisive for survival on its own but rather balanced against other syner￭ g￭ istic and antagon￭ istic adaptations which consequently cannot change without affecting others in other words it is usually impossible to gain an advantageous adaptation without incurring mal￭ adaptations consider a seemingly trivial example it is apparently extremely hard for an animal to evolve the ability to breathe well in air and in water better adapting to one means being less able to do the other
mal￭ ak￭ op￭ la￭ k￭ ia or mala￭ co￭ pl￭ ak￭ ia from greek mal￭ ako soft pl￭ ako pla￭ que is a rare infl￭ am￭ matory condition which makes its presence known as a pap￭ ule pla￭ que or ul￭ cer￭ ation that usually affects the gen￭ it￭ our￭ inary tract however it may also be associated with other bodily organs it was initially described in the early 20 th century as soft yel￭ low￭ ish pl￭ aqu￭ es found on the mu￭ co￭ sa of the ur￭ inary blad￭ der micro￭ sco￭ p￭ ically it is characterized by the presence of fo￭ amy his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ tes with bas￭ oph￭ il￭ ic inclu￭ sions called mic￭ ha￭ el￭ is – gu￭ tmann bodies it usually involves gram negative bacteria
malaria is a mosquito borne infectious disease affecting humans and other animals caused by par￭ asi￭ tic proto￭ zo￭ ans a group of single cel￭ led micro￭ organisms belonging to the plas￭ modi￭ um type malaria causes symptoms that typically include fever fatigue v￭ om￭ iting and headaches in severe cases it can cause yellow skin seizures coma or death symptoms usually begin ten to fifteen days after being bit￭ ten if not properly treated people may have recur￭ ren￭ ces of the disease months later in those who have recently survived an infection re￭ infection usually causes mil￭ der symptoms this partial resistance disappears over months to years if the person has no continuing exposure to malaria the disease is most commonly transmitted by an infected female an￭ op￭ hel￭ es mosquito the mosquito bite introduces the parasites from the mosquito s sali￭ va into a person s blood the parasites travel to the liver where they mature and reproduce five species of plas￭ modi￭ um can infect and be spread by humans most deaths are caused by p fal￭ ci￭ par￭ um because p vi￭ va￭ x p o￭ val￭ e and p mal￭ ari￭ ae generally cause a mil￭ der form of malaria the species p knowle￭ si rarely causes disease in humans malaria is typically diagnosed by the micro￭ scopic examination of blood using blood films or with antigen based rapid diagnostic tests methods that use the poly￭ mer￭ ase chain reaction to detect the parasite s dna have been developed but are not widely used in areas where malaria is common due to their cost and complexity the risk of disease can be reduced by preventing mosquito bites through the use of mosquito nets and insect rep￭ ell￭ ents or with mosquito control measures such as spraying insectic￭ ides and draining standing water several medications are available to prevent malaria in travellers to areas where the disease is common occasional doses of the medication sul￭ f￭ ad￭ ox￭ ine py￭ ri￭ meth￭ amine are recommended in infants and after the first trim￭ ester of pregnancy in areas with high rates of malaria despite a need no effective vaccine exists although efforts to develop one are ongoing the recommended treatment for malaria is a combination of anti￭ mal￭ arial medications that includes an art￭ emis￭ in￭ in the second medication may be either me￭ flo￭ qu￭ ine lu￭ me￭ fan￭ tr￭ ine or sul￭ f￭ ad￭ ox￭ ine py￭ ri￭ meth￭ amine quin￭ ine along with do￭ xy￭ cycl￭ ine may be used if an art￭ emis￭ in￭ in is not available it is recommended that in areas where the disease is common malaria is confirmed if possible before treatment is started due to concerns of increasing drug resistance resistance among the parasites has developed to several anti￭ mal￭ arial medications for example chloro￭ qu￭ ine resistant p fal￭ ci￭ par￭ um has spread to most mal￭ arial areas and resistance to art￭ emis￭ in￭ in has become a problem in some parts of southeast asia the disease is widespread in the tropical and sub￭ tropical regions that exist in a broad band around the equ￭ ator this includes much of sub saharan africa asia and latin america in 2015 there were 214 million cases of malaria worldwide resulting in an estimated 438 000 deaths 90 of which occurred in africa rates of disease have decreased from 2000 to 2015 by 37 but increased from 2014 during which there were 198 million cases malaria is commonly associated with poverty and has a major negative effect on economic development in africa it is estimated to result in losses of us 12 billion a year due to increased healthcare costs lost ability to work and negative effects on tourism
malaysian contemporary music or art music not￭ ated music is an artistic phenomenon within malaysia that has its roots in the 1980 s with pioneer compos￭ ers like val￭ erie ross however little information about that period exists in written sources the gen￭ re gained visibility and momentum only in the new millennium due to the internet phenomenon and in 2002 in particular when the malaysian phil￭ harmon￭ ic orchestra mp￭ o programmed several works by malaysian compos￭ ers namely ch￭ ong kee y￭ ong s echoed dream 2002 sun￭ e￭ tra fernando s way￭ ang 2002 and ta￭ zu￭ l iz￭ an ta￭ jud￭ din s se￭ bu￭ ah ten￭ un￭ an iii 2003 they represent the first local commissions by a professional symp￭ hon￭ y orchestra in the country interest in orchestr￭ al music by malaysian compos￭ ers grew and when the orchestra held its first forum for malaysian compos￭ ers in 2003 the event was a triumph for the local music scene
male accessory g￭ land infection mag￭ i also known as male accessory g￭ land infl￭ amm￭ ation is a condition with signs of infl￭ amm￭ ation involving one or more sites in the male genital tract diagnosis is made according to parameters defined by the world health organisation and it is particularly made in relation to infectious or infl￭ am￭ matory causes of male in￭ fertility although it is usually caused by infection spreading from the u￭ re￭ th￭ ra non infectious causes also exist
male breast cancer male breast ne￭ op￭ las￭ m is a rare cancer in males that originates from the breast many males with breast cancer have inherited a brca mutation but there are other causes including alcohol abuse and exposure to certain hormones and ionizing radiation as it presents a similar path￭ ology as female breast cancer assessment and treatment relies on experiences and guidelines that have been developed in female patients the optimal treatment is currently not known
a male genital disease is a condition that affects the male reproductive system an example is or￭ chi￭ tis
in the nineteenth and early twentieth century female hysteria was a common psychiatric diagnosis made primarily in women the existence and nature of a pur￭ ported male hysteria hysteria mascul￭ ina was a debated topic around the turn of the century the notion of male hysteria was initially connected to the post traumatic disorder known as railway sp￭ ine later it became associated with war neuro￭ sis
male in￭ fertility refers to a male s inability to cause pregnancy in a fertile female in humans it accounts for 40 50 of in￭ fertility it affects approximately 7 of all men male in￭ fertility is commonly due to deficiencies in the semen and semen quality is used as a sur￭ rogate measure of male f￭ ec￭ und￭ ity
a mal￭ form￭ ative syndrome or mal￭ formation syndrome is a recogniz￭ able pattern of con￭ genital anomalies that are known or thought to be caus￭ ally related vi￭ ith international congress on human genetics
a mal￭ gai￭ gne frac￭ ture is vertical pel￭ vic frac￭ ture with bilateral sacro￭ ili￭ ac dis￭ location and frac￭ ture of the pu￭ bic r￭ ami it is named for joseph françois mal￭ gai￭ gne
a m￭ align￭ ant acro￭ spi￭ roma also known as hi￭ dr￭ aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma and spir￭ aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma is a sweat g￭ land carcin￭ oma of the hand which may recur locally in 50 of patients after exc￭ ision with distant me￭ tast￭ ases occurring in 60 of patients
m￭ align￭ ant ec￭ tom￭ es￭ en￭ ch￭ y￭ mom￭ a is a rare fast growing tumor of the nervous system or soft tissue that occurs in children and young adults m￭ align￭ ant ec￭ tom￭ es￭ en￭ ch￭ y￭ mom￭ as may form in the head and neck ab￭ dom￭ en per￭ in￭ eu￭ m scro￭ tum or limbs also called ec￭ tom￭ es￭ en￭ ch￭ y￭ mom￭ a
m￭ align￭ ant fi￭ bro￭ us cy￭ tom￭ a is a soft tissue sar￭ coma that usually occurs in the limbs most commonly the legs and may also occur in the ab￭ dom￭ en also called m￭ align￭ ant fi￭ bro￭ us his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ tom￭ a
m￭ align￭ ant his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis also known as his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ tic med￭ ul￭ l￭ ary re￭ ticul￭ osis is a rare hereditary disease found in the bern￭ ese mountain dog and humans characterized by his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ tic infiltr￭ ation of the lungs and lymp￭ h no￭ des the liver sp￭ leen and central nervous system can also be affected his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ tes are a component of the immune system that prolifer￭ ate abnormally in this disease in addition to its importance in veterinary medicine the condition is also important in human path￭ ology
m￭ align￭ ant hyper￭ ther￭ mia m￭ h or m￭ align￭ ant hyper￭ py￭ re￭ x￭ ia is a rare life threatening condition that is usually triggered by exposure to certain drugs used for general an￭ esthesia — specifically the volatile an￭ esthetic agents and succ￭ in￭ yl￭ ch￭ oline a neuro￭ muscular blocking agent in susceptible individuals these drugs can induce a drastic and uncontrolled increase in oxid￭ ative metabol￭ ism in sk￭ el￭ etal muscle which overwhel￭ ms the body s capacity to supply oxygen remove carbon dioxide and regulate body temperature eventually leading to circul￭ atory collapse and death if not immediately treated suscep￭ tibility to m￭ h is often inherited as an auto￭ som￭ al dominant disorder for which there are at least 6 genetic loc￭ i of interest most prominently the ry￭ an￭ od￭ ine recep￭ tor gene ry￭ r 1 m￭ h suscep￭ tibility is phen￭ o￭ typically and genetically related to central core disease cc￭ d an auto￭ som￭ al dominant disorder characterized both by m￭ h signs and my￭ opathy m￭ h is usually revealed upon or shortly after exposure to certain general an￭ esthetic agents there is no simple straightforward test to diagnose the condition treatment with dan￭ tro￭ lene and other drugs is usually initiated when m￭ h is strongly suspected dan￭ tro￭ lene and the avoidance of triggering agents in susceptible people have markedly reduced the mortality from this condition
m￭ align￭ ant men￭ ing￭ i￭ oma is a rare fast growing tumor that forms in one of the inner layers of the men￭ inges thin layers of tissue that cover and protect the brain and spinal cord m￭ align￭ ant men￭ ing￭ i￭ oma often spreads to other areas of the body the world health organization classification system defines both grade ii and grade iii men￭ ing￭ i￭ om￭ as as m￭ align￭ ant historically his￭ to￭ logical sub￭ types have also been used in classification including clear cell who grade ii chor￭ do￭ id who grade ii r￭ hab￭ do￭ id who grade iii and pap￭ ill￭ ary who grade iii benign or low grade men￭ ing￭ i￭ om￭ as who grade i include men￭ in￭ go￭ the￭ li￭ al fi￭ bro￭ us transitional p￭ sam￭ mom￭ at￭ ous an￭ gi￭ om￭ at￭ ous micro￭ c￭ ys￭ tic secre￭ tory lymp￭ hop￭ las￭ mac￭ y￭ te rich and met￭ ap￭ l￭ astic
a m￭ align￭ ant mixed tumor also known as a m￭ align￭ ant ch￭ on￭ dro￭ id syr￭ ing￭ oma is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by a tumor that favors the trunk and extre￭ mi￭ ties
m￭ align￭ ant nar￭ c￭ iss￭ ism is a psychological syndrome comprising an extreme mix of nar￭ c￭ iss￭ ism anti￭ social personality disorder aggression and sad￭ ism often grandiose and always ready to raise hostility levels the m￭ align￭ ant nar￭ c￭ iss￭ ist undermines organizations in which they are involved and de￭ human￭ izes the people with whom they associate m￭ align￭ ant nar￭ c￭ iss￭ ism is a hypothetical experimental diagnostic category nar￭ cis￭ sis￭ tic personality disorder is found in the diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders dsm iv tr while m￭ align￭ ant nar￭ c￭ iss￭ ism is not as a hypothetical syndrome m￭ align￭ ant nar￭ c￭ iss￭ ism could include aspects of nar￭ cis￭ sis￭ tic personality disorder as well as paranoia the importance of m￭ align￭ ant nar￭ c￭ iss￭ ism and of projection as a defense mechanism has been confirmed in paranoia as well as the patient s vulnerability to m￭ align￭ ant nar￭ cis￭ sis￭ tic regression
a m￭ align￭ ant peripheral nerve she￭ ath tumor mp￭ n￭ st also known as m￭ align￭ ant sch￭ wan￭ no￭ ma neuro￭ fi￭ bro￭ sar￭ coma and neuro￭ sar￭ coma is a form of cancer of the connec￭ tive tissue surrounding nerves given its origin and behavior it is classified as a sar￭ coma about half the cases are diagnosed in people with neuro￭ fi￭ bro￭ mat￭ osis the lifetime risk for an mp￭ n￭ st in patients with neuro￭ fi￭ bro￭ mat￭ osis type 1 is 8 13 mp￭ n￭ st with r￭ hab￭ dom￭ yo￭ bl￭ ast￭ om￭ at￭ ous component are called m￭ align￭ ant tr￭ it￭ on tumors the first line treatment is surgical res￭ ection with wide margins chem￭ otherapy e g high dose do￭ x￭ or￭ u￭ bic￭ in and often radi￭ otherapy are done as adju￭ v￭ ant and or neo￭ adju￭ v￭ ant treatment
m￭ align￭ ant pilo￭ matri￭ coma also known as a pilo￭ mat￭ r￭ ical carcin￭ oma and pilo￭ matrix carcin￭ oma is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by a locally aggressive tumor composed of hair matrix cells
m￭ align￭ ant ple￭ ural eff￭ usion is a condition in which cancer causes an abnormal amount of fluid to collect between the thin layers of tissue ple￭ ura lining the outside of the lung and the wall of the chest cav￭ ity lung cancer and breast cancer account for about 50 65 of m￭ align￭ ant ple￭ ural eff￭ u￭ sions other common causes include ple￭ ural mes￭ o￭ the￭ li￭ oma and lymp￭ homa
m￭ align￭ ant r￭ hab￭ do￭ id tum￭ our mr￭ t is a very aggressive form of tum￭ our originally described as a variant of wil￭ ms tum￭ our which is primarily a kidney tum￭ our that occurs mainly in children mr￭ t was first described as a variant of wil￭ ms tum￭ our of the kidney in 1978 mr￭ ts are a rare and highly m￭ align￭ ant childhood ne￭ op￭ las￭ m later r￭ hab￭ do￭ id tum￭ ours outside the kidney were reported in many tissues including the liver soft tissue and the central nervous system several cases of primary in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial mr￭ t have been reported since its recognition as a separate entity in 1978 the term r￭ hab￭ do￭ id was used due to its similarity with r￭ hab￭ dom￭ y￭ os￭ ar￭ coma under the light micro￭ scope the exact patho￭ genesis of mr￭ t is unknown the cere￭ bell￭ um is the most common location for primary in￭ trac￭ ere￭ br￭ al mr￭ t i e at rt bi￭ ggs et al were first to report a primary in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial mr￭ t around 1987 although the cell of origin is not known cy￭ to￭ genetic studies have suggested a common genetic basis for r￭ hab￭ do￭ id tum￭ ours regardless of location with ab￭ norm￭ alities in chro￭ mo￭ some 22 commonly occurring
mal￭ ing￭ ering is fabric￭ ating or exagger￭ ating the symptoms of mental or physical disorders for a variety of secondary gain motives which may include financial compensation often tied to fraud avoiding school work or military service obtaining drugs getting lighter criminal sentences or simply to attract attention or sympathy mal￭ ing￭ ering is different from som￭ ati￭ zation disorder and fac￭ ti￭ tious disorder failure to detect actual cases of mal￭ ing￭ ering imposes a substantial economic burden on the health care system and false attribution of mal￭ ing￭ ering imposes a substantial burden of suffering on a significant proportion of the patient population according to the texas department of insurance fraud that includes mal￭ ing￭ ering costs the u s insurance industry approximately 150 billion each year
post￭ traumatic stress disorder pt￭ s￭ d is an anxiety disorder that may develop after an individual experiences a traumatic event in the united states the social security administration and the department of veterans affairs each offer disability compensation programs that provide benefits for qualified individuals with mental disorders including pt￭ s￭ d because of the substantial benefits available to individuals with a confirmed pt￭ s￭ d diagnosis which causes occupational impairment the distinct possibility of type i errors false positive results exists some of which are due to mal￭ ing￭ ering of pt￭ s￭ d
mal￭ let guy sign is a medical sign to detect signs of pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis it is named after pierre mal￭ let guy
in medicine mal￭ let finger also baseball finger dropped finger dolphin finger virgin finger h￭ annan finger pl￭ f finger and more generally ext￭ ens￭ or tend￭ on injury is an injury of the ext￭ ens￭ or dig￭ it￭ orum tend￭ on of the fingers at the dis￭ tal inter￭ p￭ hal￭ ange￭ al joint dip it results from hyper￭ fl￭ ex￭ ion of the ext￭ ens￭ or dig￭ it￭ orum tend￭ on and usually occurs when a ball such as a sof￭ t￭ ball basketball vol￭ ley￭ ball or do￭ dge￭ ball while being caught hits an out￭ stretched finger and jams it creating a rup￭ tured or stretched ext￭ ens￭ or dig￭ it￭ orum tend￭ on mal￭ let finger can be caused by a blunt force on the dip patients who are diagnosed with mal￭ let finger have an inability to extend their finger and experience pain and num￭ b￭ ness depending on how severe the injury is the patient can be prescribed medication in order to prevent infection also most mal￭ let finger injuries can be treated without surgery once a patient has been struck with mal￭ let finger ice should be applied immediately and the patient ’ s arm should be elevated above the heart in order to reduce blood circulation to the fingers this is because this reduces infl￭ amm￭ ation which causes further damage the patient should be seen by a doctor within a week after the injury treatment options include surgery or putting the finger in a mal￭ let spl￭ int for 6 to 8 weeks or extension block k wire for 4 weeks the spl￭ int allows the tend￭ on to return to normal length if the finger is bent during these weeks the healing process must start all over again surgery is used to re￭ attach the tend￭ on and is usually performed within a week of the injury patients that present with mal￭ let finger will have pain at the dip joint and will be unable to extend the joint it should be determined via radio￭ graph if the ext￭ ens￭ or dig￭ it￭ orum tend￭ on has av￭ ul￭ sed from the p￭ hal￭ an￭ x which will require surgical intervention to re￭ attach the tend￭ on and should be done within 10 days of the injury surgical treatment is used when the mal￭ let finger presents as an open injury or if the bon￭ y mal￭ let involves more than 30 of the artic￭ ular surface of the joint if passive extension cannot be achieved surgery will put the finger in a neutral position and drill a wire through the dip to the pi￭ p forcing im￭ mobilization and eliminating patient compliance for re injury x ray showing frac￭ ture at the insertion of the ext￭ ens￭ or tend￭ on a mal￭ let finger without an associated frac￭ ture an example of a spl￭ int for mal￭ let finger lateral view a spl￭ int for mal￭ let finger
mall￭ ory – we￭ iss syndrome or ga￭ stro es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al lac￭ eration syndrome refers to bleeding from a lac￭ eration in the mu￭ co￭ sa at the junction of the stomach and es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus this is usually caused by severe v￭ om￭ iting because of alcoholism or bu￭ li￭ mia but can be caused by any conditions which causes violent v￭ om￭ iting and ret￭ ching such as food poisoning the syndrome presents with painful hem￭ at￭ em￭ esis the lac￭ eration is sometimes referred to as a mall￭ ory we￭ iss tear
the malm￭ qu￭ ist bias is an effect in observ￭ ational astro￭ no￭ my which leads to the preferential detection of intrinsically bright objects it was first described in 19￭ 22 by swedish astro￭ no￭ mer gun￭ nar malm￭ qu￭ ist 18￭ 93 – 1982 who then greatly elaborated upon this work in 19￭ 25 in statistics this bias is referred to as a selection bias and affects the survey results in a bri￭ ght￭ ness limited survey where stars below a certain apparent bri￭ ght￭ ness are not included since observed stars and galax￭ ies appear dim￭ mer when farther away the bri￭ ght￭ ness that is measured will fall off with distance until their bri￭ ght￭ ness falls below the observ￭ ational threshold objects which are more lumin￭ ous or intrinsically brighter can be observed at a greater distance creating a false trend of increasing intrinsic bri￭ ght￭ ness and other related quantities with distance this effect has led to many sp￭ urious claims in the field of astro￭ no￭ my properly correcting for these effects has become an area of great focus
malnutrition or mal￭ nour￭ ishment is a condition that results from eating a diet in which nutrients are either not enough or are too much such that the diet causes health problems it may involve cal￭ ories protein carbo￭ hydr￭ ates vitamins or minerals not enough nutrients is called under￭ nutrition or under￭ nour￭ ishment while too much is called overn￭ u￭ tri￭ tion malnutrition is often used specifically to refer to under￭ nutrition where there is not enough cal￭ ories protein or mic￭ ron￭ u￭ tri￭ ents if under￭ nutrition occurs during pregnancy or before two years of age it may result in permanent problems with physical and mental development extreme under￭ nour￭ ishment known as starvation may have symptoms that include a short height thin body very poor energy levels and sw￭ oll￭ en legs and ab￭ dom￭ en people also often get infections and are frequently cold the symptoms of mic￭ ron￭ u￭ tri￭ ent deficiencies depend on the mic￭ ron￭ u￭ tri￭ ent that is lacking under￭ nour￭ ishment is most often due to not enough high quality food being available to eat this is often related to high food prices and poverty a lack of breastfeeding may contribute as may a number of infectious diseases such as gastro￭ enter￭ i￭ tis pneumonia malaria and meas￭ les which increase nutrient requirements there are two main types of under￭ nutrition protein energy malnutrition and dietary deficiencies protein energy malnutrition has two severe forms mar￭ as￭ mus a lack of protein and cal￭ ories and k￭ was￭ hi￭ or￭ k￭ or a lack of just protein common mic￭ ron￭ u￭ tri￭ ent deficiencies include a lack of iron i￭ od￭ ine and vitamin a during pregnancy due to the body s increased need deficiencies may become more common in some developing countries overn￭ u￭ tri￭ tion in the form of obesity is beginning to present within the same communities as under￭ nutrition other causes of malnutrition include an￭ ore￭ x￭ ia ner￭ vo￭ sa and b￭ ari￭ atric surgery efforts to improve nutrition are some of the most effective forms of development aid breastfeeding can reduce rates of malnutrition and death in children and efforts to promote the practice increase the rates of breastfeeding in young children providing food in addition to breast￭ milk between six months and two years of age improves outcomes there is also good evidence supporting the supplem￭ entation of a number of mic￭ ron￭ u￭ tri￭ ents to women during pregnancy and among young children in the developing world to get food to people who need it most both delivering food and providing money so people can buy food within local markets are effective simply feeding students at school is insufficient management of severe malnutrition within the person s home with ready to use therapeutic foods is possible much of the time in those who have severe malnutrition complicated by other health problems treatment in a hospital setting is recommended this often involves managing low blood sugar and body temperature addressing dehydr￭ ation and gradual feeding routine antibiotics are usually recommended due to the high risk of infection longer term measures include improving agricultural practices reducing poverty improving sanitation and the empowerment of women there were 793 million under￭ nourished people in the world in 2015 13 of the total population this is a reduction of 216 million people since 1990 when 23 were under￭ nourished in 2012 it was estimated that another billion people had a lack of vitamins and minerals in 2013 protein energy malnutrition was estimated to have resulted in 469 000 deaths — down from 510 000 deaths in 1990 other nutritional deficiencies which include i￭ od￭ ine deficiency and iron deficiency an￭ emia result in another 84 000 deaths in 2010 malnutrition was the cause of 1 4 of all disability adjusted life years about a third of deaths in children are believed to be due to under￭ nutrition although the deaths are rarely labelled as such in 2010 it was estimated to have contributed to about 1 5 million deaths in women and children though some estimate the number may be greater than 3 million an additional 165 million children were estimated to have stun￭ ted growth from malnutrition in 2013 under￭ nutrition is more common in developing countries certain groups have higher rates of under￭ nutrition including women — in particular while pregnant or breastfeeding — children under five years of age and the elderly in the elderly under￭ nutrition becomes more common due to physical psychological and social factors
malnutrition is a condition that affects bodily capacities of an individual including growth pregnancy lac￭ tation resistance to illness and cognitive and physical development malnutrition is commonly used in reference to under￭ nour￭ ishment or a condition in which an individual s diet does not include sufficient cal￭ ories and proteins to sustain physiological needs but it also includes overn￭ our￭ ishment or the consumption of excess cal￭ ories other terms exist to describe the specific effects of malnutrition on the body stun￭ ting refers to low height for age with reference to a population of healthy children it is an indicator of chronic malnutrition and high stun￭ ting levels are associated with poor socioeconomic conditions and a greater risk of exposure to adverse conditions such as illness wasting refers to low weight for height with reference to a population of healthy children in most cases it reflects a recent and acute weight loss associated with famine or disease unicef statistics collected between 2008 and 2012 indicate that the level of stun￭ ting in peru is 19 5 the percentage of the population that is under￭ weight is 4 1 and 9 8 of the population is overweight the physical effects of stun￭ ting are permanent as children are unlikely to regain the loss in height and corresponding weight stun￭ ting can also have adverse effects on cognitive development school performance adult productivity and income and maternal reproductive outcome the problem of stun￭ ting is most prevalent in the high￭ land and jungle regions of peru disproportionately affecting rural areas within these regions
malnutrition – infl￭ amm￭ ation complex syndrome abbreviated as m￭ ics and also known as malnutrition – infl￭ amm￭ ation – c￭ ach￭ ex￭ ia syndrome is a common condition in chronic disease states such as chronic kidney disease where it is also known as u￭ rem￭ ic malnutrition or protein – energy malnutrition and chronic heart failure the m￭ ics is believed to be a cause of survival paradox￭ es seen in these distinct patient populations also known as reverse epidemiology populations
a mal￭ oc￭ clu￭ sion is a mis￭ alignment or incorrect relation between the teeth of the two dental ar￭ ches when they approach each other as the ja￭ ws close the term was coined by edward angle the father of modern orth￭ od￭ on￭ tics as a derivative of oc￭ clu￭ sion which refers to the manner in which opposing teeth meet mal oc￭ clu￭ sion incorrect oc￭ clu￭ sion
the mal￭ onic ester synthesis is a chemical reaction where di￭ ethyl mal￭ on￭ ate or another ester of mal￭ onic acid is al￭ k￭ yl￭ ated at the carbon alpha directly adjacent to both carbon￭ yl groups and then converted to a substituted acetic acid the major drawback of mal￭ onic ester synthesis is that the al￭ k￭ yl￭ ation stage can also produce dial￭ k￭ yl￭ ated structures this makes separation of products difficult and yields lower mal￭ onic ester synthesis
mal￭ on￭ yl co￭ a dec￭ ar￭ box￭ yl￭ ase deficiency mc￭ d or mal￭ onic ac￭ id￭ ur￭ ia is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive metabol￭ ic disorder caused by a genetic mutation that disrup￭ ts the activity of mal￭ on￭ yl co￭ a dec￭ ar￭ box￭ yl￭ ase this enzyme breaks down mal￭ on￭ yl co￭ a a fatty acid precursor and a fatty acid oxid￭ ation bloc￭ ker into ace￭ ty￭ l co￭ a and carbon dioxide
mal￭ ou￭ f syndrome also known as cong￭ estive cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy hyper￭ gon￭ ad￭ o￭ tropic hypo￭ gon￭ ad￭ ism syndrome is a con￭ genital disorder that causes one or more of the following symptoms mental retar￭ dation o￭ vari￭ an dys￭ genesis cong￭ estive cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy broad nas￭ al base ble￭ phar￭ op￭ to￭ sis and bone ab￭ norm￭ alities and occasionally mar￭ fan￭ o￭ id habit￭ us tall stature with long and thin limbs little sub￭ cu￭ taneous fat ar￭ ach￭ no￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly joint hyper￭ extension narrow face small chin large test￭ es and hy￭ pot￭ onia this disease is named after j mal￭ ou￭ f who performed a case study on a family suffering from this disease in 1985
mal￭ pu￭ ech facial cle￭ f￭ ting syndrome also called mal￭ pu￭ ech syndrome or gypsy type facial cle￭ f￭ ting syndrome is a rare con￭ genital syndrome it is characterized by facial cle￭ f￭ ting any type of cle￭ ft in the bones and tissues of the face including a cle￭ ft lip and pal￭ ate a c￭ aud￭ al append￭ age a human tail growth deficiency intellectual and developmental disability and ab￭ norm￭ alities of the ren￭ al system kidneys and the male gen￭ italia ab￭ norm￭ alities of the heart and other sk￭ el￭ etal mal￭ formations may also be present the syndrome was initially described by guil￭ li￭ au￭ me mal￭ pu￭ ech and associates in 1983 it is thought to be genetically related to ju￭ berg hay￭ ward syndrome mal￭ pu￭ ech syndrome has also been considered as part of a spectrum of con￭ genital genetic disorders associated with similar facial u￭ ro￭ genital and sk￭ el￭ etal anomalies termed 3 mc syndrome this proposed spectrum includes mal￭ pu￭ ech michel￭ s and min￭ ga￭ relli car￭ ne￭ val￭ e osa syndro￭ mes mutations in the coll￭ ec 11 and mas￭ p 1 genes are believed to be a cause of these syndro￭ mes the incidence of mal￭ pu￭ ech syndrome is unknown the pattern of inheritance is auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive which means a defective mut￭ ated gene associated with the syndrome is located on an auto￭ some and the syndrome occurs when two copies of this defective gene are inherited
mal￭ um per￭ for￭ ans also known as neuro￭ troph￭ ic ul￭ cer and troph￭ ic ul￭ cer is a long lasting usually pain￭ less ul￭ cer that penetr￭ ates deep into or through the skin usually on the sole of the foot in which case it may be called mal￭ um per￭ for￭ ans ped￭ is it is often a complic￭ ation in diabetes mell￭ it￭ us and other conditions affecting the nerves
a mal￭ union is when a fractu￭ red bone doesn ’ t heal properly some ways that it shows is by having the bone being twisted shorter or bent mal￭ unions can occur by having the bones improperly aligned when im￭ mobilized having the cast taken off too early or never seeking medical treatment after the break mal￭ unions are painful and commonly produce sw￭ elling around the area possible im￭ mobilization and deterioration of the bone and tissue
most mammals are vivi￭ par￭ ous giving birth to live young however the five species of mono￭ tre￭ me the plat￭ y￭ p￭ uses and the ec￭ hi￭ d￭ nas lay eggs the mono￭ tre￭ mes have a sex determination system different from that of most other mammals in particular the sex chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es of a plat￭ y￭ p￭ us are more like those of a chicken than those of a ther￭ ian mamm￭ al the mam￭ mary g￭ lands of mammals are specialized to produce milk a liquid used by new￭ bor￭ ns as their primary source of nutrition the mono￭ tre￭ mes bran￭ ched early from other mammals and do not have the nip￭ ples seen in most mammals but they do have mam￭ mary g￭ lands the young lick the milk from a mam￭ mary patch on the mother s belly vivi￭ par￭ ous mammals are in the sub￭ class ther￭ ia those living today are in the mar￭ sup￭ ial and plac￭ ental infr￭ ac￭ l￭ asses a mar￭ sup￭ ial has a short gest￭ ation period typically shorter than its est￭ rous cycle and gives birth to an un￭ developed new￭ born that then under￭ goes further development in many species this takes place within a p￭ ouch like s￭ ac the mar￭ sup￭ ium located in the front of the mother s ab￭ dom￭ en the plac￭ ent￭ als give birth to complete and fully developed young usually after long gest￭ ation periods
mam￭ mary my￭ o￭ fi￭ bro￭ bl￭ ast￭ oma abbreviated m￭ m￭ f￭ b aka war￭ got￭ z tumor is a rare benign tumor of the breast
a mam￭ mary tumor is a tumor originating in the mam￭ mary g￭ land it is a common finding in older female dogs and cats that are not sp￭ ayed but they are found in other animals as well the mam￭ mary g￭ lands in dogs and cats are associated with their nip￭ ples and extend from the under￭ side of the chest to the gro￭ in on both sides of the mid￭ line there are many differences between mam￭ mary tumors in animals and breast cancer in humans including tumor type m￭ align￭ ancy and treatment options the prevalence in dogs is about three times that of women in dogs mam￭ mary tumors are the second most common tumor after skin tumors over all and the most common tumor in female dogs with a reported incidence of 3 4 multiple studies have documented that sp￭ aying female dogs when young greatly decreases their risk of developing mam￭ mary ne￭ op￭ la￭ sia when aged compared with female dogs left intact those sp￭ ayed before pu￭ ber￭ ty have 0 5 of the risk those sp￭ ayed after one est￭ rous cycle have 8 0 of the risk and dogs sp￭ ayed after two est￭ rous cycles have 26 0 of the risk of developing mam￭ mary ne￭ op￭ la￭ sia later in life overall un￭ sp￭ ayed female dogs have a seven times greater risk of developing mam￭ mary ne￭ op￭ la￭ sia than do those that are sp￭ ayed while the benefit of sp￭ aying decreases with each est￭ rous cycle some benefit has been demonstrated in female dogs even up to 9 years of age there is a much lower risk about 1 percent in male dogs and a risk in cats about half that of dogs
mamm￭ op￭ la￭ sia is the normal or spontaneous enlargement of the breasts mamm￭ op￭ la￭ sia occurs normally during pu￭ ber￭ ty and pregnancy in women as well as during certain periods of the men￭ str￭ ual cycle when it occurs in males it is called gy￭ ne￭ com￭ as￭ tia and is considered to be pathological when it occurs in females and is extremely excessive it is called macro￭ mas￭ tia also known as gigan￭ tom￭ as￭ tia or breast hyper￭ tro￭ phy and is similarly considered to be pathological mamm￭ op￭ la￭ sia may be due to breast eng￭ org￭ ement which is temporary enlargement of the breasts caused by the production and storage of breast milk in association with lac￭ tation and or galac￭ tor￭ rhe￭ a excessive or inappropriate production of milk ma￭ st￭ od￭ y￭ nia breast tender￭ ness pain frequently co occurs with mamm￭ op￭ la￭ sia during the lu￭ teal phase latter half of the men￭ str￭ ual cycle due to increased mam￭ mary blood flow and or pre￭ men￭ str￭ ual fluid retention caused by high circulating concentrations of estro￭ gen and or prog￭ est￭ er￭ one the breasts temporarily increase in size and this is experienced by women as ful￭ l￭ ness heav￭ iness sw￭ oll￭ en￭ ness and a ting￭ ling sensation mamm￭ op￭ la￭ sia can be an effect or side effect of various drugs including est￭ rog￭ ens anti￭ and￭ rog￭ ens such as spi￭ ro￭ no￭ lac￭ tone cy￭ pro￭ ter￭ one acetate bic￭ al￭ ut￭ amide and fin￭ aster￭ ide growth hormone and drugs that elev￭ ate pro￭ l￭ acti￭ n levels such as d 2 recep￭ tor antagon￭ ists like anti￭ psycho￭ tics e g ris￭ peri￭ done me￭ to￭ cl￭ op￭ ram￭ ide and dom￭ peri￭ done and certain anti￭ depres￭ s￭ ants like selective sero￭ ton￭ in re￭ uptake inhi￭ bit￭ ors ss￭ ris and tric￭ ycl￭ ic anti￭ depres￭ s￭ ants t￭ cas the risk appears to be less with sero￭ ton￭ in no￭ rep￭ in￭ eph￭ rine re￭ uptake inhi￭ bit￭ ors sn￭ ris like ven￭ laf￭ ax￭ ine the atypical anti￭ depres￭ s￭ ants mir￭ ta￭ zap￭ ine and bu￭ prop￭ ion do not increase pro￭ l￭ acti￭ n levels bu￭ prop￭ ion may actually decrease pro￭ l￭ acti￭ n levels and hence there may be no risk with these agents other drugs that have been associated with mamm￭ op￭ la￭ sia include d pen￭ ic￭ ill￭ amine bu￭ ci￭ ll￭ amine neo￭ the￭ ta￭ zone cic￭ los￭ por￭ in ind￭ in￭ avi￭ r marijuana and ci￭ me￭ ti￭ dine a 1997 study found an association between the ss￭ ris and mamm￭ op￭ la￭ sia in 23 39 of its 59 female participants studies have also found associations between ss￭ ris and galac￭ tor￭ rhe￭ a these side effects seem to be due to hyper￭ pro￭ lac￭ tin￭ emia elevated pro￭ l￭ acti￭ n levels induced by these drugs an effect that appears to be caused by sero￭ ton￭ in medi￭ ated inhi￭ bi￭ tion of tuber￭ o￭ in￭ fun￭ di￭ bul￭ ar dop￭ am￭ iner￭ gic neurons that inhibit pro￭ l￭ acti￭ n secre￭ tion it is noteworthy that the mamm￭ op￭ la￭ sia these drugs can cause has been found to be highly correlated with concomitant weight gain in the 1997 study 83 of those who experienced weight gain also experienced mamm￭ op￭ la￭ sia while only 30 of those who did not experience weight gain experienced mamm￭ op￭ la￭ sia the mamm￭ op￭ la￭ sia associated with ss￭ ris is reported to be reversible with drug dis￭ continuation ss￭ ris have notably been associated with a modestly increased risk of breast cancer this is in accordance with the fact that higher pro￭ l￭ acti￭ n levels have been associated with increased breast cancer risk in pu￭ ber￭ ty induc￭ tion with hormone replacement therapy hrt in hrt for trans women and in hormonal breast enhancement mamm￭ op￭ la￭ sia may be a desired effect
a man hour is the amount of work performed by the average worker in one hour it is used in written estimates for estimation of the total amount of uninterrupted labour required to perform a task for example researching and writing a college paper might require twenty man hours preparing a family ban￭ quet from scratch might require ten man hours man hours do not take account of the breaks that people generally require from work e g for rest eating and other bodily functions they only count pure labour managers count the man hours and add break time to estimate the amount of time a task will actually take to complete thus while one college course s written paper might require twenty man hours to carry out it almost certainly will not get done in twenty consecutive hours its progress will be interrupted by work for other courses meals sleep and other dis￭ tr￭ actions
management or managing is the administration of an organization whether it be a business a not for profit organization or government body management includes the activities of setting the strategy of an organization and coordinating the efforts of its employees or volunteers to accomplish its objectives through the application of available resources such as financial natural technological and human resources the term management may also refer to the people who manage an organization management is also an academic discipline a social science whose objective is to study social organization and organizational leadership management is studied at colleges and universities some important degrees in management are the bachelor of commerce b com and master of business administration m b a and for the public sector the master of public administration mp￭ a degree individuals who aim at becoming management researchers or professors may complete the doctor of business administration d￭ ba or the ph￭ d in business administration or management there are three levels of managers which are typically organized in a hierarchical pyramid structure senior managers such as the board of directors chief executive officer ceo or president of an organization set the strategic goals of the organization and make decisions on how the overall organization will operate senior managers provide direction to the middle managers who report to them middle managers examples of which would include branch managers regional managers and section managers provide direction to front line managers middle managers communicate the strategic goals of senior management to the front line managers lower managers such as supervisors and front line team leaders oversee the work of regular employees or volunteers in some voluntary organizations and provide direction on their work
multiple sclerosis ms is a chronic infl￭ am￭ matory dem￭ yel￭ inating disease that affects the central nervous system cns several therapies for exist although there is no known cure the most common initial course of the disease is the relap￭ sing re￭ mitting subtype which is characterized by unpredictable attacks relap￭ ses followed by periods of relative remission with no new signs of disease activity after some years many of the people who have this subtype begin to experience neuro￭ logic decline without acute relap￭ ses when this happens it is called secondary progressive multiple sclerosis other less common courses of the disease are the primary progressive decline from the beginning without attacks and the progressive relap￭ sing steady neuro￭ logic decline and super￭ imposed attacks different therapies are used for patients experiencing acute attacks for patients who have the relap￭ sing re￭ mitting subtype for patients who have the progressive sub￭ types for patients without a diagnosis of ms who have a dem￭ yel￭ inating event and for managing the various consequences of ms the primary aims of therapy are returning function after an attack preventing new attacks and preventing disability as with any medical treatment medications used in the management of ms may have several adverse effects and many possible therapies are still under investigation at the same time different alternative treatments are pursued by many people despite the fact that there is little supporting comparable replic￭ ated scientific study stem cell therapy is being studied this article focuses on therapies for standard ms borderline forms of ms have particular treatments that are excluded
man￭ di￭ bul￭ ar frac￭ ture also known as frac￭ ture of the jaw is a break through the man￭ di￭ bul￭ ar bone in about 60 of cases the break occurs in two places it may result in a decreased ability to fully open the mouth often the teeth will not feel properly aligned or there may be bleeding of the g￭ ums man￭ di￭ bul￭ ar fractu￭ res occur most commonly among males in their 30 s man￭ di￭ bul￭ ar fractu￭ res are typically the result of trauma this can include a fall onto the chin or a hit from the side rarely they may be due to o￭ ste￭ on￭ ec￭ ro￭ sis or tumors in the bone the most common area of frac￭ ture is at the con￭ dy￭ le 36 body 21 angle 20 and symp￭ h￭ ysis 14 while a diagnosis can occasionally be made with plain x ray modern ct sc￭ ans are more accurate immediate surgery is not necessarily required occasionally people may go home and follow up for surgery in the next few days a number of surgical techniques may be used including max￭ il￭ lo￭ man￭ di￭ bul￭ ar fixation and open reduction internal fixation or￭ if people are often put on antibiotics such as pen￭ ic￭ ill￭ in for a brief period of time the evidence to support this practice however is poor
man￭ di￭ bul￭ o￭ ac￭ ral dys￭ pl￭ asia is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive syndrome characterized by man￭ di￭ bul￭ ar hypo￭ pl￭ asia delayed cran￭ ial su￭ ture closure dys￭ plastic cla￭ vic￭ les abbreviated and club shaped terminal p￭ hal￭ anges acro￭ o￭ ste￭ ol￭ ysis atro￭ phy of the skin of the hands and feet and typical facial changes types include
man￭ g￭ anese medi￭ ated coupling reactions are radical coupling reactions between en￭ oli￭ z￭ able carbon￭ yl compounds and un￭ saturated compounds initiated by a man￭ g￭ anese iii salt typically man￭ g￭ anese iii acetate copper ii acetate is sometimes used as a co oxid￭ ant to assist in the oxid￭ ation of intermediate radicals to carbo￭ c￭ ations
man￭ g￭ anese mn deficiency is a plant disorder that is often confused with and occurs with iron deficiency most common in poorly drained soils also where organic matter levels are high man￭ g￭ anese may be unavailable to plants where ph is high affected plants include on￭ ion apple peas french beans cherry and rasp￭ berry and symptoms include yel￭ lowing of leaves with smallest leaf ve￭ ins remaining green to produce a ‘ chequ￭ ered ’ effect the plant may seem to grow away from the problem so that youn￭ ger￭ leaves may appear to be unaffected brown spots may appear on leaf surfaces and severely affected leaves turn brown and wi￭ ther prevention can be achieved by improving soil structure do not over lime
man￭ g￭ anism or man￭ g￭ anese poisoning is a toxic condition resulting from chronic exposure to man￭ g￭ anese it was first identified in 18￭ 37 by james coup￭ er
man￭ ge ˈ￭ me￭ ɪ￭ n￭ d￭ ʒ is a class of skin diseases caused by par￭ asi￭ tic mit￭ es since mit￭ es also infect plants birds and repti￭ les the term man￭ ge suggesting poor condition of the ha￭ iry coat due to the infection is sometimes reserved only for pathological m￭ ite inf￭ est￭ ation of non￭ human mammals thus man￭ ge includes m￭ ite associated skin disease in domestic animals cats and dogs in livestock such as sheep sc￭ ab and in wild animals for example co￭ yo￭ tes cou￭ gars and bears since mit￭ es belong to the ar￭ ach￭ ni￭ d sub￭ class ac￭ ari also called ac￭ ar￭ ina another term for m￭ ite inf￭ est￭ ation is ac￭ ari￭ asis par￭ asi￭ tic mit￭ es that cause man￭ ge in mammals emb￭ ed themselves either in skin or hair fol￭ lic￭ les in the animal depending upon their genus sar￭ cop￭ tes spp bur￭ row into skin while demo￭ dex spp live in fol￭ lic￭ les in humans these two types of m￭ ite infections which would otherwise be known as man￭ ge in fur￭ ry mammals are instead known respectively as s￭ cab￭ ies and demo￭ di￭ co￭ sis
man￭ gl￭ er is a software design pattern a man￭ gl￭ er is a pattern that performs multiple operations over a series of data similar to the map￭ reduce function inside of big￭ table and amazon s dynam￭ o typically a man￭ gl￭ er is fed a series of maps from which it performs its internal operations and passes its internal state data to an external filter a typical usage of the man￭ gl￭ er pattern is during internal search operations when par￭ sing a qu￭ ery from an end user the system will try and strip out a series of un needed to￭ k￭ ens re￭ assemb￭ ling the original qu￭ ery into a more usable functional qu￭ ery an important distinction between the man￭ gl￭ er and other patterns is the modify in place optimi￭ zation pione￭ ered by the pattern s creator this pattern was created by dr john watson during his tenure at trans￭ union s research and development lab
man￭ hole cover theft is the phenomenon of man￭ hole covers being stolen usually for resale as scrap long considered to be a chil￭ dish pr￭ ank or simple vand￭ alism this type of theft is often expensive to municipalities and dangerous to their residents in recent years the theft of man￭ hole covers for financial reasons i e to sell them when scrap metal prices are high has also become more common
mani￭ fold vacuum or engine vacuum in an internal combustion engine is the difference in air pressure between the engine s intake mani￭ fold and earth s atmosphere mani￭ fold vacuum is an effect of a pist￭ on s movement on the induc￭ tion stroke and the cho￭ ked flow through a thro￭ ttle in the intake mani￭ fold of an engine it is a measure of the amount of restriction of air￭ flow through the engine and hence of the unused power capacity in the engine in some engines the mani￭ fold vacuum is also used as an auxiliary power source to drive engine accessories and for the cran￭ k￭ case ventilation system mani￭ fold vacuum should not be confused with vent￭ uri vacuum which is an effect exploited in car￭ bu￭ re￭ tors to establish a pressure difference roughly proportional to mass air￭ flow and to maintain a somewhat constant air fuel ratio it is also used in light air￭ planes to provide air￭ flow for pneumatic gy￭ ro￭ scopic instruments
the mann￭ ich reaction is an organic reaction which consists of an amino al￭ k￭ yl￭ ation of an ac￭ id￭ ic prot￭ on placed next to a carbon￭ yl functional group by form￭ alde￭ hyde and a primary or secondary amine or ammonia the final product is a β amino carbon￭ yl compound also known as a mann￭ ich base reactions between al￭ di￭ mines and α meth￭ ylene carbon￭ y￭ ls are also considered mann￭ ich reactions because these im￭ ines form between am￭ ines and alde￭ hy￭ des the reaction is named after chem￭ ist carl mann￭ ich scheme 1 ammonia or an amine reacts with form￭ alde￭ hyde and an alpha ac￭ id￭ ic prot￭ on of a carbon￭ yl compound to a beta amino carbon￭ yl compound the mann￭ ich reaction is an example of nucle￭ oph￭ il￭ ic addition of an amine to a carbon￭ yl group followed by dehydr￭ ation to the schi￭ ff base the schi￭ ff base is an electro￭ phi￭ le which reacts in the second step in an electro￭ phil￭ ic addition with a compound containing an ac￭ id￭ ic prot￭ on which is or had become an en￭ ol the mann￭ ich reaction is also considered a condens￭ ation reaction in the mann￭ ich reaction primary or secondary am￭ ines or ammonia are employed for the activation of form￭ alde￭ hyde tertiary am￭ ines lack an n – h prot￭ on to form the intermediate en￭ amine α ch ac￭ id￭ ic compounds nucle￭ oph￭ iles include carbon￭ yl compounds nit￭ ri￭ les ace￭ ty￭ len￭ es ali￭ ph￭ atic nit￭ ro compounds α al￭ ky￭ l py￭ rid￭ ines or im￭ ines it is also possible to use activated phen￭ yl groups and electr￭ on rich heter￭ oc￭ ycles such as fur￭ an py￭ r￭ role and thi￭ op￭ hen￭ e in￭ do￭ le is a particularly active sub￭ str￭ ate the reaction provides gram￭ ine derivatives
man￭ no￭ sid￭ osis is a deficiency in man￭ no￭ sid￭ ase an enzyme there are two types alpha man￭ no￭ sid￭ osis beta man￭ no￭ sid￭ osis
man￭ son￭ elli￭ asis or man￭ son￭ ellosis is the condition of infection by the nemato￭ de man￭ son￭ ella the disease exists in africa and tropical americas spread by biting mid￭ ges or black￭ flies it is usually as￭ ymp￭ tomatic
man￭ tle cell lymp￭ homa mc￭ l is a type of non ho￭ dg￭ kin s lymp￭ homa n￭ hl comprising about 6 of n￭ hl cases there are only about 15 000 patients presently in the u s the prevalence seems to be somewhat higher in men mc￭ l is a subtype of b cell lymp￭ homa due to cd 5 positive antigen naive preg￭ er￭ min￭ al center b cell within the man￭ tle zone that surrounds normal germin￭ al center fol￭ lic￭ les mc￭ l cells generally over express cycl￭ in d 1 due to a t 11 14 chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al trans￭ location in the dna specifically the trans￭ location is at t 11 14 q 13 q 32
man￭ t￭ le￭ oma is a benign ne￭ op￭ las￭ m with man￭ tle differentiation and they tend to occur on the face early ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms consist only of cords and columns of un￭ differentiated epi￭ the￭ li￭ al cells
in many programming languages map is the name of a higher order function that applies a given function to each element of a list returning a list of results in the same order it is often called apply to all when considered in functional form the concept of a map is not limited to lists it works for sequ￭ ential containers tree like containers or even abstract containers such as futures and promises
map matching is the problem of how to match recorded geographic coordinates to a logical model of the real world typically using some form of geographic information system the most common approach is to take recorded serial location points eg from gps and relate them to edges in an existing street graph network usually in a sorted list representing the travel of a user or vehicle matching observations to a logical model in this way has applications in satellite navigation gps tracking of freight and transportation engineering map matching algori￭ th￭ ms can be divided in real time and off￭ line algori￭ th￭ ms real time algori￭ th￭ ms associate the position during the recording process to the road network off￭ line algori￭ th￭ ms are used after the data is recorded and are then matched to the road network real time applications can only calculate based upon the points prior to a given time as opposed to those of a whole journey but are intended to be used in live environments this brings a compromise of performance over accuracy off￭ line applications can consider all points and so can tolerate slower performance in favour of accuracy
the map￭ le syrup event was the objective presence of a particular scent in new york city and the response to this smell by the residents various media outlets and government agencies reports of the events are said to have begun in the fall of 2005 and continued spor￭ ad￭ ically into early 2009 new yor￭ kers feared the sweet smell was a form of chemical warfare the scent was eventually traced to its source a fru￭ tar￭ om industries ltd factory in northern new jersey which was processing fen￭ u￭ greek seeds commonly used in map￭ le syrup substitutes this source was traced through a collaborative process between the citizens of new york city the city s 311 system the new york city office of emergency management the new york city department of environmental protection and a working group which gathered and analyzed atmospheric data the ingredient was fen￭ u￭ greek seeds which was commonly used in many swe￭ ets including cur￭ ry powder van￭ illa flav￭ oring and an imitation of pancakes
map￭ le syrup urine disease m￭ su￭ d also called bran￭ ched chain ke￭ to￭ ac￭ id￭ ur￭ ia is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive metabol￭ ic disorder affecting bran￭ ched chain amino acids it is one type of organic aci￭ dem￭ ia the condition gets its name from the distinctive sweet od￭ or of affected infants urine particularly prior to diagnosis and during times of acute illness
mar￭ as￭ mus is a form of severe malnutrition characterized by energy deficiency a child with mar￭ as￭ mus looks em￭ aci￭ ated body weight is reduced to less than 60 of the normal expected body weight for the age mar￭ as￭ mus occurrence increases prior to age 1 whereas k￭ was￭ hi￭ or￭ k￭ or occurrence increases after 18 months it can be distinguished from k￭ was￭ hi￭ or￭ k￭ or in that k￭ was￭ hi￭ or￭ k￭ or is protein deficiency with adequate energy intake whereas mar￭ as￭ mus is inadequate energy intake in all forms including protein protein wasting in k￭ was￭ hi￭ or￭ k￭ or may lead to e￭ dem￭ a the prog￭ no￭ sis is better than it is for k￭ was￭ hi￭ or￭ k￭ or but half of severely mal￭ nourished children die due to un￭ availability of adequate treatment the word “ mar￭ as￭ mus ” comes from the greek μ￭ αρ￭ ασ￭ μ￭ ός mar￭ as￭ mos decay
mar￭ burg virus disease m￭ vd formerly mar￭ burg hemorrha￭ gic fever is a severe illness of humans and non human pri￭ mates caused by either of the two mar￭ burg￭ viruses mar￭ burg virus mar￭ v and rav￭ n virus rav￭ v m￭ vd is a viral hemorrha￭ gic fever v￭ hf and the clinical symptoms are in￭ distingu￭ ishable from e￭ bol￭ a virus disease ev￭ d
march frac￭ ture also known as fatigue frac￭ ture or stress frac￭ ture of met￭ at￭ ar￭ sal bone is the frac￭ ture of the dis￭ tal third of one of the met￭ at￭ ar￭ s￭ als occurring because of recurrent stress it is more common in soldiers but also occurs in hi￭ kers organis￭ ts and even those like hospital doctors whose duties entail much standing march fractu￭ res most commonly occur in the second and third met￭ at￭ ar￭ sal bones of the foot it is a common cause of foot pain especially when people suddenly increase their activities
the march of the one hundred thousand was a manifestation of popular protest against the military dictatorship in brazil which occurred on june 26 1968 in rio de janeiro organized by the student movement and with the participation of artists intellectuals and other sectors brazilian society
marche à peti￭ ts pas ma￭ ʁ￭ ʃ a p￭ ə￭ ti pa “ ga￭ it with little steps ” is a type of ga￭ it disorder characterised by an abnormal short stepped ga￭ it with u￭ pri￭ ght stance in strict sense as opposed to generally sto￭ oping short stepped ga￭ it of par￭ kinson s disease seen in various neuro￭ logical or sometimes muscular disorders it can be further differentiated from par￭ k￭ ins￭ onian ga￭ it by normal arm swing as opposed to no arm swing in par￭ k￭ ins￭ on￭ ism some people refer to all forms of short stepped ga￭ its including par￭ k￭ ins￭ onian ga￭ it as marche a peti￭ t pas in a loose sense
mar￭ chi￭ af￭ ava – bi￭ gn￭ ami disease is a progressive neuro￭ logical disease of alcoholism characterized by corpus cal￭ lo￭ sum dem￭ yel￭ ination and necro￭ sis and subsequent atro￭ phy
marcus gun￭ n phenomenon also known as marcus gun￭ n jaw win￭ king or tri￭ gem￭ ino oc￭ ul￭ om￭ o￭ tor syn￭ kin￭ esis is an auto￭ som￭ al dominant condition with incomplete penetr￭ ance in which nursing infants will have rhy￭ th￭ mic upward jer￭ king of their upper eye￭ lid this condition is characterized as a syn￭ kin￭ esis when two or more muscles that are independently in￭ nerv￭ ated have either simultaneous or coordinated movements common physi￭ o￭ logic examples of syn￭ kin￭ es￭ es occur during sucking chewing or con￭ ju￭ gate eye movements there are also several abnormal cran￭ ial nerve syn￭ kin￭ es￭ es both acquired and con￭ genital marcus gun￭ n jaw win￭ king is an example of a patho￭ logic con￭ genital syn￭ kin￭ esis first described by the oph￭ thal￭ mo￭ logist marcus gun￭ n in 1883 this condition presents in approximately 5 of ne￭ on￭ ates with con￭ genital pto￭ sis this condition has been associated with am￭ bl￭ y￭ op￭ ia in 54 of cases anis￭ ome￭ tro￭ p￭ ia 26 and str￭ ab￭ is￭ mus 56
marcus gun￭ n pupil or relative a￭ ffer￭ ent pu￭ pill￭ ary defect rap￭ d is a medical sign observed during the swinging flash￭ light test wh￭ er￭ eu￭ pon the patient s pupils con￭ strict less therefore appearing to di￭ late when a bright light is sw￭ ung from the unaffected eye to the affected eye the affected eye still senses the light and produces pu￭ pill￭ ary sp￭ h￭ inc￭ ter con￭ stric￭ tion to some degree albeit reduced the most common cause of marcus gun￭ n pupil is a le￭ sion of the op￭ tic nerve between the re￭ tina and the op￭ tic chi￭ asm or severe re￭ tin￭ al disease it is named after scottish oph￭ thal￭ mo￭ logist robert marcus gun￭ n
mar￭ den – walker syndrome m￭ ws is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive con￭ genital disorder it is characterized by ble￭ phar￭ op￭ him￭ osis micro￭ cephal￭ y micro￭ gn￭ ath￭ ia multiple joint contr￭ actu￭ res ar￭ ach￭ no￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly camp￭ to￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly ky￭ pho￭ sco￭ li￭ osis and delayed motor development and is often associated with c￭ ys￭ tic dys￭ plastic kidneys d￭ ext￭ ro￭ car￭ dia dan￭ dy walker mal￭ formation and agen￭ esis of corpus cal￭ lo￭ sum
mare reproductive loss syndrome mrls is a syndrome consisting of equine abortions and three related non￭ reproductive syndro￭ mes which occur in horses of all breeds sexes and ages mrls was first observed in the u s state of k￭ ent￭ ucky in a three week period around may 5 2001 when about 20 to 30 of k￭ ent￭ ucky s pregnant mares suffered abortions a primary infectious cause was rapidly ruled out and the search began for a candidate toxin no abor￭ ti￭ fac￭ ient toxins were identified in the spring of 2001 k￭ ent￭ ucky had experienced an extraordinarily heavy inf￭ est￭ ation of eastern tent cat￭ er￭ pillars et￭ cs an epidemiological study showed et￭ cs to be associated with mrls when et￭ cs returned to k￭ ent￭ ucky in the spring of 2002 equine exposure to cat￭ er￭ pillars was immediately shown to produce abortions research then focused on how the et￭ cs produced the abortions reviewing the speed with which et￭ cs produced late term abortions in 2002 experiments the non￭ specific bacterial infections in the plac￭ enta fe￭ tus were assigned a primary driving role the question then became how exposure to the cat￭ er￭ pillars produced these non specific bacterial infections of the affected plac￭ enta fe￭ tus and also the u￭ ve￭ i￭ tis and peric￭ ardi￭ tis cases reviewing the bar￭ bed nature of etc ha￭ irs se￭ ta￭ e intest￭ inal blood vessel penetration by bar￭ bed se￭ tal fragments was shown to introduce bar￭ bed se￭ tal fragments and associated bacterial contaminants into intest￭ inal collecting blood vessels se￭ ptic penetr￭ ating se￭ ta￭ e distribution of these materials following cardiac output would deliver these materials to all tissues in the body se￭ ptic penetr￭ ating se￭ tal emb￭ oli about 15 of cardiac output goes to the late term fe￭ tus at which point the se￭ ptic bar￭ bed se￭ tal fragments are positioned to penetrate plac￭ ental tissues which lack an immune response bacterial proliferation therefore proceeds unchecked and the late term fe￭ tus is rapidly abor￭ ted similar events occur with the early term fe￭ tus but as a much smaller target receiving an equival￭ ently smaller fraction of cardiac output the early term fe￭ tus is less likely to be hit by a randomly distributing se￭ tal frag￭ ment since this mrls patho￭ genesis model was first proposed in 2002 other cat￭ er￭ pillar related abortion syndro￭ mes have been recognized most notably equine am￭ ni￭ oni￭ tis and fe￭ tal loss in australia and more recently a long recognized relationship between pregnant cam￭ els eating cat￭ er￭ pillars and abortions among the camel past￭ or￭ alists in the western sahara
mar￭ fan syndrome m￭ fs is a genetic disorder of connec￭ tive tissue the degree to which people are affected varies people with mar￭ fan s tend to be tall and thin with long arms legs fingers and toes they also typically have flexible joints and sco￭ li￭ osis the most serious complications involve the heart and a￭ or￭ ta with an increased risk of mit￭ ral valve pro￭ lapse and a￭ or￭ tic an￭ eur￭ ys￭ m other commonly affected areas include the lungs eyes bones and the covering of the spinal cord mar￭ fan is an auto￭ som￭ al dominant disorder about 75 of the time the condition is inherited from a parent while 25 of the time it is a new mutation it involves a mutation to the gene that makes fi￭ bri￭ ll￭ in which results in abnormal connec￭ tive tissue diagnosis is often based on the ghent criteria there is no cure for mar￭ fan syndrome many people have a normal life expectancy with proper treatment management often includes the use of beta bloc￭ kers such as pro￭ pr￭ ano￭ lo￭ l or if not tolerated calcium channel bloc￭ kers or ace inhi￭ bit￭ ors surgery may be required to repair the a￭ or￭ ta or replace a heart valve it is recommended that hard exercise be avoided about one in 3 000 to 10 000 individuals have mar￭ fan syndrome it occurs equally in males and females rates are similar between races and in different regions of the world it is named after an￭ to￭ ine mar￭ fan a french pedi￭ at￭ ric￭ ian who first described the condition in 18￭ 96
margin of safety safety margin is the difference between the intrinsic value of a stock and its market price another definition in break even analysis accounting margin of safety is how much output or sales level can fall before a business reaches its break￭ even point
in finance marginal conditional sto￭ ch￭ astic dominance is a condition under which a portfolio can be improved in the eyes of all risk aver￭ se investors by incre￭ mentally moving funds out of one asset or one sub group of the portfolio s assets and into another each risk aver￭ se investor is assumed to maximize the expected value of an increasing con￭ cave von neu￭ mann mor￭ gen￭ stern utility function all such investors prefer portfolio b over portfolio a if the portfolio return of b is second order sto￭ ch￭ astically dominant over that of a roughly speaking this means that the density function of a s return can be formed from that of b s return by pushing some of the probability mass of b s return to the left which is dis￭ liked by all increasing utility functions and then spreading out some of the density mass which is dis￭ liked by all con￭ cave utility functions if a portfolio a is marginally conditionally sto￭ ch￭ astically dominated by some incre￭ mentally different portfolio b then it is said to be inefficient in the sense that it is not the optimal portfolio for anyone note that this context of portfolio optimi￭ zation is not limited to situations in which mean variance analysis applies the presence of marginal conditional sto￭ ch￭ astic dominance is sufficient but not necessary for a portfolio to be inefficient this is because marginal conditional sto￭ ch￭ astic dominance only considers incremental portfolio changes involving two sub groups of assets — one whose holdings are decreased and one whose holdings are increased it is possible for an inefficient portfolio to not be second order sto￭ ch￭ astically dominated by any such one for one shift of funds and yet to by dominated by a shift of funds involving three or more sub groups of assets
in micro￭ economics marginal profit is the difference between the marginal revenue and the marginal cost under the marginal approach to profit maxim￭ ization to maximize profits a firm should continue to produce a good or service up to the point where marginal profit is zero
marginal zone lymp￭ hom￭ as are a group of ind￭ ol￭ ent slow growing n￭ hl b cell lymp￭ hom￭ as which account for approximately 12 percent of all b cell lymp￭ hom￭ as the median age for diagnosis is 65 years old it presents primarily in sites such as stomach bo￭ wel sali￭ vary g￭ lands lung thyro￭ id lac￭ ri￭ mal g￭ land con￭ junc￭ tiva blad￭ der kidney skin soft tissue th￭ ym￭ us breast ● gi tract most is the most commonly involved within gi tract stomach is involved in 85 cases there are three types of marginal zone lymp￭ homa ex￭ tran￭ od￭ al marginal zone lymp￭ homa or mu￭ co￭ sa associated lymp￭ ho￭ id tissue malt lymp￭ homa is the most common form of marginal zone lymp￭ homa it occurs outside the lymp￭ h no￭ des this form of lymp￭ homa makes up about nine percent of all b cell lymp￭ hom￭ as in many cases of malt lymp￭ homa patient has a previous medical history of infl￭ amm￭ ation or auto￭ immune disorders for example heli￭ co￭ bac￭ ter p￭ yl￭ ori h p￭ yl￭ ori a micro￭ bial pathogen linked to chronic gast￭ ri￭ tis has been associated with a significant portion of patients with ga￭ str￭ ic malt lymp￭ homa no￭ dal marginal zone lymp￭ homa sometimes called mon￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ id b cell lymp￭ homa occurs within the lymp￭ h no￭ des and accounts for about two percent of all b cell lymp￭ hom￭ as splen￭ ic marginal zone lymp￭ homa occurs most often in the sp￭ leen and blood it has been associated with hepatitis c this form of lymp￭ homa makes up about one percent of all b cell lymp￭ homa
a mar￭ gul￭ es function is a function added to the ra￭ oul￭ t s law description of a liquid solution to account for deviations from ide￭ ality see also mar￭ gul￭ es activity model the amended ra￭ oul￭ t s law description of the vap￭ or pressure above the solution becomes p 1 p 1 x 1 f￭ m 1 p 2 p 2 x 2 f￭ m 2 the mar￭ gul￭ es function has the general form f￭ m 1 ex￭ p α￭ x 22 β￭ x 23 γ￭ x 23 δ￭ x 24 the function always contains the opposite mole fraction x 2 1 x 1 for a b￭ inary system the numbers of mar￭ gul￭ es parameters α β γ δ varies the larger the deviations from ide￭ ality the more parameters are required the gibbs du￭ hem relation can be used to fix the mar￭ gul￭ es function for the second component once the first has been chosen the case where only one parameter α is needed is known as the regular solution model
a marian appar￭ ition is a reported super￭ natural appearance by the blessed virgin mary the figure is often named after the town where it is reported or on the so￭ bri￭ quet given to mary on the occasion of the appar￭ ition they have been interpreted in religious terms as the￭ op￭ han￭ ies marian appar￭ itions sometimes are reported to recur at the same site over an extended period of time in the majority of marian appar￭ itions only one person or a few people report having witnessed the appar￭ ition exceptions to this include zeit￭ oun fati￭ ma and assi￭ ut where thousands claimed to have seen her over a period of time
marie un￭ na hereditary hypo￭ tric￭ ho￭ sis also known as marie un￭ na hypo￭ tric￭ ho￭ sis is an auto￭ som￭ al dominant condition characterized by scal￭ p hair that is spar￭ se or absent at birth with variable co￭ arse wi￭ ry hair reg￭ row￭ th in childhood and potential loss again at pu￭ ber￭ ty
marin￭ esco – sjö￭ gre￭ n syndrome m￭ ss is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive disorder
mar￭ jol￭ in s ul￭ cer refers to an aggressive ul￭ cer￭ ating squ￭ am￭ ous cell carcin￭ oma presenting in an area of previously traumati￭ zed chronically infl￭ amed or scar￭ red skin they are commonly present in the context of chronic wounds including burn injuries vari￭ cose ve￭ ins ven￭ ous ul￭ cers ul￭ cers from o￭ ste￭ om￭ ye￭ li￭ tis and post radi￭ otherapy scars the term was named after french surgeon jean nicolas mar￭ jol￭ in who first described the condition in 18￭ 28 the term was later coined by j c de costa
in some stock markets the mark tw￭ ain effect is the phenomenon of stock returns in october being lower than in other months the name comes from a line in mark tw￭ ain s pu￭ dd n￭ head wilson october this is one of the peculi￭ arly dangerous months to speculate in stocks the others are july january september april november may march june december august and february the quotation is a sar￭ cas￭ tic assertion that speculation in stocks is always dangerous the fact that tw￭ ain specifically picks out october initially is taken as a reference to an october effect as exemplified by the 1929 1987 and 2008 stock market cr￭ ashes which roughly occurred in october
the marker interface pattern is a design pattern in computer science used with languages that provide run time type information about objects it provides a means to associate metad￭ ata with a class where the language does not have explicit support for such metad￭ ata to use this pattern a class implements a marker interface also called tagging interface and methods that interact with instances of that class test for the existence of the interface whereas a typical interface specifies functionality in the form of method declarations that an implementing class must support a marker interface need not do so the mere presence of such an interface indicates specific behavior on the part of the implementing class hybrid interfaces which both act as mark￭ ers and specify required methods are possible but may prove confusing if improperly used an example of the application of marker interfaces from the j￭ ava programming language is the a rel no￭ follow class external text h￭ re￭ f doc￭ s oracle com jav￭ ase 8 doc￭ s api j￭ ava io seri￭ aliz￭ able html seri￭ aliz￭ able a interface a class implements this interface to indicate that its non transi￭ ent data members can be written to an a rel no￭ follow class external text h￭ re￭ f doc￭ s oracle com jav￭ ase 8 doc￭ s api j￭ ava io objec￭ t￭ out￭ put￭ stream html objec￭ t￭ out￭ put￭ stream a the objec￭ t￭ out￭ put￭ stream private method writ￭ e￭ object contains a series of instan￭ ce￭ of tests to determine writ￭ e￭ ability one of which looks for the seri￭ aliz￭ able interface if any of these tests fails the method throws a not￭ seri￭ ali￭ zab￭ le￭ exception
in economics market concentration is a function of the number of firms and their respective shares of the total production alternatively total capacity or total reserves in a market alternative terms are industry concentration and seller concentration market concentration is related to industrial concentration which concerns the distribution of production within an industry as opposed to a market in industrial organization market concentration may be used as a measure of competition the￭ orized to be positively related to the rate of profit in the industry for example in the work of joe s b￭ ain
in financial markets market impact is the effect that a market participant has when it buys or sells an asset it is the extent to which the buying or selling moves the price against the buyer or seller i e upward when buying and downward when selling it is closely related to market liquidity in many cases liquidity and market impact are synonymous especially for large investors e g financial institutions market impact is a key consideration that needs to be considered before any decision to move money within or between financial markets if the amount of money being moved is large relative to the turnover of the asset s in question then the market impact can be several percentage points and needs to be assessed alongside other transaction costs costs of buying and selling market impact can arise because the price needs to move to temp￭ t other investors to buy or sell assets as counterparties but also because professional investors may position themselves to profit from knowledge that a large investor or group of investors is active one way or the other some financial intermediaries have such low transaction costs that they can profit from price movements that are too small to be of relevance to the majority of investors the financial institution that is seeking to manage its market impact needs to limit the pace of its activity e g keeping its activity below one third of daily turnover so as to avoid disrupting the price
in business economics or investment market liquidity is a market s ability to purchase or sell an asset without causing drastic change in the asset s price equival￭ ently an asset s market liquidity or simply an asset s liquidity describes the asset s ability to sell quickly without having to reduce its price to a significant degree liquidity is about how big the trade off is between the speed of the sale and the price it can be sold for in a liquid market the trade off is mild selling quickly will not reduce the price much in a relatively illiquid market selling it quickly will require cutting its price by some amount money or cash is the most liquid asset because it can be sold for goods and services instantly with no loss of value there is no wait for a suitable buyer of the cash there is no trade off between speed and value it can be used immediately to perform economic actions like buying selling or paying debt meeting immediate wants and needs if an asset is moderately or very liquid it has moderate or high liquidity in an alternative definition liquidity can mean the amount of cash and cash equivalents if a business has moderate liquidity it has a moderate amount of very liquid assets if a business has sufficient liquidity it has a sufficient amount of very liquid assets and the ability to meet its payment obligations an act of exchanging a less liquid asset for a more liquid asset is called liquidation often liquidation is trading the less liquid asset for cash also known as selling it an asset s liquidity can change for the same asset its liquidity can change through time or between different markets such as in different countries the change in the asset s liquidity is just based on the market liquidity for the asset at the particular time or in the particular country etc the liquidity of a product can be measured as how often it is bought and sold liquidity is defined formally in many accounting regimes and has in recent years been more strictly defined for instance the us federal reserve intends to apply quantitative liquidity requirements based on basel iii liquidity rules as of fiscal 2012 bank directors will also be required to know of and approve major liquidity risks personally other rules require diversifying counterparty risk and portfolio stress testing against extreme scenarios which tend to identify unusual market liquidity conditions and avoid investments that are particularly vulnerable to sudden liquidity shifts
in economics and particularly in industrial organization market power is the ability of a firm to prof￭ itably raise the market price of a good or service over marginal cost in perfectly competitive markets market participants have no market power a firm with total market power can raise prices without losing any customers to competitors market participants that have market power are therefore sometimes referred to as price makers or price set￭ ters while those without are sometimes called price takers significant market power occurs when prices exceed marginal cost and long run average cost so the firm makes economic profits a firm with market power has the ability to individually affect either the total quantity or the prevailing price in the market price makers face a downward slop￭ ing demand curve such that price increases lead to a lower quantity demanded the decrease in supply as a result of the exercise of market power creates an economic dead￭ weight loss which is often viewed as socially undesirable as a result many countries have anti trust or other legislation intended to limit the ability of firms to accrue market power such legislation often regulates mergers and sometimes introduces a judicial power to compel di￭ vesti￭ ture a firm usually has market power by virtue of controlling a large portion of the market in extreme cases — monopoly and mon￭ op￭ s￭ ony — the firm controls the entire market however market size alone is not the only indicator of market power highly concentrated markets may be conte￭ stable if there are no barriers to entry or exit limiting the incumbent firm s ability to raise its price above competitive levels market power gives firms the ability to engage in unilateral anti competitive behavior some of the behavi￭ ours that firms with market power are accused of engaging in include predatory pricing product tying and creation of overcapacity or other barriers to entry if no individual participant in the market has significant market power then anti competitive behavior can take place only through collusion or the exercise of a group of participants collective market power the ler￭ ner index and her￭ fin￭ dah￭ l index may be used to measure market power
market value added m￭ va is the difference between the current market value of a firm and the capital contributed by investors if m￭ va is positive the firm has added value if it is negative the firm has destroyed value the amount of value added needs to be greater than the firm s investors could have achieved investing in the market portfolio adjusted for the leverage beta coefficient of the firm relative to the market
marketing exposure is the amount of funds invested in a particular type of security and or market sector or industry and usually expressed as a percentage of total portfolio holdings it is also simply known as exposure exposure is the product of a marketing strategy and once the strategy is implemented it is only a matter of time before exposure is put into action consumers recognize marketing exposure when the company creates and promotes a campaign there are three types of marketing exposure intensive selective and exclusive marketing exposure carries a risk total to the amount invested in said market if a particular business invests 25 in a sector for housing then the market exposure for this sector is 25 investors are warned not to invest vast amounts in one particular sector due to the exposure results may vary between gains and losses depending on outcome of specific market strategies being diverse in sectors are advised for lowering the risk factor
marketing in schools is a widespread phenomenon in which schools sign contracts allowing certain businesses to conduct marketing activities in school facilities — primarily advertising for example a school might allow only one brand of soft drink to be sold in v￭ ending machines on the campus in return the soft drink company would provide compensation to the school frequently money but it may provide other compensation as well such as building new facilities or paying for school supplies the phrase usually refers to arrangements by elementary schools or high schools rather than higher education because this marketing is seen as targeting children it is very controversial one example of this is channel one news a tv show branded as educational shown in schools that shows two minutes of advertising channel one is shown in over 11 500 middle and high schools across the united states reaching 7 7 million students many find the practice objectionable some argue that it can encourage unhealthy behavior in children for example the drinking of soda or the consumption of fast food more generally some people object to the entire concept of marketing to children fearing that they are easier to influence and that this marketing is un￭ ethical or that it interferes with the values they may wish to teach their child the practice has come in for harsh criticism especially from many on the political left for example the magazine ad￭ bu￭ sters has run numerous features attacking the practice many schools defend the practice noting that it is a source of valuable revenue allowing programs that might otherwise go un￭ funded
a mark￭ man hearing is a pre￭ trial hearing in a u s district court during which a judge examines evidence from all parties on the appropriate meanings of relevant key words used in a patent claim when patent infringement is alleged by a plainti￭ ff it is also known as a claim construction hearing holding a mark￭ man hearing in patent infringement cases has been common practice since the u s supreme court in the 1996 case of mark￭ man v west￭ view instruments inc found that the language of a patent is a matter of law for a judge to decide not a matter of fact for a jury to decide in the united states jur￭ ies determine facts in many situations but judges determine matters of law mark￭ man hearings are important since the court determines patent infringement cases by the interpretation of claims a mark￭ man hearing may encourage settlement since the judge s claim construction finding can indicate a likely outcome for the patent infringement case as a whole mark￭ man hearings are before a judge and generally take place before trial a mark￭ man hearing may occur before the close of discovery along with a motion for preliminary injunction or at the end of discovery in relation to a motion for summary judgment a mark￭ man hearing may also be held after the trial begins but before jury selection the evidence considered in a mark￭ man hearing falls into two categories intrinsic and extr￭ ins￭ ic intrinsic evidence consists of the patent documentation and any prosecution history of the patent extr￭ ins￭ ic evidence is testimony expert opinion or other un￭ written sources extr￭ ins￭ ic evidence may not contradict intrinsic evidence
mark￭ up is the difference between the cost of a good or service and its selling price a mark￭ up is added onto the total cost incurred by the producer of a good or service in order to cover the costs of doing business and create a profit the total cost reflects the total amount of both fixed and variable expenses to produce and distribute a product mark￭ up can be expressed as a fixed amount or as a percentage of the total cost or selling price retail mark￭ up is commonly calculated as the difference between wholesale price and retail price as a percentage of wholesale other methods are also used
the mark￭ ó – lam de￭ oxy￭ gen￭ ation is an organic chemistry reaction where the hydro￭ xy functional group in an organic compound is replaced by a hydrogen atom to give an al￭ ky￭ l group the mark￭ ó lam reaction is a variant of the bou￭ ve￭ ault – blanc reduction and an alternative to the classical bar￭ ton – mc￭ com￭ bie de￭ oxy￭ gen￭ ation it is named for the belgian chem￭ ists ist￭ van mark￭ o and kevin lam the main features of the reaction are short reaction time 5 seconds to 5 minutes the use of a stable t￭ olu￭ ate derivative the use of sm￭ i 2 h￭ mp￭ a system or electro￭ lysis instead of the classical and difficult to remove tribu￭ ty￭ l￭ tin hy￭ dri￭ de the mark￭ o lam de￭ oxy￭ gen￭ ation
mar￭ o￭ te￭ aux – lamy syndrome also known as mu￭ co￭ pol￭ ys￭ ac￭ ch￭ ari￭ do￭ sis type vi mps vi or poly￭ dy￭ stro￭ ph￭ ic dwar￭ f￭ ism is a form of mu￭ co￭ pol￭ ys￭ ac￭ ch￭ ari￭ do￭ sis caused by a deficiency in ar￭ yl￭ sul￭ fat￭ ase b ar￭ sb it is named after pierre mar￭ o￭ te￭ aux 19￭ 26 and his mentor maurice em￭ il joseph lamy 18￭ 95 1975 both french physicians
marshall syndrome is a genetic disorder of the connec￭ tive tissue which can cause hearing loss the three most common areas to be affected are the eyes which are un￭ commonly large joints and the mouth and facial structures marshall syndrome and stic￭ kler syndrome closely resemble each other in fact they are so similar some say they are the same
marshall smith syndrome discovered in 1971 marshall graham scott bon￭ er smith is characterized by unusual accelerated sk￭ el￭ etal matur￭ ation usually starting before birth and symptoms like conspicuous physical characteristics respiratory difficulties and mental retar￭ dation cases described in the literature show a clinical vari￭ ability regarding related symptoms for instance respiratory difficulties are ranging from absent to severe difficulties
marshall – white syndrome is a skin condition that consists of bi￭ er spots associated with in￭ som￭ nia and t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia
the martin classical lectures is a function of the charles bee￭ be martin foundation established at ober￭ lin college in ohio charles bee￭ be martin was a professor of class￭ ics and classical archae￭ ology at the college from 18￭ 80 to 19￭ 25 the foundation was set up to honor his memory
mar￭ to￭ rell s ul￭ cer is a painful ul￭ cer￭ ation of the lower leg associated with di￭ ast￭ ol￭ ic arter￭ ial hyper￭ tension it was first identified by the spanish cardi￭ o￭ logist fernando mar￭ to￭ rell in 1945 who referred to the ul￭ cers as hyper￭ ten￭ sive is￭ cha￭ emic ul￭ cers it is characterized by single or multiple small homogeneous symmetr￭ ical le￭ sions most commonly located on the an￭ ter￭ ol￭ ateral aspect of the lower leg the pain associated to these le￭ sions is often disproportionate to their size the syndrome occurs predominantly in middle aged women with poorly controlled hyper￭ tension in the form of skin ul￭ cers on the an￭ ter￭ ol￭ ateral aspect of the lower legs the le￭ sions initially appear as small painful bl￭ is￭ ters which may or may not be associated with trauma the path￭ op￭ hy￭ si￭ ology of the mar￭ to￭ rell ul￭ cer is assumed to be related to hyper￭ tension induced arter￭ io￭ le changes in the der￭ mis the pain is often disproportionate and the symptoms are not relieved by rest or elev￭ ation
masked depression md was a proposed form of atypical depression in which som￭ atic symptoms or behavi￭ our￭ al disturbances dominate the clinical picture and disguise the underlying aff￭ ective disorder the concept is not currently supported by the mental health profession
in medicine a mass effect is the effect of a growing mass that results in secondary pathological effects by pushing on or dis￭ placing surrounding tissue in on￭ co￭ logy the mass typically refers to a tumor for example cancer of the thyro￭ id g￭ land may cause symptoms due to com￭ pres￭ sions of certain structures of the head and neck pressure on the lar￭ yn￭ ge￭ al nerves may cause voice changes narrowing of the wind￭ pipe may cause stri￭ dor pressure on the gul￭ let may cause dy￭ sp￭ ha￭ gia and so on surgical removal or deb￭ ul￭ king is sometimes used to alleviate symptoms of the mass effect even if the underlying path￭ ology is not cur￭ able in neuro￭ logy mass effect is a general term applied to the effects exerted by any mass including for example an evolving in￭ trac￭ ere￭ br￭ al hemorrha￭ ge a bleeding within the skull presenting with a clin￭ ically significant hem￭ atom￭ a the hem￭ atom￭ a can exert a mass effect on the brain increasing in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial pressure and potentially causing mid￭ line shift or deadly brain her￭ ni￭ ation in the past this effect held additional diagnostic importance since prior to the invention of modern tom￭ o￭ graphic soft tissue imaging utili￭ zing m￭ ri or ct it was not possible to directly image many kinds of primary in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial le￭ sions therefore in those days the mass effect of these ab￭ norm￭ alities on surrounding structures was sometimes used to indirectly infer the existence of the primary ab￭ norm￭ alities themselves for example by using a cere￭ br￭ al an￭ gi￭ o￭ graphy to observe the secondary vascular displacement caused by a sub￭ d￭ ural hem￭ atom￭ a pushing on the brain or by looking for a distortion caused by a tumor on the normal outline of the ven￭ tric￭ les as depicted on a pneu￭ mo￭ encephal￭ o￭ gram unfortunately these studies were often invasive and uncomfortable for patients and provided only a partial assessment of the primary condition being evaluated nowadays modern diagnostic tools exist which allow physicians to easily locate and vis￭ u￭ alize all kinds of in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial le￭ sions without having to rely on indirect effects to make a reliable diagnosis
the mass excess of a nuc￭ li￭ de is the difference between its actual mass and its mass number in atomic mass units it is one of the predominant methods for tab￭ ulating nuclear mass the mass of an atomic nucleus is well approxim￭ ated less than 0 1 difference for most nuc￭ li￭ des by its mass number which indicates that most of the mass of a nucleus arises from mass of its constituent prot￭ ons and neu￭ tron￭ s thus the mass excess is an expression of the nuclear binding energy relative to the binding energy per nucle￭ on of carbon 12 which defines the atomic mass unit if the mass excess is negative the nucleus has more binding energy than 12 c and vice versa if a nucleus has a large excess of mass compared to a nearby nuclear species it can radio￭ actively decay releasing energy
mass fain￭ ting in tanzania is a common phenomenon of mass hysteria that is experienced by junior school girls in tanzania in september 2008 20 girls at a school in tab￭ ora started fain￭ ting while taking their final year exam￭ s the mass fain￭ ting has been linked to neuro￭ sis related to the local practice of wit￭ ch￭ craft
in quantum field theory the mass gap is the difference in energy between the lowest energy state the vacuum and the next lowest energy state the energy of the vacuum is zero by definition and assuming that all energy states can be thought of as particles in plane waves the mass gap is the mass of the ligh￭ test particle since exact energy ei￭ gen￭ states are infinitely spread out and are therefore usually excluded from a formal mathematical description a stronger definition is that the mass gap is the greatest lower bound of the energy of any state which is orth￭ og￭ onal to the vacuum
in soci￭ ology and psychology mass hysteria also known as collective hysteria group hysteria or collective obs￭ es￭ sional behavior is a phenomenon that trans￭ mits collective allu￭ sions of threats etc whether real or imaginary through a population in society as a result of rumors and fear memory acknowledg￭ ment in medicine the term is used to describe the spontaneous manifestation production in chemicals in the body of the same or similar hysterical physical symptoms by more than one person a common type of mass hysteria occurs when a group of people believe they are suffering from a similar disease or ail￭ ment sometimes referred to as mass psycho￭ genic illness or epidemic hysteria
in naval tradition a m￭ ast is a non judicial punishment n￭ jp disciplinary hearing under which a commanding officer studies and dis￭ poses of cases involving those in his command if the officer conducting the proceeding is either a captain or a lower ranking officer typically a commander or lieutenant commander serving as commanding officer of a naval or coast guard vessel an aviation squ￭ ad￭ ron or similar command afloat or ashore then the proceeding is referred to as a captain s m￭ ast if an admiral is overseeing the m￭ ast then the procedure is referred to as an admiral s m￭ ast or a flag m￭ ast a captain s m￭ ast or admiral s m￭ ast is a procedure whereby the commanding officer must make inquiry into the facts surrounding minor off￭ enses allegedly committed by a member of the command afford the accused a hearing as to such off￭ enses and dispose of such charges by dismissing the charges imposing punishment under the provisions of military law or referring the case to a court martial a captain s m￭ ast is not a trial as the term non judicial implies a conviction even if punishment is imposed an acqu￭ it￭ tal even if punishment is not imposed in the united states navy and united states coast guard these proceedings take place under the authority of article 15 of the uniform code of military justice uc￭ m￭ j the term m￭ ast may also refer to when a captain or commanding officer makes them￭ self available to hear concerns complaints or requests from their crew traditionally on a naval vessel the captain would stand at the main m￭ ast of that vessel when holding m￭ ast the crew who by custom did not speak with the captain could speak to him directly at these times it could also refer to the naval punishment of tying one to a m￭ ast and l￭ ashing them with a whip in modern times a mer￭ it￭ orious m￭ ast refers to the commanding officer taking this time to single out a member of the crew for praise and present written recognition of work well done
m￭ ast cell activation syndrome mc￭ as also commonly referred to as m￭ ast cell activation disorder mc￭ ad is an immun￭ ological condition in which m￭ ast cells in￭ appropriately and excessively release chemical mediators resulting in a range of chronic symptoms sometimes including an￭ ap￭ hy￭ lax￭ is or near an￭ ap￭ hy￭ lax￭ is attacks primary symptoms include cardiovascular der￭ mat￭ ological gastro￭ intest￭ inal neuro￭ logical and respiratory problems unlike ma￭ stoc￭ y￭ to￭ sis where patients have an abnormally increased number of m￭ ast cells patients with mc￭ as have a normal number of m￭ ast cells that do not function properly and are defined as hyper￭ responsive mc￭ as is still a poorly understood condition and is a current topic of research mc￭ as is often found in patients with eh￭ lers – dan￭ los syndrome eds and post￭ ural orth￭ o￭ static t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia syndrome pots it is also found in sub￭ set groups of patients with common variable immun￭ o￭ deficiency c￭ vi￭ d and ly￭ me disease
m￭ ast cell leuk￭ emia is an extremely aggressive subtype of acute my￭ elo￭ id leuk￭ emia that usually occurs de novo but can rarely evolve from transformation of chronic my￭ elo￭ id leuk￭ emia into the more aggressive acute my￭ elo￭ id leuk￭ emia in a small proportion of cases acute m￭ ast cell leuk￭ emia may evolve from a more progressive form of systemic ma￭ stoc￭ y￭ to￭ sis the diagnosis of acute m￭ ast cell leuk￭ emia by the who criteria includes the requirement for a prevalence of 20 ne￭ op￭ l￭ astic m￭ ast cells in marrow and 10 in blood if the m￭ ast cells represent less than 10 of blood cells the tumor is called al￭ eu￭ k￭ emic m￭ ast cell leuk￭ emia
m￭ ast cell sar￭ coma is an extremely aggressive form of sar￭ coma made up of ne￭ op￭ l￭ astic m￭ ast cells a sar￭ coma is a tumor made of cells from connec￭ tive tissue m￭ ast cell sar￭ coma is an extremely rare tumor only 3 cases are reported so far prog￭ no￭ sis is extremely poor people with a m￭ ast cell sar￭ coma have no skin le￭ sions and path￭ ology examination of the tumor shows it to be very m￭ align￭ ant with an aggressive growth pattern m￭ ast cell sar￭ coma should not be confused with￭ ex￭ trac￭ u￭ taneous ma￭ stoc￭ y￭ tom￭ a a rare benign m￭ ast cell tumor without destructive growth in the cases observed m￭ ast cell sar￭ coma terminated quickly as m￭ ast cell leuk￭ emia one of the most aggressive human cancers
the master nationality rule is a consequence of article 4 of the convention on certain questions relating to the conflict of nationality laws of 1930 this provides that a state may not afford diplomatic protection to one of its nationals against a state whose nationality such person also possesses the united kingdom home office explains in terms of practical effect it means that when a multiple citizen is in the country of one of his or her nationalities that country has the right to treat that person as if he or she were solely a citizen or national of that country this includes the right to impose military service obligations or to require an exit permit to leave the united kingdom may still make informal diplomatic representations to the authorities of another country when a british citizen is held in another country even if that person is also a citizen of that country in case of special humanitarian needs such as the intervention made by then uk foreign secretary philip hammond during the caus￭ e￭ way bay books disappearances during the cold war era the united states signed consular agreements with certain warsaw pact countries providing that a u s citizen who entered that country with a u s passport and the appropriate visa would not be subsequently treated as a citizen of that country and hence prevented from leaving the warsaw pact countries involved notably poland wished to encourage tourism from emigrants and their descendants settled in the u s since the dissolution of the warsaw pact in 1991 many of those countries have abolished visa requirements for u s citizens thus nul￭ lif￭ ying those provisions for detailed discussion see under dual citizenship of poland the united states australia and canada have concluded similar consular agreements with the people s republic of china
mas￭ tic￭ atory muscle my￭ osi￭ tis mmm is an infl￭ am￭ matory disease in dogs affecting the muscles of mas￭ tication chewing it is also known as atro￭ ph￭ ic my￭ osi￭ tis or e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic my￭ osi￭ tis mmm is the most common infl￭ am￭ matory my￭ opathy in dogs the disease mainly affects large breed dogs german shepherd dogs and cav￭ alier king charles spani￭ els may be pre￭ disposed there is a similar disease of the eye muscles found in golden retri￭ evers symptoms of acute mmm include sw￭ elling of the jaw muscles dro￭ oling and pain on opening the mouth oph￭ thal￭ mic signs may include third eye￭ lid pro￭ tru￭ sion red eyes and ex￭ oph￭ thal￭ mos pro￭ tru￭ ding eye￭ balls in chronic mmm there is atro￭ phy of the jaw muscles and scar￭ ring of the mas￭ tic￭ atory muscles due to fi￭ bro￭ sis may result in inability to open the mouth tr￭ is￭ mus the affected muscles include the tempor￭ alis mas￭ se￭ ter and p￭ ter￭ y￭ go￭ id muscles the disease is usually bilateral mmm is caused by the presence of 2 m fi￭ bers in the muscles of the jaw 2 m fi￭ bers are not found elsewhere in the body but they are close in structure to proteins found on the surface of bacteria the immune system recognizes these proteins as foreign to the body and attacks them resulting in infl￭ amm￭ ation diagnosis of mmm is through either biopsy of the tempor￭ alis or mas￭ se￭ ter muscles or the 2 m anti￭ body ass￭ ay in which blood serum of the possible mmm dog is reacted with tempor￭ alis tissue of a normal dog or both false neg￭ atives by the 2 m anti￭ body ass￭ ay may be obtained if mmm is end stage with destruction of type 2 m fi￭ bers and marked fi￭ bro￭ sis treatment is usually with cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ster￭ oids such as pred￭ nis￭ one often with decreasing doses for up to 4 – 6 months and in the case of tr￭ is￭ mus manual opening of the mouth under an￭ esthesia feeding very soft or liquid food during this time is usually necessary the ultimate degree of recovery of jaw function and muscle mass will depend upon the extent of damage to the muscle tissue recurrence of mmm may occur mis￭ diagnosis of mmm as a retro￭ orb￭ ital abs￭ c￭ ess based on physical examination and finding of tr￭ is￭ mus leads to inappropriate treatment with antibiotics which will not impede the progress of mmm
mas￭ ti￭ tis also called mam￭ miti￭ s is infl￭ amm￭ ation of breast or u￭ dder tissue usually due to infection stap￭ hy￭ lo￭ co￭ cc￭ us au￭ re￭ us is the most common pathogen responsible but s ep￭ id￭ er￭ mid￭ is and st￭ rep￭ to￭ coc￭ ci are occasionally isolated as well mas￭ ti￭ tis can be classified as milk st￭ asis non infectious or infectious infl￭ amm￭ ation and abs￭ c￭ ess it is impossible to cor￭ relate this classification with clinical symptoms in particular milk st￭ asis non infectious and infectious infl￭ amm￭ ation can be distinguished only by leuk￭ oc￭ y￭ te count and bacteria cul￭ turing symptoms like fever intensity of pain er￭ y￭ them￭ a or rapid onset of symptoms can not be used to distinguish these early stages of mas￭ ti￭ tis can present with local pain red￭ ness sw￭ elling and warmth later stages also present with systemic symptoms like fever and flu like symptoms and in rare cases an abs￭ c￭ ess can develop however it is pretty common that symptoms develop very quickly without any warning except in severe cases it is not necessary to we￭ an a nur￭ s￭ ling because of mas￭ ti￭ tis in fact nursing is the most effective way to remove the block￭ age and alleviate the symptoms sudden we￭ aning can cause or exacerbate mas￭ ti￭ tis symptoms and cause hy￭ pon￭ at￭ rem￭ ic shock in the infant continued breastfeeding does not present any risk to the nursing infant and is very beneficial for the mother the word mas￭ ti￭ tis uses combining forms of m￭ ast i￭ tis the word mam￭ miti￭ s m￭ æ￭ m￭ ˈ￭ a￭ ɪ￭ t￭ ᵻ￭ s uses combining forms of mam￭ m i￭ tis they are synonymous in modern usage and mas￭ ti￭ tis is the more commonly used synon￭ ym mas￭ ti￭ tis in dairy cattle has substantial economic importance in d￭ air￭ ying
mas￭ ti￭ tis in dairy cattle is the persistent infl￭ am￭ matory reaction of the u￭ dder tissue mas￭ ti￭ tis a potentially fatal mam￭ mary g￭ land infection is the most common disease in dairy cattle in the united states it is also the most costly to the dairy industry milk from cows suffering from mas￭ ti￭ tis has an increased som￭ atic cell count
a ma￭ stoc￭ y￭ tom￭ a or m￭ ast cell tumor is a type of round cell tumor consisting of m￭ ast cells it is found in humans and many animal species in human medicine it also can refer to an accumulation or no￭ dule of m￭ ast cells that resembles a tumor m￭ ast cells originate from the bone marrow and are normally found throughout the connec￭ tive tissue of the body as normal components of the immune system as they release hist￭ amine they are associated with allergic reactions m￭ ast cells also respond to tissue trauma m￭ ast cell gran￭ ules contain hist￭ amine he￭ par￭ in plat￭ elet activating factor and other substances disseminated ma￭ stoc￭ y￭ to￭ sis is rarely seen in young dogs and cats while m￭ ast cell tumors are usually skin tumors in older dogs and cats although not always m￭ align￭ ant they do have the potential to be up to 25 percent of skin tumors in dogs are m￭ ast cell tumors with a similar number in cats
ma￭ stoc￭ y￭ to￭ sis one of the m￭ ast cell diseases is a rare m￭ ast cell activation disorder of both children and adults caused by the presence of too many m￭ ast cells ma￭ stoc￭ y￭ tes and cd 34 m￭ ast cell precursors people affected by ma￭ stoc￭ y￭ to￭ sis are susceptible to it￭ ching hi￭ ves and an￭ ap￭ hy￭ lac￭ tic shock caused by the release of hist￭ amine from m￭ ast cells the current classifications definitions and diagnostic criteria for ma￭ stoc￭ y￭ to￭ sis are being reviewed for revision to better describe the collection of related disorders
ma￭ sto￭ idi￭ tis is the result of an infection that extends to the air cells of the skull behind the ear specifically it is an infl￭ amm￭ ation of the mu￭ cos￭ al lining of the ma￭ sto￭ id an￭ tr￭ um and ma￭ sto￭ id air cell system inside the ma￭ sto￭ id process the ma￭ sto￭ id process is the portion of the temporal bone of the skull that is behind the ear which contains open air containing spaces ma￭ sto￭ idi￭ tis is usually caused by untreated acute o￭ ti￭ tis media middle ear infection and used to be a leading cause of child mortality with the development of antibiotics however ma￭ sto￭ idi￭ tis has become quite rare in developed countries where surgical treatment is now much less frequent and more conservative unlike former times additionally there is no evidence that the drop in antibiotic prescribing for o￭ ti￭ tis media has increased the incidence of ma￭ sto￭ idi￭ tis untreated the infection can spread to surrounding structures including the brain causing serious complications
match fixing related to gambling is a problem in many sports according to spor￭ trad￭ ar a company that monitors the integrity of sports events on behalf of sports federations as many as 1 of the matches they monitor are likely to be fixed
mat￭ ch￭ box sign is a psychiatric finding patients with delu￭ sional paras￭ it￭ osis often arrive at the doctor s office with what healthcare professionals call the mat￭ ch￭ box sign a medical sign characterized by the patient making collections of fi￭ bers and other foreign objects supposedly retri￭ eved from the skin the name refers to the fact that such collections can be stored in mat￭ ch￭ boxes or other similar small containers which are then presented to the patient s physician
in the mathematical fields of graph theory and combin￭ at￭ or￭ ics a matching poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al sometimes called an ac￭ ycl￭ ic poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al is a generating function of the numbers of mat￭ ch￭ ings of various sizes in a graph
maternal auto￭ immune bull￭ ous disease is a bl￭ is￭ tering skin condition that presents at birth
maternal death is defined by the world health organization who as the death of a woman while pregnant or within 42 days of termination of pregnancy irrespective of the duration and site of the pregnancy from any cause related to or aggravated by the pregnancy or its management but not from accidental or incidental causes the world mortality rate has declined 45 since 1990 but still every day 800 women die from pregnancy or childbirth related causes according to the united nations population fund unf￭ pa this is equivalent to about one woman every two minutes and for every woman who dies 20 or 30 encounter complications with serious or long lasting consequences most of these deaths and injuries are entirely preventable unf￭ pa estimated that 289 000 women died of pregnancy or childbirth related causes in 2013 these causes range from severe bleeding to obstructed labour all of which have highly effective interventions as women have gained access to family planning and skilled birth attendance with backup emergency ob￭ ste￭ tric care the global maternal mortality ratio has fallen from 380 maternal deaths per 100 000 live births in 1990 to 210 deaths per 100 000 live births in 2013 and many countries halved their maternal death rates in the last 10 years worldwide mortality rates have been decreasing in modern age high rates still exist particularly in impoverished communities with over 85 living in africa and southern asia the effect of a mother s death results in vulnerable families and their infants if they survive childbirth are more likely to die before reaching their second birthday
maternal sensitivity is a mother s ability to perceive and infer the meaning behind her infant s behavi￭ our￭ al signals and to respond to them promptly and appropriately maternal sensitivity affects child development at all stages through life from infancy all the way to adul￭ thood in general more sensitive mothers have healthier more socially and cogn￭ i￭ tively developed children than those who are not as sensitive also maternal sensitivity has been found to affect the person psychologically even as an adult adults who experienced high maternal sensitivity during their childhood were found to be more secure than those who experienced less sensitive mothers once the adult becomes a parent themselves their own understanding of maternal sensitivity will affect their own children s development some research suggests that adult mothers display more maternal sensitivity than adoles￭ cent mothers who may in turn have children with a lower i￭ q and reading level than children of adult mothers there are different ways of assessing maternal sensitivity such as through the use of natur￭ alistic observation the strange situation maternal synchron￭ y and maternal mind mindedness there are also a number of ways of measuring maternal sensitivity in the scientific world which include ain￭ s￭ worth s maternal sensitivity scale am￭ ss the maternal behaviour q sort m￭ b￭ q￭ s and the pe￭ der￭ son and mor￭ an sensitivity q sort
the post￭ par￭ tum blues maternity blues or baby blues is a transi￭ ent condition that 75 80 of mothers could experience shortly after childbirth with a wide variety of symptoms which generally involve mood l￭ ability te￭ ar￭ fulness and some mild anxiety and depres￭ sive symptoms baby blues is not post￭ par￭ tum depression unless it is abnormally severe
mathematical chess problem is a mathematical problem which is formulated using a ch￭ ess￭ board and chess pieces these problems belong to recreational mathematics the most known problems of this kind are eight queens puzzle or knight s tour problems which have connection to graph theory and combin￭ at￭ or￭ ics many famous mathem￭ ati￭ ci￭ ans studied mathematical chess problems for example eul￭ er legend￭ re and ga￭ uss besides finding a solution to a particular problem mathem￭ ati￭ ci￭ ans are usually interested in counting the total number of possible solutions finding solutions with certain properties as well as gener￭ alization of the problems to n × n or rec￭ tang￭ ular boards
mathematical logic is a sub￭ field of mathematics exploring the applications of formal logic to mathematics it bears close connections to met￭ am￭ a￭ them￭ atics the foundations of mathematics and theoretical computer science the unifying themes in mathematical logic include the study of the expres￭ sive power of formal systems and the deduc￭ tive power of formal proof systems mathematical logic is often divided into the fields of set theory model theory recur￭ sion theory and proof theory these areas share basic results on logic particularly first order logic and defin￭ ability in computer science particularly in the ac￭ m classification mathematical logic encompasses additional topics not detailed in this article see logic in computer science for those since its inception mathematical logic has both contributed to and has been motivated by the study of foundations of mathematics this study began in the late 19 th century with the development of ax￭ i￭ om￭ atic frameworks for geometry arithmetic and analysis in the early 20 th century it was shaped by david hil￭ bert s program to prove the consistency of found￭ ational theories results of kurt gö￭ del gerhard gent￭ zen and others provided partial resolution to the program and clarified the issues involved in proving consistency work in set theory showed that almost all ordinary mathematics can be form￭ alized in terms of sets although there are some theore￭ ms that cannot be proven in common ax￭ i￭ om systems for set theory contemporary work in the foundations of mathematics often focuses on establishing which parts of mathematics can be form￭ alized in particular formal systems as in reverse mathematics rather than trying to find theories in which all of mathematics can be developed
it can also be a problem referring to the nature of mathematics itself such as russell s paradox
the math – verbal achievement gap is a phenomenon first observed by richard roth￭ stein in a brief 2002 article written in the new york times this achievement gap reveals a growing disparity in the united states between the rising national average on the math portions of the college entry sat and act exam￭ s as opposed to the flat lining verbal portions on the same tests
a m￭ ating plug also known as a co￭ pul￭ ation plug sperm plug vag￭ inal plug sement or sp￭ hr￭ ag￭ is is gelat￭ inous secre￭ tion used in the m￭ ating of some species it is deposited by a male into a female genital tract such as the vag￭ ina and later hard￭ ens into a plug or gl￭ ues the tract together while females can expel the plu￭ gs the male ’ s sperm still gets a time advantage in getting to the egg which is often the deciding factor in fertili￭ zation the m￭ ating plug plays an important role in sperm competition and may serve as an alternative and more advantageous strategy to active mate guarding in some species such a passive mate guarding strategy may reduce selection on large male size such a strategy may be advantageous because it would allow a male to increase reproductive success by spending more time pursuing new female mates rather than active mate guarding
matrix chain multiplication or matrix chain ordering problem m￭ cop is an optimi￭ zation problem that can be solved using dynamic programming given a sequence of mat￭ ric￭ es the goal is to find the most efficient way to multiply these mat￭ ric￭ es the problem is not actually to perform the multiplic￭ ations but merely to decide the sequence of the matrix multiplic￭ ations involved here are many options because matrix multiplication is associ￭ ative in other words no matter how the product is paren￭ the￭ sized the result obtained will remain the same for example for four mat￭ ric￭ es a b c and d we would have ab c d a bc d ab cd a bc d a b cd however the order in which the product is paren￭ the￭ sized affects the number of simple arithmetic operations needed to compu￭ te the product or the efficiency for example if a is a 10 × 30 matrix b is a 30 × 5 matrix and c is a 5 × 60 matrix then computing ab c needs 10 × 30 × 5 10 × 5 × 60 1500 3000 4500 operations whi￭ le￭ computing a bc needs 30 × 5 × 60 10 × 30 × 60 9000 18000 27￭ 000 operations clearly the first method is more efficient with this information the problem statement can be refined as how to determine the optimal paren￭ the￭ si￭ zation of a product of n mat￭ ric￭ es checking each possible paren￭ the￭ si￭ zation brute force would require a run time that is exponential in the number of mat￭ ric￭ es which is very slow and impractical for large n a quicker solution to this problem can be achieved by breaking up the problem into a set of related sub￭ problems by solving sub￭ problems once and re￭ using the solutions the required run time can drastically reduced this concept is known as dynamic programming
in mathematics a matrix coefficient or matrix element is a function on a group of a special form which depends on a linear representation of the group and additional data for the case of a finite group matrix coefficients express the action of the elements of the group in the specified representation via the entries of the corresponding mat￭ ric￭ es matrix coefficients of representations of lie groups turned out to be intimately related with the theory of special functions providing a unifying approach to large parts of this theory growth properties of matrix coefficients play a key role in the classification of irre￭ du￭ ci￭ ble representations of locally compact groups in particular reduc￭ tive real and p adic groups the form￭ alism of matrix coefficients leads to a gener￭ alization of the notion of a mod￭ ular form in a different direction mixing properties of certain dynam￭ ical systems are controlled by the properties of suitable matrix coefficients
in mathematics a matrix function is a function which maps a matrix to another matrix
the mat￭ ro￭ id parti￭ tioning problem is a problem arising in the mathematical study of mat￭ ro￭ ids and in the design and analysis of algori￭ th￭ ms in which the goal is to partition the elements of a mat￭ ro￭ id into as few independent sets as possible an example is the problem of computing the ar￭ bor￭ icity of an un￭ directed graph the minimum number of forests needed to cover all of its edges mat￭ ro￭ id parti￭ tioning may be solved in poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al time given an independence oracle for the mat￭ ro￭ id it may be generalized to show that a mat￭ ro￭ id sum is itself a mat￭ ro￭ id to provide an algori￭ thm for computing ranks and independent sets in mat￭ ro￭ id sums and to compu￭ te the largest common independent set in the inter￭ section of two given mat￭ ro￭ ids
in soci￭ ology the matthew effect or accumulated advantage is the phenomenon where the rich get richer and the poor get poorer in both its original and typical usage it is meant met￭ aphor￭ ically to refer to issues of fame or status but it may also be used literally to refer to cumulative advantage of economic capital the term was first coined by socio￭ logist robert k mer￭ ton in 1968 and takes its name from the par￭ able of the talents in the biblical gospe￭ l of matthew as a result of the mati￭ lda effect har￭ ri￭ et zuc￭ ker￭ man is also credited by mer￭ ton as the co author of the matthew effect
in psychology maturity is the ability to respond to the environment in an appropriate manner this response is generally learned rather than instinc￭ tive maturity also encompasses being aware of the correct time and place to behave and knowing when to act according to the circumstances and the culture of the society one lives in adult development and maturity theories include the purpose in life concept in which maturity emphasizes a clear comprehension of life s purpose direc￭ tedness and intenti￭ on￭ ality which contributes to the feeling that life is meaningful the status of maturity is distinguished by the shift away from reliance on guar￭ di￭ anship and the oversight of an adult in decision making acts maturity has different definitions across legal social religious political sexual emotional and intellectual contexts the age or qualities assigned for each of these contexts are tied to culturally significant indicators of independence that often vary as a result of social sentiments the concept of psychological maturity has implications across both legal and social contexts while a combination of political activism and scientific evidence continue to reshape and qualify its definition because of these factors the notion and definition of maturity and im￭ maturity is somewhat subjective american psycho￭ logist jer￭ ome brun￭ er proposed the purpose of the period of im￭ maturity as being a time for experimental play without serious consequences where a young animal can spend a great deal of time observing the actions of skilled others in coordination with oversight by and activity with its mother the key to human innovation through the use of symbols and tools therefore is re interpre￭ tive imitation that is practiced perf￭ ected and varied in play through extensive exploration of the limits on one s ability to interact with the world evolutionary psychologists have also hypothe￭ sized that cognitive im￭ maturity may serve an adap￭ tive purpose as a protective barrier for children against their own under developed me￭ ta cogn￭ ition and judgment a vulnerability that may put them in harm s way for youth today the steadily extending period of play and schooling going into the 21 st century comes as a result of the increasing complexity of our world and its technologies which too demand an increasing in￭ tric￭ acy of skill as well as a more exhaustive set of pre requisite abilities many of the behavioral and emotional problems associated with adoles￭ cence may arise as children cope with the increased demands placed on them demands which have become increasingly abstr￭ acted from the work and expectations of adul￭ thood
maturity onset diabetes of the young mo￭ dy refers to any of several hereditary forms of diabetes caused by mutations in an auto￭ som￭ al dominant gene sex independent i e inherited from any of the parents disrupting insulin production mo￭ dy is often referred to as mono￭ genic diabetes to distinguish it from the more common types of diabetes especially type 1 and type 2 which involve more complex combinations of causes involving multiple genes i e poly￭ genic and environmental factors mo￭ dy 2 and mo￭ dy 3 are the most common forms mo￭ dy should not be confused with latent auto￭ immune diabetes of adults lad￭ a — a form of type 1 dm with slower progression to insulin dependence than child onset type 1 dm and which occurs later in life
mauri￭ ac syndrome is a rare complic￭ ation of diabetes mell￭ it￭ us type 1 characterized by extreme he￭ pat￭ om￭ eg￭ al￭ y due to gly￭ co￭ gen de￭ position along with growth failure and delayed pu￭ ber￭ ty it occurs in children and adolescents with type 1 diabetes as a result of abnormally high blood sugar levels and the symptoms tend to rectify with attainment of normal blood sugar levels abnormally high blood sugar levels are relatively common among patients with type i diabetes but mauri￭ ac syndrome is rare suggesting that a factor affecting gly￭ co￭ gen metabol￭ ism in addition to the high level of blood sugar is necessary to cause the syndrome a study of an adoles￭ cent boy with severe mauri￭ ac syndrome found a mutation in ph￭ kg 2 which is the catalytic sub￭ unit of gly￭ co￭ gen phosphor￭ yl￭ ase kin￭ ase ph￭ k ph￭ k is a large enzyme complex responsible for the activation of gly￭ co￭ gen phosphor￭ yl￭ ase the first enzyme in the path￭ way of gly￭ co￭ gen metabol￭ ism expression of the mut￭ ant ph￭ kg 2 in a human liver cell line inhi￭ bited the enzyme activity of the ph￭ k complex and increased gly￭ co￭ gen levels the mother of the boy with mauri￭ ac syndrome possessed the mut￭ ant ph￭ kg 2 but did not have diabetes or a clin￭ ically detec￭ table enlarged liver the father of the boy had type 1 diabetes with abnormally high blood sugar levels and the size of his liver and his growth were normal the study suggests that a mut￭ ant enzyme of gly￭ co￭ gen metabol￭ ism in addition to an abnormally high blood glucose level is necessary to cause mauri￭ ac syndrome
ma￭ ut￭ am mi￭ zo for bam￭ boo death is a cyclic ecological phenomenon that occurs every 48 years in the nor￭ the￭ astern indian states of mi￭ zor￭ am and manip￭ ur which are thirty percent covered by wild bam￭ boo forests as well as chin state in burma particularly ha￭ k￭ ha than￭ t￭ lang fal￭ am pal￭ e￭ tw￭ a and mat￭ up￭ i town￭ ships one of its stages involves a rat boom which in turn creates a widespread famine in those areas during ma￭ ut￭ am mel￭ oc￭ anna b￭ acci￭ fera a species of bam￭ boo flowers at one time across a wide area this event is followed invariably by a plague of black rats in what is called a rat flood this occurs as the rats multiply in response to the temporary windfall of seeds and leave the forests to forage on stored grain when the bam￭ boo seeds are exhausted which in turn causes devastating famine famines thus caused have played a significant part in shaping the region s political history the most recent sp￭ ate of flowering on the bam￭ boo species genetically linked timetable began in may 2006 and the state government and the indian army attempted to prevent a famine
the maximum degree and diameter bounded sub￭ graph problem max￭ dd￭ bs is a problem in graph theory given a connected host graph g an upper bound for the degree d and an upper bound for the diameter k we look for the largest sub￭ graph s of g with maximum degree at most d and diameter at most k this problem is also referred to as the degree diameter sub￭ graph problem as it contains the degree diameter problem as a special case namely by taking a sufficiently large complete graph as a host graph despite being a natural gener￭ alization of the degree diameter problem max￭ dd￭ bs only began to be investigated in 2011 while research in the degree diameter problem has been active since the 1960 s regarding its compu￭ tational complexity the problem is n￭ p hard and not in ap￭ x i e it cannot be approxim￭ ated to within a constant factor in poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al time
max￭ ill￭ ary hypo￭ pl￭ asia is the name that denti￭ sts have given to the underdevelopment of the max￭ ill￭ ary bones which produces mid￭ facial re￭ tru￭ sion and creates the illusion of pro￭ tuber￭ ance of the lower jaw it is associated with c￭ rou￭ z￭ on syndrome as well as fe￭ tal alcohol syndrome
in complexity theory maximum common sub￭ graph isom￭ orph￭ ism mc￭ s is an optimi￭ zation problem that is known to be n￭ p hard the formal description of the problem is as follows maximum common sub￭ graph isom￭ orph￭ ism g 1 g 2 input two graphs g 1 and g 2 question what is the largest sub￭ graph of g 1 isom￭ orph￭ ic to a sub￭ graph of g 2 the associated decision problem i e given g 1 g 2 and an inte￭ ger k deciding whether g 1 contains a sub￭ graph of at least k ver￭ tices isom￭ orph￭ ic to a sub￭ graph of g 2 is n￭ p complete one possible solution for this problem is to build a mod￭ ular product graph in which the largest cli￭ que represents a solution for the mc￭ s problem mc￭ s algori￭ th￭ ms have a long tradition in chem￭ inform￭ atics and pharmaco￭ ph￭ ore mapping
in mathematics the maximum mod￭ ul￭ us principle in complex analysis states that if f is a holo￭ morph￭ ic function then the mod￭ ul￭ us f cannot exhibit a true local maximum that is properly within the domain of f in other words either f is a constant function or for any point z 0 inside the domain of f there exist other points arbitrarily close to z 0 at which f takes larger values
in compu￭ tational complexity theory the maximum satis￭ fi￭ ability problem max sat is the problem of determining the maximum number of clauses of a given boo￭ lean formula in con￭ junc￭ tive normal form that can be made true by an assignment of truth values to the variables of the formula it is a gener￭ alization of the boo￭ lean satis￭ fi￭ ability problem which asks whether there exists a truth assignment that makes all clauses true
maximum time in grade in a military force is the longest amount of time that an officer or en￭ listed man is allowed to remain in the service without being promoted if the soldier has not been promoted by the time he reaches m￭ ti￭ g he is discharged from the service today a recruit may enter the service at 17 years old and stay in service until age 65 for a total of 48 years of service
maximum tolerable period of disruption mt￭ pod is the maximum amount of time that an enterprise s key products or services can be unavailable or un￭ deliver￭ able after an event that causes disruption to operations before its stakeholders perceive unacceptable consequences
the mayer f function is an auxiliary function that often appears in the series expansion of thermo￭ dynamic quantities related to classical many particle systems
may – he￭ gg￭ lin anomaly m￭ ha also known as do￭ hle leuk￭ oc￭ y￭ te inclu￭ sions with giant plat￭ el￭ ets and macro￭ thro￭ m￭ bo￭ cy￭ top￭ enia with leuk￭ oc￭ y￭ te inclu￭ sions is a rare genetic disorder of the blood plat￭ el￭ ets that causes them to be abnormally large
in medicine may – thur￭ ner syndrome m￭ ts also known as the ili￭ ac vein compression syndrome is a rare condition in which compression of the common ven￭ ous outflow tract of the left lower extre￭ mity may cause discomfort sw￭ elling pain or blood clo￭ ts called deep ven￭ ous thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis dv￭ t in the ili￭ of￭ em￭ oral vein the specific problem is compression of the left common ili￭ ac vein by the over￭ lying right common ili￭ ac artery this leads to pooling or st￭ asis of blood pre￭ disposing the individual to the formation of blood clo￭ ts un￭ common variations of m￭ ts have been described such as the right common ili￭ ac vein getting compressed by the right common ili￭ ac artery in the 21 st century the may – thur￭ ner syndrome definition has been expanded to a broader disease profile known as non￭ thro￭ m￭ bo￭ tic ili￭ ac vein le￭ sions ni￭ v￭ l which can involve both the right and left ili￭ ac ve￭ ins as well as multiple other named ven￭ ous segments this syndrome frequently manifests as pain when the limb is dependent hanging down the edge of a bed chair and or significant sw￭ elling of the whole limb
may – white syndrome is a rare famili￭ al progressive my￭ o￭ cl￭ onus epi￭ le￭ psy with li￭ po￭ mas deaf￭ ness and at￭ ax￭ ia this syndrome is probably a famili￭ al form of mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al encephal￭ om￭ y￭ opathy
in geo￭ logy a ma￭ z￭ uk￭ u swa￭ hil￭ i evil wind is a pocket of carbon dioxide rich air that can be lethal to any human or animal life inside ma￭ z￭ uk￭ u are created when carbon dioxide accumul￭ ates in pockets low to the ground co 2 is heavier than air which causes it to stay close to the ground and is also un￭ detec￭ table by human ol￭ factory or visual senses in most conditions ma￭ z￭ uk￭ u can be related to volcanic activity or to a natural disaster known as a lim￭ nic eruption in the first case noxious gases are released from the earth s cr￭ ust into the atmosphere whereas in the second case the gases originate deep in a lake and boil rapidly to the surface because of their nature as spor￭ adic and subtle events few ma￭ z￭ uk￭ u have been recorded but there is a growing understanding of them based on historical and fossil evidence
the mc￭ coll￭ ough effect is a phenomenon of human visual perception in which color￭ less grat￭ ings appear colored contingent on the orientation of the grat￭ ings it is an after￭ effect requiring a period of induc￭ tion to produce it for example if someone altern￭ ately looks at a red horizontal gr￭ ating and a green vertical gr￭ ating for a few minutes a black and white horizontal gr￭ ating will then look green￭ ish and a black and white vertical gr￭ ating will then look pin￭ k￭ ish the effect is remarkable for often lasting an hour or more the effect was discovered by american psycho￭ logist cel￭ este mc￭ coll￭ ough in 1965
mc￭ c￭ une – al￭ bright syndrome is a complex genetic disorder affecting the bone skin and endocrine systems
the mcf￭ ad￭ yen – stevens reaction is a chemical reaction best described as a base cataly￭ zed thermal de￭ composition of ac￭ yl￭ sul￭ fon￭ yl￭ hydra￭ z￭ ides to alde￭ hy￭ des the mcf￭ ad￭ yen – stevens reaction du￭ d￭ man et al have developed an alternative hydra￭ z￭ ide re￭ agent
mc￭ gil￭ liv￭ ray syndrome is a very rare syndrome which is also known as a cran￭ io￭ sy￭ no￭ sto￭ sis it is characterized mainly by heart defects skull and facial ab￭ norm￭ alities and ambiguous gen￭ italia the symptoms of this syndrome are ven￭ tric￭ ular sep￭ tal defect patent duc￭ tus arter￭ io￭ sus small jaw und￭ es￭ c￭ ended test￭ es and web￭ bed fingers beside to these symptoms there are more symptoms which is related with bone structure and mis￭ shape it was first recovered by modern understanding of cran￭ io￭ sy￭ no￭ sto￭ sis is referenced from the 18￭ 51 writ￭ ings of vir￭ chow his understanding and descriptions of irregular cal￭ vari￭ al growth patterns were the basis of the law of vir￭ chow the patients could be diagnosed by a mis￭ shap￭ en skull with the shape depending on which of the cran￭ ial su￭ tures slow or no growth of the head as the baby grows development of a raised hard ridge along affected su￭ tures and increased pressure within the skull in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial pressure this could be cured by various sur￭ ger￭ ies about mc￭ gil￭ liv￭ ray mc￭ gil￭ liv￭ ray mc￭ gil￭ liv￭ ray syndrome is a birth defect in which one or more of the joints between the bones of your baby s skull close prematurely before your baby s brain is fully formed when your baby has cran￭ io￭ sy￭ no￭ sto￭ sis his or her brain can t grow in its natural shape and the head is mis￭ shap￭ en it can affect one or more of the joints in your baby s skull in some cases cran￭ io￭ sy￭ no￭ sto￭ sis is associated with an underlying brain ab￭ normality that prevents the brain from growing properly treating mc￭ gil￭ liv￭ ray usually involves surgery to separate the f￭ used bones if there s no underlying brain ab￭ normality the surgery allows baby ’ s brain to grow and develop in adequate space symptoms your baby s skull has seven bones normally these bones don t fuse until around age 2 giving your baby s brain time to grow joints called cran￭ ial su￭ tures made of strong fi￭ bro￭ us tissue hold these bones together in the front of your baby s skull the su￭ tures inter￭ sect in the large soft spot fon￭ tan￭ el on the top of your baby s head normally the su￭ tures remain flexible until the bones fuse the signs of cran￭ io￭ sy￭ no￭ sto￭ sis may not be noticeable at birth but they become apparent during the first few months of your baby s life the symptoms differs from types of sy￭ no￭ sto￭ sis first of all there is sag￭ it￭ tal sy￭ no￭ sto￭ sis s￭ cap￭ ho￭ cephal￭ y premature fusion of the su￭ ture at the top of the head sag￭ it￭ tal su￭ ture forces the head to grow long and narrow rather than wide s￭ cap￭ ho￭ cephal￭ y is the most common type of cran￭ io￭ sy￭ no￭ sto￭ sis the other one is called cor￭ onal sy￭ no￭ sto￭ sis an￭ terior pl￭ ag￭ io￭ cephal￭ y premature fusion of a cor￭ onal su￭ ture — one of the structures that run from each ear to the sag￭ it￭ tal su￭ ture on top of the head — may force your baby s fore￭ head to fl￭ atten on the affected side it may also raise the eye socket and cause a devi￭ ated nose and s￭ lan￭ ted skull the bic￭ or￭ onal sy￭ no￭ sto￭ sis br￭ ach￭ y￭ cephal￭ y when both of the cor￭ onal su￭ tures fuse prematurely your baby may have a flat elevated fore￭ head and bro￭ w
the mc￭ gur￭ k effect is a percep￭ tual phenomenon that demonstrates an interaction between hearing and vision in speech perception the illusion occurs when the aud￭ itory component of one sound is p￭ aired with the visual component of another sound leading to the perception of a third sound the visual information a person gets from seeing a person speak changes the way they hear the sound if a person is getting poor quality aud￭ itory information but good quality visual information they may be more likely to experience the mc￭ gur￭ k effect integration abilities for audio and visual information may also influence whether a person will experience the effect people who are better at sensory integration have been shown to be more susceptible to the effect many people are affected differently by the mc￭ gur￭ k effect based on many factors including brain damage and other disorders
mc￭ k￭ us￭ ick – kauf￭ man syndrome is a genetic condition associated with m￭ k￭ ks the condition is named for dr robert l kauf￭ man and victor mc￭ k￭ us￭ ick it is sometimes known by the abbreviation m￭ ks in infancy it can be difficult to distinguish between m￭ ks and the related bar￭ det – bi￭ ed￭ l syndrome as the more severe symptoms of the latter condition rarely materialise before adul￭ thood
the m￭ cla￭ ffer￭ ty re￭ arrangement is a reaction observed in mass spec￭ tro￭ metry it is sometimes found that a mol￭ ecu￭ le containing a ke￭ to group under￭ goes β cle￭ av￭ age with the gain of the γ hydrogen atom this re￭ arrangement may take place by a radical or ion￭ ic mechanism
m￭ cle￭ od syndrome or m￭ cle￭ od phenomenon m￭ ə￭ ˈ￭ kla￭ ʊ￭ d is an x linked rec￭ essive genetic disorder that may affect the blood brain peripheral nerves muscle and heart it is caused by a variety of rec￭ essively inherited mutations in the x￭ k gene on the x chro￭ mo￭ some the gene is responsible for producing the k￭ x protein a secondary supportive protein for the k￭ ell antigen on the red blood cell surface
the mc￭ mul￭ len problem is an open problem in dis￭ crete geometry named after peter mc￭ mul￭ len
this reduc￭ tive coupling can be viewed as involving two steps first is the formation of a pin￭ a￭ col￭ ate 1 2 di￭ ol￭ ate complex a step which is equivalent to the pin￭ a￭ col coupling reaction the second step is the de￭ oxy￭ gen￭ ation of the pin￭ a￭ col￭ ate which yields the al￭ k￭ ene this second step exploits the ox￭ oph￭ il￭ icity of titanium several mechanisms have been discussed for this reaction low val￭ ent titanium species induce coupling of the carbon￭ y￭ ls by single electr￭ on transfer to the carbon￭ yl groups the required low val￭ ent titanium species are generated via reduction usually with zinc powder this reaction is often performed in th￭ f because it solu￭ bi￭ li￭ zes intermediate complex￭ es facilitates the electr￭ on transfer steps and is not reduced under the reaction conditions the nature of low val￭ ent titanium species formed is varied as the products formed by reduction of the precursor titanium hali￭ de complex will naturally depend upon both the solvent most commonly th￭ f or d￭ me and the reducing agent employed typically lith￭ ium aluminum hy￭ dri￭ de zinc copper couple zinc dust magnesium mercury am￭ alg￭ am magnesium or alkali metals bo￭ gdan￭ ov￭ ic and bol￭ te identified the nature and mode of action of the active species in some classical mc￭ mur￭ ry systems and an overview of proposed reaction mechanisms has been published it is of note that titanium dioxide is not generally a product of the coupling reaction although it is true that titanium dioxide is usually the eventual fate of titanium used in these reactions it is generally formed upon the aqu￭ eous work￭ up of the reaction mixture
means ends analysis mea is a problem solving technique used commonly in artificial intelligence ai for limiting search in ai programs it is also a technique used at least since the 1950 s as a creativity tool most frequently mentioned in engineering books on design methods mea is also related to means ends chain approach used commonly in consumer behavior analysis it is also a way to clarify one s thoughts when embarking on a mathematical proof
meas￭ les is a highly contagious infection caused by the meas￭ les virus initial signs and symptoms typically include fever often greater than 40 ° c 104 0 ° f cough run￭ ny nose and infl￭ amed eyes two or three days after the start of symptoms small white spots may form inside the mouth known as kop￭ lik s spots a red flat rash which usually starts on the face and then spreads to the rest of the body typically begins three to five days after the start of symptoms symptoms usually develop 10 – 12 days after exposure to an infected person and last 7 – 10 days complications occur in about 30 and may include diarr￭ hea blindness infl￭ amm￭ ation of the brain and pneumonia among others rub￭ ella german meas￭ les and ro￭ se￭ ola are different diseases meas￭ les is an airborne disease which spreads easily through the cou￭ ghs and snee￭ zes of those infected it may also be spread through contact with sali￭ va or nas￭ al secre￭ tions nine out of ten people who are not immune and share living space with an infected person will catch it people are infectious to others from four days before to four days after the start of the rash people usually do not get the disease more than once testing for the virus in suspected cases is important for public health efforts the meas￭ les vaccine is effective at preventing the disease vaccination has resulted in a 75 decrease in deaths from meas￭ les between 2000 and 2013 with about 85 of children globally being currently vaccinated no specific treatment is available supportive care may improve outcomes this may include giving oral re￭ hydr￭ ation solution slightly sweet and sal￭ ty fluids healthy food and medications to control the fever antibiotics may be used if a secondary bacterial infection such as pneumonia occurs vitamin a supplem￭ entation is also recommended in the developing world meas￭ les affects about 20 million people a year primarily in the developing areas of africa and asia it causes the most vaccine preventable deaths of any disease it resulted in about 96 000 deaths in 2013 down from 545 000 deaths in 1990 in 1980 the disease was estimated to have caused 2 6 million deaths per year most of those who are infected and who die are less than five years old the risk of death among those infected is usually 0 2 but may be up to 10 in those who have malnutrition it is not believed to affect other animals before immun￭ ization in the united states between three and four million cases occurred each year as a result of widespread vaccination the disease was eliminated from the americas in 2016
the measurement problem in quantum mechanics is the problem of how or whether wa￭ ve￭ function collapse occurs the inability to observe this process directly has given rise to different interpretations of quantum mechanics and poses a key set of questions that each interpretation must answer the wa￭ ve￭ function in quantum mechanics evol￭ ves deter￭ minis￭ tically according to the schrö￭ d￭ inger equation as a linear super￭ position of different states but actual measurements always find the physical system in a definite state any future evolution is based on the state the system was discovered to be in when the measurement was made meaning that the measurement did something to the system that is not obviously a consequence of schrö￭ d￭ inger evolution to express matters differently to paraphrase steven we￭ in￭ berg the schrö￭ d￭ inger wave equation determines the wa￭ ve￭ function at any later time if observers and their measuring apparatus are themselves described by a deter￭ minis￭ tic wave function why can we not predict precise results for measurements but only prob￭ abilities as a general question how can one establish a correspondence between quantum and classical reality
the measurement of economic worth over time is the problem of equ￭ ating past prices costs values and proportions of social production to current prices costs values and proportions of social production for a number of reasons the ability to equate any past indicator with a current indicator of worth is theoretically and practically difficult for economists historians and political economists this has led to some questioning of the idea of time series of worth having any meaning however the popular demand for measurements of social worth over time have caused the production of a number of series
u￭ re￭ th￭ ral me￭ atal sten￭ osis or u￭ re￭ th￭ ral stric￭ ture is a narrowing sten￭ osis of the opening of the u￭ re￭ th￭ ra at the external me￭ atus mi￭ ː￭ ˈ￭ e￭ ɪ￭ t￭ ə￭ s thus con￭ stric￭ ting the opening through which urine leaves the body from the ur￭ inary blad￭ der
the me￭ bi￭ bit is a multiple of the bit a unit of information pre￭ fixed by the standards based multiplier me￭ bi symbol mi a b￭ inary pre￭ fix meaning 220 the unit symbol of the me￭ bi￭ bit is mi￭ bit 1 me￭ bi￭ bit 220 bits 10￭ 48￭ 576 bits 10￭ 24 ki￭ bi￭ bits this unit is most useful for measuring ram and rom chip capacity the me￭ bi￭ bit is closely related to the me￭ gab￭ it which equals 106 bits 1 000 000 bits throughout the 1980 s and 1990 s video game manufacturers would sometimes report the amount of internal car￭ tri￭ dge rom in me￭ gab￭ its on their packaging 1 me￭ gab￭ it equ￭ aled 128 ki￭ bi￭ by￭ te 8 me￭ gab￭ its were 1 me￭ bi￭ by￭ te of rom containing game instructions and data
the me￭ bi￭ by￭ te is a multiple of the unit by￭ te for digital information the b￭ inary pre￭ fix me￭ bi means 220 therefore one me￭ bi￭ by￭ te is equal to 10￭ 48￭ 576 by￭ tes 10￭ 24 ki￭ bi￭ by￭ tes the unit symbol for the me￭ bi￭ by￭ te is mi￭ b the unit was established by the international electro￭ technical commission iec in 1998 it was designed to replace the me￭ gab￭ y￭ te when used in the b￭ inary sense to mean 220 by￭ tes which is incompatible with the definition of the pre￭ fix mega in the international system of units si as a multiplier of 106 the b￭ inary pre￭ fixes have been accepted by all major standards organizations and are part of the international system of quantities many lin￭ ux distribu￭ tions use the unit but it is not widely acknowledged within the industry or media
prior to the early 1990 s the studies on different chemical and physical variables of son￭ olu￭ min￭ es￭ cence were all conducted using multi bubble son￭ olu￭ min￭ es￭ cence m￭ b￭ sl this was a problem since all of the theories and bubble dynamics were based on single bubble son￭ olu￭ min￭ es￭ cence s￭ b￭ sl and researchers believed that the bubble osci￭ ll￭ ations of neighboring bubbles could affect each other single bubble son￭ olu￭ min￭ es￭ cence wasn t achieved until the early 1990 s and allowed the study of the effects of various parameters on a single cav￭ itating bubble after many of the early theories were dis￭ proved the remaining plausible theories can be classified into two different processes electrical and thermal
a mec￭ kel s diver￭ ticul￭ um a true con￭ genital diver￭ ticul￭ um is a slight bul￭ ge in the small intest￭ ine present at birth and a vesti￭ gi￭ al rem￭ nant of the om￭ p￭ hal￭ om￭ es￭ enter￭ ic duc￭ t also called the vit￭ ell￭ ine duc￭ t or y￭ ol￭ k stal￭ k it is the most common mal￭ formation of the gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract and is present in approximately 2 of the population with males more frequently experiencing symptoms mec￭ kel s diver￭ ticul￭ um was first explained by fabric￭ ius hil￭ dan￭ us in the sixteenth century and later named after jo￭ han￭ n friedrich mec￭ kel who described the embry￭ ological origin of this type of diver￭ ticul￭ um in 18￭ 09
mec￭ kel syndrome also known as mec￭ kel – gru￭ ber syndrome gru￭ ber syndrome dy￭ sen￭ ce￭ ph￭ alia s￭ plan￭ ch￭ no￭ c￭ ys￭ tica is a rare lethal ci￭ li￭ opathic genetic disorder characterized by ren￭ al c￭ ys￭ tic dys￭ pl￭ asia central nervous system mal￭ formations oc￭ ci￭ p￭ ital encephal￭ oce￭ le poly￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly post ax￭ ial he￭ p￭ atic developmental defects and pul￭ mon￭ ary hypo￭ pl￭ asia due to oligo￭ hy￭ dram￭ ni￭ os mec￭ kel – gru￭ ber syndrome is named for jo￭ han￭ n mec￭ kel and georg gru￭ ber
me￭ con￭ ium aspiration syndrome mas also known as ne￭ on￭ atal aspiration of me￭ con￭ ium is a medical condition affecting new￭ born infants it occurs when me￭ con￭ ium is present in their lungs during or before delivery me￭ con￭ ium is the first sto￭ ol of an infant composed of materials ing￭ ested during the time the infant spends in the uter￭ us me￭ con￭ ium is normally stored in the infant s intest￭ ines until after birth but sometimes often in response to fe￭ tal distress and hypo￭ x￭ ia it is expelled into the am￭ ni￭ otic fluid prior to birth or during labor if the baby then inhal￭ es the contaminated fluid respiratory problems may occur
me￭ con￭ ium per￭ it￭ oni￭ tis refers to rupture of the bo￭ wel prior to birth resulting in fe￭ tal sto￭ ol me￭ con￭ ium escaping into the surrounding space per￭ it￭ on￭ eu￭ m leading to infl￭ amm￭ ation per￭ it￭ oni￭ tis despite the bo￭ wel rupture many infants born after me￭ con￭ ium per￭ it￭ oni￭ tis in uter￭ o have normal bo￭ wels and have no further issues infants with c￭ ys￭ tic fi￭ bro￭ sis are at increased risk for me￭ con￭ ium per￭ it￭ oni￭ tis
the medi￭ al epi￭ con￭ dy￭ le of the fem￭ ur is a bon￭ y pro￭ tru￭ sion located on the medi￭ al side of the bone s dis￭ tal end located above the medi￭ al con￭ dy￭ le it bears an elev￭ ation the ad￭ duc￭ tor tuber￭ cle which serves for the attachment of the superficial part or tend￭ inous insertion of the ad￭ duc￭ tor magn￭ us this tend￭ inous part here forms an inter￭ muscular sep￭ tum which forms the medi￭ al separation between the thi￭ gh s fl￭ ex￭ ors and ext￭ ens￭ ors behind it and proxim￭ al to the medi￭ al con￭ dy￭ le is a rough impression which gives origin to the medi￭ al head of the gastro￭ cn￭ emi￭ us
medi￭ al med￭ ul￭ l￭ ary syndrome also known as inferior altern￭ ating syndrome hypo￭ glos￭ sal altern￭ ating hem￭ ip￭ legi￭ a lower altern￭ ating hem￭ ip￭ legi￭ a or de￭ jer￭ ine syndrome is a type of altern￭ ating hem￭ ip￭ legi￭ a characterized by a set of clinical features resulting from oc￭ clu￭ sion of the an￭ terior spinal artery this results in the inf￭ arc￭ tion of medi￭ al part of the med￭ ul￭ la obl￭ ong￭ ata
medi￭ al inferior pon￭ tine syndrome is a condition associated with a contr￭ al￭ ateral hem￭ ip￭ legi￭ a medi￭ al inferior pon￭ tine syndrome has been described as equivalent to fo￭ ville s syndrome
the median al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar cyst is a rare cyst occurring in the bon￭ y al￭ ve￭ ol￭ us between the max￭ ill￭ ary central incis￭ ors it is distinguished from a peri￭ ap￭ ical cyst by the fact that adjacent teeth are vital
in medicine the median ar￭ cu￭ ate lig￭ ament syndrome m￭ als also known as ce￭ li￭ ac artery compression syndrome ce￭ li￭ ac axis syndrome ce￭ li￭ ac trunk compression syndrome or dun￭ bar syndrome is a condition characterized by ab￭ domin￭ al pain attributed to compression of the ce￭ li￭ ac artery and possibly the ce￭ li￭ ac gang￭ lia by the median ar￭ cu￭ ate lig￭ ament the ab￭ domin￭ al pain may be related to meals may be accompanied by weight loss and may be associated with an ab￭ domin￭ al bru￭ it heard by a clin￭ ician it is also called ce￭ li￭ ac artery compression syndrome the diagnosis of m￭ als is one of exclusion as many healthy patients demonstrate some degree of ce￭ li￭ ac artery compression in the absence of symptoms consequently a diagnosis of m￭ als is typically only enter￭ tained after more common conditions have been ruled out once suspected screening for m￭ als can be done with ul￭ tras￭ ono￭ graphy and confirmed with compu￭ ted tom￭ o￭ graphy ct or magnetic resonance mr an￭ gi￭ o￭ graphy treatment is generally surgical the main￭ stay being open division or separation of the median ar￭ cu￭ ate lig￭ ament combined with removal of the ce￭ li￭ ac gang￭ lia the majority of patients benefit from surgical intervention poorer responses to treatment tend to occur in patients of older age those with a psychiatric condition or who use alcohol have ab￭ domin￭ al pain unrelated to meals or who have not experienced weight loss
a median man￭ di￭ bul￭ ar cyst is a type of cyst that occurs in the mid￭ line of the man￭ di￭ ble thought to be created by proliferation and c￭ ys￭ tic de￭ generation of resting epi￭ the￭ li￭ al tissue that is left trapped within the substance of the bone during embry￭ o￭ logic fusion of the two hal￭ ves of the man￭ di￭ ble along the plane of fusion later termed the symp￭ h￭ ysis menti a ture median man￭ di￭ bul￭ ar cyst would therefore be classified as a non od￭ on￭ to￭ genic fis￭ sur￭ al cyst the existence of this le￭ sion as a unique clinical entity is controversial and some reported cases may have represented mis￭ diagnosed od￭ on￭ to￭ genic cy￭ sts which are by far the most common type of intr￭ ab￭ ony cyst occurring in the ja￭ ws it has also been suggested that the man￭ di￭ ble develops as a bi￭ lob￭ ed proliferation of mes￭ en￭ ch￭ y￭ me connected with a central is￭ th￭ mus therefore it is unlikely that epi￭ the￭ li￭ al tissue would become trapped as there is no ec￭ to￭ der￭ m separating the lob￭ es in the first instance
injuries to the arm fore￭ arm or wrist area can lead to various nerve disorders one such disorder is median nerve pal￭ sy if the median nerve is damaged the ability to abduc￭ t and oppose the thumb may be lost due to paralysis of the th￭ en￭ ar muscles various other symptoms can occur which may be repaired through surgery and tend￭ on transfers tend￭ on transfers have been very successful in restoring motor function and improving functional outcomes in patients with median nerve pal￭ sy
the median pal￭ atal cyst is a rare cyst that may occur anywhere along the median pal￭ atal rap￭ he it may produce a sw￭ elling because of infection and is treated by exc￭ ision or surgical removal some invest￭ og￭ ators now believe that this cyst represents a more poster￭ ior presentation of a nas￭ op￭ al￭ at￭ ine duc￭ t cyst rather than a separate c￭ ys￭ tic de￭ generation of epi￭ the￭ li￭ al rests at the line of fusion of the pal￭ at￭ ine shelves
median rap￭ he cy￭ sts are a cu￭ taneous condition of the penis due to developmental defects near the gl￭ ans
median r￭ hom￭ bo￭ id glos￭ si￭ tis mr￭ g also known as central pap￭ ill￭ ary atro￭ phy or glos￭ sal central pap￭ ill￭ ary atro￭ phy is a condition characterized by an area of red￭ ness and loss of lingual pap￭ il￭ la￭ e situated on the dor￭ sum of the tongue in the mid￭ line immediately in front of the circum￭ vall￭ ate pap￭ il￭ la￭ e median r￭ hom￭ bo￭ id glos￭ si￭ tis is thought to be created by a chronic fun￭ gal infection and usually is a type of oral candi￭ di￭ asis
medi￭ ast￭ inal fi￭ bro￭ sis most common cause is idi￭ opathic medi￭ ast￭ inal fi￭ bro￭ sis less commonly hist￭ op￭ las￭ mo￭ sis tuberculosis or unknown it is characterized by invasive calci￭ fied fi￭ bro￭ sis centered on lymp￭ h no￭ des that block major vessels and airways in europe this disease is exceptionally rare more cases are se￭ en￭ in usa where the disease may often be associated with hist￭ op￭ las￭ mo￭ sis
medi￭ ast￭ inal germ cell tumors are tumors that derive from germ cell rest remnants in the medi￭ ast￭ inum they most commonly occur in the gon￭ ad but occasionally elsewhere
medi￭ ast￭ inal lymp￭ had￭ en￭ opathy or medi￭ ast￭ inal aden￭ opathy is an enlargement of the medi￭ ast￭ inal lymp￭ h no￭ des
the medi￭ ast￭ inum is the cav￭ ity that separates the lungs from the rest of the chest it contains the heart es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus trac￭ hea th￭ ym￭ us and a￭ or￭ ta the medi￭ ast￭ inum has three main parts the an￭ terior medi￭ ast￭ inum front the middle medi￭ ast￭ inum and the poster￭ ior medi￭ ast￭ inum back the most common medi￭ ast￭ inal masses are neuro￭ genic tumors 20 of medi￭ ast￭ inal tumors usually found in the poster￭ ior medi￭ ast￭ inum followed by thy￭ mom￭ a 15 20 located in the an￭ terior medi￭ ast￭ inum masses in the an￭ terior portion of the medi￭ ast￭ inum can include thy￭ mom￭ a lymp￭ homa p￭ he￭ och￭ ro￭ mo￭ cy￭ tom￭ a germ cell tumors including ter￭ atom￭ a thyro￭ id tissue and par￭ ath￭ yro￭ id le￭ sions masses in this area are more likely to be m￭ align￭ ant than those in other compart￭ ments masses in the poster￭ ior portion of the medi￭ ast￭ inum tend to be neuro￭ genic in origin and in adults tend to be of ne￭ ural she￭ ath origin including ne￭ ur￭ il￭ em￭ om￭ as and neuro￭ fi￭ bro￭ mas lung cancer typically spreads to the lymp￭ h no￭ des in the medi￭ ast￭ inum
medi￭ ast￭ initi￭ s is infl￭ amm￭ ation of the tissues in the mid chest or medi￭ ast￭ inum it can be either acute or chronic acute medi￭ ast￭ initi￭ s is usually bacterial and due to rupture of organs in the medi￭ ast￭ inum as the infection can progress rapidly this is considered a serious condition chronic s￭ cl￭ ero￭ sing or fi￭ bro￭ sing medi￭ ast￭ initi￭ s while potentially serious is caused by a long standing infl￭ amm￭ ation of the medi￭ ast￭ inum leading to growth of ac￭ ell￭ ular coll￭ agen and fi￭ bro￭ us tissue within the chest and around the central vessels and airways it has a different cause treatment and prog￭ no￭ sis than acute infectious medi￭ ast￭ initi￭ s
in telecommunications network management a mediation function is a function that routes or acts on information passing between network elements and network operations examples of mediation functions are communications control protocol conversion data handling communications of primi￭ tives processing that includes decision making and data storage mediation functions can be shared among network elements mediation devices and network operation centers
in politics and law medi￭ atisation pron￭ unciation mi￭ ː￭ di￭ ə￭ ta￭ ɪ￭ ˈ￭ ze￭ ɪ￭ ʃ￭ ə￭ n is the loss of immedi￭ acy immedi￭ acy is the status of persons not subject to local lords but only to a higher authority directly such as the holy roman emperor in a feu￭ dal context it is the introduction of an intervening level of authority between a lord and his v￭ ass￭ al so that the former is no longer the immediate lord of the latter but rather his lord￭ ship is medi￭ ated by another although the process had been going on since the middle ages the term medi￭ atisation was originally applied to the reorganisation of the german states during the early 19 th century in this case many states that were immediate v￭ ass￭ als of the holy roman emperor became instead v￭ ass￭ als of other immediate states so that the total number of states immediately subject to the emperor decreased
a medical emergency is an acute injury or illness that poses an immediate risk to a person s life or long term health these emergencies may require assistance from another person who should ideally be suitably qualified to do so although some of these emergencies such as cardiovascular heart respiratory gastro￭ intest￭ inal cannot be dealt with by the victim themselves dependent on the severity of the emergency and the quality of any treatment given it may require the involvement of multiple levels of care from first ai￭ ders to emergency medical technicians and emergency physicians any response to an emergency medical situation will depend strongly on the situation the patient involved and availability of resources to help them it will also vary depending on whether the emergency occurs whilst in hospital under medical care or outside of medical care for instance in the street or alone at home
a medical error is a preventable adverse effect of care whether or not it is evident or harmful to the patient this might include an inaccurate or incomplete diagnosis or treatment of a disease injury syndrome behavior infection or other ail￭ ment globally it is estimated that 142 000 people died in 2013 from adverse effects of medical treatment this is an increase from 94 000 in 1990 however a 2016 study of the number of deaths that were a result of medical error in the u s placed the yearly death rate in the u s alone at 251 454 deaths which suggests that the 2013 global estimation may not be accurate
medical malpractice is a legal cause of action that occurs when a medical professional devi￭ ates from standards in his or her profession thereby causing injury to a patient
medical students disease also known as second year syndrome or inter￭ n s syndrome is a condition frequently reported in medical students who perceive themselves to be experiencing the symptoms of a disease that they are studying the condition is associated with the fear of contracting the disease in question some authors suggested that the condition must be referred to as no￭ s￭ opho￭ bia rather than hypo￭ ch￭ on￭ dri￭ asis because the quoted studies show a very low percentage of hypo￭ ch￭ on￭ dri￭ ac￭ al character of the condition and hence the term hypo￭ ch￭ on￭ dri￭ asis would have ominous therapeutic and prog￭ no￭ s￭ tic indications the reference suggests that the condition is associated with immediate preoccupation with the symptoms in question leading the student to become unduly aware of various casual psychological and physiological dys￭ functions cases show little correlation with the severity of psychop￭ ath￭ ology but rather with accidental factors related to learning and experience
medic￭ ally un￭ explained physical symptoms mu￭ ps or mus are symptoms for which a treating physician or other healthcare providers have found no medical cause or whose cause remains contested in its strictest sense the term simply means that the cause for the symptoms is unknown or disputed — there is no scientific consensus typically the possibility that mu￭ ps are caused by prescription drugs or other drugs is ignored however in practice most physicians and authors who use the term consider that the symptoms most likely arise from psychological causes it is estimated that between 15 and 30 of all primary care consultations are for medic￭ ally un￭ explained symptoms a large canadian community survey revealed that the most common medic￭ ally un￭ explained symptoms are mus￭ cul￭ osk￭ el￭ etal pain ear nose and throat symptoms ab￭ domin￭ al pain and gastro￭ intest￭ inal symptoms fatigue and di￭ zz￭ iness the term mu￭ ps can also be used to refer to syndro￭ mes whose eti￭ ology remains contested including chronic fatigue syndrome fi￭ bro￭ my￭ al￭ gia multiple chemical sensitivity and gulf war illness many patients presenting with medic￭ ally un￭ explained symptoms also meet the diagnostic criteria for anxiety and or depression the likelihood of meeting such criteria increases with the number of un￭ explained symptoms reported however anxiety and depression are also very common in individuals with medic￭ ally explained illnesses and again the likelihood of a person receiving one of these diagnoses increases with the number of symptoms reported consequently on the current evidence we cannot infer that anxiety or depression are causes of medic￭ ally un￭ explained physical symptoms physical symptoms have been associated with adverse psycho￭ social and functional outcome across different cultures irrespective of eti￭ ology either explained or un￭ explained
medication induced hyper￭ li￭ po￭ prote￭ in￭ emia is a condition that results from the decreasing of li￭ po￭ protein lip￭ ase activity resulting in erup￭ tive x￭ an￭ thomas
medication over￭ use headache mo￭ h also known as rebound headache usually occurs when anal￭ ges￭ ics are taken frequently to relieve headaches rebound headaches frequently occur daily can be very painful and are a common cause of chronic daily headache they typically occur in patients with an underlying headache disorder such as migr￭ aine or tension type headache that trans￭ forms over time from an ep￭ is￭ od￭ ic condition to chronic daily headache due to excessive intake of acute headache relief medications mo￭ h is a serious disab￭ ling and well characterized disorder which represents a worldwide problem and is now considered the third most prevalent type of headache population based studies report the prevalence rate of mo￭ h to be 1 to 2 in the general population but its relative frequency is much higher in secondary and tertiary care
the medieval rena￭ is￭ san￭ ces were periods characterised by significant cultural renewal right across medieval western europe these are effectively seen as occurring in three phases the carol￭ ing￭ ian renaissance 8 th and 9 th centuries o￭ tt￭ onian renaissance 10 th century and the renaissance of the 12 th century the term was first used by medi￭ ev￭ alists in the 19 th century by analogy with the histori￭ o￭ graphical concept of the 15 th and 16 th century italian renaissance this was notable since it marked a break with the dominant histori￭ o￭ graphy of the time which saw the middle ages as dark and obscur￭ anti￭ st the term has always been a subject of debate and criticism particularly on how widespread such renewal movements were and on the validity of comparing them with the italian renaissance
medium chain ac￭ yl co￭ a de￭ hydro￭ gen￭ ase deficiency often known as mc￭ ad deficiency or mc￭ add is a disorder of fatty acid oxid￭ ation that imp￭ airs the body s ability to break down medium chain fatty acids into ace￭ ty￭ l co￭ a the disorder is characterized by hypo￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia and sudden death without timely intervention most often brought on by periods of fast￭ ing or v￭ om￭ iting prior to expanded new￭ born screening mc￭ add was an under￭ diagnosed cause of sudden death in infants individuals who have been identified prior to the onset of symptoms have an excellent prog￭ no￭ sis mc￭ add is most prevalent in individuals of northern european caucasian descent with an incidence of 1 4000 to 1 17 000 depending on the population treatment of mc￭ add is mainly preventative by avoiding fast￭ ing and other situations where the body relies on fatty acid oxid￭ ation to supply energy
med￭ ul￭ l￭ ary carcin￭ oma of the breast is a type of breast cancer it is relatively circum￭ scri￭ bed it involves infiltr￭ ation by lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tes
med￭ ul￭ l￭ ary c￭ ys￭ tic kidney disease mc￭ k￭ d is an auto￭ som￭ al dominant kidney disorder characterized by tu￭ bul￭ o￭ inter￭ sti￭ tial sclerosis leading to end stage ren￭ al disease because the presence of cy￭ sts is neither an early nor a typical diagnostic feature of the disease and because at least 4 different gene mutations may give rise to the condition the name auto￭ som￭ al dominant tu￭ bul￭ o￭ inter￭ sti￭ tial kidney disease ad￭ t￭ k￭ d has been proposed to be appended with the underlying genetic variant for a particular individual importantly if cy￭ sts are found in the med￭ ul￭ l￭ ary collecting duc￭ ts they can result in a shrun￭ ken kidney unlike that of poly￭ c￭ ys￭ tic kidney disease there are two known forms of med￭ ul￭ l￭ ary c￭ ys￭ tic kidney disease m￭ uc￭ in 1 kidney disease 1 m￭ k￭ d 1 and m￭ uc￭ in 2 kidney disease u￭ ro￭ mod￭ ulin kidney disease m￭ k￭ d 2 a third form of the disease occurs due to mutations in the gene en￭ coding ren￭ in ad￭ t￭ k￭ d ren and has formerly been known as famili￭ al juvenile hyper￭ ur￭ ic￭ emic ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ pa￭ thy type 2
med￭ ul￭ l￭ ary spon￭ ge kidney also known as cac￭ chi – ric￭ ci disease is a con￭ genital disorder of the kidneys characterized by c￭ ys￭ tic di￭ lat￭ ation of the collecting tu￭ bul￭ es in one or both kidneys individuals with med￭ ul￭ l￭ ary spon￭ ge kidney are at increased risk for kidney stones and ur￭ inary tract infection patients with m￭ sk typically pass twice as many stones per year as do other stone form￭ ers without m￭ sk while described as a benign disorder with a low morbi￭ dity rate as many as 10 of patients with m￭ sk have an increased risk of morbi￭ dity associated with frequent stones and uti￭ s while some patients report increased chronic kidney pain the source of the pain when a u￭ ti or block￭ age is not present is unclear at this time ren￭ al col￭ ic flank and back pain is present in 55 of patients women with m￭ sk experience more stones uti￭ s and complications than men m￭ sk was previously believed not to be hereditary but there is more evidence coming forth that may indicate otherwise
med￭ ul￭ l￭ ary thyro￭ id cancer m￭ tc is a form of thyro￭ id carcin￭ oma which originates from the par￭ af￭ ol￭ lic￭ ular cells c cells which produce the hormone cal￭ cit￭ on￭ in med￭ ul￭ l￭ ary tumors are the third most common of all thyro￭ id cancers they make up about 3 of all thyro￭ id cancer cases approximately 25 of med￭ ul￭ l￭ ary thyro￭ id cancer is genetic in nature caused by a mutation in the ret pro￭ to on￭ co￭ gene this form is classified as famili￭ al m￭ tc when m￭ tc occurs by itself it is termed spor￭ adic m￭ tc when it co￭ exists with tumors of the par￭ ath￭ yro￭ id g￭ land and med￭ ul￭ l￭ ary component of the adren￭ al g￭ lands p￭ he￭ och￭ ro￭ mo￭ cy￭ tom￭ a it is called multiple endocrine ne￭ op￭ la￭ sia type 2 men 2 it was first characterized in 1959
med￭ ul￭ lo￭ bl￭ ast￭ oma m￭ ə￭ ˌ￭ d￭ ʌ￭ lo￭ ʊ￭ bl￭ æ￭ ˈ￭ sto￭ ʊ￭ m￭ ə is the most common type of pedi￭ atric m￭ align￭ ant primary brain tumor cancer originating in the part of the brain that is towards the back and the bottom on the floor of the skull in the cere￭ bell￭ um or poster￭ ior fo￭ ssa the brain is divided into two main parts the larger cere￭ bru￭ m on top and the smaller cere￭ bell￭ um below towards the back they are separated by a memb￭ rane called the tent￭ orium tumors that originate in the cere￭ bell￭ um or the surrounding region below the tent￭ orium are therefore called infr￭ at￭ ent￭ orial historically med￭ ul￭ lo￭ bl￭ ast￭ om￭ as have been classified as a p￭ net primitive neuro￭ ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal tum￭ our however it is now known that med￭ ul￭ lo￭ bl￭ ast￭ oma is distinct from supr￭ at￭ ent￭ orial p￭ net s and are no longer considered similar entities med￭ ul￭ lo￭ bl￭ ast￭ om￭ as are non invasive rapidly growing tumors that unlike most brain tumors spread through the cere￭ bro￭ spinal fluid c￭ sf and frequently me￭ tast￭ asi￭ ze to different locations along the surface of the brain and spinal cord the cumulative relative survival rate for all age groups and his￭ to￭ logy follow up was 60 52 and 32 at 5 years 10 years and 20 years respectively with children doing better than adults
med￭ ul￭ lo￭ epi￭ the￭ li￭ oma is a rare primitive fast growing brain tum￭ our thought to stem from cells of the embryonic med￭ ul￭ l￭ ary cav￭ ity tum￭ ours originating in the ci￭ li￭ ary body of the eye are referred to as embry￭ onal med￭ ul￭ lo￭ epi￭ the￭ li￭ om￭ as or di￭ k￭ ty￭ om￭ as a highly m￭ align￭ ant un￭ differentiated primitive neuro￭ epi￭ the￭ li￭ al tum￭ our of children med￭ ul￭ lo￭ epi￭ the￭ li￭ oma may contain bone car￭ til￭ age sk￭ el￭ etal muscle and tends to me￭ tast￭ asi￭ ze ex￭ trac￭ ran￭ ially
me￭ er￭ we￭ in reaction re￭ directs here for other reactions named after hans me￭ er￭ we￭ in see me￭ er￭ we￭ in reaction dis￭ ambigu￭ ation the me￭ er￭ we￭ in ar￭ yl￭ ation is an organic reaction involving the addition of an ar￭ yl di￭ az￭ on￭ ium salt ar￭ n 2 x to an electr￭ on poor al￭ k￭ ene usually supported by a metal salt the reaction product is an al￭ k￭ yl￭ ated aren￭ e compound the reaction is named after hans me￭ er￭ we￭ in one of its inventors who first published it in 1939 me￭ er￭ we￭ in ar￭ yl￭ ation an electr￭ on withdrawing group ewg on the al￭ k￭ ene makes it electr￭ on deficient and although the reaction mechanism is unclear involvement of an ar￭ yl radical is presumed after loss of nitrogen in the di￭ az￭ on￭ ium salt followed by a free radical addition in the primary reaction product the intermediate al￭ ky￭ l radical is then captured by the di￭ az￭ on￭ ium counter￭ ion x which is usually a halo￭ gen or a tetr￭ af￭ lu￭ or￭ ob￭ or￭ ate in a subsequent step an elimination reaction liber￭ ates h￭ x for instance hydro￭ chlor￭ ic acid and an ar￭ yl vinyl compound is formed the reaction mechanism from the aren￭ e s view ranks as a radical nucle￭ oph￭ il￭ ic aromatic substitution in a general scope a me￭ er￭ we￭ in ar￭ yl￭ ation is any reaction between an ar￭ yl radical and an al￭ k￭ ene the initial intermediate is an ar￭ yl en￭ th￭ en￭ yl radical which can react with many trapping reagents such as hydrogen or hal￭ ogens or with those based on nitrogen or sul￭ fur
me￭ es lines or al￭ drich – me￭ es lines also called leuk￭ ony￭ ch￭ ia stri￭ ata are lines of dis￭ color￭ ation across the nails of the fingers and toes
me￭ es￭ mann cor￭ ne￭ al dy￭ stro￭ phy also stoc￭ ker hol￭ t dy￭ stro￭ phy is a type of cor￭ ne￭ al dy￭ stro￭ phy and a ker￭ atin disease it is named for german oph￭ thal￭ mo￭ logist alo￭ is me￭ es￭ mann 18￭ 88 1969 it is sometimes called me￭ es￭ mann wil￭ ke syndrome after the joint contribution of me￭ es￭ mann and wil￭ ke
a me￭ gab￭ ias or a tap￭ hon￭ om￭ ic me￭ gab￭ ias is a large scale pattern in the quality of the fossil record that affects pal￭ e￭ ob￭ io￭ logic analysis at provincial to global levels and at timescales usually exceeding ten million years it can result from major shifts in intrinsic and extr￭ ins￭ ic properties of organisms including mor￭ pho￭ logy and behaviour in relation to other organisms or shifts in the global environment which can cause secular or long term cyclic changes in preservation
the me￭ gab￭ it is a multiple of the unit bit for digital information the pre￭ fix mega symbol m is defined in the international system of units si as a multiplier of 106 1 million and therefore 1 me￭ gab￭ it 106 bits 1000000 bits 1000 ki￭ lob￭ its the me￭ gab￭ it has the unit symbol mb or m￭ bit the me￭ gab￭ it is closely related to the me￭ bi￭ bit a unit multiple derived from the b￭ inary pre￭ fix me￭ bi symbol mi of the same order of magnitude which is equal to 220 bits 10￭ 48￭ 576 bits or approximately 5 larger than the me￭ gab￭ it despite the definitions of these new pre￭ fixes for b￭ inary based quantities of storage by international standards organizations memory semiconductor chips are still marketed using the metric pre￭ fix names to designate b￭ inary multi￭ ples using the common by￭ te size of eight bits and the standardized metric definition of me￭ gab￭ it and ki￭ lob￭ y￭ te 1 me￭ gab￭ it is equal to 125 ki￭ lob￭ y￭ tes k￭ b or approximately 122 ki￭ bi￭ by￭ tes ki￭ b the me￭ gab￭ it is widely used when referring to data transfer rates of computer networks or telecommunications systems network transfer rates and download speeds often use the me￭ gab￭ it as the amount transferred per time unit e g a 100 m￭ bit s me￭ gab￭ it per second fast e￭ ther￭ net connection or a 10 m￭ bit s internet access service whereas the sizes of data units files transferred over these networks are often measured in me￭ gab￭ y￭ tes to achieve a transfer rate of one me￭ gab￭ y￭ te per second one needs a network connection with a transfer rate of eight me￭ gab￭ its per second
the me￭ gab￭ y￭ te is a multiple of the unit by￭ te for digital information its recommended unit symbol is mb but sometimes m￭ by￭ te is used the unit pre￭ fix mega is a multiplier of 1000000 106 in the international system of units si therefore one me￭ gab￭ y￭ te is one million by￭ tes of information this definition has been incorporated into the international system of quantities however in the computer and information technology fields several other definitions are used that arose for historical reasons of convenience a common usage has been to designate one me￭ gab￭ y￭ te as 10￭ 48￭ 576 by￭ tes 220 b a measurement that conveniently expresses the b￭ inary multi￭ ples inherent in digital computer memory architec￭ tures however most standards bodies have de￭ prec￭ ated this usage in favor of a set of b￭ inary pre￭ fixes in which this measurement is designated by the unit me￭ bi￭ by￭ te mi￭ b less common is a measurement that used the me￭ gab￭ y￭ te to mean 1000 × 10￭ 24 10￭ 24000 by￭ tes
me￭ ga￭ col￭ on is an abnormal dil￭ ation of the col￭ on also called the large intest￭ ine the dil￭ ation is often accompanied by a paralysis of the per￭ ist￭ al￭ tic movements of the bo￭ wel in more extreme cases the f￭ ec￭ es consolidate into hard masses inside the col￭ on called f￭ ec￭ al￭ om￭ as literally f￭ ec￭ al tumor which can require surgery to be removed a human col￭ on is considered abnormally enlarged if it has a diameter greater than 12 cm in the cec￭ um it is usually less than 9 cm greater than 6 5 cm in the rec￭ to￭ sig￭ mo￭ id region and greater than 8 cm for the asc￭ ending col￭ on the trans￭ verse col￭ on is usually less than 6 cm in diameter a me￭ ga￭ col￭ on can be either acute or chronic it can also be classified according to eti￭ ology
meg￭ ac￭ y￭ stis is a rare disease that is identified by an abnormally large or dist￭ ended blad￭ der
meg￭ adu￭ o￭ den￭ um is a con￭ genital or acquired dil￭ ation and el￭ on￭ gation of the du￭ o￭ den￭ um with hyper￭ tro￭ phy of all layers that presents as a feeling of ga￭ str￭ ic ful￭ l￭ ness ab￭ domin￭ al pain bel￭ ching heart￭ burn and naus￭ ea with v￭ om￭ iting sometimes of food eaten 24 hours prior
me￭ ga￭ es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus also known as me is a condition in humans cats dogs and horses where per￭ ist￭ al￭ sis fails to occur properly and the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus is enlarged normally when the animal s es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus is functioning properly it acts as a muscle and pushes the food down the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus into the stomach however when an animal has me￭ ga￭ es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus stays enlarged and does not push the food down to the stomach therefore the food fails to enter the stomach and often stays in the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus and is eventually reg￭ urg￭ itated or enters the lungs through breathing or dec￭ ays in the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus in human path￭ ology a condition known as ac￭ hal￭ asia may pre￭ dispose a person to slowly develop me￭ ga￭ es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus ac￭ hal￭ asia is due to the loss of gang￭ lion cells of the my￭ enter￭ ic plex￭ us it occurs mostly in middle aged adults there is a marked lack of contraction within the muscles involved in per￭ ist￭ al￭ sis with a constant contraction of the lower es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al sp￭ h￭ inc￭ ter dil￭ ation of the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus results in difficulty sw￭ allowing retention of food bol￭ us is also noted cha￭ gas disease is one cause of me￭ ga￭ es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus in humans ac￭ hal￭ asia also pre￭ dis￭ poses to es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al carcin￭ oma me￭ ga￭ es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus can also be a symptom of another disease in dogs called my￭ asth￭ enia grav￭ is my￭ asth￭ enia grav￭ is is a neuro￭ muscular disease where the primary symptom is weakness in various body parts of the dog however when my￭ asth￭ enia grav￭ is occurs in older dogs it is thought of as an immune medi￭ ated disease often when my￭ asth￭ enia grav￭ is is diagnosed in older dogs the first symptom the dog may manifest is me￭ ga￭ es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus my￭ asth￭ enia grav￭ is occurs when ace￭ ty￭ l￭ ch￭ oline recep￭ tors nico￭ tin￭ ic ace￭ ty￭ l￭ ch￭ oline recep￭ tors or ach￭ rs fail to function properly due to the inability of the nerve recep￭ tors to function appropriately the muscles fail to have a stimulus that causes them to contract an important distinction in recognizing me￭ ga￭ es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus is the difference between when a dog reg￭ urg￭ itates or v￭ om￭ its reg￭ urg￭ itating is a common symptom of me￭ ga￭ es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus while v￭ om￭ iting is not necessarily associated with me￭ ga￭ es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus when a dog reg￭ urg￭ itates there is usually not as much effort involved as when a dog v￭ om￭ its often when reg￭ urg￭ itating the dog will tip its head down and the liquid and or food will almost appear to spill out of its throat one of the primary dangers to a dog with me￭ ga￭ es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus is aspiration pneumonia because the food stays lodged in the throat it can often be inhal￭ ed into the lungs causing aspiration pneumonia one way to avoid this is to make sure that every time the dog eats or drinks anything that the dog sits for at least 10 minutes afterwards or is held in a sitting up or begging position this requires that all food and liquid intake be closely monitored and specifically administered to the dog in regular intervals sometimes as often as 2 – 3 hours in smaller quantities obviously if smaller quantities of food and water are administered one needs to take the necessary precaution to ensure the dog has a sufficient cal￭ or￭ ic and water intake according to many specialists this disorder has a guarded prog￭ no￭ sis however since 2004 many owners have found a number of successful management techniques one of which is vertical feeding see bailey chair me￭ ga￭ es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus one horse breed the frie￭ sian horse has some individuals affected with me￭ ga￭ es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus and it appears to be genetic in origin
me￭ gal￭ encephal￭ y or mac￭ ren￭ cephal￭ y abbreviated meg is a growth development disorder in which the brain is abnormally large it is characterized by a brain with an average weight that is 2 5 standard deviations above the mean of the general population me￭ gal￭ encephal￭ y is usually diagnosed at birth and is confirmed with an m￭ ri a mutation in the pi 3 k ak￭ t path￭ way is believed to be the primary cause of brain proliferation and ultimately the root cause of me￭ gal￭ encephal￭ y this mutation has produced a classification of brain over￭ development that consists of two syndro￭ mes including me￭ gal￭ encephal￭ y cap￭ ill￭ ary mal￭ formation m￭ cap and me￭ gal￭ encephal￭ y poly￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly poly￭ micro￭ gy￭ ria hydro￭ cephal￭ us mp￭ ph approximately 1 out of 50 children 2 are said to have the characteristics of me￭ gal￭ encephal￭ y in the general population there are several neuro￭ psychiatric disorders linked with me￭ gal￭ encephal￭ y however studies have shown that au￭ tism is the most prevalent association with the mal￭ formation of meg although no treatment currently exists for me￭ gal￭ encephal￭ y management methods are focused at reducing deficits linked with au￭ tism most recent research is targeted at creating inhi￭ bit￭ ors to reduce the mut￭ ational path￭ way that causes me￭ gal￭ encephal￭ y
meg￭ alo￭ bl￭ astic an￭ emia or meg￭ alo￭ bl￭ astic ana￭ emia is an an￭ emia of macro￭ cy￭ tic classification that results from inhi￭ bi￭ tion of dna synthesis during red blood cell production when dna synthesis is impaired the cell cycle cannot progress from the g 2 growth stage to the mit￭ osis m stage this leads to continuing cell growth without division which presents as macro￭ cy￭ to￭ sis meg￭ alo￭ bl￭ astic an￭ emia has a rather slow onset especially when compared to that of other an￭ emi￭ as the defect in red cell dna synthesis is most often due to hypo￭ vitam￭ in￭ osis specifically a deficiency of vitamin b 12 and or fol￭ ic acid vitamin b 12 deficiency alone will not cause the syndrome in the presence of sufficient fol￭ ate as the mechanism is loss of b 12 dependent fol￭ ate recycling followed by fol￭ ate deficiency loss of nucle￭ ic acid synthesis specifically thy￭ mine leading to defects in dna synthesis fol￭ ic acid supplem￭ entation in the absence of vitamin b 12 prevents this type of an￭ emia although other vitamin b 12 specific patho￭ logies may be present loss of mic￭ ron￭ u￭ tri￭ ents may also be a cause copper deficiency resulting from an excess of zinc from unusually high oral consumption of zinc containing d￭ ent￭ ure fixation cre￭ ams has been found to be a cause meg￭ alo￭ bl￭ astic an￭ emia not due to hypo￭ vitam￭ in￭ osis may be caused by anti￭ metabol￭ ites that poison dna production directly such as some chem￭ other￭ apeu￭ tic or antimicro￭ bial agents for example az￭ ath￭ iop￭ rine or trim￭ eth￭ op￭ rim the pathological state of meg￭ alo￭ bl￭ ast￭ osis is characterized by many large immature and dysfunctional red blood cells meg￭ alo￭ bl￭ asts in the bone marrow and also by hyper￭ segm￭ ented neu￭ troph￭ ils those exhi￭ biting five or more nuclear lob￭ es segments with up to four lob￭ es being normal these hyper￭ segm￭ ented neu￭ troph￭ ils are found in the peripheral blood i e a diagnostic sme￭ ar of a blood sample taken from the circulation
me￭ ga￭ rec￭ tum is a large rec￭ tum as a result of underlying nerve supply ab￭ norm￭ alities or muscle dysfunction which remains after dis￭ imp￭ action of the rec￭ tum the principles of surgery textbook describes any rec￭ tum that can hold more than 1500 cc of fluid as a me￭ ga￭ rec￭ tum the term me￭ ga￭ rec￭ tum is also used for a large rec￭ tal mass on rec￭ tal examination a wide rec￭ tum on an ab￭ domin￭ al x ray the presence of impaired rec￭ tal sensation or the finding of large maxim￭ al rec￭ tal volumes on ano￭ rec￭ tal man￭ ome￭ try in addition can be the blo￭ ating of the col￭ on due to infection also called me￭ ga￭ col￭ on on defe￭ co￭ graphy me￭ ga￭ rec￭ tum is suggested by a rec￭ tal width of 9 cm at the level of the dis￭ tal sac￭ rum
me￭ gau￭ re￭ ter is a medical anomaly whereby the u￭ re￭ ter is abnormally dil￭ ated con￭ genital me￭ gau￭ re￭ ter is an un￭ common condition which is more common in males may be bilateral and is often associated with other con￭ genital anomalies the cause is thought to be aper￭ ist￭ al￭ sis of the dis￭ tal u￭ re￭ ter leading to di￭ lat￭ ation a functional obstruction at the lower end of the u￭ re￭ ter leads to progressive di￭ lat￭ ation and a tendency to infection the u￭ re￭ ter￭ ic ori￭ fice appears normal and a u￭ re￭ ter￭ ic cathe￭ ter passes easily definitive surgical treatment involves ref￭ as￭ hi￭ oning the lower end of the affected u￭ re￭ ter so that a tunn￭ elled re￭ implan￭ tation into the blad￭ der can be done to prevent ref￭ lux
me￭ i￭ ge s syndrome is a type of dy￭ st￭ onia it is also known as bru￭ e￭ gh￭ el s syndrome and oral facial dy￭ st￭ onia it is actually a combination of two forms of dy￭ st￭ onia ble￭ phar￭ o￭ sp￭ asm and or￭ om￭ andi￭ bul￭ ar dy￭ st￭ onia om￭ d when om￭ d is combined with ble￭ phar￭ o￭ sp￭ asm it may be referred to as me￭ i￭ ge ’ s syndrome named after henri me￭ i￭ ge the french neuro￭ logist who first described the symptoms in detail in 19￭ 10 the symptoms usually begin between the ages of 30 and 70 years old and appear to be more common in women than in men 2 1 ratio the combination of upper and lower dy￭ st￭ onia is sometimes called cran￭ ial cer￭ vic￭ al dy￭ st￭ onia the incidence is about one case in 20 000 people
me￭ i￭ ge lymp￭ he￭ dem￭ a also known as me￭ i￭ ge disease late onset lymp￭ he￭ dem￭ a and lymp￭ he￭ dem￭ a hereditary type 2 is an inherited disease in which patients develop lymp￭ he￭ dem￭ a the onset is between the ages of 1 and 35 other causes of primary ly￭ m￭ poe￭ dem￭ a include mil￭ roy s disease which occurs before the age of 1 and lymp￭ ho￭ e￭ dem￭ a tar￭ da which occurs after the age of 35 me￭ i￭ ge disease hereditary lymp￭ he￭ dem￭ a type ii has its onset around the time of pu￭ ber￭ ty it is an auto￭ som￭ al dominant disease it has been linked to a mutations in the ‘ for￭ k￭ head ’ family trans￭ cription factor fo￭ x￭ c 2 gene located on the long arm of chro￭ mo￭ some 16 16 q 24 3 it is the most common form of primary lymp￭ he￭ dem￭ a and about 2000 cases have been identified me￭ i￭ ge disease usually causes lymp￭ he￭ dem￭ a of the legs however other areas of the body may be affected including the arms face and lar￭ yn￭ x yellow toe nails occur in some individuals
in medicine me￭ i￭ gs syndrome also me￭ i￭ gs syndrome or demons me￭ i￭ gs syndrome is the tri￭ ad of as￭ cites ple￭ ural eff￭ usion and benign o￭ vari￭ an tumor fi￭ bro￭ ma fi￭ bro￭ the￭ coma brenner tum￭ our and occasionally gran￭ ul￭ osa cell tum￭ our me￭ i￭ gs syndrome resol￭ ves after the res￭ ection of the tumor because the trans￭ di￭ aphr￭ agm￭ atic lymp￭ h￭ atic channels are larger in diameter on the right the ple￭ ural eff￭ usion is class￭ ically on the right side the eti￭ o￭ logies of the as￭ cites and ple￭ ural eff￭ usion are poorly understood atypical me￭ i￭ gs syndrome characterized by a benign pel￭ vic mass with right sided ple￭ ural eff￭ usion but without as￭ cites can also occur as in me￭ i￭ gs syndrome ple￭ ural eff￭ usion resol￭ ves after removal of the pel￭ vic mass
mel￭ anch￭ ol￭ ic depression or depression with mel￭ anch￭ ol￭ ic features is a dsm iv subtype of clinical depression requiring at least one of the following symptoms an￭ he￭ don￭ ia the inability to find pleasure in positive things lack of mood re￭ activity i e mood does not improve in response to positive events and at least three of the following depression that is subjec￭ tively different from grief or loss severe weight loss or loss of appetite psy￭ ch￭ om￭ o￭ tor ag￭ itation or retar￭ dation early morning awakening guilt that is excessive worse mood in the morning mel￭ anch￭ ol￭ ic features apply to an episode of depression that occurs as part of either major depres￭ sive disorder or bipolar disorder i or ii mel￭ anch￭ ol￭ ic depression is often considered to be a bio￭ logically based and particularly severe form of depression treatment involves anti￭ depres￭ s￭ ants electro￭ con￭ vul￭ sive therapy or other empir￭ ically supported treatments such as cognitive behavioral therapy and inter￭ personal therapy for depression a 2008 analysis of a large study of patients with uni￭ polar major depression found a rate of 23 5 for mel￭ anch￭ ol￭ ic features it was the first form of depression extensively studied and many of the early symptom check￭ lists for depression reflect this the incidence of mel￭ anch￭ ol￭ ic depression has been found to increase when the temperature and or sunlight are low according to the dsm iv the mel￭ anch￭ ol￭ ic features speci￭ fier may be applied to the following only 1 major depres￭ sive episode single episode 2 major depres￭ sive episode recurrent episode 3 bipolar i disorder most recent episode depressed 4 bipolar ii disorder most recent episode depressed
a mel￭ anis￭ tic mask also referred to as a mask or mas￭ king is a dog coat pattern that gives the appearance of a mask on the dog s face the ha￭ irs on the mu￭ zzle and sometimes entire face or ears are colored by eu￭ mel￭ an￭ in instead of p￭ he￭ om￭ el￭ an￭ in pig￭ ment eu￭ mel￭ an￭ in is typically black but may instead be brown dark gray or light gray brown p￭ he￭ om￭ el￭ an￭ in ranges in color from pale cream to ma￭ ho￭ g￭ any the trait is caused by m 264 v em a completely dominant alle￭ le form of the mel￭ an￭ oc￭ or￭ tin 1 recep￭ tor gene
mel￭ ano￭ ac￭ an￭ thom￭ a also known as pi￭ gm￭ ented se￭ bor￭ rhe￭ ic ker￭ at￭ osis is a common benign dark￭ ly pi￭ gm￭ ented cu￭ taneous condition characterized by a skin le￭ sion with a dull or l￭ ack￭ lu￭ ster surface it involves a proliferation of ker￭ at￭ in￭ oc￭ y￭ tes and mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tes
a mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tic nev￭ us also known as ne￭ vo￭ cy￭ tic nev￭ us is a type of le￭ sion that contains nev￭ us cells a type of mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ te some sources equate the term mole with mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tic nev￭ us other sources reserve the term mole for other purposes the majority of mol￭ es appear during the first two decades of a person s life with about one in every 100 babies being born with mol￭ es acquired mol￭ es are a form of benign ne￭ op￭ las￭ m while con￭ genital mol￭ es or con￭ genital ne￭ vi are considered a minor mal￭ formation or ham￭ ar￭ tom￭ a and may be at a higher risk for mel￭ anom￭ a a mole can be either sub￭ der￭ mal under the skin or a pi￭ gm￭ ented growth on the skin formed mostly of a type of cell known as a mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ te the high concentration of the body s pi￭ gm￭ enting agent mel￭ an￭ in is responsible for their dark color mol￭ es are a member of the family of skin le￭ sions known as ne￭ vi
mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tic oral le￭ sions are an extremely un￭ common condition characterized by pi￭ gm￭ ented le￭ sions of the mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ ran￭ es
mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tic tumors are tum￭ ours developed from mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tes
mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tic tumors of uncertain m￭ align￭ ant potential melt￭ ump are mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tic le￭ sions in the der￭ mis that cannot be classified by mor￭ pho￭ logy as either benign na￭ ev￭ i mol￭ es or m￭ align￭ ant mel￭ anom￭ as because the mass shows features of both several le￭ sion types may be classified as mel￭ tum￭ ps these include atypical mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tic prolifer￭ ations with features that may overlap with atypical sp￭ itz na￭ ev￭ i tumors dys￭ plastic na￭ ev￭ i pi￭ gm￭ ented epi￭ the￭ li￭ o￭ id mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tom￭ a deep penetr￭ ating na￭ ev￭ i con￭ genital ne￭ avi cellular no￭ d￭ ules in con￭ genital na￭ ev￭ i possible na￭ ev￭ o￭ id mel￭ anom￭ as and cellular blue na￭ ev￭ i a related category of mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tic proliferation is superficial atypical mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tic prolifer￭ ations of uncertain significance sam￭ p￭ us this category unlike melt￭ ump which implies as yet un￭ determined potential for me￭ tast￭ ases even after complete exc￭ ision signifies le￭ sions without me￭ ta￭ static potential at time of exc￭ ision but with potential to progress upon incomplete exc￭ ision the sam￭ p￭ us category includes certain atypical junc￭ tional mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tic prolifer￭ ations and prolifer￭ ations in both the ep￭ id￭ er￭ mis and pap￭ ill￭ ary der￭ mis that are not accompanied by in￭ trad￭ er￭ mal tu￭ mori￭ genic architecture or cell mit￭ osis
mel￭ an￭ og￭ los￭ sia is a medical condition in which the tongue becomes black￭ ened this is usually caused by a bacterial infection or allergic reaction
mel￭ anom￭ a also known as m￭ align￭ ant mel￭ anom￭ a is a type of cancer that develops from the pig￭ ment containing cells known as mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tes mel￭ anom￭ as typically occur in the skin but may rarely occur in the mouth intest￭ ines or eye in women they most commonly occur on the legs while in men they are most common on the back sometimes they develop from a mole with concerning changes including an increase in size irregular edges change in color it￭ chin￭ ess or skin breakdown the primary cause of mel￭ anom￭ a is ultra￭ violet light u￭ v exposure in those with low levels of skin pig￭ ment the u￭ v light may be from either the sun or from other sources such as tann￭ ing devices about 25 develop from mol￭ es those with many mol￭ es a history of affected family members and who have poor immune function are at greater risk a number of rare genetic defects such as x￭ ero￭ der￭ ma pi￭ gm￭ ent￭ o￭ sum also increase risk diagnosis is by biopsy of any concerning skin le￭ sion avoiding u￭ v light and the use of sun￭ screen may prevent mel￭ anom￭ a treatment is typically removal by surgery in those with slightly larger cancers nearby lymp￭ h no￭ des may be tested for spread most people are cured if spread has not occurred for those in whom mel￭ anom￭ a has spread immun￭ otherapy bio￭ logic therapy radiation therapy or chem￭ otherapy may improve survival with treatment the five year survival rates in the united states is 98 among those with loc￭ alized disease and 17 among those in whom spread has occurred the likelihood that it will come back or spread depends how thick the mel￭ anom￭ a is how fast the cells are dividing and whether or not the over￭ lying skin has broken down mel￭ anom￭ a is the most dangerous type of skin cancer globally in 2012 it occurred in 232 000 people and resulted in 55 000 deaths australia and new zealand have the highest rates of mel￭ anom￭ a in the world there are also high rates in europe and north america while it is less common in asia africa and latin america mel￭ anom￭ a is more common in men than women mel￭ anom￭ a has become more common since the 1960 s in areas that are mostly caucasian
mel￭ anom￭ a associated leuko￭ der￭ ma is a cu￭ taneous condition and is a viti￭ li￭ go like de￭ pi￭ gm￭ entation that can occur in patients with cu￭ taneous or oc￭ ular mel￭ anom￭ a
mel￭ anom￭ a with features of a sp￭ itz nev￭ us also known as a sp￭ it￭ zo￭ id mel￭ anom￭ a is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized his￭ to￭ logically with tissue similar to a sp￭ itz nev￭ us and with overall sym￭ metry and a der￭ mal no￭ dule of epi￭ the￭ li￭ o￭ id mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tes that do not mature with progressively deeper der￭ mal extension
mel￭ an￭ ony￭ ch￭ ia is a black or brown pi￭ gm￭ entation of the normal nail plate and may be present as a normal finding on many digits in african americans as a result of trauma systemic disease or medications or as a post￭ infl￭ am￭ matory event from such loc￭ alized events as lichen plan￭ us or fixed drug eruption there are two types longit￭ ud￭ inal and trans￭ verse mel￭ an￭ ony￭ ch￭ ia longit￭ ud￭ inal mel￭ an￭ ony￭ ch￭ ia may be a sign of sub￭ un￭ gu￭ al mel￭ anom￭ a ac￭ ral l￭ enti￭ gin￭ ous mel￭ anom￭ a although there are other diagnoses such as chronic par￭ ony￭ ch￭ ia ony￭ ch￭ om￭ y￭ co￭ sis sub￭ un￭ gu￭ al hem￭ atom￭ a py￭ ogenic gran￭ ul￭ oma g￭ lom￭ us tum￭ our sub￭ un￭ gu￭ al ver￭ r￭ uca mu￭ co￭ us cyst sub￭ un￭ gu￭ al fi￭ bro￭ ma ker￭ ato￭ ac￭ an￭ thom￭ a carcin￭ oma of the nail bed and sub￭ un￭ gu￭ al exo￭ sto￭ sis
mel￭ an￭ osis coli also pseu￭ dom￭ el￭ an￭ osis coli is a disorder of pi￭ gm￭ entation of the wall of the col￭ on often identified at the time of colon￭ o￭ sco￭ py it is benign and may have no significant correlation with disease the brown pig￭ ment is li￭ po￭ fus￭ cin in macro￭ p￭ ha￭ ges not mel￭ an￭ in
mel￭ an￭ otic neuro￭ ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal tumor of infancy m￭ n￭ ti is a very rare oral cav￭ ity tumor that is seen in patients usually at or around birth it must be removed to be cured definitions a rare bi￭ ph￭ as￭ ic neuro￭ bl￭ astic and pi￭ gm￭ ented epi￭ the￭ li￭ al ne￭ op￭ las￭ m of cran￭ io￭ facial sites usually involving the oral cav￭ ity or g￭ ums synon￭ y￭ ms mel￭ an￭ otic prog￭ on￭ oma
mel￭ as￭ ma also known as chlo￭ as￭ ma fac￭ ie￭ i or the mask of pregnancy when present in pregnant women is a tan or dark skin dis￭ color￭ ation although it can affect anyone mel￭ as￭ ma is particularly common in women especially pregnant women and those who are taking oral or patch contrac￭ ep￭ tives or hormone replacement therapy hrt medications
mel￭ eda disease m￭ dm or mal de mel￭ eda also called ml￭ jet disease ker￭ at￭ osis pal￭ mop￭ lan￭ tar￭ is and trans￭ gr￭ adi￭ ens of siemens also known as ac￭ ral ker￭ ato￭ der￭ ma mutil￭ ating pal￭ mop￭ lan￭ tar ker￭ ato￭ der￭ ma of the gam￭ borg ni￭ el￭ sen type pal￭ mop￭ lan￭ tar ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal dys￭ pl￭ asia type viii and pal￭ mop￭ lan￭ tar ker￭ ato￭ der￭ ma of the nor￭ r￭ bot￭ ten type is an extremely rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive con￭ genital skin disorder in which dry thick pat￭ ches of skin develop on the sol￭ es of the hands and feet a condition known as pal￭ mop￭ lan￭ tar hyper￭ ker￭ at￭ osis
meli￭ o￭ ido￭ sis is an infectious disease caused by a gram negative bacter￭ ium burk￭ hol￭ der￭ ia pseu￭ dom￭ alle￭ i found in soil and water it is of public health importance in endemic areas particularly in vietnam and northern australia it exists in acute and chronic forms signs and symptoms may include pain in chest bones or joints cough skin infections lung no￭ d￭ ules and pneumonia b pseu￭ dom￭ alle￭ i was previously classed as part of the pseu￭ dom￭ onas genus until 1992 it was known as pseu￭ dom￭ onas pseu￭ dom￭ alle￭ i it is phy￭ log￭ ene￭ tically related closely to burk￭ hol￭ der￭ ia mal￭ le￭ i which causes glan￭ ders an infection primarily of horses don￭ keys and mul￭ es the name meli￭ o￭ ido￭ sis is derived from the greek mel￭ is μη￭ λ￭ ις meaning a dist￭ emp￭ er of asses with the suff￭ i￭ xes o￭ id meaning similar to and osis meaning a condition that is a condition similar to glan￭ ders
mel￭ ker￭ sson – ro￭ sen￭ th￭ al syndrome also termed mi￭ es￭ cher mel￭ ker￭ sson ro￭ sen￭ th￭ al syndrome is a rare neuro￭ logical disorder characterized by recurring facial paralysis sw￭ elling of the face and lips usually the upper lip and the development of fol￭ ds and fur￭ rows in the tongue onset is in childhood or early adoles￭ cence after recurrent attacks ranging from days to years in between sw￭ elling may persist and increase eventually becoming permanent the lip may become hard cracked and f￭ issu￭ red with a red￭ dish brown dis￭ color￭ ation the cause of mel￭ ker￭ sson – ro￭ sen￭ th￭ al syndrome is unknown but there may be a genetic pre￭ disposition it has been noted to be especially prevalent among certain ethnic groups in bolivia it can be symptomatic of cro￭ hn s disease or sar￭ co￭ ido￭ sis
mel￭ nick – needles syndrome m￭ ns also known as mel￭ nick – needles o￭ ste￭ odys￭ pl￭ ast￭ y is an extremely rare con￭ genital disorder that affects primarily bone development patients with mel￭ nick – needles syndrome have typical faces ex￭ oph￭ thal￭ mos full cheeks micro￭ gn￭ ath￭ ia and mal￭ alignment of teeth f￭ lar￭ ing of the met￭ ap￭ hy￭ ses of long bones s like cur￭ v￭ ature of bones of legs irregular con￭ stric￭ tions in the ribs and sclerosis of base of skull in males the disorder is nearly always lethal in infancy lifespan of female patients might not be affected mel￭ nick – needles syndrome is associated with mutations in the fl￭ na gene and is inherited in an x linked dominant manner as with many genetic disorders there is no known cure to m￭ ns the disorder was first described by john c mel￭ nick and carl f needles in 1966 in two multi generational families
in music cogn￭ ition mel￭ od￭ ic fis￭ sion also known as mel￭ od￭ ic or aud￭ itory streaming or stream segregation is a phenomenon in which one line of pit￭ ches an aud￭ itory stream is heard as two or more separate mel￭ od￭ ic lines this occurs when a phrase contains groups of pit￭ ches at two or more distinct registers or with two or more distinct tim￭ b￭ res the term appears to stem from a 1973 paper by w j dow￭ ling in music analysis and more specifically in sch￭ en￭ ker￭ ian analysis the phenomenon more often is termed compound melody in psy￭ ch￭ oph￭ ys￭ ics aud￭ itory scene analysis is the process by which the brain separates and organiz￭ es sounds into percep￭ tually distinct groups known as aud￭ itory streams the counterpart to mel￭ od￭ ic fis￭ sion is mel￭ od￭ ic fusion
in music and jazz improvis￭ ation a mel￭ od￭ ic pattern or sequence is a repeti￭ tive pattern that can be used with any scale it is used primarily for use in so￭ los because when practiced enough it can be extremely useful when improvis￭ ing
mel￭ or￭ he￭ o￭ sto￭ sis is a medical developmental disorder and mes￭ en￭ ch￭ ym￭ al dys￭ pl￭ asia in which the bon￭ y cor￭ tex wid￭ ens and becomes hyper￭ dense in a s￭ cl￭ ero￭ tom￭ al distribution the condition begins in childhood and is characterized by thick￭ ening of the bones pain is a frequent symptom and the bone can have the appearance of dri￭ pping candle wax
a melt freeze cr￭ ust or rain cr￭ ust is a dis￭ continuity between snow layers which can lead to avalan￭ ches the layer can be created in two ways a temperature high enough to allow surface snow to melt creating a layer of melt water which may later re freeze rain falling and freezing on the surface of existing snow also creating a frozen layer this layer is brit￭ tle smooth and slippery and does not bond with snow layers above it allowing the over￭ lying s￭ lab of snow to move down the mountain under gravity when disturbed or if the accumulated snow￭ fall exceeds a critical mass the initial s￭ lab may be as large as 10 000 m ² and 10 metres thick
melting point depression is the phenomenon of reduction of the melting point of a material with reduction of its size this phenomenon is very prominent in nano￭ scale materials which melt at temperatures hundreds of degrees lower than bulk materials
memb￭ rane potential also trans￭ memb￭ rane potential or memb￭ rane voltage is the difference in electric potential between the interior and the exter￭ ior of a biological cell with respect to the exter￭ ior of the cell typical values of memb￭ rane potential range from – 40 mv to – 80 mv all animal cells are surrounded by a memb￭ rane composed of a lip￭ id bil￭ ay￭ er with proteins embedded in it the memb￭ rane serves as both an insul￭ ator and a diffusion barrier to the movement of ions ion transporter pump proteins actively push ions across the memb￭ rane and establish concentration gr￭ adi￭ ents across the memb￭ rane and ion channels allow ions to move across the memb￭ rane down those concentration gr￭ adi￭ ents ion pumps and ion channels are electrically equivalent to a set of batteries and resis￭ tors inserted in the memb￭ rane and therefore create a voltage between the two sides of the memb￭ rane virtually all eu￭ kar￭ y￭ otic cells including cells from animals plants and fun￭ gi maintain a non zero trans￭ memb￭ rane potential usually with a negative voltage in the cell interior as compared to the cell exter￭ ior ranging from – 40 mv to – 80 mv the memb￭ rane potential has two basic functions first it allows a cell to function as a battery providing power to operate a variety of molecular devices embedded in the memb￭ rane second in electrically exc￭ itable cells such as neurons and muscle cells it is used for transmitting signals between different parts of a cell signals are generated by opening or closing of ion channels at one point in the memb￭ rane producing a local change in the memb￭ rane potential this change in the electric field can be quickly affected by either adjacent or more distant ion channels in the memb￭ rane those ion channels can then open or close as a result of the potential change reproducing the signal in non exc￭ itable cells and in exc￭ itable cells in their baseline states the memb￭ rane potential is held at a relatively stable value called the resting potential for neurons typical values of the resting potential range from – 70 to – 80 milli￭ vol￭ ts that is the interior of a cell has a negative baseline voltage of a bit less than one tenth of a vol￭ t the opening and closing of ion channels can induce a departure from the resting potential this is called a de￭ polarization if the interior voltage becomes less negative say from – 70 mv to – 60 mv or a hyper￭ polarization if the interior voltage becomes more negative say from – 70 mv to – 80 mv in exc￭ itable cells a sufficiently large de￭ polarization can ev￭ oke an action potential in which the memb￭ rane potential changes rapidly and significantly for a short time on the order of 1 to 100 mil￭ lis￭ econ￭ ds often reversing its polarity action pot￭ entials are generated by the activation of certain voltage gated ion channels in neurons the factors that influence the memb￭ rane potential are diverse they include numerous types of ion channels some of which are chemically gated and some of which are voltage gated because voltage gated ion channels are controlled by the memb￭ rane potential while the memb￭ rane potential itself is influenced by these same ion channels feedback lo￭ ops that allow for complex temporal dynamics arise including osci￭ ll￭ ations and regener￭ ative events such as action pot￭ entials
memb￭ ran￭ o￭ prolifer￭ ative glo￭ mer￭ ul￭ on￭ eph￭ ri￭ tis mp￭ gn also known as mes￭ an￭ gi￭ oc￭ ap￭ ill￭ ary glo￭ mer￭ ul￭ on￭ eph￭ ri￭ tis is a type of glo￭ mer￭ ul￭ on￭ eph￭ ri￭ tis caused by deposits in the kidney glo￭ mer￭ ular mes￭ an￭ gi￭ um and basement memb￭ rane g￭ bm thick￭ ening activating complement and damaging the glo￭ mer￭ uli mp￭ gn accounts for approximately 4 of primary ren￭ al causes of ne￭ ph￭ ri￭ tic syndrome in children and 7 in adults it should not be confused with memb￭ ran￭ ous glo￭ mer￭ ul￭ on￭ eph￭ ri￭ tis a condition in where the basement memb￭ rane is thick￭ ened but the mes￭ an￭ gi￭ um is not
memb￭ ran￭ ous ap￭ la￭ sia cu￭ tis is a cu￭ taneous condition a type of ap￭ la￭ sia cu￭ tis con￭ gen￭ ita which can be seen along the embryonic fusion lines of the face
memb￭ ran￭ ous glo￭ mer￭ ul￭ on￭ eph￭ ri￭ tis m￭ gn is a slowly progressive disease of the kidney affecting mostly people between ages of 30 and 50 years usually caucasian it is the second most common cause of ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ tic syndrome in adults with focal seg￭ mental glo￭ mer￭ ul￭ os￭ clerosis f￭ s￭ gs recently becoming the most common
the mem￭ ento pattern is a software design pattern that provides the ability to restore an object to its previous state undo via roll￭ back the mem￭ ento pattern is implemented with three objects the originator a caretaker and a mem￭ ento the originator is some object that has an internal state the caretaker is going to do something to the originator but wants to be able to undo the change the caretaker first asks the originator for a mem￭ ento object then it does whatever operation or sequence of operations it was going to do to roll back to the state before the operations it returns the mem￭ ento object to the originator the mem￭ ento object itself is an opaque object one which the caretaker cannot or should not change when using this pattern care should be taken if the originator may change other objects or resources the mem￭ ento pattern operates on a single object classic examples of the mem￭ ento pattern include the seed of a pseu￭ dor￭ an￭ dom number generator it will always produce the same sequence thereafter when initi￭ alized with the seed state and the state in a finite state machine
memory distrust syndrome is a condition coined by g￭ í￭ sl￭ i gu￭ ð￭ j￭ ó￭ n￭ sson and james mac￭ keith in 1982 in which an individual doubts the accuracy of their memory concerning the content and context of events of which they have experienced since the individual does not trust their own memory they will commonly depend on outside sources of information rather than using their ability for reco￭ ll￭ ection some believe that this may be a defense or coping mechanism to a pre￭ existing faulty memory state such as alzheimer s disease amnesia or possibly dementia the condition is generally considered to be related to source amnesia which involves the inability to recall the basis for factual knowledge the main difference between the two is that source amnesia is a lack of knowing the basis of knowledge whereas memory distrust syndrome is a lack of believing the knowledge that exists the fact that an individual lacks the trust in their own memory implies that the individual would have a reason or belief that would prevent them from the trust that most of us have in our reco￭ ll￭ ections cases concerning memory distrust syndrome have led to documented false conf￭ essions in court cases
memory effect also known as battery effect lazy battery effect or battery memory is an effect observed in nickel cadmium and nickel – metal hy￭ dri￭ de re￭ chargeable batteries that causes them to hold less charge it describes the specific situation in which nic￭ d batteries gradually lose their maximum energy capacity if they are repeatedly re￭ charged after being only partially discharged the battery appears to remember the smaller capacity
in psychology memory inhi￭ bi￭ tion is the ability not to remember irrelevant information the scientific concept of memory inhi￭ bi￭ tion should not be confused with everyday uses of the word inhi￭ bi￭ tion scientifically speaking memory inhi￭ bi￭ tion is a type of cognitive inhi￭ bi￭ tion which is the stopping or overriding of a mental process in whole or in part with or without intention memory inhi￭ bi￭ tion is a critical component of an effective memory system while some memories are retained for a lifetime most memories are forgotten according to evolutionary psychologists forgetting is adap￭ tive because it facilitates selectivity of rapid efficient reco￭ ll￭ ection for example a person trying to remember where he parked his car would not want to remember every place he has ever parked in order to remember something therefore it is essential not only to activate the relevant information but also to inhibit irrelevant information there are many memory phenomena that seem to involve inhi￭ bi￭ tion although there is often debate about the distinction between interference and inhi￭ bi￭ tion
in operating systems memory management is the function responsible for managing the computer s primary memory the memory management function keeps track of the status of each memory location either allocated or free it determines how memory is allocated among competing processes deciding which gets memory when they receive it and how much they are allowed when memory is allocated it determines which memory locations will be assigned it tracks when memory is freed or un￭ allocated and updates the status
men￭ deli￭ an suscep￭ tibility to my￭ co￭ bacterial disease also called famili￭ al disseminated atypical my￭ co￭ bacterial infection is a rare genetic disease characterized by suscep￭ tibility to my￭ co￭ bacteria and salmonella infection outside of the intest￭ inal tract
mend￭ elson s syndrome is chemical pneu￭ mon￭ i￭ tis or aspiration pneu￭ mon￭ i￭ tis caused by aspiration during ana￭ esthesia especially during pregnancy aspiration contents may include ga￭ str￭ ic juice blood bile water or an association of them
men￭ ing￭ e￭ al carcin￭ om￭ at￭ osis is a condition in which a solid tumor diff￭ us￭ ely spreads to the le￭ p￭ tom￭ en￭ inges lung tumors breast tumors and m￭ align￭ ant mel￭ anom￭ a comprise the majority of solid tumors spreading to the le￭ p￭ tom￭ en￭ inges
men￭ ing￭ io￭ an￭ gi￭ om￭ at￭ osis is a rare disease of the brain it is characterized by a benign le￭ sion of the le￭ p￭ tom￭ en￭ inges usually involving the cere￭ br￭ al cor￭ tex and by le￭ p￭ tom￭ en￭ ing￭ e￭ al and men￭ in￭ go￭ vascular proliferation often the patient will present with seizures the disease may be either spor￭ adic or associated with neuro￭ fi￭ bro￭ mat￭ osis type 2 the le￭ sion is usually focused in one place though extremely rare multi￭ focal cases have been reported in both adults and children biopsy is usually necessary for diagnosis treatment conventi￭ onally involves surgical removal of the le￭ sion
men￭ ing￭ i￭ om￭ as are a diverse set of tumors arising from the men￭ inges the memb￭ ran￭ ous layers surrounding the central nervous system many men￭ ing￭ i￭ om￭ as produce no symptoms throughout a person s life and if discovered require no treatment other than periodic observation typically symptomatic men￭ ing￭ i￭ om￭ as are treated with either radio￭ surgery or conventional surgery they arise from the ar￭ ach￭ no￭ id cap cells of the ar￭ ach￭ no￭ id vill￭ i in the men￭ inges these tumors usually are benign in nature however a small percentage are can￭ cer￭ ous historical evidence of men￭ ing￭ i￭ om￭ as has been found going back hundreds of years with some successful sur￭ ger￭ ies for their removal beginning in the 1800 s
men￭ ing￭ ism is the tri￭ ad of nu￭ ch￭ al rigidity neck sti￭ ff￭ ness pho￭ top￭ ho￭ bia intolerance of bright light and headache it is a sign of irritation of the men￭ inges such as seen in men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis sub￭ ar￭ ach￭ no￭ id hemorrha￭ ges and various other diseases men￭ ing￭ is￭ mus is the term used when the above listed symptoms are present without actual infection or infl￭ amm￭ ation usually it is seen in conc￭ ord￭ ance with other acute illnesses in the pedi￭ atric population related clinical signs include ker￭ ni￭ g s sign and three signs all named bru￭ dz￭ in￭ ski s sign
men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis is an acute infl￭ amm￭ ation of the protective memb￭ ran￭ es covering the brain and spinal cord known collectively as the men￭ inges the most common symptoms are fever headache and neck sti￭ ff￭ ness other symptoms include confusion or altered consciousness v￭ om￭ iting and an inability to tolerate light or loud noises young children often exhibit only non￭ specific symptoms such as irrit￭ ability drow￭ sin￭ ess or poor feeding if a rash is present it may indicate a particular cause of men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis for instance men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis caused by men￭ in￭ go￭ coc￭ cal bacteria may be accompanied by a characteristic rash the infl￭ amm￭ ation may be caused by infection with viruses bacteria or other micro￭ organisms and less commonly by certain drugs men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis can be life threatening because of the infl￭ amm￭ ation s proximity to the brain and spinal cord therefore the condition is classified as a medical emergency a lum￭ bar punc￭ ture diagnoses or excludes men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis a needle is inserted into the spinal canal to collect a sample of cere￭ bro￭ spinal fluid c￭ sf that envelop￭ s the brain and spinal cord the c￭ sf is examined in a medical laboratory some forms of men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis are preventable by immun￭ ization with the men￭ in￭ go￭ coc￭ cal mum￭ ps pneu￭ mo￭ coc￭ cal and hi￭ b vaccines giving antibiotics to people with significant exposure to certain types of men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis may also be useful the first treatment in acute men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis consists of promptly giving antibiotics and sometimes anti￭ viral drugs cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ster￭ oids can also be used to prevent complications from excessive infl￭ amm￭ ation men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis can lead to serious long term consequences such as deaf￭ ness epi￭ le￭ psy hydro￭ cephal￭ us or cognitive deficits especially if not treated quickly in 2013 men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis occurred in about 16 million people worldwide this resulted in 303 000 deaths – down from 464 000 deaths in 1990 with appropriate treatment the risk of death in bacterial men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis is less than 15 outbreaks of bacterial men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis occur between december and june each year in an area of sub saharan africa known as the men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis belt smaller outbreaks may also occur in other areas of the world the word men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis is from greek μ￭ ῆ￭ ν￭ ι￭ γ￭ ξ m￭ én￭ in￭ x memb￭ rane and the medical suff￭ ix i￭ tis infl￭ amm￭ ation
men￭ in￭ go￭ coc￭ cal disease describes infections caused by the bacter￭ ium ne￭ is￭ ser￭ ia men￭ ing￭ i￭ ti￭ dis also termed men￭ in￭ go￭ co￭ cc￭ us it carries a high mortality rate if untreated but is a vaccine preventable disease while best known as a cause of men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis widespread blood infection can result in sep￭ sis which is a more damaging and dangerous condition men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis and men￭ in￭ go￭ co￭ cc￭ emia are major causes of illness death and disability in both developed and under developed countries there are approximately 2 600 cases of bacterial men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis per year in the united states and on average 333 000 cases in developing countries the case fat￭ ality rate ranges between 10 and 20 percent the incidence of endemic men￭ in￭ go￭ coc￭ cal disease during the last 13 years ranges from 1 to 5 per 100 000 in developed countries and from 10 to 25 per 100 000 in developing countries during epidemics the incidence of men￭ in￭ go￭ coc￭ cal disease approaches 100 per 100 000 men￭ in￭ go￭ coc￭ cal vaccines have sharply reduced the incidence of the disease in developed countries the disease s patho￭ genesis is not fully understood the pathogen colon￭ ises a large number of the general population harm￭ lessly but in some very small percentage of individuals it can invade the blood stream and the entire body but notably limbs and brain causing serious illness over the past few years experts have made an intensive effort to understand specific aspects of men￭ in￭ go￭ coc￭ cal biology and host interactions however the development of improved treatments and effective vaccines is expected to depend on novel efforts by workers in many different fields while men￭ in￭ go￭ coc￭ cal disease is not as contagious as the common cold which is spread through casual contact it can be transmitted through sali￭ va and occasionally through close prolonged general contact with an infected person
men￭ in￭ go￭ en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis m￭ ɪ￭ ˌ￭ n￭ ɪ￭ ŋ￭ ɡ￭ o￭ ʊ￭ ɛ￭ n￭ ˌ￭ s￭ ɛ￭ f￭ ə￭ ˈ￭ la￭ ɪ￭ t￭ ᵻ￭ s ˌ￭ n￭ ɪ￭ n￭ d￭ ʒ￭ o￭ ʊ ə￭ n ˌ￭ k￭ ɛ from greek men￭ inges memb￭ ran￭ es en￭ ke￭ p￭ hal￭ os brain and i￭ tis infl￭ amm￭ ation is a medical condition that simultaneously resembles both men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis which is an infection or infl￭ amm￭ ation of the men￭ inges and en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis which is an infection or infl￭ amm￭ ation of the brain
men￭ in￭ go￭ hydro￭ encephal￭ o￭ co￭ ele ame men￭ in￭ go￭ hydro￭ encephal￭ oce￭ le is a form of men￭ in￭ go￭ ce￭ le ame a developmental ab￭ normality of the central nervous system like men￭ in￭ go￭ co￭ ele men￭ in￭ go￭ hydro￭ encephal￭ o￭ co￭ ele is caused by defects in bone os￭ sification in particular the intr￭ am￭ emb￭ ran￭ ous os￭ sification related to the closure of inf￭ anti￭ le fon￭ tan￭ elles it refers to the pro￭ tru￭ sion of the men￭ inges between the un f￭ used bones to lie sub￭ cu￭ tane￭ ously men￭ in￭ go￭ co￭ ele refers to her￭ ni￭ ation of men￭ inges men￭ in￭ go￭ encephal￭ o￭ co￭ ele refers to the condition if brain tissue is included with the men￭ inges in the her￭ ni￭ ation men￭ in￭ go￭ hydro￭ encephal￭ o￭ co￭ ele refers to the condition including men￭ inges brain tissue and part of the ven￭ tric￭ ular system in the her￭ ni￭ ation these defects occur in approximately 1 in 2000 live births
a men￭ is￭ cal cyst is a well defined c￭ ys￭ tic le￭ sion located along the peripheral margin of the men￭ is￭ cus a part of the knee nearly always associated with horizontal men￭ is￭ cal tears
a men￭ is￭ cus transplant or men￭ is￭ cal transplant is a transplant of the men￭ is￭ cus of the knee which separates the thi￭ gh bone fem￭ ur from the lower leg bone ti￭ bia the worn or damaged men￭ is￭ cus is removed and is replaced with a new one from a donor the men￭ is￭ cus to be trans￭ planted is taken from a cad￭ aver and as such is known as an allo￭ graft men￭ is￭ cal transplantation is technically difficult as it must be sized accurately for each person positioned properly and secured to the ti￭ bial pl￭ ate￭ au as of 2012 only a few surgeons have significant volume of experience in men￭ is￭ cus transplantation worldwide
men￭ kes disease m￭ nk also known as men￭ kes syndrome is an x linked rec￭ essive disorder that affects copper levels in the body leading to copper deficiency the onset of men￭ kes disease typically begins during infancy affecting about 1 in 100 000 to 250 000 new￭ bor￭ ns infants with m￭ nk syndrome often do not live past the age of 3 it is more common in males than females because it only takes one copy of the x linked rec￭ essive gene to be expressed for a male to develop the disease in order for females to develop the disorder they would need to express two copies of the gene one on each x chro￭ mo￭ some to develop the disorder m￭ nk is characterized by kin￭ ky hair growth failure and deterioration of the nervous system it is caused by mutations in the copper transport gene at￭ p 7 a which is responsible for making a protein that is important for regulating the copper levels in the body the disorder was originally described by john hans men￭ kes 19￭ 28 – 2008 et al in 1962 alternative names copper transport disease st￭ ee￭ ly hair disease kin￭ ky hair disease men￭ kes kin￭ ky hair syndrome
men￭ ome￭ tr￭ or￭ rha￭ gia is a condition in which prolonged or excessive uter￭ ine bleeding occurs ir￭ regularly and more frequently than normal it is thus a combination of metr￭ or￭ rha￭ gia and men￭ or￭ rha￭ gia
men￭ op￭ ause also known as the clim￭ ac￭ ter￭ ic is the time in most women s lives when men￭ str￭ ual periods stop permanently and they are no longer able to bear children men￭ op￭ ause typically occurs between 49 and 52 years of age medical professionals often define men￭ op￭ ause as having occurred when a woman has not had any vag￭ inal bleeding for a year it may also be defined by a decrease in hormone production by the ov￭ aries in those who have had surgery to remove their uter￭ us but they still have ov￭ aries men￭ op￭ ause may be viewed to have occurred at the time of the surgery or when their hormone levels fell following the removal of the uter￭ us symptoms typically occur earlier at an average of 45 years of age before men￭ op￭ ause a woman s periods typically become irregular which means that periods may be longer or shorter in duration or be lighter or heavier in the amount of flow during this time women often experience hot fl￭ ashes these typically last from 30 seconds to ten minutes and may be associated with shi￭ vering swe￭ ating and red￭ dening of the skin hot fl￭ ashes often stop occurring after a year or two other symptoms may include vag￭ inal dr￭ y￭ ness trouble sleeping and mood changes the severity of symptoms varies between women while men￭ op￭ ause is often thought to be linked to an increase in heart disease this primarily occurs due to increasing age and does not have a direct relationship with men￭ op￭ ause in some women problems that were present like end￭ ome￭ tri￭ osis or painful periods will improve after men￭ op￭ ause men￭ op￭ ause is usually a natural change it can occur earlier in those who smoke tobacco other causes include surgery that removes both ov￭ aries or some types of chem￭ otherapy at the physiological level men￭ op￭ ause happens because of a decrease in the ov￭ aries production of the hormones estro￭ gen and prog￭ est￭ er￭ one while typically not needed a diagnosis of men￭ op￭ ause can be confirmed by measuring hormone levels in the blood or urine men￭ op￭ ause is the opposite of men￭ arch￭ e the time when a girl s periods start specific treatment is not usually needed some symptoms however may be improved with treatment with respect to hot fl￭ ashes avoiding smoking caff￭ eine and alcohol is often recommended sleeping in a cool room and using a fan may help the following medications may help men￭ opa￭ usal hormone therapy m￭ ht cl￭ on￭ id￭ ine gab￭ ap￭ entin or selective sero￭ ton￭ in re￭ uptake inhi￭ bit￭ ors exercise may help with sleeping problems while m￭ ht was once routinely prescribed it is now only recommended in those with significant symptoms as there are concerns about side effects high quality evidence for the effectiveness of alternative medicine has not been found there is tentative evidence for so￭ y is￭ of￭ lav￭ ones
a men￭ str￭ ual disorder is an abnormal condition in a woman s men￭ str￭ ual cycle
men￭ str￭ uation in mammals is the shedding of the uter￭ ine lining end￭ ome￭ tri￭ um it occurs on a regular basis in sexually reproductive age females of certain mamm￭ al species though there is some disagreement in definitions between sources men￭ str￭ uation is generally considered to be limited to pri￭ mates over￭ t men￭ str￭ uation where there is bleeding from the uter￭ us through the vag￭ ina is found primarily in humans and close relatives such as chimp￭ an￭ ze￭ es it is common in si￭ mi￭ ans old world monkeys new world monkeys and apes but completely lacking in st￭ rep￭ sir￭ rhine pri￭ mates and possibly weak￭ ly present in tar￭ si￭ ers beyond pri￭ mates it is known only in bats and the elephant shre￭ w females of other species of plac￭ ental mamm￭ al undergo est￭ rous cycles in which the end￭ ome￭ tri￭ um is completely re￭ absorbed by the animal covert men￭ str￭ uation at the end of its reproductive cycle many zoo￭ logists regard this as different from a true men￭ str￭ ual cycle female domestic animals used for breeding — for example dogs pigs cattle or horses — are monitored for physical signs of an est￭ rous cycle period which indicates that the animal is ready for ins￭ em￭ ination
emotional disabilities re￭ directs here for other uses see emotional disability a mental disorder also called a mental illness or psychiatric disorder is a diagnosis by a mental health professional of a behavioral or mental pattern that may cause suffering or a poor ability to function in life such features may be persistent relap￭ sing and re￭ mitting or occur as a single episode many disorders have been described with signs and symptoms that vary widely between specific disorders the causes of mental disorders are often unclear theories may incorporate findings from a range of fields mental disorders are usually defined by a combination of how a person behaves feels percei￭ ves or thinks this may be associated with particular regions or functions of the brain often in a social context a mental disorder is one aspect of mental health cultural and religious beliefs as well as social norms should be taken into account when making a diagnosis services are based in psychiatric hospitals or in the community and assessments are carried out by psychiat￭ rists clinical psychologists and clinical social workers using various methods but often relying on observation and questioning treatments are provided by various mental health professionals psycho￭ therapy and psychiatric medication are two major treatment options other treatments include social interventions peer support and self help in a minority of cases there might be involuntary detention or treatment prevention programs have been shown to reduce depression common mental disorders include depression which affects about 400 million dementia which affects about 35 million and schizophrenia which affects about 21 million people globally stigma and discrimination can add to the suffering and disability associated with mental disorders leading to various social movements attempting to increase understanding and challenge social exclusion
mental disorders diagnosed in childhood are divided into two categories childhood disorders and learning disorders these disorders are usually first diagnosed in infancy childhood or adoles￭ cence as laid out in the dsm iv tr and in the ic￭ d 10 the dsm iv tr includes ten sub￭ categories of disorders including mental retar￭ dation learning disorders motor skills disorders communication disorders pervasive developmental disorders attention deficit and disruptive behavior disorders feeding and eating disorders tic disorders elimination disorders and other disorders of infancy childhood or adoles￭ cence
mental health tri￭ age is a clinical function conducted at point of entry to health services which aims to assess and categ￭ ori￭ ze the urgency of mental health related problems the mental health tri￭ age service may be located in the emergency department community mental health services call centre or co located with other specialist mental health services such as the crisis assessment and treatment team emergency services such as police and ambulance may also have a co located mental health tri￭ age service there is considerable variation in the clinical settings in which mental health tri￭ age services may be operating therefore service delivery models vary however the essential function is to determine the nature and severity of the mental health problem determine which service response would best meet the needs of the patient and how urgently the response is required a core function of mental health tri￭ age is to conduct risk assessment that aims to determine whether the patient is a risk of harming self or others as a result of their mental state and to assess other risks related to mental illness as with other tri￭ age models the mental health tri￭ age clin￭ ician must assign a category of urgency to the case which is recorded using verbal indicators of risk such as extreme risk through to low risk or by using numerical urgency time to treatment categories 1 immediate to 5 2 hours as per the 5 point austr￭ al￭ asian tri￭ age scale
mental retar￭ dation and micro￭ cephal￭ y with pon￭ tine and cere￭ bell￭ ar hypo￭ pl￭ asia mic￭ p￭ ch also known as mental retar￭ dation x linked syndro￭ mic naj￭ m type mr￭ x￭ s￭ na is a rare genetic disorder of infants characterised by intellectual disability and pon￭ to￭ cere￭ bell￭ ar hypo￭ pl￭ asia the disorder is associated with a mutation in the c￭ ask gene which is transmitted in an x linked manner as with the vast majority of genetic disorders there is no known cure to mic￭ p￭ ch the following values seem to be aberr￭ ant in children with c￭ ask gene defects lact￭ ate py￭ ru￭ v￭ ate 2 ke￭ to￭ glu￭ tar￭ ate ad￭ ip￭ ic acid and sub￭ eric acid which seems to backup the proposal that c￭ ask affects mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al function it is also spec￭ ulated that phosp￭ ho￭ ino￭ si￭ tide 3 kin￭ ase in the ino￭ sit￭ ol metabol￭ ism is imp￭ acted in the disease causing fol￭ ic acid met￭ abo￭ li￭ zation problems
mental rotation is the ability to rot￭ ate mental representations of two dimensional and three dimensional objects as it is related to the visual representation of such rotation within the human mind
in psychology ment￭ alization is the ability to understand the mental state of oneself or others that underlies over￭ t behaviour ment￭ alization can be seen as a form of imaginative mental activity that lets us perceive and interpret human behaviour in terms of intentional mental states e g needs desires feelings beliefs goals purposes and reasons another term that david wall￭ in has used for ment￭ alization is thinking about thinking while the theory of mind has been discussed in philosophy at least since des￭ car￭ tes the concept of ment￭ alization emerged in psycho￭ analy￭ tic literature in the late 1960 s and became empir￭ ically tested in 1983 when heinz wi￭ m￭ mer and jose￭ f per￭ ner ran the first experiment to investigate when children can understand false belief inspired by daniel den￭ nett s interpretation of a punch and judy scene the field diversified in the early 1990 s when simon baron co￭ hen and u￭ ta fri￭ th building on the wi￭ m￭ mer and per￭ ner study and others merged it with research on the psychological and biological mechanisms underlying au￭ tism and schizophrenia concomit￭ antly peter fon￭ ag￭ y and colleagues applied it to developmental psychop￭ ath￭ ology in the context of attachment relationships gone aw￭ ry more recently several child mental health researchers such as ari￭ etta sl￭ ade john gri￭ en￭ en￭ berger alic￭ ia lie￭ berman daniel sch￭ ech￭ ter and susan co￭ ates have applied ment￭ alization both to research on paren￭ ting and to clinical interventions with parents infants and young children ment￭ alization has implications for attachment theory and self development according to peter fon￭ ag￭ y individuals without proper attachment e g due to physical psychological or sexual abuse can have greater difficulty developing ment￭ alization abilities attachment history partially determines the strength of ment￭ alizing capacity of individuals securely attached individuals tend to have had a primary ca￭ reg￭ i￭ ver that has more complex and sophisticated ment￭ alizing abilities as a consequence these children possess more robust capacities to represent the states of their own and other people ’ s minds early childhood exposure to ment￭ alization can protect the individual from psycho￭ social ad￭ versity this theory needs further empirical support
mer￭ al￭ gia pa￭ res￭ the￭ tica or mer￭ al￭ gia par￭ a￭ esthe￭ tica or bern￭ hardt roth syndrome is num￭ b￭ ness or pain in the outer thi￭ gh not caused by injury to the thi￭ gh but by injury to a nerve that extends from the thi￭ gh to the spinal column this chronic neuro￭ logical disorder involves a single nerve — the lateral cu￭ taneous nerve of thi￭ gh which is also called the lateral fem￭ oral cu￭ taneous nerve and hence the syndrome lateral fem￭ oral cu￭ taneous neuro￭ pa￭ thy the term mer￭ al￭ gia par￭ a￭ esthe￭ tica combines four greek roots to mean thi￭ gh pain with anom￭ alous perception
merci￭ ful an￭ os￭ mia is a condition in which the person is unaware of the foul smell emanating from his own nose this condition is seen in atro￭ ph￭ ic rh￭ initi￭ s in atro￭ ph￭ ic rh￭ initi￭ s the tur￭ bin￭ ates ven￭ ous sin￭ us￭ oids ser￭ om￭ uc￭ inous g￭ lands and nerves undergo atro￭ phy resulting in a foul sm￭ elling discharge as the nerve fibres sensing smell are also atro￭ phi￭ ed the patient is unable to appreciate the foul smell
the mercury beating heart is an electro￭ chemical re￭ do￭ x reaction between the elements mercury iron and chromium the reaction causes a blo￭ b of mercury in water to osci￭ ll￭ ate the obser￭ ve￭ able reaction demonstrates an effect of a non homogeneous electrical double layer it is often used as a classroom demonstration
mercury gran￭ ul￭ om￭ as is the result of mercury exposure a skin condition characterized by foreign body giant cell reaction
mercury poisoning also known as hydr￭ arg￭ y￭ ria or mercur￭ i￭ alism is a type of metal poisoning a medical condition caused by exposure to mercury or its compounds mercury chemical symbol h￭ g is a heavy metal occurring in several forms all of these except elem￭ ental liquid mercury for which intra￭ ven￭ ous injection of a certain volume is required produce toxicity or death with less than a gram the damage done by elem￭ ental mercury is caused by blocking blood vessels mercury s zero oxid￭ ation state h￭ g 0 exists as vap￭ or or as liquid metal its mer￭ cu￭ rous state h￭ g exists as in￭ organic salts and its mercur￭ ic state h￭ g 2 may form either in￭ organic salts or organ￭ om￭ er￭ cur￭ y compounds the three groups vary in effects toxic effects include damage to the brain kidneys and lungs mercury poisoning can result in several diseases including acro￭ dy￭ nia pink disease hunter russell syndrome and min￭ am￭ ata disease symptoms typically include sensory impairment vision hearing speech disturbed sensation and a lack of coordination the type and degree of symptoms exhi￭ bited depend upon the individual toxin the dose and the method and duration of exposure
the mere exposure effect is a psychological phenomenon by which people tend to develop a preference for things merely because they are familiar with them in social psychology this effect is sometimes called the familiarity principle the effect has been demonstrated with many kinds of things including words chinese characters paintings pictures of faces geome￭ tric figures and sounds in studies of inter￭ personal attraction the more often a person is seen by someone the more pleasing and like￭ able that person appears to be
the mere addition paradox also known as the repugn￭ ant conclusion is a problem in ethics identified by derek par￭ fit and appearing in his book reasons and persons 1984 the paradox identifies an inconsistency between four seemingly true beliefs about the relative value of populations
the mere￭ dith effect is a phenomenon whereby the aerod￭ y￭ nam￭ ic drag produced by a cooling radi￭ ator may be offset by careful design of the cooling duc￭ t such that useful thrust is produced the effect was discovered in the 1930 s and became more important as the speeds of pist￭ on eng￭ ined aircraft increased over the next decade
in meteor￭ ology a mer￭ idi￭ onal flow is a general air flow pattern from north to south or from south to north along the earth s longitude lines per￭ pend￭ icular to a z￭ onal flow extr￭ atro￭ pical cycl￭ ones in this environment tend to be stronger and move slower this pattern is responsible for most instances of extreme weather as not only are storms stronger in this type of flow regime but temperatures can reach extremes as well producing heat waves and cold waves depending on the equ￭ ator ward or po￭ le￭ ward direction of the flow
merkel cell carcin￭ oma mc￭ c is a rare and highly aggressive skin cancer which in most cases is caused by the merkel cell poly￭ om￭ avi￭ rus mc￭ v discovered by scientists at the university of pittsburgh in 2008 it is also known as cu￭ taneous ap￭ u￭ dom￭ a primary neuro￭ endocrine carcin￭ oma of the skin primary small cell carcin￭ oma of the skin and tr￭ ab￭ ec￭ ular carcin￭ oma of the skin approximately 80 of merkel cell carcin￭ om￭ as are caused by mc￭ v the virus is cl￭ onally integrated into the can￭ cer￭ ous merkel cells in addition the virus has a particular mutation only when found in cancer cells but not when it is detected in healthy skin cells direct evidence for this on￭ co￭ genetic mechanism comes from research showing that inhi￭ bi￭ tion of production of mc￭ v proteins causes mc￭ v infected merkel carcin￭ oma cells to die but has no effect on m￭ align￭ ant merkel cells that are not infected with this virus mc￭ v un￭ infected tumors which account for approximately 20 of merkel cell carcin￭ om￭ as appear to have a separate and as yet unknown cause these tumors tend to have extremely high genome mutation rates due to ultra￭ violet light exposure whereas mc￭ v infected merkel cell carcin￭ om￭ as have low rates of genome mutation no other cancers have been confirmed so far to be caused by this virus because of the viral origin for this cancer immun￭ otherap￭ ies are a promising avenue for research to treat virus positive merkel cell carcin￭ oma this cancer is considered to be a form of neuro￭ endocrine tumor while patients with a small tumor less than 2 cm that has not yet me￭ tast￭ asi￭ zed to regional lymp￭ h no￭ des have an expected 5 year survival rate of more than 80 percent once a le￭ sion has me￭ tast￭ asi￭ zed regionally the rate drops to about 50 percent up to half of patients that have been seemingly treated successfully i e that initially appear cancer free subsequently suffer a recurrence of their disease recent reviews cite an overall 5 year survival rate of about 60 for all mc￭ c combined merkel cell carcin￭ oma occurs most often on the sun exposed face head and neck
mer￭ le is a pattern in a dog s coat mer￭ le comes in different colors and patterns some have blue pat￭ ches throughout and are considered blue mer￭ le same with red and chocolate although some describe mer￭ le as only a pattern dna testing identifies the mer￭ le gene but not the variety of colors and patterns seen in the coats of the dogs with the gene a dilute black bb or bb dog is generally known as blue but a dog with a mer￭ le coat does not test bb or bb but still is a blue dilute from the mer￭ le gene the mer￭ le gene creates mo￭ tt￭ led pat￭ ches of color in a solid or pie￭ bald coat blue or odd colored eyes and can affect skin pig￭ ment as well health issues are more typical and more severe when two mer￭ les are bred together so it is recommended that a mer￭ le be bred to a dog with a solid coat color only
mer￭ om￭ eli￭ a is a birth defect characterized by the lacking of a part but not all of one or more limbs with the presence of a hand or foot it results in a shrun￭ ken and de￭ formed extre￭ mity
in the mathematical field of complex analysis a mer￭ om￭ orph￭ ic function on an open sub￭ set d of the complex plane is a function that is holo￭ morph￭ ic on all d except for a set of isolated points which are poles of the function this terminology comes from the ancient greek mer￭ os μέ￭ ρο￭ ς meaning part as opposed to ho￭ los ὅ￭ λο￭ ς meaning whole every mer￭ om￭ orph￭ ic function on d can be expressed as the ratio between two holo￭ morph￭ ic functions with the denominator not constant 0 defined on d any pole must coincide with a zero of the denominator intu￭ i￭ tively a mer￭ om￭ orph￭ ic function is a ratio of two well behaved holo￭ morph￭ ic functions such a function will still be well behaved except possibly at the points where the denominator of the fraction is zero if the denominator has a zero at z and the numer￭ ator does not then the value of the function will be infinite if both parts have a zero at z then one must compare the multiplic￭ ities of these zer￭ os from an al￭ ge￭ bra￭ ic point of view if d is connected then the set of mer￭ om￭ orph￭ ic functions is the field of fractions of the integral domain of the set of holo￭ morph￭ ic functions this is analogous to the relationship between the rational numbers and the inte￭ gers
mes￭ an￭ gi￭ al prolifer￭ ative glo￭ mer￭ ul￭ on￭ eph￭ ri￭ tis is a form of glo￭ mer￭ ul￭ on￭ eph￭ ri￭ tis associated primarily with the mes￭ an￭ gi￭ um there is some evidence that inter￭ leuk￭ in 10 may inhibit it in an animal model it is classified as type ii lup￭ us ne￭ ph￭ ri￭ tis by the world health organization who
mes￭ en￭ ch￭ ym￭ al ch￭ on￭ dro￭ sar￭ coma is a form of m￭ align￭ ant ch￭ on￭ dro￭ sar￭ coma unlike most ch￭ on￭ dro￭ sar￭ com￭ as mes￭ en￭ ch￭ ym￭ al ch￭ on￭ dro￭ sar￭ coma grows rapidly tends to spread and occurs more often in children and young adults than in older adults type ii coll￭ agen can help distinguish it from other tumors
a mes￭ enter￭ ic cyst mesh c 04 182 473 is a cyst in the mes￭ enter￭ ium and is one of the ra￭ rest ab￭ domin￭ al tumors with approximately 8￭ 21 cases reported since 15￭ 07 the incidence is between 1 per 100 000 to 1 per 250 000 hospital ad￭ missions
mes￭ enter￭ ic is￭ chem￭ ia is a medical condition in which injury of the small intest￭ ine occurs due to not enough blood supply it can come on suddenly known as acute mes￭ enter￭ ic is￭ chem￭ ia or gradually known as chronic mes￭ enter￭ ic is￭ chem￭ ia acute disease often presents with sudden severe pain symptoms may come on more slowly in those with acute on chronic disease signs and symptoms of chronic disease include ab￭ domin￭ al pain after eating un￭ intentional weight loss v￭ om￭ iting and being afraid of eating risk factors include atri￭ al fi￭ bri￭ ll￭ ation heart failure chronic ren￭ al failure being prone to forming blood clo￭ ts and previous my￭ o￭ cardi￭ al inf￭ arc￭ tion there are four mechanisms by which poor blood flow occurs a blood clo￭ t from elsewhere getting lodged in an artery a new blood clo￭ t forming in an artery a blood clo￭ t forming in the mes￭ enter￭ ic vein and insufficient blood flow due to low blood pressure or sp￭ as￭ ms of arter￭ ies chronic disease is a risk factor for acute disease the best method of diagnosis is an￭ gi￭ o￭ graphy with computer tom￭ o￭ graphy ct being used when that is not available treatment of acute is￭ chem￭ ia may include st￭ enting or medications to break down the clo￭ t provided at the site of obstruction by interventi￭ onal radi￭ ology open surgery may also be used to remove or bypass the obstruction and may be required to remove any intest￭ ines that may have died if not rapidly treated outcomes are often poor among those affected even with treatment the risk of death is 70 to 90 in those with chronic disease bypass surgery is the treatment of choice those who have thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis of the vein may be treated with anti￭ co￭ ag￭ ulation such as he￭ par￭ in and war￭ far￭ in with surgery used if they do not improve acute mes￭ enter￭ ic is￭ chem￭ ia affects about five per hundred thousand people per year in the developed world chronic mes￭ enter￭ ic is￭ chem￭ ia affects about one per hundred thousand people most people affected are over 60 years old rates are about equal in males and females of the same age mes￭ enter￭ ic is￭ chem￭ ia was first described in 18￭ 95
con￭ genital mes￭ obl￭ astic ne￭ ph￭ roma is a type of kidney tumor that is usually found before birth by ul￭ tras￭ ound or within the first 3 months of life it contains fi￭ bro￭ bl￭ astic cells connec￭ tive tissue cells and may spread to the other kidney or to nearby tissue con￭ genital mes￭ obl￭ astic ne￭ ph￭ roma is more common in males
mes￭ om￭ eli￭ a refers to conditions in which the middle parts of limbs are disproportionately short when applied to sk￭ el￭ etal dys￭ pl￭ asi￭ as mes￭ om￭ el￭ ic dwar￭ f￭ ism describes generalised shortening of the fore￭ arms and lower legs this is in contrast to r￭ hi￭ zom￭ el￭ ic dwar￭ f￭ ism in which the upper portions of limbs are short such as in ach￭ on￭ dro￭ pl￭ asia forms of mes￭ om￭ el￭ ic dwar￭ f￭ ism currently described include l￭ anger mes￭ om￭ el￭ ic dys￭ pl￭ asia ellis – van cre￭ veld syndrome ro￭ bin￭ ow syndrome lé￭ ri – we￭ ill dy￭ sch￭ on￭ dro￭ ste￭ osis
mes￭ o￭ the￭ li￭ al hyper￭ pl￭ asia is a hyper￭ pl￭ asia of mes￭ o￭ the￭ li￭ al cells in ser￭ ous memb￭ ran￭ es ple￭ ura peric￭ ardi￭ um per￭ it￭ on￭ eu￭ m mes￭ o￭ the￭ li￭ al hyper￭ pl￭ asia is usually an incidental finding during per￭ it￭ one￭ al examination during l￭ apar￭ o￭ tomy or l￭ apar￭ o￭ sco￭ py grossly mes￭ o￭ the￭ li￭ al hyper￭ pl￭ asia is characterized by the presence of small white no￭ d￭ ules or flat pl￭ aqu￭ es on the ser￭ ous surface
mes￭ o￭ the￭ li￭ oma is a type of cancer that develops from the thin layer of tissue that covers many of the internal organs known as the mes￭ o￭ the￭ lium the most common area affected is the lining of the lungs and chest wall less commonly the lining of the ab￭ dom￭ en and rarely the s￭ ac surrounding the heart or the s￭ ac surrounding the testi￭ s may be affected signs and symptoms of mes￭ o￭ the￭ li￭ oma may include short￭ ness of breath due to fluid around the lung a sw￭ oll￭ en ab￭ dom￭ en chest wall pain cough feeling tired and weight loss these symptoms typically come on slowly greater than 80 of mes￭ o￭ the￭ li￭ oma is caused by exposure to asbestos the greater the exposure the greater the risk as of 2013 about 125 million people have been exposed to asbestos at work high rates of disease occur in people who mine asbestos produce products from asbestos work with asbestos products live with asbestos workers or work in buildings containing asbestos often it takes around 40 years for the disease to begin washing the clothing of someone who worked with asbestos also increases the risk other risk factors include genetics and infection with the si￭ mi￭ an virus 40 the diagnosis may be suspected based on chest x ray and ct scan findings and is confirmed by either examining fluid produced by the cancer or by a tissue biopsy of the cancer prevention centers around reducing exposure to asbestos treatment often includes surgery radiation therapy and chem￭ otherapy a procedure known as ple￭ u￭ ro￭ des￭ is which involves using substances such as tal￭ c to scar together the ple￭ ura may be used to prevent more fluid from building up around the lungs chem￭ otherapy often includes the medications cis￭ pl￭ atin and p￭ eme￭ tre￭ xed the percentage of people that survive five years following diagnosis is on average 8 in the united states in 2013 about 50 000 people had mes￭ o￭ the￭ li￭ oma and 34 000 died from the disease rates of mes￭ o￭ the￭ li￭ oma vary in different areas of the world rates are higher in australia and great britain and lower in japan it occurs in about 3 000 people per year in the united states it occurs more often in males than females rates of disease have increased since the 1950 s diagnosis typically occurs after the age of 65 and most deaths occur around 70 years old the disease was rare before the commercial use of asbestos
in software architecture a messaging pattern is a network oriented architectural pattern which describes how two different parts of a message passing system connect and communicate with each other in telecommunications a message exchange pattern mep describes the pattern of messages required by a communications protocol to establish or use a communication channel there are two major message exchange patterns — a request – response pattern and a one way pattern for example http is a request – response pattern protocol and u￭ dp is a one way pattern
me￭ ta learning is a sub￭ field of machine learning where automatic learning algori￭ th￭ ms are applied on me￭ ta data about machine learning experiments although different researchers hold different views as to what the term exactly means see below the main goal is to use such me￭ ta data to understand how automatic learning can become flexible in solving different kinds of learning problems hence to improve the performance of existing learning algori￭ th￭ ms flexibility is very important because each learning algori￭ thm is based on a set of assumptions about the data its induc￭ tive bias this means that it will only learn well if the bias matches the data in the learning problem a learning algori￭ thm may perform very well on one learning problem but very badly on the next from a non expert point of view this poses strong restrictions on the use of machine learning or data mining techniques since the relationship between the learning problem often some kind of database and the effectiveness of different learning algori￭ th￭ ms is not yet understood by using different kinds of me￭ ta data like properties of the learning problem algori￭ thm properties like performance measures or patterns previously derived from the data it is possible to select alter or combine different learning algori￭ th￭ ms to effectively solve a given learning problem cri￭ ti￭ ques of me￭ ta learning approaches bear a strong resemblance to the critique of me￭ ta￭ he￭ ur￭ istic which can be said to be a related problem
metabol￭ ic aci￭ do￭ sis is a condition that occurs when the body produces excessive quantities of acid or when the kidneys are not removing enough acid from the body if unchecked metabol￭ ic aci￭ do￭ sis leads to aci￭ dem￭ ia i e blood ph is low less than 7 35 due to increased production of hydrogen ions by the body or the inability of the body to form bic￭ ar￭ bon￭ ate h￭ co 3 − in the kidney its causes are diverse and its consequences can be serious including coma and death together with respiratory aci￭ do￭ sis it is one of the two general causes of aci￭ dem￭ ia
metabol￭ ic al￭ k￭ alo￭ sis is a metabol￭ ic condition in which the ph of tissue is elevated beyond the normal range 7 35 7 45 this is the result of decreased hydrogen ion concentration leading to increased bic￭ ar￭ bon￭ ate or alternatively a direct result of increased bic￭ ar￭ bon￭ ate concentrations
metabol￭ ic bone disease is an umbrella term referring to ab￭ norm￭ alities of bones caused by a broad spectrum of disorders most commonly these disorders are caused by ab￭ norm￭ alities of minerals such as calcium phosphorus magnesium or vitamin d leading to dramatic clinical disorders that are commonly reversible once the underlying defect has been treated these disorders are to be differentiated from a larger group of genetic bone disorders where there is a defect in a specific sign￭ aling system or cell type that causes the bone disorder there may be overlap for example genetic or hereditary hypo￭ phosp￭ hat￭ emia may cause the metabol￭ ic bone disorder o￭ ste￭ om￭ al￭ ac￭ ia although there is currently no treatment for the genetic condition replacement of phosphate often correc￭ ts or improves the metabol￭ ic bone disorder
a metabol￭ ic disorder can happen when abnormal chemical reactions in the body alter the normal metabol￭ ic process it can also be defined as inherited single gene anomaly most of which are auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive
metabol￭ ic syndrome sometimes known by is a clu￭ stering of at least three of the five unfold into nine combination following medical conditions ab￭ domin￭ al central obesity cf to￭ fi elevated blood pressure elevated fast￭ ing plasma glucose high serum tri￭ gly￭ cer￭ ides low high density li￭ po￭ protein h￭ dl levels metabol￭ ic syndrome is associated with the risk of developing cardiovascular disease and type 2 diabetes some studies have shown the prevalence in the usa to be an estimated 34 of the adult population and the prevalence increases with age insulin resistance metabol￭ ic syndrome and pre￭ diabetes are closely related to one another and have overlapping aspects the syndrome is thought to be caused by an underlying disorder of energy utilization and storage the cause of the syndrome is an area of ongoing medical research
metabol￭ ically healthy obesity or metabol￭ ically healthy obesity m￭ ho is a debatable medical condition characterized by obesity which does not produce metabol￭ ic complications
met￭ ach￭ on￭ dro￭ mat￭ osis is an auto￭ som￭ al domin￭ an￭ tin￭ completely penetr￭ ant sk￭ el￭ etal disorder affecting the growth of bones leading to multiple en￭ ch￭ on￭ dro￭ mas and o￭ ste￭ och￭ on￭ dro￭ mas this tumor syndrome affects mainly tu￭ bul￭ ar bones though it can also involve the verte￭ bra￭ e small joints and flat bones
met￭ ach￭ rom￭ atic leuko￭ dy￭ stro￭ phy m￭ ld also called ar￭ yl￭ sul￭ fat￭ ase a deficiency is a ly￭ so￭ som￭ al storage disease which is commonly listed in the family of leuko￭ dy￭ stro￭ ph￭ ies as well as among the sp￭ hin￭ go￭ li￭ pi￭ doses as it affects the metabol￭ ism of sp￭ hin￭ go￭ li￭ pi￭ ds leuko￭ dy￭ stro￭ ph￭ ies affect the growth and or development of my￭ elin the fatty covering which acts as an insul￭ ator around nerve fi￭ bers throughout the central and peripheral nervous systems m￭ ld involves cere￭ bro￭ side sul￭ fate accumulation met￭ ach￭ rom￭ atic leuko￭ dy￭ stro￭ phy like most enzyme deficiencies has an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive inheritance pattern
met￭ ager￭ ia is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by premature aging
met￭ agon￭ im￭ i￭ asis is a disease caused by an intest￭ inal tre￭ mato￭ de most commonly met￭ agon￭ im￭ us y￭ ok￭ ag￭ awa￭ i but sometimes by m tak￭ as￭ hi￭ i or m mi￭ y￭ at￭ ai the met￭ agon￭ im￭ i￭ asis causing flu￭ kes are one of two minute flu￭ kes called the heter￭ op￭ hy￭ ids met￭ agon￭ im￭ i￭ asis was described by kat￭ sur￭ asa in 19￭ 11 – 19￭ 13 when he first observed eggs of m y￭ ok￭ ag￭ awa￭ i in f￭ ec￭ es date is disputed in various studies m tak￭ a￭ has￭ hi￭ i was described later first by suz￭ uki in 1930 and then m mi￭ y￭ at￭ ai was described in 1984 by sai￭ to stained adult flu￭ ke causing met￭ agon￭ im￭ i￭ asis
in chemistry metal cataly￭ sed hydro￭ bor￭ ation is a reaction used in organic synthesis it is one of several examples of homogeneous catal￭ ysis
a metal centered cyclo￭ addition is a subtype of the more general class of cyclo￭ addition reactions in such reactions two or more un￭ saturated molecules unite directly to form a ring incorporating a metal bon￭ ded to one or more of the molecules cyclo￭ additions involving metal centers are a staple of organic and organ￭ om￭ et￭ all￭ ic chemistry and are involved in many industri￭ ally valuable synthetic processes there are two general types of metal centered cyclo￭ addition reactions those in which the metal is incorporated into the cycle a metal￭ loc￭ ycle and those in which the metal is external to the cycle these can be further divided into true cyclo￭ additions those that take place in a concerted fashion and formal cyclo￭ additions those that take place in a step￭ wise fashion beyond that they are classified by the number of atoms contributed to the cycle by each of the participants for example ole￭ fin me￭ ta￭ thesis using a gru￭ bbs catalyst typically involves a reversible 2 2 cyclo￭ addition a ruth￭ en￭ ium al￭ ky￭ li￭ den￭ e and an al￭ k￭ ene or al￭ ky￭ ne react to form a metal￭ loc￭ ycle
metal chinese 金 pin￭ yin j￭ ī￭ n the fourth phase of the chinese philosophy of wu xing is the decline of the matter or the matter s decline stage metal is yin in character its motion is in￭ wards and its energy is contracting it is associated with the autumn the west old age the planet venus the color white dry weather and the white tiger bai hu in four symbols the ar￭ che￭ typ￭ al metals are silver and gold
metal fume fever also known as brass founders ague brass sh￭ akes zinc sh￭ akes gal￭ vie flu metal dust fever or monday morning fever is an illness primarily caused by exposure to certain f￭ umes workers breathe in f￭ umes from chemicals such as zinc oxide z￭ no or magnesium oxide m￭ go which are themselves created by heating or welding certain metals particularly galvan￭ ized steel other common sources are fum￭ ing silver gold plat￭ inum chromium from stainless steel nickel arsenic man￭ g￭ anese ber￭ yl￭ lium cadmium co￭ bal￭ t copper lead sel￭ en￭ ium and zinc wel￭ ders are commonly exposed to the substances that cause metal fume fever from the base metal pl￭ ating or f￭ iller bra￭ zing and sol￭ dering a type of metal work in which only the f￭ iller is melted can also cause metal poisoning from lead zinc copper or cadmium in the f￭ iller metal in extreme cases cadmium present in some older silver sol￭ der allo￭ ys can cause loss of consciousness within a matter of minutes
metal toxicity or metal poisoning is the toxic effect of certain metals in certain forms and doses on life some metals are toxic when they form poisonous soluble compounds certain metals have no biological role i e are not essential minerals or are toxic when in a certain form in the case of lead any measurable amount may have negative health effects often heavy metals are thought as synonymous but lighter metals may also be toxic in certain circumstances such as ber￭ yl￭ lium and lith￭ ium not all heavy metals are particularly toxic and some are essential such as iron the definition may also include trace elements when considered in abnormally high toxic doses an option for treatment of metal poisoning may be chel￭ ation therapy which is a technique which involves the administration of chel￭ ation agents to remove metals from the body toxic metals sometimes imitate the action of an essential element in the body interfering with the metabol￭ ic process to cause illness many metals particularly heavy metals are toxic but some heavy metals are essential and some such as bis￭ mu￭ th have a low toxicity most often the definition of toxic metals includes at least cadmium man￭ g￭ anese lead mercury and the radioactive metals metal￭ lo￭ ids arsenic po￭ lon￭ ium may be included in the definition radioactive metals have both radiological toxicity and chemical toxicity metals in an oxid￭ ation state abnormal to the body may also become toxic chromium iii is an essential trace element but chromium vi is a carcin￭ o￭ gen toxicity is a function of solu￭ bility in￭ soluble compounds as well as the metallic forms often exhibit negligible toxicity the toxicity of any metal depends on its lig￭ ands in some cases organ￭ om￭ et￭ all￭ ic forms such as meth￭ yl￭ mercury and te￭ tra￭ ethyl lead can be extremely toxic in other cases organ￭ om￭ et￭ all￭ ic derivatives are less toxic such as the co￭ bal￭ to￭ cen￭ ium c￭ ation decontamination for toxic metals is different from organic toxins because toxic metals are elements they cannot be destroyed toxic metals may be made in￭ soluble or collected possibly by the aid of chel￭ ating agents alternatively they can be diluted into a sufficiently large reservoir such as the sea because immediate toxicity is a function of concentration rather than amount however bio￭ accumulation has the potential to reverse this toxic metals can bio￭ accumulate in the body and in the food chain therefore a common characteristic of toxic metals is the chronic nature of their toxicity this is particularly notable with radioactive heavy metals such as radi￭ um which im￭ itates calcium to the point of being incorporated into human bone although similar health implications are found in lead or mercury poisoning the exceptions to this are barium and aluminium which can be removed efficiently by the kidneys
metal￭ ation metall￭ ation is a chemical reaction which results in a metal atom be￭ ing￭ attached to a usually organic mol￭ ecu￭ le lith￭ ium metal in contact with an organ￭ o￭ hali￭ de li￭ thi￭ ates the organic mol￭ ecu￭ le and gives the organ￭ oli￭ th￭ ium re￭ agent and lith￭ ium hali￭ de magnesium similarly metal￭ ates organ￭ o￭ hali￭ des to give gri￭ gn￭ ard reagents prot￭ ons on a mol￭ ecu￭ le that are ac￭ id￭ ic even only slightly can be exchanged for a metal by a suitable bu￭ ty￭ l￭ lith￭ ium re￭ agent mixture trans￭ metal￭ ation involves the exchange of two metals between organic molecules for example trans￭ metal￭ ations can occur when reacting an organ￭ oli￭ th￭ ium re￭ agent with a metal salt
metal￭ losis is the pu￭ tative medical condition involving de￭ position and build up of metal debris in the soft tissues of the body metal￭ losis has been hypothe￭ sized to occur when metallic components in medical implants specifically joint replacements ab￭ r￭ ade against one another metal￭ losis has also been observed in some patients either sensitive to the impl￭ ant or for unknown reasons even in the absence of mal￭ positioned pro￭ s￭ thesis though rare metal￭ losis has been observed at an estimated incidence of 5 of metal joint impl￭ ant patients over the last 40 years women may be at slightly higher risk than men if metal￭ losis occurs it may involve the hip and knee joints the shoulder wrist or el￭ bow joints the abra￭ sion of metal components may cause metal ions to be solu￭ bi￭ lized the hypothesis that the immune system identifies the metal ions as foreign bodies and infl￭ ames the area around the debris may be incorrect because of the small size of metal ions may prevent them from becoming hap￭ tens poisoning from metal￭ losis is rare but co￭ bal￭ tism is an established health concern the involvement of the immune system in this pu￭ tative condition has also been the￭ orized but has never been proven pur￭ ported symptoms of metal￭ losis generally include pain around the site of the impl￭ ant pseu￭ do￭ tumors a mass of infl￭ amed cells that resembles a tumor but is actually collected fluids and a noticeable rash that indicates necro￭ sis the damaged and infl￭ amed tissue can also contribute to loosen￭ ing the impl￭ ant or medical device metal￭ losis can cause dis￭ location of non cem￭ ented implants as the healthy tissue that would normally hold the impl￭ ant in place is weakened or destroyed metal￭ losis has been demonstrated to cause o￭ ste￭ ol￭ ysis women those who are small in stature and the ob￭ ese are at greater risk for metal￭ losis because their body structure causes more tension on the impl￭ ant quick￭ ening the abra￭ sion of the metal components and the subsequent build up of metallic debris
met￭ am￭ ag￭ ne￭ tism is a sudden often dramatic increase in the magne￭ tization of a material with a small change in an externally applied magnetic field the met￭ am￭ ag￭ ne￭ tic behavior may have quite different physical causes for different types of met￭ am￭ ag￭ nets some examples of physical mechanisms leading to met￭ am￭ ag￭ ne￭ tic behavior are 1 itiner￭ ant met￭ am￭ ag￭ ne￭ tism exchange splitting of the fer￭ mi surface in a param￭ ag￭ ne￭ tic system of itiner￭ ant electron￭ s causes an energetically favorable transition to bulk magne￭ tization near the transition to a fer￭ ro￭ magnet or other magne￭ tically ordered state 2 anti￭ fer￭ ro￭ magnetic transition field induced spin f￭ lips in anti￭ fer￭ ro￭ magne￭ ts cas￭ c￭ ade at a critical energy determined by the applied magnetic field depending on the material and experimental conditions met￭ am￭ ag￭ ne￭ tism may be associated with a first order phase transition a continuous phase transition at a critical point classical or quantum or cros￭ so￭ vers beyond a critical point that do not involve a phase transition at all these wildly different physical explanations sometimes lead to confusion as to what the term met￭ am￭ ag￭ ne￭ tic is referring in specific cases
in biology met￭ amer￭ ism is the phenomenon of having a linear series of body segments fundamentally similar in structure though not all such structures are entirely alike in any single life form because some of them perform special functions in animals met￭ amer￭ ic segments are referred to as som￭ ites or met￭ amer￭ es in plants they are referred to as met￭ am￭ ers or more concre￭ tely phy￭ tom￭ ers
a met￭ am￭ orph￭ ic reaction is a chemical reaction that takes place during the geological process of met￭ am￭ orph￭ ism where￭ in one assemb￭ lage of minerals is transformed into a second assemb￭ lage which is stable under the new temperature pressure conditions resulting in the final stable state of the observed met￭ am￭ orph￭ ic rock examples would include the production of tal￭ c under varied met￭ am￭ orph￭ ic conditions ser￭ pent￭ ine carbon dioxide → tal￭ c mag￭ nes￭ ite water￭ chlor￭ ite quar￭ tz → ky￭ an￭ ite tal￭ c water
me￭ tan￭ eph￭ ric aden￭ oma ma is a rare benign tum￭ our of the kidney that can have a micro￭ scopic appearance similar to a ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ bl￭ ast￭ oma wil￭ ms tum￭ ours or a pap￭ ill￭ ary ren￭ al cell carcin￭ oma it should not be confused with the patho￭ logically unrelated yet similar sounding mes￭ on￭ eph￭ ric aden￭ oma
met￭ ap￭ hy￭ seal dys￭ pl￭ asia also known as p￭ yle s disease p￭ yle s syndrome p￭ yle cohn syndrome and bak￭ win kri￭ da syndrome is a rare disease in which the outer part of the sh￭ af￭ ts of long bones is thin￭ ner than normal and there is an increased chance of fractu￭ res
met￭ ap￭ la￭ sia greek change in form is the reversible replacement of one differentiated cell type with another mature differentiated cell type the change from one type of cell to another may generally be a part of normal matur￭ ation process or caused by some sort of abnormal stimulus in simplistic terms it is as if the original cells are not robust enough to withstand the new environment and so they change into another type more suited to the new environment if the stimulus that caused met￭ ap￭ la￭ sia is removed or ceases tissues return to their normal pattern of differentiation met￭ ap￭ la￭ sia is not synonymous with dys￭ pl￭ asia and is not directly considered carcinogenic it is also contr￭ asted with heter￭ op￭ la￭ sia which is the abnormal growth of cy￭ to￭ logic and his￭ to￭ logic elements without a stimulus
met￭ ap￭ l￭ astic carcin￭ oma is cancer that begins in cells that have changed into another cell type for example a squ￭ am￭ ous cell of the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus changing to resemble a cell of the stomach in some cases met￭ ap￭ l￭ astic changes alone may mean there is an increased chance of cancer developing at the site met￭ ap￭ l￭ astic carcin￭ oma is a relatively un￭ common type of cancer with treatment generally similar to that of invasive duc￭ tal carcin￭ oma of no special type
met￭ as￭ om￭ atism is the chemical alteration of a rock by hydro￭ thermal and other fluids it is the replacement of one rock by another of different miner￭ ological and chemical composition the minerals which com￭ pose the rocks are dissolved and new mineral formations are deposited in their place dissolution and de￭ position occur simultaneously and the rock remains solid synon￭ y￭ ms to the word met￭ as￭ om￭ atism are met￭ as￭ om￭ at￭ ose and met￭ as￭ om￭ atic process the word met￭ as￭ om￭ at￭ ose can also be used as a name for specific varieties of met￭ as￭ om￭ atism for example mg met￭ as￭ om￭ at￭ ose and na met￭ as￭ om￭ at￭ ose met￭ as￭ om￭ atism can occur via the action of hydro￭ thermal fluids from an ig￭ ne￭ ous or met￭ am￭ orph￭ ic source in the ig￭ ne￭ ous environment met￭ as￭ om￭ atism creates skar￭ ns gre￭ is￭ en and may affect hor￭ n￭ f￭ els in the contact met￭ am￭ orph￭ ic au￭ re￭ ole adjacent to an intrusive rock mass in the met￭ am￭ orph￭ ic environment met￭ as￭ om￭ atism is created by mass transfer from a volume of met￭ am￭ orph￭ ic rock at higher stress and temperature into a zone with lower stress and temperature with met￭ am￭ orph￭ ic hydro￭ thermal solutions acting as a solvent this can be envisaged as the met￭ am￭ orph￭ ic rocks within the deep cr￭ ust losing fluids and dissolved mineral components as hydro￭ us minerals break down with this fluid per￭ col￭ ating up into the shallow levels of the cr￭ ust to chemically change and alter these rocks this mechanism implies that met￭ as￭ om￭ atism is open system behaviour which is different from classical met￭ am￭ orph￭ ism which is the in situ miner￭ alo￭ gical change of a rock without appreciable change in the chemistry of the rock because met￭ am￭ orph￭ ism usually requires water in order to facilitate met￭ am￭ orph￭ ic reactions met￭ as￭ om￭ atism and met￭ am￭ orph￭ ism nearly always occur together further because met￭ as￭ om￭ atism is a mass transfer process it is not restricted to the rocks which are changed by addition of chemical elements and minerals or hydro￭ us compounds in all cases to produce a met￭ as￭ om￭ atic rock some other rock is also met￭ as￭ om￭ ati￭ sed if only by dehydr￭ ation reactions with minimal chemical change this is best illustrated by gold ore deposits which are the product of focused concentration of fluids derived from many cubic kilometres of dehydrated cr￭ ust into thin often highly met￭ as￭ om￭ ati￭ sed and altered she￭ ar zones and lo￭ des the source region is often largely chemically unaffected compared to the highly hydr￭ ated altered she￭ ar zones but both must have undergone complementary met￭ as￭ om￭ atism met￭ as￭ om￭ atism is more complicated in the earth s man￭ tle because the composition of peri￭ do￭ ti￭ te at high temperatures can be changed by infiltr￭ ation of carbon￭ ate and silic￭ ate mel￭ ts and by carbon dioxide rich and water rich fluids as discussed by lu￭ th 2003 met￭ as￭ om￭ atism is thought to be particularly important in changing the composition of man￭ tle peri￭ do￭ ti￭ te below island ar￭ cs as water is driven out of ocean lith￭ o￭ sphere during sub￭ duc￭ tion met￭ as￭ om￭ atism has also been considered critical for enriching source regions of some silic￭ a under￭ saturated mag￭ mas carbon￭ ati￭ te mel￭ ts are often considered to have been responsible for enrichment of man￭ tle peri￭ do￭ ti￭ te in incompatible elements
me￭ ta￭ stability in electronics is the ability of a digital electronics system to persist for an un￭ bounded time in an unstable equilibrium or me￭ ta￭ stable state in me￭ ta￭ stable states the circuit may be unable to settle into a stable 0 or 1 logic level within the time required for proper circuit operation as a result the circuit can act in unpredictable ways and may lead to a system failure sometimes referred to as a g￭ lit￭ ch me￭ ta￭ stability is an instance of bur￭ idan s paradox me￭ ta￭ stable states are inherent features of as￭ yn￭ ch￭ ron￭ ous digital systems and of systems with more than one independent clock domain in self timed as￭ yn￭ ch￭ ron￭ ous systems arbit￭ ers are designed to allow the system to proceed only after the me￭ ta￭ stability has resolved so the me￭ ta￭ stability is a normal condition not an error condition in synchron￭ ous systems with as￭ yn￭ ch￭ ron￭ ous inputs synchron￭ iz￭ ers are designed to make the probability of a synchron￭ ization failure accep￭ tably small me￭ ta￭ stable states are avoidable in fully synchron￭ ous systems when the input setup and hold time requirements on flip fl￭ ops are satisfied
me￭ tast￭ asis is the spread of a cancer or other disease from one organ or part of the body to another without being directly connected with it the new occurrences of disease thus generated are referred to as me￭ tast￭ ases mets cancer occurs after a single cell in a tissue is progressively genetically damaged to produce cells with uncontrolled proliferation this uncontrolled proliferation by mit￭ osis produces a primary hetero￭ gene￭ ic tum￭ our the cells which constitute the tumor eventually undergo met￭ ap￭ la￭ sia followed by dys￭ pl￭ asia then an￭ ap￭ la￭ sia resulting in a m￭ align￭ ant phen￭ o￭ type this m￭ align￭ ancy allows for invasion into the circulation followed by invasion to a second site for tu￭ mori￭ genesis some cancer cells acquire the ability to penetrate the walls of lymp￭ h￭ atic and or blood vessels after which they are able to circulate through the blood￭ stream circulating tumor cells to other sites and tissues in the body this process is known respectively as lymp￭ h￭ atic or hem￭ ato￭ genous spread after the tumor cells come to rest at another site they re penetrate the vessel or walls and continue to multiply eventually forming another clin￭ ically detec￭ table tumor this new tumor is known as a me￭ ta￭ static or secondary tumor me￭ tast￭ asis is one of the hall￭ marks of cancer distinguishing it from benign tumors most ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms can me￭ tast￭ asi￭ ze although in varying degrees e g bas￭ al cell carcin￭ oma rarely me￭ tast￭ asi￭ ze when tumor cells me￭ tast￭ asi￭ ze the new tumor is called a secondary or me￭ ta￭ static tumor and its cells are similar to those in the original or primary tumor this means for example that if breast cancer me￭ tast￭ asi￭ zes to the lungs the secondary tumor is made up of abnormal breast cells not of abnormal lung cells the tumor in the lung is then called me￭ ta￭ static breast cancer not lung cancer me￭ tast￭ asis is a key element in cancer staging systems such as the tn￭ m staging system where it represents the m in overall stage grouping me￭ tast￭ asis places a cancer in stage iv the possibilities of cur￭ ative treatment are greatly reduced or often entirely removed when a cancer has me￭ tast￭ asi￭ zed
me￭ ta￭ static calci￭ fication is de￭ position of calcium salts in otherwise normal tissue because of elevated serum levels of calcium which can occur because of der￭ ang￭ ed metabol￭ ism as well as increased absorption or decreased ex￭ cre￭ tion of calcium and related minerals as seen in hyper￭ par￭ ath￭ yro￭ i￭ dis￭ m in contrast dy￭ stro￭ ph￭ ic calci￭ fication is caused by ab￭ norm￭ alities or de￭ generation of tissues resulting in mineral de￭ position though blood levels of calcium remain normal these differences in path￭ ology also mean that me￭ ta￭ static calci￭ fication is often found in many tissues throughout a person or animal whereas dy￭ stro￭ ph￭ ic calci￭ fication is loc￭ alized me￭ ta￭ static calci￭ fication can occur widely throughout the body but principally affects the inter￭ sti￭ tial tissues of the vas￭ cul￭ ature kidneys lungs and ga￭ str￭ ic mu￭ co￭ sa for the latter three acid secre￭ tions or rapid changes in ph levels contribute to the formation of salts
me￭ ta￭ static cal￭ cin￭ osis cu￭ tis is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by calci￭ fication of the skin resulting from the de￭ position of calcium and phosphorus and associated with an internal m￭ align￭ ancy
a liver me￭ tast￭ asis is a m￭ align￭ ant tumor in the liver that has spread from another organ affected by cancer the liver is a common site for me￭ ta￭ static disease because of its rich dual blood supply the liver receives blood via the he￭ p￭ atic artery and portal vein me￭ ta￭ static tumors in the liver are 20 times more common than primary tumors in 50 of all cases the primary tumor is of the gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract other common sites include the breast ov￭ aries bron￭ ch￭ us and kidney tumor emb￭ oli entering the sin￭ us￭ oids through the liver blood supply appear to be physically obstructed by the k￭ up￭ ffer cells but if tumor emb￭ oli are larger they tend to become lodged in the portal ven￭ ous branches
met￭ at￭ ar￭ sal￭ gia literally met￭ at￭ ar￭ sal pain and col￭ lo￭ qu￭ ially known as a stone bru￭ ise is a general term used to refer to any painful foot condition affecting the met￭ at￭ ar￭ sal region of the foot this is a common problem that can affect the joints and bones of the met￭ at￭ ar￭ s￭ als met￭ at￭ ar￭ sal￭ gia is most often loc￭ alized to the first met￭ at￭ ar￭ sal head – the ball of the foot just behind the big toe there are two small ses￭ am￭ o￭ id bones under the first met￭ at￭ ar￭ sal head the next most frequent site of met￭ at￭ ar￭ sal head pain is under the second met￭ at￭ ar￭ sal this can be due to either too short a first met￭ at￭ ar￭ sal bone or to hyper￭ mobility of the first ray – met￭ at￭ ar￭ sal bone and medi￭ al cun￭ ei￭ form bone behind it – both of which result in excess pressure being transmitted into the second met￭ at￭ ar￭ sal head
a met￭ at￭ ar￭ sop￭ hal￭ ange￭ al joint sp￭ rain is an injury to the connec￭ tive tissue between the foot and one of the toes when the big toe is involved it is known as turf toe
meteor￭ ite wea￭ thering is the terrestrial alteration of a meteor￭ ite most meteor￭ ites date from the oldest times in the solar system and are by far the oldest material available on our planet despite their age they are vulnerable to the terrestrial environment water chlorine and oxygen attack meteor￭ ites as soon they reach the ground
meteor￭ opathy from greek mete￭ ora cel￭ esti￭ al phenomena and path￭ os feeling pain suffering is a physical condition or symptom associated with weather conditions such as hum￭ idity temperature or pressure someone subject to meteor￭ opathy is called meteor￭ opathic meteor￭ opathy is different from historical conceptions of air causing diseases and strongly influencing people s sense of well being see mi￭ as￭ ma theory of disease there appear to be significant and measurable cor￭ relations between particular atmo￭ spher￭ ical events such as a sudden increase in hum￭ idity and temperature and the onset of disease such as stroke a few researchers found significant effect on mood correlated with the weather especially with regards to hum￭ idity a component of weather not always measured hum￭ idity temperature and hours of sunshine had the greatest effect on mood high levels of hum￭ idity lowered scores on concentration while increasing reports of sleep￭ iness rising temperatures lowered anxiety and skepticism mood scores the number of hours of sunshine was found to predict optimism scores significantly as the number of hours of sunshine increased optimism scores also increased mood scores on the depression and anxiety scales were not predicted by any weather variable pleasant weather higher temperature or barome￭ tric pressure was related to higher mood better memory and ‘ ‘ broadened ’ ’ cognitive style during the spring as time spent outside increased the same relationships between mood and weather were not observed during other times of year and indeed hotter weather was associated with lower mood in the summer
a mete￭ ot￭ sun￭ ami or meteorological tsunami is a tsunami like wave of meteorological origin mete￭ ot￭ sun￭ amis are generated when rapid changes in barome￭ tric pressure cause the displacement of a body of water in contrast to ordinary impulse type tsunami sources a traveling atmospheric disturbance normally inter￭ acts with the ocean over a limited period of time from several minutes to several hours tsunamis and mete￭ ot￭ sun￭ amis are otherwise similar enough that it can be difficult to distinguish one from the other as in cases where there is a tsunami wave but there are no seis￭ mic records of an earthquake only about 3 of historical tsunami events from 2000 bc through 2014 are known to have meteorological origins although their true prevalence may be considerably higher than this because 10 of historical tsunamis have unknown origins tsunami events in the past are often difficult to validate and mete￭ ot￭ sun￭ amis may have previously been mis￭ classified as se￭ iche waves mete￭ ot￭ sun￭ amis are restricted to local effects because they lack the energy available to significant seis￭ mic tsunami however when they are amplified by resonance they can be hazardous a mete￭ ot￭ sun￭ ami that struck n￭ agas￭ aki bay on 31 march 1979 achieved a maximum wave height of 5 meters there were three fatalities a three meter wave that hit the chicago water￭ front in 1954 swept people off of piers drowning seven in some parts of the world they are common enough to have local names ris￭ saga catalan mil￭ gh￭ uba maltese mar￭ rob￭ bio italian abi￭ ki japanese š￭ ć￭ ig￭ a croatian some bodies of water are more susceptible than others including anywhere that the natural resonance frequency matches that of the waves such as in long and narrow b￭ ays particularly where the in￭ let is aligned with the on￭ coming wave examples of particularly susceptible areas include n￭ agas￭ aki bay the eastern adriatic sea and the western mediterranean
meth￭ a￭ em￭ albu￭ min￭ aemia is a clinical condition that can be caused by severe intr￭ av￭ ascular ha￭ emol￭ ysis or acute haemorrha￭ gic pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis this can be due to prote￭ ol￭ y￭ tic breakdown of ha￭ emo￭ glob￭ in to form both ha￭ em and meth￭ a￭ em meth￭ a￭ em combines with blood plasma albumin to form meth￭ em￭ albumin which is found in trace amount in the blood bleeding into the ab￭ domin￭ al cav￭ ity is another known cause of meth￭ a￭ em￭ albu￭ min￭ aemia meth￭ a￭ em￭ albumin in blood is detected by carrying out a test known as schum￭ m test which is a spec￭ tro￭ scopic identification on addition of ammonium sul￭ phi￭ de
meth￭ an￭ ol toxicity is poisoning from meth￭ an￭ ol symptoms may include a decreased level of consciousness poor coordination v￭ om￭ iting ab￭ domin￭ al pain and a specific smell on the breath decreased vision may start as early as twelve hours after exposure long term outcomes may include blindness and kidney failure toxicity and death may occur even after drinking a small amount meth￭ an￭ ol poisoning most commonly occurs following the drinking of wind￭ shield washer fluid this may be accidental or done purpose￭ fully in an attempt to cause death toxicity may also rarely occur through skin exposure or breathing in the f￭ umes when meth￭ an￭ ol is broken down by the body it results in form￭ alde￭ hyde form￭ ic acid and form￭ ate which cause much of the toxicity the diagnosis may be suspected when there is aci￭ do￭ sis or an increased os￭ mol gap and confirmed by directly measuring blood levels other conditions that can produce similar symptoms include infections exposure to other toxic alcohol￭ s sero￭ ton￭ in syndrome and diabe￭ tic ke￭ to￭ aci￭ do￭ sis early treatment increases the chance of a good outcome treatment consists of stabilizing the person followed by the use of an antidote the preferred antidote is fom￭ epiz￭ ole with ethanol used if this is not available h￭ emo￭ dial￭ ysis may also be used in those where there is organ damage or a high degree of aci￭ do￭ sis other treatments may include sodium bic￭ ar￭ bon￭ ate fol￭ ate and thi￭ amine outbreaks have occurred due to contamination of drinking alcohol this is more common in the developing world in 2013 more than 1700 cases occurred in the united states those affected are often adults and male outcomes may be good with early treatment toxicity to meth￭ an￭ ol has been described as early as 18￭ 56
meth￭ emo￭ glob￭ in￭ emia or meth￭ a￭ emo￭ glob￭ in￭ aemia is a disorder characterized by the presence of a higher than normal level of meth￭ emo￭ glob￭ in meth￭ b i e fer￭ ric fe 3 rather than fer￭ rous fe 2 ha￭ emo￭ glob￭ in in the blood meth￭ emo￭ glob￭ in is a form of h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in that contains fer￭ ric fe 3 iron and has a decreased ability to bind oxygen however the fer￭ rous iron has an increased aff￭ inity for bound oxygen the binding of oxygen to meth￭ emo￭ glob￭ in results in an increased aff￭ inity of oxygen to the three other hem￭ e sites that are still fer￭ rous within the same tetr￭ amer￭ ic h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in unit this leads to an overall reduced ability of the red blood cell to release oxygen to tissues with the associated oxygen – h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in dissoci￭ ation curve therefore shifted to the left when meth￭ emo￭ glob￭ in concentration is elevated in red blood cells tissue hypo￭ x￭ ia can occur
meth￭ o￭ tre￭ x￭ ate induced pap￭ ular eruption appears in patients being treated with meth￭ o￭ tre￭ x￭ ate such as those with r￭ heu￭ matic disease presenting with er￭ y￭ them￭ at￭ ous ind￭ ur￭ ated pap￭ ules usually located on the proxim￭ al extre￭ mi￭ ties it has been suggested that it may represent a cu￭ taneous small vessel vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis
meth￭ yl￭ mal￭ onic aci￭ dem￭ ia m￭ ma also called meth￭ yl￭ mal￭ onic ac￭ id￭ ur￭ ia is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive metabol￭ ic disorder it is a classical type of organic aci￭ dem￭ ia the result of this condition is the inability to properly dig￭ est specific fats and proteins which in turn leads to a buil￭ dup of a toxic level of meth￭ yl￭ mal￭ onic acid in the blood meth￭ yl￭ mal￭ onic aci￭ dem￭ ia stems from several geno￭ types all forms of the disorder usually diagnosed in the early ne￭ on￭ atal period presenting progressive encephalopathy and secondary hyper￭ ammon￭ emia the disorder can result in death if un￭ diagnosed or left untreated it is estimated that this disorder has a frequency of 1 in 48 000 births though the high mortality rate in diagnosed cases make exact determination difficult meth￭ yl￭ mal￭ onic aci￭ dem￭ ias are found with an equal frequency across ethnic boundaries
meth￭ yl￭ mal￭ on￭ yl co￭ a mut￭ ase is a mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al homo￭ di￭ mer apo￭ enzyme ec 5 4 99 2 that focuses on the catal￭ ysis of meth￭ yl￭ mal￭ on￭ yl co￭ a to succ￭ in￭ yl co￭ a the enzyme is bound to aden￭ o￭ syl￭ co￭ bal￭ am￭ in a hormonal derivative of vitamin b 12 in order to function meth￭ yl￭ mal￭ on￭ yl co￭ a mut￭ ase deficiency is caused by genetic defect in the mut gene responsible for en￭ coding the enzyme deficiency in this enzyme accounts for 60 of the cases of meth￭ yl￭ mal￭ onic aci￭ dem￭ ia
me￭ top￭ hy￭ ma is cushion like sw￭ ell￭ ings on the fore￭ head above the saddle of the nose
at birth the frontal bone contains two portions separated by the me￭ topic frontal su￭ ture me￭ top￭ ism is the condition of having a persistent me￭ topic su￭ ture me￭ topic su￭ ture is regularly obliter￭ ated except at its lower part by the eighth year but inf￭ requ￭ ently persists throughout life there is no single proven cause of me￭ top￭ ism the occurrence is from mild to serious situations vis￭ ional learning and behavioral problems may happen in serious me￭ top￭ ism some don t need any medical treatment surgery is a successful approach for those who need it treatment teams include neuro￭ surgeons plastic surgeons neuro￭ logists oral and max￭ il￭ lo￭ facial surgeons audio￭ logists neuro￭ science nursing professionals speech therap￭ ists physical therap￭ ists dentist ot￭ ol￭ ar￭ yn￭ go￭ logists oph￭ thal￭ mo￭ logists psychiat￭ rists psychologists and social workers
the metric expansion of space is the increase of the distance between two distant parts of the universe with time it is an intrinsic expansion whereby the scale of space itself changes this is different from other examples of expan￭ sions and explosions in that as far as observations can ascertain it is a property of the entirety of the universe rather than a phenomenon that can be contained and observed from the outside metric expansion is a key feature of big bang cosmo￭ logy is model￭ ed mathem￭ atically with the fl￭ r￭ w metric and is a generic property of the universe we in￭ habit however the model is valid only on large scales roughly the scale of galaxy clusters and above at smaller scales matter has become bound together under the influence of grav￭ it￭ ational attraction and such things do not expand at the metric expansion rate as the universe ages as such the only galax￭ ies rec￭ eding from one another as a result of metric expansion are those separated by cosmo￭ logically relevant scales larger than the length scales associated with the grav￭ it￭ ational collapse that are possible in the age of the universe given the matter density and average expansion rate at the end of the early universe s inflationary period all the matter and energy in the universe was set on an iner￭ tial trajectory consistent with the equivalence principle and einstein s general theory of rel￭ ativity and this is when the precise and regular form of the universe s expansion had its origin that is matter in the universe is separating because it was separating in the past due to the infl￭ aton field according to measurements the universe s expansion rate was dec￭ eler￭ ating until about 5 billion years ago due to the grav￭ it￭ ational attraction of the matter content of the universe after which time the expansion began accelerating the source of this acceleration is currently unknown physicists have post￭ ulated the existence of dark energy appearing as a cosmo￭ logical constant in the simplest grav￭ it￭ ational models as a way to explain the acceleration according to the simplest extrapol￭ ation of the currently favored cosmo￭ logical model known as λ￭ cdm this acceleration becomes more dominant into the future while special rel￭ ativity prohibits objects from moving faster than light with respect to a local reference frame where spac￭ e￭ time can be treated as flat and un￭ changing it does not apply to situations where spac￭ e￭ time cur￭ v￭ ature or evolution in time become important these situations are described by general rel￭ ativity which allows the separation between two distant objects to increase faster than the speed of light although the definition of distance here is somewhat different to that used in an iner￭ tial frame the definition of distance used here is the sum￭ mation or integration of local com￭ o￭ ving distances all done at constant local proper time for example galax￭ ies that are more than the hu￭ bble radius approximately 4 5 gig￭ apar￭ sec￭ s or 14 7 billion light years away from us have a recession speed that is faster than the speed of light visibility of these objects depends on the exact expansion history of the universe light that is emitted today from galax￭ ies beyond the cosmo￭ logical event horizon about 5 gig￭ apar￭ sec￭ s or 16 billion light years will never reach us although we can still see the light that these galax￭ ies emitted in the past because of the high rate of expansion it is also possible for a distance between two objects to be greater than the value calculated by multiplying the speed of light by the age of the universe these details are a frequent source of confusion among amate￭ urs and even professional physicists due to the non intu￭ itive nature of the subject and what has been described by some as careless choices of wording certain descriptions of the metric expansion of space and the mis￭ conceptions to which such descriptions can lead are an ongoing subject of discussion in the realm of ped￭ ago￭ gy and communication of scientific concepts in june 2016 nasa and esa scientists reported that the universe was found to be expanding 5 to 9 faster than thought earlier based on studies using the hu￭ bble space teles￭ cope
in graph theory the metric k center or metric facility location problem is a combin￭ atorial optimi￭ zation problem studied in theoretical computer science given n cities with specified distances one wants to build k warehouses in different cities and minimize the maximum distance of a city to a warehouse in graph theory this means finding a set of k ver￭ tices for which the largest distance of any point to its closest ver￭ tex in the k set is minimum the ver￭ tices must be in a metric space or in other words a complete graph that satisfies the triangle inequality
in the mathematical field of differential geometry a metric t￭ ens￭ or is a type of function which takes as input a pair of tang￭ ent vectors v and w at a point of a surface or higher dimensional differenti￭ able mani￭ fold and produces a real number scal￭ ar g v w in a way that gener￭ alizes many of the familiar properties of the dot product of vectors in eu￭ cli￭ dean space in the same way as a dot product metric t￭ ens￭ ors are used to define the length of and angle between tang￭ ent vectors through integration the metric t￭ ens￭ or allows one to define and compu￭ te the length of cur￭ ves on the mani￭ fold a metric t￭ ens￭ or is called positive definite if it as￭ signs a positive value g v v 0 to every non￭ zero vector v a mani￭ fold equipped with a positive definite metric t￭ ens￭ or is known as a ri￭ em￭ ann￭ ian mani￭ fold on a ri￭ em￭ ann￭ ian mani￭ fold the curve connecting two points that locally has the smallest length is called a geo￭ des￭ ic and its length is the distance that a passenger in the mani￭ fold needs to tra￭ verse to go from one point to the other equipped with this notion of length a ri￭ em￭ ann￭ ian mani￭ fold is a metric space meaning that it has a distance function d p q whose value at a pair of points p and q is the distance from p to q conversely the metric t￭ ens￭ or itself is the derivative of the distance function taken in a suitable manner thus the metric t￭ ens￭ or gives the infin￭ ite￭ sim￭ al distance on the mani￭ fold while the notion of a metric t￭ ens￭ or was known in some sense to mathem￭ ati￭ ci￭ ans such as carl ga￭ uss from the early 19 th century it was not until the early 20 th century that its properties as a t￭ ens￭ or were understood by in particular greg￭ ori￭ o ric￭ ci cur￭ ba￭ stro and tul￭ lio levi ci￭ vit￭ a who first codified the notion of a t￭ ens￭ or the metric t￭ ens￭ or is an example of a t￭ ens￭ or field the components of a metric t￭ ens￭ or in a coordinate basis take on the form of a sym￭ metric matrix whose entries transform co￭ vari￭ antly under changes to the coordinate system thus a metric t￭ ens￭ or is a co￭ variant sym￭ metric t￭ ens￭ or from the coordinate independent point of view a metric t￭ ens￭ or is defined to be a non￭ degenerate sym￭ metric bil￭ ine￭ ar form on each tang￭ ent space that varies smoothly from point to point
me￭ tri￭ tis is infl￭ amm￭ ation of the wall of the uter￭ us whereas end￭ ome￭ tri￭ tis is infl￭ amm￭ ation of the functional lining of the uter￭ us called the end￭ ome￭ tri￭ um the term pel￭ vic infl￭ am￭ matory disease pid is often used for me￭ tri￭ tis
metr￭ or￭ rha￭ gia metro wom￭ b r￭ rha￭ gia excessive flow is uter￭ ine bleeding at irregular intervals particularly between the expected men￭ str￭ ual periods in some women men￭ str￭ ual spo￭ tting between periods occurs as a normal and harmless part of ov￭ ulation some women experience acute mid cycle ab￭ domin￭ al pain around the time of ov￭ ulation sometimes referred to by the german term for this phenomenon mittel￭ sch￭ mer￭ z this may also occur at the same time as men￭ str￭ ual spo￭ tting the term breakthrough bleeding or breakthrough spo￭ tting is usually used for women using hormonal contrac￭ ep￭ tives such as iu￭ ds or oral contrac￭ ep￭ tives in which it refers to bleeding or spo￭ tting between any expected withdrawal ble￭ edings or bleeding or spo￭ tting at any time if none is expected if spo￭ tting continues beyond the first three cycles of oral contrac￭ eptive use a woman should have her prescription changed to a pill containing either more estro￭ gen or more prog￭ est￭ er￭ one besides the aforementioned physi￭ o￭ logic forms metr￭ or￭ rha￭ gia may also represent abnormal uter￭ ine bleeding and be a sign of an underlying disorder such as hormone imbalance end￭ ome￭ tri￭ osis uter￭ ine fi￭ bro￭ ids uter￭ ine cancer or vag￭ inal cancer if the bleeding is repeated and heavy it can cause significant iron deficiency an￭ emia
me￭ ts￭ än￭ pe￭ it￭ to lit forest cover is a phenomenon found in finnish fol￭ kl￭ ore it was used to describe people or domestic animals who went missing in nature for un￭ explained reasons people covered by forest were described as not being able to recognize the terrain around them even if they were on familiar grounds in other cases they might have walked endlessly through unfamiliar terrain or were rendered completely paralyzed unable to move or speak unnatural silence devoid of the sounds of nature was also common people or animals under the influence of the phenomenon were described as becoming either completely invisible to other people or looking like part of the nature around them like a rock in one story a man had been looking for a missing cow for days when he finally gave up and returned to his work the first tree st￭ ump he struck with his axe transformed back into his cow the cause behind me￭ ts￭ än￭ pe￭ it￭ to was usually credited to ma￭ ah￭ in￭ ens who were small human￭ o￭ id creatures living underground usually translated as g￭ no￭ mes some people managed to free themselves from me￭ ts￭ än￭ pe￭ it￭ to by their own means for example by turning their jacket inside out by switching their shoes to the wrong feet or by looking between their own legs this was because of the idea that everything was top￭ sy tur￭ vy in the lands of the ma￭ ah￭ in￭ ens some were released seemingly without reason others only after being sought after by a sham￭ an some were never seen again me￭ ts￭ än￭ pe￭ it￭ to greatly resembles kam￭ ik￭ ak￭ ush￭ i or spir￭ iting away found in japanese fol￭ kl￭ ore
me￭ val￭ on￭ ate kin￭ ase deficiency also called me￭ val￭ onic ac￭ id￭ ur￭ ia and hyper immun￭ o￭ glob￭ in d syndrome is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive metabol￭ ic disorder that disrup￭ ts the bio￭ synthesis of cho￭ le￭ sterol and is￭ op￭ re￭ no￭ ids it is characterized by an elevated level of immun￭ o￭ glob￭ in d in the blood the enzyme is involved in bio￭ synthesis of cho￭ le￭ ster￭ ols and is￭ op￭ re￭ no￭ ids the enzyme is necessary for the conversion of me￭ val￭ on￭ ate to me￭ val￭ on￭ ate 5 phosphate in the presence of mg 2 harper ’ s bio￭ chemistry manual me￭ val￭ on￭ ate kin￭ ase deficiency causes the accumulation of me￭ val￭ on￭ ate in urine and hence the activity of the enzyme is again reduced me￭ val￭ on￭ ate kin￭ ase deficiency it was first described as hi￭ ds in 1984
the me￭ yer – sch￭ u￭ ster re￭ arrangement is the chemical reaction described as an acid cataly￭ zed re￭ arrangement of secondary and tertiary pro￭ par￭ gy￭ l alcohol￭ s to α β un￭ saturated ke￭ tones if the al￭ ky￭ ne group is internal and α β un￭ saturated alde￭ hy￭ des if the al￭ ky￭ ne group is terminal reviews have been published by sw￭ amin￭ athan and nar￭ ay￭ an var￭ t￭ any￭ an and ban￭ b￭ any￭ an and en￭ gel and du￭ d￭ ley the last of which describes ways to promote the me￭ yer – sch￭ u￭ ster re￭ arrangement over other reactions available to pro￭ par￭ gy￭ l alcohol￭ s the me￭ yer sch￭ u￭ ster re￭ arrangement when cataly￭ zed by base the reaction is called the favor￭ sk￭ ii reaction
in mathematics the mice problem is a problem in which a number of mice or insects dogs missiles etc are placed at the corners of a regular poly￭ gon each mouse begins to move towards its immediate neighbour c￭ lock￭ wise or antic￭ lock￭ wise it must be determined when the mice meet the most common version has the mice starting at the corners of a unit square moving at unit speed in this case they meet after a time of one unit because the distance between two neighboring mice always decreases at a speed of one unit more generally for a regular poly￭ gon of n sides the distance between neighboring mice decreases at a speed of 1 − cos 2 π n so they meet after a time of 1 1 − cos 2 π n
the mic￭ ha￭ el￭ is – ar￭ bu￭ zo￭ v reaction also called the ar￭ bu￭ zo￭ v reaction is the chemical reaction of a tri￭ al￭ ky￭ l phosp￭ h￭ ite and an al￭ ky￭ l hali￭ de to form a phosp￭ hon￭ ate the mic￭ ha￭ el￭ is – ar￭ bu￭ zo￭ v reaction the reaction was discovered by august mic￭ ha￭ el￭ is in 1898 and greatly explored by al￭ ek￭ sand￭ r ar￭ bu￭ zo￭ v soon thereafter this reaction is widely used for the synthesis of various phosp￭ hon￭ ates phosp￭ hin￭ ates and phosp￭ h￭ ine oxides several reviews have been published the reaction also occurs for coordinated phosp￭ h￭ ite lig￭ ands as illustrated by the dem￭ ethyl￭ ation of c 5 h 5 co ch 3 o 3 p 3 2 to give c 5 h 5 co ch 3 o 2 po 3 − which is called the klau￭ i lig￭ and
the mic￭ ha￭ el￭ is – bec￭ ker reaction is the reaction of a hydrogen phosp￭ hon￭ ate with a base followed by a nucle￭ oph￭ il￭ ic substitution of phosphorus on an halo￭ al￭ kane to afford an al￭ ky￭ l phosp￭ hon￭ ate yields of this reaction are often lower than the corresponding mic￭ ha￭ el￭ is ar￭ bu￭ zo￭ v reaction
the michel￭ angel￭ o phenomenon is a phenomenon observed by psychologists in which interdependent individuals influence and s￭ cul￭ pt each other opposite of blue￭ berry phenomenon in which interdependent individuals bring out the worst qualities in each other over time the michel￭ angel￭ o effect causes individuals to develop toward what they themselves consider as their ideal selves for example in a close relationship because john affirms mary s ideals mary increasingly comes to resemble her ideal self the phenomenon was named after the italian renaissance pain￭ ter sculp￭ tor architect poet and engineer michel￭ angel￭ o 14￭ 75 – 15￭ 64 who is said to have thought of sculp￭ ting as a process of revealing and un￭ covering the figures hidden in stone the term was introduced in 1999 by the us psycho￭ logist stephen michael dri￭ got￭ as et al the michel￭ angel￭ o phenomenon is related to the looking glass self concept introduced by charles hor￭ ton coo￭ ley in his 19￭ 02 work human nature and the social order and is referred to in contemporary marital therapy recent popular work in couples therapy and conflict resolution points to the importance of the michel￭ angel￭ o phenomenon diana kir￭ sch￭ ner reported that the phenomenon was common among couples reporting high levels of marital satisfaction
michel￭ in tire baby syndrome also known as fol￭ ded skin with scar￭ ring is characterized by multiple sym￭ metric circular skin cre￭ ases or bands on the fore￭ arms lower legs and often the neck that are present at birth the cre￭ ases disappear later in life but it is a dangerous skin disease as it resides in the body rest of life it can lead to death they are reminiscent of these of bi￭ ben￭ dum the mas￭ cot of the tire manufacturer michel￭ in hence the name of the syndrome associated ab￭ norm￭ alities vary and may include facial dys￭ morph￭ ism up￭ s￭ lan￭ ting pal￭ pe￭ br￭ al f￭ issu￭ res hyper￭ tel￭ or￭ ism cle￭ ft pal￭ ate genital anomalies mild developmental delay u￭ re￭ ter￭ oce￭ le smooth muscle ham￭ ar￭ tom￭ a nev￭ us li￭ po￭ mato￭ sus lar￭ on syndrome dwar￭ f￭ ism with high growth hormone and low som￭ atom￭ ed￭ in activity and other defects it was originally described by ross in 1969 twenty cases of this disorder have been reported
michel￭ s cas￭ key syndrome is a rare disorder that combines spinal and sk￭ el￭ etal ab￭ norm￭ alities especially of the thum￭ bs with abnormal or absent female reproductive organs examples include the absence of a cer￭ vi￭ x and upper vag￭ ina or ab￭ norm￭ alities of the uter￭ us or vag￭ ina symptoms may also include sco￭ li￭ osis and primary amen￭ or￭ rhe￭ a synon￭ y￭ ms include mul￭ ler￭ ian ap￭ la￭ sia with hypo￭ plastic thum￭ bs hypo￭ plastic thumb mul￭ ler￭ ian ap￭ la￭ sia and mul￭ ler￭ ian ap￭ la￭ sia with unilateral hypo￭ pl￭ asia of the thum￭ bs and sk￭ el￭ etal sp￭ ine de￭ form￭ ities
michel￭ s syndrome is a syndrome characterised by intellectual disability cran￭ io￭ sy￭ no￭ sto￭ sis ble￭ phar￭ op￭ him￭ osis pto￭ sis epic￭ an￭ thus in￭ versus highly ar￭ ched eyebro￭ ws and hyper￭ tel￭ or￭ ism and vary in other symptoms such as asymmetry of the skull eye￭ lid and an￭ terior chamber anomalies cle￭ ft lip and pal￭ ate um￭ bil￭ ical anomalies and growth and cognitive development
m￭ ick￭ a￭ ë￭ l ven￭ detta real name m￭ ick￭ a￭ el ad￭ on born october 3 1987 in le cre￭ us￭ ot france is a french internet phenomenon and entrepreneur whose not￭ ori￭ ety followed upon the buzz he created on the internet through his personal blo￭ g
m￭ ick￭ les￭ on syndrome is a very rare con￭ genital condition that is characterized by mental retar￭ dation and facial or skull anomalies it was first described by k n m￭ ick￭ les￭ on in 1983
son￭ ic￭ charge µ￭ tonic micro￭ tonic is a pattern based drum machine plug in featuring 100 synthetic drum sounds micro￭ tonic was created by software develop￭ er magn￭ us li￭ d￭ ström and is the first product launched under the son￭ ic charge brand magn￭ us is mostly recognized for his work with propell￭ er￭ head software where he was the brain behind the synthe￭ si￭ zer mal￭ ström which was introduced in the 2 0 release of reason
micro syndrome also known as war￭ bm and war￭ burg – s￭ jo – fle￭ deli￭ us syndrome is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive genetic disorder characterized by micro￭ cephal￭ y micro￭ cor￭ ne￭ a con￭ genital cat￭ ar￭ act intellectual or developmental disability op￭ tic atro￭ phy and hypo￭ gen￭ it￭ alism
in medicine hem￭ at￭ ology micro￭ an￭ gi￭ opathic hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic an￭ emia ma￭ ha is a micro￭ an￭ gi￭ opathic sub￭ group of hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic an￭ emia loss of red blood cells through destruction caused by factors in the small blood vessels it is identified by the finding of an￭ emia and sch￭ is￭ to￭ cy￭ tes on micro￭ sco￭ py of the blood film
micro￭ cephal￭ ic o￭ ste￭ odys￭ plastic pri￭ mor￭ dial dwar￭ f￭ ism type ii mop￭ d ii is listed as a rare disease by the office of rare diseases ord of the national institutes of health nih this means that mop￭ d or a subtype of mop￭ d affects less than 200 000 people in the us population and a form of dwar￭ f￭ ism associated with brain and sk￭ el￭ etal ab￭ norm￭ alities it was characterized in 1982 it is associated with pc￭ nt
micro￭ cephal￭ y is a medical condition in which the brain does not develop properly resulting in a smaller than normal head micro￭ cephal￭ y may be present at birth or it may develop in the first few years of life often people with the disorder have an intellectual disability poor motor function poor speech abnormal facial features seizures and dwar￭ f￭ ism the disorder may stem from a wide variety of conditions that cause abnormal growth of the brain or from syndro￭ mes associated with chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al ab￭ norm￭ alities a homo￭ zy￭ g￭ ous mutation in one of the micro￭ cephal￭ in genes causes primary micro￭ cephal￭ y it serves as an important neuro￭ logical indication or warning sign but no uniformity exists in its definition it is usually defined as a head circum￭ fer￭ ence hc more than two standard deviations below the mean for age and sex some academics advocate defining it as head circum￭ fer￭ ence more than three standard deviations below the mean for the age and sex there is no specific treatment that returns the head size to normal in general life expectancy for individuals with micro￭ cephal￭ y is reduced and the prog￭ no￭ sis for normal brain function is poor occasionally some will grow normally and develop normal intelligence
micro￭ cephal￭ y lymp￭ ho￭ e￭ dem￭ a ch￭ ori￭ ore￭ tin￭ al dys￭ pl￭ asia ml￭ cr￭ d is a genetic condition associated with small head micro￭ cephal￭ y pu￭ ffy feet lymp￭ ho￭ e￭ dem￭ a eye problems ch￭ ori￭ o re￭ tin￭ al dys￭ pl￭ asia i e changes in the re￭ tina in 1992 fe￭ in￭ gold and bar￭ to￭ sh￭ es￭ ky described two unrelated children with micro￭ cephal￭ y lymp￭ ho￭ e￭ dem￭ a and ch￭ ori￭ ore￭ tin￭ al dys￭ pl￭ asia mi￭ m 15￭ 29￭ 50 as a distinct entity since then there have been further reports of children with these three features angle et al 1994 fr￭ y￭ ns et al 1995 lim￭ won￭ g￭ se et al 1999 cast￭ eels et al 2001 children have also been seen with two of the above features micro￭ cephal￭ y and lymp￭ ho￭ e￭ dem￭ a micro￭ cephal￭ y and ch￭ ori￭ ore￭ tin￭ al dys￭ pl￭ asia with or without intellectual disability the former micro￭ cephal￭ y and lymp￭ ho￭ e￭ dem￭ a has been described as an auto￭ som￭ al dominant mi￭ m 15￭ 65￭ 90 or x linked trait while the latter micro￭ cephal￭ y and ch￭ ori￭ ore￭ tin￭ al dys￭ pl￭ asia has been described as auto￭ som￭ al dominant auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive mi￭ m 25￭ 12￭ 70 or mir￭ ho￭ s￭ se￭ ini holmes wal￭ ton syndrome or x linked trait the distinct facial feature include up￭ s￭ lan￭ ting pal￭ pe￭ br￭ al f￭ issu￭ res a broad nose with rounded tip long phil￭ tr￭ um with a thin upper lip pointed chin and prominent ears vas￭ u￭ de￭ van 2005
micro￭ ch￭ ei￭ lia is a con￭ genital disorder where one s lips are unusually small
micro￭ chim￭ er￭ ism abbreviated mc is the presence of a small number of cells that originate from another individual and are therefore genetically distinct from the cells of the host individual this phenomenon may be related to certain types of auto￭ immune diseases however the mechanisms responsible for this relationship are unclear
micro￭ c￭ oria is a con￭ genital disease in which the pupils of the subject are narrower than 2 mm in diameter micro￭ c￭ oria is associated with juvenile onset gl￭ au￭ coma it is also associated with pier￭ son syndrome char￭ ar￭ ac￭ ter￭ ized by micro￭ c￭ oria and con￭ genital ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ tic syndrome the defect is in the lam￭ in￭ in beta 2 gene on chro￭ mo￭ some 3 p 21 which en￭ codes a protein essential to the glo￭ mer￭ ular basement memb￭ rane it is also part of the known manifestations of a born infant to a mother suffering from uncontrolled hyper￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia other symptoms include transposition of great vessels respiratory distress secondary to sur￭ fac￭ tant defect sac￭ ral ag￭ ensis jit￭ ter￭ iness irrit￭ ability and leth￭ ar￭ gy due to rebound fe￭ tal hypo￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia con￭ genital micro￭ c￭ oria is an auto￭ som￭ al dominant trait however it can also occur spor￭ ad￭ ically
micro￭ c￭ ys￭ tic ad￭ n￭ ex￭ al carcin￭ oma also known as s￭ cl￭ ero￭ sing sweat duc￭ t carcin￭ oma is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by a slow growing pla￭ que or no￭ dule
micro￭ c￭ ys￭ tic lymp￭ h￭ atic mal￭ formations are a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by aggreg￭ ations of ill defined abnormal micro￭ scopic lymp￭ h￭ atic channels
micro￭ cy￭ tic ana￭ emia is any of several types of an￭ emia characterized by small red blood cells called micro￭ cy￭ tes the normal mean corp￭ us￭ cular volume abbreviated to mc￭ v on full blood count results is 80 100 fl with smaller cells 80 fl described as micro￭ cy￭ tic and larger cells 100 fl as macro￭ cy￭ tic the latter occur in macro￭ cy￭ tic an￭ emia the mc￭ v is the average red blood cell size in micro￭ cy￭ tic an￭ emia the red blood cells er￭ y￭ thro￭ cy￭ tes are usually also hypo￭ ch￭ rom￭ ic meaning that the red blood cells appear pal￭ er than usual this is reflected by a lower than normal mean corp￭ us￭ cular h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in concentration m￭ ch￭ c a measure representing the amount of h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in per unit volume of fluid inside the cell normally about 320 360 g l or 32 36 g dl typically therefore an￭ emia of this category is described as micro￭ cy￭ tic hypo￭ ch￭ rom￭ ic ana￭ emia
micro￭ cy￭ to￭ sis is a condition in which red blood cells are unusually small as measured by their mean corp￭ us￭ cular volume it is also known as micro￭ cy￭ them￭ ia when associated with an￭ emia it is known as micro￭ cy￭ tic an￭ emia
micro￭ deletion syndrome is a syndrome caused by a chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al deletion smaller than 5 million base pairs 5 mb sp￭ anning several genes that is too small to be detected by conventional cy￭ to￭ genetic methods or high resolution kar￭ yo￭ typing 2 5 mb detection is done by fluores￭ cence in situ hybri￭ di￭ zation fish larger chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al deletion syndro￭ mes are detec￭ table using kar￭ yo￭ typing techniques
micro￭ don￭ tia is a condition in which one or more teeth appear smaller than normal in the generalized form all teeth are involved in the loc￭ alized form only a few teeth are involved the most common teeth affected are the upper lateral incis￭ ors and third mol￭ ars teeth affected by micro￭ don￭ tia may also have abnormal shape and the abnormal size may affect the whole tooth or only a part of the tooth
micro￭ electronics is a sub￭ field of electronics as the name suggests micro￭ electronics relates to the study and manufacture or micro￭ fabric￭ ation of very small electronic designs and components usually but not always this means micro￭ metre scale or smaller these devices are typically made from semiconductor materials many components of normal electronic design are available in a micro￭ electronic equivalent these include trans￭ is￭ tors capacitors induc￭ tors resis￭ tors dio￭ des and naturally insul￭ ators and conductors can all be found in micro￭ electronic devices unique wiring techniques such as wire bon￭ ding are also often used in micro￭ electronics because of the unusually small size of the components leads and p￭ ads this technique requires specialized equipment and is expensive digital integrated circuits ics consist mostly of trans￭ is￭ tors analo￭ g circuits commonly contain resis￭ tors and capacitors as well induc￭ tors are used in some high frequency analo￭ g circuits but tend to occupy large chip area if used at low frequencies gy￭ r￭ ators can replace them in many applications as techniques improve the scale of micro￭ electronic components continues to decrease at smaller scales the relative impact of intrinsic circuit properties such as interconnections may become more significant these are called par￭ asi￭ tic effects and the goal of the micro￭ electronics design engineer is to find ways to compensate for or to minimize these effects while always delivering smaller faster and cheaper devices
micro￭ g￭ land￭ ular hyper￭ pl￭ asia m￭ gh of the cer￭ vi￭ x is an epi￭ the￭ li￭ al endo￭ cer￭ vic￭ al mu￭ co￭ sa benign ab￭ normality le￭ sion associated with g￭ land proliferation it can terminate in mature squ￭ am￭ ous met￭ ap￭ la￭ sia and it is suspected reserve cells are involved in this process perhaps in the form of reserve cell hyper￭ pl￭ asia with g￭ land￭ ular differentiation
micro￭ gn￭ ath￭ ism also called micro￭ gn￭ ath￭ ia strawberry chin hypo￭ gn￭ ath￭ ia or hypo￭ g￭ th￭ ath￭ ism is a condition where the jaw is under￭ sized it is also sometimes called man￭ di￭ bul￭ ar hypo￭ pl￭ asia it is common in infants but is usually self corrected during growth due to the ja￭ ws increasing in size it may be a cause of abnormal tooth alignment and in severe cases can hamper feeding it can also both in adults and children make intu￭ b￭ ation difficult either during an￭ esthesia or in emergency situations
micro￭ grap￭ hia is an acquired disorder where there is abnormally small cram￭ ped handwriting or the progression to continually smaller handwriting it is commonly associated with neuro￭ degenerative disorders of the bas￭ al gang￭ lia such as in par￭ kinson s disease but it has also been described in sub￭ cor￭ tical focal le￭ sions o sullivan and sch￭ mit￭ z describe it as an abnormally small handwriting that is difficult to read as seen in the photo to the right micro￭ grap￭ hia is also seen in patients with wilson s disease and met￭ amor￭ p￭ hop￭ sia or with isolated focal le￭ sions of the mid￭ brain or bas￭ al gang￭ lia
micro￭ scopic hem￭ atur￭ ia is a medical condition in which urine contains small amounts of blood blood quantity is too low to change the color of the urine otherwise it is known as gross hem￭ atur￭ ia while not dangerous in itself it maybe a symptom of kidney disease such as ig￭ a ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ pa￭ thy which should be monitored by a doctor the american u￭ ro￭ logical association au￭ a recommends a definition of micro￭ scopic hem￭ atur￭ ia as three or more red blood cells per high power micro￭ scopic field in ur￭ inary se￭ diment from two of three properly collected ur￭ in￭ al￭ ysis specimens
micro￭ hydr￭ an￭ encephal￭ y mh￭ ac is a severe ab￭ normality of brain development characterized by both micro￭ cephal￭ y and hydr￭ an￭ encephal￭ y signs and symptoms may include severe micro￭ cephal￭ y scal￭ p ru￭ ga￭ e a series of ri￭ dges and profound developmental delay famili￭ al occurrence of the condition is very rare but it has been reported in a few families it has been suggested that mh￭ ac is possibly inherited in an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive manner
in computer science a micro￭ ker￭ nel also known as μ ker￭ nel is the near minimum amount of software that can provide the mechanisms needed to implement an operating system os these mechanisms include low level address space management thread management and inter process communication ip￭ c if the hardware provides multiple rings or c￭ pu modes the micro￭ ker￭ nel may be the only software executing at the most privileged level which is generally referred to as supervisor or ker￭ nel mode traditional operating system functions such as device drivers protocol st￭ acks and file systems are typically removed from the micro￭ ker￭ nel itself and are instead run in user space in terms of the source code size as a general rule micro￭ ker￭ n￭ els tend to be smaller than mono￭ lith￭ ic ker￭ n￭ els usually sizing at under 10 000 lines of code the min￭ ix 3 micro￭ ker￭ nel for example has fewer than 6 000 lines of code
micro￭ mas￭ tia also called hypo￭ mas￭ tia breast ap￭ la￭ sia breast hypo￭ pl￭ asia or mam￭ mary hypo￭ pl￭ asia is a medical term describing the post￭ pu￭ ber￭ tal underdevelopment of a woman s breast tissue just as it is impossible to define normal breast size there is no objective definition of micro￭ mas￭ tia breast development is commonly asymmetric and one or both breasts may be small this condition may be a con￭ genital defect associated with underlying ab￭ norm￭ alities of the pec￭ toral muscle as in poland s syndrome related to trauma typically surgery or radi￭ otherapy or it may be a more subjective aesthetic description self perceived micro￭ mas￭ tia involves a discrepancy between a person s body image and her intern￭ alized images of appropriate or desirable breast size and shape societal ideals over breast size vary over time but there exist many conceived ideas involving breasts and sexual attractiveness and identity across different cultures
mic￭ ron￭ u￭ tri￭ ent deficiency or dietary deficiency is a lack of one or more of the mic￭ ron￭ u￭ tri￭ ents required for plant or animal health in humans and other animals they include both vitamin deficiencies and mineral deficiencies whereas in plants the term refers to deficiencies of essential trace minerals
micro￭ or￭ chi￭ dis￭ m is a genetic disorder found in males characterized by abnormally small test￭ es the condition is associated with and often secondary to a number of other genetic disorders including k￭ lin￭ ef￭ el￭ ter s syndrome and pr￭ ader will￭ i syndrome as well as other multiple mal￭ formation disorders the degree of ab￭ normality or otherwise of the test￭ es can be determined by the use of an orch￭ id￭ ome￭ ter in addition micro￭ or￭ chi￭ dis￭ m may also occur as a result of shr￭ ink￭ age or atro￭ phy of the testi￭ s due to infections like mum￭ ps
micro￭ penis is an unusually small penis a common criterion is a dor￭ sal measured on top er￭ ect pen￭ ile length of at least 2 5 standard deviations smaller than the mean human penis size or smaller than about 7 cm 2 3 ⁄ 4 in for an adult when compared to an average er￭ ection of 12 5 cm 5 in the condition is usually recognized shortly after birth the term is most often used medic￭ ally when the rest of the penis scro￭ tum and per￭ in￭ eu￭ m are without ambiguity such as hypo￭ sp￭ adi￭ as micro￭ penis occurs in about 0 6 of males
a microphone g￭ aff￭ e sometimes referred to as an open microphone in aviation a stuck mic or a hot mic is an apparent error whereby a microphone is switched on in proximity of a subject who is unaware that their remarks are being broadcast the error allows unintended lis￭ teners to hear parts of private conversations errors usually involve live broadcasting in radio or television and sometimes material is recorded and played back via media outlets such events can cause embarrassment for the person or organization involved sometimes resulting in serious confrontations and employment termination
micro￭ ph￭ on￭ ism is the effect of unwanted modulation that is produced mechanically in an electronic circuit it often may be allevi￭ ated by embed￭ ding the circuit in par￭ aff￭ in or sili￭ cone or using some type of elastic suspension rubber or ca￭ out￭ ch￭ ou￭ c are widely used when an osci￭ ll￭ ator is subjected to a mechanical action such as vibration or shock its osci￭ ll￭ ation frequency changes and the result is a signal at the base osci￭ ll￭ ator frequency frequency mod￭ ulated by the mechanical signal the usual test for micro￭ ph￭ on￭ ism in electr￭ on tubes is to tap the tube with a finger light mal￭ let or small rubber ball while working as amp￭ li￭ fier or osci￭ ll￭ ator
micro￭ phthal￭ mia greek μ￭ ικ￭ ρ￭ ός micro￭ s small ὀ￭ φ￭ θ￭ α￭ λ￭ μ￭ ός oph￭ thal￭ mos eye also referred as micro￭ phthal￭ mos is a developmental disorder of the eye in which one unilateral micro￭ phthal￭ mia or both bilateral micro￭ phthal￭ mia eyes are abnormally small and have an￭ atomic mal￭ formations it is different from nan￭ oph￭ thal￭ mos in which the eye is small in size but has no anatom￭ ical alterations
micro￭ phthal￭ mia – der￭ mal ap￭ la￭ sia – s￭ cler￭ oc￭ or￭ ne￭ a syndrome also known as mid￭ as syndrome is a condition characterized by linear skin le￭ sions m￭ ls is a rare x linked dominant male lethal disease characterized by unilateral or bilateral micro￭ phthal￭ mia and linear skin defects in affected females and in uter￭ o leth￭ ality for affected males it can be associated with h￭ c￭ cs but mutations in the mc￭ cs gene cause micro￭ phthal￭ mia with linear skin defects syndrome
a micro￭ pipe also called a micro￭ por￭ e micro￭ tube cap￭ ill￭ ary defect or pin￭ hole defect is a crystal￭ lo￭ graphic defect in a single crystal sub￭ str￭ ate today this is of great interest to makers of silicon carbide sic sub￭ str￭ ates which are used in a variety of industries such as power semiconductor devices for vehicles and high frequency communication devices however during the production of these materials the crystal under￭ goes internal and external stresses causing growth of defects or dis￭ locations within the atomic lat￭ tice a screw dis￭ location is a common dis￭ location that trans￭ forms successive atomic planes within a crystal lat￭ tice into the shape of a heli￭ x once a screw dis￭ location propag￭ ates through the bulk of a sample during the w￭ af￭ er growth process a micro￭ pipe is formed the presence of a high density of micro￭ pipes within a w￭ af￭ er will result in a loss of yield in the device manufacturing process micro￭ pipes and screw dis￭ locations in epit￭ ax￭ ial layers are normally derived from the sub￭ str￭ ates on which the epit￭ ax￭ y is performed micro￭ pipes are considered to be empty core screw dis￭ locations with large strain energy i e they have large bur￭ gers vector they follow the growth direction c axis in silicon carbide bou￭ les and sub￭ str￭ ates propagating into the deposited epit￭ ax￭ ial layers factors which influence formation of micro￭ pipes and other defects are such growth parameters as temperature su￭ pers￭ atur￭ ation vap￭ or phase sto￭ ic￭ hi￭ ome￭ try impurities and the polarity of the seed crystal surface many laboratories in universities and companies are striving to perfect the micro￭ pipe free sub￭ str￭ ate one of the pioneers of the commerci￭ alization of sic materials and devices is cre￭ e inc which in may 2007 announced that it had achieved 100 mm 4 inch zero micro￭ pipe n type sic sub￭ str￭ ates it is therefore possible to eliminate these defects in large area w￭ af￭ ers as well as smaller fragments and should open up the commerci￭ alization of this area of micro￭ electronic devices
micro￭ plas￭ tic￭ ity is a local phenomenon in metals it occurs for stress values where the metal is globally in the elastic domain while some local areas are in the plastic domain
micro￭ poly￭ gy￭ ria also known as poly￭ micro￭ gy￭ ria poly￭ gy￭ ria or micro￭ gy￭ ria is a neuro￭ nal migration disorder a developmental anomaly of the brain characterized by development of numerous small con￭ volu￭ tions micro￭ gy￭ ri causing mental retar￭ dation and or other neuro￭ logical disorders it is present in a number of specific neuro￭ logical diseases notably multiple sclerosis and fuku￭ y￭ ama con￭ genital muscular dy￭ stro￭ phy a specific disease cause by mutation in the fuku￭ tin gene f￭ kt￭ n
micro￭ p￭ sia is a condition affecting human visual perception in which objects are perceived to be smaller than they actually are micro￭ p￭ sia can be caused by optical factors such as wearing glasses by distortion of images in the eye such as op￭ tically via sw￭ elling of the cor￭ ne￭ a or from changes in the shape of the re￭ tina such as from re￭ tin￭ al e￭ dem￭ a mac￭ ular de￭ generation or central ser￭ ous re￭ tin￭ opathy by changes in the brain such as from traumatic brain injury epi￭ le￭ psy migr￭ ain￭ es prescription drugs and illicit drugs and from psychological factors dissoci￭ ative phenomena are linked with micro￭ p￭ sia which may be the result of brain lat￭ er￭ alization disturbance micro￭ p￭ sia is also commonly reported when the eyes are fix￭ ating at convergence or focussing at accommodation a distance closer than that of the object in accord with em￭ mert s law specific types of micro￭ p￭ sia include hem￭ im￭ ic￭ ro￭ p￭ sia a form of micro￭ p￭ sia that is loc￭ alized to one half of the visual field and can be caused by brain le￭ sions in one of the cere￭ br￭ al hemis￭ ph￭ er￭ es related visual distortion conditions include macro￭ p￭ sia a less common condition with the reverse effect and alice in wonder￭ land syndrome a condition that has symptoms that can include both micro￭ p￭ sia and macro￭ p￭ sia
micro￭ satellite instability m￭ si is the condition of genetic hyper￭ mut￭ ability that results from impaired dna mis￭ match repair m￭ mr the presence of m￭ si represents phen￭ o￭ typ￭ ic evidence that m￭ mr is not functioning normally m￭ mr correc￭ ts errors that spontaneously occur during dna replic￭ ation such as single base mis￭ matches or short inser￭ tions and dele￭ tions the proteins involved in m￭ mr correct poly￭ mer￭ ase errors by forming a complex that binds to the mis￭ matched section of dna exc￭ ises the error and inser￭ ts the correct sequence in its place cells with abnormally functioning m￭ mr are unable to correct errors that occur during dna replic￭ ation and consequently accumulate errors this causes the creation of novel micro￭ satellite fragments poly￭ mer￭ ase chain reaction based ass￭ ays can reveal these novel micro￭ satellites and provide evidence for the presence of m￭ si micro￭ satellites are repeated sequences of dna these sequences can be made of repeating units of one to six base pairs in length although the length of these micro￭ satellites is highly variable from person to person and contributes to the individual dna fingerprint each individual has micro￭ satellites of a set length the most common micro￭ satellite in humans is a din￭ uc￭ le￭ o￭ tide repeat of the nucle￭ o￭ ti￭ des c and a which occurs tens of thousands of times across the genome micro￭ satellites are also known as simple sequence repeats ss￭ rs
micro￭ scopic co￭ li￭ tis refers to two related medical conditions which cause diarr￭ hea coll￭ agen￭ ous co￭ li￭ tis and lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tic co￭ li￭ tis both conditions are characterized by the presence of chronic non bloo￭ dly wat￭ ery diarr￭ hea normal appearances on colon￭ o￭ sco￭ py and characteristic hist￭ opath￭ ology findings of infl￭ am￭ matory cells
micro￭ scopic pol￭ yan￭ gi￭ i￭ tis is an ill defined auto￭ immune disease characterized by a systemic pau￭ ci immune necro￭ tizing small vessel vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis without clinical or pathological evidence of necro￭ tizing gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ ous infl￭ amm￭ ation
micro￭ spher￭ op￭ ha￭ k￭ ia is a rare con￭ genital auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive condition where the lens of the eye is smaller than normal and spher￭ ically shaped this condition may be associated with a number of disorders including peter s anomaly mar￭ fan syndrome and we￭ ill – march￭ es￭ ani syndrome the spher￭ ical shape is caused by an underdeveloped zon￭ ule of z￭ inn which doesn t exert enough force on the lens to make it form the usual o￭ val shape it is a result of a homo￭ zy￭ g￭ ous mutation to the lt￭ bp 2 gene
micro￭ spor￭ idi￭ osis is an opportunistic intest￭ inal infection that causes diarr￭ hea and wasting in immun￭ o￭ compromised individuals hiv for example it results from different species of micro￭ spor￭ idi￭ a a group of micro￭ bial unic￭ ell￭ ular fun￭ gi in hiv infected individuals micro￭ spor￭ idi￭ osis generally occurs when cd 4 t cell counts fall below 150
a micro￭ state continu￭ um is the fluctuation spectrum of a thermo￭ dynamic system in the classical limit of high temperatures classical here is to be understood in opposition to quantum statistical mechanics
micro￭ stom￭ ia micro a combining form meaning small stom￭ ia a combining form meaning mouth abnormally small mouth is a clinical feature of many cran￭ io￭ facial syndro￭ mes including fre￭ eman sheldon syndrome and sheldon hall syndro￭ mes or dis￭ tal ar￭ thro￭ gry￭ pos￭ is multi￭ pl￭ ex con￭ gen￭ ita it may present with whist￭ ling face feature as well as in fre￭ eman sheldon syndrome in this syndrome it imp￭ airs alim￭ entation and may require repeated oral sur￭ ger￭ ies called commis￭ su￭ ro￭ tomy to improve function it can also be a feature of systemic s￭ cl￭ ero￭ der￭ ma
micro￭ tia is a con￭ genital de￭ form￭ ity where the pin￭ na external ear is underdeveloped a completely un￭ developed pin￭ na is referred to as ano￭ tia because micro￭ tia and ano￭ tia have the same origin it can be referred to as micro￭ tia ano￭ tia micro￭ tia can be unilateral one side only or bilateral affecting both sides micro￭ tia occurs in 1 out of about 8 000 – 10 000 births in unilateral micro￭ tia the right ear is most commonly affected it may occur as a complic￭ ation of taking accu￭ tane iso￭ tre￭ tin￭ o￭ in during pregnancy
micro￭ vascular oc￭ clu￭ sion refers to conditions that can present with reti￭ form pur￭ pur￭ a it has been suggested that phen￭ y￭ le￭ phr￭ ine may be a cause
micro￭ ven￭ ular hem￭ an￭ gi￭ oma also known as micro￭ cap￭ ill￭ ary hem￭ an￭ gi￭ oma is an acquired benign vascular ne￭ op￭ las￭ m that presents as an as￭ ymp￭ tomatic slowly growing 0 5 to 2 0 cm red￭ dish le￭ sion on the fore￭ arms or other sites of young to middle aged adults
micro￭ vill￭ us inclusion disease also known as davi￭ d￭ son s disease con￭ genital micro￭ vill￭ us atro￭ phy and less specifically micro￭ vill￭ us atro￭ phy note micro￭ vill￭ us is often mis￭ spelled as micro￭ vill￭ ous is a rare genetic disorder of the small intest￭ ine that is inherited in an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive pattern
microwave burns are burn injuries caused by thermal effects of microwave radiation absorbed in a living organism in comparison with radiation burns caused by ionizing radiation where the dominant mechanism of tissue damage is internal cell damage caused by free radicals the primary damage mechanism of microwave radiation is thermal by di￭ electric heating microwave damage can manifest with a delay pain and or signs of skin damage can show some time after microwave exposure
middle east respiratory syndrome mers also known as camel flu is a viral respiratory infection caused by the mers coron￭ avi￭ rus mers co￭ v symptoms may range from mild to severe they include fever cough diarr￭ hea and short￭ ness of breath disease is typically more severe in those with other health problems mers co￭ v is a bet￭ ac￭ or￭ on￭ avi￭ rus derived from bats cam￭ els have been shown to have antibodies to mers co￭ v but the exact source of infection in cam￭ els has not been identified cam￭ els are believed to be involved in its spread to humans but it is unclear how spread between humans typically requires close contact with an infected person its spread is un￭ common outside of hospitals thus its risk to the global population is currently deemed to be fairly low as of 2015 there is no specific vaccine or treatment for the disease however a number of anti￭ viral medications are currently being studied the world health organization recommends that those who come in contact with cam￭ els wash their hands frequently and do not touch sick cam￭ els they also recommend that camel products be appropriately cooked among those who are infected treatments that help with the symptoms may be given just over 1000 cases of the disease have been reported as of may 2015 about 40 of those who become infected die from the disease the first identified case occurred in 2012 in saudi arabia and most cases have occurred in the arabian peninsula a strain of mers co￭ v known as h￭ co￭ v emc 2012 found in the first infected person in london in 2012 was found to have a 100 match to egyptian tomb bats a large outbreak occurred in the republic of korea in 2015
the term middle mi￭ oc￭ ene disruption alternatively the middle mi￭ oc￭ ene extinction or middle mi￭ oc￭ ene extinction peak refers to a wave of extinc￭ tions of terrestrial and aquatic life forms that occurred around the middle of the mi￭ oc￭ ene roughly 14 8 to 14 5 million years ago during the lan￭ gh￭ ian stage of the mi￭ oc￭ ene mad￭ elaine bo￭ h￭ me observed the occurrence of var￭ an￭ idae cham￭ ele￭ on cord￭ y￭ li￭ da￭ e tom￭ ist￭ omin￭ ae al￭ lig￭ atori￭ da￭ e and giant tur￭ tles which indicate survival through the mi￭ oc￭ ene climatic optimum 18 to 16 ma in central europe 45 42 ° n pal￭ ae￭ ol￭ ati￭ tude a major and permanent cooling step occurred between 14 8 and 14 1 ma associated with increased production of cold antarctic deep waters and a major growth of the east antarc￭ tic￭ ice sheet two crocodi￭ li￭ ans of the genera g￭ avi￭ alo￭ such￭ us and di￭ p￭ loc￭ y￭ no￭ don were noted to have been ext￭ ant in these northern lati￭ tudes prior to the permanent cooling step then became extinct 13 5 to 14 ma a middle mi￭ oc￭ ene delta 18 o increase that is a relative increase in the heavier isot￭ ope of oxygen has been noted in the pacific the southern ocean and the south atlantic
upper back pain also called middle back pain or thor￭ ac￭ ic back pain is back pain that is felt in the region of the thor￭ ac￭ ic verte￭ bra￭ e which are between the bottom of the neck and top of the lum￭ bar sp￭ ine it has a number of potential causes ranging from muscle strain to collapse of a verte￭ bra or rare serious diseases the upper sp￭ ine is very strong and stable to support the weight of the upper body as well as to anchor the ri￭ b cage which provides a cav￭ ity to allow the heart and lungs to function and protect them in most cases the pain is likely to be self limiting in that case no diagnostic tests are required and simple pain relief is sufficient more severe and prolonged cases may require more specific pain management strategies and occasionally investigations for underlying medical diseases all forms of back pain can lead to loss of earnings reduced quality of life and disability
middle cere￭ br￭ al artery syndrome is a condition whereby the blood supply from the middle cere￭ br￭ al artery mc￭ a is restricted leading to a reduction of the function of the portions of the brain supplied by that vessel the lateral aspects of frontal temporal and par￭ ie￭ tal lob￭ es the cor￭ ona radi￭ ata glo￭ bus palli￭ dus cau￭ date and pu￭ tam￭ en the mc￭ a is the most common site for the occurrence of is￭ chem￭ ic stroke depending upon the location and severity of the oc￭ clu￭ sion signs and symptoms may vary within the population affected with mc￭ a syndrome more dis￭ tal block￭ ages tend to produce mil￭ der deficits due to more extensive bran￭ ching of the artery and less is￭ chem￭ ic response in contrast the most proxim￭ al oc￭ clu￭ sions result in widespread effects that can lead to significant cere￭ br￭ al e￭ dem￭ a increased in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial pressure loss of consciousness and could even be fatal in such occasions mann￭ it￭ ol os￭ mo￭ tic di￭ u￭ re￭ tic or hyper￭ tonic sal￭ ine are given to draw fluid out of the oe￭ dem￭ atus cere￭ bru￭ m to minimise secondary injury hyper￭ tonic sal￭ ine is better than mann￭ it￭ ol as mann￭ it￭ ol being a di￭ u￭ re￭ tic will decrease the mean arter￭ ial pressure and since cere￭ br￭ al per￭ fusion is mean arter￭ ial pressure minus in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial pressure mann￭ it￭ ol will also cause a decrease in cere￭ br￭ al per￭ fusion contr￭ al￭ ateral hem￭ ip￭ a￭ res￭ is and hemis￭ ens￭ ory loss of the face upper and lower extre￭ mi￭ ties is the most common presentation of mc￭ a syndrome lower extre￭ mity function is more spared than that of the fac￭ i￭ ob￭ r￭ achi￭ al region the majority of the primary motor and som￭ at￭ os￭ ens￭ ory cor￭ tices are supplied by the mc￭ a and the cor￭ tical hom￭ un￭ cul￭ us can therefore be used to loc￭ alize the defects more precisely middle cere￭ br￭ al artery le￭ sions mostly affect the dominant hemisphere i e the left cere￭ br￭ al hemisphere
at the core of the movement were the members of the lun￭ ar society of bir￭ min￭ gham who included erasmus darwin matthew b￭ oul￭ ton james wat￭ t joseph pri￭ est￭ ley jo￭ si￭ ah wed￭ g￭ wood james ke￭ ir and thomas day other notable figures included the author anna se￭ ward the pain￭ ter joseph w￭ right of der￭ by the american colon￭ ist bot￭ anist and poet su￭ s￭ anna w￭ right the l￭ exi￭ co￭ grapher samuel johnson the ty￭ po￭ grapher john bas￭ ker￭ ville the poet and landscape gar￭ den￭ er william shen￭ stone and the architects james wy￭ att and samuel wy￭ att although the midlands enlightenment has attracted less study as an intellectual movement than the european enlightenment of thinkers such as jean jacques rous￭ seau and vol￭ taire or the scottish enlightenment of david hume and adam smith it dominated the experience of the enlightenment within england and its leading thinkers had international influence in particular the midlands enlightenment formed a pivotal link between the earlier scientific revolution and the later industrial revolution facilitating the exchange of ideas between experimental science polite culture and practical technology that enabled the technological preconditions for rapid economic growth to be attained its participants such as b￭ oul￭ ton su￭ s￭ anna w￭ right wat￭ t and ke￭ ir were fully integrated into the exchange of scientific and philosophical ideas among the intellectual elites of europe the british american colonies and the new united states but were simultaneously engaged in solving the practical problems of technology economics and manufacture they thus formed a natural bridge across the science technology divide where the abstract knowledge of chemistry and new￭ ton￭ ian mechanics could become the useful knowledge of technological development the results of which could in turn feed back into the wider scientific knowledge base creating a chain reaction of innovation su￭ s￭ anna w￭ right was involved in similar thinking in the american colonies and early united states particularly in the mid atlantic north of the mason – di￭ xon line she was born in 16￭ 97 in warr￭ ington in lan￭ cash￭ ire and moved to colonial pennsylvania in her late teens in 17￭ 18 following her parents four years earlier after being educated in the midlands the thinkers of the midlands enlightenment did not limit themselves to practical matters of uti￭ lit￭ arian value however and their influence was not confined to their significance in the development of modern industrial society the ideas of the midlands enlightenment were to be highly influential in the birth of british roman￭ ticism with the po￭ ets per￭ cy shel￭ ley william wor￭ ds￭ worth samuel taylor col￭ er￭ id￭ ge and william bla￭ ke all having intellectual connections to its leading thinkers and midlands enlightenment thought was also influential in the spheres of education evolutionary biology bot￭ any medicine the midlands enlightenment was connected to earlier midlands radical religious reform of establishment of catholic church and holy roman empire ideology including the founding of the society of friends in lan￭ cash￭ ire by followers of margaret fell and george fox and midlands non￭ violent political radicalism that led to the documentation of the english bill of rights in 16￭ 89
mid￭ line cer￭ vic￭ al cle￭ f￭ ts are a rare con￭ genital anomaly resulting from incomplete fusion during embry￭ o￭ genesis of the first and second bran￭ ch￭ ial ar￭ ches in the ven￭ tr￭ al mid￭ line of the neck the condition presents as a mid￭ line cu￭ taneous defect of the an￭ terior neck with a skin projection or sin￭ us or as a sub￭ cu￭ taneous er￭ y￭ them￭ at￭ ous fi￭ bro￭ us cord surgical exc￭ ision is the preferred treatment
mid￭ line nev￭ us flamm￭ eus also known as angel s kiss is a vascular birth￭ mark which may be found on the g￭ lab￭ ell￭ ar region or on one upper eye￭ lid and presents in approximately 15 of new￭ bor￭ ns
midnight lightning is a b￭ oul￭ dering problem on the columbia b￭ oul￭ der in camp 4 of yo￭ sem￭ ite national park it has been described as the world s most famous b￭ oul￭ dering problem the first as￭ cent was by ron kau￭ k in 1978 the first female as￭ cent was by lynn hill in 1998 sam moses writing in sports illustrated said the most difficult move on midnight lightning is a spider monkey swing 15 feet 4 6 metres off the ground the clim￭ ber must suspend himself by the finger￭ tips of his left hand swing around a le￭ dge of rock and pro￭ pel himself far enough up about four feet to grab a precarious finger￭ tip hold with his right hand to do that he has to create momentum from still￭ ness the problem had been easily identified by a chal￭ k lightning bolt drawn by john b￭ ach￭ ar in 1978 while attempting the problem with john y￭ ab￭ lon￭ ski and ron kau￭ k in may 2013 the icon￭ ic chal￭ k lightning bolt was scru￭ bbed off the face of the b￭ oul￭ der the bolt was re drawn in the same location a few days later the climb is rated at v 8 on the ver￭ min scale of difficulty
the midnight sun is a natural phenomenon that occurs in the summer months in places north of the arctic circle or south of the antarctic circle when the sun remains visible at the local midnight around the summer sol￭ s￭ tice approximately 21 june in the northern hemisphere and 22 december in the southern hemisphere the sun is visible for the full 24 hours given fair weather the number of days per year with potential midnight sun increases the farther towards either pole one goes although approximately defined by the polar circles in practice the midnight sun can be seen as much as 55 miles 90 km outside the polar circle as described below and the exact lati￭ tudes of the far￭ thest reaches of midnight sun depend on topo￭ graphy and vary slightly year to year there are no permanent economically autonomous human settlements south of the antarctic circle only research stations so the countries and territories whose populations experience the midnight sun are limited to those crossed by the arctic circle canada y￭ uk￭ on northwest territories and nun￭ av￭ ut greenland iceland finland norway russia sweden and the united states alaska a quarter of finland s territory lies north of the arctic circle and at the country s nor￭ ther￭ n￭ most point the sun does not set at all for 60 days during summer in sval￭ bard norway the nor￭ ther￭ n￭ most inhabited region of europe there is no sunset from approximately 19 april to 23 august the extreme sites are the poles where the sun can be continuously visible for half the year the opposite phenomenon polar night occurs in winter when the sun stays below the horizon throughout the day since the ax￭ ial tilt of the earth is considerable approximately 23 degrees 27 minutes the sun does not set at high lati￭ tudes in local summer the duration of sunlight increases from one day during the summer sol￭ s￭ tice at the polar circle to several weeks only 100 km closer to the pole to six months at the poles at extreme lati￭ tudes the midnight sun is usually referred to as polar day at the poles themselves the sun rises and sets only once each year during the six months that the sun is above the horizon it spends the days continuously moving in circles around the observer gradually spir￭ alling higher and reaching its highest circuit of the sky at the summer sol￭ s￭ tice because of atmospheric ref￭ r￭ action and also because the sun is a disk rather than a point the midnight sun may be experienced at lati￭ tudes slightly below the polar circle though not exceeding one degree depending on local conditions for example iceland is known for its midnight sun even though most of it gr￭ í￭ m￭ sey is the exception is slightly south of the arctic circle for the same reasons the period of sunlight at the poles is slightly longer than six months even the northern extre￭ mi￭ ties of scotland and places at similar lati￭ tudes such as st petersburg experience twilight in the northern sky at around the summer sol￭ s￭ tice observers at heights appreciably above sea level can experience extended periods of midnight sun as a result of the dip of the horizon viewed from altitude
migr￭ aine is a primary headache disorder characterized by recurrent headaches that are moderate to severe typically the headaches affect one half of the head are pul￭ s￭ ating in nature and last from two to 72 hours associated symptoms may include naus￭ ea v￭ om￭ iting and sensitivity to light sound or smell the pain is generally made worse by physical activity up to one third of people have an a￭ ura typically a short period of visual disturbance which signals that the headache will soon occur occasionally an a￭ ura can occur with little or no headache following it migr￭ ain￭ es are believed to be due to a mixture of environmental and genetic factors about two thirds of cases run in families changing hormone levels may also play a role as migr￭ ain￭ es affect slightly more boys than girls before pu￭ ber￭ ty and two to three times more women than men the risk of migr￭ ain￭ es usually decreases during pregnancy the underlying mechanisms are not fully known it is however believed to involve the nerves and blood vessels of the brain initial recommended treatment is with simple pain medication such as i￭ bu￭ prof￭ en and par￭ acet￭ am￭ ol acet￭ amin￭ oph￭ en for the headache medication for the naus￭ ea and the avoidance of triggers specific medications such as tri￭ pt￭ ans or er￭ got￭ am￭ ines may be used in those for whom simple pain medications are not effective caff￭ eine may be added to the above a number of medications are useful to prevent attacks including me￭ to￭ pro￭ lo￭ l val￭ pro￭ ate and top￭ ir￭ am￭ ate globally approximately 15 of people are affected by migr￭ ain￭ es it most often starts at pu￭ ber￭ ty and is worst during middle age in some women they become less common following men￭ op￭ ause an early description consistent with migr￭ ain￭ es is contained in the e￭ bers pap￭ y￭ rus written around 1500 b￭ ce in ancient egypt the word migr￭ aine is from the greek ἡ￭ μ￭ ικ￭ ρ￭ αν￭ ία hem￭ ik￭ ran￭ ia pain on one side of the head from ἡ￭ μ￭ ι hem￭ i half and κρ￭ αν￭ ί￭ ον k￭ ran￭ ion skull
vesti￭ bul￭ ar migr￭ aine v￭ m is ver￭ ti￭ go associated with a migr￭ aine either as a symptom of migr￭ aine or as a related but neuro￭ logical disorder when referred to as a disease unto itself it is also termed migr￭ aine associated ver￭ ti￭ go ma￭ v migr￭ ain￭ ous ver￭ ti￭ go or migr￭ aine related vesti￭ bul￭ opathy a 2010 report from the university of british columbia published in the journal headache said that it is emerging as a popular diagnosis for patients with recurrent ver￭ ti￭ go even though some authors believe that migr￭ aine associated ver￭ ti￭ go is neither clin￭ ically nor bio￭ logically plausible as a migr￭ aine variant epidemiological studies leave no doubt that there is a strong link between ver￭ ti￭ go and migr￭ aine
migr￭ al￭ ep￭ sy is a rare condition in which a migr￭ aine is followed within an hour period by an epi￭ le￭ ptic seizure because of the similarities in signs symptoms and treatments of both conditions such as the neuro￭ logical basis the psychological issues and the autonom￭ ic distress that is created from them they individually increase the likelihood of causing the other however also because of the sam￭ eness they are often mis￭ diagnosed for each other as migr￭ al￭ ep￭ sy rarely occurs
migration museums cover human migration in the past present and future the current trend in the development of migration museums named differently worldwide is an interesting phenomenon as it may contribute to the creation of a new and multiple identity at an individual and collective level the united states with ellis island australia canada and more recently several european countries — e g france germany italy the netherlands portugal spain switzerland and the united kingdom — have been creating such venues to facilitate transmission between generations as well as encounters between migrants and the host populations by telling their personal story while these initiatives also serve the duty to remember they seem to have three main objectives acknowledge integrate and build awareness acknowledge the contributions made by migrants to their host societies the diversity and wealth of the origin cultures and the right to a dual belonging include and integrate foster the sense of belonging enable the communities to feel as an integral part of the nation find common ground and contribute to a national identity build awareness and educate on the events that induced individuals — and refugees in particular — to leave their land thus developing emp￭ athy among the host population more generally de￭ construct stereotypes on immigration given the international scene and the latest events from the van go￭ gh affair in the netherlands in 2004 to the so called ‘ cr￭ ise des ban￭ lieu￭ es ’ in france in 2005 there is an urgent need to give the migrant generations the youth as well as their parents a voice in order to foster inclusion integration and the right to difference listening to individual stories may help to de￭ construct stereotypes memory history and narr￭ ation may also allow to take a step back and to consider the complete picture migration museums also face common challenges in that they intend to be not only a venue for conservation and exhibition but also and above all a lively meeting place the challenge is not so much to bring in the intellectuals academics researchers historians traditional visitors of museums the converted but to attract the general public those with pre￭ conceived ideas on immigration and the migrants themselves in addition to the following list there are many local heritage initiatives and smaller museums which have increasingly focused on migration as a part of the narrative they portray
migratory aptitude is the relative ability of a migr￭ ating group to migrate in a re￭ arrangement reaction this can be affected by the leaving group whichever gives a more stable carbo￭ c￭ ation depends upon the electr￭ on density of the migr￭ ating group i e hy￭ dri￭ de phen￭ yl ter￭ t al￭ ky￭ l sec al￭ ky￭ l primary al￭ ky￭ l methyl the migratory groups follow the order of increasing stability of carbo￭ c￭ ation instead of car￭ ban￭ ion
a migratory insertion is a type of reaction in organ￭ om￭ et￭ all￭ ic chemistry where￭ in two lig￭ ands on a metal complex combine it is a sub￭ set of reactions that very closely resembles the insertion reactions and both are differentiated by the mechanism that leads to the resulting stere￭ och￭ emis￭ try of the products however often the two are used inter￭ change￭ ably because the mechanism is sometimes unknown therefore migratory insertion reactions or insertion reactions for short are defined not by the mechanism but by the overall reg￭ io￭ chemistry where￭ in one chemical entity inter￭ poses itself into an existing bond of typically a second chemical entity e g a b – c → b – a – c
the mil￭ as hydrox￭ yl￭ ation is an organic reaction converting an al￭ k￭ ene to a vic￭ inal di￭ ol and was developed by nicholas a mil￭ as in the 1930 s the cis di￭ ol is formed by reaction of al￭ ken￭ es with hydrogen per￭ oxide and either ultra￭ violet light or a catalytic os￭ mium te￭ tro￭ x￭ ide van￭ adi￭ um oxide or chromium oxide the reaction has been superseded in synthetic chemistry by the up￭ john di￭ hydrox￭ yl￭ ation and later by the shar￭ pl￭ ess asymmetric di￭ hydrox￭ yl￭ ation
mild and￭ ro￭ gen in￭ sensitivity syndrome ma￭ is is a condition that results in a mild impairment of the cell s ability to respond to and￭ rog￭ ens the degree of impairment is sufficient to impair sper￭ mato￭ genesis and or the development of secondary sexual characteristics at pu￭ ber￭ ty in males but does not affect genital differentiation or development female genital and sexual development is not significantly affected by the in￭ sensitivity to and￭ rog￭ ens as such ma￭ is is only diagnosed in males the clinical phen￭ o￭ type associated with ma￭ is is a normal male habit￭ us with mild sper￭ mat￭ ogenic defect and or reduced secondary terminal hair ma￭ is is one of three types of and￭ ro￭ gen in￭ sensitivity syndrome which is divided into three categories that are differentiated by the degree of genital mascul￭ ini￭ zation complete and￭ ro￭ gen in￭ sensitivity syndrome ca￭ is is indicated when the external gen￭ italia is that of a normal female mild and￭ ro￭ gen in￭ sensitivity syndrome ma￭ is is indicated when the external gen￭ italia is that of a normal male and partial and￭ ro￭ gen in￭ sensitivity syndrome pa￭ is is indicated when the external gen￭ italia is partially but not fully mascul￭ ini￭ zed and￭ ro￭ gen in￭ sensitivity syndrome is the largest single entity that leads to 46 xy under￭ mascul￭ ini￭ zation
mild cognitive impairment mc￭ i also known as incipient dementia or isolated memory impairment is a brain function syndrome involving the onset and evolution of cognitive impair￭ ments beyond those expected based on the age and education of the individual but which are not significant enough to interfere with their daily activities it may occur as a transitional stage between normal aging and dementia although mc￭ i can present with a variety of symptoms when memory loss is the predominant symptom it is termed am￭ nes￭ tic mc￭ i and is frequently seen as a pro￭ dro￭ mal stage of alzheimer s disease studies suggest that these individuals tend to progress to probable alzheimer ’ s disease at a rate of approximately 10 to 15 per year additionally when individuals have impair￭ ments in domains other than memory it is classified as non￭ am￭ nes￭ tic single or multiple domain mc￭ i and these individuals are believed to be more likely to convert to other dem￭ enti￭ as e g dementia with lew￭ y bodies however some instances of mc￭ i may simply remain stable over time or even remit causation of the syndrome in and of itself remains unknown as therefore do prevention and treatment
the miles canyon bas￭ al￭ ts represent a package of rocks that include various exposures of bas￭ al￭ tic lava flows and con￭ es that erupted and flow￭ ed across an ancient pre gl￭ ac￭ ial landscape in south central y￭ uk￭ on the volcanic rocks are best exposed and most easily accessible at the miles canyon location where the y￭ uk￭ on river cuts through a succession of flows south of white￭ horse in the spring good exposures can also be seen immediately downstream from the y￭ uk￭ on river hydro dam in white￭ horse which was built to extract energy from the cat￭ ar￭ acts that were the white horse rap￭ ids these rap￭ ids and the miles canyon provided a significant challenge to gold seekers heading to the k￭ lon￭ di￭ ke gold rush and also established the upstream termin￭ us for padd￭ le wheel river boats this the miles canyon bas￭ al￭ ts are the reason for the establishment of the town￭ site of clo￭ sel￭ ei￭ gh eventually the city of white￭ horse the lava flows and cin￭ der con￭ es in the al￭ lig￭ ator lake volcanic complex southwest of white￭ horse are the greatest accumulation of these rocks the miles canyon bas￭ al￭ ts were thought to be ple￭ is￭ to￭ cen￭ e age however geological investigations supported by geo￭ chronological analyses indicate that these rocks are much older the type miles canyon flows along the y￭ uk￭ on river are 8 4 million years old mi￭ oc￭ ene and the al￭ lig￭ ator lake flows are 3 2 million years old p￭ li￭ oc￭ ene the al￭ lig￭ ator lake con￭ es may be younger but have been affected by glaci￭ ation so are not entirely post gl￭ ac￭ ial in age
mi￭ lia like cal￭ cin￭ osis is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by small mi￭ lia like le￭ sions that develop on the dor￭ sal surface of the hands and the face
mi￭ lia en pla￭ que is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by multiple mi￭ lia within an er￭ y￭ them￭ at￭ ous e￭ dem￭ at￭ ous pla￭ que
mili￭ aria ˌ￭ m￭ ɪ￭ l i￭ ˈ￭ ɛ￭ ə￭ r i ə also called sweat rash heat rash or pr￭ ick￭ ly heat is a skin disease marked by small and it￭ chy r￭ ashes mili￭ aria is a common ail￭ ment in hot and hum￭ id conditions such as in the tro￭ p￭ ics and during the summer season although it affects people of all ages it is especially common in children and infants due to their underdeveloped sweat g￭ lands
mili￭ ary tuberculosis is a form of tuberculosis that is characterized by a wide dissemination into the human body and by the tiny size of the le￭ sions 1 – 5 mm its name comes from a distinctive pattern seen on a chest radio￭ graph of many tiny spots distributed throughout the lung fields with the appearance similar to mil￭ let seeds — thus the term mili￭ ary tuberculosis mili￭ ary tb may infect any number of organs including the lungs liver and sp￭ leen mili￭ ary tuberculosis is present in about 2 of all reported cases of tuberculosis and accounts for up to 20 of all extra pul￭ mon￭ ary tuberculosis cases
a military budget or military expenditure also known as a defense budget is the amount of financial resources dedicated by a nation to raising and maintaining an armed forces or other methods essential for defense purposes military budgets often reflect how strongly an entity percei￭ ves the likelihood of threats against it or the amount of aggression it wishes to employ it also gives an idea of how much financing should be provided for the upcoming year the size of a budget also reflects the entity s ability to fund military activities factors include the size of that entity s economy other financial demands on that entity and the willingness of that entity s government or people to fund such military activity generally excluded from military expenditures is spending on internal law enforcement and disabled veteran rehabilitation the effects of military expenditure on a nation s economy and society and what determines military expenditure are notable issues in political science and economics there are controversial findings and theories regarding these topics generally some suggest military expenditure is a boost to local economies still others maintain military expenditure is a drag on development every year in april is the global day of action on military spending g￭ dams which aims to gather people and create a global movement that persu￭ ades governments to re￭ allocate their military spending to essential human needs such as food education health care social services and environmental concerns among the countries maintaining some of the world s largest military budgets china france germany japan russia the united kingdom and the united states are frequently recognized to be great powers according to the stockholm international peace research institute in 2014 total world military expenditure amounted to 1 8 trillion us
military globalization was defined by david held as “ the process which embodies the growing ext￭ ensity and intensity of military relations among the political units of the world system … understood as such it reflects both the expanding network of worldwide military ties and relations as well as the impact of key military technological innovations from steam￭ ships to satellites which over time have reconstituted the world into a single geostrategic space military globalization implies firmer integration of armed forces around the world into the global military system for robert ke￭ o￭ han￭ e and joseph n￭ ye military globalization entails “ long distance networks of interdependence in which force and the threat or promise of force are employed ” held divides the military globalization into three distinct phenomena 1 the globalization of the war system this refers to the “ geopolitical order great power rivalry conflict and security relations ” 2 the global system of arms production and transfers reflected in the global arms dynamics 3 the geo governance of violence “ embracing the formal and informal international regulation of the acquisition deployment and use of military force ” all three processes above “ are connected to technological development which made them possible in the first place the result is increasing global interdependence and complexity the process of military globalization starts with the age of discovery when the european colonial empires began military operations on the global scale their imperial rivalry led to the first world war which was the first global conflict in world history ke￭ o￭ han￭ e dates military globalization at least from the time of alexander the great ’ s conqu￭ ests
a mili￭ um plural mi￭ lia also called a milk spot or an oil seed is a clo￭ g of the ec￭ cr￭ ine duc￭ t the true sweat g￭ land it is a ker￭ atin filled cyst that can appear just under the ep￭ id￭ er￭ mis or on the roof of the mouth mi￭ lia are commonly associated with new￭ born babies but can appear on people of all ages they are usually found around the nose and eyes and sometimes on the gen￭ italia often mistaken by those affected as war￭ ts or other sexually transmitted diseases mi￭ lia can also be confused with stubborn white￭ heads in children mi￭ lia often disappear within two to four weeks for adults they can be removed by a physician a der￭ mato￭ logist will have specialist knowledge in this area
in medicine milk alkali syndrome is characterized by high blood calcium caused by taking in too much calcium and absor￭ bable alkali common sources of calcium and alkali are dietary supplements taken to prevent o￭ ste￭ op￭ or￭ osis and an￭ tac￭ ids if untreated milk alkali syndrome may lead to kidney failure or death it was most common in the early 20 th century but since the 1990 s there has been an increase in the number of cases reported linked to the increased use of calcium supplements to address or prevent o￭ ste￭ op￭ or￭ osis
a milk allergy is a food allergy an adverse immune reaction to one or more of the constituents of milk from any animal most commonly alpha s 1 casein a protein in cow s milk this milk induced allergic reaction can involve an￭ ap￭ hy￭ lax￭ is a potentially life threatening condition
milk fever post￭ par￭ tur￭ ient hypo￭ cal￭ cem￭ ia or par￭ tur￭ ient pa￭ res￭ is is a disease primarily in dairy cattle but also seen in beef cattle characterized by reduced blood calcium levels see hypo￭ cal￭ cem￭ ia it occurs following par￭ tur￭ ition at onset of lac￭ tation when demand for calcium for colo￭ str￭ um production exceeds the body ’ s ability to mobilize calcium “ fever ” is a mis￭ no￭ mer as body temperature during the disease is generally not elevated milk fever is more commonly seen in older animals which have reduced ability to mobilize calcium from bone and in certain breeds such as channel island breeds
milk sickness also known as tre￭ me￭ tol v￭ om￭ iting or in animals as trem￭ bles is a kind of poisoning characterized by trem￭ bling v￭ om￭ iting and severe intest￭ inal pain that affects individuals who ing￭ est milk other dairy products or meat from a cow that has fed on white sn￭ ak￭ ero￭ ot plant which contains the poison tre￭ me￭ tol although very rare today milk sickness claimed thousands of lives among european american migrants to the mid￭ west in the early 19 th century in the united states especially in frontier areas along the ohio river valley and its tribu￭ taries where white sn￭ ak￭ ero￭ ot was prevalent new settlers were unfamiliar with the plant and its properties a notable victim was nancy han￭ ks lincoln the mother of abraham lincoln who died in 18￭ 18 nursing calves and lambs may have died from their mothers milk contaminated with sn￭ ak￭ ero￭ ot although the adult cows and sheep showed no signs of poisoning cattle horses and sheep are the animals most often poisoned anna pierce ho￭ bbs bi￭ x￭ by called dr anna on the frontier is credited today by the american medical community with having identified white sn￭ ak￭ ero￭ ot as the cause of the illness told about the plant s properties by an elderly sh￭ aw￭ nee woman she be￭ fri￭ ended bi￭ x￭ by did testing to observe and document evidence she wrote up her findings to share the discovery in the medical world the sh￭ aw￭ nee woman s name has been lost to history
mil￭ ker s no￭ d￭ ules or mil￭ k￭ maid bl￭ is￭ ters are a cu￭ taneous condition that is most commonly transmitted from the ud￭ ders of infected cows mil￭ ker s no￭ dule is caused by par￭ av￭ acc￭ in￭ ia virus disease in humans is nearly identical to or￭ f
mil￭ ky seas or ma￭ reel is a condition on the ocean where large areas of se￭ aw￭ ater up to 6 000 s￭ q mi or 16 000 km 2 appear to glow bril￭ li￭ antly enough at night to be seen by satellites or￭ biting earth modern science only tent￭ atively attributes this effect to bi￭ olu￭ min￭ es￭ cent bacteria or dino￭ flag￭ ell￭ ates causing the ocean to uniformly glow an e￭ erie blue at night however there is no modern research to prove that bi￭ olu￭ min￭ es￭ cent bacteria are capable of illumin￭ ating the ocean from horizon to horizon and for days at a time as described in marin￭ er s tales for centuries notably appearing in chapter 23 of jules vern￭ e s twenty thousand le￭ agues under the sea and in fact the effect has not been rigorously documented nor thoroughly explained even in modern times
mill￭ ard – gu￭ bler syndrome is a le￭ sion of the p￭ ons it is also called ven￭ tr￭ al pon￭ tine syndrome
the millennium prize problems are seven problems in mathematics that were stated by the clay mathematics institute in 2000 the problems are bir￭ ch and sw￭ in￭ ner￭ ton dy￭ er con￭ jec￭ ture ho￭ dge con￭ jec￭ ture navi￭ er – st￭ okes existence and smoo￭ th￭ ness p versus n￭ p problem poin￭ car￭ é con￭ jec￭ ture ri￭ emann hypothesis and yang – mills existence and mass gap a correct solution to any of the problems results in a us 1 million prize being awarded by the institute to the discover￭ ers at present the only millennium prize problem to have been solved is the poin￭ car￭ é con￭ jec￭ ture which was solved by the russian mathem￭ ati￭ cian gri￭ gor￭ i per￭ el￭ man in 2003
miller syndrome is a genetic condition also known as the gene￭ e wi￭ e￭ deman￭ n syndrome wilder￭ van￭ ck smith syndrome or po￭ sta￭ x￭ ial acro￭ facial dy￭ sto￭ sis the incidence of this condition is not known but it is considered extremely rare it is due to a mutation in the d￭ ho￭ dh gene nothing is known of its patho￭ genesis
mil￭ ler￭ and￭ age or shot berries hens and chicks and pum￭ p￭ kins and peas is a potential vi￭ ticul￭ tural hazard problem in which grape bun￭ ches contain berries that differ greatly in size and most importantly maturity its most common cause is cold rainy or otherwise bad weather during the flowering stage of the vines though other factors such as bor￭ on deficiency or fan￭ leaf de￭ generation may also play a role while mil￭ ler￭ and￭ age will always cause a drop in yield its potential impact on wine quality will vary particularly by grape variety for some varieties that are prone to uneven ripen￭ ess within a cluster such as san￭ giov￭ ese z￭ inf￭ an￭ del and ge￭ wür￭ z￭ tram￭ iner the development of mil￭ ler￭ and￭ age may be un￭ favorable due to green flav￭ ors from the potentially un￭ ripe grapes hidden within the cluster for other varieties such as pin￭ ot no￭ ir or the men￭ do￭ za clone of char￭ donn￭ ay wine quality could potentially be improved due to the reduced overall berry size and higher skin to juice ratio
miller – die￭ ker syndrome abbreviated m￭ ds miller – die￭ ker lis￭ sen￭ cephal￭ y syndrome m￭ d￭ ls and chro￭ mo￭ some 17 p 13 3 deletion syndrome is a micro deletion syndrome characterized by con￭ genital mal￭ formations a physical defect detec￭ table in an infant at birth which can involve many different parts of the body including the brain hearts lungs liver bones or intest￭ inal tract in this case it is usually mainly the brain being affected the con￭ genital mal￭ formation can be genetic random and of unknown origin the mal￭ formation is in fact characterized by lis￭ sen￭ cephal￭ y smooth brain m￭ ds is a con￭ ti￭ gu￭ ous gene syndrome as well which is a disorder due to the deletion of multiple gene loc￭ i that are adjacent to one another the disorder arises from the deletion of part of the small arm of chro￭ mo￭ some 17 p which includes both the lis 1 and 14 3 3 ep￭ sil￭ on genes leading to partial mono￭ som￭ y there may be unbalanced trans￭ locations i e 17 q 17 p or 12 q 17 p or the presence of a ring chro￭ mo￭ some 17 this syndrome should not be confused with miller syndrome an unrelated rare genetic disorder or miller fisher syndrome a form of guil￭ lain – bar￭ r￭ é syndrome
milli￭ pe￭ de burns are a cu￭ taneous condition caused by some milli￭ pe￭ des that secre￭ te a toxic liquid that causes a bro￭ wn￭ ish pi￭ gm￭ entation or burn when it comes into contact with the skin some milli￭ pe￭ des produce quin￭ ones in their defensive secre￭ tions which have been reported to cause brown stain￭ ing of the skin
mil￭ roy s disease is a famili￭ al disease characterized by lymp￭ he￭ dem￭ a commonly in the legs caused by con￭ genital ab￭ norm￭ alities in the lymp￭ h￭ atic system disruption of the normal drainage of lymp￭ h leads to fluid accumulation and hyper￭ tro￭ phy of soft tissues it is also known as mil￭ roy disease n￭ onne mil￭ roy me￭ i￭ ge syndrome and hereditary lymp￭ he￭ dem￭ a it was named by sir william o￭ sl￭ er for william mil￭ roy an american physician who described a case in 18￭ 92 though it was first described by ru￭ dol￭ f vir￭ chow in 18￭ 63
mil￭ w￭ au￭ kee shoulder syndrome ap￭ ati￭ te associated destructive ar￭ thri￭ tis is a r￭ heu￭ mat￭ ological condition similar to calcium pyro￭ phosphate di￭ hydrate de￭ position disease c￭ pp￭ d it is associated with peri￭ artic￭ ular or intra￭ artic￭ ular de￭ position of hydroxy￭ ap￭ ati￭ te cryst￭ als crystal de￭ position in the joint causes the release of coll￭ agen￭ ases ser￭ ine prote￭ ases el￭ ast￭ ases and inter￭ leuk￭ in 1 this precipit￭ ates acute and rapid decline in joint function and degradation of joint anatomy subsequently disruption of the rot￭ ator cuff ensu￭ es along with symp￭ tom￭ at￭ ology the disease typically presents with positive radio￭ logic findings often showing marked erosion of the hum￭ eral head car￭ til￭ age cap￭ su￭ le and bur￭ sa￭ e though rare it is most often seen in females beginning in their 50 s or 60 s diagnosis is made with ar￭ thro￭ cent￭ esis and ali￭ zar￭ in red stain￭ ing along with clinical symptoms
min min is an unusual light phenomenon that has often been reported in out￭ back australia the name min min derives from the small settlement of min min located between the out￭ back towns of bou￭ lia and w￭ inton where the light was observed by a stock￭ man in 1918 stories about the lights can be found in ab￭ original myths pre dating european settlement and have since become part of wider australian fol￭ kl￭ ore indigenous austr￭ ali￭ ans hold that the number of sigh￭ tings has increased alongside the increasing ing￭ res￭ sion of europeans into the out￭ back according to fol￭ kl￭ ore the lights sometimes follow or approached people and have disappeared sometimes very rapidly when fired upon only to re￭ appear later on the first recorded sigh￭ ting dates to 18￭ 38 in the book six months in south australia
the min￭ ak￭ sh￭ is￭ und￭ ar￭ am – ple￭ ij￭ el ze￭ ta function is a ze￭ ta function en￭ coding the ei￭ gen￭ values of the lap￭ lac￭ ian of a compact ri￭ em￭ ann￭ ian mani￭ fold it was introduc￭ ed￭ by sub￭ bar￭ ami￭ ah min￭ ak￭ sh￭ is￭ und￭ ar￭ am and å￭ ke ple￭ ij￭ el the case of a compact region of the plane was treated earlier by
min￭ am￭ ata disease japanese 水￭ 俣￭ 病 he￭ p￭ burn min￭ am￭ ata by￭ ō sometimes referred to as chis￭ so min￭ am￭ ata disease チ￭ ッ￭ ソ￭ 水￭ 俣￭ 病 chis￭ so min￭ am￭ ata by￭ ō is a neuro￭ logical syndrome caused by severe mercury poisoning symptoms include at￭ ax￭ ia num￭ b￭ ness in the hands and feet general muscle weakness loss of peripheral vision and damage to hearing and speech in extreme cases insan￭ ity paralysis coma and death follow within weeks of the onset of symptoms a con￭ genital form of the disease can also affect fet￭ uses in the wom￭ b min￭ am￭ ata disease was first discovered in min￭ am￭ ata city in kum￭ am￭ oto pref￭ ecture japan in 1956 it was caused by the release of meth￭ yl￭ mercury in the industrial wastewater from the chis￭ so corporation s chemical factory which continued from 19￭ 32 to 1968 this highly toxic chemical bio￭ accumulated in shellfish and fish in min￭ am￭ ata bay and the shir￭ anu￭ i sea which when eaten by the local popul￭ ace resulted in mercury poisoning while cat dog pig and human deaths continued for 36 years the government and company did little to prevent the pollution the animal effects were severe enough in cats that they came to be named as having dancing cat fever as of march 2001 2 265 victims had been officially recognised as having min￭ am￭ ata disease 1 784 of whom had died and over 10 000 had received financial compensation from chis￭ so by 2004 chis￭ so corporation had paid 86 million in compensation and in the same year was ordered to clean up its contamination on march 29 2010 a settlement was reached to compensate as yet un￭ certified victims a second outbreak of min￭ am￭ ata disease occurred in ni￭ ig￭ ata pref￭ ecture in 1965 the original min￭ am￭ ata disease and ni￭ ig￭ ata min￭ am￭ ata disease are considered two of the four big pollution diseases of japan
the mind – body problem is the problem of explaining how mental states events and processes — like beliefs actions and thinking — are related to the physical states events and processes given that the human body is a physical entity and the mind is non physical the problem was addressed by ren￭ é des￭ car￭ tes in the 17 th century resulting in car￭ te￭ sian du￭ alism and by pre aristo￭ te￭ lian philosophers in a￭ vic￭ enni￭ an philosophy and in earlier asian traditions a variety of approaches have been proposed most are either du￭ alist or mon￭ ist du￭ alism maintains a rigid distinction between the real￭ ms of mind and matter mon￭ ism maintains that there is only one unifying reality substance or essence in terms of which everything can be explained each of these categories contain numerous variants the two main forms of du￭ alism are substance du￭ alism which holds that the mind is formed of a distinct type of substance not governed by the laws of physics and property du￭ alism which holds that mental properties involving conscious experience are fundamental properties alongside the fundamental properties identified by a completed physics the three main forms of mon￭ ism are physic￭ alism which holds that the mind consists of matter organized in a particular way idealism which holds that only thought truly exists and matter is merely an illusion and neutral mon￭ ism which holds that both mind and matter are aspects of a distinct essence that is itself identical to neither of them several philosophical perspectives have been developed which reject the mind – body dic￭ ho￭ tomy the historical materi￭ alism of karl marx and subsequent writers itself a form of physic￭ alism held that consciousness was engend￭ ered by the material contingencies of one s environment an explicit rejection of the dic￭ ho￭ tomy is found in french structur￭ alism and is a position that generally characterized post war french philosophy the absence of an empir￭ ically identifiable meeting point between the non physical mind and its physical extension has proven problematic to du￭ alism and many modern philosophers of mind maintain that the mind is not something separate from the body these approaches have been particularly influential in the sciences particularly in the fields of soci￭ obi￭ ology computer science evolutionary psychology and the neuro￭ sciences an ancient model of the mind known as the five aggregate model explains the mind as continuously changing sense impres￭ sions and mental phenomena considering this model it is possible to understand that it is the constantly changing sense impres￭ sions and mental phenomena i e the mind that experiences analy￭ zes all external phenomena in the world as well as all internal phenomena including the body anatomy the nervous system as well as the organ brain this concep￭ tu￭ alization leads to two levels of analyses i analyses conducted from a third person perspective on how the brain works and ii analy￭ zing the moment to moment manifestation of an individual ’ s mind stream analyses conducted from a first person perspective considering the latter the manifestation of the mind stream is described as happening in every person all the time even in a scientist who analyses various phenomena in the world including analy￭ zing and hypothe￭ sizing about the organ brain
mineral hydr￭ ation is an in￭ organic chemical reaction where water is added to the crystal structure of a mineral usually creating a new mineral usually called a hydrate in geological terms the process of mineral hydr￭ ation is known as retrograde alteration and is a process occurring in retrograde met￭ am￭ orph￭ ism it commonly accompanies met￭ as￭ om￭ atism and is often a feature of wall rock alteration around ore bodies hydr￭ ation of minerals occurs generally in concert with hydro￭ thermal circulation which may be driven by tec￭ tonic or ig￭ ne￭ ous activity mineral hydr￭ ation is also a process in the reg￭ oli￭ th that results in conversion of silic￭ ate minerals into clay minerals there are two main ways in which minerals hydrate one is conversion of an oxide to a double hydrox￭ ide as with the hydr￭ ation of calcium oxide — ca￭ o — to calcium hydrox￭ ide — ca oh 2 the other is with the incorporation of water molecules directly into the cryst￭ alline structure of a new mineral as in the hydr￭ ation of fel￭ d￭ spar￭ s to clay minerals gar￭ net to chlor￭ ite or ky￭ an￭ ite to mus￭ co￭ v￭ ite some mineral structures for example mont￭ mor￭ ill￭ on￭ ite are capable of including a variable amount of water without significant change to the mineral structure hydr￭ ation is the mechanism by which hydraulic bin￭ ders such as port￭ land cement develop strength a hydraulic binder is a material that can set and har￭ den sub￭ merged in water by forming in￭ soluble products in a hydr￭ ation reaction the term hydraul￭ icity or hydraulic activity is indicative of the chemical aff￭ inity of the hydr￭ ation reaction
in geo￭ logy miner￭ alization is the de￭ position of economically important metals in the formation of ore bodies or lo￭ des by various process the first scientific studies of this process took place in the english county of corn￭ wall by j w hen￭ wood frs and later by r w fox frs the term can also refer to the process by which water￭ borne minerals such as calcium carbon￭ ate cal￭ cite iron oxide hem￭ ati￭ te or li￭ mon￭ ite or silic￭ a quar￭ tz replace organic material within the body of an organism that has died and was buried by se￭ di￭ ments miner￭ alization may also refer to the product resulting from the process of miner￭ alization for example miner￭ alization the process may introduce metals such as iron into a rock that rock may then be referred to as possessing iron miner￭ alization
a miniature effect is a special effect created for motion pictures and television programs using scale models scale models are often combined with high speed photo￭ graphy or mat￭ te shots to make grav￭ it￭ ational and other effects appear convincing to the vie￭ wer the use of mini￭ atures has largely been superseded by computer generated imag￭ ery in the contemporary cinema where a miniature appears in the foreground of a shot this is often very close to the camera lens — for example when mat￭ te painted backgrounds are used since the exposure is set to the object being fil￭ med so the actors appear well lit the miniature must be over lit in order to balance the exposure and eliminate any depth of field differences that would otherwise be visible this foreground miniature usage is referred to as forced perspective another form of miniature effect uses stop motion anim￭ ation use of scale models in the creation of visual effects by the entertainment industry dates back to the earliest days of cinema models and mini￭ atures are copies of people animals buildings settings and objects mini￭ atures or models are used to represent things that do not really exist or that are too expensive or difficult to film in reality such as explosions floods or fires
minimal change disease mc￭ d also known as nil disease or by is a kidney disease that causes ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ tic syndrome and usually affects children with peak incidence at ages 2 to 3 years the disease de￭ grades the kidney s ability to filter and the impaired ren￭ al function causes e￭ dem￭ a
minimal mes￭ an￭ gi￭ al glo￭ mer￭ ul￭ on￭ eph￭ ri￭ tis is a type of glo￭ mer￭ ul￭ on￭ eph￭ ri￭ tis is seen in 10 to 25 of s￭ le cases and is associated with mild clinical symptoms immune complex￭ es deposit in the mes￭ an￭ gi￭ um with a slight increase in the mes￭ an￭ gi￭ al matrix and cellul￭ arity
a minim￭ ally conscious state mc￭ s is a disorder of consciousness distinct from persistent vegetative state and locked in syndrome unlike persistent vegetative state patients with mc￭ s have partial preservation of conscious awareness mc￭ s is a relatively new category of disorders of consciousness the natural history and longer term outcome of mc￭ s have not yet been thoroughly studied the prevalence of mc￭ s was estimated to be 112 000 to 280 000 in adult and pedi￭ atric cases
minim￭ ally differentiated acute my￭ elo￭ bl￭ astic leuk￭ emia is a subtype of am￭ l it is classified as m 0 by f￭ ab it represents 2 – 3 of all cases of am￭ l although minim￭ ally differentiated am￭ l was recognized earlier criteria for f￭ ab m 0 were developed in 1991 the bl￭ asts in these cases cannot be recognized as my￭ elo￭ id based on mor￭ pho￭ logy and cy￭ to￭ chemistry but immun￭ op￭ hen￭ o￭ typing demonstrates my￭ elo￭ id antigens
in compu￭ tational geometry and computer science the minimum weight tri￭ ang￭ ulation problem is the problem of finding a tri￭ ang￭ ulation of minimal total edge length that is an input poly￭ gon or the conv￭ ex hull of an input point set must be subdivided into tri￭ angles that meet edge to edge and ver￭ tex to ver￭ tex in such a way as to minimize the sum of the perim￭ eters of the tri￭ angles the problem is n￭ p hard for point set inputs but may be approxim￭ ated to any desired degree of accuracy for poly￭ gon inputs it may be solved exactly in poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al time the minimum weight tri￭ ang￭ ulation has also sometimes been called the optimal tri￭ ang￭ ulation
the minimum design metal temperature m￭ d￭ mt is one of the design conditions for pressure vessels engineering calculations design and manufacturing according to the as￭ me boilers and pressure vessels code each pressure vessel that conforms to the as￭ me code has its own m￭ d￭ mt and this temperature is stamped on the vessel name￭ plate the precise definition can sometimes be a little elaborate but in simple terms the m￭ d￭ mt is a temperature arbitrarily selected by the user of the vessel according to the type of fluid and the temperature range the vessel is going to handle the so called arbitrary m￭ d￭ mt must be lower than or equal to the cet which is an environmental or process property see below and must be higher than or equal to the m￭ d￭ mt m which is a material property critical exposure temperature cet is the lowest anticipated temperature to which the vessel will be subjected taking into consideration lowest operating temperature operational up￭ sets auto￭ refrigeration atmospheric temperature and any other sources of cooling in some cases it may be the lowest temperature at which significant stresses will occur and not the lowest possible temperature m￭ d￭ mt m is the lowest temperature permitted according to the metall￭ ur￭ gy of the vessel fabric￭ ation materials and the thickness of the vessel component that is according to the low temperature emb￭ rit￭ t￭ lement range and the char￭ py impact test requirements per temperature and thickness for each one of the vessel s components
minimum ignition energy mie is the minimum amount of energy required to ignite a combustible vap￭ or gas or dust cloud for example by means of an electro￭ static discharge ignition of a fuel air mixture is possible only when the rate of liberation of heat near the ignition zone is greater than the heat loss by conduc￭ tion heat loss due to radiation is not considered as it is assumed to be negligible and the ignition process is assumed to be steady and one dimensional mie is measured in jou￭ les j explosives hydrogen un￭ saturated hydrocarbons and al￭ kan￭ es in oxygen have the lowest mie in the range of 1 to 100 μ￭ j al￭ kan￭ es in air distill￭ ate fuels hybrid mixtures and extremely sensitive du￭ sts have a mie range of 0 1 to 10 m￭ j combustible du￭ sts have a mie range of 0 01 to 10 j for most materials the sto￭ ic￭ hi￭ ome￭ tric concentration can be calculated from the carbon and hydrogen content and is typically about twice the lower flammable limit l￭ fl the lowest ignition energy value rarely occurs at the sto￭ ic￭ hi￭ ome￭ tric combustion concentration for heavier g￭ asses the minimum usually occurs slightly above sto￭ ic￭ hi￭ ome￭ tric concentration and for lighter g￭ asses such as hydrogen slightly below
in mathematics the minimum k cut is a combin￭ atorial optimi￭ zation problem that requires finding a set of edges whose removal would partition the graph to k connected components these edges are referred to as k cut the goal is to find the minimum weight k cut this parti￭ tioning can have applications in vl￭ si design data mining finite elements and communication in parallel computing
in number theory the minimum overlap problem is a problem proposed by hungarian mathem￭ ati￭ cian paul er￭ d￭ ő￭ s in 1955
the minis￭ ci reaction italian mi￭ ˈ￭ ni￭ ʃ￭ i is a named reaction in organic chemistry it is a radical substitution to an aromatic compound in particular to a hetero￭ aromatic base that introduces an al￭ ky￭ l group the reaction was published about in 1971 by f minis￭ ci the aromatic compound is generally electr￭ on deficient and with n aromatic compounds the nitrogen atom is pro￭ ton￭ ated a typical reaction is that between py￭ ri￭ dine and pi￭ val￭ ic acid to 2 ter￭ t bu￭ ty￭ l￭ py￭ ri￭ dine with silver nitrate sul￭ fur￭ ic acid and ammonium pers￭ ul￭ fate the reaction resembles frie￭ del crafts al￭ k￭ yl￭ ation but with opposite re￭ activity and selectivity the minis￭ ci reaction proceeds reg￭ io￭ selectively and enables the introduction of a wide range of al￭ ky￭ l groups a side reaction is ac￭ yl￭ ation the ratio between al￭ k￭ yl￭ ation and ac￭ yl￭ ation depends on the sub￭ str￭ ate and the reaction conditions due to the simple raw materials and the simple reaction conditions the reaction has many applications in heter￭ oc￭ ycl￭ ic chemistry reaction between py￭ ri￭ dine and pi￭ val￭ ic acid to 2 ter￭ t bu￭ ty￭ l￭ py￭ ri￭ dine
the min￭ o￭ an eruption of ther￭ a also referred to as the ther￭ a eruption or san￭ tor￭ ini eruption was a major catastrophic volcanic eruption with a volcanic explo￭ sivity index ve￭ i of 6 or 7 and a dense rock equivalent d￭ re of 60 km 3 14 cu mi dated to the mid second millennium b￭ ce the eruption was one of the largest volcanic events on earth in recorded history it devastated the island of ther￭ a now called san￭ tor￭ ini including the min￭ o￭ an settlement at ak￭ ro￭ ti￭ ri and communities and agricultural areas on nearby islands and the coast of crete with a related earthquake or tsunami there are no clear ancient records of the eruption which may have inspired certain greek myths caused turmoil in egypt and be alluded to in a
minor s disease a syndrome involving the sudden onset of back pain and paralysis caused by haemorrha￭ ge into the spinal cord substance was named after the russian neuro￭ logist la￭ zar sal￭ om￭ o￭ witch minor 18￭ 55 – 19￭ 42 the term minor s syndrome is now only rarely used in connection with his work and is increasingly being used both inside and outside the medical profession to refer to superior canal de￭ his￭ cence syndrome sc￭ ds first described in 1998 by dr lloyd b minor of the joh￭ ns hop￭ kins university baltimore usa
minor depres￭ sive disorder also known as minor depression is a mood disorder that does not meet the full criteria for major depres￭ sive disorder but at least two depres￭ sive symptoms are present for two weeks these symptoms can be seen in many different psychiatric and mental disorders which can lead to more specific diagnoses of an individual s condition however some of the situations might not fall under specific categories listed in the diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders minor depres￭ sive disorder is an example of one of these non￭ specific diagnoses as it is a disorder classified in the dsm iv tr under the category depres￭ sive disorder not otherwise specified dd nos the classification of nos depres￭ sive disorders is up for debate minor depres￭ sive disorder as a term was never an officially accepted term but was listed in appendix b of the dsm iv tr this is the only version of the dsm that contains the term as the prior versions and the most recent edition dsm 5 does not mention it a person is considered to have minor depres￭ sive disorder if he or she experiences 2 to 4 depres￭ sive symptoms with one of them being either depressed mood or loss of interest or pleasure during a 2 week period the person must not have experienced the symptoms for 2 years and there must not a one specific event that caused the symptoms to arise although not all cases of minor depres￭ sive disorder are deemed in need of treatment some cases are treated similarly to major depres￭ sive disorder this treatment includes cognitive behavioral therapy c￭ bt anti depres￭ sant medication and combination therapy a lot of research supports the notion that minor depres￭ sive disorder is an early stage of major depres￭ sive disorder or that it is simply highly predic￭ tive of subsequent major depres￭ sive disorder
a min￭ sky moment is a sudden major collapse of asset values which is part of the credit cycle or business cycle such moments occur because long periods of prosperity and increasing value of investments lead to increasing speculation using borrowed money the spir￭ aling debt incurred in financing speculative investments leads to cash flow problems for investors the cash generated by their assets no longer is sufficient to pay off the debt they took on to acquire them losses on such speculative assets prompt lenders to call in their loans this is likely to lead to a collapse of asset values meanwhile the over indebted investors are forced to sell even their less speculative positions to make good on their loans however at this point no counterparty can be found to bid at the high asking prices previously quoted this starts a major sell off leading to a sudden and precipit￭ ous collapse in market clearing asset prices a sharp drop in market liquidity and a severe demand for cash a more general meaning is to say that a min￭ sky cycle features a series of min￭ sky moments in which a period of stability encourages risk taking which leads to a period of instability which causes more conservative and risk aver￭ se de leveraging behavior until stability is restored continuing the cycle in this more general view the min￭ sky cycle may apply to a wide range of human activities beyond investment economics the term was coined by paul mc￭ cul￭ ley of pim￭ co in 1998 to describe the 1998 russian financial crisis and was named after economist dr hy￭ man min￭ sky who noted that bankers traders and other financiers periodically played the role of ar￭ son￭ ists setting the entire economy ab￭ la￭ ze min￭ sky opposed the deregulation that characterized the 1980 s some such as mc￭ cul￭ ley have dated the start of the financial crisis of 2007 – 2010 to a min￭ sky moment and called the following crisis a reverse min￭ sky journey mc￭ cul￭ ley dates the moment to august 2007 while others date the start to some months earlier or later such as the june 2007 failure of two bear st￭ earns funds the concept has some parallels with austrian business cycle theory although min￭ sky himself was known as a keynesian and is identified as a post keynesian — as is mc￭ cul￭ ley
mi￭ osis or my￭ osis ma￭ ɪ￭ ˈ￭ o￭ ʊ s￭ ɪ￭ s from ancient greek μ￭ ύ￭ ει￭ ν m￭ ū￭ ein to close the eyes is a term with various definitions which generally include con￭ stric￭ tion of the pupil the opposite condition my￭ dri￭ asis is the dil￭ ation of the pupil anis￭ oc￭ oria is the condition of one pupil being more dil￭ ated than the other
mir￭ ho￭ s￭ se￭ ini – holmes – wal￭ ton syndrome is a syndrome which involves re￭ tin￭ al de￭ generation cat￭ ar￭ act micro￭ cephal￭ y and mental retar￭ dation it was first characterized in 1972 the gene or genes involved have not yet been determined there is some evidence that this syndrome has the same genetic cause as co￭ hen syndrome
mi￭ ri￭ zzi s syndrome is a rare complic￭ ation in which a gall￭ stone becomes imp￭ acted in the c￭ ys￭ tic duc￭ t or neck of the gall￭ blad￭ der causing compression of the common bile duc￭ t c￭ b￭ d or common he￭ p￭ atic duc￭ t resulting in obstruction and ja￭ und￭ ice the obstruc￭ tive ja￭ und￭ ice can be caused by direct extr￭ ins￭ ic compression by the stone or from fi￭ bro￭ sis caused by chronic chol￭ ec￭ y￭ sti￭ tis infl￭ amm￭ ation a chol￭ ec￭ y￭ sto￭ cho￭ le￭ do￭ ch￭ al f￭ ist￭ ula can occur
mirror touch syn￭ esthesia is a condition which causes individuals to experience the same sensation such as touch that another person feels for example if someone with this condition were to observe someone touching their cheek they would feel the same sensation on their own cheek syn￭ esthesia in general is described as a condition in which a stimulus causes an individual to experience an additional sensation syn￭ esthesia is usually a developmental condition however recent research has shown that mirror touch syn￭ esthesia can be acquired after sensory loss following ampu￭ tation
mirror movements are characterized by involuntary movements on one side of the body mir￭ r￭ oring voluntary movements on the other for example if someone wanted to pick up a pencil with their left hand then their right hand would also reach out for the same pencil this mostly affects the top half of the body but can also affect the bottom half walking may become more difficult as one leg will move at the same time as the other playing a musical instrument such as the piano may become very difficult as the process involves doing different things with each hand
mirror syndrome or triple oe￭ dem￭ a or ball￭ an￭ ty￭ ne syndrome is a rare disorder affecting pregnant women it describes the unusual association of fe￭ tal￭ and plac￭ ental hydro￭ ps with maternal pre￭ ec￭ lam￭ p￭ sia the name mirror syndrome refers to the similarity between maternal oe￭ dem￭ a and fe￭ tal hydro￭ ps it was first described in 18￭ 92 by john william ball￭ an￭ ty￭ ne
the mis￭ alignment mechanism is a hypothe￭ sized effect in the pec￭ ce￭ i – quinn theory proposed solution to the strong cp problem in quantum mechanics the effect occurs when a particle s field has an initial value that is not at or near a potential minimum this causes the particle s field to osci￭ ll￭ ate around the nearest minimum eventually dissip￭ ating energy by dec￭ aying into other particles until the minimum is attained in the case of hypothe￭ sized ax￭ ions created in the early universe the initial values are random because of the mass￭ lessness of ax￭ ions in the high temperature plasma near the critical temperature of quantum chro￭ mo￭ dynamics ax￭ ions possess a temperature dependent mass that enters a dam￭ ped osci￭ ll￭ ation until the potential minimum is reached
mis￭ carriage also known as spontaneous abortion and pregnancy loss is the natural death of an embryo or fe￭ tus before it is able to survive independently some use the cu￭ to￭ ff of 20 weeks of gest￭ ation after which fe￭ tal death is known as a still￭ birth the most common symptoms of a mis￭ carriage is vag￭ inal bleeding with or without pain sadness anxiety and guilt may occur tissue or clo￭ t like material may also come out of the vag￭ ina risk factors for mis￭ carriage include an older parent previous mis￭ carriage exposure to tobacco smoke obesity diabetes and drug or alcohol use among others in those under the age of 35 the risk is about 10 while it is about 45 in those over the age of 40 risk begins to increase around the age of 30 about 80 of mis￭ carri￭ ages occur in the first 12 weeks of pregnancy the first trim￭ ester the underlying cause in about half of cases involves chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al ab￭ norm￭ alities other conditions that can produce similar symptoms include an ec￭ topic pregnancy and implan￭ tation bleeding diagnosis of a mis￭ carriage may involve checking to see if the cer￭ vi￭ x is open or closed testing blood levels of human ch￭ ori￭ onic gon￭ ad￭ o￭ tro￭ pin h￭ c￭ g and an ul￭ tras￭ ound prevention is occasionally possible with good pre￭ natal care avoiding drugs and alcohol infectious diseases and radiation may prevent mis￭ carriage no specific treatment is usually needed during the first 7 to 14 days most mis￭ carriage will complete without additional interventions occasionally the medication mis￭ o￭ pro￭ st￭ ol or a procedure such as vacuum aspiration is required to remove the failed pregnancy women who are r￭ hes￭ us negative may require r￭ ho d immune glob￭ ulin pain medication may be beneficial emotional support may help with negative emotions mis￭ carriage is the most common complic￭ ation of early pregnancy among females who know they are pregnant the mis￭ carriage rate is roughly 10 to 20 while rates among all fertilisation is around 30 to 50 about 5 of females have two mis￭ carri￭ ages in a row some recommend not using the term abortion in discussions with those experiencing a mis￭ carriage in an effort to decrease distress
mis￭ fe￭ as￭ ance in public office is a cause of action in the civil courts of england and wales and certain commonwealth countries it is an action against the holder of a public office alleging in essence that the office holder has misused or abused their power the tor￭ t can be traced back to 17￭ 03 when chief justice sir john hol￭ t decided that a lan￭ down￭ er could sue a police con￭ stable who deprived him of his right to vote ash￭ by v white the tor￭ t was revived in 1985 when it was used so that french turkey producers could sue the ministry of agriculture over a dispute that harmed their sales generally a civil defendant will be liable for mis￭ fe￭ as￭ ance if the defendant owed a duty of care toward the plainti￭ ff the defendant breached that duty of care by improperly performing a legal act and the improper performance resulted in harm to the plainti￭ ff in theory mis￭ fe￭ as￭ ance is distinct from non￭ fe￭ as￭ ance non￭ fe￭ as￭ ance is a term that describes a failure to act that results in harm to another party mis￭ fe￭ as￭ ance by contrast describes some affirmative act that though legal causes harm in practice the distinction is confusing and un￭ instructive courts often have difficulty determining whether harm resulted from a failure to act or from an act that was improperly performed
the mis￭ low – evans re￭ arrangement is a name reaction in organic chemistry it is named after kurt mis￭ low and david evans who discovered this reaction in 1971 the reaction allows the formation of all￭ yl￭ ic alcohol￭ s from all￭ yl￭ ic sul￭ fo￭ x￭ ides in a 2 3 sig￭ mat￭ ro￭ pic re￭ arrangement
mis￭ match loss in transmission line theory is the amount of power expressed in deci￭ bels that will not be available on the output due to impe￭ dance mis￭ matches and signal reflections a transmission line that is properly terminated that is terminated with the same impe￭ dance as that of the characteristic impe￭ dance of the transmission line will have no reflections and therefore no mis￭ match loss mis￭ match loss represents the amount of power wasted in the system it can also be thought of as the amount of power gained if the system was perfectly matched impe￭ dance matching is an important part of r￭ f system design however in practice there will likely be some degree of mis￭ match loss in real systems relatively little loss is due to mis￭ match loss and is often on the order of 1 db
mis￭ match repair cancer syndrome m￭ mr￭ cs is a cancer syndrome associated with bi￭ all￭ el￭ ic dna mis￭ match repair mutations it is also known as tur￭ cot syndrome after jacques tur￭ cot who described the condition in 1959 and by several other names in m￭ mr￭ cs ne￭ op￭ la￭ sia typically occurs in both the gut and the central nervous system cns in the large intest￭ ine famili￭ al aden￭ om￭ at￭ ous poly￭ pos￭ is occurs in the cns brain tumors
mis￭ op￭ hon￭ ia literally hatred of sound is a presumed disorder of uncertain classification in which negative emotions thoughts and physical reactions are triggered by specific sounds it is also called soft sound sensitivity syndrome select sound sensitivity syndrome 4 s decreased sound tolerance and sound rage mis￭ op￭ hon￭ ia is not recognized as a disorder by standard diagnostic criteria in the dsm 5 or the ic￭ d 10 and there is little research on its prevalence or treatment mis￭ op￭ hon￭ ia can adversely affect ability to achieve life goals and to enjoy social situations
the mission￭ aries and canni￭ b￭ als problem and the closely related jealous husbands problem are classic river crossing problems the mission￭ aries and canni￭ b￭ als problem is a well known toy problem in artificial intelligence where it was used by s￭ aul am￭ are￭ l as an example of problem representation
mis￭ sour￭ i ly￭ me disease is a cu￭ taneous condition the cause of ‘ mis￭ sour￭ i ly￭ me disease ’ has been a source of controversy true ly￭ me disease probably occurs in mis￭ sour￭ i and other southern states although ly￭ me disease like illnesses not related to bor￭ reli￭ a burg￭ dor￭ fer￭ i also occur strains of b burg￭ dor￭ fer￭ i have been isolated from a americ￭ an￭ um in mis￭ sour￭ i but the tic￭ ks are not efficient disease vectors
the mis￭ sour￭ i bell￭ we￭ ther is a political phenomenon that notes that the state of mis￭ sour￭ i voted for the winner in all but one u s presidential election from 19￭ 04 to 2004 the exception is 1956 while states like ohio iowa nevada and new mexico have been arguably stronger indicators of political trends in recent years mis￭ sour￭ i was a consistent swing state throughout the 20 th century nevada has voted for the winner of every presidential election from united states presidential election 19￭ 12 to the present excluding united states presidential election 1976 perhaps making it the new bell￭ we￭ ther state prior to the 2008 elections lincoln county mis￭ sour￭ i was said to be the only bell￭ we￭ ther county in a bell￭ we￭ ther state mis￭ sour￭ i is also considered a bell￭ we￭ ther of u s views on hot button social issues such as stem cell research gay rights and school vouchers some economists also consider the state a bell￭ we￭ ther for economic trends such as consumer confidence and unemployment
mist is a phenomenon caused by small dro￭ ple￭ ts of water suspended in air physically it is one instance of a dispersion it is most commonly seen where warm mo￭ ist air meets sudden cooling such as in ex￭ hal￭ ed air in the winter or when throwing water onto the hot stove of a sa￭ una it is often created artificially with aerosol can￭ is￭ ters if the hum￭ idity and temperature conditions are right it can also occur as part of natural weather when hum￭ id air co￭ ols rapidly for example when the air comes into contact with surfaces that are much cool￭ er than the air the formation of mist as of other suspensions is greatly aided by the presence of nucle￭ ation sites on which the suspended water phase can con￭ ge￭ al thus even such unusual sources as small particulates from volcanic erup￭ tions releases of strongly polar gases and even the magne￭ to￭ spheric ions associated with polar lights can in right conditions trigger the formation of mist
mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al disease is a group of disorders caused by dysfunctional mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ a the organ￭ elles that generate energy for the cell mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ a are found in every cell of the human body except red blood cells and convert the energy of food molecules into the at￭ p that powers most cell functions mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al diseases are sometimes about 15 of the time caused by mutations in the mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al dna that affect mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al function other causes of mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al disease are mutations in genes of the nuclear dna whose gene products are imported into the mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ a mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al proteins as well as acquired mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al conditions mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al diseases take on unique characteristics both because of the way the diseases are often inherited and because mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ a are so critical to cell function the sub￭ class of these diseases that have neuro￭ muscular disease symptoms are often called a mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al my￭ opathy
mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al my￭ opath￭ ies are types of my￭ opath￭ ies associated with mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al disease on biopsy the muscle tissue of patients with these diseases usually demonstrate rag￭ ged red muscle fi￭ bers these rag￭ ged red fi￭ bers contain mild accumul￭ ations of gly￭ co￭ gen and neutral li￭ pi￭ ds and may show an increased re￭ activity for succ￭ inate de￭ hydro￭ gen￭ ase and a decreased re￭ activity for cy￭ to￭ ch￭ rome c oxid￭ ase inheritance is maternal non men￭ deli￭ an ex￭ tran￭ uc￭ lear there are several sub￭ categories of mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al my￭ opath￭ ies
mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al neuro￭ gastro￭ intest￭ inal encephalopathy syndrome m￭ n￭ gie is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al disease it has been previously referred to as pol￭ yn￭ euro￭ pa￭ thy oph￭ thal￭ mop￭ legi￭ a leuko￭ encephalopathy and poli￭ p syndrome the disease presents in childhood but often goes unnoticed for decades unlike typical mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al diseases caused by mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al dna mt￭ dna mutations m￭ n￭ gie is caused by mutations in the ty￭ mp gene which en￭ codes the enzyme thy￭ mid￭ ine phosphor￭ yl￭ ase mutations in this gene result in impaired mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al function leading to intest￭ inal symptoms as well as ne￭ uro oph￭ thal￭ mo￭ logic ab￭ norm￭ alities a secondary form of m￭ n￭ gie called m￭ n￭ gie without leuko￭ encephalopathy can be caused by mutations in the pol￭ g gene
mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al toxicity is a condition in which the mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ a of a body s cells become damaged or decline significantly in number it occurs as a side effect of certain anti￭ retro￭ viral drugs used to treat human immun￭ o￭ deficiency virus or hiv
mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al tri￭ functional protein deficiency is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive fatty acid oxid￭ ation disorder that prevents the body from converting certain fats to energy particularly during periods without food people with this disorder have inadequate levels of an enzyme that breaks down a certain group of fats called long chain fatty acids
mit￭ ral in￭ sufficiency mi mit￭ ral reg￭ urg￭ itation or mit￭ ral incompetence is a disorder of the heart in which the mit￭ ral valve does not close properly when the heart pumps out blood it is the abnormal le￭ aking of blood backwards from the left ven￭ tric￭ le through the mit￭ ral valve into the left atri￭ um when the left ven￭ tric￭ le contracts i e there is reg￭ urg￭ itation of blood back into the left atri￭ um mi is the most common form of val￭ vul￭ ar heart disease
mit￭ ral valve pro￭ lapse m￭ vp a k a fl￭ op￭ py mit￭ ral valve syndrome syst￭ ol￭ ic click mur￭ m￭ ur syndrome or bil￭ lowing mit￭ ral leaflet is a val￭ vul￭ ar heart disease characterized by the displacement of an abnormally thick￭ ened mit￭ ral valve leaflet into the left atri￭ um during syst￭ ole it is the primary form of my￭ x￭ om￭ at￭ ous de￭ generation of the valve there are various types of m￭ vp broadly classified as classic and non￭ classic in its non￭ classic form m￭ vp carries a low risk of complications and often can be kept minimal by dietary attention in severe cases of classic m￭ vp complications include mit￭ ral reg￭ urg￭ itation infec￭ tive endo￭ cardi￭ tis cong￭ estive heart failure and in rare circumstances cardiac arrest the diagnosis of m￭ vp depends upon echo￭ cardi￭ o￭ graphy which uses ul￭ tras￭ ound to vis￭ u￭ alize the mit￭ ral valve the prevalence of m￭ vp is estimated at 2 3 of the population the condition was first described by john br￭ ere￭ ton bar￭ low in 1966 in consequence it may also be referred to as bar￭ low s syndrome and was subsequently termed mit￭ ral valve pro￭ lapse by j michael cri￭ ley
mit￭ ral sten￭ osis is a val￭ vul￭ ar heart disease characterized by the narrowing of the ori￭ fice of the mit￭ ral valve of the heart
the mit￭ sun￭ o￭ bu reaction is an organic reaction that conver￭ ts an alcohol into a variety of functional groups such as an ester using tri￭ phen￭ yl￭ phosp￭ h￭ ine and an az￭ o￭ dic￭ ar￭ box￭ y￭ late such as di￭ ethyl az￭ o￭ dic￭ ar￭ box￭ y￭ late dead or di￭ iso￭ prop￭ yl az￭ o￭ dic￭ ar￭ box￭ y￭ late di￭ ad the alcohol under￭ goes an in￭ version of stere￭ och￭ emis￭ try it was discovered by o￭ yo mit￭ sun￭ o￭ bu 19￭ 34 – 2003 the mit￭ sun￭ o￭ bu reaction several reviews have been published
mittel￭ sch￭ mer￭ z german middle pain is a medical term for ov￭ ulation pain or mid￭ cycle pain about 20 of women experience mittel￭ sch￭ mer￭ z some every cycle some inter￭ mit￭ tently
a m￭ align￭ ant mixed mü￭ ll￭ er￭ ian tumor also known as m￭ align￭ ant mixed mes￭ o￭ der￭ mal tumor m￭ m￭ mt and carcin￭ os￭ ar￭ coma is a m￭ align￭ ant ne￭ op￭ las￭ m found in the uter￭ us the ov￭ aries the fall￭ op￭ ian tubes and other parts of the body that contains both carcin￭ om￭ at￭ ous epi￭ the￭ li￭ al tissue and sar￭ com￭ at￭ ous connec￭ tive tissue components it is divided into two types homo￭ log￭ ous in which the sar￭ com￭ at￭ ous component is made of tissues found in the uter￭ us such as end￭ ome￭ trial fi￭ bro￭ us and or smooth muscle tissues and a hetero￭ log￭ ous type made up of tissues not found in the uter￭ us such as car￭ til￭ age sk￭ el￭ etal muscle and or bone m￭ m￭ mt account for between two and five percent of all tumors derived from the body of the uter￭ us and are found predominantly in post￭ men￭ opa￭ usal women with an average age of 66 years risk factors are similar to those of aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ om￭ as and include obesity exo￭ genous estro￭ gen therapies and nul￭ li￭ parity less well understood but potential risk factors include tam￭ ox￭ if￭ en therapy and pel￭ vic irradiation
traditionally a mixed aff￭ ective state formerly known as a mixed man￭ ic or mixed episode has been defined as a state where￭ in features unique to both depression and mania — as despair fatigue mor￭ bid or suicidal ide￭ ation racing thoughts pressure of activity and heightened irrit￭ ability — occur either simultaneously or in very short succession previously the diagnostic criteria for both a man￭ ic and depres￭ sive episode had to be met in a consistent and sustained fashion with symptoms enduring for at least a week or any duration if psychiatric hosp￭ itali￭ zation was required thereby restricting the official acknowledgement of mixed aff￭ ective states to only a minority of patients with bipolar i disorder in current dsm v nomenclature however a mixed episode no longer stands as an episode of illness unto itself rather the symp￭ tom￭ ology speci￭ fier with mixed features can be applied to any major aff￭ ective episode man￭ ic hypo￭ man￭ ic or depres￭ sive meaning that they are now officially recognized in patients with in addition to bipolar i disorder bipolar ii disorder and by convention major depres￭ sive disorder a depres￭ sive mixed state in a patient however even in the absence of dis￭ crete periods of mania or hypo￭ mania argues strongly against a uni￭ polar course and for a bipolar one although convention dictates diagno￭ sing such patients with major depres￭ sive disorder it may be appropriate to classify such a patient as having an other specified bipolar or related disorder and certainly following up such patients in the long term to ascertain the eventual appearance of an episode of mania or hypo￭ mania with or without mixed features which would prompt diagnostic revision in those un￭ common cases where￭ in the diagnostic criteria for both a man￭ ic and depres￭ sive episode are met constituting what were here￭ to￭ fore classified as mixed episodes such a patient would be diagnosed as having a man￭ ic episode with mixed features because of the substantial social and occupational dysfunction inherent in such a state
in medicine mixed connec￭ tive tissue disease also known as sharp s syndrome commonly abbreviated as mc￭ td is an auto￭ immune disease in which the body s defense system attacks itself it was characterized in 1972 and the term was introduced by lero￭ y in 1980 it is sometimes said to be the same as un￭ differentiated connec￭ tive tissue disease but other experts specifically reject this idea because un￭ differentiated connec￭ tive tissue disease is not necessarily associated with serum antibodies directed against the u 1 r￭ n￭ p and mc￭ td is associated with a more clearly defined set of signs symptoms
mixed receptive expres￭ sive language disorder dsm iv 315 32 is a communication disorder in which both the receptive and expres￭ sive areas of communication may be affected in any degree from mild to severe if assessed on the w￭ ech￭ sl￭ er adult intelligence scale for instance symptoms may show as relatively low scores for information vocabulary and comprehension perhaps below the 25 th per￭ centi￭ le if a person has difficulty with spatial concepts such as over under here and there they may have difficulties with arithmetic understanding word problems and instructions or difficulties using words they may also have a more general problem with words or sentences both comprehension and orally if suspected of having a mixed receptive expres￭ sive language disorder treatment is available from a speech therapist or patho￭ logist most treatments are short term and rely upon accommod￭ ations made within the environment in order to minimise interfering with work or school
a mixed tumor is a tumor that derives from multiple tissue types for example a ch￭ on￭ dro￭ id syr￭ ing￭ oma is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized his￭ to￭ logically by ne￭ sts of cu￭ bo￭ idal or poly￭ g￭ onal epi￭ the￭ li￭ al cells in the der￭ mis there are two types one derived from a single germ cell layer that differenti￭ ates into more than one cell type and one derived from more than one germ cell layer to￭ ti￭ potent cells
the mi￭ zu￭ o – nak￭ am￭ ura phenomenon is a phenomenon observed in o￭ gu￭ chi s disease it was named after gent￭ aro mi￭ zu￭ o 18￭ 76 – 19￭ 13 and bun￭ pei nak￭ am￭ ura 18￭ 86 – 1969 japanese oph￭ thal￭ mo￭ logists o￭ gu￭ chi disease is characterized by a golden brown fun￭ dus with a yellow gray metallic she￭ en in the light adapted state after complete dark adaptation 3 to 12 hours the fun￭ dus appears normal and this disappearance of the shiny yellow fun￭ dus reflex is called the mi￭ zu￭ o – nak￭ am￭ ura phenomenon
in computing b m￭ k￭ stem￭ p b is a posi￭ x function for creating a temporary file a computer file which usually ceases to exist when the program which opened the file closes it or termin￭ ates
mobile internet growth is the growth of the internet when accessed via a mobile phone lap￭ top etc at one time half the world had mobile phones the articles in 2007 2008 were slightly misleading because the real story at the time was that the number of mobile phone subscriptions had reached half the population of the world in reality many people have more than one subscription for example in hong kong italy and ukraine the mobile phone penetration rate has passed 140 source wireless intelligence 2009 by 2009 even the number of unique users of mobile phones had reached half the planet when the it￭ u reported that the subscriber number was to reach 4 6 billion user which means 3 8 billion activated mobile phones in use and 3 4 billion unique users of mobile phones the mobile internet data connections are following the growth of mobile phone connections albeit at a lower rate in 2009 yankee group reported that 29 of all mobile phone users globally were accessing brow￭ ser based internet content on their phones according to the bbc there are now 2010 over 5 billion mobile phone users in the world
mobile instant messaging mi￭ m is a presence enabled messaging service that aims to transpose the internet des￭ k￭ top messaging such as ic￭ q or ms￭ n experience to the usage scenario of being connected via a mobile cellular device while several of the core ideas of the des￭ k￭ top im experience and functionality on one hand apply to a connected mobile device others do not users usually only look at their phone s screen — presence status changes might occur under different circumstances as happens at the des￭ k￭ top and several functional limits exist based on the fact that the vast majority of mobile communication devices are chosen by their users to fit into the palm of their hand some of the form factor and mobility related differences need to be taken into account in order to create a really adequate powerful and yet convenient mobile experience radio band￭ width memory size availability of media formats key￭ pad based input screen output c￭ pu performance and battery power are core issues that des￭ k￭ top device users and even no￭ mad￭ ic users with connected note￭ books are usually not exposed to there are two distinct methods to enable mobile instant messaging embedded clients – tailored im client for every specific device with a special back￭ end server installed within the cellular operator s service cli￭ ent￭ less platform – a brow￭ ser based application without down￭ loading any software to the hand￭ set or need for any technical support by the cellular operator which enables all users all devices and from any network to connect to their internet im service by all communication market analysts the cli￭ ent￭ less platform is by far the more preferred method between the two the embedded clients cost for install￭ ment technical and consumer support embedded clients are simply too expensive to develop and deploy for the cellular operator on the other hand the cli￭ ent￭ less platform enables full interoperability between networks and communication platforms – at no technical and consumer support in the past microsoft a￭ ol have tried to develop such a solution with minor success but since the popularity of 2 5 generation cellular hand￭ sets and even more so since the appearance of the 3 g technology – enabling fast data trafficking – will finally enable widespread mi￭ m usage
mobile phone over￭ use or problem mobile phone use is a dependence syndrome seen among certain mobile phone users some mobile phone users exhibit problematic behaviors related to substance use disorders these behaviors can include preoccupation with mobile communication excessive money or time spent on mobile phones use of mobile phones in socially or physically inappropriate situations such as driving an automobile increased use can also lead to increased time on mobile communication adverse effects on relationships and anxiety if separated from a mobile phone or sufficient signal
a mod or modification is the alteration of content from a video game in order to make it operate in a manner different from its original version mo￭ ds can be created for any gen￭ re of game but are especially popular in first person shoo￭ ters role playing games and real time strategy games mo￭ ds are made by the general public or a develop￭ er and can be entirely new games in themselves but mo￭ ds are not stand alone software and require the user to have the original release in order to run they can include new items mod￭ ded weapons characters enemies models tex￭ tures levels story lines music money armor life and game modes they can be single player or multi￭ player mo￭ ds that add new content to the underlying game are often called partial conversions while mo￭ ds that create an entirely new game are called total conversions and mo￭ ds that fix bugs only are called unofficial pat￭ ches games running on a personal computer are often designed with change in mind allowing modern pc games to be modified by gam￭ ers without much difficulty these mo￭ ds can add extra re￭ play value and interest the internet provides an inexpensive medium to promote and distribute user created content like mo￭ ds an aspect commonly known as web 2 0 video game mod￭ ding was described as re￭ mixing of games and can be therefore seen as part of the re￭ mix culture as described by lawrence les￭ si￭ g the mo￭ ds have become an increasingly important factor in the commercial success of some games developers such as id software valve corporation mo￭ jan￭ g ab be￭ thes￭ da sof￭ t￭ works fir￭ axis cry￭ te￭ k the creative assembly and epic games provide extensive tools and documentation to assist mod makers leveraging the potential success brought in by a popular mod like counter strike mo￭ ds can help to continue the success of the original game even when the original game has become dated in that case players might have to clarify that they are referring to the un￭ modified game when talking about playing a game the term van￭ illa is often used to make this distinction van￭ illa battlefield 19￭ 42 for example refers to the original un￭ modified game for van￭ illa games pre￭ fix v or v is commonly used together with the game title acron￭ ym e g v￭ q 3 stands for van￭ illa quake 3 as early as the 1980 s video game mo￭ ds have been used for the sole purpose of creating art as opposed to an actual game they can include recording in game action as a film as well as attempting to reproduce real life areas inside a game with no regard for game play value see also artistic video game modification machin￭ ima and demo￭ scene popular websites dedicated to mod￭ ding include n￭ ex￭ us￭ mo￭ ds and mod db
a model spectrum is an artificial spectrum of a star made by recre￭ ating the absorption or emission features seen in the spectrum a model spectrum will usually be of a specific spectr￭ al type of star and may include other properties of the star such as a surrounding ne￭ bul￭ a presence or lack of an extended atmosphere or a circum￭ stell￭ ar dust dis￭ c some external reference links s￭ vo spectr￭ al models stars and galax￭ ies kur￭ uc￭ z models miles spectr￭ al models
model – view – adap￭ ter m￭ va or mediating controller m￭ v￭ c is a software architectural pattern and multi￭ tier architecture in complex computer applications that present large amounts of data to users developers often wish to separate data model and user interface view concerns so that changes to the user interface will not affect data handling and that the data can be re￭ organized without changing the user interface m￭ va and traditional m￭ v￭ c both attempt to solve this same problem but with two different styles of solution traditional m￭ v￭ c arrang￭ es model e g data structures and storage view e g user interface and controller e g business logic in a triangle with model view and controller as ver￭ tices so that some information flows between the model and views outside of the controller s direct control the model – view – adap￭ ter solves this rather differently from the model – view – controller by arranging model adap￭ ter or mediating controller and view lin￭ early without any connections whatsoever directly between model and view
model – view – controller m￭ v￭ c is a software design pattern for implementing user interfaces on computers it divides a given software application into three interconnected parts so as to separate internal representations of information from the ways that information is presented to or accepted from the user traditionally used for des￭ k￭ top graphical user interfaces gu￭ is this architecture has become popular for designing web applications
modern ty￭ po￭ graphy was a reaction against the perceived dec￭ ad￭ ence of ty￭ po￭ graphy and design of the late 19 th century it is mostly associated with the works of jan tsch￭ ic￭ hold and bau￭ ha￭ us ty￭ po￭ graph￭ ers herbert bayer l￭ á￭ sz￭ l￭ ó mo￭ holy nag￭ y el lis￭ sit￭ z￭ ky and others
modified wit￭ ti￭ g cla￭ is￭ en tandem reaction is a cas￭ c￭ ade reaction that combines wit￭ ti￭ g reaction and cla￭ is￭ en re￭ arrangement together the wit￭ ti￭ g reaction generates the all￭ yl vinyl e￭ ther intermediate that further participates in a cla￭ is￭ en re￭ arrangement to generate the final γ δ un￭ saturated ke￭ tone or alde￭ hyde product figure modified wit￭ ti￭ g cla￭ is￭ en tandem reactions the modified wit￭ ti￭ g cla￭ is￭ en tandem reaction has been a useful retro￭ synthetic strategy and has been applied to the synthesis of various complex natural products and other molecules this reaction is especially useful for construction of cyclic ke￭ tones with double bond at the γ δ position pa￭ qu￭ ette and co workers reported the synthesis of 4 cyclo￭ oc￭ ten￭ one structure by expanding the six memb￭ ered ring of a 2 cyclo￭ hex￭ an￭ one structure the key step was a tandem process that combines te￭ b￭ be ole￭ fin￭ ation a reaction similar to wit￭ ti￭ g reaction with cla￭ is￭ en re￭ arrangement figure application of modified wit￭ ti￭ g cla￭ is￭ en tandem reactions for construction of 4 cyclo￭ oc￭ ten￭ one structure tandem wit￭ ti￭ g cla￭ is￭ en reaction has also been applied to the construction of the spir￭ o py￭ r￭ ro￭ li￭ din 3 3 ’ ox￭ in￭ do￭ le ring system in natural products such as hor￭ s￭ fil￭ ine the synthesis started with a simple o nitro￭ benz￭ alde￭ hyde a wit￭ ti￭ g cla￭ is￭ en reaction sequence converted the starting material to a 4 pent￭ en￭ al derivative that could serve as a vers￭ ati￭ le intermediate for the synthesis of various natural products in this case the 4 pent￭ en￭ al derivative was further converted to the natural product hor￭ s￭ fil￭ ine the active ingredient of a traditional herbal medicine with anal￭ ges￭ ic effects
the modified logn￭ orm￭ al power law ml￭ p function is a three parameter function that can be used to model data that have characteristics of a logn￭ orm￭ al distribution and a power law behavior it has been used to model the functional form of the initial mass function imf unlike the other functional forms of the imf the ml￭ p is a single function with no joining conditions
in mathematics a mod￭ ular form is a complex analy￭ tic function on the upper half plane satisfying a certain kind of functional equation with respect to the group action of the mod￭ ular group and also satisfying a growth condition the theory of mod￭ ular forms therefore belongs to complex analysis but the main importance of the theory has traditionally been in its connections with number theory mod￭ ular forms appear in other areas such as al￭ ge￭ bra￭ ic topo￭ logy sphere packing and string theory a mod￭ ular function is a function that like a mod￭ ular form is invari￭ ant with respect to the mod￭ ular group but without the condition that f z be holo￭ morph￭ ic at infin￭ ity instead mod￭ ular functions are mer￭ om￭ orph￭ ic at infin￭ ity mod￭ ular form theory is a special case of the more general theory of au￭ tomor￭ ph￭ ic forms and therefore can now be seen as just the most concrete part of a rich theory of dis￭ crete groups
in the fields of non￭ linear op￭ tics and fluid dynamics mod￭ ul￭ ational instability or si￭ deb￭ and instability is a phenomenon whereby deviations from a periodic wa￭ ve￭ form are reinforced by non￭ lin￭ ear￭ ity leading to the generation of spectr￭ al si￭ deb￭ ands and the eventual breakup of the wa￭ ve￭ form into a train of pul￭ ses the phenomenon was first discovered − and modelled − for periodic surface gravity waves st￭ okes waves on deep water by t brooke benjamin and jim e fe￭ ir in 1967 therefore it is also known as the benjamin − fe￭ ir instability it is a possible mechanism for the generation of rogue waves
in software engineering the module pattern is a design pattern used to implement the concept of software modules defined by mod￭ ular programming in a programming language with incomplete direct support for the concept this pattern can be implemented in several ways depending on the host programming language such as the sing￭ leton design pattern object oriented static members in a class and procedural global functions in py￭ th￭ on the pattern is built into the language and each py file is automatically a module
in al￭ ge￭ bra a module spectrum is a spectrum with an action of a ring spectrum it gener￭ alizes a module in abstract al￭ ge￭ bra the ∞ category of say right module spec￭ tra is stable hence it can be considered as either analo￭ g or gener￭ alization of the derived category of modules over a ring
in real analysis a branch of mathematics a mod￭ ul￭ us of convergence is a function that tells how quickly a conver￭ gent sequence conver￭ ges these mod￭ uli are often employed in the study of compu￭ table analysis and constructive mathematics if a sequence of real numbers xi conver￭ ges to a real number x then by definition for every real ε 0 there is a natural number n such that if i n then x − xi ε a mod￭ ul￭ us of convergence is essentially a function that given ε returns a corresponding value of n
mo￭ hawk – hudson convergence mh￭ c is a mes￭ o￭ scale meteor￭ ology phenomenon occurring over the capital district region of up￭ state new york united states the small convergence zone forms within specific weather conditions sometimes found in the wake of extr￭ atro￭ pical cycl￭ ones shifting east of the area given air pressure decreasing with both longitude and latitude as well as weak sy￭ no￭ ptic low level flow winds are chann￭ eled east along the mo￭ hawk valley and south through the hudson valley conver￭ ging over al￭ b￭ any with sufficient moisture in the lower atmosphere a loc￭ alized area of precip￭ itation may form where the valleys meet extending for several miles around al￭ b￭ any the process manifests primarily in the lowest 2 500 ft 760 m of the atmosphere mh￭ c induced precip￭ itation occurs predomin￭ ately in the winter it typically produces low clouds and light snow￭ fall often locally prolonging significant snow events by several hours the strongest mh￭ c events may yield snow￭ fall rates approaching 1 in 2 5 cm per hour occasionally mh￭ c contributes to shower and thunder￭ storm formation in the warm season in early august 2008 two days of training thunder￭ storms over the capital district were attributed to mh￭ c the result was locally heavy rain amounting to over 1 in 25 mm a relatively rare variation of mh￭ c termed southern mo￭ hawk – hudson convergence sm￭ hc occurs in the summer when a south￭ wester￭ ly wind is present in advance of an approaching cold front in that scenario the hudson and mo￭ hawk valleys may direct the flow to become more sou￭ ther￭ ly and wester￭ ly respectively yielding the formation of thunder￭ storms around al￭ b￭ any when conditions permit as with mh￭ c sm￭ hc is most pronounced in the absence of mechanisms for strong sy￭ no￭ ptic as￭ cent over the region whereas the effects of the convergence zone are generally insignificant in the winter sm￭ hc presents more of a forecasting challenge when thunder￭ storms rapidly develop threaten and to impede travel at al￭ b￭ any international airport thunder￭ storms associated with sm￭ hc have the potential to become severe
mo￭ hr – tran￭ eb￭ j￭ ær￭ g syndrome m￭ ts is a rare x liked rec￭ essive syndrome also known as deaf￭ ness dy￭ st￭ onia syndrome and caused by mutation in the tim￭ m 8 a gene it was first described in 1960 the severity of the symptoms may vary but they progress usually to severe deaf￭ ness and dy￭ st￭ onia and sometimes are accompanied by cor￭ tical deterioration of vision and mental deterioration
in mathematics physics and art a mo￭ ir￭ é pattern m￭ w￭ ɑ￭ ː￭ r￭ ˈ￭ e￭ ɪ french m￭ wa￭ ˈ￭ ʁ￭ e or mo￭ ir￭ é fringes are large scale interference patterns that can be produced when an opaque ruled pattern with transparent gaps is over￭ laid on another similar pattern for the mo￭ ir￭ é interference pattern to appear the two patterns are not completely identical they must be displaced rot￭ ated etc or have different but similar pitch mo￭ ir￭ é patterns appear in many different situations in printing the printed pattern of do￭ ts can negatively interfere with the image in television and digital photo￭ graphy a pattern on an object being photograph￭ ed can interfere with the shape of the light sensors to generate unwanted arti￭ facts they are also sometimes created deliberately in micro￭ meters they are used to amplify the effects of very small movements in physics its manifestation is the beat phenomenon that occurs in many wave interference conditions
mol￭ ar pregnancy is an abnormal form of pregnancy in which a non viable fertili￭ zed egg implants in the uter￭ us and will fail to come to term a mol￭ ar pregnancy is a gest￭ ational tro￭ pho￭ bl￭ astic disease which grows into a mass in the uter￭ us that has sw￭ oll￭ en ch￭ ori￭ onic vill￭ i these vill￭ i grow in clusters that resemble grapes a mol￭ ar pregnancy can develop when a fertili￭ zed egg does not contain an original maternal nucleus the products of conception may or may not contain fe￭ tal tissue it is characterized by the presence of a hy￭ d￭ ati￭ di￭ form mole or hy￭ d￭ ati￭ d mole mol￭ a hy￭ d￭ ati￭ do￭ sa mol￭ ar pregnancies are categ￭ orized as partial mol￭ es or complete mol￭ es with the word mole being used to den￭ ote simply a cl￭ ump of growing tissue or a growth a complete mole is caused by a single incidence is about 90 or two incidence is about 10 sperm combining with an egg which has lost its dna the sperm then re￭ duplic￭ ates forming a complete 46 chro￭ mo￭ some set the geno￭ type is typically 46 xx diplo￭ id due to subsequent mit￭ osis of the fertili￭ zing sperm but can also be 46 xy diplo￭ id 46 y￭ y diplo￭ id is not observed in contrast a partial mole occurs when a hap￭ loid egg is fertili￭ zed by two sperm or by one sperm which re￭ duplic￭ ates itself yielding the geno￭ types of 69 xx￭ y tri￭ plo￭ id or 92 xx￭ xy tetr￭ ap￭ loid complete hy￭ d￭ ati￭ di￭ form mol￭ es have 2 5 risk of developing into ch￭ ori￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma
alcoholism is characterized by a wide range of symptoms including compul￭ sive alcohol seeking and consumption tolerance resistance to the effects of alcohol after repeated consumption and withdrawal symptoms such as irrit￭ ability prof￭ use swe￭ ating and uncontrollable shaking upon rapid cessation of drinking there is not a specific test for diagno￭ sing alcoholism however patient questionnaires and medical scre￭ enings for ail￭ ments typically associated with alcoholism such as cir￭ rho￭ sis heart problems and pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis are often used as diagnostic tools several factors influence the development of alcoholism including genetic pre￭ disposition and environmental stres￭ sors such as grief stress depression and anxiety in coordination with these factors molecular and epi￭ genetic mechanisms influence the progression toward alcoholism
molecular auto￭ ion￭ ization or self ion￭ ization is a reaction between molecules of the same substance to produce ions if a pure liquid partially dissoci￭ ates into ions it is said to be self ionizing the oxid￭ ation number on all atoms in such a reaction remains unchanged such auto￭ ion￭ ization can be pro￭ tic h transfer or non pro￭ tic some examples of each are pro￭ tic solvents 2 h 2 o ⇌ h 3 o oh − the self ion￭ ization of water is particularly well studied due to its implications for acid base chemistry of aqu￭ eous solutions 2 n￭ h 3 ⇌ n￭ h 4 n￭ h − 2 2 h 2 so 4 ⇌ h 3 so 4 h￭ so − 4 3 hf ⇌ h 2 f hf − 2 here prot￭ on transfer between two hf combines with homo￭ association of f − and a third hf to form hf − 2 non pro￭ tic solvents 2 pf 5 ⇌ pf − 6 pf 42 n 2 o 4 ⇌ no no − 3 2 br￭ f 3 ⇌ br￭ f 2 br￭ f − 4 the self ion￭ ization reaction 2 so 2 ⇌ so 2 − 3 so 2 has also been proposed but must be considered impro￭ bable because it would require the separation of doubly charged ions molecular auto￭ ion￭ ization can occur in gases or soli￭ ds but occurs most readily in liquids in gases the molecules are so far apart that ion formation is very un￭ favorable and in soli￭ ds there is not enough molecular movement as long as the phase remains constant auto￭ ion￭ ization normally increases substantially with increasing pressure
a molecular le￭ sion or point le￭ sion is damage to the structure of a biological mol￭ ecu￭ le such as dna enzymes or proteins that results in reduction or absence of normal function or in rare cases the gain of a new function le￭ sions in dna consist of breaks and other changes in the chemical structure of the heli￭ x see types of dna le￭ sions while le￭ sions in proteins consist of both broken bonds and improper fol￭ ding of the amino acid chain
molecular modification is chemical alteration of a known and previously characterized lead compound for the purpose of enhancing its usefulness as a drug this could mean enhancing its specificity for a particular body target site increasing its potency improving its rate and extent of absorption modifying to advantage its time course in the body reducing its toxicity changing its physical or chemical properties like solu￭ bility to provide desired features
in chemistry a molecular orb￭ ital mo is a mathematical function describing the wave like behavior of an electr￭ on in a mol￭ ecu￭ le this function can be used to calculate chemical and physical properties such as the probability of finding an electr￭ on in any specific region the term orb￭ ital was introduced by robert s mul￭ li￭ ken in 19￭ 32 as an abbreviation for one electr￭ on orb￭ ital wave function at an elementary level it is used to describe the region of space in which the function has a significant am￭ pl￭ itude molecular or￭ bit￭ als are usually constructed by combining atomic or￭ bit￭ als or hybrid or￭ bit￭ als from each atom of the mol￭ ecu￭ le or other molecular or￭ bit￭ als from groups of atoms they can be quantitatively calculated using the har￭ tree – foc￭ k or self consistent field sc￭ f methods
molecular vap￭ or de￭ position is the gas phase reaction between surface reactive chemicals and an appropriately receptive surface often bi functional si￭ lanes are used in which one termination of the mol￭ ecu￭ le is reactive for example a functional chloro￭ si￭ lane r si cl 3 can react with surface hydrox￭ yl groups oh resulting a radic￭ alized r de￭ position on the surface the advantage of a gas phase reaction over a comparable liquid phase process is the control of moisture from the ambient environment which often results in cross poly￭ mer￭ ization of the si￭ lane leading to particulates on the treated surface often a heated sub atmospheric vacuum chamber is used to allow precise control of the re￭ ac￭ tants and water content additionally the gas phase process allows for easy treatment of complex parts since the coverage of the re￭ ac￭ tant is generally diffusion limited micro￭ electro￭ mechanical systems m￭ ems sensors often use molecular vap￭ or de￭ position as a technique to address stic￭ tion and other par￭ asi￭ tic issues relative to surface to surface interactions
in mathematics a mo￭ lien series is a generating function attached to a linear representation ρ of a group g on a finite dimensional vector space v it counts the homogeneous poly￭ no￭ mi￭ als of a given total degree d that are invari￭ ants for g it is named for theod￭ or mo￭ lien
a mol￭ in￭ eux hearing is a new york state pre trial hearing on the admissibility of evidence of prior un￭ charged crimes by the defendant in a criminal trial in most cases evidence of prior un￭ charged crimes is not admissible because of its potential prejudicial effect under certain circumstances it may be admissible if the prosecutor wishes to bring in evidence of prior un￭ charged crimes they request a mol￭ in￭ eux hearing the judge decides if the evidence is admissible
mol￭ la￭ ret s men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis is a recurrent or chronic infl￭ amm￭ ation of the protective memb￭ ran￭ es covering the brain and spinal cord known collectively as the men￭ inges since mol￭ la￭ ret s men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis is a recurrent benign non can￭ cer￭ ous as￭ ep￭ tic men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis it is now referred to as benign recurrent lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tic men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis it was named for pierre mol￭ la￭ ret the french neuro￭ logist who first described it in 1944 although chronic men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis has been defined as irritation and infl￭ amm￭ ation of the men￭ inges persisting for more than 4 weeks being associated with ple￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis in the cere￭ bro￭ spinal fluid cere￭ bro￭ spinal fluid ab￭ norm￭ alities may not be detec￭ table for the entire time diagnosis can be elusive as hel￭ bo￭ k et al note in reality many more weeks even months pass by until the diagnosis is established in many cases the signs and symptoms of chronic men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis not only persist for periods longer than 4 weeks they even progress with continuing deterioration i e headache neck sti￭ ff￭ ness and even low grade fever impairment of consciousness epi￭ le￭ ptic seizures neuro￭ logical signs and symptoms may evolve over time
mollus￭ cu￭ m contag￭ io￭ sum mc sometimes called water war￭ ts is a viral infection of the skin and occasionally of the mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ ran￭ es mc can affect any area of the skin but is most common on the trunk of the body arms gro￭ in and legs it is caused by a dna po￭ x￭ virus called the mollus￭ cu￭ m contag￭ io￭ sum virus mc￭ v mc￭ v has no non human reservoir inf￭ ecting primarily humans though equi￭ ds can rarely be infected the virus that causes mollus￭ cu￭ m contag￭ io￭ sum is spread from person to person by touching the affected skin the virus may also be spread by touching a surface with the virus on it such as a towel clothing or toys risk factors include being sexually active and those who are immun￭ o￭ deficient four types of mc￭ v are known mc￭ v 1 to 4 mc￭ v 1 is the most common and mc￭ v 2 is seen usually in adults approximately 122 million people were affected worldwide by mollus￭ cu￭ m contag￭ io￭ sum as of 2010 1 8 of the population it is more common in children mollus￭ cu￭ m contag￭ io￭ sum is most common in children aged one to 11 years old some evidence indicates mollus￭ cu￭ m infections have been on the rise globally since 1966 but these infections are not routinely monitored because they are seldom serious and routinely disappear without treatment mollus￭ cu￭ m contag￭ io￭ sum is contagious until the bu￭ mps are gone some grow￭ ths may remain for up to 4 years if not treated
mollus￭ cu￭ m der￭ mati￭ tis represents a unique form of id reaction in which patients may present with loc￭ alized or widespread ecz￭ ema surrounding scattered le￭ sions of mollus￭ cu￭ m contag￭ io￭ sum
mol￭ y￭ b￭ den￭ um co￭ factor deficiency is a rare human disease in which the absence of mol￭ y￭ b￭ den￭ um co￭ factor leads to accumulation of toxic levels of sulph￭ ite and neuro￭ logical damage usually this leads to death within months of birth due to the lack of active sul￭ f￭ ite oxid￭ ase furthermore a mut￭ ational block in mol￭ y￭ b￭ den￭ um co￭ factor bio￭ synthesis causes absence of enzyme activity of x￭ anth￭ ine de￭ hydro￭ gen￭ ase oxid￭ ase and alde￭ hyde oxid￭ ase when caused by a mutation in the mo￭ cs 1 gene it is the type a variant it can also be caused by a mutation in the mo￭ cs 2 gene or the ge￭ ph gene as of 2010 there had been approximately 132 reported cases it should not be confused with mol￭ y￭ b￭ den￭ um deficiency
mol￭ y￭ b￭ den￭ um deficiency refers to the clinical consequences of inadequate supplies of mol￭ y￭ b￭ den￭ um in the diet the amount of mol￭ y￭ b￭ den￭ um required is relatively small and mol￭ y￭ b￭ den￭ um deficiency usually does not occur in natural settings however it can occur in individuals receiving paren￭ ter￭ al nutrition
mö￭ nc￭ ke￭ berg s arter￭ i￭ os￭ clerosis or mö￭ nc￭ ke￭ berg s sclerosis also called medi￭ al calci￭ fic sclerosis or mö￭ nc￭ ke￭ berg medi￭ al sclerosis is a form of arter￭ i￭ os￭ clerosis or vessel hard￭ ening where calcium deposits are found in the muscular middle layer of the walls of arter￭ ies the tun￭ ica media it is an example of dy￭ stro￭ ph￭ ic calci￭ fication this condition occurs as an age related degenerative process however it can occur in pseu￭ do￭ x￭ an￭ thomas el￭ as￭ tic￭ um and idi￭ opathic arter￭ ial calci￭ fication of infancy as a pathological condition as well its clinical significance and eti￭ ology are not well understood and its relationship to a￭ ther￭ os￭ clerosis and other forms of vascular calci￭ fication are the subject of disagreement mö￭ nc￭ ke￭ berg s arter￭ i￭ os￭ clerosis is named after jo￭ han￭ n georg mö￭ nc￭ ke￭ berg who first described it in 19￭ 03
mon￭ dini dys￭ pl￭ asia also known as mon￭ dini mal￭ formation and mon￭ dini defect is an ab￭ normality of the inner ear that is associated with sens￭ or￭ in￭ eur￭ al hearing loss this de￭ form￭ ity was first described in 17￭ 91 by carlo mon￭ dini after examining the inner ear of a deaf boy the mon￭ dini dys￭ pl￭ asia describes a co￭ ch￭ lea with incomplete parti￭ tioning and a reduced number of turns an enlarged vesti￭ bul￭ ar aqu￭ educ￭ t and a dil￭ ated vesti￭ bu￭ le a normal co￭ ch￭ lea has two and a half turns a co￭ ch￭ lea with mon￭ dini dys￭ pl￭ asia has one and a half turns the bas￭ al turns being normally formed with a dil￭ ated or c￭ ys￭ tic ap￭ ical turn to the co￭ ch￭ lear the hearing loss can deteriorate over time either gradually or in a step wise fashion or may be profound from birth case history hearing loss associated with mon￭ dini dys￭ pl￭ asia may first become manifest in childhood or early adult life some children may pass new￭ born hearing screen to lose hearing in infancy but others present with a hearing loss at birth hearing loss is often progressive and because of the associated widened vesti￭ bul￭ ar aqu￭ educ￭ t may progress in a step wise fashion associated with minor head trauma vesti￭ bul￭ ar function is also often affected while the hearing loss is sens￭ or￭ in￭ eur￭ al a conduc￭ tive element may exist probably because of the third window effect of the widened vesti￭ bul￭ ar aqu￭ educ￭ t the mon￭ dini dys￭ pl￭ asia can occur in cases of pend￭ red syndrome and bran￭ chio oto ren￭ al syndrome and in other syndro￭ mes but can occur in non syndro￭ mic deaf￭ ness 2
mon￭ dor s disease also known as mon￭ dor s syndrome of superficial thro￭ m￭ b￭ oph￭ le￭ bi￭ tis is a rare condition which involves thro￭ m￭ b￭ oph￭ le￭ bi￭ tis of the superficial ve￭ ins of the breast and an￭ terior chest wall it sometimes occurs in the arm or penis in ax￭ illa this condition is known as ax￭ ill￭ ary web syndrome patients with this disease often have abrupt onset of superficial pain with possible sw￭ elling and red￭ ness of a limited area of their an￭ terior chest wall or breast there is usually a lump present which may be somewhat linear and tender because of the possibility of the lump being from another cause patients are often referred for mammo￭ gram and or breast ul￭ tras￭ ound mon￭ dor s disease is self limiting and generally benign a cause is often not identified but when found includes trauma surgery or infl￭ amm￭ ation such as infection there have been occasional cases of associated m￭ align￭ ancy management is with warm com￭ presses and pain reli￭ evers most commonly n￭ s￭ aids such as i￭ bu￭ prof￭ en when thro￭ m￭ b￭ oph￭ le￭ bi￭ tis affects the greater ve￭ ins it can progress into the deep ven￭ ous system and may lead to pul￭ mon￭ ary embol￭ ism it is named after henri mon￭ dor 18￭ 85 1962 a surgeon in paris france who first described the disease in 1939
monetary inflation is a sustained increase in the money supply of a country or currency area depending on many factors especially public expectations the fundamental state and development of the economy and the transmission mechanism it is likely to result in price inflation which is usually just called inflation which is a rise in the general level of prices of goods and services there is general agreement among economists that there is a causal relationship between monetary inflation and price inflation but there is neither a common view about the exact theoretical mechanisms and relationships nor about how to accurately measure it this relationship is also constantly changing within a larger complex economic system so there is a great deal of debate on the issues involved such as how to measure the monetary base and price inflation how to measure the effect of public expectations how to judge the effect of financial innovations on the transmission mechanisms and how much factors like the velocity of money affect the relationship thus there are different views on what could be the best targets and tools in monetary policy however there is a general consensus on the importance and responsibility of central banks and monetary authorities in setting public expectations of price inflation and in trying to control it keynesian economists believe the central bank can sufficiently assess the detailed economic variables and circumstances in real time in order to control monetary policy in detail these economists favor monetary policies that attempt to even out the ups and downs of business cycles and economic shocks in a precise fashion followers of the monetarist school think that keynesian style monetary policies produce a lot of over￭ shooting time lag errors and other unwanted effects sometimes making things even worse they doubt the central bank s capacity to analyse economic problems in real time and its ability to influence the economy with correct timing and the right monetary policy measures so monetar￭ ists advocate less intrusive and complex monetary policies like inflation targeting or a constant growth rate of money supply some followers of austrian school economics advocate either the return to free markets in money called free banking or a 100 gold standard and the abolition of central banks currently most central banks follow a monetarist or keynesian approach or more often a mix of both there is a trend of central banks towards the monetarist approach with inflation targeting
monetary overhang is a phenomenon in which people have money holdings because of a lack of ability to spend them this is a phenomenon often present with repressed inflation and was common in the soviet union the solution to this is usually a swift burst of inflation in the soviet union which was dissolved in 1990 1991 monetary overhang led to hyper￭ inflation the international monetary fund subsidised the currency to stabilise it but russia chose to end that arrangement in 1998
money disorders are the mal￭ adap￭ tive patterns of financial beliefs and behaviors that lead to clin￭ ically significant distress impairment in social or occupational functioning due to financial strain or an inability to appropriately enjoy one ’ s financial resources with the exception of pathological gambling and compul￭ sive buying psychology and the mental health fields have largely neglected dysfunctional money disorders types of behaviors or “ s￭ cripts ” related to money disorders include money avoidance money worship money status and money vigilance those afflicted with money disorders or who have problematic money beliefs can seek financial therapy with financial therapy financial planners and relationship therap￭ ists work together to provide comprehensive treatment to clients experiencing financial distress
in economics the money supply or money stock is the total amount of monetary assets available in an economy at a specific time there are several ways to define money but standard measures usually include currency in circulation and demand deposits depositors easily accessed assets on the books of financial institutions money supply data are recorded and published usually by the government or the central bank of the country public and private sector analysts have long monitored changes in money supply because of the belief that it affects the price level inflation the exchange rate and the business cycle that relation between money and prices is historically associated with the quantity theory of money there is strong empirical evidence of a direct relation between money supply growth and long term price inflation at least for rapid increases in the amount of money in the economy for example a country such as zimbabwe which saw extremely rapid increases in its money supply also saw extremely rapid increases in prices hyper￭ inflation this is one reason for the reliance on monetary policy as a means of controlling inflation the nature of this causal chain is the subject of contention some heter￭ odo￭ x economists argue that the money supply is endo￭ genous determined by the workings of the economy not by the central bank and that the sources of inflation must be found in the distributional structure of the economy in addition those economists seeing the central bank s control over the money supply as feeble say that there are two weak links between the growth of the money supply and the inflation rate first in the aftermath of a recession when many resources are under￭ utilized an increase in the money supply can cause a sustained increase in real production instead of inflation second if the velocity of money i e the ratio between nominal gdp and money supply changes an increase in the money supply could have either no effect an exaggerated effect or an unpredictable effect on the growth of nominal gdp
the mone￭ y￭ maker effect is the name of the sudden growth in interest in poker after the 2003 world series of poker main event
a mongo￭ lian spot also known as mongo￭ lian blue spot con￭ genital der￭ mal mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis and der￭ mal mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis is a benign flat con￭ genital birth￭ mark with w￭ av￭ y borders and irregular shape in 1883 it was described and named after mongo￭ li￭ ans by er￭ win b￭ ä￭ l￭ z a german anthropo￭ logist based in japan it normally disappears three to five years after birth and almost always by pu￭ ber￭ ty the most common color is blue although they can be blue gray blue black or deep brown
mon￭ i￭ le￭ thri￭ x also referred to as be￭ aded hair is a rare auto￭ som￭ al dominant hair disease that results in short fragile broken hair that appears be￭ aded it comes from the latin word for necklace mon￭ ile and the greek word for hair thri￭ x
mon￭ il￭ in￭ ia oxy￭ coc￭ ci wor￭ on￭ in honey synon￭ ym s￭ cl￭ ero￭ tin￭ ia oxy￭ coc￭ ci common names cran￭ berry cott￭ on￭ ball cran￭ berry hard rot tip b￭ light is a fun￭ gal infection of the cran￭ berry plant vacc￭ ini￭ um macro￭ carp￭ on the tips of young flowering shoots wil￭ t before they flower fruit that does form on the plant can then be infected by the as￭ ex￭ ual spo￭ res traveling through the plant causing the berries to har￭ den turn cott￭ ony on the inside and dry out instead of maturing the berries are filled with a cotton like fun￭ gus and are generally yel￭ low￭ ish with tan stri￭ pes or blo￭ tches at maturity making them un￭ marketable it results in important economic impacts on many cran￭ berry marsh￭ es particularly in wis￭ cons￭ in
the monkey and banana problem is a famous toy problem in artificial intelligence particularly in logic programming and planning
the monkey tree phenomenon is a social phenomenon in singapore which began in september 2007 it arose from the discovery of a call￭ us on a tree in hong k￭ ah which appears monkey like some believe the image to be of divine origin while others have attributed the phenomenon to the effects of p￭ are￭ ido￭ lia whereby random stimul￭ i are perceived as meaningful the call￭ us has initiated a minor social mania drawing large crowds to look or pray at the tree
mon￭ key￭ pox is an infectious disease caused by the mon￭ key￭ pox virus the disease was first identified in laboratory monkeys hence its name but in its natural state it seems to infect ro￭ dents more often than pri￭ mates the disease is indigenous to central and west africa an outbreak that occurred in the united states in 2003 was traced to a pet store where imported gambi￭ an pou￭ ched rats were sold mon￭ key￭ pox virus is a zoonotic viral disease that occurs primarily in remote villages of central and west africa in proximity to tropical rain￭ forests where there is more frequent contact with infected animals mon￭ key￭ pox is usually transmitted to humans from ro￭ dents pets and pri￭ mates through contact with the animal s blood or through a bite human mon￭ key￭ pox can be difficult to distinguish clin￭ ically from small￭ pox to which it is closely related and chick￭ en￭ pox to which it is not
the auto￭ som￭ al dominant syndrome associated with mon￭ oc￭ y￭ top￭ enia b and nk cell lymp￭ hop￭ enia and my￭ co￭ bacterial fun￭ gal and viral infections abbreviated mon￭ om￭ ac is a rare genetic disorder first described by vi￭ hn and colleagues in 2010 and is associated with my￭ el￭ odys￭ pl￭ asia cy￭ to￭ genetic ab￭ norm￭ alities pul￭ mon￭ ary al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar prote￭ in￭ osis and my￭ elo￭ id leuk￭ emi￭ as multiple mutations in the g￭ ata 2 are considered to be responsible for this syndrome
mono￭ ar￭ thri￭ tis is infl￭ amm￭ ation ar￭ thri￭ tis of one joint at a time it is usually caused by trauma infection or cryst￭ alline ar￭ thri￭ tis
mono￭ ch￭ rom￭ acy mon￭ o meaning one and ch￭ rom￭ o color is among organisms or machine the ability to distinguish only one single frequency of the electromagnetic light spectrum in the physical sense no source of electromagnetic radiation is purely mono￭ ch￭ rom￭ atic but can be considered as a ga￭ us￭ sian distribution of frequencies shaped around a peak in the same way a visual system of an organism or a machine cannot be mono￭ ch￭ rom￭ at but will distinguish a continuous set of frequencies around a peak depending by the intensity of the light organisms with mono￭ ch￭ rom￭ acy are called mono￭ chro￭ mats many species such as all marine mammals the ow￭ l monkey and the australian sea lion pic￭ tured at right are mono￭ chro￭ mats under normal conditions in humans absence of color discrimination or poor color discrimination is one among several other symptoms of severe inherited or acquired diseases as for example inherited ach￭ ro￭ mat￭ op￭ sia om￭ im 216￭ 900 26￭ 2300 139￭ 340 613￭ 0￭ 93 acquired ach￭ ro￭ mat￭ op￭ sia or inherited blue cone mono￭ ch￭ rom￭ acy om￭ im 30￭ 37￭ 00
in graph theory and theoretical computer science the mono￭ ch￭ rom￭ atic triangle problem is an algori￭ th￭ mic problem on graphs in which the goal is to partition the edges of a given graph into two triangle free sub￭ graphs it is n￭ p complete but fixed parameter tractable on graphs of bounded tre￭ e￭ width
a mono￭ ch￭ rome or red rain￭ bow is an optical and meteorological phenomenon and a rare variation of the more commonly seen multi￭ colored rain￭ bow its formation process is identical to that of a normal rain￭ bow namely the reflection ref￭ r￭ action of light in water dro￭ ple￭ ts the difference being that a mono￭ ch￭ rome rain￭ bow requires the sun to be close to the horizon i e near sun￭ rise or sunset the low angle of the sun results in a longer distance for its light to travel through the atmosphere causing shorter wa￭ vel￭ eng￭ ths of light such as blue green and yellow to be scattered and leaving primarily red in the lower light environment where the phenomenon most often forms a mono￭ ch￭ rome rain￭ bow can leave a highly dramatic effect
mono￭ cl￭ onal b cell lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ to￭ sis m￭ bl is a condition that resembles chronic lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tic leuk￭ emia c￭ ll but does not meet the criteria for c￭ ll and does not require treatment however c￭ ll requiring treatment develops at the rate of 1 1 per year the definition of c￭ ll includes 5 000 c￭ ll phen￭ o￭ type b cell lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tes per cubic milli￭ meter patients with 5 000 but not 0 c￭ ll phen￭ o￭ type b cell lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tes per mm ³ and no symptoms of c￭ ll are diagnosed with m￭ bl the term mono￭ cl￭ onal means that all the b cells are derived from a single cell
mono￭ cl￭ onal gam￭ mop￭ athy of un￭ determined significance m￭ gus unknown or uncertain may be substituted for un￭ determined formerly benign mono￭ cl￭ onal gam￭ mop￭ athy is a condition in which a par￭ a￭ protein is found in the blood during standard laboratory blood tests it resembles multiple my￭ el￭ oma and similar diseases but the levels of anti￭ body are lower the number of plasma cells white blood cells that secre￭ te antibodies in the bone marrow is lower it has no symptoms or major problems although patients with m￭ gus have sometimes been reported to suffer from peripheral neuro￭ pa￭ thy and no treatment is indicated however multiple my￭ el￭ oma develops at the rate of about 1 5 a year so doctors recommend monitoring it yearly the progression from m￭ gus to multiple my￭ el￭ oma usually involves several steps in rare cases it may also be related with a slowly progressive sym￭ metric dis￭ tal sens￭ or￭ im￭ o￭ tor neuro￭ pa￭ thy
mon￭ oc￭ ular rivalry is a phenomenon of human visual perception that occurs when two different images are op￭ tically super￭ imposed during prolonged viewing one image becomes clearer than the other for a few moments then the other image becomes clearer than the first for a few moments these alter￭ nations in clarity continue at random for as long as one looks occasionally one image will become exclusively visible and the other image invisible in the demonstration one image is a green gr￭ ating and the other is a red gr￭ ating during prolonged inspection the vie￭ wer can see the green gr￭ ating as clearer than the red gr￭ ating for a few moments then the reverse occasionally the green gr￭ ating will be all that is visible and occasionally the red gr￭ ating will be all that is visible occasionally at transitions one will briefly see irregular compos￭ ites of the two grat￭ ings such as the red and green grat￭ ings super￭ imposed but with one or two bars of the green gr￭ ating invisible
mon￭ oc￭ y￭ tic leuk￭ emia is a type of my￭ elo￭ id leuk￭ emia characterized by a dominance of mon￭ oc￭ y￭ tes in the marrow when the mon￭ oc￭ y￭ tic cells are predominantly mono￭ bl￭ asts it can be sub￭ classified into acute mono￭ bl￭ astic leuk￭ emia mon￭ oc￭ y￭ tic leuk￭ emia is almost always broken down into acute and chronic acute mon￭ oc￭ y￭ tic leuk￭ emia chronic my￭ el￭ om￭ on￭ oc￭ y￭ tic leuk￭ emia
mon￭ oc￭ y￭ top￭ enia is a form of leuk￭ open￭ ia associated with a deficiency of mon￭ oc￭ y￭ tes the causes of mon￭ oc￭ y￭ top￭ enia include acute infections stress treatment with glu￭ co￭ cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ids ap￭ l￭ astic an￭ emia ha￭ iry cell leuk￭ emia acute my￭ elo￭ id leuk￭ emia treatment with my￭ elo￭ toxic drugs and genetic syndro￭ mes as for example mon￭ om￭ ac syndrome it has been proposed as a measure to predict neu￭ tro￭ pen￭ ia though some research indicates that it is less effective than lymp￭ hop￭ enia
mon￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis is an increase in the number of mon￭ oc￭ y￭ tes circulating in the blood mon￭ oc￭ y￭ tes are white blood cells that give rise to macro￭ p￭ ha￭ ges and d￭ end￭ ri￭ tic cells in the immune system in humans 950 μ￭ l is regarded as at the upper limit of normal mon￭ oc￭ y￭ te counts above this level are regarded as mon￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis mon￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis has sometimes been called mon￭ on￭ uc￭ le￭ osis but that name is usually reserved specifically for infectious mon￭ on￭ uc￭ le￭ osis
mono￭ dominance is an ecological condition in which more than 60 of the tree can￭ op￭ y comprises a single species of tree although mono￭ dominance is studied across different regions most research focuses on the many prominent species in tropical forests con￭ nel and low￭ man originally called it single dominance conventional explanations of biodiversity in tropical forests in the decades prior to con￭ nel and low￭ man s work either ignored mono￭ dominance entirely or predicted that it would not exist con￭ nel and low￭ man hypothe￭ sized two contrasting mechanisms by which dominance can be attained the first is by fast reg￭ row￭ th in unstable habitats with high disturbance rates the second is through competitive exclusion in stable habitats that have low disturbance rates explanations of persistent mono￭ domin￭ ace include the mono￭ dominant species being more resistant than others to seasonal flooding or that the mono￭ dominance is simply a s￭ ere with persistent mono￭ dominance the mono￭ dominant species successfully remains so from generation to generation
mono￭ fixation syndrome m￭ fs also micro￭ tro￭ p￭ ia or micro￭ str￭ ab￭ is￭ mus is an eye condition defined by less than perfect bin￭ oc￭ ular vision it is defined by a small angle deviation with suppression of the devi￭ ated eye and the presence of bin￭ oc￭ ular peripheral fusion that is m￭ fs implies peripheral fusion without central fusion aside the manifest small angle deviation tro￭ p￭ ia subjects with m￭ fs often also have a large angle latent deviation ph￭ oria their stereo￭ acu￭ ity is often in the range of 3000 to 70 arc￭ second and a small central suppression sco￭ tom￭ a of 2 to 5 de￭ g a rare condition m￭ fs is estimated to affect only 1 of the general population there are three distingu￭ ishable forms of this condition primary constant primary de￭ compensating and consecutive m￭ fs it is believed that primary m￭ fs is a result of a primary sens￭ orial defect pre￭ disposing to anom￭ alous re￭ tin￭ al correspondence secondary m￭ fs is a frequent outcome of surgical treatment of con￭ genital es￭ o￭ tro￭ p￭ ia a study of 1981 showed m￭ fs to result in the vast majority of cases if surgical alignment is reached before the age of 24 months and only in a minority of cases if it is reached later m￭ fs was first described by marshall parks
mon￭ og￭ lot￭ tism greek μ￭ ό￭ νο￭ σ mon￭ os alone solitary γ￭ λ￭ ώ￭ τ￭ τα glo￭ tta tongue language or more commonly mon￭ ol￭ ingu￭ alism or unil￭ ingu￭ alism is the condition of being able to speak only a single language as opposed to multilingualism in a different context unil￭ ingu￭ alism may refer to a language policy which en￭ forces an official or national language over others being mon￭ ol￭ ing￭ ual or unil￭ ing￭ ual is also said of a text dic￭ tionary or conversation written or conducted in only one language and of an entity in which a single language is either used or officially recognized in particular when being compared with bil￭ ing￭ ual or multilingual entities or in the presence of individuals speaking different languages note that mon￭ og￭ lot￭ tism can only refer to lacking the ability to speak several languages multilingual speakers out￭ number mon￭ ol￭ ing￭ ual speakers in the world s population ro￭ ma￭ ine 1995 pointed out in her book bil￭ ingu￭ alism that it would be weird to find a book tit￭ led mon￭ ol￭ ingu￭ alism this statement reflects the traditional assumption that linguistic theories often take on that mon￭ ol￭ ingu￭ alism is the norm mon￭ ol￭ ingu￭ alism is thus rarely the subject of schol￭ arly publications as it is viewed to be an un￭ marked or proto￭ typical concept where it has the sense of being normal and multilingualism is the exception the assumption of normative mon￭ ol￭ ingu￭ alism is also often the view of mon￭ ol￭ ingu￭ als who speak a global language like the english language crystal 1987 said that this assumption is adopted by many in western society one explanation is provided by ed￭ wards who in 2004 claimed that evidence of the mon￭ ol￭ ing￭ ual mindset can be traced back to 19 th century europe when the nation was rising and a dominant group had control and european mind￭ sets on language were carried forth to its colonies further perpetuating the mon￭ ol￭ ing￭ ual mindset another explanation is that the nations who speak the english language are both “ the producers and beneficiaries of english as a global language ” and the populations within these countries tend to be mon￭ ol￭ ing￭ ual
in 19 th century psychiatry mon￭ om￭ ania from greek mon￭ os one and mania meaning madness or frenzy was a form of partial insan￭ ity conceived as single pathological preoccupation in an otherwise sound mind partial insan￭ ity variations of which enjoyed a long pre history in jurisprudence was in contrast to the traditional notion of total insan￭ ity exemplified in the diagnosis of mania as a global condition affecting all aspects of understanding and which reflected the position that the mind or soul was an indivisible entity coined by the french psychiatrist jean é￭ ti￭ enne dominique es￭ qui￭ rol 17￭ 72 – 18￭ 40 around 18￭ 10 mon￭ om￭ ania was a new disease concept characterised by the presence of an expansive id￭ ée fix￭ e in which the mind was dise￭ ased and der￭ ang￭ ed in some facets but otherwise normal in others es￭ qui￭ rol and his circle deline￭ ated three broad categories of mon￭ om￭ ania coherent with the traditional tripartite classification of the mind into intellectual emotional and vo￭ li￭ tional fac￭ ul￭ ties emotional mon￭ om￭ ania is that in which the patient is obsessed with only one emotion or several related to it intellectual mon￭ om￭ ania is that which is related to only one kind of deli￭ ri￭ ous idea or ideas although mon￭ om￭ ania was retained as one of seven recognized categories of mental illness in the 18￭ 80 us census its importance as a psychiatric diagnostic category was in decline from the mid 19 th century
mon￭ om￭ el￭ ic am￭ yo￭ tro￭ phy m￭ ma also known as hir￭ ay￭ ama disease so￭ bu￭ e disease juvenile non progressive am￭ yo￭ tro￭ phy and juvenile asymmetric seg￭ mental spinal muscular atro￭ phy j￭ ass￭ ma — is an un￭ treat￭ able focal motor ne￭ uron disease that primarily affects young 15 to 25 year old males in india and japan m￭ ma is marked by insidious onset of muscular atro￭ phy which stabili￭ zes at a pl￭ ate￭ au after two to five years from which it neither improves nor wor￭ sens there is no pain or sensory loss associated with m￭ ma unlike other lower motor ne￭ uron diseases m￭ ma is not believed to be hereditary and fasc￭ icul￭ ations involuntary muscle tw￭ it￭ ches are rare em￭ g tests reveal loss of the nerve supply or d￭ ener￭ vation in the affected limb without conduc￭ tion block nerve block￭ age restricted to a small segment of the nerve increased swe￭ ating col￭ dness and cyan￭ osis have been reported for a few patients indicating involvement of the sympathetic nervous system while m￭ ma will cause weakness and or wasting in only one limb em￭ g and nc￭ v tests often show signs of rein￭ ner￭ vation in the unaffected limbs
the mon￭ ong￭ a￭ hel￭ a culture were a native american cultural manifestation of late woodland peoples from ad 1050 to 16￭ 35 in present day western pennsylvania western mary￭ land eastern ohio and west virginia the culture was named by mary butler in 1939 for the mon￭ ong￭ a￭ hel￭ a river whose valley contains the majority of this culture s sites the mon￭ ong￭ a￭ hel￭ a practiced maize agriculture and lived in well laid out villages some of which consisted of as many as 50 100 structures they traded with other indian groups who in turn traded with europeans the mon￭ ong￭ a￭ hel￭ a seem to have disappeared some time during the 16￭ 20 s or 16￭ 30 s before having significant direct contact with europeans many scholars believe this to be the result of the spread of european infectious diseases others believe that most of the mon￭ ong￭ a￭ hel￭ a were killed by or assimilated into either the i￭ ro￭ quo￭ is or the al￭ gon￭ qu￭ ian speaking len￭ ape tribes during warfare as the more powerful tribes compe￭ ted to control area hunting grounds for the fur trade still others claim that two severe droughts one from 15￭ 87 – 15￭ 89 and another from 16￭ 07 – 1612 drove the mon￭ ong￭ a￭ hel￭ a from the region in search of a more habit￭ able area
in medicine mon￭ op￭ legi￭ a is a paralysis of a single limb usually an arm it is frequently associated with cere￭ br￭ al pal￭ sy this is the mil￭ dest form of cere￭ br￭ al pal￭ sy and individuals with it generally have a good prog￭ no￭ sis for later life it can also be used if just one muscle group or muscle is affected it is often thought as hem￭ ip￭ legi￭ a with much less involvement of the other limb mon￭ op￭ legi￭ a is often a result to damage to the brain or spinal cord that manage motor functions of the affected limb ran￭ san￭ sky 2013 the hands and feet are often affected causing cur￭ ling of the hands and sti￭ ff￭ ness of the feet other symptoms include weakness num￭ b￭ ness paralysis pain in the affected limb other symptoms include headaches and shoulder pain mon￭ op￭ lag￭ ia 2016 though cere￭ br￭ al pal￭ sy is the main cause other causes include a brain tumor stroke nerve trauma nerve infl￭ amm￭ ation multiple sclerosis brown sequ￭ ard syndrome mon￭ o ne￭ uri￭ tis multi￭ pl￭ ex mon￭ op￭ lag￭ ia 2015 treatments of mon￭ op￭ legi￭ a typically includes physical therapy and counsel￭ ing to help recovery muscle tone and function however there is no cure for mon￭ op￭ legi￭ a ran￭ san￭ sky 2013 recovery will vary depending on diagnosis from temporary partial or complete paralysis mon￭ op￭ lag￭ ia 2015 a similar condition is mon￭ opa￭ res￭ is in which one limb is very weak but not completely paralyzed for more information see pa￭ res￭ is a person with mon￭ op￭ legi￭ a can be referred to as a mon￭ op￭ leg￭ ic mon￭ op￭ legi￭ a of the upper limb is sometimes referred to as br￭ achi￭ al mon￭ op￭ legi￭ a while that of the lower limb is called cr￭ ural mon￭ op￭ legi￭ a the two leading causes to mon￭ op￭ legi￭ a are br￭ achi￭ al plex￭ opathy and stroke the chance of a br￭ achi￭ al plex￭ opathy proceeding after a non￭ cardiac surgery is between 0 02 and 0 06 peri￭ operative stro￭ kes occur at a higher rate of 0 08 to 9 7 patients of mon￭ op￭ legi￭ a usually feel symptoms of weakness and loss of sensation in an extre￭ mity usually an arm the extre￭ mity with paralysis continues to maintain a strong pulse one study found that immediate initiation of a he￭ par￭ in in￭ fusion may have helped in the recovery of feeling in the extre￭ mity mon￭ op￭ legi￭ a in the lower extre￭ mi￭ ties is not as common as occurrence as in the arms this can be caused by brown sequ￭ ard syndrome and hem￭ atom￭ as in the fron￭ to par￭ ital cor￭ tex near the middle that could produce a deficit such as this is a very un￭ common occurrence
mon￭ orch￭ ism also mon￭ or￭ chi￭ dis￭ m is the state of having only one tes￭ tic￭ le within the scro￭ tum
mono￭ sem￭ y is the absence of sem￭ an￭ tic ambiguity in language i e only having one meaning per word the majority of natural human languages are pol￭ ys￭ em￭ ous i e having more than one meaning per word the artificial language lo￭ j￭ ban and its predecessor log￭ lan represent attempts at creating mono￭ sem￭ ous languages mono￭ sem￭ y is important for translation and sem￭ an￭ tic computing
mono￭ som￭ y 9 p also known as al￭ fi s syndrome or simply 9 p is a rare chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al disorder in which there is deletion mono￭ som￭ y of a portion of chro￭ mo￭ some 9 symptoms include micro￭ gen￭ italia mental retar￭ dation with micro￭ cephal￭ y and dys￭ morph￭ ic features the location has recently been narrowed to 9 p 22 2 p 23
mono￭ sto￭ tic fi￭ bro￭ us dys￭ pl￭ asia or mono￭ sto￭ tic ost￭ ei￭ tis fi￭ bro￭ sa is a form of fi￭ bro￭ us dys￭ pl￭ asia where only one bone is involved it comprises a majority of the cases of fi￭ bro￭ us dys￭ pl￭ asia it is also known as jaff￭ e lich￭ tenstein syndrome a rare bone disorder characterized by benign bone grow￭ ths which can cause very painful sw￭ ell￭ ings and bone de￭ form￭ ities and makes bone prone to fractu￭ res
in mathematics a mono￭ tonic function or mon￭ ot￭ one function is a function between ordered sets that preserves or rever￭ ses the given order this concept first arose in calcul￭ us and was later generalized to the more abstract setting of order theory
a monstrous birth vari￭ ously defined in history is a birth in which a defect of some sort renders the animal or human child monstrous such births were often taken as om￭ ens signs of god or moral warnings but besides these super￭ natural or religious explanations medical explanations were also given in which often the mother s state of mind or her sexual behavior was responsible for the de￭ formed fe￭ tus in early and medieval christianity monstrous births posed difficult theological problems about humanity and salvation in the early modern period the interest shifted toward scientific inquiry
the monte￭ g￭ gia frac￭ ture is a frac￭ ture of the proxim￭ al third of the ul￭ na with dis￭ location of the head of the radius it is named after giov￭ anni bat￭ ti￭ sta monte￭ g￭ gia
mood disorder is a group of diagnoses in the diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders dsm classification system where a disturbance in the person s mood is hypothe￭ sized to be the main underlying feature the classification is known as mood aff￭ ective disorders in international classification of diseases ic￭ d english psychiatrist henry ma￭ ud￭ sley proposed an overarching category of aff￭ ective disorder the term was then replaced by mood disorder as the latter term refers to the underlying or longit￭ ud￭ inal emotional state whereas the former refers to the external expression observed by others mood disorders fall into the basic groups of elevated mood such as mania or hypo￭ mania depressed mood of which the best known and most researched is major depres￭ sive disorder m￭ dd commonly called clinical depression uni￭ polar depression or major depression and mo￭ ods which cycle between mania and depression known as bipolar disorder b￭ d formerly known as man￭ ic depression there are several sub types of depres￭ sive disorders or psychiatric syndro￭ mes featuring less severe symptoms such as dys￭ th￭ ym￭ ic disorder similar to but mil￭ der than m￭ dd and cyclo￭ th￭ ym￭ ic disorder similar to but mil￭ der than b￭ d mood disorders may also be substance induced or occur in response to a medical condition
moon fac￭ ies or moon face is a medical sign in which the face develops a rounded appearance due to fat deposits on the sides of the face it is often associated with cu￭ shing s syndrome or ster￭ o￭ id treatment especially cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ster￭ oids which has led to it being known as cush￭ in￭ go￭ id fac￭ ies cush￭ ings like face
a moon￭ calf or moon calf is the abor￭ tive fe￭ tus of a cow or other farm animal the term was occasionally applied to an abor￭ tive human fe￭ tus the term derives from the formerly widespread supersti￭ tion present in many european folk traditions that such mal￭ formed creatures were the product of the sinister influence of the moon on fe￭ tal development
mo￭ ose sickness is a degenerative condition that occurs in mo￭ ose populations in central and eastern north america that have been infected with the par￭ asi￭ tic worm pa￭ relap￭ ho￭ stron￭ g￭ yl￭ us ten￭ u￭ is the disease is characterized by stumbling aim￭ lessness and other odd behavior and is often fatal the parasite is carried by white ta￭ iled deer who are otherwise unaffected by it the worm s life cycle is complex to get the disease a mo￭ ose has to eat vegetation inhabited by sn￭ ails or slu￭ gs that have come in contact with infected deer f￭ ec￭ es
moral agency is an individual s ability to make moral judgments based on some notion of right and wrong and to be held accountable for these actions a moral agent is a being who is capable of acting with reference to right and wrong
moral breakdown is a phenomenon in which a major degradation or complete loss of moral values takes place within a particular society the abru￭ pt￭ ness of such kind of degradation may vary depending on the situation and the events that take place within the given society over a certain time moral breakdown may be caused by the changes in the political and or cultural changes of the society conflict or a natural disaster
in insurance analysis morale hazard is an increase in the hazards presented by a risk arising from the indifference of the person insured to loss because of the existence of insurance insurance analysts distinguish this from moral hazard the use of the term in this way dates back to at least 1968 when it was used in the fourth edition of casualty insurance this usage differs from that in economic theory see contract theory in economics whenever insurance of a risk causes decision makers to act in a way that increases the risk called moral hazard regardless of whether the change in behavior is conscious or malicious
mor￭ bid jeal￭ ousy also known as oth￭ ello syndrome or delu￭ sional jeal￭ ousy is a psychological disorder in which a person is preoccupied with the thought that their spouse or sexual partner is being un￭ faithful without having any real proof along with socially unacceptable or abnormal behaviour related to these thoughts the most common cited forms of psychop￭ ath￭ ology in mor￭ bid jeal￭ ousy are delu￭ sions and ob￭ sessions it is considered a subtype of delu￭ sional disorder some symptoms of pathological jeal￭ ousy include accusing partner of looking or giving attention to other people questioning of the partner s behavior interrogation of phone calls including wrong numbers or accidental phone calls and all other forms of communication not allowing any social media accounts facebook twitter etc going through the partner ’ s bel￭ ong￭ ings always asking where the partner is and who they are with isolating partner from their family and friends not letting the partner have personal interests or hob￭ bies outside the house controlling the partner s social circle claiming the partner is having an affair when they withdraw or tries to escape abuse accusing the partner of holding affairs when the marriage s sexual activity stops because of the abuse verbal and or physical violence towards the partner the individual whom is considered to be the rival or both blaming the partner and establishing an excuse for jealous behavior denying the jealous behavior unless corn￭ ered threatening to harm others or themselves over￭ valuing an idea which is defined as “ an acceptable comprehensible idea pursued by the patient beyond the bounds of reason the idea is not resisted and although it is not a delusion the patient characteris￭ tically attaches utmost importance to investigating and maintaining the partner ’ s fidel￭ ity at great personal disadvantage and to the distress of the partner ” overvalued ideas are characterized by being existent in the individual ’ s own thoughts being ego￭ syn￭ tonic meaning that the ideas project the behaviors values and feelings that are aligned with the desires and aims of the individual ’ s ego or consistent with the individual ’ s ideal self image the ideas are also amenable to reason but are not resisted ix
more￭ l s ear is the complete or partial absence of the heli￭ x or anti￭ heli￭ x of the outer ear named after béné￭ dict more￭ l a french psychiatrist who regarded it as one of the hereditary stig￭ mata of de￭ generation that allowed medical professions to identify the mentally ill mar￭ cel pro￭ ust referenced more￭ l s ear in in search of lost time when charles more￭ l says he would like to se￭ duce a virgin his companion responds first of all with a gesture m de char￭ lus could not refrain from pin￭ ching more￭ l s ear
mor￭ g￭ ag￭ ni stewart more￭ l syndrome metabol￭ ic cran￭ iop￭ athy is a condition with a wide range of associated endocrine problems including diabetes mell￭ it￭ us diabetes insi￭ pi￭ dus and hyper￭ par￭ ath￭ yro￭ i￭ dis￭ m other signs and symptoms include headaches ver￭ ti￭ go hir￭ su￭ tism men￭ str￭ ual problems galac￭ tor￭ rho￭ ea obesity depression and seizures thick￭ ening of the inner table of the frontal part of the skull a usually benign condition known as hyper￭ o￭ sto￭ sis fron￭ tal￭ is inter￭ na the syndrome was first described in the year 17￭ 65
mor￭ g￭ ell￭ ons m￭ ɔ￭ ː ɹ ˈ￭ d￭ ʒ￭ ɛ￭ l￭ ə￭ n￭ z is the informal name of a self diagnosed skin condition in which individuals have so￭ res that they believe contain some kind of fi￭ bers it is now known to be a form of delu￭ sional paras￭ it￭ osis the so￭ res are the result of compul￭ sive scrat￭ ching and the fi￭ bers when analysed turn out to originate from textiles the name was coined in 2002 by mary leit￭ ao a mother who rejected the medical diagnosis of her son s delu￭ sional paras￭ it￭ osis she revived it from a letter written by a physician in the mid 1600 s leit￭ ao and others involved in her mor￭ g￭ ell￭ ons research foundation successfully lobbied members of the u s congress and the u s centers for disease control and prevention c￭ dc to investigate the condition in 2006 c￭ dc researchers issued the results of their multi year study in january 2012 indicating that there were no disease organisms present in people with mor￭ g￭ ell￭ ons and that the fi￭ bers found were likely cotton and concluded that the condition was similar to more commonly recognized conditions such as delu￭ sional inf￭ est￭ ation
the mor￭ ita con￭ jec￭ tures in general topo￭ logy are certain problems about normal spaces now solved in the affirmative they asked 1 if x × y is normal for every normal space y is x dis￭ crete 2 if x × y is normal for every normal p space y is x me￭ tri￭ z￭ able 3 if x × y is normal for every normal coun￭ tably par￭ a￭ compact space y is x me￭ tri￭ z￭ able and sig￭ ma locally compact the answers were believed to be affirmative here a normal p space y is characterised by the property that the product with every me￭ tri￭ z￭ able x is normal thus the con￭ jec￭ ture was that the conver￭ se holds k chi￭ ba t c przy￭ mu￭ si￭ ński and m e ru￭ din proved con￭ jec￭ ture 1 and showed that con￭ jec￭ tures 2 and 3 cannot be proven false under the standard z￭ fc ax￭ i￭ oms for mathematics specifically that the con￭ jec￭ tures hold under the ax￭ i￭ om of construc￭ tibility v l fifteen years later z bal￭ o￭ gh succeeded in proving con￭ jec￭ tures 2 and 3 true
in the dun￭ geons drag￭ ons fantasy role playing game the mor￭ ko￭ th pronounced more ko￭ th is an aberr￭ ation
the morning glory cloud is a rare meteorological phenomenon consisting of a low level atmospheric solitary wave and associated cloud occasionally observed in different locations around the world the wave often occurs as an am￭ pl￭ itude ordered series of waves forming bands of roll clouds the southern part of the gulf of car￭ pent￭ aria in northern australia is the only known location where it can be predicted and observed on a more or less regular basis due to the configuration of land and sea in the area
the morning glory dis￭ c anomaly m￭ g￭ da is a con￭ genital de￭ form￭ ity resulting from failure of the op￭ tic nerve to completely form in uter￭ o the term was coined in 1970 by kind￭ ler noting a resemblance of the mal￭ formed op￭ tic nerve to the morning glory flower the condition is usually unilateral on fun￭ do￭ scopic examination there are three principal findings comprising the anomaly 1 an enlarged fun￭ nel shaped exc￭ av￭ ation in op￭ tic dis￭ c 2 an annul￭ us or ring of ch￭ ori￭ ore￭ tin￭ al pi￭ gm￭ entary changes surrounding the op￭ tic dis￭ c exc￭ av￭ ation 3 a central gli￭ al tu￭ ft over￭ lying the op￭ tic dis￭ c
morning sickness also called naus￭ ea and v￭ om￭ iting of pregnancy n￭ vp is a symptom of pregnancy that involves naus￭ ea or v￭ om￭ iting despite the name naus￭ ea or v￭ om￭ iting can occur at any time during the day typically these symptoms occur between the 4 th and 16 th week of pregnancy about 10 of women still have symptoms after the 20 th week of pregnancy a severe form of the condition is known as hyper￭ em￭ esis gr￭ avi￭ dar￭ um and results in weight loss the cause of morning sickness is unknown but may be related to changing levels of the hormone human ch￭ ori￭ onic gon￭ ad￭ o￭ troph￭ in some have proposed that it may be useful from an evolutionary point of view diagnosis should only occur after other possible causes have been ruled out ab￭ domin￭ al pain fever or headaches are typically not present in morning sickness taking pre￭ natal vitamins before pregnancy may decrease the risk specific treatment other than a bl￭ and diet may not be required for mild cases if treatment is used the combination of do￭ x￭ yl￭ amine and py￭ ri￭ do￭ x￭ ine is recommended initially tentative evidence supports the use of ginger for severe cases that have not improved with other measures meth￭ yl￭ pred￭ n￭ isol￭ one may be tried tube feeding may be required in women who are losing weight morning sickness affects about 80 of all pregnant women to some extent about 60 of women have v￭ om￭ iting hyper￭ em￭ esis gr￭ avi￭ dar￭ um occurs in about 1 6 of pregnancies morning sickness can negatively affect quality of life result in decreased ability to work while pregnant and result in health care expenses generally mild to moderate cases have no effect on the baby most severe cases also have normal outcomes some women choose to have an abortion due to the severity of symptoms complications such as wer￭ nic￭ ke encephalopathy or es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al rupture may occur but are very rare
the morning star is a pattern seen in a can￭ d￭ les￭ tick chart a type of chart used by stock analysts to describe and predict price movements of a security derivative or currency over time
mor￭ p￭ hea also known as loc￭ alized s￭ cl￭ ero￭ der￭ ma or circum￭ scri￭ bed s￭ cl￭ ero￭ der￭ ma involves isolated pat￭ ches of hardened skin with no internal organ involvement
morph￭ ing is a special effect in motion pictures and anim￭ ations that changes or morph￭ s one image or shape into another through a seamless transition most often it is used to depic￭ t one person turning into another through technological means or as part of a fantasy or sur￭ real sequence traditionally such a depic￭ tion would be achieved through cross fading techniques on film since the early 1990 s this has been replaced by computer software to create more realistic transitions
in al￭ ge￭ bra￭ ic geometry a morph￭ ism between al￭ ge￭ bra￭ ic varieties is a function between the varieties that is given locally by poly￭ no￭ mi￭ als it is also called a regular map a morph￭ ism from an al￭ ge￭ bra￭ ic variety to the aff￭ ine line is also called a regular function a regular map whose in￭ verse is also regular is called bi￭ regular and they are isom￭ orph￭ isms in the category of al￭ ge￭ bra￭ ic varieties because regular and bi￭ regular are very restrictive conditions – there are no non constant regular functions on projec￭ tive varieties – the weaker condition of a rational map and bir￭ ational maps are frequently used as well
in mathematical mor￭ pho￭ logy and digital image processing a mor￭ pho￭ logical gr￭ adi￭ ent is the difference between the dil￭ ation and the erosion of a given image it is an image where each pi￭ x￭ el value typically non negative indicates the contrast intensity in the close neighborhood of that pi￭ x￭ el it is useful for edge detection and segm￭ entation applications
mor￭ qui￭ o syndrome referred to as mu￭ co￭ pol￭ ys￭ ac￭ ch￭ ari￭ do￭ sis iv mps iv mor￭ qui￭ o bra￭ il￭ s￭ ford syndrome or mor￭ qui￭ o is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive mu￭ co￭ pol￭ ys￭ ac￭ ch￭ ari￭ de storage disease see also ly￭ so￭ som￭ al storage disorder usually inherited it is a rare type of birth defect with serious consequences in the us the incidence rate for mor￭ qui￭ o is estimated at between 1 in 200 000 and 1 in 300 000 live births when the body cannot process certain types of mu￭ co￭ pol￭ ys￭ ac￭ ch￭ ari￭ des they build up or are eliminated causing various symptoms these involve accumulation of ker￭ at￭ an sul￭ fate
mor￭ sic￭ ati￭ o buc￭ car￭ um also termed chronic cheek biting and chronic cheek chewing is a condition characterized by chronic irritation or injury to the buc￭ cal mu￭ co￭ sa the lining of the inside of the cheek within the mouth caused by repeti￭ tive chewing biting or ni￭ b￭ bling
in compu￭ tability theory the mortality problem is a decision problem which can be stated as follows given a turing machine decide whether it hal￭ ts when run on any configuration not necessarily a starting one in the statement above the configuration is a pair q w where q is one of the machine s states not necessarily its initial state and w is an infinite sequence of symbols representing the initial content of the tape note that while we usually assume that in the starting configuration all but fin￭ itely many cells on the tape are blan￭ ks in the mortality problem the tape can have arbitrary content including infinitely many non blank symbols written on it philip k ho￭ oper proved in 1966 that the mortality problem is undec￭ id￭ able however it can be shown that the set of turing machines which are mortal i e halt on every starting configuration is recur￭ sively enum￭ erable
mor￭ timer s disease is a skin disease characterized by red blo￭ t￭ chy patterns appearing all over the face and hands and spreading through the body in an almost symmetr￭ ical pattern the fact that there are no ul￭ cers and an absence of cr￭ ust indicate that this is a different entity than lup￭ us vul￭ gar￭ is the disease was originally documented by jonathan hut￭ chin￭ son 18￭ 28 19￭ 13 and became an ep￭ on￭ ym after his patient mrs mor￭ timer
mor￭ ton s neuro￭ ma also known as mor￭ ton neuro￭ ma mor￭ ton s met￭ at￭ ar￭ sal￭ gia inter￭ met￭ at￭ ar￭ sal neuro￭ ma and inter￭ met￭ at￭ ar￭ sal space neuro￭ ma is a benign neuro￭ ma of an inter￭ met￭ at￭ ar￭ sal plan￭ tar nerve most commonly of the second and third inter￭ met￭ at￭ ar￭ sal spaces between 2 nd − 3 rd and 3 rd − 4 th met￭ at￭ ar￭ sal heads which results in the entr￭ ap￭ ment of the affected nerve the main symptoms are pain and or num￭ b￭ ness sometimes relieved by removing footwear some sources claim that entr￭ ap￭ ment of the plan￭ tar nerve because of compression between the met￭ at￭ ar￭ sal heads as originally proposed by mor￭ ton is highly unlikely because the plan￭ tar nerve is on the plan￭ tar side of the trans￭ verse met￭ at￭ ar￭ sal lig￭ ament and thus does not come in contact with the met￭ at￭ ar￭ sal heads it is more likely that the trans￭ verse met￭ at￭ ar￭ sal lig￭ ament is the cause of the entr￭ ap￭ ment despite the name the condition was first correctly described by a chi￭ ro￭ po￭ dis￭ t named dur￭ l￭ acher and although it is labeled a neuro￭ ma many sources do not consider it a true tumor but rather a per￭ in￭ eur￭ al fi￭ bro￭ ma fi￭ bro￭ us tissue formation around nerve tissue
mor￭ ton s toe or mor￭ ton s foot greek foot royal toe turkey toe lam￭ ay toe hal￭ lic￭ us￭ brad￭ y￭ met￭ at￭ ar￭ sal￭ gia shep￭ pard s toe mor￭ ton s syndrome long toe boss toe is the condition of a shortened first met￭ at￭ ar￭ sal in relation to the second met￭ at￭ ar￭ sal it is a type of br￭ ach￭ y￭ met￭ at￭ ar￭ sia the met￭ at￭ ar￭ sal bones behind the toes vary in relative length for most feet a smooth curve can be traced through the joints at the bases of the toes but in mor￭ ton s foot the line has to bend more sharply to go through the base of the big toe as shown in the diag￭ ram this is because the first met￭ at￭ ar￭ sal behind the big toe is short compared to the second met￭ at￭ ar￭ sal next to it the longer second met￭ at￭ ar￭ sal puts the joint at the base of the second toe the second met￭ at￭ ar￭ sal p￭ hal￭ ange￭ al or mt￭ p joint farther forward if the big toe and the second toe are the same length as measured from the mp￭ t joint to the tip including only the p￭ hal￭ anges then the second toe will pro￭ tru￭ de farther than the big toe as shown in the photo if the second toe is shorter than the big toe the big toe may still pro￭ tru￭ de the far￭ thest or there may be little difference as shown in the x ray
mor￭ van s syndrome or mor￭ van s fi￭ bri￭ ll￭ ary cho￭ rea m￭ fc is a rare auto￭ immune disease named after the nineteenth century french physician aug￭ us￭ tin marie mor￭ van la chor￭ ée fi￭ bril￭ la￭ ire was first coined by mor￭ van in 1890 when describing patients with multiple irregular contr￭ actions of the long muscles cram￭ ping weakness pr￭ ur￭ it￭ us hyper￭ hi￭ dro￭ sis in￭ som￭ nia and deli￭ ri￭ um it normally presents with a slow insidious onset over months to years approximately 90 of cases spontaneously go into remission while the other 10 of cases lead to death
in genetics a mo￭ saic or mo￭ sa￭ ic￭ ism describes the presence of two or more populations of cells with different geno￭ types in one individual who has developed from a single fertili￭ zed egg 1 mo￭ sa￭ ic￭ ism has been reported to be present in as high as 70 of cle￭ av￭ age stage embryos and 90 of bl￭ ast￭ oc￭ y￭ st stage embryos derived from in vitro fertili￭ zation 2 genetic mo￭ sa￭ ic￭ ism can result from many different mechanisms including chro￭ mo￭ some non dis￭ junction an￭ aph￭ ase lag and endo￭ replic￭ ation 2 an￭ aph￭ ase lagging is the most common way by which mo￭ sa￭ ic￭ ism arises in the pre￭ implan￭ tation embryo 2 mo￭ sa￭ ic￭ ism can also result from a mutation in one cell during development in which the mutation is passed on to only its daughter cells therefore the mutation is only going to be present in a fraction of the adult cells 1 genetic mo￭ sa￭ ics may often be confused with chim￭ er￭ ism in which two or more geno￭ types arise in one individual similarly to mo￭ sa￭ ic￭ ism however the two geno￭ types arise from the fusion of more than one fertili￭ zed zy￭ go￭ te in the early stages of embryonic development rather than from a mutation
the moscow theater hostage crisis also known as the 2002 nord o￭ st siege was the seizure of a crowded du￭ bro￭ v￭ ka theater by 40 to 50 armed chechens on 23 october 2002 that involved 850 hostages and ended with the death of at least 170 people the att￭ ackers led by mo￭ v￭ sar bar￭ a￭ yev claimed allegiance to the islamist militant separatist movement in chechnya they demanded the withdrawal of russian forces from chechnya and an end to the second chechen war due to the disposition of the theater special forces would have had to fight through 30 metres 98 ft of corridor and attack up a well defended st￭ air￭ case before they could reach the hall in which the hostages were held the att￭ ackers had numerous explosives with the most powerful in the center of the aud￭ it￭ orium after the murder of two female hostages two and a half days in spe￭ ts￭ na￭ z operators from federal security service fsb alpha and ve￭ ga groups supported by a russian ministry of internal affairs m￭ vd so￭ br unit pumped an undis￭ closed chemical agent into the building s ventilation system and began the rescue operation all 40 of the att￭ ackers were killed with no casualties among spe￭ ts￭ na￭ z about 130 hostages died including nine foreigners due to adverse reactions to the gas all but two of the hostages who died during the siege were killed by the toxic substance pumped into the theater to sub￭ due the militants the use of the gas was widely condemned as heavy handed but the american and british governments deemed russia s actions justifiable physicians in moscow condemned the refusal to disclose the identity of the gas that prevented them from saving more lives some reports said the drug n￭ alo￭ x￭ one was successfully used to save some hostages suggesting the gas was an op￭ iate based compound
mo￭ ser s worm problem is an unsolved problem in geometry formulated by the austrian canadian mathem￭ ati￭ cian leo mo￭ ser in 1966 the problem asks for the region of smallest area that can accommodate every plane curve of length 1 here accommodate means that the curve may be rot￭ ated and translated to fit inside the region in some variations of the problem the region is restricted to be conv￭ ex
mosquito borne diseases or mosquito borne illnesses are diseases caused by bacterial viruses or parasites transmitted by mosquitoes they can transmit disease without being affected themselves diseases transmitted by mosquitoes include malaria den￭ gue west nile virus chi￭ kun￭ gun￭ ya yellow fever fil￭ ari￭ asis japanese en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis saint louis en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis western equine en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis eastern equine en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis venezuelan equine en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis la cros￭ se en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis and zi￭ ka fever nearly 700 million people get a mosquito borne illness each year resulting in greater than one million deaths
in biology mother s curse is an evolutionary effect that males inherit dele￭ ter￭ ious mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al genome mt￭ dna mutations from their mother while those mutations are beneficial neutral or less dele￭ ter￭ ious to females as mt￭ dna is usually mater￭ nally inherited mt￭ dna mutations dele￭ ter￭ ious to males but beneficial neutral or less dele￭ ter￭ ious to females are not subjected to be selected against which results in a sex biased selective si￭ eve therefore male specific dele￭ ter￭ ious mt￭ dna mutations could be maintained and reach a high frequency in populations decreasing males fitness and population viability in addition the effect of mt￭ dna mutations on fitness has a threshold effect i e only when the number of mutation reaches the threshold mt￭ dna mutations will decrease individual fitness males are more susceptible to mt￭ dna defects not only because of lack of selection for mt￭ dna on males but also due to sperm ’ s higher energy requirements for mo￭ ti￭ lity there are evidence showing mt￭ dna mutations are more likely to affect males in humans le￭ ber s hereditary op￭ tic neuro￭ pa￭ thy l￭ hon is caused by one or several point mutations on mt￭ dna and l￭ hon affects more males than females in mice a deletion on mt￭ dna causes oligo￭ sper￭ mia and asth￭ en￭ o￭ zo￭ os￭ per￭ mia resulting in in￭ fertility taken together mt￭ dna mutations pose a greater threat on males than on females
in biology mo￭ ti￭ lity is the ability to move spontaneously and actively consuming energy in the process mo￭ ti￭ lity is genetically determined see genetic deter￭ minis￭ m but may be affected by environmental factors for instance muscles give animals mo￭ ti￭ lity but the consumption of hydrogen cyanide the environmental factor in this case would adversely affect muscle physi￭ ology causing them to sti￭ ff￭ en leading to rig￭ or mor￭ tis most animals are mo￭ tile but the term applies to unic￭ ell￭ ular and simple mul￭ tic￭ ell￭ ular organisms as well as to some mechanisms of fluid flow in mul￭ tic￭ ell￭ ular organs in addition to animal locomo￭ tion mo￭ tile marine animals are commonly called free swimming mo￭ ti￭ lity may also refer to an organism s ability to move food through its dig￭ estive tract i e per￭ ist￭ al￭ tics gut mo￭ ti￭ lity intest￭ inal mo￭ ti￭ lity etc
motion induced blindness mi￭ b is a phenomenon of visual disappearance or percep￭ tual illusions observed in the lab in which stationary visual stimul￭ i disappear as if erased in front of an observer s eyes when masked with a moving background most recent research has shown that micro￭ s￭ acc￭ ades counteract disappearance but are neither necessary nor sufficient to account for mi￭ b
motion induced inter￭ oc￭ ular suppression is a phenomenon in which when one eye is presented with a constantly moving visual pattern while the other eye is shown a stationary image the stationary image is suppressed from awareness for long periods of time the duration of this motion induced inter￭ oc￭ ular suppression is comparable to that of continuous flash suppression thus the two methods can be used alternatively the duration of suppression in both methods is maxim￭ ized if the image being suppressed has low lumin￭ ance contrast or a low spatial frequency spectrum motion induced inter￭ oc￭ ular suppression is fundamentally different from motion induced blindness firstly the latter is due to the interaction of moving and stationary stimul￭ i closely located within the same eye while the former requires an interaction between stimul￭ i presented to different eyes in corresponding visual areas secondly motion induced inter￭ oc￭ ular suppression can induce in￭ visibility of a large stimulus presented at the fo￭ ve￭ a whereas motion induced blindness requires the stimulus to be small and periph￭ er￭ ally located thirdly decreasing the contrast of the stimulus to be suppressed increases the duration of motion induced inter￭ oc￭ ular suppression but decreases the duration of motion induced blindness whether motion induced inter￭ oc￭ ular suppression and continuous flash suppression have common ne￭ ural mechanisms is still unknown
motion sickness also known as k￭ ine￭ to￭ sis and travel sickness is a condition in which a disagreement exists between vis￭ ually perceived movement and the vesti￭ bul￭ ar system s sense of movement depending on the cause it can also be referred to as seas￭ ick￭ ness car sickness simulation sickness or air￭ sickness di￭ zz￭ iness fatigue and naus￭ ea are the most common symptoms of motion sickness sop￭ ite syndrome in which a person feels fatigue or ti￭ red￭ ness is also associated with motion sickness naus￭ ea in greek means seas￭ ick￭ ness n￭ aus means ship if the motion causing naus￭ ea is not resolved the suffer￭ er will usually v￭ omit v￭ om￭ iting often will not relieve the feeling of weakness and naus￭ ea which means the person might continue to v￭ omit until the cause of the naus￭ ea is treated
in physics and chemistry mo￭ tional narrowing is a phenomenon where a certain reson￭ ant frequency has a smaller line￭ width than might be expected due to motion in an in￭ homogeneous system
motivated reasoning is an emotion biased decision making phenomenon studied in cognitive science and social psychology this term describes the role of motivation in cognitive processes such as decision making and attitude change in a number of paradi￭ g￭ ms including cognitive dis￭ son￭ ance reduction beliefs about others on whom one s own outcomes depend evaluation of evidence related to one s own outcomes
motiv￭ ational deficiency disorder is the name of a fake disease imagined for a health campaign to raise awareness of disease mongering
a motive in law especially criminal law is the cause that moves people to induce a certain action motive in itself is not an element of any given crime however the legal system typically allows motive to be proven in order to make plausible the accused s reasons for committing a crime at least when those motives may be obscure or hard to identify with however a motive is not required to reach a verdict motives are also used in other aspects of a specific case for instance when police are initially investigating the law technically distinguishes between motive and intent intent in criminal law is synonymous with m￭ ens rea which means the mental state shows liability which is enforced by law as an element of a crime motive describes instead the reasons in the accused s background and station in life that are supposed to have induced the crime motives are often broken down into three categories biological social and personal
motor disorders are disorders of the nervous system that cause abnormal and involuntary movements they can result from damage to the motor system motor disorders are defined in the fifth edition of the diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders dsm 5 – published in 2013 to replace the fourth text revision dsm iv tr – as a new sub category of neuro￭ developmental disorders the dsm 5 motor disorders include developmental coordination disorder stereo￭ typ￭ ic movement disorder and the tic disorders including tou￭ ret￭ te syndrome
a motor ne￭ uron disease m￭ nd is any of several neuro￭ logical disorders that selectively affect motor neurons the cells that control voluntary muscles of the body they include am￭ yo￭ troph￭ ic lateral sclerosis als primary lateral sclerosis pl￭ s progressive muscular atro￭ phy p￭ ma progressive bul￭ bar pal￭ sy p￭ bp and pseu￭ do￭ bul￭ bar pal￭ sy spinal muscular atro￭ ph￭ ies are also sometimes included in the group they are neuro￭ degenerative in nature and cause increasing disability and eventually death
motor speech disorders are a class of speech disorder that disturb the body s natural ability to speak these disturbances vary in their eti￭ ology based on the integrity and integration of cognitive neuro￭ muscular and mus￭ cul￭ osk￭ el￭ etal activities speaking is an act dependent on thought and timed execution of air￭ flow and oral motor oral placement of the lips tongue and jaw that can be disrupted by weakness in oral mus￭ cul￭ ature dys￭ ar￭ thri￭ a or an inability to execute the motor movements needed for specific speech sound production ap￭ ra￭ x￭ ia of speech or developmental verbal dy￭ spra￭ x￭ ia such deficits can be related to path￭ ology of the nervous system central and or peripheral systems involved in motor planning that affect the timing of respir￭ ation ph￭ on￭ ation pro￭ so￭ dy and artic￭ ulation in isolation or in conjunction
mo￭ ttle is a pattern of irregular marks spots stre￭ aks blo￭ tches or pat￭ ches of different shades or colours it is commonly used to describe the surface of plants or the skin of animals in plants mo￭ tt￭ ling usually consists of yel￭ low￭ ish spots on plants and is usually a sign of disease or malnutrition many plant viruses cause mo￭ tt￭ ling some examples being tobacco vein mo￭ tt￭ ling virus bean pod mo￭ ttle virus mo￭ tt￭ ling is sometimes used to describe uneven dis￭ colored pat￭ ches on the skin of humans as a result of cu￭ taneous is￭ chem￭ ia lowered blood flow to the surfaces of the skin or her￭ pes zo￭ ster infections the medical term for mo￭ tt￭ led skin is dy￭ schro￭ mia although this is not always the case mo￭ tt￭ ling can occur in the dying patient and commonly indicates that the end of life is near mo￭ tt￭ ling usually occurs in the extre￭ mi￭ ties lower first and progres￭ ses up as cardiac function declines and circulation throughout the body is poor in animals mo￭ tt￭ ling may be a sign of disease but may also be a hereditary trait such as seen with the champagne and le￭ op￭ ard complex genes in horses mo￭ tt￭ les can also refer to dis￭ color￭ ation in processed food such as butter in geo￭ logy mo￭ tt￭ led refers to a pat￭ chy blo￭ tch tex￭ ture of alteration or inter￭ bed￭ ding commonly found in lime￭ stone and commonly caused by bio￭ turb￭ ation mo￭ tt￭ ling can also refer to an undesirable defect which can occur with effect co￭ at￭ ings most obvious on light metallic finishes the total color impression shows irregular areas of ligh￭ tness variations these pat￭ ches are usually vis￭ ually evaluated described as a mo￭ tt￭ ling effect some also feel that it reminds them of clouds this effect is especially noticeable on large body panels it can be caused by the coating formulation as well as variations in the application process for example dis￭ orientation of the metallic flakes or film thickness variations of the bas￭ eco￭ at can lead to various mo￭ ttle sizes resulting in a non uniform appearance the visual perception of mo￭ tt￭ ling is dependent on the viewing distance large mo￭ tt￭ les can be seen in far distance evaluation while small mo￭ tt￭ les are more noticeable in close up evaluation the visual evaluation of mo￭ tt￭ ling is very subjective as it depend￭ son the illumin￭ ation conditions the observing distance and the viewing angle in graphics printing mo￭ tt￭ ling refers to an uneven color￭ ation resulting from let￭ ter￭ pressed printing of tex￭ tured papers mainly in larger colored surfaces due to the uneven surface not all fi￭ bers of the paper are evenly saturated with color unlike offset printing
in mathematics mo￭ tz s problem is a problem which is widely employed as a benchmark for sing￭ ul￭ arity problems to compare the effectiveness of numerical methods the problem was first presented in 1947 by h mo￭ tz in the paper the treatment of sing￭ ul￭ arities of partial differential equations by relaxation methods
mount min￭ si forms the pennsylvania side of the del￭ aware water gap and is the eastern extent of the blue mountain it is composed of sand￭ stone and conglomerates of the sh￭ aw￭ ang￭ unk formation
mountain car a standard testing domain in reinforcement learning is a problem in which an under powered car must drive up a steep hill since gravity is stronger than the car s engine even at full thro￭ ttle the car cannot simply accelerate up the steep slope the car is situated in a valley and must learn to leverage potential energy by driving up the opposite hill before the car is able to make it to the goal at the top of the righ￭ t￭ most hill the domain has been used as a test bed in various reinforcement learning papers
in mathematics the mountain climbing problem is a problem of finding the conditions that two function forming profiles of a two dimensional mountain must satisfy so that two clim￭ bers can start on the bottom on the opposite sides of the mountain and coordinate their movements to reach to the top while always staying at the same height this problem was named and posed in this form by james v whit￭ taker but its history goes back to tat￭ su￭ o hom￭ ma who solved a version of it the problem has been repeatedly re￭ discovered and solved independently in different context by a number of people see the references in the past two decades the problem was shown to be connected to the weak fr￭ é￭ chet distance of cur￭ ves in the plane various plan￭ ar motion planning problems in compu￭ tational geometry the inscri￭ bed square problem semi￭ group of poly￭ no￭ mi￭ als etc the problem was popul￭ arized in the article by which received the mathematical association of america s lester r ford award in 1990
mourning sickness is a collective emotional condition of recreational griev￭ ing by individuals in the wake of celebrity deaths and other public trau￭ mas such trau￭ mas may be linked to hyper attentive intrusive and vo￭ ye￭ ur￭ istic media coverage which has been dubbed grief porn
mouth and genital ul￭ cers with infl￭ amed car￭ til￭ age syndrome also known as magic syndrome is a cu￭ taneous condition with features of both beh￭ ç￭ et s disease and relap￭ sing poly￭ ch￭ on￭ dri￭ tis
a mouth ul￭ cer is an ul￭ cer that occurs on the mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ rane of the oral cav￭ ity mouth ul￭ cers are very common occurring in association with many diseases and by many different mechanisms but usually there is no serious underlying cause the two most common causes of oral ul￭ cer￭ ation are local trauma e g rub￭ bing from a sharp edge on a broken filling and aph￭ th￭ ous stom￭ ati￭ tis can￭ ker so￭ res a condition characterized by recurrent formation of oral ul￭ cers for largely unknown reasons mouth ul￭ cers often cause pain and discomfort and may alter the person s choice of food while healing occurs e g avoiding ac￭ id￭ ic or sp￭ icy foods and beverages they may form individually or multiple ul￭ cers may appear at the same time a crop of ul￭ cers once formed the ul￭ cer may be maintained by infl￭ amm￭ ation and or secondary infection rarely a mouth ul￭ cer that does not heal may be a sign of oral cancer
movement disorders can be defined as neuro￭ logic syndro￭ mes in which either an excess or movement or a pau￭ city of voluntary and automatic movements unrelated to weakness or sp￭ as￭ tic￭ ity the term movement disorders is used synonym￭ ously with bas￭ al gang￭ lia or extr￭ ap￭ y￭ ram￭ idal diseases conventi￭ onally movement disorders are divided into two major categories 1 hyper￭ k￭ ine￭ tic movement disorders also called dy￭ sk￭ ine￭ si￭ as refers to excessive often repeti￭ tive involuntary movements that intru￭ de into the normal flow of motor activity 2 hypo￭ k￭ ine￭ tic movement disorders refers to ak￭ ine￭ sia lack of movement hypo￭ k￭ ine￭ sia reduced am￭ pl￭ itude of movements brad￭ y￭ k￭ ine￭ sia slow movement and rigidity in primary movement disorders the abnormal movement is the primary manifestation of the disorder in secondary movement disorders it is an manifestation of other systemic or neuro￭ logical disorder
a movement paradox is a phenomenon of gr￭ ammar that challenges the transform￭ ational approach to syn￭ tax the importance of movement paradox￭ es is emphasized by those theories of syn￭ tax e g l￭ ex￭ ical functional gr￭ ammar head driven phrase structure gr￭ ammar construction gr￭ ammar most dependency gram￭ mars that reject movement i e the notion that dis￭ continu￭ ities in syn￭ tax are explained by the movement of constituents
mo￭ w￭ at – wilson syndrome is a rare genetic disorder that was clin￭ ically deline￭ ated by dr d r mo￭ w￭ at and dr m j wilson in 1998
mo￭ yam￭ o￭ ya disease is a disease in which certain arter￭ ies in the brain are con￭ stric￭ ted blood flow is blocked by the con￭ stric￭ tion and also by blood clo￭ ts thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis a collateral circulation develops around the blocked vessels to compensate for the block￭ age but the collateral vessels are small weak and prone to bleeding an￭ eur￭ ys￭ m and thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis on conventional x ray an￭ gi￭ o￭ graphy these collateral vessels have the appearance of a pu￭ ff of smoke described as も￭ や￭ も￭ や mo￭ yam￭ o￭ ya in japanese
the moz￭ ingo reduction also known as moz￭ ingo reaction or thi￭ o￭ ke￭ tal reduction is a chemical reaction capable of fully reducing a ke￭ tone or alde￭ hyde to the corresponding al￭ kane the reaction scheme is as follows a thi￭ o￭ ke￭ tal is first produced by reaction of the ke￭ tone with an appropriate thi￭ ol the product is then hydro￭ gen￭ ol￭ y￭ zed to the al￭ kane using ran￭ ey nickel it is sometimes incorrectly stated that ran￭ ey nickel is a catalyst in this process in fact sto￭ ic￭ hi￭ ome￭ tric amounts of ran￭ ey nickel must be employed because the sul￭ fur atoms are ultimately converted to cataly￭ tically inactive nickel sul￭ fi￭ des nevertheless this method is much mil￭ der than either the clem￭ m￭ ensen or wol￭ ff k￭ ish￭ ner reductions which employ strongly ac￭ id￭ ic or basic conditions respectively that might interfere with other functional groups present in the mol￭ ecu￭ le
mrs mini￭ ver s problem is a geometry problem about circles given a circle a find a circle b such that the area of the lens formed by inter￭ sec￭ ting their two inter￭ i￭ ors is equal to the area of the sym￭ metric difference of a and b the sum of the area of a − b and the area of b − a
mu waves also known as mu rhy￭ th￭ ms comb or wick￭ et rhy￭ th￭ ms ar￭ ci￭ form rhy￭ th￭ ms or sens￭ or￭ im￭ o￭ tor rhy￭ th￭ ms are synchron￭ ized patterns of electrical activity involving large numbers of neurons probably of the pyram￭ idal type in the part of the brain that controls voluntary movement these patterns as measured by electro￭ encephal￭ o￭ graphy eeg magne￭ to￭ encephal￭ o￭ graphy meg or electro￭ cor￭ ti￭ co￭ graphy eco￭ g repeat at a frequency of 7 5 – 12 5 and primarily 9 – 11 h￭ z and are most prominent when the body is physically at rest unlike the alpha wave which occurs at a similar frequency over the resting visual cor￭ tex at the back of the scal￭ p the mu wave is found over the motor cor￭ tex in a band approximately from ear to ear a person sup￭ presses mu wave patterns when he or she performs a motor action or with practice when he or she vis￭ u￭ alizes performing a motor action this suppression is called des￭ yn￭ ch￭ ron￭ ization of the wave because eeg wave forms are caused by large numbers of neurons firing in synchron￭ y the mu wave is even suppressed when one observes another person performing a motor action or an abstract motion with biological characteristics researchers such as v s ram￭ ach￭ andr￭ an and colleagues have suggested that this is a sign that the mirror ne￭ uron system is involved in mu wave suppression although others disagree the mu wave is of interest to a variety of scholars scientists who study ne￭ ural development are interested in the details of the development of the mu wave in infancy and childhood and its role in learning since a group of researchers believe that au￭ tism spectrum disorder as￭ d is strongly influenced by an altered mirror ne￭ uron system and that mu wave suppression is a downstream indication of mirror ne￭ uron activity many of these scientists have kind￭ led a more popular interest in investigating the mu wave in people with as￭ d ass￭ or￭ ted investigators are also in the process of using mu waves to develop a new technology the brain computer interface b￭ ci with the emergence of b￭ ci systems clin￭ icians hope to give the severely physically disabled population new methods of communication and a means to manipulate and navigate their environments
m￭ uc￭ ino￭ ses are a group of cu￭ taneous diseases caused by fi￭ bro￭ bl￭ asts producing abnormally large amounts of acid mu￭ co￭ pol￭ ys￭ ac￭ ch￭ ari￭ des i e m￭ uc￭ in usually hy￭ alu￭ ronic acid
m￭ uc￭ inous carcin￭ oma is a type of cancer that arises from epi￭ the￭ li￭ al cells these line certain internal organs and skin and produce m￭ uc￭ in the main component of m￭ uc￭ us when found within the skin m￭ uc￭ inous carcin￭ oma is commonly a round elevated red￭ dish and sometimes ul￭ cer￭ ated mass usually located on the head and neck
m￭ uc￭ inous cy￭ stad￭ en￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma is a type of tumor in the cy￭ stad￭ en￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma grouping it can occur in the breast as well as in the o￭ vary tumors are normally multi￭ loc￭ ular with various smooth thin w￭ alled cy￭ sts within the cy￭ sts is found a haemorrha￭ gic or cellular debris
m￭ uc￭ inous cy￭ stad￭ en￭ oma is a benign c￭ ys￭ tic tumor lined by a m￭ uc￭ inous epi￭ the￭ lium it is a type of c￭ ys￭ tic aden￭ oma cy￭ stad￭ en￭ oma m￭ uc￭ inous cy￭ stad￭ en￭ oma may arise in a number of locations however m￭ uc￭ inous cy￭ stad￭ en￭ oma at different locations are not generally considered to be related to one another
m￭ uc￭ inous nev￭ us also known as nev￭ us m￭ uc￭ ino￭ sus is a rare cu￭ taneous condition characterized by ham￭ ar￭ tom￭ a that can be con￭ genital or acquired
m￭ uc￭ inous tu￭ bul￭ ar and spin￭ dle cell carcin￭ oma m￭ ts￭ cc is a rare subtype of ren￭ al cell carcin￭ oma r￭ cc that is included in the 2004 who classification of r￭ cc m￭ ts￭ cc is a rare ne￭ op￭ las￭ m and is considered as a low grade entity it may be a variant of pap￭ ill￭ ary r￭ cc this tumor occurs throughout life age range 17 – 82 years and is more frequent in females
m￭ uc￭ kle – wells syndrome m￭ ws also known as ur￭ tic￭ aria deaf￭ ness amy￭ lo￭ ido￭ sis syndrome u￭ da is a rare auto￭ som￭ al dominant disease which causes sens￭ or￭ in￭ eur￭ al deaf￭ ness recurrent hi￭ ves and can lead to amy￭ lo￭ ido￭ sis individuals with m￭ ws often have ep￭ is￭ od￭ ic fever ch￭ ills and joint pain as a result m￭ ws is considered a type of periodic fever syndrome m￭ ws is caused by a defect in the ci￭ as 1 gene which creates the protein cry￭ op￭ y￭ rin m￭ ws is closely related to two other syndro￭ mes famili￭ al cold ur￭ tic￭ aria and ne￭ on￭ atal onset multi￭ system infl￭ am￭ matory disease — in fact all three are related to mutations in the same gene and sub￭ sum￭ ed under the term cry￭ op￭ y￭ rin associated periodic syndro￭ mes caps
mu￭ co￭ ep￭ id￭ er￭ mo￭ id carcin￭ oma is the most common type of sali￭ vary g￭ land m￭ align￭ ancy in adults mu￭ co￭ ep￭ id￭ er￭ mo￭ id carcin￭ oma can also be found in other organs as bron￭ chi lac￭ ri￭ mal s￭ ac and thyro￭ id m￭ uc￭ ic￭ ar￭ mine stain￭ ing is one stain used by patho￭ logist for detection
mu￭ co￭ li￭ pi￭ do￭ sis ml is a group of inherited metabol￭ ic disorders that affect the body s ability to carry out the normal turnover of various materials within cells when originally named the mu￭ co￭ li￭ pi￭ doses derived their name from the similarity in presentation to both mu￭ co￭ pol￭ ys￭ ac￭ ch￭ ari￭ doses and sp￭ hin￭ go￭ li￭ pi￭ doses a bio￭ chemical understanding of these conditions has changed how they are classified although four conditions i ii iii and iv have been labeled as mu￭ co￭ li￭ pi￭ doses type i si￭ ali￭ do￭ sis is now classified as a gly￭ co￭ prote￭ in￭ osis and type iv mu￭ co￭ li￭ pi￭ do￭ sis type iv is now classified as a gang￭ li￭ o￭ sid￭ osis
mu￭ co￭ li￭ pi￭ do￭ sis type iv ml iv or ml 4 is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive ly￭ so￭ som￭ al storage disorder individuals with the disorder have many symptoms including delayed psy￭ ch￭ om￭ o￭ tor development and various oc￭ ular aberr￭ ations the disorder is caused by mutations in the m￭ col￭ n 1 gene which en￭ codes a non selective c￭ ation channel mu￭ co￭ li￭ pin 1 these mutations disrupt cellular functions and lead to a neuro￭ developmental disorder through an unknown mechanism researchers dispute the physiological role of the protein product and which ion it transports
mu￭ co￭ pol￭ ys￭ ac￭ ch￭ ari￭ doses are a group of metabol￭ ic disorders caused by the absence or malfunctioning of ly￭ so￭ som￭ al enzymes needed to break down molecules called gly￭ co￭ sam￭ ino￭ gly￭ cans these long chains of sugar carbo￭ hydr￭ ates occur within the cells that help build bone car￭ til￭ age tend￭ ons cor￭ ne￭ as skin and connec￭ tive tissue gly￭ co￭ sam￭ ino￭ gly￭ cans formerly called mu￭ co￭ pol￭ ys￭ ac￭ ch￭ ari￭ des are also found in the fluids that lubric￭ ate joints subjects with a mu￭ co￭ pol￭ ys￭ ac￭ ch￭ ari￭ do￭ sis either do not produce enough of one of the eleven enzymes required to break down these sugar chains into simpler molecules or they produce enzymes that do not work properly over time these gly￭ co￭ sam￭ ino￭ gly￭ cans collect in the cells blood and connec￭ tive tissues the result is permanent progressive cellular damage which affects appearance physical abilities organ and system functioning and in most cases mental development the mu￭ co￭ pol￭ ys￭ ac￭ ch￭ ari￭ doses are part of the ly￭ so￭ som￭ al storage disease family a group of more than 40 genetic disorders that result when the ly￭ so￭ some organ￭ elle in animal cells mal￭ functions the ly￭ so￭ some can be thought of as the cell s recycling center because it processes unwanted material into other substances that the cell can utili￭ ze ly￭ so￭ som￭ es break down this unwanted matter via enzymes highly specialized proteins essential for survival ly￭ so￭ som￭ al disorders like mu￭ co￭ pol￭ ys￭ ac￭ ch￭ ari￭ do￭ sis are triggered when a particular enzyme exists in too small an amount or is missing altogether
m￭ uc￭ or￭ my￭ co￭ sis is any fun￭ gal infection caused by fun￭ gi in the order m￭ uc￭ or￭ ales generally species in the m￭ uc￭ or r￭ hi￭ z￭ op￭ us ab￭ si￭ dia and cun￭ nin￭ gh￭ am￭ ella genera are most often implicated this disease is often characterized by hyp￭ ha￭ e growing in and around blood vessels m￭ uc￭ or￭ my￭ co￭ sis and zy￭ gom￭ y￭ co￭ sis are sometimes used inter￭ change￭ ably however zy￭ gom￭ y￭ co￭ ta has been identified as poly￭ phy￭ le￭ tic and is not included in modern fun￭ gal classification systems also while zy￭ gom￭ y￭ co￭ sis includes ent￭ om￭ oph￭ thor￭ ales m￭ uc￭ or￭ my￭ co￭ sis excludes this group
mu￭ cos￭ al l￭ enti￭ gin￭ es also known as lab￭ ial pen￭ ile and vul￭ var mel￭ an￭ osis and mel￭ an￭ otic mac￭ ules is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by light brown mac￭ ules on mu￭ cos￭ al surfaces
mu￭ cos￭ al mel￭ anom￭ a is a rare cu￭ taneous condition characterized by a mel￭ anom￭ a of the mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ ran￭ es
mu￭ co￭ si￭ tis is the painful infl￭ amm￭ ation and ul￭ cer￭ ation of the mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ ran￭ es lining the dig￭ estive tract usually as an adverse effect of chem￭ otherapy and radi￭ otherapy treatment for cancer mu￭ co￭ si￭ tis can occur anywhere along the gastro￭ intest￭ inal gi tract but oral mu￭ co￭ si￭ tis refers to the particular infl￭ amm￭ ation and ul￭ cer￭ ation that occurs in the mouth oral mu￭ co￭ si￭ tis is a common and often deb￭ il￭ itating complic￭ ation of cancer treatment oral and gastro￭ intest￭ inal gi mu￭ co￭ si￭ tis affects almost all patients undergoing high dose chem￭ otherapy and hem￭ ato￭ po￭ ie￭ tic stem cell transplantation h￭ sc￭ t 80 of patients with m￭ align￭ ancies of the head and neck receiving radi￭ otherapy and a wide range of patients receiving chem￭ otherapy alim￭ entary tract mu￭ co￭ si￭ tis increases mortality and morbi￭ dity and contributes to rising health care costs for most cancer treatment about 5 15 of patients get mu￭ co￭ si￭ tis however with 5 fluor￭ our￭ ac￭ il 5 fu up to 40 get mu￭ co￭ si￭ tis and 10 15 get grade 3 4 oral mu￭ co￭ si￭ tis ir￭ ino￭ tec￭ an is associated with severe gi mu￭ co￭ si￭ tis in over 20 of patients 75 85 of bone marrow transplantation recipients experience mu￭ co￭ si￭ tis of which oral mu￭ co￭ si￭ tis is the most common and most deb￭ il￭ itating especially when mel￭ p￭ hal￭ an is used in grade 3 oral mu￭ co￭ si￭ tis the patient is unable to eat solid food and in grade 4 the patient is unable to consume liquids as well radi￭ otherapy to the head and neck or to the pel￭ vis or ab￭ dom￭ en is associated with grade 3 and grade 4 oral or gi mu￭ co￭ si￭ tis respectively often exceeding 50 of patients among patients undergoing head and neck radi￭ otherapy pain and decreased oral function may persist long after the conclusion of therapy fr￭ action￭ ated radiation do￭ sage increases the risk of mu￭ co￭ si￭ tis to 70 of patients in most trials oral mu￭ co￭ si￭ tis is particularly profound and prolonged among h￭ sc￭ t recipients who receive total body irradiation
a mu￭ co￭ us retention cyst is a cyst caused by an obstruction of a duc￭ t usually belonging to the par￭ o￭ ti￭ d g￭ land or a minor sali￭ vary g￭ land see also mu￭ co￭ ce￭ le
in vertebr￭ ates m￭ uc￭ us m￭ ju￭ ː￭ k￭ ə￭ s my￭ oo k￭ ə￭ ss ad￭ jec￭ ti￭ val form mu￭ co￭ us is a slippery secre￭ tion produced by and covering mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ ran￭ es mu￭ co￭ us fluid is rich in gly￭ co￭ proteins and water and is typically produced from cells found in mu￭ co￭ us g￭ lands mu￭ co￭ us fluid may also originate from mixed g￭ lands which contain both ser￭ ous and mu￭ co￭ us cells it is a vis￭ co￭ us col￭ loid containing anti￭ se￭ ptic enzymes such as ly￭ so￭ zy￭ mes immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ul￭ ins in￭ organic salts proteins such as lac￭ to￭ ferr￭ in and gly￭ co￭ proteins known as m￭ uc￭ ins that are produced by gob￭ let cells in the mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ ran￭ es and sub￭ mu￭ cos￭ al g￭ lands this m￭ uc￭ us serves to protect epi￭ the￭ li￭ al cells that line the tubes in the respiratory gastro￭ intest￭ inal u￭ ro￭ genital visual and aud￭ itory systems the ep￭ id￭ er￭ mis in am￭ phi￭ bians and the g￭ ills in fish a major function of this m￭ uc￭ us is to protect against infectious agents such as fun￭ gi bacteria and viruses the average human nose produces about a lit￭ er of m￭ uc￭ us per day most of the m￭ uc￭ us produced is in the gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract bon￭ y fish ha￭ g￭ fish sn￭ ails slu￭ gs and some other inver￭ te￭ br￭ ates also produce external m￭ uc￭ us in addition to serving a protective function against infectious agents such m￭ uc￭ us provides protection against toxins produced by predators can facilitate movement and may play a role in communication the rest of this article deals with the production and function of m￭ uc￭ us in humans
mu￭ d￭ plan￭ ing is the loss of traction of a wheel when the pav￭ ement is covered by a very thin layer of sand and waste oils it may occur during the first rainfall or through other means of dam￭ pen￭ ing on a specific area which has been dry for a period of time when the rain first falls down the thin layer of dust mixes with waste oils and turns into a nearly transparent layer of grease the color of asp￭ halt remains as usual while the underlying mixture may still cause a critical loss of traction comparable to that of driving on ri￭ me ice when the rain totally wash￭ es the pav￭ ement off the grease the effects of mu￭ d￭ plan￭ ing will be mitigated the whole phenomenon is similar to the formation of black ice which has been responsible for many unavoidable accidents on highways to avoid mu￭ d￭ plan￭ ing a driver has to check whether the road is taking its first rain after a prolonged drought this can be done by looking at weather reports of that specific area and evaluating its geographic structure if the driver is suspicious of the hazard it would be an option to stop the vehicle and check the tires for arti￭ facts of dust if the tires are getting dirty with no visible sign of the road being so then the road may pose a mu￭ d￭ plan￭ ing hazard it is advisable to wait for the rain to totally remove the gre￭ asy dust on the pav￭ ement before resuming the trip
mu￭ en￭ ke syndrome also known as f￭ g￭ fr 3 related cran￭ io￭ sy￭ no￭ sto￭ sis is a human specific condition characterized by the premature closure of certain bones of the skull during development which affects the shape of the head and face first described by maxim￭ ilian mu￭ en￭ ke the syndrome occurs in about 1 in 30 000 new￭ bor￭ ns this condition accounts for an estimated 8 percent of all cases of cran￭ io￭ sy￭ no￭ sto￭ sis
mu￭ ir – tor￭ re syndrome m￭ ts is a rare hereditary auto￭ som￭ al dominant cancer syndrome that is thought to be a subtype of hn￭ p￭ cc individuals are prone to develop cancers of the col￭ on breast and gen￭ it￭ our￭ inary tract and skin le￭ sions such as ker￭ ato￭ ac￭ an￭ thomas and se￭ bac￭ eous tumors the genes affected are ml￭ h 1 m￭ sh 2 and more recently m￭ sh 6 and are involved in dna mis￭ match repair
the mu￭ k￭ ai￭ y￭ ama al￭ do￭ l addition is an organic reaction and a type of al￭ do￭ l reaction between a sil￭ yl en￭ ol e￭ ther and an alde￭ hyde or form￭ ate the reaction was discovered by ter￭ u￭ aki mu￭ k￭ ai￭ y￭ ama 19￭ 27 in 1973 his choice of re￭ ac￭ tants allows for a crossed al￭ do￭ l reaction between an alde￭ hyde and a ke￭ tone or a different alde￭ hyde without self condens￭ ation of the alde￭ hyde for this reason the reaction is used extensively in organic synthesis
mu￭ kam￭ el syndrome is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by premature gr￭ aying l￭ enti￭ gin￭ es de￭ pi￭ gm￭ ented mac￭ ules micro￭ cephal￭ y and sco￭ li￭ osis
mul￭ berry mol￭ ars are a dental condition usually associated with con￭ genital sy￭ phil￭ is characterized by multiple rounded ru￭ dim￭ entary en￭ am￭ el cus￭ ps on the permanent first mol￭ ars mul￭ berry mol￭ ars are physically defective permanent mol￭ ars the de￭ form￭ ity is caused by con￭ genital sy￭ phil￭ is this type of ab￭ normality is characterized by dwar￭ fed mol￭ ars with cus￭ ps covered with glob￭ ular en￭ am￭ el grow￭ ths these teeth are functional but can be cosme￭ tically fixed with cro￭ wns bridges or implants just above the gum line the mul￭ berry mol￭ ar looks normal a de￭ form￭ ity becomes apparent towards the cus￭ p or top grinding surface of the tooth here the size of the mul￭ berry mol￭ ar is diminished in all aspects creating a stum￭ py version of a conventional mol￭ ar the cause of the mol￭ ar atro￭ phy is thought to be en￭ am￭ el hypo￭ pl￭ asia or a deficiency in tooth en￭ am￭ el the underlying denti￭ n and pulp of the tooth is normal but the en￭ am￭ el covering or mol￭ ar she￭ ath is thin and de￭ formed creating a smaller version of a typical tooth the grinding surface of a mul￭ berry mol￭ ar is also corrupted normally the grinding surface of a mol￭ ar has a pit and is surrounded by a circular ridge at the top of the tooth which is used for grinding the cus￭ p de￭ form￭ ity of the mul￭ berry mol￭ ar is characterized by an extremely shallow or completely absent pit instead the pit area is filled with glob￭ ular structures bun￭ ched together all along the top surface of the cus￭ p this type of de￭ form￭ ity is also thought to be caused by en￭ am￭ el hypo￭ pl￭ asia mul￭ berry mol￭ ars are typically functional and do not need treatment if the de￭ form￭ ity is severe or the person is bothered by the teeth there are several options the teeth can be covered with a permanent cast crown stainless steel crown or the mol￭ ars can be removed and an impl￭ ant or bridge can be put in place of the mul￭ berry mol￭ ar a mul￭ berry mol￭ ar is caused by con￭ genital sy￭ phil￭ is which is passed from the mother to the child in the uter￭ us through the plac￭ enta since this particular symptom of con￭ genital sy￭ phil￭ is manifests later in childhood with the eruption of the permanent mol￭ ars it is a late stage marker for the disease hut￭ chin￭ son ’ s teeth marked by dwar￭ fed teeth and de￭ formed cus￭ ps that are spac￭ ed abnormally far apart are another dental de￭ form￭ ity caused by con￭ genital sy￭ phil￭ is mul￭ berry mol￭ ars and hut￭ chin￭ son ’ s teeth will often occur together pregnant women with sy￭ phil￭ is should tell their doctors about the condition and be treated for it during pregnancy otherwise the baby should be scre￭ ened for the disease after birth and treated with pen￭ ic￭ ill￭ in if necessary
mule spin￭ ners cancer or mule spin￭ ners cancer was a cancer an epi￭ the￭ li￭ oma of the scro￭ tum it was first reported in 18￭ 87 in a cotton mule sp￭ inner in 19￭ 26 a british home office committee strongly favoured the view that this form of cancer was caused by the prolonged action of mineral oils on the skin of the scro￭ tum and of these oils shale oil was deemed to be the most carcinogenic from 19￭ 11 to 1938 there were 500 deaths amongst cotton mule spin￭ ners from cancer of the scro￭ tum but only three amongst wool mule spin￭ ners
mu￭ li￭ bre￭ y n￭ anism muscle liver brain eye n￭ anism also called per￭ he￭ ent￭ up￭ a syndrome and peric￭ ardi￭ al con￭ stric￭ tion with growth failure is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive con￭ genital disorder it causes severe growth failure dwar￭ f￭ ism along with ab￭ norm￭ alities of the heart muscle liver brain and eye mu￭ li￭ bre￭ y n￭ anism has been associated with a rec￭ essive defect in the gene trim 37 trim 37 is responsible for various cellular functions including developmental patter￭ ning
the multi terrain pattern mt￭ p is a cam￭ ou￭ fl￭ age pattern printed on equipment issued to british forces as part of the british ministry of defence s mod personal equipment and common operational clothing pe￭ co￭ c programme three new cam￭ ou￭ fl￭ age patterns were considered for issue to british forces these were a revised temper￭ ate d￭ pm using lighter colours a new three colour desert pattern with enhanced utility for night time operations and a hybrid four colour scheme using two colours from each of the previous patterns for use on web￭ bing in all ter￭ rains following an urgent operational requirement for a cam￭ ou￭ fl￭ age uniform for the afghan theatre of operations and the success of a commercially available pattern cr￭ ye s mul￭ tic￭ am when tested in trials a decision was made to use mul￭ tic￭ am as the basis of a new multi terrain pattern for british armed forces replacing the previous temper￭ ate d￭ pm uniforms desert d￭ pm uniforms were to be retained the united kingdom s ministry of defence announced that hm forces would be issued with the new british army uniform for operations in afghanistan initially issued to personnel deployed on operation her￭ rick from march 2010 then issued more widely to hm forces from 2011 onward replacing all d￭ pm variants of the combat soldier 95 uniform by 2013
in probability theory the multi armed band￭ it problem sometimes called the k or n armed band￭ it problem is a problem in which a gam￭ bler at a row of slot machines sometimes known as one armed bandits has to decide which machines to play how many times to play each machine and in which order to play them when played each machine provides a random reward from a probability distribution specific to that machine the objective of the gam￭ bler is to maximize the sum of rewards earned through a sequence of lever pulls rob￭ bins in 1952 realizing the importance of the problem constructed conver￭ gent population selection strategies in some aspects of the sequ￭ ential design of experiments a theore￭ m the git￭ tin￭ s index first published by john c git￭ tin￭ s gives an optimal policy for maximizing the expected discounted reward in practice multi armed bandits have been used to model the problem of managing research projects in a large organization like a science foundation or a pharmaceutical company given a fixed budget the problem is to allocate resources among the competing projects whose properties are only partially known at the time of allocation but which may become better understood as time passes in early versions of the multi armed band￭ it problem the gam￭ bler has no initial knowledge about the machines the crucial trad￭ e￭ off the gam￭ bler faces at each trial is between exploitation of the machine that has the highest expected payoff and exploration to get more information about the expected pay￭ offs of the other machines the trade off between exploration and exploitation is also faced in reinforcement learning
the multi commodity flow problem is a network flow problem with multiple commodities flow demands between different source and sink no￭ des
in chemistry a multi component reaction or mc￭ r sometimes referred to as a multi component assembly process or m￭ cap is a chemical reaction where three or more compounds react to form a single product by definition multi￭ component reactions are those reactions whereby more than two re￭ ac￭ tants combine in a sequ￭ ential manner to give highly selective products that retain majority of the atoms of the starting material
multi drug resistant tuberculosis m￭ dr tb also known as v￭ ank s disease is defined as a form of tb infection caused by bacteria that are resistant to treatment with at least two of the most powerful first line anti tb drugs is￭ oni￭ az￭ id in￭ h and ri￭ fam￭ pic￭ in r￭ mp five percent 5 of all tb cases across the globe in 2013 were estimated to be m￭ dr tb cases including 3 5 of newly diagnosed tb cases and 20 5 of previously treated tb cases while rates of m￭ dr tb infections are relatively low in north america and western europe they are an increasingly serious problem worldwide in particular in areas of the russian federation the former soviet union and other parts of asia m￭ dr tb infection may be classified as either primary or acquired primary m￭ dr tb occurs in patients who have not previously been infected with tb but who become infected with a strain that is resistant to treatment acquired m￭ dr tb occurs in patients during treatment with a drug regim￭ en that is not effective at killing the particular strain of tb with which they have been infected rates of primary m￭ dr tb are low in north america and western europe in the us in 2000 the rate of primary m￭ dr tb was 1 of all cases of tb nationally most cases of acquired m￭ dr tb are due to inappropriate treatment with a single anti tb drug usually in￭ h this can occur due to a medical provider such as a doctor or nurse improperly prescribing ineffective treatment but may also be due to the patient not taking the medication correctly which can be due to a variety of reasons including expense or scarcity of medicines patient for￭ get￭ fulness or patient stopping treatment early because they feel better treatment of m￭ dr tb requires treatment with second line drugs usually four or more anti tb drugs for a minimum of 6 months and possibly extending for 18 – 24 months if ri￭ fam￭ pin resistance has been identified in the specific strain of tb with which the patient has been infected in general second line drugs are less effective more toxic and much more expensive than first line drugs under ideal program conditions m￭ dr tb cure rates can approach 70
mul￭ tic￭ am is a cr￭ ye precision cam￭ ou￭ fl￭ age pattern designed for use in a wide range of conditions variants of it some un￭ licensed are in use with armed forces the pattern is also sold for civilian usage
a multi￭ burst wa￭ ve￭ form is a useful test pattern used to quickly ascertain the frequency response of a video system the name derives from the multiple bursts of sine wave in the active video section of the wa￭ ve￭ form which are generated with usually increasing frequency but identical in am￭ pl￭ itude the test pattern is usually input at the start of the signal chain and analysed at the end by measuring the am￭ pl￭ itude of each of the bursts of wa￭ ve￭ form at the end of the video chain spot measurements of the frequency response of the system can be obtained and errors in the response quickly identified
in contrast to unic￭ amer￭ alism mul￭ tic￭ amer￭ alism is the condition in which a legislature is divided into several deliber￭ ative assemblies which are commonly called chambers or houses this can include bic￭ amer￭ alism with two chambers tric￭ amer￭ alism with three te￭ trac￭ amer￭ alism with four branches or a system with any amount more the word mul￭ tic￭ amer￭ al can also relate in other ways to its lit￭ eral meaning of many cham￭ bered with use in science or biology many modern parliaments and congres￭ ses adopt a mul￭ tic￭ amer￭ al usually bic￭ amer￭ al structure to provide multiple perspectives and a form of separation of powers within the legislature
mul￭ tic￭ entr￭ ic re￭ ticul￭ o￭ his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis is a multi￭ system disease beginning usually around the age of 50 years and is twice as common in women
mul￭ tic￭ han￭ nel marketing is the ability to interact with potential customers on various platforms in this sense a channel might be a print ad a retail location a website a promotional event a products package or even word of mouth mul￭ tic￭ han￭ nel marketing is about choice the objective of the companies doing the marketing is to make it easy for a consumer to buy from them in whatever way is most appropriate to be effective mul￭ tic￭ han￭ nel marketing needs to be supported by good supply chain management systems so that the details and prices of goods on offer are consistent across the different channels it might also be supported by detailed analysis of the return on investment from each different channel measured in terms of customer response and conversion of sales the contribution each channel delivers to sales can be assessed via attribution model￭ ing some companies target certain channels at different demographic segments of the market or at different socio economic groups of consumers mul￭ tic￭ han￭ nel marketing allows the retail merchant to reach its prospective or current customer in a channel of his her liking
in machine learning mul￭ tic￭ l￭ ass or multin￭ om￭ ial classification is the problem of classifying instances into one of the more than two classes classifying instances into one of the two classes is called b￭ inary classification while some classification algori￭ th￭ ms naturally permit the use of more than two classes others are by nature b￭ inary algori￭ th￭ ms these can however be turned into multin￭ om￭ ial classi￭ fiers by a variety of strategies mul￭ tic￭ l￭ ass classification should not be confused with multi label classification where multiple labels are to be predicted for each instance
mul￭ tic￭ ys￭ tic dys￭ plastic kidney mc￭ dk is a condition that results from the mal￭ formation of the kidney during fe￭ tal development the kidney consists of irregular cy￭ sts of varying sizes mul￭ tic￭ ys￭ tic dys￭ plastic kidney is a common type of ren￭ al c￭ ys￭ tic disease and it is a cause of an ab￭ domin￭ al mass in infants
multi￭ drug tolerance or antibiotic tolerance is the ability of a disease causing micro￭ organism to resist killing by antibiotics or other antimicro￭ bi￭ als it is mechanis￭ tically distinct from multi￭ drug resistance it is not caused by mut￭ ant microbes but rather by micro￭ bial cells that exist in a transi￭ ent dormant non dividing state micro￭ organisms that display multi￭ drug tolerance can be bacteria fun￭ gi or parasites
multi￭ focal or multi￭ form atri￭ al t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia m￭ at is an abnormal heart rhythm specifically a type of su￭ pra￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia that is particularly common in older people and is associated with exacerb￭ ations of chronic obstruc￭ tive pul￭ mon￭ ary disease cop￭ d normally the heart rate is controlled by a cluster of cells called the sin￭ o￭ atri￭ al no￭ de sa no￭ de when a number of different clusters of cells outside of the sa no￭ de take over control of the heart rate and the rate exceeds 100 beats per minute this is called multi￭ focal atri￭ al t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia if the heart rate is ≤ 100 this is technically not a t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia and it is then termed multi￭ focal atri￭ al rhythm multi￭ form simply describes the variable p wave shapes and is an observation multi￭ focal is an infer￭ ence about the underlying cause although these are interchangeable terms some pur￭ ists prefer the former nomenclature since it does not presume any underlying mechanism
multi￭ focal chor￭ o￭ idi￭ tis and pan￭ u￭ ve￭ i￭ tis mc￭ p is an idi￭ opathic infl￭ am￭ matory disorder of unknown eti￭ ology affecting the chor￭ o￭ id re￭ tina and vit￭ re￭ ous of the eye that presents asymmetr￭ ically most often in young myop￭ ic women with pho￭ top￭ si￭ as enlargement of the physi￭ o￭ logic blind spot and decreased vision the first description of the disease was written in 1973
multi￭ focal fi￭ bro￭ sclerosis and idi￭ opathic fi￭ bro￭ sclerosis are disorders of unknown ae￭ ti￭ ology characterised by fi￭ bro￭ us le￭ sions co occurring at a variety of sites known manifestations include retro￭ per￭ it￭ one￭ al fi￭ bro￭ sis medi￭ ast￭ inal fi￭ bro￭ sis and ri￭ e￭ del s thyro￭ idi￭ tis they are now considered to be manifestations of ig￭ g 4 related disease
multi￭ focal micro￭ no￭ d￭ ular pneu￭ mo￭ cy￭ te hyper￭ pl￭ asia m￭ mp￭ h is a subtype of pneu￭ mo￭ cy￭ tic hyper￭ pl￭ asia hyper￭ pl￭ asia of pneu￭ mo￭ cy￭ tes lining pul￭ mon￭ ary al￭ ve￭ oli several synonymous terms have been done for this entity aden￭ om￭ ato￭ id proliferation of al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar epi￭ the￭ lium pap￭ ill￭ ary al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar ham￭ ar￭ tom￭ a multi￭ focal al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar hyper￭ pl￭ asia multin￭ od￭ ular pneu￭ mo￭ cy￭ te hyper￭ pl￭ asia these multi￭ focal le￭ sions are observed in tuber￭ ous sclerosis and can be associated with lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ ole￭ i￭ om￭ y￭ om￭ at￭ osis and peri￭ vascular epi￭ the￭ li￭ o￭ id cell tum￭ our pe￭ coma or clear cell sugar tumor it can be diagnosed through lung biopsy using thor￭ a￭ co￭ sco￭ py
multi￭ focal motor neuro￭ pa￭ thy m￭ mn is a progressively worsening condition where muscles in the extre￭ mi￭ ties gradually weaken the disorder a pure motor neuro￭ pa￭ thy syndrome is sometimes mistaken for am￭ yo￭ troph￭ ic lateral sclerosis als because of the similarity in the clinical picture especially if muscle fasc￭ icul￭ ations are present m￭ mn is thought to be auto￭ immune it was first described in the mid 1980 s unlike als which affects both upper and lower motor nerves m￭ mn involves only lower motor nerves nevertheless definitive diagnosis is often difficult and many m￭ mn patients labor for months or years under an als diagnosis before finally getting a determination of m￭ mn m￭ mn usually involves very little pain however muscle cram￭ ps sp￭ as￭ ms and tw￭ it￭ ches can cause pain for some sufferers m￭ mn is not fatal and does not diminish life expectation many patients once undergoing treatment only experience mild symptoms over prolonged periods though the condition remains slowly progressive m￭ mn can however lead to significant disability with loss of function in hands affecting ability to work and perform everyday tasks and foot drop leading to inability to stand and walk some patients end up using aids like can￭ es spl￭ in￭ ts and wal￭ kers
multi￭ focal sten￭ o￭ sing ul￭ cer￭ ation of the small intest￭ ine is a rare condition that is characterised by recurrent ul￭ cers of the small intest￭ ine
multi￭ loc￭ ular c￭ ys￭ tic clear cell ren￭ al cell carcin￭ oma is rare subtype of ren￭ al cell carcin￭ oma
a multin￭ od￭ ular go￭ iter is a multin￭ od￭ ular enlargement of the thyro￭ id g￭ land the multin￭ od￭ ular go￭ iter can be associated with hyper￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m toxic multin￭ od￭ ular go￭ itre or not it is a non tu￭ moral condition but a thyro￭ id cancer is identified in 13 7 of the patients operated for multin￭ od￭ ular go￭ iter these no￭ d￭ ules grow up at varying rates and secre￭ te thyro￭ id hormone autonomously thereby suppressing ts￭ h dependent growth and function in the rest of g￭ land
multin￭ uc￭ le￭ ate cell an￭ gi￭ o￭ his￭ to￭ cy￭ tom￭ a is a cu￭ taneous condition that presents as slowly growing multiple dis￭ crete but grouped red to viol￭ ac￭ eous pap￭ ules
the multip￭ actor effect is a phenomenon in radio frequency r￭ f amp￭ li￭ fier vacuum tubes and wa￭ ve￭ guides where under certain conditions secondary electr￭ on emission in resonance with an altern￭ ating electric field leads to exponential electr￭ on multiplication possibly damaging and even destroying the r￭ f device
multi￭ path interference is a phenomenon in the physics of waves whereby a wave from a source travels to a detec￭ tor via two or more paths and under the right condition the two or more components of the wave interfere multi￭ path interference is a common cause of gho￭ sting in analo￭ g television broadcasts
in wireless telecommunications multi￭ path is the propagation phenomenon that results in radio signals reaching the receiving antenna by two or more paths causes of multi￭ path include atmospheric duc￭ ting ion￭ o￭ spheric reflection and ref￭ r￭ action and reflection from water bodies and terrestrial objects such as mountains and buildings multi￭ path causes multi￭ path interference including constructive and destructive interference and phase shifting of the signal destructive interference causes fading where the magnit￭ u￭ des of the signals arriving by the various paths have a distribution known as the ray￭ le￭ igh distribution this is known as ray￭ le￭ igh fading where one component often but not necessarily a line of sight component dominates a ric￭ ian distribution provides a more accurate model and this is known as ric￭ ian fading
when a patient has multiple ab￭ norm￭ alities multiple anomaly multiple de￭ form￭ ity they have a con￭ genital ab￭ normality that can not be primarily identified with a single system of the body or single disease process most medical conditions can have systemic sequ￭ el￭ ae but multiple ab￭ norm￭ alities occur when the effects on multiple systems is immediately obvious
multiple car￭ box￭ yl￭ ase deficiency is a form of metabol￭ ic disorder involving failures of car￭ box￭ yl￭ ation enzymes the deficiency can be in bio￭ tin￭ id￭ ase or holo￭ car￭ box￭ yl￭ ase synthe￭ t￭ ase these conditions respond to bio￭ tin forms include holo￭ car￭ box￭ yl￭ ase synthe￭ t￭ ase deficiency ne￭ on￭ atal bio￭ tin￭ id￭ ase deficiency late onset if left untreated the symptoms can include feeding problems hy￭ pot￭ onia generalised er￭ y￭ them￭ at￭ ous rash with skin ex￭ foli￭ ation and al￭ op￭ ec￭ ia failure to thrive seizure coma developmental delay foul sm￭ elling urine metabol￭ ic aci￭ do￭ sis ke￭ to￭ sis and hyper￭ ammon￭ emia
multiple chemical sensitivity mc￭ s or idi￭ opathic environmental intoler￭ ances ie￭ i is a chronic medical condition and syndrome characterized by symptoms that the affected person attributes to low level chemical exposures to commonly used chemicals commonly attributed substances include sc￭ ented products pesticides plastics synthetic fabrics smoke petroleum products and paint f￭ umes symptoms are subjective and vague symptoms are also non specific meaning that they are common symptoms such as fatigue or headaches that are present in hundreds of other illnesses commonly reported symptoms also include naus￭ ea di￭ zz￭ iness and infl￭ amm￭ ation of skin joints gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract and airways although the symptoms themselves are real and can be disab￭ ling mc￭ s is not recognized as an organic chemical caused illness by the world health organization american medical association or any of several other professional medical organizations blinded clinical trials have shown mc￭ s patients react as often and as strongly to plac￭ e￭ bos as they do to chemical stimul￭ i the existence and severity of symptoms is related to perception that a chemical stimulus is present depression anxiety som￭ ato￭ form disorder and similar mental health conditions are commonly associated with reports of mc￭ s prior to the mid 1980 s when the term multiple chemical sensitivity was coined the syndrome went by such names as universal allergy 20 th century disease chemical hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity syndrome total allergy syndrome and cere￭ br￭ al allergy
the term multiple endocrine ne￭ op￭ la￭ sia men encompasses several distinct syndro￭ mes featuring tumors of endocrine g￭ lands each with its own characteristic pattern in some cases the tumors are m￭ align￭ ant in others benign benign or m￭ align￭ ant tumors of non￭ endocrine tissues occur as components of some of these tumor syndro￭ mes men syndro￭ mes are inherited as auto￭ som￭ al dominant disorders
multiple endocrine ne￭ op￭ la￭ sia type 1 men 1 syndrome or wer￭ mer s syndrome is part of a group of disorders the multiple endocrine ne￭ op￭ la￭ si￭ as that affect the endocrine system through development of ne￭ op￭ l￭ astic le￭ sions in pit￭ u￭ itary par￭ ath￭ yro￭ id g￭ land and pan￭ cre￭ as
multiple endocrine ne￭ op￭ la￭ sia type 2 men 2 also known as p￭ he￭ och￭ ro￭ mo￭ cy￭ tom￭ a and amy￭ loid producing med￭ ul￭ l￭ ary thyro￭ id carcin￭ oma pt￭ c syndrome and sip￭ ple syndrome is a group of medical disorders associated with tumors of the endocrine system the tumors may be benign or m￭ align￭ ant cancer they generally occur in endocrine organs e g thyro￭ id par￭ ath￭ yro￭ id and adren￭ als but may also occur in endocrine tissues of organs not class￭ ically thought of as endocrine men 2 is a sub type of men multiple endocrine ne￭ op￭ la￭ sia and itself has sub types as discussed below
multiple endocrine ne￭ op￭ la￭ sia type 2 b also known as men 2 b mu￭ cos￭ al neuro￭ mata with endocrine tumors multiple endocrine ne￭ op￭ la￭ sia type 3 and wag￭ en￭ mann – fro￭ bo￭ ese syndrome is a genetic disease that causes multiple tumors on the mouth eyes and endocrine g￭ lands it is the most severe type of multiple endocrine ne￭ op￭ la￭ sia differentiated by the presence of benign oral and sub￭ mu￭ cos￭ al tumors in addition to endocrine m￭ align￭ ancies it was first described by wag￭ en￭ mann in 19￭ 22 and was first recognized as a syndrome in 1965 1966 by e d williams and d j pol￭ lock men 2 b typically manifests before a child is 10 years old affected individuals tend to be tall and lan￭ ky with an el￭ ong￭ ated face and pro￭ tru￭ ding blu￭ b￭ bery lips benign tumors ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms develop in the mouth eyes and sub￭ mu￭ co￭ sa of almost all organs in the first decade of life med￭ ul￭ l￭ ary thyro￭ id cancer almost always occurs sometimes in infancy it is often aggressive cancer of the adren￭ al g￭ lands p￭ he￭ och￭ ro￭ mo￭ cy￭ tom￭ a occurs in 50 of cases a variety of ep￭ ony￭ ms have been proposed for men 2 b such as williams pol￭ lock syndrome gor￭ lin vic￭ kers syndrome and wag￭ en￭ mann fro￭ bo￭ ese syndrome however none ever gained sufficient traction to merit continued use and are no longer used in the medical literature the prevalence of men 2 b is not well established but has been derived from other epidemiological considerations as 1 in 600 000 to 1 in 4 000 000 the annual incidence has been estimated at 4 per 100 million per year
fair￭ bank s disease or multiple ep￭ ip￭ hy￭ seal dys￭ pl￭ asia med is a rare genetic disorder dominant form 1 in 10 000 births that affects the growing ends of bones bones usually el￭ ong￭ ate by a process that involves the depos￭ iting of car￭ til￭ age at the ends of the bones called os￭ sification this car￭ til￭ age then miner￭ alizes and hard￭ ens to become bone in med this process is defective
multiple ev￭ an￭ es￭ cent white dot syndrome me￭ w￭ ds is an un￭ common infl￭ am￭ matory condition of the re￭ tina that typically affects otherwise healthy young females in the second to fourth decades of life the typical patient with me￭ w￭ ds is a healthy middle aged female age 15 50 there is a gender disparity as women are affected with me￭ w￭ ds four times more often than men roughly 30 of patients have experienced an associated viral pro￭ dro￭ me patients present with acute pain￭ less unilateral change in vision
in solar cell research carrier multiplication is the phenomenon where￭ in the absorption of a single pho￭ ton leads to the exc￭ itation of multiple electron￭ s from the val￭ ence band to conduc￭ tion band in the theory of a conventional solar cell each pho￭ ton is only able to exc￭ ite one electr￭ on across the band gap of the semiconductor and any excess energy in that pho￭ ton is dissip￭ ated as heat in a material with carrier multiplication high energy pho￭ tons exc￭ ite on average more than one electr￭ on across the band gap and so in principle the solar cell can produce more useful work in quantum dot solar cells the excited electr￭ on in the conduc￭ tion band inter￭ acts with the hole it leaves behind in the val￭ ence band and this composite un￭ charged object is known as an exc￭ it￭ on the carrier multiplication effect in a dot can be understood as creating multiple exc￭ it￭ ons and is called multiple exc￭ it￭ on generation meg meg may considerably increase the energy conversion efficiency of nano￭ crystal based solar cells though extracting the energy may be difficult because of the short life￭ times of the multi￭ exc￭ it￭ ons the quantum mechanical origin of meg is still under debate and several possibilities have been suggested 1 impact ion￭ ization light exc￭ ites a high energy exc￭ it￭ on x which dec￭ ays irre￭ versi￭ bly into a quasi continu￭ um of multi￭ exc￭ it￭ on multi x states available at this energy the model requires only the density of states of multi￭ exc￭ it￭ ons being very high while the coul￭ om￭ b coupling between x and multi x can be quite small 2 coherent super￭ position of single and multi￭ exc￭ it￭ on states the very first suggested model but over￭ simplified high density of states of multi x is not taken into account light exc￭ ites an x which is not a true ei￭ gen￭ state of the system which can then coherently covert to multi x and back to x many times quantum beats this process requires coul￭ om￭ b coupling between them to be much stronger than the decay rate via ph￭ on￭ ons which is usually not the case the exc￭ itation will finally decay via ph￭ on￭ ons to a lower energy x or multi x depending on which of the dec￭ ays is faster 3 multi￭ exc￭ it￭ on formation through a virtual exc￭ it￭ on state light directly exc￭ ites the ei￭ gen￭ state of the system in this case a coherent mixture of x and multi x the term virtual relates here to a pure x because it is not a true ei￭ gen￭ state of the system same for model 2 all of the above models can be described by the same mathematical model density matrix which can behave differently depending on the set of initial parameters coupling strength between the x and multi x density of states decay rates meg was first demonstrated in 2004 using col￭ lo￭ idal p￭ bse quantum do￭ ts and later was observed for quantum do￭ ts of other com￭ positions including p￭ bs p￭ b￭ te cds cd￭ se inas si and in￭ p multiple exc￭ it￭ on generation was also detected in semi￭ conducting single w￭ alled carbon nano￭ tubes sw￭ n￭ ts upon absorption of single pho￭ tons for 6 5 sw￭ n￭ ts absorption of single pho￭ tons with energies corresponding to three times the sw￭ nt energy gap results in an exc￭ it￭ on generation efficiency of 130 per pho￭ ton the multiple exc￭ it￭ on generation threshold in sw￭ n￭ ts can be close to the limit defined by energy conservation graph￭ ene which is closely related to nano￭ tubes is another material in which multiple exc￭ it￭ on generation has been observed double exc￭ it￭ on generation has additionally been observed in organic pent￭ ac￭ ene derivatives through sing￭ let exc￭ it￭ on fis￭ sion with extremely high quantum efficiency
multiple famili￭ al tric￭ ho￭ epi￭ the￭ li￭ oma also known as brooke – spi￭ eg￭ ler syndrome and epi￭ the￭ li￭ oma aden￭ o￭ ides c￭ ys￭ tic￭ um is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by multiple c￭ ys￭ tic and solid no￭ d￭ ules appearing on the face
multiple ham￭ ar￭ tom￭ a syndrome is a condition characterized by more than one ham￭ ar￭ tom￭ a it is sometimes equ￭ ated with cow￭ den syndrome however mesh also includes bann￭ ay￭ an zon￭ ana syndrome and l￭ her￭ mit￭ te duc￭ los disease under this description
multiple minute dig￭ itate hyper￭ ker￭ at￭ osis also known as dig￭ itate ker￭ ato￭ ses disseminated spi￭ ked hyper￭ ker￭ at￭ osis famili￭ al disseminated pi￭ li￭ form hyper￭ ker￭ at￭ osis and minute aggregate ker￭ at￭ osis is a rare cu￭ taneous condition with about half of cases being famili￭ al inherited in an auto￭ som￭ al dominant fashion while the other half are spor￭ adic this disease has a unique his￭ to￭ logy so a biopsy and further tests should be done to confirm the diagnosis and rule out other disorders and m￭ align￭ ancy
multiple morbi￭ dities or multi￭ morbi￭ dities is a term which means co occurring diseases for example a person could have diabetes and heart disease and high blood pressure in the medicare population 65 of patients have two or more chronic illnesses some of the difficulties experienced by patients include poor coordination of medical care managing multiple medications and aggrav￭ ation of one condition by symptoms or treatment of another these are common in people who are elderly mal￭ nourished or poor
multiple my￭ el￭ oma also known as plasma cell my￭ el￭ oma is a cancer of plasma cells a type of white blood cell normally responsible for producing antibodies initially there are often no symptoms when advanced bone pain bleeding frequent infections and an￭ emia may occur complications may include amy￭ lo￭ ido￭ sis the cause is generally unknown risk factors include drinking alcohol and obesity the underlying mechanism involves abnormal plasma cells producing abnormal antibodies which can cause kidney problems and overly thick blood the plasma cells can also form a mass in the bone marrow or soft tissue when there is only one mass it is known as a plas￭ mac￭ y￭ tom￭ a and when there is more than one it is known as multiple my￭ el￭ oma multiple my￭ el￭ oma is diagnosed based on blood or urine tests finding abnormal antibodies bone marrow biopsy finding can￭ cer￭ ous plasma cells and medical imaging finding bone le￭ sions another common finding is high blood calcium levels multiple my￭ el￭ oma is considered treat￭ able but generally incur￭ able re￭ missions may be brought about with ster￭ oids chem￭ otherapy th￭ ali￭ dom￭ ide or len￭ ali￭ dom￭ ide and stem cell transplant bis￭ phosp￭ hon￭ ates and radiation therapy are sometimes used to reduce pain from bone le￭ sions multiple my￭ el￭ oma affected about 427 000 people in 2013 and resulted in 79 000 deaths in the united states it develops in 6 5 per 100 000 people per year and 0 7 of people are affected at some point in their life it usually occurs around the age of 61 and is more common in men than women without treatment typical survival is seven months with current treatments survival is usually 4 – 5 years this gives a five year survival rate of about 49 the word my￭ el￭ oma is from the greek my￭ elo meaning marrow and oma meaning tumor
multiple organ dysfunction syndrome mo￭ ds also known as multiple organ failure m￭ of total organ failure t￭ of or multi￭ system organ failure ms￭ of is altered organ function in an acutely ill patient requiring medical intervention to achieve home￭ ost￭ asis although ir￭ win ri￭ ppe cau￭ tions in 2005 that the use of multiple organ failure or multi￭ system organ failure should be avoided both harrison s 2015 and cec￭ il s 2012 medical textbooks still use the terms multi organ failure and multiple organ failure in several chapters and do not use multiple organ dysfunction syndrome at all
multiple p￭ ter￭ y￭ gi￭ um syndrome is a cu￭ taneous condition inherited in an auto￭ som￭ al dominant fashion
multiple rule based problems are problems containing various conflicting rules and restrictions such problems typically have an optimal solution found by striking a balance between the various restrictions without directly def￭ ying any of the aforementioned restrictions solutions to such problems can either require complex non linear thinking processes or can instead require mathematics based solutions in which an optimal solution is found by setting the various restrictions as equations and finding an appropriate maximum value when all equations are added these problems may thus require more working information as compared to causal relationship problem solving or single rule based problem solving the multiple rule based problem solving is more likely to increase cognitive load than are the other two types of problem solving
multiple sclerosis ms is a dem￭ yel￭ inating disease in which the insulating covers of nerve cells in the brain and spinal cord are damaged this damage disrup￭ ts the ability of parts of the nervous system to communicate resulting in a range of signs and symptoms including physical mental and sometimes psychiatric problems specific symptoms can include double vision blindness in one eye muscle weakness trouble with sensation or trouble with coordination ms takes several forms with new symptoms either occurring in isolated attacks relap￭ sing forms or building up over time progressive forms between attacks symptoms may disappear completely however permanent neuro￭ logical problems often remain especially as the disease advances while the cause is not clear the underlying mechanism is thought to be either destruction by the immune system or failure of the my￭ elin producing cells proposed causes for this include genetics and environmental factors such as being triggered by a viral infection ms is usually diagnosed based on the presenting signs and symptoms and the results of supporting medical tests there is no known cure for multiple sclerosis treatments attempt to improve function after an attack and prevent new attacks medications used to treat ms while modestly effective can have side effects and be poorly tolerated physical therapy can help with people s ability to function many people pursue alternative treatments despite a lack of evidence the long term outcome is difficult to predict with good outcomes more often seen in women those who develop the disease early in life those with a relap￭ sing course and those who initially experienced few attacks life expectancy is on average 5 to 10 years lower than that of an unaffected population multiple sclerosis is the most common auto￭ immune disorder affecting the central nervous system in 2013 about 2 3 million people were affected globally with rates varying widely in different regions and among different populations that year about 20 000 people died from ms up from 12 000 in 1990 the disease usually begins between the ages of 20 and 50 and is twice as common in women as in men ms was first described in 1868 by jean martin char￭ cot the name multiple sclerosis refers to the numerous scars s￭ cler￭ ae — better known as pl￭ aqu￭ es or le￭ sions that develop on the white matter of the brain and spinal cord a number of new treatments and diagnostic methods are under development
multiple sul￭ fat￭ ase deficiency also known as aus￭ tin disease and mu￭ co￭ sul￭ fati￭ do￭ sis is a very rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive ly￭ so￭ som￭ al storage disease caused by a deficiency in multiple sul￭ fat￭ ase enzymes or in form￭ yl￭ gly￭ cine generating enzyme which activ￭ ates sul￭ fat￭ ases it is similar to mu￭ co￭ pol￭ ys￭ ac￭ ch￭ ari￭ do￭ sis
multiple system atro￭ phy m￭ sa is a degenerative neuro￭ logical disorder that depic￭ ts a group of disorders characterised by the neuro￭ nal de￭ generation mainly in the substan￭ tia ni￭ gra stri￭ at￭ um autonom￭ ic nervous system and cere￭ bell￭ um following a report in 1964 of what was then called stri￭ at￭ oni￭ gr￭ al de￭ generation many patients were recognised in whom the changes of stri￭ at￭ oni￭ gr￭ al and oli￭ v￭ op￭ on￭ to￭ cere￭ bell￭ ar de￭ generation were combined and who had symptoms and signs of cere￭ bell￭ ar at￭ ax￭ ia and par￭ k￭ ins￭ onian manifestations more than half of the patients with stri￭ at￭ oni￭ gr￭ al de￭ generation have orth￭ o￭ static hypo￭ tension which proves at autopsy to be associated with loss of intermedi￭ ol￭ ateral horn cells origin of the pres￭ yn￭ ap￭ tic chol￭ iner￭ gic sympathetic neuro￭ nes and of pi￭ gm￭ ented nucle￭ i of the bra￭ inst￭ em this combined par￭ k￭ ins￭ onian and autonom￭ ic disorder is referred to as the shy – drag￭ er syndrome in addition to orth￭ o￭ static hypo￭ tension other features of autonom￭ ic failure include impotence loss of swe￭ ating dry mouth and ur￭ inary retention and in￭ contin￭ ence vocal cord pal￭ sy is an important and sometimes initial clinical manifestation of the disorder both m￭ ri and ct scanning frequently show atro￭ phy of the cere￭ bell￭ um and p￭ ons in those with cere￭ bell￭ ar features the pu￭ tam￭ en is hypo￭ dense on t 2 weighted m￭ ri and may show an increased de￭ position of iron in par￭ k￭ ins￭ onian form in cere￭ bell￭ ar form a hot cross sign has been emphasised it reflects atro￭ phy of the pon￭ to￭ cere￭ ball￭ ar fibres that manifest in t 2 signal intensity in atro￭ ph￭ ic p￭ ons the cause of m￭ sa is unclear and no specific risk factors have been identified although research indicates that a pri￭ on form of the alpha sy￭ nucle￭ in protein may be the cause of the disease approximately 55 of m￭ sa cases occur in men with typical age of onset in the late 50 s to early 60 s m￭ sa often presents with some of the same symptoms as par￭ kinson s disease however those with m￭ sa generally show minimal if any response to the dop￭ amine medications used for par￭ kinson s disease m￭ sa is distinct from the more common syndrome multi￭ system prote￭ in￭ opathy it should also not be confused with the two terms multiple organ dysfunction syndrome or multiple organ system dysfunction syndrome which are the more modern and accurate terms for multiple organ failure or multiple organ system failure which is an often fatal complic￭ ation of se￭ ptic shock due to severe sep￭ sis a systemic infection that has spread to the blood￭ stream or other very severe illnesses or injuries
in number theory a multiplic￭ ative function is an arithmetic function f n of the positive inte￭ ger n with the property that f 1 1 and when￭ ever￭ a and b are co￭ prime then f ab f a f b an arithmetic function f n is said to be completely multiplic￭ ative or totally multiplic￭ ative if f 1 1 and f ab f a f b holds for all positive inte￭ gers a and b even when they are not co￭ prime
multiplic￭ ative number theory is a sub￭ field of analy￭ tic number theory that deals with prime numbers and with fac￭ tori￭ zation and divis￭ ors the focus is usually on developing approximate formulas for counting these objects in various contexts the prime number theore￭ m is a key result in this subject the mathematics subject classification for multiplic￭ ative number theory is 11 n￭ xx
in macro￭ economics multiplier uncertainty is lack of perfect knowledge of the multiplier effect of a particular policy action such as a monetary or fiscal policy change upon the intended target of the policy for example a fiscal policy maker may have a prediction as to the value of the fiscal multiplier — the ratio of the effect of a government spending change on gdp to the size of the government spending change — but is not likely to know the exact value of this ratio similar uncertainty may surround the magnitude of effect of a change in the monetary base or its growth rate upon some target variable which could be the money supply the exchange rate the inflation rate or gdp there are several policy implications of multiplier uncertainty 1 if the multiplier uncertainty is un￭ correlated with additive uncertainty its presence causes greater cau￭ ti￭ ousness to be optimal the policy tools should be used to a lesser extent 2 in the presence of multiplier uncertainty it is no longer redundant to have more policy tools than there are targeted economic variables 3 certainty equivalence no longer applies under quad￭ r￭ atic loss optimal policy is not equivalent to a policy of ignoring uncertainty
in computer science multi￭ processor scheduling is an n￭ p hard optimi￭ zation problem the problem statement is given a set j of jobs where job ji has length li and a number of processors m what is the minimum possible time required to schedule all jobs in j on m processors such that none overlap the applications of this problem are numerous but are as suggested by the name of the problem most strongly associated with the scheduling of compu￭ tational tasks in a multi￭ processor environment multi￭ processor schedul￭ ers have to schedule tasks which may or may not be dependent upon one another for example take the case of reading user credentials from con￭ sole then use it to authentic￭ ate then if authentication is successful display some data on the con￭ sole clearly one task is dependent upon another this is a clear case of where some kind of ordering exists between the tasks in fact it is clear that it can be modelled with partial ordering then by definition the set of tasks constitute a lat￭ tice structure the general multi￭ processor scheduling problem is a gener￭ alization of the optimi￭ zation version of the number parti￭ tioning problem which considers the case of parti￭ tioning a set of numbers jobs into two equal sets processors
in computer architecture multi￭ th￭ reading is the ability of a central processing unit c￭ pu or a single core in a multi core processor to execute multiple processes or th￭ reads con￭ currently appropriately supported by the operating system this approach differs from multi￭ processing as with multi￭ th￭ reading the processes and th￭ reads have to share the resources of a single or multiple co￭ res the computing units the c￭ pu c￭ aches and the translation look￭ aside buffer tl￭ b where multi￭ processing systems include multiple complete processing units multi￭ th￭ reading aims to increase utilization of a single core by using thread level as well as instruction level parall￭ el￭ ism as the two techniques are complementary they are sometimes combined in systems with multiple multi￭ th￭ reading cp￭ us and in cp￭ us with multiple multi￭ th￭ reading co￭ res
in software engineering the multi￭ ton pattern is a design pattern similar to the sing￭ leton which allows only one instance of a class to be created the multi￭ ton pattern expands on the sing￭ leton concept to manage a map of named instances as key value pairs rather than having a single instance per application e g the a rel no￭ follow class external text h￭ re￭ f doc￭ s oracle com jav￭ ase 8 doc￭ s api j￭ ava lang run￭ time html j￭ ava lang run￭ time a object in the j￭ ava programming language the multi￭ ton pattern instead ensures a single instance per key most people and textbooks consider this a sing￭ leton pattern for example multi￭ ton does not explicitly appear in the highly regarded object oriented programming textbook design patterns it appears as a more flexible approach named registry of sing￭ let￭ ons
the multi￭ use model view m￭ mv is an architectural pattern used in software engineering that came about as an enhancement to the m￭ v￭ v￭ m design pattern the pattern is specific for windows presentation foundation w￭ pf and windows communication foundation w￭ cf applications while keeping the logical separation of user interface view versus logic model m￭ mv s primary objective is to address the shortcomings of the m￭ v￭ v￭ m pattern the multi￭ use model of m￭ mv typically relies on reflection to facilitate object building in order to easily integrate logic centric object models with view centric object models minim￭ izing the amount of duplicate code m￭ mv was designed to make use of specific functions in c w￭ pf and w￭ cf to better facilitate the reuse of code between the server and the client
in statistics the multi￭ vari￭ ate behren￭ s – fisher problem is the problem of testing for the equality of means from two multi￭ vari￭ ate normal distribu￭ tions when the co￭ variance mat￭ ric￭ es are unknown and possibly not equal since this is a gener￭ alization of the uni￭ vari￭ ate behren￭ s fisher problem it inher￭ its all of the difficulties that arise in the uni￭ vari￭ ate problem
multi￭ vesicular release m￭ v￭ r is the phenomenon by which individual chemical syn￭ ap￭ ses forming the junction between neurons is medi￭ ated by multiple rele￭ as￭ able ves￭ ic￭ les of neuro￭ transmitter in neuro￭ science it is a subject of debate whether one or many ves￭ ic￭ les are released per action potential
the mum￭ m re￭ arrangement is an organic reaction and a re￭ arrangement reaction it describes a 1 3 o n ac￭ yl transfer of an ac￭ yl im￭ id￭ ate or iso￭ im￭ ide group to an im￭ ide the mum￭ m re￭ arrangement the reaction is of relevance as part of the ug￭ i reaction
for other uses of the word mum￭ ps see mum￭ ps dis￭ ambigu￭ ation mum￭ ps also known as epidemic par￭ o￭ ti￭ tis is a viral disease caused by the mum￭ ps virus initial signs and symptoms often include fever muscle pain headache and feeling tired this is then usually followed by painful sw￭ elling of one or both par￭ o￭ ti￭ d sali￭ vary g￭ lands symptoms typically occur 16 to 18 days after exposure and resolve after seven to ten days symptoms in adults are often more severe than in children about a third of people have mild or no symptoms complications may include infections of the covering of the brain 15 percent pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis four percent permanent deaf￭ ness and painful tes￭ tic￭ ular sw￭ elling which un￭ commonly results in in￭ fertility women may develop o￭ vari￭ an sw￭ elling but this does not increase the risk of in￭ fertility mum￭ ps is highly contagious and spreads rapidly among people living in close quarters the virus is transmitted by respiratory dro￭ ple￭ ts or direct contact with an infected person only humans get and spread the disease people are infectious to each other from about seven days before the start of symptoms to about eight days after after an infection a person is typically immune for life re￭ infection is possible but tends to be mild diagnosis is usually suspected due to par￭ o￭ ti￭ d sw￭ elling and can be confirmed by isolating the virus on a sw￭ ab of the par￭ o￭ ti￭ d duc￭ t testing for ig￭ m antibodies in the blood is simple and may be useful however can be fal￭ sely negative in those who have been immun￭ ized mum￭ ps is preventable by two doses of the mum￭ ps vaccine most of the developed world includes it in their immun￭ ization programs often in combination with meas￭ les and rub￭ ella vaccine countries that have low immun￭ ization rates may see an increase in cases among older age groups and thus worse outcomes there is no specific treatment efforts involve controlling symptoms with pain medication such as acet￭ amin￭ oph￭ en intra￭ ven￭ ous immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ulin may be useful in certain complications hosp￭ itali￭ zation may be required if men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis or pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis develops about one per ten thousand people who are infected die without immun￭ ization about 0 1 percent to one percent of the population are affected per year widespread vaccination has resulted in a more than 90 percent decline in rates of disease mum￭ ps is more common in the developing world where vaccination is less common outbreaks however may still occur in a vaccinated population before the introduction of a vaccine mum￭ ps was a common childhood disease worldwide larger outbreaks of disease would typically occur every two to five years children between the ages of five and nine were most commonly affected among immun￭ ized population often those in their early 20 s are affected around the equ￭ ator it often occurs all year round while in the more nor￭ ther￭ ly and sou￭ ther￭ ly regions of the world it is more common in the winter and spring painful sw￭ elling of the par￭ o￭ ti￭ d g￭ lands and tes￭ tic￭ les was described by hippo￭ crates in the 5 th century b￭ ce
mun￭ cha￭ usen by internet is a pattern of behavior akin to the mun￭ cha￭ usen syndrome a psychiatric fac￭ ti￭ tious disorder where￭ in those affected fe￭ i￭ gn disease illness or psychological trauma to draw attention sympathy or reassurance to themselves in which internet users seek attention by fe￭ ign￭ ing illnesses in online venues such as chat rooms message boards and internet relay chat ir￭ c it has been described in medical literature as a manifestation of fac￭ ti￭ tious disorder or fac￭ ti￭ tious disorder by proxy reports of users who deceive internet forum participants by portr￭ aying themselves as gravely ill or as victims of violence first appeared in the 1990 s due to the relative new￭ ness of internet communications the pattern was identified in 1998 by psychiatrist marc fel￭ d￭ man who created the term mün￭ cha￭ usen by internet in 2000 it is not included in the fifth revision of the diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders dsm 5 the development of fac￭ ti￭ tious disorders in online venues is made easier by the availability of medical literature on the internet the anonymous and mal￭ le￭ able nature of online identities and the existence of communication forums established for the sole purpose of giving support to members facing significant health or psychological problems several high profile cases have demonstrated behavior patterns which are common among those who pose as gravely ill or as victims of violence or whose deaths are announced to online forums the virtual communities that were created to give support as well as general non medical communities often express genuine sympathy and grief for the pur￭ ported victims when fabric￭ ations are suspected or confirmed the ensuing discussion can create sch￭ isms in online communities destroying some and altering the trusting nature of individual members in others
mün￭ cha￭ usen syndrome is a psychiatric fac￭ ti￭ tious disorder where￭ in those affected fe￭ i￭ gn disease illness or psychological trauma to draw attention sympathy or reassurance to themselves mun￭ cha￭ usen syndrome fits within the sub￭ class of fac￭ ti￭ tious disorder with predominantly physical signs and symptoms but patients also have a history of recurrent hosp￭ itali￭ zation travelling and dramatic extremely impro￭ bable tales of their past experiences the condition derives its name from the fic￭ tional character baron mun￭ cha￭ usen there is discussion to reclassi￭ fy them as som￭ ato￭ form disorders in the dsm 5 as it is unclear whether or not people are conscious of drawing attention to themselves in the current iter￭ ation the term som￭ ato￭ form disorder as used in the dsm iv tr and other literature is no longer in use that particular section of the dsm 5 has been ren￭ amed som￭ atic symptom and related disorders officially mun￭ cha￭ usen syndrome has been ren￭ amed fac￭ ti￭ tious disorder with specificity either as imposed on self or imposed on another formerly by proxy mun￭ cha￭ usen syndrome is related to mun￭ cha￭ usen syndrome by proxy ms￭ bp m￭ sp which refers to the abuse of another person typically a child in order to seek attention or sympathy for the ab￭ user this drive to create symptoms for the victim can result in unnecessary and costly diagnostic or corrective procedures
mun￭ cha￭ usen syndrome by proxy ms￭ bp or m￭ bp is a behavior pattern akin to mun￭ cha￭ usen syndrome a psychiatric fac￭ ti￭ tious disorder where￭ in those affected fe￭ i￭ gn disease illness or psychological trauma to draw attention sympathy or reassurance to themselves in which a ca￭ reg￭ i￭ ver or spouse fabric￭ ates exagger￭ ates or induc￭ es mental or physical health problems in those who are in their care usually to gain attention or sympathy from others with deception at its core this behavior is an elusive potentially lethal and frequently misunderstood form of child abuse or medical neglect that has been difficult to define detect and confirm ms￭ bp has also spawned much heated controversy within the legal and social services communities in a handful of high profile cases mothers who have had several children die from sudden infant death syndrome have been declared to have ms￭ bp based on ms￭ bp testimony of an expert witness they were tried for murder convicted and imprisoned for several years in some cases that testimony was later impe￭ ached resulting in exon￭ eration of those defendants
mun￭ ro s micro￭ abs￭ c￭ ess is an abs￭ c￭ ess collection of neu￭ troph￭ ils in the strat￭ um cor￭ neu￭ m of the ep￭ id￭ er￭ mis due to the infiltr￭ ation of neu￭ troph￭ ils from pap￭ ill￭ ary der￭ mis into the ep￭ id￭ er￭ mal strat￭ um cor￭ neu￭ m they are a cardinal sign of ps￭ ori￭ asis where they are seen in the hyper￭ ker￭ ato￭ tic and par￭ ak￭ er￭ ato￭ tic areas of the strat￭ um cor￭ neu￭ m mun￭ ro micro￭ abs￭ c￭ esses are not seen in se￭ bor￭ rhe￭ ic der￭ mati￭ tis it is named for william john mun￭ ro
den￭ ise amber lee was murdered by michael king in the u s state of florida on january 17 2008 after he had kidnapped and raped her earlier in the day lee and several others had attempted to call for help through the 9 1 1 system but there was a lack of communication and the police and other emergency services arrived too late five 9 1 1 calls were made that day including one by lee herself from her abduc￭ tor s phone and one from a witness jane ko￭ wal￭ ski who gave a detailed account of events as they unfol￭ ded before her failures were later found in the way the 9 1 1 operators handled ko￭ wal￭ ski s call and further failures were later identified nationwide in the 9 1 1 system king was sentenced to death the den￭ ise amber lee act was passed unanimously by the florida legislature on april 24 2008 this act provides for voluntary training for 9 1 1 operatives lee s family continue to lobby for a new law to be passed which would institute mandatory training and certification for all 9 1 1 dispat￭ chers the den￭ ise amber lee foundation was established in june 2008 to promote such training as well as to raise public awareness of the issues involved
mur￭ ine ty￭ ph￭ us also called endemic ty￭ ph￭ us is a form of ty￭ ph￭ us transmitted by fle￭ as xen￭ op￭ sy￭ lla che￭ op￭ is usually on rats this is in contrast to epidemic ty￭ ph￭ us which is usually transmitted by lic￭ e mur￭ ine ty￭ ph￭ us is an under recognized entity as it is often confused with viral illnesses most people who are infected do not realize that they have been bit￭ ten by fle￭ as
mur￭ mur￭ has￭ h is a non cry￭ pto￭ graphic has￭ h function that was used for has￭ h based look￭ ups due to possible denial of service attacks it should no longer be used for this purpose it was created by aus￭ tin app￭ le￭ by in 2008 and is currently hosted on gi￭ thu￭ b along with its test suite named sm￭ has￭ her it also exists in a number of variants all of which have been released into the public domain the name comes from two basic operations multiply mu and rot￭ ate r used in its inner loop unlike cry￭ pto￭ graphic has￭ h functions it is not specifically designed to be difficult to reverse by an adversary making it unsuitable for cry￭ pto￭ graphic purposes
mus￭ card￭ ine is a disease of insects it is caused by many species of ent￭ om￭ opath￭ ogenic fun￭ gus many mus￭ card￭ ines are known for affecting silk￭ worms mus￭ card￭ ine may also be called cal￭ c￭ ino while studying mus￭ card￭ ine in silk￭ worms in the 19 th century ago￭ st￭ ino bas￭ si found that the causal agent was a fun￭ gus this was the first demonstration of the germ theory of disease the first time a micro￭ organism was recognized as an animal pathogen there are many types of mus￭ card￭ ine they are often named for the color of the con￭ idi￭ al layer each fun￭ gus leaves on its host
muscle atro￭ phy is defined as a decrease in the mass of the muscle it can be a partial or complete wasting away of muscle and is most commonly experienced when persons suffer temporary disab￭ ling circumstances such as being restricted in movement and or confined to bed as when hosp￭ itali￭ zed when a muscle atro￭ ph￭ ies this leads to muscle weakness since the ability to exert force is related to mass modern medicine s understanding of the quick onset of muscle atro￭ phy is a major factor behind the practice of getting hosp￭ itali￭ zed patients out of bed and moving about as active as possible as soon as is feasible despite su￭ tures wounds broken bones and pain muscle atro￭ phy results from a co morbi￭ dity of several common diseases including cancer aids cong￭ estive heart failure cop￭ d chronic obstruc￭ tive pul￭ mon￭ ary disease ren￭ al failure and severe burns patients who have c￭ ach￭ ex￭ ia in these disease settings have a poor prog￭ no￭ sis moreover starvation eventually leads to muscle atro￭ phy dis￭ use of the muscles such as when muscle tissue is im￭ mobilized for even a few days of un￭ use – when the patient has a primary injury such as an im￭ mobilized broken bone set in a cast or im￭ mobilized in traction for example – will also lead rapidly to dis￭ use atro￭ phy minim￭ izing such occurrences as soon as possible is a primary mission of occupational and physical therap￭ ists employed within hospitals working in co ordination with orth￭ o￭ ped￭ ic surgeons neuro￭ genic atro￭ phy which has a similar effect is muscle atro￭ phy resulting from damage to the nerve which stimulates the muscle causing a shri￭ vel￭ ing around otherwise healthy limbs also time in a cir￭ ca zero g environment without exercise will lead to atro￭ phy this is partially due to the smaller amount of exer￭ tion needed to move about and the fact that muscles are not used to maintain posture in a similar effect patients with a broken leg joint undergoing as little as three weeks of traction can lose enough back and but￭ toc￭ ks muscle mass and strength as to have difficulty sitting without assistance and experience pain stress and burning even after a very short ten minute exposure when such positioning is con￭ tri￭ ved during recovery
muscle co￭ activation is a phenomenon in which a muscle is activated coordin￭ ately with another muscle the em￭ g shown demonstrates the antagon￭ istic muscle activity in the bic￭ eps and tric￭ eps of a relaxed and seated subject with the el￭ bow bent at 90 degrees increase in the activity of the tric￭ eps likewise there is a minor increase of activity in the bic￭ eps trace when the tric￭ eps is activated co￭ activation of the muscles stabili￭ zes a joint although the mechanism is not well understood muscular co￭ activation is thought to be required for fine movements
muscle dys￭ mor￭ phia sometimes called bi￭ go￭ re￭ x￭ ia me￭ gare￭ x￭ ia or reverse an￭ ore￭ x￭ ia is a subtype of body dys￭ morph￭ ic disorder but is often also grouped with eating disorders affecting mostly males and many athletes muscle dys￭ mor￭ phia is obs￭ essive preoccupation via delu￭ sional or exaggerated belief that one s own body is too small too skinny insufficiently muscular or insufficiently lean although in most cases the individual s build is normal or even exceptionally large and muscular already dis￭ ordered fixation on gaining body mass as by devoting in￭ ordinate time and attention on exercise rou￭ tines dietary regim￭ ens and nutritional supplements is typical and use of an￭ abol￭ ic ster￭ oids is common usually also present are other body dys￭ morph￭ ic pre￭ occupations that are not muscle dys￭ morph￭ ic muscle dys￭ mor￭ phia has also been called the ad￭ on￭ is complex which however encompasses broader concerns of male body image yet likewise muscle dys￭ mor￭ phia s rising incidence is due in part to recent popul￭ arization of extreme cultural ideals of men s bodies severely distres￭ sful and dis￭ tracting muscle dys￭ mor￭ phia s bodily concerns provoke abs￭ ences from school work and soci￭ alizing percei￭ ving one s body as severely undesirable one may avoid dating versus other body dys￭ morph￭ ic disorder rates of suicide attempts may be especially high although lik￭ ened to an￭ ore￭ x￭ ia ner￭ vo￭ sa in females muscle dys￭ mor￭ phia is mostly unknown and tough to recognize especially since males experiencing it typically look healthy to others by some estimates 10 of gym going men experience muscle dys￭ mor￭ phia
muscle fatigue is the decline in ability of a muscle to generate force it can be a result of vigorous exercise but abnormal fatigue may be caused by barriers to or interference with the different stages of muscle contraction there are two main causes of muscle fatigue the limitations of a nerve ’ s ability to generate a sustained signal ne￭ ural fatigue and the reduced ability of the muscle fiber to contract metabol￭ ic fatigue
an muscle tissue ne￭ op￭ las￭ m is a ne￭ op￭ las￭ m derived from muscle an example is my￭ oma
muscle weakness or my￭ asth￭ enia my from greek μ￭ υ￭ ο meaning muscle asth￭ enia ἀ￭ σ￭ θ￭ έν￭ εια meaning weakness is a lack of muscle strength the causes are many and can be divided into conditions that have either true or perceived muscle weakness true muscle weakness is a primary symptom of a variety of sk￭ el￭ etal muscle diseases including muscular dy￭ stro￭ phy and infl￭ am￭ matory my￭ opathy it occurs in neuro￭ muscular junction disorders such as my￭ asth￭ enia grav￭ is muscle weakness can also be caused by low levels of potassium and other electro￭ ly￭ tes within muscle cells it can be temporary or long lasting from seconds or minutes to months or years
muscular dy￭ stro￭ phy md is a group of muscle diseases that results in increasing weakening and breakdown of sk￭ el￭ etal muscles over time the disorders differ in which muscles are primarily affected the degree of weakness how fast they worsen and when symptoms begin many people eventually become unable to walk some types are also associated with problems in other organs there are nine main categories of muscular dy￭ stro￭ phy that contain more than thirty specific types the most common type is du￭ chen￭ ne muscular dy￭ stro￭ phy d￭ md which typically affects males beginning around the age of four other types include bec￭ ker muscular dy￭ stro￭ phy fac￭ i￭ os￭ cap￭ ul￭ o￭ hum￭ eral muscular dy￭ stro￭ phy and my￭ o￭ tonic dy￭ stro￭ phy they are due to mutations in genes that are involved in making muscle proteins this can occur due to either inher￭ iting the defect from one s parents or the mutation occurring during early development disorders may be x linked rec￭ essive auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive or auto￭ som￭ al dominant diagnosis often involves blood tests and genetic testing there is no cure for muscular dy￭ stro￭ phy physical therapy brac￭ es and corrective surgery may help with some symptoms assisted ventilation may be required in those with weakness of breathing muscles medications used include ster￭ oids to slow muscle de￭ generation anti￭ con￭ vul￭ s￭ ants to control seizures and some muscle activity and immun￭ o￭ sup￭ pres￭ s￭ ants to delay damage to dying muscle cells outcomes depend on the specific type of disorder du￭ chen￭ ne muscular dy￭ stro￭ phy which represents about half of all cases of muscular dy￭ stro￭ phy affects about one in 5 000 males at birth muscular dy￭ stro￭ phy was first described in the 18￭ 30 s by charles bell the word dy￭ stro￭ phy is from the greek d￭ ys meaning difficult and tro￭ ph meaning nour￭ ish gene therapy as a treatment is in the early stages of study in humans
a mus￭ cul￭ osk￭ el￭ etal ab￭ normality is a disorder of the mus￭ cul￭ osk￭ el￭ etal system present at birth they can be due to de￭ form￭ ity or mal￭ formation an example is k￭ lip￭ pel fe￭ il syndrome although present at birth some only become obvious post￭ nat￭ ally
mus￭ cul￭ osk￭ el￭ etal disorders ms￭ ds are injuries or pain in the body s joints lig￭ aments muscles nerves tend￭ ons and structures that support limbs neck and back ms￭ ds can arise from a sudden exer￭ tion e g lifting a heavy object or they can arise from making the same motions repeatedly repeti￭ tive strain or from repeated exposure to force vibration or awkward posture injuries and pain in the mus￭ cul￭ osk￭ el￭ etal system caused by acute traumatic events like a car accident or fall are not considered mus￭ cul￭ osk￭ el￭ etal disorders ms￭ ds can affect many different parts of the body including upper and lower back neck shoulders and extre￭ mi￭ ties arms legs feet and hands examples of ms￭ ds include car￭ pal tunnel syndrome epi￭ con￭ dy￭ li￭ tis tend￭ initi￭ s back pain tension neck syndrome and hand arm vibration syndrome
mush￭ room poisoning also known as my￭ ce￭ tism or my￭ ce￭ ti￭ sm￭ us refers to harmful effects from ing￭ estion of toxic substances present in a mush￭ room these symptoms can vary from slight gastro￭ intest￭ inal discomfort to death the toxins present are secondary metabol￭ ites produced in specific bio￭ chemical pathways in the fun￭ gal cells mush￭ room poisoning is usually the result of ing￭ estion of wild mushrooms after mis￭ identification of a toxic mush￭ room as an edible species the most common reason for this mis￭ identification is close resemblance in terms of colour and general mor￭ pho￭ logy of the toxic mushrooms species with edible species to prevent mush￭ room poisoning mush￭ room gather￭ ers need to be very familiar with the mushrooms they intend to collect as well as with any similar looking toxic species in addition edi￭ bility of mushrooms may depend on methods of preparation for cooking collectors also need to be well aware that edi￭ bility or toxicity of some species varies with geographic location
music of canadian cultures is a wide and diverse accumulation of music from many different individual communities all across canada with canada being vast in size the country throughout its history has had regional music scenes the music of canada has reflected the multi cultural influences that have shaped the country first nations people the french the british the united states and many others nationalities have all made unique contributions to the musical heritage of canada
musical technique is the ability of instrumental and vocal musicians to exert optimal control of their instruments or vocal cords in order to produce the precise musical effects they desire improving one s technique generally entails practicing exercises that improve one s muscular sensitivity and ag￭ ility technique is independent of mus￭ ic￭ ality to improve their technique musicians often practice fundamental patterns of notes such as the natural minor major and ch￭ rom￭ atic scales minor and major tri￭ ads dominant and diminished seven￭ ths formula patterns and ar￭ pe￭ g￭ gi￭ os for example tri￭ ads and seven￭ ths teach how to play ch￭ ords with accuracy and speed scales teach how to move quickly and grac￭ efully from one note to another usually by step ar￭ pe￭ g￭ gi￭ os teach how to play broken ch￭ ords over larger intervals many of these components of music are found in difficult com￭ positions for example a large tu￭ ple ch￭ rom￭ atic scale is a very common element to classical and romantic era com￭ positions as part of the end of a phrase hein￭ rich sch￭ en￭ ker argued that musical technique s most striking and distinctive characteristic is repetition works known as é￭ tudes meaning study are also frequently used for the improvement of technique
mus￭ th or must ˈ￭ m￭ ʌ￭ st ur￭ du م￭ س￭ ت is a periodic condition in bull male elephants characterized by highly aggressive behavior and accompanied by a large rise in reproductive hormones te￭ sto￭ ster￭ one levels in an elephant in mus￭ th can be as much as 60 times greater than in the same elephant at other times however whether this hormonal surge is the sole cause of mus￭ th or merely a contributing factor is unknown scientific investigation of mus￭ th is problematic because even the most plac￭ id elephants become highly violent toward humans and other elephants during mus￭ th
in biology a mutation is the permanent alteration of the nucle￭ o￭ tide sequence of the genome of an organism virus or extr￭ ach￭ ro￭ mo￭ som￭ al dna or other genetic elements mutations result from errors during dna replic￭ ation or other types of damage to dna which then may undergo error prone repair especially micro￭ hom￭ ology medi￭ ated end joining or cause an error during other forms of repair or else may cause an error during replic￭ ation trans￭ le￭ sion synthesis mutations may also result from insertion or deletion of segments of dna due to mobile genetic elements mutations may or may not produce discernible changes in the observ￭ able characteristics phen￭ o￭ type of an organism mutations play a part in both normal and abnormal biological processes including evolution cancer and the development of the immune system including junc￭ tional diversity the genom￭ es of r￭ na viruses are based on r￭ na rather than dna the r￭ na viral genome can be double stranded as in dna or single stranded in some of these viruses such as the single stranded human immun￭ o￭ deficiency virus replic￭ ation occurs quickly and there are no mechanisms to check the genome for accuracy this error prone process often results in mutations mutation can result in many different types of change in sequences mutations in genes can either have no effect alter the product of a gene or prevent the gene from functioning properly or completely mutations can also occur in non￭ genic regions one study on genetic variations between different species of dro￭ s￭ oph￭ ila suggests that if a mutation changes a protein produced by a gene the result is likely to be harmful with an estimated 70 percent of amino acid poly￭ morph￭ isms that have damaging effects and the remainder being either neutral or marginally beneficial due to the damaging effects that mutations can have on genes organisms have mechanisms such as dna repair to prevent or correct mutations by rever￭ ting the mut￭ ated sequence back to its original state
mut￭ ational meltdown not to be confused with the concept of an error catastrophe is the accumulation of harmful mutations in a small population which leads to loss of fitness and decline of the population size which may lead to further accumulation of dele￭ ter￭ ious mutations due to fixation by genetic drift a population experiencing mut￭ ational meltdown is trapped in a downward spiral and will go extinct if the phenomenon lasts for some time usually the dele￭ ter￭ ious mutations would simply be selected away but during mut￭ ational meltdown the number of individuals thus suffering an early death is too large relative to overall population size so that mortality exceeds the birth rate the accumulation of mutations in small populations can be divided into three phases in the second phase a population starts in mutation selection equilibrium mutations are fixed at a constant rate through time and the population size is constant because the f￭ ec￭ und￭ ity exceeds mortality however after a sufficient number of mutations have been fixed in the population the birth rate is slightly less than the death rate and the population size begins to decrease the smaller population size allows for a more rapid fixation of dele￭ ter￭ ious mutations and a more rapid decline of population size etc
mu￭ te english is a phenomenon especially common in the people s republic of china where people can read and understand english as a second language but cannot speak it well the phrase is a cal￭ que of the chinese phrase 哑￭ 巴￭ 英￭ 语 y￭ ǎ￭ b￭ ā y￭ ī￭ n￭ gy￭ ǔ in pin￭ yin the phenomenon is sometimes referred to as dumb english mu￭ te english occurs primarily due to the lack of native english speakers to emulate or practice with particularly in a country as large as china efforts to mitigate mu￭ te english in china have resulted in numerous commercial products including te￭ fl schools and teach yourself courses international exchanges and the eag￭ er￭ ness with which chinese students strive to practice their english with foreign visitors though any language can have its form of mu￭ te speakers e g mu￭ te polish the phenomenon of mu￭ te english in china is a massive acknowledged problem one which the school systems and students are attempting to address a related concept is the less common deaf english
the my way killings are a social phenomenon in the philippines referring to a number of fatal disputes which arose due to the singing of the song my way popul￭ arized by frank sin￭ atra pe￭ aking at 27 on bill￭ board hot 100 in 1969 in kar￭ ao￭ ke bars a new york times article estimates the number of killings to be about six up to 2010 another source estimates at least 12 between 2002 – 2012 opinions differ over whether the possible connection is due to the coincidence that the song was simply frequently sung amid the nation s kar￭ ao￭ ke bars where violence is common or to the aggressive ly￭ rics of the song itself
my￭ al￭ gia or muscle pain is a symptom of many diseases and disorders the most common causes are the over￭ use or over stretching of a muscle or group of muscles my￭ al￭ gia without a traumatic history is often due to viral infections longer term my￭ al￭ gi￭ as may be indicative of a metabol￭ ic my￭ opathy some nutritional deficiencies or chronic fatigue syndrome
my￭ asth￭ enia grav￭ is mg is a long term neuro￭ muscular disease that leads to varying degrees of muscle weakness the most commonly affected muscles are those of the eyes face and sw￭ allowing it can result in double vision dro￭ oping eye￭ li￭ ds trouble talking and trouble walking onset can be sudden those affected often have a large th￭ ym￭ us g￭ land or develop a thy￭ mom￭ a my￭ asth￭ enia grav￭ is is an auto￭ immune disease which results from antibodies that block ace￭ ty￭ l￭ ch￭ oline recep￭ tors at the junction between the nerve and muscle this prevents nerve impul￭ ses from triggering muscle contr￭ actions rarely an inherited genetic defect in the neuro￭ muscular junction results in a similar condition known as con￭ genital my￭ asth￭ enia babies of mothers with my￭ asth￭ enia may have symptoms during their first few months of life known as ne￭ on￭ atal my￭ asth￭ enia diagnosis can be supported by blood tests for specific antibodies the ed￭ ro￭ ph￭ on￭ ium test or nerve conduc￭ tion studies my￭ asth￭ enia grav￭ is is generally treated with medications known as ace￭ ty￭ l￭ chol￭ in￭ est￭ erase inhi￭ bit￭ ors such as neo￭ stig￭ mine and py￭ ri￭ do￭ stig￭ mine immun￭ o￭ sup￭ pres￭ s￭ ants such as pred￭ nis￭ one or az￭ ath￭ iop￭ rine may also be used the surgical removal of the th￭ ym￭ us g￭ land may improve symptoms in certain cases plas￭ map￭ her￭ esis and high dose intra￭ ven￭ ous immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ulin may be used during sudden fla￭ res of the condition if the breathing muscles become significantly weak mechanical ventilation may be required my￭ asth￭ enia grav￭ is affects 50 to 200 per million people it is newly diagnosed in 3 to 30 per million people each year diagnosis is becoming more common due to increased awareness it most commonly occurs in women under the age of 40 and in men over the age of 60 it is un￭ common in children with treatment most of those affected lead relatively normal lives and have a normal life expectancy the word is from the greek μ￭ ύ￭ ς muscle and asth￭ enia weakness and the latin grav￭ is serious
my￭ co￭ bacter￭ ium avi￭ um in￭ trac￭ ell￭ ul￭ are infection mai is an atypical my￭ co￭ bacterial infection i e one with non￭ tubercul￭ ous my￭ co￭ bacteria or nt￭ m caused by my￭ co￭ bacter￭ ium avi￭ um complex this infection causes respiratory illness in birds pigs and humans especially in immun￭ o￭ compromised people in the later stages of aids it can be very severe it usually first presents as a persistent cough it is typically treated with a series of three antibiotics for a period of at least six months my￭ co￭ bacter￭ ium avi￭ um and m in￭ trac￭ ell￭ ul￭ are the m a complex or mac are sa￭ prot￭ ro￭ ph￭ ic organisms present in soil and water entry into hosts is usually via the gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract but also can be via the lungs mac can cause fe￭ vers diarr￭ hea mal￭ absorption as well as loss of appetite and weight loss and can disseminate to the bone marrow therapy for mai is typically resistant to standard my￭ co￭ bacterial therapies
mi￭ co￭ plasma hom￭ in￭ is infection is caused by the bacteria my￭ co￭ plasma hom￭ in￭ is mi￭ co￭ plasma hom￭ in￭ is infection is spread through vag￭ inal inter￭ course oral to genital contact and vertically from mother to her infant in uter￭ o or by the colonization by the bacteria as the baby desc￭ ends through the birth canal or by no￭ so￭ com￭ ial acquisition through trans￭ planted tissues it is not present in the normal vag￭ inal micro￭ bio￭ ta it can also be present in bacterial vag￭ in￭ osis
my￭ co￭ plasma pneumonia also known as walking pneumonia because its patients can sometimes continue to walk about while suffering from its symptoms is a form of bacterial pneumonia caused by the bacterial species my￭ co￭ plasma pneu￭ mon￭ i￭ ae
soil carbon storage is an important function of terrestrial ecosystems soil contains more carbon than plants and the atmosphere combined understanding what maintains the soil carbon pool is important to understand the current distribution of carbon on earth and how it will respond to environmental change while much research has been done on how plants free living micro￭ bial de￭ compos￭ ers and soil minerals affect this pool of carbon it is recently coming to light that my￭ cor￭ r￭ hi￭ z￭ al fun￭ gi — symbio￭ tic fun￭ gi that associate with roots of almost all living plants — may play an important role in maintaining this pool as well measurements of plant carbon allocation to my￭ cor￭ r￭ hi￭ z￭ al fun￭ gi have been estimated to be 5 20 of total plant carbon uptake and in some ecosystems the biomass of my￭ cor￭ r￭ hi￭ z￭ al fun￭ gi can be comparable to the biomass of fine roots recent research has shown that my￭ cor￭ r￭ hi￭ z￭ al fun￭ gi hold 50 to 70 percent of the total carbon stored in leaf litter and soil on fore￭ sted islands in sweden turnover of my￭ cor￭ r￭ hi￭ z￭ al biomass into the soil carbon pool is thought to be rapid and has been shown in some ecosystems to be the dominant path￭ way by which living carbon enters the soil carbon pool outlined below are the leading lines of evidence on how different aspects of my￭ cor￭ r￭ hi￭ z￭ al fun￭ gi may alter soil carbon de￭ composition and storage evidence is presented for ar￭ bus￭ cular and ec￭ tom￭ y￭ cor￭ r￭ hi￭ z￭ al fun￭ gi separately as they are phy￭ log￭ ene￭ tically distinct and often function in very different ways
my￭ co￭ sis plural my￭ co￭ ses is a fun￭ gal infection of animals including humans my￭ co￭ ses are common and a variety of environmental and physiological conditions can contribute to the development of fun￭ gal diseases inhal￭ ation of fun￭ gal spo￭ res or loc￭ alized colonization of the skin may initiate persistent infections therefore my￭ co￭ ses often start in the lungs or on the skin fun￭ gal infections of the skin was the 4 th most common disease in 2010 affecting 984 million people
my￭ co￭ sis fun￭ go￭ ides also known as ali￭ bert baz￭ in syndrome or gran￭ ul￭ oma fun￭ go￭ ides is the most common form of cu￭ taneous t cell lymp￭ homa it generally affects the skin but may progress internally over time symptoms include rash tumors skin le￭ sions and it￭ chy skin while the cause remains unclear most cases are not hereditary most cases are in people over 20 years of age and it is more common in men than women treatment options include sunlight exposure ultra￭ violet light topical cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ster￭ oids chem￭ otherapy and radi￭ otherapy
an infected an￭ eur￭ ys￭ m also known as my￭ co￭ tic an￭ eur￭ ys￭ m or micro￭ bial arter￭ i￭ tis is an an￭ eur￭ ys￭ m arising from bacterial infection of the arter￭ ial wall it can be a common complic￭ ation of the hem￭ ato￭ genous spread of bacterial infection william o￭ sl￭ er first used the term my￭ co￭ tic an￭ eur￭ ys￭ m in 18￭ 85 to describe a mush￭ room shaped an￭ eur￭ ys￭ m in a patient with sub￭ acute bacterial endo￭ cardi￭ tis this may create considerable confusion since my￭ co￭ tic is typically used to define fun￭ gal infections however my￭ co￭ tic an￭ eur￭ ys￭ m is still used for all ex￭ trac￭ ardi￭ ac or in￭ trac￭ ardi￭ ac an￭ eur￭ ys￭ ms caused by infections except for sy￭ phili￭ tic a￭ or￭ ti￭ tis the term infected an￭ eur￭ ys￭ m proposed by j￭ arre￭ tt and associates is more appropriate since few infections involve fun￭ gi according to some authors a more accurate term might have been endo￭ vascular infection or infec￭ tive vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis because my￭ co￭ tic an￭ eur￭ ys￭ ms are not due to a fun￭ gal organism my￭ co￭ tic an￭ eur￭ ys￭ ms account for 2 6 of a￭ or￭ tic an￭ eur￭ ys￭ ms for the clin￭ ician early diagnosis is the cornerstone of effective treatment without medical or surgical management catastrophic hemorrha￭ ge or uncontrolled sep￭ sis may occur however symp￭ tom￭ at￭ ology is frequently non￭ specific during the early stages so a high index of suspicion is required to make the diagnosis in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial my￭ co￭ tic an￭ eur￭ ys￭ ms ic￭ mas complicate about 2 to 3 of infec￭ tive endo￭ cardi￭ tis ie cases although as many as 15 to 29 of patients with ie have neuro￭ logic symptoms
my￭ dri￭ asis m￭ ᵻ￭ ˈ￭ dra￭ ɪ ə￭ s￭ ɪ￭ s is the dil￭ ation of the pupil usually defined as when having a non physiological cause but sometimes defined as potentially being a physiological pu￭ pill￭ ary response non physiological causes of my￭ dri￭ asis include disease trauma or the use of drugs normally as part of the pu￭ pill￭ ary light reflex the pupil dil￭ ates in the dark and con￭ stric￭ ts in the light to respectively improve vivi￭ dity at night and to protect the re￭ tina from sunlight damage during the day a my￭ dri￭ atic pupil will remain excessively large even in a bright environment the exc￭ itation of the rad￭ ial fibres of the iris which increases the pu￭ pill￭ ary aper￭ ture is referred to as a my￭ dri￭ asis more generally my￭ dri￭ asis also refers to the natural dil￭ ation of pupils for instance in low light conditions or under sympathetic stimulation an informal term for my￭ dri￭ asis is blown pupil and is used by medical providers it is usually used to refer to a fixed unilateral my￭ dri￭ asis which could be a symptom of raised in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial pressure the opposite con￭ stric￭ tion of the pupil is referred to as mi￭ osis both my￭ dri￭ asis and mi￭ osis can be physiological anis￭ oc￭ oria is the condition of one pupil being more dil￭ ated than the other
m￭ ye￭ li￭ tis involves the infection or the infl￭ amm￭ ation of the white matter or gray matter of the spinal cord which is a part of central nervous system that acts as a bridge between the brain and the rest of the body during an infl￭ am￭ matory response in the spinal cord the my￭ elin and ax￭ on may be damaged causing symptoms such as paralysis and sensory loss m￭ ye￭ li￭ tis is classified to several categories depending on the area or the cause of the le￭ sion however people often refer to any infl￭ am￭ matory attack on the spinal cord as trans￭ verse m￭ ye￭ li￭ tis
the my￭ el￭ odys￭ plastic syndro￭ mes also known as m￭ ds or my￭ el￭ odys￭ pl￭ asia are hem￭ at￭ ological i e blood related medical conditions that cause ineffective production or dys￭ pl￭ asia of all blood cells patients with m￭ ds can develop severe an￭ emia and require blood trans￭ fu￭ sions in some cases the disease wor￭ sens and the patient develops cy￭ top￭ eni￭ as low blood counts caused by progressive bone marrow failure the outlook in m￭ ds depends on the type and severity many people live normal lif￭ esp￭ ans with m￭ ds the my￭ el￭ odys￭ plastic syndro￭ mes are all disorders of the hem￭ ato￭ po￭ ie￭ tic stem cells in the bone marrow only related to my￭ elo￭ id line￭ age in m￭ ds hem￭ ato￭ po￭ ies￭ is i e blood production is disorderly and ineffective the number and quality of blood forming cells decline irre￭ versi￭ bly further imp￭ airing blood production the mean age of onset of m￭ ds is 68 years
my￭ elo￭ fi￭ bro￭ sis also known as o￭ ste￭ om￭ yel￭ o￭ fi￭ bro￭ sis is a relatively rare bone marrow cancer it is currently classified as a my￭ elo￭ prolifer￭ ative ne￭ op￭ las￭ m in which the proliferation of an abnormal clone of hem￭ ato￭ po￭ ie￭ tic stem cells in the bone marrow and other sites results in fi￭ bro￭ sis or the replacement of the marrow with scar tissue the term my￭ elo￭ fi￭ bro￭ sis alone usually refers to primary my￭ elo￭ fi￭ bro￭ sis p￭ m￭ f also known as chronic idi￭ opathic my￭ elo￭ fi￭ bro￭ sis ci￭ m￭ f the terms idi￭ opathic and primary mean that in these cases the disease is of unknown or spontaneous origin this is in contrast with my￭ elo￭ fi￭ bro￭ sis that develops secondary to poly￭ cy￭ them￭ ia vera or essential thro￭ m￭ bo￭ cy￭ th￭ aemia my￭ elo￭ fi￭ bro￭ sis is a form of my￭ elo￭ id met￭ ap￭ la￭ sia which refers to a change in cell type in the blood forming tissue of the bone marrow and often the two terms are used synonym￭ ously the terms agno￭ genic my￭ elo￭ id met￭ ap￭ la￭ sia and my￭ elo￭ fi￭ bro￭ sis with my￭ elo￭ id met￭ ap￭ la￭ sia mmm are also used to refer to primary my￭ elo￭ fi￭ bro￭ sis
my￭ elo￭ id leuk￭ emia is a type of leuk￭ emia affecting my￭ elo￭ id tissue types include acute my￭ elo￭ id leuk￭ emia chronic my￭ elo￭ genous leuk￭ emia
a my￭ elo￭ id sar￭ coma chlor￭ oma gran￭ ul￭ oc￭ y￭ tic sar￭ coma extr￭ ame￭ dul￭ l￭ ary my￭ elo￭ id tumor is a solid tumor composed of immature white blood cells called my￭ elo￭ bl￭ asts a chlor￭ oma is an extr￭ ame￭ dul￭ l￭ ary manifestation of acute my￭ elo￭ id leuk￭ emia in other words it is a solid collection of leuk￭ emic cells occurring outside of the bone marrow
my￭ el￭ ok￭ ath￭ ex￭ is is a con￭ genital disorder of the white blood cells that causes severe chronic leuk￭ open￭ ia a reduction of circulating white blood cells and neu￭ tro￭ pen￭ ia a reduction of neu￭ tro￭ phil gran￭ ul￭ oc￭ y￭ tes the disorder is believed to be inherited in an auto￭ som￭ al dominant manner my￭ el￭ ok￭ ath￭ ex￭ is refers to retention kath￭ ex￭ is of neu￭ troph￭ ils in the bone marrow my￭ elo
my￭ el￭ oli￭ po￭ ma my￭ elo from the ancient greek μ￭ υ￭ ελ￭ ός marrow li￭ po meaning of or pertaining to fat oma meaning tumor or mass is a benign tumor like le￭ sion composed of mature adi￭ pose fat tissue and ha￭ emato￭ po￭ ie￭ tic blood forming elements in various proportions my￭ el￭ oli￭ po￭ mas can present in the adren￭ al g￭ land or outside of the g￭ land
my￭ el￭ oma cast ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ pa￭ thy also cast ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ pa￭ thy is the formation of plu￭ gs ur￭ inary casts in the ren￭ al tu￭ bul￭ es from free immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ulin light chains leading to ren￭ al failure in the context of multiple my￭ el￭ oma
my￭ el￭ opathy describes any neuro￭ logic deficit related to the spinal cord when due to trauma it is known as acute spinal cord injury when infl￭ am￭ matory it is known as m￭ ye￭ li￭ tis disease that is vascular in nature is known as vascular my￭ el￭ opathy the most common form of my￭ el￭ opathy in human cer￭ vic￭ al spon￭ dy￭ lo￭ tic my￭ el￭ opathy c￭ sm is caused by ar￭ thri￭ tic changes spon￭ dy￭ losis of the cer￭ vic￭ al sp￭ ine which result in narrowing of the spinal canal spinal sten￭ osis ultimately causing compression of the spinal cord in asian populations spinal cord compression often occurs due to a different infl￭ am￭ matory process affecting the poster￭ ior longit￭ ud￭ inal lig￭ ament clinical signs and symptoms depend on which spinal cord level cer￭ vic￭ al thor￭ ac￭ ic or lum￭ bar is affected and the extent an￭ terior poster￭ ior or lateral of the path￭ ology and may include upper motor ne￭ uron signs weakness sp￭ as￭ tic￭ ity clum￭ sin￭ ess altered ton￭ us hyper￭ refl￭ ex￭ ia and pathological refl￭ exes including hoff￭ mann s sign and inver￭ ted plan￭ tar reflex positive bab￭ in￭ ski sign lower motor ne￭ uron signs weakness clum￭ sin￭ ess in the muscle group in￭ nerv￭ ated at the level of spinal cord compromise muscle atro￭ phy hypo￭ refl￭ ex￭ ia muscle hy￭ pot￭ on￭ icity or fl￭ acci￭ dity fasc￭ icul￭ ations sensory deficits bo￭ wel blad￭ der symptoms and sexual dysfunction
my￭ el￭ oper￭ oxid￭ ase deficiency is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive genetic disorder featuring deficiency either in quantity or of function of my￭ el￭ oper￭ oxid￭ ase an enzyme found in certain p￭ ha￭ go￭ cy￭ tic immune cells especially poly￭ morph￭ on￭ uc￭ lear leuk￭ oc￭ y￭ tes it can appear similar to chronic gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ ous disease on some screening tests
my￭ el￭ oph￭ th￭ is￭ ic an￭ emia or my￭ el￭ oph￭ th￭ is￭ is is a severe kind of an￭ emia found in some people with diseases that affect the bone marrow my￭ el￭ oph￭ th￭ is￭ is refers to the displacement of h￭ emo￭ po￭ ie￭ tic bone marrow tissue either by fi￭ bro￭ sis tumors or gran￭ ul￭ om￭ as
the my￭ elo￭ prolifer￭ ative ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms mp￭ ns previously my￭ elo￭ prolifer￭ ative diseases mp￭ ds are a group of diseases of the bone marrow in which excess cells are produced they are related to and may evolve into my￭ el￭ odys￭ plastic syndrome and acute my￭ elo￭ id leuk￭ emia although the my￭ elo￭ prolifer￭ ative diseases on the whole have a much better prog￭ no￭ sis than these conditions the concept of my￭ elo￭ prolifer￭ ative disease was first proposed in 1951 by the hem￭ ato￭ logist william dam￭ es￭ he￭ k in the most recent world health organization classification of hem￭ ato￭ logic m￭ align￭ ancies this group of diseases was ren￭ amed from my￭ elo￭ prolifer￭ ative diseases to my￭ elo￭ prolifer￭ ative ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms this reflects the underlying cl￭ onal genetic changes that are a salient feature of this group of disease the increased numbers of blood cells may not cause any symptoms but a number of medical problems or symptoms may occur the risk of thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis is increased in some types of mp￭ n
my￭ erson s sign or g￭ lab￭ ell￭ ar tap sign is a medical condition where a patient is unable to resist blin￭ king when tapped on the g￭ lab￭ ella the area above the nose and between the eyebro￭ ws it is often referred to as the g￭ lab￭ ell￭ ar reflex it is often an early symptom of par￭ kinson s disease but can also be seen in early dementia as well as other progressive neuro￭ logic illness it is named for abraham my￭ erson an american neuro￭ logist
my￭ h￭ re syndrome is a rare genetic disorder
my￭ i￭ asis ˈ￭ ma￭ ɪ ə￭ s￭ ᵻ￭ s or ma￭ ɪ￭ ˈ￭ a￭ ɪ ə￭ s￭ ᵻ￭ s is the par￭ asi￭ tic inf￭ est￭ ation of the body of a live mamm￭ al by fly lar￭ v￭ ae mag￭ go￭ ts that grow inside the host while feeding on its tissue although flies are most commonly attracted to open wounds and urine or f￭ ec￭ es so￭ aked fur some species including the most common my￭ i￭ atic flies the bot￭ fly blow￭ fly and scre￭ w￭ fly can create an inf￭ est￭ ation even on un￭ broken skin and have been known to use mo￭ ist soil and non my￭ i￭ atic flies such as the common house￭ fly as vector agents for their par￭ asi￭ tic lar￭ v￭ ae col￭ lo￭ qui￭ alis￭ ms for my￭ i￭ asis include fl￭ y￭ strike and blow￭ fly strike and the victim or the tissue may be described as fly blown the name of the condition derives from ancient greek μ￭ υ￭ ῖ￭ α my￭ ia meaning fly because some animals particularly domestic animals cannot react as effectively as humans to the causes and effects of my￭ i￭ asis such inf￭ est￭ ations present a severe and continuing problem for livestock industries worldwide causing severe economic losses where they are not mitigated by human action although typically a far greater issue for animals my￭ i￭ asis is also a relatively frequent afflic￭ tion of humans in rural tropical regions where my￭ i￭ atic flies thrive and often may require medical attention to sur￭ g￭ ically remove the parasites my￭ i￭ asis varies widely in the forms it takes and its effects on the victims such variations depend largely on the fly species and where the lar￭ v￭ ae are located some flies lay eggs in open wounds other lar￭ v￭ ae may invade un￭ broken skin or enter the body through the nose or ears and still others may be swallowed if the eggs are deposited on the lips or on food
a my￭ o￭ cardi￭ al con￭ tu￭ sion is a term for a bru￭ ise con￭ tu￭ sion to the heart after an injury it is usually a consequence of blunt trauma to the an￭ terior chest wall and the right ven￭ tric￭ le is thought to be most commonly affected due to its an￭ atomic location as the most an￭ terior surface of the heart my￭ o￭ cardi￭ al con￭ tu￭ sion is not a specific diagnosis and the extent of the injury can vary greatly usually there are other chest injuries seen with a my￭ o￭ cardi￭ al con￭ tu￭ sion such as ri￭ b fractu￭ res pneu￭ om￭ o￭ thor￭ ax and valve injury when a my￭ o￭ cardi￭ al con￭ tu￭ sion is suspected consideration must be given to any other chest injuries which will likely be determined by clinical signs tests and imaging the signs and symptoms of a my￭ o￭ cardi￭ al con￭ tu￭ sion can manifest in different ways in people which may also be masked by the other injuries they present with it is recommended that people with blunt chest trauma receive an electro￭ cardi￭ o￭ gram to determine if there are any irregularities with cardiac function the presentation of a dys￭ rhy￭ th￭ mia after sustaining a my￭ o￭ cardi￭ al con￭ tu￭ sion can be delayed for up to 72 hours
my￭ o￭ cardi￭ al inf￭ arc￭ tion mi or acute my￭ o￭ cardi￭ al inf￭ arc￭ tion ami commonly known as a heart attack occurs when blood flow stops to a part of the heart causing damage to the heart muscle the most common symptom is chest pain or discomfort which may travel into the shoulder arm back neck or jaw often it is in the center or left side of the chest and lasts for more than a few minutes the discomfort may occasionally feel like heart￭ burn other symptoms may include short￭ ness of breath naus￭ ea feeling faint a cold sweat or feeling tired about 30 of people have atypical symptoms with women more likely than men to present aty￭ p￭ ically among those over 75 years old about 5 have had an mi with little or no history of symptoms an mi may cause heart failure an irregular heartbeat or cardiac arrest most mis occur due to coron￭ ary artery disease risk factors include high blood pressure smoking diabetes lack of exercise obesity high blood cho￭ le￭ sterol poor diet and excessive alcohol intake among others the mechanism of an mi often involves the complete block￭ age of a coron￭ ary artery caused by a rupture of an a￭ ther￭ os￭ cl￭ erotic pla￭ que mis are less commonly caused by coron￭ ary artery sp￭ as￭ ms which may be due to cocaine significant emotional stress and extreme cold among others a number of tests are useful to help with diagnosis including electro￭ cardi￭ o￭ grams ec￭ gs blood tests and coron￭ ary an￭ gi￭ o￭ graphy an ec￭ g may confirm an st elev￭ ation mi if st elev￭ ation is present commonly used blood tests include tro￭ pon￭ in and less often cre￭ at￭ ine kin￭ ase mb aspir￭ in is an appropriate immediate treatment for a suspected mi nitro￭ gly￭ cer￭ in or op￭ io￭ ids may be used to help with chest pain however they do not improve overall outcomes supplem￭ ental oxygen should be used in those with low oxygen levels or short￭ ness of breath in st elev￭ ation mis treatments which attempt to restore blood flow to the heart are typically recommended and include an￭ gi￭ op￭ la￭ sty where the arter￭ ies are pushed open or thro￭ m￭ bol￭ ysis where the block￭ age is removed using medications people who have a non st elev￭ ation my￭ o￭ cardi￭ al inf￭ arc￭ tion n￭ stem￭ i are often managed with the blood thin￭ ner he￭ par￭ in with the additional use of an￭ gi￭ op￭ la￭ sty in those at high risk in people with block￭ ages of multiple coron￭ ary arter￭ ies and diabetes bypass surgery cab￭ g may be recommended rather than an￭ gi￭ op￭ la￭ sty after an mi lifestyle modifications along with long term treatment with aspir￭ in beta bloc￭ kers and stat￭ ins are typically recommended worldwide about 8 6 million my￭ o￭ cardi￭ al inf￭ arc￭ tions occurred in 2013 more than 3 million people had an st elev￭ ation mi and more than 4 million had an n￭ stem￭ i stem￭ is occur about twice as often in men as women about one million people have an mi each year in the united states in the developed world the risk of death in those who have had an stem￭ i is about 10 rates of mi for a given age have decreased globally between 1990 and 2010
my￭ o￭ cardi￭ al rupture is a lac￭ eration or tearing of the wall of the ven￭ tric￭ les or atri￭ a of the heart of the inter￭ atri￭ al or interven￭ tric￭ ular sep￭ tum or of the pap￭ ill￭ ary muscles it is most commonly seen as a serious sequ￭ ela of an acute my￭ o￭ cardi￭ al inf￭ arc￭ tion heart attack it can also be caused by trauma
in cardi￭ ology stunned my￭ o￭ cardi￭ um is a state when some section of the my￭ o￭ cardi￭ um corresponding to area of a major coron￭ ary oc￭ clu￭ sion shows a form of contr￭ acti￭ le ab￭ normality this is a seg￭ mental dysfunction which persists for a variable period of time about two weeks even after is￭ chem￭ ia has been relieved by for instance an￭ gi￭ op￭ la￭ sty or coron￭ ary artery bypass surgery in this situation while my￭ o￭ cardi￭ al blood flow m￭ b￭ f returns to normal function is still depressed for a variable period of time my￭ o￭ cardi￭ al stunning is the reversible reduction of function of heart contraction after reper￭ fusion not accounted for by tissue damage or reduced blood flow after total is￭ chem￭ ia occurs the my￭ o￭ cardi￭ um switches immediately from aer￭ ob￭ ic gly￭ col￭ ysis to an￭ aer￭ ob￭ ic gly￭ col￭ ysis resulting in the reduced ability to produce high energy phosp￭ hates such as at￭ p and cre￭ at￭ in￭ ine phosphate at this point the lack of the energy and lact￭ ate accumulation results in cessation of contraction within 60 seconds of is￭ chem￭ ia i e vessel oc￭ clu￭ sion subsequent to this is a period of my￭ o￭ cardi￭ al stunning in which reversible is￭ chem￭ ic damage is taking place at approximately 30 minutes after the onset of total is￭ chem￭ ia the damage becomes irreversible thereby ending the phase of my￭ o￭ cardi￭ al stunning clinical situations of stunned my￭ o￭ cardi￭ um are acute my￭ o￭ cardi￭ al inf￭ arc￭ tion ami after per￭ cu￭ taneous trans￭ lumin￭ al coron￭ ary an￭ gi￭ op￭ la￭ sty pt￭ ca after cardiac surgery neuro￭ genic stunned my￭ o￭ cardi￭ um following an acute cere￭ bro￭ vascular event such as a sub￭ ar￭ ach￭ no￭ id hemorrha￭ ge
there are multiple origin￭ ations for my￭ o￭ cardi￭ od￭ y￭ stro￭ phy alcohol in￭ tox￭ ication can originate the creation of it along with making it worse if consumption continues over a long period of time different types of obesity can also originate the disease along with other endocrine diseases infections and various types of neuro￭ logical patho￭ logies
my￭ o￭ cardi￭ tis also known as infl￭ am￭ matory cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy is infl￭ amm￭ ation of the heart muscle the consequences of my￭ o￭ cardi￭ tis vary widely it can cause a mild disease without any symptoms that resol￭ ves itself or it may cause chest pain heart failure or sudden death an acute my￭ o￭ cardi￭ al inf￭ arc￭ tion like syndrome with normal coron￭ ary arter￭ ies has a good prog￭ no￭ sis heart failure even with a dil￭ ated left ven￭ tric￭ le may have a good prog￭ no￭ sis ven￭ tric￭ ular arr￭ hy￭ th￭ mi￭ as and high degree heart block have a poor prog￭ no￭ sis loss of right ven￭ tric￭ ular function is a strong predic￭ tor of death my￭ o￭ cardi￭ tis is most often due to an infection by common viruses such as par￭ vo￭ virus b 19 less commonly non￭ viral infections such as ly￭ me disease or try￭ pan￭ o￭ som￭ a cru￭ zi or as a hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity response to drugs may be the cause my￭ o￭ cardi￭ tis can sometimes be an auto￭ immune disease st￭ rep￭ to￭ coc￭ cal m protein and co￭ x￭ s￭ ack￭ i￭ evi￭ rus b have regions that are similar to the my￭ os￭ in protein found in the heart muscle during and after the infection the immune system may attack cardiac my￭ os￭ in my￭ o￭ cardi￭ tis may include death of heart tissue it may include dil￭ ated cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy a definitive diagnosis requires a heart biopsy in 2013 about 1 5 million cases of acute my￭ o￭ cardi￭ tis occurred cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy including my￭ o￭ cardi￭ tis resulted in 443 000 deaths in 2013 up from 294 000 in 1990
my￭ o￭ cl￭ onic ast￭ atic epi￭ le￭ psy also known as do￭ ose syndrome is a generalized idi￭ opathic epi￭ le￭ psy it is characterized by the development of my￭ o￭ cl￭ onic seizures and or my￭ o￭ cl￭ onic ast￭ atic seizures
my￭ o￭ cl￭ onic dy￭ st￭ onia or my￭ o￭ cl￭ onus dy￭ st￭ onia syndrome is a rare movement disorder that induc￭ es spontaneous muscle contraction causing abnormal posture the prevalence of my￭ o￭ cl￭ onus dy￭ st￭ onia has not been reported however this disorder falls under the umbrella of movement disorders which affect thousands worldwide my￭ o￭ cl￭ onus dy￭ st￭ onia results from mutations in the sg￭ ce gene coding for an integral memb￭ rane protein found in both neurons and muscle fi￭ bers those suffering from this disease exhibit symptoms of rapid jer￭ ky movements of the upper limbs my￭ o￭ cl￭ onus as well as distortion of the body s orientation due to simultaneous activation of agon￭ ist and antagon￭ ist muscles dy￭ st￭ onia my￭ o￭ cl￭ onus dy￭ st￭ onia is caused by loss of function mutations in the ep￭ sil￭ on sar￭ co￭ gly￭ can gene sg￭ ce the disease is domin￭ antly inherited however sg￭ ce is an im￭ printed gene so only the pater￭ nal alle￭ le is expressed therefore children suffering from this disease inherit the mutation from the father if the mut￭ ated alle￭ le is inherited from the mother the child is not likely to exhibit symptoms while no cure has been found for my￭ o￭ cl￭ onus dy￭ st￭ onia treatment options are available to those suffering from the disease ethanol often amelior￭ ates the symptoms well and so the syndrome is also called alcohol responsive dy￭ st￭ onia alcohol may be substituted by benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines such as cl￭ on￭ az￭ ep￭ am which work through the same mechanism deep brain stimulation d￭ bs is another viable option that can alleviate symptoms without the unwanted side effects of medications and has been successful in treating other movement disorders
my￭ o￭ cl￭ onic epi￭ le￭ psy refers to a family of epi￭ le￭ p￭ sies that present with my￭ o￭ cl￭ onus when my￭ o￭ cl￭ onic jer￭ ks are occasionally associated with abnormal brain wave activity it can be categ￭ orized as my￭ o￭ cl￭ onic seizure if the abnormal brain wave activity is persistent and results from ongoing seizures then a diagnosis of my￭ o￭ cl￭ onic epi￭ le￭ psy may be considered
my￭ o￭ cl￭ onus is a brief involuntary tw￭ it￭ ching of a muscle or a group of muscles it describes a medical sign and generally is not a diagnosis of a disease these my￭ o￭ cl￭ onic tw￭ it￭ ches jer￭ ks or seizures are usually caused by sudden muscle contr￭ actions positive my￭ o￭ cl￭ onus or brief lapses of contraction negative my￭ o￭ cl￭ onus the most common circumstance under which they occur is while falling asleep hyp￭ nic jerk my￭ o￭ cl￭ onic jer￭ ks occur in healthy persons and are experienced occasionally by everyone however when they appear with more persistence and become more widespread they can be a sign of various neuro￭ logical disorders hic￭ cups are a kind of my￭ o￭ cl￭ onic jerk specifically affecting the di￭ aphr￭ ag￭ m when a sp￭ asm is caused by another person it is known as a provoked sp￭ asm sh￭ ud￭ dering attacks in babies fall in this category my￭ o￭ cl￭ onic jer￭ ks may occur alone or in sequence in a pattern or without pattern they may occur inf￭ requ￭ ently or many times each minute most often my￭ o￭ cl￭ onus is one of several signs in a wide variety of nervous system disorders such as multiple sclerosis par￭ kinson s disease dy￭ st￭ onia alzheimer s disease gau￭ cher s disease sub￭ acute s￭ cl￭ ero￭ sing pan￭ en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis creutz￭ feldt – jakob disease cjd sero￭ ton￭ in toxicity some cases of hun￭ t￭ ington s disease some forms of epi￭ le￭ psy and occasionally in in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial hypo￭ tension some researchers indicate that jer￭ ks persistently may even cause early tre￭ mors in almost all instances in which my￭ o￭ cl￭ onus is caused by central nervous system disease it is preceded by other symptoms for instance in cjd it is generally a late stage clinical feature that appears after the patient has already started to exhibit gross neuro￭ logical deficits anatom￭ ically my￭ o￭ cl￭ onus may originate from le￭ sions of the cor￭ tex sub￭ cor￭ tex or spinal cord the presence of my￭ o￭ cl￭ onus above the for￭ amen magn￭ um effectively excludes spinal my￭ o￭ cl￭ onus further loc￭ alisation relies on further investigation with electro￭ my￭ o￭ graphy em￭ g and electro￭ encephal￭ o￭ graphy eeg
my￭ o￭ epi￭ the￭ li￭ oma of the head and neck also my￭ o￭ epi￭ the￭ li￭ oma is a sali￭ vary g￭ land tum￭ our of the head and neck that is usually benign as the name suggests it consists of my￭ o￭ epi￭ the￭ li￭ al cells class￭ ically they are found in the par￭ o￭ ti￭ d g￭ land or pal￭ ate a similar tumor type may be found in the tongue referred to as ec￭ tom￭ es￭ en￭ ch￭ ym￭ al ch￭ on￭ dro￭ my￭ x￭ o￭ id tumor
my￭ of￭ as￭ cial pain syndrome mps also known as chronic my￭ of￭ as￭ cial pain c￭ mp is a syndrome characterized by chronic pain in multiple my￭ of￭ as￭ cial trigger points kno￭ ts and fas￭ cial connec￭ tive tissue con￭ stric￭ tions it can appear in any body part characteristic features of a my￭ of￭ as￭ cial trigger points include focal point tender￭ ness reproduction of pain upon trigger point pal￭ p￭ ation hard￭ ening of the muscle upon trigger point pal￭ p￭ ation pseudo weakness of the involved muscle referred pain and limited range of motion following approximately 5 seconds of sustained trigger point pressure
my￭ o￭ glob￭ in￭ ur￭ ia is the presence of my￭ o￭ glob￭ in in the urine usually associated with r￭ hab￭ dom￭ y￭ ol￭ ysis or muscle destruction my￭ o￭ glob￭ in is present in muscle cells as a reserve of oxygen
my￭ ok￭ y￭ mia from the greek m￭ ŷ￭ s muscle k￭ ŷ￭ m k￭ ŷ￭ mia something sw￭ oll￭ en or k￭ ŷ￭ mos wave is an involuntary spontaneous loc￭ alised qui￭ vering of a few muscles or bund￭ les within a muscle but which are insufficient to move a joint one type is superior obli￭ que my￭ ok￭ y￭ mia my￭ ok￭ y￭ mia is commonly used to describe an involuntary eye￭ lid muscle contraction typically involving the lower eye￭ lid or less often the upper eye￭ lid it occurs in normal individuals and typically starts and disappears spontaneously however it can sometimes last up to three weeks since the condition typically resol￭ ves itself medical professionals do not consider it to be serious or a cause for concern in contrast facial my￭ ok￭ y￭ mia is a fine rip￭ pling of muscles on one side of the face and may reflect an underlying tumor in the bra￭ inst￭ em typically a bra￭ inst￭ em gli￭ oma loss of my￭ elin in the bra￭ inst￭ em associated with multiple sclerosis or in the recovery stage of guil￭ lain – bar￭ r￭ é syndrome an infl￭ am￭ matory pol￭ yn￭ euro￭ pa￭ thy that may affect the facial nerve my￭ ok￭ y￭ mia in otherwise unrelated body parts may occur in neuro￭ my￭ o￭ ton￭ ia
my￭ oma is a kind of mes￭ en￭ ch￭ ym￭ al tumor
my￭ opathy is a muscular disease in which the muscle fi￭ bers do not function for any one of many reasons resulting in muscular weakness my￭ opathy simply means muscle disease my￭ o greek μ￭ υ￭ ο muscle path￭ os pa￭ thy greek suffering this meaning implies that the primary defect is within the muscle as opposed to the nerves neuro￭ path￭ ies or neuro￭ genic disorders or elsewhere e g the brain etc muscle cram￭ ps sti￭ ff￭ ness and sp￭ asm can also be associated with my￭ opathy capture my￭ opathy or shock disease is a little studied condition observed in wild animals such as ha￭ res and birds that have been captured or handled the condition is usually lethal and stress has been identified as the single most determining factor exacerbated by muscle exer￭ tion muscular disease can be classified as neuro￭ muscular or mus￭ cul￭ osk￭ el￭ etal in nature some conditions such as my￭ osi￭ tis can be considered both neuro￭ muscular and mus￭ cul￭ osk￭ el￭ etal
x linked my￭ opathy with excessive autop￭ ha￭ gy x￭ mea is a rare childhood onset disease characterized by slow progressive vacu￭ olation and atro￭ phy of sk￭ el￭ etal muscle there is no known cardiac or intellectual involvement
my￭ oper￭ ic￭ y￭ tom￭ a also glo￭ man￭ gi￭ oper￭ ic￭ y￭ tom￭ a is a rare peri￭ vascular soft tissue tum￭ our it is usually benign and typically in the dis￭ tal extre￭ mi￭ ties it is thought to overlap with my￭ o￭ fi￭ bro￭ ma
a myop￭ ic cres￭ cent is a moon shaped feature that can develop at the temporal lateral border of dis￭ c it rarely occurs at the nas￭ al border of myop￭ ic eyes it is primarily caused by atro￭ ph￭ ic changes that are genetically determined with a minor contribution from stretching due to el￭ on￭ gation of the eye￭ ball in myop￭ ia that is no longer progressing the cres￭ cent may be as￭ ymp￭ tomatic except for its presence on oc￭ ular examination however in high degree myop￭ ia it may extend to the upper and lower borders or form a complete ring around the op￭ tic dis￭ c and form a central sco￭ tom￭ a the myop￭ ic cres￭ cent is commonly seen in pathological ax￭ ial myop￭ ia the condition sometimes described errone￭ ously as myop￭ ic chor￭ o￭ idi￭ tis but myop￭ ic cres￭ cent is not an infl￭ am￭ matory process and does not run parallel to the degree of myop￭ ia it usually tends to occur after mid adult life myop￭ ic cres￭ cent is often associated with some degree of re￭ tin￭ al de￭ generation and occasionally vit￭ re￭ ous de￭ generation
my￭ os￭ ar￭ coma is a m￭ align￭ ant muscle tumor lei￭ om￭ y￭ os￭ ar￭ coma is sar￭ coma of smooth muscle and r￭ hab￭ dom￭ y￭ os￭ ar￭ coma is sar￭ coma of stri￭ ated muscle however the term my￭ os￭ ar￭ coma itself still appears in the literature people with my￭ os￭ ar￭ coma often wake up with the feeling as if they had a cr￭ amp during their sleep
my￭ osi￭ tis is a general term for infl￭ amm￭ ation of the muscles many such conditions are considered likely to be caused by auto￭ immune conditions rather than directly due to infection although auto￭ immune conditions can be activated or exacerbated by infections it is also a documented side effect of the lip￭ id lowering drugs stat￭ ins and fi￭ br￭ ates elev￭ ation of cre￭ at￭ ine kin￭ ase in blood is indicative of my￭ osi￭ tis
my￭ osi￭ tis os￭ si￭ fic￭ ans comprises two syndro￭ mes characterized by heter￭ ot￭ op￭ ic os￭ sification calci￭ fication of muscle
my￭ o￭ spher￭ ul￭ osis also known as spher￭ ul￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis is a foreign body type gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ ous reaction to lip￭ id containing material and blood it may be seen in various settings including fat necro￭ sis m￭ align￭ ancy e g ren￭ al cell carcin￭ oma placement of topical te￭ trac￭ ycl￭ ine in a petro￭ lat￭ um base into a surgical site the resultant hist￭ opath￭ o￭ logic pattern is most unusual and initially was mistakenly thought to represent a previously und￭ es￭ cri￭ bed endo￭ spor￭ ulating fun￭ gus
my￭ o￭ stati￭ n related muscle hyper￭ tro￭ phy or my￭ o￭ tonic hyper￭ tro￭ phy is a rare genetic condition characterized by reduced body fat and increased sk￭ el￭ etal muscle size affected individuals have up to twice the usual amount of muscle mass in their bodies they also tend to have increased muscle strength my￭ o￭ stati￭ n related muscle hyper￭ tro￭ phy is not known to cause any medical problems and affected individuals are intellectually normal the prevalence of this condition is unknown mutations in the m￭ st￭ n gene cause my￭ o￭ stati￭ n related muscle hyper￭ tro￭ phy the m￭ st￭ n gene provides instructions for making a protein called my￭ o￭ stati￭ n which is active in muscles used for movement sk￭ el￭ etal muscles both before and after birth this protein normally restr￭ ains muscle growth ensuring that muscles do not grow too large mutations that reduce the production of functional my￭ o￭ stati￭ n lead to an over￭ growth of muscle tissue my￭ o￭ stati￭ n related muscle hyper￭ tro￭ phy has a pattern of inheritance known as incomplete auto￭ som￭ al dominance people with a mutation in both copies of the m￭ st￭ n gene in each cell homo￭ zy￭ go￭ tes have significantly increased muscle mass and strength people with a mutation in one copy of the m￭ st￭ n gene in each cell hetero￭ zy￭ go￭ tes also have increased muscle bulk but to a lesser degree researchers at guang￭ zhou institutes of biome￭ dic￭ ine and health in china have ed￭ ited the genome of be￭ ag￭ les to create double the amount of muscle
my￭ o￭ ton￭ ia my￭ o from greek muscle and ton￭ us from latin tension is a symptom of a small handful of certain neuro￭ muscular disorders characterized by delayed relaxation prolonged contraction of the sk￭ el￭ etal muscles after voluntary contraction or electrical stimulation my￭ o￭ ton￭ ia is present in my￭ o￭ ton￭ ia con￭ gen￭ ita param￭ yo￭ ton￭ ia con￭ gen￭ ita and my￭ o￭ tonic dy￭ stro￭ phy generally repeated contraction of the muscle can alleviate the my￭ o￭ ton￭ ia and relax the muscles thus improving the condition however this is not the case in param￭ yo￭ ton￭ ia con￭ gen￭ ita this phenomenon is known as warm up and is not to be confused with warming up before exercise though they may appear similar individuals with the disorder may have trouble releasing their grip on objects or may have difficulty rising from a sitting position and a stiff awkward ga￭ it my￭ o￭ ton￭ ia can affect all muscle groups however the pattern of affected muscles can vary depending on the specific disorder involved people suffering from disorders involving my￭ o￭ ton￭ ia can have a life threatening reaction to certain ana￭ esthe￭ tics one of these conditions occurs when the patient is under anaesthetic and is termed m￭ align￭ ant hyper￭ ther￭ mia
con￭ genital my￭ o￭ ton￭ ia also my￭ o￭ ton￭ ia con￭ gen￭ ita my￭ o from greek muscle and ton￭ us from latin tension is a genetic neuro￭ muscular chann￭ el￭ opathy that affects sk￭ el￭ etal muscles muscles used for movement the disease was first described by danish german physician as￭ mus juli￭ us thomas thom￭ sen 18￭ 15 – 18￭ 96 in 18￭ 76 who himself suffered from the disease the hallmark of the disease is the failure of initiated contraction to terminate often referred to as delayed relaxation of the muscles my￭ o￭ ton￭ ia and rigidity symptoms include delayed relaxation of the muscles after voluntary contraction my￭ o￭ ton￭ ia and may also include sti￭ ff￭ ness hyper￭ tro￭ phy enlargement transi￭ ent weakness in some mutations and cram￭ ping
my￭ o￭ tonic dy￭ stro￭ phy is a long term genetic disorder that affects muscle function symptoms include gradually worsening muscle loss and weakness often muscle contract and are unable to relax other symptoms may include cat￭ ar￭ acts intellectual disability and heart conduc￭ tion problems in men their may be early bal￭ ding and an inability to have children my￭ o￭ tonic dy￭ stro￭ phy is an auto￭ som￭ al dominant disorder which is typically inherited from a person s parents there are two main types type 1 dm 1 due to mutations in the d￭ mp￭ k gene and type 2 dm 2 due to mutations in the cn￭ bp gene the disorder generally wor￭ sens in each generation a type of dm 1 may be apparent at birth dm 2 is generally mil￭ der they are types of muscular dy￭ stro￭ phy diagnosis is confirmed by genetic testing there is no cure treatments may include brac￭ es or wheel￭ chairs pac￭ emakers and non invasive positive pressure ventilation the medications m￭ exi￭ let￭ ine or carb￭ amaz￭ ep￭ ine are occasionally helpful pain if it occurs may be treated with tric￭ ycl￭ ic anti￭ depres￭ s￭ ants and non￭ ster￭ o￭ idal anti infl￭ am￭ matory drugs n￭ s￭ aids my￭ o￭ tonic dy￭ stro￭ phy affects more than 1 in 8 000 people worldwide while my￭ o￭ tonic dy￭ stro￭ phy can occur at any age onset is typically in the 20 s and 30 s it is the most common form of muscular dy￭ stro￭ phy that begins in adul￭ thood it was first described in 19￭ 09 with the underlying cause of type 1 determined in 1992
my￭ ring￭ om￭ y￭ co￭ sis is a fun￭ gal infection of the ty￭ mp￭ anic memb￭ rane it is caused by the presence of the fun￭ gus asper￭ gill￭ us ni￭ gr￭ ic￭ ans or fla￭ ves￭ c￭ ens
myr￭ mec￭ ia is one of the three types of war￭ ts that occurs on the skin on the hands and feet pal￭ mop￭ lan￭ tar it is induced by human pap￭ il￭ lo￭ ma virus type 1 h￭ p￭ v 1 they occur on the pal￭ ms of the hands sol￭ es of the feet and on the sides of the fingers and toes the his￭ to￭ logy is abundant e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic inclusion bodies associated with h￭ p￭ v 1 e 4 gene products it was studied as far back as 42 b c 37 a d by a￭ ul￭ us cor￭ ne￭ li￭ us cel￭ sus
myr￭ me￭ co￭ tro￭ phy is the ability of plants to obtain nutrients from ants a form of mutu￭ alism due to this behaviour the invasion of vegetation into harsh environments is promoted the dead remains of insects thrown out by the ants are absorbed by the len￭ tic￭ ular war￭ ts in myr￭ me￭ co￭ phy￭ tes like hy￭ d￭ no￭ phy￭ tum and myr￭ me￭ co￭ dia myr￭ me￭ co￭ dia uses its len￭ tic￭ ular war￭ ts to suck nutrients from the insects thrown out by the ants the ants in turn benefit with a secure location to form their colony the pit￭ cher plant ne￭ pen￭ thes bic￭ al￭ car￭ ata obtains an estimated 42 of its total fo￭ liar nitrogen from ant waste
the square array of the inte￭ gers 1 through n 2 that is generated when a method for constructing a 4 × 4 magic square is generalized was called a mys￭ tic square by jo￭ el b wo￭ low￭ el￭ sky and david shak￭ ow in their article describing a method for constructing a magic square whose order is a multiple of 4 a 4 × 4 magic square can be constructed by writing out the numbers from 1 to 16 consecu￭ tively in a 4 × 4 matrix and then inter￭ changing those numbers on the diag￭ on￭ als that are equi￭ distant from the center figure 1 the sum of each row column and diag￭ onal is 34 the “ magic number ” for a 4 × 4 magic square in general the “ magic number ” for an n × n magic square is n n 2 1 2 file mys￭ tic square figure 1 j￭ pg
in the forgotten real￭ ms campaign setting of the dun￭ geons drag￭ ons fantasy role playing game a myth￭ al is a powerful epic level magical effect
my￭ x￭ e￭ dem￭ a or my￭ x￭ oe￭ dem￭ a is a term used synonym￭ ously with severe hypo￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m however the term is also used to describe a der￭ mat￭ ological change that can occur in hypo￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m and some forms of hyper￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m in this context my￭ x￭ e￭ dem￭ a refers to de￭ position of mu￭ co￭ pol￭ ys￭ ac￭ ch￭ ari￭ des in the der￭ mis which results in sw￭ elling of the affected area one manifestation of my￭ x￭ e￭ dem￭ a occurring in the lower limb is pre￭ ti￭ bial my￭ x￭ e￭ dem￭ a a hallmark of graves disease an auto￭ immune form of hyper￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m my￭ x￭ e￭ dem￭ a can also occur in hash￭ im￭ oto s thyro￭ idi￭ tis and other long standing forms of hypo￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m the word my￭ x￭ e￭ dem￭ a originates from μ￭ ύ￭ ξ￭ α taken from ancient greek to convey m￭ uc￭ us or sli￭ my substance and ὁ￭ ο￭ ί￭ δη￭ μα for sw￭ elling it can also be thought as non￭ pit￭ ting e￭ dem￭ a in contrast to pit￭ ting e￭ dem￭ a
my￭ x￭ e￭ dem￭ a coma is a state of de￭ compensated hypo￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m a person may have lab values identical to a normal hypo￭ thyro￭ id state but a stressful event such as an infection my￭ o￭ cardi￭ al inf￭ arc￭ tion or stroke precipit￭ ates the my￭ x￭ e￭ dem￭ a coma state usually in the elderly primary symptoms of my￭ x￭ e￭ dem￭ a coma are altered mental status and low body temperature low blood sugar low blood pressure hy￭ pon￭ at￭ re￭ mia hyper￭ cap￭ nia hypo￭ x￭ ia slowed heart rate and hypo￭ ventilation may also occur my￭ x￭ e￭ dem￭ a although included in the name is not necessarily seen in my￭ x￭ e￭ dem￭ a coma
my￭ x￭ o￭ id ch￭ on￭ dro￭ sar￭ coma is a type of sar￭ coma it has been associated with a t 9 22 q 22 q 12 e￭ ws ch￭ n gene fusion
a my￭ x￭ o￭ id cyst also known as a digital mu￭ co￭ us cyst and mu￭ co￭ us cyst is a cu￭ taneous condition often characterized by nail plate depression and gro￭ o￭ ves
my￭ x￭ o￭ id li￭ po￭ bl￭ ast￭ oma is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by excess m￭ uc￭ in it resembles my￭ x￭ o￭ id li￭ pos￭ ar￭ coma
a my￭ x￭ o￭ id li￭ pos￭ ar￭ coma is a m￭ align￭ ant adi￭ pose tissue ne￭ op￭ las￭ m of my￭ x￭ o￭ id appearance his￭ to￭ logically my￭ x￭ o￭ id li￭ pos￭ ar￭ com￭ as are the second most common type of li￭ pos￭ ar￭ coma representing 30 – 40 of all li￭ pos￭ ar￭ com￭ as in the limbs occurring most commonly in the legs particularly the thi￭ gh followed by the but￭ toc￭ ks retro￭ per￭ it￭ on￭ eu￭ m trunk an￭ kle proxim￭ al limb gir￭ dle head and neck and wrist they occur in the inter￭ muscular fas￭ cial planes or deep seated areas they present as a large slow growing pain￭ less mass they are associated with a fusion between dd￭ it 3 or chop at 12 q 13 1 q 13 2 and fus or t￭ ls at 16 p 11 2 or e￭ ws at 22 q 12 2 the specific trans￭ location of fus dd￭ it 3 is t 12 16 q 13 p 11
a my￭ x￭ o￭ id tumor is a connec￭ tive tissue tumor with a my￭ x￭ o￭ id background composed of clear mu￭ co￭ id substance this tu￭ moral phen￭ o￭ type is shared by many tu￭ moral entities my￭ x￭ om￭ as atri￭ al my￭ x￭ oma od￭ on￭ to￭ genic my￭ x￭ oma cu￭ taneous my￭ x￭ oma intr￭ amus￭ cular my￭ x￭ oma my￭ x￭ o￭ id ham￭ ar￭ tom￭ a aggressive an￭ gi￭ om￭ y￭ x￭ oma my￭ x￭ o￭ id lei￭ om￭ y￭ oma ch￭ on￭ dro￭ my￭ x￭ o￭ id fi￭ bro￭ ma my￭ x￭ o￭ id neuro￭ fi￭ bro￭ ma nerve she￭ ath my￭ x￭ oma neuro￭ the￭ ke￭ oma my￭ x￭ oli￭ po￭ ma an￭ gi￭ om￭ yo￭ fi￭ bro￭ bl￭ ast￭ oma my￭ x￭ o￭ id lei￭ om￭ y￭ os￭ ar￭ coma my￭ x￭ o￭ id li￭ pos￭ ar￭ coma li￭ po￭ bl￭ ast￭ oma my￭ x￭ o￭ fi￭ bro￭ sar￭ coma my￭ x￭ o￭ id cor￭ tical aden￭ oma ple￭ om￭ orph￭ ic aden￭ oma un￭ differentiated embry￭ onal sar￭ coma pl￭ exi￭ form an￭ gi￭ om￭ y￭ x￭ o￭ id my￭ o￭ fi￭ bro￭ bl￭ astic tumor my￭ x￭ o￭ id pl￭ exi￭ form fi￭ bro￭ his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ tic tumor an￭ gi￭ om￭ y￭ x￭ oli￭ po￭ ma vascular my￭ x￭ oli￭ po￭ ma parach￭ ord￭ oma ac￭ ral my￭ x￭ o￭ infl￭ am￭ matory fi￭ bro￭ bl￭ astic sar￭ coma
a my￭ x￭ oma new latin from greek mu￭ xa for m￭ uc￭ us is a my￭ x￭ o￭ id tumor of primitive connec￭ tive tissue it is the most common primary tumor of the heart in adults but can also occur in other locations
my￭ x￭ om￭ at￭ osis sometimes shortened to my￭ x￭ o or my￭ xy is a disease that affects rabbits and is caused by the my￭ x￭ oma virus it was first observed in uruguay in laboratory rabbits in the late 19 th century it was introduced into australia in 1950 in an attempt to control the rabbit population see rabbits in australia affected rabbits develop skin tumors and in some cases blindness followed by fatigue and fever they usually die within 14 days of contracting the disease the disease is spread by direct contact with an affected animal or by being bit￭ ten by fle￭ as or mosquitoes that have fed on an infected rabbit the my￭ x￭ om￭ at￭ osis virus does not replic￭ ate in these insect hosts but can be physically carried by an insect s mouth￭ parts i e from an infected rabbit to another susceptible animal due to the potential of insect vector transmission pet rabbits may be susceptible in enzootic areas and vaccination is highly recommended
my￭ x￭ os￭ ar￭ coma is a rare m￭ align￭ ant tumor of the heart
mé￭ ni￭ ère s disease md is a disorder of the inner ear that is characterized by episodes of feeling like the world is spinning ver￭ ti￭ go ringing in the ears tin￭ nit￭ us hearing loss and a ful￭ l￭ ness in the ear typically only one ear is affected at least initially however over time both ears may become involved episodes generally last from 20 minutes to a few hours the time between episodes varies the hearing loss and ringing in the ears may become constant over time the cause of mé￭ ni￭ ère s disease is unclear but likely involves both genetic and environmental factors a number of theories exist for why it occurs including con￭ stric￭ tions in blood vessels viral infections and auto￭ immune reactions about 10 of cases run in families symptoms are believed to occur as the result of increased fluid build up in the labyrin￭ th of the inner ear diagnosis is based on the symptoms and frequently a hearing test other conditions that may produce similar symptoms include vesti￭ bul￭ ar migr￭ aine and transi￭ ent is￭ chem￭ ic attack there is no cure attacks are often treated with medications to help with the naus￭ ea and anxiety measures to prevent attacks are overall poorly supported by the evidence a low salt diet di￭ u￭ re￭ tics and cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ster￭ oids may be tried physical therapy may help with balance and counselling may help with anxiety injections into the ear or surgery may also be tried if other measures are not effective but are associated with risks the use of ty￭ mp￭ ano￭ stom￭ y tubes while popular is not supported mé￭ ni￭ ère s disease was first identified in the early 1800 s by prosper mé￭ ni￭ ère it affects between 0 3 and 1 9 per 1 000 people it most often starts in the 40 s to 60 s females are more commonly affected than males after 5 – 15 years the episodes of world spinning generally stop and the person is left with mild loss of balance moderately poor hearing in the affected ear and ringing in their ear
m￭ éné￭ tri￭ er disease also known as hypo￭ prote￭ in￭ emic hyper￭ troph￭ ic gastro￭ pa￭ thy named after a french physician pierre eu￭ g￭ ène m￭ éné￭ tri￭ er 1859 – 19￭ 35 is a rare acquired pre￭ m￭ align￭ ant disease of the stomach characterized by massive ga￭ str￭ ic fol￭ ds excessive mu￭ co￭ us production with resultant protein loss and little or no acid production the disorder is associated with excessive secre￭ tion of transforming growth factor alpha tg￭ f α
the classical mö￭ bi￭ us function μ n is an important multiplic￭ ative function in number theory and combin￭ at￭ or￭ ics the german mathem￭ ati￭ cian august fer￭ din￭ and mö￭ bi￭ us introduced it in 18￭ 32 it is a special case of a more general object in combin￭ at￭ or￭ ics
mö￭ bi￭ us syndrome also spelled mo￭ e￭ bi￭ us is an extremely rare con￭ genital neuro￭ logical disorder which is characterized by facial paralysis and the inability to move the eyes from side to side most people with mö￭ bi￭ us syndrome are born with complete facial paralysis and cannot close their eyes or form facial expressions limb and chest wall ab￭ norm￭ alities sometimes occur with the syndrome people with mö￭ bi￭ us syndrome have normal intelligence although their lack of facial expression is sometimes incorrectly taken to be due to dul￭ l￭ ness or un￭ friend￭ liness it is named for paul juli￭ us mö￭ bi￭ us a neuro￭ logist who first described the syndrome in 18￭ 88
the mö￭ ss￭ bauer effect or reco￭ il￭ less nuclear resonance fluores￭ cence is a physical phenomenon discovered by ru￭ dol￭ f mö￭ ss￭ bauer in 1958 it involves the reson￭ ant and reco￭ il free emission and absorption of gam￭ ma radiation by atomic nucle￭ i bound in a solid its main application is in mö￭ ss￭ bauer spec￭ tro￭ sco￭ py in the mö￭ ss￭ bauer effect a narrow resonance for nuclear gam￭ ma emission and absorption results from the momentum of reco￭ il being delivered to a surrounding crystal lat￭ tice rather than to the emitting or absorbing nucleus alone when this occurs no gam￭ ma energy is lost to the k￭ ine￭ tic energy of reco￭ iling nucle￭ i at either the emitting or absorbing end of a gam￭ ma transition emission and absorption occur at the same energy resulting in strong reson￭ ant absorption
mü￭ ll￭ er￭ ian agen￭ esis also called mayer ro￭ kit￭ an￭ sky k￭ ü￭ ster ha￭ user syndrome or mr￭ kh named after august franz jose￭ f karl mayer carl fre￭ i￭ herr von ro￭ kit￭ an￭ sky her￭ mann k￭ ü￭ ster and g a ha￭ user is a con￭ genital mal￭ formation characterized by a failure of the mü￭ ll￭ er￭ ian duc￭ t to develop resulting in a missing uter￭ us and variable degrees of vag￭ inal hypo￭ pl￭ asia of its upper portion mü￭ ll￭ er￭ ian agen￭ esis including absence of the uter￭ us cer￭ vi￭ x and or vag￭ ina is the eti￭ ology in 15 of cases of primary amen￭ or￭ rho￭ ea
mü￭ ll￭ er￭ ian mim￭ ic￭ ry is a natural phenomenon in which two or more dis￭ ta￭ ste￭ ful species that may or may not be closely related and share one or more common predators have come to mim￭ ic each other s warning signals it is named after the german natur￭ alist fr￭ itz müller who first proposed the concept in 18￭ 78 the phenomenon can be understood by imagining two dis￭ ta￭ ste￭ ful species that do not resemble one another and are also prey to a common predat￭ or occasionally individuals of the predatory third species will encounter one or the other type of noxious prey and thereafter avoid it predators that avoid only one of the harmful species provide no benefit to individuals of the other species therefore it would be advantageous if the appearances of the two prey species were more similar this is because a predat￭ or that learns to avoid either species in a pair of species exhi￭ biting mü￭ ll￭ er￭ ian mim￭ ic￭ ry learns in effect to avoid both
n ace￭ ty￭ l￭ glu￭ tam￭ ate syn￭ th￭ ase or synthe￭ t￭ ase deficiency is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive urea cycle disorder
in cry￭ pto￭ graphy n has￭ h is a cry￭ pto￭ graphic has￭ h function based on the fe￭ al round function and is now considered insecure it was proposed in 1990 by mi￭ y￭ agu￭ chi et al weaknesses were published the following year n has￭ h has a 128 bit has￭ h size a message is divided into 128 bit blocks and each block is combined with the has￭ h value compu￭ ted so far using the g compression function g contains eight rounds each of which uses an f function similar to the one used by fe￭ al eli bi￭ ham and adi sham￭ ir 1991 applied the technique of differential cry￭ pt￭ analysis to n has￭ h and showed that collis￭ ions could be generated faster than by a birthday attack for n has￭ h variants with even up to 12 rounds
in physics the n body problem is the problem of predicting the individual motions of a group of cel￭ esti￭ al objects inter￭ acting with each other grav￭ it￭ ationally solving this problem has been motivated by the desire to understand the motions of the sun moon planets and the visible stars in the 20 th century understanding the dynamics of glob￭ ular cluster star systems became an important n body problem the n body problem in general rel￭ ativity is considerably more difficult to solve the classical physical problem can be informally stated as given the quasi steady orb￭ ital properties instan￭ taneous position velocity and time of a group of cel￭ esti￭ al bodies predict their interactive forces and consequently predict their true orb￭ ital motions for all future times to this purpose the two body problem has been completely solved and is discussed below as is the famous restricted 3 body problem
nas￭ d￭ aq marke￭ ts￭ ite or simply marke￭ ts￭ ite is the commercial marketing presence of the nas￭ d￭ aq stock market located in times square in new york city it occupies the northwest corner of the bottom of the cond￭ é n￭ ast building located at 4 times square the exter￭ ior wall of the seven story cylin￭ dr￭ ical tower is an led electronic video display that provides market quotes financial news and advertisements it was built in 1999 and made its de￭ but on january 1 st 2000 the ground floor of the glass w￭ alled marke￭ ts￭ ite contains a television studio a wall of rear projection monitors 44 feet 17 m long by 14 feet 4 m high display market conditions in real time providing reporters from c￭ nb￭ c cnn ya￭ hoo finance fox news channel m￭ sn￭ bc blo￭ om￭ berg television bbc and other financial television networks a backdrop to present their reports business￭ week s weekly syndic￭ ated new￭ sm￭ ag￭ az￭ ine also comes from the marke￭ ts￭ ite the technologies and processes used in the original nas￭ d￭ aq marke￭ ts￭ ite are protected under united states patent 7 0￭ 82 398 issued july 25 2006 inventors were thomas apple ar￭ l￭ ington virginia paul noble short hills new jersey john fo￭ o￭ ten mount ar￭ l￭ ington new jersey and andrew kle￭ in brook￭ line massachusetts the initial installation of the marke￭ ts￭ ite was in the former white￭ hall street location of nas￭ d￭ aq the current times square system and process have been upgraded and changed several times but remain protected by the broad claims and novel uses outlined in the original patent the current marke￭ ts￭ ite facility utili￭ zes a complex system of vide￭ ow￭ all processors and data feeds to provide broadcasters with a dynamic real time data background this system shares nothing with the original white￭ hall street iter￭ ation of the marke￭ ts￭ ite having been upgraded and re￭ designed several times due to advances in technology
the n￭ hl salary cap is the total amount of money that national hockey league teams are allowed to pay their players it is a hard cap meaning there are no exemptions and so no luxury tax penalties are required the actual amount of the cap varies on a year to year basis and is calculated as a percentage of the league s revenue from the previous season for instance in 2007 – 08 the n￭ hl s salary cap was approximately us 50 3 million per team for the 2008 – 09 season it was 56 7 million for the 2009 10 season it was 56 8 million for the 2010 11 season it was 59 4 million and for the 2011 12 season it was 64 3 million following the 2012 – 13 lock￭ out the 2012 – 13 salary cap has been set at 60 million but teams can still spend up to 70 2 million pro rated for the shortened season length like many professional sports le￭ agues the n￭ hl has a salary cap to keep teams in larger markets with more revenue from signing all of the top players and extending their advantage over smaller market franch￭ ises a salary cap existed in the early days of the national hockey league n￭ hl during the great depression for example the league was under financial pressure to lower its salary cap to 62 500 per team and 7 000 per player forcing some teams to trade away well paid star players in order to fit the cap
n￭ p hard￭ ness non deter￭ minis￭ tic poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al time hard in compu￭ tational complexity theory is a class of problems that are informally at least as hard as the hardest problems in n￭ p more precisely a problem h is n￭ p hard when every problem l in n￭ p can be reduced in poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al time to h that is given a solution for l we can verify it is a solution for h in poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al time as a consequence finding a poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al algori￭ thm to solve any n￭ p hard problem would give poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al algori￭ th￭ ms for all the problems in n￭ p which is unlikely as many of them are considered hard a common misconception is that the n￭ p in n￭ p hard stands for non poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al when in fact stands for non deter￭ minis￭ tic poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al acceptable problems although it is suspected that there are no poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al time algori￭ th￭ ms for n￭ p hard problems this has never been proven moreover the class p in which all problems can be solved in poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al time is contained in the n￭ p class
nut carcin￭ oma formerly nut mid￭ line carcin￭ oma is a rare genetically defined very aggressive squ￭ am￭ ous cell epi￭ the￭ li￭ al cancer that usually arises in the mid￭ line of the body and is characterized by a chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al re￭ arrangement in the nuclear protein in testi￭ s gene in approximately 75 of cases the coding sequence of nut￭ m 1 on chro￭ mo￭ some 15 q 14 is f￭ used to br￭ d 4 or br￭ d 3 which creates a chim￭ eric gene that en￭ codes the br￭ d nut fusion protein the remaining cases the fusion of nut￭ m 1 is to an unknown partner gene usually called nut variant
n￭ asha is a has￭ h function accepted as a first round sha 3 candidate for the n￭ ist has￭ h function competition n￭ asha was designed by smile mark￭ ov￭ ski and al￭ ek￭ sandra mile￭ va with contributions by si￭ mona sam￭ ard￭ z￭ is￭ ki program￭ mer and bor￭ o jak￭ im￭ ov￭ ski program￭ mer n￭ asha supports internal state sizes of 10￭ 24 and 20￭ 48 bits and arbitrary output sizes between 125 and 512 bits it uses qu￭ asi￭ group string transformations with qu￭ asi￭ groups of order 264 defined by extended fe￭ is￭ tel networks the qu￭ asi￭ groups used in every iter￭ ation of the compression function are different and depend on the processed message block the authors claim performance of up to 23 06 cycles per by￭ te on an intel core 2 du￭ o in 64 bit mode cry￭ pt￭ analysis during the sha 3 competition has indicated that 384 512 version of n￭ asha is susceptible to collision attacks but the authors disputed those attacks and also included small changes to achieve the strength of 224 256 version
nab￭ lus mask like facial syndrome is a micro￭ deletion syndrome triggered by a deletion at chro￭ mo￭ some 8 q 22 1 that causes a mask like facial appearance in those affected it is characterized by a narrowing of the eyes tight g￭ listening facial skin and a flat broad nose other features of the syndrome include mal￭ formed ears unusual hair patterns on the scal￭ p bent fingers and toes and joint de￭ form￭ ities in the hands and feet unusual teeth mild developmental delay cry￭ p￭ tor￭ chi￭ dis￭ m and a generally happy disposition it is a rare genetic disorder by inheritance found in palestinian people named after nab￭ lus city in the west bank it is part of many new genetic disorders of new￭ bor￭ ns that is increasing exponentially in arabs in recent years as reported by centre for arab genom￭ ic studies in dubai
a n￭ abo￭ th￭ ian cyst or n￭ abo￭ th￭ ian fol￭ lic￭ le is a m￭ uc￭ us filled cyst on the surface of the cer￭ vi￭ x they are most often caused when str￭ ati￭ fied squ￭ am￭ ous epi￭ the￭ lium of the ec￭ to￭ cer￭ vi￭ x toward the vag￭ ina grows over the simple colum￭ nar epi￭ the￭ lium of the endo￭ cer￭ vi￭ x toward the uter￭ us this tissue growth can block the cer￭ vic￭ al cry￭ p￭ ts sub￭ der￭ mal pockets usually 2 – 10 mm in diameter trapping cer￭ vic￭ al m￭ uc￭ us inside the cry￭ p￭ ts
na￭ eg￭ eli – franc￭ es￭ ch￭ et￭ ti – j￭ ad￭ as￭ sohn syndrome n￭ f￭ j￭ s also known as chro￭ mat￭ op￭ hor￭ e nev￭ us of na￭ eg￭ eli and na￭ eg￭ eli syndrome is a rare auto￭ som￭ al dominant form of ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal dys￭ pl￭ asia characterized by retic￭ ular skin pi￭ gm￭ entation diminished function of the sweat g￭ lands the absence of teeth and hyper￭ ker￭ at￭ osis of the pal￭ ms and sol￭ es one of the most striking features is the absence of fingerprint lines on the fingers na￭ eg￭ eli syndrome is similar to der￭ mat￭ opath￭ ia pi￭ gm￭ ent￭ osa re￭ ticul￭ aris both of which are caused by a specific defect in the ker￭ atin 14 protein
na￭ eg￭ l￭ eri￭ asis also known as primary am￭ oe￭ bic men￭ in￭ go￭ en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis p￭ am ame￭ bic en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis and na￭ eg￭ ler￭ ia infection is an infection of the brain by the free living pro￭ tist na￭ eg￭ ler￭ ia fow￭ l￭ eri also known as the brain eating am￭ oe￭ ba the term brain eating am￭ oe￭ ba has also been applied to bal￭ am￭ u￭ thia man￭ dri￭ l￭ lar￭ is causing some confusion between the two however bal￭ am￭ u￭ thia man￭ dri￭ l￭ lar￭ is is unrelated to na￭ eg￭ ler￭ ia fow￭ l￭ eri and causes a different disease called gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ ous am￭ oe￭ bic en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis and unlike na￭ eg￭ l￭ eri￭ asis which is usually seen in people with normal immune function gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ ous am￭ oe￭ bic en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis is usually seen in people with poor immune function such as those with hiv aids or leuk￭ emia n fow￭ l￭ eri is typically found in warm bodies of fresh water such as pon￭ ds lakes rivers and hot springs it is also found in soil poorly maintained municipal water supplies water heaters near warm water discharges of industrial plants and in poorly chlorinated or un￭ chlorinated swimming pools in an am￭ oe￭ bo￭ id or temporary flag￭ ell￭ ate stage there is no evidence of it living in salt water although infection occurs rarely it nearly always results in death with a case fat￭ ality rate greater than 95
n￭ aga fire￭ balls thai บ￭ ั￭ ้￭ ง￭ ไ￭ ฟ￭ พ￭ ญ￭ า￭ น￭ า￭ ค rtgs bang fa￭ i p￭ ha￭ ya n￭ ak also known as me￭ kong lights and b￭ ung fa￭ i pay￭ a n￭ ak by the locals is a phenomenon said to be often seen on the me￭ kong river g￭ lowing balls are alleged to naturally rise from the water high into the air the balls are said to be red￭ dish and to range in size from smaller spar￭ kles up to the size of bas￭ ket￭ balls they quickly rise up to a couple of hundred metres before disappearing the number of fire￭ balls reported varies between tens and thousands per night the phenomenon is named after the p￭ ha￭ ya n￭ aga legendary ser￭ pent￭ ine creatures said to live in the me￭ kong
nag￭ er acro￭ facial dy￭ so￭ sto￭ sis is a con￭ genital anomaly syndrome nag￭ er syndrome displays several or all of the following characteristics underdevelopment of the cheek and jaw area down slop￭ ing of the opening of the eyes lack or absence of the lower e￭ yel￭ ashes kidney and or stomach ref￭ lux hammer toes shortened soft pal￭ ate peti￭ te lack of development of the internal and external ear possible cle￭ ft pal￭ ate underdevelopment or absence of the thumb hearing loss see hearing loss with cran￭ io￭ facial syndro￭ mes and shortened fore￭ arms as well as poor movement in the el￭ bow and may be characterized by accessory trag￭ i occasionally sufferers develop vertebr￭ al anomalies such as sco￭ li￭ osis and sufferers do not usually have problems with their reproductive organs inheritance pattern said to be auto￭ som￭ al but there are arguments as to whether it is auto￭ som￭ al dominant or auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive most cases tend to be spor￭ adic nag￭ er syndrome is also linked to five other similar syndro￭ mes miller syndrome tre￭ acher collins pierre robin gene￭ e wi￭ e￭ deman￭ n and franc￭ es￭ ch￭ et￭ ti z￭ wah￭ len kle￭ in an extremely rare con￭ genital defect that has only had 75 documented cases to date 11 17 1999 with several or all of the following characteristics underdevelopment of the cheek and jaw area down slop￭ ing of the opening of the eyes lack or absence of the lower e￭ yel￭ ashes lack of development of the internal and external ear possible cle￭ ft pal￭ ate underdevelopment or absence of the thumb and shortened fore￭ arms as well as poor movement in the el￭ bow
nail biting also known as ony￭ chop￭ ha￭ gy or ony￭ chop￭ ha￭ gia is an oral compul￭ sive habit it is sometimes described as a par￭ af￭ unc￭ tional activity the common use of the mouth for an activity other than speaking eating or drinking nail biting is very common especially amongst children less innocent forms of nails biting are considered an impulse control disorder in the dsm iv r and is classified under obs￭ essive compul￭ sive and related disorders in the dsm 5 the ic￭ d 10 classi￭ fies it as other specified behavioral and emotional disorders with onset usually occurring in childhood and adoles￭ cence however not all nail biting is pathological and the difference between harmful obsession and normal behavior is not always clear
nail clu￭ bbing also known as digital clu￭ bbing is a de￭ form￭ ity of the finger or toe nails associated with a number of diseases mostly of the heart and lungs clu￭ bbing for no obvious reason can also occur but is rare hippo￭ crates was probably the first to document clu￭ bbing as a sign of disease and the phenomenon is therefore occasionally called hippo￭ cratic fingers
nail diseases are distinct from diseases of the skin although nails are a skin append￭ age they have their own signs and symptoms which may relate to other medical conditions nail conditions that show signs of infection or infl￭ amm￭ ation require medical assistance de￭ form￭ ity or disease of the nails may be referred to as ony￭ cho￭ sis
nail – pat￭ ella syndrome n￭ ps also known as hood syndrome is a genetic disorder that results in small poorly developed nails and kne￭ ec￭ aps but can also affect many other areas of the body such as the el￭ bows chest and hips the name nail – pat￭ ella can be very misleading because the syndrome often affects many other areas of the body including even the production of certain proteins those affected by n￭ ps may have one or more affected areas of the body and its severity varies depending on the individual it is also referred to as ili￭ ac horn syndrome hereditary ony￭ choo￭ ste￭ odys￭ pl￭ asia hood syndrome f￭ ong disease or turner – ki￭ es￭ er syndrome diagnosis of n￭ ps can be made at birth but is common for it to remain un￭ diagnosed for several generations while there is no cure available for n￭ ps treatment is available and recommended
nak￭ a￭ jo syndrome also called no￭ d￭ ular er￭ y￭ them￭ a with digital changes is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive con￭ genital disorder first reported in 1939 by a nak￭ a￭ jo in the offspring of cons￭ an￭ guine￭ ous blood relative parents the syndrome can be characterized by er￭ y￭ them￭ a red￭ dened skin loss of body fat in the upper part of the body and disproportionately large eyes ears nose lips and fingers
naked objects is an architectural pattern used in software engineering
a name reaction is a chemical reaction named after its discover￭ ers or developers well known examples include the wit￭ ti￭ g reaction the cla￭ is￭ en condens￭ ation the frie￭ del crafts ac￭ yl￭ ation and the di￭ els al￭ der reaction among the tens of thousands of organic reactions that are known hundreds of such reactions are well known enough to be named after people books have been published devoted exclusively to name reactions the mer￭ ck index a chemical en￭ cyclo￭ pedia also includes an appendix on name reactions as organic chemistry developed during the 20 th century chem￭ ists started associating synthe￭ tically useful reactions with the names of the discover￭ ers or developers in many cases the name is merely a m￭ nem￭ onic some cases of reactions that were not really discovered by their nam￭ es￭ akes are known examples include the pum￭ mer￭ er re￭ arrangement the pin￭ nick oxid￭ ation and the bir￭ ch reduction although systematic approaches for naming reactions based on the reaction mechanism or the overall transformation exist such as the i￭ up￭ ac nomenclature for transformations the more descriptive names are often unwiel￭ dy or not specific enough so people names are often more practical for efficient communication
nan￭ ome￭ tro￭ logy is a sub￭ field of metro￭ logy concerned with the science of measurement at the nano￭ scale level nan￭ ome￭ tro￭ logy has a crucial role in order to produce nanomaterials and devices with a high degree of accuracy and reliability in nanom￭ anu￭ fac￭ turing a challenge in this field is to develop or create new measurement techniques and standards to meet the needs of next generation advanced manufacturing which will rely on nan￭ ome￭ ter scale materials and technologies the needs for measurement and characterization of new sample structures and characteristics far exceed the capabilities of current measurement science anticipated advances in emerging u s nanotechnology industries will require revolutionary metro￭ logy with higher resolution and accuracy than has previously been envis￭ i￭ oned
the nap￭ kin fol￭ ding problem is a problem in geometry and the mathematics of paper fol￭ ding that explo￭ res whether fol￭ ding a square or a rec￭ tang￭ ular nap￭ kin can increase its perimeter the problem is known under several names including the mar￭ gul￭ is nap￭ kin problem suggesting it is due to gri￭ g￭ ory mar￭ gul￭ is and the arnold s rouble problem referring to vladimir arnold and the fol￭ ding of a russian ru￭ ble bank note some versions of the problem were solved by robert j lang s￭ ve￭ t￭ lana kr￭ at alex￭ ey s tar￭ as￭ ov and ivan yas￭ ch￭ enko one form of the problem remains open
nap￭ kin ps￭ ori￭ asis or ps￭ ori￭ asis in the di￭ aper area is characteris￭ tically seen in infants between two and eight months of age
napoleon s problem is a famous compass construction problem in it a circle and its center are given the challenge is to divide the circle into four equal ar￭ cs using only a compass napoleon was known to be an amateur mathem￭ ati￭ cian but it is not known if he either created or solved the problem napoleon s friend the italian mathem￭ ati￭ cian lo￭ ren￭ zo mas￭ cher￭ oni introduced the limitation of using only a compass no straight edge into geome￭ tric construc￭ tions but actually the challenge above is easier than the real napoleon s problem consisting in finding the center of a given circle with compass alone the following sections will describe solutions to both problems and proofs that they work georg mo￭ hr s 16￭ 72 book eu￭ cli￭ des dan￭ ic￭ us anticipated mas￭ cher￭ oni s idea though the book was only re￭ discovered in 19￭ 28
nar￭ cis￭ sis￭ tic personality disorder n￭ pd is a long term pattern of abnormal behavior characterized by exaggerated feelings of self importance an excessive need for admiration and a lack of understanding of others feelings people affected by it often spend a lot of time thinking about achieving power or success or about their appearance they often take advantage of the people around them the behavior typically begins by early adul￭ thood and occurs across a variety of situations the cause of nar￭ cis￭ sis￭ tic personality disorder is unknown it is a personality disorder classified within cluster b by the diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders diagnosis is by a healthcare professional inter￭ viewing the person in question the condition needs to be differentiated from mania and substance use disorder treatments have not been well studied therapy is often difficult as people frequently do not consider themselves to have a problem the personality was first described in 19￭ 25 by robert wa￭ elder while the current name for the condition came into use in 1968 about one percent of people are believed to be affected at some point in their life it appears to occur more often in males than females and affects young people more than older people
nar￭ cis￭ sis￭ tic rage is a reaction to nar￭ cis￭ sis￭ tic injury which is a perceived threat to a nar￭ c￭ iss￭ ist s self esteem or self worth nar￭ cis￭ sis￭ tic injury or nar￭ cis￭ sis￭ tic scar is a phrase used by sigmund fre￭ ud in the 1920 s nar￭ cis￭ sis￭ tic wound and nar￭ cis￭ sis￭ tic blow are further almost interchangeable terms the term nar￭ cis￭ sis￭ tic rage was coined by heinz ko￭ hut in 1972 nar￭ cis￭ sis￭ tic injury occurs when a nar￭ c￭ iss￭ ist feels that their hidden true self has been revealed this may be the case when the nar￭ c￭ iss￭ ist has a fall from grace such as when their hidden behaviors or motivations are revealed or when their importance is brought into question nar￭ cis￭ sis￭ tic injury is a cause of distress and can lead to dys￭ regulation of behaviors as in nar￭ cis￭ sis￭ tic rage nar￭ cis￭ sis￭ tic rage occurs on a continu￭ um from instances of alo￭ of￭ ness and expression of mild irritation or anno￭ yance to serious out￭ bursts including violent attacks and murder nar￭ cis￭ sis￭ tic rage reactions are not limited to personality disorders and may be also seen in cat￭ at￭ onic paranoid delusion and depres￭ sive episodes it has also been suggested that nar￭ c￭ iss￭ ists have two layers of rage the first layer of rage can be thought of as a constant anger towards someone else with the second layer being a self aimed wrath
narco￭ le￭ psy is a long term neuro￭ logical disorder that involves a decreased ability to regulate sleep wake cycles symptoms include periods of excessive day￭ time sleep￭ iness that usually lasts from seconds to minutes and may occur at any time about 70 also have periods of sudden loss of muscle strength known as cat￭ ap￭ l￭ ex￭ y these spells can be brought on by strong emotions less commonly there may be vivid dream like images or the inability to move for a period of time during falling asleep or upon waking up people with narco￭ le￭ psy sleep about the same amount of hours per day as people without but the quality of sleep tends to be worse the cause of narco￭ le￭ psy is unknown in up to 10 of cases there is a family history of the disorder often those affected have low levels of the neuro￭ transmitter hypo￭ cre￭ tin which may be due to an auto￭ immune disorder trauma certain infections toxins or psychological stress may also play a role diagnosis is typically based on the symptoms and sleep studies after ruling out other potential causes excessive day￭ time sleep￭ iness can also be caused by other sleep disorders such as sleep ap￭ ne￭ a major depres￭ sive disorder an￭ emia heart failure drinking alcohol and not getting enough sleep cat￭ ap￭ l￭ ex￭ y may be mistaken for seizures while there is no cure a number of lifestyle changes and medications may help lifestyle changes include taking regular short n￭ aps and sleep hygiene medications used include mod￭ a￭ fin￭ il sodium oxy￭ b￭ ate and meth￭ yl￭ phen￭ id￭ ate while initially fairly effective tolerance to the benefits may develop tric￭ ycl￭ ic anti￭ depres￭ s￭ ants and selective sero￭ ton￭ in re￭ uptake inhi￭ bit￭ ors ss￭ ris may improve cat￭ ap￭ l￭ ex￭ y about 0 2 to 600 per 100 000 people are affected the condition often begins in childhood men and women are affected equally untreated narco￭ le￭ psy increases the risk of motor vehicle collis￭ ions and falls the term narco￭ le￭ psy is from the french narco￭ le￭ p￭ sie the french term was first used in 18￭ 80 by jean bap￭ ti￭ ste é￭ dou￭ ard gé￭ line￭ au who used the greek ν￭ άρ￭ κ￭ η nar￭ k￭ ē meaning num￭ b￭ ness and λ￭ ῆ￭ ψ￭ ις le￭ p￭ sis meaning attack
narcotic der￭ mop￭ athy is a skin condition caused by the injection of drugs intra￭ ven￭ ously resulting in thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sed cord￭ like thick￭ ened ve￭ ins at the site of injection
the narrow escape problem is a ubiquitous problem in biology bi￭ oph￭ ys￭ ics and cellular biology the formulation is the following a brow￭ ni￭ an particle ion mol￭ ecu￭ le or protein is confined to a bounded domain a compartment or a cell by a reflecting boundary except for a small window through which it can escape the narrow escape problem is that of calculating the mean escape time this time diver￭ ges as the window shrin￭ ks thus rendering the calculation a singular per￭ turb￭ ation problem
this article concerns nas￭ al congestion as a symptom for the natural partial congestion of the nose see nas￭ al cycle nas￭ al congestion is the block￭ age of the nas￭ al passages usually due to memb￭ ran￭ es lining the nose becoming sw￭ oll￭ en from infl￭ amed blood vessels it is also known as nas￭ al block￭ age nas￭ al obstruction blocked nose stu￭ ffy nose or plu￭ gged nose nas￭ al de￭ cong￭ est￭ ants target the discomfort directly these come as nas￭ al spr￭ ays inhal￭ ers and as oral pills nas￭ al congestion has many causes and can range from a mild anno￭ yance to a life threatening condition the new￭ born infant prefers to breathe through the nose historically referred to as oblig￭ ate nas￭ al brea￭ thers nas￭ al congestion in an infant in the first few months of life can interfere with breastfeeding and cause life threatening respiratory distress in older children and adolescents it is often just an anno￭ yance but can cause other difficulties nas￭ al congestion can interfere with the hearing and speech significant congestion may interfere with sleep cause snor￭ ing and can be associated with sleep ap￭ ne￭ a in children nas￭ al congestion from enlarged aden￭ oids has caused chronic sleep ap￭ ne￭ a with insufficient oxygen levels and hypo￭ x￭ ia as well as right sided heart failure the problem usually resol￭ ves after surgery to remove the aden￭ oids and ton￭ si￭ ls however the problem often relap￭ ses later in life due to cran￭ io￭ facial alterations from chronic nas￭ al congestion nas￭ al congestion can also cause mild facial and head pain and a degree of discomfort often from allergies or the common cold
a nas￭ al frac￭ ture commonly referred to as a broken nose is a frac￭ ture of one of the bones of the nose because of the pro￭ tru￭ sion of the nose from the face and the fragility of the bones of the nose a broken nose is one of the most common facial injuries comprising almost 40 of all facial injuries
nas￭ al gli￭ oma also known more correctly as nas￭ al gli￭ al heter￭ ot￭ op￭ ia along with brain like heter￭ ot￭ op￭ ia cephal￭ ic brain like heter￭ ot￭ op￭ ia gli￭ al ham￭ ar￭ tom￭ a nas￭ al cere￭ br￭ al heter￭ ot￭ op￭ ia heter￭ ot￭ op￭ ic neuro￭ gli￭ al tissue and nas￭ al heter￭ ot￭ op￭ ic brain tissue is a rare benign con￭ genital le￭ sion usually a firm in￭ com￭ pres￭ sible red￭ dish blue to purple le￭ sion occurring on the nas￭ al bridge or mid￭ line near the root
nas￭ al poly￭ ps n￭ p are non can￭ cer￭ ous grow￭ ths within the nose or sin￭ uses symptoms include trouble breathing through the nose loss of smell decreased taste post nas￭ al drip and a run￭ ny nose the grow￭ ths are s￭ ac like movable and non￭ tender they typically occur in both no￭ stri￭ ls in those who are affected face pain may occasionally occur complications may include sin￭ u￭ si￭ tis the exact cause is unclear they occur more commonly among people who have allergies c￭ ys￭ tic fi￭ bro￭ sis aspir￭ in sensitivity or certain infections they are over￭ grow￭ ths of the mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ ran￭ es diagnosis may occur by looking up the nose and a ct scan may be used to help plan treatment treatment is typically with ster￭ oids often in the form of a nas￭ al spray if this is not effective surgery may be considered the condition may recur following surgery anti￭ hist￭ am￭ ines may help with symptoms but do not change the underlying disease antibiotics are not required unless complications occur about 4 of people currently have nas￭ al poly￭ ps while up to 40 of people develop them at some point in their life they most often occur after the age of 20 and are more frequent in males than females
nas￭ al sep￭ tal abs￭ c￭ ess is a condition of the nas￭ al sep￭ tum in which there is a collection of p￭ us between the mu￭ co￭ peric￭ hon￭ dri￭ um and sep￭ tal car￭ til￭ age
nas￭ al sep￭ tal hem￭ atom￭ a ha￭ em￭ atom￭ a is a condition affecting the nas￭ al sep￭ tum it can be associated with trauma because the sep￭ tal car￭ til￭ age has no blood supply of its own and receives all of its nutrients and oxygen from the peric￭ hon￭ dri￭ um an untreated sep￭ tal hem￭ atom￭ a may lead to destruction of the sep￭ tum immediate drainage is necessary failure to recognise sep￭ tal hem￭ atom￭ as or treat in a timely fashion can cause a saddle nose de￭ form￭ ity
nas￭ al sep￭ tum deviation or devi￭ ated nas￭ al sep￭ tum d￭ ns is a physical disorder of the nose involving a displacement of the nas￭ al sep￭ tum some displacement is common affecting 80 of people most un￭ knowingly
a nas￭ al sep￭ tum per￭ for￭ ation is a medical condition in which the nas￭ al sep￭ tum the car￭ ti￭ lag￭ inous memb￭ rane dividing the no￭ stri￭ ls develops a hole or fis￭ sure this may be brought on directly as in the case of nas￭ al pier￭ c￭ ings or indirectly as by long term topical drug application including in￭ tran￭ as￭ al ethyl￭ phen￭ id￭ ate meth￭ amp￭ he￭ tam￭ ine cocaine crushed prescription pills or de￭ cong￭ est￭ ant nas￭ al spr￭ ays chronic ep￭ is￭ tax￭ is and as a complic￭ ation of nas￭ al surgery like sept￭ op￭ la￭ sty or rhin￭ op￭ la￭ sty much less common causes for per￭ for￭ ated nas￭ al sept￭ ums include rare gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ ous infl￭ am￭ matory conditions like gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ osis with pol￭ yan￭ gi￭ i￭ tis it has been reported as a side effect of anti an￭ gi￭ o￭ genesis drugs like be￭ vac￭ iz￭ um￭ ab
nas￭ al vesti￭ bu￭ li￭ tis is the diffuse der￭ mati￭ tis of nas￭ al vesti￭ bu￭ le it is often caused by stap￭ hy￭ lo￭ co￭ cc￭ us au￭ re￭ us it may be secondary to chronic rhin￭ or￭ rhe￭ a nose picking or viral infections in acute vesti￭ bu￭ li￭ tis the skin is red sw￭ oll￭ en and tender in chronic vesti￭ bu￭ li￭ tis ind￭ ur￭ ation of vesti￭ bul￭ ar skin and cru￭ sting is seen it is treated by cleaning the nas￭ al vesti￭ bu￭ le of all cru￭ sts with a cotton applic￭ ator so￭ aked in hydrogen per￭ oxide antibiotic ster￭ o￭ id o￭ int￭ ment is sometimes helpful chronic f￭ issu￭ res are treated by cau￭ tery
nas￭ o￭ dig￭ ito￭ acous￭ tic syndrome also called ke￭ i￭ pert syndrome is a rare con￭ genital syndrome first described by j a ke￭ i￭ pert and colleagues in 1973 the syndrome is characterized by a mis￭ hap￭ ed nose broad thum￭ bs and hall￭ u￭ ces the big toes br￭ ach￭ y￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly sens￭ or￭ in￭ eur￭ al hearing loss facial features such as hyper￭ tel￭ or￭ ism unusually wide set eyes and developmental delay it is believed to be inherited in an x linked rec￭ essive manner which means a genetic mutation causing the disorder is located on the x chro￭ mo￭ some and while two copies of the mut￭ ated gene must be inherited for a female to be born with the disorder just one copy is sufficient to cause a male to be born with the disorder nas￭ o￭ dig￭ ito￭ acous￭ tic syndrome is likely caused by a mut￭ ated gene located on the x chro￭ mo￭ some between positions x￭ q 22 2 – q 28 the incidence of the syndrome has not been determined but it is considered to affect less than 200 000 people in the united states and no greater than 1 per 2 000 in europe it is similar to k￭ eu￭ tel mu￭ en￭ ke rub￭ instein and te￭ un￭ issen cre￭ mers syndrome
nas￭ ol￭ ac￭ ri￭ mal duc￭ t cy￭ sts are a cu￭ taneous condition that is a developmental defect present at birth
nas￭ ol￭ ac￭ ri￭ mal duc￭ t obstruction n￭ l￭ do is the obstruction of nas￭ ol￭ ac￭ ri￭ mal duc￭ t and may be either con￭ genital or acquired obstruction of the nas￭ ol￭ ac￭ ri￭ mal duc￭ t leads to the excess over￭ flow of tears called ep￭ ip￭ hor￭ a
nas￭ op￭ har￭ yn￭ ge￭ al an￭ gi￭ o￭ fi￭ bro￭ ma also called juvenile nas￭ op￭ har￭ yn￭ ge￭ al an￭ gi￭ o￭ fi￭ bro￭ ma is a his￭ to￭ logically benign but locally aggressive vascular tumor that grows in the back of the nas￭ al cav￭ ity it most commonly affects adoles￭ cent males patients with nas￭ op￭ har￭ yn￭ ge￭ al an￭ gi￭ o￭ fi￭ bro￭ ma usually present with one sided nas￭ al obstruction and recurrent bleeding
nas￭ op￭ har￭ yn￭ x cancer or nas￭ op￭ har￭ yn￭ ge￭ al carcin￭ oma n￭ pc is the most common cancer originating in the nas￭ op￭ har￭ yn￭ x the up￭ per￭ most region of the phar￭ yn￭ x throat behind the nose where the nas￭ al passages and aud￭ itory tubes join the remainder of the upper respiratory tract n￭ pc occurs in children and adults n￭ pc differs significantly from other cancers of the head and neck in its occurrence causes clinical behavior and treatment it is vastly more common in certain regions of east asia and africa than elsewhere with viral dietary and genetic factors implicated in its causation it is most common in males it is a squ￭ am￭ ous cell carcin￭ oma or an un￭ differentiated type squ￭ am￭ ous epi￭ the￭ li￭ al cells are a flat type of cell found in the skin and the memb￭ ran￭ es that line some body ca￭ vities differentiation means how different the cancer cells are from normal cells un￭ differentiated is a word used to describe cells that do not have their mature features or functions
a national cave￭ at is a restriction that north atlantic treaty organization nato members place on the use of their forces nato general john crad￭ dock nato s supreme allied commander europe sac￭ eur was quoted as saying all cave￭ ats must be removed in february 2007 in an article written by the associated press the level of constraints i e cave￭ ats is tied directly to the level of national interests a country has in a particular mission and the level of risk it is willing to take
the national debt of the united states is the amount owed by the federal government of the united states the measure of the public debt is the value of the outstanding treasury securities at a point of time that have been issued by the treasury and other federal government agencies the terms national deficit and national surplus usually refer to the federal government budget balance from year to year not the cumulative total a deficit year increases the debt because more money is spent than is received a surplus year decreases the debt because more money is received than spent there are two components of gross national debt debt held by the public such as treasury securities held by investors outside the federal government including those held by individuals corporations the federal reserve system and foreign state and local governments debt held by government accounts or in￭ trag￭ overn￭ mental debt such as non marketable treasury securities held in accounts administered by the federal government that are owed to program beneficiaries such as the social security trust fund debt held by government accounts represents the cumulative surpluses including interest earnings of these accounts that have been invested in treasury securities in general government debt increases as a result of government spending and decreases from tax or other receipts both of which fluctu￭ ate during the course of a fiscal year in practice treasury securities are not issued or re￭ deemed on a day by day basis and may also be issued or re￭ deemed as part of the federal government s macroeconomic monetary management operations the aggregate gross amount that treasury can borrow is limited by the united states debt ceiling historically the us public debt as a share of gross domestic product gdp has increased during wars and recessions and subsequently declined the ratio of debt to gdp may decrease as a result of a government surplus or due to growth of gdp and inflation for example debt held by the public as a share of gdp peaked just after world war ii 113 of gdp in 1945 but then fell over the following 35 years in recent decades however aging demographics and rising healthcare costs have led to concern about the long term sustainability of the federal government s fiscal policies on july 29 2016 debt held by the public was 14 trillion or about 76 of the previous 12 months of gdp in￭ trag￭ overn￭ mental holdings stood at 5 4 trillion giving a combined total gross national debt of 19 4 trillion or about 106 of the previous 12 months of gdp 6 2 trillion or approximately 45 of the debt held by the public was owned by foreign investors the largest of which were china and japan at about 1 25 trillion for china and 1 15 trillion for japan as of may 2016
nationalism in russia is nationalistic manifestations of the peoples of russia in the territory of russia the term nationalism in russia refers not only to ethnic russian east sla￭ vic ethnic group nationalism but also refers to nationalist activities of national minorities in russia in 1990 s during the so called parade of sovereign￭ ties russian regions proclaimed its sovereignty in the past 20 years nationalist activity takes place for example in chechnya and tat￭ ar￭ stan
a borrowing limit is the amount of money that individuals could borrow from other individuals firms banks or governments there are many types of borrowing limits and a natural borrowing limit is one specific type of borrowing limit among those when individuals are said to face the natural borrowing limit it implies they are allowed to borrow up to the sum of all their future incomes a natural debt limit and a natural borrowing constraint are other ways to refer to the natural borrowing limit although the concept is widely discussed in the economic liter￭ atures it is less likely to observe lenders willing to lend up to the natural borrowing limit in the real economic activities borrowing limits are usually much more tighter than the natural borrowing limit due to the immature financial systems of the econom￭ y￭ or the gap between the amount of information that the borrowers and lenders have the latter is usually referred to as an asymmetric information problem
in micro￭ biology genetics cell biology and molecular biology competence is the ability of a cell to take up ex￭ trac￭ ell￭ ular naked dna from its environment in the process called transformation competence may be differentiated between natural competence a genetically specified ability of bacteria which is thought to occur under natural conditions as well as in the laboratory and induced or artificial competence which arises when cells in laboratory cultures are treated to make them transi￭ ently perme￭ able to dna this article primarily deals with natural competence in bacteria although information about artificial competence is also provided
in regard to agriculture abi￭ otic stress is stress produced by natural environment factors such as extreme temperatures wind drought and sal￭ inity humankind doesn ’ t have much control over abi￭ otic stresses it is very important for humans to understand how stress factors affect plants and other living things so that we can take some preventative measures preventative measures are the only way that humans can protect themselves and their possessions from abi￭ otic stress there are many different types of abi￭ otic stres￭ sors and several methods that humans can use to reduce the negative effects of stress on living things
nature connec￭ tedness is the extent to which individuals include nature as part of their identity it includes an understanding of nature and everything it is made up of even the parts that are not pleasing characteristics of nature connec￭ tedness are similar to those of a personality trait nature connec￭ tedness is stable over time and across various situations schul￭ tz describes three components that make up the nature connec￭ tedness construct the cognitive component is the core of nature connec￭ tedness and refers to how integrated one feels with nature the aff￭ ective component is an individual s sense of care for nature the behavioral component is an individual ’ s commitment to protect the natural environment these three components make up nature connec￭ tedness and are required for a healthy relationship with nature if an individual feels connected to nature possibly by spending time in it they may be more inclined to care about nature and protect the environment recent research has found that nature exposure and feeling connected to nature at a trait level provides many benefits to humans such as well being other researchers describe the nature connec￭ tedness construct in a simpler manner for instance nature connec￭ tedness can be thought of as a love of nature also referred to as emotional aff￭ inity toward nature similarly nature connec￭ tedness can be defined as how much a person believes they are the same as nature more specifically a person s connectivity with nature or it can be thought of as simply feeling emotionally connected with nature nature connec￭ tedness as a construct is also known as nature rel￭ ate￭ dness connectivity with nature emotional aff￭ inity toward nature or inclusion of nature in self although nature rel￭ ate￭ dness is a stable individual trait it can change based on one ’ s experience with nature meaning the more time an individual spends in nature the more connected they feel to nature and the more concern they may feel for nature feeling connected to nature at a state level has many benefits as well such as more positive mo￭ ods and less negative mo￭ ods even though humans derive many benefits from nature our modern lifestyles have created a dis￭ connect from the natural environment where￭ in we spend significantly more time in￭ doors some researchers estimate that humans spend up to 90 of their lives in￭ doors this dis￭ connection from nature can have a negative impact on humans because we are missing out on the beneficial effects of nature as a result we are less connected to nature and feel less responsibility to protect this environment
naus￭ ea is a sensation of unease and discomfort in the upper stomach with an involuntary urge to v￭ omit it may precede v￭ om￭ iting but a person can have naus￭ ea without v￭ om￭ iting when prolonged it is a deb￭ il￭ itating symptom naus￭ ea is a non specific symptom which means that it has many possible causes some common causes of naus￭ ea are motion sickness di￭ zz￭ iness migr￭ aine fain￭ ting gastro￭ enter￭ i￭ tis stomach infection or food poisoning naus￭ ea is a side effect of many medications including chem￭ otherapy naus￭ e￭ ants or morning sickness in early pregnancy naus￭ ea may also be caused by anxiety disgust and depression medications taken to prevent and treat naus￭ ea are called anti￭ eme￭ tics the most commonly prescribed anti￭ eme￭ tics in the us are pro￭ meth￭ az￭ ine me￭ to￭ cl￭ op￭ ram￭ ide and on￭ dan￭ se￭ tr￭ on the word naus￭ ea is from latin naus￭ ea from greek να￭ υ￭ σ￭ ία – n￭ au￭ sia να￭ υ￭ τ￭ ία – n￭ au￭ tia motion sickness feeling sick or qu￭ easy
na￭ vel displacement is a condition in yog￭ ic beliefs when the na￭ vel centre shifts
na￭ vic￭ ular syndrome often called na￭ vic￭ ular disease is a syndrome of soundness problems in horses it most commonly describes an infl￭ amm￭ ation or de￭ generation of the na￭ vic￭ ular bone and its surrounding tissues usually on the front feet it can lead to significant and even disab￭ ling lam￭ eness
na￭ x￭ os disease also known as diffuse non ep￭ id￭ er￭ mol￭ y￭ tic pal￭ mop￭ lan￭ tar ker￭ ato￭ der￭ ma with wool￭ ly hair and cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy diffuse pal￭ mop￭ lan￭ tar ker￭ ato￭ der￭ ma with wool￭ ly hair and arr￭ hy￭ th￭ mo￭ genic right ven￭ tric￭ ular cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy firstly described in na￭ x￭ os island by dr ni￭ kos pro￭ ton￭ o￭ tari￭ os and na￭ x￭ os disease is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by a pal￭ mop￭ lan￭ tar ker￭ ato￭ der￭ ma the prevalence of the syndrome is about 1 person in 1000 in the hellenic islands it has been associated with mutations in the genes en￭ coding des￭ mop￭ la￭ kin and pl￭ ak￭ o￭ glob￭ in
the naz￭ ar￭ ov cy￭ cli￭ zation reaction often referred to as simply the naz￭ ar￭ ov cy￭ cli￭ zation is a chemical reaction used in organic chemistry for the synthesis of cycl￭ op￭ ent￭ en￭ ones the reaction is typically divided into classical and modern variants depending on the reagents and sub￭ str￭ ates employed it was originally discovered by ivan nikol￭ a￭ evich naz￭ ar￭ ov 1906 – 1957 in 1941 while studying the re￭ arrangements of all￭ yl vinyl ke￭ tones the naz￭ ar￭ ov cy￭ cli￭ zation reaction as originally described the naz￭ ar￭ ov cy￭ cli￭ zation involves the activation of a di￭ vinyl ke￭ tone using a sto￭ ic￭ hi￭ ome￭ tric lewis acid or pro￭ tic acid promoter the key step of the reaction mechanism involves a c￭ ation￭ ic 4 π electro￭ cyclic ring closure which forms the cycl￭ op￭ ent￭ en￭ one product see mechanism below as the reaction has been developed variants involving sub￭ str￭ ates other than di￭ vinyl ke￭ tones and promoters other than lewis acids have been sub￭ sum￭ ed under the name naz￭ ar￭ ov cy￭ cli￭ zation provided that they follow a similar mechanis￭ tic path￭ way the success of the naz￭ ar￭ ov cy￭ cli￭ zation as a tool in organic synthesis stems from the utility and ubi￭ qu￭ ity of cycl￭ op￭ ent￭ en￭ ones as both mo￭ ti￭ fs in natural products including jas￭ m￭ one the aflat￭ ox￭ ins and a sub￭ class of pro￭ stag￭ land￭ ins and as useful synthetic intermedi￭ ates for total synthesis the reaction has been used in several total syn￭ theses and several reviews have been published
nazi memor￭ ab￭ ilia are items of nazi origin that are collected by museums and private individuals much of it comes from soldiers who collected small items as troph￭ ies during the second world war
naïve physics or folk physics is the un￭ trained human perception of basic physical phenomena in the field of artificial intelligence the study of naïve physics is a part of the effort to form￭ alize the common knowledge of human beings many ideas of folk physics are simplifications misunderstandings or mis￭ perceptions of well understood phenomena incapable of giving useful predictions of detailed experiments or simply are contradicted by more thorough observations they may sometimes be true be true in certain limited cases be true as a good first approximation to a more complex effect or predict the same effect but misunderstand the underlying mechanism naïve physics can also be defined as an intu￭ itive understanding all humans have about objects in the physical world cognitive psychologists are del￭ ving deeper into these phenomena with promising results psychological studies indicate that certain notions of the physical world are in￭ nate in all of us
near sightedness also known as short sightedness and myop￭ ia is a condition of the eye where light focuses in front instead of on the re￭ tina this causes distant objects to be blur￭ ry while close objects appear normal other symptoms may include headaches and eye strain severe near sightedness increases the risk of re￭ tin￭ al det￭ achment cat￭ ar￭ acts and gl￭ au￭ coma the underlying cause is believed to be a combination of genetic and environmental factors risk factors include doing work that involves focusing on close objects greater time spent in￭ doors and a family history of the condition it is also associated with a high socioeconomic class the underlying mechanism involves the length of the eye￭ ball being too long or less commonly the lens being too strong it is a type of ref￭ r￭ active error diagnosis is by eye examination there is tentative evidence that near sightedness can be prevented by having young children spend more time outside this may be related to natural light exposure near sightedness can be corrected with eye￭ glasses contact l￭ enses or surgery eye￭ glasses are the easiest and safest method of correction contact l￭ enses can provide a wider field of vision however are associated with a risk of infection ref￭ r￭ active surgery permanently changes the shape of the cor￭ ne￭ a near sightedness is the most common eye problem and is estimated to affect 1 5 billion people 22 of the population rates vary significantly in different areas of the world rates among adults are between 15 and 49 rates are similar in males and females among children it affect 1 2 of rural nepalese 4 of south africans 12 of americans and 37 in some large chinese cities rates have increased since the 1950 s un￭ corrected near sightedness is one of the most common causes of vision loss globally along with cat￭ ar￭ acts mac￭ ular de￭ generation and vitamin a deficiency
nearest neighbor search n￭ ns also known as proximity search similarity search or closest point search is an optimi￭ zation problem for finding closest or most similar points closeness is typically expressed in terms of a dis￭ similarity function the less similar the objects the larger the function values formally the nearest neighbor nn search problem is defined as follows given a set s of points in a space m and a qu￭ ery point q ∈ m find the closest point in s to q donald k￭ nu￭ th in vol 3 of the art of computer programming 1973 called it the post office problem referring to an application of assigning to a residence the nearest post office a direct gener￭ alization of this problem is a k nn search where we need to find the k closest points most commonly m is a metric space and dis￭ similarity is expressed as a distance metric which is sym￭ metric and satisfies the triangle inequality even more common m is taken to be the d dimensional vector space where dis￭ similarity is measured using the eu￭ cli￭ dean distance manhattan distance or other distance metric however the dis￭ similarity function can be arbitrary one example are asymmetric b￭ reg￭ man divergences for which the triangle inequality does not hold
in probability and statistics a nearest neighbor function nearest neighbor distance distribution nearest neighbor distribution function or nearest neighbor distribution is a mathematical function that is defined in relation to random mathematical objects known as point processes which are types of sto￭ ch￭ astic processes often used as mathematical models of physical phenomena represent￭ able as randomly positioned points in time space or both more specifically nearest neighbor functions are defined with respect to some point in the point process as being the probability distribution of the distance from this point to its nearest neighboring point in the same point process hence they are used to describe the probability of another point existing within some distance of a point a nearest neighbor function can be contr￭ asted with a spher￭ ical contact distribution function which is not defined in reference to some initial point but rather as the probability distribution of the radius of a sphere when it first encounters or makes contact with a point of a point process nearest neighbor function are used in the study of point processes as well as the related fields of sto￭ ch￭ astic geometry and spatial statistics which are applied in various scientific and engineering disciplines such as biology geo￭ logy physics and telecommunications
in civil engineering and construction the neat volume is a theoretical amount of material for earth￭ works it can refer to the volume either before native material is disturbed by exc￭ av￭ ation or after placement and comp￭ action is complete a percentage is typically added to neat volume to estimate loose i e un￭ comp￭ acted volumes for procurement purposes with concrete work neat volume is calculated assuming there is no bo￭ wing in the form￭ work or for cast in place concrete that the surfaces in contact with the concrete have no vo￭ ids or imperfections that would require a greater volume of concrete to fill
the ne￭ ber re￭ arrangement is an organic reaction in which an ox￭ im￭ e is converted into an alpha am￭ ino￭ ke￭ tone in a re￭ arrangement reaction ne￭ ber re￭ arrangement the ox￭ im￭ e is first converted to a ke￭ to￭ xim￭ e to￭ sy￭ late by reaction with to￭ sy￭ l chloride added base forms a car￭ ban￭ ion which dis￭ places the to￭ sy￭ late group in a nucle￭ oph￭ il￭ ic displacement to an az￭ ir￭ ine and added water subsequently hydro￭ ly￭ ses it to the am￭ ino￭ ke￭ tone the bec￭ k￭ mann re￭ arrangement is a side reaction
nec￭ atori￭ asis is the condition of infection by nec￭ ator hook￭ worms such as nec￭ ator americ￭ an￭ us this hook￭ worm infection is a type of hel￭ min￭ thi￭ asis infection which is a type of neglected tropical disease
neck pain or cer￭ vic￭ al￭ gia is a common problem with two thirds of the population having neck pain at some point in their lives neck pain although felt in the neck can be caused by numerous other spinal problems neck pain may arise due to muscular ti￭ ght￭ ness in both the neck and upper back or pin￭ ching of the nerves emanating from the cer￭ vic￭ al verte￭ bra￭ e joint disruption in the neck creates pain as does joint disruption in the upper back the head is supported by the lower neck and upper back and it is these areas that commonly cause neck pain the top three joints in the neck allow for most movement of the neck and head the lower joints in the neck and those of the upper back create a supportive structure for the head to sit on if this support system is affected adversely then the muscles in the area will tighten leading to neck pain neck pain affects about 5 of the global population as of 2010
necklace of venus is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by a background hyper￭ pi￭ gm￭ entation with super￭ imposed white mac￭ ules on neck
the necklace problem is a problem in recreational mathematics solved in the early 21 st century
necro￭ bio￭ sis is the physiological death of a cell and can be caused by conditions such as bas￭ ophi￭ lia er￭ y￭ them￭ a or a tumor it is identified both with and without necro￭ sis it is associated with necro￭ bio￭ sis li￭ po￭ i￭ dic￭ a and gran￭ ul￭ oma annul￭ are necro￭ bio￭ sis differs from apop￭ to￭ sis which kills a damaged cell to protect the body from harm
necro￭ bio￭ sis li￭ po￭ i￭ dic￭ a is a necro￭ tising skin condition that usually occurs in patients with diabetes mell￭ it￭ us but can also be associated with r￭ heu￭ mato￭ id ar￭ thri￭ tis in the former case it may be called necro￭ bio￭ sis li￭ po￭ i￭ dic￭ a diabe￭ tic￭ orum nld nld occurs in approximately 0 3 of the diabe￭ tic population with the majority of sufferers being women approximately 3 1 females to males affected the severity or control of diabetes in an individual does not affect who will or will not get nld better maintenance of diabetes after being diagnosed with nld will not change how quickly the nld will resolve
necro￭ bio￭ tic x￭ anth￭ o￭ gran￭ ul￭ oma also known as necro￭ bio￭ tic x￭ anth￭ o￭ gran￭ ul￭ oma with par￭ a￭ prote￭ in￭ emia is a multi￭ system disease that affects older adults and is characterized by prominent skin findings
necro￭ ly￭ tic ac￭ ral er￭ y￭ them￭ a is a cu￭ taneous condition that is a manifestation of hepatitis c viral infection or zinc deficiency it is a pap￭ ul￭ os￭ qu￭ am￭ ous and sometimes ves￭ icul￭ ob￭ ul￭ lous eruption bearing clinical and his￭ to￭ logic similarity to other necro￭ ly￭ tic er￭ y￭ them￭ as such as necro￭ ly￭ tic migratory er￭ y￭ them￭ a pseu￭ do￭ gl￭ uc￭ agon￭ oma and nutritional deficiency syndro￭ mes
necro￭ ly￭ tic migratory er￭ y￭ them￭ a n￭ me is a red bl￭ is￭ tering rash that spreads across the skin it particularly affects the skin around the mouth and dis￭ tal extre￭ mi￭ ties but may also be found on the lower ab￭ dom￭ en but￭ toc￭ ks per￭ in￭ eu￭ m and gro￭ in it is strongly associated with gl￭ uc￭ agon￭ oma a gl￭ uc￭ agon producing tumor of the pan￭ cre￭ as but is also seen in a number of other conditions including liver disease and intest￭ inal mal￭ absorption
necro￭ phi￭ lia also called than￭ at￭ ophi￭ lia is a sexual attraction or sexual act involving corp￭ ses the attraction is classified as a par￭ ap￭ hi￭ lia by the diagnostic and statistical manual dsm of the american psychiatric association the term was coined by the belgian alien￭ ist joseph gu￭ is￭ lain who first used it in a lecture in 18￭ 50 it derives from the greek words ν￭ εκ￭ ρ￭ ός ne￭ k￭ ros dead and φ￭ ι￭ λ￭ ία phi￭ lia love ro￭ sman and res￭ nick 1989 reviewed information from 34 cases of necro￭ phi￭ lia describing the individuals motivations for their behaviors these individuals reported the desire to possess a non resisting and non rejecting partner 68 re￭ unions with a romantic partner 21 sexual attraction to corp￭ ses 15 comfort or overcoming feelings of isolation 15 or seeking self esteem by expressing power over a homicide victim 12
necro￭ sper￭ mia or necro￭ zo￭ os￭ per￭ mia is a condition in which sper￭ mato￭ zo￭ a in semen are either im￭ mobile or dead
necro￭ tising he￭ pat￭ op￭ an￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis n￭ h￭ p also known as the early mortality syndrome ems acute he￭ pat￭ op￭ an￭ cre￭ atic necro￭ sis syndrome ah￭ p￭ ns texas pond mortality syndrome t￭ p￭ ms texas necro￭ tizing he￭ pat￭ op￭ an￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis tn￭ h￭ p and peru necro￭ tizing he￭ pat￭ op￭ an￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis p￭ n￭ h￭ p is a lethal epizootic disease of farmed shrimp it is not very well researched yet but generally assumed to be caused by a bacterial infection n￭ h￭ p mainly affects the farmed shrimp species lit￭ open￭ a￭ eus v￭ ann￭ ame￭ i pacific white shrimp and lit￭ open￭ a￭ eus sty￭ li￭ ro￭ str￭ is western blue shrimp but has also been reported in three other american species namely far￭ fan￭ te￭ pen￭ a￭ eus az￭ tec￭ us far￭ fan￭ te￭ pen￭ a￭ eus califor￭ ni￭ ensis and lit￭ open￭ a￭ eus se￭ ti￭ fer￭ us the highest mortality rates occur in l v￭ ann￭ ame￭ i which is one of the two most frequently farmed species of shrimp untreated the disease causes mortality rates of up to 90 within 30 days a first outbreak of n￭ h￭ p had been reported in texas in 1985 the disease then spread to shrimp aqu￭ ac￭ ul￭ tures in south america in 2009 to china and subsequently southeast asia followed by massive outbreaks in that region in 2012 13 n￭ h￭ p is associated with a small gram negative and highly ple￭ om￭ orph￭ ic ric￭ ke￭ tt￭ sia like bacter￭ ium that belongs to its own new genus in the alpha prote￭ ob￭ ac￭ ter￭ ia however in early 2013 a novel strain of vi￭ bri￭ o par￭ a￭ ha￭ emol￭ y￭ tic￭ us was identified as a more likely caus￭ ative agent though involvement of a virus cannot be definitely ruled out yet infected shrimps show gross signs including soft shells and fl￭ acci￭ d bodies black or dark￭ ened g￭ ills dark edges of the ple￭ o￭ pods and u￭ ro￭ pods and an atro￭ phi￭ ed he￭ pat￭ op￭ an￭ cre￭ as that is whi￭ tish instead of orange or tan as is usual whichever of the two bacteria associated with n￭ h￭ p actually causes it the pathogen seems to prefer high water temperatures above 29 ° c or 84 ° f and elevated levels of sal￭ inity more than 20 – 38 p￭ pt avoiding such conditions in shrimp pon￭ ds is thus an important disease control measure
necro￭ tizing enter￭ o￭ co￭ li￭ tis n￭ ec is a medical condition primarily seen in premature infants where portions of the bo￭ wel undergo necro￭ sis tissue death it occurs post￭ nat￭ ally i e it is not seen in still￭ born infants and is the second most common cause of morbi￭ dity in premature infants causing 355 deaths per year in the united states in 2013 down from 4￭ 84 in 2009 rates per 100 000 live births were almost three times higher for blacks than for whites
necro￭ tising fas￭ ci￭ i￭ tis n￭ f commonly known as flesh eating disease is an infection that results in the death of the body s soft tissue it is a severe disease of sudden onset that spreads rapidly symptoms include red or purple skin in the affected area severe pain fever and v￭ om￭ iting the most commonly affected areas are the limbs and per￭ in￭ eu￭ m typically the infection enters the body through a break in the skin such as a cut or burn risk factors include poor immune function such as from diabetes or cancer obesity alcoholism intra￭ ven￭ ous drug use and peripheral vascular disease it is not typically spread between people the disease is classified into four types depending on the inf￭ ecting organism between 55 80 of cases involve more than one type of bacteria meth￭ ic￭ ill￭ in resistant stap￭ hy￭ lo￭ co￭ cc￭ us au￭ re￭ us mr￭ sa is involved in up to a third of cases medical imaging is helpful to confirm the diagnosis prevention is by good wound care and hand￭ washing it is usually treated with surgery to remove the infected tissue and intra￭ ven￭ ous antibiotics often a combination of antibiotics are used such as pen￭ ic￭ ill￭ in g clin￭ dam￭ y￭ cin van￭ com￭ y￭ cin and gent￭ am￭ ic￭ in delays in surgery are associated with a higher risk of death despite high quality treatment the risk of death is between 25 and 35 necro￭ tizing fas￭ ci￭ i￭ tis affects 0 4 to 1 person per 100 000 per year both sexes are affected equally it becomes more common among older people and is very rare in children necro￭ tizing fas￭ ci￭ i￭ tis has been described at least since the time of hippo￭ crates the term necro￭ tising fas￭ ci￭ i￭ tis first came into use in 1952
necro￭ tizing men￭ in￭ go￭ en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis n￭ me is an infl￭ am￭ matory disease of the central nervous system cns that occurs in young small breed dogs necro￭ tizing men￭ in￭ go￭ en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis has been described in numerous small breeds including the pu￭ g maltese and chi￭ hu￭ a￭ hua men￭ in￭ go￭ en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis refers to infl￭ amm￭ ation of the men￭ inges men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis and brain en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis the cause of infl￭ amm￭ ation in n￭ me is unknown although many speculate that it is an auto￭ immune disorder necro￭ tizing men￭ in￭ go￭ en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis is fatal without aggressive immun￭ o￭ sup￭ pres￭ sive treatment and is frequently fatal despite immun￭ o￭ sup￭ pres￭ sive therapy since n￭ me can not be definitively diagnosed before death it is difficult to truly determine the prog￭ no￭ sis another similar infl￭ am￭ matory cns disorder of dogs is gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ ous men￭ in￭ go￭ en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis g￭ me
necro￭ tizing period￭ on￭ tal diseases are a type of infl￭ am￭ matory period￭ on￭ tal gum disease caused by bacteria notably fus￭ ob￭ ac￭ ter￭ ia and spi￭ ro￭ cha￭ ete species the diseases appear to represent different sever￭ ities or stages of the same disease process although this is not completely certain these diseases usually have a sudden onset and so the term acute is often added to the diagnosis the mil￭ dest on the spectrum is necro￭ tizing ul￭ cer￭ ative g￭ ing￭ i￭ vi￭ tis nu￭ g followed by the successively more severe conditions necro￭ tizing ul￭ cer￭ ative period￭ on￭ ti￭ tis n￭ up necro￭ tizing stom￭ ati￭ tis and finally can￭ cr￭ um or￭ is no￭ ma which is frequently fatal
necro￭ tizing si￭ al￭ om￭ et￭ ap￭ la￭ sia ns is a benign ul￭ cer￭ ative le￭ sion usually located towards the back of the hard pal￭ ate it is thought to be caused by is￭ chem￭ ic necro￭ sis death of tissue due to lack of blood supply of minor sali￭ vary g￭ lands in response to trauma often pain￭ less the condition is self limiting and should heal in 6 – 10 weeks although entirely benign and requiring no treatment due to its similar appearance to oral cancer it is sometimes mis￭ diagnosed as m￭ align￭ ant therefore it is considered an important condition despite its r￭ arity
needle ice is a phenomenon that occurs when the temperature of the soil is above 0 ° c 32 ° f and the surface temperature of the air is below 0 ° c 32 ° f the sub￭ terr￭ an￭ ean liquid water is brought to the surface via cap￭ ill￭ ary action where it free￭ zes and contributes to a growing needle like ice column the ice needles are typically a few centi￭ metres long while growing they may lift or push away small soil particles on slop￭ ed surfaces needle ice may be a factor contributing to soil creep alternate names for needle ice are frost pillars sä￭ ul￭ ene￭ is in german frost column kam￭ me￭ is a german term meaning comb ice st￭ än￭ gel￭ e￭ is another german term referring to the stem like structures shim￭ ob￭ ash￭ ira 霜￭ 柱 a japanese term meaning frost pillars or pip￭ kra￭ ke from swedish pip￭ a tube and kra￭ ke weak fine coined in 1907 by hen￭ rik h￭ ess￭ el￭ man the similar phenomena of frost flowers and hair ice can occur on living or dead plants especially on wood
a need￭ les￭ tick injury per￭ cu￭ taneous injury or per￭ cu￭ taneous exposure incident is the penetration of skin by a needle or other sharp object which was in contact with blood tissue or other body fluid before the exposure occupational need￭ les￭ tick injuries primarily affect healthcare workers who make up 80 of need￭ les￭ tick injuries in the united states various other occupations are also at increased risk of need￭ les￭ tick injury including law enforcement labor￭ ers tattoo artists food prepar￭ ers and agricultural workers though the acute physiological effects of a need￭ les￭ tick injury are generally negligible these devices can transmit blood borne diseases placing those exposed at increased risk of contracting infectious diseases such as hepatitis b h￭ bv hepatitis c h￭ c￭ v and the human immun￭ o￭ deficiency virus hiv among healthcare workers and laboratory personnel worldwide more than 25 blood borne viruses have been reported to be caused by need￭ les￭ tick injuries it is estimated that half of all occupational need￭ les￭ tick injuries are not reported additionally an unknown number of occupational need￭ les￭ tick injuries are reported by the affected employee yet due to organizational failure institutional record of the injury does not exist increasing recognition of the unique occupational hazard posed by need￭ les￭ tick injuries as well as the development of effic￭ acious interventions to minimize the largely preventable occupational risk encouraged legislative regulation in the us causing a decline in need￭ les￭ tick injuries among healthcare workers
the ne￭ f reaction is an organic reaction describing the acid hydro￭ lysis of a salt of a primary or secondary nitro￭ al￭ kane 1 to an alde￭ hyde or a ke￭ tone 3 and nit￭ rous oxide 4 the reaction has been the subject of several literature reviews the ne￭ f reaction the reaction was reported in 18￭ 94 by the chem￭ ist john ul￭ ric ne￭ f who treated the sodium salt of nitro￭ ethane with sul￭ fur￭ ic acid resulting in an 85 – 89 yield of nit￭ rous oxide and at least 70 yield of ace￭ tal￭ de￭ hyde however the reaction was pione￭ ered a year earlier in 18￭ 93 by kon￭ o￭ val￭ ov who converted the potassium salt of 1 phen￭ yl￭ nitro￭ ethane with sul￭ fur￭ ic acid to acet￭ op￭ hen￭ one the ne￭ f reaction should not be confused with the ne￭ f synthesis
negative branch reservations is an emerging phenomenon from eli￭ y￭ ahu gol￭ dr￭ att s theory of constraints a negative branch reservation is a cause and effect analysis of a situation this thinking skill is used to map out what can go wrong in a process of change and help to anticipate any negative outcomes this technique uses these forms in its analysis thinking processes of the theory future reality tree transition tree or prerequisite tree
negative lumin￭ es￭ cence is a physical phenomenon by which an electronic device emits less thermal radiation when an electric current is passed through it than it does in thermal equilibrium current off when viewed by a thermal camera an operating negative lumin￭ es￭ cent device looks col￭ der than its environment
negative pri￭ ming is an implicit memory effect in which prior exposure to a stimulus un￭ favor￭ ably influences the response to the same stimulus it falls under the category of pri￭ ming which refers to the change in the response towards a stimulus due to a sub￭ conscious memory effect negative pri￭ ming describes the slow and error prone reaction to a stimulus that is previously ignored for example a subject may be imagined trying to pick a red pen from a pen holder the red pen becomes the target of attention so the subject responds by moving their hand towards it at this time they mentally block out all other p￭ ens as dis￭ tractors to aid in closing in on just the red pen after repeatedly picking the red pen over the others switching to the blue pen results in a mom￭ entary delay picking the pen out however there is a decline in the negative pri￭ ming effect when there is more than one non￭ target item that is selected against the slow reaction due to the change of the dis￭ tractor stimulus to target stimulus is called the negative pri￭ ming effect negative pri￭ ming is believed to play a crucial role in attention and memory retri￭ eval processes when stimul￭ i are perceived through the senses all the stimul￭ i are en￭ coded within the brain where each stimulus has its own internal representation in this percei￭ ving process some of the stimul￭ i receive more attention than others similarly only some of them are stored in short term memory negative pri￭ ming is highly related to the selective nature of attention and memory broadly negative pri￭ ming is also known as the mechanism by which inhi￭ bit￭ ory control is applied to cogn￭ ition this refers only to the inhi￭ bi￭ tion stimul￭ i that can interfere with the current short term goal of creating a response the effectiveness of inhi￭ biting the interfer￭ ences depends on the cognitive control mechanism as a higher number of dis￭ tractors yields higher load on working memory increased load on working memory can in turn result in slower percep￭ tual processing leading to delayed reaction therefore negative pri￭ ming effect depends on the amount of dis￭ tractors effectiveness of the cognitive control mechanism and the availability of the cognitive control resources
the negative therapeutic reaction in psycho￭ analysis is the paradoxical phenomenon whereby a plausible interpretation produces rather than improvement a worsening of the anal￭ ys￭ and s condition
neglect is a form of abuse where the perpetrator is responsible for caring for someone who is unable to care for himself or herself but fails to do so neglect may include the failure to provide sufficient supervision nour￭ ishment or medical care or the failure to fulfill other needs for which the victim cannot provide themselves the term is also applied when necessary care is withheld by those responsible for providing it from animals plants and even in￭ anim￭ ate objects neglect can carry on in a child s life falling into many long term side effects such as physical injuries low self esteem attention disorders violent behavior and can even cause death
the neglected firm effect is the phenomenon of lesser known firms producing abnormally high returns on their stocks the companies that are followed by fewer analysts will earn higher returns on average than companies that are followed by many analysts the abnormally high return exhi￭ bited by neglected firms may be due to the lower liquidity or higher risks associated with the stock according to invest￭ o￭ pedia neglected firms are usually the small firms that analysts tend to ignore information available on these companies tends to be limited to those items that are required by law on the other hand have a higher profile which provides large amounts of high quality information in addition to legally required forms to institutional investors such as pension or mutual fund companies
neglected tropical diseases nt￭ ds are a diverse group of tropical infections which are especially common in low income populations in developing regions of africa asia and the americas they are caused by a variety of pathogens such as viruses bacteria proto￭ zo￭ a and hel￭ min￭ ths these diseases are contr￭ asted with the big three diseases hiv aids tuberculosis and malaria which generally receive greater treatment and research funding in sub saharan africa the impact of these diseases as a group is comparable to malaria and tuberculosis n￭ td co infection can also make hiv aids and tuberculosis more deadly in some cases the treatments are relatively inexpensive for example the treatment for sch￭ is￭ to￭ som￭ i￭ asis is us 0 20 per child per year nevertheless control of neglected diseases is estimated to require funding of between us 2 billion to us 3 billion over the next five to seven years some pharmaceutical companies have committed to don￭ ating all the drug therapies required and mass drug administration for example mass de￭ wor￭ ming has been successfully accomplished in several countries however preventative measures are often more accessible in the developed world but not universally available in poorer areas seventeen neglected tropical diseases are priori￭ tized by who though other organizations define nt￭ ds differently these diseases are common in 149 countries affecting more than 1 4 billion people including more than 500 million children and costing developing economies billions of dollars every year they resulted in 142 000 deaths in 2013 — down from 204 000 deaths in 1990 of these 17 two were targeted for eradication dr￭ ac￭ un￭ cu￭ li￭ asis guinea worm disease by 2015 and ya￭ ws by 2020 and four for elimination blin￭ ding tr￭ ach￭ oma human african try￭ pan￭ o￭ som￭ i￭ asis leprosy and lymp￭ h￭ atic fil￭ ari￭ asis by 2020
negligent entru￭ st￭ ment is a cause of action in tor￭ t law that arises where one party the entru￭ st￭ or is held liable for negligence because they neg￭ ligently provided another party the entru￭ ste￭ e with a dangerous instrument￭ ality and the entrusted party caused injury to a third party with that instrument￭ ality the cause of action most frequently arises where one person allows another to drive their automobile
the tor￭ t of negligent inflic￭ tion of emotional distress ni￭ ed is a controversial cause of action which is available in nearly all u s states but is severely constrained and limited in the majority of them the underlying concept is that one has a legal duty to use reasonable care to avoid causing emotional distress to another individual if one fails in this duty and unreasonably causes emotional distress to another person that actor will be liable for monetary damages to the injured individual the tor￭ t is to be contr￭ asted with intentional inflic￭ tion of emotional distress in that there is no need to prove intent to inflict distress that is an accidental inflic￭ tion if negligent is sufficient to support a cause of action
negligible sen￭ es￭ cence is the lack of symptoms of aging in a few select organisms neg￭ li￭ gi￭ bly sen￭ es￭ cent organisms do not have measurable reductions in their reproductive capability with age or measurable functional decline with age death rates in neg￭ li￭ gi￭ bly sen￭ es￭ cent organisms do not increase with age as they do in sen￭ es￭ cent organisms there are many examples of species for whose organisms scientists have not detected an increase in mortality rate after maturity in other words they are equally likely to die at any given age after maturity or alternatively it could be that the mean lifespan of the organisms is so long — several millennia — that researchers subjects have not yet had the chance to live up to the time when a measure of the species longevity can be made tur￭ tles for example were once thought to lack sen￭ es￭ cence however more extensive observations have found evidence of decreasing fitness with age study of neg￭ li￭ gi￭ bly sen￭ es￭ cent animals may provide clues that lead to better understanding of the aging process and influence theories of aging the phenomenon of negligible sen￭ es￭ cence in some animals is a traditional argument for attempting to achieve similar negligible sen￭ es￭ cence in humans by technological means there are also organisms that exhibit negative sen￭ es￭ cence whereby mortality chrono￭ logically decreases as the organism ages for all or part of the life cycle in disagreement with the gom￭ per￭ tz – ma￭ ke￭ ham law of mortality see also late life mortality dec￭ el￭ eration furthermore there are even more peculiar examples those of species that have been observed to reg￭ ress to a lar￭ val state and reg￭ row into adults multiple times e g tur￭ rit￭ op￭ sis do￭ hr￭ n￭ ii recent studies have indicated a connection between phenomena related to negligible sen￭ es￭ cence and the general stability of an organism s genome specifically trans￭ cription processes over its lifetime
the first case of nelson ’ s syndrome was reported in 1958 by nelson et al dr don nelson an endocr￭ ino￭ logist named the disease in comparison to the 1980 s there have been fewer published cases in the 1990 s thus nelson ’ s syndrome has become less prevalent the disease becoming less prevalent is supported by much advancement in the medical field within the past ten to twenty years improvements have been made with identification and care for patients with cu￭ shing ’ s disease improvements have been made with techniques such as pit￭ u￭ itary radiation therapy ac￭ th ass￭ ay trans￭ sp￭ hen￭ o￭ idal pit￭ u￭ itary surgery higher resolution m￭ ris and sampling of the inferior petro￭ sal sin￭ us the advan￭ cements mentioned prior are what have allowed physicians to pursue other routes for cu￭ shing ’ s disease therapy that don ’ t involve bilateral adren￭ al￭ ec￭ tomy nelson ’ s syndrome is also referred to as post adren￭ al￭ ec￭ tomy syndrome and is a result of an adren￭ al￭ ec￭ tomy performed for cu￭ shing ’ s disease cor￭ ti￭ co￭ tro￭ ph aden￭ om￭ as are detected in more females than males therefore nelson ’ s syndrome is observed in more females than males cor￭ ti￭ co￭ tro￭ ph aden￭ om￭ as are also detected in the younger population compared to the older population earlier nelson s syndrome was observed in 20 40 of patients who had a bilateral adren￭ al￭ ec￭ tomy with a pit￭ u￭ itary aden￭ oma nelson s syndrome is observed in 8 44 of the population who have undergone bilateral adren￭ al￭ ec￭ tomy treatment for cu￭ shing s disease
nem￭ al￭ ine my￭ opathy also called rod my￭ opathy or nem￭ al￭ ine rod my￭ opathy is a con￭ genital hereditary neuro￭ muscular disorder with many symptoms that can occur such as muscle weakness hypo￭ ventilation sw￭ allowing dysfunction and impaired speech ability the severity of these symptoms varies and can change throughout one s life to some extent the prevalence is estimated at 1 in 50 000 live births it is the most common non dy￭ stro￭ ph￭ ic my￭ opathy my￭ opathy means muscle disease muscle fi￭ bers from a person with nem￭ al￭ ine my￭ opathy contains thread like rods sometimes called nem￭ al￭ ine bodies while the rods are diagnostic of the disorder they are more likely a by￭ product of the disease process rather than causing any dysfunction on their own people with nem￭ al￭ ine my￭ opathy nm usually experience delayed motor development or no motor development in severe cases and weakness may occur in all of the sk￭ el￭ etal muscles such as muscles in the arms legs tor￭ so neck fl￭ ex￭ ors throat and face the weakness tends to be more severe in the proxim￭ al muscles rather than the dis￭ tal muscles the oc￭ ular muscles are normally spared the disorder is often clin￭ ically categ￭ orized into groups with wide ranges of overlapping severity from the most severe ne￭ on￭ atal form which is incompatible with life to a form so mild that it may not be diagnosed since the person appears to function at the lowest end of normal strength and breathing adequacy spor￭ adic late onset nem￭ al￭ ine my￭ opathy s￭ lon￭ m is not a con￭ genital disorder and is considered a different muscle disease from nm which has its onset at birth or early childhood respiratory problems are usually a primary concern for people with all forms of nm and respiratory infections are quite common nm short￭ ens life expectancy particularly in the more severe forms but aggressive and proactive care allows most individuals to survive and even lead active lives nem￭ al￭ ine my￭ opathy is one of the neuro￭ muscular diseases covered by the muscular dy￭ stro￭ phy association in the united states
nemato￭ de der￭ mati￭ tis is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by widespread fol￭ lic￭ u￭ li￭ tis caused by an￭ cy￭ lo￭ stom￭ a can￭ inum
the n￭ en￭ it￭ z￭ escu in￭ do￭ le synthesis is a chemical reaction that forms 5 hydroxy￭ in￭ do￭ le derivatives from benzo￭ quin￭ one and β amin￭ oc￭ ro￭ tonic esters the n￭ en￭ it￭ z￭ escu in￭ do￭ le synthesis this reaction was named for its discover￭ er who first published it in 1929 it can be performed with a number of different combinations of r groups which include methyl meth￭ ox￭ y ethyl prop￭ yl and h substitu￭ ents there is also a solid state variation in which the reaction takes place on a highly cross linked poly￭ mer sc￭ aff￭ old the synthesis is particularly interesting because ind￭ oles are the foundation for a number of bio￭ chemically important molecules including neuro￭ transmitters and a new class of anti￭ tumor compounds
ne￭ om￭ o￭ dern or ne￭ om￭ o￭ der￭ n￭ ist art is a reaction to the complexity of post￭ modern architecture and ec￭ lec￭ ticism seeking greater simplicity
ne￭ on￭ atal ac￭ ne also known as ac￭ ne inf￭ an￭ tum ac￭ ne ne￭ on￭ at￭ orum and ne￭ on￭ atal cephal￭ ic pu￭ st￭ ul￭ osis not to be confused with benign cephal￭ ic his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis is an ac￭ nei￭ form eruption that occurs in new￭ bor￭ ns or infants and is often seen on the nose and adjacent portions of the cheeks the main cause of this condition is not known but it could be due to the increased sensitivity of the infant s se￭ bac￭ eous g￭ lands to maternal hormones during pregnancy which also leads to a variety of skin conditions in the new￭ born typically it peaks at around 2 months and rarely needs treatment sometimes g￭ els or o￭ int￭ ments are given
ne￭ on￭ atal ad￭ re￭ no￭ leuko￭ dy￭ stro￭ phy is an in￭ born error of per￭ ox￭ is￭ ome bio￭ genesis it is part of the z￭ ell￭ we￭ ger spectrum it has been linked with multiple genes at least five associated with per￭ ox￭ is￭ ome bio￭ genesis and has an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive pattern of inheritance
ne￭ on￭ atal allo￭ immune thro￭ m￭ bo￭ cy￭ top￭ enia na￭ it￭ p or na￭ it or nat￭ p or nat for short or fe￭ tal and ne￭ on￭ atal allo￭ immune thro￭ m￭ bo￭ cy￭ top￭ enia f￭ na￭ it fe￭ to maternal allo￭ immune thro￭ m￭ bo￭ cy￭ top￭ enia f￭ ma￭ it￭ p or f￭ ma￭ it is a disease that affects fet￭ uses and new￭ bor￭ ns in which the plat￭ elet count is decreased a state known as thro￭ m￭ bo￭ cy￭ top￭ enia plat￭ elet antigens are inherited from both mother and father f￭ na￭ it is caused by antibodies specific for plat￭ elet antigens inherited from the father but which are absent in the mother fe￭ tom￭ ater￭ nal trans￭ fu￭ sions or fe￭ tom￭ ater￭ nal hemorrha￭ ge results in the recognition of these antigens by the mother s immune system as non self with the subsequent generation of allo reactive antibodies which cross the plac￭ enta na￭ it hence is caused by trans￭ plac￭ ental passage of maternal plat￭ elet specific allo￭ anti￭ body and rarely human leuk￭ oc￭ y￭ te antigen h￭ la allo antibodies which are expressed by plat￭ el￭ ets to fet￭ uses whose plat￭ el￭ ets express the corresponding antigens na￭ it occurs in somewhere between 1 800 and 1 5000 live births more recent studies of na￭ it seem to indicate that it occurs in around 1 600 live births in the caucasian population
ne￭ on￭ atal bo￭ wel obstruction nb￭ o or ne￭ on￭ atal intest￭ inal obstruction is the most common surgical emergency in the ne￭ on￭ atal period it may occur due to a variety of conditions and has an excellent outcome based on timely diagnosis and appropriate intervention
ne￭ on￭ atal cho￭ le￭ st￭ asis defines persisting con￭ ju￭ gated hyper￭ bi￭ li￭ ru￭ bin￭ emia in the new￭ born with con￭ ju￭ gated bi￭ li￭ rubin levels exceeding 15 5 0 mg dl of total bi￭ li￭ rubin level the disease is either due to defects in bile ex￭ cre￭ tion from he￭ pat￭ oc￭ y￭ tes or impaired bile flow general presentations in ne￭ on￭ ates include ab￭ domin￭ al pain and general gi upset physical examination may show palpable liver and enlarged sp￭ leen differential diagnosis typically presents with a host of possibilities many of them not treat￭ able hist￭ opath￭ ology shows dil￭ ated bile duc￭ t system at all levels and bile duc￭ t proliferation in response to back pressure the incidence has been found to be about 1 2 500 live births
ne￭ on￭ atal con￭ junc￭ ti￭ vi￭ tis also known as oph￭ thal￭ mia ne￭ on￭ at￭ orum is a form of con￭ junc￭ ti￭ vi￭ tis and a type of ne￭ on￭ atal infection contracted by new￭ bor￭ ns during delivery the baby s eyes are contaminated during passage through the birth canal from a mother infected with either ne￭ is￭ ser￭ ia gon￭ or￭ rho￭ e￭ ae or ch￭ lam￭ y￭ dia tr￭ ach￭ om￭ atis antibiotic o￭ int￭ ment is typically applied to the new￭ born s eyes within 1 hour of birth as prevention against gon￭ o￭ coc￭ cal oph￭ thal￭ mia if left untreated it can cause blindness
ne￭ on￭ atal encephalopathy ne also known as hypo￭ x￭ ic is￭ chem￭ ic encephalopathy hie is defined by signs and symptoms of abnormal neuro￭ logical function in the first few days of life in an infant born at term it is commonly caused by birth as￭ phy￭ x￭ ia
ne￭ on￭ atal h￭ emo￭ chro￭ mat￭ osis is a rare and severe liver disease of unknown origin though research suggests that it may be allo￭ immune condition its characteristics are similar to hereditary h￭ emo￭ chro￭ mat￭ osis where iron de￭ position causes damage to the liver and other organs and tissues
ne￭ on￭ atal hepatitis is a form of hepatitis that affects the fet￭ uses and ne￭ on￭ ates
ne￭ on￭ atal her￭ pes simpl￭ ex is a rare but serious condition usually caused by vertical transmission of her￭ pes simpl￭ ex virus from mother to new￭ born around 1 in every 3 500 babies in the united states contract the infection
ne￭ on￭ atal hypo￭ cal￭ cem￭ ia is an abnormal clinical and laboratory hypo￭ cal￭ cem￭ ia condition that is frequently observed in infants 1 healthy term infants go through a physiological nad￭ ir of serum calcium levels at 7 5 8 5 mg dl by day 2 of life hypo￭ cal￭ cem￭ ia is a low blood calcium level a total serum calcium of less than 8 mg dl 2 m￭ mol l or ion￭ ized calcium less than 1 2 m￭ mol l in term ne￭ on￭ ates is defined as hypo￭ cal￭ cem￭ ia in pre￭ term infants it is defined as less than 7 mg dl 1 75 m￭ mol l total serum calcium or less than 4 mg dl 1 m￭ mol l ion￭ ized calcium 2 both early onset hypo￭ cal￭ cem￭ ia presents within 72 h of birth and late onset hypo￭ cal￭ cem￭ ia presents in 3 7 days after birth require calcium supplem￭ entation treatment risk factors of early ne￭ on￭ atal hypo￭ cal￭ cem￭ ia pre￭ maturity per￭ in￭ atal as￭ phy￭ x￭ ia diabetes mell￭ it￭ us in the mother maternal hyper￭ par￭ ath￭ yro￭ i￭ dis￭ m in￭ trau￭ ter￭ ine growth retar￭ dation i￭ ug￭ r i￭ atro￭ genic risk factors of late ne￭ on￭ atal hypo￭ cal￭ cem￭ ia exo￭ genous phosphate load use of gent￭ am￭ ic￭ in gender and ethnic late ne￭ on￭ atal hypo￭ cal￭ cem￭ ia occurred more often in male infants and his￭ panic infants others magnesium deficiency transi￭ ent hypo￭ par￭ ath￭ yro￭ i￭ dis￭ m of new￭ born hypo￭ par￭ ath￭ yro￭ i￭ dis￭ m due to other causes di￭ george syndrome
ne￭ on￭ atal hypo￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia is a condition of decreased blood sugar or hypo￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia in a ne￭ on￭ ate untreated low blood sugar levels in new￭ born children poses a higher risk for injury to the brain that could lead to developmental problems later in life such children are often admitted to ne￭ on￭ atal units for active treatment resulting in separation from the mother and inadequate breast feeding during this time
ne￭ on￭ atal ich￭ thy￭ osis – s￭ cl￭ ero￭ sing chol￭ an￭ gi￭ tis syndrome also known as nisch syndrome and ich￭ thy￭ osis – s￭ cl￭ ero￭ sing chol￭ an￭ gi￭ tis syndrome is a cu￭ taneous condition caused by mutations in the cl￭ aud￭ in 1 gene
ne￭ on￭ atal infections are infections of the ne￭ on￭ ate new￭ born during the ne￭ on￭ atal period or first four weeks after birth ne￭ on￭ atal infections may be contracted by trans￭ plac￭ ental transfer in uter￭ o in the birth canal during delivery per￭ in￭ atal or by other means after birth some ne￭ on￭ atal infections are apparent soon after delivery while others may develop post￭ par￭ tum within the first week or month some infections acquired in the ne￭ on￭ atal period do not become apparent until much later such as hiv hepatitis b and malaria there is a higher risk of infection with pre￭ term or low birth weight ne￭ on￭ ates respiratory tract infections contracted by pre￭ term ne￭ on￭ ates may continue into childhood or possibly adul￭ thood with long term effects that limit one s ability to engage in normal physical activities decreasing one s quality of life and increasing health care costs in some instances ne￭ on￭ atal respiratory tract infections may increase one s suscep￭ tibility to future respiratory infections and infl￭ am￭ matory responses related to lung disease antibiotics can be effective treatments for ne￭ on￭ atal infections especially when the pathogen is quickly identified instead of relying solely on cul￭ turing techniques pathogen identification has improved substantially with advancing technology however ne￭ on￭ ate mortality has not kept pace and remains 20 to 50 while pre￭ term ne￭ on￭ ates are at a particularly high risk full term and post term infants can also develop infection ne￭ on￭ atal infection may also be associated with premature rupture of memb￭ ran￭ es break￭ age of the am￭ ni￭ otic s￭ ac which substantially increases the risk of ne￭ on￭ atal sep￭ sis by allowing passage for bacteria to enter the wom￭ b prior to the birth of the infant research to improve treatment of infections and prophylactic treatment of the mother to avoid infections of the infant is ongoing
ne￭ on￭ atal iso￭ er￭ y￭ thro￭ lysis also known as hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic ic￭ ter￭ us is a disease most commonly seen in kit￭ tens and fo￭ als but has also been reported in pu￭ ppies in the kit￭ ten this is referred to as fading kit￭ ten syndrome it occurs when the mother has antibodies against the blood type of the new￭ born
ne￭ on￭ atal ja￭ und￭ ice or ne￭ on￭ atal hyper￭ bi￭ li￭ ru￭ bin￭ emia or ne￭ on￭ atal ic￭ ter￭ us from the greek word ἴ￭ κ￭ τε￭ ρο￭ ς attribu￭ tive ad￭ jec￭ tive ic￭ ter￭ ic is a yel￭ lowing of the skin and other tissues of a new￭ born infant a bi￭ li￭ rubin level of more than 85 μ￭ mol l 5 mg dl leads to a ja￭ und￭ iced appearance in ne￭ on￭ ates whereas in adults a level of 34 μ￭ mol l 2 mg dl is needed for this to occur in new￭ bor￭ ns ja￭ und￭ ice is detected by blan￭ ching the skin with pressure applied by a finger so that it reveals underlying skin and sub￭ cu￭ taneous tissue ja￭ und￭ iced new￭ bor￭ ns have yellow dis￭ color￭ ation of the white part of the eye and yel￭ lowing of the face extending down onto the chest ne￭ on￭ atal ja￭ und￭ ice can make the new￭ born sleepy and interfere with feeding extreme ja￭ und￭ ice can cause permanent brain damage from ker￭ nic￭ ter￭ us in ne￭ on￭ ates the yellow dis￭ color￭ ation of the skin is first noted in the face and as the bi￭ li￭ rubin level rises proceeds c￭ aud￭ al to the trunk and then to the extre￭ mi￭ ties this condition is common in new￭ bor￭ ns affecting over half 50 – 60 of all babies in the first week of life infants whose pal￭ ms and sol￭ es are yellow have serum bi￭ li￭ rubin level over 255 μ￭ mol l 15 mg dl more serious level studies have shown that trained exam￭ iners assessment of levels of ja￭ und￭ ice show moderate agreement with ic￭ ter￭ ome￭ ter bi￭ li￭ rubin measurements in infants ja￭ und￭ ice can be measured using invasive or non invasive methods
ne￭ on￭ atal lup￭ us er￭ y￭ them￭ ato￭ sus is the occurrence of systemic lup￭ us er￭ y￭ them￭ ato￭ sus s￭ le symptoms in an infant born from a mother with s￭ le most commonly presenting with a rash resembling dis￭ co￭ id lup￭ us er￭ y￭ them￭ ato￭ sus and sometimes with systemic ab￭ norm￭ alities such as complete heart block or he￭ pat￭ os￭ plen￭ om￭ eg￭ al￭ y the infants have no skin le￭ sions at birth but develop them during the first weeks of life ne￭ on￭ atal lup￭ us is usually benign and self limited it is associated with mothers who carry the ro ssa antibodies
ne￭ on￭ atal men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis is a serious medical condition in infants men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis is an infl￭ amm￭ ation of the men￭ inges the protective memb￭ ran￭ es of the central nervous system cns and is more common in the ne￭ on￭ atal period infants less than 44 days old than any other time in life and is an important cause of morbi￭ dity and mortality globally mortality is roughly half in developing countries and ranges from 8 12 5 in developed countries symptoms seen with ne￭ on￭ atal men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis are often un￭ specific that may point to several conditions such as sep￭ sis whole body infl￭ amm￭ ation these can include fever irrit￭ ability and dy￭ sp￭ ne￭ a the only method to determine if men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis is the cause of these symptoms is lum￭ bar punc￭ ture l￭ p an examination of the cere￭ bro￭ spinal fluid the most common causes of ne￭ on￭ atal men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis is bacterial infection of the blood known as bacter￭ emia specifically group b st￭ rep￭ to￭ coc￭ ci g￭ bs st￭ rep￭ to￭ co￭ cc￭ us ag￭ al￭ acti￭ ae es￭ cher￭ ic￭ hia coli and lis￭ ter￭ ia mon￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ genes although there is a low mortality rate in developed countries there is a 50 prevalence rate of neuro￭ developmental disabilities in e coli and g￭ bs men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis while having a 79 prevalence for non e coli gram negative caused men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis delayed treatment of ne￭ on￭ atal men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis may cause include cere￭ br￭ al pal￭ sy blindness deaf￭ ness and learning deficiencies
ne￭ on￭ atal onset multi￭ system infl￭ am￭ matory disease abbreviated no￭ mid also known as chronic inf￭ anti￭ le neuro￭ logic cu￭ taneous and artic￭ ular syndrome or c￭ inc￭ a is a rare genetic periodic fever syndrome which causes uncontrolled infl￭ amm￭ ation in multiple parts of the body starting in the new￭ born period symptoms include skin r￭ ashes severe ar￭ thri￭ tis and chronic men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis leading to neuro￭ logic damage it is one of the cry￭ op￭ y￭ rin associated periodic syndro￭ mes no￭ mid can result from a mutation in the ci￭ as 1 gene also known as n￭ l￭ r￭ p 3 gene which helps control infl￭ amm￭ ation mutations in this gene also cause famili￭ al cold ur￭ tic￭ aria and m￭ uc￭ kle wells syndrome no￭ mid has been successfully treated with the drug an￭ ak￭ in￭ ra this syndrome is also known as the pri￭ eur gr￭ is￭ cell￭ i syndrome as it was first described by these authors in 1981
ne￭ on￭ atal sep￭ sis is a type of ne￭ on￭ atal infection and specifically refers to the presence in a new￭ born baby of a bacterial blood stream infection b￭ si such as men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis pneumonia p￭ yel￭ on￭ eph￭ ri￭ tis or gastro￭ enter￭ i￭ tis in the setting of fever older textbooks may refer to ne￭ on￭ atal sep￭ sis as sep￭ sis ne￭ on￭ at￭ orum criteria with regards to hem￭ od￭ y￭ nam￭ ic compromise or respiratory failure are not useful clin￭ ically because these symptoms often do not arise in ne￭ on￭ ates until death is imminent and un￭ preventable ne￭ on￭ atal sep￭ sis is divided into two categories early onset sep￭ sis e￭ os and late onset sep￭ sis los e￭ os refers to sep￭ sis presenting in the first 7 days of life although some refer to e￭ os as within the first 72 hours of life with los referring to presentation of sep￭ sis after 7 days or 72 hours depending on the system used ne￭ on￭ atal sep￭ sis is the single most important cause of ne￭ on￭ atal death in hospital as well as community in developing country it is difficult to clin￭ ically exclude sep￭ sis in new￭ bor￭ ns less than 90 days old that have fever defined as a temperature 38 ° c 100 4 ° f except in the case of obvious acute viral bron￭ chi￭ oli￭ tis the current practice in new￭ bor￭ ns less than 30 days old is to perform a complete work￭ up including complete blood count with differential blood culture ur￭ in￭ al￭ ysis urine culture and cere￭ bro￭ spinal fluid c￭ sf studies and c￭ sf culture admit the new￭ born to the hospital and treat empir￭ ically for serious bacterial infection for at least 48 hours until cultures are demonstrated to show no growth attempts have been made to see whether it is possible to risk str￭ ati￭ fy new￭ bor￭ ns in order to decide if a new￭ born can be safely monitored at home without treatment despite having a fever one such attempt is the ro￭ chester criteria
natal teeth are teeth that are present above the g￭ um￭ line have already erupted at birth and ne￭ on￭ atal teeth are teeth that emerge through the g￭ ing￭ iva during the first month of life the ne￭ on￭ atal period the incidence of ne￭ on￭ atal teeth varies considerably between 1 700 and 1 30 000 depending on the type of study the highest prevalence is found in the only study that relies on personal examination of patients
ne￭ on￭ atal te￭ tan￭ us is a form of generalised te￭ tan￭ us that occurs in new￭ bor￭ ns infants who have not acquired passive immunity from the mother having been immun￭ ised are at risk it usually occurs through infection of the un￭ healed um￭ bil￭ ical st￭ ump particularly when the st￭ ump is cut with a non sterile instrument ne￭ on￭ atal te￭ tan￭ us mostly occurs in developing countries particularly those with the least developed health infrastructure it is rare in developed countries
ne￭ on￭ atal toxic shock like ex￭ an￭ them￭ at￭ ous disease is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by a generalized diffuse mac￭ ular er￭ y￭ them￭ a or mor￭ bil￭ li￭ form eruption with con￭ flu￭ ence
ne￭ on￭ atal withdrawal or ne￭ on￭ atal ab￭ stin￭ ence syndrome nas is a withdrawal syndrome of infants caused by the cessation of the administration of lic￭ it or illicit drugs tolerance dependence and withdrawal may occur as a result of repeated administration of drugs or even after short term high dose use — for example during mechanical ventilation in intensive care units there are two types of nas pre￭ natal and post￭ natal pre￭ natal nas is caused by dis￭ continuation of drugs taken by the pregnant mother while post￭ natal nas is caused by dis￭ continuation of drugs directly to the infant the drugs involved may be for example op￭ io￭ ids selective sero￭ ton￭ in re￭ uptake inhi￭ bit￭ ors ss￭ ris ethanol and benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines ne￭ on￭ atal ab￭ stin￭ ence syndrome does not happen in pre￭ natal cocaine exposure with babies exposed to cocaine in uter￭ o in the sense that such symptoms are difficult to separate in the context of other factors such as pre￭ maturity or pre￭ natal exposure to other drugs when pharmaco￭ logical treatment of op￭ iate withdrawal in ne￭ on￭ ates is deemed necessary op￭ i￭ ates are the treatment of choice they are slowly tap￭ ered down to we￭ an the ne￭ on￭ ate off op￭ i￭ ates phen￭ ob￭ ar￭ b￭ ital is sometimes used as an alternative but is less effective in suppressing seizures however phen￭ ob￭ ar￭ b￭ ital is superior to di￭ az￭ ep￭ am for ne￭ on￭ atal op￭ iate withdrawal symptoms in the case of sed￭ ative hypno￭ tic ne￭ on￭ atal withdrawal phen￭ ob￭ ar￭ b￭ ital is the treatment of choice cl￭ on￭ id￭ ine is an emerging add on therapy bu￭ pre￭ nor￭ ph￭ ine is under development as an alternative to morphine or meth￭ ad￭ one as initial therapy op￭ io￭ ids such as ne￭ on￭ atal morphine solution and meth￭ ad￭ one are commonly used to treat clinical symptoms of op￭ iate withdrawal but may prolong ne￭ on￭ atal drug exposure and duration of hosp￭ itali￭ zation a study published in the journal of pedi￭ atric pharmaco￭ logy and therapeu￭ tics demonstrated a significantly shorter we￭ an duration in infants treated with meth￭ ad￭ one compared to those treated with diluted t￭ inc￭ ture of opium when compared to morphine meth￭ ad￭ one has a longer half life in children which allows for less frequent do￭ sing intervals and steady serum concentrations to prevent ne￭ on￭ atal withdrawal symptoms non pharmaco￭ logical approaches to treat ne￭ on￭ atal symptoms include sw￭ add￭ ling the infant in a blanket minim￭ izing environmental stimul￭ i and monitoring sleeping and feeding patterns breastfeeding promotes infant attachment and bon￭ ding and is associated with a decreased need for pharmaco￭ logical treatment these approaches may lessen the severity of nas and lead to shorter hospital stays a 2012 study from the university of michigan and the university of pittsburgh published in the journal of the american medical association analyzed information on 7 4 million discharges from 4 121 hospitals in 44 states to measure trends and costs associated with nas over the past decade the study indicated that between 2000 and 2009 the number of mothers using op￭ i￭ ates increased from 1 19 to 5 63 per 1 000 hospital births per year new￭ bor￭ ns with nas were 19 more likely than all other hospital births to have low birth￭ weight and 30 more like to have respiratory complications between 2000 and 2009 total hospital charges for nas cases adjusted for inflation are estimated to have increased from 190 million to 720 million
ne￭ op￭ las￭ m is an abnormal growth of tissue and when it also forms a mass is commonly referred to as a tumor this abnormal growth ne￭ op￭ la￭ sia usually but not always forms a mass the world health organization who classi￭ fies ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms into four main groups benign ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms in situ ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms m￭ align￭ ant ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms and ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms of uncertain or unknown behavior m￭ align￭ ant ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms are also simply known as cancers prior to the abnormal growth of tissue as ne￭ op￭ la￭ sia cells often undergo an abnormal pattern of growth such as met￭ ap￭ la￭ sia or dys￭ pl￭ asia however met￭ ap￭ la￭ sia or dys￭ pl￭ asia does not always progress to ne￭ op￭ la￭ sia the word is from ancient greek ν￭ έ￭ ος neo new and π￭ λ￭ ά￭ σ￭ μα plasma formation creation
ne￭ ph￭ ri￭ tic syndrome or acute ne￭ ph￭ ri￭ tic syndrome is a syndrome comprising signs of ne￭ ph￭ ri￭ tis which is kidney disease involving infl￭ amm￭ ation it often occurs in glo￭ mer￭ ul￭ on￭ eph￭ ri￭ tis which is characterized by a thin glo￭ mer￭ ular basement memb￭ rane and small po￭ res in the po￭ do￭ cy￭ tes of the glo￭ mer￭ ul￭ us large enough to permit proteins and red blood cells to pass into the urine yielding prote￭ in￭ ur￭ ia and hem￭ atur￭ ia by contrast ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ tic syndrome is characterized by only proteins moving into the urine ne￭ ph￭ ri￭ tic syndrome like ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ tic syndrome may involve hypo￭ albu￭ min￭ emia due to the protein albumin moving from the blood to the urine
ne￭ ph￭ ri￭ tis is infl￭ amm￭ ation of the kidneys and may involve the glo￭ mer￭ uli tu￭ bul￭ es or inter￭ sti￭ tial tissue surrounding the glo￭ mer￭ uli and tu￭ bul￭ es
ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ cal￭ cin￭ osis once known as al￭ bright s cal￭ cin￭ osis after fuller al￭ bright or anderson car￭ r kidneys is a term originally used to describe de￭ position of calcium salts in the ren￭ al paren￭ ch￭ y￭ ma due to hyper￭ par￭ ath￭ yro￭ i￭ dis￭ m it is now more commonly used to describe diffuse fine ren￭ al paren￭ ch￭ ym￭ al calci￭ fication on radi￭ ology during its early stages ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ cal￭ cin￭ osis is visible on x ray and appears as a fine gran￭ ular mo￭ tt￭ ling over the ren￭ al outlines these outlines eventually come together to form a dense mass it is most commonly seen as an incidental finding with med￭ ul￭ l￭ ary spon￭ ge kidney on an ab￭ domin￭ al x ray however it may be severe enough to cause as well as be caused by ren￭ al tu￭ bul￭ ar aci￭ do￭ sis or even end stage ren￭ al failure due to disruption of the ren￭ al tissue by the deposited calcium
ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ genic aden￭ oma also mes￭ on￭ eph￭ ric aden￭ oma and ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ genic met￭ ap￭ la￭ sia is a benign growth typically found in the ur￭ inary blad￭ der it is thought to result from displacement and implan￭ tation of ren￭ al tu￭ bul￭ ar cells as this entity in kidney transplant recipients has been shown to be kidney donor derived this entity should not be confused with the similar sounding me￭ tan￭ eph￭ ric aden￭ oma
ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ genic diabetes insi￭ pi￭ dus also known as peripheral diabetes insi￭ pi￭ dus is a form of diabetes insi￭ pi￭ dus primarily due to path￭ ology of the kidney this is in contrast to central neuro￭ genic diabetes insi￭ pi￭ dus which is caused by insufficient levels of anti￭ di￭ u￭ re￭ tic hormone adh ar￭ gin￭ ine vas￭ op￭ res￭ sin av￭ p ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ genic diabetes insi￭ pi￭ dus is caused by an improper response of the kidney to adh leading to a decrease in the ability of the kidney to concentrate the urine by removing free water
ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ genic systemic fi￭ bro￭ sis n￭ sf or ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ genic fi￭ bro￭ sing der￭ mop￭ athy n￭ fd is a rare and serious syndrome that involves fi￭ bro￭ sis of skin joints eyes and internal organs the first cases were identified in 1997 and its cause is not fully understood however evidence suggests n￭ sf is associated with exposure to g￭ adol￭ ini￭ um with g￭ adol￭ ini￭ um based m￭ ri contrast agents being frequently used as contrast agents for magnetic resonance imaging m￭ ri in patients with severe kidney failure epidemiological studies suggest that the incidence of n￭ sf is unrelated to gender race or age and it is not thought to have a genetic basis a registry for n￭ sf has identified about 335 cases as of 2011 most patients with n￭ sf have undergone h￭ emo￭ dial￭ ysis for kidney failure some have never undergone dial￭ ysis and others have received only per￭ it￭ one￭ al dial￭ ysis many people with n￭ sf have taken immun￭ o￭ sup￭ pres￭ sive medications and have other diseases such as hepatitis c four of the seven g￭ adol￭ ini￭ um contrast agents approved by the u s food and drug administration have been principally implicated in n￭ sf including gad￭ o￭ diam￭ ide g￭ adop￭ ent￭ et￭ ate and gad￭ over￭ set￭ amide gad￭ ob￭ en￭ ate has also been associated with n￭ sf but further research has shown that gad￭ ob￭ en￭ ate dig￭ lu￭ mine might be safe even in patients undergoing dial￭ ysis
ne￭ ph￭ rome￭ gal￭ y is the process whereby a kidney or both kidneys become enlarged
ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ no￭ ph￭ th￭ is￭ is is a genetic disorder of the kidneys which affects children it is classified as a med￭ ul￭ l￭ ary c￭ ys￭ tic kidney disease the disorder is inherited in an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive fashion and although rare is the most common genetic cause of childhood kidney failure it is a form of ci￭ li￭ opathy its incidence has been estimated to be 0 9 cases per million people in the united states and 1 in 50 000 births in canada
ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ path￭ ia epidem￭ ica ne or epidemic ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ pa￭ thy is a type of viral haemorrha￭ gic fever with ren￭ al syndrome h￭ frs caused by the pu￭ um￭ ala virus the incub￭ ation period is three weeks ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ path￭ ia epidem￭ ica has a sudden onset with fever ab￭ domin￭ al pain headache back pain and gastro￭ intest￭ inal symptoms more severe symptoms include internal hemorrha￭ ging although fatal in a small percentage of cases ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ path￭ ia epidem￭ ica is generally mil￭ der than the h￭ frs that is caused by han￭ ta￭ viruses in other parts of the world the bank vo￭ le is the reservoir for the virus which humans contract through inhal￭ ation of aero￭ sol￭ ised vo￭ le dro￭ pp￭ ings the majority of infected individuals are as￭ ymp￭ tomatic or develop only mild symptoms and the disease is not known to spread from human to human this infection is known as sor￭ k￭ fe￭ ber in swedish and my￭ y￭ r￭ ä￭ ku￭ u￭ me in finnish vo￭ le fever in norway it is called mus￭ ep￭ est mouse plague
ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ pto￭ sis also called floating kidney or ren￭ al pto￭ sis is an abnormal condition in which the kidney drops down into the pel￭ vis when the patient stands up it is more common in women than in men it has been one of the most controversial conditions among doctors in both its diagnosis and its treatments
ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ sis is any of various forms of kidney disease ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ pa￭ thy in an old and broad sense of the term it is any ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ pa￭ thy but in current usage the term is usually restricted to a narrower sense of ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ pa￭ thy without infl￭ amm￭ ation or ne￭ op￭ la￭ sia in which sense it is distinguished from ne￭ ph￭ ri￭ tis which involves infl￭ amm￭ ation it is also defined as any purely degenerative disease of the ren￭ al tu￭ bul￭ es ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ sis is characterized by a set of signs called the ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ tic syndrome ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ sis can be a primary disorder or can be secondary to another disorder ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ tic complications of another disorder can coexist with ne￭ ph￭ ri￭ tic complications in other words ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ sis and ne￭ ph￭ ri￭ tis can be path￭ op￭ hy￭ sio￭ logically contr￭ ad￭ ist￭ ingu￭ ished but that does not mean that they cannot occur simultaneously types of ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ sis include amy￭ loid ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ sis and os￭ mo￭ tic ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ sis
ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ tic syndrome is a syndrome comprising signs of ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ sis chiefly prote￭ in￭ ur￭ ia hypo￭ albu￭ min￭ emia and e￭ dem￭ a it is a component of glo￭ mer￭ ul￭ on￭ eph￭ ro￭ sis in which different degrees of prote￭ in￭ ur￭ ia occur essentially loss of protein through the kidneys prote￭ in￭ ur￭ ia leads to low protein levels in the blood hypo￭ prote￭ in￭ emia including hypo￭ albu￭ min￭ emia which causes water to be drawn into soft tissues e￭ dem￭ a very low hypo￭ albu￭ min￭ emia can also cause a variety of secondary problems such as water in the ab￭ domin￭ al cav￭ ity as￭ cites around the heart or lung peric￭ ardi￭ al eff￭ usion ple￭ ural eff￭ usion high cho￭ le￭ sterol hence hyper￭ li￭ pi￭ dem￭ ia loss of molecules regulating co￭ ag￭ ulation hence increased risk of thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis large prote￭ in￭ ur￭ ia is due to an increase in perme￭ ability of the filtering memb￭ rane of the kidney which normally separates the blood from the ur￭ inary space in bowman s cap￭ su￭ le this is composed of the cap￭ ill￭ ary walls of the glo￭ mer￭ ul￭ us which are wrapped by highly specialized cells called po￭ do￭ cy￭ tes alterations in their capacity to filter the substances transported in the blood mean that proteins but not cells pass into the urine hence no ha￭ em￭ atur￭ ia by contrast in ne￭ ph￭ ri￭ tic syndrome red blood cells pass through the po￭ res causing ha￭ em￭ atur￭ ia
ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ toxicity is toxicity in the kidneys it is a poisonous effect of some substances both toxic chemicals and medications on ren￭ al function there are various forms and some drugs may affect ren￭ al function in more than one way ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ toxins are substances displaying ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ toxicity ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ toxicity should not be confused with the fact that some medications have a predominantly ren￭ al ex￭ cre￭ tion and need their dose adjusted for the decreased ren￭ al function e g he￭ par￭ in the ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ toxic effect of most drugs is more profound in patients already suffering from kidney failure
nerve compression syndrome or compression neuro￭ pa￭ thy also known as entr￭ ap￭ ment neuro￭ pa￭ thy is a medical condition caused by direct pressure on a nerve it is known col￭ lo￭ qu￭ ially as a trapped nerve though this may also refer to nerve root compression by a her￭ ni￭ ated dis￭ c for example its symptoms include pain ting￭ ling num￭ b￭ ness and muscle weakness the symptoms affect just one particular part of the body depending on which nerve is affected nerve conduc￭ tion studies help to confirm the diagnosis in some cases surgery may help to relieve the pressure on the nerve but this does not always relieve all the symptoms nerve injury by a single episode of physical trauma is in one sense a compression neuro￭ pa￭ thy but is not usually included under this heading
nerve injury is injury to nervous tissue there is no single classification system that can describe all the many variations of nerve injury most systems attempt to cor￭ relate the degree of injury with symptoms path￭ ology and prog￭ no￭ sis in 1941 sed￭ don introduced a classification of nerve injuries based on three main types of nerve fiber injury and whether there is continuity of the nerve
a nerve she￭ ath tumor is a type of tumor of the nervous system nervous system ne￭ op￭ las￭ m which is made up primarily of the my￭ elin surrounding nerves a peripheral nerve she￭ ath tumor p￭ n￭ st is a nerve she￭ ath tumor in the peripheral nervous system benign peripheral nerve she￭ ath tumors include sch￭ wan￭ no￭ mas and neuro￭ fi￭ bro￭ mas a m￭ align￭ ant peripheral nerve she￭ ath tumor mp￭ n￭ st is a can￭ cer￭ ous peripheral nerve she￭ ath tumor
in english law a nervous shock is a psychiatric illness or injury inflicted upon a person by intentional or negligent actions or omissions of another often it is a psychiatric disorder triggered by witnessing an accident for example an injury caused to one s parents or spouse although the term nervous shock has been described as inaccurate and misleading it continues to be applied as a useful abbreviation for a complex concept the possibility of recovering damages for nervous shock particularly caused by negligence is strongly limited in english law
nervous system disease refers to a general class of medical conditions affecting the nervous system they can be divided into central nervous system disease in the cns peripheral neuro￭ pa￭ thy in the p￭ ns
a nervous system ne￭ op￭ las￭ m is a tumor affecting the nervous system types include nerve she￭ ath tumor brain tumor ar￭ ach￭ no￭ id cyst op￭ tic nerve gli￭ oma
in medicine a ne￭ si￭ dio￭ bl￭ ast￭ oma is an un￭ common insulin secre￭ ting pan￭ cre￭ atic neuro￭ endocrine tumor pan￭ net the term dates to at least 1938 in that report these le￭ sions were adjudic￭ ated as his￭ to￭ logically benign aden￭ oma grow￭ ths that were associated with severe long standing hypo￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia due to hyper￭ insul￭ in￭ ism surgical removal corrected the low glucose problems there is no rigorous defini￭ tional separation from insul￭ in￭ oma other than the original emphasis that was placed on the observed precise his￭ to￭ logical recapit￭ ulation of normal is￭ let cell structure within the aden￭ om￭ as which lacked micro￭ scopic features of aggres￭ sivity the functional hypo￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia seen with these le￭ sions is also a feature of ne￭ si￭ dio￭ bl￭ ast￭ osis in which however a more diffuse hyper￭ pl￭ asia of the pan￭ cre￭ atic beta cells is found often with an abnormal micro￭ scopic appearance
ne￭ si￭ dio￭ bl￭ ast￭ osis is a controversial medical term for hyper￭ insul￭ in￭ emic hypo￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia attributed to excessive function of pan￭ cre￭ atic beta cells with an abnormal micro￭ scopic appearance the term was coined in the first half of the 20 th century the abnormal his￭ to￭ logic aspects of the tissue included the presence of is￭ let cell enlargement is￭ let cell dys￭ pl￭ asia beta cells bud￭ ding from duc￭ tal epi￭ the￭ lium and is￭ lets in ap￭ position to duc￭ ts by the 1970 s ne￭ si￭ dio￭ bl￭ ast￭ osis was primarily used to describe the pan￭ cre￭ atic dysfunction associated with persistent con￭ genital hyper￭ insul￭ in￭ ism and in most cases from the 1970 s until the 1980 s it was used as a synon￭ ym for what is now referred to as con￭ genital hyper￭ insul￭ in￭ ism most con￭ genital hyper￭ insul￭ in￭ ism is caused by different mechanisms than excessive proliferation of beta cells in a fe￭ tal pattern and the term fell into dis￭ favor after it was recognized in the late 1980 s that the characteristic tissue features were sometimes seen in pan￭ cre￭ atic tissue from normal infants and even adults and is not consistently associated with hyper￭ insul￭ in￭ emic hypo￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia however the term has been resurrec￭ ted in recent years to describe a form of acquired hyper￭ insul￭ in￭ ism with beta cell hyper￭ pl￭ asia found in adults especially after gastro￭ intest￭ inal surgery evidence of physi￭ o￭ logic mechanisms pur￭ porting that weight loss surgery conveys the ability to induce a more contemporary presentation of ne￭ si￭ dio￭ bl￭ ast￭ osis remains elusive and is of intense interest to diabetes researchers
in computer programming a ne￭ sted function or ne￭ sted procedure or sub￭ routine is a function which is defined within another function the en￭ closing function due to simple recur￭ sive scope rules a ne￭ sted function is itself invisible outside of its immediately en￭ closing function but can see access all local objects data functions types etc of its immediately en￭ closing function as well as of any function s which in turn en￭ closes that function the ne￭ sting is theoretically possible to any ideas of depth although only a few levels are normally used in practical programs ne￭ sted functions are used in many approaches to structured programming including early ones such as al￭ go￭ l simul￭ a 67 and pascal and also in many modern dynamic languages and functional languages however they are traditionally not supported in the originally simple c family of languages
a net british english nett value is the resultant amount after accounting for the sum or difference of two or more variables in economics it is frequently used to imply the remaining value after accounting for a specific commonly understood deduction in these cases it is contr￭ asted with the term gross which refers to the pre deduction value for example net income is the total income of a company after deduc￭ ting its expenses — commonly known as profit — or the total income of an individual after deduc￭ ting his or her income tax profit may be broken down further into pre taxed or gross profit and profit after taxes or net profit similarly an individual s net worth the difference between their assets what they own and their liabilities what they owe to others similarly net investment in physical capital such as machinery equals gross total investment minus the dollar amount of replacement investment that off￭ sets depreciation of pre existing machinery thus giving the change in the amount of machinery available for use likewise net national product equals gross national product minus depreciation
net generation is the amount of electricity generated by a power plant that is transmitted and distributed for consumer use net generation is less than the total gross power generation as some power produced is consumed within the plant itself to power auxiliary equipment such as pumps motors and pollution control devices thus net generation gross generation − usage within the plant a k a in house loads
net interest income n￭ ii is the difference between revenues generated by interest bearing assets and the cost of servicing interest burdened liabilities for banks the assets typically include commercial and personal loans mortgages construction loans and investment securities the liabilities consist primarily of customers deposits n￭ ii is the difference between a interest payments the bank receives on loans outstanding and b interest payments the bank makes to customers on their deposits n￭ ii interest payments on assets − interest payments on liabilities depending on a bank s specific assets and liabilities e g fixed or floating rate n￭ ii may be more or less sensitive to changes in interest rates if the bank s liabilities re￭ price faster than its assets then it is said to be liability sensitive further the bank is asset sensitive if its liabilities re￭ price more slowly than its assets in a changing interest rate environment the exposure of n￭ ii to changes in interest rates can be measured by the dollar maturity gap d￭ mg which is the difference between the dollar amount of assets that re￭ price and the dollar amount of liabilities that re￭ price within a given time period
net migration rate is the difference of immigrants and emigrants of an area in a period of time divided usually per 1 000 inhabitants considered on mid￭ term population a positive value represents more people entering the country than leaving it while a negative value means more people leaving than entering it
nether￭ ton syndrome is a severe auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive form of ich￭ thy￭ osis associated with mutations in the sp￭ ink 5 gene it is named after earl w nether￭ ton 19￭ 10 – 1985 an american der￭ mato￭ logist who discovered it in 1958
a network centric organization is a network governance pattern emerging in many progressive 21 st century enterprises this implies new ways of working with consequences for the enterprise ’ s infrastructure processes people and culture
network load balancing commonly referred to as dual wan routing or multi￭ hom￭ ing is the ability to balance traffic across two wan links without using complex routing protocols like b￭ g￭ p this capability balances network sessions like web email etc over multiple connections in order to spread out the amount of band￭ width used by each lan user thus increasing the total amount of band￭ width available for example a user has a single wan connection to the internet operating at 1 5 m￭ bit s they wish to add a second broadband cable d￭ sl wireless etc connection operating at 2 5 m￭ bit s this would provide them with a total of 4 m￭ bit s of band￭ width when balancing sessions session balancing does just that it balances sessions across each wan link when web brow￭ s￭ ers connect to the internet they commonly open multiple sessions one for the text another for an image another for some other image etc each of these sessions can be balanced across the available connections an ft￭ p application only uses a single session so it is not balanced however if a secondary ft￭ p connection is made then it may be balanced so that on the whole traffic is evenly distributed across the various connections and thus provides an overall increase in through￭ put additionally network load balancing is commonly used to provide network redundancy so that in the event of a wan link out￭ age access to network resources is still available via the secondary link s redundancy is a key requirement for business continuity plans and generally used in conjunction with critical applications like v￭ p￭ ns and vo￭ ip finally most network load balancing systems also incorporate the ability to balance both out￭ bound and in￭ bound traffic in￭ bound load balancing is generally performed via dynamic d￭ ns which can either be built into the system or provided by an external service or system having the dynamic d￭ ns service within the system is generally thought to be better from a cost savings and overall control point of view
in economics and business a network effect also called network extern￭ ality or demand side economies of scale is the effect that one user of a good or service has on the value of that product to other people when a network effect is present the value of a product or service is dependent on the number of others using it the classic example is the telephone the more people who own telephones the more valuable the telephone is to each owner this creates a positive extern￭ ality because a user may purchase a telephone without intending to create value for other users but does so in any case online social networks work in the same way with sites like twitter and facebook becoming more attractive as more users join the expression network effect is applied most commonly to positive network externalities as in the case of the telephone negative network externalities can also occur where more users make a product less valuable but are more commonly referred to as congestion as in traffic congestion or network congestion over time positive network effects can create a band￭ wagon effect as the network becomes more valuable and more people join in a positive feedback loop
net￭ worked feminism is a phenomenon that can be described as the online mobilization and coordination of femin￭ ists in response to perceived s￭ exist mis￭ og￭ yn￭ istic racist and other discriminatory acts against minority groups this phenomenon covers all possible definitions of what feminist movements may entail as there have been multiple waves of feminist movements and there is no central authority to control what the term feminism claims to be while one may hold a different opinion from another on the definition of feminism all those who believe in these movements and ideologies share the same goal of dismantling the current patriarch￭ al social structure where men hold primary power and higher social privileges above all others net￭ worked feminism is not spear￭ headed by one singular women s group rather it is the manifestation of femin￭ ists ability to leverage the internet to make traditionally un￭ represented voices and viewpoints heard net￭ worked feminism occurs when social network sites such as facebook twitter and tum￭ bl￭ r are used as a catalyst in the promotion of feminist equality and in response to sex￭ ism users of these social media websites promote the advancement of feminism using tools such as viral facebook groups and hash￭ tags these tools are used to push gender equality and call attention to those promoting anything otherwise online feminist work is becoming a new engine of contemporary feminism with the possibility of connecting and communicating all around the world through the internet no other form of activism in history has brought together and empowered so many people to take action on a singular issue
n￭ eu – lax￭ ova syndrome also known as n￭ eu syndrome or n￭ eu po￭ vy￭ si￭ lov￭ á syndrome abbreviated as n￭ ls is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive disorder characterized by severe in￭ trau￭ ter￭ ine growth restriction and multiple con￭ genital mal￭ formations n￭ eu – lax￭ ova syndrome is a very severe disorder leading to still￭ birth or ne￭ on￭ atal death it was first described by dr richard n￭ eu in 1971 and dr ren￭ ata lax￭ ova in 1972 as a lethal disorder in si￭ bl￭ ings with multiple mal￭ formations n￭ eu – lax￭ ova syndrome is an extremely rare disorder with less than 100 cases reported in medical literature
ne￭ ural back￭ propagation is the phenomenon in which the action potential of a ne￭ uron creates a voltage spike both at the end of the ax￭ on normal propagation and back through to the d￭ end￭ ri￭ tic ar￭ bor or d￭ end￭ rit￭ es from which much of the original input current originated it has been shown that this simple process can be used in a manner similar to the back￭ propagation algori￭ thm used in multi￭ layer percep￭ tron￭ s a type of artificial ne￭ ural network in addition to active back￭ propagation of the action potential there is also passive electro￭ tonic spread while there is ample evidence to prove the existence of back￭ propagating action pot￭ entials the function of such action pot￭ entials and the extent to which they invade the most dis￭ tal d￭ end￭ rit￭ es remains highly controversial
syn￭ esthesia is a neuro￭ logical condition in which two or more bodily senses are coupled for example in a form of syn￭ esthesia known as graph￭ em￭ e → color syn￭ esthesia letters or numbers may be perceived as inherently colored in another called number → form syn￭ esthesia numbers are automatically and consistently associated with locations in space in yet another form of syn￭ esthesia called ord￭ inal linguistic person￭ ification either numbers days of the week or months of the year ev￭ oke personalities in other forms of syn￭ esthesia music and other sounds may be perceived as colored or having particular shapes recent research has begun to explore the ne￭ ural basis of these experiences drawing both on neuro￭ scientific principles and on functional neuro￭ imaging data based on these data two major theories have been proposed concerning the ne￭ ural basis of syn￭ esthesia both theories start from the observation that there are dedicated regions of the brain that are specialized for certain functions for example the part of the human brain involved in processing visual input called the visual cor￭ tex can be further subdivided into regions that are prefer￭ entially involved in color processing the fourth visual area v 4 or with motion processing called v 5 or mt based on this notion of specialized regions some researchers have suggested that increased cross talk between different regions specialized for different functions may account for different types of syn￭ esthesia
the ne￭ ural efficiency hypothesis is the phenomenon where smarter individuals show lower more efficient brain activation than less bright individuals on cognitive tests of low to moderate difficulty for tasks of higher difficulty however smarter individuals show higher brain activation
ne￭ ural facilitation also known as p￭ aired pulse facilitation pp￭ f is a phenomenon in neuro￭ science in which post￭ syn￭ ap￭ tic pot￭ entials p￭ sps ep￭ ps or ep￭ sps ev￭ oked by an impulse are increased when that impulse closely follows a prior impulse pp￭ f is thus a form of short term syn￭ ap￭ tic plas￭ tic￭ ity the mechanisms underlying ne￭ ural facilitation are exclusively pre syn￭ ap￭ tic broadly speaking pp￭ f arises due to increased pres￭ yn￭ ap￭ tic ca 2 concentration leading to a greater release of neuro￭ transmitter containing syn￭ ap￭ tic ves￭ ic￭ les ne￭ ural facilitation may be involved in several neuro￭ nal tasks including simple learning information processing and sound source loc￭ alization
ne￭ ural fi￭ bro￭ li￭ po￭ ma is an over￭ growth of fi￭ bro fatty tissue along a nerve trunk that often leads to nerve compression
ne￭ ural tube defects nt￭ ds are a group of conditions in which an opening in the spinal cord or brain remains from early in human development in the 3 rd week of pregnancy called ga￭ str￭ ulation specialized cells on the dor￭ sal side of the embryo begin to change shape and form the ne￭ ural tube when the ne￭ ural tube does not close completely an n￭ td develops specific types include sp￭ ina bi￭ fi￭ da which affects the sp￭ ine an￭ encephal￭ y which results in little to no brain encephal￭ oce￭ le which affects the skull and ini￭ encephal￭ y which results in severe neck problems nt￭ ds are one of the most common birth defects affecting over 300 000 births each year worldwide for example sp￭ ina bi￭ fi￭ da affects approximately 1 500 births annually in the usa or about 3 5 in every 10 000 0 0￭ 35 of us births which has decreased from around 5 per 10 000 0 05 of us births since fol￭ ate for￭ tification was started the number of deaths in the usa each year due to ne￭ ural tube defects also declined from 1 200 before fol￭ ate for￭ tification was started to 840
ne￭ ur￭ al￭ gia greek ne￭ uron nerve al￭ gos pain is pain in the distribution of a nerve or nerves as in inter￭ cost￭ al ne￭ ur￭ al￭ gia tri￭ gem￭ inal ne￭ ur￭ al￭ gia and glos￭ sop￭ har￭ yn￭ ge￭ al ne￭ ur￭ al￭ gia
ne￭ ur￭ ap￭ ra￭ x￭ ia is a disorder of the peripheral nervous system in which there is a temporary loss of motor and sensory function due to block￭ age of nerve conduc￭ tion usually lasting an average of six to eight weeks before full recovery ne￭ ur￭ ap￭ ra￭ x￭ ia is derived from the word ap￭ ra￭ x￭ ia meaning “ loss or impairment of the ability to execute complex coordinated movements without muscular or sensory impairment ” this condition is typically caused by a blunt ne￭ ural injury due to external blows or shock like injuries to muscle fi￭ bers and sk￭ el￭ etal nerve fi￭ bers which leads to repeated or prolonged pressure buil￭ dup on the nerve as a result of this pressure is￭ chem￭ ia occurs a ne￭ ural le￭ sion results and the human body naturally responds with e￭ dem￭ a extending in all directions from the source of the pressure this le￭ sion causes a complete or partial action potential conduc￭ tion block over a segment of a nerve fiber and thus a reduction or loss of function in parts of the ne￭ ural connection downstream from the le￭ sion leading to muscle weakness ne￭ ur￭ ap￭ ra￭ x￭ ia results in temporary damage to the my￭ elin she￭ ath but leaves the nerve intact and is an im￭ permanent condition thus wall￭ er￭ ian de￭ generation does not occur in ne￭ ur￭ ap￭ ra￭ x￭ ia in order for the condition to be considered ne￭ ur￭ ap￭ ra￭ x￭ ia according to the sed￭ don classification system of peripheral nerve injury there must be a complete and relatively rapid recovery of motor and sensory function once nerve conduc￭ tion has been restored otherwise the injury would be classified as ax￭ on￭ ot￭ mes￭ is or neuro￭ t￭ mes￭ is thus ne￭ ur￭ ap￭ ra￭ x￭ ia is the mil￭ dest classification of peripheral nerve injury ne￭ ur￭ ap￭ ra￭ x￭ ia is very common in professional athletes especially american football players and is a condition that can and should be treated by a physician
ne￭ ur￭ asth￭ enia is a term that was first used at least as early as 1829 to label a mechanical weakness of the actual nerves rather than the more met￭ aphor￭ ical nerves referred to by george miller beard later as a psychop￭ ath￭ ological term ne￭ ur￭ asth￭ enia was used by beard in 18￭ 69 to den￭ ote a condition with symptoms of fatigue anxiety headache heart pal￭ p￭ itations high blood pressure ne￭ ur￭ al￭ gia and depressed mood ne￭ ur￭ asth￭ enia is currently a diagnosis in the world health organization s international classification of diseases and the chinese society of psychiatry s chinese classification of mental disorders however it is no longer included as a diagnosis in the american psychiatric association s diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders americans were said to be particularly prone to ne￭ ur￭ asth￭ enia which resulted in the nickname americ￭ ani￭ tis popul￭ arized by william james another rarely used term for ne￭ ur￭ asth￭ enia is ner￭ vo￭ s￭ ism
ne￭ uro immune dysfunction syndrome is a classification of auto￭ immune disorders proposed by dr michael j gold￭ berg that might explain some cognitive deficiencies in some patients diagnosed with au￭ tism dr gold￭ berg through the ne￭ uro immune dysfunction syndro￭ mes ni￭ ds research and treatment institute advocates for testing and consultation with auto￭ immune specialists nutrition specialists and occupational therap￭ ists to systematically test for heighten immune response and reduce environmental triggers that may interfere with cognitive function he then advocates rehabil￭ itative therapy to teach social and vocational skills that may be lacking once the reduced infl￭ amm￭ ation allows more normal cognitive function the ni￭ ds institutes openly states that it is primarily a network of parents advocating for more research into potential environmental causes of symptoms diagnosed as au￭ tism
neuro￭ ac￭ anth￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis is a label applied to several neuro￭ logical conditions in which the blood contains mis￭ shap￭ en sp￭ ic￭ ulated red blood cells called ac￭ anth￭ oc￭ y￭ tes the core neuro￭ ac￭ anth￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis syndro￭ mes in which ac￭ anth￭ oc￭ y￭ tes are a typical feature are cho￭ rea ac￭ anth￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis and m￭ cle￭ od syndrome ac￭ anth￭ oc￭ y￭ tes are seen less frequently in other conditions including hun￭ t￭ ington s disease like syndrome 2 h￭ dl 2 and pan￭ to￭ th￭ en￭ ate kin￭ ase associated neuro￭ de￭ generation p￭ kan the neuro￭ ac￭ anth￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis syndro￭ mes are caused by a range of genetic mutations and produce a variety of clinical features but primarily produce neuro￭ de￭ generation of the brain specifically the bas￭ al gang￭ lia the diseases are hereditary but rare
neuro￭ bl￭ ast￭ oma nb is the most common ex￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial solid cancer in childhood and the most common cancer in infancy with an incidence of about 650 cases per year in the u s and 100 cases per year in the uk nearly half of neuro￭ bl￭ ast￭ oma cases occur in children younger than two years it is a neuro￭ endocrine tumor arising from any ne￭ ural c￭ rest element of the sympathetic nervous system s￭ ns it most frequently originates in one of the adren￭ al g￭ lands but can also develop in nerve tissues in the neck chest ab￭ dom￭ en or pel￭ vis neuro￭ bl￭ ast￭ oma is one of the few human m￭ align￭ ancies known to demonstrate spontaneous regression from an un￭ differentiated state to a completely benign cellular appearance it is a disease exhi￭ biting extreme hetero￭ geneity and is str￭ ati￭ fied into three risk categories low intermediate and high risk low risk disease is most common in infants and good outcomes are common with observation only or surgery whereas high risk disease is difficult to treat successfully even with the most intensive multi modal therapies available esthe￭ sion￭ euro￭ bl￭ ast￭ oma also known as ol￭ factory neuro￭ bl￭ ast￭ oma is believed to arise from the ol￭ factory epi￭ the￭ lium and its classification remains controversial however since it is not a sympathetic nervous system m￭ align￭ ancy esthe￭ sion￭ euro￭ bl￭ ast￭ oma is a distinct clinical entity and is not to be confused with neuro￭ bl￭ ast￭ oma
neuro￭ bor￭ reli￭ osis is a disorder of the central nervous system caused by infection with a spi￭ ro￭ che￭ te of the genus bor￭ reli￭ a the microbiological progression of the disease is similar to that of neuro￭ sy￭ phil￭ is another spi￭ ro￭ che￭ tal infection
neuro￭ cu￭ taneous mel￭ an￭ osis is a con￭ genital disorder characterized by the presence of con￭ genital mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tic ne￭ vi on the skin and mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tic tumors in the le￭ p￭ tom￭ en￭ inges of the central nervous system these le￭ sions may occur in the amy￭ gd￭ ala cere￭ bell￭ um cere￭ bru￭ m p￭ ons and spinal cord of patients although typically as￭ ymp￭ tomatic m￭ align￭ ancy occurs in the form of le￭ p￭ tom￭ en￭ ing￭ e￭ al mel￭ anom￭ a in over half of patients regardless of the presence of m￭ align￭ ancy patients with symptomatic neuro￭ cu￭ taneous mel￭ an￭ osis generally have a poor prog￭ no￭ sis with few treatment options the patho￭ genesis of neuro￭ cu￭ taneous mel￭ an￭ osis is believed to be related to the abnormal post￭ zy￭ go￭ tic development of mel￭ ano￭ bl￭ asts and mutations of the n￭ ras gene
neuro￭ cy￭ tom￭ a or neuro￭ epi￭ the￭ li￭ oma is a type of nervous system tumor which is primarily derived from nervous tissue this is in contrast to the gli￭ om￭ as such as oli￭ god￭ end￭ rog￭ li￭ oma which are derived from gli￭ al cells which are not derived from nervous tissue
neuro￭ de￭ generation is the umbrella term for the progressive loss of structure or function of neurons including death of neurons many neuro￭ degenerative diseases including am￭ yo￭ troph￭ ic lateral sclerosis par￭ kinson s alzheimer s and hun￭ t￭ ington s occur as a result of neuro￭ degenerative processes such diseases are incur￭ able resulting in progressive de￭ generation and or death of ne￭ uron cells as research progres￭ ses many similarities appear that relate these diseases to one another on a sub cellular level discovering these similarities offers hope for therapeutic advances that could amelior￭ ate many diseases simultaneously there are many parallels between different neuro￭ degenerative disorders including atypical protein assemblies as well as induced cell death neuro￭ de￭ generation can be found in many different levels of neuro￭ nal circu￭ it￭ ry ranging from molecular to systemic
a neuro￭ ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal tumor is a tumor of the central or peripheral nervous system
neuro￭ endocrine aden￭ oma of the middle ear name is a tumor which arises from a specific an￭ atomic site middle ear name is a benign g￭ land￭ ular ne￭ op￭ las￭ m of middle ear showing his￭ to￭ logic and immun￭ o￭ his￭ to￭ chemical neuro￭ endocrine and m￭ uc￭ in secre￭ ting differentiation bi￭ ph￭ as￭ ic or dual differentiation
neuro￭ endocrine tumors nets are ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms that arise from cells of the endocrine hormonal and nervous systems many are benign while some are m￭ align￭ ant they most commonly occur in the intest￭ ine where they are often called carcin￭ o￭ id tumors but they are also found in the pan￭ cre￭ as lung and the rest of the body although there are many kinds of nets they are treated as a group of tissue because the cells of these ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms share common features such as looking similar having special secre￭ tory gran￭ ules and often producing bio￭ genic am￭ ines and poly￭ pep￭ tide hormones
neuro￭ fer￭ rit￭ in￭ opathy or adult onset bas￭ al gang￭ lia disease is a genetic neuro￭ degenerative disorder characterized by the accumulation of iron in the bas￭ al gang￭ lia cere￭ bell￭ um and motor cor￭ tex of the human brain symptoms which are extr￭ ap￭ y￭ ram￭ idal in nature progress slowly and generally do not become apparent until adul￭ thood these symptoms include cho￭ rea dy￭ st￭ onia and cognitive deficits which worsen with age this disorder is auto￭ som￭ al dominant and is caused by mutations in the gene en￭ coding the light chain sub￭ unit of the fer￭ ri￭ tin protein wild type fer￭ ri￭ tin functions as a buffer for iron sequ￭ est￭ ering it and controlling its release thus mutations in the light chain of fer￭ ri￭ tin result in the accumulation of iron in the brain which can be im￭ aged using m￭ ri currently neuro￭ fer￭ rit￭ in￭ opathy is the only neuro￭ degenerative disease with an iron accumulation in the brain classified as an auto￭ som￭ al dominant syndrome treatment of neuro￭ fer￭ rit￭ in￭ opathy is focused on managing symptoms associated with cho￭ rea and dy￭ st￭ onia using standard medications for each the disorder is progressive and symptoms become worse with age fewer than 100 cases of neuro￭ fer￭ rit￭ in￭ opathy have been reported since its identification in 2001 its incidence has been largely loc￭ alized to northeast england suggesting a founder effect due to its genetic nature current research is focused on therapeutic management of the symptoms caused by the disorder
a neuro￭ fi￭ bro￭ ma is a benign nerve she￭ ath tumor in the peripheral nervous system in 90 of cases they re found as stand alone tumors while the remainder are found in persons with neuro￭ fi￭ bro￭ mat￭ osis type i n￭ f 1 an auto￭ som￭ al dominant genetically inherited disease they can result in a range of symptoms from physical dis￭ figur￭ ation and pain to cognitive disability neuro￭ fi￭ bro￭ mas arise from non￭ my￭ el￭ inating type schw￭ ann cells that exhibit bi￭ all￭ el￭ ic in￭ activation of the n￭ f 1 gene that codes for the protein neuro￭ fi￭ bro￭ min this protein is responsible for regulating the ras medi￭ ated cell growth sign￭ aling path￭ way in contrast to sch￭ wan￭ no￭ mas another type of tumor arising from schw￭ ann cells neuro￭ fi￭ bro￭ mas incorporate many additional types of cells and structural elements in addition to schw￭ ann cells making it difficult to identify and understand all the mechanisms through which they originate and develop
neuro￭ fi￭ bro￭ mat￭ osis n￭ f refers to several genetically inherited conditions that are clin￭ ically and genetically different and carry a high possibility of tumor formation this disorder is divided into neuro￭ fi￭ bro￭ mat￭ osis type 1 neuro￭ fi￭ bro￭ mat￭ osis type 2 and sch￭ wan￭ no￭ mat￭ osis
neuro￭ fi￭ bro￭ mat￭ osis type 3 also known as neuro￭ fi￭ bro￭ mat￭ osis mixed type resembles von reck￭ ling￭ ha￭ usen s disease but also presents with cu￭ taneous neuro￭ fi￭ bro￭ mas
neuro￭ fi￭ bro￭ mat￭ osis type 4 also known as neuro￭ fi￭ bro￭ mat￭ osis variant type resembles von reck￭ ling￭ ha￭ usen s disease but also presents with cu￭ taneous neuro￭ fi￭ bro￭ mas this is a new development in the n￭ f family
neuro￭ fi￭ bro￭ mat￭ osis type i n￭ f 1 is a tumor disorder that is caused by the mutation of a gene on chro￭ mo￭ some 17 that is responsible for control of cell division n￭ f 1 causes tumors along the nervous system and can grow anywhere on the body n￭ f 1 is one of the most common genetic disorders and is not limited to any person s race or sex currently 2015 there are at least 100 000 people in the u s and about 150 000 people in the uk who have been diagnosed with n￭ f common symptoms of n￭ f 1 include bro￭ wn￭ ish red spots in the colored part of the eye called lis￭ ch no￭ d￭ ules benign skin tumors called neuro￭ fi￭ bro￭ mas and larger benign tumors of nerves called pl￭ exi￭ form neuro￭ fi￭ bro￭ mas sco￭ li￭ osis cur￭ v￭ ature of the sp￭ ine learning disabilities vision disorders mental disabilities multiple café au la￭ it t￭ cl name of specifics spots spots and epi￭ le￭ psy n￭ f 1 is a developmental syndrome caused by ger￭ m￭ line mutations in neuro￭ fi￭ bro￭ min a gene that is involved in the ras path￭ way ras￭ opathy due to its r￭ arity and to the fact that genetic diagnosis has been used only in recent years in the past n￭ f 1 was in same cases confused with another syndrome with vaguely similar symptoms the legi￭ us syndrome n￭ f 1 is an age specific disease most signs of n￭ f 1 are visible after birth during infancy but many symptoms of n￭ f 1 occur as the person ages and has hormonal changes n￭ f 1 was formerly known as von reck￭ ling￭ ha￭ usen disease after the researcher friedrich daniel von reck￭ ling￭ ha￭ usen who first documented the disorder
neuro￭ fi￭ bro￭ mat￭ osis type ii or mis￭ me syndrome for multiple inherited sch￭ wan￭ no￭ mas men￭ ing￭ i￭ om￭ as and ep￭ end￭ y￭ mom￭ as is a genetic condition which may be inherited or may arise spontaneously the main manifestation of the condition is the development of sym￭ metric non m￭ align￭ ant brain tumors in the region of the cran￭ ial nerve viii which is the aud￭ itory vesti￭ bul￭ ar nerve that trans￭ mits sensory information from the inner ear to the brain many people with this condition also experience visual problems n￭ f ii is caused by mutations of the merlin gene which seems to influence the form and movement of cells the principal treatments consist of neuro￭ surgical removal of the tumors and surgical treatment of the eye le￭ sions historically the underlying disorder has not had any therapy due to the cell function caused by the genetic mutation however new drug research and some clinical trials have shown some promise in having beneficial effects collaborative research to find better treatments is ongoing such as the work of the sy￭ no￭ dos n￭ f 2 consortium of scientists
neuro￭ genic blad￭ der dysfunction sometimes simply referred to as neuro￭ genic blad￭ der is a dysfunction of the ur￭ inary blad￭ der due to disease of the central nervous system or peripheral nerves involved in the control of mic￭ tur￭ ition ur￭ ination neuro￭ genic blad￭ der usually causes difficulty or full inability to pass urine without use of a cathe￭ ter or other method
neuro￭ genic clau￭ dic￭ ation nc also known as pseu￭ do￭ clau￭ dic￭ ation is a common symptom of lum￭ bar spinal sten￭ osis or infl￭ amm￭ ation of the nerves emanating from the spinal cord neuro￭ genic means that the problem originates with a problem at a nerve and clau￭ dic￭ ation from the latin for lim￭ p because the patient feels a painful cram￭ ping or weakness in the legs nc should therefore be distinguished from vascular clau￭ dic￭ ation which is when the clau￭ dic￭ ation stems from a circul￭ atory problem not a ne￭ ural problem neuro￭ genic clau￭ dic￭ ation can be bilateral or unilateral calf but￭ to￭ ck or thi￭ gh discomfort pain num￭ b￭ ness or weakness in some patients it is precipit￭ ated by walking and prolonged standing the pain is class￭ ically relieved by a change in position or fl￭ ex￭ ion of the wa￭ ist and not simply relieved by rest as in vascular clau￭ dic￭ ation therefore patients with neuro￭ genic inter￭ mit￭ tent clau￭ dic￭ ation have less disability in climbing steps pushing car￭ ts and cycling in some patients with severe compression of the nerve roots the nc is not inter￭ mit￭ tent but painfully persistent the path￭ op￭ hy￭ si￭ ology is thought to be is￭ chem￭ ia of the lum￭ bo￭ sac￭ ral nerve roots secondary to compression from surrounding structures hyper￭ tro￭ phi￭ ed facets lig￭ am￭ ent￭ um flav￭ um bone sp￭ urs scar tissue and bul￭ ging or her￭ ni￭ ated dis￭ cs in addition to vascular clau￭ dic￭ ation pseudo tro￭ chan￭ ter￭ ic bur￭ si￭ tis should be considered in the differential
neuro￭ genic diabetes insi￭ pi￭ dus more commonly known as central diabetes insi￭ pi￭ dus is due to a lack of vas￭ op￭ res￭ sin production in the brain vas￭ op￭ res￭ sin acts to increase the volume of blood intr￭ av￭ as￭ cul￭ arly and decrease the volume of urine produced therefore a lack of it causes increased urine production and volume depletion it is also known as neuro￭ hypo￭ phy￭ seal diabetes insi￭ pi￭ dus this condition has only poly￭ ur￭ ia in common with diabetes and although not mutually exclusive with most typical cases the name diabetes insi￭ pi￭ dus is a misleading mis￭ no￭ mer a better name might be adh deficient poly￭ ur￭ ia
neuro￭ genic infl￭ amm￭ ation is infl￭ amm￭ ation arising from the local release of infl￭ am￭ matory mediators from a￭ ffer￭ ent neurons such as substance p cal￭ cit￭ on￭ in gene related pep￭ tide c￭ gr￭ p neuro￭ kin￭ in a n￭ ka and endo￭ th￭ elin 3 et 3 tr￭ pa 1 channels stimulated by li￭ po￭ pol￭ ys￭ ac￭ ch￭ ari￭ de l￭ ps may also cause acute neuro￭ genic infl￭ amm￭ ation once released these n￭ europe￭ p￭ ti￭ des induce the release of hist￭ amine from adjacent m￭ ast cells in turn hist￭ amine ev￭ okes the release of substance p and cal￭ cit￭ on￭ in gene related pep￭ tide thus a bi￭ direc￭ tional link between hist￭ amine and n￭ europe￭ p￭ ti￭ des in neuro￭ genic infl￭ amm￭ ation is established neuro￭ genic infl￭ amm￭ ation appears to play an important role in the patho￭ genesis of numerous diseases including migr￭ aine ps￭ ori￭ asis asthma fi￭ bro￭ my￭ al￭ gia ecz￭ ema ro￭ sac￭ ea dy￭ st￭ onia and multiple chemical sensitivity in migr￭ aine stimulation of the tri￭ gem￭ inal nerve causes neuro￭ genic infl￭ amm￭ ation via release of n￭ europe￭ p￭ ti￭ des including substance p nit￭ ric oxide vas￭ o￭ active intest￭ inal poly￭ pep￭ tide 5 ht neuro￭ kin￭ in a and c￭ gr￭ p leading to a sterile neuro￭ genic infl￭ amm￭ ation
neuro￭ genic shock is a distributive type of shock resulting in low blood pressure occasionally with a slowed heart rate that is attributed to the disruption of the autonom￭ ic pathways within the spinal cord it can occur after damage to the central nervous system such as spinal cord injury low blood pressure occurs due to decreased systemic vascular resistance resulting in pooling of blood within the extre￭ mi￭ ties lacking sympathetic tone the slowed heart rate results from un￭ opposed vag￭ al activity and has been found to be exacerbated by hypo￭ x￭ ia and endo￭ bron￭ ch￭ ial suc￭ tion neuro￭ genic shock can be a potentially devastating complic￭ ation leading to organ dysfunction and death if not promptly recognized and treated it is not to be confused with spinal shock which is not circul￭ atory in nature
neuro￭ infl￭ amm￭ ation is infl￭ amm￭ ation of the nervous tissue it may be initiated in response to a variety of cu￭ es including infection traumatic brain injury toxic metabol￭ ites or auto￭ immunity in the central nervous system cns including the brain and spinal cord micro￭ glia are the resident in￭ nate immune cells that are activated in response to these cu￭ es the cns is typically an immun￭ o￭ logically privileged site because peripheral immune cells are generally blocked by the blood – brain barrier b￭ bb a specialized structure composed of astro￭ cy￭ tes and endo￭ the￭ li￭ al cells however circulating peripheral immune cells may surpass a compromised b￭ bb and encounter neurons and gli￭ al cells expressing major his￭ to￭ compatibility complex molecules perpetuating the immune response although the response is initiated to protect the central nervous system from the infectious agent the effect may be toxic and widespread infl￭ amm￭ ation as well as further migration of leuk￭ oc￭ y￭ tes through the blood – brain barrier
neuro￭ le￭ ptic induced deficit syndrome is a clinical syndrome that develops in some patients who take high doses of an anti￭ psychotic for an extended time time it is most often caused by high potency typical anti￭ psycho￭ tics but can also be caused by high doses of many aty￭ pic￭ als especially those closer in profile to typical ones that have higher d 2 dop￭ amine recep￭ tor aff￭ inity and relatively low 5 ht 2 sero￭ ton￭ in recep￭ tor binding aff￭ inity like ris￭ peri￭ done and am￭ is￭ ul￭ pride
neuro￭ le￭ ptic m￭ align￭ ant syndrome n￭ ms is a life threatening neuro￭ logical disorder most often caused by an adverse reaction to neuro￭ le￭ ptic or anti￭ psychotic drugs n￭ ms typically consists of muscle rigidity fever autonom￭ ic instability and cognitive changes such as deli￭ ri￭ um and is associated with elevated plasma cre￭ at￭ ine phosp￭ ho￭ kin￭ ase the incidence of neuro￭ le￭ ptic m￭ align￭ ant syndrome has decreased since it was first described due to changes in prescribing habits but n￭ ms is still a potential danger to patients being treated with anti￭ psychotic medication because of the un￭ predictability of n￭ ms treatment may vary substantially but is generally based on supportive care and removal of the offending anti￭ psychotic drug
a neuro￭ logical disorder is any disorder of the body nervous system structural bio￭ chemical or electrical ab￭ norm￭ alities in the brain spinal cord or other nerves can result in a range of symptoms examples of symptoms include paralysis muscle weakness poor coordination loss of sensation seizures confusion pain and altered levels of consciousness there are many recognized neuro￭ logical disorders some relatively common but many rare they may be assessed by neuro￭ logical examination and studied and treated within the specialities of neuro￭ logy and clinical neuro￭ psychology interventions for neuro￭ logical disorders include preventative measures lifestyle changes physi￭ otherapy or other therapy neuro￭ rehabilitation pain management medication or operations performed by neuro￭ surgeons the world health organization estimated in 2006 that neuro￭ logical disorders and their sequ￭ el￭ ae direct consequences affect as many as one billion people worldwide and identified health inequalities and social stigma discrimination as major factors contributing to the associated disability and suffering
a neuro￭ ma n￭ ju￭ ː￭ ˈ￭ ro￭ ʊ￭ m￭ ə plural neuro￭ mata or neuro￭ mas is a growth or tumor of nerve tissue neuro￭ mas tend to be benign i e not can￭ cer￭ ous many nerve tumors including those that are commonly m￭ align￭ ant are nowadays referred to by other terms neuro￭ mas can arise from different types of nervous tissue including the nerve fi￭ bers and their my￭ elin she￭ ath as in the case of genuine ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms grow￭ ths like gang￭ lion￭ euro￭ mas and ne￭ ur￭ in￭ om￭ as the term is also used to refer to any sw￭ elling of a nerve even in the absence of abnormal cell growth in particular traumatic neuro￭ ma results from trauma to a nerve often during a surgical procedure mor￭ ton s neuro￭ ma affects the foot neuro￭ mas can be painful or sometimes as in the case of acous￭ tic neuro￭ mas can give rise to other symptoms
neuro￭ muscular disease is a very broad term that encompasses many diseases and ail￭ ments that impair the functioning of the muscles either directly being patho￭ logies of the voluntary muscle or indirectly being patho￭ logies of nerves or neuro￭ muscular junc￭ tions neuro￭ muscular diseases are those that affect the muscles and or their direct nervous system control problems with central nervous control can cause either sp￭ as￭ tic￭ ity or some degree of paralysis from both lower and upper motor ne￭ uron disorders depending on the location and the nature of the problem some examples of central disorders include cere￭ bro￭ vascular accident par￭ kinson s disease multiple sclerosis hun￭ t￭ ington s disease and creutz￭ feldt – jakob disease spinal muscular atro￭ ph￭ ies are disorders of lower motor ne￭ uron while am￭ yo￭ troph￭ ic lateral sclerosis is a mixed upper and lower motor ne￭ uron condition
neuro￭ muscular junction disease is a medical condition where the normal conduc￭ tion through the neuro￭ muscular junction fails to function correctly
neuro￭ m￭ ye￭ li￭ tis op￭ tica n￭ mo also known as dev￭ ic s disease or dev￭ ic s syndrome is a heterogeneous condition consisting of the simultaneous infl￭ amm￭ ation and dem￭ yel￭ ination of the op￭ tic nerve op￭ tic ne￭ uri￭ tis and the spinal cord m￭ ye￭ li￭ tis it can be mon￭ op￭ has￭ ic or recurrent currently at least two different causes are proposed based on the presence of auto￭ antibodies against aq￭ p 4 aq￭ p 4 n￭ mo is currently considered an auto￭ immune disease auto￭ immune astro￭ cy￭ top￭ athy or auto￭ immune astro￭ cy￭ tic chann￭ el￭ opathy in which a person s own immune system attacks the astro￭ cy￭ tes of the op￭ tic nerves and spinal cord the cause of the aq￭ p 4 variants is unknown although infl￭ amm￭ ation may also affect the brain the le￭ sions are different from those observed in the related condition multiple sclerosis spinal cord le￭ sions lead to varying degrees of weakness or paralysis in the legs or arms loss of sensation including blindness and or blad￭ der and bo￭ wel dysfunction dev￭ ic s disease is now studied along a collection of similar diseases called neuro￭ m￭ ye￭ li￭ tis op￭ tica spectrum diseases some cases of this spectrum resemble multiple sclerosis ms in several ways but require a different course of treatment for optimal results in 2004 n￭ mo ig￭ g currently known as anti aq￭ p ig￭ g was first described leading to the distinction between positive and negative cases in anti aq￭ p positive variants cns astro￭ cy￭ tes which are the basis for the gl￭ ymp￭ h￭ atic system are the target of the auto￭ immune attack n￭ mo ig￭ g negative cases are less understood it seems currently that astro￭ cy￭ tes are spared in these ig￭ g negative cases
neuro￭ my￭ o￭ ton￭ ia n￭ mt also known as isa￭ acs syndrome and isa￭ acs mer￭ ton syndrome is a form of peripheral nerve hyper￭ exc￭ itability that causes spontaneous muscular activity resulting from repeti￭ tive motor unit action pot￭ entials of peripheral origin prevalence is unknown but 100 – 200 cases have been reported so far
neuro￭ nal cer￭ o￭ id li￭ po￭ fus￭ cin￭ osis nc￭ l is the general name for a family of at least eight genetically separate neuro￭ degenerative disorders that result from excessive accumulation of li￭ po￭ pig￭ ments li￭ po￭ fus￭ cin in the body s tissues these li￭ po￭ pig￭ ments are made up of fats and proteins their name comes from the word stem li￭ po which is a variation on lip￭ id or fat and from the term pig￭ ment used because the substances take on a green￭ ish yellow color when viewed under an ultra￭ violet light micro￭ scope these li￭ po￭ fus￭ cin materials build up in neuro￭ nal cells and many organs including the liver sp￭ leen my￭ o￭ cardi￭ um and kidneys
neuro￭ nal galvan￭ o￭ tro￭ p￭ ism is the ability to direct the out￭ growth of neuro￭ nal processes through the use of an ex￭ trac￭ ell￭ ular electric field this technique has been researched since the late 1920 s and has been shown to direct the formation of both ax￭ onic and d￭ end￭ ri￭ tic processes in cell culture it is only possible to direct out￭ growth of in vitro preparations at this point in vitro preparations involve the use of a culture dish in which there is a species specific neuro￭ nal growth factor neurons are removed from a chosen animal pl￭ ated onto the dish and allowed to grow often kept in incub￭ ation the application of an ex￭ trac￭ ell￭ ular electric field shows that the cells will grow processes in a direction that demonstrates the direction of the applied electric field this could be either in the direction of the cath￭ ode or ano￭ de depending on the type of sub￭ str￭ ate the cells are pl￭ ated onto the mechanism underlying this behavior is thought to involve the effect of the electric field on recep￭ tors and memb￭ rane proteins on the cell s surface these charged proteins would experience an electro￭ pho￭ re￭ tic force pulling them toward the op￭ pos￭ itely charged pole of the electric field most of these memb￭ rane proteins are negatively charged but the growth when observed appears to be directed to the negative pole cath￭ ode this is a strange behavior that can only be accounted for by electro￭ os￭ mo￭ tic effects positively charged ions outside the cell experience a force towards the cath￭ ode there is a flux of these ions outside the cell and the she￭ ar force of solution movement is thought to pull the ne￭ ur￭ ite in the cath￭ od￭ al direction also the electric field may de￭ pol￭ arize the cell near the cath￭ od￭ al side opening voltage gated calcium channels and allowing calcium ions to enter the cell calcium is widely believed to be a factor in ne￭ ur￭ ite out￭ growth this theory has been challenged in a recent paper by scientists at pur￭ due university recent studies also involve differentiating between the effect of current on growth direction and the effect of a simple electric field studies involving ac and dc fields are also being conducted this is currently a highly researched topic in which many neuro￭ science labs around the world are attempting to be the first to have a feasible method of directing out￭ growth potential applications involve the direction and regeneration of severed nerves although these would only become available in the very distant future this technique would also be useful in the study of neuro￭ nal networks ne￭ ur￭ ites could be directed toward each other over large distances and allowed to form syn￭ ap￭ ses networks of hundreds or thousands of cells could be constructed and studied
neuro￭ nal ti￭ ling is a phenomenon in which multiple ar￭ b￭ ors of neurons in￭ nerv￭ ate the same surface tissue in a non￭ redundant and ti￭ led pattern that maxim￭ izes coverage of the surface while minim￭ izing overlap between neighbouring ar￭ b￭ ors hence d￭ end￭ rit￭ es of the same ne￭ uron spread out by avoiding one another self avoidance moreover d￭ end￭ rit￭ es of certain types of neurons such as class iii and class iv d￭ end￭ ri￭ tic ar￭ b￭ ori￭ zation neurons avoid d￭ end￭ rit￭ es of neighbouring neurons of the same type ti￭ ling whereas d￭ end￭ rit￭ es of different neuro￭ nal types can cover the same territory coexistence one good example of this organization is the cell bodies of virtually all re￭ tin￭ al cell types which are arranged as independent non￭ random mo￭ sa￭ ics that maximize the distance between neighbouring cells elu￭ ci￭ dating the mechanisms of process spac￭ ing during development is therefore relevant for understanding principles of tissue organization inside and outside of the nervous system
neuro￭ path￭ ia m￭ uc￭ in￭ osa cu￭ tane￭ a is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by live￭ do re￭ ticul￭ aris on the legs and hyper￭ esthesia
neuro￭ path￭ ic ar￭ thro￭ pa￭ thy or neuro￭ path￭ ic o￭ ste￭ o￭ ar￭ thro￭ pa￭ thy also known as char￭ cot joint often char￭ cot foot refers to progressive de￭ generation of a weight bearing joint a process marked by bon￭ y destruction bone resor￭ ption and eventual de￭ form￭ ity onset is usually insidious if this pathological process continues unchecked it can result in joint de￭ form￭ ity ul￭ cer￭ ation and or super￭ infection loss of function and in the worst case scenario ampu￭ tation or death early identification of joint changes is the best way to limit morbi￭ dity
neuro￭ path￭ ic pain is pain caused by damage or disease affecting the som￭ at￭ os￭ ens￭ ory nervous system neuro￭ path￭ ic pain may be associated with abnormal sens￭ ations called dys￭ esthesia or pain from normally non painful stimul￭ i allo￭ dy￭ nia it may have continuous and or ep￭ is￭ od￭ ic par￭ oxy￭ sm￭ al components the latter resemble stab￭ b￭ ings or electric shocks common qualities include burning or col￭ dness pins and needles sens￭ ations num￭ b￭ ness and it￭ ching up to 7 to 8 of the european population is affected and in 5 of persons it may be severe neuro￭ path￭ ic pain may result from disorders of the peripheral nervous system or the central nervous system brain and spinal cord thus neuro￭ path￭ ic pain may be divided into peripheral neuro￭ path￭ ic pain central neuro￭ path￭ ic pain or mixed peripheral and central neuro￭ path￭ ic pain
neuro￭ pa￭ thy at￭ ax￭ ia and ret￭ initi￭ s pi￭ gm￭ ent￭ osa also known as nar￭ p syndrome is a rare disease with mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al inheritance that causes a variety of signs and symptoms chiefly affecting the nervous system beginning in childhood or early adul￭ thood most people with nar￭ p experience num￭ b￭ ness ting￭ ling or pain in the arms and legs sensory neuro￭ pa￭ thy muscle weakness and problems with balance and coordination at￭ ax￭ ia many affected individuals also have vision loss caused by changes in the light sensitive tissue that lines the back of the eye the re￭ tina in some cases the vision loss results from a condition called ret￭ initi￭ s pi￭ gm￭ ent￭ osa this eye disease causes the light sensing cells of the re￭ tina gradually to deteriorate
neuro￭ sar￭ co￭ ido￭ sis sometimes shortened to neuro￭ sar￭ co￭ id refers to sar￭ co￭ ido￭ sis a condition of unknown cause featuring gran￭ ul￭ om￭ as in various tissues involving the central nervous system brain and spinal cord it can have many manifestations but ab￭ norm￭ alities of the cran￭ ial nerves a group of twelve nerves supplying the head and neck area are the most common it may develop acutely sub￭ acutely and chronically approximately 5 10 of people with sar￭ co￭ ido￭ sis of other organs e g lung develop central nervous system involvement only 1 of people with sar￭ co￭ ido￭ sis will have neuro￭ sar￭ co￭ ido￭ sis alone without involvement of any other organs diagnosis can be difficult with no test apart from biopsy achieving a high accuracy rate treatment is with immun￭ o￭ suppression the first case of sar￭ co￭ ido￭ sis involving the nervous system was reported in 1948
sexual orientation is an enduring pattern of romantic or sexual attraction or a combination of these to persons of the opposite sex or gender the same sex or gender or to both sexes or more than one gender the ultimate causes and mechanisms of sexual orientation development in humans remain unclear and many theories are speculative and controversial however advances in neuro￭ science explain and illustrate characteristics linked to sexual orientation studies have explored structural ne￭ ural cor￭ relates functional and or cognitive relationships and developmental theories relating to sexual orientation in humans
neuro￭ sis is a class of functional mental disorders involving distress but neither delu￭ sions nor halluc￭ inations neuro￭ sis should not be mistaken for psycho￭ sis which refers to a loss of touch with reality neither should it be mistaken for neuro￭ ticism which is a fundamental personality trait according to psychological theory
neuro￭ sy￭ phil￭ is is an infection of the brain or spinal cord caused by the spi￭ ro￭ che￭ te tre￭ pon￭ ema palli￭ dum it usually occurs in people who have had chronic untreated sy￭ phil￭ is usually about 10 to 20 years after first infection and develops in about 25 – 40 of persons who are not treated the united states centers for disease control and prevention c￭ dc advises that neuro￭ sy￭ phil￭ is can occur at any stage of a sy￭ phil￭ is infection
neuro￭ the￭ ke￭ oma is a benign cu￭ taneous tumor first described by gall￭ ager and hel￭ wig who proposed the term in order to reflect the presumed origin of the le￭ sion from nerve she￭ ath micro￭ sco￭ p￭ ically the le￭ sions described closely resemb￭ led the tumor “ nerve she￭ ath my￭ x￭ oma ” an entity first described by har￭ kin and reed the latter had through the years been vari￭ ously described as “ bizarre cu￭ taneous neuro￭ fi￭ bro￭ ma ” “ my￭ x￭ oma of nerve she￭ ath ” and “ pac￭ inian neuro￭ fi￭ bro￭ ma ” clin￭ ically neuro￭ the￭ ke￭ om￭ as present as a solitary no￭ dule of the skin the most common sites of occurrence are the head and neck and the extre￭ mi￭ ties the le￭ sions range in size from about 0 5 cm to more than 3 cm the average patient age is about 25 years but neuro￭ th￭ ke￭ om￭ as may occur at any age women are affected about more often the male to female ratio is approximately 1 2 micro￭ sco￭ p￭ ically neuro￭ the￭ ke￭ oma consists of closely aggregated bund￭ les or fasc￭ ic￭ les of spin￭ dle shaped cells the fasc￭ ic￭ les may or may not have a my￭ x￭ o￭ id background since the time of their first description it has been reported that neuro￭ the￭ ke￭ om￭ as are likely not of nerve she￭ ath origin as implied by the term consequently neuro￭ the￭ ke￭ oma and nerve she￭ ath my￭ x￭ oma are likely not related his￭ to￭ genetically although they are similar in appearance and in behavior
neuro￭ tic exc￭ ori￭ ations is a condition in which patients produce skin le￭ sions through repeti￭ tive compul￭ sive exc￭ ori￭ ation of their skin
neuro￭ ticism is a fundamental personality trait in the study of psychology characterized by anxiety fear mo￭ od￭ iness worry envy frustration jeal￭ ousy and lon￭ eliness individuals who score high on neuro￭ ticism are more likely than average to experience such feelings as anxiety anger envy guilt and depressed mood they respond more poorly to stres￭ sors are more likely to interpret ordinary situations as threatening and minor frustrations as hopelessly difficult they are often self conscious and shy and they may have trouble controlling urges and delaying grati￭ fication high neuro￭ ticism indexes a risk con￭ stell￭ ation that exists prior to the development and onset of any of the common mental disorders such as depression pho￭ bia panic disorder other anxiety disorders and substance use disorder — symptoms that traditionally have been called neuro￭ ses
neutral buo￭ yan￭ cy is a condition in which a physical body s average density is equal to the density of the fluid in which it is immer￭ sed the buo￭ yan￭ cy off￭ sets the force of gravity that would otherwise cause the object to sink if the body s density is greater than the density of the fluid in which it is immer￭ sed or rise if it s less an object that has neutral buo￭ yan￭ cy will neither sink nor rise in s￭ cuba diving the ability to maintain neutral buo￭ yan￭ cy through controlled breathing accurate weighting and management of the buo￭ yan￭ cy compens￭ ator is an important skill a s￭ cuba di￭ ver maintains neutral buo￭ yan￭ cy by continuous correction usually by controlled breathing as neutral buo￭ yan￭ cy is an unstable condition for a com￭ pres￭ sible object in a liquid
neutral lip￭ id storage disease also known as chan￭ ar￭ in – dor￭ f￭ man syndrome is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive disorder characterized by accumulation of tri￭ gly￭ cer￭ ides in the cy￭ top￭ las￭ m of leuk￭ oc￭ y￭ tes muscle liver fi￭ bro￭ bl￭ asts and other tissues it can be associated with c￭ gi 58
a neutral sp￭ ine or good posture refers to the three natural cur￭ ves that are present in a healthy sp￭ ine looking directly at the front or back of the body the 33 verte￭ bra￭ e in the spinal column should appear completely vertical from a side view the cer￭ vic￭ al neck region of the sp￭ ine c 1 c 7 is bent inward the thor￭ ac￭ ic upper back region t 1 t 12 ben￭ ds outward and the lum￭ bar lower back region l 1 l 5 ben￭ ds inward the sac￭ rum tail￭ bone area s 1 s 5 f￭ used and coc￭ cy￭ x on average 4 f￭ used rest between the pel￭ vic bones a neutral pel￭ vis indicates the an￭ terior superior ili￭ ac sp￭ ines and pu￭ bic symp￭ h￭ ysis fall in the same vertical line
in chemistry neutr￭ alization or neutr￭ alisation see spelling differences is a chemical reaction in which an acid and a base react quantitatively with each other in a reaction in water neutr￭ alization results in there being no excess of hydrogen or hydrox￭ ide ions present in solution the ph of the neutr￭ alized solution depends on the acid strength of the re￭ ac￭ tants neutr￭ alization is used in many applications
neutr￭ ino osci￭ ll￭ ation is a quantum mechanical phenomenon whereby a neutr￭ ino created with a specific le￭ pton flavor electr￭ on mu￭ on or ta￭ u can later be measured to have a different flavor the probability of measuring a particular flavor for a neutr￭ ino varies periodically as it propag￭ ates through space first predicted by bruno pon￭ tec￭ or￭ vo in 1957 neutr￭ ino osci￭ ll￭ ation has since been observed by a multitude of experiments in several different contexts notably the existence of neutr￭ ino osci￭ ll￭ ation resolved the long standing solar neutr￭ ino problem neutr￭ ino osci￭ ll￭ ation is of great theoretical and experimental interest as the precise properties of the process can shed light on several properties of the neutr￭ ino in particular it implies that the neutr￭ ino has a non zero mass which requires a modification to the standard model of particle physics the experimental discovery of neutr￭ ino osci￭ ll￭ ation and thus neutr￭ ino mass by the super kam￭ i￭ ok￭ ande observatory and the sud￭ bury neutr￭ ino observatory was recognized with the 2015 nobel prize for physics
neutr￭ on induced sw￭ elling is the increase of volume and decrease of density of materials subjected to intense neutr￭ on radiation neu￭ tron￭ s imp￭ acting the material s lat￭ tice re￭ arrange its atoms causing buil￭ dup of dis￭ locations vo￭ ids and wi￭ gn￭ er energy together with the resulting strength reduction and emb￭ rit￭ t￭ lement it is a major concern for materials for nuclear reactors materials show significant differences in their sw￭ elling resistance see also radiation hard￭ ening
neutr￭ on capture is a nuclear reaction in which an atomic nucleus and one or more neu￭ tron￭ s colli￭ de and merge to form a heavier nucleus since neu￭ tron￭ s have no electric charge they can enter a nucleus more easily than positively charged prot￭ ons which are rep￭ elled electro￭ st￭ atically neutr￭ on capture plays an important role in the co￭ sm￭ ic nucle￭ o￭ synthesis of heavy elements in stars it can proceed in two ways as a rapid r process or a slow process s process nucle￭ i of masses greater than 56 cannot be formed by thermonuclear reactions i e by nuclear fusion but can be formed by neutr￭ on capture
neu￭ tro￭ pen￭ ia or neu￭ tro￭ pa￭ enia is an abnormally low concentration of neu￭ troph￭ ils a type of white blood cell in the blood neu￭ troph￭ ils make up the majority of circulating white blood cells and serve as the primary defense against infections by destroying bacteria bacterial fragments and immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ulin bound viruses in the blood patients with neu￭ tro￭ pen￭ ia are more susceptible to bacterial infections and without prompt medical attention the condition may become life threatening neu￭ tro￭ pen￭ ic sep￭ sis neu￭ tro￭ pen￭ ia can be acute temporary or chronic long lasting the term is sometimes used inter￭ change￭ ably with leuk￭ open￭ ia deficit in the number of white blood cells
neu￭ tro￭ pen￭ ic enter￭ o￭ co￭ li￭ tis also known as ty￭ ph￭ li￭ tis or ty￭ ph￭ l￭ enter￭ i￭ tis and less commonly called ca￭ ec￭ i￭ tis or cec￭ i￭ tis is infl￭ amm￭ ation of the cec￭ um part of the large intest￭ ine that may be associated with infection it is particularly associated with neu￭ tro￭ pen￭ ia a low level of neu￭ tro￭ phil gran￭ ul￭ oc￭ y￭ tes the most common form of white blood cells in the blood
neu￭ tro￭ phil specific gran￭ ule deficiency sgd previously known as lac￭ to￭ ferr￭ in deficiency is a rare con￭ genital immun￭ o￭ deficiency characterized by an increased risk for py￭ ogenic infections due to defective production of specific gran￭ ules and gelat￭ in￭ ase gran￭ ules in patient neu￭ troph￭ ils
neu￭ tro￭ phil immun￭ o￭ deficiency syndrome is a condition caused by mutations in the rac 2 gene
neu￭ tro￭ phi￭ lia also called neu￭ tro￭ phil leuk￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis or occasionally neu￭ tro￭ cy￭ to￭ sis is leuk￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis of neu￭ troph￭ ils that is a high number of neu￭ tro￭ phil gran￭ ul￭ oc￭ y￭ tes in the blood
neu￭ tro￭ phil￭ ic der￭ mat￭ osis of the dor￭ sal hands also known as pu￭ st￭ ular vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis of the dor￭ sal hands is a skin condition that presents with e￭ dem￭ at￭ ous pu￭ st￭ ular or ul￭ cer￭ ative no￭ d￭ ules or pl￭ aqu￭ es loc￭ alized to the dor￭ sal hands
neu￭ tro￭ phil￭ ic ec￭ cr￭ ine hi￭ dr￭ ad￭ eni￭ tis ne￭ h usually is a cu￭ taneous complic￭ ation of chem￭ otherapy but it can also occur for other reasons it consists of fever and non specific skin le￭ sions it is rare and self limited
neu￭ tro￭ phil￭ ic lob￭ ular pann￭ ic￭ u￭ li￭ tis is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by infl￭ amm￭ ation of the sub￭ cu￭ taneous fat
in mathematics in the field of complex analysis a ne￭ van￭ linna function is a complex function which is an analy￭ tic function on the open upper half plane h and has non negative imaginary part a ne￭ van￭ linna function maps the upper half plane to itself or to a real constant but is not necessarily injec￭ tive or sur￭ jec￭ tive functions with this property are sometimes also known as her￭ glo￭ tz pick or r functions
ne￭ void bas￭ al cell carcin￭ oma syndrome nb￭ c￭ cs also known as bas￭ al cell nev￭ us syndrome multiple bas￭ al cell carcin￭ oma syndrome gor￭ lin syndrome and gor￭ lin – gol￭ tz syndrome is an inherited medical condition involving defects within multiple body systems such as the skin nervous system eyes endocrine system and bones people with this syndrome are particularly prone to developing a common and usually non life threatening form of non mel￭ anom￭ a skin cancer about 10 of people with the condition do not develop bas￭ al cell carcin￭ om￭ as b￭ c￭ cs the name gor￭ lin syndrome refers to researcher robert j gor￭ lin 19￭ 23 – 2006 first described in 1960 nb￭ c￭ cs is an auto￭ som￭ al dominant condition that can cause unusual facial appearances and a pre￭ disposition for bas￭ al cell carcin￭ oma a type of skin cancer which rarely spreads to other parts of the body the prevalence is reported to be 1 case per 56 000 164 000 population recent work in molecular genetics has shown nb￭ c￭ cs to be caused by mutations in the pt￭ ch pat￭ ched gene found on chro￭ mo￭ some arm 9 q if a child inher￭ its the defective gene from either parent he or she will have the disorder
ne￭ void hyper￭ tric￭ ho￭ sis is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by the growth of terminal ha￭ irs in a circum￭ scri￭ bed area
ne￭ void mel￭ anom￭ a is a cu￭ taneous condition that may resemble a sp￭ itz nev￭ us or an acquired or con￭ genital mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tic nev￭ us
nev￭ us also known as a mole is the medical term for sharply circum￭ scri￭ bed and chronic le￭ sions of the skin or mu￭ co￭ sa these le￭ sions are commonly named birth￭ marks or beauty marks ne￭ vi are benign by definition however 25 of m￭ align￭ ant mel￭ anom￭ as a skin cancer arise from pre existing ne￭ vi using the term nev￭ us and ne￭ vi loosely most physicians and der￭ mato￭ logists are actually referring to a variant of nev￭ us called the mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tic nev￭ us which are composed of mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tes his￭ to￭ logically mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tic ne￭ vi are distinguished from l￭ enti￭ gin￭ es also a type of benign pi￭ gm￭ ented mac￭ ule by the presence of ne￭ sts of mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tes which l￭ enti￭ gin￭ es plural form of l￭ enti￭ go lack
nev￭ us an￭ em￭ ic￭ us is a con￭ genital disorder characterized by mac￭ ules of varying size and shape that are pal￭ er than the surrounding skin and cannot be made red by trauma cold or heat the pal￭ er area is due to the blood vessels within the area which are more sensitive to the body ’ s normal vas￭ o￭ con￭ stric￭ ting chemicals
nev￭ us com￭ ed￭ on￭ ic￭ us syndrome is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by a nev￭ us com￭ ed￭ on￭ ic￭ us associated with cat￭ ar￭ acts sco￭ li￭ osis and neuro￭ logic ab￭ norm￭ alities
nev￭ us de￭ pi￭ gm￭ ent￭ o￭ sus or nev￭ us ach￭ ro￭ mic￭ us is a de￭ pi￭ gm￭ entation problem in skin which can be easily differentiated from viti￭ li￭ go although age factor has not much involvement in the nev￭ us de￭ pi￭ gm￭ ent￭ o￭ sus but in about 19 of the cases these are noted at birth their size may however grow in proportion to growth of the body the distribution is also fairly stable and are non￭ progressive hypo￭ pi￭ gm￭ ented pat￭ ches the exact cause of nev￭ us de￭ pi￭ gm￭ ent￭ o￭ sus is still not clearly understood a spor￭ adic defect in the embryonic development has been suggested to be a caus￭ ative factor it has been described as loc￭ alised al￭ bin￭ ism though this is incorrect those with nev￭ us de￭ pi￭ gm￭ ent￭ o￭ sus may be prone to sun￭ burn due to the lack of pig￭ ment and the patient should use good sun protection sun￭ screen should be applied to all exposed skin since reduced tann￭ ing of normal skin will decrease the contrast with hypo￭ pi￭ gm￭ ented skin most patients with nev￭ us de￭ pi￭ gm￭ ent￭ o￭ sus do not pursue treatment for their le￭ sion there is no way to re￭ pig￭ ment the skin if however the le￭ sion is of cosmetic concern cam￭ ou￭ fl￭ age makeup is effective if the le￭ sion is small one could also consider exc￭ ision
na￭ ev￭ us flamm￭ eus nuc￭ ha￭ e often called stor￭ k bite or nev￭ us simpl￭ ex is a con￭ genital cap￭ ill￭ ary mal￭ formation present in new￭ bor￭ ns it is a common type of birth￭ mark in a new￭ born and is usually temporary
nev￭ us of ito also known as nev￭ us fus￭ co￭ cer￭ ul￭ eus acro￭ mi￭ o￭ del￭ to￭ ide￭ us is a cu￭ taneous condition with similar features to the nev￭ us of ota but occurring in a different distribution
nev￭ us of ota also known as con￭ genital mel￭ an￭ osis bul￭ bi nev￭ us fus￭ co￭ cer￭ ul￭ eus oph￭ thal￭ mom￭ ax￭ il￭ lar￭ is oc￭ ul￭ o￭ der￭ mal mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis and oc￭ ul￭ om￭ u￭ co￭ der￭ mal mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis is a blue hyper￭ pi￭ gm￭ entation that occurs on the face it was first reported by dr m t ota of japan in 1939 nev￭ us of ota is caused by the entr￭ ap￭ ment of mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tes in the upper third of the der￭ mis it is found on the face unilaterally and involves the first two branches of the tri￭ gem￭ inal nerve the s￭ cl￭ era is involved in two thirds of cases causing an increased risk of gl￭ au￭ coma it should not be confused with mongo￭ lian spot which is a birth￭ mark caused by entr￭ ap￭ ment of mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tes in the der￭ mis but is located in the lum￭ bo￭ sac￭ ral region women are nearly five times more likely to be affected than men and it is rare among caucasian people nev￭ us of ota may not be con￭ genital and may appear during pu￭ ber￭ ty
nev￭ us p￭ si￭ lo￭ li￭ par￭ us is a cu￭ taneous condition a rare scal￭ p anomaly characterized by a variable degree of al￭ op￭ ec￭ ia and an excessive amount of adi￭ pose tissue it is the main hallmark of encephal￭ o￭ cran￭ io￭ cu￭ taneous li￭ po￭ mat￭ osis ec￭ cl otherwise known as ha￭ ber￭ land syndrome
nev￭ us se￭ bac￭ eus or se￭ bac￭ eous nev￭ us the first term is its latin name the second term is its name in english also known as an organ￭ o￭ id nev￭ us and nev￭ us se￭ bac￭ eus of j￭ ad￭ as￭ sohn is a con￭ genital hair￭ less pla￭ que that typically occurs on the face or scal￭ p such ne￭ vi are present at birth or early childhood affecting males and females of all races equally the condition is named for an over￭ growth of se￭ bac￭ eous g￭ lands in the area of the nev￭ us skin grow￭ ths such as benign tumors and bas￭ al cell carcin￭ oma can arise in se￭ bac￭ eous ne￭ vi usually in adul￭ thood rarely se￭ bac￭ eous ne￭ vi can give rise to se￭ bac￭ eous carcin￭ oma however the rate of such m￭ align￭ ancies is now known to be less than had been estimated for this reason exc￭ ision is no longer automatically recommended
nev￭ us spil￭ us also known as spec￭ k￭ led l￭ enti￭ gin￭ ous nev￭ us and zo￭ ster￭ i￭ form l￭ enti￭ gin￭ ous nev￭ us is a skin le￭ sion that presents as a light brown or tan mac￭ ule spec￭ k￭ led with smaller darker mac￭ ules or pap￭ ules
nev￭ us uni￭ us lat￭ er￭ is is a cu￭ taneous condition an ep￭ id￭ er￭ mal nev￭ us in which the skin le￭ sions are distributed on one half of the body
the new england vampire panic was the reaction to an outbreak of tuberculosis in the 19 th century throughout rho￭ de island eastern connec￭ tic￭ ut ver￭ mont and other parts of new england consumption tuberculosis was thought to be caused by the deceased consuming the life of their surviving relatives bodies were ex￭ hum￭ ed and internal organs rit￭ ually burned to stop the vampire from attacking the local population and to prevent the spread of the disease notable cases provoked national attention and comment such as those of mercy brown in rho￭ de island and frederick ransom in ver￭ mont
new public administration is an anti posi￭ ti￭ vist anti technical and anti hierarchical reaction against traditional public administration a practiced theory in response to the ever changing needs of the public and how institutions and administrations go about solving them focus is on the role of government and how they can provide these services to citizens in which are a part of public interest by means but not limited to public policy
new south greenland sometimes known as mor￭ rell s land was an appearance of land recorded by the american captain benjamin mor￭ rell of the scho￭ oner was￭ p in march 18￭ 23 during a sealing and exploration voyage in the wed￭ dell sea area of antarc￭ tica mor￭ rell provided precise coordinates and a description of a coastline which he claimed to have s￭ ailed along for more than 300 miles 480 km because the wed￭ dell sea area was so little visited and hard to navigate due to ice conditions the alleged land was never properly investigated before its existence was emphatically dis￭ proved during antarctic expedi￭ tions in the early 20 th century at the time of mor￭ rell s voyage the geography of the then un￭ named wed￭ dell sea and its surrounding coasts was almost entirely unknown making the claimed sigh￭ ting initially plausible however obvious errors in mor￭ rell s voyage account and his general reputation as a fab￭ ul￭ ist created scepticism about the existence of this new land in june 19￭ 12 the german explor￭ er wil￭ helm fil￭ chner searched for but found no traces of land after his ship deutschland became ice￭ bound in the wed￭ dell sea and drif￭ ted into the loc￭ ality of mor￭ rell s observation a sounding of the sea bottom revealed more than 5 000 feet 1 500 m of water indicating no land in near proximity three years later trapped in the same waters with his ship end￭ ur￭ ance ern￭ est shack￭ leton was able by similar means to confirm the land s non existence various explanations for mor￭ rell s error have been suggested including intentional deception however mor￭ rell describes his find briefly and pro￭ sa￭ ically evidently seeking no personal credit or glory from the discovery in his narrative he as￭ signs the honour to his fellow sealing captain robert johnson for finding and naming the land two years earlier mor￭ rell may have been honestly mistaken through mis￭ calculation of his ship s position or by mis￭ remembering detail when writing the account after nine years alternatively he may have made the common error of confusing distant ice￭ ber￭ gs with land or been misled by the distorting effects of antarctic mir￭ age in 18￭ 43 the distinguished british naval explor￭ er james clark ross reported possible land in a position close to mor￭ rell s this land too would eventually be proven not to exist
the new south wales state emergency service n￭ sw ses an agency of the government of new south wales is an emergency and rescue service dedicated to assisting the community in times of natural and man made disasters the n￭ sw ses is made up almost entirely of volunteer members numbering approximately 9 000 as of october 2015 via 228 suburban regional and rural units located throughout new south wales the volunteers are easily identified by their distinctive orange over￭ alls with its history going back to 1955 a state emergency services organisation was established after the hunter valley floods of 1955 when they merged with civil defence in response to fears of a nuclear attack and then restructured in 1972 and again in 1989 following the enactment of the state emergency service act 1989 n￭ sw the agency is led by its commissioner who reports to the minister for emergency services presently the honourable david elli￭ ott mp
new daily persistent headache n￭ d￭ ph is a primary headache syndrome which can mim￭ ic chronic migr￭ aine and chronic tension type headache the headache is daily and unre￭ mitting from very soon after onset within 3 days at most usually in a person who does not have a history of a primary headache disorder the pain can be inter￭ mit￭ tent but lasts more than 3 months headache onset is abrupt and people often remember the date circumstance and occasionally the time of headache onset one retrospective study stated that over 80 of patients could state the exact date their headache began the cause of n￭ d￭ ph is unknown and it may have more than one eti￭ ology n￭ d￭ ph onset is commonly associated with an infection or flu like illness stressful life event minor head trauma and extra cran￭ ial surgery infection or flu like illness and stressful life event are most often cited the path￭ op￭ hy￭ si￭ ology of n￭ d￭ ph is poorly understood the syndrome is difficult to treat and may persist for years the age of onset ranges from 6 to greater than 70 years old with a mean of 35 years it is found to be more common in females in both the adult and pedi￭ atric populations n￭ d￭ ph is rare the ak￭ er￭ sh￭ us study of chronic headache a population based cross sectional study of 30 000 persons aged 30 – 44 years in norway found a one year prevalence of 0 03 percent in the population in 1986 van￭ ast was the first author to describe the new daily persistent headache n￭ d￭ ph as a benign form of chronic daily headache cd￭ h the criteria for the diagnosis of n￭ d￭ ph were proposed in 1994 the sil￭ ber￭ stein – li￭ pton criteria but not included in the international classification of headache disorders ic￭ hd until 2004
new neo diaspora is a revival or a build upon the standard meaning of diaspora in the sense that it is focused on the cultural economic political and social causes driving it as well as analy￭ zing the multi￭ loc￭ ality and self consciousness developed by the social group this concept also analy￭ zes the ties within diaspora communities to their native lands which are expressed through strong political and cultural participation in their ance￭ str￭ al lands other significant qualities of new neo dias￭ por￭ as are the thoughts of return to their native land relationships with other communities in the diaspora and lack of full assimilation to the host country
the reconstruction con￭ jec￭ ture of stan￭ is￭ law ul￭ am is one of the best known open problems in graph theory using the terminology of frank har￭ ary it can be stated as follows if g and h are two graphs on at least three ver￭ tices and ƒ is a bi￭ jec￭ tion from v g to v h such that g v and h ƒ v are isom￭ orph￭ ic for all ver￭ tices v in v g then g and h are isom￭ orph￭ ic in 1964 har￭ ary extended the reconstruction con￭ jec￭ ture to directed graphs on at least five ver￭ tices as the so called di￭ graph reconstruction con￭ jec￭ ture many results supporting the di￭ graph reconstruction con￭ jec￭ ture appeared between 1964 and 1976 however this con￭ jec￭ ture was proved to be false when p k stock￭ me￭ yer discovered several infinite families of counter￭ example pairs of di￭ graphs including tournam￭ ents of arbitrarily large order the fal￭ s￭ ity of the di￭ graph reconstruction con￭ jec￭ ture caused doubt about the reconstruction con￭ jec￭ ture itself stock￭ me￭ yer even observed that “ perhaps the considerable effort being spent in attempts to prove the reconstruction con￭ jec￭ ture should be balanced by more serious attempts to construct counter￭ examples ” in 1979 ram￭ ach￭ andr￭ an revived the di￭ graph reconstruction con￭ jec￭ ture in a slightly weaker form called the new di￭ graph reconstruction con￭ jec￭ ture in a di￭ graph the number of ar￭ cs incident from respectively to a ver￭ tex v is called the out￭ degree inde￭ gree of v and is den￭ oted by od v respectively id v the new di￭ graph con￭ jec￭ ture may be stated as follows if d and e are any two di￭ graphs and ƒ is a bi￭ jec￭ tion from v d to v e such that d v and e ƒ v are isom￭ orph￭ ic and od v id v od ƒ v id ƒ v for all v in v d then d and e are isom￭ orph￭ ic the new di￭ graph reconstruction con￭ jec￭ ture reduces to the reconstruction con￭ jec￭ ture in the un￭ directed case because if all the ver￭ tex deleted sub￭ graphs of two graphs are isom￭ orph￭ ic then the corresponding ver￭ tices must have the same degree thus the new di￭ graph reconstruction con￭ jec￭ ture is stronger than the reconstruction con￭ jec￭ ture but weaker than the dis￭ proved di￭ graph reconstruction con￭ jec￭ ture several families of di￭ graphs have been shown to satisfy the new di￭ graph reconstruction con￭ jec￭ ture and these include all the di￭ graphs in the known counter￭ example pairs to the di￭ graph reconstruction con￭ jec￭ ture as of 2014 no counter￭ example to the new di￭ graph reconstruction con￭ jec￭ ture is known
a new trial or re￭ trial is a recurrence of a court case depending on the rules of the jurisdiction a new trial may occur if a jury is unable to reach a verdict see hung jury a trial court grants a party s motion for a new trial usually on the grounds of a legal defect in the original trial or an appell￭ ate court rever￭ ses a judgment under circumstances requiring that the case be tried again in some types of cases for example if the original trial court was not a court of record or in some legal systems if the losing party to a case appeals then the appell￭ ate court itself will hold a new trial known as a trial de novo in the united states if a defendant is acquitted of a crime the fifth amendment generally prohibits a re￭ trial thus with few exceptions a re￭ trial only can occur if the verdict in the first trial was guilty or if there was no verdict in other legal systems the rules may be different
newcastle disease is a contagious bird disease affecting many domestic and wild avian species it is transmissible to humans it was first identified in j￭ ava indonesia in 19￭ 26 and in 19￭ 27 in newcastle upon ty￭ ne england wh￭ ence it got its name however it may have been prevalent as early as 1898 when a disease wiped out all the domestic fowl in northwest scotland its effects are most notable in domestic poultry due to their high suscep￭ tibility and the potential for severe impacts of an epizootic on the poultry industries it is endemic to many countries exposure of humans to infected birds for example in poultry processing plants can cause mild con￭ junc￭ ti￭ vi￭ tis and influenza like symptoms but the newcastle disease virus n￭ d￭ v otherwise poses no hazard to human health interest in the use of n￭ d￭ v as an antic￭ an￭ cer agent has arisen from the ability of n￭ d￭ v to selectively kill human tum￭ our cells with limited toxicity to normal cells no treatment for n￭ d￭ v exists but the use of prophylactic vaccines and sanitary measures reduces the likelihood of outbreaks
the new￭ lyn riots were a major civil disturbance that occurred in new￭ lyn corn￭ wall uk on the three days beginning 18 may 18￭ 96 monday to wednesday it arose from the local fishery and the trade in fish
the newman – k￭ wart re￭ arrangement is a type of re￭ arrangement reaction in which the ar￭ yl group of an o ar￭ yl thi￭ o￭ carb￭ am￭ ate ar￭ oc s n￭ me 2 migr￭ ates from the oxygen atom to the sul￭ fur atom forming an s ar￭ yl thi￭ o￭ carb￭ am￭ ate ar￭ sc o n￭ me 2 the reaction is named after its discover￭ ers mel￭ vin spencer newman and harold k￭ wart the newman – k￭ wart re￭ arrangement is one of the most important ways of syn￭ thes￭ ising thi￭ op￭ hen￭ ols a phen￭ ol 1 is de￭ pro￭ ton￭ ated with a base such as d￭ ab￭ co or nah and reacted with a thi￭ o￭ carb￭ am￭ o￭ yl chloride 2 to form an o ar￭ yl thi￭ o￭ carb￭ am￭ ate 3 heating 3 to around 250 ° c causes it undergo newman – k￭ wart re￭ arrangement to an s ar￭ yl thi￭ o￭ carb￭ am￭ ate 4 al￭ kal￭ ine hydro￭ lysis or similar cle￭ av￭ age yields a thi￭ op￭ hen￭ ol 5
the newton – pep￭ ys problem is a probability problem concerning the probability of throwing six￭ es from a certain number of dice in 16￭ 93 samuel pep￭ ys and isa￭ ac newton correspon￭ ded over a problem posed by pep￭ ys in relation to a wager he planned to make the problem was which of the following three pro￭ positions has the greatest chance of success a six fair dice are tos￭ sed independently and at least one “ 6 ” appears b twelve fair dice are tos￭ sed independently and at least two “ 6 ” s appear c eighteen fair dice are tos￭ sed independently and at least three “ 6 ” s appear pep￭ ys initially thought that outcome c had the highest probability but newton correctly concluded that outcome a actually has the highest probability
ne￭ zel￭ of syndrome also known as th￭ ym￭ ic dys￭ pl￭ asia with normal immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ul￭ ins is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive con￭ genital immun￭ o￭ deficiency condition due to underdevelopment of the th￭ ym￭ us an association with cd 44 has been proposed the defect is a type of pur￭ ine nucle￭ o￭ side phosphor￭ yl￭ ase deficiency with inactive phosphor￭ yl￭ ase this results in an accumulation of de￭ ox￭ y g￭ tp which inhi￭ bits ri￭ bon￭ uc￭ le￭ o￭ tide reduc￭ t￭ ase ri￭ bon￭ uc￭ le￭ o￭ tide reduc￭ t￭ ase cataly￭ zes the formation of de￭ oxy￭ ri￭ bon￭ uc￭ le￭ o￭ ti￭ des from ri￭ bon￭ uc￭ le￭ o￭ ti￭ des thus dna replic￭ ation is inhi￭ bited and cells cannot replic￭ ate
the nia effect is consumer behavior effect used in bran￭ ding and states that consumers prefer shortened brand names over long ones and also tend to trim long brand names into short ones themselves
the nicholas reaction is an organic reaction where a di￭ co￭ bal￭ t oc￭ tac￭ ar￭ bon￭ yl stabilized pro￭ par￭ g￭ yl￭ ic c￭ ation is reacted with a nucle￭ ophi￭ le oxid￭ ative dem￭ et￭ all￭ ation gives the desired al￭ k￭ yl￭ ated al￭ ky￭ ne the nicholas reaction several reviews have been published
a nick is a dis￭ continuity in a double stranded dna mol￭ ecu￭ le where there is no phosp￭ ho￭ di￭ ester bond between adjacent nucle￭ o￭ ti￭ des of one strand typically through damage or enzyme action nic￭ ks allow for the much needed release of tor￭ sion in the strand during dna replic￭ ation nic￭ ks are also thought to play a role in the dna mis￭ match repair mechanisms that fix errors on both the leading and lagging daughter strands
nicol￭ aides – bar￭ ait￭ ser syndrome nc￭ br￭ s is a rare genetic condition caused by de novo mis￭ sense mutations in the smar￭ ca 2 gene and has only been reported in less than 100 cases worldwide nc￭ br￭ s is a distinct condition and well recogniz￭ able once the symptoms have been identified
nicol￭ au – bal￭ us syndrome is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by syr￭ ing￭ om￭ as and mi￭ lia
nicotine dependence is a state of dependence upon nicotine there are different ways of measuring nicotine dependence some nicotine dependence assessments focus on key physical dependence outcomes like the development of tolerance which allows people to smoke heavily other assessments ask about psycho￭ social outcomes or underlying mechanisms of dependence these different assessments either characterize dependence as a continuous construct or use cut offs to diagnose whether someone is or is not dependent nicotine dependence is especially a concern among some populations such as those with co occurring mental illness there are evidence based nicotine dependence treatments that include both medication and psycho￭ social interventions that can significantly increase a smo￭ ker ’ s chances of qu￭ itting successfully
nicotine poisoning describes the symptoms of the toxic effects of nicotine following ing￭ estion inhal￭ ation or skin contact nicotine poisoning can potentially be deadly though serious or fatal over￭ doses are rare historically most cases of nicotine poisoning have been the result of use of nicotine as an insectic￭ ide more recent cases of poisoning typically appear to be in the form of green tobacco sickness or due to accidental ing￭ estion of tobacco or tobacco products or consumption of nicotine containing plants the estimated lower limit of a lethal dose of nicotine has been reported as between 500 and 1000 mg children may become ill following ing￭ estion of one cigarette ing￭ estion of more than this may cause a child to become severely ill the nicotine in the e liquid of an electronic cigarette can be hazardous to infants and children through accidental ing￭ estion or skin contact in some cases children have become poisoned by topical medicinal cre￭ ams which contain nicotine people who harvest or cultivate tobacco may experience green tobacco sickness g￭ ts a type of nicotine poisoning caused by skin contact with wet tobacco leaves this occurs most commonly in young inexperienced tobacco harvest￭ ers who do not consume tobacco
nicotine withdrawal is a group of symptoms that occur in the first few weeks upon the abrupt dis￭ continuation or decrease in intake of nicotine symptoms include cr￭ av￭ ings for nicotine anger irrit￭ ability anxiety depression impati￭ ence trouble sleeping rest￭ lessness hunger or weight gain and difficulty concentrating a quit smoking program may improve one ’ s chance for success in qu￭ itting nicotine nicotine withdrawal is recognized in both the american psychiatric association diagnostic and statistical manual and the who international classification of diseases
n￭ id￭ aman￭ ur￭ u is an out growth to vi￭ j￭ ay￭ aw￭ ada in kr￭ ish￭ na district of the indian state of and￭ h￭ ra pradesh it forms a part of vi￭ j￭ ay￭ aw￭ ada urban agglomer￭ ation and is located in vi￭ j￭ ay￭ aw￭ ada rural man￭ dal of vi￭ j￭ ay￭ aw￭ ada revenue division
ni￭ emann – pick disease ni￭ ː￭ m￭ ə￭ n￭ ˈ￭ p￭ ɪ￭ k nee m￭ ə￭ n pi￭ k is a group of inherited severe metabol￭ ic disorders in which sp￭ h￭ ing￭ om￭ yel￭ in accumul￭ ates in ly￭ so￭ som￭ es in cells the ly￭ so￭ som￭ es normally transport material through and out of the cell the prog￭ no￭ sis is individual but the severe form is fatal in to￭ dd￭ ler￭ hood and in some cases patients with the mil￭ der forms may have normal lif￭ esp￭ ans this disease involves dysfunctional metabol￭ ism of sp￭ hin￭ go￭ li￭ pi￭ ds which are fats found in cell memb￭ ran￭ es so it is a kind of sp￭ hin￭ go￭ li￭ pi￭ do￭ sis sp￭ hin￭ go￭ li￭ pi￭ doses in turn are included in the larger family of ly￭ so￭ som￭ al storage diseases
ni￭ emann – pick disease s￭ mp￭ d 1 associated refers to two different types of ni￭ emann – pick disease which are associated with the s￭ mp￭ d 1 gene there are approximately 1 200 cases of n￭ pa and n￭ pb worldwide with the majority of cases being type b or an intermediate form descriptions of type e and type f have been published but they are not well characterized and are currently classified under type b
ni￭ emann – pick type c is a ly￭ so￭ som￭ al storage disease associated with mutations in n￭ pc 1 and n￭ pc 2 genes ni￭ emann – pick type c affects an estimated 1 150 000 people approximately 50 of cases present before 10 years of age but manifestations may first be recognized as late as the sixth decade
the ni￭ em￭ ent￭ owski quin￭ az￭ oline synthesis is the chemical reaction of anth￭ ran￭ il￭ ic acids with am￭ ides to form 4 ox￭ o 3 4 di￭ hydro￭ quin￭ az￭ ol￭ ines 3 h quin￭ az￭ olin 4 ones the ni￭ em￭ ent￭ owski quin￭ az￭ oline synthesis
the ni￭ em￭ ent￭ owski quin￭ oline synthesis is the chemical reaction of anth￭ ran￭ il￭ ic acids and ke￭ tones or alde￭ hy￭ des to form γ hydroxy￭ quin￭ oline derivatives the ni￭ em￭ ent￭ owski quin￭ oline synthesis
the ni￭ er￭ en￭ stein reaction is an organic reaction describing the conversion of an acid chloride into an halo￭ ke￭ tone with di￭ az￭ omethane it is an insertion reaction in that the meth￭ ylene group from the di￭ az￭ omethane is inserted into the carbon chlorine bond of the acid chloride the ni￭ er￭ en￭ stein reaction
the night tube is a service pattern on the london underground system which provides night￭ time services to travellers on friday and saturday nights it commenced on the central and victoria lines on 19 august 2016 the ju￭ bi￭ lee line on 7 october 2016 and is planned to commence on the northern line on 18 november 2016 with the pic￭ cad￭ illy line to follow later in the year it was due to start in september 2015 but was delayed due to strike action
night eating syndrome nes is an eating disorder characterized by a delayed cir￭ c￭ adi￭ an pattern of food intake although there is some degree of com￭ or￭ bi￭ dity with binge eating disorder it differs from binge eating in that the amount of food consumed in the evening night is not necessarily objectively large nor is a loss of control over food intake required it was originally described by dr albert stun￭ k￭ ard in 1955 and is currently included in the other specified feeding or eating disorder category of the dsm 5 research diagnostic criteria have been proposed and include evening hyper￭ p￭ ha￭ gia consumption of 25 or more of the total daily cal￭ ories after the evening meal and or no￭ c￭ tur￭ nal awakening and ing￭ estion of food two or more times per week the person must have awareness of the night eating to differentiate it from the paras￭ om￭ nia sleep related eating disorder s￭ red three of five associated symptoms must also be present lack of appetite in the morning urges to eat in the evening at night belief that one must eat in order to fall back to sleep at night depressed mood and or difficulty sleeping nes affects both men and women between 1 and 2 of the general population and approximately 10 of ob￭ ese individuals the age of onset is typically in early adul￭ thood sp￭ anning from late teenage years to late tw￭ en￭ ties and is often long lasting with children rarely reporting nes people with nes have been shown to have higher scores for depression and low self esteem and it has been demonstrated that no￭ c￭ tur￭ nal levels of the hormones mel￭ at￭ on￭ in and le￭ p￭ tin are decreased the relationship between nes and the paras￭ om￭ nia s￭ red is in need of further clarification there is debate as to whether these should be viewed as separate diseases or part of a continu￭ um consuming foods containing sero￭ ton￭ in has been suggested to aid in the treatment of nes but other research indicates that diet by itself cannot appreciably raise sero￭ ton￭ in levels in the brain a few foods for example bananas contain sero￭ ton￭ in but they do not affect brain sero￭ ton￭ in levels and various foods contain try￭ pt￭ oph￭ an but the extent to which they affect brain sero￭ ton￭ in levels must be further explored scientifically before conclusions can be drawn and the idea common in popular culture that a high protein food such as turkey will raise brain try￭ pt￭ oph￭ an and sero￭ ton￭ in is unfortunately false
night terror also known as sleep terror is a sleep disorder causing feelings of terror or dre￭ ad and typically occurs during the first hours of stage 3 4 non rapid eye movement n￭ rem sleep night terr￭ ors tend to happen during periods of ar￭ ous￭ al from delta sleep also known as slow wave sleep during the first half of a sleep cycle delta sleep occurs most often which indicates that people with more delta sleep activity are more prone to night terr￭ ors however they can also occur during day￭ time n￭ aps night terr￭ ors have been known since ancient times although it was impossible to differentiate them from nightmares until rapid eye movement was discovered while nightmares bad dreams that cause feelings of horror or fear are relatively common during childhood night terr￭ ors occur less frequently according to the american academy of child and adoles￭ cent psychiatry the prevalence of sleep terror episodes has been estimated at 1 – 6 among children and at less than 1 of adults night terr￭ ors can often be mistaken for confu￭ sional ar￭ ous￭ al sleep terr￭ ors begin in children between the ages of 3 and 12 and usually dissip￭ ate during adoles￭ cence in adults they most commonly occur between the ages of 20 to 30 though the frequency and severity vary between individuals the episodes can occur in intervals of days or weeks but can also occur over consecutive nights or multiple times in one night night terr￭ ors are a largely unknown phenomenon this has created a situation in which any type of no￭ c￭ tur￭ nal attack or nightmare may be confused with and reported as a night terror
night vision is the ability to see in low light conditions whether by biological or technological means night vision is made possible by a combination of two approaches sufficient spectr￭ al range and sufficient intensity range humans have poor night vision compared to many animals in part because the human eye lacks a ta￭ pe￭ tum luci￭ dum
a nightmare also called a bad dream is an unpleasant dream that can cause a strong emotional response from the mind typically fear but also despair anxiety and great sadness the dream may contain situations of discomfort psychological or physical terror sufferers often awaken in a state of distress and may be unable to return to sleep for a small period nightmares can have physical causes such as sleeping in an uncomfortable or awkward position having a fever or psychological causes such as stress anxiety and as a side effect of various drugs eating before going to sleep which triggers an increase in the body s metabol￭ ism and brain activity is a potential stimulus for nightmares recurrent nightmares may require medical help as they can interfere with sleeping patterns and cause in￭ som￭ nia
nightmare disorder also known as dream anxiety disorder is a sleep disorder characterized by frequent nightmares the nightmares which often portray the individual in a situation that jeopardi￭ zes their life or personal safety usually occur during the rem stages of sleep though such nightmares occur within many people those with nightmare disorder experience them with a greater frequency the disorder s dsm iv number is 307 47
ni￭ ig￭ ata min￭ am￭ ata disease 新￭ 潟￭ 水￭ 俣￭ 病 ni￭ ig￭ ata min￭ am￭ ata by￭ ō is a neuro￭ logical syndrome caused by severe mercury poisoning identical in symptoms to the original outbreak of min￭ am￭ ata disease in kum￭ am￭ oto pref￭ ecture the second outbreak in ni￭ ig￭ ata pref￭ ecture was confirmed with the same name in 1965 the disease was caused by severe mercury poisoning the source of which was meth￭ yl￭ mercury released in the wastewater from mercury sul￭ fate cataly￭ sed ace￭ tal￭ de￭ hyde production at the sho￭ wa electrical company s chemical plant in kan￭ ose village this highly toxic compound was released untreated into the ag￭ ano river where it bio￭ accumulated up the food chain contam￭ inating fish which when eaten by local people caused symptoms including at￭ ax￭ ia num￭ b￭ ness in the hands and feet general muscle weakness narrowing of the field of vision and damage to hearing and speech 690 people from the ag￭ ano river basin have been certified as patients of ni￭ ig￭ ata min￭ am￭ ata disease since the ni￭ ig￭ ata outbreak was the second recorded in japan and occurred in the lower ag￭ ano river basin it is sometimes called second min￭ am￭ ata disease 第￭ 二￭ 水￭ 俣￭ 病 d￭ ai ni min￭ am￭ ata by￭ ō or ag￭ ano river organic mercury poisoning 阿￭ 賀￭ 野￭ 川￭ 有￭ 機￭ 水￭ 銀￭ 中￭ 毒 ag￭ ano g￭ awa y￭ ū￭ ki su￭ i￭ gin ch￭ ū￭ do￭ ku it is one of the four big pollution diseases of japan
ni￭ j￭ me￭ gen break￭ age syndrome n￭ bs also known as berlin break￭ age syndrome at￭ ax￭ ia tel￭ an￭ gi￭ ec￭ ta￭ sia variant 1 at v 1 and seem￭ an￭ ova syndrome is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive con￭ genital disorder causing chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al instability probably as a result of a defect in the double hol￭ li￭ day junction dna repair mechanism and or the synthesis dependent strand an￭ ne￭ aling mechanism for repairing double strand breaks in dna see homo￭ log￭ ous re￭ combination n￭ bs 1 codes for a protein that has two major functions 1 to stop the cell cycle in the s phase when there are errors in the cell dna 2 to interact with fan￭ cd 2 that can activate the brca 1 brca 2 path￭ way of dna repair this explains why mutations in the n￭ bs 1 gene lead to higher levels of cancer see fan￭ coni an￭ emia cock￭ ay￭ ne syndrome the name derives from the dutch city ni￭ j￭ me￭ gen where the condition was first described most people with n￭ bs have west sla￭ vic origins the largest number of them live in poland
the nineteenth dynasty of ancient egypt not￭ ated dynasty x￭ ix was one of the periods of the egyptian new kingdom founded by vi￭ zi￭ er ram￭ esses i whom pharaoh ho￭ rem￭ he￭ b chose as his successor to the throne this dynasty is best known for its military conqu￭ ests in can￭ aan the warrior kings of the early 18 th dynasty had encountered only little resistance from neighbouring king￭ doms allowing them to expand their realm of influence easily the situation had changed radically towards the end of the 18 th dynasty the hit￭ ti￭ tes gradually extended their influence into syria and can￭ aan to become a major power in international politics a power that both se￭ ti i and his son ram￭ esses ii would need to deal with
n￭ int￭ endo thumb also known as gam￭ er s grip n￭ int￭ end￭ initi￭ s and similar names is a video game related health problem classified as a form of repeti￭ tive strain injury r￭ si the symptoms are the bl￭ is￭ tering par￭ a￭ esthesia and sw￭ elling of the thum￭ bs mainly through use of the d pad though any finger can be affected this can lead to stress on tend￭ ons nerves and lig￭ aments in the hands and further onto lateral epi￭ con￭ dy￭ li￭ tis tennis el￭ bow tend￭ initi￭ s bur￭ si￭ tis and car￭ pal tunnel syndrome c￭ ts some of the symptoms are described under trigger finger originally known in a video gaming context as leather thumb this condition was known to occur frequently among users of 2 nd generation video game cons￭ oles such as the intel￭ li￭ vision or the at￭ ari 26￭ 00 in the late 1970 s and early 1980 s the condition was first highlighted when the n￭ int￭ endo games cons￭ oles were released leading to reported cases of r￭ si primarily in children being one of the primary audiences of early generation vide￭ og￭ ames later the controllers for the s￭ ony play￭ station and play￭ station 2 were noted as causing the condition however due to the shape size and extended use of game controllers it is not limited to just those specific ones and can occur in users of any gam￭ ep￭ ad or jo￭ ys￭ tick similar problems have also been observed with the use of mobile phones and text messaging in particular see black￭ berry thumb
a nip￭ ple aden￭ oma is a rare benign tum￭ our of the breast the condition may also be known as flori￭ d pap￭ il￭ lo￭ mat￭ osis of the nip￭ ple flori￭ d aden￭ om￭ at￭ osis sub￭ are￭ ol￭ ar duc￭ t pap￭ il￭ lo￭ mat￭ osis ero￭ sive aden￭ om￭ at￭ osis
nip￭ ple discharge is the release of fluid from the nip￭ ples of the breasts although it is considered normal in a wide variety of circumstances it is the third major reason involving the breasts for which women seek medical attention after breast lum￭ ps and breast pain it is also known to occur in adoles￭ cent boys and girls going through pu￭ ber￭ ty
in sharia islamic law ni￭ ṣ￭ ā￭ b ن￭ ِ￭ ص￭ ا￭ ب is the minimum amount for a muslim net worth to be oblig￭ ated to give zak￭ at several h￭ adi￭ th have formulas for calculating ni￭ ṣ￭ ā￭ b the most prominent of which declares that no zak￭ ā￭ t is due on wealth until one year passes zak￭ at is determined based on the amount of wealth acquired the greater one s assets the greater the tax unlike income tax in secular states ni￭ ṣ￭ ā￭ b is not subject to special exemptions in islam ni￭ ṣ￭ ā￭ b is 20 din￭ ā￭ rs for gold and 200 dir￭ ḥ￭ ams for silver the din￭ ā￭ r is a gold coin weighing one mi￭ th￭ q￭ al 4 25 grams and the dir￭ ḥ￭ am is a silver coin weighing 0 7 mi￭ th￭ q￭ al 2 975 grams the ni￭ ṣ￭ ā￭ b is applicable to the cumulative stock of din￭ ā￭ rs dir￭ ḥ￭ am and any other zak￭ atable valu￭ ables such as merchandise that has been in store for at least one year as long as the total value of the zak￭ atable valu￭ ables exceeds the value of the ni￭ ṣ￭ ā￭ b zak￭ at must be paid
the henry reaction also referred to as the nit￭ ro al￭ do￭ l reaction is a classic carbon – carbon bond formation reaction in organic chemistry discovered in 18￭ 95 by the belgian chem￭ ist louis henry 18￭ 34 19￭ 13 it is the combination of a nitro￭ al￭ kane and an alde￭ hyde or ke￭ tone in the presence of a base to form β nit￭ ro alcohol￭ s this type of reaction is commonly referred to as a nit￭ ro al￭ do￭ l reaction nitro￭ al￭ kane alde￭ hyde and alcohol it is nearly analogous to the al￭ do￭ l reaction that had been discovered 23 years prior that couples two carbon￭ yl compounds to form β hydro￭ xy carbon￭ yl compounds known as al￭ d￭ ols alde￭ hyde and alcohol the henry reaction is a useful technique in the area of organic chemistry due to the synthetic utility of its corresponding products as they can be easily converted to other useful synthetic intermedi￭ ates these conversions include subsequent dehydr￭ ation to yield nitro￭ al￭ ken￭ es oxid￭ ation of the secondary alcohol to yield α nit￭ ro ke￭ tones or reduction of the nit￭ ro group to yield β amino alcohol￭ s henry reaction synthetic scheme many of these uses have been exemplified in the syn￭ theses of various pharmaceuticals including the β bloc￭ ker s pro￭ pr￭ ano￭ lo￭ l the hiv prote￭ ase inhi￭ bit￭ or am￭ pre￭ navi￭ r ver￭ tex 478 and construction of the carbo￭ hydrate sub￭ unit of the anth￭ rac￭ ycl￭ ine class of antibiotics l a￭ co￭ sam￭ ine the synthetic scheme of the l a￭ co￭ sam￭ ine synthesis can be found in the examples section of this article
narco￭ sis while diving also known as nitrogen narco￭ sis inert gas narco￭ sis rap￭ tures of the deep mar￭ tini effect is a reversible alteration in consciousness that occurs while diving at depth it is caused by the an￭ esthetic effect of certain gases at high pressure the greek word ν￭ αρ￭ κ￭ ω￭ σ￭ ις narco￭ sis is derived from nar￭ ke temporary decline or loss of senses and movement num￭ b￭ ness a term used by homer and hippo￭ crates narco￭ sis produces a state similar to drun￭ ken￭ ness alcohol in￭ tox￭ ication or nit￭ rous oxide inhal￭ ation it can occur during shallow dives but does not usually become noticeable at depths less than 30 meters 100 ft except for heli￭ um and probably ne￭ on all gases that can be breath￭ ed have a narcotic effect although widely varying in degree the effect is consistently greater for gases with a higher lip￭ id solu￭ bility and there is good evidence that the two properties are mechanis￭ tically related as depth increases the mental impairment may become hazardous di￭ vers can learn to cope with some of the effects of narco￭ sis but it is impossible to develop a tolerance narco￭ sis affects all di￭ vers although suscep￭ tibility varies widely from dive to dive and between individuals narco￭ sis may be completely reversed in a few minutes by asc￭ ending to a sh￭ allow￭ er depth with no long term effects thus narco￭ sis while diving in open water rarely develops into a serious problem as long as the di￭ vers are aware of its symptoms and are able to asc￭ end to manage it diving beyond 40 m 130 ft is generally considered outside the scope of recreational diving below these depths as narco￭ sis and oxygen toxicity become critical risk factors specialist training is required in the use of various heli￭ um containing gas mixtures such as trim￭ ix or heli￭ ox these mixtures prevent narco￭ sis by replacing some of the breathing gas with non narcotic heli￭ um
the nixon inver￭ t was a repu￭ ted inver￭ t error of the richard nixon memorial postage stamp issued by the united states in 1995 originally reported in january 1996 it drew considerable attention that year but in december a printing plant employee was arrested on charges of having stolen the mis￭ printed stamps from the plant where he worked meaning that instead of a legitimate error they were worthless printer s waste the first public notice of the inver￭ t came in the form of an announcement by christi￭ e s that they planned to auction a single copy of the inver￭ t on february 1 estimating its value at 8 000 10 000 christi￭ e s did not supply the name of the consignor a common practice but did say that the stamp was one of 160 the appearance of the stamp was that the portrait of nixon was upside down and shifted so that it was split across the usa 32 ins￭ cription was at the bottom and also inver￭ ted leaving only the int￭ ag￭ lio richard nixon ins￭ cription in its correct orientation and position this was possible because the stamp was actually printed in two steps first the portrait and denomination combination was printed by bar￭ ton press on a heid￭ el￭ berg six color sheet fed offset press then the stamps were sent to the bank note corporation of america s b￭ ca plant in suffer￭ n new york where the int￭ ag￭ lio ins￭ cription was applied using a gi￭ ori press b￭ ca also per￭ for￭ ated and finished the stamps the claim of 160 stamps and the lack of information on the discovery immediately generated both interest and skepticism to be a valid error the stamps must have been sold to a postal customer until that point they are simply government property by comparison the story of the inver￭ ted jenny discovery was known in minute detail and verified by multiple persons in addition it was unclear to phil￭ at￭ el￭ ic experts how 160 were possible given what they knew about size and handling of sheets of stamps christi￭ e s auc￭ tioned off the one stamp to an unknown collector for 14 500 thus setting a market price two days previously dealer dana o￭ key of san diego had purchased 141 of the in￭ verts from christi￭ e s and by april was selling them for 12 500 character￭ izing response as awesome on december 12 cl￭ aren￭ ce robert ro￭ bie a former cutting machine operator at b￭ ca s suffer￭ n plant was charged with theft of the 160 stamps he was also charged with having transported them to new york and having sold 120 to a brooklyn dealer for 60 000 in june and the remaining 40 in august to a different dealer neither dealer was charged apparently being unaware of the theft it turned out that the nature of the mis￭ print was such that of the original 200 stamp sheets grouped into four 50 stamp pan￭ es 10 stamps on the edge of each pan￭ e did not receive the int￭ ag￭ lio ins￭ cription and thus appeared as printing shifts rather than as in￭ verts
n￭ jol￭ st￭ ad syndrome is a cu￭ taneous condition that combines lymp￭ he￭ dem￭ a of the limbs and face with con￭ genital pul￭ mon￭ ary lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ ec￭ ta￭ si￭ as
a no call no show is an absence from the workforce without notifying the employer this form of absence is generally deemed in￭ consider￭ ate and un￭ professional
no ref￭ low phenomenon is the failure of blood to re￭ perf￭ use an is￭ chem￭ ic area after the physical obstruction has been removed or by￭ passed it may be associated with micro￭ vascular damage
no￭ cardi￭ osis is an infectious disease affecting either the lungs pul￭ mon￭ ary no￭ cardi￭ osis or the whole body systemic no￭ cardi￭ osis it is due to infection by bacter￭ ium of the genus no￭ car￭ dia most commonly no￭ car￭ dia astero￭ ides or no￭ car￭ dia bra￭ sili￭ ensis it is most common in men especially those with a weakened immune system in patients with brain infection mortality exceeds 80 in other forms mortality is 50 even with appropriate therapy it is one of several conditions that have been called the great im￭ it￭ ator cu￭ taneous no￭ cardi￭ osis commonly occurs in immun￭ o￭ competent hosts
no￭ c￭ tur￭ nal en￭ u￭ res￭ is also called bed￭ we￭ tting is involuntary ur￭ ination while asleep after the age at which blad￭ der control usually occurs no￭ c￭ tur￭ nal en￭ u￭ res￭ is is considered primary p￭ ne when a child has not yet had a prolonged period of being dry secondary no￭ c￭ tur￭ nal en￭ u￭ res￭ is sne is when a child or adult begins we￭ tting again after having stayed dry most bed￭ we￭ tting is a developmental delay — not an emotional problem or physical illness only a small percentage 5 to 10 of bed￭ we￭ tting cases are caused by specific medical situations bed￭ we￭ tting is frequently associated with a family history of the condition treatments range from behavioral based options such as bed￭ we￭ tting alarms to medication such as hormone replacement and even surgery such as u￭ re￭ th￭ ral enlargement since most bed￭ we￭ tting is simply a developmental delay most treatment plans aim to protect or improve self esteem bed￭ we￭ tting children and adults can suffer emotional stress or psychological injury if they feel sh￭ amed by the condition treatment guidelines recommend that the physician counsel the parents warning about psychological damage caused by pressure sh￭ aming or punishment for a condition children cannot control bed￭ we￭ tting is the most common childhood complaint most girls stay dry by age six and most boys stay dry by age seven by ten years old 95 of children are dry at night studies place adult bed￭ we￭ tting rates at between 0 5 and 2 3
no￭ c￭ tur￭ nal epi￭ le￭ psy is a seizure disorder in which seizures occur only while sleeping several common forms of epi￭ le￭ psy including frontal lo￭ be epi￭ le￭ psy can manifest in a no￭ c￭ tur￭ nal state epi￭ le￭ psy can be no￭ c￭ tur￭ nal if the form of epi￭ le￭ psy triggers seizures only while one is asleep or if one normally has seizures that occur at that time in the latter example if the subject stays awake at a time when he is normally sleeping the subject may have the seizure while awake noting this it is important for the subject to maintain a proper sleeping cycle diverting from proper sleep patterns can trigger more frequent epi￭ le￭ ptic symptoms in people who are diagnosed with no￭ c￭ tur￭ nal epi￭ le￭ psy and as mentioned before even while awake
no￭ c￭ tur￭ nal sleep related eating disorder n￭ s￭ red also known as sleep related eating disorder s￭ red sleep eating or som￭ nam￭ bul￭ istic eating is a combination of a paras￭ om￭ nia and an eating disorder it is described as being in a specific category within som￭ nam￭ bul￭ ism or a state of sleep￭ walking that includes behaviors connected to a person ’ s conscious wishes or wants thus many times n￭ s￭ red is a person ’ s fulfilling of their conscious wants that they suppress however this disorder is difficult to distinguish from other similar types of disorders n￭ s￭ red is closely related to night eating syndrome nes except for the fact that those suffering from nes are completely awake and aware of their eating and b￭ ing￭ eing at night while those suffering from n￭ s￭ red are sleeping and unaware of what they are doing nes is primarily considered an eating disorder while n￭ s￭ red is primarily considered a paras￭ om￭ nia however both are a combination of paras￭ om￭ nia and eating disorders since those suffering from nes usually have in￭ som￭ nia or difficulty sleeping and those suffering from n￭ s￭ red experience symptoms similar to binge eating some even argue over whether nes and n￭ s￭ red are the same or distinct disorders even though there have been debates over these two disorders specialists have examined them to try to determine the differences dr j win￭ kel￭ man noted several features of the two disorders that were similar but he gave one important factor that make these disorders different in his article sleep related eating disorder and night eating syndrome sleep disorders eating disorders or both dr win￭ kel￭ man said “ both disorders involve nearly nigh￭ tly b￭ inging at multiple no￭ c￭ tur￭ nal awak￭ enings defined as excess cal￭ orie intake or loss of control over consumption ” he also reported that both disorders have a common occurrence of approximately one to five percent of adults have been predominantly found in women with a young adult onset have a chronic course have a primary morbi￭ dity of weight gain sleep disruption and shame over loss of control over food intake have famili￭ al bases and have been observed to have com￭ or￭ bid depression and day￭ time eating disorders however win￭ kel￭ man said “ the most prominent cited distinction between nes and s￭ red is the level of consciousness during night￭ time eating episodes ” therefore these two disorders are extremely similar with only one distinction between them this information provided by dr win￭ kel￭ man shows how doctors and psychologists have difficulty differentiating between nes and n￭ s￭ red but the distinction of a person ’ s level of consciousness is what doctors chiefly rely on to make a diagnosis one mistake that is often made is the mis￭ diagnosis of n￭ s￭ red for nes however even though n￭ s￭ red is not a commonly known and diagnosed disease many people suffer from it in differing ways while doctors work to find a treatment that works for everyone several studies have been done on n￭ s￭ red such as the one conducted by sch￭ en￭ k and ma￭ ho￭ wald these studies in turn provide the basic information on this disorder including the symptoms behaviors and possible treatments that doctors are using today
no￭ dal marginal zone b cell lymp￭ homa n￭ m￭ z￭ l is a form of marginal zone lymp￭ homa that can produce colonization of the fol￭ lic￭ les in the lymp￭ h no￭ de
no￭ dding disease or no￭ dding syndrome is a recent little known disease which emerged in sudan in the 1960 s it is a mentally and physically disab￭ ling disease that only affects children typically between the ages of 5 and 15 it is currently restricted to small regions in south sudan tanzania and northern uganda prior to the south sudan outbreaks and subsequent limited spread the disease was first described in 1962 existing in sec￭ lu￭ ded mountainous regions of tanzania although the connection between that disease and no￭ dding syndrome was only made recently
no￭ d￭ ular fas￭ ci￭ i￭ tis also known as no￭ d￭ ular pseu￭ do￭ sar￭ com￭ at￭ ous fas￭ ci￭ its pseu￭ do￭ sar￭ com￭ at￭ ous fas￭ ci￭ i￭ tis and sub￭ cu￭ taneous pseu￭ do￭ sar￭ com￭ at￭ ous fi￭ bro￭ mat￭ osis is a benign soft tissue le￭ sion most commonly found in the superficial fas￭ cia the le￭ sion commonly occurs in the first three decades of life upper extre￭ mi￭ ties and trunk are the most common affected anatom￭ ical sites previous history of trauma may be present clin￭ ically and his￭ to￭ logically no￭ d￭ ular fas￭ ci￭ i￭ tis may be mistaken for a sar￭ coma
no￭ d￭ ular lichen my￭ x￭ e￭ dem￭ ato￭ sus is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by multiple no￭ d￭ ules on the limbs and trunk with a mild or absent pap￭ ular component
no￭ d￭ ular lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ te predominant ho￭ dg￭ kin s lymp￭ homa n￭ l￭ ph￭ l is a form of lymp￭ homa some people no longer classified it as a form of classic ho￭ dg￭ kin s lymp￭ homa hl this is because the reed ster￭ n￭ berg cell r￭ sc variants pop￭ corn cells that characterize this form of the disease invariably express b lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ te mark￭ ers such as cd 20 thus making n￭ l￭ ph￭ l an unusual form of b cell lymp￭ homa and that unlike classic hl n￭ l￭ ph￭ l may progress to diffuse large b cell lymp￭ homa there are small but clear differences in prog￭ no￭ sis between the various forms lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ te predominant hl is an un￭ common subtype composed of vague no￭ d￭ ules of numerous reactive lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tes ad￭ mixed with large pop￭ corn shaped r￭ sc unlike classic r￭ sc the non classic pop￭ corn shaped rs cells of n￭ l￭ ph￭ l are cd 15 and cd 30 negative while positive for the b cell marker cd 20 the anti cd 20 mono￭ cl￭ onal anti￭ body rit￭ u￭ xim￭ ab has been used in lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ te predominant ho￭ dg￭ kin s lymp￭ homa with encouraging results b￭ cl 6 gene re￭ arrangements have been frequently observed
no￭ d￭ ular mel￭ anom￭ a nm is the most aggressive form of mel￭ anom￭ a it tends to grow more rapidly in thickness penetrate the skin than in diameter instead of arising from a pre existing mole it may appear in a spot where a le￭ sion did not previously exist since nm tends to grow in depth more quickly than it does in width and can occur in a place that did not have a previous le￭ sion the prog￭ no￭ sis is often worse because it takes longer for a person to be aware of the changes nm is most often dark￭ ly pi￭ gm￭ ented however some nm le￭ sions can be light brown multi￭ colored or even color￭ less non pi￭ gm￭ ented a light colored or non pi￭ gm￭ ented nm le￭ sion may escape detection because the appearance is not alarming however an ul￭ cer￭ ated and or bleeding le￭ sion is common poly￭ po￭ id mel￭ anom￭ a is a virulent variant of no￭ d￭ ular mel￭ anom￭ a the micro￭ scopic hall￭ marks are dom￭ e shaped at low power ep￭ id￭ er￭ mis thin or normal der￭ mal no￭ dule of mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tes with a pushing growth pattern no rad￭ ial growth phase
no￭ d￭ ular regener￭ ative hyper￭ pl￭ asia is a form of liver hyper￭ pl￭ asia associated with portal hyper￭ tension no￭ d￭ ular regener￭ ative hyper￭ pl￭ asia n￭ r￭ h is a rare liver condition characterized by a widespread benign transformation of the he￭ p￭ atic paren￭ ch￭ y￭ ma into small regener￭ ative no￭ d￭ ules n￭ r￭ h may lead to the development of non cir￭ rho￭ tic portal hyper￭ tension there are no published systematic population studies on n￭ r￭ h and our current knowledge is limited to case reports and case series n￭ r￭ h may develop via auto￭ immune hem￭ at￭ ological infectious ne￭ op￭ l￭ astic or drug related causes the disease is usually as￭ ymp￭ tomatic slowly or non progressive unless complications of portal hyper￭ tension develop accurate diagnosis is made by hist￭ opath￭ ology which demonstrates diffuse micro￭ no￭ d￭ ular transformation without fi￭ bro￭ us sep￭ ta lack of per￭ in￭ uc￭ lear coll￭ agen tissue distinguishes n￭ r￭ h from typical regener￭ ative no￭ d￭ ules in the cir￭ rho￭ tic liver while the initial treatment is to address the underlying disease ultimately the therapy is directed to the management of portal hyper￭ tension the prog￭ no￭ sis of n￭ r￭ h depends on both the severity of the underlying illness and the prevention of secondary complications of portal hyper￭ tension in this review we detail the epidemiology patho￭ genesis diagnosis management and prog￭ no￭ sis of n￭ r￭ h it can be a complic￭ ation of az￭ ath￭ iop￭ rine therapy
no￭ d￭ ular sclerosis or n￭ sh￭ l is a form of ho￭ dg￭ kin s lymp￭ homa that is the most common subtype of hl in developed countries it affects females slightly more than males and has a median age of onset at 28 years it is composed of large tumor no￭ d￭ ules with lac￭ un￭ ar reed – ster￭ n￭ berg cell rs cells surrounded by fi￭ bro￭ tic coll￭ agen bands the british national lymp￭ homa investigation further categ￭ orized n￭ sh￭ l based upon reed ster￭ n￭ berg cells into no￭ d￭ ular sclerosis type i ns i and no￭ d￭ ular sclerosis type ii ns ii with the first subtype responding better to treatment
no￭ d￭ ular vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis is a skin condition characterized by crops of small tender er￭ y￭ them￭ at￭ ous no￭ d￭ ules on the legs mostly on the calves and sh￭ ins mi￭ ro￭ sco￭ p￭ ically there are epi￭ the￭ li￭ o￭ id gran￭ ul￭ om￭ as and vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis in the sub￭ cu￭ taneous tissue making it a form of pan￭ icul￭ li￭ tis most of these cases are now thought to be manifestation of tuberculosis and indeed they respond well to anti tubercul￭ ous treatment
in medicine no￭ d￭ ules are solid elevated areas of tissue or fluid inside or under the skin with a diameter greater than 0 5 centi￭ meters no￭ d￭ ules may form on tend￭ ons and muscles in response to injury the vocal cords may also develop no￭ d￭ ules no￭ d￭ ules are normally benign and often pain￭ less although they can affect the functioning of the organ vocal fold no￭ d￭ ules thyro￭ id no￭ d￭ ules and r￭ heu￭ mato￭ id no￭ d￭ ules are examples fur￭ un￭ cles and ka￭ posi s sar￭ com￭ ae are known to cause der￭ mat￭ ological no￭ d￭ ules the sexual transmitted disease st￭ d gon￭ or￭ rhe￭ a is also known for its cause of no￭ d￭ ules on the gen￭ italia and mouth for those who are victim to the disease smaller less than 0 5 cm elevated soft tissue le￭ sions may be termed pap￭ ules
no￭ d￭ ules – e￭ o￭ sin￭ ophi￭ lia – r￭ heu￭ m￭ atism – der￭ mati￭ tis – sw￭ elling syndrome also known as ner￭ ds syndrome is a condition with similar clinical features to hyper￭ e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic syndrome
no￭ dul￭ osis – ar￭ thro￭ pa￭ thy – o￭ ste￭ ol￭ ysis syndrome is a cu￭ taneous condition that shares features with juvenile hy￭ al￭ ine fi￭ bro￭ mat￭ osis
noise induced hearing loss ni￭ hl is hearing impairment resulting from exposure to loud sound people may have a loss of perception of a narrow range of frequencies impaired cognitive perception of sound or other impairment including sensitivity to sound or ringing in the ears hearing may deteriorate gradually from chronic and repeated noise exposure such as loud music or background noise or suddenly from a short high intensity noise such as a gunshot or air￭ horn in both types loud sound over￭ stimulates delicate hearing cells leading to the permanent injury or death of the cells once lost hearing cannot be restored in humans when exposure to hazards such as noise occur at work and is associated with hearing loss it is referred to as occupational hearing loss there are a variety of prevention strategies available to avoid or reduce hearing loss if not prevented hearing loss can be managed through ass￭ is￭ tive devices and cognitive therapies prevention is the best defense against noise induced hearing loss the best first option for protecting hearing is lowering the volume of sound at its source secondly limiting the time of exposure to loud noise can reduce injury finally physical protection from the noise can reduce its impact government regulations are designed to limit occupational exposure to dangerously loud noise the largest burden of ni￭ hl has been through occupational exposures however noise induced hearing loss can also be due to unsafe recreational residential social and military service related noise exposures it is estimated that 15 of young people are exposed to sufficient leisure noises i e concer￭ ts sporting events daily activities personal listening devices etc to cause ni￭ hl there is not a limited list of noise sources that can cause hearing loss rather it is important to understand that exposure to excessively high deci￭ bel levels from any sound source over time can cause hearing loss
in electrical engineering noise margin is the amount by which a signal exceeds the minimum amount for proper operation it is commonly used in at least two contexts in communications system engineering noise margin is the ratio by which the signal exceeds the minimum acceptable amount it is normally measured in deci￭ bels in a digital circuit the noise margin is the amount by which the signal exceeds the threshold for a proper 0 or 1 for example a digital circuit might be designed to swing between 0 0 and 1 2 vol￭ ts with anything below 0 2 vol￭ ts considered a 0 and anything above 1 0 vol￭ ts considered a 1 then the noise margin for a 0 would be the amount that a signal is below 0 2 vol￭ ts and the noise margin for a 1 would be the amount by which a signal exceeds 1 0 vol￭ t in this case noise margins are measured as an absolute voltage not a ratio noise margins for c￭ mos chips are usually much greater than those for tt￭ l because the vo￭ h min is closer to the power supply voltage and vol max is closer to zero in simple words noise margin in circuits is the amount of noise that a circuit can withstand noise margins are generally defined so that positive values ensure proper operation and negative margins result in compromised operation or perhaps outright failure
no￭ ma also referred to as can￭ cr￭ um or￭ is fus￭ o￭ spi￭ ro￭ che￭ tal gang￭ rene necro￭ tizing ul￭ cer￭ ative stom￭ ati￭ tis stom￭ ati￭ tis gan￭ gre￭ no￭ sa is a rapidly progressive poly￭ micro￭ bial often gang￭ ren￭ ous infection of the mouth or gen￭ itals
no￭ ma ne￭ on￭ at￭ orum is a cu￭ taneous condition a manifestation of infection usually pseu￭ dom￭ onas aer￭ u￭ gin￭ osa sep￭ tic￭ emia and has been reported almost exclusively in developing countries
a no￭ mik￭ ai japanese 飲￭ み￭ 会 is a drinking party phenomenon particular to japanese culture no￭ mik￭ ai are a part of the culture of most places of employment from schools to night￭ clubs they are most often held in restaurants or iz￭ ak￭ aya usually with everyone seated at one large table or occupying a separated section of the venue employees are usually expected to participate to some extent in various no￭ mik￭ ai as it is considered a social aspect of work although it is not expressly required such parties focus on the bond between co￭ workers as a group and are not considered private or somehow non work related see japanese values attendance does not necessarily imply that a person will drink any alcohol however and att￭ ende￭ es generally pay a set amount for the food drink and venue regardless of consumption any lefto￭ ver money may be put toward organizing the next no￭ mik￭ ai the student version of the no￭ mik￭ ai is called a kon￭ pa and contains some distinguishing characteristics
the co￭ upon rate or nominal rate or nominal yield of a fixed income security is the annu￭ alized amount of the co￭ upon which is a fixed percentage of the par value unlike current yield it does not vary with the market price of the security the co￭ upon rate is typically stated in the name of the bond such as us treasury bond 6 25
non 24 hour sleep – wake disorder non 24 is one of several chronic cir￭ c￭ adi￭ an rhythm sleep disorders cr￭ s￭ ds it is defined as a chronic steady pattern comprising daily delays in sleep onset and wake times in an individual living in society symptoms result when the non entr￭ ained free running endo￭ genous cir￭ c￭ adi￭ an rhythm drif￭ ts out of alignment with the light dark cycle in nature the sleep pattern can be quite variable people with a cir￭ c￭ adi￭ an rhythm that is quite near to 24 hours may be able to sleep on a conventional socially acceptable schedule that is at night others with a daily cycle upwards of 25 hours or more may need to adopt a sleep pattern that is con￭ gru￭ ent with their free running cir￭ c￭ adi￭ an clock shifting their sleep times daily thereby often obtaining satisfactory sleep but suffering social and occupational consequences the majority of people with non 24 are totally blind and the failure of entr￭ ain￭ ment is explained by an absence of pho￭ tic input to the cir￭ c￭ adi￭ an clock these people s brains may have normal body c￭ locks but the c￭ locks do not receive input from the eyes about environmental light levels as that requires a functioning re￭ tina op￭ tic nerve and visual processing center the disorder also occurs in sighted people for reasons that are not well understood their cir￭ c￭ adi￭ an rhy￭ th￭ ms are not normal often running to more than 25 hours their visual systems may function normally but their brains are incapable of making the large adjustment to a 24 hour schedule though often referred to as non 24 for example by the f￭ da the disorder is also known by the following terms non 24 hour sleep – wake syndrome non 24 hour sleep – wake disorder non 24 hour sleep wake rhythm disorder free running disorder fr￭ d hyper￭ ny￭ ch￭ them￭ eral disorder cir￭ c￭ adi￭ an rhythm sleep disorder – free running type cir￭ c￭ adi￭ an rhythm sleep disorder – non￭ entr￭ ained type n 24 h￭ sw￭ d non 24 hour cir￭ c￭ adi￭ an rhythm disorder the disorder in its extreme form is an invisible disability that can be extremely deb￭ il￭ itating in that it is incompatible with most social and professional obligations
non ho￭ dg￭ kin lymp￭ homa n￭ hl is a group of blood cancers that includes all types of lymp￭ homa except ho￭ dg￭ kin s lymp￭ hom￭ as symptoms include enlarged lymp￭ h no￭ des fever night swe￭ ats weight loss and feeling tired other symptoms may include bone pain chest pain or it￭ chin￭ ess some forms are slow growing while others are fast growing lymp￭ hom￭ as are types of cancer that develops from lymp￭ ho￭ cy￭ tes a type of white blood cell risk factors include poor immune function auto￭ immune diseases heli￭ co￭ bac￭ ter p￭ yl￭ ori infection hepatitis c obesity and ep￭ stein bar￭ r virus infection the world health organization who classi￭ fies lymp￭ hom￭ as into five major groups including one for ho￭ dg￭ kin s lymp￭ homa within the four groups for n￭ hl there are over 60 specific types of lymp￭ homa diagnosis is by examination of a bone marrow or lymp￭ h no￭ de biopsy medical imaging is done to help with cancer staging treatment depends on if the lymp￭ homa is slow or fast growing and if it is in one area or many areas treatments may include chem￭ otherapy radiation immun￭ otherapy targeted therapy stem cell transplantation surgery or watchful waiting if the blood becomes overly thick due to antibodies plas￭ map￭ her￭ esis may be used radiation and some chem￭ otherapy however increase the risk of other cancers heart disease or nerve problems over the subsequent decades in 2013 about 2 96 million people had non ho￭ dg￭ kin lymp￭ homa and 226 000 died in the united states 2 1 of people are affected at some point in their life the most common age of diagnosis is between 65 to 75 years old the percentage of people who survive five years in the united states is 71
non lang￭ er￭ hans cell his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis refers to a family of his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis characterized by the absence of lang￭ er￭ hans cells many manifest cu￭ tane￭ ously the spectrum of non lang￭ er￭ hans cell his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ ses include benign cephal￭ ic his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis generalized erup￭ tive his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ tom￭ a inde￭ terminate cell his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis juvenile x￭ anth￭ o￭ gran￭ ul￭ oma progressive no￭ d￭ ular his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ tom￭ a necro￭ bio￭ tic x￭ anth￭ o￭ gran￭ ul￭ oma giant cell re￭ ticul￭ o￭ his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ tom￭ a mul￭ tic￭ entr￭ ic re￭ ticul￭ o￭ his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis ro￭ sa￭ i – dor￭ f￭ man disease x￭ an￭ thom￭ a dissem￭ in￭ at￭ um ki￭ ku￭ chi disease er￭ d￭ heim – chester disease
non x his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ ses are a clin￭ ically well defined group of cu￭ taneous syndro￭ mes characterized by infiltr￭ ates of mon￭ oc￭ y￭ tes macro￭ p￭ ha￭ ges as opposed to x type his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ ses in which the infiltr￭ ates contain lang￭ er￭ hans cells conditions included in this group are juvenile x￭ anth￭ o￭ gran￭ ul￭ oma benign cephal￭ ic his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis generalized erup￭ tive his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ tom￭ a x￭ an￭ thom￭ a dissem￭ in￭ at￭ um progressive no￭ d￭ ular his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis pap￭ ular x￭ an￭ thom￭ a hereditary progressive m￭ uc￭ inous his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis re￭ ticul￭ o￭ his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis inde￭ terminate cell his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis sea blue his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis er￭ d￭ heim chester disease
non alcoholic fatty liver disease naf￭ ld is one of the causes of fatty liver occurring when fat is deposited ste￭ at￭ osis in the liver due to causes other than excessive alcohol use naf￭ ld is the most common liver disorder in developed countries naf￭ ld is related to insulin resistance and the metabol￭ ic syndrome and may respond to treatments originally developed for other insulin resistant states e g diabetes mell￭ it￭ us type 2 such as weight loss met￭ form￭ in and thi￭ az￭ oli￭ d￭ ine￭ di￭ ones up to 80 of ob￭ ese people have the disease non alcoholic ste￭ ato￭ hepatitis n￭ ash is the most extreme form of naf￭ ld and is regarded as a major cause of cir￭ rho￭ sis of the liver of unknown cause most people have a good outcome if the condition is caught in its early stages a study using the national health and nutrition examination survey n￭ han￭ es found a 30 rate of naf￭ ld in the united states between 2011 and 2012
non ce￭ li￭ ac glu￭ ten sensitivity nc￭ gs or glu￭ ten sensitivity is a clinical entity induced by the ing￭ estion of glu￭ ten leading to intest￭ inal and or extr￭ ain￭ test￭ inal symptoms that resolve once the glu￭ ten containing foodstuff is eliminated from the diet and when ce￭ li￭ ac disease and wheat allergy have been ruled out nc￭ gs is included in the spectrum of glu￭ ten related disorders the definition and diagnostic criteria of non ce￭ li￭ ac glu￭ ten sensitivity were debated and established by three consensus conferences the patho￭ genesis of nc￭ gs is not yet well understood there is evidence that not only gli￭ ad￭ in main cy￭ to￭ toxic antigen of glu￭ ten but also other proteins present in glu￭ ten and glu￭ ten containing cereals wheat rye barley and their derivatives may have a role in the development of symptoms fo￭ d￭ maps are present in glu￭ ten containing grains and have recently been identified as a possible cause of gastro￭ intest￭ inal symptoms in nc￭ gs patients but do not justify extra dig￭ estive symptoms for these reasons nc￭ gs is a controversial syndrome and some authors still question it it has been suggested that non ce￭ li￭ ac wheat sensitivity is a more appropriate term without forgetting that other glu￭ ten containing cereals are implicated in the development of symptoms nc￭ gs is the most common syndrome of glu￭ ten related disorders with prevalence rates between 0 5 – 13 in the general population as no biom￭ ar￭ ker for diagno￭ sing this condition is available its diagnosis is made by exclusion of other glu￭ ten related disorders namely by excluding ce￭ li￭ ac disease and wheat allergy many people have not been diagnosed following strict criteria and there is a f￭ ad component to the recent rise in popularity of the glu￭ ten free diet which leads to debate surrounding the evidence for this condition its relationship to ce￭ li￭ ac disease and to irrit￭ able bo￭ wel syndrome
non cir￭ rho￭ tic portal fi￭ bro￭ sis nc￭ pf is a chronic liver disease and type of non cir￭ rho￭ tic portal hyper￭ tension nc￭ ph it is characterized by obliter￭ ative por￭ to￭ ven￭ opathy which leads to various problems such as portal hyper￭ tension massive splen￭ om￭ eg￭ al￭ y and var￭ ice￭ al bleeding it is estimated that about 85 of people with nc￭ pf have repeated episodes of var￭ ice￭ al bleeding hallmark of the disease is thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis sclerosis of portal vein branches vessels formed are often termed as mes￭ an￭ gi￭ o￭ sin￭ us￭ oids or peri￭ portal ca￭ ver￭ no￭ ma
a non communicable disease nc￭ d is a medical condition or disease that is non infectious or non transmissible nc￭ ds can refer to chronic diseases which last for long periods of time and progress slowly sometimes nc￭ ds result in rapid deaths such as seen in certain diseases such as auto￭ immune diseases heart diseases stroke cancers diabetes chronic kidney disease o￭ ste￭ op￭ or￭ osis alzheimer s disease cat￭ ar￭ acts and others while sometimes referred to as synonymous with chronic diseases nc￭ ds are distinguished only by their non infectious cause not necessarily by their duration though some chronic diseases of long duration such as hiv aids may caused by infections chronic diseases require chronic care management as do all diseases that are slow to develop and of long duration nc￭ ds are the leading cause of death globally in 2012 they cause 68 of all deaths 38 million up from 60 in 2000 about half were under age 70 and half were women risk factors such as a person s background lifestyle and environment increase the likelihood of certain nc￭ ds every year at least 5 million people die because of tobacco use and about 2 8 million die from being overweight high cho￭ le￭ sterol accounts for roughly 2 6 million deaths and 7 5 million die because of high blood pressure
non food items n￭ f￭ is are items other than food the term is especially used in humanitarian contexts when providing n￭ f￭ is to those affected by natural disasters or war may be a life saving priority typically they include essential household items such as blankets plastic sheets buc￭ kets and other containers for water cooking items and soap
n￭ ong￭ ono￭ coc￭ cal u￭ re￭ thri￭ tis n￭ gu is an infl￭ amm￭ ation of the u￭ re￭ th￭ ra that is not caused by gon￭ or￭ rhe￭ al infection for treatment purposes doctors usually classify infectious u￭ re￭ thri￭ tis in two categories gon￭ o￭ coc￭ cal u￭ re￭ thri￭ tis caused by gon￭ or￭ rhe￭ a and n￭ ong￭ ono￭ coc￭ cal u￭ re￭ thri￭ tis n￭ gu
increased in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial pressure ic￭ p is one of the major causes of secondary brain is￭ chem￭ ia that accompanies a variety of pathological conditions most notably traumatic brain injury t￭ bi stroke and in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial hemorrha￭ ges increased in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial pressure can cause such complications as vi￭ ip death permanent neuro￭ logical problems reversible neuro￭ logical problems seizures stroke however aside from a few level i trauma centers ic￭ p monitoring is rarely a part of the clinical management of patients with these conditions because of the inv￭ asi￭ veness of the standard monitoring methods which require insertion of an ic￭ p sensor into the brain ven￭ tric￭ le or paren￭ ch￭ ym￭ al tissue additional risks they present for patients high costs associated with an ic￭ p sensor s implan￭ tation procedure and the limited access to trained personnel i e a neuro￭ surgeon alternative methods have therefore been sought with which ic￭ p can be estimated non inv￭ asi￭ vely absolute majority of the approaches to non invasive ic￭ p estimation are based on the idea that something in the human head s anatom￭ ical structure or in the in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial and ex￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial physi￭ ology cor￭ relates with ic￭ p very important limitation of such correlation based approaches is caused by the fact that correlation shows some relationship but did not show the slope and bias of such relationship correlation based approaches can reflect ic￭ p changes only with limited accuracy expressed by systematic error and precision expressed by standard deviation of random error because of that such approaches are not able to measure quantitatively an absolute ic￭ p value because of the need for individual patient specific calibration calibration is an only procedure for identification of slope and bias of correlation based association calibration of non invasive ic￭ p meter or monitor is impossible because of impossibility to create a gold standard non invasive ic￭ p meter for calibration purposes absolute ic￭ p values in m￭ mh￭ g or other units are needed for patients treatment decision making the only accurate precise and patient specific calibration free non invasive absolute ic￭ p value measurement method relies not on the correlation but on direct ic￭ p and ex￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial pressure comparison principle innovative method using two depth trans￭ orb￭ ital dop￭ pl￭ er t￭ d￭ td of in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial pressure quantitative absolute ic￭ p value measurement relies on the same fundamental principle as used to measure blood pressure with a sp￭ hy￭ g￭ mom￭ an￭ ome￭ ter a sp￭ hy￭ g￭ mom￭ an￭ ome￭ ter works using a pressure balance principle an air filled pressure cuff wrapped around the arm com￭ presses the br￭ achi￭ al artery to a point where blood can no longer flow externally applied pressure is equal to syst￭ ol￭ ic blood pressure in this case the examiner slowly releases the air from the cuff and uses a st￭ eth￭ o￭ scope to listen for the return of blood flow at the pressure balance point where pressure in the cuff equals syst￭ ol￭ ic artery pressure a ‘ who￭ o￭ shing ’ noise can be heard as blood flows through the artery again pressure balance based non invasive blood pressure meter does not need a patient specific calibration the t￭ d￭ td method uses dop￭ pl￭ er ul￭ tras￭ ound to translate pressure balance principle of blood pressure measurement with a sp￭ hy￭ g￭ mom￭ an￭ ome￭ ter to the measurement of ic￭ p oph￭ thal￭ mic artery oa a unique vessel with in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial and ex￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial segments is used as pressure sensor and as a natural pair of scales for absolute ic￭ p value in m￭ mh￭ g or m￭ m￭ h 2 o measurement blood flow in the in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial oa segment is affected by in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial pressure while flow in the ex￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial intra￭ orb￭ ital oa segment is influenced by the externally applied pressure pe to the eye￭ ball and orb￭ ital tissues as with a sp￭ hy￭ g￭ mom￭ an￭ ome￭ ter a special pressure cuff is used in this case to com￭ press the tissues surrounding the eye￭ ball and also intra￭ orb￭ ital tissues surrounding the ex￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial segment of oa external pressure changes the characteristics of blood flowing from inside the skull cav￭ ity into the eye socket in place of the st￭ eth￭ o￭ scope a dop￭ pl￭ er ul￭ tras￭ ound beam measures the blood flow pul￭ s￭ ations in in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial and ex￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial segments of the oph￭ thal￭ mic artery the non invasive ic￭ p meter based on this method gradually increases the pressure over the eye￭ ball and intra￭ orb￭ ital tissues so that the blood flow pul￭ s￭ ation parameters in two sections of oa are equal at this pressure balance point the applied external pressure pe equals to the in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial pressure ic￭ p this measurement method eliminates the main limiting problem of all other non successful approaches to non invasive ic￭ p measurement the individual patient calibration problem direct comparison of arter￭ ial blood pressure ab￭ p and externally applied pressure is the basic arter￭ ial blood pressure measurement principle which eliminates the need of individual calibration the same calibration free fundamental principle is used in t￭ d￭ td non invasive ic￭ p absolute value measurement method the mean value of oa blood flow its syst￭ ol￭ ic and di￭ ast￭ ol￭ ic values pul￭ sati￭ lity and other indexes are almost the same in both oa segments in the point of balance when ic￭ p pe as a result of that all individual influential factors ab￭ p cere￭ bro￭ vascular auto￭ regulation impairment individual path￭ op￭ hy￭ si￭ ological state of patient individual diameter and anatomy of oa hydro￭ dynamic resistance of eye￭ ball vessels etc do not influence the balance ic￭ p pe and as a consequence such natural “ scales ” do not need calibration rag￭ aus￭ kas a et al already published the statistically significant results of prospective clinical study on assessment of the accuracy and precision of proposed non invasive absolute ic￭ p value measurement method the study shows that proposed method is the only quantitative non￭ invasive ic￭ p absolute value m￭ mh￭ g measurement method which does not need an individual patient specific calibration high accuracy precision sensitivity and specificity of proposed method are fully acceptable for clinical practice and for very wide applications in neuro￭ logy trans￭ plan￭ to￭ logy intensive care sport medicine aerospace medicine and combat casualty care this method is further developed by company vit￭ t￭ amed ltd together with consortium partners in eu fp 7 projects brain￭ safe brain￭ safe brain￭ safe ii and t￭ bic￭ are
non inv￭ olu￭ ting con￭ genital hem￭ an￭ gi￭ oma is a cu￭ taneous condition le￭ sions occur slightly more often in male infants and are well developed at birth
non my￭ co￭ sis fun￭ go￭ ides cd 30 − cu￭ taneous large t cell lymp￭ homa is a cu￭ taneous condition that usually presents as solitary or generalized pl￭ aqu￭ es no￭ d￭ ules or tumors of short duration
non progressive late onset linear hem￭ i￭ facial li￭ po￭ atro￭ phy is a cu￭ taneous condition that occurs on the mal￭ ar cheek mostly in the elderly population
non small cell lung carcin￭ oma n￭ s￭ cl￭ c is any type of epi￭ the￭ li￭ al lung cancer other than small cell lung carcin￭ oma s￭ cl￭ c n￭ s￭ cl￭ c accounts for about 85 of all lung cancers as a class n￭ s￭ cl￭ cs are relatively insensitive to chem￭ otherapy compared to small cell carcin￭ oma when possible they are primarily treated by surgical res￭ ection with cur￭ ative intent although chem￭ otherapy is increasingly being used both pre oper￭ atively neo￭ adju￭ v￭ ant chem￭ otherapy and post oper￭ atively adju￭ v￭ ant chem￭ otherapy
non is￭ let hypo￭ gly￭ c￭ emic cell tumor is a rare tumor that secre￭ tes the protein insulin like growth factor 2 into the blood￭ stream this protein causes cells to consume excessive amounts of sugar which can cause the condition hypo￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia low blood sugar
non linear pie￭ zo￭ electric effects in polar semi￭ conductors are the manifestation that the strain induced pie￭ zo￭ electric polarization depends not just on the product of the first order pie￭ zo￭ electric coefficients times the strain t￭ ens￭ or components but also on the product of the second order or higher pie￭ zo￭ electric coefficients times products of the strain t￭ ens￭ or components the idea was put forward for z￭ inc￭ bl￭ ende ga￭ as and inas semi￭ conductors since 2006 and then extended to all commonly used wur￭ tz￭ ite and z￭ inc￭ bl￭ ende semi￭ conductors given the difficulty of finding direct experimental evidence for the existence of these effects there are different schools of thought on how one can calculate reliably all the pie￭ zo￭ electric coefficients on the other hand there is widespread agreement on the fact that non linear effects are rather large and comparable to the linear terms first order indirect experimental evidence of the existence of these effects has been reported in the literature in relation to gan and inn semiconductor op￭ to￭ electronic devices
non￭ allergic rh￭ initi￭ s is infl￭ amm￭ ation of the inner part of the nose that is not caused by an allergy non￭ allergic rh￭ initi￭ s involves symptoms including chronic snee￭ zing or having a congested dri￭ ppy nose without an identified allergic reaction other common terms for non￭ allergic rh￭ initi￭ s are vas￭ om￭ o￭ tor rh￭ initi￭ s and per￭ ennial rh￭ initi￭ s the prevalence of non￭ allergic rh￭ initi￭ s in ot￭ ol￭ ar￭ yn￭ go￭ logy is 40 allergic rh￭ initi￭ s is more common than non￭ allergic rh￭ initi￭ s however both conditions have similar presentation manifestation and treatment nas￭ al it￭ ching and par￭ oxy￭ sm￭ al snee￭ zing are usually associated with non￭ allergic rh￭ initi￭ s in comparison to allergic rh￭ initi￭ s
non bacterial thro￭ m￭ bo￭ tic endo￭ cardi￭ tis nb￭ te is a form of endo￭ cardi￭ tis in which small sterile vege￭ tations are deposited on the valve leaf￭ lets formerly known as mar￭ an￭ tic endo￭ cardi￭ tis which comes from the greek mar￭ anti￭ kos meaning “ wasting away ” the term mar￭ an￭ tic endo￭ cardi￭ tis is still sometimes used to emphasize the association with a wasting state such as cancer
non comp￭ action cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy nc￭ c also called spongiform cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy is a rare con￭ genital cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy that affects both children and adults it results from the failure of my￭ o￭ cardi￭ al development during embry￭ o￭ genesis during development the majority of the heart muscle is a spon￭ ge like mes￭ h￭ work of inter￭ wo￭ ven my￭ o￭ cardi￭ al fi￭ bers as normal development progres￭ ses these tr￭ ab￭ ec￭ ulated structures undergo significant comp￭ action that trans￭ forms them from spon￭ gy to solid this process is particularly apparent in the ven￭ tric￭ les and particularly so in the left ven￭ tric￭ le non￭ comp￭ action cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy results when there is failure of this process of comp￭ action because the consequence of non comp￭ action is particularly evident in the left ven￭ tric￭ le the condition is also called left ven￭ tric￭ ular non￭ comp￭ action other hypo￭ theses and models have been proposed none of which is as widely accepted as the non￭ comp￭ action model symptoms range greatly in severity most are a result of a poor pumping performance by the heart the disease can be associated with other problems with the heart and the body
in compu￭ tational complexity theory a non￭ elementary problem is a problem that is not a member of the class elementary examples of non￭ elementary problems that are nevertheless dec￭ id￭ able include the problem of regular expression equivalence with complem￭ entation decision problem for mon￭ adic second order logic over trees decision problem for term al￭ ge￭ br￭ as
a non￭ os￭ si￭ fying fi￭ bro￭ ma also called fi￭ bro￭ x￭ an￭ thom￭ a is a fi￭ bro￭ us bone le￭ sion that is usually as￭ ymp￭ tomatic and discovered as an incidental finding on x ray it is the most common benign bone tumor in children and adolescents however it is controversial whether it represents a true ne￭ op￭ las￭ m or rather a developmental disorder of growing bone radio￭ graphically the tumor presents as a well margin￭ ated radi￭ ol￭ uc￭ ent le￭ sion with a distinct multi￭ loc￭ ular appearance these foc￭ i consist of coll￭ agen rich connec￭ tive tissue fi￭ bro￭ bl￭ asts his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ tes and o￭ ste￭ o￭ cl￭ asts they originate from the growth plate and are located in adjacent parts of the metaph￭ ysis and di￭ aph￭ ysis of long bones most often of the legs no treatment is needed in as￭ ymp￭ tomatic patients and spontaneous remission with replacement by bone tissue is to be expected multiple non￭ os￭ si￭ fying fi￭ bro￭ mas occur in jaff￭ e camp￭ an￭ acc￭ i syndrome in combination with cafe au la￭ it spots mental retar￭ dation hypo￭ gon￭ ad￭ ism oc￭ ular and cardiovascular ab￭ norm￭ alities
in political science non￭ partis￭ anism is a lack of affiliation with a political party some organizations claiming to be non￭ partisan are truly such others are nomin￭ ally non￭ partisan for reasons of law or public perception but closely follow the policies of a political party while the dic￭ tionary definition of partisan includes adherents of a party cause person etc in many cases non￭ partisan refers specifically to political party connections rather than being the strict anton￭ ym of partisan and an organization described as non￭ partisan can have many decidedly controversial policies
non￭ syndro￭ mic deaf￭ ness is hearing loss that is not associated with other signs and symptoms in contrast syndro￭ mic deaf￭ ness involves hearing loss that occurs with ab￭ norm￭ alities in other parts of the body genetic changes are related to the following types of non￭ syndro￭ mic deaf￭ ness d￭ f￭ na non￭ syndro￭ mic deaf￭ ness auto￭ som￭ al dominant d￭ f￭ nb non￭ syndro￭ mic deaf￭ ness auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive d￭ f￭ n￭ x non￭ syndro￭ mic deaf￭ ness x linked non￭ syndro￭ mic deaf￭ ness mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al each type is numbered in the order in which it was described for example d￭ f￭ na 1 was the first described auto￭ som￭ al dominant type of non￭ syndro￭ mic deaf￭ ness mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al non￭ syndro￭ mic deaf￭ ness involves changes to the small amount of dna found in mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ a the energy producing centers within cells most forms of non￭ syndro￭ mic deaf￭ ness are associated with permanent hearing loss caused by damage to structures in the inner ear the inner ear consists of three parts a sn￭ ail shaped structure called the co￭ ch￭ lea that helps process sound nerves that send information from the co￭ ch￭ lea to the brain and structures involved with balance loss of hearing caused by changes in the inner ear is called sens￭ or￭ in￭ eur￭ al deaf￭ ness hearing loss that results from changes in the middle ear is called conduc￭ tive hearing loss the middle ear contains three tiny bones that help transfer sound from the ear￭ drum to the inner ear some forms of non￭ syndro￭ mic deaf￭ ness involve changes in both the inner ear and the middle ear this combination is called mixed hearing loss the severity of hearing loss varies and can change over time it can affect one ear unilateral or both ears bilateral degrees of hearing loss range from mild difficulty understanding soft speech to profound inability to hear even very loud noises the loss may be stable or it may progress as a person gets older particular types of non￭ syndro￭ mic deaf￭ ness often show distinctive patterns of hearing loss for example the loss may be more pronounced at high middle or low tones non￭ syndro￭ mic deaf￭ ness can occur at any age hearing loss that is present before a child learns to speak is classified as pre￭ lingual or con￭ genital hearing loss that occurs after the development of speech is classified as post￭ lingual
non￭ thro￭ m￭ bo￭ cy￭ top￭ en￭ ic pur￭ pur￭ a is a type of pur￭ pur￭ a red or purple skin dis￭ color￭ ation not associated with thro￭ m￭ bo￭ cy￭ top￭ enia examples causes include hen￭ och – sch￭ ön￭ le￭ in pur￭ pur￭ a hereditary hemorrha￭ gic tel￭ an￭ gi￭ ec￭ ta￭ sia con￭ genital cy￭ tom￭ eg￭ alo￭ virus men￭ in￭ go￭ co￭ cc￭ emia
non￭ toxic no￭ d￭ ular go￭ iter is an enlarged thyro￭ id without hyper￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m it is often present for years before toxic no￭ d￭ ular go￭ iter occurs in the united states it is the most common cause of a large thyro￭ id affecting between 3 and 5 of the population
be￭ j￭ el or endemic sy￭ phil￭ is is a chronic skin and tissue disease caused by infection by the end￭ em￭ ic￭ um sub￭ species of the spi￭ ro￭ che￭ te tre￭ pon￭ ema palli￭ dum be￭ j￭ el is also known by a variety of other names including bel￭ esh dic￭ hu￭ ch￭ wa endemic sy￭ phil￭ is non￭ ven￭ ere￭ al sy￭ phil￭ is fren￭ ga n￭ jo￭ vera sk￭ er￭ l￭ j￭ evo si￭ ti or tre￭ pon￭ em￭ at￭ osis be￭ j￭ el type
no￭ on￭ an syndrome ns is a relatively common auto￭ som￭ al dominant con￭ genital disorder and is named after jacqu￭ eline no￭ on￭ an a pedi￭ atric cardi￭ o￭ logist it is referred to as the male version of turner s syndrome and is still sometimes described in this way however the genetic causes of no￭ on￭ an syndrome and turner syndrome are distinct the principal features include con￭ genital heart defect typically pul￭ mon￭ ary valve sten￭ osis also atri￭ al sep￭ tal defect and hyper￭ troph￭ ic cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy short stature learning problems pec￭ tus exc￭ av￭ at￭ um impaired blood clo￭ tting and a characteristic configuration of facial features including a web￭ bed neck and a flat nose bridge ns is a ras￭ opathy and is one of several disorders that are caused by a disruption of ras map￭ k path￭ way sign￭ aling it is believed that between approximately 1 in 1 000 and 1 in 2 500 children worldwide are born with ns it is one of the most common genetic syndro￭ mes associated with con￭ genital heart disease similar in frequency to down syndrome however the range and severity of features can vary greatly in patients with ns therefore the syndrome is not always identified at an early age
no￭ on￭ an syndrome with multiple l￭ enti￭ gin￭ es n￭ sm￭ l also known as le￭ op￭ ard syndrome cardi￭ o￭ cu￭ taneous syndrome gor￭ lin syndrome ii l￭ enti￭ gin￭ osis prof￭ usa syndrome progressive cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathic l￭ enti￭ gin￭ osis cap￭ ute ri￭ mo￭ in kon￭ ig￭ s￭ mark est￭ erly ric￭ hard￭ son syndrome or mo￭ y￭ na￭ han syndrome which is part of a group called ras map￭ k path￭ way syndro￭ mes — is a rare auto￭ som￭ al dominant multi￭ system disease caused by a mutation in the protein ty￭ ros￭ ine phosp￭ hat￭ ase non recep￭ tor type 11 gene pt￭ p￭ n 11 the disease is a complex of features mostly involving the skin sk￭ el￭ etal and cardiovascular systems which may or may not be present in all patients the nature of how the mutation causes each of the condition s symptoms is not well known however research is ongoing it is a ras￭ opathy no￭ on￭ an syndrome with multiple l￭ enti￭ gin￭ es is caused by a different mis￭ sense mutation of the same gene no￭ on￭ an syndrome is fairly common 1 1 000 to 1 2 500 live births and neuro￭ fi￭ bro￭ mat￭ osis 1 which was once thought to be related to n￭ sm￭ l is also common 1 3500 however no epidemiological data exists for n￭ sm￭ l
the nor west arch is a weather pattern peculiar to the east coast of new zealand s south island for this reason it is also often referred to as the can￭ ter￭ bury arch although it is visible in both ot￭ ago and mar￭ l￭ borough as well as in the can￭ ter￭ bury region it is shown in an apparent arch of high white cloud in an otherwise clear blue sky over the southern alps and is accompanied by a strong hot north￭ wester￭ ly or nor￭ ther￭ ly wind simply known as the nor we￭ ster closer to the can￭ ter￭ bury coast some distance from the mountains of the southern alps it appears as a clear area of blue above the mountains with white cloud streaming to the east from it the phenomenon is similar to the chin￭ ook arch seen in the pacific regions of the united states and canada
in linear al￭ ge￭ bra functional analysis and related areas of mathematics a norm is a function that as￭ signs a strictly positive length or size to each vector in a vector space — save for the zero vector which is assigned a length of zero a semin￭ orm on the other hand is allowed to assign zero length to some non zero vectors in addition to the zero vector a norm must also satisfy certain properties pertaining to scal￭ ability and addi￭ tivity which are given in the formal definition below a simple example is the 2 dimensional eu￭ cli￭ dean space r 2 equipped with the elements in this vector space e g 3 7 are usually drawn as ar￭ rows in a 2 dimensional car￭ te￭ sian coordinate system starting at the origin 0 0 the eu￭ cli￭ dean norm as￭ signs to each vector the length of its arrow because of this the eu￭ cli￭ dean norm is often known as the magnitude a vector space on which a norm is defined is called a norm￭ ed vector space similarly a vector space with a semin￭ orm is called a semin￭ or￭ med vector space it is often possible to supply a norm for a given vector space in more than one way
in ren￭ al physi￭ ology normal an￭ ion gap aci￭ do￭ sis and less precisely non an￭ ion gap aci￭ do￭ sis is an aci￭ do￭ sis that is not accompanied by an abnormally increased an￭ ion gap the most common eti￭ ology of normal an￭ ion gap aci￭ do￭ sis is diarr￭ hea with a ren￭ al tu￭ bul￭ ar aci￭ do￭ sis being a distant second
normal backwar￭ dation also sometimes called backwar￭ dation is the market condition where￭ in the price of a forward or futures contract is trading below the expected spot price at contract maturity the resulting futures or forward curve would typically be downward slop￭ ing i e inver￭ ted since contracts for further dates would typically trade at even lower prices in practice the expected future spot price is unknown and the term backwar￭ dation may be used to refer to positive basis which occurs when the current spot price exceeds the price of the future the opposite market condition to normal backwar￭ dation is known as cont￭ an￭ go similarly in practice the term may be used to refer to negative basis where the current spot price is below the future price a backwar￭ dation starts when the difference between the forward price and the spot price is less than the cost of carry or when there can be no delivery arbitr￭ age because the asset is not currently available for purchase futures contract price includes compensation for the risk transferred from the asset holder this makes actual price on expiry to be lower than futures contract price backwar￭ dation very seldom arises in money commodities like gold or silver in the early 1980 s there was a one day backwar￭ dation in silver while some metal was physically moved from com￭ ex to c￭ bot warehouses gold has historically been positive with exception for mom￭ entary backwar￭ d￭ ations hours since gold futures started trading on the win￭ ni￭ peg commodity exchange in 1972 the term is sometimes applied to forward prices other than those of futures contracts when analogous price patterns arise for example if it costs more to lease silver for 30 days than for 60 days it might be said that the silver lease rates are in backwar￭ dation negative lease rates for silver may indicate bul￭ lion banks require a risk premium for selling silver futures into the market
normal conditions are a restriction on philosophical arguments especially in ep￭ ist￭ em￭ ology in order to avoid objections perceived as dig￭ res￭ sive as a reply to objections to an explanation of a phenomenon e g a hypothesis or a theory it is said argument x holds only under normal conditions in some cases the concept of normal conditions tends to be rather blurred and the reply under normal conditions can tend to extend to everything that contradicts an argument in cases when the argument of normal conditions comes too often according to the principle of oc￭ cam s razor another explanation x has to be found
in physics and engineering for a dynam￭ ical system according wave theory a mode is a standing wave state of exc￭ itation in which all the components of the system will be affected sin￭ us￭ o￭ id￭ ally under a specified fixed frequency because no real system can perfectly fit under the standing wave framework the mode concept is taken as a general characterization of specific states of osci￭ ll￭ ation thus treating the dynamic system in a linear fashion in where linear super￭ position of states can be performed as classical examples there are in a mechanical dynam￭ ical system a vibr￭ ating rope is the most clear example of a mode in which the rope is the medium the stress on the rope is the exc￭ itation and the displacement of the rope with respect to its static state is the modal variable in an acous￭ tic dynam￭ ical systems a single sound pitch is a mode in which the air is the medium the sound pressure in the air is the exc￭ itation and the displacement of the air molecules is the modal variable in a structural dynam￭ ical systems a high tall building osci￭ ll￭ ating under its most fl￭ ex￭ ural axis is a mode in which all the material of the building under the proper numerical simplifications is the medium the seis￭ mic wind environmental solic￭ itations are the exc￭ itations and the dis￭ placements are the modal variable in an electrical dynam￭ ical systems a reson￭ ant cav￭ ity made of thin metal walls en￭ closing a hollow space for a particle acceler￭ ator is a pure standing wave system and thus an example of a mode in which the hollow space of the cav￭ ity is the medium the r￭ f source a k￭ ly￭ str￭ on or another r￭ f source is the exc￭ itation and the electromagnetic field is the modal variable when relating to music normal modes of vibr￭ ating instruments strings air pipes drums etc are called harmon￭ ics or over￭ tones the concept of normal modes also finds application in op￭ tics quantum mechanics and molecular dynamics most dynam￭ ical system can be excited under several modes each mode is characterized by one or several frequencies according the modal variable field for example a vibr￭ ating rope in the 2 d space is defined by a single frequency 1 d ax￭ ial displacement but a vibr￭ ating rope in the 3 d space is defined by two frequencies 2 d ax￭ ial displacement for a given am￭ pl￭ itude on the modal variable each mode will store an specific amount of energy because of the sin￭ us￭ o￭ idal exc￭ itation from all the modes of a dynam￭ ical system the normal or dominant mode of a system will be the mode storing the minimum amount of energy for a given am￭ pl￭ itude of the modal variable or equival￭ ently for a given stored amount of energy will be the mode imposing the maximum am￭ pl￭ itude of the modal variable
normal pressure hydro￭ cephal￭ us n￭ ph also termed symptomatic hydro￭ cephal￭ us is a type of brain mal￭ function caused by expansion of the lateral cere￭ br￭ al ven￭ tric￭ les and distortion of the fi￭ bers in the cor￭ ona radi￭ ata its typical symptoms are ur￭ inary in￭ contin￭ ence dementia and ga￭ it disturbance c￭ sf pressure is usually normal ven￭ tric￭ les are chronically dil￭ ated the usual treatment is surgical installation of a ven￭ tric￭ ul￭ oper￭ it￭ one￭ al sh￭ unt to drain excess c￭ sf into the lining of the ab￭ dom￭ en where the c￭ sf will eventually be absorbed
normal tension gl￭ au￭ coma nt￭ g is an eye disease a neuro￭ pa￭ thy of the op￭ tic nerve that shows all the characteristics of traditional gl￭ au￭ coma except one the elevated intra￭ oc￭ ular pressure i￭ op the classic hallmark of gl￭ au￭ coma is missing normal tension gl￭ au￭ coma is in many cases closely associated with general issues of blood circulation and of organ per￭ fusion like arter￭ ial hypo￭ tension metabol￭ ic syndrome and flam￭ mer syndrome
normal weight obesity is a condition of having normal body weight but high body fat percentages with the same health risks of obesity
lis￭ sen￭ cephal￭ y 2 more commonly called norman – rober￭ ts syndrome is a rare form of lis￭ sen￭ cephal￭ y caused by a mutation in the re￭ elin gene a small number of cases have been described the syndrome was first reported by m norman and m rober￭ ts et al in 1976 lack of re￭ elin prevents normal lay￭ ering of the cere￭ br￭ al cor￭ tex and disrup￭ ts cognitive development patients have cere￭ bell￭ ar hypo￭ pl￭ asia and suffer from con￭ genital lymp￭ he￭ dem￭ a and hy￭ pot￭ onia the disorder is also associated with myop￭ ia ny￭ stag￭ mus and generalized seizures norman – rober￭ ts syndrome is one of two known disorders caused by a disruption of the re￭ elin sign￭ aling path￭ way the other is v￭ ld￭ lr associated cere￭ bell￭ ar hypo￭ pl￭ asia which is caused by a mutation in the gene coding for one of the re￭ elin recep￭ tors v￭ ld￭ lr disruption of the rel￭ n gene in human patients is analogous to the malfunctioning rel￭ n gene in the re￭ el￭ er mouse
nor￭ mo￭ li￭ po￭ prote￭ in￭ emic x￭ an￭ thom￭ at￭ osis is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by a x￭ an￭ thom￭ a in the presence of normal cho￭ le￭ sterol and li￭ po￭ protein levels
norm￭ op￭ hosp￭ hat￭ emic famili￭ al tu￭ moral cal￭ cin￭ osis is a cu￭ taneous disorder characterized by cu￭ taneous calci￭ fication or os￭ sification
the nor￭ n stones are fic￭ tional powerful magical items from as￭ g￭ ard featured in the mar￭ vel universe
nor￭ rie disease is a genetic disorder that primarily affects the eye and almost always leads to blindness in addition to the con￭ genital oc￭ ular symptoms some patients suffer from a progressive hearing loss starting mostly in their 2 nd decade of life while another portion may be mentally challenged patients with nor￭ rie disease may develop cat￭ ar￭ acts leuk￭ oc￭ oria a condition where the pupils appear white when light is sh￭ one on them along with other developmental issues in the eye such as shrinking of the globe and the wasting away of the iris around 30 to 50 of them will also have developmental delay mental retar￭ dation psychotic like features in￭ coordination of movements or behavioral ab￭ norm￭ alities most patients are born with normal hearing however the onset of hearing loss is very common in early adoles￭ cence about 15 of patients are estimated to develop all the features of the disease the disease affects almost only male infants at or soon after birth because the disease is inherited x linked rec￭ essive only in very rare cases females have been diagnosed with nor￭ rie disease as well the exact incidence number is unknown only a few hundred cases have been reported it is a very rare disorder that is not associated with any specific ethnic or racial groups
the north al￭ eu￭ tians basin is a geographic phenomenon primarily a submarine depression occurring in the southern bris￭ tol bay region of the bering sea and just off the northern shore of the alaska peninsula it extends some 600 miles 9￭ 60 km along the alaska peninsula northeast southwest and nearly as far north south into the center of the bering sea primarily composed of gra￭ vel and sand the near shore zone is famously mu￭ ddy towards its eastern flank long known for its potential riches the area was heavily prospec￭ ted by oil and gas prospec￭ tors mostly notable shell from the early 1960 s through the present since the area is important for the highly pri￭ zed soc￭ ke￭ ye salmon fishery particularly in communities like dill￭ in￭ gham nak￭ nek and king salmon the entire area was until recently subject to a federal offshore drilling moratorium as recently as october 2005 both the state of alaska and the u s minerals management service had plans to develop the oil and especially natural gas potential of the area one proposal would have offshore platforms extracting natural gas north of the village of nelson lag￭ oon and transporting the gas via pipeline to a processing facility to the pacific ocean side near sand point
north american indian childhood cir￭ rho￭ sis na￭ ic is a disease in humans that can affect o￭ ji￭ b￭ way cre￭ e children in north￭ western qu￭ eb￭ ec canada the disease is due to an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive ab￭ normality of the cir￭ h 1 a gene which codes for cir￭ h￭ in na￭ ic is a ri￭ bo￭ som￭ opathy an r 565 w mutation of cir￭ h 1 a leads to partial impairment of cir￭ h￭ in interaction with no￭ l 11 initial transi￭ ent ne￭ on￭ atal ja￭ und￭ ice advances over time to bi￭ li￭ ary cir￭ rho￭ sis with severe liver fi￭ bro￭ sis eventually liver failure occurs and requires liver transplantation
north asian tick ty￭ ph￭ us or north asian tick fever also known as siber￭ ian tick ty￭ ph￭ us is a condition characterized by a mac￭ ul￭ op￭ ap￭ ular rash it is associated with ric￭ ke￭ tt￭ sia si￭ bir￭ ica
the north atlantic osci￭ ll￭ ation na￭ o is a weather phenomenon in the north atlantic ocean of fluctuations in the difference of atmospheric pressure at sea level between the icelandic low and the azores high through fluctuations in the strength of the icelandic low and the azores high it controls the strength and direction of wester￭ ly winds and storm tracks across the north atlantic it is part of the arctic osci￭ ll￭ ation and varies over time with no particular periodic￭ ity the na￭ o was discovered through several studies in the late 19 th and early 20 th centuries unlike the el ni￭ ño southern osci￭ ll￭ ation phenomenon in the pacific ocean the na￭ o is a largely atmospheric mode it is one of the most important manifestations of climate fluctuations in the north atlantic and surrounding hum￭ id clim￭ ates the north atlantic osci￭ ll￭ ation is closely related to the arctic osci￭ ll￭ ation ao or northern ann￭ ular mode nam but should not be confused with the atlantic multi￭ dec￭ ad￭ al osci￭ ll￭ ation amo
the north melbourne grand final breakfast is a breakfast function organised by the north melbourne football club on the morning of the af￭ l grand final the breakfast marks the traditional beginning to grand final day and is one of the biggest social highlights on the australian sporting calendar watching the event is a ritual for many fo￭ o￭ ty fans and the function plays a huge role in the pre match build up for the grand final
the north pacific osci￭ ll￭ ation n￭ po is a tel￭ econ￭ nec￭ tion pattern first described by walker and bliss and characterized by a north south se￭ es￭ aw in sea level pressure over the north pacific ro￭ gers using surface atmospheric temperature from st paul alaska and ed￭ mon￭ ton identified two phases of the n￭ po an al￭ eu￭ tian below ab phase that correspond to a deepened and eastward shifted al￭ eu￭ tian low and an al￭ eu￭ tian above aa phase that is the opposite during the positive ab phase sea level pressure is enhanced over a large region in the sub￭ tro￭ p￭ ics that extend po￭ le￭ ward to 40 n ° and reduced at higher lati￭ tudes wester￭ lies are enhanced over the central pacific and winter temperature are mild along much of the north america west coast but cool￭ er than usual over eastern siberia and the united states south west precip￭ itations are higher than usual over alaska and the great plains the n￭ p￭ go is the oce￭ anic expression of the n￭ po
the northeast blackout of 1965 was a significant disruption in the supply of electricity on tuesday november 9 1965 affecting parts of on￭ tari￭ o in canada and connec￭ tic￭ ut massachusetts new ham￭ p￭ shire new jersey new york rho￭ de island pennsylvania and ver￭ mont in the united states over 30 million people and 80 000 square miles 207 000 km 2 were left without electricity for up to 13 hours
northern corn leaf b￭ light n￭ cl￭ b is a fo￭ liar disease of corn maize caused by ex￭ sero￭ hil￭ um tur￭ cic￭ um the an￭ amor￭ ph of the as￭ com￭ y￭ ce￭ te se￭ to￭ sp￭ ha￭ er￭ ia tur￭ c￭ ica with its characteristic cigar shaped le￭ sions this disease can cause significant yield loss in susceptible corn hybrids
northern epi￭ le￭ psy syndrome or progressive epi￭ le￭ psy with mental retar￭ dation ep￭ mr is a subtype of neuro￭ nal cer￭ o￭ id li￭ po￭ fus￭ cin￭ osis and a rare disease that is regarded as a finnish heritage disease unlike most finnish heritage diseases this syndrome has been reported only in finland the disease is characterized by seizures in early childhood that progressively get worse until after pu￭ ber￭ ty once the onset of seizures occurs mental degradation is seen this continues into adul￭ thood even after seizure frequency has decreased the cause of the disease is a mis￭ sense mutation in chro￭ mo￭ some 8 the creation of a new protein occurs and the lip￭ id content of the brain is altered because of it the ratio of the mutation carriers is 1 135 there is nothing that has been found to stop the progression of the disease but symptomatic approaches such as the use of benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines have helped control seizures
the northern subject rule is a gr￭ amm￭ atical pattern that occurs in northern english and scots dial￭ ects present tense ver￭ bs may take the verbal ‑ s suff￭ ix except when they are directly adjacent to one of the personal pronoun￭ s i you we or they as their subject as a result they sing contrasts with the birds sings they sing and d￭ ances it s you that sings i only sings in the modern northern english dial￭ ects this pattern varies and now compe￭ tes with standard forms furthermore other non standard dial￭ ec￭ tal patterns are found that developed separately from the northern subject rule these include for example the free use of ‑ s in the historic present especially when introducing quoted speech i says the free use of ‑ s as a marker of habitual sem￭ an￭ tics i goes to work may also occur a widespread tendency to level the contrast between was and were sometimes to i were he were more often to we was you was almost universal levelling of the contrast between there was a ra￭ ven and there were two ra￭ vens some controversy surrounds its origin some scholars e g graham isa￭ ac argue that it developed out of the old english verbal end￭ ings by way of northern middle english but others e g h tr￭ is￭ tr￭ am argue that it could be a language contact transfer feature from the bry￭ th￭ onic language historically spoken in that area graham shor￭ rocks notes that a similar use of the historic present occurs in some dial￭ ects of north germany citing gordon 1966 and w￭ ak￭ ern￭ ag￭ el jol￭ les 1971 this is part of the greater debate whether the cel￭ tic languages have had any influence on the structure of english due to the cel￭ tic population learning the english language rapidly but im￭ perfectly after the coming of the angles some lingu￭ ists have expressed a very strong opinion in favor of the language contact theory john mc￭ wh￭ or￭ ter for instance called the northern subject rule a bizarre trait and claims that similar phenomena are otherwise only known in v￭ so languages like bry￭ th￭ onic and rare even in that case new￭ found￭ land english and at least some hi￭ ber￭ no english dial￭ ects the dial￭ ect of w￭ ex￭ ford for example follow a similar pattern
northern vigor is an effect seen in certain varieties of produce where varieties of plants grown in northern clim￭ ates then moved to southern clim￭ ates are har￭ di￭ er better producing and better ta￭ sting this effect has been primarily observed in potatoes but is also seen in strawberries and garlic the sas￭ kat￭ che￭ wan seed potato growers association has trademar￭ ked the term northern vigour for use with their potatoes but the effect is seen in produce grown throughout canada and the northern united states the exact cause of northern vigor is not known but there are many theories some believe it has to do with the length of the days in northern lati￭ tudes or that it has to do with the combination of cold nights and hot days others believe that the cold may kill off any disease that would otherwise affect plants from the south still others think that the switch from a col￭ der climate to a warm less harsh environment makes it easier for the plants to thrive researchers in sas￭ kat￭ che￭ wan discovered that tubers raised in the cold and then moved to a warm environment undergo a series of physiological changes that may trigger more vigorous growth
ep￭ is￭ tax￭ is also known as a no￭ se￭ bleed is the common occurrence of bleeding from the nose it is usually noticed when the blood dra￭ ins out through the no￭ stri￭ ls there are two types an￭ terior the most common and poster￭ ior less common more likely to require medical attention sometimes in more severe cases the blood can come up the nas￭ ol￭ ac￭ ri￭ mal duc￭ t and out from the eye fresh blood and clo￭ tted blood can also flow down into the stomach and cause naus￭ ea and v￭ om￭ iting although the sight of large amounts of blood can be alarming and may warrant medical attention no￭ se￭ ble￭ eds are rarely fatal accounting for only 4 of the 2 4 million deaths in the u s in 1999 about 60 of people have a no￭ se￭ bleed at some point in their life about 10 of no￭ se￭ ble￭ eds are serious
no￭ s￭ opho￭ bia is the irrational fear of contracting a disease a type of specific pho￭ bia primary fears of this kind are fear of contracting pul￭ mon￭ ary tuberculosis ven￭ ere￭ al diseases cancer and heart diseases some authors have suggested that the medical students disease should accurately be referred to as no￭ s￭ opho￭ bia rather than hypo￭ ch￭ on￭ dri￭ asis because the quoted studies show a very low percentage of hypo￭ ch￭ on￭ dri￭ ac￭ al character of the condition the word no￭ s￭ opho￭ bia comes from the greek νό￭ σ￭ ος no￭ sos for disease
nostalgia for the soviet union or soviet nostalgia is a moral psychological phenomenon in russia and post soviet states as well as persons born in the soviet union living abroad soviet people soviet generation nostalgia for the soviet union could be expressed in nostalgia for the politics of the soviet union society lifestyle culture or simply the a￭ esthe￭ tics of the soviet epo￭ ch it results mainly from the frustration russia experienced after the dissolution of the soviet union subsequently the economy was changed from a socialist planned economy to capitalism which eventu￭ ated the rise of russian oligarchs see gazprom the living standard subsequently fell and gave rise to a renaissance of russian nationalism on april 25 2005 the president of russia vladimir putin stated that the dissolution of the soviet union was a major geopolitical disaster of the 20 th century
no￭ tal￭ gia par￭ a￭ esthe￭ tica or no￭ tal￭ gia pa￭ res￭ the￭ tica also known as hereditary loc￭ alized pr￭ ur￭ it￭ us poster￭ ior pi￭ gm￭ ented pr￭ uri￭ tic patch and subs￭ cap￭ ular pr￭ ur￭ it￭ us is a chronic sensory neuro￭ pa￭ thy no￭ tal￭ gia par￭ a￭ esthe￭ tica is a common loc￭ alized itch affecting mainly the inter￭ s￭ cap￭ ular area especially the t 2 – t 6 der￭ mat￭ om￭ es but occasionally with a more widespread distribution involving the shoulders back and upper chest the characteristic symptom is pr￭ ur￭ it￭ us itch or sensation that makes a person want to scratch on the back usually on the left hand side below the shoulder blade mid to upper back it is occasionally accompanied by pain pa￭ res￭ the￭ sia pins and needles or hyper￭ esthesia unusual or patho￭ logically increased sensitivity of the skin to sensory stimul￭ i such as pain heat cold or touch which results in a well circum￭ scri￭ bed hyper￭ pi￭ gm￭ entation of a skin patch in the affected area the causes or origin of this condition eti￭ ology have not yet been completely defined patients are usually older persons
the not￭ ch of ri￭ vin￭ us is a small defect in the poster￭ ior edge of the bon￭ y ann￭ ular ty￭ mp￭ anic ring the defect is located just superior to the ty￭ mp￭ ano ma￭ sto￭ id su￭ ture line in the poster￭ ior ear canal following identification of the sp￭ ine of hen￭ le it is possible to follow the ty￭ mp￭ ano ma￭ sto￭ id su￭ ture line medi￭ ally towards the ann￭ ular ring at this location the ch￭ ord￭ a ty￭ mp￭ ani nerve is often identified just superior to this the not￭ ch of ri￭ vin￭ us can be seen and the neck of the mal￭ le￭ us occupies the not￭ ch and often is the superior limit of a ty￭ mp￭ an￭ ome￭ atal fl￭ ap e￭ ty￭ mo￭ logy august￭ us q ri￭ vin￭ us german anatom￭ ist 16￭ 52 – 17￭ 23 a deficiency in the ty￭ mp￭ anic sul￭ cus of the ear that forms an attachment for the fl￭ acci￭ d part of the ty￭ mp￭ anic memb￭ rane and the mal￭ lear fol￭ ds also called ri￭ vin￭ us incis￭ ure ty￭ mp￭ anic incis￭ ure
in psychology novelty seeking ns is a personality trait associated with exploratory activity in response to novel stimulation impul￭ sive decision making extravag￭ ance in approach to reward cu￭ es and quick loss of temper and avoidance of frustration it is measured in the tri￭ dimensional personality questionnaire as well as the later version temper￭ ament and character inventory and is considered one of the temper￭ ament dimensions of personality like the other temper￭ ament dimensions it has been found to be highly her￭ itable high ns has been suggested to be related to low dop￭ am￭ iner￭ gic activity in the revised version of the temper￭ ament and character inventory t￭ ci r novelty seeking consists of the following four sub￭ scales 1 exploratory exc￭ itability ns 1 2 impul￭ siveness ns 2 3 extravag￭ ance ns 3 4 dis￭ ord￭ er￭ liness ns 4
in mathematics a nowhere continuous function also called an everywhere dis￭ continuous function is a function that is not continuous at any point of its domain if f is a function from real numbers to real numbers then f x is nowhere continuous if for each point x there is an ε 0 such that for each δ 0 we can find a point y such that 0 x − y δ and f x − f y ≥ ε therefore no matter how close we get to any fixed point there are even closer points at which the function takes not nearby values more general definitions of this kind of function can be obtained by replacing the absolute value by the distance function in a metric space or by using the definition of continuity in a topo￭ logical space
now￭ l￭ ur is a neighbourhood and a part of urban notified area of amar￭ av￭ ati the state capital of the indian state of and￭ h￭ ra pradesh it was an out growth of man￭ gal￭ ag￭ iri municipality in gun￭ tur district prior to its merger in the urban area of the state capital
in chemistry the no￭ yor￭ i asymmetric hydro￭ gen￭ ation of ke￭ tones is a chemical reaction for the en￭ anti￭ o￭ selective hydro￭ gen￭ ation of ke￭ tone alde￭ hy￭ des and im￭ ines this reaction exploits using chir￭ al ruth￭ en￭ ium cataly￭ sts introduced by ry￭ o￭ ji no￭ yor￭ i he shared half of the nobel prize in chemistry in 2001 with william s know￭ les for the study of the asymmetric hydro￭ gen￭ ation bin￭ ap ru catalyst is used for the asymmetric hydro￭ gen￭ ation of func￭ tion￭ alized ke￭ tones and bin￭ ap diam￭ ine ru catalyst is used for the asymmetric hydro￭ gen￭ ation of simple ke￭ tones these hydro￭ gen￭ ations are used in the production of several drugs such as the anti￭ bacterial le￭ vo￭ flo￭ x￭ in the antibiotic carb￭ ap￭ en￭ em and the anti￭ psychotic agent bms 18￭ 1100 no￭ yor￭ i hydro￭ gen￭ ation
the no￭ zak￭ i – hi￭ y￭ ama – k￭ ish￭ i reaction is a nickel chromium coupling reaction forming an alcohol from the reaction of an alde￭ hyde with an all￭ yl or vinyl hali￭ de in their original 1977 publication t￭ ame￭ j￭ iro hi￭ y￭ ama and hit￭ o￭ shi no￭ zak￭ i reported on a chromium ii salt solution prepared by reduction of ch￭ rom￭ ic chloride by lith￭ ium aluminium hy￭ dri￭ de to which was added benz￭ alde￭ hyde and all￭ yl chloride n￭ h￭ k reaction 1977 compared to gri￭ gn￭ ard reactions this reaction is very selective towards alde￭ hy￭ des with large tolerance towards a range of functional groups such as ke￭ tones esters am￭ ides and nit￭ ri￭ les en￭ als give exclusively 1 2 addition solvents of choice are d￭ m￭ f and d￭ m￭ so one solvent requirement is solu￭ bility of the chromium salts no￭ zak￭ i hi￭ y￭ ama k￭ ish￭ i reaction is a useful method for preparing medium size rings in 1983 the scope was extended by the same authors to include vinyl hali￭ des or tri￭ fl￭ ates and ar￭ yl hali￭ des it was observed that the success of the reaction depended on the source of chromium ii chloride and in 1986 it was found that this is due to nickel impurities since then nickel ii chloride is used as a co catalyst n￭ h￭ k reaction 1986 no￭ zak￭ i in the same year yo￭ shi￭ to k￭ ish￭ i et al independently discovered the beneficial effects of nickel in his quest for pal￭ y￭ toxin n￭ h￭ k reaction kis￭ ki 1986 p￭ all￭ adi￭ um acetate was also found to be an effective co￭ catalyst
a nu￭ ch￭ al cord occurs when the um￭ bil￭ ical cord becomes wrapped around the fe￭ tal neck 360 degrees nu￭ ch￭ al cords are not very common with prevalence rates of 6 to 37 up to half of nu￭ ch￭ al cords resolve before delivery
a nu￭ ch￭ al type fi￭ bro￭ ma is a rare benign proliferation involving the der￭ mis and sub￭ cu￭ taneous tissues that is a collection of dense hypo￭ cellular bund￭ les of coll￭ agen with entr￭ apped adi￭ po￭ cy￭ tes and increased numbers of small nerves it is no longer called a nu￭ ch￭ al fi￭ bro￭ ma but instead a nu￭ ch￭ al type fi￭ bro￭ ma since it develops in other an￭ atomic sites there is no known eti￭ ology
nuclear chemistry is the sub￭ field of chemistry dealing with radioactivity nuclear processes such as nuclear trans￭ mutation and nuclear properties it is the chemistry of radioactive elements such as the ac￭ tin￭ ides radi￭ um and rad￭ on together with the chemistry associated with equipment such as nuclear reactors which are designed to perform nuclear processes this includes the corro￭ sion of surfaces and the behavior under conditions of both normal and abnormal operation such as during an accident an important area is the behavior of objects and materials after being placed into a nuclear waste storage or disposal site it includes the study of the chemical effects resulting from the absorption of radiation within living animals plants and other materials the radiation chemistry controls much of radiation biology as radiation has an effect on living things at the molecular scale to explain it another way the radiation al￭ ters the bio￭ chemicals within an organism the alteration of the biom￭ ol￭ ec￭ ules then changes the chemistry which occurs within the organism this change in chemistry then can lead to a biological outcome as a result nuclear chemistry greatly assists the understanding of medical treatments such as cancer radi￭ otherapy and has enabled these treatments to improve it includes the study of the production and use of radioactive sources for a range of processes these include radi￭ otherapy in medical applications the use of radioactive trac￭ ers within industry science and the environment and the use of radiation to modify materials such as pol￭ ym￭ ers it also includes the study and use of nuclear processes in non radioactive areas of human activity for instance nuclear magnetic resonance n￭ mr spec￭ tro￭ sco￭ py is commonly used in synthetic organic chemistry and physical chemistry and for structural analysis in macro￭ molecular chemistry
nuclear electronics is a sub￭ field of electronics concerned with the design and use of high speed electronic systems for nuclear physics and elementary particle physics research and for industrial and medical use essential elements of such systems include fast detectors for charged particles discrimin￭ ators for separating them by energy coun￭ ters for counting the pul￭ ses produced by individual particles fast logic circuits including coincidence and veto gates for identification of particular types of complex particle events and pulse height analy￭ zers p￭ has for sorting and counting gam￭ ma rays or particle interactions by energy for spectr￭ al analysis
in nuclear physics nuclear fusion is a nuclear reaction in which two or more atomic nucle￭ i come close enough to form one or more different atomic nucle￭ i and sub￭ atomic particles neu￭ tron￭ s and or prot￭ ons the difference in mass between the products and re￭ ac￭ tants is manifested as the release of large amounts of energy this difference in mass arises due to the difference in atomic binding energy between the atomic nucle￭ i before and after the reaction fusion is the process that powers active or main sequence stars or other high magnitude stars the fusion process that produces a nucleus lighter than iron 56 or nickel 62 will generally yield a net energy release these elements have the smallest mass per nucle￭ on and the largest binding energy per nucle￭ on respectively fusion of light elements toward these releases energy an ex￭ other￭ mic process while a fusion producing nucle￭ i heavier than these elements will result in energy retained by the resulting nucle￭ ons and the resulting reaction is endo￭ ther￭ mic the opposite is true for the reverse process nuclear fis￭ sion this means that the lighter elements such as hydrogen and heli￭ um are in general more f￭ usable while the heavier elements such as uranium and plutonium are more fis￭ sion￭ able the extreme astro￭ physical event of a super￭ nova can produce enough energy to fuse nucle￭ i into elements heavier than iron following the discovery of quantum tunn￭ eling by physic￭ ist friedrich h￭ und in 1929 robert at￭ kinson and fr￭ itz hou￭ ter￭ mans used the measured masses of light elements to predict that large amounts of energy could be released by f￭ using small nucle￭ i building upon the nuclear trans￭ mutation experiments by ern￭ est ru￭ ther￭ ford carried out several years earlier the laboratory fusion of hydrogen isotop￭ es was first accomplished by mark oli￭ ph￭ ant in 19￭ 32 during the remainder of that decade the steps of the main cycle of nuclear fusion in stars were worked out by hans be￭ the research into fusion for military purposes began in the early 1940 s as part of the manhattan project fusion was accomplished in 1951 with the greenhouse item nuclear test nuclear fusion on a large scale in an explosion was first carried out on november 1 1952 in the i￭ vy mike hydrogen bomb test research into developing controlled thermonuclear fusion for civil purposes also began in earnest in the 1950 s and it continues to this day
nuclear magnetic resonance n￭ mr is a physical phenomenon in which nucle￭ i in a magnetic field absorb and re emit electromagnetic radiation this energy is at a specific resonance frequency which depends on the strength of the magnetic field and the magnetic properties of the isot￭ ope of the atoms in practical applications the frequency is similar to v￭ hf and u￭ hf television broadcasts 60 – 1000 mhz n￭ mr allows the observation of specific quantum mechanical magnetic properties of the atomic nucleus many scientific techniques exploit n￭ mr phenomena to study molecular physics cryst￭ als and non cryst￭ alline materials through nuclear magnetic resonance spec￭ tro￭ sco￭ py n￭ mr is also routinely used in advanced medical imaging techniques such as in magnetic resonance imaging m￭ ri all isotop￭ es that contain an odd number of prot￭ ons and or neu￭ tron￭ s see isot￭ ope have an intrinsic magnetic moment and ang￭ ular momentum in other words a non￭ zero spin while all nuc￭ li￭ des with even numbers of both have a total spin of zero the most commonly studied nucle￭ i are 1 h and 13 c although nucle￭ i from isotop￭ es of many other elements e g 2 h 6 li 10 b 11 b 14 n 15 n 17 o 19 f 23 na 29 si 31 p 35 cl 113 cd 129 xe 195 pt have been studied by high field n￭ mr spec￭ tro￭ sco￭ py as well a key feature of n￭ mr is that the resonance frequency of a particular substance is directly proportional to the strength of the applied magnetic field it is this feature that is exploited in imaging techniques if a sample is placed in a non uniform magnetic field then the resonance frequencies of the sample s nucle￭ i depend on where in the field they are located since the resolution of the imaging technique depends on the magnitude of magnetic field gr￭ adi￭ ent many efforts are made to develop increased field strength often using super￭ conductors the effectiveness of n￭ mr can also be improved using hyper￭ polarization and or using two dimensional three dimensional and higher dimensional multi frequency techniques the principle of n￭ mr usually involves two sequ￭ ential steps the alignment polarization of the magnetic nuclear sp￭ ins in an applied constant magnetic field b 0 the per￭ turb￭ ation of this alignment of the nuclear sp￭ ins by employing an electro magnetic usually radio frequency r￭ f pulse the required per￭ tur￭ bing frequency is dependent upon the static magnetic field h 0 and the nucle￭ i of observation the two fields are usually chosen to be per￭ pend￭ icular to each other as this maxim￭ izes the n￭ mr signal strength the resulting response by the total magne￭ tization m of the nuclear sp￭ ins is the phenomenon that is exploited in n￭ mr spec￭ tro￭ sco￭ py and magnetic resonance imaging both use intense applied magnetic fields h 0 in order to achieve dispersion and very high stability to deliver spectr￭ al resolution the details of which are described by chemical shifts the ze￭ eman effect and knight shifts in metals n￭ mr phenomena are also utilized in low field n￭ mr n￭ mr spec￭ tro￭ sco￭ py and m￭ ri in the earth s magnetic field referred to as and in several types of magne￭ tom￭ eters
the explosive yield of a nuclear weapon is the amount of energy released when that particular nuclear weapon is deton￭ ated usually expressed as a t￭ nt equivalent the standardized equivalent mass of trin￭ it￭ rot￭ olu￭ ene which if deton￭ ated would produce the same energy discharge either in kilo￭ tons kt — thousands of tons of t￭ nt in meg￭ at￭ ons mt — millions of tons of t￭ nt or sometimes in ter￭ aj￭ ou￭ les t￭ j an explosive yield of one ter￭ aj￭ ou￭ le is 0 239 kt of t￭ nt because the accuracy of any measurement of the energy released by t￭ nt has always been problematic the conventional definition accepted since the dawn of the atomic age is that one kilo￭ ton of t￭ nt is simply to be 10￭ 12 cal￭ ories equivalent which is only approximately equal to the energy yield of 1 000 tons of t￭ nt the yield to weight ratio is the amount of weapon yield compared to the mass of the weapon the practical maximum yield to weight ratio for fusion weapons thermonuclear weapons has been estimated to six meg￭ at￭ ons of t￭ nt per metric ton of bomb mass 25 t￭ j kg yields of 5 2 meg￭ at￭ ons ton and higher have been reported for large weapons constructed for single war￭ head use in the early 1960 s since this time the smaller warheads needed to achieve the increased net damage efficiency bomb damage bomb weight of multiple war￭ head systems has resulted in decreases in the yield weight ratio for single modern warheads
in molecular biology hybri￭ di￭ zation or hybri￭ dis￭ ation is a phenomenon in which single stranded de￭ oxy￭ ri￭ bon￭ uc￭ le￭ ic acid dna or ri￭ bon￭ uc￭ le￭ ic acid r￭ na molecules an￭ ne￭ al to complementary dna or r￭ na though a double stranded dna sequence is generally stable under physiological conditions changing these conditions in the laboratory generally by raising the surrounding temperature will cause the molecules to separate into single strands these strands are complementary to each other but may also be complementary to other sequences present in their surroundings lowering the surrounding temperature allows the single stranded molecules to an￭ ne￭ al or “ hybri￭ di￭ ze ” to each other dna replic￭ ation and trans￭ cription of dna into r￭ na both rely upon nucle￭ o￭ tide hybri￭ di￭ zation as do molecular biology techniques including southern blo￭ ts and northern blo￭ ts the poly￭ mer￭ ase chain reaction p￭ cr and most approaches to dna sequ￭ encing
in organic chemistry a nucle￭ oph￭ il￭ ic addition reaction is an addition reaction where a chemical compound with an electr￭ on deficient or electro￭ phil￭ ic double or triple bond a π bond reacts with electr￭ on rich re￭ ac￭ tant termed a nucle￭ ophi￭ le with disappearance of the double bond and creation of two new single or σ bonds the reactions are involved in the biological synthesis of compounds in the metabol￭ ism of every living organism and are used by chem￭ ists in academia and industries such as pharmaceuticals to prepare most new complex organic chemicals and so are central to organic chemistry addition reactions require the presence of groups with multiple bonds in the electro￭ phi￭ le carbon – hetero￭ atom multiple bonds as in carbon￭ y￭ ls im￭ ines and nit￭ ri￭ les or carbon – carbon double or triple bonds
the most important of these is the sn￭ ar mechanism where electr￭ on withdrawing groups activate the ring towards nucle￭ oph￭ il￭ ic attack for example if there are nit￭ ro functional groups positioned orth￭ o or para to the hali￭ de leaving group
nul￭ lis￭ om￭ ic is a genetic condition involving the lack of one of the normal chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al pairs for a species 2 n 2 humans with this condition will not survive
num￭ a num￭ a is an internet phenomenon based on a video by american v￭ log￭ ger gary bro￭ l￭ sma made after the song drag￭ o￭ ste￭ a din te￭ i as performed by o zone bro￭ l￭ sma s video entitled num￭ a num￭ a song was released on december 6 2004 on the website new￭ grounds com and shows bro￭ l￭ sma lip syn￭ ching the hit song with lively ges￭ ticul￭ ations and dance moves the video title is derived from the romanian words n￭ u m￭ ă n￭ u m￭ ă that occur in the refrain of o zone s song it was the first num￭ a num￭ a them￭ ed video to gain widespread attention less than three months after the release it had been viewed more than two million times on the de￭ but website alone num￭ a num￭ a song has since spawned many par￭ ody videos including those created for the new num￭ a contest sponsored by bro￭ l￭ sma which promised us 45 000 in prize money for submissions his original video was named 41 st in the 2006 broadcast of 100 greatest funny moments by channel 4 in the uk the video was featured on channel 4 s virtually famous and entered its hall of fame and was ranked 1 in v￭ h 1 s 40 greatest internet super￭ stars in march 2007
the number portability administration center n￭ pac is a function of the federal communications commission f￭ cc in the united states it ad￭ ministers the routing of telephone calls and text messages s￭ ms for the telecommunications industry and its customers as such it facilitates local number portability in the united states and canada
numer￭ acy is the ability to reason and to apply simple numerical concepts basic numer￭ acy skills consist of compreh￭ ending fundamental arithme￭ tics like addition sub￭ traction multiplication and division for example if one can understand simple mathematical equations such as 2 2 4 then one would be considered possessing at least basic num￭ eric knowledge substantial aspects of numer￭ acy also include number sense operation sense compu￭ tation measurement geometry probability and statistics a numer￭ ically liter￭ ate person can manage and respond to the mathematical demands of life by contrast in￭ numer￭ acy the lack of numer￭ acy can have a negative impact numer￭ acy has an influence on career decisions and risk perception towards health decisions for example in￭ numer￭ acy distorts risk perception towards health decisions and may negatively affect economic choices greater numer￭ acy has been associated with reduced suscep￭ tibility to framing effects less influence of non￭ numerical information such as mood states and greater sensitivity to different levels of numerical risk
numerical diffusion is a difficulty with computer simul￭ ations of continu￭ a such as fluids where￭ in the simul￭ ated medium exhi￭ bits a higher diff￭ u￭ sivity than the true medium this phenomenon can be particularly egregious when the system should not be diff￭ u￭ sive at all for example an ideal fluid acquiring some sp￭ urious vis￭ cos￭ ity in a numerical model
in software engineering and mathematics numerical error is the combined effect of two kinds of error in a calculation the first is caused by the finite precision of compu￭ tations involving floating point or inte￭ ger values the second usually called tr￭ unc￭ ation error is the difference between the exact mathematical solution and the approximate solution obtained when simplifications are made to the mathematical equations to make them more amenable to calculation the term tr￭ unc￭ ation comes from the fact that either these simplifications usually involve the tr￭ unc￭ ation of an infinite series expansion so as to make the compu￭ tation possible and practical or because the least significant bits of an arithmetic operation are thrown away floating point numerical error is often measured in ul￭ p unit in the last place
numerical resis￭ tivity is a problem in computer simul￭ ations of ideal magne￭ to￭ hydro￭ dynamics m￭ hd it is a form of numerical diffusion in near ideal m￭ hd systems the magnetic field can diffuse only very slowly through the plasma or fluid of the system it is rate limited by the in￭ verse of the resis￭ tivity of the fluid in eul￭ er￭ ian simul￭ ations where the field is arbitrarily aligned compared to the simulation grid the numerical diffusion rate takes the form similar to an additional resis￭ tivity causing non physical and sometimes bur￭ sty magnetic re￭ connection in the simulation numerical resis￭ tivity is a function of resolution alignment of the magnetic field with the grid and numerical method in general numerical resis￭ tivity will not behave iso￭ tro￭ p￭ ically and there can be different effective numerical resis￭ tivities in different parts of the compu￭ tational domain for current 2005 simul￭ ations of the solar cor￭ ona and inner heli￭ o￭ sphere this numerical effect can be several orders of magnitude larger than the physical resis￭ tivity of the plasma
the numer￭ osity adaptation effect is a percep￭ tual phenomenon in numerical cogn￭ ition which demonstrates non symbolic numerical intu￭ ition and exemp￭ lifies how numerical percep￭ ts can impose themselves upon the human brain automatically this effect was first described in 2008 presently this effect is described only for controlled experimental conditions in the illustration a vie￭ wer should have a strong impression that the left display lower figure is more numerous than the right after 30 seconds of viewing the adaptation upper figure although both have exactly the same number of do￭ ts the vie￭ wer might also underestimate the number of do￭ ts presented in the display both effects are resistant to manipulation of the non numerical parameters of the display thus this effect cannot be simply explained in terms of size density or contrast perhaps the most astonishing aspect of these effects is that they happen immediately and without conscious control i e knowing that the numbers are equal would not hamper their happening this points to the operation of a special and largely automatic processing system as noted by bur￭ r ross 2008
num￭ mul￭ ar der￭ mati￭ tis also known as dis￭ co￭ id ecz￭ ema micro￭ bial ecz￭ ema num￭ mul￭ ar ecz￭ ema and num￭ mul￭ ar neuro￭ der￭ mati￭ tis is one of the many forms of der￭ mati￭ tis also known as dis￭ co￭ id der￭ mati￭ tis it is characterized by round or o￭ val shaped it￭ chy le￭ sions the name comes from the latin word num￭ mus which means coin
n￭ up￭ tial gifts are food items or ine￭ di￭ ble to￭ k￭ ens that are transferred to females by males during cour￭ t￭ ship or co￭ pul￭ ation ine￭ di￭ ble to￭ k￭ ens may include items such as a frag￭ ment of leaf or t￭ wig a seed tu￭ ft or a silk balloon in many species of animals including birds insects and sp￭ id￭ ers this takes the form of a food item that is transferred from a male to a female just prior to co￭ pul￭ ation this is a behaviour known as cour￭ t￭ ship feeding in some species of insects such as kat￭ y￭ di￭ ds the n￭ up￭ tial gift is packaged with the sperm of the male the package is an edible sper￭ mat￭ op￭ hor￭ e these extra nutrients in the sperm are assimilated by the female and are thought to enhance the fitness of the offspring produced thus increasing the probability that a male passes on its genes n￭ up￭ tial gifts may therefore be classified into oral and sem￭ inal gifts n￭ up￭ tial gifts may also be to￭ k￭ ens that do not have any direct value as food but may serve as an indicator of male fitness
in general biology or reproductive physi￭ ology the term nurse cell is defined as a cell which provides food helps other cells and provides stability to their neighboring cells the term nurse cell is used in several unrelated ways in different scientific fields
the nurse scheduling problem n￭ sp also called the nurse ro￭ stering problem n￭ r￭ p is the operations research problem of finding an optimal way to assign nurses to shifts typically with a set of hard constraints which all valid solutions must follow and a set of soft constraints which define the relative quality of valid solutions solutions to the nurse scheduling problem can be applied to constrained scheduling problems in other fields the nurse scheduling problem has been studied since before 1969 and is known to have n￭ p hard complexity
nur￭ sem￭ aid s el￭ bow baby￭ sit￭ ter s el￭ bow or pulled el￭ bow is a dis￭ location of the el￭ bow joint caused by a sudden pull on the extended pron￭ ated fore￭ arm such as by an adult tu￭ gging on an un￭ cooperative child or by swinging the child by the arms during play the technical term for the injury is rad￭ ial head su￭ blu￭ x￭ ation
nut￭ cracker es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus or hyper￭ ten￭ sive per￭ ist￭ al￭ sis is a disorder of the movement of the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus characterized by contr￭ actions in the smooth muscle of the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus in a normal sequence but at an excessive am￭ pl￭ itude or duration nut￭ cracker es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus is one of several mo￭ ti￭ lity disorders of the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus including ac￭ hal￭ asia and diffuse es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al sp￭ asm it causes difficulty sw￭ allowing or dy￭ sp￭ ha￭ gia to both solid and liquid foods and can cause significant chest pain it may also be as￭ ymp￭ tomatic nut￭ cracker es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus can affect people of any age but is more common in the sixth and seventh decades of life the diagnosis is made by an es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al mo￭ ti￭ lity study es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al man￭ ome￭ try which evalu￭ ates the pressure of the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus at various points along its length the term nut￭ cracker es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus comes from the finding of increased pressures during per￭ ist￭ al￭ sis with a diagnosis made when pressures exceed 180 m￭ mh￭ g this has been lik￭ ened to the pressure of a mechanical nut￭ cracker the disorder does not progress and is not associated with any complications as a result treatment of nut￭ cracker es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus targets control of symptoms only
the nut￭ cracker syndrome n￭ cs — is a manifest variant of nut￭ cracker phenomenon ren￭ al vein entr￭ ap￭ ment syndrome or mes￭ o￭ a￭ or￭ tic compression of the left ren￭ al vein it results most commonly from the compression of the left ren￭ al vein between the ab￭ domin￭ al a￭ or￭ ta aa and superior mes￭ enter￭ ic artery sma although other variants exist the name derives from the fact that in the sag￭ it￭ tal plane and or trans￭ verse plane the sma and aa with some imagination appear to be a nut￭ cracker crushing a nut the ren￭ al vein there is a wide spectrum of clinical presentations and diagnostic criteria are not well defined which frequently results in delayed or incorrect diagnosis this condition is not to be confused with superior mes￭ enter￭ ic artery syndrome which is the compression of the third portion of the du￭ o￭ den￭ um by the sma and the aa
nutri￭ cosmetics are nutritional supplements which purposes to support the function and the structure of the skin many mic￭ ron￭ u￭ tri￭ ents have this effect vitamin c for example has a well established anti oxid￭ ant effect that reduces the impact of free radicals in the skin it also has a vital function in the production of coll￭ agen in the der￭ mis other mic￭ ron￭ u￭ tri￭ ents such as some om￭ ega 3 fatty acids caro￭ ten￭ es and flav￭ ono￭ ids protect the skin from the damaging effects of ultra￭ violet light exposure which may lead to accelerated skin aging and wr￭ ink￭ le formation one of the pioneers in this field and by many considered as the father of internal skin￭ care is the swedish bio￭ chem￭ ist a￭ ke dah￭ l￭ gre￭ n he invented the world s first nutri￭ cosmetic in the late 1980 s called im￭ e￭ de￭ en since the 1990 s sales of nutri￭ cosmetics have increased dramatically to over 1 billion usd annually
nutrient sensing is a cell s ability to recognize and respond to fuel sub￭ str￭ ates such as glucose each type of fuel used by the cell requires an alternate path￭ way of utilization and accessory molecules in order to conserve resources a cell will only produce molecules that it needs at the time the level and type of fuel that is available to a cell will determine the type of enzymes it needs to express from its genome for utilization recep￭ tors on the cell memb￭ rane s surface designed to be activated in the presence of specific fuel molecules communicate to the cell nucleus via a means of cas￭ c￭ ading interactions in this way the cell is aware of the available nutrients and is able to produce only the molecules specific to that nutrient type
nutritional an￭ emia refers to types of an￭ emia that can be directly attributed to nutritional disorders examples include iron deficiency an￭ emia and pernicious an￭ emia it is often discussed in a pedi￭ atric context
nutritional deficiency ecz￭ ema is a pattern of ecz￭ ema with loc￭ alized thick￭ ened scaling pat￭ ches that have some characteristics of num￭ mul￭ ar ecz￭ ema se￭ bor￭ rhe￭ ic der￭ mati￭ tis and neuro￭ der￭ mati￭ tis that may be seen in alcohol￭ ics
nutritional muscular dy￭ stro￭ phy also called nutritional my￭ opathy or white muscle disease is a muscle disease of lambs calves and fo￭ als and adult horses due to deficiency in sel￭ en￭ ium and or vitamin e the condition is observed in all breeds and sexes of lambs from birth to three month of age its frequency increases with upgrading of sheep breed for increased mus￭ cling especially in areas with sel￭ en￭ ium deficiency in soils in dairy breeds the occurs in calves from some days after birth until four months of age but in rus￭ tic breeds or beef cattle heifers and young ste￭ ers up to 12 months can also be affected
ny￭ c￭ tal￭ op￭ ia ˌ￭ n￭ ɪ￭ kt￭ ə￭ l￭ ˈ￭ o￭ ʊ￭ pi￭ ə from greek ν￭ ύ￭ κ￭ τ ny￭ kt night ἀ￭ λα￭ ός al￭ a￭ os blind not seeing and ὄ￭ ψ ops eye also called night blindness is a condition making it difficult or impossible to see in relatively low light it is a symptom of several eye diseases night blindness may exist from birth or be caused by injury or malnutrition for example a lack of vitamin a it can be described as insufficient adaptation to darkness the most common cause of ny￭ c￭ tal￭ op￭ ia is ret￭ initi￭ s pi￭ gm￭ ent￭ osa a disorder in which the rod cells in the re￭ tina gradually lose their ability to respond to the light patients suffering from this genetic condition have progressive ny￭ c￭ tal￭ op￭ ia and eventually their day￭ time vision may also be affected in x linked con￭ genital stationary night blindness from birth the rods either do not work at all or work very little but the condition doesn t get worse another cause of night blindness is a deficiency of re￭ tin￭ ol or vitamin a found in fish oils liver and dairy products the opposite problem the inability to see in bright light is known as h￭ emer￭ al￭ op￭ ia and is much r￭ arer since the outer area of the re￭ tina is made up of more rods than con￭ es loss of peripheral vision often results in night blindness individuals suffering from night blindness not only see poorly at night but also require extra time for their eyes to adjust from brigh￭ tly lit areas to dim ones contrast vision may also be greatly reduced rods contain a recep￭ tor protein called rho￭ dop￭ sin when light falls on rho￭ dop￭ sin it under￭ goes a series of conform￭ ational changes ultimately generating electrical signals which are carried to the brain via the op￭ tic nerve in the absence of light rho￭ dop￭ sin is regener￭ ated the body synthe￭ sizes rho￭ dop￭ sin from vitamin a which is why a deficiency in vitamin a causes poor night vision ref￭ r￭ active vision correction surgery especially pr￭ k with the complic￭ ation of ha￭ ze may rarely cause a reduction in best night time acu￭ ity due to the impairment of contrast sensitivity function c￭ sf which is induced by intra￭ oc￭ ular light scat￭ ter resulting from surgical intervention in the natural structural integrity of the cor￭ ne￭ a
ny￭ stag￭ mus is a condition of involuntary or voluntary in rare cases eye movement acquired in infancy or later in life that may result in reduced or limited vision due to the involuntary movement of the eye it is often called dancing eyes in a normal condition while the head rot￭ ates about any axis distant visual images are sustained by rotating eyes in the opposite direction on the respective axis the sem￭ ic￭ ir￭ cular can￭ als in the vesti￭ bu￭ le sense ang￭ ular acceleration these send signals to the nucle￭ i for eye movement in the brain from here a signal is rel￭ ayed to the extra￭ oc￭ ular muscles to allow one ’ s gaze to fix￭ ate on one object as the head moves ny￭ stag￭ mus occurs when the sem￭ ic￭ ir￭ cular can￭ als are being stimulated while the head is not in motion the direction of oc￭ ular movement is related to the sem￭ ic￭ ir￭ cular canal that is being stimulated there are two key forms of ny￭ stag￭ mus pathological and physiological with variations within each type ny￭ stag￭ mus may be caused by con￭ genital disorders acquired or central nervous system disorders toxicity pharmaceutical drugs alcohol or rot￭ ational movement previously considered un￭ treat￭ able in recent years several pharmaceutical drugs have been identified for treatment of ny￭ stag￭ mus ny￭ stag￭ mus is occasionally associated with ver￭ ti￭ go
o jav￭ anese o j￭ awa or o spelling is a phenomenon that is caused by contradiction between standard jav￭ anese spelling and standard indonesian spelling ey￭ d in standard indonesian spelling word a can only pronounced a while in standard jav￭ anese spelling word a have two tone i e a and ɔ in consequence the indonesian words that borrowed from jav￭ anese that have syn￭ tax a on its writ￭ ings usually pronounced a although in jav￭ anese its pronounced ɔ hence the words a that pronounced o become written as o to simplify for readers that are not from jav￭ anese background for example su￭ si￭ lo bam￭ bang yu￭ d￭ ho￭ y￭ ono if written by standard jav￭ anese spelling should be su￭ si￭ la bam￭ bang yu￭ d￭ hay￭ ana while sur￭ ab￭ aya pronounced sur￭ ɔ￭ b￭ ɔ￭ j￭ ɔ ham￭ eng￭ ku￭ bu￭ won￭ o ham￭ eng￭ ku￭ bu￭ w￭ ana man￭ g￭ kun￭ eg￭ oro man￭ g￭ kun￭ eg￭ ara
oh 24 ol￭ du￭ vai hom￭ ini￭ d № 24 nick￭ named twi￭ ggy is a fossi￭ lized skull of the species homo ha￭ bil￭ is it was discovered in ol￭ du￭ vai gor￭ ge tanzania by peter n￭ zu￭ be in 1968 the skull was found crushed almost flat and was therefore named after the famously skinny model of the time twi￭ ggy estimated at about 1 8 my￭ a million years old the cran￭ ium was found crushed flat and cem￭ ented together with a mass coating of lime￭ stone originally there was very little interest placed on the discovery of the skull but after much effort by scientist ron clarke the skull was finally re￭ constructed and examined thoroughly despite this effort there still is a good deal of distortion from the fossi￭ li￭ zation processes that took place the small cran￭ ial capacity estimated at about 590 600 cc cubic centi￭ meters is in part attributed to this cran￭ ial distortion oh 24 s face is described as being pro￭ gn￭ ath￭ ic projec￭ ting forward under the nose as in other fossi￭ ls from the homo ha￭ bil￭ is family but not quite to the extent of earlier austr￭ al￭ op￭ i￭ th￭ ecus species besides manifest￭ ing lesser pro￭ gn￭ ath￭ ism than the austr￭ al￭ op￭ i￭ th￭ ec￭ ines oh 24 also portr￭ ays a larger cran￭ ial vault indicating an expansion in brain size from its anc￭ est￭ or and the reduction of facial pro￭ gn￭ ath￭ is￭ im typical of the evolution of early homo the individual s third mol￭ ars had erupted which indicates that oh 24 twi￭ ggy was an adult at death yet these mol￭ ars show no sign of wear the points on the cro￭ wns of the teeth are still sharp and show little sign of abra￭ sion by rough food matter indicating that this individual died soon after the eruption of these mol￭ ars like the other fossi￭ ls of homo ha￭ bil￭ is oh 24 also manifests the slightly small teeth set in a u shaped arch being one of the oldest fossi￭ ls of homo ha￭ bil￭ is oh 24 has been used to settle many disputes about splitting some of the early homo fossi￭ ls that have been found into homo ru￭ dol￭ f￭ ensis and homo ha￭ bil￭ is or lum￭ ping them together into one single species homo ha￭ bil￭ is some of the highly disputed fossi￭ ls are kn￭ m er 18￭ 13 which most agree is a female homo ha￭ bil￭ is and kn￭ m er 14￭ 70 which many argue has various anatom￭ ical differences to the previously known homo ha￭ bil￭ is fossi￭ ls that should make it be classified into the homo ru￭ dol￭ f￭ ensis species replic￭ a made with a 3 d printer
the os tan is an internet phenomenon or mem￭ e that originated within the japanese fu￭ tab￭ a channel the os tan are the mo￭ e anthropo￭ morph￭ ism person￭ ification of several operating systems by various amateur japanese artists the os tan are typically depicted as women with the os tan representative of microsoft windows operating systems usually depicted as sisters of varying ages though initially appearing only in fan work the os t￭ ans proved popular enough that microsoft branches in singapore and taiwan used the os tan concept as the basis for ad campaigns for internet explor￭ er and microsoft sil￭ ver￭ light respectively
o￭ sl￭ am syndrome is a rare auto￭ som￭ al dominant hereditary disorder its name is an initi￭ alism of o￭ ste￭ os￭ ar￭ coma limb anomalies and er￭ y￭ thro￭ id macro￭ cy￭ to￭ sis with meg￭ alo￭ bl￭ astic marrow syndrome o￭ sl￭ am syndrome was recognised and described by mul￭ vil￭ hill et al as a syndrome that increases suscep￭ tibility to tum￭ ours and is characterised by an impaired regulation of bone and marrow development individuals with o￭ sl￭ am syndrome have an elevated risk of bone cancer limb ab￭ norm￭ alities and enlarged red blood cells
the o￭ zi rule is a consequence of quantum chro￭ mo￭ dynamics q￭ cd that explains why certain decay modes appear less frequently than otherwise might be expected it was independently proposed by su￭ su￭ mu ok￭ u￭ bo george z￭ wei￭ g and ju￭ gor￭ o i￭ iz￭ uk￭ a in the 1960 s it states that any strongly occurring process will be suppressed if through only the removal of internal glu￭ on lines its fe￭ yn￭ man diag￭ ram can be separated into two disconnected diag￭ r￭ ams one containing all of the initial state particles and one containing all of the final state particles an example of such a suppressed decay is φ → π π − π 0 it would be expected that this decay mode would dominate over other decay modes such as φ → k k − which have much lower q values in actu￭ ality it is seen that φ dec￭ ays to ka￭ ons 84 of the time suggesting the decay path to p￭ ions is suppressed an explanation of the o￭ zi rule can be seen from the decrease of the coupling constant in q￭ cd with increasing energy or momentum transfer for the o￭ zi suppressed channels the glu￭ ons must have high q 2 at least as much as the rest mass energies of the quar￭ ks into which they decay and so the coupling constant will appear small to these glu￭ ons a further example is given by the dec￭ ays of excited states of char￭ mon￭ ium bound state of charm quar￭ k and anti￭ quar￭ k for states lighter than the charged d mes￭ ons the decay must proceed just like the above example into three p￭ ions with three virtual glu￭ ons mediating the interaction each of which must have enough energy to produce a quar￭ k anti￭ quar￭ k pair but above the d mes￭ on threshold the original val￭ ence quar￭ ks need not annihil￭ ate they can propag￭ ate into the final states in this case only two glu￭ ons are required which share the energy of the light quar￭ k anti￭ quar￭ k pair that is spontaneously nucle￭ ated they are thus lower in energy than the three glu￭ ons of the o￭ zi suppressed annihil￭ ation the suppression arises from both the smaller values of the q￭ cd coupling constant at high energies as well as the greater number of interaction ver￭ tices
oak wil￭ t is a fun￭ gal disease affecting oak trees caused by the fun￭ gus cer￭ at￭ oc￭ y￭ stis fag￭ ac￭ ear￭ um symptoms vary by tree species but generally consist of leaf dis￭ color￭ ation wil￭ t de￭ foli￭ ation and death the fun￭ gus spreads from dise￭ ased to healthy trees from insects or by connections between tree roots management of the disease historically meant preventing infection by avoiding tree wounds removing dise￭ ased trees and breaking root connections with vibr￭ atory p￭ lows tren￭ chers roc￭ k￭ saws or ho￭ es present methods focus on the area of mon￭ oc￭ ul￭ tures and restoring correct ecosystems using soils fun￭ g￭ icide treatments used in urban areas are available and are mostly preventative as well oak wil￭ t is an important disease of oak for timber production and of oak trees in urban areas
o￭ ase 2 is a fossi￭ lized human skull believed to date from sometime in the first 5 000 years of human hab￭ itation of europe it was found in the pe￭ ș￭ tera cu o￭ ase cave in south￭ western romania with other human samples from the time the skull has the same proportions as modern human cr￭ ani￭ ums and has other features that are ne￭ ander￭ th￭ al
obesity is a medical condition in which excess body fat has accumulated to the extent that it may have a negative effect on health people are generally considered ob￭ ese when their body mass index b￭ mi a measurement obtained by dividing a person s weight by the square of the person s height is over 30 kg m 2 with the range 25 – 30 kg m 2 defined as overweight some east asian countries use lower values obesity increases the likelihood of various diseases particularly heart disease type 2 diabetes obstruc￭ tive sleep ap￭ ne￭ a certain types of cancer and o￭ ste￭ o￭ ar￭ thri￭ tis obesity is most commonly caused by a combination of excessive food intake lack of physical activity and genetic suscep￭ tibility a few cases are caused primarily by genes endocrine disorders medications or mental illness evidence to support the view that ob￭ ese people eat little yet gain weight due to a slow metabol￭ ism is not generally supported on average ob￭ ese people have a greater energy expenditure than their thin counterparts due to the energy required to maintain an increased body mass obesity is mostly preventable through a combination of social changes and personal choices changes to diet and exercising are the main treatments diet quality can be improved by reducing the consumption of energy dense foods such as those high in fat and sugars and by increasing the intake of dietary fiber medications may be taken along with a suitable diet to reduce appetite or decrease fat absorption if diet exercise and medication are not effective a ga￭ str￭ ic balloon or surgery may be performed to reduce stomach volume or bo￭ wel length leading to feeling full earlier or a reduced ability to absorb nutrients from food obesity is a leading preventable cause of death worldwide with increasing rates in adults and children in 2014 600 million adults 13 and 42 million children under the age of five were ob￭ ese obesity is more common in women than men authorities view it as one of the most serious public health problems of the 21 st century obesity is stigmati￭ zed in much of the modern world particularly in the western world though it was seen as a symbol of wealth and fertility at other times in history and still is in some parts of the world in 2013 the american medical association classified obesity as a disease
obesity hypo￭ ventilation syndrome also known as pick￭ wick￭ ian syndrome is a condition in which severely overweight people fail to breathe rapidly enough or deeply enough resulting in low blood oxygen levels and high blood carbon dioxide co 2 levels many people with this condition also frequently stop breathing altogether for short periods of time during sleep obstruc￭ tive sleep ap￭ ne￭ a resulting in many partial awak￭ enings during the night which leads to continual sleep￭ iness during the day the disease puts strain on the heart which eventually may lead to the symptoms such as heart failure leg sw￭ elling and various other related symptoms the most effective treatment is weight loss but it is often possible to relieve the symptoms by no￭ c￭ tur￭ nal ventilation with positive air￭ way pressure cp￭ ap or related methods obesity hypo￭ ventilation syndrome is defined as the combination of obesity body mass index above 30 kg m 2 hypo￭ x￭ emia falling oxygen levels in blood during sleep and hyper￭ cap￭ nia increased blood carbon dioxide levels during the day resulting from hypo￭ ventilation excessively slow or shallow breathing the disease has been known since the 1950 s initially as pick￭ wick￭ ian syndrome in reference to a dic￭ ken￭ sian character but currently under a more descriptive name
in computer vision the problem of object categ￭ ori￭ zation from image search is the problem of training a classi￭ fier to recognize categories of objects using only the images retri￭ eved automatically with an internet search engine ideally automatic image collection would allow classi￭ fiers to be trained with nothing but the category names as input this problem is closely related to that of content based image retri￭ eval c￭ b￭ ir where the goal is to return better image search results rather than training a classi￭ fier for image recognition traditionally classi￭ fiers are trained using sets of images that are labeled by hand collecting such a set of images is often a very time consuming and laborious process the use of internet search engines to autom￭ ate the process of acquiring large sets of labeled images has been described as a potential way of greatly facilitating computer vision research
the object pool pattern is a software cre￭ ational design pattern that uses a set of initi￭ alized objects kept ready to use – a pool – rather than allocating and destroying them on demand a client of the pool will request an object from the pool and perform operations on the returned object when the client has finished it returns the object to the pool rather than destroying it this can be done manu￭ ally or automatically object pools are primarily used for performance in some circumstances object pools significantly improve performance object pools complicate object lifetime as objects obtained from and returned to a pool are not actually created or destroyed at this time and thus require care in implementation
obligatory possession is a linguistic phenomenon common in languages with n￭ oun￭ s infl￭ ected for poss￭ essor certain words commonly kin￭ ship terms and body parts cannot occur without a poss￭ essor the world atlas of language structures w￭ als lists 43 languages in its 244 language sample as having obligatory possession languages with obligatory possession are concentrated in new guinea and in north and south america generally obligatory possession is found throughout a family e g al￭ gon￭ qu￭ ian languages represented by plains cre￭ e in the w￭ als sample or may￭ an languages represented by t￭ zu￭ tu￭ j￭ il in the w￭ als sample but not all ath￭ ab￭ as￭ kan languages have it sla￭ vey does not have obligatory possession but nav￭ a￭ jo does obligatory possession is also present in the language isolate ha￭ ida obligatory possession is sometimes called inalienable possession inalienable possession is a sem￭ an￭ tic notion i e largely dependent on the way a culture structures the world while obligatory possession is a property of morph￭ em￭ es in general n￭ oun￭ s with the property of requiring oblig￭ atori￭ ly possession are no￭ tionally in￭ alien￭ ably possessed but the fit is rarely if ever perfect
observ￭ ational error or measurement error is the difference between a measured value of quantity and its true value in statistics an error is not a mistake vari￭ ability is an inherent part of things being measured and of the measurement process measurement errors can be divided into two components random error and systematic error random errors are errors in measurement that lead to measurable values being inconsistent when repeated measures of a constant attribute or quantity are taken systematic errors are errors that are not determined by chance but are introduced by an in￭ accuracy as of observation or measurement inherent in the system systematic error may also refer to an error having a non￭ zero mean so that its effect is not reduced when observations are averaged
the observer pattern is a software design pattern in which an object called the subject maintains a list of its depend￭ ents called observers and notifies them automatically of any state changes usually by calling one of their methods it is mainly used to implement distributed event handling systems the observer pattern is also a key part in the familiar model – view – controller m￭ v￭ c architectural pattern the observer pattern is implemented in numerous programming libraries and systems including almost all gu￭ i tool￭ kits the observer pattern can cause memory leaks known as the lapsed lis￭ tener problem because in basic implementation it requires both explicit registration and explicit dere￭ gis￭ tration as in the dispose pattern because the subject holds strong references to the observers keeping them alive this can be prevented by the subject holding weak references to the observers related patterns publish – subscribe pattern mediator sing￭ leton
obs￭ essive – compul￭ sive disorder oc￭ d is a mental disorder where people feel the need to check things repeatedly perform certain rou￭ tines repeatedly called rit￭ uals or have certain thoughts repeatedly people are unable to control either the thoughts or the activities for more than a short period of time common activities include hand washing counting of things and checking to see if a door is locked some may have difficulty throwing things out these activities occur to such a degree that the person s daily life is negatively affected often they take up more than an hour a day most adults realize that the behaviors do not make sense the condition is associated with tics anxiety disorder and an increased risk of suicide the cause is unknown there appear to be some genetic components with both identical twins more often affected than both non identical twins risk factors include a history of child abuse or other stress inducing event some cases have been documented to occur following infections the diagnosis is based on the symptoms and requires ruling out other drug related or medical causes rating scales such as the yale – brown obs￭ essive compul￭ sive scale can be used to assess the severity other disorders with similar symptoms include anxiety disorder major depres￭ sive disorder eating disorders tic disorders and obs￭ essive – compul￭ sive personality disorder treatment involves counselling such as cognitive behavioral therapy c￭ bt and sometimes medication typically selective sero￭ ton￭ in re￭ uptake inhi￭ bit￭ ors ss￭ ris c￭ bt for oc￭ d involves increasing exposure to what causes the problems while not allowing the repeti￭ tive behavior to occur while clo￭ mi￭ pr￭ amine appears to work as well as ss￭ ris it has greater side effects atypical anti￭ psycho￭ tics may be useful when used in addition to an s￭ sri in treatment resistant cases but are also associated with an increased risk of side effects without treatment the condition often lasts decades obs￭ essive – compul￭ sive disorder affects about 2 3 of people at some point in their life rates during a given year are about 1 2 and it occurs worldwide it is unusual for symptoms to begin after the age of thirty five and half of people develop problems before twenty males and females are affected about equally in english the phrase obs￭ essive – compul￭ sive is often used in an informal manner unrelated to oc￭ d to describe someone who is excessively meticulous perfec￭ tion￭ istic absorbed or otherwise fix￭ ated
obs￭ essive – compul￭ sive personality disorder oc￭ pd is a personality disorder characterized by a general pattern of concern with ord￭ er￭ liness perfec￭ tion￭ ism excessive attention to details mental and inter￭ personal control and a need for control over one s environment at the expense of flexibility openness to experience and efficiency work￭ a￭ hol￭ ism and miser￭ liness are also seen often in those with this personality disorder rit￭ uals are performed to the point of excluding leisure activities and friend￭ ships persons affected with this disorder may find it hard to relax always feeling that time is running out for their activities and that more effort is needed to achieve their goals they may plan their activities down to the minute — a manifestation of the compul￭ sive tendency to keep control over their environment and to dislike unpredictable things as things they cannot control the cause of oc￭ pd is unknown this is a distinct disorder from obs￭ essive – compul￭ sive disorder oc￭ d and the relation between the two is contentious some but not all studies have found high com￭ or￭ bi￭ dity rates between the two disorders and both may share outside similarities – rigid and ritual like behaviors for example ho￭ ar￭ ding ord￭ er￭ liness and a need for sym￭ metry and organization are often seen in people with either disorder attitudes toward these behaviors differ between people affected with either of the disorders for people with oc￭ d these behaviors are unwanted and seen as unhealthy being the product of anxiety inducing and involuntary thoughts while for people with oc￭ pd they are ego￭ syn￭ tonic that is they are perceived by the subject as rational and desirable being the result of for example a strong adherence to rou￭ tines a natural inclination towards cau￭ ti￭ ousness or a desire to achieve perfection oc￭ pd occurs in about 2 – 8 of the general population and 8 – 9 of psychiatric out￭ patients the disorder more often occurs in men
ob￭ ste￭ tric f￭ ist￭ ula or vag￭ inal f￭ ist￭ ula is a medical condition in which a f￭ ist￭ ula hole develops between either the rec￭ tum and vag￭ ina see rec￭ to￭ vag￭ inal f￭ ist￭ ula or between the blad￭ der and vag￭ ina see ve￭ si￭ co￭ vag￭ inal f￭ ist￭ ula after severe or failed childbirth when adequate medical care is not available the united nations population fund unf￭ pa defines ob￭ ste￭ tric f￭ ist￭ ula as “ a childbirth injury that has been largely neglected despite the devastating impact it has on the lives of affected girls and women it is usually caused by prolonged obstructed labour without timely medical intervention — typically an emergency ca￭ es￭ are￭ an section during un￭ assisted prolonged obstructed labour the sustained pressure of the baby ’ s head on the mother ’ s pel￭ vic bone damages soft tissues creating a hole — or f￭ ist￭ ula — between the vag￭ ina and the blad￭ der and or rec￭ tum the pressure deprives blood flow to the tissue leading to necro￭ sis eventually the dead tissue comes away leaving a f￭ ist￭ ula which causes a constant le￭ aking of urine and or fa￭ ec￭ es through the vag￭ ina ” it is considered a disease of poverty because of its tendency to occur in women in poor countries who do not have health resources comparable to developed nations an estimated 2 million women in sub saharan africa asia the arab region and latin america and the caribbean are living with this injury and some 50 000 to 100 000 new cases develop each year in developed countries the majority of women with of suffer rec￭ to￭ vag￭ inal f￭ ist￭ ula r￭ v￭ f this is caused by ep￭ is￭ io￭ tomy and for￭ cep￭ s vacuum extraction of the baby from the vag￭ ina over 80 of r￭ v￭ fs in the usa are ob￭ ste￭ tric and either preventable or treat￭ able followed in frequency by cro￭ hn s disease and radiation a f￭ ist￭ ula is almost entirely preventable according to health advocates its persistence is a sign that health systems are failing to meet women ’ s essential needs
an ob￭ ste￭ tric labor complic￭ ation is a difficulty or ab￭ normality that arises during the process of labor or delivery an example is dy￭ sto￭ cia
ob￭ ste￭ tr￭ ical bleeding also known as ob￭ ste￭ tr￭ ical hemorrha￭ ge and maternal hemorrha￭ ge refers to heavy bleeding during pregnancy labor or the puer￭ peri￭ um bleeding may be vag￭ inal and external or less commonly but more dangerously internal into the ab￭ domin￭ al cav￭ ity typically bleeding is related to the pregnancy itself but some forms of bleeding are caused by other events about 4 6 million cases of ob￭ ste￭ tr￭ ical hemorrha￭ ge occurred in 2013 it is a major cause of maternal mortality
obstructed labour also known as labour dy￭ sto￭ cia is when even though the uter￭ us is contracting normally the baby does not exit the pel￭ vis during childbirth due to being physically blocked complications for the baby include not getting enough oxygen which may result in death it increases the risk of the mother getting an infection having uter￭ ine rupture or having post par￭ tum bleeding long term complications for the mother include ob￭ ste￭ tr￭ ical f￭ ist￭ ula obstructed labour is said to result in prolonged labour when the active phase of labour is longer than twelve hours the main causes of obstructed labour include a large or abnormally positioned baby a small pel￭ vis and problems with the birth canal abnormal positioning includes shoulder dy￭ sto￭ cia were the an￭ terior shoulder does not pass easily below the pu￭ bic bone risk factors for a small pel￭ vis include malnutrition and a lack of exposure to sunlight causing vitamin d deficiency it is also more common in adoles￭ cence as the pel￭ vis may not have finished growing problems with the birth canal include a narrow vag￭ ina and per￭ in￭ eu￭ m which may be due to female genital mutilation or tumors a par￭ to￭ graph is often used to track labour progression and diagnose problems this combined with physical examination may identify obstructed labour the treatment of obstructed labour may require ces￭ are￭ an section or vacuum extraction with possible surgical opening of the symp￭ h￭ ysis pu￭ bis other measures include keeping the women hydr￭ ated and antibiotics if the memb￭ ran￭ es have been rup￭ tured for more than 18 hours in africa and asia obstructed labor effects between two and five percent of deliveries in 2013 about 5 1 cases of obstructed labour occurred this resulted in 19 000 deaths down from 29 000 deaths in 1990 about 8 of all deaths related to pregnancy most deaths due to this condition occur in the developing world
obstruc￭ tive lung disease is a category of respiratory disease characterized by air￭ way obstruction many obstruc￭ tive diseases of the lung result from narrowing of the smaller bron￭ chi and larger bron￭ chi￭ oles often because of excessive contraction of the smooth muscle itself it is generally characterized by infl￭ amed and easily collap￭ sible airways obstruction to air￭ flow problems ex￭ hal￭ ing and frequent medical clinic visits and hosp￭ itali￭ zations types of obstruc￭ tive lung disease include asthma bron￭ chi￭ ec￭ tas￭ is bron￭ chi￭ tis and chronic obstruc￭ tive pul￭ mon￭ ary disease cop￭ d although cop￭ d shares similar characteristics with all other obstruc￭ tive lung diseases such as the signs of cou￭ gh￭ ing and whe￭ e￭ zing they are distinct conditions in terms of disease onset frequency of symptoms and rever￭ sibility of air￭ way obstruction c￭ ys￭ tic fi￭ bro￭ sis is also sometimes included in obstruc￭ tive pul￭ mon￭ ary disease
obstruc￭ tive pur￭ pur￭ a is a skin condition that may result from mechanical obstruction to circulation with resulting stress on the small vessels leading to pur￭ pur￭ a
obstruc￭ tive sleep ap￭ ne￭ a osa is the most common type of sleep ap￭ ne￭ a and is caused by complete or partial obstruc￭ tions of the upper air￭ way it is characterized by repeti￭ tive episodes of shallow or pa￭ used breathing during sleep despite the effort to breathe and is usually associated with a reduction in blood oxygen satur￭ ation these episodes of decreased breathing called ap￭ ne￭ as literally without breath typically last 20 to 40 seconds individuals with osa are rarely aware of difficulty breathing even upon awakening it is often recognized as a problem by others who observe the individual during episodes or is suspected because of its effects on the body osa is commonly accompanied with snor￭ ing some use the terms obstruc￭ tive sleep ap￭ ne￭ a syndrome or obstruc￭ tive sleep ap￭ ne￭ a – hypo￭ p￭ ne￭ a syndrome to refer to osa which is associated with symptoms during the day￭ time symptoms may be present for years or even decades without identification during which time the individual may become conditioned to the day￭ time sleep￭ iness and fatigue associated with significant levels of sleep disturbance individuals who generally sleep alone are often unaware of the condition without a regular bed partner to notice and make them aware of their symptoms as the muscle tone of the body ordinarily relax￭ es during sleep and the air￭ way at the throat is composed of walls of soft tissue which can collapse it is not surprising that breathing can be obstructed during sleep although a very minor degree of osa is considered to be within the bounds of normal sleep and many individuals experience episodes of osa at some point in life a small percentage of people have chronic severe osa many people experience episodes of osa for only a short period this can be the result of an upper respiratory infection that causes nas￭ al congestion along with sw￭ elling of the throat or ton￭ sil￭ li￭ tis that temporarily produces very enlarged ton￭ si￭ ls the ep￭ stein bar￭ r virus for example is known to be able to dramatically increase the size of lymp￭ ho￭ id tissue during acute infection and osa is fairly common in acute cases of severe infectious mon￭ on￭ uc￭ le￭ osis temporary spells of osa syndrome may also occur in individuals who are under the influence of a drug such as alcohol that may relax their body tone excessively and interfere with normal ar￭ ous￭ al from sleep mechanisms
obstruc￭ tive u￭ ro￭ pa￭ thy is a structural or functional hindrance of normal urine flow sometimes leading to ren￭ al dysfunction obstruc￭ tive ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ pa￭ thy it is a very broad term and does not imply a location or eti￭ ology
ob￭ t￭ und￭ ation refers to less than full aler￭ tness altered level of consciousness typically as a result of a medical condition or trauma the root word ob￭ t￭ und means dul￭ led or less sharp cf ob￭ t￭ use angle
an ob￭ tur￭ ator her￭ nia is a rare type of her￭ nia of the pel￭ vic floor in which pel￭ vic or ab￭ domin￭ al contents pro￭ tru￭ des through the ob￭ tur￭ ator for￭ amen because of differences in anatomy it is much more common in women especially multi￭ par￭ ous and older women who have recently lost a lot of weight the diagnosis is often made intra￭ oper￭ atively after present￭ ing￭ with bo￭ wel obstruction a gy￭ ne￭ co￭ logist may come across this type of her￭ ni￭ as as a secondary finding during gy￭ ne￭ co￭ logical open surgery or l￭ apar￭ o￭ sco￭ py the how￭ ship rom￭ berg sign is sugges￭ tive of an ob￭ tur￭ ator her￭ nia exacerbated by thi￭ gh extension medi￭ al rotation and abduction it is characterized by lan￭ ci￭ l￭ ating pain in the medi￭ al thi￭ gh ob￭ tur￭ ator distribution extending to the knee caused by her￭ nia compression of the ob￭ tur￭ ator nerve
the oc￭ cam process is a sol￭ der free restriction of hazardous substances directive ro￭ hs compliant method for use in the manufacturing of electronic circuit boards developed by ver￭ d￭ ant electronics it combines the usual two steps of the construction of printed circuit boards pcbs followed by the population process of placing various leaded and non leaded electronic components into one process
an oc￭ ci￭ p￭ ital bu￭ n is a prominent bul￭ ge or projection of the oc￭ ci￭ p￭ ital bone at the back of the skull it is important in scientific descriptions of classic ne￭ ander￭ th￭ al cr￭ ania while common among many of humankind s ancestors primarily robust relatives rather than grac￭ ile the pro￭ tru￭ sion is relatively rare in modern homo sap￭ i￭ ens some scientists suspect oc￭ ci￭ p￭ ital bun￭ s might cor￭ relate with the biom￭ ec￭ han￭ ics of running another theory attributes them to enlargement of the cere￭ bell￭ um a region of the brain which medi￭ ates the timing of motor actions and spatial reasoning there are still some human populations which often exhibit oc￭ ci￭ p￭ ital bun￭ s a greater proportion of early modern europeans had them but prominent oc￭ ci￭ p￭ ital bun￭ s in modern populations are now relatively inf￭ requ￭ ent a study conducted by lie￭ berman pear￭ son and mo￭ w￭ br￭ ay provides evidence that individuals with narrow heads do￭ li￭ co￭ cephal￭ ic or narrow cran￭ ial bases and relatively large brains are more likely to have oc￭ ci￭ p￭ ital bun￭ s as a means of resolving a spatial packing problem
oc￭ ci￭ p￭ ital horn syndrome o￭ hs formerly considered a variant of eh￭ lers dan￭ los syndrome is an x linked rec￭ essive connec￭ tive tissue disorder it is caused by a deficiency in the transport of the essential mineral copper associated with mutations in the at￭ p 7 a gene only about 2 3 of children with o￭ hs are thought to have genetically inherited the disorder the other 1 3 do not have the disease in their family history since the disorder is x linked rec￭ essive the disease affects more males this is because they do not have a second x chro￭ mo￭ some unlike females so essentially are lacking the backup copy with proper function females are much more likely to be carriers only for a female to be affected they must carry two defective x chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es not just one the disorder is considered a mil￭ der variant of men￭ kes disease
oc￭ ci￭ p￭ ital ne￭ ur￭ al￭ gia also known as c 2 ne￭ ur￭ al￭ gia or rarely arnold s ne￭ ur￭ al￭ gia is a medical condition characterized by chronic pain in the upper neck back of the head and behind the eyes these areas correspond to the locations of the lesser and greater oc￭ ci￭ p￭ ital nerves wrapped around the greater oc￭ ci￭ p￭ ital nerve is the oc￭ ci￭ p￭ ital artery which can contribute to the ne￭ ur￭ al￭ gia the condition is also sometimes characterized by diminished sensation in the affected area symptoms include sharp jab￭ bing intense pains or sens￭ ations burning and or pric￭ king feeling
oc￭ cult pneumonia is a pneumonia that is not observ￭ able directly by the eye but can only be shown indirectly especially by radio￭ graphy oc￭ cult pneumonia can be made visible by chest x rays the general symptoms cough for more than 10 days and fever for more than 3 days can indicate the presence of oc￭ cult pneumonia just as a temperature of 39 ° c or higher and a high white blood cell count administration of a pneu￭ mo￭ coc￭ cal vaccine decreases the incidence of oc￭ cult pneumonia which suggests that st￭ rep￭ to￭ co￭ cc￭ us pneu￭ mon￭ i￭ ae is a cause of oc￭ cult pneumonia oc￭ cult pneumonia however can also be the result of atypical pneumonia although pneu￭ mo￭ coc￭ cal vaccination lowers the prevalence of oc￭ cult pneumonia it does not make radio￭ graphic diagnosis superfluous at patients with prolonged fever cough or leuk￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis e￭ ty￭ mo￭ logy the term is derived from the latin oc￭ cul￭ tus hidden secret and pneumonia infl￭ amm￭ ation of the lungs greek pneu￭ ma wind and in￭ do european ple￭ um￭ on floating swimming
occupational ac￭ ne is caused by several different groups of industrial compounds including coal tar derivatives in￭ soluble cutting oils and chlorinated hydrocarbons chlor￭ nap￭ h￭ thal￭ en￭ es chlor￭ di￭ phen￭ y￭ ls and chlor￭ di￭ phen￭ y￭ lo￭ x￭ ides
occupational asthma is an occupational lung disease and a type of asthma like other types of asthma it is characterized by air￭ way infl￭ amm￭ ation reversible airways obstruction and bron￭ cho￭ sp￭ asm but it is caused by something in the workplace environment symptoms include short￭ ness of breath ti￭ ght￭ ness of the chest nas￭ al irritation cou￭ gh￭ ing and whe￭ e￭ zing the first person to use it in reference to a medical condition was hippo￭ crates and he believed that tail￭ ors ang￭ lers and metal￭ workers were more likely to be affected by the disease although much research has been done since the infl￭ am￭ matory component of asthma was recognized only in the 1960 s hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity pneu￭ mon￭ i￭ tis is a related condition with many occupational examples e g flock worker s lung farmer s lung and indi￭ um lung however although overlapping in many cases hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity pneu￭ mon￭ i￭ tis may be distinguished from occupational asthma in that it isn t restricted to only occupational exposure and involves type iii hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity and type iv hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity rather than the type i hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity of asthma also unlike asthma hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity pneu￭ mon￭ i￭ tis targets lung al￭ ve￭ oli rather than bron￭ chi
the term bur￭ n￭ out in psychology was coined by herbert fre￭ u￭ den￭ berger in his 1974 staff bur￭ n￭ out presumably based on the 1960 novel a burnt out case by graham green￭ e which describes a protagon￭ ist suffering from bur￭ n￭ out more recently the term bro￭ wn￭ out has been used in the business world to describe a less serious version of bur￭ n￭ out it refers to staff who are dis￭ engaged and demo￭ tiv￭ ated in their job role occupational bur￭ n￭ out is typically and particularly found within human service professions professions with high levels of bur￭ n￭ out include social workers nurses teachers lawyers engineers medical practitioners customer service representatives and police officers one reason why bur￭ n￭ out is so prevalent within the human services field is due in part to the high stress work environment and emotional demands of the job mas￭ l￭ ach and her colleague michael le￭ iter defined the anti￭ thesis of bur￭ n￭ out as engagement engagement is characterized by energy involvement and efficacy the op￭ pos￭ ites of exhaustion cynicism and ine￭ ffic￭ acy bak￭ ker et al 2014 in bur￭ n￭ out and work engagement the jd – r approach makes the same argument as le￭ iter
occupational cancer is cancer caused by occupational hazards several cancers have been directly tied to occupational hazards including chim￭ ney swe￭ eps carcin￭ oma mes￭ o￭ the￭ li￭ oma and others
an occupational disease is any chronic ail￭ ment that occurs as a result of work or occupational activity it is an aspect of occupational safety and health an occupational disease is typically identified when it is shown that it is more prevalent in a given body of workers than in the general population or in other worker populations the first such disease to be recognised squ￭ am￭ ous cell carcin￭ oma of the scro￭ tum was identified in chim￭ ney sweep boys by sir per￭ ci￭ val pot￭ t in 17￭ 75 occupational hazards that are of a traumatic nature such as falls by roof￭ ers are not considered to be occupational diseases under the law of workers compensation in many jurisdictions there is a presumption that specific disease are caused by the worker being in the work environment and the burden is on the employer or insurer to show that the disease came about from another cause diseases compensated by national workers compensation authorities are often termed occupational diseases however many countries do not offer compens￭ ations for certain diseases like mus￭ cul￭ osk￭ el￭ etal disorders caused by work e g in norway therefore the term work related diseases is utilized to describe diseases of occupational origin this term however would then include both compens￭ able and non compens￭ able diseases that have occupational origins
occupational hearing loss o￭ hl is hearing loss that occurs as a result of occupational hazards o￭ hl damage to one or both ears from exposures related to one s occupation is a large but preventable problem organizations such as the occupational safety and health administration o￭ sha and the national institute for occupational safety and health ni￭ os￭ h work with employers and workers to reduce or eliminate completely hazards to hearing occupational hearing loss is one of the most common work related illness in the united states hazards to the hearing of workers include industrial noise and exposure to various o￭ to￭ toxic chemicals these exposures may also interact to cause more damage than either one would by itself many chemicals have not been tested for o￭ to￭ toxicity so unknown threats may exist a 2016 study by ni￭ os￭ h found that the mining sector had the highest prevalence of hearing impairment at 17 followed by the construction sector 16 and the manufacturing sector 14 the public safety sector had the lowest rate of hearing impairment at 7 personal protective equipment administrative controls and engineering controls can all work to reduce exposure to noise and chemicals either by providing the worker with protection such as ear￭ plu￭ gs or by reducing the noise at the source or limiting the time or level of exposure
occupational lung diseases are occupational diseases affecting the respiratory system including occupational asthma black lung disease coal￭ worker s pneu￭ mo￭ con￭ i￭ osis chronic obstruc￭ tive pul￭ mon￭ ary disease cop￭ d mes￭ o￭ the￭ li￭ oma and sili￭ co￭ sis infectious lung diseases can also be acquired in an occupational context exposure to substances like flock and silic￭ a can cause fi￭ bro￭ sing lung disease whereas exposure to carcinogens like asbestos and ber￭ yl￭ lium can cause lung cancer occupational cases of inter￭ sti￭ tial lung disease may be mis￭ diagnosed as cop￭ d idi￭ opathic pul￭ mon￭ ary fi￭ bro￭ sis or a myriad of other diseases leading to a delay in identification of the caus￭ ative agent
occupational stress is stress related to one s job occupational stress often stems from unexpected responsibilities and pressures that do not align with a person s knowledge skills or expectations inhi￭ biting one s ability to cope occupational stress can increase when workers do not feel supported by supervisors or colleagues or feel as if they have little control over work processes
ocean acidification is the ongoing decrease in the ph of the earth s oceans caused by the uptake of carbon dioxide co 2 from the atmosphere se￭ aw￭ ater is slightly basic meaning ph 7 and the process in question is a shift towards ph neutral conditions rather than a transition to ac￭ id￭ ic conditions ph 7 ocean al￭ kal￭ inity is not changed by the process or may increase over long time periods due to carbon￭ ate dissolution an estimated 30 – 40 of the carbon dioxide from human activity released into the atmosphere dis￭ solves into oceans rivers and lakes to achieve chemical equilibrium some of it reacts with the water to form carbon￭ ic acid some of these extra carbon￭ ic acid molecules react with a water mol￭ ecu￭ le to give a bic￭ ar￭ bon￭ ate ion and a hy￭ dron￭ ium ion thus increasing ocean acidity h ion concentration between 17￭ 51 and 1994 surface ocean ph is estimated to have decreased from approximately 8 25 to 8 14 representing an increase of almost 30 in h ion concentration in the world s oceans earth system models project that within the last decade ocean acidity exceeded historical analo￭ gs and in combination with other ocean bio￭ geo￭ chemical changes could undermine the functioning of marine ecosystems and disrupt the provision of many goods and services associated with the ocean increasing acidity is thought to have a range of potentially harmful consequences for marine organisms such as depressing metabol￭ ic rates and immune responses in some organisms and causing coral ble￭ aching by increasing the presence of free hydrogen ions each mol￭ ecu￭ le of carbon￭ ic acid that forms in the oceans ultimately results in the conversion of two carbon￭ ate ions into bic￭ ar￭ bon￭ ate ions this net decrease in the amount of carbon￭ ate ions available makes it more difficult for marine calci￭ fying organisms such as coral and some plan￭ k￭ ton to form bio￭ genic calcium carbon￭ ate and such structures become vulnerable to dissolution ongoing acidification of the oceans threatens food chains connected with the oceans as members of the inter￭ academy panel 105 science academ￭ ies have issued a statement on ocean acidification recommending that by 2050 global co 2 emissions be reduced by at least 50 compared to the 1990 level while ongoing ocean acidification is anthropogenic in origin it has occurred previously in earth s history the most notable example is the pal￭ e￭ oc￭ ene e￭ oc￭ ene thermal maximum pet￭ m which occurred approximately 56 million years ago for reasons that are currently uncertain massive amounts of carbon entered the ocean and atmosphere and led to the dissolution of carbon￭ ate se￭ di￭ ments in all ocean basins ocean acidification has been called the evil twin of global warming and the other co 2 problem
och￭ ro￭ no￭ sis is the syndrome caused by the accumulation of hom￭ og￭ enti￭ sic acid in connec￭ tive tissues the phenomenon was first described by ru￭ dol￭ f vir￭ chow in 18￭ 65 the condition was named after the yel￭ low￭ ish o￭ cher like dis￭ color￭ ation of the tissue seen on micro￭ scopic examination however macro￭ sco￭ p￭ ically the affected tissues appear blu￭ ish grey because of a light scat￭ tering phenomenon known as the ty￭ n￭ dall effect the condition is most often associated with al￭ kap￭ ton￭ ur￭ ia but can occur from exo￭ genous administration of phen￭ ol complex￭ es like hydro￭ quin￭ one
the october revolution russian о￭ к￭ т￭ я￭ ́￭ б￭ р￭ ь￭ с￭ к￭ а￭ я р￭ е￭ в￭ о￭ л￭ ю￭ ́￭ ц￭ и￭ я tr ok￭ t￭ jab￭ r￭ j￭ sk￭ a￭ ja revol￭ ju￭ ci￭ ja ip￭ a ɐ￭ k￭ ˈ￭ t￭ ʲ￭ ab￭ r￭ ʲ￭ sk￭ ə￭ j￭ ə r￭ ʲ￭ ɪ￭ v￭ ɐ￭ ˈ￭ l￭ ʲ￭ ut￭ s￭ ɨ￭ j￭ ə officially known in the soviet literature as the great october socialist revolution russian в￭ е￭ л￭ и￭ ́￭ к￭ а￭ я о￭ к￭ т￭ я￭ ́￭ б￭ р￭ ь￭ с￭ к￭ а￭ я с￭ о￭ ц￭ и￭ а￭ л￭ и￭ с￭ т￭ и￭ ́￭ ч￭ е￭ с￭ к￭ а￭ я р￭ е￭ в￭ о￭ л￭ ю￭ ́￭ ц￭ и￭ я tr ve￭ li￭ ka￭ ja ok￭ t￭ jab￭ r￭ j￭ sk￭ a￭ ja soci￭ alis￭ ti￭ č￭ es￭ ka￭ ja revol￭ ju￭ ci￭ ja and commonly referred to as red october the october uprising or the bolshevi￭ k revolution was a seizure of state power instrumental in the larger russian revolution of 1917 it took place with an armed insurrec￭ tion in petro￭ gr￭ ad traditionally dated to 25 october 1917 by the julian or old style calendar which corresponds to 7 november 1917 in the greg￭ orian or new style calendar it followed and capitalized on the february revolution of the same year which over￭ threw the ts￭ arist autocracy and resulted in a provisional government after a transfer of power proclaimed by grand duke michael brother of ts￭ ar nicolas ii who declined to take power after the ts￭ ar stepped down during this time urban workers began to organize into councils russian soviet where￭ in revolutionaries criticized the provisional government and its actions the october revolution in petro￭ gr￭ ad over￭ threw the provisional government and gave the power to the local soviets the bolshevi￭ k party was heavily supported by the soviets after the congress of soviets now the governing body had its second session it elected members of the bolshevi￭ ks and other leftist groups such as the left socialist revolutionaries to key positions within the new state of affairs this immediately initiated the establishment of the russian socialist feder￭ ative soviet republic the world s first self proclaimed socialist state the revolution was led by the bolshevi￭ ks who used their influence in the petro￭ gr￭ ad soviet to organize the armed forces bolshevi￭ k red guards forces under the military revolutionary committee began the takeover of government buildings on 24 october 1917 o s the following day the winter palace the seat of the provisional government located in petro￭ gr￭ ad then capital of russia was captured the long awaited constituent assembly elections were held on 12 november 1917 the bolshevi￭ ks only won 175 seats in the 715 seat legislative body coming in second behind the socialist revolutionary party which won 370 seats the constituent assembly was to first meet on 28 november 1917 but its con￭ vocation was delayed until 5 january 1918 by the bolshevi￭ ks on its first and only day in session the body rejected soviet decrees on peace and land and was dissolved the next day by order of the congress of soviets as the revolution was not universally recognized there followed the struggles of the russian civil war 1917 – 22 and the creation of the soviet union in 19￭ 22
oc￭ ular al￭ bin￭ ism is a form of al￭ bin￭ ism which in contrast to oc￭ ul￭ o￭ cu￭ taneous al￭ bin￭ ism presents primarily in the eyes there are multiple forms of oc￭ ular al￭ bin￭ ism which are clin￭ ically similar both known genes are on the x chro￭ mo￭ some when the term auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive oc￭ ular al￭ bin￭ ism ar￭ oa is used it usually refers to mild variants of oc￭ ul￭ o￭ cu￭ taneous al￭ bin￭ ism rather than oc￭ ular al￭ bin￭ ism which is x linked
oc￭ ular al￭ bin￭ ism type 1 oa 1 also called net￭ t￭ les￭ hip – falls syndrome is the most common type of oc￭ ular al￭ bin￭ ism with a prevalence rate of 1 50 000 it is an inher￭ itable classical men￭ deli￭ an type x linked rec￭ essive disorder where￭ in the re￭ tin￭ al pig￭ ment epi￭ the￭ lium lacks pig￭ ment while hair and skin appear normal since it is an x linked disorder it occurs mostly in males while females are carriers unless they are homo￭ zy￭ g￭ ous about 60 mis￭ sense and nonsense mutations inser￭ tions and dele￭ tions have been identified in oa 1 mutations in oa 1 have been linked to defective gly￭ co￭ syl￭ ation and thus improper in￭ trac￭ ell￭ ular transportation the ep￭ ony￭ ms of the name net￭ t￭ les￭ hip – falls syndrome are edward net￭ t￭ les￭ hip and harold francis falls
oc￭ ular fl￭ utter is an op￭ so￭ cl￭ onic disorder in which the eyes in￭ continuously s￭ acc￭ ad￭ ically move around the point of fixation in the field of vision
oc￭ ular hyper￭ tension is a clinical term describing the presence of elevated intra￭ oc￭ ular pressure in the absence of op￭ tic nerve damage or visual field loss for most individuals the normal range of intro￭ cular pressure is between 10 m￭ mh￭ g and 21 m￭ mh￭ g elevated intra￭ oc￭ ular pressure is an important risk factor for gl￭ au￭ coma the oc￭ ular hyper￭ tension treatment study a large mul￭ tic￭ entered random￭ ized clinical trial determined that topical oc￭ ular hypo￭ ten￭ sive medication delays or prevents the onset of primary open angle gl￭ au￭ coma accordingly most individuals with consistently elevated intra￭ oc￭ ular pressures of greater than 21 m￭ mh￭ g particularly if they have other risk factors are treated in an effort to prevent vision loss from gl￭ au￭ coma
oc￭ ular is￭ chem￭ ic syndrome is the con￭ stell￭ ation of oc￭ ular signs and symptoms secondary to severe chronic arter￭ ial hypo￭ per￭ fusion to the eye am￭ au￭ ro￭ sis fu￭ ga￭ x is a form of acute vision loss caused by reduced blood flow to the eye that may be a warning sign of an impending stroke consequently those with transi￭ ent blur￭ ring of vision are advised to urgently seek medical attention for a thorough evaluation of the caro￭ ti￭ d artery an￭ terior segment is￭ chem￭ ic syndrome is a similar is￭ chem￭ ic condition of an￭ terior segment usually seen in post surgical cases re￭ tin￭ al arter￭ ial oc￭ clu￭ sion leads to rapid death of re￭ tin￭ al cells thereby resulting in severe loss of vision
oc￭ ular mel￭ an￭ osis om also known as oc￭ ular mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis or mel￭ an￭ osis oc￭ uli is a con￭ genital disease of the eye which affects about 1 in every 5000 people and is a risk factor for u￭ veal mel￭ anom￭ a in dogs is found almost exclusively in the cair￭ n terri￭ er where until recently it was known as pi￭ gm￭ entary gl￭ au￭ coma see also can￭ ine gl￭ au￭ coma the disease is caused by an increase of mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tes in the iris chor￭ o￭ id and surrounding structures overproduction of pig￭ ment by these cells can block the tr￭ ab￭ ec￭ ular mes￭ h￭ work through which fluid dra￭ ins from the eye the increased fluid in the eye leads to increased pressure which can lead to gl￭ au￭ coma in humans this is sometimes known as pig￭ ment dispersion syndrome
oc￭ ular my￭ asth￭ enia grav￭ is mg is a disease of the neuro￭ muscular junction resulting in hallmark vari￭ ability in muscle weakness and fati￭ g￭ ability mg is an auto￭ immune disease where anom￭ alous antibodies are produced against the naturally occurring ace￭ ty￭ l￭ ch￭ oline recep￭ tors in voluntary muscles mg may be limited to the muscles of the eye oc￭ ular mg leading to abrupt onset of weakness fati￭ g￭ ability of the eye￭ li￭ ds or eye movement mg may also involve other muscle groups generalized mg
oc￭ ular neuro￭ sis is the usual cause of eye strain headache that begins abruptly with use of the eyes in which there is a normal oph￭ thal￭ mo￭ logic exam ic￭ d classification f 45 8 neuro￭ sis oc￭ ular
oc￭ ular ro￭ sac￭ ea is a manifestation of ro￭ sac￭ ea that affects the eyes and eye￭ li￭ ds signs and symptoms generally consist of red￭ ness irritation or burning of the eyes affected individuals may also feel that there is something such as an e￭ yel￭ ash in the eye and frequently have red￭ ness of the nose and cheeks as well those who suffer from oc￭ ular ro￭ sac￭ ea may be treated with warm com￭ presses artificial tears and washing the area around the eye with warm water including the eye￭ li￭ ds to help relieve symptoms additionally oral antibiotics typically do￭ xy￭ cycl￭ ine may be prescribed some people with oc￭ ular ro￭ sac￭ ea feel that dietary restrictions of caff￭ eine sp￭ icy foods and alcoholic beverages may reduce or eliminate symptoms
oc￭ ular str￭ ay￭ light is a phenomenon where parts of the eye scat￭ ter light creating gl￭ are it is analogous to stray light in other optical systems scattered light reaches the re￭ tina but does not contribute to forming a correct image one can observe the effect of str￭ ay￭ light by looking at a distant bright light source against a dark background if the source is small it would look like a small bright spot if they eye im￭ aged it perfectly scat￭ tering in the eye makes the source appear spread out surrounded by gl￭ are the disability gl￭ are caused by such a situation has been found to correspond precisely to the effect of true light as a consequence disability gl￭ are was subsequently defined by this true light called str￭ ay￭ light
the oc￭ ul￭ o￭ cardiac reflex also known as as￭ chner phenomenon as￭ chner reflex or as￭ chner dag￭ n￭ ini reflex is a decrease in pulse rate associated with traction applied to extra￭ oc￭ ular muscles and or compression of the eye￭ ball the reflex is medi￭ ated by nerve connections between the oph￭ thal￭ mic branch of the tri￭ gem￭ inal cran￭ ial nerve via the ci￭ li￭ ary gang￭ lion and the vag￭ us nerve of the paras￭ ymp￭ athetic nervous system nerve fibres from the max￭ ill￭ ary and man￭ di￭ bul￭ ar divisions of the tri￭ gem￭ inal nerve have also been documented these a￭ ffer￭ ents syn￭ ap￭ se with the vis￭ cer￭ al motor nucleus of the vag￭ us nerve located in the retic￭ ular formation of the brain stem the eff￭ er￭ ent portion is carried by the vag￭ us nerve from the cardiovascular center of the med￭ ul￭ la to the heart of which increased stimulation leads to decreased output of the sin￭ o￭ atri￭ al no￭ de this reflex is especially sensitive in ne￭ on￭ ates and children particularly during str￭ ab￭ is￭ mus correction surgery however this reflex may also occur with adults brad￭ y￭ car￭ dia junc￭ tional rhythm and as￭ y￭ stole all of which may be life threatening can be induced through this reflex
oc￭ ul￭ oc￭ ere￭ bro￭ cu￭ taneous syndrome also known as d￭ ell￭ eman – o￭ or￭ thu￭ ys syndrome is a condition characterized by orb￭ ital cy￭ sts micro￭ phthal￭ mia po￭ ren￭ cephal￭ y agen￭ esis of the corpus cal￭ lo￭ sum and facial skin tags
oc￭ ul￭ oc￭ ere￭ bro￭ ren￭ al syndrome also called lowe syndrome is a rare x linked rec￭ essive disorder characterized by con￭ genital cat￭ ar￭ acts hy￭ pot￭ onia and a￭ refl￭ ex￭ ia intellectual disability proxim￭ al tu￭ bul￭ ar aci￭ do￭ sis am￭ ino￭ ac￭ id￭ ur￭ ia phosp￭ hat￭ ur￭ ia and low molecular weight prote￭ in￭ ur￭ ia gl￭ au￭ coma is present in about 50 of cases lowe syndrome can be considered a cause of fan￭ coni syndrome bic￭ ar￭ bon￭ atur￭ ia ren￭ al tu￭ bul￭ ar aci￭ do￭ sis am￭ ino￭ ac￭ id￭ ur￭ ia phosp￭ hat￭ ur￭ ia tu￭ bul￭ ar prote￭ in￭ ur￭ ia and impaired urine concentrating ability
oc￭ ul￭ o￭ cu￭ taneous al￭ bin￭ ism oc￭ a is a form of al￭ bin￭ ism involving the eyes oc￭ ul￭ o the skin cu￭ taneous and according to some definitions the hair overall an estimated 1 in 20 000 people worldwide are born with oc￭ ul￭ o￭ cu￭ taneous al￭ bin￭ ism oc￭ a is caused by mutations in several genes that control the synthesis of mel￭ an￭ in within the mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tes four types of oc￭ ul￭ o￭ cu￭ taneous al￭ bin￭ ism have been described all caused by a disruption of mel￭ an￭ in synthesis and all auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive disorders
oc￭ ul￭ o￭ cu￭ taneous al￭ bin￭ ism type i or – type 1 a oc￭ a 1 a is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive skin disease associated with al￭ bin￭ ism this type of al￭ bin￭ ism is caused when the gene oc￭ a 1 does not function properly the location of oc￭ a 1 may be written as 11 q 1 4 q 2 1 meaning it is on chro￭ mo￭ some 11 long arm somewhere in the range of band 1 sub band 4 and band 2 sub band 1
oc￭ ul￭ od￭ ent￭ o￭ digital syndrome odd syndrome is an extremely rare genetic condition that typically results in small eyes underdeveloped teeth and syn￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly and mal￭ formation of the fourth and fifth fingers it has also been called oc￭ ul￭ o den￭ to digital syndrome oc￭ ul￭ od￭ ent￭ o￭ digital dys￭ pl￭ asia od￭ dd and oc￭ ul￭ od￭ ent￭ o￭ osse￭ ous dys￭ pl￭ asia odo￭ d it is considered a kind of ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal dys￭ pl￭ asia
oc￭ ul￭ og￭ y￭ ric crisis og￭ c is the name of a dy￭ st￭ onic reaction to certain drugs or medical conditions characterized by a prolonged involuntary upward deviation of the eyes the term oc￭ ul￭ og￭ y￭ ric refers to the bilateral elev￭ ation of the visual gaze but several other responses are associated with the crisis epi￭ le￭ psy can manifest as oc￭ ul￭ og￭ y￭ ric seizures also called ver￭ sive seizures
oc￭ ul￭ om￭ o￭ tor ap￭ ra￭ x￭ ia oma also known as co￭ gan oc￭ ular motor ap￭ ra￭ x￭ ia or s￭ acc￭ adic initiation failure si￭ f is the absence or defect of controlled voluntary and purposeful eye movement it was first described in 1952 by the american oph￭ thal￭ mo￭ logist david gl￭ end￭ en￭ ning co￭ gan people with this condition have difficulty moving their eyes horizon￭ tally and moving them quickly the main difficulty is in s￭ acc￭ ade initiation but there is also impaired cancellation of the vesti￭ bul￭ o oc￭ ular reflex patients have to turn their head in order to compensate for the lack of eye movement initiation in order to follow an object or see objects in their peripheral vision but they often exceed their target there is controversy regarding whether oma should be considered an ap￭ ra￭ x￭ ia since ap￭ ra￭ x￭ ia is the inability to perform a learned or skilled motor action to command and s￭ acc￭ ade initiation is neither a learned nor a skilled action
oc￭ ul￭ om￭ o￭ tor nerve pal￭ sy or third nerve pal￭ sy is an eye condition resulting from damage to the third cran￭ ial nerve or a branch thereof as the name suggests the oc￭ ul￭ om￭ o￭ tor nerve supplies the majority of the muscles controlling eye movements thus damage to this nerve will result in the affected individual being unable to move his or her eye normally in addition the nerve also supplies the upper eye￭ lid muscle lev￭ ator pal￭ pe￭ bra￭ e superi￭ or￭ is and the muscles responsible for pupil con￭ stric￭ tion sp￭ h￭ inc￭ ter pup￭ il￭ la￭ e the limitations of eye movements resulting from the condition are generally so severe that the affected individual is unable to maintain normal alignment of their eyes when looking straight ahead leading to str￭ ab￭ is￭ mus and as a consequence double vision di￭ pl￭ op￭ ia it is also known as oc￭ ul￭ om￭ o￭ tor neuro￭ pa￭ thy
oc￭ ul￭ om￭ u￭ co￭ cu￭ taneous syndrome is characterized by ker￭ ato￭ con￭ junc￭ ti￭ vi￭ tis sic￭ ca and by scar￭ ring fi￭ bro￭ sis met￭ ap￭ la￭ sia and shr￭ ink￭ age of the con￭ junc￭ tiva it is a drug side effect observed in prac￭ to￭ lo￭ l and e￭ per￭ is￭ one it is spec￭ ulated that antibodies against drug metabol￭ ites cause the syndrome
oc￭ ul￭ op￭ har￭ yn￭ ge￭ al muscular dy￭ stro￭ phy op￭ md is a rare form of muscular dy￭ stro￭ phy with symptoms generally starting when an individual is 40 to 50 years old it can be auto￭ som￭ al dominant neuro￭ muscular disease or auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive the most common inheritance of op￭ md is auto￭ som￭ al dominant which means only one copy of the mut￭ ated gene needs to be present in each cell children of an affected parent have a 50 chance of inher￭ iting the mut￭ ant gene auto￭ som￭ al dominant inheritance is the most common form of inheritance less commonly op￭ md can be inherited in an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive pattern which means that two copies of the mut￭ ated gene need to be present in each cell both parents need to be carriers of the mut￭ ated gene and usually show no signs or symptoms the pab￭ p￭ n 1 mutation contains a g￭ c￭ g trin￭ uc￭ le￭ o￭ tide repeat at the 5 end of the coding region and expansion of this repeat which then leads to auto￭ som￭ al dominant oc￭ ul￭ op￭ har￭ yn￭ ge￭ al muscular dy￭ stro￭ phy op￭ md disease
an od￭ on￭ to￭ genic infection is an infection that originates within a tooth or in the closely surrounding tissues the term is derived from od￭ onto from ancient greek od￭ ous tooth and genic from greek gen￭ os birth od￭ on￭ to￭ genic infections may remain loc￭ alized to the region where they started or spread into adjacent or distant areas it is estimated that 90 95 of all oro￭ facial infections originate from the teeth or their supporting structures furthermore about 70 of od￭ on￭ to￭ genic infections occur as peri￭ ap￭ ical infl￭ amm￭ ation i e acute peri￭ ap￭ ical period￭ on￭ ti￭ tis or a peri￭ ap￭ ical abs￭ c￭ ess the next most common form of od￭ on￭ to￭ genic infection is the period￭ on￭ tal abs￭ c￭ ess
the od￭ on￭ to￭ genic my￭ x￭ oma is an un￭ common benign od￭ on￭ to￭ genic tumor arising from embryonic connec￭ tive tissue associated with tooth formation as a my￭ x￭ oma this tumor consists mainly of spin￭ dle shaped cells and scattered coll￭ agen fi￭ bers distributed through a loose mu￭ co￭ id material
an od￭ on￭ to￭ genic tumor is a ne￭ op￭ las￭ m of the cells or tissues that initiate od￭ on￭ to￭ genic processes examples include aden￭ om￭ ato￭ id od￭ on￭ to￭ genic tumor am￭ elo￭ bl￭ ast￭ oma a type of od￭ on￭ to￭ genic tumor involving am￭ elo￭ bl￭ asts calci￭ fying epi￭ the￭ li￭ al od￭ on￭ to￭ genic tumor ker￭ at￭ oc￭ ys￭ tic od￭ on￭ to￭ genic tumor od￭ on￭ to￭ genic my￭ x￭ oma od￭ on￭ tom￭ a
an od￭ on￭ tom￭ a also termed od￭ on￭ tome is a benign tum￭ our of od￭ on￭ to￭ genic origin i e linked to tooth development specifically it is a dental ham￭ ar￭ tom￭ a meaning that it is composed of normal dental tissue that has grown in an irregular way the average age of people found with an od￭ on￭ tom￭ a is 14 the condition is frequently associated with one or more un￭ erupted teeth though most cases are found imp￭ acted within the jaw there are instances where od￭ on￭ tom￭ as have erupted into the oral cav￭ ity
od￭ on￭ tom￭ a dy￭ sp￭ ha￭ gia syndrome bad￭ er syndrome is a rare syndrome 10 cases reported to date first described in 1967 the cause is not known but it is suspected to be genetic in origin
od￭ onto – tric￭ ho un￭ gu￭ al – digital – pal￭ mar syndrome is an auto￭ som￭ al dominant skin condition with salient clinical features of natal teeth tric￭ ho￭ dy￭ stro￭ phy prominent inter￭ digital fol￭ ds si￭ mi￭ an like hands with trans￭ verse pal￭ mar cre￭ ases and un￭ gu￭ al digital dy￭ stro￭ phy
od￭ yn￭ org￭ as￭ mia or painful e￭ jac￭ ulation is a physical syndrome described by pain or burning sensation of the u￭ re￭ th￭ ra or per￭ in￭ eu￭ m during or following e￭ jac￭ ulation causes include infections associated with u￭ re￭ thri￭ tis pro￭ stati￭ tis epi￭ di￭ dy￭ miti￭ s as well as use of anti depres￭ s￭ ants
o￭ es￭ op￭ ha￭ go￭ ga￭ str￭ ic junc￭ tional aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma is a cancer of the lower part of the o￭ es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus often linked to a bar￭ rett s o￭ es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus the incidence of o￭ es￭ op￭ ha￭ go￭ ga￭ str￭ ic junc￭ tional aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma is rising rapidly in western countries in contrast to the declining frequency of dis￭ tal ga￭ str￭ ic aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma treatment options for aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ om￭ as involving the o￭ es￭ op￭ ha￭ go￭ ga￭ str￭ ic junction are limited and the overall prog￭ no￭ sis is extremely poor
an off by one error o￭ bo￭ e also commonly known as an o￭ bob off by one bug or that extra inch you didn t really want is a logic error involving the dis￭ crete equivalent of a boundary condition it often occurs in computer programming when an iter￭ ative loop iter￭ ates one time too many or too few this problem could arise when a program￭ mer makes mistakes such as using is less than or equal to where is less than should have been used in a comparison or fails to take into account that a sequence starts at zero rather than one as with array indices in many languages this can also occur in a mathematical context
in basketball statistics offensive efficiency rating o￭ er is the average amount of points scored by a basketball player per shot taken this includes missed field goals as well as free throws
the official victim enhancement is a 3 or 6 level increase under the u s sentencing guidelines that applies when a person knowingly commits a crime against a government official and is motivated by that person s status the provision also states if the official victim is an exceptionally high level official such as the president or the vice president of the united states an upward departure may be warranted due to the potential disruption of the governmental function there are many crimes against federal officials that do not require as an element of the offense that the offender know the status of the victim but this enhancement does the victimi￭ zation of the government official need not be the offense of conviction it is possible for instance for the defendant to be convicted of robbing a bank and to get the official victim enhancement for harming a uni￭ formed police officer as he escapes the assault on the officer is considered relevant conduct in cases involving threats against the president of the united states courts have applied the official victim enhancement rejecting arguments that in order for it to apply the president actually had been harmed or knew of the existence of the defendant s letter there has been a circuit split in the federal appell￭ ate courts as to whether crimes against local government officials qualify for the official victim enhancement 0 1 of federal cases involve the official victim enhancement the term official victim also is used in victi￭ mo￭ logy to refer to a four stage process in which a person progres￭ ses from being a harmed injured or suffering person s to percei￭ ving or defining oneself as a victim to claiming the victim role from social control agents or significant others and then to social control agents recognition of the role claim — becoming an official victim and receiving compensatory and supportive actions by social control agents
an off￭ stage brass and per￭ cus￭ sion part is a sound effect used in classical music which is created by having one or more trum￭ pet players also called an off￭ stage trum￭ pet call horn players or per￭ cus￭ sion￭ ists from a symp￭ hon￭ y orchestra or opera orchestra play a note melody or rhythm from behind the stage this creates a distant muted effect which compos￭ ers use to suggest cel￭ esti￭ al voices mel￭ ancho￭ ly or nostalgia or to create a ha￭ unting effect
og￭ den syndrome also known as n terminal ace￭ ty￭ l￭ transfer￭ ase deficiency nat￭ d is an x linked disorder of infancy comprising a distinct combination of distinctive cran￭ io￭ facial features producing an aged appearance growth failure hy￭ pot￭ onia global developmental delays cry￭ p￭ tor￭ chi￭ dis￭ m and acquired cardiac arr￭ hy￭ th￭ mi￭ as the first family was identified in og￭ den u￭ tah with five affected boys in two generations of family members a mutation was identified as a c 109 t c p ser 37 pro variant in na￭ a 10 a gene en￭ coding the protein na￭ a 10 catalytic sub￭ unit of the major human n terminal ace￭ ty￭ l￭ transfer￭ ase nat￭ a this same mutation was identified in a second unrelated family with three affected boys in two generations this x linked mal￭ formation and inf￭ anti￭ le leth￭ ality syndrome has provisionally been named og￭ den syndrome in honor of the hometown where the first family resides
og￭ il￭ vie syndrome is the acute dil￭ ation of the col￭ on in the absence of any mechanical obstruction in severely ill patients colon￭ ic pseudo obstruction is characterized by massive di￭ lat￭ ation of the cec￭ um diameter 10 cm and right col￭ on on ab￭ domin￭ al x ray it is a type of me￭ ga￭ col￭ on sometimes referred to as acute me￭ ga￭ col￭ on to distinguish it from toxic me￭ ga￭ col￭ on the condition carries the name of the british surgeon sir william hen￭ e￭ age og￭ il￭ vie 18￭ 87 – 1971 who first reported it in 1948
o￭ gu￭ chi disease also called con￭ genital stationary night blindness o￭ gu￭ chi type 1 or o￭ gu￭ chi disease 1 is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive form of con￭ genital stationary night blindness associated with fun￭ dus dis￭ color￭ ation and abnormally slow dark adaptation
oh￭ ta￭ hara syndrome os also known as early inf￭ anti￭ le epi￭ le￭ ptic encephalopathy with burst suppression ei￭ ee is a progressive epi￭ le￭ ptic encephalopathy the syndrome is outw￭ ar￭ dly characterized by tonic sp￭ as￭ ms and partial seizures and receives its more elaborate name from the pattern of burst activity on an electro￭ encephal￭ o￭ gram eeg it is an extremely deb￭ il￭ itating progressive neuro￭ logical disorder involving intractable seizures and severe mental retar￭ dation no single cause has been identified although in many cases structural brain damage is present
oil ac￭ ne is an occupational skin condition caused by exposure to oils used in industry
oil depletion is the decline in oil production of a well oil field or geographic area the hu￭ b￭ bert peak theory makes predictions of production rates based on prior discovery rates and anticipated production rates hu￭ b￭ bert cur￭ ves predict that the production cur￭ ves of non renewing resources approximate a bell curve thus according to this theory when the peak of production is passed production rates enter an irreversible decline the united states energy information administration predicted in 2006 that world consumption of oil will increase to 98 3 million barrels per day 15 630 000 m 3 d m￭ b￭ d in 2015 and 118 million barrels per day in 2030 with 2009 world oil consumption at 84 4 m￭ b￭ d reaching the projected 2015 level of consumption would represent an average annual increase between 2009 and 2015 of 2 7 per year
oil reserves are the amount of technically and economically recoverable oil reserves may be for a well for a reservoir for a field for a nation or for the world different classifications of reserves are related to their degree of certainty the total estimated amount of oil in an oil reservoir including both produ￭ ci￭ ble and non produ￭ ci￭ ble oil is called oil in place however because of reservoir characteristics and limitations in petroleum extraction technologies only a fraction of this oil can be brought to the surface and it is only this produ￭ ci￭ ble fraction that is considered to be reserves the ratio of reserves to the total amount of oil in a particular reservoir is called the recovery factor determining a recovery factor for a given field depends on several features of the operation including method of oil recovery used and technological developments based on data from opec at the beginning of 2013 the highest proved oil reserves including non conventional oil deposits are in venezuela 20 of global reserves saudi arabia 18 of global reserves canada 13 of global reserves and iran 9 because the geo￭ logy of the sub￭ surface cannot be examined directly indirect techniques must be used to estimate the size and recover￭ ability of the resource while new technologies have increased the accuracy of these techniques significant uncertainties still remain in general most early estimates of the reserves of an oil field are conservative and tend to grow with time this phenomenon is called reserves growth many oil producing nations do not reveal their reservoir engineering field data and instead provide un￭ audited claims for their oil reserves the numbers disclosed by some national governments are suspected of being manipulated for political reasons
oil toxicity or oil in￭ tox￭ ication is a wildlife disease resulting from the accidental exposure of animals to oil major sources of such oil in the environment include accidental oil spills from off shore sites oil tankers pipelines and other facilities that store and process oil wildlife exposure to oil can result in both external and internal damage oil in￭ tox￭ ication has the greatest impact on bird species aquatic mammals and other aquatic organisms affected wildlife can usually be identified via visual inspection and can be treated if found early on
in information retri￭ eval ok￭ api bm 25 bm stands for best matching is a ranking function used by search engines to rank matching documents according to their relevance to a given search qu￭ ery it is based on the prob￭ abil￭ istic retri￭ eval framework developed in the 1970 s and 1980 s by stephen e rober￭ t￭ son karen sp￭ är￭ ck jones and others the name of the actual ranking function is bm 25 to set the right context however it usually referred to as ok￭ api bm 25 since the ok￭ api information retri￭ eval system implemented at london s city university in the 1980 s and 1990 s was the first system to implement this function bm 25 and its newer variants e g bm 25 f a version of bm 25 that can take document structure and anchor text into account represent state of the art tf id￭ f like retri￭ eval functions used in document retri￭ eval such as web search
old country roses is a famous pattern of bone china made by english tab￭ le￭ ware creator royal albert a brand of royal dou￭ l￭ ton it is said to be the best selling pattern of bone china in the world since is creation in 1962
the old nass￭ au reaction or halloween reaction is a chemical clock reaction in which a clear solution turns orange and then black this reaction was discovered by two under￭ graduate students at princeton university researching the inhi￭ bi￭ tion of the i￭ od￭ ine clock reaction or land￭ ol￭ t reaction by h￭ g 2 resulting in the formation of orange h￭ gi 2 orange and black are the school colors of princeton university and old nass￭ au is a nickname for princeton named for its historic administration building nass￭ au hall
ol￭ ec￭ ran￭ on bur￭ si￭ tis also informally known as smiles el￭ bow el￭ bow bump student s el￭ bow po￭ pe￭ ye el￭ bow baker s el￭ bow or gam￭ er s el￭ bow is a condition characterized by pain red￭ ness and sw￭ elling around the ol￭ ec￭ ran￭ on caused by infl￭ amm￭ ation of the el￭ bow s bur￭ sa this bur￭ sa is located just over the ext￭ ens￭ or aspect of the extreme proxim￭ al end of the ul￭ na in common with other bur￭ sa￭ e it is imp￭ alp￭ able and contains only a very small amount of fluid in its normal state and ful￭ fills the function of facilitating the joint s movement by enabling anatom￭ ical structures to gli￭ de more easily over each other
ol￭ ec￭ ran￭ on frac￭ ture is a frac￭ ture of the bon￭ y portion of the el￭ bow the injury is fairly common and often occurs following a fall or direct trauma to the el￭ bow the ol￭ ec￭ ran￭ on is the proxim￭ al extre￭ mity of the ul￭ na which is articulated with the hum￭ er￭ us bone and constitutes a part of the el￭ bow artic￭ ulation its sub￭ cu￭ taneous location makes it vulnerable to direct trauma powerful pull of the tric￭ eps muscle can also cause av￭ ul￭ sion fractu￭ res
ole￭ fin me￭ ta￭ thesis is an organic reaction that entails the redistribution of fragments of al￭ ken￭ es ole￭ fins by the sc￭ is￭ sion and regeneration of carbon carbon double bonds cataly￭ sts for this reaction have evolved rapidly for the past few decades because of the relative simplicity of ole￭ fin me￭ ta￭ thesis it often creates fewer un￭ desired by products and hazardous wastes than alternative organic reactions for their elu￭ ci￭ dation of the reaction mechanism and their discovery of a variety of highly efficient and selective cataly￭ sts y￭ ves chau￭ vin robert h gru￭ bbs and richard r sch￭ rock were collectively awarded the 2005 nobel prize in chemistry
ol￭ factory reference syndrome ors is a mental disorder in which there is a persistent false belief about and preoccupation with emitting abnormal body od￭ or s which are foul and offensive to other individuals persons with ors often mis￭ interpret others behaviors e g sni￭ ffing touching nose or opening a window as being refer￭ ential to a body od￭ or which in reality is non existent and cannot be detected by other people this disorder is often accompanied by shame embarrassment significant distress avoidance behavior social pho￭ bia and social isolation the term ol￭ factory reference syndrome comes from ol￭ factory pertaining to the sense of smell reference because of the belief that the behavior of others is refer￭ ential to a supposed od￭ or syndrome because it is a recogniz￭ able set of features that occur together
oligo￭ astro￭ cy￭ tom￭ as are a sub￭ set of brain tumors that present with an appearance of mixed gli￭ al cell origin astro￭ cy￭ tom￭ a and oli￭ god￭ end￭ rog￭ li￭ oma these types of gli￭ al cells that become can￭ cer￭ ous are involved with insulating and regulating the activity of ne￭ uron cells in the central nervous system often called a mixed gli￭ oma about 2 3 of all reported brain tumors are diagnosed as oligo￭ astro￭ cy￭ tom￭ a the median age of diagnosis is 42 5 oligo￭ astro￭ cy￭ tom￭ as like astro￭ cy￭ tom￭ as and oli￭ god￭ end￭ rog￭ li￭ om￭ as can be divided into low grade and an￭ ap￭ l￭ astic variant the latter characterized by high cellul￭ arity conspicuous cy￭ to￭ logic aty￭ p￭ ism mit￭ otic activity and in some cases micro￭ vascular proliferation and necro￭ sis however lower grades can have less aggressive biology these are largely supr￭ at￭ ent￭ orial tumors of adul￭ thood that favor the frontal and temporal lob￭ es
oli￭ god￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly from the ancient greek oli￭ gos meaning few and δ￭ ά￭ κ￭ τ￭ υ￭ λο￭ ς dak￭ ty￭ los meaning finger is the presence of fewer than five fingers or toes on a hand or foot it is quite often incorrectly called hypo￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly but the greek pre￭ fixes hy￭ po and hyper are used for continuous scales e g in hypo￭ gly￭ ca￭ emia and hyper￭ cho￭ le￭ ster￭ ol￭ emia this as opposed to dis￭ crete or coun￭ table scales where oli￭ go and poly should be used e g in oligarchy and poly￭ gam￭ y oli￭ god￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly is therefore the opposite of poly￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly very rare this medical condition usually has a genetic or famili￭ al eti￭ ology oli￭ god￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly is sometimes a sign or symptom of several syndro￭ mes including poland syndrome and we￭ yer ul￭ nar ray syndrome it is a type of dys￭ me￭ lia ec￭ tro￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly is an extreme instance of oli￭ god￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly involving the absence of one or more central digits of the hand or foot and is also known as split hand split foot mal￭ formation sh￭ f￭ m the hands and feet of people with ec￭ tro￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly are often described as cla￭ w like and may include only the thumb and one finger usually either the little finger ring finger or a syn￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly of the two with similar ab￭ norm￭ alities of the feet people with oli￭ god￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly often have full use of the remaining digits and adapt well to their condition they are not greatly hindered in their daily activities if at all even those with the most extreme forms are known to engage in tasks that require fine control such as writing and boo￭ t￭ making as well as working as a cab driver v￭ ad￭ oma people of zimbabwe have a high frequency of oli￭ god￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly
oli￭ god￭ end￭ ro￭ cy￭ te prog￭ en￭ itor cells op￭ cs also known as oli￭ god￭ end￭ ro￭ cy￭ te precursor cells ng 2 glia or poly￭ d￭ end￭ ro￭ cy￭ tes are a subtype of gli￭ al cells in the central nervous system they are precursors to oli￭ god￭ end￭ ro￭ cy￭ tes and may also be able to differentiate into neurons and astro￭ cy￭ tes differentiated oli￭ god￭ end￭ ro￭ cy￭ tes support ax￭ ons and provide electrical insulation in the form of a my￭ elin she￭ ath enabling faster action potential propagation and high fidel￭ ity transmission without a need for an increase in ax￭ onal diameter the loss or lack of op￭ cs and consequent lack of differentiated oli￭ god￭ end￭ ro￭ cy￭ tes is associated with a loss of my￭ el￭ ination and subsequent impairment of neuro￭ logical functions
oli￭ god￭ end￭ rog￭ li￭ om￭ as are a type of gli￭ oma that are believed to originate from the oli￭ god￭ end￭ ro￭ cy￭ tes of the brain or from a gli￭ al precursor cell they occur primarily in adults 9 4 of all primary brain and central nervous system tumors but are also found in children 4 of all primary brain tumors the average age at diagnosis is 35 years
oligo￭ hy￭ dram￭ ni￭ os is a condition in pregnancy characterized by a deficiency of am￭ ni￭ otic fluid it is the opposite of poly￭ hy￭ dram￭ ni￭ os
olig￭ omen￭ or￭ rhe￭ a or olig￭ omen￭ or￭ rho￭ ea is inf￭ requ￭ ent or in occasional usage very light men￭ str￭ uation more strictly it is men￭ str￭ ual periods occurring at intervals of greater than 35 days with only four to nine periods in a year also men￭ str￭ ual periods should have been regularly established previously before the development of inf￭ requ￭ ent flow the duration of such events may vary
terms oligo￭ sper￭ mia and oligo￭ zo￭ os￭ per￭ mia refer to semen with a low concentration of sperm and is a common finding in male in￭ fertility often semen with a decreased sperm concentration may also show significant ab￭ norm￭ alities in sperm mor￭ pho￭ logy and mo￭ ti￭ lity technically oligo￭ asth￭ en￭ o￭ ter￭ ato￭ zo￭ os￭ per￭ mia there has been interest in replacing the descriptive terms used in semen analysis with more quantitative information
olive skin is a human skin color spectrum it is often associated with pi￭ gm￭ entation in the type iv to type v range of the fitz￭ patrick scale it generally refers to light or moderate brown bro￭ wn￭ ish or tann￭ ish skin and it is often described as having yel￭ low￭ ish green￭ ish or golden under￭ tones however lighter olive skin on the lower end of the type iv color￭ ation range may be less bro￭ wn￭ ish and can in fact become somewhat pale if it receives too little sun exposure though lighter olive skin still t￭ ans easier than fair skin and generally still retains notable yellow or green￭ ish under￭ tones
oliver – mcf￭ ar￭ lane syndrome is a condition characterized by hyper￭ tric￭ ho￭ sis of the eyebro￭ ws and e￭ yel￭ ashes
oli￭ v￭ op￭ on￭ to￭ cere￭ bell￭ ar atro￭ phy op￭ ca is the de￭ generation of neurons in specific areas of the brain – the cere￭ bell￭ um p￭ ons and inferior olives op￭ ca is present in several neuro￭ degenerative syndro￭ mes including inherited and non inherited forms of at￭ ax￭ ia such as the hereditary spin￭ oc￭ ere￭ bell￭ ar at￭ ax￭ ia known as mach￭ ado – joseph disease and multiple system atro￭ phy m￭ sa with which it is primarily associated op￭ ca may also be found in the brains of individuals with pri￭ on disorders and inherited metabol￭ ic diseases the characteristic areas of brain damage that indicate op￭ ca can be seen by imaging the brain using ct sc￭ ans or m￭ ri studies the term was originally coined by joseph jules de￭ jer￭ ine and andré thomas
ol￭ lier disease is a rare non￭ hereditary spor￭ adic disorder where intra￭ osse￭ ous benign car￭ ti￭ lag￭ inous tumors en￭ ch￭ on￭ dro￭ ma develop close to growth plate car￭ til￭ age prevalence is estimated at around 1 in 100 000
om￭ asi￭ tis is an infl￭ amm￭ ation of the om￭ as￭ um the third compartment of the stomach in ruminants it usually accompanies rum￭ eni￭ tis and is often caused by infection with fus￭ ob￭ ac￭ ter￭ ium necro￭ ph￭ orum
an omen also called port￭ ent or pres￭ age is a phenomenon that is believed to fore￭ tell the future often signi￭ fying the advent of change people in the ancient times believed that om￭ ens lie with a divine message from their gods these om￭ ens include natural phenomena for example an ec￭ li￭ pse abnormal births of animals and humans and behavior of the sacrific￭ ial lamb on its way to the slaughter they had specialists the di￭ vin￭ ers to interpret these om￭ ens they would also use an artificial method for example a clay model of a sheep liver to communicate with their gods in times of crisis they would expect a b￭ inary answer either yes or no answer favorable or un￭ favorable they did these to predict what would happen in the future and to take action to avoid disaster though the word omen is usually devoid of reference to the change s nature hence being possibly either good or bad the term is more often used in a fore￭ bo￭ ding sense as with the word ominous the origin of the word is unknown although it may be connected with the latin word audi￭ re meaning to hear
omen￭ n syndrome is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive severe combined immun￭ o￭ deficiency associated with hypo￭ morph￭ ic mis￭ sense mutations in immun￭ o￭ logically relevant genes of t cells and b cells as re￭ combination activating genes rag 1 and rag 2 il 7 recep￭ tor α gene il 7 r￭ α d￭ cl￭ re 1 c ar￭ tem￭ is r￭ mr￭ p ch￭ h dna lig￭ ase iv common gam￭ ma chain wh￭ n fo￭ x￭ n 1 z￭ ap 70 and complete di￭ george anomaly di￭ george syndrome charge
om￭ ental inf￭ arc￭ tion or om￭ ental tor￭ sion is an acute vascular disorder which compromises tissue of the greater om￭ ent￭ um — the largest per￭ it￭ one￭ al fold in the ab￭ dom￭ en
an omni￭ bus hearing is a pre￭ trial hearing it is usually soon after a defendant s arr￭ ai￭ gn￭ ment the main purpose of the hearing is to determine the evidence including testimony and evidence seized at the time of arrest the prosecutor and the defendant s counsel attend the hearing to discuss pre￭ trial matters pertaining to the case
om￭ op￭ ha￭ gia or om￭ op￭ ha￭ gy from greek ω￭ μ￭ ός raw is the eating of raw flesh the term is of importance in the context of the cult worship of di￭ ony￭ sus om￭ op￭ ha￭ gia is a large element of di￭ ony￭ si￭ ac myth in fact one of di￭ ony￭ sus epi￭ the￭ ts is om￭ op￭ ha￭ gos raw e￭ ater om￭ op￭ ha￭ gia may have been a symbol of the triumph of wild nature over civilization and a symbol of the breaking down of boundaries between nature and civilization it might also have been symbolic that the wor￭ shippers were intern￭ alizing di￭ ony￭ sus ’ wil￭ der traits and his association with brute nature in a sort of “ commun￭ ion ” with the god myth￭ ology sometimes depic￭ ts ma￭ en￭ ads di￭ ony￭ sus female wor￭ shippers eating raw meat as part of their worship however there is little solid evidence that historical ma￭ en￭ ads consumed raw meat the di￭ ony￭ si￭ ac diet of raw meat may be more properly attributed to di￭ ony￭ sus himself rather than his followers — he received sacrifices of raw meat and was believed to consume them but his followers did not share in the consumption
om￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis of new￭ born is the medical term for infl￭ amm￭ ation of the um￭ bil￭ ical cord st￭ ump in the ne￭ on￭ atal new￭ born period most commonly attributed to a bacterial infection typically immediately after an infant is born the um￭ bil￭ ical cord is cut with a small rem￭ nant often referred to as the st￭ ump left behind normally the st￭ ump separates from the skin within 3 – 45 days after birth a small amount of p￭ us like material is commonly seen at the base of the st￭ ump and can be controlled by keeping the st￭ ump open to air to dry certain bacteria can grow and infect the st￭ ump during this process and as a result significant red￭ ness and sw￭ elling may develop and in some cases the infection can then spread through the um￭ bil￭ ical vessels to the rest of the body while currently an un￭ common anatom￭ ical location for infection in the new￭ born in the united states it has caused significant morbi￭ dity and mortality both historically and in areas where health care is less readily available in general when this type of infection is suspected or diagnosed antibiotic treatment is given and in cases of serious complications surgical management may be appropriate
an om￭ p￭ hal￭ oce￭ le british english om￭ p￭ halo￭ co￭ ele is a rare ab￭ domin￭ al wall defect in which the intest￭ ines liver and occasionally other organs remain outside of the ab￭ dom￭ en in a s￭ ac because of a defect in the development of the muscles of the ab￭ domin￭ al wall ex￭ om￭ p￭ hal￭ os om￭ p￭ hal￭ oce￭ le occurs in 1 4 000 births and is associated with a high rate of mortality 25 and severe mal￭ formations such as cardiac anomalies 50 and ne￭ ural tube defect 40 approximately 15 of live born infants with om￭ p￭ hal￭ oce￭ le have chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al ab￭ norm￭ alities about 30 of infants with an om￭ p￭ hal￭ oce￭ le have other con￭ genital ab￭ norm￭ alities
om￭ sk hemorrha￭ gic fever is a viral hemorrha￭ gic fever caused by a fla￭ vi￭ virus it is found in siberia it is named for an outbreak in om￭ sk
once upon a girl is a 1976 x rated live action animated film written produced and directed by don jur￭ wich it was animated by a group of anim￭ ators who had worked for dis￭ ney according to the director in an interview included with the dvd release the film was released in some theat￭ ers and did not lose money
on￭ cho￭ cer￭ ci￭ asis also known as river blindness and robles disease is a disease caused by infection with the par￭ asi￭ tic worm on￭ cho￭ cer￭ ca vol￭ vul￭ us symptoms include severe it￭ ching bu￭ mps under the skin and blindness it is the second most common cause of blindness due to infection after tr￭ ach￭ oma the parasite worm is spread by the bites of a black fly of the si￭ mu￭ lium type usually many bites are required before infection occurs these flies live near rivers hence the name of the disease once inside a person the worms create lar￭ v￭ ae that make their way out to the skin here they can infect the next black fly that bites the person there are a number of ways to make the diagnosis including placing a biopsy of the skin in normal sal￭ ine and watching for the lar￭ va to come out looking in the eye for lar￭ v￭ ae and looking within the bu￭ mps under the skin for adult worms a vaccine against the disease does not exist prevention is by avoiding being bit￭ ten by flies this may include the use of insect rep￭ ell￭ ent and proper clothing other efforts include those to decrease the fly population by spraying insectic￭ ides efforts to eradicate the disease by treating entire groups of people twice a year is ongoing in a number of areas of the world treatment of those infected is with the medication i￭ ver￭ mec￭ tin every six to twelve months this treatment kills the lar￭ va but not the adult worms the medication do￭ xy￭ cycl￭ ine which kills an associated bacter￭ ium called wol￭ b￭ achi￭ a appears to weaken the worms and is recommended by some as well removal of the lum￭ ps under the skin by surgery may also be done about 17 to 25 million people are infected with river blindness with approximately 0 8 million having some amount of loss of vision most infections occur in sub saharan africa although cases have also been reported in yemen and isolated areas of central and south america in 1915 the physician ro￭ dol￭ fo robles first linked the worm to eye disease it is listed by the world health organization as a neglected tropical disease
an on￭ co￭ cy￭ tom￭ a is a tumor made up of on￭ co￭ cy￭ tes epi￭ the￭ li￭ al cells characterized by an excessive amount of mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ a resulting in an abundant ac￭ id￭ oph￭ il￭ ic gran￭ ular cy￭ top￭ las￭ m the cells and the tumor that they com￭ pose are often benign but sometimes may be pre￭ m￭ align￭ ant or m￭ align￭ ant
on￭ co￭ fertility is a sub￭ field that bridges on￭ co￭ logy and reproductive research to explore and expand options for the reproductive future of cancer survivors it was coined in 2006 by dr ter￭ esa k wood￭ ru￭ ff at the on￭ co￭ fertility consortium cancer treatments such as chem￭ otherapy radiation and surgery may destroy a person s ability to have children later in life and on￭ co￭ fertility research focuses on increasing fertility preservation options with 10 of cancer patients being younger than age 40 this issue affects more than 135 000 people in the united states each year as cancer surviv￭ orship increases the preservation of fertility in women men and children becomes a critically important topic to patients and their families the ability to easily preserve fertility prior to cancer treatment can provide hope at the time of diagnosis for families later in life on￭ co￭ fertility also incorporates reproductive issues after cancer treatment such as family planning complex contraception hormonal management throughout surviv￭ orship sur￭ rog￭ acy and adoption
tumor induced o￭ ste￭ om￭ al￭ ac￭ ia also known as on￭ co￭ genic hypo￭ phosp￭ hat￭ emic o￭ ste￭ om￭ al￭ ac￭ ia or on￭ co￭ genic o￭ ste￭ om￭ al￭ ac￭ ia is an un￭ common disorder resulting in increased ren￭ al phosphate ex￭ cre￭ tion hypo￭ phosp￭ hat￭ emia and o￭ ste￭ om￭ al￭ ac￭ ia
one repetition maximum one rep maximum or 1 r￭ m in weight training is the maximum amount of force that can be generated in one maxim￭ al contraction one repetition maximum can be used for determining an individual s maximum strength and is the method for determining the winner in events such as power￭ lifting and wei￭ ght￭ lifting competitions one repetition maximum can also be used as an upper limit in order to determine the desired load for an exercise as a percentage of the 1 r￭ m
in cry￭ pto￭ graphy a one way compression function is a function that trans￭ forms two fixed length inputs into a fixed length output the transformation is one way meaning that it is difficult given a particular output to compu￭ te inputs which com￭ press to that output one way compression functions are not related to data compression which by definition can be inver￭ ted exactly los￭ s￭ less compression or approximately los￭ sy compression to the original data one way compression functions are for instance used in the mer￭ kle – dam￭ g￭ å￭ rd construction inside cry￭ pto￭ graphic has￭ h functions one way compression functions are often built from block ci￭ ph￭ ers some methods to turn any normal block ci￭ p￭ her into a one way compression function are davies – me￭ yer mat￭ y￭ as – me￭ yer – o￭ seas mi￭ y￭ agu￭ chi – pre￭ ne￭ el single block length compression functions and mdc 2 me￭ yer – sch￭ illing mdc 4 hi￭ rose double block length compression functions these methods are described in detail further down mdc 2 is also the name of a has￭ h function patented by ibm
in computer science a one way function is a function that is easy to compu￭ te on every input but hard to inver￭ t given the image of a random input here easy and hard are to be understood in the sense of compu￭ tational complexity theory specifically the theory of poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al time problems not being one to one is not considered sufficient of a function for it to be called one way see theoretical definition below the existence of such one way functions is still an open con￭ jec￭ ture in fact their existence would prove that the complexity classes p and n￭ p are not equal thus resolving the foremost unsolved question of theoretical computer science the conver￭ se is not known to be true i e the existence of a proof that p and n￭ p are not equal would not directly imply the existence of one way functions in applied contexts the terms easy and hard are usually interpreted relative to some specific computing entity typically cheap enough for the legitimate users and prohibi￭ tively expensive for any malicious agents one way functions in this sense are fundamental tools for cry￭ pto￭ graphy personal identification authentication and other data security applications while the existence of one way functions in this sense is also an open con￭ jec￭ ture there are several candidates that have with￭ stood decades of intense scrutiny some of them are essential ingredients of most telecommunications e commerce and e banking systems around the world
one hour by the concrete lake is pain of salvation s second studio album it is a concept album focusing on the issues of nuclear power and waste displacement of indigenous peoples the fire￭ arm industry and human discovery
the one and a half syndrome is a rare weakness in eye movement affecting both eyes in which one cannot move lat￭ er￭ ally at all and the other can move in only one lateral direction inward or outward more formally it is characterized by a con￭ ju￭ gate horizontal gaze pal￭ sy in one direction and an inter￭ nuclear oph￭ thal￭ mop￭ legi￭ a in the other the most common manifestation of this unusual syndrome is limitation of horizontal eye movement to abduction moving away from the mid￭ line of one eye e g right eye in the diag￭ ram on the right with no horizontal movement of the other eye e g left eye in the diag￭ ram on the right ny￭ stag￭ mus is also present when the eye on the opposite side of the le￭ sion is abducted convergence is class￭ ically spared as cran￭ ial nerve iii oc￭ ul￭ om￭ o￭ tor nerve and its nucleus is spared bilaterally
ong ke￭ o อ￭ ง￭ ค￭ ์￭ แ￭ ก￭ ้￭ ว led au￭ stro￭ asi￭ atic speaking minorities formerly called mon khmer in what in thailand was called the holy man s rebellion where it was a widespread but short lived cause against french and la￭ o forces however ong ke￭ o continued the struggle until his murder in 19￭ 10 after his death fighting still continued under his successor ong kom￭ man￭ dam until at least 19￭ 37 local legend holds that ong ke￭ o survived the murder attempt and lived until the early 1970 s
on￭ lap or overlap is the geo￭ logic phenomenon of successively wedge shaped younger rock strata extending progressively further across an erosion surface cut in older rocks it is generally associated with a marine transgres￭ sion it is a more general term than over￭ step in which the younger beds overlap onto successively older beds the opposite is off￭ lap
on￭ tari￭ o min￭ am￭ ata disease is a neuro￭ logical syndrome caused by severe mercury poisoning it occurred in the canadian province of on￭ tari￭ o in 1970 and severely affected two first nation communities in north￭ western on￭ tari￭ o following consumption of local fish contaminated with mercury and one first nation in southern on￭ tari￭ o due to illegal disposal of industrial chemical waste the disease was named after the infamous case of severe mercury poisoning in the fishing community of min￭ am￭ ata japan which became known as min￭ am￭ ata disease because it devastated only the residents of the community
the on￭ tari￭ o government debt is the amount of money the government of on￭ tari￭ o borrowed from the general public institutional investors and from public sector bodies as of september 30 2013 the on￭ tari￭ o government s total debt stood at c￭ dn 288 10 billion the interest on the debt was c￭ dn 10 3 billion for the 2012 2013 on￭ tari￭ o budget at an effective interest rate of 4 it represented 8 4 of the total budgetary expenses and is the fastest rising cost for the on￭ tari￭ o government the debt to gdp ratio in 2015 was 39 4 the highest in on￭ tari￭ o s history
ony￭ chau￭ x￭ is presents with thick￭ ened nails without de￭ form￭ ity and this simple thick￭ ening may be the result of trauma acro￭ me￭ gal￭ y d￭ ari￭ er s disease ps￭ ori￭ asis or pit￭ y￭ ri￭ asis ru￭ bra pil￭ aris or in some cases hereditary
ony￭ cho￭ atro￭ phy is a faulty underdevelopment of the nail that may be con￭ genital or acquired in which the nail is thin￭ ned and smaller
ony￭ cho￭ gry￭ pho￭ sis also known as ony￭ cho￭ gry￭ pos￭ is or ram s horn nails is a hyper￭ tro￭ phy that may produce nails resembling cla￭ ws or a ram s horn
ony￭ chol￭ ysis refers to the det￭ achment of the nail from the nail bed usually starting at the tip and or sides on the hands it is said to occur particularly on the ring finger but can occur on any of the finger￭ nails it may also happen to to￭ en￭ ails ony￭ chol￭ ysis can occur in many conditions including ps￭ ori￭ asis in thyro￭ toxico￭ sis it is thought to be due to sympathetic over￭ activity it may also be seen in infections or trauma
ony￭ ch￭ om￭ ad￭ esis is a periodic idi￭ opathic shedding of the nails beginning at the proxim￭ al end possibly caused by the temporary arrest of the function of the nail matrix one cause in children is hand foot and mouth disease this generally resol￭ ves without complic￭ ation ony￭ ch￭ om￭ ad￭ esis can also occur if the nail is damaged or suffers a loss of blood supply i e due to a bru￭ ise the n￭ ail￭ bed turns black and the nail drops off shortly afterwards it takes around 6 to 12 months to reg￭ row
ony￭ ch￭ om￭ atri￭ coma is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by a distinctive tumor of the nail matrix this nail disease can mim￭ ic many nail problems and should be examined and biop￭ si￭ ed by a der￭ mato￭ logist in particular a main concern is the m￭ align￭ ant and destructive potential that may exist
ony￭ ch￭ om￭ y￭ co￭ sis is a fun￭ gal infection of the nail it is the most common disease of the nails and constitutes about half of all nail ab￭ norm￭ alities this condition may affect to￭ en￭ ails or finger￭ nails but to￭ en￭ ail infections are particularly common it occurs in about 10 percent of the adult population
ony￭ ch￭ opho￭ sis is a loc￭ alized or diffuse hyper￭ ker￭ ato￭ tic tissue that develops on the lateral or proxim￭ al n￭ ail￭ fol￭ ds within the space between the n￭ ail￭ fol￭ ds and the nail plate and is a common finding in the elderly ony￭ ch￭ opho￭ sis may involve the sub￭ un￭ gu￭ al area as a direct result of repeated minor trauma and most frequently affects the first and fifth toes
ony￭ chor￭ rh￭ ex￭ is from the words in greek ony￭ cho nail rh￭ ex￭ is bursting also known as brit￭ tle nails is a britt￭ len￭ ess with break￭ age of finger or to￭ en￭ ails that may result from excessive strong soap and water exposure nail polish remo￭ ver hypo￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m an￭ emia an￭ ore￭ x￭ ia ner￭ vo￭ sa or bu￭ li￭ mia or after oral re￭ tin￭ o￭ id therapy ony￭ chor￭ rh￭ ex￭ is affects up to 20 of the population
ony￭ cho￭ til￭ lo￭ mania is a compul￭ sive neuro￭ sis in which a person picks constantly at the nails or tries to tear them off it is not the same as ony￭ chop￭ ha￭ gia where the nails are bit￭ ten or chewed or der￭ mati￭ l￭ lo￭ mania where skin is bit￭ ten or scrat￭ ched it is commonly associated with psychiatric disorders such as depres￭ sive neuro￭ sis delu￭ sions of inf￭ est￭ ation and hypo￭ ch￭ on￭ dri￭ asis it was named by professor jan al￭ ki￭ ew￭ ic￭ z a polish der￭ mato￭ logist the constant destruction of the nail bed leads to ony￭ cho￭ dy￭ stro￭ phy par￭ ony￭ ch￭ ia and dark￭ ening of the nail some cases have been treated successfully with anti￭ psycho￭ tics
o￭ oph￭ ori￭ tis is an infl￭ amm￭ ation of the ov￭ aries it is often seen in combination with sal￭ p￭ ing￭ i￭ tis infl￭ amm￭ ation of the fall￭ op￭ ian tubes it may develop in response to infection
open circuit voltage abbreviated as oc￭ v or voc is the difference of electrical potential between two terminals of a device when disconnected from any circuit there is no external load connected no external electric current flows between the terminals it is sometimes given the symbol voc in network analysis this voltage is also known as the th￭ é￭ ven￭ in voltage the open circuit voltages of batteries and solar cells are often quoted under particular conditions state of charge illumin￭ ation temperature etc open circuit potential is important since the metal with the low open potential will dissolve faster in the electro￭ ly￭ te than the metal with high open circuit potential the potential difference mentioned in the batteries and cells is usually the open circuit voltage open circuit voltage is known as the em￭ f which is the maximum potential difference when there is no current and the circuit is not closed to calculate open circuit voltage one can use a method similar to the one below consider the circuit given circuit if we want to find the open circuit voltage across 5 ω resis￭ tor first dis￭ connect it from the circuit modified circuit find the equivalent resistance in loop 1 and hence find the current in the loop use o￭ hm ’ s law to find the potential drop across the resistance c the resis￭ tor b does not affect the open circuit voltage since no current is flowing through it there is no potential drop across it so we can easily ignore it therefore the potential drop across the resistance c is v￭ l this is just an example many other ways can be used
in theoretical computer science and operations research the open shop scheduling problem os￭ sp is a scheduling problem in which a given set of jobs must each be processed for given amounts of time at each of a given set of work￭ stations in an arbitrary order and the goal is to determine the time at which each job is to be processed at each work￭ station the problem was first studied by te￭ of￭ ilo f gon￭ zal￭ ez and sar￭ ta￭ j sah￭ ni in 1976
open￭ simpl￭ ex noise is an n dimensional gr￭ adi￭ ent noise function that was developed in order to overcome the patent related issues surrounding simpl￭ ex noise while continuing to also avoid the vis￭ ually significant direc￭ tional arti￭ facts characteristic of per￭ lin noise the algori￭ thm shares numerous similarities with simpl￭ ex noise but has two primary differences whereas simpl￭ ex noise starts with a hyper￭ cubic honey￭ comb and squ￭ ashes it down the main diag￭ onal in order to form its grid structure open￭ simpl￭ ex noise instead swaps the ske￭ w and in￭ verse ske￭ w factors and uses a stretched hyper￭ cubic honey￭ comb the stretched hyper￭ cubic honey￭ comb becomes a simpl￭ ec￭ tic honey￭ comb after subdivision this means that 2 d simpl￭ ex and 2 d open￭ simpl￭ ex both use different orientations of the tri￭ ang￭ ular ti￭ ling but whereas 3 d simpl￭ ex uses the te￭ trag￭ onal dis￭ phen￭ o￭ id honey￭ comb 3 d open￭ simpl￭ ex uses the te￭ tra￭ he￭ dr￭ al octa￭ he￭ dr￭ al honey￭ comb open￭ simpl￭ ex noise uses a larger ker￭ nel size than simpl￭ ex noise the result is a smo￭ other appearance at the cost of performance as additional ver￭ tices need to be determined and fac￭ tored into each evaluation
in topo￭ logy an open map is a function between two topo￭ logical spaces which maps open sets to open sets that is a function f x → y is open if for any open set u in x the image f u is open in y likewise a closed map is a function which maps closed sets to closed sets a map may be open closed both or neither in particular an open map need not be closed and vice versa open and closed maps are not necessarily continuous further continuity is independent of openness and clo￭ se￭ dness in the general case and a continuous function may have one both or neither property this fact remains true even if one restricts oneself to metric spaces although their definitions seem more natural open and closed maps are much less important than continuous maps recall that by definition a function f x → y is continuous if the pre￭ image of every open set of y is open in x equival￭ ently if the pre￭ image of every closed set of y is closed in x early study of open maps was pione￭ ered by sim￭ ion sto￭ i￭ low and gordon thomas wh￭ y￭ burn
open collaboration is a pattern of collaboration innovation and production it was observed prominently in open source software but can also be found in many other instances such as in internet forums mailing lists and online communities open collaboration is also thought to be the operating principle underlining a gam￭ ut of diverse ventures including bit￭ coin te￭ d￭ x and wiki￭ pedia in a 2009 paper ri￭ e￭ hle et al define open collaboration as collaboration based on three principles of eg￭ alit￭ arianism merito￭ cracy and self organization in a 2013 paper le￭ vine and pri￭ et￭ ula define open collaboration as any system of innovation or production that relies on goal oriented yet loosely coordinated participants who interact to create a product or service of economic value which they make available to contributors and non￭ contributors alike this definition captures multiple instances all joined by similar principles for example all of the elements — goods of economic value open access to contribute and consume interaction and exchange purposeful yet loosely coordinated work — are present in an open source software project in wiki￭ pedia or in a user forum or community they can also be present in a commercial website that is based on user generated content in all of these instances of open collaboration anyone can contribute and anyone can freely par￭ take in the fruits of sharing which are produced by inter￭ acting participants who are loosely coordinated open collaboration is the principle underlying peer production mass collaboration and wi￭ kin￭ om￭ ics it was observed initially in open source software but can also be found in many other instances such as in internet forums mailing lists internet communities and many instances of open content such as creative commons it also explains some instances of crow￭ d￭ sour￭ cing collaborative consumption and open innovation an annual conference dedicated to the research and practice of open collaboration is the international symposi￭ um on wi￭ kis and open collaboration open￭ sy￭ m formerly wi￭ kis￭ ym as per its website the group defines open collaboration as collaboration that is egalitarian everyone can join no principled or artificial barriers to participation exist merito￭ cratic decisions and status are merit based rather than imposed and self organizing processes adapt to people rather than people adapt to pre defined processes
in business open communication or open access to communication resources is the ability of anyone on equal conditions with a transparent relation between cost and pricing to get access to and share communication resources on one level to provide value added services on another level in a lay￭ ered communication system architecture simply put open access plans are to deregul￭ ate oligarchy of telecom operators in a bid to give consumers more choices for equipment services and service vendors or carriers it will also provide some breathing room for the controversial net neutrality that has been the central issue between mobile carriers like at t ver￭ iz￭ on and spr￭ int n￭ ex￭ tel and web media mo￭ gul￭ s like e￭ bay amazon com and google
in science and mathematics an open problem or an open question is a known problem which can be accurately stated and which is assumed to have an objective and verifiable solution but which has not yet been solved no solution for it is known in the history of science some of these supposed open problems were solved by means of showing that they were not after all well defined many open problems in mathematics are in fact concerned with the question whether a certain definition is or is not consistent two notable examples in mathematics that have been solved and closed by researchers in the late twentieth century are fer￭ m￭ at s last theore￭ m and the four color theore￭ m an important open mathematics problem solved in the early 21 st century is the poin￭ car￭ é con￭ jec￭ ture important open problems exist in all scientific fields for example one of the most important open problems in bio￭ chemistry is the protein structure prediction problem – how to predict a protein s structure from its sequence
oper￭ ability is the ability to keep an equipment a system or a whole industrial installation in a safe and reliable functioning condition according to pre defined operational requirements in a computing systems environment with multiple systems this includes the ability of products systems and business processes to work together to accomplish a common task such as finding and returning availability of inventory for flight in the gas turb￭ ine engine business engine oper￭ ability is the ability of the engine to operate without com￭ pres￭ sor stall or surge com￭ bu￭ st￭ or flame out or other power loss oper￭ ability engineers work in the fields of engine and com￭ pres￭ sor model￭ ing control and test to ensure the engine meets its ignition starting acceleration dec￭ el￭ eration and over speed requirements under the most extreme operating conditions oper￭ ability is considered one of the ilities and is closely related to reliability sup￭ portability and main￭ tain￭ ability oper￭ ability also refers to whether or not a surgical operation can be performed to treat a patient with a reasonable degree of safety and chance of success
operation k￭ ip￭ ion is a long standing maritime presence in the persian gulf and indian ocean to promote enduring peace and stability in the region by the united kingdom
in physics an operator is a function over a space of physical states to another space of physical states the simplest example of the utility of operators is the study of sym￭ metry which makes the concept of a group useful in this context because of this they are a very useful tool in classical mechanics operators are even more important in quantum mechanics where they form an intrinsic part of the formulation of the theory
ophi￭ asis is a form of al￭ op￭ ec￭ ia are￭ ata characterized by the loss of hair in the shape of a wave at the circum￭ fer￭ ence of the head it gets its name from op￭ his which is the greek word for snake because of the apparent similarity to a snake shape and the pattern of hair loss the term sis￭ ai￭ ph￭ o is used to characterize the in￭ verse pattern sis￭ ai￭ ph￭ o is the reverse spelling of ophi￭ asis it is also called ophi￭ asis in￭ versus ophi￭ asis has poor prog￭ no￭ s￭ tic significance
oph￭ thal￭ mia also called oph￭ thal￭ miti￭ s is infl￭ amm￭ ation of the eye it is a medical sign which may be indicative of various conditions including sympathetic oph￭ thal￭ mia infl￭ amm￭ ation of both eyes following trauma to one eye gon￭ o￭ coc￭ cal oph￭ thal￭ mia tr￭ ach￭ oma or egyptian oph￭ thal￭ mia oph￭ thal￭ mia ne￭ on￭ at￭ orum a con￭ junc￭ ti￭ vi￭ tis of the new￭ born due to either of the two previous pathogens pho￭ top￭ h￭ thal￭ mia and ac￭ tin￭ ic con￭ junc￭ ti￭ vi￭ tis infl￭ amm￭ ation resulting from prolonged exposure to ultra￭ violet rays and others
oph￭ thal￭ mia no￭ do￭ sa is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by infl￭ amm￭ ation of the eye due to lodging of for example cat￭ er￭ pillar ha￭ irs in the con￭ junc￭ tiva cor￭ ne￭ a or iris
oph￭ thal￭ mo￭ dy￭ nia periodic￭ a is also referred to as ice pick headache needle in the eye syndrome and sharp short lived head pain oph￭ thal￭ mo￭ dy￭ nia periodic￭ a is considered a primary headache disorder so it is not caused by any other conditions another well known name for oph￭ thal￭ mo￭ dy￭ nia periodic￭ a is j￭ abs and jol￭ ts syndrome
oph￭ thal￭ m￭ opa￭ res￭ is or oph￭ thal￭ mop￭ legi￭ a refers to weakness pa￭ res￭ is or paralysis ple￭ gia of one or more extra￭ oc￭ ular muscles which are responsible for eye movements it is a physical finding in certain neuro￭ logic oph￭ thal￭ mo￭ logic and endocrine disease
op￭ io￭ id induced hyper￭ al￭ ge￭ sia or op￭ io￭ id induced abnormal pain sensitivity also called paradoxical hyper￭ al￭ ge￭ sia is a phenomenon associated with the long term use of op￭ io￭ ids such as morphine hydro￭ co￭ done oxy￭ co￭ done and meth￭ ad￭ one over time individuals taking op￭ io￭ ids can develop an increasing sensitivity to noxious stimul￭ i even evolving a painful response to previously non noxious stimul￭ i allo￭ dy￭ nia some studies on animals have also demonstrated this effect occurring after only a single high dose of op￭ io￭ ids although tolerance and op￭ io￭ id induced hyper￭ al￭ ge￭ sia both result in a similar need for dose escalation they are nevertheless caused by two distinct mechanisms the similar net effect makes the two phenomena difficult to distinguish in a clinical setting under chronic op￭ io￭ id treatment a particular individual s requirement for dose escalation may be due to tolerance des￭ ensi￭ tization of an￭ tin￭ oc￭ ic￭ eptive mechanisms op￭ io￭ id induced hyper￭ al￭ ge￭ sia sensi￭ tization of pro￭ no￭ cic￭ eptive mechanisms or a combination of both identifying the development of hyper￭ al￭ ge￭ sia is of great clinical importance since patients receiving op￭ io￭ ids to relieve pain may paradoxically experience more pain as a result of treatment whereas increasing the dose of op￭ io￭ id can be an effective way to overcome tolerance doing so to compensate for op￭ io￭ id induced hyper￭ al￭ ge￭ sia may worsen the patient s condition by increasing sensitivity to pain while escalating physical dependence the phenomenon is common among palliative care patients following a too rapid escalation of op￭ io￭ id do￭ sage
op￭ io￭ id over￭ dose is an acute condition due to excessive op￭ io￭ ids examples of op￭ io￭ ids are morphine heroin tram￭ ad￭ ol oxy￭ co￭ done and meth￭ ad￭ one it differs from op￭ io￭ id dependency although op￭ io￭ id over￭ dose does not constitute a majority of the over￭ doses seen in the emergency department it is important to rule out in people given its potential for mortality and the ease of reversal dependence on prescription op￭ io￭ ids can stem from treatment of chronic pain and in recent years is the cause of the increased number of op￭ io￭ id over￭ doses initial treatment involves supporting the persons breathing and providing oxygen n￭ alo￭ x￭ one is then recommended among those who are not breathing op￭ io￭ id use disorders resulted in 51 000 worldwide deaths in 2013 up from 18 000 deaths in 1990 prescription op￭ io￭ id over￭ dose was responsible for more deaths in the united states from 1999 2008 than heroin and cocaine over￭ dose combined
an op￭ io￭ id use disorder is a medical condition that is characterized by the compul￭ sive use of op￭ io￭ ids despite adverse consequences from continued use and the development of a withdrawal syndrome when op￭ io￭ id use stops it involves both an addiction to and dependence upon op￭ io￭ ids op￭ io￭ ids include substances such as morphine heroin co￭ de￭ ine oxy￭ co￭ done hydro￭ co￭ done etc the necessary descriptive characteristics of the medical diagnosis are preoccupation with a desire to obtain and take the drug and persistent drug seeking behaviour the op￭ io￭ id dependence withdrawal syndrome involves both psychological dependence and marked physical dependence upon op￭ io￭ id compounds op￭ io￭ id use disorders resulted in 51 000 deaths worldwide in 2013 up from 18 000 deaths in 1990
op￭ is￭ thor￭ chi￭ asis is a par￭ asi￭ tic disease caused by species in the genus op￭ is￭ thor￭ ch￭ is specifically op￭ is￭ thor￭ ch￭ is vi￭ ver￭ r￭ ini and op￭ is￭ thor￭ ch￭ is fel￭ in￭ eus medical care and loss of wages caused by op￭ is￭ thor￭ ch￭ is vi￭ ver￭ r￭ ini in laos and in thailand costs about 120 million annually or 120 million per year can cost northeast thailand only infection of op￭ is￭ thor￭ ch￭ is vi￭ ver￭ r￭ ini and of other liver flu￭ kes in asia affect the poor and poorest people op￭ is￭ thor￭ chi￭ asis has received less attention than other diseases and is a neglected disease in asia
op￭ itz g b￭ bb syndrome also known as op￭ itz syndrome g syndrome or b￭ bb syndrome is a rare genetic disorder that will affect physical structures along the mid￭ line of the body the letters g and b￭ bb represent the last names of the families that were first diagnosed with the disorder while op￭ itz is the last name of the doctor that first described the signs and symptoms of the disease there are two different forms of op￭ tiz g b￭ bb syndrome x linked rec￭ essive syndrome type i x￭ los os￭ x and dominant auto￭ som￭ al syndrome type ii ados however both result in common physical de￭ form￭ ities although their pattern of inheritance may differ several other names for the disease s are no longer used these include hypo￭ sp￭ adi￭ as dy￭ sp￭ ha￭ gia syndrome op￭ itz fri￭ as syndrome t￭ elec￭ an￭ thus with associated ab￭ norm￭ alities and hyper￭ tel￭ or￭ ism hypo￭ sp￭ adi￭ as syndrome one out of every 50 000 to 100 000 males is born with x linked type ii op￭ tiz g b￭ bb syndrome but professionals believe that condition is under diagnosed and there are actually many more cases it is unknown as to how many auto￭ som￭ al dominant cases exist however the auto￭ som￭ al dominant cases are also categ￭ orized under a more commonly diagnosed group called 22 q 11 2 deletion syndrome this group includes several other diseases that all result because of a small deletion of chro￭ mo￭ some 22 at the q 11 2 location
the op￭ pen￭ he￭ imer – phil￭ lips process or strip reaction is a type of de￭ uter￭ on induced nuclear reaction in this process the neutr￭ on half of an energetic de￭ uter￭ on a stable isot￭ ope of hydrogen with one prot￭ on and one neutr￭ on fuses with a target nucleus trans￭ mu￭ ting the target to a heavier isot￭ ope while e￭ jec￭ ting a prot￭ on an example is the nuclear trans￭ mutation of carbon 12 to carbon 13 the process allows a nuclear interaction to take place at lower energies than would be expected from a simple calculation of the coul￭ om￭ b barrier between a de￭ uter￭ on and a target nucleus this is because as the de￭ uter￭ on approaches the positively charged target nucleus it experiences a charge polarization where the prot￭ on end faces away from the target and the neutr￭ on end faces towards the target the fusion proceeds when the binding energy of the neutr￭ on and the target nucleus exceeds the binding energy of the de￭ uter￭ on and a prot￭ on is then rep￭ elled from the new heavier nucleus
op￭ perman￭ n s con￭ jec￭ ture is an unsolved problem in mathematics on the distribution of prime numbers it is closely related to but stronger than legend￭ re s con￭ jec￭ ture and￭ rica s con￭ jec￭ ture and bro￭ card s con￭ jec￭ ture it is named after danish mathem￭ ati￭ cian lud￭ vig op￭ perman￭ n who posed it in 1882
an opportunistic infection is an infection caused by pathogens bacteria viruses fun￭ gi or proto￭ zo￭ a that take advantage of an opportunity not normally available such as a host with a weakened immune system an altered micro￭ bio￭ ta such as a disrupted gut flora or breached inte￭ g￭ um￭ entary barriers many of these pathogens do not cause disease in a healthy host that has a normal immune system however a compromised immune system a penetr￭ ating injury or a lack of competition from normal commens￭ als presents an opportunity for the pathogen to infect
op￭ posi￭ tional defi￭ ant disorder odd is defined by the dsm 5 as a pattern of angry irrit￭ able mood arg￭ um￭ ent￭ ative defi￭ ant behavior or v￭ indic￭ tiveness lasting at least six months unlike children with conduct disorder cd children with op￭ posi￭ tional defi￭ ant disorder are not aggressive towards people or animals do not destroy property and do not show a pattern of theft or deceit a diagnosis of odd is also no longer applicable if the individual is diagnosed with reactive attachment disorder rad
op￭ sis￭ mod￭ ys￭ pl￭ asia is a type of sk￭ el￭ etal dys￭ pl￭ asia a bone disease that interferes with bone development first described by zon￭ ana and associates in 1977 and designated under its current name by mar￭ o￭ te￭ aux 1984 derived from the greek op￭ sis￭ mos late the name op￭ sis￭ mod￭ ys￭ pl￭ asia describes a delay in bone matur￭ ation in addition to this delay the disorder is characterized by micro￭ me￭ lia short or under￭ sized bones particularly of the hands and feet delay of os￭ sification bone cell formation plat￭ y￭ spon￭ dy￭ ly fl￭ att￭ ened verte￭ bra￭ e irregular met￭ ap￭ hy￭ ses an array of facial aberr￭ ations and respiratory distress related to chronic infection op￭ sis￭ mod￭ ys￭ pl￭ asia is con￭ genital being apparent at birth it has a variable mortality with some affected individuals living to adul￭ thood the disorder is rare with an incidence of less than 1 per 1 000 000 worldwide it is inherited in an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive pattern which means the defective mut￭ ated gene that causes the disorder is located on an auto￭ some and the disorder occurs when two copies of this defective gene are inherited no specific gene has been found to be associated with the disorder it is similar to spon￭ dy￭ lo￭ met￭ ap￭ hy￭ seal dys￭ pl￭ asia se￭ dag￭ h￭ ati￭ an type
op￭ so￭ cl￭ onus refers to uncontrolled eye movement op￭ so￭ cl￭ onus consists of rapid involuntary multi￭ vec￭ torial horizontal and vertical unpredictable con￭ ju￭ gate fast eye movements without inter￭ s￭ acc￭ adic intervals it is also referred to as s￭ acc￭ ad￭ om￭ ania or refl￭ exi￭ ve s￭ acc￭ ade the movements of op￭ so￭ cl￭ onus may have a very small am￭ pl￭ itude appearing as tiny deviations from primary position possible eti￭ o￭ logies of op￭ so￭ cl￭ onus include neuro￭ bl￭ ast￭ oma and en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis in children and breast lung or o￭ vari￭ an cancer in adults other considerations include multiple sclerosis toxins or medication effects e g sero￭ ton￭ in syndrome it can also be caused by a le￭ sion in the om￭ nip￭ ause neurons which ton￭ ically inhibit initiation of s￭ acc￭ adic eye movement until signaled by the superior col￭ lic￭ ul￭ us by blocking parame￭ dian pon￭ tine retic￭ ular formation p￭ pr￭ f burst neurons in the p￭ ons it frequently occurs along with my￭ o￭ cl￭ onus in op￭ so￭ cl￭ onus my￭ o￭ cl￭ onus syndrome
op￭ so￭ cl￭ onus my￭ o￭ cl￭ onus syndrome oms also known as op￭ so￭ cl￭ onus my￭ o￭ cl￭ onus at￭ ax￭ ia oma is a rare neuro￭ logical disorder of unknown causes which appears to be the result of an auto￭ immune process involving the nervous system it is an extremely rare condition affecting as few as 1 in 10 000 000 people per year it affects 2 to 3 of children with neuro￭ bl￭ ast￭ oma and has been reported to occur with ce￭ li￭ ac disease
op￭ tic dis￭ c dr￭ usen odd or op￭ tic nerve head dr￭ usen on￭ hd are glob￭ ules of mu￭ co￭ proteins and mu￭ co￭ pol￭ ys￭ ac￭ ch￭ ari￭ des that progressively calci￭ fy in the op￭ tic dis￭ c they are thought to be the remnants of the ax￭ onal transport system of de￭ generated re￭ tin￭ al gang￭ lion cells odd have also been referred to as con￭ gen￭ it￭ ally elevated or anom￭ alous dis￭ cs pseu￭ dop￭ ap￭ il￭ le￭ dem￭ a pseu￭ don￭ eur￭ i￭ tis buried dis￭ c dr￭ usen and dis￭ c hy￭ al￭ ine bodies they may be associated with vision loss of varying degree occasionally resulting in blindness
op￭ tic nerve gli￭ oma or op￭ tic gli￭ oma a form of gli￭ oma which affects the op￭ tic nerve is often one of the central nervous system manifestations of neuro￭ fi￭ bro￭ mat￭ osis 1 op￭ tic gli￭ om￭ as are usually pi￭ loc￭ y￭ tic tumors and can involve the op￭ tic nerve or op￭ tic chi￭ asm op￭ tic gli￭ om￭ as are usually associated with neuro￭ fi￭ bro￭ mat￭ osis type 1 in 30 of patients
op￭ tic nerve hypo￭ pl￭ asia on￭ h is a medical condition arising from the underdevelopment of the op￭ tic nerve s this condition is the most common con￭ genital op￭ tic nerve anomaly the op￭ tic dis￭ c appears abnormally small because not all the op￭ tic nerve ax￭ ons have developed properly it is often associated with endocr￭ in￭ opath￭ ies hormone deficiencies developmental delay and brain mal￭ formations the op￭ tic nerve which is responsible for transmitting visual signals from the re￭ tina to the brain has approximately 1 2 million nerve fi￭ bers in the average person in those diagnosed with on￭ h however there are notic￭ e￭ ably fewer nerves
op￭ tic nerve she￭ ath men￭ ing￭ i￭ om￭ as on￭ sm are rare benign tumors of the op￭ tic nerve 60 – 70 of cases occur in middle age females and is more common in older adults mean age 44 7 years it is also seen in children but this is rare the tumors grow from cells that surround the op￭ tic nerve and as the tumor grows it com￭ presses the op￭ tic nerve this causes loss of vision in the affected eye rarely it may affect both eyes at the same time it is typically a slow growing tumor and has never been reported to cause death however there is concern that the tumor can grow into the brain and cause other types of neuro￭ logical damage in some patients the tumor grows so slowly that treatment is not necessary standard treatments are observation surgery radiation therapy and combinations of the above
an op￭ tic nerve mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tom￭ a is a tumor made up of mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tes and mel￭ an￭ in these tumors are typically a benign they can grow but rarely transform into a m￭ align￭ ancy even so local growth can affect adjacent tissues
op￭ tic ne￭ uri￭ tis is a dem￭ yel￭ inating infl￭ amm￭ ation of the op￭ tic nerve it is also known as op￭ tic pap￭ il￭ li￭ tis when the head of the op￭ tic nerve is involved and retro￭ bul￭ bar ne￭ uri￭ tis when the poster￭ ior of the nerve is involved it is most often associated with multiple sclerosis and it may lead to complete or partial loss of vision in one or both eyes partial transi￭ ent vision loss lasting less than one hour can be an indication of early onset multiple sclerosis other possible diagnoses include diabetes mell￭ it￭ us low phosphorus levels or hyper￭ kal￭ aemia
op￭ tic neuro￭ pa￭ thy refers to damage to the op￭ tic nerve due to any cause damage and death of these nerve cells or neurons leads to characteristic features of op￭ tic neuro￭ pa￭ thy the main symptom is loss of vision with colors appearing sub￭ tly washed out in the affected eye on medical examination the op￭ tic nerve head can be vis￭ u￭ alised by an oph￭ thal￭ mo￭ scope a pale dis￭ c is characteristic of long standing op￭ tic neuro￭ pa￭ thy in many cases only one eye is affected and patients may not be aware of the loss of color vision until the doctor asks them to cover the healthy eye op￭ tic neuro￭ pa￭ thy is often called op￭ tic atro￭ phy to describe the loss of some or most of the fi￭ bers of the op￭ tic nerve in medicine atro￭ phy usually means shrun￭ ken but capable of reg￭ row￭ th so some argue that op￭ tic atro￭ phy as a pathological term is somewhat misleading and the term op￭ tic neuro￭ pa￭ thy should be used instead in short op￭ tic atro￭ phy is the end result of any disease that damages nerve cells anywhere between the re￭ tin￭ al gang￭ lion cells and the lateral gen￭ ic￭ ulate body an￭ terior visual system
op￭ tic pap￭ il￭ li￭ tis is a specific type of op￭ tic ne￭ uri￭ tis infl￭ amm￭ ation of the op￭ tic nerve head is called pap￭ il￭ li￭ tis or intra￭ oc￭ ular op￭ tic ne￭ uri￭ tis infl￭ amm￭ ation of the orb￭ ital portion of the nerve is called retro￭ bul￭ bar op￭ tic ne￭ uri￭ tis or orb￭ ital op￭ tic ne￭ uri￭ tis it is often associated with substantial losses in visual fields pain on moving the globe and sensitivity to light pressure on the globe it is often an early sign of multiple sclerosis pap￭ il￭ li￭ tis may have the same appearance as pap￭ il￭ le￭ dem￭ a however pap￭ il￭ li￭ tis may be unilateral whereas pap￭ il￭ le￭ dem￭ a is almost always bilateral pap￭ il￭ li￭ tis can be differentiated from pap￭ il￭ le￭ dem￭ a by an a￭ ffer￭ ent pu￭ pill￭ ary defect marcus gun￭ n pupil by its greater effect in decreasing visual acu￭ ity and color vision and by the presence of a central sco￭ tom￭ a pap￭ il￭ le￭ dem￭ a that is not yet chronic will not have as dramatic an effect on vision because increased in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial pressure can cause both pap￭ il￭ le￭ dem￭ a and a sixth abduc￭ ens nerve pal￭ sy pap￭ il￭ le￭ dem￭ a can be differentiated from pap￭ il￭ li￭ tis if es￭ o￭ tro￭ p￭ ia and loss of abduction are also present however es￭ o￭ tro￭ p￭ ia may also develop secon￭ d￭ arily in an eye that has lost vision from pap￭ il￭ li￭ tis retro￭ bul￭ bar ne￭ uri￭ tis an infl￭ amed op￭ tic nerve but with a normal appearing nerve head is associated with pain and the other findings of pap￭ il￭ li￭ tis pseu￭ dop￭ ap￭ il￭ le￭ dem￭ a is a normal variant of the op￭ tic disk in which the disk appears elevated with in￭ distinct margins and a normal vascular pattern pseu￭ dop￭ ap￭ il￭ le￭ dem￭ a sometimes occurs in hyper￭ op￭ ic individuals work￭ up of the patient with pap￭ il￭ li￭ tis includes lum￭ bar punc￭ ture and cere￭ bro￭ spinal fluid analysis b hen￭ sel￭ ae infection can be detected by ser￭ ology m￭ ri is the preferred imaging study an abnormal m￭ ri is associated with a worse visual outcome
an optical black hole is a phenomenon in which slow light is passed through a bo￭ se – einstein condens￭ ate that is itself spinning faster than the local speed of light within to create a vor￭ tex capable of trapping the light behind an event horizon just as a grav￭ it￭ ational black hole would unlike other black hole analo￭ gs such as a son￭ ic black hole in a bo￭ se – einstein condens￭ ate a slow light black hole analo￭ g is not expected to mim￭ ic the quantum effects of a black hole and thus not emit haw￭ king radiation it does however mim￭ ic the classical properties of a grav￭ it￭ ational black hole making it potentially useful in studying other properties of black holes more recently some physicists have developed a fiber op￭ tic based system which they believe will emit haw￭ king radiation
optical flow or op￭ tic flow is the pattern of apparent motion of objects surfaces and edges in a visual scene caused by the relative motion between an observer an eye or a camera and the scene the concept of optical flow was introduced by the american psycho￭ logist james j gib￭ son in the 1940 s to describe the visual stimulus provided to animals moving through the world gib￭ son stressed the importance of op￭ tic flow for affor￭ dance perception the ability to discern possibilities for action within the environment followers of gib￭ son and his ecological approach to psychology have further demonstrated the role of the optical flow stimulus for the perception of movement by the observer in the world perception of the shape distance and movement of objects in the world and the control of locomo￭ tion the term optical flow is also used by robo￭ tic￭ ists encompassing related techniques from image processing and control of navigation including motion detection object segm￭ entation time to contact information focus of expansion calculations lumin￭ ance motion compensated en￭ coding and stere￭ o disparity measurement
the optical force is a phenomenon whereby be￭ ams of light can attract and repe￭ l each other the force acts along an axis which is per￭ pend￭ icular to the light be￭ ams because of this parallel be￭ ams can be induced to converge or diverge the optical force works on a micro￭ scopic scale and cannot currently be detected at larger scales it was discovered by a team of yale researchers led by electrical engineer hong tang
optical physics is a sub￭ field of atomic molecular and optical physics it is the study of the generation of electromagnetic radiation the properties of that radiation and the interaction of that radiation with matter especially its manipulation and control it differs from general op￭ tics and optical engineering in that it is focused on the discovery and application of new phenomena there is no strong distinction however between optical physics applied op￭ tics and optical engineering since the devices of optical engineering and the applications of applied op￭ tics are necessary for basic research in optical physics and that research leads to the development of new devices and applications often the same people are involved in both the basic research and the applied technology development for example the experimental demonstration of electro￭ magne￭ tically induced transparency by s e harris and of slow light by harris and lene vest￭ er￭ gaard ha￭ u researchers in optical physics use and develop light sources that span the electromagnetic spectrum from micro￭ waves to x rays the field includes the generation and detection of light linear and non￭ linear optical processes and spec￭ tro￭ sco￭ py las￭ ers and laser spec￭ tro￭ sco￭ py have transformed optical science major study in optical physics is also devoted to quantum op￭ tics and coherence and to fem￭ to￭ second op￭ tics in optical physics research is also encouraged in areas such as the non￭ linear response of isolated atoms to intense ultra short electromagnetic fields the atom cav￭ ity interaction at high fields and quantum properties of the electromagnetic field other important areas of research include the development of novel optical techniques for nano optical measurements diff￭ r￭ active op￭ tics low coherence interfer￭ ome￭ try optical coherence tom￭ o￭ graphy and near field micro￭ sco￭ py research in optical physics places an emphasis on ultr￭ af￭ ast optical science and technology the applications of optical physics create advan￭ cements in communications medicine manufacturing and even entertainment
in an optical communications link the optical power margin is the difference between the optical power that is launched by a given transmitter into the fiber less transmission losses from all causes and the minimum optical power that is required by the receiver for a specified level of performance an optical power margin is typically measured using a calibr￭ ated light source and an optical power meter the optical power margin is usually expressed in deci￭ bels db at least several db of optical power margin should be included in the optical power budget the amount of optical power launched into a given fiber by a given transmitter depends on the nature of its active optical source led or laser dio￭ de and the type of fiber including such parameters as core diameter and numerical aper￭ ture
the optical transfer function ot￭ f is the transfer function of an optical system such as a camera micro￭ scope human eye or projec￭ tor it is used by optical engineers and scientists to describe how the op￭ tics project light from the object or scene onto a photo￭ graphic film detec￭ tor array re￭ tina screen or simply the next item in the transmission chain the function specifies the translation and contrast reduction of a periodic sine wave pattern after passing through the lens system as a function of its periodic￭ ity and orientation formally the optical transfer function is defined as the fou￭ rier transform of the point spread function or impulse response of the op￭ tics i e the image of a point source when this image does not change shape upon lateral translation of the point source the optical transfer function can be used to study the projection of arbitrary objects or scenes onto the detec￭ tor or film while figures of merit such as contrast sensitivity and resolution give an intu￭ itive indication of performance the optical transfer function provides a comprehensive and well defined characterization of optical systems
in mathematics and computer science an optimi￭ zation problem is the problem of finding the best solution from all feasible solutions optimi￭ zation problems can be divided into two categories depending on whether the variables are continuous or dis￭ crete an optimi￭ zation problem with dis￭ crete variables is known as a combin￭ atorial optimi￭ zation problem in a combin￭ atorial optimi￭ zation problem we are looking for an object such as an inte￭ ger per￭ mutation or graph from a finite or possibly coun￭ table infinite set problems with continuous variables include constrained problems and multi￭ modal problems
optimi￭ zed power control also known as optimum power calibration abbreviated op￭ c is a function of an optical dis￭ c recorder it checks the proper writing power and reflection of the media in use calculating the optimum laser power and adjusting it for writing the particular session more sophisticated is active op￭ c or running op￭ c active op￭ c monitors writing power and reflection of the media in use calculating the optimum laser power and adjusting it in real time which in theory should result in a better quality burn
oral allergy syndrome o￭ as is a type of food allergy classified by a cluster of allergic reactions in the mouth in response to eating certain usually fresh fruits nuts and vegetables that typically develops in adults with hay fever o￭ as is perhaps the most common food related allergy in adults o￭ as is not a separate food allergy but rather represents cross re￭ activity between distant remnants of tree or weed poll￭ en still found in certain fruits and vegetables therefore o￭ as is typically only seen in tree and weed allergic patients and is usually limited to ing￭ estion of only un￭ cooked fruits or vegetables another term used for this syndrome is poll￭ en food allergy in adults up to 60 of all food allergic reactions are due to cross reactions between foods and inhal￭ ative aller￭ gens o￭ as is a type 1 or i￭ ge medi￭ ated immune response which is sometimes called a true allergy the body s immune system produces i￭ ge antibodies against poll￭ en in o￭ as these antibodies also bind to or cross react with other structurally similar proteins found in bo￭ tan￭ ically related plants o￭ as can occur any time of the year but is most prevalent during the poll￭ en season individuals with o￭ as usually develop symptoms within a few minutes after eating the food
oral and max￭ il￭ lo￭ facial path￭ ology also termed oral path￭ ology stom￭ ato￭ gn￭ ath￭ ic disease dental disease or mouth disease refers to the diseases of the mouth oral cav￭ ity or stom￭ a ja￭ ws max￭ il￭ la￭ e or gn￭ ath and related structures such as sali￭ vary g￭ lands tempor￭ om￭ andi￭ bul￭ ar joints facial muscles and peri￭ oral skin the skin around the mouth the mouth is an important organ with many different functions it is also prone to a variety of medical and dental disorders the specialty oral and max￭ il￭ lo￭ facial path￭ ology is concerned with diagnosis and study of the causes and effects of diseases affecting the oral and max￭ il￭ lo￭ facial region it is sometimes considered to be a specialty of dentistry and path￭ ology sometimes the term head and neck path￭ ology is used instead but this might imply that the patho￭ logist deals with o￭ tor￭ hin￭ ol￭ ar￭ yn￭ go￭ logic disorders i e ear nose and throat in addition to max￭ il￭ lo￭ facial disorders in this role there is some overlap between the expertise of head and neck patho￭ logists and that of endocrine patho￭ logists
oral cancer also known as mouth cancer is a type of head and neck cancer and is any can￭ cer￭ ous tissue growth located in the oral cav￭ ity it may arise as a primary le￭ sion originating in any of the tissues in the mouth by me￭ tast￭ asis from a distant site of origin or by extension from a neighboring an￭ atomic structure such as the nas￭ al cav￭ ity alternatively the oral cancers may originate in any of the tissues of the mouth and may be of varied his￭ to￭ logic types ter￭ atom￭ a aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma derived from a major or minor sali￭ vary g￭ land lymp￭ homa from ton￭ sill￭ ar or other lymp￭ ho￭ id tissue or mel￭ anom￭ a from the pig￭ ment producing cells of the oral mu￭ co￭ sa there are several types of oral cancers but around 90 are squ￭ am￭ ous cell carcin￭ om￭ as originating in the tissues that line the mouth and lips oral or mouth cancer most commonly involves the tongue it may also occur on the floor of the mouth cheek lining g￭ ing￭ iva g￭ ums lips or pal￭ ate roof of the mouth most oral cancers look very similar under the micro￭ scope and are called squ￭ am￭ ous cell carcin￭ oma but less commonly other types of oral cancer occur such as ka￭ posi s sar￭ coma in 2013 oral cancer resulted in 135 000 deaths up from 84 000 deaths in 1990 five year survival rates in the united states are 63
oral candi￭ di￭ asis also known as oral candi￭ do￭ sis oral th￭ rush or￭ op￭ har￭ yn￭ ge￭ al candi￭ di￭ asis mon￭ ili￭ asis candi￭ dal stom￭ ati￭ tis mu￭ gu￭ et is candi￭ di￭ asis that occurs in the mouth that is oral candi￭ di￭ asis is a my￭ co￭ sis ye￭ ast fun￭ gal infection of candi￭ da species on the mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ ran￭ es of the mouth candi￭ da al￭ bic￭ ans is the most commonly implicated organism in this condition c al￭ bic￭ ans is carried in the mouths of about 50 of the world s population as a normal component of the oral micro￭ bio￭ ta this candi￭ dal carriage state is not considered a disease but when candi￭ da species become pathogenic and invade host tissues oral candi￭ di￭ asis can occur this change usually constitutes an opportunistic infection of normally harmless micro organisms because of local i e mu￭ cos￭ al or systemic factors altering host immunity
oral flori￭ d pap￭ il￭ lo￭ mat￭ osis is a condition characterized by a white mass resembling a cau￭ lif￭ lower covering the tongue and extending onto other portions of the mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ ran￭ es this is a type of ver￭ ru￭ co￭ us carcin￭ oma
oral mel￭ an￭ osis is pi￭ gm￭ entation of the oral cav￭ ity that tends to occur most frequently in black people
oral mu￭ co￭ ce￭ le also termed mu￭ co￭ us retention cyst mu￭ co￭ us extr￭ av￭ as￭ ation cyst mu￭ co￭ us cyst of the oral mu￭ co￭ sa and mu￭ co￭ us retention and extr￭ av￭ as￭ ation phenomena is a clinical term that refers to two related phenomena m￭ uc￭ us extr￭ av￭ as￭ ation phenomenon m￭ uc￭ us retention cyst the former is a sw￭ elling of connec￭ tive tissue consisting of a collection of fluid called m￭ uc￭ in this occurs because of a rup￭ tured sali￭ vary g￭ land duc￭ t usually caused by local trauma damage in the case of m￭ uc￭ us extr￭ av￭ as￭ ation phenomenon and an obstructed or rup￭ tured sali￭ vary duc￭ t par￭ o￭ ti￭ d duc￭ t in the case of a m￭ uc￭ us retention cyst the mu￭ co￭ ce￭ le has a blu￭ ish trans￭ luc￭ ent color and is more commonly found in children and young adults although the term cyst is often used to refer to these le￭ sions mu￭ co￭ cel￭ es are not strictly speaking true cy￭ sts because there is no epi￭ the￭ li￭ al lining rather it would be more accurate to classify mu￭ co￭ cel￭ es as poly￭ ps i e a lump
oral sub￭ mu￭ co￭ us fi￭ bro￭ sis o￭ sm￭ f or os￭ f is a chronic complex pre￭ m￭ align￭ ant 1 transformation risk le￭ sion of the oral cav￭ ity characterized by ju￭ x￭ ta epi￭ the￭ li￭ al infl￭ am￭ matory reaction and progressive fi￭ bro￭ sis of the sub￭ mu￭ cos￭ al tissues the lam￭ ina propri￭ a and deeper connec￭ tive tissues as the disease progres￭ ses the ja￭ ws become rigid to the point that the person is unable to open the mouth the condition is remotely linked to oral cancers and is associated with a￭ rec￭ a nut or be￭ tel quid chewing a habit similar to tobacco chewing is practiced predominantly in southeast asia and india dating back thousands of years
an oral tor￭ us is a le￭ sion made of compact bone and occurs along the pal￭ ate or the man￭ di￭ ble inside the mouth the pal￭ atal tor￭ us or tor￭ us pal￭ at￭ in￭ us occurs along the pal￭ ate close to the mid￭ line whereas the man￭ di￭ bul￭ ar tor￭ us or tor￭ us man￭ di￭ bul￭ aris occur along the lingual side of the man￭ di￭ ble occurrences of tori are more frequent in women then they are in men tori are associated with adul￭ thood and rarely appear before the age of 15 the pal￭ atal version of tori have a higher occurrence in native american and in￭ uit populations treatment is not necessary unless they become an obstruction to chewing or pro￭ s￭ thetic appliances
the orange tor￭ nad￭ oes and new￭ ark tor￭ nad￭ oes were two manifestations of a long lived professional american football franchise that existed in some form from 18￭ 87 to 1941 and from 1958 to 1970 having played in the national football league from 1929 to 1930 the american association from 1936 to 1941 the atlantic coast football league from 1963 to 1964 and 1970 and the continental football league from 1965 to 1969 the team was based for most of its history in orange new jersey with many of its later years in new￭ ark its last five seasons of existence were as the orlando pan￭ thers when the team was based in orlando florida the n￭ fl franchise was sold back to the league in october 1930 the team had four head coaches in its two years in the n￭ fl – jack depl￭ er in orange and jack fish al mc￭ g￭ all and andy sal￭ ata in new￭ ark
or￭ an￭ je￭ ge￭ kte orange cr￭ a￭ ze or or￭ an￭ je￭ ko￭ or￭ ts orange fever is a phenomenon in the netherlands that occurs during major sporting events especially international football champion￭ ships and during kon￭ ings￭ da￭ g an annual holiday celebrating the king s birthday it manifests itself in the wearing of orange clothing such as t shirts caps and scar￭ fs lavish attention for sports and sports fans in the media and the decor￭ ation of cars rooms houses shops and even entire streets in orange the traditional color of the dutch royal family the house of orange nass￭ au
an orb￭ ital blow￭ out frac￭ ture is a traumatic de￭ form￭ ity of the orb￭ ital floor or medi￭ al wall typically resulting from impact of a blunt object larger than the orb￭ ital aper￭ ture or eye socket there are two broad categories of blow￭ out fractu￭ res open door which are large displaced and comm￭ in￭ u￭ ted and tr￭ ap￭ door which are linear h￭ ing￭ ed and minim￭ ally displaced they are characterized by double vision sun￭ ken oc￭ ular glob￭ es and loss of sensation of the cheek and upper g￭ ums due to infra￭ orb￭ ital nerve injury in pure orb￭ ital blow￭ out fractu￭ res the orb￭ ital rim the most an￭ terior bon￭ y margin of the orbit is preserved while with imp￭ ure fractu￭ res the orb￭ ital rim is also injured with the tr￭ ap￭ door variant there is a high frequency of extra oc￭ ular muscle entr￭ ap￭ ment despite minimal signs of external trauma a phenomenon referred to as a white eyed orb￭ ital blow￭ out frac￭ ture they can occur with other injuries such as trans￭ facial le fort fractu￭ res or zy￭ gom￭ ati￭ com￭ ax￭ ill￭ ary complex fractu￭ res the most common causes are assault and motor vehicle accidents in children the tr￭ ap￭ door subtype are more common reconstruction is usually performed with a titanium mesh or por￭ ous polyethylene through a trans￭ con￭ junc￭ ti￭ val or sub￭ ci￭ li￭ ary inc￭ ision more recently there has been success with endo￭ scopic or minim￭ ally invasive approaches
orb￭ ital cell￭ u￭ li￭ tis is infl￭ amm￭ ation of eye tissues behind the orb￭ ital sep￭ tum it most commonly refers to an acute spread of infection into the eye socket from either the adjacent sin￭ uses or through the blood when it affects the rear of the eye it is known as re￭ tro orb￭ ital cell￭ u￭ li￭ tis it should not be confused with peri￭ orb￭ ital cell￭ u￭ li￭ tis which refers to cell￭ u￭ li￭ tis an￭ terior to the sep￭ tum
orb￭ ital forcing is the effect on climate of slow changes in the tilt of the earth s axis and shape of the orbit see mil￭ an￭ ko￭ vit￭ ch cycles these orb￭ ital changes change the total amount of sunlight reaching the earth by up to 25 at mid lati￭ tudes from 400 to 500 w￭ m − 2 at lati￭ tudes of 60 degrees in this context the term forcing signifies a physical process that affects the earth s climate this mechanism is believed to be responsible for the timing of the ice age cycles a strict application of the mil￭ an￭ ko￭ vit￭ ch theory does not allow the prediction of a sudden ice age rapid being anything under a century or two since the fastest orb￭ ital period is about 20 000 years the timing of past gl￭ ac￭ ial periods coincides very well with the predictions of the mil￭ an￭ ko￭ vit￭ ch theory and these effects can be calculated into the future
orb￭ ital lymp￭ homa is a common type of non ho￭ dg￭ kin lymp￭ homa that occurs near or on the eye common symptoms include decreased vision and u￭ ve￭ i￭ tis orb￭ ital lymp￭ homa can be diagnosed via a biopsy of the eye and is usually treated with radi￭ otherapy or with combination with chem￭ otherapy
or￭ chi￭ al￭ gia is long term pain of the test￭ es it is considered chronic if it has persisted for more than 3 months or￭ chi￭ al￭ gia may be caused by injury infection surgery cancer or tes￭ tic￭ ular tor￭ sion and is a possible complic￭ ation after vas￭ ec￭ tomy ig￭ g 4 related disease is a more recently identified cause of chronic or￭ chi￭ al￭ gia one author describes the syndro￭ mes of chronic tes￭ tic￭ ular pain thus the complaint is of a squeezing deep ache in the testi￭ s like the day after you got kicked there often bilateral or altern￭ ating from one side to the other inter￭ mit￭ tent and most commonly associated with lower back pain sometimes it feels like the tes￭ tic￭ le is pin￭ ched in the cro￭ tch of the underwear but tro￭ user read￭ just￭ ment does not help there may also be pain in the ingu￭ inal area but no naus￭ ea or other symptoms back pain may be con￭ current or absent and some patients have a long history of low back pain onset of pain is commonly related to activity that would stress the low back such as lifting heavy objects other stresses that might cause low back pain are imaginative co￭ ital positions jo￭ gging sitting hun￭ ched over a computer long car driving or other such positions of un￭ supported seating posture that fl￭ att￭ ens the normal lum￭ bar lor￭ do￭ sis curve
or￭ chi￭ tis ˌ￭ ɔ￭ ː￭ r￭ ˈ￭ ka￭ ɪ￭ t￭ ɪ￭ s or or￭ chi￭ di￭ tis ˌ￭ ɔ￭ ː￭ r￭ k￭ ɪ￭ ˈ￭ da￭ ɪ￭ t￭ ɪ￭ s from the ancient greek ὄ￭ ρ￭ χ￭ ις meaning tes￭ tic￭ le same root as orch￭ id is infl￭ amm￭ ation of the test￭ es it can also involve sw￭ elling heavy pains and frequent infection and is more rarely known as di￭ dy￭ miti￭ s as in epi￭ di￭ dy￭ mis
ord s thyro￭ idi￭ tis is a common form of thyro￭ idi￭ tis an auto￭ immune disease where the body s own antibodies fight the cells of the thyro￭ id it is named after the physician william miller ord who first described it in 18￭ 77 and again in 18￭ 88 it is more common among women than men
in mathematical logic and set theory an ord￭ inal no￭ tation is a partial function from the set of all finite sequences of symbols from a finite alp￭ ha￭ bet to a coun￭ table set of ordin￭ als and a gö￭ del numbering is a function from the set of well formed formulae a well formed formula is a finite sequence of symbols on which the ord￭ inal no￭ tation function is defined of some formal language to the natural numbers this associates each w￭ ff with a unique natural number called its gö￭ del number if a gö￭ del numbering is fixed then the sub￭ set relation on the ordin￭ als induc￭ es an ordering on well formed formulae which in turn induc￭ es a well ordering on the sub￭ set of natural numbers a recur￭ sive ord￭ inal no￭ tation must satisfy the following two additional properties 1 the sub￭ set of natural numbers is a recur￭ sive set 2 the induced well ordering on the sub￭ set of natural numbers is a recur￭ sive relation there are many such schemes of ord￭ inal no￭ tations including schemes by wil￭ helm ack￭ er￭ mann heinz b￭ ach￭ mann wil￭ fried bu￭ ch￭ hol￭ z georg can￭ tor solomon fe￭ fer￭ man gerhard jä￭ ger is￭ les p￭ fe￭ i￭ ffer wol￭ fr￭ am po￭ h￭ lers kurt sch￭ ü￭ tte ga￭ isi tak￭ eu￭ ti called ord￭ inal diag￭ r￭ ams osw￭ ald ve￭ bl￭ en stephen cole kle￭ ene has a system of no￭ tations called kle￭ ene s o which includes ord￭ inal no￭ tations but it is not as well behaved as the other systems described here usually one proceeds by defining several functions from ordin￭ als to ordin￭ als and representing each such function by a symbol in many systems such as ve￭ bl￭ en s well known system the functions are normal functions that is they are strictly increasing and continuous in at least one of their arguments and increasing in other arguments another desirable property for such functions is that the value of the function is greater than each of its arguments so that an ord￭ inal is always being described in terms of smaller ordin￭ als there are several such desirable properties unfortunately no one system can have all of them since they contradict each other
in a quar￭ ry near what is now pu￭ ti￭ lo￭ vo village russia near saint petersburg are large deposits of or￭ do￭ vic￭ ian clay in this clay the most abundant genus is as￭ aph￭ us a tri￭ lob￭ ite
in mathematics especially in the area of al￭ ge￭ bra known as ring theory the ore condition is a condition introduced by ø￭ y￭ stein ore in connection with the question of extending beyond comm￭ ut￭ ative rings the construction of a field of fractions or more generally loc￭ alization of a ring the right ore condition for a multiplic￭ ative sub￭ set s of a ring r is that for a ∈ r and s ∈ s the inter￭ section as ∩ sr ≠ ∅ a domain whose set of non zero elements satisfies the right ore condition is called a right ore domain the left case is defined similarly
or￭ f is an ex￭ an￭ them￭ ous disease caused by a par￭ apo￭ x virus and occurring primarily in sheep and goats it is also known as contagious pu￭ st￭ ular der￭ mati￭ tis infectious lab￭ ial der￭ mati￭ tis ec￭ thy￭ ma contag￭ io￭ sum th￭ ist￭ le disease and s￭ cab￭ by mouth or￭ f virus is zoonotic it can also infect humans
organ dysfunction is a condition where an organ does not perform its expected function organ failure is organ dysfunction to such a degree that normal home￭ ost￭ asis cannot be maintained without external clinical intervention it is not a diagnosis it can be classified by the cause but when the cause is not known it can also be classified by whether the onset is chronic or acute multiple organ failure can be associated with sep￭ sis and is often fatal countries such as spain have shown a rise in mortality risk due to a large elderly population there however there are tools physicians use when diagno￭ sing multiple organ failure and when prog￭ no￭ sing the outcome the sequ￭ ential organ failure assessment sof￭ a score uses early lab values in a patient s hosp￭ itali￭ zation within 24 hours to predict fatal outcomes for a patient
organ per￭ for￭ ation is a complete penetration of the wall of a hollow organ in the body such as the gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract in the case of gastro￭ intest￭ inal per￭ for￭ ation it mainly refers to accidental or patho￭ logic per￭ for￭ ation rather than intentional penetration during surgery types include gastro￭ intest￭ inal per￭ for￭ ation and uter￭ ine per￭ for￭ ation
an organic brain syndrome ob￭ s also known as an organic brain disease disorder ob￭ d an organic mental syndrome oms or an organic mental disorder om￭ d is a syndrome or disorder of mental function whose cause is alleged to be known as organic physi￭ o￭ logic rather than purely of the mind these names are older and nearly obsolete general terms from psychiatry referring to many physical disorders that cause impaired mental function they are meant to exclude psychiatric disorders mental disorders originally the term was created to distinguish physical termed organic causes of mental impairment from psychiatric termed functional disorders but during the era when this distinction was drawn not enough was known about brain science including neuro￭ science cognitive science neuro￭ psychology and mind brain correlation for this eti￭ o￭ logic classification to be more than educated gu￭ ess￭ work labeled with misplaced certainty which is why it has been de￭ emphasized in current medicine acute organic brain syndrome is by definition a recently appearing state of mental impairment as a result of in￭ tox￭ ication drug over￭ dose infection pain and many other physical problems affecting mental status in medical contexts acute means of recent onset as is the case with most acute disease problems acute organic brain syndrome is often temporary although this does not guarantee that it will not recur happen again or progress to become chronic that is long term a more specific medical term for the acute sub￭ set of organic brain syndro￭ mes is deli￭ ri￭ um chronic organic brain syndrome is long term for example some forms of chronic drug or alcohol dependence can cause organic brain syndrome due to their long lasting or permanent toxic effects on brain function other common causes of chronic organic brain syndrome sometimes listed are the various types of dementia which result from permanent brain damage due to stro￭ kes alzheimer s disease or other damaging causes which are not reversible though ob￭ s was once a common diagnosis in the elderly until the understanding of the various types of dem￭ enti￭ as it is related to a disease process and is not an inevitable part of aging in some of the older literature there was an attempt to separate organic brain syndrome from dementia but this was related to an older world view in which dementia was thought to be a part of normal aging and thus did not represent a special disease process the later identification of various dem￭ enti￭ as as clear patho￭ logies is an example of the types of pathological problems discovered to be associated with mental states and is one of the areas which led to abandonment of all further attempts to clearly define and use ob￭ s as a term
an organic mental disorder om￭ d also known as organic brain syndrome or chronic organic brain syndrome is a form of decreased mental function due to a medical or physical disease rather than a psychiatric illness this differs from dementia while mental or behavioral ab￭ norm￭ alities related to the dysfunction can be permanent treating the disease early may prevent permanent damage in addition to fully restoring mental functions an organic cause to brain dysfunction is suspected when there is no indication of a clearly defined psychiatric or in￭ organic cause such as a mood disorder now the dsm iv tr diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders 4 th edition text revision has broken up the diagnoses that once fell under the diagnostic category organic mental disorder into three categories deli￭ ri￭ um dementia and am￭ nes￭ tic organic brain syndrome can be divided into 2 major sub￭ groups acute deli￭ ri￭ um or acute confu￭ sional state and chronic dementia a third entity encephalopathy sub￭ acute organic brain syndrome den￭ o￭ tes a gray zone between deli￭ ri￭ um and dementia its early course may fluctu￭ ate but it is often persistent and progressive damage to brain functioning could be due not only to organic physical injury a severe blow to the head stroke chemical and toxic exposures organic brain disease substance abuse etc and also to non organic means such as severe deprivation abuse neglect and severe psychological trauma
the oldest organic reactions are combustion of organic fuels and sap￭ oni￭ fication of fats to make soap modern organic chemistry starts with the w￭ ö￭ hler synthesis in 18￭ 28 in the history of the nobel prize in chemistry awards have been given for the invention of specific organic reactions such as the gri￭ gn￭ ard reaction in 19￭ 12 the di￭ els al￭ der reaction in 1950 the wit￭ ti￭ g reaction in 1979 and ole￭ fin me￭ ta￭ thesis in 2005
organic reductions or organic oxid￭ ations or organic re￭ do￭ x reactions are re￭ do￭ x reactions that take place with organic compounds in organic chemistry oxid￭ ations and reductions are different from ordinary re￭ do￭ x reactions because many reactions carry the name but do not actually involve electr￭ on transfer in the electro￭ chemical sense of the word instead the relevant criterion for organic oxid￭ ation is gain of oxygen and or loss of hydrogen simple functional groups can be arranged in order of increasing oxid￭ ation state the oxid￭ ation numbers are only an approximation when methane is ox￭ idi￭ zed to carbon dioxide its oxid￭ ation number changes from − 4 to 4 classical reductions include al￭ k￭ ene reduction to al￭ kan￭ es and classical oxid￭ ations include oxid￭ ation of alcohol￭ s to alde￭ hy￭ des in oxid￭ ations electron￭ s are removed and the electr￭ on density of a mol￭ ecu￭ le is reduced in reductions electr￭ on density increases when electron￭ s are added to the mol￭ ecu￭ le this terminology is always centered on the organic compound for example it is usual to refer to the reduction of a ke￭ tone by lith￭ ium aluminium hy￭ dri￭ de but not to the oxid￭ ation of lith￭ ium aluminium hy￭ dri￭ de by a ke￭ tone many oxid￭ ations involve removal of hydrogen atoms from the organic mol￭ ecu￭ le and the reverse reduction adds hydro￭ gens to an organic mol￭ ecu￭ le many reactions classified as reductions also appear in other classes for instance conversion of the ke￭ tone to an alcohol by lith￭ ium aluminium hy￭ dri￭ de can be considered a reduction but the hy￭ dri￭ de is also a good nucle￭ ophi￭ le in nucle￭ oph￭ il￭ ic substitution many re￭ do￭ x reactions in organic chemistry have coupling reaction reaction mechanism involving free radical intermedi￭ ates true organic re￭ do￭ x chemistry can be found in electro￭ chemical organic synthesis or electro￭ synthesis examples of organic reactions that can take place in an electro￭ chemical cell are the kol￭ be electro￭ lysis in dis￭ proportion￭ ation reactions the re￭ ac￭ tant is both ox￭ i￭ dis￭ ed and reduced in the same chemical reaction forming two separate compounds asymmetric catalytic reductions and asymmetric catalytic oxid￭ ations are important in asymmetric synthesis
organised crime in australia refers to the activities of various groups of crime families and or organised crime syndic￭ ates organised crime is a phenomenon that has emerged in different cultures and countries around the world it is ubiquitous internation￭ alised and not exclusive to certain geographical areas to singular ethnic groups or to particular social systems though local areas may exhibit great diversity in their social response to such activity australia as a relatively young first world free market democracy provides a socio economic and political environment that is unique to the understanding of organised crime melbourne has been known as the organised crime capital in australia over the decades with high profile gang￭ land and under￭ world figures and events taking place
organizational communication is a sub￭ field of the larger discipline of communication studies organizational communication as a field is the consideration analysis and criticism of the role of communication in organizational contexts its main function is to inform persuade and promote goodwill the flow of communication could be either formal or informal communication flowing through formal channels are downward horizontal and upward whereas communication through informal channels are generally termed as gra￭ pe￭ vine
organ￭ om￭ eg￭ al￭ y is the abnormal enlargement of organs for example cl￭ it￭ or￭ om￭ eg￭ al￭ y is the enlargement of the cl￭ it￭ or￭ is he￭ pat￭ om￭ eg￭ al￭ y is enlargement of the liver cardi￭ om￭ eg￭ al￭ y is enlargement of the heart and splen￭ om￭ eg￭ al￭ y is enlargement of the sp￭ leen
organ￭ op￭ hosp￭ hate induced delayed neuro￭ pa￭ thy op￭ id￭ n also called organ￭ op￭ hosp￭ hate induced delayed pol￭ yn￭ euro￭ pa￭ thy op￭ id￭ p is a neuro￭ pa￭ thy caused by killing of neurons in the central nervous system especially in the spinal cord as a result of acute or chronic organ￭ op￭ hosp￭ hate poisoning a striking example of op￭ id￭ n occurred during the 1930 s prohibition era when thousands of men in the american south and mid￭ west developed arm and leg weakness and pain after drinking a medicinal alcohol substitute the drink called ginger jake contained an adulter￭ ated jama￭ ican ginger extract containing tri orth￭ o cres￭ yl phosphate to￭ cp which resulted in partially reversible neuro￭ logic damage the damage resulted in the lim￭ ping jake leg or jake walk which were terms frequently used in the blues music of the period europe and morocco both experienced outbreaks of to￭ cp poisoning from contaminated abor￭ ti￭ fac￭ i￭ ents and cooking oil respectively op￭ id￭ n can be induced by di￭ iso￭ prop￭ yl￭ fluor￭ op￭ hosp￭ hate which is used for this purpose as an experimental agent there is no specific treatment regular physi￭ otherapy may help recovery is often incomplete
organ￭ op￭ hosp￭ hate poisoning results from exposure to organ￭ op￭ hosp￭ hates ops which cause the inhi￭ bi￭ tion of ace￭ ty￭ l￭ chol￭ in￭ est￭ erase ache leading to the accumulation of ace￭ ty￭ l￭ ch￭ oline ach in the body organ￭ op￭ hosp￭ hate poisoning most commonly results from exposure to insectic￭ ides or nerve agents ops are one of the most common causes of poisoning worldwide are usually associated suicides in agr￭ arian areas there are around 1 million op pois￭ on￭ ings per year with several hundred thousand resulting in fatalities annually organ￭ op￭ hosp￭ hates inhibit ache causing op poisoning by phosphor￭ yl￭ ating the ser￭ ine hydrox￭ yl residue on ache which in￭ activ￭ ates ache ache is critical for nerve function so the irreversible block￭ age of this enzyme which causes ace￭ ty￭ l￭ ch￭ oline accumulation results in muscle over￭ stimulation this causes disturbances across the chol￭ iner￭ gic syn￭ ap￭ ses and can only be re￭ activated very slowly if at all par￭ a￭ ox￭ on￭ ase pon 1 is a key enzyme involved in op pesticides and has been found to be critical in determining an organism s sensitivity to op exposure
within the work of the austrian psycho￭ analyst wil￭ helm reich 18￭ 97 – 1957 org￭ astic potency is the ability to experience an org￭ asm with specific psycho￭ som￭ atic characteristics and among others requiring the ability to love for reich org￭ astic impotence or failure to attain org￭ astic potency not to be confused with an￭ org￭ as￭ mia the inability to reach org￭ asm always resulted in neuro￭ sis because during org￭ asm that person could not discharge all li￭ bi￭ do which reich regarded as a biological energy according to reich not a single neuro￭ tic individual possesses org￭ astic potency reich coined the term org￭ astic impotence in 19￭ 24 and described the concept in his 19￭ 27 book die fun￭ k￭ tion des org￭ as￭ mus the man￭ us￭ cript of which he presented to sigmund fre￭ ud on the latter s 70 th birthday though reich regarded his work as complementing fre￭ ud s original theory of anxiety neuro￭ sis fre￭ ud was ambivalent in his reception fre￭ ud s view was that there was no single cause of neuro￭ sis reich continued to use the concept as an indicator of a person s health in his later therapeutic methods such as vege￭ to￭ therapy during the period 1933 – 19￭ 37 he attempted to ground his org￭ asm theory in physi￭ ology both theoretically and experim￭ entally
orientation is a function of the mind involving awareness of three dimensions time place and person problems with orientation lead to dis￭ orientation and can be due to various conditions from deli￭ ri￭ um to in￭ tox￭ ication typically dis￭ orientation is first in time then in place and finally in person in the context of an accident or major trauma the emergency medical respon￭ der performs spir￭ aling increasingly detailed assessments which guide the critical first response assessment of mental orientation typically lands within the immediate top three priorities 1 safety assess the area safety potential traffic fire overhead underfoot objects and collapse risks rushing water gun￭ fire chemical radiation threats storm conditions dow￭ ned power lines etc wait for the threat to sub￭ side or move the person to safety if and when possible all without endangering oneself 2 ab￭ cs note conscious or unconscious then assess air￭ way breathing and circulation factors with priority to any potential gross or deb￭ il￭ itating blood loss 3 orientation determine if the person is alert and oriented times three to person place and time this is frequently abbreviated a ox 3 which also serves as a m￭ nem￭ onic the assessment is best done right up front ahead of moving or transporting the victim because it may illumin￭ ate potential internal damage mental orientation is closely related and often inter￭ mixed with trauma shock including physical shock see shock circul￭ atory and mental shock see acute stress reaction a psychological condition in response to terrifying events the exact cere￭ br￭ al region involved in orientation is uncertain but le￭ sions of the brain stem and the cere￭ br￭ al hemis￭ ph￭ er￭ es have been reported to cause dis￭ orientation suggesting that they act together in maintaining awareness and its sub￭ function of orientation
or￭ ni￭ thin￭ aemia is a blood disorder characterized by high levels of or￭ ni￭ th￭ ine also known as hyper￭ or￭ ni￭ thin￭ emia it may be associated with psy￭ ch￭ om￭ o￭ tor retar￭ dation or epi￭ le￭ ptic episodes
or￭ ni￭ th￭ ine am￭ ino￭ transfer￭ ase deficiency also known as gy￭ rate atro￭ phy of the chor￭ o￭ id and re￭ tina is an in￭ born error of or￭ ni￭ th￭ ine metabol￭ ism caused by decreased activity of the enzyme or￭ ni￭ th￭ ine am￭ ino￭ transfer￭ ase bio￭ chemically it can be detected by elevated levels of or￭ ni￭ th￭ ine in the blood clin￭ ically it presents initially with poor night vision which slowly progres￭ ses to total blindness it is believed to be inherited in an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive manner approximately 200 known cases have been reported in the literature the incidence is highest in finland estimated at 1 50 000
or￭ ni￭ th￭ ine trans￭ carb￭ am￭ yl￭ ase deficiency also known as otc deficiency is the most common urea cycle disorder in humans or￭ ni￭ th￭ ine trans￭ carb￭ am￭ yl￭ ase the defective enzyme in this disorder is the final enzyme in the proxim￭ al portion of the urea cycle responsible for converting carb￭ am￭ o￭ yl phosphate and or￭ ni￭ th￭ ine into cit￭ rul￭ line otc deficiency is inherited in an x linked rec￭ essive manner meaning males are more commonly affected than females in severely affected individuals ammonia concentrations increase rapidly causing at￭ ax￭ ia leth￭ ar￭ gy and death without rapid intervention otc deficiency is diagnosed using a combination of clinical findings and bio￭ chemical testing while confirmation is often done using molecular genetics techniques once an individual has been diagnosed the treatment goal is to avoid precipit￭ ating episodes that can cause an increased ammonia concentration the most common treatment combines a low protein diet with nitrogen sca￭ ven￭ ging agents liver transplant is considered cur￭ ative for this disease experimental trials of gene therapy using aden￭ o￭ viral vectors resulted in the death of one participant jesse gel￭ singer and have been discontinued
or￭ ni￭ th￭ ine trans￭ lo￭ case deficiency also called hyper￭ or￭ ni￭ thin￭ emia hyper￭ ammon￭ emia hom￭ oc￭ it￭ rul￭ lin￭ ur￭ ia h￭ hh syndrome is a rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive urea cycle disorder affecting the enzyme or￭ ni￭ th￭ ine trans￭ lo￭ case which causes ammonia to accumulate in the blood a condition called hyper￭ ammon￭ emia ammonia which is formed when proteins are broken down in the body is toxic if the levels become too high the nervous system is especially sensitive to the effects of excess ammonia
oro￭ facial gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ osis abbreviated to of￭ g and also termed gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ ous ch￭ ei￭ li￭ tis ch￭ ei￭ li￭ tis gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ osa ch￭ ei￭ li￭ tis gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ osis and oral gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ osis is a condition characterized by persistent enlargement of the soft tissues of the mouth lips and the area around the mouth on the face the enlargement does not cause any pain but the best treatment and the prog￭ no￭ sis are uncertain the mechanism of the enlargement is gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ ous infl￭ amm￭ ation the underlying cause of the condition is not completely understood and there is disagreement as to how it relates to cro￭ hn s disease and sar￭ co￭ ido￭ sis
oro￭ facial my￭ o￭ functional disorders om￭ d sometimes called “ oral my￭ o￭ functional disorder and “ tongue thrust ” are muscle disorders of the face mouth lips or jaw recent studies on incidence and prevalence of tongue thrust behaviors are not available however according to the previous research 38 of various populations have om￭ d the incidence is as high as 81 in children exhi￭ biting speech artic￭ ulation problems k￭ ell￭ um 1992
oro￭ fac￭ io￭ digital syndrome 1 of￭ d 1 also called pap￭ illon league and p￭ sau￭ me syndrome is an x linked con￭ genital disorder characterized by mal￭ formations of the face oral cav￭ ity and digits with poly￭ c￭ ys￭ tic kidney disease and variable involvement of the central nervous system
or￭ om￭ andi￭ bul￭ ar dy￭ st￭ onia is a form of focal dy￭ st￭ onia affecting the mouth jaw and tongue and in this disease it is hard to speak it is associated with bru￭ x￭ ism bot￭ ul￭ inum toxin has been used in treatment
or￭ op￭ har￭ yn￭ ge￭ al cancer is a disease in which m￭ align￭ ant cells form in the tissue of or￭ op￭ har￭ yn￭ x the or￭ op￭ har￭ yn￭ x is the middle part of the throat that includes the base of the tongue the ton￭ si￭ ls the soft pal￭ ate and the walls of the phar￭ yn￭ x or￭ op￭ har￭ yn￭ ge￭ al cancers can be divided into two types h￭ p￭ v positive which are related to human pap￭ il￭ lo￭ ma￭ virus infection and h￭ p￭ v negative cancers which are usually linked to alcohol or tobacco use
or￭ op￭ ou￭ che fever is a tropical viral infection a zoon￭ osis similar to den￭ gue fever transmitted by biting mi￭ dge species cu￭ li￭ co￭ ides par￭ a￭ ensis and mosquitoes from the blood of slo￭ ths to humans it occurs mainly in the amaz￭ onic region the caribbean and panama the disease is named after the region where it was first described and isolated at the trinidad regional virus laboratory in 1955 the or￭ op￭ ou￭ che river in trinidad and tobago and is caused by a specific ar￭ bo￭ virus the or￭ op￭ ou￭ che virus or￭ ov of the bun￭ y￭ avi￭ ri￭ da￭ e family
or￭ otic ac￭ id￭ ur￭ ia is a disease yielding an excessive ex￭ cre￭ tion of or￭ otic acid in urine it causes a characteristic form of an￭ emia and may be associated with mental and physical retar￭ dation or￭ otic acid is an intermediate product in py￭ ri￭ mid￭ ine synthesis path￭ way a subsequent product of which plays a role in conversion between di￭ hydro￭ fol￭ ate and te￭ tra￭ hydro￭ fol￭ ate or￭ otic ac￭ id￭ ur￭ ia is associated with meg￭ alo￭ bl￭ astic an￭ emia due to decreased py￭ ri￭ mid￭ ine synthesis which leads to decreased nucle￭ o￭ tide lip￭ id co￭ factors needed for er￭ y￭ thro￭ cy￭ te memb￭ rane synthesis in the bone marrow
in statistics and signal processing the orth￭ og￭ on￭ ality principle is a necessary and sufficient condition for the optim￭ ality of a ba￭ ye￭ sian esti￭ mat￭ or loosely stated the orth￭ og￭ on￭ ality principle says that the error vector of the optimal esti￭ mat￭ or in a mean square error sense is orth￭ og￭ onal to any possible esti￭ mat￭ or the orth￭ og￭ on￭ ality principle is most commonly stated for linear esti￭ mat￭ ors but more general formulations are possible since the principle is a necessary and sufficient condition for optim￭ ality it can be used to find the minimum mean square error esti￭ mat￭ or
dys￭ l￭ ex￭ ia is a complex lifelong disorder involving difficulty in learning to read or interpret words letters and other symbols dys￭ l￭ ex￭ ia does not affect general intelligence but is often co diagnosed with ad￭ hd there are at least three sub types of dys￭ l￭ ex￭ ia that have been recognized by researchers orth￭ o￭ graphic or surface dys￭ l￭ ex￭ ia ph￭ on￭ ological dys￭ l￭ ex￭ ia and mixed dys￭ l￭ ex￭ ia where individuals exhibit symptoms of both orth￭ o￭ graphic and ph￭ on￭ ological dys￭ l￭ ex￭ ia studies have shown that dys￭ l￭ ex￭ ia is genetic and can be passed down through families but it is important to note that although a genetic disorder there is no specific loc￭ us in the brain for reading and writing the human brain does have language centers for spoken and gest￭ ural communication but written language is a cultural arti￭ fact and a very complex one requiring brain regions designed to recognize and interpret written symbols as representations of language in rapid synchron￭ ization the complexity of the system and the lack of genetic pre￭ disposition for it is one possible explanation for the difficulty in acquiring and understanding written language furthermore recent evidence has found that there are certain genes responsible for causing dys￭ l￭ ex￭ ia research also suggests a clear genetic basis for developmental dys￭ l￭ ex￭ ia with ab￭ norm￭ alities in certain language areas of the brain however there is also evidence that orth￭ o￭ graphy the correspondence between the language s ph￭ on￭ em￭ es sound units and its graph￭ em￭ es characters symbols letters plays a significant role in the type and frequency of dys￭ l￭ ex￭ ia s manifestations some psy￭ chol￭ ingu￭ ists believe that the complexity of a language ’ s orth￭ o￭ graphy whether it has a high ph￭ on￭ em￭ e graph￭ em￭ e correspondence or an irregular correspondence in which sounds don ’ t clearly map to symbols affects the severity and occurrence of dys￭ l￭ ex￭ ia post￭ ulating that a more regular system would reduce the number of cases of dys￭ l￭ ex￭ ia and or the severity of symptoms current psy￭ chol￭ ingu￭ istic models of dys￭ l￭ ex￭ ia are largely developed on the basis of alphabe￭ tic writing systems such as english but the amount of research on some lo￭ go￭ graphic orth￭ o￭ graphies chinese in particular is also fairly significant unfortunately little research has been done on sy￭ ll￭ ab￭ ic writing systems and cross linguistic studies of the acquired dys￭ l￭ ex￭ ia and dys￭ grap￭ hi￭ as are scarce
orth￭ ok￭ er￭ at￭ osis is hyper￭ ker￭ at￭ osis without par￭ ak￭ er￭ at￭ osis no nucleus is seen in the cells from ancient greek orth￭ o ker￭ at￭ os ker￭ atin horn osis condition it is seen in linear ver￭ ru￭ co￭ us ep￭ id￭ er￭ mal na￭ ev￭ us in altern￭ ating band with par￭ ak￭ er￭ at￭ osis
orth￭ ore￭ x￭ ia ner￭ vo￭ sa ˌ￭ ɔ￭ ː￭ r￭ θ￭ ə￭ ˈ￭ r￭ ɛ￭ k￭ si￭ ə n￭ ɜ￭ ː￭ r￭ ˈ￭ vo￭ ʊ￭ s￭ ə also known as orth￭ ore￭ x￭ ia is a proposed distinct eating disorder characterized by extreme or excessive preoccupation with eating food believed to be healthy the term was introduced in 1997 by american physician steven br￭ at￭ man m d who suggests that in some susceptible people dietary restrictions intended to promote health may paradoxically lead to unhealthy consequences such as social isolation anxiety loss of ability to eat in a natural intu￭ itive manner reduced interest in the full range of other healthy human activities and in rare cases severe malnutrition or even death in 2009 ur￭ sul￭ a phil￭ pot chair of the british die￭ te￭ tic association and senior lec￭ tur￭ er at le￭ eds metropolitan university described people with orth￭ ore￭ x￭ ia ner￭ vo￭ sa to the guardian as being solely concerned with the quality of the food they put in their bodies refining and restricting their di￭ ets according to their personal understanding of which foods are truly pure this differs from other eating disorders such as an￭ ore￭ x￭ ia ner￭ vo￭ sa and bu￭ li￭ mia ner￭ vo￭ sa whereby people focus on the quantity of food eaten orth￭ ore￭ x￭ ia ner￭ vo￭ sa is not recognized as an eating disorder by the american psychiatric association and is not mentioned as an official diagnosis in the widely used diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders dsm or any other such authoritative source
orth￭ o￭ static prote￭ in￭ ur￭ ia synon￭ y￭ ms orth￭ o￭ static albu￭ min￭ ur￭ ia post￭ ural prote￭ in￭ ur￭ ia is a benign condition a change in ren￭ al hem￭ od￭ y￭ nam￭ ics which in some otherwise normal individuals causes protein mostly albumin to appear in urine when they are in the standing position urine formed when these individuals are lying down is protein free there is normal ur￭ inary protein ex￭ cre￭ tion during the night but increased ex￭ cre￭ tion during the day associated with activity and u￭ pri￭ ght posture total ur￭ inary protein ex￭ cre￭ tion may be increased but levels above 1 g per 24 hours are more likely to be associated with underlying ren￭ al disease the exact cause of orth￭ o￭ static prote￭ in￭ ur￭ ia is not known
orth￭ o￭ static headache is a medical condition in which a person develops a headache while vertical and the headache is relieved when horizontal previously it was often mis￭ diagnosed as different primary headache disorders such as migr￭ aine or tension headaches increasing awareness of the symptom and its causes has prevented delayed or missed diagnosis
orth￭ o￭ static hyper￭ tension or post￭ ural hyper￭ tension is a medical condition consisting of a sudden increase in blood pressure when a person stands up orth￭ o￭ static hyper￭ tension is diagnosed by a rise in syst￭ ol￭ ic blood pressure of 20 m￭ mh￭ g or more when standing orth￭ o￭ static di￭ ast￭ ol￭ ic hyper￭ tension is a condition in which the di￭ ast￭ ol￭ ic raises to 98 m￭ mh￭ g or over in response to standing however this definition currently lacks clear medical consensus and is thus subject to change orth￭ o￭ static hyper￭ tension involving the syst￭ ol￭ ic is known as syst￭ ol￭ ic orth￭ o￭ static hyper￭ tension if affecting an individual s ability to remain u￭ pri￭ ght orth￭ o￭ static hyper￭ tension is viewed as a form of orth￭ o￭ static intolerance the body s inability to regulate the blood pressure can be a type of dys￭ autonom￭ ia bar￭ o￭ reflex and autonom￭ ic pathways normally ensure that blood pressure is maintained despite various stimul￭ i including post￭ ural change the precise mechanism of orth￭ o￭ static hyper￭ tension remains unclear but it is thought that alpha adren￭ er￭ gic activity may be the predominant path￭ op￭ hy￭ sio￭ logic mechanism of orth￭ o￭ static hyper￭ tension in elderly hyper￭ ten￭ sive patients other mechanisms are proposed for other different groups of individuals with this disorder a prevalence of 1 1 was found in a large population study the risk of orth￭ o￭ static hyper￭ tension has been found to increase with age with it being found in 16 3 of older hyper￭ ten￭ sive patients
orth￭ o￭ static hypo￭ tension also known as post￭ ural hypo￭ tension or shortened to orth￭ ost￭ asis and col￭ lo￭ qu￭ ially called head rush occurs when a person s blood pressure falls when suddenly standing up from a lying or sitting position it is defined as a fall in syst￭ ol￭ ic blood pressure of at least 20 mm h￭ g or di￭ ast￭ ol￭ ic blood pressure of at least 10 mm h￭ g when a person assumes a standing position it occurs predominantly by delayed con￭ stric￭ tion of the lower body blood vessels which is normally required to maintain an adequate blood pressure when changing position to standing as a result blood pools in the blood vessels of the legs for a longer period and less is returned to the heart thereby leading to a reduced cardiac output mild orth￭ o￭ static hypo￭ tension is common and can occur briefly in anyone although it is prevalent in particular among the elderly and those with known low blood pressure severe drops in blood pressure can lead to fain￭ ting with a possibility of injury there are numerous possible causes for orth￭ o￭ static hypo￭ tension such as certain medications e g alpha bloc￭ kers autonom￭ ic neuro￭ pa￭ thy decreased blood volume and age related blood vessel sti￭ ff￭ ness apart from addressing the underlying cause orth￭ o￭ static hypo￭ tension may be treated with a recommendation to increase salt and water intake to increase the blood volume wearing compression stock￭ ings and sometimes medication flu￭ dro￭ cor￭ tis￭ one mi￭ do￭ dr￭ ine or others
orth￭ o￭ static intolerance oi is the development of symptoms when standing u￭ pri￭ ght which are relieved when rec￭ lining there are many types of orth￭ o￭ static intolerance oi can be a sub￭ category of dys￭ autonom￭ ia a disorder of the autonom￭ ic nervous system occurring when an individual stands up there is a substantial overlap between syndro￭ mes of orth￭ o￭ static intolerance on the one hand and either chronic fatigue syndrome cf￭ s or fi￭ bro￭ my￭ al￭ gia f￭ m on the other it affects more women than men female to male ratio is at least 4 1 usually under the age of 35 orth￭ o￭ static intolerance occurs in humans because standing u￭ pri￭ ght is a fundamental stres￭ sor and requires rapid and effective circul￭ atory and neuro￭ logic compens￭ ations to maintain blood pressure cere￭ br￭ al blood flow and consciousness when a human stands approximately 750 ml of thor￭ ac￭ ic blood is abruptly trans￭ located downward people who suffer from oi lack the basic mechanisms to compensate for this deficit changes in heart rate blood pressure and cere￭ br￭ al blood flow that produce oi may be caused by ab￭ norm￭ alities in the interactions between blood volume control the cardiovascular system the nervous system and circulation control systems
orth￭ o￭ static pur￭ pur￭ a also known as st￭ asis pur￭ pur￭ a is a skin condition that results from prolonged standing or even sitting with the legs lowered as in a bus airplane or train which produced e￭ dem￭ a and a pur￭ pur￭ ic eruption on the lower extre￭ mi￭ ties
or￭ t￭ ner s syndrome is a rare cardi￭ o￭ vocal syndrome and refers to recurrent lar￭ yn￭ ge￭ al nerve pal￭ sy from cardiovascular disease it was first described by nor￭ bert or￭ t￭ ner 18￭ 65 – 19￭ 35 an austrian physician in 18￭ 97 the most common historical cause is a dil￭ ated left atri￭ um due to mit￭ ral sten￭ osis but other causes including pul￭ mon￭ ary hyper￭ tension thor￭ ac￭ ic a￭ or￭ tic an￭ eur￭ ys￭ ms an enlarged pul￭ mon￭ ary artery and aberr￭ ant sub￭ cl￭ avian artery syndrome have been reported com￭ pressing the nerve dy￭ sp￭ ha￭ gia caused by a similar mechanism is referred to as dy￭ sp￭ ha￭ gia a￭ or￭ tica or in the case of sub￭ cl￭ avian artery aber￭ ran￭ cy as dy￭ sp￭ ha￭ gia lus￭ oria due to compression of recurrent lar￭ yn￭ ge￭ al nerve it can cause the ho￭ arsen￭ ess of the voice which is also one of the sign of the mit￭ ral sten￭ osis a second or￭ t￭ ner s syndrome or￭ t￭ ner s syndrome ii refers to ab￭ domin￭ al ang￭ ina
or￭ í￭ k￭ ì or praise poetry is a cultural phenomenon in yor￭ uba speakers of west africa
in a cellular autom￭ aton an osci￭ ll￭ ator is a pattern that returns to its original state in the same orientation and position after a finite number of generations thus the evolution of such a pattern repeats itself indefinitely depending on context the term may also include spac￭ es￭ hips as well the smallest number of generations it takes before the pattern returns to its initial condition is called the period of the osci￭ ll￭ ator an osci￭ ll￭ ator with a period of 1 is usually called a still life as such a pattern never changes sometimes still lif￭ es are not taken to be osci￭ ll￭ ators another common stipul￭ ation is that an osci￭ ll￭ ator must be finite
in physics an osci￭ ll￭ on is a sol￭ it￭ on like phenomenon that occurs in gran￭ ular and other dissip￭ ative media osci￭ ll￭ ons in gran￭ ular media result from vertically vibr￭ ating a plate with a layer of uniform particles placed freely on top when the sin￭ us￭ o￭ idal vibrations are of the correct am￭ pl￭ itude and frequency and the layer of sufficient thickness a loc￭ alized wave referred to as an osci￭ ll￭ on can be formed by locally disturbing the particles this me￭ ta stable state will remain for a long time many hundreds of thousands of osci￭ ll￭ ations in the absence of further per￭ turb￭ ation an osci￭ ll￭ on changes form with each collision of the grain layer and the plate switching between a peak that projects above the grain layer to a cr￭ ater like depression with a small rim this self sustaining state was named by analogy with the sol￭ it￭ on which is a loc￭ alized wave that maintains its integrity as it moves whereas sol￭ it￭ ons occur as travelling waves in a fluid or as electromagnetic waves in a wa￭ ve￭ guide osci￭ ll￭ ons may be stationary osci￭ ll￭ ons of opposite phase will attract over short distances and form bon￭ ded pairs osci￭ ll￭ ons of like phase repe￭ l osci￭ ll￭ ons have been observed forming mol￭ ecu￭ le like structures and long chains in comparison sol￭ it￭ ons do not form bound states stable inter￭ acting loc￭ alized waves with sub￭ harmon￭ ic response were discovered and named osci￭ ll￭ ons at the university of texas at aus￭ tin solitary bursts had been reported earlier in a quasi two dimensional grain layer at the university of paris but these transi￭ ent events were unstable and no bon￭ ding interaction or sub￭ harmon￭ ic response was reported the cause of this phenomenon is currently under debate the most likely connection is with the mathematical theory of chaos and may give insights into the way patterns in sand form the experimental procedure is similar to that used to form ch￭ lad￭ ni figures of sand on a vibr￭ ating plate researchers realized that these figures say more about the vibr￭ ational modes of the plate than the response of the sand and created an experimental set up that minimized outside effects using a shallow layer of brass balls in a vacuum and a rigid plate when they vibr￭ ated the plate at critical am￭ pl￭ itude they found that the balls formed a loc￭ alized vibr￭ ating structure when per￭ tur￭ bed which lasted indefinitely osci￭ ll￭ ons have also been experim￭ entally observed in thin parame￭ tr￭ ically vibr￭ ated layers of vis￭ co￭ us fluid and col￭ lo￭ idal suspensions osci￭ ll￭ ons have been associated with far￭ aday waves because they require similar resonance conditions non￭ linear electro￭ static osci￭ ll￭ ations on a plasma boundary can also appear in the form of osci￭ ll￭ ons this was discovered in 1989
osci￭ ll￭ op￭ sia is a visual disturbance in which objects in the visual field appear to osci￭ ll￭ ate the severity of the effect may range from a mild blur￭ ring to rapid and periodic jumping osci￭ ll￭ op￭ sia is an incapac￭ itating condition experienced by many patients with neuro￭ logical disorders it may be the result of oc￭ ular instability occurring after the oc￭ ul￭ om￭ o￭ tor system is affected no longer holding images steady on the re￭ tina a change in the magnitude of the vesti￭ bul￭ o oc￭ ular reflex due to vesti￭ bul￭ ar disease can also lead to osci￭ ll￭ op￭ sia during rapid head movements osci￭ ll￭ op￭ sia may also be caused by involuntary eye movements such as ny￭ stag￭ mus or impaired coordination in the visual cor￭ tex especially due to toxins and is one of the symptoms of superior canal de￭ his￭ cence syndrome sufferers may experience di￭ zz￭ iness and naus￭ ea osci￭ ll￭ op￭ sia can also be used as a quantitative test to document am￭ ino￭ gly￭ co￭ side toxicity permanent osci￭ ll￭ op￭ sia can arise from an impairment of the oc￭ ular system that serves to maintain oc￭ ular stability par￭ oxy￭ sm￭ al osci￭ ll￭ op￭ sia can be due to an abnormal hyper￭ activity in the peripheral oc￭ ular or vesti￭ bul￭ ar system
os￭ good – sch￭ latter disease os￭ d also known as apo￭ physi￭ tis of the ti￭ bial tuber￭ cle or l￭ ann￭ el￭ on￭ gue s disease is an infl￭ amm￭ ation of the pat￭ ell￭ ar lig￭ ament at the ti￭ bial tuber￭ osity it is characterized by a painful bump just below the knee and is most often seen in young adolescents risk factors include over￭ use especially in sports involving running jumping and quick changes of direction and adoles￭ cent growth spur￭ ts the condition is named after robert bay￭ ley os￭ good 18￭ 73 – 1956 an american orth￭ o￭ ped￭ ic surgeon and carl b sch￭ latter 18￭ 64 – 19￭ 34 a swiss surgeon who described the condition independently in 19￭ 03
in tab￭ le￭ ware the osi￭ er pattern is a moul￭ ded basket we￭ ave pattern in delicate relief used round the borders of por￭ cel￭ ain plates and other pieces of flat￭ ware it originated in germany in the 17￭ 30 s on me￭ issen por￭ cel￭ ain and was later often im￭ itated by other producers it is presumed to have been devised by jo￭ han￭ n jo￭ ac￭ him ka￭ end￭ ler the celebrated head mod￭ eller at me￭ issen the name comes from sali￭ x v￭ im￭ in￭ alis or the common osi￭ er o￭ zi￭ er in german a eurasian species of wil￭ low whose thin flexible shoots or with￭ ies were and are much used for various types of wick￭ er￭ work usually encouraged by cop￭ pic￭ ing the plants such relief backgrounds were a speciality of me￭ issen under k￭ än￭ dler as in the dul￭ ong border from 17￭ 43 with a rather neo￭ classical plant scro￭ ll pattern and most spectacular of all the decor￭ ation of the famous swan service where each plate or other piece of flat￭ ware has a delicate background with radi￭ ating bands based on a s￭ call￭ op shell against which there is in the central well a pair of sw￭ ans on the water amid bull￭ ru￭ shes and a crane in the air descending to join another on the left the standing crane gras￭ ps a fish in his be￭ ak and the head of another fish can be seen in the water beneath the swan on the right in fact me￭ issen used three versions of the osi￭ er borders with several minor variations between different moul￭ ds the first type produced from about 17￭ 32 and widely used in a dinner service for count alexander joseph sul￭ kowski of about 17￭ 35 is called the ordin￭ ar o￭ zi￭ er ordinary osi￭ er or sul￭ kowski type it has small groups of shoots diag￭ onal to the edge of the plate forming squares with the adjacent groups at right angles these are all set between straight vertical bands at regular intervals the inner and outer boundaries of the osi￭ er decor￭ ation may be marked by stri￭ ated bands also im￭ itating wo￭ ven bas￭ ket￭ work not long after a version was introduced with fin￭ er shoots all going in the same direction parallel with the edge of the plate and not always having the vertical strips which as before are straight after the final version was introduced in 17￭ 42 this second one was known as the al￭ to￭ zi￭ er or old o￭ zi￭ er and the third one as the neu￭ o￭ zi￭ er or new osi￭ er the neu￭ o￭ zi￭ er pattern was a more ro￭ co￭ co version with spiral ribs in this type the vertical strips or ribs curve into a sort of s shape are given more emphasis and often come into the central well of the plate projec￭ ting beyond the basket we￭ ave which may cover only about half of the raised border of the plate the inner boundary of the decor￭ ation is marked by a raised ridge both old and new types continued to be produced up to the present day the central well of the plate is left plain except in the new type and many larger pieces that are not flat cups pots and tu￭ re￭ ens for example lack the relief pattern la￭ o ric￭ e￭ basket the sort of we￭ ave im￭ itated in the first sul￭ kowski type wick￭ er fence with the sort of we￭ ave im￭ itated in the old osi￭ er pattern fran￭ ken￭ th￭ al por￭ cel￭ ain imitation of the old osi￭ er pattern with minimal vertical bands
os￭ me￭ ña pear￭ ls are items of jewelry made by polis￭ hing the shell of a n￭ au￭ til￭ us it has an i￭ ri￭ descent color typically consisting of blue pink and purple h￭ ues
os￭ mol gap in medical science is the difference between measured serum o￭ sm￭ ol￭ ality and calculated serum o￭ sm￭ ol￭ ality
os￭ mo￭ tic bl￭ is￭ tering is a chemical phenomenon where two substances attempt to reach equilibrium through a semi perme￭ able memb￭ rane
os￭ mo￭ tic pressure is the minimum pressure which needs to be applied to a solution to prevent the inward flow of water across a semi￭ perme￭ able memb￭ rane it is also defined as the measure of the tendency of a solution to take in water by os￭ mo￭ sis potential os￭ mo￭ tic pressure is the maximum os￭ mo￭ tic pressure that could develop in a solution if it were separated from distilled water by a selectively perme￭ able memb￭ rane the phenomenon of os￭ mo￭ sis arises from the propensity of a pure solvent to move through a semi perme￭ able memb￭ rane and into a solution containing a solu￭ te to which the memb￭ rane is imper￭ me￭ able this process is of vital importance in biology as the cell s memb￭ rane is semi￭ perme￭ able
os￭ sel￭ et is ar￭ thri￭ tis in the fet￭ lock joint of a horse
an os￭ si￭ fying fi￭ bro￭ my￭ x￭ o￭ id tum￭ our is a type of my￭ x￭ oma it presents in the extre￭ mi￭ ties more frequently than the trunk it is derived from mes￭ en￭ ch￭ y￭ me appearance in the head and neck is rare but has been reported their m￭ align￭ ancy has been characterized as intermediate
ost￭ ei￭ tis is a general term for infl￭ amm￭ ation of bone more specifically it can refer to one of the following conditions infectious ost￭ ei￭ tis mainly bacterial ost￭ ei￭ tis al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar ost￭ ei￭ tis or dry socket condens￭ ing ost￭ ei￭ tis or ost￭ ei￭ tis condens￭ ans ost￭ ei￭ tis de￭ form￭ ans or pag￭ et s disease of bone ost￭ ei￭ tis fi￭ bro￭ sa c￭ ys￭ tica or ost￭ ei￭ tis fi￭ bro￭ sa or von reck￭ ling￭ ha￭ usen s disease of bone ost￭ ei￭ tis pu￭ bis radiation ost￭ ei￭ tis ost￭ ei￭ tis condens￭ ans ili￭ i pan￭ ost￭ ei￭ tis a long bone condition in large breed dogs in horses pe￭ dal ost￭ ei￭ tis is frequently confused with lam￭ initi￭ s
ost￭ ei￭ tis fi￭ bro￭ sa c￭ ys￭ tica ˌ￭ ɒ￭ sti￭ ː￭ ˈ￭ a￭ ɪ￭ t￭ ᵻ￭ s fa￭ ɪ￭ ˈ￭ bro￭ ʊ￭ s￭ ə ˈ￭ s￭ ɪ￭ st￭ ᵻ￭ k￭ ə abbreviated of￭ c also known as ost￭ ei￭ tis fi￭ bro￭ sa o￭ ste￭ od￭ y￭ stro￭ phia fi￭ bro￭ sa and von reck￭ ling￭ ha￭ usen s disease of bone not to be confused with von reck￭ ling￭ ha￭ usen s disease neuro￭ fi￭ bro￭ mat￭ osis type i is a sk￭ el￭ etal disorder caused by hyper￭ par￭ ath￭ yro￭ i￭ dis￭ m which is a surplus of par￭ ath￭ yro￭ id hormone from over active par￭ ath￭ yro￭ id g￭ lands this surplus stimulates the activity of o￭ ste￭ o￭ cl￭ asts cells that break down bone in a process known as o￭ ste￭ o￭ cl￭ astic bone resor￭ ption the hyper￭ par￭ ath￭ yro￭ i￭ dis￭ m can be triggered by a par￭ ath￭ yro￭ id aden￭ oma hereditary factors par￭ ath￭ yro￭ id carcin￭ oma or ren￭ al o￭ ste￭ od￭ y￭ stro￭ phy o￭ ste￭ o￭ cl￭ astic bone resor￭ ption releases minerals including calcium from the bone into the blood￭ stream in addition to elevated blood calcium levels over activity of this process results in a loss of bone mass a weakening of the bones as their calci￭ fied supporting structures are replaced with fi￭ bro￭ us tissue per￭ it￭ rab￭ ec￭ ular fi￭ bro￭ sis and the formation of cyst like brown tumors in and around the bone the symptoms of the disease are the consequences of both the general sof￭ tening of the bones and the excess calcium in the blood and include bone fractu￭ res kidney stones naus￭ ea mo￭ th eaten appearance in the bones appetite loss and weight loss first described in the nineteenth century of￭ c is currently detected through a combination of blood testing x rays and tissue sampling before 1950 around half of those diagnosed with hyper￭ par￭ ath￭ yro￭ i￭ dis￭ m in the united states saw it progress to of￭ c but with early identification techniques and improved treatment methods instances of of￭ c in developed countries are increasingly rare where treatment is required it normally involves addressing the underlying hyper￭ par￭ ath￭ yro￭ i￭ dis￭ m before commencing long term treatment for of￭ c — depending on its cause and severity this can range from hydr￭ ation and exercise to surgical intervention
causes pregnancy childbirth gy￭ ne￭ co￭ logic surgery u￭ ro￭ logic surgery athle￭ tic activities e g running football soccer ice hockey tennis major trauma repeated minor trauma r￭ heu￭ mat￭ ological disorders unknown eti￭ o￭ logies in the pre antibiotic era ost￭ ei￭ tis pu￭ bis was an occasional complic￭ ation of pel￭ vic surgery and in particular of retro￭ pu￭ bic pro￭ stat￭ ec￭ tomy overload or training errors exercising on hard surfaces like concrete exercising on uneven ground beginning an exercise program after a long lay off period increasing exercise intensity or duration too quickly exercising in worn out or ill fitting shoes biom￭ ec￭ han￭ ical inefficiencies faulty foot and body mechanics and ga￭ it disturbances poor running or walking mechanics tight stiff muscles in the hips gro￭ in and but￭ toc￭ ks muscular imbalances leg length differences
o￭ ste￭ o￭ ar￭ thri￭ tis oa is a type of joint disease that results from breakdown of joint car￭ til￭ age and underlying bone the most common symptoms are joint pain and sti￭ ff￭ ness initially symptoms may occur only following exercise but over time may become constant other symptoms may include joint sw￭ elling decreased range of motion and when the back is affected weakness or num￭ b￭ ness of the arms and legs the most commonly involved joints are those near the ends of the fingers at the base of the thumb neck lower back knee and hips joints on one side of the body are often more affected than those on the other usually the symptoms come on over years it can affect work and normal daily activities unlike other types of ar￭ thri￭ tis only the joints are typically affected causes include previous joint injury abnormal joint or limb development and inherited factors risk is greater in those who are overweight have one leg of a different length and have jobs that result in high levels of joint stress o￭ ste￭ o￭ ar￭ thri￭ tis is believed to be caused by mechanical stress on the joint and low grade infl￭ am￭ matory processes it develops as car￭ til￭ age is lost and the underlying bone becomes affected as pain may make it difficult to exercise muscle loss may occur diagnosis is typically based on signs and symptoms with medical imaging and other tests occasionally used to either support or rule out other problems in contrast to r￭ heu￭ mato￭ id ar￭ thri￭ tis which is primarily an infl￭ am￭ matory condition in oa the joints do not typically become hot or red treatment includes exercise efforts to decrease joint stress support groups and pain medications efforts to decrease joint stress include resting and the use of a cane weight loss may help in those who are overweight pain medications may include par￭ acet￭ am￭ ol acet￭ amin￭ oph￭ en as well as n￭ s￭ aids such as na￭ pro￭ x￭ en or i￭ bu￭ prof￭ en long term op￭ io￭ id use is generally discouraged due to lack of information on benefits as well as risks of addiction and other side effects if pain interferes with normal life despite other treatments joint replacement surgery may help an artificial joint typically lasts 10 to 15 years oa is the most common form of ar￭ thri￭ tis with disease of the knee and hip affecting about 3 8 of people as of 2010 among those over 60 years old about 10 of males and 18 of females are affected it is the cause of about 2 of years lived with disability in australia about 1 9 million people are affected and in the united states over 30 million people are affected it becomes more common in both sexes as people become older
o￭ ste￭ obl￭ ast￭ oma is an un￭ common o￭ ste￭ o￭ id tissue forming primary ne￭ op￭ las￭ m of the bone it has clinical and his￭ to￭ logic manifestations similar to those of o￭ ste￭ o￭ id o￭ ste￭ oma therefore some consider the two tumors to be variants of the same disease with o￭ ste￭ obl￭ ast￭ oma representing a giant o￭ ste￭ o￭ id o￭ ste￭ oma however an aggressive type of o￭ ste￭ obl￭ ast￭ oma has been recognized making the relationship less clear although similar to o￭ ste￭ o￭ id o￭ ste￭ oma it is larger between 2 and 6 cm
o￭ ste￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ tis is a painful type of o￭ ste￭ och￭ on￭ dro￭ sis where the car￭ til￭ age or bone in a joint is infl￭ amed it often refers to o￭ ste￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ tis dis￭ sec￭ ans sometimes spelt dess￭ ec￭ ans and abbreviated oc￭ d the term dis￭ sec￭ ans refers to the creation of a fl￭ ap of car￭ til￭ age that further dis￭ sec￭ ts away from its underlying sub￭ ch￭ on￭ dr￭ al attachments dis￭ sec￭ ans the other recognized types of o￭ ste￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ tis are o￭ ste￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ tis de￭ form￭ ans juven￭ il￭ is o￭ ste￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ tis of the capit￭ ular head of the ep￭ ip￭ h￭ ysis of the fem￭ ur and o￭ ste￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ tis de￭ form￭ ans juven￭ il￭ is dor￭ si o￭ ste￭ och￭ on￭ dro￭ sis of the spinal verte￭ bra￭ e also known as sch￭ eu￭ er￭ mann s disease o￭ ste￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ tis and especially o￭ ste￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ tis dis￭ sec￭ ans can manifest in animals as a primary cause of el￭ bow dys￭ pl￭ asia a chronic condition in some species and breeds
o￭ ste￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ tis dis￭ sec￭ ans oc￭ d or od is a joint disorder in which cracks form in the artic￭ ular car￭ til￭ age and the underlying sub￭ ch￭ on￭ dr￭ al bone oc￭ d usually causes pain and sw￭ elling of the affected joint which catches and locks during movement physical examination typically reveals an eff￭ usion tender￭ ness and a crack￭ ling sound with joint movement oc￭ d is caused by blood deprivation in the sub￭ ch￭ on￭ dr￭ al bone this loss of blood flow causes the sub￭ ch￭ on￭ dr￭ al bone to die in a process called av￭ ascular necro￭ sis the bone is then re￭ absorbed by the body leaving the artic￭ ular car￭ til￭ age it supported prone to damage the result is fragmentation dis￭ section of both car￭ til￭ age and bone and the free movement of these bone and car￭ til￭ age fragments within the joint space causing pain and further damage oc￭ d can be difficult to diagnose because these symptoms are found with other diseases however the disease can be confirmed by x rays compu￭ ted tom￭ o￭ graphy ct or magnetic resonance imaging m￭ ri sc￭ ans non surgical treatment is rarely an option as the ability for artic￭ ular car￭ til￭ age to heal is limited as a result even moderate cases require some form of surgery when possible non operative forms of management such as protected reduced or non weight bearing and im￭ mobilization are used surgical treatment includes ar￭ thro￭ scopic drilling of intact le￭ sions securing of car￭ til￭ age fl￭ ap le￭ sions with pins or screws drilling and replacement of car￭ til￭ age plu￭ gs stem cell transplantation and joint replacement after surgery rehabilitation is usually a two stage process of im￭ mobilization and physical therapy most rehabilitation programs combine efforts to protection the joint with muscle strengthening and range of motion during the im￭ mobilization period is￭ ome￭ tric exercises such as straight leg raises are commonly used to restore muscle loss without disturbing the car￭ til￭ age of the affected joint once the im￭ mobilization period has ended physical therapy involves continuous passive motion c￭ pm and or low impact activities such as walking or swimming oc￭ d occurs in 15 to 30 people per 100 000 in the general population each year although rare it is an important cause of joint pain in physically active adolescents because their bones are still growing adolescents are more likely than adults to recover from oc￭ d recovery in adolescents can be attributed to the bone s ability to repair damaged or dead bone tissue and car￭ til￭ age in a process called bone remo￭ deling while oc￭ d may affect any joint the knee tends to be the most commonly affected and constitutes 75 of all cases franz kö￭ ni￭ g coined the term o￭ ste￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ tis dis￭ sec￭ ans in 18￭ 87 describing it as an infl￭ amm￭ ation of the bone – car￭ til￭ age interface many other conditions were once confused with oc￭ d when attempting to describe how the disease affected the joint including o￭ ste￭ och￭ on￭ dr￭ al frac￭ ture o￭ ste￭ on￭ ec￭ ro￭ sis accessory os￭ sification center o￭ ste￭ och￭ on￭ dro￭ sis and hereditary ep￭ ip￭ hy￭ seal dys￭ pl￭ asia some authors have used the terms o￭ ste￭ och￭ on￭ dro￭ sis dis￭ sec￭ ans and o￭ ste￭ och￭ on￭ dr￭ al fragments as synon￭ y￭ ms for oc￭ d
o￭ ste￭ och￭ on￭ dro￭ dys￭ pl￭ asia or sk￭ el￭ etal dys￭ pl￭ asia is a general term for a disorder of the development dys￭ pl￭ asia of bone o￭ ste￭ o and car￭ til￭ age ch￭ on￭ dro o￭ ste￭ och￭ on￭ dro￭ dys￭ pl￭ asi￭ as are rare diseases about 1 in 5 000 babies are born with some type of sk￭ el￭ etal dys￭ pl￭ asia
o￭ ste￭ och￭ on￭ dro￭ mas or o￭ ste￭ o￭ car￭ ti￭ lag￭ inous exo￭ sto￭ ses are the most common benign tumors of the bones the tumors take the form of car￭ til￭ age capped bon￭ y projections or out￭ growth on the surface of bones exo￭ sto￭ ses it is characterized as a type of over￭ growth that can occur in any bone where car￭ til￭ age forms bone tumors most commonly affect long bones in the leg pel￭ vis or s￭ cap￭ ula shoulder blade development of o￭ ste￭ och￭ on￭ dro￭ mas take place during sk￭ el￭ etal growth between the ages of 13 and 15 and ceases when the growth plate fuses at pu￭ ber￭ ty they arise within the first three decades of life affecting children and adolescents o￭ ste￭ och￭ on￭ dro￭ mas occur in 3 of the general population and represent 35 of all benign tumors and 8 of all bone tumors majority of these tumors are solitary non hereditary le￭ sions and approximately 15 of o￭ ste￭ och￭ on￭ dro￭ mas occur as hereditary multiple o￭ ste￭ och￭ on￭ dro￭ mas h￭ mos they can occur as a solitary le￭ sion solitary o￭ ste￭ och￭ on￭ dro￭ ma or multiple le￭ sions within the context of the same bone multiple o￭ ste￭ och￭ on￭ dro￭ ma o￭ ste￭ och￭ on￭ dro￭ mas do not result from injury and the exact cause remains unknown recent research has indicated that multiple o￭ ste￭ och￭ on￭ dro￭ mas is an auto￭ som￭ al dominant inherited disease germ line mutations in ext 1 and ext 2 genes located on chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es 8 and 11 have been associated with the cause of the disease the treatment choice for o￭ ste￭ och￭ on￭ dro￭ ma is surgical removal of solitary le￭ sion or partial exc￭ ision of the out￭ growth when symptoms cause motion limitations or nerve and blood vessel imp￭ ing￭ ements
o￭ ste￭ och￭ on￭ dro￭ mat￭ osis is a condition involving a proliferation of o￭ ste￭ och￭ on￭ dro￭ mas types include hereditary multiple exo￭ sto￭ ses sy￭ no￭ vi￭ al o￭ ste￭ och￭ on￭ dro￭ mat￭ osis
o￭ ste￭ och￭ on￭ dro￭ pa￭ thy refers to a disease pa￭ thy of the bone and car￭ til￭ age however it is more common to refer to these conditions as one of the following ch￭ on￭ dro￭ pa￭ thy disease of the car￭ til￭ age a bone disease is also called an o￭ ste￭ opathy but because the term o￭ ste￭ opathy is often used to describe a healthcare approach use of the term can cause some confusion
o￭ ste￭ och￭ on￭ dro￭ sis is a family of orth￭ o￭ ped￭ ic diseases of the joint that occur in children and adolescents and in rapidly growing animals particularly pigs horses dogs and bro￭ iler chickens they are characterized by interruption of the blood supply of a bone in particular to the ep￭ ip￭ h￭ ysis followed by loc￭ alized bon￭ y necro￭ sis and later reg￭ row￭ th of the bone this disorder is defined as a focal disturbance of endo￭ ch￭ on￭ dr￭ al os￭ sification and is regarded as having a multi￭ fac￭ torial eti￭ ology so no one thing accounts for all aspects of this disease
o￭ ste￭ o￭ der￭ ms are bon￭ y deposits forming scales plates or other structures in the der￭ mal layers of the skin o￭ ste￭ o￭ der￭ ms are found in many groups of ext￭ ant and extinct repti￭ les and am￭ phi￭ bians including li￭ z￭ ards crocodi￭ li￭ ans fro￭ gs tem￭ no￭ spon￭ dy￭ ls various groups of dinosaurs most notably an￭ ky￭ lo￭ sa￭ urs and ste￭ go￭ sa￭ ur￭ ians phyto￭ sa￭ urs ae￭ to￭ sa￭ urs pla￭ co￭ don￭ ts and hu￭ pe￭ h￭ su￭ chi￭ ans marine repti￭ les with possible ich￭ th￭ yo￭ sa￭ ur aff￭ ini￭ ties o￭ ste￭ o￭ der￭ ms are un￭ common in mammals but do occur in many xen￭ ar￭ thr￭ ans gly￭ pto￭ don￭ ts arm￭ ad￭ il￭ los ground slo￭ ths o￭ ste￭ o￭ der￭ ms have clearly evolved independently in many different line￭ ages and these varied structures should be thought of as anatom￭ ical analo￭ gues not homo￭ logues and do not necessarily indicate mon￭ op￭ hy￭ ly in many cases o￭ ste￭ o￭ der￭ ms may function as defensive armor the o￭ ste￭ o￭ der￭ ms of modern crocodi￭ li￭ ans are heavily vas￭ cul￭ arized and can function as both armor and as heat ex￭ chan￭ gers allowing these large repti￭ les to rapidly raise or lower their temperature another function is to neutr￭ alize aci￭ do￭ sis caused by being sub￭ merged under water for longer periods of time and leading to the accumulation of carbon dioxide in the blood the calcium and magnesium in the der￭ mal bone will release al￭ kal￭ ine ions into the blood￭ stream acting as a buffer against acidification of the body fluid
o￭ ste￭ o￭ fi￭ bro￭ us dys￭ pl￭ asia also known as os￭ si￭ fying fi￭ bro￭ ma is a rare benign non ne￭ op￭ l￭ astic condition with no known cause it is considered a fi￭ bro￭ vascular defect camp￭ an￭ acc￭ i described this condition in two leg bones the ti￭ bia and fi￭ bul￭ a and coined the term this condition should be differentiated from non￭ os￭ si￭ fying fi￭ bro￭ ma and fi￭ bro￭ us dys￭ pl￭ asia of bone
o￭ ste￭ o￭ genesis im￭ perfec￭ ta oi is a group of genetic disorders that mainly affect the bones it results in bones that break easily the severity may be mild to severe other symptoms may include a blue t￭ inge to the white s of the eye short height loose joints hearing loss breathing problems and problems with the teeth the underlying mechanism is usually a problem with connec￭ tive tissue due to a lack of type i coll￭ agen this occurs in more than 90 of cases due to mutations in the col 1 a 1 or col 1 a 2 genes these genetic problems are often inherited from a person s parents in an auto￭ som￭ al dominant manner or occur via a new mutation there are eight types with type i being the least severe and type ii the most severe diagnosis is often based on symptoms and may be confirmed by coll￭ agen or dna testing there is no cure maintaining a health healthy lifestyle by exercising and avoiding smoking can help prevent fractu￭ res treatment may include care of broken bones pain medication physical therapy brac￭ es or wheel￭ chairs and surgery a type of surgery that puts metal rods through long bones maybe done to strengthen them tentative evidence supports the use of medications of the bis￭ phosp￭ hon￭ ate type oi affects about one in 15 000 people outcomes depend on the type of disease most people however have good outcomes the condition has been described since ancient history the term o￭ ste￭ o￭ genesis im￭ perfec￭ ta came into use in 18￭ 95 and means imperfect bone formation
an o￭ ste￭ o￭ id o￭ ste￭ oma is a benign bone tumor that arises from o￭ ste￭ obl￭ asts and was originally thought to be a smaller version of an o￭ ste￭ obl￭ ast￭ oma o￭ ste￭ o￭ id o￭ ste￭ om￭ as tend to be less than 1 5 cm in size the tumor can be in any bone in the body but are most common in long bones such as the fem￭ ur and ti￭ bia they account for 10 to 12 percent of all benign bone tumors o￭ ste￭ o￭ id o￭ ste￭ om￭ as may occur at any age and are most common in patients between the ages of 4 and 25 years old males are affected approximately three times more commonly than females
o￭ ste￭ ol￭ ath￭ y￭ ris￭ m is a coll￭ agen cross linking deficiency brought on by dietary over reliance on the seeds of la￭ thy￭ rus sati￭ v￭ us or grass pea a le￭ gu￭ me often grown as a famine crop in asia and east africa other members of the genus are also known to cause the disease including l syl￭ ve￭ str￭ is l cic￭ era and l cl￭ y￭ men￭ um l sati￭ v￭ us grows well under famine conditions often severe drought where it is cultivated the condition results in damage to bone and mes￭ en￭ ch￭ ym￭ al connec￭ tive tissues it is seen in people in combination with neuro￭ la￭ thy￭ ris￭ m and an￭ gi￭ ol￭ ath￭ y￭ ris￭ m in areas where famine demands reliance on a crop with known detrimental effects it occurs in cattle and horses with di￭ ets over￭ reliant upon the grass pea o￭ ste￭ ol￭ ath￭ y￭ ris￭ m is caused by a variety of o￭ ste￭ ol￭ ath￭ yro￭ genic compounds specifically exc￭ it￭ atory amino compounds the most widely studied of these compounds is beta am￭ ino￭ pro￭ pion￭ it￭ ri￭ le bap￭ n which exer￭ ts its dele￭ ter￭ ious effect by an unknown yet pot￭ ently irreversible mechanism other instig￭ ators are u￭ re￭ ides sem￭ ic￭ ar￭ baz￭ ides and thi￭ o￭ sem￭ ic￭ ar￭ baz￭ ides which are believed to chel￭ ate the pro￭ s￭ thetic cu ii bi￭ py￭ ri￭ dine co￭ factor complex in the enzyme ly￭ sy￭ l oxid￭ ase
o￭ ste￭ oli￭ po￭ ch￭ on￭ dro￭ ma o￭ ste￭ o bone li￭ pos fat ch￭ on￭ dro￭ s car￭ til￭ age oma tumor is a car￭ ti￭ lag￭ inous tumor containing fatty and bon￭ y tissue
o￭ ste￭ ol￭ ysis is an active resor￭ ption of bone matrix by o￭ ste￭ o￭ cl￭ asts and can be interpreted as the reverse of os￭ sification although o￭ ste￭ o￭ cl￭ asts are active during the natural formation of healthy bone the term o￭ ste￭ ol￭ ysis specifically refers to a pathological process o￭ ste￭ ol￭ ysis often occurs in the proximity of a pro￭ s￭ thesis that causes either an immun￭ ological response or changes in the bone s structural load o￭ ste￭ ol￭ ysis may also be caused by patho￭ logies like bone tumors cy￭ sts or chronic infl￭ amm￭ ation
an o￭ ste￭ oma plural o￭ ste￭ om￭ ata is a new piece of bone usually growing on another piece of bone typically the skull it is a benign tumor when the bone tumor grows on other bone it is known as hom￭ op￭ l￭ astic o￭ ste￭ oma when it grows on other tissue it is called heter￭ op￭ l￭ astic o￭ ste￭ oma o￭ ste￭ oma represents the most common benign ne￭ op￭ las￭ m of the nose and par￭ an￭ as￭ al sin￭ uses the cause of o￭ ste￭ om￭ ata is uncertain but commonly accepted theories propose embry￭ o￭ logic traumatic or infectious causes o￭ ste￭ om￭ ata are also found in gar￭ dner s syndrome larger cran￭ io￭ facial o￭ ste￭ om￭ ata may cause facial pain headache and infection due to obstructed nas￭ o￭ frontal duc￭ ts often cran￭ io￭ facial o￭ ste￭ oma presents itself through oc￭ ular signs and symptoms such as prop￭ to￭ sis
o￭ ste￭ oma cu￭ tis is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by the presence of bone within the skin in the absence of a pre￭ existing or associated le￭ sion
o￭ ste￭ om￭ al￭ ac￭ ia is the sof￭ tening of the bones caused by impaired bone metabol￭ ism primarily due to inadequate levels of available phosphate calcium and vitamin d or because of resor￭ ption of calcium the impairment of bone metabol￭ ism causes inadequate bone remin￭ er￭ alization o￭ ste￭ om￭ al￭ ac￭ ia in children is known as ric￭ kets and because of this use of the term o￭ ste￭ om￭ al￭ ac￭ ia is often restricted to the mil￭ der adult form of the disease signs and symptoms can include diffuse body pains muscle weakness and fragility of the bones the most common cause of o￭ ste￭ om￭ al￭ ac￭ ia is a deficiency of vitamin d which is normally derived from sunlight exposure and to a lesser extent from the diet the most specific screening test for vitamin d deficiency in otherwise healthy individuals is a serum 25 oh d level less common causes of o￭ ste￭ om￭ al￭ ac￭ ia can include hereditary deficiencies of vitamin d or phosphate which would typically be identified in childhood or m￭ align￭ ancy measures to prevent and treat o￭ ste￭ om￭ al￭ ac￭ ia usually revol￭ ve around intake of vitamin d and calcium supplements vitamin d should always be administered in conjunction with calcium supplem￭ entation since most of the consequences of vitamin d deficiency are a result of impaired mineral ion home￭ ost￭ asis nursing home residents and the home￭ bound elderly population are at particular risk for vitamin d deficiency as these populations typically receive little sun exposure in addition both the efficiency of vitamin d synthesis in the skin and the absorption of vitamin d from the intest￭ ine decline with age thus further increasing the risk in these populations other groups at risk include individuals with mal￭ absorption secondary to gastro￭ intest￭ inal bypass surgery or ce￭ li￭ ac disease and individuals who immigr￭ ate from warm clim￭ ates to cold clim￭ ates especially women who wear traditional ve￭ ils or dresses that prevent sun exposure
o￭ ste￭ om￭ ye￭ li￭ tis om is infection and infl￭ amm￭ ation of the bone and bone marrow it can be usefully sub￭ classified on the basis of the caus￭ ative organism py￭ ogenic bacteria or my￭ co￭ bacteria and the route duration and an￭ atomic location of the infection o￭ ste￭ om￭ ye￭ li￭ tis usually begins as an acute infection but it may evolve into a chronic condition the word is from greek words ὀ￭ στ￭ έ￭ ον o￭ ste￭ on meaning bone μ￭ υ￭ ελ￭ ό my￭ elo meaning marrow and ῖ￭ τις i￭ tis meaning infl￭ amm￭ ation
o￭ ste￭ om￭ ye￭ li￭ tis of the ja￭ ws is o￭ ste￭ om￭ ye￭ li￭ tis which is infection and infl￭ amm￭ ation of the bone marrow sometimes abbreviated to om which occurs in the bones of the ja￭ ws i e max￭ illa or the man￭ di￭ ble historically o￭ ste￭ om￭ ye￭ li￭ tis of the ja￭ ws was a common complic￭ ation of od￭ on￭ to￭ genic infection infections of the teeth before the antibiotic era it was frequently a fatal condition former and col￭ lo￭ qu￭ ial names include o￭ ste￭ on￭ ec￭ ro￭ sis of the ja￭ ws on￭ j cav￭ itations dry or wet socket and nic￭ o ne￭ ur￭ al￭ gia inducing cav￭ it￭ ational o￭ ste￭ on￭ ec￭ ro￭ sis the current more correct term o￭ ste￭ om￭ ye￭ li￭ tis of the ja￭ ws differenti￭ ates the condition from the relatively recent and better known i￭ atro￭ genic phenomenon of bis￭ phosp￭ hon￭ ate caused o￭ ste￭ on￭ ec￭ ro￭ sis of the ja￭ ws the latter is found primarily in post men￭ opa￭ usal women given bis￭ phosp￭ hon￭ ate drugs usually against o￭ ste￭ op￭ or￭ osis
o￭ ste￭ on￭ ec￭ ro￭ sis of the jaw on￭ j is a severe bone disease o￭ ste￭ on￭ ec￭ ro￭ sis that affects the ja￭ ws the max￭ illa and the man￭ di￭ ble various forms of on￭ j have been described over the last 160 years and a number of causes have been suggested in the literature o￭ ste￭ on￭ ec￭ ro￭ sis of the jaw associated with bis￭ phosp￭ hon￭ ate therapy which is required by some cancer treatment regim￭ ens has been identified and defined as a pathological entity bis￭ phosp￭ hon￭ ate associated o￭ ste￭ on￭ ec￭ ro￭ sis of the jaw since 2003 the possible risk from lower oral doses of bis￭ phosp￭ hon￭ ates taken by patients to prevent or treat o￭ ste￭ op￭ or￭ osis remains uncertain treatment options have been explored however severe cases of on￭ j still require surgical removal of the affected bone a thorough history and assessment of pre existing systemic problems and possible sites of dental infection are required to help prevent the condition especially if bis￭ phosp￭ hon￭ ate therapy is considered
o￭ ste￭ open￭ ia is a condition in which bone mineral density is lower than normal it is considered by many doctors to be a precursor to o￭ ste￭ op￭ or￭ osis however not every person diagnosed with o￭ ste￭ open￭ ia will develop o￭ ste￭ op￭ or￭ osis more specifically o￭ ste￭ open￭ ia is defined as a bone mineral density t score between − 1 0 and − 2 5
o￭ ste￭ o￭ petro￭ sis literally stone bone also known as mar￭ ble bone disease and al￭ bers sch￭ ön￭ berg disease is an extremely rare inherited disorder whereby the bones har￭ den becoming d￭ ens￭ er in contrast to more prevalent conditions like o￭ ste￭ op￭ or￭ osis in which the bones become less dense and more brit￭ tle or o￭ ste￭ om￭ al￭ ac￭ ia in which the bones soften o￭ ste￭ o￭ petro￭ sis can cause bones to dissolve and break it can cause o￭ ste￭ os￭ clerosis the cause of the disease is understood to be malfunctioning o￭ ste￭ o￭ cl￭ asts radiological findings will show a bone in bone appearance
o￭ ste￭ op￭ hy￭ tes commonly referred to as bone sp￭ urs are bon￭ y projections that form along joint margins they should not be confused with en￭ thes￭ op￭ hy￭ tes which are bon￭ y projections that form at the attachment of a tend￭ on or lig￭ ament
o￭ ste￭ o￭ po￭ i￭ ki￭ losis is a benign auto￭ som￭ al dominant s￭ cl￭ ero￭ sing dys￭ pl￭ asia of bone characterized by the presence of numerous bone islands in the skelet￭ on
o￭ ste￭ op￭ or￭ osis is a disease where decreased bone strength increases the risk of a broken bone it is the most common reason for a broken bone among the elderly bones that commonly break include the back bones the bones of the fore￭ arm and the hip until a broken bone occurs there are typically no symptoms bones may weaken to such a degree that a break may occur with minor stress or spontaneously chronic pain and a decreased ability to carry out normal activities may occur following a broken bone o￭ ste￭ op￭ or￭ osis may be due to lower than normal peak bone mass and greater than normal bone loss bone loss increases after men￭ op￭ ause due to lower levels of estro￭ gen o￭ ste￭ op￭ or￭ osis may also occur due to a number of diseases or treatments including alcoholism an￭ ore￭ x￭ ia hyper￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m surgical removal of the ov￭ aries and kidney disease certain medications increase the rate of bone loss including some anti￭ seizure medications chem￭ otherapy prot￭ on pump inhi￭ bit￭ ors selective sero￭ ton￭ in re￭ uptake inhi￭ bit￭ ors and ster￭ oids not enough exercise and smoking are also risk factors o￭ ste￭ op￭ or￭ osis is defined as a bone density of 2 5 standard deviations below that of a young adult this is typically measured by dual energy x ray absor￭ p￭ ti￭ ome￭ try at the hip prevention of o￭ ste￭ op￭ or￭ osis includes a proper diet during childhood and efforts to avoid medications that cause the condition efforts to prevent broken bones in those with o￭ ste￭ op￭ or￭ osis include a good diet exercise and fall prevention lifestyle changes such as stopping smoking and not drinking alcohol may help medication of the bis￭ phosp￭ hon￭ ate type are useful in those with previous broken bones due to o￭ ste￭ op￭ or￭ osis in those with o￭ ste￭ op￭ or￭ osis but no previous broken bones they are less effective a number of other medications may also be useful o￭ ste￭ op￭ or￭ osis becomes more common with age about 15 of white people in their 50 s and 70 of those over 80 are affected it is more common in women than men in the developed world depending on the method of diagnosis 2 to 8 of males and 9 to 38 of females are affected rates of disease in the developing world are unclear about 22 million women and 5 5 million men in the european union had o￭ ste￭ op￭ or￭ osis in 2010 in the united states in 2010 about eight million women and one to two million men had o￭ ste￭ op￭ or￭ osis white and asian people are at greater risk the word o￭ ste￭ op￭ or￭ osis is from the greek terms for por￭ ous bones
o￭ ste￭ op￭ or￭ otic bone marrow defect is a condition which may be found in the body of the man￭ di￭ ble it is usually pain￭ less and found during routine radio￭ graphs it appears as a poorly defined radi￭ ol￭ uc￭ ency dark area where there was a previous history of an extraction of a tooth it may resemble a me￭ ta￭ static disease it is a loc￭ alized increase of hem￭ ato￭ po￭ ie￭ tic bone marrow that creates a radi￭ ol￭ uc￭ ent radio￭ graphic defect they occur more commonly in women in the mid￭ years and show a pre￭ dil￭ ection for the mol￭ ar region of the man￭ di￭ ble they are especially common in extraction sites scattered tr￭ ab￭ ec￭ ul￭ ae may extend short distances into the defect or in some instances through it giving the defect a fairly characteristic appearance naturally there are no clinical symptoms
o￭ ste￭ or￭ adi￭ on￭ ec￭ ro￭ sis is a possible complic￭ ation following radi￭ otherapy where an area of bone does not heal from irradiation irradiation of bones causes damage to o￭ ste￭ oc￭ y￭ tes and imp￭ airs the blood supply the affected hard tissues become hypo￭ vascular reduced number of blood vessels hypo￭ cellular reduced number of cells and hypo￭ x￭ ic low levels of oxygen o￭ ste￭ or￭ adi￭ on￭ ec￭ ro￭ sis usually occurs in the man￭ di￭ ble and causes chronic pain and surface ul￭ cer￭ ation prevention of o￭ ster￭ adi￭ on￭ ec￭ ro￭ sis is part of the reason all teeth of questionable prog￭ no￭ sis are removed before the start of a course of radi￭ otherapy
an o￭ ste￭ os￭ ar￭ coma is a can￭ cer￭ ous tumor in a bone specifically it is an aggressive m￭ align￭ ant ne￭ op￭ las￭ m that arises from primitive transformed cells of mes￭ en￭ ch￭ ym￭ al origin and thus a sar￭ coma and that exhi￭ bits o￭ ste￭ obl￭ astic differentiation and produces m￭ align￭ ant o￭ ste￭ o￭ id o￭ ste￭ os￭ ar￭ coma is the most common his￭ to￭ logical form of primary bone cancer it is most prevalent in children and young adults
o￭ ste￭ os￭ clerosis is a type of o￭ ste￭ o￭ petro￭ sis that involves abnormal hard￭ ening of bone and an elev￭ ation in bone density it can be a path￭ ology normally detected on a radio￭ graph as an area of increased op￭ acity that is where more mineral is present in the bone to absorb or defl￭ ect the x ray beam loc￭ alized o￭ ste￭ os￭ clerosis can be caused by injuries that com￭ press the bone by o￭ ste￭ o￭ ar￭ thri￭ tis and o￭ ste￭ oma it is associated with pro￭ state cancer me￭ tast￭ asis mel￭ or￭ he￭ o￭ sto￭ sis o￭ ste￭ o￭ petro￭ sis o￭ ste￭ o￭ po￭ i￭ ki￭ losis chronic idi￭ opathic my￭ elo￭ fi￭ bro￭ sis sk￭ el￭ etal fluor￭ osis sch￭ nit￭ z￭ ler syndrome mono￭ cl￭ onal ig￭ m k￭ app￭ a cry￭ o￭ glob￭ ul￭ in￭ emia it can also be associated with hepatitis c in the animal kingdom there also exists a non pathological form of o￭ ste￭ os￭ clerosis resulting in unusually solid bone structure with little to no marrow it is often seen in aquatic vertebr￭ ates especially those living in shallow waters providing ballast as an adaptation for an aquatic lifestyle it makes bones heavier but also more fragile in those animal groups o￭ ste￭ os￭ clerosis often occurs together with bone thick￭ ening p￭ ach￭ yo￭ sto￭ sis this joint occurrence is called p￭ ach￭ yo￭ ste￭ os￭ clerosis sclerosis of the bones of the thor￭ ac￭ ic sp￭ ine due to pro￭ state cancer me￭ tast￭ ases ct image sclerosis of the bones of the thor￭ ac￭ ic sp￭ ine due to pro￭ state cancer me￭ tast￭ ases ct image
the osti￭ um pri￭ mum atri￭ al sep￭ tal defect also known as an endo￭ cardi￭ al cushion defect is a defect in the atri￭ al sep￭ tum at the level of the tric￭ us￭ pid and mit￭ ral valves this is sometimes known as an endo￭ cardi￭ al cushion defect because it often involves the endo￭ cardi￭ al cushion which is the portion of the heart where the atri￭ al sep￭ tum meets the ven￭ tric￭ ular sep￭ tum and the mit￭ ral valve meets the tric￭ us￭ pid valve endo￭ cardi￭ al cushion defects are associated with ab￭ norm￭ alities of the atri￭ o￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular valves the mit￭ ral valve and the tric￭ us￭ pid valve these include the cle￭ ft mit￭ ral valve and the single atri￭ o￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular valve a single large de￭ formed valve that flows into both the right ven￭ tric￭ le and the left ven￭ tric￭ le endo￭ cardi￭ al cushion defects are the most common con￭ genital heart defect that is associated with down s syndrome
in applied mathematics the o￭ stro￭ grad￭ sky instability is a consequence of a theore￭ m of mikhail o￭ stro￭ grad￭ sky in classical mechanics according to which a non degenerate lag￭ ran￭ gian dependent on time derivatives of higher than the first corresponds to a lin￭ early unstable hamil￭ ton￭ ian associated with the lag￭ ran￭ gian via a legend￭ re transform the o￭ stro￭ grad￭ sky instability has been proposed as an explanation as to why no differential equations of higher order than two appear to describe physical phenomena
dissolution of small cryst￭ als or sol particles and the re￭ de￭ position of the dissolved species on the surfaces of larger cryst￭ als or sol particles was first described by wil￭ helm ost￭ wald in 18￭ 96 ost￭ wald ripen￭ ing is generally found in water in oil emul￭ sions while f￭ loc￭ cul￭ ation is found in oil in water emul￭ sions
other specified feeding or eating disorder or os￭ fed is the dsm 5 category that replaces the category formerly called eating disorder not otherwise specified ed￭ nos in dsm iv and that captures feeding disorders and eating disorders of clinical severity that do not meet diagnostic criteria for an￭ ore￭ x￭ ia ner￭ vo￭ sa an bu￭ li￭ mia ner￭ vo￭ sa bn binge eating disorder bed avoid￭ ant restrictive food intake disorder ar￭ fid pic￭ a or rumin￭ ation disorder os￭ fed includes five examples atypical an bn of low frequency and or limited duration bed of low frequency and or limited duration pur￭ ging disorder and night eating syndrome nes
an otic poly￭ p also called a￭ ural poly￭ p is a benign proliferation of chronic infl￭ am￭ matory cells associated with gran￭ ulation tissue in response to a longstanding infl￭ am￭ matory process of the middle ear
o￭ ti￭ tis is a general term for infl￭ amm￭ ation or infection of the ear in both humans and other animals it is subdivided into the following o￭ ti￭ tis exter￭ na external o￭ ti￭ tis or swim￭ mer s ear involves the outer ear and ear canal in external o￭ ti￭ tis the ear hurts when touched or pulled o￭ ti￭ tis media or middle ear infection involves the middle ear in o￭ ti￭ tis media the ear is infected or clo￭ gged with fluid behind the ear drum in the normally air filled middle ear space this very common childhood infection sometimes requires a surgical procedure called my￭ rin￭ go￭ tomy and tube insertion o￭ ti￭ tis inter￭ na or labyrin￭ thi￭ tis involves the inner ear the inner ear includes sensory organs for balance and hearing when the inner ear is infl￭ amed ver￭ ti￭ go is a common symptom
o￭ ti￭ tis exter￭ na also known as swim￭ mer s ear is an infl￭ amm￭ ation of the ear canal it often presents with ear pain sw￭ elling of the ear canal and occasionally decreased hearing typically there is pain with movement of the outer ear a high fever is typically not present except in severe cases o￭ ti￭ tis exter￭ na may be acute meaning less than six weeks or chronic meaning more than three months in duration acute cases are typically due to a bacterial infection while chronic cases are often due to allergies or auto￭ immune disorders risk factors for acute cases include swimming minor trauma from cleaning using hearing aids or ear plu￭ gs and other skin problems like ps￭ ori￭ asis or der￭ mati￭ tis those with diabetes are at risk of a severe form of disease known as m￭ align￭ ant o￭ ti￭ tis exter￭ na diagnosis is based on the signs and symptoms cul￭ turing the ear canal may be useful in chronic or severe cases acetic acid ear drops may be used as a preventative measure treatment of acute cases is typically with antibiotic drops such as of￭ lo￭ x￭ ac￭ in or acetic acid ster￭ o￭ id drops may be used in addition to antibiotics pain medications such as i￭ bu￭ prof￭ en may be used for the pain antibiotics by mouth are not recommended unless the person has poor immune function or there is infection of the skin around the ear typically improvement occurs within a day of starting treatment treatment of chronic cases depends on the cause o￭ ti￭ tis exter￭ na affects 1 3 of people a year with more than 95 of cases being acute about 10 of people are affected at some point in their life it occurs most commonly among children between the ages of seven and twelve and among the elderly it occurs with near equal frequency in males and females those who live in warm and wet clim￭ ates are more often affected
o￭ ti￭ tis exter￭ na is an infl￭ amm￭ ation of the outer ear and ear canal animals are commonly prone to ear infection and this is one of the most common manifestations of allergy in dogs in dogs those breeds with fl￭ op￭ py ears are more prone since air flow is limited and a warm mo￭ ist environment built up which is conducive to infection the external ear in animals is longer and deeper than in humans which makes it easier for infection or wax to build up or be hard to remove complete ear canal inspection requires the use of an o￭ to￭ scope by a veterinarian infections are usually secondary to infl￭ amm￭ ation or to improper gro￭ oming techniques infections can be caused by both bacterial and fun￭ gal origin as well as small organisms such as ear mit￭ es mal￭ as￭ se￭ zia p￭ ach￭ y￭ der￭ m￭ atis is a common fun￭ gal agent for ear infections in dogs stap￭ hy￭ lo￭ co￭ cc￭ us intermedi￭ us is the most common bacterial infection a more serious ear infection with p￭ us in the ear may be caused by pseu￭ dom￭ onas aer￭ u￭ gin￭ osa
o￭ ti￭ tis media is a group of infl￭ am￭ matory diseases of the middle ear the two main types are acute o￭ ti￭ tis media a￭ om and o￭ ti￭ tis media with eff￭ usion ome a￭ om is an infection of abrupt onset that usually presents with ear pain in young children this may result in pulling at the ear increased crying and poor sleep decreased eating and a fever may also be present ome is typically not associated with symptoms occasionally a feeling of ful￭ l￭ ness is described it is defined as the presence of non infectious fluid in the middle ear for more than three months chronic sup￭ pur￭ ative o￭ ti￭ tis media c￭ som is middle ear infl￭ amm￭ ation of greater than two weeks that results in episodes of discharge from the ear it may be a complic￭ ation of acute o￭ ti￭ tis media pain is rarely present all three may be associated with hearing loss the hearing loss in ome due to its chronic nature may affect a child s ability to learn the cause of a￭ om is related to childhood anatomy and immune function either bacteria or viruses may be involved risk factors include exposure to smoke use of paci￭ fiers and attending day￭ care it occurs more commonly in those who are native american or who have down syndrome ome frequently occurs following a￭ om and may be related to viral upper respiratory infections irrit￭ ants such as smoke or allergies looking at the ear￭ drum is important for making the correct diagnosis signs of a￭ om include bul￭ ging or a lack of movement of the ty￭ mp￭ anic memb￭ rane from a pu￭ ff of air new discharge not related to o￭ ti￭ tis exter￭ na also indicates the diagnosis a number of measures decrease the risk of o￭ ti￭ tis media including pneu￭ mo￭ coc￭ cal and influenza vaccination exclusive breastfeeding for the first six months of life and avoiding tobacco smoke the use of pain medications for a￭ om is important this may include par￭ acet￭ am￭ ol acet￭ amin￭ oph￭ en i￭ bu￭ prof￭ en benz￭ oc￭ aine ear drops or op￭ io￭ ids in a￭ om antibiotics may speed recovery but may result in side effects antibiotics are often recommended in those with severe disease or under two years old in those with less severe disease they may only be recommended in those who do not improve after two or three days the initial antibiotic of choice is typically am￭ ox￭ ic￭ ill￭ in in those with frequent infections ty￭ mp￭ ano￭ stom￭ y tubes may decrease recurrence in children with o￭ ti￭ tis media with eff￭ usion antibiotics may increase resolution of symptoms but may cause diarr￭ ho￭ ea v￭ om￭ iting and skin rash worldwide a￭ om affect about 11 of people a year about 325 to 710 million cases half the cases involve children less than five years of age and it is more common among males of those affected about 4 8 or 31 million develop chronic sup￭ pur￭ ative o￭ ti￭ tis media before the age of ten ome affects about 80 of children at some point o￭ ti￭ tis media resulted in 2 400 deaths in 2013 – down from 4 900 deaths in 1990
o￭ to￭ cephal￭ y from the greek words ο￭ το meaning “ ear ” and κ￭ εφ￭ ά￭ λ￭ η meaning head is a type of head disorder cephal￭ ic disorder this is a lethal condition in which the primary feature is the total or virtual absence of the lower jaw a developmental anomaly called ag￭ na￭ thia the “ oto ” in the name refers to the relationship of the ears to the face in this disorder the condition is considered lethal because of a poorly functioning air￭ way in o￭ to￭ cephal￭ y ag￭ na￭ thia may occur alone or together with holo￭ pro￭ sen￭ cephal￭ y
o￭ to￭ dental syndrome also known as o￭ to￭ dental dys￭ pl￭ asia is an exceptionally rare disease that is distinguished by a specific phen￭ o￭ type known as glo￭ bo￭ don￭ tia that in rare cases can be associated with eye co￭ lob￭ oma and high frequency hearing loss glo￭ bo￭ don￭ tia is an abnormal condition that can occur in both the primary and secondary denti￭ tion except for the incis￭ ors which are normal in shape and size this is demonstrated by significant enlargement of the can￭ ine and mol￭ ar teeth the pre￭ mol￭ ars are either reduced in size or are absent in some cases the defects affecting the teeth eye and ear can be either individual or combined when these conditions are combined with eye co￭ lob￭ oma the condition is also known as oc￭ ul￭ o o￭ to￭ dental syndrome the first known case of o￭ to￭ dental syndrome was found in hungary in a mother and her son by den￭ es and c￭ si￭ ba in 1969 prevalence is less than 1 out of every 1 million individuals the cause of o￭ to￭ dental syndrome is considered to be genetic it is an auto￭ som￭ al dominant inheritance and is variable in its expres￭ sivity hap￭ lo￭ in￭ sufficiency in the fi￭ bro￭ blast growth factor 3 f￭ g￭ f 3 gene 11 q 13 has been reported in patients with o￭ to￭ dental syndrome and is thought to cause the phen￭ o￭ type both males and females are equally affected individuals diagnosed with o￭ to￭ dental syndrome can be of any age age is not a relevant factor currently there are no specific genetic treatments for o￭ to￭ dental syndrome dental and orth￭ od￭ on￭ tic management are the recommended course of action
o￭ to￭ facial syndrome is an extremely rare con￭ genital de￭ form￭ ity whereby the afflicted is born without a jaw and subsequently a chin in nearly all cases the child does not survive because of the inability to breathe and eat properly even with re￭ constructive surgery the tongue is extremely underdeveloped making un￭ aided breathing and sw￭ allowing impossible
o￭ tom￭ y￭ co￭ sis is a fun￭ gal ear infection a superficial my￭ co￭ tic infection of the outer ear canal it is more common in the tropical countries the infection may be either sub￭ acute or acute and is characterized by mal￭ od￭ or￭ ous discharge infl￭ amm￭ ation pr￭ ur￭ it￭ us scaling and severe discomfort sup￭ pur￭ ation can occur due to super￭ imposed bacterial infection commonly due to pseu￭ dom￭ onas species and prot￭ eus species the my￭ co￭ sis results in infl￭ amm￭ ation superficial epi￭ the￭ li￭ al ex￭ foli￭ ation masses of debris containing hyp￭ ha￭ e sup￭ pur￭ ation and pain
ot￭ op￭ hy￭ ma is a cau￭ lif￭ lower like sw￭ elling of one or both ears
o￭ tos￭ clerosis or o￭ to￭ spongi￭ osis is an abnormal growth of bone near the middle ear it can result in hearing loss the term o￭ tos￭ clerosis is somewhat of a mis￭ no￭ mer much of the clinical course is characterised by luc￭ ent rather than s￭ cl￭ erotic bon￭ y changes hence it is also known as o￭ to￭ spongi￭ osis
o￭ to￭ spon￭ dy￭ lo￭ me￭ ga￭ ep￭ ip￭ hy￭ seal dys￭ pl￭ asia o￭ sm￭ ed is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive disorder of bone growth that results in sk￭ el￭ etal ab￭ norm￭ alities severe hearing loss and distinctive facial features the name of the condition indicates that it affects hearing oto and the bones of the sp￭ ine spon￭ dyl￭ o and enlar￭ ges the ends of bones me￭ ga￭ ep￭ ip￭ hy￭ ses the features of o￭ sm￭ ed are similar to those of another sk￭ el￭ etal disorder weis￭ sen￭ bac￭ her z￭ we￭ ym￭ ü￭ ller syndrome o￭ to￭ spon￭ dy￭ lo￭ me￭ ga￭ ep￭ ip￭ hy￭ seal dys￭ pl￭ asia is a subtype of coll￭ agen￭ opathy types ii and xi
o￭ to￭ toxicity is the property of being toxic to the ear oto specifically the co￭ ch￭ lea or aud￭ itory nerve and sometimes the vesti￭ bul￭ ar system for example as a side effect of a drug the effects of o￭ to￭ toxicity can be reversible and temporary or irreversible and permanent it has been recognised since the 19 th century there are many well known o￭ to￭ toxic drugs used in clinical situations and they are prescribed despite the risk of hearing disorders to very serious health conditions o￭ to￭ toxic drugs include antibiotics such as gent￭ am￭ ic￭ in loop di￭ u￭ re￭ tics such as fu￭ ro￭ sem￭ ide and plat￭ inum based chem￭ otherapy agents such as cis￭ pl￭ atin a number of non￭ ster￭ o￭ idal anti infl￭ am￭ matory drugs n￭ s￭ aids have also been shown to be o￭ to￭ toxic this can result in sens￭ or￭ in￭ eur￭ al hearing loss dy￭ sequ￭ ili￭ bri￭ um or both some environmental and occupational chemicals have also been shown to affect the aud￭ itory system and interact with noise
the out group homo￭ geneity effect is one s perception of out group members as more similar to one another than are in group members e g they are alike we are diverse the term out￭ group homo￭ geneity effect out￭ group homo￭ geneity bias or relative out￭ group homo￭ geneity has been explicitly contr￭ asted with out￭ group homo￭ geneity in general the latter referring to perceived out￭ group vari￭ ability unrelated to perceptions of the ing￭ ro￭ up the out group homo￭ geneity effect is part of a broader field of research that examines perceived group vari￭ ability this area includes in group homo￭ geneity effects as well as out group homo￭ geneity effects and it also deals with perceived group vari￭ ability effects that are not linked to in group out group membership such as effects that are related to the power status and size of groups the out group homo￭ geneity effect has been found using a wide variety of different social groups from political and racial groups to age and gender groups the implications of this effect on stereo￭ typing have been noted percei￭ vers tend to have impres￭ sions about the diversity or vari￭ ability of group members around those central tendencies or typical attributes of those group members thus out￭ group stereo￭ typ￭ ic￭ ality judgments are over￭ estimated supporting the view that out group stereotypes are over￭ gener￭ alizations the out￭ group homo￭ geneity effect is sometimes referred to as out￭ group homo￭ geneity bias such nomenclature hints at a broader me￭ ta theoretical debate that is present in the field of social psychology this debate centres on the validity of heightened perceptions of ing￭ ro￭ up and out￭ group homo￭ geneity where some researchers view the homo￭ geneity effect as an example of cognitive bias and error while other researchers view the effect as an example of normal and often adap￭ tive social perception
an out route or down and out or jet route is a pattern run by a receiver in american football on an out route the receiver will start running a fly pattern i e running straight down the field toward the end zone but after a certain number of steps will cut hard 90 degrees to the outside or toward the sidel￭ ine away from the quarter￭ back if the cut comes very quickly usually after only a few steps it is called a quick out out routes generally allow a one on one match up between the receiver and the defensive back who is guarding him as safe￭ ties generally are concerned with helping out on long routes down￭ field or the center of the field this route is used much more frequently near the end of each half or when a team is running their two minute drill to preserve time on the clock because as soon as the receiver catches the ball or after a short run after the catch he should be able to get out of bounds stopping the clock it is a quick execution play if the ball is thrown correctly usually a defensive player can t respond quickly enough to interfere it is also often called in a 3 rd down situation where the full ten yards are needed out and in routes are the most difficult routes to cover in man to man coverage but can be dangerous plays to run because if the defender intercep￭ ts the pass he will often have a clear path to the end zone
in epidemiology an outbreak is a sudden increase in occurrences of a disease in a particular time and place it may affect a small and loc￭ alized group or impact upon thousands of people across an entire continent two linked cases of a rare infectious disease may be sufficient to constitute an outbreak outbreaks include epidemics which term is normally only used for infectious diseases as well as diseases with an environmental origin such as a water or food￭ borne disease they may affect a region in a country or a group of countries pandemics are near global disease outbreaks
the outcome bias is an error made in evaluating the quality of a decision when the outcome of that decision is already known specifically the outcome effect occurs when the same behavior produce s more ethical condemnation when it happen s to produce bad rather than good outcome even if the outcome is determined by chance while similar to the hindsight bias the two phenomena are markedly different the hindsight bias focuses on memory distortion to favor the actor while the outcome bias focuses exclusively on weighting the past outcome heavier than other pieces of information in deciding if a past decision was correct
output compare is the ability to trigger an output based on a time￭ stamp in memory without interrupting the execution of code by a processor or micro￭ controller this is a functionality provided by many embedded systems the corresponding ability to record a time￭ stamp in memory when an input occurs is called input capture
in economics the outside lag is the amount of time it takes for a government or central bank s actions in the form of either monetary or fiscal policy to have a noticeable effect on the economy its conver￭ se is the inside lag the amount of time it takes the policy authority to recognize that a situation calls for a policy response and to decide on that response and implement it the outside lag can be a major problem and must be taken into account in deciding what expansionary or contr￭ actionary policy actions to implement and indeed whether to implement any at all
o￭ vari￭ an apo￭ plex￭ y is a sudden rupture in the o￭ vary commonly at the site of a cyst accompanied by hemorrha￭ ge in the o￭ vari￭ an tissue and or intr￭ ap￭ erit￭ one￭ al bleeding
o￭ vari￭ an cancer is a cancer that forms in an o￭ vary it results in abnormal cells that have the ability to invade or spread to other parts of the body when this process begins there may be no or only vague symptoms symptoms become more noticeable as the cancer progres￭ ses these symptoms may include blo￭ ating pel￭ vic pain ab￭ domin￭ al sw￭ elling and loss of appetite among others common areas to which the cancer may spread include the lining of the ab￭ dom￭ en lining of the bo￭ wel and blad￭ der lymp￭ h no￭ des lungs and liver the risk of o￭ vari￭ an cancer increases in women who have o￭ vul￭ ated more over their lifetime this includes those who have never had children those who begin ov￭ ulation at a younger age or reach men￭ op￭ ause at an older age other risk factors include hormone therapy after men￭ op￭ ause fertility medication and obesity factors that decrease risk include hormonal birth control tu￭ bal lig￭ ation and breast feeding about 10 of cases are related to inherited genetic risk women with mutations in the genes brca 1 or brca 2 have about a 50 chance of developing the disease the most common type of o￭ vari￭ an cancer comprising more than 95 of cases is o￭ vari￭ an carcin￭ oma there are five main sub￭ types of o￭ vari￭ an carcin￭ oma of which high grade ser￭ ous carcin￭ oma is the most common these tumors are believed to start in the cells covering the ov￭ aries though some may form at the fall￭ op￭ ian tubes less common types of o￭ vari￭ an cancer include germ cell tumors and sex cord st￭ rom￭ al tumors a diagnosis of o￭ vari￭ an cancer is confirmed through a biopsy of tissue usually removed during surgery screening is not recommended in women who are at average risk as evidence does not support a reduction in death and the high rate of false positive tests may lead to un￭ needed surgery which is accompanied by its own risks those at very high risk may have their ov￭ aries removed as a preventive measure if caught and treated in an early stage o￭ vari￭ an cancer may be cur￭ able treatment usually includes some combination of surgery radiation therapy and chem￭ otherapy outcomes depend on the extent of the disease and the subtype of the cancer present the overall five year survival rate in the united states is 45 outcomes are worse in the developing world in 2012 o￭ vari￭ an cancer occurred in 239 000 women and resulted in 152 000 deaths worldwide this makes it among women the seventh most common cancer and the eighth most common cause of death from cancer the typical age of diagnosis is 63 death from o￭ vari￭ an cancer is more common in north america and europe than in africa and asia
an o￭ vari￭ an cyst is a fluid filled s￭ ac within the o￭ vary often they cause no symptoms occasionally they may produce blo￭ ating lower ab￭ domin￭ al pain or lower back pain if the cyst either breaks open or causes tw￭ isting of the o￭ vary severe pain may occur this may result in v￭ om￭ iting or feeling faint the majority of cy￭ sts are however harmless most o￭ vari￭ an cy￭ sts are related to ov￭ ulation being either fol￭ lic￭ ular cy￭ sts or corpus lu￭ t￭ eu￭ m cy￭ sts other types include cy￭ sts due to end￭ ome￭ tri￭ osis der￭ mo￭ id cy￭ sts and cy￭ stad￭ en￭ om￭ as many small cy￭ sts occur in both ov￭ aries in poly￭ c￭ ys￭ tic o￭ vari￭ an syndrome pel￭ vic infl￭ am￭ matory disease may also result in cy￭ sts rarely cy￭ sts may be a form of o￭ vari￭ an cancer diagnosis is undertaken by pel￭ vic examination with an ul￭ tras￭ ound or other testing used to gather further details often cy￭ sts are simply observed over time if they cause pain medications such as par￭ acet￭ am￭ ol acet￭ amin￭ oph￭ en or i￭ bu￭ prof￭ en may be used hormonal birth control may be used to prevent further cy￭ sts in those who are frequently affected however evidence does not support birth control as a treatment of current cy￭ sts if they do not go away after several months get larger look unusual or cause pain they may be removed by surgery most women of reproductive age develop small cy￭ sts each month large cy￭ sts that cause problems occur in about 8 of women before men￭ op￭ ause o￭ vari￭ an cy￭ sts are present in about 16 of women after men￭ op￭ ause and if present are more likely to be cancer
o￭ vari￭ an cy￭ stad￭ en￭ oma is a c￭ ys￭ tic benign tumor of the o￭ vary two types are recognized ser￭ ous and m￭ uc￭ inous
o￭ vari￭ an diseases can be classified as endocrine disorders or as a disorders of the reproductive system if the egg fails to release from the fol￭ lic￭ le in the o￭ vary an o￭ vari￭ an cyst may form small o￭ vari￭ an cy￭ sts are common in healthy women some women have more fol￭ lic￭ les than usual poly￭ c￭ ys￭ tic o￭ vary syndrome which inhi￭ bits the fol￭ lic￭ les to grow normally and this will cause cycle irregularities other conditions include o￭ vari￭ an cancer lu￭ te￭ oma hypo￭ gon￭ ad￭ ism hyper￭ the￭ co￭ sis
the o￭ vari￭ an fi￭ bro￭ ma also fi￭ bro￭ ma is a benign sex cord st￭ rom￭ al tum￭ our o￭ vari￭ an fi￭ bro￭ mas represent 4 of all o￭ vari￭ an ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms they tend to occur mostly during perim￭ en￭ op￭ ause and post￭ men￭ op￭ ause the median age having been reported to be about 52 years and they are rare in children le￭ sions tend to be as￭ ymp￭ tomatic if symptoms are present the most common one is ab￭ domin￭ al pain on gross path￭ ology they are firm and white or tan on micro￭ scopic examination there are inter￭ sec￭ ting bund￭ les of spin￭ dle cells producing coll￭ agen there may be the￭ com￭ at￭ ous areas fi￭ bro￭ the￭ coma the presence of an o￭ vari￭ an fi￭ bro￭ ma can cause o￭ vari￭ an tor￭ sion in some cases
o￭ vari￭ an hyper￭ stimulation syndrome oh￭ ss is a medical condition affecting the ov￭ aries of some women who take fertility medication to stimulate egg growth most cases are mild but rarely the condition is severe and can lead to serious illness or death
o￭ vari￭ an pregnancy refers to an ec￭ topic pregnancy that is located in the o￭ vary typically the egg cell is not released or picked up at ov￭ ulation but fertili￭ zed within the o￭ vary where the pregnancy implants such a pregnancy usually does not proceed past the first four weeks of pregnancy an untreated o￭ vari￭ an pregnancy causes potentially fatal intra￭ ab￭ domin￭ al bleeding and thus may become a medical emergency
o￭ vari￭ an ser￭ ous cy￭ stad￭ en￭ oma also less precisely known as ser￭ ous cy￭ stad￭ en￭ oma is the most common o￭ vari￭ an ne￭ op￭ las￭ m representing 20 of o￭ vari￭ an ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms and is benign it has a very superficial resemblance to the most common type of o￭ vari￭ an cancer ser￭ ous carcin￭ oma of the o￭ vary under the micro￭ scope however 1 it is virtually impossible to mix up with its m￭ align￭ ant counterpart ser￭ ous carcin￭ oma and 2 does not share genetic traits of inde￭ terminate ser￭ ous tum￭ ours also called ser￭ ous borderline tum￭ ours that may transform into ser￭ ous carcin￭ oma ser￭ ous cy￭ stad￭ en￭ om￭ as of the o￭ vary are not related to ser￭ ous cy￭ stad￭ en￭ om￭ as of the pan￭ cre￭ as i e the presence of an o￭ vari￭ an or pan￭ cre￭ atic one does not suggest an increased risk for the other one
o￭ vari￭ an tor￭ sion accounts for about 3 of gy￭ ne￭ co￭ logic emergencies the incidence of o￭ vari￭ an tor￭ sion among women of all ages is 5 9 per 100 000 women and the incidence among women of reproductive age 15 – 45 years is 9 9 per 100 000 women in 70 of cases it is diagnosed in women between 20 and 39 years of age the risk is greater during pregnancy and in men￭ op￭ ause risk factors include increased length of the o￭ vari￭ an lig￭ aments patho￭ logically enlarged ov￭ aries more than 6 cm o￭ vari￭ an masses or cy￭ sts and enlarged corpus lu￭ t￭ eu￭ m in pregnancy
o￭ vari￭ an tumors or o￭ vari￭ an ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms are tumors arising from the o￭ vary they can benign or m￭ align￭ ant o￭ vari￭ an cancer
in medicine o￭ vari￭ an vein syndrome is a rare possibly not un￭ common certainly under diagnosed condition in which a dil￭ ated o￭ vari￭ an vein com￭ presses the u￭ re￭ ter the tube that brings the urine from the kidney to the blad￭ der this causes chronic or co￭ lic￭ ky ab￭ domin￭ al pain back pain and or pel￭ vic pain the pain can worsen on lying down or between ov￭ ulation and men￭ str￭ uation there can also be an increased tendency towards ur￭ inary tract infection or p￭ yel￭ on￭ eph￭ ri￭ tis kidney infection the right o￭ vari￭ an vein is most commonly involved although the disease can be left sided or affect both sides it is currently classified as a form of pel￭ vic congestion syndrome
over illumin￭ ation is the presence of lighting intensity higher than that which is appropriate for a specific activity over illumin￭ ation was commonly ignored between 1950 and 1995 especially in office and retail environments since then however the interior design community has begun to reconsider this practice over illumin￭ ation encompasses two separate concerns unnecessary electric lighting is expensive and energy intensive lighting accounts for approximately 9 of residential electricity use as of 2001 and about 40 of commercial electricity use excessive levels of artificial light may adversely affect health these detrimental effects may depend on the spectrum as well as the overall bri￭ ght￭ ness level of light over illumin￭ ation can be reduced by installing occu￭ pan￭ cy sensors using natural sunlight whenever possible turning off lights when leaving a room or changing the type of light￭ bul￭ b over illumin￭ ation does not refer to snow￭ blindness where high exposure to ultra￭ violet light causes physical damage to the eye too little light the opposite of over illumin￭ ation is associated with seasonal aff￭ ective disorder
over￭ accumulation is one of the potential causes of the crisis of capital accumulation a crisis of capital occurs due to what karl marx refers to as the internal contradictions inherent in the capitalist system which result in the re￭ configuration of production the contradiction in this situation is realized because of the condition of capitalism that requires the accumulation of capital through the continual re￭ investment of surplus value accumulation can reach a point where the re￭ investment of capital no longer produces returns when a market becomes flooded with capital a massive devaluation occurs this over accumulation is a condition that occurs when surpluses of devalued capital and labor exist side by side with seemingly no way to bring them together the inability to proc￭ ure adequate value stems from a lack of demand the term over￭ accumulation is also used in a neo￭ classical context
over￭ active blad￭ der o￭ ab also known as over￭ active blad￭ der syndrome is a condition where there is a frequent feeling of needing to ur￭ inate to a degree that it negatively affects a person s life the frequent need to ur￭ inate may occur during the day at night or both if there is loss of blad￭ der control then it is known as urge in￭ contin￭ ence more than 40 of people with over￭ active blad￭ der have in￭ contin￭ ence while about 40 to 70 of ur￭ inary in￭ contin￭ ence is due to over￭ active blad￭ der it is not life threatening most people with the condition have problems for years the cause of over￭ active blad￭ der is unknown risk factors include obesity caff￭ eine and con￭ sti￭ p￭ ation poorly controlled diabetes poor functional mobility and chronic pel￭ vic pain may worsen the symptoms people often have the symptoms for a long time before seeking treatment and the condition is sometimes identified by ca￭ reg￭ i￭ vers diagnosis is based on a person s signs and symptoms and requires other problems such as ur￭ inary tract infections or neuro￭ logical conditions to be excluded the amount of urine passed during each ur￭ ination is relatively small pain while ur￭ inating suggests that there is a problem other than over￭ active blad￭ der specific treatment is not always required if treatment is desired pel￭ vic floor exercises blad￭ der training and other behavioral methods are initially recommended weight loss in those who are overweight decreasing caff￭ eine consumption and drinking moderate fluids can also have benefits medications typically of the anti muscar￭ in￭ ic type are only recommended if other measures are not effective they are no more effective than behavioral methods however they are associated with side effects particularly in older people some non invasive electrical stimulation methods appear effective while they are in use injections of bot￭ ul￭ inum toxin into the blad￭ der is another option ur￭ inary cathe￭ ters or surgery are generally not recommended a diary to track problems can help determine whether treatments are working over￭ active blad￭ der is estimated to occur in 7 27 of men and 9 43 of women it becomes more common with age some studies suggest that the condition is more common in women especially when associated with loss of blad￭ der control economic costs of over￭ active blad￭ der were estimated in the united states at 12 6 billion usd and 4 2 billion euro in 2000
over￭ active disorder associated with mental retar￭ dation and stereo￭ ty￭ ped movements is a pervasive developmental disorder p￭ dd listed in chapter v f of the tenth revision of the international statistical classification of diseases and related health problems ic￭ d 10 its diagnostic code is f 84 4
under the marketing allo￭ tment provisions of the sugar program authorized by the 2002 farm bill p l 107 171 sec 14￭ 03 the overall allo￭ tment quantity o￭ aq is the amount of domestically produced sugar that processors of sugar cane and refiners of sugar be￭ ets can sell into the u s market during a fiscal year the 2002 farm bill requires us￭ da to set the o￭ aq using the following formula estimated sugar consumption reasonable carry￭ over or ending stocks minus 1 532 000 short tons carry in or beginning stocks what us￭ da decides is a reasonable carry￭ over stock level is closely watched by the sugar industry because of its influence on prices sugar production in excess of the o￭ aq sometimes referred to as “ blocked stocks ” cannot be marketed
over￭ bite medic￭ ally refers to the extent of vertical superior inferior overlap of the max￭ ill￭ ary central incis￭ ors over the man￭ di￭ bul￭ ar central incis￭ ors measured relative to the incis￭ al ri￭ dges the term over￭ bite does not refer to a specific condition nor is it a form of mal￭ oc￭ clu￭ sion rather an absent or excess over￭ bite would be a mal￭ oc￭ clu￭ sion normal over￭ bite is between 3 – 5 mm or approximately 20 – 30 of the height of the man￭ di￭ bul￭ ar incis￭ ors and is commonly expressed as a percentage young children commonly have a deep bite excessive over￭ bite it is not resolved during the normal growth of the max￭ illa and the man￭ di￭ ble and can get worse with time if it is not corrected it may lead to trauma and shortening the length of the teeth due to wear and the biting edges
over￭ cast or over￭ cast weather as defined by the world meteorological organization is the meteorological condition of clouds obscur￭ ing all of the sky by at least 95 percent however the total sky cover must not be entirely due to surface based obscur￭ ing phenomena such as fog over￭ cast written as ov￭ c in the met￭ ar observation is reported when the cloud cover is observed to equal eight ok￭ tas eigh￭ ths an over￭ cast sky may be explicitly identified as thin predominantly transparent but otherwise is considered opaque which always constitutes a ceiling in aviation meteor￭ ology sometimes clouds can be different colors such as black or white but over￭ cast usually refers to darker skies in some cases it can be impossible to see distinct borders of clouds or the sky may be covered by a single type of cloud such as str￭ atus and the whole sky will be a dull white periods of over￭ cast weather can range from a few hours to several days over￭ cast weather can also affect people suffering from seasonal aff￭ ective disorder the same weather when observed from above might be referred to as an under￭ cast
over￭ diagnosis is the diagnosis of disease that will never cause symptoms or death during a patient s lifetime over￭ diagnosis is a side effect of screening for early forms of disease although screening saves lives in some cases in others it may turn people into patients unnecessarily and may lead to treatments that do no good and perhaps do harm given the tremendous vari￭ ability that is normal in biology it is inherent that the more one screens the more incidental findings will be found for a large percentage of them the most appropriate medical response is to recognize them as something that does not require intervention but determining which action a particular finding warrants ignoring watchful waiting or intervention can be very difficult whether because the differential diagnosis is uncertain or because the risk ratio is uncertain risks posed by intervention namely adverse events versus risks posed by not intervening over￭ diagnosis occurs when a disease is diagnosed correctly but the diagnosis is irrelevant a correct diagnosis may be irrelevant because treatment for the disease is not available not needed or not wanted some people contend that the term over￭ diagnosis is inappropriate and that over￭ treatment is more representative of the phenomenon because most people who are diagnosed are also treated it is difficult to assess whether over￭ diagnosis has occurred in an individual over￭ diagnosis in an individual cannot be determined during life over￭ diagnosis is only certain when an individual remains untreated never develops symptoms of the disease and dies of something else thus most of the infer￭ ences about over￭ diagnosis comes from the study of populations rapidly rising rates of testing and disease diagnosis in the setting of stable rates of the feared outcome of the disease e g death are highly sugges￭ tive of over￭ diagnosis most compelling however is evidence from a random￭ ized trial of a screening test intended to detect pre clinical disease a persistent excess of detected disease in the tested group years after the trial is completed constitutes the best evidence that over￭ diagnosis has occurred although over￭ diagnosis is potentially applicable to the diagnosis of any disease its origin is in cancer screening – the systematic evaluation of as￭ ymp￭ tomatic patients to detect early forms of cancer the central harm of cancer screening is over￭ diagnosis – the detection of ab￭ norm￭ alities that meet the patho￭ logic definition of cancer under the micro￭ scope but will never progress to cause symptoms or death during a patient s lifetime
in statistics over￭ dispersion is the presence of greater vari￭ ability statistical dispersion in a data set than would be expected based on a given statistical model a common task in applied statistics is choosing a parame￭ tric model to fit a given set of empirical observations this necessitates an assessment of the fit of the chosen model it is usually possible to choose the model parameters in such a way that the theoretical population mean of the model is approximately equal to the sample mean however especially for simple models with few parameters theoretical predictions may not match empirical observations for higher moments when the observed variance is higher than the variance of a theoretical model over￭ dispersion has occurred conversely under￭ dispersion means that there was less variation in the data than predicted over￭ dispersion is a very common feature in applied data analysis because in practice populations are frequently heterogeneous non uniform contrary to the assumptions implicit within widely used simple parame￭ tric models
over￭ dominance is a condition in genetics where the phen￭ o￭ type of the hetero￭ zy￭ go￭ te lies outside the phen￭ o￭ typical range of both homo￭ zy￭ g￭ ous parents over￭ dominance can also be described as hetero￭ zy￭ go￭ te advantage where￭ in hetero￭ zy￭ g￭ ous individuals have a higher fitness than homo￭ zy￭ g￭ ous individuals an example in humans is sick￭ le cell an￭ emia this condition is determined by a single poly￭ morph￭ ism poss￭ essors of the dele￭ ter￭ ious alle￭ le have lower life expectancy with homo￭ zy￭ go￭ tes rarely reaching 50 years of age however this alle￭ le also yields some resistance to malaria thus in regions where malaria exer￭ ts or has exerted a strong selective pressure sick￭ le cell an￭ emia has been selected for its conferred partial resistance to the disease while homo￭ zy￭ go￭ tes will have either no protection from malaria or a dramatic propensity to sick￭ le cell an￭ emia hetero￭ zy￭ go￭ tes have fewer physiological effects and a partial resistance to malaria
in telecommunications over￭ fill is the condition that prevails when the numerical aper￭ ture or the beam diameter of an optical source such as a laser light emitting dio￭ de or optical fiber exceeds that of the driven element e g an optical fiber core in optical communications testing over￭ fill in both numerical aper￭ ture and mean diameter core diameter or spot size is usually required in poly￭ g￭ onal mirror scanners an over￭ filled type is one which uses each mirror fac￭ et at least in one dimension completely
over￭ flow in￭ contin￭ ence is a form of ur￭ inary in￭ contin￭ ence characterized by the involuntary release of urine from an over￭ full ur￭ inary blad￭ der often in the absence of any urge to ur￭ inate this condition occurs in people who have a block￭ age of the blad￭ der outlet benign pro￭ static hyper￭ pl￭ asia pro￭ state cancer or narrowing of the u￭ re￭ th￭ ra or when the muscle that exp￭ els urine from the blad￭ der is too weak to empty the blad￭ der normally over￭ flow in￭ contin￭ ence may also be a side effect of certain medications
over￭ general auto￭ bio￭ graphical memory og￭ m is an inability to retri￭ eve specific memories from one s auto￭ bio￭ graphical memory instead general memories are recalled such as repeated events or events occurring over broad periods for example when asked to recall a happy event a person who exhi￭ bits og￭ m may say when i was on vacation last month instead of remembering a single incident such as my high school graduation research shows a correlation between og￭ m and certain mental illnesses such as major depres￭ sive disorder m￭ dd and post￭ traumatic stress disorder pt￭ s￭ d
over￭ jet is the extent of horizontal an￭ terior poster￭ ior overlap of the max￭ ill￭ ary central incis￭ ors over the man￭ di￭ bul￭ ar central incis￭ ors in class ii division i mal￭ oc￭ clu￭ sion the over￭ jet is increased as the max￭ ill￭ ary central incis￭ ors are pro￭ tru￭ ded
an overlap syndrome is an auto￭ immune disease of connec￭ tive tissue in which a patient presents with symptoms of two or more diseases examples of overlap syndro￭ mes include mixed connec￭ tive tissue disease and s￭ cler￭ om￭ yo￭ si￭ tis diagnosis depends on which diseases the patient shows symptoms and has positive antibodies for in their lab ser￭ ology in overlap syndrome features of the following diseases are found most common listed systemic lup￭ us er￭ y￭ them￭ ato￭ sus s￭ le systemic sclerosis poly￭ my￭ osi￭ tis der￭ mat￭ om￭ yo￭ si￭ tis r￭ heu￭ mato￭ id ar￭ thri￭ tis ra sjö￭ gre￭ n s syndrome e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ osis with pol￭ yan￭ gi￭ i￭ tis eg￭ pa auto￭ immune thyro￭ idi￭ tis anti￭ phosp￭ holi￭ pid anti￭ body syndrome the treatment of overlap syndrome is mainly based on the use of cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ster￭ oids and immun￭ o￭ sup￭ pres￭ s￭ ants bio￭ logic drugs i e anti tn￭ f￭ α or anti cd 20 mono￭ cl￭ onal antibodies have been recently introduced as alternative treatments in refrac￭ tory cases there are some concerns with the use of anti tn￭ f agents in patients with systemic auto￭ immune diseases due to the risk of triggering disease exacerb￭ ations
an overlapping circles grid is a geome￭ tric pattern of repeating overlapping circles of equal rad￭ ii in two dimensional space the two most common designs are based on circles centered on tri￭ ang￭ ular and square lat￭ tice pattern of points patterns of seven overlapping circles appear in historical ar￭ te￭ facts from the 8 th century bc onwards they are found on a cypr￭ o archaic i cup of the 8 th 7 th century bc in cyprus at the temple of osi￭ ris at aby￭ dos in ancient egypt and on roman mo￭ sa￭ ics for example at her￭ od s palace in the 1 st century bc the patterns are used extensively to construct gi￭ ri￭ h decor￭ ations including 6 and 12 pointed stars in islamic art patterns based on a square grid of overlapping circles are found in quil￭ t design in ancient egypt as noted in the 18￭ 56 book the gr￭ ammar of ornam￭ ent and in the hindu temple at pr￭ am￭ ban￭ an in j￭ ava
the over￭ man re￭ arrangement is a chemical reaction that can be described as a cla￭ is￭ en re￭ arrangement of all￭ yl￭ ic alcohol￭ s to give all￭ yl￭ ic trichlor￭ o￭ acet￭ am￭ ides through an im￭ id￭ ate intermediate the over￭ man re￭ arrangement was discovered in 1974 by larry over￭ man the over￭ man re￭ arrangement the 3 3 sig￭ mat￭ ro￭ pic re￭ arrangement is di￭ ast￭ ere￭ o￭ selective and requires heating or the use of h￭ g ii or pd ii salts as cataly￭ sts the resulting all￭ yl￭ amine structures can be transformed into many chemically and bio￭ logically important natural and un natural amino acids like 1 adam￭ an￭ ty￭ l gly￭ cine the over￭ man re￭ arrangement may also be used for asymmetric synthesis
over￭ modulation is the condition that prevails in telecommunication when the instan￭ taneous level of the mod￭ ulating signal exceeds the value necessary to produce 100 modulation of the carrier in the sense of this definition it is almost always considered a fault condition in lay￭ man s terms the signal is going off the scale over￭ modulation results in sp￭ urious emissions by the mod￭ ulated carrier and distortion of the recovered mod￭ ulating signal this means that the envelope of the output wa￭ ve￭ form is distorted although over￭ modulation is sometimes considered permissible it should not occur in practice a distorted wa￭ ve￭ form envelope will result in a distorted output signal of the receiving medium
in electro￭ chemistry over￭ potential is the potential difference voltage between a half reaction s thermo￭ dynam￭ ically determined reduction potential and the potential at which the re￭ do￭ x event is experim￭ entally observed the term is directly related to a cell s voltage efficiency in an electro￭ ly￭ tic cell the existence of over￭ potential implies the cell requires more energy than thermo￭ dynam￭ ically expected to drive a reaction in a galvan￭ ic cell the existence of over￭ potential means less energy is recovered than thermo￭ dynamics predicts in each case the extra missing energy is lost as heat the quantity of over￭ potential is specific to each cell design and varies across cells and operational conditions even for the same reaction over￭ potential is experim￭ entally determined by measuring the potential at which a given current density typically small is achieved
over￭ pressure or blast over￭ pressure is the pressure caused by a shock wave over and above normal atmospheric pressure the shock wave may be caused by son￭ ic boom or by explosion and the resulting over￭ pressure receives particular attention when measuring the effects of nuclear weapons or thermo￭ bar￭ ic bombs
an overriding a￭ or￭ ta is a con￭ genital heart defect where the a￭ or￭ ta is positioned directly over a ven￭ tric￭ ular sep￭ tal defect v￭ s￭ d instead of over the left ven￭ tric￭ le the result is that the a￭ or￭ ta receives some blood from the right ven￭ tric￭ le causing mixing of oxy￭ genated and de￭ oxy￭ genated blood and thereby reducing the amount of oxygen delivered to the tissues it is one of the four findings in the classic tetr￭ alo￭ gy of fal￭ lot the other three findings are right ven￭ tric￭ ular outflow tract r￭ vo￭ t obstruction most often sub￭ pul￭ mon￭ ary sten￭ osis right ven￭ tric￭ ular hyper￭ tro￭ phy r￭ v￭ h and ven￭ tric￭ ular sep￭ tal defect v￭ s￭ d
an over￭ shooting top or penetr￭ ating top is a dom￭ e like pro￭ tru￭ sion that shoots out of the top of the an￭ vi￭ l of a thunder￭ storm when an over￭ shooting top is present for 10 minutes or longer it is a strong indication that the thunder￭ storm may be severe
over￭ speed is the aircraft flight condition when the air￭ speed exceeds a safe limitation this is hazardous as it may damage the flight control surfaces or air￭ frame never exceed speed maximum speed for stability characteristics maximum operating limit speed maximum fl￭ ap extended speed maximum landing gear extended speed maximum landing gear operating speed
over￭ speed is a condition in which an engine is allowed or forced to turn beyond its design limit the consequences of running an engine too fast vary by engine type and model and depend upon several factors chief amongst them the duration of the over￭ speed and by the speed attained with some engines even a mom￭ entary over￭ speed can result in greatly reduced engine life or even catastrophic failure the speed of an engine is ordinarily measured in revolutions per minute r￭ pm
overtime is the amount of time someone works beyond normal working hours the term is also used for the pay received for this time normal hours may be determined in several ways by custom what is considered healthy or reasonable by society by practices of a given trade or profession by legislation by agreement between employers and workers or their representatives most nations have overtime labour laws designed to dissu￭ ade or prevent employers from forcing their employees to work excessively long hours these laws may take into account other considerations than the humanitarian such as preserving the health of workers so that they may continue to be productive or increasing the overall level of employment in the economy one common approach to regulating overtime is to require employers to pay workers at a higher hourly rate for overtime work companies may choose to pay workers higher overtime pay even if not obliged to do so by law particularly if they believe that they face a backward b￭ ending supply curve of labour overtime pay rates can cause workers to work longer hours than they would at a flat hourly rate overtime laws attitudes toward overtime and hours of work vary greatly from country to country and between different economic sectors
overview and scrutiny is a function of local authorities in england and wales it was introduced by the local government act 2000 which created separate executive and overview and scrutiny functions within councils councils operating executive arrangements are required to create an overview and scrutiny committee which is composed of councill￭ ors who are not on the executive committee or cabinet of that council overview and scrutiny committees are required to meet the rules on proportionality defined in the local government and housing act 1989 i e the committee must reflect the respective sizes of the political groups on the council councils in england which use the committee system are not required to establish an overview and scrutiny committee but may do so if they wish there is no national standard or prescription on the committee structure that councils adopt to satisfy these legislative requirements a wide variety of designations and structures are in use ranging from single committees to multiple committees with sub committees structures have no significant impact on the overall effectiveness of the scrutiny function in individual authorities the law relating to overview and scrutiny is slightly different in england wales and northern ireland in scotland councils all operate under the committee system although some incorporate policy development groups which perform similar functions to overview and scrutiny committees
overweight is having more body fat than is optim￭ ally healthy being overweight is common especially where food supplies are plentiful and lifestyles are sed￭ entary excess weight has reached epidemic proportions globally with more than 1 billion adults being either overweight or ob￭ ese in 2003 in 2013 this increased to more than 2 billion increases have been observed across all age groups a healthy body requires a minimum amount of fat for proper functioning of the hormonal reproductive and immune systems as thermal insulation as shock absorption for sensitive areas and as energy for future use but the accumulation of too much storage fat can impair movement flexibility and alter appearance of the body
ovine rin￭ der￭ pest also commonly known as pe￭ ste des peti￭ ts ruminants pp￭ r is a contagious disease affecting goats and sheep in africa from the tropic of cancer to the equ￭ ator the middle east and the indian sub￭ continent but since june 2008 the disease invaded morocco which indicates a crossing of the natural barrier of the sahara it is caused by a species of the mor￭ bil￭ li￭ virus genus of viruses the disease is highly contagious and has roughly an 80 percent mortality rate in acute cases
ow￭ l s eye appearance is a pattern in medical radi￭ ology and hist￭ opath￭ ology and may refer to ow￭ l s eye appearance of inclusion bodies which is highly specific for cy￭ tom￭ eg￭ alo￭ virus infection ow￭ l s eye appearance of entire nucleus a finding in reed – ster￭ n￭ berg cells in individuals with ho￭ dg￭ kin s lymp￭ homa ow￭ l s eye appearance of the l￭ enti￭ form nucleus of the bas￭ al gang￭ lia on head ct scan images in individuals with cere￭ br￭ al hypo￭ x￭ ia
ox￭ f￭ end￭ azole is a broad spectrum ben￭ zim￭ id￭ azole anth￭ el￭ min￭ tic its main use is for protecting livestock against round￭ worm stron￭ gy￭ les and pin￭ worms ox￭ f￭ end￭ azole is the sul￭ fo￭ x￭ ide metabol￭ ite of fen￭ bend￭ azole ox￭ f￭ end￭ azole is an anth￭ el￭ min￭ tic wor￭ mer compound used in veterinary practice it comes under the chemical class of the ben￭ zim￭ id￭ az￭ oles this drug is barely used in horses goats sheep and cattle it is very scarcely applied on dogs and cats the drug for livestock is maj￭ or￭ ly available in the form of pills tablets d￭ ren￭ ches bol￭ us etc they are meant for oral consumption several d￭ ren￭ ches are allowed for intr￭ ar￭ u￭ min￭ al injection in some of the countries few countries also prefer injec￭ tables and pour ons for pet dogs the drug is available in the form of d￭ ren￭ ches
rivalry between the universities of oxford and cambridge is a phenomenon going back many centuries during most of that time they were the only two universities in england and wales making the rivalry more intense than it is now the university of oxford and the university of cambridge sometimes collectively known as ox￭ bridge are the two oldest universities in the united kingdom both were founded more than 800 years ago and between them they have produced a large number of britain s most prominent scientists writers and politicians as well as noted figures in many other fields competition between oxford and cambridge also has a long history dating back to around 1208 when cambridge was founded by scholars taking refuge from hostile town￭ smen in oxford
the oxid￭ ation of primary alcohol￭ s to car￭ box￭ yl￭ ic acids is an important oxid￭ ation reaction in organic chemistry when a primary alcohol is converted to a car￭ box￭ yl￭ ic acid the terminal carbon atom increases its oxid￭ ation state by four oxid￭ ants able to perform this operation in complex organic molecules featuring other oxid￭ ation sensitive functional groups must possess substantial selectivity the most common oxid￭ ants are potassium perman￭ gan￭ ate k￭ m￭ no 4 jones re￭ agent p￭ cc in d￭ m￭ f he￭ y￭ ns oxid￭ ation ruth￭ en￭ ium te￭ tro￭ x￭ ide ru￭ o 4 and temp￭ o oxid￭ ation of primary alcohol￭ s to car￭ box￭ yl￭ ic acids
the oxid￭ ation of secondary alcohol￭ s to ke￭ tones is an important oxid￭ ation reaction in organic chemistry when a secondary alcohol is ox￭ i￭ dis￭ ed it is converted to a ke￭ tone the hydrogen from the hydrox￭ yl group is lost along with the hydrogen bon￭ ded to the second carbon the remaining oxygen then forms double bonds with the carbon this leaves a ke￭ tone as r 1 – cor 2 ke￭ tones cannot normally be ox￭ i￭ dis￭ ed any further because this would involve breaking a c – c bond which requires too much energy the reaction can occur using a variety of oxid￭ ants
oxid￭ ative coupling in chemistry is a coupling reaction of two molecular entities through an oxid￭ ative process usually cataly￭ sed by a transition metal compound and involving diox￭ y￭ gen as the oxid￭ ant a relevant ali￭ ph￭ atic coupling reaction is the oxid￭ ative coupling of methane
the oxid￭ ative coupling of methane oc￭ m is a type of chemical reaction discovered in the 1980 s for the direct conversion of natural gas primarily consisting of methane into value added chemicals direct conversion of methane into other useful products is one of the most challenging subjects to be studied in heterogeneous catal￭ ysis methane activation is difficult because of its thermo￭ dynamic stability with a noble gas like electronic configuration the te￭ tra￭ he￭ dr￭ al arrangement of strong c – h bonds 435 k￭ j mol offer no functional group magnetic moments or polar distribu￭ tions to undergo chemical attack this makes methane less reactive than nearly all of its conversion products limiting efficient utilization of natural gas the world ’ s most abundant petro￭ chemical resource
oxid￭ ative dec￭ ar￭ box￭ yl￭ ation reactions are oxid￭ ation reactions in which a car￭ box￭ y￭ late group is removed forming carbon dioxide they often occur in biological systems there are many examples in the cit￭ ric acid cycle
the expansive force of ru￭ sting which may be called oxide j￭ acking or r￭ ust burst is a phenomenon that can cause damage to structures made of stone masonry concrete or ceram￭ ics and reinforced with metal components a definition is the displacement of building elements due to the expansion of iron and steel products as the metal ru￭ sts and becomes iron oxide corro￭ sion of other metals such as aluminum can also cause oxide j￭ acking
an ox￭ o di￭ els – al￭ der reaction also called an ox￭ a di￭ els – al￭ der reaction is an organic reaction and a variation of the di￭ els – al￭ der reaction in which a suitable di￭ ene reacts with an alde￭ hyde to form a di￭ hydro￭ py￭ ran ring this reaction is of some importance to synthetic organic chemistry ox￭ o di￭ els – al￭ der reaction general the ox￭ o da reaction was first reported in 1949 using a meth￭ yl￭ pent￭ adi￭ ene and form￭ alde￭ hyde as re￭ ac￭ tants ox￭ o di￭ els – al￭ der reaction gre￭ sham 1949 asymmetric ox￭ o da reactions including catalytic reactions are well known many strategies rely on coordinating a chir￭ al lewis acid to the carbon￭ yl group
an ox￭ yan￭ ion hole is a pocket in the active site of an enzyme that stabili￭ zes transition state negative charge on a de￭ pro￭ ton￭ ated oxygen or al￭ ko￭ x￭ ide the pocket typically consists of backbone am￭ ides or positively charged residues stabilising the transition state lowers the activation energy necessary for the reaction and so promotes catal￭ ysis for example prote￭ ases such as ch￭ y￭ mo￭ try￭ p￭ sin contain an ox￭ i￭ an￭ ion hole to stabilise the te￭ tra￭ he￭ dr￭ al intermediate an￭ ion formed during prote￭ ol￭ ysis additionally it may allow for insertion or positioning of a sub￭ str￭ ate which would suffer from ster￭ ic hindrance if it could not occupy the hole such as b￭ pg in h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in enzymes that cataly￭ se multi step reactions can have multiple ox￭ yan￭ ion holes that stabilise different transition states in the reaction
oxy￭ cephal￭ y also known as tur￭ ric￭ ep￭ hal￭ y acro￭ cephal￭ y hyp￭ sic￭ ep￭ hal￭ y oxy￭ ce￭ ph￭ alia steep￭ le head tower head tower skull high head syndrome and tur￭ m￭ sch￭ ä￭ del is a type of cephal￭ ic disorder where the top of the skull is pointed or con￭ ical due to premature closure of the cor￭ onal su￭ ture plus any other su￭ ture like the lam￭ b￭ do￭ id or it may be used to describe the premature fusion of all su￭ tures it should be differentiated from c￭ rou￭ z￭ on syndrome oxy￭ cephal￭ y is the most severe of the cran￭ io￭ sy￭ no￭ sto￭ ses
oxygen toxicity is a condition resulting from the harmful effects of breathing molecular oxygen o 2 at increased partial pressures it is also known as oxygen toxicity syndrome oxygen in￭ tox￭ ication and oxygen poisoning historically the central nervous system condition was called the paul bert effect and the pul￭ mon￭ ary condition the lor￭ rain smith effect after the researchers who pione￭ ered its discovery and description in the late 19 th century severe cases can result in cell damage and death with effects most often seen in the central nervous system lungs and eyes oxygen toxicity is a concern for underwater di￭ vers those on high concentrations of supplem￭ ental oxygen particularly premature babies and those undergoing hyper￭ bar￭ ic oxygen therapy the result of breathing increased partial pressures of oxygen is hyper￭ ox￭ ia an excess of oxygen in body tissues the body is affected in different ways depending on the type of exposure central nervous system toxicity is caused by short exposure to high partial pressures of oxygen at greater than atmospheric pressure pul￭ mon￭ ary and oc￭ ular toxicity result from longer exposure to increased oxygen levels at normal pressure symptoms may include dis￭ orientation breathing problems and vision changes such as myop￭ ia prolonged exposure to above normal oxygen partial pressures or shorter exposures to very high partial pressures can cause oxid￭ ative damage to cell memb￭ ran￭ es collapse of the al￭ ve￭ oli in the lungs re￭ tin￭ al det￭ achment and seizures oxygen toxicity is managed by reducing the exposure to increased oxygen levels studies show that in the long term a robust recovery from most types of oxygen toxicity is possible protocols for avoidance of the effects of hyper￭ ox￭ ia exist in fields where oxygen is breath￭ ed at higher than normal partial pressures including underwater diving using compressed breathing gases hyper￭ bar￭ ic medicine ne￭ on￭ atal care and human spac￭ ef￭ light these protocols have resulted in the increasing r￭ arity of seizures due to oxygen toxicity with pul￭ mon￭ ary and oc￭ ular damage being mainly confined to the problems of managing premature infants in recent years oxygen has become available for recreational use in oxygen bars the us food and drug administration has warned those suffering from problems such as heart or lung disease not to use oxygen bars s￭ cuba di￭ vers use breathing gases containing up to 100 oxygen and should have specific training in using such gases
in diving the oxygen window is the difference between the partial pressure of oxygen pp￭ o 2 in arter￭ ial blood and the pp￭ o 2 in body tissues it is caused by metabol￭ ic consumption of oxygen the term oxygen window was first used by albert r beh￭ n￭ ke in 1967 beh￭ n￭ ke refers to early work by mom￭ sen on partial pressure vacancy pp￭ v where he used partial pressures of oxygen and heli￭ um as high as 2 – 3 ata to create a maxim￭ al pp￭ v beh￭ n￭ ke then goes on to describe is￭ ob￭ ar￭ ic inert gas transport or inherent un￭ satur￭ ation as termed by lem￭ ess￭ ur￭ ier and hills and separately by hills who made their independent observations at the same time van lie￭ w et al also made a similar observation that they did not name at the time the clinical significance of their work was later shown by s￭ ass the oxygen window effect in de￭ compression is described in diving medical texts and the limits reviewed by van lie￭ w et al in 1993 van lie￭ w et al describe the measurements important to evaluating the oxygen window as well as simplify the assumptions available for the existing complex anatom￭ ical and physiological situation to provide calculations over a wide range of exposures of the oxygen window
oxy￭ mercur￭ ation followed by reduc￭ tive demer￭ cur￭ ation is called an oxy￭ mercur￭ ation – reduction reaction or oxy￭ mercur￭ ation – demer￭ cur￭ ation reaction this reaction which is almost always done in practice instead of oxy￭ mercur￭ ation is treated at the conclusion of the article
the ozone depletion potential od￭ p of a chemical compound is the relative amount of degradation to the ozone layer it can cause with trichlor￭ o￭ fluor￭ omethane r 11 or cf￭ c 11 being fixed at an od￭ p of 1 0 chloro￭ di￭ fluor￭ omethane r 22 for example has an od￭ p of 0 05 cf￭ c 11 or r 11 has the maximum potential amongst chloro￭ carbons because of the presence of three chlorine atoms in the mol￭ ecu￭ le the first proposal of od￭ p came from wu￭ eb￭ bles in 1983 it was defined as a measure of destructive effects of a substance compared to a reference substance precisely od￭ p of a given substance is defined as the ratio of global loss of ozone due to given substance over the global loss of ozone due to cf￭ c 11 of the same mass od￭ p can be estimated from the structure of a given substance chlorofluorocarbons have od￭ ps roughly equal to 1 bro￭ min￭ ated substances have usually higher od￭ ps in range 5 15 because of more aggressive bro￭ mine reaction with ozone hydrochlorofluorocarbons have od￭ ps mostly in range 0 005 0 2 due to the presence of the hydrogen which causes them to react readily in the tro￭ po￭ sphere therefore reducing their chance to reach the str￭ ato￭ sphere hydro￭ fluorocarbons h￭ fc have no chlorine content so their od￭ p is essentially zero od￭ p is often used in conjunction with a compound s global warming potential gw￭ p as a measure of how environmentally detrimental it can be gw￭ p represents the potential of a substance to contribute to global warming in a broad sense halo￭ al￭ kan￭ es that contain no hydrogen are stable in the tro￭ po￭ sphere and de￭ com￭ pose only in the str￭ ato￭ sphere those compounds that contain hydrogen also react with oh radicals and can therefore be de￭ composed in the tro￭ po￭ sphere as well the ozone depletion potential increases with the heavier hal￭ ogens since the c x bond strength is lower note the trend of the c￭ cl￭ f 2 x series in the table below
oz￭ on￭ ol￭ ysis is an organic reaction where the un￭ saturated bonds of al￭ ken￭ es al￭ ky￭ nes or az￭ o compounds are cle￭ a￭ ved with ozone al￭ ken￭ es and al￭ ky￭ nes form organic compounds in which the multiple carbon – carbon bond has been replaced by a carbon￭ yl group while az￭ o compounds form nitro￭ sam￭ ines the outcome of the reaction depends on the type of multiple bond being ox￭ idi￭ zed and the work up conditions
in mathematics a p adic ze￭ ta function or more generally a p adic l function is a function analogous to the ri￭ emann ze￭ ta function or more general l functions but whose domain and target are p adic where p is a prime number for example the domain could be the p adic inte￭ gers z￭ p a pro￭ finite p group or a p adic family of g￭ alo￭ is representations and the image could be the p adic numbers q￭ p or its al￭ ge￭ bra￭ ic closure the source of a p adic l function tends to be one of two types the first source — from which tom￭ io ku￭ bo￭ ta and hein￭ rich wolfgang le￭ o￭ pol￭ dt gave the first construction of a p adic l function — is via the p adic inter￭ pol￭ ation of special values of l functions for example ku￭ bo￭ ta – le￭ o￭ pol￭ dt used kum￭ mer s con￭ gru￭ ences for ber￭ nou￭ lli numbers to construct a p adic l function the p adic ri￭ emann ze￭ ta function ζ￭ p s whose values at negative odd inte￭ gers are those of the ri￭ emann ze￭ ta function at negative odd inte￭ gers up to an explicit correction factor p adic l functions arising in this fashion are typically referred to as analy￭ tic p adic l functions the other major source of p adic l functions — first discovered by ken￭ kic￭ hi i￭ was￭ awa — is from the arithmetic of cyclo￭ tom￭ ic fields or more generally certain g￭ alo￭ is modules over towers of cyclo￭ tom￭ ic fields or even more general towers a p adic l function arising in this way is typically called an arithmetic p adic l function as it en￭ codes arithmetic data of the g￭ alo￭ is module involved the main con￭ jec￭ ture of i￭ was￭ awa theory now a theore￭ m due to barry ma￭ zur and andrew wi￭ les is the statement that the ku￭ bo￭ ta – le￭ o￭ pol￭ dt p adic l function and an arithmetic analogue constructed by i￭ was￭ awa theory are essentially the same in more general situations where both analy￭ tic and arithmetic p adic l functions are constructed or expected the statement that they agree is called the main con￭ jec￭ ture of i￭ was￭ awa theory for that situation such con￭ jec￭ tures represent formal statements concerning the philosophy that special values of l functions contain arithmetic information
in mathematics the p adic gam￭ ma function γ￭ p s is a function of a p adic variable s analogous to the gam￭ ma function it was first explicitly defined by though pointed out that implicitly used the same function defined a p adic analo￭ g g￭ p s of log γ s had previously given a definition of a different p adic analogue of the gam￭ ma function but his function does not have satisfactory properties and is not used much
p factor also known as asymmetric blade effect and asymmetric dis￭ c effect is an aerod￭ y￭ nam￭ ic phenomenon experienced by a moving prop￭ eller that is responsible for the asymmetrical relocation of the prop￭ eller s center of thrust when an aircraft is at a high angle of attack this shift in the location of the center of thrust will exert a y￭ aw￭ ing moment on the aircraft causing it to y￭ aw slightly to one side a ru￭ dder input is required to counteract the y￭ aw￭ ing tendency
in frequ￭ enti￭ st statistics the p value is a function of the observed sample results a test statistic relative to a statistical model which measures how extreme the observation is statistical hypothesis testing making use of p values are commonly used in many fields of science and social sciences such as economics political science psychology biology criminal justice and crimin￭ ology and soci￭ ology their misuse has been a matter of considerable controversy
pedi￭ atric auto￭ immune neuro￭ psychiatric disorders associated with st￭ rep￭ to￭ coc￭ cal infections pand￭ as describes a hypothesis that there exists a sub￭ set of children with rapid onset of obs￭ essive compul￭ sive disorder oc￭ d or tic disorders and these symptoms are caused by group a beta hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic st￭ rep￭ to￭ coc￭ cal gab￭ hs infections the proposed link between infection and these disorders is that an initial auto￭ immune reaction to a gab￭ hs infection produces antibodies that interfere with bas￭ al gang￭ lia function causing symptom exacerb￭ ations it has been proposed that this auto￭ immune response can result in a broad range of neuro￭ psychiatric symptoms the pand￭ as hypothesis was based on observations in clinical case studies at the us national institutes of health and in subsequent clinical trials where children appeared to have dramatic and sudden oc￭ d exacerb￭ ations and tic disorders following infections there is supportive evidence for the link between st￭ rep￭ to￭ co￭ cc￭ us infection and onset in some cases of oc￭ d and tics but proof of caus￭ ality has remained elusive the pand￭ as hypothesis is controversial whether it is a distinct entity differing from other cases of tou￭ ret￭ te syndrome ts oc￭ d is debated pand￭ as has not been validated as a disease entity it is not listed as a diagnosis by the international statistical classification of diseases and related health problems ic￭ d or the diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders dsm
papa syndrome is an acron￭ ym for py￭ ogenic ar￭ thri￭ tis py￭ o￭ der￭ ma gan￭ gre￭ no￭ sum and ac￭ ne it is a rare genetic disorder characterised by its effects on skin and joints
pas￭ li disease is a rare genetic disorder of the immune system pas￭ li stands for “ p 110 delta activating mutation causing sen￭ es￭ cent t cells lymp￭ had￭ en￭ opathy and immun￭ o￭ deficiency ” the immun￭ o￭ deficiency manifests as recurrent infections usually starting in childhood these include bacterial infections of the respiratory system and chronic vi￭ re￭ mia due to ep￭ stein bar￭ r virus eb￭ v and or cy￭ tom￭ eg￭ alo￭ virus c￭ mv individuals with pas￭ li disease also have an increased risk of eb￭ v associated lymp￭ homa investigators carri￭ e lucas michael len￭ ardo and gul￭ bu uz￭ el at the national institute of allergy and infectious diseases at the u s national institutes of health and serge￭ y ne￭ j￭ ent￭ se￭ v at the university of cambridge uk simultaneously described a mutation causing this condition which they called activated pi 3 k delta syndrome ap￭ ds
p￭ b￭ k￭ df 2 password based key deri￭ vation function 2 is part of r￭ sa laboratories public key cry￭ pto￭ graphy standards p￭ k￭ cs series specifically p￭ k￭ cs 5 v 2 0 also published as internet engineering task force s it replaces an earlier key deri￭ vation function p￭ b￭ k￭ df 1 which could only produce derived keys up to 160 bits long
the p￭ co 2 is the partial pressure of carbon dioxide co 2 in the blood usually the arter￭ ial blood is the relevant context the symbol for p￭ co 2 in arter￭ ial blood is pac￭ o 2 measurement of pac￭ o 2 in the systemic circulation indicates the effectiveness of ventilation at the lungs al￭ ve￭ oli given the diff￭ using capacity of the gas it is a good indicator of respiratory function and the closely related factor of acid – base home￭ ost￭ asis reflecting the amount of acid in the blood without lac￭ tic acid
pe￭ ho syndrome is a progressive encephalopathy with e￭ dem￭ a hy￭ ps￭ arr￭ hy￭ th￭ mia and op￭ tic atro￭ phy it is a very rare disease one of the finnish heritage diseases and has been reported also in dutch and swiss infants it has been suggested that it may also be present in australian and american populations
pel￭ vis syndrome is a con￭ genital condition characterized by per￭ ine￭ al hem￭ an￭ gi￭ oma external gen￭ italia mal￭ formations li￭ po￭ my￭ el￭ omen￭ in￭ go￭ ce￭ le ve￭ si￭ co￭ ren￭ al ab￭ norm￭ alities imper￭ for￭ ate an￭ us and skin tag
poster￭ ior fo￭ ssa mal￭ formations – hem￭ an￭ gi￭ om￭ as – arter￭ ial anomalies – cardiac defects – eye ab￭ norm￭ alities – ster￭ nal cle￭ ft and supr￭ au￭ m￭ bil￭ ical rap￭ he syndrome also known as ph￭ aces syndrome is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by multiple con￭ genital ab￭ norm￭ alities ph￭ ace syndrome should be considered in infants with large pla￭ que type facial hem￭ an￭ gi￭ om￭ as children presenting with this der￭ mato￭ logic manifestation should receive careful oph￭ thal￭ mo￭ logic cardiac and neuro￭ logic assessment according to one study in infants with large hem￭ ag￭ i￭ om￭ as one third have ex￭ trac￭ u￭ taneous manifestations consistent with the diagnosis of ph￭ ace syndrome the most common are cere￭ bro￭ vascular and cardiovascular anomalies
p￭ j￭ w has￭ h function is a non cry￭ pto￭ graphic has￭ h function created by peter j we￭ in￭ berger of at t bell labs
po￭ ems syndrome also known as crow – fu￭ k￭ ase syndrome tak￭ at￭ su￭ ki disease or pe￭ p syndrome is a rare medical syndrome it is defined as the combination of a plasma cell prolifer￭ ative disorder typically my￭ el￭ oma pol￭ yn￭ euro￭ pa￭ thy and effects on many other organ systems it begins in middle age – the average age at onset is 50 – and affects up to twice as many men as women
in complexity theory pp is the class of decision problems sol￭ vable by a prob￭ abil￭ istic turing machine in poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al time with an error probability of less than 1 2 for all instances the abbreviation pp refers to prob￭ abil￭ istic poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al time the complexity class was defined by gill in 1977 if a decision problem is in pp then there is an algori￭ thm for it that is allowed to flip coins and make random decisions it is guaranteed to run in poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al time if the answer is yes the algori￭ thm will answer yes with probability more than 1 2 if the answer is no the algori￭ thm will answer yes with probability less than or equal to 1 2 in more practical terms it is the class of problems that can be solved to any fixed degree of accuracy by running a random￭ ized poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al time algori￭ thm a sufficient but bounded number of times an alternative characterization of pp is the set of problems that can be solved by a non￭ deter￭ minis￭ tic turing machine in poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al time where the acceptance condition is that a majority more than half of compu￭ tation paths accept because of this some authors have suggested the alternative name majority p
pu￭ va induced acro￭ bull￭ ous der￭ mat￭ osis is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by the sudden occurrence of tense bl￭ is￭ ters usually on the dis￭ tal extre￭ mi￭ ties during long term pu￭ va therapy
a pu￭ va ker￭ at￭ osis is a pre￭ can￭ cer￭ ous ker￭ ato￭ tic skin le￭ sion that arises from exposure to p￭ sor￭ al￭ en plus ultra￭ violet a light therapy
pu￭ va l￭ enti￭ gin￭ es are a cu￭ taneous condition caused by pu￭ va therapy
the p versus n￭ p problem is a major unsolved problem in computer science informally speaking it asks whether every problem whose solution can be quickly verified by a computer can also be quickly solved by a computer the first mention of the underlying problem occurred in a 1956 letter written by kurt gö￭ del to john von neu￭ mann gö￭ del asked whether theore￭ m proving now known to be co n￭ p complete could be solved in quad￭ r￭ atic or linear time the precise statement of the p versus n￭ p problem was introduced in 1971 by stephen cook in his sem￭ inal paper the complexity of theore￭ m proving procedures and is considered by many to be the most important open problem in the field it is one of the seven millennium prize problems selected by the clay mathematics institute to carry a us 1 000 000 prize for the first correct solution the informal term quickly used above means the existence of an algori￭ thm solving the task that runs in poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al time such that the time to complete the task varies as a poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al function on the size of the input to the algori￭ thm as opposed to say exponential time the general class of questions for which some algori￭ thm can provide an answer in poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al time is called class p or just p for some questions there is no known way to find an answer quickly but if one is provided with information showing what the answer is it is possible to verify the answer quickly the class of questions for which an answer can be verified in poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al time is called n￭ p which stands for non￭ deter￭ minis￭ tic poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al time consider the sub￭ set sum problem an example of a problem that is easy to verify but whose answer may be difficult to compu￭ te given a set of inte￭ gers does some non￭ empty sub￭ set of them sum to 0 for instance does a sub￭ set of the set − 2 − 3 15 14 7 − 10 add up to 0 the answer yes because the sub￭ set − 2 − 3 − 10 15 adds up to zero can be quickly verified with three additions there is no known algori￭ thm to find such a sub￭ set in poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al time there is one however in exponential time which consists of 2 n n 1 tries but such an algori￭ thm exists if p n￭ p hence this problem is in n￭ p quickly check￭ able but not necessarily in p quickly sol￭ vable an answer to the p n￭ p question would determine whether problems that can be verified in poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al time like the sub￭ set sum problem can also be solved in poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al time if it turned out that p ≠ n￭ p it would mean that there are problems in n￭ p such as n￭ p complete problems that are harder to compu￭ te than to verify they could not be solved in poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al time but the answer could be verified in poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al time aside from being an important problem in compu￭ tational theory a proof either way would have profound implications for mathematics cry￭ pto￭ graphy algori￭ thm research artificial intelligence game theory multimedia processing philosophy economics and many other fields
the pa￭ al – k￭ nor￭ r synthesis in organic chemistry is a reaction that generates either fur￭ ans py￭ r￭ roles or thi￭ op￭ hen￭ es from 1 4 di￭ ke￭ tones it is a synthe￭ tically valuable method for obtaining substituted fur￭ ans and py￭ r￭ roles common structural components of many natural products it was initially reported independently by german chem￭ ists carl pa￭ al and lud￭ wig k￭ nor￭ r in 18￭ 84 as a method for the preparation of fur￭ ans and has been adapted for py￭ r￭ roles and thi￭ op￭ hen￭ es although the pa￭ al – k￭ nor￭ r synthesis has seen widespread use the mechanism wasn t fully understood until it was elu￭ ci￭ dated by v amar￭ n￭ ath et al in the 1990 s the fur￭ an synthesis requires an acid catalyst pa￭ al – k￭ nor￭ r fur￭ an synthesis in the py￭ r￭ role synthesis a primary amine participates pa￭ al – k￭ nor￭ r py￭ r￭ role synthesis and in that of thi￭ op￭ hen￭ e for instance the compound phosphorus pent￭ as￭ ul￭ fide pa￭ al k￭ nor￭ r thi￭ op￭ hen￭ e synthesis
pac￭ emaker failure is the inability of an impl￭ anted artificial pac￭ emaker to perform its intended function of regulating the beating of the heart it is defined by the requirement of repeat surgical pac￭ emaker related procedure after the initial implan￭ tation a study of pac￭ emaker failure in oregon in the 1970 s indicates that 10 of impl￭ anted pac￭ emakers failed within the first month causes of pac￭ emaker failure included lead related failure lead migration lead frac￭ ture ven￭ tric￭ ular per￭ for￭ ation unit mal￭ function battery failure or component mal￭ function problems at the insertion site infections tissue breakdown battery pack migration failures related to exposure to high voltage electricity or high intensity micro￭ waves and a miscellaneous category one patient had ven￭ tric￭ ular t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia when using his electric razor and another patient had persistent pac￭ ing of the di￭ aphr￭ ag￭ m muscle
in the pac￭ emaking cells of the heart e g the sin￭ o￭ atri￭ al no￭ de the pac￭ emaker potential also called the pac￭ emaker current is the slow positive increase in voltage across the cell s memb￭ rane the memb￭ rane potential that occurs between the end of one action potential and the beginning of the next action potential this increase in memb￭ rane potential is what causes the cell memb￭ rane which typically maintains a resting memb￭ rane potential of 70 mv to reach the threshold potential and consequently fire the next action potential thus the pac￭ emaker potential is what drives the self generated rhy￭ th￭ mic firing autom￭ atic￭ ity of pac￭ emaker cells and the rate of change i e the slope of the pac￭ emaker potential is what determines the timing of the next action potential and thus the intrinsic firing rate of the cell in a healthy sin￭ o￭ atri￭ al no￭ de san a complex tissue within the right atri￭ um containing pac￭ emaker cells that normally determine the intrinsic firing rate for the entire heart the pac￭ emaker potential is the main determinant of the heart rate because the pac￭ emaker potential represents the non contracting time between heart beats di￭ ast￭ ole it is also called the di￭ ast￭ ol￭ ic de￭ polarization the amount of net inward current required to move the cell memb￭ rane potential during the pac￭ emaker phase is extremely small in the order of few pas but this net flux arises from time to time changing contribution of several currents that flow with different voltage and time dependence evidence in support of the active presence of k ca 2 na channels and na k ex￭ chan￭ ger during the pac￭ emaker phase have been vari￭ ously reported in the literature but several indications point to the “ funny ” if current as one of the most important see funny current there is now substantial evidence that also sar￭ co￭ plas￭ mic re￭ ticul￭ um sr ca 2 transi￭ ents participate to the generation of the di￭ ast￭ ol￭ ic de￭ polarization via a process involving the na – ca ex￭ chan￭ ger
pac￭ emaker syndrome is a disease that represents the clinical consequences of sub￭ optimal atri￭ o￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular av synchron￭ y or av dys￭ synchron￭ y regardless of the pac￭ ing mode after pac￭ emaker implan￭ tation it is an i￭ atro￭ genic disease — an adverse effect resulting from medical treatment — that is often under￭ diagnosed in general the symptoms of the syndrome are a combination of decreased cardiac output loss of atri￭ al contribution to ven￭ tric￭ ular filling loss of total peripheral resistance response and non￭ physi￭ o￭ logic pressure waves individuals with a low heart rate prior to pac￭ emaker implan￭ tation are more at risk of developing pac￭ emaker syndrome normally the first chamber of the heart atri￭ um contracts as the second chamber ven￭ tric￭ le is relaxed allowing the ven￭ tric￭ le to fill before it contracts and pumps blood out of the heart when the timing between the two chambers goes out of synchron￭ ization less blood is delivered on each beat patients who develop pac￭ emaker syndrome may require adjustment of the pac￭ emaker or fitting of another lead to better coordinate the timing of atri￭ al and ven￭ tric￭ ular contraction
p￭ ach￭ y￭ der￭ ma or p￭ ach￭ y￭ der￭ mia is the thick￭ ening of skin like that of a p￭ ach￭ y￭ der￭ m it occurs in the condition p￭ ach￭ y￭ der￭ m￭ oper￭ io￭ sto￭ sis an x linked genetic disorder
p￭ ach￭ y￭ der￭ mat￭ ous e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic der￭ mati￭ tis is a cu￭ taneous condition observed in south african black teenage girls and characterized by generalized pr￭ uri￭ tic pap￭ ules hyper￭ troph￭ ic genital le￭ sions and peripheral e￭ o￭ sin￭ ophi￭ lia
p￭ ach￭ y￭ gy￭ ria from the greek p￭ ach￭ y meaning thick or fat gy￭ ri is a con￭ genital mal￭ formation of the cere￭ br￭ al hemisphere it results in unusually thick con￭ volu￭ tions of the cere￭ br￭ al cor￭ tex typically children have developmental delay and seizures the onset and severity depending on the severity of the cor￭ tical mal￭ formation inf￭ anti￭ le sp￭ as￭ ms are common in affected children as is intractable epi￭ le￭ psy
p￭ ach￭ y￭ ony￭ ch￭ ia con￭ gen￭ ita is an auto￭ som￭ al dominant skin disorder
p￭ ach￭ yo￭ sto￭ sis is a non pathological condition in vertebr￭ ate animals in which the bones experience a thick￭ ening generally caused by extra layers of lam￭ ell￭ ar bone it often occurs together with bone den￭ sification o￭ ste￭ os￭ clerosis reducing inner ca￭ vities this joint occurrence is called p￭ ach￭ yo￭ ste￭ os￭ clerosis however especially in the older literature “ p￭ ach￭ yo￭ sto￭ sis ” is often used loosely referring to all osse￭ ous speci￭ alizations characterized by an increase in bone comp￭ ac￭ tness and or volume it occurs in both terrestrial and especially aquatic or semi aquatic vertebr￭ ates in aquatic animals such as sea￭ cows man￭ ate￭ es and du￭ gon￭ gs thal￭ as￭ soc￭ nus and ple￭ sio￭ sa￭ urs it provides or provided ballast as an adaptation for an aquatic existence most giant deer showed pronounced p￭ ach￭ yo￭ sto￭ sis of the man￭ di￭ ble and skull it has been suggested that this served to store minerals for ant￭ ler growth many p￭ ach￭ y￭ cephal￭ o￭ sa￭ ur￭ ia and most members of the din￭ oce￭ ph￭ alia cl￭ ade of therap￭ si￭ ds had thick￭ ened skull bones probably used in head bu￭ tting contests
the pacific naval force fu￭ er￭ za naval del pac￭ í￭ fic￭ o is the mexican navy s presence in the pacific ocean its headquarters is based in man￭ zan￭ illo co￭ lima the pacific naval force was created in the same date as its gulf of mexico and caribbean sea counterpart on february 11 1972 the surface ships are the main components of the naval force and is the means to secure and to operate sea control in strategic areas main objectives of the naval force is to defend the sovereignty and integrity of mexico from sea protect vital naval installations protect human life and maintain marine traffic and maintain the rule of law in national waters
the pacific dec￭ ad￭ al osci￭ ll￭ ation pdo is a robust recurring pattern of ocean atmosphere climate vari￭ ability centered over the mid latitude pacific basin the pdo is detected as warm or cool surface waters in the pacific ocean north of 20 ° n over the past century the am￭ pl￭ itude of this climate pattern has varied ir￭ regularly at inter￭ annual to inter￭ dec￭ ad￭ al time scales there is evidence of re￭ vers￭ als in the prevailing polarity of the osci￭ ll￭ ation occurring around 19￭ 25 1947 and 1977 the last two re￭ vers￭ als correspon￭ ded with dramatic shifts in salmon production regimes in the north pacific ocean this climate pattern also affects coastal sea and continental surface air temperatures from alaska to california during a warm or positive phase the west pacific becomes cool￭ er and part of the eastern ocean war￭ ms during a cool or negative phase the opposite pattern occurs the pacific dec￭ ad￭ al osci￭ ll￭ ation was named by steven r hare who noticed it while studying salmon production pattern results in 1997 the pacific dec￭ ad￭ al osci￭ ll￭ ation index is the leading empirical orth￭ og￭ onal function e￭ of of monthly sea surface temperature anomalies s￭ st a over the north pacific po￭ le￭ ward of 20 ° n after the global average sea surface temperature has been removed this pdo index is the standardized principal component time series a pdo signal has been re￭ constructed to 16￭ 61 through tree ring chrono￭ logies in the ba￭ ja california area
in computer networking packet delay variation p￭ d￭ v is the difference in end to end one way delay between selected packets in a flow with any lost packets being ignored the effect is sometimes referred to as j￭ itter although the definition is an imprecise fit
packing problems are a class of optimi￭ zation problems in mathematics that involve attempting to pack objects together into containers the goal is to either pack a single container as densely as possible or pack all objects using as few containers as possible many of these problems can be related to real life packaging storage and transportation issues each packing problem has a dual covering problem which asks how many of the same objects are required to completely cover every region of the container where objects are allowed to overlap in a packing problem you are given containers usually a single two or three dimensional conv￭ ex region or an infinite space a set of objects some or all of which must be packed into one or more containers the set may contain different objects with their sizes specified or a single object of a fixed dimension that can be used repeatedly usually the packing must be without overlaps between goods and other goods or the container walls in some variants the aim is to find the configuration that packs a single container with the maxim￭ al density more commonly the aim is to pack all the objects into as few containers as possible in some variants the overlapping of objects with each other and or with the boundary of the container is allowed but should be minimized
pac￭ man dys￭ pl￭ asia alternatively known as ep￭ ip￭ hy￭ seal sti￭ p￭ pling with o￭ ste￭ o￭ cl￭ astic hyper￭ pl￭ asia is a lethal auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive sk￭ el￭ etal dys￭ pl￭ asia the dys￭ pl￭ asia is present during fe￭ tal development
the active agent is commonly referred to as pe￭ der￭ in although depending on the bee￭ tle species it may be one of several similar molecules including pe￭ der￭ one and pseu￭ do￭ pe￭ der￭ in bl￭ ister bee￭ tle der￭ mati￭ tis a term more properly used for the different der￭ mati￭ tis caused by can￭ th￭ ari￭ din from bl￭ ister be￭ et￭ les is also sometimes used to describe pa￭ e￭ der￭ us der￭ mati￭ tis caused by ro￭ ve be￭ et￭ les
in computing page zo￭ oming is the ability to zo￭ om in and out a document or image at page level it is usually found in applications related to document layout and publishing e g word processing and spre￭ ad￭ sheet programs but it can also be found in web brow￭ s￭ ers as it improves accessibility for people with visual impairment and people using mobile devices such as p￭ das and mobil￭ es which have a relatively small screen
a pag￭ et s abs￭ c￭ ess named by eminent british surgeon and patho￭ logist sir james pag￭ et is an abs￭ c￭ ess that rec￭ urs at the site of a former abs￭ c￭ ess which had resolved
pag￭ et s disease of bone also termed ambiguously just pag￭ et s disease pag￭ et s is caused by the excessive breakdown and formation of bone followed by dis￭ organized bone remo￭ deling this causes affected bone to weaken resulting in pain mis￭ shap￭ en bones fractu￭ res and ar￭ thri￭ tis in the joints near the affected bones rarely it can develop into a primary bone cancer known as pag￭ et s sar￭ coma often pag￭ et s disease is loc￭ alized to only a few bones in the body the pel￭ vis fem￭ ur and lower lum￭ bar verte￭ bra￭ e are the most commonly affected bones pag￭ et s disease typically is loc￭ alized affecting just one or a few bones as opposed to o￭ ste￭ op￭ or￭ osis for example which usually affects all the bones in the body a later phase of the disease is characterized by the replacement of normal bone marrow with highly vascular fi￭ bro￭ us tissue because early diagnosis and treatment is important after age 40 si￭ bl￭ ings and children of someone with pag￭ et s disease should have an al￭ kal￭ ine phosp￭ hat￭ ase blood test every two or three years if the al￭ kal￭ ine phosp￭ hat￭ ase level is above normal other tests such as a bone specific al￭ kal￭ ine phosp￭ hat￭ ase test bone scan or x ray can be performed decisions about treating pag￭ et s disease may be complicated as the disease often affects people differently in addition to this it is sometimes difficult to predict whether a person with pag￭ et s disease who shows no signs or symptoms of the disorder will develop symptoms or complications such as a bone frac￭ ture in the future although there is no cure for pag￭ et s disease medications bis￭ phosp￭ hon￭ ates and cal￭ cit￭ on￭ in can help control the disorder and lessen pain and other symptoms medications are often successful in controlling the disorder especially when started before complications begin pag￭ et s disease affects from 1 5 to 8 0 percent of the population depending on age and country of residence pag￭ et s disease is rare in people less than 55 years of age men are more commonly affected than women 3 2 the disease is named after sir james pag￭ et
pag￭ et s disease of the breast or pag￭ et disease of the breast ˈ￭ p￭ æ￭ d￭ ʒ￭ ᵻ￭ t rhy￭ mes with gad￭ get also known as pag￭ et s disease of the nip￭ ple is a m￭ align￭ ant condition that outw￭ ar￭ dly may have the appearance of ecz￭ ema with skin changes involving the nip￭ ple of the breast the condition is an un￭ common disease accounting for 1 to 4 3 of all breast cancers and was first described by sir james pag￭ et in 18￭ 74 the condition in itself often appears inno￭ cu￭ ous limited to a surface appearance and it is sometimes dismissed although actually indicative of underlying breast cancer
p￭ age￭ to￭ id re￭ ticul￭ osis also known as ac￭ ral my￭ co￭ ses fun￭ go￭ ides loc￭ alized ep￭ id￭ er￭ mo￭ tropic re￭ ticul￭ osis my￭ co￭ sis fun￭ go￭ ides pal￭ mar￭ is et plan￭ tar￭ is uni￭ le￭ sional my￭ co￭ sis fun￭ go￭ ides and wor￭ inger – kol￭ op￭ p disease is a cu￭ taneous condition an un￭ common lymp￭ ho￭ prolifer￭ ative disorder sometimes considered a form of my￭ co￭ sis fun￭ go￭ ides
pag￭ et – schro￭ et￭ ter disease also known as pag￭ et – von schrö￭ tter disease is a form of upper extre￭ mity deep vein thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis dv￭ t a medical condition in which blood clo￭ ts form in the deep ve￭ ins of the arms these dv￭ ts typically occur in the ax￭ ill￭ ary or sub￭ cl￭ avian ve￭ ins
pag￭ op￭ ha￭ gy or pag￭ op￭ ha￭ gia is eating of ice the term has the two major us￭ ages an eating disorder a particular case of pic￭ a normal feeding behavior of some animals the pag￭ op￭ ha￭ gic disorder is among the un￭ explained clinical signs of iron deficiency an￭ emia
paid is blood is a 1971 spag￭ he￭ tti western directed by lu￭ igi bat￭ z￭ ella the original italian title of the film was qu￭ elle spor￭ che anim￭ e d￭ ann￭ ate
pain asym￭ bo￭ lia also called pain dissoci￭ ation is a condition in which pain is experienced without un￭ pleas￭ ant￭ ness this usually results from injury to the brain lo￭ bo￭ tomy c￭ ing￭ ul￭ o￭ tomy or morphine anal￭ ge￭ sia pre￭ existing le￭ sions of the ins￭ ula may abolish the aver￭ sive quality of painful stimul￭ i while preserving the location and intensity aspects typically patients report that they have pain but are not bothered by it they recognize the sensation of pain but are mostly or completely immune to suffering from it
pain disorder is chronic pain experienced by a patient in one or more areas and is thought to be caused by psychological stress the pain is often so severe that it disab￭ les the patient from proper functioning duration may be as short as a few days or as long as many years the disorder may begin at any age and occurs more frequently in girls than boys this disorder often occurs after an accident or during an illness that has caused pain which then takes on a life of its own
pain is an aver￭ sive sensation and feeling associated with actual or potential tissue damage it is widely accepted by a broad spectrum of scientists and philosophers that non human animals can perceive pain including pain in am￭ phi￭ bians pain is a complex mental state with a distinct percep￭ tual quality but also associated with suffering which is an emotional state because of this complexity the presence of pain in non human animals cannot be determined unambiguously using observ￭ ational methods but the conclusion that animals experience pain is often infer￭ red on the basis of likely presence of phenomen￭ al consciousness which is deduc￭ ed from comparative brain physi￭ ology as well as physical and behavi￭ our￭ al reactions am￭ phi￭ bians particularly an￭ ur￭ ans fulfill several physiological and behavi￭ our￭ al criteria proposed as indicating that non human animals may experience pain these fulfilled criteria include a suitable nervous system and sensory recep￭ tors op￭ io￭ id recep￭ tors and reduced responses to noxious stimul￭ i when given anal￭ ges￭ ics and local ana￭ esthe￭ tics physiological changes to noxious stimul￭ i displaying protective motor reactions exhi￭ biting avoidance learning and making trade offs between noxious stimulus avoidance and other motiv￭ ational requirements pain in am￭ phi￭ bians has societal implications including their exposure to pollutants preparation for cuis￭ ine e g fro￭ gs legs and am￭ phi￭ bians used in scientific research several scientists and scientific groups have expressed the belief that am￭ phi￭ bians can feel pain however this remains somewhat controversial due to differences in brain structure and the nervous system compared with other vertebr￭ ates
pain wind up is the perceived increase in pain intensity over time when a given stimulus is delivered repeatedly above a critical rate it is caused by repeated stimulation of group c peripheral nerve fi￭ bers leading to progressively increasing electrical response in the corresponding spinal cord poster￭ ior horn neurons
painful bru￭ ising syndrome also known as auto￭ er￭ y￭ thro￭ cy￭ te sensi￭ tization gar￭ dner – diamond syndrome and psycho￭ genic pur￭ pur￭ a is an idi￭ opathic trauma induced condition seen in young to middle aged women who sometimes manifest personality disorders it is characterized by a distinctive loc￭ alized pur￭ pur￭ ic reaction occurring primarily on the legs face and trunk with recurring painful ec￭ ch￭ y￭ moses vari￭ ably accompanied by syn￭ cope naus￭ ea v￭ om￭ iting gastro￭ intest￭ inal and in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial bleeding patients with auto￭ er￭ y￭ thro￭ cy￭ te sensi￭ tization can suffer frequent painful bru￭ ising around joints and muscles because of the r￭ arity of the disorder there are few methods of support in place for patients many patients are labelled with the stigma of having a psychological condition without this having a specifically proven link there have been cases of painful bru￭ ising syndrome reported where there are no additional psychological disorders this has been known to be put into remission with chem￭ otherapy it was characterized in 1955 by frank gar￭ dner and louis diamond patient may present with a history of inter￭ mit￭ tent pur￭ pur￭ a mostly precipit￭ ated by stress
painful fat her￭ ni￭ ation also known as painful pie￭ zo￭ genic pe￭ dal pap￭ ules and pie￭ zo￭ genic pap￭ ules is a rare cause of painful feet due to fat her￭ ni￭ ations through the thin fas￭ cial layers of the weight bearing parts of the heel
in physics a pair potential is a function that describes the potential energy of two inter￭ acting objects examples of pair pot￭ entials include the coul￭ om￭ b s law in electro￭ dynamics newton s law of universal grav￭ itation in mechanics the len￭ nard jones potential and the morse potential pair pot￭ entials are very common in physics exceptions are very rare an example of a potential energy function that is not a pair potential is the three body ax￭ il￭ rod t￭ eller potential another example is the still￭ inger weber potential for silicon which includes the angle in atri￭ angle of silicon atoms as a parameter
pal￭ e￭ o￭ dic￭ ty￭ on is a pattern usually interpreted to be a bur￭ row which appears in the geo￭ logic marine record beginning in the pre￭ cam￭ brian early cam￭ brian and in modern ocean environments pal￭ e￭ o￭ dic￭ ty￭ on were first described by gius￭ ep￭ pe men￭ e￭ gh￭ ini in 18￭ 50
pal￭ il￭ alia from the greek π￭ ά￭ λ￭ ι￭ ν p￭ á￭ lin meaning again and λα￭ λ￭ ι￭ ά l￭ ali￭ á meaning speech or to talk a complex tic is a speech disorder characterized by the involuntary repetition of sy￭ ll￭ ables words or phrases it has features resembling other complex tics such as ec￭ hol￭ alia or co￭ pro￭ l￭ alia but unlike other ap￭ ha￭ si￭ as pal￭ il￭ alia is based upon contex￭ tually correct speech it was originally described by alex￭ andre ach￭ ille sou￭ ques in a patient with stroke leading to left side hem￭ ip￭ legi￭ a although a condition described as auto ec￭ hol￭ alia in 18￭ 99 by é￭ dou￭ ard br￭ iss￭ aud may have been the same condition
pal￭ in￭ dro￭ mic r￭ heu￭ m￭ atism pr consists of sudden and rapidly developing attacks of ar￭ thri￭ tis there is acute pain red￭ ness sw￭ elling and disability of one usually or multiple joints the interval between recurrent attacks is extremely variable and how long the attack lasts is also variable attacks may last from few hours to days attacks may become more frequent with time there is no joint damage after attacks
pal￭ in￭ op￭ sia greek palin for again and op￭ sia for seeing is a visual disturbance defined as the persistent recurrence of a visual image after the stimulus has been removed pal￭ in￭ op￭ sia is not a diagnosis but a broad term that describes a heterogeneous group of pathological visual symptoms with a wide variety of eti￭ o￭ logies visual per￭ sever￭ ation is synonymous with pal￭ in￭ op￭ sia in 2014 ger￭ sz￭ ten￭ kor￭ n and lee comprehensively reviewed all cases of pal￭ in￭ op￭ sia in the literature and subdivided it into two clin￭ ically relevant groups illusory pal￭ in￭ op￭ sia and halluc￭ in￭ atory pal￭ in￭ op￭ sia halluc￭ in￭ atory pal￭ in￭ op￭ sia usually due to seizures or poster￭ ior cor￭ tical le￭ sions describes after￭ images that are formed long lasting and high resolution illusory pal￭ in￭ op￭ sia usually due to migr￭ ain￭ es head trauma prescription drugs or halluc￭ ino￭ gen persisting perception disorder h￭ pp￭ d describes after￭ images that are affected by ambient light and motion and are un￭ formed in￭ distinct or low resolution
p￭ alis￭ aded en￭ capsul￭ ated neuro￭ ma is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by skin colored or pink rub￭ bery firm pap￭ ules or no￭ d￭ ules
p￭ alis￭ aded neu￭ tro￭ phil￭ ic and gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ ous der￭ ma￭ i￭ ti￭ tis is usually associated with a well defined connec￭ tive tissue disease lup￭ us er￭ y￭ them￭ ato￭ sus or r￭ heu￭ mato￭ id ar￭ thri￭ tis most commonly and often presents with eroded or ul￭ cer￭ ated symmetr￭ ically distributed um￭ bil￭ ic￭ ated pap￭ ules or no￭ d￭ ules on the el￭ bows
pal￭ lis￭ ter – hall syndrome is a disorder that affects the development of many parts of the body it is named for ju￭ dith hall and philip pal￭ lis￭ ter
pal￭ lis￭ ter – kil￭ lian syndrome also te￭ tras￭ omy 12 p mo￭ sa￭ ic￭ ism or pal￭ lis￭ ter mo￭ saic an￭ eu￭ plo￭ id￭ y syndrome is an extremely rare genetic disorder occurring in humans pal￭ lis￭ ter kil￭ lian occurs due to the presence of the anom￭ alous extra iso￭ chro￭ mo￭ some 12 p the short arm of the twelfth chro￭ mo￭ some this leads to the development of te￭ tras￭ omy 12 p because not all cells have the extra iso￭ chro￭ mo￭ some pal￭ lis￭ ter kil￭ lian is a mo￭ saic condition more readily detected in skin fi￭ bro￭ bl￭ asts it was first described by philip pal￭ lis￭ ter in 1977 and further researched by maria tes￭ ch￭ ler nicol￭ a and wolfgang kil￭ lian in 1981
a pal￭ mar cre￭ ase is a type of cre￭ ase on the palm a single trans￭ verse pal￭ mar cre￭ ase is sometimes associated with down syndrome though other physical symptoms manifest with this relatively rare syndrome other types of cre￭ ases include the sydney cre￭ ase and the su￭ won or double trans￭ verse pal￭ mar cre￭ ase
pal￭ mar er￭ y￭ them￭ a is red￭ dening of the pal￭ ms at the th￭ en￭ ar and hypo￭ th￭ en￭ ar emin￭ ences
pal￭ mop￭ lan￭ tar hyper￭ hi￭ dro￭ sis is excessive swe￭ ating loc￭ alized to the pal￭ ms of the hands and sol￭ es of the feet it is a form of focal hyper￭ hi￭ dro￭ sis in that the excessive swe￭ ating is limited to a specific region of the body as with other types of focal hyper￭ hi￭ dro￭ sis e g ax￭ ill￭ ary cran￭ io￭ facial the swe￭ ating tends to worsen during warm weather
pal￭ mop￭ lan￭ tar ker￭ ato￭ der￭ mas are a heterogeneous group of disorders characterized by abnormal thick￭ ening of the pal￭ ms and sol￭ es auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive and dominant x linked and acquired forms have all been described
palpable pur￭ pur￭ a is a condition where pur￭ pur￭ a which constitutes visible non blan￭ ching hemorrha￭ ges are raised and able to be touched or felt upon pal￭ p￭ ation
pal￭ p￭ itation is a perceived ab￭ normality of the heartbeat characterized by awareness of heart muscle contr￭ actions in the chest hard beats fast beats irregular beats and or pa￭ uses it is both a symptom reported by the patient and a medical diagnosis pal￭ p￭ itation is frequently associated with anxiety and does not necessarily indicate a structural or functional ab￭ normality of the heart but it can be a symptom arising from an objectively rapid or irregular heartbeat pal￭ p￭ itation can be inter￭ mit￭ tent and of variable frequency and duration or continuous associated symptoms include di￭ zz￭ iness short￭ ness of breath swe￭ ating headaches and chest pain pal￭ p￭ itation may be associated with coron￭ ary heart disease hyper￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m diseases affecting cardiac muscle such as hyper￭ troph￭ ic cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy diseases causing low blood oxygen such as asthma and emph￭ ys￭ ema kidney disease low levels of brain sero￭ ton￭ in blood loss and pain drugs such as anti￭ depres￭ s￭ ants alcohol nicotine caff￭ eine cocaine and amp￭ he￭ tam￭ ines electro￭ ly￭ te imbalances of magnesium potassium and calcium and deficiencies of nutrients such as ta￭ urine ar￭ gin￭ ine and iron
panama disease is a plant disease of the roots of banana plants it is a type of fus￭ arium wil￭ t caused by the fun￭ gal pathogen fus￭ arium ox￭ ys￭ por￭ um the pathogen is resistant to fun￭ g￭ icide and cannot be controlled chemically during the 1950 s panama disease wiped out the gro￭ s michel banana everywhere except asia the gro￭ s michel banana was the dominant cultiv￭ ar of bananas and the b￭ light inflicted enormous costs and forced producers to switch to other disease resistant cultiv￭ ars new strains of panama disease currently threaten the production of today s most popular cultiv￭ ar cav￭ end￭ ish
pan￭ ay￭ i￭ ot￭ opoulos syndrome is a common idi￭ opathic childhood related seizure disorder that occurs exclusively in otherwise normal children idi￭ opathic epi￭ le￭ psy and manifests mainly with autonom￭ ic epi￭ le￭ ptic seizures and autonom￭ ic status epi￭ le￭ p￭ tic￭ us an expert consensus has defined pan￭ ay￭ i￭ ot￭ opoulos syndrome as a benign age related focal seizure disorder occurring in early and mid childhood it is characterized by seizures often prolonged with predominantly autonom￭ ic symptoms and by an eeg electro￭ encephal￭ o￭ gram that shows shifting and or multiple foc￭ i often with oc￭ ci￭ p￭ ital predominance
pan￭ cake sentences are a phenomenon in scandinavian lingu￭ is￭ tics where sentence agreement does not follow conventional linguistic patterns the phrase appears to have been coined by hans ol￭ av enger in a 2004 academic paper scandinavian pan￭ cake sentences as sem￭ an￭ tic agreement enger states that pan￭ cake sentences are where the predic￭ ative ad￭ jec￭ tive apparently disagrees with its subject this phenomenon may be related or compared to english language lingu￭ is￭ tics where american english speakers might say the team has arrived syn￭ tac￭ tically agreeing the singular team versus british english speakers saying the team have arrived agreeing sem￭ an￭ tically to the collective nou￭ n team an example from swedish is the sentence pann￭ kak￭ or är ny￭ t￭ ti￭ gt while pann￭ kak￭ or pancakes is plural and of common gender ny￭ t￭ ti￭ gt healthy is infl￭ ected to singular and neu￭ ter a similar phenomenon also occurs in hebrew where the co￭ pul￭ a and ad￭ jec￭ tives appear to disagree with the subject as well as is portuguese with some n￭ oun￭ s used without the article á￭ gua é bo￭ m é pro￭ i￭ bi￭ do entr￭ ada est￭ á pro￭ i￭ bi￭ do br￭ inc￭ ad￭ e￭ ir￭ as when femin￭ ine n￭ oun￭ s of either number agree with a mascul￭ ine ad￭ jec￭ tive in its singular form
pan￭ cake syndrome is a disease in which a person gets symptoms after eating food contaminated with particular mit￭ es the disease name comes from reports of people becoming ill after eating pancakes made from contaminated flour mit￭ es suspected as causing the condition are der￭ mat￭ op￭ ha￭ go￭ ides p￭ ter￭ on￭ ys￭ sin￭ us blo￭ mia tro￭ pic￭ alis and su￭ id￭ asia pon￭ ti￭ fic￭ a the latter two are the most likely to have caused the harmful effects and they live in tropical and sub￭ tropical environments because the disease is transmitted by pancakes and other cooked food scientists expect that this means that the pathogen can survive the heat of cooking storing flour at low temperature in a freezer could prevent contamination or kill existing mit￭ es in the flour an￭ ap￭ hy￭ lax￭ is can occur during exposure to n￭ said drugs or exercise to those exposed to the mit￭ es
a pan￭ coast tumor also called a pul￭ mon￭ ary sul￭ cus tumor or superior sul￭ cus tumor is a tumor of the pul￭ mon￭ ary ap￭ ex it is a type of lung cancer defined primarily by its location situated at the top end of either the right or left lung it typically spreads to nearby tissues such as the ribs and verte￭ bra￭ e most pan￭ coast tumors are non small cell cancers the growing tumor can cause compression of a br￭ achi￭ o￭ cephal￭ ic vein sub￭ cl￭ avian artery ph￭ ren￭ ic nerve recurrent lar￭ yn￭ ge￭ al nerve vag￭ us nerve or characteris￭ tically compression of a sympathetic gang￭ lion resulting in a range of symptoms known as hor￭ ner s syndrome pan￭ coast tumors are named for henry pan￭ coast a us radio￭ logist who described them in 19￭ 24 and 19￭ 32
pan￭ cre￭ as or pan￭ cre￭ atic divis￭ um is a con￭ genital anomaly in the anatomy of the duc￭ ts of the pan￭ cre￭ as in which a single pan￭ cre￭ atic duc￭ t is not formed but rather remains as two distinct dor￭ sal and ven￭ tr￭ al duc￭ ts
a pan￭ cre￭ as transplant is an organ transplant that involves impl￭ anting a healthy pan￭ cre￭ as one that can produce insulin into a person who usually has diabetes because the pan￭ cre￭ as is a vital organ losing all of the pan￭ cre￭ as leaves a person with a very very serious case of total diabetes called brit￭ tle diabetes performing functions necessary in the dig￭ estion process the recipient s native pan￭ cre￭ as is left in place and the donated pan￭ cre￭ as is attached in a different location in the event of rejection of the new pan￭ cre￭ as which would quickly cause life threatening diabetes there would be a significant chance the recipient would not survive very well for long without the native pan￭ cre￭ as however dysfunctional still in place the healthy pan￭ cre￭ as comes from a donor who has just died or it may be a partial pan￭ cre￭ as from a living donor at present pan￭ cre￭ as transplants are usually performed in persons with insulin dependent diabetes who can develop severe complications patients with the most common and dead￭ liest form of pan￭ cre￭ atic cancer pan￭ cre￭ atic aden￭ om￭ as which are usually always m￭ align￭ ant with a poor prog￭ no￭ sis and high risk for me￭ tast￭ asis as opposed to more treat￭ able pan￭ cre￭ atic neuro￭ endocrine tumors or pan￭ cre￭ atic insul￭ in￭ om￭ as are usually not eligible for valuable pan￭ cre￭ atic trans￭ plantations since the condition usually has a very high mortality rate and the disease which is usually highly m￭ align￭ ant and detected too late to treat could and probably would soon return
pan￭ cre￭ atic abs￭ c￭ ess is a late complic￭ ation of acute necro￭ tizing pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis occurring more than 4 weeks after the initial attack a pan￭ cre￭ atic abs￭ c￭ ess is a collection of p￭ us resulting from tissue necro￭ sis lique￭ faction and infection it is estimated that approximately 3 of the patients suffering from acute pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis will develop an abs￭ c￭ ess according to the bal￭ th￭ azar and ran￭ son s radio￭ graphic staging criteria patients with a normal pan￭ cre￭ as an enlargement that is focal or diffuse mild peri￭ pan￭ cre￭ atic infl￭ amm￭ ations or a single collection of fluid pseu￭ do￭ cyst have less than 2 chances of developing an abs￭ c￭ ess however the probability of developing an abs￭ c￭ ess increases to nearly 60 in patients with more than two pseu￭ do￭ cy￭ sts and gas within the pan￭ cre￭ as
pan￭ cre￭ atic ac￭ in￭ ar met￭ ap￭ la￭ sia abbreviated p￭ am is a common incidental hist￭ opath￭ o￭ logic finding present in approximately 20 25 of patients undergoing an es￭ op￭ ha￭ go￭ gastro￭ du￭ o￭ den￭ o￭ sco￭ py
pan￭ cre￭ atic cancer arises when cells in the pan￭ cre￭ as a g￭ land￭ ular organ behind the stomach begin to multiply out of control and form a mass these can￭ cer￭ ous cells have the ability to invade other parts of the body there are a number of types of pan￭ cre￭ atic cancer the most common pan￭ cre￭ atic aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma accounts for about 85 of cases and the term pan￭ cre￭ atic cancer is sometimes used to refer only to that type these aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ om￭ as start within the part of the pan￭ cre￭ as which makes dig￭ estive enzymes several other types of cancer which collectively represent the majority of the non aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ om￭ as can also arise from these cells 1 2 of cases of pan￭ cre￭ atic cancer are neuro￭ endocrine tumors which arise from the hormone producing cells of the pan￭ cre￭ as these are generally less aggressive than pan￭ cre￭ atic aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma signs and symptoms of the most common form of pan￭ cre￭ atic cancer may include yellow skin ab￭ domin￭ al or back pain un￭ explained weight loss light colored sto￭ ols dark urine and loss of appetite there are usually no symptoms in the disease s early stages and symptoms that are specific enough to suggest pan￭ cre￭ atic cancer typically do not develop until the disease has reached an advanced stage by the time of diagnosis pan￭ cre￭ atic cancer has often spread to other parts of the body pan￭ cre￭ atic cancer rarely occurs before the age of 40 and more than half of cases of pan￭ cre￭ atic aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma occur in those over 70 risk factors for pan￭ cre￭ atic cancer include tobacco smoking obesity diabetes and certain rare genetic conditions about 25 of cases are linked to smoking and 5 – 10 are linked to inherited genes pan￭ cre￭ atic cancer is usually diagnosed by a combination of medical imaging techniques such as ul￭ tras￭ ound or compu￭ ted tom￭ o￭ graphy blood tests and examination of tissue samples biopsy the disease is divided into stages from early stage i to late stage iv screening the general population has not been found to be effective the risk of developing pan￭ cre￭ atic cancer is lower among non smokers and people who maintain a healthy weight and limit their consumption of red or processed meat a smo￭ ker s chance of developing the disease decreases if they stop smoking and almost returns to that of the rest of the population after 20 years pan￭ cre￭ atic cancer can be treated with surgery radi￭ otherapy chem￭ otherapy palliative care or a combination of these treatment options are partly based on the cancer stage surgery is the only treatment that can cure pan￭ cre￭ atic aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma and may also be done to improve quality of life without the potential for cure pain management and medications to improve dig￭ estion are sometimes needed early palliative care is recommended even for those receiving treatment that aims for a cure in 2012 pan￭ cre￭ atic cancers of all types were the seventh most common cause of cancer deaths resulting in 330 000 deaths globally pan￭ cre￭ atic cancer is the fifth most common cause of death from cancer in the united kingdom and the fourth most common in the united states the disease occurs most often in the developed world where about 70 of the new cases in 2012 originated pan￭ cre￭ atic aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma typically has a very poor prog￭ no￭ sis after diagnosis 25 of people survive one year and 5 live for five years for cancers diagnosed early the five year survival rate rises to about 20 neuro￭ endocrine cancers have better outcomes at five years from diagnosis 65 of those diagnosed are living though survival varies considerably depending on the type of tumor
a pan￭ cre￭ atic cyst is a fluid filled s￭ ac within the pan￭ cre￭ as causes range from benign to m￭ align￭ ant pan￭ cre￭ atic pseu￭ do￭ cy￭ sts can occur in the setting of pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis though they are only reliable diagnosed 6 weeks after the episode of acute pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis benign tumors such as ser￭ ous cy￭ stad￭ en￭ om￭ as can occur main branch in￭ trad￭ uc￭ tal pap￭ ill￭ ary m￭ uc￭ inous ne￭ op￭ las￭ m ip￭ m￭ ns are associated with di￭ lat￭ ation of the main pan￭ cre￭ atic duc￭ t while side branch ip￭ m￭ ns are typically benign and not associated with di￭ lat￭ ation mr￭ cp can help distinguish the position of the cy￭ sts relative to the pan￭ cre￭ atic duc￭ t and direct appropriate treatment and follow up the most common m￭ align￭ ancy that can present as a pan￭ cre￭ atic cyst is a m￭ uc￭ inous c￭ ys￭ tic ne￭ op￭ las￭ m
pan￭ cre￭ atic diseases include
a pan￭ cre￭ atic f￭ ist￭ ula is an abnormal communication between the pan￭ cre￭ as and other organs due to leakage of pan￭ cre￭ atic secre￭ tions from damaged pan￭ cre￭ atic duc￭ ts an external pan￭ cre￭ atic f￭ ist￭ ula is one that communic￭ ates with the skin and is also known as a pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ co￭ cu￭ taneous f￭ ist￭ ula whereas an internal pan￭ cre￭ atic f￭ ist￭ ula communic￭ ates with other internal organs or spaces pan￭ cre￭ atic f￭ ist￭ ul￭ as can be caused by pan￭ cre￭ atic disease trauma or surgery
a pan￭ cre￭ atic injury is some form of trauma sustained by the pan￭ cre￭ as the injury can be sustained through either blunt forces such as a motor vehicle accident or penetr￭ ative forces such as that of a gunshot wound the pan￭ cre￭ as is one of the least commonly injured organs in ab￭ domin￭ al trauma
pan￭ cre￭ atic m￭ uc￭ inous cy￭ stad￭ en￭ oma also known as m￭ uc￭ inous cy￭ stad￭ en￭ oma of the pan￭ cre￭ as is a benign tum￭ our of pan￭ cre￭ as it is one of the c￭ ys￭ tic le￭ sions of the pan￭ cre￭ as
pan￭ cre￭ atic m￭ uc￭ inous c￭ ys￭ tic ne￭ op￭ las￭ m also m￭ uc￭ inous c￭ ys￭ tic ne￭ op￭ las￭ m of the pan￭ cre￭ as and m￭ uc￭ inous c￭ ys￭ tic tum￭ our is a grouping of c￭ ys￭ tic ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms that arise from the pan￭ cre￭ as they may be benign m￭ align￭ ant or in between the prog￭ no￭ sis of this set of tum￭ ours is highly variable and dependent on the specific sub classification benign borderline m￭ align￭ ant
pan￭ cre￭ atic neuro￭ endocrine tumors pan￭ nets pets or p￭ nets often referred to as is￭ let cell tumors or pan￭ cre￭ atic endocrine tumors are neuro￭ endocrine ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms that arise from cells of the endocrine hormonal and nervous system within the pan￭ cre￭ as pan￭ nets are a type of neuro￭ endocrine tumor representing about one third of gastro￭ enter￭ op￭ an￭ cre￭ atic neuro￭ endocrine tumors ge￭ p nets many pan￭ nets are benign while some are m￭ align￭ ant aggressive pan￭ net tumors have traditionally been termed is￭ let cell carcin￭ oma pan￭ nets are quite distinct from the usual form of pan￭ cre￭ atic cancer the majority of which are aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ om￭ as which arises in the exo￭ cr￭ ine pan￭ cre￭ as only 1 or 2 of clin￭ ically significant pan￭ cre￭ as ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms are pan￭ nets
the pan￭ cre￭ atic not￭ ch is a separation between the neck of pan￭ cre￭ as and the un￭ cin￭ ate process of pan￭ cre￭ as
pan￭ cre￭ atic ple￭ ural eff￭ usion is ple￭ ural eff￭ usion or the appearance of excess fluid that accumul￭ ates between the two ple￭ ural layers as a result of pan￭ cre￭ atic path￭ ology about to 20 of people suffering from pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis get ple￭ ural eff￭ usion mostly on the left side
a pan￭ cre￭ atic pseu￭ do￭ cyst is a circum￭ scri￭ bed collection of fluid rich in pan￭ cre￭ atic enzymes blood and necro￭ tic tissue typically located in the lesser s￭ ac of the ab￭ dom￭ en pan￭ cre￭ atic pseu￭ do￭ cy￭ sts are usually complications of pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis although in children they frequently occur following ab￭ domin￭ al trauma pan￭ cre￭ atic pseu￭ do￭ cy￭ sts account for approximately 75 of all pan￭ cre￭ atic masses
the pan￭ cre￭ atic tumors or pan￭ cre￭ atic ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms are tumors arising in the pan￭ cre￭ as there are several types which can be either benign or m￭ align￭ ant pan￭ cre￭ atic cancer
pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ co￭ bi￭ li￭ ary mal￭ junction is a con￭ genital mal￭ formation in which the pan￭ cre￭ atic and bile duc￭ ts join anatom￭ ically outside the du￭ o￭ den￭ al wall
pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis is infl￭ amm￭ ation of the pan￭ cre￭ as the pan￭ cre￭ as is a large organ behind the stomach that produces dig￭ estive enzymes there are two main types acute pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis and chronic pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis signs and symptoms of pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis include pain in the upper ab￭ dom￭ en naus￭ ea and v￭ om￭ iting the pain often goes into the back and is usually severe in acute pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis a fever may occur and symptoms typically resolve in a few days in chronic pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis weight loss fatty sto￭ ol and diarr￭ hea may occur complications may include infection bleeding diabetes mell￭ it￭ us or problems with other organs the most common causes of acute pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis are gall￭ stones and heavy alcohol use other causes include direct trauma certain medications infections such as mum￭ ps and tumors among others chronic pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis may develop as a result of acute pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis it is most commonly due to many years of heavy alcohol use other causes include high levels of blood fats high blood calcium some medications and certain genetic disorders such as c￭ ys￭ tic fi￭ bro￭ sis among others smoking increases the risk of both acute and chronic pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis diagnosis of acute pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis is based on a threefold increase in the blood of either am￭ yl￭ ase or lip￭ ase in chronic pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis these tests may be normal medical imaging such as ul￭ tras￭ ound and ct scan may also be useful acute pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis is usually treated with intra￭ ven￭ ous fluids pain medication and sometimes antibiotics typically no eating or drinking is allowed and a tube may be placed into the stomach a procedure known as a endo￭ scopic retrograde chol￭ an￭ gi￭ op￭ an￭ cre￭ ato￭ graphy er￭ cp may be done to open the pan￭ cre￭ atic duc￭ t if blocked in those with gall￭ stones the gall￭ blad￭ der is often also removed in chronic pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis in addition to the above temporary feeding through a nas￭ o￭ ga￭ str￭ ic tube may be used to provide adequate nutrition long term dietary changes and pan￭ cre￭ atic enzyme replacement may be required and occasionally surgery is done to remove parts of the pan￭ cre￭ as globally in 2013 about 17 million cases of pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis occurred this resulted in 123 000 deaths up from 83 000 deaths in 1990 acute pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis occurs in about 30 per 100 000 people a year new cases of chronic pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis develop in about 8 per 100 000 people a year and currently affect about 50 per 100 000 people in the united states it is more common in men than women often chronic pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis starts between the ages of 30 and 40 while it is rare in children acute pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis was first described on autopsy in 1882 while chronic pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis was first described in 1946
pan￭ cre￭ ato￭ bl￭ ast￭ oma is a rare type of pan￭ cre￭ atic cancer it occurs mainly in childhood and has a relatively good prog￭ no￭ sis
pan￭ cy￭ top￭ enia is a medical condition in which there is a reduction in the number of red and white blood cells as well as plat￭ el￭ ets if only two parameters from the full blood count are low the term bic￭ y￭ top￭ enia can be used the diagnostic approach is the same as for pan￭ cy￭ top￭ enia
the pan￭ demon￭ ium effect is a problem that may appear when high resolution detectors usually ger￭ man￭ ium detectors are used in beta decay studies it can affect the correct determination of the feeding to the different levels of the daughter nucleus it was first introduced in 1977
p￭ ang￭ ar￭ é is a coat trait found in some horses that features pale hair around the eyes and mu￭ zzle and under￭ side of the body these pale areas can extend up to the flan￭ ks throat and chest behind the el￭ bows in front of the stifle and up the but￭ to￭ ck animals with the p￭ ang￭ ar￭ é trait are sometimes called me￭ al￭ y or light pointed the color of these lighter areas depends on the underlying color and ranges from off white to light tan this type of color￭ ation is most often found in primitive breeds like the f￭ j￭ ord horse ex￭ mo￭ or pony american belgian draft and ha￭ fl￭ inger wild equi￭ ds like the prze￭ wal￭ ski s horse on￭ ager african wild ass ki￭ ang as well as the domestic donkey exhibit p￭ ang￭ ar￭ é as a rule p￭ ang￭ ar￭ é is thought to be a type of protective counter￭ sh￭ ading horse fo￭ als are often born with fo￭ al p￭ ang￭ ar￭ é or light points especially over black ha￭ ired areas which they lose when they shed their fo￭ al coats dr phillip spon￭ en￭ berg suggested that the seal brown coat color was caused by the action of p￭ ang￭ ar￭ é on a black coat however seal brown horses have since tested negative for the rec￭ essive black geno￭ type ch￭ est￭ nut horses with p￭ ang￭ ar￭ é are sometimes called belgian sor￭ rels
panic is a sudden sensation of fear which is so strong as to dominate or prevent reason and logical thinking replacing it with overwhelming feelings of anxiety and frantic ag￭ itation consistent with an anim￭ alistic fight or flight reaction panic may occur sing￭ ularly in individuals or manifest suddenly in large groups as mass panic closely related to herd behavior
panic attacks are sudden periods of intense fear that may include pal￭ p￭ itations swe￭ ating shaking short￭ ness of breath num￭ b￭ ness or a feeling that something really bad is going to happen the maximum degree of symptoms occurs within minutes there may be a fear of losing control or chest pain panic attacks themselves are not dangerous panic attacks can occur due to number of disorders including panic disorder social anxiety disorder post traumatic stress disorder drug use depression and medical problems they can either be trigger or occur unexpectedly risks factors include smoking and psychological stress diagnosis should involve ruling out other conditions that can produce similar symptoms including hyper￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m hyper￭ par￭ ath￭ yro￭ i￭ dis￭ m heart disease lung disease and drug use treatment of panic attacks should be directed at the underlying cause in those with frequent attacks counselling or medications may be used breathing training and muscle relaxation techniques may also help those affected are at a higher risk of suicide in europe about 3 of the population has a panic attack in a given year while in the united states they affect about 11 they are more common in females than males they often begin during pu￭ ber￭ ty or early adul￭ thood children and older people are less commonly affected
panic disorder is an anxiety disorder characterized by recurrent unexpected panic attacks panic attacks are sudden periods of intense fear that may include pal￭ p￭ itations swe￭ ating shaking short￭ ness of breath num￭ b￭ ness or a feeling that something really bad is going to happen the maximum degree of symptoms occurs within minutes there may be ongoing worries about having further attacks and avoidance of places where attacks have occurred in the past the cause of panic disorder is unknown often it runs in families risk factors include smoking psychological stress and a history of child abuse diagnosis involves ruling out other potential causes including other mental disorders medical conditions such as heart disease or hyper￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m and drug use screening for the condition may be done using a questionnaire panic disorder is usually treated with counselling and medications the type of counselling used is typically cognitive behavioral therapy c￭ bt which is effective in more than half of people medications used include anti￭ depres￭ s￭ ants and occasionally benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines or beta bloc￭ kers following stopping treatment up to 30 of people have a recurrence panic disorder affects about 2 5 of people at some point in their life it usually begins during adoles￭ cence or early adul￭ thood but any age can be affected it is less common in children and older people women are more often affected than men
pan￭ my￭ el￭ osis is a form of my￭ elo￭ fi￭ bro￭ sis it is part of the presentation in acute pan￭ my￭ el￭ osis with my￭ elo￭ fi￭ bro￭ sis
pann￭ er disease is an o￭ ste￭ och￭ on￭ dro￭ sis of the capit￭ ell￭ um of the el￭ bow it causes pain and sti￭ ff￭ ness in the affected el￭ bow and may limit extension on radio￭ graphs the capit￭ ul￭ um may appear irregular with areas of radi￭ ol￭ uc￭ eny treatment is symptomatic with a good prog￭ no￭ sis it is primarily seen in children between five and ten years old the disease is named after the danish radio￭ logist hans j￭ essen pann￭ er 18￭ 71 – 1930 pann￭ er s disease is often caused by excessive throwing due to val￭ gus stress aka little league el￭ bow upon evaluation patients will have pain with an extension overload val￭ gus test in the poster￭ om￭ edi￭ al el￭ bow little le￭ agu￭ ers el￭ bow in seen in new league players with un￭ accustomed throwing which causes partial av￭ ul￭ sion of the medi￭ al epi￭ con￭ dy￭ le
pann￭ ic￭ u￭ li￭ tis is a group of diseases whose hallmark is infl￭ amm￭ ation of sub￭ cu￭ taneous adi￭ pose tissue the fatty layer under the skin pann￭ icul￭ us adi￭ po￭ sus symptoms include tender skin no￭ d￭ ules and systemic signs such as weight loss and fatigue restated an infl￭ am￭ matory disorder primarily loc￭ alized in the sub￭ cu￭ taneous fat is termed a pann￭ ic￭ u￭ li￭ tis a group of disorders that may be challenging both for the clin￭ ician and the der￭ mat￭ opath￭ o￭ logist
pan￭ oph￭ thal￭ miti￭ s is the infl￭ amm￭ ation of all coats of the animal eye including intra￭ oc￭ ular structures it can be caused by infection particularly from pseu￭ dom￭ onas species such as pseu￭ dom￭ onas aer￭ u￭ gin￭ osa clo￭ stri￭ dium species whip￭ ple s disease and also fun￭ gi it can also be cause by other stress
pan￭ ste￭ ati￭ tis or yellow fat disease is a physiological condition in which the body fat becomes infl￭ amed
pan￭ tai ser￭ i ken￭ ang￭ an literally the un￭ for￭ get￭ table beach is in ku￭ ala tu￭ t￭ ong in tu￭ t￭ ong district a popular recreation area just five minutes drive from tu￭ t￭ ong town the beach s appeal is the effect created by a narrow spit of land that separates the mirror smooth tu￭ t￭ ong river from the ru￭ ff￭ led waters of south china sea chal￭ ets restaurant hu￭ ts a play￭ ground and food stall are available a little further along the road passes the village of ku￭ ala tu￭ t￭ ong sheltered amidst a forest of co￭ con￭ ut pal￭ ms to reach the old jet￭ ty until the tu￭ t￭ ong bridge was constructed in 1959 a ferry had to be used to travel between the southern district centers of brun￭ ei and band￭ ar ser￭ i bag￭ aw￭ an pan￭ tai ser￭ i ken￭ ang￭ an or ser￭ i ken￭ ang￭ an beach is the nearest beach to tu￭ t￭ ong town
pan￭ to￭ th￭ en￭ ate kin￭ ase associated neuro￭ de￭ generation p￭ kan also known as neuro￭ de￭ generation with brain iron accumulation 1 n￭ bia 1 and formerly called hall￭ er￭ v￭ orden – sp￭ atz syndrome use of this ep￭ on￭ ym is somewhat discouraged due to hall￭ er￭ v￭ orden and sp￭ atz s affiliation with the nazi regime and the ethically questionable manner in which they acted is a degenerative disease of the brain that can lead to par￭ k￭ ins￭ on￭ ism dy￭ st￭ onia dementia and ultimately death neuro￭ de￭ generation in p￭ kan is accompanied by an excess of iron that progressively builds up in the brain
pap￭ al reg￭ alia and in￭ sign￭ ia are the official items of at￭ tire and decor￭ ation proper to the pope in his capacity as the head of the roman catholic church and sovereign of the vatican city state
a paper cut occurs when a piece of paper or other thin sharp material slic￭ es a person s skin paper cuts though named from paper can also be caused by other thin stiff materials although a loose paper sheet is usually too soft to cut it can be very thin sometimes as thin as a razor edge being then able to exert high levels of pressure enough to cut the skin paper cuts are most often caused by paper sheets that are strongly fast￭ ened together such as brand new paper out of a re￭ am because one single paper sheet might be dis￭ located from the rest thus all the other sheets are holding this dis￭ located sheet in position and the very small part held away from the rest can be stiff enough to act as a razor paper cuts can be surprisingly painful as they can stimulate a large number of skin surface no￭ cic￭ ep￭ tors pain recep￭ tors in a very small area of the skin because the shallow cut does not bleed very much the pain recep￭ tors are left open to the air ensuring continued pain however the cut can also be very deep in which case a pu￭ ddle of blood pools around a longer g￭ ash this is exacerbated by irritation caused by the fi￭ bers in the paper itself which may be co￭ ated in chemicals such as ble￭ ach additionally most paper cuts occur in the fingers which have a greater concentration of sensory recep￭ tors than the rest of the body the random orientation of coll￭ agen fi￭ bers in skin provides the ability to withstand pin￭ point forces however the skin does not have the same strength against sh￭ ear￭ ing forces and is easily cut
pap￭ ill￭ ary ec￭ cr￭ ine aden￭ oma also known as tu￭ bul￭ ar apo￭ cr￭ ine aden￭ oma is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by an un￭ common benign sweat g￭ land ne￭ op￭ las￭ m that presents as a der￭ mal no￭ dule located primarily on the extre￭ mi￭ ties of black patients
a pap￭ ill￭ ary fi￭ bro￭ el￭ ast￭ oma is a primary tumor of the heart that typically involves one of the valves of the heart pap￭ ill￭ ary fi￭ bro￭ el￭ ast￭ om￭ as while considered generally rare make up about 10 percent of all primary tumors of the heart they are the third most common type of primary tumor of the heart behind cardiac my￭ x￭ om￭ as and cardiac li￭ po￭ mas
pap￭ ill￭ ary ren￭ al cell carcin￭ om￭ as are sub￭ types of ren￭ al cell carcin￭ oma r￭ cc
pap￭ ill￭ ary ser￭ ous cy￭ stad￭ en￭ o￭ carcin￭ om￭ as are the most common form of m￭ align￭ ant o￭ vari￭ an cancer making up 26 percent of o￭ vari￭ an tum￭ ours in women aged over 20 in the united states as with most o￭ vari￭ an tum￭ ours due to the lack of early signs of disease these tum￭ ours can be large when discovered and have often me￭ tast￭ asi￭ zed often by spreading along the per￭ it￭ on￭ eu￭ m
pap￭ ill￭ ary sten￭ osis is a disturbance of the sp￭ h￭ inc￭ ter of od￭ di a muscular valve that prevents the opening and release of bile or pan￭ cre￭ atic fluids into the du￭ o￭ den￭ um in response to food entering the du￭ o￭ den￭ um obstruction of the valve can cause pan￭ cre￭ atic pain ja￭ und￭ ice bile le￭ aking back into the blood stream attacks of pan￭ cre￭ ati￭ tis
pap￭ ill￭ ary thyro￭ id cancer or pap￭ ill￭ ary thyro￭ id carcin￭ oma is the most common type of thyro￭ id cancer representing 75 percent to 85 percent of all thyro￭ id cancer cases it occurs more frequently in women and presents in the 20 – 55 year age group it is also the predominant cancer type in children with thyro￭ id cancer and in patients with thyro￭ id cancer who have had previous radiation to the head and neck it is often well differentiated slow growing and loc￭ alized although it can me￭ tast￭ asi￭ ze
a pap￭ ill￭ ary tumor is a tumor shaped like a small mush￭ room with its stem attached to the epi￭ the￭ li￭ al layer inner lining of an organ
in u￭ ro￭ logic path￭ ology pun￭ l￭ mp short for pap￭ ill￭ ary u￭ ro￭ the￭ li￭ al ne￭ op￭ las￭ m of low m￭ align￭ ant potential is an ex￭ op￭ hy￭ tic outward growing micro￭ sco￭ p￭ ically nip￭ ple shaped or pap￭ ill￭ ary pre m￭ align￭ ant growth of the lining of the upper gen￭ it￭ our￭ inary tract the u￭ ro￭ the￭ lium which includes the ren￭ al pel￭ vis u￭ re￭ ters ur￭ inary blad￭ der and part of the u￭ re￭ th￭ ra pun￭ l￭ mp is pronounced pu￭ n lump like the words pu￭ n and lump as their name suggests pun￭ l￭ mps are ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms i e cl￭ onal cellular prolifer￭ ations that are thought to have a low probability of developing into u￭ ro￭ the￭ li￭ al cancer i e a m￭ align￭ ancy such as blad￭ der cancer they are thought to be relatively rare one study of two hundred pap￭ ill￭ ary u￭ ro￭ the￭ li￭ al le￭ sions found a prevalence of 0 3 5
pap￭ il￭ le￭ dem￭ a or pap￭ il￭ lo￭ e￭ dem￭ a is op￭ tic dis￭ c sw￭ elling that is caused by increased in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial pressure the sw￭ elling is usually bilateral and can occur over a period of hours to weeks unilateral presentation is extremely rare pap￭ il￭ le￭ dem￭ a is mostly seen as a symptom resulting from another path￭ op￭ hy￭ si￭ ological process in in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial hyper￭ tension pap￭ il￭ le￭ dem￭ a most commonly occurs bilaterally when pap￭ il￭ le￭ dem￭ a is found on fun￭ do￭ sco￭ py further evaluation is warranted as vision loss can result if the underlying condition is not treated further evaluation with a ct or m￭ ri of the brain and or sp￭ ine is usually performed rec￭ ent￭ research has shown that point of care ul￭ tras￭ ound can be used to measure op￭ tic nerve she￭ ath diameter for detection of increased in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial pressure and￭ shows good diagnostic test accuracy compared to ct thus if￭ there is a question of pap￭ il￭ le￭ dem￭ a on fun￭ do￭ scopic examination or if the op￭ tic￭ dis￭ c cannot be adequately vis￭ u￭ alized ul￭ tras￭ ound can be used to rapidly assess￭ for increased in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial pressure and help direct further evaluation and￭ intervention unilateral pap￭ il￭ le￭ dem￭ a can suggest a disease in the eye itself such as an op￭ tic nerve gli￭ oma
a pap￭ il￭ lo￭ ma plural pap￭ il￭ lom￭ as or pap￭ il￭ lo￭ mata pap￭ illo oma is a benign epi￭ the￭ li￭ al tumor growing ex￭ op￭ hy￭ tically outw￭ ar￭ dly projec￭ ting in nip￭ ple like and often finger like fron￭ ds in this context pap￭ illa refers to the projection created by the tumor not a tumor on an already existing pap￭ illa such as the nip￭ ple when used without context it frequently refers to infections squ￭ am￭ ous cell pap￭ il￭ lo￭ ma caused by human pap￭ il￭ lo￭ ma￭ virus h￭ p￭ v such as war￭ ts human pap￭ il￭ lo￭ ma￭ virus infection is a major cause of cer￭ vic￭ al cancer although most h￭ p￭ v infections do not cause cancer there are however a number of other conditions that cause pap￭ il￭ lo￭ ma as well as many cases in which there is no known cause
pap￭ il￭ lo￭ mat￭ osis cu￭ tis carcin￭ o￭ ides also known as got￭ tr￭ on s carcin￭ o￭ id pap￭ il￭ lo￭ mat￭ osis and pap￭ il￭ lo￭ mat￭ osis cu￭ tis carcin￭ o￭ ides of got￭ tr￭ on – eisen￭ lo￭ hr is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by ver￭ ru￭ co￭ us skin le￭ sions and is due to an h￭ p￭ v infection of the skin
pap￭ illon – lef￭ è￭ vre syndrome pl￭ s also known as pal￭ mop￭ lan￭ tar ker￭ ato￭ der￭ ma with period￭ on￭ ti￭ tis is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive genetic disorder caused by a deficiency in cathe￭ p￭ sin c
pap￭ il￭ lo￭ ren￭ al syndrome also called ren￭ al co￭ lob￭ oma syndrome or isolated ren￭ al hypo￭ pl￭ asia is an auto￭ som￭ al dominant genetic disorder marked by underdevelopment hypo￭ pl￭ asia of the kidney and co￭ lob￭ om￭ as of the op￭ tic nerve
p￭ app￭ at￭ ac￭ i fever also known as ph￭ le￭ bo￭ tom￭ us fever and somewhat conf￭ us￭ ingly sand￭ fly fever and three day fever is a vector borne fe￭ bri￭ le ar￭ bo￭ viral infection caused by three sero￭ types of ph￭ le￭ bo￭ virus it occurs in sub￭ tropical regions of the eastern hemisphere the name p￭ app￭ at￭ ac￭ i fever comes from the italian word for sand￭ fly it is the union of the word p￭ app￭ a food and tac￭ i silent which distinguish these insect from mosquitoes which produce a typical noise while flying
pap￭ ular eruption of blacks is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized clin￭ ically by small pr￭ uri￭ tic pap￭ ules and his￭ to￭ logically by a mon￭ on￭ uc￭ lear cell e￭ o￭ sin￭ ophi￭ l peri￭ vascular infiltr￭ ate
pap￭ ular m￭ uc￭ in￭ osis also known as s￭ cler￭ om￭ y￭ x￭ e￭ dem￭ a generalized lichen my￭ x￭ e￭ dem￭ ato￭ sus and s￭ cl￭ ero￭ der￭ mo￭ id lichen my￭ x￭ e￭ dem￭ ato￭ sus is a rare skin disease loc￭ alized and disseminated cases are called pap￭ ular m￭ uc￭ in￭ osis or lichen my￭ x￭ e￭ dem￭ ato￭ sus while generalized con￭ flu￭ ent pap￭ ular forms with sclerosis are called s￭ cler￭ om￭ y￭ x￭ e￭ dem￭ a frequently all three forms are regarded as pap￭ ular m￭ uc￭ in￭ osis however some authors restrict it to only mild cases another form ac￭ ral persistent pap￭ ular m￭ uc￭ in￭ osis is regarded as a separate entity
pap￭ ular m￭ uc￭ in￭ osis of infancy also known as cu￭ taneous m￭ uc￭ in￭ osis of infancy is a skin condition caused by fi￭ bro￭ bl￭ asts producing abnormally large amounts of mu￭ co￭ pol￭ ys￭ ac￭ ch￭ ari￭ des characterized by skin colored or trans￭ luc￭ ent pap￭ ules
pap￭ ular pur￭ pur￭ ic gloves and socks syndrome is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by pr￭ ur￭ it￭ us e￭ dem￭ a and er￭ y￭ them￭ a of the hands and feet occurring primarily in teenagers and young adults an association with par￭ vo￭ virus b 19 has been described
pap￭ ular x￭ an￭ thom￭ a is a cu￭ taneous condition that is a rare form of non x his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ to￭ sis
pap￭ ul￭ o￭ er￭ y￭ thro￭ der￭ ma of o￭ fu￭ ji is a rare disorder most commonly found in japan characterized by pr￭ uri￭ tic pap￭ ules that spare the skin￭ fol￭ ds producing bands of un￭ involved cu￭ tis creating the so called deck chair sign frequently there is associated blood e￭ o￭ sin￭ ophi￭ lia skin biop￭ sies reveal a dense lymp￭ ho￭ his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ tic infiltr￭ ate e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ ils in the pap￭ ill￭ ary der￭ mis and increased lang￭ er￭ hans cells s 100 positive systemic ster￭ oids are the treatment of choice and may result in long term re￭ missions it was characterized in 1984 use of pu￭ va in treatment has been described
pap￭ ul￭ on￭ ec￭ ro￭ tic tuber￭ cu￭ lid is usually an as￭ ymp￭ tomatic chronic skin disorder presenting in successive crops skin le￭ sions symmetr￭ ically distributed on the ext￭ ens￭ or extre￭ mi￭ ties
a pap￭ ul￭ op￭ ust￭ ular condition is a condition composed of both pap￭ ule and pu￭ st￭ ules examples of pap￭ ul￭ op￭ ust￭ ular conditions include pap￭ ul￭ op￭ ust￭ ular ro￭ sac￭ ea pap￭ ul￭ op￭ ust￭ ular ac￭ ne sy￭ co￭ sis
a pap￭ ul￭ os￭ qu￭ am￭ ous disorder is a condition which presents with both pap￭ ules and scales or both scal￭ y pap￭ ules and pl￭ aqu￭ es examples include ps￭ ori￭ asis lichen plan￭ us and pit￭ y￭ ri￭ asis ro￭ sea
pap￭ y￭ rus oxy￭ rhy￭ n￭ ch￭ us 69 p ox￭ y 69 is a complaint about a robbery written in greek the man￭ us￭ cript was written on pap￭ y￭ rus in the form of a sheet it was discovered by gren￭ fell and hunt in 18￭ 97 in oxy￭ rhy￭ n￭ ch￭ us the document was written on 21 november 190 currently it is housed in the has￭ k￭ ell ori￭ ental institute at the university of chicago 20￭ 61 the text was published by gren￭ fell and hunt in 1898 the beginning of the letter is lost it is a petition to an unknown official describing the theft of some barley and asking that an investigation be carried out the author is unknown the measurements of the frag￭ ment are 178 by 115 mm the description of the crime scene is quite detailed they broke down a door that led into the public street and had been blocked up with bricks probably using a log of wood as a bat￭ tering ram they then entered the house and cont￭ ented themselves with taking what was stored there 10 ar￭ tab￭ ae of barley which they carried off by the same way we guessed that this was removed piecemeal by the said door from the marks of a rope dragged along in that direction and pointed out this fact to the chief of the police of that village and to the other officials 10 ar￭ tab￭ ae are equivalent to approximately 30 – 40 kilograms 66 – 88 lb of barley
pap￭ y￭ rus oxy￭ rhy￭ n￭ ch￭ us 86 p ox￭ y 86 is a complaint of a pilot of a public boat written in greek the man￭ us￭ cript was written on pap￭ y￭ rus in the form of a sheet it was discovered in oxy￭ rhy￭ n￭ ch￭ us the document was written on 28 march 338 currently it is housed in the cambridge university library add ms 40￭ 40 in cambridge
par￭ acet￭ am￭ ol toxicity is caused by excessive use or over￭ dose of the medication par￭ acet￭ am￭ ol acet￭ amin￭ oph￭ en most people with par￭ acet￭ am￭ ol toxicity have no symptoms in the first 24 hours following over￭ dose others may initially have non￭ specific complaints such as vague ab￭ domin￭ al pain and naus￭ ea with time signs of liver injury may develop these include low blood sugar low blood ph easy bleeding and he￭ p￭ atic encephalopathy some will spontaneously resolve although untreated cases may result in death in the united states and the united kingdom it is the most common cause of acute liver failure par￭ acet￭ am￭ ol toxicity is one of the most common causes of poisoning worldwide damage to the liver or he￭ pat￭ o￭ toxicity results not from par￭ acet￭ am￭ ol itself but from one of its metabol￭ ites n ace￭ ty￭ l p benzo￭ quin￭ one￭ im￭ ine nap￭ q￭ i nap￭ q￭ i decreases the liver s natural antioxid￭ ant glu￭ ta￭ th￭ ione and directly damages cells in the liver leading to liver failure risk factors for toxicity include excessive long term alcohol intake fast￭ ing an￭ ore￭ x￭ ia ner￭ vo￭ sa and the use of certain drugs such as is￭ oni￭ az￭ id treatment is aimed at removing the par￭ acet￭ am￭ ol from the body and replacing glu￭ ta￭ th￭ ione activated char￭ coal can be used to decrease absorption of par￭ acet￭ am￭ ol if the patient presents for treatment soon after the over￭ dose the antidote ace￭ ty￭ l￭ cy￭ ste￭ ine acts as a precursor for glu￭ ta￭ th￭ ione helping the body regener￭ ate enough to prevent damage to the liver n ace￭ ty￭ l￭ cy￭ ste￭ ine can neutr￭ alize nap￭ q￭ i by itself as well a liver transplant is often required if damage to the liver becomes severe patients treated early have a good prog￭ no￭ sis whereas patients that develop major liver ab￭ norm￭ alities typically have a poor outcome
par￭ a￭ coccidio￭ id￭ om￭ y￭ co￭ sis also known as brazilian bl￭ ast￭ om￭ y￭ co￭ sis south american bl￭ ast￭ om￭ y￭ co￭ sis lu￭ tz spl￭ end￭ ore de alme￭ ida disease and par￭ a￭ coccidio￭ idal gran￭ ul￭ oma is a fun￭ gal infection caused by the fun￭ gus par￭ a￭ coccidio￭ ides bra￭ sili￭ ensis sometimes called south american bl￭ ast￭ om￭ y￭ co￭ sis par￭ a￭ coccidio￭ id￭ om￭ y￭ co￭ sis is caused by a different fun￭ gus than that which causes bl￭ ast￭ om￭ y￭ co￭ sis
the paradox of fiction is a philosophical problem about how people can experience strong emotions from purely fic￭ tional things such as art literature and imagination the paradox draws attention to an everyday issue of how people are moved by things which in many ways do not really exist although the on￭ to￭ logy of fic￭ tional things in general has been discussed in philosophy since plato the paradox was first suggested by colin rad￭ ford and michael we￭ ston in 1975 after rad￭ ford and we￭ ston s original paper they and others have continued the discussion by giving the problem slightly differing formulations and solutions
paradoxical dis￭ inhi￭ bi￭ tion is a paradoxical reaction an un￭ common but recognized phenomenon characterized by acute excitement and an altered mental state caused by benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines the mechanism being poorly known but the most accepted theory is that it occurs secon￭ dar￭ y￭ to inhi￭ bi￭ tion of the restraining influences of the cor￭ tex and frontal lo￭ be due to the gab￭ a mim￭ e￭ tic action of benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines reversal of this action could be attained by an n￭ m￭ da recep￭ tor antagon￭ ist ke￭ tam￭ ine
a paradoxical reaction or paradoxical effect is an effect of medical treatment usually a drug opposite to the effect which would normally be expected an example of a paradoxical reaction is pain caused by a pain relief medication
a parag￭ ang￭ li￭ oma is a rare neuro￭ endocrine ne￭ op￭ las￭ m that may develop at various body sites including the head neck thor￭ ax and ab￭ dom￭ en about 97 are benign and cured by surgical removal the remaining 3 are m￭ align￭ ant because they are able to produce distant me￭ tast￭ ases parag￭ ang￭ li￭ oma is now the most widely accepted term for these le￭ sions that have been also described as g￭ lom￭ us tumor chem￭ o￭ dec￭ tom￭ a peri￭ the￭ li￭ oma fi￭ bro￭ an￭ gi￭ oma and sympathetic ne￭ vi
parag￭ on￭ im￭ i￭ asis is a food borne par￭ asi￭ tic infection caused by the lung flu￭ ke most commonly parag￭ on￭ im￭ us wester￭ man￭ i it inf￭ ects an estimated 22 million people yearly worldwide it is particularly common in east asia more than 30 species of tre￭ mato￭ des flu￭ kes of the genus parag￭ on￭ im￭ us have been reported among the more than 10 species reported to infect humans and only 8 bringing about infections in humans the most common is p wester￭ man￭ i the ori￭ ental lung flu￭ ke
par￭ ak￭ er￭ at￭ osis pu￭ st￭ ul￭ osa is a cu￭ taneous condition which is exclusively seen in children usually involving one finger most commonly the thumb or index finger with the affected nail showing sub￭ un￭ gu￭ al hyper￭ ker￭ at￭ osis and ony￭ chol￭ ysis
paral￭ lax is a displacement or difference in the apparent position of an object viewed along two different lines of sight and is measured by the angle or semi angle of inclination between those two lines the term is derived from the greek word παρά￭ λ￭ λα￭ ξ￭ ις paral￭ lax￭ is meaning alteration due to fore￭ shortening nearby objects have a larger paral￭ lax than more distant objects when observed from different positions so paral￭ lax can be used to determine distances astro￭ no￭ mers use the principle of paral￭ lax to measure distances to the closer stars here the term paral￭ lax is the semi angle of inclination between two sight lines to the star as observed when the earth is on opposite sides of the sun in its orbit these distances form the lowest rung of what is called the co￭ sm￭ ic distance ladder the first in a succession of methods by which astro￭ no￭ mers determine the distances to cel￭ esti￭ al objects serving as a basis for other distance measurements in astro￭ no￭ my forming the higher run￭ gs of the ladder paral￭ lax also affects optical instruments such as rifle sco￭ pes bin￭ oc￭ ul￭ ars micro￭ sco￭ pes and twin lens reflex cameras that view objects from slightly different angles many animals including humans have two eyes with overlapping visual fields that use paral￭ lax to gain depth perception this process is known as stere￭ op￭ sis in computer vision the effect is used for computer stere￭ o vision and there is a device called a paral￭ lax ran￭ ge￭ fin￭ der that uses it to find range and in some variations also altitude to a target a simple everyday example of paral￭ lax can be seen in the d￭ ash￭ board of motor vehicles that use a needle style spe￭ ed￭ ome￭ ter gauge when viewed from directly in front the speed may show exactly 60 but when viewed from the passenger seat the needle may appear to show a slightly different speed due to the angle of viewing
the parallel parking problem is a motion planning problem in control theory and mechanics to determine the path a car must take in order to parallel park into a parking space the front wheels of a car are permitted to turn but the rear wheels must stay aligned when a car is initially adjacent to a parking space to move into the space it would need to move in a direction per￭ pend￭ icular to the allowed path of motion of the rear wheels the admissible motions of the car in its configuration space are an example of a non￭ hol￭ on￭ om￭ ic system
parallel slowdown is a phenomenon in parallel computing where par￭ alle￭ li￭ zation of a parallel algori￭ thm beyond a certain point causes the program to run slower take more time to run to completion parallel slowdown is typically the result of a communications bottlenec￭ k as more processor no￭ des are added each processing no￭ de spends progressively more time doing communication than useful processing at some point the communications overhead created by adding another processing no￭ de sur￭ passes the increased processing power that no￭ de provides and parallel slowdown occurs parallel slowdown occurs when the algori￭ thm requires significant communication particularly of intermediate results some problems known as embarr￭ ass￭ ingly parallel problems do not require such communication and thus are not affected by slowdown
paralysis is loss of muscle function for one or more muscles paralysis can be accompanied by a loss of feeling sensory loss in the affected area if there is sensory damage as well as motor about 1 in 50 people in the u s have been diagnosed with some form of paralysis transi￭ ent or permanent the word comes from the greek παρά￭ λ￭ υ￭ σ￭ ις disab￭ ling of the nerves itself from παρ￭ ά para beside by and λ￭ ύ￭ σ￭ ις lysis losing and that from λ￭ ύ￭ ω lu￭ ō to lose a paralysis accompanied by involuntary tre￭ mors is usually called pal￭ sy
paraly￭ tic shellfish poisoning p￭ sp is one of the four recognized syndro￭ mes of shellfish poisoning which share some common features and are primarily associated with bivalve mollus￭ ks such as mus￭ sels cl￭ ams oy￭ sters and s￭ call￭ ops these shellfish are filter feed￭ ers and therefore accumulate neuro￭ toxins called sax￭ it￭ oxin produced by micro￭ scopic al￭ ga￭ e such as dino￭ flag￭ ell￭ ates di￭ atoms and cyan￭ ob￭ ac￭ ter￭ ia dino￭ flag￭ ell￭ ates of the genus alex￭ andri￭ um are the most numerous and widespread sax￭ it￭ oxin producers and are responsible for p￭ sp blo￭ oms in sub￭ arctic temper￭ ate and tropical locations the majority of toxic blo￭ oms have been caused by the mor￭ pho￭ species alex￭ andri￭ um cat￭ en￭ ella alex￭ andri￭ um tam￭ aren￭ se and alex￭ andri￭ um fund￭ y￭ ense which together comprise the a tam￭ aren￭ se species complex in asia p￭ sp is mostly associated with the occurrence of the species py￭ rod￭ ini￭ um ba￭ ham￭ ense human toxicity and mortality can occur after ing￭ estion of these animals but toxicity is also seen in wild animal populations also some pu￭ ffer￭ fish including cham￭ a￭ ele￭ on pu￭ ffer contain sax￭ it￭ oxin making their consumption hazardous
parame￭ tri￭ tis is an infl￭ amm￭ ation of the parame￭ tri￭ um connec￭ tive tissue adjacent to the uter￭ us it is considered a form of pel￭ vic infl￭ am￭ matory disease parame￭ tri￭ tis is infl￭ amm￭ ation of the lig￭ aments around the uter￭ us parame￭ tri￭ tis is different from perim￭ e￭ tri￭ tis which is infl￭ amm￭ ation of the ser￭ osa surrounding the uter￭ us
param￭ yo￭ ton￭ ia con￭ gen￭ ita pc also known as param￭ yo￭ ton￭ ia con￭ gen￭ ita of von eul￭ enburg or eul￭ enburg disease is a rare con￭ genital auto￭ som￭ al dominant neuro￭ muscular disorder characterized by “ paradoxical ” my￭ o￭ ton￭ ia this type of my￭ o￭ ton￭ ia has been termed paradoxical because it becomes worse with exercise whereas classical my￭ o￭ ton￭ ia as seen in my￭ o￭ ton￭ ia con￭ gen￭ ita is allevi￭ ated by exercise pc is also distinguished as it can be induced by cold temperatures although more typical of the periodic paraly￭ tic disorders patients with pc may also have potassium provoked paralysis pc typically presents within the first decade of life and has 100 penetr￭ ance patients with this disorder commonly present with my￭ o￭ ton￭ ia in the face or upper extre￭ mi￭ ties the lower extre￭ mi￭ ties are generally less affected while some other related disorders result in muscle atro￭ phy this is not normally the case with pc this disease can also present as hyper￭ kal￭ emic periodic paralysis and there is debate as to whether the two disorders are actually distinct
par￭ ane￭ op￭ l￭ astic acro￭ ker￭ at￭ osis baz￭ ex syndrome also known as acro￭ ker￭ at￭ osis par￭ ane￭ op￭ las￭ tica of baz￭ ex and acro￭ ker￭ at￭ osis ne￭ op￭ las￭ tica is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by ps￭ ori￭ asi￭ form changes of hands feet ears and nose with involvement of the nails and peri￭ un￭ gu￭ al tissues being characteristic and in￭ distingu￭ ishable from ps￭ ori￭ atic nails the condition is associated with carcin￭ om￭ as of the upper aero￭ dig￭ estive tract this condition should not be confused with the other unrelated disease called baz￭ ex syndrome otherwise referred to as baz￭ ex du￭ pre chris￭ tol syndrome
par￭ ane￭ op￭ l￭ astic cere￭ bell￭ ar de￭ generation p￭ cd is a par￭ ane￭ op￭ l￭ astic syndrome associated with a broad variety of tumors including lung cancer o￭ vari￭ an cancer breast cancer ho￭ dg￭ kin ’ s lymp￭ homa and others p￭ cd is a rare condition that occurs in less than 1 of cancer patients as is the case with other par￭ ane￭ op￭ l￭ astic syndro￭ mes p￭ cd is believed to be due to an auto￭ immune reaction targeted against components of the central nervous system mostly to pur￭ k￭ inj￭ e cells it is thought to be triggered when tumor cells in p￭ cd most commonly o￭ vari￭ an or breast cancer ec￭ top￭ ically express proteins normally expressed in the cere￭ bell￭ um this is believed to trigger an anti tumor immune response that may be clin￭ ically significant but also an anti ne￭ ural immune response a broad spectrum of neuro￭ nal and gli￭ al proteins has been identified as target antigens in p￭ cd neuro￭ logical symptoms may include among others dys￭ ar￭ thri￭ a trun￭ cal limb and ga￭ it at￭ ax￭ ia and ny￭ stag￭ mus symptoms often develop sub￭ acutely and progress rapidly over a period of weeks or months to a pl￭ ate￭ au period that can last for months to years and which often reflects complete loss of pur￭ k￭ inj￭ e cells of particular note p￭ cd symptoms precede the diagnosis of the underlying cancer in the majority of cases and often present insi￭ di￭ ously and progress rapidly for weeks to months to a severely disabled state followed by a variable pl￭ ate￭ au period that can last for months to years therefore newly developing cere￭ bell￭ ar at￭ ax￭ ia should always prompt proper diagnostic measures to exclude p￭ cd tumor removal is still the therapeutic main￭ stay with very early treatment being essential to prevent irreversible neuro￭ nal loss immun￭ o￭ sup￭ pres￭ sive or immun￭ om￭ od￭ ul￭ atory treatments are often ineffective there may be a role for high dose gam￭ mag￭ lob￭ ulin therapy in the treatment p￭ cd but due to the rare occurrence of this disease controlled trials of this therapy may be di￭ f￭ fi￭ cult
par￭ ane￭ op￭ l￭ astic ker￭ ato￭ der￭ ma is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by a hor￭ n￭ like skin tex￭ ture associated with an internal m￭ align￭ ancy
par￭ ane￭ op￭ l￭ astic p￭ emp￭ hi￭ gus is an auto￭ immune disorder stemming from an underlying tumor it is hypothe￭ sized that antigens associated with the tumor trigger an immune response resulting in bl￭ is￭ tering of the skin and mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ ran￭ es while patients with m￭ align￭ ant and benign tumors are both at risk m￭ align￭ ancy is associated with high mortality rates near 90 current treatment focuses on general wound healing and administering cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ster￭ oids which has not demonstrated a high success rate recent research developments aim to treat the underlying tumor in order to alleviate the symptoms of p￭ n￭ p
a par￭ ane￭ op￭ l￭ astic syndrome is a syndrome a set of signs and symptoms that is the consequence of cancer in the body but that unlike mass effect is not due to the local presence of cancer cells in contrast these phenomena are medi￭ ated by hu￭ moral factors such as hormones or cy￭ to￭ k￭ ines ex￭ cre￭ ted by tumor cells or by an immune response against the tumor par￭ ane￭ op￭ l￭ astic syndro￭ mes are typical among middle aged to older patients and they most commonly present with cancers of the lung breast ov￭ aries or lymp￭ h￭ atic system a lymp￭ homa sometimes the symptoms of par￭ ane￭ op￭ l￭ astic syndro￭ mes show before the diagnosis of a m￭ align￭ ancy which has been hypothe￭ sized to relate to the disease patho￭ genesis in this paradigm tumor cells express tissue restricted antigens e g neuro￭ nal proteins triggering an anti tumor immune response which may be partially or rarely completely effective in suppressing tumor growth and symptoms patients then come to clinical attention when this tumor immune response breaks immune tolerance and begins to attack the normal tissue expressing that e g neuro￭ nal protein the abbreviation p￭ ns is sometimes used for par￭ ane￭ op￭ l￭ astic syndrome although it is used more often to refer to the peripheral nervous system
paranoia is a thought process believed to be heavily influenced by anxiety or fear often to the point of delusion and ir￭ rationality paranoid thinking typically includes persecu￭ tory or beliefs of conspiracy concerning a perceived threat towards oneself e g everyone is out to get me paranoia is distinct from pho￭ bias which also involve irrational fear but usually no blame making false accusations and the general distrust of others also frequently accompany paranoia for example an incident most people would view as an accident or coincidence a paranoid person might believe was intentional
paranoid personality disorder pp￭ d is a mental disorder characterized by paranoia and a pervasive long standing suspic￭ i￭ ousness and generalized mistrust of others individuals with this personality disorder may be hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tive easily insulted and habitually relate to the world by vigilant scanning of the environment for clues or suggestions that may validate their fears or bi￭ ases paranoid individuals are eager observers they think they are in danger and look for signs and threats of that danger potentially not appreciating other evidence they tend to be guarded and suspicious and have quite con￭ stric￭ ted emotional lives their reduced capacity for meaningful emotional involvement and the general pattern of isolated withdrawal often lend a quality of schiz￭ o￭ id isolation to their life experience people with pp￭ d may have a tendency to bear gru￭ dges suspic￭ i￭ ousness tendency to interpret others actions as hostile persistent tendency to self reference or a ten￭ acious sense of personal right patients with this disorder can also have significant com￭ or￭ bi￭ dity with other personality disorders
paranoid schizophrenia schizophrenia paranoid type is a sub type of schizophrenia as defined in the diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders dsm iv code 295 30 it has been the most common type of schizophrenia schizophrenia is defined as “ a chronic mental disorder in which a person loses touch with reality psycho￭ sis schizophrenia is divided into sub￭ types based on the “ predominant symp￭ tom￭ at￭ ology at the time of evaluation the clinical picture is dominated by relatively stable and often persecu￭ tory delu￭ sions that are usually accompanied by halluc￭ inations particularly of the aud￭ itory variety hearing voices and percep￭ tual disturbances these symptoms can have a huge effect on functioning and can negatively affect quality of life paranoid schizophrenia is a lifelong disease but with proper treatment a person with the illness can attain a higher quality of life although paranoid schizophrenia is defined by those two symptoms it is also defined by a lack of certain symptoms negative symptoms the following symptoms are not prominent “ dis￭ organized speech dis￭ organized or cat￭ at￭ onic behavior or flat or inappropriate affect those symptoms are present in another form of schizophrenia dis￭ organized type schizophrenia the criteria for diagno￭ sing paranoid schizophrenia must be present from at least one to six months this helps to differentiate schizophrenia from other diseases such as bipolar disorder paranoid schizophrenia is defined in the diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders 4 th edition but it was dropped from the 5 th edition the american psychiatric association ap￭ a chose to eliminate schizophrenia sub￭ types because they had “ limited diagnostic stability low reliability and poor validity the symptoms and lack of symptoms that were being used to categ￭ ori￭ ze the different sub￭ types of schizophrenia were not concrete enough to be able to be diagnosed the ap￭ a also believed that the sub￭ types of schizophrenia should be removed because “ they did not appear to help with providing better targeted treatment or predicting treatment response targeted treatment and treatment response vary from patient to patient depending on his or her symptoms it is more beneficial therefore to look at the severity of the symptoms when considering treatment options
at least 50 of the diagnosed cases of schizophrenia experience delu￭ sions of reference and delu￭ sions of persecution paranoia perceptions and behavior may be part of many mental illnesses such as depression and dementia but they are more prevalent in three mental disorders paranoid schizophrenia delu￭ sional disorder persecu￭ tory type and paranoid personality disorder paranoia symptoms in paranoid schizophrenia and delu￭ sional disorder are characterized by persecu￭ tory delu￭ sions irrational beliefs that someone else is plo￭ tting against them persecu￭ tory delu￭ sions in paranoid schizophrenia are bizarre clearly impl￭ ausible not understandable and not derived from ordinary life experiences grandiose and frequently accompanied by aud￭ itory halluc￭ inations in contrast persecu￭ tory delu￭ sions in delu￭ sional disorder are not bizarre delusion is about situations that could occur in real life such as being followed being loved having an infection and being deceived by one s spouse but still unjustified persons with paranoia personality disorder tend to be self centered defensive and emotionally distant the paranoia is characterized by continuous suspicions this disorder may impact on social personal and professional areas
par￭ at￭ u￭ bal cy￭ sts pt￭ cs and par￭ ao￭ vari￭ an cy￭ sts are epi￭ the￭ lium lined fluid filled cy￭ sts in the ad￭ n￭ ex￭ a adjacent to the fall￭ op￭ ian tube and o￭ vary the terms are used inter￭ change￭ ably
par￭ ap￭ ha￭ sia is a type of language output error commonly associated with ap￭ ha￭ sia and characterized by the production of unintended sy￭ ll￭ ables words or phrases during the effort to speak par￭ ap￭ has￭ ic errors are most common in patients with flu￭ ent forms of ap￭ ha￭ sia and comes in three forms ph￭ on￭ emic or lit￭ eral neo￭ logistic and verbal par￭ ap￭ ha￭ si￭ as can affect metr￭ ical information seg￭ mental information number of sy￭ ll￭ ables or both some par￭ ap￭ ha￭ si￭ as preserve the meter without segm￭ entation and some do the opposite however most par￭ ap￭ ha￭ si￭ as affect both partially the term was apparently introduced in 18￭ 77 by the german english physician juli￭ us al￭ th￭ aus in his book on diseases of the nervous system in a sentence reading in some cases there is a perfect cho￭ rea or deli￭ ri￭ um of words which may be called par￭ ap￭ ha￭ sia
par￭ ap￭ hi￭ lia also known as sexual per￭ version and sexual deviation is the experience of intense sexual ar￭ ous￭ al to atypical objects fe￭ ti￭ shes situations fantasies behaviors or individuals no consensus has been found for any precise border between unusual sexual interests and par￭ ap￭ hil￭ ic ones there is debate over which if any of the par￭ ap￭ hi￭ li￭ as should be listed in diagnostic manu￭ als such as the diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders dsm or the international classification of diseases ic￭ d the number and tax￭ on￭ omy of par￭ ap￭ hi￭ li￭ as is under debate one source lists as many as 549 types of par￭ ap￭ hi￭ li￭ as the dsm 5 has specific lis￭ tings for eight par￭ ap￭ hil￭ ic disorders several sub classifications of the par￭ ap￭ hi￭ li￭ as have been proposed and some argue that a fully dimensional spectrum or complaint oriented approach would better reflect the evidence
par￭ ap￭ him￭ osis ˌ￭ p￭ ær￭ ə￭ fa￭ ɪ￭ ˈ￭ mo￭ ʊ￭ s￭ ᵻ￭ s or ˌ￭ p￭ ær￭ ə￭ f￭ ə￭ ˈ￭ mo￭ ʊ￭ s￭ ᵻ￭ s is an un￭ common medical condition in which the fores￭ kin of an un￭ circum￭ c￭ ised penis becomes trapped behind the gl￭ ans penis and cannot be reduced pulled back to its normal fl￭ acci￭ d position covering the gl￭ ans if this condition persists for several hours or there is any sign of a lack of blood flow par￭ ap￭ him￭ osis should be treated as a medical emergency as it can result in gang￭ rene
par￭ aph￭ ren￭ ia is a mental disorder characterized by an organized system of paranoid delu￭ sions with or without halluc￭ inations the positive symptoms of schizophrenia without deterioration of intell￭ ect or personality its negative symptom this disorder is also distinguished from schizophrenia by a lower hereditary occurrence less pre￭ mor￭ bid mal￭ adjustment and a slower rate of progression onset of symptoms generally occurs later in life near the age of 60 the prevalence of the disorder among the elderly is between 0 1 and 4 par￭ aph￭ ren￭ ia is not included in either the dsm 5 or the ic￭ d 10 psycho￭ therap￭ ists often diagnose patients presenting with par￭ aph￭ ren￭ ia as having atypical psycho￭ ses delu￭ sional disorder psycho￭ ses not otherwise specified schiz￭ o￭ aff￭ ective disorders and persistent persecu￭ tory states of older adults recently therap￭ ists have also been classifying par￭ aph￭ ren￭ ia as very late onset schizophrenia like psycho￭ sis
par￭ ap￭ legi￭ a is an impairment in motor or sensory function of the lower extre￭ mi￭ ties the word comes from ion￭ ic greek παρ￭ απ￭ λη￭ γ￭ ί￭ η half striking it is usually caused by spinal cord injury or a con￭ genital condition such as sp￭ ina bi￭ fi￭ da that affects the ne￭ ural elements of the spinal canal the area of the spinal canal that is affected in par￭ ap￭ legi￭ a is either the thor￭ ac￭ ic lum￭ bar or sac￭ ral regions common victims of this impairment are veterans or members of the armed forces if four limbs are affected by paralysis tetr￭ ap￭ legi￭ a or quad￭ ri￭ ple￭ gia is the correct term if only one limb is affected the correct term is mon￭ op￭ legi￭ a sp￭ astic par￭ ap￭ legi￭ a is a form of par￭ ap￭ legi￭ a defined by sp￭ as￭ tic￭ ity of the affected muscles rather than fl￭ acci￭ d paralysis
a par￭ ap￭ neu￭ mon￭ ic eff￭ usion is a type of ple￭ ural eff￭ usion that arises as a result of a pneumonia lung abs￭ c￭ ess or bron￭ chi￭ ec￭ tas￭ is there are three types of par￭ ap￭ neu￭ mon￭ ic eff￭ u￭ sions un￭ complicated eff￭ u￭ sions complicated eff￭ u￭ sions and emp￭ y￭ ema un￭ complicated eff￭ u￭ sions generally respond well to appropriate antibiotic treatment the criteria for a complicated par￭ ap￭ neu￭ mon￭ ic eff￭ usion include the presence of p￭ us gram stain – positive or culture positive ple￭ ural fluid ple￭ ural fluid ph 7 20 and ple￭ ural fluid ld￭ h that is greater than three times the upper limit of normal of serum ld￭ h appropriate management includes chest tube drainage tube thor￭ a￭ co￭ stom￭ y treatment of emp￭ y￭ emas includes antibiotics complete ple￭ ural fluid drainage and re￭ expansion of the lung other treatments include the use of decor￭ tication diagnostic techniques available include plain film chest x ray compu￭ ted tom￭ o￭ graphy ct and ul￭ tras￭ ound ul￭ tras￭ ound can be useful in differentiating between emp￭ y￭ ema and other tran￭ sud￭ ative and ex￭ ud￭ ative eff￭ u￭ sions due in part to relative echo￭ gen￭ icity of different organs such as the liver often iso￭ echo￭ genic with emp￭ y￭ ema
par￭ a￭ proc￭ ti￭ tis is a pur￭ ul￭ ent infl￭ amm￭ ation of the cellular tissues surrounding the rec￭ tum the most frequent cause is penetration of bacterial flora from the rec￭ tum into the surrounding cellular tissues which may occur through an anal fis￭ sure the infl￭ amm￭ ation is sometimes limited to the formation of an abs￭ c￭ ess and in some cases it spreads for a considerable distance and may be complicated by sep￭ sis the symptoms are acute pain in the rec￭ tal region tender￭ ness during defec￭ ation elevated body temperature and the appearance of an infiltr￭ ate in the anal region or on the but￭ toc￭ ks an un￭ lan￭ ced abs￭ c￭ ess may burst and a f￭ ist￭ ula form the disease becomes chronic after recur￭ ren￭ ces treatment includes administration of antibiotics and anti infl￭ am￭ matory agents and in the sup￭ pur￭ ative stage surgical lan￭ cing of the abs￭ c￭ ess
par￭ a￭ prote￭ in￭ emia also known as mono￭ cl￭ onal gam￭ mop￭ athy is the presence of excessive amounts of par￭ a￭ protein or single mono￭ cl￭ onal gam￭ mag￭ lob￭ ulin in the blood it is usually due to an underlying immun￭ o￭ prolifer￭ ative disorder or hem￭ ato￭ logic ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms especially multiple my￭ el￭ oma it is sometimes considered equivalent to plasma cell dys￭ cr￭ asia
par￭ ap￭ s￭ ori￭ asis refers to one of a group of skin disorders that are characterized primarily by their resemblance to ps￭ ori￭ asis red scal￭ y le￭ sions rather than by their underlying eti￭ ology ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms can develop from par￭ ap￭ s￭ ori￭ asis for example it can develop into cu￭ taneous t cell lymp￭ homa the word par￭ ap￭ s￭ ori￭ asis was formed in 19￭ 02
a par￭ asi￭ tic cone also ad￭ ven￭ tive cone or satellite cone is the cone shaped accumulation of volcanic material not part of the central vent of a volcano it forms from erup￭ tions from fractu￭ res on the flank of the volcano these fractu￭ res occur because the flank of the volcano is unstable eventually the fractu￭ res reach the mag￭ ma chamber and generate erup￭ tions called flank erup￭ tions which in turn produce a par￭ asi￭ tic cone a par￭ asi￭ tic cone can also be formed from a di￭ ke or si￭ ll cutting up to the surface from the central mag￭ ma chamber in an area different from the central vent an example of par￭ asi￭ tic cone is mount scott which is the parasite of mount ma￭ z￭ ama in cr￭ ater lake national park oregon usa a peculiar example of multiple par￭ asi￭ tic con￭ es is je￭ ju island in south korea je￭ ju features 368 ore￭ um 오￭ 름 mount which lie in a roughly lateral line on either side of the island s central dormant shield volcano hall￭ as￭ an
a par￭ asi￭ tic disease also known as paras￭ it￭ osis is an infectious disease caused or transmitted by a parasite many parasites do not cause diseases par￭ asi￭ tic diseases can affect practically all living organisms including plants and mammals the study of par￭ asi￭ tic diseases is called paras￭ it￭ ology some parasites like tox￭ op￭ las￭ ma gon￭ di￭ i and plas￭ modi￭ um spp can cause disease directly but other organisms can cause disease by the toxins that they produce
par￭ asi￭ tic pneumonia is an infection of the lungs by parasites it is a rare cause of pneumonia occurring almost exclusively in immun￭ o￭ compromised persons persons with a weakened or absent immune system this is a respiratory infection that may or may not be serious there are a variety of parasites which can affect the lungs in general these parasites enter the body through the skin or by being swallowed once inside the body these parasites travel to the lungs most often through the blood there a similar combination of cellular destruction and immune response causes disruption of oxygen transportation depending on the type of parasite antibiotics can be prescribed the most common parasites involved as￭ cari￭ asis sch￭ is￭ to￭ som￭ a tox￭ op￭ las￭ ma gon￭ di￭ i
paras￭ omni￭ as are a category of sleep disorders that involve abnormal movements behaviors emotions perceptions and dreams that occur while falling asleep sleeping between sleep stages or during ar￭ ous￭ al from sleep most paras￭ omni￭ as are dissoci￭ ated sleep states which are partial ar￭ ous￭ als during the transitions between wa￭ ke￭ fulness and n￭ rem sleep or wa￭ ke￭ fulness and rem sleep
par￭ ast￭ rem￭ matic dwar￭ f￭ ism is a rare bone disease that features severe dwar￭ f￭ ism thor￭ ac￭ ic ky￭ pho￭ sis a type of sco￭ li￭ osis that affects the upper back a distortion and tw￭ isting of the limbs contr￭ actu￭ res of the large joints mal￭ formations of the verte￭ bra￭ e and pel￭ vis and in￭ contin￭ ence the disease was first reported in 1970 by leonard l￭ anger and associates they used the term par￭ ast￭ rem￭ matic from the greek par￭ ast￭ rem￭ ma or distorted limbs to describe it on x rays the disease is distinguished by a f￭ loc￭ ky or l￭ ace like appearance to the bones the disease is con￭ genital which means it is apparent at birth it is caused by a mutation in the tr￭ p￭ v 4 gene located on chro￭ mo￭ some 12 in humans the disease is inherited in an auto￭ som￭ al dominant manner
a par￭ ath￭ yro￭ id aden￭ oma is a benign tumor of the par￭ ath￭ yro￭ id g￭ land it generally causes hyper￭ par￭ ath￭ yro￭ i￭ dis￭ m there are very few reports of par￭ ath￭ yro￭ id aden￭ om￭ as that were not associated with hyper￭ par￭ ath￭ yro￭ i￭ dis￭ m a human being usually has four par￭ ath￭ yro￭ id g￭ lands located on the back surface of the thyro￭ id in the neck the par￭ ath￭ yro￭ ids secre￭ te par￭ ath￭ yro￭ id hormone p￭ th which increases the concentration of calcium in the blood by inducing the bones to release calcium into the blood and the kidneys to re￭ absorb it from the urine into the blood when a par￭ ath￭ yro￭ id aden￭ oma causes hyper￭ par￭ ath￭ yro￭ i￭ dis￭ m more par￭ ath￭ yro￭ id hormone is secre￭ ted causing the calcium concentration of the blood to rise resulting in hyper￭ cal￭ cem￭ ia
par￭ ath￭ yro￭ id carcin￭ oma is a rare m￭ align￭ ant ne￭ op￭ las￭ m resulting in par￭ ath￭ yro￭ id aden￭ oma to carcin￭ oma progression it forms in tissues of one or more of the par￭ ath￭ yro￭ id g￭ lands four pea sized g￭ lands in the neck that make par￭ ath￭ yro￭ id hormone which helps the body store and use calcium it is rare and much less common than par￭ ath￭ yro￭ id aden￭ oma it can be difficult to excise
many conditions are associated with disorders of the function of the par￭ ath￭ yro￭ id g￭ land par￭ ath￭ yro￭ id diseases can be divided into those causing hyper￭ par￭ ath￭ yro￭ i￭ dis￭ m and those causing hypo￭ par￭ ath￭ yro￭ i￭ dis￭ m
a par￭ ath￭ yro￭ id ne￭ op￭ las￭ m is a tumor of the par￭ ath￭ yro￭ id g￭ land types include par￭ ath￭ yro￭ id aden￭ oma par￭ ath￭ yro￭ id carcin￭ oma
par￭ ath￭ yro￭ idi￭ tis is a condition involving infl￭ amm￭ ation of the par￭ ath￭ yro￭ id g￭ land it can be associated with hyper￭ par￭ ath￭ yro￭ i￭ dis￭ m
par￭ at￭ u￭ ber￭ cul￭ osis or joh￭ ne s disease ˈ￭ jo￭ ʊ￭ n￭ ə is a contagious chronic and sometimes fatal infection that primarily affects the small intest￭ ine of ruminants it is caused by the bacter￭ ium my￭ co￭ bacter￭ ium avi￭ um sub￭ species par￭ at￭ u￭ ber￭ cul￭ osis infections normally affect ruminants mammals that have four compart￭ ments of their stom￭ ach￭ s of which the rum￭ en is one but have also been seen in a variety of non￭ ruminant species including rabbits fo￭ xes and birds horses dogs and non￭ human pri￭ mates have been infected experim￭ entally par￭ at￭ u￭ ber￭ cul￭ osis is found worldwide with some states in australia where it is usually called bovine joh￭ ne s disease or b￭ jd as the only areas proven to be free of the disease some sources define par￭ at￭ u￭ ber￭ cul￭ osis by the lack of my￭ co￭ bacter￭ ium tuberculosis rather than the presence of any specific infectious agent leaving ambiguous the appropriateness of the term to describe bur￭ uli ul￭ cer or lady win￭ der￭ mere syndrome
par￭ aty￭ pho￭ id fever also known simply as par￭ aty￭ pho￭ id is a bacterial infection caused by one of the three types of salmonella enter￭ ica symptoms usually begin six to thirty days after exposure and are the same as those of typ￭ ho￭ id fever often there is a gradual onset of a high fever over several days weakness loss of appetite and headaches also commonly occur some people develop a skin rash with rose colored spots without treatment symptoms may last weeks or months other people may carry the bacteria without being affected however are still able to spread the disease to others both typ￭ ho￭ id and par￭ aty￭ pho￭ id are of similar severity par￭ aty￭ pho￭ id fever is a type of enter￭ ic fever along with typ￭ ho￭ id fever par￭ aty￭ pho￭ id is caused by the bacteria salmonella enter￭ ica of the sero￭ type par￭ aty￭ ph￭ i a par￭ aty￭ ph￭ i b or par￭ aty￭ ph￭ i c growing in the intest￭ ines and blood they are usually spread by eating or drinking food or water contaminated with the f￭ ec￭ es of an infected person they may occur when a person who prepares food is infected risk factors include poor sanitation as is found among poor crowded populations occasionally they may be transmitted by sex humans are the only animal infected diagnosis maybe based on symptoms and confirmed by either cul￭ turing the bacteria or detecting the bacteria s dna in the blood sto￭ ol or bone marrow cul￭ turing the bacteria can be difficult bone marrow testing is the most accurate symptoms are similar to that of many other infectious diseases ty￭ ph￭ us is an unrelated disease while there is no vaccine specifically for par￭ aty￭ pho￭ id the typ￭ ho￭ id vaccine may provide some benefit prevention includes drinking clean water better sanitation and better hand￭ washing treatment of disease is with antibiotics such as azi￭ thro￭ my￭ cin resistance to a number of other previously effective antibiotics is common par￭ aty￭ pho￭ id affects about 6 million people a year it is most common in parts of asia and rare in the developed world most cases are due to par￭ aty￭ ph￭ i a rather than par￭ aty￭ ph￭ i b or c in 2013 par￭ aty￭ pho￭ id fever resulted in about 54 000 deaths down from 63 000 deaths in 1990 the risk of death is between 10 and 15 without treatment while with treatment it may be less than one percent
a par￭ au￭ m￭ bil￭ ical or um￭ bil￭ ical her￭ nia is a pro￭ tru￭ sion of the ab￭ domin￭ al contents including mes￭ enter￭ ic fat or bo￭ wel through a weak point of the muscles or lig￭ aments near the na￭ vel it can lead to discomfort when fatty tissue gets trapped and a lump can be felt or seen whilst they are not usually life threatening routine surgical treatment is usually advised to prevent enlargement or strang￭ ulation or obstruction of the gut women are more frequently affected than men
par￭ av￭ acc￭ in￭ ia virus is a viral infection of the par￭ apo￭ x￭ virus genus of viruses human can contract the virus from contact with livestock infected with bovine pap￭ ular stom￭ ati￭ tis and is common with ran￭ chers mil￭ kers and veterinarians infection will present with fever fatigue and le￭ sion on the skin
parcel audit also referred to as small package auditing or shipping auditing is a function often performed by shippers of all sizes the audit process is commonly aimed at finding incorrectly bil￭ led charges on an invoice however the majority of companies that search out firms to perform a parcel audit are looking for late package refunds specifically un￭ claimed late package refunds have shown to be as high as 5 of total shipping spend
p￭ are￭ ido￭ lia p￭ ær￭ ᵻ￭ ˈ￭ do￭ ʊ￭ li￭ ə par￭ r i do￭ h lee ə is a psychological phenomenon involving a stimulus an image or a sound where￭ in the mind percei￭ ves a familiar pattern of something where none actually exists common examples are perceived images of animals faces or objects in cloud formations the man in the moon the moon rabbit and hidden messages within recorded music played in reverse or at higher or lower than normal speeds
paren￭ ting time is the amount of time each parent spends with their children when parents separate disagreements about how to measure it and how to divide it often cause controversy between the parents
pa￭ res￭ is is a condition ty￭ pi￭ fied by a weakness of voluntary movement or partial loss of voluntary movement or by impaired movement when used without quali￭ fiers it usually refers to the limbs but it can also be used to describe the muscles of the eyes oph￭ thal￭ m￭ opa￭ res￭ is the stomach gastro￭ pa￭ res￭ is and also the vocal cords vocal cord pa￭ res￭ is neuro￭ logists use the term pa￭ res￭ is to describe weakness and ple￭ gia to describe paralysis in which all voluntary movement is lost the term pa￭ res￭ is comes from the ancient greek π￭ άρ￭ ε￭ σ￭ ις letting go or paralysis from παρ￭ ί￭ η￭ μ￭ ι to let go to let fall
pa￭ res￭ the￭ sia is a sensation of ting￭ ling tic￭ kling pric￭ king or burning of a person s skin with no apparent physical cause the manifestation of a pa￭ res￭ the￭ sia may be transi￭ ent or chronic the most familiar kind of pa￭ res￭ the￭ sia is the sensation known as pins and needles or of a limb falling asleep a less well known and un￭ common but important pa￭ res￭ the￭ sia is form￭ ication the sensation of bugs crawling underneath the skin
the par￭ ik￭ h – do￭ ering oxid￭ ation is an oxid￭ ation reaction that trans￭ forms primary and secondary alcohol￭ s into alde￭ hy￭ des and ke￭ tones respectively the procedure uses di￭ methyl sul￭ fo￭ x￭ ide d￭ m￭ so as the oxid￭ ant activated by the sul￭ fur tri￭ oxide py￭ ri￭ dine complex in the presence of tri￭ ethyl￭ amine base the par￭ ik￭ h – do￭ ering oxid￭ ation the reaction can be run at mild temperatures often between 0 ° c and room temperature without formation of significant amounts of meth￭ yl￭ thi￭ om￭ ethyl e￭ ther side product the following example from the total synthesis of – ku￭ ma￭ us￭ all￭ ene by p a evans and co￭ workers illustrates typical reaction conditions the par￭ ik￭ h – do￭ ering oxid￭ ation
par￭ in￭ aud s oc￭ ul￭ og￭ land￭ ular syndrome is the combination of gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ ous con￭ junc￭ ti￭ vi￭ tis in one eye and sw￭ oll￭ en lymp￭ h no￭ des in front of the ear on the same side most cases are caused by cat scratch disease although it is an unusual feature of this condition occasionally it may be caused by other infections it should not be confused with the neuro￭ logical syndrome caused by a le￭ sion in the mid￭ brain which is also known as par￭ in￭ aud s syndrome both were named after the same person henri par￭ in￭ aud causes include bar￭ ton￭ ella hen￭ sel￭ ae franc￭ is￭ ella tul￭ aren￭ sis her￭ pes simpl￭ ex virus type 1 par￭ a￭ coccidio￭ ides bra￭ sili￭ ensis
par￭ in￭ aud s syndrome also known as dor￭ sal mid￭ brain syndrome vertical gaze pal￭ sy and sunset sign is an inability to move the eyes up it is caused by a tumor of the pine￭ al g￭ land which com￭ presses the vertical gaze center at the ro￭ str￭ al inter￭ sti￭ tial nucleus of medi￭ al longit￭ ud￭ inal fasc￭ icul￭ us ri￭ m￭ lf the eyes lose the ability to move upward it is a group of ab￭ norm￭ alities of eye movement and pupil dysfunction it is caused by le￭ sions of the upper brain stem and is named for henri par￭ in￭ aud 18￭ 44 – 1905 considered to be the father of french oph￭ thal￭ mo￭ logy
paris tro￭ us￭ seau syndrome p￭ ts is an inherited disorder characterized by mild hemorrha￭ gic tendency associated with 11 q chro￭ mo￭ some deletion it manifests as a gran￭ ular defect within an individual s plat￭ el￭ ets it is characterized by thro￭ m￭ bo￭ cy￭ tes with defects in α gran￭ ule components which affects the cell s sur￭ fe￭ ace area and consequently its ab￭ it￭ lity to spread when necessary fl￭ i 1 has been suggested as a candidate
the paris effect is a sensation or feeling that hei￭ ghtens the enjoyment of a taste or smell of a food or bever￭ age based on the circumstances of its consumption it is named for paris france
paris syndrome french syndrome de paris japanese パ￭ リ￭ 症￭ 候￭ 群 par￭ i sh￭ ō￭ k￭ ō￭ gun is a transi￭ ent psychological disorder exhi￭ bited by some individuals when visiting or vac￭ ation￭ ing to paris as a result of extreme shock resulting from their finding out that paris is not what they had expected it to be it is characterized by a number of psychiatric symptoms such as acute delu￭ sional states halluc￭ inations feelings of persecution perceptions of being a victim of prejudice aggression or hostility from others dere￭ alization de￭ person￭ alization anxiety and also psycho￭ som￭ atic manifestations such as di￭ zz￭ iness t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia swe￭ ating and others such as v￭ om￭ iting similar syndro￭ mes include jerusalem syndrome and st￭ end￭ hal syndrome the condition is commonly viewed as a severe form of culture shock it is particularly noted among japanese travel￭ ers
this is a pattern of my￭ cor￭ r￭ hi￭ z￭ al infection which is co￭ il like in mor￭ pho￭ logy these have direct in￭ trac￭ ell￭ ular growth to new cells the my￭ cohe￭ ter￭ o￭ troph￭ ic plants use this to their advantage as well as in many tree species such as ac￭ er
in compu￭ tational complexity theory the complexity class ⊕ p pronounced parity p is the class of decision problems sol￭ vable by a non￭ deter￭ minis￭ tic turing machine in poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al time where the acceptance condition is that the number of accepting compu￭ tation paths is odd an example of a ⊕ p problem is does a given graph have an odd number of perfect mat￭ ch￭ ings the class was defined by pap￭ adim￭ it￭ ri￭ ou and z￭ ac￭ hos in 1983 ⊕ p is a counting class and can be seen as finding the least significant bit of the answer to the corresponding p problem the problem of finding the most significant bit is in pp pp is believed to be a considerably harder class than ⊕ p for example there is a relati￭ vi￭ zed universe see oracle machine where p ⊕ p ≠ n￭ p pp exp￭ time as shown by bei￭ gel bu￭ hr￭ man and fort￭ now in 1998 while to￭ da s theore￭ m shows that ppp contains ph p ⊕ p is not known to even contain n￭ p however the first part of the proof of to￭ da s theore￭ m shows that b￭ pp ⊕ p contains ph lance fort￭ now has written a concise proof of this theore￭ m ⊕ p contains the graph isom￭ orph￭ ism problem and in fact this problem is low for ⊕ p it also trivi￭ ally contains up since all problems in up have either zero or one accepting paths more generally ⊕ p is low for itself meaning that such a machine gains no power from being able to solve any ⊕ p problem instantly the ⊕ symbol in the name of the class may be a reference to use of the symbol ⊕ in boo￭ lean al￭ ge￭ bra to refer the exclusive dis￭ junction operator this makes sense because if we consider accepts to be 1 and not accepts to be 0 the result of the machine is the exclusive dis￭ junction of the results of each compu￭ tation path
in boo￭ lean al￭ ge￭ bra a parity function is a boo￭ lean function whose value is 1 if and only if the input vector has an odd number of ones the parity function of two inputs is also known as the x￭ or function the parity function is notable for its role in theoretical investigation of circuit complexity of boo￭ lean functions the output of the parity function is the parity bit
parity learning is a problem in machine learning an algori￭ thm that solves this problem must guess the function ƒ given some samples x ƒ x and the assurance that ƒ compu￭ tes the parity of bits at some fixed locations the samples are generated using some distribution over the input the problem is easy to solve using ga￭ us￭ sian elimination provided that a sufficient number of samples from a distribution which is not too skewed are provided to the algori￭ thm
parker s not￭ ch named after former commissioner of the northwest territories john ha￭ vel￭ ock parker is a pro￭ tru￭ sion of the northwest territories south￭ wards into nun￭ av￭ ut on victoria island in the northwest territories the pro￭ tru￭ sion is part of the in￭ u￭ vi￭ k region and the ki￭ ti￭ k￭ me￭ ot region in nun￭ av￭ ut
par￭ kes weber syndrome p￭ ws is an un￭ common con￭ genital vascular mal￭ formation c￭ v￭ m similar to k￭ lip￭ pel – tr￭ é￭ na￭ un￭ ay syndrome but has its own distinct conditions it was first described in 1907 by british der￭ mato￭ logist frederick par￭ kes weber it is only found in about 0 3 of the world population
the par￭ kinson s disease foundation is a leading national presence in the united states in par￭ kinson s disease research education and public advocacy pdf funds scientific research to find the causes of and a cure for par￭ kinson s pdf also offers educational programs and support services for people with par￭ kinson s and their loved ones since its founding in 1957 pdf has funded more than 115 million worth of scientific research in par￭ kinson s disease as well as nearly 50 million in education and advocacy programs pdf has been awarded a four star rating from charity navig￭ ator in 10 of 14 assessment years as well as the wise giving alliance of the better business bureau b￭ bb charity seal of approval in recognition of the integrity and efficiency of its programs pdf focuses on meeting the needs of people living with par￭ kinson s by incorporating their perspective into its activities such as the people with par￭ kinson s advisory council which advises pdf on all projects as well as the par￭ kinson s advocates in research program which prepares people with par￭ kinson s disease to play a direct role in shaping the clinical research process in january 2016 the par￭ kinson s disease foundation and the national par￭ kinson foundation signed a letter of intent to merge the two organizations they are expected to sign definitive merger documents after completion of due diligence and to complete the merger as soon as possible thereafter
par￭ kinson s disease pd is a long term disorder of the central nervous system that mainly affects the motor system the symptoms generally come on slowly over time early in the disease the most obvious are shaking rigidity slowness of movement and difficulty with walking thinking and behavioral problems may also occur dementia becomes common in the advanced stages of the disease depression and anxiety are also common occurring in more than a third of people with pd other symptoms include sensory sleep and emotional problems the main motor symptoms are collectively called par￭ k￭ ins￭ on￭ ism or a par￭ k￭ ins￭ onian syndrome the cause of par￭ kinson s disease is generally unknown but believed to involve both genetic and environmental factors those with a family member affected are more likely to get the disease themselves there is also an increased risk in people exposed to certain pesticides and among those who have had prior head injuries while there is a reduced risk in tobacco smokers and those who drink coffee or tea the motor symptoms of the disease result from the death of cells in the substan￭ tia ni￭ gra a region of the mid￭ brain this results in not enough dop￭ amine in these areas the reason for this cell death is poorly understood but involves the build up of proteins into lew￭ y bodies in the neurons diagnosis of typical cases is mainly based on symptoms with tests such as neuro￭ imaging being used to rule out other diseases there is no cure for par￭ kinson s disease initial treatments is typically with the anti￭ par￭ kinson medication le￭ vo￭ dop￭ a with dop￭ amine agon￭ ists being used once le￭ vo￭ dop￭ a becomes less effective as the disease progres￭ ses and neurons continue to be lost these medications become less effective while at the same time they produce a complic￭ ation marked by involuntary w￭ ri￭ thing movements diet and some forms of rehabilitation have shown some effectiveness at improving symptoms surgery to place the micro￭ electro￭ des for deep brain stimulation has been used to reduce motor symptoms in severe cases where drugs are ineffective evidence for treatments for the non movement related symptoms of pd such as sleep disturbances and emotional problems is less strong in 2013 pd was present in 53 million people and resulted in about 103 000 deaths globally par￭ kinson s disease typically occurs in people over the age of 60 of which about one percent are affected males are more often affected than females when it is seen in people before the age of 40 or 50 it is called young onset pd the average life expectancy following diagnosis is between 7 and 14 years the disease is named after the english doctor james par￭ kinson who published the first detailed description in an essay on the shaking pal￭ sy in 18￭ 17 public awareness campaigns include world par￭ kinson s day on the birthday of james par￭ kinson 11 april and the use of a red tu￭ lip as the symbol of the disease people with par￭ k￭ ins￭ on￭ ism who have increased the public s awareness of the condition include actor michael j fox olympic cycl￭ ist davis ph￭ in￭ ney and late professional box￭ er muhammad ali
par￭ kinson plus syndro￭ mes also known as disorders of multiple system de￭ generation is a group of neuro￭ degenerative diseases featuring the classical features of par￭ kinson s disease trem￭ or rigidity ak￭ ine￭ sia brad￭ y￭ k￭ ine￭ sia and post￭ ural instability with additional features that distinguish them from simple idi￭ opathic par￭ kinson s disease pd some consider alzheimer s disease to be in this group par￭ kinson plus syndro￭ mes are either inherited genetically or occur spor￭ ad￭ ically the atypical par￭ k￭ ins￭ onian or par￭ kinson plus syndro￭ mes are often difficult to differentiate from pd and each other they include multiple system atro￭ phy m￭ sa progressive supran￭ uc￭ lear pal￭ sy p￭ sp and cor￭ ti￭ co￭ bas￭ al de￭ generation c￭ b￭ d dementia with lew￭ y bodies d￭ lb may or may not be part of the pd spectrum but it is increasingly recognized as the second most common type of neuro￭ degenerative dementia after alzheimer s disease these disorders are currently lum￭ ped into two groups the sy￭ nucle￭ in￭ opath￭ ies and the tau￭ opath￭ ies they may coexist with other patho￭ logies additional par￭ kinson plus syndro￭ mes include pick s disease and oli￭ v￭ op￭ on￭ to￭ cere￭ bell￭ ar atro￭ phy the latter is characterized by at￭ ax￭ ia and dys￭ ar￭ thri￭ a and may occur either as an inherited disorder or as a variant of multiple system atro￭ phy m￭ sa is also characterized by autonom￭ ic failure formerly known as shy – drag￭ er syndrome clinical features that distinguish par￭ kinson plus syndro￭ mes from idi￭ opathic pd include symmetr￭ ical onset a lack of or irregular resting trem￭ or and a reduced response to dop￭ am￭ iner￭ gic drugs including le￭ vo￭ dop￭ a additional features include brad￭ y￭ k￭ ine￭ sia early onset post￭ ural instability increased rigidity in ax￭ ial muscles dys￭ autonom￭ ia alien limb syndrome supran￭ uc￭ lear gaze pal￭ sy ap￭ ra￭ x￭ ia involvement of the cere￭ bell￭ um including the pyram￭ idal cells and in some instances significant cognitive impairment accurate diagnosis of these par￭ kinson plus syndro￭ mes is improved when precise diagnostic criteria are used since diagnosis of individual par￭ kinson plus syndro￭ mes is difficult the prog￭ no￭ sis is often poor proper diagnosis of these neuro￭ degenerative disorders is important as individual treatments vary depending on the condition the nuclear medicine spect procedure using 123 i i￭ b￭ z￭ m is an effective tool in the establishment of the differential diagnosis between patients with pd and par￭ kinson plus syndro￭ mes
par￭ k￭ ins￭ on￭ ism is a clinical syndrome characterized by trem￭ or brad￭ y￭ k￭ ine￭ sia rigidity and post￭ ural instability par￭ k￭ ins￭ on￭ ism shares symptoms found in par￭ kinson s disease from which it is named but par￭ k￭ ins￭ on￭ ism is a symptom complex and differs from par￭ kinson disease which is a progressive neuro￭ degenerative illness the underlying causes of par￭ k￭ ins￭ on￭ ism are numerous and diagnosis can be complex the neuro￭ degenerative condition par￭ kinson s disease pd is the most common cause of par￭ k￭ ins￭ on￭ ism however a wide range of other eti￭ o￭ logies may lead to a similar set of symptoms including some toxins a few metabol￭ ic diseases and a handful of neuro￭ logical conditions other than par￭ kinson s about 7 of people with par￭ k￭ ins￭ on￭ ism have developed their symptoms following treatment with particular medications side effect of medications mainly neuro￭ le￭ ptic anti￭ psycho￭ tics especially the phen￭ o￭ thi￭ az￭ ines such as per￭ phen￭ az￭ ine and chlor￭ pro￭ ma￭ zine thi￭ ox￭ anth￭ en￭ es such as fl￭ up￭ en￭ thi￭ x￭ ol and zu￭ cl￭ open￭ thi￭ x￭ ol and bu￭ ty￭ ro￭ phen￭ ones such as hal￭ oper￭ ido￭ l pi￭ per￭ az￭ ines such as zi￭ pra￭ sid￭ one and rarely anti￭ depres￭ s￭ ants the incidence of drug induced par￭ k￭ ins￭ on￭ ism increases with age drug induced par￭ k￭ ins￭ on￭ ism tends to remain at its presenting level not progress like par￭ kinson s disease
par￭ oni￭ ria is a medical condition involving an excess of mor￭ bid dreams and nightmares par￭ oni￭ ria is suspected to have many causes including fear stress depression trauma and sleep deprivation among others
a par￭ ony￭ ch￭ ia ˌ￭ p￭ ær￭ ə￭ ˈ￭ n￭ ɪ￭ ki￭ ə greek παρ￭ ω￭ ν￭ υ￭ χ￭ ία from para around and on￭ uk￭ h nail is a nail disease that is an often tender bacterial or fun￭ gal infection of the hand or foot where the nail and skin meet at the side or the base of a finger or to￭ en￭ ail the infection can start suddenly acute par￭ ony￭ ch￭ ia or gradually chronic par￭ ony￭ ch￭ ia par￭ ony￭ ch￭ ia is commonly mis￭ applied as a synon￭ ym for whit￭ low or fel￭ on
in e￭ ty￭ mo￭ logy including on￭ om￭ as￭ tics par￭ onym￭ ic attraction is the distorting effect exerted on a word by one of its par￭ ony￭ ms that is a quasi hom￭ on￭ ym par￭ onym￭ ic attraction is the origin of many names a common phenomenon par￭ onym￭ ic attraction is usually expressed through the replacement of a word whose meaning is not understood by a term designating a name common or proper or a common concept
par￭ os￭ mia from the greek para o￭ sm￭ i also known as tro￭ pos￭ mia gk or ca￭ cos￭ mia gk is an ol￭ factory dysfunction that is characterized by the inability of the brain to properly identify an od￭ or s natural smell what happens instead is that the natural od￭ or is trans￭ cri￭ bed into what is most often described as an unpleasant arom￭ a typically a burned ro￭ tting f￭ ec￭ al or chemical smell there are instances however of pleasant od￭ ors this is more specifically called eu￭ os￭ mia gk
par￭ o￭ ti￭ tis is an infl￭ amm￭ ation of one or both par￭ o￭ ti￭ d g￭ lands the major sali￭ vary g￭ lands located on either side of the face in humans the par￭ o￭ ti￭ d g￭ land is the sali￭ vary g￭ land most commonly affected by infl￭ amm￭ ation
par￭ oxy￭ sm￭ al attacks or par￭ ox￭ ys￭ ms from greek πα￭ ρο￭ ξ￭ υ￭ σ￭ μ￭ ός are a sudden recurrence or intensification of symptoms such as a sp￭ asm or seizure these short frequent and stereo￭ ty￭ ped symptoms can be observed in various clinical conditions they are usually associated with multiple sclerosis or per￭ tus￭ sis but they may also be observed in other disorders such as en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis head trauma stroke asthma tri￭ gem￭ inal ne￭ ur￭ al￭ gia breath holding spells epi￭ le￭ psy malaria tab￭ es dor￭ sal￭ is and beh￭ ç￭ et s disease par￭ oxy￭ sm￭ al no￭ c￭ tur￭ nal h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in￭ ur￭ ia p￭ n￭ h it has also been noted as a symptom of grati￭ fication disorder in children the word par￭ ox￭ ys￭ m means sudden attack out￭ burst and comes from the greek πα￭ ρο￭ ξ￭ υ￭ σ￭ μ￭ ός par￭ ox￭ us￭ mos irritation exasper￭ ation par￭ oxy￭ sm￭ al attacks in various disorders have been reported extensively and ep￭ hap￭ tic coupling of dem￭ yel￭ inated nerves has been presumed as one of the underlying mechanisms of this phenomenon this is supported by the presence of these attacks in multiple sclerosis and tab￭ es dor￭ sal￭ is which both involve dem￭ yel￭ ination of spinal cord neurons exercise t￭ acti￭ le stimul￭ i hot water anxiety and neck fl￭ ex￭ ion may provoke par￭ oxy￭ sm￭ al attacks most reported par￭ oxy￭ sm￭ al attacks are painful tonic sp￭ as￭ ms dys￭ ar￭ thri￭ a and at￭ ax￭ ia num￭ b￭ ness and hem￭ ip￭ a￭ res￭ is they are typically different from other transi￭ ent symptoms by their bre￭ vity lasting no more than 2 minutes frequency from 1 2 times day up to a few hundred times day stereo￭ ty￭ ped fashion and excellent response to drugs usually carb￭ amaz￭ ep￭ ine withdrawal of symptoms without any residual neuro￭ logical finding is another key feature in their recognition
par￭ oxy￭ sm￭ al cold h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in￭ ur￭ ia p￭ ch also known as don￭ ath land￭ ste￭ iner syndrome is a disease of humans that is characterized by the sudden presence of h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in in the urine called h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in￭ ur￭ ia typically after exposure to cold temperatures
it is noteworthy that un￭ mas￭ king persistent sodium current in presence of calcium channel bloc￭ ker has been well established it is likely that calcium channel bloc￭ ker will block voltage and lig￭ and gated calcium channel thereby affecting calcium activated potassium channel in inver￭ te￭ br￭ ate model system the initiation of p￭ ds without blocking any channel are much more prevalent in mammalian neurons for example thal￭ am￭ oc￭ or￭ tical ne￭ uron ca 3 pyram￭ idal ne￭ uron and some hypo￭ thal￭ am￭ ic neurons the possibility of spontaneous bursting in these neurons are implicated in regulating hormonal secre￭ tion the significance of p￭ ds may increase the signal to noise ratio plays vital role in information processing syn￭ ap￭ tic plas￭ tic￭ ity and among others in contrast the p￭ d￭ ss could be generated by electrical or chemical stimulation to single neurons depending on influx of ions p￭ ds can be theoretically categ￭ orized into two type ca 2 dependent p￭ ds requires the entry of ca 2 while na dependent p￭ ds is presumed to be non syn￭ ap￭ tic the p￭ ds found in inver￭ te￭ br￭ ates like heli￭ x and higher vertebr￭ ates are assumed to predominantly generated by activation of am￭ pa recep￭ tor subsequently leading to activation of n￭ m￭ da recep￭ tor the evidence shows that there is probable increase in in￭ trac￭ ell￭ ular calcium ions which sustained calcium dependent p￭ ds as usual this ca ions will activate calcium dependent potassium channel and p￭ ds will terminate this is the case of that provides clue for syn￭ ap￭ tic transmission alternatively the p￭ ds can still occur and less frequently studied in blocking calcium channel with heavy metals such as ni 2 the further evidence for na dependent p￭ ds are highlighted in le￭ ech with the possibility to study p￭ ds in detail it is likely that such type of p￭ ds sustained in absence of calcium the case represents the non syn￭ ap￭ tic nature of p￭ ds finally the na k pump and calcium activated potassium channel might play a role in terminating p￭ ds paradoxically there might arise the argument whether in￭ trac￭ ell￭ ular calcium could able to re￭ pol￭ arize the single ne￭ uron while blocking these calcium entry from ex￭ trac￭ ell￭ ular mil￭ leu however the other opportunity such as na ca 2 exchange as well as small contribution from in￭ trac￭ ell￭ ular stores need to be explored if several million neurons discharge at once it shows up on a scal￭ p eeg as a focal inter￭ ic￭ tal epi￭ le￭ p￭ ti￭ form spike par￭ oxy￭ sm￭ al de￭ pol￭ ari￭ zing shifts can lead to an epi￭ le￭ ptic seizure if there is an underlying pre￭ disposition and recording the spike can be an important aid in distinguishing seizure types
par￭ oxy￭ sm￭ al exercise induced dy￭ st￭ onia or ped is a rare neuro￭ logical disorder characterized by sudden transi￭ ent involuntary movements often including repeti￭ tive tw￭ isting motions and painful posturing triggered by exercise or other physical exer￭ tion ped is in the class of par￭ oxy￭ sm￭ al dy￭ sk￭ ine￭ sia which are a group of rare movement disorders characterized by attacks of hyper￭ k￭ ine￭ sia with intact consciousness the term par￭ oxy￭ sm￭ al indicates that the episodes are sudden and short lived and usually un￭ predicted and return to normal is rapid the number of reported cases of people with ped is very small leading to difficulty in studying and classifying this disease and most studies are limited to a very small number of test subjects
par￭ oxy￭ sm￭ al extreme pain disorder pe￭ pd originally named famili￭ al rec￭ tal pain syndrome is a rare disorder whose most notable features are pain in the man￭ di￭ bul￭ ar oc￭ ular and rec￭ tal areas as well as flu￭ shing pe￭ pd often first manifests at the beginning of life perhaps even in uter￭ o with symptoms persisting throughout life pe￭ pd symptoms are reminiscent of primary er￭ y￭ thro￭ mel￭ al￭ gia as both result in flu￭ shing and ep￭ is￭ od￭ ic pain though pain is typically present in the extre￭ mi￭ ties for primary er￭ y￭ thro￭ mel￭ al￭ gia both of these disorders have recently been shown to be all￭ el￭ ic both caused by mutations in the voltage gated sodium channel nav 1 7 en￭ coded by the gene s￭ cn 9 a a different mutation in s￭ cn 9 a causes con￭ genital in￭ sensitivity to pain
par￭ oxy￭ sm￭ al hand hem￭ atom￭ a also known as ach￭ en￭ bach syndrome is a skin condition characterized by spontaneous focal hemorrha￭ ge into the palm or the vol￭ ar surface of a finger which results in transitory loc￭ alized pain followed by rapid sw￭ elling and loc￭ alized blue￭ ish dis￭ color￭ ation
par￭ oxy￭ sm￭ al hyper￭ tension is ep￭ is￭ od￭ ic and volatile high blood pressure which may be due to stress of any sort or from a p￭ he￭ och￭ ro￭ mo￭ cy￭ tom￭ a a type of tumor involving the adren￭ al med￭ ul￭ la patients with par￭ oxy￭ sm￭ al hyper￭ tension who test negative for p￭ he￭ och￭ ro￭ mo￭ cy￭ tom￭ a are said to be suffering from a clinical entity called pseu￭ dop￭ he￭ och￭ ro￭ mo￭ cy￭ tom￭ a this disorder is due to ep￭ is￭ od￭ ic dop￭ amine discharge and has been observed predominantly in hyper￭ ten￭ sive women that had episodes that shared similar characteristics of p￭ he￭ och￭ ro￭ mo￭ cy￭ tom￭ a but testing proved negative and had ruled out the tumor in patients with pseu￭ dop￭ he￭ och￭ ro￭ mo￭ cy￭ tom￭ a dop￭ amine was found to be significantly increased post par￭ ox￭ ys￭ m the par￭ ox￭ ys￭ m is said to be similar to the hyper￭ ten￭ sive episodes described by page these episodes commonly occur after di￭ encephal￭ ic stimulation therefore pseu￭ dop￭ he￭ och￭ ro￭ mo￭ cy￭ tom￭ a shares many characteristics of page s syndrome pseu￭ dop￭ he￭ och￭ ro￭ mo￭ cy￭ tom￭ a col￭ lo￭ qu￭ ially known as page s syndrome is caused predominantly by ep￭ is￭ od￭ ic dop￭ amine discharge stres￭ sors including pain or anxiety or possibly repressed emotions caused by prior emotional trauma and commonly a repressive way of coping emotionally therefore treatment of pseu￭ dop￭ he￭ och￭ ro￭ mo￭ cy￭ tom￭ a is aimed at psychological support and intervention with anti￭ depres￭ s￭ ants but also treatment with alpha and then beta bloc￭ kers in resistant cases
par￭ oxy￭ sm￭ al k￭ ine￭ si￭ genic cho￭ re￭ athe￭ to￭ sis p￭ k￭ c also called par￭ oxy￭ sm￭ al k￭ ine￭ si￭ genic dy￭ sk￭ ine￭ sia p￭ k￭ d is a hyper￭ k￭ ine￭ tic movement disorder characterized by attacks of involuntary movements which are triggered by sudden voluntary movements the number of attacks can increase during pu￭ ber￭ ty and decrease in a person s 20 s to 30 s involuntary movements can take many forms such as bal￭ lis￭ m cho￭ rea or dy￭ st￭ onia and usually only affect one side of the body or one limb in particular this rare disorder only affects about 1 in 150 000 people with p￭ k￭ d accounting for 86 8 of all the types of par￭ oxy￭ sm￭ al dy￭ sk￭ ine￭ si￭ as and occurs more often in males than females there are two types of p￭ k￭ d primary and secondary primary p￭ k￭ d can be further broken down into famili￭ al and spor￭ adic famili￭ al p￭ k￭ d which means the individual has a family history of the disorder is more common but spor￭ adic cases are also seen secondary p￭ k￭ d can be caused by many other medical conditions such as multiple sclerosis ms stroke pseu￭ do￭ hypo￭ par￭ ath￭ yro￭ i￭ dis￭ m hypo￭ cal￭ cem￭ ia hypo￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia hyper￭ gly￭ cem￭ ia central nervous system trauma or peripheral nervous system trauma p￭ k￭ d has also been linked with inf￭ anti￭ le con￭ vul￭ sions and cho￭ re￭ o￭ athe￭ to￭ sis ic￭ ca syndrome in which patients have af￭ e￭ bri￭ le seizures during infancy benign famili￭ al inf￭ anti￭ le epi￭ le￭ psy and then develop par￭ oxy￭ sm￭ al cho￭ re￭ o￭ athe￭ to￭ sis later in life this phenomenon is actually quite common with about 42 of individuals with p￭ k￭ d reporting a history of af￭ e￭ bri￭ le seizures as a child
par￭ oxy￭ sm￭ al no￭ c￭ tur￭ nal h￭ emo￭ glob￭ in￭ ur￭ ia p￭ n￭ h is a rare acquired life threatening disease of the blood characterized by destruction of red blood cells by the complement system a part of the body s intrinsic immune system this destructive process is a result of a defect in the formation of surface proteins on the red blood cell which normally function to inhibit such immune reactions since the complement cas￭ c￭ ade attacks the red blood cells throughout the circul￭ atory system the hem￭ ol￭ ysis is considered an intr￭ av￭ ascular hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic an￭ emia other key features of the disease notably the high incidence of thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis are not totally understood p￭ n￭ h is the only hem￭ ol￭ y￭ tic an￭ emia caused by an acquired rather than inherited intrinsic defect in the cell memb￭ rane deficiency of gly￭ cop￭ hosp￭ h￭ ati￭ dy￭ lin￭ o￭ sit￭ ol leading to absence of protective proteins on the memb￭ rane it may develop on its own primary p￭ n￭ h or in the context of other bone marrow disorders such as ap￭ l￭ astic an￭ emia secondary p￭ n￭ h only a minority 26 have the tell￭ tale red urine in the morning that originally gave the condition its name al￭ log￭ ene￭ ic bone marrow transplantation is the only cur￭ ative therapy but has significant rates of both mortality and ongoing morbi￭ dity the mono￭ cl￭ onal anti￭ body ecu￭ li￭ z￭ um￭ ab is effective at reducing the need for blood trans￭ fu￭ sions and improving quality of life it however does not appear to change the risk of death or blood clo￭ ts and has an extremely high price with a single year of treatment costing at least 440 000
par￭ oxy￭ sm￭ al non￭ k￭ ine￭ si￭ genic dy￭ sk￭ ine￭ sia p￭ n￭ k￭ d is an ep￭ is￭ od￭ ic movement disorder first described by mount and re￭ back in 1940 under the name famili￭ al par￭ oxy￭ sm￭ al cho￭ re￭ o￭ athe￭ to￭ sis it is a rare hereditary disease that affects various muscular and nervous systems in the body passing to roughly fifty percent of the offspring
par￭ oxy￭ sm￭ al su￭ pra￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia ps￭ v￭ t is a type of su￭ pra￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia often people have no symptoms otherwise symptoms may include pal￭ p￭ itations feeling ligh￭ the￭ aded swe￭ ating short￭ ness of breath and chest pain episodes start and end suddenly the cause is not known risk factors include alcohol caff￭ eine nicotine psychological stress and wol￭ ff par￭ kinson white syndrome which often is inherited from a person s parents the underlying mechanism typically involves an accessory path￭ way that results in re entry diagnosis is typically by an electro￭ cardi￭ o￭ gram ec￭ g which shows narrow q￭ rs complex￭ es and a fast heart rhythm typically between 150 and 240 beats per minute vag￭ al maneu￭ vers such as the val￭ sal￭ va maneuver are often used as the initial treatment if not effective and the person has a normal blood pressure the medication aden￭ os￭ ine may be tried if aden￭ os￭ ine is not effective a calcium channel bloc￭ kers or beta bloc￭ ker maybe used otherwise synchron￭ ized cardi￭ over￭ sion is the treatment future episodes can be prevented by cathe￭ ter ab￭ l￭ ation about 2 3 per 1000 people have par￭ oxy￭ sm￭ al su￭ pra￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular t￭ ach￭ y￭ car￭ dia problems typically begin in those 12 to 45 years old women are more often affected than men outcomes in those who otherwise have a normal heart are generally good an ul￭ tras￭ ound of the heart may be done to rule out underlying heart problems
par￭ oxy￭ sm￭ al sympathetic hyper￭ activity p￭ sh is a syndrome that causes episodes of increased activity of the sympathetic nervous system hyper￭ activity of the sympathetic nervous system can manifest as increased heart rate increased respir￭ ation increased blood pressure di￭ ap￭ ho￭ res￭ is and hyper￭ ther￭ mia previously this syndrome has been identified as general dys￭ autonom￭ ia but now is considered a specific form of it it has also been referred to as par￭ oxy￭ sm￭ al sympathetic instability with dy￭ st￭ onia or paid and sympathetic storm recently however studies have adopted the name par￭ oxy￭ sm￭ al sympathetic hyper￭ activity to ensure specificity p￭ sh is observed more in younger patients than older ones it is also seen more commonly in men than women there is no known reason why this is the case although it is suspected path￭ op￭ hy￭ si￭ ological links may exist in patients surviving traumatic brain injury the occurrence of these episodes is one in every three p￭ sh can also be associated with severe an￭ ox￭ ia sub￭ ar￭ ach￭ no￭ id and in￭ trac￭ ere￭ br￭ al hemorrha￭ ge and hydro￭ cephal￭ us
par￭ oxy￭ sm￭ al tonic up￭ gaze p￭ tu of childhood is a rare and distinctive ne￭ uro oph￭ thal￭ mo￭ logical syndrome characterized by episodes of sustained upward deviation of the eyes symptoms normally appear in babies under one year of age and are characterized by an upward stare or gaze with the eyes rolled back while the chin is typically held low babies suffering from p￭ tu may exhibit normal or slightly jer￭ ky side to side eye movement naus￭ ea irrit￭ ability frequent sleep developmental and language delays ver￭ ti￭ go and loss of muscle tone the condition is generally regarded as having a benign outcome in the sense that it improves rather than wor￭ sens over time the average age of recovery is at about 2 5 years p￭ tu was first described in 1988 as of 2002 approximately fifty cases had been diagnosed because the condition is so rare the majority of physicians have never seen it and thus may not recognize it videot￭ aping a child both in and out of the up￭ gaze state can be vital for reaching a diagnosis
in mathematics the par￭ ry – daniels map is a function studied in the context of dynam￭ ical systems typical questions concern the existence of an invari￭ ant or er￭ god￭ ic measure for the map it is named after the english mathem￭ ati￭ cian bill par￭ ry and the british statis￭ tic￭ ian henry daniels who independently studied the map in papers published in 1962
par￭ ry – rom￭ berg syndrome also known as progressive hem￭ i￭ facial atro￭ phy is a rare disease characterized by progressive shr￭ ink￭ age and de￭ generation of the tissues beneath the skin usually on only one side of the face hem￭ i￭ facial atro￭ phy but occasionally extending to other parts of the body an auto￭ immune mechanism is suspected and the syndrome may be a variant of loc￭ alized s￭ cl￭ ero￭ der￭ ma but the precise eti￭ ology and patho￭ genesis of this acquired disorder remains unknown it has been reported in the literature as a possible consequence of sympath￭ ec￭ tomy the syndrome has a higher prevalence in females and typically appears between 5 – 15 years of age in addition to the connec￭ tive tissue disease the condition is sometimes accompanied by neuro￭ logical oc￭ ular and oral symptoms the range and severity of associated symptoms and findings are highly variable
in functional programming a par￭ ser combin￭ ator is a higher order function that accepts several par￭ s￭ ers as input and returns a new par￭ ser as its output in this context a par￭ ser is a function accepting strings as input and returning some structure as output typically a par￭ se tree or a set of indices representing locations in the string where par￭ sing stopped successfully par￭ ser combin￭ ators enable a recur￭ sive descent par￭ sing strategy that facilitates mod￭ ular piec￭ e￭ wise construction and testing this par￭ sing technique is called combin￭ atory par￭ sing par￭ s￭ ers built using combin￭ ators are straightforward to construct readable mod￭ ular well structured and easily main￭ tainable they have been used extensively in the proto￭ typing of compil￭ ers and processors for domain specific languages such as natural language interfaces to databases where complex and varied sem￭ an￭ tic actions are closely integrated with syn￭ tactic processing in 1989 richard frost and john laun￭ ch￭ bury demonstrated use of par￭ ser combin￭ ators to construct natural language interpreters graham hu￭ tton also used higher order functions for basic par￭ sing in 1992 s d swi￭ er￭ stra also exhi￭ bited the practical aspects of par￭ ser combin￭ ators in 2001 in 2008 frost ha￭ fi￭ z and call￭ ag￭ han described a set of par￭ ser combin￭ ators in has￭ k￭ ell that solve the long standing problem of accommodating left recur￭ sion and work as a complete top down par￭ sing tool in poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al time and space
par￭ son￭ age – turner syndrome is also known as acute br￭ achi￭ al neuro￭ pa￭ thy and acute br￭ achi￭ al radic￭ u￭ li￭ tis other names used are par￭ son￭ age – al￭ dren – turner syndrome ne￭ ur￭ al￭ gic am￭ yo￭ tro￭ phy br￭ achi￭ al ne￭ uri￭ tis br￭ achi￭ al plex￭ us neuro￭ pa￭ thy or br￭ achi￭ al pl￭ exi￭ tis the syndrome is idi￭ opathic although many specific risk factors have been identified such as post oper￭ atively post infectious post traumatic or post vaccination the ae￭ ti￭ ology is still unknown the condition manifests as a rare set of symptoms most likely resulting from auto￭ immune infl￭ amm￭ ation of unknown eti￭ ology of the br￭ achi￭ al plex￭ us the br￭ achi￭ al plex￭ us is a complex network of nerves through which impul￭ ses reach the arms shoulders and chest par￭ son￭ age – turner syndrome has an incidence of 1 64 cases in 100 000 people
part time job terrorism バ￭ イ￭ ト￭ テ￭ ロ bai￭ to ter￭ o is a japanese social phenomenon part time employees perform pr￭ an￭ ks and stun￭ ts such as climbing into ice cream free￭ zers or holding their body horizon￭ tally suspended more col￭ lo￭ qu￭ ially termed plan￭ king on the counter tops at fast food restaurants usually with the sole purpose of gaining recognition from their peers through the photos and or videos they later display on social media sites this social phenomenon commonly involves people with high job dissatisfaction — a factor which is commonly cited by the media alongside low pay and ar￭ du￭ ously long working hours although pr￭ an￭ ks such as the aforementioned would not be seen as shocking by many other cultures they are considered disgraceful in japanese culture japanese culture is often associated with long hours some individuals working as many as 60 hours a week such working hours are associated with mental and physiological health complications with japanese newspapers citing rare cases of spontaneous death informally known as kar￭ ō￭ shi to complicate matters further japanese offices are often noisy smoke filled due to lack of smoking laws environments and this may have further adverse effects on the health and well being of employees part time job terrorism might in this context be a form of escap￭ ism disenchan￭ ted employees gaining support from their peers outside of work to compensate for the praise or reward their working life lacks the social phenomenon emerged around the summer of 2013 when internet based japanese news agencies such as y￭ uk￭ an news recorded such an incident with more traditional news agencies later following suit in japanese the social phenomenon is termed bai￭ to ter￭ o the name stems from the japanese word bai￭ to which means part time job and is a loan word originating from the german ar￭ beit meaning work japanese employers are non￭ pl￭ us￭ sed by such shen￭ an￭ ig￭ ans and penalties and punishment can range from administrative tongue l￭ ash￭ ings to termination of employment employees can also in some circumstances be held financially accountable for loss of business due to the negative publicity
partial and￭ ro￭ gen in￭ sensitivity syndrome pa￭ is is a condition that results in the partial inability of the cell to respond to and￭ rog￭ ens the partial un￭ responsiveness of the cell to the presence of and￭ ro￭ genic hormones imp￭ airs the mascul￭ ini￭ zation of male gen￭ italia in the developing fe￭ tus as well as the development of male secondary sexual characteristics at pu￭ ber￭ ty but does not significantly impair female genital or sexual development as such the in￭ sensitivity to and￭ rog￭ ens is only clin￭ ically significant when it occurs in genetic males i e individuals with a y chro￭ mo￭ some or more specifically an s￭ ry gene pa￭ is is one of three types of and￭ ro￭ gen in￭ sensitivity syndrome which is divided into three categories that are differentiated by the degree of genital mascul￭ ini￭ zation complete and￭ ro￭ gen in￭ sensitivity syndrome ca￭ is is indicated when the external gen￭ italia is that of a normal female mild and￭ ro￭ gen in￭ sensitivity syndrome ma￭ is is indicated when the external gen￭ italia is that of a normal male and partial and￭ ro￭ gen in￭ sensitivity syndrome pa￭ is is indicated when the external gen￭ italia is partially but not fully mascul￭ ini￭ zed and￭ ro￭ gen in￭ sensitivity syndrome is the largest single entity that leads to 46 xy under￭ mascul￭ ini￭ zation
partial an￭ terior circulation inf￭ arc￭ t pac￭ i is a type of cere￭ br￭ al inf￭ arc￭ tion affecting part of the an￭ terior circulation supplying one side of the brain partial an￭ terior circulation stroke syndrome pac￭ s refers to the symptoms of a patient who clin￭ ically appears to have suffered from a partial an￭ terior circulation inf￭ arc￭ t but who has not yet had any diagnostic imaging e g ct scan to confirm the diagnosis it is diagnosed by any one of the following 2 out of 3 features of higher dysfunction dy￭ sp￭ ha￭ sia vis￭ u￭ o￭ spatial disturbances hom￭ onym￭ ous hem￭ i￭ an￭ op￭ ia motor and sensory defects 2 3 of face arm leg higher dysfunction alone partial motor or sensory defect if all of the above symptoms are present a total an￭ terior circulation inf￭ arc￭ t is more likely for more information see stroke
partial equilibrium is a condition of economic equilibrium which takes into consideration only a part of the market ce￭ ter￭ is pari￭ bus to attain equilibrium as defined by george sti￭ gl￭ er a partial equilibrium is one which is based on only a restricted range of data a standard example is price of a single product the prices of all other products being held fixed during the analysis the supply and demand model is a partial equilibrium model where the clearance on the market of some specific goods is obtained independently from prices and quantities in other markets in other words the prices of all substitutes and complements as well as income levels of consumers are taken as given this makes analysis much simpler than in a general equilibrium model which includes an entire economy here the dynamic process is that prices adjust until supply equals demand it is a powerfully simple technique that allows one to study equilibrium efficiency and comparative st￭ atics the stringency of the simplifying assumptions inherent in this approach make the model considerably more tractable but may produce results which while seemingly precise do not effectively model real world economic phenomena partial equilibrium analysis examines the effects of policy action in creating equilibrium only in that particular sector or market which is directly affected ignoring its effect in any other market or industry assuming that they being small will have little impact if any hence this analysis is considered to be useful in con￭ stric￭ ted markets lé￭ on wal￭ ras first form￭ alized the idea of a one period economic equilibrium of the general economic system but it was french economist an￭ to￭ ine aug￭ us￭ tin cour￭ not and english political economist alfred marshall who developed tractable models to analyze an economic system
partial oxid￭ ation pox is a type of chemical reaction it occurs when a sub￭ sto￭ ic￭ hi￭ ome￭ tric fuel air mixture is partially com￭ busted in a reformer creating a hydrogen rich syn￭ gas which can then be put to further use for example in a fuel cell a distinction is made between thermal partial oxid￭ ation t￭ pox and catalytic partial oxid￭ ation c￭ pox
in combin￭ atorial mathematics a partial per￭ mutation or sequence without repetition on a finite set sis a bi￭ jec￭ tion between two specified sub￭ sets of s that is it is defined by two sub￭ sets u and v of equal size and a one to one mapping from u to v equival￭ ently it is a partial function on s that can be extended to a per￭ mutation
focal seizures also called partial seizures and loc￭ alized seizures are seizures which affect initially only one hemisphere of the brain the brain is divided into two hemis￭ ph￭ er￭ es each consisting of four lob￭ es – the frontal temporal par￭ ie￭ tal and oc￭ ci￭ p￭ ital lob￭ es in partial seizures the seizure is generated in and affects just one part of the brain – the whole hemisphere or part of a lo￭ be symptoms will vary according to where the seizure occurs in the frontal lo￭ be symptoms may include a wave like sensation in the head in the temporal lo￭ be a feeling of déjà vu in the par￭ ie￭ tal lo￭ be a num￭ b￭ ness or ting￭ ling and in the oc￭ ci￭ p￭ ital lo￭ be visual disturbance or halluc￭ ination partial seizures are split into two main categories simple partial seizures and complex partial seizures a new classification system for partial seizures has been described in the 18 th edition of harrison s principles of internal medicine released july 2011 the new classification spl￭ its partial seizures into partial seizures with dy￭ sco￭ gn￭ itive features and partial seizures without dy￭ sco￭ gn￭ itive features in simple partial seizures a small part of one of the lob￭ es may be affected and the person remains conscious this will often be a precursor to a larger seizure such as a complex partial seizure when this is the case the simple partial seizure is usually called an a￭ ura a complex partial seizure affects a larger part of the hemisphere than a simple partial seizure and the person may lose consciousness if a partial seizure spreads from one hemisphere to the other side of the brain this will give rise to a secon￭ d￭ arily generalised seizure the person will become unconscious and may well have a tonic cl￭ onic seizure partial seizures are common in temporal lo￭ be epi￭ le￭ psy
partial unilateral l￭ enti￭ gin￭ osis also known as seg￭ mental l￭ enti￭ gin￭ osis is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by l￭ enti￭ gin￭ es located on only one half of the body
participation bias is a phenomenon in which the results of elections studies polls etc become non representative because the participants disproportionately possess certain traits which affect the outcome for instance a study found that those who refused to answer a survey on aids tended to be older attend church more often are less likely to believe in the confidentiality of surveys and have lower sexual self disclosure
particip￭ ative decision making p￭ dm is the extent to which employers allow or encourage employees to share or participate in organizational decision making prob￭ st 2005 according to the format of p￭ dm could be formal or informal in addition the degree of participation could range from zero to 100 in different particip￭ ative management pm stages bren￭ da 2001 p￭ dm is one of many ways in which an organization can make decisions the leader must think of the best possible style that will allow the organization to achieve the best results according to psycho￭ logist abraham mas￭ low workers need to feel a sense of belonging to an organization see mas￭ low s hierarchy of needs
in quantum mechanics the particle in a one dimensional lat￭ tice is a problem that occurs in the model of a periodic crystal lat￭ tice the potential is caused by ions in the periodic structure of the crystal creating an electromagnetic field so electron￭ s are subject to a regular potential inside the lat￭ tice this is an extension of the free electr￭ on model that assumes zero potential inside the lat￭ tice
the gam￭ ma function is an important special function in mathematics its particular values can be expressed in closed form for inte￭ ger and half inte￭ ger arguments but no simple expressions are known for the values at rational points in general other frac￭ tional arguments can be approxim￭ ated through efficient infinite products infinite series and recurrence relations
particulate inheritance is a pattern of inheritance discovered by men￭ deli￭ an genetics theorists such as william bat￭ es￭ on ronald fisher or gregor men￭ del himself showing that phen￭ o￭ typ￭ ic traits can be passed from generation to generation through dis￭ crete particles known as genes which can keep their ability to be expressed while not always appearing in a descending generation
party discipline is the ability of a parliamentary group of a political party to get its members to support the policies of their party leadership in liberal democracies it usually refers to the control that party leaders have over their cau￭ cus members in the legislature party discipline is important for all systems of government that allow parties to hold political power because it determines the degree to which the governmental infrastructure will be affected by legitimate political processes the term has a somewhat different meaning in marxism – lenin￭ ist political systems such as the people s republic of china in this case it refers to administrative sanctions such as fines or expulsion that the communist party can impose on its members for actions such as corruption or dis￭ agreeing with the party breaking party discipline in parliamentary votes can result in a number of penalties for the member who diss￭ ents these penalties include not being promoted to a cabinet position and losing other per￭ ks of elected office like travel their disagreement with their party cau￭ cus may be so strong that they leave the party to join another parliamentary cau￭ cus or become an independent this is known as crossing the floor in many political systems a member of each party is officially designated or elected as a whip whose role it is to enforce party discipline
the pascal photo￭ co￭ ag￭ ul￭ ator is an integrated semi automatic pattern scan laser photo￭ co￭ ag￭ ulation system designed to treat oc￭ ular diseases using a single shot or predetermined pattern array the device is for oph￭ thal￭ mo￭ logists particularly those that focus in vit￭ re￭ o re￭ tin￭ al surgery a type of eye surgery it was developed by op￭ ti￭ medic￭ a an oph￭ thal￭ mic medical device company located in silicon valley sun￭ ny￭ val￭ e ca
pas￭ ha￭ yan syndrome also known as pas￭ ha￭ yan – pro￭ zan￭ sky syndrome and ble￭ phar￭ o nas￭ o facial syndrome is a rare syndrome facial ab￭ norm￭ alities characterise this syndrome as well as mal￭ formation of extre￭ mi￭ ties specific characteristics would be a bul￭ ky fl￭ att￭ ened nose where the face has a mask like appearance and the ears are also mal￭ formed a sub￭ set of pas￭ ha￭ yan syndrome has also been described known as cere￭ bro￭ fac￭ io￭ artic￭ ular syndrome van mal￭ der￭ gem syndrome or van mal￭ der￭ gem – wet￭ z￭ burger – ver￭ lo￭ es syndrome similar symptoms are noted in these cases as in pas￭ ha￭ yan syndrome
the pas￭ ser￭ ini reaction is a chemical reaction involving an is￭ oc￭ yan￭ ide an alde￭ hyde or ke￭ tone and a car￭ box￭ yl￭ ic acid to form a α ac￭ y￭ lo￭ xy amide the pas￭ ser￭ ini reaction this organic reaction was discovered by mario pas￭ ser￭ ini in 19￭ 21 in florence italy it is the first is￭ oc￭ yan￭ ide based multi component reaction developed and currently plays a central role in combin￭ atorial chemistry recently denmark et al have developed an en￭ anti￭ o￭ selective catalyst for asymmetric pas￭ ser￭ ini reactions
passing is the ability of a person to be regarded as a member of an identity group or category different from their own which may include racial identity ethnicity caste social class sexuality gender religion age and or disability status passing may result in privileges rewards or an increase in social acceptance or be used to cope with difference anxiety thus passing may serve as a form of self preservation or self protection in instances where expressing one s true or authentic identity may be dangerous passing may require acceptance into a community and can also lead to temporary or permanent leave from another community to which an individual previously belonged thus passing can result in separation from ones original self family friends or previous living experiences while successful passing may contribute to economic security safety and avoidance of stigma it may take an emotional toll as a result of denial of the authentic self and may lead to depression or self loa￭ thing e￭ ty￭ mo￭ logically the term is simply the nomin￭ alisation of the ver￭ b pass in its phr￭ as￭ al use with for or as as in a counterfeit passing for the genuine article or an im￭ post￭ or passing as another person it has been in popular use since at least the late 1920 s
passive aggressive behavior is the indirect expression of hostility such as through procrast￭ ination stubbor￭ n￭ ness sul￭ len behavior or deliberate or repeated failure to accomplish requested tasks for which one is often explicitly responsible for research purposes the diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders dsm revision iv describes passive aggressive personality disorder as a pervasive pattern of neg￭ ati￭ vis￭ tic attitudes and passive resistance to demands for adequate performance in social and occupational situations passive aggressive behaviour often utilis￭ es malicious compliance that is ve￭ iling one s intent to not do something in performing the specific task in such a way that an unwanted result is caused
the past￭ eur effect is an inhi￭ biting effect of oxygen on the fermentation process
past￭ eu￭ rel￭ losis is an infection with a species of the bacterial genus past￭ eu￭ rella which is found in humans and other animals past￭ eu￭ rella mul￭ to￭ ci￭ da sub￭ species p m sep￭ tica and p m mul￭ to￭ ci￭ da is carried in the mouth and respiratory tract of various animals including pigs it is a small gram negative bac￭ ill￭ us with bipolar stain￭ ing by way￭ son stain in animals it can originate ful￭ min￭ ant sep￭ tic￭ aemia chicken cholera but is also a common commens￭ al until tax￭ on￭ om￭ ic revision in 1999 mann￭ he￭ im￭ ia spp were classified as past￭ eu￭ rella spp and infections by organisms now called mann￭ he￭ im￭ ia spp as well as by organisms now called past￭ eu￭ rella spp were designated as past￭ eu￭ rel￭ losis the term past￭ eu￭ rel￭ losis is often still applied to mann￭ he￭ im￭ i￭ osis although such usage has declined
the pastry war spanish gu￭ erra de los past￭ el￭ es french guer￭ re des p￭ â￭ tis￭ series also known as the first french intervention in mexico or the first franco mexican war 18￭ 38 – 1839 began in november 18￭ 38 with the naval blockade of some mexican ports and the capture of the fortress of san juan de ul￭ ú￭ a in ver￭ ac￭ ru￭ z by french forces sent by king louis philippe it ended several months later in march 1839 with a british brokered peace the intervention followed many claims by french nationals of losses due to unrest in mexico city as well as the failure of mexico to pay a large debt to france this incident was the first and lesser of mexico s two 19 th century wars with france being followed by the french invasion of 18￭ 61 – 67 resulting in the installation of emperor maxim￭ ilian i of mexico
patrick pat rum￭ mer￭ field born september 7 1953 is the first spinal cord injury sc￭ i quad￭ rip￭ leg￭ ic in history to recover full physical mobility he has numerous athle￭ tic accomplishments and works as a motiv￭ ational speaker
the pat￭ ag￭ onia picnic table effect also known as the pat￭ ag￭ onia rest area effect or pat￭ ag￭ onia rest stop effect is a phenomenon associated with bir￭ ding in which an influx of bir￭ d￭ wat￭ chers following the discovery of a rare bird at a location results in the discovery of further rare birds at that location and so on with the end result being that the loc￭ ality becomes well known for rare birds even though in itself it may be little or no better than other similar loc￭ alities the name arises from the pat￭ ag￭ onia rest stop in arizona where the phenomenon was first noted
pat￭ au syndrome is a syndrome caused by a chro￭ mo￭ som￭ al ab￭ normality in which some or all of the cells of the body contain extra genetic material from chro￭ mo￭ some 13 the extra genetic material disrup￭ ts normal development causing multiple and complex organ defects this can occur either because each cell contains a full extra copy of chro￭ mo￭ some 13 a disorder known as tr￭ is￭ omy 13 or tr￭ is￭ omy d or because each cell contains an extra partial copy of the chro￭ mo￭ some i e rober￭ ts￭ onian trans￭ location or because of mo￭ saic pat￭ au syndrome full tr￭ is￭ omy 13 is caused by non￭ dis￭ junction of chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es during me￭ i￭ osis the mo￭ saic form is caused by non￭ dis￭ junction during mit￭ osis like all non￭ dis￭ junction conditions such as down syndrome and ed￭ wards syndrome the risk of this syndrome in the offspring increases with maternal age at pregnancy with about 31 years being the average pat￭ au syndrome affects somewhere between 1 in 10 000 and 1 in 21 700 live births
patch type gran￭ ul￭ oma annul￭ are also known as mac￭ ular gran￭ ul￭ oma annul￭ are is a skin condition of unknown cause more commonly affecting women between 30 and 70 years of age characterized by flat or slightly palpable er￭ y￭ them￭ at￭ ous or red brown skin le￭ sions
a pat￭ ella frac￭ ture is a frac￭ ture of the kne￭ ec￭ ap which is one of the most common knee injuries it is usually the result of a hard blow to the front of the knee treatment options for pat￭ ella frac￭ ture include non￭ surgical and surgical options depending on the type of frac￭ ture an undis￭ placed frac￭ ture of pat￭ ella takes around 4 – 6 weeks of im￭ mobilization in a cylinder cast to heal while a displaced frac￭ ture requires surgical treatment followed by quad￭ ric￭ eps strengthening exercises for complete rehabilitation
pat￭ ell￭ ar dis￭ location is an injury of the knee typically caused by a direct blow or a sudden twist of the leg it occurs when the pat￭ ella kne￭ ec￭ ap slips out of its normal position in the pat￭ el￭ lo￭ fem￭ oral gro￭ ove and generally causes intense pain with sw￭ elling of the knee open or ar￭ thro￭ scopic surgery may be used to repair damage but are typically avoided since rates of re injury knee function and patients opinions do not differ much from conservative treatment the pat￭ ella generally dis￭ loc￭ ates lat￭ er￭ ally and can be accompanied by acute pain and disability immediate reduction can be accomplished by hyper￭ extension of the knee and by providing a medi￭ al￭ ward pressure to move the pat￭ ella back into the pat￭ el￭ lo￭ fem￭ oral gro￭ ove hyper￭ extension of the knee on its own could possibly move the pat￭ ella into place because this motion locks the knee in place when the knee is locked the lig￭ aments are twisted and ta￭ ut allowing the muscles involved to relax and the pat￭ ella to slide back into place if that does not work a medical professional must manu￭ ally perform an orth￭ o￭ ped￭ ic reduction sw￭ elling and impaired mobility follow pat￭ ell￭ ar dis￭ location and a rehabilitation program of six to sixteen weeks is recommended whether or not the patient under￭ goes surgery young athletes suffer pat￭ ell￭ ar dis￭ locations more commonly than any other group and the average age of occurrences is 16 – 20 years sports commonly associated with the injury involve sudden tw￭ isting motions of the knee and or impact such as soccer g￭ ym￭ nas￭ tics and ice hockey it can also occur when a person trips over an object or slips on a slick surface especially if that person has pre￭ disposing factors
pat￭ ell￭ ar su￭ blu￭ x￭ ation syndrome also known as pat￭ ell￭ ar instability or unstable kne￭ ec￭ ap is an injury that is concerned with the kne￭ ec￭ ap pat￭ ell￭ ar su￭ blu￭ x￭ ation is more common than pat￭ ell￭ ar dis￭ location and is just as disab￭ ling in this condition the pat￭ ella repeti￭ tively su￭ blu￭ x￭ ates and places strain on the medi￭ al restraints and excessive stress tension on the pat￭ el￭ lo￭ fem￭ oral joint pat￭ ell￭ ar su￭ blu￭ x￭ ation can be caused by osse￭ ous ab￭ norm￭ alities such as incorrect artic￭ ulation of the fem￭ oral gro￭ ove with the pat￭ ella tro￭ ch￭ lear dys￭ pl￭ asia or pat￭ ella alta which is a distance of greater than 20 mm between the ti￭ bial tuber￭ cle and the tro￭ ch￭ lear gro￭ ove it can also result from soft tissue ab￭ norm￭ alities such as a torn medi￭ al pat￭ el￭ lo￭ fem￭ oral lig￭ ament or a weakened vast￭ us medi￭ alis ob￭ liqu￭ us symptoms are regulated by the amount of activity such pain is commonly caused by running and jumping sports and activities that place large forces on the pat￭ el￭ lo￭ fem￭ oral joint symptoms usually include knee buck￭ les and can no longer support your weight kne￭ ec￭ ap slips off to the side knee catches during movement pain in the front of the knee that increases with activity pain when sitting sti￭ ff￭ ness cre￭ aking or cracking sounds during movement sw￭ elling pat￭ ell￭ ar su￭ blu￭ x￭ ation was once thought to occur mainly in women due to the frequency of gen￭ u val￭ gum and lax lig￭ aments however now the frequency of this condition in any athle￭ tic person man or woman is apparent
pat￭ ell￭ ar tend￭ initi￭ s pat￭ ell￭ ar tend￭ in￭ opathy also known as jum￭ per s knee is a relatively common cause of pain in the inferior pat￭ ell￭ ar region in athletes it is common with frequent jumping and studies have shown it may be associated with stiff an￭ kle movement and an￭ kle spra￭ ins
pat￭ ell￭ ar tend￭ on rupture is a rupture of the tend￭ on that connects the pat￭ ella to the ti￭ bia the superior portion of the pat￭ ell￭ ar tend￭ on attaches on the poster￭ ior portion of the pat￭ ella and the poster￭ ior portion of the pat￭ ella tend￭ on attaches to the ti￭ bial tuber￭ cle on the front of the ti￭ bia above the pat￭ ella are the quad￭ ric￭ eps muscle large muscles on the front of the thi￭ gh the quad￭ ric￭ eps tend￭ on attaches to the top of the pat￭ ella this structure allows the knee to flex and extend allowing use of basic functions such as walking and running there are three possible forms of pat￭ ell￭ ar tend￭ on rupture the first form of rupture is a complete tear in a complete tear the tend￭ on separates completely from the top of the ti￭ bia which results in the inability to straighten one s leg when the tend￭ on tears it can break a piece of the bone off of the kne￭ ec￭ ap the second form of rup￭ turing the pat￭ ell￭ ar tend￭ on is a partial tear a partial tear is when some of the fi￭ bers of the pat￭ ell￭ ar tend￭ on are torn but the majority of the tend￭ on is still attached to the soft tissue located at the poster￭ ior end of the pat￭ ella bone the third form of rupture is caused by pat￭ ell￭ ar tend￭ initi￭ s jum￭ per s knee pat￭ ell￭ ar tend￭ initi￭ s causes the tend￭ on to be torn in the middle due to the tissue damage it has been acquiring from over use pat￭ ell￭ ar tend￭ oni￭ tis is infl￭ amm￭ ation of the tend￭ on which results in the weakening of the tend￭ on tend￭ oni￭ tis is caused by excessive jumping or running without sufficient rest the tell tale sign of a rup￭ tured pat￭ ella tend￭ on is the movement of the pat￭ ella further up the quad￭ ric￭ eps when rupture occurs the pat￭ ella loses support from the ti￭ bia and moves toward the hip when the quad￭ ric￭ eps muscle contracts hindering the leg s ability to extend this means that those affected cannot stand as their knee buck￭ les and gives way when they attempt to do so
pat￭ el￭ lo￭ fem￭ oral pain syndrome p￭ f￭ ps is a syndrome characterized by knee pain ranging from severe to mild discomfort seemingly originating from the contact of the poster￭ ior surface of the pat￭ ella back of the kne￭ ec￭ ap with the fem￭ ur thi￭ gh bone the population most at risk from p￭ f￭ ps are run￭ ners cyclists basketball players and other sports participants onset can be gradual or the result of a single incident and is often caused by a change in training regime that includes dramatic increases in training time distance or intensity it can be compounded by worn or the wrong type of footwear symptoms include discomfort while sitting with bent knees or descending stairs and generalised knee pain treatment involves resting and physical therapy that includes stretching and strengthening exercises for the legs
patent duc￭ tus arter￭ io￭ sus p￭ da is a condition where￭ in the duc￭ tus arter￭ io￭ sus fails to close after birth early symptoms are un￭ common but in the first year of life include increased work of breathing and poor weight gain an un￭ corrected p￭ da may lead to cong￭ estive heart failure with increasing age the duc￭ tus arter￭ io￭ sus is a fe￭ tal blood vessel that closes soon after birth in a p￭ da the vessel does not close and remains patent open resulting in irregular transmission of blood between the a￭ or￭ ta and the pul￭ mon￭ ary artery p￭ da is common in new￭ bor￭ ns with persistent respiratory problems such as hypo￭ x￭ ia and has a high occurrence in premature new￭ bor￭ ns premature new￭ bor￭ ns are more likely to be hypo￭ x￭ ic and have p￭ da due to underdevelopment of the heart and lungs a p￭ da allows a portion of the oxy￭ genated blood from the left heart to flow back to the lungs by flowing from the a￭ or￭ ta which has higher pressure to the pul￭ mon￭ ary artery if this sh￭ unt is substantial the ne￭ on￭ ate becomes short of breath the additional fluid returning to the lungs increases lung pressure which in turn increases the energy required to infl￭ ate the lungs this uses more cal￭ ories than normal and often interferes with feeding in infancy this condition as a con￭ stell￭ ation of findings is called cong￭ estive heart failure in some con￭ genital heart defects such as in transposition of the great vessels a p￭ da may need to remain open as it is the only way that oxy￭ genated blood can mix with de￭ oxy￭ genated blood in these cases pro￭ stag￭ land￭ ins are used to keep the da open until surgical correction of the heart defect is completed
the patern￭ ò – b￭ ü￭ chi reaction named after eman￭ u￭ ele patern￭ ò and george b￭ ü￭ chi who established its basic utility and form is a photo￭ chemical reaction that forms four memb￭ ered ox￭ et￭ ane rings from a carbon￭ yl and an al￭ k￭ ene with sub￭ str￭ ates benz￭ alde￭ hyde and 2 methyl 2 bu￭ ten￭ e the reaction product is a mixture of structural isom￭ ers un￭ sym￭ metric reaction another sub￭ str￭ ate set is benz￭ alde￭ hyde and fur￭ an
in mathematics a path in a topo￭ logical space x is a continuous function f from the unit interval i 0 1 to x f i → x the initial point of the path is f 0 and the terminal point is f 1 one often speaks of a path from x to y where x and y are the initial and terminal points of the path note that a path is not just a sub￭ set of x which looks like a curve it also includes a parame￭ ter￭ ization for example the maps f x x and g x x 2 represent two different paths from 0 to 1 on the real line a loop in a space x based at x ∈ x is a path from x to x a loop may be equally well regarded as a map f i → x with f 0 f 1 or as a continuous map from the unit circle s 1 to x f s 1 → x this is because s 1 may be regarded as a quo￭ ti￭ ent of i under the identification 0 ∼ 1 the set of all lo￭ ops in x forms a space called the loop space of x a topo￭ logical space for which there exists a path connecting any two points is said to be path connected any space may be broken up into a set of path connected components the set of path connected components of a space x is often den￭ oted π 0 x one can also define paths and lo￭ ops in pointed spaces which are important in hom￭ ot￭ op￭ y theory if x is a topo￭ logical space with base￭ point x 0 then a path in x is one whose initial point is x 0 likewise a loop in x is one that is based at x 0
pa￭ ther￭ gy is a skin condition in which a minor trauma such as a bump or bru￭ ise leads to the development of skin le￭ sions or ul￭ cers that may be resistant to healing pa￭ ther￭ gy can also lead to ul￭ cer￭ ations at the site of surgical incis￭ ions pa￭ ther￭ gy was seen with both beh￭ ç￭ et s disease and py￭ o￭ der￭ ma gan￭ gre￭ no￭ sum a highly similar phenomenon known as ko￭ eb￭ ner occurs in auto￭ immune diseases such as ps￭ ori￭ asis and systemic lup￭ us er￭ y￭ them￭ ato￭ sus among others doctors looking toward a diagnosis of beh￭ ç￭ et s disease may attempt to induce a pa￭ ther￭ gy reaction with a test known as a skin prick test the infl￭ amm￭ ation and ul￭ cer￭ ation that occurs as a result of pa￭ ther￭ gy in py￭ o￭ der￭ ma gan￭ gre￭ no￭ sum often responds to systemic ster￭ o￭ id therapy the pa￭ ther￭ gy reaction is a unique feature of beh￭ ç￭ et s disease and according to the international study group for beh￭ cet s disease is among the major criteria required for the diagnosis different positive pa￭ ther￭ gy reaction rates in b￭ d have been reported worldwide when b￭ d positive groups are studied for pa￭ ther￭ gy reaction the pa￭ ther￭ gy positive and pa￭ ther￭ gy negative b￭ d groups showed a similar male female ratio age at disease onset and mean disease duration they also exhi￭ bited similar h￭ la b 51 levels and a similar frequency of oral ul￭ cer￭ ations in close family members the mu￭ co￭ cu￭ taneous manifestations systemic disease expression and severity score were similar in patients with and without the pa￭ ther￭ gy reaction the presence of a positive pa￭ ther￭ gy reaction is not associated with an increased risk for specific mu￭ co￭ cu￭ taneous or systemic manifestations of the disease and probably does not predict a more severe disease course it is also important to note that while a positive pa￭ ther￭ gy reaction helps to confirm a specific beh￭ ç￭ et s disease diagnosis a negative reaction does not invalidate a b￭ d diagnosis because the disease process has to be active at the time of the skin prick test to produce a pa￭ ther￭ gy reaction differences in positive negative pa￭ ther￭ gy and severity of the reaction depend on disease activity ethnicity type of needle used for the prick test among other factors
pathogenic bacteria are bacteria that can cause infection this article deals with human pathogenic bacteria although most bacteria are harmless or often beneficial several are pathogenic one of the bacterial diseases with the highest disease burden is tuberculosis caused by the bacter￭ ium my￭ co￭ bacter￭ ium tuberculosis which kills about 2 million people a year mostly in sub saharan africa pathogenic bacteria contribute to other globally important diseases such as pneumonia which can be caused by bacteria such as st￭ rep￭ to￭ co￭ cc￭ us and pseu￭ dom￭ onas and food￭ borne illnesses which can be caused by bacteria such as shi￭ g￭ ella camp￭ y￭ lob￭ ac￭ ter and salmonella pathogenic bacteria also cause infections such as te￭ tan￭ us typ￭ ho￭ id fever di￭ ph￭ ther￭ ia sy￭ phil￭ is and leprosy pathogenic bacteria are also the cause of high infant mortality rates in developing countries ko￭ ch s post￭ ul￭ ates are the standard to establish a caus￭ ative relationship between a micro￭ be and a disease
a patho￭ logic frac￭ ture is a bone frac￭ ture caused by disease that led to weakness of the bone structure this process is most commonly due to o￭ ste￭ op￭ or￭ osis but may also be due to other patho￭ logies such as cancer infection inherited bone disorders or a bone cyst only a small number of conditions are commonly responsible for pathological fractu￭ res including o￭ ste￭ op￭ or￭ osis o￭ ste￭ om￭ al￭ ac￭ ia pag￭ et s disease ost￭ ei￭ tis o￭ ste￭ o￭ genesis im￭ perfec￭ ta benign bone tum￭ ours and cy￭ sts secondary m￭ align￭ ant bone tum￭ ours and primary m￭ align￭ ant bone tum￭ ours fragility frac￭ ture is a type of patho￭ logic frac￭ ture that occurs as result of normal activities such as a fall from standing height or less there are three frac￭ ture sites said to be typical of fragility fractu￭ res vertebr￭ al fractu￭ res fractu￭ res of the neck of the fem￭ ur and col￭ les frac￭ ture of the wrist this definition arises because a normal human being ought to be able to fall from standing height without breaking any bones and a frac￭ ture therefore suggests weakness of the skelet￭ on pathological fractu￭ res present as a chal￭ k￭ stick frac￭ ture in long bones and appear as a trans￭ verse fractu￭ res nearly 90 degrees to the long axis of the bone in a pathological compression frac￭ ture of a spinal verte￭ bra fractu￭ res will commonly appear to collapse the entire body of verte￭ bra in circumstances where other patho￭ logies are excluded for example cancer a patho￭ logic frac￭ ture is diagnostic of o￭ ste￭ op￭ or￭ osis irrespective of bone mineral density
pathological demand avoidance p￭ da or new￭ son s syndrome is a proposed subtype of au￭ tism characterized by an avoidance of the ordinary demands of life it is identified as a syndrome through the clinical work of uk child psycho￭ logist elizabeth new￭ son new￭ son proposed it to be a specific pervasive developmental disorder p￭ dd within the p￭ dd family which is now loosely termed the au￭ tism spectrum p￭ da is described as a distinct sub type of au￭ tism that responds to different treatment and handling guidelines than other conditions on the au￭ tis￭ tic spectrum however it is not currently recognised by either the dsm 5 or ic￭ d 10 some clin￭ icians are increasingly prepared to diagnose children and some adults with p￭ da when this profile fits the patient most accurately in the united kingdom there are suggested interventions that can be followed in order to help integrate p￭ da children into the school system such as the distinctive clinical and educational needs of children with pathological demand avoidance syndrome guidelines for good practice by phil christi￭ e despite its lack of formal recognition the national au￭ tis￭ tic society a uk au￭ tism charity have produced a leaflet entitled what is p￭ da in 2008
during an asthma episode infl￭ amed airways react to environmental triggers such as smoke dust or poll￭ en the airways narrow and produce excess m￭ uc￭ us making it difficult to breathe in essence asthma is the result of an immune response in the bron￭ ch￭ ial airways the airways of asthma patients are hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tive to certain triggers also known as stimul￭ i see below it is usually classified as type i hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity in response to exposure to these triggers the bron￭ chi large airways contract into sp￭ asm an asthma attack infl￭ amm￭ ation soon follows leading to a further narrowing of the airways and excessive m￭ uc￭ us production which leads to cou￭ gh￭ ing and other breathing difficulties bron￭ cho￭ sp￭ asm may resolve spontaneously in 1 – 2 hours or in about 50 of subjects may become part of a late response where this initial insult is followed 3 – 12 hours later with further bron￭ cho￭ con￭ stric￭ tion and infl￭ amm￭ ation the normal cali￭ ber of the bron￭ ch￭ us is maintained by a balanced functioning of the autonom￭ ic nervous system which both operates refl￭ exi￭ vely the paras￭ ymp￭ athetic reflex loop consists of a￭ ffer￭ ent nerve end￭ ings which originate under the inner lining of the bron￭ ch￭ us whenever these a￭ ffer￭ ent nerve end￭ ings are stimulated for example by dust cold air or f￭ umes impul￭ ses travel to the brain stem vag￭ al center then down the vag￭ al eff￭ er￭ ent path￭ way to again reach the bron￭ ch￭ ial small airways ace￭ ty￭ l￭ ch￭ oline is released from the eff￭ er￭ ent nerve end￭ ings this ace￭ ty￭ l￭ ch￭ oline results in the excessive formation of ino￭ sit￭ ol 1 4 5 tr￭ is￭ phosphate ip 3 in bron￭ ch￭ ial smooth muscle cells which leads to muscle shortening and this initiates bron￭ cho￭ con￭ stric￭ tion
multiple sclerosis is an infl￭ am￭ matory dem￭ yel￭ inating disease of the cns in which activated immune cells invade the central nervous system and cause infl￭ amm￭ ation neuro￭ de￭ generation and tissue damage the underlying condition that produces this behaviour is currently unknown current research in neuro￭ path￭ ology neuro￭ immun￭ ology neuro￭ biology and neuro￭ imaging together with clinical neuro￭ logy provide support for the notion that ms is not a single disease but rather a spectrum there are three clinical phen￭ o￭ types relap￭ sing re￭ mitting ms r￭ r￭ ms characterized by periods of neuro￭ logical worsening following by re￭ missions secondary progressive ms sp￭ ms in which there is gradual progression of neuro￭ logical dysfunction with fewer or no relap￭ ses and primary progressive ms ms in which there is neuro￭ logical deterioration from onset path￭ op￭ hy￭ si￭ ology is a convergence of path￭ ology with physi￭ ology path￭ ology is the medical discipline that describes conditions typically observed during a disease state whereas physi￭ ology is the biological discipline that describes processes or mechanisms operating within an organism referring to ms the physi￭ ology refers to the different processes that lead to the development of the le￭ sions and the path￭ ology refers to the condition associated with the le￭ sions
a patro￭ cl￭ ad￭ o￭ gram is a cl￭ ad￭ istic bran￭ ching pattern that has been precisely modified by use of pat￭ ris￭ tic distances i e divergences between line￭ ages a type of phy￭ lo￭ gram the pat￭ ris￭ tic distance is defined as the number of apo￭ morph￭ ic step changes separating two tax￭ a on a cl￭ ad￭ o￭ gram and is used exclusively to determine the amount of divergence of a characteristic from a common anc￭ est￭ or this means that cl￭ ad￭ istic and pat￭ ris￭ tic distances are combined to construct a new tree using various phen￭ e￭ tic algori￭ th￭ ms the purpose of the patro￭ cl￭ ad￭ o￭ gram in biological classification is to form a hypothesis about which evolutionary processes are actually involved before making a tax￭ on￭ om￭ ic decision patro￭ cl￭ ad￭ o￭ grams are based on bio￭ statistics that include but are not limited to par￭ si￭ mony distance matrix likelihood methods and ba￭ ye￭ sian probability some examples of genom￭ ically related data that can be used as inputs for these methods are molecular sequences whole genome sequences gene frequencies restriction sites distance mat￭ ric￭ es unique characters mutations such as sn￭ ps and mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al genome data
the pattern 18￭ 61 en￭ field was an alteration to the pattern 18￭ 53 en￭ field the alteration gave the pattern 18￭ 61 a faster twist 1 48 which gave it more accuracy than the longer inf￭ antry rifle in comparison to the pattern 18￭ 61 en￭ field it also had more gro￭ o￭ ves five gro￭ ove ri￭ fling but what set it apart was its shortened barrel length of 610 mm making loading faster and carrying easier
pattern hair loss known as male pattern hair loss mp￭ hl when it affects males and female pattern hair loss f￭ ph￭ l when it affects females is hair loss that primarily affects the top and front of the scal￭ p in males the hair loss often presents as a rec￭ eding hair￭ line while in females it typically presents as a thin￭ ning of the hair male pattern hair loss is believed to be due to a combination of genetics and the male hormone di￭ hydro￭ te￭ sto￭ ster￭ one the cause in female pattern hair remains unclear treatment may include simply accepting the condition otherwise treatments may include min￭ ox￭ idi￭ l fin￭ aster￭ ide or hair transplant surgery evidence for fin￭ aster￭ ide in women however is poor and it may result in birth defects if taken during pregnancy pattern hair loss by the age of 50 affects about half of males and a quarter of females it is the most common cause of hair loss
patter￭ son syndrome also called pseu￭ do￭ le￭ pre￭ cha￭ un￭ ism is an extremely rare syndrome first mistaken as don￭ oh￭ ue syndrome also known as le￭ pre￭ cha￭ un￭ ism it is named for dr joseph han￭ an patter￭ son it was described by patter￭ son and wat￭ kins in 1962 the patho￭ genesis and eti￭ ology of the patter￭ son syndrome was unknown until 1981
pat￭ ulous eu￭ st￭ achi￭ an tube also known as patent eu￭ st￭ achi￭ an tube is the name of a physical disorder where the eu￭ st￭ achi￭ an tube which is normally closed instead stays inter￭ mit￭ tently open when this occurs the patient experiences autop￭ hon￭ y the hearing of self generated sounds these sounds such as one s own breathing voice and heartbeat vibr￭ ate directly onto the ear drum and can create a bucket on the head effect
pau￭ ci immune pau￭ ci latin few little vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis is a form of vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis that is associated with minimal evidence of hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity upon immun￭ o￭ fluorescent stain￭ ing for ig￭ g normally a kidney sample will be subjected to immun￭ o￭ fluores￭ cence if rapidly progressive glo￭ mer￭ ul￭ on￭ eph￭ ri￭ tis is a concern in this case the immun￭ o￭ fluores￭ cence can show three patterns linear gran￭ ular and negative pau￭ ci immune the linear and gran￭ ular patterns are examples of positive immun￭ o￭ fluores￭ cence and are associated with good￭ pasture syndrome and post st￭ rep￭ to￭ coc￭ cal glo￭ mer￭ ul￭ on￭ eph￭ ri￭ tis accordingly a negative pattern or pau￭ ci immune pattern can be associated with systemic vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis such as micro￭ scopic pol￭ yan￭ gi￭ i￭ tis e￭ o￭ sin￭ oph￭ il￭ ic gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ osis with pol￭ yan￭ gi￭ i￭ tis eg￭ pa or gran￭ ul￭ om￭ at￭ osis with pol￭ yan￭ gi￭ i￭ tis g￭ pa in many cases however it is limited to the kidney and it is thus called idi￭ opathic since it can be associated with the three systemic vas￭ cu￭ liti￭ des mentioned above a pau￭ ci immune pattern finding can be associated with an￭ tin￭ eu￭ tro￭ phil cy￭ top￭ las￭ mic antibodies an￭ ca therefore an an￭ ca test should follow a negative immun￭ o￭ fluores￭ cence result in order to distinguish between the above mentioned systemic vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis peak incid￭ ences in 50 to 60 year olds symptoms include inter￭ mit￭ tent fever weight loss short￭ ness of breath joint pain
the pau￭ ma complex is a pre￭ historic archae￭ ological pattern among indigenous peoples of california initially defined by del￭ bert l true in northern san diego county california the complex is dated generally to the middle holoc￭ ene period this makes it locally the successor to the san die￭ gui￭ to complex predecessor to the late pre￭ historic san luis rey complex and contemporary with the la j￭ oll￭ a complex on the san diego county coast pau￭ ma complex sites have been identified primarily in the san luis rey river valley and on the valley center pl￭ ate￭ au to the south of it archae￭ ological traits distinguishing the pau￭ ma complex include a high frequency of shaped man￭ os the presence of fin￭ ely worked small dom￭ ed scrap￭ ers the presence of knives and points the presence of dis￭ co￭ id￭ als and co￭ gged stones a predominance of grinding tools over fla￭ ked tools a predominance of deep basin met￭ ates over s￭ lab met￭ ates a predominance of co￭ bble ham￭ mers over core ham￭ mers a low frequency of co￭ bble tools a scarcity of co￭ bble chop￭ pers and co￭ bble scrap￭ ers a predominance of volcanic rock over quar￭ tz￭ ite as a source material for fla￭ ked lith￭ ics an extreme scarcity of ob￭ si￭ dian
the pa￭ us￭ on – k￭ hand reaction or p￭ k￭ r or p￭ k type reaction is a chemical reaction described as a 2 2 1 cyclo￭ addition between an al￭ ky￭ ne an al￭ k￭ ene and carbon monoxide to form a α β cycl￭ op￭ ent￭ en￭ one the reaction was discovered by ih￭ san ul￭ lah k￭ hand 19￭ 35 1980 who was working as a post￭ doc￭ toral associate with peter lud￭ wig pa￭ us￭ on 19￭ 25 2013 at the university of str￭ ath￭ cl￭ yde in glasgow this reaction was originally medi￭ ated by sto￭ ic￭ hi￭ ome￭ tric amounts of di￭ co￭ bal￭ t oc￭ tac￭ ar￭ bon￭ yl but newer versions are both more efficient and catalytic p￭ k reaction with un￭ symmetr￭ ical al￭ ken￭ es or al￭ ky￭ nes reg￭ io￭ selectivity can be problematic but less so with intr￭ am￭ ol￭ ec￭ ular reactions p￭ k reaction example the reaction works with both terminal and internal al￭ ky￭ nes although internal al￭ ky￭ nes tend to give lower yields the order of re￭ activity for the al￭ k￭ ene is strained cyclic al￭ k￭ ene terminal al￭ k￭ ene dis￭ u￭ b￭ stitu￭ ted al￭ k￭ ene tr￭ is￭ u￭ b￭ stitu￭ ted al￭ k￭ ene unsuitable al￭ ken￭ es are te￭ tras￭ u￭ b￭ stitu￭ ted al￭ ken￭ es and al￭ ken￭ es with strongly electr￭ on withdrawing groups
the pay￭ at￭ as landslide was a garbage dump collapse at pay￭ at￭ as que￭ z￭ on city philippines on july 10 2000 that officially killed around 218 people and left thousands of people homeless many eye￭ witnesses note the number of people who died is much greater though up to 1 000 a large pile of garbage first collapsed and then went up in flames which resulted in the destruction of about 100 squ￭ at￭ ters houses
peace psychology is a sub￭ field of psychology and peace research that deals with the psychological aspects of peace conflict violence and war peace psychology can be characterized by four interconnected pillars 1 research 2 education 3 practice and 4 advocacy the first pillar research is documented most extensively in this wi￭ ki entry peace psychological activities are based on psychological models theories and methods they are usually norm￭ atively bound in their means and objectives by working towards the ideal of sustainable peace using as far as possible non violent means violence and peace are usually defined in terms of joh￭ an gal￭ tung s extended concep￭ tu￭ alization of peace according to which peace is not merely the absence of personal direct violence and war negative peace but also the absence of structural indirect and cultural violence positive peace the ideal of peace can also be concep￭ tu￭ alized as the comprehensive implementation of human rights civil political economic social and cultural rights this should among other purposes ensure the satisfaction of basic human needs such as positive personal and social identity sense of control security social justice well being a safe environment and access to adequate food and shelter organizations that focus on peace psychology include for example in the united states the society for the study of peace conflict and violence peace psychology division division 48 of the american psychological association and psychologists for social responsibility a non￭ governmental organization based in washington dc germany has the forum fried￭ en￭ sp￭ sy￭ cho￭ logie and the australian psychological society has an interest group called psychologists for peace on the international level there is the committee for the psychological study of peace as well as the international network of psychologists for social responsibility which links organizations from among other countries germany finland the united states australia costa rica india and italy
peach sc￭ ab also known as peach f￭ reck￭ les is a disease of stone fruits caused by the fun￭ gi cl￭ ad￭ os￭ por￭ ium car￭ po￭ phil￭ um the disease is most prevalent in wet and warm areas especially southern part of the u s as the fun￭ gi require rain and wind for dispersal the fun￭ gus causes s￭ cab￭ bing le￭ sions and de￭ foli￭ ating on t￭ wig fruit and leaf resulting in downgrade of peach quality or loss of fruits due to ro￭ tting in severe cases
pe￭ ak￭ fit is an automated non￭ linear peak separation and analysis software package for scientists performing spec￭ tro￭ sco￭ py chro￭ mato￭ graphy and electro￭ pho￭ res￭ is it automatically finds and fits up to 100 peaks to a data set at a time enabling users to characterize peaks and find the best equation that fits their data pe￭ ak￭ fit can also enhance the data obtained from traditional numerical methods and lab instruments pe￭ ak￭ fit was originally developed by ron brown of a￭ isn software and distributed by jan￭ del scientific software in the late 1980 s but by january 2004 syst￭ at software acquired the exclusive worldwide rights from sp￭ ss inc to distribute sigm￭ ap￭ lot and other sig￭ ma series products
peak bone mass is the maximum amount of bone a person has during their life it typically occurs in the early 20 s in both males and females a low peak bone mass is a risk factor for o￭ ste￭ op￭ or￭ osis and may occur due to less than optimal bone growth peak bone mass is also typically lower in females than males as well as in white people and asians
peanut allergy is a type of food allergy to peanuts it is different from nut allergies physical symptoms of allergic reaction can include it￭ chin￭ ess ur￭ tic￭ aria sw￭ elling ecz￭ ema snee￭ zing asthma ab￭ domin￭ al pain drop in blood pressure diarr￭ hea and cardiac arrest an￭ ap￭ hy￭ lax￭ is may occur it is due to a type i hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity reaction of the immune system in susceptible individuals the allergy is recognized as one of the most severe food allergies due to its prevalence pers￭ ist￭ ency and potential severity of allergic reaction in the united states peanut allergies are present in 0 6 of the population in western cultures peanut allergy is the most common cause of food related an￭ ap￭ hy￭ lax￭ is death
pear￭ son h￭ ashing is a has￭ h function designed for fast execution on processors with 8 bit registers given an input consisting of any number of by￭ tes it produces as output a single by￭ te that is strongly dependent on every by￭ te of the input its implementation requires only a few instructions plus a 256 by￭ te look￭ up table containing a per￭ mutation of the values 0 through 255 this has￭ h function is a c￭ bc mac that uses an 8 bit substitution ci￭ p￭ her implemented via the substitution table an 8 bit￭ ci￭ p￭ her has negligible cry￭ pto￭ graphic security so the pear￭ son has￭ h function is not cry￭ pto￭ graphically strong but it offers these benefits it is extremely simple it execu￭ tes quickly on resource limited processors there is no simple class of inputs for which collis￭ ions identical outputs are especially likely given a small privileged set of inputs e g reserved words for a comp￭ iler the per￭ mutation table can be adjusted so that those inputs yield distinct has￭ h values producing what is called a perfect has￭ h function two input strings differing by exactly one character never colli￭ de have identical outputs e g applying the algori￭ thm on the strings abc and a￭ ec will never produce the same value one of its drawbacks when compared with other h￭ ashing algori￭ th￭ ms designed for 8 bit processors is the suggested 256 by￭ te look￭ up table which can be prohibi￭ tively large for a small micro￭ controller with a program memory size on the order of hundreds of by￭ tes a work￭ around to this is to use a simple per￭ mutation function instead of a table stored in program memory however using a too simple function such as t i 255 i partly defe￭ ats the us￭ ability as a has￭ h function as an￭ agr￭ ams will result in the same has￭ h value using a too complex function on the other hand will affect speed negatively the algori￭ thm can be described by the following pseu￭ do￭ code which compu￭ tes the has￭ h of message c using the per￭ mutation table t h 0 for each c in c loop index h x￭ or c h t index end loop￭ return h
pear￭ son syndrome is a mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al disease characterized by sid￭ ero￭ bl￭ astic an￭ emia and exo￭ cr￭ ine pan￭ cre￭ as dysfunction other clinical features are failure to thrive pan￭ cre￭ atic fi￭ bro￭ sis with insulin dependent diabetes and exo￭ cr￭ ine pan￭ cre￭ atic deficiency muscle and neuro￭ logic impairment and frequently early death it is usually fatal in infancy the few patients who survive into adul￭ thood often develop symptoms of ke￭ ar￭ ns say￭ re syndrome it is caused by a deletion in mit￭ och￭ on￭ dri￭ al dna pear￭ son syndrome is very rare less than hundred cases have been reported in medical literature worldwide the syndrome was first described by pedi￭ atric hem￭ ato￭ logist and on￭ co￭ logist howard pear￭ son in 1979 the dele￭ tions causing it were discovered a decade later
the pear￭ son – an￭ son effect discovered in 19￭ 22 by stephen osw￭ ald pear￭ son and hor￭ ati￭ o saint george an￭ son is the phenomenon of an osci￭ ll￭ ating electric voltage produced by a ne￭ on bul￭ b connected across a capac￭ itor when a direct current is applied through a resis￭ tor this circuit now called the pear￭ son an￭ son osci￭ ll￭ ator ne￭ on lamp osci￭ ll￭ ator or saw￭ tooth osci￭ ll￭ ator is one of the simplest types of relaxation osci￭ ll￭ ator it generates a saw￭ tooth output wa￭ ve￭ form it has been used in low frequency applications such as blin￭ king warning lights stro￭ bo￭ sco￭ pes tone generators in electronic organs and other electronic music circuits and in time bases and defl￭ ection circuits of early cath￭ ode ray tube osci￭ l￭ lo￭ sco￭ pes since the development of micro￭ electronics these simple negative resistance osci￭ ll￭ ators have been superseded in many applications by more flexible semiconductor relaxation osci￭ ll￭ ators such as the 555 timer ic
peasant armament support march of 1914 swedish bon￭ det￭ å￭ get was a manifestation primarily by swedish farmers held on february 6 th 1914 in stockholm it resulted in a constitutional crisis triggered by the cour￭ ty￭ ard speech held by king gust￭ av v to the mar￭ chers at the royal palace
peat turf is an accumulation of partially dec￭ ayed vegetation or organic matter that is unique to natural areas called pe￭ at￭ lands bo￭ gs or mi￭ res the pe￭ at￭ land ecosystem is the most efficient carbon sink on the planet because pe￭ at￭ land plants capture the co 2 which is naturally released from the peat thus maintaining an equilibrium in natural pe￭ at￭ lands the annual rate of biomass production is greater than the rate of de￭ composition but it takes thousands of years for pe￭ at￭ lands to develop the deposits of 1 5 to 2 3 m 4 9 to 7 5 ft which is the average depth of the bo￭ real pe￭ at￭ lands one of the most common components is sp￭ ha￭ gn￭ um mo￭ ss although many other plants can contribute soils that contain mostly peat are known as his￭ to￭ sol￭ s peat forms in wet￭ land conditions where flooding obstruc￭ ts flows of oxygen from the atmosphere slowing rates of de￭ composition pe￭ at￭ lands also known as mi￭ res particularly bo￭ gs are the most important source of peat but other less common wet￭ land types also deposit peat including f￭ ens po￭ co￭ sins and peat swamp forests other words for lands dominated by peat include mo￭ ors or mus￭ ke￭ gs landscap￭ es covered in peat also have specific kinds of plants particularly sp￭ ha￭ gn￭ um mo￭ ss er￭ ic￭ ac￭ eous sh￭ ru￭ bs and se￭ dges see bo￭ g for more information on this aspect of peat since organic matter accumul￭ ates over thousands of years peat deposits also provide records of past vegetation and clim￭ ates stored in plant remains particularly poll￭ en hence they allow humans to reconstruct past environments and changes in human land use peat is harvested as an important source of fuel in certain parts of the world by volume about 4 trillion cubic metres 5 2 trillion cubic yards of peat are in the world covering a total of around 2 of global land area about 3 million square kilometres or 1 2 million square miles containing about 8 billion ter￭ aj￭ ou￭ les of energy over time the formation of peat is often the first step in the geological formation of other fossil fuels such as coal particularly low grade coal such as lign￭ ite depending on the agency peat is not generally regarded as a renewable source of energy as its extraction rate in industrialized countries far exceeds its slow reg￭ row￭ th rate of 1 mm per year 0 0￭ 39 in and as peat reg￭ row￭ th is also reported to take place in only 30 40 of pe￭ at￭ lands because of this the united nations framework convention on climate change unfccc and another organization affiliated with the united nations classi￭ fies peat as a fossil fuel however the intergovernmental panel on climate change has begun to classify peat as a slow renewable fuel this is also the classification used by many in the peat industry at 106 g co 2 m￭ j the carbon dioxide emission intensity of peat is higher than that of coal at 94 6 g co 2 m￭ j and natural gas at 56 1 peat fires have been responsible for some large public health disasters including the 1997 southeast asian ha￭ ze
peat fire cancer is a cu￭ taneous condition that may develop on the sh￭ ins of women due to hydrocarbon fueled heat exposure from coal fired clothing warm￭ ers
the pe￭ bi￭ bit is a multiple of the bit a unit of digital information storage pre￭ fixed by the standards based multiplier pe￭ bi symbol pi a b￭ inary pre￭ fix meaning 250 the unit symbol of the pe￭ bi￭ bit is pi￭ bit 1 pe￭ bi￭ bit 250 bits 112￭ 58￭ 99￭ 90￭ 68￭ 4￭ 26￭ 24 bits 10￭ 24 te￭ bi￭ bits the pe￭ bi￭ bit is closely related to the pe￭ tab￭ it the corresponding unit using the metric pre￭ fix pe￭ ta which is 10￭ 15 bits
the pe￭ bi￭ by￭ te is a multiple of the unit by￭ te for digital information it is a member of the set of units with b￭ inary pre￭ fixes defined by the international electro￭ technical commission iec its unit symbol is pi￭ b the pre￭ fix pe￭ bi symbol pi represents multiplication by 10￭ 245 therefore 1 pe￭ bi￭ by￭ te 250 by￭ tes 112￭ 58￭ 99￭ 90￭ 68￭ 4￭ 26￭ 24 by￭ tes 10￭ 24 te￭ bi￭ by￭ tes the pe￭ bi￭ by￭ te is closely related to the pe￭ tab￭ y￭ te pb its corresponding unit in the decimal set of multi￭ ples defined in the international system of units si and which represents 10￭ 15 by￭ tes 100￭ 00￭ 00￭ 00￭ 0000000 by￭ tes it follows that one pe￭ bi￭ by￭ te 1 pi￭ b is approximately equal to 1 13 pb
pec￭ an anth￭ rac￭ nose is a fun￭ gal disease of pec￭ an trees caused by the as￭ com￭ y￭ ce￭ te glo￭ mer￭ ella c￭ ing￭ ul￭ ata st￭ on￭ eman spa￭ uld h it is a widespread disease found wherever pec￭ an trees are grown pec￭ an anth￭ rac￭ nose has been reported as far back in time as 1914 rand 1914 and as far away as argentina man￭ tz min￭ hot et al 2010 glo￭ mer￭ ella c￭ ing￭ ul￭ ata has two an￭ am￭ orph￭ s which cause disease on pec￭ an trees colle￭ to￭ tric￭ h￭ um glo￭ e￭ os￭ por￭ io￭ ides and colle￭ to￭ tric￭ h￭ um ac￭ ut￭ at￭ um la￭ th￭ am 1995 the occurrence of colle￭ to￭ tric￭ h￭ um on pec￭ ans has contributed to a significant decline in pec￭ an production in various years an increase in the incidence of pec￭ an anth￭ rac￭ nose is highly correlated with heavy rainfall especially heavy rainfall occurring in early spring the severity of symptoms increases as the season progres￭ ses often culminating in leaf drop in the late autumn this de￭ foli￭ ation is linked to lower yield and poorer quality of nuts bren￭ n￭ eman 2010
pec￭ tus car￭ in￭ at￭ um l car￭ ī￭ n￭ ā￭ tus equi￭ v to car￭ ī￭ n a ke￭ el also called pigeon chest is a de￭ form￭ ity of the chest characterized by a pro￭ tru￭ sion of the ster￭ num and ribs it is distinct from the related de￭ form￭ ity pec￭ tus exc￭ av￭ at￭ um
pec￭ tus exc￭ av￭ at￭ um is a con￭ genital de￭ form￭ ity of the an￭ terior thor￭ ac￭ ic wall in which the ster￭ num and ri￭ b cage grow abnormally this produces a ca￭ ved in or sun￭ ken appearance of the chest it can either be present at birth or not develop until pu￭ ber￭ ty pec￭ tus exc￭ av￭ at￭ um is sometimes considered to be cosmetic but depending on the severity it can impair cardiac and respiratory function and cause pain in the chest and back people with the condition may experience negative psycho￭ social effects and avoid activities that expose the chest pec￭ tus exc￭ av￭ at￭ um is from latin meaning hol￭ lowed chest it is sometimes referred to as cob￭ bler s chest or fun￭ nel chest
pedagog￭ ical patterns are high level patterns that have been recognized in many areas of training and ped￭ ago￭ gy such as group work software design human computer interaction education and others the concept is an extension of pattern languages in both cases the patterns seek to foster best practices of teaching according to joseph ber￭ gin “ the intent of pedagog￭ ical patterns is to capture the essence of the practice in a compact form that can be easily communicated to those who need the knowledge presenting this information in a coherent and accessible form can mean the difference between every new instructor needing to rele￭ ar￭ n what is known by senior faculty and easy transfer￭ ence of knowledge of teaching within the community “ although widespread in the software industry the use of patterns is still emerging in the educational field whereas software developers make regular use of mature patterns the educational community as a whole is still far from including patterns in the everyday tool box mitchell weis￭ burgh has made an effort to define pedagog￭ ical content in terms of design patterns in docum￭ enting good education and training practices through design patterns he proposes nine aspects to docum￭ enting a pattern for a certain skill not every pattern needs to include all nine his listing is reproduced below name – single word or short phrase that refers to the pattern this allows for rapid association and retri￭ eval problem – definition of a problem including its intent or a desired outcome and symptoms that would indicate that this problem exists context – preconditions which must exist in order for that problem to occur this is often a situation when forces conflict the resolutions of those conflicts is often implied by the context forces – description of forces or constraints and how they interact some of the forces may be contradictory for example being thorough often conflicts with time or money constraints solution – instructions possibly including variants the solution may include pictures diag￭ r￭ ams pro￭ se or other media examples – sample applications and solutions analog￭ ies visual examples and known uses can be especially helpful help user understand the context resulting context – result after the pattern has been applied including post￭ conditions and side effects it might also include new problems that might result from solving the original problem rationale – the thought processes that would go into selecting this pattern the rationale includes an explanation of why this pattern works how forces and constraints are resolved to construct a desired outcome related patterns – differences and relationships with other patterns possibly predecessor an￭ tec￭ ed￭ ents or alternatives that solve similar problems
pedi￭ atric acute onset neuro￭ psychiatric syndrome p￭ ans is a neuro￭ psychiatric syndrome still under research leading to rapid onset obs￭ essive compul￭ sive disorder oc￭ d and or tics in children and adolescents it may be either connected to group a st￭ rep￭ to￭ coc￭ cal infections pand￭ as sub group or caused by immun￭ o￭ logic reactions to other pathogens pit￭ ands sub group affecting the bas￭ al gang￭ lia this portion of the brain is responsible for mediating cogn￭ ition emotion and movement research into the eti￭ ology of obs￭ essive compul￭ sive disorder has identified dys￭ functions of the bas￭ al gang￭ lia as a key factor for the onset of oc￭ d a similar syndrome in adults is known as post infl￭ am￭ matory brain syndrome pi￭ bs
pedi￭ atric schizophrenia also known as childhood schizophrenia childhood onset schizophrenia and early onset schizophrenia is a type of mental disorder that is characterized by de￭ generation of thinking motor and emotional processes with onset before age 18 early onset or before age 13 very early onset the disease presents symptoms such as aud￭ itory and visual halluc￭ inations strange thoughts or feelings and abnormal behavior profoundly imp￭ acting the chil￭ ds ability to function and sustain normal inter￭ personal relationships it typically presents after the age of seven about 50 of young children diagnosed with schizophrenia experience severe neuro￭ psychiatric symptoms diagnostic criteria are similar to those of adult schizophrenia diagnosis is based on behavior observed by care￭ takers and in some cases depending on age self reports schizophrenia has no definite cause however certain risk factors such as family history seem to cor￭ relate there is no known cure but childhood schizophrenia is controllable with the help of behavioral therapies and medications
pedi￭ atric trauma refers to a traumatic injury that happens to an infant child or adoles￭ cent because of anatom￭ ical and physiological differences between children and adults the care and management of this population differs
pe￭ dic￭ ul￭ osis is an inf￭ est￭ ation of lic￭ e blood feeding ec￭ top￭ ar￭ asi￭ tic insects of the order ph￭ thir￭ ap￭ tera the condition can occur in almost any species of warm bloo￭ ded animal i e mammals and birds including humans although pe￭ dic￭ ul￭ osis in humans may properly refer to lic￭ e inf￭ est￭ ation of any part of the body the term is sometimes used loosely to refer to pe￭ dic￭ ul￭ osis cap￭ i￭ tis the inf￭ est￭ ation of the human head with the specific head lou￭ se
pe￭ dic￭ ul￭ osis corpor￭ is also known as pe￭ dic￭ ul￭ osis v￭ estim￭ enti and vag￭ ab￭ ond s disease is a cu￭ taneous condition caused by body lic￭ e specifically pe￭ dic￭ ul￭ us corpor￭ is that lay their eggs in the se￭ ams of clothing
pe￭ dic￭ ul￭ osis pu￭ bis also known as cr￭ abs and pu￭ bic lic￭ e is a disease caused by the pu￭ bic lou￭ se p￭ thir￭ us pu￭ bis a par￭ asi￭ tic insect notorious for inf￭ est￭ ing human pu￭ bic hair the species may also live on other areas with hair including the e￭ yel￭ ashes causing pe￭ dic￭ ul￭ osis ci￭ li￭ aris inf￭ est￭ ation usually leads to intense it￭ ching in the pu￭ bic area treatment with topic agents such as per￭ meth￭ rin or py￭ re￭ thrin with pi￭ per￭ on￭ yl bu￭ tox￭ ide is exceedingly effective worldwide it affects about 2 of the population
pe￭ dop￭ hi￭ lia or paedophilia is a psychiatric disorder in which an adult or older adoles￭ cent experiences a primary or exclusive sexual attraction to pre￭ pu￭ bes￭ cent children although girls typically begin the process of pu￭ ber￭ ty at age 10 or 11 and boys at age 11 or 12 criteria for pe￭ dop￭ hi￭ lia extend the cut off point for pre￭ pu￭ bes￭ cence to age 13 a person who is diagnosed with pe￭ dop￭ hi￭ lia must be at least 16 years old but adolescents must be at least five years older than the pre￭ pu￭ bes￭ cent child for the attraction to be diagnosed as pe￭ dop￭ hi￭ lia pe￭ dop￭ hi￭ lia is termed ped￭ oph￭ il￭ ic disorder in the diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders dsm 5 and the manual defines it as a par￭ ap￭ hi￭ lia involving intense and recurrent sexual urges towards and fantasies about pre￭ pu￭ bes￭ cent children that have either been acted upon or which cause the person with the attraction distress or inter￭ personal difficulty the international classification of diseases ic￭ d 10 defines it as a sexual preference for children of pre￭ pu￭ ber￭ tal or early pu￭ ber￭ tal age in popular usage the word pe￭ dop￭ hi￭ lia is often applied to any sexual interest in children or the act of child sexual abuse this use con￭ fl￭ ates the sexual attraction to pre￭ pu￭ bes￭ cent children with the act of child sexual abuse and fails to distinguish between attraction to pre￭ pu￭ bes￭ cent and pu￭ bes￭ cent or post pu￭ bes￭ cent minors researchers recommend that these imprecise uses be avoided because although people who commit child sexual abuse sometimes exhibit the disorder child sexual abuse offenders are not ped￭ oph￭ iles unless they have a primary or exclusive sexual interest in pre￭ pu￭ bes￭ cent children and the literature indicates the existence of ped￭ oph￭ iles who do not mol￭ est children pe￭ dop￭ hi￭ lia was first formally recognized and named in the late 19 th century a significant amount of research in the area has taken place since the 1980 s although mostly documented in men there are also women who exhibit the disorder and researchers assume available estimates under￭ represent the true number of female ped￭ oph￭ iles no cure for pe￭ dop￭ hi￭ lia has been developed but there are therapies that can reduce the incidence of a person committing child sexual abuse the exact causes of pe￭ dop￭ hi￭ lia have not been conclu￭ sively established some studies of pe￭ dop￭ hi￭ lia in child sex offenders have correlated it with various neuro￭ logical ab￭ norm￭ alities and psychological patho￭ logies in the united states following kansas v hend￭ ric￭ ks sex offenders who are diagnosed with certain mental disorders particularly pe￭ dop￭ hi￭ lia can be subject to indefinite civil commitment
pe￭ dun￭ cular halluc￭ in￭ osis ph or l￭ her￭ mit￭ te s pe￭ dun￭ cular halluc￭ in￭ osis is a rare neuro￭ logical disorder that causes vivid visual halluc￭ inations that typically occur in dark environments and last for several minutes unlike some other kinds of halluc￭ inations the halluc￭ inations that patients with ph experience are very realistic and often involve people and environments that are familiar to the affected individuals because the content of the halluc￭ inations is never exceptionally bizarre patients can rarely distinguish between the halluc￭ inations and reality in 19￭ 22 the french neuro￭ logist jean l￭ her￭ mit￭ te documented the case of a patient who was experiencing visual halluc￭ inations that were sugges￭ tive of loc￭ alized damage to the mid￭ brain and p￭ ons after other similar case studies were published this syndrome was labeled pe￭ dun￭ cular halluc￭ in￭ osis the accumulation of additional cases by l￭ her￭ mit￭ te and by others influenced academic medical debate about halluc￭ inations and about behavioral neuro￭ logy l￭ her￭ mit￭ te provided a full account of his work in this area in his book les halluc￭ inations cl￭ inique et physi￭ opath￭ o￭ logie which was published in paris in 1951 by doin publishing contemporary researchers with access to new technologies in medical brain imaging have confirmed the brain loc￭ alization of these unusual halluc￭ inations
pe￭ eling skin syndrome also known as ac￭ ral pe￭ eling skin syndrome continual pe￭ eling skin syndrome famili￭ al continual skin pe￭ eling idi￭ opathic deci￭ duous skin and ker￭ atol￭ ysis ex￭ foli￭ ativa con￭ gen￭ ita is an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive disorder characterized by lifelong pe￭ eling of the strat￭ um cor￭ neu￭ m and may be associated with pr￭ ur￭ it￭ us short stature and easily removed an￭ agen hair the ac￭ ral form can be associated with t￭ gm 5
pel eb￭ stein fever also known as eb￭ stein car￭ da￭ relli fever is a rarely seen condition noted in patients with ho￭ dg￭ kin s lymp￭ homa in which the patient experiences fe￭ vers which cyclically increase then decrease over an average period of one or two weeks a cyclic fever may also be associated with other conditions but it is not called pel eb￭ stein fever unless the fever is associated with ho￭ dg￭ kin s
pel￭ ger – hu￭ ë￭ t anomaly pron￭ unciation pel ′ g￭ ə￭ r hy￭ o￭ ̅￭ o￭ ̅ ′ ə￭ t is a blood lam￭ in￭ opathy associated with the lam￭ in b recep￭ tor it is characterized by a white blood cell type known as a neu￭ tro￭ phil whose nucleus is hypo￭ segm￭ ented it is a genetic disorder with an auto￭ som￭ al dominant inheritance pattern hetero￭ zy￭ go￭ tes are clin￭ ically normal although their neu￭ troph￭ ils may be mistaken for immature cells which may cause mistreatment in a clinical setting homo￭ zy￭ go￭ tes tend to have neu￭ troph￭ ils with rounded nucle￭ i that do have some functional problems
pel￭ icul￭ u in mor￭ a latin for danger in delay is one of two conditions which must be asserted in actions aimed at obtaining a protective order or injunction e g art 700 former ccp to be granted the relief sought the other condition being fum￭ us bon￭ i i￭ ur￭ is the second condition is the c d prima facie case the burden of proof of danger in delay falls to the person who requests the injunction or order demonstrating the existence of both requirements peri￭ col￭ um notice and the risk of suffering serious and irreparable damage the term serious harm refers to the magnitude of the damages calculated in relation to the value of the property in dispute an injury will not be so serious in itself but only when compared to the object of contention irreparable damage is in the possibility of a remedy in the future against which the party seeking the injunction believes they will suffer only asset orientation is currently supported in that the prevailing possibility of obtaining compensation for damages is in itself sufficient to prevent the founding of irreparable harm
pe￭ li￭ osis hepati￭ s is an un￭ common vascular condition characterised by multiple randomly distributed blood filled ca￭ vities throughout the liver the size of the ca￭ vities usually ranges between a few millimetres to 3 cm in diameter in the past it was a mere his￭ to￭ logical curiosity occasionally found at autop￭ sies but has been increasingly recognised with wide ranging conditions from aids to the use of an￭ abol￭ ic ster￭ oids it also occasionally affects sp￭ leen lymp￭ h no￭ des lungs kidneys adren￭ al g￭ lands bone marrow and other parts of gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract pe￭ li￭ osis hepati￭ s is often errone￭ ously written pe￭ li￭ osis hepatitis despite its not being one of the hepati￭ ti￭ des the correct term arises from the greek pe￭ lios i e dis￭ coloured by extr￭ av￭ as￭ ated blood li￭ vi￭ d and the lat￭ ini￭ zed gen￭ itive case hepati￭ s of the greek he￭ par liver
pe￭ li￭ za￭ eus – mer￭ z￭ bac￭ her disease p￭ md is a rare central nervous system disorder in which coordination motor abilities and intellectual function are delayed to variable ext￭ ents
p￭ ell￭ ag￭ ra is a vitamin deficiency disease most frequently caused by a chronic lack of ni￭ ac￭ in vitamin b 3 or vitamin pp from p￭ ell￭ ag￭ ra preventing factor in the diet it can be caused by decreased intake of ni￭ ac￭ in or try￭ pt￭ oph￭ an and possibly by excessive intake of le￭ uc￭ ine it may also result from alterations in protein metabol￭ ism in disorders such as carcin￭ o￭ id syndrome or har￭ tn￭ up disease a deficiency of the amino acid lys￭ ine can lead to a deficiency of ni￭ ac￭ in as well
a pel￭ lic￭ le is a skin or coating of proteins on the surface of meat fish or poultry which allow smoke to better adhere the surface of the meat during the smoking process useful in all smoking applications and with any kind of animal protein it is best used with fish where the flesh of say salmon forms a pel￭ lic￭ le the surface that will attract more smoke to adhere to it than would be the case if it had not been used without a pel￭ lic￭ le the fish would be ine￭ di￭ bly dry from enough smoking to produce a ta￭ sty finished product it is the pel￭ lic￭ le which permits the transformation creating d￭ elec￭ table smoked salmon
the pel￭ li￭ zz￭ ari reaction was discovered in 19￭ 11 by guido pel￭ li￭ zz￭ ari and is the organic reaction of an amide and a hydra￭ z￭ ide to form a 1 2 4 tri￭ azole the product is similar to that of the ein￭ horn brun￭ ner reaction but the mechanism itself is not reg￭ io￭ selective an overview of the pel￭ li￭ zz￭ ari reaction
p￭ ell￭ u￭ ci￭ d marginal de￭ generation p￭ md is a degenerative cor￭ ne￭ al condition often confused with ker￭ ato￭ con￭ us it is typically characterized by a clear bilateral thin￭ ning ec￭ ta￭ sia in the inferior and peripheral region of the cor￭ ne￭ a although some cases affect only one eye the cause of the disease remains unclear idi￭ opathic the term p￭ ell￭ u￭ ci￭ d marginal de￭ generation was first coined in 1957 by the oph￭ thal￭ mo￭ logist sch￭ al￭ a￭ ep￭ pi the word p￭ ell￭ u￭ ci￭ d means clear indicating that the cor￭ ne￭ as retain clarity in p￭ ell￭ u￭ ci￭ d marginal de￭ generation
pel￭ op￭ sia is a vision perception disorder in which objects appear nearer than they actually are pel￭ op￭ sia can be caused by psy￭ ch￭ on￭ euro￭ tic phenomena changes in atmospheric clarity or sometimes by wearing a corrective lens
pel￭ vic congestion syndrome also known as pel￭ vic vein incompetence is a chronic medical condition in women caused by vari￭ cose ve￭ ins in the lower ab￭ dom￭ en the condition causes chronic pain often manifest￭ ing as a constant dull ache which can be aggravated by standing early treatment options include pain medication alternative therapies such as acupuncture and suppression of o￭ vari￭ an function surgery can be done using non￭ invasive trans￭ cathe￭ ter techniques to emb￭ oli￭ ze the vari￭ cose ve￭ ins up to 80 of women obtain relief using this method the condition can occur as a result of pregnancy or for unknown reasons the presence of estro￭ gen in the body causes vas￭ o￭ dil￭ ation which can result in the accumulation of blood in the ve￭ ins in the pel￭ vic area estro￭ gen can weaken the vein walls leading to the changes that cause vari￭ co￭ sities up to 15 of all women have vari￭ cose ve￭ ins in the ab￭ domin￭ al area but not all have symptoms
a pel￭ vic digit pel￭ vic finger or pel￭ vic ri￭ b is a rare con￭ genital ab￭ normality in humans in which bone tissue develops in the soft tissue near the pel￭ vis resembling a ri￭ b or finger and often divided into one or more segments with pseudo artic￭ ul￭ ations pel￭ vic digits are typically benign and as￭ ymp￭ tomatic and are usually discovered accidentally approximately 41 cases have been reported the pel￭ vic digit was first reported by d sullivan and w s corn￭ well in 1974 pel￭ vic digits may be located at any level of the pel￭ vis the lower ribs or even the an￭ terior ab￭ domin￭ al wall it is the￭ orized that pel￭ vic digit anomalies arise during the mes￭ en￭ ch￭ ym￭ al stage of bone growth within the first six weeks of embry￭ o￭ genesis their formation may result from a failure of the pri￭ mor￭ dium of the coc￭ cy￭ x to fuse to the vertebr￭ al column leading to the independent development of a pro￭ to ri￭ b structure
pel￭ vic floor dysfunction refers to a wide range of issues that occur when muscles of the pel￭ vic floor are weak tight or there is an impairment of the sacro￭ ili￭ ac joint lower back coc￭ cy￭ x or hip joints symptoms include pel￭ vic pain pressure dy￭ sp￭ are￭ un￭ ia in￭ contin￭ ence incomplete emp￭ tying and gross organ pro￭ tru￭ sion tissues surrounding the pel￭ vic organs may have increased or decreased sensitivity or irritation resulting in pel￭ vic pain many times the underlying cause of pel￭ vic pain is difficult to determine the condition affects up to 50 of women pel￭ vic floor dysfunction may include any of a group of clinical conditions that includes ur￭ inary in￭ contin￭ ence f￭ ec￭ al in￭ contin￭ ence pel￭ vic organ pro￭ lapse sensory and emp￭ tying ab￭ norm￭ alities of the lower ur￭ inary tract defec￭ atory dysfunction sexual dysfunction and several chronic pain syndro￭ mes including vul￭ vo￭ dy￭ nia the three most common and defin￭ able conditions encountered clin￭ ically are ur￭ inary in￭ contin￭ ence anal in￭ contin￭ ence and pel￭ vic organ pro￭ lapse
pel￭ vic frac￭ ture is a disruption of the bon￭ y structure of the pel￭ vis including the hip bone sac￭ rum and coc￭ cy￭ x the most common cause in the elderly is a fall but the most significant fractu￭ res involve high energy forces such as a motor vehicle cr￭ ashes cycling accidents or a fall from significant height diagnosis is made on the basis of history clinical features and special investigations usually including x ray and ct because the pel￭ vis crad￭ les so many internal organs pel￭ vic fractu￭ res may produce significant internal bleeding which is invisible to the eye emergency treatment consists of advanced trauma life support management after stabilisation the pel￭ vis may be sur￭ g￭ ically re￭ constructed
pel￭ vic infl￭ am￭ matory disease or pel￭ vic infl￭ am￭ matory disorder pid is an infection of the upper part of the female reproductive system namely the uter￭ us fall￭ op￭ ian tubes and ov￭ aries and inside of the pel￭ vis often there may be no symptoms signs and symptoms when present may include lower ab￭ domin￭ al pain vag￭ inal discharge fever burning with ur￭ ination pain with sex or irregular men￭ str￭ uation untreated pid can result in long term complications including in￭ fertility ec￭ topic pregnancy chronic pel￭ vic pain and cancer the disease is caused by bacteria that spread from the vag￭ ina and cer￭ vi￭ x infections by ne￭ is￭ ser￭ ia gon￭ or￭ rho￭ e￭ ae or ch￭ lam￭ y￭ dia tr￭ ach￭ om￭ atis are present in 75 to 90 percent of cases often multiple different bacteria are involved without treatment about 10 percent of those with a ch￭ lam￭ y￭ dial infection and 40 percent of those with a gon￭ or￭ rhe￭ a infection will develop pid risk factors are similar to those of sexually transmitted infections generally and include a high number of sexual partners and drug use vag￭ inal dou￭ ching may also increase the risk the diagnosis is typically based on the presenting signs and symptoms it is recommended that the disease be considered in all women of child￭ bearing age who have lower ab￭ domin￭ al pain a definitive diagnosis of pid is made by finding p￭ us involving the fall￭ op￭ ian tubes during surgery ul￭ tras￭ ound may also be useful in diagnosis efforts to prevent the disease include not having sex or having few sexual partners and using condoms screening women at risk for ch￭ lam￭ y￭ dial infection followed by treatment decreases the risk of pid if the diagnosis is suspected treatment is typically advised treating a woman s sexual partners should also occur in those with mild or moderate symptoms a single injection of the antibiotic ce￭ f￭ tri￭ ax￭ one along with two weeks of do￭ xy￭ cycl￭ ine and possibly met￭ ron￭ id￭ azole by mouth is recommended for those who do not improve after three days or who have severe disease intra￭ ven￭ ous antibiotics should be used globally about 106 million cases of ch￭ lam￭ y￭ dia and 106 million cases of gon￭ or￭ rhe￭ a occurred in 2008 the number of cases of pid however is not clear it is estimated to affect about 1 5 percent of young women yearly in the united states pid is estimated to affect about one million people yearly a type of in￭ trau￭ ter￭ ine device i￭ ud known as the dal￭ kon shield led to increased rates of pid in the 1970 s current iu￭ ds are not associated with this problem after the first month
the rare disease pel￭ vic li￭ po￭ mat￭ osis is most often seen in older ob￭ ese black men with hyper￭ tension in pel￭ vic li￭ po￭ mat￭ osis abnormally dense deposits of otherwise apparently normal fat may be observed in the spaces of the pel￭ vic area associated with cy￭ sti￭ tis g￭ land￭ ul￭ aris a precursor to aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma of the ur￭ inary blad￭ der
pel￭ vic pain is pain in the area of the pel￭ vis acute pain is more common than chronic pain if the pain lasts for more than six months it is deemed to be chronic pel￭ vic pain it can affect both women and men common causes in include end￭ ome￭ tri￭ osis in women bo￭ wel adhe￭ sions irrit￭ able bo￭ wel syndrome and inter￭ sti￭ tial cy￭ sti￭ tis the cause may also be a number of poorly understood conditions that may represent abnormal psy￭ ch￭ on￭ euro￭ muscular function
a pel￭ vic tumor is any one of numerous tumors that occur in the pel￭ vis within the pel￭ vis these tumors may involve specific organs or occupy intra organ spaces tumors of the pres￭ ac￭ ral space and sac￭ ral space are most prevalent in children tumors occupying specific organs have a more complex natural history
pel￭ vis jus￭ to major also called giant pel￭ vis is a rare condition of the adult female pel￭ vis where the pel￭ vis is 1 5 or more times larger than an average pel￭ vis in every direction and is at least 42 cm 16 5 inches bi￭ ili￭ ac width even though this condition is classified as a con￭ genital ab￭ normality it is not a medical disease or ab￭ normality of the pel￭ vis as the pel￭ vis is a true gy￭ ne￭ co￭ id shape only larger women with this condition frequently at the time of delivery have a precipit￭ ous birth there is virtually no resistance of the huge pel￭ vic opening to the size of a new￭ born so only the soft parts resist the birth with a huge jus￭ to major pel￭ vis there is no pel￭ vic bone mol￭ ding of the fe￭ tal head with the average pel￭ vic size 2 3 or less jus￭ to major size the usual pel￭ vic mol￭ ding process slows the birth resulting in a slow and gradual stretching of the vag￭ inal opening for primi￭ par￭ ous women when a huge jus￭ to major pel￭ vis allows such an extremely rapid vag￭ inal birth there can be tears of the per￭ ine￭ al soft tissues at the time of delivery the strong uter￭ ine contr￭ actions and maternal bearing down almost instantly overwhel￭ m the integrity of a tightened and previously un￭ stretched vag￭ inal ori￭ fice this is often the case if such women have not previously practiced vag￭ inal stretching to the degree that allows such an instant bir￭ thing especially so for a primi￭ par￭ ous woman this instant delivery problem causes many ob￭ gy￭ n doctors to stress the importance of women with a huge pel￭ vis practicing pre delivery vag￭ inal stretching to avoid per￭ ine￭ al injury such a large size for the female pel￭ vis is present in less than one in a thousand adult women when women reach their maximum pel￭ vis size often by 21 years of age if they have a huge pel￭ vis the resulting big hips will not go away — no matter how much they diet as bone will not shrink it is not unusual for such women whose pear shape is due to a huge pel￭ vis to give up watching cal￭ ories for smaller hips leading to obesity however such pear shaped ob￭ ese women do not necessarily have a huge pel￭ vis and a measurement scan or anthropo￭ metry by cali￭ pers is required to diagnose the jus￭ to major condition the incidence of jus￭ to major pel￭ vis is not found to be a strictly standard deviation type variation as it follows a tail skewed deviation to the right incidence varies with geographic regions of the world e g poland has a high incidence jus￭ to major pel￭ vis is classified as con￭ genital and thought to be partially inherited especially from the maternal side
pel￭ é￭ an erup￭ tions are a type of volcanic eruption they can occur when vis￭ co￭ us mag￭ ma typically of rhy￭ oli￭ tic or an￭ desi￭ tic type is involved and share some similarities with vul￭ can￭ ian erup￭ tions the most important characteristic of a pel￭ é￭ an eruption is the presence of a g￭ lowing avalanche of hot volcanic ash a pyro￭ cl￭ astic flow formation of lava dom￭ es is another characteris￭ tical feature short flows of ash or creation of pum￭ ice con￭ es may be observed as well the initial phases of eruption are characterized by pyro￭ cl￭ astic flows the te￭ ph￭ ra deposits have lower volume and range than the corresponding pl￭ inian and vul￭ can￭ ian erup￭ tions the vis￭ co￭ us mag￭ ma then forms a steep sided dom￭ e or volcanic sp￭ ine in the volcano s vent the dom￭ e may later collapse resulting in flows of ash and hot blocks the eruption cycle is usually completed in a few years but in some cases may continue for decades like in the case of santi￭ agu￭ ito the 19￭ 02 explosion of mount pel￭ ée is the first described case of a pel￭ é￭ an eruption and gave it its name some other examples include the following the 1948 1951 eruption of hi￭ bo￭ k hi￭ bo￭ k the 1951 eruption of mount lam￭ ington which remains the most detailed observation of this kind the 1956 eruption of be￭ zy￭ mi￭ anny the 1968 eruption of may￭ on volcano and the 1980 eruption of mount st hel￭ ens
p￭ emp￭ hi￭ go￭ id is a group of rare auto￭ immune bl￭ is￭ tering skin diseases as its name indicates p￭ emp￭ hi￭ go￭ id is similar in general appearance to p￭ emp￭ hi￭ gus but unlike p￭ emp￭ hi￭ gus p￭ emp￭ hi￭ go￭ id does not feature ac￭ anth￭ ol￭ ysis a loss of connections between skin cells p￭ emp￭ hi￭ go￭ id is more common than p￭ emp￭ hi￭ gus and is slightly more common in women than in men it is also more common in people over 60 years of age than it is in younger people
p￭ emp￭ hi￭ go￭ id no￭ dul￭ aris is a cu￭ taneous condition that is a variant of bull￭ ous p￭ emp￭ hi￭ go￭ id that has skin le￭ sions mim￭ ic￭ king pr￭ uri￭ go no￭ dul￭ aris the anti￭ body involved is ig￭ g
p￭ emp￭ hi￭ gus ˈ￭ p￭ ɛ￭ m￭ f￭ ɪ￭ ɡ￭ ə￭ s or p￭ ɛ￭ m￭ ˈ￭ fa￭ ɪ￭ ɡ￭ ə￭ s is a rare group of bl￭ is￭ tering auto￭ immune diseases that affect the skin and mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ ran￭ es in p￭ emp￭ hi￭ gus auto￭ antibodies form against des￭ mo￭ gle￭ in des￭ mo￭ gle￭ in forms the glue that attaches adjacent ep￭ id￭ er￭ mal cells via attachment points called des￭ mo￭ som￭ es when auto￭ antibodies attack des￭ mo￭ gle￭ ins the cells become separated from each other and the ep￭ id￭ er￭ mis becomes un￭ glu￭ ed a phenomenon called ac￭ anth￭ ol￭ ysis this causes bl￭ is￭ ters that sl￭ ough off and turn into so￭ res in some cases these bl￭ is￭ ters can cover a significant area of the skin originally the cause of this disease was unknown and p￭ emp￭ hi￭ gus was used to refer to any bl￭ is￭ tering disease of the skin and mu￭ co￭ sa in 1964 researchers found that the blood of patients with p￭ emp￭ hi￭ gus contained antibodies to the layers of skin that separates to form the bl￭ is￭ ters in 1971 an article investigating the auto￭ immune nature of this disease was published
p￭ emp￭ hi￭ gus er￭ y￭ them￭ ato￭ sus also known as sen￭ ear – usher syndrome is simply a loc￭ alized form of p￭ emp￭ hi￭ gus foli￭ ac￭ eus￭ with features of lup￭ us er￭ y￭ them￭ ato￭ sus
p￭ emp￭ hi￭ gus foli￭ ac￭ eus is an auto￭ immune bl￭ is￭ tering disease of the skin with characteristic le￭ sions that are scal￭ y cru￭ sted ero￭ sions often on an er￭ y￭ them￭ at￭ ous base mu￭ cos￭ al involvement is absent even with widespread disease if there is an auto￭ immune ig￭ g buil￭ dup in the ep￭ id￭ er￭ mis then nearly all of the antibodies are aimed against des￭ mo￭ gle￭ in 1 the effect of the antibodies and the immun￭ ological path￭ way is most likely either of three mechanisms ster￭ ic hindrance of the des￭ mo￭ gle￭ in 1 the anti￭ body caps off the site for in￭ trac￭ ell￭ ular binding to another ker￭ at￭ in￭ oc￭ y￭ te activation of an endo￭ cy￭ tic path￭ way the anti￭ body activ￭ ates a path￭ way which causes an intern￭ alization of des￭ mo￭ gle￭ ï￭ n 1 which in turn causes a loss of adhe￭ sion disruption of function in this case the anti￭ body blocks the des￭ mo￭ gle￭ in 1 from being formed into a des￭ mo￭ some this in turn causes a loss of adhe￭ sion with ac￭ anth￭ ol￭ ysis as a result
p￭ emp￭ hi￭ gus her￭ peti￭ form￭ is also known as ac￭ anth￭ ol￭ y￭ tic her￭ peti￭ form der￭ mati￭ tis her￭ peti￭ form p￭ emp￭ hi￭ gus mixed bull￭ ous disease and p￭ emp￭ hi￭ gus controlled by sul￭ f￭ ap￭ y￭ ri￭ dine is a cu￭ taneous condition a clinical variant of p￭ emp￭ hi￭ gus that combines the clinical features of der￭ mati￭ tis her￭ peti￭ form￭ is with the immun￭ opath￭ o￭ logic features of p￭ emp￭ hi￭ gus path￭ op￭ hy￭ si￭ ology p￭ emp￭ hi￭ gus her￭ peti￭ form￭ is is an ig￭ g medi￭ ated auto￭ antibodies that affect the ep￭ id￭ er￭ mal layer of the skin
p￭ emp￭ hi￭ gus vege￭ t￭ ans is a loc￭ alized form of p￭ emp￭ hi￭ gus vul￭ gar￭ is in which there is a loc￭ alized vege￭ t￭ ating pap￭ il￭ lo￭ mat￭ ous response the eroded areas do not heal like usual but form pap￭ il￭ lo￭ mat￭ ous growth and vegetation accounts for 1 2 of p￭ emp￭ hi￭ gus cases and is a relatively benign variant of p￭ emp￭ hi￭ gus vul￭ gar￭ is two forms are recognized p￭ emp￭ hi￭ gus vege￭ t￭ ans of neu￭ mann is a loc￭ alized disease of p￭ emp￭ hi￭ gus vul￭ gar￭ is slightly more extensive than p￭ emp￭ hi￭ gus vege￭ t￭ ans of hallo￭ pe￭ au this type is more common and characterized by early le￭ sions similar to p￭ emp￭ hi￭ gus vul￭ gar￭ is with large bul￭ la￭ e and ero￭ sive areas healing is through formation of gran￭ ulation tissue p￭ emp￭ hi￭ gus vege￭ t￭ ans of hallo￭ pe￭ au is a disease of loc￭ alized p￭ emp￭ hi￭ gus vul￭ gar￭ is it is named for françois henri hallo￭ pe￭ au this type is less aggressive and has pu￭ st￭ ules not bul￭ la￭ e these pu￭ st￭ ules heal by ver￭ ru￭ ci￭ os hyper￭ ker￭ ato￭ tic vege￭ tations
p￭ emp￭ hi￭ gus vul￭ gar￭ is is a rare chronic bl￭ is￭ tering skin disease it is classified as a type ii hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity reaction with the formation of antibodies against des￭ mo￭ som￭ es components of the skin that function to keep certain layers of skin bound to each other as des￭ mo￭ som￭ es are attacked the layers of skin separate and the clinical picture resembles a bl￭ ister over time the condition inevitably progres￭ ses without treatment le￭ sions increase in size and distribution throughout the body behaving physi￭ o￭ logically like a severe burn before the advent of modern treatments mortality for the disease was close to 90 today the mortality rate with treatment is between 5 15
in australian law a penalty unit abbreviated as pu is an amount of money used to compu￭ te pec￭ uni￭ ary penalties for many breaches of statute law fines are calculated by multiplying the value of one penalty unit by the number of penalty units prescribed for the offence the different jurisdictions that make up australia the commonwealth and the states and territories each have their own penalty units the value of a penalty unit and the manner and frequency of varying that value differ from state to state and there are also federal penalty units that apply only to federal offences in the state of victoria the value of a penalty unit is the amount fixed with respect to a financial year by the treas￭ ur￭ er by notice published in the government gazette under the monetary units act 2004 the penalty unit rate is fixed at a 155 46 as of 1 july 2016 therefore a fine defined as 100 penalty units would incur a penalty of 15 546 rounded to the nearest 10 cents one penalty unit in new south wales is 110 one penalty unit in que￭ ens￭ land is 121 90 in the state of tas￭ mania the value of a penalty unit is adjusted for each financial year based on consumer price index c￭ pi movements in the previous year and published in the tas￭ man￭ ian government gazette before 1 june for the next financial year in the 2017 financial year it is 157 under australian federal law a penalty unit for an individual is 180 as of 31 july 2015 western australian penalty units vary across the legislation most are listed as a dollar figure in the legislation but road offences incur a penalty unit of 50 south australia does not have penalty units instead fine amounts are listed in the legislation
pen￭ amal￭ ur￭ u is an out growth to vi￭ j￭ ay￭ aw￭ ada in kr￭ ish￭ na district of the indian state of and￭ h￭ ra pradesh it is the man￭ dal headquarters of pen￭ amal￭ ur￭ u man￭ dal in vi￭ j￭ ay￭ aw￭ ada revenue division and also forms a part of vi￭ j￭ ay￭ aw￭ ada urban agglomer￭ ation
pend￭ red syndrome or pend￭ red disease is a genetic disorder leading to con￭ genital bilateral both sides sens￭ or￭ in￭ eur￭ al hearing loss and go￭ itre with eu￭ thyro￭ id or mild hypo￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m decreased thyro￭ id g￭ land function there is no specific treatment other than supportive measures for the hearing loss and thyro￭ id hormone supplem￭ entation in case of hypo￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m it is named after dr v￭ augh￭ an pend￭ red 18￭ 69 – 1946 the english doctor who first described the condition in an irish family living in dur￭ ham in 18￭ 96 it accounts for 7 5 of all cases of con￭ genital deaf￭ ness
pen￭ e￭ tran￭ ts or penetr￭ ating items are the mechanical electrical or structural items that pass through an opening in a wall or floor such as pipes electrical condu￭ its duc￭ ting cables and cable tr￭ ays or structural steel be￭ ams and columns when these items pierce a wall or floor assembly they create a space between the penetr￭ ant and the surrounding structure which can become an avenue for the spread of fire between rooms or floors modern building codes generally require a service penetration fire￭ stop to seal the openings around pen￭ e￭ tran￭ ts or services in order to restore the fire resistance rating of the parent assembly sizing of all openings has significant impact upon the adherence to the certification listing requirements therefore communication between all affected trades is of great importance before any openings are made to ensure proper sizing of the openings for cost control and conform￭ ance with listing and approval use and compliance pen￭ e￭ tran￭ ts are typically accommodated by plum￭ bers and electr￭ icians who prepare for them by installing sle￭ eves in concrete walls and floors before they are poured in the case of masonry walls electr￭ icians and plum￭ bers tend to be there first and hang sle￭ eves around their pip￭ ing duc￭ t￭ work and conduit where they know from their drawings that block walls will be erected in order to avoid the time and expense of having to cut openings in existing walls and floors in the case of dr￭ y￭ wall assemblies the opening size is determined by the dr￭ y￭ wall contractor unless the mechanical and electrical trades are contr￭ actually obliged to provide sle￭ eving here as well with proper fast￭ ening methods that are in conform￭ ance with the certification listing it is not un￭ common for these trades to attempt to ab￭ solve themselves of the requirement to fire￭ stop their openings in the dr￭ y￭ wall assemblies by claiming that they were there first meaning that others should take care of the rest since dr￭ y￭ wall contractors are not ordinarily required to do mechanical and electrical fire￭ stopping the dr￭ y￭ wall openings can become an item of dispute or neglect particularly in north american construction this common issue can be minim￭ ised by designating a separate fire￭ stopping sub contract whereby a separate speciality sub contractor fire￭ stops all openings on site mechanical electrical and structural as well as the building joints timber floor openings are simply cut by means of a cha￭ in￭ saw in this case the width of the blade will determine sizes electrical cable through penetration fire￭ stopped by an int￭ um￭ es￭ cent se￭ al￭ ant to restore the two hour fire resistance rating of the concrete floor steel beam through penetration the fire￭ stop surrounding the beam is incomplete packing only se￭ al￭ ant is yet to be applied the beam itself must be treated with fire￭ proofing to prevent it from tw￭ isting and damaging the wall during a fire sprink￭ ler branch pipe through penetration with plastic sleeve missing fire￭ stop in concrete fire separation the branch pipe is a penetr￭ ant as is the plastic sleeve which is a code violation if left in place unless it is in conform￭ ance with a fire￭ stop certification listing that permits such sle￭ eving cable tray cross barrier fire￭ stop test full scale wall in germany as per din 4￭ 102 examples of common fire￭ stop penetr￭ ant problems a typical fire problem — the measures taken by the plum￭ bers and the dr￭ y￭ wall￭ ers are at cross purposes another example this steel sleeve a penetr￭ ant causes more problems than it solves pen￭ e￭ tran￭ ts have been punched and burned through dr￭ y￭ wall compromising its integrity mechanical shaft with compromised fire resistance rating through pipe installation finished painted fire resistance rated dr￭ y￭ wall assembly a common deficiency lift ceiling ti￭ les and find electrical and mechanical service penetr￭ ations without a fire￭ stop improper dr￭ y￭ wall and absent fire￭ stops improper fire￭ stop and fire￭ proofing interface august 2000 improper breach of fire resistance rated dr￭ y￭ wall assembly august 2000 the i was there first scenario resulting in improper dr￭ y￭ wall fire￭ stops with plastic pip￭ ing
a penetr￭ ating a￭ ther￭ os￭ cl￭ erotic ul￭ cer p￭ au is an a￭ ther￭ os￭ cl￭ erotic le￭ sion that ul￭ cer￭ ates leading to a hem￭ atom￭ a forming within the walls of the a￭ or￭ ta
a penetr￭ ating head injury or open head injury is a head injury in which the dur￭ a mat￭ er the outer layer of the men￭ inges is breached penetr￭ ating injury can be caused by high velocity projec￭ ti￭ les or objects of lower velocity such as knives or bone fragments from a skull frac￭ ture that are driven into the brain head injuries caused by penetr￭ ating trauma are serious medical emergencies and may cause permanent disability or death a penetr￭ ating head injury involves a wound in which an object breaches the cran￭ ium but does not exit it in contrast a per￭ for￭ ating head injury is a wound in which the object passes through the head and leaves an exit wound
penetr￭ ating trauma is an injury that occurs when an object pier￭ ces the skin and enters a tissue of the body creating an open wound in blunt or non penetr￭ ating trauma there may be an impact but the skin is not necessarily broken the penetr￭ ating object may remain in the tissues come back out the way it entered or pass through the tissues and exit from another area an injury in which an object enters the body or a structure and passes all the way through is called a per￭ for￭ ating injury while penetr￭ ating trauma implies that the object does not pass through per￭ for￭ ating trauma is associated with an entrance wound and an often larger exit wound penetr￭ ating trauma can be caused by a foreign object or by fragments of a broken bone usually occurring in violent crime or armed combat penetr￭ ating injuries are commonly caused by gun￭ shots and stab￭ b￭ ings penetr￭ ating trauma can be serious because it can damage internal organs and presents a risk of shock and infection the severity of the injury varies widely depending on the body parts involved the characteristics of the penetr￭ ating object and the amount of energy transmitted to the tissues assessment may involve x rays or ct sc￭ ans and treatment may involve surgery for example to repair damaged structures or to remove foreign objects punc￭ ture and penetration are similar however a punc￭ ture is different from a penetration wound in that there is no exit wound in cases of punc￭ ture this type of trauma can be seen for example in a stab￭ bing or a gunshot wound in which a low velocity pistol bullet was used
pen￭ ic￭ il￭ li￭ osis or pen￭ ic￭ il￭ losis is an infection caused by pen￭ ic￭ il￭ lium mar￭ ne￭ ff￭ ei it is a di￭ morph￭ ic fun￭ gus
pen￭ ic￭ il￭ lium expan￭ sum is one of the most prevalent post harvest rots that inf￭ ects apples although it is a major economical problem in apples this plant pathogen can be isolated from a wide host range including pears strawberries tomatoes corn and rice this mold also produces the carcinogenic metabol￭ ite pat￭ ulin a neuro￭ toxin that is harmful in apple juice and apple products pat￭ ulin is produced by the fun￭ gi when it rots the host the levels of pat￭ ulin in food products is a health concern because many are consumed by young children in addition a second secondary metabol￭ ite cit￭ rin￭ in is produced as well furthermore it is also one of the oldest known species of pen￭ ic￭ il￭ lium recorded and has been used for continuous research and studies it is a psy￭ chro￭ phil￭ ic blue mold and ubiquitous throughout the soil
pen￭ ile agen￭ esis is a birth defect in humans occurring about once in 5 – 6 million male births in which a male child is born without a penis a partner condition is tes￭ tic￭ ular or gon￭ ad￭ al agen￭ esis this is when a male child is born without gon￭ ads and consequently develops no test￭ es pen￭ ile agen￭ esis occurs often as a consequence of tes￭ tic￭ ular agen￭ esis but the reverse is never the case most patients in both cases have no known family history and usually have an otherwise normal male anatomy
pen￭ ile cancer is a m￭ align￭ ant growth found on the skin or in the tissues of the penis around 95 of pen￭ ile cancers are squ￭ am￭ ous cell carcin￭ om￭ as other types of pen￭ ile cancer such as merkel cell carcin￭ oma small cell carcin￭ oma mel￭ anom￭ a and other are generally rare
pen￭ ile frac￭ ture is rupture of one or both of the tun￭ ica albu￭ gin￭ ea the fi￭ bro￭ us cover￭ ings that envelop the penis s corpor￭ a ca￭ ver￭ no￭ sa it is caused by rapid blunt force to an er￭ ect penis usually during vag￭ inal or anal inter￭ course or aggressive ma￭ st￭ urb￭ ation it sometimes also involves partial or complete rupture of the u￭ re￭ th￭ ra or injury to the dor￭ sal nerves ve￭ ins and arter￭ ies
a pen￭ ile injury is medical emergency that afflic￭ ts the human penis common injuries include frac￭ ture av￭ ul￭ sion strang￭ ulation entr￭ ap￭ ment and ampu￭ tation
the pen￭ n effect is the economic finding that real income ratios between high and low income countries are systematically exaggerated by gross domestic product gdp conversion at market exchange rates it is associated with what became the pen￭ n world table and it has been a consistent econom￭ etr￭ ic result since at least the 1950 s the bal￭ assa – samu￭ elson effect is a model cited as the principal cause of the pen￭ n effect by neo classical economics as well as being a synon￭ ym of pen￭ n effect
the pensions crisis is a predicted difficulty in paying for corporate state and federal pensions in the united states and europe due to a difference between pension obligations and the resources set aside to fund them shifting demographics are causing a lower ratio of workers per reti￭ ree contributing factors include retirees living longer increasing the relative number of retirees and lower birth rates decreasing the relative number of workers especially relative to the post ww 2 baby boom there is significant debate regarding the magnitude and importance of the problem as well as the solutions for example as of 2008 the estimates for the under￭ funding of the united states state pension programs range from 1 trillion using the discount rate of 8 to 3 23 trillion using u s treasury bond yields as the discount rate the present value of un￭ funded obligations under social security as of august 2010 was approximately 5 4 trillion in other words this amount would have to be set aside today such that the principal and interest would cover the program s shortfall between tax revenues and pa￭ youts over the next 75 years some economists question the concept of funding and therefore under￭ funding storing funds by governments in the form of fi￭ at currencies is the functional equivalent of storing a collection of their own ious they will be equally inflationary to newly written ones when they do come to be used reform ideas are in three primary categories a addressing the worker reti￭ ree ratio via raising the retirement age employment policy and immigration policy b reducing obligations via shifting from defined benefit to defined contribution pension types and reducing future payment amounts by for example adjusting the formula that determines the level of benefits and c increasing resources to fund pensions via increasing contribution rates and raising taxes
pent￭ agr￭ am is a z￭ x spectrum and ms￭ x video game released by ultimate play the game in 1986 it is the fourth in the sab￭ re￭ man series following on from his adventures in sab￭ re wulf under￭ wur￭ l￭ de and knight l￭ ore similarly to knight l￭ ore it uses the is￭ ome￭ tric fil￭ mation engine the game was written by either tim and chris stam￭ per or a u s gold programming team see the main article for the reason for this confusion
pent￭ alo￭ gy of can￭ tre￭ ll or thor￭ aco ab￭ domin￭ al syndrome is a rare syndrome that causes defects involving the di￭ aphr￭ ag￭ m ab￭ domin￭ al wall peric￭ ardi￭ um heart and lower ster￭ num it was characterized in 1958 a loc￭ us at x￭ q 25 26 has been described
pent￭ ane interference or syn pent￭ ane interaction is the ster￭ ic hindrance that the two terminal methyl groups experience in one of the chemical conform￭ ations of n pent￭ ane the possible conform￭ ations are combinations of anti conform￭ ations and gau￭ che conform￭ ations and are anti anti anti gau￭ che gau￭ che gau￭ che and gau￭ che gau￭ che − of which the last one is especially energetically un￭ favorable in macro￭ molecules such as polyethylene pent￭ ane interference occurs between every fifth carbon atom this is not to be confused with the 1 3 di￭ ax￭ ial interactions of cyclo￭ hex￭ ane derivatives gau￭ che interactions shared between substitu￭ ents and the ring a clear example of the syn pent￭ ane interaction is apparent in the di￭ ax￭ ial versus di￭ equatorial he￭ ats of formation of cis 1 3 dial￭ ky￭ l cyclo￭ hex￭ anes relative to the di￭ equatorial con￭ former the di￭ ax￭ ial con￭ former is 2 3 k￭ cal mol higher in energy than the value that would be expected based on 1 3 di￭ ax￭ ial interactions alone pent￭ ane interference helps explain molecular geome￭ tries in many chemical compounds product ratios and pur￭ ported transition states one specific type of syn pent￭ ane interaction is known as 1 3 all￭ yl￭ ic strain or a 1 3 strain for instance in certain al￭ do￭ l ad￭ duc￭ ts with 2 6 dis￭ u￭ b￭ stitu￭ ted ar￭ yl groups the molecular geometry has the vic￭ inal hydrogen atoms in an anti￭ peri￭ plan￭ ar configuration both in a crystal lat￭ tice x ray diff￭ r￭ action and in solution prot￭ on n￭ mr coupling constan￭ ts normally reserved for the most bul￭ ky groups i d both aren￭ es syn pent￭ ane effect in al￭ do￭ l ad￭ duc￭ ts the other contributing factor explaining this conform￭ ation is reduction in all￭ yl￭ ic strain by minim￭ izing the di￭ he￭ dr￭ al angle between the aren￭ e double bond and the meth￭ ine prot￭ on
a p￭ enti￭ men￭ to plural p￭ enti￭ menti is an alteration in a painting evidenced by traces of previous work showing that the artist has changed his or her mind as to the composition during the process of painting the word is italian for rep￭ ent￭ ance from the ver￭ b p￭ enti￭ r￭ si meaning to rep￭ ent
pent￭ o￭ sur￭ ia is a condition where the sugar xy￭ lit￭ ol a pent￭ ose presents in the urine in unusually high concentrations it was characterized as an in￭ born error of carbo￭ hydrate metabol￭ ism in 19￭ 08 it is associated with a deficiency of l x￭ yl￭ ul￭ ose reduc￭ t￭ ase necessary for xy￭ lit￭ ol metabol￭ ism l x￭ yl￭ ul￭ ose is a reducing sugar so it may give false diagnosis of diabetes as it is found in high concentrations in urine however people with pent￭ o￭ sur￭ ia do not have non￭ standard metabol￭ ism of glucose like diabe￭ tics patients of pent￭ o￭ sur￭ ia have a low concentration of the sugar d xy￭ lo￭ ke￭ tose using phen￭ yl pent￭ o￭ sa￭ zone cryst￭ als ph￭ lor￭ o￭ gl￭ uc￭ in reaction and absorption spectrum pent￭ ose can be traced back as the reducing substance in urine with those that have pent￭ o￭ sur￭ ia research has shown that pent￭ o￭ sur￭ ia appears in 3 forms the most widely studied is essential pent￭ o￭ sur￭ ia where a couple of grams of l x￭ yl￭ us￭ ol are released into a person ’ s system daily x￭ yl￭ ul￭ ose contained in red blood cells is composed of both a major and minor iso￭ zy￭ me for those diagnosed with essential pent￭ o￭ sur￭ ia the major iso￭ zy￭ me appears to be the same as the minor one alim￭ entary pent￭ o￭ sur￭ ia can be acquired through fruits high in pent￭ ose finally drug induced pent￭ o￭ sur￭ ia can be developed by those exposed to morphine fe￭ vers allergies and some hormones those diagnosed with pent￭ o￭ sur￭ ia are predominantly of jewish root however it is a harmless defect and no cure is needed
pen￭ ultimate hop po￭ pping php is a function performed by certain rou￭ ters in an m￭ pl￭ s enabled network it refers to the process whereby the outermost label of an m￭ pl￭ s tag￭ ged packet is removed by a label switch rou￭ ter l￭ sr before the packet is passed to an adjacent label edge rou￭ ter ler the process is important in a layer 3 m￭ pl￭ s v￭ p￭ n r￭ fc 25￭ 47 environment as it reduces the load on the ler if this process didn t happen the ler would have to perform at least 2 label look￭ ups 1 the outer label identifying that the packet was destined to have its label stripped on this rou￭ ter 2 the inner label to identify which virtual routing and forwarding v￭ r￭ f instance to use for the subsequent ip routing look￭ up in a large network this can result in the c￭ pu load on the ler reaching unacceptable levels by having php for an ler done on the ls￭ rs connected to it the load is effectively distributed among its neighbour rou￭ ters php functionality is achieved by the ler advertising a label with a value of 3 to its neighbours this label is defined as implicit null and informs the neighbouring l￭ sr s to perform php
pe￭ ptic ul￭ cer disease pu￭ d also known as a pe￭ ptic ul￭ cer or stomach ul￭ cer is a break in the lining of the stomach first part of the small intest￭ ine or occasionally the lower es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus an ul￭ cer in the stomach is known as a ga￭ str￭ ic ul￭ cer while that in the first part of the intest￭ ines is known as a du￭ o￭ den￭ al ul￭ cer the most common symptoms are waking at night with upper ab￭ domin￭ al pain or upper ab￭ domin￭ al pain that improves with eating the pain is often described as a burning or dull ache other symptoms include bel￭ ching v￭ om￭ iting weight loss or poor appetite about a third of older people have no symptoms complications may include bleeding per￭ for￭ ation and block￭ age of the stomach bleeding occurs in as many as 15 of people common causes include the bacteria heli￭ co￭ bac￭ ter p￭ yl￭ ori and non ster￭ o￭ idal anti infl￭ am￭ matory drugs n￭ s￭ aids other less common causes include tobacco smoking stress due to serious illness beh￭ cet disease zoll￭ inger el￭ lis￭ on syndrome cro￭ hn disease and liver cir￭ rho￭ sis among others older people are more sensitive to the ul￭ cer causing effects of n￭ s￭ aids the diagnosis is typically suspected due to the presenting symptoms with confirmation by either endo￭ sco￭ py or barium swallow h p￭ yl￭ ori can be diagnosed by testing the blood for antibodies a urea breath test testing the sto￭ ol for signs of the bacteria or a biopsy of the stomach other conditions that produce similar symptoms include stomach cancer coron￭ ary heart disease and infl￭ amm￭ ation of the stomach lining or gall￭ blad￭ der diet does not play an important role in either causing or preventing ul￭ cers treatment includes stopping smoking stopping n￭ s￭ aids stopping alcohol and medications to decrease stomach acid the medication used to decrease acid is usually either a prot￭ on pump inhi￭ bit￭ or ppi or an h 2 bloc￭ ker with four weeks of treatment initially recommended ul￭ cers due to h p￭ yl￭ ori are treated with a combination of medications such as am￭ ox￭ ic￭ ill￭ in clari￭ thro￭ my￭ cin and a ppi antibiotic resistance is increasing and thus treatment may not always be effective bleeding ul￭ cers may be treated by endo￭ sco￭ py with open surgery typically only used in cases in which it is not successful pe￭ ptic ul￭ cers are present in around 4 of the population they newly began in around 53 million people in 2013 about 10 of people develop a pe￭ ptic ul￭ cer at some point in their life they resulted in 301 000 deaths in 2013 down from 327 000 deaths in 1990 the first description of a per￭ for￭ ated pe￭ ptic ul￭ cer was in 16￭ 70 in princess hen￭ ri￭ etta of england h p￭ yl￭ ori was first identified as causing pe￭ ptic ul￭ cers by barry marshall and robin warren in the late 20 th century a discovery for which they received the nobel prize in 2005
in bio inform￭ atics a pep￭ tide mass fingerprint or pep￭ tide mass map is a mass spectrum of a mixture of pep￭ ti￭ des that comes from a dig￭ ested protein being analyzed the mass spectrum serves as a fingerprint in the sense that it is a pattern that can serve to identify the protein the method for forming a pep￭ tide mass fingerprint developed in 1993 consists of isolating a protein breaking it down into individual pep￭ ti￭ des and determining the masses of the pep￭ ti￭ des through some form of mass spec￭ tro￭ metry once formed a pep￭ tide mass fingerprint can be used to search in databases for related protein or even genom￭ ic sequences making it a powerful tool for anno￭ tation of protein coding genes one major advantage to mass fingerprinting is that it is significantly faster to carry out than pep￭ tide sequ￭ encing yet the results are equally useful disadvantages include the need for a single protein for analysis and the requirement that the protein sequence is located at least with significant hom￭ ology in a database because the mass of individual pep￭ ti￭ des is measured in forming a fingerprint mixtures of different proteins can yield unreliable results therefore sample preparation is an important step in the process even then if reliable results are obtained there must be a matching pep￭ tide sequence in the database you are searching in order for the results to be useful
percep￭ tual psychology is a sub￭ field of cognitive psychology that is concerned specifically with the pre conscious in￭ nate aspects of the human cognitive system perception percep￭ tual psychology is a branch of cognitive psychology dealing with mental processes that we use in everyday living any time you problem solve make a decision or make a memory you are using an example of percep￭ tual psychology percep￭ tual psychology is often used in therapy to help a patient better their problem solving skills a pioneer of this field was james j gib￭ son a major study was that of cognitive bi￭ ases mostly due to afford￭ ances i e the perceived utility of objects in or features of one s surroundings according to gib￭ son such features or objects were perceived as afford￭ ances and not as separate or distinct objects in themselves this view was central to several other fields as software user interface and us￭ ability engineering environment￭ alism in psychology and ultimately to political economy where the percep￭ tual view was used to explain the omission of key inputs or consequences of economic transactions i e resources and wastes ger￭ ard eg￭ an and robert bol￭ ton explored areas of inter￭ personal interactions based on the premise that people act in accordance with their perception of a given situation while behaviour is obvious a person s thoughts and feelings are masked this gives rise to the idea that the most common problems between people are based on the assumption that we can guess what the other person is feeling and thinking they also offered methods within this scope for effective communications this includes refl￭ ective listening assertion skills conflict resolution etc
percep￭ tual transparency is the phenomenon of seeing one surface behind another in our everyday life we often experience the view of objects through transparent surfaces physically transparent surfaces allow the transmission of a certain amount of light ray￭ s￭ through them sometimes nearly the tot￭ ality of rays is transmitted across the surface with￭ out￭ significant changes of direction or ch￭ rom￭ atic￭ ity as in the case of air sometimes only light ata certain wa￭ vel￭ eng￭ th is transmitted as for coloured glass percep￭ tually the problem of transparency is much more challenging both the light ray￭ s￭ coming from the transparent surface and those coming from the object behind it do reach thes￭ ame re￭ tin￭ al location triggering a single sens￭ orial process the system somehow maps th￭ is￭ information onto a percep￭ tual representation of two different objects physical transparency was shown to be neither a sufficient nor a necessary condition for￭ percep￭ tual transparency fu￭ ch￭ s 19￭ 23 showed that when a small portion of a transparent surface is observed neither the surface colour nor the fusion colour is perceived but only the colour resulting from the fusion of that of the transparent surface and that of the background tu￭ dor hart 19￭ 28 showed it is not possible to perceive transparency in a tot￭ all￭ y￭ homogeneous field met￭ z￭ ger 1975 showed that patterns of opaque paper can induce the￭ illusion of transparency in the absence of physical transparency in order to distingu￭ ish￭ percep￭ tual from physical transparency the former has often been addressed as transparen￭ cy￭ illusion paradoxically however two models developed within a physical context have long￭ dominated the research in the field of percep￭ tual transparency the ep￭ is￭ co￭ ti￭ ster model by￭ met￭ elli 1970 1974 and the filter model by beck et al 1984
in bot￭ any per￭ en￭ nation is the ability of organisms particularly plants to survive from one germin￭ ating season to another especially under unfavourable conditions such as drought or winter it typically involves development of a per￭ en￭ n￭ ating organ which stores enough nutrients to sustain the organism during the unfavourable season and develops into one or more new plants the following year common forms of per￭ en￭ n￭ ating organs are storage organs e g tubers and r￭ hi￭ zom￭ es and bu￭ ds per￭ en￭ nation is closely related with vegetative reproduction as the organisms commonly use the same organs for both survival and reproduction
per￭ ennial r￭ ye￭ grass st￭ agg￭ ers is poisoning by per￭ amine lo￭ lit￭ rem b and other toxins that are contained in per￭ ennial r￭ ye￭ grass lolium per￭ enne and produced by the end￭ op￭ hy￭ te fun￭ gus neo￭ typ￭ ho￭ dium lo￭ li￭ i which can be present in all parts of the grass plant but tends to be concentrated in the lower part of the leaf she￭ aths the flower stal￭ ks and seeds this condition can affect horses cattle sheep farmed deer and ll￭ am￭ as it regularly occurs in new zealand and is known sp￭ as￭ mo￭ dic￭ ally from australia north and south america and europe
per￭ enni￭ bran￭ chi￭ ate in zo￭ ology is the condition of an organism retaining bran￭ cha￭ e or g￭ ills through life this condition is generally said of certain am￭ phi￭ bia such as the mu￭ d￭ puppy the term is opposed to cad￭ u￭ ci￭ bran￭ chi￭ ate in some cases only a small proportion of a given am￭ phi￭ bian population is per￭ enni￭ bran￭ chi￭ ate but in other instances a prep￭ onder￭ ance of the individuals have an adult gill retention for example in the case of the rough skin￭ ned new￭ t in the cas￭ c￭ ade mountains populations approximately ninety percent of the adult population is per￭ enni￭ bran￭ chi￭ ate
in computer science a perfect has￭ h function for a set s is a has￭ h function that maps distinct elements in s to a set of inte￭ gers with no collis￭ ions in mathematical terms it is a total injec￭ tive function perfect has￭ h functions may be used to implement a look￭ up table with constant worst case access time a perfect has￭ h function has many of the same applications as other has￭ h functions but with the advantage that no collision resolution has to be implemented
perfec￭ tion￭ ism in psychology is a personality trait characterized by a person s striving for f￭ lawlessness and setting excessively high performance standards accompanied by overly critical self evaluations and concerns regarding others evaluations it is best concep￭ tu￭ alized as a multi￭ dimensional characteristic as psychologists agree that there are many positive and negative aspects in its mal￭ adap￭ tive form perfec￭ tion￭ ism drives people to attempt to achieve an unattainable ideal and their adap￭ tive perfec￭ tion￭ ism can sometimes motivate them to reach their goals in the end they derive pleasure from doing so when perfec￭ tion￭ ists do not reach their goals they often fall into depression
a per￭ for￭ ated ear￭ drum or punc￭ tured ear￭ drum is a rupture or per￭ for￭ ation hole of the ear￭ drum which can occur as a result of o￭ ti￭ tis media ear infection trauma e g by trying to clean the ear with sharp instruments explosion loud noise or surgery accidental creation of a rupture flying with a severe cold can also cause per￭ for￭ ation due to changes in air pressure and blocked eu￭ st￭ achi￭ an tubes resulting from the cold this is especially true on landing per￭ for￭ ation of the ear￭ drum leads to conduc￭ tive hearing loss which is usually temporary other symptoms may include tin￭ nit￭ us ear￭ ache or a discharge of m￭ uc￭ us
a per￭ for￭ ated ul￭ cer is a condition where an untreated ul￭ cer can burn through the wall of the stomach or other areas of the gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract allowing dig￭ estive juices and food to le￭ ach into the ab￭ domin￭ al cav￭ ity treatment generally requires immediate surgery the ul￭ cer is known initially as a pe￭ ptic ul￭ cer before the ul￭ cer burns through the full thickness of the stomach or du￭ o￭ den￭ al wall a diagnosis is made by taking an er￭ ect ab￭ domin￭ al chest x ray seeking air under the di￭ aphr￭ ag￭ m this is in fact one of the very few occasions in modern times where surgery is undertaken to treat an ul￭ cer many of the per￭ for￭ ated ul￭ cers have been attributed to the bacter￭ ium heli￭ co￭ bac￭ ter p￭ yl￭ ori the incidence of per￭ for￭ ated ul￭ cer is steadily declining though there are still incidents where it occurs causes include smoking and non ster￭ o￭ idal anti infl￭ am￭ matory drugs n￭ s￭ aids a per￭ for￭ ated ul￭ cer can be grouped into a ster￭ coral per￭ for￭ ation which involves a number of different things that causes per￭ for￭ ation of the intest￭ ine wall
per￭ for￭ ating calci￭ fic el￭ ast￭ osis also known as loc￭ alized acquired cu￭ taneous pseu￭ do￭ x￭ an￭ thom￭ a el￭ as￭ tic￭ um per￭ for￭ ating peri￭ um￭ bil￭ ical calci￭ fic el￭ ast￭ osis and peri￭ um￭ bil￭ ical per￭ for￭ ating pseu￭ do￭ x￭ an￭ thom￭ a el￭ as￭ tic￭ um is an acquired loc￭ alized cu￭ taneous disorder most frequently found in ob￭ ese multi￭ par￭ ous middle aged women characterized by lax well circum￭ scri￭ bed retic￭ ulated or co￭ bble stoned pl￭ aqu￭ es occurring in the peri￭ um￭ bil￭ ical region with ker￭ ato￭ tic surface pap￭ ules
per￭ for￭ ating fol￭ lic￭ u￭ li￭ tis is a skin condition in humans characterized by dis￭ crete fol￭ lic￭ ular ker￭ ato￭ tic erup￭ tions involving mainly the ha￭ iry parts of the extre￭ mi￭ ties
per￭ for￭ ating gran￭ ul￭ oma annul￭ are is a skin condition of unknown cause usually appearing on the dor￭ sal hands presenting as pap￭ ules with a central ker￭ ato￭ tic core
perfume intolerance is a condition where￭ in people exhibit sensitivity or allergic reactions to ingredients in perfume the most common allergic reactions to perfume or frag￭ ran￭ ces added to products is contact der￭ mati￭ tis though other symptoms may occur including allergic con￭ junc￭ ti￭ vi￭ tis the diagnosis of the causal aller￭ gen is made by patch testing with a mixture of frag￭ rance ingredients the frag￭ rance mix this gives a positive patch test reaction in about 10 of tested patients with ecz￭ ema and the most recent estimates show that 1 7 – 4 1 of the general population are sensi￭ tized to ingredients of the frag￭ rance mix two studies show that inhal￭ ant like allergies and sensitivity intoler￭ ances are experienced by a sub￭ set of the us population in the form of asthma and chemical sensitivities results aggregated from both surveys found that 30 5 of the general population reported sc￭ ented products on others irritating 19 reported adverse health effects from air fresh￭ eners and 10 9 reported irritation by sc￭ ented laundry products vented outside household products such as so￭ aps and detergents perfume products cosmetics and other consumer goods are estimated to use 2 500 different frag￭ rance ingredients of those approximately 100 different substances are known to elic￭ it responses in at least some individuals an estimated 1 7 – 4 1 of the general population shows a contact allergic response to a mix of common perfume ingredients the diagnosis is made by patch testing with a mixture of frag￭ rance ingredients the frag￭ rance mix this gives a positive patch test reaction in about 10 of tested patients with ecz￭ ema and the most recent estimates show that 1 7 – 4 1 of the general population are sensi￭ tized to ingredients of the frag￭ rance mix although products can be labeled frag￭ rance free many still contain lesser known frag￭ rance chemicals that consumers may not recognize cin￭ nam￭ alde￭ hyde cin￭ nam￭ ic alde￭ hyde is a common frag￭ rance aller￭ gen
peri￭ am￭ pul￭ l￭ ary cancer is a cancer that forms near the am￭ pul￭ la of v￭ ater an enlargement of the duc￭ ts from the liver and pan￭ cre￭ as where they join and enter the small intest￭ ine it consists of 1 am￭ pul￭ l￭ ary tum￭ our from am￭ pul￭ la of v￭ ater 2 cancer of lower common bile duc￭ t and 3 du￭ o￭ den￭ al cancer adjacent to am￭ pul￭ la 4 carcin￭ oma head of pan￭ cre￭ as it presents with pain￭ less ja￭ und￭ ice which may have wa￭ xing and waning nature because at times the sl￭ ough￭ ing of the tumor tissue reliev￭ es the obstruction partially
peri￭ anal cell￭ u￭ li￭ tis also known as per￭ ine￭ al der￭ mati￭ tis and st￭ rep￭ to￭ coc￭ cal peri￭ anal disease is a cu￭ taneous condition that presents as sharply demarc￭ ated bright peri￭ anal er￭ y￭ them￭ a extending 2 – 3 cm around the anal verge
a peri￭ anal g￭ land tumor is a type of tumor found near the an￭ us in dogs that arises from specialized g￭ land￭ ular tissue found in the per￭ in￭ eu￭ m peri￭ anal g￭ lands do not exist in cats it is also known as a he￭ pat￭ o￭ id tumor because of the similarity in cell shape to he￭ pat￭ oc￭ y￭ tes liver cells it is most commonly seen in intact not neu￭ tered dogs and is the third most common tumor type in intact male dogs there are two types of peri￭ anal g￭ land tumors peri￭ anal g￭ land aden￭ om￭ as which are benign and peri￭ anal g￭ land aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ om￭ as which are m￭ align￭ ant both have recep￭ tors for te￭ sto￭ ster￭ one peri￭ anal g￭ land aden￭ om￭ as are three times more likely to be found in intact male dogs than females and peri￭ anal g￭ land aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ om￭ as are ten times more common in male dogs than females the most commonly affected breeds for aden￭ om￭ as are the siber￭ ian hus￭ ky coc￭ ker spani￭ el pe￭ king￭ ese and sam￭ o￭ yed for aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ om￭ as the most commonly affected breeds are the siber￭ ian hus￭ ky bull￭ dog and al￭ as￭ kan mal￭ am￭ ute peri￭ anal g￭ land tumors are located most commonly in the skin around the an￭ us but can also be found on the tail or gro￭ in aden￭ om￭ as are more common making up 91 percent of peri￭ anal g￭ land tumors in one study aden￭ om￭ as and aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ om￭ as look alike both being round pink and usually less than three centi￭ meters in width aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ om￭ as are more likely to be multiple and invasive into the underlying tissue and they can me￭ tast￭ asi￭ ze to the lymp￭ h no￭ des liver and lungs both types should be removed and sent to a patho￭ logist for identification however 95 percent of peri￭ anal g￭ land aden￭ om￭ as will disappear after neu￭ tering the dog removing the tumor and neu￭ tering the dog at the same time will help prevent recurrence dogs with peri￭ anal g￭ land aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ om￭ as should be treated with aggressive surgery and the radiation therapy and chem￭ otherapy if necessary
peri￭ anal hem￭ atom￭ a peri￭ anal thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis anal vein thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis or external hemor￭ ro￭ idal thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis is a type of hem￭ atom￭ a located in or on the border of the an￭ us it is sometimes in￭ appropriately referred to as an external hemor￭ rho￭ id
the peri￭ ap￭ ical cyst also termed radic￭ ular cyst and to a lesser extent dental cyst is the most common cyst of the jaw it is caused by pul￭ pal necro￭ sis secondary to dental car￭ ies or trauma the cyst lining is derived from the cell rests of mal￭ as￭ se￭ z usually the peri￭ ap￭ ical cyst is as￭ ymp￭ tomatic but a secondary infection can cause pain on radio￭ graphs it appears a radi￭ ol￭ uc￭ ency dark area around the ap￭ ex of a tooth s root radic￭ ular cyst is the most common od￭ on￭ to￭ genic c￭ ys￭ tic le￭ sion of infl￭ am￭ matory origin it is also known as peri￭ ap￭ ical cyst ap￭ ical period￭ on￭ tal cyst root end cyst or dental cyst it arises from epi￭ the￭ li￭ al residues in period￭ on￭ tal lig￭ ament as a result of infl￭ amm￭ ation the infl￭ amm￭ ation usually follows death of dental pulp radic￭ ular cy￭ sts are found at root ap￭ ices of involved teeth these cy￭ sts may persists even after extraction of offending tooth such cy￭ sts are called residual cy￭ sts
peri￭ ap￭ ical period￭ on￭ ti￭ tis also termed ap￭ ical period￭ on￭ ti￭ tis ap or per￭ ir￭ adic￭ ular peri￭ don￭ ti￭ tis is an acute or chronic infl￭ am￭ matory le￭ sion around the ap￭ ex of a tooth root which is caused by bacterial invasion of the pulp of the tooth the term is derived from peri meaning around ap￭ ical referring to the ap￭ ex of the root the tip of the root and i￭ tis meaning a disease characterized by infl￭ amm￭ ation peri￭ ap￭ ical period￭ on￭ ti￭ tis can be considered a sequ￭ ela in the natural history of dental car￭ ies tooth decay irreversible pul￭ pi￭ tis and pul￭ pal necro￭ sis since it is the likely outcome of untreated dental car￭ ies although not always peri￭ ap￭ ical period￭ on￭ ti￭ tis may develop into a peri￭ ap￭ ical abs￭ c￭ ess where a collection of p￭ us forms at the end of the root the consequence of spread of infection from the tooth pulp od￭ on￭ to￭ genic infection or into a peri￭ ap￭ ical cyst where an epi￭ the￭ li￭ al lined fluid filled structure forms
peric￭ ardi￭ al eff￭ usion fluid around the heart is an abnormal accumulation of fluid in the peric￭ ardi￭ al cav￭ ity because of the limited amount of space in the peric￭ ardi￭ al cav￭ ity fluid accumulation leads to an increased intr￭ aper￭ ic￭ ardi￭ al pressure which can negatively affect heart function a peric￭ ardi￭ al eff￭ usion with enough pressure to adversely affect heart function is called cardiac tam￭ pon￭ ade peric￭ ardi￭ al eff￭ usion usually results from a disturbed equilibrium between the production and re absorption of peric￭ ardi￭ al fluid or from a structural ab￭ normality that allows fluid to enter the peric￭ ardi￭ al cav￭ ity normal levels of peric￭ ardi￭ al fluid are from 15 to 50 ml
peric￭ ardi￭ tis is infl￭ amm￭ ation of the peric￭ ardi￭ um the fi￭ bro￭ us s￭ ac surrounding the heart symptoms typically include sudden onset of sharp chest pain the pain may also be felt in the shoulders neck or back it is typically better sitting up and worse with lying down or breathing deep other symptoms may include fever weakness pal￭ p￭ itations and short￭ ness of breath occasionally onset of symptoms is gradual the cause of peric￭ ardi￭ tis is believed to be most often due to a viral infection other causes include bacterial infections such as tuberculosis u￭ rem￭ ic peric￭ ardi￭ tis following a heart attack cancer auto￭ immune disorders and chest trauma the cause often remains unknown diagnosis is based on the chest pain a peric￭ ardi￭ al rub specific electro￭ cardi￭ o￭ gram ec￭ g changes and fluid around the heart other conditions that may produce similar symptoms include a heart attack treatment in most cases is with n￭ s￭ aids and possibly col￭ chic￭ ine ster￭ oids may be used if those are not appropriate typically symptoms improve in a few days to weeks but can occasionally last months complications can include cardiac tam￭ pon￭ ade my￭ o￭ cardi￭ tis and con￭ stric￭ tive peric￭ ardi￭ tis it is a less common cause of chest pain about 3 per 10 000 people are affected per year those most commonly affected are males between the ages of 20 and 50 up to 30 of those affected have more than one episode
peric￭ hon￭ dri￭ tis is infl￭ amm￭ ation of the peric￭ hon￭ dri￭ um a layer of connec￭ tive tissue which surrounds car￭ til￭ age a common form aur￭ icular peric￭ hon￭ dri￭ tis peric￭ hon￭ dri￭ tis aur￭ icul￭ ae involves infection of the pin￭ na due to infection of traumatic or surgical wound or the spread of infl￭ amm￭ ation into depth it may lead to severe de￭ formation of the pin￭ na if not treated vigorously with iv antibiotics the caus￭ ative organism is usually pseu￭ dom￭ onas aer￭ u￭ gin￭ osa a rare form is lar￭ yn￭ ge￭ al peric￭ hon￭ dri￭ tis peric￭ hon￭ dri￭ tis lar￭ yn￭ gis it develops suddenly due to an injury virulent organisms or compromised immune status of the host and also affects car￭ til￭ age of the lar￭ yn￭ x this may result in de￭ formations and sten￭ o￭ ses
peric￭ or￭ oni￭ tis from the greek peri around latin cor￭ ona crown and i￭ tis infl￭ amm￭ ation also known as oper￭ cu￭ li￭ tis is infl￭ amm￭ ation of the soft tissues surrounding the crown of a partially erupted tooth including the g￭ ing￭ iva g￭ ums and the dental fol￭ lic￭ le the soft tissue covering a partially erupted tooth is known as an oper￭ cul￭ um an area which can be difficult to access with normal oral hygiene methods the synon￭ ym oper￭ cu￭ li￭ tis technically refers to infl￭ amm￭ ation of the oper￭ cul￭ um alone peric￭ or￭ oni￭ tis is caused by an accumulation of bacteria and debris beneath the oper￭ cul￭ um or by mechanical trauma e g biting the oper￭ cul￭ um with the opposing tooth peric￭ or￭ oni￭ tis is often associated with partially erupted and imp￭ acted man￭ di￭ bul￭ ar third mol￭ ars lower wisdom teeth often occurring at the age of wisdom tooth eruption 15 24 other common causes of similar pain from the third mol￭ ar region are food imp￭ action causing period￭ on￭ tal pain pul￭ pi￭ tis from dental car￭ ies tooth decay and acute my￭ of￭ as￭ cial pain in tempor￭ om￭ andi￭ bul￭ ar joint disorder peric￭ or￭ oni￭ tis is classified into chronic and acute chronic peric￭ or￭ oni￭ tis can present with no or only mild symptoms and long re￭ missions between any escal￭ ations to acute peric￭ or￭ oni￭ tis acute peric￭ or￭ oni￭ tis is associated with a wide range of symptoms including severe pain sw￭ elling and fever sometimes there is an associated peric￭ or￭ onal abs￭ c￭ ess an accumulation of p￭ us this infection can spread to the cheeks or￭ bits peri￭ or￭ bits and other parts of the face or neck and occasionally can lead to air￭ way compromise e g lud￭ wig s ang￭ ina requiring emergency hospital treatment the treatment of peric￭ or￭ oni￭ tis is through pain management and by resolving the infl￭ amm￭ ation the infl￭ amm￭ ation can be resolved by flu￭ shing the debris or infection from the peric￭ or￭ onal tissues or by removing the associated tooth or oper￭ cul￭ um retaining the tooth requires improved oral hygiene in the area to prevent further acute peric￭ or￭ oni￭ tis episodes tooth removal is often indicated in cases of recurrent peric￭ or￭ oni￭ tis extensive decay or tooth imp￭ action
peric￭ ul￭ um in mor￭ a latin for danger in delay is one of two conditions which must be asserted in actions aimed at obtaining a protective order or injunction to be granted the relief sought the other condition being fum￭ us bon￭ i i￭ ur￭ is the second condition is the c d prima facie case the burden of proof of danger in delay falls to the person who requests the injunction or order demonstrating the existence of both requirements peri￭ col￭ um notice and the risk of suffering serious and irreparable damage the term serious harm refers to the magnitude of the damages calculated in relation to the value of the property in dispute an injury will not be so serious in itself but only when compared to the object of contention irreparable damage is in the possibility of a remedy in the future against which the party seeking the injunction believes they will suffer only asset orientation is currently supported in that the prevailing possibility of obtaining compensation for damages is in itself sufficient to prevent the founding of irreparable harm
in general these are considered to be equilibrium processes although it is possible to push the reaction in one direction by designing a reaction by which the product is at a significantly lower energy level this is due to a un￭ im￭ ol￭ ec￭ ular interpretation of le ch￭ ate￭ lier s principle peric￭ ycl￭ ic reactions often have related step￭ wise radical processes associated with them some peric￭ ycl￭ ic reactions such as the 2 2 cyclo￭ addition are controversial because their mechanism is not definitively known to be concerted or may depend on the reactive system peric￭ ycl￭ ic reactions also often have metal cataly￭ zed analo￭ gs although usually these are also not technically peric￭ ycl￭ ic since they proceed via metal stabilized intermedi￭ ates and therefore are not concerted a large photo￭ induced hydrogen sig￭ mat￭ ro￭ pic shift was utilized in a cor￭ rin synthesis performed by albert es￭ chen￭ mo￭ ser containing a 16 π system due to the principle of micro￭ scopic rever￭ sibility there is a parallel set of re￭ tro peric￭ ycl￭ ic reactions which perform the reverse reaction
peri￭ fol￭ lic￭ ular fi￭ bro￭ ma is a cu￭ taneous condition a benign tumor usually skin colored most often affecting the face and upper trunk
peri￭ fol￭ lic￭ ular m￭ uc￭ in￭ osis is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by m￭ uc￭ in￭ osis and described in hiv infected patients
peri￭ fol￭ lic￭ u￭ li￭ tis is an infl￭ amm￭ ation in the skin around the hair fol￭ lic￭ les it is fairly common to get this condition for a week or so after intense pul￭ sed light treatment
peri￭ hepatitis is infl￭ amm￭ ation of the ser￭ ous or per￭ it￭ one￭ al coating of the liver peri￭ hepatitis is often caused by one of the infl￭ am￭ matory disorders of the female upper genital tract known collectively as pel￭ vic infl￭ am￭ matory disease some patients have sharp right upper ab￭ domin￭ al quad￭ rant pain one of the complications of peri￭ hepatitis is fit￭ z hugh curtis syndrome common bacterial causes for this disease are ch￭ lam￭ y￭ dia tr￭ ach￭ om￭ atis and ne￭ is￭ ser￭ ia gon￭ or￭ rho￭ e￭ ae
per￭ in￭ atal as￭ phy￭ x￭ ia ne￭ on￭ atal as￭ phy￭ x￭ ia or birth as￭ phy￭ x￭ ia is the medical condition resulting from deprivation of oxygen to a new￭ born infant that lasts long enough during the birth process to cause physical harm usually to the brain hypo￭ x￭ ic damage can occur to most of the infant s organs heart lungs liver gut kidneys but brain damage is of most concern and perhaps the least likely to quickly or completely heal in more pronounced cases an infant will survive but with damage to the brain manifested as either mental such as developmental delay or intellectual disability or physical such as sp￭ as￭ tic￭ ity it results most commonly from a drop in maternal blood pressure or some other substantial interference with blood flow to the infant s brain during delivery this can occur due to inadequate circulation or per￭ fusion impaired respiratory effort or inadequate ventilation per￭ in￭ atal as￭ phy￭ x￭ ia happens in 2 to 10 per 1000 new￭ bor￭ ns that are born at term and more for those that are born prematurely who estimates that 4 million ne￭ on￭ atal deaths occur yearly due to birth as￭ phy￭ x￭ ia representing 38 of deaths of children under 5 years of age an infant suffering severe per￭ in￭ atal as￭ phy￭ x￭ ia usually has poor color cyan￭ osis per￭ fusion responsiveness muscle tone and respiratory effort as reflected in a low 5 minute ap￭ gar score extreme degrees of as￭ phy￭ x￭ ia can cause cardiac arrest and death if resusc￭ itation is successful the infant is usually transferred to a ne￭ on￭ atal intensive care unit there has long been a scientific debate over whether new￭ born infants with as￭ phy￭ x￭ ia should be resusc￭ itated with 100 oxygen or normal air it has been demonstrated that high concentrations of oxygen lead to generation of oxygen free radicals which have a role in reper￭ fusion injury after as￭ phy￭ x￭ ia research by ola di￭ dri￭ k s￭ aug￭ st￭ ad and others led to new international guidelines on new￭ born resusc￭ itation in 2010 recommending the use of normal air instead of 100 oxygen there is considerable controversy over the diagnosis of birth as￭ phy￭ x￭ ia due to medi￭ co￭ legal reasons because of its lack of precision the term is es￭ chewed in modern ob￭ ste￭ trics
per￭ in￭ atal gang￭ rene of the but￭ to￭ ck is a skin condition similar to live￭ do￭ id der￭ mati￭ tis and is usually a complic￭ ation of um￭ bil￭ ical artery cathe￭ ter￭ ization exchange transfusion or cord injections by means of a syr￭ inge
per￭ in￭ atal mortality p￭ nm also per￭ in￭ atal death refers to the death of a fe￭ tus or ne￭ on￭ ate and is the basis to calculate the per￭ in￭ atal mortality rate variations in the precise definition of the per￭ in￭ atal mortality exist specifically concerning the issue of inclusion or exclusion of early fe￭ tal and late ne￭ on￭ atal fatalities the world health organization defines per￭ in￭ atal mortality as the number of still￭ births and deaths in the first week of life per 1 000 total births the per￭ in￭ atal period commences at 22 completed weeks 154 days of gest￭ ation and ends seven completed days after birth but other definitions have been used the uk figure is about 8 per 1 000 and varies markedly by social class with the highest rates seen in asian women globally about 2 6 million ne￭ on￭ ates died in 2013 before the first month of age down from 4 5 million in 1990
per￭ ine￭ al her￭ nia is a her￭ nia involving the per￭ in￭ eu￭ m pel￭ vic floor the her￭ nia may contain fluid fat any part of the intest￭ ine the rec￭ tum or the blad￭ der it is known to occur in humans dogs and other mammals and often appears as a sudden sw￭ elling to one side sometimes both sides of the an￭ us a common cause of per￭ ine￭ al her￭ nia is surgery involving the per￭ in￭ eu￭ m per￭ ine￭ al her￭ nia can be caused also by excessive str￭ aining to defec￭ ate ten￭ es￭ mus other causes include pro￭ state or ur￭ inary disease con￭ sti￭ p￭ ation anal s￭ ac disease in dogs and diarr￭ hea atro￭ phy of the lev￭ ator ani muscle and disease of the pu￭ d￭ end￭ al nerve may also contribute to a per￭ ine￭ al her￭ nia
in ob￭ ste￭ trics a per￭ ine￭ al tear is a spontaneous unintended lac￭ eration of the skin and other soft tissue structures which in women separate the vag￭ ina from the an￭ us per￭ ine￭ al tears mainly occur in women as a result of vag￭ inal childbirth which strains the per￭ in￭ eu￭ m tears vary widely in severity the majority are superficial and require no treatment but severe tears can cause significant bleeding long term pain or dysfunction a per￭ ine￭ al tear is distinct from an ep￭ is￭ io￭ tomy in which the per￭ in￭ eu￭ m is intentionally inc￭ ised to facilitate delivery
per￭ ine￭ od￭ y￭ nia means per￭ ine￭ al pain and includes vul￭ vo￭ dy￭ nia and proc￭ tal￭ gia fu￭ ga￭ x pu￭ d￭ end￭ al ne￭ ur￭ al￭ gia is one of the main causes of per￭ ine￭ od￭ y￭ nia
a period of financial distress occurs when the price of a company or an asset or an index of a set of assets in a market is declining with the danger of a sudden crash of value occurring either because the company is experiencing increasing problems of cash flow or a deteriorating credit balance or because the price had become too high as a result of a speculative bubble that has now peaked
periodic fever aph￭ th￭ ous stom￭ ati￭ tis phar￭ yn￭ gi￭ tis and ad￭ eni￭ tis or periodic fever aph￭ th￭ ous phar￭ yn￭ gi￭ tis and cer￭ vic￭ al aden￭ opathy p￭ f￭ ap￭ a syndrome is a medical condition typically starting in young children in which high fever occurs periodically at intervals of about 3 – 5 weeks frequently accompanied by aph￭ th￭ ous like ul￭ cers phar￭ yn￭ gi￭ tis and or cer￭ vic￭ al ad￭ eni￭ tis cer￭ vic￭ al lymp￭ had￭ en￭ opathy the syndrome was described in 1987 and named two years later
periodic fever syndro￭ mes also known as auto￭ infl￭ am￭ matory diseases or auto￭ infl￭ am￭ matory syndro￭ mes are a set of disorders characterized by recurrent episodes of systemic and organ specific infl￭ amm￭ ation unlike auto￭ immune disorders such as systemic lup￭ us er￭ y￭ them￭ ato￭ sus in which the disease is caused by ab￭ norm￭ alities of the adap￭ tive immune system patients with auto￭ infl￭ am￭ matory diseases do not produce auto￭ antibodies or antigen specific t or b cells instead the auto￭ infl￭ am￭ matory diseases are characterized by errors in the in￭ nate immune system the syndro￭ mes are diverse but tend to cause episodes of fever joint pains skin r￭ ashes ab￭ domin￭ al pains and may lead to chronic complications such as amy￭ lo￭ ido￭ sis most auto￭ infl￭ am￭ matory diseases are genetic and present during childhood the most common genetic auto￭ infl￭ am￭ matory syndrome is famili￭ al mediterranean fever which causes short episodes of fever ab￭ domin￭ al pain ser￭ osi￭ tis lasting less than 72 hours it is caused by mutations in the me￭ f￭ v gene which codes for the protein py￭ rin py￭ rin is a protein normally present in the infl￭ am￭ mas￭ ome the mut￭ ated py￭ rin protein is thought to cause inappropriate activation of the infl￭ am￭ mas￭ ome leading to release of the pro infl￭ am￭ matory cy￭ to￭ k￭ ine il 1 β most other auto￭ infl￭ am￭ matory diseases also cause disease by inappropriate release of il 1 β thus il 1 β has become a common therapeutic target and medications such as an￭ ak￭ in￭ ra ri￭ lon￭ ac￭ ept and can￭ ak￭ in￭ um￭ ab have revolution￭ ized the treatment of auto￭ infl￭ am￭ matory diseases however there are some auto￭ infl￭ am￭ matory diseases that are not known to have a clear genetic cause this includes p￭ f￭ ap￭ a which is the most common auto￭ infl￭ am￭ matory disease seen in children characterized by episodes of fever aph￭ th￭ ous stom￭ ati￭ tis phar￭ yn￭ gi￭ tis and cer￭ vic￭ al ad￭ eni￭ tis other auto￭ infl￭ am￭ matory diseases that do not have clear genetic causes include adult onset still s disease systemic onset juvenile idi￭ opathic ar￭ thri￭ tis sch￭ nit￭ z￭ ler syndrome and chronic recurrent multi￭ focal o￭ ste￭ om￭ ye￭ li￭ tis it is likely that these diseases are multi￭ fac￭ torial with genes that make people susceptible to these diseases but they require an additional environmental factor to trigger the disease an other example that shows that auto￭ infl￭ am￭ atory conditions may not be genetic in origin is found in a report published in nature which shows that diet is very important in the development of such diseases the ing￭ estion levels of highly saturated fats and cho￭ le￭ sterol high fat diet h￭ fd affects the micro￭ bio￭ ta composition of the gut changes in the micro￭ bio￭ ta induced by a h￭ fd are protective against the suscep￭ tibility to develop o￭ ste￭ om￭ ye￭ li￭ tis auto￭ immune disease as compared with the changes induced by a low fat diet the changes in the micro￭ bi￭ ome of individuals under h￭ fd showed a reduction in pre￭ vo￭ tella abundance and were accompanied by significantly reduced expression levels of pro inter￭ leuk￭ in 1 β in distant neu￭ troph￭ ils
periodic limb movement disorder pl￭ md previously known as no￭ c￭ tur￭ nal my￭ o￭ cl￭ onus is a sleep disorder where the patient moves limbs involun￭ tarily during sleep and has symptoms or problems related to the movement pl￭ md should not be confused with rest￭ less legs syndrome r￭ ls r￭ ls occurs while awake as well as when asleep and when awake there is a voluntary response to an uncomfortable feeling in the legs pl￭ md on the other hand is involuntary and the patient is often unaware of these movements altogether
periodic paralysis also known as myop￭ legi￭ a par￭ oxy￭ sm￭ alis famili￭ aris is a group of rare genetic diseases that lead to weakness or paralysis rarely death from common triggers such as cold heat high carbo￭ hydrate meals not eating stress or excitement and physical activity of any kind the underlying mechanism of these diseases are mal￭ functions in the ion channels in sk￭ el￭ etal muscle cell memb￭ ran￭ es that allow electrically charged ions to leak in or out of the muscle cell causing the cell to de￭ pol￭ arize and become unable to move a chann￭ el￭ opathy the symptoms of periodic paralysis can also be caused by hyper￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m and are then labeled thyro￭ toxic periodic paralysis however if this is the underlying condition there are likely to be other characteristic manifestations enabling a correct diagnosis
in mathematics a periodic travelling wave or wa￭ ve￭ train is a periodic function of one dimensional space that moves with constant speed consequently it is a special type of spati￭ o￭ tempor￭ alo￭ sci￭ ll￭ ation that is a periodic function of both space and time periodic travelling waves play a fundamental role in many mathem￭ ati￭ cal￭ equations including self osci￭ ll￭ atory systems exc￭ itable systems andre￭ action diffusion adv￭ ection systems equations of these types are widely used as mathematical models of biology chemistry and physics and many examples in phenomena resembling periodic travelling waves ha￭ ve￭ been found empir￭ ically the mathematical theory of periodic travelling waves is most ful￭ ly￭ developed for partial differential equations but these solu￭ tion￭ s￭ also occur in a number of other types of mathematical system including inte￭ gro￭ differential equations inte￭ gro￭ difference equations coupled map lat￭ tic￭ es￭ and￭ cellular autom￭ ata as well as being important in their own right periodic travel￭ ling￭ waves are significant as the one dimensional equivalent of spiral waves and target patterns in two dimensional space and of scro￭ ll waves in three dimensional space
a period￭ on￭ tal abs￭ c￭ ess also termed lateral abs￭ c￭ ess or par￭ ie￭ tal abs￭ c￭ ess is a loc￭ alized collection of p￭ us i e an abs￭ c￭ ess within the tissues of the period￭ on￭ tium it is a type of dental abs￭ c￭ ess a period￭ on￭ tal abs￭ c￭ ess occurs alongside a tooth and is different from the more common peri￭ ap￭ ical abs￭ c￭ ess which represents the spread of infection from a dead tooth i e which has undergone pul￭ pal necro￭ sis to reflect this sometimes the term lateral period￭ on￭ tal abs￭ c￭ ess is used in contrast to a peri￭ ap￭ ical abs￭ c￭ ess period￭ on￭ tal abs￭ c￭ esses are usually associated with a vital living tooth abs￭ c￭ esses of the period￭ on￭ tium are acute bacterial infections classified primarily by location
period￭ on￭ ti￭ tis also known as p￭ yor￭ rhe￭ a is a set of infl￭ am￭ matory diseases affecting the period￭ on￭ tium i e the tissues that surround and support the teeth period￭ on￭ ti￭ tis involves progressive loss of the al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar bone around the teeth and if left untreated can lead to the loosen￭ ing and subsequent loss of teeth period￭ on￭ ti￭ tis is caused by micro￭ organisms that adhere to and grow on the tooth s surfaces along with an over aggressive immune response against these micro￭ organisms a diagnosis of period￭ on￭ ti￭ tis is established by inspecting the soft gum tissues around the teeth with a probe i e a clinical examination and by evaluating the patient s x ray films i e a radio￭ graphic examination to determine the amount of bone loss around the teeth specialists in the treatment of period￭ on￭ ti￭ tis are period￭ on￭ tists their field is known as period￭ on￭ to￭ logy or period￭ on￭ tics
peri￭ oral der￭ mati￭ tis also called peri￭ ori￭ fic￭ al der￭ mati￭ tis is skin disease characterised by multiple small 1 – 2 mm pap￭ ules pu￭ st￭ ules and ves￭ ic￭ les which are loc￭ alized to the peri￭ oral skin around the mouth per￭ inas￭ al or nas￭ ol￭ ab￭ ial fol￭ ds around the no￭ stri￭ ls or peri￭ oc￭ cular area around the eyes it most commonly affects women between the ages of 20 and 45 years but may also affect children men and the elderly it is not un￭ common and has a tendency to recur in individuals who have had it once
peri￭ orb￭ ital cell￭ u￭ li￭ tis also known as pres￭ ep￭ tal cell￭ u￭ li￭ tis and not to be confused with orb￭ ital cell￭ u￭ li￭ tis which is behind the sep￭ tum is an infl￭ amm￭ ation and infection of the eye￭ lid and portions of skin around the eye an￭ terior to the orb￭ ital sep￭ tum it may be caused by breaks in the skin around the eye and subsequent spread to the eye￭ lid infection of the sin￭ uses around the nose sin￭ u￭ si￭ tis or from spread of an infection elsewhere through the blood
peri￭ orb￭ ital der￭ mati￭ tis also known as peri￭ oc￭ ular der￭ mati￭ tis is a skin condition a variant of peri￭ oral der￭ mati￭ tis occurring on the lower eye￭ li￭ ds and skin adjacent to the upper and lower eye￭ li￭ ds
peri￭ orb￭ ital hyper￭ pi￭ gm￭ entation is characterized by dark circles around the eyes which are common often famili￭ al and frequently found in individuals with dark pi￭ gm￭ entation or mediterranean ance￭ stry at￭ op￭ ic patients may also exhibit peri￭ orb￭ ital pi￭ gm￭ entation allergic shin￭ ers due to lower eye￭ lid ven￭ ous st￭ asis and treatment is ineffective
peri￭ orb￭ ital pu￭ ff￭ iness also known as pu￭ ffy eyes or sw￭ elling around the eyes is the appearance of sw￭ elling in the tissues around the eyes called the or￭ bits it is almost exclusively caused by fluid buil￭ dup around the eyes or peri￭ orb￭ ital e￭ dem￭ a minor pu￭ ff￭ iness usually detec￭ table below the eyes only although at times they could be present all around is often called eye bags such transi￭ ent pu￭ ff￭ iness is distinct from the age related and gradual increase in the size of the fat pad lying below the lower eye￭ li￭ ds sub￭ or￭ bic￭ ul￭ aris oc￭ uli fat so￭ of which can also be col￭ lo￭ qu￭ ially referred to as eye bags
peri￭ ori￭ fic￭ ial der￭ mati￭ tis is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by a combination of peri￭ oral der￭ mati￭ tis and peri￭ oc￭ ular der￭ mati￭ tis
a perio￭ steal reaction is the formation of new bone in response to injury or other stimul￭ i of the perio￭ steu￭ m surrounding the bone it is most often identified on x ray films of the bones
perio￭ sti￭ tis also known as perio￭ stal￭ gia is a medical condition caused by infl￭ amm￭ ation of the perio￭ steu￭ m a layer of connec￭ tive tissue that surrounds bone the condition is generally chronic and is marked by tender￭ ness and sw￭ elling of the bone and an aching pain
peri￭ par￭ tum cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy pp￭ cm is a form of dil￭ ated cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy that is defined as a deterioration in cardiac function presenting typically between the last month of pregnancy and up to six months post￭ par￭ tum as with other forms of dil￭ ated cardi￭ om￭ y￭ opathy pp￭ cm involves syst￭ ol￭ ic dysfunction of the heart with a decrease of the left ven￭ tric￭ ular e￭ jec￭ tion fraction ef with associated cong￭ estive heart failure and an increased risk of atri￭ al and ven￭ tric￭ ular arr￭ hy￭ th￭ mi￭ as thro￭ m￭ bo￭ embol￭ ism block￭ age of a blood vessel by a blood clo￭ t and even sudden cardiac death in essence the heart muscle cannot contract forcefully enough to pump adequate amounts of blood for the needs of the body s vital organs pp￭ cm is a diagnosis of exclusion where￭ in patients have no prior history of heart disease and there are no other known possible causes of heart failure echo￭ cardi￭ o￭ gram is used to both diagnose and monitor the effectiveness of treatment for pp￭ cm the cause of pp￭ cm is unknown currently researchers are investigating cardi￭ o￭ tropic viruses auto￭ immunity or immune system dysfunction other toxins that serve as triggers to immune system dysfunction mic￭ ron￭ u￭ tri￭ ent or trace mineral defin￭ ci￭ encies and genetics as possible components that contribute to or cause the development of pp￭ cm the process of pp￭ cm begins with an unknown trigger possibly a cardi￭ o￭ tropic virus or other yet unidentified catalyst that initiates an infl￭ am￭ matory process in the heart consequently heart muscle cells are damaged some die or become scar tissue scar tissue has no ability to contract therefore the effectiveness of the pumping action of the heart is decreased also damage to the cy￭ to￭ sk￭ el￭ etal framework of the heart causes the heart to enlarge stretch or alter in shape also decreasing the heart s syst￭ ol￭ ic function or output the initial infl￭ am￭ matory process appears to cause an auto￭ immune or immune dysfunctional process which in turn fuels the initial infl￭ am￭ matory process progressive loss of heart muscle cells leads to eventual heart failure
peripheral t cell lymp￭ homa refers to a group of t cell lymp￭ hom￭ as that develop away from the th￭ ym￭ us examples include cu￭ taneous t cell lymp￭ hom￭ as an￭ gi￭ o￭ immun￭ obl￭ astic t cell lymp￭ homa ex￭ tran￭ od￭ al natural killer t cell lymp￭ homa nas￭ al type enter￭ opathy type t cell lymp￭ homa sub￭ cu￭ taneous pann￭ ic￭ u￭ li￭ tis like t cell lymp￭ homa an￭ ap￭ l￭ astic large cell lymp￭ homa peripheral t cell lymp￭ homa not otherwise specified in ic￭ d 10 cu￭ taneous t cell lymp￭ hom￭ as are classified separately
peripheral t cell lymp￭ homa not otherwise specified pt￭ cl nos is a subtype of peripheral t cell lymp￭ homa peripheral t cell lymp￭ homa pt￭ cl is defined as a diverse group of aggressive lymp￭ hom￭ as that develop from mature stage white blood cells called t cells and natural killer cells nk cells see figure for an overview of pt￭ cl sub￭ types pt￭ cl is a type of non ho￭ dg￭ kin ’ s lymp￭ homa n￭ hl n￭ hl affects two particular types of white blood cells b cells and t cells pt￭ cl specifically affects t cells and results when t cells develop and grow abnormally file pt￭ cl sub￭ types j￭ pg pt￭ cl nos the most common subtype of pt￭ cl is aggressive and predominantly no￭ dal there are two mor￭ pho￭ logic variants the t zone lymp￭ homa variant and the lymp￭ ho￭ epi￭ the￭ li￭ o￭ id cell variant t zone lymp￭ homa is so named for its involvement in a specific area of the lymp￭ h no￭ de that consists of a dense accumulation of t cells lymp￭ ho epi￭ the￭ li￭ o￭ id lymp￭ homa also called len￭ ner￭ t s lymp￭ homa is rare and generally affects older individuals
peripheral artery disease pad is a narrowing of the arter￭ ies other than those that supply the heart or the brain when narrowing occurs in the heart it is called coron￭ ary artery disease while in the brain it is called cere￭ bro￭ vascular disease peripheral artery disease most commonly affects the legs but other arter￭ ies may also be involved the classic symptom is leg pain when walking which resol￭ ves with rest known as inter￭ mit￭ tent clau￭ dic￭ ation other symptoms including skin ul￭ cers blu￭ ish skin cold skin or poor nail and hair growth may occur in the affected leg complications may include an infection or tissue death which may require ampu￭ tation coron￭ ary artery disease or stroke up to 50 of cases of pad are without symptoms the main risk factor is cigarette smoking other risk factors include diabetes high blood pressure and high blood cho￭ le￭ sterol the underlying mechanism is usually a￭ ther￭ os￭ clerosis other causes include artery sp￭ asm pad is typically diagnosed by finding an an￭ kle br￭ achi￭ al index ab￭ i less than 0 90 which is the syst￭ ol￭ ic blood pressure at the an￭ kle divided by the syst￭ ol￭ ic blood pressure of the arm du￭ pl￭ ex ul￭ tras￭ ono￭ graphy and an￭ gi￭ o￭ graphy may also be used an￭ gi￭ o￭ graphy is more accurate and allows for treatment at the same time however it is associated with greater risks it is unclear if screening for disease is useful as it has not been properly studied in those with inter￭ mit￭ tent clau￭ dic￭ ation from pad stopping smoking and supervised exercise therapy improves outcomes medications including stat￭ ins ace inhi￭ bit￭ ors and ci￭ lo￭ st￭ az￭ ol also may help aspir￭ in does not appear to help those with mild disease but is usually recommended in those with more significant disease anti￭ co￭ ag￭ ul￭ ants such as war￭ far￭ in are not typically of benefit procedures used to treat the disease include bypass graf￭ ting an￭ gi￭ op￭ la￭ sty and a￭ ther￭ ec￭ tomy in 2010 about 202 million people had pad worldwide in the developed world it affects about 5 3 of 45 to 50 years olds and 18 6 of 85 to 90 year olds in the developing world it affects 4 6 of people between the ages of 45 to 50 and 15 of people between the ages of 85 to 90 in the developed world pad is equally common among men and women while in the developing world women are more commonly affected in 2013 pad resulted in about 41 000 deaths up from 16 000 deaths in 1990
peripheral giant cell gran￭ ul￭ oma p￭ g￭ c￭ g is an oral patho￭ logic condition that appears in the mouth as an over￭ growth of tissue due to irritation or trauma because of its overwhelming incidence on the g￭ ing￭ iva the condition is associated with two other diseases though not because they occur together instead the three are associated with each other because they appear frequently on g￭ ing￭ iva py￭ ogenic gran￭ ul￭ oma and peripheral os￭ si￭ fying fi￭ bro￭ ma because of its similar micro￭ scopic appearance to the bon￭ y le￭ sions called central giant cell gran￭ ul￭ om￭ as peripheral giant cell gran￭ ul￭ om￭ as are considered by some researchers to be a soft tissue equivalent the appearance of peripheral giant cell gran￭ ul￭ om￭ as is similar to py￭ ogenic gran￭ ul￭ om￭ as the color ranges from red to blu￭ ish purple but is usually more blue in comparison to py￭ ogenic gran￭ ul￭ om￭ as it can be ses￭ sile or pe￭ dun￭ cul￭ ated with the size usually being less than 2 cm there is a gender difference with 60 of the disease occurring in females the prevalence of peripheral giant cell gran￭ ul￭ om￭ as is highest around 50 60 years of age it appears only on the g￭ ing￭ iva or on an ed￭ ent￭ ulous without teeth al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar ridge it is more often found in the man￭ di￭ ble rather than the max￭ illa but can be found in either an￭ terior or poster￭ ior areas the underlying al￭ ve￭ ol￭ ar bone can be destroyed leaving a unique appearance referred to as cu￭ pping resor￭ ption or sau￭ cer￭ ization
peripheral neuro￭ pa￭ thy p￭ n is damage to or disease affecting nerves which may impair sensation movement g￭ land or organ function or other aspects of health depending on the type of nerve affected common causes include systemic diseases such as diabetes or leprosy vitamin deficiency medication e g chem￭ otherapy traumatic injury radiation therapy excessive alcohol consumption immune system disease co￭ eli￭ ac disease or viral infection it can also be genetic present from birth or idi￭ opathic no known cause in conventional medical usage the word neuro￭ pa￭ thy ne￭ uro nervous system and pa￭ thy disease of without modi￭ fier usually means peripheral neuro￭ pa￭ thy neuro￭ pa￭ thy affecting just one nerve is called mon￭ on￭ euro￭ pa￭ thy and neuro￭ pa￭ thy involving multiple nerves in roughly the same areas on both sides of the body is called symmetr￭ ical pol￭ yn￭ euro￭ pa￭ thy or simply pol￭ yn￭ euro￭ pa￭ thy when two or more typically just a few but sometimes many separate nerves in disparate areas of the body are affected it is called mon￭ on￭ eur￭ i￭ tis multi￭ pl￭ ex multi￭ focal mon￭ on￭ euro￭ pa￭ thy or multiple mon￭ on￭ euro￭ pa￭ thy peripheral neuro￭ pa￭ thy may be chronic a long term condition where symptoms begin sub￭ tly and progress slowly or acute sudden onset rapid progress and slow resolution acute neuro￭ path￭ ies demand urgent diagnosis motor nerves that control muscles sensory nerves or autonom￭ ic nerves that control automatic functions such as heart rate body temperature and breathing may be affected more than one type of nerve may be affected at the same time peripheral neuro￭ path￭ ies may be classified according to the type of nerve predominantly involved or by the underlying cause neuro￭ pa￭ thy may cause painful cram￭ ps fasc￭ icul￭ ations fine muscle tw￭ it￭ ching muscle loss bone de￭ generation and changes in the skin hair and nails additionally motor neuro￭ pa￭ thy may cause impaired balance and coordination or most commonly muscle weakness sensory neuro￭ pa￭ thy may cause num￭ b￭ ness to touch and vibration reduced position sense causing poorer coordination and balance reduced sensitivity to temperature change and pain spontaneous ting￭ ling or burning pain or skin allo￭ dy￭ nia severe pain from normally non￭ painful stimul￭ i such as light touch and autonom￭ ic neuro￭ pa￭ thy may produce diverse symptoms depending on the affected g￭ lands and organs but common symptoms are poor blad￭ der control abnormal blood pressure or heart rate and reduced ability to sweat normally
the peripheral od￭ on￭ to￭ genic fi￭ bro￭ ma is an un￭ common g￭ ing￭ i￭ val mass it affects people across a large age range it can be confused with the peripheral os￭ si￭ fying fi￭ bro￭ ma in contrast to the peripheral os￭ si￭ fying fi￭ bro￭ ma the peripheral od￭ on￭ to￭ genic fi￭ bro￭ ma is a rare le￭ sion no specific gender pre￭ dil￭ ection while the ages of the patients rang￭ ed from 5 to 65 years commonly seen in man￭ di￭ ble than max￭ illa slow growing solid firmly attached g￭ ing￭ i￭ val mass sometimes arising between teeth and sometimes dis￭ placing teeth consists of cellular fi￭ bro￭ us connec￭ tive tissue paren￭ ch￭ y￭ ma with non ne￭ op￭ l￭ astic islands strands of clou￭ man or cu￭ bo￭ idal od￭ on￭ to￭ genic epi￭ the￭ lium
peripheral os￭ si￭ fying fi￭ bro￭ ma “ a g￭ ing￭ i￭ val no￭ dule which is composed of a cellular fi￭ bro￭ bl￭ astic connec￭ tive tissue st￭ roma which is associated with the formation of randomly dispersed foc￭ i of miner￭ alised products which consists of bone cem￭ ent￭ um like tissue or a dy￭ stro￭ ph￭ ic calci￭ fication the le￭ sion is considered part of an os￭ si￭ fying fi￭ bro￭ ma but that is usually considered to be a gn￭ ath￭ ic tumor because of its overwhelming incidence on the g￭ ing￭ iva the condition is associated with two other diseases though not because they occur together instead the three are associated with each other because they appear frequently on g￭ ing￭ iva py￭ ogenic gran￭ ul￭ oma and peripheral giant cell gran￭ ul￭ oma some researchers believe peripheral os￭ si￭ fying fi￭ bro￭ mas to be related to py￭ ogenic fi￭ bro￭ mas and in some instances are the result of a py￭ ogenic gran￭ ul￭ oma which has undergone fi￭ bro￭ sis and calci￭ fication the term peripheral os￭ si￭ fying fi￭ bro￭ ma has been criticized as this le￭ sion is not related to the os￭ si￭ fying fi￭ bro￭ ma of bone and is not a fi￭ bro￭ ma this term is used in america however in britain this le￭ sion would be termed a fi￭ bro￭ us ep￭ ul￭ is containing bone
per￭ is￭ yl￭ vian syndrome is a rare neuro￭ logical disease characterized by damage to the syl￭ vian fis￭ sure lateral sul￭ cus an area in the brain involved in language and speech the main symptoms are difficulty chewing and sw￭ allowing low muscle tone in the face and tongue speech and language development disorders and epi￭ le￭ psy these symptoms may also be accompanied by difficulties with mobility and intellectual disabilities
per￭ it￭ one￭ al mes￭ o￭ the￭ li￭ oma is the name given to the cancer that attacks the lining of the ab￭ dom￭ en this type of cancer affects the lining that protects the contents of the ab￭ dom￭ en and which also provides a lubric￭ ating fluid to enable the organs to move and work properly the per￭ it￭ on￭ eu￭ m is made of two parts the vis￭ cer￭ al and par￭ ie￭ tal per￭ it￭ on￭ eu￭ m the vis￭ cer￭ al per￭ it￭ on￭ eu￭ m covers the internal organs and makes up most of the outer layer of the intest￭ inal tract covering the ab￭ domin￭ al cav￭ ity is the par￭ ie￭ tal per￭ it￭ on￭ eu￭ m
per￭ it￭ oni￭ tis is an infl￭ amm￭ ation of the per￭ it￭ on￭ eu￭ m the thin tissue that lines the inner wall of the ab￭ dom￭ en and covers most of the ab￭ domin￭ al organs per￭ it￭ oni￭ tis may be loc￭ alized or generalized and may result from infection often due to rupture of a hollow ab￭ domin￭ al organ as may occur in ab￭ domin￭ al trauma or infl￭ amed appendix or from a non infectious process
unlike ton￭ sil￭ li￭ tis which is more common in the pedi￭ atric age group pta has a more even age spread from children to adults symptoms start appearing two to eight days before the formation of an abs￭ c￭ ess a progressively severe sore throat on one side and pain during sw￭ allowing od￭ y￭ no￭ p￭ ha￭ gia usually are the earliest symptoms as the abs￭ c￭ ess develops persistent pain in the per￭ it￭ on￭ sill￭ ar area fever a general sense of feeling un￭ well headache and a distortion of vo￭ wels informally known as hot potato voice may appear neck pain associated with tender sw￭ oll￭ en lymp￭ h no￭ des referred ear pain and foul breath are also common while these signs may be present in ton￭ sil￭ li￭ tis itself a pta should be specifically considered if there is limited ability to open the mouth tr￭ is￭ mus physical signs of a per￭ it￭ on￭ sill￭ ar abs￭ c￭ ess include red￭ ness and sw￭ elling in the ton￭ sill￭ ar area of the affected side and sw￭ elling of the ju￭ gul￭ o￭ di￭ ga￭ str￭ ic lymp￭ h no￭ des the u￭ vul￭ a may be displaced towards the unaffected side
peri￭ un￭ gu￭ al war￭ ts are war￭ ts that cluster around the finger￭ nail or to￭ en￭ ail they appear as thick￭ ened f￭ issu￭ red cau￭ lif￭ lower like skin around the nail plate peri￭ un￭ gu￭ al war￭ ts often cause loss of the cu￭ tic￭ le and par￭ ony￭ ch￭ ia nail biting increases suscep￭ tibility to these war￭ ts war￭ ts of this kind often cause damage to the nail either by lifting the nail from the skin or causing the nail to partially det￭ ach if they extend under the nail then the patient may suffer pain as a result sometimes peri￭ un￭ gu￭ al wart infections resemble the changes that are found in ony￭ ch￭ om￭ y￭ co￭ sis in worst cases if the infection causes injury or damage to the nail matrix de￭ form￭ ity in the nail may become permanent as with other wart types a number of treatments are available including laser therapy cry￭ otherapy sal￭ ic￭ yl￭ ic acid and other topical treatments
in on￭ co￭ logy pe￭ coma also p￭ ec tum￭ our and peri￭ vascular epi￭ the￭ li￭ o￭ id cell tum￭ our is a family of mes￭ en￭ ch￭ ym￭ al tum￭ ours consisting of peri￭ vascular epi￭ the￭ li￭ o￭ id cells pec￭ s these are rare tum￭ ours that can occur in any part of the human body the cell type from which these tum￭ ours originate remains unknown normally no peri￭ vascular epi￭ th￭ elo￭ id cells exist the name refers to the characteristics of the tum￭ our when examined under the micro￭ scope establishing the m￭ align￭ ant potential of these tum￭ ours remains challenging although criteria have been suggested some pe￭ com￭ as display m￭ align￭ ant features whereas others can cautiously be labeled as having uncertain m￭ align￭ ant potential the most common tum￭ ours in the pe￭ coma family are ren￭ al an￭ gi￭ om￭ y￭ oli￭ po￭ ma and pul￭ mon￭ ary lymp￭ han￭ gi￭ ole￭ i￭ om￭ y￭ om￭ at￭ osis both of which are more common in patients with tuber￭ ous sclerosis complex the genes responsible for this multi system genetic disease have also been implicated in other pe￭ com￭ as many pe￭ coma types shows a female predominance in the sex ratio
peri￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular leuk￭ om￭ al￭ ac￭ ia pv￭ l is a form of white matter brain injury characterized by the necro￭ sis more often co￭ ag￭ ulation of white matter near the lateral ven￭ tric￭ les it can affect new￭ bor￭ ns and less commonly fet￭ uses premature infants are at the greatest risk of the disorder affected individuals generally exhibit motor control problems or other developmental delays and they often develop cere￭ br￭ al pal￭ sy or epi￭ le￭ psy later in life this path￭ ology of the brain was described under various names encephal￭ od￭ y￭ stro￭ phy is￭ chem￭ ic necro￭ sis peri￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular inf￭ arc￭ tion co￭ ag￭ ulation necro￭ sis leuk￭ om￭ al￭ ac￭ ia sof￭ tening of the brain inf￭ arc￭ t peri￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular white matter necro￭ sis of white matter diffuse symmetr￭ ical peri￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular leuko￭ encephalopathy and more often by german scientists but the worldwide dissemination was the term « peri￭ ven￭ tric￭ ular leuk￭ om￭ al￭ ac￭ ia » introduced in 1962 b a banker and j c lar￭ roche the term can be misleading as there is no sof￭ tening of the tissue in pv￭ l v v v￭ las￭ y￭ uk and v p tum￭ an￭ ov in 1985 published the world s first mono￭ graph devoted to pv￭ l v￭ las￭ y￭ uk 1981 first revealed the high incidence of op￭ tic radiation le￭ sions and demonstrated that pv￭ l a persistent process that the old necro￭ sis can join a new foc￭ i of pv￭ l may be at different stages of development in the process of mor￭ pho￭ genesis focuses pv￭ l pass through three stages 1 necro￭ sis 2 resor￭ ption and 3 the formation gli￭ osis scars or cy￭ sts cy￭ sts occur when large and con￭ flu￭ ent focuses of pv￭ l with mixed necro￭ sis kol￭ lik￭ vac￭ ia in the center and co￭ ag￭ ulation rim at the periphery around the foc￭ i is generally defined area of other le￭ sions of the brain white matter the death of pro￭ oli￭ god￭ end￭ ro￭ cy￭ tes proliferation mik￭ rog￭ li￭ oc￭ y￭ tes and astro￭ cy￭ tes sw￭ elling bleeding loss of cap￭ il￭ lar￭ ies and others the so called diffuse component pv￭ l however diffuse le￭ sions without necro￭ sis are not pv￭ l
the per￭ kin reaction is an organic reaction developed by william henry per￭ kin that is used to make cin￭ nam￭ ic acids it gives an α β un￭ saturated aromatic acid by the al￭ do￭ l condens￭ ation of an aromatic alde￭ hyde and an acid an￭ hy￭ dri￭ de in the presence of an alkali salt of the acid the alkali salt acts as a base catalyst and other bases can be used instead the per￭ kin reaction several reviews have been written
the per￭ ko￭ w reaction is an organic reaction in which a tri￭ al￭ ky￭ l phosp￭ h￭ ite ester reacts with a halo￭ ke￭ tone to form a dial￭ ky￭ l vinyl phosphate and an al￭ ky￭ l hali￭ de the per￭ ko￭ w reaction in the related mic￭ ha￭ el￭ is – ar￭ bu￭ zo￭ v reaction the same re￭ ac￭ tants are known to form a beta ke￭ to phosp￭ hon￭ ate which is an important re￭ agent in the hor￭ ner – w￭ ad￭ s￭ worth – em￭ mons reaction on the road to al￭ ken￭ es the per￭ ko￭ w reaction in this respect is considered a side reaction
per￭ l￭ man syndrome ps also called ren￭ al ham￭ ar￭ tom￭ as ne￭ ph￭ ro￭ bl￭ ast￭ om￭ at￭ osis and fe￭ tal gig￭ anti￭ sm is a rare over￭ growth disorder present at birth it is characterized by poly￭ hy￭ dram￭ ni￭ os and fe￭ tal over￭ growth including macro￭ cephal￭ y ne￭ on￭ atal macro￭ som￭ ia vis￭ cer￭ om￭ eg￭ al￭ y dys￭ morph￭ ic facial features and an increased risk for wil￭ ms tumor at an early age the prog￭ no￭ sis for per￭ l￭ man syndrome is poor and it is associated with a high ne￭ on￭ atal mortality
in linear al￭ ge￭ bra the permanent of a square matrix is a function of the matrix similar to the determinant the permanent as well as the determinant is a poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al in the entries of the matrix both permanent and determinant are special cases of a more general function of a matrix called the im￭ man￭ ant
a permanent down￭ hole gauge p￭ dg is a pressure and or temperature gauge permanently installed in an oil or gas well typically they are installed in tu￭ bing in the well and can measure the tu￭ bing pressure or annul￭ us pressure or both systems installed in well cas￭ ing to read formation pressure directly suspended systems and systems built in co￭ il continuous tu￭ bing are also available the data that p￭ dgs provide are useful to reservoir engineers in determining the quantities of oil or gas contained below the earth s surface in an oil or gas reservoir and also which method of production is best permanent down￭ hole gauges or perman￭ ents for short are installed in oil and gas wells for the purposes of observation and optimi￭ zation the most proli￭ fic function of a permanent is to monitor pressure at a single point or multiple points in a well temperature is the second most monitored factor permanent down￭ hole gauges continue to evolve into many different types of sensors 1 pressure 2 temperature 3 distributive temperature 4 noise 5 strain 6 flow the information provided by a permanently mounted sensor enables smart well technology a smart well is a well that can monitor information and make adjustments automatically the adjustments will optimi￭ ze production or protect the well the vast majority of producing oil and gas wells in the world have no such instrum￭ entation or capabilities p￭ dg s are important tools for optimal production and protection of our most important non renewable resources
a newly identified and potentially treat￭ able form of mono￭ genic diabetes is the ne￭ on￭ atal diabetes caused by activating mutations of the k￭ cn￭ j 11 gene which codes for the k￭ ir 6 2 sub￭ unit of the beta cell kat￭ p channel this disease is considered to be a type of maturity onset diabetes of the young mo￭ dy it can be associated with g￭ ck k￭ cn￭ j 11 ins and ab￭ cc 8
permanent signal ps in us telephony jargon or permanent loop in british usage is a condition in which a pots line is off hook without connection for an extended period of time this is indicated in modern switches by the silent termination after the off hook tone times out and the telephone exchange computer puts the telephone line on its high wet list or wet￭ list in older switches however a permanent signal holding trunk p￭ sh￭ t would play either a how￭ ler tone or a 480 500 h￭ z high tone which would subsequently bleed into adjacent lines via cros￭ stal￭ k how￭ ler tone is a tone of increasing intensity that is intended to alert telephone users to the fact that the receiver has been left off the hook without being connected in a call permanent signal can also describe the state of a trunk that is seized but has not been di￭ aled upon if it remains in a busy condition sometimes aler￭ ting with re￭ order in most mid 20 th century switching equipment a permanent signal would tie up a junc￭ tor circuit diminishing the ability of the switch to handle outgoing calls when flooded cables or other conditions made this a real problem switch staff would open the cable or paper the off normal contacts of the cross￭ bar switch or block the line relay from operating these methods had the disadvantage of blocking all outgoing calls from that line until it was manu￭ ally cleared manufacturers also sold devices that monitored the talk wires and held up the cu￭ to￭ ff relay or cross￭ bar hold magnet until the condition cleared some cross￭ bar line circuit designs had a park condition allowing the line circuit itself to monitor the line stored program control exchanges finally solved the problem by setting a bit mask in the scanning program and running a low priority periodic checking program against the wet￭ list depending on software version a wet￭ listed line may also be in plo or lock￭ out state
in physics and engineering perme￭ ation also called im￭ bu￭ ing is the penetration of a perme￭ ate such as a liquid gas or vap￭ or through a solid it is directly related to the concentration gr￭ adi￭ ent of the perme￭ ate a material s intrinsic perme￭ ability and the materials mass diff￭ u￭ sivity perme￭ ation is model￭ ed by equations such as fic￭ k s laws of diffusion and can be measured using tools such as a mini￭ perme￭ ame￭ ter
in north america per￭ missive di￭ aling is the ability to make phone calls in an area subject to a newly introduced area code by using both the new and pre￭ existing di￭ aling methods when an area is given a new area code under a split plan the area s previous area code would no longer be valid for calls in the area so calls to numbers using the old area code will not work to alleviate mis￭ di￭ aling frustration the local routing can be set up such that both the old and new area codes will work for the same telephone exchange during this period the local numbering authority must not reas￭ sign the area s existing exchanges to the remaining area of the old area code nor vice versa at the end of the per￭ missive di￭ aling period the old area code is no longer valid for numbers in the affected area under an over￭ lay plan per￭ missive di￭ aling refers to the ability to continue to connect calls via 7 digit di￭ aling while also making 10 digit di￭ aling valid again the affected area must not introduce any new ambiguous telephone exchanges at the end of the period 10 digit di￭ aling becomes mandatory
in endocr￭ in￭ ology per￭ missi￭ veness is a bio￭ chemical phenomenon in which the presence of one hormone is required in order for another hormone to exert its full effects on a target cell hormones can interact in per￭ missive syner￭ g￭ istic or antagon￭ istic ways the chemical classes of hormones include am￭ ines poly￭ pep￭ ti￭ des gly￭ co￭ proteins and ster￭ oids per￭ missive hormones act as precursors to active hormones and may be classified as either pro￭ hormones or pre￭ hormones
pernicious an￭ emia also known as vitamin b 12 deficiency an￭ emia is a disease in which there are not enough red blood cells due to a lack of vitamin b 12 the most common initial symptom is feeling tired other symptoms may include short￭ ness of breath pale skin chest pain num￭ b￭ ness in the hands and feet poor balance a smooth red tongue poor refl￭ exes and confusion if treatment is not provided some of these problems may become permanent although pernicious an￭ emia technically refers to cases resulting from not enough intrinsic factor it is often used to describe all cases of an￭ emia due to not enough vitamin b 12 lack of intrinsic factor is most commonly due to an auto￭ immune attack on the cells that make it in the stomach it can also occur following the surgical removal of part of the stomach or from an inherited disorder other causes of low vitamin b 12 include a poor diet ce￭ li￭ ac disease and a ta￭ pe￭ worm infection when suspected diagnosis is made by blood and occasionally bone marrow tests blood tests may show fewer but larger red blood cells low numbers of young red blood cells low levels of vitamin b 12 and antibodies to intrinsic factor pernicious an￭ emia due to lack of intrinsic factor is not preventable vitamin b 12 deficiency due to other causes may be prevented with a balanced diet or with supplements pernicious an￭ emia can be easily treated with either injections or pills of vitamin b 12 if the symptoms are severe injections are typically recommended initially for those who have trouble sw￭ allowing pills a nas￭ al spray is available often treatment is lifelong pernicious an￭ emia due to auto￭ immune problems occurs in about 1 per 1000 people among those over the age of 60 about 2 have the condition it more commonly affects people of northern european descent women are more commonly affected than men with proper treatment most people live normal lives due to a higher risk of stomach cancer those with pernicious an￭ emia should be checked regularly for this the first clear description was by thomas ad￭ dison in 18￭ 49 the term pernicious means deadly and was used as before the availability of treatment the disease was often fatal
per￭ ox￭ isom￭ al disorders represent a class of medical conditions caused by defects in per￭ ox￭ is￭ ome functions this may be due to defects in single enzymes important for per￭ ox￭ is￭ ome function or in per￭ ox￭ ins proteins en￭ coded by p￭ ex genes that are critical for normal per￭ ox￭ is￭ ome assembly and bio￭ genesis
in psychology persistence ps is a personality trait it is measured in the temper￭ ament and character inventory t￭ ci and is considered one of the four temper￭ ament traits persistence refers to perseverance in spite of fatigue or frustration cl￭ on￭ inger s research found that persistence like the other temper￭ ament traits is highly her￭ itable the sub￭ scales of ps in t￭ ci r consist of 1 eag￭ er￭ ness of effort ps 1 2 work hardened ps 2 3 ambitious ps 3 4 perfec￭ tionist ps 4 a study comparing the temper￭ ament and character inventory to the five factor model of personality found that persistence was substantially associated with consci￭ enti￭ ousness additionally persistence was moderately positively associated with the t￭ ci trait of self transc￭ end￭ ence research has also found that persistence is positively correlated with activity in zuc￭ ker￭ man s alternative five model and is negatively correlated with psycho￭ ticism in ey￭ sen￭ ck s model persistence can also be measured as the time invested in staying on task as an example if a cab driver works an 8 hour shift their persistence is 8 hours this isn t a relation to how hard one works as this is a reference to force if person a is a hard worker and person b is not this is a reference to effort not persistence
persistent mü￭ ll￭ er￭ ian duc￭ t syndrome p￭ m￭ ds is the presence of mü￭ ll￭ er￭ ian duc￭ t derivatives fall￭ op￭ ian tubes uter￭ us and or the upper part of the vag￭ ina in a genetically male animal in humans p￭ m￭ ds typically is due to an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive con￭ genital disorder and is considered by some to be a form of pseu￭ do￭ her￭ m￭ aph￭ ro￭ di￭ tism due to the presence of mü￭ ll￭ er￭ ian derivatives typical features include und￭ es￭ c￭ ended test￭ es cry￭ p￭ tor￭ chi￭ dis￭ m and the presence of a small underdeveloped uter￭ us in an xy infant or adult this condition is usually caused by deficiency of fe￭ tal anti mü￭ ll￭ er￭ ian hormone am￭ h effect due to mutations of the gene for am￭ h or the anti mü￭ ll￭ er￭ ian hormone recep￭ tor but may also be as a result of in￭ sensitivity to am￭ h of the target organ
persistent adren￭ arch￭ e syndrome also known as adren￭ al sa￭ ha syndrome is a cu￭ taneous condition seen typically in thin young women who report great psychological and physical stress in their lives
persistent migr￭ aine a￭ ura without inf￭ arc￭ tion paw￭ oi is a little known condition first described under the designation prolonged migr￭ aine a￭ ura status that is not yet fully understood paw￭ oi is said to be a possible cause of a variety of neuro￭ logical symptoms including visual snow loss of vision increased after￭ images tin￭ nit￭ us and others however the patho￭ genesis of paw￭ oi is unknown in other words it is not known exactly what causes these symptoms furthermore it is not clear which medical examinations are useful in diagno￭ sing paw￭ oi at present paw￭ oi is usually diagnosed solely based on the patient s present and past symptoms it may be possible that an over￭ active brain or a chemical imbalance is partly to blame for the disorder different medication has been tried as treatment notably ace￭ ta￭ z￭ ol￭ amide val￭ pro￭ ate lam￭ o￭ tri￭ gine top￭ ir￭ am￭ ate and fu￭ ro￭ sem￭ ide
a persistent clo￭ aca is a symptom of a complex ano￭ rec￭ tal con￭ genital disorder in which the rec￭ tum vag￭ ina and ur￭ inary tract meet and fuse creating a clo￭ aca a single common channel
persistent fe￭ tal circulation is a condition caused by a failure in the systemic circulation and pul￭ mon￭ ary circulation to convert from the anten￭ atal circulation pattern to the normal pattern in a fe￭ tus there is high pul￭ mon￭ ary vascular resistance and low pul￭ mon￭ ary blood flow as the fe￭ tus does not use the lungs for oxygen transfer when the baby is born the lungs are needed for oxygen transfer and need high blood flow which is encouraged by low pul￭ mon￭ ary vascular resistance it can be associated with pul￭ mon￭ ary hyper￭ tension because of this the condition is also known as persistent pul￭ mon￭ ary hyper￭ tension of the new￭ born
persistent fe￭ tal vas￭ cul￭ ature is a condition often confused with childhood cat￭ ar￭ act it was formerly referred to as persistent hyper￭ plastic primary vit￭ re￭ ous
persistent hyper￭ plastic primary vit￭ re￭ ous ph￭ p￭ v also known as persistent fe￭ tal vas￭ cul￭ ature p￭ f￭ v is a rare con￭ genital developmental anomaly of the eye that resul￭ ts￭ following failure of the embry￭ ological primary vit￭ re￭ ous and hy￭ alo￭ id vas￭ cul￭ ature to reg￭ ress it can be present in three forms purely an￭ terior persistent tun￭ ica vas￭ cul￭ osa l￭ enti￭ s and persistent poster￭ ior fe￭ tal fi￭ bro￭ vascular she￭ ath of the lens purely poster￭ ior fal￭ ci￭ form re￭ tin￭ al sep￭ tum and ab￭ lati￭ o fal￭ cic￭ orm￭ is con￭ gen￭ ita and a combination of both most examples of ph￭ p￭ v are unilateral and non hereditary when bilateral ph￭ p￭ v may follow an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive or auto￭ som￭ al dominant inheritance pattern
in anatomy a persistent left superior ven￭ a cav￭ a pl￭ sv￭ c is the most common variation of the thor￭ ac￭ ic ven￭ ous system is prevalent in 0 3 of the population and an embry￭ o￭ logic rem￭ nant that results from a failure to inv￭ olu￭ te
commonly referred as phosp￭ ho￭ res￭ cence persistent lumin￭ es￭ cence is the phenomenon encountered in materials which make them glow in the dark after the end of an exc￭ itation with u￭ v or visible light
persistent pu￭ pill￭ ary memb￭ rane ppm is a condition of the eye involving remnants of a fe￭ tal memb￭ rane that persist as strands of tissue crossing the pupil the pu￭ pill￭ ary memb￭ rane in mammals exists in the fe￭ tus as a source of blood supply for the lens it normally atro￭ ph￭ ies from the time of birth to the age of four to eight weeks ppm occurs when this atro￭ phy is incomplete it generally does not cause any symptoms the strands can connect to the cor￭ ne￭ a or lens but most commonly to other parts of the iris attachment to the cor￭ ne￭ a can cause small cor￭ ne￭ al op￭ ac￭ ities while attachment to the lens can cause small cat￭ ar￭ acts using topical atro￭ pine to di￭ late the pupil may help break down pp￭ ms in dogs ppm is inherited in the bas￭ en￭ ji but can occur in other breeds such as the p￭ embro￭ ke welsh c￭ org￭ i chow chow mas￭ ti￭ ff and english coc￭ ker spani￭ el it is also rarely seen in cats horses and cattle
a persistent thy￭ rog￭ los￭ sal duc￭ t is a usually benign medical condition in which the thy￭ rog￭ los￭ sal duc￭ t a structure usually only found during embryonic development fails to atro￭ phy the duc￭ t persists as a mid￭ line structure forming an open connection between the back of the tongue and the thyro￭ id g￭ land this opening can lead to fluid accumulation and infection which necessitate the removal of the duc￭ t
persistent trun￭ cus arter￭ io￭ sus or patent trun￭ cus arter￭ io￭ sus or common arter￭ ial trunk is a rare form of con￭ genital heart disease that presents at birth in this condition the embry￭ ological structure known as the trun￭ cus arter￭ io￭ sus fails to properly divide into the pul￭ mon￭ ary trunk and a￭ or￭ ta this results in one arter￭ ial trunk arising from the heart and providing mixed blood to the coron￭ ary arter￭ ies pul￭ mon￭ ary arter￭ ies and systemic circulation
a persistent vegetative state p￭ vs is a disorder of consciousness in which patients with severe brain damage are in a state of partial ar￭ ous￭ al rather than true awareness after four weeks in a vegetative state vs the patient is classified as in a persistent vegetative state this diagnosis is classified as a permanent vegetative state some months 3 in the us and 6 in the uk after a non traumatic brain injury or one year after a traumatic injury nowadays more doctors and neuro￭ scientists prefer to call the state of consciousness an un￭ responsive wa￭ ke￭ fulness syndrome primarily because of ethical questions about whether a patient can be called vegetative or not
in psychology personal distress is an aver￭ sive self focused emotional reaction e g anxiety worry discomfort to the apprehension or comprehension of another s emotional state or condition this negative aff￭ ective state often occurs as a result of emotional contagion when there is confusion between self and other unlike emp￭ athy personal distress does not have to be con￭ gru￭ ent with the other s state and often leads to a self oriented ego￭ istic reaction to reduce it by withdrawing from the stres￭ sor for example thereby decreasing the likelihood of pro￭ social behavior there is evidence that sympathy and personal distress are subjec￭ tively different have different som￭ atic and physiological cor￭ relates and relate in different ways to pro￭ social behavior work in social neuro￭ science using functional neuro￭ imaging shows that the perception of another individual in pain results in the observer in the activation of the ne￭ ural network involved in the processing of fir￭ s￭ th￭ and experience of pain this intimate overlap between the ne￭ ural circuits responsible for our ability to perceive the pain of others and those underlying our own self experience of pain can lead to personal distress and can possibly be detrimental to emp￭ ath￭ ic concern personal distress may even result in a more ego￭ istic motivation to reduce it by withdrawing from the stres￭ sor for example thereby decreasing the likelihood of pro￭ social behavior
in universal personal telecommunications up￭ t personal mobility is the ability of a user to access telecommunication services at any up￭ t terminal on the basis of a personal identi￭ fier and the capability of the network to provide those services in accord with the user s service profile personal mobility involves the network s capability to locate the terminal associated with the user for the purposes of addressing routing and charging the user for calls access is intended to convey the concepts of both originating and terminating services management of the service profile by the user is not part of personal mobility the personal mobility aspects of personal communications are based on the up￭ t number
a personality development disorder is an inflexible and pervasive pattern of inner experience and behavior in children and adolescents that markedly devi￭ ates from the expectations of the individual s culture personality development disorder is not recognized as a mental disorder in any of the medical manu￭ als such as the ic￭ d 10 or the dsm iv neither is it part of the proposed revision of this manual the dsm 5 dsm iv allows the diagnosis of personality disorders in children and adolescents only as an exception this diagnosis is currently proposed by a few authors in germany the term personality development disorder is used to emphasize the changes in personality development which might still take place and the open outcome during development personality development disorder is considered to be a childhood risk factor or early stage of a later personality disorder in adul￭ thood adults usually show personality patterns over a long duration of time children and adolescents however still show marked changes in personality development some of these children and adolescents have a hard time developing their personalities in an ordinary way dsm iv states for example that children and adolescents are at higher risk to develop an anti￭ social personality disorder if they showed signs of conduct disorder and attention deficit disorder before the age of 10 this led adam bre￭ i￭ th￭ au￭ pt pe￭ ters 2010 to the idea that these children and adolescents need to be looked at more carefully the therapy which these children and adolescents need might be more intense and maybe even different from looking at the disorders traditionally the concept of personality development disorders also focuses on the severity of the disorder and the poor prog￭ no￭ sis an early diagnosis might help to get the right treatment at an early stage and thus might help to prevent a personality disorder outcome in adul￭ thood
personality disorders are a class of mental disorders characterized by enduring mal￭ adap￭ tive patterns of behavior cogn￭ ition and inner experience exhi￭ bited across many contexts and devi￭ ating markedly from those accepted by the individual s culture these patterns develop early are inflexible and are associated with significant distress or disability the definitions may vary somewhat according to source official criteria for diagno￭ sing personality disorders are listed in the diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders dsm and in the mental and behavioral disorders section of the international statistical classification of diseases and related health problems ic￭ d published by the world health organization who the dsm 5 lists personality disorders in the same way as other mental disorders rather than on a separate axis as previously personality defined psychologically is the set of enduring behavioral and mental traits that distinguish between individual humans hence personality disorders are defined by experiences and behaviors that differ from societal norms and expectations those diagnosed with a personality disorder may experience difficulties in cogn￭ ition emo￭ tiveness inter￭ personal functioning or impulse control in general personality disorders are diagnosed in 40 – 60 of psychiatric patients making them the most frequent of psychiatric diagnosis personality disorders are characterized by an enduring collection of behavioral patterns often associated with considerable personal social and occupational disruption personality disorders are also inflexible and pervasive across many situations largely due to the fact that such behavior may be ego syn￭ tonic i e the patterns are consistent with the ego integrity of the individual and are therefore perceived to be appropriate for that individual this behavior can result in mal￭ adap￭ tive coping skills which may lead to personal problems that induce extreme anxiety distress or depression these patterns of behavior typically are recognized in adoles￭ cence and the beginning of adul￭ thood and in some unusual instances childhood many issues occur with classifying a personality disorder there are many categories of definition some mild and some extreme because the theory and diagnosis of personality disorders occur within prevailing cultural expectations their validity is contested by some experts on the basis of inevitable subjec￭ tivity they argue that the theory and diagnosis of personality disorders are based strictly on social or even socio￭ political and economic considerations
personality disorder not otherwise specified also known as personality disorder nos or p￭ d￭ nos is a dsm iv axis ii personality disorder conversely the dsm 5 does not have an equivalent to personality disorder nos the dsm 5 unspecified disorder is not a personality disorder it is used to enhance specificity of an existing disorder or it is an emergency diagnosis unto itself i e unspecified mental disorder 300 9 without being attached to another disorder
personnel psychology is a sub￭ field of industrial and organizational psychology personnel psychology is the area of industrial organizational psychology that primarily deals with the recruitment selection and evaluation of personnel and other job aspects such as morale job satisfaction and relationships between managers and workers in the workplace it is the field of study that concentrates on the selection and evaluation of employees this area of psychology deals with job analysis and defines and measures job performance performance appraisal employment testing employment interviews employee selection and employee training and human factors and er￭ gon￭ om￭ ics
perspective n point is the problem of estimating the pose of a calibr￭ ated camera given a set of n 3 d points in the world and their corresponding 2 d projections in the image the camera pose consists of 6 degrees of freedom d￭ of which are made up of the rotation roll pitch and y￭ aw and 3 d translation of the camera with respect to the world this problem originates from camera calibration and has many applications in computer vision and other areas including 3 d pose estimation robo￭ tics and aug￭ mented reality a commonly used solution to the problem exists for n 3 called p 3 p and many solutions are available for the general case of n ≥ 3 implement￭ ations of these solutions are also available in open source software
per￭ tus￭ sis also known as who￭ oping cough or 100 day cough is a highly contagious bacterial disease initially symptoms are usually similar to those of the common cold with a run￭ ny nose fever and mild cough this is then followed by weeks of severe cou￭ gh￭ ing fits following a fit of cou￭ gh￭ ing a high pitched who￭ op sound or gas￭ p may occur as the person breath￭ es in the cou￭ gh￭ ing may last for 10 or more weeks hence the phrase 100 day cough a person may cough so hard that they v￭ omit break ribs or become very tired from the effort children less than one year old may have little or no cough and instead have periods where they do not breathe the time between infection and the onset of symptoms is usually seven to ten days disease may occur in those who have been vaccinated but symptoms are typically mil￭ der per￭ tus￭ sis is caused by the bacter￭ ium bor￭ det￭ ella per￭ tus￭ sis it is an airborne disease which spreads easily through the cou￭ ghs and snee￭ zes of an infected person people are infectious to others from the start of symptoms until about three weeks into the cou￭ gh￭ ing fits those treated with antibiotics are no longer infectious after five days diagnosis is by collecting a sample from the back of the nose and throat this sample can then be tested by either culture or by poly￭ mer￭ ase chain reaction prevention is mainly by vaccination with the per￭ tus￭ sis vaccine initial immun￭ ization is recommended between six and eight weeks of age with four doses to be given in the first two years of life the vaccine becomes less effective over time with additional doses often recommended for older children and adults antibiotics may be used to prevent the disease in those who have been exposed and are at risk of severe disease in those with the disease antibiotics are useful if started within three weeks of the initial symptoms but otherwise have little effect in most people in children less than one year old and among those who are pregnant they are recommended within six weeks of symptom onset antibiotics used include er￭ y￭ thro￭ my￭ cin azi￭ thro￭ my￭ cin clari￭ thro￭ my￭ cin or trim￭ eth￭ op￭ rim sul￭ f￭ ame￭ th￭ ox￭ azole evidence to support interventions other than antibiotics for the cough is poor many children less than a year of age require hosp￭ itali￭ zation an estimated 16 million people worldwide are infected per year most cases occur in the developing world and people of all ages may be affected in 2013 it resulted in 61 000 deaths – down from 138 000 deaths in 1990 nearly 0 5 of infected children less than one year of age die outbreaks of the disease were first described in the 16 th century the bacter￭ ium that causes the infection was discovered in 1906 the per￭ tus￭ sis vaccine became available in the 1940 s
peru￭ vian flam￭ en￭ co is a new phenomenon it can be seen as two art forms music and dance the only place in peru where peru￭ vian flam￭ en￭ co is advertised as music is the jazz zone in the mir￭ aflo￭ res district of lima as for the dance it seems to be gaining momentum in england especially in the north as a dance peru￭ vian flam￭ en￭ co is a variation of marin￭ era the national dance of peru the main differences between peru￭ vian flam￭ en￭ co and marin￭ era are the music and the cost￭ umes worn
the peru￭ vian horse sickness virus ph￭ sv is a cause of the neuro￭ logical disorder peru￭ vian horse sickness resulting in en￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis in horses and other livestock the disease has significantly affected livestock in areas of peru and has also been documented in northern australia
the diagnostic category pervasive developmental disorders p￭ dd as opposed to specific developmental disorders s￭ dd refers to a group of five disorders characterized by delays in the development of multiple basic functions including soci￭ alization and communication the pervasive developmental disorders are pervasive developmental disorder not otherwise specified p￭ dd nos which includes atypical au￭ tism and is the most common au￭ tism the best known now understood to be part of a spectrum asper￭ ger syndrome rett syndrome and childhood dis￭ integr￭ ative disorder c￭ dd the first three of these disorders are commonly called the au￭ tism spectrum disorders the last two disorders are much r￭ arer and are sometimes placed in the au￭ tism spectrum and sometimes not the onset of pervasive developmental disorders occurs during infancy but the condition is usually not identified until the child is around three years old parents may begin to question the health of their child when developmental milestones are not met including age appropriate motor movement and speech production there is a division among doctors on the use of the term p￭ dd many use the term p￭ dd as a short way of saying p￭ dd nos others use the general category label of p￭ dd because they are hesitant to diagnose very young children with a specific type of p￭ dd such as au￭ tism both approaches contribute to confusion about the term because the term p￭ dd actually refers to a category of disorders and is not a diagnostic label
a pervasive developmental disorder not otherwise specified p￭ dd nos is one of the three au￭ tism spectrum disorders as￭ d and also one of the five disorders classified as a pervasive developmental disorder p￭ dd according to the dsm iv p￭ dd nos is a diagnosis that is used for severe and pervasive impairment in the development of reciprocal social interaction or verbal and non￭ verbal communication skills or when stereo￭ ty￭ ped behavior interests and activities are present but the criteria are not met for a specific p￭ dd or for several other disorders p￭ dd nos is often called atypical au￭ tism because the criteria for au￭ tis￭ tic disorder are not met for instance because of late age of onset atypical symp￭ tom￭ at￭ ology or sub￭ threshold symp￭ tom￭ at￭ ology or all of these even though p￭ dd nos is considered mil￭ der than typical au￭ tism this is not always true while some characteristics may be mil￭ der others may be more severe
pes an￭ ser￭ ine bur￭ si￭ tis is an infl￭ am￭ matory condition of the medi￭ al inner knee at the an￭ ser￭ ine bur￭ sa a sub muscular bur￭ sa just below the pes an￭ ser￭ in￭ us
pes cav￭ us in medical terminology also high inst￭ ep high arch tali￭ pes cav￭ us ca￭ void foot and sup￭ inated foot type is a human foot type in which the sole of the foot is distinctly hollow when bearing weight that is there is a fixed plan￭ tar fl￭ ex￭ ion of the foot a high arch is the opposite of a flat foot and is somewhat less common
the peso problem in finance is a problem which arises when the possibility that some inf￭ requ￭ ent or unprecedented event may occur affects asset prices the difficulty or impossibility of predicting such an event creates problems in model￭ ing the economy and financial markets by using the past it is useful in various contexts in particular in analy￭ zing the forward premium anomaly
the fun￭ gus has been isolated from a wide variety of palm tissue the fun￭ gus is not host specific so the disease could be present in many more types of palm but further research needs to be done the fun￭ gus has also been known to infect p￭ gy￭ my date palm phoenix ro￭ e￭ bel￭ en￭ ii and has been a big problem in florida during the winter months some varieties of bananas have also shown symptoms of the disease but it is unclear if it is in fact pe￭ st￭ alo￭ ti￭ op￭ sis pal￭ mar￭ um
a pesticide poisoning occurs when chemicals intended to control a pest affect non target organisms such as humans wildlife or bees there are three types of pesticide poisoning the first of the three is a single and short term very high level of exposure which can be experienced by individuals who commit suicide as well as pesticide formul￭ ators the second type of poisoning is long term high level exposure which can occur in pesticide formul￭ ators and manufacturers the third type of poisoning is a long term low level exposure which individuals are exposed to from sources such as pesticide residues in food as well as contact with pesticide residues in the air water soil se￭ diment food materials plants and animals in developing countries such as sri lanka pesticide pois￭ on￭ ings from short term very high level of exposure acute poisoning is the most worrisome type of poisoning however in developed countries such as canada it is the complete opposite acute pesticide poisoning is controlled thus making the main issue long term low level exposure of pesticides
the pe￭ tab￭ it is a multiple of the unit bit for digital information or computer storage the pre￭ fix pe￭ ta symbol p is defined in the international system of units si as a multiplier of 10￭ 15 1 quad￭ ri￭ l￭ lion short scale and therefore 1 pe￭ tab￭ it 10￭ 15 bits 100￭ 00￭ 00￭ 00￭ 0000000 bits 1000 ter￭ ab￭ its the pe￭ tab￭ it has the unit symbol p￭ bit or pb the pe￭ tab￭ it is closely related to the pe￭ bi￭ bit a unit multiple derived from the b￭ inary pre￭ fix pe￭ bi of the same order of magnitude which is equal to 250 bits 112￭ 58￭ 99￭ 90￭ 68￭ 4￭ 26￭ 24 bits or approximately 13 larger than the pe￭ tab￭ it
the pe￭ tab￭ y￭ te is a multiple of the unit by￭ te for digital information the pre￭ fix pe￭ ta indicates the fifth power of 1000 and means 10￭ 15 in the international system of units si and therefore 1 pe￭ tab￭ y￭ te is one quad￭ ri￭ l￭ lion short scale by￭ tes or 1 bil￭ li￭ ard long scale by￭ tes the unit symbol for the pe￭ tab￭ y￭ te is pb 1 pb 100￭ 00￭ 00￭ 00￭ 0000000 b 10￭ 15 by￭ tes 1000 ter￭ aby￭ tes a related unit the pe￭ bi￭ by￭ te pi￭ b using a b￭ inary pre￭ fix is equal to 10￭ 245 by￭ tes which is more than 12 greater 250 by￭ tes 112￭ 58￭ 99￭ 90￭ 68￭ 4￭ 26￭ 24 by￭ tes
the pet￭ asis reaction alternatively called the pet￭ asis bor￭ ono – mann￭ ich p￭ bm reaction is the chemical reaction of an amine alde￭ hyde and vinyl or ar￭ yl bor￭ onic acid to form substituted am￭ ines the pet￭ asis reaction reported in 1993 by ni￭ cos pet￭ asis as a practical method towards the synthesis of a geome￭ tr￭ ically pure anti￭ fun￭ gal agent naf￭ ti￭ fine the pet￭ asis reaction can be described as a variation of the mann￭ ich reaction rather than generating an en￭ ol￭ ate to form the substituted amine product in the pet￭ asis reaction the vinyl group of the organ￭ ob￭ or￭ onic acid serves as the nucle￭ ophi￭ le in comparison to other methods of generating all￭ yl am￭ ines the pet￭ asis reaction toler￭ ates a multifunctional sc￭ aff￭ old with a variety of am￭ ines and organ￭ ob￭ or￭ onic acids as potential starting materials additionally the reaction does not require an￭ hydro￭ us or inert conditions as a mild selective synthesis the pet￭ asis reaction is useful in generating α amino acids and is utilized in combin￭ atorial chemistry and drug discovery
kra￭ use – van scho￭ on￭ ev￭ eld – ki￭ v￭ lin syndrome is a hereditary syndrome that mainly affects the eyes growth and development of the individual it is also known as kra￭ use – ki￭ v￭ lin syndrome or pe￭ ters plus syndrome features of this syndrome include pe￭ ters anomaly leuk￭ oma cor￭ ne￭ al op￭ acity central defect of desc￭ em￭ et s memb￭ rane and shallow an￭ terior chamber with sy￭ nec￭ hi￭ ae between the iris and cor￭ ne￭ a it is associated with short limb dwar￭ f￭ ism and delayed mental development kra￭ use – van scho￭ on￭ ev￭ eld – ki￭ v￭ lin syndrome is listed as a rare disease by the office of rare diseases ord of the national institutes of health nih which means that the syndrome or a subtype affects fewer than 200 000 people in the united states it is associated with the enzyme b 3 gal￭ t￭ l it was characterized in 1984 by van scho￭ on￭ ev￭ eld
the peter￭ son ole￭ fin￭ ation also called the peter￭ son reaction is the chemical reaction of α sil￭ yl car￭ ban￭ ions 1 with ke￭ tones or alde￭ hy￭ des to form a β hydroxy￭ si￭ lane 2 which eliminates to form al￭ ken￭ es 3 the peter￭ son ole￭ fin￭ ation several reviews have been published
peti￭ t s her￭ nia is a her￭ nia that pro￭ tru￭ des through the lum￭ bar triangle this triangle lies in the poster￭ ol￭ ateral ab￭ domin￭ al wall and is bounded an￭ ter￭ ior￭ ly by the free margin of external obli￭ que muscle poster￭ ior￭ ly by the l￭ atis￭ sim￭ us dor￭ si and infer￭ ior￭ ly by the ili￭ ac c￭ rest the neck the spot where the her￭ nia pro￭ tru￭ des into the opening is large and therefore this her￭ nia has a lower risk of strang￭ ulating than some other her￭ ni￭ as peti￭ t s her￭ nia occurs more often in males than in females and more often on the left side than on the right
the pe￭ tren￭ ko k￭ rit￭ sch￭ enko reaction is a classic multi￭ component name reaction that is closely related to the robinson – sch￭ ö￭ pf tro￭ pin￭ one synthesis but was published 12 years earlier
petty cash is a small amount of discretionary funds in the form of cash used for expenditures where it is not sensible to make any disbursement by cheque because of the inconvenience and costs of writing signing and then c￭ ashing the cheque the most common way of accounting for petty cash expenditures is to use the imprest system the initial fund would be created by issuing a cheque for the desired amount an amount of 100 would typically be sufficient for most small business needs as the expenses to be covered are for small amounts the book￭ keeping entry for this initial fund would be to debit petty cash and credit bank account as expenditures are made the custo￭ dian of the fund will reimburse employees and receive a petty cash voucher with a receipt invoice attached in return at any given time the total of cash on hand plus reimbursed vouchers must equal the original fund when the fund gets low e g 20 remaining the custo￭ dian a book￭ keeper or a member of the administration staff requests a top up and submits the vouchers for reimbursement assuming the vouchers add up to 80 an 80 top up cheque is issued and an 80 debit towards office expenses is recorded once the cheque is c￭ ashed the custo￭ dian again has cash at the original amount of 100
pe￭ ut￭ z – je￭ gh￭ ers syndrome often abbreviated p￭ j￭ s is an auto￭ som￭ al dominant genetic disorder characterized by the development of benign ham￭ ar￭ tom￭ at￭ ous poly￭ ps in the gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract and hyper￭ pi￭ gm￭ ented mac￭ ules on the lips and oral mu￭ co￭ sa mel￭ an￭ osis this syndrome can be classed as one of various hereditary intest￭ inal poly￭ pos￭ is syndro￭ mes and one of various ham￭ ar￭ tom￭ at￭ ous poly￭ pos￭ is syndro￭ mes it has an incidence of approximately 1 in 25 000 to 300 000 births
pe￭ y￭ ron￭ ie s disease or pe￭ y￭ ron￭ ie disease pe￭ ɪ￭ ro￭ ʊ￭ ˈ￭ ni￭ ː also known as ind￭ ur￭ ati￭ o penis plas￭ tica ip￭ p or chronic infl￭ amm￭ ation of the tun￭ ica albu￭ gin￭ ea c￭ ita is a connec￭ tive tissue disorder involving the growth of fi￭ bro￭ us pl￭ aqu￭ es in the soft tissue of the penis affecting an estimated 5 of men specifically scar tissue forms in the tun￭ ica albu￭ gin￭ ea the thick she￭ ath of tissue surrounding the corpor￭ a ca￭ ver￭ no￭ sa causing pain abnormal cur￭ v￭ ature er￭ ec￭ tile dysfunction ind￭ entation loss of gir￭ th and shortening a variety of treatments have been used but none have been especially effective
p￭ fe￭ i￭ ffer syndrome is a very rare genetic disorder characterized by the premature fusion of certain bones of the skull which affects the shape of the head and face in addition the syndrome includes ab￭ norm￭ alities of the hands such as wide and devi￭ ated thum￭ bs and feet such as wide and devi￭ ated big toes p￭ fe￭ i￭ ffer syndrome affects about 1 in 100 000 births
the p￭ fitz￭ inger reaction also known as the p￭ fitz￭ inger bor￭ sche reaction is the chemical reaction of is￭ atin with base and a carbon￭ yl compound to yield substituted quin￭ oline 4 car￭ box￭ yl￭ ic acids the p￭ fitz￭ inger reaction several reviews have been published
the p￭ fitz￭ ner – mo￭ ff￭ att oxid￭ ation sometimes referred to as simply the mo￭ ff￭ att oxid￭ ation is a chemical reaction which describes the oxid￭ ation of primary and secondary alcohol￭ s by di￭ methyl sul￭ fo￭ x￭ ide d￭ m￭ so activated with a carbo￭ di￭ im￭ ide such as dic￭ y￭ clo￭ hex￭ yl￭ carbo￭ di￭ im￭ ide d￭ cc the resulting al￭ ko￭ x￭ ys￭ ul￭ fon￭ ium y￭ li￭ de re￭ arrang￭ es to generate alde￭ hy￭ des and ke￭ tones respectively p￭ fitz￭ ner mo￭ ff￭ att oxid￭ ation of iso￭ prop￭ yl alcohol this reaction has been largely abandoned for the sw￭ ern oxid￭ ation which gives higher yields with fewer side products the mo￭ ff￭ att oxid￭ ation yields urea by products that are often difficult to remove several reviews have been published reaction mechanism is as follows
p￭ ha￭ kom￭ ato￭ ses or ne￭ uro oc￭ ul￭ o cu￭ taneous syndro￭ mes neuro￭ cu￭ taneous disorders are multi￭ system disorders that have characteristic central nervous system oc￭ ular and cu￭ taneous le￭ sions of variable severity the skin and the brain have a common ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal origin so there are many genetic and acquired diseases that affect both tissues however in some conditions such as von hip￭ pel lind￭ au disease ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal presentation is minimal the term from the greek φα￭ κ￭ ός p￭ ha￭ kos spot lens suff￭ ix o ma ω￭ μα and the suff￭ ix osis also called mother s spot or birth mark was introduced by jan van der ho￭ eve in 1920 before the distinct genetic basis of each of these diseases was understood
p￭ ha￭ kom￭ at￭ osis pi￭ gm￭ ent￭ ok￭ er￭ ato￭ tica is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by the combination of an organ￭ o￭ id se￭ bac￭ eous nev￭ us and spec￭ k￭ led l￭ enti￭ gin￭ ous nev￭ us
the phantom eye syndrome pes is a phantom pain in the eye and visual halluc￭ inations after the removal of an eye en￭ uc￭ le￭ ation eviscer￭ ation
a phantom limb is the sensation that an am￭ put￭ ated or missing limb is still attached approximately 60 to 80 of individuals with an ampu￭ tation experience phantom sens￭ ations in their am￭ put￭ ated limb and the majority of the sens￭ ations are painful phantom sens￭ ations may also occur after the removal of body parts other than the limbs e g after ampu￭ tation of the breast extraction of a tooth phantom tooth pain or removal of an eye phantom eye syndrome
a phantom limb is the sensation by an ampu￭ tee that an am￭ put￭ ated or missing limb is still attached to the body phantom limb may also refer to phantom limb album by pig destro￭ yer phantom limb band from bris￭ tol england phantom limb character a fic￭ tional character in the venture bro￭ s carto￭ on phantom limb song by the sh￭ ins phantom limb song by the spanish you￭ tu￭ ber and singer yellow mel￭ low phantom limb a song by alice in chains from the devil put dinosaurs here the phantom limbs an american music band phantom limbs selected b sides a compilation double album by australian band something for kate dis￭ am￭ big
phantom pain sens￭ ations are described as perceptions that an individual experiences relating to a limb or an organ that is not physically part of the body limb loss is a result of either removal by ampu￭ tation or con￭ genital limb deficiency however phantom limb sens￭ ations can also occur following nerve av￭ ul￭ sion or spinal cord injury sens￭ ations are recorded most frequently following the ampu￭ tation of an arm or a leg but may also occur following the removal of a breast or an internal organ phantom limb pain is the feeling of pain in an absent limb or a portion of a limb the pain sensation varies from individual to individual phantom limb sensation is the term given to any sensory phenomenon except pain which is felt at an absent limb or a portion of the limb it has been known that at least 80 of ampu￭ tees experience phantom sens￭ ations at some time of their lives some experience some level of this phantom pain and feeling in the missing limb for the rest of their lives the term phantom limb was first coined by american neuro￭ logist sil￭ as we￭ ir mitchell in 18￭ 71 mitchell described that thousands of spirit limbs were ha￭ unting as many good soldiers every now and then tor￭ m￭ enting them however in 15￭ 51 french military surgeon am￭ bro￭ ise par￭ é recorded the first documentation of phantom limb pain when he reported that for the patients long after the ampu￭ tation is made say that they still feel pain in the am￭ put￭ ated part
phantom practice is the pur￭ ported phenomenon in which a person s abilities continue to improve even without practicing at all it is mostly associated with practicing a musical instrument after habitual practicing a person may believe that they have continued to experience improvement even after they stop practicing whether these individuals have actually improved or whether it is simply a subjective perception on their part has not been ascertained by researchers
phantom vibration syndrome or phantom ringing is the perception that one s mobile phone is vibr￭ ating or ringing when it is not ringing other terms for this concept include ring￭ xi￭ ety a port￭ man￭ teau of ring and anxiety and f￭ aux￭ cel￭ lar￭ m a play on false alarm according to dr michael roth￭ berg the term is not technically a syndrome but is better characterised as a t￭ acti￭ le halluc￭ ination since the brain percei￭ ves a sensation that is not present phantom ringing may be experienced while taking a shower watching television or using a noisy device humans are particularly sensitive to aud￭ itory tones between 1 000 and 6 000 her￭ tz and basic mobile phone ring￭ ers often fall within this range phantom vibrations develop after carrying a cell phone set to use vibr￭ ating alerts researcher michelle drou￭ in found that almost 9 of 10 under￭ graduates at her college experienced phantom vibrations
phar￭ yn￭ gi￭ tis is infl￭ amm￭ ation of the back of the throat known as the phar￭ yn￭ x it typically results in a sore throat and fever other symptoms may include a run￭ ny nose cough headache a ho￭ arse voice symptoms usually last three to five days complications can include sin￭ u￭ si￭ tis and acute o￭ ti￭ tis media phar￭ yn￭ gi￭ tis is typically a type of respiratory tract infection most cases are caused by a viral infection stre￭ p throat is the cause in about 25 of children and 10 of adults un￭ common causes include other bacteria such as gon￭ or￭ rhe￭ a fun￭ gus irrit￭ ants such as smoke allergies and gastro￭ es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al ref￭ lux disease specific testing is not recommended in people who have clear symptoms of a viral infection such as a cold otherwise a rapid antigen detection test or throat sw￭ ab is recommended other conditions that can produce similar symptoms include ep￭ ig￭ lot￭ ti￭ tis thyro￭ idi￭ tis retro￭ phar￭ yn￭ ge￭ al abs￭ c￭ ess and occasionally heart disease n￭ s￭ aids such as i￭ bu￭ prof￭ en can be used to help with the pain topical li￭ doc￭ aine may also help stre￭ p throat is typically treated with antibiotics such as either pen￭ ic￭ ill￭ in or am￭ ox￭ ic￭ ill￭ in it is unclear if ster￭ oids are useful in acute phar￭ yn￭ gi￭ tis other than possibly in severe cases about 7 5 of people have a sore throat in any three month period this resulted in 15 million physician visits in the united states in 2007 phar￭ yn￭ gi￭ tis is the most common cause of a sore throat on the average adults get a sore throat two to three times a year and children about five times a year the word comes from the greek word phar￭ yn￭ x meaning throat and the suff￭ ix i￭ tis meaning infl￭ amm￭ ation
a phase detec￭ tor characteristic is a function of phase difference describing the output of the phase detec￭ tor for the analysis of phase detec￭ tor it is usually considered the model￭ s￭ of pd in signal time domain and phase frequency domain in this case for constructing of an adequate non￭ linear mathematical model of pd in phase frequency domain it is necessary to find the characteristic of phase detec￭ tor the inputs of pd are high frequency signals and the output contains a low frequency error correction signal corresponding to a phase difference of input signals for the suppression of high frequency component of the output of pd if such component exists a low pass filter is applied th￭ ec￭ har￭ ac￭ ter￭ istic of pd is the dependence of the signal at the￭ output of pd in the phase frequency domain on the difference of phases at the input of pd this characteristic of pd depends on the realization of pd and the types of wa￭ ve￭ forms of signals consideration of pd characteristic allows to apply averaging methods for high frequency osci￭ ll￭ ations and to pass from analysis and simulation of non autonomous models of phase synchron￭ ization systems in time domain to analysis and simulation of autonomous dynam￭ ical models in phase frequency domain
phase in￭ version is a chemical phenomenon exploited in the fabric￭ ation of artificial memb￭ ran￭ es it is performed by removing the solvent from a liquid poly￭ mer solution leaving a por￭ ous solid memb￭ rane
in electronic amp￭ li￭ fiers the phase margin pm is the difference between the phase and 180 ° for an amp￭ li￭ fier s output signal relative to its input at a certain frequency typically the open loop phase lag relative to input varies with frequency progressively increasing to exceed 180 ° at which frequency the output signal becomes inver￭ ted or anti￭ phase in relation to the input the pm will be positive but decreasing at frequencies less than the frequency at which in￭ version sets in at which pm 0 and pm is negative pm 0 at higher frequencies in the presence of negative feedback a zero or negative pm at a frequency where the loop gain exceeds unity 1 guarantees instability thus positive pm is a safety margin that ensures proper non osci￭ ll￭ atory operation of the circuit this applies to amp￭ li￭ fier circuits as well as more generally to active filters under various load conditions e g reactive loads in its simplest form involving ideal negative feedback voltage amp￭ li￭ fiers with non reactive feedback the phase margin is measured at the frequency where the open loop voltage gain of the amp￭ li￭ fier equals the desired closed loop dc voltage gain more generally pm is defined as that of the amp￭ li￭ fier and its feedback network combined the loop normally opened at the amp￭ li￭ fier input measured at a frequency where the loop gain is unity and prior to the closing of the loop through tying the output of the open loop to the input source in such a way as to sub￭ tract from it in the above loop gain definition it is assumed that the amp￭ li￭ fier input presents zero load to make this work for non zero load input the output of the feedback network needs to be loaded with an equivalent load for the purpose of determining the frequency response of the loop gain it is also assumed that the graph of gain vs frequency crosses unity gain with a negative slope and does so only once this consideration matters only with reactive and active feedback networks as may be the case with active filters phase margin and its important companion concept gain margin are measures of stability in closed loop dynamic control systems phase margin indicates relative stability the tendency to osci￭ ll￭ ate during its dam￭ ped response to an input change such as a step function gain margin indicates absolute stability and the degree to which the system will osci￭ ll￭ ate without limit given any disturbance the output signals of all amp￭ li￭ fiers exhibit a time delay when compared to their input signals this delay causes a phase difference between the amp￭ li￭ fier s input and output signals if there are enough stages in the amp￭ li￭ fier at some frequency the output signal will lag behind the input signal by one cycle period at that frequency in this situation the amp￭ li￭ fier s output signal will be in phase with its input signal though lagging behind it by 360 ° i e the output will have a phase angle of − 360 ° this lag is of great consequence in amp￭ li￭ fiers that use feedback the reason the amp￭ li￭ fier will osci￭ ll￭ ate if the fed back output signal is in phase with the input signal at the frequency at which its open loop voltage gain equals its closed loop voltage gain and the open loop voltage gain is one or greater the osci￭ ll￭ ation will occur because the fed back output signal will then reinforce the input signal at that frequency in conventional operational amp￭ li￭ fiers the critical output phase angle is − 180 ° because the output is fed back to the input through an inver￭ ting input which adds an additional − 180 ° in practice feedback amp￭ li￭ fiers must be designed with phase margins substantially in excess of 0 ° even though amp￭ li￭ fiers with phase margins of say 1 ° are theoretically stable the reason is that many practical factors can reduce the phase margin below the theoretical minimum a prime example is when the amp￭ li￭ fier s output is connected to a capac￭ itive load therefore operational amp￭ li￭ fiers are usually compensated to achieve a minimum phase margin of 45 ° or so this means that at the frequency at which the open and closed loop gains meet the phase angle is − 135 ° the calculation is 135 ° 180 ° 45 ° see war￭ wick￭ or st￭ out￭ for a detailed analysis of the techniques and results of compensation to insure adequate phase margins see also the article pole splitting often amp￭ li￭ fiers are designed to achieve a typical phase margin of 60 degrees if the typical phase margin is around 60 degrees then the minimum phase margin will typically be greater than 45 degrees a phase margin of 60 degrees is also a magic number because it allows for the fastest settling time when attempting to follow a voltage step input a butter￭ worth design an amp￭ li￭ fier with lower phase margin will ring for longer and an amp￭ li￭ fier with more phase margin will take a longer time to rise to the voltage step s final level a related measure is gain margin while phase margin comes from the phase where the loop gain equals one the gain margin is based upon the gain where the phase equals 180 degrees
phase modulation pm is a modulation pattern that en￭ codes information as variations in the instan￭ taneous phase of a carrier wave phase modulation is widely used for transmitting radio waves and is an integral part of many digital transmission coding schemes that underlie a wide range of technologies like wi￭ fi gsm and satellite television phase modulation is closely related to frequency modulation f￭ m it is often used as an intermediate step to achieve f￭ m mathem￭ atically both phase and frequency modulation can be considered a special case of quad￭ r￭ ature am￭ pl￭ itude modulation q￭ am pm is used for signal and wa￭ ve￭ form generation in digital synthe￭ si￭ zers such as the yam￭ aha d￭ x 7 to implement f￭ m synthesis a related type of sound synthesis called phase distortion is used in the ca￭ si￭ o cz synthe￭ si￭ zers
in the dun￭ geons drag￭ ons fantasy role playing game the ph￭ asm is an aberr￭ ation
phen￭ om￭ ic￭ db is a free phen￭ o￭ type oriented database it contains data for some of the main model organisms such as homo sap￭ i￭ ens mus mus￭ cul￭ us dro￭ s￭ oph￭ ila mel￭ an￭ og￭ aster and others phen￭ om￭ ic￭ db mer￭ ges and structures phen￭ o￭ typ￭ ic data from various public sources worm￭ base fl￭ y￭ base nc￭ bi gene m￭ gi and z￭ fin using clu￭ stering algori￭ th￭ ms
phen￭ o￭ typ￭ ic plas￭ tic￭ ity is the ability of an organism to change its phen￭ o￭ type in response to changes in the environment fundamental to the way in which organisms cope with environmental variation phen￭ o￭ typ￭ ic plas￭ tic￭ ity encompasses all types of environmentally induced changes e g mor￭ pho￭ logical physiological behavi￭ our￭ al phen￭ ological that may or may not be permanent throughout an individual ’ s lifespan the term was originally used to describe developmental effects on mor￭ pho￭ logical characters but is now more broadly used to describe all phen￭ o￭ typ￭ ic responses to environmental change such as acc￭ lim￭ ation or acc￭ lim￭ ati￭ zation as well as learning the special case when differences in environment induce dis￭ crete phen￭ o￭ types is termed poly￭ phen￭ ism generally phen￭ o￭ typ￭ ic plas￭ tic￭ ity is more important for im￭ mobile organisms e g plants than mobile organisms e g most animals as mobile organisms can often move away from unfavourable environments nevertheless mobile organisms also have at least some degree of plas￭ tic￭ ity in at least some aspects of the phen￭ o￭ type one mobile organism with substantial phen￭ o￭ typ￭ ic plas￭ tic￭ ity is ac￭ y￭ r￭ th￭ osi￭ ph￭ on pis￭ um of the ap￭ hid family which exhi￭ bits the ability to interchange between as￭ ex￭ ual and sexual reproduction as well as growing wings between generations when plants become too populated
phen￭ yl￭ ke￭ ton￭ ur￭ ia p￭ ku is an in￭ born error of metabol￭ ism that results in decreased metabol￭ ism of the amino acid phen￭ yl￭ alan￭ ine untreated p￭ ku can lead to intellectual disability seizures behavioral problems and mental disorder it may also result in a mu￭ sty smell and lighter skin babies born to mothers who have poorly treated p￭ ku may have heart problems a small head and low birth weight phen￭ yl￭ ke￭ ton￭ ur￭ ia is a genetic disorder inherited from a person s parents it is due to mutations in the p￭ ah gene which results in low levels of the enzyme phen￭ yl￭ alan￭ ine hydrox￭ yl￭ ase this results in the build up of dietary phen￭ yl￭ alan￭ ine to potentially toxic levels it is auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive meaning that both copies of the gene must be mut￭ ated for the condition to develop there are two main types classic p￭ ku and variant p￭ ku depending on if any enzyme function remains those with one copy of a mut￭ ated gene typically do not have symptoms many countries have new￭ born screening programs for the disease treatment is with a diet low in foods that contain phen￭ yl￭ alan￭ ine and special supplements babies should use a special formula the diet should begin as soon as possible after birth and be lifelong people who are diagnosed early and maintain a strict diet can have normal health and a normal life span effectiveness is monitored through periodic blood tests the medication sa￭ prop￭ ter￭ in di￭ hydro￭ chloride may be useful in some phen￭ yl￭ ke￭ ton￭ ur￭ ia affects about one in 10 000 to 25 000 babies males and females are affected equally the disease was discovered in 19￭ 34 by iv￭ ar as￭ b￭ jør￭ n fø￭ lling with the importance of diet determined in 1953 gene therapy while promising requires a great deal more study as of 2014
a p￭ he￭ och￭ ro￭ mo￭ cy￭ tom￭ a from greek p￭ hai￭ os dark ch￭ roma color ky￭ tos cell oma tumor or p￭ ha￭ e￭ och￭ ro￭ mo￭ cy￭ tom￭ a p￭ cc is a neuro￭ endocrine tumor of the med￭ ul￭ la of the adren￭ al g￭ lands originating in the chro￭ ma￭ ffin cells or extra adren￭ al chro￭ ma￭ ffin tissue that failed to inv￭ olu￭ te after birth that secre￭ tes high amounts of cat￭ ec￭ hol￭ am￭ ines mostly no￭ rep￭ in￭ eph￭ rine plus ep￭ in￭ eph￭ rine to a lesser extent extra adren￭ al parag￭ ang￭ li￭ om￭ as often described as extra adren￭ al p￭ he￭ och￭ ro￭ mo￭ cy￭ tom￭ as are closely related though less common tumors that originate in the gang￭ lia of the sympathetic nervous system and are named based upon the primary anatom￭ ical site of origin
the philadelphia chro￭ mo￭ some or philadelphia trans￭ location is a specific genetic ab￭ normality in chro￭ mo￭ some 22 of leuk￭ emia cancer cells particularly chronic my￭ elo￭ genous leuk￭ emia c￭ ml cells this chro￭ mo￭ some is defective and unusually short because of reciprocal trans￭ location of genetic material between chro￭ mo￭ some 9 and chro￭ mo￭ some 22 and contains a fusion gene called b￭ cr abl 1 this gene is the abl 1 gene of chro￭ mo￭ some 9 ju￭ x￭ ta￭ posed onto the b￭ cr gene of chro￭ mo￭ some 22 coding for a hybrid protein a ty￭ ros￭ ine kin￭ ase signalling protein that is always on causing the cell to divide un￭ controll￭ ably the presence of this trans￭ location is a highly sensitive test for c￭ ml since 95 of people with c￭ ml have this ab￭ normality the remainder have either a cry￭ ptic trans￭ location that is invisible on g ban￭ ded chro￭ mo￭ some preparations or a variant trans￭ location involving another chro￭ mo￭ some or chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es as well as the long arm of chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es 9 and 22 however the presence of the philadelphia ph chro￭ mo￭ some is not sufficiently specific to diagnose c￭ ml since it is also found in acute lymp￭ ho￭ bl￭ astic leuk￭ emia all 25 – 30 in adult and 2 – 10 in pedi￭ atric cases and occasionally in acute my￭ elo￭ genous leuk￭ emia am￭ l
the philosophy of biology is a sub￭ field of philosophy of science which deals with ep￭ ist￭ em￭ ological metaph￭ ys￭ ical and ethical issues in the biological and biomedical sciences although philosophers of science and philosophers generally have long been interested in biology e g aristo￭ tle des￭ car￭ tes and even kant philosophy of biology only emerged as an independent field of philosophy in the 1960 s and 1970 s philosophers of science then began paying increasing attention to biology from the rise of ne￭ od￭ ar￭ win￭ ism in the 1930 s and 1940 s to the discovery of the structure of dna in 1953 to more recent advances in genetic engineering other key ideas include the reduction of all life processes to bio￭ chemical reactions and the incorporation of psychology into a broader neuro￭ science
ph￭ im￭ osis is a condition of the penis where the fores￭ kin cannot be fully re￭ tracted over the gl￭ ans penis the term may also refer to cl￭ it￭ oral ph￭ im￭ osis in women whereby the cl￭ it￭ oral hood cannot be re￭ tracted limiting exposure of the gl￭ ans cl￭ it￭ ori￭ dis at birth the fores￭ kin is f￭ used to the gl￭ ans and is not re￭ tractable for some males non re￭ trac￭ tability may be normal until the age of adoles￭ cence normal developmental non re￭ trac￭ tability does not cause any problems ph￭ im￭ osis is deemed pathological when it causes problems such as difficulty ur￭ inating or performing common sexual functions there are numerous causes of so called pathological ph￭ im￭ osis non￭ surgical treatment involves the stretching of the fores￭ kin ster￭ o￭ id cre￭ ams and changing ma￭ st￭ urb￭ ation habits surgical treatments include pre￭ pu￭ ti￭ op￭ la￭ sty and circumcision the word is from the greek ph￭ im￭ os φ￭ ῑ￭ μ￭ ός mu￭ zzle
ph￭ le￭ bi￭ tis or ven￭ i￭ tis is the infl￭ amm￭ ation of a vein usually in the legs it most commonly occurs in superficial ve￭ ins ph￭ le￭ bi￭ tis often occurs in conjunction with thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis and is then called thro￭ m￭ b￭ oph￭ le￭ bi￭ tis or superficial thro￭ m￭ b￭ oph￭ le￭ bi￭ tis unlike deep vein thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis the probability that superficial thro￭ m￭ b￭ oph￭ le￭ bi￭ tis will cause a clo￭ t to break up and be transported in pieces to the lung is very low
ph￭ leg￭ ma￭ sia alba dol￭ ens also col￭ lo￭ qu￭ ially known as milk leg or white leg is part of a spectrum of diseases related to deep vein thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis historically it was commonly seen during pregnancy and in mothers who have just given birth in cases of pregnancy it is most often seen during the third trim￭ ester resulting from a compression of the left common ili￭ ac vein against the pel￭ vic rim by the enlarged uter￭ us today this disease is most commonly 40 of the time related to some form of underlying m￭ align￭ ancy hyper￭ co￭ ag￭ ul￭ ability a propensity to clo￭ t formation is a well known state that occurs in many cancer states the incidence of this disease is not well reported the disease presumably begins with a deep vein thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis that progres￭ ses to total oc￭ clu￭ sion of the deep ven￭ ous system it is at this stage that it is called ph￭ leg￭ ma￭ sia alba dol￭ ens it is a sudden acute process the leg then must rely on the superficial ven￭ ous system for drainage the superficial system is not adequate to handle the large volume of blood being delivered to the leg via the arter￭ ial system the result is e￭ dem￭ a pain and a white appearance alba of the leg the next step in the disease progression is oc￭ clu￭ sion of the superficial ven￭ ous system thereby preventing all ven￭ ous outflow from the extre￭ mity at this stage it is called ph￭ leg￭ ma￭ sia cer￭ ul￭ ea dol￭ ens the leg becomes more sw￭ oll￭ en and increasingly more painful additionally the e￭ dem￭ a and loss of ven￭ ous outflow impedes the arter￭ ial inflow is￭ chem￭ ia with progression to gang￭ rene are potential consequences ph￭ leg￭ ma￭ sia alba dol￭ ens is distinguished clin￭ ically from ph￭ leg￭ ma￭ sia cer￭ ul￭ ea dol￭ ens in that there is no is￭ chem￭ ia
a pho￭ bia is a type of anxiety disorder defined by a persistent fear of an object or situation the pho￭ bia typically results in a rapid onset of fear and is present for more than six months the affected person will go to great lengths to avoid the situation or object typically to a degree greater than the actual danger posed if the feared object or situation cannot be avoided the affected person will have significant distress with blood or injury pho￭ bia fain￭ ting may occur ag￭ or￭ ap￭ ho￭ bia is often associated with panic attacks usually a person has pho￭ bias to a number of objects or situations pho￭ bias can be divided into specific pho￭ bias social pho￭ bia and ag￭ or￭ ap￭ ho￭ bia types of specific pho￭ bias include to certain animals natural environment situations blood or injury and specific situations the most common are fear of sp￭ id￭ ers fear of snakes and fear of heights occasionally they are triggered by a negative experience with the object or situation social pho￭ bia is when the situation is feared as the person is worried about others judging them ag￭ or￭ ap￭ ho￭ bia is when fear of a situation occurs because it is felt that escape would not be possible specific pho￭ bias should be treated with exposure therapy where the person is introduced to the situation or object in question until the fear resol￭ ves medications are not useful in this type of pho￭ bia social pho￭ bia and ag￭ or￭ ap￭ ho￭ bia are often treated with some combination of counselling and medication medications used include anti￭ depres￭ s￭ ants benzo￭ di￭ az￭ ep￭ ines or beta bloc￭ kers specific pho￭ bias affect about 6 8 of people in the western world and 2 4 of people in asian africa and latin america in a given year social pho￭ bia affects about 7 of people in the united states and 0 5 2 5 of people in the rest of the world ag￭ or￭ ap￭ ho￭ bia affects about 1 7 of people women are affected about twice as often as men typically onset is around the age of 10 to 17 rates become lower as people get older people with pho￭ bias are at a higher risk of suicide
pho￭ com￭ eli￭ a from ancient greek φ￭ ώ￭ κ￭ η ph￭ ō￭ k￭ ē seal animal o inter￭ fix μέ￭ λο￭ ς mel￭ os limb english suff￭ ix ia is an extremely rare con￭ genital disorder involving mal￭ formation of the limbs dys￭ me￭ lia é￭ ti￭ enne ge￭ off￭ roy saint hil￭ aire coined the term in 18￭ 36 although many factors can cause pho￭ com￭ eli￭ a the prominent roots come from the use of the drug th￭ ali￭ dom￭ ide and from genetic inheritance occurrence in an individual results in various ab￭ norm￭ alities to the face limbs ears nose vessels and many other under￭ developments although operations may improve some ab￭ norm￭ alities many are not sur￭ g￭ ically treat￭ able due to the lack of nerves and other related structures
a phoenix abs￭ c￭ ess is a dental abs￭ c￭ ess that can occur immediately following root canal treatment another cause is due to untreated necro￭ tic pulp chronic ap￭ ical period￭ on￭ ti￭ tis it is also the result of inadequate debri￭ d￭ ement during the endo￭ don￭ tic procedure risk of occurrence of a phoenix abs￭ c￭ ess is minim￭ ised by correct identification and instrum￭ entation of the entire root canal ensuring no missed anatomy treatment involves repeating the endo￭ don￭ tic treatment with improved debri￭ d￭ ement or tooth extraction antibiotics might be indicated to control a spreading or systemic infection
ph￭ om￭ op￭ sis b￭ light of jun￭ ip￭ er is a fo￭ liar disease discovered in 1917 caused by the fun￭ gal pathogen ph￭ om￭ op￭ sis juni￭ per￭ o￭ vor￭ a the fun￭ gus inf￭ ects new growth of jun￭ ip￭ er trees or sh￭ ru￭ bs i e the se￭ ed￭ lings or young shoots of mature trees infection begins with the germination of as￭ ex￭ ual con￭ idi￭ a borne from py￭ c￭ ni￭ dia on susceptible tissue the my￭ ce￭ lia gradually move in￭ wards down the branch and into the main stem management strategies mainly include removing and destroying dise￭ ased tissue and limiting the presence of moisture on plants jun￭ ip￭ ers become resistant to infection as they mature and the young yellow shoots turn dark green preventative strategies include planting only resistant varieties and spraying new growth with fun￭ g￭ icide until plants have matured
phone tag is a phenomenon in which two parties attempt to contact each other by telephone but neither is able to get a hold of the other for a conversation both parties may leave a message on the answering machine or vo￭ ic￭ email of the other and request a call back this continues for a period of time often with the two parties exchanging attempts to have a real time conversation the name derives from the play￭ ground game tag where players chase one another in turn phone tag became common in the 1980 s with the advent of messaging technologies and call￭ er id it was seen as having advantages in that people could leave and receive messages at their convenience rather than having to find a common time with the other party to have a conversation phone tag like later messaging inventions such as text messaging via s￭ ms and what￭ sap￭ p facilitates selectivity in communications
ph￭ on￭ emic restoration effect is a percep￭ tual phenomenon where under certain conditions sounds actually missing from a speech signal can be restored by the brain and may appear to be heard the effect occurs when missing ph￭ on￭ em￭ es in an aud￭ itory signal are replaced with a mas￭ king noise resulting in the brain filling in absent ph￭ on￭ em￭ es the effect can be so strong that some lis￭ teners may not even notice that there are ph￭ on￭ em￭ es missing this effect is commonly observed in a conversation with heavy background noise making it difficult to properly hear every ph￭ on￭ em￭ e being spoken different factors can change the strength of the effect including age and gender this effect is more important to humans than what was initially thought lingu￭ ists have pointed out that at least the english language has many false starts and ex￭ tran￭ eous sounds the ph￭ on￭ emic restoration effect is the brain s way of resolving those imperfections in our speech without this effect interfering with our language processing there would be a greater need for much more accurate speech signals and human speech could require much more precision for experiments white noise is necessary because it takes the place of these imperfections in speech one of the most important factors in language is continuity and in turn intel￭ li￭ gibility
ph￭ on￭ opho￭ bia also called lig￭ yro￭ pho￭ bia or son￭ opho￭ bia is a fear of or aversion to loud sounds — a type of specific pho￭ bia it can also mean a fear of voices or a fear of one s own voice it is a very rare pho￭ bia which is often the symptom of hyper￭ ac￭ us￭ is son￭ opho￭ bia can refer to the hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tivity of a patient to sound and can be part of the diagnosis of a migr￭ aine occasionally it is called acous￭ ti￭ cop￭ ho￭ bia the term ph￭ on￭ opho￭ bia comes from greek φω￭ ν￭ ή ph￭ ō￭ n￭ ē sound and φ￭ ό￭ β￭ ος pho￭ bos fear lig￭ yro￭ pho￭ b￭ ics may be fearful of devices that can suddenly emit loud sounds such as computer speakers or fire alarms when operating a home theater system computer television cd player etc they may wish to have the volume turned down all the way before doing anything that would cause the speakers to emit sound so that once the command to produce sound is given the user can raise the volume of the speakers to a comfortable listening level they may avoid par￭ ades and carni￭ vals due to the loud instruments such as drums as f￭ estive occasions are accompanied by music of over 120 deci￭ bels many pho￭ b￭ ics develop ag￭ or￭ ap￭ ho￭ bia other lig￭ yro￭ pho￭ b￭ ics also steer clear of any events in which fireworks are to be let off another example is watching someone blow up a balloon beyond its normal capacity this is often an unsettling even disturbing thing for a person with lig￭ yro￭ pho￭ bia to observe as he or she anticipates a loud sound when the balloon pops when ballo￭ ons pop two types of reactions are heavy breathing and panic attacks the suffer￭ er becomes anxious to get away from the source of the loud sound and may get headaches it may also be related to caused by or confused with hyper￭ ac￭ us￭ is extreme sensitivity to loud sounds ph￭ on￭ opho￭ bia also refers to an extreme form of mis￭ op￭ hon￭ ia
phosp￭ hat￭ ur￭ ic mes￭ en￭ ch￭ ym￭ al tumor is an extremely rare benign ne￭ op￭ las￭ m of soft tissue and bone that in￭ appropriately produces fi￭ bro￭ blast growth factor 23 this tumor may cause tumor induced o￭ ste￭ om￭ al￭ ac￭ ia a par￭ ane￭ op￭ l￭ astic syndrome by the secre￭ tion of f￭ g￭ f 23 which has phosp￭ hat￭ ur￭ ic activity by inhi￭ bi￭ tion of ren￭ al tu￭ bul￭ ar re￭ absorption of phosphate and ren￭ al conver￭ sion￭ of 25 hydroxy￭ vitamin d to 1 25 di￭ hydroxy￭ vitamin d the par￭ ane￭ op￭ l￭ astic effects can be deb￭ il￭ itating and are only reversed on discovery and surgical res￭ ection of the tum￭ our
a phosp￭ hen￭ e is a phenomenon characterized by the experience of seeing light without light actually entering the eye the word phosp￭ hen￭ e comes from the greek words pho￭ s light and p￭ ha￭ ine￭ in to show phosp￭ hen￭ es that are induced by movement or sound are often associated with op￭ tic ne￭ uri￭ tis phosp￭ hen￭ es can be directly induced by mechanical electrical or magnetic stimulation of the re￭ tina or visual cor￭ tex as well as by random firing of cells in the visual system phosp￭ hen￭ es have also been reported by med￭ it￭ ators commonly called nim￭ it￭ ta people who go for long periods without visual stimulation also known as the prisoner s cinema or those who are using psy￭ ch￭ edel￭ ic drugs
phosp￭ ho￭ fruc￭ to￭ kin￭ ase deficiency also known as gly￭ co￭ gen storage disease type vii or tar￭ ui s disease is a muscular metabol￭ ic disorder with an auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive inheritance pattern it may affect humans as well as other mammals especially dogs in humans it is the least common type of gly￭ co￭ gen storage disease it was named after the japanese physician se￭ i￭ ichiro tar￭ ui 19￭ 27 – who first observed the condition in 1965
phosp￭ holi￭ pi￭ do￭ sis is a ly￭ so￭ som￭ al storage disorder characterized by the excess accumulation of phosp￭ holi￭ pi￭ ds in tissues many c￭ ation￭ ic am￭ phi￭ phil￭ ic drugs including anti depres￭ s￭ ants anti￭ ang￭ inal anti￭ mal￭ arial and cho￭ le￭ sterol lowering agents are reported to cause drug induced phosp￭ holi￭ pi￭ do￭ sis di￭ pl in animals and humans the mechanisms of di￭ pl involve trapping or selective uptake of di￭ pl drugs within the ly￭ so￭ som￭ es and ac￭ id￭ ic ves￭ ic￭ les of affected cells drug trapping is followed by a gradual accumulation of drug phosp￭ holi￭ pid complex￭ es within the internal ly￭ so￭ som￭ al memb￭ ran￭ es the increase in un￭ dig￭ ested materials results in the abnormal accumulation of multi lam￭ mell￭ ar bodies my￭ elo￭ id bodies in tissues it is not possible to predict which tissues will be affected by di￭ pl in animals and humans the use of specific in vitro cell lines is not recommended as a means of gate keeping for di￭ pl screening only as part of an iter￭ ative process an in vi￭ vo screening platform such as biom￭ ar￭ ker is required for pre￭ clinical and clinical di￭ pl assessment the traditional method to evaluate di￭ pl is visual confirmation of my￭ elo￭ id bodies in tissues by electr￭ on micro￭ sco￭ py electr￭ on micro￭ sco￭ py has limited utility to monitor di￭ pl in humans because of the invasive nature of acquiring patient tissue biopsy samples a qualified biom￭ ar￭ ker of di￭ pl in the blood or urine is needed to provide a more routine non invasive and cost effective means to monitor di￭ pl in the clinic
phosp￭ hon￭ ium coupling is a chemical reaction in organic chemistry for organic synthesis it is a mild efficient chem￭ o￭ selective and vers￭ ati￭ le methodology for the direct c – c c – n c – o and c – s bond formations of un￭ activated and unprotected tau￭ tom￭ er￭ iz￭ able heter￭ oc￭ ycles
phosphorus deficiency is a plant disorder associated with insufficient supply of phosphorus phosphorus refers here to salts of phosp￭ hates po 43 − mono￭ hydrogen phosphate h￭ po 42 − and di￭ hydrogen phosphate h 2 po 4 − these an￭ ions readily inter￭ convert and the predominant species is determined by the ph of the solution or soil phosp￭ hates are required for the bio￭ synthesis of genetic material as well as at￭ p essential for life phosphorus deficiency can be controlled by applying sources of phosphorus such as bone meal rock phosphate manure and phosphate fertilizers
pho￭ s￭ sy jaw formally phosphorus necro￭ sis of the jaw is an occupational disease of those who work with white phosphorus also known as yellow phosphorus without proper safeguards it was most commonly seen in workers in the match industry in the 19 th and early 20 th century modern occupational hygiene practices have eliminated the working conditions which caused this disease
the pho￭ tic snee￭ ze reflex also known as pho￭ top￭ tar￭ mo￭ sis auto￭ som￭ al dominant compelling he￭ lio oph￭ thal￭ mic out￭ burst syndrome ac￭ hoo and col￭ lo￭ qu￭ ially sun snee￭ zing is a condition that causes variable difficulty to control snee￭ zing in response to numerous stimul￭ i such as looking at bright lights or peri￭ oc￭ ular surrounding the eye￭ ball injection the condition affects 18 – 35 of the population in the united states but its exact mechanism of action is not well understood
in op￭ tics pho￭ tob￭ le￭ aching sometimes termed fading is the photo￭ chemical alteration of a dy￭ e or a fluor￭ op￭ hor￭ e mol￭ ecu￭ le such that it permanently is unable to fluores￭ ce this is caused by cle￭ aving of co￭ val￭ ent bonds or non specific reactions between the fluor￭ op￭ hor￭ e and surrounding molecules in micro￭ sco￭ py pho￭ tob￭ le￭ aching may complicate the observation of fluorescent molecules since they will eventually be destroyed by the light exposure necessary to stimulate them into fluores￭ cing this is especially problematic in time lapse micro￭ sco￭ py however pho￭ tob￭ le￭ aching may also be used prior to applying the primarily anti￭ body linked fluorescent molecules in an attempt to qu￭ en￭ ch auto￭ fluores￭ cence this can help to improve signal to noise ratio pho￭ tob￭ le￭ aching may also be exploited to study the motion and or diffusion of molecules for example via the f￭ rap or flip techniques loss of activity caused by pho￭ tob￭ le￭ aching can be controlled by reducing the intensity or time span of light exposure by increasing the concentration of fluor￭ opho￭ res by reducing the frequency and thus the pho￭ ton energy of the input light or by employing more robust fluor￭ opho￭ res that are less prone to ble￭ aching e g alex￭ a flu￭ ors or dy￭ light flu￭ ors to a reasonable approximation a given mol￭ ecu￭ le will be destroyed after a constant exposure intensity of emission x emission time x number of cycles because in a constant environment each absorption emission cycle has an equal probability of causing pho￭ tob￭ le￭ aching
photo￭ conduc￭ tivity is an optical and electrical phenomenon in which a material becomes more electrically conduc￭ tive due to the absorption of electromagnetic radiation such as visible light ultra￭ violet light infra￭ red light or gam￭ ma radiation when light is absorbed by a material such as a semiconductor the number of free electron￭ s and electr￭ on holes increases and raises its electrical conduc￭ tivity to cause exc￭ itation the light that strikes the semiconductor must have enough energy to raise electron￭ s across the band gap or to exc￭ ite the impurities within the band gap when a voltage and a resis￭ tor are used in series with the semiconductor a voltage drop across the load resis￭ tors can be measured when the change in electrical conduc￭ tivity of the material varies the current through the circuit classic examples of photo￭ conduc￭ tive materials include the conduc￭ tive poly￭ mer vin￭ yl￭ carb￭ azole used extensively in photo￭ copying lead sul￭ fide used in infra￭ red detection applications such as the u s s enterprise and soviet now russian ato￭ ll heat seeking missiles sel￭ en￭ ium employed in early television and x￭ ero￭ graphy
photo￭ dark￭ ening is an optical effect observed in the interaction of laser radiation with am￭ orph￭ ous media glasses in optical fi￭ bers until now such creation of color centers was reported only in gl￭ ass￭ fi￭ bers photo￭ dark￭ ening limits the density of exc￭ itations in fiber las￭ ers
photo degradation is the alteration of materials by light typically the term refers to the combined action of sunlight and air photo degradation is usually oxid￭ ation and hydro￭ lysis often photo￭ degradation is avoided since it destroys paintings and other arti￭ facts it is however partly responsible for remin￭ er￭ alization of biomass and is used intentionally in some disinfection technologies photo￭ degradation does not apply to how materials may be aged or degraded via infra￭ red light or heat but does include degradation in all of the ultra￭ vi￭ oli￭ et light wa￭ ve￭ bands
photo￭ der￭ mati￭ tis sometimes referred to as sun poisoning or photo￭ allergy is a form of allergic contact der￭ mati￭ tis in which the aller￭ gen must be activated by light to sensi￭ tize the allergic response and to cause a rash or other systemic effects on subsequent exposure the second and subsequent exposures produce photo￭ allergic skin conditions which are often ec￭ zem￭ at￭ ous in rare cases the victims die
photo￭ der￭ mat￭ osis is a skin disease that is caused by exposure to sunlight people with photo￭ der￭ mat￭ osis may develop skin r￭ ashes following exposure to the sun poly￭ morph￭ ous light eruption is the most common type of photo￭ der￭ mat￭ osis it is most likely due to an abnormal immune system reaction to the sun poly￭ morph￭ ous light eruption occurs in approximately 10 to 20 percent of otherwise healthy individuals so it is a relatively common condition
photo￭ dissoci￭ ation pho￭ tol￭ ysis or photo￭ de￭ composition is a chemical reaction in which a chemical compound is broken down by pho￭ tons it is defined as the interaction of one or more pho￭ tons with one target mol￭ ecu￭ le photo￭ dissoci￭ ation is not limited to visible light any pho￭ ton with sufficient energy can affect the chemical bonds of a chemical compound since a pho￭ ton s energy is inver￭ sely proportional to its wa￭ vel￭ eng￭ th electromagnetic waves with the energy of visible light or higher such as ultra￭ violet light x rays and gam￭ ma rays are usually involved in such reactions
photo￭ electro￭ chemistry is a sub￭ field of study within physical chemistry concerned with the interaction of light with electro￭ chemical systems it is an active domain of investigation one of the pioneers of this field of electro￭ chemistry was the german electro￭ chem￭ ist heinz ger￭ is￭ cher the interest in this domain is high in the context of development of renewable energy conversion and storage technology
photo￭ ker￭ ati￭ tis or ultra￭ violet ker￭ ati￭ tis is a painful eye condition caused by exposure of insufficiently protected eyes to the ultra￭ violet u￭ v rays from either natural e g intense sunlight or artificial e g the electric arc during welding sources photo￭ ker￭ ati￭ tis is akin to a sun￭ burn of the cor￭ ne￭ a and con￭ junc￭ tiva and is not usually noticed until several hours after exposure symptoms include increased tears and a feeling of pain lik￭ ened to having sand in the eyes the injury may be prevented by wearing eye protection that blocks most of the ultra￭ violet radiation such as welding go￭ ggles with the proper filters a wel￭ der s helmet sun￭ glasses rated for sufficient u￭ v protection or appropriate snow go￭ ggles the condition is usually managed by removal from the source of ultra￭ violet radiation covering the cor￭ ne￭ as and administration of pain relief photo￭ ker￭ ati￭ tis is known by a number of different terms including snow blindness arc eye wel￭ der s flash ba￭ ke eyes cor￭ ne￭ al flash burns flash burns nip￭ ha￭ ble￭ p￭ sia or ker￭ ato￭ con￭ junc￭ ti￭ vi￭ tis photo￭ electr￭ ica
photo￭ leuk￭ om￭ el￭ ano￭ der￭ mati￭ tis of kob￭ ori is a cu￭ taneous condition a dy￭ sch￭ rom￭ ic drug eruption that occurs after ing￭ estion of aflo￭ qu￭ alone thi￭ az￭ ides or te￭ trac￭ ycl￭ ines followed by exposure to sunlight
the pho￭ tom￭ ag￭ ne￭ tic effect is a theoretical quantum mechanical effect discovered by the researchers samuel l oli￭ ve￭ ira and stephen c rand at university of michigan 2007 – 2011 the researchers have discovered a powerful magnetic interaction between the pho￭ tons dynamic magnetic field – and certain isol￭ ator materials atoms magnetic moment that is 100 million times stronger than formerly anticipated under the proper circumstances the pho￭ tons magnetic fields effect is as strong as their electric field – as e g in solar cells the discovery is a surprise because it is not straightforward to derive the strong magnetic effect from the physical equations and thereby indicate that this quantum mechanical effect would be interesting enough that is why the pho￭ tom￭ ag￭ ne￭ tic effect has been neglected for more than 100 years the researchers have theoretically calculated that incoherent light as e g sunlight is almost as efficient as las￭ er￭ light to be converted by the pho￭ tom￭ ag￭ ne￭ tic effect the power density should be 10 million wat￭ t per square centi￭ meter but the researchers will look for new pho￭ tom￭ ag￭ ne￭ tic materials that can work with lower light intensi￭ ties
the pho￭ tom￭ ag￭ ne￭ tic effect is the effect in which a material acquires and in some cases loses its fer￭ ro￭ magnetic properties in response to light the current model for this phenomenon is a light induced electr￭ on transfer accompanied by the reversal of the spin direction of an electr￭ on this leads to an increase in spin concentration causing the magnetic transition currently the effect is only observed to persist for any significant time at very low temperature but at temperatures such as 5 k the effect may persist for several days
in physics pho￭ ton induced electric field po￭ ling is a phenomenon whereby a pattern of local electric field orientations can be en￭ coded in a suitable fer￭ ro￭ electric material such as per￭ ov￭ sk￭ ite the resulting en￭ coded material is concep￭ tually similar to the pattern of magnetic field orientations within the magnetic domains of a fer￭ ro￭ magnet and thus may be considered as a possible technology for computer storage media the en￭ coded regions are op￭ tically active have a varying index of ref￭ r￭ action and thus may be read out op￭ tically
the pho￭ ton under￭ production crisis was a cosmo￭ logical deficit between observed pho￭ tons and predicted pho￭ tons the deficit or under￭ production crisis arises from comparing observations of ultra￭ violet light emitted from known populations of galax￭ ies and qu￭ as￭ ars to theoretical predictions of the amount of ultra￭ violet light require to simul￭ ate the observed distribution of the hydrogen gas in the local universe in a cosmo￭ logical simulation the distribution of hydrogen gas was infer￭ red using ly￭ man alpha forest observations from hu￭ bble space teles￭ cope ’ s co￭ sm￭ ic origins spec￭ tro￭ graph the amount of light from galax￭ ies and qu￭ as￭ ars can be estimated from its effect on the distribution of hydrogen and heli￭ um in the regions between galax￭ ies highly energetic ultra￭ violet pho￭ tons can convert electrically neutral hydrogen gas into ion￭ ized gas a team led by jun￭ a k￭ oll￭ meier reported an unexpected deficit of roughly 400 between ionizing light from known sources and the actual observations of inter￭ gal￭ actic hydrogen k￭ oll￭ meier and her team wrote in their scientific report “ we examine the statistics of the low red￭ shift ly￭ man alpha forest from smoo￭ thed particle hydro￭ dynamic simul￭ ations in light of recent improvements in the estimated evolution of the co￭ sm￭ ic ultra￭ violet background u￭ v￭ b and recent observations from the co￭ sm￭ ic origins spec￭ tro￭ graph cos we find that the value of the met￭ ag￭ al￭ actic photo￭ ion￭ ization rate required by our simul￭ ations to match the observed properties of the low red￭ shift ly￭ man alpha forest is a factor of 5 larger than the value predicted by state of the art models for the evolution of this quantity ” cosmo￭ logical simul￭ ations start at very high cosmo￭ logical red￭ shift z such as z 100 or larger and are evolved to z 0 according to benjamin d op￭ pen￭ he￭ imer who is one of the report s co￭ authors “ the simul￭ ations fit the data beautifully in the early universe and they fit the local data beautifully if we ’ re allowed to assume that this extra light is really there it s possible the simul￭ ations do not reflect reality which by itself would be a surprise because inter￭ gal￭ actic hydrogen is the component of the universe that we think we understand the best ” k￭ oll￭ meier and her team state that either conventional sources of ionizing pho￭ tons galax￭ ies and qu￭ as￭ ars must contribute considerably more than current observ￭ ational estimates or our theoretical understanding of the low red￭ shift universe is in need of substantial revision ” similar study led by michael sh￭ ull found that the deficit is only factor 2 large and not a factor 5 as previously claimed the pho￭ ton under￭ production crisis is resolved by a series of recent papers k￭ ha￭ ire s￭ ri￭ an￭ and showed that a factor 2 to 5 times large met￭ ag￭ al￭ actic photo￭ ion￭ ization rate can be easily obtained using updated qu￭ as￭ ar and galaxy observations recent observations of qu￭ as￭ ars indicate that the qu￭ as￭ ar contribution to ultra￭ violet pho￭ tons is factor 2 large as compared to previous estimates the revised galaxy contribution is also factor 3 higher furthermore the k￭ oll￭ meier gad￭ get 2 simul￭ ations did not include heating from ag￭ n feedback including ag￭ n feedback was shown to be an important element for heating in the low red￭ shift ig￭ m gur￭ v￭ ich burk￭ hart bird 2016 this implies that the low red￭ shift cos data can be used to calibr￭ ate ag￭ n feedback models in cosmo￭ logical simul￭ ations
a photo￭ oxy￭ gen￭ ation is a light induced oxid￭ ation reaction in which molecular oxygen is incorporated into the product s initial research interest in photo￭ oxy￭ gen￭ ation reactions arose from oscar ra￭ ab s observations in 1900 that the combination of light oxygen and photo￭ sensi￭ tiz￭ ers is highly toxic to cells early studies of photo￭ oxy￭ gen￭ ation focused on oxid￭ ative damage to dna and amino acids but recent research has led to the application of photo￭ oxy￭ gen￭ ation in organic synthesis and photo￭ dynamic therapy photo￭ oxy￭ gen￭ ation reactions are initiated by a photo￭ sensi￭ tiz￭ er which is a mol￭ ecu￭ le that enters an excited state when exposed to light of a specific wa￭ vel￭ eng￭ th e g d￭ yes and pig￭ ments the excited sensi￭ tiz￭ er then reacts with either a sub￭ str￭ ate or ground state molecular oxygen starting a cas￭ c￭ ade of energy transfers that ultimately result in an oxy￭ genated mol￭ ecu￭ le consequently photo￭ oxy￭ gen￭ ation reactions are categ￭ orized by the type and order of these intermedi￭ ates as type i type ii or type iii reactions
pho￭ t￭ oper￭ io￭ dis￭ m is the physiological reaction of organisms to the length of day or night it occurs in plants and animals pho￭ t￭ oper￭ io￭ dis￭ m can also be defined as the developmental responses of plants to the relative lengths of light and dark periods
pho￭ top￭ ho￭ bia is a symptom of abnormal intolerance to visual perception of light as a medical symptom pho￭ top￭ ho￭ bia is not a mor￭ bid fear or pho￭ bia but an experience of discomfort or pain to the eyes due to light exposure or by presence of actual physical sensitivity of the eyes though the term is sometimes additionally applied to abnormal or irrational fear of light such as heli￭ opho￭ bia the term pho￭ top￭ ho￭ bia comes from the greek φ￭ ῶ￭ ς ph￭ ō￭ s meaning light and φ￭ ό￭ β￭ ος pho￭ bos meaning fear
pho￭ top￭ sia is the presence of perceived fl￭ ashes of light it is most commonly associated with poster￭ ior vit￭ re￭ ous det￭ achment migr￭ aine with a￭ ura migr￭ aine a￭ ura without headache re￭ tin￭ al break or det￭ achment oc￭ ci￭ p￭ ital lo￭ be inf￭ arc￭ tion and sensory deprivation oph￭ thal￭ m￭ opathic halluc￭ inations vit￭ re￭ ous shr￭ ink￭ age or lique￭ faction which are the most common causes of pho￭ top￭ sia cause a pull in vit￭ re￭ ore￭ tin￭ al attachments irritating the re￭ tina and causing it to discharge electrical impul￭ ses these impul￭ ses are interpreted by the brain as fl￭ ashes this condition has also been identified as a common initial symptom of pun￭ ct￭ ate inner chor￭ o￭ idi￭ tis pic a rare re￭ tin￭ al auto￭ immune disease believed to be caused by the immune system mistakenly attacking and destroying the re￭ tina during pregnancy new onset pho￭ top￭ sia is concerning for severe pre￭ ec￭ lam￭ p￭ sia pho￭ top￭ sia can present as re￭ tin￭ al det￭ achment when examined by an op￭ tom￭ etr￭ ist or oph￭ thal￭ mo￭ logist however it can also be a sign of u￭ veal mel￭ anom￭ a this condition is extremely rare 5 7 per 1 million people will be affected typically fair skin￭ ned blue eyed northern europeans pho￭ top￭ sia should be investigated immediately
the photo￭ ref￭ r￭ active effect is a non￭ linear optical effect seen in certain cryst￭ als and other materials that respond to light by altering their ref￭ r￭ active index the effect can be used to store temporary eras￭ able holo￭ grams and is useful for holo￭ graphic data storage it can also be used to create a phase con￭ ju￭ gate mirror or an optical spatial sol￭ it￭ on
photo￭ sensitive drug reaction or drug induced photo￭ sensitivity secondary to medications may cause photo￭ toxic photo￭ allergic and lic￭ hen￭ o￭ id reactions and photo￭ distributed tel￭ an￭ gi￭ ec￭ ta￭ si￭ as as well as pseu￭ dop￭ or￭ phy￭ ria drugs involved include na￭ pro￭ x￭ en and do￭ xy￭ cycl￭ ine
photo￭ sensitivity is the amount to which an object reacts upon receiving pho￭ tons especially visible light in medicine the term is principally used for abnormal reactions of the skin and two types are distinguished photo￭ allergy and photo￭ toxicity the photo￭ sensitive gang￭ lion cells in the mammalian eye are a separate class of light detecting cells from the photo￭ recep￭ tor cells that function in vision
photo￭ sensitivity is an abnormal skin reaction to direct sunlight exposure it is unrelated to a sun￭ burn these reactions are due to photo￭ sensi￭ tization the accumulation of photo￭ sensitive compounds beneath the skin in some cases the photo￭ dynamic substances come from ing￭ ested plants or drugs after being met￭ abo￭ lized or not in other cases the photo￭ dynamic substances may be produced in the body itself due to in￭ born errors in pig￭ ment metabol￭ ism especially those involving the hem￭ e synthesis photo￭ sensitivity reactions are usually seen in her￭ bi￭ vor￭ ous or omni￭ vor￭ ous animals though such reactions are not un￭ common among carni￭ vores
photo￭ sensitivity with hiv infection is a skin condition resembling poly￭ morph￭ ous light eruption ac￭ tin￭ ic pr￭ uri￭ go or chronic ac￭ tin￭ ic der￭ mati￭ tis seen in about 5 of hiv infected people
photo￭ thermal effect is a phenomenon associated with electromagnetic radiation it is produced by the photo￭ exc￭ itation of material resulting in the production of thermal energy heat it is sometimes used during treatment of blood vessel le￭ sions laser resur￭ facing laser hair removal and laser surgery
photo￭ toxic tar der￭ mati￭ tis results from coal tar cre￭ oso￭ te crude coal tar or pitch in conjunction with sunlight exposure which induc￭ es a sun￭ burn reaction associated with severe burning sensation
photo￭ tro￭ p￭ ism is the growth of an organism which responds to a light stimulus it is most often observed in plants but can also occur in other organisms such as fun￭ gi the cells on the plant that are far￭ thest from the light have a chemical called aux￭ in that reacts when photo￭ tro￭ p￭ ism occurs this causes the plant to have el￭ ong￭ ated cells on the far￭ thest side from the light photo￭ tro￭ p￭ ism is one of the many plant tro￭ p￭ isms or movements which respond to external stimul￭ i growth towards a light source is called positive photo￭ tro￭ p￭ ism while growth away from light is called negative photo￭ tro￭ p￭ ism most plant shoots exhibit positive photo￭ tro￭ p￭ ism and re￭ arrange their chlor￭ op￭ lasts in the leaves to maximize photo￭ synthetic energy and promote growth roots usually exhibit negative photo￭ tro￭ p￭ ism although grav￭ it￭ ro￭ p￭ ism may play a larger role in root behavior and growth some vine shoot tips exhibit negative photo￭ tro￭ p￭ ism which allows them to grow towards dark solid objects and climb them the combination of photo￭ tro￭ p￭ ism and grav￭ it￭ ro￭ p￭ ism allow plants to grow in the correct direction
ph￭ th￭ is￭ is bul￭ bi is a shrun￭ ken non functional eye it may result from severe eye disease infl￭ amm￭ ation injury or it may represent a complic￭ ation of eye surgery treatment options include insertion of a pro￭ s￭ thesis which may be preceded by en￭ uc￭ le￭ ation of the eye
phy￭ le￭ tic dwar￭ f￭ ism is the decrease in average size of animals of a species there are a few circumstances that often lead to species doing this lack of predators of smaller creatures can allow smaller members of a species to survive the lack of resources to sustain a large population of larger animals can pick off the largest specimens available resources being more beneficial for smaller creatures can also do so these circumstances are common on islands making ins￭ ular dwar￭ f￭ ism the most common form of phy￭ le￭ tic dwar￭ f￭ ism examples of this are the channel island fox extinct dwarf elephants of crete and bro￭ o￭ ke￭ sia mic￭ ra a min￭ us￭ cule cham￭ ele￭ on from madagascar it is possible that phy￭ le￭ tic dwar￭ f￭ ism may have also helped into bringing us the birds we see today from the giant dinosaurs we read about as kids
ph￭ yl￭ lo￭ des tumors from greek ph￭ ul￭ lon leaf also cy￭ sto￭ sar￭ coma ph￭ yl￭ lo￭ des cy￭ sto￭ sar￭ coma ph￭ yl￭ lo￭ ides and ph￭ yl￭ lo￭ ides tumor are typically large fast growing masses that form from the peri￭ duc￭ tal st￭ rom￭ al cells of the breast they account for less than 1 of all breast ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms
ph￭ yl￭ loid hypo￭ mel￭ an￭ osis is a cu￭ taneous condition a syndrome occurring in patients with mo￭ saic tr￭ is￭ omy 13 or trans￭ location tr￭ is￭ omy 13
physical abuse can be defined as any intentional act causing injury or trauma to another person by way of bodily contact in most cases children are the victims of physical abuse but adults can also be victims as in cases of domestic violence or workplace aggression alternative terms sometimes used include physical assault or physical violence and may also include sexual abuse physical abuse may involve more than one ab￭ user and more than one victim
physical force irish republic￭ anism is the recurring appearance of a non parliamentary violent insurrec￭ tion in ireland between 17￭ 98 and the present it is often described as a rival to parliamentary nationalism which for most of the period drew the predominant amount of support from irish nationalists
phy￭ top￭ ho￭ to￭ der￭ mati￭ tis also known as lime disease not to be confused with ly￭ me disease ber￭ lo￭ que der￭ mati￭ tis or mar￭ gar￭ ita photo￭ der￭ mati￭ tis is a chemical reaction which makes skin hy￭ pers￭ ensi￭ tive to ultra￭ violet light it is frequently mistaken for hereditary conditions such as at￭ op￭ ic der￭ mati￭ tis or chemical burns but it is caused by contact with the photo￭ sensi￭ tizing compounds found naturally in some plants and vegetables like par￭ snip￭ s citrus fruits and more symptoms include burning it￭ ching st￭ inging and large bl￭ is￭ ters that slowly accumulate over time
phy￭ top￭ h￭ thora ru￭ bi is the principal cause of root rot in red rasp￭ berry originally classified as a variant of p frag￭ ari￭ ae some now consider it a distinct species t veld 2007 this organism has been isolated from rasp￭ berries in europe north america wil￭ cox scott et al 1993 chile wil￭ cox and lat￭ or￭ re 2002 and other many countries around the world it is best controlled through a combination of good management practices and use of resistant varieties it is a significant cause of crop loss in poor draining soils
phyto￭ toxicity is a toxic effect by a compound on plant growth such damage may be caused by a wide variety of compounds including trace metals sal￭ inity pesticides phyto￭ toxins or all￭ elo￭ chemicals
pi￭ blo￭ k￭ to also known as pi￭ blo￭ k￭ to￭ q and arctic hysteria is a condition most commonly appearing in in￭ u￭ gh￭ uit societies living within the arctic circle pi￭ blo￭ k￭ to is a culture specific hysterical reaction in in￭ uit especially women who may perform irrational or dangerous acts followed by amnesia for the event pi￭ blo￭ k￭ to may be linked to repression of the personality of in￭ uit women the condition appears most commonly in winter it is considered to be a form of a culture bound syndrome although more recent studies see skepticism section question whether it exists at all pi￭ blo￭ k￭ to is also part of the glos￭ s￭ ary of cultural bound syndro￭ mes found in the diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders dsm iv
pic￭ a is characterized by an appetite for substances that are largely non nutri￭ tive such as ice pag￭ op￭ ha￭ gia hair tric￭ hop￭ ha￭ gia paper pap￭ yro￭ p￭ ha￭ gia dr￭ y￭ wall or paint metal metall￭ op￭ ha￭ gia stones lith￭ op￭ ha￭ gia or earth ge￭ op￭ ha￭ gia glass hy￭ al￭ op￭ ha￭ gia or f￭ ec￭ es co￭ prop￭ ha￭ gia and chal￭ k according to dsm iv diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders 4 th edition criteria for these actions to be considered pic￭ a they must persist for more than one month at an age where eating such objects is considered develop￭ mentally inappropriate not part of culturally sanctioned practice and sufficiently severe to warrant clinical attention it can lead to in￭ tox￭ ication in children which can result in an impairment in both physical and mental development in addition it can also lead to surgical emergencies due to an intest￭ inal obstruction as well as more subtle symptoms such as nutritional deficiencies and paras￭ it￭ osis pic￭ a has been linked to other mental and emotional disorders stres￭ sors such as emotional trauma maternal deprivation family issues parental neglect pregnancy and a dis￭ organized family structure are strongly linked to pic￭ a as a form of comfort pic￭ a is most commonly seen in pregnant women small children and those with developmental disabilities such as au￭ tism children eating painted pl￭ aster containing lead may suffer brain damage from lead poisoning there is a similar risk from eating soil near roads that existed before te￭ tra￭ ethyl￭ lead in petrol was phased out in some countries or before people stopped using contaminated oil containing toxic pcbs or dioxin to settle dust in addition to poisoning there is also a much greater risk of ga￭ stro intest￭ inal obstruction or tearing in the stomach another risk of eating soil is the ing￭ estion of animal f￭ ec￭ es and accompanying parasites pic￭ a can also be found in other animals and is commonly found in dogs
the pic￭ ardy sweat was an infectious disease of unknown eti￭ ology it appeared in the northern french province of pic￭ ardy in 17￭ 18 between 17￭ 18 and 18￭ 74 194 epidemics of the pic￭ ardy sweat were recorded the last extensive outbreak was in 1906 which a french commission attributed to fle￭ as from field mice a subsequent case was diagnosed in 1918 in a soldier in pic￭ ardy it was named su￭ ette des pic￭ ards in france and pic￭ ard sch￭ er sch￭ wei￭ ß or pic￭ ard sch￭ es sch￭ we￭ iss￭ fi￭ e￭ ber in germany there were several longer descriptions of the disease the disease was similar to the english sweat but differ￭ ed in some symptoms and in its course and mortality rate some of the symptoms were high fever rash and bleeding from the nose many victims died within two days
pick s disease a type of fron￭ to￭ temporal dementia is a rare neuro￭ degenerative disease that causes progressive destruction of nerve cells in the brain symptoms include dementia and loss of language ap￭ ha￭ sia while some of the symptoms can initially be allevi￭ ated the disease progres￭ ses and patients often die within two to ten years a defining characteristic of the disease is build up of ta￭ u proteins in neurons accumulating into silver stain￭ ing spher￭ ical aggreg￭ ations known as pick bodies while the term pick s disease was once used to represent a class of clinical syndro￭ mes with symptoms attributable to frontal and temporal lo￭ be dysfunction it is now used among professionals to mean a specific path￭ ology that is one of the causes of fron￭ to￭ temporal lob￭ ar de￭ generation some people use the term pick s disease to mean the more general clinical syndrome of fron￭ to￭ temporal lob￭ ar de￭ generation but this has previously led to confusion among professionals and patients and so its use should be restricted to the specific pathological subtype described below it is also known as pick disease and pid not to be confused with pel￭ vic infl￭ am￭ matory disease pid or par￭ kinson s disease pd
pick￭ ard￭ t syndrome also pick￭ ard￭ t s syndrome or pick￭ ard￭ t – fa￭ hl￭ bus￭ ch syndrome den￭ o￭ tes a rare form of tertiary hypo￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m that is caused by interruption of the portal ve￭ ins connecting hypo￭ thal￭ am￭ us and pit￭ u￭ itary it was characterized in 1972 and 1973
pi￭ co￭ ki￭ j￭ ada pit￭ s￭ ɔ￭ ki￭ j￭ ada is a traditional cultural tourist manifestation that has been held since 1968 at the end of june in the po￭ dra￭ vina town of đ￭ ur￭ đ￭ ev￭ ac in croatia the event lasts three days and the main event is leg￭ enda o pi￭ co￭ k￭ ima l￭ ɛ￭ ɡ￭ ɛ￭ ŋ￭ da ɔ pit￭ s￭ ɔ￭ k￭ ima legend of the roo￭ ster a remembrance of the defense of the people of the town đ￭ ur￭ đ￭ ev￭ ac from the turks under the title leg￭ enda o pi￭ co￭ k￭ ima is set in the time of the attack of the turkish army on the old town đ￭ ur￭ đ￭ ev￭ ac as ul￭ ama beg encountered unexpected resistance and failed to defeat the defenders of đ￭ ur￭ đ￭ ev￭ ac with an army he decided on a long siege with the goal of starving the army and the people that hid inside the legend says that in the surrounded fortress the food had vanished all that was left was one small roo￭ ster pi￭ co￭ k pit￭ s￭ ɔ￭ k this could not feed the people so an old woman suggested to the captain of the town that the roo￭ ster should be put in a cannon and shot into the turkish camp thinking that there was plenty of food in the fortress ul￭ ama beg ended the siege and left the battlefield as a curse ul￭ ama beg calls the people of đ￭ ur￭ đ￭ ev￭ ac pi￭ co￭ ki pit￭ s￭ ɔ￭ ki or roo￭ sters at the end of this scene he says in croatian ” a vi tam￭ o per￭ nati jun￭ ac￭ i š￭ to pic￭ ek￭ ima bo￭ j￭ eve bi￭ je￭ te im￭ e pi￭ co￭ ka do￭ vi￭ je￭ ka no￭ sil￭ i pi￭ co￭ k￭ ima vas d￭ jec￭ a z￭ val￭ a a un￭ uc￭ i va￭ š￭ i o￭ stat ć￭ e pi￭ co￭ ki ” english ” and you there feathered heroes that fight battles with roo￭ sters shall always carry the name roo￭ sters your children shall call you roo￭ sters and your grandchildren will stay roo￭ sters ” the display of leg￭ enda o pi￭ co￭ k￭ ima is under the protection of the republic of croatia ministry of culture as the first intangible cultural heritage of republic of croatia as well as being the biggest tourist attraction of po￭ dra￭ vina
the pic￭ tet – sp￭ eng￭ ler reaction is a chemical reaction in which a β ar￭ y￭ leth￭ yl￭ amine such as try￭ pt￭ amine under￭ goes ring closure after condens￭ ation with an alde￭ hyde or ke￭ tone usually an ac￭ id￭ ic catalyst is employed and the reaction mixture heated but some reactive compounds give good yields even under physiological conditions the pic￭ tet – sp￭ eng￭ ler reaction can be considered a special case of the mann￭ ich reaction the pic￭ tet – sp￭ eng￭ ler reaction the reaction was discovered in 19￭ 11 by am￭ é pic￭ tet and theod￭ or sp￭ eng￭ ler it has remained an important reaction in the fields of al￭ k￭ alo￭ id and pharmaceutical synthesis the pic￭ tet – sp￭ eng￭ ler reaction product of try￭ pt￭ oph￭ an and al￭ doses can be identified in foodstuffs such as so￭ y sauce and ket￭ ch￭ up nucle￭ oph￭ il￭ ic aromatic rings such as in￭ do￭ le or py￭ r￭ role give products with good yields and mild conditions while less nucle￭ oph￭ il￭ ic aromatic rings such as benzene give poor yields despite high temperatures and strong acid the original pic￭ tet – sp￭ eng￭ ler reaction was the reaction of β phen￭ ethyl￭ amine with the di￭ methyl ac￭ etal of form￭ alde￭ hyde and hydro￭ chlor￭ ic acid forming a te￭ tra￭ hydro￭ iso￭ quin￭ oline like the mann￭ ich reaction alde￭ hy￭ des give good yields while ke￭ tones tend to give lower conversion the pic￭ tet – sp￭ eng￭ ler reaction has been applied to solid phase combin￭ atorial chemistry with great success an analogous reaction with an ar￭ yl β ethanol is called ox￭ a pic￭ tet – sp￭ eng￭ ler reaction
for telev￭ is￭ ions the picture line up generation equipment plu￭ ge or plu￭ ge is the gre￭ ys￭ cal￭ e test patterns used in order to adjust the black level and contrast of the picture monitor various plu￭ ge patterns can be generated the most common consisting of three vertical bars of super black normal black and near black and two rec￭ tang￭ les of mid gray and white sometimes these are measured in ire these three plu￭ ge pul￭ ses are included in the s￭ mp￭ te color bars at the bottom and near the right used for n￭ ts￭ c pal and sé￭ cam
pie￭ bal￭ dis￭ m is a rare auto￭ som￭ al dominant disorder of mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ te development common characteristics include a con￭ genital white fore￭ lock scattered normal pi￭ gm￭ ented and hypo￭ pi￭ gm￭ ented mac￭ ules and a tri￭ ang￭ ular shaped de￭ pi￭ gm￭ ented patch on the fore￭ head there is nevertheless great variation in the degree and pattern of presentation even within affected families in some cases pie￭ bal￭ dis￭ m occurs together with severe developmental problems as in waar￭ denburg syndrome and hir￭ sch￭ sp￭ rung s disease it has been documented to occur in all races early photograph￭ ers captured many images of african pie￭ bal￭ ds used as a form of amusement and george cat￭ lin is believed to have painted several por￭ traits of native americans of the man￭ dan tribe who were affected by pie￭ bal￭ dis￭ m pie￭ bal￭ dis￭ m is found in nearly every species of mamm￭ al it is very common in mice rabbits dogs sheep deer cattle and horses — where selective breeding has increased the incidence of the mutation but occurs among chimp￭ an￭ ze￭ es and other pri￭ mates only as rarely as among humans pie￭ bal￭ dis￭ m is completely unrelated to acquired or infectious conditions such as viti￭ li￭ go or poli￭ osis pie is a word for multi colored and bald is related to a root word for skin although pie￭ bal￭ dis￭ m may vis￭ ually appear to be partial al￭ bin￭ ism it is a fundamentally different condition the vision problems associated with al￭ bin￭ ism are not usually present as eye pi￭ gm￭ entation is normal pie￭ bal￭ dis￭ m differs from al￭ bin￭ ism in that the affected cells maintain the ability to produce pig￭ ment but have that specific function turned off in al￭ bin￭ ism the cells lack the ability to produce pig￭ ment altogether human pie￭ bal￭ dis￭ m has been observed to be associated with a very wide range and varying degrees of endocrine disorders and is occasionally found together with heter￭ och￭ ro￭ mia of the ir￭ ises con￭ genital deaf￭ ness or incomplete gastro￭ intest￭ inal tract development possibly all with the common cause of premature cutting off of human fe￭ tal growth hormone during gest￭ ation pie￭ bal￭ dis￭ m is a kind of neuro￭ cr￭ ist￭ opathy involving defects of various ne￭ ural c￭ rest cell line￭ ages that include mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tes but also involving many other tissues derived from the ne￭ ural c￭ rest on￭ co￭ genic factors including mis￭ trans￭ cription are hypothe￭ sized to be related to the degree of phen￭ o￭ typ￭ ic variation among affected individuals this is an auto￭ som￭ al dominant hereditary condition which tends to produce high rates of inheritance and long chains of generational transmission all who inherit the gene have at some time in life evidence of pie￭ bald hypo￭ pi￭ gm￭ entation of the hair or skin most likely both historically persons with extensive pie￭ bal￭ dis￭ m have experienced abuse of the sort still suffered in the present by al￭ bin￭ os especially in africa this has rang￭ ed from display of un￭ clo￭ thed african pie￭ bal￭ ds in freak shows and post cards of the early twentieth century to the forcing of pie￭ bal￭ ds as in the case of al￭ bin￭ os to work long hours exposed to the sun producing high rates of lethal skin cancers to the use of pie￭ bald humans including children in risky medical experiments the national organization of al￭ bin￭ ism and hypo￭ pi￭ gm￭ entation as well as organizations such as under the same sun work to promote awareness of all forms of cu￭ taneous variation and their medical implications and to highlight human rights issues especially the plight of al￭ bin￭ os subject to extreme persecution in parts of africa pie￭ bal￭ dis￭ m may be associated with the genes kit or sna￭ i 2
in mathematics a piec￭ e￭ wise defined function also called a piec￭ e￭ wise function or a hybrid function is a function which is defined by multiple sub functions each sub function applying to a certain interval of the main function s domain a sub domain piec￭ e￭ wise is actually a way of expressing the function rather than a characteristic of the function itself but with additional qualification it can describe the nature of the function for example a piec￭ e￭ wise poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al function is a function that is a poly￭ no￭ mi￭ al on each of its sub domains but possibly a different one on each the word piec￭ e￭ wise is also used to describe any property of a piec￭ e￭ wise defined function that holds for each piece but not necessarily hold for the whole domain of the function a function is piec￭ e￭ wise differenti￭ able or piec￭ e￭ wise continuously differenti￭ able if each piece is differenti￭ able throughout its sub￭ domain even though the whole function may not be differenti￭ able at the points between the pieces in conv￭ ex analysis the notion of a derivative may be replaced by that of the sub￭ derivative for piec￭ e￭ wise functions although the pieces in a piec￭ e￭ wise definition need not be intervals a function is not called piec￭ e￭ wise linear or piec￭ e￭ wise continuous or piec￭ e￭ wise differenti￭ able unless the pieces are intervals
in mathematics a piec￭ e￭ wise linear function is a real valued function defined on the real numbers or a segment thereof whose graph is composed of straight line sections it is a piec￭ e￭ wise defined function each of whose pieces is an aff￭ ine function usually – but not always – the function is assumed to be continuous in that case its graph is a poly￭ g￭ onal curve
in lingu￭ is￭ tics pied pip￭ ing is a phenomenon of syn￭ tax whereby a given focused expression takes an entire encompassing phrase with it when it is moved the term itself is due to john robert ross it is a reference to the pied piper of ham￭ elin the figure of fairy tales who lured rats and children by playing his flu￭ te pied pip￭ ing is an aspect of dis￭ continu￭ ities in syn￭ tax having to do with the constituents that can and cannot be dis￭ continuous while pied pip￭ ing is most visible in cases of wh fron￭ ting of information questions and relative clauses it is not limited to wh fron￭ ting but rather it can be construed as occurring with most any type of dis￭ continuity extra￭ position scram￭ bling top￭ ic￭ alization most if not all languages that allow dis￭ continu￭ ities employ pied pip￭ ing to some extent although there are major differences across languages in this area some languages employing pied pip￭ ing much more than others
pied pip￭ ing with in￭ version is a special word order phenomenon found in some languages for example languages in the mes￭ o￭ american linguistic area
pie￭ dra also known as tric￭ ho￭ spor￭ osis is a hair disease caused by a fun￭ gus types include white pie￭ dra black pie￭ dra
pierre robin syndrome abbreviated to pr￭ s and also known as pierre robin sequence pierre robin mal￭ formation pierre robin anomaly or pierre robin anomal￭ ad is a con￭ genital condition of facial ab￭ norm￭ alities in humans pr￭ s is a sequence i e a chain of certain developmental mal￭ formations one entailing the next the three main features are cle￭ ft pal￭ ate retro￭ gn￭ ath￭ ia abnormal positioning of the jaw or max￭ illa and glos￭ sop￭ to￭ sis air￭ way obstruction caused by backwards displacement of the tongue base a genetic cause to pr￭ s was recently identified pierre robin sequence may be caused by genetic anomalies at chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es 2 11 or 17
pie￭ zom￭ ag￭ ne￭ tism is a phenomenon observed in some anti￭ fer￭ ro￭ magnetic cryst￭ als it is characterised by a linear coupling between the system s magnetic polarisation and mechanical strain in a pie￭ zom￭ ag￭ ne￭ tic one may induce a spontaneous magnetic moment by applying physical stress or a physical de￭ formation by applying a magnetic field pie￭ zom￭ ag￭ ne￭ tism differs from the related property of magne￭ to￭ stric￭ tion if an applied magnetic field is reversed in direction the strain produced changes signs additionally a non zero pie￭ zom￭ ag￭ ne￭ tic moment can be produced by mechanical strain alone at zero field this is not true of magne￭ to￭ stric￭ tion according to i￭ ee￭ e pie￭ zom￭ ag￭ ne￭ tism is the linear magne￭ tom￭ ec￭ han￭ ical effect analogous to the linear electro￭ mechanical effect of pie￭ zo￭ electricity similarly magne￭ to￭ stric￭ tion and electro￭ stric￭ tion are analogous second order effects these higher order effects can be represented as effectively first order when variations in the system parameters are small compared with the initial values of the parameters the pie￭ zom￭ ag￭ ne￭ tic effect is made possible by an absence of certain sym￭ metry elements in a crystal structure specifically sym￭ metry under time reversal forbids the property the first experimental observation of pie￭ zom￭ ag￭ ne￭ tism was made in 1960 in the flu￭ ori￭ des of co￭ bal￭ t and man￭ g￭ anese
pie￭ zo pho￭ tot￭ ronic effect is a three way coupling effect of pie￭ zo￭ electric semiconductor and pho￭ tonic properties in non central sym￭ metric semiconductor materials using the pie￭ zo￭ electric potential pie￭ zo￭ potential that is generated by applying a strain to a semiconductor with pie￭ zo￭ electricity to control the carrier generation transport separation and or re￭ combination at metal semiconductor junction or p n junction for improving the performance of op￭ to￭ electronic devices such as photo￭ detec￭ tor solar cell and light emitting dio￭ de pr￭ of z￭ hong lin wang at georgia institute of technology proposed the fundamental principle of this effect in 2010
pigeon fever also dry land dist￭ emp￭ er in horses or equine dist￭ emp￭ er is a disease that causes abs￭ c￭ esses in horses sheep and cattle pigeon fever is not zoonotic meaning it is not transmitted to human from animal an example of a zoonotic disease would be rabies pigeon fever is sometimes confused for strang￭ les another infection that causes abs￭ c￭ esses pigeon fever is a bacter￭ ium that lives in the ground and transmitted to horses via the air direct contact or cuts and or open abra￭ sions the name pigeon fever comes from the symptoms of the disease commonly the horse will get sw￭ elling in the chest area pu￭ ffed out chest like a pigeon and it causes fever and swe￭ ats some think it is caused or carried by pigeons that is a misunderstanding and pigeons have nothing to do with the disease flies are believed to be the main carries that spread the infection which is why quarantine of infected animals is ineffective this bacterial infection is caused by cor￭ y￭ ne￭ bacter￭ ium pseu￭ do￭ tuberculosis and characterized by deep intr￭ amus￭ cular and sometimes internal abs￭ c￭ esses in horses the reason it is called dry land dist￭ emp￭ er is it is common in dry areas like california arizona new mexico and other areas
pigeon pox is a viral disease to which pigeons are susceptible there is a live viral vaccine available at￭ c￭ vet code q￭ i 01 ed 01 who pigeon pox is caused by a virus that is spread by mosquitoes and dirty water but not in dro￭ pp￭ ings
pigeon toe also known as met￭ at￭ ar￭ sus var￭ us met￭ at￭ ar￭ sus ad￭ duc￭ tus in toe ga￭ it in￭ to￭ eing or false clu￭ b￭ foot is a condition which causes the toes to point inward when walking it is most common in infants and children under two years of age and when not the result of simple muscle weakness normally arises from underlying conditions such as a twisted shin bone or an excessive an￭ te￭ version fem￭ oral head is more than 15 ° from the angle of tor￭ sion resulting in the tw￭ isting of the thi￭ gh bone when the front part of a person s foot is turned in severe cases are considered a form of clu￭ b￭ foot
pi￭ gm￭ ent￭ ati￭ o re￭ ticul￭ aris fac￭ ie￭ i et coll￭ i is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by a disturbance of human pi￭ gm￭ entation
pi￭ gm￭ entation disorders are disturbances of human skin color either loss or reduction which may be related to loss of mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tes or the inability of mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tes to produce mel￭ an￭ in or transport mel￭ ano￭ som￭ es correctly
a pi￭ gm￭ ented der￭ mato￭ fi￭ bro￭ ma is a skin condition characterized by a pi￭ gm￭ ented le￭ sion that must be distinguished from mel￭ anom￭ a they have borders that are difficult to see and a firm tex￭ ture that dim￭ ples upon lateral compression they are usually small less than 6 milli￭ meters in diameter and on the extre￭ mi￭ ties q
pi￭ gm￭ ented ha￭ iry ep￭ id￭ er￭ mal nev￭ us syndrome is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by a bec￭ ker nev￭ us ip￭ si￭ lateral hypo￭ pl￭ asia of the breast and sk￭ el￭ etal defects such as sco￭ li￭ osis
pi￭ gm￭ ented pur￭ pur￭ ic der￭ mat￭ osis also known as progressive pi￭ gm￭ entary der￭ mat￭ osis pur￭ pur￭ a pi￭ gm￭ ent￭ osa ch￭ ron￭ ica pi￭ gm￭ entary pur￭ pur￭ ic erup￭ tions or progressive pi￭ gm￭ enting pur￭ pur￭ a or sch￭ am￭ berg s disease refers to one of the three major classes of skin conditions characterized by pur￭ pur￭ ic skin erup￭ tions pi￭ gm￭ ented pur￭ pur￭ ic der￭ mat￭ osis are distinguished from other pur￭ pur￭ a by size 0 3 – 1 cm and are most often seen in the lower extre￭ mi￭ ties pi￭ gm￭ entary pur￭ pur￭ ic erup￭ tions may present with one of several clinical patterns there may be overlapping characteristics among pi￭ gm￭ ented pur￭ pur￭ ic der￭ mat￭ osis and between their signs and those of other pur￭ pur￭ ic erup￭ tions examples of the pi￭ gm￭ ented pur￭ pur￭ ic der￭ mat￭ osis group include sch￭ am￭ berg s disease maj￭ oc￭ chi s disease pur￭ pur￭ a annul￭ aris tel￭ an￭ gi￭ ec￭ to￭ des gou￭ ger￭ ot bl￭ um syndrome pi￭ gm￭ ented pur￭ pur￭ ic lic￭ hen￭ o￭ id der￭ mati￭ tis duc￭ as and ka￭ pe￭ tan￭ akis pi￭ gm￭ ented pur￭ pur￭ a lichen au￭ re￭ us although vascular damage may be present it is insufficient for these conditions to be considered forms of vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis
a pi￭ gm￭ ented spin￭ dle cell nev￭ us also known as a pi￭ gm￭ ented spin￭ dle cell tumor of reed and pi￭ gm￭ ented variant of sp￭ itz nev￭ us is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by a dark brown to black mac￭ ule or pap￭ ule usually less than 6 mm it was characterized in 1975
pi￭ gm￭ ented vill￭ on￭ od￭ ular sy￭ no￭ vi￭ tis pv￭ ns is a joint disease characterized by infl￭ amm￭ ation and over￭ growth of the joint lining it usually affects the hip or knee it can also occur in the shoulder an￭ kle el￭ bow hand or foot in pv￭ ns the lining of the joint called the sy￭ no￭ vi￭ um becomes sw￭ oll￭ en and grows this growth harms the bone next to the joint the lining also makes extra fluid that can cause sw￭ elling and make movement painful pv￭ ns is idi￭ opathic it doesn t seem to run in families or be caused by certain jobs or activities surgery can help but even with treatment pv￭ ns comes back about half the time if the pain remains then radiation therapy may help in the worst cases the joint must be replaced
pi￭ gm￭ ented war￭ ts are a cu￭ taneous condition commonly reported in japan most often occurring on the hands or feet
a pil￭ ar she￭ ath ac￭ an￭ thom￭ a is a cu￭ taneous condition most often found on the face particularly above the upper lip in adults
pil￭ i annul￭ ati also known as ring￭ ed hair is a genetic trait in which the hair seems ban￭ ded by altern￭ ating segments of light and dark color when seen in reflected light
pil￭ i bi￭ fur￭ c￭ ati is characterized by bi￭ fur￭ c￭ ation found in short segments along the sh￭ af￭ ts of several ha￭ irs with each branch of the bi￭ fur￭ c￭ ation being covered with its own cu￭ tic￭ le
electro￭ lysis will permanently remove pil￭ i multi￭ gem￭ ini dep￭ il￭ ating laser treatment has been suggested to improve symptomatic pil￭ i multi￭ gem￭ ini
pil￭ i tor￭ ti also known as twisted ha￭ irs is characterized by short and brit￭ tle ha￭ irs that appear fl￭ att￭ ened and twisted when viewed through a micro￭ scope this phen￭ o￭ type is noted in men￭ kes disease
pill dispensers are items which release medication at specified times their purpose is to help senior citizens and other people who may suffer from impaired ability to adhere to their prescribed medication regime pill dispensers are commonly used to serve medical purposes but it is also user to help individuals be that the elderly or chronically ill take their prescription medication otc medication or daily supplements at a given date and time there are tele￭ health products in the health care industry such as automated or electronic pill boxes that function to alert the patients when it is time to take their medications
a pillar of cloud hebrew ע￭ מ￭ ו￭ ד ע￭ נ￭ ן was one of the manifestations of the presence of the god of israel in the tor￭ ah the five books of moses which appear at the beginning of the old testament bible according to exodus the pillar of cloud guided the israel￭ ites by day during the exodus from egypt cir￭ ca the 18 th dynasty see dating of the exodus the pillar of cloud is traditionally p￭ aired with the manifestation of the divine presence by night as the pillar of fire which provided light this was so they could travel by day or night
a pillar of fire was one of the manifestations of the presence of the god of israel in the tor￭ ah the five books of moses which appear at the beginning of the old testament bible according to exodus the pillar of fire provided light so that the israel￭ ites could travel by night during the exodus from egypt claimed to be the 18 th dynasty see dating of the exodus the pillar of fire is traditionally p￭ aired with the manifestation of the divine presence by day as the pillar of cloud this was so they could travel by day or night
a pillow fight flash mob is a social phenomenon of flash mo￭ bbing and shares many characteristics of a culture jam the flash mob version of massive pillow fights is distinguished by the fact that nearly all of the promotion is internet based these events occur around the world some taking the name pillow fight club a reference to fight club by chuck pal￭ ah￭ ni￭ uk in which anyone could join and fight as long as they fought by the rules both the london and van￭ cou￭ ver pillow fight club s rules reflect that described in the book and feature film the trend owes much to uses of modern communications technologies including decentralised personal networking known as smar￭ t￭ mo￭ bbing word of the events spreads primarily via digital means usually on the internet via email chat rooms and text messaging which result in seemingly spontaneous mass gatherings pil￭ lows are sometimes hidden and at the exact pre arranged time or the sound of a whistle the pillow fighters pull out their pil￭ lows and commence pillow fighting the pillow fights can last from a few minutes to several hours
pi￭ loc￭ y￭ tic astro￭ cy￭ tom￭ a or juvenile pi￭ loc￭ y￭ tic astro￭ cy￭ tom￭ a or c￭ ys￭ tic cere￭ bell￭ ar astro￭ cy￭ tom￭ a and its variant juvenile pilo￭ my￭ x￭ o￭ id astro￭ cy￭ tom￭ a is a brain tumor that occurs more often in children and young adults in the first 20 years of life they usually arise in the cere￭ bell￭ um near the bra￭ inst￭ em in the hypo￭ thal￭ am￭ ic region or the op￭ tic chi￭ asm but they may occur in any area where astro￭ cy￭ tes are present including the cere￭ br￭ al hemis￭ ph￭ er￭ es and the spinal cord these tumors are usually slow growing and benign the ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms are associated with the formation of a single or multiple cyst s and can become very large pi￭ loc￭ y￭ tic astro￭ cy￭ tom￭ as are often c￭ ys￭ tic and if solid tend to be well circum￭ scri￭ bed it is characteris￭ tically easily seen on ct sc￭ ans and m￭ ri juvenile pi￭ loc￭ y￭ tic astro￭ cy￭ tom￭ a is associated with neuro￭ fi￭ bro￭ mat￭ osis type 1 n￭ f 1 and op￭ tic gli￭ om￭ as are among the most frequently encountered tumors in patients with this disorder the majority of pi￭ loc￭ y￭ tic astro￭ cy￭ tom￭ as have a unique ki￭ aa 15￭ 49 bra￭ f fusion gene
pilo￭ lei￭ om￭ y￭ om￭ as are a cu￭ taneous condition that present as der￭ mal red￭ dish brown pink or skin colored pap￭ ules or no￭ d￭ ules that can be solitary or multiple
pilo￭ matri￭ coma also known as a calci￭ fying epi￭ the￭ li￭ oma of mal￭ her￭ be mal￭ her￭ be calci￭ fying epi￭ the￭ li￭ oma and pilo￭ matri￭ x￭ oma is a benign skin tumor derived from the hair matrix these ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms are relatively un￭ common and typically occur on the scal￭ p face and upper extre￭ mi￭ ties clin￭ ically pilo￭ matri￭ com￭ as present as a sub￭ cu￭ taneous no￭ dule or cyst with un￭ remarkable over￭ lying ep￭ id￭ er￭ mis that can range in size from 0 5 3 0 cm but the largest reported cases was 24 cm
a pil￭ on frac￭ ture also called a pl￭ af￭ ond frac￭ ture is a frac￭ ture of the dis￭ tal part of the ti￭ bia involving its artic￭ ular surface at the an￭ kle joint pil￭ on fractu￭ res are caused by rot￭ ational or ax￭ ial forces mostly as a result of falls from a height or motor vehicle accidents pil￭ on fractu￭ res are rare comprising 3 to 10 percent of all fractu￭ res of the ti￭ bia and 1 percent of all lower extre￭ mity fractu￭ res but they involve a large part of the weight bearing surface of the ti￭ bia in the an￭ kle joint because of this they may be difficult to fix￭ ate and are historically associated with high rates of complications and poor outcome pil￭ on is the french word for pe￭ st￭ le and was introduced into orth￭ o￭ ped￭ ic literature in 19￭ 11 by pioneer french radio￭ logist é￭ ti￭ enne dest￭ ot
pil￭ on￭ idal cyst also referred to as a pil￭ on￭ idal abs￭ c￭ ess pil￭ on￭ idal sin￭ us or sacro￭ coc￭ cy￭ ge￭ al f￭ ist￭ ula is a cyst or abs￭ c￭ ess near or on the natal cle￭ ft of the but￭ toc￭ ks that often contains hair and skin debris
pilo￭ tto syndrome is a rare syndrome which affects the face heart and back the syndrome can cause a cle￭ ft lip and pal￭ ate sco￭ li￭ osis and mental retar￭ dation the office of rare diseases and national institutes of health have classified this syndrome as affecting less than 200 000 people in the united states
a pim￭ ple z￭ it or spot is a kind of com￭ edo and one of the many results of excess oil getting trapped in the po￭ res some of the varieties are pu￭ st￭ ules or pap￭ ules p￭ impl￭ es can be treated by various ac￭ ne medications prescribed by a physician or purchased at a pharmacy with a wide variety of treatments
a pin or fall is a victory condition in various forms of wrestling that is met by holding an opponent s shoulders or s￭ cap￭ ul￭ ae shoulder bl￭ ades on the wrestling m￭ at for a prescribed period of time this article deals with the pin as it is defined in amateur wrestling in amateur wrestling a pin ends the match regardless of when it occurs situations which are almost pins but for whatever reason do not meet the criteria — for example have only one shoulder down or have the defending wrest￭ ler blocked in a neck bridge — are rewarded with exposure points in collegi￭ ate wrestling known as near fall points or back points in order to encourage wrest￭ lers to take risks to try to pin their opponents under the 2004 – 05 changes to the united world wrestling rules amateur wrestling moved to a round based system in which each period is conducted as a separate match with a winner declared the pin is an exception — it ends a match outright unlike the period only victories awarded by technical fall or decision on points in this way the fall is analogous to a knock￭ out in boxing
a p￭ inf￭ all is a victory condition in various forms of professional wrestling that is met by holding pin￭ ning an opponent s shoulders on the wrestling m￭ at usually till the referee counts to three in professional wrestling a p￭ inf￭ all is a common method of winning a match the purpose of a pin￭ ning maneuver is to hold the opponent s shoulders against the m￭ at for a count of three the count is broken a near fall if the opponent manages to raise one or both of his shoulders off of the m￭ at commonly by kicking out throwing their legs up to cause their shoulders to rise from the m￭ at in some positions a wrest￭ ler may bridge arching their back so that only their feet and the top of their head are touching the ground to put more of their weight on the pin￭ ned opponent or to prop themselves up from being pin￭ ned sometimes an attacking wrest￭ ler may illegally hook the opponent s ti￭ ghts for extra leverage another popular illegal tactic of heel wrest￭ lers is to attempt a pin close to the ring ropes so they can prop their legs or on rare occasions arms up on the ropes to gain additional leverage putting more weight on the opponent on the other hand a pin fall attempt cannot occur in the first place when one rolls out of the ring if falls do not count anywhere or if the opponent lies on his her stomach upon impact so it would take extra effort to roll the opponent over even when he she is knocked out cold due to the body being effectively a dead weight
pin￭ stri￭ pes are a pattern of very thin stri￭ pes of any color running in parallel often found in cloth the pin￭ stri￭ ped suit has become associated with conservative business at￭ tire although many designers now produce the fashionable pin￭ stri￭ pe patterns for fashion conscious consumers fine lines for vehicles are also called pin￭ stri￭ pes although found mostly in men s suits any type of fabric can be pin￭ stri￭ ped the chicago cu￭ bs baseball uniforms have had pin￭ stri￭ pes since 1907 and they are recognized as the first major league baseball team to incorporate pin￭ stri￭ ping into a baseball uniform many other former and current major league baseball teams — including the min￭ nes￭ ota twins montreal expo￭ s colorado roc￭ kies new york mets new york yankees chicago white so￭ x and philadelphia phil￭ lies — later adopted pin￭ stri￭ pes on their own uniforms this was later carried over into the n￭ ba with teams like the chicago bulls charlotte hor￭ nets and orlando magic incorporating pin￭ stri￭ pes into their uniforms
the first step in the reaction mechanism is one electr￭ on reduction of the carbon￭ yl group by a reducing agent such as magnesium to a ke￭ ty￭ l radical an￭ ion species two ke￭ ty￭ l groups react in a coupling reaction yielding a vic￭ inal di￭ ol with both hydrox￭ yl groups de￭ pro￭ ton￭ ated addition of water or another prot￭ on donor gives the di￭ ol with magnesium as an electr￭ on donor the initial reaction product is a 5 memb￭ ered cyclic compound with the two oxygen atoms coordinated to the ox￭ idi￭ zed mg 2 ion this complex is also broken up by addition of water with formation of magnesium hydrox￭ ide the pin￭ a￭ col coupling can be followed up by a pin￭ a￭ col re￭ arrangement a related reaction is the mc￭ mur￭ ry reaction which uses titanium iii chloride or titanium iv chloride in conjunction with a reducing agent for the formation of the metal di￭ ol complex and which takes place with an additional de￭ oxy￭ gen￭ ation reaction step in order to provide an al￭ k￭ ene product
p￭ inc￭ er nails also known as om￭ ega nails and trum￭ pet nails are a to￭ en￭ ail disorder in which the lateral edges of the nail slowly approach one another com￭ pressing the n￭ ail￭ bed and underlying der￭ mis it occurs less often in the finger￭ nails and there usually are no symptoms hereditary p￭ inc￭ er nails have been described although the genes or mutations causing the hereditary form seem to be unknown
a pinch in cooking p￭ n is an amount of an ingredient typically salt sugar or sp￭ ice traditionally it was defined as an amount that can be taken between the thumb and fore￭ finger historically the pinch was more precisely defined by some u s cook￭ books as approximately 1 ⁄ 8 te￭ as￭ po￭ on in the early 2000 s some companies began selling measuring spo￭ ons that defined or redefined a dash as 1 ⁄ 8 te￭ as￭ po￭ on a pinch as 1 ⁄ 16 te￭ as￭ po￭ on and a s￭ mid￭ gen as 1 ⁄ 32 te￭ as￭ po￭ on based on these spo￭ ons there are two pin￭ ches in a dash and two s￭ mid￭ gens in a pinch one pinch of fine salt is approximately 1 ⁄ 4 gram 20 – 24 pin￭ ches per te￭ as￭ po￭ on while one pinch of sugar is 1 ⁄ 2 – 1 ⁄ 3 1 ⁄ 6 gram
pinch marks are a cu￭ taneous condition and when on the ears or in the genital region of male children may be sugges￭ tive of child abuse
pine pine g￭ all r￭ ust also known as western g￭ all r￭ ust is a fun￭ gal disease of pine trees this plant disease is caused by en￭ doc￭ ron￭ arti￭ um har￭ knes￭ si￭ i as￭ ex￭ ual name is peri￭ der￭ mium har￭ knes￭ si￭ i an auto￭ ec￭ ious endo￭ cyclic r￭ ust fun￭ gus that grows in the vascular cam￭ bi￭ um of the host pine pine g￭ all r￭ ust is found on pine trees pin￭ us spp with two or three needles such as pon￭ dero￭ sa pine jack pine and scots pine the disease is very similar to pine oak g￭ all r￭ ust but its second host is another pin￭ us species the fun￭ gal infection results in g￭ all formation on branches or trun￭ ks of infected hosts g￭ all formation is typically not detrimental to old trees but has been known to kill younger less stable sap￭ lings g￭ alls can vary from small grow￭ ths on branch extre￭ mi￭ ties to gra￭ pe￭ fruit sized g￭ alls on trun￭ ks
pine￭ obl￭ ast￭ oma also pine￭ alo￭ bl￭ ast￭ oma is a m￭ align￭ ant tumor of the pine￭ al g￭ land a pine￭ obl￭ ast￭ oma is a supr￭ at￭ ent￭ orial mid￭ line primitive neuro￭ ec￭ to￭ der￭ mal tumor pine￭ obl￭ ast￭ oma may occur in patients with hereditary uni or bilateral re￭ tin￭ obl￭ ast￭ oma when re￭ tin￭ obl￭ ast￭ oma patients present with pine￭ obl￭ ast￭ oma this is characterized as trilateral re￭ tin￭ obl￭ ast￭ oma up to 5 of patients with hereditary re￭ tin￭ obl￭ ast￭ oma are at risk of developing trilateral re￭ tin￭ obl￭ ast￭ oma prog￭ no￭ sis of patients with trilateral re￭ tin￭ obl￭ ast￭ oma is dismal only a few patients have survived more than 5 years after diagnosis all survivors were diagnosed with small tumors in a sub￭ clinical stage recent advances in high dose chem￭ otherapy treatment regim￭ ens and early detection have improved survival of patients with trilateral re￭ tin￭ obl￭ ast￭ oma to up to 50
pine￭ al￭ oma is a tumor of the pine￭ al g￭ land
pine￭ apple black rot also known as butt rot base rot or white bl￭ ister is a disease caused by cer￭ at￭ oc￭ y￭ stis paradox￭ a dade more￭ au an￭ amor￭ ph th￭ iel￭ avi￭ op￭ sis paradox￭ a de sey￭ en￭ es hö￭ h￭ nel is the most common and well known post harvest disease of the pine￭ apple fruit which is responsible for serious losses in the fresh pine￭ apple fruit world industry the disease is widespread and one of the common and destructive pine￭ apple diseases in the world it occurs in the field and normally remains qui￭ es￭ cent or especially appears during harvest and marketing the disease is a universal fresh fruit problem but normally not a problem with processed fruit because times from harvest to processing are too short for infection although it occurs in the field when fruit is injured or over ripped in a poor drained soil
pine￭ oc￭ y￭ tom￭ a also known as a pine￭ al￭ oc￭ y￭ tom￭ a is a benign slowly growing tumor of the pine￭ al g￭ land unlike the similar condition pine￭ al g￭ land cyst it is un￭ common
a p￭ ingu￭ ec￭ ula is a common type of con￭ junc￭ ti￭ val de￭ generation in the eye
pink al￭ ga￭ e is a growth of pink sli￭ me￭ y bacterial matter which can sometimes occur in pools and sometimes in laboratory tu￭ b￭ ings the title is a mis￭ no￭ mer because as noted before pink al￭ ga￭ e is actually caused by a bacter￭ ium in the genus meth￭ y￭ lob￭ ac￭ ter￭ ium the color of the bacterial growth comes from pig￭ ments within its cells the sli￭ me formed around the bacteria provides it with a relatively high level of protection from external threats like other species in its genus pink al￭ ga￭ e is a methane consuming bacter￭ ium it has an aff￭ inity for the matrix of pvc plastics and will attach itself to both the inside and the outside of pvc materials inside of the pool pink al￭ ga￭ e inf￭ est￭ ation in a pool often occurs alongside an inf￭ est￭ ation of white water mold
pink rot is a fun￭ gal disease of various plants caused by various organisms phy￭ top￭ h￭ thora er￭ y￭ thro￭ sep￭ tica – pink rot of potatoes carrots tubers tric￭ ho￭ th￭ ec￭ ium ros￭ eu￭ m – pink rot of apples grapes avo￭ cad￭ oes peaches nec￭ tar￭ ines fruit n￭ al￭ anth￭ am￭ ala ver￭ mo￭ es￭ eni or gli￭ o￭ cl￭ adi￭ um ver￭ mo￭ es￭ eni – pink rot of date palm inf￭ lo￭ res￭ cence dis￭ am￭ big
the pin￭ nar￭ oo line servic￭ ed the agricultural districts of the mal￭ lee for the freight of grain although there were periods of passenger travel on the line in previous years the last passenger service between ou￭ yen and pin￭ nar￭ oo being in 1968 the railway line was the means to open up the agricultural lands with the supply of goods and services from rural centres sustaining the remote area it was completed from ou￭ yen to mur￭ ray￭ ville in 19￭ 12 and extended to pin￭ nar￭ oo in 1915 in 1996 the line stopped at pan￭ it￭ ya due to gauge conversion at the state border it was booked out of service on 4 october 2007
the pin￭ ner reaction after adol￭ f pin￭ ner is an organic reaction of a nit￭ ri￭ le with an alcohol using an acid catalyst for instance sul￭ fur￭ ic acid the product formed is the mineral acid salt of an im￭ ino ester or an al￭ ky￭ l im￭ id￭ ate which sometimes is called a pin￭ ner salt the reaction is a sequence of nucle￭ oph￭ il￭ ic additions these salts can react with an excess of alcohol to form the orth￭ o￭ ester rc or 3 with ammonia or an amine to form an amid￭ ine or with water to form an ester file reaction pin￭ ner 2 p￭ ng it should be appreciated that the pin￭ ner reaction refers specifically to an acid cataly￭ zed process but that similar results can often be achieved using base catal￭ ysis the two approaches can be complementary with nit￭ ri￭ les which are un￭ reactive under acid conditions often giving better results in the presence of base and vice versa the determining factor is typically how electr￭ on rich or poor the nit￭ ri￭ le is for example an electr￭ on poor nit￭ ri￭ le is a good electro￭ phi￭ le readily susceptible to attack from al￭ ko￭ x￭ ides etc but a poor nucle￭ ophi￭ le difficult to pro￭ ton￭ ate and would therefore be expected to react more readily under basic rather than ac￭ id￭ ic conditions
the pin￭ nick oxid￭ ation is an organic reaction by which alde￭ hy￭ des can be ox￭ idi￭ zed into their corresponding car￭ box￭ yl￭ ic acids using sodium chlor￭ ite nac￭ lo 2 under mild ac￭ id￭ ic conditions it was originally developed by lind￭ gre￭ n and n￭ il￭ sson the typical reaction conditions used today were developed by g a kr￭ aus h w pin￭ nick later demonstrated that these conditions could be applied to ox￭ idi￭ ze α β un￭ saturated alde￭ hy￭ des there exist many different reactions to ox￭ idi￭ ze alde￭ hy￭ des but only a few are amenable to a broad range of functional groups the pin￭ nick oxid￭ ation has proven to be both tolerant of sensitive func￭ tion￭ alities and capable of reacting with ster￭ ically hindered groups this reaction is especially useful for ox￭ idi￭ zing α β un￭ saturated alde￭ hy￭ des and another one of its advantages is its relatively low cost pin￭ nic￭ ko￭ x￭ id￭ ation￭ reaction
p￭ int￭ a also known as az￭ ul car￭ ate em￭ pe￭ ines lo￭ ta mal del p￭ into and tina is a human skin disease endemic to mexico central america and south america caused by infection with a spi￭ ro￭ che￭ te tre￭ pon￭ ema palli￭ dum car￭ at￭ eu￭ m which is mor￭ pho￭ logically and sero￭ logically in￭ distingu￭ ishable from the organism that causes sy￭ phil￭ is
pin￭ worm infection also known as enter￭ obi￭ asis is a human par￭ asi￭ tic disease caused by the pin￭ worm the most common symptom is it￭ ching in the anal area this can make sleeping difficult the period of time from sw￭ allowing eggs to the appearance of new eggs around the an￭ us is 4 to 8 weeks some people who are infected do not have symptoms the disease is spread between people by pin￭ worm eggs the eggs initially occur around the an￭ us and can survive for up to three weeks in the environment they may be swallowed following contamination of the hands food or other articles those at risk are those who go to school are institutionalized or take care of people who are infected other animals do not spread the disease diagnosis is by seeing the worms which are about one centi￭ meter or the eggs under a micro￭ scope treatment is typically with two doses of the medications me￭ bend￭ azole py￭ ran￭ tel pam￭ o￭ ate or al￭ bend￭ azole two weeks apart everyone who lives with or takes care of an infected person should be treated at the same time washing personal items in hot water after each dose of medication is recommended good hand￭ washing daily bathing in the morning and daily changing of underwear can help prevent re￭ infection pin￭ worm infections commonly occur in all parts of the world it is most common worm infection in the developed world school aged children are the most commonly infected in the united states about 20 of people at one point in time develop pin￭ worm infection rates among high risk groups may be as high as 50 it is not considered a serious disease pin￭ worms are believed to have affected humans throughout history
pi￭ pe￭ col￭ ic aci￭ dem￭ ia also called hyper￭ pi￭ pe￭ col￭ ic aci￭ dem￭ ia or hyper￭ pi￭ pe￭ col￭ at￭ emia is a very rare auto￭ som￭ al rec￭ essive metabol￭ ic disorder that is caused by a per￭ ox￭ isom￭ al defect pi￭ pe￭ col￭ ic aci￭ dem￭ ia can also be an associated component of ref￭ sum disease with increased pi￭ pe￭ col￭ ic aci￭ dem￭ ia rd￭ pa as well as other per￭ ox￭ isom￭ al disorders including both inf￭ anti￭ le and adult ref￭ sum disease and z￭ ell￭ we￭ ger syndrome
piracy was a phenomenon that was not limited to the caribbean region golden age pirates ro￭ amed off the coast of north america africa and the caribbean
pi￭ ri￭ form￭ is syndrome is a neuro￭ muscular disorder that occurs when the sci￭ atic nerve is compressed or otherwise irritated by the pi￭ ri￭ form￭ is muscle causing pain ting￭ ling and num￭ b￭ ness in the but￭ toc￭ ks and along the path of the sci￭ atic nerve descending the lower thi￭ gh and into the leg diagnosis is often difficult due to few validated and standardized diagnostic tests but two tests have been well described and clin￭ ically validated one is electro￭ physiological called the fair test which measures delay in sci￭ atic nerve conduc￭ tions when the pi￭ ri￭ form￭ is muscle is stretched against it the other is magnetic resonance neuro￭ graphy a type of m￭ ri that highlights infl￭ amm￭ ation and the nerves themselves some say that the most important criterion is the exclusion of sci￭ atica resulting from compression irritation of spinal nerve roots as by a her￭ ni￭ ated dis￭ c however compression may be present but not causal in the setting of sci￭ atica due to pi￭ ri￭ form￭ is syndrome the syndrome may be due to anatom￭ ical variations in the muscle nerve relationship or from over￭ use or strain uncontrolled studies have suggested theories about the disorder however a large scale formal prospective outcome trial found that the weight of the evidence based medicine is that pi￭ ri￭ form￭ is syndrome should be considered as a possible diagnosis when sci￭ atica occurs without a clear spinal cause the need for controlled studies is supported by studies of spinal dis￭ c disease that show a high frequency of abnormal dis￭ cs in as￭ ymp￭ tomatic patients
in lingu￭ is￭ tics speech synthesis and music the pitch cont￭ our of a sound is a function or curve that tracks the perceived pitch of the sound over time pitch cont￭ our may include multiple sounds utili￭ zing many pit￭ ches and can relate to frequency function at one point in time to the frequency function at a later point it is fundamental to the linguistic concept of tone where the pitch or change in pitch of a speech unit over time affects the sem￭ an￭ tic meaning of a sound it also indicates int￭ on￭ ation in pitch accent languages one of the primary challenges in speech synthesis technology particularly for western languages is to create a natural sounding pitch cont￭ our for the ut￭ ter￭ ance as a whole unnatural pitch cont￭ ours result in synthesis that sounds lif￭ eless or emo￭ tion￭ less to human lis￭ teners a feature that has become a stereo￭ type of speech synthesis in popular culture in music the pitch cont￭ our focuses on the relative change in pitch over time of a primary sequence of played notes the same cont￭ our can be transposed without losing its essential relative qualities such as sudden changes in pitch or a pitch that rises or falls over time pure tones have a clear pitch but complex sounds such as speech and music typically have intense peaks at many different frequencies nevertheless by establishing a fixed reference point in the frequency function of a complex sound and then observing the movement of this reference point as the function translates one can generate a meaningful pitch cont￭ our consistent with human experience for example the vo￭ wel e has two primary form￭ ants one pe￭ aking between 400 and 600 h￭ z and one between 2200 and 26￭ 00 h￭ z when a person speaks a sentence involving multiple e sounds the peaks will shift within these ranges and the movement of the peaks between two instances establishes the difference in their values on the pitch cont￭ our
pit￭ ot pressure is the pressure that is measured by a pit￭ ot tube an open ended tube connected to a pressure measuring device for subs￭ onic flow pit￭ ot pressure is equal to the stagnation pressure or total pressure of the flow and hence the term pit￭ ot pressure is often used inter￭ change￭ ably with these other terms for su￭ person￭ ic flow however pit￭ ot pressure is the stagnation pressure of the flow behind the normal shock ahead of the pit￭ ot tube pit￭ ot pressure is named for henri pit￭ ot french scientist
pit￭ ted ker￭ atol￭ ysis also known as ker￭ atol￭ ysis plan￭ tare sul￭ cat￭ um ker￭ atom￭ a plan￭ tare sul￭ cat￭ um and ring￭ ed ker￭ atol￭ ysis is a non contagious skin infection that can be caused by wearing tight or restricting footwear and excessive swe￭ ating the infection is characterized by cr￭ ater￭ like pits on the surface of the feet and toes particularly weight bearing areas treatment consists of the application of topical antibiotics pit￭ ted ker￭ atol￭ ysis is caused by bacteria which thrive in these environments the condition is fairly common especially in military where wet shoes boots are worn for extended period of time without removing cleaning skin biopsy specimens are not usually utilized as the diagnosis of pit￭ ted ker￭ atol￭ ysis is often made by visual examination and recognition of the characteristic od￭ or wood lamp examination results are inconsistent
pit￭ t – hop￭ kins syndrome is a rare genetic disorder characterized by developmental delay a wide mouth distinctive facial features and inter￭ mit￭ tent hyper￭ ventilation followed by ap￭ ne￭ a it is associated with an ab￭ normality within chro￭ mo￭ some 18 specifically it is caused by an insufficient expression of the t￭ cf 4 gene
pit￭ u￭ ic￭ y￭ tom￭ a is a rare brain tumor it grows at the base of the brain from the pit￭ u￭ itary g￭ land this tumor is thought to be derived from the paren￭ ch￭ ym￭ al cells of the poster￭ ior lo￭ be of the pit￭ u￭ itary g￭ land called pit￭ u￭ ic￭ y￭ tes some researchers believe that they arise from the fol￭ lic￭ ul￭ o￭ stell￭ ate cells in the an￭ terior lo￭ be of the pit￭ u￭ itary as such it is a low grade gli￭ oma it occurs in adults and symptoms include visual disturbance and endocrine dysfunction they are often mistaken for pit￭ u￭ itary aden￭ om￭ as which have a similar presentation and occur in the same location the treatment consists of surgical res￭ ection which is cur￭ ative in most cases
pit￭ u￭ itary ac￭ th hyper￭ secre￭ tion or cu￭ shing disease is a form of hyper￭ pit￭ uit￭ arism characterized by an abnormally high level of ac￭ th produced by the an￭ terior pit￭ u￭ itary it is one of the causes of cu￭ shing s syndrome however cu￭ shing s syndrome can be caused by many other causes including exo￭ genous administration
pit￭ u￭ itary aden￭ om￭ as are tumors that occur in the pit￭ u￭ itary g￭ land pit￭ u￭ itary aden￭ om￭ as are generally divided into three categories dependent upon their biological functioning benign aden￭ oma invasive aden￭ oma and carcin￭ om￭ as with carcin￭ om￭ as accounting for 0 1 to 0 2 approximately 35 being invasive aden￭ om￭ as and most being benign aden￭ om￭ as pit￭ u￭ itary aden￭ om￭ as represent from 10 to 25 of all in￭ trac￭ ran￭ ial ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms and the estimated prevalence rate in the general population is approximately 17 non invasive and non secre￭ ting pit￭ u￭ itary aden￭ om￭ as are considered to be benign in the lit￭ eral as well as the clinical sense however a recent me￭ ta analysis fernández bal￭ sells et al 2011 of available research has shown there are to date scant studies of poor quality to either support or refute this assumption aden￭ om￭ as which exceed 10 millimetres 0 39 in in size are defined as macro￭ aden￭ om￭ as with those smaller than 10 mm referred to as micro￭ aden￭ om￭ as most pit￭ u￭ itary aden￭ om￭ as are micro￭ aden￭ om￭ as and have an estimated prevalence of 16 7 14 4 in autopsy studies and 22 5 in radio￭ logic studies a majority of pit￭ u￭ itary micro￭ aden￭ om￭ as often remain un￭ diagnosed and those that are diagnosed are often found as an incidental finding and are referred to as incid￭ ent￭ al￭ om￭ as pit￭ u￭ itary macro￭ aden￭ om￭ as are the most common cause of hypo￭ pit￭ uit￭ arism and in the majority of cases they are non secre￭ ting aden￭ om￭ as the pit￭ u￭ itary g￭ land is in close proximity to the brain invasive aden￭ om￭ as may invade the dur￭ a mat￭ er cran￭ ial bone or sp￭ hen￭ o￭ id bone while pit￭ u￭ itary aden￭ om￭ as are extremely common affecting approximately one in 6 of the general population clin￭ ically active pit￭ u￭ itary aden￭ om￭ as requiring surgical treatment are more rare affecting approximately one in 1000 of the general population
pit￭ u￭ itary apo￭ plex￭ y or pit￭ u￭ itary tumor apo￭ plex￭ y is bleeding into or impaired blood supply of the pit￭ u￭ itary g￭ land at the base of the brain this usually occurs in the presence of a tumor of the pit￭ u￭ itary although in 80 of cases this has not been diagnosed previously the most common initial symptom is a sudden headache often associated with a rapidly worsening visual field defect or double vision caused by compression of nerves surrounding the g￭ land this is followed in many cases by acute symptoms caused by lack of secre￭ tion of essential hormones predominantly adren￭ al in￭ sufficiency the diagnosis is achieved with magnetic resonance imaging and blood tests treatment is by the timely correction of hormone deficiencies and in many cases surgical de￭ compression is required many people who have had a pit￭ u￭ itary apo￭ plex￭ y develop pit￭ u￭ itary hormone deficiencies and require long term hormone supplem￭ entation the first case of the disease was recorded in 1898
a pit￭ u￭ itary disease is a disorder primarily affecting the pit￭ u￭ itary g￭ land the main disorders involving the pit￭ u￭ itary g￭ land are overproduction or under￭ production of a pit￭ u￭ itary hormone will affect the respective end organ for example insufficient production hy￭ pos￭ ec￭ re￭ tion of thyro￭ id stimulating hormone ts￭ h in the pit￭ u￭ itary g￭ land will cause hypo￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m while overproduction hyper￭ secre￭ tion of ts￭ h will cause hyper￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ ms caused by the pit￭ u￭ itary g￭ land are less common though accounting for less than 10 of all hypo￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m cases and much less than 1 of hyper￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m cases
pit￭ y￭ ri￭ asis commonly refers to fla￭ king or scaling of the skin the word comes from the greek π￭ ί￭ τ￭ υ￭ ρο￭ ν br￭ an
pit￭ y￭ ri￭ asis alba is a common skin condition mostly occurring in children and usually seen as dry fine scaled pale pat￭ ches on the face it is self limiting and usually only requires use of mois￭ tur￭ iz￭ er cre￭ ams the condition is so named for the fine scal￭ y appearance initially present pit￭ y￭ ri￭ asis and the p￭ all￭ or of the pat￭ ches that develop while alba is latin for white the pat￭ ches in this condition are not totally de￭ pi￭ gm￭ ented
pit￭ y￭ ri￭ asis ami￭ an￭ tac￭ ea also known as tin￭ ea ami￭ an￭ tac￭ ea is an ec￭ zem￭ at￭ ous condition of the scal￭ p resulting in hair loss in which thick ten￭ aci￭ ously adher￭ ent scale infiltr￭ ates and surrounds the base of a group of scal￭ p ha￭ irs pit￭ y￭ ri￭ asis ami￭ an￭ tac￭ ea was first described by ali￭ bert in 18￭ 32 pit￭ y￭ ri￭ asis ami￭ an￭ tac￭ ea affects the scal￭ p as shiny asbestos like ami￭ an￭ tac￭ eus thick scales attached in layers to the hair shaft the scales surround and bind down tu￭ f￭ ts of hair the condition can be loc￭ alised or covering over the entire scal￭ p temporary al￭ op￭ ec￭ ia and scar￭ ring al￭ op￭ ec￭ ia may occur due to repeated removal of ha￭ irs attached to the scale it is a rare disease with a female pre￭ dil￭ ection pit￭ y￭ ri￭ asis ami￭ an￭ tac￭ ea can easily be mis￭ diagnosed due its close resemblance to other scal￭ p diseases such as ps￭ ori￭ asis se￭ bor￭ rho￭ e￭ ic der￭ mati￭ tis or lichen plan￭ us however in pit￭ y￭ ri￭ asis ami￭ an￭ tac￭ ea the scales are attached to both the hair shaft and the scal￭ p pit￭ y￭ ri￭ asis ami￭ an￭ tac￭ ea may be present with other infl￭ am￭ matory conditions such as at￭ op￭ ic der￭ mati￭ tis or se￭ bor￭ rho￭ e￭ ic der￭ mati￭ tis and se￭ bac￭ eous scales and al￭ op￭ ec￭ ia can occur according to the der￭ mat￭ ology text bologn￭ ia this condition is most often seen in ps￭ ori￭ asis but may also be seen in secon￭ d￭ arily infected at￭ op￭ ic der￭ mati￭ tis se￭ bor￭ rhe￭ ic der￭ mati￭ tis and tin￭ ea cap￭ i￭ tis
pit￭ y￭ ri￭ asis lic￭ hen￭ o￭ ides is a form of pit￭ y￭ ri￭ asis types include pit￭ y￭ ri￭ asis lic￭ hen￭ o￭ ides et vari￭ oli￭ form￭ is acu￭ ta pit￭ y￭ ri￭ asis lic￭ hen￭ o￭ ides ch￭ ron￭ ica
pit￭ y￭ ri￭ asis lic￭ hen￭ o￭ ides ch￭ ron￭ ica also known as chronic gu￭ tt￭ ate par￭ ap￭ s￭ ori￭ asis chronic pit￭ y￭ ri￭ asis lic￭ hen￭ o￭ ides der￭ mati￭ tis ps￭ ori￭ asi￭ form￭ is no￭ dul￭ aris par￭ ap￭ s￭ ori￭ asis ch￭ ron￭ ica and par￭ ap￭ s￭ ori￭ asis lic￭ hen￭ o￭ ides ch￭ ron￭ ica plc is an un￭ common idi￭ opathic acquired der￭ mat￭ osis characterized by evolving groups of er￭ y￭ them￭ at￭ ous scal￭ y pap￭ ules that may persist for months
pit￭ y￭ ri￭ asis lic￭ hen￭ o￭ ides et vari￭ oli￭ form￭ is acu￭ ta also known as acute gu￭ tt￭ ate par￭ ap￭ s￭ ori￭ asis acute par￭ ap￭ s￭ ori￭ asis acute pit￭ y￭ ri￭ asis lic￭ hen￭ o￭ ides mu￭ cha – ha￭ ber￭ mann disease par￭ ap￭ s￭ ori￭ asis acu￭ ta par￭ ap￭ s￭ ori￭ asis lic￭ hen￭ o￭ ides et vari￭ oli￭ form￭ is acu￭ ta and par￭ ap￭ s￭ ori￭ asis vari￭ oli￭ form￭ is is a disease of the immune system it is the more severe version of pit￭ y￭ ri￭ asis lic￭ hen￭ o￭ ides ch￭ ron￭ ica the disease is characterized by r￭ ashes and small le￭ sions on the skin the disease is more common in males and usually occurs in young adul￭ thood although it has been seen in every age group and every race it is possible for the disease to go into remission for short periods of time or forever
pit￭ y￭ ri￭ asis ro￭ sea also known as pit￭ y￭ ri￭ asis ro￭ sea gi￭ bert is a skin rash it is benign but may inflict substantial discomfort in certain cases class￭ ically it begins with a single herald patch le￭ sion followed in 1 or 2 weeks by a generalized body rash lasting up to 12 weeks however usually around 6 8
pit￭ y￭ ri￭ asis rot￭ unda also known as pit￭ y￭ ri￭ asis cir￭ cin￭ ata and tin￭ ea cir￭ cin￭ ata is a disorder of ker￭ atisation of the skin that manifests as a perfectly circular scal￭ y pat￭ ches on the tor￭ so and proxim￭ al portions of the extre￭ mi￭ ties it may be associated with diseases like he￭ pat￭ oc￭ ell￭ ular carcin￭ oma in rac￭ ially pre￭ disposed groups
pit￭ y￭ ri￭ asis ru￭ bra pil￭ aris also known as de￭ ver￭ gie s disease lichen ru￭ ber acu￭ min￭ atus and lichen ru￭ ber pil￭ aris refers to a group of chronic disorders characterized by red￭ dish orange scaling pl￭ aqu￭ es and ker￭ ato￭ tic fol￭ lic￭ ular pap￭ ules symptoms may include red￭ dish orange pat￭ ches latin ru￭ bra on the skin severe fla￭ king latin pit￭ y￭ ri￭ asis uncomfortable it￭ ching thick￭ ening of the skin on the feet and hands and thick￭ ened bu￭ mps around hair fol￭ lic￭ les latin pil￭ us for hair for some early symptoms may also include generalized sw￭ elling of the legs feet and other parts of the body pr￭ p has a varied clinical progression and a varied rate of improvement there is no known cause or cure although stress is a common factor it was first described by marie guill￭ au￭ me alph￭ on￭ se de￭ ver￭ gie in 18￭ 56 and the condition is also known as de￭ ver￭ gie s disease
pit￭ y￭ ros￭ por￭ um fol￭ lic￭ u￭ li￭ tis or mal￭ as￭ se￭ zia fol￭ lic￭ u￭ li￭ tis is a skin condition caused by infection by pit￭ y￭ ros￭ por￭ um ye￭ ast the skin of the upper trunk area including the back chest arms and sometimes the neck is often affected and this condition is often seen in young to middle aged adults although it has been known to occur in adults well into their six￭ ties and can also be found on the lower extre￭ mi￭ ties as well its diagnosis is based on the pr￭ uri￭ tic it￭ chy pap￭ ul￭ op￭ ust￭ ules found in a fol￭ lic￭ ular pattern in these regions although pu￭ st￭ ules form from an over￭ growth of the ye￭ ast mal￭ es￭ se￭ zia fur￭ fur plu￭ gging the fol￭ lic￭ les m fur￭ fur is li￭ po￭ phil￭ ic requiring fatty acids like what is present in o￭ ily skin to prolifer￭ ate it has been shown that pit￭ y￭ ros￭ por￭ um ye￭ ast grows by consuming fatty acids with carbon chain lengths c 11 to c 24 pit￭ y￭ ros￭ por￭ um is part of the normal skin flora but over￭ grows in certain conditions over￭ growth is associated with o￭ ily skin hum￭ idity or other pre existing der￭ mato￭ logic conditions such as se￭ bor￭ rhe￭ ic der￭ mati￭ tis and severe d￭ and￭ ru￭ ff
plac￭ enta acc￭ re￭ ta occurs when all or part of the plac￭ enta attaches abnormally to the my￭ ome￭ tri￭ um the muscular layer of the uter￭ ine wall three grades of abnormal plac￭ ental attachment are defined according to the depth of invasion acc￭ re￭ ta – ch￭ ori￭ onic vill￭ i attach to the my￭ ome￭ tri￭ um rather than being restricted within the deci￭ du￭ a bas￭ alis incre￭ ta – ch￭ ori￭ onic vill￭ i invade into the my￭ ome￭ tri￭ um per￭ cre￭ ta – ch￭ ori￭ onic vill￭ i invade through the my￭ ome￭ tri￭ um because of abnormal attachment to the my￭ ome￭ tri￭ um plac￭ enta acc￭ re￭ ta is associated with an increased risk of heavy bleeding at the time of attempted plac￭ ental delivery the need for transfusion of blood products is frequent and hyster￭ ec￭ tomy is sometimes required to control life threatening hemorrha￭ ge
plac￭ enta pre￭ via is an ob￭ ste￭ tric complic￭ ation in which the plac￭ enta is inserted partially or wholly in the lower uter￭ ine segment it is a leading cause of an￭ te￭ par￭ tum haemorrha￭ ge vag￭ inal bleeding it affects approximately 0 4 0 5 of all lab￭ ours in the last trim￭ ester of pregnancy the is￭ th￭ mus of the uter￭ us unfol￭ ds and forms the lower segment in a typical pregnancy the plac￭ enta does not over￭ lie if the plac￭ enta does over￭ lie the lower segment as is the case with plac￭ enta pre￭ via it may she￭ ar off and a small section may bleed
plac￭ ental ab￭ ruption also known as abrup￭ tio plac￭ enta￭ e is a complic￭ ation of pregnancy where￭ in the plac￭ ental lining has separated from the uter￭ us of the mother prior to delivery it is the most common pathological cause of late pregnancy bleeding in humans it refers to the abnormal separation after 20 weeks of gest￭ ation and prior to birth it occurs on average in 0 5 or 1 in 200 deliveries plac￭ ental ab￭ ruption is a significant contributor to maternal mortality worldwide early and skilled medical intervention is needed to ensure a good outcome and this is not available in many parts of the world treatment depends on how serious the ab￭ ruption is and how far along the woman is in her pregnancy plac￭ ental ab￭ ruption has effects on both mother and fe￭ tus the effects on the mother depend primarily on the severity of the ab￭ ruption while the effects on the fe￭ tus depend on both its severity and the gest￭ ational age at which it occurs the heart rate of the fe￭ tus can be associated with the severity
a plac￭ ental disease is any disease disorder or path￭ ology of the plac￭ enta the article also covers plac￭ entation ab￭ norm￭ alities which is often used synonym￭ ously for plac￭ ental disease
a plac￭ ental inf￭ arc￭ tion results from the interruption of blood supply to a part of the plac￭ enta causing its cells to die small plac￭ ental inf￭ arc￭ ts especially at the edge of the plac￭ ental dis￭ c are considered to be normal at term large plac￭ ental inf￭ arc￭ ts are associated with vascular ab￭ norm￭ alities e g hyper￭ troph￭ ic deci￭ dual vas￭ cul￭ opathy as seen in hyper￭ tension very large inf￭ arc￭ ts lead to plac￭ ental in￭ sufficiency and may result in fe￭ tal death
plac￭ ental in￭ sufficiency or uter￭ o plac￭ ental in￭ sufficiency is insufficient blood flow to the plac￭ enta during pregnancy the term is also sometimes used to designate late dec￭ eler￭ ations of fe￭ tal heart rate as measured by electronic monitoring even if there is no other evidence of reduced blood flow to the plac￭ enta normal uter￭ ine blood flow rate being 600 ml min
a plac￭ ental site no￭ dule abbreviated ps￭ n is benign rem￭ nant from a previous pregnancy
plac￭ ental site tro￭ pho￭ bl￭ astic tumor is a form of gest￭ ational tro￭ pho￭ bl￭ astic disease which is thought to arise from intermediate tro￭ pho￭ blast it may secre￭ te human plac￭ ental lac￭ to￭ gen human ch￭ ori￭ onic som￭ atom￭ am￭ mo￭ tro￭ pin and result in a false positive pregnancy test plac￭ ental site tro￭ pho￭ bl￭ astic tumor is a mon￭ op￭ has￭ ic ne￭ op￭ las￭ m of the implan￭ tation site intermediate tro￭ pho￭ blast and usually a benign le￭ sion which comprises less than 2 of all gest￭ ational tro￭ pho￭ bl￭ astic prolifer￭ ations preceding conditions include mol￭ ar pregnancy 5 compared to ch￭ ori￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma or invasive mole hemorrha￭ ge is less conspicuous and serum β h￭ c￭ g level is low making early diagnosis difficult immun￭ o￭ his￭ to￭ chemistry often stain￭ s with h￭ pl ker￭ atin mel cam eg￭ fr prog￭ no￭ sis 10 20 of cases me￭ tast￭ ase leading to death treatment because chem￭ otherapy is ineffective the patient should undergo hyster￭ ec￭ tomy
plac￭ ental vill￭ ous im￭ maturity also vill￭ ous im￭ maturity and vill￭ ous dys￭ maturity is ch￭ ori￭ onic vill￭ ous development that is inappropriate for the gest￭ ational age it is associated with diabetes mell￭ it￭ us￭ and fe￭ tal death near term i e in￭ trau￭ ter￭ ine demise close to the normal gest￭ ational period
in geo￭ logy a plac￭ er deposit or plac￭ er is an accumulation of valuable minerals formed by gravity separation during se￭ dim￭ entary processes the name is from the spanish word plac￭ er meaning allu￭ vi￭ al sand plac￭ er mining is an important source of gold and was the main technique used in the early years of many gold ru￭ shes including the california gold rush types of plac￭ er deposits include allu￭ vi￭ um elu￭ vi￭ um beach plac￭ ers and pal￭ e￭ op￭ lac￭ ers plac￭ er materials must be both dense and resistant to wea￭ thering processes to accumulate in plac￭ ers mineral particles must be significantly d￭ ens￭ er than quar￭ tz whose specific gravity is 2 65 as quar￭ tz is usually the largest component of sand or gra￭ vel plac￭ er environments typically contain black sand a conspicuous shiny black mixture of iron oxides mostly magne￭ ti￭ te with variable amounts of il￭ men￭ ite and hem￭ ati￭ te valuable mineral components often occurring with black sands are mon￭ az￭ ite ru￭ tile z￭ ir￭ con ch￭ rom￭ ite wol￭ fr￭ am￭ ite and cass￭ iter￭ ite
pl￭ ag￭ io￭ cephal￭ y also known as flat head syndrome is a condition characterized by an asymmetrical distortion fl￭ att￭ ening of one side of the skull it is characterized by a flat spot on the back or one side of the head caused by remaining in a sup￭ ine position for too long pl￭ ag￭ io￭ cephal￭ y is the word that is used to describe a diag￭ onal asymmetry across the head shape this word particularly describes a fl￭ att￭ ening which is to one side at the back of the head and there is often some facial asymmetry pl￭ ag￭ io￭ cephal￭ y divides into two groups sy￭ no￭ sto￭ tic pl￭ ag￭ io￭ cephal￭ y with one or more f￭ used cran￭ ial su￭ tures and non￭ sy￭ no￭ sto￭ tic de￭ form￭ ational pl￭ ag￭ io￭ cephal￭ y surgical treatment of these groups includes the deference method however the treatment of de￭ form￭ ational pl￭ ag￭ io￭ cephal￭ y is controversial br￭ ach￭ y￭ cephal￭ y describes a very wide head shape with a fl￭ att￭ ening across the whole back of the head
plague is an infectious disease that is caused by the bacter￭ ium y￭ er￭ sin￭ ia p￭ esti￭ s depending on lung infection or sanitary conditions plague can be spread in the air by direct contact or very rarely by contaminated under￭ cooked food the symptoms of plague depend on the concentrated areas of infection in each person bu￭ bon￭ ic plague in lymp￭ h no￭ des sep￭ tic￭ emic plague in blood vessels pneu￭ mon￭ ic plague in lungs it is treat￭ able if detected early plague is still relatively common in some remote parts of the world until june 2007 plague was one of the three epidemic diseases specifically re￭ portable to the world health organization cholera and yellow fever the other two the bacter￭ ium is named after the french swiss bacter￭ io￭ logist alex￭ andre y￭ er￭ sin historically what are thought to have been massive pandemics of plague swept through eur￭ asia with very high death rates and causing major cultural changes the largest of these were the plague of just￭ inian of 541 – 542 the black death of the 13￭ 40 s continuing in the second plague pandemic to break out at intervals and the third plague pandemic beginning in 18￭ 55 and considered inactive from 1959 the epidemiological use of the term plague is currently applied to any severe bub￭ o infl￭ amm￭ ation resulting from an infection with y p￭ esti￭ s historically the medical use of the term plague has been applied to pandemic infections in general plague is often synonymous with bu￭ bon￭ ic plague but this describes just one of its manifestations other names have been used to describe this disease such as black plague and the black death the latter is now used primarily by scholars to describe the second and most devastating pandemic of the disease the e￭ ty￭ mo￭ logy of the word plague is believed to come from the latin word pl￭ ā￭ ga blow wound and pl￭ ang￭ ere “ to strike or to strike down ” cf german pl￭ age “ inf￭ est￭ ation ”
in graph theory the plan￭ arity testing problem is the algori￭ th￭ mic problem of testing whether a given graph is a plan￭ ar graph that is whether it can be drawn in the plane without edge inter￭ sections this is a well studied problem in computer science for which many practical algori￭ th￭ ms have emerged many taking advantage of novel data structures most of these methods operate in o n time linear time where n is the number of edges or ver￭ tices in the graph which is as￭ ymp￭ to￭ tically optimal rather than just being a single boo￭ lean value the output of a plan￭ arity testing algori￭ thm may be a plan￭ ar graph embed￭ ding if the graph is plan￭ ar or an obstacle to plan￭ arity such as a kur￭ at￭ owski sub￭ graph if it is not
pl￭ anis￭ pir￭ al is a condition in which a tu￭ bi￭ col￭ ous shell is co￭ iled in a single horizontal plane and the diameter increases away from the axis of co￭ iling this term is usually used for describing gastro￭ pod shells many cephal￭ o￭ pods and tu￭ be￭ worms can also have a pl￭ anis￭ pir￭ al shell all￭ ab￭ y and all￭ ab￭ y 1999
the planning fall￭ acy first proposed by daniel kah￭ n￭ eman and amos t￭ ver￭ sky in 1979 is a phenomenon in which predictions about how much time will be needed to complete a future task display an optimism bias and underestimate the time needed this phenomenon occurs regardless of the individual s knowledge that past tasks of a similar nature have taken longer to complete than generally planned the bias only affects predictions about one s own tasks when outside observers predict task completion times they show a pessimistic bias over￭ estimating the time needed the planning fall￭ acy requires that predictions of current tasks completion times are more optimistic than the beliefs about past completion times for similar projects and that predictions of the current tasks completion times are more optimistic than the actual time needed to complete the tasks in 2003 lo￭ vall￭ o and kah￭ n￭ eman proposed an expanded definition as the tendency to underestimate the time costs and risks of future actions and at the same time overestimate the benefits of the same actions according to this definition the planning fall￭ acy results in not only time over￭ runs but also cost over￭ runs and benefit shortfalls
the planning horizon is the amount of time an organization will look into the future when preparing a strategic plan many commercial companies use a five year planning horizon however a general planning horizon is around one year other organizations such as the forestry commission in the uk have to use a much longer planning horizon to form effective plans in manufacturing a planning horizon is a future time period during which departments that support production will plan production work and determine material requirements in economics a planning horizon is the length of time an individual plans ahead it s important in the quest for total value as opposed to short term pleasure consumption
plant perception is the ability of plants to sense and respond to the environment to adjust their mor￭ pho￭ logy physi￭ ology and phen￭ o￭ type accordingly other disciplines such as plant physi￭ ology ecology and molecular biology are used to assess this ability plants react to chemicals gravity light moisture infections temperature oxygen and carbon dioxide concentrations parasite inf￭ est￭ ation disease physical disruption sound and touch
tolerance is the ability of plants to mitigate the negative fitness effects caused by her￭ bi￭ v￭ ory it is one of the general plant defense strategies against her￭ bi￭ vores the other being resistance which is the ability of plants to prevent damage strauss and ag￭ ra￭ wal 1999 plant defense strategies play important roles in the survival of plants as they are fed upon by many different types of her￭ bi￭ vores especially insects which may impose negative fitness effects strauss and z￭ ang￭ er￭ l 2002 damage can occur in almost any part of the plants including the roots stems leaves flowers and seeds strauss and zer￭ ger￭ l 2002 in response to her￭ bi￭ v￭ ory plants have evolved a wide variety of defense mechanisms and although relatively less studied than resistance strategies tolerance traits play a major role in plant defense strauss and zer￭ ger￭ l 2002 ro￭ sen￭ th￭ al and ko￭ tan￭ en 1995 traits that confer tolerance are controlled genetically and therefore are her￭ itable traits under selection strauss and ag￭ ra￭ wal 1999 many factors intrinsic to the plants such as growth rate storage capacity photo￭ synthetic rates and nutrient allocation and uptake can affect the extent to which plants can tolerate damage ro￭ sen￭ th￭ al and ko￭ tan￭ en 1994 extr￭ ins￭ ic factors such as soil nutrition carbon dioxide levels light levels water availability and competition also have an effect on tolerance ro￭ sen￭ th￭ al and ko￭ tan￭ en 1994
plan￭ tar cal￭ can￭ e￭ al bur￭ si￭ tis is a medical condition in which there is infl￭ amm￭ ation of the plan￭ tar cal￭ can￭ e￭ al bur￭ sa a spon￭ gy fluid filled s￭ ac that cush￭ ions the fas￭ cia of the heel and the cal￭ can￭ eus heel bone it is characterized by sw￭ elling and tender￭ ness of the central plan￭ tar heel area it is sometimes called policeman s heel it sometimes was and should not be confused with plan￭ tar fas￭ ci￭ i￭ tis which is infl￭ amm￭ ation of the plan￭ tar fas￭ cia and can affect any part of the foot
plan￭ tar fas￭ ci￭ i￭ tis is a disorder that results in pain in the heel and bottom of the foot the pain is usually most severe with the first steps of the day or following a period of rest pain is also frequently brought on by b￭ ending the foot and toes up towards the shin and may be worsened by a tight achilles tend￭ on the condition typically comes on slowly in about a third of people both legs are affected typically there are no fe￭ vers or night swe￭ ats the causes of plan￭ tar fas￭ ci￭ i￭ tis are not entirely clear risk factors include over￭ use such as from long periods of standing an increase in exercise and obesity it is also associated with inward rolling of the foot and a lifestyle that involves little exercise while heel sp￭ urs are frequently found it is unclear if they have a role in causing the condition plan￭ tar fas￭ ci￭ i￭ tis is a disorder of the insertion site of the lig￭ ament on the bone characterized by micro tears breakdown of coll￭ agen and scar￭ ring as infl￭ amm￭ ation plays a lesser role many feel the condition should be ren￭ amed plan￭ tar fas￭ ci￭ osis the diagnosis is typically based on signs and symptoms with ul￭ tras￭ ound sometimes used to help other conditions with similar symptoms include o￭ ste￭ o￭ ar￭ thri￭ tis an￭ ky￭ losing spon￭ dy￭ li￭ tis heel pad syndrome and reactive ar￭ thri￭ tis most cases of plan￭ tar fas￭ ci￭ i￭ tis resolve with time and conservative methods of treatment usually for the first few weeks people are advised to rest change their activities take pain medications and stretch if this is not sufficient physi￭ otherapy orth￭ o￭ tics spl￭ in￭ ting or ster￭ o￭ id injections may be options if other measures do not work ex￭ trac￭ or￭ po￭ real shoc￭ k￭ wave therapy or surgery may be tried between 4 and 7 of people have heel pain at any given time and about 80 of these cases are due to plan￭ tar fas￭ ci￭ i￭ tis approximately 10 of people have the disorder at some point during their life it becomes more common with age it is unclear if one sex is more affected than the other
plan￭ tar fas￭ cial fi￭ bro￭ mat￭ osis also known as led￭ der￭ hose s disease mor￭ bus led￭ der￭ hose and plan￭ tar fi￭ bro￭ mat￭ osis is a relatively un￭ common non m￭ align￭ ant thick￭ ening of the feet s deep connec￭ tive tissue or fas￭ cia in the beginning where no￭ d￭ ules or cords start growing along tend￭ ons of the foot the disease is minor eventually however the cords thick￭ en the toes sti￭ ff￭ en and bend and walking becomes painful the disease is named after dr georg led￭ der￭ hose a german surgeon who described the condition for the first time in 18￭ 94 a similar disease is du￭ pu￭ y￭ tre￭ n s disease which affects the hand and causes bent hand or fingers as in most forms of fi￭ bro￭ mat￭ osis it is usually benign and its onset varies with each patient the no￭ d￭ ules are typically slow growing and most often found in the central and medi￭ al portions of the plan￭ tar fas￭ cia occasionally the no￭ d￭ ules may lie dormant for months to years only to begin rapid and unexpected growth options for intervention include radiation therapy cry￭ o￭ surgery xi￭ af￭ lex surgical removal only if discomfort hinders walking
a plan￭ tar wart or ver￭ r￭ uca is a wart occurring on the sole or toes of the foot caused by the human pap￭ il￭ lo￭ ma￭ virus h￭ p￭ v h￭ p￭ v infections in other locations are not plan￭ tar see human pap￭ il￭ lo￭ ma￭ virus plan￭ tar war￭ ts are usually self limiting but treatment is generally recommended to lessen symptoms which may include pain decrease duration and reduce transmission infection occurs in an estimated 7 – 10 of the us population and genetics plays an important role in determining suscep￭ tibility
plasma cell dys￭ cr￭ asi￭ as are disorders of the plasma cells plasma cell dys￭ cr￭ asi￭ as are produced as a result of abnormal proliferation of a mono￭ cl￭ onal population of plasma cells that may or may not secre￭ te detec￭ table levels of a mono￭ cl￭ onal immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ulin or immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ulin frag￭ ment par￭ a￭ protein or m protein although the most common plasma cell dys￭ cr￭ asia is mono￭ cl￭ onal gam￭ mop￭ athy of un￭ determined significance m￭ gus closely related disorders include multiple my￭ el￭ oma solitary plas￭ mac￭ y￭ tom￭ a of bone extr￭ ame￭ dul￭ l￭ ary plas￭ mac￭ y￭ tom￭ a wal￭ den￭ ström s macro￭ glob￭ ul￭ in￭ emia w￭ m primary amy￭ lo￭ ido￭ sis light chain de￭ position disease par￭ a￭ prote￭ in￭ emia and heavy chain disease the spectrum of m￭ gus solitary plas￭ mac￭ y￭ tom￭ a of bone and as￭ ymp￭ tomatic and symptomatic multiple my￭ el￭ oma may actually represent a natural progression of the same disease
plasma cell g￭ ing￭ i￭ vi￭ tis is a rare condition appearing as generalized er￭ y￭ them￭ a red￭ ness and e￭ dem￭ a sw￭ elling of the attached g￭ ing￭ iva occasionally accompanied by ch￭ ei￭ li￭ tis lip sw￭ elling or glos￭ si￭ tis tongue sw￭ elling it is called plasma cell g￭ ing￭ i￭ vi￭ tis where the g￭ ing￭ iva g￭ ums are involved plasma cell ch￭ ei￭ li￭ tis where the lips are involved and other terms such as plasma cell ori￭ facial mu￭ co￭ si￭ tis or plasma cell g￭ ing￭ ivo￭ stom￭ ati￭ tis where several sites in the mouth are involved on the lips the condition appears as sharply outlined infiltr￭ ated dark red pla￭ que with a l￭ acqu￭ er like gla￭ zing of the surface of the involved oral area
plasma cell gran￭ ul￭ oma is a le￭ sional pattern of infl￭ am￭ matory pseu￭ do￭ tum￭ our different from the infl￭ am￭ matory my￭ o￭ fi￭ bro￭ bl￭ astic tumor pattern it is linked to ig￭ g 4 related disease
plasma cell leuk￭ emia pc￭ l a lymp￭ ho￭ prolifer￭ ative disorder is a rare cancer involving a subtype of white blood cells called plasma cells plasma cell leuk￭ emia is one of the most aggressive human ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms and constitutes 2 to 4 of all cases of plasma cell disorders the who criterion for diagnosis of pc￭ l is that plasma cells constitute more than 20 of cells in the peripheral blood with an absolute plasma cell count of more than 2 × 109 l the presentation may be primary de novo or secondary evolving from an existing case of multiple my￭ el￭ oma as part of the terminal phase of the disease approximately 60 to 70 of cases are primary
the plasma effect is a computer based visual effect animated in real time it uses cycles of changing colours war￭ ped in various ways to give an illusion of liquid organic movement plasma was probably invented by dem￭ o co￭ ders for use in their demo￭ s where the effect was heavily used especially in the early 1990 s the effect was particularly common on the commod￭ ore am￭ ig￭ a where it could be implemented very efficiently by using the features of the proprietary display hardware plasma can also be implemented easily in software rendering by using sin￭ us tables and pseu￭ do￭ color pal￭ et￭ tes and it has also been the first true dem￭ o effect for many beginning pc demo￭ co￭ ders the frac￭ tal software frac￭ tin￭ t also incorporates an algori￭ thm known as plasma which when combined with the color cycling feature of the software can provide a result which resembles a typical plasma effect used in demo￭ s the technical basis however is completely different and a color cycling plasma is somewhat less dynamic than a dem￭ o plasma similar effects are easily implement on modern g￭ p￭ us in pi￭ x￭ el shad￭ ers
plas￭ m￭ ab￭ l￭ astic lymp￭ homa is a type of large b cell lymp￭ homa recognized in the who 2008 classification it is cd 20 negative and has an immun￭ op￭ hen￭ o￭ type that resembles plasma cells in formal use lymp￭ hom￭ as with plas￭ m￭ ab￭ l￭ astic immun￭ op￭ hen￭ o￭ type such as primary eff￭ usion lymp￭ homa al￭ k large b cell lymp￭ homa large b cell lymp￭ homa arising in h￭ h￭ v 8 associated mul￭ tic￭ entr￭ ic cast￭ lem￭ an s disease and ex￭ trac￭ av￭ itary h￭ h￭ v – 8 positive lymp￭ homa are not part of this category although sometimes the literature has confused this point
plas￭ mac￭ y￭ tom￭ a refers to a m￭ align￭ ant plasma cell tumor growing within soft tissue or within the ax￭ ial skelet￭ on there are three distinct groups of plas￭ mac￭ y￭ tom￭ a defined by the international my￭ el￭ oma working group solitary plas￭ mac￭ y￭ tom￭ a of bone sp￭ b extr￭ ame￭ dul￭ l￭ ary plas￭ mac￭ y￭ tom￭ a ep and multiple plas￭ mac￭ y￭ tom￭ as that are either primary or recurrent the most common of these is sp￭ b accounting for 3 – 5 of all plasma cell m￭ align￭ ancies sp￭ bs occur as ly￭ tic le￭ sions within the ax￭ ial skelet￭ on and extr￭ ame￭ dul￭ l￭ ary plas￭ mac￭ y￭ tom￭ as most often occur in the upper respiratory tract 85 but can occur in any soft tissue approximately half of all cases produce par￭ a￭ prote￭ in￭ emia sp￭ bs and extr￭ ame￭ dul￭ l￭ ary plas￭ mac￭ y￭ tom￭ as are mostly treated with radi￭ otherapy but surgery is used in some cases of extr￭ ame￭ dul￭ l￭ ary plas￭ mac￭ y￭ tom￭ a the sk￭ el￭ etal forms frequently progress to multiple my￭ el￭ oma over the course of 2 – 4 years due to their cellular similarity plas￭ mac￭ y￭ tom￭ as have to be differentiated from multiple my￭ el￭ oma for sp￭ b and extr￭ ame￭ dul￭ l￭ ary plas￭ mac￭ y￭ tom￭ a the distinction is the presence of only one le￭ sion either in bone or soft tissue normal bone marrow 5 plasma cells normal sk￭ el￭ etal survey absent or low par￭ a￭ protein and no end organ damage
plas￭ mac￭ y￭ to￭ sis is a condition in which there is an unusually large proportion of plasma cells in tissues exu￭ dates or blood plas￭ mac￭ y￭ to￭ sis may be divided into two types — cu￭ taneous and systemic — both of which have identical skin findings patients with plas￭ mac￭ y￭ to￭ sis have been predominantly found to have lung infections pneumonia tuberculosis abs￭ c￭ ess whereas multiple my￭ el￭ oma is rarely found
plas￭ mo￭ ac￭ an￭ thom￭ a is a condition of the oral mu￭ co￭ sa characterized by a ver￭ ru￭ co￭ us tumor with a plasma cell infiltr￭ ate
plate like o￭ ste￭ oma cu￭ tis is a con￭ genital condition characterized by firm pap￭ ules and no￭ d￭ ules on the skin
pl￭ ate￭ au iris is a medical condition of the eye resulting from pushing of peripheral part of iris forward by the large or an￭ ter￭ ior￭ ly placed ci￭ li￭ ary body causing angle closer gl￭ au￭ coma this configuration is usually corrected by i￭ ri￭ dec￭ tomy if the gl￭ au￭ coma persists even after i￭ ri￭ dec￭ tomy then it is called pl￭ ate￭ au iris syndrome this is managed by mi￭ o￭ tics or laser peripheral i￭ ri￭ dop￭ la￭ sty
pl￭ ate￭ au pressure p￭ pl￭ at is the pressure applied to small airways and al￭ ve￭ oli during positive pressure mechanical ventilation it is measured during an inspir￭ atory pause on the mechanical venti￭ lat￭ or
plat￭ elet storage pool deficiency is a type of co￭ ag￭ ul￭ opathy characterized by defects in the gran￭ ules in plat￭ el￭ ets particularly a lack of gran￭ ular non metabol￭ ic ad￭ p patients with ad￭ p deficient storage pool disease present a prolonged bleeding time due to impaired aggregation response to fi￭ bri￭ ll￭ ar coll￭ agen it may involve the alpha gran￭ ules or the dense gran￭ ules
plat￭ in￭ osis is an allergy like reaction to exposure to soluble salts of plat￭ inum the symptoms of plat￭ in￭ osis may include asthma der￭ mati￭ tis dy￭ sp￭ ne￭ a con￭ junc￭ ti￭ val vas￭ o￭ di￭ lat￭ ation and rhin￭ op￭ har￭ yn￭ gi￭ tis the symptoms are progressive sometimes taking months to years to appear plat￭ in￭ osis is usually associated with workers in industries related to plat￭ inum production the effects are permanent halo￭ gen￭ o plat￭ inum compounds are among the most potent respiratory and skin sensi￭ tis￭ ers known therefore it is vital that exposure via the skin and by breathing contaminated air is carefully controlled in practice the compounds mainly responsible for plat￭ inum sensi￭ tisation are typically the soluble ion￭ ic plat￭ inum chlor￭ o compounds such as ammonium hex￭ ach￭ lor￭ op￭ lat￭ inate and tetr￭ ach￭ lor￭ op￭ lat￭ inate and hex￭ ach￭ lor￭ op￭ lat￭ in￭ ic acid other ion￭ ic halo￭ gen￭ o compounds are also sensi￭ tis￭ ers the order of aller￭ gen￭ icity being cl br i neutral compounds such as cis pl￭ atin and am￭ mine and nit￭ ro complex￭ es such as pt n￭ h 3 4 cl 2 k 2 pt no 2 4 and plat￭ inum nitrate are not considered to be aller￭ genic neither is the metal
plat￭ y￭ b￭ asia is a spinal disease of a mal￭ formed relationship between the oc￭ ci￭ p￭ ital bone and cer￭ vic￭ al sp￭ ine it may be caused by pag￭ et s disease plat￭ y￭ b￭ asia is also a feature of gor￭ lin gol￭ tz syndrome commonly known as bas￭ al cell nev￭ us syndrome
plat￭ y￭ spon￭ dyl￭ ic lethal sk￭ el￭ etal dys￭ pl￭ asia tor￭ rance type is a severe disorder of bone growth people with this condition have very short arms and legs a small chest with short ribs underdeveloped pel￭ vic bones and unusually short fingers and toes br￭ ach￭ y￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly this disorder is also characterized by fl￭ att￭ ened spinal bones plat￭ y￭ spon￭ dy￭ ly and abnormal cur￭ v￭ ature of the sp￭ ine lor￭ do￭ sis as a result of these serious sk￭ el￭ etal problems many infants with plat￭ y￭ spon￭ dyl￭ ic lethal sk￭ el￭ etal dys￭ pl￭ asia tor￭ rance type are born prematurely are still￭ born or die shortly after birth from respiratory failure a few affected people with mil￭ der signs and symptoms have lived into adul￭ thood however this condition is one of a spectrum of sk￭ el￭ etal disorders caused by mutations in the col 2 a 1 gene this gene provides instructions for making a protein that forms type ii coll￭ agen this type of coll￭ agen is found mostly in car￭ til￭ age and in the clear gel that fills the eye￭ ball the vit￭ re￭ ous it is essential for the normal development of bones and other tissues that form the body s supportive framework connec￭ tive tissues mutations in the col 2 a 1 gene interfere with the assembly of type ii coll￭ agen molecules resulting in a reduced amount of this type of coll￭ agen in the body instead of forming coll￭ agen molecules the abnormal col 2 a 1 protein builds up in car￭ til￭ age cells ch￭ on￭ dro￭ cy￭ tes these changes disrupt the normal development of bones and other connec￭ tive tissues leading to the sk￭ el￭ etal ab￭ norm￭ alities characteristic of plat￭ y￭ spon￭ dyl￭ ic lethal sk￭ el￭ etal dys￭ pl￭ asia tor￭ rance type this condition is inherited in an auto￭ som￭ al dominant pattern which means one copy of the altered gene in each cell is sufficient to cause the disorder in some cases an affected person inher￭ its the mutation from one affected parent other cases may result from new mutations in the gene these cases occur in people with no history of the disorder in their family
plausible deni￭ ability is the ability for persons typically senior officials in a formal or informal chain of command to deny knowledge of or responsibility for any dam￭ n￭ able actions committed by others usually subordin￭ ates in an organizational hierarchy because of a lack of evidence that can confirm their participation even if they were personally involved in or at least will￭ fully ignorant of the actions in the case that illegal or otherwise dis￭ reputable and unpopular activities become public high ranking officials may deny any awareness of such act in order to ins￭ ulate themselves and shift blame onto the agents who carried out the acts confident that their doub￭ ters will be unable to prove otherwise the lack of evidence to the contrary ostensibly makes the denial plausible that is credible although sometimes it merely makes it un￭ action￭ able the term typically implies fore￭ thought such as intentionally setting up the conditions to pl￭ au￭ sibly avoid responsibility for one s future actions or knowledge in some organizations legal doctrines such as command responsibility exist to hold major parties responsible for the actions of subordin￭ ates involved in hein￭ ous acts and nul￭ lify any legal protection that their denial of involvement would carry in politics and espionage deni￭ ability refers to the ability of a powerful player or intelligence agency to pass the buck and avoid blow￭ back by secretly arranging for an action to be taken on their behalf by a third party ostensibly un￭ connected with the major player in political campaigns plausible deni￭ ability enables candidates to stay clean and denounce third party advertisements that use un￭ ethical approaches or potentially li￭ bell￭ ous in￭ nu￭ endo in the us plausible deni￭ ability is also a legal concept it refers to lack of evidence proving an allegation standards of proof vary in civil and criminal cases in civil cases the standard of proof is prep￭ onder￭ ance of the evidence whereas in a criminal matter the standard is beyond a reasonable doubt if an opponent cannot provide evidence for his allegation one can pl￭ au￭ sibly deny the allegation even though it may be true although plausible deni￭ ability has existed throughout history that name for it was coined by the cia in the early 1960 s to describe the withholding of information from senior officials in order to protect them from repercussions in the event that illegal or unpopular activities by the cia became public knowledge the roots of the name go back to harry trum￭ an s national security council paper 10 2 of june 18 1948 which defined covert operations as all activities conducted pursuant to this directive which are so planned and executed that any u s government responsibility for them is not evident to unauthorized persons and that if uncovered the u s government can pl￭ au￭ sibly dis￭ claim any responsibility for them n￭ sc 54￭ 12 was de classified in 1977 and is located at the national archives r￭ g 273
a pl￭ ec￭ tr￭ on is a specialized v￭ hf u￭ hf single channel emergency aler￭ ting radio receiver used to activate emergency response personnel and disaster warning systems manufactured from the late 1950 s through the late 1990 s by the now de￭ func￭ t pl￭ ec￭ tr￭ on corporation in over￭ ton ne￭ br￭ aska hundreds of thousands of these radi￭ os were placed in homes of first respon￭ ders across all of north america this included ambulance crews full time and volunteer firefighters off duty specialized police response teams civil defense members and search and rescue teams a pl￭ ec￭ tr￭ on s main feature distinguishing it from a regular squ￭ el￭ ched radio was its selective de squ￭ el￭ ching it would only sound when a correct pair of tones were broadcast allowing many agencies with different tones to share the same frequency some pl￭ ec￭ tr￭ on models had a set of built in re chargeable batteries for this made the pl￭ ec￭ tr￭ on portable the motor￭ ola min￭ itor p￭ ager also uses this function and has largely replaced the pl￭ ec￭ tr￭ on
ple￭ och￭ ro￭ ism is an optical phenomenon in which a substance appears to be different colors when observed at different angles especially with pol￭ arized light
ple￭ om￭ orph￭ ic t cell lymp￭ homa also known as non my￭ co￭ sis fun￭ go￭ ides cd 30 − ple￭ om￭ orph￭ ic small medium sized cu￭ taneous t cell lymp￭ homa is a cu￭ taneous condition characterized by a 5 year survival rate of 62
ple￭ om￭ orph￭ ic aden￭ oma is a common benign sali￭ vary g￭ land ne￭ op￭ las￭ m characterised by ne￭ op￭ l￭ astic proliferation of paren￭ ch￭ y￭ mat￭ ous g￭ land￭ ular cells along with my￭ o￭ epi￭ the￭ li￭ al components having a m￭ align￭ ant potenti￭ ality it is the most common type of sali￭ vary g￭ land tumor and the most common tumor of the par￭ o￭ ti￭ d g￭ land it derives its name from the architectural ple￭ om￭ orph￭ ism variable appearance seen by light micro￭ sco￭ py it is also known as mixed tumor sali￭ vary g￭ land type which describes its ple￭ om￭ orph￭ ic appearance as opposed to its dual origin from epi￭ the￭ li￭ al and my￭ o￭ epi￭ the￭ li￭ al elements
ple￭ om￭ orph￭ ic li￭ po￭ mas like spin￭ dle cell li￭ po￭ mas occur for the most part on the backs and necks of elderly men and are characterized by flo￭ ret giant cells with overlapping nucle￭ i
ple￭ om￭ orph￭ ic un￭ differentiated sar￭ coma abbreviated p￭ us also un￭ differentiated ple￭ om￭ orph￭ ic sar￭ coma and previously m￭ align￭ ant fi￭ bro￭ us his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ tom￭ a abbreviated m￭ f￭ h is a type of soft tissue sar￭ coma it is considered a diagnosis of exclusion for sar￭ com￭ as that cannot be more precisely categ￭ orized
ple￭ om￭ orph￭ ic x￭ anth￭ o￭ astro￭ cy￭ tom￭ a p￭ xa is a brain tumor that occurs most frequently in children and teenagers at boston children s hospital the average age at diagnosis is 12 years ple￭ om￭ orph￭ ic x￭ anth￭ o￭ astro￭ cy￭ tom￭ a usually develops within the supr￭ at￭ ent￭ orial region the area of the brain located above the tent￭ orium cere￭ b￭ elli it is generally located superfic￭ ially in the up￭ per￭ most sections in the cere￭ br￭ al hemis￭ ph￭ er￭ es and involves the le￭ p￭ tom￭ en￭ inges it rarely arises from the spinal cord these tumors are formed through the mit￭ osis of astro￭ cy￭ tes they are found in the area of the tem￭ ples in the brain s frontal lo￭ be or on top of the par￭ ie￭ tal lo￭ be in about 20 of cases tumors exist in more than one lo￭ be
in micro￭ biology ple￭ om￭ orph￭ ism from greek π￭ λέ￭ ω more and μ￭ ορ￭ φ￭ ή form is the ability of some bacteria to alter their shape or size in response to environmental conditions ple￭ om￭ orph￭ ism has been observed in some members of the de￭ ino￭ co￭ cc￭ ace￭ ae family the modern definition of ple￭ om￭ orph￭ ism in the context of bacteri￭ ology is based on variation of size or shape of the cell rather than a change of shape as previously believed
a ple￭ ural eff￭ usion is excess fluid that accumul￭ ates in the ple￭ ural cav￭ ity the fluid filled space that surrounds the lungs this excess can impair breathing by limiting the expansion of the lungs various kinds of ple￭ ural eff￭ usion depending on the nature of the fluid and what caused its entry into the ple￭ ural space are hydro￭ thor￭ ax ser￭ ous fluid h￭ emo￭ thor￭ ax blood ur￭ ino￭ thor￭ ax urine ch￭ y￭ lo￭ thor￭ ax ch￭ yle or py￭ o￭ thor￭ ax p￭ us a pneu￭ mo￭ thor￭ ax is the accumulation of air in the ple￭ ural space and is commonly called a collapsed lung
ple￭ ural emp￭ y￭ ema also known as py￭ o￭ thor￭ ax or pur￭ ul￭ ent ple￭ uri￭ tis is emp￭ y￭ ema an accumulation of p￭ us in the ple￭ ural cav￭ ity that can develop when bacteria invade the ple￭ ural space usually in the context of a pneumonia it is one of various kinds of ple￭ ural eff￭ usion there are three stages ex￭ ud￭ ative when there is an increase in ple￭ ural fluid with or without the presence of p￭ us fi￭ brin￭ op￭ ur￭ ul￭ ent when fi￭ bro￭ us sep￭ ta form loc￭ alized p￭ us pockets and the final organizing stage when there is scar￭ ring of the ple￭ ura memb￭ ran￭ es with possible inability of the lung to expand simple ple￭ ural eff￭ u￭ sions occur in up to 40 of bacterial pneu￭ mon￭ ias they are usually small and resolve with appropriate antibiotic therapy if however an emp￭ y￭ ema develops additional intervention is required
ple￭ ur￭ isy also known as ple￭ uri￭ tis is an infl￭ amm￭ ation of the ple￭ ur￭ ae the memb￭ ran￭ es of the ple￭ ural cav￭ ity surrounding the lungs there are many possible causes of ple￭ ur￭ isy but viral infections spreading from the lungs to the ple￭ ural cav￭ ity are the most common the infl￭ amed ple￭ ural layers rub against each other every time the lungs expand to breathe in air this can cause sharp pain when breathing also called ple￭ uri￭ tic chest pain the condition may either be primary or secondary and is often associated with a ple￭ ural eff￭ usion
ple￭ u￭ ro￭ pneumonia is infl￭ amm￭ ation of the lungs and ple￭ ura ple￭ ur￭ isy being the infl￭ amm￭ ation of the ple￭ ura alone
ple￭ u￭ ro￭ pul￭ mon￭ ary bl￭ ast￭ oma pp￭ b is a rare cancer originating in the lung or ple￭ ural cav￭ ity it occurs most often in infants and young children but also has been reported in adults in a retrospective review of 204 children with lung tumors ple￭ u￭ ro￭ pul￭ mon￭ ary bl￭ ast￭ oma and carcin￭ o￭ id tumor were the most common primary tumors 83 of the 204 children had secondary tumors spread from cancers elsewhere in the body ple￭ u￭ ro￭ pul￭ mon￭ ary bl￭ ast￭ oma is regarded as m￭ align￭ ant
ple￭ u￭ roth￭ o￭ ton￭ us commonly known as pisa syndrome is a rare neuro￭ logical disorder which occurs due to prolonged exposure to anti￭ psychotic drugs which may also be referred to as neuro￭ le￭ p￭ tics it is characterized by dy￭ st￭ onia and abnormal and sustained involuntary muscle contraction this may cause tw￭ isting or jer￭ king movements of the body or a body part although pisa syndrome develops most commonly in those undergoing long term treatment with anti￭ psycho￭ tics it has been reported less frequently in patients receiving other medications such as an ace￭ ty￭ l￭ chol￭ in￭ est￭ erase inhi￭ bit￭ or however it has also been seen in those with other diseases causing neuro￭ de￭ generation and in those who are not receiving any medication idi￭ opathic pisa syndrome the characteristic development of pisa syndrome consists of two types of dy￭ st￭ onia acute dy￭ st￭ onia and tar￭ dive dy￭ st￭ onia also known as tar￭ dive dy￭ sk￭ ine￭ sia the underlying path￭ ology of drug induced pisa syndrome is very complex and development may be due to an underlying dop￭ am￭ iner￭ gic chol￭ iner￭ gic imbalance or sero￭ ton￭ er￭ gic nor￭ adren￭ er￭ gic dysfunction
pl￭ exi￭ form fi￭ bro￭ his￭ ti￭ oc￭ y￭ tic tumor is a rare tumor that arises primarily on the upper extre￭ mi￭ ties of children and young adults
plex￭ opathy is a disorder affecting a network of nerves blood vessels or lymp￭ h vessels the region of nerves it affects are at the br￭ achi￭ al or lum￭ bo￭ sac￭ ral plex￭ us symptoms include pain loss of motor control and sensory deficits there are two main types of plex￭ opathy br￭ achi￭ al plex￭ opathy and lum￭ bo￭ sac￭ ral plex￭ opathy they are usually caused from some sort of loc￭ alized trauma such as a dis￭ located shoulder the disorder can also be caused secondary to a compression co mor￭ bid vascular disease infection or may be idi￭ opathic with an unknown cause both plex￭ opath￭ ies can also occur as a consequence of radiation therapy sometimes after 30 or more years have passed in conditions known as radiation induced br￭ achi￭ al plex￭ opathy ri￭ bp and radiation induced lum￭ bo￭ sac￭ ral plex￭ opathy ri￭ l￭ p
plic￭ a syndrome also known as sy￭ no￭ vi￭ al plic￭ a syndrome is a condition which occurs when a plic￭ a an extension of the protective sy￭ no￭ vi￭ al cap￭ su￭ le of the knee becomes irritated enlarged or infl￭ amed
pl￭ inian erup￭ tions also known as ves￭ u￭ vian erup￭ tions are volcanic erup￭ tions marked by their similarity to the eruption of mount ves￭ u￭ vi￭ us in 79 ad the eruption was described in a letter written by pl￭ in￭ y the younger it killed his uncle pl￭ in￭ y the elder pl￭ inian erup￭ tions are marked by columns of gas and volcanic ash extending high into the str￭ ato￭ sphere the second layer of earth s atmosphere the key characteristics are e￭ jec￭ tion of large amount of pum￭ ice and very powerful continuous gas blast erup￭ tions according to the volcanic explo￭ sivity index pl￭ inian erup￭ tions have a ve￭ i of 4 5 or 6 short erup￭ tions can end in less than a day but longer events can take several days to months the longer erup￭ tions begin with production of clouds of volcanic ash sometimes with pyro￭ cl￭ astic flows the amount of mag￭ ma erupted can be so large that it deple￭ tes the mag￭ ma chamber below causing the top of the volcano to collapse resulting in a calder￭ a fine ash can deposit over large areas pl￭ inian erup￭ tions are often accompanied by loud noises such as those generated by k￭ rak￭ ato￭ a the lava is usually rhy￭ oli￭ tic and rich in silic￭ ates bas￭ al￭ tic la￭ vas are unusual for pl￭ inian erup￭ tions the most recent bas￭ al￭ tic example is the 18￭ 86 eruption of mount tar￭ aw￭ era on new zealand s north island
plot drift is a phenomenon in stor￭ y￭ telling in which the plot of the story devi￭ ates from its apparent initial direction the phenomenon can affect written works although it is often more noticeable in performed media such as television shows or movies plot drift is generally though not always seen as contrary to good stor￭ y￭ telling technique a sign of plot drift can be the increased introduction of new characters and settings near the end of a story a contrary literary technique might include the apparent introduction of plot drift only to later reveal a connection to the rest of the story
plo￭ tt￭ age is the increase in value realized by combining adjacent parcels of land into one larger parcel the process of combining the parcels is known as assemb￭ lage generally the value of the whole parcel will be greater than the sum of the individual smaller parcels
pluc￭ king also referred to as qu￭ arr￭ ying is a gl￭ ac￭ ial phenomenon that is responsible for the erosion and transportation of individual pieces of bedrock especially large joint blocks this occurs in a type of glaci￭ er called a valley glaci￭ er as a glaci￭ er moves down a valley friction causes the bas￭ al ice of the glaci￭ er to melt and infiltr￭ ate joints cracks in the bedrock the freezing and th￭ aw￭ ing action of the ice enlar￭ ges wid￭ ens or causes further cracks in the bedrock as it changes volume across the ice water phase transition a form of hydraulic wed￭ ging gradually loosen￭ ing the rock between the joints this produces large pieces of rock called joint blocks eventually these joint blocks come loose and become trapped in the glaci￭ er in this way pluc￭ king has been linked to reg￭ el￭ ation rocks of all sizes can become trapped in the bottom of the glaci￭ er joint blocks up to three meters have been plucked and transported these entr￭ ained rock fragments can also cause abra￭ sion along the subsequent bedrock and walls pluc￭ king also leads to chat￭ ter marks wedge shaped ind￭ ent￭ ations left on the bedrock or other rock surfaces gl￭ ac￭ ial pluc￭ king both exploits pre existing fractu￭ res in the bedrock and requires continued frac￭ turing to maintain the cycle of erosion gl￭ ac￭ ial pluc￭ king is most significant where the rock surface is well join￭ ted or fractu￭ red or where it contains exposed bed planes as this allows mel￭ tw￭ ater and cl￭ asts to penetrate more easily pluc￭ king of bedrock also occurs in steep u￭ pl￭ and rivers and shares a number of similarities with gl￭ ac￭ ial examples in such cases the loosen￭ ing and det￭ achment of blocks appears to result from a combination of 1 chemical and physical wea￭ thering along joints 2 hydraulic wed￭ ging driven by smaller rock fragments getting into existing cracks 3 crack propagation from stresses caused by impacts of large cl￭ asts already in transport by the river and possibly 4 crack propagation driven by fl￭ ex￭ ing resulting from pressure variation in the over￭ lying water during floods loosen￭ ed blocks are then carried away by fast flowing water during large floods though the entr￭ ain￭ ment is believed to be significantly less efficient than the equivalent ability of ice to carry away blocks under glaciers
plum￭ bo￭ solvency is the ability of a solvent notably water to dissolve lead in the public supply of water this is an undesirable property in usually older consumers premises plum￭ bo￭ solvent water can attack lead pipes and any lead in sol￭ der used to join copper plum￭ bo￭ solvency of water can be countered by achieving a ph of 7 5 by increasing the ph with lime or sodium hydrox￭ ide l￭ ye or by providing a protective coating to the inside of lead pipes by the addition of phosphate at the water treatment works while optimal ph for prevention of plum￭ bo￭ solvency is 7 5 performance remains very good in the range ph 7 2 7 6 achieving this ph has been shown to decrease population blood lead concentrations 3 4 chlor￭ inating water also reduces dissolved lead it causes the inter￭ i￭ ors of lead pipes to become co￭ ated with lead chloride which is very in￭ soluble in cold water however lead chloride is fairly soluble in hot water for this reason water that is to be used for drinking or the preparation of food should never be taken from a hot water tap if the water may have been in contact with lead water should be taken from a cold water tap and heated in a pan or ket￭ tle that does not contain lead or lead sol￭ der
plum￭ mer – vin￭ son syndrome p￭ vs also called pat￭ erson – brown – kelly syndrome or sid￭ er￭ open￭ ic dy￭ sp￭ ha￭ gia is a rare disease characterized by difficulty in sw￭ allowing iron deficiency an￭ emia glos￭ si￭ tis ch￭ ei￭ losis and es￭ op￭ ha￭ ge￭ al we￭ bs treatment with iron supplem￭ entation and mechanical widening of the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus generally provides an excellent outcome while exact data about the epidemiology is unknown this syndrome has become extremely rare the reduction in the prevalence of p￭ vs has been hypothe￭ sized to be the result of improvements in nutritional status and availability in countries where the syndrome was previously described it generally occurs in post￭ men￭ opa￭ usal women its identification and follow up is considered relevant due to increased risk of squ￭ am￭ ous cell carcin￭ om￭ as of the es￭ op￭ ha￭ gus and phar￭ yn￭ x
pneumatic trail or trail of the tire is a trail like effect generated by compliant tires rolling on a hard surface and subject to side loads as in a turn more technically it is the distance that the resultant force of side slip occurs behind the geome￭ tric center of the contact patch
pneu￭ mat￭ ol￭ ysis is the alteration of rock or mineral crystal￭ li￭ zation affected by gaseous eman￭ ations from soli￭ di￭ fying mag￭ ma the term was coined by robert bun￭ sen in 18￭ 51 mag￭ matic gases may through pneu￭ mat￭ ol￭ ysis create skar￭ n in interaction with lime￭ stone or gre￭ is￭ en with gran￭ ite or sch￭ ist the term pneu￭ mat￭ ol￭ ysis has been used for various geological environments but the essential feature of most usage has been mineral formation from a hot fluid of low density the best evidence for pneu￭ mat￭ ol￭ y￭ tic conditions is found in the presence of vap￭ or rich fluid inclu￭ sions but considerable ambiguity remains and hence such evidence must be used with care many samples formerly thought to be of pneu￭ mat￭ ol￭ y￭ tic origin were more likely formed from dense solutions that boiled or eff￭ er￭ ves￭ ced
pneu￭ mat￭ osis inte￭ stin￭ alis also called intest￭ inal pneu￭ mat￭ osis pneu￭ mat￭ osis cy￭ sto￭ ides inte￭ stin￭ alis or pneu￭ mat￭ osis coli is pneu￭ mat￭ osis of an intest￭ ine that is gas cy￭ sts in the bo￭ wel wall as a radiological sign it is highly sugges￭ tive for necro￭ tizing enter￭ o￭ co￭ li￭ tis this is in contrast to gas in the intest￭ inal lum￭ en which is relieved by flat￭ ul￭ ence in new￭ bor￭ ns pneu￭ mat￭ osis inte￭ stin￭ alis is considered diagnostic for necro￭ tizing enter￭ o￭ co￭ li￭ tis and the air is produced by bacteria in the bo￭ wel wall the patho￭ genesis of pneu￭ mat￭ osis inte￭ stin￭ alis is poorly understood and is likely multi￭ fac￭ torial pi itself is not a disease but rather a clinical sign in some cases pi is an incidental finding whereas in others it port￭ ends a life threatening intra ab￭ domin￭ al condition pneu￭ mat￭ osis inte￭ stin￭ alis at compu￭ ted tom￭ o￭ graphy in intest￭ inal is￭ chem￭ ia lung window for better representation of the gas deposits in the intest￭ inal walls cor￭ onal reconstruction pneu￭ mat￭ osis inte￭ stin￭ alis in the cor￭ onal compu￭ ted tom￭ o￭ graphy in lung window it can be seen next to gas entr￭ ap￭ ment in the bo￭ wel wall and gas in the stomach wall and in numerous vessels including the portal vein into the liver pneu￭ mat￭ osis inte￭ stin￭ alis in compu￭ ted tom￭ o￭ graphy with intest￭ inal is￭ chem￭ ia lung window for better representation of the gas deposits in the intest￭ inal walls u￭ pri￭ ght ap radio￭ graph showing gas in the wall of the small bo￭ wel in the left upper quad￭ rant indicative of pneu￭ mat￭ osis inte￭ stin￭ alis cor￭ onal reform￭ at￭ ted m￭ d￭ ct image showing extensive pneu￭ mat￭ osis inte￭ stin￭ alis in the left upper quad￭ rant small bo￭ wel the pneu￭ mat￭ osis is more c￭ ys￭ tic and no￭ d￭ ular in the small bo￭ wel in the mid￭ line and the right of mid￭ line this patient had a relatively benign presentation without bo￭ wel is￭ chem￭ ia and was treated conserv￭ atively
pneu￭ matur￭ ia is the passage of gas or air in urine this may be seen or described as bubbles in the urine
pneu￭ mobi￭ lia is the presence of gas in the bi￭ li￭ ary system it is typically detected on a radio￭ graphic imaging exam such as ul￭ tras￭ ound ct or m￭ ri it is a common finding in patients that have recently undergone bi￭ li￭ ary surgery or endo￭ scopic bi￭ li￭ ary procedure while the presence of air within bi￭ li￭ ary system is not harmful this finding may alternatively suggest a pathological process such as a bi￭ li￭ ary enter￭ ic anast￭ om￭ osis an infection of the bi￭ li￭ ary system an incompetent sp￭ h￭ inc￭ ter of od￭ di or spontaneous bi￭ li￭ ary enter￭ ic f￭ ist￭ ula
pneu￭ mo￭ cephal￭ us is the presence of air or gas within the cran￭ ial cav￭ ity it is usually associated with disruption of the skull after head and facial trauma tumors of the skull base after neuro￭ surgery or o￭ tor￭ hin￭ ol￭ ar￭ yn￭ go￭ logy and rarely spontaneously pneu￭ mo￭ cephal￭ us can occur in s￭ cuba diving but is very rare in this context if there is a valve mechanism which allows air to enter the skull but prevents it from escaping a tension pneu￭ mo￭ cephal￭ us can occur similar to what can happen in a tension pneu￭ mo￭ thor￭ ax ct sc￭ ans of patients with a tension pneu￭ mo￭ cephal￭ us typically show air that com￭ presses the frontal lob￭ es of the brain which results in a t￭ ented appearance of the brain in the skull known as the mount fu￭ ji sign the name is derived from the resemblance of the brain to mount fu￭ ji in japan a volcano known for its symmetr￭ ical cone in typical cases there is a symmetr￭ ical depression near the mid￭ line such as the cr￭ ater of a volcano due to intact bridging ve￭ ins its occurrence seems to be limited to tension pneu￭ mo￭ cephal￭ us not occurring in pneu￭ mo￭ cephal￭ us without tension the sign was first described by a team of japanese neuro￭ surgeons pneu￭ mo￭ cephal￭ us has also been shown to follow neuro￭ surgical procedures such as deep brain stimulation where while seemingly inno￭ cu￭ ous to the patient may cause brain shift and subsequent stere￭ ot￭ actic in￭ accuracy efforts are made by neuro￭ surgeons to reduce pneu￭ mo￭ cephal￭ us volume during surgery and thus subsequent brain shift
pneu￭ mo￭ coc￭ cal infection is an infection of the bacter￭ ium st￭ rep￭ to￭ co￭ cc￭ us pneu￭ mon￭ i￭ ae
pneu￭ mo￭ coc￭ cal pneumonia is a type of bacterial pneumonia that is specifically caused by st￭ rep￭ to￭ co￭ cc￭ us pneu￭ mon￭ i￭ ae s pneu￭ mon￭ i￭ ae is also called pneu￭ mo￭ co￭ cc￭ us it is the most common bacterial pneumonia found in adults the estimated number of americans with pneu￭ mo￭ coc￭ cal pneumonia is 900 000 annually with almost 400 000 cases hosp￭ itali￭ zed and fatalities accounting for 5 7 of these cases the symptoms of pneu￭ mo￭ coc￭ cal pneumonia can occur suddenly typically presenting as a severe chill later including a severe fever cough short￭ ness of breath rapid breathing and chest pains other symptoms like naus￭ ea v￭ om￭ iting headache fatigue and muscle aches could also accompany the original symptoms sometimes the cou￭ gh￭ ing can produce rusty or blood stre￭ aked sp￭ u￭ tum in 25 of cases a par￭ ap￭ neu￭ mon￭ ic eff￭ usion may occur chest x rays will typically show lob￭ ar consolidation or pat￭ chy infiltr￭ ates in most cases once pneu￭ mo￭ coc￭ cal pneumonia has been identified doctors will prescribe antibiotics these antibiotic usually help alleviate and eliminate symptoms between 12 and 36 hours after being taken despite most antibiotics effectiveness in treating the disease sometimes the bacteria can resist the antibiotics causing symptoms to worsen additionally age and health of the infected patient can contribute to the effectiveness of the antibiotics a vaccine has also been developed for the prevention of pneu￭ mo￭ coc￭ cal pneumonia recommended to children under age five as well as adults over the age of 65 while it has been commonly known that the influenza virus increases one s chances of contracting pneumonia or men￭ ing￭ i￭ tis caused by the st￭ rep￭ to￭ co￭ cc￭ us pneu￭ mon￭ ai￭ e bacteria new medical research in mice indicates that the flu is actually a necessary component for the transmission of the disease researcher dimit￭ ri di￭ av￭ at￭ op￭ oul￭ o from the rad￭ bou￭ d university ni￭ j￭ me￭ gen medical centre in the netherlands describes his observations in mice stating that in these animals the spread of the bacteria only occurs between animals already infected with the influenza virus not between those without it he says that these findings have only been inclusive in mice however he believes that the same could be true for humans
pneu￭ mo￭ con￭ i￭ osis is an occupational lung disease and a restrictive lung disease caused by the inhal￭ ation of dust often in mines and from agriculture in 2013 it resulted in 260 000 deaths up from 251 000 deaths in 1990 of these deaths 46 000 were due to sili￭ co￭ sis 24 000 due to as￭ besto￭ sis and 25 000 due to coal workers pneu￭ mo￭ con￭ i￭ osis
pneu￭ mo￭ cy￭ stis pneumonia p￭ cp is a form of pneumonia caused by the ye￭ ast like fun￭ gus pneu￭ mo￭ cy￭ stis ji￭ ro￭ vec￭ ii pneu￭ mo￭ cy￭ stis pneumonia is not commonly found in the lungs of healthy people but being a source of opportunistic infection it can cause a lung infection in people with a weak immune system pneu￭ mo￭ cy￭ stis pneumonia is especially seen in people with cancer undergoing chem￭ otherapy hiv aids and the use of medications that suppress the immune system
pneu￭ mo￭ cy￭ sto￭ sis is an infection by pneu￭ mo￭ cy￭ stis ji￭ ro￭ vec￭ ii that primarily occurs as a pul￭ mon￭ ary infection aids patients with extr￭ ap￭ ul￭ mon￭ ary involvement being un￭ common but if occurring in the skin presenting most often as no￭ d￭ ular grow￭ ths in the aud￭ itory canal
pneu￭ mo￭ cy￭ tic hyper￭ pl￭ asia is an hyper￭ pl￭ asia of pneu￭ mo￭ cy￭ tes lining pul￭ mon￭ ary al￭ ve￭ oli
pneu￭ mom￭ edi￭ ast￭ inum from greek pneu￭ ma air also known as medi￭ ast￭ inal emph￭ ys￭ ema is pneu￭ mat￭ osis abnormal presence of air or other gas in the medi￭ ast￭ inum first described in 18￭ 19 by ren￭ é la￭ en￭ n￭ ec the condition can result from physical trauma or other situations that lead to air escaping from the lungs airways or bo￭ wel into the chest cav￭ ity
pneumonia is an infl￭ am￭ matory condition of the lung affecting primarily the micro￭ scopic air sac￭ s known as al￭ ve￭ oli typical signs and symptoms include a varying severity and combination of productive or dry cough chest pain fever and trouble breathing depending on the underlying cause pneumonia is usually caused by infection with viruses or bacteria and less commonly by other micro￭ organisms certain medications and conditions such as auto￭ immune diseases risk factors include other lung diseases such as c￭ ys￭ tic fi￭ bro￭ sis cop￭ d and asthma diabetes heart failure a history of smoking a poor ability to cough such as following a stroke or a weak immune system diagnosis is often based on the symptoms and physical examination chest x ray blood tests and culture of the sp￭ u￭ tum may help confirm the diagnosis the disease may be classified by where it was acquired with community hospital or health care associated pneumonia vaccines to prevent certain types of pneumonia are available other methods of prevention include hand￭ washing and not smoking treatment depends on the underlying cause pneumonia believed to be due to bacteria is treated with antibiotics if the pneumonia is severe the affected person is generally hosp￭ itali￭ zed oxygen therapy may be used if oxygen levels are low pneumonia affects approximately 450 million people globally 7 of the population and results in about 4 million deaths per year pneumonia was regarded by william o￭ sl￭ er in the 19 th century as the captain of the men of death with the introduction of antibiotics and vaccines in the 20 th century survival improved nevertheless in developing countries and among the very old the very young and the chronically ill pneumonia remains a leading cause of death pneumonia often short￭ ens suffering among those already close to death and has thus been called the old man s friend
pneumonia is an illness which can result from a variety of causes including infection with bacteria viruses fun￭ gi or parasites pneumonia can occur in any animal with lungs including mammals birds and repti￭ les symptoms associated with pneumonia include fever fast or difficult breathing nas￭ al discharge and decreased activity different animal species have distinct lung anatomy and physi￭ ology and are thus affected by pneumonia differently differences in anatomy immune systems diet and behavior also affects the particular micro￭ organisms commonly causing pneumonia diagnostic tools include physical examination testing of the sp￭ u￭ tum and x ray investigation treatment depends on the cause of pneumonia bacterial pneumonia is treated with antibiotics see also pneumonia pneu￭ mon￭ ic
pneu￭ mon￭ ic plague a severe type of lung infection is one of three main forms of plague all of which are caused by the bacter￭ ium y￭ er￭ sin￭ ia p￭ esti￭ s it is more virulent and r￭ arer than bu￭ bon￭ ic plague the difference between the versions of plague is simply the location of the infection in the body the bu￭ bon￭ ic plague is an infection of the lymp￭ h￭ atic system the pneu￭ mon￭ ic plague is an infection of the respiratory system and the sep￭ tic￭ emic plague is an infection in the blood stream typically the pneu￭ mon￭ ic form is due to a spread from infection of an initial bu￭ bon￭ ic form primary pneu￭ mon￭ ic plague results from inhal￭ ation of fine infec￭ tive dro￭ ple￭ ts and can be transmitted from human to human without involvement of fle￭ as or animals untreated pneu￭ mon￭ ic plague has a mortality rate from 90 100
pneu￭ mon￭ i￭ tis or pul￭ mon￭ i￭ tis is an infl￭ amm￭ ation of lung tissue many factors can cause pneu￭ mon￭ i￭ tis including breathing in animal dan￭ der aspiration inhal￭ ing small food particles or v￭ omit down the wrong pipe and receiving radiation therapy to the chest pneu￭ mon￭ i￭ tis was listed as the one of the top 15 leading causes of death at number 15 in the united states as of 2010 over￭ taking homicide which dropped off the list this was due to a number of factors including an increase in the population of people over 75 for whom pneu￭ mon￭ i￭ tis is a common cause of death pneumonia is pneu￭ mon￭ i￭ tis combined with consolidation and ex￭ ud￭ ation due to infection
pneu￭ mon￭ ol￭ ysis is the separation of an adher￭ ent lung from the ple￭ ura to permit collapse of the lung it was formerly used to treat tuberculosis
pneu￭ mop￭ ar￭ o￭ ti￭ tis also termed pneu￭ mo￭ si￭ al￭ ad￭ eni￭ tis wind par￭ o￭ ti￭ tis surgical mum￭ ps or ana￭ esthesia mum￭ ps is a rare cause of par￭ o￭ ti￭ d g￭ land sw￭ elling which occurs when air is forced through the par￭ o￭ ti￭ d st￭ enson duc￭ t resulting in inflation of the duc￭ t
pneu￭ m￭ oper￭ ic￭ ardi￭ um is a medical condition where air enters the peric￭ ardi￭ al cav￭ ity this condition has been recognized in pre￭ term ne￭ on￭ ates in which it is associated with severe lung path￭ ology after vigorous resusc￭ itation or in the presence of assisted ventilation this is a serious complic￭ ation which if untreated may lead to cardiac tam￭ pon￭ ade and death pneu￭ mom￭ edi￭ ast￭ inum which is the presence of air in the medi￭ ast￭ inum may mim￭ ic and also coexist with pneu￭ m￭ oper￭ ic￭ ardi￭ um it can be con￭ genital or introduced by a wound
pneu￭ m￭ oper￭ it￭ on￭ eu￭ m is pneu￭ mat￭ osis abnormal presence of air or other gas in the per￭ it￭ one￭ al cav￭ ity a potential space within the ab￭ domin￭ al cav￭ ity when present it can often be seen on radio￭ graphy but small amounts are often missed and ct scan is nowadays regarded as a criterion standard in the assessment of a pneu￭ m￭ oper￭ it￭ on￭ eu￭ m ct can vis￭ u￭ alize quantities as small as 5 cm ³ of air or gas the most common cause is a per￭ for￭ ated ab￭ domin￭ al vis￭ cus generally a per￭ for￭ ated pe￭ ptic ul￭ cer although any part of the bo￭ wel may per￭ for￭ ate from a benign ul￭ cer tumor or ab￭ domin￭ al trauma a per￭ for￭ ated appendix seldom causes a pneu￭ m￭ oper￭ it￭ on￭ eu￭ m in the mid twentieth century an artificial pneu￭ m￭ oper￭ it￭ on￭ eu￭ m was sometimes intentionally administered as a treatment for a hi￭ atal her￭ nia this was achieved by in￭ suff￭ l￭ ating the ab￭ dom￭ en with carbon dioxide the practice is currently used by surgical teams in order to perform l￭ apar￭ o￭ scopic surgery
pneu￭ mos￭ cro￭ tum is a rare medical condition in which gas accumul￭ ates in the scro￭ tum it has a variety of possible causes
pneu￭ mo￭ sin￭ us di￭ lat￭ ans is a condition consisting of abnormal expansion or di￭ lat￭ ation of one or more par￭ an￭ as￭ al sin￭ uses it most often affects the frontal sin￭ us and can cause damage to vision due to pressure on the nearby op￭ tic nerve the preferred treatment is endo￭ scopic surgery to defl￭ ate the sin￭ us
a pneu￭ mo￭ thor￭ ax is an abnormal collection of air in the ple￭ ural space that causes an un￭ coupling of the lung from the chest wall like a ple￭ ural eff￭ usion liquid buil￭ dup in that space a pneu￭ mo￭ thor￭ ax may interfere with normal breathing symptoms typically include chest pain and short￭ ness of breath it is often called a collapsed lung although that term may also refer to at￭ elect￭ asis one or both lungs may be affected a primary pneu￭ mo￭ thor￭ ax is one that occurs without an apparent cause and in the absence of significant lung disease while a secondary pneu￭ mo￭ thor￭ ax occurs in the presence of existing lung disease a pneu￭ mo￭ thor￭ ax can be caused by physical trauma to the chest including a blast injury or as a complic￭ ation of a healthcare intervention in which case it is called a traumatic pneu￭ mo￭ thor￭ ax in a minority of cases the amount of air in the chest increases markedly when a one way valve is formed by an area of damaged tissue leading to a tension pneu￭ mo￭ thor￭ ax this condition can cause a steadily worsening oxygen shortage and low blood pressure unless reversed by effective treatment it can result in death diagnosis of a pneu￭ mo￭ thor￭ ax by physical examination alone can be difficult particularly in smaller pneu￭ mo￭ thor￭ aces a chest x ray compu￭ ted tom￭ o￭ graphy ct scan or ul￭ tras￭ ound is usually used to confirm its presence small spontaneous pneu￭ mo￭ thor￭ aces typically resolve without treatment and require only monitoring this approach may be most appropriate in people who have no underlying lung disease in a larger pneu￭ mo￭ thor￭ ax or when there are marked symptoms the air may be removed with a syr￭ inge or a chest tube connected to a one way valve system occasionally surgery may be required if tube drainage is unsuccessful or as a preventive measure if there have been repeated episodes the surgical treatments usually involve ple￭ u￭ ro￭ des￭ is in which the layers of ple￭ ura are induced to stick together or ple￭ u￭ rec￭ tomy the surgical removal of ple￭ ural memb￭ ran￭ es
po￭ bi￭ ti kam￭ ani bulgarian п￭ о￭ б￭ и￭ т￭ и к￭ а￭ м￭ ъ￭ н￭ и also known as the stone desert is a desert like rock phenomenon located on the north west var￭ na province border in bulgaria it is considered the only desert in bulgaria and one of few found in europe the desert consists of sand dun￭ es and several groups of natural rock formations on a total area of 13 km ² the formations are mainly stone columns between 5 and 7 meters high and from 0 3 to 3 meters thick the columns do not have solid foundations but are instead hollow and filled with sand and look as if they were stuck into the surrounding sand which gives the phenomenon its name sand￭ storms and sand tw￭ is￭ ters have also been known to commonly occur in this desert region of bulgaria the stone desert is not only a well known european tourist attraction due to its desert like habitat but it is one of few places where desert type vegetation such as cac￭ tus are known to grow it is also the only desert in europe in which desert repti￭ li￭ ans and other desert type anim￭ alia are found to thrive the stone desert along with the tab￭ ern￭ as desert of spain is one of two naturally formed deser￭ ts in all of europe and the only known naturally formed desert in eastern europe in order to be preserved po￭ bi￭ ti kam￭ ani the stone desert was designated a natural landmark in the late 1930 s there are a number of theories regarding the phenomenon s origin the pioneering hypothesis can be divided roughly into two groups suggesting an organic or abi￭ otic origin according to the former the formations are the result of coral activity but detail investigation shows no coral while the latter explain the phenomenon with the pris￭ matic wea￭ thering and desertification of the rocks the formation of sand and lime￭ stone concre￭ tions or lower e￭ oc￭ ene bub￭ bling reefs based on a petro￭ graphic and stable isot￭ ope geo￭ chemical study and field observations evidence exists that these structures represent an exceptionally record of pal￭ eo hydrocarbon se￭ ep system low magnesium cal￭ cite cements are strongly depleted in heavy carbon isot￭ ope 13 c the pathways of fluid circulation are recorded as columns set in sands which columns after recent sand removal gave desert like landscape the dynamic reconstruction of the origin of these structures the processes of fluid migration and micro￭ bial mediation of hydrocarbon oxid￭ ation leading to carbon￭ ate precip￭ itation have been studied by de bo￭ ever et al 2009
po￭ do￭ con￭ i￭ osis also known as non￭ fil￭ arial eleph￭ anti￭ asis is a disease of the lymp￭ h vessels of the lower extre￭ mi￭ ties that is caused by chronic exposure to irrit￭ ant soils it is the second most common cause of tropical lymp￭ he￭ dem￭ a after fil￭ ari￭ asis and it is characterized by prominent sw￭ elling of the lower extre￭ mi￭ ties which leads to dis￭ figu￭ rement and disability
poe￭ tic contr￭ actions are archaic and obsolete contr￭ actions of words not commonly used today in modern english but are still found used extensively in early modern english poetry particular that of william shakespeare the extent to which the usage of poe￭ tic contr￭ actions really helps with matching poe￭ tic meters is negligible and modern readers prefer to substitute the contr￭ actions with the actual words they imply for clarity rather than adhere to obsolete words for the purpose of archaic nostalgia in the modern english of today poe￭ tic contr￭ actions tend to sound un￭ sophisticated poor and un￭ educated to modern readers since contracted words are most often used in modern english to indicate col￭ lo￭ qu￭ y accidents of poor country folks for example the col￭ lo￭ qu￭ ial english in the writ￭ ings of mark tw￭ ain
po￭ go￭ sta disease is a viral disease established to be identical with other diseases kare￭ lian fever and oc￭ kel￭ bo disease the names are derived from the words po￭ go￭ sta kare￭ lia and oc￭ kel￭ bo respectively the symptoms of the disease include usually rash as well as mild fever and other flu like symptoms in most cases the symptoms last less than 5 days however in some cases the patients develop a painful ar￭ thri￭ tis there are no known chemical agents available to treat the disease it has long been suspected that the disease is caused by a sin￭ d￭ bis like virus a positive stranded r￭ na virus belonging to the alp￭ ha￭ virus genus and family to￭ g￭ avi￭ ri￭ da￭ e in 2002 a strain of sin￭ d￭ bis was isolated from patients during an outbreak of the po￭ go￭ sta disease in finland confirming the hypothesis this disease is mainly found in the eastern parts of finland a typical po￭ go￭ sta disease patient is a middle aged person who has been infected through a mosquito bite while picking berries in the autumn the prevalence of the disease is about 100 diagnosed cases every year with larger outbreaks occurring in 7 year intervals
po￭ i￭ ki￭ loc￭ y￭ to￭ sis refers to the presence of po￭ i￭ ki￭ loc￭ y￭ tes in the blood po￭ i￭ ki￭ loc￭ y￭ tes are abnormally shaped red blood cells as seen on a blood film in humans and many wild and domestic species of animals though they are common in some clin￭ ically normal small ruminants particularly goats normal red blood cells are round fl￭ att￭ ened disks that are thin￭ ner in the middle than at the edges a po￭ i￭ ki￭ loc￭ y￭ te is an abnormally shaped cell generally po￭ i￭ ki￭ loc￭ y￭ to￭ sis can refer to an increase in abnormal red blood cells of any shape where they make up 10 or more of the total population
po￭ i￭ kilo￭ der￭ ma is a skin condition that consists of areas of hypo￭ pi￭ gm￭ entation hyper￭ pi￭ gm￭ entation tel￭ an￭ gi￭ ec￭ ta￭ si￭ as and atro￭ phy po￭ i￭ kilo￭ der￭ ma is most frequently seen on the chest or the neck characterized by red colored pig￭ ment on the skin that is commonly associated with sun damage
po￭ i￭ kilo￭ der￭ ma of ci￭ vat￭ te is a cu￭ taneous condition and refers to retic￭ ulated red to red brown pat￭ ches with tel￭ an￭ gi￭ ec￭ ta￭ si￭ as it is identifiable as the red￭ dish brown dis￭ color￭ ation on sides of the neck usually on both sides it is more common with women than men and more commonly effects middle aged to elderly women po￭ i￭ kilo￭ der￭ ma is basically a change of the skin due to dil￭ ation of the blood vessels in the neck ci￭ vat￭ te was the french der￭ mato￭ logist who first identified it in the 1920 s
po￭ i￭ kilo￭ der￭ ma vas￭ cul￭ are atro￭ ph￭ ic￭ ans p￭ va sometimes referred to as par￭ ap￭ s￭ ori￭ asis vari￭ eg￭ ata or par￭ ap￭ s￭ ori￭ asis lic￭ hen￭ o￭ ides is a cu￭ taneous condition skin disease characterized by hy￭ po or hyper￭ pi￭ gm￭ entation diminished or heightened skin pi￭ gm￭ entation respectively tel￭ an￭ gi￭ ec￭ ta￭ sia and skin atro￭ phy other names for the condition include pr￭ ere￭ ticul￭ otic po￭ i￭ kilo￭ der￭ ma and atro￭ ph￭ ic par￭ ap￭ s￭ ori￭ asis the condition was first described by pioneer american pedi￭ at￭ ric￭ ian abraham jaco￭ bi in 1906 p￭ va causes areas of affected skin to appear spec￭ k￭ led red and infl￭ amed yel￭ low￭ ish and or brown gray or gray￭ ish black with scaling and a thin￭ ness that may be described as cigarette paper on the surface of the skin these areas may range in size from small pat￭ ches to pl￭ aqu￭ es larger raised areas to ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms spreading tumor like grow￭ ths on the skin my￭ co￭ sis fun￭ go￭ ides a type of skin lymp￭ homa may be a cause of p￭ va the condition may also be caused by associated with or accompany any of the following conditions or disorders other skin lymp￭ hom￭ as der￭ mat￭ om￭ yo￭ si￭ tis lup￭ us er￭ y￭ them￭ ato￭ sus roth￭ m￭ und thompson syndrome kind￭ ler syndrome dy￭ sk￭ er￭ at￭ osis con￭ gen￭ ita and chronic radio￭ der￭ mati￭ tis rare causes include arsenic ing￭ estion and the condition can also be idi￭ opathic p￭ va may be considered a rare variant of cu￭ taneous t cell lymp￭ homa a non ho￭ dg￭ kin s form of lymp￭ homa affecting the skin it may also be included among a number of similar conditions that are considered as precursors to my￭ co￭ sis fun￭ go￭ ides p￭ va is believed to be a syndrome closely associated with large pla￭ que par￭ ap￭ s￭ ori￭ asis and its cohor￭ t reti￭ form par￭ ap￭ s￭ ori￭ asis including p￭ va all three conditions fit within an updated view of the once ambiguous classification scheme known as par￭ ap￭ s￭ ori￭ asis
pois￭ son clum￭ ping or pois￭ son bursts is the phenomenon where￭ in random events have a tendency to occur in clusters clum￭ ps or bursts
poland syndrome is a rare birth defect characterized by underdevelopment or absence of the chest muscle pec￭ tor￭ alis on one side of the body and usually also web￭ bing of the fingers cu￭ taneous syn￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly of the hand on the same side the ip￭ si￭ lateral hand in most affected individuals the missing part is the large section of the muscle that normally attaches to the upper arm on one side and the breast￭ bone ster￭ num on the other other ab￭ norm￭ alities may occur on the affected side of the tor￭ so in some cases additional muscles in the chest wall side and shoulder are missing or underdeveloped there may also be ri￭ b cage ab￭ norm￭ alities such as shortened ribs and the ribs may be noticeable due to less fat under the skin sub￭ cu￭ taneous fat breast and nip￭ ple ab￭ norm￭ alities may also occur and under￭ arm ax￭ ill￭ ary hair is sometimes spar￭ se or abnormally placed in most cases the ab￭ norm￭ alities in the chest area do not cause health problems or affect movement poland syndrome most often affects the right side of the body and occurs more often in males than in females it is usually considered a unilateral condition some have claimed that the term can be applied in bilateral presentation but others recommend using alternate terminology in those cases
polar t 3 syndrome is a condition found in polar explor￭ ers caused by a reduction in levels of the thyro￭ id hormone t 3 its effects include for￭ get￭ fulness cognitive impairment and mood disturbances it can exhibit itself in a fu￭ gue state known as the antarctic stare it is regarded as one of the contributory causes of winter over syndrome
polar amp￭ lification is the phenomenon that any change in the net radiation balance for example greenhouse intensification tends to produce a larger change in temperature near the poles than the plan￭ e￭ tary average on a planet with an atmosphere that can restrict long￭ wave radiation to space a greenhouse effect surface temperatures will be warmer than a simple plan￭ e￭ tary equilibrium temperature calculation would predict where the atmosphere or an extensive ocean is able to conv￭ ect heat po￭ le￭ wards the poles will be warmer and equatorial regions cool￭ er than their local net radiation balances would predict in the extreme the planet venus is thought to have experienced a very large increase in greenhouse effect over its lifetime so much so that its poles have warm￭ ed sufficiently to render its surface temperature effectively is￭ other￭ mal no difference between poles and equ￭ ator on earth water vap￭ or and trace g￭ asses provide a lesser greenhouse effect and the atmosphere and extensive oceans provide efficient po￭ le￭ ward heat transport both pal￭ ae￭ oc￭ lim￭ ate changes and recent global warming changes have exhi￭ bited strong polar amp￭ lification as described below
polar drift is a geological phenomenon caused by variations in the flow of mol￭ ten iron in earth s outer core resulting in changes in the orientation of earth s magnetic field and hence the position of the magnetic north and south poles the magnetic north pole is approximately 9￭ 65 kilometers from the geographic north pole the pole drif￭ ts considerably each day and since 2007 it moves about 55 to 60 km per year as a result of this phenomenon
the polar effect or electronic effect in chemistry is the effect exerted by a substitu￭ ent on modifying electro￭ static forces operating on a nearby reaction center the main contributors to the polar effect are the induc￭ tive effect mes￭ om￭ eric effect and the through space electronic field effect an electr￭ on withdrawing group or ewg draws electron￭ s away from a reaction center when this center is an electr￭ on rich car￭ ban￭ ion or an al￭ ko￭ x￭ ide an￭ ion the presence of the electr￭ on withdrawing substitu￭ ent has a stabilizing effect examples of electr￭ on withdrawing groups are hal￭ ogens f cl nit￭ ri￭ les cn carbon￭ y￭ ls r￭ cor nit￭ ro groups no 2 an electr￭ on releasing group or erg may also be called electr￭ on don￭ ating groups or ed￭ g s releases electron￭ s into a reaction center and as such stabili￭ zes electr￭ on deficient carbo￭ c￭ ations examples of electr￭ on releasing groups are al￭ ky￭ l groups alcohol groups amino groups the total substitu￭ ent effect is the combination of the polar effect and the combined ster￭ ic effects in electro￭ phil￭ ic aromatic substitution and nucle￭ oph￭ il￭ ic aromatic substitution substitu￭ ents are divided into activating groups and de￭ activating groups where the direction of activation or de￭ activation is also taken into account
polar mes￭ o￭ spheric summer echoes p￭ m￭ se is the phenomenon of anom￭ alous radar echoes found between 80 90 km in altitude from may through early august in the arctic and from november through to february in the antarctic these strong radar echoes are associated with the extremely cold temperatures that occur above continental antarc￭ tica during the summer rocket and radar measurements indicate that a partial reflection from a multitude of ion layers and constructive interference causes at least some of the p￭ m￭ se generally p￭ m￭ se exhi￭ bits dramatic variations in height and intensity as well as large variations in dop￭ pl￭ er shift p￭ m￭ se exhibit strong signal power enhan￭ cements of scat￭ tering cross section at v￭ hf radar frequencies in the range 50 mhz to 250 mhz at times even to over 1 ghz that occur in summer at high lati￭ tudes the peak p￭ m￭ se height is slightly below the summer mes￭ op￭ ause temperature minimum at 88 km and above the no￭ c￭ ti￭ luc￭ ent cloud n￭ lc and or polar mes￭ o￭ spheric cloud p￭ mc layer at 83 – 84 km the usual instrument for observing p￭ m￭ se is the a v￭ hf mes￭ o￭ sphere str￭ ato￭ sphere tro￭ po￭ sphere m￭ st radar although li￭ d￭ ars and sounding rockets have also been used p￭ m￭ se is believed to be caused by structural irregularities in the ion￭ o￭ spheric electr￭ on density at lower al￭ titu￭ des the exact cause of p￭ m￭ se is not yet known although theorists have proposed steep electr￭ on density gr￭ adi￭ ents heavy positive ions dressed aero￭ sol￭ s gravity waves and turbulence as possible explanations p￭ m￭ se occurs in both the arctic and antarctic regions and is sometimes accompanied by no￭ c￭ ti￭ luc￭ ent clouds
the polar see saw also bipolar se￭ es￭ aw is the phenomenon that temperature changes in the northern and southern hemis￭ ph￭ er￭ es may be out of phase the theory or hypothesis states that large changes f e when the glaciers are intensely growing or depleting in the formation of ocean bottom water in both poles take a long time to exert their effect in the other hemisphere estimates of the period of delay vary one typical estimate is 1500 years this is usually studied in the context of ice co￭ res taken from antarc￭ tica and greenland
pol￭ ari￭ z￭ ability is the ability to form instan￭ taneous di￭ poles it is a property of matter pol￭ ari￭ z￭ abilities determine the dynam￭ ical response of a bound system to external fields and provide insight into a mol￭ ecu￭ le s internal structure
polarization is an important phenomenon in astro￭ no￭ my the polarization of star￭ light was first observed by the astro￭ no￭ mers william hil￭ t￭ ner and john s hall in 1949 subsequently jesse green￭ stein and lever￭ ett davis jr developed theories allowing the use of polarization data to trace inter￭ stell￭ ar magnetic fields though the integrated thermal radiation of stars is not usually appreciably pol￭ arized at source scat￭ tering by inter￭ stell￭ ar dust can impose polarization on star￭ light over long distances net polarization at the source can occur if the photo￭ sphere itself is asymmetric due to limb polarization plane polarization of star￭ light generated at the star itself is observed for ap stars peculiar a type stars both circular and linear polarization of light from the sun has been measured circular polarization is mainly due to transmission and absorption effects in strongly magnetic regions of the sun s surface another mechanism that gives rise to circular polarization is the so called alignment to orientation mechanism continu￭ um light is lin￭ early pol￭ arized at different locations across the face of the sun limb polarization though taken as a whole this polarization canc￭ els linear polarization in spectr￭ al lines is usually created by anis￭ o￭ tropic scat￭ tering of pho￭ tons on atoms and ions which can themselves be pol￭ arized by this interaction the lin￭ early pol￭ arized spectrum of the sun is often called the second solar spectrum atomic polarization can be modified in weak magnetic fields by the han￭ le effect as a result polarization of the scattered pho￭ tons is also modified providing a diagnostics tool for understanding stell￭ ar magnetic fields polarization is also present in radiation from coherent astro￭ nom￭ ical sources e g hydrox￭ yl or meth￭ an￭ ol mas￭ ers and incoherent sources such as the large radio lob￭ es in active galax￭ ies and pul￭ sar radio radiation which may it is spec￭ ulated sometimes be coherent apart from providing information on sources of radiation and scat￭ tering polarization also prob￭ es the inter￭ stell￭ ar magnetic field in our galaxy as well as in radio galax￭ ies via far￭ aday rotation in some cases it can be difficult to determine how much of the far￭ aday rotation is in the external source and how much is local to our own galaxy but in many cases it is possible to find another distant source nearby in the sky thus by comparing the candidate source and the reference source the results can be unt￭ ang￭ led the polarization of the co￭ sm￭ ic microwave background c￭ mb is also being used to study the physics of the very early universe c￭ mb exhi￭ bits 2 components of polarization b mode divergence free like magnetic field and e mode cur￭ l free gr￭ adi￭ ent only like electric field polarization the bic￭ ep 2 teles￭ cope located at the south pole helped in the detection of b mode polarization in the c￭ mb the polarization modes of the c￭ mb may provide more information about the influence of grav￭ it￭ ational waves on the development of the early universe it has been suggested that astro￭ nom￭ ical sources of polar￭ ised light caused the chir￭ ality found in biological molecules on earth
pole splitting is a phenomenon exploited in some forms of frequency compensation used in an electronic amp￭ li￭ fier when a capac￭ itor is introduced between the input and output sides of the amp￭ li￭ fier with the intention of moving the pole lowest in frequency usually an input pole to lower frequencies pole splitting causes the pole next in frequency usually an output pole to move to a higher frequency this pole movement increases the stability of the amp￭ li￭ fier and improves its step response at the cost of decreased speed
police psychology is a sub￭ field of forensic psychology addressing issues specific to police personnel and other public safety workers
poli￭ oen￭ ce￭ ph￭ ali￭ tis is a viral infection of the brain causing infl￭ amm￭ ation within the grey matter of the brain stem the virus has an aff￭ inity for neuro￭ nal cell bodies and has been found to affect mostly the mid￭ brain p￭ ons med￭ ul￭ la and cere￭ bell￭ um of most infected patients the infection can reach up through the thal￭ am￭ us and hypo￭ thal￭ am￭ us and possibly reach the cere￭ br￭ al hemis￭ ph￭ er￭ es the infection is caused by the poli￭ om￭ ye￭ li￭ tis virus which is a single stranded r￭ na virus surrounded by a non envelop￭ ed cap￭ sid humans are the only known natural hosts of this virus the disease has been eliminated from the u s since the mid twentieth century but is still found in certain areas of the world such as africa
poli￭ om￭ ye￭ li￭ tis often called polio or inf￭ anti￭ le paralysis is an infectious disease caused by the poli￭ o￭ virus in about 0 5 of cases there is muscle weakness resulting in an inability to move this can occur over a few hours to few days the weakness most often involves the legs but may less commonly involve the muscles of the head neck and di￭ aphr￭ ag￭ m many but not all people fully recover in those with muscle weakness about 2 to 5 of children and 15 to 30 of adults die another 25 of people have minor symptoms such as fever and a sore throat and up to 5 have headache neck sti￭ ff￭ ness and pains in the arms and legs these people are usually back to normal within one or two weeks in up to 70 of infections there are no symptoms years after recovery post polio syndrome may occur with a slow development of muscle weakness similar to that which the person had during the initial infection poli￭ o￭ virus is usually spread from person to person through infected f￭ ec￭ al matter entering the mouth it may also be spread by food or water containing human f￭ ec￭ es and less commonly from infected sali￭ va those who are infected may spread the disease for up to six weeks even if no symptoms are present the disease may be diagnosed by finding the virus in the f￭ ec￭ es or detecting antibodies against it in the blood the disease only occurs naturally in humans the disease is preventable with the polio vaccine however a number of doses are required for it to be effective the us centers for disease control and prevention recommends polio vaccination boo￭ sters for travel￭ ers and those who live in countries where the disease is occurring once infected there is no specific treatment in 2015 polio affected less than 100 people down from 350 000 cases in 1988 in 2014 the disease was only spreading between people in afghanistan nigeria and pakistan in 2015 nigeria had stopped the spread of wild poli￭ o￭ virus but it re￭ occurred in 2016 poli￭ om￭ ye￭ li￭ tis has existed for thousands of years with depic￭ tions of the disease in ancient art the disease was first recognized as a distinct condition by michael under￭ wood in 17￭ 89 and the virus that causes it was first identified in 19￭ 08 by karl land￭ ste￭ iner major outbreaks started to occur in the late 19 th century in europe and the united states in the 20 th century it became one of the most worrying childhood diseases in these areas the first polio vaccine was developed in the 1950 s by jonas sal￭ k it is hoped that vaccination efforts and early detection of cases will result in global eradication of the disease by 2018
poli￭ osis also called poli￭ osis circum￭ s￭ crip￭ ta is the decrease or absence of mel￭ an￭ in or color in head hair eyebro￭ ws e￭ yel￭ ashes or any other ha￭ iry area this condition can cause single or less commonly multiple white pat￭ ches on the hair some mistake these white pat￭ ches for simple birth marks in poli￭ osis there is decreased or absent mel￭ an￭ in in the hair bulbs of affected hair fol￭ lic￭ les the mel￭ an￭ oc￭ y￭ tes of the skin are usually not affected poli￭ osis occurs in several genetic syndro￭ mes such as pie￭ bal￭ dis￭ m waar￭ denburg syndrome neuro￭ fi￭ bro￭ mat￭ osis type i and tuber￭ ous sclerosis it can also occur in conditions such as viti￭ li￭ go vo￭ gt – ko￭ yan￭ agi – har￭ ada disease al￭ op￭ ec￭ ia are￭ ata sar￭ co￭ ido￭ sis and in association with ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms and some medications it can give rise to a m￭ allen stre￭ ak that can be hereditary catherine cook￭ son wrote a novel and later a tv series called the m￭ allen stre￭ ak where a family had the condition sports pres￭ enter dic￭ kie davies and runner sam brown were famous for this feature
a polis￭ hing holo￭ gram is a visible pattern of damage to a polis￭ hed surface it is caused by small scrat￭ ches to the surface which result in light being refrac￭ ted creating a pattern which appears to float deep beneath the surface
a political g￭ aff￭ e is an error made by a politician that is reported to the public when made by a politician who is campaigning for office or party leadership g￭ aff￭ es can affect stand￭ ings in polls while in office the opposition can refer to them in governmental debates over policy g￭ aff￭ es can be classified in different types g￭ aff￭ es can be over￭ played by the media as side stories to more important issues at the time g￭ aff￭ e is of french origin originally a boat hook as in g￭ af￭ f rig where the relation is apparent but the sense association to a bl￭ undering remark is obscure
political les￭ bi￭ anism is a phenomenon within feminism primarily second wave feminism and radical feminism it includes but is not limited to lesbian separatism political les￭ bi￭ anism embraces the theory that sexual orientation is a political and feminist choice and advocates les￭ bi￭ anism as a positive alternative to heter￭ osex￭ uality for women as part of the struggle against sex￭ ism
political methodology is a sub￭ field of political science that studies the quantitative methods used to study politics it combines statistics mathematics and formal theory political methodology is often used for positive research in contrast to normative research it is similar to econom￭ etr￭ ics
political psychological rationalization pp￭ r is a phenomenon seen in political warfare and election campaign rhetoric meant to dis￭ place a perceived fault short coming mistake or problem from one political actor and attach it to another political actor generally an opponent while not truly rationalization in the context of psychology — where a problem short coming mistake or fault is justified and allowed to endure — pp￭ r maintains the negative conno￭ tation of the original flaw transfers that conno￭ tation to a target actor and then seeks to destroy the flaw and consequently the actor through association with said flaw but with a political purpose and focus political psychological rationalization exploits a number of psychological principles to manipulate the perceptions of different actors including group￭ think cognitive dis￭ son￭ ance and other forms of psychological manipulation an example of pp￭ r would be candidate a accusing candidate b of having an onerous tax policy for not cutting taxes while candidate a had already raised taxes previously in his or her career but having accused candidate b of having an onerous tax policy is seen as being in favor of cutting taxes use of pp￭ r can also run the risk of back￭ firing against the broadcaster if knowledge of hypocritical behavior on the part of the dis￭ placing political actor becomes known in cases where this has happened the original negative association can become re￭ oriented back to the initiating political actor as tool of political warfare pp￭ r has been used by a wide array of factions ideologies actors and regimes including fascists communists religious extremists electoral campaign rhetoric and non governmental organizations
pol￭ ka dot is a pattern consisting of an array of filled large in size circles it differenti￭ ates itself from the spot pattern as pol￭ ka do￭ ts are perfectly even and sized while spots are irregular in spac￭ ing and shape early instances were generally equally sized and spac￭ ed relatively closely in relation to their diame￭ ters and there is speculation that they were originally conceived to cover mo￭ th holes in women s wool dresses many modern prints include more randomly spac￭ ed sized and coloured do￭ ts pol￭ ka do￭ ts are most commonly seen on children s clothing toys and furniture but they appear in a wide array of contexts the pattern rarely appears in formal contexts however and is generally confined to more play￭ ful at￭ tire such as bathing suits and ling￭ erie occasionally white on black small do￭ ts appear on more formal clothing pol￭ ka do￭ ts became common on clothing in the late nineteenth century in the united kingdom
the poll mer￭ ino is a subtype of the australian mer￭ ino breed of domestic sheep without horns that was developed in australia
poly drug use refers to the use of two or more psychoactive drugs in combination to achieve a particular effect in many cases one drug is used as a base or primary drug with additional drugs to le￭ av￭ en or compensate for the side effects of the primary drug and make the experience more enjo￭ y￭ able with drug synergy effects or to supplement for primary drug when supply is low
poly￭ am￭ orph￭ ism is the ability of a substance to exist in several different am￭ orph￭ ous modifications it is analogous to the poly￭ morph￭ ism of cryst￭ alline materials many am￭ orph￭ ous substances can exist with different am￭ orph￭ ous characteristics e g pol￭ ym￭ ers however poly￭ am￭ orph￭ ism requires two distinct am￭ orph￭ ous states with a clear dis￭ continuous first order phase transition between them when such a transition occurs between two stable liquid states a poly￭ am￭ orph￭ ic transition may also be referred to as a liquid – liquid phase transition
poly￭ arter￭ i￭ tis no￭ do￭ sa also known as pan￭ arter￭ i￭ tis no￭ do￭ sa peri￭ arter￭ i￭ tis no￭ do￭ sa k￭ us￭ s￭ ma￭ ul disease k￭ us￭ s￭ ma￭ ul ma￭ ier disease or pan is a systemic vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis of small or medium sized muscular arter￭ ies typically involving ren￭ al and vis￭ cer￭ al vessels but spar￭ ing the pul￭ mon￭ ary circulation poly￭ arter￭ i￭ tis no￭ do￭ sa may present in infants in poly￭ arter￭ i￭ tis no￭ do￭ sa small an￭ eur￭ ys￭ ms are str￭ ung like the be￭ ads of a ros￭ ary therefore making ros￭ ary sign an important diagnostic feature of the vas￭ cu￭ li￭ tis with treatment five year survival is 80 without treatment five year survival is 13 death is often a consequence of kidney failure my￭ o￭ cardi￭ al inf￭ arc￭ tion or stroke
poly￭ ar￭ thri￭ tis is any type of ar￭ thri￭ tis that involves 5 or more joints simultaneously it is usually associated with auto￭ immune conditions and may be experienced at any age and is not sex specific
poly￭ bus greek π￭ ό￭ λ￭ υ￭ β￭ ος fl c 400 bc was one of the pupils of hippo￭ crates and also his son in law he lived on the island of cos in the 4 th century bc with his brothers in law thessal￭ us and dr￭ aco he was one of the founders of the dogmatic school of medicine he was sent by hippo￭ crates with his fellow pupils during the time of the plague to assist different cities with his medical skill afterwards he remained in his native country according to gal￭ en he followed implicitly the opinions and practices of hippo￭ crates but the strict accuracy of this assertion has been doubted he has been supposed by both ancient and modern scholars to be the author of several works in the hippo￭ cratic collection possible works include de natura hom￭ in￭ is de gen￭ it￭ ura de natura pu￭ eri de salu￭ br￭ i vic￭ tus rati￭ one de aff￭ ection￭ i￭ bus and de inter￭ nis aff￭ ection￭ i￭ bus cl￭ ement of alex￭ andria attributes to him the tre￭ ati￭ se de oc￭ time￭ str￭ i par￭ tu and pseudo plu￭ tar￭ ch quotes him as the author of de sep￭ time￭ str￭ i par￭ tu de natura hom￭ in￭ is on the nature of man is the earliest known text to advance a four humor system of blood ph￭ leg￭ m yellow bile and black bile gal￭ en though considers de natura hom￭ in￭ is to be the work of hippo￭ crates himself poly￭ bus is mentioned many times by gal￭ en chiefly in connection with different works in the hippo￭ cratic collection he is also mentioned by cel￭ sus ca￭ eli￭ us au￭ reli￭ an￭ us and pl￭ in￭ y
poly￭ cephal￭ y is the condition of having more than one head the term is derived from the greek stems poly greek πο￭ λ￭ ύ meaning multiple and ke￭ p￭ hal￭ ē greek κ￭ εφ￭ ά￭ λ￭ η meaning head a poly￭ cephal￭ ic organism may be thought of as one being with a super￭ numer￭ ary body part or as two or more beings with a shared body two headed animals called bic￭ ep￭ hal￭ ic or dic￭ ep￭ hal￭ ic and three headed tric￭ ep￭ hal￭ ic animals are the only type of multi headed creatures seen in the real world and form by the same process as con￭ joined twins from mono￭ zy￭ go￭ tic twin embryos in humans there are two different forms of twinning that can lead to two heads being supported by a single tor￭ so in dic￭ ep￭ hal￭ us par￭ ap￭ ag￭ us di￭ p￭ us the two heads are side by side in cran￭ iop￭ ag￭ us par￭ asi￭ tic￭ us the two heads are joined directly to each other but only one head has a functional tor￭ so survival to adul￭ thood is rare but does occur in some forms of dic￭ ep￭ hal￭ us par￭ ap￭ ag￭ us di￭ p￭ us there are many occurrences of multi headed animals in myth￭ ology in heral￭ dry and vex￭ il￭ lo￭ logy the double headed eagle is a common symbol though no such animal is known to have ever existed
poly￭ chro￭ ma￭ sia also known as poly￭ chro￭ mat￭ ophi￭ lia is a disorder where there is an abnormally high number of immature red blood cells found in the blood￭ stream as a result of being prematurely released from the bone marrow during blood formation poly refers to many and chro￭ ma￭ sia means color these cells are often shades of gray￭ ish blue poly￭ chro￭ ma￭ sia is usually a sign of bone marrow stress as well as immature red blood cells 3 types are recognized with types 1 and 2 being referred to as young red blood cells and type 3 as old red blood cells gi￭ em￭ sa stain is used to distinguish all three types in blood sme￭ ars the young cells will generally stain gray or blue in the cy￭ top￭ las￭ m these young red blood cells are commonly called re￭ ticul￭ oc￭ y￭ tes all poly￭ chro￭ mat￭ oph￭ il￭ ic cells are re￭ ticul￭ oc￭ y￭ tes however not all re￭ ticul￭ oc￭ y￭ tes are poly￭ chro￭ mat￭ oph￭ il￭ ic in the old blood cells the cy￭ top￭ las￭ m either stain￭ s a light orange or does not stain at all
poly￭ chro￭ mia is a genetic disorder that results in irregular or excessive color￭ ation of the skin
poly￭ c￭ oria is a pathological condition of the eye characterized by more than one pu￭ pill￭ ary opening in the iris it may be con￭ genital or result from a disease affecting the iris poly￭ c￭ oria is extremely rare and other conditions are frequently mistaken for it
in psychology a poly￭ crates complex is a desire to be punished
poly￭ c￭ ys￭ tic kidney disease p￭ k￭ d or p￭ ck￭ d also known as poly￭ c￭ ys￭ tic kidney syndrome is a genetic disorder in which abnormal cy￭ sts develop and grow in the kidneys c￭ ys￭ tic disorders can express themselves at any point infancy childhood or adul￭ thood the disease occurs in humans and some other animals p￭ k￭ d is characterized by the presence of multiple cy￭ sts hence poly￭ c￭ ys￭ tic typically in both kidneys however 17 of cases initially present with observ￭ able disease in one kidney with most cases progressing to bilateral disease in adul￭ thood poly￭ c￭ ys￭ tic kidney disease is one of the most common hereditary diseases in the united states affecting more than 600 000 people it is the cause of nearly 10 of end stage ren￭ al disease and affects men women and all races equally
poly￭ c￭ ys￭ tic o￭ vary syndrome p￭ cos is a set of symptoms due to elevated and￭ rog￭ ens male hormones in women signs and symptoms of p￭ cos include irregular or no men￭ str￭ ual periods heavy periods excess body and facial hair ac￭ ne pel￭ vic pain difficulty getting pregnant and pat￭ ches of thick darker vel￭ ve￭ ty skin associated conditions include type 2 diabetes obesity obstruc￭ tive sleep ap￭ ne￭ a heart disease mood disorders and end￭ ome￭ trial cancer p￭ cos is due to a combination of genetic and environmental factors risk factors include obesity not enough physical exercise and a family history of someone with the condition diagnosis is based on two of the following three findings no ov￭ ulation high and￭ ro￭ gen levels and o￭ vari￭ an cy￭ sts cy￭ sts may be detec￭ table by ul￭ tras￭ ound other conditions that produce similar symptoms include adren￭ al hyper￭ pl￭ asia hypo￭ thyro￭ i￭ dis￭ m and hyper￭ pro￭ lac￭ tin￭ emia p￭ cos has no cure treatment may involve lifestyle changes such as weight loss and exercise birth control pills may help with improving the regularity of periods excess hair growth and ac￭ ne met￭ form￭ in and anti and￭ rog￭ ens may also help other typical ac￭ ne treatments and hair removal techniques may be used efforts to improve fertility include weight loss clo￭ mi￭ phen￭ e or met￭ form￭ in in vitro fertili￭ zation is used by some in whom other measures are not effective p￭ cos is the most common endocrine disorder among women between the ages of 18 and 44 it affects approximately 2 to 20 of this age group depending on how it is defined it is one of the leading causes of poor fertility the earliest known description of what is now recognized as p￭ cos dates from 17￭ 21 in italy
poly￭ cy￭ them￭ ia also known as poly￭ cy￭ th￭ aemia or poly￭ glo￭ bu￭ lia is a disease state in which the proportion of blood volume that is occupied by red blood cells increases blood volume proportions can be measured as hem￭ ato￭ cr￭ it level a hem￭ ato￭ cr￭ it of 55 is seen in poly￭ cy￭ them￭ ia it can be due to an increase in the number of red blood cells absolute poly￭ cy￭ them￭ ia or to a decrease in the volume of plasma relative poly￭ cy￭ them￭ ia poly￭ cy￭ them￭ ia is sometimes called er￭ y￭ thro￭ cy￭ to￭ sis but the terms are not synonymous because poly￭ cy￭ them￭ ia refers to any increase in red blood cells whereas er￭ y￭ thro￭ cy￭ to￭ sis only refers to a documented increase of red cell mass the emergency treatment of poly￭ cy￭ them￭ ia e g in hyper￭ vis￭ cos￭ ity or thro￭ m￭ bo￭ sis is by ven￭ es￭ ection the removal of blood from the circulation depending on the underlying cause ven￭ es￭ ection may also be used on a regular basis to reduce the red blood cell count cy￭ to￭ st￭ atics bus￭ ul￭ fan hydrox￭ yu￭ rea are sometimes used if ven￭ es￭ ection is ineffective or contr￭ ain￭ dic￭ ated
poly￭ cy￭ them￭ ia or poly￭ cy￭ th￭ aemia see spelling differences vera p￭ v also known as er￭ y￭ thre￭ mia primary poly￭ cy￭ them￭ ia v￭ aqu￭ ez disease o￭ sl￭ er v￭ aqu￭ ez disease and poly￭ cy￭ them￭ ia ru￭ bra vera is a ne￭ op￭ las￭ m in which the bone marrow makes too many red blood cells it may also result in the overproduction of white blood cells and plat￭ el￭ ets most of the health concerns associated with poly￭ cy￭ them￭ ia vera are caused by the blood being thick￭ er as a result of the increased red blood cells it is more common in the elderly and may be symptomatic or as￭ ymp￭ tomatic common signs and symptoms include it￭ ching pr￭ ur￭ it￭ us and severe burning pain in the hands or feet that is usually accompanied by a red￭ dish or blu￭ ish color￭ ation of the skin patients with poly￭ cy￭ them￭ ia vera are more likely to have gou￭ ty ar￭ thri￭ tis treatment consists primarily of ph￭ le￭ bo￭ tomy
poly￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly or poly￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ lis￭ m from greek πο￭ λ￭ ύ￭ ς pol￭ ys meaning many and δ￭ ά￭ κ￭ τ￭ υ￭ λο￭ ς dak￭ ty￭ los meaning finger also known as hyper￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly is a con￭ genital physical anomaly in humans dogs and cats having super￭ numer￭ ary fingers or toes poly￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly is the opposite of oli￭ god￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly fewer fingers or toes
ad￭ sor￭ ption of poly￭ electro￭ ly￭ tes on solid sub￭ str￭ ates is a surface phenomenon where long cha￭ ined poly￭ mer molecules with charged groups dubbed poly￭ electro￭ ly￭ tes bind to a surface that is charged in the opposite polarity on the molecular level the pol￭ ym￭ ers do not actually bond to the surface but tend to stick to the surface via inter￭ molecular forces and the charges created by the dissoci￭ ation of various side groups of the poly￭ mer because the poly￭ mer molecules are so long they have a large amount of surface area with which to contact the surface and thus do not des￭ or￭ b as small molecules are likely to do this means that ad￭ sor￭ bed layers of poly￭ electro￭ ly￭ tes form a very durable coating due to this important characteristic of poly￭ electro￭ ly￭ te layers they are used extensively in industry as f￭ loc￭ cul￭ ants for solu￭ bi￭ li￭ zation as su￭ pers￭ or￭ bers anti￭ static agents as oil recovery aids as g￭ elling aids in nutrition additives in concrete or for blood compatibility enhancement to name a few
poly￭ embry￭ oma is a rare very aggressive form of germ cell tumor usually found in the ov￭ aries poly￭ embry￭ oma has features of both y￭ ol￭ k s￭ ac tum￭ our and un￭ differentiated ter￭ atom￭ a embry￭ onal carcin￭ oma with a characteristic finding of embry￭ o￭ id bodies lying in a loose mes￭ en￭ ch￭ ym￭ al st￭ roma it has been found in association with k￭ lin￭ ef￭ el￭ ter syndrome
poly￭ embry￭ ony is the phenomenon of two or more embryos developing from a single fertili￭ zed egg in humans identical twins poly￭ embry￭ ony occurs regularly in many plants and animals the nine ban￭ ded arm￭ ad￭ illo for instance usually gives birth to four identical young poly￭ embry￭ ony is best known among paras￭ ito￭ id insects of the order hy￭ men￭ op￭ tera families en￭ cy￭ r￭ ti￭ da￭ e dr￭ y￭ in￭ idae plat￭ y￭ gast￭ ri￭ da￭ e and bra￭ con￭ idae the term is also used in bot￭ any to describe the phenomenon of two se￭ ed￭ lings emerging from one seed in plants poly￭ embry￭ ony often gives rise to the en￭ ig￭ ma of a single offspring the mechanism underlying this phen￭ on￭ omen￭ on is programmed cell death p￭ cd which removes all but one embryo a more striking example of the use of poly￭ embry￭ ony as a competitive reproductive tool is found in the paras￭ ito￭ id hy￭ men￭ op￭ tera family en￭ cy￭ r￭ ti￭ da￭ e the prog￭ eny of the splitting embryo develop into at least two forms those that will develop into adults and those that become a type of soldier called pre￭ co￭ cious lar￭ v￭ ae these latter lar￭ v￭ ae patrol the host and kill any other paras￭ ito￭ ids they find with the exception of their si￭ bl￭ ings usually sisters poly￭ embry￭ ony also occurs in br￭ yo￭ zo￭ a
poly￭ glo￭ tism or poly￭ glo￭ t￭ tism is the ability to master or the state of having mastered multiple languages the word is a synon￭ ym of multilingualism but in recent usage poly￭ g￭ lot is sometimes used to refer to a person who learns multiple languages as an avo￭ c￭ ation the term hyper￭ poly￭ g￭ lot was coined in 2008 by lingu￭ ist richard hudson to describe individuals who speak dozens of languages multilingualism including multilingual societies as well as individuals who speak more than one language is common individual poly￭ g￭ lots or hyper￭ poly￭ g￭ lots speak study or use large numbers of languages in rare cases poly￭ g￭ lot sav￭ ants have mental disabilities but are able to learn many languages
poly￭ hy￭ dram￭ ni￭ os poly￭ hy￭ dram￭ n￭ ion hy￭ dram￭ ni￭ os poly￭ hy￭ dram￭ ni￭ os is a medical condition describing an excess of am￭ ni￭ otic fluid in the am￭ ni￭ otic s￭ ac it is seen in about 1 of pregnancies it is typically diagnosed when the am￭ ni￭ otic fluid index afi is greater than 24 cm there are two clinical varieties of poly￭ hy￭ dram￭ ni￭ os chronic poly￭ hy￭ dram￭ ni￭ os where excess am￭ ni￭ otic fluid accumul￭ ates gradually acute poly￭ hy￭ dram￭ ni￭ os where excess am￭ ni￭ otic fluid collects rapidly the opposite to poly￭ hy￭ dram￭ ni￭ os is oligo￭ hy￭ dram￭ ni￭ os a deficiency in am￭ ni￭ otic fluid
poly￭ me￭ lia from greek πο￭ λ￭ υ many plus μέ￭ λο￭ ς plural μέ￭ λ￭ ε￭ α limb is a birth defect involving limbs a type of dys￭ me￭ lia in which the affected individual has more than the usual number of limbs in humans and most land dwelling animals this means having five or more limbs the extra limb is most commonly shrun￭ ken and or de￭ formed sometimes an embryo started as con￭ joined twins but one twin de￭ generated completely except for one or more limbs which end up attached to the other twin sometimes small extra legs between the normal legs are caused by the body axis for￭ king in the di￭ py￭ gus condition
poly￭ mer fume fever or fluoro￭ poly￭ mer fever also informally called te￭ fl￭ on flu is an inhal￭ ation fever caused by the f￭ umes released when poly￭ tetr￭ af￭ lu￭ oro￭ ethylene pt￭ fe known under the trade name te￭ fl￭ on reaches temperatures of 300 ° f 149 ° c to 450 ° f 232 ° c when pt￭ fe is heated above 450 ° f 232 ° c the pyro￭ lysis products are different and inhal￭ ation may cause acute lung injury symptoms are flu like ch￭ ills headaches and fe￭ vers with chest ti￭ ght￭ ness and mild cough onset occurs about 4 to 8 hours after exposure to the pyro￭ lysis products of pt￭ fe a high white blood cell count may be seen and chest x ray findings are usually minimal the poly￭ mer f￭ umes are especially harmful to certain birds whose breathing optimi￭ zed for rap￭ idity allows toxins which are excluded by human lungs f￭ umes from te￭ fl￭ on in very high heat are fatal to par￭ rots as well as some other birds pt￭ fe toxico￭ sis
poly￭ mer science or macro￭ molecular science is a sub￭ field of materials science concerned with pol￭ ym￭ ers primarily synthetic pol￭ ym￭ ers such as plastics and el￭ ast￭ om￭ ers the field of poly￭ mer science includes researchers in multiple disciplines including chemistry physics and engineering
poly￭ micro￭ gy￭ ria p￭ mg is a condition that affects the development of the human brain by multiple small gy￭ ri creating excessive fol￭ ding of the brain leading to an abnormally thick cor￭ tex this ab￭ normality can affect either one region of the brain or multiple regions the time of onset has yet to be identified however it has been found to occur before birth in either the earlier or later stages of brain development early stages include impaired proliferation and migration of neuro￭ blast while later stages show dis￭ ordered post migration development the symptoms experienced differ depending on what part of the brain is affected there is no specific treatment to get rid of this condition but there are medications that can control the symptoms such a seizures delayed development or weakened muscles as some of the noted effects
in materials science poly￭ morph￭ ism is the ability of a solid material to exist in more than one form or crystal structure poly￭ morph￭ ism can potentially be found in any cryst￭ alline material including pol￭ ym￭ ers minerals and metals and is related to allo￭ tro￭ py which refers to chemical elements the complete mor￭ pho￭ logy of a material is described by poly￭ morph￭ ism and other variables such as crystal habit am￭ orph￭ ous fraction or crystal￭ lo￭ graphic defects poly￭ morph￭ ism is relevant to the fields of pharmaceuticals agro￭ chemicals pig￭ ments d￭ yest￭ u￭ ffs foods and explosives when poly￭ morph￭ ism exists as a result of difference in crystal packing it is called packing poly￭ morph￭ ism poly￭ morph￭ ism can also result from the existence of different conform￭ ers of the same mol￭ ecu￭ le in conform￭ ational poly￭ morph￭ ism in pseu￭ do￭ poly￭ morph￭ ism the different crystal types are the result of hydr￭ ation or sol￭ vation this is more correctly referred to as solv￭ om￭ orph￭ ism as different solv￭ ates have different chemical formulae an example of an organic poly￭ mor￭ ph is gly￭ cine which is able to form mono￭ clinic and hex￭ ag￭ onal cryst￭ als silic￭ a is known to form many poly￭ morph￭ s the most important of which are α quar￭ tz β quar￭ tz tri￭ dy￭ m￭ ite cris￭ to￭ bal￭ ite co￭ es￭ ite and sti￭ sho￭ v￭ ite a classical example is the pair of minerals cal￭ cite and ar￭ agon￭ ite both forms of calcium carbon￭ ate an analogous phenomenon for am￭ orph￭ ous materials is poly￭ am￭ orph￭ ism when a substance can take on several different am￭ orph￭ ous modifications
poly￭ morph￭ ous light eruption ple or poly￭ morph￭ ic light eruption p￭ m￭ le is a skin condition triggered by sunlight
poly￭ morph￭ ous low grade aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma often abbreviated pl￭ ga is a rare as￭ ymp￭ tomatic slow growing m￭ align￭ ant sali￭ vary g￭ land tumor it is most commonly found in the pal￭ ate the name of the tumor derives from the fact that it has a varied micro￭ scopic architectural appearance i e it is poly￭ morph￭ ous it is non aggressive when compared to other oral cav￭ ity tumors i e it is a low grade tumor it forms g￭ lands i e it is an aden￭ o￭ carcin￭ oma it affects the minor sali￭ vary g￭ lands in the area between the hard and the soft pal￭ ate male to female ratio is 3 1 and the average age is 56 years
poly￭ my￭ al￭ gia r￭ heu￭ m￭ atica p￭ mr is a syndrome with pain or sti￭ ff￭ ness usually in the neck shoulders upper arms and hips but which may occur all over the body the pain can be very sudden or can occur gradually over a period most people with p￭ mr wake up in the morning with pain in their muscles however cases have occurred in which the person has developed the pain during the ev￭ enings or has pain and sti￭ ff￭ ness all day long people who have poly￭ my￭ al￭ gia r￭ heu￭ m￭ atica may also have temporal arter￭ i￭ tis an infl￭ amm￭ ation of blood vessels in the face which can cause blindness if not treated quickly the pain and sti￭ ff￭ ness can result in a lowered quality of life and can lead to depression poly￭ my￭ al￭ gia r￭ heu￭ m￭ atica is often seen in association with temporal arter￭ i￭ tis it is thought to be brought on by a viral or bacterial illness or trauma of some kind but genetics does play a factor as well persons of northern european ance￭ stry are much more prone to this illness there is no true and certain laboratory test but c reactive protein cr￭ p and er￭ y￭ thro￭ cy￭ te se￭ di￭ mentation rate es￭ r can be indicators of infl￭ amm￭ ation p￭ mr is usually treated with courses of oral cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ster￭ oids most people need to continue the cor￭ ti￭ co￭ ster￭ o￭ id treatment for two to three years p￭ mr sometimes goes away on its own in a year or two but medications and self care measures can improve the rate of recovery p￭ mr was first established as a distinct disease in 1966 by a case report on 11 patients at mount sinai hospital in new york ny it takes its name from the greek word πο￭ λ￭ υ￭ μ￭ υ￭ α￭ λ￭ γ￭ ία poly￭ my￭ al￭ gia which means pain in many muscles
poly￭ my￭ osi￭ tis pm infl￭ amm￭ ation of many muscles is a type of chronic infl￭ amm￭ ation of the muscles infl￭ am￭ matory my￭ opathy related to der￭ mat￭ om￭ yo￭ si￭ tis and inclusion body my￭ osi￭ tis the infl￭ amm￭ ation is predominantly of the end￭ om￭ y￭ sium in poly￭ my￭ osi￭ tis whereas der￭ mat￭ om￭ yo￭ si￭ tis is characterized by primarily perim￭ y￭ si￭ al infl￭ amm￭ ation
pol￭ yn￭ euro￭ pa￭ thy poly ne￭ uro pa￭ thy is damage or disease affecting peripheral nerves peripheral neuro￭ pa￭ thy in roughly the same areas on both sides of the body featuring weakness num￭ b￭ ness and burning pain it usually begins in the hands and feet and may progress to the arms and legs and sometimes to other parts of the body where it may affect the autonom￭ ic nervous system it may be acute or chronic a number of different disorders may cause pol￭ yn￭ euro￭ pa￭ thy including diabetes and some types of guil￭ lain – bar￭ r￭ é syndrome
poly￭ o￭ sto￭ tic fi￭ bro￭ us dys￭ pl￭ asia also known as al￭ bright s disease is a form of fi￭ bro￭ us dys￭ pl￭ asia affecting more than one bone mc￭ c￭ une al￭ bright syndrome includes poly￭ o￭ sto￭ tic fi￭ bro￭ us dys￭ pl￭ asia as part of its presentation one treatment that has been used is bis￭ phosp￭ hon￭ ates
a poly￭ p is an abnormal growth of tissue projec￭ ting from a mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ rane if it is attached to the surface by a narrow el￭ ong￭ ated stal￭ k it is said to be pe￭ dun￭ cul￭ ated if no stal￭ k is present it is said to be ses￭ sile poly￭ ps are commonly found in the col￭ on stomach nose ear sin￭ us es ur￭ inary blad￭ der and uter￭ us they may also occur elsewhere in the body where mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ ran￭ es exist like the cer￭ vi￭ x vocal fol￭ ds and small intest￭ ine some poly￭ ps are tumors ne￭ op￭ las￭ ms and others are non￭ ne￭ op￭ l￭ astic for example hyper￭ plastic or dys￭ plastic the ne￭ op￭ l￭ astic ones are generally benign although some can be pre￭ m￭ align￭ ant and or con￭ current with a m￭ align￭ ancy
a poly￭ phen￭ ic trait is a trait for which multiple dis￭ crete phen￭ o￭ types can arise from a single geno￭ type as a result of differing environmental conditions it is therefore a special case of phen￭ o￭ typ￭ ic plas￭ tic￭ ity
poly￭ po￭ id mel￭ anom￭ a is a rare cu￭ taneous condition a virulent variant of no￭ d￭ ular mel￭ anom￭ a poly￭ po￭ id mel￭ anom￭ a is a subtype of no￭ d￭ ular mel￭ anom￭ a the most aggressive form of mel￭ anom￭ a a skin cancer poly￭ po￭ id mel￭ anom￭ a like all types of mel￭ anom￭ a starts in the cells that make mel￭ an￭ in which is the protective pig￭ ment that gives skin color poly￭ po￭ id mel￭ anom￭ a is most commonly found on the tor￭ so but may be found in unexpected places like the nas￭ al mu￭ co￭ us memb￭ ran￭ es and the rec￭ tum sometimes poly￭ po￭ id mel￭ anom￭ a may develop on mol￭ es on your skin but it usually occurs out of nowhere on normal skin poly￭ po￭ id mel￭ anom￭ a can be treated if it s diagnosed early but the disease progres￭ ses very rapidly and has a worse prog￭ no￭ sis than many other types of mel￭ anom￭ a therapies for me￭ ta￭ static mel￭ anom￭ a include the bio￭ logic immun￭ otherapy agents ip￭ i￭ lim￭ um￭ ab p￭ embro￭ li￭ z￭ um￭ ab and ni￭ vol￭ um￭ ab bra￭ f inhi￭ bit￭ ors such as vem￭ ur￭ af￭ eni￭ b and d￭ ab￭ raf￭ eni￭ b and a me￭ k inhi￭ bit￭ or tr￭ ame￭ tini￭ b
poly￭ radic￭ ul￭ on￭ euro￭ pa￭ thy describes a condition in which pol￭ yn￭ euro￭ pa￭ thy and poly￭ radic￭ ul￭ opathy occur together an example is guil￭ lain – bar￭ r￭ é syndrome treatment with a single course of intra￭ ven￭ ous immun￭ o￭ glob￭ ulin i￭ vig in￭ fu￭ sions has been demonstrated to be a potentially effective treatment reported to have caused prolonged remission in a case associated with systemic lup￭ us systemic lup￭ us er￭ y￭ them￭ ato￭ sus
poly￭ silicon depletion effect is the phenomenon in which unwanted variation of threshold voltage of the mos￭ f￭ et devices using poly￭ silicon as gate material is observed leading to un￭ predicted behaviour of the electronic circuit poly￭ cryst￭ alline silicon also called poly￭ silicon is a material consisting of small silicon cryst￭ als it differs from single crystal silicon used for electronics and solar cells and from am￭ orph￭ ous silicon used for thin film devices and solar cells
poly￭ som￭ y is a condition found in many species including fun￭ gi plants insects and mammals in which an organism has at least one more chro￭ mo￭ some than normal i e there may be three or more copies of the chro￭ mo￭ some rather than the expected two copies most eu￭ kar￭ y￭ otic species are diplo￭ id meaning they have two sets of chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es whereas pro￭ kar￭ yo￭ tes are hap￭ loid containing a single chro￭ mo￭ some in each cell an￭ eu￭ plo￭ ids possess chro￭ mo￭ some numbers that are not exact multi￭ ples of the hap￭ loid number and poly￭ som￭ y is a type of an￭ eu￭ plo￭ id￭ y a kar￭ yo￭ type is the set of chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es in an organism and the suff￭ ix som￭ y is used to name an￭ eu￭ plo￭ id kar￭ yo￭ types this is not to be confused with the suff￭ ix plo￭ id￭ y referring to the number of complete sets of chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es poly￭ som￭ y is usually caused by non dis￭ junction the failure of a pair of homo￭ log￭ ous chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es to separate during me￭ i￭ osis but may also be due to a trans￭ location mutation a chro￭ mo￭ some ab￭ normality caused by re￭ arrangement of parts between non￭ homo￭ log￭ ous chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es poly￭ som￭ y is found in many diseases including down syndrome in humans where affected individuals possess three copies tr￭ is￭ omy of chro￭ mo￭ some 21 poly￭ som￭ ic inheritance occurs during me￭ i￭ osis when chi￭ as￭ mata form between more than two homo￭ log￭ ous partners producing multi￭ val￭ ent chro￭ mo￭ som￭ es auto￭ poly￭ plo￭ ids may show poly￭ som￭ ic inheritance of all the linkage groups and their fertility may be reduced due unbalanced chro￭ mo￭ some numbers in the game￭ tes in te￭ tras￭ om￭ ic inheritance four copies of a linkage group rather than two te￭ tras￭ omy ass￭ or￭ t two by two
pol￭ ys￭ plen￭ ia or cha￭ ud￭ h￭ rey s disease is a con￭ genital disease manifested by multiple small accessory sp￭ le￭ ens rather than a single full sized normal sp￭ leen pol￭ ys￭ plen￭ ia sometimes occurs alone but it is often accompanied by other developmental ab￭ norm￭ alities conditions associated with pol￭ ys￭ plen￭ ia include gastro￭ intest￭ inal ab￭ norm￭ alities such as intest￭ inal mal￭ rotation or bi￭ li￭ ary at￭ re￭ sia as well as cardiac ab￭ norm￭ alities such as d￭ ext￭ ro￭ car￭ dia
poly￭ syn￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly is an hereditary anatom￭ ical mal￭ formation combining poly￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly and syn￭ d￭ ac￭ ty￭ ly
poly￭ ur￭ ia ˌ￭ p￭ ɒ￭ li￭ ˈ￭ j￭ ʊ￭ ə￭ ri￭ ə is a condition usually defined as excessive or abnormally large production or passage of urine greater than 2 5 or 3 l over 24 hours in adults frequent ur￭ ination is sometimes included by definition but is nonetheless usually an accompanying symptom increased production and passage of urine may also be termed di￭ u￭ res￭ is poly￭ ur￭ ia often appears in conjunction with poly￭ di￭ p￭ sia increased thirst though it is possible to have one without the other and the latter may be a cause or an effect psycho￭ genic poly￭ di￭ p￭ sia may lead to poly￭ ur￭ ia poly￭ ur￭ ia is usually viewed as a symptom or sign of another disorder not a disease by itself but it can be classed as a disorder at least when its underlying causes are not clear
po￭ made ac￭ ne occurs when some of the po￭ made that is applied to the scal￭ p is also applied to the fore￭ head and is responsible for the development of multiple closely packed com￭ ed￭ ones close to the hair￭ line
po￭ mer￭ anch￭ uk cooling is the phenomenon in which liquid heli￭ um 3 will cool if it is compressed is￭ ent￭ ro￭ p￭ ically when it is below 0 3 k this occurs because heli￭ um 3 has the unique property that soli￭ di￭ fication below 0 3 k requires pressure this can be used to construct a cry￭ ogenic cool￭ er
the po￭ mer￭ an￭ z – fr￭ it￭ sch reaction also named po￭ mer￭ an￭ z – fr￭ it￭ sch cy￭ cli￭ zation is a name reaction in the organic chemistry it is named after paul fr￭ it￭ sch 1859 – 19￭ 13 and c￭ ä￭ sar po￭ mer￭ an￭ z 18￭ 60 – 19￭ 26 in general it is a synthesis of iso￭ quin￭ oline
the pom￭ pe￭ ian styles are four periods which are distinguished in ancient roman m￭ ural painting they were originally deline￭ ated and described by the german archae￭ o￭ logist august ma￭ u 18￭ 40 – 19￭ 09 from the exc￭ av￭ ation of wall paintings at pom￭ pe￭ ii which is one of the largest group of surviving examples of roman fres￭ co￭ es the wall painting styles have allowed art historians to deline￭ ate the various phases of interior decor￭ ation in the centuries leading up to the eruption of ves￭ u￭ vi￭ us in 79 ad which both destroyed the city and preserved the paintings and between sty￭ listic shifts in roman art in the succession of styles there is a reiter￭ ation of sty￭ listic themes the paintings also tell a great deal about the prosperity of the area and specific tastes during the times the main purpose of these fres￭ co￭ es was to reduce the clau￭ stro￭ pho￭ bic inter￭ i￭ ors of roman rooms which were windo￭ w￭ less and dark the paintings full of color and life bri￭ ghtened up the interior and made the room feel more spac￭ ious
in mathematical analysis a pom￭ pe￭ i￭ u derivative is a real valued function of one real variable that is the derivative of an everywhere differenti￭ able function and that van￭ ishes in a dense set in particular a pom￭ pe￭ i￭ u derivative is dis￭ continuous at any point where it is not 0 whether non iden￭ tically zero such functions may exist was a problem that arose in the context of early 1900 s research on functional differenti￭ ability and integr￭ ability the question was affirm￭ atively answered by dimit￭ rie pom￭ pe￭ i￭ u by constructing an explicit example these functions are therefore named after him
pom￭ pe￭ y s campaign in iber￭ ia and albania georgian პ￭ ო￭ მ￭ პ￭ ე￭ უ￭ ს￭ ი￭ ს ლ￭ ა￭ შ￭ ქ￭ რ￭ ო￭ ბ￭ ა ს￭ ა￭ ქ￭ ა￭ რ￭ თ￭ ვ￭ ე￭ ლ￭ ო￭ შ￭ ი took place in 65 bc and was a consequence of the mi￭ thri￭ d￭ atic wars rome sought to expand its borders and establish itself as a hegem￭ on of the middle east after mostly subju￭ gating the kingdom of pon￭ tus and the kingdom of armenia romans turned to the iberian kingdom whose king ar￭ tag was an ally of pon￭ tus the roman general luc￭ ul￭ lus lead the campaigns from 74 bc to 66 bc when the roman senate determined that he was going to be succeeded by pom￭ pe￭ y that same year pom￭ pe￭ y effectively defeated the armenians and pon￭ tians with their king mi￭ thri￭ dates escaping to col￭ ch￭ is after that the attention of romans became increasingly focused on iber￭ ia and albania pom￭ pe￭ y made preparations for the conquest of both the iberian and albanian king￭ doms fearing the imminent invasion ar￭ tag turned to diplomacy and promised the roman envoys unconditional friendship pom￭ pe￭ y accepted these terms but because he was alerted that the iber￭ ians were secretly planning an attack in the spring of 65 bc he immediately marched his forces to iber￭ ia ar￭ tag unaware of this was surprised by the romans and learned this too late to react adequately pom￭ pe￭ y s forces be￭ sie￭ ged the fortress of ar￭ ma￭ zi ar￭ tag panic￭ ked fled the castle and took shelter on the left bank of mt￭ k￭ v￭ ari river he also burned the bridge over the river to ensure that the romans wouldn t capture him ar￭ ma￭ zi fell and pom￭ pe￭ y subju￭ gated the right bank ar￭ tag requested a truce while promising the romans that he would restore the bridge and supply them with food ar￭ tag stayed true to his words but upon restoring the bridge pom￭ pe￭ y crossed it with his forces in attempt to seize the king ar￭ tag again fled with his forces withdrew to the ar￭ ag￭ vi river and burned a bridge in the same manner some of the iberian militants hid in the woods and fought the roman forces like partis￭ ans shooting down ar￭ rows from the trees killing any passing roman soldiers reportedly a sizeable number of women also participated in this irregular warfare they were defeated when pom￭ pe￭ y s forces cut down some of the forest and then burned the rest to the ground pom￭ pe￭ y pursued ar￭ tag into the centre of iber￭ ia and brought him to battle near the river pel￭ or￭ us ar￭ tag s main strength lay in his arch￭ ers but using tactics reminiscent of the ath￭ en￭ ians at the battle of marathon pom￭ pe￭ y disabled them by means of a rapid inf￭ antry charge which brought his legi￭ on￭ aries to close quarters before the enemy fire could take effect greek historian plu￭ tar￭ ch called this battle a great battle and noted that iberian casualties consisted of approximately 9 000 people while more than 10 000 were taken captive by the romans the iber￭ ians finally lost the war and their king was forced to turn to diplomacy once more he sent invaluable objects made of gold to pom￭ pe￭ y and asked for truce pom￭ pe￭ y demanded ar￭ tag s children as hostages and as ar￭ tag was taking too much time to think it over led his soldiers to ar￭ ag￭ vi and crossed it so that he left ar￭ tag no choice he submitted gave his children as hostages and signed the peace with the romans kingdom of iber￭ ia was to be a friend and ally of the roman republic and accepted the terms of v￭ ass￭ al￭ age after subdu￭ ing iber￭ ia pom￭ pe￭ y headed towards the kingdom of col￭ ch￭ is and subju￭ gated the main fort￭ resses and various local peoples on the way to both cun￭ ning diplomacy and the use of force he met up with the roman fleet in ph￭ asis and comman￭ ded them to capture mi￭ thri￭ dates while he returned to rome pom￭ pe￭ y gave the rule of col￭ ch￭ is to ar￭ ist￭ ar￭ ches effectively making it a roman province part of bi￭ thy￭ nia et pon￭ tus